ἂν». Ἂς SE oe Potato ae BEAN te og ἐς ἐν we ~~ Wet on Pee oN mS ae KS x ἘΞ Berens BBL A A ἃς no oS aan heat te 2 Oh anaes eae aoe pee a RE «x ἿΝ SON SERS ae th ~ ‘Chis book belongs to ἧς LIBRARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY PRINCETON. N. J. PRESENTED BY - Mr. Hoel Lawrence tcQueen LiL = LeU [ΒΦ 1965 1896 Bible. N.T. Greek. 1896. The Englishman's Greek New Testament THE ENGLISHMAN'S GREEK NEW TESTAMENT: GIVING oN ἌΝ “Ny THE GREEK TEXT OF srtpHENs 1550, ¥ , NG fi > ae | - Ὃς I WITH THE VARIOUS READINGS OF THE EDITIONS OF ELZEVIR 1624, GRIESBACH, LACHMANN, TISCHENDORF, TREGELLES, ALFORD, AND WORDSWORTH: TOGETHER WITH AN INTERLINEAR LITERAL TRANSLATION, AND THE AUTHORISED VERSION OF 1611. Ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει buds.—JOHN viii. 32. Multz terricolis lingue, celestibus una Chiro Cnition. LONDON: SAMUEL BAGSTER AND SONS, LIMITED, 15 PATERNOSTER ROW. ENT EOD CF LON: Tuts work is intended to help the devout English reader of the New Testament, who may, with a little knowledge of Greek, desire to reier to the actual words used by the Spirit of God. It has not been framed to teach people Greek, though doubtless it may be used towards that end. It is believed that there are many, who, having learnt a little of that language in their early days, in after years feel a desire to read the Greek Testament, but find that their intermediate occu- pations (in which this language was in no way used by them) have caused them to forget the little they once knew. Certain it is that there is a growing desire among Christians to refer for themselves to the Greek Testament. We are well aware that some would endeavour to discourage all such reference, thinking that all who are not Greek scholars ought to be satisfied with the excellent translations of the New Testament already in existence. But had all persons thought so, we should never have had the valuable ‘‘ ENGLISHMAN’S GREEK CONCORD- ANCE,” and other useful works of this class, especially adapted for the help of those seeking to learn from the word itself rather than from the Commentary. It may be true that a little knowledge is a dangerous thing ; yet let our object be not to stamp out the little, but to give the means to use it to profit, and, it may be, to increase it. A Christian needs the grace and help of God to read his English Testament profitably : the same grace and help will prevent his using in any other way the present work. We should much deprecate any one making a wrong use of the Greek Testament through our means. It is of course intended for private study, and not to be flourished before the young and inexperienced. Nothing can be more unseemly than for the unskilful to be always correcting everyoody with their literal translations and various readings, distressing simple souls rather than seeking that which tends to godly edifying. We have remarkable instances of our Lord and His apostles using the words of the Septuagint where it is certainly not an exact translation of the original Hebrew ; yet where the translation gave the true sense it was used unreservedly, and used as scripture: an example surely worthy of all to follow. iv INTRODUCTION. Still, who will venture to deny that an intelligent Christian ought to have his literal translation and various readings for his own study of the word? Certain it is that there are many who know how to make a good use of every scrap of real information touching the words of their God; and we believe that many will know how to appreciate the present endea- vour to aid them in their study of His word. That a good translation of the New Testament does not fully satisfy many, is not surprising ; for, in the first place, there are several modern translations of the New Testament, all supposed to be improvements on the Authorised Version, and all purporting to be true and more or less literal translations: yet these when compared together are found to differ materially; some in the translation itself, and some because of a different Greek text having been used. Besides this, there are certain points of interest which no translation has ever pretended to give. Take, for instance, the word ‘master ;’ there are six different Greek words translated ‘master’ in the Authorised Version, all with different shades of meaning. Other translations have reduced the number, still all perhaps represent different words by ‘master,’ and there is nothing to shew what the word is in the original. The word ‘judgment’ represents eight different Greek words in the Authorised Version, and so of many others. Of particles, ‘but’ represents twelve different words ; ‘by,’ eleven ; ‘for,’ eighteen ; ‘in,’ fifteen ; ‘of,’ thirteen; and ‘on,’ nine. We do not mean of course that the same Greek word can in all places be translated by the same English word; but the word actually translated, in any place, can here be seen at a glance ; and those who are able can refer to their lexicons for the use and meaning of any word in question. We give the Greek Text, with an interlinear translation as literal as may be to be useful; and in the margin the venerable Authorised Version, divided into paragraphs to correspond to the Greek text. This work also gives in its notes not only the various readings of six different editors of the Greek Testament, but also these variations in Hng- lish whenever the sense is affected thereby, but without attempting to give in every case all the minute shades of meaning which a Greek scholar will attach to them. Many of these variations may be thought to be of no great importance, descending even to the different spelling of the same word; but from this they rise to variations of the greatest importance. All are of interest, because they concern the word of God, and all are here made available to the English reader—a result which we believe has never been attempted in any similar work. INTRODUCTION. Υ Thus we have endeavoured to furnish the English student with all he may require both as to the text of the New Testament, and possibly all he requires for its word-for-word translation. Interpretation we have endeavoured to avoid. We proceed to lay before our readers the detail of our work. I.—THE GREEK TEXT. We have taken the Greek Text of Stephens 1550, which is the common text in this country ; but as the edition of Elzevir 1624 is the one often called the Received Text, or Textus Receptus, because of the words, Se RGXEUI 3 τος πο: ab omnibus receptum,” occurring in the preface (though this edition, as is manifest by its date, was not used for our English trans- lation of 1611), we give the readings of this Elzevir edition in the notes, and mark them E. It is the text commonly reprinted on the Continent. In the main they are one and the same, and either of them may be re- ferred to as the Textus Receptus. There are a number of minute variations between the editors with which we have not thought it well to trouble the reader in such a work as the present ; indeed some of the editors have not kept strictly to one form of ecceniuation, &c., for the same word in every instance. Thus we hav2 not noticed the variation of θλίψις with θλῖψις ; στῦλος With στύλος ; κρίμα and κρῖμα ; ζῶον and ζῷον ; Μωυσῆς and Mwioje ; Ησαῦ and Ἡσαῦ, ἕο. So again in the division of words. We have not recorded such variations as οὐκέτι and οὖν ἔτι ; εἴ τις and εἴτις ; εἴγε and εἴ γε; μήποτε and μή ποτε, &c. In all these cases we have followed the majority of modern editors. With them we have also added the final ν to the third person singular and plural in σι ; third singular in ¢; in datives plural in σι, &c. For οὕτω we have given ot7we, and αὐτοῦ where some have αὑτοῦ. Of each of the editors referred to we must say a few words. 1. GrizspacH.—About a hundred and fifty years had elapsed after the Elzevir edition of 1624 before Griesbach brought out his Greek Testament. During that time an enormous amount of evidence had been collected and was available for judging of the true text. The line adopted by Griesbach was to classify the Greek manuscripts into three families, and then deal with each family as one witness. These were the Alexandrine, the Western, and the Byzantine. Thestandard of the Alexandrine text he con- ceived to be that given by Origen. In this family he placed the ancient vi INTRODUCTION. copies A B,C; L of the Gospels ; the Egyptian and some lesser versions. The Western recension would be represented by D of the Gospels and Acts, by those that contained a Latin as well as Greek text ; the Old Latin and Vulgate, and quotations in the Latin Fathers. The byzantine embraced the great mass of other manuscripts, the Versions, and the Greek Fathers. To this last family Griesbach did not attach so much importance as to the other two. Where two of these families agreed in a reading, that decided the text with him. Griesbach does not seem to have carried out his rule very rigidly, for the common text must be considered to have leant most to his Byzantine family, which he thought least of; yet he appears to have had a sort of preference for the common text in cases of doubt and difficulty, which prevented so many alterations being made from it as otherwise would have been the case. We have nothing here to say as to Griesbach’s rules of classifying the copies ; (it is certain that editors who have suc- ceeded him have not put the copies A and B in the same family ;) we are merely relating his plan of action. ‘‘ His industry,” says Scrivener, ‘‘ his moderation..... his logical acuteness and keen intellectual perception fall to the lot of few; and though they may have helped to lead him into error, and have even kept him from retracing his steps, yet on the whole they are worthily exercised in the good cause of promoting a knowledge of God’s truth.” Griesbach, in his larger editions, encumbered his text with different readings, marking them as more or less probable; but in 1805 he published a smaller edition (representing his final judgment on all points) without any of these gradations in his text. It is from this later edition we have taken his readings. 2. LACHMANN.—This editor, having little respect for the common text, set to work to form a text independent of that, right or wrong. He started with the theory of ancient evidence only, thus sweeping away many copies and much evidence, because they dated below his fixed period. He did not seek to discover the ‘‘ original” text in name so much as to recover the text as it was in the fowrth century. He did not actually restrict himself to evidence of or before the fourth century, or he would have had but little in any shape; but his theory being ‘ancient docu- ments only’ he often had but four Greek copies, in some places three, and in some two, and in parts of the Revelation but one. Old Latin copies and Fathers he added to his scanty stock of evidence. Lachmann being at first misunderstood was severely criticised, but since his work has been better understood he has always held a place among the principal editors of the Greek Testament. Scrivener describes him as ‘‘ earnest, single- INTRODUCTION. Vil hearted, and a true scholar, both in spirit and accomplishment.” Of his owr work he said, ‘‘ I may be allowed to hope that my object, undertaken with diligence and with confidence of Divine aid, and brought to a com- pletion to the best of my ability, will be approved by posterity from the utility being known, more than has been the case from this age.’”’* 3. TISCHENDORF.—We presume this editor aimed at giving (not as Lachmann, the text of any early date, but) the original text as far as he could discover it. His plan was this: ‘ The text is only to be sought from ancient evidence, and especially from Greek MSS, but without neg- lecting the testimonies of Versions and Fathers. Thus the whole confor- mation of the text should proceed from the evidences themselves, and not from what is called the received edition.”* He further differed from Lachmann in receiving evidence as late as the ninth century, though naturally placing more importance upon those copies which were the more ancient. He has published eight editions. We copy of course from his last. His long and unremitting labours as a Biblical critic are too well known and appreciated to need any commendation from us. 4, TREGELLES.—This editor says he purposed ‘‘to give the text on the authority of the oldest MSS and Versions, and the aid of the earlier cita- tions, so as to present, as far as possible, the text commonly received in the fourth century.” It will be seen that this almost exactly agrees in words with what Lachmann proposed to do ; yet from what Tregelles says elsewhere, we suppose he aimed to give the original text, but that he judged the best way to arrive at this was to go back to the text of the fourth century. Except a few cursive copies, he confined his attention to ancient evidence. For about thirty years this critic industriously worked at his New Testament, and in collating manuscripts for it, and ceased not his labours until physically laid aside. 5. ALForp.—‘‘ The text which I have adopted,” says this editor, ‘‘ has been constructed by following, in all ordinary cases, the united or prepon- derating evidence of the most ancient authorities: in cases where the most ancient authorities do not agree nor preponderate, taking into ac- count later evidence ; and in cases where the weight of diplomatic testi- mony is interfered with by adventitious circumstances (such as parallelism or the like), applying those principles of criticism which appear to furnish sound criteria of a spurious or genuine reading. The object of course is, in each case, where evidence is divided, to mount up, if possible, to the original reading from which all the variations sprung: in other words to * Tregelles’s Account of the Printed Text. viii INTRODUCTION. discover some word or some arrangement which shall account for the varia- tions, but for which none of the variations will account.”* There have been several editions of Alford’s Greek Testament. We give the dates of each volume from which our collation has been taken. 6. WorpswortTH.—‘‘ The text of the present edition,” says this editor, “fis not a reprint of that hitherto received in any impression of the New Testament. The editor has endeavoured to avail himself of the collations of manuscripts which have been supplied by others, and to offer to the reader the result at which he has arrived after an examination of those collations..... He feels it his duty to state, that he has not deviated so far from the text commonly received, as has been done in some recent editions. Indeed he cannot disguise his belief that a superintend- ing Providence has ever been watching over the text of the New Testa- ment, and guiding the Church of Christ, as the guardian and keeper of Holy Writ, in the discharge of her duty.”+ It will thus be seen that each of the editors took up more or less a different line. Lachmann was the first to cast wholly aside the commonly received text, and Bishop Wordsworth has taken it up again, believing that God overruled its formation in His good providence. Though these editors had each his own plan, in some places, all came to one conclusion, pointing out that the common Greek text (from which in the main our venerable Authorised Version was translated) ought to be abandoned for the one they give. We consider that in such cases our readers will be safe in taking their united verdict. Where the editors differ, it is not for us to offer any opinion. We are not forming a Greek text: had we done so, it would have been simply our own individual judg- ment, with little or no weight; but we have sought to give our readers unversed in such matters the best guide we could. We know of nothing better for such than to be directed to the united judgment of those who have conscientiously laboured in this particular field. * Alford’s Greek Testament, vol. i., ch. vi. sec. i., 18. We should have been glad to give, as here, what each of the editors said of his system in his own words (and we have done so as far as we could), but we could not transcribe whole pages. Alford says of Tischendorf and Tregelles, “ If Tischendorf has run into a fault on the side of speculative hypotheses as to the origin of readings found in those MSS, it must be confessed that Tre- gelles has sometimes erred on the (certainly, far safer) side of scrupulous adherence to the mere literal evidence of the ancient MSS.” t Preface to New Testament, vol. i., Ὁ. xiii. INTRODUCTION. 1x One further remark seems needed, namely, that the date at which the editors did their work must be remembered ; for further and important evidence (for example the Codex Sinaiticus*) has been discovered since the time of Lachmann. If he and Griesbach had had the same evidence as Tischendorf, Tregelles, Alford and Wordsworth, their readings might have coincided more frequently with those of later editors. In recording the various readings of the editors we have omitted those which we judged to be errors, though not pointed out by themselves. As to the form of the Greek text a few words are needed. 1. PARAGRAPHS.—We were disappointed in finding nothing like autho- rity for where a paragraph ought to be. Ancient manuscripts were no help: they have few or no paragraphs. The editors all differed, each making paragraphs according to his own judgment. We were therefore obliged, after referring to the best examples, to form paragraphs for ourselves. We are anxious that our readers should remember that the paragraphs have no authority, which they might have had if the ancient manuscripts had agreed in the placing of them. 2. PARENTHESES.—Most of the editors have placed here and there parentheses in their Greek texts. These we have disregarded, seeing that there are no such things in the early Greek copies. We have placed them in the English where we deemed them necessary to preserve the sense, but not being in the Greek they also have no authority. 3. INVERTED CommMas.—Some editors mark with inverted commas the words that are spoken, and others in a similar way mark the quotations from the Old Testament. But in some places it is doubtful where these quotations close, and it was thought best to omit them. These also, being absent from the ancient Greek copies, have no authority. 4, Pornts.—There is no authority anywhere for the punctuation. There are few or no points in the ancient copies, and editors naturally differ in their system of pointing. We have been obliged to punctuate for ourselves as we judged best. We have not attempted to note the difference in the punctuation of the various editors, except in places where it materially alters the sense. 5. CAPITALS.—The only remark needed here is in reference to the names of God, of Christ, and of the Holy Spirit. The greatest difficulty ig touching the word ‘Spirit.’ In some places it is very difficult to say * Tregelles had not this codex when he brought out the Gospels: he first mentions it in John xxi. Χ INTRODUCTION. whether the Holy Spirit as a person or the spirit of the Christian is re- ferred to (see Rom. viii. 9); and if sometimes a small letter and sometimes a capital had been placed to the word πνεῦμα, in the Greek, persons would naturally have concluded that the question was thus indisputably settled. It was therefore judged best to put a small 7 everywhere. In the English we have been obliged to put a capital S when the Holy Spirit was referred to and so have retained it wherever we thought this was the case; but in some places it is really doubtful, and becomes a question for the spiritual judgment of the reader. The Greek will not help in the difficulty, because in the earliest copies every letter was a capital. In the other names we have followed the usage of modern editors ; putting in the Greek a capital tu Jesus but a small letter for Christ, and a small letter for Lord and for God. 6. VreRsEs.—In a few places it is doubtful where the verses should com- mence. In these cases we have followed Bruder’s ‘‘ Greek Concordance,” though that work does not in all cases agree with itself. II.—THE INTERLINEAR TRANSLATION. Very few words will suffice for this. No new translation has been aimed at, but rather a selection from the best translations already existing. 1. The plan adopted can soon be explained. The Greek words have always been kept in their right order, and where the interlinear English would not make sense in the same order, the words have been numbered to shew how they must be read. Thus, ‘‘ And ‘related ®to *them 2also !those 3who ‘had 5seen [010] (Luke viii. 86) are numbered so as to read ‘‘ And those also who had seen [it] related to them.” To prevent this numbering, and transposition in reading, being increased unnecessarily, a few words are often made into a phrase. This has been done at the commencement of each sentence, where needed, two or more words being joined with a low hyphen. Thus, instead of ᾿Ἐγένετο. δὲ. ᾿Εγένετο δὲ And it came to pass. 7It *came *to pass ‘and The words in brackets [ ] are what have been added in the English to complete the sense where there is no word in the Greek to correspond to the words added. Where a Greek word occurs which the English idiom requires should not be translated, the word stands alone with no English word under it : as Or, ‘that,’ in Mark xii. 7; and οὐ in verse 14, where there are two we have printed INTRODUCTION. xi negatives, which, if both were translated, would in English destroy one another; and so of μή, where it simply marks the sentence as a question. In a few places we have been obliged to put a double translation, mostly because of the double negatives used in the Greek, where they do not immediately follow one another, and so could not be translated by such strengthened expressions as ‘not at all,’ ‘in no wise,’ &c. In such cases we have placed a literal translation below the one required in English. Thus— οὐδέν. (it, nothing) 2. As to points of grammar we shall trouble the reader with but few remarks. The Aorist. This tense of the Greek verb has been at all times the most difficult to deal with, being translated, in the Authorised Version (and by others), sometimes by the present, sometimes by the past, some- times by the futwre, and sometimes by the perfect. Grammarians say that, in the main, it is the indefinite past, and we have endeavoured, as far as may be, to keep it to this, avoiding, except in a few places, the trans- lation of it asa perfect. We all know what stress is often laid—and rightly so—upon the word ‘have.’ IfI say, ‘he has cleansed me,’ it is more than saying ‘he cleansed me.’ The former expression indicates the perfect, and implies a continuance of the act, or its effects, to the present time; whereas the latter speaks of an act at some time in the past, without any- thing being implied as to its continuance. For this reason it appeared unadvisable to translate the aorist as the perfect, except in a few places where the true sense would otherwise have been destroyed. It is true that the English idiom requires it elsewhere, but it was thought best to sacrifice the English for the sake of preserving the above distinction. An extreme case will illustrate this point. In 1 Corinthians vy. 9 occurs the word ἔγραψα, “1 wrote ;’ and in verse 11 the same word precisely—‘I wrote ;’ but the Authorised Version (and others) put for the latter ‘I have written.’ It is there accompanied with the word ‘now’—‘now I have written.’ This is needed for good English ; but we have sacrificed the English and put ‘I wrote’ in both places, but have put a comma after the word ‘now’ to make it read not quite so harshly. We were encouraged to preserve this uniformity by the fact of the Authorised Version being in proximity, which will make all plain in the instances where this uncouthness occurs. In a few places we have translated the aorist as a present where the xil INTRODUCTION. sense demanded it. As, for instance, ἔγνω, in 2 Timothy ii. 19: ‘‘The Lord knows those that are his,” instead of ‘‘ the Lord knew,” &c. The Imperfect. This is mostly translated as ‘I was writing,’ or ‘I wrote.’ But there are a few places where this tense is said to have a different meaning. This will be best illustrated by the much-disputed pas- sage in Romans ix. 3: ‘‘For J cowld wish that myself were accursed from Christ for my brethren.” Here the word for ‘I could wish’ is in the im- perfect. If the learned were agreed as to a translation we should have kept to the same, but while some translate ‘I could wish,’ as a conditional present, others give ‘I could have wished’ as a conditional past. We have thought it best to keep the sense of the simple imperfect as referred by Winer to this passage. ‘‘ J felt a wish, and should do so still, could it be gratified. .... (a conditional clause being understood).” We have put “1 was wishing.” The Perfect. This we have kept as uniform as we could, implying an act perfected, but continuing to the present in itself or its conse- quences. In a few places we have translated it as a present: as in Matthew xii. 47, in the sense of ‘they have stood and still are standing.’ The Subjunctive. In this mood perhaps we have deviated further from ordinary practice than in any other, but we have endeavoured, as far as practicable, to keep it distinct from both the English imperative and the Greek future. Thus in Romans xiii. 9 for οὐ φονεύσεις (future indicative) we have, ‘thou shalt not commit murder ;’ but in James ii. 11, for μὴ φονεύσῃς (aorist subjunctive) ‘thou mayest not commit murder.’ Tue Pronouns. At times it is important to know whether the pro- nouns are emphatic or not. ἐγὼ γράφω and γράφω are both ‘I write;’ but where the ἐγώ is put in the Greek, it makes the pronoun emphatic. This however is somewhat due to the writer’s style, and in John’s Gospel and Epistles, it has been judged that, from his peculiar style of composi- tion, he puts in the pronouns where emphasis is not always intended. John ix. 27 gives a good example of the same verb with and with- out the pronoun in the Greek: ‘‘Why again do ye wish to hear? do ye also wish to become his disciples ?” Comrounp Worps. It was found impracticable to translate these uniformly throughout. For instance, if γνῶσις be translated ‘ knowledge,’ it might be thought that ἐπίγνωσις should be ‘full knowledge,’ &c. ; but on referring to a Concordance it will be seen that the latter word cannot be intensified in all places, and then to translate it by ‘knowledge’ in some places, and ‘ full knowledge’ in others looks too much like interpre- tation. We have therefore translated both words by ‘knowledge.’ In INTRODUCTION. xii the few places however where one of each of such words occurs in the same sentence, some distinction was imperative. III.—Tue Notes. The references to the notes are marked thus in the text *avrov"; the mark ' shewing how far the variation extends. In a few places a note occurs within a note. If words are to be omitted or transposed by some editors but not by others, these latter may want to alter a word in the sentence. In such cases one tick shews the termination of the inner note. Phas’? ΦΈΡ ΟΣ: bg, oo WANE | See notes ¥ and * Matthew v. 44. This mark — iad for omit; and + for add; but in some places all the editors do not actually omit, some putting the word in brackets as doubtful. In that case it is put thus, ‘‘— αὐτοῦ [L]TTr’ ; which means that Lachmann marks the word as doubtful, and Tischendorf and Tregelles omit it. In some cases, a// mark a word as doubtful, and then it could be put either thus, δὲ [LTTr], or [δὲ] LTTr; we have adopted the latter plan. In some places the editors mark part of a word as doubtful, mostly in compound words. See for instance [ἐκ]διώξουσιν read by TrA in Luke xi. 49. It will be seen by this that the marks [ ] applied to the Greek or the editors in the notes always refer to readings which the editors point out as doubtful. They must not be confounded with the same marks in the English text and notes, which always point out that there is no corres- ponding word in the Greek. In some places where a word is added by the editors, another English word is added in the note to shew the connection of the new word. Thus in Luke xv. 2, the word ‘both’ is added; but it falls between the words ‘the’ and ‘Pharisees,’ therefore it is put thus in the note ‘‘+ re both (the) LTTrA” to shew that it must be read ‘both the Pharisees.’ Slight variations in the use of the parenthesis occur in the course of the work, but we trust the meaning intended will in all cases be plain to the student. Where long pieces are to be omitted they are marked in the text where they commence and where they end, but in the notes the first word or two only and the last are named with..... between. Thus in Luke ix. 55, note * stands, ?— καὶ εἶπεν (verse 55). . . . σῶσαι (verse 56) LTTrA; —oyap..... σῶσαια. The four editors omit the whole twenty words; but G omits only the last twelve. In Luke xxiv. 10, note ‘ is thus, ' + ἡ the [...], implying that some word must be added. χὶν INTRODUCTION. We have endeavoured to make the notes as plain as possible for the English reader. One point still needs to be explained. For instance, in Luke vii. 22 occur the words ‘‘and “answering ‘Jesus said ;” but a note omits the word ‘Jesus,’ and then it must be read (as stated in the note) ‘and answering he 5814. This is because the word εἶπεν (as already ex- plained) stands for both ‘he said,’ and ‘said.’ Also in verse 27 occur the words ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω, ‘I send,’ but a note omits the word ἐγὼ, ‘I,’ and then ἀποστέλλω is to be read ‘I send,’ but without emphasis on the ‘1.’ IV.—THE MonrEy AND MEASURES OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 1. Monry. It was deemed better not to attempt to translate the sums of money named in the New Testament, as we have no corresponding pieces to those then in use. We have therefore used the Greek words un- translated, and give a list of them here. It is not without interest and in- struction to know the approximate value of money and the extent of the measures used. For instance, in Revelation vi. 6 we read of “ἃ measure of wheat for a penny” in the Authorised Version; but this leaves the reader in doubt as to how far it speaks of scarcity and dearness. We want at least to know the value of the ‘penny,’ and the capacity of the ‘measure.’ The following lists, it is hoped, will be useful ; but approximate values only can now be arrived at. APPROXIMATE GREEK. AUTHORISED VERSION. IN THIS WORK. ae ; £58. One ats λεπτόν mite lepton 0 0 0 0.375 κοδράντης farthing kodrantes 0' 00" δῦ ἀσσάριον farthing assarion 0 “O'* Ors δηνάριον penny denarius D) #0 Pye δραχμή piece of silver drachma 0° 0" 7 9) δίδραχμον tribute money didrachma 0 1 8.2 orarno piece of money stater a li! μνάα pound mina ΘΟ jt τάλαντον talent talent 193 15 0 0 ἀργύριον piece of silver. This is the common word for silver and money, as U’argent in French. In different places it would represent wholly different coins. INTRODUCTION. ΧΥ͂ 2. MEASURES OF CAPACITY. GREEK. AUTHORISED VERSION. IN THIS WORK. APPROXIMATE, Gallon. Pint. ξέστης pot (liquid measure) vessels* 0 1 χοῖνιξ measure (dry ,, ) cheenix 0 2 “μόδιος bushel (dry ,; } Corn measure* 2 0 σάτον measure (dry », } seah 2 i Baroc measure (liquid ,, } bath if 4 METONTNG firkin (liquid ,, } metretes 8 + κόρος measure (dry ,, ) cor 64 1 It is judged that those marked * are referred to as measures independent of their capacity: such as ‘‘ washing of vessels,” &c. 3. Lona Muasure. Here the names already in use were near enough to be retained. Feet. Inches. πῆχυς cubit cubit 1 6 to 9 ὀργυιά fathom fathom 6 0 στάδιον furlong furlong 606 9 μίλιον mile mile 4854 0 ὁδὸς σαββάτου sabbath day’s journey 6 furlongs In conclusion, we desire to render thanks to Almighty God who has enabled us to complete what has been a work of some years. For the various readings reference has been made to the originals. This alone was a work of labour. When we commenced our work Tischendorf and Tregelles had not finished their editions (though during its progress Tischendorf, Tregelles, and Alford have all passed from the scene of their labours) ; and each part had to be collated as it appeared, and some of the other editors, as far as we know, had never been collated before. To those who have so kindly given their aid we return our thanks and acknowledgments: may the Lord reward them. Though the work has been laborious, it has been full of interest, and we trust to some profit. If our God will vouchsafe to use our humble _ endeavour to aid to a more careful study of His word, and to a clearer knowledge of His truth, our desire will be obtained ; and to Him be all _ the praise andthe glory. Amen. Lonpon, 1877. LIST OF SIGNS AND EDITIONS USED. E Elzevir, 1624. G Griesbach, 1805. L Lachmann, 1842-1850. T Tischendorf, Eighth Edition, 1865-1872. Tr Tregelles, 1857-1872. A Alford, vol. i. 1868 ; vol. ii. 1871 ; vol. iii. 1865 ; vol. iv. 1862, 1870. W Wordsworth, 1870. + signifies an addition. - »» ἢ omission. [ ] », in the interlinear translation, that there is no Greek word corresponding to the English. [ ] signifies in the notes that an editor marks the reading as doubtful. ΕΣ how far the variation in the Greek text extends. Text. Rec. refers to both Stephens 1550 and E. THIRD EDITION. This differs from the Second Edition only in a few places where the translation has been made more uniform, 1896. ΠΟ CAA THE *ACCORDING ἼΟ. “MATTHEW ‘HOLY BIBAOS γενέσεως ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ ὑΔαβίδ," υἱοῦ BOOK of (the] generation of Jesus Christ, son of David, son ᾿Αβραάμ. of Abraham, 2 ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ’loaan ᾿Ισαὰκ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Abraham begat Isaac ; and Isaac begat Ἰακώβ᾽ ᾿Ιακὼβ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ιϑύδαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς Jacob ; and Jacob begat Judas and 7brethren αὐτοῦ: 3 ᾿Ιοὐδας. δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Φαρὲς καὶ τὸν Zapa ἐκ this ; and Judas begat Phares and Zara of τῆς Θαμάρ'’ Φαρὲς. δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Εσρώμ: ᾿Ἐσρὼμ. δὲ Thamar; and Phares begat Esrom ; and Esrom ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αράμ' 4’Apay.de ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αμιναδάβ'" begat am; and Aram begat Aminadab ; Αμιναδαβ! δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Naacowy’ Naaocowy.cé ἐγέννη- and Aminadab begat Naasson ; and Naasson be- σεν τὸν Σαλμών' 5 Σαλμὼν.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Bool" ἐκ τῆς gat Salmon ; and Salmon begat Booz of ‘Paya’ “Βοὺξζ! δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν © QBH6" ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ᾽ “Ωβὴδἱ!' BRachab ; and Booz begat Obed of Ruth ; 2Obed δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν lecoat’ 6 ᾿Ιεσσαὶ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν "AaBid" ‘and begat Jesse ; and Jesse begat David τὸν βασιλέα. ὕΔαβιὲὶδ᾽ δὲ [ὁ βασιλεὺς" ἐγέννησεν τὸν ΕΣολο- the king. And David the king begat Solo- μῶντα! ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου: 7 Σολομὼν. δὲ ἐγέν- mon of the (one who had been wife] of Urias; and Solomon be- νησεν τὸν Ῥοβοάμ: ‘PoBodp δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αβιά" ᾿Αβιὰ gat Roboam ; and Roboam begat Abia; 7Abia δὲ ἐγέννησεν Tiv™ Aca" 8’ Acd' δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ιωσαφάτ' land begat Asa; and Asa begat Josaphat ; ? ‘ 4 ‘ , ’ 4 , ‘ Ἰωσαφὰτ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ιωράμ᾽ ᾿Ιωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν and Josaphat begat Joram ; and Joram begat POZiay’ 9 Ὀζίας". δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ιωάθαμ᾽ ᾿Ιωάθαμ.δὲ Ozias ; and Ozias begat Joatham ; and Joatham ἐγέννησεν τὸν “Ayal: Αχαζ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν * Εζεκίαν"" begat Achaz; and Achaz begat Ezekias ; 10 "Ἐζεκίας" δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μανασσῆ: Μανασσῆς δὲ ἐγέν- and Ezekias begat Manasses ; and Manasses be- vnoey τὸν “᾿Αμών"" ™Apuwr' δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν lwoiar"' gat Amon ; and Amon begat Josias ; 11 “Iwoiac'.6& ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ιεχονίαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς and Josias begat Jechonias and *pbrethren αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος. 12 Μετὰ. δὲ *his, at(thetime] of the carryingaway οἵ Babylon. And after MATOAION AVION EYALPEAION. | 7GLAD *TIDINGS. THE book of the gei- eration of Jesus Christ, the son of David, the zon of Abraham, 2 Abraham begat Isaac ; and Isaac be- gat Jacob; and Jacob begat Judas and his brethren ; 3 and Judas begat Phares and Zara of Thamar; and Pha- res begat Esrom; and Esrom begat Aram; 4 and Aram begat A- minadab; and Ami- nadab begat Naasson ; and Naasson begat Salmon ; 5 and Salmon begat Booz of Rachab; and Booz begat Obed of Ruth; and Obed begat Jesse; 6 and Jesse begat David the king; and David the king begat Solomon of her that had been the wife of Urias; 7 and Solomon begat Roboam ; and Roboam begat Abia; and Abia begat Asa; 8and Asa begat Josaphat; and Josaphat begat Jo- ram; and Joram begat Ozias; 9 and Ozias begat Joatham; and Joatham begat A- chaz; and Achaz be- gat Ezekias ; 10 and Ezekias begat Manas- ses; and Manasses be- gat Amon; and Amon begat Josias; 11 and Josias begat Jechonias and his brethren,about the time they were carried away to Ba- bylon: 12 and after a Εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Μαθθαῖον (Maré. Gw) Gutrw ; [Evay.] κατὰ Μαθθ. a; κατα Μαθθ. 1. Ὁ Δαυϊδ Gw; Δανεὶδ LTTrA. {--- ὃ βασιλεὺς LTTra. 1 ᾽Οζείας LTTrA,. 5 Ἰωσείας ἱτττὰ. ς ᾿Αμειναδάβ A. 8 ΞΣολομῶνα GTTrAW. ©’Eexeiav 1.. ι᾿Ἑζεκείας L. 4 Boos LTr; Βοὲς Ta h’Agad LTTrA, m’Awws LTTra. © Ιωβὴδ LTTra. 1 ’OGecav LTTra. π᾿Ιωσείαν LTTrA. B 2 they were brought to Babylon, Jechonias begat Salathiel; and Salathiel begat Zoro- babel; 13 and Zoroba- bel begat Abiud ; and Abiud begat Eliakim ; and Eliakim begat A- zor ; 14 and Azor begat Sadoc; andSadoc begat Achim; and Achim be- gat Eliud; 15and Eliud begat Eleazar; and Eleazar begat Mat- than; and Matthan begat Jacob; 16 and Jacob begat Joseph the husband of Mary, of whom was born Jesus, who is called Christ. 17 So all the gene- rations from Abraham to David are fourteen enerations ; and from avid until the carry- ing away into Babyton are fourteen genera- tions; and from the carrying away into Babylon unto Christ are fourteen genera- tions, 18 Now the birth of Jesus Christ was on this wise: When as his mother Mary was es- poused to Joseph, be- fore they came ἴο- gether, she was found with child of the Hol Ghost. 19 Then Josep: her husband, being a cust man, and not wil- ling to make her a public example, was minded to put her away privily. 20 But while he thought on these things, behold, the angel of the Lord appeared unto him in a dream, saying, Jo- seph, thou son of David, fear not to take unto thee Mary thy wife: for that which is conceived in her is of the Holy Ghost. 21 And she shall bring forth a son, and thou shalt call his name JESUS: for he shall save his people from their sins, 22 Now all this was done, that it might be fulfilled which was ΓΕΘ θα of the Lord by the prophet, saying, 23 Behold, a virgin shall be with child, and shall bring forth a son, and they shall 4 γεννᾷ begets A. GLTTraAW LTTraw. * — yap for LTT:[ A]. MATOAIOS., I, THY μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος, ‘lexovac “ἐγέννησεν! τὸν Σαλα- the carryingaway of Babylon, Jechonias begat Sala- Or: Σαλαθιὴλ. δὲ “ἐγέννησεν! τὸν ZopoBaBer 18 Ζοροβά- thiel ; and Salathiel begat Zorobabel ; *Zoroba- Bed δὲ “ἐγέννησεν! τὸν ᾿Αβιούδ' ᾿Αβιοὺδ. δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν bel ‘tand begat Abiud ; and Abiud begat ᾿Ελιακείμ' ᾿Ἑλιακεὶμ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αζώρ' 14 ᾿Αζὼρ δὲ Eliakim ; and Eliakim begat Azor ; and Azor ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαδώκ' Σαδὼκ. δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αχείμ᾽ ᾿Αχειμ begat Sadoc ; and Sadoc begat Achim; 7Achim δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ελιούδ' 15 ᾿Ελιοὺδ. δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἔλεά- ‘and begat Eliud; and Eliud begat Elea- Zap’ ᾿Ἐλεάξζαρ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν "Ματθάν"" τΜατθὰν" δὲ ἐγέν- Matthan ; and Matthan be- Zar; and Hleazar begat vnoey τὸν Ἰακώβ'΄ 16 ᾿Ιακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ιωσὴφ τὸν gat Jacob ; and Jacob begat Joseph the ἄνδρα Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη ᾿Ιησοῦς ὁ λεγόμενος χριστός. husband of Mary, of whom was born Jesus, who is called Christ. 17 Πᾶσαι οὖν αἱ γενεαὶ ἀπὸ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἕως "Δαβιδ' So all the generations from Abraham to David [were] γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες" καὶ ἀπὸ *AaBid" Ewe τῆς μετοικεσίας *generations ‘fourteen; and from David until the carrying away Βαβυλῶνος, γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες" Kai ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας of Babylon, “generations ‘fourteen ; and from the carrying away Βαβυλῶνος Ewe τοῦ χριστοῦ, γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες. of Babylon to the Christ, *generations ‘fourteen. 18 Τοῦ δὲ "Τησοῦ" χριστοῦ ἡ γέννησις" οὕτως ἦν. Μνη- Now of Jesus rist the birth thus was, *Having στευθείσης τ γὰρ" τῆς. μητὶ ὁς. αὐτοῦ Mcplag τῷ lwond, πρὶν.ἢ Speen Τρούσούῃοᾷ ‘for his “mother *Mary to Joseph, efore συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα ἐκ πνεύματος *came Stogether 'they she wasfound to be with ohild of (the] *Spirit ἁγίου. 19 Ἰωσὴφ.δὲ ὁ. ἀνὴρ.αὐτῆς, δίκαιος ὦν, καὶ μὴ θέλων ἸΉΟΪγΥ. But Joseph herhusband, righteous *being,and not willing αὐτὴν *rapadeyparioat," ἐβουλήθη YAaOpa" ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν. to put 7away = her. her to expose publicly, purposed secretly ~ ‘ ~ ’ ’ ” , 0 ταῦτα.δὲ αὐτοῦ. ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου And Sthese*things ‘when*he*had*pondered, behold, anangel of [{}9} Lord kar’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ, λέγων, ᾿Ιωσήφ, υἱὸς *AaBid," μὴ in adream appeared tohim, saying, Joseph, son of David, “not Paine ~ Η͂ " ω“ 9 Δ A 2 φοβηθῇς παραλαβεῖν Μαριὰμ τὴν. γυναϊκά.σου" τὸ.γὰρ ἐν ‘fear totaketo[thee] Mary thy wife, for that which in ᾽ ~ ‘ > ’ , ’ e ΄ 9] ἐξ δὲ cr αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ πνευματος ἐστιν αγιου. Τεξεται. vLOoY, her is begotten of (Sthe]°Spirit “is “Holy. Andsheshall bring forth ason, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ.Ὀνομα.αὐτοῦ "Inoovy' αὐτὸς. γὰρ σώσει τὸν and thou shalt call his name Jesus ; for he shall save λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν.ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν. 22 Ῥοῦτο.δὲ ὅλον ‘people ‘his from their sins. Now this all , ε ~ a « θὲ « A 1 Sell /, γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθ τὸ πθέλι. ume ἴτοις, mene or led that which wasspoken by the ~ « , διὰ τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, 23 ᾿Ιδοὸ ἡ παρθένος ἐν through the prophet, saying, Behold, the virgin ‘with αστρὶ ἕξει καὶ τέξεται υἱόν, Kai καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄνομα child 4shall?be, and shall bring forth ason, and they shall call *name came to pass, that might be ful 5 Aavié GW; Aaveld LTTrA. " --- Ἰησοῦ Tr. * γένεσις τ Μαθθάν LTTra. i YAd@pq 1. * — τοῦ (read |the]) χα δειγματίσαι LTTrA. 1.1]: MATTHEW. 3 ee , ἐξῆν» ΄ ἢ ,, call his name Emma- αὐτου ἐπι οῦηλ; O ἔστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Μεθ μῶν λαοὶ, which being in- this mmanuel, which is, being interpreted, f *With us terpreted is, God with "ὁ" θεός. 24 ὑΔιεγερθεὶς".δὲ “ὁ" ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, érroi-_BS. 24 Then Joseph be- 'God. Andhaving*been*aroused ‘Joseph from the sleep, didetes Space SLOMASTeep A alec . 5 rf did as the angel of the noev we προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου" καὶ παρέλαβεν Hers aid biddee bin, as had ordered him the ee δ: [[86] Lord, “πὸ ἘΠ etophien) site 25 and tear τὴν.γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ, 25 Kai ovK.éyivwoKey αὐτὴν ἕως ov her not till she had Ἐν τς fot : brought forth her his wife, aod knew not her until Gicet Mae ea Temiihe ἔτεκεν “ro! υἱὸν “αὐτῆς τὸν mpwrdroKoy"" Kai ἐκάλεσεν called his name JE- she brought forth *son "her the firstborn ; and hecalisd SUS. τὸ ὑνομα.αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦν. his namo Jesus. Q ἸΤοῦ.δὲ᾿ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλεὲμ τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας, Now Jesus having been born in Bethlehem of Judza, eas > Σ iS Ε ΟΡ a Mer 5 = 11. Now when Jesus EV ἡμέραις Hpowdov TOU βασιλέως, ἰδού, μάγοι απο ανατολῶν wasborn in Bethlehem in {the]days of Herou the king, behold, magi from(the] east ὍΣ νον μος aie i παρεγένοντο εἰς Lepocd\vpa, 2 λέγοντες, Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχ- hold, there came wise arrived at erusalem, saying, Where is he who has men from the east to : ᾿ aD ͵ ” ἢ Ay τάττον Geta, Jerusalem, 2 saying, θεὶξ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων; εἴδομεν yap αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα Whereishethat isborn been born King of the Jews? for we saw his star King of the Jews? for ? ~ 9 ~ . oo» ~ wae ᾽ , we have seen his star ἐν TY ἀνατολῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ. 3 ᾿Ακούσας in the cast, and are in the east, and arecome todohomage tohim., ‘Having *heard come to worship him, 5 ft , ι x ll ὲ , 6; \ ~ ε aN 3 When Herod t oeking δὲ Ἡρώδης ὁ βασιλεὺς! ἐταράχθη, καὶ πᾶσα ἹἹεροσόλυμα jad μοιταὰ these things ‘but ?Herod “the *king hewastroubled,and all erusalem he was troubled, and = - 1 ᾽ ~ , all J 1 ith per αὐτοῦ" 4 καὶ συναγαγὼν πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ him.’ 4d@And whon he with him, And having gatheredtogether all the chief priests and had gathered all the ~ im ae θά a ie yoo ~ .,, chief priests and γραάμματεις του λαοῦ, ἐπυνθάνετο TAP αὐτων, TOV O χριστὸς scribes of the people scribes of the people, he inquired of them wherethe Christ together, he demanded γεννᾶται. 5 Οἱ. δὲ Selrov' αὐτῷ, Ἔν Βηθλεὲμ τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας. Oia bo born, 5 And shouldbeborn. Andthey said tohim, In _ Bethlehem of Juda: they said unto him, In οὕτως. γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου, 6 Kai od Βηθλεέμ, pe beae aie for thus it has been written by the prophet, And thou, Bethlehem, by the prophet, 6 And γῆ ᾿Ιούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν ᾿Ιούδα᾽ ἐκ thou Bethlehem, inthe land of Juda, in no wise least artamong the governors of Juda, 7out tend Laue sri σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὕστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν. λαόν. μου Princes of Juda: for %of*thee‘for shall goforth a leader, who shallshepherd my people oe sot ehre se shall ’ τὸν ᾿Ισραήλ. 7 Τότε Ἡρώδης "λάθρα! καλέσας τοὺς μάγους, mule my people Tarnel. Israel Then Herod, “secretly 'having called the magi, amcor a a ἠκρίβωσεν παρ᾽ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος" wise men, inguired of i) P 2 : 1 them diligently what peared ΠΟΟΌΓΑΎΘΙΝ of Hien, the ime ofthe eppesring ΠΕΣ tine fHastacanpeared. 8 καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλεὲμ εἶπεν, Πορευθέντες 'άκρι- 8 And he sent them to Απα having sent them to Bethlehem, hesaid, Having gone, accu- Hethleheiny eat its βῶς ἐξετάσατε! περὶ τοῦ παιδίου" ἐπὰν. δὲ εὕρητε, gently for the young rately inquire for the littlechild; and when ye shall have found [him] child; and when ye > r , “ Br ALS ‘ 7 > ~ have found him, brin ἀπαγγείλατε μοι, ὕπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὑτῷ. me word again, that t bring word back tome, that also havyingcome maydohomage tohim, may comeand worship einvel pate o? ~ , ᾽ , : 1 »9 + ε himalso. 9 When they 9 Οἱιδὲ ἀκούσαντες τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπορεύθησαν" Kai ἰδού, ὁ had heard the king, Απᾶ they having heard the king, went away; and behold,the they departed; and, ᾽ ΠΕΣ ΤᾺ > , ὦ ᾽ ’ lo, thestar, which they ἀστήρ, ov εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ, προῆγεν αὐτοὺς ἕως ἐλθὼν saw in the east, wont star, which theysawin the east, went before them, untilhavingcome before them, till it κ᾿ 1 eG - σ᾿ 4 δὶ 10 ἐδό ΕΣ sete came and stood over €0T)) eTavVW OU nV TO σπαιοιον. t OVTEC. € TOV αστερα, where the young child it stood over where was the littlechild. Andhayvingseen the star, was. 10 wien they saw , ᾿ , the star, t joiced ἐχάρησαν χαρὰν μεγάλην σφόδρα᾽ 11 καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς with exceeding great they rejoiced [with] joy ?great ‘exceedingly. And haying come into joy. 11 And when they *—oL. > ἐγερθεὶς having risen LTTrA. ¢—oT. 4d — τὸν (read a son) LTTra. © — αὐτῆς τὸν πρωτότοκον LITrA. £6 βασιλεὺς Ἡρώδης LTTra. Β εἶπαντ. 4 λάθρᾳι, leferaga ε ἀκριβῶς LTTrA. Κ ἐστάθη LTTra. 4 were come into the house, they saw the young child with Mary nis mother, and fell down, and worshipped him: and when they had opened their trea- sures, they presented anto him gifts; gold aud frankincenge, an myrrh. 12 And being warned of God in a dream that they should not return to Herod, they departed into their own coun- try another way. 13 And when they were departed, behold, the angel of the Lord appearcth to Joseph in a dream, saying, Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and fice into Egypt, and be thou there until I bring thee word: for Herod will seek the poung child to destroy im. 14 When hearose, he took the young child and his mother by night, and departed into Egypt: 15 and was there until the death of Herod: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son. 16 Then Herod, when he saw that he was mocked of the wise men, was ex- ceeding wroth, and sent forth, and slew all the children that were in Bethlehem, and in all the coasts thereof, from two years old and under, according to the time which he had diligent- ly inquired of the wise men. 17 Then was ful- filled that which was spoken by Jeremy the Prephets saying, 15 In ama was there a voice heard, lamentation, and weeping, and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her chil- dren, and would not be coniforted, because they are not. 19 But when Herod was dead, behold, an angel of the Lord ap- penreth in a dream to Joseph in Egypt, 20 saying, Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and go MATOATIOYXS. 11. 4 r des)? 1 = " ‘ δί ‘ , ~ A > ~ THY οἰκίαν, ‘Ebpov’ τὸ παιδίον μετὰ Μαρίας τῆς. μητρὸς. αὐτοῦ, the house, they Τοππᾷ the littlechild with Mary his mother, καὶ πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀνοίξαντες τοὺς and having fallendown did homage tohim: and having opened θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα, χρυσὸν καὶ *treasures ‘their they offered tohim gifts; gold and ? λίβανον Kai σμύρναν. 12 Kai χρηματισθέντες κατ frankincense and myrrh. And having been divinely instructed in ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρώδην, δι ἄλλης ὁδοῦ adream not to revurn to Herod, by another way ἀνεχώρησαν εἰς τὴν.χώραν αὐτῶν. they withdrew into their own country. 13 ᾿Αναχωρησάντων.δὲ αὐτῶν, ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου Now *having *withdrawn ‘they, behold, anangel of[the) Lord “gaiverar κατ᾽ ὄναρ" τῷ ᾿Ιωσήφ, λέγων, Eyepelc παράλαβε appears in adream to Joseph, saying, Having risen take with[thee] τὸ παιδίον Kai τὴν. μητέρα.αὐτοῦ, Kai φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον, the little child and his mother, and flee into Egypt, καὶ ἴσθι ἐκεῖ ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοί" μέλλει γὰρ Ἡρώδης ζητεῖν τὸ and be there until 1 588}}] 611 thee; Sis¢about for “Herod to seek the παιδίον, τοῦ ἀπολέσαι αὐτό. 14 Ὁ δὲ ἐγερθεὶς παρέλαβεν little child, to destroy him. Ὁ Andhe having risen took with [him_ τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν. μητέρα.αὐτοῦ νυκτός, Kai ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς the littlechild and his mother by night, and withdrew into Αἴγυπτον, 15 καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρώδου" gypt, and was there until the death of Herod: ~ 4 a θὲ « " ἢ ™ II » ὃ 4 ~ πληρωθ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ "τοῦ" κυρίου διὰ τοῦ might be fulfilled that which wasspoken by the Lord through the ΄ , ? ᾽ ᾿ ? ’ ΟἿ “ΡΨ προφήτου, λέγοντος, EE Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸνουἱϊόν.μου. prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son. 16 Τότε Ἡρώδης, ἰδὼν ὅτι ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων, Then Herod, having seen that he wasmocked by the magi, ἐθυμώθη λίαν, καὶ ἀποστείλας ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς was enraged greatly, and having sent he put to death all the παῖδας τοὺς ἐν Βηθλεὲμ καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ὁρίοις. αὐτῆς, ἀπὸ boys that [{were}in Bethlehem and in all its borders, from διετοῦς Kai κατωτέρω, κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν ἠκρί(ω- two years old and under, according to the time which hehadaccurately ~ , « " σεν παρὰ τῶν μάγων. 17 Τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν inquired from the magi. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken οὑπὸ! Ἱερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, 18 Φωνὴ ἐν ‘Papa by Jeremias the prophet, saying, Avoice in Rama ~ ‘ , « ‘ ἠκούσθη, Ῥθρῆνος καὶ" κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς, “Payijr was heard, lamentation and weeping and *mourning ‘great, Rachel κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα.αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ “ἤθελεν! παρακληθῆναι, weeping [for] her children, and *not ‘would be comforted, OTe οὐκ.εἰσίν. because they are not. 19 TeXeuvrnoayroc.dé τοῦ gos ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου But *having “died ‘Herod, behold, an angel of [the] Lord ‘kar’ ὄναρ φαίνεται! τῷ ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, 20 λέγων, ’Eyep- ἵνα that » in adream appears to Joseph in gypt, saying, Having ‘ A U ‘ ‘ , ~ ‘ ’ θεὶς παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν. μητέρα. αὐτοῦ, Kai πορεύου risen take with [thee] the little child and his mother, and go Ι εἶδον they saw GLTTrAW. n — τοῦ (read [the]) LTTraw. τ φαίνεται κατ᾽ ὄναρ LTTrA. φαίνεται Tr. 4 ηθέλησεν 1.. m κατ᾽ ὄναρ ἐφάνη in a dream appeared L; κατ᾽ ὄναρ © διὰ through LTTraW. P — @pyvos καὶ LTTra- ΠῚ ΤΙῚ: MATTHEW. εἰς γὴν ‘lopand* τεθνήκασιν.γὰρ οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν into(the]land of Israel: for they have died who were ee the τοῦ παιδίου. 21 Ὁ δὲ ἐγερθεὶς παρέλαβεν τὸ παιδίον Kai Ἂν of the little child. And he havingrisen took with (him)the little child and τὴν. μητέρα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ "ἦλθεν! εἰς ee ‘Io, oot 22 ἀκούσας his mother, and came into([theJland of Israel eying. Sheard ιδὲ ὅτι ᾿Αρχέλαος βασιλεύει ἐπὶ" τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀντὶ “Ἡρώδου ‘butthat Archelaus reigns over Juda insteadof Herod τοῦ.πατρὸς αὐτοῦ," ἐφοβήθη ἐκεῖ ἀπελθεῖν" ᾿χρηματισ- his father, he was afraid there to go; “having “been “divinely θεὶς δὲ κατ᾽ ὄναρ, ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὰ μέρη τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ‘instructed 'and in adream, he withdrew into the parts of Galilee : 28 καὶ ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς πόλιν λεγομένην “Ναζαρέτ'" and having come he dwelt in acity called Nazareth ; ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν, Ore so that should be fulfilled that which was spokenthroughthe prophets, that Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται. a Nazarean shall he be called 3 Ἐν.δὲ ταῖς. ἡμέραις.ἐκείναις παραγίνεται ᾿Ιωάννης ὁ Now in those a3 comes John the βϑαπτιστής, κηρύσσων ἐν TH ἐρήμῳ Tij¢ Lovdaiag, 2*cai' λέγων, Baptist, Beoslatming in the wilderness of Judza, and ED Μετανοεῖτε" ἤγγικεν.γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 3 Οὗτος. γάρ Repent, pores drawn near ae kingdom of the heavens. For this ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς Υὑπὸ" Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος Η is hewho ἘΣ {πότ of by Esaias the prophet, saying, Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῷ ἐρήμῳ, τοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυ- The] voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare the ey, of [the] ρίου᾽ εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς.τρίβους. αὐτοῦ. 4 Αὐτὸς. .δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης Lord, Εἰσεικεν make his paths, And *himself ‘John εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην dep- bad his raiment of hair ofacamel, and a girdle oe ματίνην περὶ τὴν. ὀσφὺν. αὐτοῦ" ἡ.δὲ τροφὴ Ταὐτοῦ ἦν!" ἀκρίδες leather about his loins, andthe food ofhim was locusts καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. and *honey ‘wild. 5 Tore ἐξεπορεύετο eels Bue ‘Te 2 Le καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Then went out rusalem, and all lovdaia καὶ πᾶσα ἡ peli Spadite τοῦ lo Judea, and all the ΞΕΒΣΆ ΞΟ around the ζοντο" ἐν τῷ lopdavy” tized in the Jordan δάνου" 6 καὶ ἐβαπτί- ordan, and were bap- ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρ- by him, confessing sins τίας αὐτῶν. 7 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ πολλοὺς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδου- ‘their Baghaving seen many ofthe Pharisees and Saddu- καίων ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ τὸ. βάπτισμα.“αὐτοῦ, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, cees coming to his eens he said tothem, Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, Tic ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς ped- ΟἸΈΡΕΙΝΕ: of vipers, who forewarned you toflee from the com- λούσης ὀργῆς; 8 ποιήσατε οὖν “napa οὺὑς ἀξίους" τῆς μετα- ing wrath? Produce therefore its worthy of repent- γνοίας" 9 καὶ μὴ.δόξητε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Πατέρα ἔχομεν ance: and think not tosay within yourselves[*For] *father ‘we “have 5 εἰσῆλθεν entered L1Tra. αὐτοῦ ᾿Ἡρώδον LTTrA. τὴν αὐτοῦ UITrA. w ar LTTrw. * — καὶ Li[Tr]a. baptism) LT[Tral. a + [πάντες all L. b ποταμῷ river LTTrA. d καρπὸν ἄξιον fruit worthy GLTTraw. ὃ into the land of Israel: for they are dead which sought the young child’s life. 21 And he arose, and took the young child and his mother, and came in- to the land of Israel. 22 But when he heard that Archelaus did reign in Juda in the room of his father He- rod, he was afraid to go thither: notwith- standing, being warn- ed of God in a dream, he turned aside into the parts of Galilee: 23and he came and dwelt ina city called Nazareth: that it might be fuifilled which was spoken by the prophets, He shall be called a Nazarene, 111. In those days came John the Baptist, preaching in the wil- derness of Judwa,2and saying, Repent ye: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand. 3 For this is he that was spoken of by the prophet E- sais, saying, The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare e the way of the ord, make his paths straight. 4And the same John had his rai- ment of camel’s hair, and a leathern girdle about his loins; and his meat was locusts and wild honey. 5 Then went out to him Jerusalem, and all Judza, and all the region round about Jordan, 6 and were baptized of him in Jor- dan, confessing their sins. 7 But when he saw many of the Pha- risees and Sadducees come to his baptism. he said unto them, O generation of vipers, who hath warned you to flee from the wrath to come? 8 Briug forth therefore fruits meet for repentance: 9 and think not to say within yourselves, We have Abraham to our fa- t — ἐπὶ (read τῆς ον. over Judza) τ tra]. Υ τοῦ πατρὸς Υ διὰ through LTTraw. ς — αὐτοῦ (read the 6 ther: for I say unto you, that God is able of these stones to raise up children unto Abra- ham. 10 And now also the axe is laid unto the root of the trees: therefore every tree which bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. 11 I in- deed baptize you with water unto repent- ance: but he that cometh after me is mightier than I, whose shoes I am not worthy to bear: he shall bap- tize you with the Holy Ghost, and with fire: 12 whose fan is in his hand, and he will throughly purge his floor, and gather his wheat into the garner; but he will burn up the chaff with un- quenchable fire. 13 Then cometh Je- sus from Galilee to Jorden unto John, to be baptized of him. 14 But John forbad him, saving, I have need to be baptized of thee, and comest thou to me? 15 And Jesus answering said unto him, Suffer it to be so now: for thus it be- cometh us to fulfil all righteousness. Then he suffered him. 16 And Jesus, when he was baptized, went up straightway out of the water: and, lo, the heavens were opened unto him, and he saw the Spirit of God de- scending like a dove, and lighting upon him: 17 and lo a voice from heaven, saying, This is my beloved Son, in whom I am _ well pleased, IV. Then was Jesus led up of the Spirit in- to the wilderness to be tempted of the devil. 2 And when he had fasted forty days and forty nights, he we : «f- terward an hungred, MATOAIOS. 11, LV. τὸν ABpadu’ λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι δύναται ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων Abraham: forIsay toyou,that able is God from *stones τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Αβραάμ. 10 ἤδη.δὲ “καὶ! ἡ ἀξίνη ‘these toraiseupchildren to Abraham. Butalready-also the axe πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται: πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ to the root ofthe trees isapplied:7every ‘therefore tree ποῦ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται Kai εἰς vp βάλλεται. TU producing “fruit Ἰροοῦᾶ iscutdown and into!{the] ἘΠ is cast, 11 ᾿Εγὼ μὲν [βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς" ἐν ὕδατι εἰς peradvorav’ ὁ. δὲ I indeed baptize you with water to repentance; but he who ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος ἰσχυρότερός μου ἐστίν, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ after me [is] coming mightier thanI is, of whom Iam not ἱκανὸς ra ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι" αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν fit the sandals to bear: he ou ‘will *baptize with [the} πνεύματι ἁγίῳ Kai πυρί. 1206 τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ 3Spirit ‘Holy and with fire. Of whom the winnowing fan [is] in *hand αὐτοῦ, καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν.λωνα αὐτοῦ, καὶ συνάξει this, and he will thoroughly purge his floor, and will gather ~ ~ ᾽ \ . τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς THY ἀποθήκην,ξ τὸ.δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει his wheat into the granary, butthe chaff he will burn up πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ. with fire unquenchable, 18 Τότε παραγίνεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐπὶ τὸν Then comes Jesus from Galilee to the Ἰορδάνην πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην, τοῦ βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Jordan to John, to be baptized by him, 14 ὁ δὲ "᾿ῬΤωάννης" διεκώλυεν αὐτόν, λέγων, But John was hindering him, saying, « a ~ ~ 7 ᾿ » , ? ‘ ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, Kai od ἔρχῃ πρός με; 15 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς by thee tobebaptized, and*thou‘comest to me? *Answering δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 'πρὸς αὐτόν, Αφες ἄρτι: οὕτως.γὰρ ‘but 7Jesus said to him, Suffer [it] now; for thus πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην. Τότε becoming itis to us to fulfil all righteousness. Then ἀφίησιν αὐτόν. 163Kai βαπτισθεὶς) ὁ᾿Ἰησοῦς ἀνέβη he suffers him. And having been baptized Jesus went up εὐθὺς! ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ ἰδού, ἰἀνεῴχθησαν" αὐτῷ" οἱ immediately from the water: and behold, were opened tohim the οὐρανοί, καὶ εἶδεν "τὸ! πνεῦμα Prov" θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ heavens, and hesaw_ the Spirit of God descending as , p Sy 2 , ? ? ᾽ , Set Ud ‘ περιστεράν, Ῥκαὶ! ἐρχόμενον ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 17 καὶ ἰδού, φωνὴ a dove, and coming upon him: and lo, a voice ix τῶν οὐρανῶν, λέγουσα, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ.υἱόξς.ιμου ὁ aya- out of the heavens, saying, This is my Son the be- πητός, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα". loved, in whom [have found delight. 4 Τότε τὸ" Inoove ἀνήχθη εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύ- Then Jesus wasledup into the wilderness by the Spi- ματος, πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου. 2 καὶ νηστεύσας devil. ‘Bye χρεί αν ἔχω need ‘have rit to be tempted by the And having fasted ἡμέρας "τεσσαράκοντα" καὶ ‘vixrag τεσσαράκοντα," ὕστερον days forty and “nights forty, afterwards ——————————————— 2 6 ΞΞ ΞΕΞΕΞΘΞΞΘΘΞΘΕ: ἐ-- καὶ LTTrAW. Ἁὑμᾶς βαπτίζω LrTrw. & + αὐτοῦ (read his granary) Ltrw. ἢ --- Ἰωάννης (read he was hindering) L1|TrA]w. Ἢ ν ' tl ἠνεῴχθησαν L, ™ — αὐτῷ [1|}τ. 5 — τὸ (read[the]) {||} °— rod TA]. P— καὶ LT a ηὐδόκησα T F—OA. iavre L. 1 βαπτισθεὶς δὲ LITrAW. * εὐθὺς ἀνέβη LITrW. {tra} * τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. * τεσσεράκοντα νύκτας T; νύκτας τεσσέρ. Tra. Iv. MATTHEW. ? , . 6 ‘ v > ~ I] ct , w > ἐπείνασεν. 3 καὶ προσελθὼν αὐτῷ" ὁ πειράζων elaev™, Et he hungered., And havingcome tohim the tempter said, If υἱὸς εἶ roveov, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ.λίθοι.οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται. 7Son 'thou*art of God, speak that these stones “loaves ‘may *become, 6 4A ? ‘ , ? > ᾽ » , 4 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, Γέγραπται, Οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ Buthe answering said, Ithasbeenwritten, Not by brea alone ζήσεται “ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλ᾽ Yéri'| παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ shall 1ἴν8 ‘man, but by every word going out through στόματος θεοῦ. ὃ Τότε παραλαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος εἰς {the]mouth of God. Then ®takes *him ‘the “devil to THY ἁγίαν πόλιν, Kai *tornow' αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ the holy city, and sets him upon the edge of the ἱεροῦ, 6 καὶ "λέγει! αὐτῷ, Ei υἱὸς el τοῦ θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυ- temple, and says tohim, If *Son?thonu art of God, cast thy- τὸν κάτω: γέγραπται.γάρ, Ὅτι τοῖς.ἀγγέλοις.αὐτοῦ ἐν- self down : for it has been written, To his angels he τελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε. will give charge concerning thee, and in([their] hands shall they bear thee, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν.πόδα.σου. 7 Ἔφη αὐτῷ lest thou strike against a stone thy foot. "Said *to*him ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πάλιν γέγραπται, Οὐκ.ἐκπειράσεις κύριον τὸν 1Jesus, Again it hasbeen written, Thoushalt not tempt [the] Lord θεόν cov. ὃ Πάλιν παραλαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος εἰς Ξ4οα ‘thy. Again *takes ‘him ‘the devil to » «- ‘ , ‘ ΄ 3 ~ , ‘ ὄρος ὑψηλὸν λίαν, καὶ δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς βασι- amountain “high ‘exceedingly, and shews tohim all the king- λείας τοῦ κόσμου Kai τὴν.δόξαν. αὐτῶν, 9 Kai éyer' αὐτῷ, doms ofthe world and their glory, and says tohim, ‘Taira πάντα σοι! δώσω, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς *These*things ‘all tothee willIgive if fallingdown thou wilt worship μοι. 10 Τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, “Yraye’, σατανᾶ" me, Then says *to*him Jesus, Get thee away, Satan ; pe γραπται γάρ; Κύριον τὸν θεόν.σου προσκυνήσεις. καὶ for it has been written, [The] Lord thy God shalt thou worship, and αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. 11 Τότε ἀφίησιν αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος" him alone shalt thonserve, Then “leaves “him ‘the “devil, καὶ ἰδού, ἄγγελοι προσῆλθον Kai διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. and behold, angels came and ministered tohim. 12 ᾿Ακούσας.δὲ “ὁ Τησοῦς" bri ᾿Ιωάννης παρεδόθη, ἀν- But *having *heard + Jesus that John was delivered up, he ἐχώρησεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 18 καὶ καταλιπὼν τὴν Ναζαρέτ," withdrew into Galilee : and having left Nazareth, 3 ‘ ’ > ‘ I 4 , ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς ΞΚαπερναοὺμ' τὴν i seca τη; havingcome hedwelt at Capernaum, which [is] on the sea-side, ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ, 14 iva oles in[the]borders of Zabulon and Nephthalim, that might be ed TO ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, 15 Γῆ that which wasspoken by Εἰβεΐα the prophet, saying, Land Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης πέραν τοῦ of Zabulon, and land of Nephthalim, way of{[the)sea, beyond the Ἰορδάνου, Ῥαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν, 16 ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος Jordan; Galilee of the nations, the people which was sitting 7 3 And when thetempt- er came to him, he said, If thou be the Son of God, command that these stones be made bread. 4 But he answered and said, It is written, Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. 5 Then the devil taketh him up into the holy city, and setteth him on a pinnacle of the temple, 6 and saith unto him, If thou be the Son of God, cast thyself down: for it is written, He shall give his angels charge con- cerning thee: and in their hands they shall bear thee up, lest at any time thou dash thy foot against a stone. 7 Jesus said unto him, It is writter again, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God. 8 Again, the deyil taketh him up into an exceeding high moun- tain, and sheweth him all the kingdoms of the world, and the glory of them; 9 and saith unto him, All these things will I give thee, if thou wilt fall down and worship me, 10 Then saith Jesus unto him, Get thee hence, Satan: for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve, ll Then the devil leaveth him, and, be- hold, angels came and ministered unto him. 12 Now when Jesus had heard that John was cast into prison, he departed into Gali- lee; 13 and leaving Nazareth, he came and dwelt in Capernaum, which is upon the sea coast, in the borders of Zapulon and Neph- thalim: 14 that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, 15 The land of Zabulon, and the land of Nephthalim, by the way of the sea, beyond Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles; 16 the peo- ple which sat in dark- Y—av7T@ TTrA. * - αὐτῷ tohim LITrAW. *+ ὃ LTTrAW. Yév LTrA. * ἔστησεν set LTTrA. 8 εἶπεν Said L. b εἶπεν said LTTrA. © ταῦτά σοι πάντα TTrA. d + ὀπίσω pov behind me G[L]w. “ --- ὁ Ἰησοῦς TrrAW { Ναζαρὰθ NazarathL; NaGape@ w; Ναζαρὰ Nazara Trra, n ρ Ξξ Καφαρναοὺμ. LTTrAW. 8 ness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and shadow of death, light is sprung up. 17 From that time Jesus began to preach, and to say, Repent: for the king- dom of heaven is at band. 18 And Jesus, walk- ing by the sea of Gali- jee, saw two brethren, Simon called Peter, and Andrew his bro- ther, casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers. 19 And he saith unto them, Follow me, and 1 will make you fishers of men, 20 And the straightway left their nets, and followed him. 21 And going on from thence, he saw other two brethren, James the son of Zebe- dee, and John his brother, in aship with Zebedees their father, mending their nets; and he called them. 22 And they immedi- ately left the ship and their father, and fol- lowed him. 23 And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their syn- agogues, and preach- ing the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the peo- ple. 24 And his fame went dea tree ὮΝ: Syria: and Bey brought unto hin all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and those that had the palsy ; and he healed them, 25 And there followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem and from Judea, and Jrom veyond Jordan, V. And seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain: and when he was set, his disciples came un- to him: 2 and he Ὁ σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν LTrA ; σκότει φῶς εἶδεν TW. 16 ᾿Ιησοῦς ὅλῃ τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ L; ὁ Τησοῦς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν W. Jesus L. TIA; IV; ¥; καθημένοις ἐν ΜΑΤΘΑΙ͂ΟΣ. εἶδε > h , ~ sil , ‘ ~ Ey σκότει φῶς" péya, καὶ τοῖς in darkness hasseen a7light ‘great, and tothose which were —- in [the] χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς. 17 ᾿Απὸ country and shadow of death, light has sprung up tothem. From τότε ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς κηρύσσειν καὶ λέγειν, Μετανοεῖτε" that time began Jesus to proclaim and to say, Repent ; ἤγγικεν.γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. for has drawn near meh kingdom ofthe heavens. 18 Περιπατῶν.δὲ 16 ᾿Τησοῦς" παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλι- And *walking ‘Jesus by the sea of Gali- λαίας εἶδεν δύο ἀδελφούς, Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον Πέτρον, καὶ lee hesaw two brothers, Simon who is called Peter, and ᾿Ανδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς Andrew his brother, casting a large net into τὴν θάλασσαν" ἢσαν.γὰρ ἁλιεῖς. 19 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς," Δεῦτε the sea, for they were fishers: and hesays tothem, Come > ΄ ‘A t « ~ (3 ~ > ’, ε ὀπίσω μου, καὶ ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων. 20 Οἱ. δὲ of men. after me, and Iwillmake you fishers And they εὐθέως ἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 21 Kai immediately having left the nets, followed him. And προβὰς ἐκεῖθεν, elder ἄλλους δύο ἀδελφούς, Τάκωβον τὸν having gone on thence, hesaw other two _ brothers, James the[son} “Γ΄, , ν᾽ ΄ ν ? ΗΠ ? ~ ? ~ ΄ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου καὶ ᾿Ιωάννην τὸν. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἔν τῷ πλοίῳ of Zebedee, and John his brother, in the — ship μετὰ Ζεβεδαίου τοῦ.πατρὸς. αὐτῶν. καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα with Zebedee their father, mending *nets αὐτῶν" καὶ ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς. 22 οἱ δὲ εὐθέως ἀφέντες τὸ ‘their, and hecalled them ; and they immediately having left the πλοῖον Kai τὸν.πατέρα.αὐτῶν ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. ship and their father followed him. 23 Kai περιῆγεν ὕλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ὁ Ἰησοῦς," διδάσκων And *went*about ‘all >Galilee ‘Jesus, teaching ἐν Taic. συναγωγαῖς. αὐτῶν, καὶ κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς in their synagogues, and proclaiming, the glad tidings of the βασιλείας, καὶ θεραπεύων πᾶσαν νόσον Kai πᾶσαν μαλακίαν kingdom, and healing every disease and every bodily weakness > ~ nae ~ εὐ... \ > ~ > ef A ἐν τῷ haw. 24 καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην THY Συ- among the people. And wentout the fame of him into all Sy- piav’ Kai προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας, ria. And they brought tohim all who were ill, ποικίλαις νόσοις καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους, ™cai! δαιμονιζο- by various diseases and torments oppressed, and possessed by μένους, καὶ σεληνιαζομένους, καὶ παραλυτικούς" καὶ ἐθερά- demons, and lunatics, and Dar alytics ; and he πευσεν αὐτούς. 25 καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ healed them. And *followed *him 7erowds ‘great from τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ Δεκαπόλεως καὶ Ἱεροσολύμων καὶ Ἰουδαίας Galilee and Decapolis and Jerusalem and Judea καὶ πέραν τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου. and Deyene the Jordan, 5 ᾿Ιδὼν. δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους, ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος᾽ καὶ καθίσαν - But seeing the crowds, he went up into the mountain; and *having δας τὸς αὐτοῦ, "προσῆλθον" οαὐτῷ" οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ. 2 Kai avoi- “down ‘the, came to him his disciples. And having ‘— ὃ Ἰησοῦς GLTTraAW. * + [ὁ Ἰησοῦς] [ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς] tr (— ὃ ᾿Ιησοῦς TA) ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ταλιλαΐέᾳ τὰ --- καὶ ιττὰ. ππροσῆλθαν TTr. ο --- αὐτῷ L, Υ. MATTHEW. tag τὸ στόμα.αὐτου ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς, λέγων, 3 Μακάριοι οἱ opened his mouth he taught them, saying, Blessed [are] the πτωχοὶ TY πνεύματι" ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία THY οὐρανῶν. poor in spirit ; for theirs is the kingdom ofthe heavens. 4 νμακάριοι ot πενθοῦντες" ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται. Blessed they who mourn ; for they shall be comforted. ὃ μακάριοι οἱ πραεῖς" ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσιν τὴν γῆν." Blessed the meek; for they shall inherit the earth. 6 μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην" ὅτι Blessed they who hunger and thirst after righteousness ; for αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται. ἢ μακάριοι ot ἐλεήμονες" OTL αὐτοὶ they shall be filled. Blessed the merciful; for they ἐλεηθήσονται. 8 μακάριοι ot καθαροὶ τῇ Kapdig’ ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν shall find mercy. Blessed the pure in heart; for they θεὸν ὄψονται. 9 μακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί" ὅτι «αὐτοὶ! υἱοὶ θεοῦ SGod ‘shall see. Blessed the peacemakers; for they sonsofGod κληθήσονται. 10 μακάριοι οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιο- shall be called. Blessed they who have been persecuted on accountof right- σύνης" ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 11 μακάριοί eousness;for theirs is the kingdom ofthe heavens. Blessed ἐστε, ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς Kai διώξωσιν, καὶ εἴπωσιν πᾶν are ye when theyshallreproach you, and shall persecute, and 5181] say every πονηρὸν ‘pia καθ᾽ ὑμῶν "ψευδόμενοι," ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ. 12 yai- wicked word agaiust you, lying, onaccountof me. Re- PETE καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ. μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς" joice and exult, for yourreward [15] great in the heavens; οὕτως. γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν. forthus they persecuted the prophets who[were] before you. 13 Ὑμεὶς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς" ἐὰν.δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, Ye are the salt ofthe earth: butif the sait become tasteless, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται; εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ. μὴ *BAN- with what shallit besalted? for nothing hasitstrength anylonger, but to be θῆναι" ἔξω, Yai! καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 14 Ὑμεῖς cast out, and tobetrampledupon by men, Ye ἐστε TO φῶς τοῦ κόσμου" οὐ-δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω are the lightofthe world, Scannot 1a *city be hid on ὄρους κειμένη" 15 οὐδὲ Kaiovow λύχνον καὶ τιθέασιν αὐτὸν & mountain situated, Nor dothey light alamp and put it ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, Kai Ἀάμπει πᾶσιν τοῖς under ἐπ ΘΟΥΤῚ measure, but upon the lampstand; and itshines forall who ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. 16 οὕτως λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν [8416] in the house, Thus let shine your light before τῶν ἀνθρώπων. ὕπως ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα, Kai δοξά- men, so that they may see your good works, and may σωσιν τὸν. πατέρα.ὑμῶν τὸν ἔν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. glorify your Father who[isjin the heavens. 17 Μὴ.νομίσητε Ort ἦλθον καταλῦσαι τὸν νόμον ἢ τοὺς προ- Think not that Icame toabolish the law or the pro- , -- > Ὁ “ ? x ~ > \ ‘ φήτας" οὐκ.-ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι. 18 ἀμὴν.γὰρ phets: T came not to abolish, but to fulfil. For verily λέγω ὑμῖν, ἕως. ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς Kai ἡ γῆ. ἰῶτα ἕν ἢ Isuy toyou, Until shallpassawaythe heaven andthe earth, “iota ‘one or pia κεραία ov. παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου, ἕως. ἂν πάντα one tittle innowiseshallpassawayfrom the law until all 9 opened his mouth, and taught them, saying, 3 Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of hea- ven. 4 Blessed are they that mourn: for they shall be comfort- ed. 5 Blessed ave the meek: for they shail inherit the earth. 6 Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteous- ness: for they shali be filled. 7 Blessed are the merciful : for they shall obtain mercy. 8 Blessed are the pure in heart: for they shall see God. 9 Bless- ed are the peacc- makers : fer they shali be called the children of God. 10 Blessed are they which are per- secuted for righteous- ness’ sake: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. 11 Blessed are ye, when men shall revile you, and perse- cute you, and shall say all manner of eyii against you falsely, for my sake. 12 Re- joice, and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before yuu. 13 Ye are the salt of the earth: but if the salt have lost his sa- your, wherewith shall it be salted? it is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men. i4 Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. 15 Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a can- dlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. 16 Let your light so shine be- fore men, that they may see your good works, and_ glorify your Father which is in heaven. 17 Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the pro- phets: 1am not come to destroy, but to ful- fil. 18 For verily Isay unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one joi or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law. tillall be fulfilled, 19 Whosoever there- P Verses 4, 5, transposed LTTr. τ —ponua (read [thing ]) Lrrra. ¥ — καὶ LTTrA. 5. — Ψευδόμενοι L. 4 — αὐτοὶ (read κληθή. they shall be called) [L}a[rra]. τ βληθὲν having been cast LTTra. 10 fore shall break one of these least com- mandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of hea- ven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven. 20 For [ say unto you, That except your righteousness shall exceed the righteous- ness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven. 21 Ye have heard that it was said by them of old time, Thou shalt not kill; and whosoever shall kill shall be in dan- ger of the judgment: 22 but I say unto you, That whosoever is angry with his brother without a cause shall be in danger of the judgment: and who- soever shall say to his brother, Raca, shall be in danger of the coun- cil: but whosoever shall say, Thou fool, shall be in danger of hell fire. 23 Therefore if thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath ought against thee; 24 leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be recon- ciled to thy brother, and then come and offer ay gift. 25 Agree with thine adversary quickly, whiles thou art in the way with him ; lest at any time the adversary deliver thee to the judge, and the judge deliver thee to the officer, and thou be cast into prison. 26 Verily I say unto thee, Thou shalt by no means come out thence, till thou hast paid the uttermost farthing. 27 Ye have heard that it was said by them of old time, Thou shalt not commit adul- tery: 28 but I say unto you, That whoso- ever looketh on a woman to lust after her hath committed adultery with her al- ready in his heart. 29 Andif thy right eye offend thee, pluck it out, and cast tt from MATOATIOS. γένηται. 19 ὃς. ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ come to pass. Vv. μίαν TOY£vTOh@v.rovTwY τῶν Whoever thenshallbreak one of thesecommandments the ’ / ‘ ’ [2 ‘4 ᾽ , ? , ἐλαχίστων, καὶ διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἐλάχιστος Ky- least, and shallteach 780 ‘men, least shall θήσεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν" ὃς.δ᾽ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ be called in the kingdom ofthe heavens; but whoever shall practise and διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῷ βασιλείᾳ τῶν shall teach [them], this({one] great shall becalled in the kingdom ofthe οὐρανῶν. 20 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν. μὴ περισσεύσῃ “yn δικαιο- heavens. ForIsay toyou, That unless shall abound *right- σύνη ὑμῶν" πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων Kai Φαρισαίων, οὐ.μὴ eousness ‘your above[that] οὗ Π8 scribes and Pharisees, inno wise εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. shall yeenter into the kingdom ofthe heavens. 21 Ἤκούσατε ori*ippéOy' τοῖς ἀρχαίοις, Οὐ-φονεύσεις" Ye have heard that it was βαϊα to the ancients, Thou shalt not commit murder, ὃς. διἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει. 22 jes but whoever shallcommit murder, liable shall be to the judgment. ut I λέγω ὑμῖν, Orr πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος τῷ.ἀδελφῴῷ.αὐτοῦ γεἰκῆ! say ἴογοι, Thatevery one who is angry with his brother _ lightly, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει’ ὃς.δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῳ τῷ.ἀδελφῷ. αὐτοῦ, liable shallbe tothe judgment: but whoever shalisay to his brother, Paka," ἔνοχος ἔσται τῷ συνεδρίῳ: ὃς.δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ, Μωρέ, Raca, liable shallbe tothe Sanhedrim: but whoever shallsay, Fool, ἔνοχος ἔσται εἰς τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυρός. ῶ8 Ἐὰν οὖν προσ- liable shalibe to the Gehenna of fire. If therefore thou φέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς shalt offer thy gift at the altar, and there shalt remember ὅτι ὁ.ἀδελφύς. σου ἔχει τὶ κατὰ σοῦ, 24 ἄφες ἐκεῖ τὸ δῶρόν that thy brother has something against thee, “leave there gift σου ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, Kai ὕπαγε, πρῶτον διαλ- ‘thy before the altar, and go away, first be λάγηθι τῷ.ἀδελφῷ.σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν reconciled to thy brother, and then having come offer *9ift σου. 20 Ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ.ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχύ, ἕως. ὅτου εἴ "thy. Be agreeing with thineadverse party quickly, whilst thou art δὲν τῇ ὁδῷ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ," μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ in the way with him, lest ‘thee “deliver ‘the *adverse“party to the κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ Kpirng ὕσε παραϊῷ! τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, Kai εἰς φυλακὴν judge, andthe judge thee deliver tothe officer, andinto prison βληθήσῳῃ. 26 ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, οὐ-μὴ ἐξέλθῃς ἐκεῖθεν, thou be cast. Verily Isay to thee, Innowise shalt thoucome out thence, ἕως.ἂν ἀποδῷς τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην. until thou pay the last kodrantes. 27 Hrovoare ὕτι *éppeOn! “τοῖς ἀρχαίοις," Ye have heard that itwassaid tothe ancients, Thou shalt not commit σεις" WW ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς adultery: butI say toyou, thatevery one that looksupon a woman to τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτῆς," ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῷ lust after her, already has committed adultery with her in καρδίᾳ abrov." 29 εἰ. δὲ ὁ. ὀφθαλμός.σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει *heart “his. But if thine eye, the right, cause *to *offend σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ Bare ἀπὸ σοῦ" συμφέρει.γάρ σοι ἵνα Οὐ-μοιχεύ- W ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη TA. αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ LTTrAW. LIrAW ; — αὐτῆς 1. ‘thee, pluckout it and cast(it]from thee: foritisprofitable for thee that x ἐῤῥήθη LTrAW. Υ --Οθὶ: εἰκῆ ur[ tra ]. i ῥαχάτ. 5 μετ᾽ Ὁ — σε παραδῷ LI[Tr]. © — τοῖς ἀρχαίοις GLTTrAW. 4 αὐτὴν © ἑαυτοῦ L. Vv. MATTHEW. ἀπόληται ἕν τῶν. μελῶν.σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον TO.cHpa.cov βληθῇ should perish one οὗ (ΠΥ members, and not *whole 1thy *body _—ibe cast > , ‘ a .€ , ‘ ἂν , » εἰς γέενναν. 80 καὶ εἰ ἡ.δεξιά.σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον into Gehenna, And if thyright hand cause*to%offend’thee, cut off αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ" συμφέρει.γάρ σοι iva ἀπόληται it and cast[{it]from thee: for itis profitable for thee that should perish ἕν τῶν. μελῶν σου, Kai μὴ ὅλον τὸ. σῶμά. σου ᾿[βληθῇ εἰς γέενναν." one of thy members, andnot?whole ‘thy ῬοΟαΥ δ οαβῦ into Gehenna. 31 8 Ἐῤῥέθη! δέ, "ὅτι! ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν.γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ, It was said also that whoever shall put away his wife, δότω αὐτῇ ἀποστάσιον. 82 ἐγὼ.δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, Ore Oe ἂν let him give toher a letter of divorce: but I say toyou, that whoever ἀπολύσῃ! τὴν. γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, πρφιεῖ shall put away his wife, except onaccount of fornication, causes αὐτὴν Ἐμοιχᾶσθαι"" καὶ ἰὸς. ἐὰν" ἀπολελυμένην pal al lk’ her tocommit adultery; and whoever her who has been put away shallmarry, μοιχᾶται. commits adultery. 33 Πάλιν ἠκούσατε, ore ξἐῤῥέθη" τοῖς ἀρχαίοις, Οὐκ. ἐπιορ- Again, ye have heard that it wassaidtothe ancients, ‘Thoushalt not ἀποδώσεις.δὲ τῷ κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους.σου" 84 ἐγὼ 1 κήσεις, thine oaths. forswear thyself, but thoushaltrender tothe Lord δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως, μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος *but say to you not toswear αὖ all, neither by the heaven, because [the] throne ἐστὶν τοῦ θεοῦ" 35 μήτε ἐν τῇ ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν τῇ γῇ: ι it is it is of God; nor by theearth, because [the] footstool ποδῶν.αὐτοῦ" μήτε εἰς Ιεροσόλυμα, ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ of his feet : nor by Jerusalem, because(the}] city itis ofthe μεγάλου βασιλέως" 36 μήτε ἐν τῇ. κεφαλῇ. σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι great King. Neither by thy head shalt thou swear, because ov.dvvaca μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν "ἢ μέλαιναν ποιῆσαι." 37 ϑἔστω" thouartnotable one hair white or black to make. “Let *be δὲ ὁ.λόγος. ὑμῶν, vai vai, od οὔ: τὸ.δὲ περισσὸν τούτων ἐκ ‘but *your *word, Yea, yea; Nay, nay: but what[is] more than these from TOU πονηροῦ ἐστιν. evil is, 38 Ἡκούσατε ὅτι βἐῤῥέθη," ᾿Οφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ, Kai Yehaveheard that it was said, Eye for eye, and ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος" 39 ἐγὼ.δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ἀντιστῆναι τῷ tooth for tooth ; butI say toyou ποὺ to resist ~, 2 > 0 ps , 2% || \ ὃ ΄ q , Ι πονηρῷ" ἀλλ᾽ ὅστις σε Ῥῥαπίσει ἐπὶ" τὴν.δεξιάν σου σιαγόνα, evil; but whosoever thee shallstrike on thy right cheek, στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν GAnv’ 40 καὶ τῷ θέλοντί σοι κρι- turn tohim also the other; and tohim who would with thee go θῆναι καὶ τὸν.χιτῶνά.σου λαβεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον" η ᾽ tolaw and thy tunic take, yield tohim 8150 [ΠΥ] cloak; 4l καὶ ὅστις σε ἀγγαρεύσει μίλιον ἕν, ὕπαγε μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ δύο. and whosoever thee wilicompeltogo *mile ‘one, go with him _ two. 42 τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε τδίδου"" καὶ τὺν.θέλοντα ἀπὸ σοῦ “δανεί- Tohimwho asksof thee give; and himthat wishes from thee ἴο bor- σασθαι μὴ-ἀποστραφῷς. ΤΟΥ thou shalt not turn away from. f εἰς γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ into Gehenna go away LTTrA. 1 πᾶς ὃ ἀπολύων every one that puts away LTTra. ™yayuynocashas married L, " ποιῆσαι ἣ μέλαιναν LITrA. strikes upon LTTrA. 5 δανίσασθαι 1. & ἐῤῥήθη LTraw. ΚΕ μοιχευθῆναι LITrA. οἔσται Shall be La. 4 σιαγόνα σου LTrA ; — gov (read the right cheek) τ. 1] thee: for it is profit- able for thee that one of thy members should perish, and not that thy whole body should be cast into hell. 30 And if thy right hand offend thee, cut it off, and cast it from thee : for it is profit- able for thee that one of thy members should perish, and not thatthy whole body should be cast into hell. 31 It hath been said, Whosoever shall put away his wife, let him give her a writing of divorcement: 32 but I Say unto you, That whosoever shall put away his wife, saving for the cause of forni- cation, causeth her to commit adultery: and whosoever shall marry her that is divorced committeth adultery. 33 Again, ye have heard that it hath been said by them of old time, ou shalt not forswear thyself, but shalt perform unto the Lord thine oaths: 34 but I say unto you, Sweur not at all; nei- ther by heaven; for it is God’s throne: 35 nor by the earth; for it is his footstool: neither by Jerusalem ; for it is the city of the great King. 36 Neither shalt thou swear by thy head, because thou canst not make one hair white or black. 37 But let your commn- nication be, Yea, yea; Nay, nay: for what- soever is more than these cometh of evil. 38 Ye have heard that it hath been said, An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth: 39 but I say unto you, That ye resist not evil: but whosoever shall smite thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the other also. 40 And if ay man will sue thee at the law, and take away thy coat, let him have thy cloke also. 41 And whosoever shall com- pel thee to go a mile, go with him twain. 42 Give to him that asketh thee, and from him that would bor- h — ὅτι LTTrA. 19 he who 1.. ε ΄ὕ » P ῥαπίζει εἰς τ δός LTTrA. 12 row of thee turn not thou away. 43 Ye have heard that it hath been said, Thou shalt love thy neighbour, and hate thine enemy. 44 But I say unto you, Love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which despite- fully use you, and per- secute you; 45 that ye may be the children of your Father which is in heaven: for he mak- eth his sun to rise on the evil and on the good, and sendethrain on the just and on the unjust. 46For if ye love them which love you, what reward have ye? do not even the publicans the same? 47 And if ye salute your brethren only, what do ye more than others? do noteventhe publicansso? 48 Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect. VI. Take heed that ye do not your alms be- tore men, to be seen of them: otherwise ye have no reward of your Father which isin hea- ven, 2 Therefore when thou doest thine alms, do not sound a trum- pet before thee, as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets, that they may have glory of men. Verily I say unto you, They have their re- ward, 3 But when thou doest alms, let not thy left hand know what thy right hand doeth: 4 that thine alms may be insecret : and thy Father which seeth in secret him- self shall reward thee openly. 5 And when thou prayest, thoushalt not be as the hypocrites are: for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and in the corners of the streets, t ἐῤῥήθη LTrAW. % — ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς καὶ LTTrA, the same LTTraw. © δικαιοσύνην righteousness GLITrAW. ‘— ἐν τῷ φανερῷ LITrAW. LTTrA, be as LTTra. MAT #6 A FO >: V, VE 43 ᾿Ηκούσατε ore ᾿ἐῤῥέθη," ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν. πλησίον σου, καὶ Ye have heard that it was said, Thou shalt love thy neighbour and , 4 ? ΄ ? ‘ " , Cc ~ ? ~ ‘ μισήσεις τὸν. ἐχθρόν.σου" μά ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, ᾿Αγαπᾶτε τοὺς hate thine enemy. utI say toyou, Love ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, "εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς, καλῶς 7enemies ‘your, bless those who curse you, “well ποιεῖτε “rove μισοῦντας ὑμᾶς,"" καὶ προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν *do tothose who hate you,* and pray fer those whe Σἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς καὶ" διωκόντων ὑμᾶς" 45 ὕπως γένησθε despitefully use you and _ persecute you; so that ye may be υἱοὶ τοῦ.πατρὸς. ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς" ὅτι τὸν ἥλιον.αὐτοῦ sons of your Father who(isJin[{the]heavens: for his sun > , 2 A A Ni? , ‘ , ? ‘ , ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς Kai ἀγαθούς. καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους he causes torise on evil and good, and sends rain on just καὶ ἀδίκους. 46 ἐὰν.γὰρ ἀγαπήσητε τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας ὑμᾶς, and unjust. For if ye love those who love you, τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε; οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι YrO αὐτὸ! ποιοῦσιν ; what reward haveye? “ποῦ “also*the ‘tax °gatherers’the “same ‘do? 47 καὶ ἐὰν ἀσπάσησθε τοὺς. ἀδελφοὺς ὑμῶν μόνον, TL περισ- and if \ ~ ; ? ‘ ‘ € L xr ~ lla . iH ~ HG 8 ” θ σον TOLELTE, OUXL Καὶ οἱ “τελωναι “οὕτως ποιοῦσιν: ἐἑσεσῦε nary doye? 7Not 3150 Π|ὸ *tax®gatherers 780 ‘do? Sshall *be οὖν ὑμεῖς τέλειοι, ὥσπερ" ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν “ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς" ye salute your brethren only, what extraordi- *therefore'ye perfect, even as your Father who([is]in the heavens τέλειός ἐστιν. perfect is. = 6 Προσέχετε! τὴν.“ἐλεημοσύνην" ὑμῶν μὴ ποιεῖν ἔμπροσθεν Beware your alms not todo before τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς.τὸ.θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς" εἰ. δὲ. μήγε, μισθὸν men, - inordertobeseen bythem: otherwise reward OUK.EXETE παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ ὑμῶν τῷ ἐν ‘roic' οὐρανοῖς. 2 bray ye have ποῦ with your Father who[is]in the heavens. When οὖν ποιῇς ἐλεημοσύνην, μὴ.σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου, therefore thou doest alms, do not sound a trumpet before thee, ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν ἐν Taig συναγωγαῖς Kai ἐν ταῖς as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the cr τε ~ « 4 ~ ? , A ᾽ ‘ , ῥύμαις, ὅτως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων" ἀμὴν λέγω streets, that they may have glory from men. Verily I say ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσιν τὸν. μισθὸν.αὐτῶν. 3 σοῦ.δὲ ποιοῦντος ἐλεη- toyou, they have their reward. But thou doing μοσύνην, μὴ-γνώτω y-apLoTEpd.cov Ti ποιεῖ ἡ.δεξιά.σου, alms, et not*know ‘thy *left “hand what does thy right hand, 4 ὕπως δὴ cov ἡ.-ἐλεημοσύνη" ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ" Kai ὁ-πατήρ.σου sothat *may *be ‘thine “alms in secret: and thy Father ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ "αὐτὸς" ἀποδώσει σοι ἱἐν.τῷ. φανερῷ." who _ sees in secret himself shall render to thee openly. 5 Kai bray *rpocetyy, οὐκισῃ worep' οἱ ὑποκριταί, And when thou prayest, thou shalt not be as the hypocrites, ὅτι φιλοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς Kai ἐν Taig γωνίαις τῶν for μον love in the synagogues and in the corners of the . μισοῦντας ὑμᾶς LTTrA. τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς GW. Υ οὕτως SOLTrA. * ἐθνικοὶ nations GLTTrAW ἃ τὸ αὐτὸ, © ὃ οὐράνιος the heavenly yrtra. 4 + δὲ but TL]. f—qoisT. 6&1 σοῦ ἐλεημοσύνη ἣ τ. ἃ -- αὐτὸς Κ προσεύχησθε, οὐκ ἔσεσθε ὡς Ye pray, ye shall not Υ.-ΟΟἰ εὐλογεῖτε. Ὁ ὡς aS ΠΤΊΤΑ. Vi. πλατειῶν ἑστῶτες προσεύχεσθαι, ὕπως MATTHEW. lav" φανῶσιν τοῖς streets standing to pray, sothat they may appear ἀνθρώποις" ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, Pore! ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν to men. ὙΕΤῸΣ Isay to sans that — have “reward αὐτῶν. Ὁ σὺ.δὲ, ὅταν προσεύχῃ, εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ. "ταμιεϊόν᾽ -σου, ἘΠ Ποῖσ. But enon; when thou prayest, enter into ys chamber, καὶ κλείσας τὴν.θύραν.σου, πρόσευξαι τῷ.πατρί.σου τῷ ἐν and having shut thy door, pray tothy Father who Geld in τῷ κρυπτῷ καὶ ὁ-πατήρισου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ ἀπο- secret ; and thy Father who — sees in secret will δώσει σοι “ἐν.τῷ φανερῷ". 7 ἹΙροσευχόμενοι.δὲ μὴ.Ῥβαττολο- render to thee openly. But when ye Brey; do not use vain ynonre," ὥσπερ οἱ ἐθνικοί" δοκοῦσιν.γὰρ ὅτι ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ repetitions, as the heathens: for they think that in “much ‘speaking αὐτῶν εἰσακουσθήσονται. ὃ μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς" ‘their Bey) shall be heard. “Not “therefore ‘be like to them: oldev.yap ὁ. “warn. ὑμῶν ὧν χρείαν "ἔχετε πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς for *knows oar Father of what things “need * ave before ze αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν. 9 οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς" Πάτερ.ἡμῶν ask him. Thus therefore pray ye: Our Father ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἁγιασθήτω τὸ.ὄνομά.σου" 10 “ἐλθέτω! who[artjin the heavens, sanctified be thy name; let come n-Bacirsia.cov" γενηθήτω τὺ.θέλημά.σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ thy kingdom; let be done thy will as in heaven, [sojalso ἐπὶ ττῆς" γῆς" 11 τὸν.ἄρτον.ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δὸς ἡμῖν σή- upon the earth; our bread the needed give us to- Hepoyv’ 12 καὶ ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰ. ὀφειληματα.ἡμῶν, ὡς Kai ἡμεῖς day; and forgive us our ie as also we "ἀφίεμεν" τοῖς. ὀφειλέταις. ἡμῶν" 18 καὶ μὴ.εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς forgive our debtors ; ; And lead not us into πειρασμόν, ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ. ‘OTL σοῦ ἐστιν Semupesbion; but deliver us aac evil. For thine is ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν." ἘΣ kingdom andthe power and ie glory to the see en. 14’Edv.yap ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ-παραπτώματα.αὐτῶν, Forif ye ΤΟΣΕΊΣΘ men their offences, ἀφήσει Kai ὑμῖν ὁ πατὴ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος" 15 ἐὰν.δὲ μὴ ®forgive ὅδῖξο 7you tyour *Father “the *heavenly. butif “not ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις "τὰ παραπτώματα. αὐτῶν," οὐδὲ ὁ ‘ye *forgive men their offences; neither πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἀφήσει τὰ. Stee rane ματα ὑμῶν. ΞΕΔΙΠΟΙ *your ‘wi ἔσοιτο your o 16 Ὅταν.δὲ vnorevnre, μὴ.γίνεσθε ᾿ὥσπερ' οἱ ὑποκριταὶ And when ye fast, be not as the hypocrites, σκυθρωποί: ἀφανίζουσιν.γὰρ τὰ-πρόσωπα.“ αὐτῶν," downcast in countenance; for they disfigure their aces ὕπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες᾽ ἀμὴν λέγω ae that they may ΠΡΡΘΒΕ to men fasting. Verily I had ὑμῖν, XOre" ἀπέχουσιν τὸν. μισθὸὺν.αὐτῶν. 17 σὺ.δὲ νηστεύων to you, that Hey have their reward. But thou, Saab, ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλήν, καὶ τὸ-πρόσωπόν.σου νίψαι" 18 ὅπως 19 that they may be seen of men. Verily I say unto you, They tate their reward. 6 But thou, when thon pray- est, enter into thy closet, and when thou hast shut thy door, pray to thy Father which is in secret ; and thy Father which seeth in secret shall reward thee openly. 7 But when ye pray, use not vain repetitions, as the heathen do: for they think that they shall be heard for their much speaking. 8 Be not ye therefore like unto them: for your Father knoweth what things ye have need of, before ye ask him. 9 After thisman- ner therefore pray ye: Our Father which art in heaven, Hallowed be thy name. 107Tny kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as it tis in heaven. 11 Give us this day our daily bread. 12 And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debt- ors. 13 And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: For thine is the kingdom, and the pow- er, and the glory, for ever. Amen. 14 For if ye forgive men their trespasses, your hea- venly Father will also forgive you: 15 but if ye forgive not men their trespasses, nei- ther will your Father forgive your tres- passes. 16 Moreover when ye fast, be not, asthe hy- pocrites, of asad coun- tenance: for they dis- figure their faces, that they may appear unto men to fast. Verily I say unto you, The have their rewar 17 But thou, when thou fastest, anoint thine anoint thy head, and 2thy "face lwash, so that head, and wash thy y θ ᾿ face; 18that thou ap- μὴ-φανῇς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύων," ἀλλὰ τῷ πατρί pear not unto men to thou mayest not appear to men fasting, but to ?Father fast, but unto thy Fa- !_ G@vLTTrAW. ™—6reLTTrA. πταμεῖόν τα, °—év τῷ φανερῷ LTTrA. P βατταλογήσητε TA. “ἐλθάτω τ. '—THSLTTrAW. 5 ἀφήκαμεν have forgiven LITA. GLITrAW. “— τὰ παραπ. αὐτῶν τ. YosLTTrA., ἡ ἑαυτῶν L. * — ὅτι LTTrA. t— ὅτι σοῦ to end of verse Υ νησ. τοῖς ἀνθρώ. L. 14 ther which is in secret: andthy Father, which seeth in secret, shall reward thee openly. 19 Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal: 20 but lay up for yourselves trea- sures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal: 21 for where your treasure is, there will your heart be al- so. 22 Thelight of the body is the eye: if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light. 23 But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of dark- ness. If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness ! 24 No man can serve two masters: for ei- ther he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mam- mon. 25 Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment? 26 Behold the fowls of the air: for they sow oot, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns; yet your hea- venly Father feedeth them, Are ye not much better than they? 27 Which of you by tak- ing thought can add one cubit unto his sta- ture? 28 And why take ye thought for rai- ment? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin: 29 and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one οὔ these. 30 Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the field, w hich to day z κρυφαίῳ LITrA. 8 - ἐν τῷ 5 φανερῷ aurtraw. ὃ gov thy urrra. ἐφθαλμός! σου ἁπλοῦς LTA. — οὖν 7. - τί πίητε τ. Γἡ δὸ kavé MAM 6 A WO VI. σου τῷ ἐν τῷ "κρυπτῷ" καὶ ὁ-πατήρισου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ ‘thy who [is] in secret ; and thy Father who 5668 in *KpUTTP ἀποδώσει σοι δὲἐν.τῷ.φανερῷ." secret wili render to thee openly. 19 Μὴ.θησαυρίζετε ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὕπου Treasure not up for ΠΟΠΣΕΘΙΥΕΕ treasures upon the earth, where σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει, καὶ ὕπου κλέπται PRUE ne 0 καὶ moth and rust spoil, and where thieves dig through and , ΄ Η ἘΠ ~ κλέπτουσιν" 20 Onoavpizere.dé ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ, steal: but treasure up foryourselves treasures in Beavct ὕπου οὔτε σὴς οὔτε βρῶσις ἀφανίζει, Kai ὅπου κλέπται οὐ.δι- where neither moth nor rust spoils and where thieves do not ορύσσουσιν οὐδὲ κλέπτουσιν. 21 ὕπου.γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς dig ΟΠΕΟΘΒῈ nor steal: for ep 3is *treasure "ὑμῶν, " ἐκεῖ ἔσται “καὶ ἡ καρδία "ὑμῶν." 22 ‘O λύχνος τοῦ pene there willbe also “heart your. The lamp of the σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός ἐὰν cody" ὁ ὀφθαλμός. σου body is the eyes if therefore thine eye ἁπλοῦς 1," ὅλον Tb.cHpd.cov φωτεινὸν ἔσται" 23 ἐὰν.δὲ ὁ single be, *whole ὍΝ body light will be. But if ὀφθαλμός. σου πονηρὸς Ys ὅλον τὸ. σῶμά.σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. thine eye evil be, whole by, body. dark willbe. εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν, τὸ σκότος πόσον; If therefore the light that{is]in thee darkness the darkness how great 24 Οὐδεὶς δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν᾽ ἢ.γὰρ τὸν ἕνα Noone is able two lords toserve: foreither the one ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, Kai he willlove; or[thejone he will hold to, and τοῦ ἑτέρου κατα ρον σε: οὐ-δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ ἐμαμ- the baie he will despise. Yearenotable “God ‘to7serve and mam- μωνᾷ." 25 διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ.μεριμνᾶτε τῇ.Ψυχῃῇ ὑμῶν, mon. Becauseof this Isay toyou, be not careful as to 7 life, τί φάγητε "Kai! πίητε!" μηδὲ τῷ.σώματι ὑμῶν, what yeshouldeat and wee yeshoulddrink; nor as to your body τί ἐνδύσησθε. οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς καὶ what gosheuldipatox: “Not * te ‘life 5more ‘is thanthe food and τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος; 26 ἐμβλέψατε εἰς τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ the body thanthe raiment? Look at the birds οἵ the οὐρανοῦ, ὅτι οὐ.σπείρουσιν, οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν, οὐδὲ συνάγουσιν is, μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει" be gallate, and the other = ,ὔ ὅτι heaven, that το βουνοῦ; nor do JeR reap, nor do oESs Backes , εἰς ἀποθήκας, καὶ ὁ-πατὴρ. ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος peers αὐτά" οὐχ into granaries, and your Father the sel otf them: not μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν; 27 τίς. δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μερι- v ete “much ‘are better than ὅπ But which outof you by ΕΙΠΕ μνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν.ἡλικίαν. αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα; careful is able to add to his stature 7eubit ‘one? 28 καὶ περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε; καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα and about raiment why are ye careful ? observe the lilies τοῦ ἀγροῦ, πῶς KabEdver! οὐ.ἱκοπιᾷ" οὐδὲ ππνήθει"" 20 λέ- of the field, how theygrow: is Agr plea το, nor dothey spin: πὶ} γω δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῃ.δόξῃ. αὐτοῦ περιε- say ‘but τς as that noteven Solomon in all his glory was βάλετο we ἕν τούτων. 80 εἰ. δὲ τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ, σήμερον οἱούμοα, as one of these. But if the vgrass of the Held, *to Sday c— καὶ 1, 44+ gov thy τὰ Lie & μαμωνᾷ, GLTTrAW. hy or LTr; — καὶ τὶ dvovow LTTrA. ἱκοπιῶσιν LT; κοπιοῦσιν TrA. πὶ νήθουσιν LITrA. MATTHEW. ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον eis κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ θεὸς οὕτως twhich is and to-morrow into anoven is cast, God ἐμὰ ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι; 31 μὴ arrays, [willhe] not much rather you, Ofyeloflittlefaith? “not 4 U , , a ΄ , οὖν μεριμνήσητε, λέγοντες, Τί φάγωμεν, ἢ τί πίωμεν, dis rtd Ob careful, saying, What shall weeat? or what shall wedrink? A , , , \ ~ ed n2 ἢ. τί Tep.Barwpeba ; 32 πάντα.γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη "ἔπι- or with what shall we be clothed? Forall thesethingsthe nations seek ζητεῖ" οἷδεν γὰρ ὁςπατὴριὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῴζετε after. For knows your Father the heavenly that ye have need τούτων ἁπάντων" 33 ζητεῖτε.δὲ πρῶτον στὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ οὗ *these*things ‘all But seek ye _ first the kingdom θεοῦ καὶ τὴν.δικαιοσύνην" αὐτοῦ, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προσ- of God and his righteousness, and *these *things ‘all shail τεθήσεται ὑμῖν. 34 μὴ οὖν Ῥμεριμνήσητεϊ εἰς τὴν αὔριον" be added to you. *Not *therefore be careful for the morrow: 7-yap αὔριον μεριμνήσει “τὰ" τἑαυτῆς." ἀρκετὸν τῇ for the morrow 8 becarefulabout the(things] ofitself. Sufficient to the ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς. day (is]the evil of it. 7 Μὴ. κρίνετε, iva μὴ.κριθῆτε" 2 ἐν γὰρ κρίματι κρίνετε, Judgenot, that yebenotjudged: *with *what ‘for judgment ye judgs, κριθήσεσθε' καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, "ἀντιμετρηθήσεται" ye shall be judged; and with what measure Ὑ9 τηϑίθ, itshall be measured again ὑμῖν. 8 Τί. δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ toyou. Butwhy lookestthouonthe mote that([is]in the eye ἀδελφοῦ. σου, τὴν.δὲ ἐν τῷῃςσῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ-κατανοεῖς ; of thy brother, Ῥπὺ the ?in “thine [town] ‘eye *beam perceivest not? 4% πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ. ἀδελφῷ.σου, “Agec ἐκβάλω τὸ Or how wilt thousay ἴο thy brother, Suffer (that] I may cast out the , t > ‘ fl ~ 9 ~ Φ ‘ ἰδ , «- ὃ A ? ~ κάρφος ἱἀπὸ" τοῦ.ὀφθαλμοῦ.σου" καὶ ἰδού, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ mote from thine eye: and behold, the beam [is]in ὀφθαλμῷ.σου; 5 ὑποκριτά, ἔκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ἐκ thine [own] eye! hypocrite, cast out first the beam out of Tov.0¢0apov.cov," Kai τότε διαβλέψεις ἐκβαλεῖν τὸ κάρφος thine [own] eye, and then thouwiltseeclearly tocastout the mote ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ.σου. out of the eye of thy brother. 6 Μὴ-.δῶτε TO ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν" μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς Give not that νυ ΐο ἢ [15] holy tothe dogs, nor cast μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε ὕκατα- 2pearls ‘your before the swine, lest they should Vi VIL. πατήσωσιν" αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς. ποσὶν.αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες trampleupon them with their feet, and having turned ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς. they rend you. 7 Αἰτεῖτε, καὶ δοθήσεται wiv’ ζητεῖτε, καὶ εὑρήσετε" Ask, and itshall be given to you: seek, and ye shall find: , ‘ ᾽ ΄ Ci an 8 - ᾿ « ὦ" λ , κρούετε, καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν. ὃ πᾶς.γὰρ ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει, knock, and itshall beopened toyou. Forevyeryone that asks receives, ‘ ε ~ , A ~ καὶ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει, καὶ τῷ κρούοντι τἀνοιγήσεται." and hethat seeks finds, and tohimthat knocks it shall be opened. 15 is, and to morrow is cast into the oven, shall he not much more clothe you, O ye of lit- tle faith? 31 Therefore take no thought, say- ing, What shall we eat? or, What shall we drink ? or, Wherewith- al shall we be clothed? 32 (For after all these things do the Gentiles seek:) for your hea- venly Father knoweth that ye have need of all these things. 33 But seek ye first the kingdom of God, and his righteousness ; and ali these things shall be added unto you. 34 Take therefore no thought for the mor- row: for the morrow shall take thought for the things of itself. Sufficient unto the day is the evil thereof. VII. Judge not, that ye be not judged. 2 For with what judg- ment ye judge, yeshall be judged: and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to ‘he again, 3 And why eholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother’s eye, but con- siderest not the beam that is in thine own eye? 4 Or how wilt thou say to thy bro- ther, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold, a beam is in thine own eye? 5 Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote ont of thy brother’s eye. 6 Give not that which is holy unto the dogs, neither cast ye your pearls before swine, lest they trample them under their feet, and turn again and rend you. 7 Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you: 8 for every one that asketh receiv- eth; and ‘he that seek- eth findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened. 9 Or π ἐπιζητοῦσιν LTTrA. ο τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν βασιλειαν 1, ; --- τοῦ θεοῦ (read its right- eousness) LT[4] Ρ μεριμνήσετε E. --- τὰ (omit the [things] of) trrraw. ταὐτῆς A. " μετρηθή- τ ἐκ out of urtr. τ καταπατήσουσιν they shall trample upon rttra. σεται it shall be measured Gurtraw. LUTra. ᾿ ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου τὴν δοκόν * ἀνοίγεται it is opened Ltr. 10 what man is there of you, whom if his son ask bread, will he give him astone? 10 Orif he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent? ll If ye then, Peis evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shill your Father whichis in heaven give good things to them that ask him? 12 Yherefore all things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them: for this is the law aud the pro- phets. i3 Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: 14 because strait zs the gate, and narrow 18 the way, which leadeth un- to life, and few there be that find it. 15 Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep's cloth- ing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves. 16 Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? 17 Even so every good tree bring- eth forth good fruit ; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. 18 A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither canacor- rupt tree bring forth good fruit. 19 Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is uewn down, and cast into the fire, 20 Where- fore by their fruits ye shall know them. 21 Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of my MPASIIOVA 1 OS: VII. 9 ἢ τίς Yéorw' ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν *éav' *airnoy" ὁ υἱὸς Or what “is*there *of ἔγοι *man who if ‘4should‘task son αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; 10 “Kai ἐὰν ἰχθὺν *his bread, astone willhegive him? and if a fish αἰτήσῃ," μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; 11 εἰ οὖν ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ heshouldask, aserpent willhegive him? If therefore ye, “evil ὄντες οἴδατε δόματα ἀγαθὰ διδόναιτοϊς.τέκνοις. ὑμῶν, πόσῳ ‘being, know [how] “gifts *good to give to your children, how much μᾶλλον ὁ-πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ more your Father who[is]in the heavens will give good things τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν; to them that ask him? 12 Πάντα οὖν ὕσα.“ἂν" θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν ot Allthings therefore whatever yedesire that “should*do *to*you ἄνθρωποι, οὕτως Kai ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς" οὗτος. γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ‘men, so also “ye ‘do to them: for this is the νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται. law andthe prophets, 18 “Εἰσέλθετε" διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης" OTe πλατεῖα “ἡ πύλη" Enterin through the narrow gate; for wide the gate kai εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς THY ἀπώλειαν, καὶ and broad the way that leads to destruction, and πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι᾿ αὐτῆς" 14 fore στενὴ 87 many are they who enter through it: for narrow the πύλη" Kai τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, Kai gate and straitened the way that leads to life, and ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν. few are they who find it. 15 Προσέχετε." δὲ" ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν, οἵτινες ἔρχονται But beware of the false prophets, who come πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασιν προβάτων, ἔσωθεν.δὲ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρ- to you in raiment of sheep, but within are 7wolves ‘ra- παγες. 16 ἀπὸ τῶν.καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς" μήτι pacious. By their fruits ye shall know them, συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν ἱσταφυλὴν " ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα; Do they gather from thorns abunchofgrapes, or from _ thistles figs? 17 οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ" 70.68 So every tree *good “fruits %good produces, but the σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ. 18 οὐ«-δύναται corrupt tree *fruits ‘bad produces. “Cannot δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς πονηροὺς ἱποιεῖν," οὐδὲ δένδρον σα- a “tree good Sfruits Sevil produce, nor a“tree ‘cor- πρὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ἱποιεῖν." 19 πᾶν" δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν rupt “fruits *good *produce. Every tree not producing καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. 20 Ἰάραγε" “fruit 1y00d iscut down and into fire is cast. Then surely "ard! τῶν. καρπῶν. αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς. by their fruits ye shall know them. 210i πᾶς ὁ λέγων μοι, Κύριε, κύριε, εἰσελεύσεται εἰς Not every one who says tome, Lord, Lord, shallenter into τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν" ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ the kingdom ofthe heavens, but he who does the will Υ — ἐστιν Ltr [A]. also a fish shall ask LiTra. & [ἡ πύλη) LT. h k + [οὖν͵ now L. ! dpa ye Ltr. ® αἰτήσει Shall ask Lrtra. c >. da ’ , ae « ΄ ἐὰν τ. ἃ εἰσέλθατε ττττὰ. ἡ πύλη LT]. — δὲ but xr [tra]. 1 σταφυλὰς grapes LTTra. ™ εκ L. * — ἐὰν LYTrA. Ὁ ἣ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει or ἴ 7¢ how Gurr. J ἐνεγκεῖν bear 7. MATTHE W. ἐν " οὐρανοῖς. 22 πολλοὶ ἐροῦσίν μοι ἐν Many willsay tome in VII, VIII. πατρόξσς μου TOV of my Father who[is] in [the] heavens. ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, Κύριε, κύριε, ob τῷ. σῷ ὀνόματι “προεφη- that day, ord, Lord, *not *through*thy 7name did *we τεύσαμεν," Kai τῷ.σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ “prophesy, and through thy name demons cast out, and τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν; 23 Kai through thy name works %of*power *many perform ? And τότε ὁμολογήσω αὐτοῖς, ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς" ἀποχωρεῖτε then willI confess to them, Never knewI you: depart ye ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν. from me, who wor lawlessness. 24 Πᾶς οὖν boric ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους Provrouc," Every one therefore whosoever hears *my swords these, καὶ ποιεῖ αὐτούς, ὁμοιώσω αὐτὸν" ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις φκοδό- and does them, Iwillliken him toa’man’prudent, who built μησεν *riv-oikiav.avrov" ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν" 25 Kai κατέβη ἡ his house upon the rock: and camedown the βροχὴ καὶ ἦλθον" ot ποταμοὶ Kai ἔπνευσαν οἱ ἄνεμοι, καὶ rain, and came the streams, and blew the winds, and ἱπροσέπεσον!" τῇ.οἰκίᾳ.ἐκείνῃ, καὶ οὐκ. ἔπεσεν᾽ τεθεμελίωτο.γὰρ fell upon that house, and itfellnot; forit had been founded ἐπὶ THY πέτραν. 26 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀκούων μου τοὺς λόγους upon the rock. and everyone who hears “my ’words τούτους Kai μὴ-ποιῶν αὐτούς, ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῳ, these and does notdo them, he shall be likened toa*man ‘foolish, ὅστις wKoddunoery τὴν.οἰκίαν. αὐτοῦ" ἐπὶ THY ἄμμον" 27 Kai who built his house upon the sand: and κατέβη ἡ βροχὴ Kai ἦλθον οἱ ποταμοὶ Kai ἔπνευσαν οἱ came down the rain, and came the streams, and blew the ἄνεμοι, Kai προσέκοψαν τῇ.οἰκίᾳ.ἐκείνῃ, καὶ ἔπεσεν, καὶ ἣν winds, and beat upon that house, and it fell, and was ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη. ‘the fall 308 *it great. 28 Kai ἐγένετο ὅτε “συνετέλεσεν! ὁ ᾿[ησοῦς τοὺς λόγους And itcametopass when “had “finished + Jesus Swords ΄ γ ΄ « ” 7 x ~ ~ ᾽ ~ - τούτους ἐξεπλήσσοντο οἱ ὄχλοι ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῃ.αὐτοῦ" 29 ἣν “these astonished were the crowds at his teaching: “he *was γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ for teaching them as “authority ‘having, and not as the γραμματεῖς". scribes. 8 ΣΚαταβάντι.δὲ αὐτῷ! ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ And when *had*come*down *he from the mountain, “followed *him ὄχλοι πολλοί" 2 καὶ ἰδού, λεπρὸς τέλθὼν" προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, “crowds ‘great. And behold, aleper having come id homage tohim, λέγων, Κύριε, ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί pe καθαρίσαι. 3 Kai saying, Lord, if thou wilt thouartable me _ tocleanse. And ἐκτείνας τὴν. χεῖρα ἥψατο αὐτοῦ "ὁ Ἰησοῦς," λέγων, having stretched out [his]hand “touched “him Jesus, saying, Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι. Kai εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη! αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα. I wil), bethoucieansed, Andimmediately was cleansed his leprosy. 17 Father which is in heaven, 22 Many will say to me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in thy name? and in thy name have cast out devils? and in thy name done many won- derful works? 23 And then will I profess un- to them, I never knew you: depart from me, ye that work iniquity. 214 Therefore whoso- ever heareth these say- ings of mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unio a wise man, which built his house upon a rock: 25 and the rain descen- ded, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not: for it was founded upon a rock. 26 And every one that heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house npon the sand: 27 and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell: and great was the fall of it, 28 And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were aston- ished at his doctrine: 29 for he taught them as one having au- thority, and not as the scribes. VIII. When he come down from the mountain, great mul- titudes followed him. 2 And, behold, there came a leper and wor- shipped him, saying, Lord, ifthou wilt, thou canst make nie ciean. 3 And Jesus put forth his hand, and touched him, saying, I will; be thou clean. And im- mediately his leprosy was cleansed. 4 And 1+ τοῖς the LTTrA. ° ἐπροφητεύσαμεν LTTrA. Ρ [τούτους LTr. 4 ὁμοιωθήσεται he shall be likened Lrtr. τ αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν LETra. 5 ἦλθαν Tr. ἔπεσαν TIrA. αὐτοῦ THY οἰκίαν LTTrA. “ ἐτέλεσεν LITrA. LTTrA; + καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι and the Pharisees L. αὐτοῦ Tr. LTTra. 2 προσελθὼν having come to [him] trtraw. Ὁ ἐκαθερίσθη τ. τ προσέπαισαν struck ἀρ αϊηβῦτ,; προσ- x + αὐτῶν (read their scribes} Y καὶ καταβάντος αὐτοῦ τι; καταβάντος δὲ 2 — ὃ᾽ Ἰησοῦς (read he touched) Cc 18 Jesus saith unto him, See thou tell no man; but go thy way, shew thyself to the priest, and offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimonyunto them. 5 And when Jesus was entered into Ca- pernanum, there came unto him a centurion, beseeching him, 6 and saying, Lord, my ser- vant lieth at home sick of the palsy,grievously tormented. 7And Jesus saith unto him, I will come and heal him. 8 The centurion an- swered and said, Lord, I am not worthy that thou shouldest come under my roof: but speak the word only, and my servant shall be healed. 9 For Iam aman under authority, having soldiers under me: and I say to this man, Go, and he goeth; and to another, Come, and he cometh; and to my servant, Do this, and he doeth iz. 10 When Jesus heard it, he marvelled, and said to them that fol- lowed, Verily I say unto you, I have not found so great faith, no, not in Israel. 11 And I say unto you, That many shall come from the east and west, andshall sit down with Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, in the king- dom of heaven. 12 But the children of the kingdom shall be cast out into outer dark- ness: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. 13 And Jesus said unto the centu- rion, Go thy way; and as thou hast believed, 90 be it done unto thee. And his servant was healed in the selfsame hour. 14 And when Jesus was come into Peter's house, he saw his wife’s mother laid, and sick of a fever. 15 And he MATOATOX. VAL. 4 Kai λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς" “ἀλλ᾽ ὕπαγε, And says *to*him 1 Jesus, See noone thoutell; but go σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ προσένεγκε! τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσ- thyself shew to the priest, and offer the gift which 7or- ἐταἕεν "Μωσῆς," εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. dered Moses for atestimony to them. 5 ΓΕἰσελθόντι". δὲ ἐτῷ Τησοῦ" εἰς "Καπερναούμ," προσῆλθεν And “having “entered ‘Jesus into Capernaum, 7came αὐτῷ ἱἑκατόνταρχος"! παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 6 Kai λέγων, Κύριε, *toShim ἴδ centurion, beseeching him and saying, Lord, « - , > ~ Ses, , ~ ὁ.παῖς. μου βέβληται ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ παραλυτικός, δεινῶς βασα- my servant is laid in the house paralytic, grievously tor- γιζόμενος. 7 "Καὶ! λέγει αὐτῷ ᾿ὸὁ Ἰησοῦς," ᾿Εγὼ ἐλθὼν θερα- mented. And ?says *to*him ‘Jesus, I having come will πεύσω αὐτόν. 8 ™Kai ἀποκριθεὶς! ὁ ἱἑκατόνταρχος" ἔφη, Κύριε, heal him, And *answering ‘the centurion said, Lord, οὐκ. εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς ἵνα μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέλθῃς" ἀλλὰ μόνον ITamnot worthy that *my ‘under roof thoushouldest come, but only εἰπὲ "λόγον," καὶ ἰαθήσεται ὁ-.παῖς μου. 9 καὶ. γὰρ ἐγὼ ἄν- speak a word, and shallbehealed my servant. For also I a θρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν", ἔχων ὑπ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας" man am under authority, having under myself soldiers ; Ω , ’, , ‘ ΄ \ ” m” καὶ λέγω τούτῳ, Πορεύθητι, καὶ πορεύεται" καὶ ἄλλῳ, Epxov, and Isay tothis [one], Go, and he goes; and toanother, Come, καὶ ἔρχεται" καὶ τῷ.δούλῳ.μου, ἸΤοίησον τοῦτο, Kai ποιεῖ. and hecomes; and tomy bondman, Do this, and he does [it]. 10 ᾿Ακούσας.δὲ ὁ Τησοῦς ἐθαύμασεν, καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς ἀκολου- And having *heard ‘Jesus wondered, and said tothose follow- θοῦσινῬ, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, “οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτην ing, Verily Isay toyou, Noteven in Israel so great πίστιν! εὗρον. 11 λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν faith have I found. ButIsay toyou,that many from east καὶ δυσμῶν ἥξουσιν, καὶ ἀνακλιθήσονται μετὰ ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ and west shallcome, and shallrecline[attable] with Abraham and ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ ᾿Ιακὼβ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν" 12 οἱ. δὲ υἱοὶ Isaac and Jacob in the kingdom ofthe heavens; but the sons ~ , r2 δὰ Or iT] > 4 , a. 3 , ar cs ~ τῆς βασιλείας τἐκβληθήσονται! εἰς TO σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον᾽" ἐκεῖ ofthe kingdom shall be cast out into the darkness the outer: there ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. 18 Kai εἶπεν shallbe the weeping andthe gnashing ofthe teeth. And 3said ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ “ἑκατοντάρχῳ,"! Ὕπαγε, ἱκαὶ" ὡς ἐπίστευσας ‘Jesus tothe centurion, 0, and as _ thouhast believed γενηθήτω σοι. Kai ἰάθη ὁ-.παῖς. "αὐτοῦ! “ty τῇ ὥρᾳ be it to thee. And washealed his servant in 7hour ἐκείνῃ." ‘that. 14 Kai ἐλθὼν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Πέτρου, εἶδεν And *having *come 1Jesus to the house of Peter, saw τὴν.πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ βεβλημένην καὶ πυρέσσουσαν, 15 καὶ his wife’s mother lai and in a fever; and OLTTrAW. from that hour 1 ς ἀλλὰ EGLTTrA. 4 προσένεγκον LITrAW. ὁ Μωῦσῆς LITrAW. ἴ εἰσελθόντος LTTrA. Β αὐτῷ he ΟὟ; αὐτοῦ he Lrtra. 1— 6 Ἰησοῦς (read he says) τα tra. © 4+ τασσόμενος placed L. with no one so great faith in Israel uora. t — καὶ LT[Tr]A, -- αὐτοῦ (read the servant) rt]. h Καφαρναοὺμ LTTrAW. ‘éxatovtapxnsT. * —xaiut[tr]a. ™ ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ LTTr, 5 λόγῳ by a word GLTtraw. P+ αὐτῷ him. ἃ παρ᾽ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ ᾿Ισραὴλ τ ἐξελεύσονται shall go forth τ. 5 ἑκατοντάρχῃ * ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης i L ΥΠ1|. ἥψατο τὴς χειρὸς- αὐτῆς, he touched her hand, ἠγέρθη Kai διηκόνει *adroic.' she arose and ministered to them. 16’ ΟΨίας. δὲ a peel προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δαιμονιζομένους And evening being come, they brousns to him queneesed git *demous πολλούς" Kai ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Kui πάντας τοὺς MATTHEW. Kat ene αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός and ‘her ‘the “fever; καὶ and many, and hecast out the _ spirits byaword, and all who κακῶς ἔχοντας ἐθεράπευσεν" 17 Owe πλὴη oy TO “ill were he healed : So that might bef ed that which ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, Αὐτὸς τὰς was spoken by" Esaias the prophet; saying, Himself the ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν, Kai τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν. infirmities ofus took, and the diseases bore. 18 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς πολλοὺς ὄχλους" περὶ αὐτόν, ἐκέ- Jesus crowds around him, he com- 19 καὶ προσελθὼν εἷς And having come to J one And “seeing great λευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν. manded todepart to the other side. γραμματεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, ἀκολουθήσω σοι ὕπου.ἐὰν ascribe said tohim, Teacher, I will follow thee whithersoever ἀπέρχῃ. 20 Kai λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Inoovc, Αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς prom raayesi go, And “says Sto *him 1Jesus, ‘The foxes “holes ee καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις, ὁ.δὲ υἱὸς have, andthe birds ofthe heaven nests, but the Son τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ovK-éxEL ποῦ THY κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ. 21"ETEpOC of man hasnot where the head he may lay. “Another δὲ τῶν. μαθητῶν.Σαὐτοῦ" εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἐπίτρεψόν μοι *and of his disciples said to him, Lord, allow me πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν. es «μου. 92 Ὁ. δὲ. "᾿ Ἰησοῦς" first to go and bury my fat But Jesus δεῖπεν" αὐτῷ, ᾿Ακολούθει μοι, Kai ἄφες Tobe νεκροὺς θάψαι said to him, Follow me, and leave’ the dead to bury τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς. their own dead. 23 Kai ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς “τὸ" πλοῖον, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ And *having*entered ‘he into the Sfollowed *him οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ. 24 Kai ἰδού, σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ his 7disciples. And lo, a *tempest roreae arose in the θαλάσσῃ. ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων" see sothat the ship was covered ΕΝ the Waves; αὐτὸς.δὲ ἐκάθευδεν. 25 καὶ προσελθόντες foi μαθηταὶ" "αὐτοῦ" but Βα was sleeping: And havingcometo[him]the disciples of him ἤγειραν αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον ‘ypac," ἀπολλύμεθα. awoke him, saying, Lord, save us; we perish, 26 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ti δειλοί tore, ὀλιγόπιστοι; Τότε And hesays ἴο ἔμθῃι, Why fearful are 79, O [ye] of little faith? Then, ἐγερθεὶς ἐπετίμησεν τοῖς ἀνέμοις καὶ TY θαλάσσῃ, καὶ ἐγένετο haying arisen he rebuked the winds and the sea, γαλήνη μεγάλη. 21 οἱ. δὲ ἄνθρωποι ἐθαύμασαν, λέγοντες, a *calm eee And the men wondered, saying, ship, oni ἐστιν οὗτος, Ort βκαὶ" οἱ ἄνεμοι Kai ἡ θάλασσα What kind{ofman] is this, that even the winds and the sea ὑπακούουσιν avT@;' obey him? αὐτῷ to him “Ttraw. Y ὄχλον ἃ crowd L. (read he said) τ. > λέγει says LITrAW. © — αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. ἴ --- ἡμᾶς LTTrAW. ¢ — τὸ (read a ship) Ltra. —— καὶ L. and therewas J! z - αὐτοῦ (read the disciples)uttr. 5 --- Ἰησοῦς 4d — οἱ μαθηταὶ {τ|έ | TT. h αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1ΤΊΤΑ. 19 touched her hand, and the fever left her: and she arose, and min- istered unto them. 16 When theeven was come, they brought un- to him many that were possessed with devils: and he cast out the spirits with his word, and healed all that were sick: 17 that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, Himself took our infirmities, and bare our sicknesses. 18 Now when Jesus saw great multitudes about him, he gave commandment to de- part unto the other side. 19 And a certain scribe came, and said unto him, Master, I will follow thee whi- thersoever thou goest. 20 And Jesus saith un- to him, The foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests; but the Son of man hath not where to lay his head. 21 And another of his disciples said unto him, Lord, suffer me first to goand bury my father. 22 But Je- sus said unto him, Follow me; and let the dead bury their dead. 23 And when he was entered into a ship, his disciples followed him, 24 And, behold, there arose a great tempest in the sea, insomuch that the ship was co- vered with the waves: but he was asleep. 25 And his disciples came to him, and awoke him, saying, Lord, save us: we per- ish. 26 And he saith unto them, Why are e fearful, O ye of little faith? Then he arose, and rebuked the winds and the sea; and there was a great calm. 27 But the men mar- velled, saying, What manner of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him! 20 28 And when he was come to the other side into the country of the Gergesenes, there met him two possessed with devils, coming out of the tombs, exceeding fierce, so that no man might pass by that hay: 29 rate behold, they cried out, saying, What have we to do with thee, Jesus, thou Son of God? art thou come hither to torment us before the time? 30 And there was a good way off from them an herd of many swine feeding. 31 So the devils besought him, saying, If thou east us out, suffer us to go away into the herd of swine, 32 And he said unto them, Go. And when they were come out, they went into the herd of swine: and, behold, the whole herd of swine ran violently down a steep piace into the sea, and perished in the waters. 33 And they that kept them fled, and went their ways into the city, and told every thing, and what was befallen to the pos- sessed of the devils. 84 And, behold, the whole city came out to meet Jesus: and when they saw him, they besought him that he would depart out of their coasts. IX. And he entered into a ship, and passed over, and came into his own city. 2 And, be- hold, they brought to him a man sick of the palsy, lying on a bed: and Jesus seeing their faith said unto the sick of the palsy, Son, be of good cheer; thy sins be forgiven thee. 3 And, behold, certain of the scribes said within themselves, This man blasphem- eth. 4 And Jesus know- ing their thoughts said, Wherefore think ye evil in your hearts? 6 For whether is easier, to say, Τὴν sins be for- 1 ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr. mM ἀπόστειλον ἡμᾶς BEN US GLTTrA. χοίρους the swine Gurrtr. v — τὸ (read a ship) τι ΑἹ]. Y σον αἱ ἁμαρτίαι LTTrA. Siva 1,. forgiven LTtr. "— ὑμεῖς LTTrA. MAT@OAIOS. Vili, (X. 28 Kai ᾿ἐλθόντι αὐτῷ" εἰς τὸ πέραν εἰς THY χώραν τῶν And when7had“come *he to the otherside to the country ofthe sLepreonuays ὑπήντησαν αὐτῷ δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι ἐκ τῶν rgesenes, Smet Shim ‘two *possessed *by “demons outof the μνημείων ἐξερχόμενοι, χαλεποὶ λίαν, ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ tombs coming, “violent ‘very, sothat not *was*able ‘any “one παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς. ὁδοῦ.ἐκείνης" 29 καὶ ἰδού, ἔκραξαν λέγοντες, to pass by that way. And lo, theycriedout, saying, Ti ἡμῖν καὶ cot, ᾿Τησοῦ," υἱὲ τοῦ θεοῦ; ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ What tous and tothee, Jesus, Son of God? art thou come here before [the } ~ / « ~ τ 4 ? ? >? ~ ? la καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς; 30°Hy.dé μακρὰν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀγέλη time to torment us? Nowthere was faroff from them ἃ herd , ~ La « A , 4 χοίρων πολλῶν βοσκομένη. 31 οἱ. δὲ δαίμονες παρεκάλουν of ?swine ‘many feeding ; And the demons besought αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς, "᾿ἐπίτρεψον ἡμῖν ἀπελθεῖν" him, saying, If thoucastout us, allow us to go away εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοίρων. 32 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς", Ὑπάγετε. into the herd ofthe swine. And hesaid to them, Go. Οἱ δὲ ἐξελθόντες “ἀπῆλθον! εἰς ὑτὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοίρων" And they having gone out wentaway into the herd ofthe swine: καὶ ἰδού, ὥρμησεν πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη “τῶν χοίρων" κατὰ τοῦ and behold, ‘rushed ‘all the “herd ‘ofthe “swine down the κρημνοῦ sic τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ ἀπέθανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν. steep into the sea, and died in the waters. 33 οἱ δὲ βόσκοντες ἔφυγον, Kai ἀπελθόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν But those who fed [them] fled, and having goneaway into the city ἀπήγγειλαν πάντα, καὶ τὰ τῶν. δαιμονιζομένων. related everything, and the [events] concerning those possessed by demons. 34 καὶ ἰδού, πᾶσα ἡ πόλις ἐξῆλθεν εἰς τσυνάντησιν" "τῷ! Inoov" And lo, all the city wentout to meet Jesus; καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτόν, παρεκάλεσαν ‘orrwe! ἀπὸ and seeing him, they besought [him] that from τῶν ὁρίων. αὐτῶν. their borders. μεταβῇ he would depart 9 Kai ἐμβὰς εἰς "τὸ! πλοῖον διεπέρασεν Kai ἦλθεν εἰς And havingentered into the ship he passed over’ and came _ ἴο τὴν. ἰδίαν πόλιν. 2 Kai ἰδού, “ προσέφερον" αὐτῷ παραλυτικὸν his own city. And lo, they brought to him a paralytic ἐπὶ κλίνης βεβλημένον" Kai ἰδὼν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τὴν.πίστιν. αὐτῶν on ἃ bed lying; and “seeing ‘Jesus their faith εἶπεν τῷ TapaduTiKp, θάρσει, τέκνον, “ἀφέωνταί! said tothe paralytic, Be of good courage, child; *have*been °forgiven Yoorai.apapriat.cov." 3 Kai ἰδού, τινὲς τῶν γραμματέων τεΐπον" ®thee 1thy *sins. And lo, some ofthe scribes said ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Οὗτος PrAaognpei. 4 Kai "ἰδὼν" ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς rac in themselves, This[man} blasphemes. And “perceiving 1 Jesus ἐνθυμήσεις. αὐτῶν, εἶπεν. Ἵνα.τί! οὑμεῖο! ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ their thoughts, said, Why "ye ‘think evil ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις. ὑμῶν; 5 τί.γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, in your hearts ? For which is easier, to say, k Τερασηνῷν L; Ταδαρηνῶν Gadarenes rrra. a + [ὃ ᾿Τησοῦς Jesus 1,. 4 — τῶν χοίρων GLTT:{ a]. | — Ἰησοῦ Gurtra. ο ἀπῆλθαν LTr. P τοὺς τ ὑπάντησιν LITr. 5 τοῦ 1. Ἢ προσφέρουσιν they bring x. x ἀφίενταί are * εἶπαν Lir. * εἰδὼς knowing trr. » ‘Ivari ΟΥ̓. ΙΧ. MeAsT FT HE Wwe VAgéwyrat! ὅσοι" αἱ ἁμαρτίαι" 7 εἰπεῖν, Eyerpar' καὶ Ξῆ:2υ8 *been ΠΡΟΣ σα Sthee [? thy] eee or tosay, Arise and περιπάτει; 0 ἵνα.δὲ εἰδῆτε Ore ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ av- walk? But that yemay know that authority has the Son of θρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας" τότε λέγει τῷ παρα-- man on the earth to τοπεῖνο sins: then ney to the at λυτικῷ, ¥ Ἐγερθεὶς" ἀρόν σου τὴν κλίνην, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν lytic, Having arisen, takeup thy bed, and go to - ’ Α ? " ? ~ ᾽ ~ οἶκόν σου. 7 Kai ἐγερθεὶς ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν.οἶκον αὐτοῦ. 7house ‘thy. And having arisen he went away to his house. 8 ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι "ἐθαύμασαν," καὶ ἐδόξασαν τὸν θεόν, And*having*seen ‘the *crowds wondered, δια glorified God, τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. who gave peouhority: ‘such to men. 9 Kai παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον καθήμενον And “passing Jesus thence saw aman sitting ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον, ‘MarOaior' λεγόμενον, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Ακο- at the tax-office, “Matthew ‘called, and says tohim, Fol- λούθει μοι. Kai ἀναστὰς *jKodotOnoev' arp. 10 Kai ἐγένετο low me, And having arisen he followed him. And it came to pass ἰαὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου" ἐν ry οἰκίᾳ, ™xai' ἰδού, πολλοὶ τελῶναι αὖ his reclining [αὖ [8016] in the houses that behold, many tax-gatherers καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἐλθόντες συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ and sinners having come were reclining [at table] with Jesus and τοῖς.μαθηταῖς.αὐτοῦ. 11 καὶ ἰδόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι "εἶπον" his disciples. And having seen[it] the Pharisees said τοῖς. μαθηταῖς.αὐτοῦ, “Διατί" μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρ- to his disciples, Why with the tax-gatherers and sin- τωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ- διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν; 12 Ὃ δὲ Ῥ Ἰησοῦς" ἀκούσας ners eats your teacher ? But Jesus having heard εἶπεν αὐτοῖς," Οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσι» οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, hesaid tothem, “Νοὺ ‘need °have ‘they *who *are*strong ΦΕΡΕ ΙΙαα "ἀλλ᾽ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. 18 πορευθέντες δὲ μάθετε τί ἐστιν, but they who ill are. But having gone ΘΓ what s"EXeov'" θέλω, καὶ οὐ θυσίαν" οὐ Mercy I desire, and not sacrifice: *not tard’! ἁμαρτωλοὺς "εἰς μετάνοιαν." {ones}, but sinners to repentance. 14 Tore προσέρχονται αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ ᾿Ιωάννου, λέγοντες, Then come near to him the disciples of John, saying, eg ἡμεῖς. καὶ οἱ eh νηστεύομεν “πολλά, οἱ. δὲ. μαθη- we *%and*the ®Pharisees do fast much, but 7disci- Tai.cov οὐ-νηστεύουσιν; 15 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Μὴ ples *thy fast not? And *said *to*them 1 Jesus, δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν ἐφ᾽ ὅσον μετ᾽ αὐτῶν Can the sons of the bridechamber mourn while with them ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος ; ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ is the bri oom? *will*come ‘but 7days when willhave been taken away ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ὁ ν apes Kai τότε νηστεύσουσιν. 16 οὐδεὶς.δὲ from them the bridegroom, and then they will fast. But no one ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ΡΖ χ ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ.παλαιῷ᾽" 15, γὰρ᾽ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, for *I%came _ to call righteous 21 given thee; or to sary, Arise, and walk? 6 But that yemay know that the Son of man hath power on earth to for- give sins, (then saith he to the sick of the palsy,) Arise, take up thy bed, and go unto thine house. 7 And he arose, and devarted to his house. 8 But when the multitudes saw it, they marvelled, and glorified God which had given such power unto men. 9 And as Jesus passed forth from thence, he saw a man, named Matthew, sitting at the receipt of custom : and he saith untohim, Follow me. And be arose, and followed him, 10 And it came to pass, as Jesus sat at meat in the house, be- hold, many publicans and sinners came and sat down with him and his disciples. 11 And when the Pharisees saw it, they said unto his disciples, Why eat- eth your Master with publicans and sinners? 12 But when Jesus heard that, he said un- to them, They that be whole need not a phy- sician, but they that are sick. 13 But go ye and learn what that meaneth, I will have merey, and not sacri- fice : for 1am not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repent- ance. 14 Then came to him the disciples of John saying, Why ἘΣ τὶ the Pharisees fast oft, but thy disciples fast not? 15 And Jesussaid unto them, Can the children of the bride- chamber mourn, as long as the bridegroom is with them? but the days will come, when the bridegroom shall be taken from them, and then shall they fast. 16 No man put- teth a piece of new cloth unto an old gar- puts a piece of ?cloth ‘unfulled on anold garment: ment, for that which 4 ἀφίενταί: are forgiven Lrtr. & gov (read thy sins) Gurtraw. f ἐγεῖρε LTTrAW. ΑΕ ἔγειρε arise LTr. » ἐφοβήθησαν were afraid Lrtra. +‘ Μαθθαῖον τιτττα. * ἠκολούθει 1. | ἀνακει- μένου αὐτοῦ L. ™—kaiT. B® ἔλεγον LTTr. ° διὰ TéLTra, P — Ἰησοῦς ut[trja. ἃ — αὐτοῖς {πττὰ. 'dAAaLTr. 5 Ἔλεος τττὰ. ἀλλὰ TTrAW. Y — εἰς μετάνοιαν GLTTrAW. 7 Διὰ τίιπτα. -- πολλά LT. ba) 22 is put into fill it up taketh from the gar- ment, and the rent is made worse. 17 Neither do men put new wine into old bottles: else the bottles break, and the wine runneth out, and the bottles perish: but they put new wine into new bottles, and both are preserved. 18 While he spake these things unto them, behold, there came 2 certain ruler, and worshipped him, saying, My daughter is even now dead: but come and lay thy hand upon her, and she shall live. 19 And Jesus a- rose, and _ followed him, and so did his disciples. 20 And, behold, a woman, which was diseased with an issue of blood twelve years, came behind him, and touched the hem of his garment: 21 for she said within herself, If I may but touch his garment, I shall be whole. 22 But Jesus turned him about, and when he saw her, he said, Daughter, be of good comfort; thy faith hath made thee whole. And the wo- man was made whole from that hour. . 23 And when Jesus came into the ruler’s house, and saw the minstrels and the peo- ple making a noise, 24 he said unto them, Give place: for the maid is not dead, but sleepeth. And _ they laughed him to scorn. 25 But when the people were put forth, he went in, and took her by the hand, and the maid arose. 26 And the fame hereof went abroad into all that land. 27 And when Jesus departed thence, two hlind men followed him, crying, and say- ing, Tou Son of Da- vid, have mercy on us. 28 And when he was come into the house, the blind men came to him: and Josus saith MATOAIO®S. 1X αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρον Stakes Saway ‘for 3105 “filling *up from the garment, and a worse , , > A / a , > > ‘ σχίσμα γίνεται. 17 οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν oivoy νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς rent _ takes place. Nor φαΐ they 2wine ‘new into “skins παλαιούς" εἰ δὲ. μήγε ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, Kai ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται, old, otherwise “*are*burst ‘the *skins, and the wine is poured out, καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἡἀπολοῦνται"" ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν oivoy νέον εἰς andthe skins ΜΠ bedestroyed; but they put 2wine ‘new into ἀσκοὺς" καινούς, Kai δἀμφότερα! συντηροῦνται. *skins mew, and both are preserved together. 18 Ταῦτα αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς, ἰδού, ἄρχων" “ἐλθὼν" 5These “things 'as*he*is*speaking tothem, behold, aruler havingcome προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, λέγων, “Ὅτι! ἡ:θυγάτηρ: μου ἄρτι ἐτελεύ- didhomage tohim, saying, My daughter just now has - > s ? ‘ ? ΄ \ oui gs he (eae 3 τὸν ‘ τησεν᾽ ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν.χεϊρά.σου ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν, καὶ died; but havingcome lay thy hand upon her, and 72 Ἂ ? 4 «2, ~ e > 40 ΗΠ > ~ ζήσεται. 19 καὶ ἐγερθεὶξρ 0 Inoove “ἠκολούθησεν" αὐτῷ she shall live. And having arisen Jesus followed him, καὶ οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. and his disciples. 20 Kai ἰδού, γυνὴ αἱμοῤῥοοῦσα δώδεκα ἔτη, προσελ- And behold, a woman having hada ἤπχ οὗ blood twelve years, having θοῦσα ὄπισθεν ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου.αὐτοῦ. come behind touched’ the border of his garment, 21 ἔλεγεν. γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, Edy μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου For she said within herself, Lf only I shall touch 27arment αὐτοῦ σωθήσομαι. 22 Ὁ δὲ. ΓΙησοῦς" ξἐπιστραφεὶς" καὶ idwy this I shall be cured. But Jesus having turned and having seen αὐτὴν εἶπεν, Θάρσει, θύγατερ' ἡ.πίστις.σου σέσωκέν σε. her 868 βαϊᾶ, Beof good courage, daughter; thy faith hathcured thea ι , ε \ \ ~ καὶ ἐσώθη ἢ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς.ὥρας ἐκείνης. Απᾶ *was*cured ‘the ?woman from that hour. 23 Καὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἄρχοντος, And “having *come 1Jesus into the house of the ruler, ‘ ’ ‘ A ? A ‘ A » ᾿ καὶ ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον, and having seen the crowd 24 "λέγει αὐτοῖς," ᾿Αναχωρεῖτε᾽ οὐ yap ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, flute-players and the making a tumult, says to them, Withdraw, ‘not ‘for ‘is®%dead the “damsel, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει. Kai κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ. 25 ὅτειδὲ ἐξεβλήθη but And they laughed at him. But when “had *been *put Sout ὁ ὄχλος, εἰσελθὼν ἐκράτησεν τῆς.χειρὸς. αὐτῆς, Kai ἠγέρθη ‘the “οτονγᾶ, having entered he took hold of her hand, and “arose τὸ κοράσιον. 26 Kai ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη.αὕτη εἰς ὕλην τὴν sleeps. *the 7damsel. And ‘went ‘out ‘this ?report into all γῆν ἐκείνην. land ‘that. 27 Kai παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἠκολούθησαν Sadr! And “?passing “on ‘thence 1 Jesus, "followed *him δύο τυφλοί, κράζοντες καὶ λέγοντες, Ἔλέησον ἡμᾶς, Ευὶὲ δέννο ‘“blind[’men], crying and saying, Havepity on us, Son Δαβίδ." 28 ἐλθόντι.δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, Ἱπροσῆλθον" αὐτῷ οἱ of David. Andhaving come ittto the house, came to him the Υ ἀπόλλυνται are destroyed Ltr. τ olvov νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς βάλλουσιν L. ® ἀμφότεροι Θυττγαν,, » + εἷς (read acertainruler) @Ltr. ° προσελθὼν having come to [him] 1; εἰσελθὼν having entered Taw. δ GAeyev Said LTTra. ἃ. ὅτι τ. “ ἠκολούθει τττὰ. £—’Iyoovs τ. & στραφεὶς LTTrA. i (io? wee kasd ‘5 Β aoe x ἐδ - αὐτῷ L[Ttr]. * vids Δαυείδ nrtra; υἱὲ Δαυΐδ aw. ! προσῆλθαν LTr. ΄ PA, X. MATTHEW. τυφλοί, Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Torevere ὅτι δύναμαι blind [men],and says *to*them Jesus, Believe ye that I am able ™rovro ποιῆσαι; Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Nat, κύριε. 29 Τότε ἥψατο this to do? They say tohim, Yea, Lord. Then he touched τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν.αὐτῶν, λέγων, Κατὰ τὴν.πίστιν. ὑμῶν γενη- their eyes, saying, According to your faith be θήτω ὑμῖν. 30 Kai "ἀνεῴχθησαν" αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί" Kai it to you. And were opened their eyes; and 02 fy Π > ~ ἘΣ ~ λέ « ~ δ Η͂ ἐνεβριμήσατο" αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, λέγων, Opare μηδεὶς γινω- 4strictly “charged “*them tJesus, saying, See το ὁπ "Net σκέτω. 81 Οἱ. δὲ ἐξελθόντες διεφή ισαν αὐτὸν ἐν ὕλῃ TH know [it]. But they having ΒῸΠΘ οὐ made*known ‘him in all ἢ ἐκείνῃ. 7Jand ‘that. 82 Αὐτῶν.δὲ ἐξερχομένων, ἰδού, προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ Pay- Andasthey were going out, behold, they brought to him a θρωπον" κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον. 88 Kai ἐκβληθέντος man dumb, possessed by a demon, And “having *been ‘cast Sout τοῦ δαιμονίου, ἐχάλησεν ὁ κωφός" Kai ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι, the ?demon, ®spake Tthe "dumb. And “wondered ‘the crowds, λέγοντες, FOr! οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως ἐν τῷ Ισραήλ.. 84 Oe saying, Never wasitseen thus in Israel. But the Φαρισαῖοι ἔλεγον, Ev τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει Pharisees said, By the prince of the demons he casts out τὰ δαιμόνια, the demons, 35 Kai περιῆγεν 0 Ἰησοῦς τὰς πόλεις πάσας Kai τὰς κώμας, And ?went *about 1Jesus ‘the “cities *all and the villages, διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς.συναγωγαῖς. αὐτῶν, καὶ κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγ- teaching in their synagogues, and proclaiming the glad γέλιον τῆς βασιλείας, καὶ θεραπεύων πᾶσαν νόσον Kai πᾶσαν tidings ofthe kingdom, and healing every disease and every μαλακίαν tv τῷ λαῷ." 36 ἰδὼν. δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους ἐ- bodily weakness among the people. And βαυΐηδ seen the crowds he was σπλαγχνίσθη περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἦσαν 5ἐκλελυμένοι" καὶ moved with compassion for them, because they were wearied and ἱἐῤῥιμμένοι! "ὡσεὶ" πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα. 87 τότε λέγει cast away as sheep not having a shepherd. Then hesays Toic-uanraic.avrov, Ὃ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ.δὲ ἐργάται to his disciples, The *indeed ‘harvest [is] great, but the workmen ὀλίγοι" 88 δεήθητε οὖν τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ὕπως fare] few; supplicate therefore the Lord ofthe harvest, that ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν.θερισμὸν. αὐτοῦ. he may send out workmen into his harvest, ‘ ’ ‘ 7 ‘ ? ~ 10 Kai προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ, An having called to [him] “twelve disciples This ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, ὥστε he gave to them authority over “spirits ‘unclean, so as ἐκβάλλειν αὐτά, καὶ θεραπεύειν πᾶσαν νόσον Kai πᾶσαν tocastout them, and to heal every disease δ) Δ every μαλακίαν. bodily weakness. Τῶν. δὲ δώδεκα ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα; Now ofthe twelve apostles the names are these : 23 unto them, Believe ye that I am able to do this? They said un- to him, Yea, Lord. 29 Then touched he their eyes, saying, Ac- cording to your faith be it unto you. 30 And their eyes were opened; and Jesus _ straitly charged them, saying, See ἡ no man know it. 31 But they, when they were departed, spread abroad his fame in all that coun- try. 32 As they went ont, behold, they brought to him a dumb man possessed with a devil. 33 And when the devil was cast out, the dumb spake: and the multi- tudes marvelled, say- ing, It was never se seen in Israel. 34 But the Pharisees said, He casteth out devils through the prince of the devils. 35 And Jesus went about all the cities and villages, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every sickness and every disease among the _ people. 36 But when he saw the multitudes, he was moved with compas- sion on them, because they fainted, and were scattered abroad, as sheep having no shep- herd. 37 Then saith he unto his disciples, The harvest truly zs plen- teous, but the labour- ers are few: 28 pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that he will send forth labour- ers into his harvest, X. And when he had ealled unto him his twelve disciples, he gave them power a- gainst unclean spirits, to cast them out, and to heal all manner of sickness and all man- ner of disease. 2 Now the names of the twelve apostles are these; The ™ πριῆσαι τοῦτο L. L[tra]. 4 — ὅτι GLTTraw. ' — ἐν τῷ λαῷ GLTTraW. * ρεριμμένοι L3 ἐριμμένοι τττα. V ὡς Tr. > Ui > , ” Ὁ ἠνεῳχθῆσαν Ltrs. ° ἐνεβριμήθη LTT-A. P — ἄνθρωπον (read [one]) = ἐσκυλμένοι harassed GLTT: AW first, Simon, who is called Peter, and Andrew his brother; James the son of Zeb- edee, and John his brother ; 3 Philip, and Bartholomew; Tho- mas, and Matthew the publican; James the son of Alphzeus, and Lebbseus, whose sur- name was Thaddeus; 4 Simon the Canaanite, and Judas Iscariot. who also _ betrayed him. 5 These twelve Jesus sent forth, and com- manded them, saying, Go not into the way of the Gentiles, and into anu city of the Sama- ritams enter ye not: 6 but go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel. 7 And as ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. 8 Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils: freely ye have received, freely give. 9 Provide neither gold, nor silver, nor brass in your purses, 10 nor scrip for your jour- ney, neither two coats, neither shoes, nor yet staves: for the work- man is worthy of his meat. 11 And into whatsoever city or town ye shall enter, inquire who in it is worthy; and there a- bide till ye go thence. 12 And when ye come into an house, salute it® 138 And if the house be worthy, let your peace come upon it: butifit be not worthy, let your peace return to you. 14 And whoso- ever shall not receive you, nor hear your words, when ye depart out of that house or city, shake off the dust of your feet. 15 Verily I say unto you, It sha] be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrha in the day of judgment, than for that city. 16 Be- hold, I send you forth WY + καὶ and br. τ Μαθθαῖος LTTrA. ΜΑΤΘΆΤΟΣ. Χ. πρῶτος Σίμων ὁ λεγόμενος Πέτρος, καὶ ᾿Ανδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς first Simon who is called Peter, and Andrew “brother αὐτοῦ: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης ὁ ἀδελφὸς *his ; James the[son] of Zebedee, and John “brother αὐτοῦ" 8 Φίλιππος, Kai Βαρθολομαῖος" Θωμᾶς, καὶ *Mar@aioc' this; Philip, and Bartholomew; Thomas, and Matthew ὁ τελώνης Ιάκωβος ὁ τοῦ ᾿Αλφαίου, καὶ ᾿Λεββαῖος 6 the tax-gatherer; James the [son] of Alpheus, and Lebbeus whe ἐπικληθεὶς Θαδδαῖος" 4 Σίμων ὁ *Kavaviryce,' καὶ ᾿Ιούδας wassurnamed Thaddeus; Simon the Cananite, and Judas *Tokapwryc,' ὁ Kai παραδοὺς αὐτόν. Iscariote, who also delivered up him. - ’ 4 , ? , oR) ~ ," 5 'Γούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Inoovc, παραγγείλας These twelve “sent “forth Jesus, having charged > ~ , > CDr 3 ~ ere) t \ ᾽ αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Eig ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν μὴ.ἀπέλθητε, καὶ εἰς them, saying, Into[the] way oftheGentiles go not off, and into πόλιν “Σαμαρειτῶν" μὴ εἰσέλθητε. 6 πορεύεσθε.δὲ μᾶλλον acity of [the] Samaritans enter not; but go rather 4 A 2 A ? , wy” ? , πρὸς τὰ πρόβατα Ta ἀπολωλότα οἴκου ᾿Ισραήῆλ. 7 πο- to the sheep the lost of [the] house of Israel. *Go- , A ΄ ͵ oe » « , PEVOPMLEVOL δὲ Κηρύυσσετε, λέγοντες, Ort NY YlKEV 1) βασιλεία ing ‘and proclaim, saying, Has drawn near the kingdom τῶν οὐρανῶν. 8 ἀσθενοῦντας θεραπεύετε, “λεπροὺς καθαρί- of the heavens. Sick heal, lepers cleanse, ζετε, νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε," δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλετε. δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, dead raise, demons cast out: gratuitously ye received, δωρεὰν δότε. 9 Μὴ-κτήσησθε χρυσόν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ, gratuitously impart. Provide not gold, nor silver, nor χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς.ζώνας. ὑμῶν, 10 μὴ πήραν εἰς ὁδόν, μηδὲ money in your belts, nor provision-bag for [the] way, nor δύο χιτῶνας, μηδὲ ὑποδήματα, μηδὲ “ῥάβδον"" aEoc-yap ὁ two tunics, nor sandals, nor a staff: for worthy the ? , ~ ~ ? ~ f2 Τ > a ION ’ a ἐργάτης τῆς.τροφῆς. αὐτοῦ 'ἐστιν." 11 Εἰς.ἣν.δ᾽ ἂν πόλιν ἢ workman of his food is. And into whatever city or κώμην εἰσέλθητε, ἐξετάσατε τίς ἐν αὐτῇ ἄξιός ἐστιν κἀκεῖ village ye enter, inquire who in it worthy is, and there είνατε, Ewe.dy ἐξέλθητε. 12 εἰσερχόμενοι.δὲ εἰς THY οἰκίαν μ ἢ Ui] ρ ? ᾽ remain until ye go forth. But entering into the house, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν. 13 καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἡ οἰκία ἀξία, ξἐχλθέτω" salute it: and if indeed “be ‘the “house worthy, let come ἡ.εἰρήνη.ὑμῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν" tav.d& μὴ. ἡ ἀξία, ἡ-εἰρήνη. ὑμῶν your peace upon it; but if it be not worthy, *your *peace πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω. 14 καὶ ὃς." ἐὰν" μὴ.δέξηται ὑμᾶς, 5to ®you et “return. And whoever will not receive you, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ τοὺς. λόγους. ὑμῶν, LEpyomevoe'TIC οἰκίας ἢ τῆς nor will hear your words, going forth of[that] house or πόλεως ἐκείνης, ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν ἔτῶν. ποδῶν ὑμῶν. “city ‘that, shake off the dust of your feet. 15 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται Σοδόμων Verily Isay toyou, More tolerable it shall be for[the]land of Sodom ‘| »γ:ε 2 ε , , ASS ~ x ? , ? ᾿ καὶ 'Γομόῤῥων" ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως, ἢ τῷ. πόλει. ἐκείνῃ. 10 1δού, and οἵ Gomorrha in day ofjudgment, than for that city. Lo, Υ — Λεββαῖος ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς LTr; — ὃ ErtKAnGels @ad- datos TA. * Kavavatos Cananzean trtra. * + 6 the EGLTAW. ἢ ᾿Ισκαριὼθ L. © Σαμαριτῶν τ. p bap 4 νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε, λεπροὺς καθαρίζετε GLTTrAW. 8 ἐλθάτω τττ. LITA. Τομόῤῥας Tra. ὁ ῥάβδους staves w. f — ἐστιν (read [is }) 1+ ἔξω Out LITA. h ἂν LTTrA. k + ἐκ (read from your feet) Lz. X. Me ACR PEt i W. τς ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς πρόβατα tv μέσῳ λύκων" γίνεσθε send forth you as sheep in [the] midst of wolves: beye φρόνιμοι we οἱ περιστεραί. οὖν ὄφεις, καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ asthe serpents, doves. therefore prudent and harmless as the 17 προσέχετε.δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων᾽ παραδώσουσιν.γὰρ ὑμᾶς But beware of men; for they willdeliver you εἰς συνέδρια, Kai ἐν Talc.cvvaywyaic.avTay μαστιγώσουσιν to sanhedrims, and in their synagogues they wili scourge « κυ ἡ ‘ ? ‘ ε ’ i ‘ ~ ? UJ ὑμᾶς" 18 Kai ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας δὲ Kai βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε you: and before governors also and kings yeshall be brought ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς Kai τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. ΟΠ account οὗ me, for atestimony tothem and tothe nations. 19 brav.dé ἱπαραδιδῶσιν! ὑμᾶς, μὴ-.μεριμνήσητε πῶς ἢ τί But when _‘ they deliver up you, be not careful how or what λαλήσητε’ "᾿δοθήσεται.γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ TY ὥρᾳ τί "λαλή- yeshouldspeak: for it shall be sive you in that hour what yeshall cere! 20 οὐ.γὰρ Bee ἐστε ot λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα speak : for = ?are they who speak, but the Spirit τοῦ. πατρὸς ὑμῶν τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ὑμῖν. 21 Tapadwoedé of your Father which speaks in you. But *will “deliver *up ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ TEKVOY' Kai ἐπανα- ‘brother brother to death; and father child: and 2will στήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς, Kai θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς. “rise *up ‘children against parents, and will put to death them. 22 καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ τὸ.ὄνομά.μου" And yewillbe hated by all on account of my name; 0.0 ὑπομείνας sic τέλος; οὗτος σωθήσεται. 23 ὅταν δὲ buthethat endures to [the] end, he shall be saved. But when διώκωσιν ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ.πόλει.ταύτῃ, ὑπο τος εἰς στὴν. ἄλλην" "Ρ ἘΠΟΥ persecute you in this CIty, flee to another: ἀμὴν.γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ-μὴ τελέσητε τὰς πόλεις for verily Isay toyou, Innowise will ye have completed the cities «γοῦ" Ισραὴλ ἕως τἂν" Oy ὁ vide τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 24 Οὐκ of Israel until becomethe Son of man. *Not ἔστιν ἐπα Π τὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ is a7disciple above the teacher, nor abondman above τὸν. κύριον.αὐτοῦ. 25 ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ iva γένηται we his lord. Sufficient for the ἐς that hebecome as « ὃ δά ᾽ ~ aS « 6 a e c 7 ? ~ 2 s~; 0.0l ἀσκαλος.αὐτοῦ, Kat O ὁουλος ὡς O-KUPLOC-AUTOV. El τον 25 as sheep in the midst of wolves : be ye there- fore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves. 17 But beware of men: for they will deliver you up to the councils, and they will scourge you in their syna- gogues; 18 ἃ πα yeshall be brought before go- -vernors and kings for my sake, for a testi- mony against them and the Gentiles. 19 But when they de- liver you up, take no thought how or what ye shall speak: for it shall be given you in that same hour what ye shali speak. 20 For it is not ye that speak, but the Spirit of Father which speaketh in you. 2] And the brother shall deliver up the brother todeath, and the father the child: and the chil- dren shall rise up a- gainst their parents, and cause them to be put to death. 22 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name’s sake: but he that en- dureth to the end shall be saved. 23 But when they persecute you iz this city, tlee ye into another: for verily I say unto you, Ye shall not have gone over the cities of Israel, till the Son of man be conie, 24 The disciple is not above Ais master, nor the servant above his lord. 25 It is enough for the disciple that he be as his master, and the servant as his lord. If they have called the master of the house Beelzebub, how much more shall they call his teacher, and the bondman as his lord. τέ *the chem of pis honsetiold? , ’ , ~ 26 Fear them not there- οἰκοδεσπότην! Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον fore: for there is no- *master of *the 7house ®Beelzebul *they *called, howmuch more thing covered, that wes > tl ν΄ ».1} Ἐπ’ ς \ x ~ > , shall not be revealed; τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς" αὐτοῦ; 26 Μὴ οὖν φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς and hid, that shall not those of his household? 3Not *therefore 'ye*shouldfear them; be known. 27 What I τι > , i k ; οὐδὲν.γάρ ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ.ἀποκαλυφθήσεται" Hoe yak ce light: for nothing is covered which shall not be uncovered, and what ye hear in ~ the ear, that preach καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ-.γνωσθήσεται. 27 ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ and hidden which shall not be known. What Itell you in the σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί: Kai ὃ εἰς TO οὖς ἀκούετε KN- darkness presk in the light; and what in the ear yehear pro- ὑξἕατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων. 28 Kai “μὴ φοβηθῆτε, ἀπὸ μ μὴ. φοβηθῆ claim upon the housetops. And yeshould not fear because of ye upon the housetops. 28 And fear not them 1 παραδῶσιν they shall have delivered Uri. ™ [δοθή. yap ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί aay. JL. 5 λαλήσητε ye should speak TTrA. © > τὴν ἑτέραν the next GLTTr. P + κἂν ἐν τῇ ἑτέρᾳ (κἂν ἐκ ταύτης 6) διώκωσιν ὑμᾶς, φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἄλλην and ifi in the next (and if from this) they persecute you, flee to another a{t]. τ ἄντΑ. λεσαν they have surnamed GLTTraw. 4 - τοῦ LTra. Ξτῷ “οἰκοδεσπότῃ ἘΣ Υ τοῖς οἰκιακοῖς L. 7 μὴ φοβεῖσθε fear ye not GLTTrw t ἐπεκά- 20 which kill the body, but are not able to kill the soul: but rather fear him which is able to destroy both soul and body in hell 29 Are not two spar- rows sold for a farth- ing? and one of them shall not fall on the ground without your Father. 30 But the very hairs of your head are all numbered. 31 Fear ye not there- fore, ye are of more yalue than many spar- rows. 32 Whosoever therefore shall con- fess me before men, him will I confess also before my Father which is in heaven. 33 But whosoever shall deny me before men, him will I also deny before my Father which is in heaven. 34 Think not that Iam come to send peace on earth: I came not to send peace, but a sword. 35 For I am come to set aman at variance against his father, and the daugh- ter against her mother, and the daughter in law against her mother inlaw. 36 Andaman’s foes shall be they of his own _ household. 37 He that loveth fa- ther or mother more than me is not worthy of me: and he that loveth son or daughter more than me is not worthy of me. 38 And he that taketh not his cross, and followeth after me, is not worthy of me, 39 He that find- eth his life shall lose it: and he that loseth his life for my sake shall find it. 40 He that re- eeiveth you receiveth me, and he that re- eeiveth me receiveth him that sent me, 41 He that receiveth a prophet in the name of a prophet shall re- eeive a prophet’s re- ward; and he that receiveth a righteous man in the name of a rightcous man shall receive a right- eous man’s reward, 42 And whosoever shall give to drink un- to one of these little ones a cup of cold X ἀποκτενόντων G; b + τοῖς the r[TrJa. & ἂν LTr. fear ye LTTrA. Γλήμψεται LTTrA. MATOATIOZX. xX. τῶν “ἀποκτεινόντων" τὸ σῶμα, τὴν.δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ.δυναμένων those who kill the body, butthe 508] are not able ἀποκτεῖναι" φοβήθητε. "δὲ μᾶλλον τὸν δυνάμενον *kai' to kill; but ye should fear rather him who is able both ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἀπολέσαι ἐν γεέννῃ. 29 οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία soul and body todestroy in QGehenna. 7Not “two ‘sparrows ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται; Kai ἕν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ.πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν ΘΕΟΣ 7an ®assarion ‘are*sold? and one of them _ shallnotfall to the γῆν ἄνευ τοῦ.πατρὸς. ὑμῶν" 30 ὑμῶν. δὲ Kai αἱ τρίχες τῆς ground without your Father. But of youeventhe hairs of the κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν. 31 Li οὖν "φοβηθῆτε" " head all numbered are, *Not *therefore 'ye "should *fear; πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς. 32 Πᾶς οὖν ὅσ- than many sparrows better are ye. Every one therefore whoso- τις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὁμολογήσω ever shall confess me before men, ill *confess κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.πατρός.μου τοῦ ἐν ὃ οὐρανοῖς. 7also'l him before my Father who[is]in[{the] heavens. 33 a cy μὴ Π ᾽ »Ἅ ΄ » ~ > , ὁστις.- ἂν" ἀρνήῆσηται με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, But whosoever shalldeny me before men, ἀρνήσομαι Sabroy κἀγὼ" ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.πατρός.μου τοῦ ἐν 3.711] *deny Shim also *I before my Father who [is] in © οὐρανοῖς. 34 EE σῆτε ὅτι ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην ἐπὶ [the] heavens. Think not that Icame toplace peace on τὴν γῆν" οὐκ.ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην, ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν. 35 ἦλθον the earth: Icamenot toplace peace, but a sword. 31 °came γὰρ διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ-πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ θυγα- for to set at variance aman against his father, and a daugh- τέρα κατὰ τῆς.μητρὸς.αὐτῆς, Kai νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πεν- er mother, and a daughter-in-law against *mother- οἱ οἰκιακοὶ {shall be] *household φιλῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ. ἔστιν ter θερᾶς αὐτῆς" 36 καὶ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου in-law ‘ther. And enemies of the man αὐτοῦ. 87 Ὁ against this. He that loves father or mother above me is not pov ἄξιος" καὶ ὁ φιλῶν υἱὸν ἢ θυγατέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ ofme worthy; and hethat loves son or daughter above me “ποὺ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος" 88 Kai ὃς οὐνλαμβάνει τὸν. σταυρὸν. αὐτοῦ tis of me worthy. Andhethat takes not his cross καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος. 89 ὁ εὑρὼν and follows after me ?not ‘is of meworthy. He that hasfound τὴν. Ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν his life shall lose it; and hethat has lost ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν. 40 Ὃ δεχόμενος 31116 his onaccountof me shallfind it. Hethat receives ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται" καὶ ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀπο- you me receives; andhethatme receives receives himwho sent στείλαντά pe. 41 ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προ- me. Hethat receives aprophet in([the] name ofa U 4 U f , ell ‘ ε , ἤτου μισθὸν προφήτου λήψεται καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος prophet [the] reward ofaprophet shallreceive; andhethat receives δίκαιον sic ὄνομα δικαίου μισθὸν δικαίου arighteous[man]Jin [the] name ofa righteous [man] the reward of a righteous τλήψεται." 42 καὶ ὃς.Ξἐὰν" ποτίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν [πλ8}}} shall receive. And whoever shall givetodrinkto one little *ones t[xai]L. 5 φοβεῖσθε ἀποκτεννόντων LTTrA. Y φοβεῖσθε fear ye ΤΑ. e + τοῖς the UTr]a. ο δὲ ττὰ. 4 κἀγὼ αὐτὸν LTTrA. X, XI. MATTHEW. τούτων ποτήριον ψυχροῦ μόνον εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ, of *these & cup ofcold [water] only in [the] name ofa disciple, tc ~ ? x ? Z "ἢ x ? =~ ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ-μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν. αὐτοῦ. verily Isay ἴο you, in nowise shall he lose his reward, 11 Kai ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς διατάσσων τοῖς And it came to eae when 7had“finished ‘*Jesus commanding δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, μετέβη ἐκεῖθεν τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ *twelve “ilizeiples ‘his, hedeparted thence to teach and κηρύσσειν ἐν ταῖς.πόλεσιν.αὐτῶν. to preach in their cities. 2 ὋὉ.δὲ. Ἰωάννης ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Now John having heard in the prison the works of the χριστοῦ, πέμψας dbo" τῶν. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, 3 εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Christ, having sent two of his disciples, said tohim, Σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν; 4 Kai ἀποκρι- Artthouthe coming [one], or another are weto look for? And 7ansvwer- θεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ἸΠορευθέντες a Le είλατε Iwavy ing 1Jesus said to them,” Having gone to John ἃ ἀκούετε καὶ βλέπετε 5 τυ χροὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, ‘kai what yehear and see: receive sight, and χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν᾽ λεπροὶ ee Keai! κωφοὶ lame walk; lepers are cleansed, and deaf ἀκούουσιν" ἱνεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, ‘kai πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται" hear ; ~ dead are raised, and poor are evangglzed- 6 καὶ μακάριός ἐστιν, ὃς. “ἐὰν! μὴ.σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί. And blessed is, whoever shall not be offended in me. 7 Τούτων δὲ πορευομένων ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγειν τοῖς But as these were going "began 1 Jesus tosay tothe ὄχλοις περὶ Ἰωάννου, Ti πἐξήλθετε" εἰς τὴν ἔρημον crowds concerning John, What wentyeout into the wilderness θεάσασθαι; κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον ; ὃ ἀλλὰ to look at? a reed by [the] wind shaken? But τί "ἐξήλθετε", ἰδεῖν ; ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς τμσκίρεου UES what went ye out to mg 8. man in soft garments μένον; ἰδού, οἱ τὰ μαλακὰ φοροῦντες ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις rayed? Behold, those who the soft igaxments wear in the houses τῶν βασιλέων Peiciv'' 9 ἀλλὰ τί MéEHAGeTE' «ἰδεῖν; προ- of kings are. But what went ze out tosee? a pro- φήτην ;' vat, λέγω ὑμῖν, Kai περισσότερον προφήτου" phet ἢ Yea, Isay toyou, and[one] moreexcellent than a prophet. 10 οὗτος. "γάρ" ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται, ᾿1δού, "ἐγὼ! For this is [he] concerning whom it has been written, Behold, I ἀποστέλλω τὸν. ἀγγελόν.μου πρὸ προσώπου.σου, ‘dc! Kara- send my messenger before thy face, who shall σκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν.σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 11 ee λέγω ὑμῖν, prepare thy way before thee. erily Isay toyou, οὐκ-ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων ᾿Ιωάγνου there has not risen among [those] born of women agreater than John τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ ὁ δὲ μικρότερος ἔν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν the Baptist. But he that [15] less in the Kagious of the οὐρανῶν μείζων “αὐτοῦ ἐστιν." 12 ἀπὸ.δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου heavens greater thanhe is, Butfrom the days of John 27 water only in the name of a disciple, verily I say unto you, he shall in no wise lose his re- ward. ΧΙ, And it came to pass, when Jesus had made an end of com- Manding his twelve disciples, he departed thence to teach and to preach in their cities, 2 Now when John had heard in the prison the works of Christ, he sent two of his disci- ples, 3 and said unto him, Art thou he that should come, or do we look for another? 4 Je- sus answered and said unto them, Go and shew John again those things which ye do hear and see: ὃ the blind receive their sight, and the lame walk, the lepers are cleansed, and the deaf hear, the dead are raised up, and the poor have the gospel preach- ed to them. 6 And blessed is he, whosoever shall not be offended in me, 7 And as they de- parted, Jesus hegan to say unto the multi- tudes concerning John, What went ye out into the wilderness to see? A reed shaken with the wind? 8 But what went ye out for to see? A man clothed in soft raiment ? behold, they that wear soft clothing are in kings’ houses, 9 But what went ye out for to see? A pro- phet? yea, I say unto you, and more thana PEOpH et 10 For this is , of whom itis writ- ten, Behold, I send my messenger before thy face, which shall pre- pare thy way before thee. 11 Verily I say unto you, Among them that are born of wo- men there hath not risen a greater than John the Baptist : not- withstanding he that is least in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he. 12 And from the days of John the Ὀ Ter by (his disciples) LTTraw. 0 ἐξήλθατε LTTrA. [are]) τ} — γάρ for Τ{{1τᾺ]. ἱ [καὶ] Ltr. Κ [καὶ] L. * [eyo] τ. 1+ καὶ and [L|TTra. ο — ἱματίοις (read [garments] )[L]TTra. 4ᾳ προφήτην ἰδεῖν ; (read But why went ye out? to see a prophet? Ta. * καὶ (read and he shall prepare) L. ™ ἄν Ρ — εἰσίν (read τ ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ A. 28 Baptist until now the kingdom of heaven suffereth violence, and the violent take it by force. 13 For all the prophets and the law prophesied until John. 14 And if ye will re- ceive it, this is Elias, which was forto come. 15 He that hath ears to hear, let him hear. 16 But whereuntoshall Iliken this generation? It is like unto children sitting in the markets. and calling unto their fellows, 17 and saying, We have piped unto you, and ye have not danced; we have mourned unto you, and ye have not la- mented. 18 For John came neither eating nor drinking, and the say, He hath a devil. 19 The Son of man came eating and drink- ing, and they say, Be- hold a man glutton- ous, and a winebibber, a friend of publicans and sinners, But wis- dom is justified of her children. 20 Then began he to upbraid the cities wherein most of his mighty works were done, because they re- pented not: 21 Woe unto thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Beth- saida! forif the mighty works, which were done in you, had been done in Tyre and Si- don, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. 22 But | say unto you, It shall be more tcler- ablefor TyreandSidon at the day of judg- ment, than for you, 23 And thou, Caper- naum, which art ex- alted unto heaven, shalt be brought down to hell: for if the mighty works, which have been done in thee, had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until this day. 24 But I say unto you, That it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment, than for thee. ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ ἕως ἄρτι, ἡ βασιλεία τῶν the Baptist until now, the kingdom of the ζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν. 18 πάντες. γὰρ οἱ violence, and(the] violent seize it. For all the προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως ᾿Ιωάννου “rpoegnrevoay'' 14 καὶ prophets andthe law until “John ‘prophesied. And εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν *HXtac' ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι. ifye are willing toreceive [10], he is Elias who is about to come. 15 ὁ ἔχων ὦτα Τἀκούειν," ἀκουέτω. 16 Τίνι.δὲ ὁμοιώσω He that has ears to hear, let him hear, But to what shallI liken τὴν. γενεὰν ταύτην ; ὁμοία ἐστὶν “παιδαρίοις! δὲν ἀγοραῖς this generation ? like ᾿Ξ tolittle children in[the] markets καθημένοις." Kai προσφωνοῦσιν τοῖς. ἑταίροις. αὐτῶν, 17 Kai sitting, and calling to their companions, and λέγουσιν," Ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ obk.woxnoacb: ἐθρηνήσαμεν saying, Wepiped toyou, and yedid not dance; we mourned εὑμῖν," καὶ οὐκ.ἐκόψασθε. 18 HAGEv-ydp lwavyne μήτε ἐσθίων toyou, and γα did not wail. For 7came ‘John neither eating Ul , ‘ , , » κε « ΕΝ μήτε πίνων, καὶ λέγουσιν, Δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 19 ἦλθεν ὁ υἱὸς x, βιά- is taken by οὐρανῶν heavens nor drinking, and _ they say, Ademon he has. *Came 'the 7Sop τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων, Kai λέγουσιν, ᾿Ιδού, Sof *man eating and drinking, and they say, Behold, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ὃ. man a glutton and ἃ wine bibber, of tax-gatherers afriend and ἁμαρτωλῶν. καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ copia ἀπὸ τῶν. ἁτέκνων! αὐτῆς. of sinners. And *was*justified ‘wisdom by *children ther. 20 Tore ἤρξατο ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο Then hebegan toreproach the cities in which had taken place αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις.αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ovb-perevdnoay. 21 Οὐαί the most of his works of power, because they repented not. Woe σοι, “Χοραζίν"" οὐαί σοι, [Βηθσαϊδάν"" ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ ἴο thee, Chorazin ! woe tothee, SBethsaida! for if in Tyre and Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο at δυνάμεις αἱ ἐνόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, Sidon had taken place the works of power which have taken place in you, πάλαι ἂν iv σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν. 22 πλὴν λέγω long ago in sackcloth and ashes they had repented. But Τ say ὑμῖν, Tipp Kai Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως toyou, ForTyre and Sidon moretolerableshallitbein day of judgment ἢ ὑμῖν. 98 Kai ob, ΞΚαπερναούμ," | ἕως ‘rod! οὐρανοῦ than for you. And thou, Capernaum, who to the heaven Κὑὐψωθεῖσα,) ἕως ddov ἱκαταβιβασθήσῃ" ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδό- hast been lifted up, to ades shalt be brought down: for if in Sod- pou ™Méyevovro' αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ. "γενόμεναι ἐν σοί," om had taken place the works of power which have taken place in thee, ervay''_dy μέχρι Tijc-onpepov. 24 πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, Ore adremained until to-day. But Isay toyou, that yy Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως for [the] land of Sodom moretolerable shallit be in day of judgment Ἢ σοί: than for thee. » οξ it Ἢ ἐπροφήτευσαν LTTrA. ! ν 5 καθημένοις ἐν ἀγορᾷ (market) L; καθημένοις ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς Tira. * παιδίοις GLITrAW. Ὁ ἃ προσφωνοῦντα τοῖς x Ἡλείας T. Υ — ἀκούειν T[ Tra. ἑταίροις Who calling to the companions (ἑτέροις read calling to the others Trr) ( + [avrav] their A) λέγουσιν say LTTrA. & Kadapvaovpe LTTrAW. shalt thou be lifted up? Urtra; ὑψώθης w. =" ἐγενήθησαν LITA. σαϊδά LTr. ©— ὑμῖν Litra, 4 ἔργων works Tir. “ Χοραζείν Trra. { Byé- hy LTTraA, 7W. i — τοῦ LTTrA. K ὑψωθήσῃ ; 1 καταβήσῃ thou shalt descend tra. ἢ ev σοὶ γενόμεναι L. © ἔμεινεν LITrA, ax Py XI. MATTHEW. 25 Ἔν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν, Eéojio- At that time answering Jesus said, λογοῦμαί σοι, πάτερ, κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Kai THE γῆς, OTL praise thee, OFather, Lord ofthe heaven and the earth, that Pazéxouwac' ταῦτα ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν, καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας thou didst hide thesethings from wise and prudent, and ἀϊαξὺ reveal αὐτὰ νηπίοις. 26 vai, ὁ πατήρ, ὅτι οὕτως “ἐγένετο εὐδοκία" them to babes. Yea, Father, for thus it was well-pleasing ἔμπροσθέν cov. 27 Πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ.πατρός.μου" before thee. All things to me were delivered by my Father. καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει TOY υἱὸν εἰμὴ ὁ πατήρ᾽ οὐδὲ τὸν And noone knows the Son except the Father; nor the πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν Father ?7any%one ‘doesknow except the Son, and he ἴο whomsoever βούληται ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι. 28 Δεῦτε πρός με, πάντες Smay *will ‘the 7Son toreveal [him]. Come to me, all οἱ κοπιῶντες Kai πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς. ye that labour and are burdened, andI_ will give *rest you. » ᾿ , pk: ~ x , ? Eb ped ~ e 29 ἄρατε τὸν. ζυγόν.μου ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, καὶ μάθετε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι Take my yoke ὌΡΟΣ you, and learn from me, for τπρᾷός! εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ.καρδίᾳ᾽ καὶ εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν meek Iamand lowly inheart; and ye shall find rest ταῖς. ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν. 30 ὁ.γὰρ.ζυγός.μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον to your souls, For my yoke easy and “burden ov ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν. my light is. 12 Ἔν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἐπορεύθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς "σάββασιν" Αὐ that time went Jesus onthe Sabbath διὰ τῶν σπορίμων᾽ οἱ.δὲ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπείνασαν, Kai through ἴμῃβ6 corn-fields; and his disciples were hungry, and ἤρξαντο τίλλειν στάχυας Kai ἐσθίειν. 2 οἱ.δὲ Φαρισαῖοι began to pluck [the] ears and toeat. But the Pharisees ἰδόντες ‘elroy αὐτῷ, ᾿Ἰδού, οἱ.μαθηταί.σου ποιοῦσιν ὃ havingseen said tohim, Behold, thy disciples are doing what οὐκ. ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν σαββάτῳ. 3 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Οὐκ it is not lawful todo on _ sabbath. Buthe said tothem, “Not ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν VAaBid,' ὅτε ἐπείνασεν “αὐτὸς καὶ "ye ‘haveread what 7did David, when hehungered himself and οἱ per αὐτοῦ; 4 πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai those with him? How heentered into the house of God, and τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως Ξἔφαγεν," Τοὺς" οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν the loaves ofthe presentation he ate, which “not *lawful tit*was αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις ; forhim toeat, nor forthosewith him, but forthe priests only ? ὃ Ἢ οὐκ. ἀνέγνωτε ἔν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς Or haveyenotread in the law, that onthe sabbaths the priests ἐν Tp ἱερῷ τὸ σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, Kai ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν ; in the temple the sabbath profane, and guiltless are ? 6 λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι τοῦ ἱεροῦ μείζων" ἐστὶν ὧδε. 7 εἰ δὲ But Isay to you, that *than*the*temple'a“greater is here, But if ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, *EXcov! θέλω καὶ ov θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν yehad known what is, Mercy MIdesire and not sacrifice, “ποῖ Ῥέκρυψας LITrA. “εὐδοκία ἐγένετο LT. ἡ Δαυείδ LTTrA ; Δαύιδ Gw. LTTrAW τ πραῦς LTTrA. * — αὐτὸς GLTTrAW. χα ἔφαγον Lr. a”EAeos LTTra. : σαββάτοις L. Υ ὃ LTTrA. 29 25 At that time Je- sus answered and said, I | thank thee, O Fa- ther, Lord of heaven and earth, because thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them unio babes. 26 Even so, Fa- ther: for soit seemed good in thy sight. 27 All things are de- livered unto me of my Father: and no man knoweth the Son, but the Father; neither kmnoweth any man the Father, save the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal him. 28 Come unto me, all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest, 29 Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. 30 For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light. XII, At that time Jesus went on the sabbath day through the corn; and his disci- ples were an hungred, and began to pluck the ears of corn, and to eat. 2 But when the Pharisees saw ἐέ, they said unto him, Behold, thy disciples do that which is not lawful to do upon the sabbath day. 3 But he said un- to them, Have ye not read what David did, when he was an hun- gred, and they that were with him; 4 how he entered into the house of God, and did eat the shewbread, which was not lawiul for him to eat, neither for them which were with him, but only for the priests? 5 Or have ye not read in the law, how that on the sab- bath days the priests in the temple profane the sabbath, and are blameless? 6 But I say unto you, That in this place is ome greater than the temple. 7 But if ye had known what this meaneth, I will have mercy, and not sacrifice, ye would not τ εἶπαν LTTrA. : μεῖζόν 30 have condemned the guiltless. 8 For the Son of man is Lord even of the sabbath flay. 9 And when he was departed thence, he went into their syna- gogue : 10 and, behold, there was a man which had his hand withered. And they asked him, saying, Is it lawful to heal on the sabbath days? that they might accuse him. 11 And he said unto them, What man shall there be among you, that shall have one sheep, and if it fall into a pit on the sabbath day, will he not lay hold on it, and lift it out? 12 How much then is a man better than a sheep? Wherefore it is lawful to do well on the sab- bath days. 13 Then saith he to the man, Stretch forth thine hand. And he stretch- edit forth; and it was restored whole, like as the other. 14 Then the Pharisees went out, and held a council against him, how they might de- stroy him, 15 But when Jesus knew τῇ, he withdrew himself from thence: and great multitudes fol- lowed him, and he healed them all; 16 and charged them _ that they should not make him known: 17 that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, 18 Behold my servant, whom I have chosen; my beloved, in whom my soul is well pleased: [ will put my spirit upon him, and he shall shew judg- ment to the Gentiles. 19 He shall not strive, nor cry; neither shall any man hear his voice in the streets. 20 A bruised reed shall he not break, and smok- ing flax shall he not quench, till he send forth judgment unto victory. 21 And in his name shall the Gen- tiles trust. b — καὶ GLTTrAW. raises [10] up L. k ἐξελθόντες δὰ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ LTTrW. ™ ἵνα that LTTrA. 4 — ev (read [on ]) GLrtraw. many) LI[TrA }. σεν TTr, MATOATOX®S. XIT. κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους" 8 κύριος. γάρ ἐστιν "Kai! τοῦ tye had condemned the guiltless. For Lord Sig ‘also 7of *the σαββάτου ὁ υἱὸς Tov.avOpwrov. ‘sabbath the son of man. 9 Kai μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν, ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν.συναγωγὴν. αὐτῶν. And having departed thence, hewent into their synagogue. 10 καὶ ἰδού, ἄνθρωπος “ἦν τὴν" χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν" Kai And behold, aman there was *the “hand ‘having withered. And , » ’ , , >” ~ td ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Εϊ ἔξεστιν τοῖς σάββασιν they asked him, saying, Isit lawful onthe sabbaths ἀθεραπεύειν ;' ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ. 11 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, to heal? that they might accuse him. But he said to them, Tic fora! ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, What *shall*there*be%of Syou man, whoshallhave sheep ‘one, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ and if "fall ‘this on the sabbaths into apit, willnot , ? A 4 f2 ~ ell , , » κρατήσει AUTO καὶ ἐγερεῖ 5 12 πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄν- lay hold of it and will raise [it] up? How much then is *better ‘a θρωπος προβάτου; wore ἔξεστιν τοῖς. σάββασιν! καλῶς *man thanasheep? Sothat itislawful on the sabbaths Swell ~ , , ~ > θ , » h A ~ ’ ποιεῖν. 18 Tore λέγει τῷ-ἀνθρώπῳ, ᾿ἕκτεινον “τὴν χεῖρα *to *do. Then he says to the man, Stretch out *hand cov." Kai ἐξέτεινεν, καὶ ἰἀποκατεστάθη! ὑγιὴς we ἡ "thy. And he stretched [it] out, and it was restored sound as the ἄλλη. other. 14 ΚοΟὶ.δὲ Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον Kar’ αὐτοῦ ἐξελ- But the Pharisees 5a Scouncil *held against “him ‘having θόντες." ὕπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν. 15 Ὁ .δὲ. Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς Ξβοπο οαῦ how him they might destroy. But Jesus having known ? ’ ᾽ τθ " Δ τ λ 4θ ? ~ 1” Xr Π λλ ΄ AVEXWPN TEV ἐκεισεν καὶ NKOAOUVOQHOAY AUT Οχλοι πο ol, withdrew thence, and followed him crowds ‘great, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας" 16 Kai ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς and he healed them all, and strictlycharged them iva μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν: 17 "ὅπως" πλη- that ®not ‘publicly’known "μὰ ‘they “should *make. So that might ρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, be fulfilled that which wasspokenby JHsaias the prophet, saying, 18 ᾿Ιδοὺ ὁ-παΐῖςμου ὃν "ypérioa,' ὁ. ἀγαπητός. μου “εἰς in Behold myservant whom I have chosen, iny beloved ὃν" Ρεῤὐδόκησεν' =nabuyn-pov' θήσω τὸ.πνεῦμά.μου ἐπ᾽ whom *has *found °delight ‘my “soul. I will put my Spirit upon αὐτόν, καὶ κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ" 19 οὐκ.ἐρίσει him, and judgment tothe nations heshalldeclare. He shall not strive οὐδὲ κραυγάσει, οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις ἐν Taig πλατείαις τὴν nor ery out, nor shall*hear ‘any *one in the streets φωνὴν.αὐτοῦ. 20 κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ.κατεάξει, καὶ his voice. A "reed ‘bruised he shall not break, and ΄ , ’ , «“ μὴ ᾽ , λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ.σβέσει, ἕως.ἂν ἐκβάλῃ "flax tgmoking heshallnot quench, until he bring forth*unto*victory ‘the κρίσιν. 21 καὶ “ἐνὶ τῷ.ὀνόματι.αὐτοῦ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν. *judgment. And in hisname [the] nations shall hope. © — ἦν τὴν LTTrA. 8 σαββάτοις L. ς-- ἔσται τια. [ἐγείρει he i ἀπεκατεσταθὴ LTTrAW. 1 —6yAoe (read πολλοι ο ἐν ᾧ Tr; — εἰς LA. P ηὐδόκη 4 θεραπεῦσαι; T. Ὁ gov τὴν χεῖρα LTTrA. Ὁ ἡρέτισα Tr. εἰς νῖκος τὴν β | | ΧΙΙ. MATTHEW. 22 Tore προσηνέχθη! αὐτῷ *dapormopevoc, Then was brought tohim _ one possessed by a demon, καὶ κωφός" καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτόν, ὥστε τὸν ἱτυφλὸν Kai! and dumb, and he healed him, so that the blind and κωφὸν "καὶ" λαλεῖν καὶ βλέπειν. 23 καὶ ἐξίσταντο πάντες dumb both spake and = saw. And ‘were amazed tall ot ὄχλοι καὶ ἔλεγον, Μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς *AaBid;' *the*crowds and said, ?This 7is the son of David? 24 Οἱ. δὲ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες εἶπον, Οὗτος οὐκ.ἐκβάλλει But the Pharisees having heard said, This [man] casts not out ‘ , 2 a ? > 4 » ~ ΄ τὰ δαιμόνια εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων. the demons except by Beelzebul prince of the demons. 25 Eidwe.dé τὸ Ἰησοῦς" τὰς.ἐνθυμήσεις. αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, But *knowing 1 Jesus their thoughts hesaid to them, Πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ᾽ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται: καὶ Every kingdom divided against itself is brought todesolation, and πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα Kal’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ-σταθήσεται. every city or house divided against itself will not stand 26 καὶ εἰ ὁ σατανᾶς τὸν σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει, ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐμε- And if Satan Satan Xcasts 70ut, against himself he was , ~ , t , > ~ ‘ > 9 \ ρίσθη᾽ πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ. βασιλεία.αὐτοῦ ; 27 Kai εἰ ἐγὼ divided. How then willstand his kingdom? And if ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, oi-vioLdpey ἐν τίνι by Beelzeoul cast out the demons, your sons by whom ἐκβάλλουσιν; διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν ἔσονται κριταί." ἄο they cast out? onaccount of this they of you shall be judges. 28 εἰ. δὲ ἐγὼ ty πνεύματι θεοῦ" ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα Butif I by[the) Spirit of God castout the demons, then » ? 2 « ~ « , ~ ~ n ~ , ΄ ἔφθασεν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 29 ἢ πῶς δύναταί τυφλὸς ae hascome upon you the kingdom of God. Or how [5 able τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς THY οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη anyone toenter into the house ofthe strong [man] and ?¢o00ds αὐτοῦ "διαρπάσαι," ἐὰν.μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν; ‘his to plunder, unless first hebind the strong [man]? καὶ τότε τὴν.οἰκίαν. αὐτοῦ ὑδιαρπάσει." 80 ὁ μὴ.ὧν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ and then his house he will plunder. Hewho isnot with me kar ἐμοῦ ἐστιν καὶ ὁ μηὴς.συνάγων per ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει. against me is ; andhewho gathersnot with me scatters. 91 Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν, Πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία Because of this Isay toyou, Every sin and blasphemy ἀφεθήσεται" τοῖς ἀνθρώποις" ἡ-.δὲ τοῦ.πνεύματος βλασ- shall be forgiven to men; but the “concerning *the*Spirit ‘blas- , 3. ? Or d ~ ? θ ’ ll 32 νὰ 6 2, ll ” φημία οὐκ-αφεθήσεται “τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. καὶ Ὁς-αν΄ εἰπῇ phemy 8881] ποῦ beforgiven to men. And whoever speaks λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ Tov ἀνθρώπου, ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ" aword against the Son of man, it shall be forgiven him; ὃς. δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ κατὰ Tov πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου, fovK.age- but whoever speaks against the Spirit the Holy, it shall not θήσεται! αὐτῷ, οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἔν τῷ μέλλον- ὍΘ forgiven him, neitherin this age nor in the coming τι. 33 Ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν {one}. Hither make the tree good and *fruit τ᾿ προσήνεγκαν they brought L. LITrA. νυ — καὶ LTTrA. " Δαυΐδ aw ; Δαυείδ LTTrA. ἔσονται ὑμῶν LITrA. 2 ἐν πνεύματι θεοῦ ἐγὼ GLTTrAW. Ὁ ἁρπάσει he will seize upon 1,; διαρπάσῃ he might plunder T. 4 — ois ἀνθρώποις LTTr[A]. “ ἐὰν LTTTAW 5 δαιμονιζόμενον τυφλὸν καὶ κωφόν L. χα — δ᾿ Ἰησοῦς LITrA. ἃ ἁρπάσαι to seize UPON LTITrA. e+ eed | to you A. f od μὴ ἀφεθῇ in nowise shall it be al 22 Then was brought unto him one possessed with a devil, blind, and dumb: and he healed him, insomuch that the blind and dumb both spake and saw. 23 And all the people were amazed, and said, Is not this the Son of David? 24 But when the Phari- sees heard it, they said, This fellow doth not east out devils, but by Beelzebub the prince of the devils. 25 And Jesus knew their thoughts, and_ said unto them, Every kingdom divided a- gainst itself is brought to desolation; and eve city or honse divided against itself shall not stand: 26 and if Satan cast out Satan, he is divided against himself; how shall then his kingdom stand? 27 And if I by Beelzebub cast out devils, by whom do your children cast them out? therefore they shall be your judges, 28 But if I cast out devils by the Spirit of God, then the king- dom of God is come unto you. 29 Or else how can one enter into a strong man’s house and spoil his goods, except he first bind the strong man? and then he will spoil his house. 30 He that is not with me is against me; and he that gathereth not with me _ scattereth abroad, 31 Wherefore I say unto you, Ail manner of sin and blasphemy shall be forgiven unto men: but the blasphemy against the Holy Ghost shall not be forgiven unto men. 32 And whosoever speaketh a word against the Son of man, it shal) be forgiven him: but whosoever speaketh a- gainst the Holy Ghost, it shall not be for- given him, neither in this world, neither in the world to come, 33 Hither make the tree good, and his fruit * τυφλὸν καὶ J κριται orgiven L. 32 good; or else make the tree corrupt, and his frnit corrupt : for the tree is known by Ais fruit. 34 O gene- ration of vipers, how can ye, being evil, speak good things? for out of the abun- dance of the heart the mouth speaketh. 35 A good man out of the good treasure of the heart bringeth forth good things: and an evil man out of the evil treasure bringeth forth evil things. 36 But I say unto you, That every idle word that men shall speak, they shail giveaccount thereof in the day of judgment. 37 For by thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned. 38 Then certain of the scribes and of the Pharisees answered, saying, Master, we would see a sign from thee. 39 But he an- swered and said unto them, An eviland a- dulterons generation seeketh after a sign; and there shall nosign be given to it, but the sign of the prophet Jonas: 40 foras Jonas was three days and three nights in the whale’s belly ; so shall the Son of man be three days and three nights in the heart of the earth. 41 The men of Nineveh shall rise in judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it: because they repented at the preaching of Jonas; and, behold, a greater than Jonas is here. 42 The queen of the south shall rise up in the judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it: for she came from the ut- termost parts of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon; and, behold, a greater than Solomon 18 here. 43 When the unclean spirit is gone out of a man, he walketh through dry places, seeking rest, and find- eth none, 44 Then he saith, I will return 3 — τῆς καρδίας GLTTrAW. shall speak TTra. MATOATO®. XII, αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρον καὶ τὸν καρπὸν sits good, or make the tree corrupt and “fruit αὐτοῦ σαπρόν: Ex.yap τοῦ καρποῦ τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται. ‘its corrupt: fortrom the fruit the tree is known. 34 Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ Offspring of vipers, how areyeablegood thingstospeak, *wicked ὄντες; ἐκιγὰρ τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας τὸ στόμα ‘being? foroutof the abundance ofthe heart the mouth λαλεῖ. 35 ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ speaks, The good man out of the good creasure βτῆς καρδίας" ἐκβάλλει τὰ" ἀγαθά: Kai ὁ πονηρὺὶς ἄνθρω- ofthe heart puts forth the goodthings; andthe wicked man ᾽ ~ ~ “-Σ ΄ ΄ , 4 πος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά. 36 λέγω. δὲ outof the wicked treasure puts forth wicked things. But I say ὑμῖν, OTe πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν Otay! Ἐλαλήσωσιν" οἱ ἄνθρωποι, toyou, that every *word ‘idle whatsoever *may “speak ‘men, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως. 37 ἐκ they shallrender of it an account in day of judgment. 2By yao τῶν.λόγων.σου δικαιωθήσῃ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν.λόγων σου ‘for thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words καταδικασθήσῃ. thou shalt be condemned. 38 Tore ἀπεκρίθησάν' τινες τῶν γραμματέων "καὶ Papt- Then answered some of the scribes and Phari- σαίων," λέγοντες, Διδάσκαλε, θέλομεν ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν. sees, saying, Teacher, we wish from thee asign ἴο 560, 39 Ὁ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Teved πονηρὰ καὶ μοι- But he answering said to them, Ageneration wicked and _ adui- χαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ" Kai σημεῖον οὐ.δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, terous a sign seeks for, and a sign shall mot be given’ ‘toit, ᾽ A A ~ > . ~ ~ ΤᾺ [2 >? ~ εἰ. μὴ TO σημεῖον ᾿Ιωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου. 40 ὥσπερ.γὰρ ἦν lwrac except the sign of Jonas the _— prophet. Forevenas was Jonas ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ TOU κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας Kai τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως in the belly of the great fish three days and three nights, thus ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔν TY καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς τρεῖς shall be the Son of man in the heart ofthe earth three t , ‘ ~ 4 » ὃ n ~ i ? ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας. 41 Avodpsg "Nevevirat" ἀναστήσονται days and three nights. Men Ninevites shall stand up ἐν TH κρίσει μετὰ τῆς.γενεᾶς. ταύτης, Kai κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν" in the judgment with this generation, and _ shall condemn it; ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ" Kai ἰδού, πλεῖον for theyrepented at the proclamation of Jonas; and behold, more ? bd <7 ‘ , ? , ? ~ , Iwva ὧδε. 42 βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει than Jonas here. A queen of[the]south shallriseup in the judgment μετὰ τῆς.γενεᾶς.ταύτης, Kai κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν" ὅτι ἦλθεν with this generation, and shall condemn it; for she came ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν “Σολομῶντος " from the ends ofthe earth tohear the wisdom of Solomon ; καὶ ἰδού, πλεῖον Σολομῶντος" ὧδε. 48 Ὅταν.δὲ τὸ ἀκάθαρτον and behold, more than Solomon here. But when the unclean ~ 3 , ’ ‘ ~ > , , ᾽ ? , πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται δι ἀνύδρων spirit is gone out from the man, he goes through waterless τόπων, ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν, καὶ οὐχ.εὑρίσκει. 44 τότε λέγει, places, secking rest, and finds not [1]. Then he says, i — ἐὰν (read which) LTtTra. m— καὶ Φαρισαίων L. h— τὰ Lorw. κ λαλήσουσιν 1+. avrw® Dim LTTrA. 0 Νινενεῖται TTrA. ο Σολομῶνος GLTTrAaw. MILSXIII. MATTHEW. 4ΦἘπιστρέψω εἰς Tov.olkéy_pov,' ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον" καὶ ἐλθὸν Iwillreturn to my house, whence Icame out. And having come εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα," σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον. 45 τότε he finds [it] unoccupied, swept and adorned. Then πορεύεται kai παραλαμβάνει μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ ἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα he goes and takes with himself seven other spirits πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ, Kai εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ" καὶ γίνεται more wicked than himself and enteringin they dwell there; and “becomes τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. οὕτως 1the last Sof *that *man worse thanthe first. Thus ἔσται Kai τῇ.γενεᾷ. ταύτῃ TY πονηρᾷ. itshallbe also to this generation the wicked. 46 "Ἔτι. δὲ! αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος τοῖς ὄχλοις, ἰδού, ἡ μήτηρ But while yet he was speaking tothe crowds, behold, [his] mother ‘ e ἐδ λ ‘A t > ~ll ε , ΜΝ ζ ~ > ~ X καὶ οἱ.ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ" εἱστήκεισαν ἔξω, ζητοῦντες αὐτῷ λα- and his brethren were standing without, seeking “*to*him ‘to λῆσαι. “47 elrev.dé τις αὐτῷ, Ἰδού. ἡ-.μήτηρ-σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί 2speak. Then said one tohim, Behold, thy mother and 2brethren σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν, ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι." 48 Ὁ δὲ ἀπο- ‘thy without are standing, seeking *to*thee ‘to7speak. But he an- κριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ εἰπόντι" αὐτῷ, Tic ἐστιν ἡ-μήτηρομου ; swering said tohim who spoke tohim, Who is my mother? καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ. ἀδελφοί.μου; 49 Kai ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα and who are my brethren? And stretching out an x > ol > A 4 A ? ~ κε ᾽ ’ ς 7 \ αὐτοῦ" ἐπὶ τοὺς.μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, ᾿Ιδού, 1)-unTnp-pov καὶ this to his disciples hesaid, Behold, my mother and οἱ.ἀδελφοί.μου. 50 ὕστις. γὰρ ἂν Yroujoy' τὸ θέλημα τοῦ my brethren. For whosoever shalldo the will πατρός.μουτοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς καὶ of my Father who [is] in[the] heavens, he = τον brother and ἀδελφὴ Kai μήτηρ ἐστίν. sister and mother is. 13 Ἔν. 7δὲϊ! τῇ ἡμέρᾳ.ἐκενῃ ἐξελθὼν — 0 Inooiie "ἀπὸ" And in that day *having *gone *forth Jesus from τῆς οἰκίας ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν" 2xai συνήχθησαν the by the x 3. τεῷ ” aN VN , er a8 ? b Mit ~ ? Tpoc αὐτὸν OXAOL πολλοί, WOTE αὐτὸν εἰς “τὸ πλοῖον ἐμ- to him crowds ‘great, sothat he into the ship having , ~ ‘ ~ 5 m” ? ‘ ‘ ? A e , Bavra καθῆσθαι, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἐπὶ TOY αἰγιαλὸν ELoTHKEL. entered satdown, and all the crowd on the shore stood, 3 καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς, λέγων, ‘Idod, And hespoke tothem many things in parables, saying, Behold, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων Tov σπείρειν. 4 καὶ ἐν. τῷ. σπείρειν. αὐτὸν went*out ‘the 7sower to sow. And as he sowed ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, Kai “ἦλθεν τὰ πετεινὰ “καὶ some fell by the way, and ‘came ‘the “birds and κατέφαγεν αὐτά. 5 ἄλλα δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ Ta πετρώδη, ὕπου devoured them. Andsome fell upon the rocky places, where οὐκ.εἶχεν γῆν πολλήν, Kai εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν διὰ τὸ μὴ theyhadnot earth ‘much, andimmediately sprangup because of not μ᾿ ’ 8 ΓΦ - , ‘ > / 2 ΄ ἔχειν βάθος γῆς 6 ἡλίου.δὲ ἀνατείλαντος ἐκαυματίσθη, having depth ofearth; and([the]sun havingrisen they werescorched, house sat down sea. And were gathered together 33 into my house from whence I came out; and when he is come, he findeth τὲ empty, swept, and garnished. 45 Then goeth he, and taketh with himself seven other _ spirits more wicked than him- self, and they enter in and dwell there: and the last state of that man is worse than the first. Even so shall it be also unto this wick- ed generation. 46 While he yet talked to the people behold, his mother and his brethren stood without, desiring to speak with him. 47 Then one said un- to him, Behold, thy mother and thy bre- thren stand without, desiring to speak with thee. 48 But he an- swered and said unto him that toldhim, Who is my mother? and who are my brethren ? a 49 And he stretched forth his hand toward his disciples, and said, Behold my mother and my brethren! 50 For whosoever shali do the will of my Father which is in heaven, the same is my brother, and sister, and mo- ther. XIII. The same day went Jesus out of the house, and sat by the sea side. 2 And great multitudes were gath- ered together unto him, so that he went into a ship, and sat; and the whole multi- tude stood on theshore. 3 And he spake many things unto them in parables, saying, Be- hold, a sower went forth to sow; 4 and when he sowed, some seeds fell by the way side, and the fowls came and devoured them up: 5some fell upon stony places, where they had not much earth: and forth- with they sprung up, because they had no deepness of earth: 6 and when the sun was up, they were scorched ; and because 4 εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω LTTrA. τ - καὶ and [L]r. "verse 47in{ |T. “ λέγοντι LTTra. and LTTrA. ship) LTTra, © ἦλθον Lir; ἐλθόντα having come A. 4— καὶ Α. s — δὲ but Lrtra. x — αὐτοῦ (read [his] hand) τ. 2éx out of LT; — ἀπὸ (read ἐξελ. having gone out of)Tr. e+msL t [αὐτοῦ] L. Υ ποιῇ ἃ. 1-- δὲ Ὁ -- τὸ (read a D 94 they had no root, they withered away. 7 And some fell among thorns ; and thethorns sprung up, and choked them : 8 but other fell into good ground, and brought forth fruit, some an hundredfold, some sixtyfold, some thirtyfold. 9 Who hath ears to hear, let him hear. 10 And the disciples came, and said unto him, Why = speakest thou unto them in pa- rables ? 11] He answered andsaid unto them, Be- cause it is given unto you to know the myste- ries of the kingdom of heaven, but to them it is not given. 12 For whosoever hath, tohim shall be given, and he shall have more abun- dance: but whosoever hath not, from him shall be taken away even that he hath. 13 Therefore speak I to them in parables: because they seeing see not; and hearing they hear not, neither do they understand. 14 And in them is ful filled the prophecy of Hsaias, which saith, By hearing ye shall hear, and shall not under- stand ; and seeing ye shall see, and shall not perceive: 15 for this people’s heart is waxed gross, and their ears are dull of hearing, and their eyes they have closed; lest at any time they should see with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and should understand with their heart, and should be converted, andIshouldheal them. 16 But blessed ave your eyes, for they see: and our ears, for the ar. 17 For verily say unto you, That many prophets and righteous men have de- sired to see those things which ye see, and have not seen them; and to hear those things which ye hear, and have not eard them. 18 Hear ye therefore the parable of the sower. 19 When any one heareth the word of the kingdom, and €mveéav Ὑ. ‘ διὰ τί LTrA. their ears) L. "— yap for T. 8. — ἀκούειν T[Tr]a. 1 — αὐτοῖς T. ο ἰάσομαι 1 shall heal trtra. ΜΑΙ Θ᾽ AYO) Ss: X FE καὶ διὰ τὸ.μὴ.ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη. 7 ἄλλα.δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ and becauseof not having root were driedup. Andsome fell upon τὰς ἀκάνθας, καὶ ἀνέβησαν ai ἄκανθαι καὶ ᾿ἀπέπνιξαν'" αὐτά. the thorns, and “grew*up ‘the *thorns and choked them. 8 ἀλλα.δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ THY γῆν τὴν καλήν, Kai ἐδίδου καρπόν, Andsome fell upon the ground the good, and yielded uit, ὃ μὲν ἑκατόν, ὃ. δὲ ἑξήκοντα, 6.0 τριάκοντα. 9 ὁ ἔχων one ahundred, another sixty, another thirty. Hethat has ὦτα βἀκούειν! ἀκουέτω. ears to hear Jet him hear. 10 Kai προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶν ἱεῖπον" αὐτῷ, ‘Acari! And *having *come *to[*him] the *disciples said tohim, Why ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖς αὐτοῖς; 11 ὋὉ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν in parables speakest thou to them? Andhe answering said ἰαὐτοῖς, “Ore ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς tothem, Becausetoyou it has been given to know the mysteries of the βασιλείας τῶν.οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις. δὲ ov.dédoTa. 12 boric kingdom of the heavens, but to them ithas not been given. Whosoever γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ, καὶ περισσευθήσεται. ὕστις.δὲ for has, *shall *be °given ‘to*him, and he shall bein abundance; but whosoever οὐκ.ἔχει, Kai ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται az’ αὐτοῦ. 18 διὰ τοῦτο has not, even whathehasshall be takenawayfrom him. Because of this ἐν παραβολαῖς αὐτοῖς λαλῶ, ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ. βλέπουσιν, in parables to them I speak, because seeing they see not, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ.ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνιοῦσιν. 14 Kai ava- and hearing they hear not, nor do they understand. And is \ λ ~ m2 7 \I ? ~ ς ΄ ‘H eo « λέ πληροῦται er αὑτοῖς ἢ προφητεία Hoatov, ἢ λέγουσα, *filled °up ‘in *them the prophecy of Esaias, which says, "Akoy ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ-μὴ.συνῆτε' καὶ βλέποντες βλέ- Inhearing yeshallhear, ἃ in no wise understand ; and seeing ye shall Were, καὶ οὐ-μὴ. δῆτε. 15 ἐπαχύνθη:γὰρ ἡ καρδία ποῦ see, and inno wise perceive: for Shas "grown "fat *the heart λαοῦ.τούτου, Kai τοῖς ὠσὶν" βαρέως ἤκουσαν, Kai τοὺς “of *this *people, and withthe ears heavily they have heard, and ὀφθαλμοὺς.αὐτῶν ékapyvoay' μήποτε tdwow τοῖς ὀφ- their eyes they have closed ; lest they should see with the θαλμοῖς, Kai τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, Kai καρδίᾳ συν- eyes, and with the ears they should hear,and with the heart they should Gow, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ οἰάσωμαι" αὐτούς. 160 Ὑμῶν. δὲ understand, and should beconverted and I should heal them. But of you μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοί, ὅτι βλέπουσιν" Kai τὰ ὦτα Ῥὑμῶν," blessed [are] the eyes, because they see ; andthe ears of you, ὅτι «ἀκούει." 17 ἀμὴν.“γὰρ" λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πολλοὶ προφῆται because they hear. or verily Isay toyou,that many prophets καὶ δίκαιοι ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν ἃ βλέπετε, καὶ οὐκ "εἶδον" " and righteous[men] desired to see what ye see, and ποὺ ‘saw; καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ ἀκούετε, καὶ οὐκ-ἤκουσαν. and tohear what yehear, and heard not. “18 Ὑμεῖς οὖν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ ἱ'σπείροντος"" “Ye *therefore ‘hear the parable of the sower. 19 Παντὸς.ἀκούοντος τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας Kai μὴ When any one hears the word ofthe kingdom and not [it} h + avrov (read his disciples) L. ‘ εἶπαν TTrA. » + [αὐτῶν] (read m — én’ (read αὐτοῖς in them) GLTTrAW. ᾳ ἀκούουσιν Litrh, Ρ — ὑμῶν L[Tra]. 5 εἶδαν LTr 3 ἴδαν T. ἴ σπείραντος LTTrA. XIII. συνιέντος, understands, ἐν rp-Kapdig.avrou' οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς. in his heart. This is hewho by the way was sown. 20 Ὁ. δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον And he whouponthe rocky places was sown, this is hewhothe word ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν' 21 οὐκ hears and immediately with joy receives it; *no ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός tor’ γενομένης. δὲ MA PT EW. ρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον comes ‘the ?wicked Sone and catchesaway thatwhich was sown 7has'but root in himself, but temporary is; but *having ‘risen θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον, εὐθὺς σκαν- ltribulation or persecution on account of the word, immediately he is δαλίζεται. 22 Ὁ.δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν offended. And he whoamong the thorns was sown, his is ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων, Kai ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ.αἰῶνος. "τούτου" he whothe word hears, and the care of this life καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συμπνίγει" τὸν λόγον, Kai ἄκαρπος and the deceit of riches choke the word, and unfruitful γίνεται. 38 ὋὉ.δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν “γῆν τὴν καλὴν" σπαρείς, οὗτός it becomes, But he who on the ground the good was sown, this ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων Kai Yovvwwy'' ὃς δὴ Kap- is hewho the word hears and understands; who indeed brings ποφορεῖ, Kai ποιεῖ τὸ! μὲν ἑκατόν, %0' dé ἑξήκοντα, ὁ" δὲ forth fruit, and produces one ahundred, another sixty, another τριάκοντα. thirty. 24 “Αλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, ‘Quow- Another parable put he before them, saying, °has’become θη ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ “σπείροντι" καλὸν Slike ‘the *kingdom “of*the *heavens to a man sowing good σπέρμα ἐν τῷ.ἀγρῷ.αὐτοῦ" 2 ἐν.δὲ. τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώ- seed in is field ; but while “slept the men πους ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς Kai Ῥἔσπειρεν᾽ ζιζάνια ἀνὰ μέσον came his enemy and sowed darnel in [the] midst τοῦ σίτου, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν. 26 Ore.dé ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος, ofthe wheat, and went away. And when “sprouted 1the “blade, καὶ καρπὸν ἐποίησεν, τότε ἐφάνη Kai τὰ ζιζάνια. 27 προσελ- and fruit produced, then appeared alsothe darnel. *Having “come θόντες δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου εἶπον αὐτῷ, Κύριε, *to [Shim] ‘and the bondmen of the master of the house said ἴο hin, Sir, οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα “ἔσπειρας! ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ; πόθεν οὖν Snot *good Sseed ‘didst*thou *sow in thy field? whence then ἔχει “τὰ! ζιζάνια; 28 ‘O08 ἔφη αὐτοῖς, ᾿Εχθρὸς ἄνθρωπος hasit the darnel? Andhesaid tothem, *an*enemy 1a *man τοῦτο ἐποίησεν. οἱ. δὲ “δοῦλοι! ‘elroy αὐτῷ," Θέλεις οὖν *this Sdid. Andthe bondmen said tohim, Wilt thou then ἀπελθόντες συλλέξωμεν αὐτά; 29 Ὁ δὲ ξἔφη," Οὔ" [that] having gone forth we should gather them? But he said, No; μήποτε συλλέγοντες τὰ ζιζάνια, ἐκριζώσητε ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὸν lest gathering the darnel, yeshoulduproot with them the σῖτον. 80 ἄφετε συναυξάνεσθαι ἀμφότερα "μέχρι" τοῦ θερισμοῦ" wheat. Suffer togrow together both until the harvest; 30 understandeth ἐξ not, then cometh the wick- ed one. and catcheth away that which was sown in his heart, This is he which re- ceived seed by the way side. 20 But he that received the seed into stony places, the same is he that heareth the word, and anon with joy receiveth it ; 21 yet hath he not root in himself, but dureth for a while: for when tribulation or pcrse- eution ariseth because of the word, by and by he is offended. 22 He also that received seed among the thorns is he that heareth the word ; and the care of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches, choke the word, and he becometh unfruit- ful. 23 But he that received seed into the good ground is he that beareth the word, and understandeth it; which also beareth fruit, and bringeth forth, some an hun- dredfold, some sixty, some thirty. 24 Another parable put he forth unto them, saying, The kingdom of heaven is likened unto a man which sowed good seed in his field: 25 but while men slept, his enemy cameandsowed tares among the wheat, and went his way. 26 But when the blade was sprung up, and brought forth fruit, then appeared the tares also. 27 So the servants of the house- holder came and said unto him, Sir, didst not thousow good seed in thy field? from whence then hath it tares? 28 Hesaid unto them, An enemy hath done this. The ser- vants said unto him, Wilt thou then that we go and gather them up? 29 But he said, Nay; lest while ye ga- ther up the tares, ye root up also the wheat withthem. 30 Let both grow together until the harvest: and in ¥ — τούτον (read of iife) LTTra. τ συνπνίγει TA. L&tr. 20 LT. * σπείραντι [who] sowed Litra. © ξσπειρες Tr. d — τα GLTTrAW. ow say to him Ltra ; λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1. & φησιν says LTTrA, x καλὴν γὴν LTTrA. Ὁ ἐπέσπειρεν Sowed Over LTTra. ¢ — δοῦλοι (read ot δὲ and they) Δ. Β ἕως until LTrA. J συνιείς £ αὐτῷ A€you- 36 the time of harvest I will say to the reapers, Gather ye together first thetares, and bind them in bundles to burn them: but gather the wheat into my barn. 31 Another parable put he forth unto them, saying, The kingdom of heaven is like to a grain of mustard seed, which aman took, and sowed in his field: 32 which indeed is the least of all seeds: but when it is grown, it is the greatest among herbs, and becometh a tree, so that the birds of the air come and lodge im the branches there- of, 33 Another parable ake he unto them ; ‘the kingdom of hea- ven is like unto leaven, which a woman took, and hid in three mea- sures of meal, till the whole was leavened. 34 All these things spake Jesus unto the multitude in parables ; and without a parable ake he not unto them : 35 that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet, saying, 1 will open my mouth in parables ; 1 willutter things which have been kept secret from the foundation of the world. 36 Then Jesus sent the multitude away, and went into the bouse: and his dis- ciples came unto him, saying, Declare unto us the parable of the tares of the field. 37 He answered and said unto them, He that soweth the good seed is the Son of man ; 38 the fieldis the world; the good seed are the children of the king- dom ; but the tares are the children of the wicked one; 39 the enemy that sowed them is the devil; the harvest is the end of 1 — τῷ GLTITrAW. nothing LTTrA. ® + 9 προσῆλθαν LTr. τ διασάφησον explain Ltr. MATOAIOX®X. ΧΗ]. καὶ ἐν ἱτῷ! καιρῷ τοῦ θερισμοῦ ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, Συλ- and in the time ofthe harvest Iwillsay tothe harvest men, Ga- λέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια, καὶ dnoare αὐτὰ eic! δέσμας ther first the darnel, and bind them into bundles πρὸς.τὸ. κατακαῦσαι αὐτά: τὸν.δὲ σῖτον *cuvayayere' εἰς τὴν to burn them; butthe wheat bring together into ἀποθήκην.μου. my granary. 91 Ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρεθηκεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Ὁμοία Another parable put he before them, saying, ike ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως, ὃν λα- 15 the kingdom ofthe heayens toa grain of mustard, whichhaying βὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔσπειρεν ἐν τῷ. ἀγρῷ. αὐτοῦ" 82 ὃ μικρότερον taken, aman sowed in his field ; which less μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων, ὕταν.δὲ αὐξηθῇ indeed is than all the seeds, but when it be grown, μεῖζον τῶν λαχάνων ἐστίν, Kai γίνεται δένδρον, ὥστε greater than the herbs is, and becomes a tree, so that ἐλθεῖν τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἱκατασκηνοῦν" ἐν τοῖς come the _ birds ofthe heaven and roost in the κλάδοις αὐτοῦ. branches _ of it. 33 Ἄλλην παραβολὴν ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς, Ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Another parable spoke he tothem, ike is the βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν kingdom ofthe heavens to leaven, which having taken, a woman d ᾽ ? ’ ΄ ͵ὔ « - > , a εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως. οὗ ἐζυμώθη Odor. in *of*meal *seabs ‘three, until *was*leavened ‘all. 34 Ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ?These “things ‘all spoke Jesus in parables to the ὄχλοις, Kai χωρὶς παραβολῆς Modx" ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς" 36 ὅπως crowds, and without a parable Snot *he*spoke to them; so that ~ A « A 4 ~ ,’ n ia πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου", λέγοντος, might be fulfilled that which wasspoken by the prophet, saying, ᾿Ανοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς πὸ, στόμα μολι, ἐρεύξομαι κεκρυμμένα I willopen in parables my mouth: willutter things hidden ἀπὸ καταβολῆς “κόσμου." from [the] foundation of [the] world. 36 Τότε ἀφεὶς τοὺς ὄχλους, ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Then having dismissed the crowds, “went “into *the ‘house P6 ᾿Ιησοῦς"" καὶ προσῆλθον! αὐτῷ οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, ‘Jesus; and came to him his disciples, saying, τῷράσον! ἡμῖν τὴν παραβολὴν τῶν ζιζανίων τοῦ ἀγροῦ. Expound ἴοῦβ the parable of the darnel of the eld, 37 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν "αὐτοῖς, ‘O σπείρων τὸ καλὸν Andhe answering said tothem, Hewho sows the good σπέρμα ἐστὶν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" 38 ὁ.δὲ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ seed is the Son of man ; andthe field is the κόσμος τὸ.δὲ καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας" world; andthe good seed, these are the sons ofthe kingdom; τὰ δὲ ζιζάνιά εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ" 39 ὁ. δὲ ἐχθρὸς butthe darnel are the sons ofthe evil [one]; andthe enemy 6 σπείρας αὐτά torw" ὁ διάβολος" 0.08 θερισμὸς συν- who sowed them is the devil ; andthe harvest [the] com- J— eis (read[in]) [tr]A. * συνάγετε LIr. | κατασκηνοῖν LTTrA. ™ovder ‘Houiov Isaiah τ. ° —Kdopov LTTrA. Ρ ---ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς (read he went) irtra. ®—avrois LITrA. ἴ ἐστιν ὁ σπείρας αὐτὰ L. ΧΙΠ. MATTHE W. τέλεια τοῦ" αἰῶνός tor οἱ δὲ θερισταὶ ἄγγελοί εἰσιν. penon of the age is, and the harvest men angels are, 40 ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια, καὶ πυρὶ ἕκατα- As therefore is gathered the darnel, and infire is con- καίεται," οὕτως ἔσται ἐν TY συντελείᾳ τοῦ. αἰῶνος. “τούτου." sumed, thus itshallbe in the completion of this age. 41 ἀποστελεῖ ὁ υἱὸς 55}811 ®send 7forth ‘the 7Son Kai συλλέξουσιν ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας.αὐτοῦ πάντα Ta σκάνδαλα and they shall gather out of his kingdom all the offences Kai τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν, 42 καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς and those who practise place a and theyshallcast them εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός" ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ into the furnace ofthe fire: there shallbe the weeping andthe βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. 48 τότε οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς g ofthe teeth. Then the rigHicous shall shine forth as τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ, 305 *man is angels, ὁ ἥλιος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ.πατρὸς αὐτῶν. ‘O ἔχων dra the sun in the kingdom of their Father. Hethat has ears ἀκούειν! ἀκουέτω. tohear let him hear. 44 Πάλιν! ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ Again like is the kingdom ofthe heavens to treasure , a « ‘ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, ὃν εὑρὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔκρυψεν, “ἢ in the field, which es “found ‘a *man hid, Kai ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ ὑπάγει Kai "πάντα ὕσα ἔχει and for the joy of it goes and all things as many as hehas πωλεῖ," καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν. ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον. he aie and ΠΕ τ. field. 45 Πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ Again like is pe Senos ofthe heavens ate ἐμπόρῳ, ζητοῦντι καλοὺς βοπχορι αι 46 Oc εὑρὼν" ἕνα amerchant, seeking beautiful pearls who Bens found one πολύτιμον μαργαρίτην, ἀπεχθὼν" πέπρακεν πάντα doa very precious pearl, aN ELE gone away hassold all things asmanyas εἶχεν, Kai ἠγόρασεν αὐτόν. he had, and bought it. 47 ἸΤάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ Again ike is ie kingdom ofthe heavens toa dragnet βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, Kai ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγα- cast into the sea, and of every kind gathering γούσῃ' 48 ἣν bre ἐπληρώθη ἀναβιβάσαντες" “ἐπὶ τὸν together ; which when it was filled having drawn up on the 2 , ‘a θί EX Ay X ‘ 2 eZ ~ ll αἰγιαλόν, καὶϊ καθίσαντες συνέλεξαν τὰ καλὰ εἰς “ἀγγεῖα, are, and having sat down es gathered the ag into _ vessels, τὰ.δὲ σαπρὰ ἔξω ἔβαλον. 49 οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ andthe corrupt “out ‘they “cast. Thus shallit be in the completion τοῦ αἰῶνος" ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι, καὶ ἀφοριοῦσιν τοὺς ofthe age: %shall*go*out ‘the “angels, and shallseparate the πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων, 50 Kai Badovow αὐτοὺς wicked from [the]midst of the Hghteous; and = shall cast them εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός" ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ into the furnace ofthe fire: there shallbe the wailing and the βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. Snashing of the teeth. 37 the world; and the reapers are ‘the angels. 40 As therefore the tares are gathered and burned in the fire ; so shall it be in the end of this world. 4] The Son of man shall send forth his angels, and they shall gather out of his kingdom all things that offend, and them which do in- iquity ; 42 and shall cast them into a fur- nace of fire : thereshall be wailing and gnash- ing of teeth. 43 Then shall the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father. Who hath ears to hear, let him hear. 44 Again, the king- dom of heaven is like unto treasure hid ina field; the which when 8. man hath found, he hideth, and for joy thereof goeth and selleth all that he hath, and bnyeth that field. 45 Again, the king- dom of heaven is like unto a merchant man, seeking goodly pearls : 46 who, when he had found one pearl of great price, went and sold all that he had, and bought it. 47 Again, the king- dom of heaven is like unto a net, that was cast into the sea, and gathered of every kind: 48 which, when it was full, they drew to shore, and sat down, and gathered the good into vessels, but cast the bad away. 49 So shall it be at the end of the world: the an- gels shall come forth, and sever the wicked from among the just, 50 and shall cast them into the furnace of fire: there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth. * — τοῦ (read of[the])LrTra. τ΄ καίεται 15 burned GTra. *— τούτου (read the age) LTTr[ A]. Υ - ἀκούειν [L]t[tr]a. --- πάλιν [τιτττὰ. ἅ πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει LTTrA. © ἄγγη τττΑ. &+avurnvitL[A]. ἁ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν L; ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν [καὶ] a. Ὁ εὑρὼν δὲ GLTTrA. 98 51 Jesus saith unto them, Have ye under- stood all these things? They say unto him, Yea, Lord. 52 Then said he unto them, Therefore every scribe which is instructed un- to the kingdom of heaven is like unto a man that is an house- holder, which bringeth forth out of his trea- sure things new and old. 53 And it came to ass, that when Jesus d finished these parables, he departed thence. 54 And when he was come into his own country,he taught them in their syna- gogue, insomuch that they were astonished, and said, Whence hath this man this wisdom, and these mighty works? 55 Is not this the carpenter’s son? is not his mother called Mary? and his brethren, James, and Joses, and Simon, and Judas? 56 and his sis- ters, are they not all with us? Whence then hath this man all these things? 57 And they were offended in him. But Jesus said unto them, A prophet is not without honour, save in his own country, and in his own house, 58 And he did not many mighty works there because of their un- belief. XIV. At that time Herod the tetrarch heard of the fame of Jesus, 2 and said unto his servants, This is John the Baptist; he is risen from the dead; and therefore mighty works do shew forth themselves in him. 3 For Herod had laid hold on John, and bound him, and put him in prison for Herodias’ brother Philip’s wife. 4¥or John said unto him, It is not lawful for thee to have her. 5 And when he would have put him to death, MATOATOS. 51 SAéyer αὐτοῖς O'Incove,' Συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα; "Says “to *them ‘Jesus, Have yeunderstood *these*things ‘all? Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Nai, "κύριε." 52 ‘O.6é 'εῖπεν! αὐτοῖς, Διὰ They say tohim, Yea, Lord. Andhe - said to them, Because of τοῦτο πᾶς γραμματεὺς μαθητευθεὶς Ksic τὴν βασιλείαν" τῶν this every scribe discipled into the kingdom of the 3 ~ e , ? ? ΓΑ ’ , eo ? , οὐρανῶν ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει heavens “like 118 toaman amasterofahouse, who puts forth ἐκ τοῦ.θησαυροῦ.αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά. XIII, XiiVe out of his treasure {things} new and old. 53 Kai ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς And it came to pass when *had “finished ‘Jesus “parables ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν 54 καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα these, he withdrew thence; and having come into Scountry αὐτοῦ, ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ.συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν, ὥστε ἱἐκπλήτ- "his(?own]),he taught them in their synagogue, so that were τεσθαι! αὐτοὺς καὶ λέγειν, ἸΤόθεν τούτῳ ἡ-σοφία.αὕτη καὶ “astonished ‘they Ἀπ 5814, Whence tothis [man] this wisdom and αἱ δυνάμεις; 55 οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός; the works of power? “not *this lis ‘the®of’the *carpenter son? [Is] m ᾽ ‘Il € , > ~ λέ Μ ’ ‘ ς 10: λ ‘ ᾽ὔ .« οὐχὶ" ἡ-μητηρ-αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριάμ, καὶ οἱ. ἀδελφοὶ. αὐτοῦ ποῦ his mother called Mary, and his brethren Ἰάκωβος Kai "Ιωσῆς" καὶ Σίμων καὶ ᾿Ιούδας; 56 καὶ ai James and Joses and Simon and Judas? and ἀδελφαὶ. αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν; πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ *his *sisters 2not Sall ‘with “us ‘are? whence then to this ~ G ‘ ? ΄ὔ ? ? fob h} ταῦτα πάντα; 57 Kai ἐσκανδαλίξοντο ἐν αὐτῷ. Ὁ δὲ (man]*these*things ‘all? And they were offended ἴῃ him. But Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος εἰ μὴ Jesus said tothem, “ποῦ “is ‘a “prophet without honour except ἐν τῇ".πατρίδι.Ῥαὐτοῦ" καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκί ψεα ποῦς 58 Καὶ οὐκ And *‘not in his [own] country and in ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς διὰ τὴν.ἀπιστίαν. αὐτῶν. of their unbelief, "he “did there *works*of*power ‘many because 14 Ἔν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἤκουσεν “Hpwdn¢g ὁ “τετράρχης Αὐ that time heard Herod the tetrarch THY ἀκοὴν ᾿Ιησοῦ, 2 καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν.αὐτοῦ, Οὗτός ἐστιν the fame _ of Jesus, and said to his servants, This is ᾿Ιωάννης ὁ βαπτιστήῆς" αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ is [own] house, John the Baptist: he igsrisen from the dead, and διὰ τοῦτο at δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ. 3 Ὁ yap because of this the works of power operate in him. For Ἡρώδης κρατήσας τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην ἔδησεν ταὐτὸν" καὶ "ἔθετο LTTrAW. read [his]) urTra. Herod having seized John bound him and put ) ἐν φυλακῇ, διὰ “ ἰβωδιάδα τὴν γυναῖκα 'Φιλίππου! sake, his (him) ἱπὶ prison, onaccount of Herodias the wife *Philip τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ. 4 ἔλεγεν.γὰρ αὐτῷ O’Iwavyne," Οὐκ of *his “brother. For ?said to *him ‘John, ΤΝ οὐ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 5 Καὶ θέλων αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, *it°is lawful for thee to have her. And wishing *him ‘to 7 kill, & — Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ "Ingots LT TrA. Ἀ--ι κύριε LTTrA. i λέγει says L. Κ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ in the kingdom 1,; τῇ βασιλείᾳ to the kingdom ΟΥτττα. ! ἐκπλήσσεσθαι ™ οὐχ LTTrA. 2 Ἰωσὴφ Joseph trtra. ° + ἰδίᾳ own T. Ρ — αὐτοῦ 4 τετραάρχης T. τ — ἀντὸν 1. "ἐν τῇ (-- τῇ τ) φνλακῇ ἀπέθετο in the prison put [him] aside ὐττὰ. τς Φιλίππου [T]a. τὸ (--- ὁ ἢ ᾿Ιωάννης αὐτῷ LT ALLY. MATTHEW. ἐφοβήθη τὸν ὄχλον, Orr ὡς προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον. he feared the multitude, because as a prophet him _— they held. 6 "γενεσίων.δὲ ἀγομένων" τοῦ Ἡρώδου, ὠρχήσατο ἡ θυγάτηρ But a birthday being celebrated of Herod, ‘danced ‘the *daughter τῆς Ἡρωδιάδος ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, καὶ ἤρεσεν τῷ Howdy 7 ὅθεν Sof *Herodias in the midst, and pleased Herod ; Whereupon ro ε , 2 ~ ~ Q x20) 1 see 8 Ἡ δὲ μεθ᾽ ὅρκου ὡμολόγησεν αὐτῇ δοῦναι 0-*éay" αἰτήσηται. «δὲ with oath hepromised toher togive whateversheshouldask. Βαΐ5ῃ8 προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ Tic-unTpdc.adTijc, Δός por, φησίν, ὧδε being urged on by her mother, Give me, shesays, here ἐπὶ πίνακι τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. 8 Kai upon adish the head of John the Baptist. And γέλυπήθη" ὁ βασιλεύς: dra.2dé' τοὺς ὅρκους Kai τοὺς 2was*grieved the king; but onaccountof the oaths and those who συνανακειμένους ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι: 10 καὶ πέμψας reclined with [him at table] he commanded [it] to be given. And haying sent ἀπεκεφάλισεν "τὸν" Ἰωάννην ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ. 11 καὶ ἠνέχθη he beheaded John in the prison. And *was*brought ἡ. κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ᾽ καὶ ἤν- his *head on adish, and was giventothe damsel, and 586 εγκεν τῇ.μητρὶ αὐτῆς. 12 καὶ προσελθόντες οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ brought [it] to her mother, And having come his disciples ἦραν τὸ Ῥσῶμα, καὶ ἔθαψαν “αὐτό"" καὶ ἐλθόντες ἀπήγγειλαν took the body, and _ buried it; and having come told τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 18 ‘kai ἀκούσας" ὁ Inoote ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν [it] to Jesus. And *having *heard Jesus withdrew thence ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. by to a desert place apart. Kai ἀκούσαντες ot ὄχλοι ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ “πεζῃ" And having heard [ofit) the crowds followed him _ ΟἹ foot ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων. 14 Kai ἐξελθὼν [ὁ Ἰησοῦς!" εἶδεν πολὺν from the cities. And having gone out Jesus saw great ὄχλον, καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾿ βαὐτούς," καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν Δ οΥουγά, and was moved with compassion towards them, and healed ‘ Ty 2) 2. ἢ ? ~ =~? , \ , bh ~ It Tovc.appworove.avTay. 15’Owiac.oé γενομένης "προσῆλθον" their infirm, Andevening having come came αὐτῷ οἱ. μαθηταὶ ᾿αὐτοῦ,! λέγοντες, "Epnpoc ἐστιν ὁ τόπος, to him his disciples, saying, Desert is the place, καὶ ἡ ὥρα dn παρῆλθεν"" amddvooyv! τοὺς ὄχλους, ἵνα and the time already is gone by: dismiss the crowds, that ἀπελθόντες εἰς τὰς κώμας ἀγυράσωσιν ἑαυτοῖς βρώματα. having gone into the villages theymay buy for themselves meat. 16 Ὁ. δὲ π᾿ Ἰησοῦς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν ἀπελθεῖν" But Jesus said tothem, *No *need ‘they “have to go away: a7 ? ~ « - - « x , ? ~ ? ΝΜ δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν. 17 Οἱ. δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Οὐκ.ἔχομεν give *to*them “ye to eat. But they say tohim, We have not ὧδε εἰ μὴ πέντε ἄρτους καὶ δύο ἰχθύας. 18 Ο.δὲ εἶπεν, Φέρετέ here except five loaves and two fishes. Andhe said, Bring a? ‘ To \ 7 ‘ » 7 μοι "αὐτοὺς ὧδε." 19 Καὶ κελεύσας τοὺς ὄχλους ἀνα- “to*me ‘them here. And having commanded the crowds tore- AOA 2D Opava ἢ I Dyegy} ll : ὴ ἐ a κλιθῆναι ἐπὶ στοὺς χόρτους," Ῥκαὶ λαβὼν τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους cline on the grass, and havingtaken the five loaves 39 he feared the multi- tude, because they counted him as a pro- phet. 6 But when Herod’s birthday was kept, the daughter of Herodias danced be- fore them, and pleased Herod. 7 Whereupon he promised with an oath to give her whatsoever she would ask. 8 And she, being before in- structed of her mother, said, Give me here John Baptist’s head inacharger. 9 And the king was sorry: never- theless for the oath’s sake, and them which sat with him at meat, he commanded tt to be given jer. 10 And he sent, and beheaded John in the prison. 11 And his head was brought in a charger, and given to the dam- sel: and she brought τ to her mother. 12 And his disciples came, and took up the body, and buried it, and went and told Jesus, 13 When Jesus heard of it, he departed thence by ship into a desert place apart. And when the people had heard thereag/, they followed him on foot out of the cities, 14 And Jesus went forth, and saw a great multitude, and was moved with compassion toward them, and he healed their sick, 15 And when it was evening, his disciples came to him, saying, This is a desert place, and the time is now past; send the multitude away, that they may go into the villages, and buy themselves victuals. 16 But Jesus said unto them, They need not depart; give ye them to eat. 17 And they say unto him, We have here but five loaves, and two fishes. 18 Hesaid, Bring them hither to me. 19 And he commanded the multitude to sit down on the grass, and took the five loaves, and the π γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις LTTrA. *GyLTrA. Y λυπηθεὶς being grievedurtra. *— δὲ but © αὐτόν him Trra. ®— ov LTTra. ὃ πτῶμα corpse LTTr. τόν & αὑτοις GLTTrAW. f — ὃ Ἰησοῦς (read he saw) LTTra. Κ παρῆλθεν ἤδη τ. © τοῦ χόρτου LT Tr. LTTrA. ε πεζοὶ T. 1 — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) Lrtra. ™ — ᾿ξῃσοῦς (read he said) τ. 5 ὧδε αὐτούς LTTrA. ἃ ἀκούσας δὲ LITA. " προσῆλθαν LTr, 1+ οὖν therefore T[A]. P — καὶ GLTTraAW. 40 two fishes, and looking up to heaven, he bless- ed, and brake, andgave the loaves to his dis- ciples, and the disci- ples to the multitude. 20 And they did all eat, and were filled: and they took up of the fragments that re- mained twelve baskets full, 21 And they that had eaten were about five thousand men, beside women and children. 22 And straightway Jesus constrained his disciples to gst into a ship, and to go before him unto the other side, while he sent the multitudes away. 23 And when he had sent the multitudes away, he went up into 8. mountain apart to pray: and when the evening was come, he was there alone, 24 But the ship was now in the midst of the sea, tossed with waves: for the wind was con- trary. 25 And in the fourth watch of the night Jesus went unto them, walking on the sea. 26 And when the disciples saw him walking on the sea, they were troubled, saying, It is a spirit; and they cried out for fear. 27 But straight- way Jesus spake unto them, saying, Be of good cheer; it is [; be not afraid. 28 And Peter answered him and said, Lord, if it be thou, bid me come un- to thee on the water, 29 And he said, Come, And when Peter was come down out of the ship, he walked on the water, to go to Jesus. 30 But when he saw the wind boisterous he was afruid; and beginning to sink, he cried, saying, Lord, save me, 31 And immediately Jesus stretched forth his hand, and caught him, and said unto him, © 4 ηὐλόγησεν LTrA. he compelled) Gurtraw. x σταδίους πολλοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἀπεῖχεν Many stadia from the land was dis- Υ ἦλθεν LYTr. b οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν 1, ; ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸν T. © ὁ Ἰησοῦς αὐτοῖς 1,; --- ὁ ΤἸησοῦς τ; αὐτοῖς [ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς) a. & ἐλθεῖν πρός σε LTTrA. ; ship) tr. tant Tr. LTTrA. 4 εὐθὺς LITr. εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1.. k — ἰσχυρὸν τ. ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. XIV. καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας, ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν «εὐλόγησεν "" and the two fishes, having lookedupto the eaven he blessed ; καὶ κλάσας ἔδωκεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς τοὺς ἄρτους, οἱ. δὲ pa- and having broken hegave tothe disciples the loaves, andthe dis- θηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις. 20 καὶ ἔφαγον πάντες Kai ἐχορτάσθησαν" ciples to the crowds. An “ate ‘all and were satisfied ; καὶ ἦραν τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων, δώδεκα and they took up that which wasoverandabove of the fragments, twelve κοφίνους πλήρεις. 21 οἱ. δὲ ἐσθίοντες ἦσαν ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ hand-baskets full. And those who ate were men about πεντακισχίλιοι, χωρὶς γυναικῶν Kai παιδίων." five thousand, besides women and children. 22 Kai "εὐθεως" ἠνάγκασεν ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς" τοὺς. μαθητὰς. "αὐτοῦ" Andimmediately *compelled 1 Jesus his disciples ἐμβῆναι εἰς Yr! πλοῖον καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, toenter into the ship and to go before him _ to the other side, a - ? , Π W” ‘ ? ΄, A Ewe.ov ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους. 23 καὶ ἀπολύσας τοὺς until Β6 should have dismissed the crowds. And having dismissed the » > , 2 A w” > Iw ‘4 ? , ὄχλους ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος κατ᾽ diay προσεύξασθαι. ᾿Οψί- crowds he wentupinto the mountain apart to pray. *Even- \ , ΄ 5 ᾽ - VON ~ " x7: ac δὲ γενομένης μόνος ἦν ἐκεῖ. 2470.02 πλοῖον ἤδη “μέσον ing*and beingcome alone he wasthere, Butthe ship uowin[the}midst τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν," βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων" ἢν γὰρ of the sea was, tossed by the waves, ‘was ‘for ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος. 25 Terapryde φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς Scontrary “the *wind. But in [the] fourth watch ofthe night YarndOev' πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸ ᾿Τησοῦς,! περιπατῶν ἐπὶ "τῆς θαλάσ- 2went “to *them 1Jesus, walking on the sea. σης." 26 “Kai ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ot μαθηταὶ" ἐπὶ “τὴν θάλασσαν" And “seeing ‘him ‘the “disciples on the sea περιπατοῦντα ἐταράχθησαν, λέγοντες, Ὅτι φάντασμά ἐστιν" walking were troubled, saying, An apparition itis: καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου ἔκραξαν. 27 “εὐθέως".δὲ ἐλάλησεν “αὐ- “to and through fear they cried out. But immediately “spoke τοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς," λέγων, Θαρσεῖτε, ἐγώ.εἰμι, μὴ φοβεῖσθε. *them + Jesus, saying, Be of good courage, Iam {he}, fear not. 28 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς δὲ fair ὁ ἹΤέτρος εἶπεν," Κύριε, εἰ σὺ εἴ, And answering him Peter said, Lord, if itbethou, κέλευσόν με ἔπρός σε ἐλθεῖν" ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα. 29 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, bid me “to ‘thee *to?come upon the waters. And he said, Ἔλθε. Καὶ καταβὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου "δ' Πέτρος περιεπά- Come. And having descendedfrom the ship Peter walk- τησεν ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα, ᾿ἐλθεῖν" πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. 30 βλέπων. δὲ Jesus. But seeing ed upon the waters, to go to τὸν ἄνεμον "ἰσχυρὸν ἐφοβήθη, καὶ ἀρξάμενος καταπον- the wind strong he wasaffrighted, and beginning to τίζεσθαι ἔκραξεν, λέγων, Κύριε, σῶσόν pe. 31 Εὐθέως. δὲ sink he cried out, saying, Lord, save me. And immediately THY χεῖρα ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ, Kai λέγει Jesus having stretchedout the hand took hold of him, and says τ παιδίων καὶ γυναικῶν L. 4 — εὐθέως τ. t — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read v¥ — αὐτοῦ (ead the disciples) arrraw. w — τὸ (reada cc? ~ ? , 0 Ἰησοῦς εκτείνας 2 — 6 Ἰησοὺς (read he went) ΟἸΤΥΓΑΎΝ. ἃ rv θάλασσαν ς τῆς θαλάσσης LTTra, fo Πέτρος h — oOLTora, {kat ἦλθεν and he weit 2, XIV, XV. MATTHEW. αὐτῷ, ‘Odtyomare, εἰς τί ἐδίστασας; 32 Kai Ἰἐμβάντων'" to him, O [thou] of little faith, why didst thou doubt? And *having “entered αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐκόπασεν ὁ ἄνεμος" 33 οἱ. δὲ ἐν τῷ ‘they into the ship Zceased ‘the 7wind. Andthose in the πλοίῳ ᾿πἐλθόντες" προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ, λέγοντες, ᾿Αληθῶς ship having come worshipped him, saying, Truly θεοῦ υἱὸς εἶ. 508 ?God ‘Son thou art! 34 Kui διαπεράσαντες ἦλθον “sic! τὴν γῆν" ῬΓεννησαρέτ." And having passed over theycame to the land of Gennesaret. Bd καὶ ἐπιγνόντες αὐτὸν οἱ ἄνδρες τοῦ.τόπου.ἐκείνου ἀπέ- And havingrecognized him the men of that place sent στειλαν εἰς ὕλην τὴν.περίχωρον ἐκείνην, καὶ προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ to all that country round, and brought to him πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας" 36 καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν iva 411 those who were ill; and besought him that μόνον ἅψωνται τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου.αὐτοῦ καὶ only they might touch the border of his garment ; and ὅσοι ἥψαντο διεσώθησαν. 8,5 many as touched were cured. 15 Tore προσέρχονται τῷ Ἰησοῦ “οἱ! ἀπὸ ἹἹεροσολύμων Then come to Jesus the *from 5 Jerusalem r. oe i Φ Tare λέ 238A Al es Oy 4 γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι," λέγοντες, tari οἱ μαθηταί scribes 7and *Pharisees, saying, Why $disciples σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων; οὐ *thy ltransgress the tradition of the elders? “not γὰρ νίπτονται τὰς. χεῖρας. "αὐτῶν" ὅταν ἄρτον ἐσθίωσιν. 8 Ὃ δὲ for *they *wash their hands when bread they eat. But he ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, "Διατί" Kai ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν answering said tothem, Why “also ye itransgress the 2 ‘A ~ ~ ‘ ‘ , « ~ ε AY ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τὴν.παράδοσιν.ὑμῶν; 4 ὋὉ yap commandment of Godon account of your tradition ? For θεὸς "ἐνετείλατο, λέγων, Τίμα τὸν.πατέρα. “σου Kai τὴν God commanded, saying, Honour thy father and pynrépa’ καὶ Ὃ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τε- mother; and, He who speaksevilof father or mother, bydeath let λευτάτω. 5 ὑμεῖς.δὲ λέγετε, “Oc.dy εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ TH him die. But ye say, Whoever = shall say to father or μητρί, Δῶρον, ὃ. ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς, =e mother, [It is] agift whatever by me thou mightestbe profited—: and οὐ.μὴ Yryunoy" τὸν. πατέρα.αὐτοῦ τὴ τὴν. μητέρα.αὐτοῦ"" in no wise honour his father or his mother : 6 καὶ ἠκυρώσατε τὴν ἐντολὴν" τοῦύθεοῦ διὰ τὴν παρά- and yemade void the commandment of God on account of ra- doow ὑμῶν. 7 Ὕποκριταί, καλῶς προεφήτευσεν! περὶ ὑμῶν dition ‘your. Hypocrites! well prophesied concerning you Ἡσαΐας, λέγων, 8 “Εγγίζει μοι! b.Aadc.obroc 4r@ στόματι Esaias, Saying, Draws near tome this people with *mouth αὐτῶν, καὶ" τοῖς. χείλεσίν pe Tig’ ἡ.δὲ καρδία. αὐτῶν πόῤῥω ‘their, and withthelips me ᾿ἰὺ βοπμοπσβ; but their heart far ‘avaBavrwy having gone up LTtraA. [ἃ — ἐλθόντες TLA]. Gennesaret) tTrr. Ρ Tevnoapéd Lw. ᾳ — ov LTTr. ὁ διὰ τίτττα. τ — αὐτῶν (read the hands) [tr]. {thy]) curtraw. χ — καὶ LTT Α]. μητέρα αὐτοῦ [A]. LTTra. ς --᾽ Εγγίζει μοι GLTTrA. 0 ἐπὶ TTr. τ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ γραμματεῖς TTr. Y εἶπεν said Ltr. Υ τιμήσει Will he honour τὰ. 8 τὸν λόγον the word Ltr; τὸν νόμον the law Ta. d — τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν Kal GLTTrA. 4i thou of little faith, wherefore didst thou doubt? 32 And when they were come into the ship, the wind ceased. 33 Then they that were in the ship came and worshipped him, saying, Ofa truth thou art the Son of God. 34 And when they were gone over, they came into the land of Gennesaret. 35 And when the men of that place had knowledge of him, they sent out into all that eountry round about, and brought unto him all that were diseased ; 36 and besought him that they might only touch the hem of his garment: andasmany as touched were made perfectly whole. XV. Then came to Jesus scribes and Pharisees, which were of Jerusalem, saying, 2 Why do thy disciples transgress the tradi- tion of the elders? for they wash not their hands whea they eat bread. 3 But he an- swered and said unto them, Why do ye also transgress the com- mandment of God by your tradition? 4 For God commanded, say- ing, Honour thy father and mother: and, He that curseth father or mother, let him die the death. 5 But ye say, Whosoever shall say to his father or his mother, Jt is a gift, by whatsoever thou mightest be profited by me; 6and honour not his father or his mother, he shall be free. Thus have ye made the command- ment of God of none effect by your tradi- tion. 7 Ye hypocrites, well did Esaias pro- phesy of you, saying, 8 This people draweth nigh unto me with their mouth, and honoureth me with their lips; but their heart is far from me. o+ εἰς (read at w — gov (read 7 — 7 τὴν Ὁ ἐπροφήτευσεν 42 9 But in vain they do worship me, teaching for doctrines the com- mandments of men. 10 And he called the multitude, and said unto them, Hear, and understand: 11 not that which goeth into the mouth defileth a man; but that which cometh out of the mouth, this defileth a man. 12 Then came his dis- ciples, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Pharisees were offended, after they heard this saying? 13 But he answered and said, Every plant, which my heavenly Father hath not plant- ed, shall be rooted up. 14 Let them alone: they be blind leaders of the blind. And if the blind lead the blind, both shall fall into the ditch. 15 Then answered Peter and said unto him, Declare unto us this parable. 16 And Jesus said, Are ye also yet without understanding? 17 Do not ye yet understand, that whatsoever enter- eth in at the mouth goeth into the belly, and is cast out into the draught? 18 But those things which proceed out of the mouth come _ forth from the heart; and they defile the man. 19 For out of the heart proceed evil thoughts, murders, adulteries, fornications, _ thefts, false witness, blasphe- mies: 20 these are the things which defile a man: but to eat with unwashen hands de- fileth not a man, 21 Then Jesus went thence, and departed into the coasts of Tyre and Sidon. 22 And, behold, a woman of Canaan came out of the same coasts, and cried unto him, say- ing, Have mercy on me, O Lord, thou son of David; my daugh- ter is grievously vexed witb a devil. 23 But he answered her not a word, And his disci- © — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) Lra. ® — ταύτην (read the parable) rma]. l ἔκραζεν Ltr; ἔκραξεν T. WAST OA TOS. ἀπέχει am’ ἐμοῦ. 9 isaway from me: {as} διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα TIED 10 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος teachings injunctions of men. And having called to [him] 11 οὐ ποῦ κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον" defiles the man ; στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοῖ mouth, this defiles XV. ’ A , / ᾽ pence σέβονταί με, διδάσκοντες αὖ ἴῃ vain they worship me, teaching καὶ συνίετε. and understand ! 4 wn” ᾽ ~ ᾽ 2 τὸν ὄχλον εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Ακούετε the crowd he said to them, Hear TO εἰσερχόμενον εἰς TO στόμα that which enters into the mouth ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ but that which goes forth out of the τὸν ἄνθρωπον. the man. 12 Τότε προσελθόντες _ot-wadnraiabrov! fefrov'" αὐτῷ, Then having come to [him] his disciples said to him, Oldac Ort ot Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλί- Knowestthouthat the Pharisees having heard the saying were of- σθησαν; 13 ὁ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, Πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ fended ? Buthe answering said, Every plant which Snot ἐφύτευσεν ὁ πατήριμου ὁ.οὐράνιος, ἐκριζωθήσεται. 14 ἄφετε Shas planted ‘my 7Father *the*heavenly, shall be rootedup. Leave αὐτούς" δὸδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοὶ! τυφλῶν" τυφλὸς δὲ τυφλὸν them ; *leaders ‘they are *blind of blind; “blind ‘and blind ἐὰν ὁδηγῦ; ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται. 15 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ 3: ‘lead, oth into apit will fall. And answering ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Φράσον ἡμῖν τὴν.παραβολὴν."ταύτην.ἵ Peter said tohim, Expound tous this parable. 16 ‘0.6&? Inootc' εἶπεν,᾿Ακμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε; But Jesus said, “Still also e ‘without Sunderstanding ‘are? 17 Εοὔύπω! νοεῖτε Ore πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ Ξηοὺ “γοῦ ‘perceive *ye that everything which enters into the , ? A / ~ ‘ ᾽ , ~ ? , στόμα εἰς THY κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, Kai εἰς αφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται; mouth into the belly goes, and into[the] draught is cast forth? 18 ᾿τὰ-δὲ ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ἐκ τῆς But the things which go forth out of the mouth out of the καρδίας ἐξέρχεται, κἀκεῖνα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 19 ἐκ.γὰρ heart come forth, andthese defile the man. For out of τῆς καρδίας ἐξέρχονται διαλογισμοὶ πονηροί, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι, the heart come forth *reasonings evil, murders, adulteries, πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, ψευδομαρτυρίαι. βλασφημίαι. 20 ταῦτά fornications, thefts, false-witnessings, blasphemies. These things ἐστιν τὰ κοινοῦντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον᾽ τὸ δὲ ἀνίπτοις are they which defile the man; but the with “unwashed χερσὶν φαγεῖν οὐ.κοινοὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. *hands ‘eating defiles ποὺ the man, 21 Kai ἐξελθὼν ἐκεῖθεν ὁ ᾿Γησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὰ μέρη And going forth thence Jesus withdrew to the parts Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος. 22 καὶ ἰδού, γυνὴ Χαναναία απὸ of Tyre and Sidon; and behold, a*woman ‘Cananran from τῶν ὁρίων. ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα ἱἐκραύ "πα χύτῷ,! λέ -ὁρίων. ραύυγασεν" αύτῳ," λέγουσα, those borders having come out cried to him, saying, "EXénody με, κύριε, "υἱὲ Δαβίδ"! ἡ.θυγάτηριμου κακῶς δαι- Have pity on me, Lord, Son of David; my daughter miserably is pos- μονίζεται. 23 Ὁ δὲ οὐκ.απεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον. καὶ προσ- sessed by a demon. But he answered*not ‘her aword. And having ' λέγουσιν say LTTrA. € τυφλοί εἰσιν ὁδηγοὶ LTr. ᾿ i — "Ingots (read he said)urtra. ἔ οὐ not urtr. ™ —@vTO LTTrA. δ υἱὲ Aavid GW; υἱὸς Δαυείδ LrTra. xy. MATTHEW eAOovrec οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ “ἠρώτων, αὐτόν, λέγοντες, come to [ato his disciples asked him, saying, ᾿Απόλυσον αὐτήν, ὅτι κράζει ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν" 24 ὋὉ δὲ ἀποκρι- Dismiss her, for she cries after us. But he answer- θεὶς εἶπεν, Οὐκ.ἀπεστάλην εἰ. μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα ing said, Iwas not sent except to the sheep the lost οἴκου ‘lopand. 25 ‘H.dé ἐλθοῦσα προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, of [the] house of Israel. But she havingcome didhomage to him, λέγουσα, Κύριε, βοήθει por. 26 ὋὉ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, Οὐκ saying, Lord, help mel But he anewering said, Not ΡῬἔστιν καλὸν! λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, Kai βαλεῖν it 15. good totake the bread ofthe children, and _ tocast [it] τοῖς κυναρίοις. 27 ‘H.dé εἶπεν, Nat, κύριε" καὶ. γὰρ τὰ κυν ἄρτα tothe little dogs. Butshe said, Yea, Lord: foreven the little dogs ἐσθιει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης eat of the crumbs which fall from the table τῶν.κυριων.αὐτῶν. 28 Tore ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῇ, of their masters, Then answering Jesus said to her, Ὦ γύναι, μεγάλη cov ἡ πίστις" γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις. O woman, ae [15] thy faith : be it to thee as thou desirest. Kai ἰάθη ἡ.θυγάτηρ.αὐτῆς ἀπὸ τῆς.ὥρας ἐκείνης. And was healed her daughter from that hour, 29 Kai μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν ὁ Inoove ἦλθεν παρὰ τὴν θάλασ- And having departed thence Jesus came towards the sea σαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας" καὶ ἀναβὰς εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἐκάθητο of Galilee ; and having gone up into the mountain he was sitting ἐκεῖ. 30 καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί, ἔχοντες μεθ᾽ there. And came tohim *crowds ‘great, Gee απ with ἑαυτῶν χωλούς, τυφλούς, κωφούς. κυλλούς, καὶ ἑτέρους πολ- them lame, blind, dumb, maimed, and “others ‘many, λούς, καὶ “ἔῤῥιψαν! αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας ττοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ"" and they cast down them at the feet of Jesus, kai ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτούς: 31 ὥστε "τοὺς ἔχλους" θαυμάσαι, and he healed them ; sothat the erowds wondered, βλέποντας κωφοὺς λαλοῦντας, κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς, " χωλοὺς περι- seeing dumb speaking, maimed sound, lame walk- πατοῦντας, καὶ eM DU βλέποντας καὶ "ἐδόξασαν" τὸν θεὸν d ing, and bliin seeing ; and they glorified the’ God Ἰσραήλ. 32 Ο.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς μαθητὰς of Israel. But Jesus having calledto [him] disciples αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, Σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον, Or. ἤδη ‘ier poe Iam moved withcompassion towardsthe crowd, because already "ἡμέρας" τρεῖς τι οσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκιἔχουσιν τί φάγω- days ‘three theycontinue withme,and havenot what eee may σιν" καὶ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτοὺς νήστεις οὐ.θέλω, μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν eat; and tosendaway them fasting Iamnotwilling, lest they faint ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. 33 Kai λέγουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ. μαθηταὶ χαὐτοῦ," Πόθεν He the way. And say *to ®him this disciples, Whence ἡμῖν ἔν ἐρημίᾳ ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον ; tous in adesert loaves so many as to aetieey acrowd so great? 34 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πόσους a ἄρτους ἔχετε; Οἱ. δὲ And *says “to *them ‘Jesus, Howmany loaves haveye? Andthey εἶπον, Ἕπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια. 85 Kai Τἐκέλευσεν τοῖς 48 ples came and be- sought him, saying, Send her away; for she crieth after us. 24 But he answered and said, I am not sent but unto the lost sheep of the house of Israel. 25 Then came she and worship- ped him, saying, Lord, help me. 26 But he answered and said, It is not meet to take the children’s bread, and to cast it to "dogs. 27 And she said, Truth, Lord : yet the dogs eat of the crumbs which fall from their mas- ters’ table. 28 Then Jesus answered and said unto her, O wo- man, great is thy faith: be it unto thee even as thou wilt. And her daughter was made whole from that very hour, 29 And Jesus depart- ed from thence, and came nigh unto the sea of Galilee; and went up into a mountain, and sat down there, 30 And great multi- tudes came unto him, having with them those that were lame, blind. dumb, maimed, and many others, and cast them down at Jesus’ feet; and he healed them: 31 insomuch that the multitude wonder- ed, when they saw the dumb to speak, the maimed to be whole, the lame to walk, and the blind to see: and they glorified the God of IsraeL 32 Then Jesus called his disci- ples unio him, and said, I have compassion on the multitude, because they continue with me now three days, and have nothing to eat: and I will not send them away fasting, lest they faint in the way. 33 And his dis- ciples say unto him, Whence should we have so much bread in the wilderness, as to fill so great a multi- tude? ὁ: And Jesus saith unto them, How many loaves have ye? And they said, Seven, and a few little fishes, 35 And he commanded said, Seven, and afew small fishes. And hecommanded the the multitude to sit ο ηρώτουν LTTra. Ρ ἔξεστιν it is allowed LTA. 4 ἔριψαν τε τ αὐτοῦ of him xTtrA. 5 τὸν ὄχλον the crowd Ta. ἴ + καὶ and urtra. ἡ ἐδόξαζον τ. “' ἡμέραι GLITrAW. * — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) [u}a{trJa. Υ παραγγείλας τῷ ὄχλῳ having commanded the crowd Lrrr. φᾷ down on the ground, 36 And he took the seven loaves and the fishes,and gave thanks, and brake them, and gave to his disciples, and the disciples to the multitude. 37 And they did all eat, and were filled: and they took up of the broken meat that was left seven baskets full. 38 And they that did eat were four thousand men, beside women and children. 39 And he sent away the mul- titude, and took ship, and came into the coasts of Magdala. XVI. The Pharisees also with the Saddu- cees came, and tempt- ing desired him that he would shew them a sign from heaven. 2 He answered and said unto them, When it is evening, ye say, Lt will be fair weather: for the sky is red, 3 And in the morning, It will be foul weather to day: for the sky is red and lowring. O ye hypocrites, ye can dis- cern the face of the sky ; but can ye not discern the signs of the times? 4 A wicked and adulterous generation seeketh after a sign; and there shall no sign be given unto it, but thesign of the prophet Jonas, And he left them, and departed. 5 And when his dis- ciples were come to the other side, they had forgotten to take bread. 6 Then Jesus said unto them, Take heed and beware of the leaven of the Pha- risees and of the Sad- ducees. 7 And they reasoned among them- selves, saying, Jt is be- cause we have taken no bread. 8 Which when Jesus perceived, he said unto them, O ye of little faith, why reason ye among your- selves, because ye have brought no bread? 9 Do ye not yet under- stand, neither remem- ber the five loaves of MATOAIOS. XV; 5 » ἢ > ~ ᾽ ‘ ‘ nee 6 Z ‘ aN 4 Π 4 c A ὄχλοις! ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν" 36 καὶ λαβὼν!" τοὺς ἑπτὰ crowds to recline on the ground; and havingtaken the seven ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας," εὐχαριστήσας ἔκλασεν καὶ ἔδωκεν" loaves and the fishes, having given thanks he broke and gave τοῖς.μαθηταῖς."αὐτοῦ," οἱ. δὲ μαθηταὶ τῷ ὄχλῳ." 37 Kai to his disciples, andthe disciples tothe crowd. And ἔφαγον πάντες, καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν Kai “ἦραν τὸ περισ- 1 2ate all, and weresatisfied; and they tookup that which was over σεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων" ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας πλήρεις: 98 οἱ.δὲ andabove ofthe fragments seven baskets 1: and they who ἐσθίοντες ἦσαν τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες, χωρὶς 'γυναικῶν καὶ ate were four thousand men, besides women and παιδίων." 39 Kai ἀπολύσας τοὺς ὄχλους FivéBy' εἰς τὸ children. And having dismissed the crowds he entered into the πλοῖον, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ ὅρια "Maydada.' ship, and came to the borders of Magdala. 16 Kai προσελθόντες ot Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι And havingcometo([him]the Pharisees and Sadducees πειράζοντες ἐπηρώτησαν" αὐτὸν σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ tempting [him] asked him asign outof the heaven ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτοῖς. 2 6.02 ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, * Oviag to shew them. But he answering said tothem, Evening γενομένης λέγετε, Evdta: πυῤΡῥάξει. γὰρ ὁ οὐρανός. 3 καὶ having come yesay, Fine weather; for *is ‘re ‘the heaven. And πρωΐ, Σήμερον xepwy' πυῤῥάζει.γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός. atmorning, ‘lo-day astorm; for 518 *red Slowering ‘the “heaven. ιὑποκριταί. τὸ μὲν πρόσωπον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γινώσκετ Hypocrites! the ‘indeed 1face 20f *the *heaven ye know [how] διακρίνειν, τὰ.δὲ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν οὐ-.-δύνασθε:" 4 γενεὰ to discern, but the signs ofthe times ye cannot ! A generatior πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ" καὶ σημεῖον οὐ.δοθή- wicked and aduterous asign seeks, and asign shall not be σεται αὐτῇ, εἰμὴ τὸ σημεῖον ᾿Ιωνᾶ “τοῦ προφήτου." Kai given toit, except the sign of Jonas’ the prophet. And καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς. ἀπῆλθεν. leaving them he went away. 5 Kai ἐλθόντες οἱ. μαθηταὶ. "αὐτοῦ" εἰς τὸ πέραν ἐπελάθοντο And *having* come *his *disciples to the otherside they forgot ἄρτους λαβεῖν. 6 ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Opare καὶ προσ- “loaves ‘to “take. And Jesus said to them, See and be- , ᾽ 4 ~ ’ὔ ~ 7 ‘A , « 4 ἔχετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. 7 Οἱ.δὲ ware of the leaven ofthe Pharisees and Sadducees, And they διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἐλά- reasoned among themselves, saying, Because loaves “not 1we βομεν. ὃ Ρνοὺς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν οαὐτοῖς, Ti δια- “took. And having known [this] Jesus said tothem, Why rea- λογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς; ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ son ye among yourselves, O([yeJof little faith, because loaves “not PéhaBere;' 9. οὔπω.νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε tye 7took? Do ye not yet perceive, nor remember the five * ἔλαβεν he took urrr. [uJaftr Ja. i ἐπηρώτων 1. and 1,. GLTTra, 4 τοῖς ὄχλοις to the crowds Trra. παιδίων καὶ γυναικῶν τ. k’OWias ... ™ — χρῦ προφήτου LTTrA. P ἔχατε yo have L. ® + καὶ and LT. © — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) Ὁ ἐδίδου Trr. ὁ τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων ἦραν LTTrA. & ἀνέβη he went up @tTraw. h Μαγαδάν Magadan Lrtra. . to end of verse 8 [TA]. 1— ὑποκριταί UTTrA; + Kat Ὁ — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) nrtra,. ο — αὐτοῖς XVI. MATTHEW. ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, Kai πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε; loaves of the five thousand, and how many hand-baskets ye took [up]? 10 οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους THY τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας nor the seven loaves of the four thousand, and how many q ΄, Π > , ~ ? ~ ev > ‘ σπυρίδας" ἐλάβετε, 11 πῶς ov-vosire ὕτι οὐ περὶ baskets yetook [up]? How perceive ye not that not concerning τἄρτου" εἶπον ὑμῖν "προσέχειν" ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων bread Ispoke toyou ἔο beware of the leaven ofthe Pharisees καὶ Σαδδουκαίων; 12 Τότε συνῆκαν ὅτι οὐκ.εἶπεν προσέχειν and Sadducees ? Then they understood that hesaidnot to beware ard τῆς ζύμης 'τοῦ ἄρτου." YadX" ἀπὸ τῆς διδαχῆς τῶν of the leaven of bread, but of the teaching of the Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. ὲ Pharisees and Sadducees. 13 ᾿Ελθὼν. δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς τὰ μέρη Καισαρείας τῆς And “having *come 1Jesus into the parts of Cesarea Φιλίππου ἠρώτα τοὺς: μαθὴτ ἀξ ai Ov, λέγων, Τίνα *pe Philippi he questioned is disciples, saying, Whom ‘*me λέγουσιν οἱ. ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; 14 Οἱ. δὲ *do *pronounce =men ®to}°be δέ *Son Τοῦ "man? And they *elzov," Ot_piv ᾿Ιωάννην τὸν βαπτιστήν' Τἄάλλοι" δὲ “HXiav'! said, Some John the Baptist ; and others Elias ; e δὲ c ’ nx e ~ —~ , > ~ a érepor.cée Ἱερεμίαν, ἢ Eva τῶν προφητῶν. 15 Λέγει αὐτοῖς, Δα others Jeremias, or one ofthe prophets. He says to them, ‘Ypsic.dé riva pe λέγετε εἶναι; 16 Β᾽Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ" Σί- ut ye whom *me ‘do *ye *pronounce to be? And answering Si- μων Πέτρος εἶπεν, Σὺ εἶ ὁ yousrdc, ὁ vide τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ mon Peter said, Thou art the ist, the Son of God the ζῶντος. 17 “Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς" ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Μακάριος living. And answering Jesus said to him, Blessed el, Σίμων *Bap Ἰωνᾶ," ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ.ἀπεκάλυψέν art thou, Simon Bar-Jonas, for flesh and blood revealed [it] not AX’ c ΄ ε > e ~ Il > ~ > ‘ δὲ σοι, α ὁ-πατήρ.μου ὁ ἐν “τοῖο! οὐρανοῖς. 18 Κάγω.δὲε to thee, but the And I also la .“ ‘ > , δὶς 9 ‘ ~ , 2 σοι λέγω, OTe ov el Πέτρος, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ TY πέτρᾳ οἰκοδο- tothee say, Thatthouart Peter, and on this rock Twill τιον μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ πύλαι ἅδου οὐ.κατισχύσουσιν uild my assembly, and gates of hades shall not prevail against αὐτῆς. 19 καὶ! δώσω σοὶ τὰς βκλεῖς" τῆς βασιλείας τῶν it. And I will give to thee the keys ofthe kingdom οἵ the > AA te +a ho Il ΄ TATA ~ ~ »” δ ὃ , OUpaVwY" Kal Ὁ."εᾶν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον heavens: and whatever thoumayest bindon the earth,shallbe bound ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς" καὶ ὃ ἐὰν! λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται in the heavens; and whatever thoumayestloose on the earth, shallbe λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 20 Τότε διεστείλατο" τοῖς μαθη- ΞΕ my Father who [is] in heavens. loosed in the heavens. Then charged he ‘dis- ταῖς ἰἸαὐύτοῦ! ἵνα μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ™ Ἰησοῦς" ciples ‘*his that tonoone they should say that he is Jesus ὁ χριστός. the Christ. 45 the five thousand, and how many baskets ye took up? 10 Neither the seven loaves of the four thousand, and how many baskets ye took up? 11 How is it that ye do not un- derstand that I spake it not to you concern- ing bread, that ye should beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and of the Sadducees? 12 Then understood they how that he bade them not beware of the leaven of bread, but of the doctrine of the Pharisees and of the Sadducees. 13 When Jesus came into thecoasts of Cz- sarea Philippi,he asked his disciples, saying, Whom do mensay that I the Son of man am? 14 And they said, Some say that thouart John the Baptist: some, E- lias ; and others. Jere- mias, or one of the prophets. 15 He saith unto them, But whom say ye that I am? 16 And Simon Peter answered and said, Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God. 17 And Jesus answered and said un- to him, Blessed art thou, Simon Bar-jona: for flesh and blood hath not revealed tt unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven. 18 And I say also unto thee, That thou art Peter, and upon this rock I will build my church; and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it. 19 And I will give un- to thee the keys of the kingdom of heaven: and whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound in hea- ven: and whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven. 20 Then charged he his disci- ples that they should tell no man that he was Jesus the Christ, 9 σφυρίδας L. beware LTTra. Pharisees and Sadducees τ. - Ἡλείαν τ΄. τ ἄρτων loaves LTTraw. Υ ἀλλὰ TTrAW. * — me [{{]τττὰ. a + [6 Ἰησοῦς] Jesus (sa aes Ὁ καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς W. ἃ Βαριωνᾶ 11. 5 -- τοῖς (read [[86]} ττι}]. -- καὶ τ[Α]. fay tr. Κ ἐπετίμησεν he earnestly charged L. m — Ἰησοῦς GLTTrAW. ® ; (the question ends at you) προσέχετε δὲ but τ τῶν ἄρτων of the loaves Lira ; τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων of the χ εἶπαν LTTr. © ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ LTTrA. 6 κλεῖδας LTTrA. '!— αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) tTTra. YouL. Β @y LTrA. 40 21 From that time forth began Jesus to shew unto his disciples, how that he must go unto Jerusalem, and suffer many things of the elders and chief ae andscribes, and killed, and be raised again the third day. 22 Then Peter took him, and began to re- buke him, saying, Be it far from thee, Lord: this shall not be unto thee. 23 But heturned, and said unto Peter, Get thee behind me, Satan: thou art an offence unto me: for thou savourest not the things that be of God, but those that be of men. 24 Then said Jesus unto his disci- ples, If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take uphiscross, and follow me. 25 For whosoever will save his life shall lose it : and whosoever will lose his life for my sake shall find it. 26 For what is a man profited, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall a man five in exchange for is soul? 27 For the Son of man shall come in the glory of his Father with his angels; and then he shall re- ward every man ac- cording to his works, 28 Verily I say unto you, There be some standing here, which shall not taste of death, till they see the Son of man coming in his kingdom. XVII. And after six days Jesus taketh Peter,James, and John his brother, and bring- eth them up into an high mountain apart, 2 and was transfigured before them: and his face did shine as the sun, and his raiment n—oL[tr]a. LYUTra. ° εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν LITA. λέγων τ, ; λέγει αὐτῷ ἐπιτιμὼν says to him rebuking [him] a. ‘ ὠφεληθήσεται shall be profited trtra. MATOAIOS. XVI, XVII. 21 ᾿Απὸ τότε ἤρξατο "ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς δεικνύειν τοῖς μαθηταῖς From that time began Jesus to shew to disciples αὐτοῦ, Ore δεῖ αὐτὸν “ἀπελθεῖν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα," καὶ this that itisnecessary for him togoaway to Jerusalem, and πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων Kai ἀρχιερέων Kai many things ὕο ΒΟΥ froma the elders and chief priests and γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι. scribes, and to be killed, and the third day tobe raised. 22 καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος Ῥῆἤρξατο" "ἐπιτιμᾷν And *having “taken Sto (*him] *him ‘Peter began to rebuke αὐτῷ, λέγων." Ἵλεώς σοι, κύριε: οὐ-μὴ ἔσται σοι him, saying, [God be] favourable to thee, Lord: in no wise shallbe to thee ~ ε κ᾿ \ ~ ΄ inn ey τοῦτο. ῶ8 Ὁ. δὲ στραφεὶς εἶπεν τῷ Πέτρῳ, Ὕπαγε ὀπίσω pov, this. But he having turned said to Peter, Get behind me, σατανᾶ, σκάνδαλόν ἵμου et" ὅτι οὐ-φρονεῖς τὰ Satan : an offence to me thouart, for thy thoughts arenot of the things τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 24 Τότε ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν of God, but the things of men. Then Jesus said τοὶς.μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, Et τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν, ἀπαρ- to his disciples, If any one desires after me tocome, et νησάσθω ἑαυτόν,καὶ ἀράτω τὸν.σταυρὸν. αὐτοῦ, Kai ἀκο- himdeny himself, and let himtake up his cross, and let λουθείτω μοι. 2ὅ ὃς. γὰρ."ἂν! θέλῃ τὴν-Ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, him follow me. For whoever may desire his life to save, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν ὃς.δ᾽ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν. Ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν shall lose it; but whoever may lose his life on account of ? ~ € , ? U ‘e , ‘ t > ~ I ” θ »" ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν" 26 τί.γὰρ ᾿ὠφελεῖται" ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν me, 8841} find it. For what is “profited 1a 7man, if τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν.δὲ. ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ; ἢ the world ‘whole ΒΘ Β'δΐῃ, and his soul lose? or τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς.Ψψυχῆς. αὐτοῦ; 27 pédr- what will*give ‘a {as]an exchange for his soul? or Sis λει-.γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς Sabout ‘the *Son Sof *man tocome in the glory ’Father αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν. ἀγγέλων. αὐτοῦ" Kai τότε ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ tof *his with his angels ; and then hewillrender to each 4 A ~ > ~ ζ ) ‘ , « ~ v Di=y, κατὰ τὴν.πρᾶξιν.αὐτοῦ. 28 ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, εἰσίν according to his doing. Verily Isay toyou, There are τινες “τῶν ὧδε ἑστηκότων," οἵτινες οὐ.μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου some of those here standing who innowise shalltaste of death ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῷ until they have seen the Son of man coming βασιλείᾳ. αὐτοῦ. his kingdom. 17 Kai μεθ᾽ ἡμέρας ἐξ παραλαμβάνει ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τὸν Πέτρον And after “days ‘six ‘takes *with (“him)] sJesus Peter kai ᾿Ιάκωβον καὶ ᾿Ιωάννην τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναφέρει and James and hn his brother, and brings up Jo αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. καὶ μετεμορφώθη them into a*mountain ‘high apart. And he was transfigured ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔλαμψεν τὸ. πρόσωπον. αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος; before them, and “shone *his *face asthe sun, Ῥ — ἤρξατο A. 4 αὐτῷ ἐπιτιμᾶν rel ἐμοῦ Lira. ® ἐὰν Υ ὅτι that LT. W τῶν ὧδε ἑστώτων Gurtra ; ὧδε εἐστῶτες W. XVII. MATTHEW. Ta.Otiparia.adrov ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς TO φῶς. 3 Kai ἰδού, τώφ- and his garments became white as the light; and behold, ‘*ap- θησαν" αὐτοῖς ΥΜωσῆς" cai? HXiac,' “μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ συλλαλοῦντες." peared ‘to*them ‘Moses 7and “Elias ‘with “him "talking. 4 ἀποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ, Κύριε. καλόν ἐστιν And answering Peter said to Jesus, Lord, good it is ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι" εἰ θέλεις, ποιήσωμεν"! ὧδε τρεῖς σκηνάς, forus here tobe. If thouwilt, let us make here three tabernacles: σοὶ μίαν, καὶ “Μωσῇ! μίαν, καὶ ἁμίαν ᾿Ἡλίᾳ." 5 "Ere αὐτοῦ forthee one, and for Moses one, and one forElias. Whileyet he λαλοῦντος, ἰδού, νεφέλη φωτεινὴ"! ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς" Kai was speaking, behold, a*cloud *bright overshadowed them: and ἰδού, φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης, λέγουσα, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ.υἱός. μου lo, a voice out of the cloud, saying, This is my Son ς 2 ᾿ ? Le fF? , ell 2g ? a τ, , Ι \ ὁ ἀγαπητὸς, ἕν ᾧ εὐδόκησα αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε." 6 Καὶ the _ beloved, in whom I havefounddelight: *him ‘hear *ye, And ἀκούσαντες ot μαθηταὶ *éxecor' ἐπὶ πρόσωπον.αὐτῶν, Kai hearing [it] the disciples fell upon their face, and ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα. 7 Kai Ἱπροσελθὼών" ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἥψατο! were terrified greatly. And having come to [them] Jesus touched αὐτῶν, ‘kai εἶπεν, ᾿Εγέρθητε, καὶ μὴ-.φοβεῖσθε. 8 Ἑπάραντες them, and said, ise up, and be not terrified, 7Having *lifted*up δὲ τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς. αὐτῶν οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ‘and their eyes “no tone ‘they 7saw except Jesus μόνον. alone, 9 Kai καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν "ἀπὸ" τοῦ ὄρους ἐνετείλατο And as*were*descending ‘they from the mountain “charged ? ~ Grp ~ , . ” 1, τεῦ ε πῶ ξ αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, λέγων, Μηδενὶ εἴπητε τὸ ὅραμα, ἕως.οὗ ὁ *them 1Jesus, saying, To noone tell the vision, until the υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν "ἀναστῇ." 10 Καὶ ἐπη- Son of man from among [the] dead be risen. And 7ask- pwrnoay αὐτὸν οἱ. μαθηταὶ "αὐτοῦ," λέγοντες. Τί οὖν ot yoap- ed *him this *disciples, saying, Why then *the “scribes ματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι ῬἩλίαν" δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον; 11 Ὁ δὲ 1 say that Elias must come first ἢ And ΦΙησοῦς! ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν ταὐτοῖς," “Ἡλίας" μὲν ἔρχεται Jesus answering said to them, Elias indeed comes ὑπρῶτον" Kai ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα 12 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν Ore first and shall restore all things. But Isay to you that "Ἡλίας" ἤδη ἦλθεν, καὶ οὐκ.ἐπέγνωσαν αὐτόν, adr"! ἐποίη- Elias already iscome, and they knew not hin, but did σαν ἐν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἠθέλησαν" οὕτως Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου to him whatever they desired. Thus alsothe Son of man μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν. 13 Tore συνῆκαν ot μαθηταὶ ὅτι isabout tosutfer from them. Then understood the disciples that περὶ ᾿Ιωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. concerning John the Baptist he spoke to them. 14 Kai ἐλθόντων “αὐτῶν! πρὸς τὸν ὄχλον προσῆλθεν And *having *come 1they to the crowd °came x ὥφθη LTTrA. Υ Μωῦσῆς LTTraw. z ᾿Ηλείας τ. αὐτοῦ LTTr. ὃ ποιήσω I will make τὰ. ¢ Mwicet LTTraA; Mwiog w. μίαν LTTrA. © φωτὸς of light α. Γηὐδόκησα Ltr. LTTrA. ' προσῆλθεν came to LTTr. ι 1—katLT. ™éx@LTtraw. 4% ἐγερθῇ be raised Lrtra. LTTr. P‘HAciayT. 8 -- lnaode Cread he said) LrTra, τ — αὐτοῖς LTTr[a]. "-- πρῶτον LITTrA, YaAAaTrA, Ὁ — αὐτῶν LTTrA. & ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 47 was white as the light, 3 And, behold, there appeared unto them Moses and Elias talk- ing with him. 4 Then answered Peter, and said unto Jesus, Lord, it is good for us to be here: if thou wilt, let us make here three tabernacles; one for thee, and one for Mo- ses, and one for Elias. 5 While he yet spake, behold, a bright cloud overshadowed them: and behold a voice out ot the cloud, which said, This is my be- loved Son, in whom I am well pleased ; hear ye him. 6 And when the disciples heard it, they fell on their face, and were sore afraid. 7 And Jesus came and touched them, and said, Arise, and be not afraid. 8 And when they had lifted up their eyes, they saw no man, save Jesus only. 9 And as they came down from the moun- tain, Jesus charged them, saying, Tell the vision to no man, until the Son of man be risen again from the dead. 10 And his dis- ciples asked him, say- ing, Why then say the scribes that Elias must first come? 11 And Je- sus answered and said unto them, Hlias truly shall first come, and restore all _ things, 12 But I say unto you, Thai Elias is come al- ready, and they knew him not, but have done unto him whatsoever they listed. Likewise shall also the Son of man suffer of them, 13 Then the -disciples understood that he spake unto them of John the Baptist. 14 And when the were come tothe mul- titude, there came to 2 συλλαλοῦντες (συνλαλ. Τὴ) μετ᾽ 4 “HAig Ἠλείᾳ τ) Β ἔπεσαν Κ καὶ ἁψάμενος and touching Lr; καὶ ἥψατο Tr. ° — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) 8 Ἡλείώας τ΄ 48 him a certain man, kneeling down to him, and saying, 15 Lord, have mercy on my son: for he is lunatick, and sore vexed: for oft- times he falleth into the fire, and oft into the water. 16 And 1 brought him to thy disciples, and they could not cure him. 17 Then Jesus answer- ed and said, O faith- less and _ perverse generation, how long shall I be with you? how long shall I suffer you? bring him hither to me. 18 And Jesus rebuked the devil; and he departed out of him: and the child was cured from that very hour. 19 Then came the disciples to Jesus apart, and said, Why could not we cast him out? 20 And Jesus said unto them, Be- cause of your unbelief : for verily I say unto you, If ye have faith asa grain of mustard seed, ye shall say unto this mountain, Re- move hence to yonder place; and it shall remove ; and nothing shall be impossible unto you. 21 Howbeit this kind goeth not out but by prayer and fasting. 22 And while they abode in Galilee, Jesus said unto them, The Son of man shall be betrayed into the hands of men: 23 and they shall kill him, and the third day he shall be raised again. | And they were exceed- ing sorry. 24 And when they were come to Caper- naum, they that re- ceived tribute money came to Peter, and said, Doth not your master pay tribute? 25 He saith, Yes. And when he was come into the house, Jesus pre- vented him, saying, What thinkest thou, Simon? of whom do the kings of the earth take custom or tribute? of their own children, or of strangers? 26 Pe- MATOAIOX®S&. ΧΙ, αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπος γονυπετῶν "αὐτῷ," 15 καὶ λέγων, Κύριε, *to®him ‘a*man Ἐπρο]ηρ downto him, and saying, Lord, ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν, OTe σεληνιάζεται καὶ ἡκακῶς πάσχει" " have pity on my son, for heislunatic and miserably suffers: πολλάκις.γὰρ πίπτει sic TO πῦρ, Kai πολλάκις εἰς TO ὕδωρ. for often he falls into the fire, and often into the water, 16 καὶ προσήνεγκα αὐτὸν τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. σου, Kai οὐκ.ἠδυνή- And I brought him to thy disciples, and they were not θησαν αὐτὸν θεραπεῦσαι. 17 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς sizer, able him to heal. And answering Jesus said, Ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος Kai διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε *Eoopar O generation unbelieving and perverted, until when shall I be μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν" ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν ; PéspETe μοι αὐτὸν ὧδε. with you? until whenshalllbear with you? ring tome him here, "3 ΄ ᾽ “") Ἐν ΤΣ ~ \ 29~ > ? > ~ ‘ 18 Kai ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸ And “rebuked Shim Jesus, and wentout from him the δαιμόνιον, Kai ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς ἀπὸ τῆς.ὥρας ἐκείνης. demon, and washealed the boy from that hour. 19 Τότε προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ τῷ Ἰησοῦ Kar ἰδίαν εἶπον, Then “having *come ‘the “disciples to Jesus apart said, "Acari! ἡμεῖς οὐκ.-ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό; 20 Ὁ. δὲ Ῥ᾽ Ἰησοῦς" Why “we were “notable tocast out him? And Jesus “εἶπεν! αὐτοῖς, Διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν" ὑμῶν. ἀμὴν.γὰρ λέγω said to them, Because of *unbelief ‘your. For verily I say ὑμῖν, ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐρεῖτε TY ὄρει toyou, If yehave faith as agrain of mustard, yeshallsay “mountain τούτῳ, “Μετάβηθι ἐντεῦθεν" ἐκεῖ, καὶ μεταβήσεται" καὶ οὐδὲν to “this, Remove hence thither, and it shallremove; and nothing ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν. 21 ἰτοῦτο.δὲ. τὸ. γένος οὐκ.ἐκπορεύεται shall be impossible to you. But this kind goes not out εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ." except by prayer and fasting. 22 δ᾿ Αναστρεφομένων".δὲ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς And while “were “abiding ‘they in Galilee, *said *to*them ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Μέλλει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς Jesus, *is about *the °Son 7of “man to be delivered up into χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, 23 Kai ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν, Kai τῇ τρίτῳ {the} hands of men, and they will kill him; and the thir ἡμέρᾳ "ἐγερθήσεται." Kai ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα. day he shall be raised up. And they were grieved greatly. 24 ᾿Ελθόντων.δὲ αὐτῶν εἰς ἹΚαπερναοὺμ'᾽ προσῆλθον οἱ And*having*come ‘they to Capernaum ®came ‘those “why Ta δίδραχμα λαμβάνοντες τῷ Πέτρῳ Kai ‘sizror,' Ὁ διδάσ-- *the °didrachmas *received to Peter and said, *Teach- καλος ὑμῶν οὐ.τελεῖ ἱτὰ" δίδραχμα; 25 Λέγει, Nat. Kai er ‘your does he not pay the didrachmas? He says, Yes. And ™ore εἰσῆλθεν! εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν προέφθασεν αὐτὸν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, when heentered into the house “anticipated Shim *Jesus, λέγων, Τί σοι.δοκεῖ, Σίμων ; ot βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς ἀπὸ τίνων saying, What thinkestthou, Simon? The kings ofthe earth from - whom λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον; ἀπὸ τῶν.υἱῶν. αὐτῶν, ἢ ἀπὸ do they receive customor tribute? from their sons, or from * αὐτόν GLTTrAW. b — Ἰησοῦς LTTrA. ἔνθεν LITA, f 5 ἀναστήσεται he shall rise again x. % μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι LITrA. ἃ διὰ τί LTTrAW. ἃ δλιγοπιστίαν little faith στιὰ, ὃ Μετάβα ε Συστρεφομένων Were abiding together trrr. ἱ Καφαρναοὺμ Lar-aw. Κὶ εἶπαν τττὰ. 1 -- τὰ 1. Υ κακῶς ἔχει is ill Lor. ¢ λέγει he Says LTTra. — verse 21 1[ Tra]. ™ εἰσελθόντα eutering LT; ἐλθόντα having come Tra. Vind px VIII. MATTHE W. τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ; 26 "Λέγει αὐτῷ" “ὁ Πέτρος," ᾿Απὸ τῶν ἀλ- the strangers? "says *to*him Peter, From the stran- λοτρίων. “Epn αὐτῷ ὁ Ιησοῦς, Ῥ΄Αραγεὶ ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ gers. 2said *to*him 4Jesus, Then indeed _ free are the υἱοί. 27 ἵνα.δὲ pyAccavdadiowper' αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς εἰς sons, But that we may not offend them, having gone ‘to τὴν! θάλασσαν βάλε ἄγκιστρον, Kai τὸν ἀναβάντα πρῶτον the sea cast a hook, and the *%coming *up first ἰχθὺν ἄρον' καὶ ἀνοίξας 1d.ordpa.abrov εὑρήσεις στα- fish take, and having opened its mouth thou shalt find a sta- τῆρα᾽ ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν δὸς αὐτοῖς ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ Kai σοῦ. ter; that havingtaken give tothem for me and thee, ? ? / ~ 5 [2 Ι ΛΘ c θ ‘ ~ a ~ 18 Ἐν ἐκείνῃ TY "ὥρᾳ" προσῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ τῷ [Ιησοῦ, In that hour came the disciples to Jesus, λέγοντες, Tic ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐ- saying, Whothen([*the]“greater ‘is in the kingdom ofthe hea- ρανῶν; 2 Kai προσκαλεσάμενος ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦςϊ παιδίον, ἔστησεν vens ? And *having *called *to [°him} 1Jesus alittlechild, he set αὐτὸ ἐν μέσῳ.αὐτῶν, 8 καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν. μὴ it in their midst, and said, Verily Isay toyou, Unless στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθεὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ.μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς yeareconvertedand become as thelittlechildren, inno wise shall yeenter into τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. 4 boTig οὖν "ταπεινώσῃ" the Kingdom ofthe heavens. Whosoever therefore will humble ἑαυτὸν we τὸ.παιδίον.τοῦτο, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μείζων ἐν TY βασι- himself as this little child, he is the greater in the king- Asia τῶν οὐρανῶν. 5 καὶ ὃς. “ἐὰν! δέξηται “παιδίον τοιοῦτον dom ofthe heavens; and whoever will receive #little*child such ἐγ" ἐπὶ τῷ. ὀνόματί. μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται" 6 0¢.0 ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ 0:6 in my name, 2me ‘receives. But whoever shall cause “ἴο offend ἕνα τῶν. μικρῶν. τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ, συμφέρει ‘one of *these *little Sones who believe in me, it is profitable αὐτῷ ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς γέπὶ! τὸν for him that should be hung “8 °millstone ‘turned 7by °an ass ‘upon τρύχηλοι, αὐτοῦ; καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσ- “his *neck, and he be sunk in the depth ofthe 568. σης. 7 Οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀπὸ τῶν σκανδάλων: ἀνάγκη.γάρ Woe tothe world because of the offences ! For necessary z2 1 ? ~ 4 , in ‘ ᾽ . as 12 , a2 4 ll cori! ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα, πλὴν οὐαὶ τῷ.ἀνθρώπῳ."ἐκείνῳ itis “‘to*come'’the offences, yet woe to that man 7? X 7, Ἢ ᾽ " «- , -ν: , δι οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται. ὃ Εἰ. δὲ ἡ.χείρισου ἢ ὁ-πούς.σου by whom the offence comes | Andif thyhand or _ thy foot σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον Ῥαὐτὰ" καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ: καλόν cause *to*%offend'thee, cut off them and cast [them]from thee; good σοι ἐστὶν εἰσελθεῖν sic τὴν ζωὴν “χωλὸν ἢ κυλλόν,! ἢ for thee itis toenter into life lame or maimed, {rather]than a7 ~ na UA , a” ~ > 4 ~ A a> 7 δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον. two ds ortwo feet having tobecast intothe fire the eternal. 9 καὶ εἰ ὁἙὀφθαλμός.σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν Kai βάλε And if thine eye cause*to*offend'thee,pluckeut it and cast ἀπὸ σοῦ: καλόν σοι ἐστὶν μονόφθαλμον εἰς τὴν ζωὴν [1Ὁ} from thee; good forthee itis one-eyed into ife 49 ter saith unto him, Of strangers. Jesus saith unto him, Then are the children free. 27 Not- withstanding, lest we should offend them go thou to the sea, an east an hook, and take up the fish that first cometh up; and when thou hast opened his mouth, thou shalt tind a pice of money : that take, and give unto them for me and thee, XVIII. At the same time came the disci- les unto Jesus, say- ing, Whois thegreatest in the kingdom of heayen? 2 And Jesus called a little child unto him, and set him in the midst of them, 3 and said, Verily Isay unto you, Except ye be converted, and be- come as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of hea- ven. 4 Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the king- dom of heaven. 5 And whoso shall receive one such little child in rap Beet OT 6 But whoso shall of fend one of these little ones which believe in mne, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea. 7 Woe unto the world because of offences! for it must needs be that offences come; but woe to that man by whom the offence cometh! 8 Wherefore if thy hand or thy foot of- fend thee, cut them off, and cast them from thee: it is better for thee to enter into life halt or maimed, rather than having two hands or two feet to be cast into everlasting fire. 9 And if thine eye of- fend thee, pluck it out, and cast zt from thee: it is better for thee to enter into life with one eye, rather Ὁ εἰπόντος δέ and having said Lrrr. ° — 6 Πέτρος LTTra. δαλίζωμεν τ. τ — τὴν (read [[8}9]} LtTraw. 5 ἡμέρᾳ day L. ’ ταπεινώσει LITTAW. “Gy Ltr. * ὃν παιδίον τοιοῦτον ( ---ν Τ) LTTrA. εἰς tO A. z— ἐστιν (read [it is]) LTrA. it (and cast [it]) Lrtra. © κυλλὸν ἢ χωλόν LT. ΡΑρα ye TrA. 3 — ἐκείνῳ (read to the man) LTtr. 4 σκαν- t— δ᾽ Ἰησοῦς ΤΊτΑ. Υ περὶ about LTTr; Ὁ αὐτὸν 5 50 than having two eyes to be cast into hell fire. 10 Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones; for I say unto you, That in heaven their angels do always behold the face of my Father which is in heaven. 11 For the Son of man is come to save that which was lost. 12 How think ye? if a man have an _ hundred sheep, and oneof them be gone astray, doth he not leave the ninet; and nine, and goet into the mountains, andseeketh that which is gone astray? 13 And if so be that he find it, verily I say unto you, he rejoiceth more of that sheep, than of the ninety and nine which went not astray. 14 Even so it is not the will of your Fa- ther which is in hea- ven, that one of these little ones should perish. 15 Moreover if thy brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault be- tween thee and him alone : if he shall hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother. 16 But if he will not hear thee, then take with thee one or two more, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be estab- lished. 17 And if he shall neglect to hear them, tell ἠέ unto the church: but if he neg- lect to hear the church, let him be unto thee asan heathen manand a publican. 18 Verily I say unto you, What- soever yeshall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven: and what- soever ye shall loose onearthshall be loosed in heaven. 19 Again I say unto you, That if two of you shall agree on earth as touching any thing that they shall ask, it shall be done for them of my Father which is in 4 ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ in the heaven [t]a. he not leave) LTr. i μου My Ltr. τ -α τῷ LI[TrJA. συμφωνήσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν of you 8 k ἐν LTTr. σοῦ L; μετὰ σεαυτοῦ With thyself τ΄. ΜΑΤΘΆΤΟΣ εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν to enter, [rather] than two eyes having tobe cast into the γέενναν τοῦ πυρός. 10 Ὁρᾶτε μὴ-.καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν Gehenna ofthe fire. ee ye despise not one ικρῶν.τούτων᾽ λέγω. γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οἱ. ἄγγελοι. αὐτῶν “ἐν of these little ones, forI say toyou, that their angels in [(the} οὐρανοῖς" διὰ. παντὸς βλέπουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ.πατρός. μου XVIII. d heavens continually behold the face of my Father τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. 11 “ἦλθεν.γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου who [15] in [the] heavens, For iscome the Son of man σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός." 12 Ti ὑμῖν.δοκεῖ ; ἐὰν γένηταί to save that which has been lost. What think ye? If there should be τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα, καὶ πλανηθῇ ν ἐξ αὐτῶν, to any man ahundred sheep, and be gone astray oneof them, οὐχὶ “ἀφεὶς! τὰ ξἐννενηκονταεννέα"! ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη {does he] not, having left the ninety-nine on the mountains, h πορευθεὶς ζητῖ τὸ πλανώμενον; 13 Kai ἐὰν γένηται having gone seek that which is gone astray? and if it should be εὑρεῖν αὐτό, ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι χαίρει ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ μᾶλλον that he find it, verily Isay to you, that herejoicesover it more ἢ ἐπὶ τοῖς ξἐννενηκονταεννέα! τοῖς μὴ-πεπλανημένοις. 14 ov- thanover the ninety-nine which have not gone astray. So τως οὐκ.ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρὸς 'ὑμῶν" τοῦ ἰῦ 15 ποῦ [the] will before ?Father ‘your who [is] ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται keic! τῶν. μικρῶν. τούτων. in [the] heavens, that shouldperish one of these little ones. 15 ᾿Εὰν.δὲ ἁμαρτήσῃ ἱ'εἰς σὲ! ὁ ἀδελφός. σου, ὕπαγε ™cai' But if 3gin “against *thee ‘thy “brother, go and ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ cov καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου. ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, reprove him tween thee and him alone. If thee he willhear, ἐκέρδησας τὸν. ἀδελφόν. σου" 16 ἐὰν.δὲ μὴ.ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε thou hast gained thy brother. But if he will not hear, take n 4A ~tl » « a δύ ο τ > 4 , δύ ’ μετὰ σοῦ" ἔτι ἕνα ἢ δύο, ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων with thee besides one or two, thatupon(the) mouth oftwo witnesses ἢ τριῶν σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα. 17 ἐὰν.δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν, or of three may stand every word. But if he fail to listento them, Ρεἰπὲ! τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ" ἐὰν.δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῳ, tell [it] to the assembly. Andif also the assembly he fail to listen to, » oe « ’ 4 4 « , ,’ A , ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς Kai ὁ τελώνης. 18 ᾿Αμὴν λέγω lethimbetothee as the heathen and the taxgatherer. Verily Isay cw e ee || , ‘ ~ ~ ” , ᾽ μὰ ὑμῖν, ὕσα. “ἐὰν! δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν ττῷ" to you, Whatsoever yeshall bind on the earth, shallbe bound in the οὐρανῷ: Kai boaidy λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐπι heaven; and whatsoever yeshall loose on the earth, shallbe loosed ἐν ττῷ" οὐρανῷ. 19 "Πάλιν! λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν δύο 'ὑμῶν in the heaven. Again Isay toyou, that if two ofyou συμφωνήσωσιν" ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς περὶ παντὸς πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν may agree on the earthconcerning any matter whatever αἰτήσωνται, γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ.πατρός.μου τοῦ they 8841] ask, it shall be done tothem from my Father who [is] © — verse 11 Lrtr[ a]. & ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα, LTTr; ἐνενηκονταεννέα. W. 1 — εἰς σὲ LOA]. 2 th ; 2° + μετὰ σοῦ L. ® ἀμὴν bas τις πάλιν ἀμὴν Tra. agree TTrA. f ἀφήσει (read will h + «xatand Ltr. m— καὶ GLTTrA. n— μετὰ P εἰπὸν T. 4 ἂν Lora. : συμφωνήσωσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν τ," XVIII. MATTHEW. ἐν οὐρανοῖς. 20 οὗ.γάρ εἰσιν δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς in [the] heavens, For where are two or three gathered togetherunto τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμὶ ἐν ἐσῳ αὐτῶν. my name, there 8111 in(the] midst of them. 21 Τότε προσελθὼν "αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν," Κύριε, ποσάκις Then havingcome tohim Peter said, Lord, how often ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ. ἀδελφός.μου Kai ἀφήσω αὐτῷ; Ewe shall*sin ‘against ὅτωθ my 7brother and Iforgive him? until 4 lf , > ~ t=) ~ ? , a ε ’ ἑπτάκις; 22 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, OV.AEyw σοι ἕως ἑπτάκις, seven times? Says sto*him ‘Jesus, I say not to thee untilseven times, "adX’! Ewe ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά. 23 Διὰ τοῦτο ὡμοιώθη but until seventy times seven, Because of this Shas “become ®like « , ~ > ~ ? , ~ nn ᾽ , ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ βασιλεῖ, ὃς ἠθέλησεν +the *kingdom ὅοὗ “6 ‘heavens to 8 man aking, who would ~ Xx , A lands ὃ ’΄ ᾽ ~ ? ¢ , 4 > ~ συνᾶραι.λόγον μετὰ τῶν. δούλων. αὐτοῦ. 24 ἀρξαμένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ take account with his bondmen. And *having *begun *he συναίρειν, “προσηνέχθη" “αὐτῷ εἷς! ὀφειλέτης μυρίων to reckon, there was brought tohim one debtor of ten thousand ταλάντων. 25 μὴ.ἔχοντος.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀποδοῦναι, ἐ- talents. ut ποῦ *having the to pay, 3com- κέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ. κύριος Ταὐτοῦ" πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα manded *him his “lord to be sold, and 2wife ΓΞ ἘΠ . ‘ , ‘ , a a 7 Ι ᾿ ᾽ > αὐτου" καὶ TA τέκνα, Καὶ TAVTaA OCA ELYEV, καὶ αἀποῦο- [wherewith] this and the children, and all asmuchas hehad, and payment to θῆναι. 26 πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος" προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, be made. Having fallen down thereforethe bondman didhomage tohim, λέγων, “Κύριε,! μακροθύμησον ἐπ᾽ “ἐμοί." καὶ πάντα ὅσοι saying, Lord, have patience with me, and Sall *to thee ἀποδώσω." 27 σπλαγχνισθεὶς. δὲ ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου Ἢ *will Spay. Andhaving been moved with compassion the lord *pondman ixeivov' ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν, καὶ τὸ δάνειον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ. ‘of *that released him, and “the ‘loan lforgave him. 28 ᾿Εξελθὼν. δὲ ὁ. δοῦλος.Ξἐκεῖνος" ebpey ἕνα THY συνδούλων But having gone out that bondman found one Sfellow *bondmen αὐτοῦ, ὃς ὥφειλεν αὐτῷ ἑκατὸν δηνάρια. καὶ κρατήσας αὐτὸν ‘of 7his, who owed him ahundred denarii, and havingseized him ἔπνιγεν, λέγων, ᾿Απόδος ἅμοι" 16 τι! ὀφείλεις. 29 πε- hethrottled [him], saying, Pay me what thou owest. "Having *fallen ‘ ὖ « , , ~ k > Α , γ “} σὼν οὖν ὡὁ.σύὐνδουλος. αὐτοῦ "εἰς τοὺς.πόδας. αὐτοῦ" παρε- 7down “therefore ‘his *fellow *bondman at his feet be- κάλει αὐτόν, λέγων, Μακροθύμησον ἐπ᾽ ἱἐμοί," καὶ ™rayra' sought him, saying, Have patience with me, and all ἀποδώσω σοι. 80 Ὁ. δὲ οὐκ.ἤθελεν, "ἀλλὰ! ἀπελθὼν ἔβαλεν I will pay thee. Buthe vould not, but having gone _ he cast es ᾽ , .“ οὐδ > ~ , ? , αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακήν, ἕως. οὗ" ἀποδῷ το ὀφειλόμενον. him into prison, until heshould pay thatwhich was owing. 31 ἰδόντες POE οἱ σύνδουλοι. αὐτοῦ" τὰ «“γενόμενα" *Haying ‘seen ‘but 215 ΞἔθΠον Ῥοπάτηθη what things had taken place, ἐλ UA θ ἠδ rs αν , , ~ , r ? ~ Τ ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα" καὶ ἐλθόντες διεσάφησαν τῷ.κυρίῳ. αὐτῶν were grieved greatly, andhavinggone narrated to their lord 51 heaven. 20 For where two or thre@are gath- ered together in my name, there am 1 in the midst of them, 21 Then came Peter tohim, and said, Lord, how oft shall my bro- ther sin against me andI forgive him? ti seven times? 22 Jesus saith unto him, I sa not unto thee, Until seven times: but, Until seventy times seven. 23 Therefore is the kingdom of hea- ven likened unto a certain king, which would take account of his servants. 24 And when he had begun to reckon, one was brought unto him, which owed him ten thousand talents. 25 But forasmuch as he had not to pay, his lord commanded him to be sold, and his wife, and children, and all that he had, and payment to be made. 26 The servant there- fore fell down,andwor- shipped him, saying, Lord, have patience with me, and I wiil pay thee all. 27 Then the lord of that ser- vant was moved with compassion, and loosed him, and forgave him the debt. 28 But the same servant went out, and found one of his fellowservants, which owed him an hundred pence: and he laid hands on him, and took him by the throat, saying, Pay me that thou owest. 29 And his fellowser- vant fell down at his feet, and besought him, saying, Have patience with me, and I will pay thee all. 30 And he would not: but went and cast him into prison, till he should pay the debt, 31 So when his fellow- servants saw what was done, they were very sorry, and came and told unto their lord all ἃ ὃ Ilérpos εἶπεν αὐτῷ LTTrA. Y ἀλλὰ LTrA. ¥ προσήχθη was conducted LTra. 5 els αὐτῷ T. J — αὐτοῦ (read [his] lord) Trra. > + ἐκεῖνος (read that bondman) τ. “ — Κύριε urTra. LTTra. i — ἐκείνου (read of the bondman) L. b— μοι LTTraw. ἰ εἴ rif anything Gurtraw. LTrA. ™—dyra[L}ttrAW. 5 ἀλλ᾽ EG. 5 — οὗ LTTra. δουλοι L; οὖν οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ TTrA. : — αὐτοῦ (read [his] wife) 7[ Α1. a ἐμέ Tr. a ἔχει he has Ltr. Xx ε ἀποδώσω σοι ([σοὶ] A) & — ἐκεῖνος (read the bondman) t. k — εἰς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ GLTTr[A]. P οὖν (therefore) αὐτοῦ οἱ σύν- 4 γινόμενα Were taking place T. 1 ἐμε ¥ ἑαυτῶν LITrA 52 that was done, 32 Then his lord, after that he had called him, said unto him, O thou wick- ed servant, I forgave thee all that debt, be- cause thou desiredst me: 33 shouldest not thou also have had compassion on thy fel- lowservant, even as I had pity on thee? 34 And his lord was wroth, and delivered him to the tormentors, till he should pay all that was due unto him. 35 So likewise shall my heavenly Father do also unto you, if ye from your hearts forgive ποῦ every one his brother their trespasses. XIX. And it came to pass, that when Jesus ad finished these sayings, he de- parted from Galilee, and came into the coasts of Judma be- yond Jordan; 2 and eat multitudes fol- owed him; and he healed them there, 8 The Pharisees also came unto him, tempt- ing him, and saying unto him, Is it lawful for a man to put away his wife for every cause? 4 And he an- swered and said unto them, Have ye not read, that he which made them at the be- ginning made them male andfemale, 5and said, For this cause shall a man leave fa- ther and mother, and shall cleave to his wife: and they twain shall be one flesh? 6 Where- fore they are no more twain, but one flesh, What therefore God hath joined together, let not man put asun- der. 7 They say unto him, Why did Moses then command to give a writing of divorce- ment, and to put her away? 8 Hesaithunto them, Moses because of the hardness of your hearts suffered you to put away your wives: but from the begin- ning it was not so. MATOATIOS. XVIII, XIX. πάντα τὰ γενόμενα. 32 Τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ all that had taken place, Then having ‘called to ["him] *him κὐριος.αὐτοῦ λέγει αὐτῷ, Δοῦλε πονηρέ, πᾶσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν this 7lord says tohim, *Bondman ‘wicked, all 7debt ἐκείνην ἀφῆκά σοι, ἐπεὶ παρεκάλεσάς pe’ 33 οὐκ.ἔδει καὶ ‘that I forgave thee, since thou besoughtest me; did it not behove 7also σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν. σύνδουλόν.σου, we "καὶ ἐγώ! σε ἠλέησα; 1thee tohave pitied thy fellow bondman, as also I thee had pitied? 34 καὶ ὀργισθεὶς ὁ.κύὐριος. αὐτοῦ παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν τοῖς βασανι- And being angry his lord deliveredup him tothe tormen- σταῖς: ἕως. "οὗ" ἀποδῷ πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον αὐτῷ." 86 Οὕτως tors, until heshouldpay ali that was owing to him. Thus Kai ὁ-πατήριμου ὁ “ἐπουράνιος! ποιήσει ὑμῖν ἐὰν.μὴ ἀφῆτε also myFather' the heavenly willdo toyou unless ye forgive ἕκαστος τῷ.ἀδελφῷ.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν.καρδιῶν ὑμῶν “τὰ παρα- each his brother from your hearts 20f- πτώματα αὐτῶν." fences ‘their. 19 Kai ἐγένετο Ore ἐτέλεσεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τοὺς λόγους And it came to pass when “had “finished 1Jesus Swords τούτους, μετῆρεν ἀπὸ ὑτῆς" Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ ὅρια “these, he withdrew from Galilee, and came to the borders ~ 2 / Ud -»ἦ ’ Rage? , ᾽ ~ τῆς Ἰουδαίας πέραν τοῦ Lopdavov. 2 Kai ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ of Judwa beyond the Jordan: and “followed *him ” 4 A Φ , ᾽ A) ~ ὄχλοι πολλοί, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ. crowds ‘great, and _ he healed them there. 3 Kai προσῆλθον αὐτῷ τοὶ" Φαρισαῖοι πειράζοντες αὐτόν, d 5came *to*him ‘the *Pharisees tempting him, καὶ λέγοντες "αὐτῷ," Εἰ ἔξεστιν Ῥἀάνθρώπῳ" ἀπολῦσαι τὴν and saying tohim, Isit lawful for a man to put away γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν; 4 ὋὉ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν his wife for every cause? But he answering said c ᾽ ~ ll > ? A .« « d , ll ? ᾽ ᾽ αὑτοῖς," Οὐκιἀνξέγνωτε ort ὁ “ποιήσας ἀπ ἀρ- to them, Have ye not read that hewho made [them)from [the] begin- χῆς ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς, 5 καὶ εἶπεν, ““Ἕνεκεν!" ning male and female made them, and said, On account of τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα Kai τὴν μητέρα, Kai this 3shall ‘leave 1a 4*man father and mother, and { Φ' tl ~ ‘ > ~ ‘ » « ΄ 3 προσκολληθήσεται" τῇ. γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς shall be joined to his wife, and ‘shall *be ‘the *two °for ᾿ς , es ? Ud ᾽ ‘ , > ‘ 4 , τι σάρκα μίαν; 6 ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ pia’ ὃ Tflesh ‘one? Sothatnolonger arethey two, but “flesh ‘one. What οὖν ὁ θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω. 7 Λέγουσιν therefore God united together, sman let “not separate. They say αὐτῷ, Ti οὖν ΒΜωσῆς" ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀπο- το him, Why then *Moses 1didcommand to give a bill of di- στασίου, kai ἀπολῦσαι "αὐτήν 3" 8 Λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι SMwone' vorce, and toputaway her? He says to them, Moses πρὸς τὴν.σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν ἀπολῦσαι in view of your hard-heartedness allowe you to put away ® κἀγώ LTTrA. X — τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν GLTTrA. Ὁ — ἀνθρώπῳ (read one’s wife) LTA. f κολληθήσεται LTTrAW. LTTrA. τὰς. γυναῖκας ὑμῶν" ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς δὲ οὐ.γέγονεν οὕτως. your wives; from([the] beginning however it was not thus, t— οὗ L. ¥ — αὐτῷ LTra. π᾿ οὐράνιος LTTr ; [ἐπ])ουράνιος A. Υ — τῆς E. *— οἱ LTrA. © — αὐτοῖς LTTrA. & Mwivons LTTrAw. ® — αὐτῷ LITrA. d κτίσας created Tr. ὁ Ἕνεκα h — αὐτήν LTTr. MATTHEW. δοἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν.γυναῖκα.αὐτοῦ whoever shall put away his wife . 2 ~ δι. 7m 4 Kai yopncy ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται: καὶ and shall marry another, commits adultery; and 10 Aéyovow Say XIX. 9 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, ‘Ore! AndIsay toyou, that Keil Ἰμὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ," ᾽ if not for fornication, ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται." he who *her [*that *is] "put ἔδυσαν ‘marries commits adultery. αὐτῷ οἱ. μαθηταὶ "αὐτοῦ," Ei οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ atria τοῦ ἀνθρώ- *to*him this 7disciples, If thus is the case ofthe man που μετὰ THC γυναικός, οὐ-συμφέρει γαμῆσαι. 11 Ὁ. .δὲ εἶπεν with the wife, it is not profitable to marry. But he said > ~ > , ~ A , ο ~ " 2 ? αὐτοῖς, Οὐ πάντες χωροῦσιν roy_éyor-rovroy," ἀλλ tothem, Not all receive this word, but [those] οἷς δέδοται. 12 εἰσὶν.γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες ἐξ κοιλίας towhnomithasbeen given; forthere are eunuchs who from([the] womb μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως, Kai εἰσιν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες of [their] mother were born thus, and thereare eunuchs who εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Kai εἰσιν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες were made eunuchs by men, and thereare eunuchs who εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς διὰ τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. made eunuchs of themselves forthesakeofthe kingdom ofthe heavens. ὁ δυνάμενος χωρεῖν σγχωρείτω. He who is able to receive [it] let him receive [it]. 18 Τότε Ῥπροσηνέχθη! αὐτῷ παιδία, ἵνα τὰς χεῖρας Then were brought tohim littlechildren, that [his] hands ἐπιθῇ αὐτοῖς, Kai προσεύξηται' οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπετίμησαν che might lay onthem, and mightpray; butthe disciples rebuked αὐτοῖς" 14 ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἴπεν!, “Agere τὰ παιδία, Kai μὴ them. But Jesus said, Suffer the littlechildren, and *not κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός Ter! τῶν YOR τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ ‘do forbid them tocome to me; or of such is the βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 15 Kai ἐπιθεὶς "αὐτοῖς rac χεῖρας" kingdom ofthe heavens. And having laid uponthem [his] hands ἐπορεύθη ἐκεῖθεν. he departed thence. 16 Kai ἰδού, εἷς προσελθὼν ἱεῖπεν αὐτῷ," Διδάσκαλε And behold, one having come to [him] said ἴο him, 2Teacher vZ θέ " , 2 A , vu w2 Π ᾿ a>” ἀγαθέ," ri ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω ἵνα “ἔχω" ζωὴν αἰώνιον ; Ἰροοῦ, what good [thing] shallI do that I may have life eternal? 17 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Τί pe λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς Andhe said tohim, Why me callestthou good? no one [is] good εἰμὴ €ic, ὁ θεός." εἰ δὲ θέλεις Τεἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωήν," except one, God. But if thou desirest toenter into life, “τήρησον" τὰς ἐντολάς. 18 "λέγει avrg," Ποίας; ἢ Ὁ. δὲ In- ead the commandments. He says tohim, Which? And Je- σοῦς εἶπεν, Τό, οὐ-φονεύσεις" οὐ-μοιχεύσεις" sus said, Thou shalt not commit murder; Thou shalt not commit adultery; οὐ-κλέψεις" οὐ.Ψευδομαρτυρήσεις. 19 τίμα τὸν πατέρα Thou shalt not steal; Thou 1t not bear false witness; Honour ?father “σου! καὶ τὴν μητέρα" καὶ ἀγαπήσεις τὸν. πλησίον.σου ὡς ‘thy and mother; and Thou shalt love thy neighbour as i — ὅτι LTra. k — εἰ GLTTraw. nication L. τῇ — καὶ ὃ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται TT]. disciples) 7A]. ο [τοῦτον] 1. Ρ προσηνέχθησαν LTTrA. 5 τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς LTTrA. ἵ αὐτῷ εἶπεν LTTrA. Y— ἀγαθέ LTTrA. 53 9 And I say unto you, Whosoever shall put away his wife, except it be for fornication, and shall marry ap- other, committeth a- dultery: and whoso marrieth her which is put away doth commit adultery. 10 His dis- ciples say unto him, If the case of the man be 80 with his wife, it is not good to marry. 11 But he said unto them, All men cannot receive this saying, save they to whom it is given. 12 For there are some _ eunuchs, which were so born from their mother’s womb: and there are some eunuchs, which were made eunuchs of men: and there be eunuchs, which have made themselves eu- nuchs for the kingdom of heaven’s sake. He that is able to receive tt, let him receive tt. 13 Then were there brought unto him little children, that he should put jis hands on them, and pray: and the disciples rebuked them. 14 But Jesus said, Suffer little chil- dren, and forbid them not, to come unto me: for of such is the kingdom of heaven, 15 And he laid his hands on them, and departed thence. 16 And, behold, one came and said unto him, Good Master, what good thing shall I do, that I may have eternal life? 17 And he said unto him, Why callest thou me good? there iz none good but one, that is, God: but if thou wilt enter into life, keep the com- mandments. 18 He saith unto him, Which? Jesus said, Thou shalt do no murder, Thou shalt not commit a- dultery Thou shalt not steal, Thou shalt not bear false witness, 19 Honour thy father and thy mother: and, Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself, 1 παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας except for cause of for- 2 — αὐτοῦ (read the 4 + αὐτοῖς to them T. Md σχῶ LTTrA. τ ἐμέτ. χ Τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ; εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός Why askest thou me concerning the good? One is good (+ δθεός God W) GLTTraw. 5 ἔφη αὐτῷ he said to him L; — λέγει αὐτῷ τ. ὃ + φησίν he saysT. Υ εἰς THY ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν LTTrAW. 2 τήρει LTrA. ς — gov GLTTrAW. 54 20 The young man saith unto him, All these things have I kept from my youth up: what lack I yet? 21 Jesus said unto a If thou wilt be perfect, go and sell that thou hast, and give to the oor, and thou shalt ave treasure in hea- ven: and come and follow me. 22 But when the young man heard that saying, he went away sorrowful: for he had great pos- sessions. 23 Then said Jesus unto his disciples, Verily I say unto you, That a rich man shall hardly enter into the kingdom of heaven. 24 And again I say unto you, It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God. 25 When his disciples heard it, they were exceedingly amazed, saying, Who then can besaved? 26 But Jesus beheld them, and said unto them, With men this is impossible ; but with God all things are possible. 27 Then answered Peter and said unto him, Behold, we have forsaken all, and fol- lowed thee ; what shall we have therefore? 28 And Jesus said unto them, Verily I say unto you, That ye which have followed me, in the regenera- tion when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of his glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judg- ing the twelve tribes of Israel. 29 And every one that hath forsaken houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for my name’s sake, shall receive an hundredfold, and shall ἃ ταῦτα πάντα LTr. b+ τοῖς to the LTra. (read this word) La, GTTrA. LITA. GLTTrawW. P + εἰσελθεῖν to enter L[ Tr]. * — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) aLrrraw. W παλινγενεσίᾳ T. ® — ἢ γυναῖκα LTTrA, 5) πολλαπλασίονα λήμψεται Many times more shall receive Lrrra. ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. XIX. σεαυτόν. 20 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ νεανίσκος, Πάντα ταῦτα" thyself. “Says ‘°to®him ‘the *young *man, All these εἐφυλαξάμην" ἐκ νεότητός. μου"" τί ἔτι ὑστερῶ; 21 &" Egy αὐτῷ have I kept from myyouth, whatyet lackI? 7Said *to*him «>? ~ > , , ida , , ‘ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Et θέλεις τέλειος εἶναι, ὕπαγε πώλησόν σου τὰ 1Jesus, If thou desirest perfect to be, go sell thy ὑπάρχοντα καὶ δὸς ἢ πτωχοῖς, Kai ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν property and give ἴο [86] poor, and thou shalt have treasure in οὐρανῷ: καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι. 22 ᾿Ακούσας.δὲ ὁ νεανίσκος heaven; and come follow me. But*having*heard the young *man kroy λόγον" |! ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος, ἦν.γὰρ.ἔχων κτήματα the word went away grieved, for he had *possessions πολλά. ‘many. 23 Ὁ δὲ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω And Jesus said to his disciples, Verily Isay ὑμῖν, ὕτι δυσκόλως πλούσιος" εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασι- to you, that withdifficulty arich man shallenter into the king- λείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. 24 πάλιν.δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, " εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν dom ofthe heavens. Andagain I say toyou, easier is it κάμηλον διὰ τρυπήματος ῥαφίδος “οδιελθεῖν,! ἢ πλού- acamel through [the] eye of a needle to pass, than arich σιον P εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν “τοῦ θεοῦ! τεἰσελθεῖν." 25 ᾿Ακούσαντες man into the kingdom of God ἴο enter. Having “heard δὲ οἱ. μαθηταὶ."αὐτοῦ" ἐξεπλήσσοντο σφόδρα, λέγοντες, ‘and [this] his disciples were astonished exceedingly, saying, Tic ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι; 26 Ἐμβλέψας. δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς Who then isable to be saved? But looking on [them] Jesus εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Παρὰ ἀνθρώποις τοῦτο ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν, παρὰ. δὲ said tothem, With men this impossible is, but with θεῷ 'ἱπάντα δυνατά!" "ἐστιν." God alithings possible are. 27 Τότε ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Ιδού, ἡμεῖς agn- we left Then Peter said tohim, Lo, kapey πάντα καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν corr τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν; allthings and followed thee; what then shall be to us? 28 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οἱ And Jesus said tothem, Verily Isay toyou, that ye who > θη , ᾽ ~ Ww ar / ll a / ἀκολουθήσαντές μοι; ἐν τῇ “παλιγγενεσίᾳ." ὅταν καθίσῃ have followed me, in the regeneration, when shall sit down « εκ ~ > ᾿ ? s , , ? ~ , ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης. αὐτοῦ, καθίσεσθε answering the Son of man upon [the] throne of his glory, Sshall ‘sit καὶ "ὑμεῖς" ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους, κρίνοντες τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς 2also ye on twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. 29 καὶ πᾶς Υὸς" ἀφῆκεν *oikiac, ἢ! ἀδελφούς, of Israel, And every one who hasleft houses, or brothers, ἢ ἀδελφάς, ἢ πατέρα, ἢ μητέρα, "ἢ γυναῖκα," ἢ τέκνα, ἢ or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or ἀγρούς, «ἕνεκεν! τοῦ. "ὀνόματός. μου," *éxarovramAaciova nds, for the sake of my name, a hundredfold © ἐφύλαξα LTTrA. f — ἐκ νεότητός μου LITA. Ε λέγει says L, i οὐρανοῖς [the] heavens Tra. k — τὸν λόγον T. +. [rovrov} ™ πλούσιος ὀνσκόλως LTTrA. ἃ - OrethatT. © εἰσελθεῖν to enter 4 τῶν οὐρανῶν of the heavens Lrtra. τ --- εἰσελθεῖν D ‘ δυνατὰ πάντα τ΄. Y — ἐστιν (read [are ]) χα αὐτοὶ yourselves Tir. Y ὅστις LITrAW. 1 — οἰκίας ἢ TTrA. b + ἢ οἰκίας or houses rrra. © ἕνεκα T. da ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός τ. ΜᾺ ΤΙ Γ: 90 πολλοὶ δὲ XIX, XX. ? iT ‘ ‘ a7 r 7 λήψεται," καὶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει. shall receive, and life eternal shall inherit ; but many ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι; καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι. 90 μοί 10 2shall *be first last, and last first. For “like ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις *ig ‘the *kingdom *of*the ®heavens toaman a master Οὗ 8 house, who ἐξῆλθεν ἅμα mpwt μισθώσασθαι ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα went out with[the] morning to hire workmen for ?vineyard αὐτοῦ. 2 συμφωνήσας.δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἐργατῶν ἐκ Onvapiov τὴν this, And having agreed with the workmen for adenarius the ἡμέραν, ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν. ἀμπελῶνα. αὐτοῦ. 3 Kai day, he sent them into is vineyard. And ἐξελθὼν περὶ fryv'" τρίτην ὥραν, εἶδεν ἄλλους ἑστῶτας having gone out about the third hour, hesaw others standing ἐν ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς" 4 ἕκἀκείνοις" εἶπεν, Ὑπάγετε καὶ in the marketplace idle; andtothem he said, Go also c ~ > A ? ~ Α mn ova ’ , c ~ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ ὃ. ἐὰν δίκαιον δώσω ὑμῖν. ye into the vineyard, and whatevermaybe just Iwillgive you. 5 οἱ. δὲ ἀπῆλθον. Πάλινῃ ἐξελθὼν περὶ ἕκτην καὶ And they went. Again having gone out about [the] sixth and 1) , ἯἩ “" ? ΄ e , Ν \ ‘ « , ἐννάτην" ὥραν, ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως. 6 Περὶ.δὲ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ninth hour, he did likewise. And about the eleventh κὥραν" ἐξελθὼν εὗρεν ἄλλους ἑστῶτας ἀργούς," καὶ λέγει hour having ΡΌΩ6 out hefound others standing idle, and says αὐτοῖς, Τί ὧδε ἑστήκατε ὕλην THY ἡμέραν ἀργοί; 7 λέγουσιν tothem, Why here standye all the day idle? They say ? ~ ν ? ‘ « ~ ? , , > ~ tyr , αὐτῷ, “Oru οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἐμισθώσατο. λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ὑπάγετε tohim, Because no one "has “hired. He says to them, Go © ant ~ > A ? ~ mo ‘ mo vA , [4 καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα," "καὶ ὃ. ἐὰν δίκαιον λή- also ye into the vineyard, and whatever maybe just yeshall ψεσθε." 8 ᾿Οψίας.δὲ γενομένης λέγει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος receive. Butevening beingcome ‘says ‘the “lord *of‘*the ‘vineyard τῷ ἐπιτρόπῳ.αὐτοῦ, Κάλεσον τοὺς ἐργάτας, Kai ἀπόδος “αὐ- to his steward, Call the workmen, and pay them τοῖς" τὸν μισθόν, ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν (their) hire, beginning from the last unto the ’ 9 p \ ἐλθ ’ ll e ‘ \ « ὃ , πρώτων. καὶ éAUVOVTEC οι περι THY EVOEKATHV first. And “haying *come ‘those [hired] “about *the °eleventh ὥραν ἔλαβον ava δηνάριον. 10 “ἐλθόντες.δὲ" οἱ πρῶτοι Shour they received each a denarius. And *having *come'the “first ἐνόμισαν ὕτι Τπλείονα λήψονται" καὶ ἔλαβον "καὶ αὐτοὶ they thought that more they wouldreceive, and they received also themselves 2 A , U , A 2 , Α “ὦ ἀνὰ δηνάριον." 11 λαβόντες. δὲ ἐγόγγυζον κατὰ τοῦ each a denarius. And having received [it] they murmured against the οἰκοδεσπότου, 12 λέγοντες, “Ὅτι! οὗτοι οἱ ἔσχατοι μίαν master of the house, saying, These last one ὥραν ἐποίησαν, καὶ ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς" ἐποίησας, τοῖς hour haveworked, and ‘equal ‘to7’us ‘them ‘thou *hast *made, who B = , Ss , ~ « , ‘ 4 ᾿ Ww « αστάσασιν τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα." 18 6.62 have borne the burden ofthe day and the heat. But he ἀποκριθεὶς *elrev ἑνὶ αὐτῶν," Ἑταῖρε, οὐκ. ἀδικῶ ce’ οὐχὶ answering said toone of them, Friend, I donot wrongthee. “Not δὲ inherit everlasting life. 30 But many that are first shall be last ; and the last sha/i be first. XX. For the kingdom of heaven is like unto a man thatis an householder, which went out early in the morning to hire la- bourers into his vine- yard. 2 And when he had agreed with the labourers for a a day, he sent them into his vineyard 3 And he went out about the third hour, and saw others stand- ing idle in the market- place, 4 and said unto them ; Go ye also into the vineyard, and whatsoever is right 1 will give you. they went their way. 5 Again he went out about the sixth and ninth hour, and did likewise. 6 And about the eleventh hour he went out, and found others standing idle, and saith unto them, Why stand ye here all the day idle? 7 They say unto him, Because no man hath hired us. He saith unto them, Go ye also into the vineyard ; and what- soever is right, that shall ye receive. 8 So when even was come, the lord of the vine- yard saith unto his steward, Call the la- bourers, and give them their hire, beginning from the last unto the first. 9 And when they came that were hired about the e- leventh hour, they re- ceived every man a penny. 10 But when the first came, they supposed that they should have received more; and they like- wise received every mana penny. 11 And when they had receiv- ed it, they murmured against the goodman of the house, 12 say- ing, These last have wrought but one hour, and thou hast made them equal unto us, which have borne the burden and heat of the day. 13 But he an- swered one of them, and said, Friend, I do thee no wrong: didst £— τὴν (read [the]) GLTTrAW. 8 καὶ ἐκείνοις TA. LTTrAW. Κ --ὥραν 1τττὰ. |!— ἀργούς GLTTrA. ὃ ἐὰν ἡ δίκαιον λήψεσθε LTTrA. 9 --- αὐτοῖς T[TrA]. F πλεῖον λήμψονται LTrA; πλείονα λήμψονται T. *— ὅτι 004]. "αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν LT. * ; (read hast thou made, ὅτ. ?) L. P ἐλθόντες δὲ L. h + δὲ and (again) TTra. τὰ + [μου] my (vineyard) L. i ἐνάτην 1 — Kat 9 καὶ ἐλθόντες TrA. 5 τὸ ([τὸ] A) ava δηνάριον καὶ αὐτοί TTrA. X ἑνὶ αὐτῶν εἶπεν T. 56 not thou agree with me for a penny? 14 Take that thine is, and go thy way: I will give unto this last, even as unto thee. 15 Is it not lawful for me to do what 1 will with mine own? Is thine eye evil, because I am good? 16 So the last shall be first, and the first last: for many be called, but few chosen. 17 And Jesus going up to Jerusalem took the twelve disciples apart in the way, and said unto them, 18 Be- hold, we go up to Je- rusalem ; and the Son of man shall be be- trayed unto the chief priests and unto the scribes, and they shall condemn him to death, 19 and shall deliver him to the Gentiles to mock, and to scourge, and to crucify him: and the third day he shall rise again. 20 Then came to him the mother of Zebe- dee’s children with her sons, worshipping him, and desiring a certain thing of him. 21 And he said unto her, What wilt thou? She saith unto him, Grant that these my two sons may sit, the one on thy right hand, and the other on the left, in thy kingdom. 22 But Jesus answered and said, Ye know not what ye ask. Are ye able to drink of the cup that I shall drink of, and to be baptized with the baptism that Τ am baptized with? They say unto him, We are able. 23 And he saith unto them, Ye shall drink indeed of my cup, and be bap- tized with the baptism that I am _ baptized with: but to sit on my right hand, and on ΜΑΊΘΑΤΙΟΣ. δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς οι; 7for °a *denarius ‘didst *thou *, apne ®with e? XX. 14 ἄρον τὸ σὸν καὶ Take thineown and ὕπαγε. θέλω.) δὲ! τούτῳ τῷ ἐαχάγῳ δοῦναι ὡς καὶ σοί 1 τὴ! 50. But I will to this give as also tothee: or οὐκ.ἔξεστίν μοι *woujoa ὃ OA! ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς; Pei! isitnotlawfulforme todo what Iwill in that which [15] mine? ὁ.ὀφθαλμός.σου πονηρός ἐστιν ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός Eas 16 οὕτως hine =e *evil tis because igond am? Thus ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι" “πολλοὶ γάρ shall Ὀ6 the last first, andthe first last: for many εἰσιν κλητοί, ὀλίγοι.δὲ ἐκλεκτοί." are called, but few chosen. 17 Kai ἀναβαίνων ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς ‘Te ἐροσόλυμα παρ λα εεν And “going *up 1 Jesus erusalem τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς" Kar ἰδίαν τ Ty ὁδῷ, καὶ! dee αὐτοῖς, the twelve disciples apart in the way, and said tothem, 18 ᾿Ιδού, ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς ἹΙεροσόλυμα, Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ avOpw- Behold, we goup to Jerusalem, andthe Son of man που παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ will be delivered up tothe chief priests and scribes, and κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν ᾿θανάτῳ," 19 καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν they willcondemn him to death, and they willdeliverup him τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εἰς TO ἐμπαῖξαι καὶ μαστιγῶσαι καὶ σταυρῶσαι" tothe Gentiles to mock and to scourge and tocrucify ; καὶ TY τρίτ᾽ ἡμέρῳ ξἀναστήσεται." and the thir he will rise geet. 20 Tore aes αὐτῷ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου μετὰ Then came to him the mother ofthe sons of Zebedee with τῶν υἱῶν. αὐτῆς, προσκυνοῦσα καὶ αἰτοῦσά τι Ἀπαρ᾽" αὐτοῦ. her sons, doing, homage and asking something from him. 21 6.08 εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Ti θέλεις; λέγει αὐτῷ, Εἰπὲ ἵνα Andhe said toher, What ἀοβὺ ὕποι desire? Shesaystohim, Say that καθίσωσιν ἰοὗτοι! οἱ δύο υἱοί μου εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν. σου" καὶ εἷς may °sit 1these Stwo *sons “my one on thyrighthand and one ἐξ εὐωνύμων! ἐν τῇ. βασιλείᾳ. σου. 22 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ on [thy] left in thy xingdon. But answering δύνασθε πιεῖν τὸ Are ye able to drink the ? ~ > a” Ιησοῦς εἶπεν, Οὐκιοἴδατε τί αἰτεῖσθε. Jesus said, Ye know not what ye ask for. ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν, "Kai τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐχώ cup which I am about to drink, and *the Saran Twhich βαπείξομαι βαπτισθῆναι ;" Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Δυνά- m ‘°baptized [*!with] ‘to *be “baptized [*with]? ney) ἜΝ μεθα. 38 "Καὶ" λέγει αὐτοῖς, Τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου able. And hesays tothem, “Indeed 3cup my ye shall drink, οκαὶ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ eyes βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθήσεσθε"" and the baptism which am baptized [with] ye shall be baptized τὸ.δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν.μου καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων.Ῥμου" οὐκ πίεσθε, my left, is not mine Cwith) ; but to sit on my right hand and on my left "not to give, but ἐξ shall be τ ‘ , εις ~ given to themfor whom ἐστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾽ οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ it is prepared of my +is mine toOgive, but[tothose] forwhom it has been prepared by y—éebutw. *— ἢ LTr[A]. 5 ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι LTTrA. Ὁ ἢ or EGLITrAW. “ — πολλοὶ ya, εἰσιν κλητοί, pate δὲ ἐκλεκτοί T[TrA]. ἃ — μαθητὰς TTr. © καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ LITrA. εἰς θάνατον T. ἐγερθήσεται he shall be raised tira. ἢ ἀπ᾽τττα. ἐ[οῦτοι) 1. Κὶ -- σον (read ({thy] right ae) LT. ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθῆναι GLTTrA. βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθήσεσθε QLITrA. (is not mine) Ta. 14 σου thy (left) aLrrraw. m™— καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, 2 — καὶ LTTrA. — και τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ Ρ — μου (read [my] left) 1 LTTrA. 4 + τοῦτο this tohim, Weare XX, XXI. MATTHEW. πατρός. μου. 24 "Καὶ ἀκούσαντες" οἱ δέκα ἠγανάκτησαν my Father. And having heard [this] the ten were indignant περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν. 2 0.62’ Ἰησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος about the two _ brothers. But Jesus having called ?to [him] αὐτοὺς εἶπεν, Οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύου- *them said, Yeknowthatthe rulers ofthenations exercise lordship ow αὐτῶν, Kai ot μεγάλοι κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν. 26 οὐχ over them, and the great ones exercise authority over them. Not οὕτως "δὲ! ἱέσται' ἐν ὑμῖν" ἀλλ᾽ ὃς. “ξὰν! θέλῃ πἐν thus however shallitbe among you; but whoever would among ὑμῖν" μέγας γενέσθαι, “ἔστω! ὑμῶν διάκονος" 27 Kai ὃς. "ἐὰν" you great become, let him be your servant ; and whoever θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος, *éorw' ὑμῶν δοῦλος" 28 ὥσπερ wouldamong you-—ibe first, lethimbe your bondman; even as ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ. ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆ- the Son of man came not to be served, but to serve, οἷ - A 4A ? ~~ [2 2 ‘ ~ σαι καὶ δοῦναι τὴν.Ψψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν. and to give his life a@ransom for many. 29 Kai ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ "Ἱεριχὼ" ἠκολούθησεν And as*were*going*out ‘they from Jericho “followed αὐτῷ ὄχλος πολύς. 30 Kai ἰδού, δύο TvprAoi καθήμενοι 5him ‘'a*crowd great. And behold, two blind [men] sitting παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ἰησοῦς παράγει ἔκραξαν, beside the way, havingheard that Jesus is passing by cried out, λέγοντες, ” Ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, κύριε," "υἱὸς" Δαβίδ." 31 Ὁ.δὲ ὄχλος saying, Havepityon us, Lord, Son of David. But the crowd ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς iva σιωπήσωσιν. οἱ. δὲ μεῖζον “ἔκρα- rebuked them that theyshouldbesilent. But they the more cried Zor," λέγοντες, PEXénooy ἡμᾶς, κύριε," "υἱὸς" 4AaPid!. 32 Kai out, saying, Have pity on us, Lord, Son of David. And στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐφώνησεν αὐτούς, καὶ εἶπεν, Ti θέλετε having stopped, Jesus called them, and said, What doyedesire Ββ ποιήσω ὑμῖν ; 88 Aéyovow αὐτῷ, Κύριε, iva Ῥἀνοιχθῶσιν" Ishould do toyou? They say tohim, Lord, that *may*be*opened ἡμῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί." 84 Σπλαγχνισθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Ιησοῦς ἥψατο ‘our “eyes. And moved with compassion Jesus touched τῶν ξὀφθαλμῶν! αὐτῶν. καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέβλεψαν αὐτῶν οἱ their eyes ; and immediately *received “sight ‘their ὀφθαλμοί," καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. eyes, and they followed him. 4A > 921 Kai ore ἤγγισαν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα καὶ ἦλθον εἰς Βηθ- And when they drew near to erusalem and came to Beth- φαγῆ ™apoc' τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν, τότε "ὁ" Τησοῦς ἀπέστειλεν phage towards the mount of Olives, then Jesus sent ~ A , A δύο μαθητάς, 2 λέγων αὐτοῖς, “ἸΠορεύθητεϊ! εἰς τὴν κώμην τὴν two disciples, saying tothem, Go into the village, that ~ LA Parévayre' ὑμῶν, καὶ “εὐθέως" εὑρήσετε ὄνον δεδεμένην, Kai opposite . you, andimmediately ye will find anass tied, and ~ ~ , , πῶλον per αὐτῆς. λύσαντες "ayayeré! μοι. 3 Kai ἐάν acolt with her; havingloosed[them] bring [them]tome. And if 57 Father, 24 And when the ten heard it, they were moved with in- dignation against the two brethren. 25 But Jesus called them unto him, andsaid, Ye know that the princes of the Gentiles exercise dc- minion over them, and they that are great ex- ercise authority upon them. 26 But it shall not beso among you: but whosoever will be great among you, let him be your minister ; 27 and whosoever will be chief among you, let him be your ser- vant: 28 even as the Son of man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister, and to give his life a ransom for many. 29 And as they de- parted from Jericho, a great multitude fol- lowed him, 30 And, behold, two blind men sitting by the way side, when they heard that Jesus passed by, cried out, saying, Have mercy on us, O Lord, thou son of Da- vid. 31 And the mul- titude rebuked them, because they should hold their peace: but they greg the more, saying, Have merc on us, O Lord, thou aed of David. 32 And Je- sus stood still, and call- ed them, and said What will ye that t shall do unto you? 33 They say unto him, Lord, that our eyes may be opened. 34 So Jesus had compassion on them, and touched their eyes: and im- mediately their eyes received sight, and they followed him. XXI. And when they drew nigh unto Jeru- salem, and were come to Bethphage, unto the mount of Olives, then sent Jesus two disci- ples, 2 saying unto them, Go into the vil- lage over against you, and straightway ye shall find an ass tied, and a colt with her: loose them, and bring them unto me, 3 And t ἐστὶν is it Ltr. Y ἂν LTr. z ἔσται he shall be {τττ. 8 — δὲ GLTTrA. Υ ἂν LITrA. ς νἱὲ LT. & + [ἵνα] that La. ! — αὐτῶν ot ὀφθαλμοί LTTrA. Ρ κατέναντι LTTr. 9 εὐθὺς τ. τ ἀκούσαντες δὲ ΤΑ. £ ἔσται he shall be ώΤΊτΑ. ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς LTrA; — κύριε τ. {Κύριε, ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 ΤΊτΑ. ἡ k ὀμμάτων LTTrA. ἡμῶν LTTrA. 2— oT. © Πορεύεσθε LITra. 8 Ἱερειχὼ 1. 4d Δαυΐδ Gw; Δανείδ LTTrA. 1 ἀνοιγῶσιν LITrA. π ὑμῶν of you A. b Κύριε, © ἔκραξαν LTTrA. 1 οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ™ εἰς tO LTTrA ra ἄγετέ LTrA. 58 if any man say ought unto you, ye shall say, The Lord hath need of them; and straight- way he willsend them. 4 All this was done, that it might be ful- filled which was spo- ken by the prophet, saying, 5 Tell ye the daughter of Sion, Behold, thy King com- eth unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt the foal of an ass. 6 And the disciples went, and did as Jesus commanded them, 7 and brought the ass, and the colt, and put on them their clothes, and they set him thereon. 8 Anda very great multitude spread their garments in the way ; others cut down branches from the trees, and strawed themin the way. 9 And the multitudes that went before, and that followed, cried, say- ing, Hosanna to the son of David: Blessed ts he that cometh in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the high- est. 10 And when he was come into Jerusa- lem, all the city was moved, saying, Who is this? 11 And the mul- titude said, This is Jesus the prophet of Nazareth of Galilee. 12 And Jesus went into the temple of God, and cast out all them that sold and bought in the temple, and overthrew the tables of the money changers, and the seats of them that sold doves, 13 and said unto them, It is written, My house shall be called the house of prayer; but ye have made it a den of thieves. 14 And the blind and the lame came to him in the temple; and he healed them. 15 And when the chief priests and scribes saw the won- MATOAIOZX. XX. τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι, ἐρεῖτε, Ὅτι ὁ κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν anyone toyou say anything, yeshallsay, The Lord “οὔ *them eed ἔχει" "εὐθέως" δὲ ‘amooredei' αὐτούς. 4 Tovro.dé "ὅλον" γέ- thas, Andimmediately he willsend them. But this all came yovey iva πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου, to pass that might be fulfilled thatwhich wasspoken by the prophet, λέγοντος, 5 Εἴπατε τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών, ᾿Ιδού, ὁ.βασιλεύς σου saying, Say tothe daughter of Sion, Behold, thy king » , » v ΜΙ 2 ‘ 2 Δ᾽ ΟΝ apy ~ ἔρχεταί σοι, πραῦς ‘Kai! ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ * πῶλον comes tothee, meek and mounted on anass and acolt [the} or « , , A « ΄ ‘ , υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου. 6 Πορευθέντες. δὲ οἱ μαθηταί, καὶ ποιήσαν- foal of a beast of burden. And “having *gone ‘the *disciples, and having τες καθὼς "προσέταξεν" αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, 7 ἤγαγον τὴν done as 7ordered them 1Jesus, they brought the ὄνον Kai τὸν πῶλον, Kai ἐπέθηκαν Yiravw' αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ass and the colt, and put upon them *carments καὐτῶν;," καὶ ξἐπεκάθισεν" ἐπάνω αὐτῶν. 8 ὁ.δὲ πλεῖστος their, and he sat on them. And the greater part [of the} ” ” £ ~ ac 7 ba “ ε ~ » cy Ἢ ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ἄλλοιιδεῥ. ἔκοπ- crowd strewed their garments on the way, and others were cutting τον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων καὶ Ῥέἐστρώννυον" ἐν down branches ἔσο the trees and were strewing [them]on the ὁδῷ. 9 οἱ. δὲ ὄχλοι οἱ προάγοντες" Kai οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες way. And the crowds those going before and those following ἔκραζον, λέγοντες, ΩὩσαννὰ τῷ vig *AaBid-' εὐλογημένος were crying out, saying, Hosanna tothe Son of David; blessed ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου: ‘Qoavva éy τοὶς [be]hewho comes ἴῃ [086] name of[the] Lord. Hosanna in the ὑψίστοις. 10 Kai εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐσείσθη highest. And as he entered into Jerusalem ‘was ‘moved πᾶσα ἡ πόλις, λέγουσα, Tic ἐστιν οὗτος; 11 Οἱ. δὲ ὄχλοι 1411 2.860 “city, saying, Who is this ? Andthe crowds ἔλεγον, Οὗτός ἐστιν “Ἰησοῦς ὁ προφήτης, Ἱ ὁ ἀπὸ ἵΝα- sald, This is Jesus the prophet, hewho[is]from WNa- Zapir" τῆς Γαλιλαίας. zareth of Galilee. 12 Kai εἰσῆλθεν δὸ" ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν "τοῦ θεοῦ," Kai And entered ‘Jesus into the temple of God, and ’ , ’ A ~ ‘ > , ~ ἐξέβαλεν πάντας τοὺς πωλοῦντας Kai ἀγοράζοντας ty τῷ cast out all those selling and buying in the ἱερῷ, καὶ τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν κατέστρεψεν, Kai temple, and the tables of the money changers heoverthrew, and τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστεράς. 13 Kai λέγει the seats of those selling the doves. And he says αὐτοῖς, Γέγραπται, ‘O.oixoc.uou οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθή- tothem, It has been written, My house ahouse of prayer shall be cera’ ὑμεῖς.δὲ αὐτὸν ἱἐποιήσατε' σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. 14 Kai called ; ut ye it have made a den of robbers, And προσῆλθον αὐτῷ τυφλοὶ Kai χωλοὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, Kai ἐθεράπευ- *came Sto%him ‘blind ?and “lame in the temple, and e healed σεν αὐτούς. 15 ᾿Ιδόντες.δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς them, But "seeing "the ?chief*priests ‘and *the ®scribes ® εὐθὺς TTr. LTTrA. they set [him] £. LITrA. θεοῦ LTr. t ἀποστέλλει he sends a. x συνέταξεν did direct LTra. * ὁ προφήτης ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTra. i ποιεῖτε Make LITraA. "—OAov LTTrA. Y—xata. W - érion » -“ > 4 Υ ἐπ᾽ LITrA. *—avr@y[L]rtraA. 5 ἐπεκάθισαν Ὁ ἔστρωσαν Strewed T. ¢ + avrovhimuttra. 4 Δαυΐδ aw; Aaveid f Ναζαρὲθ ELTTrAW. ξ — oO LTTrA. h — τοῦ ΧΧΙ. MATTHEW. τὰ θαυμάσια ἃ ἐποίησεν, καὶ τοὺς παῖδας Ἐκράζοντας ἐν τῷ the wonders whichhe wrought, and the _ children crying in the ἱερῷ. Kai λέγοντας, Ὡσαννὰ τῷ υἱῷ 'AaBid," ἠγανάκτησαν, temple,and saying, Hosanna tothe Son of David, they were indignant, 16 καὶ ™elzov' αὐτῷ, ᾿Ακσύεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν; Ὁ δὲ Iy- and said to him, Hearest thou what these say? And Je- σοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς, Nai’ οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, Ὅτι tk στόμα- 5113 says tothem, Yea; “never ‘did *ye read, Out of[the} mouth τος νηπίων Kai θηλαζόντων κατηρτίσω alvov; 17 Kai of babes and sucklings thou hast perfected praise? And ‘ > " Iy~ » ~ , 2 ΄ Η καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς ἐξῆλθεν ἔξω τῆς πόλεως εἰς Βηθανίαν, καὶ having left them he went outof the city to Bethany, and ηὐλίσθη ἐκεῖ. passed the night there. 18 "Πρωΐας".δὲ οἐπανάγων" εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἐπείνασεν, Now early inthe morning coming back into the city he hungered, 19 καὶ ἰδὼν συκῆν μίαν ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ, ἦλθεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν, Kai and seeing *fig-tree ‘one by the way, hecame to it, and 7 OA τ ? > αὐ > κι ᾽, , \ , 3 τὰν οὐδὲν εὗρεν ἐν αὐτῇ εἰ μὴ φύλλα μόνον" καὶ λέγει αὐτῇ, nothing found on it except leaves only. And hesays to it, Ῥ Μηκέτι ἐκ σοῦ καρπὸς γένηται εἰς rov.aidiva. Kai ἐξηράνθη Nevermore of thee fruit let there be for ever. And ‘dried °up ~ « ~ ΠΥ « a2 , παραχρῆμα ἡ συκῆ. 20 Καὶ ἰδόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐθαύμασαν, ‘immediately *the*fig-tree. And seeing [it] the disciples wondered, , ~ ~ ? , € ~ ? ‘ λέγοντες, Πῶς mepex pine ἐξηράνθη ἡ συκῆ; 21 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς saying, How immediately isdriedup the fig-tree! ? Answering δὲ ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν, ‘and Jesus said tothem, Verily, Isay toyou, If yehave faith, καὶ μὴ.διακριθῆτε, οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε, and donot doubt, not only the[miracleJofthe fig-tree shall ye do, 2 AY n ~ mn ’ » » \ U ἀλλὰ κἂν τῷ.ὔρει.τούτῳ εἴπητε, Αρθητι καὶ βλήθητι but even if to this τηουπΐβ ἢ γ8 should say, ΒΘ thou taken away and be thoucast εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται" 22 καὶ πάντα ὕσα.“ἂν! into the sea, it shall come to pass, And all things whatsoever αἰτήσητε ἐν τῇ προσευχῷ, πιστεύοντες, τλήψεσθε." ye may ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive. 23 Kai "ἐλθόντι.αὐτῷ! εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προσῆλθον αὐτῷ And onhiscoming intothe temple there cameup to him, [when] διδάσκοντι οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai ot πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ, λέγον- teaching, the chief priests and the elders of the people, Bay- τες, Ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς ; καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ing, By what authority these things doest thou? and whotothee gave ἐξουσίαν.ταύτην; 24 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.:δὲ" 6’Incove εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, this authority ? And answering Jesus said tothem, ᾿Ερωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον ἕνα, ὃν ἐὰν εἴπητέ μοι, κἀγὼ 7Will‘task ‘you ‘I?also 7thing ‘one, which if yetell me, ILalso ὑμῖν ἐρῶ ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ. 25 τὸ βάπτισμα to you willsay by what authority thesethings I do. The baptism vy? ΄ , - > > ~ A ? ? 6 ’ 5 Ιωάννου πόθεν ἦν; ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ; of John, whence wasit? from heaven, or from men ? Οἱ. δὲ διελογίζοντο ὕπαρ" ἑαυτοῖς, λέγοντες, “Edy εἴπω- And they reasoned with themselves, saying, If weshould μεν, EE οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, “Διατί! οὖν οὐκ.ἐπιστεύσατε say, From heaven, he will say to us, Why then did ye not believe Κ + τοὺς (read who were) LTTrA. 1 Δαυΐδ Gw: Δανείδ LTTrA. ® Tpwt TIr. ° ἐπαναγαγὼν LTA. P + Ov tia]. 4 ἐὰν Tr. βἀλθόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr. ἢ -- δὲ Δα 1, ¥ + τὸ that LTTra. W ἐν among LTr. 59 derful things that he did, and the children crying in the temple, and saying, Hosanna to the Son of David; they were sore dis- pleased, 16 and said unto him, Hearest thou what these say? And Jesus saith unto them, Yea; have ye never read, Out of the mouth of babes and suck- lings thou hast per- fected praise? 17 And he left them, and went out of the city into Bethany ; and he lodg- ed there. 18 Now in the morn- ing as he returned into the city, he hungered. 19 And when he saw a fig tree in the way, he came to it, and found nothing thereon, but leaves only, and said unto it, Let no fruit grow on thee hence- forward for ever. And presently the fig tree withered away. 20 And when the disciples saw it, they marvelled, say- ing, How soon is the fig tree witheredaway! 21 Jesus answered and said unto them, Verily I say unto you, If ye have faith, and doubt not, ye shall not only do this which is done to the fig tree, but also if ye shall say unto this mountain, Bethou removed, and be thon cast into the sea; it shall be done. 22 And all things, whatsoever e shall ask in prayer, lieving, ye shall re- ceive. 23 And when he was come into the temple the chief priests and the elders of the peo- ple came unto him as he was teaching, and said, By what autho- rity doest thou these things? and who gave thee this authority? 24 And Jesus answered and said unto them, [ also will ask you one thing, which if ye tell me, 1 in like wise will tellyou by what autho- rity I do these things. 25 The baptism of Jobn, whence was it? from heaven, or of men? And they rea- soned with themselves, saying, If we shall say, From heaven; he will say unto us, Why did ye not then be- τὸ εἶπαν LTTrA. τ λήμψεσθε LTTrA. x διὰ τί LTTrA. 60 lieve him? 26 But if we shall say, Of men; we fear the people ; for all hold John as a pro- phet. 27 And they an- swered Jesus, and said, We cannot tell, And he said unto them, Neither tell I you by what authority I do these things. 28 But what think ye? A cer- tain man had two sons; and he came to the first, and said, Son, go work to day in my vineyard. 29 He answered and said, I will not: but after- ward he repented, and went, 30 And he came to the second, and said likewise. And he answered and said, I go, sir: and went not. 81 Whether of them twain did the will of his father? They say unto him, The first, Jesus saith unto them, Verily I say unto you, That the publicans and the harlots go into the kingdom of God before you. 32 For John came unto you in the way of right- eousness, and ye be- lieved him not: but the publicans and the harlots believed him: and ye, when ye had seen it, repented not afterward, that ye might believe him, 33 Hear another pa- rable: There was a certain householder, which planted a vine- yard, and hedged it round about, and dig- ged a winepress in it, and built a tower, and let it out to husband- men, and went into a far country: 34 and when the time of the fruit drew near, he sent his servants to the husbandmen, that they might receive the fruits of it. 35 And the husbandmen took his servants, and beat one, and killed an- other, and stoned an- other. 36 Again, he sent other servants more than the first: and they did unto MATOATOXS. ΧΧῚ αὐτῷ; 26 ἐὰν.δὲ εἴπωμεν, Ἔξ ἀνθρώπων, φοβούμεθα τὸν him? but if weshouldsay, From men, we fear the ὄχλον πάντες. γὰρ "ἔχουσιν τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην we προφήτην." multitude ; for all hold John as anophet 27 Kai ἀποκριθέντες τῷ Ἰησοῦ "εἶπον." Odx.oidapev. "Ἔφη And answering Jesus they said, We know not. 3Said αὐτοῖς καὶ αὐτός, Οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ *to®them “also ‘he, Neither tell you by what authority ταῦτα ποιῶ. 28 Τί δὲ ὑμῖν. δοκεῖ; ἄνθρωπος" εἶχεν ὕτέκνα these things I do. But what think ye ? aman had ?children δύο," “καὶ! προσελθὼν τῷ πρώτῳ εἶπεν, Τέκνον, ὕπαγε ame, and havingcome tothe first he said, Child, go σήμερον ἐργάζου ἐν τῷ.ἀμπελῶνί μου." 29 Ὁ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς to-day work in my vineyard. Andhe answering εἶπεν, Οὐ.θέλω" ὕστερον. “δὲ" μεταμεληθεὶς ἀπῆλθεν. 80 Καὶ said, Iwillnot; butafterwards having nepented he went. And προσελθὼν" τῷ βδευτέρῳ! εἶπεν ὡσαύτως. 0.0: ἀποκριθεὶς having come tothe second hesaid likewise. Andhe answering > ’ , ‘ > εἶπεν, ye κύριε" Kai οὐκ. ἀπῆλθεν. 31 Tic ἐκ τῶν δύο ἐποίη- said, [60], sir, and went not. Which of the two did σεν τὸ θελήμα τοῦ πατρός; Λέγουσιν "αὐτῷ," *O πρῶτος." the i ofthe father? They τοῦ to chiuy, The first. Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι οἱ τελῶναι Kai ἜΣΣΕ 510 *them wate Werily, I Bay to you, that the tax-gatherers and ai πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. the harlots go before you into the kingdom of-God, 32 ἦλθεν. γὰρ "πρὸς ὑ ὑμᾶς Ἰωάννης" ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης, Sto For 7came *you 1John in [the] a of righteousness, καὶ οὐκιἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ, οἱ. δὲ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι and γο did not believe him, but the tax-gatherers and the harlots ἐπίστευσαν αὐτῷ" ὑμεῖς.δὲ ἰδόντες ἰού. “μετεμελήθητε t ὕστερον i believed him; but ye having seen dnotrepent afterwards TOU πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ. to believe him. 33 “A\Any παραβολὴν ἀκούσατε. ᾿Ανθρωπ' moc ™rig!§ ἦν Another merable hear. certain there was οἰκοδεσπότης, ὕστις ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ φραγμὸν αὐτῷ a master of ἃ house, who planted avineyard, and ‘a °fence sit περιέθηκεν, καὶ ὥρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνόν, καὶ gKodd angey cee “about, and dug in ὃ Winepress, and built πύργον, καὶ "ἐξέδοτο" αὐτὸν Ὑεωργοῖς; καὶ ἀπεδήμησεν. Saver and let out it usbandmen, and left the οϑαηῖσσε 94 ὅτε.δὲ ἤγγισεν ὁ καιρὸς τῶν καρπῶν, ἀπέστειλεν τοὺς And when drew near the season οὗ the fruits, he sent δούλους. αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς ἐξωργῦνο λαβεῖν τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτοῦ. his bondmen to the husbandmen to receive his fruits. 35 καὶ λαβόντες οἱ thse we τοὺς. δούλους αὐτοῦ, ὃν.μὲν And *having *taken ‘the *husb his bondmen, one ἔδειραν, ὃν.δὲ ἀπέκτειναν, ὃν.δὲ ἐλιθοβόλησαν. 86 πάλιν they Hit andanother they killed, and another they stoned. Again ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας THY πρώτων, καὶ ἐποίη- he sent other bondmen more thanthe first, and they y ὡς προφήτην ἔ; ἔχουσιν τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην LTTrA. vo τέκνα L. προσελθὼν δὲ LTTrA. afterwards [obeyed] LTr. repent) Ltr; οὐ[δὲ] A. telmavT. 5 -Ὁ τις (reada certain mal) L. © — καὶ T. — pov (read the vineyard) TTrA. — δὲ but [x]r. & ἑτέρῳ — GTAW. h — αὐτῷ LTTrA. i ὃ ὕστερος he who "lwavens πρὸς ὑμᾶς LITrA. ' οὐδὲ (read did neither τὰ — ig GI TTrAW. n ἐξέδετο TA. MATTHEW. 37 ὕστερον.δὲ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς And at last he sent to them ᾿Εντραπήσονται τὸνουϊόν.μου. They will have respect for my son. 38 Οἱ. δὲ γεωργοὶ ἰδόντες τὸν υἱὸν εἶπον ἐν ἑαντοῖς, Οὗτός But the husbandmen seeing the son said among themselves, This ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος᾽ δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, Kai “κατά- is the heir ; come, let us kill him, and gain pos- σχωμεν! τὴν.κληρονομίαν.αὐτοῦ. 39 Kai λαβόντες αὐτὸν session of his inheritance. And havingtaken him ἐξέβαλον ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος καὶ ἀπέκτειναν. 40 ὅταν οὖν they cast(him]outof the vineyard and killed {him}. Whentherefore ἔλθῃ ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, TL ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς shallcomethe lord ofthe vineyard, what will hedo Shusbandmen ἐκείνοις ; 41 Aéyovow αὐτῷ, Κακοὺς κακῶς ἀπολέσει 1to “those ? They say tohim, Evil (men)! miserably he will destroy αὐτούς, καὶ τὸν ἀμπελῶνα Péxddocerar' ἄλλοις γεωργοῖς, them, and the vineyard he will let ont toother husbandmen, οἵτινες ἀποδώσουσιν αὐτῷ τοὺς καρποὺς ἐν τοῖς.καιροϊς. αὐτῶν. who willrender tohim the fruits in their seasons, 42 Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Οὐδέποτε.ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς ypa- 7Says “to *them 1Jesus, Did ye never read in the = scrip- paic, Λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος tures, [The] stone which “rejected those “who Sbuild, this ἐγενήθη sic κεφαλὴν γωνίας" παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, is become head of[the]corner: from [the] Lord was this, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν; 43 Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω XXI, XXII. σαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως. did tothem in like manner. τὸν. υἱὸν. αὐτοῦ, λέγων, his son, saying, and itis wonderful in our eyes? Because of this Isay ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἀρθήσεται ag’ ὑμῶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἴο you, that *shall *be *taken ‘from ou the kingdom of God, and δοθήσεται ἔθνει ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς. 44 “καὶ it shall be given ἴο ἃ παύΐϊοῃ producing the fruits of it, And ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν.λίθον.τοῦτον συνθλασθήσεται᾽ ἐφ᾽ ὃν.δ᾽ ἂν he who falls on this stone shall be broken; butonwhomsoever πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν." 45 τΚαὶ ἀκούσαντες" οἱ it shall fall it will grind to powder him. And Thearing ‘the ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ ot Φαρισαῖοι τὰς.παραβολὰς. αὐτοῦ ἔγνωσαν *chief *priests *and *the ‘Pharisees his parables knew ὅτι περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει. 46 Kai ζητοῦντες αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, that about them he speaks, And seeking him to lay hold of, ἐφοβήθησαν τοὺς ὄχλους, "ἐπειδὴ" ‘we' προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον. they feared the crowds, because as a prophet him they held. 22 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς πάλιν εἶπεν "αὐτοῖς ἐν παρα- And answering Jesus again spoke tothem in para- βολαῖς." λέγων, Ὡμοιώθη ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν bles, saying, ‘°Has “become *like'the *kingdom “of‘the ‘heavens ἀνθρώπῳ βασιλεῖ, ὅστις ἐποίησεν γάμους TH-vig.aiTod to a man a king, who made 8 wedding feast for his son: 3 kai ἀπέστειλεν rovcdovrAovc.avTrov καλέσαι τοὺς κεκλη- and sent his bondmen to call those who had been μένους εἰς τοὺς γάμους, καὶ οὐκ.ἤθελον ἐλθεῖν. 4 Πάλιν invited to the wedding feast, and they wouldnot come. Again ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους, λέγων, Εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλη- he sent other bondmen, saying, Say to those who had been ο σχῶμεν let us possess LTTrA. P ἐκδώσεται GLTTrAW. Sev. 5 ἐπεὶ Tira. teisforLrrra. ἐν παραβολαῖς αὐτοῖς LTTrA. 4 --- verse 44 [L]T. δὶ them likewise, 37 But last of all he sent inte them his son, saying, They will reverence myson, 28 But when the husbandmen saw the son, they said a- mong themselves, This is the heir ; come, let us kill him, and let us seize on his inherit- ance. 39 And they caught him, and cast him out of the vine- yard, and slew him. 40 When the lord therefore of the vine- ard cometh, what will e do unto those hus- bandmen? 41 They say unto him, He will mi- serably destroy those Wicked men, and will let out his vineyard unto other husband- men, which shall ren- der him the fruits in their seasons, 42 Jesus saith unto them, Did ye never read in the scriptures, The stone which the builders rejected, the same is become the head of the corner : this is the Lord’s doing, and it is marvellous in our eyes? 43 Therefore say I unto you, The kingdom of God shall be taken from you, and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits there- of. 44 And whosoever shall fail on this stone shall be broken: but on whomsoever it shall fall, it will grind him to powder. 45 And when the chief priests and Pharisees had heard his parables, they perceived that he spake of them, 46 But when they sought to lay hands on him, they feared the multitude, because they took him for a prophet. XXII. And Jesus answered and spake unto them again by pa- rables, and said, 2 The kingdom of heaven is like unto a certain King, which made a marriage for his son, 3 and sent forth his servants to call them that were bidden to the wedding : ana they would not come. 4 A- gain, he sent forth other servants, say- ing, Tell them which are bidden, Behold, I τ ἀκούσαντες 62 have prepared my din- ner: my oxen and my fatlings are killed, and all things are ready: come unto the mar- riage. 5 But they made light of it, and went their ways, one to his farm, another to his merchandise: 6 and the remnant took his servants, and entreated them spite- fully, and slew t 7 But when the king heard thereof, he was wroth: and he sent forth his armies, and destroyed those mur- derers, and burned up their city. 8 Then saith he to his servants, The wedding is ready, but they which were bid- den were not worthy. 9 Go ye therefore into the highways, and as many as ye shall find, bid to the marriage. 10 So those servants went out into the highways, and gather- ed together all as many as they found, both bad and good: and the wedding was furnish- ed with guests, 11 And when the king came in to see the guests, he saw there a man which had not on a wedding garment: 12 and he saith unto him, Friend, how camest thou in hither not having a wedding garment? And he was speechless, 13 Then said the king to the servants, Bind him hand and foot, and take him away, and cast him into outer darkness; there shall be weeping and gnash- ing of teeth. 14 For many are called, but few are chosen. 15 Then went the Pharisees, and took counsel how they might entangle him in his talk. 16 And they sent out unto him their disciples with the He- rodians, saying, Mas- ter, we know that thou art true, and teachest the way of God in truth, neither carest MATOAIOZ. XXII, μένοις, ‘idov, τὸ ἀριστόν.μου "ἡτοίμασα," οἱ ταῦὔροί. μου καὶ invited, Behold, my dinner I prepared, my oxen and τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα, Kai πάντα ἕτοιμα᾽ δεῦτε εἰς τοὺς the fatted beasts are killed, and all things[are) ready ; come to the ’ « ὃ A 2 ON , > ~ xs Ι τ > 4 γάμους. 5 Orde ἀμελήσαντες ἀπῆλθον, *o!_pwév εἰς τὸν wedding feast. But they being negligent of [it] went away, one to 10 , ’ὔ yA" δὲ Z > il A ᾽ , > Lod € δὲ λ . toLloVv αγρον, O. εἰς τὴν-ἐεμπορίιανο.αύυτου. θ οἱ. OLTTOL hisown field, and another to his commerce. And the rest, κρατήσαντες τοὺς.δούλους. αὐτοῦ ὕβρισαν Kai ἀπέκτειναν. having laid hold of his bondmen, insulted and illed [them], 7 "᾿Ακούσας. δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς" ὠργίσθη. καὶ πέμψας τὰ And having heard [it] the king was wroth, and having sent στρατεὐματα.αὐτοῦ ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς.φονεῖς.ἐκείνους, Kai τὴν his forces he destroyed those murderers, and πόλιν.αὐτῶν ἐνέπρησεν ὃ Tore λέγει τοῖς.δούλοις. αὐτοῦ, Ὃ their city he burnt. Then he says to his bondmen, The ἐν γάμος ἕτοιμός ἐστιν, οἱ. δὲ κεκλημένοι οὐκιἦσαν Ξ]ηἀθο ‘wedding “feast ®ready “15, but those who hadbeeninvited werenot Ἂν > 4 4 , ~ « ~ ‘ ἄξιοι. 9 πορεύεσθε οὖν ἐπὶ τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν, Kai worthy ; Go therefore into the thoroughfares of the highways, and .« b La || [2 , > 4 , \ ὕσους "ἂν" εὕρητε, καλέσατε εἰς τοὺς γάμους. 10 Kai asManyas_ ye Shall find, invite to the wedding feast. And ἐξελθόντες oidovAoL.éxésivoreic τὰς ὁδοὺς συνήγαγον πάντας %having*gone "οτιῦ ‘those *bondmen into ὕπο highways broughttogether all ὅσους εὗρον, πονηρούς TE Kai ἀγαθούς" Kai ἐπλήσθη ὁ asmanyastheyfound, evil *both and good; and “became *full 'the γάμος" ἀνακειμένων. 11 εἰσελθὼν. δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς θεάσα- “wedding “feast of guests. And*coming‘*in‘the king to see σθαι τοὺς ἀνακειμένους εἶδεν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἐνδεδυμένον the guests beheld there aman not clothed » , \ , > οῖ ἢ - ~ ἔνδυμα ἀἁμου" 12 καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Βταῖρε, πῶς with a garment of [the] wedding feast ; and hesays tohim, Friend, how > ~ ἣν sy 4. ΄ « } εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων & ‘ua άμου; Ο.δὲ didst thouenter here not having ἃ κε... ὐσπῦ of [the] wedding feast? But he ἐφιμώθη. 18 τότε δεῖπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς! τοῖς διακόνοις, Δήσαν- was speechless. Then said the king tothe servants, Having τες αὐτοῦ πόδας Kai χεῖρας “ἄρατε αὐτὸν καὶ ἐκβάλετε f bound his feet and hands takeaway him and _ castout [him] εἰς TO σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον' ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς Kai ὁ into the darkness the outer : there shallbe the weeping and the βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. 14 πολλοὶ.γάρ εἰσιν κλητοί, ὀλίγοι. δὲ gnashing of the teeth. For many are called, but few ἐκλεκτοί. chosen. 15 Τότε πορευθέντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον ὅπως Then having gone the Pharisees “counsel ‘took how > ‘ ΄ ᾽ , ‘ ? ‘ ᾽ ~ αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ. 16 Kai ἀποστέλλουσιν αὐτῷ him they mightensnare in discourse, And they send to him τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτῶν μετὰ TOY ἸΗΒΟ δχμαιν, ἐλέγοντες,"! Διδά- their disciples with the erodians, saying, Teacher, σκαλε, οἴδαμεν OTL ἀληθὴς εἶ, Kai τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ we know that true thouart,and the way of Godin truth * ἡτοίμακα I have prepared LTTra. * ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀκούσας L; ὃ δὲ βασιλεὺς TTrA; καὶ ἀκούσας ὁ Bac. W. © νυμφὼν bridechamber T. ' + αὐτὸν bim LTTra. ® ἐπὶ LITrA, Ὁ ἐὰν LTTrAW. © — ἄρατε αὐτὸν καὶ LTTrA. χα ὃς LTTrA. Υ ὃς LTTrA. 4 ὃ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν LTTrA. & λέγοντας LTTr. XXII. διδάσκεις, Kai οὐ μέλει teachest, for *not ‘thou “lookest εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων" 17 *eiré! οὖν ἡμῖν, τί σοι on [the] appearance of men ; tell therefore us, what “thou δοκεῖ; ἔξεστιν δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι ἢ οὔ ; 18 Γνοὺς.δὲ ‘thinkest? 15 1Ὁ lawful togive tribute toCzsar ornot? But ne ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν-.πονηρίαν.αὐτῶν εἶπεν, Τί pe πειράζετε, ὑπο- ΜΑΤΤΗΒΥ͂. σοι περὶ οὐδενός, οὐ.γὰρ βλέπεις and there 15 caretothee about noone, Jesus their wickedness said, Whyme doyetempt, hypo- κριταί; 19 ἐπιδείξατέ μοι τὸ νόμισμα τοῦ κήνσου. Οἱ δὲ crites? Shew me the coin of the tribute. And they προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δηνάριον. 20 καὶ λέγει adroic', Τίνος presented tohim 8. denarius, And hesays tothem, Whose [is] ἡ-εἰκὼν. αὕτη Kai ἡ ἐπιγραφή: 21 Λέγουσιν kair@,' Καίσαρος. this image and the inscription? They say to him, Ceesar’s. Τότε λέγει αὐτοῖς, ᾿Απόδοτε οὖν τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι, Then he says ἴο them, Render thenthethings of Cxsar to Cxsar, καὶ τὰ Tov OEov τῷ θεῷ. 22 Kai ἀκούσαντες ἐθαύμασαν" and the things of God to God. And having heard they wondered; καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἀπῆλθον." and leaving him went away. 23 Ἔν ἐκεί ἢ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ Σαδδουκαῖοι, ™oi tha On came to him Sadducees, who λέγοντες μὴ. ΡΟΣ ie καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν, 24 λέ- say here is not a resurrection, and they questioned him, say- yovrec, Διδάσκαλε, "Μωσῆς" εἶπεν, Ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ μὴ ing, Teacher, Moses said, 1 Buy one shoulddie not ἔχων τέκνα, 5 ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ. αὐελί δε, αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα having children, 3shall CmaEEY, brother *wife αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει σπέρμα τῷ. ἀδελφῷ. αὐτοῦ. 35 Ἥσαν δὲ ®his, and shallraiseup seed to his brother. Now there were παρ᾽ ἡμῖν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί, Kai ὁ πρῶτος Ῥγαμήσας" ἐτελεύτη- with us seven brothers; andthe first having married died, σεν, Kai μὴ ἔχων σπέρμα ΠΡ ΠΕΣ τὴν.γυναϊκα. αὐτοῦ τῷ and not having seed left his wife ἀδελφῷ.αὐτοῦ. 26 ὁμοίως καὶ ὁ δεύτερος, Kai ὁ τρίτος; to his brother. In like manner also the second, and the third, ἕως τῶν ἑπτά. 27 ὕστερον.δὲ πάντων ἀπέθανεν “καὶ! ἡ γυνή. unto the seven, And last of all died also the woman. 28 ἐν τῇ τοὖν ἀναστάσει! τίνος τῶν ἑπτὰ ἔσται γυνή; 3In *the ‘therefore resurrection of which of the seven shallshe be wife? πάντες.γὰρ ἔσχον αὐτήν. 29 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν for all had her. And answering Jesus said > ~ ~ ΟἿ > , 4 , αὐτοῖς. ΠΠλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς γραφάς, μηδὲ THY δύναμιν to them, Ye err, not uo the scriptures, nor the power τοῦ θεοῦ. 30 ἐν.γὰρ τῇ ἀναστάσει οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε of God. Forin the _ resurrection neither do they Tate nor “exyapiZovrat,| ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἄγγελοι ‘rou *Oeoull ἐν * οὐρανῷ are eigen in marriage, but as angels of God in heaven εἰσιν. 31 περὶ. δὲ τῆς ἀναστάσεως THY νεκρῶν, οὐκ-ἀνέγνωτε they are, But concerning the resurrection ofthe dead, have ye not read x x = ~ , > ’ ? TO ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, λέγοντος, 32 ᾿Εγώ εἰμι that which wasspokentoyou by God, saying, 1 am 63 thou for any man: for thou regardest not the person of men, 17 Tell us therefore, What thinkest thou? Is it lawful to give tribute unto Cesar, or not? 18 But Jesus perceived their wickedness, and said, Why tempt ye me, ye hypocrites? 19 Shew me the tribute money. And _ they brought unto him a penny. 20 And he saith untothem, Whose is this image and su- perscription? 21 They say unto him, Cesar’s. Then saith he unto them, Render therefore unto Cesar the things which are Czssar’s; and unto God the things that are God’s. 22 When_ they had heard these words, they marvelled, and left him, and went their way. 23 The same day came to him the Sad- ducees, which say that there is no resurrec- tion, and asked him, 24 saying, Master, Mo- ses said, If a man die, having no children, his brother shal] marry his wife, and raise up seed unto his brother. 25 Now there were with us seven brethren: and the first, when he had married a wife, de- ceased, and, having no issue, left his wife unto his brother: 26 like- wise the second also, and the third, unto the seventh. 27 And last of all the woman died also. 28 Therefore in the resurrection whose wife shall she be of the seven? for they all had her. 29 Jesus an- swered and said unto them, Ye do err, not knowing the scrip- tures, nor the power of God. 30 For in the resurrection they nei- ther marry, nor are given in marriage, but are as the angels of God in heaven. 31 But as touching the resur- rection of the dead, have ye not read that which wasspoken unto you by God, saying, 321 am the God of Ἀ εἰπὸν 1. i + ὃ Ἰησοῦς Jesus (says) LT. m — oi (read saying) LITrA. n Μωῦσῆς LTTrAW. 4 — καὶ T[Tr]a. r ἀναστάσει οὖν LTTrA. 7 — θεοῦ LTr[ A]. * + 7o@ the LITra. k— αὐτῷ D T[A]. 5 γαμίζονται LTTrA. ο + ἵνα tnat L. | ἀπῆλθαν LITA. Ὁ γήμας LTTra. — Tov LTTra 64 Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob? God is not the God of the dead, but of the living. 33 And when the mul- titude heard this, they were astonished at his doctrine. 34 But when the Pharisees had heard that he had put the Sadducees to silence they were gathered together. 35 Then one of them, which was a lawyer, asked him a question, tempting him, and_ saying, 36 Master, which 1% the great command- ment in the law? 37 Jesus said unto him, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind. 38 This is the first and great com- mandment. 39 And the second is like unto it, Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself. 40 On these two com- mandments hang all the law and the pro- phets. 41 While the Pha- risees were gathered together, Jesus asked them, 42 saying, What think ye of Christ? whose son is he? They say unto him, Zhe Son of David. 43 Hesaith unto them, How then doth David in spirit call him Lord, saying, 44 The LORD said unto my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, till I make thine enemies thy footstool? 45 If David then call him Lord, how is he his son? 46 And no man was able to answer him a word, neither durst any man from that day forth ask him any more ques- tions. XXIII. Thenspake Jesus tothe multitude, and to his disciples, 2saying, The scribes and the Pharisees sit in Moses’ seat: 3 all therefore whatsoever they bid you observe, x — ὁ θεὸς (read he is not) T. ἔφη αὐτῷ G; ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτῷ LTTrA; ἔφη αὐτῷ ᾿Ιησοῦς W. 4 — δὲ and T. ΒΕ καλεῖ αὐτὸν κύριον LTrA ; καλεῖ κύριον αὐτὸν T. i $roxdtw under (thy feet) LrTra. Κ ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ LTTrA. πρώτη LTTrAW. LTTrA. MATOAIOS XXII, XXII ὁ θεὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ ὁ θεὸς ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰακώβ; οὐκ the God of Abraham and the God ofIsaac and the God of Jacob? *Not ἔστιν τὸ θεὸς" YOedc" νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων. 33 Kai ἀκού- 318 1God God of[the]dead, but of [the] living. And having σαντες ot ὄχλοι ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ. heard, the crowds were astonished at his teaching. 94 Οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες ὅτι ἐφίμωσεν τοὺς Σαὸ- But the Pharisees, having heard that he had silenced the Sad- δουκαίους, συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ. τὸ. αὐτό, 35 καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν ducees, were gathered together, and °questioned [?°him] εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν γνομικός, πειράζων αὐτόν, τκαὶ λέγων," tone*of “them “4 Sdoctor Sof 7the Slaw, tempting him, and saying, 36 Διδάσκαλε, ποία ἐντολὴ μεγάλη ἐν τῷ HaLD: Teacher, which ‘commandment [15 *the] *great in the Ww? 37 “0.02 Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ," ᾿Αγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν And Jesus said tohim, Thou shalt love[the] Lord ®*God ? ὅλ b “Ἱ} δί ΑΓ - - ~ ἣν 1. σου ἐν ὕλῃ ὑτῇ" καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῷς.Ψυχῇ.σου, καὶ ἐν ‘thy with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with ὕλῃ TH-dvavoig.cov. 88 αὕτη ἐστν “πρώτη Kai μεγάλη" all thy mind. This is [the] first and great ἐντολῆ. 39 devrépa-*dé! ὁμοία αὐτῷ, ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν commandment. And [the] second [158] like it, Thou shalt love πλησίον.σου we σεαυτόν. 40 ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς thy neighbour as_ thyself. On _ these two commandments ὅλος ὁ νόμος “καὶ οἱ προφῆται κρέμανται." all the law and the prophets hang. 41 Συνηγμένων δὲ τῶν Φαρισαίων ἐπηρώτησεν But *having *been “assembled *together ‘the Pharisees *questioned αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, 42 λέγων, Ti ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περὶ τοῦ χριστοῦ; ®them 7Jesus, saying, What “ye ‘thinkconcerning the Christ? τίνος υἱός ἐστιν; Aéyovow αὐτῷ, Τοῦ. Δαβίδ." 43 Λέγει of whom ’son ‘is *he? They say tohim, Of David. He says -? ~ ~ ἦ f ἰδ! ? , [1 , Bi a® ~ hh avroic, Πῶς οὖν ἰΔαβὶδ' ἐν πνεύματι κύριον αὐτὸν καλεῖ: tothem, How then 7David “ἴῃ “spirit 7Lord Shim ‘does Scall? λέγων, 44 Εἶπεν "δ" κύριος τ ευρίρ μοῦ: Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν. μου saying, 3Said ‘the *Lord to my Lord, Sit on my right hand ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς. ἐχθρούς σου ἵὑποπόδιον' rév-rodwy.cov. until I placa thine enemies [845] a footstool for thy feet. 45 Ei οὖν [᾿Δαβὶδ'᾽ καλεῖ αὐτὸν κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ If therefore David calls him Lord, how his son ἐστιν; 46 Kai οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο Ἑαὐτῷ ἀποκριθῆναι! λόγον, is he? And noone wasable him to answer a word, οὐδὲ ἐτόλμησεν τις ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν ΠΟΥ͂ dared anyone from that day to question him οὐκέτι. any more (lit, no more). 23 Τότε ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐλάλησεν τοῖς ὄχλοις Kai τοῖς. μαθηταῖς Then Jesus spoke tothe crowds and to *disciples αὐτοῦ, 2 λέγων, "Ei τῆς Μωσέως" καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν ot this, saying, On the of *Moses ‘seat have sat down the γραμματεῖς καὶ ot Φαρισαῖοι: 8 πάντα οὖν 00a." ay" εἴπω- scribes and the Pharisees ; allthings therefore whatever they may ao δὲ ᾿Ιησοῦς cH μεγάλη καὶ f Δαυΐδ aw ; Δαυείδ h — ὁ (read [the]) Lrtra. | Μωῦσέως LTTTAW. ™ ἐὰν TW. Υ — θεὸς LTr[A]. 2 — Kal λέγων LTTr. SU Se ee © κρέμαται καὶ οἱ mpopyTar LTTrAW. XXIII. MATTHEW. σιν ὑμῖν "τηρεῖν," στηρειτε καὶ ποιεῖτε" " κατὰ.δὲ τὰ.ἔργα.αὐτῶν tell you tokeep, keep and do. But after their works μὴ-ποιεῖτε" λέγουσιν.γὰρ Kai οὐ.ποιοῦσιν. 4 δεσμεύουσιν Ῥγὰρ" do not ; for they say and do not. ?They *bind ‘for φορτία βαρέα “καὶ δυσβάστακτα," Kai ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς burdens heavy and hard to bear, and lay [them] on the »Ὦἦ ~~ > ’ a Τ ~ ‘ DN e eit ᾽ , wpovg τῶν ἀνθρώπων" ττῷ δὲ δακτύλῳ.αὑτῶν" οὐ.θέλουσιν shoulders of men, but with their own finger they will not κινῆσαι αὐτά. 5 πάντα.δὲ τὰ. ἔργα αὐτῶν ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ move them. And all their works they do to θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. πλατύνουσιν “δὲ; τὰ φυλακτήρια be seen by men, 2They*make*broad ‘and *phylacterice αὐτῶν, καὶ μεγαλύνουσιν τὰ κράσπεδα τῶν ἱματίων αὐτῶν" Stheir, and enlarge the borders of their garments, 6 φιλοῦσίν ‘re! τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις, Kai τὰς love tand the first place in the suppers, and the πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς, 7 Kai τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν first seats in the synagogues, and the salutations in ταῖς ἀγοραῖς, καὶ καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων “ῥαββί, paBBi"' themarket-places,and to be called by men Rabbi, Rabbi. 8 ὑμεῖς. δὲ μὴ.κληθηῆτε ῥαββί"" εἴς.γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ TKaOnynTNE, | But ες ‘be’notcalled Rabbi; for one is your leader, τὸ χριστός"" πάντες.δὲ ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε. 9 Kai πατέρα μὴ the Christ, and all ye brethren are. And ‘father *not καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς᾽ εἷς.γάρ ἐστιν δὺ. πατὴρ.ὑμῶν," ‘call ‘your[*any‘onejon the earth; forone is your father, b t ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς." 10 μηδὲ κληθῆτε καθηγηταί" “εἷς. γὰρ who [is] in the heavens. Neither be called leaders ; for one ὑμῶν ἐστιν ὁ καθηγητής," ὁ χριστός. 11 ὁ. δὲ μείζων ὑμῶν “your tis leader, the Christ. But the greater of you ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος. 12 ὕστις.δὲ ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν ταπεινωθή - shallbe your servant, And whosoever willexalt himself shall be σεται Kai ὕστις ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται. humbied; and whosoever willhumble himseif shall be exalted. 13 a4) “Οὐαὶ.“δὲ! ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, But woe toyou, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, OTL κατεσθίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ for yedeyour the houses of widows, and as a pretext αὖ *great *length προσευχόμενοι" διὰ τοῦτο λήψεσθε περισσότερον κρίμα." ‘praying. Becauseof this yeshall receive more abundant judgment. 14 a3) Ovaif ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, Ore Woe toyou, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, for κλείετε τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων" yeshutup the kingdom ofthe heavens before men ; ὑμεῖς. γὰρ οὐκ.εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε for ye do not enter, noreyenthosewho areentering doyesuffer εἰσελθεῖν. 15 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, to enter. Woe toyou, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, ὅτι περιάγετε THY θάλασσαν Kai τὴν ξηρὰν ποιῆσαι ἕνα for yegoabout the sea and the ry [land] tomake one 65 that observe and do; but do not ye after their works : for they say, and do not. + For they bind heavy bur- dens and grievous to be borne, and lay them on men’s shoulders; but they themselves will not move them with one of their fin- gers. 5 But all their works they do for to be seen of men: they make broad their phy- lacteries, and enlarge the borders of their garments, 6 and love the uppermost rooms at feasts, and the chief seats in the syna- gogues, 7 and greet- ings in the markets, and to be called of men, Rabbi, Rabbi. 8 But be not ye called Rabbi: for one is your Master, even Christ ; and all ye are breth- ren. 9 And call no man your father upon the earth: for one is your Father, which is in heaven. 10 Neither be ye called masters: for one is your Master, even Christ. 11 But he that is greatest among you shall be your ser- vant. 12 And whoso- ever shall exalt him- self shall be abased ; and hethatshall hum- ble himself shall be exalted. 13 But woe untoyou, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for yeshut up the kingdom of heaven against men: for ye neither go in yourselves, neither suf- fer ye them that are entering to go in. 14 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye de- your widows’ houses, and for a pretence make long prayer: therefore ye shall re- ceive the greater dam- nation. 15 Woe unto you, scribes and Pha- risees, hypocrites! for ye compass sea and land to make one pros- 0 — τηρεῖν LTTrA. Ρ δὲ but Lrtra. τακτα 1 Tra. 8 yap for LTTrA. τ — τῶν ἱματίων αὐτῶν LTTrA. Υ δὲ Lttra. ῥαββὶ [paBBi] a. * ῥαββεί τ. Υ διδάσκαλος teacher LTTraW. ὑμῶν ὁ πατὴρ LTTr. ὃ ὁ οὐράνιος the heavenly ΙΤΊΤΑ. 4 Verse13 placed aster 14 Ἑ; — verse 13 LTTra. ο ποιήσατε Kal τηρεῖτε LTTrA. e — δὲ but £. 4ᾳ — καὶ δυσβάσ- τ αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν but they themselves with their finger Litra. ὗ ν paBBi LTr; ῥαββείτ; :-- ὁ χριστός ΟἸΤΎΓΑΥ.- © ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστὶν εἷς LTTA. f+ δὲ but (woe) ELTTrA. F 66 elyte, and when he is made, ye make him twofold more the child of hell than your- selves. 16 Woe unto you, ye blind guides, which say, Whosoever shall swear by the tem- ple, it is nothing ; but whosoever shall swear by the gold of the tem- ple, he is a debtor! 17 Ye fools and blind: for whether is greater, the gold, or the temple that sanctifieth the gold? 18 And, Who- soever shall swear by the altar, it is nothing; but whosoever swear- eth by the gift that is upon it, he is galley: 19 Ye fools and blind: for whether is greater, the gift, or the altar that sanctifieth the gift? 20 Whoso there- fore shall swear by the altar, sweareth by it, and by all things there- on. 21 And whoso shall swear by the temple, sweareth by it, and by him that dwelleth therein. 22 And he that shall swear by heaven, aweareth by the throne of God, and by him that sitteth thereon. Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye pay tithe of mint and anise and cummin, and have omitted the weightier matters of the law, judgment, mercy, and faith: these ought ye to have done, and not to leave the other un- done. 24 Ye blind guides, which strain at a goat, and swallow a camel, 25 Woe unto you, scribes and Pha- risees, hypocrites! for ye make clean the out- side of the cup and of the platter, but within they are full of ex- tortion and _ excess, 26 Thou blind Pha- risee, cleanse first that which is within the cup and platter, that the outside of them may be clean also. 27 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye are like unto whited sepulchres, which indeed appear beautifuloutward, but are within full of dead men’s bones, and of all δ᾽ τί L. " ὁμοιάζετε LTr. h μεῖζον L. τι κατοικήσαντι dwelt in GTraw. to leave aside LrTra. * ἀδικίας unrighteousness ow. MATOALOS. XXIII. προσήλυτον, Kai ὕταν ἕνηται, ποιεῖτε αὐτὸν υἱὸν γε- proselyte, and when he has become [50], yemake him asonofGe- ἐννης διπλότερον henna twofold more than yourselves. Woe toyou, “guides ‘blind, who λέγοντες, “Oc.dv ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν' ὃς. δ᾽ ἂν Bay, Whoever shall swear by the temple,nothing itis; but whoever ὀμόσῃ ἐν TP χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ, ὀφείλει. 17 μωροὶ καὶ Cees shallswear by the gold of the temple, is a debtor. Fools and blind, Bric'-yap Ὀμείζων" ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσός, ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάζων!" for which greater lis, the gold, or the temple which sanctifies ‘ ’ é 18 , Ὃ k2 cy Ι ? , ? ~ , τὸν χρυσον; και, Ος-“εαν' ὁμοσῃ ἕν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ, the gold? And, Whoever shallswear by the altar, οὐδέν tori" ὃς. δ᾽ ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ δώρῳ τῷ nothing itis; butwhoevershallswearby the gift ὀφείλει. 19 ἱμωροὶ καὶ! τυφλοί, τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, is a debtor. Fools and blind, for which [18] greater, the gift, n A , A «ε , ‘ ~ « ᾽ ’ ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον ; 206 οὖν ὀμόσας ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, that [is] upon it, or the altar which sanctifies the gift? He*that'therefore swears ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ ὀμνύει ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐπάνω by the altar swears by it and by allthingsthat[are] upon αὐτοῦ" 21 Kai ὁ ὀμόσας ἐν τῷ ναῷ ὀμνύει ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν it. Andhethat swears by the temple swears by it and by τῷ "κατοικοῦντι! αὐτόν" 22 Kai ὁ ὀμόσας ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ himwho dwellsin it. And hethat swears by the heaven ὀμνύει ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω swears by the throne of God and by him who sits upon αὐτοῦ. 23 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς Kai Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, Ort it. Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, for ἀποδεκατοῦτε TO ἡδύοσμον Kai TO ἄνηθον Kai τὸ κύμινον, Kai yepay tithesof the min and the anise and the cummin, and ἀφήκατε τὰ βαρύτερα τοῦ νόμου, τὴν κρίσιν καὶ "τὸν ye have left aside the weightier [matters] of the law, judgment, and ἔλεον" καὶ τὴν πίστιν' ταῦτα ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κἀκεῖνα μὴ merey and faith: these itbehoved{you] todo, andthose not Ράἀφιέναι."" 24 ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί, “οἱ! διυλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα, tobe leaving aside. Guides ‘blind, who filter out the gnat, τὴν.δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες. 25 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς Kai but the camel swallow. Woe toyou, scribes and ~ « / « , δον ~ , Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου Pharisees, hypocrites, for yecleanse the outside of the cup καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν. δὲ γέμουσιν "ἐξ! ἁρπαγῆς καὶ and of the dish, but within they arefull of plunder and βἀκρασίας." 26 Φ i λέ θά ῷ ὁ ἐντὸ ρασίας. αρισαῖε τυφλε, καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς incontinence. *Pharisee ‘blind, cleanse first the inside τοῦ ποτηρίου ‘kai τῆς παροψίδος," ἵνα γένηται Kai τὸ ἐκτὸς ofthe cup and of the dish, that “may 7become *also *the *outside Wig. ell , ? V OAS Se ~ \ ~ αὐτῶν" καθαρόν. 27 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, *of “them clean. Woe toyou, scribes and Pharisees, ὑποκριταί, ὅτι “παρομοιάζετε! rapoig κεκονιαμένοις, οἵτινες hypocrites, for ye are like 4sepulchres ‘whited, which ἔξωθεν μὲν φαίνονται ὡραῖοι, ἔσωθεν.δὲ γέμουσιν ὀστέων outwardly indeed appear beautiful, but within are full of bones ‘ayidoas sanctified nrtra, ‘Gyurrra. | — μωροὶ καὶ [L]rtra. Ὁ 70 ἔλεος LTTrA- o + δὲ but GLTraw. Ρ ἀφεῖναι «- . . » 4 — ot (read filtering οαῦ.. .. swallowing) τὰ. r—ef u[trh t — καὶ τῆς παροψίδος TA. Υ αὐτοῦ of it LrTra. ᾿ ᾿ ὑμῶν. 16 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί, ot | | | | | | | XXIII. MATTHEW. γεκρῶν καὶ πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας. 28 οὕτως Kai ὑμεῖς ἔξωθεν of [the] dead and ofall uncleanness. Thus also ye outwardly μὲν φαίνεσθε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δίκαιοι, ἔσωθεν. δὲ “μεστοί ἐστε" indeed appear to men righteous, but within full are ὑποκρίσεως Kai ἀνομίας. 29 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φα- of hypocrisy and lawlessness. Woe toyou, scribes and Pha- ρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, ὅτι οἰκοδομεῖτε τοὺς τάφους τῶν προφητῶν, risees, hypocrites, for ye build the sepulchres ofthe prophets, καὶ κοσμεῖτε τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν δικαίων, 30 καὶ λέγετε, Et γἦῆμεν" and adorn the tombs ofthe righteous, and yesay, If wehadbeen ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν.πατέρων.ἡμῶν, οὐκ.ἂν. ἦμεν" *Kowwwvoi in the days of our fathers we would not havebeen partakers αὐτῶν" ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν. 31 ὥστε μαρτυρεῖτε with them in the blood ofthe prophets. So that ye bear witness ἑαυτοῖς, ὅτι υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας" to yourselves, that sons yeare of those who murdered the prophets ; 32 καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν.πατέρων ὑμῶν. 33 ὄφεις, and ye, fillyeup the measure of your fathers, Serpents, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς γε- offspring of vipers, how shall ye escape from the judgment of Ge- évync; 34 Διὰ τοῦτο, ἰδού, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προ- henna? Because of this, behold, I send to you pro- φήτας Kai σοφοὺς καὶ γραμματεῖς" "καὶ" ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπο- phets and wise [men] and scribes ; and [some] of them ye will KTEVEITE καὶ σταυρώσετε. καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν μαστιγώσετε ἐν ταῖς kill and crucify, and(somejof them yewillscourge in συναγωγαῖς. ὑμῶν, καὶ διώξετε ἀπὸ πόλεως εἰς πόλιν᾽" your synagogues, and will persecute from city to city 3 35 ὅπως ἔλθῃ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον éxyvvdpevor" so that shouldcome upon you 481] [the] *blood ‘righteous poured out ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ “τοῦ! αἵματος “ABEX τοῦ δικαίου, ἕως τοῦ upon the earth from the blood of Abel the righteous, to the αἵματος Ζαχαρίου υἱοῦ Βαραχίου, ὃν ἐφονεύσατε μεταξὺ τοῦ blood of Zacharias son of Barachias, whom ye murdered between the ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου. 36 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, “ ἥξει temple and the altar. Verily Isay to you, *shall come ταῦτα πάντα! ἐπὶ τὴν.γενεὰν.ταύτην. 37 Ἱερουσαλήμ, *these*things ‘tall upon this generation. Jerusalem, Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας Kai λιθοβολοῦσα Jerusalem, who killest the prophets and stonest τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν, ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐπισυν- thosewho have been sent to her, how often wouldI have gath- ἀγαγεῖν Td.Tékva.cov, ὃν.τρόπον [ἐπισυνάγει ὄρνις" τὰ eredtogether thy children, inthe way “*gathers*together ‘a *hen νοσσία δἑαυτῆς" ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας", καὶ οὐκ.ἠθελήσατε; her brood under [her] wings, and ye would not ! 38 ἰδού, ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ. οἶκος. ὑμῶν ἱἔρημος." 39 λέγω.γὰρ Behold, isleft toyou your house desolate ; for I say Ce ὦ ? , » 2 > ἊΝ « n » > ὑμῖν, Ov.pn pe ἴδητε ἀπ’ ἄρτι Ewe.dy εἴπητε, Evdoyn- to you, Inno wise me shallyesee henceforth until ye say, Bless- EVOC ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου. ed [is] he who comes in[the] name of [the] Lord. 67 uncleanness, 28 Even so ye also outwardly appear righteous unto men, but within yeare full of hypocrisy and iniquity. 29 Woe unto you, scribes and Pha- risees, hypocrites! be- cause ye build the tombs of the prophets, and garnish the sepul- chres of the righteous, 30 and say, If we had been in the days of our fathers, we would not have been partakers with them in the blood of the prophets. 31 Wherefore ye be witnesses unto your- selves, that ye are the children of them which killed the prophets. 32 Fill ye up then the measure of your fa- thers. 33 Ye serpents, ye generation of vi- pers, how can ye escape the damnation of hell ? 34 Wherefore, behold, I send unto you pro- phets, and wise men, and scribes: and some of them ye shall kill and crucify ; and some of them shall ye scourge in your syna- gogues, and persecute them from city to city: 35 that upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth, from the blood of righteous Abel unto the blood of Zacharias son Οὗ Barachias, whom yeslew between the temple and the altar. 36 Verily I say unto you, All these things shall come upon this generation. 370 Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even asa hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not! 38 Behold, your house is left unto you desolate. 39 ForI say unto you, Ye shall not see me henceforth, till ye shall say, Blessed 2s he that cometh in the name of the Lord. x ἐστε μεστοὶ LTTrA. Υ ἤμεθα GLTTrAW. Ὁ ἐκχυννόμενον LTTrA. ©—Tovw. 4 + ὅτι that G[a]w. ἐπισυνάγει LITrA. ὃ αὐτῆς TL Tr]AW ; — ἑαυτῆς (read [her]) i. 1 — ἔρημος L. 2 αὐτῶν κοινωνοὶ LTrA. © πάντα ταῦτα LTrA. h + [αὐτῆς] her (wings) L. & — καὶ LTTrA. [ὄρνις 68 XXIV. And Jesus went out, and departed from the temple: and his disciples came to him for to shew him the buildings of the temple. 2 And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all these things? verily Lsay unto you, There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. 3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? 4 And Jesus answered and said unto them, Take heed that no man deceive you. 5 For many shall comeinmy name, saying, I am Christ; and shall de- ceivemany. 6 And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars: see that ye be not trou- bled: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. 7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earth- quakes, in divers places. 8 All these are the beginning of sor- rows. 9 Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you: and ye shall be-hated of all nations for my name’s sake. 10 And then shall many be offended, and shall betray one an- other, and shall hate one another. 11 And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many. 12 And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold. 13 But he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved. 14 And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all na- tions; and then shall theend come. 15 When ye therefore sliall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, k ἀπὸ (ἐκ Out of L) τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπορεύετο LTTrA. ™ ταῦτα πάντα LTTrA. 4— πάντα LTT: A). MATOAIO®X. XXIV. 924 Kai ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ξἐπορεύετο ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ," Kai And going forth Jesus went away from the temple, and προσῆλθον οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτῷ τὰς οἰκοδομὰς ‘Seame*to [Phim] this “disciples to point out tohim the buildings τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 2 ὁ. δὲ. "Ἰησοῦς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Οὐ. βλέπετε πάντα of the temple. But Jesus said to them, See ye not all ταῦτα ;" ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ-μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον these things? Verily Isay to you, not atallshallbe left here stone upon stone ὃς οὐ-"μὴ" καταλυθήσεται. 3 Καθημένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ which shall not be thrown down. And as*was *sitting “he upon the ὄρους τῶν ἐλαιῶν προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ" κατ᾽ (ἰδίαν, é- mount of Olives came *to Shim ‘the *disciples apart, sey- yovrec, Εἰπὲ ἡμῖν, πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; Kai τί τὸ σημεῖον ing, Tell us, when*these*things'shallbe? and what[is]the sign τῆς. σῆς παρουσίας Kai Prijc' συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος ; 4 Kai of thy coming and ofthe completion ofthe age? And ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς answering Jesus said tothem, Take heed, lest anyone “you πλανήσῃ. 5 πολλοὶ.γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί. μου," λέ- 1mislead., For many will come in my name, yourec, ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ὁ χριστός' καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν. saying, I am the Christ; and many they will mislead. 6G Μελλήσετε.δὲ ἀκούειν πολέμους Kai ἀκοὰς πολέμων. ὁρᾶτε, But ye shall beabout to hear of wars and rumours of wars. See, μὴ.θροεῖσθε" δεῖ. γὰρ ἡπάντα! γενέσθαι" ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω be not disturbed ; for itis necessary all[these]things totakeplace, but not yet ἐστὶν τὸ τέλος. 7 ᾿Εγερθήσεται.γὰρ ἔθνος "ἐπὶ" ἔθνος, καὶ is the end. Yor *shall*rise*up ‘nation against nation. and βασιλεία ἐπὶ ἔσονται λιμοὶ “καὶ λοιμοὶ" kingdom against and there shall be famines and pestilences καὶ σεισμοὶ κατὰ τόπους. ὃ πάντα.δὲ ταῦτα ἀρχὴ ὠδί- and earthquakes in [different] places. But all these[areJabeginning of νων. 9 Τότε παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλίψιν, Kai ἀποκτενοῦσιν throes. Then willthey deliverup you to tribulation, and will kill ὑμᾶς" καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων ἱτῶν" ἐθνῶν διὰ you; and ye willbe hated by all the nations on account of , ΄ ‘ , , , 4 τὸ Ὀνομά.μου. 10 καὶ τότε σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοί, καὶ my name. And then will be offended many, and ᾽ U ’ ‘ , ? ΄ ‘ ἀλλήλους παραδώσουσιν Kai μισήσουσιν ἀλλήλους" 11 καὶ one another they will deliver up and will hate one another ; and πολλοὶ ψευδοπροφῆται ἐγερθήσονται, καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολ- many false prophets will arise, and will misiead Nove? 12 καὶ διὰ τὸ.πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν, ψυγήσεται βασιλείαν" καὶ kingdom ; many ; and because shallhave been multiplied lawlessness,°will “grow ‘cold ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 13 ὁ.δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, ‘the “love “of*the ‘many; but he who endures to[the} end οὗτος σωθήσεται. 14 καὶ κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο.τὸ.εὐαγγέλιον he shall besaved. And thereshallbe proclaimed these glad tidings τῆς βασιλείας ἐν ὕλῃ TH οἰκού eer, εἰς μαρτύριον πᾶσιν τοῖς ofthe kingdom in all the habitableearth, for atestimony toall the ” τ ‘ , o 4 , «“ > ” 4 ἔθνεσιν" καὶ τότε ἥξει τὸ τέλος. 15“Oray οὖν ἴδητε τὸ nations; and then shallcome the end. When therefore yeshallsce the βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προ- abomination of desolation, which wasspokenof by Daniel the pro- ! ἀποκριθεὶς answering (he said) LTTra. © + [αὐτοῦ] of him 1,. P — τῆς LTTrA. S— καὶ λοιμοί LTTrA. t— τῶν &. ae μὴ GLTTrAW. Nem Ds XXIV. φήτου, “ἑστὸς phet, τω" derstand), » ὄρη" mountains ; MATTHE W. "gy τόπῳ ἁγίῳ: ὁ standing in{the] “place ‘holy (he who let him un- 16 τότε ot ἐν τῇ Ιουδαίᾳ φευγέτωσαν *izi" τὰ then those in Judea let them fice to the 17 ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος μὴ.“καταβαινέτω" ἄραί *ru' he on the housetop lethimnotcomedown totakeanything ἐκ τῆς. οἰκίας. αὐτοῦ" 18 Kai ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ μὴ.ἐπιστρεψάτω out of his house ; and he in the field let him not return ὀπίσω ἄραι “τὰ ἱμάτια" αὐτοῦ. 19 ταῖς ἐν.γαστρὶ.ἐ- ἀναγινώσκων “yoei- reads οὐαὶ. δὲ back to take "garments ‘his. But woe to those that are with χούσαις Kai ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις. child and to those that give suck in those days. 20 προσεύχεσθε.δὲ ἵνα μὴ.γένηται ἡ.φυγὴ. ὑμῶν χειμῶνος, μηδὲ And pray that “may *not*be ‘your “flight inwinter, nor béy'! σαββάτῳ. 21 ΓἜσται.γὰρ τότε θλίψις μεγάλη, ota “οὐ on sabbath : for there shall be then *tribulation ‘great suchas ποῦ γέγονεν" ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς κόσμου ἕως τοῦ νῦν, οὐδ᾽ οὐ.μὴ "has been from{[the] beginning of[the] world until now, 20, nor ever γένηται. 22 καὶ εἰμὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱοἡμέραι.ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ shall be ; and unless *had *been *shortened ‘those *days, Snot ἂν.ἐσώθη πᾶσα caps διὰ.δὲ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς ®there’would havebeensaved any flesh, but on account οὔ the elect κολοβωθήσονται ainpésparéxeivar, 23 Tore ἐάν τις ὑμῖν 5584] *be *shortened 1those “days. Then if anyone toyou εἴπῃ, Ἰδού, ὧδε ὁ χριστός, ἢ ὧδε, μὴ. “πιστεύσητε." 24’ EyEo- say, Behold, here{is]the Christ, or here, believe [it] not. 2There +will θήσονται yap Ψευδόχριστοι Kai ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ δώσουσιν “arise or false Christs and false prophets, and will give σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα, ὥστε Ἑπλανῆσαι", εἰ δυνατόν, Kai “signs great and wonders, so as to mislead, if possible, even τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς. 25 ἰδού, προείρηκα ὑμῖν. 96 ἐὰν οὖν εἴπωσιν the eleci. Lo, Ihave foretold[it] toyou. if therefore they say ἐν Behold, [he is} in «- ~ > , > ~ ? 7 ᾽ ΄ ι >] , δ ) , ὑμῖν, Ἰδού, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ.ἐξέλθητε" ᾿Ιδού, toyou, LGehold, in the wilderness he is, go not forth: τοῖς ταμείοις, μὴ.πιστεύσητε. 27 ὥσπερ.γὰο ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρ-- the chambers, believe [it] not. For as the lightning comes χεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως forth from([the} east and appears asfaras[the] west, ΞΟ ἔσται 'καὶϊ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 28 ὅπου.δ γὰρ! shallbe aiso the coming ofthe Son of man. For wherever ἐὰν ἡ TO πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί. 29 Ev- maybethe carcase, there will be gathered together the eagles. *Immedi- θέως δὲ μετὰ τὴν θλίψιν TOvapEepGr-éxeivwy ὁ ἥλιος σκοτι- 69 (whosoreadeth, let him understand:) 16 then let them which be in Judza flee into the mountains : 17 let him which is on the house- top not come down to take any thing out of his house: 18 neither let him which is in the field return back to take his clothes. 19 And woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days! 20 But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter, neither on the sabbath day: 21 for then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the be- ginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. 22 And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened. 23 Then if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here ὦ Christ, or there; believe ποῦ. 24 For there shall arise false Christs, and false pro- phets, and shall shew great signs and won- ders; insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect. 25 Behold, I have told you before. 26 Wherefore if thev shall say unto you, Behold, he is in the desert; go not forth: behold, He is in the secret chambers; be- lieve zt not. 27 Foras the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west ; soshall also the coming of the Son of man be. 28 For where- soever the carcase is, there will the eagles be gathered together. 29 Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, ana the moon. shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken: 30 and then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall ately but after the tribulation of those days the 5} shall be σθήσεται, Kai ἡ σελήνη οὐ-δώσει τὸ.φέγγος.αὐτῆς, Kai οἱ darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the ἀστέρες πεσοῦνται "ἀπὸ" τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Kui ai δυνάμεις τῶν stars shall fall from the heaven, and the powers. ofthe οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται. 30 καὶ τότε φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον heavens shall be shaken, And then shallappear the sign Tov υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν ‘ry οὐρανῷ Kai *rére' κό- of the Son of man in the heaven ; and then shall Υ ἑστὼς EG. W νοείτω ; does he understand ? Tr. χ εἰς LTr. * τὰ the things GLTTraw. > ΄ ΄ ἐγένετο Τ. ἃ πιστεύετε L. f— καὶ LTTrAW. ® τὸ ἱμάτιον garment Lrrr. 6— γὰρ forLrtra. © ἐκ out of τ. b — ἐν GLTTrAW. © πλανηθῆναι T; πλανᾶσθαι (read so that will be misled) tr. i —7@ LITrA. Υ καταβάτω LTTr. » © ovK k — τότε T. 70 all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. 31 And he shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together his elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other. 32 Now learn a parable of the fig cree; When his branch is yet tender, and put- teth forth leaves, ye Imow that summer 7s nigh: 33 so likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, know that it is near, even at the doors. 34 Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass, till all these things be fulfilled. 35 Heaven and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not pass away. 36 But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of hea- ven, but my Father only. 37 But as the days of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. 38 For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marry- ingand giving in mar- riage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, 39 and knew not until the flood came, and took them all away ; soshall also the coming of the Son of man be. 40 Then shall twobe inthe field; the one shall be taken, and the other left. 41 Two women shall be grinding at the mill; the one shall be taken, and the other left. 42 Watch therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come. 43 But know this, that if the good- man of the house had MATOATOX. XXIV. Ψψονται πᾶσαι at φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς, Kai ὄψονται τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ wail all the tribes ofthe land, and they shallsee the Son ἀνθρώπου, ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ μετὰ Ov- of man, coming on the clouds of heaven with vapewc καὶ δόξης πολλῆς. 81 Kai ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους power and *glory lereat. And heshallsend “angels αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος φωνῆς" μεγάλης, καὶ ἐπισυνάξουσιν this with *of*a*trumpet sound great, andtheyshall gather together Tovc.txrEKkTovdc.avTou ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ᾿ ἄκρων his elect from the four winds, from[the]extremities οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν. 82 ᾿Απὸ.δὲ τῆς συκῆς of(the]heavens to [the]extremities of them. Butfrom the fig-tree μάθετε τὴν TapaBoAny’ ὕταν ἤδη ὁ.κλάδος. αὐτῆς γένηται learn the parable : When already its branch is become ἁπαλός, καὶ τὰ φύλλα πἐκφύῃ,! γινώσκετε OTe ἐγγὺς τὸ tender, and the leaves it puts forth, ye know that near [is] the θέρος" 33 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὅταν ἴδητε “πάντα ταῦτα," summer, Thus also _ ye, when ye see all these things, γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις. 84 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν,» know that near itis, at{the] doors. Verily Isay to you, οὐ.μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ.-.γενεὰ.αὕτη ἕως.ἂν πάντα ταῦτα In no wise willhave passed away this generation until all these things γένηται. 35 Ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ “παρελεύσονται, " shall have taken place. The heaven and the earth shall pass away, οἱ. δὲ. λόγοι.μου ov. παρέλθωσιν. 36 Περὶ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας but my words’ inno wise shall pass away. But concerning 2day ἐκείνης καὶ ‘rijc ὥρας οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν m ‘that and _ the hour noone knows, noteven the angels of the οὐρανῶν, " εἰ. μὴ ὁ ἡρἁμουὶ μό 37“Q Oe! αἱ ἡμέ » ἢ εἰςμὴ ὁ-πατὴρ.-' μου" μόνος. σπερ- αἱ ἡμέραι heavens, but my Father only. But as the days τοῦ.Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται “καὶ! ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ avOpw- of Noe, so shall be also the coming ofthe Son of 8 x Π ‘ at ? ~ «ς , y z ~ 4 lt που. 38 *worep' yao ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμεραιςῦ *raic πρὸ man. 345 ‘for they werein the days which [were] before τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ, τρώγοντες Kai πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ the flood, eating and drinking, marrying and *ixyapiZovrec," ἄχρι ἧς. ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν Νῶε εἰς TY κιβωτόν, giving in marriage, until theday when “entered ‘Noe into the ark, 39 καὶ οὐκ.ἔγνωσαν, ἕως ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυσμὸς Kai ἦρεν and they knew not till “*came ‘the “flood and took away ἅπαντας, οὕτως ἔσταιϑκαὶ" ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ Tov ἀνθρώπου. coming ofthe Son of man, all; thus shallbe also the 40 Tore “δύο ἔσονται"! ἐν τῷ ayop “ὁ" εἴς παραλαμβάνεται, Then ὕσο willbe in the field, the one is taken, καὶ 46" εἴς ἀφίεται. 41 δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐν τῷ “μύλωνι"" μία and the one is left; two[women] grinding at the mill, one παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ pia ἀφίεται. 42 Τρηγορεῖτε οὖν, Ore is taken, and one is left. Watch therefore, for > ” , f°" iT] « , « ~ » Ξ > ~ ovK.oldare ποίᾳ ‘wow P-SUCLAG πων, ἔρχεται" 43 ἐκεῖνο. δὲ ye know not inwhat hour your Lor comes, But this ! — φωνῆς (read a great trumpet) T. ο ταῦτα πάντα TTr. 5. οὐδὲ ὁ vids nor the son LT. Ww — xat LTTrA. ® — ταῖς πρὸ (read of the flood) a. © ἔσονται δύο LT. m + τῶν the Tr. π ἐκφυῇ are put forth Ltra. Ρ + ὅτι that “rr. 4 παρελεύσεται GLITrA. τ--- τῆς GLTTrA. t — μον (read the Father) Gurtr[a]. ὑ yap for (as) Ltr. ¥ + ἐκείναις (read those days) L[tr} χα ὡς ΔΒ LTA; ὡς SO Tr. b — καὶ τ,ττὰ, ἃ γαμίσκοντες 1,; γαμίζοντες Ὑ. 4 — 9 LITra. © μύλῳ LTTrA. Γ ἡμέρᾳ day LiTra. XXIV, ΧΧΥ. MATTHEW. γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ ὕδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ φυλα know, that if Shad 7known ‘the *master Sof*the house in what watch ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν.ἂν, Kai οὐκ ἂν.εἴασεν ἔδιο- the thief po he would have watched, and not have suffered *to *be py γῆναι! ryvoikiav.abrov. 44 διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε CS this “house. Wherefore also 2ye 108 ἕτοιμοι" ὅτι ἡ δὥρᾳ οὐ.δοκεῖτε! ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται. ready, for in what hour ye think not the Son of man comes, 45 Tic a = ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος Kai φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέ- Who the is the faithful bondman and prudent, whom “has στησεν ὁ. εὐριοςϑαύταοὶ ἐπὶ τῆς."θεραπείας". αὐτοῦ, τοῦ Ἰδιδόναι" *set this 7lord over his household, to give αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ; 46 μακάριος 0-CovAoC-éKEivoc, ὃν tothem the food in season? Blessed that bondman, whom ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος: αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει Ξπ-ποιοῦντα οὕτως." 47 ᾿Αμὴν shaving ‘come his *lord will find doing thus. co λέγ ω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς. ὑπάρχουσιν. αὐτοῦ καταστήσει I sey to you, that over all his property he will set αὐτόν. 48 ᾿ΕἘὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ κακὸς δοῦλος "ἐκεῖνος" ἐν τῇ him. But if *should ESy, evil Spondman =! that in καρδίᾳ. αὐτοῦ, Χρονίζει “ὁ. κύριός. μου" Ρέλθεῖν," 49 καὶ ἄρξηται his heart, *Delays my 7lord to come, and shonld begin τύπτειν τοὺς συνδούλους, τἐσθίειν" δὲ Kai "πίνειν! μετὰ τῶν ἴο beat [his] fellow-bondmen, and to eat and to drink with the μεθυόντων, 50 ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ.δούλου ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ en, ®Swill’7come'the 7lord Sof *that *bondman in aday 7 οὐ-προσδοκᾷ, Kai ἐν ὥρᾳ οὐ.γινώσκει, 51 καὶ and in which he does not oe and in anhour which he knows not, διχοτομήσει αὐτόν, καὶ τὸ. “μέρδε. αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν will cut 3two ‘him, and is portion with the hypocrites θήσει: ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς Kai ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. will appoint: there will be the weeping andthe gnashing ofthe teeth. 25 Tore ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν δέκα Then °will 7be Smade *like 'the *kingdom “%of*the ‘heavens [to] ten παρθένοις, αἵτινες λαβοῦσαι τὰς.λαμπάδας "αὑτῶν" ἐξῆλθον virgins, who having taken their dane went forth εἰς "ἀπάντησιν" τοῦ νυμφίου. 2 πέντε.δὲ “hoay ἐξ αὐτῶν" to meet the free And five Swere ‘of them χφρόνιμοι," καὶ Yai" πέντε *ywpai.' 3 "αἵτινες μωραί, λα- prudent, and five ae They who[were] foolish, hay- βοῦσαι τὰς Χαμ σε α. Ὲ ἑαυτῶν," οὐκιἔλαβον μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ing taken eir lamps, did not take with themselves ἔλαιον᾽ 4 aid? φρόνιμοι ἔλαβον ἔλαιον ἐν τοῖς ἀγγείοις oil; butthe prudent took oil in ?vessels “αὑτῶν" μετὰ τῶν. λαμπάδων. δαὑτῶν." 5 χρονίζοντος.δὲ τοῦ their with their lamps, But *tarrying lthe νυμφίου, ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι καὶ ἐκάθευδον. 6 μέσης. δὲ ?bridegroom, they 7became*drowsy ‘all and slept. But in [the] middle νυκτὸς moa γέγονεν, ᾿Ιδού, ὁ νυμφίος "ἔρχεται," a of [the] night 8 διορυχθῆναι TTr. K οἰκετείας LTTrA. evil bondman) τ. bondmen) LITrAW. τ ἑαυτῶν LTrA; αὐτῶν TW. LTtra. ¥ — ai EGLTTrAW. Who tr; αἱ γὰρ for the Ta. vessels) LTTrA. a‘cry ‘there ?was, Behold, the bridegroom ἃ ov δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ LITrA. ! δοῦναι GLTTrA. ™ οὕτως ποιοῦντα, LTTrA. ο μου ὃ κύριος LTTrA. Ρ — ἐλθεῖν LITr. τ Eoin | should eat GLTTraw. M ὑπάντησιν LTTrA. φρόνιμοι prudent ᾿ΤΊΤΑ. b αὑτῶν Gw; αὐτῶν LTrA ; — ἑαυτῶν T. 4 ἑαυτῶν LT; αὐτῶν Tra. “ — ἔρχεται ‘LTA. comes, 71 5 known in what watcb the thief would come, he would have watch- ed, and would not have suffered his house to be broken up. 44 There- fore be ye also ready : for in such an hour az ye think not the Son of mancometh. 45 Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his house- hold, to give them meat in due season? 46 Blessed is that ser- vant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing. 47 Verily I say unto you, That he shall make him ruler over all hisgoods. 48 But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming; 49 and shall begin to smite his fellowser- vants, and to eat and drink with the drunk- en; 50 the lord of thas servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for him, and in av hour that he is not aware of, 5] and shall cut him asunder, and appoint Aim his por- tion with the hypo- erites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. XXY. Then shall the kingdom of heaven be likened unto ten vir- gins, which took their lamps, and went forth to meet the bride- groom. 2 And five of them were wise, and five were _ foolish. 3 They that were fool- ish took their lamps, and took no oil with them: 4 but the wise took oil in their ves- sels with their lamps, 5 While the _ bride- groom tarried, they all slumbered and slept. 6 And at mid- night there was a cry made, Behold, the Ὁ bridegroom cometh; 1_ Σ;αὐτοῦ (read [his]) Lrtra. n — ἐκεῖνος (read the 4 + αὐτοῦ his (fellow 8 " πίνῃ should drink @LTTraw. w ἐξ αὐτῶν ἦσαν LTTra. 5 ai δὲ but the L; at yap for those © — αὑτῶν (read the * μωραὶ foolish 72 go ye out to meet him. 7 Then all those vir- gins arose, and trim- med their lamps. 8 And the foolish said unto the wise, Give us of your oil ; for our lamps are gone out. 9 But the wise answered, say- ing, Not so; lest there be not enough for us and you: but go ye rather to them that sell, and buy for your- selves. 10 And while they went to buy, the bridegroom came ; and they that were ready went in with him to the marriage : and the door was shut. 11 Af- terward came also the other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us. 12 But he answer- ed and said, Verily I say unto you, 1 know you not. 13 Watch therefore, for ye know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son of man cometh. 14 For the kingdom of heaven is as a man travelling into a far country, who called his own servants, and delivered unto them hisgoods, 15 Andunto one he gave five ta- lents, to another two, and to another one; to every man accord- ing to his several abi- lity ; and straightway took his journey. 16 Then he that had received the five ta- lents went and traded with the same, and made them other five talents. 17 And like- wise he that had re- ceived two, he also gained other’ two. 18 But he that had re- ceived one went and digged in the earth, and hid his lord’s money. 19 Aftera long time the lord of those servants cometh, and reckoneth with them. 20 And so he that had received five talents came and_ brought other five talents, say- ing, Lord, thou deliv- eredst unto me five MATOATOS. XXYV,. χεσθὲε εἰς. ἀπάντησιν ἱαὐτοῦ." 7 Tore ἠγέρθησαν πᾶσαι ai forth to meet him, Then arose all παρθένοι.ἐκεῖναι, Kai ἐκόσμησαν τὰς.λαμπάδας δαὑτῶν." 8 αἱ.δὲ those virgins, and trimmed their lamps. Andthe μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις *sizrov," Δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου. ὑμῶν, foolish tothe prudent said, Give us of your oil, Ore αἱιλαμπάδες.ἡμῶν σβέννυνται. 9 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν. δὲ αἱ ΤΟΥ our lamps are going out. But “answered ‘the φρόνιμοι, λέγουσαι, Μήποτε ἰοὐκ' ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν" “prudent, saying, [No,] lest Snot ‘it *maysuifice forus and you: , 4 ~ A ‘ ~ ? πορεύεσθε. "δὲ" μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, Kai ἀγοράσατε but go rather to those who sell, and buy ἑαυταῖς. 10 ἀπερχομένων.δὲ αὐτῶν ἀγοράσαι, ἦλθεν ὁ for yourselves. But as *went “away ‘they to buy, %came ‘the ΄ὔ τ ‘ € a 7 ~ ᾽ Ψ ~ > A 7, νυμφίος" καὶ at ἕτοιμοι εἰσῆλθον per αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς γά- “bridegroom, and those ready wentin with him to the wedding μους, καὶ ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα. 11 ὕστερον.δὲ ἔρχονται ἱκαὶ" ai feast, and ὅνγαβ "βῃπιῦ ‘the ?door. And afterwards come also the λοιπαὶ παρθένοι, λέγουσαι, Κύριε, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν. 12 Ὁ. δὲ other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us. But he ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκιοἷδα ὑμᾶς. 18 Ton- amswering 5816, Verily Isay to you, I do ποῦ know you. Watch γορεῖτε οὖν, Ort οὐκιοίδατε τὴν ἡμέραν οὐδὲ THY ὥραν Tv therefore, for ye do not know the day nor the hour in ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται." which the Son of man comes. Uy » ~ , 14 “Ὥσπερ.γὰρ ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν ἐκάλεσεν τοὺς ἰδίους For [it is] as [if] aman leaving the country called his own δούλους, Kai παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ. ὑπάρχοντα.αὐτοῦ. 15 Kai bondmen, and delivered to them his property. And ᾧ-μὲν ἔδωκεν πέντε τάλαντα, ᾧ-δὲ δύο, woe ἕν, toone he gaye five talents, and to another two, and toanother one, ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν' καὶ "ἀπεδήμησεν εὐθέως. to each according to his respective ability ; 16 πορευθεὶς" dé" ὁ τὰ πέντε τάλαντα λαβὼν PEipyacaro" And “having *gone 'hewhothe five talents received trafficked ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ «ἐποίησεν" ἄλλα πέντεττάλαντα." 17 ὡσαύτως and left the country immediately. with them, and made other five talents. In like manner Ska! ὁ τὰ δύο ἐκέρδησεν ‘kai αὐτὸς! ἄλλα δύο. also he who[received] the two Seained 24.150 the other two. 18 6.6 τὸ ἕν λαβὼν ἀπελθὼν woviey Viv τῇ yy," καὶ Buthe who the one received having goneaway dug in the earth, and χἀπέκρυψεν" τὸ ἀργύριον τοῦ. κυρίου.αὐτοῦ. 19 Μετὰ. δὲ χρόνον hid the money of his lord. Andafter atime πολὺν! ἔρχεται ὁ κύριος τῶν δούλων ἐκείνων, καὶ συναίρει llong comes the lord of those bondmen, and takes tuer αὐτῶν λόγον." 20 Kai προσελθὼν ὁ τὰ πέντε τά- *with “%them ‘account. And *having *come 'he who the five ta- Lavra λαβὼν, προσήνεγκεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα, λέγων, lents received, brought to [him] other five talents, saying, f αὐτοῦ (read [him]) Ta. k — δὲ but GLTTraW. Β ἑαυτῶν LTTrA. © εἶπαν TTrA. 1 ov μὴ not at all Lrraw. 1— καὶ z[tr]. m — ἐν ἡ ὃ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπον ἔρχεται GLTTrA. N ρ ᾿ ἀπεδήμησεν. εὐθέως πορευθεὶς left the country. Immediately having gone τ. 9 — δὲ ἃπα [1,7 Ὁ [Tr]. [{71. χ ἔκρυψεν LTTrA. P ἠργάσατο TA. t— καὶ αὐτὸς LTT A]. 4 ἐκέρδησεν gained LTr. t — τάλαντα LTr[ A]. *— καὶ Υ + τάλαντον talent L. w γῆν [the] earth Trra, < ; : ay aon Υ πολὺν χρόνον LITrA. 2 λόγον μετ᾽ αὑτῶν LTTraA. xP μ ΧΧΥ: MATTHEW. Κύριε, πέντε τάλαντά por παρέδωκας. ἴδε, ἄλλα πέντε Lord, five talents tome thou didst deliver; behold, other five *radavra" ἐκέρδησα em’ αὐτοῖς." 21 [Ἔφη.“δὲ" αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος talents have 1 gained besides them. And *gaid *to him “lord 7 ~ Go ~ 2 51 ‘ Ld ? . > ΄ 5 αὐτοῦ, Et, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ more, ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἧς this, Well! bondman good and faithful, cover afew things thou wast πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν GE καταστήσω" εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν faithful, ΟΥ̓́Θ᾽ manythingsthee willI set: enter into the joy ~ , 5 NO ι ἀδὲ! A e ΕΞ x é , , τοῦ κυρίου.σου. 22 ΤΙροσελθων.“δὲ καὶ 0 τὰ δύο τα- of thy lord. And having come to[him] “also "he who the two ta- λαντα λαβὼν" εἶπεν, Κύριε, δύο τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας" lents received said, Lord, two talents to me thou didst deliver; ide, ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα %éx’ αὐτοῖς. 23 “Edn behold, other two talents havel gained besides them. *Said αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ, Εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ, ἐπὶ *to Shim his *Lord, Well! bondman good and faithful, over ὀλίγα ἧς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω᾽ εἴσελθε a few things thou wast faithful, over manythingsthee willI set: enter εἰς τὴν χαρὰν ToU-Kupiov.cov. 24 Προσελθὼν. δὲ Kai ὁ into the joy of thy Lord. And having come to [him] “also ‘he who A ot , 7 ‘ “ , μι uv \ τὸ ἕν τάλαντον εἰληφὼς εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἔγνων σε ori σκληρὸς theone _ talent hadreceived said, Lord, Ikmew thee that ‘hard εἶ ἄνθρωπος, θερίζων ὕπου οὐκ.ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ‘thou*art *a°man, reaping where thoudidstnotsow, and gathering ὅθεν οὐ.διεσκόρπισας" 25 καὶ φοβηθείς, ἀπελθὼν ἔκρυψα whence thou didst not scatter, and beingafraid, having goneaway I hid τὸ τἀλαντόν.σου ἐν τῇ γῇ ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν. 236 ᾿Απο- thy talent in the earth; behold, thou hast thine own. *An- κριθεὶς δὲ ὁ.κύὐριος. αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Πονηρὲ δοῦλε" καὶ swering ‘and “his *Lord said tohim, Wicked “*bondman ‘and ὀκνηρέ, ἤδεις ὅτι βερίζω ὕπου οὐκ.ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν *slothtul, thou knewestthat [reap where Isowed not, and gather whence > 2 , 5 £6 5 κι Π x ~ ἢ 46 1.9 ,ὔ ΓΝ οὐ.διεσκόρπισα ; 27 ἔδει οὖν σε" βαλεῖν "τὸ. ἀργύριόν μου Iscattered ποῦ; itbehoved “therefore ‘thee to put my money τοῖς ἱτραπεζίταις" καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην.ἂν τὸ.ἐμὸν σὺν to the moneychangers, and coming [ should have received mine own with τόκῳ. 2 ἄρατε οὖν aw αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον, καὶδότε τῷ interest. Take thereforefrom him the talent, andgive[it]tohim who ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα. 29 Τῷ.γὰρ ἔχοντι παντὶ δοθή- has the ten talents. For*who has ‘toevery one 5841] σεται, καὶ περισσευθήσεται" "ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ" μὴ.ἔχοντος, Kai be given, and [he] shall be inabundance; *from*but ἴση ΠΟ has not, even ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται aw αὐτοῦ. 30 Kai τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον that which he has shallbetaken from him. And the useless bondman ἰἐκβάλλετεϊ εἰς τὸ σκότος TO ἐξώτερον᾽" ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς castye οαὖὐ into the darkness the outer: there shallbethe weeping καὶ ὃ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. and the gnashing ofthe teeth. 31“Oray.dé ἔλθῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ.δόξῃ.αὐτοῦ, But when *comes 'the Son “of *man in his glory, Kai πάντες οἱ Miryroe! ἄγγελοι μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, τότε καθίσει ἐπὶ and all the holy angels with him, then willhesit upon[the] ς-- δὲ and GLrtraw. f Δοῦλε πονηρὲ L. k τοῦ δὲ but of him who urtra. 5 [τάλαντα] tr. ὃ --- ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς LTTr. βὼν (read [received]) υὐτττὰ. 1 τραπεζείταις T. GLTTra. 8 σε οὖν TTrA. ἃ §éand τ΄. 1 ἐκβάλετε GLTTrAW. 73 talents: behold, [have gained beside them five talents more. 21 His lord said unto him, Well done, thou good and faithful servant: thou hast been faith. ful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: en- ter thou into the joy of thy lord. 22 He also that had received two talents came and said, Lord, thou deliv- eredst unto me two talents: behold, [have gained two other ta- lents beside them. 23 His lord said unto nim, Well done, good and faithful servant ; thou hast been faith- ful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: enterthou into the joy of thy lord. 24 Then he which had received the one talent came and said, Lord, I knew thee that thou art an hard man, reaping where thou hast not sown, and gathering where thou hast not strawed: 25 and I was afraid, and went and nid thy talent in the earth: lo, there thou hast that is thine. 26 His lord auswered and said unto him, Thou wicked ind sloth- fulservant,thou knew- est that I reap where I sowed not, and ga- ther where I have not strawed: 27 ~thou oughtest therefore to have put my money td the exchangers, and then at my coming I should have received mine own with usury. 28 Take therefore the talent from him, and give zt unto him which hath ten talents. 29 For unto every one that hath shall be given, and he shall have abundance: but from him that hath not shall be taken away even that which he hath. 30 And cast ye the unprofitable servant into outer darkness: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. 31 When the Son of man shall come in his glory, and all the holy angels with him, then shall he sit upon the e — j,a- h τὰ ἀργύριά τ. m— aytor 74 throne of his glory: 32 and before him shall be gathered all na- tions: and he shall separate them one from another, as a shepherd divideth his sheep from the goats: 33 and he shall set the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on the left. 34 Then shall the King say unto them on his right hand, Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foun- dation of the world: 35 for I was an hun- ered, and ye gaye me meat: I was thirsty, and ye gave me drink: fwas a stranger, and ye took mein: 36na- keed, and ye clothed me: I was sick, and ye visited me: I was in prison, and ye came untome. 37 Thenshall the righteous answer him, saying, Lord, when saw we thee an hungred, and _ fed thee? or thirsty, and gave thee drink? 38 When saw we thee ἢ, stranger, and took thee in? or naked, and clothed thee? 39 Or when saw we thee sick, or in prison, and came unto thee? 40 And the King shall answer and say unto them, Verily 1 say unto you, inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done at unto me. 41 Then shall he say also unto them on the left hand, Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlast- ing fire, prepared for the devil and his an- gels: 42 for I was an hungred, and ye gave me no meat: I was thirsty, and ye gave me no drink : 43 I was a stranger, and ye took me not in: naked,and ye clothed me not: sick, and in prison, and ye visited me not. 44 Then shall they also answer him, say- ing, Lord, when saw we thee an hungred, or athirst, or a stran- ger, or naked, or sick or in prison, and di not minister unto thee? 45 Then shall he answer them, saying, Verily I say unto you, MATOAIO®S., XXV. θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ, 32 καὶ συναχθήσεται" ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ throne of his glory, and shall be gathered before him πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, Kai Padopuet" αὐτοὺς ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων, ὥσπερ ὁ all the nations, and hewillseparate them from one another, as the ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων, 33 καὶ στήσει shepherd separates the sheep from the goats ; and he will set A 4 , ? ~ > “ 4 4a? ΄ > ? 4 τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ.δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων. the sheep on#right*hand ‘his, butthe goats on[his] left. 34 Tore ἐρεῖ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῖς ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, Δεῦτε, ot Then *will*say‘the king to those on “right “hand "his, Come, the εὐλογημένοι τοῦ.πατρός. μου, κληρονομήσατε THY ἡτοιμασμένην blessed of my Father, inherit the *prepared c ~ , ? x ~ , ? ΄ ΄ ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. 35 ἐπείνασα.γάρ, 3for*you ‘kingdom from[the] foundation of([the] world. For I hungered, kai ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν᾽ ἐδίψησα, καὶ ἐποτίσατε με’ ἕένος and yegave me _ toeat; Ithirsted, and yegave *to*drink ‘me; astranger ἤμην, Kai συνηγάγετέ pe’ 86 γυμνός, καὶ περιεβάλετέ με: ἠσθέ- Iwas, and yetook“in ‘me; naked, and yeclothed me; I was Cy 2 , , haw δὰ Poo ” ‘ PHO ll ’ νησα, καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με" ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην, καὶ Ῥἤλθετε! πρός sick, and ye visited me; in prison lwas, and yecame to 37 Té ? On ? ~ « δί λέ Κύ με. OTE απόοκρι NOOVTAL αὐτῷ οι ἰκΚαίιοι, EYOVTEC, υριξ, me. Then will answer him therighteous, saying, Lord, , A » iT} ~ CV , na ~ ‘ πότε σὲ “εἴδομεν" πεινῶντα, καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν; ἢ διψῶντα, καὶ when “thee ‘saw*we hungering, and fed [thee]? or thirsting, and ἐποτίσαμεν; 38 πότε.δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον, καὶ συνηγάγομεν ; gave(thee]todrink? and when “thee 'saw *we astranger,and took [thee] in? ἢ γυμνόν, καὶ περιεβάλομεν ; 39 πότε.δέ σε εἴδομεν ᾿ἀσθεγῆ," or naked, and clothed [thee] ? And when “thee ‘saw *we sick, ἢ ἔν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε; 40 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ or in prison, and came to thee? And answering the βασιλεὺς ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε king willsaytothem, Verily Isay toyou, Jnasmuchas yedid [itl ἑνὶ τούτων ~rHy.adehp@yv.pou' τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιή- to one of these my brethren the least, to me ye care. 41 Τότε ἐρεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ εὐωνύμων, Πορεύεσθε ἀπ᾽ did [10]. Then will he say also to those on [the] left, Go from ἐμοῦ, ‘ot κατηραμένοι, εἰς TO πῦρ TO αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμα- me, the cursed, into the fire the eternal, which has been 2 ~ , ‘ ~ ᾽ , ᾽ “Ὁ ? / , σμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς.ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ. 42 ἐπείνασα. γάρ. prepared forthe devil and his angels. For I hungered, Kai ovK.€0MKaTé μοι φαγεῖν" ἐδίψησα, καὶ οὐκ-ἐποτίσατε με" and yegavenot tome toeat; Ithirsted, and yegave *not *to*drink'me; 43 Eévoc ἤμην, καὶ οὐ-συνηγάγετέ pe γυμνός, καὶ οὐ-περιεβά- astranger 1 was, and yetook*not*in *me; naked, and ye did not λετέ με’ ἀσθενής, καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ, Kai οὐκ.ἐπεσκέψασθέ με. clothe me ; sick, and in prison, and ye did not visit me, 44 Tore ἀποκριθήσονται αὐτῷ" καὶ αὐτοί, λέγοντες, Κύριε, Then will *answer Shim “also ‘they, saying, Lord, , ” ~ n ~ n , n , be! πότε σὲ εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ἕένον, ἢ γυμνόν, ἢ when “thee 'saw*we hungering, or thirsting, orastranger,or naked, or ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ.διηκονήσαμέν oor; 45 Τότε ἀπο- sick, or ἱπὀ prison, and did not minister tothee? Then will ΄ ᾽ ~ , ᾽ \ , « ~ 7,7 « ? ? κριθήσεται αὐτοῖς. λέγων, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον οὐκ. ἐποι- he answer them, saying, Verily LIsay to you,Inasmuchas ye did not Ὁ συναχθήσονται LITA. LITra, *|rov ἀδελφῶν pov] L. Ρἤλθατε LTTrA. «εἴδαμεν Tr. * ἀσθενοῦντα © ἀφορίσει T. ἱ ν — αὐτῷ GLTTrAW. t‘— oT. ONYX ΧΥῚ. MATTHE W. ἤσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. 46 Kai {it] to one of these the least, neithertome didye {it}. And ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν aiwyioy’ οἱ.δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν 7shall°go*away ‘these intopunishment eternal, butthe righteous into life αἰώνιον. eternal, 26 Καὶ ἐγένετο bre ἐτέλεσεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς πάντας τοὺς And it came to pass when *had “finished 1 Jesus all λόγους.τούτους, εἶπεν τοῖς. μαθηταϊς.αὐτοῦ, 2 Οἴδατε ὅτι μετὰ these sayings he said to his disciples, Ye know that after δύο ἡμέρας τὸ πάσχα γίνεται, Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου two days the passover takesplace, and the Son of man CDEC εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι. 8 Τότε συνήχθησαν οἱ is delivered up to be crucified. Then were gathered together the ἀρχιερεῖς “καὶ ot γραμματεῖς" καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ chief priests and the scribes and the elders of the people 2 ‘ > ‘ ~ > , ~ , Zs ‘ εἰς THY αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα, 4 Kai to the court ofthe Πρ priest who was called Caiaphas, and συνεβουλεύσαντο iva τὸν Ἰησοῦν *kparnowow δόλῳ." took counsel together in order that Jesus they might seize by guile, καὶ ἀποκτείνωσιν. 5 ἔλεγον.δέ, Μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, ἵνα μὴ and kill {him}; but they said, Notduring the feast, that *not θόρυβος γένηται ἐν τῷ haw. “a*tumult ‘there *be among the people. 6 Tov.dé. Inood γενομένου ἐν Βηθανίᾳ ἐν οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος Now Jesus being in Bethany in[the] house of Simon ~ ~ ~ > ~ ‘ ? , , τοῦ λεπροῦ, 7 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ νὴ ΥΤἀλάβαστρον μύρου the leper, came “to *him *a “woman, an alabaster flask of ointment ἔχουσα" *Bapuripov,' Kai κατέχεεν ἐπὶ "τὴν. κεφαλὴν. αὐτοῦ having, very precious, and poured [it] on his head 2 , 2 , A c ‘ b ? "ἢ > + ἀνακειμένου. 8 ἰδόντες. δὲ οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ! ἠγανάκ- as he reclined [at table]. But seeing [it] his disciples became , > ,t > ’ iid c ᾽ , ΤΠ A we τησαν, λέγοντες, Εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια. αὕτη ; 9 “ἠδύνατο". γὰρ τοῦτο indignant, saying, For what this waste? for *could ‘this ἀτὸ μύρον᾽ πραθῆναι πολλοῦ, καὶ δοθῆναι “ πτωχοῖς. ointment have been sold formuch, and have been given to [the] poor, 10 Γνοὺς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τί κόπους παρέχετε But knowing [this] Jesus said tothem, Why trouble doye cause τῇ γυναικί; ἔργον.γὰρ καλὸν εἰργάσατο! εἰς ἐμέ. 11 πάν- tothe woman? fora*?work ‘good she wrought towards me. 2Al- TOTE γὰρ τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ.δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ways ‘for the poor ye have with you, but me not always ἔχετε. 12 βαλοῦσα.γὰρ αὕτη τὸς μύρον. τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ye have, For *in *pouring ‘this [7woman] this ointment on σώματός μου πρὸς τὸ.ἐνταφιάσαι.με ἐποίησεν. 18 ἀμὴν λέγω my body for my burying she did [it]. Verily Isay ὑμῖν, ὅπου.ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. τοῦτο ἐν ὅλῳ to you, Wheresoever shall be proclaimed these glad tidings in all ἐποίησεν αὕτη, εἰς τῷ κόσμῳ, λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ 3414 1this woman], for the world, shall bespoken of alsothat which μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς. a memorial of her, 75 Inasmuch as ye did 2 not to one of the least of these, ye did it not to me. 46 And these shall go away into everlasting punish- ment: but the right- eous into life eternal, XXVI. And it came to pass, when Jesus had finished all these sayings, he said unto his disciples, 2 Ye know that after two days is the feast of the pass- over, and the Son of man is betrayed to be crucified. 3 Then as- sembled together the chief priests, and the scribes, and the elders of the people, unto the palace of the high priest, who was called Caiaphas, 4 and con- sulted that they might take Jesus by subtilty, and kill him. 5 But they said, Not on the feast day, lest there be an uproar among the people. 6 Now when Jesus was in Bethany, in the house of Simon the leper, 7 there came unto him a woman haying an alabaster box of very precious ointment, and poured it on his head, as he sat at meat. 8 But when his disciples saw it, they had indigna- tion, saying, To what purpose is this waste? 9 for this ointment might have been sold for much, and given to the poor. 10 When Je- sus understood it, he said unto them, Why trouble ye the woman? for she hath wrought a good work upon me. 11 For yehave the poor always with you; but me ye have not al- ways. 12 For in that she hath poured this ointment on my body, she did it for my buriaL 13 Verily I say unto you, Wheresoever this gospel shall be preach- ed in the whole world, there shall also this, that this woman hath done, be told for a memorial of her. ¥ — καὶ ol γραμματεῖς LTTrA, x δόλῳ κρατήσωσιν GLTTrAW. μύρου LTTr. 2 πολυτίμου LT. 8 τῆς κεφαλῆς LT Tr. LTTrA, ς ἐδύνατο TA. ἃ — τὸ μύρον GLITrAW. 1 ἠργάσατο T. Υ ἔχουσα ἀλάβαστρον Ὁ — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) ε + τοῖς (read to the poor) Lw. 76 14 Then one of the twelve, called Judas Iscariot, went unto thechief priests, 15 and said wnto them, What will ye give me, and I will deliver him unto you? And they cove- nanted with him for thirty pieces of silver. 16 And from that time he sought oppor- tunity to betray him. 17 Now the first day of the feast of un- leavened bread the disciples came to Je- sus, saying unto him, Where wilt thou that we prepare for thee to eat the passover? 18 And he said, Go into the city to such a man, and say unto him, The Master saith, My time is at hand; [ will keep the passover at thy house with my disci- ples. 19 And the dis- ciples did as Jesus had appointed them; and they made ready the passoyver. 20 Now when the even was come, he sat down with the twelve. 21 Andas they did eat, he said, Verily I say unto you, that one of you shall be- tray me. 22 And they were exceeding sor- rowful, and began every one of them to say unto him, Lord, is it I? 23 And he an- swered and said, He that dippeth his hand with me in the dish, the same shall betray me, 24 The Son of man goeth as it is written of him: but woe unto that man by whom the Son of man is betray- ed! it had been good for that man if he had not been born. 25 Then Judas, which betrayed him, answer- ed and said, Master, is it 12 He said unto him, Thou hast said. 26 And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, and blessed τέ, and brake tt, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat ; this is my body. 27 And he took the cup, and gave thanks, and gave zt to them, saying, Drink 5 καὶ ἐγὼ τ. one LTTra. having given LrTr. h — αὐτῷ LITrAW. ᾿ χὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ LTDA. MATOATOX. XXVI. 14 Τότε πορευθεὶς εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, ὁ λεγόμενος ᾿Τούδας Then haying '*gone ‘one “of “the *twelve, who “was ‘called ®%Judas ? , x 4 > ~ 5 , , , Ισκαριώτης, πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς, 15 εἶπεν, Τί θέλετε μοι *Iscariote, to the chief priests, said, What are ye willing *me δοῦναι, Skayw' ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν; Οἱ. δὲ ἔστησαν αὐτῷ ‘to*give, andI toyou willdeliverup him? And they appointed to him τριάκοντα ἀργύρια. 106 καὶ ἀπὸ τότε ἐζήτει εὐκαιρίαν thirty pieces of silver. And from that time he sought an opportunity ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῳ. that him he might deliver up. 17 Τῇ.δὲ πρώτρ τῶν ἀζύμων προσῆλθον οἱ μαθη- Now onthe first [day] of unleavened [bread] came 86 disci- pee NE ey (aye : τ ᾿ ταὶ τῷ Ἰησοῦ, λέγοντες "αὐτῷ," ἸΤοῦ θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμεν ples to Jesus, saying tohim, Where wilt thou [that] weshould prepare σοι φαγεῖν τὸ πάσχα; 18 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν for thee toeat the passover? And he © said, Go into the , A cy ~ κ » ᾽ ~ « , , πόλιν πρὸς τὸν. δεῖνα, Kai εἴπατε αὐτῷ, Ὃ διδάσκαλος λέγει, city unto suchaone, and say tohim, The teacher says, ὋὉ καιρός.μου ἐγγύς tori’ πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα μετὰ My time *near with thee I willkgap the passover with τῶν. μαθητῶν. μου. 19 Kai ἐποίησαν ot μαθηταὶ we συνέταξεν my disciples.” And sdid ‘the *disciples *as directed αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα. κε ἴον 5Jesus, and prepared the passover. 20 ᾿Οψίας.δὲ γενομένης ἀνέκειτο Andevening being come hereclined[attable] with is; μετὰ τῶν OwdeKa'. the twelve. 21 καὶ ἐσθιόντων. αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἷς ἐξ And asthey wereeating hesaid, Verily Isay toyou, that one of «ς ~ QA ‘ , , »Ἤ ὑμῶν παραδώσει με. 22 Καὶ λυπούμενοι σφόδρα ἤρξαντο you will deliver up me. And _ being grieved exceedingly they began λέγειν αὐτῷ "ἕκαστος αὐτῶν," Μήτι ἐγώ εἶμι, κύριε; 238 Ὁ δὲ tosay to him, each of them, “I 4am([he], Lord? But he ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, Ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ iv τῷ τρυβλίῳ answering said, Hewho dipped with me in the dish \ ~ Π] τι i NF D4 « 4 ea See. 6 , ΤΏ» χειρα, οὗτος μὲ TANDAOWOEL. at O ἐν VLOG TOU ανθρω- [his] hand, he me will deliver up. The *indeed *Son “of “man που ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ.δὲ τῷ goes, as it has been written concerning him, but woe avOporwpixsivy Ov οὗ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται" to that man by whomthe Son of man is delivered up ; καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ εἰ οὐκ.ἐγεννήθη ὁ. ἄνθρωπος. ἐκεῖνος. good wereit forhim if *had *not *been “born that *man. 25 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ᾿Ιούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν εἶπε», Μήτι And answering Judas, who was delivering up him, said, ἐγώ εἰμι, πιῥαββί;" Λέγει αὐτῷ, Σὺ εἶπας. ἜἼ ‘am (he), Rabbi? Hesays to him, Thou hast said. 26 ᾿Εσθιόντων.δὲ. αὐτῶν, λαβὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς "τὸν" ἄρτον, And as they were eating, "having “taken ‘Jesus the bread, . ᾽ , 5 »Ό cv ‘ 2010 Il ~ 0 ~ p ΜΠ καὶ εὐλογήσας, ἔκλασεν καὶ “εδίδου" τοῖς μαθηταῖς, Prat and having blessed, broke and gave tothe disciples, and ~ , 2 ~ A ~ , ‘ εἶπεν, Λάβετε, φάγετε" τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά.μου. 27 Καὶ said, Take, eat ; this is my body. And λαβὼν «τὸ ποτήριον, "καὶ! εὐχαριστήσας, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς, having taken the cup, and haying given thanks, he gave [it] to them, i + μαθητῶν disciples LT. k εἷς ἕκυστος each ™ ῥαββεί τ. π --- τὸν τι]. ο δοὺς Ρ — καὶ LTTr. 9 — τὸ (read a cup) TTrA. r — καὶ i[Tr]. ΧΧΥΙ. MATTHEW. λέγων, Πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ πάντες" 28 rovro-yap ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά. μου, saying, *Drink*of “it 141], For this is my blood, ee oly ΤΠ ΉΣΩΣ . eee NN ay WE , No? ro! τῆς καινῆς" διαθήκης, TO περὶ πολλῶν “ἐκχυνόμενον" εἰς that of the new covenant, which for many is poured out for ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. 29 λέγω. δὲ ὑμῖν, "ὅτι! οὐ. μὴ πίω ἀπ’ remission οἵ sins. ButIsay toyou, that notatall will I drink hence- ἄρτι ἐκ τούτου TOU γεννήματος" τῆς ἀμπέλου, ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας forth of {815 fruit ofthe vine, until "day ἐκείνης ὅταν αὐτὸ πίνω μεθ’ ὑμῶν καινὸν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Mthat when it Idrink with you new inthe kingdom , ‘ ε ’ ? ~ > A ” ~ πατρός.μου. 30 Kai ὑμνήσαντες ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν of my father. And having sung ahymn they went out to the mount ἐλαιῶν. 31 τότε λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πάντες ὑμεῖς σκανδα- All of Olives. Then ?says *to*them 1Jesus, ye will be λισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὺ ἐν τῇ.νυκτὶ. ταύτῃ. γέγραπται γάρ, offended this night. Πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ ᾿διασκορπισθήσεται τὰ πρόβατα in me during For it has been written, Iwillsmite the shepherd, and willbescattered abroad the sheep τῆς ποίμνης. 82. μετὰ.δὲ τὸ. ἐγερθῆναί με προάξω ὑμᾶς of the flock ; but after my being raised Iwillgobefore you sic THY Γαλιλαίαν. 88 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, into Galilee. And answering Peter said tohim, Εἰ δκαὶ! πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται ἐν σοί, ἐγὼ οὐδέποτε ἘΕ even all will be offended in thee, I neyer σκανδαλισθήσομαι. 34 Ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς,᾿᾿Αμὴν λέγω σοι, will be offended. 2Said *to *him 1Jesus, Verily Isay tothee, ὅτι ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτί, πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς that during this night, before [the] cock crows, thrice ἀπαρνήσῃ με. 85 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος, Κἂν δέῃ με thou wiltdeny me. Peter, Evenif it were needful for me 1 1 > ~ ? 7 > of, « ,ὔ b ‘ σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν, οὐ.μὴῆ σε ἀπαρνήσομαι. Opoiwc® καὶ Says *to*him with thee to die, in nowise thee will IT deny. Likewise also πάντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εἶπον. all the disciples said. 36 Tore ἔρχεται per αὐτῶν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς χωρίον λεγόμενον Then comes with them Jesus to a place called “Γεθσημανῆ," καὶ λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς", Καθίσατε αὐτοῦ, ἕως. οὗ“ Gethsemane, andhesaystothe disciples, Sit here, until ἀπελθὼν ἱπροσεύξωμαι ἐκεῖ." 87 Kai παραλαβὼν τὸν having goneaway [5881] ΥΩ yonder. And having taken with (him] Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου, ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι καὶ Peter and the two sons οἵ Zebedee, he began to besorrowful and ἀδημονεῖν. 88 τότε λέγει abroic’, ἹΤερίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ-ψυχή.μου deeply depressed. Then hesays tothem, Verysorrowful is my soul , , ee ~ ? ~ " ἕως θανάτου" μείνατε ὧδε καὶ γρηγορεῖτε μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ. 39 Kai evento death; remain here and watch with me. And hrooshOwy!' μικρὸν ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ προσευχό- having goneforward alittle hefell upon his face pray- μενος, καὶ λέγων, Warep.ipov,' εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν "παρελθέτω" ing, and saying, my Father, if possible it is let pass am’ ἐμοῦ τὸ.ποτήριον.τοῦτο᾽ πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς from me this cup ; nevertheless not as I will, but as τ τὸ LITrA. ν — καινῆς TIA]. ματος LITrAW. 2 διασκορπισθήσονται LITA. (likewise) w. ¢ Τεθσημανεῖ utraw ; Γεθσημανεί τ. f ἐκεῖ προσεύξωμαι LTTrA. 8 + ὃ Ἰησοῦς Jesus (Says) w. towards [them] rrr. i — pov my T1[Tr]. k παρελθάτω LITrA. © ἐκχυννόμενον LTTrA. xX — ὅτι LTTrA. a — καὶ GLTTrAW. d + αὐτοῦ of him t. 4 προσελθὼν having come Loar d 4d yeall of it; 28 for this is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many for the remission of sins. 29 But I say untoyou, I will not drink hence- forth of this fruit of the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you in my Father’s kingdom. 30 And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into the mount of Olives. 31 Then saith Jesus unto them, Allyeshall be offended becanse of me this night: for it is written, I wilismite the shepherd, and the sheep of the flock shall be scattered abroad. 32 But after Iam risen again, I will go before youinto Galilee. 33 Pe- ter answered and said unto him, Though all men shall be offended because of thee, yet will I never be offend- ed. 34 Jesus said unto him, Verily I say unto thee, That this night, before the cock crow, thou shalt deny ime thrice. 35 Peter said unto him, Though 1 should die with thee, yet will I not deny thee. Likewise also said all the disciples. 36 Then cometh Je- sus with them unto a place called Geth- semane, and saithunto the disciples, Sit ye here, while [ go and pray yonder. 37 And he took with him Pe- ter and the two sons of Zebedee, and began to be sorrowful and very heavy. 38 Then saith he unto them, My soul is exceeding sorrowfnl, even unto death: tarry ye here, and watch with me. 39 And he wenta little farther, and fell on his faee, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me: nevertheless not as I will, but as thou wilt. Σ yev7- Ὁ - 6€and e+ ἂν τι 78 40 And he cometh unto the disciples, and find- eth them asleep, and saith unto Peter, What, could ye not watch with me one hour? 41 Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation : the spirit , indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak. 42 He went away again the second time, and pray- ed, saying, O my Fa- ther, if this cup may not pass away from me, except I drink it, thy will be done. 43 And he came and found them asleep again: for their eyes were heavy. 44 And he left them, and went away again, and pray- ed the third time, say- ing the same words. 45 Then cometh he to his disciples, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: behold, the hour is at hand, and the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sin- ners. 46 Rise, let us be going: behold, he is at hand that doth betray me. 47 And while he yet spake, lo, Judas, one of the twelve, came, and with him a great multitude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and elders of the people. 48 Now he that betrayed him gave them a sign, say- ing, Whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is he: hold him fast. 49 And forthwith he came to Jesus, and said, Hail, master; and kissed him. 50 And Jesus said unto him, Friend, wherefore art thou come? Then came they, and laid hands on Jesus, and took him, 51] And, behold, one of them which were with Jesus stretched out his hand, and drew his sword, and struck a servant of the high priest’s, and smote off his ear. MATOATOX. XXVI. σύ. 40 Kai ἔρχεται πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς Kai εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς thou. And hecomes_ to the disciples and finds them καθεύδοντας, καὶ λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, Οὕτως οὐκ.ἰσχύσατε μίαν sleeping, and sae) to Peter, Thus were Be notable one το γρηγορῆσαι per eS 41 ὙΡΉΝΟΡΕΙΤΕ καὶ προσεύχεσθε, to watch with me? Watch and pray, iva μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν. TO μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, that yeenternot into temptation: the “indeed ‘spirit [is] ready, 08. σὰρξ ἀσθενής. 42 Πάλιν ἐκ.δευτέρου ἀπελθὼν προσ- but the flesh weak. Again asecond time having gone away oe nvéaro, λέγων, Πάτερ.μου, εἰ οὐ.δύναται τοῦτο ἱτὸ ποτήριον" prayed, saying, my Father, if Scannot this 2cup OI ΡΣ ΣΡ “2. \ παρελθεῖν am ἐμοῦ" ἐὰν. μὴ αὐτὸ πίω, γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά pass from me unless 3it ‘I?*drink, ‘be 7done Swill σου. 48 Kai ἐλθὼν "εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς πάλιν" καθεύδοντας, “thy. And having come he finds them again sleeping, ἦσαν.γὰρ αὐτῶν. οἱ. ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημεῖοι; 44 Καὶ ἀφεὶς for *were their *eyes heavy. And leaving αὐτούς, οἀπελθὼν πάλιν" προσηύξατο Péx.rpirov,' τὸν αὐτὸν them, having goneaway again he prayed athirdtime, the *%same λόγον simwyt, 45 τότε ἔρχεται πρὸς τοὺς.μαθητ ac-adrov,' wees says. Then he comes to his disciples 5 UD, \ A 2 U re καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Καθεύδετε “τὸ λοιπὸν Kai ἀναπαύεσθε and ΒΥ to them, Bea) on now and take your rest; ἰδού, ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδο- lo, *has*drawn near ‘the *hour, and the Son of man is delivered Ta εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν. 46 ἐγείρεσθε, ἄγωμεν" up ἰπύο [the] hands of sinners. Rise up, let us go ; ἤγγικεν ὁ παραδιδούς με. *has “drawn *near *he who is delivering up me. 47 Kai ἔτι αὐτουῦ.λαλοῦντος, ἰδού, ᾿Ιούδας εἷς τῶν δώδεκα And *yet '‘as*he*isspeaking behold, Judas, one of the twelve, ἦλθεν, Kai μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς μετὰ μαχαιρῶν Kai ξύλων, came, and with him a“crowd ‘great with swords and staves, > , ἰδού, behold, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων Kai πρεσβυτέρων τοῦ λαοῦ. 48 6.0é from the _ chief priests and elders of the people. And he who παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς σημεῖον, λέγων, Ὃν ἂν! was delivering up him them a sign, saying, Whomsoever φιλήσω, αὐτὸς tori’ κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 49 Kai εὐθέως I shall kiss, he itis: seize him. And immediately προσελθὼν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ εἶπεν, Χαῖρε, “ῥαββί," καὶ κατεφίλησεν having come up to Jesus hesaid, Hail, Rabbi, and ardently kissed gave αὐτόν. 50 ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ἑταῖρε, ἐφ᾽ σῷ" him. But Jesus said to him, Friend, for what [purpose] πάρει; Τότε προσελθόντες ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ art thoucome? Then Bev come to 185. they laid hands on τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν. 51 Kai ἰδού, εἷς τῶν Jesus, and seized him. And behold, one of those μετὰ Ἰησοῦ, ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἀπέσπασεν τὴν μάχαι- with Jesus, having stretched out Chis] hand drew *sword ραν αὐτοῦ, καὶ πατάξας τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ἀφεῖλεν *his, and = smiting the bondman of the high priest took off 1 — τὸ ποτήριον LTTrA. found them Lrtra. again T, νυ ῥαββεί τ. τ -- αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) Lrtra. W ὃ GLTTrAW. — am ἐμοῦ [L]TTrA. ἢ πάλιν εὗρεν αὐτοὺς again he ο AS ΕἸΣ LTTrA. ἢ Ρ-- ἐκ τρίτου [LJ A. 9 + πάλιν oA — τὸ [mrJa. t ἀὰν TA. XXVI. MATTE We. αὐτοῦ τὸ ὠτίον. 52 τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, ᾿Απόστρεψόν his ear. Then ?says *to *him 1 Jesus, Return ἄσου τὴν μάχαιραν" εἰς τὸν. τόπον. αὐτῆς πάντες.γὰρ οἱ λα- thy sword to its place ; for all who βόντες μάχαιραν ἐν Tish 2 ἀπολοῦνται. 53 ἢ do- take [the] sword by [the] swor shall perish, Or think- κεῖς = Ore οὐ-δύναμαι τἄρτι! παρακαλέσαι τὸν.πατέρα.μου, est thou that Iam not able to call upon my Father, \ 7 a b x ΄ il cx li ὃ ’, ὃ dy ~ ll ? Ξ και παραστήσει μοι TTAELOUG 7) WOEKaA EVYEWVUC ay and he will furnish to me more than twelve legions of now Ll ~ ~ ε AF φῇ “ γέλων; 54 πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαὶ ὅτι οὕτως angels? How then should be fulfilled the scriptures that thus δεῖ γενέσθαι; it must be? 55 Ἔν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς ὄχλοις, Ὥς ἐπὶ In that hour said Jesus tothe crowds, As against λῳστὴν “ἐξήλθετε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συλλαβεῖν με: arobber areyecomeout with swords and staves to take me? θ᾽ ἡ , f. 4 « ~ ἢ} 62 θ , διδά ? ΗΝ: 01} καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἱπρὸς ὑμᾶς" βἐκαθεζόμην διδάσκων ἕν τῷ ἱερῷ, Daily with you I sat teaching in the temple, ‘ > ? δ, , ~ δ ef, , ev καὶ ovK.éxpatrnoaré με. 56 τοῦτο.δὲ ὅλον γέγονεν wa πλη- and yedidnotseize me, But this all iscometopass that may ρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν. Τότε οἱ μαθηταὶ" πάντες fulfilled the scriptures of the prophets. Then the disciples all ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἔφυγον. forsaking him fled. 57 Οἱ. δὲ κρατήσαντες τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἀπήγαγον πρὸς Kai- But they who had seized Jesus led[him> away to Cai- ἄφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, ὅπου οἱ γραμματεῖς Kai οἱ πρεσβύτεροι aphas the high priest, where the scribes and the elders συνήχθησαν. 58 Ὁ. .δὲ.Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ᾿ἀπὸ" μακρό- were gathered together. And Peter followed him from afar θεν, ἕως τῆς αὐλῆς TOU ἀρχιερέως" καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω ἐκάθητο eventothe court ofthe high priest; and havingentered within he sat pera τῶν ὑπηρετῶν ἰδεῖν τὸ τέλος. 59 Οἱ.δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς "καὶ ot with the officers tosee the end. And the chief priests and the πρεσβύτεροι" Kai τὸ Gime Opie ὅλον ἐζήτουν ψευδομαρτυρίαν elders and the 7sanhedrim ‘whole sought false evidence κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὕπως ἰαὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν, 60 Kai οὐχ against Jesus, so that him they might putto death, and “ποῦ = . m pill AAG A 6 4 λθό ll On?, εὗρον Και TTOAAWYV ev ομαρτυρων προσξε οντων οὐχ lfound any]: even many false witnesses having come forward “not , H εὗρον." 61 ὕστερον.δὲ προσελθόντες δύο Ῥψευδομάρτυρες" ‘they *found [any]. But at lasthavingcomeforwardtwo false witnesses εἶπον, Οὗτος ἔφη, Δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, said, This (man]said, I am able todestroy the temple of God, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν “οἰκοδομῆσαι αὐτόν." 62 Kai ἀναστὰς and in three days to build it. And having stood up ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ; τί οὗτοί σου the high priest said tohim, Nothing answerest thou? What “these ‘thee 79 52 Then said Jesus un- to him, Put up again thy sword into his place: for all they that take the sword shall perish with the sword. 53 Thinkest thou that Icannot now pray to my Father, and he shall presently give me more than twelve legions of angels? 54 But how then shall the scriptures be ful- piled, that thus it must e 59 In that same hour said Jesus to the mul- titudes, Are ye come out as against a thief withswordsand staves for totakeme? Isat daily with you teach- ing in the temple, and ye laid no hold on me. 56 But all this was done, that the scrip- tures of the prophets might be fuliilled. Then all the disciples forsook him, and fled. 57 And they that had laid hold on Jesus led him away to Caiaphas the high priest, where the scribes and the elders were assembled, 58 But Peter followed him afar off unto the high priest’s palace, and went in, and sat with the servants, to see the end. 59 Now the chief priests, and elders, and all the council, sought false witness against Jesus, to put him to death; 60 but found none: yea, thoughmany false witnesses came, yet found they none. At the last came two false witnesses, 61 and said, This fellow said, I am able to destroy the temple of God, and to build it in three days. 62 And the high priest arose, and said unto him, Answerest thou nothing? what is it which these witness against thee? 63 But x τὴν μάχαιράν σου LTTrA. Υ μαχαίρῃ LTTrA. τ --- ἄρτι TTr. Ὁ πλείω LTTrA. © — ἢ (read [than]) relma d λεγιώνων T. ὑμᾶς T[Tr JA. 4 + αὐτοῦ of him | L]. i — ἀπὸ T. θανατώσουσιν LTTrA ; θανατώσωσιν αὐτὸν W.- ψευδομαρτύρων LTTra. ο — οὐχ εὗρον @[L]TTra. οἰκοδομῆσαι T; — αὐτὸν TrA. m— καὶ GLT'Tr. © ἐξήλθατε LTTrA. ; yet δ τα θ᾽ sends ates ; & ἐκαθεζόμην ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων L; ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἐκαθεζόμην διδάσκων TIrA. ἃ K — καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι LITA. Ρ — Ψευδομάρτυρες TTrA. a+ ἄρτι DOW TTr. f — πρὸς ! αὐτὸν π προσελθόντων 4 αὐτὸν 80 Jesus held his peace. And the high priest answered and said un- to him, 1 adjure thee by the living God, that thou tell us whether thou be the Christ, the Son of God. 64 Jesus saith unto him, Thou hast said: nevertheless Τ say unto you, Here- after shall ye see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven. 65 Then the high priest rent his clothes, say- ing, He hath spoken blasphemy ; what fur- ther need have we of witnesses? behold,now ye have heard his blas- phemy. 66 What think ye? They answered and said, He is guilty of death. 67 Then did they spit in his face, and buffeted him ; and others smote him with the palms of their hands, 68 saying, Pro- phesy unto us, thou Christ, Who is he that smote thee? 69 Now Peter sat without in the palace: aud a damsel came anto him, saying, Thou also wast with Jesus of Galilee. 70 But he denied before them all, saying, I know not what thou _§ sayest. 71 And when he was gone out into the porch, another maid saw him, and said unto them that were there, This fellow was also with Jesus of WNa- zareth. 72 And again he denied with an oath, Ido not know the man, 73 And after a while came unto him they that stood by, and said to Peter, Surely thou also art one of them; for thy speech bewrayeth thee. 74 Then began he to curse and to swear, saying, Ll know not the man. And immedi- ately the cock crew. 75 And Peter remem- MATOAIOX®&. XXVI. καταμαρτυροῦσιν ; 63 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἐσιώπα. καὶ "ἀποκριθεὶς" ὁ 180 “witness *against ? But Jesus wassilent. And answering the ἀρχιερεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἙΕξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, highpriest said tohim, JLadjure thee by °God ‘the “living, ev c ~ » ? 4 Ly « , c cA ~ ~ , ἵνα ἡμῖν εἴπῃς. εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστός. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. G4 Λέγει that us thoutell if thouartthe Christ, the Son of God. 2Says ? exp AYE) ~ Ay ie \ , « - ? 2) ν » αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Σὺ εἶπας. πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ᾽ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε ‘to*him ‘Jesus, Thou hastsaid. Moreover I say to you, Henceforth yeshallsee τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώποιι καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως Kai the Son of man sitting at([the]right hand of power, amd ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν TOU οὐρανοῦ. 65 Τότε ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς coming on the clouds of heaven. Then the high priest διέῤῥηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ, λέγων, “Ὅτι! ἐβλασφήμησεν" τί rent his garments, saying, He has blasphemed ; why ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων; ἴδε, νῦν ἠκούσατε τὴν βλασ- anymore “need *have*we of witnesses? lo, now yehaveheard the blas- ~ φημίαν Yabrov.' 66 τί ὑ μαι BOREL Οἱ.δὲ ἀποκριθέντες εἶπον, phemy of him. What doyethink? Andthey answering said, Ἀγ. ’ ’ , , ᾽ , > A , Evoyoc θανάτου ἐστίν. 67 Tore ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον Deserving οὗ death heis. Then theyspat in “face αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκολάφισαν αὐτόν, οἱ. δὲ νέἐῤῥάπισαν," ‘his, and buffeted him, and some struck [him] with the palm of the 68 λέγοντες, Προφήτευσον ἡμῖν, χριστέ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ hand, saying, Prophesy tous, Christ, Who is _ he that παίσας GE; struck thee? 69 Ὁ.δὲ. Πέτρος “ἔξω ἐκάθητο! ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ, Kai προσῆλθεν But Peter “*without*was *sitting in the court, and “came αὐτῷ μία.παιδίσκη, λέγουσα, Kai od ἦσθα μετὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ *to°him 1a *maid, saying, Andthou wast with Jesus the Γαλιλαίου. 70 Ὃ.δὲ ἠρνήσατο ἔμπροσθεν Υ͂ πάντων, λέγων, Οὐκ Galilwan. But he denied before all, saying, “Not olda τί λέγεις. 71 ᾿Εξελθόντα.δὲ *adbrov' sic τὸν πυλῶνα 11 *know what thou sayest. And*having*gone*out ‘he into the porch εἶδεν αὐτὸν ἄλλη, καὶ λέγει *roic' ἐκεῖ, "Kai! οὗτος ‘saw him ‘another (*maidj],and says tothose there, And _ this[man} ἣν pera Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου. 72 Kai πάλιν ἠρνήσατο was with Jesus the Nazarzan. And again he denied μεθ᾽} ὅρκου, Ὅτι οὐκ.οἷδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 73 Μετὰ μικρὺν. δὲ with δὴ οδίῃ, I know not the man, After a little also , « € ~ = ~ , ? ~ προσελθόντες οἱ ἕἑστῶτες εἶπον τῷ Πέτρῳ, ᾿Αληθῶς Shaving Scome 7to[®him] 'those*who “stood*by said to Peter, Truly καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ" καὶ. γὰρ ἡ-λαλιά.σου δῆλόν GE ποιεῖ. also thou of them art, foreven thy speech “manifest *thee ‘makes. 74 Tore ἤρξατο SkaravabepariZe" καὶ ὀμνύειν, “Ore οὐκ.οἶδα Then he began to curse and to swear, I know not τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Kai “εὐθέως! ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν. 75 καὶ the man, And immediately a cock crew. And ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος ἱτοῦ" ᾿Ιησοῦ εἰρηκότος Sabri', bered the word of “remembered Peter the word of Jesus, who had said to him, Jesus, which said unto ¢ ἢ "7 ~ ἢ > ΄ ᾿ see him, Before the cock Ort TOW ἀλέκτορα φωνῆησαι, τρις απαρνησῃ με Kat crow, thou shalt deny Before [the] cock crow, thrice thou wiltdeny me. And me thrice. And he ? O ‘ » » r ~ went out, and wept ἐξελθὼν ἔξω ἔκλαυσεν πικρῶς. bitterly. having gone out ihe wept bitterly. 5.- ἀποκριθεὶς Tr. ἱ -- ὅτι τττὰ. Y—avrod[L]TTrA. δ ἐράπισαν LTTrA. ἃ ἐκάθητο ἔξω LTTrA. Y - αὐτῶν θη 6. 58 -- αὐτὸν [1|] ττ. ι αὐτοῖς tothem aw. ὃ --- καὶ Τ. ὁ μετὰ ἱττιὰ. 8 καταθεματίζειν GLITrAW. ε εὐθὺς Tr. ἴ --- τοῦ LTTrA. ὃ --- αὐτῷ [L]rrra. XXVII. MATTHEW. 27 Ilpwiac.cé γενομένης, συμβούλιον ἔλαβον πάντες ot And morning being come, *2counsel Mtook tall the ἀρχιερεῖς Kai ot πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, *chief ‘priests *and *the 7elders ®of ®the }°people against Jesus, ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν" 2 καὶ δήσαντες αὐτὸν ἀπήγα- 80 that they might put todeath him; andhaving bound him they led - ἐδωκ Ἰαὐτὸν! ἘΠ iw" Πιλάτῳ" = yov και παρὲ ωκαν “AUTOV οντιῳ ι ατῳ TH away [him] and _ delivered up him to Pontius Pilate the ἡγεμόνι. governor. 8 Τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας ὁ ᾿-ἰπαραδιδοὺς" αὐτὸν ὅτι κατ- Then ‘having 7seen 1Judas *who ‘delivered °up ‘him that he was , + ‘ n ? , I ‘ ’, ? , ἐκρίθη, IUD ΕΣ ἀπέστρεψεν" τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύ- condemned, ving regretted [it] returned the thirty pieces of pia τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν Kai “στοῖς" πρεσβυτέροις, 4 λέγων. silver tothe chiefpriests and the elders, paying, Ἥμαρτον παραδοὺς αἷμα Ῥἀθῶον". Οἱ. δὲ εἶπον, Τί Isinned delivering up *blood ‘guiltless, Butthey said, What[is that] πρὸς Nuac; σὺ Wwe. 5 Καὶ ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια ἴο us? thou wilt see [to it]. And having cast down the pieces of silver r2 ~ “}} ? , A ? ‘ 2 7 « " ἐν τῷ ναῷ" ἀνεχώρησεν,καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἀπήγξατο. 6 Οἱ.δὲ in the temple he withdrew, and havinggoneaway hangedhimself. Amd the ᾽ ~ , > , 5 li ? Ν = ~ ἀρχιερεῖς λαβόντες τὰ ἀργύρια "εἶπον," Οὐκ.ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν chief priests having taken the piecesofsilver said, It is not lawful to put αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν, ἐπεὶ τιμὴ αἵματός ἐστιν. 7 Συμ- them into the treasury, since [the] price of blood it is. *Coun- βούλιον δὲ λαβόντες, ἠγόρασαν ἐξ αὐτῶν τὸν ἀγρὸν τοῦ 861 tand *having ‘taken, they bought with them the field ofthe κεραμέως, eic ταφὴν τοῖς ξένοις. 8 διὸ ἐκλήθη ὁ potter, for a burying ground for strangers. Wherefore “was ‘called ἀγρὸς.ἐκεῖνος ἀγρὸς αἵματος ἕως τῆς-σήμερον. Q τότε ithat 3561 Field of blood to this day. Then > , A « δὶ A? , ~ ΄, , ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ ᾿Τερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγον- was fulfilled that which wasspoken by Jeremias the prophet, say- τος, Kai ἔλαβον τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια, THY τιμὴν τοῦ ing, And Itook the thirty pieces ofsilver, the price of him who τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν ᾿Ισραήλ, 10 καὶ was set a price on, whom they “set 78 *price °on ‘of [(*the] “sons ‘of*Israel, and ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν τοῦ κεραμέως, καθὰ συνέταξέν gave them for the field ofthe potter, according as “directed οι κύριος. *me [16] *Lord. 11 Ὁ. δὲ. Ἰησοῦς 'ἔστη" ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἡγεμόνος" καὶ ἐπηρώ- But Jesus stood before the governor; and *ques- τησὲν αὐτὸν ὁ ἡγεμών, λέγων, Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν tioned ‘him ‘the “governor, saying, ἽΤΒΟα ‘art the king of the Ἰουδαίων; Ὁ. δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἔφη "αὐτῷ," Σὺ λέγεις. 12 Kai Jews? And Jesus said tohim, Thou sayest. And ἐν. τῷ.κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων Kai *r@v" πρεσ- when *was “accused the by the chief priests and the el- βυτέρων, οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο. 18 τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ "Πιλάτος," ders, nothing he answered. Then ?says *to*him Pilate, 1 XXVIII. When the morning was come, all the chief priests and elders of the people took counsel against Jesus to put him to death: 2 and when they had bound him, they led him away, io 4) and delivered him to Pontius Pilate the governor. 3 Then Judas, which had betrayed him, when he saw that he was condemned, re- mted himself, and rought again the thirty pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders, 4 saying, I have sinned in that I have betrayed the innocent blood. And they said, What is that tous? see thou fothat, 5 And he cast down the pieces of silver in the temple, and departed, and went and hanged him- self. 6 And the chief priests took the silver pieces, and said, It is not lawful for to put them intothe treasury, because it is the price of blood. 7 And they took counsel, and bought with them the potter’s field, to bury strangersin. 8 Where- fore that field was ealled, The field of blood, unto this day. 9 Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy the prophet, saying, And they took the thirty pieces of silver, the price of him that was valued, whom they of the children of Israel did value; l0and gave them for tie pot- ter’s field, as the Lora appointed me. 11 And Jesus sicod before the governor: and the governor asked him, saying, Art thou the king of the Jews? And Jesus said unto him, Thou gayest. 12 And when he was accused of the chief priests and elders, he answered nothing. 13 Then said Pilate unto him, MHearest 1 — αὐτὸν LTTrA. Ὁ ἔστρεψεν TTrA, © — τοῖς LTTrA. into the temple rrr. 5 εἶπαν LT Tr. « ἸΠιλᾶτος Ltr; Πειλᾶτος Tt. k — [lovriw Ttr. | Πειλάτῳ τ. P ἀθῷον LTA. t ἐστάθη LTTrA. ™ παραδοὺς had delivered up Ltr. 4 ὄψῃ LTTrA. ° — αὐτῷ T. Τ εἰς τὸν ναὸν τ — τῶν TA]. G 82 thou not how many things they witness against thee? 14 And he answered him to never a word; inso- much that the gover- nor marvelled greatly. 15 Now at that feast the governor was wont to Zelease unto the people a prisoner, whom they would. 16 And they had thena notable prisoner, call- ed Barabbas. 17 There- fore when they were gathered together, Pi- late said unto them, Whom will ye that I release unto you? Barabbas, or esus which is called Christ ? 18 For he knew that for envy they had de- livered him. 19 When he was set down on the judgment seat, his wife sent unto him, saying, Have thou nothing to do with that just man: for I have suffered many things this day in a dream because of him. 20 But the chief priests and elders persuaded the multitude that they should ask Barab- bas, and destroy Jesus. 21 The governor an- swered and said unto them, Whether of the twain will ye that I release unto you? They gid, Barabbas. 22 Pi- late saith unto them, What shall I do then with Jesus which is called Christ ? They all say unto him, Let him be crucified. 23 And the governor said, Why, what evil hath he done? But they cried out the more, saying, Let him be crucified. 24 When Pilate saw that he could prevail nothing, but that rather a tumult was made, he took water, and washed Ais hands before the multitude, saying, I am innocent of the blood of this just person: see ye to tt, 25 Then answered all the people, and said, His blood be on us, and on our chil- dren. 26 Then released he Barabbas' unto them: and when he had scourged Jesus, he delivered him to be crucified. MATOATOX. Οὐκ.ἀκούεις πόσα σοῦ Hearest thou not how many things ‘thee XXVII. καταμαρτυροῦσιν; 14 Kai ‘they *witness *against ἢ And οὐκ.ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἕν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν he did not answer him to even one word, sothat “wondered ‘the ἡγεμόνα λίαν. *governor exceedingly. 15 Κατὰ. δὲ ἑορτὴν εἰώθει ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἀπολύειν ἕνα Now at [the] feast *was*accustomed'the*governor torelease one τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσμιον, ὃν ἤθελον. 16 εἶχον.δὲ τότε δέσ- 53[ο ὅπ *multitude ‘prisoner, whom they wished. And they had then a?pri- μιον ἐπίσημον, λεχύμεμον Βαραββᾶν. 17 συνηγμένων soner ‘notable, caNed Barabbas. Being ‘gathered *together οὖν αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ΥΠιλάτος," Τίνα θέλετε ἀπο-᾿ "therefore ‘they ‘said δίο *them *Pilate, Whom willye[that] I λύσω ὑμῖν; Βαραββᾶν, ἢ ᾿Ιησοῦν τὸν λεγόμενον χριστόν ; release to you? Barabbas, or Jesus who is called Christ ? 18 poe dp ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παρέδωκαν αὐτόν. 19 Καθη- or he knew that through envy they deliveredup him. 7As ‘was , > ~ ? ‘ Lad (2 2 “ bY > A € ἕνου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡ sitting ‘but *he on the judgment seat 3sent to Shim γυνὴ αὐτοῦ, λέγουσα, Μηδὲν σοι καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ his *wife, saying, [Let there be] nothing between thee and ighteous ἐκείνῳ" πολλὰ.γὰρ ἔπαθον σήμερον Kar ὄναρ δι ‘that [man]; for many things 1 βυοστοᾶ to-day in a dream because of αὐτόν. 20 Oi.d2 ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἔπεισαν τοὺς him. But the chief priests and the elders persuaded the n” “ bal 2 a ~ Y ᾽ ~ ? ὄχλους ἵνα αἰτήσωνται τὸν Βαραββᾶν, τὸν.δὲ. Ἰησοῦν ἀπολ- crowds that they should beg for Barabbas, and 7Jesus 1should Ld ᾽ « « ‘ 7 ᾽ ~ ’ , ἐσωσιν. 21 ἀποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ ἡγεμὼν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τίνα θέλετε 7destroy. And answering 'the*governor said. tothem, Which will ye ἀπὸ τῶν δύο ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν; Οἱ. δὲ τεῖπον", "Βαραββᾶν. of the two([that] Irelease toyou? Andthey said, Barabbas, 22 Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ ΥΠιλάτος," Ti οὖν ποιήσω ᾿ἸΙησοῦν, τὸν *Says *to “them ‘Pilate, What then shallIdo with Jesus, who λεγόμενον Χρισπῦ»); Λέγουσιν Ῥαὐτῷ" πάντες, Σταυρωθήτω. is called it? They *say *to *him tall, Let [him] be crucified. 23 Ὁ.δὲ “ἡγεμὼν! ἔφη, Ti γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν ; Οἱ. δὲ 1671] Andthe governor’ said, What *then didhe commit? But they περισσῶς ἔκραζον, λέγοντες, Σταυρωθήτω. 24 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ ὁ the more cried out, saying, Let [him] be crucified. And “seeing ΥΠιλάτος" ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θόρυβος γίνεται, Pilate that nothing it availed, but rather atumult [15 arising, ‘ .“ ? 4 A ~ d > , " ἫΝ» λαβὼν ὕδωρ ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας “ἀπέναντι' τοῦ ὄχλου, having taken water he washed [his] hands before the crowd, λέγων, “᾿Αθῶός" εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος ἱτοῦ.δικαίου.τούτου"" saying, Guiltless Iam of the blood of this righteous ([man,_ ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε. 25 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς πᾶς ὁ λαὸς εἶπεν, Τὸ Θ will see [to it]. And ‘answering ‘all *the*people_ said, ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ.τέκνα.ἡμῶν. 26 Tore ἀπέλυ- us and on our children, Then he re- τὸν.δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας but *Jesus *having *scourged δέ αἴπα αὐτὸν is blood [be]on ? ~ 4 ~ A αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν leased ἕο them Barabbas ; παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ. he delivered up (him) that he might be crucified. σεν Υ Πιλᾶτος utr; Πειλᾶτος 1. © — ἡγεμὼν (ead and he said) ΤΊτΑ. b — αὐτῷ LTTrA. ἴ τούτου [Tow ® εἶπαν TTr. a + τὸν TTr. 4 κατέναντι LTr. © ἀθῷός LTA. δικαίου} L; — τοῦ δικαίου (read of this [{man]) T[Tr]A. ΧΧΥΙΙ. MATTHEW. 27 Tore οἱ στρατιῶται τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, παραλαβόντες Then the soldiers ofthe governor, having taken with [them] τὸν Ἰησοῦν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, συνήγαγον ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ὅλην Jesus to the prsxtorium, gathered against him all THY σπεῖραν᾽ 28 Kai ξἐκδύσαντες" αὐτὸν "περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ the band ; and havingstripped him they put round him χλαμύδα κοκκίνην" 29 καὶ πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν a 7cloak ‘scarlet ; And having platted acrown of thorns ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ ἱτὴν.κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ κάλαμον kimi τὴν they put [it] on his head, and 8. reed in δεξιὰν! αὐτοῦ" Kai γονυπετήσαντες ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ ἱένέ- 7right Ββεαμᾶ *his; and bowing the knees before him they παιζον! αὐτῷ, λέγοντες, Χαῖρε, πὸ βασιλεὺς" τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων᾽ mocked him, saying, Hail, king ofthe Jews! 80 καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν ἔλαβον τὸν κάλαμον Kai ἔτυπ- μ ς εις And havingspit upon him they took the reed and struck τον εἰς τὴν.κεφαλὴν.αὐτοῦ. 31 Kai bre ἐνέπαιξαν αὐτῷ {him] on is head. And when they had mocked him "ἐξέδυσαν" αὐτὸν τὴν χλαμύδα, “καὶ! ἐνέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὰ they took off him the cloak, and they put on him ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ" Kai ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σταυρῶσαι. hisown garments; and led“*away ‘him to crucify. 82 ᾿Ἐξερχόμενοι δὲ εὗρον ἄνθρωπον Κυρηναῖον, ὀνόματι And going forth theyfound aman a enran, by name Σίμωνα: τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν.σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ. Simon; him they compelled that he might carry his cross, 33 Kai ἐλθόντες εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον ῬΓολγοθᾶ," «ὅς" ἐστιν And having come to ἃ place called Golgotha, which is eyaHev oe κρανίου τόπος," 84 ἔδωκαν αὐγῷ "πιεῖν" ὄξος" called 308. 5a “skull ‘place, they gave him todrink vinegar μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον᾽ Kai eh Tees οὐκ. “ἤθελεν!" "πιεῖν." with = gall mingled ; and havingtasted he would not drink, 35 Σταυρώσαντες.δὲ αὐτὸν διεμερίσαντο τὰ.ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ, And having crucified him they divided his garments, π βάλλοντες" KAjpov’ ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ casting a lot; that might be fulfilled that which wasspoken by τοῦ προφήτου, Διεμερίσαντο Ta.iparid.wov ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ the prophet, They divided my garments among themselves, and ἐπὶ τὸν. ἱματισμόν.μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον." 36 Kai καθήμενοι for my vesture they cast ἃ lot. And sitting down ? [4 > 4 ? ~ ‘ ? , ? id ~ ἐτήρουν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ. 37 Καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπάνω τῆς they kept guard over him there. And they put up over κεφαλῆς. αὐτοῦ τὴν.αἰτίαν.αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένην, Οὗτός ἐστιν his head his accusation written : This is ? ~ « ‘ ~ ? / , ~ 4 Ιησοῦς ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων. 38 Tore cravpovyTa σὺν Jesus the king of the Jews, Then arecrucified with αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί, εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων. him two robbers, one at [the] right handand one at [the] left. 39 Οἱ: δὲ παραπορευόμενοι ἐβλασφήμουν αὐτόν, κινοῦντες But those passing by railed at him, shaking τὰς. κεφαλὰς. αὐτῶν, 40 καὶ λέγοντες, Ὃ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν their heads, and saying, ‘Thou who destroyest the temple & ἐνδύσαντες having clothed L, κεφαλῆς TTrA. Κ ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ LITra. 2 ἐκδύσαντες having taken off τ. ο — καὶ τ. ™ κρανίου τόπος λεγόμενος LTTrA. - πεῖν T. ἐθέλησεν Α. Ww βαλόντες having cast LTA. 1 ἐνέπαιξαν T. τ οἶῖνον wine LTTr. Β χλαμύδα κοκκίνην περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ LTTrA. m βασιλεῦ O Κίπρ Ltr. P Τολγοθά Tr. 83 27 Then the soldiers of the governor took Jesus into the common hall, and gathered un- to him the whole band of soldiers. 28 And they stripped him, and put on him a scarlet robe. 29 And when they had platted a crown of thorns, they put z upon his head, and a reed in his right hand: and they bowed the knee before him, and mocked him, say- ing, Hail, King of the Jews! 30 And they spit upon him, and took the reed, and smote him on the head. 31 And after that they had mocked him, they took the robe off from him, and put his own raiment on him, and led him away to cru- cify him. 32 And as they came out, they found a man of Cyrene, Simon by name: him they compelled to bear his cross. 33 And when they were come unto a place called Gol- gotha, that is to say, a jee of a skull, 34 They gave him vin- egar to drink mingled with gall: and when he had tasted thereof, he would not drink. 35 And they crucified him, and parted his garments, casting lots: that it might be ful- filled which was spo- ken by the prophet, They parted my gar- ments among them, and upon my vesture did they cast lots. 36 And sitting down they watched him there; 37 and set up over his head his accu- sation written, THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THB JEWS. 38 Then were there two thieves cru- cified with him, one on the right hand, and another on the left. 39 And they that passed by reviled him, wagging their heads, 40 and saying, Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest 4 6 GLTTraW. τ ἠθέλησεν LTTr; x — ἵνα πληρωθῇ to end of verse ΟἸσττα. 84 it in three days, save thyself. If thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross. 41 Likewise also the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and elders, said, 42 He saved others; himself he cannot save. If he be the King of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him, 43 He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will have him: for he said, I am the Son of God. 44 The thieves also, which were crucified with him, cast the same in his teeth. 45 Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the Jand unto the ninth hour. 46 And about the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, ELI, ELI, LAMA SABACHTHA- NI? that isto say, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? 47 Some of them that stood there, when they heard that, said, ‘his man calleth for Elias. 48 Andstraight- way one of them ran, und took a spunge, and filled it with vinegar, and put tt on a reed, and gave him to drink. 49 The rest said, Let be, let us see whether Elias will come to save him, 50 Jesus, when he had cried again with a lond voice, yielded up the ghost, 51 And, be- hold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent; 52 and the graves were open- ed; and many bodies of the saints which MATOATOS. XXVIL. καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν, σῶσον σεαυτόν. εἰ υἱὸς and in three days buildest [it], save thyself. Tf son Yel τοῦ θεοῦ," 5 κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ. 41 Ὁμοίως thouart of God, descend from the cross. *In “like *manner "δὲ καὶ ot ἀρχιερεῖς ἐμπαίζοντες μετὰ τῶν γραμματέων καὶ tand also the chief priests, mocking, with the scribes and πρεσβυτέρων ἔλεγον, 42 ΓΛλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ.δύναται elders, said, Others he saved, himself he isnot able σῶσαι. ei βασιλεὺς open ἐστιν, καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ to save, Tf king ofIsrael heis, let him descend now from the σταυροῦ, καὶ “πιστεύσομεν! δαὐτῷ." 48 πέποιθεν ἐπὶ “τὸν θεόν" | cross, and we will believe him, He trusted on God: ῥυσάσθω νῦν fabréy," εἰ θέλει αὐτόν. εἶπεν.γάρ, Ὅτι θεοῦ lethimdeliver*now ‘him, if he will [have] him. For he said, “Of*God εἶμι υἱός. 44 Τὸ. δ᾽ αὐτὸ καὶ οἱ λῃσταὶ ot Soveravow/éy- *I?am *Son. And[{with]thesamethingalsothe robbers who were crucified to- uh rec! ἢ αὐτῷ ὠνείδιζον Ἰαὐτῷ." gether with him reproached him. 45 ᾿Απὸ δὲ ἕκτης ὥρας σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Now from *sixth [the] hour darkness all the ~ e “ k2 , «I 46 4 δὲ ‘ 12 , "“ γῆν ewe ὥρας “evvarnc TEPL.OE τὴν ἐννάτην ὥραν land until[the] 7hour ‘ninth ; and about the ninth hour ™aveBdonoey" ὁ Ἰησοῦς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, λέγων, "HX, ’HXi,' 2cried *out 1Jesus ‘with*a7voice ‘loud, saying, Eli, Eli, apa" Ρσαβαχθανί ;" τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Θεέ.μου, θεέ. μου, Uvari' με lama sabachthani ? that is, My God, my God, why me ἐγκατέλιπες; 47 Τινὲς. δὲ τῶν ἐκεῖ τέστώτων" ἀκού- hast thou forsaken ? And some of those who there weré standing having σαντες; ἔλεγον, Ὅτι “Ἡλίαν! φωνεῖ οὗτος. 48 Kai εὐθέως heard, said, *Elias Zcalls “this (*man], And immediately δραμὼν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν καὶ λαβὼν σπόγγον, πλήσας.τε “having ®run'‘one 292.5Ὁ “them and _ taken a sponge, and filled [it] ὔξους καὶ περιθεὶς καλάμῳ, ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν" 49 οἱ δὲ with vinegar and put[it]on areed, gave*to“drink *him. But the λοιποὶ *éXeyor," “Adec, ἴδωμεν εἰ ἔρχεται “HXiac! σώσων was over rest said, Let be; let us see comes Elias to save αὐτόν. him. 50 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς πάλιν κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἀφῆκεν And Jesus again having cried witha7voice ‘loud yielded up τὸ πνεῦμα. 51 Kai ἰδού, τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη {his} spirit. And behold, the veil ofthetemple was rent πες δύο! χἀπὸ! ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω. Kai ἡ γῆ ἐσείσθη, Kai into two from top to bottom; and the earth was shaken, and ε ~ > ‘ ai πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν, 52 καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν. Kai the roc were rent, and the tombs were opened, and πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ᾿πἠγέρθη," 53 Kai slept arose, 53 and many bodies ofthe “fallen *asleep 1gaints arose, and Υ θεοῦ εἶ L. z+ καὶ and LT. 8 [δὲ] καὶ TrA; — δὲ καὶ [L]T. Ὁ — εἰ Trra. © πιστεύομεν We believe τ,; πιστεύσωμεν let us believe T. ἃ ἐπ᾽’ αὐτόν on him Tir; ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ W. ετῴ θεῷ!τ. f — αὐτόν [τι]. & συνσταυρωθέντες LTTrA. h + σὺν with (him) urrra. i αὐτόν GLTTrAW. k ἐνάτης LITrA. ἐνάτην LTTrA. τὰ ἐβόησεν cried Tr. π Ἡλὶ ἡλὶ LA; ᾿Ηλεὶ ἡλεὶ τ. © λημὰ τι ; λεμὰ ΤΊτΑ. P σαβακθανίτ,; σαβαχθανεί TTr. 4 ἵνα τί A. τ ἑστηκότων TTr. 5 Ἡλείαν T. * εἶπαν Ltr. v “Haeias T. ν᾿ εἰς δύο placed after κάτω TTrA. Xan’ τι; -- ἀπὸ 1. γα ἠγέρθησαν LTTrA. ΧΙΧΥΤΙ: MATTHEW. ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν.ἔγερσιν. αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλ- having gone forth out οὗ the tombs after his arising, entered Gov εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς. into the holy city and appeared to many. 54 ‘0.08 *éxarévrapyoc" καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες But the centurion andthey who with him kept guard over τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἰδόντες τὸν σεισμὸν Kai τὰ δγεγνόμενα,, Jesus, having seen the earthquake and the things that took place, ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα, λέγοντες, ᾿Αληθῶς θεοῦ υἱὸς! ἣν οὗτος. feared greatly, saying, Truly 7God’s *Son ?was ‘this. 55 Ἦσαν.δὲ ἐκεῖ γυναῖκες πολλαὶ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦ- And there were there *women ‘many from afar off looking σαι, αἵτινες ἠκολούθησαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας δια- on, who followed Jesus from Galilee min- κονοῦσαι αὐτῷ, 56 ἐν αἷς ἦν Μαρία ἡ Maydadnr7, καὶ istering to him, among whom was Mary the Magdalene, and Μαρία ἡ τοῦ ᾿Ιακώβου καὶ “Ἰωσῆ" Mary the 70f SJames ‘and ‘*Joses υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου. sons of Zebedee. 57 ᾿Οψίας.δὲ γενομένης ἦλθεν ἄνθρωπος πλούσιος ἀπὸ And evening beingcome *came 4a Sman 2rich from Δ᾽ Αριμαθαίας,! τοὔνομα ᾿Ιωσήφ, ὃς Kai αὐτὸς Stuabnrevoer’ Arimathea, by name Joseph, who also himself was discipled τῷ Inoov. 58 οὗτος προσελθὼν τῷ Πιλάτῳ" yrncaro τὸ σῶμα to Jesus, He having gone to Pilate begged the body τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. τότε ὁ ΞΠιλάτος! ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι "τὸ σῶμα. of Jesus, Then Pilate commanded tobegivenup the body. 59 καὶ λαβὼν τὸ σῶμα δ᾽ Ἰωσὴφ ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ ' σινδόνι Andhavingtakenthe body Joseph wrapped it ina7linen*cloth καθαρᾷ, 60 καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸ ἐν τῷ .καινῷ.αὐτοῦ μνημείῳ ὃ ‘clean, and placed it in his new tomb which ἐλατόμησεν ἐν Ty πέτρᾳ Kai προσκυλίσας Δλίθον μέγαν hehadhewn in the rock ; and having rolled a*stone ‘great krp θύρᾳ τοῦ μνημείου ἀπῆλθεν. G1 iv.dé ἐκεῖ ‘Magia tothe door ofthe tomb went away. And there was there Mary ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία, καθήμεναι ἀπέναντι τοῦ μήτηρ, καὶ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν mother, and the mother of the the Magdalene andthe other Mary, sitting opposite the τάφου. sepulchre, 62 Τῇ.δὲ ἐπαύριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν. Now onthe morrow, which is after the preparation, συνήχθησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ποὸς ™I- were gathered together the chief priests and the Pharisees to Pi- λάτον," 63 λέγοντες, Κύρι, ἐμνήσθημεν ὅὕτι ἐκεῖνος late, saying, Sir, we have called to mind that that ε , = ” ~ Π - δὶν» 2 , , ὁ πλάνος εἶπεν ἔτι ζῶν, Mera τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. 64 κέ- deceiver said whilst living, After three days I arise. Com- λευσον οὖν ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον ἕως τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας" mand therefore to be secured the sepulchreuntil the third day, μήποτε ἐλθόντες οἱ. μαθηταὶ. "αὐτοῦ" ° dcll κλέ ὑτόν -μαθηταὶ."αὐτοῦ" °vuKcroc! κλεψωσιν auroy, lest 3coming ‘his *disciples by night steal?away ‘him, 86 came out of the graves after his resurrection, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many. 54 Now when the centurion, and they that were with him, watching Jesus, saw the earthquake, and those things that were done, they feared greatly, saying, Truly this was the Son of God. 55 And many women were there beholding afar off, which foi- lowed Jesus from Ga- lilee, ministering unto him : 56 among which was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James and Joses. and the mother of Zebedee’s children, 57 When the even was come, there camé arich man of Arima- thea, named Joseph, who also himself was Jesus’ disciple: 58 he went to Pilate, and begged the body of Je- sus. Then Pilate com- manded the body to be delivered. 59 And when Joseph had taken the body, he wrapped it in a clean linen cioth, 60 and laid it in his own new tomb, which he had hewn out in therock: and he rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre, and departed. 61 And there was Mary Mag- dalene, and the other Mary, sitting over a- gainst the sepulchre. 62 Now the next day, that followed the day of the preparation, the chief priests and Pha- risees came together unto Pilate, 63 saying, Sir, we remember that that deceiver said, while he was yet alive, After three days i will Tise again. 64 Com- Mand therefore that the sepuichre be made sure until the third day, lest his disciples come by night, and steal him away, and 8 γινόμενα were taking place LTTra. : ἑκατοντάρχης T. © ἐμαθητεύθη LTTr. Joseph T. 4 ᾿Αριμαθείας W. Πειλᾶτος T. h — τὸ σῶμα (read [it]) T[ Tr]. over (the door) L. 1 Μαριὰμ. τ. πὶ ἸΤιλᾶτον LTr; Πειλᾶτον T. disciples) T. © — νυκτὸς GLTTrA. > vids θεοῦ LTrA. f Πειλάτῳ T. i+ ἐν ἴῃ (a linen cloth) tra. 1 — αὐτοῦ (read the ς Ἰωσὴφ 8 Πιλᾶτος Ltr; k τ ἐπὶ 86 say unto the people, ἘΣ is risen from the dead: so the last error shall be worse than the first. 65 Pilate said unto them, Ye havea watch: go your way, make it as sure as yecan. 66So they went, and made the sepulchre sure, sealing the stone, and setting a watch. XXVIII. In theend of the sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Mag- dalene and the other Mary to see the sepul- chre. 2 And, behold, there was a great earth- quake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. 3 His countenance was like lightning, and his rai- ment white as snow: 4and for fear of him the keepers did shake and became as dead men. 5 And theangel answered and said un- to the women, Fear not ye: for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. 6 He is not here: for he is risen, as he said. Come, see the place where the Lord lay. 7 And go quickly, and tell his disciples that he is risen from the dead ; and, behold, he gocth before you into Galilee ; there shall ye see him: lo, I have told you. 8 And they departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring his disciples word. 9 And as they went to tell his disciples, be- hold, Jesus met them saying, All hail. And they came and held him by the _ feet, MATOATOYS. ‘ » ~ ~ , “ ᾽ 4 ~ ~ \ ” kai εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ᾿Ηγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν᾽ καὶ ἔσται and say tothe people, Heisrisen from the dead; and ‘shall be ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης. 65”Edn?dé! αὐτοῖς ‘the “last “deception worse thanthe first. And ?said “to *them ὁ “Πιλάτος," "Ἔχετε κουστωδίαν᾽ ὑπάγετε ἀσφαλίσασθε we XXVII, XXVIII. Pilate, Ye have a guard: Go make [it as] secure ag οἴδατε. 66 Οἱ. δὲ πορευθέντες ἠσφαλίσαντο τὸν τάφον ye know [how]. Andthey having gone made *secure ‘the *sepulchre σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον, μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας. 7sealing "the *stone, “with ‘the ‘guard. 28 ὈψΨὲ δὲ σαββάτων, τῇ. ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς ίαν Now late onSabbath, as it was getting dusk toward [the] first [day} σαββάτων, ἦλθεν *Mapia" ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία of [the] week, came Mary the Magdalene and the other Mary θεωρῆσαι τὸν τάφον. to see the sepulchre. 2 Kai ἰδού, σεισμὸς EYERETO μέγας" ἄγγελος: γὰρ κυρίου And behold, 384 ὅθασύμαιδκο 'there*was‘*great; for an angel ΟΥ[ὑΠ6] Lord καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, " προσελθὼν ἀπεκύλισεν τὸν λίθον having descended out of heaven, haying come rolledaway the stone tZ a ~ U ll ΓΕ ia ? , ? ~ x A an ee δ Π ἀπὸ τῆς θύρας," καὶ ἐκάθητο ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ. 3 ἦν.δὲ ἡ Yidéa from the door, and was sitting upon it. And*was look αὐτοῦ we ἀστραπή, Kai τὸ.ἔνδυμα.αὐτοῦ λευκὸν Ywoei χιών. ‘his as lightning, and his raiment white as snow. 4 ἀπὸ.δὲ τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ ἐσείσθησαν οἱ τηροῦντες, Kai *éyé~ Andfrom the fear ofhim ‘trembled ‘those*keeping*guard,and be- vost! i Ἶ θεὶς.δὲ ὁ ἄγγελος el ic vovrTo ὡσεὶ! νεκροί. 5 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν ταῖς came as dead [men]. But “answering ‘the “angel said tothe , ‘ ~ « ~ 4 a ? ~ \ ’ γυναιξίν, Μὴ.φοβεῖσθε ὑμεῖς" olda-yap ore ᾿Τησοῦν τὸν ἐσταυ- women, ear not ye; for I know that Jesus who hasbeen , ~ ’ aH” aa e ᾽ , , ‘ ρωμένον ζητεῖτε. 6 οὐκιἔστιν ὧδε ἠγέρθη γάρ, καθὼς εἶπεν. crucified ye seek. Heisnot here, for he is risen, as he said. δεῦτε ἴδετε τὸν τόπον ὕπου ἔκειτο YO κύριος." 7 καὶ ταχὺ Come see the place where *was*lying ‘the *Lord. And *quickly πορευθεῖσαι εἴπατε τοῖς. μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν going Bay to his disciples, that heisrisenfrom the ~ ‘ ᾽ ’ , « ~ ᾽ A ,ὔ ~ νεκρῶν" Kai ἰδού, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Ῥαλιλαίαν" ἐκεῖ dead ; and behold, he goes before you into Galilee ; there αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. ἰδού, εἶπον ὑμῖν. 8 Kai ’ἐξελθοῦσαι! ταχὺ him yeshallsee. Lo, Ihavetold you. And having gone out quickly ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου μετὰ φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς μεγάλης, ἔδραμον from the tomb with fear and oy great, they ran ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ. 9 "ὡς. δὲ ἐπορεύοντο to tell [1] to his disciples. But as they were going ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοῖς.μαθηταϊς. αὐτοῦ," καὶ ἰδού, δ)" Ἰησοῦς “ἀπὴν- totell [it] to his disciples, ?also ‘behold, Jesus met ’ ~ , la ε 4 ~ ? , Tnoevll αὐταῖς, λέγων, Χαίρετε. Αἱ. δὲ προσελθοῦσαι ἐκρά- them, saying, Hail! Andthey having come to [him] seized τησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας, Kai προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ. 10 τότε and worshipped him. hold of his feet, and worshipped him, Then 10 Then said Jesus un- , ᾽ - «>? ~ ἢ ~ pe ? , tothem, Benot afraid: λέγει αὐταῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Μὴ.φοβεῖσθε' ὑπάγετε, ἀπαγχγεθλιατα go tell my brethren *says *to ‘them 1Jesus, ear not: Qo, pP—deand Guttraw. 4 Πιλᾶτος Liar; Πειλᾶτος τ. * Μαριὰμ T. * καὶ and TTr, ‘ — ἀπὸ τῆς θύρας LTTrA. veidéaTIr. ws LTTrA. x ἐγενήθησαν ὡς LTTrA. 57 -- ὁ κύριος (read le was lying) t[Tra]. τ᾿ ἀπελθοῦσαι having departed TTrA. ® — ὡς δὲ ἐπορεύοντο ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ LTTrA. b—omTa. © ὑπήντησεν TIr. ΧΧΥΠΙ. MATTHEW. τοῖς. ἀδελφοῖς. μου ἵνα ἀπέλθωσιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, κἀκεῖ" pe my brethren that they go into Galilee, and there me ὄψονται. shall they see. 11 Πορευομένων.δὲ αὐτῶν, ἰδού, τινὲς τῆς κουστωδίας ἐλ- And as *were *going ‘they, lo, some of the guard hay- θόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν "ἀπήγγειλαν" τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν ἅπαντα ing gone into the city reported tothe chief priests all things τὰ γενόμενα. 12 καὶ συναχθέντες τὰ τῶν πρεσ- that were done, And having been gathered together with the el- Burépwy, συμβούλιόν.τε λαβόντες, a ders, ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ ἔδωκαν and counsel having taken, oney much they gave τοῖς στρατιώταις, 13 λέγοντες, Εἴπατε ὕτι οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ to the soldiers, saying, Say that his disciples 5 ? , ” Ἐπ τ Ἐν he, , ὦ ᾿ νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων" 14 καὶ by night havingcome βέοϊθ hin, we being asleep. And ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ᾿ἐπὶ! τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, ἡμεῖς πείσομεν ξαὐτὸν" if *be*heard ‘this by the governor, we willpersuade him ‘ c ~ ? , , «ε 4 , ‘ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν. 15 Οἱ δὲ λαβόντες τὰ and you ‘free *from ‘care ‘will ἼἸΏ8ΕΘ6. And they having taken the ἀργύρια ἐποίησαν we ἐδιδάχθησαν. καὶ ᾿διεφημίσθη" ὁ λόγος 1818 did money as they were taught. And “is*spread®abroad report οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον". ‘this among([the) Jews until the present. 16 Οἱ. δὲ ἕνδεκα μαθηταὶ ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, Butthe eleven disciples went into Galilee, εἰς τὸ ὄρος οὗ ἐτάξατο αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς. 17 καὶ ἰδόντες to the mountain whither appointed *them 1 Jesus, And seeing αὐτὸν προσεκύνησαν *aiT@'' οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν. 18 Kai προσ- him they worshipped him: butsome doubted. And having ελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, ᾿Εδόθη μοι cometo[them] Jesus spoke to them, saying, *Has*been given *to’me πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ! γῆς. 19 πορευθέντες Mody" tall authority in heaven and on earth. Going therefore μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, "βαπτίζοντες! αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ disciple all the nations, baptizing them to the ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Αγ ον πνεύματος, mame ofthe Father and ofthe Son and of the oly Spirit ; 20 διδάσκοντες αὐτοὺς τηρεῖν πάντα ὕσα ἐνετειλάμην teaching them toobserve allthings whatsoever I commanded ὑμῖν καὶ ἰδού, ἐγὼ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἕως τῆς you. And lo, 1 with you am all the days until the συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος. ° Apny.' P completion ofthe age. Amen, 4 καὶ ἐκεῖ τ. © ἀνήγγειλαν announced τ. ἴ ὑπὸ LTr. b ἀφημίσθη is spoken of T. i + ἡμέρας day LTra. τι --- οὖν e[u]r[Tr]A. 5 βαπτίσαντες having baptized Tr. Μαθθαῖον according to Matthew tra. o— ᾿Αμήν GLTTrA. 87 that they go into Ga- lilee, and there shali they see me. 1l Now when the were going, behold, some of the watch came into the city, and shewed unto the chief priests all the things that were done. 12 And when they were assembled with the elders, and had taken counsel, they gave large money unto the soldiers, 13 saying, Say ye, His disciples came by night, and stole him away while we-slept. 14 And if this come tothe gover- nor’s ears, we will per- suade him, and secure you. 15 So they took the money, and did as they were taught : and is saying is com- monly reported among the Jews until this day. 16 Then the eleven disciples went away into Galilee, into 8 mountain where Jesus had appointed them, 17 And when they saw him, they worshipped him : but some doubt- ed. 18 And Jesuscams and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto me in hea- venand inearth, 1960 yetherefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: 20 teaching them to observe ali things whatsoever L have commanded you: and, lo, lam with you alway, even unto the end of the world Amen, & — αὐτὸν (read [him]) t[tr}. k — αὐτῷ LITrA. 1 4 τῆς the στὰ. P + κατὰ "ΤΟ THE *ACCORDING ΤΟ THE beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God ; 2 as it is written in the prophets, Behold, I send my messenger before thy face, which shall prepare thy way before thee. 3 The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Pre- are ye the way of the Nae make his paths straight. 4 John did baptize in the wilderness, and preach the baptism of repentance for the re- mission of sins. 5 And there went out unto him all the land of Judwa, and they of Jerusalem, and were all paptized of him in the river of Jordan, confessing their sins. 6 And John was cloth- ed with camel’s hair, and with a girdle of a skin about his loins; and he did eat locusts and wild honey ; 7 and preached,saying, There cometh one mightier than I after me, the latchet of whose shoes tT am not worthy to stoop down and un- loose. 8 I indeed have baptized you with water: but he shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost. 9 Andit came to pass in those days, that Je- sus came from Naza- reth of Galilee, and was baptized of John in Jordan. 10 And straightway coming up out of the water, he saw the heavens opened, and the Spirit like a dove descending upon him : 1] and there came a voice from 5 EvayyéAvov κατὰ Μάρκον GLTrAW ; κατὰ Μάρκον T. © καθὼς according as TTr. @LTTraAw. Trra. h — καὶ » AG oan ΞΘ > na» -“ἦ΄ν ΄ - ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιορδάνῃ ποταμῷ TIrA. KATA ΜΑΡΚΟΝ AIION EYATTEAION.' SMARK ‘HOLY ?GLAD *TIDINGS. ἌΡΧΗ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. ϑυϊοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ" " BEGINNING ofthe gladtidings of Jesus rist, Son of God; 2°we! γέγραπται ἐν τοῖς προφήταις," ᾿1δού, ἐγὼ" ἀποστέλλω as ithas been writtenin the prophets, Behold, 1 send τὸν. ἄγγελόν.μου πρὸ ποοσώπου.σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν my messenger before thy face, who _ shall prepare ὁδόν. σου ἔμπροσθεν σου ἃ Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν TH ἐρήμῳ, thy way before thee, (The] voice of one crying in the wilderness, Ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, Prepare the way of{[the} Lord, αὐτοῦ. this. 4 ᾿Εγένετο ᾿Ιωάννης ὃ βαπτίζων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, "καὶ" κηρύσ- εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους straight make “paths 2Came 1John baptizing in the wilderness, and proclaim- σων ββάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. 6 καὶ ing [the] baptism of repentance for remission of sins. And ἐξεπορεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν πᾶσα ἡ ᾿Ιουδαία χώρα, Kai ot “Tepo~ went out to him all the 70f*Judea ‘country, and they of Je- σολυμῖται," Ἑκαὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο πάντες! ἱὲν τῷ lopdavy ποταμῷ rusalem, and were *baptized tall in the *Jordan ‘river ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ." ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς. ἁμαρτίας. αὐτῶν. 6 "ἦν δὲ! by him, confessing their sins. And ?was VTwavyne ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας ἫΝ ὶ ζώ δ ίνὴν ης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην +John clothed in hair ofacamel, anda girdle of leather περὶ τὴν. ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ. Kai “ἐσθίων" ἀκρίδας Kai μέλι ἄγριον. about his loins, and eating locusts and “honey ‘wild. 7 Kai ἐκήρυσσεν, λέγων, Ἔρχεται ὁ ἰσχυρότερός μου ὀπίσω And heproclaimed, saying, Hecomes ὙὙΠῸ [15] mightier thanI after μου, οὗ οὐκοεἰμὶ ἱκανὸς κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα me, of whom Iam not fit having stooped down toloose the thong ~ € id ? ~ ? ‘ p é Il Σ ΄ «ε ~ q2 II er τῶν. ὑποδημάτων.αὐτοῦ. ὃ ἐγὼ Pyev! ἐβάπτισα ὑμᾶς "ἐν" ὕδατι, of his sandals, I indeed baptized you with water, αὐτὸς.δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς tv" πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. but he will baptize you with[the) “Spirit ‘Holy. 9 "Καὶ! ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἦλθεν ᾿Ιησοῦς And itcametopassin those days ([that]}*came ‘Jesus ἀπὸ ‘Nalapér" τῆς Vadt\aiag, καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη “ὑπὸ ᾿Ιωάν- from Nazareth of Galilee, and was baptized by John vou εἰς τὸν ᾿Ιορδάνην." 10 καὶ “edOéwe' ἀναβαίνων "ἀπὸ" τοῦ in the Jordan, And immediately goingup from the ὕδατος, εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανούς, Kai τὸ πνεῦμα water, hesaw parting asunder {86 heavens, and the Spirit γὡὼσεὶ" περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον én’! αὐτόν" 11 καὶ φωνὴ ""ἐγένε-- as a dove descending upon him, And a voice came Ὁ — υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τὶ; — τοῦ LTra. 4 τῷ (— τῷ [Tr]aw) Ἡσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ Isaiah the prophet (read ἀποσ. I send) mtra. f — ἕμπροσθέν cov GLTTrAW. ξΕ - ὁ i εεροσολυμεῖται Ὑ. Κ πάντες, καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο GLTTrA. ἴὰ καὶ ἣν LITrA. δ + ὃ TTrA. © ἔσθων TTrA. P — pév(L]ttra. 4 — ἐν (read ὕδατι with water) T[tr]aA. *— ἐν (read πνεύματι with [the} Spirit) [vrrja. s " εὐθὺς TTrA. (read [came ]) 1. χα ἐκ out of LTTraA. [καὶ] L. τ Ναζαρὲθ ETrw. Υ εἰς τὸν ᾿Ιορδάνην ὑπὸ ᾿Ιωάννου LYTrA. Υ ὡς GLTTrAW. 2 εἰς OM LTTrA. aa — ἐγένετο if MARK. To" ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν, Σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱός.μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν gl out οὗ the heavens, Thou art mySon the beloved, in whom εὐδόκησα. I have found delight. 12 Kai “εὐθὺς τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρη- And immediatelythe Spirit 7him ‘drives out into the wilder- pov. 18 καὶ ἦν “ἐκεῖ! ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ “ἡμέρας τεσσαράκοντα, ness. And he was there in the wilderness “7days forty, πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ σατανᾶ, Kai ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων" καὶ tempted by Satan, and was with the beasts; and οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. τ the angels ministered tohim. 14 “Μετὰ. δὲϊ! τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς Andafter *was *delivered*up + John came Jesus εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον δτῆς βασιλείας" into Galilee, proclaiming the gladtidings of the kingdom ~ ~ h ay , ye U ς , ed τοῦ θεοῦ, 15 καὶ λέγων, Ὅτι πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρός, καὶ ἤγ- of God, and saying, Has *been °fulfilled 'the “time, and has γικεν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ" μετανοεῖτε, καὶ πιστεύετξ ἐν τῷ drawnnearthe kingdom of God; repent, and believe in the εὐαγγελίῳ. 16 ἱΠεριπατῶν.δὲ" παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλι- glad tidings. And walking by the sea of Ga- λαΐας εἶδεν Σίμωνα καὶ ᾿Ανδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν Καὐτοῦ" ἰβάλ- lilee hesaw Simon and Andrew the _ brother of him cast- λοντας! πἀμφίβληστρον" ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ: ἦσαν.γὰρ "ἁλιεῖς" ing a large net in the sen 3 for they were fishers. 17 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου, Kai ποιήσω And “said “to *them 1 Jesus, Come after me, and I will make ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι πἁλιεῖς! ἀνθρώπων. 18 Kai “εὐθέως" ἀφέντες you tobecome fishers of men. And immediately having left τὰ.δίκτυα.-»αὐτῶν! ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 19 Kai προβὰς “their nets they followed him. And having gone on ἐκεῖθεν" ὀλίγον εἶδεν ᾿Ιάκωβον τὸ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, Kai thence alittle hesaw James the [son] of Zebedee, and Ἰωάννην τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ John his brother, and these f[were]in the ship καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα. 20 καὶ τεὐθέως" ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς" mending the nets. And immediately he called them ; καὶ ἀφέντες τὸν πατέρα.αὐτῶν LeBedaiov ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ μετὰ and having left their father Zebedee in the ship with τῶν μισθωτῶν, ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ. the hired servants, they wentaway after him. 21 Kai εἰσπορεύονται εἰς "Καπερναούμ'" καὶ ᾿εὐθέως" τοῖς And they go into Capernaum ; and immediately on the σάββασιν "εἰσελθὼν" “εὶς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐδίδασκεν." 22 καὶ sabbaths havingentered into the synagogue he taught. And ? , 2 Α “ - ? ~ ΜΝ ‘ Ὁ’, > A ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῃ.αὐτοῦ" ἠν.γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς they wereastonished at his teaching: for he was teaching them ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς". 23 Καὶ jy as “authority ‘having, and not as the scribes. And there was 8g heaven. saying, Thot art my beloved Son, in whom I am wel! pleased. 12 And immediately the spirit driveth him into the wilderness. 13 And he was there in the wilderness forty days, tempted of Sa- tan ; and was with the wild beasts; and the angels ministered unto him, 14 Now after that John was putin prison, Jesus came into Gali- lee, preaching the gos- pel of the kingdom of God, 15 and saying, The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand: repent ye, and believe the gospel. 16 Now as he walked by the sea of Galilee, he saw Simon and Andrew his bro- ther casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers, 17 And Jesus said unto them. Come ye after me, and i will make you to become fishers of men. 18 And straightway they for- sook their nets, and followed him, 19 And when he had gone a little farther thence, he saw James the son of Zebedee, and_Johr his brother, who also were in theship mend- ing their nets. 20 And straightway he called them: and they left their father Zebedee in the ship with the hired servants, and went after him. 21 And they went into Capernaum ; and straightway on the sabbath day he entered into the synagogue, and taught. 22 And they were astonished at his doctrine: for he taught them as one that had authority, and not as the scribes. 23 And there was in ἃ — ἐκεῖ GLTTrAW. 8 — τῆς βασιλείας [L]TTrA. Ὁ σοὶ thee LTTra. © εὐθέως LW. ἡμέρας τεσσε. Α. f καὶ μετὰ LTA. ‘Kat παράγων and passing On LTTrA. φιβάλλοντας casting around GLTTraw. ° εὐθὺς τ. Ρ — αὐτῶν (read the nets) LTT:{ ΑἹ. 5. Καφαρναούμ. LTTrAW. εὐθὺς Ὁ. v — εἰσελθὼν T[Tr]A. TA; -- τὴν Ε. x + [αὐτῶν] (read their scribes) x. © τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας TTr ; h — καὶ λέγων Τὶ — Kala. Κ τοῦ Σίμωνος of Simon L; Ξίμωνος TrrAw. m— ἀμφίβληστρον (read fa net]) Trra. 4 — ἐκεῖθεν [L]TTrA. | ἀμ- D ἁλέεῖς TA. τ εὐθὺς TTrA. w ἐδίδασκεν εἰς τὴν συναγωγήν ¥ + εὐθὺς immediately Ta. 90 their synagogue aman with an unclean spirit; and he cried out, 24 saying, Let us alone; what have we to do with thee, thou Jesus of Nazareth? art thou come to de- stroy us? I know thee who thouart, the Holy One of God. 25 And Jesus rebuked hi saying,Hold thy peace, and come out of him, 26 And when the un- clean spirit had torn him, and cried with a loud voice, he came out of him. 27 And they were all amazed, insomuch that they questioned among themselves, saying, What thing is this? what new doctrine is this? for with au- thority commandeth he even the unclean spirits, and they do obey him, 28 And im- mediately his fame spread abroad through- out all the region round about Galilee. 29 And forthwith, when they were come out of the synagogue, they entered into the house of Simon and Andrew, with James and John. 30 But Si- mon’s wife’s mother lay sick of a fever, and anon they tell him of her. 31 d he came and took her by the hand, and lifted her up; and immediately the fever left her, and she ministered unto them. 32 And at even, when the sun did set, they brought unto him all that were dis- eased, and them that were possessed with devils. 33 And all the city was gathered to- gether at the door. 34 And he healed many that were sick of di- vers diseases, and cast out many devils; and suffered not the devils to speak, because they knew him. 35 And in the morn- ing, rising up a great while before day, he went out, and departed MAPKOX&. 1. ἐν τῇ.συναγωγῇ.αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι. ἀκαθάρτῳ, καὶ in their synagogue aman with an unclean spirit, and , / « ~ ‘ x. ~ ἀνέκραξεν, 24 λέγων, Ἔα," τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, ᾿Τησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ; he cried out, saying, Ah! what tous andtothee,Jesus, Nazarene? ἦλθ > rv , € ~ 5 a id , Π , « wv ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς; “oida' σε τίς él, ὁ ἅγιος art thou come todestroy us? I know thee whothouart,the Holy [One} τοῦ θεοῦ. 25 Kai ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς, λέγων," Φιμώ- of God. And rebuked Shim Jesus, saying, Be θητι, καὶ ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ. 26 Kai σπαράξαν silent, and come forth out of him. And *having *thrown ‘into ®convulsions αὐτὸν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον, Kai “κράξαν' φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, Thim ‘the ?spirit “the ‘unclean, and havingcried witha*voice ‘loud, ἐξῆλθεν “ἐξ! αὐτοῦ. 27 καὶ ἐθαμβήθησαν “πάντες,! ὥστε came forth outof him. And ?were*astonished tall, so that foulnreiv'' Bzxodc! Βαὐτούς." λέγοντας, Ti ἐστιν τοῦτο; they questioned together among themselves, saying, What is this? ‘Tic ἡ διδαχὴ ἡ καινὴ αὕτη, ὅτι" κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν Kai τοῖς πνεύ- what *teaching new ‘this, that with authority even the spirits . ~ ve \ ~ μασιν "τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις ἐπιτάσσει, Kai ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ; the unclean he commands, and they obey him } 28 ΕἘ ξῆλθεν.δὲϊ! ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ ‘edOdc' ™ εἰς ὕλην τὴν περί- Απᾶ went οαὖ the fame ofhim immediately in all the “7around χωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας. *country Galilee. 29 Kai "εὐθέως" ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς “ἐξελθόντες ἦλθον" And immediately out of the synagogue having gone forth they came εἰς THY οἰκίαν Σίμωνος καὶ ᾿Ανδρέου, μετὰ Ἰακώβον καὶ Ἰωάν- into the house ofSimon and Andrew, with James and John, νου. 80 7.08 πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα' Kai And the mother-in-law of Simon was lying in a fever. And Ρεύθεως" λέγουσιν αὐτῷ περὶ αὐτῆς. 81 καὶ προσελθὼν immediately they speak tohim about her. And having come to [her] ἤγειρεν αὐτήν, κρατήσας τῆς.χειρὸς. αὐτῆς" Kai ἀφῆκεν he raised up her, having taken her hand. And Sleft ? A « 4 r ? , ll A , > ~ ’ ΄ αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετὸς "εὐθέως," καὶ διηκόνει αὐτοῖς. 32 Οψίας *her ‘the “fever immediately, and she ministered to them. *Hvening , oe ΒΞ" iT] « oe μ᾿ A ? A δὲ γενομένης, Ore "ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος, ἔφερον πρὸς αὐτὸν tand being come, when went down the sun, they brought to i πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους" 33 καὶ 811 who ill were and those possessed by demons ; and t «ς 5X a , , ΄ I A 4 0 , 4 ἡ πόλις ὕλη ἐπισυνηγμένη ἦν! πρὸς THY θύραν. 3 the city ‘whole ‘gathered *together *was at the door. ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς κακῶς.ἔχοντας ποικίλαις νόσοις, he healed many that were ill of various diseases, δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλεν, καὶ οὐκ.ἤφιεν λαλεῖν τὰ δαιμόνια, ?demons ‘many hecast out, and suffered not *to*speak’*the *demons, ὅτι ἤδεισαν αὐτόν. because they knew him. 35 Kai πρωϊ Yévyvyor'.diay And very early while yet night καὶ And Kal and ἀναστὰς ἐξῆλθεν καὶ having risen up he went out and « —”°Ea LTTrA. from L. LTraWw. he came LTr. * ἔδυσεν LTrA. ὁ ἅπαντες ΤΊΤΑ. i διδαχὴ καινή a new teaching Lrtra. τῷ + πανταχοῦ everywhere T[Tr]A. P εὐθὺς LITA. t ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη LTTrA. © φωνῆσαν TIrA. 4 ar’ Ε — πρὸς T. h αὑτούς Ἑ : ἑαυτοὺς k καὶ ἐξῆλθεν LTTrA. 1 [εὐθὺς Tr. 2 εὐθὺς LTTrA. ο ἐξελθὼν ἦλθεν having gone forth 4 — αὐτῆς (read [her] hand) i[rrJa. ® — εὐθέως TTr. Vv ἔννυχα LTTrA. 5 οἵδαμέν we know T. Ὁ — λέγων T. £ συνζητεῖν LITrA. I, iL. MARK. ἀπῆλθεν εἰς ἔρημον τόπον, “κἀκεῖ! προσηύχετο. 86 καὶ departed into “desert ‘aplace, and there was praying. And x δί " ᾽ a y «} Σί ‘ « ᾽ > Ὡς 37 ‘ κατεδίωξαν" αὐτὸν Υὸ" Σίμων καὶ οἱ per αὐτοῦ καὶ went 7after Shim 1Simon ?and*those *with ‘him ; and Ξεὑρόντες αὐτόν" λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Ὅτι πάντες λζητοῦσίν σε." havingfound him they say tohim, All seek thee. 38 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς," Αγωμενῦ" εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις, And ἢ 5808 tothem, Letusgo into the neighbouring country towns, ἵνα “κἀκεῖ" κηρύξω" εἰς τοῦτο yap “ἐξελήλυθα." 39 Kai that there also I may preach;*for “this ‘because have I come forth. And env" κηρύσσων fy ταῖς.συναγωγαῖς" αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλι- he was preaching in their synagogues in all Ga- Aaiay, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων. lilee, and the demons _ casting out. 40 Kai ἐλ: πρὸς αὐτὸν λεπρός, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν βκαὶ And comes to ‘him ‘a leper, beseeching him and γονυπετῶν αὐτόν," "καὶ! λέγων αὐτῷ, Ὅτι ἐὰν θέλῃς δύνασαί kneeling downto him, and saying to him, Tf thou wilt thouart able pe καθαρίσαι. 41 ἴῸ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς") σπλαγχνισθείς, ἐκ- me ἴο cleanse, And Jesus being moved with compassion, having τείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἥψατο αὐτοῦ," καὶ λέγει Ἰαὐτῷ," stretched out [his] hand he touched him, and says to him, Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι. 42 Kai πείπόντος. αὐτοῦ," "εὐθέως" ἀπῆλ- I will, be thou cleansed. And hehavingspoken, immediately depart- θεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα, Kai ϑἐκαθαρίσθη." 48 Kai ἐμβριμησά- 7) ρα, ed from him ᾧῃθ6 ἸΘΡΥΌΒΥ, and he was cleansed. And having strictly μενος αὐτῷ, Ῥεὐύθέως" ἐξέβαλεν αὐτόν, 44 Kai λέγει αὐτῷ, charged him, immediately hesentaway him, And says tohim, Ὅρα μηδενὶ Iundév' εἴπῃς "ἀλλ᾽" ὕπαγε, σεαυτὸν δεῖξον Θ tonoone anything thouspeak; but go, thyself shew (lit. nothing) τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ.καθαρισμοῦ σου ἃ προσ- to the priest, and offer for thy cleansing what or- ἐταξεν "Μωσῆς," εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. 45 'Ο.δὲ ἐξελθὼν dered 1Moses, for atestimony to them. But he having gone out » ’ 4 ‘ ,ὔ A , 72 ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον, ὥστε began to proclaim [it] much andtospreadabroad the matter, sothat μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι 'φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν" εἰσελθεῖν" nolonger he was able openly into[the] city to enter ; Yan’! ἔξω τὲν! ἐρήμοις τόποις "ἦν," Kai ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν but without in _ desert places was, and theycame to him Mravray obey. | from every quarter. 2 Kai *zahwy εἰσῆλθεν!" εἰς Καπερναοὺμ! dv ἡμερῶν, And again heentered into Capernaum after [some] days, δακαὶ! ἠκούσθη ὅτι “δεῖς οἴκόν" ἐστιν" 2 καὶ "εὐθέως" συνή- and it washeard that in [the] house heis; andimmediately were χθησαν πολλοί, ὥστε μηκέτι.χωρεῖν μηδὲ τὰ gathered together many, so that there was no longer any room not even 91 into a solitary place, and there prayed. 36 And Simon and they that were with him followed after him. 37 And when they had found him, they said unto him, All men seek for thee. 38 And he said unto them, Let us go into the next towns, that I may preach there also: for there- fore came I forth. 39 And he preached in their synagogues throughout all Gali- lee, and cast out devils. 40 And there came a leper to him, beseech- ing him, and kneeling down to him, and say- ing unto him, If thou wilt, thou canst make me clean. 41 And Je- sus, moved with com- passion, put forth his hand, and _ touched him, and saith unto him, I will; be thou clean. 42 And as soon as he had spoken, im- mediately the leprosy departed from him, and he was cleansed. 43 And he straitly charged him, and forthwith sent him away; 44 and saith unto him, See thou say nothing to any man: but go thy way, shew thyself to the priest, and offer for thy cleansing those things which Moses com- inanded, for a testi- mony unto them. 45 But he went out, and began to publish it much, and to blaze abroad the matter, in- somuch that Jesus could no more openly enter into the city, but was without in desert places : and they came to him from every quarter. 11. And again he entered into Caperna- um, after some days; and it was noised that he was in the house, 2 And = straightway Many were gathered together, insomuch that there wasno room to receive them, no, not so much as about χ κατεδίωξεντ. 7 --ὁ T[Tr]a. Ὁ. + ἀλλαχοῦ elsewhere ΤΊΤΑ. W καὶ ἐκεῖ L. 5 σεζητοῦσιν LW. © καὶ ἐκεῖ GW. TTrA. 6 ἦλθεν he went Trr. f eis Tas συναγωγὰς GLTTrAW. αὐτόν L[TrA]; — αὐτόν T. h — καὶ T[A]. i kat and LTTr. 1 — αὐτῷ T. τὰ — εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr. 2 εὐθὺς ΤΊΤΑ. LTTra. 4 -- μηδὲν L[tTr]. τ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. * Μωῦσῆς LTTraw. τ ἀλλὰ LTrA. πα ἐπ᾽ ΤΊΤΑ. xa [ἦν] L. γ8 πάντοθεν LTTrAW. εἰσελθὼν πάλιν he having entered again ΤΊΓΑ. [L]tTra 68 ἐν οἴκῳ LTTr. da — εὐθέως [LTr]T. * εὗρον αὐτὸν καὶ found him and rrra. 4 ἐξῆλθον I came forth 8 — καὶ γονυπετῶν Χ αὐτοῦ ἥψατο LTTrA. © ἐκαθερίσθη TA. t εἰς πόλιν φανερῶς T. 15 εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν LW ; 855. Καφαρναοὺμ. LTTraW. Ρ εὐθὺς ba — καὶ 99 the door: and he preached the word untothem. 3 And they come unto him, bring- ing one sick of the palsy, which was borne of four. 4 And when they could not come nigh unto him for the press, they uncovered the roof where he was : aud when they had broken it up, they let down the bed wherein the sick of the palsy lay. 5 When Jesus saw their faith, he said unto the sick of the palsy, Son, thy sins be torgiven thee. 6 But there were certain of the scribes _ sitting there, andreasoning in their hearts, 7 Why doth this man thus speak blasphemies? who can forgive sins but God only? & And immediately when Je- sus perceived in his spirit that they so reasoned within them- selves, he said unto them, Why reason ye these things in your hearts? 9 Whether is it easier to say to the sick of the palsy, Z’hy sins be forgiven thee ; or to say, Arise, and take up thy bed, and walk? 10 But that ye may know that the Son of man hath power on earth to forgive sins, (he saith to the sick of the palsy,) 11 I say unto thee, Arise, and take up thy bed, and go thy way into thine house. 12 And immediately he arose, took up the ped, and went forth before them all ; inso- much that they were all amazed, and glori- fied God, saying, We never saw it on this fashion. 13 And he went forth again by the sea side ; and all the multitude resorted unto him, and he taught them. 14 And as he passed MAPKOXS. II. πρὸς τὴν θύραν" Kai ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον. 3 Kai ἔρχονται at the door; andhespoke tothem the word. And they come ἐπρὸς αὐτόν, παραλυτικὸν φέροντες," αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων. to him, *a*paralytic ‘bringing, borne by four. 4 καὶ μὴ δυνάμενοι frpoceyyioa' arp διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, And ποῦ being able tocomenear tohim onaccountofthe crowd, ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὕπου ἦν, Kai ἐξορύξαντες χα- they uncovered the roof where he was, and having broken up [it] they λῶσιν τὸν ExpadBBarov' 2g ᾧ" ὁ παραλυτικὸς κατέκειτο. let down the couch on which the paralytic was lying. 5 'idwydé! ὁ Inoove τὴν.πίστιν.αὐτῶν λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ, And “seeing 1Jesus their faith says tothe paralytic, Τέκνον, "ἀφέωνταί" ἴσοι at-apapria.cov." 6’ Hoavoe τινες Child, “have *been *forgiven ‘thee thy sins. But there were some τῶν γραμματέων ἐκεῖ καθήμενοι, Kai διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς of the scribes “there tsitting, and reasoning in καρδίαις. αὐτῶν, 7 Τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ "βλασφημίας"; their hearts, Why “this (*man]*thus ‘does *speak blasphemies? τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ. μὴ εἷς, ὁ θεός; ὃ Καὶ who isable ἴο forgive sins, except one, [thatis] God? And "εὐθέως" ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Τησοῦς τῷ.πνεύματι. αὐτοῦ ὅτι CovTwe! P immediately “knowing 1Jesus in bis spirit that thus διαλογίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, “εῖπεν" αὐτοῖς, Ti ταῦτα δια- they are reasoning within themselves, said tothem, Why thesethings rea- λογίζεσθε ἐν ταὶς. καρδίαις.ὑμῶν; 9. τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, i which is easier, son ye in your hearts ? ᾽ - ~ λ = ~ τ᾽ , Al s tl c « , εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλύυτικῳ, AgewyTat σοι αι ἁμαρτίαι; tosay tothe paralytic, SHave *been *forgiven Sthee [‘thy] “sins, ἢ εἰπεῖ», *’Eyeoa, Yai! dody ὕσου τὸν κράββατον" καὶ or tosay, Arise, and takeup thy couch and x id lve er τιν ae ~ as ᾽ a , » « an ~ περιπάτει"; 10 ἵνα.δὲ εἰδῆτε ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ walk? but that yemay know that Sauthority *has *the*Son ἀνθρώπου ἀφιέναι ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς" ἁμαρτίας. λέγει τῷ παρα- Sof *man toforgive on the earth sins,— he says tothe _— ppara- λυτικῷ, 11 Σοὶ λέγω, τἔγειραι," “kai! ἄρον τὸν SkpaBBarov' lytic, To thee I say, arise, and take up couch ane 7 \ ΡΨ, 5) ἊΣ 2 , b.?, μ τ Sil σου καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν. οἴκόν.σου. 12 Kai ἠγέρθη "εὐθέως, καὶ ΠΥ and go to thy house, And he arose immediately, and ἄρας τὸν SkpaBBaroy' ἐξῆλθεν “ἐναντίον! πάντων, having taken up the couch went forth before all, vr δ, 0 bs Ay ‘ ὃ faz ‘ θ , ay ¢ ll ὥστε ἐξίστασθαι πάντας, Kal δοξάζειν τὸν θεὸν, “λεγοντας, so that *were “amazed 1411, and glorified God, saying, Ὅτι “δοὐδέποτε οὕτως" Meidoner.! Never thus did we see [10]. 18 Kai ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν ξ' παρὰ" τὴν θάλασσαν, Kai πᾶς ὁ And he went forth again by the sea, and all the u » ‘4 > , ‘ φ , ᾽ [4 ‘ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, Kai ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς. 14 Kai crowd came to him, and he taught them. And © πρὸς αὐτὸν φέροντες παραλυτικὸν LTr ; φέροντες πρὸς αὐτὸν παραλυτικὸν TA. ἐνέγκαι to bring near T. ‘ ἀφίενταί are forgiven LTTr. m; βλασφημεῖ" (read Why does this [man] thus speak? he blasphemes.) LrTra. ° — οὕτως L. ’Adievrat ave forgiven LTTr. LTTrA. ¥ — xatG[Tr]Aw. GLTTrw. “ — déyovras[L]a. 1 ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. f tpoo- & κράβαττον LTTrAW. h ὅπου Where LTTra. i καὶ ἰδὼν T. ᾿σου ai ἁμαρτίαι GTTrA; σοι ai ἁμαρτίαι [σου] L. Ὁ εὐθὺς P + αὐτοὶ they (are reasoning) G| ἃ |w. ἃ λέγει SAYS TTrA. 8 gov thy (sins) Grr:aw. Ἔγειρε GLIW; ᾿Εγείρου Tra. χ ὕπαγε LOT. YY ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι b καὶ εὐθὺς TTrA. © ἔμπροσθεν. 88 εἰς to T. W χὸν κράβαττόν σου LITrAW. Pp Ν ἃ --- καὶ G[L]rTraw. £8 οὕτως οὐδέποτε TTYA. fa εἴδαμεν LTT ra. MARK. παράγων εἶδεν ®Agviv' τὸν τοῦ ᾿Αλφαίου καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ passing on hesaw Levi the [son] of Alphzeus sitting at the τελώνιον, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Ακολούθει por. Kai ἀναστὰς tax office, and says tohim, Follow me, And having arisen 2 , > ~ ‘ i2 “ {| ? Ἵ - θ ᾽ ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ. 15 Καὶ ᾿ἐγένετοῖ "ἐν.τῷ -κατακεῖσθαι.αὐ- he followed him. And it came to pass as he reclined TOV ἐν τῇ-.οἰκίᾳ. αὐτοῦ, Kai πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτω- {at table] in his house, that many tax-gatherers and sin- doi συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς.μαθηταῖς.αὐτοῦ" ners were reclining [at table] with Jesus and his disciples ; ἦἧσαν.γὰρ πολλοί, καὶ Ἰἠκολούθησαν" αὐτῷ. 16 καὶ ™ot" yoap- ΤΟΥ ΤΏΘΥ were many, and _ they followed hin, And the scribes ματεῖς "καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι," “ ἰδόντες Ῥαὐτὸν ἐσθίοντα" pera and the Pharisees, having seen him eating with TOY “τελωνῶν Kai ἁμαρτωλῶν," ἔλεγον τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, Hie k the tax-gatherers and sinners, said to his disciples, rr Ζ" « Γ ~ 5 δὶ - ‘ c AD Ι > 01 t ‘ Ti OTL μετα των "τελωνὼν και αμάρτω; ων" EOULEL “και Why [15 107 that with the tax-gatherers and sinners heeats and ΄ Π ‘ > , ὦ ~ , > ~ ? , πίνει:" 17 Kai ἀκούσας ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς, Οὐ χρείαν drinks ὃ And *having Sheard 1Jesus says tothem, *Not ‘need ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ. ἀλλ᾽ οἱ κακῶς ἔχον- “have ‘they *who “are *strong of a physician, but they who 11 are. TEC. οὐκ.ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς VYeic Icame not to call righteous [ones], but sinners to μετάνοιαν." repentance. 18 Kai ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ τοὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων" And '°were ‘the “disciples Sof*John ‘and*those7o0f*the *Pharisees νηστεύοντες" καὶ ἔοχονται Kai λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, “Διατί! ot μαθη- fasting ; and theycome and say tohim, Why “86 “disci- ταὶ ᾿Ιωάννου καὶ οἱ τῶν Φαρισαίων νηστεύουσιν, ot δὲ coi ples ‘*of*John °and’those*%of*the ‘*°Pharisees fast, but thy ‘ ? ,ὔ ‘ > ~ ἘΠ 2, ~ \ μαθηταὶ οὐ.-νηστεύουσιν ; 19 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Μὴ disciples fast not? And *said “to *them ‘Jesus, δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος. tv. ὁ νυμφίος μετ᾽ αὐτῶν Can the sons of the bridechamber, while the bridegroom with them ἐστιν, νηστεύειν ; ὕσον.χρόνον *uEO ἑαυτῶν ἔχουσιν TOY is, fast? as long as with them they have the , | ? 7 U ὃ 5) ? , Niece , φίον,." οὐ-δύνανται νηστεύειν" 20 ἐλεύσονται.δὲ ἡμέραι groom, they arenotable to fast. But will come days ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νη- will have been taken away ἔσο them the bridegroom, and then they στεύσουσιν ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις." 21 kai" οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα will fast in those days. And noone a piece ΘΑ i “ ἃΣ ΕΒ: Wiens ef ΐ λ pile ἰ δὲ γ ρακοὺς ayvagov ἐπιρράπτει σι ἐιματιῳ.πα. αιῳ"" ει. ἐ-μῆ; of cloth ‘unfulled sews on an old garment ; otherwise, αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμαϑβ *abrod' τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, Kai "takes away *the “filling *up Sof Sit “new fromthe old, and νὺυμ- bride- ὕταν when 93 by, he saw Levi the son of Alpheeus sitting at the receipt of cus- tom, and said unto him, Follow me. And he arose and followed him, 15 And it came to pass, that, as Jesus sat at meat in his house, many publicans and sinners sat also together with Jesus and his disciples: for there were many, and they followed him. 16 And when the scribes and Pharisees saw him eat with pub- licans and _ sinners, they said unto his dis- ciples, How is it that he eateth and drinketh with publicans and sinuers? 17 When Je- sus heard it, he saith unto them, They that are whole have no need of the physician, but they that are sick: I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance. 18 And the disciples of John and of the Pharisees used to fast: and they come and say unto him, Why do the disciples of John and of the Pharisees fast, but thy disciples fast not? 19 And Jesus said unto them, Can the children of the bridechamber fast, while the bridegroom is with them? as long as they have the bride- groom with them, they cannot fast. 20 But the days will come, when the bridegroom shall be taken away from them, and then shall they fast in those days. 21 No man also seweth a piece of new cloth on an old gar- ment: else the new piece that filled it up taketh away from the old, and the rent is n Aevety TA. γίνεται it comes to pass TTrA. k — ἐν τῷ T[Tr]. were following TTra. m — οὗ Τὶ also [L]rtr. P ὅτι ἐσθίει τ, ; ὅτι ἤσθιεν that he was eating TTr. τελωνῶν LTTA. r— Τί 1tra. ¥ — εἰς μετάνοιαν GLTTrAW. Υ + μαθηταὶ (ot the) disciples TTra. 8 ἐκείνῃ TH ἡμέρᾳ that day GLTTrAW. TTrA. © ἱμάτιον παλαιόν LYTrA. ha — -αὗτοῦ [Tr ]A. Ὁ — καὶ GLTTrAW. f+ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ from it a. Ὁ τῶν Φαρισαίων of the Pharisees Trr. 5 ἁμαρτωλῶν Kal τῶν τελωνῶν LTr. * οἱ Φαρισαῖοι the Pharisees GLTTraw. 1 ηκολούθουν they ° + Kat 9 ἁμαρτωλῶν Kat τ [καὶ πίνει} τι. x Διὰ τί LTrA. 2 ἔχουσιν τὸν νυμφίον μετ᾽ αὐτῶν (μεθ᾽ ἑαντῶν L) LTTrA. © ράκκους L, ἃ ἐπιράπτει & + ἀπ᾽ from tr. 94 made worse. 22 And no man putteth new wine into old bottles: else the new wine doth burst the bottles, and the wine is spilled, and the bottles will be marred : but new wine inust be put into new bottles. 23 And it came to pass, that he went through the corn fields on the sabbath day; and his disciples began, as they went, to pluck the ears of corn. 24 And the Pharisees said unto him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath day that which is not lawful? 25 And he said unto them, Have ye never read what David did, when he had need, and was an hungred, he, and they that were with him? 26 How he went into the house of God in the days of Abiathar the high priest, and did eat the shewbread, which is not lawful to eat but for the priests, and gave also to them which were with him? 27 And he said unto them, The sabbath was made for man, and not man for the sab- bath : 28 therefore the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath. III. And he entered again into the syna- gogue; and there was a man there which had a withered hand. 2 And they watched him, whether he would heal him on the sabbath day ; that they might accuse him. 3 And he saith unto the man which had the wither- ed hand, Stand forth. 4 And he saith unto them, Is it lawful to do good on thesabbath days, or to do evil? to save life, or to kill? But they held their peace. 5 And when he had looked round a- bout on them with anger, being grieved i ῥήξει will burst Lrtra. ana the skins TTra. πορεύεσθαι (διαπορεύεσθαι LTr) LTTrA. ® — αὐτὸς [L]TTr. Ἢ — τοῦ LTTrAW. 5 — hv (read [was)]) L[Tr]. “ κατηγορήσουσιν they shall accuse Ltr. ᾳ — ἐν LTTrA. ν [πῶς] Tra. [the ]) t[Tr]a. πεύει he heals τ΄. τὴν ξηρὰν χεῖρα ἔχοντι T. MAPKOS. Il, III. χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται. 22 Kai οὐδεὶς βάλλει οἶνον νέον εἰς “worse ‘arent takes place. And noone puts “wine ‘new into ? 5 “ Aa ᾽ δὲ , 14 , ll « κ « , rT] 4 ᾽ ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς" εἰ. δὲ. μή, pyooet ὃ οἶνος *0 νέος" τοὺς ace “skins told; otherwise, *bursts 'the*wine "new the skins, ΄ Ae τ 12 ~ \ « 2 ay) ~ ell τὰ, 4 KOUC, καὶ ὁ οἷνος “ἐκχεῖται καὶ OL ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται ἀλλὰ andthe wine is poured out, and the skins will be destroyed; but οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς βλητέον." 2wine 'new δἰπίο ὅβκὶηβ ‘new is to be put. 23 Kai ἐγένετο "παραπορεύεσθαι.αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς caBBacw' And it came to pass that he went on the sabbath διὰ τῶν σπορίμων, Kai σἤρξαντο οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ" Ρὸδὸν ’ 0 through the corn-fields, and *began this disciples (their) way ποιεῖν᾽ τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας. 24 Kai ot Φαρισαῖοι ἔλεγον to make, plucking the ears. And the Pharisees said αὐτῷ, “Ide, τί ποιοῦσιν «ἐν! τοῖς σάββασιν ὃ ὀοὐκ.ἔξεστιν; to him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath that which is not lawful? 25 Kai ταὐτὸς" "ἔλεγεν" αὐτοῖς, Οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε Ti ἐποίη- And he said to them, Never ‘did #ye read what *did σεν ‘AaBid," ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν Kai ἐπείνασεν, αὐτὸς Kai οἱ 1David, when need hehad and _hungered, he and those per αὐτοῦ; 26 πῶς!" εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν ol v θεοῦ ἐπὶ : ce! εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ with him? how heentered into the house of God in ᾿Αβιάθαρ ὕτοῦ" ἀρχιερέως, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς (the days of] Abiathar the high priest, and _ the loaves of the προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ode οὐκ.ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν εἰ. μὴ “τοῖς ἱερεῦ - presentation ate, which it is not lawful toeat except forthe priests, σιν," καὶ ἔδωκεν καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν; 27 Καὶ ἔλεγεν and gave eventothosewhowith him were? And _ hesaid ? ~ 4 fy " \ ” b , > « αὐτοῖς, Τὸ σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο, Youx ὃ tothem, The sabbath οἱ account of man was made, not » 4 4 ’ ivf ’ ’ > ε ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ σάββατον. 28 ὥστε κύριός ἐστιν ὁ man on account of the sabbath : so then Lord is the υἱὸς Tov ἀνθρώπου Kai τοῦ σαββάτου. Son of man also ofthe sabbath. 3 Kai εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς ττὴν" συναγωγήν, καὶ "ἦν" ἐκεῖ And heentered again into the synagogue, and there was there ἄνθρωπος ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα, +2 Kai ὕπαρ- ὃ man “withered *having [*his] Shand, and they , Ul ? 4 I ¢ ~ , d θ ll > 4 ernoovv' αὐτὸν εἰ“ τοῖς σάββασιν θεραπεύσει" αὐτόν, were watching him whetheronthe sabbath he will heal him, wa *karnyoonowow" αὐτοῦ. 3 καὶ λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ in order that they might accuse him. And he says tothe man τῷ "ἐξηραμμένην ἔχοντι τὴν χεῖρα," Ξ΄ Ἐγειραι" εἰς τὸ “had who %withered 7the hand, Arise [and come] into the μέσον. 4 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, "Ἔξεστιν τοῖς σάββασιν *ayabo- midst. And he says tothem, Isitlawful onthe sabbaths to do ποιῆσαι," ἢ κακοποιῆσαι; ψυχὴν σῶσαι, ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι ; Οἱ. δὲ good, or to do evil? 3life ‘to “save, or to kill? But they ᾽ , ‘ ΄ ’ 4 » ~ ia ἐσιώπων. 5 καὶ περιβλεψάμενος αὐτοὺς per’ ὀργῆς, *®ouvd- were silent, And having looked aroundon them with anger, being k — ὃ νέος LTTrA. 1 ἀπόλλυται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ is destroyed τὰ — ἀλλὰ... βλητέον T[Tr]A. π αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν παρα- ο οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἤρξαντο LTTrA. Ρ ὁδοποιεῖν 1,. *Adyechesays LTTr. ¢* AaveéS yTtra; Δαυϊδ Gw. χ τοὺς ἱερεῖς T. ¥+ καὶ and Trra. * — τὴν (read παρετηροῦντο!. © +evon(the)t, 4@epa- [τὴν χεῖρα ἔχοντι ξηράν LTrA ; 18 συνλυπούμενος TA. S"Eyepe GLTTrA. Β ἀγαθὸν ποιῆσαι T. ΠῚ. MARK. λυπούμενος" ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς.καρδίας. αὐτῶν, λέγει τῷ grieved at the hardness of their heart, he says to the ἀνθρώπῳ, “Exrevoy τὴν χεῖρά ἔσου." Kai ἐξέτεινεν, καὶ man, Stretch out thy hand. And hestretched out [it], and Ἰἀποκατεστάθη" ἡ.χεὶρ.αὐτοῦ ὑγιὴς ὡς ἡ ἄλλη." 6 Kai ἐξελ- Swas *restored *his *hand sound asthe other. And having θόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι "εὐθέως" μετὰ τῶν Ηρωδιανῶν συμβούλιον gone outthe Pharisees immediately with the Herodians ?counsel οἐποίουν" Kar αὐτοῦ, ὕπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν. *took against him, how him they might destroy. 7 Kai ὁ Ἰησοῦς Ῥἀνεχώρησεν μετὰ τῶν.μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ" Imooc' And Jesus withdrew with his disciples to τὴν θάλασσαν: καὶ πολὺ πλῆθος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας the sea; and #great ‘a multitude from Galilee τἠκολούθησαν" "αὐτῷ," καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, 8 Kai ἀπὸ ‘Ie- followed him, and from Judea, and from Je- ροσολύμων, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ιδουμαίας, καὶ πέραν Tov ᾿Τορδάνου" rusalem, and from Idumea, and beyond the Jordan; καὶ ‘ot! περὶ Τύρον καὶ Σιδῶνα, πλῆθος πολύ, "ἀκούσαντες" and they around Tyre and Sidon, a7*multitude’great, having heard doa "ἐποίει" ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν. 9 καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς. μαθη- how much he was doing came to him, And hespoke to his dis- ταϊς.αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷὐρ διὰ τὸν ciples, that asmallship might waitupon him, on account of the ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ.θλίβωσιν αὐτόν. 10 πολλοὺς. γὰρ ἐθερά-- crowd, that they might not press upon him. For many he πευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται, ὅσοι healed, sothat they beset him, that him they mighttouch, asmany as εἶχον μάστιγας" 11 καὶ τὰ πνεύματα τὰ ἀκάθαρτα, ὅταν αὐτὸν had scourges ; andthe spirits the unclean, when him ~ ” Ι ’ *ewper, προσέπιπτεν" αὐτῷ, Kai γἔκραζεν". λέγοντα," Ὅτι σὺ they beheld, felldown before him, and cried, saying, Thou εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. 12 Kai πολλὰ ἐπετίμα αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ art the Son of God. And much herebuked them, so that *not "αὐτὸν ὑσηερὺνν Ὁποιήσωσιν" “. δηΐτα anifest ‘they ?should “make. 13 Kai ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος, Kai προσκαλεῖται ovc And hegoesup into the mountain, and calls to » ᾽ La x 2 ~ ‘ ? , ‘ ? , ἤθελεν αὐτός" Kai ἀπῆλθον πρὸς αὐτόν. 14 καὶ ἐποίησεν {him] whom 7would ‘he; and they went to him. And he appointed δώδεκα ἵνα wow ετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἵνα ἀποστέλλῃ αὐτοὺ μ ᾽ 4] twelve thattheymightbewith him, and that hemightsend them κηρύσσειν, 15 καὶ ἔχειν ἐξουσίαν ἀθεραπεύειν τὰς νόσους Kai! to preach, and to have authority to heal diseases and ἐκβάλλειν τὰ δαιμόνια. 16 “καὶ ἐπέθηκεν frp Σίμωνι ὄνομα! to cast out demons, And he added to Simon [the] name Πέτρον" 17 καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ Iwavyny Peter ; and James the [son] of Zebedee, and Jobn ᾿Ὶ ᾽ A ~? , ΑΥ 9 2 ? ~ >? , τὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ Ἰακώβου" Kai ἐπέθηκεν αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα the brother of James ; and headded tothem[the] names k — gov (read [thy]) hand q[trJa. | ἀπεκατεστάθη GLTTrAW. GLTTrAw. 2 εὐθὺς TTrA. ο éroingav T; ἐδίδουν gave TrA. ἀνεχώρησεν GLITrA. 4 εἰς GLT. Ιουδαίας τ. 5.- αὐτῷ [τπ|τττὰ. t — οἱ [L]rtr[a]. » ποιεῖ he is doing Tra. x ἐθεώρουν, προσέπιπτον LTTrAW. ovTes T. *dhavepoy αὐτὸν GW. ὃ ποιῶσιν TTTA. ecause they had known him to be the Christ L. 4 — θεραπεύειν © + καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα, and he appointed the twelve τ. 98 for the hardness of their hearts, he saith unto the man, Stretch forththine hand. And he stretched it out: and his hand was re- stored whole as the other. § And the Pharisees went forth, and straightway took counsel with the He- rodians against him, how they might de- stroy him. 7 But Jesus with- drew himself with his disciples to the sea: and a great multitude from Galilee followed him, and from Judea, 8 and from Jerusalem, and from Idum#a, and from beyond Jordan; and they about Tyre and Sidon, a great multitude, when they had heard what great things he did, came unto him. 9 And he spake to his disciples, that a small ship should wait on him because of the multi- tude, lest they should throng him, 10 For he had healed many ; insomuch that they pressed upon him for to touch him, as many as had plagues. 11 And unclean spirits, wher they saw him, feli down before him, and cried, saying, Thou ari the Son of God. 12 And he straitly charged them that they should not make him known. 13 And he goeth up into a mountain, and calleth untohim whom he would: and they cameuntohim. 14 And he ordained twelve, that they should be with him, and that he might send them forth to preach, 15 and to have power to heal sicknesses, and to cast out devils: 16 and Si- mon he surnamed Pe- ter ; 17 and James the son of Zebedee, and John the brother of James; and he sur- nmamed them Boan- τὰ — ὑγιὴς ws ἡ ἄλλη Ρ μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ τ ἠκολούθησεν LTrA; ἠκολούθησαν placed after Υ ἀκούοντες hearing LTtra. Υ ἔκραζον LTTraW. © + [ὅτι ἤδεισαν τὸν χριστὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι z λέ- τὰς νόσους καὶ TTrA, [ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι TTra. 9 erges, which is, The sons of thunder: 18 and Andrew, and Philip, and Bartholomew, and Matthew,and Thomas, and James the son of Alpheus, and Thad- dwus, and Simon the Canaanite, 19 and Ju- das Iscariot, which also betrayed him : O And they went into an house, 20 And the multitude cometh to- gether again, so that they could not so much as eat bread. 21 And when _his friends heard of it, they went out to lay hold on him: for they said, He is beside him- self. 22 And thescribes which came down from Jerusalem said, He hath Beelzebub, and by the prince of the devils casteth he out devils. 23 And he called them unto him, and said unto them in parables, How can Sa- tan cast out Satan? 24 And if a kingdom be divided against itself, that kingdom cannot stand, 25 And if a housa be divided against itself, that house cannot stand. 26 And if Satan rise up against himself, and be divided, he can- not stand, but hath an end. 27 No man can enter into a stron man’s house, and spoi his goods, except he will first bind the strong man ; and then he will spoil his house. 28 Verily I say unto you, All sins shall be forgiven unto the sons of men, and blas- phemies wherewith soever they shall blas- pheme : 29 but he that shall blaspheme ainst the Holy Ghost ath never forgive- ness, but is in danger of eternal damnation: 30 because they said, He hath an unclean spirit. a Φ MAPKOXS. SBoavepyéc," ὕ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς 18 καὶ ᾿Ανδρέαν, καὶ Boanerges, which is Sons of thunder ; and Andrew, and Φίλιππον, καὶ Βαρθολομαῖον, καὶ *MarGaior," καὶ Θωμᾶν, Iii. Philip, and artholomew, and Matthew, and Thomas, καὶ Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ ᾿Αλφαίου, καὶ Θαδδαῖον, καὶ Σίμωνα and James the [son] of Alpheus, and Thaddwus, and Simon τὸν iKavavirny," 19 καὶ ᾿Ιούδαν ® Ioxapwrny,' ὃς καὶ παρέ- the Cananite, and Judas Iscariote, who also deliver- δωκεν αὐτόν. ed up him, ὄχλος, and Scomes*together ‘again ἴα “crowd, “ \ δύ θ ? ‘ n ΄ a4 ~ ‘ ’ , ὥστε μὴ. -ὁυνασθαι.αὑὐτοὺς."μητεῖ ἄρτον φαγεῖν. 21 καὶ ἀκού- so that they are not able so much as Sbread 'to “eat. And having σαντες οἱ map αὐτοῦ ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν' heard [of 10] those belonging to him went out to lay hold of him; 2 4 ev vr ᾿ e ~ « ? x ἔλεγον.γάρ, Ore ἐξέστη. 22 Kai οἱ γραμματεῖς ot ἀπὸ for they said, He is beside himself. And the scribes who from Ἱεροσολύμων καταβάντες ἔλεγον, Ὅτι Βεελζεβοὺλ ἔχει καὶ Jerusalem came down said, Beelzebul hehas; and ov ᾽ ~ a” ~ , ? ’ AJ 2 Ort ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια. By the prince οἵ the demons he casts out the demons. 23 Kai προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς ἔλεγεν And having calledto [him] them in parables he said ? ~ ~ , ~ ~ ᾽ , ‘ αὐτοῖς, Πῶς δύναται σατανᾶς σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν ; 24 καὶ tothem, How can Satan 3Satan ‘cast *out? and >A’ , ine ε \ ~ ? ’ ~ t ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ.-δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ if akingdom against itself bedivided, 515 “ποῦ 3016 “ἴο 7stand , ’ , ; ESS Sarr 24? € A ~ ore Baoirsiaexeivyn’ 25 καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, od ‘that “kingdom : and if ahouse against itself be divided, *not δύναται" Ῥσταθῆναι ἡ.οἰκία.ἐκείνη"" 26 καὶ εἰ ὁ σατανᾶς ἀνέστη 318 54 0156 ‘to stand ‘that house: and if Satan hasrisen up 2,2 ε ᾿Ὶ 4 , , Π > U r ~ Π ᾽ ‘ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν “καὶ μεμέρισται," οὐ.δύναται ᾿σταθῆναι," ἀλλὰ against himself and has been divided, he is not able to stand, but la » >) 5 t ’ δύ i) ‘ ll Vv A , ~ > ~ τέλος EX Ele 27 OU-OUVQATAL.OUVOELC τὰ σκευὴ TOV toxupov, anend has, No one in any wiseisable the goods ofthe strong man, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν. οἰκίαν" αὐτοῦ, διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν. μὴ πρῶτον having entered into his house, to plunder, unless first τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ, καὶ τότε τὴν.οἰκίαν. αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει. 28 a- the strongman hebind, and then his house he will plunder. Ve- μὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πάντα ἀφεθήσεται “τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τοῖς rily 1587 toyou,that all “shall*be‘forgiven 'the “sins to the υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων," Kai* βλασφημίαι Υὕσας" Ξἂν! βλασ- sons of men, and blasphemies whatsoever they shall U τὰ >” , ᾽ \ ~ \ ημήσωσιν: 29 ὃς. δ᾽ ἂν βλασφημήσῃ εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ have blasphomed; but whosoever shall blaspheme against the Spirit the ἅγιον, οὐκ.ἔχει ἄφεσιν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, "ἀλλ᾽! ἔνοχός ϑέστιν" oly, has not forgiveness to eternity, but “liable “to tis αἰωνίου “κρίσεως "" 80 bre ἔλεγον, Πνεῦμα.ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει. eternal judgment ; because they said, An unclean spirit he has. Kai ‘zoxovrat' εἰς οἶκον" 20 καὶ συνέρχεται πάλιν ™ And theycome to ἃ ΠΟΙ: 8 βοανηργές LTTra. 1 ἔρχεται he comes T. will not be able Trra. τ στῆναι TTrA. οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ εἰσελθὼν τὰ σκεύη TTY. x + αἱ the @LTTraW. © ἁμαρτήματος Sin (read guilty of eternal sin) LYTra. LTTrAW. divided, and T. QGLTTraAW. shall be 1. h Μαθθαῖον LTTra. i Kavavatov Cananivan LTTrAW. * Ἰσκαριώθ m+ 6the(crowd) LtrA. "prde LIrAW. 0 ov δυνήσεται P ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι (στῆναι TrA) LPVrA. 4 ἐμερίσθη, καὶ he is 5.- ἀλλ᾽ but TTra. t οὐδεὶς δύναται GLTYW. ' εἰς τὴν W τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰ ἁμαρτήματα Υ ὅσα LTTrA. 1 ἐὰν Tra. ἀλλὰ LTTrA. ὃ ἔσται ny IV. 31 ΦἜρχονται.οὖν" MARK. ἐοἱ ἀδελφοὶ Kai ἡ-μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ," Kai Then come [815] brethren and his mother, and ἔξω ἑστῶτες! ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτόν, Spwvovrtec' αὐτόν. Ξιγι μοῦ ‘4standing sent to him, calling him, 82 καὶ ἐκάθητο Βῦχλος περὶ αὐτόν" ἱεῖπον.δὲ" αὐτῷ, ᾿Ιδού, And sat 1a *crowd around him: and they saidtohim, Behold, ἡ-μήτηρ.σου Kai ot.adedgoi.cov* gw ζητοῦσίν σε. 33 Kai thy mother and thy brethren without seek thee. And Ἰἀάπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς, λέγων," Tic ἐστιν 1)-unrnp-_wou "ἢ" οἱ aded- he answered them, saying, Who is my mother or 2breth- φοί "μου"; 34 Kai περιβλεψάμενος οκύκλῳ τοὺς περὶ ren ‘my? And having looked around on “ἴῃ “ἃ °circuit ‘those 7who around αὐτὸν" καθημένους, λέγει, P’1de," ἡ. μήτηρ.μουν Kai οἱ ἀδελφοί him were sitting, hesays, Behold, my mother and 2brethren μου" 35 ὃς. “γὰρ".ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλ μα! τοῦ θεοῦ, οὗτος ἀδελ- my: for whoever shalldo the wi of God, he *pro- φός pov καὶ ἀδελφή “μου" καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν. ther ‘my and my sister and mother is, 4 Kai πάλιν ἤρξατο διδάσκειν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν και And again hebegan toteach by the sea, And t , θ Π 5 ? x » λ ,v dd Π “ ? \ w2 συν) XIN προς αὐτον οχλος “πὸ UC, WOTE AUTOYV ἐμ- was gathered together to him a7’crowd ‘great, sothat he having βάντα εἰς τὸ πλοῖον" καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, Kai πᾶς ὁ entered intothe ship sat in the sea, and all the » X A A Oar 2 ι ~ ~ x Π ν γΔ7 ὄχλος πρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς thy." 2 Kai ἐδίδασκεν crowd close to the sea, on the land was. And he tanght > 4 ? ~ , ‘ > ~ 9. ~ αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ δι- them in parables many things, and said tothem in “*teach- δαχῃῇ. αὐτοῦ, 8. ᾿Ακούετε" ἰδού, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων Yrov' σπεῖραι" ing this, Hearken: behold, went out the sower to sow. 4 καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷ. σπείρειν, ὃ.μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, And it came to pass as he sowed, one fell by the way, καὶ ἦλθεν τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ" Kai κατέφαγεν αὐτό. and came the birds ofthe heaven and devoured its 5 "ἄλλο.δὲ"! ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες, ἢ ὅπου οὐκ.εἶχεν γῆν Andanother fell the rocky place, πολλήν" καὶ “εὐθέως" ἐξανέτειλεν, *much, upon where ithadnot “earth διὰ τὸ.μὴ.ἔχειν βάθος" and immediately itsprangup, because of not having depth γῆς 6 “ἡλίου.δὲ ἀνατείλαντος" *ixavparicOn,' καὶ διὰ ofearth; and[the]sun having arisen it was scorched, and because of τὸ. μὴ.ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη. 7 Kai ἄλλο ἔπεσεν εἰς & rac" not baying root it witheredaway. And another fell among the ἀκάνθας" Kai ἀνέβησαν at ἄκανθαι, καὶ συνέπνιξαν αὐτό, καὶ thorns, and *grew*up ‘the *thorns, and choked it, and καρπὸν ovK-tdwkey. ὃ καὶ **G\Xo' ἔπεσεν εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν fruit it yielded not. And another fell into the ground the 4 καὶ ἔρχονται LTrAW 3 Kal ἔρχεται T. ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ A. ἧ στήκοντες TTA. ὄχλος LTTrAW. i καὶ λέγουσιν and they say LTTraw. and thy sisters Lt[ a]w. and Ltr. Ὁ — μου [tr]a. ο τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν κύκλῳ LTTr. for τα [tr]a. τ τὰ θελήματα (read the things God wills) a. t συνάγεται is gathered together LTTraw. TIrW) πλοῖον ἐμβάντα LTTrw. x ἦσαν were TTrA. GLTTrAW. 8 καὶ ἄλλο LTTrA. Ὁ + «at and [LTrJa. ©8 καὶ ὅτε ἀνέτειλεν ὃ ἥλιος and when the sun was risen LTTrA. Were scorched rr. 88 — τὰς G. ha ἄλλα Others TA. ἡ πλεῖστος very great TTrAW. Υ — τοῦ LI[Tr]a. © εὐθὺς LTTrA. 97 31 There came then his brethren and his mother, and, stand- ing without, sent unto im, cailing him. 32 And the multitude sat about him, and they said unto him, Behold, thy mother and thy brethren with- out seek for thee. 33 And he answered them, saying, Who is my mother, or my brethren? 34 And he looked round about on them which sat about him, and said, Behold my mother and my brethren ! 35 For who- soever shall do the will of God, the same is my brother, and my sister, and mother. IV. And he began agnin to teach by the sea Side : and there was gathered unto him a great multitude, so that he entered intoa ship, and sat in the sea; and the whole multitude was by the sea on theland. 2 And he taught them many things by parables, and said nnto them in his doctrine, 3 Hearken; Behold, there went out a sower to sow: 4 and it came to pass, as he sowed, some fell by the way side, and the fowls of the air came and devoured it up. 5 And some fell on stony ground, where it had not much earth ; and immediately it sprang up, because it had no depth of earth: 6 but when the sun was up, it was scorch- ed ; and because it had no root, it withered a- way. 7 And some fell among thorns, and the thorns grew up, and choked it, and it yield- ed no fruit. 8 And other fell on good ground, and did yield © ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ kal οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ GLTTrW ; οἱ & καλοῦντες LTTrA. E+ καὶ ai (— αἱ w) ἀδελφαί σου | ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει anSwering them he says Tira. P Ἰδοὺ L. h Ὁ ΞΡ ς περὶ αὑτὸν ™ καὶ 4 - yap 5- μον My LTTrA. W εἰς τὸ (— TO 2 — τοῦ οὐρανοῦ da + τῆς L. fa ἐκαυματίσθησαν they H 98 fruit that sprang up and increased; and brought forth, some thirty, andsome sixty, and some an hundred. 9 And he said unto them, He that hath ears to hear, let him hear. 10 And when he was alone, they that were about him with the twelve asked of him the parable, 11 And he said unto them, Unto you it is given to know the mys- tery of the kingdom of God: but unto them that are without, all these things are done in parables: 12 that seeing they may see, 7 and not perceive ; and hearing they may hear, and not understand ; lest at any time they should be converted, and their sins should be forgiven them. 13 And he said unto them, Know ye not this parable? and how then will ye know all parables ? 14 Thesower soweth the word. 15 And these are they by the way side, where the word is sown ; but when they have heard, Satan cometh immedi- ately, and taketh away the word that was sown in their hearts. 16 And these are they likewise which are sown on stony ground ; who, when they have heard the word, imme- diately receive it with gladness ; 17 and have no root in themselves, and so endure but for a time: afterward, when affliction or per- secution ariseth for the word’s sake, im- mediately they are of- fended. 18 And these are they which are sown among thorns; such as hear the word, 19 and thecares of this world, and the deceit- fulness of riches, and the lusts of other things entering in, choke the word, and it becometh unfruitful. 20 And these are they which are sown on good ground ; such as i αὐξανόμενον LTTrAW. ἃ καὶ ὅτε LTTrA, the parables TTra. ἁμαρτήματα. (read [their sins]) [L]rtra. in them TrA. ’ * ὁμοίως εἰσὶν 7. Ὁ ἀκούσαντες heard ΤΊτΑ. those Trra. ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. IV. ἐδίδου καρπὸν ἀναβαίνοντα καὶ ἰαὐξάνοντα," καὶ yielded fruit, growing up and _ increasing, and τριάκοντα, καὶ Key! ἑξήκοντα, καὶ *éy" ἑκατόν. thirty, and one sixty, and one a hundred. 9 Kai ἔλεγεν ἰαὐτοῖς," Ὁ ἔχων" ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω. And hesaid tothem, Hethat has ears tohear let him hear. 10 "Ὅτε. δὲ! ἐγένετο ὁκαταμόνας," Ῥἠρώτησαν" αὐτὸν οἱ And when he was alone, Tasked ®him ‘those “about αὐτὸν σὺν τοῖς δώδεκα «τὴν παραβολήν." 11 καὶ ἔλεγεν %him ‘with *the “twelve [as to] the parable, ᾽ - ye ~ γδέδ ~ ‘ a ll ~ , αὐτοῖς, Ὑμῖν "δέδοται γνῶναι τὸ μυστήριον! τῆς βασιλείας tothem, ΤῸ you hasbeengiven toknow the mystery ofthe kingdom τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐκείνοις. δὲ τοῖς ἔξω, ἐν παραβολαῖς "τὰ". πάντα of God: but to those who are without, in parables all things νεται. 12 ἵνα βλέποντες βλέπωσιν, καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν καὶ that seeing they may see, and not perceive; and ἀκούοντες ἀκούωσιν, καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν" μήποτε ἐπιστρέψω- hearing they may hear, and not understand, lest theyshould be con- ‘ ? ~ ? πὰ t A) J ΄ " 4 σιν, καὶ ἀφεθῇ αὑτοῖς τὰ ἁμαρτήματα." 18 Καὶ verted, and "should “be *forgiven “them [their] *sins. And λέγει αὐτοῖς, Οὐκ.οἴδατε τὴν.παραβολὴν.ταύτην; καὶ πῶς he says tothem, Perceive ye not this parable ? and how , A A , « , A , πάσας Tac παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε; 14 ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον all the parables will ye know? The sower the word σπείρει. 15 οὗτοι.δέ εἰσιν ot παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ὅπου σπείρεται sows. Andthese are they by the way, where is sown ὁ λόγος, Kai ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν, “εὐθέως! ἔρχεται ὁ σατανᾶς the word, and when they hear, immediately comes Satan καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐσπαρμένον Yéy ταῖς. καρδίαις. αὐ-- and takesaway the word that hasbeensown in their hearts. τῶν." 16 καὶ οὗτοί ΞΣεἰσιν ὁμοίως" οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη And these are ἴῃ like manner they who upon the rocky places σπειρόμενοι, οἵ, ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν τὸν λόγον, γεὐθέως" μετὰ , κ᾿ καλήν" καὶ good, and ἔφερεν Ἐὲν" bore one are done, are sown, who, when they hear the word, immediately with χαρᾶς λαμβάνουσιν αὐτόν, 17 καὶ οὐκ.ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυ- joy receive it, and have not root in them- ~ > A ’ , > , , n τοῖς, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιροί εἰσιν εἶτα γενομένης θλίψεως ἢ selves, but temporary are ; then having arisen tribulation or διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον, γεύθεως! σκανδαλίζονται. 18 καὶ persecution onaccountofthe word, immediately they are offended. And *ovrot εἰσιν οἱ εἰς! τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι, οὗτοί these are they who among the thorns are sown, these εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον Ῥάκούοντες, 19 Kai αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ are they who the word hear, and the cares αἰῶνος. “τούτου! καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη Tot πλούτου Kai αἱ περὶ of this life and the deceit of riches and the of τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι εἰσπορευόμεναι “ovprviyovow" τὸν λόγον, ®other*things ‘desires entering in choke the word, καὶ ἄκαρπος γίνεται. 20 καὶ “οὗτοί! εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν and unfruitful it becomes. And _ these are they who upon the ground κ εἷς a; εἰς απο τὰ. |!—avrots G@LTTrAW. ™ ὃς ἔχει LTTrAW. ο κατὰ μόνας LTTr. P ἠρώτων LTrA ; ἠρώτουν T. 4 τὰς παραβολάς τ — γνῶναι LTTrA ; τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται TTrA. 5.-- τὰ 1. t— τὰ VY εὐθὺς TIrA. ἐν αὐτοῖς in them τ; εἰς αὐτούς Υ εὐθὺς LTTrA. 5 ἄλλοι Others GLTTraw. 5 ἐπὶ about Τὶ ¢ — τούτου this @LTTra. 4 συνπνίγουσιν TA. IS pena 9 εκεινοί TEDL | =" And he said \\ τ τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες, the good have been sown, παραδέχονται, receive MARK. οἵτινες ἀκούουσιν τὸν λόγον Kai such as hear the word and καὶ καρποφοροῦσιν, fév" τριάκοντα, Kai ἴὲν" {it],and bring forth fruit, one thirty, and one ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἴὲν" ἑκατόν. 21 Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, Myre "ὁ - sixty, and one a hundred. And hesaid tothem, *The λύχνος ἔρχεται" ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν 5]Δ ΤΡ comes that under the corn measure it may be put or under the κλίνην ; οὐχ ἵνα ἐπὶ THY λυχνίαν ᾿ἐπιτεθῇ"; 22 od-yap couch? [1510] not that upon the lampstand it may be put? for not ἐστίν ἔτι' κρυπτόν, 1d" ἐὰνμὴ ™ φανερωθῇ" οὐδὲ 2is anything hidden, unless it should be made manifest, nor ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα "εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ." has*taken ‘place ‘a *secret *thing, but that to light it should come. 23 εἴτις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω. 24 Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, Ifanyone has ears tohear, let him hear. And hesaid tothem, Βλέπετε τί ἀκούετε. tv ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε μετρηθήσεται Take heed what yehear: with what measure ye mete it shall be measured ὑμῖν, “καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν" Proic ἀκούουσιν." 25 d¢-yap Yay toyou, and *shall*be’added 'to*you *who *hear ; for whoever ἔχῃ! δοθήσεται αὐτῷ" Kai ὃς οὐκ.-ἔχει,καὶ ὃ ἔχει may have, *shall*be °given 'to7him;and hewho has ποῦ, even that whichhehas ἀρθήσεται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. shall be taken from him. 26 Kai ἔλεγεν, Οὕτως ἐστὶν 1) βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, we Téav" And he βαϊᾷ, Thus is the kingdom of God, as if » , 4 ’ > ‘ ~ ~ ‘ , ἄνθρωπος Bary τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, 27 Kai καθεύδῃ & man should cast the seed upon the earth, and should sleep καὶ ἐγείρηται νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, Kai ὁ σπόρος "βλαστάνῃ! and Tise night and day, andthe seed should sprout καὶ μηκύνηται we οὐκιοῖδεν αὐτός" 28 αὐτομάτη ᾿'γὰρ' ἡ γῆ and ὍΘ lengthened how *knows*not ‘the; ?of sitself ‘for the earth καρποφορεῖ, πρῶτον χόρτον, “εἶτα' στάχυν, Yéira' “πλήρη brings forth fruit, first a blade, then 81 687, then full ~ ll > ~ ’ - 29 e δὲ x ὃ ~il « , σῖτον" ἐν τῷ στάχυϊ. ὕταν.δὲ “παραδῷ! ὁ καρπός, corn in the ear. And when Soffers*itself *the “fruit, TehOéwc' ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον, ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός. immediately he sends the sickle, for hascome the harvest. 30 Kai ἔλεγεν, “Τίνι! ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ; And hesaid, Towhat shallweliken the kingdom of God? ἢ ἔν "ποίᾳ παραβολῇ παραβάλωμεν αὐτήν 3} 31 we ὑκόκκῳ! or with what parable shall we compare it? As toa grain σινάπεως, oc, ὅταν σπαρῇ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, “μικρότερος" of mustard, which, when it has been sownupon the earth, less πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων "ἐστὶν!" “τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς" 32 καὶ thanall the seeds is which [are]upon the earth, and ὅταν σπαρῇ, ἀναβαίνει, καὶ γίνεται ἱπάντων τῶν λαχάνων when it has been sown, it grows ΠΡ, and becomes *than %all *the ®herbs μείζων" καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους, ὥστε δύνασθαι ὑπὸ ‘greater, and produces *branches 1great, sothat ‘are 7able ‘under 99 hear the word, and receive it, and pring forth fruit, some thirtyfold, some sixty, and some an hundred, 21 And he said unto them, Is a _ candle brought to be put un- der a bushel, or under a bed? and not to be set on a candlestick? 22 for there is nothing hid, which shall not be manifested; neither was any thing kept secret, but that it should come abroad. 23 If any man have ears to hear, let him hear. 24 And hesaid unto them, Take heed what ye hear: with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you: and unto you that hear shall more be given. 25 For he that hath, to himshall be given: and he that hath not, from him shall be taken even that which he hath. 26 And he said, So is the kingdom of God, as if aman should cast seed into the ground; 27 and should sleep, andrise night and day, and the seed should spring and grow up, he knoweth not how. 28 For the earth bring- eth forth fruit of her- self; first the blade, then the ear, after that the full corn in the ear. 29 But when the fruit is brought forth, immediately he put- teth in the sickle, be- cause the harvest is come. 30 And he said, Whereunto shall we liken the kingdom of God? or with what comparison shall we compare it? 31 It wz like a grain of mus- tard seed, which, when it is sown in the earth, is less than all the seeds that be in the earth: 32 but when it is sown, it groweth up. and becometh greater than all herbs, and shooteth out great branches ; so that the f ey in TTr. 8 + ὅτι that Ta. (read it is not) [i Jrr[a]. ο--- καὶ προσ. ὑμῖν G. h ἔρχεται ὃ λύχνος LTTra. 1_ ὃ ττττγα. m + ἵνα that LT[a]. P — τοῖς ἀκούουσιν GLTTTA. 5 βλαστᾷ LTTrA. ἴ -- γὰρ ᾿τττὰ. εἶτεν τ. Υ εὐθὺς TTrA, 2 Πῶς how ΤΊτΑ. represent it? LTTra. Ὁ κόκκον a grain GLTraW, — ἐστὶν LTTra. 8 [τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς] L. i τεθῆ LTTrAW. 2 ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν TTrA. 4 ἔχει has LTTra. τ πλήρης σῖτος LITrA. 2 τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν what parable shall we © μικρότερον ὃν being less LTTra. f μείζων (μεῖζον T) πάντων τῶν λαχάνων LTTrA. k— τι ¥ — ἐὰντττα. τ παραδοῖ LTTrA. 100 fowls of the air may lodge under the sha- dow of it. 33 And with many such parables spake he the word unto them, as they were able to hear tt. 34 But without a parable sprake he not unto them : and when they were alone, he ex- unded all things to is disciples. 35 And the same day, when the even was come, he saith unto them, Let us pass over unto the other side. 36 And when they had sent away the multi- tude, they took him even as he was in the ship. And there were also with him other little ships. 37 And there arose a great storm of wind, and the waves beat into the ship, so that it was now full. 38 And he was in the hinder part of the ship, asleep on a pillow: and_ they awake him, and say unto him, Master, carest thou not that weperish? 39 Andhe arose, and rebuked the wind, and said unto the sea, Peace, be still. And the wind ceased, and there was a great calm. 40 And he said unto them, Why are e so fearful? how is t that ye have no faith? 41 And they feared exceedingly, and said one to an- other, What manner of man is this, that even the wind and the sea obey him? Vv. And they came over unto the other side of the sea, into the country of the Ga- darenes. 2 And when he was come out of the ship, immediately there met him out of the tombs a man with an unclean spirit, 3 who had his dwelling among the tombs; and noman could bindhim, no, not with chains: ἐδύναντο Lir. ships GLTTra. 1 Ὗ ὑπήντησεν LITr. LTTrA. ἦσαν τ. τὸ πλοῖον already was filled the ship υὐτυὰ. ©; οὕπω “not *yet Ltr. Lrtr; Γεργεσηνῶν Gergesenes A. X μνήμασιν (— v GW) GLTTrAW. 4 + οὐκέτι any longer (lt. no longer) LTTraw. ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. IV, V. \ ~ Η͂ - ~ τὴν σκιὰν αὐτοῦ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνοῦν. “the “shadow “οἵ *it the birds of the heaven to roost. 33 Kai τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν And with ?such 3parables *many hespoke tothem the , . ᾽ 4 ~ λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο! ἀκούειν, 84 χωρὶς.δὲ παραβολῆς word, as they were able _ to hear, but without a parable οὐκ.ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς" Kar ἰδίαν. δὲ "τοῖς. μαθηταῖς.αὐτοῦ" ἐπέλυεν spoke he not to them; and apart to his disciples he explained πάντα. all things. 35 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ὀψίας γενομένης, And hesays tothem on that day, evening being come, , ‘ 4 Διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πέραν. 36 Kai ἀφέντες τὸν ὄχλον, Let us pass over to the other side. And having dismissed the crowd, παραλαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν ὡς ἦν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ᾽ καὶ ἄλλα they take with (them] him as he was in the ship; also *other ἰδὲ! Ἐπλοιάρια" Ἰἰἦν! per’ αὐτοῦ. 87 καὶ γίνεται λαῖλαψ *but smallships were with him. And comes a *storm ™dvéwou μεγάλη," "τὰ.δὲ" κύματα ἐπέβαλλεν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, 3of *wind ‘violent, andthe waves beat into the ship, ὥστε °abTo ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι." 88 καὶ ἦν αὐτὸς Ῥέπὶ! τῇ πρύ- sothat it already was filled. And?was *he on the stern μνῃ ἐπὶ TO προσκεφάλαιον καθεύδων Kai “διεγείρουσιν" on the cushion sleeping. And they arouse ᾽ , ‘ a ? ~ , ? , e αὐτόν, καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, οὐ-μέλει σοι ὅτι him, and say to him, Teacher, is it no concern to thee that ἀπολλύμεθα; 39 Kai διεγερθεὶς ἐπετίμησεν τῷ ἀνέμῳ, we perish? And having been aroused herebuked the wind, καὶ εἶπεν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, Σιώπα; πεφίμωσο. Kai ἐκόπασεν ὁ and said tothe sea, Silence, be quiet. And 361 ‘the ἄνεμος, Kai ἐγένετο γαλήνη μεγάλη. 40 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, wind, and there was a ?calm 1preat. And hesaid to them, Ti δειλοί ἐστε τοὕτως ; πῶς οὐκ' ἔχετε πίστιν; 41 Kai ἐφο- Why fearful are ye thus? How ὅποὺ *have*ye faith? And = they βήθησαν φόβον μέγαν, καὶ ἔλεγον πρὸς.ἀλλήλους, Tic feared (with) Ἥρα ‘great, and _ said one to another, Who ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι Kai ὁ ἄνεμος Kai ἡ θάλασσα "ὑπακούου- then “this 1is, thateventhe wind and the sea obey ow avre'; him? 5 Kai ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν And they came to the other side of the sea, to the country τῶν ᾿Γαδαρηνῶν." 2 καὶ "ἐξελθόντι.αὐτῷ! ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου, of the Gadarenes. And on his having gone forth out of the ship, Vo), , iT] wZ 4 ll > ~ 2 ~ , » θ εὐθεως" Yarnyrnoerv" αὑτῷ ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἄνθρωπος immediately met him out of the tombs aman ἐν πνεύματι.ἀκαθάρτῳ, 3 ὃς τὴν κατοίκησιν εἶχεν ἐν τοῖς with an unclean spirit, who [his] dwelling had in the χμνημείοις"" καὶ Yovre! τἁλύσεσιν" * οὐδεὶς Ῥήδύνατο" αὐτὸν tombs ; and not evén with chains anyone was able him (lit. no one) h τοῖς ἰδίοις μαθηταῖς to his own disciplestTa. ἰ -- déutr[a]. * πλοῖα τὰ μεγάλη ἀνέμου LITrA. ἃ καὶ τὰ LITra. © ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι PéviNGLTTrAW. 4 ἐγείρουσιν they awake TTra. 5" αὐτῷ ὑπακούει T ; ὑπακούει αὐτῷ Tra. * Γερασηνῶν Gerasenes u ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr. Y -- εὐθέως L; εὐθὺς T[Tr]A. Υ οὐδὲ LTTrAW. * ἁλύσει with a chain Ὁ ἐδύνατο LTTrA. VW. MARK. δῆσαι, 4 διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις Kai ἁλύσεσιν Oe- to bind, becausethat he often with fetters and chains had δέσθαι, καὶ διεσπᾶσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις, καὶ been bound, and “had ‘been Storn Sasunder7by ®him 1the 2chains, and τὰς πέδας συντετρίφθαι, Kai οὐδεὶς “αὐτὸν ἴσχυεν" δαμάσαι" the fetters had been shattered, and noone him wasable_ tosubdue. 5 καὶ διαπαντὸς" νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς “ὔρεσιν καὶ ἐν And continually night and day in the mountains ana in τοῖς μνήμασιν ἦν κράζων καὶ κατακόπτων ἑαυτὸν λίθοις. the tombs he was crying and cutting himself with stones, 6 ΓΙιδὼν.δὲ! τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, ἔδραμεν καὶ προσ- And haying seen Jesus from afar, he ran and did , 4 ? ~ ll 7 A "εἶ ~ aN ἢ ct tas > ‘ εκυνησεν BavTw, 7 καὶ κράξας φων}) μεγάλῃ "εἶπεν," Tt epot homage to him, and crying witha*voice *loud he said, What to me Kai σοί, ᾿Ιησοῦ, υἱὲ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου; ὁρκίζω σε τὸν andtothee, Jesus, Son of God the Most High? Jadjure thee θεόν, μή pe βασανίσῃς. ὃ ἔλεγεν.γὰρ αὐτῷ, "Ἐξελθε, τὸ by God, “ποῦ “me torment, For he wassaying tohim, Come forth, the a ν zi , 2 ~ 2 ’ \ 2 ΄ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον, ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 9 Καὶ ἐπηρώτα Bpirit the unclean, out of the man, And he asked αὐτόν, Τί ἰἷἥσοι.-ὄνομα!; Kai "ἀπεκρίθη, λέγων," ᾿Λεγεὼν" him, Ὑγμαῦ [15] thy name? And heanswered, saying, Legion 7 , m ὀνομά.μοι. my name ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. 10 Kai παρεκάλει αὐτὸν [15], because many ὍΘ 879. And Π6 besought him πολλά, ἵνα μὴ "αὐτοὺς" ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας. 11 iyv.6¢ much, that not them he wouldsend out of the country. Nowthere was ἐκεῖ πρὸς Pra ὄρη" ἀγέλη χοίρων μεγάλη βοσκομένη" 12 Kai there just αὖ themountainsa“herd 3508 ‘swine ‘great feeding ; and παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν Ῥπάντες οἱ δαίμονες," λέγοντες, Lae “besought Shim tall *the *demons, saying, end ‘3 ~ 2 ᾿ ΄, ε ᾽ > 4 Cpe, κ ἡμᾶς εἰς τοὺς χοίρους, ἵνα εἰς αὐτοὺς εἰσέλθωμεν. 13 Kai us into the swine, that into them we may enter. And ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς “εὐθέως ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς.}Ἱ καὶ ἐξελθόντα τὰ Zallowed *them *immediately 1 Jesus. And having gone out the πνεύματα τὰ ἀκάθαρτα εἰσῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους" καὶ ὥρμησεν spirits the unclean entered into the swine, and rushed ἡ ἀγέλη κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς THY θάλασσαν τῆσαν δὲ" ‘the “herd down the steep into the sea, (now they were ὡς δισχίλιοι: καὶ ἐπνίγοντο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ. 14 "Οἱ δὲ" about two thousand), and they were choked in the sea. And those who βόσκοντες trove χοίρους" ἔφυγον, καὶ “ἀνήγγειλαν εἰς τὴν fed the swine fied, and announced [it] to the aN ‘ > 4 > , 4 WeEnO ll [ὃ ~ / 2 ;Ἃ πολιν και εἰς τους ayoouc. Kat “εξηλσον'" toély τι ἐστιν TO city and to the country. And they went out tosee what itis that γεγονός" 15 καὶ ἔρχονται πρὸς τὸν Inoovy, καὶ θεωροῦσιν has been done. And theycome to Jesus, and see τὸν δαιμονιζόμενον καθήμενον *Kaill ἱματισμένον Kai σωφρο- the possessed by demons sitting and clothed and of sound νοῦντα, τὸν ἐσχηκότα τὸν TAeyewva' καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν. 16 Kai mind, him whohad the legion: and they were afraid. And 102 4 because that he had been often bound with fetters and chains, and the chains had been plucked asunder by him, and the fetters broken in pieces : nei- ther could any man tame him. 5 And al- ways, night and day, he was in the moun- tains, and in the tombs, crying, and cutting himself with stones. 6 But when he saw Jesus afar off, he ran and worshipped him, 7 and cried with a loud voice, and said, What have I to do with thee, Jesus, thou Son of the most high God? I adjure thee by God, that thou tor- ment menot,. 8 For he said unto him, Come out of the man, thou unclean spirit. 9 And he asked him, What is thy name? And he answered, saying, My name 7 Legion: for we aremany. 10 And he besought him much that he would not send them away out of the country. 11 Now there was there nigh unto the mountains a great herd of swine feeding. 12 And all the devils besought him, saying, Send us into the swine, that we may enter into them. 13 And forth- with Jesus gave them leave. And theunclean spirits went out, and entered into the swine: and the herd ran vio- lently down a steep place into the sea, (they were about two thousand ;) and were choked in the sea. 14 And they that fed the swine fled, and told it in the city, and in the country. And they went out to see what it was that was done. 15 And they come to Jesus, and see him that was possessed with the devil, and had the legion, sitting, and clothed, and in his right mind: and they were afraid. 16 And they that saw Cloxvey avTOVLTTrAW. ἃ διὰ παντὸς AL: “ μνήμασιν (---ν GW) καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν GLTTrAW. ἔ καὶ ἰδὼν TTrA. 8 αὐτόν Α. αὐτῷ he says to him Guirtraw. ° τῷ ὄρει the mountain GLTTraw. besought) τττὰ. 5 καὶ οἱ LITA. they went LTTrAW h λέγει he says LTTraw. 1 Λεγιὼν LTTrA. 4 — εὐθέως ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς (read he allowed) [L]rtr[a]. τ αὐτοὺς them GLTTrAw. ἀ x — καὶ LTTrA. Y λεγιῶνα LTTrA i ὄνομά σοι LTTrA. m+ ἐστιν is L. P — πάντες GW[L]; — πάντες οἱ δαίμονες (read they r— ἧσαν δὲ Oates ἡ ἀπήγγειλαν told GLTTraw. w ἦλθον K λέγει 2 αὐτὰ TTr. 102 it told them how it befell to him that was possessed with the de- vil, and also concern- ing the swine. 17 An they began to pray him to depart out of their coasts. 18 And when he wascome into the ship, he that had been possessed with the devil prayed him that he might be with him. 19 Howbeit Jesus suffered him not, but saith unto him, Go home to thy friends, and tell them how great things the Lord hath done for thee, and hath had com- passion on thee. 20 And he departed, and began to publish in Decapolis how great things Jesus had done for him: and all men did marvel. 21 And when Jesus was passed over again by ship unto the other side, much people ga- tbered unto him: and he was nigh unto the sea, 22 And, behold, there cometh one of the rulers of the syna- gogue, Jairus by name; and when he saw him, he fell at his feet, 23 and besought him greatly, saying, My little daughter lieth at the point of death: 1 pray thee, come and lay thy hands on her, that she may be heal- ed; and she shall live, 24 And Jesus went with him; and much people followed him, and thronged him. 25 And a certain wo- man, which had an issue of blood twelve years, 26 and had suf- fered many things of many physicians, and had spent all that she had, and was nothing bettered, but rather grew worse, 27 when she had heard of Jesus, came in the press be- hind, and touched his garment. 28 For she said, If I may touch but his clothes, I shall be whole. 29 And 5 μονιζομένῳ, καὶ ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ¥. διηγήσαντο αὐτοῖς οἱ ἰδόντες, πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαι- Srelated Τ7ίο ®them 'those *who *had ‘seen [*it] μουν it happened tohim pos- περὶ τῶν χοίρων. 17 Kai ἤρξαντο παρα- sessed by demons, and concerning the swine. And they began to be- καλεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν.ὁρίων.αὐτῶν. 18 Καὶ seech him to depart from their borders. And tiuBavroc' αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, παρεκάλει αὐτὸν ὁ “having “entered ‘he into the ship, *besought ®him the *who δαιμονισθείς, ἵνα μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ." 19 δὸ δὲ! 3had *been δροββθεβϑᾶ Sby 7demons that he might be with him. But ΦἸησοῦς" οὐκ.ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ λέγει αὐτῷ, Ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν Jesus did not suffer him, but says to him, Go to οἴκόν.σου πρὸς τοὺς.σούς, καὶ ἀνάγγειλον" αὐτοῖς doa ὅσοι thy house to thineown, and announce tothem howmuch forthee {3 ΄ \| f2 , Ι ‘ ἦλέὲ , ‘ 2 ~ ᾿ ὁ κύριος" 'εἐποίησεν," καὶ ἡλεξησεν σε. 20 Καὶ ἀπῆλθεν Kat the Lord did, and pitied thee. And he departed and ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν ἔν τῇ Δεκαπόλει, Coa ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὁ began toproclaim in Decapolis, how much *had *done *for ®him "Inoovc’ Kai πάντες ἐθαύμαζον. ‘Jesus; and all wondered. 21 Kai διαπεράσαντος τοῦ Ιησοῦ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ And “having “passed *over ‘Jesus in 6 ship τὸ πέραν," συνήχθη ὄχλος πολὺς ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, καὶ ἦν the other side, *was *gathered ‘a “crowd great to him, and he was παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν. 22 Kai δἰδού," ἔρχεται εἷς THY ἀρχι- by the sea. And behold, comes. one of the rulers of συναγώγων, ὀνόματι ᾿Ἰάειρος, Kai ἰδὼν αὐτόν, πίπτει πρὸς the synagogue, by name Jairus, and seeing him, falls at τοὺς.πόδας. αὐτοῦ" 23 καὶ ἱπαρεκάλει! αὐτὸν πολλά, λέγων, ἃ ἐπάλιν εἰς again to his feet ; and he besought him much, saying, er A 4 , > , μὴ tf ? ‘ Ort τὸ.θυγατριόν.μου ἐσχάτως. ἔχει" ἵνα ἐλθὼν My little daughter is at the last extremity, [I pray] that having come ἐπιθῆς αὐτῇ τὰς χεῖρας," ‘owe! σωθῇ καὶ thou wouldest lay on her [thy] hands, so that she may be cured, and πιζήσεται.! 24 Kai ἀπῆλθεν per αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ she shall live. And he departed with him, and *followed Shim ὄχλος πολύς, Kai συνέθλιβον αὐτόν. 25 Kai γυνή "ric la*crowd *great, and pressed on him, And a “woman 'certain οὖσα ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος %rn δώδεκα," 26 καὶ πολλὰ παθοῦσα being with aflux of blood “years ‘twelve, and much having suffered ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἰατρῶν, καὶ δαπανήσασα τὰ.παρ᾽ Ῥέαυτῆς" under many physicians, and having spent “her “means ’ ‘4 A > ~ ᾽ A ~ > A ~ πάντα, Kai μηδὲν ὠφεληθεῖσα ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εἰς τὸ. χεῖρον tall, and in no way having benefited but rather sto “worse ἐλθοῦσα, 27 ἀκούσασα 4 περὶ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ, ἐλθοῦσα ἐν thaving 7come, having heard concerning Jesus, having come in ~ » «“ -ε ΄ > ~. » ΄ τῷ ὄχλῳ ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο τοῦ ἱματίου.αὐτοῦ" 28 ἔλεγεν γάρ, the crowd behind, touched his garment ; for she Le Ὅτι "kay τῶν ἱματίων.αὐτοῦ ἅψωμαι." σωθήσομαι. 29 Kai 1f but his garments I shall touch, I shali be cured. And ee ee 8800060606060 2 ἐμβαίνοντος [was] entering LTTrAW. ς — Ἰησοῦς (read he did not suffer) G[u]rtraw. f πεποίηκεν has done GLTTraw. σοι TTraA. i παρακαλεῖ he beseeches Tira. m ζήσῃ may live LTTrA. 2 + τὰ the things T[A]. ἃ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἢ LITrAW. b καὶ and GLTTraw. 4 ἀπάγγειλον tell Lrtraw. © ὃ κύριός & εἰς τὸ πέραν πάλιν T. h — ἰδού [L]rTra. ι ἵνα in order that στιὰ. k ras χεῖρας αὐτῇ LITrA. Ρ αὐτῆς GLTrAW. 0 — τις LTTr[A]. ο δώδεκα ἔτη T. τ ἐὰν ἅψωμαι κἂν τῶν ἱματίων αὐτοῦ ΤΑ. V2 MARK. Ξεῤθέως! ἐξηράνθη ἡ πηγὴ τοῦ.αἱματος. αὐτῆς, καὶ ἔγνω immediately was dried up the fountain of her blood, and she knew τῷ σώματι ὅτι ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος. 80 καὶ vOéwc’ infher] body thatshe washealed from the scourge. And immediately ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἐπιγνοὺς ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν Jesus, knowing in himself [that] the *out “οἵ *him 1power ἐξελθοῦσαν, ἐπιστραφεὶς ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ; ἔλεγεν, Tic pov ἥψατο had gone forth, having turned in the crowd, said, Who of me touched τῶν ἱματίων ; 31 Kai ἔλεγον αὐτῷ οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, Βλέπεις the garments? And 3said *to *him his “disciples, Thou seest τὸν ὄχλον συνθλίβοντά σε, καὶ λέγεις, Τίς μου ἥψατο; the crowd pressing on thee, and sayestthou, Who me _ touched? 82 Kai περιεβλέπετο ἰδεῖν τὴν τοῦτο ποιήσασαν. 33 7-0é And he looked round tosee her who this had done. But the γυνὴ φοβηθεῖσα Kai τρέμουσα, εἰδυῖα ὃ γέγονεν ἐπ᾽" woman beingfrightened and trembling, knowing what had been done upon αὐτῇ, ἦλθεν καὶ προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ, Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν her, came and felldown before him, and told him all THY ἀλήθειαν. 34 0.68" εἶπεν αὐτῇ, YOvyarep," ἡ.πίστις. σου the truth. Andhe said _ toher, Daughter, thy faith σέσωκέν σε" ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην, Kai ἴσθι ὑγιὴς ἀπὸ τῆς μάστι- hascured thee; go in peace, and be sound from "scourge γός cov. 35 “Eri αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος, ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ a 1thy. [While] yet he is speaking, they come from the συναγώγου, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἡ-θυγάτηρ.σου ἀπέθανεν᾽ τί ἔτι the synagogue’s [house], saying, Thy daughter isdead; whystill σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον ; 36 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς “εὐθέως! γἀκού- troublest thou the teacher? But Jesus immediately, having σας! τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον λέγει TH ἀρχισυναγώγῳ, Μὴ heard the word spoken, says to the ruler of the synagogue, 7Not φοβοῦ" μόνον πίστευε. 37 Kai οὐκιἀφῆκεν οὐδένα ταὐτῷ" ‘fear ; only believe. And he suffered no one him a On ll ᾽ \ b , ais, , ee) , συνακολουθῆσαι," εἰ μὴ Ὁ Πέτρον καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον καὶ ᾿Ιωάννην to accompany, except Peter and James and John τὸν ἀδελφὺν ᾿Ιακώβου. 38 Kai “ἔρχεται εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ l= er of the brother of James. And hecomes to the house ofthe ἀρχισυναγώγου. Kai θεωρεῖ θόρυβον, 4 κλαίοντας καὶ ruler of the synagogue, and he beholds atumult, [people] weeping and ἀλαλάζοντας πολλά. 39 καὶ εἰσελθὼν λέγει αὐτοῖς, Τί wailing greatly. And having entered hesays tothem, Why θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε; τὸ παιδίον οὐκ.ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ make yea tumult and weep? the child is not dead, but καθεύδει. 40 Kai κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ. °6'.6 ἐκβαλὼν 'ἅπαν- sleeps. And they laughedat him. But he having put out all, tac, παραλαμβάνει τὸν πατέρα τοῦ παιδίου Kai τὴν takes with (him) tke father ofthe child and the μητέρα καὶ τοὺς per’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰσπορεύεται ὕπου ἦν τὸ mother and those with him, and enters in where *was ‘the παιδίον Ξἀνακείμενον." 41 Kai κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Ξ0 818 lying. And having taken the hand of the παιδίου, λέγει αὐτῇ, Ταλιθά, *kovpu"" ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευό- child, hesays toher, Talitha, koumi; which is, being inter- 5 εὐθὺς TTrA. χα -- εὐθέως [L]rtr/ ΑἹ. Υ παρακούσας having disregarded Trra. TTrA. ἃ ἀκολουθῆσαι to follow x. b + τὸν TTrA. ἃ + καὶ and GLTTraw. © αὐτὸς LITr. f πάντας GLTTrAW ἃ κούμ τ; κοῦμ TrA. 108 straightway the foun- tain of her blood was dried up ; and she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague. 30 And Jesus, immediately knowing in himself that virtue had gone ont of him, turned him about in the press, and said, Who touched my clothes? 31 And his disciplessaiduntohim, Thou seest the multi- tude thronging thee, and sayest thou, Who touched me? 32 And he looked round about to see her that had done this thing, 33 But the woman fearing and trembling, know- ing what was done in her, came and fell down before him, and told him all the truth. 34 And he said unto her, Daughter, thy faith hath made thee whole; go in peace, and be whole of thy plague, 35 While he yet spake, there came from the ruler of the synagogue’s house cer- tain which said, Thy daughter is dead: why troublest thou the Master any further? 36 As soon as Jesus heard the word that was spoken, he saith unto the ruler of the synagogue, Be ποῦ afraid, only believe. 37 And he suffered no man to follow him, save Peter, and James, and John the brother of James. 38 And he cometh to the house of the ruler of the syna- gogue, and seeth the tumult,and them that wept and wailed great- ly. 39 And when he was come in, he saith unto them, Why make ye this ado, and weep? the damsel is not dead, but sleepeth. 40 And they laughed him to scorn. But when he had put them all out, he taketh the father and the mother of the damsel, and them that were with him, and entereth in where the damsel was lying. 41 And he took the damsel by the hand, and said unto her, Talitha cumi; which is, being interpret- t — ἐπ᾽ (read to her) [L]1Tra. ἡ + Ἰησοῦς Jesus tL. * Θυγάτηρ LTra. 2 μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ with him ς ἔρχονται they come LTTraw. & — ἀνακείμενον G[L]TTra. 104 ed, Damsel, I say unto thee, arise. {2 And straightway the damsel arose, and walked; for she was of the age of twelve years, And they were astonished with a great astonishment. 18 And he charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat. VI. And he went out from thence, and came into his own country ; and his disci- ples follow him. 2 And when the sabbath day was come, he began to teach in the syna- gogue: and many hearing him were as- tonished, saying, From whence hath this man these things? and what wisdom is this which is given unto him, that even such mighty works are wrought by his hands? 3 Is not this the carpenter, the son of Mary, the bro- ther of James, and Joses, and of Juda, and Simon? and are not his sisters here with us? And they wereof- fended at him. 4 But Jesus said unto them, A prophet is not with- out honour, but in his own country, and a- mong his own kin, and in his ΟὟ house. 5 And he could there do no mighty work, save that he lInid his hands upon a few sick folk, and healed them. 6 And he marvelled because of their un- belief. And he went round abont the vil- lages, teaching. 7 And he called unto him the twelve, and began to send them forth by twoand two; and gave them power over unclean spirits; 8 and commanded them that they should take nothing for their journey, save a staff only; no scrip, no bread, no money in their purse: 9 but be shod withsandals ; and MAPKOS. Ve “2 . ‘ > , i usvov, Τὸ κοράσιον, σοὶ λέγω, ᾿ἔγειραι.} 42 Kai "εὐθέως preted, Damsel, tothee Isay, arise. And immediately ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον Kai περιεπάτει, ἦν. γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα. arose the amsel and walked, forshewas“years ‘twelve (old). καὶ ἐξέστησαν ἐκστάσει μεγάλῃ. 48 καὶ διεστείλατο And they were amazed with amazement ‘great. And hecharged αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς πιγνῷ" τοῦτο᾽ καὶ εἶπεν them much that noone shouldknow this; and hesaid [that some- δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν. thing]should be given toher το eat, 6 Kai ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ "Pev' εἰς rHY-warpida.adrov And he went out thence, and came _ into his [own] country ; καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ.μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ: 2 Kai γενομένου and 3follow *him ‘his *disciples. And “being ?come σαββάτου ἤρξατο %v τῇ συναγωγῷ διδάσκειν" καὶ Ῥ πολλοὶ 1sabbath he began in the synagogue to teach ; and many ἀκούοντες ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες, Τόθεν τούτῳ ταῦτα; hearing were astonished, saying, Whence to this [man] these things? καὶ τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα "αὐτῷ," ὅτι" καὶ δυνάμεις and what the wisdom that has been given tohim, that even *works*of *power τοιαῦται διὰ τῶν χειρ πεπητοῦ "γίνονται ;' 8 οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰβπο ἢ. by his hands are done? not “this ‘is ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς ‘Mapiac, “ἀδελφὸς. δὲ" Tasman καὶ “Two the carpenter, the son of Mary, and brother of James and Joses καὶ ᾿Ιούδα καὶ Σίμωνος ; καὶ οὐκ.εἰσὶν αἱ. ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε and Judas and Simon? and are not his sisters here πρὸς ἡμᾶς ; Kai ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ. 4 "ἔλεγεν δὲ!" αὐτοῖς with us? And they were offended in him. But ’said *to *them ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰμὴ ἐν τῇ ’ Jesus, ®Not 718 5a,%prophet without honour, except in πατρίδι. αὑτοῦ" καὶ ἐν τοῖς *ovyyevéow' " καὶ ἐν τῇ his [own] country and among [his] kinsmen and in a? b « “4| » \ > Cc , Π ? ~ d ? , δύ οἰκίᾳ. αὐτοῦ". ὃ Καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο! ἐκεῖ οὐδεμίαν υναμιν his [own] house. And he was “able “there ‘notany work of power ποιῆσαι," εἰ.μὴ ὀλίγοις ἀῤῥώστοις ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας to do, except ona few infirm having laid [his] han , , ‘ e2 , tl ὃ A δὴ Ψ , γ᾽ ἐθεράπευσεν. 6 καὶ ξἐθαύμαζεν ιὰ τὴν.ἀπιστίαν. αὐ - he healed [them]. And he wondered because of their unbelief. τῶν" Kai περιῆγεν τὰς κώμας κύκλῳ διδάσκων. And he went about the villages inacireuit teaching. 7 Kai προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα, καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοὺς And he calls to (him] the twelve, and began them ᾽ t , , , 207 ? me 2. , ~ ΄ ἀποστέλλειν δύο.δύο, καὶ ἐδίδου αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τῶν πνευμά- tosend forth twoandtwo,and gave tothem authority overthe spirits των τῶν ἀκαθάρτων᾽ 8 καὶ παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς wa μηδὲν the unclean ; and he charged them that nothing aiowow εἰς ὁδόν, εἰμὴ ῥάβδον μόνον" μὴ ἱπήραν, they should take for [the] way, except ἃ staff only; no provision bag, μὴ ἄρτον," μὴ εἰς τὴν ζώνην χαλκόν" 9 δάλλ᾽" ὑποδεδεμένους nor bread, nor in the _ belt money ; but be shod i ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. n ἔρχεται comes TTrAW. to this [man] rrr, ἀδελφὸς LTTrAW. ἑαυτοῦ T, © ἐδύνατο TTrA. πήραν TTrA. 1 συγγενεῦσιν ΤΊ, k εὐθὺς ΤΊτΑ. 1+ εὐθὺς immediately T[Tr]a. ™ yvot LTTrA. ο διδάσκειν ἐν TH συναγωγῇ TTr. P + οἱ the Τ[Α]. 4 τούτῳ τ-- ὅτι GLTTrAW. 5 γινόμεναι Tr. t + τῆς TTra. Υ καὶ » Ἰωσῆτος LITrA. χ καὶ ἔλεγεν and “said LITra. Υ αὐτοῦ LTrAW ; a + αὐτοῦ his (kinsmen) [L]?TTra. Ὁ αὐτοῦ LTTrAW. 4 ποιῆσαι οὐδεμίαν δύναμιν LTTrA, © ἐθαύμασεν T. f ἄρτον, μὴ € ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. vers MARK. σανδάλια" Kai μὴ.Βἐνδύσησθε" δύο χιτῶνας. 10 Kai ἔλεγεν with sandals; and put not on two tunics. And he said αὐτοῖς, “Ὅπου. ἐὰν) εἰσέλθητε εἰς οἰκίαν, ἐκεῖ μένετε Ewe ἂν to them, Wherever yeenter into ahouse, there remain until ἐξελθητε ἐκεῖθεν. 11 καὶ *dooudy μὴ.δέξωνται" ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ se go out thence, And asmanyas willnotreceive you, nor ἀκούσωσιν ὑμῶν, ἐκπορευόμενοι ἐκεῖθεν, ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν hear en; depen as: thence, shake off the dust τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν. ποδῶν ὑμῶν, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. ἰἀμὴν which Cis] under your feet, for atestimony to them. Nerily λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται Σοδόμοις ἢ Γομόῤῥοις ἐν ἡμέρᾳ Isay to you, more tolerable it shallbe forSodom or Gomorrha in κρίσεως, ἢ τῇ. πόλει. ἐκείνῃ." 12 Kai ἐξελθόντες miehovo- of judgment ἘΔ for that city. And having gone out they pro- cov' ἵνα “peravonowory.' 13 καὶ δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον, φὐεθτις ΠΟΤΕ imen] should repent. And 7demons ‘many they cast out, καὶ ἤλειφον ἐλαίῳ πολλοὺς ἀῤῥώστους Kai ἐθεράπευον. and anointed with oil many infirm and healed {them]. 14 Kai ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρώδηο; φανερὸν. γὰρ And ‘heard “*the sking erod [of him}, for public ἐγένετο τὸ. Ὀνομα.αὐτοῦ, Kai “ἔλεγεν, Ὅτι ᾿Ιωάννης ὁ βαπ- became his name, and hesaid, John the Bap- τίζων Pir νεκρῶν ἠγέρθη," καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐνεργοῦ- tist from among [the] dead is risen, and because of this Sope- ow αἱ δυνάμεις ἐν αὐτῷ. 15 Αλλοιῖ ἔλεγον, Ὅτι ᾿Ἡλίας" rate ‘the*works*of*powerin him. said, ἐστίν: ἄλλοι.δὲ ἔλεγον, ἡ itis; and others said, προφητῶν. 16 ᾿Ακούσας.δὲ prophets. But having heard byw ἀπεκεφάλισα ᾿Ιωάννην, “beheaded 1John, γὲκ νεκρῶν. from among [the] dead. Others Elias ‘Ort 7 popnrnc ἐστίν," τὴ we εἷς τῶν prophet it is, or as one ofthe ὁ Ἡρώδης Yetzer," ¥"Or' ὃν Herod said, ?=Whom οὗτός “ἐστιν' αὐτὸς" ἠγέρθη he it is. He is risen 17 Αὐτὸς.γὰρ ὁ Ἡρώδης ἀποστείλας For *himself erod having sent ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ" φυλακῇ; seized John, and bound him in the prison, διὰ “Howdiada τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ. αὐτοῦ, on account of erodias the wife of er nY his brother, ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν. 18 ἔλεγεν.γὰρ ὁ Lowe τῷ Howdy, because her he had married. For *said >John to Herod, Ὅτι οὐκιἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ.σου. It is not lawful for thee to have the wife of thy brother. 19 Ἡ.δὲ Ηρωδιὰς ἐνεῖχεν αὐτῷ, καὶ "ἤθελεν! αὐτὸν ἀπο- But Herodias held it ageinse Bie; and wished Shim ‘to κτεῖναι" καὶ οὐκιἠδύνατο. 20 ὁ γὰρ. Ἡρώδης stole τὸν ΞΚ11, and was not able: for Herod feared Ἰωάννην, εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον, καὶ John, Sean him [to be] a man just and holy, and συνετήρει avTov' Kai ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ, πολλὰ ézroist,' καὶ 105 not put on two coats. 10 And he said unto them, In what place soever ye enter into an house, there abide till ye depart from that place. 11 And whosoever shall not receive you, nor hear you, when ye depart thence, shake off the dust under your feet for a testimony a- gainstthem. Verily1 say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Sodom and Gomorrha in the day of judg- ment, than for that city. 12 And they went out, and preached that men should re- pent. 13 And they cast out many devils and anointed with oi many that were sick, and healed them, 14 And king Herod heard of him; (for his name was spread a-~ broad :) and he said, That John the Baptist was risen from thc dead, and therefore mighty works do shew forth themselves in him. 15 Others said. That itis Elias, And others said, That it is a prophet, or as one of the prophets. 16 But when Herod heard thereof, he said, It is John, whom I behead- ed: he is risen from the dead. 17 For Heroa himself had sent forth and laid hold upon John, and bound him in prison for Herodias’ sake, his brother Phi- lip’s wife: for he had married her. 18 For John had said untc Herod, It is not law- ful for thee to have thy brother’s wife. 19 Therefore Herodias had a quarrel against him, and would have killed him; but she could not : 20 for Herod feared John, knowing that he was a just man and an holy, and ob- served him ; and when he heard him, he did kept "safe thim ; and having heard him, manythings did, and many things, and » ἐνδύσασθαι E. i ἂν LTr. K ἐὰν for ἂν τι ; ὃς ἂν τόπος μὴ δέξηται whatsoever place will not receive TTra, 1— ἀμὴν λέγω .... τῇ πόλει , ἐκείνῃ G[L]tTra. m ἐκήρυξαν ΤΊτΑ. 2 μετανοῶσιν LTTrA. νεκρῶν ἀνέστη A. Y ἔλεγεν TTrA, * — τῇ GLTTraw. ° ἔλεγον they said L. a+ ééalso LTTraw. τ ἩἩλείας T. -- Ὅτε LTTrA. χ- ἐστιν" αὐτὸς Ο[ττττὰ. a ἐζήτει Sought L. P ἐγήγερται (has risen) ἐκ νεκρῶν LITr; ἐκ 5. — ἐστίν [L]}rTra. Υ — ἐκ νεκρῶν T[Tr]A. Ὁ ἠπόρει was at a loss [about] τ. τ ἣ GLITraw. 106 heard him _ gladly. 21 And when a con- venient day was come, that Herod on his birthday made a sup- per to his lords, high captains, and _ chief estates of Galilee; 22. and when the daugh ter of the said Herodias came in, and danced, asd pleased Herod and them that sat with him, the king saidunto the damsel, Ask of me whatsoever thou wilt, and I will give it thee. 23 And hesware unto her, Whatsoever thou shalt ask of me, 1 will give it thee, unto the half of my kingdom. 24 Andshe went forth, and said unto her mo- ther, What shall 1 451 ὃ And she said, The head of John the Baptist. 25 And she came in straightway with haste unto the king, and asked, saying, I will that thou give me by and by in acharger the head of John the Baptist. 26 And the king was exceeding sorry ; yet for his oath’s sake, and for their sakes which sat with him, he would not re- ject her. 27 And im- mediately the king sent an executioner, and commanded his head to be brought: and he went and be- headed him in the prison, 28 and brought his head in a charger, and gaveit to the dam- sel: and the damsel gave it to her mother. 29 And when his disci- ples heard of it, they came and took up his corpse, and laid it in a tomb. 30 And the apostles gathered themselves together unto Jesus, and told him all things, both what they had done, and what they had taught. 31 And he said unto them, Come ye yourselves apart MAPKOS. γι. DOE ᾽ ~ » 4 , « , ᾽ ΄ eo ηδεως αὐτοῦ ἤκουεν. 21 Kai γενομένης ἡμέρας. εὐκαίρου, “ὅτε" gladly him heard. And ‘being °come ‘an opportune “day, when Ἡρώδης τοῖς.γενεσίοις.αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον “ἐποίει! τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν Herod on his birthday a supper made to *great *men αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῖς χιλιάρχοις Kai τοῖς πρώτοις τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ‘his and to the chief captains and tothe first [men] of Galilee ; 22 Kai εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτῆς τῆς Ἡρωδιάδος, καὶ and Shaving’come*in'*the daughter “of Sherself Herodias, and ὀρχησαμένης, “καὶ ἀρεσάσης" τῷ ‘Howdy καὶ τοῖς cuvava- having danced, and pleased Herod and those reclining κειμένοις, [εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς" τῷ κορασίῳ, Αἴτησόν με {at table] with [him], “said *the “king tothe damsel, Ask me ΓΝ) κι θέ 4 ’ γι 5) ‘ » ᾽ - ( δ ἐὰν θέλῃς, καὶ δώσω σοί: 23 καὶ ὦμοσεν αὐτῇ, Ὅτι whatever thou wilt, and I willgive to thee. And heswore toher, δ ἐὰν μὲ αἰτήσῃς, δώσω σοί, ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας Whatever me thou mayestask, I will give thee, to half of *kingdom μου. 24 «Ἢ δὲ! ἐξελθοῦσα εἶπεν τῇ.μητρὶ αὐτῆς, Ti ®airn- ‘my. And she having goneout said to her mother, What shallI σομαι:" Ἣ.δὲ εἶπεν, Τὴν κεφαλὴν ᾿Ιωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ." ask? And she said, The head of John the Baptist. 25 Kai εἰσελθοῦσα "εὐθέως" μετὰ σπουδῆς πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, And haying entered immediately with haste to the king, ἠτήσατο, λέγουσα, Θέλω iva wor δῷς ἐξ.αὐτῆς" ἐπὶ πίνακι she asked, saying, I desire that tome thou give atonce upon a dish 4 ‘ ? ’ ~ ~ 4 ch τὴν κε αλτω, Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. 26 Καὶ περίλυπος the ead of John the Baptist. And ‘very ®sorrowful γενόμενος ὁ βασιλεύς. διὰ τοὺς ὕρκους Kai τοὺς {(*while] *made '‘'the “king, on account of the oaths and those who πσυνανακειμένους" οὐκ. ἠθέλ παὐτὴν ἀθετῆ " 27 καὶ μ ο᾽ οὐκ. ἠθέλησεν αὐτὴν ἀθετῆσαι. καὶ reclined [at table] with [him], would not ther reject. And σεῤθεως" ἀποστείλας ὁ βασιλεὺς Ῥσπεκουλάτωρα" ἐπέταξεν immediately “having “sent 'the *king a guardsman ordered φἐνεχθῆναι" rHy-KEepadiy.avrov™. 28 86.62" ἀπελθὼν ἀπεκε- to be brought his head. And he having gone be- φάλισεν αὐτὸν ty τῇ φυλακῇ, Kai ἤνεγκεν τὴν.κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ headed him in the prison, and _ brought his head ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὴν τῷ κορασίῳ" Kai TO κοράσιον upon adish, and gave it tothe damsel, and the amsel ἔδωκεν αὐτὴν τῇ. μητρὶ. αὐτῆς. 29 Kai ἀκούσαντες οἱ μαθηταὶ gave it to her mother. And _ having heard [it] ?disciples αὐτοῦ ‘i\Oor," καὶ ἦραν τὸ.πτῶμα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔθηκαν ®avrd" this came, and took up his corpse, and laid it ἐν τῷ" μνημείῳ. in the tomb. 30 Kai συνάγονται οἱ ἀπόστολοι πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, Kai to and ἀπήγγειλαν αὐτῷ πάντα, “καὶ ὅσα ἐποίησαν καὶ "ὅσα! they related tohim allthings, both what they haddone and what ἐδίδαξαν. 31 καὶ γεῖπεν" αὐτοῖς, Δεῦτε ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ they had taught. And hesaid tothem, Come ye _ yourselves And #are*gathered Stogether*the ?apostles Jesus, COTeL. i βαπτίζοντος TTrA. [at table] Trra. ᾳ ἐνέγκαι [him] to bring TTra, gone he beheaded) urtra. W — καὶ LTTrAW. EGLTTraw. 4 ἐποίησεν LITrA. λεὺς εἶπεν and the king said rTra. ε ἤρεσεν She pleased titra. ἴ εἶπεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς L; ὁ δὲ βασι- Ε καὶ and τττὰ. h αἰτήσωμαι Should I ask nrrraw. Κ εὐθὺς LTTrA. ἐξαυτῆς Sais μοι LTTrA. ™ ἀνακειμένους reclined Ὁ ἀθετῆσαι αὐτήν TTrA. ὁ εὐθὺς TTrA. P σπεκουλάτορα LTTrAW, r + [ἐπὶ mevaxc| on a dish L. 5 καὶ (read and having τ ἦλθαν Trra. ἃ αὐτὸν him τ. υ-- τῷ (read a tomb) % — ὅσα T. Υ λέγει he says TTraw. ΥἹ. MARK. Kar ἰδίαν εἰς ἔρημον τόπον, καὶ Τἀάναπαύΐεσθε" ὀλίγον. Ἦσαν apart into “desert ‘aplace, and rest a little. 7Were οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί, Kai οὐδὲ φαγεῖν *‘and*those ‘going many, and noteven to eat *yvkaipovy." 32 καὶ ἀπῆλθον sic ἔρημον τόπον τῷ had they opportunity. And they went away into “desert ‘aplace by the πλοίῳ" κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. 33 Kai εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας “οἱ ὄχλοι," ὰρ for *those *coming ship apart. And "saw *them Sgoing 1the *crowds, καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν" "αὐτὸν" πολλοί, καὶ πεζῇ ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν “and recognized Shim 7many, and on foot from all the πόλεων συνέδραμον ἐκεῖ, ‘kai προῆλθον αὐτούς," βκαὶ συνῆλ- cities rantogether there, and went before them, and came to- θον πρὸς αὐτόν." 84 καὶ ἐξελθὼν "εῖδεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς" πολὺν gether to him. And having gone out saw 1 Jesus *great ὄχλον, καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾿ ἰαὐτοῖς,! ὅτι ἦσαν Sacrowd,and was moved with compassion towards them, because they were e , \ » , A \ 9 zg ὃ δά ? ‘ we πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα᾽ Kai ἤρξατο διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς as sheep not having ashepherd. And hebegan to teach them πολλά. 8 Kai ἤδη ὥρας.πολλῆς γενομένης," προσεὰ- many things. And already alatehour [it] being, com- θόντες Ἰαὐτῷ" οἱ. μαθηταὶ ταὐτοῦ" "λέγουσιν." Ὅτι ἔρημός ἐστιν . ? . ing to him his disciples say, Desert is « , ‘ » “ fe 4 2 ’ ? 4 e ὁ τόπος, Kai ἤδη ὥρα.πολλή" 36 ἀπόλυσον αὐτούς, ἵνα the place, and already [it is] a late hour; dismiss them, that ἀπελθόντες εἰς τοὺς κύκλῳ ἀγροὺς Kai κώμας, ἀγοράσωσιν having gone ‘to *the ‘in 28 %circuit country and villages, they may buy ἑαυτοῖς °aprouc’' τί γὰρ! φάγωσιν “οὐκ. ἔχουσιν." for themselves bread; “something ‘for to eat they have not. 37 ὋὉ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν. Buthe answering said tothem, Give *to*them ‘ye to eat. Kai λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ᾿Απελθόντες ἀγοράσωμεν διακοσίων And theysay ἴο him, Having gone shall we buy two hundred δηναρίων" ἄρτους, καὶ "δῶμεν" αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν ; 38 ὋὉ δὲ λέγει denarii of bread, and give them to eat? And he says αὐτοῖς, Πόσους ἄρτους ἔχετε ; ὑπάγετε ἱκαὶ" ἴδετε. Kai γνόν- tothem, Howmany loaves have ye? go and 566, And having τες λέγουσινγῦ, Πέντε, καὶ δύο ἰχθύας. 89 Kai ἐπέταξεν αὐτοῖς Known they say, Five, and two fishes. And heordered. them ‘avakNivat" πάντας συμπόσια.συμπόσια ἐπὶ τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ. to make “recline ‘all by companies on the green grass. 40 καὶ *avérecoy' πρασιαὶ. πρασιαί, Yava' ἑκατὸν καὶ ἀνὰ" And they sat down in ranks, by hundreds and by πεντήκοντα. 41 καὶ λαβὼν τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Kai τοὺς δύο fifties. And haying taken the five loaves and the two ἰχθύας, ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν εὐλόγησεν Kai κατέκλα- fishes, hayinglookedup to the heaven he blessed and broke σεν τοὺς ἄρτους, καὶ ἐδίδου τοῖς.μαθηταῖς.“ αὐτοῦ" ἵνα “zrapa- the loaves, and gave to his disciples that they might 107 into a desert placs, and rest a while; for there were many comingand going, and they had no leisure so much as to eat. 32 And they departed into a desert place by ship privately. 33 And the people saw them departing, and many knew him, and ran atoot thither out of all cities, and out- went them, and came together unto him. 34 And Jesus, when he came out, saw much people, and was moved with compassion to- ward them, because they were as sheep not having a shepherd: and he began to teach them many things, 35 And when the day was now far spent, his disciples came unto him, and said, This is a desert place, and now the time zs far passed : 36 send them away, that they may go into the country round about, and into the villages,and buy them- selves bread: for they have nothing to eat. 37 He answered and said unto them, Give ye them toeat. And they say unto him, Shall we go and buy two hundred penny- worth of bread, and give them toeat? 38He saith unto them, How many loaves have ye? go and see. And when they knew, they say, Five, and two fishes. 39 And he commanded them to make all sit down by companies upon the green grass, 40 And they sat down in ranks, by hundreds and by fifties. 41 And when he had taken the five loaves and the two fishes, he looked up to heaven, and blessed, and brake the loaves, and gave them to his disciples to set before ἀναπαύσασθε TIrA. δ εὐκαίρουν LTTrA. ὄχλοι (read they saw) GLTTraW. 4 ἔγνωσαν knew Ltr. f — καὶ προῆλθον αὐτούς G. & — καὶ συνῆλθον πρὸς αὐτόν GLTTrAW. he saw) GTTraw; [ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς] εἶδεν τ,. i αὐτούς LTTrA. μι [αὐτοῦ] L. π ἔλεγον Said TTra. ° — ἄρτους [{{]τττὰ. ἔχουσιν (read buy for themselves something to eat) [L]rrra. 5 δώσομεν Shall we give LtrA; δώσωμεν τ. t — καὶ [L]TTrA. ¥ ἀνακλιθῆναι 1. 1 ἀνέπεσαν TTrA. Y κατὰ LTTrA. 88. παρατιθῶσιν TA. b ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον L. © αὐτοὺς them τ; -- αὐτὸν GLTra. Κ γινομένης 1. Ρ — γὰρ [τι |TTrA. τ δηναρίων διακοσίων GLTTrAW. v + [αὐτῷ] ἴο him x, 28 — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) TTra, c=" ob. h — 6 Ἰησοῦς (read 1 — αὐτῷ τ. 4 — οὐκ 108 them; and the two fishes divided he a- mong them all, 42 And they did all eat, and were filled. 43 And they took up twelve baskets full of the fragments, and of the fishes. 44 And they that did eat of the loaves were about five thousand men. 45 And straightway he con- strained his disciples to get into the ship, and to go to the other side before unto Beth- saida, while he sent a- way the people. 46 And when he had sent them away, he departed into ἃ mountain to pray. 47 And when even was zome, the ship was in the midst of the sea, and he alone on the land. 48 And he saw them toiling in row- ing; for the wind was contrary unto them: and about the fourth watch of the night he cometh unto them, walking upon the sea, and would have passed by them. 49 But when they saw him walking upon the sea, they sup- posed it had been a spirit, and cried out: 30 for they all saw him, and were trou- bled. And immedi- ately he talked with them, and saith unto them, Be of good cheer: itis 1; be not afraid. 51 And he went up unto them into the ship; and the wind ceased: and they were sore amazed in them- selves beyond measure, and wondered, 52 For they considered not the miracle of the loaves: for their heart was hardened, 53 And when they had passed over, they came into the land of Gennesaret, and drew to the shore. 54 And when they were come out of the _ ship, straightway they knew him, 55 and ran through that whole region round about, and began to carry about in beds those ΜΆΡΚΟΣ. θῶσιν" αὐτοῖς" καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν" 42 set before them. And the two fishes he divided among all. ἔφαγον πάντες, Kai ἐχορτάσθησαν" 43 καὶ ἦραν ὕκλασμά- Zate tall, and were satisfied. And they took up of frag- των" δώδεκα “copivouc' ἁπλήρεις," καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἰχθύων. 44 Kai ments twelve hand-baskets full, and of the fishes. And Vi. και And ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους “ὡσεὶ πεντακισχίλιοι Twere ‘those μοῦ ate "οὗ ‘the loaves about five thousand ἄνδρες. 45 Kai ‘ebOéwe! ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ men. And immediately he compelled his disciples ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν εἰς TO πέραν πρὸς Βηθ- toenter intothe ship, and to go before to the otherside to Beth- σαϊδάν. ἕως αὐτὸς βἐἀπολύσῃ᾽ τὸν ὄχλον. 46 καὶ ἀποταξάμενος saida, until he should dismiss the crowd. And having taken leave of αὐτοῖς, ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος προσεύξασθαι. 47 Kai ὀψίας them, he departed into the mountain to pray. And evening γενομένης, ἦν τὸ πλοῖον ἐν μέσῳ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ αὐτὸς being come, *was'the “ship in themidst of the . sea, and he μόνος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 48 Kai *eldev' αὐτοὺς βασανιζομένους alone upon the land, And he saw them labouring ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν, ἣν.γὰρ ὁ ἄνεμος ἐναντίος αὐτοῖς" ἱκαὶ" περὶ in the rowing, for *was ‘the *wind contrary tothem; and about τετάρτην φυλακὴν τῆς νυκτὸς ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτούς, περιπα- {the] fourth watch ofthe night hecomes_ to them, walk- τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ ἤθελεν παρελθεῖν αὐτούς. 49 οἱ. δὲ ing on the sea, and would havepassedby them. But they, ἰδόντες αὐτὸν "περιπατοῦντα ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης," ἔδοξαν l seeing him walking on the sea, thought [it] φάντασμα ""ῖναι,; καὶ ἀνέκραξαν. 50 πάντες. γὰρ αὐτὸν 381) apparition ‘tobe, and cried out: for all *him πεῖδον,"! καὶ ἐταράχθησαν. Kai εὐθέως" ἐλάλησεν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν, ‘saw, and were troubled. And immediately he spoke with them, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Θαρσεῖτε" ἐγώ εἰμι, μὴ-φοβεῖσθε. and says to them, Be of goodcourage: [ am [he]; fear not. 51 Kai ἀνέβη πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, Kai ἐκόπασεν ὁ And hewentup to them ἰηΐο the ship, and 3161. ‘the ἄνεμος" καὶ λίαν ΡῬὲκ. περισσοῦ! ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο, 2wind, Andexceedingly beyond measure in themselves they were amazed, Yai ἐθαύμαζον"" 52 οὐ.γὰρ.συνῆκαν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις" "ἦν. γὰρ" and wondered ; for they understood not by the loaves, for “was 8) capdia.avTay" πεπωρωμένη. ‘their *heart hardened, 53 Kai διαπεράσαντες ᾿ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν" “Γενησαρέτ," And haying passed over theycame to the nd of Gennesaret, καὶ προσωρμίσθησαν. 54 καὶ ἐξελθόντων. αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ and drew to shore, And on their coming out of the / ᾽ , , ’ πλοίου, [εὐθέως! ἐπιγνόντες αὐτόν“, 55 “περιδραμόντες" ship, immediately having recognized him, running through / A , ᾽ , ‘ ~ , ὅλην τὴν rEpixwoor'txeiyyny ἤρξαντο ἐπὶ τοῖς δκραββάτοις" 811 that country around they began on couches b κλάσματα A. Z ἀπολύει dismisses LTTra. 1+ ὅτι that τ. P [ἐκ περισσοῦ] Tr. ξεριπουοῦντα τ. ὃ δὲ εὐθὺς τ΄. 5 αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία LTTrAW. ἄνδρες τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου ] the men of that place 1,. Υ χώραν (omit around) rrra. © κοφίνων TA. 6..-- ὡσεὶ GLITrAW. εὐθὺς TTrA. h ἰδὼν seeing ΟΤΤΤΓᾺ. i— καὶ LTTrA. k ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης m ἐστιν it is 1. ἢ εἶδαν TTr. ο καὶ εὐθὺς LTrA ; 4 --οΟ καὶ ἐθαύμαζον [L] τττΑ. τ ἀλλ᾽ ἦν but was TTr. ἰ Υ Τεννησαρὲτ LITrAW. w+ [οἱ x περιέδραμον they ran through rrr. ® κραβάττοις LTTrAW. d πληρώματα TTrA. ἴ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἦλθον εἰς Ὑ, * + καὶ and TTr, VI, VII. MARK. τοὺς κακῶς. ἔχοντας περιφέρειν, ὅπου ἤκουον ὅτι those that were ill to carry about, where they were hearing that c ~\l > ‘4 « dz " ᾽ 7 ? , a e ἐκεῖ! ἐστιν. 56 καὶ ὕπου “ἂν" εἰσεπορεύετο εἰς κώμας ἢ there he was. And wherever heentered into villages or (lit. he is.) πόλεις ἢ ° ἀγρούς, ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς [ἐτίθουν! τοὺς ἀσθενοῦν- cities or elds, in the marketplaces they laid thosewho were sick, rac, καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν ἵνα κἂν τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ and ought him that ifonly the border ἱματίου.αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται: καὶ boo ἂν ξἥπτοντο! αὐτοῦ ofhis garment they might touch; and as many as touched him ἐσώζοντο. were healed. 7 Kai συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες And are gathered together to him the Pharisees and some ~ , 2 7 ᾽ ie ’ , ᾽ , τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων" 2 Kai ἰδόντες ofthe scribes, having come from Jerusalem ; and having seen τινὰς τῶν.μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ κοιναῖς χερσίν, ἱτοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν! some of his disciples with defiled hands, that is ἀνίπτοις, ξἐσθίοντας" ldprovc, πἐμέμψαντο"" 8 οἱ. γὰρ Pagi- unwashed, eating bread, they found fault; forthe Phari- σαῖοι καὶ πάντες οἱ ᾿Τουδαῖοι, ἐὰν.μὴ "πυγμῇ" νίψωνται τὰς sees and all the Jews, unless with the fist they wash the χεῖρας, οὐκ.ἐσθίουσιν, κρατοῦντες THY παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσ- hands, eat not, holding the tradition of the el- Buréipwr 4 καὶ οἀπὸ" ἀγορᾶς, ἐὰν.μὴ βαπτίσωνται ders ; and {on coming] from the market, unless they washthemselves οὐκ. ἐσθίουσιν: καὶ ἄλλα πολλά ἐστιν ἃ παρέλαβον they eat ποῦ ; and 7other *things ‘many there are which they received κρατεῖν, βαπτισμοὺς ποτηρίων Kai ξεστῶν καὶ χαλκίων Prat to hold, washings of cups and vessels and brazenutensils and κλινῶν" 5 “ἔπειτα! ἐπερωτῶσιν αὐτὸν ot Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ couches : then question him the Pharisees and the γραμματεῖς, "Διατί" ϑοὶ. μαθηταί.σου οὐ-περιπατοῦσιν" κατὰ scribes, Why sthy *disciples lwalk “not according to τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ 'ἀνίπτοις" χερσὶν the tradition of the elders, but withunwashed hands ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον ; 6 Ὁ.δὲ ᾿ἀποκριθεὶς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ¥ Ort" eat bread? Buthe answering said tothem, καλῶς “προεφήτευσεν' Ἡσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, Well prophesied Esaias concerning you, hypocrites, ὡς ΠΡΈΠΩΝ Υ τρῦτος ὁ λαὸς"! τοῖς χείλεσίν pe τιμᾷ, it as been written, This ¢ \ ΄ 2. ~ ere ? , ? 72 ~ ἡ.δὲ καρδία.αὐτῶν πόῤῥω ἀπέχει ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ. 7 lips me honour, μάτην δὲ σέβον- people with the but their heart far isaway from me. ut in vain they wor- , , , ? , ? ’ ταί με, διδάσκοντες διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων. ship me, teaching [85] teachings injunctions of men. 8 ᾿Αφέντες."γὰρ' τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ, κρατεῖτε τὴν Tapa- For, leaving the commandment of God, yehold_ the tra- δοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥβαπτισμοὺς ἕεστῶν Kai ποτηρίων, Kai dition of men, washings of vessels and cups, and ς — ἐκεῖ LT[Tr]. ἃ ἐὰν τ. e + eis into [L]rtra. h + ὅτι that Trr. i τουτέστιν LA. Κ ἐσθίουσιν they eat TIr. πὶ — ἐμέμψαντο (read verses 3 and 4in parenthesis) GLTTraAW. Ῥ--- καὶ κλινῶντ. SxKatiandLttra. ‘éia7¢LTra, t κοιναῖς with defiled GLTTrAW. " -- ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA. LTTrA,. y+ ὅτι Τ. τ Ὁ λαὺς οὗτος L. 8.- yap for ατττὰ. ποιεῖτε T[TrA]. f ἐτίθεσαν TTrA. 2 πυκνὰ Often T. 5 οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σον TTrA, w — Ὅτι [1|Τ{ΤτᾺ]. b — βαπτισμοὺς .... 109 that were sick, where they heard he was, 56 And whithersoever he entered, into yil- lages, or cities, or country, they laid the sick in the streets, and besought him that they might touch if it were but the border of his garment: and as many as touched him were made whole. VII, Then came to- gether unto him the Pharisees, and certain of the scribes, whieh came from Jerusalem. 2 And when they saw some of his disciples eat bread with defiled, that is to say, with unwashen, hands, they found fault. 3 For the Pharisees, and all the Jews, except they wash their hands oft, eat not, holding the tra- dition of the elders. 4 And when they come from the market, ex- cept they wash, they eat not. d many other things there be, which they have re- ceived to hold, as the washing of cups, and pots, brasen vessels, and of tables. 5 Then the Pharisees and scribes asked him, Why walk not thy disciples according to the tra- dition of the elders, but eat bread with un- washen hands? 6 He answered and said un- to them, Well hath Esaias prophesied of ou hypocrites, as it is written, This people honoureth me with their lips, but their heart is far from me. 7 Howbeit in vain do they worship me, teaching for doctrines the commandments of men. 8 For laying aside the command- ment of God, ye hold the tradition of men, as the washing of pots and cups: and many & ἥψαντο LTTr. 1+ τοὺς LTTrA. ο ἀπ᾽ LTrA. x ἐπροφήτευσεν 110 other such like things yedo. 9 And he said unto them, Full well ye reject the com- mandment of God, that ye may keep your own tradition. 10 For Moses said, Honour thy father and thy mother; and, Whoso curseth father or mo- ther, let him die the death: 11 but yesay, If a man shall say to his father or mother, It is Corban, that is to say, a gift, by whatso- ever thou mightest be profited by me; he shall be free. 12 And ye suffer him no more to do ought for his fa- ther or his mother; 13 making the word of God of none effect through your tradi- tion, which ye have delivered: and many such like things do ye. 14 And when he had called all the people unto him, he said unto them, Hearken unto me every one of you, aud understand : 15 there is nothing from without a man, that entering into him can defile him: but the things which come out of him, those are they that defile the man. 161f any man have ears to hear, let him hear. 17 And when he was entered into the house from the people, his disciples asked him concernin; the parable. 18 An he saith unto them, Are ye so without un- derstanding also? Do ye not perceive, that whatsoever thing from without entereth into the man, ἐξ cannot defile him; 19 because it entereth not into his heart, but into the belly, and goeth out into the draught, purging all meats? 20 d he said, That which cometh out of the man, that defileth the man. 2] For from within, out of the heart of men, proceed evil thoughts, adul- teries, fornications, murders, 22 thefts, covetousness, wicked- © Mwvons LITraW. LTTrA. 2 + τὸν the (house) ΒΕ ἀκούσατέ LTTrA. ἐκπορευόμενα from the man go Ουύττατα. ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ΜΙ. ἄλλα παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε.! 9 Καὶ ἔλεγεν *other *like (®things] *such many ye do. And he said αὐτοῖς, Καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν to them, Well do ye set aside the commandment of God, that παράδοσιν. ὑμῶν τηρήσητε. 10 “Μωσῆς".γὰρ εἶπεν, Τίμα your tradition ye may observe. For Moses said, Honour τὸν. πατέρα.σου Kai τὴν. μητέρα.σου" καί, Ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα thy father and thy mother ; and, Hewhospeaksevilof father nA , ig fe € ~ Ὧν , ? \ m” ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω. 11 Ὑμεῖς ξ λέγετε, ᾿Εὰν εἴπῃ or mother by death let him die. ut ye say, If say ἄνθρωπος τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, Κορβᾶν, ὃ ἐστιν, δῶρον, ta *man to father or mother, [It is] a corban, (that is, a gift,) ὃ. ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς" 12 ἀκαὶ" οὐκέτι ἀφίετε whatever from me thou mightest be profited by :— and no longer ye suffer αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι τῷ-.πατρὶ. “αὐτοῦ! ἢ τῇ. μητρὶ “αὐτοῦ," him anything to do for his father or his mother, (lit. nothing) > ~ κ , ~ ~ ~ , « ~ 18 ἀκυροῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ. παραδόσει. ὑμῶν making void the word of God by your tradition which TAapeOWKATE’ καὶ παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε. ye have delivered; and “like (*things}] “such ‘many ye do. 14 Kai προσκαλεσάμενος ἵἥπάντα! τὸν ὄχλον, ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, And having called to [him] all the crowd, hesaid to them, 8’ Axoveré! μου πάντες, καὶ "συνίετε." 15 οὐδέν ἐστιν ἔξω- Hear ye me, all, and understand: Nothing there is from with- θεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς αὐτόν, ὃ δύναται out the man entering into him, which is able Ἰαὐτὸν κοινῶσαι"" ἀλλὰ τὰ Κἐκπορευόμενα ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ," him to defile ; but the things which go out from him, Ἰἐκεῖνά" ἐστιν τὰ κοινοῦντατὸν ἄνθρωπον. 16™E τις those are thethingswhich defile the man. If anyone ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω." 17 Kai ὅτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς " οἶκον have ears tohear, let him hear, And when hewent into a house ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ “περὶ τῆς from the crowd, Sasked *him this disciples concerning the παραβολῆς." 18 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Οὕτως Kai ὑμεῖς ἀσύνε- parable. And hesays tothem, ‘Thus “also *ye *®without ®un- τοί ἐστε; οὐ-νοεῖτε OTL πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπο- derstanding ‘are? Perceive ye not that everything which from without ρευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον οὐ-δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι ; ters into the man is not able him to defile ? 19 ὅτι οὐκ.εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς THY because it enters not tof Shim ‘into 7the “heart, but into the κοιλίαν" καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται, ῬΡκαθαρίζον" πάντα belly, and into the draught goes out, purifying all τὰ βρώματα. 20 [Ἐλεγεν.δέ, Ὅτι τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου the food. And he said, That which out of the man ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 21 ἔσωθεν. γὰρ en- goes forth, that defiles the man. For from within ’ ~ A ~ ν᾽ , c A « ‘ ? ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ot διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκ- out of the heart of men “reasonings ‘evil go , q ~ ~ ΄ 99 dh ΠῚ i πορεύονται; μοιχειαι, TOOVELAL, φόνοι, awe KAOTAL, TWAEOV forth, adulteries, fornications, murders, thefts, covetous f πάλιν again k ἐκ TOU ἀνθρώπον m — verse 16 T['Tra ]. P καθαρίζων LTTrA. d — καὶ LTTr[ Aj. © — αὐτοῦ (read [his]) Lrtra. h σύνετε LYTrA. i κοινῶσαι αὐτόν T. 1 — ἐκεῖνά T[Tr]. τ 9 τὴν παραβολὴν the parable Lrtra. 4 πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι TTrA. Vil. MARK. εξίαι, πονηρίαι, δόλος, ἀσέλγεια, ὀφθαλμὸς πονηρός, desires, wickednesses, guile, licentiousness, an eye wicked, βλασφημία, ὑπερηφανία, ἀφροσύνη: 23 πάντα ταῦτα τὰ blasp’ ama Bane hebiees; folly: all these πονηρὰ ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται, καὶ κοινοῖ TOY ἄνθρωπον. evils from within go forth, and defile the man, 24 "Kai ἐκεῖθεν! dvacrdc ἠ͵ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὰ "μεθόρια" And thence havingrisenug he went away into the borders Τύρου ‘kai Σιδῶνος". καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν!" οἰκίαν, οὐδένα of Tyre and _ Sidon; and havingenteredinto the house, no one w70edev' γνῶναι, Kai οὐκ. “ἠδυνήθη" λαθεῖν. 25 Yaxovoaca he wished to know [10], διὰ hecould not be hid. Bean Sheard yap! γυνὴ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἧς εἶχεν τὸ.θυγάτριον. αὐτῆς πνεῦμα for 7a*woman about him, of whom‘had ‘ther “little “daughter 8 spirit ἀκάθαρτον, Τέἐλθοῦσα" προσέπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς.πόδας αὐτοῦ" unclean, ees come fell at his feet, 26 5ἦν.δὲ ἡ γυνὴ" Ἑλληνίς, ὈΣυροφοίνισσα! τῷ γένει" καὶ com Swas'the*woman a Greek, Syrophenician by race), and ἠρώτα αὐτὸν ἵνα τὸ δαιμόνιον “ἐκβάλλῃ! ἐκ τῆς θυγατρὸς asked him that the demon heshould cast forth out of ?daughter αὐτῆς. 27 40.08 Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν" αὐτῇ, Αφες πρῶτον χορτασ- ther, But Jesus said toher, Suffer first to be satis- θῆναι τὰ Téxva’ οὐ.γὰρ “καλόν ἐστιν" λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν fied the children; fornot good is it totake the bread of the τέκνων, καὶ [βαλεῖν τοὶς κυναρίοις." 28 ‘H.dé ἀπεκρίθη καὶ children, and cast Cit] to the dogs. But she answered and λέγει αὐτῷ, Nai, κύριε: KxaiSyap" τὰ κυνάρια ὑποκάτω τῆς says tohim, Yea, Lord; foreven the little dogs under the ’ h2 , τραπέζης "ἐσθίει" ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν παιδίων. 29 Kai εἶπεν table eat of the crumbs ofthe children. And he said αὐτῇ, Διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ὕπαγε ἐξελήλυθεν ἱτὸ δαι- ἴο ety Because of this word go; has gone forth the de- Ι" > ~ 2 ‘ μόνιον ἐκ τῆς.θυγατρός.σου." 80 Καὶ ἀπελθοῦσα εἰς τὸν mon out of thy daughter. οἶκον. αὐτῆς, εὗρεν ἔτὸ δαιμόνιον ἐξεληλυθός, καὶ τὴν Ovya- And having gone away to ΠΕΣ ἬΟΠΕΟΣ shefound the demon hadgoneforth, and the daugh- τέρα βεβλημένην ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης." on the bed. 31 Kai aly ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου ἱκαὶ Σιδῶνος, And again Pavans, departed from the borders of Tyre and Sidore ἦλθεν" ππρὸς" τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ava μέσον he came to the sea of Galilee, through [the] midst τῶν ὁρίων Δεκαπόλεως. 82 καὶ φέρουσιν αὐτῷ κωφὸν " ofthe borders of eee And they bring tohim a deaf man CuoyiAdAoy," καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ who spoke with difficulty, and they beseech him that he rng lay αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρε 33 καὶ ἀπολαβόμενος αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ on him [his} hand. And having taken away him from the 111 ness, deceit, lascivi- ousness, an evil eye, blasphemy, pride, fool- ishness: 23 all these evil things come from within, and defile the man. 24 And from thence he arose, and went into the borders of Tyre and Sidon, and entered into an house, and would have no man know it: but he could not be hid 25 For a certain wo- man, whose young daughter had an un- clean spirit, heard of him, and came and fell at his feet: 26 the wo- man was a Greek, a Syrophenician by na- tion ; and she besought him that he would east forth the devil out of her daughter. 27 But Jesus said unto her, Let the children first be filled: for it is not meet to take the children’s bread, and to cast it unto the dogs. 28 And she an- swered and said unto him, Yes, Lord: yet the dogs under the table eat of the child- ren’scrumbs, 29 And he said unto her, For this saying go thy way ; the devil is gone out of thy daughter, 30 And when she wag come to her house, she found the devil gone out, and her daughter laid upon the bed. 31 And again, depart- ing from the coasts of Tyre and Sidon, he came unto the sea οἵ Galilee, through the midst of the coasts of Decapolis. 32 And they bring unto him one that was deaf, and had an impediment in his speech ; and they be seech him to put his handupon him, 33 And he took him aside from the multitude, and τ Ἐκεῖθεν δὲ TA. t — καὶ Σιδῶνος TA. W ἠθέλησεν T. x ἠδυνάσθη T. ΤΊΤΑ. 2 εἰσελθοῦσα having comein T. οινίκισσα G; Συροφοινίκισσα LTW ,; Spa Φοινίκισσα Tra. ἔλεγεν and he said urtra. ἐστιν ᾿καλὸν LTTrA. for [L]tTr. Β ἐσθίουσιν LITraw. 5 ὅρια LTTr. Σιδῶνος he came through Sidon urtra. ™ eis unto GLTTrA. 5 μογγιλάλον Tr. 1 ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου τὸ δαιμόνιον TA. (the child) βεβλημένον ἐπὶ τὴν κλίνην καὶ τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐξεληλυθός LTTrA. ¥ — τὴν (read a house) LTTraW. Υ ἀλλ᾽ εὐθὺς ἀκούσασα but immediately having heard 5 ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἣν LTA; ἡ γυνὴ δὲ ἦν Tr. 8 ἐκβάλῃ GLTTrAW. f τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν Tira. & — γὰρ b Supa 4 κα. Κ 70 παιδέοι 1 ἦλθεν διὸ n + καὶ and LTTr. 112 put his fingers into his ears, and he spit, and touched his tongue; 34 and looking up to heaven, he sighed, and saith unto him, Ephphatha, that is, Be opened. 35 And straightway his ears were opened, and the string of his tongue was loosed, and he spake plain. 36 And he charged them _ that they should tell no man: but the more he charged them, 80 much the more a great deal they published it; 37 and were beyond measure astonished, saying, He hath done things well: he maketh both the deaf to hear, and the dumb to speak. VIII. In those days the multitude being very great, and having nothing to eat, Jesus called his disciples unto him, and saith unto them, 2 I have compassion on the multitude, because they have now been with me three days, and have nothing to eat: 3 and if I send them away fasting to their own houses, they will faint by the way: for divers of them came from far, 4 And his disciples answered him, From whence can 8. man satisfy these men with bread here in the _ wilderness ? 5 And he asked them, How many loaves have e? And they said, ven, 6 And he com- manded the people to sit down on the ound: and he took he seven loaves, and ave thanks, and rake, and gave to his disciples to set before them; and they did set them before the people. 7 And they ad a few small fishes: and he blessed, and commanded to set MA PIK. O¢. VII, VIII. ὄχλου κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. ἔβαλεν τοὺς. δακτύλους.Ραὐτοῦ" εἰς τὰ ὦτα crowd apart, he put his fingers to 7earg αὐτοῦ, καὶ πτύσας ἥψατο τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ, 34 καὶ ava- this, and having spit he touched his tongue, and having βλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐστέναξεν, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Εφφαθά, looked up to the heaven he groaned, and says tohim, LEphphatha, ὅ ἐστιν, Διανοίχθητι. 85 Kai “εὐθέως" "διηνοίχθησαν" αὐτοῦ that is, Be opened. And immediately were opened his αἱ ἀκοαί, καὶ " ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς. γλώσσης.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐλάλει ears, and was loosed the band of his tongue, and he spoke ὀρθῶς. 86 καὶ διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς wa μηδενὶ ᾿εἴπωσιν"" rightly. And he charged them that noone they should tell, a δὲ Vv ᾽ A il ? ~ ὃ ἐλλ w ἀλλ , OOOV.0E αὐτὸς AUTOLC OLEOTE €T0, μαλλον περισσότερον But as τη πο 85 he them charged, exceeding more abundantly ἐκήρυσσον. 37 καὶ ὑπερπερισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες, they proclaimed [it]: and above measure they wereastonished, saying, Καλῶς πάντα πεποίηκεν" καὶ τοὺς κωφοὺς ποιεῖ ἀκούειν, ®Well ‘all ‘things *he *has*done: both the deaf he makes to hear, καὶ Στοὺς" ἀλάλους λαλεῖν. and the dumb tospeak, my ? ? ΄ » « , y 5A Π μὲ mn » Ev ἐκείναις.ταῖς μέραις παμπολλου ὄχλου ὄντος, In those days very great [the] crowd being, καὶ μὴ ἐχόντων τί φάγωσιν, προσκαλεσάμενος τὸ Ἴη- and ποῦ having what they mayeat, “having “called *to [*him] Jo σοῦς" τοὺς. μαθητὰς."αὐτοῦ" λέγει αὐτοῖς, Σπλαγχνίζομαι sus his disciples he says to them, Iam moved with compassion ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον: ὅτι ἤδη Ῥὴμέρας" τρεῖς προσμένουσίν “μοι," on the crowd, becausealready “days ‘three theycontinue with me καὶ οὐκ. ἔχουσιν τί φάγωσιν᾽ ὃ καὶ ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς and have not what they may eat ; and if Ishallsendaway them ἀ ήστεις" εἰς οἴκον.αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ" “τινὲς. γὰρ" fasting to their home, they willfaint in the way; for some > ~ f , Pass '" ‘ ? iO ? ~ ε αὐτῶν ἱ μακρόθεν δἥκασιν." 4 Καὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθη- ofthem fromafar 8:16 come, And answered *him *disci- rai αὐτοῦ, "Πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεται τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ples ‘his, Whence ‘these ‘shall*be*able 7anyone *here to satisfy ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας ; 5 Kai ἐπηρώτα" αὐτούς, Πόσους ἔχετε with bread ina desert? Aud he asked them, Howmany *have*ye ἄρτους ; Οἱ.δὲ Κεῖπον," Ἕπτά. 6 Kai ἱπαρήγγειλεν" τῷ ὄχλῳ ‘loaves? Andthey said, Seven. And he ordered the crowd ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Kai λαβὼν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους, to recline on the ground. And havingtaken the seven loaves, πιεὐχαριστήσας ἔκλασεν Kai ἐδίδου τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, ἵνα having given thanks he broke and gave to his disciples, that ππαραθῶσιν" καὶ παρέθηκαν τῷ ὄχλῳ. 7 καὶ they might set before[them]. And they set [it] before the crowd. And οεῖχον" ἰχθύδια ὀλίγα" καὶ Ῥὰ εὐλογήσας “"εἶῖπεν παρα- they had small fishes afew; and having blessed he desired *to*be *set P — αὐτοῦ (read [his] fingers) T. *+ εὐθὺς immediately 1. τ + αὐτοὶ they Lrtra. gous GLTTrAW. LUTr]A. Pa - ταῦτα these L. ® — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) TTr. 4 νήστις T. & ἥκουσι EW ; εἰσίν are A. γέλλει he orders LTtTra. ᾿ ᾳ — εἩὐθέως [L]TTrA. τ ἠνοίγησαν LTTrA. t λέγωσιν TTrA. v¥ — αὐτὸς (read he chee LTTrAW. xX — τοὺς TTrA. Υ πάλιν πολλοῦ again great LrTrA. *%*—o'In- Ὁ ἡμέραι GLTTrAW. © — μοι f + ἀπὸ from (afar) TTrA. h + ὅτι TTrA. i ρώτα TTrA. k εἶπαν TIrA. | παραγ- m + [καὶ] and L. 1 παρατιθῶσιν TTrA. ° εἶχαν LTTrA. 98 elev παρατεθῆναι καὶ αὐτὰ L; αὐτὰ εἶπεν και ταῦτα παρατιθέναι Tr; © καίτινες ANd ΒΟΙῺΘ LTTrA. αὐτὰ παρέθηκεν he set these before [them] Ta. VIII. MARK. θεῖναι καὶ αὐτά." 8 τἔφαγον.δὲ! καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν. καὶ *before [(7them] also *these. And they ate and were satisfied. And ἦραν περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ "σπυρίδας." 9 ἦσαν δὲ they took up%over *and above ‘of*fragments seven _ baskets. And *were tot φαγόντες" we τετρακισχίλιοι Kai ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς. ‘those2who“had‘eaten about fourthousand; and hesent*away ‘them. 10 Kai "εὐθέως" ἐμβὰς" εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν Andimmediately having enteredintothe ship with *disciples αὐτοῦ, ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά. 11 Kai ἐξῆλθον οἱ this, hecame into the parts of Dalmanutha. And *went ‘out ‘the Φαρισαῖοι καὶ ἤρξαντο συζητεῖν" αὐτῷ, ζητοῦντες παρ᾽ Pharisees and began to dispute with him, seeking from αὐτοῦ σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. πειράζοντες αὐτόν. 12 Kai him asign from the heaven, tempting him, And ἀναστενάξας τῷ.πνεύματι.αὐτοῦ λέγει, Ti ἡ.γενεὰ. αὕτη having groaned in his spirit he says, Why “this *generation Yonpsiov ἐπιζητεῖ ;' ἀμὴν λέγω τὑμῖν,, εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ “a sign ‘seeks ὃ erily Isay toyou, If there shall be given ~ , ~ 4 ? ‘ ? , a2 A γενεᾷ. ταύτῃ σημεῖον. 13 Kai ἀφεὶς αὐτούς, "ἐμβὰς tothis generation 8, ΒΡ, And having left them, having entered tr " b ᾽ A λ ~ Il ? AAG ? A , παλιν “ELC τὸ πλοιον ATNAVEVY εἰς TO περᾶν. again into the ship he went away to the other side. 14 Kai ἐπελάθοντο λαβεῖν ἄρτους, καὶ εἰμὴ Eva ἄρτον And they forgot to take oaves, and except one loaf ? ? c ~ " ~ ΄ a 9 , οὐκ. εἶχον μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ. 15 καὶ διεστέλλετο they had ποὺ [any] with them in the © ship. And hecharged ? ~ λέ e ~ c , ? ‘ ~ ιν ~ , αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Ὁρᾶτε, “ βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων them, saying, See, take heed of the leaven ofthe Pharisees καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρώδου. 16 Kai διελογίζοντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους, andofthe leaven of Herod. And they reasoned with one another, ἀλέγοντες,; Ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ “ἔχομεν." 17 Kai γνοὺς saying, Because loaves “not ‘we “have. And knowing [10] (ὁ Ἰησοῦς" λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ti διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ Jesus says tothem, Why reason ye because loaves not ἔχετε; οὔπω.νοεϊτε οὐδὲ συνίετε; Sere! πεπωρωμένην ἢ μενη γα ατϑῦ Do ye not yet perceive nor understand? Yet hardened a” 4 S7 ec ~ > 4 » ? , ἔχετε τὴν.καρδίαν. ὑμῶν ; 18 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες οὐ.βλέπετε ; have ye your heart? Eyes having, do ye not see? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες οὐκιἀκούετε; Kai οὐ-μνημονεύετε; 19 Ore and ears having, doyenothear? and 0 γΥθ8 not remember? τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους ἔκλασα εἰς τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους, ἢ πόσους the five loaves Ibroke to the five thousand, how many κοφίνους 'πλήρεις κλασμάτων" ἤρατε; Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, hand-baskets offragments took ye up? Theysay’ tohim, Δώδεκα. 20 “Ore*d?" τοὺς éxra! εἰς τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους, Twelve. And when the seven to _ the four thousand, , , , ’,΄ » 6 m « A πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα κλασμάτων ἤρατε; MOLE of ΒΟΥ many baskets [the] fillings of fragments took yeup? Andthey elroy," Ἕπτά. 21 Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, "Πῶς" ot" συνίετε; said, Seven. And hesaid tothem, How “ποῦ ‘do *ye understand? When J' 113 them also before them. 8 So Ee did eat, and were ed: and they took up of the broken meat that was left seven baskets. 9 And they that had eaten were about four thou- sand: and he sent them away. 10 And straightway he entered into a ship with his disciples, and came into the parts of Dalmanutha, 11 And the Pharisees came forth, and began to question with him, seeking of him a sign from heaven, tempting him, 12 And he sighed deeply in his spirit, and saith, Why doth this generation seek after asign? verily 1 say unto you, There shall no sign be given unto this generation. 13 And he left them, and entering into the ship again departed to the other side, 14 Now the disciples had forgotten to take bread, neither had they in the ship with them more than one loaf, 15 And he charged them, saying, Take heed, beware of the leaven of the Phari- sees, and @f the leayen of Herod. 16 And they reasoned among them- selves, saying, 7ὲ w because we have no bread. 17 And when Jesus knew it, he saith untothem, Why reason ye, because ye have no bread? perceive ye not yet, neither under- stand? have ye your heart yet hardened? 18 Having eyes, see ye not? and haying ears, hear ye not? and do @ not remember? 19 When I brake the five loaves among five thousand, how many baskets full of frag- ments took ye up? They say unto him, Twelve, 20 And when the seven among four thousand, how many baskets full of frag- ments took ye up? And they said, Seven, 21 And he said unto them, How is it that ye donot understand? τ καὶ ἔφαγον LTTr. 5 σφυρίδας L. τ εὐθὺς LTTrA. W + [αὐτὸς] hex. 3 πάλιν ἐμβὰς LTTrA. embarked) Ta. ¢ + [καὶ] and x. £ — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he says) T[Tr]a. Lrtraw. Κ [δὲ] Tra; καὶ Τ. αὐτῷ and they say to him a. * συνζητεῖν LTTrA. ad — λέγοντες LTTrA. Ε — ἔτι LTTrA. 1 [ἄρτους] loaves x. n — ἸΙῶς ΤΑ. h4+ καὶ τ. τ — οἱ φαγόντες (read and they were) T[Trja. Υ ζητεῖ σημεῖον LTTrA. Ὁ — τὸ LTrw; [εἰς πλοῖον] Tr; --- εἰς τὸ πλοῖον (read ἐμβὰς having © ἔχουσιν they have LTra. 1 κλασμάτων πλήρεις ™ καὶ λέγουσιν T; καὶ λέγουσιν ο οὔπω not yet LTTra. : [ὑμῖν] A. Ι 114 22 And he cometh to Bethsaida; and they bring a blind manunto him, and besought him totouch him. 23 And he took the blind man by the hand, and led him out of the town; and when he had spit on his eyes, and put his hands upon him, he asked him if he saw ought. 24 And he look- ed up, and said, I see men as trees, walking. 25 After that he put his hands again upon his eyes, and made him look up: and he was restored, and saw every man clearly. 26 And he sent him away to his house, saying, Neither go into the town, nor tell i to any in the town. 27 And Jesus went out, and his disciples, into the towns of Ceresarea Philippi : and by the way he asked his disciples, saying unto them, Whom do men say that I am? 28 And they answered, John the Baptist: but some say, Elias; and others, One of the pro- phets. 29 And he saith unto them, But whom say ye that I am? And Peter answereth and saith unto him, Thou art the Christ. 30 And he charged them that they should tell no man of him. 31 And he began to teach them, that the Son of man must suffer many things, and be rejected of the elders, and ofthe chief priests, and scribes, and be killed, and after three days riseagain. 32 And he spake that ethos openly. And Peter took him, and began P ἔρχονται they come LTTrA. 8 ὡς δένδρα G. W ἀπεκατεστάθη L 3 ἀπεκατέστη ΤΊτΑ. beholdest a. all things LYTraw. © εἶπαν spake TA. i Ore εἷς LTTrA. * εἴπωσιν L. k ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς asked them LItra. ο ὑπὸ by LTTrAw. ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. VII. 22 Kai Pépyerac' εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν" καὶ φέρουσιν αὐτῷ τυφλόν, And hecomes to Bethsaida; and they bring tohim a blind καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται. 23 Kai {man], and beseech him that him he might touch. And ἐπιλαβόμενος τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ τυφλοῦ «ἐξήγαγεν" αὐτὸν taking hold of the hand ofthe blind [man] he led forth him ἔξω τῆς κώμης, Kai πτύσας εἰς τὰ. ὄμματα.αὐτοῦ, ἐπιθεὶς out ofthe village, and haying spit upon is eyes, having laid ‘ ~ ? ~ 3, ’ ᾽ 4 ” r , ll ‘ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν εἴ τι τβλέπει." 24 καὶ [his] hands uponhim heasked him if anything he beholds. And ἀναβλέψας ἔλεγεν, Βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, "ὅτι ὡς δένδρα having looked up hesaid, Ibehold the men, for as trees ὁρῶ! περιπατοῦντας. 25 Εἶτα πάλιν ᾿ἐπέθηκεν' τὰς I see [them] walking. Then again he laid [his] χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς.αὐτοῦ, Kai “ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν ava- hands upon his eyes, and made him look βλέψαι." Kai “ἀποκατεστάθη," καὶ "ἐνέβλεψεν" ὑτηλαυγῶς" up. And he was restored, and looked 7on clearly zu Ι Amity bh? SC) 7. ὅς " ᾽ ~ ἅπαντας. 26 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν εἰς "τὸν." οἴκον. αὐτοῦ, 811 (men). And he sent him‘ to his house, λέγων, "Μηδὲ! εἰς τὴν κώμην εἰσέλθῃς, “μηδὲ εἴπῃς saying, Neither into the village mayest thouenter, nor mayest tell [10] τινὶ ἐν τῇ κώμῃ." to any one in the village. . 99N ©? ~ ‘ t 4 ? ~ ᾽ ᾿ , 27 Kai ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Τησοῦς καὶ οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς κώ- Απᾶ *went?forth ‘Jesus and his disciples into the vil- pas Καισαρείας τῆς Φιλίππου" Kai ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἐπηρώτα ages of Cmsarea Philippi. And by the way he was questioning rovc.abnrac.avrov, λέγων “adbroic," Τίνα με λέγουσιν ot his disciples, saying tothem, Whom “me 'do *pronounce ἄνθρωποι εἶναι; 28 Οἱ. δὲ ἐἀπεκρίθησαν" !, ἐἸωάννην τὸν βαπ- 2men to be? And they answered, John the Bap- τιστήν᾽ καὶ ἄλλοι Ἡλίαν." ἄλλοι.δὲ ‘eva! τῶν.προφητῶν. tist ; and others, Elias ; but others, one of the prophets. 29 Kai αὐτὸς λέγει αὐτοῖς,! “Ypeic.dé τίνα pe λέγετε And he says to them, But ye, whom ‘me ‘do *ye *pronounce εἶναι; ᾿Αποκριθεὶς ™Oé" ὁ Πέτρος λέγει αὐτῷ, Σὺ.εἶ ὁ χριστός. to be? *Answering ‘and Peter says tohim, Thouart the Christ. 30 Kai ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ "λέγωσιν" περὶ And he strictly charged them that noone they should tell concerning αὐτοῦ. 81 Kai ἤρξατο διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς ore δεῖ τὸν him. And hebegan toteach them that it is necessary for the υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι Son of man many things tosuffer, and to be rejected οἀπὸ" τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ P*dpytepéwy Kai Ῥεγραμματέων, Kat of the elders and chief priests and 68, and ἀποκτανθῆναι, Kai μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι" 32 καὶ to be killed, and after three days torise [again]. And a¢ ἐλ 4 , , ‘A , qa. ὕ 4 παῤῥησίᾳ τὸν λόγον ἐλάλει. Καὶ Προσλα Omevoc αὐτὸν openly the word he spoke. “having *taken Sto [him] ‘him 4 ἐξήνεγκεν he brought forth Trra. τ βλέπεις thou t ἔθηκεν ΤτΑ. Vv διέβλεψεν he saw distinctly Trra. x ἐνέβλεπεν LTTrA. Υ SnAavyas T. : ἅπαντα ®—qyGLITrAW. ὃ μὴ Ποῦ Τ. ©—pyde.... κώμῃ Tt. 4% [αὐτοῖς] Tr. f + αὐτῷ λέγοντες to him saying LTTrA. & 4+ ὅτι TA. δ ᾿Ἡλείαν T. 14+ καὶ and Lb. m — δὲ LTTrA. pa + τῶν of the GLTTraw. 98 ὁ Πέτρος αὐτὸν LITrA. VEIT, IX. MARK. ὁ Πέτρος! ieee ἐπιτιμᾷν αὐτῷ. 33 008 ἐπιστραφεὶς καὶ Peter began torebuke him. But he, turning and ἰδὼν τοὺς. μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ, ἐπετίμησεν ττῷ" Πέτρῳ, "λέγων," seeing his disciples, rebuked Peter, saying, Ὕπαγε ὀπίσω pov, σατανᾶ" ὅτι οὐ-φρονεῖς τὰ Get behind me, Satan, for thy thoughts are not of the things τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. of God, but the things of men. 34 Kai προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν ὄχλον σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς And haying called to [him] the crowd with ?disciples αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, “Oortc! θέλει ὀπίσω μου "ἐλθεῖν." ἀπαρ- his hesaid tothem, Whosoever desires after me tocome, let νησάσθω ἑαυτόν, Kai ἀράτω καὶ him deny himself, and let him take up and ἀκολουθείτω μοι. 88 ὃς. γὰρ." ἂν" τὴν. Ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ let him follow me. For whoever may desire his life ~ ᾽ , ? , ~ τι NY NK x ? , ll ν ‘ y 4 ? ~ ii σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν O¢.0 ἂν “ἀπολέσῃ! τὴν ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ τὸν. σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, ν᾿ his cross, θέλῃ to save, shall lose it, but whoever may lose his life ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ges tae τρὗῦτος" σώσει αὐτήν. on account of τὸ and of the tidings, he shall save it. 36 ri.yap "ὠφελήσει! Ῥἄνθρωπον “ἐὰν κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον . For what shall it profit ὃ. man if he gain the *world ὅλον καὶ “ζημιωθῇ! τὴν. ψυχὴν Bae 37 “ἢ τί δώσει whole and lose or what shall ἘΣ ἄνθρωπος" ἀντάλλαγμα ἐξ εσόν, αὐτοῦ ; 88 ὃς. γὰρ.' ἂν" 1a “man [245] an exchange for his soul? For whoever ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους ἐν τῇ.γενεᾷ. ταύτῃ a, have been ashamed of me and my words ἴθ this generation οιχαλίδι Kai ἁμαρτωλῷ, Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου exuic- is adulterous and sinful, also the Son of man will be χυνθήσεται αὐτόν, ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ.πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ashamed of him when heshallcome in ie glory of his Father μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων. Q Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αμὴν with the angels the HER And hesaid tothem, Verily λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἰσὶν τινὲς Stroy ὧδε" ἑστηκότων, οἵτινες Isay toyou, That thereare some of those here standing, who οὐ-μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου Ewe.dy ἴδωσιν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ in no wise shalltaste oofdeath until theysee the kingdom θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει. οἔ Θοᾶ havingcome in power. 2 Ee Ἀμεθ᾽" ἡμέρας ἕξ παραλαμβάνει ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸν after “days ‘six “takes °with ([*him] *Jesus Πέτρον, καὶ ἱτὸν" ᾿Ιάκωβον καὶ "τὸν" ᾿Ιωάννην, καὶ ἀναφέρει Peter and James and John, and brings up αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν κατ᾽ ἰδίαν μόνους" Kai μετεμορ-- them intoa *mountain ee apart alone. And - was nes pee ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν, 8 καὶ rdiparia.abrov ‘éyévero' before them ; and his garments became στίλβοντα, λευκὰ λίαν "ὡς χιών," oia γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τὴ shining, white exceedingly as snow, suchas a fuller on 3 καὶ λέγει and says TTra. W ἐὰν TTrA. τ ἀπολέσει Shall lose TTra. * ὠφελεῖ does it profit Ta. 4 ζημιωθῆναι to lose Ta. [ἐὰν ταττα. 8 ὧδε τῶν TIA. — ὡς χιών ΤΊΤΑ. τ — τῷ LTTrA. follow GTTrAW. — οὗτος GLTTraW. σαι ἴο gain TA. τί γὰρ [δώσει ἄνθρωπος A. χ- χὸν Θττα. ἐγένοντο LTrAW. t Et τις If any one Ltr. Υ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν GIrw. Ὁ + τὸν the (man) Lrr[a]w. 9 τί γὰρ Sot ἄνθρωπος (read for what, &e. ) TTr ; Β μετὰ LTIrA. 115 to rebuke him. 33 But when he had turned about and looked on his disciples, he re- buked Peter, saying, Get thee behind me, Satan: for thou sa- vourest not the things that be of God, but the things that be of men. 34 And when he had called the people unto him with his disciples also, hesaid untothem, Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me, 35 For whosoever will save his life shall lose it ; but whosoever shall lose his life for my sake and the gos- pel’s, the same shall save it. 36 For what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? 37 Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul? 38 Whosoever therefore shall be a- shamed of me and of my words in this a- dulterous and sinful generation; of him also shall the Son of man be ashamed, when he cometh in the glory of his Father with the holy angels. IX. And he said unto them, Verily I say unto you, That there be some of them that stand here, which shall not taste of death, till they have seen the kingdom of God come with power. 2 And after six days Jesus taketh with him Peter, and James, and John, and leadeth them up into an high mountain apart by themselves: and he was transfigured be- fore them. 3 And his raiment became shin- ing, exceeding white as snow ; so as no ful- e ler on earth can white ¥ ἀκολουθεῖν to © κερδη- 1— τὸν Ww. 110 them. 4 And there appeared unto them Elias with Moses: and they were talking with Jesus, 5 And Peter answered and said to Jesus, Master, it is good for us to be here: arta let us make three tabernacles; one for thee, and one for Mo- ses, and one for Elias, 6 For he wist not what to say ; for they were sore afraid. 7 And there was a cloud that overshadowed them: and a voice came out of the clond, saying, This is my beloved Son: hear him. 8 And suddenly, when they had looked round a- bout, they saw no man any more, save Jesus only with themselves. 9 And as they came down from the moun- tain, he charged them that they should tell no man what things they had seen, till the Son of man were risen from thedead, 10 And they kept that saying with themselves, ques- tioning one with an- other what the rising from the dead should mean. 11 And they asked him, saying, Why say the scribes that Elias must first come? 12 And he an- swered and told them, Elias verily cometh first, and restoreth all things ; and how itis written of the Son of man, that he must suffer many things, and be set at nought. 13 But I say unto you, That Elias is indeed come, and they have done unto him what- soever they listed, as it is written of him. 14 And when he came to Ais disciples, he saw a great multi- tude about them, and the scribes questionin with them. 15 An straightway all the people, when they be- held him, were greatly amazed, and running MAPKO%X&. IX. γῆς οὐ-δύναται" λευκᾶναι. 4 καὶ ὥφθη αὐτοῖς * HXtag! σὺν earth is ποῦ able to whiten. And ‘appeared *to*them ‘Elias *with PMwoei,' καὶ ἦσαν Iovd\Aadovytec! τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. 5 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς 3Moses, andtheywere talking with Jesus. And answering ὁ Tlérpog λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ, “PaBPi," καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε 1Peter says to Jesus, Rabbi, good itis forus here εἶναι καὶ ποιήσωμεν “σκηνὰς τρεῖς.! σοὶ μίαν, καὶ PMw- tobe; and letusmake “7tabernacles ‘three, forthee one, and for Mo- σεῖ! μίαν, καὶ ᾿Ηλίᾳ! ΜΕΝ. 6 οὐ. -γὰρῳ gos τί λαλήσῃ" For ew not what he should gay, 568 one, and for Elias τῇσαν.γὰρ ἔκφοβοι." 7 καὶ ἐγένετο νεφέλη ἐπισκιάζουσα for they were greatly afraid. And therecame acloud overshadowing abroic’ καὶ τἦλθεν! φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης, λέγουσα," Οὗτός them; and there came a voice out of the cloud, saying, This ἐστιν ὁ.υἱός. μου ὁ ἀγαπητός" ταὐτοῦ ἀκούετε." 8 Kai ἐξάπινα is my Son the beloved: Shim ‘hear 7ye. And suddenly περιβλεψάμενοι οὐκέτι.οὐδένα εἶδον, "ἀλλὰ" τὸν Ἰησοῦν having looked around no longer any one they saw, but Jesus μόνον μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν. 9 ῬΚαταβαινόντων. δὲ" αὐτῶν “ἀπὸ" τοῦ alone with themselves. And as *were *descending ‘they from the ὄρους διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς iva puroent ἀδιηγήσωνται ἃ εἶς mountain he charged them that tonoone they should relate what they doy," εἰ μὴ ὅταν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν had geen except when the Son of man from among [the] dead ἀναστῇ. 10 καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτούς, ἐσυζη- be risen, And that saying they kept among themselves, ques- τοῦντες" τί ἐστιν τὸ ἐκ γεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι. tioning what is the 7from “among [86] ‘dead trising. 11 Kai ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν, λέγοντες, [Ὅτι" λέγουσιν ξ ot γραμ- And _ they asked him, saying, That 3say ‘the 7scribes ατεῖς ὅτι "Ἡλίαν! δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον ; 12 Ὁ δὲ ἱάποκριθείς ? that Elias must come first ? Andhe answering εἶπεν" αὐτοῖς, ΕἩλίας" ἱμὲν! ἐλθὼν πρῶτον, ᾿π᾿ἀποκαθιστᾷ" said tothem, Elias indeed having come first, restores πάντα" καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ avOpwrou™ allthings; and how ithas been written of the Son of man ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ EovderwOg.! 18 ἀλλὰ λέγω that many things he should suffer and be set at nought: but 188 ὑμῖν, Ore καὶ ΕἩλίας" ἐλήλυθεν, καὶ ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ bea ᾽ ς ᾽ to you, that also Elias hascome, and _ they did tohim whatever pa ᾽ Ud iT] ‘ , ? , ? ἐς ἠθέλησαν," καθὼς γέγραπται ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. they desired, as it has been written of him. 14 Kai é\Owv" πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς "elder! ὄχλον πολὺν And having come to the disciples hesaw a*crowd ‘great περὶ αὐτούς, καὶ γραμματεῖς δδσυζητοῦντας" “avroic.' 1 καὶ around them, and scribes disenssing with them. And γαρεῤθέως"! πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος “"ἰδὼν! αὐτὸν ᾿οἐξεθαμβήθη," Kai immediately all the crowd seeing him were greatly amazed, and n + οὕτως thus TTrA. τ Ῥαββεί TA. GTTraW. 4 ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται LITrA. 5 τρεῖς σκηνάς LTTrA. τ ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο for they became greatly afraid LTTrA. οἩλείας τ P Mwioet LTW; Μωυσῇ Tra. 9 συνλαλοῦντες T. τ Ἡλείᾳ T. ’ ἀποκριθῇ, he should answer TTrA. * ἐγένετο τ J— λέγουσα ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ LTTTA. 5 εἰμὴ τ. 5 καὶ καταβαινόντων LTTr. © ἐκ L. e συνζητοῦντες LTTrA. f es τι wherefore Lw. Ε - οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ the Pharisees and [u}r. b “HAgiav T. ἢ said τινα. κ λείας T. — μὲν T[Tr]. they saw Trr. τὸ ἰδόντες LTTrA. ™ ἀποκαθιστάνει LTTrA. 08 ἐξουδενηθῇ (; A) LTrA; ἐξουθενωθῇ 1. 88 συνζητοῦντας LTTrA. x8 ἐξεθαμβήθησαν LTTrA. na; (read and héw has it been written, &c.) LT. pa ἤθελον ΤΊτΑ. 45 ἐλθόντες TTr. ra εἶδον ta πρὸς αὐτούς With them Tr. “8 εὐθὺς TTra. 1. MAR K. προστρέχοντες ἠσπάζοντο αὐτόν. 16 καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν ἵτοὺς running to [him] saluted him. And heasked the γραμματεῖς," Τί τσυζητεῖτε" πρὸς "αὐτούς: 17 Kai %azo- scribes, What discuss ye with them ? And an- κριθεὶς" εἷς ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου “εἶπεν," Διδάσκαλε, ἤνεγκα τὸν υἱόν swering oneoutof the crowd said, Teacher, I brought ?son , ” ~ » x 1 ,u dX. 4 ΣΝ μου πρὸς σε, ἔχοντα πνεῦμα ἄλαλον. 18 καὶ ὕπου.“ἄν" αὐτὸν my to thee, having a’spirit ‘*dumb; and wheresoever him καταλάβῃ ῥήσσει “αὐτόν"" Kai a Ῥίξει; καὶ τρίζει τοὺς it seizes it dashes*down ‘thim; and hefoams, and gnashes ὀδόντας.αὐτοῦ," καὶ Enpaiverav καὶ Selrov' τοῖς μαθηταῖς his teeth, and iswitheringaway. And I spoke to ?disciples σου ἵνα αὐτὸ ἐκβάλωσιν, καὶ ovKicyvoav. 19 ὋὉ.δὲ ἀπο- 1thy that it they might cast out, and they had not power. But he an- κριθεὶς "Ξαὐτῷ" éyer, Q γενεὰ ἄπιστος, ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς swering him says, O ?generation'unbelieving! until when with you ἔσομαι; ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν; φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με. shallI be? until when 58111 bear with you? Bring him to me, 20 Kai ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν" καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἰεὐθέως And they brought him to him. Andseeing him immediately τὸ πνεῦμα! ἐσπάραξεν" αὐτόν, καὶ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τῆς the spirit threw 7into convulsions ‘him, and haying fallenupon the ~ ? 7 > / δον ’ 4 / ? ~ γῆς ἐκυλίετο ἀφρίζων. 21 Kai ἐπηρώτησεν rov.marepa.avTov, earth herolled foaming. And he asked his father, Πόσο όνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ; Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν G c ς V4 t ? How long atime isit that this has been withhim? Andhe said, ᾿Παιδιόθεν. 22 καὶ πολλάκις ™adroy καὶ εἰς πῦρ" ἔβαλεν καὶ From childhood. And often him bothinto fire itcast and εἰς ὕδατα, ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ αὐτόν" "ἀλλ᾽" εἴ τι “δύνασαι." into waters, that it might destroy him: but βθθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς. BS Ὁ.δὲ. Ἰη- [ἴο 40), help us, being moved with pity on us. = And Je- σοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Τὸ εἰ οδύνασαι"! Priorevoa,' πάντα δυνατὰ if anything thou art able sus said to him, If thouartable tobelieve, allthings are possible τῷ πιστεύοντι. 24 «Καὶ τεὐθέως" «οάξας ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ ἴο him that believes. And immediately crying out the father of the παιδίου "μετὰ δακρύων! ἔλεγεν, Πιστεύω, ᾿Κύριε," βοήθει little child with tears said, I believe, Lord, help ~ 2 , ? ‘ " « ~ e ? , Vv pov.ry.amioriag. 25 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς ὅτι ἐπισυντρέχει mine unbelief. But *seeing 1Jesus that *was *running *together ὄχλος, ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ, λέγων αὐτῷ. la*crowd, rebuked the spirit the unclean, saying toit, To ὑπνεῦμα τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφόν," ἐγώ ὅσοι ἐπιτάσσω," ἔξελθε Spirit dumb and deaf, I thee command, come LE" αὐτοῦ, καὶ μηκέτι εἰσέλθῃς εἰς αὐτόν. 26 Kai *xpa- outof him, and πὸ more mayestthouenterinto him. And having Ear," καὶ πολλὰ "Ξσπαράξαν" Ὀδαὐτόν," ἐξῆλθεν" καὶ criedout,and *much ‘thrown “into °convulsions “him, it came out; and ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρός, ὥστε “" πολλοὺς λέγειν ὅτι ἀπέθανεν. 117 to him saluted him, 16 And he asked the scribes, What question ye with them? 17 And one of the multitude answered and _ said, Master, I have brought unto thee my _ son, which hath a dumb spirit; 18 and where- soever he taketh him, he teareth him: and he foameth, and gnash- eth with his teeth, and pineth away: and I spake to thy disciples that they should cast him out; and they could not. 19 He an- swereth him, and saith, O faithless generation, how long shall I be with you? how long shall I suffer you? bring him unto me. 20 And they brought him unto him: and when he saw him, straightway the spirit tare him; and he fell on the ground, and wallowed foaming. 21 And he asked his father, How long is it ago since this came unto him? And he said, Ofachild. 22 And ofttimes it hath cast him into the fire, and into the waters, to destroy him: but if thou canst do any thing, have compas- sion on us, and help us. 23 Jesus said unto him, If thou canst be- lieve, all things are possible to him that believeth, 24 And straightway the father of the child cried out, and said with tears, Lord, I believe; help thou mine unbelief. 25 When Jesus saw that the people came running together, he rebuked the foul spirit, saying unto him, Thou dumb and deaf spirit, I charge thee, come out of him, and enter no more into him. 26 And the spirit cried, and rent him sore, and came out of him: and he was as one dead; in- somuch that many said, He is dead. he became asif dead, so that many said that he was dead. Υ αὐτούς them GLTTra. 2 συνζητεῖτε LTTrA. 5 αὑτούς Ἐ. ὃ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ answered him rtra. ¢ — εἶπεν LTTrA. 4 ἐὰν LTTrA. 8 — αὐτόν (read [him)) T. f — αὐτοῦ (read [his] teeth) [L]rrra. & εἶπα TTrA. h αὐτοῖς them @LTTraW. i τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς {τττὰ. Κ συνεσπάραξεν LT. 1+ ἐκ since LTTrAW. τἱ καὶ εἰς πῦρ αὐτὸν TA. ™ ἀλλὰ T. ο δύνῃ LITrA. Ρ — πιστεῦσαι TTr[A]. ᾳ --- καὶ [L]T[ tra. τ εὐθὺς TIrA. 5-- μετὰ vy + ὁ the (crowd) T. 78 ἀπ᾽ from L. ca + τοὺς the LTTrA. t — Κύριε GLTTrAW. x ἐπιτάσσω σοι TTrA. ba — αὐτόν G[L]rtra. δακρύων LITrA. πνεῦμα LTTrA. GLTTraw. 28 κράξας GLTTrAW. W ἄλαλον Kat κωφὸν aa σπαράξας 118 27 But Jesus took him by the hand, and lifted him up; and he arose. 28 And when he was come into the house, his disciples asked him privately, Why could not we cast him out? 29 And he said unto them, This kind can come forth by nothing, but by prayer and fasting. 30 And they depart- ed thence, and passed through Galilee; and he would not that any man should know it. 31 For he taught his disciples, and said unto them, The Son of man is delivered into the hands of men, and they shall kill him; and after that he is Killed, he shall rise the third day. 32 But they understood not that saying, and were afraid to ask him. 33 And he came to Capernaum: and being in the house he asked them, What was it that ye disputed a- mong yourselves by the way? 34 But they held their peace: for by the way they had disputed among them- selves, who should be the greatest. 35 And he sat down, and called the twelve, and saith unto them, [fany man desire to he first, the same shall be last of all, and servant of all. 86 And he took achild, and set him in the midst of them: and when he had taken him in his arms, he said unto them, 37 Whosoever 5881] receive one of such children in my name, receiveth me: and whosoever shall re- ceive me, receiveth not me, but him that sent me. 38 And John an- swered him, saying, Master, we saw one casting out devils in thy name, and he fol- loweth not us: and ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. TEX, 27 ὁ.δὲ Ἰησοῦς κρατήσας tabrov τῆς χειρός" ἤγειρεν αὐτόν, But Jesus, havingtaken him bythe hand, raised*up ‘him, καὶ ἀνέστη. and he arose. $28 Kai “εἰσελθόντα.αὐτὸν" εἰς οἴκον οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ And when he was entered into a house his disciples f2 , ? 4 >? ὃ , Il sO ll € ~ ᾽ > ΄ ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν κατ -LOLAY, τι ἡμεῖς οὐκ-ἠδυνή- asked him apart, Because [of what] *we 1were not θημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό; 29 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τοῦτο τὸ γένος able to cast out it? And hesaid tothem, This kind ? > \ , ? IN) ~ > ee! ~h . , Ι ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ "καὶ νηστείᾳ. by nothing can go out except by prayer and fasting. 30 Kai ἐκεῖθεν! ἐξελθόντες ἔπαρεπορεύοντο" διὰ τῆς And from thence having gone forth they went through Γαλιλαίας" καὶ οὐκ.ἤθελεν ἵνα τις γνῷ" 31 ἐδίδασ- Galilee ; and he would not that anyone should know [it]; he *was*teach- κεν yao τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ, Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς ing “for his disciples, and said to them, The Son Tov ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ of man is delivered into [the} hands of men, and ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν: καὶ ἀποκτανθείς, "ry τρίπῃ ἡμέρᾳ" they will kill him; and having been killed, on the thir day ἀναστήσεται. 823 Οἱ δὲ ἠγνόουν τὸ ῥῆμα, Kai ἐφοβοῦντο he will arise. But they understood not the saying, and were afraid αὐτὸν ἐπερωτῆσαι. Shim to “ask. 33 Kai "ἦλθεν" εἰς “Καπερναούμ"" καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος And hecame to Capernaum ; and in “the *house ‘being ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς, Ti ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ Ῥπρὸς ἑαυτοὺς" διελογίζεσθε; he asked them, Whatin the way among yourselves were ye discussing ? 34 Οἱ. δὲ ἐσιώπων" πρὸς ἀλλήλους γὰρ διελέχθησαν “ἔν But they were silent; *with ὍΠ6 ‘another ‘for they had beendiscussing by τῇ ὁδῷ," τίς εἰζων. 385 καὶ καθίσας ἐφώνησεν τοὺς the way, who([was] greater. And sitting down hecalled the δώδεκα, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ei τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται twelve, andhesays tothem, If anyonedesires “first ‘to *be, heshall be ΄ » \ , , ‘ ‘ πάντων ἔσχατος Kai πάντων διάκονος. 36 Kai λαβὼν 308 3411 Mast and “of 5811 4servant. And having taken παιδίον ἔστησεν αὐτὸ ἐν μέσῳ. αὐτῶν" καὶ ἐναγκαλισάμενος alittlechild he set it in theirmidst; and having taken*in[*his]‘*armas ? AY t > ~ a“ ri ll a ~ 3 , δί ll αὐτὸ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, 87 Ος. "ἐὰν ἕν τῶν “τοιούτων παιδίων Mit he said to them, Whoever one of such little children δέξηται ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί. μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται: Kai ὃς. "ἐὰν" ἐμὲ shall receive in my name, me receives ; and whoever me ἰδέξηται," οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με. shall receive, ποῦ mes receives, but him who sent me, 38 "᾿Απεκρίθη. δὲ" αὐτῷ "ὁ" lwavyng*Aéywr,' Διδάσκαλε, εἴδομέν And “βηβυσοσθᾶ “him 1 John saying, Teacher, we saw Tiwa* Tp-dvopari.cou ἐκβάλλοντα δαιμόνια, γὸς οὐκ.ἀκολουθεῖ someone ἴῃ thy name casting out demons, who _ follows not 4 τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ his hand rrr. 8. Ὃ τι wherefore Lw. ™ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας after three days LTTra. LTTrA. ! yvot LTTrA. ο en ΡΘΟΥΝ, LTTraw. 5 παιδίων τούτων Of these little children 1. [δὲ] τ, ; ἔφη spoke (to him) Trra. 8 εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ τι. ἴ κατ᾽ ἰδίαν ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν i Κἀκεῖθεν LTTrA. " ἐπορεύοντο ur. n ἦλθον they came ΠΤΤτὰ. P —- πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς LTTrA. 4 [ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ] L. τ Gy LITrA. τ δέχηται should receive TTraA. ἃ ἀπεκρίθη W — λέγων T. * + ev ELTTrAW. h — καὶ νηστείᾳ TA]. v — 6 GLW. ¥Y — ὃς οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ ἡμῖν G. ΙΧ. MARK. e ~ ° Η͂ ‘4 1 3 ’ὕ ll J , atl > ? ~ « ~ it ἡμῖν." καὶ τἐκωλύσαμεν! αὐτόν, "ὅτι οὐκ. ἀκολουθεῖ ἡμῖν. us, and we forbade him, because he follows not us, 39 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Μὴ.κωλύετε αὐτόν᾽ οὐδεὶς. γάρ ἐστιν But Jesus said, Forbid not him ; fornoone there is ὃς ποιήσει δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί.μου, Kai δυνήσεται who shalldo awork οἵ power in my name, and be able ταχὺ κακολογῆσαί με. 40 ὃς. γὰρ οὐκι.ἔστιν καθ᾽ ὑμῶν," ὑπὲρ readily to speak evil of me; forhe who isnot against you, for νὑμῶν" ἐστιν. 41 d¢-yao.dy ποτίσῳ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον you is. For whoever may give *to *drink ‘you a cup ὕδατος ἐν °r@'dvépari-spou,' ὅτι χριστοῦ ἐστε, ἀμὴν λέγω of water in my name, because *Christ’s ‘ye are, verily I say ὑμῖν, “οὐμμὴ ἀπολέσῃ" τὸν. μισθὸν. αὐτοῦ. 42 Kai ὃς. ἂν to you, in no wise should he lose his reward. And whoever σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν & ray "πιστευόντων εἰς may cause *to “offend 'one 7of *the ‘little Sones who believe in ἐμέ," καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ περίκειται ‘iPoc_pvdrLKoc! me, good itis for him rather if is put a millstone περὶ τὸν.τράχηλον.αὐτοῦ, καὶ βέβληται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. about his neck, and he has been cast into the sea. 43 Kai ἐὰν "σκανδαλίζῃ! σε ἡ.χείρισου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν" And if *should*cause‘to ζοξοπα thee ‘thy “hand, cut off it: καλόν ἴσοι ἐστὶν! κυλλὸν πείς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν," good forthee itis maimed into life to enter, ἢ τὰς δύο χεῖρας ἔχοντα ἀπελθεῖν εἰς THY γέενναν, εἰς τὸ than the two hands having togoaway into the Gehenna, into the re 4A » = 44 n® c x or > — > \ ~ 4 πῦρ TO ἄσβεστον, ὕπου ὁ.σκώληξ. αὐτῶν οὐ.τελευτᾷ, καὶ fire the unquenchable, where their worm dies not, and τὸ πῦρ οὐ.σβέ " 45 καὶ ἐὰν ὁ-πού cavdanriZ Ὁ οὐ.σβέννυται. καὶ ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ the fire is not quenched. And if thy foot should cause *to *offend ? , > , ; Xr , Oo ΡΣ I 2 XO. ~ > a ‘ σε, ἀπόκοψον avrov’ Kaddy°Péorw oor" εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν {rather] ‘thee, cut off it: good itis forthee toenter into ζωὴν χωλόν, ἢ τοὺς δύο πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς life lame, [rather]than the two feet haying to be cast into τὴν γέενναν, “εἰς τὸ πῦρ TO ἄσβεστον," 46 ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ the Gehenna, intothe fire the unquenchable, where ?worm αὐτῶν οὐ.τελευτᾷ, καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ.σβέννυται." 47 Kai ἐὰν ὁ ‘their dies not, and the fire is not quenched. And if og¢0adpoc.cov σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν καλόν thine eye should cause “to “offend ‘thee, cast out it: good ὅσοι ἐστὶν" μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ forthee itis with one eye toenter into the kingdom ~ » ~ 2 ‘ id θεοῦ, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν YEEV- of God, [rather] than two eyes having tobecast into the hen- vav ‘rou πυρός," 48 ὅπου ὁ. σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ.τελευτᾷ, καὶ TO na of fire, where their worm dies not, and the πῦρ οὐ.σβέννυται. 49 Πᾶς γὰρ πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται, "καὶ fire is not quenched. For everyone with fire shall be salted, and πᾶσα θυσία ἁλὶ adwbyoera.! 50 καλὸν τὸ ‘ddac,! sacrifice with salt shall be salted. Good [is] the salt, every = ἐκωλύομεν TTrA. not following usT. ὃ ἡμῶν us ETTrAW. © + ὅτι that [L]rtra. f ἀπολέσει shall he lose irr. Lata]. ἃ πίστιν ἐχόντων have faith a; — εἰς ἐμέ T. an ass LTTrA. Ἐ σκανδαλίσῃ τ. Ι ἐστίν σε LTTrA. n — verse 44 Τ{ττ]. o+ [yap] forL. Ρ ἐστίν σε LITrAW. [{Ἱτττ[Α]. τ — verse 46 Τ|ττ]. 5 σέἐστιν ΤΊΤΑ. πᾶσα θυσία ἁλὶ ἁλισθήσεται T[Tr]. νυ GAa T. ¢ — τῷ @LTTrAW. t — τοῦ πυρός LTTrA. 119 we forbad him, be- cause he followeth not us. 39 But Jesus said, Forbid him not: for there is no man which shall do a miracle in my mame, that can lightly speak evil of me. 40 For he that is not against us is on our part. 41 For whosoever shall give you acup of water to drink in my name, because ye belong to Christ, verily I say unto you, he shall not losehis reward. 42 And whosoever shall offend one of these little ones that believe in me, it is better for him that 8. millstone were hang- ed about his neck, and he were cast into the sea. 43 And if thy hand offend thee, cut it off: it is better for thee to enter into life maimed, than having two hands to go into hell, into the fire that never shall be quench- ed: 44 where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quench- ed. 45 And if thy foot offend thee, cut it off: it is better for thee to enter halt into life, than having two feet to be cast into hell, into the fire that never shall be quenched: 46 where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched. 47 And if thine eye offend thee, pluck it out: it is better for thee to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye, than haying two eyes to be cast into hell fire : 48 where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched. 49 For every one shall besalted with fire, and every sacrifice shall be salted with salt. 50 Salt ὦ good: 5 [ὅτε οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ ἡμῖν] Tr; ὅτι οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν because he was 4 — μου (read [my]) GLTra. & + τούτων (read of these little ones) i μύλος ὀνικὸς, millstone turned by τὸ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς THY ζωὴν LTTrAW. ᾳ --- εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον α-- καὶ 120 but if the salt have lost his saltness, where- with will ye season it ? Have salt in your- selves, and have peace one with another. X. And he arose from thence, and com- eth into the coasts of Judza by the farther side of Jordan: and the people resort unto him again ; and, as he was wont, he taught them again. 2 And the Pharisees came to him, and asked him, Is it lawful for a man to put away his wife? tempting him. 3 And he answered and said unto them, What did Moses command you? 4 And they said, Moses suffered to write a bill of divorcement, and to put her away. ὃ And Jesus answered and said unto them, For the hardness of your heart he wrote you this pre- cept. 6 But from the beginning of the cre- ation God made them maleand female. 7 For this cause shall a man leave his father and mother, and cleave to his wife; 8 and they twain shall be one flesh: so then they are no more twain, but one flesh. 9 What therefore. God hath joined together, let not man put asunder, 10 And in the house his disciples asked him again of the same matter, 11 And he saith unto them, Who- soever shall put away his wife, and marry another, committeth adultery against her, 12 And if a woman shall put away her husband, and be mar- ried to another, she committeth adultery. 13 And they brought young children tohim, that he should touch them: and his disci- ples rebuked those that brought them. 14 But when Jesus saw it, he was much displeased, and said unto them, Suffer the little child- ren to come unto me, MAPKO2X&. IX, ἐὰν.δὲ τὸ ἅλας" ἄναλον γένηται, ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε; butif the salt saltless an comes with what it ‘ye season f ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς "ἅλας," καὶ εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλεμαι Have in yourselves _ salt, and beat ῬΟΒΟΘ with one another. 10 YKarkeidev! ἀναστὰς ἔρχεται εἰς τὰ ὕρια τῆς Ιουδαίας, Andthence risingup hecomes into the borders of Judaa, - διὰ τοῦ! πέραν τοῦ lopdavov' Kai "συμπορεύονται! πάλιν by the otherside of the Jordan. And come together again ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ὡς εἰώθει πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν crowds to him, and as he had beenaccustomed again he taught αὐτούς. 2 Kai προσελθόντες boi! Φαρισαῖοι Ξἐπηρώτησαν" them. And coming to [him] the Pharisees asked αὐτὸν εἰ ἔξεστιν ἀνδρὶ γυναῖκα ἀπολῦσαι, πειράζοντες if it is lawful fora eee a wife tempting αὐτόν. 3 0.68 ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ti ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο him, Buthe answering said to ow What Ries 1did 7command IMwoje;' 4 Οἱ. δὲ ξεῖπον," (Mwone ἐπέτρεψεν" βιβλίον ἀπο- nC; ης ρ *Moses ? And they said, Moses , allowed a bill of di- στασίου γράψαι, καὶ ἀπολῦσαι. 5 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ" Ιησοῦς vorce to write, and to put away. And answering Jesus εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πρὸς τὴν.σκληροκαρδίαν. ὑμῶν ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν said tothem, In view of your hardheartedness he wrote for you τὴν. ἐντολὴν.ταύτην" 6 ἀπὸ.δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἄρσεν καὶ this commandment ; but from [the] beginning of creation male and θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς "ὸ Oedc." 7 ἕνεκεν τούτου καταλείψει him to put away, female *?made them God. On account of this shall *leave ἄνθρωπος τὸν. πατέρα. αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα, ἱκαὶ προσκολ- la “man his father and mother, and shall be ληθήσεται" Πρὸ τὴν. γυναῖκα" αὐτοῦ, 8 καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο yet his wife, and “shall *be ‘the *two εἰς σάρκα μίαν" ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ. 9 ὃ ΒΟΥ "flesh ‘one; sothatnolonger arethey two, but one flesh, What οὖν ὁθεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος be, «χωριζέτω. 10 Kai ἱὲν therefore God united together, Sman t not separate. And in τῇ οἰκίᾳ" πάλιν οἱ. μαθηταὶ “αὐτοῦ! περὶ "τοῦ. αὐτοῦ" “ἐπη- the house again his disciples concerning the same thing , Π ᾽ , ‘ , ? ~ - Ῥὲ sll > , ρώτησαν" αὐτὸν. 11 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, OcPéay' ἀπολύσῃ asked him. And hesays tothem, Whoever should put away τὴν. γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ καὶ γαπή σῇ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται ἐπ᾽ his wife and should marry another, commits adultery against αὐτήν. 12 καὶ ἐὰν «γυνὴ ἀπολύσῃ" τὸν. ἄνδρα.αὐτῆς "kai" her. And if a woman should put away her husband and δγαμηθῇ ἄλλῳ, μοιχᾶται. be married to another, she commits adultery. 18 Kai προσέφερον αὐτῷ παιδία, ἵνα ἅψηται αὐτῶν" And they brought to him little PRB that hemighttouch them, προσφέρουσιν. 14 ἰδὼν.δὲ οἱ.δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπετίμων τοῖς mouse them. But oan seen [it] But the disciples rebuked those who ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἠγανάκτησεν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Αφετε τὰ παιδία Jesus wasindignant, and said tothem, Suffer the little children ¥ ἅλα T. b — οἱ GLTraW. ναῖκα T. 18 LTTrA. away ΤΊΤΑ. * ἅλα LTTrA. © ἐπηρώτων were asking LTTrA. f ἐπέτρεψεν Μωῦσῆς LTTrA; Μωῦσῆς ἐπέτ. We made them) {u}rrr[a]. 1 εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν LYTrA. 5 ἐπηρώτων were aaking’t TA. ¥ — καὶ ΤΊτΑ. Y καὶ ἐκεῖθεν LTTrAW. Z καὶ aud LIrTra. ἃ συνπορεύονται TA. 4 Μωῦσῆς LITrAW. © εἶπαν LTTrA, 8 ὃ δὲ but Trra. h — ὃ θεός (read he i— καὶ προσκολχηθησεται πὸ Κ τῇ γυναικὶ L ; --- πρὸς τὴν — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) [uirfa]. π τούτον PayLTTrA. 4 αὐτὴ ἀπολύσασα she putting * γαμήσῃ ἄλλον should marry another Lrtra. X. MARK. ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, ‘kai! μὴ.κωλύετε αὐτά: τῶν.γὰρ.τοιούτων to come ‘to me, and donothinder them; for of such ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ; 15 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς."ἐὰν" is the kingdom of God. Verily Isay toyou, Whoever μὴ.δέξηται τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ we παιδίον, οὐ.μὴ shall not receive the kingdom of God _ as a little child, in no wise ? , > ? , ‘ > , εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν. 16 Καὶ ἐναγκαλισά ενος αὐτά, shall enter into it. And haying taken *in ἜΕΙΣ arms ‘them, τιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτὰ Ξηὐλόγει αὐτά." having laid [his] hands on them heblessed them. 17 Kai ἐκπορευομένου. αὐτοῦ εἰς ὁδόν, προσδραμὼν εἷς Kai And as he went forth into [the] way, “running“up ‘one and γονυπετήσας αὐτὸν ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν, Διδάσκαλε ἀγαθέ, τί kneeling downto him asked him, ?Teacher igood, what » ev 4 te , « 42 ~ ποιήσω ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω; 18 Ὁ. δὲ. Τησοῦς shallIdo that life eternal I may inherit ? But Jesus εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ti pe λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδεὶς said tohim, Why mecallest thou good? No one [15] good except εἷς, ὁ θεός. 19 τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας. ΥΜη.μοιχεύσῃς" one, God The commandments thou knowest: Thon shouldest not commit μὴ-φονεύσῃς"" μὴ-κλέψῃς" adultery ; thou shouldest not commit murder; thou shouldest not steal; thou μὴ-Ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς μὴ-ἀποστερήσῃς" τίμα τὸν shouldest not bear false witness; thou shouldest not defraud; honour πατέρα.σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα. 20 ὋὉ δὲ "ἀποκριθεὶς" ὕϑεῖπεν" thy father and mother. And he answering said αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, “ταῦτα πάντα" “ἐφυλαξάμην ἐκ νεότητός to him, Teacher, *these lall have I ore from spare pov. 21 Ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ ἠγάπησεν αὐτόν, Kai m And Jesus looking; upon him loved him, and εἶπεν at, Ἕν ὅσοι" ὑστερεῖ᾽ ὕπαγε, ὅσα ἔχεις πώλη- snid to him, Onething to thee is lacking : go, asmuchas thou hast sell σον καὶ δὸς froic! πτωχοῖς, Kai ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν and give tothe poor, and thou shalt have treasure δι οὐρανῷ" καὶ δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι, Ξάρας τὸν σταυρόν." 22 Ὁ. ὃ heaven ; and come, follow me, taking up the cross. But he, στυγνάσας ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος" ἦν.γὰρ.ἔχων peing sad at the word, went away Enea for he had κτήματα πολλά. 23 Kai περιβλεψάμενος ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς λέγει τοῖς ΞΡοΞξθββίουβ ‘many. And __ looking around Jesus says μαθηταίες αὐτοῦ, Πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες εἰς pis ἘΠ ΕΡΣΡΙ6Ά, How difficultly those riches ‘having into τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελεύσονται. 24 Οἱ. δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐθαμ- ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ 121 gud forbid them not: for of such is the king- dom of God, 15 Verily I say unto you, Who- soever shall not receive the kingdom of Godas a little child, he shall not enter therein. 16 And he took them up in his arms, put his hands upon them, and blessed them. 17 And when he was gone forth into the way, there came one running, and kneeled to him, and asked him, Good Master, what shall I do that I may inherit eternal life? 18 And Jesus said unto him, Why callest thou me good? there is none good but one, that is, God. 19 Thou knowest the commandments, Do not commit adul- tery, Do not kill, Do not steal, Do not bear false witness, Defraud not, Honour thy father and mother, 20 And he answered and said unto him, Master, all these have I observ- ed from my youth. 21 Then Jesus behold- ing him loved him, and said unto him, One thing thou lack- est: go thy way, sell whatsoever thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven: and come, take up the cross, and follow me. 22 And he was sad at that saying, and went away grieved: for he had great possessions. 23 And Jesus looked round about, and saith unto his disciples, How hardly shall they that have riches enter into the kingdom of God! the kingdom of God shall Bulge | ; Aa ue diseiples were = 24 And the disciples βοῦντο ἐπὶ τοῖς.λόγοις. αὐτοῦ. Ὁ. δὲ. Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς were astonished at his tonished at his words. And Jesus again answering Words. But Jesus an- h su 5 swereth again, and λέγει αὐτοῖς, "Τέκνα," πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστιν τοὺς πεποιθότας saith untothem, Child- says to la Children, how difficult itis [for]thosewho trust ren, how hard is it for apne > A ’ = them that trust in ἐπὶ roic! χρήμασιν" εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν. riches to enter into in riches into the kingdom cf God to mies the kingdom of God! 25 δ ΕΞ ι 29 It is easier for a ὅ εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ ἱτῆς" Tope tae 'ἰτῆς" camel to go through Easier itis [for] acamel through the of the the eye of a needle, — καὶ GTTrAWw. ἡ ἂν LTTrA. ἡ + κατευλόγει fe ἜΞΞ.: [them] TTra. α εὐλόγει αὐτά he blesses them Lw ; — ηὐλόγει αὐτά TTrA. τ + gov thy (mother) Lr. 5 — ἀποκριθεὶς T. ἃ ἐφύλαξα L. ¢oetheeTa. f— τοῖς LTrAW. — τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐπὶ τοῖς χρήμασιν τ. k — τοῖς LTrAW. neato) LTrw. > ἔφη TIra. & — ἄρας τὸν σταυρόν L]TTr. — τῆς (read an eye of a Υ Μὴ dovevons, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς L. © πάντα ταυτα L. h rexvia L. 122 than for a rich man to enter into the king- dom of God. +26 And they were astonished out of measure, saying among themselves, Who then can be saved? 27 And Jesus looking upon them saith, With men tt ts impossible, but not with God: for with God all things are possible, 28 Then Peter began to say unto him, Lo, we have left all, and have fol- lowed thee. 29 And Jesus answered and said, Verily I say unto you, There is no man that hath left house, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for my sake, and the gospel’s, 30 but he shall receive an hundredfold now in this time, houses, and brethren, and sisters, and mothers, and children, and lands, with persecutions; and in the world to come eternal life. 31 But many that are first shall be last ; and the last first. 32 And they were in the way going up to Jerusalem ; and Jesus went before them: and they were amazed ; and as they followed, they were afraid. And he took again the twelve, and began to tell them what things should happen unto him, 33 saying, Behold, we go up to Jerusalem ; and the Son-of man shall be delivered unto the chief priests, and unto the scribes ; and they shall condemn him to death, and shall deliver him to the Gentiles : 34 and they shall mock him, and shall scourge him, and shall spit upon him, and shall kill him: and the third day he shall rise again. 35 And James and John, the sons of Ze- bedee, come unto him, ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. Χ. ῥαφίδος "“"εἰσελθεῖν," ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ needle to pass, than(for] arichmaninto the kingdom of God εἰσελθεῖν. 26 Οἱ. δὲ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες πρὸς to enter. And they exceedingly were astonished, saying among ἑαυτούς, Kai ric δύναται σωθῆναι; 27 ᾿Εμβλέψας."δὲ" αὐτοῖς themselves, And who 15 8016 ἴο Ὀ6 saved? But looking on them ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει, Παρὰ ἀνθρώποις 5 ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ᾽ ov παρὰ Jesus says, With men {it is] impossible, but not with Pre θεῷ" πάντα.γὰρ δυνατά «ἐστιν! παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. 28 *Kai' God; forallthings possible are with God. And Ea » ss , , Π ? ~ 3 , € ~ ? , , ἤρξατο "ὁ Πέτρος λέγειν" αὐτῷ, ᾿Ιδού, ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα, ~began Peter tosay tohim, Lo, we left all, καὶ ᾿ἠκολουθήσαμέν" σοι. 29 "᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς εἶπεν," and followed thee. But answering Jesus said, > A , « - ᾽ , ? coy 2 ~ Seek ι ? , ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν οἰκίαν, ἢ ἀδελφούς, Verily Isay toyou, Noone thereis who has Ἰοὺ house, or brothers, ἢ ἀδελφάς, “ἢ πατέρα, ἢ μητέρα," “ἢ γυναῖκα," ἢ τέκνα, ἢ or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or ? ’ « ? ~ \ ~ ’ / rh} 1 , ἀγρούς, ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ Υ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 30 ἐὰν. μὴ.λάβ lands, Του thesakeofme and ofthe glad tidings, that shall not receive ἑκατονταπλασίονα νῦν ἐν τῷ.καιρῷ.τούτῳ, οἰκίας Kai ἀδελ- a hundredfold now in this time: houses and bro- φοὺς καὶ ἀδελφὰς καὶ *unrépac' Kai τέκνα Kai ἀγρούς, μετὰ thers and sisters and mothers and children and lands, with διωγμῶν, Kai ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ.ἐρχομένῳ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 31 πολ- persecutions,and in the age that iscoming 118 eternaL *Many λοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, Kai “οἱ! ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι. *but “shall be first last, and the last first. 32 “Hoav.dé ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναβαίνοντες εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα" Kai And they were ἴῃ the way going up to Jerusalem, and ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἐθαμβοῦντο, Kai! “was going *on *before “them 1Jesus, and they were astonished, and > ~ ? ~ \ ‘ , , ἀκολουθοῦντες ἐφοβοῦντο. καὶ παραλαβὼν πάλιν τοὺς following were afraid. And having taken to [him] again the δώδεκα, ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς λέγειν τὰ μέλλοντα αὐτῷ twelve, he began them to tell the things which were about *to*him συμβαίνειν: 33 Ὅτι, ἰδού, ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ιεροσόλυμα, καὶ το *happen : Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπον παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν Kai the Son of man will be delivered up tothe chief priests and “roic' γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, Kai to the scribes, and they will condemn him to death, and παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, 34 Kai ἐμπαίξουσιν αὐτῷ, will deliver up him tothe Gentiles. And they willmock him, dkai μαστιγώσουσιν αὐτόν, Kai ἐμπτύσουσιν αὐτῷ," Kai ἀπο- and will scourge him, and _ will spit upon him, and will κτενοῦσιν αὐτόν" καὶ fry τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ" ἀναστήσεται. kill hin ; and on the third day he will rise again, 35 Kai προσπορεύονται αὐτῷ ᾿Ιάκωβος καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης Soi An come up to him James and John, the τὰ διελθεῖν EGLTTrAW. ᾳ --- ἐστιν (read [are)) ταν. have followed LTTraw. Jesus said (— ἀποκ. ¥ + ἕνεκεν for the sake G[u]rrraw. ς — τοῖς L. ὁ — αὐτόν (read {him)) [L]1[ tr). and those ΤΊΣ. n — δὲ but TTra. ὁ + [τοῦτο] this [is] L. Ρ — τῷ TTrAW. τ — καὶ GLTTrAW. 5 λέγειν ὁ Πέτρος ΤΑ. t ηκολουθήκαμέν ν ἀποκριθεὶς (omit but) ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν GLI w ; ἔφη ὁ Ἰησοῦς Ὑ ἢ μητέρα, ἢ πατέρα LTTrA. xX — 7 γυναῖκα LTTrA. 2 μητέρα mother Ltr. * — οἱ GLw. > οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐμπτύσουσιν αὐτῷ, καὶ μαστιγώσουσιν αὐτὸν LTTrA. f μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας after three days LTTrA. ἕξ --- οἱ Α. δὲ) TA. x: MARK. υἱοὶ Ζεβεδαίου, λέγοντες", Διδάσκαλε, θέλομεν ἵνα ὃ. ἐὰν sons of Zebedee, saying, Teacher, we desire that whatever αἰτήσωμεν ' ποιήσῃς ἡμῖν. 86 Ὁ. δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τί θέλετε we may ask thou wouldest do for us. And he said tothem, What doyedesire Κποιῆσαί pe ὑμῖν ; 87 Οἱ.δὲ ἰεῖπον" αὐτῷ, Δὸς ἡμῖν, iva εἷς 2to%do ‘me for you? And they said tohim, Give tous, that one mix δεξιῶν. σου" Kai sic ἃ ἐξ οεὐἰωνύμων" cov! καθίσωμεν ἐν at thy right hand and one at thy left hand Wemaysit in Οὐκιοΐδατε τί Ye know not what Sy τῇ-δόξῃ.σου. 38 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, thy glory. But Jesus said tothem, αἰτεῖσθε. δύνασθε πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, “καὶ! τὸ yeask. Are ye able todrink the cup which I drink, and ‘the βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθῆναι; *baptism Twhich ®*I 39 Οἱ. δὲ τεῖπον! αὐτῷ, Δυνάμεθα. Ὁ.δὲ. Τησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Andthey said tohim, Weare able. But Jesus said tothem, Τὸ "μὲν! ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα The7indeed ‘cup which I drink, yeshall drink; and the baptism ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε" 40 τὸ. δὲ καθί- which 1 am baptized [with], ye shall be baptized [with] ; but to sit σαι ἐκ δεξιῶν.μου “καὶ! ἐξ εὐωνύμων ἱμου" οὐκ.ἔστιν ἐμὸν at my right hand and at my left hand is not mine δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾽ οἷς ἡτοίμασται. 41 Καὶ ἀκούσαν- togive, but [to those] for whom it has been prepared. And having TEC ot δέκα ἤρξαντο ἀγανακτεῖν περὶ ᾿Ιακώβου καὶ heard [this] the ten began to be indignant about James and Ἰωάννου. 42 τὸ. δὲ Τησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς" λέγει John. But Jesus - having called to [him] ‘them says αὐτοῖς, Οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν tothem, Yeknow that those who are accounted toruleover the nations κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν᾽ Kai οἱ. μεγάλοι.αὐτῶν κατεξουσιάζου- exercise lordshipover them; and their great ones exercise authority ow αὐτῶν. 48 οὐχ οὕτως δὲ Yéorar' ἐν vpiv’ ἀλλ᾽ over them; not tkus however shall it be among you; but a x? 4 ll θέ y ’ θ , Π] > « - » pa z , ὃς. ΞΣἐὰν! θέλῃ YysvecOar μέγας" ἐν ὑμῖν, ἔσται Τδιάκονος whoever desires to become great among you, shall be 2servant ὑμῶν." 44 καὶ bc.2dv' θέλῃ Pdpdy' “γενέσθαι! πρῶτος, ἔσται lyour ; and whoever desires of you to become first, shall be , ~ ‘ A « ea ~ » , ? Tt πάντων δοῦλος" 45 καὶ. γὰρ ὁ vide τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ.ἦλθεν 305 5411 *bondman. For even the Son of man came not διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι, καὶ δοῦναι τὴν.Ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ to be served, but to serve, and to give his life λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν. aTransom for many. 46 Kai “ἔρχονται! εἰς “Ἱεριχώ"" καὶ ἐκπορευομένου. αὐτοῦ And theycome to Jericho ; and as he was going out ἀπὸ “Ἱεριχώ,! καὶ τῶν.μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ, Kai ὄχλου ἱκανοῦ, from Jericho, and his disciples, and a*crowd ‘large, vide Τιμαίου Βαρτίμαιος 86" τυφλὸς ** ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν ason οὗ Timzus, Bartimeus the the °am '°baptized [**with], ‘to *be Sbaptized [*with] 2g 123 saying, Master, we would that thou shouldest do for us whatsoever we shall desire. 36 And he said unto them, What would ye that I should do for you? 37 They said unto him, Grant unto us that we may sit, one on thy right hand, and the other on thy left hand, in thy glory. 38 But Jesus said unto them Ye know not what ye ask: can ye drink of the eup that I drink of? and be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized with? 39 And they said unto him, Wecan. And Je- sus said unto them, Ye shall indeed drink of the cup that I drink of ; and with the bap- tism that I am bap- tized withal shall ye be baptized: 40 but to sit on my right hand and on my left hand is not mine to give; but it shall be given to them for whom it is prepared. 41 And when the ten heard it, they began to be much dis- pleased with James and John. 42 But Jesus called them ito him, and saith unto them, Ye know that they which are accountea to rule over the Gen- tiles exercise lordship over them; and their great ones exercise authority upon them. 43 But so shall it not be among you: but whosoever will he great among _ you, shall be your minister: 44 and whosoever of you will be the chief- est, shall be servant of all. 45 For even the Son of man came not to be ministered unto but to minister, and to give his life a ran- som for many. 46 And they came to Jericho: and as he went out of Jericho with his disciples and a great number of peo- ple, blind Bartimeus, the son of Timzus, sat by the highway side begging. 47 And when blind [man], wassitting beside i + ge thee LTTrAW. ™ gov ἐκ δεξιῶν TTrA. left hand) [n]rtra. eft hand) GLTTraw. h + αὐτῷ to him [L]rtra. ποιήσω Tt. | εἶπαν LTTrA. P — gov (read [thy] t — pov (read [my] W ἐστιν it is LTTra. x ἂν LTTr. 5 ἐὰν Gtra. » ἐν ὑμῖν among you L. £ + ὃ the (son) LTTrAw. 2 + gov thy T. 4 ἢ OY LTTrA. Υ μέγας γενέσθαι TTr. © εἶναι to be Ltr. 8 —. ὃ (reada blind [man)) trtra. τ εἶπαν LTTrA. Υ καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὃ ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTra. 2 ὑμῶν διάκονος GLTTrAW. 4 ἔρχεται he comes L. Κ ποιήσω I should do utr; pe ο ἀριστερῶν TTrA. Ss — μὲν TTrA. © Ἱερειχώ T. ha + προσαίτης a beggar Tira. 124 he heard that it was Jesus of Nazareth, he began to cry out, and say, Jesus, thou Son of David, have mercy on me. 48 And many charged him that he should hold his peace : but he cried the more a great deal, Thou Son of David, have mercy onme, 49 And Jesus stood still, and com- manded him to be called. And they call the blind man, saying unto him, Be of good comfort, rise; he calleth thee. 50 And he, casting away his garment, rose, and came to Jesus. 51 And Jesus answered and said unto him, What wilt thou that Ishould do unto thee? ‘The blind man said unto him, Lord, that I might receive my sight. 52 And Jesus said unto him, Go thy way; thy faith hath made thee whole. And immediately he receiv- ed his sight, and fol- lowed Jesusin theway. XI. And when they came nigh to Jerusa- lem, unto Bethphage and Bethany, at the mount of Olives, he sendeth forth two of his disciples, 2 and saith unto them, Go for way into the vil- age over against you: and as soon as ye be entered into it, ye shall find a colt tied, whereon never man sat; loose him, and bring him. 3 And if any man say unto you, Why do ye this? sa ye that the Lord hat need of him; and straightway he will send him hither. 4 And they went their way, and found the colt tied by the door without in a place where two ways met; and they loose him, 5 And certain of them that stood there said unto them, What do ye, loosing the colt ? 6 And they said unto them even «as Jesus had commanded : and they MAPKOS. xX, ΧΕ ὁδὸν ἱπροσαιτῶν." 47 καὶ ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ ‘Nalwpaide! way, begging. And having heard that Jesus the Nazarman > » ἕ ae i λέ lO c. oom io," ’ - ἐστιν, Ὥρξατο κράζειν καὶ λέγειν, υἱὸς" πιΔαβίδ," ᾽Τησοῦν it was, he began tocry out and tosay, Son of David, Jesus, (Ut. it is) ? , ’ (ά ~ , ἐλέησόν με. 48 Kai ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ πολλοὶ ἵνα σιωπήσῃ" have pity on me. And #rebuked “him ‘many that heshouldbesilent; ὁ. δὲ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν, Υἱὲ ™AaPid," ἐλέησόν pe. but he much more criedout, Son of David, have pity on me. 49 Καὶ στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς "εῖπεν αὐτὸν φωνηθῆναι"" καὶ And *having *stopped ‘Jesus askedfor him to be called, And φωνοῦσιν τὸν τυφλόν, λέγοντες αὐτῷ, Θάρσει" they call the blind saying tohim, Be of good courage; σἔγειραι," φωνεῖ σε. 50 Ὁ.δὲ ἀποβαλὼν τὸ ἱμάτιον.αὐτοῦ, rise up, he calls thee. And he casting away his garment, Pavaorac' ἦλθεν πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν" 51 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς “λέγει havingrisenuphecame _ to Jesus, And answering *says αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς,. Τί τθέλεις ποιήσω σοί :" Ὃ.δὲ τυφλὸς 3to *him ‘Jesus, What dost thou desire Ishoulddotothee? Andthe blind εἶπεν αὐτῷ, “PaBBovi," ἵνα ἀναβλέψω. 52 ‘0.08In- {man] said ἴο him, Rabboni, that I may receive sight. And Je- σοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὕπαγε" ἡ.πίστις.σου σέσωκέν oe. Kai sus said tohim, Go, thy faith - has healed thee, And ἰεὐθέως! ἀνέβλεψεν, καὶ ἠκολούθει "τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ" ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. immediately he received sight, and followed Jesus in the way. 11 Kai bre ἐγγίζουσιν εἰς “Ἰερουσαλήμ," “εἰς Βηθφαγὴ And when they drew near to Jerusalem, to Bethphage καὶ Βηθανίαν," πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ᾿Ελαιῶν, Τἀποστέλλει! δύο (man], and Bethany, towards the mount of Olives, he sends two τῶν.μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, 2 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν of his disciples, and says tothem, Go into the κώμην τὴν.κατέναντι ὑμῶν" Kai Τεὐθέως!" εἰσπορευόμενοι εἰς village, that opposite you, and immediately entering into ? \ Ri NF Or ὃ ὃ , 2) τὰ ᾽ ND as , b αὐτὴν εὑρήσετε πῶλον δεδεμένον, ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων it ye willfind acolt tied, upon which no one of men ΄ Ἵ Gite , > 4 ! d > , Π Wir de ec ow κεκάθικεν" “λύσαντες αὐτὸν" “ἀγάγετε." 3 Kai ἐάν τις ὑμῖν has gat: having loosed it lead {it], And if anyone to you εἴπῃ, Ti ποιεῖτε τοῦτο ; εἴπατε, “Ὅτι" ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν say, Why doye this ? say, The Lord “of *it need ἔχει: καὶ [εὐθέως" αὐτὸν Βἀποστελεῖ" ἃ ὧδε. 4 δ᾽ Απῆλθον. δέ," thas, andimmediately it he willsend hither, And they departed, καὶ εὗρον "τὸν" πῶλον δεδεμένον πρὸς τὴν" θύραν ἔξω ἐπὶ and found the colt tied at the door without, by τοῦ ἀμφόδου, καὶ λύουσιν αὐτόν. 5 καί τινες τῶν ἐκεῖ ἑστη- the cross way, and they loose it. And some of those there stand- κότων ἔλεγον αὐτοῖς, Ti ποιεῖτε λύοντες τὸν πῶλον; 6 Οἱ δὲ ing said tothem, Whatareyedoing loosing the colt? And they ™ ? we " aN) ‘ ? ? ἦλθεν εἰ ἄρα “εὑρήσει τι! ἐν αὐτῇ Kai ἐλθὼν ἐπ he went if perhaps he will find anything on it. And having come to αὐτήν, οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα" ἰοὐ.γὰρ.ἦν καιρὸς" σύκων. it, nothing he foundexcept leaves, forit was not[the]season of figs. 14 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς δὸ ᾿Τησοῦς" εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Μηκέτι *éx σοῦ εἰς And answering 1 Jesus said toit, Nomore of thee for τὸν aidva' ipndeic! καρπὸν φάγοι. Kai ἤκουον οἱ μαθηταὶ ever “any °one ‘fruit ‘let*eat. And “heard ?disciples (lit. no one) > ~ ‘ » 2 t , A, αὐτοῦ. 15 Kai ἔρχονται εἰς ἹἹεροσόλυμα this. And theycome to Jerusalem ; Ko Ἰησοῦς" εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας 1Jesus into the temple hebegan tocastout those selling kai! ἀγοράζοντας ἔν τῷ ἱερῷ: Kai τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυ- and buying in the temple, and the tables ofthe money βιστῶν καὶ τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστερὰς changers and the seats of those selling the doves κατέστρεψεν. 16 καὶ οὐκ.ἤφιεν iva τις διενέγκῃ σκεῦος he overthrew, and suffered not that anyone should carry a vessel διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 17 καὶ ἐδίδασκεν, λέγων" Yadroic," Οὐ through the temple. And he taught, saying tothem, 7Not ἢ " 3 ‘ καὶ εἰσελθὼν and having “entered 125 let them go. 7 And they brought the colt to Jesus, and cast their garments on him; and he sat upon him. 8 And many spread their garments in the way: and others cut down branches off the trees, and strawed them in the way. 9 And they that went before, and they that fol- lowed, cried, saying, Hosanna; Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord: 10 blessed be the king- dom of our father David, that cometh in the name of the Lord: Hosanna in the high- est. 11 And Jesus en- tered into Jerusalem, and into the temple: and when he had look- ed round about upon all things, and now the eventide was come, he went out unto Beth- any with the twelve, 12 And on the mor- row, when they were come from Bethany, he was hungry : 13 and seeing a fig tree afar off having leaves, he came, if haply he might find any thing thereon : and when he came to it, he found nothing but leaves; for the time of figs was not yet. 14 And Jesus answered and said unto it, No man eat fruit of thee here- after for ever. And his disciples heard it. 15 And they come to Jerusalem : and Jesus went into the temple, and began to cast ont them that sold and bought in the temple, and overthrew the tables of the money- changers, and theseats of them that sold doves; 16 and would not suffer that any man should carry any vessel through the temple. 17 And he taught, saying unto ο φέρουσιν they bring TTra. τ καὶ πολλοὶ TTrA, 8 στιβάδας LITrA. Y ἀγρῶν fields TTra. Υ — ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου GLTTrAW. z Δανείδ LTTrA; Δαυΐδ aw. entered) LTTra. bope tT. ¢ + ἀπὸ from LTTraw. 5 only t. f ov yap ἦν ὃ καιρὸς τι; ὃ yap καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν TTrA. GLITrAW. Leis τὸν αἰῶνα ἐκ σοῦ LTTrA. i οὐδεὶς E. 1+ τοὺς these LTTraw. τὰ καὶ ἔλεγεν and said TTra. P ἐπιβάλλουσιν they cast upon GLTTraWw. 4 αὐτόν LTTrA. τ κόψαντες having cut [them] down rtra. τ — καὶ ἐστρώννυον εἰς THY OOOv TTrA. τ — λέγοντες [L]TTrA. Ἰησοῦς Kai (read he 4 +. εὑρήσει LTTrAW. & — δ᾽ Ἰησοῦς (read he said k — ὁ Ἰησοῦς GLTTrAWw. 2 — αὐτοῖς [L]A. e+ [μόνα 120 them, Is it ποὺ writ- ten, My house shall be called of all nations the house of prayer? but ye have made ita den of thieves. 18 And the scribes and chief priests heard it, and sought how they might destroy him: for they feared him, because all the people was asto- nished at his doctrine. 19 And when even was come, he went out of the city. 20 And in the morn- ing, as they passed by, they saw the fig tree dried up from the roots. 21 And Peter calling to remem- brance saith untohim, Master, behold, the fig tree which thou eursedst is withered away. 22 And Jesus answering saith unto them, Have faith in God. 23 For verily I say unto you, That whosoever shall say unto this mountain, Be thou removed, and be thou cast into the sea; and shall not doubt in his heart, but shall believe that those things which he saith shall come to pass ; he shall have whatsoever he saith. 24 Therefore I say unto you, What thingssoever ye desire, when ye pray, believe that ye receive them, and yeshall have them. 25 And when ye stand praying, forgive, if ye have ought against any : that your Father also which is in heaven may forgive you your trespasses. 26 But if ye do not forgive, nei- ther will your Father which is in heaven for- give your trespasses, 27 And they come again to Jerusalem: and as he was walking in the temple, there come to him the chief priests, and the scribes, and the elders, 28 and say unto him, By what authority doest thou these things ? and who gave thee this au- thority to do these things? 29 And Jesus ο-- Ὅτε 1. τ ἀπολέσωσιν they might destroy ΙΤΤΓΑΎ. ν ὅταν TTr. 5. + ὁ GLTTrAW. {-- ὃ ἐὰν εἴπῃ ΤῊ ΑἹ]. i ἀλάβετε ye received Lrtra. n ἔλεγον they said ΤΎτα. σοντο T. :Ῥαββεί PA. © λαλεῖ LTTrA. LTTra. ™ — τοῖς LA. P πεποιήκατε have made TTrA. ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ΧΙ. , ͵ , ~ , γέγραπται, οὍτι" ὁ.οἴκός. μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται thas 7it been written, My house ahouse of prayer shall be called πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ; ὑμεῖς.δὲ Ρέποιήσατε! αὐτὸν σπήλαιον forall the nations? but ye made it a den ~ A » c ~ . “. λῃστῶν. 18 Kai ἤκουσαν οἱ «γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς," of robbers. And ‘heard [*it] *the *scribes 3and “the Schief °priests, καὶ ἐζήτουν πῶς αὐτὸν 'aroXEoovaw"' ἐφοβοῦντο. γὰρ "αὐτόν, and they sought how him _ theyshall destroy; for they feared him, te ~ ll « » λ v ? λ , iT] ? ‘ ~ ~ ? ~ ore mac" ὁ ὄχλος γἐξεπλήσσετο! ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῃ.αὐτοῦ. because all the crowd were astonished at his teaching. 19 Kai ὅτε! ὀψὲ ἐγένετο “ἐξεπορεύετο! ἔξω τῆς πόλεως. And when evening came he went forth outof the city. 20 Kai ἵὕπρωϊ παραπορευόμενοι" εἶδον τὴν συκῆν And in the morning passing by , € ~ ‘ ‘ , ἐξηραμμενην ἐκ ῥιζῶν. 21 καὶ ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος ied up from [the] roots. And *having “remembered ‘+Peter λέγει αὐτῷ, *PaBBi," ide, ἡ συκῆ ἣν κατηράσω ἐξήρανται. says to him, Rabbi, see, the fig-tree which thoucursedst 15 dried up. 22 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς "Ιησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ἔχετε πίστιν θεοῦ. And answering 1Jesus says tothem, Have faith in God. 23 ἀμὴν. Ῥγὰρ' λέγω ὑμῖν, OTe ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ.ὔρει.τούτῳ, For verily Isay toyou, that whoever shallsay to this mountain, "AoOnre καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, Kai μὴ.δια- Be thou taken away and be thou cast inte the sea, and shall not κριθῇ ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ “πιστεύσῃ! ὅτι 4a" Eyer! doubt in his heart, but shall believe that what hesays , a ” ? ~ fx aE ” ll A ~ ’ γίνεται ἔσται αὐτῷ ‘diay εἴπῃ." 24 διὰ τοῦτο λέγω takes place, there shall be to him whatever he shallsay. For thisreason I say ὑμῖν, Πάντα ὕσα.βἂν" "προσευχόμενοι" αἰτεῖσθε, πιστεύετε they saw the fig-tree to you, All things whatsoever praying ye ask, believe ore ἱλαμβάνετε." καὶ ἔσται ὑμῖν. 25 Καὶ ὅταν "στήκητε! that ye receive, and [they] shall be to you. And when ye may stand προσευχόμενοι, ἀφίετε εἴτι ἔχετε κατά τινος ἵνα καὶ praying, forgive if anything ye have against anyone, that also ὁ-πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀφῇ ὑμῖν τὰ παρα- your Father who[is]in the heavens mayforgive you 2of- πτώματα ὑμῶν. 26 ἱεὶ δὲ ὑμεῖς οὐκ.ἀφίετε, οὐδὲ ὁ. πατὴρ. ὑμῶν fences your. Butif ye forgive not, neither your Father ὁ ἐν τοῖς! οὐρανοῖς ἀφήσει τὰ-παραπτώματα ὑμῷν." who[is]in the heavens will forgive your offences. 27 Kai ἔρχονται πάλιν εἰς ἹἹεροσόλυμα: καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ And theycome again to Jerusalem. And in the temple περιπατοῦντος. αὐτοῦ ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ as he is walking come to him ᾧ86 chief priests and οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ ot πρεσβύτεροι, 28 Kai "λέγουσιν" αὐτῷ, the scribes and the elders, and they say to him, Ἔν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς ; “Kat! τίς σοι Ρᾶγὴν ἐξουσίαν By what authority these things doest thou? and who thee 7authority ταύτην ἔδωκεν," ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς; 239 Ὁ δὲ Τησοὺῦς *this gave, that these things thou shouldst do? And Jesus 4 ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς LTTrAW. trasyapforallrtra, ἐξεπλήσ- Y παραπορευόμενοι πρωΐ LITrA. © πιστεύῃ TA. 46 what Trra. 8— ἂν LTTrAW. ἊἈ προσεύχεσθε καὶ ye pray and k στήκετε ye Stand LTTrA. | !—verse 26 TT» oayorTa. P® ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην LTr. 5 [αὐτόν] L. χ ἐξεπορεύοντο they went forth Ltr. b — yap for LI[Tr]A. ae XIT. MARK. ν ΜΠ > ~ ? 7 8 « ~ ? ‘ Π a , ἀποκριθεὶς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Επερωτήσω “ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ" ἕνα λόγον, answering said to them, 7Will 2ask *you ‘Ialso one thing, καὶ ἀποκρίθητέ μοι, καὶ ἐρῶ ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα and answer me, andIwilltell you by what authority these things ~ \ , t? , 4, ? ~ > An 2 ποιῶ. 80 Td βάπτισμα *'Iwavvov ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ I do: The baptism of John from heaven wasit or from ἀνθρώπων ; ἀποκρίθητέ μοι. 31 Kai "ἐλογίζοντο" πρὸς ἑαυ- men? answer me. And theyreasoned with them- τούς, λέγοντες, Edy εἴπωμεν, Ἔξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, τ Διατί" selves, saying, If weshouldsay, From heaven, hewillsay, Why χρῦν" οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ; 82 YadX ἐὰν" εἴπωμεν, Ἔξ then did ye not believe him? but if we should say, From ἀνθρώπων, ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν Nady’ ἐὥἅπαντες" γὰρ εἶχον τὸν men,— they feared the people; for all held Ἰωάννην "ὅτι ὄντως" προφήτης ἦν. 88 Kai ἀποκριθέντες ὕλε- John that indeed a prophet he was. And answering they ~? Ὁ ᾽ we ‘ Cc ct? ~ > ‘ ll [A γουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ," Οὐκ.οἴδαμεν. Kai “ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀποκριθεὶς" λέγει say to Jesus, Weknownot. And Jesus answering says αὐτοῖς, Οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ. to them, Neither “I 181 you by what authority these things I do. 12 Kai ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς “λέγειν." ᾿Αμπελῶνα And he began tothem in parables to say, *A *vineyard | ΄ . 7 οἐφύτευσεν ἄνθρωπος," καὶ περιέθηκεν φραγμόν; καὶ ὥρυξεν lanted 1a *man, and placed about [it] a fence, and dug ὑπολήνιον, Kai wKoddpnoey πύργον, Kai [ἐξέδοτο αὐτὸν 8ι wine-vat, and built a tower, and let out it γεωργοῖς, Kai ἀπεδήμησεν. 2 Kai ἀπέοτειλεν πρὸς τοὺς tohusbandmen, and left the country. And he sent to the γεωργοὺς τῷ καιρῷ δοῦλον, ἵνα παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν husbandmen atthe season 84. bondman, that from the husbandmen λάβῃ ἀπὸ Erov καρποῦ" τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος᾽ 8 "οὶ.δὲ" λα- he might receive from the fruit ofthe vineyard. But they having βόντες αὐτὸν ἔδειραν, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν κενόν. 4 Kai πάλιν taken 7him ‘beat, and sent [himjaway empty. And again ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἄλλον δοῦλον" κἀκεῖνον ἱλιθοβολή- he sent to them another bondman, and him having σαντες! ᾿ἐκεφαλαίωσαν," καὶ ἀπέστειλαν ἠτιμωμένον." stoned they struck on the head, and sent [him] away having insulted [him]. 5 καὶ Ἰπάλιν! ἄλλον ἀπέστειλεν" κἀκεῖνον ἀπέκτειναν Kai And = again another he sent, and him they killed ; also πολλοὺς ἄλλους, "τοὺς! μὲν δέροντες, Ὡτοὺς" δὲ "ἀποκτείνον- many others, some ‘beating, and others killing. i Ge ong vw. pack! Ge 1 2 ener pe TEC. ἔτι Cody" ἕνα Puidy ἔχων, ἀγαπητὸν “αυτοῦ, Yet therefore Ὅπο “son ‘having ®beloved *his 5own, ‘ Y iy ἀπέστειλεν ™xai' αὐτὸν “Ξπρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔσχατον," λέγων, Ὅτι he sent also him to them last, saying, ἐντραπήσονται τὸνουἱόν. μου. 7 ἐκεῖνοι.δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ ᾿Ξεἶπον They will have respect for myson. But those husbandmen said ¥ — ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA. LTTraW. ¥ διελογίζοντο LTTrAW. w Διὰ ti LTrA. *— οὖν LTrAW. should we say) LTTrAw. 2 πάντες L. 8 ὄντως ὅτι TTrA. ¢ [ἀποκριθεὶς] 0 Ἰησοῦς L; — ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA. d λαλεῖν LTTrA. féééSero TA. 8 τῶν καρπῶν the fruits Trra. δ καὶ and LTTra. ) ἐκεφαλίωσαν τ. k ητίμησαν insulted τττ ; ἠἡτίμασαν TA. LITrA. 2 ἀποκτέννοντες GLTTTA. ο — οὖν [L]TTrA. 4 — αὑτοῦ LTTrA; αὐτοῦ W. ra καὶ [L]TTrA. ἑαντοὺς εἶπαν TTra ; εἶπαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς L. 5 κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς L; --- κἀγὼ (read ἐπερ. I will ask) rrra. 127 answered and said un- to them, I will also ask of you one ques- tion, and answer me, and I will tell you by what authority I do these things. 30 The baptism of John, was it from heaven, or of men? answer me. 31 And they reasoned with themselves, say- ing, If we shall say, From heaven ; he will say, Why then did ye not believe him? 32 But if we shall say, Of men; they feared the people : for all men counted John, that he was a prophet indeed. 33 And they answered and said unto Jesus, Wecannottell, And Jesus answering saith unto them, Neither do I tell you by what authority I do these things. XII. And he began to speak unto them by parables. A certain man planted a vine- yard, and set an hedge about it, and digged u place for the winefat, and built a tower, and let it out to husband- men, and went into a farcountry. 2 And at the season he sent to the husbandmen a ser- vant, that he might receive from the hus- bandmen of the fruit of the vineyard. 3 And they caught him, and beat him, and sent him away empty. 4 And again he sent unto them another servant; and at him they cast stones, and wounded him in the head, and sent him away shame- fully handled. 5 And again he sent another ; and him they killed, and many others; beating some, and kill- ing some. 6 Having et therefore one son, is wellbeloved, he sent him also last unto them, saying, They will reverence my son. 7 But those husband- men said among them- SSS ow Υ ἀλλὰ (read but > τῷ Ἰησοῦ λέγουσιν TTrA. © ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν T. i — λιθοβολήσαντες LTTrA. 1 — πάλιν GLTTrA. Ρ ἔχων υἱὸν L; εἶχεν υἱὸν TTrA. 58 ἔσχατον πρὸς αὐτούς LTTrA. πὸ οὺς ta πρὸς 128 selves, This is the heir ; come, let us kill him, and the inheritance shall be ours. 8 And they took him, and killed Aim, and cast him out of the vine- yard. 9 What shall therefore the lord of the vineyard do? he will come and destroy the husbandmen, and will give the vineyard unto others. 10 And have ye not read this scripture; The stone which the builders re- jected is become the head of the corner: 11 this was the Lord’s doing, and it is mar- vellous in our eyes? 12 And they sought to lay hold on him, but feared the people: for they knew that he had spoken the parable a- gainst them : and they left him, and went their way. 13 And they send unto him certain of the Pharisees and of the Herodians, tocatch i in his words. 14 And when they were come, they say unto him, Master, we know that thou art true, and carest for no man: for thou regard- est not the person of men, but teachest the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to give tribute to Crsar, or not? 15 Shall we give, or shall we not give? But he, knowing their hypocrisy, said unto them, Why tempt ye me? bring mea penny, that I may see it. 16 And they brought it. And he saith unto them, Whose is this image and superscrip- tion? And they said unto him, Czxsar’s. 17 And Jesus answer- ing said unto them, Render to Cresar the things that are Ce- sar’s, and to God the things that are God’s. And they marvelled at him. 18 Then come unto him the Sadducees, which say there is no resurrection ; and they asked him, saying, ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ΧΩ. πρὸς ἑαυτούς, Ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος᾽ δεῦτε, ἀπο- among themselves, This is the heir : come, let us κτείνωμεν αὐτόν, Kai ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία. ὃ καὶ λαβόντες kill him, and ours willbethe inheritance. And having taken Υ͂ ᾽ ν᾿ ᾽ “ Π νι γῳ Xr Ww wy ~ ? ~ αὐτὸν ἀπέκτειναν, καὶ ἐξέβαλον ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος. they killed [him], and cast forth [him] outside the vineyard. 9 τί τοὖν" ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος; ἐλεύσεται Kai What therefore willdo the lord ofthe vineyard? He will come and ἀπολέσει τοὺς γεωργούς, Kai δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις. him will destroy the husbandmen, and willgive the vineyard to others. 10 Οὐδὲ τὴν- γραφὴν. ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε; Λίθον ὃν ΞΝοῦ *even Sthis “scripture ‘did *ye read? [The] stone which ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν *rejected 1those *who %puild, this is become head γωνίας. 11] παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυ- of [the] corner : from [the] Lord was this, and itis won- ΩΨ ? ~ € ~ ‘ ’ , ᾽ 4 ~ μαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς. ἡμῶν. 12 Kai ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, derful in our eyes. And they sought him _ tolayholdof, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον. ἔγνωσαν.γὰρ OTL πρὸς αὐτοὺς and they feared the crowd; for they knew that against them τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν" καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἀπῆλθον. the parable he speaks. And leaving him they went away. 18 Kai ἀποστέλλουσιν πρὸς αὐτόν τινας τῶν Φαρισαίων And they send to him some of the Pharisees καὶ TOY pagan τ ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν λόγῳ. 14 Yoi.dé" and of the erodians, that him they mightcatchindiscourse. And they ἐλθόντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς εἶ, havingcome 887 tohim, Teacher, we know that true thouart, καὶ οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός" ob-yap βλέπεις εἰς and thereiscare tothee about noone; for “not ‘thou *lookest on [the] πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ appearance of men, but with truth the way of God διδάσκεις. τέξεστιν *kivooy Καίσαρι δοῦναι! ἢ οὔ; 15 δῶμεν teachest : Isitlawful tribute toCzesar togive οὖ ποὺ Should wegive ba! \ ~ « " b id ‘ Π] ᾽ ~ ῇ € , t ἢ μηὴςδῶμεν ; Ο.δὲ ϑείϊδὼς"! αὐτῶν.τὴν. ὑπόκρισιν εἶπεν or should we not give? Buthe knowing their hypocrisy said αὐτοῖς, Ti με πειράζετε ; φέρετέ μοι δηνάριον ἵνα ἴδω. tothem, Why me doyetempt? Bring me adenarius that I may 566 [1{]. 16 Οἱ. δὲ ἤνεγκαν. Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, Τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη Kai And they brought[it]. And he says to them, Whose([is] this image and ἡ ἐπιγραφή; “Οἱ. δὲ" “eizov' αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος. 17 “Καὶ the inscription? And they said to him, Cresar’s, And ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν fabroic," δ᾽ Απόδοτε τὰ Kai- ?amswering ‘Jesus said to them, Render the things of Ce- σαρος" Καίσαρι, καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ. Kai δἐθαύμασαν" sar to Cwsar, andthethings ofGod toGod. And they wondered . ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ. at him. 18 Kai ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν And come 1Sadducees to him, who say ἀνάστασιν po-eivac καὶ ἱἐπηρώτησαν"! αὐτόν, λέγοντες. a resurrection there is not. And they questioned him, saying, v ἀπέκτειναν αὐτόν TTrA. they say) LTTrA. Ὁ ἰδὼν having known T. ῖ & Τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε ΤΊτΑ. i ἐπηρώτων LITrA. f_ αὐτοῖς A. wondered 1. x — οὖν TA. Υ καὶ and (read = + εἰπὲ οὖν ἡμῖν tell us therefore L. 8 δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι LTr. ς fot δὲ] 1,. 4 εἶπαν LTTrA. e ὃ δὲ and (Jesus) Lrrra. h ἐθαύμαζον LTrA; ἐξεθαύμαζον greatly w + αὐτὸν him LTTraw. ΧΙ]. MARK. 19 Διδάσκαλε, Μωσῆς" ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος aded- Teacher, Moses wrote forus, that if of anyone a bro- φὸς ἀποθάνῳ καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ ἱτέκνα μὴ.ἀφῇ." ther shoulddie and leave behind a wife and children leave not, ἵνα λάβῃ ὁἋὁκἀδελφὸς. αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα "αὐτοῦ" καὶ that *should *take this “brother the wife of him and ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ-.ἀδελφῷ. αὐτοῦ. 20 ἑπτὰ " ἀδελφοὶ raise up seed to his brother. Seven brethren ἦσαν καὶ ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα, Kai ἀποθνήσκων there were; and the first took a wife, and dying >, > ~ , ‘ c , > ’ A ovK-agnKey σπέρμα" 21 καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν, Kai left no seed ; and the second took her, and ἀπέθανεν, “καὶ οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ἀφῆκεν! σπέρμα᾽ Kai ὁ τρίτος died, and neither he left seed ; and the third ὡσαύτως" 22 καὶ Ῥέλαβον adryny' ot ἑπτά, “καὶ! οὐκ. ἀφῆκαν likewise. And 3took *her ‘the 7seven, and left no σπέρμα. τἐσχάτη" πάντων "ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἡ γυνή." 23 evry seed. Last of all died also the woman. In the ‘ody! ἀναστάσει, ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν, τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται *therefore ‘resurrection, when they shall arise, of which of them shallshe be γυνή ; ol-yap ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα. 24 “Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς wife? forthe seven had her as wife. And answering ΔΌΣ ~ 5 ? ~ ll ? ‘ ~ ~ κι ΣΝ 2 ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς," Οὐ διὰ.τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες ‘Jesus said tothem, *Not “therefore 1do*yeerr, not knowing τὰς γραφὰς μηδὲ THY δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ; 25 ὅταν.γὰρ ἐκ the scriptures nor the power of God? For when fromamong νεκρῶν ἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε *yapioKxoyTat,' [[86] dead they rise, neither dothey marry nor are given in marriage, ἀλλ᾽ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι Τοὶ" ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 26 περὶ. δὲ but are as angels who [are] in the heavens. But concerning τῶν νεκρῶν, Ore ἐγείρονται, οὐκιἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ the dead, that they rise, have ye not read in the book *Mwotwe," ἐπὶ "τῆς" βάτου, *we' εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁθεός, of Moses, {in the part] on the bush, how ?spoke *to*him ‘God, λέγων, Eyw ὁ θεὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ °6' θεὸς ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ “ὁ" saying, I [am]the God of Abraham and the God ofIsaac and the θεὸς Ἰακώβ; 27 Οὐκ.ἔστιν “ὁ" θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ “θεὸς! God of Jacob? Heisnot the God of[the]dead, but God ζώντων" “ὑμεῖς οὖν" πολὺ πλανᾶσθε. 28 Kai προσελθὼν of [the] living. e therefore greatly err. And ®having ®°come7up εἷς TOY γραμματέων, ἀκούσας αὐτῶν ἰσυζητούντων," δεἰδὼς" 129 19 Master, Moses wrote unto us, If a man’s brother die, and leave his wife behind jim, and leave no children, that his brother should take his wife, and raise up seed unto his bro- ther. 20 Now there were seven brethren: and the first took a wife, and dying left no seed. 21 And the second took her, and died, neither left he any seed: and the third likewise. 22 And the seven had her, and left no seed : last of all the woman died also, 23 In the resurrection there- fore, when they shall rise, whose wife shall she be of them? for the seven had her to wife. 24 And Jesus answering said unto them, Do ye not there- fore err, because ye know not the seri tures, neither the power of God? 25 For when they shall rise from the dead, they neither marry, nor are giveninmarriage ; but areas theangels which are in heaven. 26 And as touching the dead, that they rise: have ye not read in the book of Moses, how in the bush God spake unto him, saying, I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob? 27 He is not the God of the dead, but the God of the living: ye therefore do greatly err. 28 And one of the scribes came, and hay- ing heard them rea- soning together, and perceiving that he had answered them well, asked him, Which is the first command- ment of all? 29 And 1one7o0f*the ‘scribes, having heard them reasoning together, perceiving Jesus answered him, e wh 9 ~ , , i 2 ΄ 2: Ty 7) Bas " The first of all the Ore καλῶς "adroig ἀπεκρίθη. ἐπηρώτησεν αὑτόν, Iota ἐστὶν» commandments ἴδ, that well them he answered, questioned him, Which is Hear, O Israel; The izowrTn πασῶν ἐντολή! : 29 **O.dé/Incove ἀπεκρίθη" {the] first 2of “all ‘commandment ὃ And Jesus answered Bairp," Ὅτι πρώτη "πασῶν τῶν ἐντολῶν," ἔλκουε, him, (The] first of all the commandments [is], Hear, κ Μωῦσῆς LITrAW. 1 μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον leave no child Ta. τὰ - αὐτοῦ TTrA. "+ οὖν therefore EW. ο μὴ καταλιπὼν having left behind no Trra. 4 — καὶ TTrA. τ ἔσχατον LITrA. γ-- ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν [1,7ττ. LTTrAW. Υ — ot GLT[Tr]w. 2 Μωῦσέως LITrAW. © — 9 LTrAW. 4 — θεὸς GLTTrAW. £ συνζητούντων LTTrA. g ἰδὼν having seen LTTr. πάντων ἐντολή GLW ; ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων TTrA. π{[τύ]Ὰ. (read [The] first is) rrra. P — ἔλαβον αὐτὴν [u}rtra. 5 Kal ἢ γυνὴ ἀπέθανεν LTTrA. © ἔφη αὐτοῖς ὃ Ἰησοῦς Jesus said to them ΤΊτΑ. 5 τοῦ GLTTrAW. ε — ὑμεῖς οὖν (7ead πλαν. ye err) T[Tr]A. h ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς TTrA. i πρώ ka ἀπεκρίθη δ᾽ Ἰησοῦς TTrA. ma πάντων ἐντολή GW; πάντων [ἐντολή ἐστιν] commandment of allis L; ἐστίν t — οὖν TTrA. x γαμίζονται Ὁ πῶς TTra. ltr, la — αὐτῷ K 180 Lord our God is one Lord: 30 and thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind, and with all thy strength: this is the first commandment. 31 And the second is like, namely this, Thou shalt love thy neigh- pour as thyself. There is none other com- mandment greater than these. 32 And the scribe said unto him, Well, Master, thou hast said the truth : for there is one God ; and there is none other but he: 33 and to love him with all the heart, and with all the understanding, and with all the soul, and with all the strength, and to love his neighbour as him- self, is more than all whole burnt offerings and sacrifices. 34 And when Jesus saw that he answered discreet- ly, he said unto him, Thou art not far from the kingdom of God. And no man after that durst ask him any question. 35 And Jesus an- swered and said, while he taught in the tem- ple, How say the scribes that Christ is the Son of David? 36 For David himself said by the Holy Ghost, The LORD said to my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, till I make thine enemies’ thy footstool, 37 David therefore himself call- eth him Lord; and whence is he then his son? And the com- mon people heard him gladly. 38 And he said unto them in his doctrine, Beware of the scribes, which love to go in long clothing, and love MAPKO¥*%. ’ ε nN « ~ , 7 ᾽ , κι κύριος ὁ.θεὸς. ἡμῶν κύριος εἷς ἐστίν. 80 καὶ {the} Lord our God SLord one 185. And ἀγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν.θεόν.σου ἐξ ὕλης τῆς.καρδίας.σου thou shalt love [the] Lord thy God with all thy heart καὶ ἐξ ὕλης rhe-wuxijc-cov καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς.διανοίας.σου and with all thy soul and with all thy mind καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς.ἰσχύος.σου. "αὕτη πρώτη ἐντολή." and with all thy strength. This [isthe] first commandment, 31 οκαὶ! δευτέρα Popoia'' «αὕτη," ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν πλη- And [the] second like [1018] this: Thou shalt love *neigh- σίον σου we σεαυτόν. Μείζων τούτων ἄλλη ἐντολὴ bour ‘thy as _ thyself. Greater thanthese another commandment οὐκ.ἔστιν. 32 Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ γραμματεύς, Καλῶς, διδάσ- there is not. And #said *to *him 'the *scribe, Right, teach- λ 2 2 ἐλ θ ΄, 5 r ti ll « a ? ry ΄ ll \ καλε, ἐπ ἀληθείας τΤτεῖπας ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν "θεός," καὶ er, according to truth thou hast said that “one 718 1God, and 7 ” » A > ~ ‘ 4 ? ~ ? ‘ ? οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος πλὴν αὐτοῦ. 33 Kai τὸ ἀγαπᾷν αὐτὸν ἐξ there is ποῦ another besides him: and to love him with ὅλης τῆς καρδίας Kai ἐξ ὕλης τῆς συνέσεως ‘kai ἐξ ὕλης all the heart and with all the understanding andwith all τῆς ψυχῆς" καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς ἰσχύος, καὶ τὸ ἀγαπᾷν the soul and with all the strength, and to love [one’s] τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτόν, "πλεῖόν" ἐστιν πάντων TOY ὁλοκαυ- neighbour as_ oneself, 2more lis thanall the burnt τωμάτων καὶ ὕτῶν" θυσιῶν. 34 Kai ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἰδὼν *abror' XIL. Ἰσραήλ: Israel : offerings and the _ sacrifices. And Jesus seeing him ὅτι νουνεχῶς ἀπεκρίθη, εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Οὐ μακρὰν εἶ that intelligently he answered, said tohim, Not far art thou ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. Kai οὐδεὶς.οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα αὐτὸν from the kingdom of God. And nooneanymore dared *him ἐπερωτῆσαι. *to *question. 35 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς ἔλεγεν, διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, And answering 1 Jesus said, teaching in the temple, Πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ χριστὸς υἱός γέστιν AaBid"; How say the scribes that the ist son ‘is of David? 36 αὐτὸς *yap" *AaBid! Yetrev" ἐν ὁτῷ" πνεύματι “τῷ" ἁγίῳ, himself ‘+for David said by the Spirit the oly, ἀπεῖπεν" ¢o! κύριος τῷ.κυρίῳ. μου, [Κάθου" ἐκ δεξιῶν. μου Ewe.ayv *Said "the *Lord to my Lord, Sit at myrighthand until θῶ τοὺς.ἐχθρούς. σοὺ ξβὑποπόδιον" τῶν. ποδῶν.σου. 37 Αὐτὸς Iplace thineenemies [as] a footstool for thy feet. *Himself δοῦν" *AaBid' λέγει αὐτὸν κύριον. Kai πόθεν ἰυϊὸς. αὐτοῦ ’therefore ‘David ca him ord, and whence his son ? ell Sit ‘ ” » ᾽ τ RNY. ἐστιν ; Καὶ ὁ πολὺς ὄχλος ἤκουεν αὐτοῦ ἡδέως. is he? Andthe great crowd heard him _=_ gladly. 38 Kai Ἐἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ.διδαχῃ-αὐτοῦ,, Βλέπετε ἀπὸ And hesaid tothem in his teaching, Take heed of TOY γραμματέων, τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν, καὶ the scribes, who like in robes to walk about, and 2 — αὕτη πρώτη ἐντολή TA. it) Ltr. τ εἶπες T. ’ περισσότερόν abundantly more rrr. ἐστιν TTrA; ἐστιν Aaveid L; ἐστιν Δαυΐδ Gw. Ὁ λέγει Says W. Ἢ Ε ὑποκάτω (read beneath thy feet) a. k ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ ἔλεγεν TTrA. Δαυὶδ ον. {κάθισον TrA. ἰός TTrA. Ρ --- ὁμοία TA. 4 αὐτῇ (read [is] like 5 — θεός (read he is one) @LTTrAW. * — καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς [L]T. Ὑ — τῶν GLTrAW. * [αὐτὸν] Tr. Υ Aaveié 2 — yap [L]i[Tr]a. ® Δανεὶδ LTTrA; 4 λέγει Says G@Tr. ¢— ὁ (read [the]) LTra. h — οὗν [L]TTr. i αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ο — καὶ [L)TTrA. c— τῷ GW. ΧΉΣΧΤΙ. MARK. ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 39 Kai πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἐν ταῖς salutations in the market-places and first seats in the συναγωγαῖς Kai πρωτοκλισίας ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις" 40 οἱ ἱκατεσ- synagogues and first places at the suppers; who de- θίοντες" τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει ακρὰ your the houses of widows, and asa pretext “αὖ *great ‘length προσευχόμενοι" οὗτοι λήψονται" περισσότερον κρίμα. pray. These shall receive more abundant judgment. 41 Καὶ καθίσας 0 Ἰησοῦς" °karévaytt' τοῦ γαζοφυλα- And *having *sat "ἄονσῃι 1 Jesus opposite the treasury, κίου ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλά- hesaw how the crowd cast money into the treasury ; κιον᾽ καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά. 42 Kai ἐλθοῦσα and many Tich were casting [in] much. And ‘having °come χήρα πτωχὴ ἔβαλεν λεπτὰ δύο, 0 ἐστιν κοδράντης. Swidow poor cast [in] 7lepta ‘two, which is a kodrantes. 43 καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς. μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ Ῥλέγει" αὐτοῖς, And havingcalledto [him] his disciples he says to them, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, Ore ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ πλεῖον πάντων Verily Isay toyou, that this widow 1poor more than all IBEBAnkev' τῶν τβαλόντων᾽ εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον. 44 πάν- hascast [in]ofthose casting into the treasury. 7All pia one τες γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον: αὕτη.δὲ for out of that which wasabounding ἴο them east [in], but she ἐκ τῆς. ὑστερήσεως. αὐτῆς πάντα boa εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, out of her destitution 3411 *as*much Sas "she*had ‘east [in], ὅλον τὸν. βίον.αὐτῆς. 10whole °her "livelihood. 13 Kai ἐκπορευομένου.αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ λέγει αὐτῷ And as he was going forth outof the temple ‘says ‘to “him Ts ~ 6 ~ > ~ A δά x wr \ λίθ \ εἷς " τῶν. μαθητῶν.αὑτοῦυ, Διδάσκαλε, t0&, ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ tone ?of *his *disciples, Teacher, see, what stones and ’ ? ὃ ΄ 9 K ‘ ts ? ~ > νὰ θ aT] ff ? ~ TOTATAL OLKOOOMAL. at Ὃ Inoove ATTOKPLUELC ELTTEV auTwW, what buildings ! And Jesus answering said to him, Βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς; ovd-un ἀφεθῇ ἡ Seest thou these great buildings ? not at all shall be left λίθος ἐπὶ “λίθῳ ὃς οὐ-μὴ.καταλυθῇ. 3 Kai καθημένου stone upon stone which shall not be thrown down. And as ?was*sitting αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ᾿Ελαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ, “ἐπηρώ- the upon the mount of Olives opposite the temple, ask- των" αὐτὸν κατ -idiay “Πέτρος καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβος καὶ ᾿Τωάννης καὶ ed *him l0apart Peter “and “James ‘and 5John ‘and ᾿Ανδρέας, 4 YEizé' ἡμῖν πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; Kai τί τὸ 7Andrew, Tell us when “these things 'shallbe? and what the σημεῖον Oravy μέλῃ ὅπάντα ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι" ; sign when ‘should *be ®about ‘all these *things to be accomplished? 5 Ο.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἀποκριθεὶς" Padroic ἤρξατο λέγειν," Βλέπετε And Jesus answering to them began tosay, Take heed ἡ τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ. 6 πολλοὶ.“ γὰρ"! ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ “) μ Ώ γάρ ῳ est anyone *you ‘mislead. For many will come in > , , ’ iif ? 7 > ‘ ‘ ’ ὀνόματί. μου, λέγοντες, Ort "ὦ εἰμι’ καὶ πολλοὺς πλαγνή- my name, saying, am [he], and many they will 131 salutations in the market-places, 39 and the chief seats in the synagogues, and the uppermost rooms at feasts: 40 which de- vour widows’ houses, and for a pretence make long prayers: these shall _ receive greater damnation. 41 And Jesus sat over against the trea- sury, and beheld how the people cast money into the treasury: and many that were Tich cast in much. 42 And there came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing. 43 And he called unto him his disciples, and saith unto them, Verily I say unto you, That this poor widow hath east more in, than all they which have cast into the treasury: 44 for all they did cast in of their abundance; but she of her want did cast in all that she had, even all her living. XIII, And as he went out of the tem- ple, one of his disci- ples saith unto him, Master, see what man- ner of stones and what buildings are here! 2 And Jesus answer- ing said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. 3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives over against the temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately, 4 Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled? 5 And Je- sus answering them began to say, Take heed lest any man de- ceive you: 6 for many shallcome inmyname, saying, I am Christ; and shall _ deceive many. 7 And when ye shall hear of wars τὰ λήμψονται LTTrA. ᾳ ἔβαλεν did cast [in] ur. u + ὧδε here Ltr. ! κατέσθοντες TrA. P εἶπεν he said GLTTr. * ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ιησοῦς L; -- ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA. TTrA, *%+0T. 5 εἰπὸν ΤΊΤΑ. τττα. -- ἀποκριθεὶς ΤΊτΑ. Ὁ ἤρξατο λέγειν αὐτοῖς LTTrA. = — δ Ἰησοῦς [L]1TrAa. τ᾿ βαλλόντων LTTrAW. Υ λέθον TTr. 2 ταῦτα πάντα συντελεῖσθαι τ,; ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα ς — yap for ΤΑ. ο ἀπέναντι Tr. 8 + ἐκ of Tr[A]. * ἐπηρώτα 192 and rumours of wars, be ye not troubled: for such things must needs be; but the end shall not be yet. 8 For nation shall rise a- inst nation, and ngdom against king- dom: and there shall be earthquakes in di- vers places, and there shall be famines and troubles: these are the beginnings of sor- rows. 9 But take heed toyourselves : for they shall deliver you up to councils ; and in the synagogues ye shall be beaten: and ye shall be brought before ru- lers and kings for my sake, for a testimony against them. 10 And the gospel must first be published among all nations. 11 But when they shall lead you, and deliver you up, take no thought be- forehand what ye shall speak, neither do ye premeditate: but whatsoever shall be given youin that hour, that speak ye: for it is not ye that speak, but the Holy Ghost. 12 Now the brother shall betray the bro- ther to death, and the father the son; and children shall rise up against their parents, and shall cause them to be put to death. 13 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name’s sake: but he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be’ saved. 14 But when ye shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing where _ it ought not, (et him that readeth under- stand,) then let them that be in Judza flee to the mountains: 15 and let him that is on the housetop not godowninto the house, neither enter therein, to take any thing out of his house: 16 and let him that is in the field not turn back again for to take up his garment. 17 But woe to them that are MAPKO%. XIII. σουσιν. 7 ὕταν.δὲ δἀκούσητε! πολέμους Kai ἀκοὰς πολέμων, mislead. But when ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars, es ede δεῖ ἐγὰρ' γενέσθαι" ἀλλ᾽ οὕπω τὸ e not disturbed ; it *must *needs ‘for come to pass, but “ποὺ *yet [518] ‘the τέλος. 8 ᾿Ἐγερθήσεται.γὰρ ἔθνος ‘éi' ἔθνος καὶ βασιλεία 3end. For *shall*rise*up ‘nation against nation and kingdom ἐπὶ βασιλείαν" καὶ! ἔσονται σεισμοὶ κατὰ.τόπους, "καὶ" against kingdom; and there shall be earthquakes in different places, and ἔσονται λιμοὶ ‘kai ταραχαί." ἀρχαὶ! ὠδίνων ταῦτα. there shall be famines and _ troubles. Beginnings of throes [are] these. 9 Βλέπετε.δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς. παραδώσουσιν. yap" ὑμᾶς εἰς But take heed ye you to , ὃ 4 ’ quae , © τΥ Ἐς ΄ συνέδρια καὶ εἰς συναγωγὰς" δαρήσεσθε, καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνων sanhedrims and to synagogues: ye will be beaten, and before governors Kai βασιλέων σταθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν.ἐμοῦ, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς" and kings ye will be brought formysake, for atestimony to them; 10 καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ™OEi πρῶτον" κηρυχθῆναι τὸ and to all the nations must first be proclaimed the εὐαγγέλιον. 11 "ὅταν.δὲ"! οἀγάγωσιν! ὑμᾶς παραδιδόντες, glad tidings. But whenever they may lead away you delivering [you] up, μὴ-προμεριμνᾶτε τί λαλήσητε, Ῥμηδὲ μελετᾶτε" " be not careful beforehand what yeshouldsay, nor meditate [your reply]; ἀλλ᾽ O4éay" δοθῇ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ. τῇ.ὥρᾳ, τοῦτο λαλεῖτε" to yourselves; for they will deliver up but whatever maybegiven toyou in that hour, that speak ; ov.yap ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον. for ποὺ *are ‘ye they who _ speak, but the Spirit the Holy. 12 τπαραδώσει.δὲϊ! ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ And *will *deliver *up *brother brother to death, and father τέκνον" καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς, καὶ θανατώ- child ; and will rise *up children against parents, and will put to σουσιν αὐτούς" 18 καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ death them. And ye will be hated by all onaccount of ro-6vopa.pov' 0.08 ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσε- my name; but he who endures to [the] end, he shall be ται. 14 Ὅταν.δὲ ἴδητε τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως "τὸ saved. But when yesee the abomination ofthe desolation which ε " « 4 \ ~ , I tg . ἥν ε ᾽ δ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου," 'ἱεστὸς᾽ ὕπου οὐ.δεὶ was spoken οὗ by Daniel the prophet, standing where it should not ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω" τότε οἱ ἐν τῇ Ιουδαίᾳ φευ- (he who reads let him understand), then those in Judwza let yérwoay εἰς τὰ ὄρη: 15 ὁ Oe" ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος μὴ κατα- them flee to themountains, 346 'and upon the housetop “ποὺ ‘let *him , w ; 4 > / ll A x ᾽ , II YA » HH] ’ Barw sic THY οἰκίαν," μηδὲ *eloehOéTw' Yapat τι ἐκ come down into the house, nor goin to take any thing out of τῆς. οἰκίας. αὐτοῦ" 16 καὶ ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν τῶν! μὴ.ἐπιστρεψάτω his house ; andhethatin the field is let him not return εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἄραι τὸ ἱμάτιον.αὐτοῦ. 17 οὐαὶ. δὲ ταῖς to the things behind to take his garment. But woe to those that ἐν. γαστρὶ. ἐχούσαις καὶ ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς are with child and to those that give suck in those Mort Tet τὰ πως AE ee ee A eee e€—yapt[tr]a. [ἐπ᾽ Ta. ὃ — καὶ ΤΊτΑ. h — καὶ T[Tr]A. 4 ἀκούετε ye hear of Tr i— καὶ ταραχαί LTTr[ A]. 2 καὶ ὅταν and when LTTra. τ καὶ παραδώσει LTTrA. t ἑστὼς EG; ἑστηκὸς L; ἑστηκότα ΤΊτΑ. LTTrA. ᾳ ἄν L. χ εἰσελθάτω LTTr. k ἀρχὴ abeginning yttr. Ἢ -- γὰρ for t[tr]a. πὸ πρῶτον δεῖ ὁ ἄγωσιν GLTTrAW. Ρ --- μηδὲ μελετᾶτε [1|]τπττί Α]. 5.-- τὸ (lee ὑπὸ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου G[L]TTra. v — δὲ χ{{{τι]. ν--- εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν [L]T. Υ τι ἄραι Tra. z— ὧν (read [18]} LTTr. XIII. MARK. ἡμέραις. 18 προσεύχεσθε.δὲ ἵνα μὴ.γένηται "ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν" days ! And pray that “may “ποῦ *be your *flight ~ μὴ A Cy , ? ~ 7, “ χειμῶνος. 19 ἔσονται- γὰρ αἱτήμεραι ἐκεῖναι θλίψις, οἵα in winter; for *shall °be [‘in] those *days tribulation, such as ov.yéyovey τοιαύτη ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως δῆς" ἔκτισεν ὁ has ποῦ been thelike from(the] beginning οὗ creation which 2created θεὸς ἕως τοῦ νῦν, Kai ob_un γένηται. 20 Kai εἰμὴ “κύριος *God until now, and notatall shall be; and unless [the] Lord ἐκολόβωσεν! τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ.ἂν. ἐσώθη πᾶσα caps" had shortened the days, there would ποῦ havebeensaved any flesh; ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς ode ἐξελέξατο. ἐκολόβωσεν τὰς but onaccount of the elect whom hechose, hehasshortened the ἡμέρας. 21 Καὶ τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, “Ἰδού, ὧδε. ὁ days. And then if anyonetoyou say, Behold, here [is]the , en!] ἐδ ae eee g \ «ἢ 5 ἢ 22 ? On Χριστος, 1) tOOU, EKEL, μὴ-πιστευσήτε. », ἐγερ σονται Christ, or Behold, there, ye shall not believe [it]. “There *will *arise ao" ἵψ δό yp ὃ ~ i δώ Ι - ρ ευ οχοιστοι Kat €U οπροφηται, και θϑὐωσουσιν σημεια for false ists and false prophets, and will give signs καὶ τέρατα, πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾷν εἰ δυνατὸν "καὶ" τοὺς ἐκλεκ- and wonders, to deceive if possible even the elect. , « ~ cy , A 17 1 7, tc συ , τούς. 23 ὑεῖ δε βλέπετε" ἰδού, oes wide ὑμῖν πάντα. ut*ye ‘take heed: lo, I have foretold to you all things, 24 ™ANX'! ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις, μετὰ τὴν. θλίψιν ἐκείνην, But in those days, after that tribulation, « Jd 7 ‘ « 7 ? , X , ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται, Kai ἡ σελήνη ov.dWoR τὸ φέγγος the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give “light αὐτῆς, 25 καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες "τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔσονται ἐκπίπτοντες." ther ; and the stars ofthe heaven shall be falling out, καὶ ai δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται. and the powers which [are] ἢ the heavens shall be shaken ; 26 καὶ τότε ὄψονται τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν h and then shalltheysee the Son of man coming in νεφέλαις μετὰ δυνάμεως “πολλῆς Kai δόξης." 27 Kai τότε clouds with 2power great and glory; and then ἀποστελεῖ Tovc.ayyéAoucPavrov,' καὶ ἐπισυνάξει τοὺς he will send his angels, and will gather together ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ! ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ᾽ ἄκρου his elect from the four winds, from [the] extremity ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ. 28 ᾿Απὸ.δὲ τῆς συκῆς μάθετε of earth to [the] extremity of heaven. But from the fig-tree learn ‘4 4 = ev r > ~ ἠδ « γ᾿ i] t 4 , THY παραβολήν" ὅταν ταὐτῆς ἤδη ὁ κλάδος" ἁπαλὸς γένη- the parable: when of it already the branch tender is be- ται, καὶ "ἐκφυῇ! ra φύλλα, ἱγινώσκετε! bri ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος come, and it puts forth the leaves, yeknow that near the summer ἐστίν. 29 οὕτως Kai ὑμεῖς, ὅταν “ταῦτα ἴδητε" γινόμενα, is. So also ye, when these things yesee coming to pass, , au lA ? ? ‘ , ? bY , cn γινώσκετε Ore ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις. 80 ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, know that near itis, at [the] doors. Verily Isay to you, OTL οὐ.μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ. γενεὰ. αὕτη, μέχρις οὗ πάντα that in no wise will have passed away this generation, until all 133 with child, and to them that give suckin those days! 18 And pray ye that your flight be not in the winter. 19 Forin those days shall be affliction, such as was not from the beginning of the creation which God created unto this time, neither shall be. 20 And except that the Lord had shortened those days, no flesh should be saved: bu- for the elect’s sake. whom he hath chosen, he hath shortened the days. 21 And then if any man shall say to you, Lo, here zs Christ ; or, lo, he is there ; be- lieve him not: 22 for false Christs and false prophets shall rise, and shall shew signs and wonders, to se- duce, if it were pos- sible, even the elect. 23 But take ye heed: behold, I have foretold you all things, 24 But in those days, after that tribulation, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, 25 and the stars of heaven shall fall, and the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken. 26 And then shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and _ glory. 27 And then shail he send his angels, and shall gather together his elect from the four winds, from the utter- most part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven. 28 Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When her branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is near: 29 so ye in like manner, when ye shall see these things come to pass, know that it is nigh, even at the dvors. 30 Verily I say unto you, that this gene- ration shall not pass, till all these things be ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν (read it may not be) urtra. Ὁ ἣν LItr. ἃ ἴδε ΤΊΤΑ. ε-- ἢ TA. {ἴδε LTTrA. Β δὲ and T, i— ψευδόχριστοι καὶ A. Ἰ-- ἰδού [{Πτττὰ. τὰ ᾿Αλλὰ LTTrA. δόξης πολλῆς L. Ρ --- αὐτοῦ (read the angels) [u]rrra. τ ἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς LTr. 5 5 ἐκφύῃ EGT. ταυτα LTTr. ¥ TavTa πᾶντα ΤΊΤΑ. ς ἐκολόβωσεν κύριος τ. & μὴ πιστεύετε believe [it] not euTTraw. j ποιήσουσιν will work Ta. 0 ἔσονται ἐκ TOV οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες LTTrA. 4 — αὐτοῦ (read the elect) TTrra. : γινώσκεται it is known A. — καὶ T[Tr]a. ο καὶ ἃ ἔδητε 134 done, 31 Heaven and earth shall pass away : but my words shall not pass away. 32 But of that day and that hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father. 33 Takeye heed, watch and pray: for ye know not when the time is. 34 For the Son of man is as aman taking a far journey, who left his house, and gave authority to his servants, and to every man his work, and commanded the por- terto watch. 35 Watch ye therefore: for ye know not when the master of the house cometh, at even, or at midnight, or at the cockcrowing, or in the morning : 36 lest com- ing suddenly he find you sleeping. 37 And what I say unto you I say unto all, Watch. XIV. After two days was the feast of the assover, and of un- eavened bread: and the chief priests and the scribes sought how they might take him by craft, and put him todeath. 2 But they said, Not on the feast day, lest there be an uproar of the people. 3 And being in Beth- any in the house of Simon the leper, as he sat at meat, there came @ woman having an alabaster box of oint- ment οἵ spikenard very precious ; and she brake the box, and poured it on his head, 4 And there were some that had indignation within themselves, and said, Why was this waste of the oint- ment made? 5 for it might have been sold for more than three hundred pence, and have been given to the poor. And they mur- mured against her. 6 And Jesus said, Let her alone; why trou- ble ye her? she hath ΜΆΡΚΟΣ. XIII, XIV. ταῦτα" ἐνηται. 31 ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ Ymape- these things shall have taken place. The heaven and the earth shall λεύσονται"" οἱ. δὲ. λόγοι. μου οὐ.“ μὴ" Υπαρέλθωσιν." 32 ἸΤερὶ. δὲ pass away, but my words innowise shallpassaway. But concerning τῆς ἡμέρας.ἐκείνης *Kai τῆς ὥρας, οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ "οἱ Ay- that day and the hour, noone knows, noteventhe an- Π b ell ? ? ~ WANN Ce Se > ι £ ΄ , yerou' You! ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ὁ υἱός, εἰ.-μὴ ὁ πατήρ. 33 Βλέπετε, gels those in heaven, northe Son, but the Father. Take heed, ἀγρυπνεῖτε “καὶ προσεύχεσθε," obx.oidare.yao πότε ὁ καιρός watch and pray ; for ye know not whenthe time ἐστιν. 34 ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος ἀφεὶς τὴν οἰκίαν is} as aman going out of the country, leaving “house αὐτοῦ, καὶ δοὺς τοῖς.δούλοις αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, καὶ" ἑκάστῳ this, and giving to his bondmen the authority, and toeachone τὸ ἔργον.αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῷ θυρωρῷ ἐνετείλατο ἵνα ypnyooy. his work, and *the *door-keeper ‘commanded that he should watch. 35 γρηγορεῖτε οὖν" οὐκ.οἴδατε.γὰρ πότε ὁ.κύριος τῆς οἰκίας Watch therefore, for ye know not when the master of the house ἔρχεται, “ὀψέ, ἢ ἱμεσονυκτίου," ἢ ἀλεκτοροφωνίας, ἢ πρωΐ: comes: atevening,or at midnight, or atcock-crowing, or morning; 36 μὴ ἐλθὼν ἐξαίφνης εὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας. 37 δὰ" δὲ lest coming suddenly he should find you sleeping. And what ὑμῖν λέγω, πᾶσιν λέγω, Τρηγορεῖτε. toyou Isay, toall Isay, Watch. ἋΣ A 4 , \ Ay » Ay , 14 "Hyd τὸ πάσχα καὶ τὰ ἄζυμα μετὰ δύο Now it was the passover and the [feast of] unleavened bread after two ἡμέρας" Kai ἐζήτουν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ γραμματεῖς πῶς days. And ’were ®seeking ‘the *chief*priests *and *the scribes how αὐτὸν ἐν δόλῳ κρατήσαντες ἀποκτείνωσιν" 2 ἔλεγον "δέ," him by guile gettingholdof they might kill(him). 7*They °said ‘but, Μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, μήποτε ἰθύόρυβος ἔσται! τοῦ λαοῦ. Not in the feast, lest a tumult there shall be of the people. 3 Kai ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν Βηθανίᾳ, ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ And *being the in Bethany, in the house ofSimon the λεπροῦ, κατακειμένου.αὐτοῦ, ἦλθεν γυνὴ ἔχουσα ἀλά- leper, as he reclined {at table], *came ‘a*woman having an ala- βαστρον μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς" ‘kai! συν- baster flask of ointment of *nard ‘pure of great price ; and having τρίψασα ‘76! ἀλάβαστρον, κατέχεεν αὐτοῦ “xara! τῆς broken the alabaster flask, she poured [it] “*his ton κεφαλῆς. 4 ἦσαν.δέὲ τινες ἀγανακτοῦντες πρὸς ἑαυτούς, “Kai head. And *were ‘some indignant within themselves, and λέγοντες," Eig τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν ; saying, For what *this *waste “of *the Sointment *has been made? 5 ἠδύνατο.γὰρ τοῦτο ° πραθῆναι ἐπάνω τριακοσίων for it was possible [for] this tohave beensold forabove three hundred δηναρίων," καὶ δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς" Kai “ἐνεβριμῶντο" W παρελεύσεται GW. an angel a. either Trra. θόρυβος TTrA. LYTra,. τριακοσίων LTTrAW. k — καὶ TA. " — καὶ λέγοντες T[Tr]A. denarii, and tohave been given tothe poor. And they murmured ? ~ « 1? ~ » ? U , ᾽ “ , αὐτῇ. 6 Ο.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Agere αὑτὴν" τί αὐτῷ κοπους at her. But Jesus said, Let alone ‘her; whytoher trouble _ *— pH Tra. Υ παρελεύσονται TIrA. 7 ἣ OY GLTTrAW. δ ἄγγελος b — οἱ TTrA. © — καὶ προσεύχεσθε LT[Tr]A. 4—xatLitra,, .6.- ἢ μεσονύκτιον TTrA. & ὃ LTTrA. h yap for LTTrA. i ἔσται l τὸν LEW 3 τὴν TrA, m — κατὰ (read αὐτοῦ on his) ° + τὸ μύρον Ointment GLTTraW. P δηναρίων 4 ἐνεβριμοῦντο T. XIV. MARK. παρεχετε; καλὸν ἔργον "εἰργάσατο" “εἰς ἐμέ." 7 πάντοτε.γὰρ do yecause? agood work she wrought towards me. For always τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, καὶ ὅταν θέλητε δύνασθε the poor yehave with you, and whenever ye desire ye are able ἰαὐτοὺς" eb-moujoar ἐμὲ.δὲ ob πάντοτε ἔχετε. 8 ὃ Yeiyer'! *them lto?do good; butme not always yehave. What could “arn, ἐποίησεν. προέλαβεν μυρίσαι “μου.τὸ.σῶμα" εἰς 1886, she did. She came beforehand to anoint my body for τὸν ἐνταφιασμόν. 9 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὕπου. ἂν _KnovyOy the burial. Verily Isay toyou, Wheresoever shall beproclaimed τὸ εὐαγγέλιον “τοῦτο! εἰς ὅλον τὸν κόσμον, Kai ὃ ἐποίησεν this glad tidings in ?whole'the world, also what *has *done αὕτη λαληθήσεται εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς. ‘this [?woman] shall be spoken of for ἃ memorial of her. 10 Kai °6"Ioddac 6" Φ᾿Ισκαριώτης," 1 εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, And Judas the Iscariote, one ofthe twelve, ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς, ἵνα “παραδῷ advror' went away to the chief priests, that hemightdeliverup him αὐτοῖς. 11 Οἱ. δὲ ἀκούσαντες ἐχάρησαν, Kai ἐπηγγείλαντο tothem. Andthey having heard rejoiced, and promised καὶ ἐζήτει πῶς [εὐκαίρως αὐτὸν αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι" And hesought how ‘conveniently ‘him shim oney 1to *give, παραδῷ." "he *might ‘deliver “ἪΡ. 12 Kai τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν ἀζύμων, ὅτε τὸ πάσχα And on the first day of unleavened [bread], when the passover ἔθυον, λέγουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ.μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, Τοῦ θέλεις theykilled, “say ‘*to*him "his ?disciples, Where desirest thou [that] ἀπελθόντες ἑτοιμάσωμεν ἵνα φάγῃς τὸ πάσχα; 18 Kai going we should prepare that thou mayest eat the passover ? And ἀποστέλλει δύο τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ὑπάγετε he sends forth two of his disciples, and says tothem, Go εἰς THY πόλιν" καὶ ἀπαντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος into the city, and *will*meet ‘you la "man apitcher of water βαστάζων: ἀκολουθήσατε αὐτῷ, 14 καὶ O7ov-Sédy' εἰσέλθῃ, carrying ; follow him; and wherever he may enter, εἴπατε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, Ὅτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, Ποῦ say to the master of the house, The teacher says, Where ? x , h ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα ὕπου τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν.μαθητῶν.μου is the guest-chamber where the passover with my disciples φάγω; 15 καὶ αὐτὸς ὑμῖν δείξει ἱἀνώγεον" μέγα ἐστρω- I may eat? and he Syou ‘will *shew an upper room large, fur- μένον ξἕτοιμον." let! ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν. 16 Kai ἐξῆλθον ot nished ready. There prepare for us. And went away δ Τὴ ᾽ ὌΠ Vie ? \ , ‘ = " μαθηταὶ. "αὐτοῦ," καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ εὗρον καθὼς his disciples, and came into the city, and found as εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Kai ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα. 17 Kai ὀψίας he had said tothem, and they prepared the passover. And evening γενομένης ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα. 18 Kai ἀνακειμένων being come hecomes with the twelve. And as *were *reclining τ ἠργάσατοτ. 5 ἐν ἐμοί tO Me ΟἸΤΤΓΑΥ. GLTTraW. * — αὕτη (read εἶχεν she could) [u]Jt[Tr]a. and (verily) [L]ttra. Z ἐὰν TA. LTTraw. © Ἰσκαριώθ TA. d + 6 the TTrA. {αὐτὸν εὐκαίρως παραδοῖ LITrA; αὐτὸν εὐκ. παραδῷ W. guest-chamber) [xn ]rtra. 1 ἀνάγαιον GLTTrAW. there ττὰ ; κἀκεῖ T. m — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) [Tr]. & ἂν {πτὰ. t αὐτοῖς LTrA ; — αὐτοὺς T. * τὸ σῶμά μου LTr. 85. — τοῦτο (read the glad tidings) [1 ]rtra. © παραδοῖ αὐτὸν L; αὐτὸν παραδοῖ ΤΊτΑ. k [ἕτοιμον L. 135 wrought a good work onme. 7 For ye have the poor with you always, and whenso- ever ye will ye may do them good: but me ye have not always. 8 She hath done what she could: she is come aforehand to anoint my body to the bury- ing. 9 Verily I say unto you, Wheresoever this gospel shall be preached throughout the whole world, this also thatshe hath done shall be spoken of for ὃ. Memorial of her. 10 And Judas Isca- riot, one of the twelve, went unto the chief priests, to betray him unto them. 11 And when they heard it, they were glad, and promised to give him money. And hesought how he might con- veniently betray him. 12 And the first da of unleavened bread, when they killed the passover, his disciples said unto him, Where wilt thou that we go and prepare that thou mayest eat the pass- over? 13 And he send- eth forth two of his disciples, and saith unto them, Go ye into the city, and there shall meet you a man bearing a pitcher of water: follow him. 14 And wheresoever he shall go in, say ye to the goodman of the house, The Master saith, Wheres is the guestchamber, where I shall eat the pass- over with my disciples? 15 And he will shew youa large upper room furnished and pre- pared: there make ready for us. 16 And his disciples went forth, and came into the city, and found as he had said unto them: and they made ready the passover. 17 And in theevening he com- eth with the twelve. 18 And as they satand did eat, Jesus said, bh + μον (read my lat ἐκεῖ and 190 Verily I say unto you, One of you which eat- eth with me shall be- tray me. 19 And the began to be sorro and to say unto him one by one, Js it 1? and another said, 78 it 1? 20 And he an- swered and said unto them, Jt is one of the twelve, that dippeth with me in the dish. 21 The Son of man in- deed goeth, as it is written of him: but woe to that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! good were it for that man if he had never been born. 22 And as they did eat, Jesus took bread, and blessed, and brake it, and gave to them, and said, Take, eat: thisismy body. 23 And he took the cup, and when he had given thanks, he gave tt to them: and they all drank of it. 24 And he said unto them, This is my blood of the new testament, which is shed _ for many. 25 Verily I say unto you, I will drink nomore of the fruit of the vine, until that day that I drink it new in the kingdom of God. 26 And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into the mount of Olives. 27 And Jesus saith unto them, All ye shall be offended ‘be- cause of me this night: for it is written, I will smite the shepherd, and the sheep shall be scattered, 28 But after that I am risen, I will go before you into Galilee. 29 But Peter said unto him, Al- though all shall be offended, yet will not 1, 30 And Jesus saith unto him, Verily I say unto thee, That this MAPKOX&. XI1y. αὐτῶν καὶ ἐσθιόντων "πεῖπεν ὁ ᾿Ι[ησοῦς," ᾿Αμὴν λέγω (tat Stable] *they and wereeating “said Jesus, Verily Isay ὑμῖν, ore εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει με, ὁ ἐσθίων per ἐμοῦ. to you, that one of you _ will deliver up me, who is eating with me. 19 901.68" ἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι, Kai λέγειν αὐτῷ, εἷς Ῥκαθ᾽ εἷς, And they began to be grieved, and tosay tohim, one by one, Μή τι ἐγώ ; «Καὶ ἄλλος, Μή τι ἐγώ ;" 20 Ὁ δὲ ᾿ἀπο- {Is it] 1? And another, {Is it] 1? But he an- κριθεὶς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. Εἴς "ἐκὶ τῶν δώδεκα, ὁ ἐμβαπτό- swering said tothem, [Τὺ 158] one of the twelve, who is dip- 7 AP. ~ t ᾽ ‘A a’ , v « ea ~ ?» , μενος μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρυβλίον. 21 ὁ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ping with me _ in the dish. The Sindeed *Son 3o0f Sman ὑπάγει, καθὺς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ" οὐαὶ. δὲ τῷ +z0e8, as it has been written concerning him; but woe « er ~ ? , ΄ . ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπον παραδίδοται 2 , ? , ? avOpwrwixeivy dv οὗ of man is delivered up ; to that man by whom the Son \ w,,, ll > x > ᾽ ? , eg ~ καλὸν Way αὐτῷ εἰ οὐκ.ἐγεννήθη ὁ. ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος. good wereit for him if “had *not *been Sborn ‘that *man. 22 Kai ἐσθιόντων.αὐτῶν, λαβὼν τὸ ᾿Ιησοῦς" ἄρτον, And as they were eating, *having “taken 1 Jesus a loaf, εὐλογήσας ἐκλασεν, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς. καὶ εἶπεν, Λάβετε, having blessed hebrake, ἅτ gave tothem, and = said, Take, Yoayere’" τοῦτό ἐστιν τσ ὉΠ ΠΟ, 23 Καὶ λαβὼν τὸ" eat 3 this is my body And having taken the ποτήριον, εὐχαριστήσας ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς" Kai ἔπιον ἐξ αὐτοῦ cup, having given thanks he gave tothem, andthey*drank*of ‘it πάντες" 24 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ. αἵμά.μου τὸ" tall. And hesaid tothem, ‘This is my blood that τῇ b ~ tl ὃ θ , , ς ry λλ ~ ? , Π 1¢ "καινῆς" διαθῆηκης, τὸ “περὶ πολλῶν εκχυνομέγον. of the new covenant, which for many is poured out. 25 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐκέτι οὐ-μὴ πίω ἐκ τοῦ Verily Isay ὕο you, that not any more in any wise willI drink of the ἀγεννήματος" τῆς ἀμπέλου, ἕως τῆς. ἡμέρας. ἐκείνης ὅταν αὐτὸ fruit of the vine, until that day when it πίνω καινὸν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ. Idrink new in the kingdom of God. 26 Kai ὑμνήσαντες ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ᾿Ἐλαιῶν. And having sung ἃ hymn they went out to the mount of Olives. 27 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὅτι πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε And *says *to *them 1Jesus, All ye will be offended ety ἐμοὶ" fy ryvuKrirabry’' ὕτι γέγραπται, Πατάξω τὸν in me in this night ; for it has been written, I will smite the ποιμένα, καὶ ἔδιασκορπισθήσεται τὰ πρόβατα." 28 ᾿Αλλὰ shepherd, and _ will be scattered abroad the sheep. But pera τὸὺ.ἐγερθῆναί.με. προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. after my arising, I will go before you into Galilee. 29 Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἔφη αὐτῷ, Kai εἰ! πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται ρ ῆ ῳ 1) ᾽ But Peter said tohim, Evenif all shall be offended, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ae 30 Kai λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, analy λέγω σοι, yet not LI. And %says *to*him ‘Jesus, 6 rily [587 to thee, 0 6 ᾿Τησοῦς εἶπεν TA. ἄλλος, My τι ἐγώ ; TTr. t + rv χεῖρα the hand 1. Υ — φάγετε GLTTrAW. ς ὑπὲρ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον L; ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν τῦτα. © — ἐν ἐμοὶ TTrA. τὰ πρόβατα L; τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται TTrA. fu] τ{τι]ᾶ. Ὁ — καινῆς TTrA. ματος TTrAW. ο — Oi δὲ (read ἤρξαντο they began) τὰ. Ρ κατὰ ΤΑ. 4 -- καὶ τ--- ἀποκριθεὶς LTTrA. 8 ἐκ (read τῶν of the) T[Tr]. v + ὅτι for T[TrJA. w — ἦν (Letra. x — ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 — τὸ (read a cup) LTTrA. & — τὸ [L]TA. 4 γενή- - ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ [L]ttraW. 8 διασκορπισθήσονται h Ec καὶ Tra. χτν: MARK. ore’ σήμερον Jévy τῇ νυκτὶ ταυτῃ,! πρὶν ἢ δὶς ἀλέκτορα that to-day in this night, before pri twice [the] cock φωνῆσαι, τρὶς *arapynoy με." 31 Ὁ δὲ ἱἐκ. περισσοῦ ἔλεγεν crow, thrice thou wilt deny me, But he eueleumantly? *said μᾶλλον," "Edy με δέῃ!" συναποθανεῖν σοι, οὐ.μή σε the *more, If it were nee for me to die with thee, in no wise thee πἀπαρνήσομαι. Ὡσαύτως. δὲ καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον. will I deny. Andinlike manneralso “all “they ‘spake, 32 Kai ἔρχονται εἰς χωρίον °ob τὸ" ὄνομα ῬΓεθσημανῆ"" And theycome to aplace οὗ whichthe name Cis] Geths nee καὶ λέγει τοῖς.μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, Καθίσατε ὧδε, ἕως προσεύξω- and he says to his disciples, Sit here, while I shall μαι. 33 te παραλα Paver τὸν Πέτρον καὶ Irov" ᾿ΙΓάκωβον pray. he t: Peter and James καὶ ἜΡΟΝ τμεθ᾽ satire." Kai ἤρξατο ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι καὶ and John with him ; and he began to be greatly amazed and ἀδημονεῖν. 84 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, ἸΠερίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ-ψυχή-μου deeply depressed. And hesays tothem, Verysorrowful is my soul ἕως θανάτου" μείνατε ὧδε καὶ γρηγορεῖτε. 35 Kai ὅπροελ- evento death; remain here and watch. And haying Bone θὼν" μικρὸν ἱἔπεσεν" ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, Kai προσηύχετο ἵνα, εἰ forward a little hefell upon ee earth, and prayed that, if δυνατόν ἐστιν, παρέλθῃ ax’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα. 86 Kai ἔλεγεν, possible it ἘΠ aight pass from him the hour, And hesaid, ᾿Αββᾶ, ὁ πατήρ, πάντα δυνατά cou παρένεγκε τὸ ποτή- Abba, Hakher; all things [are] Bonsitle to thee; take away 2cup ριον Yar’ ἐμοῦ τοῦτο" ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ. Ξέγοα *me ‘this; but notwhat Ζ will, but what thou. 37 Kai ἔρχεται καὶ εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας" καὶ λέγει τῷ And hecomes and finds them sleeping. And he says Πέτρῳ, Σίμων, καθεύδεις; οὐκιἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρη- to Peter, Simon, sleepest thou? wast thou not able one hour γορῆσαι; 38 γρηγορεῖτε καὶ προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ πεἰσέλθητε! watch ? Watch and pray, that ye enter not εἰς πειρασμόν. τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ.δὲ σὰρξ into temptation. The 7indeed ‘spirit ready, but the flesh ἀσθενής. 39 Kai πάλιν ἀπελθὼν προσηύξατο, τὸν αὐτὸν weak. And again having goneaway heprayed, “the *same λόγον εἰπών. 40 Kai τὑποστρέψας᾽ εὗρεν αὐτοὺς Yraduy' “thing ‘saying. And having returned hefound them again καθεύδοντας" ἦσαν.γὰρ *ot.6¢0adpoi.aiTay' "βεβαρημένοι," sleeping, for *were 1their eyes heavy ; 7ὃ θαὐτῷ ἀποκριθῶσιν." 41 Καὶ ἔ καὶ eet ed τί αὐυτῷῳ απόκρι ωσιν. αι EPXETAL and mney ewnot what *him ‘they “should *answer. And he comes τὸ τρίτον, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Καθεύδετε “τὸ" λοιπὸν καὶ [15] the third time, and says to them, Sleep on now and ? 7 > , Zz « “ = ? ’, ΄, ἀναπαύεσθες. ἀπέχει ἦλθεν ἡ wpa ἰδού, παραδίδοται take Or rest. It is enough; has come the hour; lo, Sis *delivered 7up ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν. 42 ἐγεί- ‘the *Son Sof*man into the hands of sinners, Rise, ρεσθε, ἄγωμεν᾽ ἰδού, ὁ παραδιδούς μὲ “ἤγγικεν." let us go; behold, he who isdelivering up me has drawn near, i+ σὺ thouGLtTrraw. Jj ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ LTTrA. ἐλάλει LTTrA. τῷ δέῃ μεῖττ. ἅ ἀπαρνήσωμαι T. GLITrAW. τ μετ᾽ αὑτοῦ LITrA. 5 προσελθὼν Tr. *@AOnTeTA. 1 πάλιν ἐλθὼν again coming La ; ἐλθὼν Tr. MOLT. 5 καταβαρυνόμενοι ΤΊΤΑΥ. » ἀποκριθῶσιν αὐτῷ LITrAW. οὗ τ, ἵ ἔπιπτεν ΤΑ. Χ με ἀπαρνήσῃ LTTraw. P Τεθσημανεῖ LITrAW. Y τοῦτο ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ LTTraw. Υ --- πάλιν LTrA. ©—70 LTrAW. id7 day, even in this niznt before the cock crow twice, thou shalt deny me thrice. 31 But he spake the more vehe- mently, If I should die with thee, I will not deny thee in any wise. Likewise also said they all. 32 And they came to a place which was named Gethsemane: and he saith to his disciples, Sit ye here, while I shall pray. 33 And he taketh with him Peter and Jaines and John, and began to be sore amazed, and to be very heavy ; 34 and saith unto them, My soul is ex- ceeding sorrowful un- to death: tarry ye here, and watch. 35 And he went forward a little, and fell on the ground, and prayed that, if it were possible, the hour might pass from him, 36 And he said, Abba, Father, all things are possible unto thee; take away this cup from me: nevertheless not what I will, but what thou wilt. 37 And he cometh, and find- eth them = sleeping, and saith unto Peter Simon, sleepest thou? couldest not thou watch one hour? 38 Watch ye and pray, lest ye enter into temp- tation. The spirit truly is ready, but the flesh is weak. 39 And again he went away, and prayed, and spake the same words. 40 And when he returned, he found them asleep a- gain, (for their eyes were heavy,) neither wist they what to an- swer him. 41 And he cometh the third time, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: it is enough, the hour is come ; behold, the Son of manis betrayed into the hands of sinners. 42 Rise up, let us go; lo, he that betrayeth me is at hand. | ἐκπερισσῶς 4 — τὸν : αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλ- ἀ γγισενῖ. 198 43 And immediately, while ~he yet spake, cometh Judas, one of the twelve, and with him a great multi- tude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and the scribes and the elders. 44 And he that betrayed him had given them a token, saying, Whom- soever I shall kiss, that same is he; take him, and lead him away safely. 45 And as soon as he was come, he gooth straightway to him, andsaith, Master, master; and kissed him, 46 And they laid their hands on him, and took him. 47 And one of them that stood by drew a sword, and smote a servant of the high priest, and cut off hisear. 48 And Jesus answered and_ said unto them, Are ye come out, as against a thief, with swords and with staves to take me? 49 I was daily with you in the tem- ple teaching, and ye took me not: but the seriptures must be ful- filled. 50 And they all forsook him, and fled. 51 And there followed him a certain young man, having a linen cloth cast about his naked body; and the young men laid hold on him : 52 and he left the linen cloth, and fied from them naked. 53 And they led Je- sus away to the high priest: and with him were assembled all the chief priests and the elders and the scribes. 54 And Peter followed him afar off, even into the palace of the high priest : and hesat with the servants, and warmed himself at the fire. 55 And the chief priests and all the council sought for wit- MA BK Os. XIV. 43 Kai “εὐθέως" ἔτι αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος παραγίνεται £ Τού- And immediately *yet ‘as *he “15 speaking, comes up Ju- 6ac®, εἷς *Ov' τῶν δώδεκα, καὶ per αὐτοῦ ὄχλος ἱπολὺς! das, "one ‘being ofthe twelve, and with him a*crowd ‘great, μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων, παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων Kai τῶν with swords and staves, from the _ chiefpriests and _ the , \ k ~ 1] , 44 ὃ ὃ , δὲ ε γοαμματεων και “Των T PEO, UTEPWY. EOWKELOE ο scribes and the elders. Now “had ®given 'he who ‘ ? \ ] ’ ll > - , - n παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν ‘ovaonpoy' αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Ὃν ἂν °was *delivering °up δῃΐτη a sign tothem, saying, Whomsoever φιλήσω αὐτός ἐστιν κρατήσατε αὐτόν, Kai π᾿ἀπαγάγετε" Ishallkiss *he lis ; seize him, and lead [him] away ἀσφαλῶς. 45 Kai ἐλθών, “εὐθέως" προσελθὼν αὐτῷ λέγει, safely. And being come, immediately comingup to him he says, ™PaBBi, papi" καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν. 46 Οἱ.δὲ οσἐπέβαλον" Rabbi, Rabbi; and ardently kissed him. And they laid Pén’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν," καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν. 47 Eic.dé upon him “7hands ‘their, and seized him. But “one Aric! TOY παρεστηκότων σπασάμενος THY μάχαιραν 1a 2certain of those standing by, haying drawn the sword ἔπαισεν τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως καὶ ἀφεῖλεν αὐτοῦ τὸ struck the bondman ofthe highpriest and _ took off his τὠτίον." 48 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὥς ἐπὶ ear. And answering 1Jesus said tothem, As against λῃστὴν "ἐξήλθετε" μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συλλαβεῖν με; arobber areyecome out with swords and staves totake me? 49 καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἤμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων, Kai Daily Iwas with you in the temple teaching, and οὐκ ἐκρατήσατέ με’ ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαί. ye did not seize me: _ but [1ὖ 15] ὑπαῦ *may *be ‘fulfilled *the *scriptures. 50 Kai ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἱπάντες ἔφυγον." 51 Kai "εἷς τις And leaving him all fled. And one a certain νεανίσκος" YnKodovbe' αὐτῷ, περιβεβλημένος σινδόνα ἐπὶ young man was following him, having cast a linen cloth about υμνοῦ" καὶ κρατοῦσιν αὐτὸν “οἱ νεανίσκοι" 52 ὁ.δὲ [118] naked [body]; and 4seize Shim ‘the “young “men, but he, καταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα γυμνὺς ἔφυγεν "ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν." leaving behind the linen cloth, *naked fled from them. 58 Kai ἀπήγαγον τὸν Ἰησοῦν πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα" καὶ And they led away Jesus to the high priest. And συνέρχονται Ταὐτῷ᾽ πάντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ “πρεσβύτεροι there come together to him all the chief priests and the elders ‘ € eal (| 54 K ‘ ἡ Πέ ? 4 0 ? Xx ees και OL γραμματεις. αι OLLETPOC απὸ μάακρο V NKOAOU and the scribes, And Peter from afar off fol- θησεν αὐτῷ ἕως ἔσω εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως" καὶ ἦν lowed him asfaraswithinto the court ofthe ΒΙρἪ ρυϊθδῦ; and he was “cuykalnpevoc' μετὰ THY ὑπηρετῶν, Kai θερμαινόμενος πρὸς sitting with the officers, and warming himself at 76! φῶς. 55 Οἱ.δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai ὅλον τὸ συνέδριον ἐζήτουν the fire. And the chief priests and “whole 'the sanhedrim sought (lit. light). ὃ εὐθὺς LTTrA. i — πολὺς [L]TTrA. ῥαββεί 1; ῥαββεί [ῥαββεί) a. ut: 9 — τις LTrAW. Tra. ἃ νεανίσκος TLS LTr. ¥ — οἱ νεανίσκοι (read they seize) LTTrA. 2 γραμματεῖς Kal οἱ πρεσβύτεροι L. f+ o LTraw. & + ὃ ᾿Ισκαριώτης Iscariote La[Tr]a. h — ὧν LTTr[ A]. 1 σύνσημον 1. ™ ἀπάγετε LTTrA. 2 “PaBBé Ltr ; ° ἐπέβαλαν 1. Ρ τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν 1,; τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ τ ὠτάριον LTTrA. 5 ἐξήλθατε LTTrAW. ἵΦδἔφυγον πάντες TTrA. ¥ συνηκολούθει was following with Lrtra; ἠκολούθησεν followed w. x — an’ αὐτῶν [L]TTr. Υ — αὐτῷ τ. b— χὸ Ἑ. k — τῶν 1. ἃ συνκαθήμενος T. ΧΙΥ. MARK. κατὰ τοῦ Inoov μαρτυρίαν, εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν" Kai οὐχ against Jesus testimony, to put to death him, and ποῦ ἀεὕρισκον 56 πολλοὶ.γὰρ ἐψευδομαρτύρουν Kar αὐτοῦ, ‘did find [any]. For many bore false testimony against him, καὶ ἴσαι ai μαρτυρίαι οὐκ.ἦσαν. 57 καί τινες ἀναστάντες and alike their testimonies were ποῦ, And some having risen up ἐψευδομαρτύρουν κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, ὅ8 Ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠκούσα- bore false testimony against him, saying, We heard μεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, Ὅτι ἐγὼ καταλύσω τὸν.ναὸν. τοῦτον TOY him saying, I will destroy this temple the χειροποίητον, Kai διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον 1016] made with hands, and in three days another notmade withhands οἰκοδομήσω. 59 Kai οὐδὲ οὕτως ἴση ἦν ἡ-μαρτυρία.αὐτῶν. I will build. And neither thus. alike was their testimony. 60 Kai ἀναστὰῤξῤΛ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰς *70' μέσον ἐπηρώτησεν And ‘*having stood δὰ} ‘the “high *priest in the midst questioned τὸν Ἰησοῦν, λέγων, Οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν; τί οὗτοί σου Jesus, saying, Answerest thou nothing? What ?these ‘thee καταμαρτυροῦσιν ; 61 Ὁ.δὲ ἐσιώπα, καὶ ἰοὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο." testify “against ? But he was silent, and nothing answered. Πάλιν ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Σὺ Again the high priest was questioning him, and says tohim, *Thou εἶ ὁ χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ εὐλογητοῦ; 62 ‘O.dé. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, lart the Christ, the Son ofthe blessed? And Jesus said, > , : ‘ Ἢ ‘ ey ~ > , , Ἐγώ εἰμι. καὶ ὄψεσθε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου δκαθήμενον 1 am. And ye shall see the Son of man sitting ἐκ δεξιῶν" τῆς δυνάμεως, καὶ ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν at [the] right hand of power, and coming with the clouds τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 63'O.dé ἀρχιερεὺς διαῤῥήξας τοὺς. χιτῶνας. αὐτοῦ of the heaven. Andthe high priest having rent his garments λέγει, Τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων ; 64 ἠκούσατε *rij¢ says, Whatany more need have we of witnesses? Ye heard the βλασφημίας"" τί ὑμῖν φαίνεται; Ot.d& πάντες κατέκριναν blasphemy : what ?to*you ‘appears? And they all condemned avrov'teivar ἔνοχον" θανάτου. 65 Kai ἤρξἕαντό τινες ἐμπτύειν him tobe deserving of death. And began ‘some to spit upon αὐτῷ, καὶ περικαλύπτειν “ro.rodcwrov.abTov,' Kai κολα- him, and to cover up his face, and to buf- φίξειν αὐτόν, καὶ λέγειν αὐτῷ, ΠΠροφήτευσον᾽ καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται et him, and tosay tohim, Prophesy ; and the officers ῥαπίσμασιν αὐτὸν πἔβαλλον." with the palm of the hand *him 4struck. 66 Kai ὄντος τοῦ Πέτρου πὲν τῇ αὐλῇ κάτω," ἔρχεται μία And *being Peter in the court below, comes one τῶν παιδισκῶν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, 67 Kai ἰδοῦσα τὸν Πέτρον of the maids of the high priest, and = seeing Peter θερμαινόμενον, ἐμβλέψασα αὐτῷ λέγει. Kai od μετὰ Tov warming himself, having lookedat him says, And thou “with “the Ναζαρηνοῦ “Ἰησοῦ ἦσθα." 68 ‘0.dé ἠρνήσατο, λέγων, POLK! *Nazarene 5Jesus wast. But he denied, saying, ΞΝοῦ olda “οὐδὲ" ἐπίσταμαι ττί σὺ" λέγεις. Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἔξω ἍΤ *know noreven understand what thou sayest. And he went forth out d ηὕρισκον LTrA. e — τὸ (read [the]) GLTTraw. δεξιῶν καθήμενον GLITrAW. h τὴν βλασφημίαν L. πρόσωπον ΤΊτΑ. ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ TTrA. nor LTTraw. ο ἦσθα τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ LTTrA. τ σὺ τί LTTrA. f οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο οὐδεν TTr. 1 ἔνοχον εἶναι TTrA. m ἔβαλον w ; ἔλαβον (read received him with buffets) Lrtra. P οὔτε neither (know I) LT?ra. 139 ness against Jesus to put him todeath ; and found none. 56 For many bare false wit- ness against him, but their witness agreed not together. 57 And there: arose certain, and bare false witness against him, saying, 58 We heard him say, I will destroy this temple that is made with hands, and with- in three days I will build another made without hands. 59 But neither so did their witness agree together. 60 And the high priest stood up in the midst, and asked Jesus, say- ing, Answerest thou nothing ? what is it which these witness against thee? 61 But he held his peace, and answered nothing. A- gain the high priest asked him, and said unto him, Art thou the Christ, the Son of the Blessed? 62 And Jesus said, lam: and ye shall see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven. 63 Then the high priest rent his clothes, and saith, What need we any further witnesses? 64 Ye have heard the blasphemy: what think ye? And they all condemned him to be guilty of death. 65 And some began to spit on him, and to cover his face, and to buffet him, and to say unto him, Prophesy : and the servants did strike him with the palms of their hands. 66 And as Peter was beneath in the palace, there cometh one of the maids of the high priest: 67 and when shesaw Peter warming himself, she looked up- on him, and said, And thou also wast with Jesus of Nazareth. 68 But he denied, say- ing, I know not, nei- ther understand I what thousayest. And he went out into the Ξ ἐκ k > a“ x αὐτοῦ TO 2 κάτω οὔτε 140 porch; and the cock crew. 69 And a maid saw him again, and began to say to them that stood by, This is one of them. 70 And he denied it again. And a little ‘ after, they that stood by said again to Peter, Surely thou art one of them: for thou art a Gali- lwan, and thy speech agreeth thereto. 71 But he began to curse and to swear, saying, I know not this man of whom ye _ speak. 72 And the second time the cock crew. And Peter called to mind the word that Jesus said unto him, Before the cock crow twice, thou shalt deny me thrice. And when he thought thereon, he wept. XV. And straight- way in the morning the chief priests held a consultation with the elders and scribes and the whole council, and bound Jesus, and carried him away, and delivered him to Pilate. 2And Pilate asked him, Art thou the king of the Jews ? And he answering said unto him, Thou sayest vi. 3And the chief priests accused him of many things: but he answered nothing. 4 And Pilate asked him again, saying, An- swerest thou nothing ? behold how many things they witness a- gainst thee. 5 But Jesus yet answered nothing ; so that Pi- late marvelled. 6Now at that feast he re- leased unto them one prisoner, whomsoever they desired. 7 And there was one named Barabbas, which lay bound with them that had made insurrection with him, who had committed murder in theinsurrection, 8 And the multitude crying aloud began to desire him to do as he had ever done unto them, MAPKO¥X. XIV, XV εἰς TO προαύλιον" "καὶ ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν." 69 Kai ἡ παιδίσκη into the porch, and a cock crew. And the maid ~ ‘ ΄ ~ ‘ e ἰδοῦσα αὐτὸν ἱπάλιν ἤρξατο" λέγειν τοῖς “παρεστηκόσιν. Ὅτι standing by, seeing him again began to say to those οὗτος ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐστιν. 70 ὋὉ.δὲ πάλιν ἠρνεῖτο. Καὶ μετὰ This [016] Ὁ *them lis. Andhe again denied. And after μικρὸν πάλιν οἱ παρεστῶτες ἔλεγον τῷ Πέτρῳ, ᾿Αληθῶς a little again those’ standing by said to Peter, Truly ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ: καὶ.γὰρ Γαλιλαῖος ei, “καὶ ἡ λαλιά from among them thou art, for both a Galilean thouart, and 2speech σου ὁμοιάζει." 71 Ὃ.δὲ ἤρξατο ἀναθεματίζειν καὶ “ὀμνύειν ." 1thy agrees. But he began to curse and to swear, “Ort οὐκ.οῖδα τὸν. ἄνθρωπον. τοῦτον ὃν λέγετε. 72 Ka’ I know not this man whom ye speak of, And éx.deuTépou ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν. Kai ἀνεμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος *rot the second time ἃ cock crew. And *remembered ‘Peter the ῥήματος οὗ" εἶπεν αὐτῷ 6’Inoove, Ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα word that said %to *him 1 Jesus, Before (the] cock ~ ‘ ΄ὔ ΄ ‘ > ‘ "φωνῆσαι δὶς" ἀπαρνήσῃ pe τρίς"" καὶ ἐπιβαλὼν crow twice thou wilt deny me thrice; and haying thought thereon ἔκλαιεν. he wept. 15 Kai “εὐθέως" ἐπὶ τὸ" πρωΐ συμβούλιον ἐποιήσαντες" And immediately in the morning °a ’counsel *having °formed οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ‘the *chief *priests with the elders ὅλον τὸ συνέδριον, δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπήνεγκαν Kai ’whole ‘the sanhedrim, having bound Jesus carried [him] away and παρέδωκαν Srp! "Πιλάτῳ." 2 καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν ὁ καὶ γραμματέων καὶ and scribes and delivered up [him] to Pilate. And 7questioned shim ἸΠιλάτος.. Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν “lovdaiwy; ‘O88 ἀπο- Pilate, 5Thou ‘art the King of the Jews? And he an- κριθεὶς Ἰεῖπεν αὐτῷ," Σὺ λέγεις. 3 Kai κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ οἱ said tohim, Thou sayest. And ‘were °accusing “him ‘the swering ἀρχιερεῖς πολλά" 4 ὁ δὲ ᾿ἸΠιλάτος" πάλιν ξξπηρώτησεν»" αὐτόν, “chief “priests urgently. And Pilate again questioned him, Néywry,' Οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν ; OE, πόσα σου saying, Auswerest thou nothing? See, of how many things ‘thee ™cearapaptupovowy.' 5 Ὁ.δὲ Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι.οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίθη, ‘they *witness “ἀρ αἰπύ, But Jesus ποῦ any more any thing answered, wore θαυμάζειν τὸν "Πιλάτον." 6 Κατὰ. δὲ ἑορτὴν ἀπέλυεν so that *wondered Pilate. Now at [the] feast he released ? ~ « , οἱ ᾽᾿ ~ ll i x δὲ ς λὶ , avuTotc Eva δέσμιον, OVTED YTOVVTO. 7 QV. ο ξγο- tothem one prisoner, whomsoever they asked. And there was the [one] call- μενος BapaBBac pera τῶν Ῥσυστασιαστῶν" δεδεμένος, ed Barabbas with the associates in insurrection bound, οἵτινες ἐν τῇ στάσει φόνον πεποιήκεισαν. 8 Kai ἀναβοήσας"! who in the insurrection murder had committed. And crying out ὁ ὄχλος καθὼς "ἀεὶ" ἐποίει αὐτοῖς the crowd as always hedid tothem, a” ἤρξατο αἰτεῖσθαι gan to beg [him to do} 5" [καὶ ἀλέκτωρ angle * — καὶ ἡ λαλιά σου ὁμοιάζει LTTrA. * τὸ ῥῆμα ὡς LTTrA ; TO ῥήμα ὃ W. d — ἐπὶ τὸ (read mpwit early) LTTr[A]. © εὐθὺς TTrA, & — τῷ LTTra. κ ἐπηρώτα ΤΊτΑ. ὁ Ov παρῃτοῦντο T. τήρξατο πάλιν Τ; --- πάλιν A. Υ παρεστῶσιν ΤΊτΑ. X ὀμνύναι GLITrAW. Υ + εὐθὺς immediately ΠΤ τ. 2 δὶς φωνῆσαι LTrA. b χρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ LTA, 6 ἑτοιμάσαντες τ. £ 4+ τῶν the T, ) αὐτῷ λέγει to him says ΤΊτα. 2 Πειλᾶτον 7. τ --- ἀεὶ τ. L. ‘ Πειλᾶτος 2. ™ κατηγοροῦσιν they accuse LTTrA. 4 ἀναβὰς coming up LTTrA. h Ἰ]ειλάτῳ 1. 1 — λέγων 1. P στασιαστων LTTrA. XV. MAREK. 9 ὁ.δὲ "Πιλάτος" ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Θέλετε ἀπολύσω But Pilate answered them, saying, Will ye I should release ὑμῖν τὸν βασιλέα τῶν “lovdaiwy; 10’Eyivwoxev-yap ὅτι διὰ toyou the King of the Jews? for he knew that through φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν ot ἀρχιερεῖς. 11 οἱ. δὲ ἀρχ- envy *had ‘delivered 7up Shim ‘the chief “priests. But the chief lspeic ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον ἵνα μᾶλλον τὸν Βαραββᾶν priests stirred up the crowd that rather Barabbas ἀπολύσῃ αὐτοῖς᾽ 12 ὁ δὲ "Πιλάτος" ἱἀποκριθεὶς πάλιν" he might release to them, And Pilate answering again Yelzev' αὐτοῖς, Ti οὖν Oédere'! ποιήσω χὸν λέγετε" said tothem, What then willye Ishould do[tohim] whom ye call Υ βασιλέα τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ; 18 Οἱ. δὲ πάλιν Exoazay,” Σταύρω- King ofthe Jews? But they again cried out Cruci- cov αὐτόν. 14 Ὁ δὲ. "Πιλάτος! ps αὐτοῖς. Ti yap “κακὸν fy him. And Pilate ἃ tothem, What *then ‘evil ἐποίησεν! ; Οἱ.δὲ Ῥπερισσοτέρως" “ἔκραξαν," Σταύρωσον av- didhecommit? Βαὺ 6 7 much more cried out, Crucify him. τόν. 15 Ὁ. δὲ. "Πιλάτος! βουλόμενος τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ And Pilate, desiring to *the °crowd *that *which [*was] ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι," ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν'" Kai παρέ- Ssatisfactory ‘to *do, released tothem Barabbas, and de- δωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν, φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ. livered up Jesus, having scourged [him], that he might be crucified. 16 01.68 στρατιῶται ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν ἔσω τῆς αὐλῆς, © And the soldiers led away him within the court, which ἐστιν πραιτώριον, καὶ “συγκαλοῦσιν' ὕλην τὴν σπεῖραν" is [the] pretorium, and they call together ?whole ‘the band, 17 καὶ ftvdtovow' αὐτὸν πορφύραν, καὶ περιτιθέασιν αὐτῷ And they Ρεΐ οἱ him purple, and plaeed on him πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον, 18 καὶ ἤρξαντο ἀσπάζε- having platted [it] “thorny 1a crown, and they began to sa- σθαι αὐτόν, Χαῖρε, ξβασιλεῦ" τῶν lovdaiwy 19 καὶ ἔτυπτον lute him, Hail, King of the Jews! And they struck αὐτοῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν καλάμῳ, Kai ἐνέπτυον αὐτῷ, Kai τιθέντες his ead with areed, and spaton him, and bending τὰ γόνατα προσεκύνουν αὐτῷ, 20 Kai bre ἐνέπαιξαν αὐτῷ, the kmees did homage to him, And when they hadmocked him, ἐξέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὴν πορφύραν, Kai ἐνέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὰ they took off him the purple, and put on him δὲ μάτια.τὰ ἴδια" καὶ ἐξάγουσιν! αὐτὸν wa "σταυρώσωσιν" his own garments; and they lead?out ‘him that they may crucify Ἰαὐτόν." 21 καὶ ἀγγαρεύουσιν παράγοντά τινα Σίμωνα Kv- him. And they compel 2passing *by ‘one, Simon a Cy- ~ ? , m ? ? II > ~ ‘ , ΕΣ ΄ > \ ρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον az’! ἀγροῦ, τὸν πατέρα ᾿Αλεξάνδρου Kai renian, coming from afield, the father of Alexander and Ῥούφου, va ἄρῃ τὸνοσταυρὸν αὐτοῦ. Rufus, that he might carry his cross. 22 Kai φέρουσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ "Γολγοθᾶ" τόπον, ὕ ἐστιν And they bring him to μεθερμηνευόμενον, κρανίου τόπος. 3Golgotha ‘a*place, which is 23 Kai ἐδίδουν αὐτῷ being interpreted, ?of 7a ‘skull ‘place. And they gave him 8 Πειλᾶτος T. t πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς LTTrA. ἔλεγεν TTrA. λέγετε Ltr. ¥ + τὸν the LTTraw. z + λέγοντες Saying L. Ὁ περισσῶς GLTTrAW. f ἐνδιδύσκουσιν LTTrA. ‘ ἄγουσιν they lead L. ™ ἀπὸ LTr. ς ἔκραζον L. 4 πριῆσαι τὸ ἱκανὸν τῷ ὄχλῳ T. c ia > ~ & ὃ βασιλεὺς GAW. h ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ L; 2 τὸν Γολγοθᾶν T; Τολγοθᾶν A ; [τὸν] ToAyo8a Tr. w [θέλετε] Tr. k σταυρώσουσιν they shall crucify Lrtra. 14] 9 But Pilate answered them, saying, Will ye that I release unto you the King of the Jews? 10 For he knew that the chief priests had delivered him for en- vy. 11 But the chief priests moved the peo- ple, that he should ra- ther release Barabbas unto them. 12 And Pilate answered and said again unto them, What will ye then that I shall do unto him whom yecall the King of the Jews? 13 And they cried out again, Crucify him. 14 Then Pilate said unto them, Why, what evil hath he done? And they eried out the more exceedingly, Crucify him. 15 And so Pilate, willing to content the people, released Barab- bas unto them, and delivered Jesus, when he had scourged him, to be crucified. 16 And the soldiers led him away into the hall, called Preto- rium; and they call together the whole band. 17 And they clothed him with pur- ple, and platted a crown of thorns, and put it about his head, 18 and began to salute him, Hail, King of the Jews! 19 And they smote him on the nee ee a reed, and spit upon him, and bowing their knees worshipped him. 20 And when they had mocked him, they took off the purple from him, and put his own clothes on him, and led him out to crucify him. 21 And they compel one Simon a Cyrenian, who passed by, coming out of the country, the father of Alexander and Rufus, to bear his cross. 22 And they bring him unto the place Gol- gotha, which is, being interpreted, The place of a skull. 23 And they gave him to drink wine x — ὃν 8 ἐποίησεν κακόν TITA. ε συνκαλοῦσιν τ. "» « ΄ > Le] ἴδια ἱμάτια αὑτοῦ τ. 1 — αὐτόν 1. 142 mingled with myrrh: but he received ἐΐ not. 24 And when they had crucified him, they parted his garments, casting lots upon them, whatevery man should take. 25 And it was the third hour, and they crucified him, 26 And the superscrip- tion of his accusa- tion was written over, THE KING OF THE JEWS. 27 And with him they crucify two thieves ; the one on his right hand, and the other on his left. 28 And the scripture was fulfilled, which saith, And he was numbered with the transgressors. 29 And they that passed by railed on him, wag- ging their heads, and saying, Ah, thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest i in three days, 30 save thyself, and come down from the cross. 31 Likewise also the chief priests mocking said among themselves with the scribes, He saved others ; himself he cannot save. 32 Let Christ the King of Is- rael descend now from the cross, that wemay see and believe. And they that were cruci- fied with him reviled him. 33 And when the sixth hour was come, there was dark- ness over the whole land until the ninth hour. 34 And at the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, say- ing, ELOI, ELOI, LA- MA SABAOHTHANI? which is, being inter- peeled: My God, my od, why hast thou forsaken me? 35 And some of them that stood by, when they heard it, said, Be- hold, he calleth Elias. 36 And one ran and filled a spunge full of vinegar, and put it on a reed, and gave him to drink, saying, Let alone ; let us see whe- ther Elias will come to take him down. ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. 4 XV. ὁπιεῖν' ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον" Ῥὸ.δὲ" οὐκ. ἔλαβεν. 24 Kai to drink *medicated “with ‘myrrh ‘wine; buthe did not take [it]. And , ‘ , ~ Ioravpwoayrec αὐτὸν" "deuepiZov" τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ, βάλλον- having crucified him they divided his garments, cast- ~ ? ᾽ ᾽ , / / ” ς τ τες κλῆρον ἐπ᾽ αὐτά, τίς τί ἄρῃ. 25 ἦν.δὲ ing a lot on them, who [and] what{[each]}shouldtake. Andit was[the] ὥρα τρίτη, Kai ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν. 26 Kai ἦν ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ “hour ‘third, and _ they crucified him. And *was ‘the *inscription ~ > ΄ ~ 4 ~ ΄ τῆς αἰτίας. αὐτοῦ ἐπιγεγραμμένη, Ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων. Sof “18 Saccusation written up, The King of the Jews. 27 Kai σὺν αὐτῷ σταυροῦσιν δύο λῃστάς, Eva ἐκ δεξιῶν And with him they crucify two robbers, one at [the] right hand soe ~ ‘ καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ. 28 "καὶ ἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ and one at [the] left of him. And was fulfilled the scripture «ε , ‘ A ? , ? / «ς ἢ λέγουσα, Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη." 29 Καὶ οἱ which says, And with [the] lawless he was reckoned. And those παραπορευόμενοι ἐβλασφήμουν αὐτών, κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς passing by railed at him, shaking “heads > ~ A ‘ λέ t ΦῸ 9 ll « , A a ‘ v2 αὐτῶν, καὶ λέγοντες, ‘Ova," ὁ.καταλύων τὸν ναὸν Kal “ἐν their, and saying, Aha, thou who destroyest the temple and in τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν, 30 σῶσον σεαυτόν, “καὶ κατάβα" three days buildest [it], save thyself, and descend ? A ~ ~ ε ,ὔ 4 ‘ > ~ ‘ ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ. 31 Ὁμοίως." δὲ" Kai οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, ἐμπαί- from the cross. d in like manner also the chief priests, mock- ζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους μετὰ τῶν γραμματέων, ἔλεγον, Αλλοὺυς ing among one another with the scribes, said, Others ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ.δύναται σῶσαι. 82 ὁ χριστὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς hesaved, himself heis notable to save. The Christ the King y ~ II ai nr ΄ ~ ᾽ 4 ~ ~ i » τοῦ" ᾿Ισραὴλ καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, ἵνα ἴδωμεν of Israel! let him descend now from the cross, that we may see καὶ πιστεύσωμενξ. Kai οἱ ovvecravpwpevor® αὐτῷ ὠνείδιζον and believe. Andtheywho were crucified with him _ reproached αὐτόν. 88 ὑΓενομένης. δὲ" ὥρας ἕκτης, σκότος ἐγένετο ED him. And *being *come ['the)*hour “sixth, darkness came over ὅλην THY γῆν, ἕως ὥρας “ἐννάτης"" 84 καὶ τῇ “ὥρᾳ τῇ all the land, until [the] *hour ‘ninth ; and atthe hour the évvary' ἐβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, °Aéywr,' ΓΕλωΐ, ninth 2cried ‘Jesus witha“voice ‘loud, saying, Eloi, "Edwi,! ἐλαμμᾶ" *eaBayOari;' 6 ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Eloi, lama sabachthani? which is being interpreted, Ὁ. θεός.μου, ὁ.θεός. μου, εἰς.τί tue ἐγκατέλιπες" ; 35 Kai τινὲς My God, My God, why me hast thou forsaken? And some τῶν Ἐπαρεστηκότων" ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον, ᾿ Ἰδού." ™HXiav'! of those standing by having heard said, Lo, Elias φωνεῖ. 86 Δραμὼν.δὲ “sich cai! γεμίσας σπόγγον ὄξους, he calls, And “having “run tone and filled asponge with vinegar, περιθεὶς = P*re' καλάμῳ ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν, λέγων, ἴΑφετε, *having*put[*it]°on ‘and areed gave7*to“drink ‘him, saying, Let be, ἴδωμεν εἰ ἔρχεται α΄ Ἡλίας᾽ καθελεῖν αὐτόν. letussee if “comes _‘Hlias to takedown him. ο — πιεῖν TIrA. him and TTra. r Υ οἰκοδομῶν τρισὶν ἡμέραις LTTrA. Υ — τοῦ LTTr. Ὁ καὶ f"EAwt ἑλωΐ LTA. K παρεστώτων T. LTTrA. γενομένης LTTrA. P és δὲ who however TTr. 4 σταυροῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ they crucify διαμερίζονται they divide GLTTraw. 8 — verse 28 T[Tr]A. t Ova τ. W καταβὰς descending LTTra. x — δὲ and GLTTraw. z+ αὐτῷ him L. 4 + σὺν with (vead crucified along with) Lr. © ἐνάτης LTTrA. 4 ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ LITrA. © — λέγων TTra. λεμὰ LY; Aaa TrAW. h σαβαχθανεί TTr. i ἐγκατέλιπές με LTTrA. 1"Tde ΤΊτΑ. τι λείαν T. ἅτις TTrA. 98 — καὶ 1{ττ]. 18 — τε 8 “HAedas T. XV, XVI. MAR K. 37 ὋὉ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ageic ῤ φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐξέπνευσεν. And Jesus having uttered a cry "loud expired. 38 kai τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο, "ἀπὸ" ἄνω- And the veil of the temple wasrent into two, from top θεν Ewe κάτω. 89 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ ὁ κεντυρίων ὁ παρεστηκὼς to bottom. And*having*seen ‘the *centurion *who *stood *by ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ ὅτι οὕτως "κράξας" ἐξέπνευσεν. εἶπεν, Sopposite Thim that thus havingeriedout he expired, said, ᾿Αληθῶς ᾿ὁ.ἄνθρωπος. οὗτος" υἱὸς ἦν θεοῦ. 40 Ἢσαν.δὲ καὶ Truly this man 2Son twas of God. And there were also γυναῖκες ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι, ἔν αἷς ἦν" καὶ Μαρία women from afar off looking on, among whom was also Mary ἡ Μαγδαληνή, καὶ Μαρία τὴ" "τοῦ" ᾿Ιακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ Kai the Magdalene, and Mary the of James ‘the ‘less ‘and YIwon' μήτηρ, καὶ Sarto 41 ai *kai' ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλι- ἢ" μήτηρ, μη, : 7of *Joses ‘mother, and Salome; who also when hewas in Gali- λαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ Kai διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, Kai ἄλλαι πολλαὶ lee followed him and ministered tohim, and others ‘many αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. who came ΠΡ with him to erusalem. 42 Kai ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, And already evening beingcome, since it was [the] preparation, ὅ ἐστιν “zpoodBBaroy,' 43 θἦλθεν! Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ that is [(theday] before sabbath, came Joseph who[was] from εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς Kai αὐτὸς ἦν προσ- counsellor, who also himself was wait- ᾿Αριμαθαίας, Arimathea, [an] honourable δεχόμενος τὴν βασιλείαν Tov θεοῦ: τολμήσας εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς" ing for the kingdom of God, having boldness he went in to ἀπΠιλάτον" καὶ ἠτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Inood. 44 ὁ.δὲ.“Πιλάτος Pilate and begged the body of Jesus. And Pilate ἐθαύμασεν" εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν: καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν wondered if already he were dead; and having called to {him] the κεντυρίωνα ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν εἰ 'πάλαι! ἀπέθανεν: 45 καὶ centurion he questioned him if long he had died. And γνοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ κεντυρίωνος ἐδωρήσατο τὸ ἐσῶμα" τῷ having known [it] from the centurion he granted the body ? ,ὔ \ ᾽ , , h MII ‘ Iwonp. 46 καὶ ἀγοράσας σινδόνα, "καὶ καθελὼν to Joseph, And having bought a linen cloth, and having taken down αὐτὸδ ἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ ἱκατέθηκεν᾽ αὐτὸν ἐν ‘him he wrapped [him] in the linen cloth, and laid him in Κμνημείῳ, ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας" καὶ προσ- atomb, which was cut out of arock, and roll- εκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου. 47 ἡ.δὲ. Μαρία ἡ ed astone to the door ofthe tomb. And Mary the Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ Μαρία ᾿Ἱωσῆ)! ἐθεώρουν ποῦ ᾿τίθεται." Magdalene and Mary [mother] of Joses saw where he is laid. 16 Kai διαγενομένου τοῦ σαββάτου, Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ And “*being‘*past ‘the “sabbath, Mary the Magdalene καὶ Μαρία ἡ "τοῦ" Ἰακώβου καὶ Σαλώμη ἠγόρασαν and Mary the [mother] of James and Salome bought ? , ε ? ~ >? [2 ? , ‘ ΄ ΕΞ ἀρώματα, ἵνα ἐλθοῦσαι ἀλείψωσιν αὐτόν. 2 καὶ λίαν πρωὶ 143 37 And Jesus cried with a loud voice, and gave up the ghost. 38 And the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom. 39 And when the centurion, which stood over a- gainst him, saw that he so cried out, and gave up the ghost, he said, Truly this man was the Son of God. 40 There were also wo- men looking on afar off : among whom was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James the less and of Joses, and Salome: 41 (who also, when he was in Galilee, fol- lowed him, and minis- tered unto him;) and many other women which came up with him unto Jerusalem. 42 And now when the even was come, because it was the preparation, that is, the day before the sabbath, 43 Joseph of Arimathwa, an ho- nourable counsellor, which also waited for the kingdom of God, came, and went in boldly unto Pilate, and craved the body of Je- sus. 44 And Pilate marvelled if he were already dead: and calling unto him the centurion, he asked him whether he had been any while dead. 45 And when he knew it of the centurion, he gave the body to Jo- seph. 46 And he bought fine linen, and took him down, and wrapped him in the linen, and laid him in a sepulchre which was hewn out of arock, and rolled a stone unto the door of the sepulchre. 47 And Mary Magda- lene and Mary the mo- ther of Joses beheld where he was laid. XVI. And when the sabbath was past, Ma- Ty Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James, and Salome, had bought sweet spices, that they might come and anoint him. 2 And very early in the morning the first aromatics, that havingcome they might anoint him. And very early day of the week, they Tan’ LirA. 8 -- κράξας Ὑ{ττ|Δ. οὗτος 0 ἄνθρωπος LTTrA. " — ἦν (read [was]) T[TrA]. © [ἢ] Tr. x χοροῦ LTTrA. Υ Ἰωσῆτος LITrA. 2 --- καὶ LI[Tr]. 8 πρὸς σάββατον LTr. > ἐλθὼν having come LTTraw. © + τὸν TTr. 4 Πειλᾶτον T. {ἤδη already Ltr. 8 mr@pacorpse LTTra. » — καὶ LTTrAW. 1 Ἰωσῆτος LTTrA. m τέθειται he has been laid LTTra. __ © Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμαζεν T. i ἔθηκεν LTr. 2 — τοῦ T[Tr]. k μνήματι T. 144 came unto the sepul- chre at the rising of the sun. 3 And they said among them- selves, Who shall roll us away the stone from the door of the sepulchre ? 4 And when they looked, they saw that the stone was rolled a- way: for it was very great, 5 And entering into the sepulchre, they saw a young man sitting on the right side, clothed in a long white garment; and they were aftrighted, 6 And he saith unto them, Be not aftright- ed: Ye seek Jesus of Nazareth, which was orucified : he is risen ; he is not here: behold the place where they laid him. 7 But go your way, tell his dis- ciples and Peter that he goeth before you into Galilee: there shall ye see him, as he said unto you. 8 And they went out quick- ly, and fied from the sepuichre; for they trembled and were a- mazed: neither said they anything to any man; for they were afraid. 9 Now when Jesus was risen early the first day of the week, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, out of whom he had cast seven devils. 10 And she went and told them that had been with him, as the mourned and wept. 11 And they, when they had heard that he was alive, and had been seen of her, be- lieved not. 12 After that he appeared in another form unto two of them, as they walked, and wentinto the country. 13 And they went and told it unto the residue : nei- ther believed they them. 14 Afterward he appeared unto the eleven as they sat at meat, and upbraided them with their unbe- lief and hardness of heart, because they be- lieved not them which had seen him after he was risen. 15 And he ο μιᾷ τῶν LTr; τῇ μιᾷ τῶν T. ® ἐλθοῦσαι having gone A. Υ + κατὰ Μάρκον according to Mark tr; [εὐαγγέλιον] κατὰ Μάρκον glad ® — οὐδὲν L, tidings according to Mark a. 4 + δὲ and (afterwards) rr. MAPKOX&. XVI, ογῆς μιᾶς' σαββάτων ἔρχονται ἐπὶ τὸ Ῥμνημεῖον," avarei- onthe first[day] of the week theycome to the tomb, Shaving λαντος τοῦ ἡλίου. 3 καὶ ἔλεγον πρὸς ἑαυτάς, Tic ἀποκυλίσει “risen Ithe ?sun. And they said among themselves, Who will roll away ἡμῖν τὸν λίθον “ἐκ τῆς θύρας τοῦ μνημείου ; 4 Kai ἀνα- forus the stone outof the door ofthe tomb? And having βλέψασαι θεωροῦσιν Ore τἀποκεκύλισται"! ὁ λίθος" ἦν.γὰρ looked up they see that has been rolled away the stone: for it was , , ‘ 8 ᾽ λθ ~ ll ? A ~ μέγας σφόδρα. 5 καὶ "εἰσελθοῦσαι" εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, εἶδον “great very. And having entered into the tomb, they saw νεανίσκον καθήμενον ἐν τοῖς δεξιοῖς, περιβεβλημένον στολὴν a young man sitting on the right, clothed with a *robe λευκήν: καὶ ἐξεθαμβήθησαν. 6 0.0 λέγει αὐταῖς, Μὴ ἀγγῖθ, and they were greatly amazed, Buthe says tothem, “7Not ϑ ~ ? ~ ~ ‘ 4 ‘ > ἐκθαμβεῖσθε. ᾿Ιησοῦν ζητεῖτε τὸν Ναζαρηνὸν τὸν éorav- ‘be amazed, sJesus tye *seek the Nazarene, who has been , ? , ᾽ cA a ” « , « » ρωμένον" ἠγέρθη, οὐκ.ἔστιν ὧδε' ἴδε ὁ τόπος ὕπου ἔθηκαν crucified. He isrisen, heisnot here; behold the place where they laid > fhe) Κἀλλ᾽ « , » - - ? ~ 4 ~ αὐτόν" 7 ὑπάγετε, εἴπατε τοῖὶς.μαθηταῖς.αὐτοῦ Kai τῷ him, But go, say to his disciples and Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν" ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν to Peter, that hegoesbefore you into Galilee ; there him ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν. 8 Kai ἐξελθοῦσαι ταχὺ" shall ye see, as he said to you, And having gone out quickly ἔφυγον ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου: εἶχεν. “δὲ αὐτὰς τρόμος Kai they fled from the tomb. And *porsessed *them ‘trembling ?and "» A " ἠδ Ν Χ ὑδὲ Il i ? ~ , y ἔκστασις" Kai οὐδενὶ Σοὐδὲν εἶπον, ἐφοβοῦντο. γάρ. Samazement, and tonoone anything they spoke, for they were afraid, (Ut. nothing) ‘ ’ ay » - ᾽ ΄ - 0 Τ᾿ Αναστὰς.δὲ πρωῦῖ πρώτ σαββάτου ἐφάνη πρῶ- Now having risen early [the] first [day] of the week he appeared first τον Μαρίᾳ τῇ Μαγδαληνῇ, δἀφ᾽" ἧς ἐκβεβλήκει ἑπτὰ δαιμό- to Mary the Magdalene, from whom hehadcast out seven demons, vic. 10 ἐκείνην πορευθεῖσα ἀπήγγειλεν τοῖς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ γε- She having gone told {it]tothosewho with him had VOMEVOLC, πενθοῦσιν καὶ κλαίουσιν. 11 κἀκεῖνοι ἀκούσαντες been, {who were] grieving and weeping. And they having heard ὅτι ζῇ καὶ ἐθεάθη ὑπ᾽ αὐτῆς ἠπίστησαν. 12 Μετὰ. δὲ that heis aliveand has been seen by _iher disbelieved [it]. And after ταῦτα δυσὶν ἐξ αὐτῶν περιπατοῦσιν ἐφανερώθη ἐν τα ον these things totwo of them 88 ΠΟΥ walked he was manifested in another μορφῇ, πορενομένοις εἰς ἀγρόν. 13 κἀκεῖνοι ἀπελθόντες ἀπ- orm, going into [the] country ; and they having gone ΄ ~ “ὦ ? , ? , on ς ἡγγειλαν τοῖς λοιποῖς" οὐδὲ ἐκείνοις ἐπίστευσαν. 14 Ὕστερον told [it] tothe rest; neither them did they believe, Afterwards ἀνακειμένοις αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἕνδεκα ἐφανερώθη, καὶ ὠνεί- as “reclined [*at“table]*they tothe eleven he was manifested, and re- δισεν τὴν. ἀπιστίαν.αὐτῶν Kai σκληροκαρδίαν, ὅτι τοῖς proached their unbelief and hardness of heart, because *those °who θεασαμένοις αὐτὸν ἐγηγερμένον ἅ οὐκ.ἐπίστευσαν. 15 Kai εἶπεν *had seen ®him "arisen ‘they *believed “not. And he said αὐτοῖς, ἸΤορευθέντες εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἅπαντα κηρύξατε τὸ εὐαγ- tothem, Having gone into*the “world all proclaim the glad τ ἀνακεκύλισται TTrA, W yap for LTTr. 4 ἀπὸ from LTr. P μνῆμα T. Y — ταχὺ GLTTrAW. τ ἀλλὰ LTTrA. © — verses 9 to 20 T[A]. ἃ παρ᾽ LIr. » + δὲ and (she) L 4 + ex νεκρῶν from among [the] dead L. FE: LUKE. γέλιον πάσῃ TY κτίσει. 16 ὁ πιστεύσας Kai βαπτισθεὶς σωθήσε-- tidings toall thecreation. Hethat believes and is baptized shall be ται" ὁ-δὲ ἀπιστήσας κατακριθήσεται. 17 σημεῖα.δὲ τοῖς saved, andhethat disbelieves shall be condemned. Augvsiens 5those *that πιστεύσασιν “ταῦτα παρακολουθήσει". ἐν τῷ.ὀνόματί. μου δαι- *believe ‘these “shall *follow : in my name de- μόνια ἐκβαλοῦσιν᾽" γλώσσαις λαλήσουσιν ἱκαιναῖς"" mons they shall cast out; with *tongues *they ‘shall *speak ‘new; 18 8 ὄφεις ἀροῦσιν᾽ κἂν θανάσιμόν τι πίωσιν οὐ.μὴ serpents they 5 take up ; and if Bg ss 1anything they drinkin no wise αὐτοὺς "βλάψει" ἐπὶ ἀῤῥώστους χεῖρας ἐπιθήσουσιν, καὶ them shallit injure; ὍΡΟΙ [the] infirm καλῶς ἕξουσιν. *well ‘they *shall *be. 19‘O μὲν οὖν μετὰ τὸ λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς ξἀνελή- toc! The indeed *therefore oe after i spree tothem was taken φθη" εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, Kai ἐκάθισεν ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ" up into the heaven, and sat at (the) right hand of God. 20 ἐκεῖνοι.δὲ ἐξελθόντες ἐκήρυξαν πανταχοῦ, τοῦ κυρίου συνερ- And they nenine gone forth preached everywhere, the Lord working γοῦντος, Kai τὸν λόγον βεβαιοῦντος διὰ τῶν ἐπακολουθούν- with [them],and the word confirming by the 7foliowing *upon των σημείων. ᾿᾿Αμήν." *hands ‘they *shall‘lay, and drink 145 said unto them, Go ye into allthe world, and preach the gospel to every creature. 16 He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that believeth not shall be damned. 17 And these signs shall follow them that believe ; In my name shall they cast out de- vils ; they shall speak with new tongues ; 18 they shall take up serpents; and if they any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover. 19 So then after the Lord had spoken unto them, he was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. 20 And they went forth, and preached every where, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following. Amen. [10] ‘signs. Amen. ™TO κατὰ Μάρκον εὐαγγέλιον." The *‘according*to *Mark ‘glad *tidings. EEO KATA AOYKAN ATION ΕΥ̓ΑΓΓΈΛΙΟΝ." THE “ACCORDING *TO ®LUKE *HOLY 7GLAD *TIDINGS. EMEIAHIIEP πολλοὶ ἐπεχείρησαν ἀνατάξασθαι διήγησιν FORASMUCH AS many took in hand to draw up a narration περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμά- concerning the *which *have *been ‘fully ®believed 7 ear ea pt ‘mat- των, καθὼς παρέδοσαν ἡμῖν οἱ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ters, as they delivered ἄβατον } tous, they *from [*the] Sbeginning αὐτόπται καὶ ὑπηρέται Sena τοῦ λόγου, 3 ἔδοξεν ous: Wauliesete 7and ‘attendants *having*been of the Word, it seemed good κἀμοί, παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς, κα- also to me, having been UE from the first withall ES Bocurataty: with θεξῆς σοι γράψαι, κράτιστε Θεόφιλε, 4 ἵνα ἐπιγνῷς method ἴο thee to write, most excellent Theophilus, that thou mightest know περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων τὴν ἀσφάλειαν. *coneerning ’which *thou mwa instructed *of[*the]*things‘the certainty. 5 ’Eyévero ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρώδου rod! Beane THC There was in the aye of Herod the Ἰουδαίας ἱερεύς τις ὀνόματι Ζαχαρίας, ἐξ ve, μερίας of Judea a gee *certain, by name Zacharias, of [the] course ᾿Αβιά: καὶ “ἡ.γυνὴ αὐτοῦ" ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων ᾿Ααρών, καὶ τὸ of Abia, and his wife of the daughters of Aaron, and FORASMUCH as many have taken in hand to set forth in order a declaration of those things which are most surely believed among us, 2 even as they delivered them unto us, which from the beginning were eyewitnesses, and min- isters of the word; 3 it seemed good to me also, having had per- fect understanding of all things from the very first, to write unto thee in order, most excellent Theo- philus, 4 that thon mightest know the certainty of those things, wherein thou hast been instructed. 5 THERE was in the days of Herod, the king of Judea, a cer- tain priest named 6 παρακολουθήσει ταῦτα τι; ἀκολουθήσει ταῦτα Tr. χερσὶν: and in the hands ee h βλάψη should it injure @LTraW. δ ἀνελήμφθη LTrA. -- ᾿Αμήν EGLTraW. Κατὰ Μάρκον Tr; πύξγγάλεον κατὰ Μάρκον [4]. 8 Εὐαγγέλιον ((Evay. ] A) κατὰ Λουκᾶν GLTrAW ; © γυνὴ αὐτῷ LTTra. κατὰ Λουκᾶν τ. f _ καιναῖς Tr. 8 + Kal ἐν ταῖς i+ Ἰησοῦς Jesus Ltr, τὰ — To κατὰ Μάρκον εὐαγγέλιον EGLTW ; b — τοῦ Trr[a} L 140 Zacharias, of the course of Abia: and his wife was of the daughters of Aaron, and her name was Elisabeth. 6 And they were both righteous before God, walking in all the commandments and ordinances of the Lord blameless. 7 And they had no child, because that Elisabeth was barren, and they both were now wellstricken in years. 8 And it came to pass, that while he executed the priest’s office before God in the order of his course, 9 according to the custom of the priest’s office, his lot was to burn incense when he went into the temple of the Lord. 10 And the whole mul- titude of the people were praying without at the time of incense. 11 And there appeared unto him an angel of the Lord standing on the right side of the altar of incense. 12 And when Zacharias saw him, he was troubled, and fear fell upon him, 13 But the angel said unto him, Fear not, Zacharias: for thy prayer is heard; and thy wife Elisabeth shall bear thee a son, and thou shalt call his name John. 14 And thou shalt have joy and gladness; and many shall rejoice at his birth. 15 For he shall be great in the sight of the Lord, and shall drink neither wine nor strong drink ; and he shall be filled with the Holy Ghost, even from his mother’s womb. 16 And many of the children of Is- raecl shall he turn to the Lord their God. 17 And he shall go be- fore him in the spirit and power of Elias, to turn the hearts of the fathers tothechildren, and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord. 18 And Zacharias said unto the angel, Where- by shall 1 know this ὃ for I am an old man, and my wife well stricken in years. 19 And the angel an- swering said unto him, AO MT KYA. 1 ὄνομα.αὐτῆς ᾿Ελισάβετ. 6 ἦσαν.δὲ δίκαιοι ἀμφότεροι Δἐνώ - her name Elizabeth. And they were just *both be- mov" τοῦ θεοῦ. πορευόμενοι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ fore God, walking in all the commandments and δικαιώμασιν τοῦ κυρίου ἄμεμπτοι. 7 καὶ οὐκιἦν αὐτοῖς ordinances of the Lord blameless. And there was not to them τέκνον, καθότι “ἡ ᾿Ελισάβετ hy στεῖρα, καὶ ἀμφότεροι προ- achild, inasmuch as Elizabeth was barren, and both ad- βεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς.ἡμέραις. αὐτῶν ἦσαν. 8& ‘Eyévero.dé ἐν vanced in their days were. And it came to pass in τῷ. ἱερατεύειν.αὐτὸν ἐν TH τάξει τῆς.ἐφημερίας. αὐτοῦ ἔναντι fulfilling his priestly service in the order of his course before τοῦ θεοῦ, 9 κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχεν God, according to the custom of the priestly service, it fell to him by lot τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι εἰσελθὼν εἰς TOY ναὺν τοῦ κυρίου" 10 Kai to burn incense, having entered into the temple of the Lord. And πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος frov λαοῦ ἢν! προσευχόμενον ἔξω τῷ WoO all the multitude of the people were praying without at the hour τοῦ θυμιάματος. 11 ὥφθη δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος κυρίου, é- of incense. And “appeared to *him ‘an “angel Sof [*the] Lord, stand- στὼς ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ θυμιάματος" 12 καὶ ing at [the] right of the altar of incense. and ? , r, 7, 2 , \ ΄ ? , ? > ? , ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας ἰδών, καὶ φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. “was troubled 'Zacharias “seeing (*him],and fear fell upon him. 13 Εἶπεν».δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ ἄγγελος, Μὴ φοβοῦ, Ζαχαρία" But ὅβαϊα *to Shim ‘the “angel, Fear not, Zacharias, διότι εἰσηκούσθη ἡ.δέησίς.σου. Kai ἡ.γυνή.σου ᾽᾿Ἐλισάβετ yev- because has been heard thy supplication, and thy wife Elizabeth shall νήσει υἱόν Gol, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ.ὄνομα.αὐτοῦ ® Τωάννην." bear ason to thee, and thou shalt call his name John. 14 καὶ ἔσται χαρά σοι καὶ ἀγαλλίασις, Kai πολλοὶ ἐπὶ τῇ And heshallbe joy totheeand exultation, and many at πγεννήσει" αὐτοῦ χαρήσονται. 16 ἔσται.γὰρ μέγας ἐνώπιον his birth shall rejoice. For he shallbe great before irov'' κυρίου" καὶ oivoy καὶ σίκερα ov.) wig, Kat the Lord; and wine and strong drink in no wise shall he drink, and πνεύματος ἀγίου πλησθήσεται ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς with [the] *Spirit *Holy he shall be filled even from [the] womb ‘mother αὐτοῦ. 16 καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ισραὴλ ἐπιστρέψει ἐπὶ ‘of *his. And many ofthe sons. of Israel shallheturn to [the] κύριον τὸν.θεὸν.αὐτῶν. 17 Kai αὐτὸς προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον Lord their God. And he shall go forth before ᾽ »ν}γ ΄, Pp ὃ ’ kt , "2 , , αὐτοῦ ἕν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει “Ἡλίου, ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας him in{the] spirit and power of Elias, to turn hearts πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα, καὶ ἀπειθεῖς tv φρονήσει δδι- of fathers to children, and [the] disobedient to[the] wisdom οὔ [the] καίων, ἑτοιμάσαι κυρίῳ λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον. 18 Kai righteous, to make ready for(the] Lord a people prepared. And εἶπεν Ζαχαρίας πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον, Κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; “said ‘Zacharias to the angel, By what shallI know this? ἐγὼ.γάρ εἰμι πρεσβύτης, Kai 1: γυνή" μοι προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ταῖς for I am anoldman, and my wife advanced in 19 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἡμέραις.αὐτῆς. And ‘answering ‘the angel said to him, her days. ἃ ἐναντίον TTrA. eae’ & ᾿Ιωάνην Tr. h γενέσει GLITrAW. f Fv τοῦ λαοῦ GLTTrAW. εὴἣν ἡ (-- ἡ 1{τὸ}} ᾿Ελισάβετ LTTrA. k Ηλεία 1. i — τοῦ (read [the]) er[tr]w. I. LUKE. [ἘΠῚ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ" am Gabriel, who stand before God, and ee λαλῆσαι πρός σε, καὶ εὐαγγελίσασθαίς σοι I was sent to speak to thee, and toannounce “glad *tidings *to *thee ταῦτα. 20Kaiidov, ἔσῃ σιωπῶν Kai μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι 1these ; “and lo, thoushalt be silent and not able to speak ἄχρι ἧς.-ἡμέρας γένηται ταῦτα ἀνθ᾽ ὧν οὐκ.ἐπίστευσας till the day in which shall take place these things, because thou didst not believe τοῖς.λόγοις.μου, οἵτινες πληρωθήσονται εἰς τὸν-καιρὸν. αὐτῶν. my words, which shall be fulfilled in their season. 21 Kai ἦν ὁ λαὸς προσδοκῶν τὸν Ζαχαρίαν" Kai ἐθαύμαζον ἐν And*were'the*people expecting Zacharias, and they wondered at τῷ χρονίζειν.αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ναῷ. 22 ἐξελθὼν.δὲ ovK!Hddvaro! καὶ his delaying in the temple. But havingeomeout he was not able λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς" καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν tospeak tothem, and they recognized that a vision he has seen in τῷ ναῷ" καὶ αὐτὸς ἢν διανεύων αὐτοῖς, καὶ διέμενεν κωφός. the temple. And he was making signs tothem, and continued dumb. 29 καὶ ἐγένετο we ἐπλήσθησαν at ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας And it came to Ne when were fulfilled the days “service αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς TOV-oikov.avrov. “of “his he departed to his house. 24 Mera.dé ταύτας τὰς ἡμέρας συνέλαβεν ᾿Ελισάβετ ἡ Now after these τὰς *conceived Elizabeth γυνὴ. αὐτοῦ, καὶ περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν “μῆνας πέντε, λέγουσα, *his “wife, and hi herself *months ‘five, saying, 25 Ὅτι οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν ™O' κύριος ty ἡμέραις αἷς Thus tome has done the Lord in([the] days in which ἀφελεῖν "τὸ" ὀνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις. my reproach ao men, ἐπεῖδεν he looked pice [me] to take away 26 Ἔν. δὲ τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ Andin the month the sixth was sent the angel Gabriel %70' τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας, y ὄνομα PNa- by God to acity of Galilee, whose name [was] Na- ζαρέτ," 27 πρὸς παρθένον Ἱμεμνηστευμένην" ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὄνομα zareth, to a virgin betrothed toa man whose name ᾿Ιωσήφ, ἐξ οἴκου τΔαβίδ'" καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου [was] Joseph, of[the] house of David, and the name ofthe virgin Μαριάμ. 28 καὶ εἰσελθὼν “ὁ ἄγγελος" πρὸς αὐτὴν * εἶπεν, {was] Mary. And ee 1the “angel to her said, Χαῖρε, κεχαριτωμένη" ὁ κύριος μετὰ σοῦ, “εὐλογημένη Hail, [thou] favoured one! the Lord [is] with thee, blessed [art] σὺ ἐν γυναιξίν." 29 Ἡ δὲ “idotca' “διεταράχθη ἐπὶ thou amongst women. But she seeing [him] wastroubled at τῷ.λόγῳ αὐτοῦ," καὶ διελογίζετο ποταπὸς εἴη ὁ ἀσπασμὸς his word, and was reasoning of what kind might be *salutation οὗτος. 80 Kai εἶπεν ὁ ἄγγελος αὐτῇ, Μὴ.φοβοῦ, OLIN 1this. And said ‘the angel toher, Fear not, Mary, εὕρες.γὰρ χάριν παρὰ τῷ Oem’ 31 Kai ἰδού, YovdAnby! for thou hast found favour with God ; and lo, thoushalt conceive ἐν γαστρὶ καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ.-Ὀνομα.αὐτοῦ in [thy] womb and bring ἘΠῚ ason, and thou shalt call his name 1 ἐδύνατο LTTrA. — ὁ (read [the]) urrr[a}. — τὸ Tr[a]. P Ναζαρέθ Lrw. 4 ἐμνηστευμένην LTTr. τ{τι]Δ. ὁ ὁ ἄγγελος the angel Τ. GTTra χα ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ διεταράχθη GTTrA. Υ συλλήμψῃ LTTrA. τ ΠΈΣ ΝῸ LITA ; Δαυΐδ cw. y— εὐλογημένη σὺ ἐν γυναιξίν τίττ]Α. 147 I am Gaoriel, that stand in the presence of God; and am sent to speak unto thee, and to shew thee these glad tidings. 20 And, behold, thou shalt be dumb, and not able to speak, until the day that these things shall be performed, because thou believest not my words, which shall be fulfilled in their sea- son. 2] And the people waited for Zacharias, and marvelled that he tarried so long in the temple. 22 And when he came out, he could not speak unto them: and they verceiyed that he had seen a vision in the temple: for he beckoned unto them, and remained speechless, 23 And it came to pass, that, as soon as the days of his Ininistration were ac- complished, he depart- ed to his own house. 24 And after those days his wife Elisabeth conceived, and hid her- self five months, say- ing, 25 Thus hath the Lord dealt with me in the days wherein he looked on me, to take away my reproach a- mong men, 26 And in the sixth month the angel Ga- briel was sent from God unto a city of Galilee, named Naza- reth, 27 to a virgin espoused to ἃ man whose name was Jo- seph, of the house of Dayid; and the vir- gin’s name was Mary. 28 And the angel came in unto her, and said, Hail, thou that art highly favoured, the Lord is with thee: blessed art thou a- mong women. 29 And when she saw him, she was troubled at his saying, and cast in her mind what manner of salutation this should be. 30 And the angel said unto her, Fear not, Mary: for thou hast found favour with God. 3] And, be- hold, thou shalt con- ceive in thy womb, and bring forth a son, andshalt call his name © ἀπὸ from TTra. 5. — ὃ ἄγγελος w — ἰδοῦσα 148 JESUS. 32 He shall be great, and shall be ealled the Son of the Highest : and the Lord God shall give unto him the throne of his father David: 33 and he shall reign over the house of Jacob for ever ; and of his king- dom there shall be no end. 34 Then said Mary unto the angel, How shall this be, see- ing I know nota man? 35 And the angel an- swered and said unto her, The Holy Ghost shall come upon thee, and the power of the Highest shall over- shadow thee: therefore also that holy thing which shall be born of thee shall be called the Son of God. 36 And, behold, thy cousin Elisabeth, she hath also conceived a son in her old age: and this is the sixth month with her, who was called barren. 37 For with God nothing shall be impossible. 38 And Mary said, Behold the handmaid of the Lord ; be it unto me accord- ing to thy word. And the angel departed from her. 39 And Mary arose in those days, and went into the hill country with haste, into acity of Juda ; 40 and enter- ed into the house of Zacharias, and saluted Elisabeth. 41 And it came to pass, that, when Elisabeth heard the salutation of Mary, the babe leaped in her womb; and Elisabeth was filled with the Holy Ghost: 42 and she spake out with a loud voice, and said, Blessed art thou a- mong women, and blessed ὦ the fruit of thy womb. 43 And whence 18 this to me, that the mother of my Lord should come to me? 44 For, lo, assoon as the voice of thy salutation sounded in mine ears, the babe leaped in my womb for joy. 45 And blessed ¢s she that believed: for there shall be a perfor- mance of those things which were told her from the Lord. ® Δανείδ ytTra ; Δαυΐδ ΟΥ̓. 4 γήρει GLTTrAW. & κραυγῇ With a *ery Tira. ev Tr. LTTrA. ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. 1. Ἰησοῦν. 32 οὗτος ἔσται μέγας, καὶ υἱὸς ὑψίστου κληθήσε- Jesus, He shallbe great, and Son of [the] Highest shall he be ται καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ κύριος ὁ θεὸς τὸν θρόνον Δαβὶδ" called ; and ‘shall *give *him [*the] 7Lord %God the throne of David ce 4 ? ~ 4 ’ 2 \ a 2 ‘ > τοῦ-.πατρὸς. αὐτοῦ, 33 Kai βασιλεύσει ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον ᾿Ιακὼβ εἰς his father ; and he shallreign over the house bf Jacob to ‘A I~ ν᾿ Lond , > ~ ? » , τοὺς αἰῶνας, καὶ τῆς.βασιλείας.αὐτοῦ οὐκιἔσται τέλος. the ages, and of his kingdom there shall not be an end. 34 Εἶπεν.δὲ Μαριὰμ πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον, Πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο ἐπεὶ But ?said ‘Mary to the angel, How shall *be ‘this since » ? , δ 59 4 εἰν > » ἄνδρα οὐ.γινώσκω ; 35 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν αὐτῇ; aman Iknow not? And answering the angel said to her, Πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ δύναμις ὑψίστου (The] 7Spirit *Holy shallcome upon thee, and power of([the] Highest ἐπισκιάσει σοι’ διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον" ἅγιον κληθή- shall overshadow thee; wherefore also the Sporn *holy *thing shall be σεται υἱὸς θεοῦ. 36 καὶ ἰδού, ᾿Ελισάβετ ἡ ovyyevic'_cov καὶ called Son of God. And lo, Elizabeth thy kinswoman ‘also αὐτὴ “συνειληφυῖα" υἱὸν ἐν γήρᾳ" αὐτῆς" Kai οὗτος ὴν 1she has conceived ason in her old age, and this [the] month ἕκτος ἐστὶν αὐτῇ τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ" 37 ὅτι οὐκ ἀδυνα- lsixth is toher who[{was] called barren ; for not *shall *be τήσει παρὰ “τῷ θεῷ! πᾶν ῥῆμα. 88 Εἶπεν.δὲ Μαριάμ, ‘impossible °with 7God =s ‘any =*thing. And?said ? Σ (lit. every) 4 a fn ΄ κατα το.ρημας.σου. ᾽ , € ’ , , , Idov, ἡ δούλη κυρίου γένοιτό μοι thy word. Behold, the bondmaid of(the] Lord; beit to me according to Kai ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς ὁ ἄγγελος. And departed from her the angel. 39 ᾿Αναστᾶσα.δὲ se atin ἐν ταῖς. ἡμέραις ταύταις ἐπορεύθη And ’rising *up Mary in those days went > \ ‘ ‘ ~ ? , ? Ud ‘ εἰς τὴν ὀρεινὴν μετὰ σπουδῆς, εἰς πόλιν Ἰούδα, 40 καὶ into the hill-country with haste, to acity of Judah, and >, _w 2 4 / gw £9. id A ? , εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν olkoy Ζαχαρίου καὶ ἠσπάσατο τὴν ᾿Ελισάβετ. entered into the house of Zacharias and saluted Elizabeth. 41 καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἤκουσεν ')’EXuoaBer τὸν ἀσπασμὸν τῆς Anditcametopassas “heard ‘Blizabeth the salutation Μαρίας," ἐσκίρτησεν τὸ ἐρέφος ἐν τῇ.κοιλίᾳ αὐτῆς" καὶ ἐπλήσθη of Mary, Sleaped ‘the be in her womb ; and 7was "filled πνεύματος ἁγίου ἡ EdtoaBer, 42 καὶ ἀνεφώνησεν ἐφωνῇ" “with (°the] Spirit °Holy 1Hlizabeth, and criedout witha *voice μεγάλῃ καὶ εἶπεν, Εὐλογημένη σὺ ἐν γυναιξίν, καὶ εὐλο- *Joud and said, Blessed {art] thou among women, and bless- γημένος ὁ καρπὸς τῆς. κοιλίας. σου. 43 καὶ πόθεν μοι τοῦτο, ed the fruit of thy womb. And whence tome this, w » « ΄ ~ , , h lle id 4 4 iva ἔλθῃ ἡ μήτηρ oe ον cs pe'; 44 ἰδοὺ. γάρ, that should come the mother of my Lor me? For lo, ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ TOV-doTacpov.cov εἰς τὰ.ὦτά. μου ἐσκίρ- as came the voice of thy salutation into mine ears, leap- τησεν Sty ἀγαλλιάσει τὸ βρέφος" ἐν τῷῇ.κοιλίᾳ. μου. 45 καὶ in ed in exultation the babe my womb ; and μακαρία ἡ πιστεύσασα, ὅτι ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς blessed [15] she who believed, for there shall be a fulfilment to the things λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ κυρίου. spoken toher from [the] Lord. » + [ἐκ cov] of thee 1,. Ὁ ovyyevis LTW. © guvetAn- f τὸν ἀσπασμὸν τῆς Μαρίας ἡ ᾿Ελισάβετ 1 τὸ βρέφος ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει Gw. © τοῦ θεοῦ TTrA. h ἐμέ. i. LUKE. 46 Kai εἶπεν Μαριάμ, Meyadive ἡ-ψυχή.μου τὸν κύριον, And αεαϊα Mary, *Magnifies 1my *soul the Lord, 47 καὶ ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ.πνεύμά.μου ἐπὶ TP θεῷ τῷ-.σωτῆρί. μου" in God and *exulted tmy “spirit my Saviour. 48 ὅτι ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς.δούλης. αὐτοῦ" ἰδοὺ For helooked upon the humiliation of his bondmaid ; lo γάρ, ἀπὸ τοῦ.νῦν μακαριοῦσίν.με πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί. 49 ὅτι for, from henceforth *will ‘count *me *blessed ‘all *generations, For ἐποίησέν μοι ‘yusyadsia' ὁ δυνατός, καὶ ἅγιον τὸ ὄνομα *has ®done *to Ἴη8 ®great *things ‘the *mighty*one,and holy [is] 7name αὐτοῦ" 50 καὶ τὸ.ἔλεος. αὐτοῦ εἰς γενεὰς γενεῶν, τοῖς this ; and ᾿ ee ? , ΄ ? , ᾽ ΠΣ. φοβουμένοις αὐτόν. 51 ἐποίησεν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι αὐτοῦ fearing him, He wrought strength with his arm, διεσκόρπισεν ὑπερηφάνους διανοίᾳ he scattered [the] haughty in [the] thought 52 καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων, καὶ ὕψωσεν He put down = rulers from thrones, and exalted [the] 53 πεινῶντας ἐνέπλησεν ἀγαθῶν, καὶ πλουτοῦντας {the] hungry he filled with good things, and [the] rich ἐξαπέστειλεν κενούς. δά ἀντελάβετο ᾿Ισραὴλ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ, he sentaway empty. He helped Israel servant this, μνησθῆναι ἐλέους, 55 καθὼς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τοὺς {in order] toremember mercy, according as he spoke to πατέρας ἡμῶν, τῷ ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ τῷ σπέρματι.αὐτοῦ “εἰς τὸν our fathers, to Abraham and to his seed for αἰῶνα." δ6 Ἔμεινεν.δὲ Μαριὰμ σὺν αὐτῇ "ὡσεὶ" μῆνας τρεῖς; his mercy [15] to generations of generations to those καρδίας. αὐτῶν. of their heart. ταπεινούς. lowly : ever, And?abode ‘Mary with her about *months ‘three, Kai ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν. οἶκον. αὐτῆς. and returned to her house. 57 ΤῊ .δὲ Ἐλισάβετ ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος τοῦ.τεκεῖν. αὐτήν. Now to Elizabeth was fulfilled the time thatsheshould bring forth, Kai ἐγέννησεν υἱόν" 58 Kai ἤκουσαν οἱ περίοικοι Kai οἱ ovy- and 5Βῃ8 θθΘ ason. And ‘heard ‘the “neighbours and 7kins- γενεῖς αὐτῆς ὅτι ἐμεγάλυνεν κύριος τὸ. ἔλεος. αὐτοῦ μετ᾽ folk *her that *was “magnifying ['the] *Lord his mercy with αὐτῆς; καὶ συνέχαιρον αὐτῇ. 59 Kai ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ “ὀγδὸ her, and they rejoiced with her. And itcameto pass on the eighth « , I AG. ~ 4 δί 5, ‘ ? aN 7 A ἡμέρᾳ ον περιτεμεῖν TO παιδίον᾽ καὶ ἑκάλουν αὑτὸ day they came to circumcise the little child, and were calling it ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ-πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ζαχαρίαν. 60 καὶ ἀπο- after the name of his father Zacharias, And “an- κριθεῖσα ἡ. μητηρ.αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, Οὐχί, ἀλλὰ κληθήσεται P'Iway- swering "his *mother said, No; but heshall be called John, νης." ΟἹ Kai %elzrov' πρὸς αὐτήν, Ὅτι οὐδείς ἐστιν τὲν And {δον βαϊᾶὰ to her, Noone is among the συγγενείᾳ" σου ὃς καλεῖται τῷ. ὀνόματι. τούτῳ. 62 ’Evévevoy linsfolk of thee who is called by this name. “They “made *signs δὲ τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ τὸτί ἂν.θέλοι καλεῖσθαι "αὐτόν." land to his father {as to] what he might wish *to*be*called “him. 63 καὶ αἰτήσας πινακίδιον ἔγραψεν, λέγων, PIwavyne' And having asked for ἃ writing tablet he wrote, saying, John τ a t-All % ? κα αἰ 7 , ? , A ἐστὶν τὸ" ὄνομα. αὐτοῦ" καὶ ἐθαύμασαν πάντες. θ4 ᾿Ανεῴχθη. δὲ is his name. And they *wondered ‘all. And was opened Κ μεγάλα LTTr. | καὶ γενεὰς and generations TTrA. 9 ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ LTTrA. »Ῥ᾽ Ἰωάνης τ. 83 εἶπαν τῦτ. the kinsfolk Lrtra. 5 αὐτό it LTFrA. τ — τὸ Tx[al. τὰ ἕως αἰῶνος G. τ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας from among 149 46 And Mary said, My soul doth magnify the Lord, 47 and my spirit hath rejoiced in God my Saviour. 48 For he hath regarded the low estate of his hand- maiden: for, behold. from henceforth ali generations shall cali mne blessed. 49 For he that is mighty hath done to me_ great things ; and holy 18 his name, 50 And his mercy 7s on them that fear him from genera- tion to generation. 51 He hath shewed strength with his arm; he hath scattered the proud in the imagina- tion of their hearts. 52 He hath put down the mighty from their seats,and exalted them of low degree. 53 He hath filled the hungry with good things; and the rich he hath sent empty away. 54 He hath holpen his ser- vant Israel, in remem- brance of Ais mercy; 55 as he spake to our fathers, to Abraham, and to his seed for ever. 56 And Mary a- bode with her about three months, and re- turned to her own house. 57 Now Elisabeth’s full time came that she should be delivered; and she brought forth a son. 58 And her neighbours and her cousins heard how the Lord haé shewed great mercy upon her ; and they rejoiced with her. 59 And it came to pass, that on the eighth day they came to circum- cise the child ; and they called him Zacharias, after the name of his father. 60 And his mother answered and said, Not so; but he shall be called John. τῇ 61 And they said unto her, There is none of thy kindred that is ealled by this name. 62 And they madesigns to his father, how he would have him called. 63 And heasked for a writing table, and wrote, saying, His name is John. And they marvelled all 64 And his mouth was opened immediately, π ὡς LTTr. 180 and his tongue loosed, and he spake, and praised God. 65 And fear came on all that dwelt round about them: and all these sayings were noised abroad throughout all the hill country of Ju- dwa. 66 And all they that heard them laid them up in their hearts, saying, What manner of child shall this be! And the hand of the Lord was with him. 67 And his father Zacharias was filled with the Holy Ghost, and prophesied, say- ing, 68 Blessed be the Lord God of Israel ; for he hath visited and redeemed his people, 69 and hath raised up an horn of salvation for us in the house of his servant David; 70 as he spake by the mouth of his holy pro- phets, which have been since the world began: 71 that we should be saved from our ene- mies, and from the hand of all that hate us ; 72 to perform the mercy promised to our fathers, and toremem- ber his holy covenant; 73 the oath which he gware to our father Abraham, 74 that he would grant unto us, that we being deliver- ed out of the hand of our enemies might serve him without fear, 75 in holiness and righteousness before him, all the days of our life. 76 And thou, child, shalt be called the pro- phet of the Highest : for thou shalt go before the face of the Lord to prepare his ways; 77 to give knowledge of salvation unto his people by theremission of their sins,78 through the tender mercy of our God ; whereby the dayspring from on high hath visited us, 79 to give light to them that sit in darkness and in the shadow of death, to guide our feet w + yap (read For also) LITrA. « Δανεὶδ LTTrA ; Aavid aw. 4 — ἡμῶν (read of [our] enemies) [L]tTrA. {+ δὲ also rrra. AOQYKAS. τὸ. στόμα.αὐτοῦ παραχρῆμα Kai ἡ.γλῶσσα.αὐτοῦ, his mouth immediately and his tongue ἐλάλει εὐλογῶν τὸν θεόν. 65 Kai ἐγένετο he spoke, blessing God. And *came τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς" Kai ἐν OAH TH ᾿ καὶ (loosed), and ’ ‘ , , ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος Supon “all ‘fear ὀρεινῇ τῆς those who dwelt around them; and in *whole ‘the hill-country Ἰουδαίας διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα" 66 καὶ of Judwa *were *being Stalked 7of ‘all these *things, And ἔθεντο πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ.αὐτῶν, λέ- ‘laid (Sthem]*up ‘all *who *heard in their heart, say- yovrec, Ti ἄρα τὸ.παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται; Kai χεὶρ ing, What then ‘this *little “child ‘will 7be? And [the] hand κυρίου vy μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. of [the] Lord was with him. 67 Kai Ζαχαρίας ὁ-πατὴρ.αὐτοῦ ἐπλήσθη πνεύματος And Zacharias his father was filled with [the] ?Spirit « 7 \x U ll , ᾽ A U « ἁγίου, Kai Σπροεφήτευσεν,. λέγων, 68 Εὐλογητὸς κύριος ὁ ‘Holy, and prophesied, saying, Blessed be [the] Lord the θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, ὅτι ἐπεσκέψατο Kai ἐποίησεν λύτρωσιν God of Israel, because he looked upon and wrought redemption τῷῴ.λαῷ.αὐτοῦ" 69 καὶ ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν ἐν ὑτῷ" for his people, and raisedup ahorn ofsalvation forus in the οἴκῳ *AaBid! τοῦ! παιδὸς. αὐτοῦ" 70 καθὼς ἐλάλησεν διὰ house of David his servant ; according as hespoke by [the] b Ὁ ΠΡ ᾽ I~ TWY'_aAT -αἰῶνος προφητῶν αὐτοῦ" 5since “time 7began στόματος τῶν ἁγίων mouth 7holy prophets lof *his ; 71 σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν.ἡμῶν καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων salvation from our enemies and from{[the] hand of all τῶν μισούντων ἡμᾶς" 72 ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων those who hate us; to fulfil mercy with *fathers ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ, 73 ὅρκον ὃν our, and toremember “covenant “holy this, {the} oath which ὦμοσεν πρὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ τὸν.πατέρα.-ἡμῶν, Tov δοῦναι ἡμῖν heswore to Abraham our father, to give us [that] 74 ἀφόβως ἐκ χειρὸς “τῶν" ἐχθρῶν. ἡμῶν" ῥυσθέντας, without fear out of [the] hand of our enemies being saved, λατρεύειν αὐτῷ 75 ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ weshouldserve him in holiness and righteousness before him ΄ ‘ « , ee.” ~ tl af ~ 6 K ‘ +f δί πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας “τῆς.ζωῆς" ἡμῶν. 7 αἱ σὺ", παιδίον, all the days of our life. And thou, little child, προφήτης ὑψίστου κληθήσῃ" προπορεύσῃ.γὰρ πρὸ prophet of([the] Highest shalt becalled; forthoushalt go before [the] προσώπου κυρίου ἑτοιμάσαι ὁδοὺς. αὐτοῦ" 77 τοῦ δοῦναι face of [the] Lord to prepare his ways ; to give γνῶσιν σωτηρίας TP.\ap-avrov ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶν.αὐτῶν, knowledge of salvation to his people in remission of their sins, 78 διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους θεοῦ. ἡμῶν, ἐν οἷς ἐπεσκέψατο through [the] bowels of compassion of our God, in which has visited ἡμᾶς ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους, 79 ἐπιφᾶναι τοῖς ἐν σκότει us [the] day-spring from on high, to shine upon those 7in “darkness καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις" τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς “and °in (*the] “shadow “of *death ‘sitting ; to direct χ ἐπροφήτευσεν LTTrA. Υ — τῷ (read [the]) Lrrra. 8 — τοῦ LTTrA. Ὁ — τῶν TTrA. ¢ — τῶν LTTrA. © — τῆς ζωῆς (read all our days) GLTTraw. Wil. LUKE. πόδας. ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης. 80 Τὸ. δὲ παιδίον ηὔξανεν our feet into (the] way of peace. And the little child grew . ~ ‘ ~ , er καὶ ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι. Kai ἣν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις Ewe and was strengthened in spirit ; and he was in the deserts until [the] ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως. αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ισραήλ. day of his shewing to Israel. Q ‘Eyévero.dé ἐν ταῖς. ἡμέραις. ἐκείναις ἐξῆλθεν δόγμα And it came to pass in those days went *out ‘a 7decree παρὰ Καίσαρος Αὐγούστου, ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν from Ceesar Augustus, that should be registered all the oikoupervny' 2 αὕτη. 5ὴ" ἀπογραφὴ “xowrn ἐγένετο" ἡγε- habitable world ; this registration first took place when μονεύοντος τῆς Συρίας ‘Kupnviov.' 3 καὶ ἐπορεύοντο πάντες 2was °governor *of Syria ?*Cyrenius. And went 1411 ἀπογράφεσθαι, ἕκαστος εἰς τὴν. ξἰδίαν" .πόλιν. 4 ᾿Ανέβη.δὲ καὶ to be registered, each to his own city: and *went ‘up ?also Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐκ πόλεως ᾿ἱΝαζαρέτ' εἰς τὴν 1Joseph from Galilee out of [the] city Nazareth to Ἰουδαίαν, εἰς πόλιν ™AaBid' ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλεέμ, διὰ Judea, to acity of Dayid which iscalled Bethlehem, because ro.clvat.avroy ἐξ οἴκου Kai πατριᾶς Δαβίδ," 5 πάπο- of his being of [the] house and family of David, to re- γράψασθαι" σὺν Μαριὰμ τῇ “μεμνηστευμένῃ" αὐτῷ Pyvvarki,' gister himself with Mary who was betrothed to him as wife, οὔσῃ ἐγκύῳ. 6 ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ ἐν τῷ εἶναι.αὐτοὺς she being great with child. Anditcametopass in the[time] they were ἐκεῖ ἐπλήσθησαν ai ἡμέραι τοῦ.τεκεῖν. αὐτήν 7 καὶ ἔτε- there *were*fulfilled ‘the *days for her bringing forth, and she brought κεν τὸν υἱὸν. αὐτῆς TOV πρωτότοκον, Kai ἐσπαργάνωσεν forth her son the first-born, and wrapped 7in“*swaddling ‘clothes αὐτόν, καὶ ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν “τῇ φάτνῃ, διότι οὐκιἦν thim, and laid him in the manger, because there was not αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι. forthem aplace in the inn. 8 Kai ποιμένες ἦσαν ἔν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ, ἀγραυλοῦντες And shepherds were in the ?country lsame, lodging in the fields καὶ φυλάσσοντες φυλακὰς τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπὶ τὴν.ποίμνην. αὐτῶν. and keeping watch by night over their flock ; 9 καὶ Tidod,' ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς, Kai δόξα and behold, anangel of[the] Lord stood Σ them, and [the] glory / cd 4 ’ 4 τὰ ’, ’ κυρίου περιέλαμψεν αὐτούς" καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον of [the] Lord shone around them, and they feared [with] *fear μέγαν. 10 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ἄγγελος, M1j.doBeiabe ἰδοὺ Ἰσγοϑδῦ. And ‘said *to*them'the “angel. Fear not ; 2behold γάρ, εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται or, JIannounce glad tidings to you [of] *joy lereat, which shall be παντὶ τῷ Aa’ 11 ὅτι ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον σωτήρ. ὕς ἐστιν toall the people; for wasborn toyou to-day aSaviour, who is χριστὸξὶ κύριος, ἐν πόλει "Δαβίδ." 12 καὶ τοῦτο ὑμῖν ᾽ hrist [the] Lord, ἴῃ [086] city of David. And this [is] to you TO onpéiov’ εὑρήσετε βρέφος ἐσπαργανωμένον, * ἵκεί- the sign: ye shall find ababe wrapped in swaddling clothes, ly- 151 into the way of peace. 80 And the child grew, and waxed strong in spirit, and was in the deserts till the day of his shewing unto Is- rael, II. And it came to pass in those days, that there went out a de- eree from Cesar Au- gustus, that all the world should be taxed. 2 (And this taxing was first made when Cyre- nius was governor of Syria.) 3 And all went to be taxed, every one into his own city. 4 And Joseph also went up from Galilee, out of the city of Naza- reth, into Judzxa, unto the city of David, which is called Beth- lehem; (because he was of the house and lineage of David:) 5 to be taxed with Mary his espoused wife, being great with child. 6 And soit was, that, while they were there, the days were accomplished that she should be delivered. 7 And she brought forth her firsthorr son, and wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and laid him in a manger; because there was no room for them in the inn. 8 And there were in the same country shep- herds abiding in the field, keeping watch over their flock by night. 9 And, lo, the angel of the Lord came upon them, and the glory of the Lordshone round about them: and they were sore a- fraid. 10 And the an- gel said unto them, Fear not : for, behold, I bring you good ti- dings of great joy, which shall be to all people. 11 For unts you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord. 12 And this shall be a sign un- to you; Ye shall find the babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger. @—7LTTra. » ἐγένετο πρώτη T. 1 Ναζαρὰθ L; Ναζαρὲθ Tw. m Δανεὶδ LTTrA; Δαυὶδ Gw. © ἐμνηστευμένῃ LTTrA. Ρ -- γυναικί LTTrA. T[Tra]}. 5 Δαυείδ LTTrA; Δαυΐδ Gw. i Κυρίνου Cyrenus tL. t+ καὶ and [u]tra. 4 — τῇ (read a manger) LTTra. Υ — κείμενον T. k ἑαυτοῦ (read his city) LTTr. n ἀπογράφεσθαι L. — ἰδού 152 13 And suddenly there was with the angel & multitude of the heavenly host prais- ing God, and saying, 14 Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will to- wardmen. 15 And it came to pass, as the angels were gone away from them into hea- ven, the shepherds said one to another, Let us now go even unto Bethlehem, and see this thing which is come to pass, which the Lord hath made known untous. 16 And they came with haste, and found Mary, and Joseph, and the babe lying in @ manger, 17 And when they had seen it, they made known abroad the say- ing which was told them concerning this child. 18 And all they that heard it wondered at those things which were told them by the shepherds. 19 But Mary kept all these things, and pondered them in her heart. 20 And the shepherds returned, glorifying and prais- ing God for all the things that they had heard and seen, as it was told unto them. 21 And when eight days were accomplish- ed for the circumcising of the child, his name was called JESUS, which was so named of the angel before he was conceived in the womb. 22 And when the days of her purifica- tion according to the law of Moses were accomplished, they brought him to Jeru- salem, to present him to the Lord ; 23 (as it is written in the law of the Lord, Every male that openeth the womb shall be called holy to the Lord ;) 24 and to offer a sacri- fice according to that AOYKA®. Il. μενον" ἐν τῇ" φάτνῃ. 18 Kai ἐξαίφνης ἐγένετο σὺν τῷ ing in the manger. An suddenly there was with the > ἐλ. ~ ~ x > , Π] > ΄ εἶ , ἀγγέλῳ πλῆθος στρατιᾶς *ovpaviov," αἰνούντων τὸν θεόν, angel multitude of [the] *host “heavenly, praising God A , , ? « , ~ A > 4 ~ καὶ λεγόντων, 14 Δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις θεῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς and saying, Glory in [the] highest toGod, and on earth ’ ’ > > , y ᾽ ’, ll ‘4 ’ , e ᾽ _ εἰρήνη, ἔν ἀνθρώποις Yebdoria." 15 Kai ἐγένετο, we ἀπῆλ- peace, in men good pleasure. And it came to pass, as “depart- θον an’ αὐτῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ot ἄγγελοι, “Kai ot ἄνθοωποι" ed ‘from ‘them ‘into’the “heaven ‘the “angels, that the men ot ποιμένες δεῖπον" πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Διέλθωμεν δὴ Ewe the shepherds said to one another, Let us go through indeed asfaras Βηθλεέμ, καὶ ἴδωμεν τὸ ῤῥῆμα.τοῦτο τὸ γεγονὸς δ’3: τὸ Bethlehem, and let us see this thing that has come to pass which the , ᾽ , ΓΝ δ᾽ ᾿ bz Ι , \ κύριος ἐγνώρισεν ἡμῖν. 16 Kai δήλθον! σπεύσαντες καὶ Lord madeknown tous. And they came having hasted and cZ ~ fl , ‘ Ν \ ? UZ ‘ A ’ ΄, ἀνεῦρον" τήν.τε. Μαριὰμ καὶ τὸν ᾽᾿Τωσήφ, καὶ τὸ βρέφος κεί- found both Mary and Joseph, and the babe ly- é 9 oa 17. (06 δὲ ἐδ 5 a μενον ev τῇ φάτνῃ. ἰδόντες.δὲ ιεγνώρισαν ing in the manger, And having seen, they made known abroad περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς περὶ τοῦ concerning the saying which had beon told them concerning παιδίου.τούτου. 18 καὶ πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες ἐθαύμασαν this little child. And all who heard wondered περὶ τῶν λαληθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ποιμένων πρὸς concorning the things which had been spoken by the _ shepherds to αὐτούς. 19 ἡ.δὲ. "Μαριὰμ" πάντα συνετήρει τὰ. ῥήματα.ταῦτα, them. But Mary 3411 ‘kept these sayings, ἰσυμβάλλουσα" ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ. αὐτῆς. 20 καὶ δἐπέστρεψαν" pondering (them) in her heart. And Sreturned ot ποιμένες, δοξάζοντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ‘the “shepherds, glorifying and praising God _ for all things οἷς ἤκουσαν καὶ “eldor," καθὼς ἐλαλήθη πρὸς αὐτούς. which they had heardand _ seen, as it was said to them, 21 Kai ore ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν ἱτὸ And when were fulfilled days ‘eight forthe circumcising the παιδίον," καὶ ἐκλήθη τὸ.Ὀνομα.αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦς, τὸ κλη- little child, swas “called *his *name Jesus, which fhe] was θὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου πρὸ τοῦ συλληφθῆναι! αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ called by the angel before 2was ‘conceived the in the κοιλίᾳ. womb. 22 Kai bre ἐπλήσθησαν ai ἡμέραι τοῦ.καθαρισμοῦ.᾿ αὐτῶν" And when were fulfilled the days for their purification κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωσέως," ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσύ- according to the law of Moses, they brought him to erusa- λυμα παραστῆσαι τῷ κυρίῳ, 23 καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν" lem to present tothe Lord, as it has been written in [the] νόμῳ κυρίου, Ὅτι πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν ἅγιον law of{[the] Lord, That every male opening awomb ‘holy τῷ κυρίῳ κληθήσεται: 24 καὶ τοῦ δοῦναι θυσίαν κατὰ 5to *the "Lord ‘shall *be “called ; and to offer a sacrifice according to Ww — τῇ (read ὃ. manger) GLTTrAW. pleasure Lrtra. 5 ἀνεῦραν TTr. λουσα Ἱ. LITra. d ἐγνώρισαν they made known Ltr. & ὑπέστρεψαν GLTTrAW. _ | αὐτῆς (read her purification) ΒΕ. Υ εὐδοκίας of good ® ἐλάλουν T. Ὁ ἦλθαν Trra. ὁ Μαρία LTTra. f συνβάλ- κ συλλημφθῆναι n+ τῷ the i. x οὐρανοῦ of heaven Tr. 2 — καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι [L]t[TrA]. i αὐτόν him GLTTraAW. ™ Mwioews LTTrAW. h (Sov T. TY. LUKE. τὸ εἰρημένον ty 9. νό κυρίου, Zevyoc τρυγόνων that which has been said in [the] law of[the] Lord, Apair of turtle doves ἢ δύο Ῥνεοσσοὺς" περιστερῶν. or two young of pigeons. τ 25 Καὶ ἰδού, «ἦν ἄνθρωπος! ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ ᾧ ὄνομα And behold, there was aman in Jerusalem whose name Συμεών, καὶ ὁ.ἄνθρωπος.οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐλαβής, {was] Simeon; and this man (was) just and pious, προσδεχόμενος παράκλησιν τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ, καὶ πνεῦμα waiting 208. the consolation of Israel, and [the] pei τἅγιον ἦν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν" 26 καὶ ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον ὑπὸ *Holy was upon him. And it was to him divinelycommunicated by TOU πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου μὴ. ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν 5ῃ}} the Spirit the oly that he should not see death before ἴδῃ τὸν χριστὸν κυρίου. 27 Kai ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ πνεύματι he should see the i of Ethel Lord. And hecame in the Spirit sic τὸ ἱερόν" Kai ἐν τῷ εἰσαγαγεῖν τοὺς ae τὸ παιδίον "In- intothetempie; and when*brought*in ‘the arents the little child Je- σοῦν, τοῦ.ποιῆσαιιαὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰθισμένον sus, that they might do paccoriting “to °what ®had ἀξ εἰς κουξίοπιασν τοῦ νόμου περὶ αὐτοῦ, 8 καὶ αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκά- ®py°the αν ΟΣ him, he also received him into "arms, λας αὐτοῦ," καὶ εὐλόγησεν τὸν θεόν, καὶ εἶπεν, 29 Νῦν ἀπολύεις *his, and blessed God, and Baus Now thou lettest go τὸν δούλόν σου, δέσποτα, κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά.σου, ἐν εἰρήνφ᾽ thy bondman, O Master, accordingto thy word, in peace ; 80 ὅτι εἶδον οἱ-ὀφθαλμοί.μου τὸς σωτήριόν.σου, 31 ὃ for *have “seen 1mine sere thy salvation, which ἡτοίμασας κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν" 82 φῶς thou hast prepared before [the] face of all the peoples ; a light εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ.σου ᾿Ισραήλ. for revelation of [the] Gentiles and glory of thy people IsraeL 33 Kai ἦν "*VIwond' καὶ ἡ-.μήτηρ. "αὐτοῦ" θαυμάζοντες ἐπὶ And Swere ‘Joseph and Shis *mother wondering at τοῖς λαλουμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ. 84 καὶ εὐλόγησεν the things which werespoken concerning him. And “blessed αὐτοὺς Συμεών, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς Μαριὰμ τὴν. μητέρα αὐτοῦ, *them 1Simeon, and said to Mary his mother, ᾿Ιδού, οὗτος κεῖται εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν Lo, this [child] isset for[the} fall of many ἐν τῷ Ισραήλ, καὶ εἰς σημεῖον ἀντιλεγόμενον᾽ 3d Kai σοῦ "δὲ" in Israel, andfor asign apolem against ; (and of thee also αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν διελεύσεται ῥομφαία" ὕπως ἂν.ἀποκαλυ- ®thy ΘΟ] *shall +go Sthrough 'a sword ;) so that may be re- and rising up φθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί. vealed of many hearts [the] reasonings. 36 Kai ἦν “Avva προφῆτις, θυγάτηρ Φανουήλ, ἐκ And there was Anna a prophetess, dang hte of Phanuel, of [the] φυλῆς Aono’ αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς, ζήσασα tribe of Asher, she wasadvanced in “days many, having lived Yérn μετὰ ἀνδρὸς" ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ τῆς.“παρθενίας" αὐτῆς, 37 καὶ ?yeara *with ‘a “husband ‘seven from her virginity, and ae τῷ the LT Tr, 37 ἄν τ; ἂν Tr. father GTTrA. ἔτη LITr. P νοσσοὺς TA. 9 ἄνθρωπος Av Τ. t— αὐτοῦ | (read {his] arms) [LJ7/Traj. τ δι, — αὐτοῦ (read [his] mother) e@tra. : ΣΡ A. x [δὲ] Ltr. 158 which is said in the law of the Lord, A pair of turtledoves, or two young pigeons. 25 And, behold, there was a man in Jerusa- lem, whose name was Simeon; and the same man was just and de- yout, waiting for the consolation of Israel: and the Holy Ghost wasupon him, 26 And it was revealed unto him by the Holy Ghost, that he should not see death, before he had seen the Lord’s Christ. 27 And he came by the Spirit into the temple: and when the parents brought in the child Jesus, to do for him after the custom of the law, 28 then took he him up in hisarms, and blessed God, and said, 29 Lord, now lettest thou thy servant de- part in peace, accord- ing to thy word : 30 for mine eyes havé seen thy salvation, 31 which thou hast prepared be- fore the face of all people; 32 a light to lighten the Gentiles, and the glory of thy people Israel. 33 And Joseph and his mother marvelled at those things which were spoken of him. 34 And Simeon blessed them, and said unto Mary his mother, Behold, this child is set for the fall and rising again of many in Israel ; and for a sign which shall be spoken against ; 35 (yea, a sword shall pierce through thy own soul also,) that the thoughts of many hearts may be re- vealed. 36 And there was one Anna, a _prophetess, the daughter of Pha- nuel, of the tribe of Aser: she was cf a great age, and had lived with an husband seven years from her virginity ; 37 and she τ ἦν ἅγιον GLTTrAW. Υ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ his Υ μετὰ ἀνδρὸς 154 wasa widow of about fourscore and four years, which departed not from the temple, but served God with fastings and prayers night and day. 38 And she coming in that in- stant gave thanks like- wise unto the Lord, and spake of him to all them that looked for redemption in Je- rusalem, 39 And when they had performed all things according to the law of the Lord, they returned into Galilee, to their own city Nazareth. 40 And the child grew, and waxed strong in spirit, filed with wisdom: and the grace of God was upon him. 41 Now his parents went to Jerusalem every year at the feast of the passover. 42 And when he was twelve years old, they went up to Jerusalem after the custom of the feast. 43 And when they had fulfilled the days, as they returned, the child Jesus tarried be- hind in Jerusalem; and Joseph and his mother knew not ofit. 44 But they, supposing him to have been in the company, went a day’s journey; and they sought him a- mong their kinsfolk and acquaintance, 45 And when they found him not, they turned back again to Jerusalem, seeking him. 46 Anditcameto pass, that after three days they found him in the temple, sitting in the midst of the doctors, both hearing them, and asking them questions. 47 And all that heard him were astonished at his un- derstanding and an- swers. 48 And when they saw him, they were amazed: and his mother said unto him, Son, why hast thou thus dealt with us? Ὁ αὐτὴ herself TTrA. — αὕτη (read ἀνθωμολ. she gave praise) LITrA. [inj) urtr[A]. LTTrAW. up LTTra. parents knew it not LITra. (read [hirn ]) @[uJrtra. 0 Ναζαρέθ TTraw. — εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα I Tra. AOYKAS. 11. ἤρα “ὡς; ἐτῶν ὀγδοηκοντατεσσάρων, ἣ οὐκ {was] a widow “about *years of *eighty-four, 5Swho "not ἀφίστατο ‘ard τοῦ ἱεροῦ, νηστείαις Kai δεήσεσιν λατρεύουσα ®departed from the temple, withfastings and supplications serving νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν: 88 καὶ αὕτη" αὐτῇ.τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐπιστᾶσα b αὕτη ll she night and day ; and she at the same hour coming up ἀνθωμολογεῖτο τῷ ἱκυρίῳ," Kai EXdrde περὶ αὐτοῦ πᾶσιν gave praise tothe Lord, and spoke concerning him to all ~ , , ? Il « ,’ τοῖς προσδεχομένοις λύτρωσιν ξέν" ἱΙερουσαλήμ. those waiting for redemption in Jerusalem. 899 Kai ὡς ἐτέλεσαν "ζψπανταὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον And when they hadcompleted all things accordingtothe law , κι , Ι 3 \ , > 1 ΝΕ ΄ κυρίου, "ὑπέστρεψαν" εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, εἰς "τὴν" πόλιν of [the] Lord they returned to Galilee, to Scity Mayray' "NaZapér.' 40 Τὸ.δὲ παιδίον ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐκρα- ‘their [*own], Nazareth. And the little child grew, and became ταιοῦτο “πνεύματι, πληρούμενον Ῥσοφίας, Kat χάρις strong in spirit, being filled with wisdom, and[the] grace θεοῦ ἦν ἐπ᾽ αὐτό. of God was upon him, 41 Kai ἐπορεύοντο οἱ. γονεῖς. αὐτοῦ Kar ἔτος εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ And swent ‘his *parents yearly to Jerusalem τῇ ἑορτῇ τοῦ πάσχα. 42 Kai ὅτε ἐγένετο ἐτῶν δώδεκα, at the feast of the passover. And when he was *years [3014] ‘twelve, «ἀναβάντων" αὐτῶν τεὶς Ιεροσόλυμα! κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς Shaving gone 7up *they to erusalem according to the custom ofthe ἑορτῆς, 43 καὶ τελειωσάντων τὰς ἡμέρας, ἐν-τῷ. ὑποστρέφειν as ζτούπσηθα feast, and having completed the days, αὐτοὺς ὑπέμεινεν *Inoovc' ὁ παῖς ἐν ‘lepovcadnp, Kai ‘they ‘remained behind *Jesus “the *child in Jerusalem, and τοὐκ. ἔγνω ᾿Τωσὴφ καὶ ἡ-.μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ"" 44 νομίσαντες.δὲ αὐτὸν 5knew [510] ποῦ ‘Joseph*and “his *mother ; but supposing him γὲν τῇ συνοδίᾳ εἶναι" ἦλθον ἡμέρας ὁδόν, Kai ἀνεζήτουν in the company tobe they went aday’s journey, and sought αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς συγγενέσιν καὶ “ἐν! ruic γνωστοῖς" 45 Kai him among the relations and among the acquaintances: and μὴ εὑρόντες "αὐτὸν" ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς ἹἱἹερουσαλήμ, ἡζητοῦντες" not having found him they returned to Jerusalem, seeking αὐτόν. 46 Καὶ ἐγένετο "p20" ἡμέρας τρεῖς εὗρον αὐτὸν ἐν him. And itcametopass after “days ‘three theyfound him in τῷ ἱερῷ, καθεζόμενον ἐν ἐσῳ τῶν διδασκάλων, καὶ ἀκού- the temple, sitting in [the] midst of the teachers, both hear- ovra αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπερωτῶντα αὐτούς. 47 ἐξίσταντο.δὲ πάντες And ®were Samazed ‘all ing them and questioning them. ol ἀκούοντες αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν *those “hearing *him αὖ [his] understanding and 7answers αὐτοῦ. 48 Kai ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ἐξεπλάγησαν" καὶ “πρὸς αὐτὸν ‘his. And = seeing him they were astonished: and to him ἡ-μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, Τέκνον, τί ἐποίησας ἡμῖν οὕτως; his mother said, Child, why hast thou done tous thus? © ἕως up to LYTrA. 4d ἀπὸ (read left not) Trra. © αὐτὴ W; f θεῷ (read to God) urtra. 8 — ev (read Ὁ πάντα 1ττ. ἱ -- τὰ Ὑ. k ἐπέστρεψαν T. 1--- τὴν LTTrA. ™ ἑαυτῶν ρ Ρ σοφίᾳ TrA. ἃ ἀναβαινόντων going τ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ his ν —éyGLTTrAW. * -- αὐτόν 8 εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ο — πνεύματι LTTrA. 5 [Ἰησοῦς] A. v εἶναι ἐν τῇ συνοδίᾳ LTTrA. Υ ἀναζητοῦντες LTTrA. % μετὰ TTrA. ἢ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ LTTrA. ΠΗΉΠ. LUKE. > , c , > ? , 3 ~ , ‘ ἰδού, ὁ. πατήρισου Kayw ὀδυνώμενοι ἐζητοῦμεν σε. 49 Καὶ behold, thy father and I distressed were seeking thee. And εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ti ὅτι ἐζητεῖτε με; οὐκδειτε ὅτι hesaid to them, Why [isit]that ye wereseeking me? knew ye not that ἐν τοῖς τοῦ.πατρός.ιμου δεῖ εἶναί pe; 50 Καὶ αὐτοὶ in the(affairs] of my Father it behoves *to “be ‘me? And _ they ? ~ ᾿ tw τι ? / ? ~ \ , od.cvvijkay τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς. 51 Kai κατέβη understood not the word which hespoke tothem. And he went down per αὐτῶν καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς Ναζαρέτ" καὶ ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος with them and came to Nazareth, and he was subject αὐτοῖς. καὶ ἡ. μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ διετήρει “πάντα τὰ ῥήματα" “ταῦτα" tothem. And his mother kept all » these things ἐν τῇ. καρδίᾳ. αὐτῆς. 52 καὶ Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν “ 'σοφίᾳ καὶ in her heart. And Jesus advanced in wisdom and ἡλικίᾳ," Kai χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ Kai ἀνθρώποις. stature, and infavour with God and men. > » 4 , ~ ε ΄, a 3 Ἔν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Τιβερίου 2In ‘year ‘now [*the] “fifteenth of the government of Tiberius Καίσαρος, ἡγεμονεύοντος ἸΤοντίου 5!Πιλάτου" τῆς ᾿Τουδαίας; Cesar, Sbeing*governor Pontius ?Pilate of Judea, καὶ "τετραρχοῦντος" τῆς Γαλιλαίας Ἡρώδου, Φιλίππου.δὲ τοῦ and “being “tetrarch *of 5Galilee ‘Herod, and Philip ἀδελφοῦ.αὐτοῦ "reroapyovrroc' τῆς ᾿Ιτουραίας καὶ Toaywri- his brother being tetrarch of Iturea and “of *Tracho- τιδος χώρας, καὶ Λυσανίου τῆς Αβιληνῆς "τετραρχοῦντος." nitis ['the]?region, and Lysanias 20f*Abilene ‘being *tetrarch, 2 iia’ ἀρχιερέων “Avva καὶ Καϊάφα," ἐγένετο ῥῆμα in [the] high-priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas, came [the] word θεοῦ ἐπὶ PIwavyny' τὸν ™rod' Ζαχαρίου υἱὸν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ" of God upon John the “of °Zacharias ‘son in the wilderness. 3 καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς πᾶσαν "τὴν" περίχωρον τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου. And he went into all the country around the Jordan, κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν" proclaiming [{Π0] baptism of repentance for remission of sins ; 4 ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἡσαΐου τοῦ as ithas been written in [the] book of{the) words of Esaias the προφήτου, “λέγοντος," Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, prophet, saying, [The] voice ofonecrying in the wilderness, Ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους Prepare the way of [the] Lord; ?straight ‘make *paths αὐτοῦ. 5 πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, Kai πᾶν ὄρος Kai Shis. Every ravine shall be filed up, and every mountain and βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται: καὶ ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς fill shall be madelow; and ‘shall Sbecome ‘the “crooked [*places] into Ρεὐθεῖαν," καὶ αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας" 6 καὶ ὄψεται astraight [path], and the rough into*ways ‘smooth; and *shall *see πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ. 7 Ἔλεγεν οὖν τοῖς tall ?flesh the salvation of God. He said therefore to the ἐκπορευομένοις ὄχλοις βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Γεννήματα 2coming “out ‘crowds tobe baptized by him, Offspring ἐχιδνῶν, τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς: of vipers, who forewarned you toflee from the coming wrath? ς τὰ ῥήματα πάντα L. (wisdom). f ἡλικίᾳ καὶ σοφίᾳ Tr. 8 ΠΠειλάτου T. ἀρχιερέως GLTTrAW. Καΐφα L. ᾿Ἰωάνην Tr. every country around) Ltra. © — λέγοντος LTTrA. Ὁ Ναζαρέθ TTraw. d — ταῦτα these [1Π]1[Α1. » τετρααρχοῦντος T. m— Tov GLTTraAW. Ρ εὐθείας straight [paths] Lrtra. 155 behold, thy father and I have sought thee sor- rowing. 49 And he said unto them, How is it that ye sought me? wist ye not that I must be about my Fa- ther’s business? 50 And they understood not the saying which he spake unto’ them. 51 And he went down with them, and came to Nazareth, and was subject unto them: but his mother kept all these sayings in her heart. 52 And Je- sus increased in wis- dom and stature, and in favour with God and man. III. Now in the fif- teenth year of the reign of Tiberius Ce- sar, Pontius Pilate being governor of Ju- dza,and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee, and his brother Philip tetrarch of Itureaand of the region of Tra- chonitis, and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abi- lene, 2 Annas and Cai- aphas being the high priests, the word of God came unto Johr the son of Zacharias in the wilderness. 3 And he came into all the country about Jordan, preaching the baptism of repentance for the remission of sins ; 4 as it is written in the book of the words of Esaias the prophet, saying, The voice of one crying in the wil- derness, Prepare yethe way of the Lord, make his paths straight. 5 Every valley shall be filled, andevery moun- tain and hill shall be brought low ; and the crooked shall be made straight, andtherough ways shall be made smooth ; 6 andall flesh shall see the salvation of God. 7 Then said he to the multitude that came forth to be bap- tized of him, O gene- ration of vipers, who hath warned you to flee from the wrath to come? 8 Bring forth therefore fruits wor- thy of repentance, and begin not tosay within yourselves, We have Abraham to our fae e+ ἐν τῇ in 1 ἐπὶ 1 — τὴν (read 156 ther: for I say unto you, That God is able of these stones to raise upchildren unto Abra- ham, 9 And now also the axe is laid unto the root of the trees: every tree therefore which bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. 10 And the people asked him, saying, What shall we do then? 11 He an- swereth and saith unto them, He that hath two coats, let him im- part to him that hath none; and hethat hath meat, let him do like- wise. 12 Then came also publicans to be baptized, and said unto him, Master, what shall we do? 13 And he said unto them, Exact no more than that which is appoint- ed you. 14 And the soldiers likewise de- manded of him, say- ing, And what shall we do? And he said antothem, Do violence to no man, neither ac- cuse any falsely ; and be content with your wages. 15 And as the people were in expectation, and all men mused in their hearts of John, whether he were the Christ, or not ; 16 John answered, saying unto them all, I indeed bap- tize you with water; but one mightier than I cometh, the latchet of whose shoes I am not worthy to unloose: he shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire : 17 whose fan ts in his hand, and he will throughly purge his floor, and will gather the wheat into his garner; but the chaff he will burn with fire unquench- able. 18 And many other things in his ex- hortation preached he unto the people. 19 But Herod the tetrarch, being reproved by him for Herodias his bro- ther Philip’s wife, and tor all the _ evils which Herod had done, 20 added yet this above all, that he shut up John in prison. AOY KAS. Ill. οὗν καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας" καὶ μὴ therefore fruits worthy of repentance; and not ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν ᾿Αβραάμ:' begin tosay in yourselves, [(*For] "ἔα ‘we “have *Abraham, λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ore δύναται ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν.λίθων. τούτων for I say to you, that is ‘able *God from these stones ) ~ , ~? , » 4 «ε J ΓΑ ‘ A ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Αβραάμ. 9 ἤδη.δὲ Kai ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν to raise up children to Abraham, Butalready alsothe axe to the ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται: πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν root ofthe trees is applied:7every*therefore tree not producing καρπὸν τκαλὸν" ἐκκόπτεται Kai εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. 10 Καὶ 8 ποιήσατε Prodace 2fruit 1z00d ds cut down and into [the] fire is cast. And ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ ὄχλοι, λέγοντες, Τί οὖν "ποιήσομεν! ; Sasked *him ‘the%crowds, saying, What then shall we do? 11 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ἱλέγει! αὐτοῖς, Ὁ ἔχων δύο χιτῶνας μετα- And answering hesays tothem, Hethat has two tunics let him δότω τῷ μὴ-ἔχοντι καὶ ὁ ἔχων βρώματα ὁμοίως impart tohim that has not ; and he that has victuals ‘likewise ποιείτω. 12 “HdOov.di καὶ τελῶναι βαπτισθῆναι, Kai ‘et *him *do. And%came also ‘tax-gatherers to be baptized, and Yelzrov' πρὸς αὐτόν, Διδάσκαλε, τί "ποιήσομεν"; 13 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν they said to him, Teacher, what shall we do? Andhe said πρὸς αὐτούς, Μηδὲν πλέον παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον to them, *Nothing *more “beyond *that‘which 715 *appointed ὑμῖν πράσσετε. 14’Exnpwrwy.dé αὐτὸν καὶ στρατευόμενοι, ϑο 'ὅγοὰ ‘exact. And asked him alsothose who weresoldiers, , τη ΟΣ ene , lle as Χο eee λέγοντες, “Καὶ ἡμεῖς τί 7romoopey'; Kai εἶπεν ρον αὐτοὺς, saying, And we what shall we do? And he said to) them, Μηδένα διασείσητε Yundé συκοφαντήσητε, Kai ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς *No %one ?oppress nor accuse falsely, and be satisfied ὀψωνίοις. ὑμῶν. with your wages. 15 Προσδοκῶντος.δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ διαλογιζομένων πάν- But as*were*in δοχρϑούαύί οι ὅπ ἤρϑορὶθ, and “were *reasoning tall των ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις. αὐτῶν περὶ τοῦ "Ἰωάννου, μήποτε in their hearts concerning John, whether or not αὐτὸς εἴη ὁ χριστός;, 16 ἀπεκρίνατο "ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης ἅπασιν, he might Ὀ6 ὑπὸ Christ, answered ‘John all, λέγων," γὼ μὲν ὕδατι βαπτίζω vuac’ ἔρχεται.δὲ ὁ saying, 1. indeed with water baptize you, but he comes who[is] ἰσχυρότερός μου, οὗ οὐκ.εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν mightier than I, of whom I am not fit toloose the thong ὑποδημάτων. αὐτοῦ" αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν πνεύματι of his sandals ; he Syou ‘will *baptize with[the] Spirit ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί: 17 οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ. χειρὶ αὐτοῦ, *Holy and with fire; of whom the winnowing fan{is] in his hand, ‘kai διακαθαριεῖ! τὴν.χλωνα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ “συνάξει! τὸν and he will thoroughly purge his floor, and willgather the σῖτον εἰς τὴν.ἀποθήκην.αὐτοῦ, τὸ. δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει wheat into his granary, but the chaff he will burn πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ. 18 Πολλὰ ἐν. οὖν καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν with fire unquenchable. SMany herefore ‘and other things exhorting 5 ποιήσωμεν Should we do Lrrraw. “ τί ποιήσομεν (ποιήσωμεν Should we do TAW) καὶ ἡμεῖς LTTrA. ¥ μηδένα DO one 7, ἃ b + εἰς μετάνοιαν to repentance 1,. τ [καλὸν 1. LTTr. LTrA. Ἰωάννης T. τ ἔλεγεν he said LrTrA. ᾧὑὉῦΓ εἶπαν * αὐτοῖς to them 26 Ιωάνης ἅπασιν λέγων Tr; λέγων πᾶσιν ὃ ¢ διακαθᾶραι to thoroughly purge τ. « "Iwavov Tr. 2 συναγαγεῖν to gather T. ΠῚ. LUKE. εὐηγγελίζετο τὸν λαόν. 19 Ὁ δὲ. Ἡρώδης ὁ ὅτε- he announced the glad tidings to ale people. But Herod the te τράρχης" ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρωδιάδος τῆς trarch being reproved by him concerning Herodias γυναικὸς Φιλίππου! rov.adekpov.abrov, καὶ περὶ πάντων wife of Philip his LANE: and concerning all ὧν ἐποίησεν πονηρῶν ὁ Ἡρώδης, 20 προσέθηκεν ἑκαὶἱ" 3which ‘had *done [the] “evils *Herod, added me τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν "καὶ" κατέκλεισεν τὸν *Iwavyny' ἐν ἔτῃ" this to all that he shut up John in the φυλακῷ. prison. 21 ᾿ἘΕγένετο. δὲ ἐν τῷ. βαπτισθῆναι ἅπαντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ Now it came to pass *having ®been *baptized tall 2the *people, and Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος καὶ προσευχομένου, ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν Jesus having been baptized and praying, as*opened ‘the οὐρανόν, 22 καὶ καταβῆναι TO πνεῦμα TO yee σωματικῷ *heaven, and descended the Spirit the oly aes odey εἴδει ‘woei' περιστερὰν ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν, καὶ φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ form as a dove upon him, and avoice outof heaven γενέσθαι, λέγουσαν," Σὺ εἴ ὁ.υἱός.μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν σοὶ came, saying, Thou art mySon the beloved, in thee πῃὐδόκησα." I have found delight. 23 Kai αὐτὸς ἦν °0' ᾿Ιησοῦς Ῥὼὡσεὶ ἐτῶν And eons. 3was 1Jesus about *years [?°old) ἀρχόμενος," τριάκοντα *thirty Wy, we ἐνομίζετο, υἱὸς" Iwond, τοῦ HXi," 157 21 Now when 411 the ple were baptized it came to pass, thaz Jesus also being bap- tized, and praying, the heaven was opened, 22 and the Holy Ghost descended in a bodily shape like a dove upon him, and a voice came from heaven, which said, Thou art my be- loved Son; in tee I am well pleased. 23 And Jesus him- self began to be about thirty years of age, be- ing (as was supposed) the son of Joseph, which was the son of Heli, 24 which was the son of Matthat, which was the son of Levi, which was the son of Melchi, which was the son of Janna, which was the son of Joseph, 25 which was the son of Mattathias, which was the son of Amos, which was the son of Naum, which was the son of Esli, which was the son of Nagge, 26 which was the son of Maath, which was the son of Mattathias, which was the son of Semei, which was the son of Joseph, which “beginning (‘to 5056], being, as was supposed, son of Joseph, of Eli, was the son of Juda, 24 τοῦ *MarOdr," τοῦ tAevt," τοῦ Μελχί," τοῦ “Ἰαννά,, τοῦ 77 which was the son of Matthat, of Levi, : of Melchi, ; of J: pee theson of Rhesa, which Ἰωσήφ, 25 τοῦ "Ματταθίου," rov Apwc, τοῦ Ναούμ, τοῦ Ἐσλί," ποτ τς ΩΣ of Joseph, of Mattathias, of Amos, of Naoum, of ae son of Salatbiel which Tov Nayyai, 26 τοῦ Μαάθ, τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ *Zepei," τοῦ ee ΠΡ on of ere of Naggai, of Maath, of Mattathias, of Semei, Melchi, which was the Ἰωσήφ," rou’ lovda," 27 Tov“ Iwavva," τοῦ Ῥησά, τοῦ Zopo- son of Addi, which was of Joseph, of J ada of Joannes, of Rhesa, of Zoro- theapn of Cocane, which βάβελ, τοῦ Σαλαθιήλ. τοῦ *Nnpi," 28 τοῦ Medi," τοῦ ©” Αδδί," dam, which was the babel of Salathiel, of Neri, of Melchi, 08 Addi, 20% of; Het 2 yehien τοῦ Kwoap, τοῦ ® EXpwoap," τοῦ ae. 29 rov®* Iwon,' τοῦ EXt- which was the son of of Cosam, of Elmodam, of Joses, of Eli- Eliezer, which was the =p : ca son of Jorim, which ἐζερ, τοῦ Tw aah τοῦ **MazOar," τοῦ *Asvi,' 30 τοῦ Συμεών, was thesonof Matthat, ezer, oreim of Matthat, of Levi, of Simeon, Which was the son of aos -: ka? la Levi, 30 which was TOU Τούδα, τοῦ Ἰωσήφ. τοῦ ** Ἰωνάν," τοῦ Ελιακείμ, 31 τοῦ '*Meé- the βοὴ of Simeon, of Juda, of Joseph, of Jonan, of Eliakim, of Me- which was the son of apne i ms ae: ae Juda, which was the Aga," ™ rot Μαϊνάν," τοῦ Ματταθά, τοῦ ™*Nabdy," τοῦ °*Aa- son of Joseph, which leas, of Menna, of Mattatha, of Nathan, of Da- waa ihe son οἱ J opal whic was the son ὁ Be: ' 32 τοῦ Tecoat, τοῦ P* Ωβήδ." τοῦ «Ξ“Βοόζ," rov™Zadpwrv," Biakim, 31 which was of Jesse, of Obed, of Booz, of Salmon, theson of Melea, which © τετραάρχης τ — Φιλίππου (read of his) Gurtraw. 8 [καὶ] L. bh — καὶ T[A]. 1 ἸΙωάνην ge ο —O6TTraA. τ Ἡλεί Trra. — τῇ LTTra. 1@ ὡς LTTrA. m— λέγουσαν LITra. Ρ ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα TTr. 5 Μαθθάθ τ. t Aevei TTrA. X Μαθθαθίου Tr. Σ Ἔσλεί TTrA. τ᾿ Σεμεείν TTra, © Ἰωανάν ΧτΤΊτΑ. ἀ Νηρεί τττα. “5 "Added TTrA. LTTrA. ha Ma6@a0 T; Μαθθάτ Tra. ia Aevet TTrA. ma τοῦ Μεννά [L]TTrA. na Ναθάμ. T. oa Δανείδ LTTrA; Δαυΐδ GW. LTTra. 98 Bods LTTra. re Sada τ. Y MeAxet TTrA. a τῶσχι Josech Trra fe ἐπι: ἄμ, LTTrA. ka Ἰωνάμ, TTrA. = εὐδόκησα LITrA. 9 ὧν vids ws ἐνομίζετο LTTrA. © Ἰανναί LTTrA. Ὁ Ἰωδά TTra. 84 Ἰησοῦ Jesus la MeAea TTr. P38 Ἰωβήδ Jobed 158 was the son of Menan, which was the son of Mattatha, which was the son of Nathan, which was the son of David, 32 which was the son of Jesse, which was the son of Obed, which was the son of Booz, which was the son of Salmon, which was thesonof Naasson, 33 which was the son of Aminadab, which was the son of Aram, which was the son of Esrom, which was the son of Phares, which was the son of Juda, 34 which was theson of Jacob, which was the son of Isaac, which was the son of Abraham, which was the son of Thara, which was the son of Nachor, 35 which was the son of Saruch, which was the son of Ragau, which was the son of Phalec, which was the son of Heber. which was the son of Sala, 36 which was the son of Caiman, which was theson of Arphax- ad, which was the son of Sem, which was the son of Noe, which was the son of lLamech, 37 which was the son of Mathusala, which was the son of Enoch, which was the son of Jared, which was the son of Maleleel, which was the son of Cainan, 38 which was the son of Enos, which was the son of Seth, which was the son of Adam, which was the son of God. IV. And Jesus being full of the Holy Ghost returned from Jordan and was led by the Spirit into the wilder- ness, 2 being forty days tempted of the devil. And in those days he did eat nothing: and when they wereended, he afterward hunger- ed. 3 And the devil said unto him, If thou be the Son of God, com- mand this stone that it be made bread. 4 And Jesus answered him, saying, It is writ- ten, That man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word of 5»᾿Αμειναδάβ A. GLITrAwWw. % εἶπεν δὲ LTTrA. ῥήματι θεοῦ I[Tr]A. ἃ ἂν LITA. εἶπεν αὐτῷ τ. χ Ἕβερ Tra. © πλήρης πνεύμ. ἁγίου LTTrA. h πρὸς αὐτὸν ὃ ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTrA. ° ἐμοῦ LITrAW. LA , ΄ - τ — ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, σατανᾶ G[L]TTrA. τὸν θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις LTr. ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. III, IV. τοῦ Ναασσών, 33 τοῦ "Αμιναδάβ," τοῦ "Αράμ," τοῦ "᾿Εσρώμ,! of Naasson, of Aminadab, of Aram, of Esrom, τοῦ Φαρές, τοῦ Ἰούδα, 34 τοῦ Ἰακώβ, τοῦ ᾿Ισαάκ, τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ, of Phares, of Juda, of Jacob, of Isaac, of Abraham, τοῦ Θάρα, τοῦ Ναχώρ, 88 τοῦ *Zapovyx," τοῦ Ῥαγαῦ, τοῦ Φαλέκ, of Terah, of Nachor, of Saruch, of Ragau, of Phalek, τοῦ *"EBep," τοῦ Lata, 36 τοῦ ’Kaivar," τοῦ ᾿Αρφαξάδ, τοῦ of Eber, of Sala, of Cainan, of Arphaxad, Σήμ, τοῦ Νῶε, τοῦ Λάμεχ, 37 τοῦ Μαθουσάλα, τοῦ Ἐνώχ, of Sem, of Noe, of Lamech, of Mathusala, of Enoch, τοῦ * Taped, τοῦ "Μαλελεήλ," τοῦ Kaivay,' 88 τοῦ ᾿Ενώς, of Jared, of Maleleel, of Cainan, of Enos, τοῦ Σήθ, Tow’ Adam, τοῦ θεοῦ. of Seth, of Adam, of God. ? “- δὲ ς ᾽, . € , Xr ¢ ll A [2 ? ‘ 4 ᾿Ιησοῦς. πνεύματος ἁγίου πλήρης" ὑπέστρεψεν ἀπὸ And Jesus, of [ὍΠ6] *Spirit ‘Holy full, returned from τοῦ Ἰορδάνου: καὶ ἤγετο ἐν τῷ πνεύματι “sic THY ἔρημον" the Jordan, and wasled by the Spirit into the wilderness 2 ἡμέρας ἐτεσσαράκοντα," πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου days forty, being tempted by the devil; καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν ἐν ταῖς.ἡμέραις ἐκείναις, καὶ συντελεσ- and he ate nothing in those days, and *being θεισῶν αὐτῶν ἰ'ὕστερον" ἐπείνασεν. 3 kai εἶπεν" αὐτῷ ὁ Sended ‘they afterwards he hungered. And said ‘to ‘Shim ‘the διάβολος, Ei υἱὸξ εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰπὲ τῷ.λίθῳ.τούτῳ ἵνα *devil, If Son thou art of God, speak to this stone that γένηται ἄρτος. 4 Kai ἀπεκρίθη " Τησοῦς πρὸς αὐτόν," ἱλέγων," it become bread. And ?answered ‘Jesus to him, saying, Γέγραπται, Ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος, It has been written, That not on bread alone _ shall “live Iman, k ? > 9 4 ‘ εἰν ~ Il r 5 ᾽ ‘ ’ A 1s ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι θεοῦ." 5 Kai ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν ἰὸ but ΟἹ every word of God. And #leading*up “ἴω ‘the διάβολος" πεὶς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν!" ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς βασι- *devil intoa?mountain "high shewed him all the king- λείας τῆς οἰκουμένης ἔν στιγμῇ χρόνου" 6 Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ doms of the habitable world in ἃ moment of time. And %said ‘to ®him ὁ διάβολος, Σοὶ δώσω τὴν .ἐξουσίαν.ταύτην ἅπασαν καὶ ‘the ?devil, To thee will I give “this Sauthority tall and \ ly oR eae 2 \ δὲ ᾿ τ =| t τὴν. δόξαν. αὐτῶν" ὅτι ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται, καὶ ᾧ."ἐὰν" θέλω for to me it has been delivered, and towhomsoever I wish δίδωμι αὐτήν: 7 σὺ οὖν ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιόν LoD, ' I give it. Thou therefore if thou wilt worship before me, ἔσται σου Pravra." ὃ Kai ἀποκριθεὶς “αὐτῷ εἶπεν ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς," 3shall*be °thine 181] μη Ρ8. And answering him “said 1 Jesus, ΓὝπαγε ὀπίσω μου, σατανᾶ" γέγραπται.""γάρ," "ᾳΠροσκυνή- Get thee behind me, Satan ; for it has been written, Thou shalt wor- σεις κύριον τὸν. θεόν.σου,} καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. ship [the] Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve, 9 "Καὶ ἤγαγεν" αὐτὸν εἰς ‘lepovoadnp, καὶ ἔστησεν “"αὐτὸν" And heled him to erusalem, and set him υ᾿Αδμείν, τοῦ ᾿Αρνεί of Admin, of Arni, TA. ‘’Eopwv EL. δ" Σερούχ Υ Καϊνάμ TA. 1 Ἰάρεθι,; Ἰάρετ Ὑ. * Μελελεήλτ. ὃ Καϊνάμ Υ. “ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τττὰ. “τεσσεράκοντα ΤττΑ. ἴ-- ὕστερον LTTrA. i — λέγων ΤΊτΑ. k — ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ παντὶ ! — ὃ διάβολος (read he shewed) ΤΊ τα. ™ — εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν [L]TTrA. Ρ πᾶσα allGLITrAW. 4 [Ὁ] A; εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς L; ὁ Ἰησοῦς 88 — γάρ for GLTTrAW. ἴδ κύριον wa — αὐτὸν (read [him]) [TrJa. their glory ; va nyayev δὲ TTra. ΤΥ: LUKE. ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ, Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Εἰ *0' υἱὸς εἶ upon the edge of the temple, and said tohim, If the Son thou art Tov θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω. 10 γέγραπται.γάρ, of God, cast thyself “hence ‘down ; for it has been written, "Ort τοῖς. ἀγγέλοις.αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ δια- That to his angels he will give charge concerning thee, to φυλάξαι σε" 11 καὶ Ore ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε keep thee; and that in [their] hands shalltheybear thee, lest προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν. πόδα.σου. 12 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν thou strike against a stone thy foot. And answering “said « ~ » ? , ’ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὅτι εἴρηται, Οὐκ.ἐκπειράσεις κύριον *to *him 1 Jesus, It has been said, Thou shalt not tempt [the] Lord τὸν. θεόν.σου. 18 Kai συντελέσας πάντα πειρασμὸν ὁ διά- thy God. And having finished every temptation the de- βολος ἀπέστη ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀχρι καιροῦ. vil departed from him for a time. 14 Kai ὑπέστρεψεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ πνεύματος And returned ‘Jesus in the power of the Spirit 2 \ , ‘ (3 ? ~ θ᾽ ὅλ ~ εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. καὶ φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθ᾽ ὅλης τῆς περι- to Galilee ; and arumour wentout into *whole ‘the country χώρου περὶ αὐτοῦ. 15 καὶ αὐτὸς ἐδίδασκεν ἐν ταῖς συν- around concerning him. and he taught in *syn- aywyaic αὐτῶν, δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων. 16 καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς agogues ‘their, being glorified by all, And hecame to τὴν" Ναζαρέτ," οὗ ἦν "τεθραμμένος" καὶ εἰσῆλθεν κατὰ Nazareth, where hewas' brought up; and he entered according to τὸ.εἰωθὸς. αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων εἰς THY συναγωγήν, his custom onthe day ofthe sabbaths into the synagogue, Kai ἀνέστη ἀναγνῶναι. 17 καὶ ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον and stood up to read. And there was given tohim [the] book “Hoatov τοῦ προφήτου." καὶ “ἀναπτύξας" τὸ βιβλίον εὗρεν of Esaias the prophet, and havingunrolled the book he found frov' τόπον οὗ ἢν γεγραμμένον, 18 Πνεῦμα κυρίου the place where it was written, {The} Spirit of [the] Lord [is] ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ, οὗ. “ἕνεκεν! ἔχρισεν μὲ ἰεὐαγγελίζεσθαι" upon me, onaccount of which he anointed me to announce the glad tidings πτωχοῖς, ἀπέσταλκέν pe δἰάσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους ἴο [[Π6] poor, he has sent me to heal the broken τὴν καρδίαν," κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν Kai τυφλοῖς ἴπ heart, to proclaim tocaptives deliverance and to [the] blind ἀνάβλεψιν, ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει" 19 κηρύ- recovery of sight, to send forth [the] crushed indeliverance, to pro- Ea ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτόν. 20 Kai πτύξας τὸ claim [the] “year “*of{*the]*Lord ‘acceptable. And having rolled up the βιβλίον, ἀποδοὺς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ ἐκάθισεν, καὶ πάντων book, having delivered [it] to the attendant hesatdown, and “of #all δὲν τῇ συναγωγῇ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἦσαν" ἀτενίζοντες αὐτῷ. Sin ‘the ‘synagogue ‘the “eyes were fixed upon him. 21 ᾿Ηρξατο.δὲ λέγειν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὅτι σήμερον πεπλήρωται And he began ἴο 58} to them, To-day is fulfilled ἡ-γραφὴ-αὕτη ἐν τοῖς. ὠσὶν. ὑμῶν. 22 Kai πάντες ἐμαρτύρουν this scripture in your ears. And all bore witness 159 God. 5 And the devil, taking him up into an high mountain,shewed unto him all the king- doms of the world in ἃ moment of time. 6 And the devil said unto him, All this power will I give thee, and the glory of them for that is delivered unto me; andto whom: soever I will I give it. 7 Lf thou therefore wilt worship me, all shal] be thine. 8 And Jesus answered and said un to him, Get thee be hind me, Satan: for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thouserve, 9 And he brought him to Je- rusalem, and set hin on a pinnacle of the temple, and said unto him, If thou be theSon of God, cast thyself down from hence: 10 for it is written, He shall give his angels charge over thee, to keep thee: 11 and in their hands they shall bear thee up, lest at any time thou dash thy foot against a stone. 12 And Jesus answer- ing said unto him, It is said, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God. 13 And when the devil had ended all the temptation, he depart- ed from him for a season. 14 And Jesus return- ed in the power of the Spirit into Galilee: and there went outa fame of him through all the region round about. 15 And he taught in their syna- gogues, being glorified of all. 16 And hecame to Nazareth, where he had been brought up: and, as his custom was, he went into the synagogue on the sab- bath day, and stood up for to read. 17 And there was delivered unto him the book of the prophet Ksaias. And when he had opened the book, he found the place where it was written, 18 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to xX —. ὃ GLTTrAW. Υ — τὴν LITrA. μένος 1. Ὁ τοῦ προφήτου Ἡσαΐου LTTrA. © εἵνεκεν GLTTrAW. τὴν καρδίαν G[L|rTra. ἦσαν TTra. Γεὐαγγελίσασθαι GLTTrAW. : Ναζαρέθ Ἢ ; Nagapa Nazara 1. © avotéas having opened rr. 8 ἀνατεθραμ.- 4 τὸν T. Ε — ἰάσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους 2 A a “> ὮΝ Ξ cis 3 a a h ἐν συναγωγῇ ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ τ, ; οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν συναγω ™ Y' μ Τῇ yn 16U the poor ; he hath sent me to heal the broken- hearted, to preach de- liverance to the cap- tives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised, 19 to preach the acceptable year of the Lord. 20 And he closed the book, and he gave it again to the minister, andsat down. And the eyes of all them that were in the synagogue were fastened on him, 21 And he began to say unto them, This day is this scripture fulfilled in your ears. 22 And all bare him witness, and wondered at the gracious words which proceeded out of his mouth. And they said, Is not this Joseph’s son? 23 And he said unto them, Ye will surely say unto me this. proverb, Phy- sician, heal thyself: whatsoever we have heard done in Caper- naum, do also here in thy country. 24 And he said, Verily 1 say unto you, No prophet is accepted in his own country. 25 But I tell you of a truth, many widows were in Israel in the days of Elias, when the heaven was shut up three years and six months, when great famine was throughout all the land; 26 but unto none of them was Elias sent, save unto Sa- repta, a city of Sidon, unto a woman that was a widow. 27 And many lepers were in Israel in the time of Eliseus the prophet ; and none of them was cleansed, saving Na- aman the Syrian. 28 And all they in the synagogue, when they heard these things, were filled with wrath, 29 and rose up, and thrust him out of the city, and led him unto the brow of the hill whereon their city was built, that they might cast him down head- long. 30 But he pass- ing through the midst of them went his way, 31 And came down i οὐχὶ LTTrA. 2 Καφαρναούμ, LTTrAW. t Σάρεφθα w. LY) τοῦ προφήτου LTTrA. & στε SO aS GLTTrA. ® ‘HAgas T. αὐτῶν TTrA. AOY KAS. IVi ? ~ int) ΄ 4 » ‘ ~ , ~ id ~ αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος τοῖς ἐκπορευο- tohim, and wondered at the words of grace which pro- , - ~ ν᾿ Η μένοις ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔλεγον, Ἰοὐχ' Κοὗῦτός ἐστιν ceeded outof his mouth ; and they said, 7Not Sthis lis « ee ᾽ 4 if ? os if. 16! υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ"; 23 Kai εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Πάντως ἐρεῖτέ the son of Joseph? And hesaid_ to them, Surely ye will say μοι τὴν.παραβολὴν. ταύτην, ᾿Ιατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν" to me this parable, Physician, heal thyself ; ὅσα 3 ΄ ~ ΄ ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα ᾿ὲν τῇ" "Καπερναούμ," ποίησον whatsoever wehaveheard being done in Capernaum, do 4 ᾿ ~ ’ ‘ « ~ καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ. πατρίδι.σου. 24 Εἶπεν. δέ, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι also here in thine [own] country. But he said, Verily Isay to you, that ? ‘ ’ ~ ‘ ~ > οὐδεὶς προφήτης δεκτός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ.πατρίδι. αὐτοῦ." 25 ἐπ no prophet acceptable is in his [own] country. 2In ? Ll « ~ ~ ~ ἀληθειας. δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, Ῥ πολλαὶ χῆραι ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις but truth Isay to you, Many widows were in the days « / ~? , « A ΝΜ “Ἡλίου ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ, ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς "ἐπὶ ἔτη of Elias in Israel, when *was ‘shut Sup *the *heaven for “years , πὰ ~ e « ? , a ‘ ~ ‘ τρία καὶ μῆνας ἕξ, ὡς ἐγένετο λιμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν three and “months ‘six, when there was a*famine ‘great upon all the nv, 26 καὶ πρὸς οὐδεμί ὑτῶν ἐπέμφθη "Ἡλίας" εἰ. μὴ εἰ γῆν, ρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη "Ἡλίας" εἰ. μὴ εἰς land, and to none of them was sent Elias except to tSaperra' τῆς Σιδῶνος," πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν. 27 καὶ πολλοὶ Sarepta of Sidonia, to a*woman ‘widow. And many λεπροὶ ἦσαν “ἐπὶ ᾿Ἑλισσαίου τοῦ προφήτου ἐν τῷ ᾿Ισραήλ," lepers were inthetime of Elisha the prophet in Israel, καὶ οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη εἰ. μὴ *Neguav' ὁ Σύρος. 28 Kai and none ofthem wascleansed except Naaman the Syrian. And ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ, ἀκούοντες 5were “filled lall ‘with *indignation *in *the *synagogue, hearing ταῦτα. 29 καὶ ἀναστάντες ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω τῆς these things ; and havingrisen vp they cast him out of [the] πόλεως, Kai ἤγαγον αὐτὸν Ewe Υὑτῆς" ὀφρύος τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ᾽ city, and led him unto the row of the mountain upon οὗ ἡ-.πόλις. αὐτῶν ῳκοδόμητο," "εἰς τὸ" κατακρημνίσαι which their city had been built, for to throw “down “headlong αὐτόν: 80 αὐτὸς.δὲ διελθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν ἐπορεύετο. *him ; but he passing through[the] midst of them went away. 31 Kai κατῆλθεν εἰς Καπερναοὺμ"! πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας" And he went down to Capernaum a city of Galilee, καὶ ἦν διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν. 32 καὶ ἐξεπλήσ- and was teaching them oon the sabbaths. And they were as- σοντο ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἦν ὁ-λόγος αὐτοῦ. tonished at his teaching, for with authority was his word. 33 Kai ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἢν ἄνθρωπος ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου And in the synagogue was & man having aspirit of a demon ἀκαθάρτου, καὶ ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, 34 "héywy,' "Ea, unclean ; and hecried out witha*voice ‘loud, saying, Ah! / « - Ν (νη) ~ [4 L$ ? , « ~ τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, ᾿Ιησοῦ Ναζαρηνε ; ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς ; what tous andtothee, Jesus, Nazarene? Art thoucome to destroy us? oldd σε τίς εἶ, ὁ ἅγιος τοῦ θεοῦ. 8ὅ Καὶ ἐπετίμησεν I know thee who ὕμπου αὐὖ, the Holy [One] of God. And ?rebuked k yids ἐστιν ᾿Ιωσὴφ οὗτος TA. 1 [ὁ] tr. ™ αἰς GLTr; εἰς THY TA. ogavrov T. P+ ὅτι μβαῦ τ. «4 Ἡλείου τ. -- ἐπὶ LTr[A]. v Σιδωνίας LITrA. δ ἐν τῷ ᾿Ισραὴλ ἐπὶ ᾿Ελισαίου (Ἑλισαίουν τ Ναιμὰν LYTrA. ¥— τῆς (read a brow) GTTrAW. 5 ῳκοδόμητο b Καφαρναοὺμ, LTTrAW. ς — λέγων T[Tr]A. ΤΥ. LUBE. αὐτῷ ὁ᾽ Ἰησοῦς, λέγων, Φιμώθητι, καὶ ἔξελθε 488E" αὐτοῦ. shim Jesus, saying, Hold thy peace, and come forth outof him. Καὶ ῥίψαν αὐτὸν τὸ δαιμόνιον εἰς “τὸ! μέσον ἐξῆλθεν And*having*thrown μα ‘the 7demon into the midst came out ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, μηδὲν βλάψα: αὐτόν. 36 καὶ ἐγένετο θάμβος from him, in ποίῃϊπρ having hurt him. And *came ‘astonishment ΡΟ , . , a ? ΄ ͵ , ἐπὶ πάντας, καὶ συνελάλοιν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, λέγοντες, Tic upon all, and they spoke to one another, saying, What ὁ λόγος οὗτος, ὅτι ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ Kai δυνάμει ἐπιτάσσει τοῖς word [is] this, that withauthority and power hecommands the > U U ‘ yf \ 2 ΄ ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν, καὶ ἐξέρχονται ; 37 Καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο unclean spirits, and they come out ? And went *out ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς πάντα τόπον τῆς περιχώρου. 1a?rumour concerning him into every place of the country around. 38 ᾿Αναστὰς δὲ fix τῆς συναγωγῆς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν And rising up outof the synagogue heentered into the house Σίμωνος" δὴ" πενθερὰ δὲ τοῦ Σίμωνος ἦν συνεχομένη of Simon. ?The *mother-in-law ‘and of Simon was _ oppressed with πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ" καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς. 39 Kai a *fever great ; and they asked him for her. And ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω αὐτῆς ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πυρετῷ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτήν" standing over her he rebuked the _ fever, and it left her ; παραχρῆμα.δὲ ἀναστᾶσα διηκόνει αὐτοῖς. and immediately arising she served them. 40 Δύνοντος.δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου πάντες Ooo εἶχον And at the going down of the all as manyas had [persons] ἀσθενοῦντας νόσοις ποικίλαις ἤγαγον αὐτοὺς πρὸς αὐτόν" sun sick with *diseases ‘various brought them to him, 0.6 ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ αὐτῶν τὰς χεῖρας "ἐπιθεὶς" ᾿ἐθεράπευ- and he *on ‘one Seach ‘of *them Shands ‘*having “laid healed σεν" αὐτούς" 41 Βἐξήρχετο" δὲ καὶ δαιμόνια ἀπὸ πολλῶν, them ; and *went out ‘also ‘demons from many, J ΄ Il ‘ , “ : Τὴ 5 ll ε ea ~ κράζοντα! Kai λέγοντα, Ὅτι od εἶ πιὸ χριστὸς" ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ cryingout 84:14 saying, Thou art the Christ the Son θεοῦ. Kai ἐπιτιμῶν οὐκιεἴα αὐτὰ λαλεῖν ort ζδεισαν of God. And rebuking ΒΘ suffered ποῦ them tospeak because they knew τὸν χριστὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι. “the °Christ *him to *be. 42 Τενομένης. δὲ ἡμέρας ἐξελθὼν ἐπορεύθη εἰς ἔρημον ᾿Απᾶ ’being “come ‘day having goneout hewent into a desert τόπον, Kai οἱ ὄχλοι "ἐζήτουν" αὐτόν, Kai ἦλθον ἕως αὐτοῦ place, and the crowds sought him, and came upto him καὶ κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ.μὴ-πορεύεσθαι an αὐτῶν. 43 6.08 and were detaining him that he might not go from them, But he εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὅτι καὶ ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν evay- said to them, Also tothe other cities *to ‘announce ελίσασθαί ομε.δεῖ! τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ Ort he "glad *tidings ‘it 7behoves*me, the kingdom of God; because Peic'! τοῦτο “ἀπέσταλμαι." for this have I been sent forth. συναγωγαῖς" τῆς "Γαλιλαίας." synagogues of Galilee. 44 Kai ἦν κηρύσσων τὲν ταῖς And he was preaching in the 161 to Capernaum, a city of Galilee, and taught them on the sabbath days. 32 And they were astonished at his doctrine : for his word was with power. 33 And in the syna- gogue there wasaman, which had a spirit of an unclean devil, and cried out with a loud yoice, 34 saying, Let us alone; what have we to do with thee, thou Jesus of Naza- reth? art thoucome to destroy us? i know thee who thou art; the Holy One of God. 35 And Jesus rebuked him, saying, Hold thy peace, and come out of him. And when the devil had thrown him in the midst, he came out of him, and hurt him not. 36 And they were all amazed, and spake among them- selves, saying, What a word ¢s this! for with authority and power he commandeth the unclean spirits, and they comeout. 37 And the fame of him went out into every place of the country round about. 38 And he arose out ot the synagogue, and entered into Simon’s house. And Simon’s wife’s mother was ta- ken with a great fever; and they besought him for her. 39 And he stood over her, and re- buked the fever; and it left her: and imme- diately she arose and ministered unto them. 40 Now when thesun was setting, all they that had any sick with divers diseases brought them unto him; and he laid his hands on every one of them, and healed them. 41 And devils also came out of many, crying out, and saying, Thou art Christ the Son of God. And he rebuking them suf- fered them not to speak : for they knew that be was Christ. 42 And when it was day, he departed and went into a desert place: and the people sought him, and came unto him, and stayed ε — τὸ α. f ἀπὸ from Trra. Β ἐπιτιθεὶς laying LTTrA. i ἐθεράπενεν TIrA. Κ ἐξήρχοντο τ. ™ --- ὃ χριστὸς GLTTrA. 0 ἐπεζήτουν sought after GLITraw. ο δεῖ 4 ἀπεστάλην I was sent forth Lrtra. τ εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς ΤΊτΑ. ἃ ἀπ᾽ from {τττὰ. pe L. 8 Ιουδαίας of Judea A. & — (read [the]) GLTTraw. ! κραυγάζοντα LT. Ρ ἐπὶ LTTrA. Μ 162 him, that he should not depart from them. 43 And he said unto them, I must preach the kingdom of God to other cities also: for therefore am I sent. 44 And he preach- ed in the synagogues of Galilee. Vv. And it came to pass, that, as the ple pressed upon him to hear the word of God, he stood by the lake of Gennesaret, 2 and saw two ships standing by the lake: but the fishermen were gone out of them, and were washing ‘their nets. 3 And he enter- ed into one of the ships, which was Simon’s, and prayed him that he would thrust out a little from the land. And he sat down, and taught the people out of the ship. 4 Now when he had left speaking, he said unto Simon, Launch out in- to the deep, and let down your nets for a draught. 5 And Simon answering said unto him, Master, we have toiled all the night, and have taken no- thing: nevertheless at thy word I will let down the net. 6 And when they had this done, they inclosed a great multitude of fishes: and their net brake, 7 And they beckoned unto ther partners, which were in the other ship, that they should come and help them. And they came, and filled both the ships, so that they began tosink. 8 When Simon Peter saw itt, he fell down at Jesus’ knees, saying, Depart from me; for I am a sinful man, O Lord. 9 For he was asto- nished, and all that were with him, at the draught of the fishes which they had taken: 10and so was also James, and John, the AOY KAS. Υ. 5 ᾿Εγένετο. δὲ ἐν τῷ τὸν ὄχλον ἐπικεῖσθαι αὐτῷ And it came to pass during the [time] the crowd pressed on him ‘rou! ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai αὐτὸς ἦν ἑστὼς παρὰ tohear the word of God, that he was standing by THY al Tevynoapér’ 2 καὶ Yeldev' δύο “πλοῖα! ἑστῶτα a the ke of Gennesaret : and hesaw two ships standing A aN , 4 ἱ.- δὲ χὰλ ~ ii ¥g / 2 2 ? “ἢ παρὰ τὴν λίμνην ol. ἁλιεῖς" Τἀποβάντες ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν by the lake, but the fishermen having gone out from them Ξἀπέπλυναν" ra δίκτυα. 8 euBdc.dé εἰς ἕν τῶν πλοίων washed the nets. And having entered into one ofthe ships ὃ ἦν "τοῦ" Σίμωνος, ἠρώτησεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐπαναγα- which was Simon’s, he asked him from the land to put εἴ λί 4 b A θί ΜΠ ςἐδίδ ? ~ Xx , Π ᾿ γ tY O. tyov Kat κασισας EOLOAOKEV EK τοῦ πλοιοῦυ τοῦς off alittle; and havingsatdown hetaught from the ship the ὄχλους. 4 Ὡς.δὲ ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν Σίμωνα, crowds. And when heceased speaking hesaid to Simon, > / 2 A / 4 / A , € ~ > Eaaveyage εἰς TO βάθος Kai χαλάσατε τὰ.δίκτυα.ὑμῶν εἰς Put o into the deep and let down your nets for ἄγραν. 5 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς 46" Σίμων εἶπεν Cait," Ἐπιστάτα, 8 haul. And answering Simon said tohim, Master, δι ὕλης frig! νυκτὸς κοπιάσαντες οὐδὲν ἐλάβομεν" through whole ‘the night having laboured, nothing have we taken, ἐπὶ. δὲ τῷ ῥήματίσου χαλάσω &ro δίκτυον." 6 Kai τοῦτο but at thy word I will let down the net. And this ποιήσαντες συνέκλεισαν δἰχθύων πλῆθος" πολύ" ἰδιεῤῥήγνυτο" having done theyenclosed οἱ fishes 8. 5:01 ‘great; ‘Swas 7breaking δὲ τὸ δίκτυον! αὐτῶν. 7 Kai κατένευσαν τοῖς μετόχοις Sand "net *their. And they beckoned tothe partners Κτοῖς" ἐν τῷ ἑτέρῳ πλοίῳ, τοῦ.ἐλθόντας συλλαβέσθαι αὐτοῖς" those in the other ship, that coming they should help them; καὶ Ἰῆλθον," καὶ ἔπλησαν ἀμφότερα τὰ πλοῖα, ὥστε βυθίζε- and they came, and filled both the ships, sothat *were*sink- σθαιαὐτά. ὃ idwv.oé Σίμων Πέτρος προσέπεσεν τοῖς γόνασιν ing ‘they. And*haying*seen'Simon Peter fell at the knees χοῦ! Ἰησοῦ, λέγων, Ἔξελθε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός of Jesus, saying, Depart from me, for aman a sinner εἰμι, κύριε. 9 Θάμβος.γὰρ περιέσχεν αὐτὸν καὶ πάντας τοὺς amI, Lord. For astonishment laidholdon him = and all those σὺν αὐτῷ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἄγρᾳ τῶν ἰχθύων "ἢ" συνέλαβον" with him, at the haul of the’ fishes which they had taken; ν 2 ΄ ‘ ο᾽ ΄ ll « ‘ ὃ 4 καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον καὶ °lwarvyny,' υἱοὺς ZeBedaiov, and in like manner also James and John, sons of Zebedee, ot ἦσαν κοινωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι. Kai εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν Σίμωνα who were partners with Simon. And “said to *Simon Ρὸ" Ἰησοῦς, Μὴ.φοβοῦ: ἀπὸ τοῦ.νῦν ἀνθρώπους ἔσ 1 Jesus, Fear not ; from henceforth men thou shalt be ζωγρῶν. 11 Kai καταγαγόντες τὰ πλοῖα ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἀφέντες 10 ὁμοίως. δὲ sons of Zebedee, which capturing. And haying brought the ships to nd, leaving were partners with Si- ge 2 , ear mon, And Jesus said %47ravra' ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. unto Simon, Fear not ; all they followed him. ἢ καὶ 8150 Tra, ἡ ἴδεν T. ’ πλοιάρια Small ships ΤΑ. χ ἁλεεῖς τ΄. Yan’ αὐτῶν ἀποβάντες TTrA. Φἔἧἔ-ἔπλυνον Were washing LTra ; ἔπλυναν T. ® — τοῦ LTTrA. > Ka- θίσας δὲ TA. © ἐν (in) τῷ πλοίῳ ἐδίδασκεν T ; ἐκ TOU πλοίου ἐδίδασκεν A. ἀ-- ὃ ΤΊτΑ. ὁ -- αὐτῷ Tt. -- τῆς (read a whole night) Lrtra. & τὰ δίκτυα the nets τττ. δ πλῆθος ἰχθύων GTTrAW. breaking) TTra. ° Ἰωάνην Tr. P—o [tr ]A. 1 διερήγνυτο L ; διερήσσετο TTrA. k — τοῖς [L]rTra. 1 ἦλθαν 1. 4 πάντα LTTr. i τὰ δίκτυα nets (read διερ. were ™ — τοῦ LTTrAW. Ὁ ὧν Tr. LUKE. 12 Καὶ ἐγένετο év.r@elvar αὐτὸν ἐν μιᾷ τῶν πόλεων, And itcametopass as *was the in one ofthe cities, ‘ > , ? \ ἊΣ , .Γ ΄ 2 ‘ Ι . ? ~ ‘ καὶ ἰδού, ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας" "καὶ ἰδὼν" τὸν Ἰησοῦν, πεσὼν that behold, a man full ofleprosy, and seeing Jesus, falling > ‘ , ? "2 ? ~ , > eal 7A “ ἐπὶ πρόσωπον ἐδεήθη αὐτοῦ, λέγων, Κύριε, ἐὰν θέλῃς upon [his} face he besought him, saying, Lord, if thou wilt δύνασαί pe καθαρίσαι. 18 Kai ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα thou art able me_ to cleanse. And having stretched out [his] hand ἥψατο αὐτοῦ, "εἰπών." Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι. Kai εὐθέως ἡ he touched him, saying, I will; be thou cleansed. And immediately the λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 14 καὶ αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ leprosy departed from him. And he char; him ‘ ? ee ᾽ A > ‘ ~ 4 ~ « ~ ‘ μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν. ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν δεῖξον σεαυτὸν τῷ ἱερεῖ, Kai noone totell; but having gone shew thyself tothe priest, and προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ.καθαρισμοῦ.σου, καθὼς προσέταξεν ‘Mw- offer for thy cleansing, as ?ordered ?Mo- v ~ Π > , ? ~ 15 A , δὲ ~ « σῆς," εἰς μαρτύριον αὕτοις. ιἠρχετοδὲ μᾶλλον ὁ ses, for a testimony to them. But was spread abroad still more the λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ" Kai συνήρχοντο ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἀκούειν, report concerning him; and *were*coming 7crowds ‘great to hear, καὶ θεραπεύεσθαι ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν.ἀσθενειῶν. αὐτῶν" and to be healed by him from their infirmities. 16 αὐτὸς. δὲ ἦν ὑποχωρῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις καὶ προσευχό- Buthe was retiring in the deserts and pray- μενος. ing. 17 Kai ἐγένετο ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν Kai αὐτὸς ἦν διδάσ- And it came to passon one of the days that he was_ teach- κων, καὶ ἦσαν καθήμενοι ¥ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ νομοδιδάσκαλοι, ing, andtherewere sitting by Pharisees and teachers of the law, ot ἦσαν "ἐληλυθότες" ἐκ πάσης κώμης τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ who were come out of every village of Galilee and ? , ae ΄ - " Ul / τ 2 Ιουδαίας καὶ Ιερουσαλήμ και δύναμις Kuplov ἣν εἰς of Judea and οἵ Jerusalem: and power of [the] Lord was [there] for τὸ ἰᾶσθαι Ταὐτούς." 18 καὶ ἰδού, ἄνδρες φέροντες ἐπὶ κλίνης to heal them. And behold, men carrying upon acouch ἄνθρωπον ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος, καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν εἰσενεγ- &man who was paralysed, and theysought *him 1to *bring κεῖν Kai θεῖναι 7 ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ" 19 καὶ μὴ εὑρόντες "διὰ" in and toplace [him] before him. And not having found by ποίας εἰσενέγκωσιν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἀναβάντες what way they shouldbringin him onaccount of the crowd, going up ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα, διὰ τῶν κεράμων καθῆκαν αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ on the housetop, through the tiles they letdown him with the , 2 ‘ , Ν “7 ~ oF; ‘ ᾿ κλινιδίῳ εἰς τὸ μέσον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 20 καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν little couch into the midst before Jesus. And seeing πίστιν.αὐτῶν εἶπεν Yair@,' “AvOowre, ἀφέωνταί σοι their faith he said to him, Man, Shave *been *forgiven “thee αἱ. ἁμαρτίαι.σου. 21 Καὶ ἤρξαντο διαλογίζεσθαι οἱ γραμματεῖς thy ?sins. And began to reason the scribes καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, λέγοντες, Tic ἐστιν οὗτος ὃς λαλεῖ βλασ- and the Pharisees, saying, Who is this who speaks blas- dnpiac; τίς δύναται “ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας," εἰμὴ μόνος ὁ θεός : phemies? who [15 8016 to forgive sins, except alone 1God? τ ἰδὼν δὲ τ΄. 5 λέγων LTr. * Mwiions LTTrAW. x συνεληλυθότες come toyether L. him a, 2 — διὰ GLTTraW. Ὁ — αὐτῷ GLTTrA. ¥ — ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ LTTrA. Υ αὐτόν him (read was for his healing) ΤΑ. ς ἁμαρτίας ἀφεῖναι LITA. 108 from henceforth thou shalt catch men. 11 And when they had brought their ships to land, they forsook all, and followed him. 12 And it came to pass, when he was in a certain city, behold a man full of leprosy: who seeing Jesus fell on his face, and be- sought him, saying, Lord, if thou wilt, thou canst make me clean. 13 And he put forth Ais hand, and touched him, saying, I will: be thou clean. And immediately the leprosy departed from him. 14 And hecharg- ed him to tell no man: but go, and shew thy- self to the priest, and offer for thy cleansing, according as Moses commanded, for a tes- timony unto them. 15 But so much the more went there a fame abroad of him: and great multitudes came together to hear, and to be healed by him of their infirmities. 16 And he withdrew himself into the wil- derness, and prayed. 17 And it came to pass on a certain day, as he was teaching, that there were Pha- risees and doctors of the law sitting by, which were come out of every town of Ga- lilee, and Juda, and Jerusalem: and the power of the Lord was present to heal them. 18 And, behold, men brought in a bed a man which was taken with a palsy: and they sought means to bring him in, and to lay him before him. 19 And when they could not find by what way they might bring him in because of the multi- tude, they went upon the housetop, and let him down through the tiling with his couch into the midst before Jesus. 20 And when he saw their faith, he said unto him, Man, thy sins are forgiven thee. 21 And the scribes and the Pharisees began to reason, saying, Who is this which speaketh blasphemies? Whocan forgive sins, but God alone? 22 But when w+ οἱ the L. z+ αὐτὸν 104 Jesus perceived their thoughts, he answer- ing said unto them, What reason ye in your hearts? 23 Whe- ther is easier, to say, Thy sins be forgiven thee ; or to say, Rise up and walk? 24 But that ye may know that the Son of man hath power upon earth to forgive sins, (he said unto the sick of the alsy,) I say unto thee, rise, and take up thy couch, and go into thine house. 25 And immediately he rose up before them, and took up that whereon he lay, and departed to his own house, glorify- ing God. 26 And they were all amazed, and they glorified God, and were filled with fear, saying, We have seen strange things to day. 27 And after these » things he went forth, and saw a publican, named Levi, sitting at the receipt of custom : and he said unto him, Follow me. 28 And he left all, rose up, and followed him. 29 And Levi made hima great feast in his own house : and there was a great company of publicans and of others that sat down with them. 30 But their scribes and Pharisees mur- mured against his dis- ciples, saying, Why do ye eat and drink with publicans and sinners? 31 And Jesus answer- ing said unto them, They that are whole need not a physician ; but they that are sick. 32 I came not to call the righteous, but sin- ners to repentance. 33 And they said unto him, Why do the dis- ciples of John fast Vv, ἀπο- an- αρδίαις hearts ‘peated σοι Have been cones thee AOYKA%&. 22 ᾿Ἐπιγνοὺς.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς.διαλογισμοὺς. αὐτῶν But owing 1 Jesus their ΣΘΒΒΟΒΤΩΡΕ κριθεὶς" εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐπ ταῖς κ Aan 5 said to them, Why _ reason ye ὑμῶν; 23 τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, oeuee which is easier, to say, αἱ. ἁμαρτίαι.σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, “Εγειραι"! καὶ περιπάτει ; 24 ἵνα.δὲ thy sins, or tosay, Arise and walk? But that εἰδῆτε Ore [ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς yemay knowthat authority has the Son of man on the γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἶπεν τῷ ἡπαραλελυμένῳ," Σοὶ λέγω, earth to forgive sins, hesaid to the paralysed, To thee I say, heverpat," καὶ ἄρας τὸκλινίδιόν.σου πορεύου εἰς TOY οἶκόν Arise, and havingtakenup thy little couch go to *house σου. 25 Kai παραχρῆμα ἀναστὰς ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν, ἄρας thy. And immediately havingstoodup before them, having taken up > ἐφ᾽ ἰῷ" κατέκειτο, ἀπῆλθεν εἰς Toy-olkov.abrou, δοξάζων {that]on which he was lying, he departed to his house, glorifying τὸν θεόν. 26 Kai ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας, Kai ἐδόξαζον God. And amazement seized all, and they glorified τὸν θεόν, καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου, λέγοντες, Ὅτι εἴδομεν God, and were filled with fear, saying, We have seen παράδοξα σήμερον. strange things to-day. 27 Kai μετὰ ταῦτα And after thesethings he went forth, and ὀνόματι IAeviv,' καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, by name Levi, sitting at the taxoffice, and said e him, Ἀκολούθει μοι. 28 Kai καταλιπὼν ἅπαντα," ἀναστὰς 'jKo- d ἐξῆλθεν, Kai ἐθεάσατο τελώνην, saw a tenes Follow me, And having left all, having arisen he fol- λούθησεν" αὐτῷ. 29 Kai ἐποίησεν δοχὴν μεγάλην mo lowed him. And 2made ‘entertainment *a *great “Agvic' αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ.οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἦν ὄχλος ὅτελω- ‘Levi forhim in his house, and therewas a*multitude “of *tax- νῶν πολύς" καὶ ἄλλων οἱ ἦσαν per αὐτῶν κατακείμενοι. gatherers ‘great and others who were with them pe 30 Kai ἐγόγγυζον οἱ. Ῥγραμματεῖς.αὐτῶν Kai ot Φαρι- [αὖ ah And murmured their scribes and the Phari- σαῖοι" yd τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, Διατί" μετὰ sees his disciples, saying, Why with Seen eet Skat ἁμαρτωλῶν" ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε; 81 Kai ἀπο- tax-gatherers and sinners doyeeat and drink? And an- κριθεὶς ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ Ses Jesus said to them, No need have they who ὑγιαίνοντες ἰατροῦ. ‘adr’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. 82 οὐκ ΒΥΘ ἴῃ health of a physician, but they who ill are. SNot ἐλήλυθα καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετά- I*havecome to call righteous [ones], but sinners to repent- νοιαν. 33 Οἱ δὲ "εῖπον" πρὸς αὐτόν, “Διατί! οἱ μαθηταὶ ance, Andthey said to him, Why #?the “disciples 4 — ἀποκριθεὶς L[Tr]. ὁ [Ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. fo vids τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐξουσίαν ἔχει TIrA. 8 παραλυτικῷ paralytic L. h ἔγειρε GLITrAW. 16 TTrA. J Aevety A; Aevety TTr. k πάντα LYTrA. ! ηκολούθει LTTrA. —o GLTTrAW. 0 Aevets A; Aeveis TTr. ° πολὺς τελωνῶν LTTrA. Ρ Φαρισαῖοι και ot γραμματεῖς αὐτῶν (Lavrov) Tr) LItrAW. 4 Διὰ TOLTrA. τ + tov the @LTTraw. ® — καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν A. τ᾿ ἀλλὰ LTTrA. κ'ὶ εἶπαν LTTrA. W Aca τί L[ Tr]; — Διατί ΤΑ. ΨΥΙ. LUKE. τ᾿ Τωάννου" νηστεύουσιν πυκνα καὶ δεήσεις ποιοῦνται, ὁ- *of >John ‘fast often and supplications make, in like μοίως Kai οἱ τῶν Φαρισαίων, οἱ. δὲ σοὶ ἐσθίουσιν καὶ manner also those of the Pharisees, but those of thee eat and 34 Ὁ.δὲ Υ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς drink ? Andhe - said to them, Areyeable “the υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος, ev.p ὁ νυμφίος per αὐτῶν ἐστιν *sons "οὐ the *bridechamber ὁ 116 ‘'the?*bridegroom™with ‘them 13ig ποιῆσαι *ynorevey ; 385 ἐλεύσονται.δὲ ἡμέραι “kai! ὅταν ‘to make ®to *fast ἢ But will come days "also when ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, τότε νηστεύσουσιν ἐν shall be taken away from them the bridegroom, then they will fast in ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις. 36 Ελεγεν.δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν πρὸς those days. And he spoke also a parable to αὐτούς. Ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ὃ ἱματίου καινοῦ “ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπὶ them, Noone apiece ofa*garment ‘new puts on ἱμάτιον παλαιόν" εἰ δὲ μήγε καὶ τὸ καινὸν “σχίζει, Kai *garment ‘an old, otherwise both the new herends, and τῷ παλαιῷ “οὐ-συμφωνεῖ" ἐπίβλημα τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ withthe old does not agree [the] piece which [15] from the καινοῦ. 37 καὶ οὐδεὶς βάλλει οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς" πίνουσιν ; new. And noone _ puts 2wine ‘new into “skins 1old, > A , csv « ud Il ‘ ? , 4 ᾽ A εἰ δὲ. μήγε ῥήξει 80 νέος olvoc' τοὺς ἀσκούς, καὶ αὐτὸς otherwise ‘*will®burst'the “new “wine the skins, and it ἐκχυθήσεται, καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται. 38 ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον will be poured out, and the skins will be destroyed; but 7wine ‘new Pay ne . f hea Ane 5 i εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς βλητέον, "καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται. into *skins Inew isto be put, and both are preserved together. 39 καὶ οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν Ἰεὐθέως" θέλει νέον" And noone having drunk old [wine] immediately desires new; λέγει.γάρ, Ὁ παλαιὸς *ypnorérepdc! ἐστιν. for he says, The old “better 115. 6 Ἐγένετο.δδυ-᾽ ἐν σαββάτ ἰδευτεροπρώτῳ" διαπο- Anditcametopass on ‘sabbath (['the] 2second “first ®passed , 6 , 4 ὃ A m ~ ll 7 A ‘ »Ἅ [- ρεύεσθαι αὐτὸν διὰ "τῶν" σπορίμων" καὶ ἔτιλλον οἱ She through the and “were *plucking μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ "robe στάχυας, καὶ ἤσθιον, ψώχοντες this *disciples the ears, and wereeating, rubbing [them] ταῖς χερσίνο, 2 τινὲς.δὲ τῶν Φαρισαίων εἶπον Padroic,' Ti along corn fields ; inthe hands. But some ofthe Pharisees said tothem, Why στ. a > » ~ ? iH ~ , ‘ ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ-ιἕξεστιν “ποιεῖν tv" τοῖς σάββασιν; 8 Kai doye that whichitisnotlawful todo on _ the sabbaths ? And ἀποκριθεὶς "πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς," Οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀνέγνωτε, answering to them “said ‘Jesus, Noteven this did ye read, ὃ ἐποίησεν "Δαβίδ," ‘ordre! ἐπείνασεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ that which 2614 1David, when hehungered, himself and those who μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ Yovrec'; 4 ᾿ὡς" εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ, with him were ? how heentered into the house of God, Kai τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως “Ξξἔλαβεν, καὶ! ἔφαγεν, Kai and the loaves ofthe presentation took, and ate, and 165 often, aud make pray- ers, and likewise tre disciples of the Phari- sees ; but thine eat and drink? 34 And he said unto them, Can ye make the children of the bridechamber fast, while the bridegroom is with them? 35 But the days will come, when the bridegroom shall be taken away from them, and then shall they fast in those days. 36-And hespake also a parable unto them ; Noman putteth a piece of a new gar- ment upon an old; if otherwise, then both the new maketh arent, and the piece that was taken out of the new agreeth not with the old. 37 And no man putteth new wine into old bottles; else the new wine will burst the bottles, and be spilled, and the bottles shall perish. 38 But new wine must be put into new bottles; and both are preserved. 39 No man also hay- ing drunk old wine straightway desireth new : for he saith, The old is better. VI, And it came to pass on the second sabbath after the first, that he went through the corn fields ; and his discipies plucked the ears of corn, and did eat, rubbing them in their hands. 2 And certuin of the Phari- sees said unto them, Why do ye that which is not lawful to do on the sabbath days? 3 And Jesus answer- ing them said, Have ye not read so much as this, what David did, when himself was an hungred, and they which were with him; 4 how he went into the house of God, and did take and eat the shewbread, and gave *"Iwavov Tr. ¥ - Ingots(And)JesusTIra. νηστεῦσαι TTra. from (a garment) [L]Ttra. will rend Lrtra. © οὐ συμφωνήσει Will not agree Lrtra. © νέος LTTrAW. ὃ — καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται T[Tr]A. good Trra, ἰ --- δευτεροπρώτῳ [τ||τ| 4}. --- τῶν τΎτὰ. ° + [αὐτῶν] of them L. P — αὐτοῖς [L]rtra. τ ὃ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς L; ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν T. τ Ore Lir. ¥ — ὄντες Ltr. W πῶς L; [ὡς] Tr. ὁ + σχίσας having rent (read puts [it]) Trra. _ f+ τὸ the Tira, 1 — εὐθέως TTrA. Ὁ καὶ ἤσθιον τοὺς στάχυας TrA. 4 — ἐν τ; — ποιεῖν ἐν (read τοῖς on the) Ltra. 5 Δαυΐδ aw ; Δαυείδ LTTra. x8 λαβὼν having taken LTra. b + ἀπὸ 4 σχίσει he ἕ ὃ οἶνος Κ χρηστός 8 [καὶ] L. 166 also to them that were with him; which it is not lawful to eat but for the priests alone? 5 And he said unto them, That the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath. 6 And it came to pass also on another sabbath, that he en- tered into the syna- gogue and taught: and there was a man whose right hand was with- ered. 7 And thescribes and Pharisees watched him, whether he would heal on the sabbath day ; that they might find an accusation a- gainst him. 8 But he knew their thoughts, and said to the man which had the with- ered hund, Rise up, and stand forth in the midst. And he arose and stood forth. 9 Then said Jesus unto them, I will ask you one thing; Is it law- on the sabbath days to do good, or to do evil? to save life, or to destroy it? 10 And looking round about upon them all, he said unto the man, Stretch forth thy hand. And he didso: andhis hand was-restored whole as theother. 11 And they were filled with mad- ness; and communed one with another what they might do to Jesus. 12 And it came to pass in those days, that 6 went out into a mountain to pray, and continued all night in prayer toGod. 13 And when it was day, he called unto hin his dis- ciples: and of them he chose twelve, whom also he named apo- stles; 14 Simon, (whom he also named Peter,) and Andrew his bro- ‘her, James and John, Philip and Bartholo- mew, 15 Matthew and [homas, James the son A OLYAR PAYS: Viz ἔδωκεν Yeai' τοῖς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, οὺς οὐκ. ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν εἰ. μὴ gave also to those with him, which itis not lawful toeat except μόνους τοὺς ἱερεῖς ; 5 Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, ““Οτι" κύριός ἐστιν Sonly ‘the “priests? And hesaid to them, SLord ‘is ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Kai τοῦ σαββάτου. ‘the 7Son Sof*man alsoofthe sabbath. 6 ‘Eyévero.dé καὶ" ἐν ἑτέρῳ σαββάτῳ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτὸν Anditcametopass also on another sabbath “entered the εἰς THY συναγωγὴν Kai διδάσκειν καὶ ἦν έκεϊ ἄνθρωπος," into the synagogue and taught ; and there was there aman, καὶ ἡ-χεὶριαὐτοῦ ἡ δεξιὰ ἦν ἕηρά. 7 “παρετήρουν" δὲ δαὐτὸν" and his hand the right was withered. And ‘were 7watching “him οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, εἰ ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ *OEpa- 1the 4scribes Sand‘*the *Pharisees, whetheron the sabbath he will πεύσει,) iva εὕρωσιν ‘karnyopiay' αὐτοῦ. 8 αὐτὸς δὲ heal, that they might find an accusation against him. But he 70 ‘ δ ᾽ ~ £g A ll ~ h ? , Il ~ oe τοὺς. διαλογισμοὺς. αὐτῶν, ξκαὶ εἶπεν! τῷ "ἀνθρώπῳ" τῷ knew their reasonings, and said tothe man who ξηρὰν ἔχοντι τὴν χεῖρα, ᾿"Ἐγειραι," καὶ στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον. 3withered ‘had *the hand, Arise, and stand in the midst. ΚὉ δὲ! ἀναστὰς ἔστη. 9 Εἶπεν Ἰοὖν" ὁ Τησοῦς πρὸς αὐτούς, And he having risen up stood. “Said ‘then *Jesus to them, πὐ περωτήσω" ὑμᾶς, "τί' ἔξεστιν “τοῖς σάββασιν" ἀγαθο- I will ask you, whether itislawful onthe sabbaths to do ποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι; ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ Ῥάπολέσαι" 10 Kai good or to do evil? 3116. ‘to*savyeor to destroy? And περιβλεψάμενος πάντας αὐτοὺς εἶπεν “τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ," having looked around on all them hesaid tothe man, ἜἝἜκτεινον τὴν.χεῖρά.σου. ‘O.d& ἐποίησεν τοὕτως"" Kai "ἀπο- Stretch out thy hand. And he did 80, and 3was κατεστάθη! ἡ χεὶρ.αὐτοῦ 'ὑγιὴς" τὼς ἡ ἄλλη." 11 αὐτοὶ.δὲ “restored *his hand sound as the other. But they ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας, καὶ διελάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους τί were filled with madness, and consulted with oneanother(as to] what ἂν “ποιήσειαν! τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. they should do to Jesus. 12 ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ ἐν ταῖς. ἡμέραις. ταύταις τἐξῆλθεν" εἰς τὸ And it came to pass in those days he went out into the ὄρος προσεύξασθαι" Kai ἦν διανυκτερεύων ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ mountain to pray, and he was spending the night in prayer τοῦ θεοῦ. 13 Kai Ore ἐγένετο ἡμέρα προσεφώνησεν τοὺς of God. And when it became day he called to {him} μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ" καὶ ἐκλεξάμενος am’ αὐτῶν δώδεκα, ov¢ καὶ his disciples, and chose out from them twelve, whom also > , ? , , τι ‘ > , , ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν, 14 Σίμωνα ὃν Kai ὠνόμασεν Πέτρον ?apostles *he named : Simon whom also he named Peter kai ᾿Ανδρέαν τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, γ5Τάκωβον καὶ τ" Ἰωάννην," and Andrew his brother, James and John, γ8 Φίλιππον καὶ Βαρθολομαῖον, 15 7" δ! Ματθαῖον" καὶ Θωμᾶν, Philip and Bartholomew, Matthew and Thomas, Υ — καὶ LTrA. LTTrAW. 8 εἶπεν δὲ TTrA. κτεῖναι to kill aw. GLTTrA. 2 [ὅτι] Tr. 4 — αὐτὸν LYTrAW. b ἀνδρὶ Man TTrA. τὴ ᾿Επερωτῶ I ask TTra. L t — ὑγιὴς GLTTrAW. αὐτὸν he went out TTrA. ® — καὶ LYTr[A]. > ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ TTrA. © παρετηροῦντο © θεραπεύει he heals Lrtra. f κατηγορεῖν to accuse TTrA. ἱ Ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. k«atLTTrA [δὲ and Lrtr. π εἰ if LTTra. ο τῷ σαββάτῳ on the sabbath Lrtra. P ἀπο- 4 αὐτῷ to him @irtraw. ¥ — οὕτως GTTrAW. 5 ἀπεκατεστάθη ¥— ὡς ἡ ἄλλη [L]a[trJa. Υ ποιήσαιεν LTTrA. τ ἐξελθεῖν y® + καὶ and LITrA. 28 ᾿Ιωάνην Tr. 885 Ma@@atov LTTrA. Vr. LUKE. Ἰάκωβον τὸν _—s row!’ AX Αλφαίου καὶ Σίμωνα τὸν καλού- James the [son] of Alpheus and Simon who [was] call- τον Ζηλωτήν, 16 © Ἰούδαν Ἰακώβου, καὶ ᾿Ιούδαν Zealot, Judas [brother] of James, and Judas ᾧ Ioxapwrny," ὃς “καὶ! ἐγένετο προδότης᾽ 17 καὶ καταβὰς Iscariote, who also became [the] trayer. And descending ετ αὐτῶν ἔστη ἐπὶ τόπου πεδινοῦ, καὶ ὄχλος f μαθητῶν with them hestood on 8. Ῥ'δοθϑ ‘level, and acrowd of disciples αὐτοῦ kai πλῆθος πολὺ τοῦ λαοῦ ἀπὸ πάσης τῆς Ἰουδαίας "his and a *multitude ἢ ee ofthe people from all Judza καὶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ τῆς παραλίου Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος, ot and Jerusalem and the seacoast of maby and Sidon, who ἦλθον ἀκοῦσαι αὐτοῦ, Kai ἰαθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν.νόσων. αὐτῶν, came to hear him, and tobehealed of their diseases, 18 καὶ ot δὀχλούμενοι" δὑπὸ" πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, ἱκαὶ" and those beset by 2spirits Aunclean, and ἐθεραπεύοντο. 19 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος Ἐἐζήτει" ἅπτεσθαι αὐτοῦ" uy were healed. And all the crowd sought to touch him; ὅτι δύναμις παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο Kai ἰᾶτο πάντας. for power from him went out and healed all. 20 Kai αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς.ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς μαθη- And he lifting up his eyes nba 3disci- Tac αὐτοῦ ἔλεγεν, Μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοί, ὅτι ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ples ‘*+his said, Blessed ase the poor, for yours is ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν, ὅτι the kingdom of God. Blessed [ye] who hunger now, for χορτασθήσεσθε. μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν, OTL γελάσετε. ye shall be filled. Blessed (ye] who meer now, for yeshall laugh 22 μακάριοί ἐστε bray μισήσωσιν ὑμᾶς οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ὅταν Blessed are ye when “shall*hate *you 1men, and when ἀφορίσωσιν ὑμᾶς, καὶ ὀνειδίσωσιν, καὶ ἐκβάλωσιν τὸ they shall cut 70ff ‘you, and 5881] reproach [you], and cast out ὄνομα.ὑμῶν we πονηρόν, ‘évexa! τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" your name as wicked, on accountof the Son of man: 23 ™yaipere! ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἥμερα καὶ σκιρτήσατε" τᾷ ας ὁ rejoice in that and leap for joy; for μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τῷ Susie κατὰ "ravra' yap in the heaven, according *to*these things *for 24 Πλὴν οὐαὶ yourreward [ς15] great ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ.πατέρες. αὐτῶν. did sto *the prophets ‘their *fathers. But woe ὑμῖν τοῖς πλουσίοις, Ore ἀπέχετε τὴν.παράκλησιν ὑμῶν. toyou the rich, for ye are receiving your consolation. 25 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν ot ἐμπεπλησμένοι, Ori πεινάσετε. Woe to you who have been filled, for ye shall hunger. «ε λ ~ ~ a ul ‘ ’ ς ἦν > ‘ q « ~ tl οἱ γελῶντες νῦν, ὅτι πενθήσετε Kai κλαύσετε. 26 οὐαὶ "ὑμῖν who laugh now, for yeshall mourn and weep. Woe toyou ὅταν καλῶς τὑμᾶς εἴπωσιν" "πάντες" οἱ ἄνθρωποι κατὰ when well of you speak all Geo seconde sto "ravra' yap ἐποίουν τοῖς ψευδοπροφήταις οἱ.πατέρες.αὐτῶν. “these Sthinges ‘for did Sto*the *false *prophets their *fathers, 27 “AXNN’! ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, ᾿Αγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς But toyou Isay who hear, Love *enemies οὐαὶ Ῥὑμῖν" Woe toyou 4+ καὶ διὰ T, b= τὸν τοῦ TTrA. 5 + xatand LTTra. La[trJa. f+ πολὺς ieee Te 8 ἐνοχλούμενοι TTrA. and they) Lrtra. K ἐζήτουν TTra. | ἕνεκεν L. same things LTTrA. ° + νῦν now T[Tr]A. P — ὑμῖν ΤΊτΑ. τ εἴπωσιν ὑμᾶς τ. - πάντες α. τ ᾿Αλλὰ LTTrAW. 4 Ἰσκαριώθ τπττὰ. h ἀπὸ GLTTraW. ἃ χάρητε GLTTraw, 167 of Alphzeus, and Simon called Zelotes, 16 and Judas the brother of James, and Judas Is- eariot, which also was the traitor. 17 And he came down with them, and stood in the plain, and the company of his disciples, and a great multitude of peo- ple out of all Judga and Jerusalem, and from the sea coast of Tyre and Sidon, which came to hear him, and to be healed of their diseases; 18 and they that were vexed with unclean spirits: and they were healed. 19 And the whole mul- titude sought to touch for there went virtue out of him, and healed them all. 20 And he lifted up his eyes on his disci- 166, and said, Blessed e@ ye poor: for yours is the kingdom of God. 21 Blessed are ye that hunger now: for ye shall be filled. Blessed are ye that weep now: for ye shall laugh. 22 Blessed are ye, when men shall hate you, and when they shall separate you from their company, and shall re- proach you, and cast out your name as evil, for the Son of man’s sake. 23 Rejoice yein that day, and leap for joy : for, behold, your reward 18 great in hea- ven: for in the like manner did their fa- thers unto the pro- phets. 24 But woe unto you that arerich! for ye have received your consolation. 25 Woe unto you that are full! for ye _ shall hunger. Woeunto you that laughnow! for ye shall mourn and weep. 26 Woe unto you, when all men shall speak well of you! for so did their fathers to the false prophets. 27 But I say unto you which hear, Love your ene- mies, do good to them which hate you, 28 bless them that ε -- καὶ i_ kat (omit n τὰ αὐτὰ the ᾳ -- ὑμῖν GLITTAW. 168 curse you, and pray for them which de- spitefully use you. 29 And unto him that smiteth thee on the one cheek offer also the other; and him that taketh away thy cloke forbid not to take thy coat also. 30 Give to every man that asketh of thee; and of him that taketh away thy goods ask them not again. 31 And as ye would that men should do to you, do ye alsoto them likewise. 32 For if ye love them which love you, what thank have ye? for sinners also love those that love them. 33 And if ye do good to them which do good to you, what thank have ye? for sinnersalso doeven the same. 34 And if ye lend to them of whom ye hope to re- ceive, What thank have ye? for sinners also lend to sinners, to re- eeive as much again. 35 But love ye your enemies, and do good, and lend, hoping for nothing again; and your reward shall be great, and ye shall be the children of the Highest : for heis kind unto the unthankful and tothe evil. 36 Be ye therefore merciful, as your Father also is merciful. 37 Judge not, and ye shall not be judged : condemn not, and ye shall not be condemned : forgive, and ye shall be for- given: 38 give, and it shall be _ given unto you; good mea- sure, pressed down, and shaken together, and running over, shall men give into your bosom. For with the same measure that mete withal it shall @ measured to you AOY KAS. Wi: € ~ Be ~ ~ ~ « - > ~ ὑμῶν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς, 28 εὐλογεῖτε ‘your, “well 3do tothose who hate you, bless Tove καταρωμένους ὑμῖν," Kai προσεύχεσθε τὑπὲρ' τῶν those who curse you, and pray for those who ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς. 29 τῷ τύπτοντί σε Yéri' τὴν σιαγόνα, despitefully use you. Tohimwho strikes thee on _ the cheek, πάρεχε καὶ THY ἄλλην: Kai ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντός σου τὸ offer also the other ; and from him who takesaway thy ἱμάτιον, Kai τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ.κωλύσῃς. 30 παντὶ Oe Te" cloak, also the tunic do not forbid. *To *every *one ‘and who αἰτοῦντί σε, δίδου: Kai ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ σά, asks thee, give; and from him who takes away what [15] thine, μὴ.ἀπαίτει. 31 καὶ καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ask [it] not back ; and according as ye desire that *should *do *to °you ἄνθρωποι, “Kai ὑμεῖς" ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως. 32 καὶ εἰ ‘men, also “ye *do tothem in like manner, And if ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας ὑμᾶς, ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν; γ8 love those who love you, what ‘to you ‘thank “is *it? Kai.yap οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶσιν. for even sinners “those *who “love *them Nove. 33 καὶ ἢ ἐὰν ἀγαθοποιῆτε τοὺς ἀγαθοποιοῦντας ὑμᾶς, And if ye do good to those who do good to you, , Cc ow Cc » ? LT ν αὶ sl εὖ Je \ \ ? \ ποιὰ υὑμιν “χάρις ἔστιν 5 καὶ yap” Ot ἁμαρτωλοὶ TO avuTO what 7to*you ‘thank isit? even ‘for sinners “the “same ~ ς ‘ 25 e 16 Π > > 2 , ποιοῦσιν. 84 καὶ ἐὰν “δανείζητε παρ᾽ ὧν ἐλπίζετε 18ο. And if yelend [0 8056] from whom ye hope Γἀπολαβεῖν," ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν; καὶ ἐγὰρ" hot! ἁμαρτωλοὶ to receive, what*to“you ‘thank isit? “even ‘for sinners ἁμαρτωλοῖς daveiZovow,' iva ἀπολάβωσιν τὰ "ἶσα." 35 πλὴν “to “sinners Mend, that they may receive the like. But ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καὶ ἀγαθοποιεῖτε, καὶ ἰδανείζετε! love your enemies, and do good, and lend, mundey" πἀπελπίζοντες"" καὶ ἔσται ὁ. μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολύς", *nothing ‘hoping *foragain; and *shall*be ‘your 7reward great, καὶ ἔσεσθε υἱοὶ Prov" ὑψίστου bri αὐτὸς χρηστός ἐστιν ἐπὶ and yeshallbe sons ofthe Highest; for he Ξροοῦ ΠῚ to τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς. 36 γίνεσθε «“οὖν" οἰκτίρμονες, the unthankful and _ wicked. Be ye therefore compassionate, καθὼς "καὶ" ὁ-πατὴρ.ὑμῶν οἰκτίρμων ἐστίν. 37 Kai μὴ. κρίνετε, as also your father *compassionate ‘is. And judge not, ‘kai οὐ". μὴ κριθῆτε' * pap-waraducaZere, καὶ οὐ.μὴ KaTa- that in no wise ye be judged ; condemn not, that inno wise yebe δικασθῆτε. ἀπολύετε, Kai ἀπολυθήσεσθε' 88 δίδοτε, καὶ condemned. Release, and ye shall be released. Give, and , « ~ , , , va Sil δοθήσεται ὑμῖν, μέτρον καλόν πεπιεσμένον ““καὶ" σεσαλευ- it shall be given to you, *measure *good, pressed down and shaken to- μένον “ai! **iepexyuvopevoy' δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον gether and running over shall they give into *bosom ὑμῶν: “rp γὰρ αὐτῷ μέτρῳ w' μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμε- tyour: ‘with ‘the “for same measure with which yemete, it shall be Y ὑμᾶς GLTTrA. W — καὶ GLTTrAW. χ περὶ TA. Υ εἰς T. τ [δὲ τῷ]; -- δὲ τῷ Τὶ; [δὲ] τῷ τι. 5 [καὶ ὑμεῖς] 1. ὃ + γὰρ (read for if ye 4150) ΤΣ. “ ἐστὶν χάρις . 4 — γὰρ 1. © δανείσητε 1,; δανίσητε τ; δανείζετε Tra. λαβεῖν Τῦτα, 8 --- γὰρ Τ{[Ὑτ]Α. h — οὗ LTTrA. ἱ δανίζουσιν τ. *ioattaw. ἰδανίζετεπ. ™pnddvat. δ ἀφελπίζοντες 1. 5 + [ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς] in the heavens L. Ρ — τοῦ (read of [the]) GLitraw. 4 — οὖν LTTrA. ¥ — καὶ [{]1{ττ]. 5 ἵνα (read that ye be not judged) z. t+ καὶ and ΤΑ. v8 — καὶ LTTrA. W8 ὑπερεκχυννόμενον LTTrA. χα ᾧ yap μέτρῳ LTTr. LUKE. παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, Μήτι Vi. τρηθήσεται ὑμῖν. 39 Hizevde? measured again to you. And he spoke a parable to them, δύναται ae τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν ; οὐχὶ ἀμφότεροι εἰς “ποῦ Sboth *into Is *able blind [*man] a blind Goan} to lead? βόθυνον *zrecovvrat'; 40 οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑ ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκα- 5a Spit lwill fall? ‘not “15 acme above the teacher λον Ξαὐτοῦ"" κατηρτισμένος. δὲ πᾶς ἔσται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος of him; but *perfected every *one shall be as “teacher αὐτοῦ. 41 τίδὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ this, But why lookest thou onthe mote that [is] in τ eye τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ.σου, τὴν.δὲ δοκὸν THY ἐν τῷ.ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ of thy brother, but the beam that{is] in thine own eye ov-caravoeic; 42 Ῥὴ" πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν τῷ. ἀδελφῷ.σου, perceivest not? or how artthouable tosay to thy brother, ᾿Αδελφέ, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ Brother, suffer [πτὰ Imaycastoutthe mote that [151] in eye σου, αὐτὸς τὴν ἐν τῷ. ὀφθαλμῷ.σου δοκὸν od βλέπων ; ὑπο- ns thyself the ἢ *thine Dowd Feye ‘beam not seeing? BO κριτά, ἔκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ἐκ τοῦ.ὀφθαλμοῦ.σου, Kai crite, cast out first the beam out of thine [own] eye, and τότε διαβλέψεις “ἐκβαλεῖν, τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ then thou wiltseeclearly tocast out the mote ἐμαδύ[5] ἴῃ the eye τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ.σου!. 43 οὐ.γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν of thy brother. For ποὺ ‘there “is *a *tree Sgood producing καρπὸν σαπρόν᾽ οὐδὲ" δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν" *fruit ‘corrupt; nor a*tree ‘corrupt producing fruit *good ; 44 ἕκαστον.γὰρ δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ. ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται" ob-yap for each tree by itsown fruit is 5h for not ἐξ ἀκανθῶν συλλέγουσιν σῦκα, οὐδὲ ἐκ βάτου ἵτρυγῶσιν from thorns do ἀπ gather figs, nor from abramble gather they σταφυλήν." 45 ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ a bunch of grapes. The good man out of the good treasure τῆς. καρδίας Ξαὐτοῦ" προφέρει τὸ ἀγαθόν᾽ καὶ ὁ πονη- of his heart brings forth that which[is] good; andthe wick- poc havOpwroc' ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ τῆς καρδίας man outof the wicked treasure of *heart αὐτοῦ" προφέρει τὸ πονηρόν ἐκ.γὰρ "τοῦ" περισσεύ- *his hy as forth that which [is] wicked; foroutof the abun- ματος ἱτῆς" καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ. στόμα. αὐτοῦ." 46 Τί δὲ με dance ofthe heart a "his “mouth. And pty me καλεῖτε Κύριε, κύριε, καὶ οὐ-ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω; 47 πᾶς ὁ ép- doyecall Lord, Lord, and donot what Isay? Every one who χόμενος πρός με Kai ἀκούων μου.τῶν. λόγων καὶ ποιῶν αὐτούς, iscoming to me and hearing my words and doing them, ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὕμοιος. 48 ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ Iwillshew you ἴο whom he is like. Like heis toaman οἰκοδομοῦντι οἰκίαν, ὃς ἔσκαψεν καὶ ἐβάθυνεν, καὶ ἔθηκεν building Co who dug and deepened, and laid θεμέλιον ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν᾽ "πλημμύρας" δὲ γενομένης τς afoundationon the rock; and a flood LS come Sbur: ῥηξεν" ὁ ποταμὸς τῇ- οἰκίᾳ. ἐκείνῃ; καὶ οὐκιἴσχυσεν πεν “upon ‘the ?stream that house, and could not shake 169 again. 39 And he spake a parable unto them, Can the blind lead the blind? shall they not both fall into the ditch? 40 The disciple is not above his mas- ter: but every one that is perfect shall be as his master. 41 And why beholdest thou the mote that is inthy brother’s eye, bui per- ceivest not the beam that is in thine own eye? 42 Hither how canst thou say to thy brother, Brother, let me pull out the mote that is in thine eye, when thou thyself be- holdest not the beam that is in thine own eye? Thou hypocrite, cast out first the beam out of thine own eye, and then shalt thou see clearly to pull out the mote that is in thy brother’s eye. 43 For a good tree bringeth not forthcorrupt fruit; neither doth a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit, 44 For cvery tree is known by his own fruit. For of thorns men do not gather figs, nor ofa bramble bush gather they grapes. 45 A good man out of the good treasure of his heart bringeth forth that which is good; and an evil man out of the evil treasure of his heart bringeth forth that which is evil: for of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaketh. 46 And why call ye me, Lord, Lord, and do not the things which I say? 47 Who- soever cometh to me, and heareth my say- ings, and doeth ieee I will shew you to whom heis like: 48 he is like a man which built an house, and digged deep, and laid the foundation on a rock: and when the flood arose, the stream beat vehemently upon that house, and could not shake it: for it Υ + καὶ also LTTrA. : ἐμπεσοῦνται LTTrA. — αὐτοῦ LTTrA. ς — ἐκβαλεῖν TA. d + ἐκβαλεῖν to cast out TA. τρυγῶσιν ΤΎΤΑ. 8 --- αὐτοῦ (read [his] heart) T. τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ [τ ἸτττΑ. k — χοῦ LITra. στόμα αὐτοῦ λαλεῖ L. 2 πλημμύρης ΤΊτΛ. - desdenes TTr. e ai πάλιν again [L]1[T ns — ἄνθρωπος [L]TTrA. — τῆς (read of [the]) LTtra. Ὁ — ἢ T[Tr]A. ‘ σταφυλὴν = θησαυροῦ 2 τὸ 170 was founded upon a rock. 49 But he that heareth, and doeth not, is like a man that without a foundation built an house upon the earth; against which the stream did beat vehemently, and immediately it fell; and the ruin of that house was great. VII. Now when he had ended all his say- ings in the audience of the people, he en- tcred into Capernaum. 2 And a certain cen- turion’s servant, who was dear unto him, was sick, and ready to div. 3 And when he heard of Jesus, he sent unto him the elders of the Jews, beseeching him that he would core and heal his ser- vant, 4 And when they eame to Jesus, they besought him instant- ly, saying, That he was worthy for whom he should do this: 5 for ne loveth our nation, and he hath built us a synagogue. 6 Then Jesus went with them. And when he was now not far from the house, the centurion sent friends to him, saying unto him, Lord, trouble not thyself: for I am not worthy that thou shouldest enter under my roof : 7 wherefore neither thought I my- self worthy to come into thee: but say in « word, and my ser- vant shall be healed, 3 For I alsoam a man set under authority, naving under me sol- liers, and I say unto one, Go, and he goeth; and to another, Come, and he cometh; and to my servant, Do this, and he doeth?/. 9 When Jesus heard these things, he marvelled at him, and turned him about, and said unto the people that Κα followed him, I say AOYKAS. VI, VII. αὐτήν" Ῥτεθεμελίωτο.γὰρ ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν." 49 6.68 ἀκούσας it, forit had been founded upon the _ rock. Buthewho heard καὶ μὴ-ποιήσας ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ “οἰκοδομήσαντι' οἰκίαν and did not like lis to a man having built a house ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν χωρὶς θεμελίου" τπροσέῤῥηξεν" ὁ ποτα- on the earth without a foundation; on which Sburst the *stream, μός, καὶ "εὐθέως ἔπεσεν," Kai ἐγένετο τὸ ῥῆγμα τῆς οἰκίας and immediately it fell, and ‘was ‘the ruin 308 Shouse ἐκείνης μέγα. *that great. 7 Ἐπεὶ. δὲ ἐπλήρωσεν πάντα τὰ ῥἡματα.αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς And when he had completed all his words in the ἀκοὰς τοῦ λαοῦ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς "Καπερναούμ." 2 ‘Exarovrapyou ears ofthe people heentered into Capernaum. *Of °a 7centurion δὲ τινος δοῦλος κακῶς ἔχων ἤμελλεν τελευτᾷν, ὃς ἦν ‘and ‘certain 56 θῬοπᾶάτηδη ill Speing was about to die, who was αὐτῷ ἔντιμος. 8 ἀκούσας.δὲ περὶ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς by him honoured. And having heard about Jesus he sent te) αὐτὸν πρεσβυτέρους τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, ἐρωτῶν αὐτὸν ὅπως him elders of the Jews, begging him that ἐλθὼν διασώσῃ τὸν. δοῦλον αὐτοῦ. 4 οἱ. δὲ παραγενόμενοι having come he might cure his bondman, Andthey having come πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ‘rapeKxadovy' αὐτὸν σπουδαίως, λέγοντες, to Jesus besought him diligently, saying, a » , > {Ὁ w , ll ~ Ρ ᾽ ~ A ‘ Ort ἄξιός ἐστιν wp παρέξει! rovTo’ 5 ἀγαπᾷ.γὰρ τὸ that *worthy *he 7is to whom he shall grant this, for he loves ἔθνος.ἡμῶν καὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτὸς wKoddunoev ἡμῖν. our nation and the synagogue he built for us. 6 Ὁ. δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἐπορεύετο σὺν αὐτοῖς ἤδη.δὲ αὐτοῦ οὐ μακρὰν And Jesus went with them; butalready he “not “far 2 ’ Χ ᾽ ΡΠ ~ > 4 wn” y A ? 4 ll 2 « ἀπέχοντος "ἀπὸ" τῆς οἰκίας, ἔπεμψεν ὑπρὸς αὐτὸν" τὸ ἑκατόν- ‘being distant from the house, $sent *to Shim ‘the 7cen- rapxoc φίλους," λέγων "αὐτῷ," Κύριε, μὴ-σκύλλου" οὐ turion friends, saying tohim, Lord, trouble not [thyself], *not yap beiue ἱκανὸς" iva “ὑπὸ τὴν.-στέγην.μου! εἰσέλθῃς" for *I%am worthy that under my roof thou shouldest come ; 7 διὸ οὐδὲ ἐμαυτὸν ἠξίωσα πρός ce ἐλθεῖν: ἀλλὰ wherefore neither myself countedI worthy “to “ὕπο ‘to 7come; but ? 4 , aN d? θη li « ~ ‘ a ? ‘ 2 εἰπὲ λόγῳ, καὶ “ἰαθήσεται ὁ-παΐςιμου. ὃ καὶ. γὰρ ἔγω ἄν- say bya word, and shall be healed my servant. For also 1 a θρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος, ἔχων ὑπ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν." man am under authority appointed, having under myself στρατιώτας, Kai λέγω τούτῳ Πορεύθητι, καὶ πορεύεται" soldiers, and Isay tothis [one] Go, and he goes ; \ ” a” A ΑΝ, ‘ ~ 4 ͵ καὶ ἄλλῳ, "Ἔρχου, καὶ ἔρχεται" καὶ τῷ.δούλῳ. μου, Ποίησον and toanother, Come, and hecomes; and tomy bondman, Do τοῦτο, Kai ποιεῖ. 9 ᾿Ακούσας.δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐθαύ- this, and he does [it]. And having heard these things Jesus won- ασεν αὐτόν' καὶ στραφεὶς τῷ ἀκολουθοῦντι αὐτῷ ὄχλῳ deredat him; and turning tothe *following Shim ‘crowd P διὰ τὸ καλῶς οἰκοδομεῖσθαι (οἰκοδομῆσθαι τ) αὐτήν because it was well built TTra. 4 οἰκοδομοῦντι building L. τ Ἐπειδὴ after that LrTra. together rrra. τ παρέξῃ he should grant Lrrra. * φίλους ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος ( x ‘ ΄ ὕπο τὴν OTEYHV ν. τ προσέρηξεν TTr. 5. εὐθὺς συνέπεσεν immediately it fell ἃ Καφαρναούμ. LTTrAW. * ἠρώτων asked 7. x — ἀπὸ (read τῆς from the) T. Υ — πρὸς αὐτὸν τ. ἑκατοντάρχης T)TIrA. ἃ -- αὐτῷ Τ. YixavdseimeTTrA. “μον 4 ἰαθήτω let be healed rrra. VII. LUKE. εἶπεν, Λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον. said, Isay to you, noteven in Israel so great faith did I find. 10 Kai ὑποστρέψαντες “οἱ πεμφθέντες εἰς τὸν οἴκον᾽ εὗρον And βανίπρ returned ‘those 2sent to the house found τὸν ἰἀσθενοῦντα" δοῦλον ὑγιαίνοντα. 188 sick bondman in good health. 11 Kai ἐγένετο ἔν &ry' ἑξῆς And it cametopasson the next [day] καλουμένην Naty, καὶ συνεπορεύοντο αὐτῷ οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ called Nain, and went with him his *disciples ἰϊκανοὶ" καὶ ὄχλος πολύς. 12 ὡς δὲ ἤγγισεν τῇ πύλῳ τῆς tmany and a*crowd ‘great. And as he drew near tothe gate of the aN \ ἰδ ’ > / k θ ’ ll 1 ey = πόλεως καὶ ἰδού, ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκώς," υἱὸς μονο city 24150 ‘behold, was being carried out(one] who haddied, an?son ‘only γενὴς" τῇ. μητρὶ. αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὕτη ἦν" χήρα᾽ Kui ὄχλος τῆς h ? LZ il ᾽ 5X ETTODEVETO εἰς πολιν he went into acity to his mother, and = she was a widow, and a*crowd *of*the πόλεως ἱκανὸὲξ ἃ σὺν αὐτῷ. 13 Kai ἰδὼν αὐτὴν ὁ κύριος Scity ‘considerable[was]with her. And seeing her the Lord ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾽ ϑαὐτῷῇ' καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Διὴ.κλαῖε. was moved with compassion on her ἃ said to her, Weep not, 14 Kai προσελθὼν ἥψατο τῆς σοροῦ οἱ. δὲ βαστάζοντες And coming up hetouched the bier, and those bearing [1] ἔστησαν᾽ καὶ εἶπεν, Νεανίσκε, σοὶ λέγω, ἐγέρθητι. 15 Καὶ stopped. And hesaid, Young man, to thee I say, ise. And ἀνεκάθισεν ὁ νεκρὸς Kai ἤρξατο λαλεῖν" Kai ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν τῇ Ξβεῦ ἪΡ ‘the *dead and began tospeak, and he gave him μητρὶ. αὐτοῦ. 16 ἔλαβεν.δὲ φόβος Ῥἅπαντας," καὶ ἐδόξαζον to his mother. And ?seized ‘fear all, and they glorified τὸν θεόν, λέγοντες, Ὅτι προφήτης μέγας YWynyeora ἐν God, saying, A?prophet ‘great hasrisenup amongst ἡμῖν, καὶ Ὅτι ἐπεσκέψατο ὁ θεὸς τὸν.λαὸν.αὐτοῦ. 17 Kai us; and ΞῊ 545 “visited *God his people. And ἐξῆλθεν ὁ-λόγος.οὗτος ἐν ὕλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ περὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ went out this report in all Judza concerning him, and τὲν" πάσῃ τῇ περιχώρῳ. in all the country around. 18 Kai ἀπήγγειλαν "Ἰωάννῃ" οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ περὶ And *brought*word ἕο 7John 3015 “disciples concerning πάντων τούτων. 19 καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος δύο τινὰς τῶν all these things. And having called to [him] *two?certain μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ oO’ lwavyne" ἔπεμψεν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν," of his disciples John sent [them] to Jesus, , 5 « » ~ λέγων, Σὺ.εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ τἄλλον" προσδοκῶμεν; ; saying, Artthou the coming [016] or another are we to look for? 20 Παραγενόμενοι.δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ἄνδρες "εἶπον," ΥἹωάν- And haying come to him the men said, John νης! ὁ βαπτιστὴς ἀπέσταλκεν ἡμᾶς πρός σε, λέγων, Σὺ εἶ the Baptist has sent us to thee, saying, Art thou ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἄλλον a Lae 21 Ἔν "αὐτῷ" "δὲ" the coming [016] or another are we to look for? 2In *the “same ‘and TY ὥρᾳ ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ νόσων Kai μαστίγων Kai hour he healed many of diseases and scourges and 171 unto you, I have not found so great faith, no, not in Israel, 10 And they that were sent, returning to the house, found the ser- vant whole that had been sick. 11 And it came to pass the day after, that he went into a city called Nain; and many of his disciples went with him, and much people. 12 Now when he came nigh to the gate of the city, be- hold, there was a dead man carried out, the only son of hismother, and she was a widow: and much people of the city was with her. 13 And when the Lord saw her, he had com- passion on her, and said unto her, Weep not. 14 And he came and touched the bier: and they that bare him stood still. And he said, Young man, I say unto thee, Arise. 15 And he that was dead sat up, and began to speak. And he de- livered him to his mo- ther. 16 And there came a fear onall: and they glorified God, saying, That a great prophet is risen up among us; and, That God hath visited his people. 17 And this rumour of him went forth throughout all Judwa, and through- out all the region round about, 18 And the disciples of John shewed him of all these things. 19 And John calling unto him two of his disciples sent them to Jesus, saying, Art thou he that should come? or look we for an- other? 20 When the men were come unto him, they said, John Baptist hath sent us unto thee, saying, Art thou he that should come? or look we for another? 21 And in that same hour he cured many of their infirmities and plagues, and of evil f — ἀσθενοῦντα LTTr[A]. | μονογενὴς vids TTrA. P πάντας GTrA. τ Ἰωάνης Tr. τ ἐκείνῃ that τττὰ. _ © εἰς τὸν οἶκον οἱ πεμφθέντες LTTY. 1—ixavot[L]tr[a]. ἃ [τεθνηκὼς L. was EGT[TrA]. ° αὐτὴν T. 5 Ἰωάννει T; “Iwaver Tr. χα εἶπαν LTTrA. ¥ Ἰωάνης Tr. a — δὲ LTTrA. 8 τῷ Tr. ™ αὐτὴ W ; — ἦν EGW. 4 ἠγέρθη is risen LTTra. Y τὸν κύριον the Lord rrra. h ἐπορεύθη T. no ἣν τ--- ἐν [L]T[Tr]A. τ ἕτερον Tr. 172 spirits; and unto many that were blind he gave sight. 22 Then Jesus answering said unto them, Go your way, and tell John what things ye have seen and heard; how that the blind see, the lame walk, the lepers are cleansed, the deaf hear, the dead are raised, to the poor the gospel is preached, 23 And blessed is he, whoso- ever shall not be of- fended in me. 24 And when the messengers of John were departed, he began to speak unto the people concerning John, What went ye out into the wilderness for to see? A reed shaken with the wind? 25 But what went ye out for to see? A man clothed in soft rai- ment? Behold, they which are gorgeously apparelled, and live delicately,are in kings’ courts. 26 But what went ye out for tosee? A prophet? Yea, I say unto you, and much more than a prophet. 27 This is he, of whom it is written, Behold, I send my iessenger before thy face, which shall pre- pare thy way before thee. 28 For I say unto you, Among those that are born of women there is not a greater prophet than John the Baptist: but he that is jeast in the kingdom of God is greater than he. 29 And all the people that heard him, and the publicans, jus- tified God, being bap- tized with the baptism of John, 30 But the Pharisees and lawyers rejected the counsel of God against them- selves, being not bap- tized of him, 31 And the Lord said, Where- unto then shall I liken the men of this gene- ration? and to what are they like? 32 They are like unto children sitting in the market- place, and calling one to another, and say- A OF YAK PAP: VIL. , ~ : Noi λλοῖο 2 4 best πνευμάτων πονήρων, και τυφ Otc πολλοις ἐχαρίσατο TO 2spirits 1671], and ἕο “blind ‘many he granted βλέπειν. 22 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς “ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πορευθέν- to see. And “answering 1 Jesus said to them, Having τες ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ! ἃ εἴδετε καὶ ἠκούσατε: “ὅτι! gone relate to John what yehayeseen and heard ; that ‘ ? , 4 we s ,ὔ τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζον- blind receive sight, lame walk, lepers are cleansed, TAL, κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται" deaf hear, dead are raised, poor are evangelized ; 23 Kai μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς.ἐὰν μὴ.σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί. and blessed is whoever shall not be offended in me. 24 ᾿Απελθόντων. δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων ᾿ΓΙωάννου" ἤρξατο λέγειν And *having*departed ‘the *messengers Sof ‘John he began to speak πρὸς τοὺς ὄχλους περὶ ᾿Ιωάννου," Τί δέξεληλύθατε" εἰς to the crowds concerning John: What have ye gone out into THY ἔρημον θεάσασθαι; κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευό- the wilderness to look at? a reed * by [the] wind shaken ? μενον; 25 ἀλλὰ τί SeEekndvOare! ἰδεῖν ; ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλα- But what have yegone ont 0 see? aman in soft κοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον; ἰδού, ot ἐν ἱματισμῷ ἐνδόξῳ clothing arrayed? Behold, theywho in clothing ‘splendid ‘ ~ « , 9. - la > , ? Ay , καὶ τρυφῇ ὑπάρχοντες ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις εἰσίν. 26 ἀλλὰ τί and inluxury areliving 7in “the “palaces are. But what δἐξεληλύθατε" ἰδεῖν; προφήτην; vai, λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ have ye goneout tosee? τὸ prophet ὃ Yea, Isay toyou, and [016] περισσότερον προφήτου. 27 οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέ- more excellent than a prophet. This is he concerning whom it has γραπται, ᾿Ιδού, *éyw' ἀποστέλλω TOv.dyyédOv_pov πρὸ been written, Behold, 1 send my messenger before προσώπου.σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει TI)V.000Y.c0v ἔμπροσθέν σου. thy face, who _ shall prepare thy way before thee. 28 Λέγω ‘yao! ὑμῖν, μείζων ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 2T3say ‘for toyou, °a greater *among[*those] “born *of women Κπροφήτης" ᾿Ιωάννου" ἱτοῦ βαπτιστοῦ" οὐδείς ἐστιν" 0.08 prophet than John’ the Baptist noone is; buthethat(is} μικρότερος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. 29 Καὶ 1655 in the kingdom of God greater thanhe is. And πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἀκούσας καὶ ot τελῶναι ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν θεόν, all the people having heard and the tax-gatherers justified God, βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα ᾿ΓΙωάννου"" 30 οἱ. δὲ Φα- having been baptized[with] the baptism of John ; but the Pha- ρισαῖοι καὶ ot νομικοὺ τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ἠθέτησαν risees and the doctors of the law the counsel of God κοῦ aside ᾽ ε , ‘ θέ « ? ? ~ 931 m t SA « εἰς EaUTOUC, μη βαπτισ EVTEC UT αὐτου. εἰπεν.ὁξ 0 as to themselves, not having been baptized by him. And “said the κύριος,! Tar οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς “Lord, To what therefore shallI liken the men of *gencration ταύτης; Kai τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι; 32 ὕμοιοί εἰσιν παιδίοις ‘this ? and to what are they like? Like are they tolittle children τοῖς ἐν. ἀγορᾷ καθημένοις, Kai προσφωνοῦσιν ἀλλήλοις in a market-place sitting, and calling one to another b — 70 LTTrAW. © — ὅτι L[ Tr]. I send) Lrtra. Γ᾿ Ιωάνου τι. 4 ᾿Ιωάννει T; ᾿Ιωάνει Tr. » a , h — ἐγὼ (read ἀποστ. | — τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ TTrA. © — 6 Ἰησοῦς (read he said) [u)rtra. 8 ἐξήλθατε went ye out LTr. i — γὰρ Pra. k — προφήτης Ltr]. ™ — εἶπεν δὲ ὁ κύριος GLTTrAW. VII. LUKE. ΠῚ \ , iT) ᾽ ΄ c ~ ‘ ? > , θ -Ξ ἐθ J Kai λέγουσιν, Ἡὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ. ὠρχήσασθε" ἐθρη and saying, We piped toyou, and ye did not dance; we U ~ ‘ > , νήσαμεν οὑμῖν," καὶ οὐκ. ἐκλαύσατε. 33 ἐλήλυθεν.γὰρ PIwavyne! mourned toyou, and ye did not weep. For *has °come 1John ὁ βαπτιστὴς “μήτε! τἄρτον ἐσθίων" Sunre' tolvoy πίνων," the *Baptist neither bread leating nor 2wine ‘drinking, ‘ a” « e ~ > , Kai λέγετε, SESE ἔχει. 34 ἐλήλυθεν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου and yesay, Ademon he has. 5Has ®come ‘the 7Son of *man ? / ‘4 , a7 , ? , » if ‘ ἐσθίων Kai πίνων, καὶ λέγετε, ᾿Ιδού, ἄνθρωπος φάγος Kai eating and drinking, and yesay, Behold, aman aglutton and οἰνοπότης, “τελωνῶν φίλος" καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν. 35 Kai ἐδι- a wine-bibber, of tax-gatherers 8 ἔσο μα and of sinners ; and 7was , ’ὔ ᾿ ~ ~ , καιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ “τῶν.τέκνων. αὐτῆς πάντων." 5] υβύ1ῆθα 4wisdom by [17 *children 1411, 36 Ἠρώτα.δέ τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων ἵνα ga μετ ᾿Απᾷ δββκοᾶ 'one Shim 7of*the ‘*Pharisees that he should eat with αὐτοῦ" καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς “τὴν οἰκίαν" τοῦ Φαρισαίου Yave- him. And having enteredinto the house ofthe P he re- κλίθη." 37 Καὶ ἰδού, γυνὴ *év τῷ πόλει ἥτις ἦν" clined [αὖ table]; and behold, awoman in the _ city who was ἁμαρτωλός, "ἐπιγνοῦσα ὅτι ἀνάκειται" ἐν a sinner, having known that he had reclined [at table] in the τοῦ Papicaiov, κομίσασα ἀλάβαστρον μύρου, 38 Kai στᾶσα ofthe Pharisee, having taken an alabaster flask of ointment, and standing ΄ ~ , il ΄ » ΄ “παρὰ τοὺς. πόδας. αὐτοῦ ὀπίσω" κλαίουσα, “ἤρξατο βρέχειν at his feet behind weeping, began to bedew τοὺς. πόδας αὐτοῦ τοῖς. δάκρυσιν," καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν τῆς κεφαλῆς his feet with tears, and with the hairs of *head αὐτῆς “ἐξέμασσεν," καὶ κατεφίλει τοὺς.πόδας αὐτοῦ, ther she was wiping [them], and was ardently kissing his feet, ‘ BJA ~ 7 2 ‘ Ὧι ε ~ καὶ ἤλειφεν τῷ μύρῳ. 39 ἰδὼν. δὲ ὁ Φαρισαῖος and was anointing [them] withthe ointment. But havingseen,the Pharisee ὁ καλέσας αὐτὸν εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, λέγων, Οὗτος εἰ who invited him spoke within himself, saying, This [person] if ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν.ἂν τίς Kai ποταπὴ ἡ } he were aprophet, would have known who and what the woman [is] ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν. 40 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς who touches him, ἔοῦ a sinner she is. And 7answering ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, Σίμων, ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν. 1Jesus said to him, Simon, Ihave to thee something to say. ‘O.6¢ ίφησιν, Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ." 41 Δύο ἐχρεωφειλέται! ἦσαν Andhe says, Teacher, say [it]. Two debtors there were MOaveory' ti ὁ εἷς ὥφειλεν δηνάρια πεντακόσια, 6.68 toa*creditor ‘certain; theone owed %denarii ‘five *hundred, and the οἰκίᾳ house 173 ing, We have piped unto ρα: and ye have not danced; we have mourned to you, and ye have not wept. 33 For John the Bap- tist came neither eat- ing bread nor drinking wine ; and ye say, He hath a devil. 34 The Son of man is come eating and drinking; and ye say, Behold a gluttonous man, and a Wwinebibber, a friend of publicans and sin- ners! 35 But wisdom is justified of all her children. 36 And one of the Pharisees desired him that he would eat with him. And he went into the Pharisee’s house, and sat down to meat. 37 And, be- hold, a woman in the city, which was a sinner, when she knew that Jesus sat at meat in the Pharisce’s house, brought an alabaster box of ointment, 38 and stood at his feet behind him weep- ing, and began to wash his feet with tears, and did wipe them with the hairs of her head, and kissed his feet, and anointed them with the ointment. 39 Now when the Pharisee which had bidden him saw zt, he spake within himself, saying, This man, if he were a pro- phet, would have Known who and what manner of woman this is that toucheth him: for she is a sinner. 40 And Jesus answer- ing said unto him, Simon, I have some- what to say unto thee. And he saith, Master, sayon. 41 There wasa certain creditor which had two debtors: the one owed five hundred uw , stolen ΠΗ ies Ξ pence, and the other ἕτερος πεντήκοντα. 42 μὴ. ἐχόντων δὲ" αὐτῶν ἅπο- fifty. 42 And when other fifty. But “not *having 1they [wherewith] to they had nothing to δοῦναι ἀμφοτέροις ἐχαρίσατο" ric οὖν αὐτῶν, *eizé," πλεῖον pay, both he forgave: whichthereforeofthem, say, ‘most ἰαὐτὸν ἀγαπήσει"; 48 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς δὲ" πιὸ! Σίμων εἶπεν, Ὑπο- Shim ‘will 7love? And “answering 1Simon said, I pay, he frankly for- gave them both. Tell me therefore, which of them will love him most? 43 Simon an- swered and said, Isup- 2 λέγοντες TTrA. ο — ὑμῖν τττ. ? Ἰωάνης Tr. ἐσθίων ἄρτοντ. SpndeT. * πένων οἶνον LTTrA. τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς LTrA. χ τὸν οἶκον LTTrA. Υ κατεκλίθη LTTrA. LTTra. a+ καὶ and LTTraw. > κατάκειται LTTrA. GLTTra. ἃ trois δάκρυσιν ἤρξατο βρέχειν τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ LTTrA. δάσκαλε, εἰπέ, φησίν Trra. & χρεοφειλέται LTTrA. ἢ δανιστῇ T. Κ΄ εἰπέ ττττί Α]. | ἀγαπήσει αὐτόν LTTrA. m — 9 T[Tr]. 4 μὴ ποῦ ΤΑ. τ φίλος τελωνῶν QLTTrAW. τ ἔσθων ἄρτον LTrA ; W πάντων τ ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει ¢ ὀπίσω παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ? ΄ ε ἐξέμαξεν 1. TAL i — δὲ [L]tTra. 174 se that he, to whom e forgave most. And hesaid unto him, Thou hast rightly judged. 44 And he turned to the woman, and said unto Simon, Seest thou this woman? 1 entered into thine house, thou gavest me no waterfor my feet: but she hath washed my feet with tears, and wiped them with the hairs of her head. 45 Thou gavest me no kiss: but this woman since the time I came in hath not ceased to kiss my feet. 46 My head with oil thou didst not anoint: but this woman hath anointed my feet with ointment, 47 Where- fore I say unto thee, Her sins, which are many, are forgiven ; for she loved much: but to whom little is forgiven, the same lov- eth little. 48 And he said unto her, Thy sins are forgiven. 49 And they that sat at meat with him began to say within themselves, Who is this that for- giveth sins also? 50 And he said to the woman, ‘Thy faith hath saved thee; go in peace. VIII. And it came to pass afterward, that he went throughout every city and village, eaching and shew- g the glad tidings of the kingdom of God: and the twelve were with him, 2 and cer- tain women, which had been healed of evil spirits and infirmities, ary called Magda- lene, out of whom went seven devils, 3 and Joanna the wife of Chuza Herod’s stew- ard, and Susanna, and many others, which ministered unto him of their substance. 4 And when much people were gathered together, and were come to him out of every city, he spake by aparable: 5 A sower went out to sow his seed: and as he sowed, some fell by the way side; and it was trod- den down, and the A ΟΝ KA.2: VII, VILE λαμβάνω ὅτι τὸ πλεῖον ἐχαρίσατο. Ὁ «δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, take it that(he]towhomthe more heforgave. Andhe said to him, Ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας. 44 Kai στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα, τῷ Rightly thou hast judged. And having turned to the woman, Σίμωνι ἔφη, Βλέπεις ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα; εἰσῆλθόν σου εἰς to Simon hesaid, Seest thou _ this woman? Ientered *thy ‘into A 2 γῇ vO n2 ‘ 4 ’ ll > » Ὁ 2 τὴν οἰκίαν, ὕδωρ "ἐπὶ τοὺς.πόδας. μου! οὐκ.ἔδωκας" αὕτη. δὲ house, water for my feet thou gavest not, but she ~ ὃ », » , 4 ἠδ A ~ A oO ~ τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἔβρεξέν μου τοὺς πόδας, καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν ripe with tears bedewed my feet, and with the hairs κεφαλῆς" αὐτῆς ἐξέμαξεν. 45 φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας" head of *her wiped [them]. A kiss tome thou gavest not, αὕτη.δὲ ἀφ’ te εἰσῆλθον οὐ.Ῥδιέλιπεν! καταφιλοῦσά butshe from which [time] [camein ceased not ardently kissing “μου τοὺς πόδας." 46 ἐλαίῳ τὴν.κεφαλήν.μον οὐκ.ἤλειψας" my feet. With oil my head thou didst not anoint, 2 A ,’ » ΄ r 4 , Π - ΄ αὕτη.δεὲλ μύρῳ ἤλειψέν μου τοὺς πόδας." 47 οὗ.χάριν but she with ointment anointed my feet. For which cause λέγω σοι, ἀφέωνται δ"αἱ.ἁμαρτίαι.αὐτῆς" αἱ πολλαί, ὅτι Isay to thee, forgiven have been her “sins many ; for ἠγάπησεν πολύ dé ὀλίγον ἀφίεται ὀλίγον ἀγαπᾷ. she loved much; buttowhom little is forgiven little he loves, 48 Πῖπεν.δὲ αὐτῇ, ᾿Αφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. 49 Kai And he said to her, Forgiven have been thy sins. And ἤρξαντο ot συνανακείμενοι λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Tic "οὗτός began those reclining with [him] tosay withinthemselves, Who ?this ἐστιν" ὃς καὶ ἁμαρτίας ἀφίησιν ; 50 Elmev.dé πρὸς τὴν γυ- lis whoeven sins lforgives ? But hesaid to the wo- ναῖκα, Ἣ.πίστις.σου céowkéy σε" πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην. man, Thy faith has saved thee; go in _—~peace. 8 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷ.καθεξῆς καὶ airoc διώδευεν And it came to pass afterwards that he journeyed through κατὰ.πόλιν Kai κώμην, κηρύσσων καὶ εὐαγγελιζό-- city by city and village by village, preaching and announcing the glad μενος τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ" Kai οἱ δώδεκα σὺν αὐτῷ, tidings, the of God, 2 καὶ γυναϊκές τινες at ἧσαν» TED Ep TEU HEYA ἀπὸ πνευμάτων and “women ‘certain who had been cure from ‘spirits ~ ‘ ? ~ / « La ’ πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν, Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή, twicked and infirmities, Mary who iscalled Magdalene, ap’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει, 3 καὶ VIwavva' γυνὴ from whom ?demons_ ‘seven had gone out; and Joanna wife XovZa ἐπιτρόπου Ἡρώδου, καὶ Σουσάννα, καὶ ἕτεραι wodXai, of Chuza asteward of Herod; and Susanna, and “others ‘many, αἵτινες διηκόνουν ταὐτῷ" “ἀπὸ! τῶν.ὑπαρχόντων αὐταῖς. who wereministering to him of their property. 4 Συνιόντος.δὲ ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ τῶν κατὰ.πόλιν ἐπι- And ‘assembling 'a “crowd “great, and those who from eachcity were πορευομένων πρὸς αὐτόν, εἶπεν διὰ παραβολῆς. 5 ᾿Εξῆλθεν coming to him, he spoke by a parable, *Went *out ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖραι τὸν.σπόρον. αὐτοῦ" καὶ ἐν.τῷ.σπείρειν ‘the *sower to sow his seed ; and as *sowed αὐτὸν ὃ. μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ THY ὁδόν, καὶ κατεπατήθη, Kai τὰ *he some fell by the way, and it wastrampledupon, and the kingdom and the twelve [were] with him, 0 μου ἐπὶ TOUS πόδας T; μοι ἐπὶ πόδας TA. P διέλειπεν T. t ἐστιν οὗτος L. GLTTraw. αἱ ἁμαρτίαι LT. ο — τῆς κεφαλῆς (read with her hairs) ¥ τοὺς πόδας μον GLTrA. 5 αὐτῇ (αὐτῆς T) 4 τοὺς πόδας μουν 1,. 4 : Wavrots to them Tira. * ἐκ out of LrTra. VY Ἰωάνα Tr. Vill. LUKE. πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατέφαγεν αὐτό. 6 Kai ἕτερον Τἔπεσεν" birds ofthe heaven devoured it. And other fell ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν, καὶ φυὲν ἐξηράνθη, διὰ τὸ μὴ. ἔχειν upon 6 _ rock, and having sprung up it withered, because it had not ἰκμάδα. 7 καὶ ἕτερον ἔπεσεν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀκανθῶν, Kai moisture ; and other fell in [the] midst ofthe thorns, and τσυμφυεῖσαι' αἱ ἄκανθαι ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτό. 8 καὶ ἕτερον haying sprung up together the thorns choked it; and other ἔπεσεν “ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθήν, καὶ φυὲν ἐποίησεν 7611 upon the ground the good, and having sprung up produced καρπὸν ἑκατονταπλασίονα. Ταῦτα λέγων ἐφώνει, Ὃ ἔχων fruit a hundredfold. These things saying hecried, He that has ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω. 9 Ἐπηρώτων.δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, ears tohear let him hear. And %asked *hi this *disciples, Ὀλέγοντες,; Tic “εἴη ἡ-παραβολὴ αὕτη! ; 10 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, saying, What may be this parable ? And he said, Ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Toyou ithasbeengiven toknow the mysteries of the kingdom θεοῦ: τοῖς.δὲ λοιποῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς, iva βλέποντες μὴ of God, but to the rest in parables, that seeing Snot βλέπωσιν, Kai ἀκούοντες μὴ-συνιῶσιν. 11 ἜἜστιν.δὲ ‘they *may see, and hearing they may not understand. Now “is .“ « , « , ? ‘ £ , ~ we « ΠῚ αὕτη ἡ παραβολή" ὁ σπόρος ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ" 12 οἱ δὲ *this ‘the *parable: The seed is the word of God: andthose παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν εἰσὶν οἱ Δἀκούοντες," εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διά- by the way are those who hear ; then comes the de- Bodog καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς.καρδίας. αὐτῶν, iva_uy vil and takesaway the word from their heart, lest πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν. 18 οἱ. δὲ ἐπὶ “τῆς πέτρας," οἱ having believed they should be saved. Andthose upon the rock, those who ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν, μετὰ χαρᾶς δέχονται τὸν λόγον, Kai οὗτοι when they hear, with joy receive the word, and _ these ῥίζαν οὐκ.ἔχουσιν, οἱ πρὸς καιρὸν πιστεύουσιν, Kai ἐν καιρῷ 85. root have not, who for a time believe, and in time πειρασμοῦ ἀφίστανται. 14 τὸ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν, of trial fall away. Andthat whichinto the thorns fell, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἀκούσαντες, καὶ ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν Kai πλούτου these are they who having heard, and under cares and riches kai ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου πορευόμενοι ἰσυμπνίγονται," Kai οὐ and pleasures of life moving along are choked, and *not ~ Η " ? ~ ~ - ΄ ? τελεσφοροῦσιν. 15 τὸ.δὲ ἐν καλῇ γῇ, οὗτοί εἰσιν 1ᾷο bring to perfection. And that in the good ground, these are οἵτινες ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον they who in aheart right and good having heard the word κατέχουσιν, καὶ καρποφοροῦσιν ἐν ὑπομονῷ. 16 Οὐδεὶς.δὲ Keep {it], and bring forthfruit with endurance. And no one λύχνον ἅψας καλύπτει αὐτὸν σκεύει, ἢ ὑποκάτω κλίνης alamp having lighted covers it withavessel,or under a couch τίθησιν. ard" ἐπὶ λυχνίας δΒἐπιτίθησιν! ἵνα οἱ puts [it], but on alamp-stand puts [10], that they who εἰσπορευόμενοι βλέπωσιν TO φῶς. 17 οὐ.γά ἐστιν enter in may see the light. For not [anything] is ov φανερὸν γενήσεται οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ which *not *manifest '‘'shall*become; nor secret which κρυπτὸν ὃ hidden Υ κατέπεσεν fell down Trra. = συνφνεῖσαι 1. LTTr[A ]. © αὕτη εἴη ἡ παραβολή T. συνπνίγονται ΤΑ. 5 ἀλλὰ τι. ἃ ἀκούσαντες heard τττ. h χίθησιν LTTraA. 8 εἰς into GLTTrAW. 175 fowls of the air de- voured it. 6 Andsome fell upon a rock; and 8.5 soonas it wassprung up, it withered away, because it lacked mois- ture. 7 And some fell among thorns; and the thorns sprang up with it, and choked it. 8 And other fell on good ground, and sprang up, and bare fruit an hundredfold. And when he had said these things, he cried, He that hath ears to hear let him hear. 9 And his disciples asked him, saying, What might this parable be? 10 And he said, Unto you itis given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of God: but to others in parables; that seeing they might not see, and hearing they might not under- stand. 11 Now the pa- rable is this: The seed is the word of God. 12 Those by the way side are they that hear; then cometh the devil, and taketh away the word out of their hearts, lest they should believe and be saved. 13 They on the rock are they, which, when they hear, receive the word with joy; and these have no root, which for a while be- lieve, and in time of temptation fall away. 14 And that which fell among thorns are they, which, when they have heard, go forth, and are choked with cares and riches and plea- sures of this life, and bring no fruit to per- fection. 15 But that on the good ground are they, which in an ho- nest and good heart, having heard the word, Keep it, and bring forth fruit with patience. 16 No man, when he hath lighted a candle, covereth it with a ves- sel, or putteth ἐξ under a bed; but setteth iton a candlestick, thatthey which enter in may see the light. 17 For no- thing is secret, that shall not be made Ὁ — λέγοντες © τὴν πέτραν T. 176 manifest; neither any thing hid, that shall not be knownand come abroad. 18 Take heed therefore how ye hear: for whosoever hath, to him shall be given; and whosoever hath not, from him shall be taken even that which he seemeth to have. 19 Then came to him his mother and his brethren, and could not come at him for the press. 20 And it was told him by cer- tain which said, Thy mother and thy breth- ren stand without, de- siring to 566 thee, 21 And he answered and said unto them, My mother and my brethren are these which hear the word of God, and do it. 22 Now it came to pass on a certain day, that he went into a ship with his disciples: and he said unto them, Let us go over unto the other side of the lake. And they launch- ed forth. 23 But as they sailed he fell a- sleep: and there came down a storm of wind on the lake; and they were filled with water, and were in jeopardy. 24 And they came to him, and awoke him, saying, Master, mas- ter, we perish. Then he arose, and rebuked the wind and the rag- ing of the water: and they ceased, and there was a calm, 25 And he said unto them, Where is your faith? And they being afraid wondered, saying one to another, What man- ner of man is this! for he commandeth even the winds and water, and they obey him. 26 And theyarrived at the country of the Ga- darenes, which is over against Galilee. 27 And when he went forth to land, there met him out of the city a cer- tain man, which had AOYKAX®. VIII, ᾿οὐ-γνωσθήσεται! Kai εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ. 18 βλέπετε οὖν shall not be known and to light come. Take heed therefore πῶς ἀκούετε: ὃς γὰρ. ἂν! ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ" καὶ how ye hear ; for whoever may have, *shall *be *given 'to*him; and ὃς. ἂν" μὴ.ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. whoever may not have,even what he seems tohave shall betaken from him, 19 πΠαρεγένοντο" .δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡ μήτηρ" Kai οἱ ἀδελ- And came to him [his] mother and *breth- poi αὐτοῦ, Kai οὐκ.ἠδύναντο συντυχεῖν αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ren lhis, and were not able to get to him because of the ὄχλον. 20 °Kai ἀπηγγέλη" αὐτῷ, Ῥλεγόντων," 4 Ἢ. μήτηρ.σου crowd. And _ it was told him, saying, Thy mother καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί.σου ἑστήκασιν ἔξω, ἰδεῖν oe θέλοντες." and thy brethren are standing without, *to*see *thee ‘wishing. 21 ‘O.0& ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν “πρὸς αὐτούς," Μήτηρ.μου᾽ καὶ Andhe answering said to them, My mother and καὶ and ἀδελφοί. μου οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούοντες my brethren “those ‘are who the word of God are hearing ποιοῦντες Γαὐτόν." doing it. 22 "Kai ἐγένετο" ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν Kai αὐτὸς ἐνέβη And itcametopass on one ofthe days that he entered εἰς πλοῖον Kai οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, into aship, and his disciples, and he said to them, Διέλθωμε; εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς λίμνης" Kai ἀνήχθησαν. Let us pass over to the other side of the lake; and they put off. καὶ and κατέβη λαῖλαψ , ~ , a 23 πλεόντων.δὲ αὐτῶν ἀφύπνωσεν came down astorm And as they sailed he fell asleep ; ἀνέμου εἰς THY λίμνην, Kai συνεπληροῦντο, καὶ ἐκινδύνευον. of wind on the lake, and they were being filled, and were in danger. 24 προσελθόντες. δὲ διήγειραν αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Ἐπιστάτα, And having come to [him]they aroused him, saying, Master, ἐπιστάτα, ἀπολλύμεθα. ‘O.0e YéyeoOeic' ἐπετίμησεν τῷ Master, we are perishing. Andhe having arisen rebuked the ἀνέμῳ καὶ τῷ κλύδωνι τοῦ VdaTog' Kai ἐπαύσαντο, Kai ἐγένετο wind andthe raging ofthe water; and they ceased, and there was γαλήνη. 25 εἶπεν. δὲ αὐτοῖς. Ποῦ “ἐστιν! ἡ.πίστις ὑμῶν ; a calm. And he said tothem, Where is your faith ? Φοβηθέντες.δὲ ἐθαύμασαν, λέγοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Tic ἄρα And being afraid they wondered, saying to one another, Who then οὗτός ἐστιν, OTL καὶ τοῖς ἀνέμοις ἐπιτάσσει Kai τῷ ὕδατι, “this lis, that even the winds hecommands and the water, καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ; and they obey him ? 26 Kai κατέπλευσαν sic τὴν χώραν τῶν ΥΓαδαρηνῶν," And they sailed down to the ‘country of the Gadarenes, ἥτις ἐστὶν ᾿ἀντιπέραν" τῆς Γαλιλαίας. 27 ἐξελθόντι. δὲ. αὐτῷ which ἰδ over against Galilee. And on his having gone forth ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ὑπήντησεν "αὐτῷ! ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, upon the land *met Shim ‘a *man?certain out of the city, i ov μὴ γνωσθῇ in any wise should not be known Lrtra. m Ilapeyévero ITr. 4 + ore TT. w δὲ (read [him]) Τ{1τᾺ]. τ θέλοντές σε Tr. ερθεὶς having been aroused Ttr. GeraSenes Ltra ; Γεργεσηνῶν Gergesenes Τὶ k ἂν yap TTrA. ! ἐὰν L. P — λεγόντων LTTr[A]. Υ ἐγένετο δὲ LTTrA. Υ Τερασηνῶν ®&— αὐτῷ + αὐτοῦ his T. ° ἀπηγγέλη δὲ LTTrA. 8 auTots L. t αὐτόν GLTTrA. x — ἐστιν (read [is]) LITrAWw. - ἀντιπέρα LIrAW ; ἀντίπερα 7. VIII. LUKE. ὑὸς εἶχεν" δαιμόνια “ἐκ χρύνων ἱκανῶν. καὶ ἱμάτιον οὐκ who had demons for a long time, and a Seement 2=not ἐνεδιδύσκετο," καὶ ἔν οἰκίᾳ οὐκ ἔμενεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τοῖς μνήμασιν. “was wearing, and in a house didnotabide, but in the tombs. 28 ἰδὼν.δὲ τὸν ᾿Τησοῦν “καὶ! ἀνακράξας προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ, But having seen Jesus and having, cried out hefelldown before him, καὶ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν, Τί ἐμοὶ καὶ coi, ᾿Ιησοῦ, υἱὲ τοῦ and witha*vyoice ‘loud said, What to me cond tothee, Jesus, Son θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου; δέομαί σου Mes Bacavicye. ofGod the Most High? I heseech of thee ἘΝ ‘thou *mayest *torment. 29 “Παρήγγελλεν". γὰρ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ ἐξελθεῖν For he was charging the spirit the unclean to come out ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" πολλοῖς.γὰρ χρόνοις συνηρπάκει αὐτόν. from the man. For many times it had seized him ; καὶ fdeopetro,' ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις φυλασσόμενος, Kai ἔδιαῤ- and he was bound, with chains and fetters being kept, and break- ῥήσσων" τὰ δεσμὰ ἠλαύνετο ὑπὸ τοῦ "δαίμονος" εἰς τὰς ing the bonds he wasdriven by the demon into the ἐρήμους. 30 ἐπηρώτησεν. δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, 'λέγων," Τί σοι deserts. And ?asked Shim Jesus, saying, What *thy Κἐστὶν ὄνομα" : ὋὉ.δὲ εἶπεν, Aeyewy" ὅτι δαιμόνια πολλὰ lis name? Andhe said, Legion, ee demons many εἰσῆλθεν" εἰς αὐτόν. 31 καὶ παρεκάλει" αὐτὸν iva μὴ ἐπι- had entered into him, And he besought him that "ποῦ 'he*would , ? ~ ? \ » ᾽ - τάξῃ αὐτοῖς εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον ἀπελθεῖν. 82 ἦν. δὲ ἐκεῖ command them into the abyss to go away. Now there was there ἀγέλη χοίρων ἱκανῶν Bookopévwry' ἐν τῷ Ope’ Kai Ῥπαρε- aherd οὗ *swine ‘many feeding in the mountain, and they be- κάλουν" αὐτὸν iva ἐπιτρέψῃ αὐτοῖς εἰς ἐκείνους εἰσελθεῖν. sought him that he would allow them into those to enter ; . > , ? ~ ? , A 4 a , ? A a καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς. 33 ἐξελθόντα.δὲ τὰ δαιμόνια ἀπὸ τοῦ and heallowed them. And Having, gone outthe demons from the ἀνθρώπου “εἰσῆλθεν! εἰς τοὺς χοίοους᾽ Kai ὥρμησεν ἡ ἀγέλη man they entered into the swine, and “rushed ‘the *herd κατὰ TOU κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν λίμνην, Kai ἀπεπνίγη. 84 ἰδόντες. δὲ down the steep into the lake, and were choked. And having ®seen ot BdcKovrEc TO τγεγενημένον" ἔφυγον, Kai Sa7red- 1those*who “fed [*them] what had taken place fled, and having καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς. and to the country. τἦλθον" πρὸς τὸν came to οὗ θόντες! ἀπήγγειλαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν gone away related {it] to the city 35 ἐξῆλθον. δὲ ἰδεῖν τὸ γεγονός" καὶ And they went out to see what had taken place, and Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ‘eipov' καθήμενον τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀφ᾽ τὰ Jesus, and found seated the man from whom the δαιμόνια "ἐξεληλύθει," ἱματισμένον Kai σωφρονοῦντα. ee demons had gone out, clothed and of sound mind, τοὺς πόδας τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ. Kai ἐφοβήθησαν. 36 ἀΤ ἢ γειλα ΔΩ: the feet of Jesus. And they were afraid. And ‘related αὐτοῖς “καὶ οἱ ἰδόντες πῶς ἐσώθη ὁ δαι- ®tce°them also ‘those *who “δα *seen [*it] how was healed he who had been pos- > ἔχων having T. put onagarment Trr. ἃ -- καὶ Lrtra. 177 devils long time, and ware no clothes, nei- ther abode in any house, but in the tombs. 28 When he saw Jesus, he cried out, and fell down before him, and with a loud voice said, What have Ito do with thee, Jesus, thou Son of God most high? I beseech thee, torment me not. 29(For he had commanded the unclean spirit to come out of the man. For oftentimes it had caught him: and he was kept bound with chains and in fetters; and he brake the bands, and was driven of the devil into the wilder- ness.) 30 And Jesus asked him, saying, What is thy name? And he said, Legion: because many devils were entered into him. 31 And they besought him that he would not command them to go out into the deep. 32 And there was there an herd of many swine feeding on the moun- tain: and they be- sought him that he would suffer them to enter into them, And he suffered them. 33 Then went the de- vils out of the man, and entered into the swine: and the herd ran violently down a steep place into the lake, and were choked. 34 When they that fed them saw what was done, they fled, and went and told ἐξέ in the city and in the coun- try. 35 Then they went out to see what was done; and came to Je- sus, and found the man, out of whom the devils were departed, sitting at the feet of Jesus, clothed, and in his right mind: and they were _ afraid. 36 They also which saw ἐξ told them by what means he that was possessed of the devils © Kat χρόνῳ ἱκανῷ οὐκ ἐνεδύσατο ἱμάτιον and fora cone time did not © Παρήγγειλε he charged ΕΘ. ReCEGHECUETO Tor 8 διαρήσσων LTTrA. 5 δαιμονίου LITra. | — λέγων L. Κ ὄνομα ἐστίν LTT. ! Λεγιών TTr. τὸ εἰσῆλθεν δαιμόνια πολλὰ LT. παρεκάλουν ἸΠΟΥ͂ besought LTTrA. ° βοσ- κομένη 1. παρεκάλεσαν LITrA. 4 εἰσῆλθον LTTrAW. ἵ γεγονὸς GLITrAW. 5 --- ἀπελ θόντες GLTTrAW. ἢ ἦλθαν Tr. “ εὗραν τ᾽. * ἐξῆλθεν went out T. χ--- καὶ LTT:[4]. Ν 178 was healed. 37 Then the whole multitude of the country of the Ga- darenes round about besought him to depart from them; for they were taken with great fear: and he went up into the ship, and re- turned back again, 38 Now the man out of whom the devils were departed besought him that he might be with him: but Jesus sent him away, saying, 39 Return tothine own house, and shew how great things God hath done unto thee. And he went his way, and published throughout the whole city how great things Jesus had done unto him, 40 And it came to pass, that, when Jesus was returned, the peo- ple gladly received him: for they were all waiting for him. 41 And, behold, there came a man named Jairus, and he was a ruler of thesynagogue: and he fell down at Jesus’ feet, and be- sought him that he would come into his house: 42 for he had one only daughter, about twelve years of age, and she lay a dy- ing. But as he went the people thronged him, 43 And a wo- man having an issue of blood twelve years, which had spent all her living upon phy- sicians, neither could be healed of any, 44 came behind him, and touched the bor- der of his garment: and immediately her issue of blood stanch- ed. 45 And Jesus said, Who touched me? When all denied, Peter and they that were with him said, Master, the multitude throng thee and press thee, and sayest thou, Who touched me? 46 And Jesus said, Somebody hath touched me: for I perceive that virtue is gone out of me. 47 And Υ ἠρώτησεν LTra. (πα a ship) LTTra. σοι ἐποίησεν LITrA. i καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν and it came to pass as he proceeded t. 1+ αὐτῆς her i. Tis ὁ ἁψάμενός μου ; T[TrA}. GLTTrAW. AOYKAXS. VIIL 37 Kai Υὐρώτησαν" αὐτὸν ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῆς And asked him all the multitude of the περιχώρου τῶν *Tadapnver" ἀπελθεῖν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ὅτι O68 country aroundofthe Gadarenes todepart from them, for with*fear aN , = > A δὲ é 3 > all ~ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο᾽ αὐτὸς. μβὰς εἰς τὸ" πλοῖον ‘great they were possessed. Andhe having entered into the ship € ~ ὑπέστρεψεν. 88 ἐδέετο! δὲ αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἐξελη- returned. And *was *°begging **him ‘the 7man “from*whom ‘had λύθει τὰ δαιμόνια εἶναι σὺν αὐτῷ. ἀπέλυσεν.δὲ αὐτὸν μονισθείς. sessed by demons. ®Ssone “the *demons tobe [taken] with him. But *sent*away “him ©? ~ j « ‘ , ~ “ὁ Ἰησοῦς." λέγων, 39 Ὑπόστρεφε εἰς τὸν.οἴκόν.σου καὶ διηγοῦ 1 Jesus, saying, Return to thy house and relate ad a ? , , {| ε , " > ~ > of \ doa “ἐποίησεν cou ὁθεός.. Kai ἀπῆλθεν, καθ᾽ ὅλην τὴν all that *has*done *for ®thee ‘God. And he departed, through*whole ‘the πόλιν κηρύσσων ὅσα ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς. city proclaiming all that 7had *done “for *him 1 Jesus. 40 “Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν" τῷ ὑποστρέψαι! rov’Inoovy ἀπ- 7Tt came *to ®pass ‘and ‘on ®returning 7Jesus, gladly εδέξατο αὐτὸν ὁ ὄχλος. ἦσαν.γὰρ πάντες προσδοκῶντες received him the crowd, for they were all looking for αὐτόν. 41 Kai ἰδού, ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα ἸἨἸάειρος: Kai him. And behold, came *a*man whose name [was] Jairus, and βαὐτὸς" ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς ὑπῆρχεν, καὶ πεσὼν παρὰ he aruler ofthe synagogue was, and having fallen at ‘ , h ~\? ~ , py ey > ~ > " τοὺς πόδας τοῦ" Ἰησοῦ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν the feet of Jesus he besought him to come to ? πὰ « , A ΩΣ > ~ ς ? ~ οἷκον.αὐτοῦ" 42 ὅτι θυγάτηρ μονογενὴς ἦν αὐτῷ ὡς ἐτῶν his house, because *daughter ‘an7only was tohim, about *years δώδεκα, καὶ αὕτη ἀπέθνησκεν. ᾿Ἐν.δὲ τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτὸν" [3014] ‘twelve, and she was dying. And as 7went the « wn , ? , ‘ \ ᾿ ? er οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν. 48 Kai γυνὴ οὖσα ἐν ρύσει the crowds thronged him. And awoman being with a flux αἵματος ἀπὸ ἐτῶν δώδεκα, ἥτις *eic ἰατροὺς" προσαναλώσασα of blood since *years ‘twelve, who on physicians having spent ὅλ 4 , ] ? ” m+ II ᾽ ᾿ ~ ὅλον τὸν βίον οὐκ ἴσχυσεν π'ὑπ᾽"! οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι, 2whole 3living [her] could by no one be cured, 44 προσελθοῦσα ὔπισθεν ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου aving come behind touched the border of “garment αὐτοῦ, Kai παραχρῆμα torn ἡ ῥύσις τοῦ.αἵματος. αὐτῆς. this, and immediately stopped the flux of her blood. 45 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Tic ὁ ἁψάμενός μου; ᾿Αρνου- And said ‘Jesus, Who[isit] that was touching me? SDeny- μένων δὲ πάντων, εἶπεν ὁ Πέτρος καὶ ot “per αὐτοῦ," Ἔπι- ing land = “all, ®said *Peter ‘and *those’with “him, Mas- , cw , , a , ΠῚ ‘ , στάτα, οἱ ὄχλοι συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν, "Kai λέγεις, ter, the crowds throng thee and press, and sayest thou, Tic ὁ ἁψάμενός pov;" 46 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, “Haro Who [is it] that was touching me? And Jesus said, *Touched μου Tic’ éyw.yap ἔ dvr Ρἐξελθοῦσαν" ἀπ᾽ | τίς ἐγω.γὰρ ἔγνων ὕναμιν ελθοῦσαν' ἀπ *me ‘someone, ΤΌΓΙ knew [that] power went out from ? Τερασηνῶν Gerasenes LTrA ; Γεργεσηνῶν Gergesenes T. 8 - τὸ © — 6 Ἰησοῦς (read he sent) [L]rTra. Sovros thisttr. ἢ — τοῦ 7[Tr]. * ἰατροῖς © ~~ καὶ λέγεις, Ὁ ἐδεεῖτο L; ἐδεῖτο TrA. e’Ey δὲ τι. ᾧὑποστρέφειν T. ™ ἀπ᾿ LTTrA. π σὺν αὐτῷ GLTTrA. Ρ ἐξεληλυθυῖαν had gone out TTra. VIII, IX. LUKE. ἐμοῦ. 47 ᾿Ιδοῦσα.δὲ ἡ γυνὴ ὅτι ovbK-éhabeyv, τρέμουσα ἦλ- me, And “seeing ‘the 7woman that she was nothid, trembling she θεν, καὶ προσπεσοῦσα αὐτῷ, δι ἣν αἰτίαν ἥψατο came, and havingfallendownbefore him, for what cause she touched αὐτοῦ ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτῷ ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ, Kai ὡς him she declared to him before all the people, and how ἰάθη παραχρῆμα. 48 0.0& εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Oapoe,' she was healed immediately. Andhe said toher, Be of good courage, θύγατερ," ἡ.πίστις. σου σέσωκέν σε πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην. daughter, thy faith has cured thee: go in peace, » > ~ ~ »ν ΄ τ A Il “« ? ’ 49 "Ἐτι. αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος ἔρχεταί τις παρὰ" τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώ- As yet he was speaking comes one from the ruler of the syna- you, λέγων ταὐτῷ," Ὅτι τέθνηκεν ἡ.θυγάτηρ.σου᾽ “μὴ" σκύλλε gogue, saying ἴο Βίπη, Has *died ‘thy *daughter; ‘not ‘*trouble τὸν διδάσκαλον. 50 Ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἀκούσας ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ, the teacher. But Jesus having heard answered him, χλέγων, Μηὴ.φοβοῦ: μόνον πίστευε." καὶ σωθήσεται. saying, Fear not; only believe, and she shall be restored. 51 Εἰσελθὼν" δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν οὐκ.ἀφῆκεν εἰσελθεῖν "οὐδένα" And having entered into the house he did not suffer *to*go*in ‘any 0Π6 (lit. Do one) > \ , \ b’ , ar 2 , Π ‘ A , εἰ μὴ Πέτρον καὶ ῬΤάκωβον καὶ ᾿Ιωάννην," καὶ τὸν πατερα except Peter and James and John, and the father τῆς παιδὸς Kai τὴν μητέρα. 52 ἔκλαιον. δὲ πάντες καὶ of the child and {88 mother. Andthey were*weeping ‘all and ? , ? 7, c A A / e c ? il ? / EKOTTOVTO AUTHYV. 0.08 εἶπεν, Μὴ..κλαίετε ουκ -«ἀπέθαγεν, bewailing her. But he = said, Weep not ; she is not dead, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει. 58 Kai κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες Ore ἀπέ- but sleeps. And they laughed at him, knowing that she was θανεν. 54 αὐτὸς δὲ ἐκβαλὼν ἔξω πάντας, καὶ κρατήσας dead, But he having put out all, and having taken hold THC-XELOC αὐτῆς, ἐφώνησεν, λέγων, Ἢ παῖς, “ἐγείρου." 55 Kai d of her hand, cried, saying, Child, arise. And ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ. πνεῦμα.αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀνέστη παραχρῆμα: καὶ sreturned ther “spirit, and she arose immediately; and διέταξεν αὐτῇ δοθῆναι φαγεῖν. ὅθ καὶ he directed [that] ‘to Sher [‘something] *should *be “είσεπ to eat. And ἐξέστησαν ol.yoveic.avTijc’ 0.0& παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς μηδενὶ ΞΎΤΘΥΘ *amazed ‘her *parents; and he charged them tonoone εἰπεῖν τὸ γεγονός. to tell what had happened. 9 ἰΣυγκαλεσάμενος" δὲ τοὺς δώδεκα Suabnrac αὐτοῦ" ἔδωκεν And having called together the twelve disciples ofhim hegave αὐτοῖς δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια, Kai to them power and authority over all the demons, and νόσους θεραπεύειν" 2 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς κηρύσσειν τὴν diseases to heal, and sent them toproclaim the βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἰᾶσθαι "rove ἀσθενοῦντας." ὃ καὶ kingdom of God, and _ to heal those being sick. And εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς. Μηδὲν αἴρετε εἰς τὴν ὁδόν᾽ μήτε paBdoue,' 179 when the woman saw that she was not hid, she came trembling, and falling down before him, she de- clared unto him be- fore all the people for What cause she had touched him, and how she was healed imme- diately. 48 And he said unto her, Daugh- ter,be of good comfort: thy faith hath made thee whole; goin peace, 49 While he yet spake, there cometh one from the ruler of the syna- gogue’s house, saying to him, Thy daughter is dead; trouble not the Master. 50 But when Jesus heard it, he answered him, say- ing, Fear not: believe only, and she shall be made whole. 51 And when he came into the house, he suffered no man to go in, save Peter, and James, and John, and the father and the mother of the maiden. 52 And all wept,and bewailed her: but he said, Weep not; she is not dead, but sleepeth. 53 And they laughed him to scorn, knowing that she was dead. 54 And he put them all out, and took her by the hand, and called, saying, Maid, arise. 55 And her spi- rit came again, and she arose straightway:and he commanded to give her meat. 56 And her parents were astonish- ed: but he charged them that they should tell no man what was done. IX. Then he called his twelve disciples together, and gave them power and autho- ri over all devils, and to cure diseases, 2 And he sent them to preach the kingdom of God, and to heal the sick. 3 And he said unto them, Take no- J thing for your journey, he said to them, Nothing take for the way; neither staves, neither staves, nor 4 — αὐτῷ LTTrA. ¥ — Θάρσει LTTra. 35 θυγάτηρ Tr. t ἀπὸ 1,. ¥ — αὐτῷ {{τὸ]. © μηκέτι no longer LTTr. gone GLTTrw. 8 τινὰ σὺν αὐτῷ aDy One with him trtra. Ἰάκωβον GLTTrAW. ς ov yap (read for she is not dead) LTra. KQULTTrA. €ye.pe LTrA. ἔΞυνκαλεσάμενος τ. ἀσθενεῖς the sick L{tr]; — τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας TA. χ — λέγων LITr[A]. Υ πίστευσον TTra. - ἐλθὼν having Ὁ Ἰωάννην (Ἰωάνην ττ) καὶ d — ἐκβαλὼν ἔξω πάντας 8 — μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ GTTrAW. i ῥάβδον staff GLTTra. Β τοὺς 180 scrip, neither bread, neither money; neither have two coats apiece. 4 And whatsoever house ye enter into, iuere abide, and thence depart. 5 And whoso- ever will not receive you, when ye go out of that city, shake off the very dust from your feet for a testi- mony against them. 6 And they departed, and went through the towns, preaching the gospel, and healing every where. 7 Now Herod the tetrarch heard of all that was done by him: and he was perplexed, because that it was said of some, that John was risen from the dead; 8 and of some, that Elias had appear- ed; and of others, that one of the old pro- phets was risen again. 9 And Herod said,John have I beheaded : but who is this, of whom 1 hear such things? And he desired to see him. 10 And the apostles, when they were re- turned, told him all that they had done. And he took them, and went aside privately into a desert place belonging to the city called Bethsaida, 11 And the people, when they knew tt, followed him: and he received them, and spake unto them of the kingdom of God, and healed them that had need of healing. 12 And when the day began to wear away, then came the twelve, and said unto him, Send the multitude a- way, that they may go into the towns and country round a- bout, and lodge, and get victuals: for we are here in a desert place. 13 But he said unto them, Give ye them to eat. And they said, We have no more but five loaves and AOE KAS. ΙΧ. μήτε πήραν, μήτε ἄρτον, μήτε ἀργύριον, μήτε "ἀνὰ" δύο nor provisionbag, nor bread, nor money, nor each two χιτῶνας ἔχειν. 4 καὶ εἰς ἣν.ἂν οἰκίαν εἰσέλθητε, ἐκεῖ μένετε, tunics to have. And into whatever house ye may enter, there remain, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐξέρχεσθε. 5 καὶ boo ἂν μὴ δέξωνται" ὑμᾶς, and thence go forth. And as many as may not receive you, ? , ? ~ ἐξερχόμενοι ἀπὸ τῆς.πόλεως ἐκείνης “kai! τὸν κονιορτὸν ἀπὸ going forth from that city even the dust from τῶν. ποδὼν ὑμῶν "ἀποτινάξατε," εἰς μαρτύριον ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς. your feet shake off, for atestimony against them. > , 72 6 Ἐξερχόμενοι. δὲ διήρχοντο κατὰ τὰς κώμας, εὐαγγελιζό- And going forth they passed through the villages, announcing the μενοι καὶ θεραπεύοντες πανταχοῦ. glad tidings and healing everywhere. 7 “Heovoev.dé Ἡρώδης ὁ °rerpapyxne' And‘heard °of ‘Herod “the “*tetrarch Pur’ αὐτοῦ" πάντα Kai διηπόρει, Uby 12him ®all, and was perplexed, because τίνων, Ὅτι ΦἸωάννης" τἐγήγερται! ἐκ νεκρῶν" some, John has been raised from among [the] dead; 8 ὑπό τινων δέ, “Ore "Ἡλίας! ἐφάνη: ἄλλων δέ, Ὅτι by some also, that Elias had appeared; by others also, that προφήτης ‘eic! τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη. 9 Καὶ εἶπεν" Yo! a prophet one ofthe ancients had arisen. And said « , = Ἡρώδης, Ἰωάννην" ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα" τίς.δὲ ἐστιν οὗτος *Herod, John [ beheaded, but who [18 this -τ yz Vil ᾽ ’, ~ δ...» , ᾽ - ? , οὗ Yéyw' ἀκούω τοιαῦτα; Kai ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν αὐτόν. hear suchthings? And he soughttosee him. 10 Kai ὑποστρέψαντες ot ἀπόστολοι διηγήσαντο αὐτῷ And ὅμανΐπρ ‘returned ‘the apostles related to him doa ἐποίησαν: καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ὑπεχώρησεν whatsoever they haddone. And having taken them he retired ? ἰδί > 1 , »ν , , " oe , κατ᾽ ἰδίαν εἰς *romov ἔρημον πόλεως καλουμένης" Βηθσαϊδά. apart into a*place ‘desert ofacity called Bethsaida. 11 οἱ. δὲ ὄχλοι γνόντες ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ" Kai "δεξά- But the crowds having known [it] followed him ; and having μενος" αὐτοὺς ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ, received them δ βροῖβ tothem concerning the kingdom of God, καὶ rove χρείαν ἔχοντας θεραπείας ἰᾶτο. 12 Ἡ.δὲ ἡμέρα and those need *having of healing he cured. But the day ἤρξατο κλίνειν᾽ mpocehOdyrec.dé ot δώδεκα εἶπον αὐτῷ, ᾿Από- began to decline, and having come the twelve said tohim, Dis- λυσον τὸν ὄχλον, iva ParehOdyTec! εἰς τὰς κύκλῳ κώμας Kal miss the crowd, that haying gone into the “around ‘villages and rove! ἀγροὺς καταλύσωσιν, καὶ εὕρωσιν ἐπισιτισμόν᾽ ὅτι ὧδε the country they may Ἰοᾶρθ, and may find provisions ; for here ’ ? , la ? , 4 ? / , ᾽ ~ ἐν ἐρήμῳ τόπῳ ἐσμέν. 13 Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, Δότε αὐτοῖς in Ξἀοβοσῦ ‘a place we are. But he said ἴο them, Give *to*them ἀὑμεῖς φαγεῖν." Οἱ. δὲ “εἶπον," Odx.siciv ἡμῖν πλεῖον ἢ lye to eat. But they said, There are not to us more than Ta γινόμενα 7the ®things *being *°done διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό it wassaid by περὶ concerning whom 1 k [ἀνὰ] Tra. ὑμεῖς LTA, 1 δέχωνται LTTrA. Ρ — - ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ [LITTrA. t σις some One ΤΑ; τὶς Tr. Y — ἐγὼ (read ἀκούω 1 hear) 7[ tr]. μενος having gladly received brtra. ὁ εἶπαν LTTrA. τὰ -- xai[{L|fra. ἀποτινάσσετε ΤΑ. 4 Ἰωάνης Tr. τ ἠγέρθη was raised Ltr. v εἶπεν δὲ LTTrA. Ὑ — ὃ GLTTrAW. t πόλιν καλουμένην a city called rrra. b πορευθέντες GLTTrA. © — τοὺς T[Tr]A. © reTpadpxns Τ. 3 ἔηλείας τ: x Ἰωάνην Tr. ἃ ἀποδεξά- 4 φαγεῖν ΤΣ. LUKE. f. , ᾿ » ll A 6% ᾽ θύ Π rh ΄ ll θέ c ~ πέντε ἄρτοι" καὶ Sdvo ἰχθύες," εἰ-μητι' πορευθεντες ἡμεῖς five loaves and two fishes, unless indeed having gone we ? , , ’΄ A 4 ~ ’ Tt ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν. λαὺν.τοῦτον βρώματα. 14 Ἤσαν should buy for all this people victuals ; *they *were ivap" ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι. Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς for about *men five *thousand. Buthesaid to disciples αὐτοῦ, Κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς κλισίας * ava πεντήκοντα. 15 Kai this, Make *recline ‘them incompanies by fifties. And ἐποίησαν οὕτως, καὶ Ἰἀνέκλιναν! ἅπαντας. 16 Λαβὼν. δὲ they did 50, and made ?recline 1411, And having taken \ , ” 4 A Ul ᾽ , ? 72 ? 4 τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας, ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν the five loaves and the two fishes, havinglookedup to the οὐρανὸν εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς Kai κατέκλασεν, Kai ἐδίδου τοῖς heaven he blessed them and broke, and gave tothe 4) ~ m “ Il ~ » A » τ ‘ 9 μαθηταῖς παρατιθέναι" τῷ ὄχλῳ. 17 καὶ ἔφαγον καὶ ἐχορ- disciples to set before the crowd. And theyate and were τάσθησαν πάντες" Kai ἤρθη τὸ περισσεῦσαν αὐτοῖς ?satisfied tall; and wastaken up that which wasover and above to them κλασμάτων κόφινοι δώδεκα. of fragments *hand “baskets ‘twelve. 18 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐντῷ εἶναι αὐτὸν προσευχόμενον "kaTa- And itcametopass as *was *he praying a- όνας," συνῆσαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταί᾽ Kai ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς, one, Swere*with ‘him ‘the “disciples, and he questioned them, λέγων, Τίνα pe “λέγουσιν οἱ ὄχλοι! εἶναι; 19 Οἱ. δὲ ἀπο- saying, Whom °me ‘do*pronounce *the “crowds to be? And they an- , Π] > ν. " A 4 © » 4 κριθέντες Ῥεῖπον." VIwavyny' τὸν βαπτιστήν᾽ adXo1.0& swering said, John the Baptist ; and others, Ἡλίαν" ἄλλοι.δέ, ὅτι προφήτης τις THY ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη. Elias ; and others, that “prophet ‘some ofthe ancients has arisen. 20 Εἶπεν.δὲ αὐτοῖς, Ὑ μεῖς.δὲ τίνα pe λέγετε And he said to them, But ye whom *me ‘do ye Σ᾽᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ ὁ ἸΤέτρος" εἶπεν, Tov χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 Ὁ δὲ εἶναι; ronounce to be? And answering Peter said, The Christ of God. And he ἐπιτιμήσας αὐτοῖς παρήγγειλεν μηδενὶ 'εἰπεῖν τοῦτο, strictly enjoining them charged [them] to no one totell this, 22 εἰπών, Ὅτι δεῖ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ saying, It is necessary for the Son ofman many things παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ἀρχ- to suffer, and to be rejected by the elders and chief ἱερέων Kai γραμματέων, Kai amoKxravOijva, Kai τῇ τρίτῃ priests and scribes, and to be killed, and the third ἡμέρᾳ "ἐγερθῆναι." 25 ΓἜλεγεν.δὲ πρὸς πάντας, Ei τις θέλει day to be raised. And he said to all, If any one desires ὀπίσω pov “ἐλθεῖν, ἀπαρνησάσθω" ἑαυτόν, καὶ ἀράτω after me to come, let him deny himself, and let him take up τὸν. σταυρὸν.αὐτοῦ “καθ᾽ ἡμέραν,! καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι. his cross daily, and let him follow me ; 24 ὃς.γὰρ. "ἂν" θέλῃ τὴν. Ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει ad- for whoever may desire his life to save, shall lose it ; , ist IK > , x A ? τοτὲ e 2 nd = THY’ ὃς. δ᾽ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν.ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, οὗτος but whoever may lose his life onaccountof me, he ἄρτοι πέντετ. 8 ixOves δύο GLTTrAW. Β μή τι LTrA. about fifty each) [Ltr]a. | κατέκλιναν TTr. ™ παραθεῖναι TTrA. © οἱ ὄχλοι λέγουσιν TIrA. Ρ εἶπαν LTTrA. 4 Ἰωάνην Tr. ἀποκριθεὶς τττΑ. ἔ λέγειν GLTTrA. ¥ ἀναστῆναι to arise LA. GLTTra. x— καθ᾽ ἡμέραν L. Υ ἐὰν T. i δὲ and τ. τ "Ηλείαν 1. π ἔρχεσθαι, ἀρνησάσθω 181 two fishes; except we should go and buy meat for all this peo- ple. 14 For they were about five thousand men. And he said τὸ his disciples, Make them sit down by fif- ties in a company. 15 And they did so, and made them 411] sit down. 16 Then he took the five loaves and the two fishes, and looking up to heaven, he bless- ed them, and brake, and gave to the disci- ples to set before the multitude. 17 And they did eat, and were all filled: and there was taken up of frag- ments that remained to them twelve baskets. 18 And it came te pass, as he was alone praying, his disciples were with him: and he asked them, saying, Whom say the people that I am? 19 They answering said, John the Baptist; but some say, Elias; and others say, that one of the old prophets is risen again. 20 He said unto them, But whom say ye that I am? Peter answering said, The Christ of God. 21 And he straitly charged them, and commanded them to tell no man that thing; 22 saying, The Son of man must suffer many things, and be rejected of the elders and chief priests and _ scribes, and be slain, and be raised the third day. 23 And he said to them all, If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow me. 24 For whosoever will save his life shall lose it: but whosoever will lose his life for my sake, the same shall save it. k 4 ὡσεὶ (read 0 κατὰ μόνας LTTr. s Πέτρος δὲ 182 25 For what is a man advantaged, if he gain the whole world, and lose himself, or be cast away? 26 For whoso- ever shall be ashamed ofme and of my words, of him shall the Son of man beashamed, when he shall come in his own glory, and tn his Father’s, and of the holy angels. 27 But I tell you of a truth, there be some standing here, which shall not taste of death, till they see the kingdom of God. 28 And it came to pass about an eight days after these say- ings, he took Peter and John and James, and went up into a moun- tain to pray. 29 And as he prayed, the fa- shion of his counte- nance was altered, and his raiment was white and glistering. 30 And, behold, there talked with him two men, which were Moses and Elias: 21 who appeared in glory, and spake of his decease which he should accomplish at Jerusalem. 32 But Peter and they that were with him were heavy with sleep: and when they were awake, they saw his glory, and the two men that stood with him. 33 And it came to pass, as they departed from him, Peter said unto Jesus, Master, it is good for us to be here: and let us make three taber- nacles; one for thee, and one for Moses, and one for Elias: not knowing what hesaid. 34 While he thus spake, there came a cloud, and overshadowed them: and they feared as they entered into the cloud. 35 And AOYKAZ%. ΙΧ. σώσει αὐτήν. 25 τί.γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας shall save it. For what is *profited 1a4?man, having gained x , « ε ᾿ " ᾽ , n F; τὸν κόσμον ὕλον, ἑαυτὸν. δὃὲὰὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωϑείς ; the world ‘whole, but himself having destroyed or suffered the loss of ? τι ‘ μ᾽ ? ne ‘ 4 ? ἥδ ’ 26 ὃς.γὰρ.ἂν ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους, For whoever may have been ashamed of me and my words, τοῦτον ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισχυνθήσεται ὅταν ἔλθῃ him the Son of man will be ashamed of when heshallcome ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ καὶ Tov πατρὸς Kai τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων. in the glory of himself and ofthe Father and ofthe holy angels. 27 Λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν ἀληθῶς, εἰσίν τινες τῶν *Hde! “ἑστηκό- ButIsay toyou ofatruth, there are some of those here stand- Il a ᾽ ib , Il , oe μὴ » των. οι οὐυ-μῆ γεύυσονται θανάτου EWC.AV ἴδωσιν ing whoinnowise shall taste of death until they shall have seen τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. the kingdom of God. 28 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ μετὰ τοὺς. λόγους τούτους ὡσεὶ ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ Anditcameto pass after these words about “days ‘eight “καὶ! παραλαβὼν “τὸν! Πέτρον καὶ “Ιωάννην" καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον that having taken Peter and John and James ᾽ , 2 " ” , ‘ ? , ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος προσεύξασθαι. 29 καὶ ἐγένετο he went up into the mountain to pray. And it came to pass ἐν.τῷ.προσεύχεσθαι αὐτὸν τὸ εἶδος τοῦ.προσώπου.αὐτοῦ as *prayed the the appearance of his face ἕτερον, Kai ὁ ἱματισμὸς. αὐτοῦ λευκὸς ἐξαστράπτων. {became] altered, and his clothing white effulgent. ‘ ? , ” , , ᾽ ~ o - 30 Καὶ ἰδού, ἄνδρες δύο συνελάλουν αὐτῷ, οἵτινες ἦσαν And behold, *men ‘two talked with him, who were Μωσῆς! καὶ ®HXiac! 31 οἱ ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ ἔλεγον" τὴν Moses and Elias, who appearing in glory spoke of ἔξοδον.αὐτοῦ ἣν ‘éuedXev" πληροῦν ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ. his departure which he wasabout to accomplish in Jerusalem. 32 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος καὶ ot σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ. But Peter and those with him were oppressed with sleep - διαγρηγορήσαντες.δὲ Keldov" τὴν.δόξαν.αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοὺς δύο and having awoke fully they saw his glory, and the two ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ. 88 καὶ ἐγένετο ἐγιτῷ.δια- men who ύοοῦᾶ with him. And it came to pass as “de- χωρίζεσθαι αὐτοὺς am αὐτοῦ, εἶπεν ὁ Πέτρος πρὸς τὸν parted these from him, *said ‘Peter to Inoovy, Επιστάτα, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι" καὶ ποιήσωμεν Jesus, Master, good itis forus here tobe; and let us make σκηνὰς τρεῖς, μίαν σοί, καὶ ‘Mwoei μίαν," καὶ μίαν 2tabernacles ‘three, one forthee, and for Moses one, and one ™Hyia," μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει. 84 ταῦτα.δὲ αὐτοῦ.λέγοντος for Elias, not knowing what heissaying. But these things as he was saying Ἵν , . ἢ} ΄, Π ᾽ as) 20 ὲ Ϊ᾽ ad ἐγένετο νεφέλη καὶ "ἐπεσκίασεν! αὐτούς" ἐφοβήθησαν δὲ ἐν.τῷ “came a*cloud and overshadowed them, and they feared as οξκείνους εἰσελθεῖν" εἰς τὴν νεφέλην. 35 Kai φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ there came a voice out those entered into the’ cloud: and avoice came outof of the cloud, saying, ~ , , ἥσε 2 ? εἴ αὖ . p2Z αι ἢ This is my beloved Τῆς νεφέλης, λέγουσα, Οὗτος ἔστιν οαυἱός.μου ὁ Ῥαγαπητὸς Son: hear him. 36 And the cloud, saying, This is my Son the beloved ; 2 αὐτοῦ TTrA Ὁ ἑστώτων GLTTAW. > γεύσωνται Should taste GLTTrAw. © [καὶ] L. ¢ — τὸν GLTTrAW. © Ἰωάνην Tr. f Mwiioys LTTrAw. & “HAcias τ΄. h + [δὲ] and x. ' ἥμελλεν 1. Χ εἶδαν τι. ι μίαν Μωσεῖα; μίαν Mwioet LTTrAW. m ᾿Ηλείᾳ T. L ; 5 ἐπεσκίαζεν TTrA. © εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς they entered Trra. P ἐκλελεγμένος Chosen ΤΊτΑ. IX. LUKE. ? ~ 3 [4 . ‘ ? ~ Ud A 1 c , αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε. 36 Kai év.rp γενέσθαι τὴν φωνὴν εὑρέθη shim = thear *ye. And as occurred the voice *was “found 96!’ Ἰησοῦς μόνος. Kai αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν, kai οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν l1Jesus alone: and they weresilent, and tonoone they told ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις οὐδὲν ὧν ἑωράκασιν." those days anything of what they had seen. 37 ‘Eyévero.dé "ἐνὶ τῇ ἑξῆς ἡμέρᾳ, κατελθόντων. αὐτῶν And itcame to pass on the next day, on their having come down ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, συνήντησεν αὐτῷ ὄχλος πολύς. 38 Καὶ from the mountain, *met Shim ‘a*crowd “great. And ἰδού, ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου ἀνεβόησεν," λέγων, Διδάσκαλε, behold, aman from the crowd cried out, saying, Teacher, δέομαί σου "ἐπίβλεψον! ἐπὶ τὸν.υἱόν.μου, ὅτι μονογενής I beseech thee look upon my son, for an only child πέστίν pou! 89 καὶ ἰδού, πνεῦμα λαμβάνει αὐτὸν Kai ἐξ- heis tome: and behold, aspirit takes him and sud- αἰφνης κράζει, Kai σπαράσσει αὐτὸν μετὰ ἀφροῦ, denly hecries out, and it throwsinto‘convulsions *him with foaming, καὶ μόγις ἀποχωρεῖ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, συντρίβον αὐτόν. 40 Kai and with difficulty departs from him, bruising him, And ἐδεήθην πον; ΠΕ τ ΟΣ τ ἵνα “ἐκβάλλωσιν᾽ αὐτό, καὶ οὐκ I besought thy disciples that they might cast out it, and *not ἠδυνήθησαν. 41 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν. ᾿ γενεὰ ‘they *were able. And ?answering Jesus said, O generation ἄπιστος Kai διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ unbelieving and perverted, until when shallIlbe with you and ? , « ~ 3 , y vO ‘A Cx F. Ι 492 "E δὲ ἀνέξομαι υμων: προσαγαγε WOE TOYV.ULOV.COU. TLOE bear with you? Bring hither thy son. But *yet προσερχομένου.αὐτοῦ ἔῤῥηξεν αὐτὸν τὸ δαιμόνιον καὶ συν- las *he >was coming near *dashedSdown *him ‘the *demon and threw εσπάραξεν" ἐπετίμησεν.δ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι τῷ {him] intoconvulsions. And *rebuked 1Jesus the spirit the ἀκαθάρτῳ, καὶ ἰάσατο τὸν παῖδα, καὶ ἀπέδωκεν αὐτὸν τῷ unclean, and healed the child, and _ gave back him to πατρὶ αὐτοῦ. 48 ἐξεπλήσσοντο.δὲ πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ μεγαλειότητι his father, And *were astonished ‘all at the Majesty τοῦ θεοῦ. of God. Πάντων.δὲ θαυμαζόντων ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ἐποίησεν" “ὁ Ἰη- And [845] 81 were wondering at all which 2did Je- σοῦς," εἶπεν πρὸς Tovc.uabnrac.adrov, 44 Θέσθε ὑμεῖς εἰς τὰ sus, he said to his disciples, Lay *by ‘ye into ae ε ~ Sy , , Εν. x CAN ~ ? ΄ 2 ὦτα. ὑμῶν τοὺς.λόγους. τούτους" ὁ.γὰρουϊὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μὲλ- 5 ἐν in your ears these words: For the Son of man is a- λει παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων. 45 Οἱ. δὲ ἠγνόουν bout to be delivered up into(the] hands of men. But they understood not τὸ ῤῥῆμα.τοῦτο, Kai ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον am αὐτῶν ἵνα this saying, and it was veiled from them that μὴ-αἴσθωνται αὐτό Kai ἐφοβοῦντο “épwrijca' αὐτὸν they should not perceive it. And they feared to ask him περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου. 46 Εἰσῆλθεν. δὲ διαλογισμὸς ἐν concerning "saying this. But *came‘*up ‘a reasoning among ? ~ , / n » / ? ~ « ,ὺ ~ c? A ll αὐτοῖς, τό, τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν. 47 ὁ.δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἰδὼν them, this, who might be greatest of them. And Jesus having seen ᾳ — ὃ LTTrAW. τ ἑώρακαν TTrA. s — ἐν T[Tr|a. @iTrAW. ἥἴ μοι ἐστιν LTTrTAW. 1 ἐκβάλωσιν GLITrAW. GLTTra. 8 -- ὃ Ἰησοῦς (read ἐποίει he was doing) ΤΊτΑ. t ἐβόησεν LTTrA. Υ Tov υἱόν σον ὧδε GW. Ὁ ἐπερωτήσαι L. 188 when the voice was past, Jesus was found alone. And they kept it close, and told no man in those days any of those things which they had seen. 37 And it came to pass, that on the next day, when they were come down from the hill, much people met him, 38 And, behold, a man of the company cried out, saying, Mas- ter, I beseech thee, look upon my son: for he is mine only child. 59 And, lo, a spirit taketh him, and he suddenly crieth out; andit teareth him that he foameth again, and bruising him hardly departeth from him. 40 And I besought thy disciples to cast him out; and they could not. 41 And Jesus answering said, O faithless and perverse generation, how long shall I be with you, and suffer you? Bring thy son hither. 42 And as he was yet a com- ing, the devil threw him down, and tare him. And Jesus re- buked the unclean spirit, and healed the child, and delivered him again to his fa- ther. 43 And they were all amazed at the mighty power of God. But while they won- dered every one at all things which Jesus did, he said unto his disci- ples, 44 Let these say- ings sink down into your ears: for the Son of man shall be de- livered into the hands of men. 45 But they understood not this saying, and it was hid from them, that they perceived it not: and they feared to ask him of that saying. 46 Then there arose a reasoning among them, which of them should be great- est. 47 And Jesus, per- ceiving the thought of Vv ἐπιβλέψαι : ἐποίει ? Ν © εἰδὼς T. 184 their heart, took a ebild, and set him by him, 48 and said unto them, Whosoever shall receive this child in my name receiveth me: and whosoever shall receive me re- ceiveth him that sent me: for he that is least among you all, the same shall be great. 49 And John ar.swered and said, Master, we saw one casting out devils in thy name; and we forbad him, because he followeth not with us. 50 And Jesus said unto him, Forbid him not: for he that is not against us is for us. 51 And it came to pass, when the time was come that he should be received up, he stedfastly set his face to go to Jerusa- lem, 52 and sent mes- sengers before his face: and they went, and entered into a village of the Samaritans, to make ready for him. 53 And they did not receive him, because his face was as though he would go to Jeru- salem. 54 And when his disciples James and John saw this, they said, Lord, wilt thouthat we command fire to come down from heaven, and con- sume them, even as Elias did? 55 But he turned, and rebuked them, and said, Ye know not what man- ner of spirit ye are of, 56 For the Son of man is not come to destroy men’s lives, but tosave them. And they went to another village. 57 And it came to pass, that, asthey went in the way, a certain man said unto him, Lord, I will follow thee whithersoever thou goest. 58 And Je- AO YK AS. IX. τὸν διαλογισμὸν τῆς.καρδίας. αὐτῶν, ἐπιλαβόμενος “παιδίου" the reasoning of their heart, having taken hold of a little child ἔστησεν αὐτὸ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, 48 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὃς.“ἐὰν" he set it by him, and = said to them, Whoever δέξηται τοῦτο τὸ παιδίον ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί. μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται" shall receive this little child in my name, me_ receives ; 4 oe f2\ " 2 ft , 4 ? , , καὶ Oc-féav' ἐμὲ δέξηται, δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με. and whoever me _ shall receive, receives him who sent me, 0.yap μικρότερος ἐν πᾶσιν ὑμῖν ὑπάρχων οὗτος Sorat For he who less Samong ‘all *you lis he sha}l be μέγας. 49 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ *o'lwavync' εἶπεν, ᾿Επιστάτα, great. And answering John said, Master, wy” , 2... «ὦ ~ 3 , , ? , k 38 Π , Ὁ εἴδομέν τινα ἐπὶ τῷ. ὀνόματί. σον ἐκβάλλοντα *ra' δαιμόνια we saw some one in thy name casting out the demons, kai ἐκωλύσαμεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐκ. ἀκολουθεῖ μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν 50 'Kai and we forbade him, because hefollowsnot with us. And εἶπεν" πρὸς αὐτὸν ™o"’Inoovc, Μὴ.κωλύετε᾽' ὃς. γὰρ οὐκ 3gaid sto *him 4Jesus, Forbid not; for whosoever “not » ? n,* ~ iT] « n,* ~ Π] ? ἔστιν καθ᾽ "ἡμῶν," ὑπὲρ "ἡμῶν" ἐστιν. ‘is against us, for us is. 51 ’Eyévero.dt ἐνιτῷ.συμπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς And it came to pass when were being fulfilled the days of the οἀναλήψεως" αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς TO.7pdcwrovPabrov' “ἐστή- receiving him up, that he his face sted- ιξεν' τοῦ πορεύεσθαι εἰς “Iepovcadnp. 52 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν fastly set to go to erusalem, And he sent ἀγγέλους πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ. Kai πορευθέντες εἰσῆλθον messengers before ?face this. And having gone they entered ? r ’ἅ ~ ΤΙ τ « , ᾽ ~~ 5 ‘ ? εἰς κώμην Σαμαρειτῶν," ὥστε ἑτοιμάσαι αὐτῷ. δ8 καὶ οὐκ into avillage οὗ Samaritans, 580 85 tomake ready for him. And *not ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν, Ort τὸ.πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ ἣν πορευό- ‘they *didreceive him, because his face was [as] gOo- μενον εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. 54 ἰδόντες. δὲ οἱ. μαθηταὶ. "αὐτοῦ! ing to Jerusalem, And seeing [it] his disciples ᾿Ιάκωβος καὶ ᾿ΙΤωάννης" Velzrov,' Κύριε, θέλεις εἴπω- James and John said, Lord, wilt thou[that] we should μεν πῦρ καταβῆναι “ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἀναλῶσαι αὐτούς, call fire tocomedown from the heaven, and consume them, Yoo καὶ Ἡλίας ἐποίησεν" ; 55 Στραφεὶς.δὲ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς, as also. Elias did? But turning herebuked them, "kai εἶπεν, Οὐκ.οἴδατε οἵου πνεύματός ἐστε ὑμεῖς" SG τὸ. γὰρ and said, Ye know ποὺ of what spirit Yare = "ye. For the υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκιἦλθεν ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων ἀπολέσαι, Son of man did not come [the] lives of men to destroy, 2 s ~ rT] Δ. ’ > Blue , ἀλλὰ σῶσαι." Kai ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς ἑτέραν κώμην. but tosave. And they went to another village. 57’ Eyévero.6é' πορευομένων αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἶπεν τις Anditcametopass 88 they were going in the way “said ‘some “one A ? , ΕΣ , « b n iT] > , c 4 t πρὸς αὐτόν, ᾿Ακολουθήσω σοι ὕπου "ἂν" ἀπέρχῃ, “κύριε. to him, I willfollow thee wherever thoumayestgo, Lord. 4 παιδίον Tra. « — τὰ LITrAW. LTTrA. —oyap... ε av Le 1 εἶπεν δὲ LTTrA. P [avrov] LTrA. * — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) 1[trA | ¥ — ὡς καὶ Ἡλίας ἐποίησεν TTr[A]. σῶσαι G. Β ἐστιν iS LTTrA. h — otra. i’Iwavys Tr. m— ὁ Τ[Α]. 0 ὑμῶν you @LTTra. ° ἀναλήμψεως 4 ἐστήρισεν TTrA. τ πόλιν Σαμαριτῶν a city of Samaritans Ὁ. τ Ἰωάνης Tr. “ εἶπαν ὙΤΓΑ. x ex Out of L, 2 — καὶ εἶπεν (verse 55) .... σῶσαι (verse 56) LTTrA ; Ὁ ἐὰν LTrA. © — κύριε LTTr[A]. fay T, * Kat and rtra. IX, X. LUKE. 58 Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, At ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν, And 7said ὅἴο *him Jesus, The foxes holes have, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις" ὁ.δὲ υἱὸς τοῦ and the birds ofthe heaven nests ; but the Son ἀνθρώπου οὐκιἔχει ποῦ THY κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ. 59 Εἶπεν. δὲ of man has not where the head he may lay. And hesaid πρὸς ἕτερον, ᾿Ακολούθει por. Ὁ .δὲ εἶπεν, Κύριε," ἐπίτρεψόν to another, Follow me. Buthe said, Lord, allow μοι ἐἀπελθόντι πρῶτον" θάψαι τὸν.πατέρα.μου. 60 Εἶπεν. δὲ me going away first to bury my father. But *said > ~ fs ᾽ ~ It a 4 A / A ε ~ αὐτῷ [ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ΓΑφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν 30 *him iJesus, Leave the dead to bury their own νεκρούς" σὺ.δὲ ἀπελθὼν διάγγελλε τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. dead; but thou going forth declare the kingdom of God. 61 Εἶπεν.δὲ καὶ ἕτερος, ᾿Ακολουθήσω σοι, κύριε' πρῶτον. δὲ And?said “also ‘another, Iwillfollow thee, Lord, but first ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀποτάξασθαι τοῖς εἰς τὸν. οἵκόν. μου. 62 Εἶπεν. δὲ allow me totake leave of those at my house, But ?said ἐπρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς." Οὐδεὶς Βέἐπιβαλὼν!" τὴν.χεῖρα. λαὐτοῦ" 510 *him 1Jesus, No one having laid his hand ἐπ᾿ ἄροτρον, καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, εὔθετός ἐστιν upon [the] plough, and looking on thethings behind, *fit tis Κεἰὶς τὴν βασιλείαν" τοῦ θεοῦ. for the kingdom of God. ‘ δὲ ~ 2 La « , ] by | ε,,.1 ε 10 Mera.dé ταῦτα ἀνέδειξεν ὁ κύριος ἱκαὶ" ἑτέρους ἐβδο- Now after these things “appointed ‘the *Lord ‘also ‘others “seven- pnKovra™, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς ἀνὰ.δύο πρὸ προσώπου ty, and sent them twoand two before *face αὐτοῦ, εἰς πᾶσαν πόλιν Kai τόπον οὗ "ἔμελλεν" αὐτὸς this, into every city and place where he was about himself ἔρχεσθαι. Ἔλεγεν οὖν" πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὃ μὲν θερισμὸς to come, He said therefore to them, The indeed ‘harvest [is] πολύς. οἱ. δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι: δεήθητε οὖν τοῦ κυρίου great, but the workmen [are] few. Supplicate therefore the Lord Tov θερισμοῦ, Owe Ῥέκβάλλῃ ἐργάτας! εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν ofthe harvest, that he may send out workmen into “harvest αὐτοῦ. 3 ‘Yrayere’ ἰδού, “ἐγὼ" ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς we ἄρνας ἐν this. Go; lo, I send forth you as lambs in μέσῳ λύκων. 4 μὴ βαστάζετε "βαλάντιον" μὴ πήραν {{86] midst of wolves. Neither carry purse nor provision bag 4undé" ὑποδήματα᾽ ‘kai! μηδένα κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀσπάσησθε. nor sandals, and noone on the way salute. 5 Etc-ijv.0 ἂν τοἰκίαν εἰσέρχησθε," πρῶτον λέγετε, Εἰρήνη τῷ Andinto whatever house ye may enter, first say, Peace οἴκῳ.τούτῳ. 6 Kai ἐὰν "μὲν" ἐκεῖ *vloc εἰρήνης, Τέπανα- to this house. And if indeed be there ason of peace, sshall παύσεται" ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἡ εἰρήνη. ὑμῶν" εἰ δὲ μήγε, ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς *rest Supon Sit lyour “peace ; butif notso, to you > ah > > ~ A ~ D2 ὧν; , 27 θί I ‘ ἀνακάμψει. ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ οἰκίᾳ μένετε, Ξἐσθίοντες" Kai it shall return. 7In *the *same ‘and house abide, eating and 4 — Κύριε T. ᾿Ιησοῦς (read he said) [u)rtra. ifavrov] Tr. * τῇ βασιλείᾳ LTTrA. ° δὲ and (he said) Lrtra. arog. I send forth) τ τὰ. τ᾿ βαλλάντιον LTTrAW. οἰκίαν TTrA ; οἰκίαν εἰσέλθητε τι. παήσεται Τ. 2 ἔσθοντες LTTrA. 1 [καὶ] Tra. m + [δύο] two L. 5 μὴ TTrA. w — μὲν GLTTrAW. © πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν first to go away L; πρῶτον ἀπελθόντι TTr. & δ᾽ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτόν LTr; — πρὸς αὐτὸν A. P ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας GLW ; ἐργάτας ἐκβάλῃ TIrA. t— καὶ 1. x + ὁ the (son) Ε. 186 sus said unto him, Foxes have holes, and birds of the air Aave nests ; but the Son of man hath not where to lay his head. 59 And he said unto another, Follow me. But he said, Lord, suffer me first to go and bury my father. 60 Jesus said unto him, Let the dead bury their dead: but go thou and preach the kingdom of God. 61 And another also said, Lord, I will fol- low thee; but let me first go bid them fare- well,which are at home at my house. 62 And Jesus said unto him, No man, having put his hand to the plough, and looking back, is fit for the kingdom of God. X. After these things the Lord appointed other seventy also, and sent them twoand two before his face into every city and place, whither he himself would come. 2 There- fore said he unto them, The harvest truly ὦ great, but the labour- ers are few: pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that he would send forth la- bourers into his har- vest. 3 Go your ways: behold, I send you forth as lambs among wolves. 4 Carry nei- ther purse, nor scrip, nor shoes: and salute no man by the way. 5 And into whatsoever house ye enter, first say, Peace be to this house. 6 And if the son of peace be there, your peace shall rest upon it: if not, it shalle turn to you again. 7 And in the same house remain, eating and drinking such things as they give: for the labourer is worthy f—6 h ἐπιβάλλων L. n ἤμελλεν LTTrAW. a — ἐγὼ (read ¥ εἰσέλθητε Y ἐπανα- 180 of his hire. Go not from house to house. 8 And into whatsoever city ye enter, and the receive you, eat suc things as are set be- fore you: 9 and heal the sick that are there- in, and say unto them, The kingdom of God is come nigh unto you, 10 But into whatsoever city ye enter, and they receive you not, go your ways out into the streets of the same, and say, 11 Even the very dust of your city, which cleaveth on us, we do wips off against you: notwithstanding be ye sure of this, that the kingdom of God is come nigh unto you, 12 But I say unto you, that it shall be more tolerable in that day for Sodom, than for that city. 13 Woeunto thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida ! for ifthe mighty works had been done in Tyre and Sidon, which have been done in you, they had a great while ago repented, sitting in sackcloth and ashes, 14 But it shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the judg- ment, than for you. 15 And thou, Caperna- um, which art exalted to heaven, shalt be thrust down to hell. 16 He that heareth yon heareth me; and e that despiseth you despiseth me; and he that despiseth me de- spiseth him that sent me. 17 And the seventy returned again with joy, saying, Lord, even the devils are subject unto us through thy name. 18 And he said unto them, [ beheld *Satan as lightning fall from heaven. 19 Behold, I give unto you power to tread on serpents and scorpions, and over all the power of the enemy: and nothing shall by any means hurt you. &® — - ἐστιν (read [is]) LTTrA. πόδας to the feet (-[ἡμῶν] ofus A) LITrA. 5 Xopaciv EGLW ; Χοραζείν rrr, 1 μὴ LTTrA. ναούμ, LTTrAW. ° + τοῦ the Tra. A OY KK AS. X. πίνοντες Ta map αὐτῶν' akwc.yap ὁ ἐργάτης drinking the things [supplied] by them ; for worthy *the “workman τοῦ.μισθοῦ. αὐτοῦ Stor." μὴ Bera αι τε ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν. of *his Shire lis. move not from house to _ house, 8 καὶ εἰς ἣν."δ᾽".ἂν πόλιν εἰσέρχησθε, καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς, And into whatever 8150 ‘city yemayenter, and theyreccive you, ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν, 9 Kai θεραπεύετε τοὺς ἐν eat the things set before you, and heal the 7in > “ 9. ~ ‘ , ? ~ a” Dyigi Pe ~ « αὐτῇ ἀσθενεῖς, καὶ λέγετε αὐτοῖς, “Ἤγγικεν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασι- it ‘sick, and say to them, Hasdrawnnearto you the king- λεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 10 εἰς. ἣν.δ᾽ ἂν πόλιν “εἰσέρχησθε," Kai μὴ dom of God. But into whatever city yemayenter, and “not δέχωνται ὑμᾶς, ἐξελθόντες εἰς τὰς.πλατείας. αὐτῆς, εἴπατε, ‘they “ἄο receive you, having goncout into its streets, say, 11 Kai τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Even the dust which clung to us out of city ὑμῶν ἃ ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν: πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε, ὅτι 1your we wipe off against you; yet this know, that ἤγγικεν “ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς" ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 12 λέγω."δὲ! ὑμῖν, has drawnnear to you the kingdom of God. And I say to you, ὅτι Σοδόμοις ἐν τῇ-ἡμέρᾳ.ἐκείνῃ ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἢ τῇ that forSodom in that day more tolerable it shall be than πόλει.ἐκείνῃ. 13 Οὐαί σοι, ΞΧωραζίν," οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά" for that city. Woe tothee, Chorazin! woe tothee, Bethsaida! a 2 ? Lie \ ~ h2 , ΠῚ ε » € ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι "ἐγένοντο" ai δυνάμεις ai for if in Tyre and _ Sidon had taken place the works of power which γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ have been taking place in you, long ago in sackcloth and ashes i ΄ ll , \ , \ ~ ? καθήμεναι! μετενόησαν. 14 πλὴν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκ- sitting they had repented. But for Tyre and Sidon more τότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει ἢ ὑμῖν. 15 Kai σύ, ἘΚαπερ- tolerable willit be in the judgment than for you. And thou, Caper- vaovp," ἰὴ! ἕως τοῦ! οὐρανοῦ πὑψωθεῖσα," ἕως ° ἅδου naum, who to the heaven hast been liftedup, to hades , « ? , € ~ ? “ ᾽ , ~ ‘ καταβιβασθήσῃ. 16 Ὃ ἀκούων ὑμῶν ἐμοῦ ἀκούει" καὶ thou shalt be brought down. Hethat hears you me ‘hears, and c ᾽ ~ « ~ ? a « \ ? ‘ > ~ ? ~ ‘ ὁ ἀθετῶν ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ ὁ δὲ ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν ἀθετεὶ τὸν he that rejects you *me ‘rejects, and hethat?me ‘rejects rejects him ἀποστείλαντά με. who sent me, 17 Ὑπέστρεψαν.δὲ ot ἑβδομήκοντα μετὰ χαρᾶς, λέγοντες, And *returned ‘the “seventy wit. joy, saying, Κύριε, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί Lord, even the demons are subject tous through “name Al > ~ ? ’ A ~ e ? A σου. 18 Εἶπεν.δὲ αὐτοῖς, ᾿Εθεώρουν τὸν σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπὴν thy. And he said to them, I beheld Satan as lightning ? ~ > ~ , 19 ἰὃ , Wid I « ~ 4 ἐξ , ἐκ TOU ovpavou TECOVTaA. toou, LOWML ὑμιν τὴν ἑξουσιᾶαν out of the heaven falling. Lo, I give you the authority τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων Kai σκορπίων, Kai ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν and upon all the totread upon serpents and scorpions, δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ Kai οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς οὐ.μὴ τἀδικήσῃ." power of the enemy, and nothing you inanywise_ shall injure, (lit. in no wise) IRE b — δ᾽ also utr. ς εἰσέλθητε LTTrA. d + εἰς τοὺς 6- ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς GLTTrA. f— δὲ and Gi saw: 1 καθήμενοι LTTrA, k Kadap- ; wilt thou be lifted up? Lrrra. τ ἀδικήσει ELTTrA, h ἐγενήθησαν LTITrA. ™—rov LITr. ἡ ὑψωθήσῃ P+ [δύο] ὕνγο 1. 4 δέδωκα I have given rrra. X. LUKE. \ ? 7 \ , oe x , c ~ « , 20 πλὴν ἐν τούτῳ μὴ.χαίρετε, OTL τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσ- Yet in this rejoice not, that the spirits toyou are sub- σεται χαίρετε.δὲ "μᾶλλον" ὅτι τὰ. ὀνόματα. ὑμῶν ᾿ἐγράφη" jected, but rejoice rather that your names are written ? ~ > ~ ? > ~ ~ 4 ? ’ Vv ~ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 21 Ἔν αὐτῇ.τῇ ὥρᾳ ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ in the heavens. In thesame hour *rejoiced 3in *the [4 Ww xs ? ~ " ‘ ? ~ ΄, ’ πνεύματι" *0 ᾿Ιησοῦς," καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Εξομολογοῦμαί σοι, πάτερ, 5Spirit 1 Jesus, and said, I praise thee, O Father, κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς, Or. ἀπέκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ Lord of the heaven and of the earth, that thou didst hide these things from σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν, καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ νηπίοις" ναί, ὁ πα- wise and prudent, and didstreveal them tobabes: yea, Fa- τήρ, ὅτι οὕτως Yéyévero εὐδοκία" ἔμπροσθέν cov. 22 “Καὶ ther, for thus was it well pleasing before thee. And στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς εἶπεν, Πάντα “παρεδόθη por' having turned to the disciples hesaid, All things were delivered to me ὑπὸ τοῦ.πατρός. μου" Kai οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς εἰ μὴ by my Father, and noone knows who is_ the Son except ὁ πατήρ, Kai τίς ἐστιν ὁ πατήρ, εἰμὴ ὁ vidc, Kai w.Péay'! the Father, and who 185 the Father, excepttheSon, and hetowhomsoever βούληται ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι. 23 Kai στραφεὶς πρὸς 2may ‘will 'the 7Son to reveal (him). And having turned to ‘ ‘ 3» Ins , « ? \ τοὺς μαθητὰς Kar ἰδίαν εἶπεν, Μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ the disciples apart he said, Blessed [are] the eyes ot βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε. 24 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι πολλοὶ which see what yesee, ForIsay toyou, that many προφῆται Kai βασιλεῖς ἠθέλησαν ἰδεῖν ἃ ὑμεῖς βλέπετε, prophets and kings desired tosee what ye see, καὶ ovk-eidov"' καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ ἀκούετε, Kai οὐκ.ἤκουσαν. and saw not; and tohear what yehear, and heard not. 25 Kai ἰδού, νομικός τις ἀνέστη, ἐκπειράζων And behold, a *doctor *of *the ®law ‘certain stood up, tempting αὐτόν, kai" λέγων, Διδάσκαλε, τί ποιήσας ζωὴν αἰώνιον him, and saying, Teacher, Swhat having 7done life eternal κληρονομήσω ; 26 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, Ἔν τῷ νόμῳ τί shall I inherit ἢ And he said to him, In the law what γέγραπται; πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις ; 27 ὋὉ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, has been written? how readest thou? Andhe answering said, ᾿Αγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν.θεόν.σου ἐξ ὕλης “τῆς" καρδίας Thou shalt love [the] Lord thy God with all "heart ΑἹ f2 « -“ ~ ee! .“ - > 7 σου καὶ [ἐξ ὅλης τῆς. Ψψυχῆς.σου καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς.ἰσχύος σου thy and with ail thy soul and with all thy strength καὶ 82& ὕλης τῆς.διανοίας". σου" Kai τὸν.πλησίον.σου ὡς σεαυ- and with all thy mind ; and thy neighbour as thy- τόν. 28 Eimey.de αὐτῷ, Ὀρθῶς ἀπεκρίθης. τοῦτο ποίει, self. And hesaid tohim, Rightly thou hast answered: this do, καὶ ζήσῃ. 29 Ὁ δὲ θέλων *dikarody' ἑαυτὸν εἶπεν πρὸς and thou shalt live. Buthe desiring tojustify himself said to τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, Kai τίς ἐστίν μου πλησίον ; 80 Ὑπολαβὼν δὲ" Jesus, And who ἰδ my neighbour? And taking [it] up e2 ~ 5 » , , ? we ‘ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν, Ἄρθροσος τις κατέβαινεν ἀπὸ Ἱἱερουσαλὴμ Jesus said, A‘*man ‘certain wasgoingdown from Jerusalem 187 20 Notwithstandingin this rejoice not, that the spirits are subject unto you; but rather rejoice, because your names are written in heayen. 21 In that hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit, andsaid, [thank thee, O Father, Lord of heaven and earth, that thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them un- to babes: even so, Fa- ther ; for so it seemed good in thy sight, 22 All things are de- livered to me of my Father: and no man knoweth who the Son is, but the Father; and who the Father is, but the Son, and he to whom the Son will re- veal him. 23 And he turned him unto his disciples, and said pri- vately, Blessed are the eyes which see the things that ye see: 24 for I tell you, that many prophets and kings have desired tc see those things which ye see, and have not seen them; and to hear those things which ye hear, and have not heard them. 25 And, behold, a certain lawyer stood up, and tempted him, saying, Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life? 26 He said unto him, What is written in the iaw? how readest thou? 27 And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbour as thy- self. 28 And he said unto him, Thou hast answered right: this do, and thou shalt live, 29 But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my _ neighbour? 30 And Jesus answer- ing said, Acertainman went down from Jern- salem to Jericho, and ® — μᾶλλον GLTTrAW. ¥ + τῷ ἁγίῳ the Holy urtra. ἐγένετο LtrA. 5 -- καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς εἶπεν EGTr[ A]. Ὁ ἂν ἵπτὰ. © (ay T; εἶδαν TrA. 4 — καὶ T[Tr]a. © [τῆς] Tr. καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ἰσχύϊ LTTr. & ἐν ὅλῃ TH διανοίᾳ LTTr. a h δικαιῶσαι LTTrA. t ἐνγέγραπται have been inscribed T; ἐγγέ. TrA. ¥ + ἐν in (the) T. x — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read nyad. he rejoiced) trtra. 5 μοι παρεδόθη GLITrAW. {ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σον Υ εὐδοκία i— δὲ δια τ. 188 fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and de- arted, leaving him lf dead. 31 And by chance there came down a certain priest that way: and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. 32 And likewise a Le- vite, when he was at the place, came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. 33 But a cer- tain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was: and when he saw him, he had com- passion on him, 34 and went to him,and bound up his wounds, pour- ing in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast,and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. 3% And on the mor- row when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will re- pay thee. 36 Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbour unto him that fell among the thieves? 37 And he said, He that shewed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thon like- wise. 38 Now it came to pass, as they went, that he entered into a cer- sain village: and a -ertain Woman named Martha received him nto her house, 39 And she had a sister called Mary, which also sat at Jesus’ feet, and heard his word. 40 But Martha was cumbered about much serving, and came to him, and 3aid, Lord, dost thou not care that my sis- ter hath left me to serve alone? bid her AOYKAX. X: εἰς “Ιεριχώ." καὶ λῃσταῖς περιέπεσεν, οἱ Kai ἐκδύσαντες to Jericho, and robbers ‘fell 7among, who both haying stripped αὐτὸν καὶ πληγὰς ἐπιθέντες ἀπῆλθον, ἀφέντες ἡμιθανῆ him and wounds having inflicted went away, leaving [him], half dead ἰτυγχάνοντα." 31 κατὰ συγκυρίαν δὲ ἱερεύς τις κατ- being. 2By a *coincidence ‘now °a ‘priest Scertain went , ? ~ te ~?) , ‘ , ‘ ? 4 ᾽ ~ ἐβαινεν ἐν τῇ. ὁδῷ.ἐκείνῃ, καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἀντιπαρὴλ- down in that road, and having seen him he passed by on the op- θεν" 32 ὁμοίως.δὲ καὶ ᾿Λευΐτης," "γενόμενος" κατὰ τὸν posite side; and in like manner also a Levite, being at the τόπον, ἐλθὼν καὶ ἰδὼν ° ἀντιπαρῆλθεν. 898 ΡΣα- spot, having come and having seen passed by on the oppositeside. “ΔΑ *Sa- μαρείτης" δὲ τις ὁδεύων ἦλθεν κατ᾽ αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν maritan but “certain journeying came _ to him, and haying seen «αὐτὸν! ἐσπλαγχνίσθη 384Kai προσελθὼν κατέδησεν τὰ him was moved with compassion, and having approached bound up τραὐματα.αὐτοῦ, ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἷνον᾽ "ἐπιβιβάσας δὲ" his wounds, pouring on oil and wine; and having put αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον κτῆνος ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν εἰς “πανδοχεῖον," Kai him on his own beast brought him to an inn, and ἐπεμελήθη αὐτοῦ. 35 καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν αὔριον ἐξελθών," ἐκβαλὼν took care of him. And on the morrow goingforth, taking out δύο δηνάρια ἔδωκεν τῷ “πανδοχεῖ," καὶ εἶπεν “αὐτῷ," two denarii he gave[them]tothe innkeeper, and = said to him, ᾿Ἐπιμελήθητι αὐτοῦ" καὶ ὅ.τιἂν προσδαπανήσῃς, ἐγὼ ἐν Take care of him, and whatsoever thou mayest expend more, I on τῷ ἐπανέρχεσθαί.με ἀποδώσω σοι. 36 Tic "οὖν" τούτων my coming back willrepay thee. Which therefore of these τῶν τριῶν ὕδοκεῖ σοι πλησίον" γεγονέναι τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος three seems ἰὸ thee *neighbour ‘to have “been of him who fell εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς; 37 ὋὉ δὲ εἶπεν, ὋὉ ποιήσας τὸ ἔλεος among the robbers ? Andhe said, Hewho shewed compassion per αὐτοῦ. Εἶπεν τοὖῦν! αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Πορεύου, καὶ towards him. Said *therefore “to °him 1 Jesus, Go 7and σὺ ποίει ὁμοίως. ‘thou do likewise. 38 * Eyévero.dé.év' τῷ.πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς "cat! αὐτὸς εἰσῆλ-- And itcame to pass as *proceeded they that he enter- θεν εἰς κώμην τινά γυνὴ.δε τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα ὑπ- ed into a “village ‘certain; anda*woman'certain byname Martha το- εδέξατο αὐτὸν εἰς “τὸν. οἶκον". αὐτῆς." 39 Kai πάθεν ἀδελφὴ ceived him into her house. And ehad asister καλουμένη “Μαρία,! ἣ καὶ ἱπαρακαθίσασα" δπαρὰ! τοὺς πόδας called Mary, whoalso having sat down at the feet hrov Ἰησοῦ ἤκουεν τὸν.λόγον.αὐτοῦ. 40 ἡ. δὲ Μάρθα of Jesus was listening to his word. But Martha περιεσπᾶτο περὶ πολλὴν διακονίαν" ἐπιστᾶσα.δὲ εἶπεν, Κύριε, was distracted about much service ; and coming up she said, Lord, ᾽ ἐλ. « « 10. λ , , i la Ἰ οὐ.μέλει σοι Ore ἡ. ἀδελφή.μου μόνην με ἱκατέλιπεν" δια- is it no concern to thee that my sister Salone 7me *left to Κ᾿ Ἱερειχώ 8. him L. δοκεῖ σοι GITrAW. © τὴν οἰκίαν 1. TTra. 1 — τυγχάνοντα LTTr[ A]. P Σαμαρίτης 1. τς ἐξελθών Lrtr[A]. 4 --- αὐτῆς (read the house) 8 πρὸς against TTra. τὰ Λενείτης TIrA. ™—-yevouevosTr. ° + αὐτὸν ᾳ — αὐτὸν [L]}t[Tr]a. τ καὶ ἐπιβιβάσας τι. 5 πανδοκίον 1. Υ πανδοκεῖ τ. ΝΜ --- αὐτῷ [τ]ττι[ 4]. *— οὖν [χ]π{τὸ͵]Δ. Υ πλησίον » δὲ ‘and (Jesus) GLITrA. "Ἔν δὲ And as Tr. Ὁ [καὶ] Lrr. © Μαριάμ. 1. f παρακαθεσθεῖσα Tr]. Β χοῦ κυρίου of the Lord trtraw. 1 κατέλειπεν TrA. X, XI. KOVELY ; serve? LUKE. Κεἰίπὲ" οὖν αὐτῷ iva μοι συναντιλάβηται. 41 Απο- Speak therefore her that me she may help. 3An- κριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς," Μάρθα, Μάρθα, μεριμνᾷς swering ‘but *said ‘*to °her ?Jesus, me ebe, ei thou art careful καὶ Ἀτυρβάζῃ" περὶ πολλά: 42 ἑνὸς.δὲ ἐστιν χρεία" pola and Broun ett about many things; but oe one there is sueeds 202" τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο, re Wes αιρεθήσεται ed ᾽ ᾿ᾳηᾷ the good part chose, which not be taker οἀπ᾽ὶ αὐτῆς. from her. 11 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐντῷ.εἶῖναι αὐτὸν tv τόπῳ τινὶ προσ- And it came to πῖον as *was ‘he in = piace ceria pray- εὐχόμενον, ὡς ἐπαύσατο, εἶπέν τις τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ πρὸς ing, when he ceased, said one of his disciples to αὐτόν, Κύριε, δίδαξον ἡμᾶς προσεύχεσθαι, καθὼς Kai P lway- him, Lord, teach us to pray, as also John νης" ἐδίδαξεν τοὺς. μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ. 2 Ἐϊπεν. δὲ αὐτοῖς, Ὅταν taught his disciples, And he said tothem, When προσεύχησθε λέγετε, Πάτερ “ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς," ye pray say, Father tour, who[art]in the heavens, o“r, "5 “ἢ ὁ iY ἁγιασθήτω τὸ. ὄνομά.σου" τἐλθέτω" "ἡ. βασιλεία.σου"" γενηθήτω sanctified be thy name ; let come thy Sbigdom; let be done τὸ. oe σου," εἰ ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς." 8 τὸν er in heaven, [50] also por the earth. ἄρτον αηῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δίδου ἡμῖν τὸ. καθ᾽ ἡμέραν 4 καὶ Our bread the needed give us ea ; an ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας.ἡμῶν, καὶ. γὰρ αὐτοὶ ἀφίεμεν" forgive us our sins, for also *ourselves ‘we forgive παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν" καὶ μὴ. εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, every one indebted tous; and lead not us into temptation, χἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ." 5 Kai εἶπεν πρὸς but deliver us from evil. And hesaid ἴο αὐτούς, Tic ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, Kai πορεύσεται πρὸς them, Who auicne you shall have afriend, and shall go to αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίον, Kai Yeixy' αὐτῷ, Φίλε, χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς him at midnight, and say to him, Friend, lend me three ἄρτους, 6 ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με, loaves, since a friend of mine is come off ajourney to me, καὶ οὐκἔχω ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ" 7 κἀκεῖνος ἔσωθεν and I have not what I shall set before him; andhe from within ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ, My jib: κόπους πάρεχε: ἤδη θύρα answering shouldsay, *Not “trouble anes already the door κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ-παιδία. μου μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν" has been shut, and my children with me in bed are; 3 οὐ-δύναμαι ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι. 8 Λέγω ὑμῖν, εἰ καὶ οὐ I cannot rise gy to give to thee. Isay toyou, if even*not δώσει αὐτῷ ἀναστάς, διὰ τὸ. εἴναι ταὐτοῦ φίλον," *he *will give to him, havingrisen up, because of[his] being his friend, διάγε τὴν."ἀναίδειαν' αὐτοῦ ἐγερθεὶς δώσει αὐτῷ Kid because of his SPOT ΡΟ συν having risen he will give him dowry xoyte. 9 aye ὑμῖν λέγω, Αἰτεῖτε, καὶ δοθήσεται as many as he needs. AndI toyou say, Ask, and it shall begiven Κ εἰπὸν T. 16 eupies the Lord T. ο — aw [L]t[Tra]. P "Iwarys Tr. " σου ἡ βασιλεία G. t — γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά. gov GTTrA. γῆς G[L]rtra. ka ἀφίομεν LTTrA. ¥ ἐρεῖ L. : φίλον αὐτοῦ TTrA. ™ θορυβάζῃ agitated LTTrA. a ὁ ΣΩ͂Ν τ. 4 — ἡμῶν ὃ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς GTTra. 189 therefore that she help me, 41 And Jesus an- swered and said unto her, Martha, Martha, thou art careful and tronbled about many things: 42 but one thing is needfal: and Mary hath chosen that good part, which shall not be taken away from her. XI. And it came to pass, that, as he was praying in a certain place, when he ceased, one of his disciples said unto him, Lord, teach us to pray, as John also taught his disciples. 2 And he said unto them, When ye pray, say, Our Father which art in heaven, Hallow- d ed be thy name. Thy Kingdom come. Thy will be done, as in heaven, so in earth. 3 Give us day by day our daily bread. 4 And forgive us our sins; for we also forgive every one that is indebted to us. And lead us rot into temptation; but deliver us from eyil. 5 And he said unto them, Which of yon shall have a friend, and shall go unto him at midnight, andsay unto him, Friend, lend me three loaves; 6 fora friend of mine in his journey is come to me, and I have nothing to set before him? 7 And he from within shall answer and say, Trou- ble me not: the door is now shut, and my chil- dren are with me in bed; I cannot rise and givethee. 8 I say unto you, Though he will not rise and give him, because he is his friend, yet because of his im- portunity he wil: rise and give him as many as he needeth. 9 And I say unto you, Ask, and it shall be given you; 3 ΄ π΄ -΄ - π γὰρ for T; [δὲ] a. τ ἐλθάτω TTr. -- ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς — ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ GTTrA. 190 seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you. 10 For every one that asketh receiveth ; and he that seeketh find- eth ; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened. 11 If a son shall ask bread of any of you that is a father, will he give him a stone? or if he ask a fish, will he for a fish give him a serpent ? 12 Or if he shall ask an egg, will he offer him a scorpion? 13 If yethen, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children: how much more shall your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask him ? 14 And he was cast- ing out a devil, and it was dumb. And it came to pass, when the devil was gone out, the dumb spake; and the people wondered. 15 But some of them said, He casteth out devils through Beelze- bub the chief of the devils. 16 And others, tempting him, sought of him asign from hea- ven. 17 But he, know- ing their thoughts, said unto them, Every king- dom divided against itself is brought to desolation; and a house divided against a house falleth. 18 If Satan also be divided against himself, how shall his kingdom stand? be- cauge ye say that I cast out devils through Beelzebub. 19 Andif I by Beelzebub cast out devils, by whom do your sons cast them ried ? therefore shall Θ our judges. 20 Bat if I with She ΚΣ of God cast out devils, no doubt the kingdom of God is come upon you. 21 When a strong man armed keepeth his palace, his goods arein peace: 22 but when a stronger than he sha! Ὁ ἀνοιχθήσεται TA. Piglet f αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει TTA. ἀγαθὰ GLTTrAW. βληθέντος having been cast out L. οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ LITrAW. - οὗ 1. αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ὑμῶν ἔσονται Tr. ἑαυτὴν T. } to you; ΧΙ, "ἀνοιγήσεται" ὑμῖν. it shall be opened to you. ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει" και receives ; and he that seeks ds ; and τῷ κρούοντι “ἀνοιγήσεται." 11 τίνα.δὲ ἃ ὑμῶν τὸν tohim that knocks it will be creas And which of you who [is] πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; a father shall 5451 “for ‘the 7son _ bread, astone will he yive to him? esi" καὶ ἰχθύν, μὴ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος ὄφιν [ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ"; 12 ἢ AOYKAZX. ὑμῖν" ζητεῖτε, καὶ εὑρήσετε" seek, and ye shall find; ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει: Kai κρούετε, καὶ Le and 10 πᾶς.γὰρ For every one that asks if also a fish, instead of afish aserpent will he give to him? or καὶ βἐὰν' Βαίτήσῃ" wor, μὴ ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον; 13 εἰ also if he should ask an eee; will he give tohim a scorpion? If οὖν ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὑπάρχοντες οἴδατε ἀγαθὰ δόματα! therefore ye, evil ‘being, know hore!) geod gifts ἐξ διδόναι τοῖς.τέκνοιςὑμῶν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ πατὴρ" ὁ toigive to your children, how much more the Father who([is]of οὐρανοῦ δώσει πνεῦμα ἅ wy τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν; heaven will give [086] *Spirit oly to those that ask him? 14 Kai ἦν ἐκβάλλων δαιμόνιον, ‘kai αὐτὸ ἦν" κωφόν" And he was casting out a demon, and it was dumb; τοῦ.δαιμονίου ἐξελθόντος," ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός" having gone out, “spoke ‘the 7dumb. ἐξ αὐτῶν "elroy," Ἔν of them said, By ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια. he casts out the demons, ἐξ ἐγένετο. δὲ and it game to pass on the demon καὶ ἐθαύμασαν ot ὄχλοι. 15 τινὲς.δὲ And “wondered ‘the *crowds. But some Βεελζεβοὺλ 5 ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων Beelzebul prince of the demons 16 Ἕτεροι.δὲ πειράζοντες σημεῖον ὕπαρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐζήτουν And others, tempting, a sign from him _ were seeking from οὐρανοῦ." 17 Αὐτὸς.δὲ εἰδὼς «αὐτῶν τὰ διανοήματα! εἶπεν heaven, But he knowing their thoughts said αὐτοῖς, Πᾶσα βασιλεία "tp ἑαυτὴν διαμερισθεῖσα" ἐρη- tothem, Every kingdom “against “itself 1divided is brought to povra’ καὶ οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει. 18 εἰ.δὲ καὶ ὁ σατανᾶς desolation; and a house against ἃ house falls. And if also Satan ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ.βασιλεία.αὐτοῦ ; against himself _ be divided, how shall stand his kingdom ? ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν.με τὰ δαιμόνια. 19 εἰ.δὲ Becanse yesay, by Beelzebul I cast out the demons. And if ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, "οὶ" υἱοὶ. ὑμῶν ἐν by Beelzebul castout the demons, yours sons by τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν; διὰ τοῦτο ‘kpirai ὑμῶν αὐτοὶ ἔσον- whom do they cast out? onaccountof this judges ofyou they shall ται." 20 εἰιδὲ éy δακτύλῳ θεοῦ "ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, be. But if by (the] ΠΆΒΕΣ οἵ God Icastout the demons, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 bray ὁ then iscome upon you the kingdom of God. When the ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος φυλάσσῃ τὴν. ἑαυτοῦ.αὐλήν, ἐν ἘΡΣΟΣΕ fman) Pe armed may, keep his own dwelling, in εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ. ὑπάρχοντα.αὐτοῦ" 22 ἐπὰν. δὲ “o' ἰσχυρό- peace are his goods ; but assoonas the stronger © ἀνοιχθήσεται LTAW. ἃ 4 ἐξ LTTraW. e ἢ OF GLTTrAW. & — ἐὰν TTx[A]. h αἰτήσει he shall ask errra. i δόματα k + ὑμῶν (read your father) x. ' [καὶ αὐτὸ ἣν] Tra. δι εἶπαν TrA. ° + τῷ the LTTraw. 4 τὰ διανοήματα αὐτῶν L. r διαμερισθεῖσα ἐφ᾽ t αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται LA} αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν τ ; ¥ + [ἐγὼ] Tr. — ὁ (read a stronger) Lrrra. ΧΙ. LUKE. τερος αὐτοῦ ἐπελθὼν νικήσῃ αὐτόν, τὴν πανοπλίαν than he coming upon [him] shall overcome him, *panoply αὐτοῦ αἴρει ἐφ᾽ ἢ ἐπεποίθει, Kai τὰ σκύλα.αὐτοῦ δια- ‘his hetakesaway in which he had trusted, and his spoils he δίδωσιν. 23 ὁ μὴ. ὧν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ Kar ἐμοῦ ἐστιν Kai ὁ divides. He thatisnot with me against me is, and he that μὴ-.συνάγων μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει. 24 Ὅταν τὸ ἀκάθαρτον gathers not with me scatters. When the unclean “« ? , ? 4 ~ ? ’ , 3 > , πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται δ ἀνύδρων spirit is gone out from the man, he goes through waterless τόπων, ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν" Kai μὴ εὑρίσκον “λέγει, ὝὙπο- places, seeking rest ; and not finding [any] hesays, Iwill στρέψω εἰς τὸν. οἴκόν.μου ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον: 25 Kai ἐλθὸν return to my house whence I came out. And having come εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον Kai κεκοσμημένον. 26 τότε πορεύεται he finds [it] swept and adorned. Then he goes καὶ παραλαμβάνειγἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ," and takes seven other spirits more wicked than himself, καὶ εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ixéi’ Kai γίνεται Ta ἔσχατα τοῦ and having entered they dwell there; and becomes the last ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. 27 ᾿Εγένετο. δὲ Ξτη81) lof that worse thanthe first. And it came to pass ἐν Τῷ λέγει αὐτὸν ταῦτα, ἐπάρασά τις ᾿γυνὴ φωνὴν!" as *spoke the these things, ‘liftmmg *up certain 'a *woman [her] voice ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά from the crowd said tohim, Blessed the womb that bore σε, Kal αστοὶ ovc ἐθήλασας. 28 Αὐτὸς.δὲ εἶπεν, *Mev- thee, δπᾶ [the] breasts which thou didst suck. Buthe said, Yea οὔνγε' μακάριοι οἱ ἀκούοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ rather blessed they who hear the word of God and φυλάσσοντες “abrov." keep it. 29 Τῶν.δὲ ὄχλων ἐπαθροιζομένων ἤρξατο λέγειν, ‘H γενεὰ But the crowds being throngedtogether he began tosay, “generation αὕτη “ πονηρά tori σημεῖον “ἐπιζητεῖ,,) Kai σημεῖον ov this “wicked is; a sign it seeks after, and asign not δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰμὴ τὸ σημεῖον ᾿Ιωνᾶ “τοῦ προφήτου." 1shall be given toit except the sign of Jonas the prophet, ‘ A ? , ? ~ f ~ ~ s+ Π iA 30 καθὼς. γὰρ ἐγένετο ᾿Ιωνᾶς ‘onpeiov τοῖς Νινευΐταις," οὕτως For as was Jonas asign tothe Ninevites, thus ἔσται Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τῷ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ. 31 Βασίλισσα shall be also the Son of man to this generation. A queen νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς οὗ [[{895] κου! shallriseup in the judgment with the men γενεᾶς. ταύτης, Kai κατακρινεῖ αὐτούς" Ori ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν of this generation, and shallcondemn them; for shecame from the περάτων THC γῆς ἀκοῦσαι THY σοφίαν ΞΣολομῶντος," καὶ ἰδού, ends oftheearth tohear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, πλεῖον Σολομῶντος" ὧδε. 32 ἄνδρες ἘΝινευϊ ἀναστήσονται more than Solomon here, Men of Nineveh _ shallstandup ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς.γενεᾶς. ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν" in the judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it, x+4[. τότε] then L. YJ ἕτερα πνεύματα πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ ἑπτά TTrA. 4 μενοῦν TIr; μὲν οὖνΑ. Ὁ -- αὐτόν (read [it]) GLTTra. 4 ξῃτεῖ it seeks TTra. ε — τοῦ προφήτου GLTTTA. σημεῖον TTrA. & Σολομῶνος GLTTrAW. Nevevetrac T. 191 come upon him, and overcome him, he tak- eth from him all his armour wherein he trusted, and divideth his spoils. 23 He that is not with me is against me: and he that gathereth not with me _ scattereth. 24 When the unclean spirit is gone out of & man, he walketh through dry places, seeking rest; and find- ing none, he saith, I will return unto my house whence I came out. 25 And when he cometh, he findeth it swept and garnished. 26 Then goeth he, and taketh to him seven other spirits more wicked than himself; and they enter in, and dwell there: and the last state of that man is worse than the first. 27 And it came to pass, as he spake _ these things, a certain wo- man of the company lifted up her voice, and said unto him, Blessed is the womb that bare thee, and the paps which thou hast suck- ed. 28 But he said, Yea rather, blessed are they that hear the word of God, and keep it. 29 And when the people were gather- ed thick together, he began to say, This is an evil generation: they seek a sign; and there shall no sign be given it, but the sign of Jonas the prophet. 30 For as Jonas was a sign unto the Nine- vites, so shall also the Son of man be to this generation. 31 The queen of the south shall rise up in the judgment with the men of this generation, and condemn them: for she came from the utmost parts of the earth to hear the wis- dom of Solomon; and, behold, a greater than Solomon is here, 32 The men of Nineve shall rise up in the judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it: for they repented at 2 φωνὴν γυνὴ LTA. © + γενεὰ a generation LTTrA. f τοῖς Νινενείταις (Νινευΐταις Tra) h Νινενὴ A; Nuvevirac Ninevites Ltrw; 192 the preaching of Jo- nas; and, behold, a greater than Jonas 1s here. 33 Noman, when he hath lighted a can- dle, putteth ἐξ in a secret place, neither under a bushel, but on a candlestick, that they which come in may see the light. 34 The light of the body is the eye: there- fore when thine eye is single, thy whole body also is full of light ; but when thine eye is evil, thy body also ts full of darkness. 35 Take heed there- fore that the light which is in thee be not darkness. 36 If thy whole body therefore be full of light, having no part dark, the whole shall be full of light, as when the bright shining of a candle doth, give thee light. 37 And as he spake, a certain Pharisee be- sought him to dine with him : and he went in, and sat down to meat. 38 And when the Pharisee saw it, he marvelled that he had not first washed before dinner. 39 And the Lord said unto him, Now do ye Pharisees make clean the outside of the cup and the platter; but your in- ward part ds full of ra- vening and _ wicked- ness. 40 Ye fools, did not he that made that which is without make that which is within also? 41 But rather give alms of such things as ye have; and, behold, all things are clean untoyou. 42 But woe unto you, Phari- sees! for ye tithe mint and rue and all man- ner of herbs, and pass over judgment and the love of God: these ought ye to have done, and not to leave the other undone. 43 Woe unto you, Pharisees ! for ye love the upper- most seats in the syna- gogues, and greetings in the markets. 44 Woe unto you, scribes and AOYKA®. ΧΕ, ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ iL dee Ἰωνᾶ. καὶ ἰδού, πλεῖον because they repented at the proclamation of Jonas; and behold, more ? ~ τ 7 OA i 4 Iwva ὧδε. 33 Οὐδεὶς. δὲ! λύχνον ἅψας εἰς Ἐκρυπτὸν!" than Jonas here. But no one alamp having lit *in *secret τίθησιν, οὐδὲ ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, ἀλλ᾽" ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, sets 7it, nor under the corn-measure, but upon the lampstand, ev « oY U « ἵνα οἱ εἰσπορευόμενοι τὸ ᾿ιφέγγος" βλέπωσιν. 84 ὁ λύχνος that they who enter in the light may see, The lamp τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός". ὅταν Coby" ὁ. ὀφθαλμός. σου ofthe body is the eye: when therefore thine eye € ~ , ‘ ‘ ~ , 4 . ᾿ ἁπλοῦς ἡ, Ῥκαὶ" ὅλον τὸ. σῶμά.σου φωτεινόν ἐστιν ἐπὰν.δὲ Zsingle ‘be, also *whole thy body light is; but when ει ~ ΄, πονηρὸς ἢ, καὶ τὸσῶμά.σου σκοτεινόν. 85 σκόπει οὖν evil it be, also thy body [is] dark. See therefore pal TO φῶς τὸ ἐν Goi σκότος ἐστίν. 86 εἰ οὖν τὸ σῶμά est the light that [15]715 thee *darkness 15. If therefore Sbody f A ‘ , gov ὅλον φωτεινόν, μὴ ἔχον “τὶ μέρος" σκοτεινόν, ἔσται ‘thy *whole [is] light, not having any part dark, it shall be φωτεινὸν ὕλον, ὡς ὅταν ὁ λύχνος τῇ. ἀστραπῇ φωτίζῃ σε. light 1411, as when the lamp with [its]brightness may light thee. 37 Ἔν. δὲ τῷ.λαλῆσαι "Ὁ ‘Snpwra' αὐτὸν Φαρισαῖός ἵτις" Now as ?was “speaking [*he] asked him 1a %Pharisee certain ὕπως ἀριστήσῃ παρ᾽ αὐτῷ: εἰσελθὼν δὲ ἀνέπεσεν. that he woulddine with him: and having entered he reclined himself. 38 6.0 Φαρισαῖος ἰδὼν ἐθαύμασεν ὅτι οὐ πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσθη Butthe Pharisee seeing [it] wondered that not first he washed πρὺ τοῦ ἀρίστου. 39 εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν, Νῦν ὑμεῖς before the dinner. But said the Lord to him, Now _ ye οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε, Pharisees the outsideofthe cup andofthe dish ye cleanse, 70.08 ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς Kai πονηρίας. 40 ἄφρονες, Ῥαὺ the inside οἵ you isfull of plunder and wickedness. Fools, οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔξωθεν Kai τὸ ἔσωθεν ἐποίησεν : [14] not ΒΘ who made the outside also the inside make ? 41 πλὴν τὰ. ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην, καὶ ἰδού, But [of] the things which are within give alms, and lo, πάντα καθαρὰ ὑμῖν ἐστιν. 42 YadX'' οὐαὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς Φαρισαίοις, allthings clean toyou are. But woe to you Pharisees, OTe ἀποδεκατοῦτε TO ἡδύοσμον Kai TO πήγανον Kai πᾶν for yepaytithesof the mint and the rue and every , , ~ ~ λάχανον, Kai παρέρχεσθε τὴν κρίσιν Kai τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ" herb, and pass by the judgment and the love of God. ταῦτα ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κἀκεῖνα μὴ "ἀφιέναι." These things it behoved [you] to do, and those not to be leaving aside. 48 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς Φαρισαίοις, ὅτι ἀγαπᾶτε THY πρωτοκαθεδρίαν Woe to you Pharisees, for yelove the first seat ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς. in the synagogues and_ the salutations in the wmarket-places. 44 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, "γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί," ὅτι ἐστὲ Pharisees, hypocrites! Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, for yeare i — δὲ but Trra. Κ κρυπτὴν secret place EGLTTrAW. 1 ἀλλὰ EW. ™ φῶς LTrA. » + gov (read thine eye) LrTra. ° — οὖν LTTrA. Ρ — καὶ L. 9 μέρος τι ([τι} A) r + αὐτὸν he L. 5 ἐρωτᾷ aSkKS LTA} ἐρώτα Tr. t — τις TTra. v ἀλλὰ τ. LTrA, w + δὲ now [L]tr. δείπνοις} and the first places at the suppers L. κριταί G[LJTTrA. χα παρεῖναι to pass by LTTrA. Υ + [καὶ τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐν τοῖς 2 — γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι ὑπο- XI, XII. LUKE. ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα, Kai οἱ ἄνθρωποι "οἱ" περιπατοῦντες as the *tombs lunseen, and the men who walk ἐπάνω οὐκ.οἴδασιν. 45 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δέ τις τῶν γομι- over [them] do not know [it]. And answering one of the doctors of the κῶνλέγει αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, ταῦτα λέγων καὶ ἡμᾶς ὑβρίζεις. law says tohim, Teacher, thesethings saying “also *us thou insultest. 46 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Kai ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς οὐαί, ὅτι φορτίζετε Andhe said, Also ἴο you the doctors of the law woe, for ye burden τοὺς ἀνθρώπους φορτία δυσβάστακτα, καὶ αὐτοὶ evi men {with] burdens heavy tobear, and yourselves with one τῶν.δακτύλων ὑμῶν οὐ-προσψαύετε τοῖς φορτίοις. 47 οὐαὶ of your fingers do not touch the burdens. Woe ὑμῖν, ὅτι οἰκοδομεῖτε τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν προφητῶν, "οὶ δὲ πα- to you, for ye build the tombs _ of the prophets, and 7fa- τέρες ὑμῶν ἀπέκτειναν αὐτούς. 48 ἄρα “μαρτυρεῖτε" καὶ thers tyour killed them. Hence yebear witness and συνευδοκεῖτε τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν.πατέρων. ὑμῶν" OTL αὐτοὶ μὲν consent tothe works of your fathers ; for they indeed ἀπέκτειναν αὐτούς, ὑμεῖς.δὲ οἰκοδομεῖτε αὐτῶν τὰ μνημεῖα." killed them, and ye build their tombs. ‘A ~~ ‘ c / ~ ~ ? ~ 2 49 διὰ τοῦτο Kai ἡ σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ εἶπεν, ᾿Αποστελῶ εἰς Because οὗ this also the wisdom of God said, Iwillsend to αὐτοὺς προφήτας Kai ἀποστόλους. Kat ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτε- them prophets and apostles, and{some]jof them they will νοῦσιν καὶ ξἐκδιώξουσιν"" 50 ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων ἘΠῚ and drive out, that may berequired the blood ofall τῶν προφητῶν fro éexvvopevoy' ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου the prophets poured out from [the] foundation of [the] world, 2 4a ~ ~ , > + gz ~ II wv » a £ “ῃΗ ἀπὸ τῆς.γενεᾶς.ταύτης, 51 ἀπὸ δτοῦ" αἵματος “APEX ἕως row of this generation, from the blood of Abel to the αἵματος Zaxapiov τοῦ ἀπολομένου μεταξὺ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου blood of Zacharias, who perished between the altar καὶ τοῦ οἴκου" ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐκζητηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς and the house; yea, [580 toyou, itshall be required οἵ *generation ταύτης. 52 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς, ὅτι ἤρατε τὴν 1this, Woe toyou the doctors of the law, for yetookaway the κλεῖδα THE γνώσεως" αὐτοὶ οὐκ.βεἰσήλθετε," καὶ τοὺς εἰσερ- ΚΟΥ of knowledge; yourselves did not enter, and those who were χομένους ἐκωλύσατε. 53 'Λέγοντος.δὲ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα πρὸς entering ye hindered. And as*was*%saying ‘he thesethings to αὐτοὺς" ἤρξαντο ot γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι δεινῶς ἐν- them began the scribes and the Pharisees urgently topress ἔχειν, καὶ ἀποστοματίζειν αὐτὸν περὶ πλειόνων, 54 ἐνε- upon [him], and to make “speak ‘him about many things; watch- δρεύοντες ἑαὐτὸν" ἱκαὶ! ™Cnrovyrec' θηρεῦσαί τι ἐκ τοῦ ing him and seeking tocatch something out of στόματος αὐτοῦ "ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ." mouth that they might accuse him. 12 Ev oie ἐπισυναχθεισῶν τῶν μυριάδων τοῦ During which [things] being gathered together the myriads of the ὄχλου, ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους, ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς crowd, soas totrample upon oneanother, he began tosay to 193 for ye are as graves which appear not, and the men that walk over them are not aware of them. 45 Then answer- ed one of the lawyers, and said unto him, Master, thus saying thou reproachest us also. 46 And he said, Woe unto you also, ye lawyers! for ye lade men with burdens grie- vous to be borne, and ye yourselves touch not the burdens with one of your fingers. 47 Woe unto you! for ye build the sepulchres of the prophets, and your fathers killed them, 48 Truly ye bear wit- ness that ye allow the deeds of your fa- thers: for they indeed killed them, and ye build their sepulchres. 49 Therefore also said the wisdom of God, I will send them pro- phets and apostles, and some of them they shall slay and _ persecute: 50 That the blood of all the prophets, which was shed from the foundation of the world, may be required of this generation; 51 from the blood of Abel unto the blood of Zacharias, which perished between the altar and the temple: verily I say unto you, It shall be required of this generation. 52 Woe unto you, lawyers! for ze hayetaken away the ey of knowledge: ye entered not in your- selves, and them that were entering in ye hindered. 53 Andas he said these things unto them, the scribes and the Pharisees began to urge him vehemently, and to provoke him to speak of many things: 54 laying wait for him, and seeking to catch something out of his mouth, that they might accuse him. XII. In the mean time, when there were gathered together an innumerable multi- tude of people, inso- much that they trode one upen another, he began to say unto his Ὁ Kal οἱ Τ. 5 — ot (read περιτ. walking) L[A]w. e [ἐκ]διώξουσιν Tra. TTrA. 4 — αὐτῶν τὰ μνημεῖα [LITTrA. x > , 5 τὸ ἐκκεχυμένον Which has been poured out Tr. GLTTrA. !— καὶ GLTTraw. m — ζητοῦντες T[Tr]A- © μάρτυρές ἐστε Withesses ye are fro ἐκχυννόμενον LTA ; 8 — τοῦ (7ead [the]) Lrrra. i Κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ and as he went out thence ΤΊΤΑ. 0 — ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ T[Tr]A. b εἰσήλθατε k > ΄ --- avTov Τ. Oo 194 disciples first of all, Beware ye of the lea- ven of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy. 2 For there is nothing covered, that shall not be revealed ; neither hid, that shall not be known. 3 Therefore whatsoever ye have spoken in darkness shall be heard in the light ; and that which ye have spoken in the ear in closets shall be proclaimed upon the housetops. 4 And I say unto you my friends, Be not afraid of them that kill the body, and after that have no more that they can do. 5 But I will forewarn you whom ye shall fear : Fear him, which after he hath killed hath power to cast into hell; yea, I say unto you, Fear him. 6 Are not five sparrows sold for two farthings, and not one of them is for- gotten before God? 7 But even the very hairs of your head are all numbered. Fear not therefore: ye are of more value than many sparrows. 8 Also I say unto you, Whosoever shall confess me before men, him shall the Son of man also confess be- fore the angels of God: 9 but he that denieth me before men shall be denied before the an- gels of God. 10 And whosoever shall speak a word against the Son of man, it shall be for- given him: but unto him that blasphemeth against the Holy Ghost it shall not be for- given. 11 And when they bring you unto the synagogues, and unto magistrates, and powers, take ye no thought how or what thing ye shall answer, or what ye shall say: 12 for the Holy Ghost shall teach you in the same hour what ye ought to say. 13 And one of the company said unto him, Master, speak to AOY KAS. XII. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ πρῶτον, Προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης his disciples first, Take heed toyourselves of the leaven τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις. 2 οὐδὲν. δὲ συγκεκαλυμ- ofthe Pharisees, which is hypocrisy ; but nothing 2covered évoy ἐστὶν ὃ οὐκιἀποκαλυφθήσεται, Kai κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ p lis which shall not be uncovered, nor hidden which 7not νωσθήσεται. 8 ἀνθ᾿ ὧν boa ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε, iv τῷ shall be known ; wherefore whatever in the darkness yesaid, in the wri acovoOnoera’ καὶ ὃ πρὸς τὸ οὖς ἔλαλήσατε ἐν τοῖς light shallbeheard; πᾶ what in the ear ye spoke in ταμείοις, κηρυχθήσεται ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων. 4 Λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν chambers, shall be proclaimed upon the housetops. But I say to you, ~ ΄ \ -Ὁ ᾽ \ ~ 2 , Toic-girowc_wov, Μὴ.φοβηθῆτε ἀπὸ τῶν Ῥἀποκτεινόντων! my friends, Ye should notfear because of those who kill τὸ σῶμα, Kai μετὰ ταῦτα μηὴ.-ἐχόντων “περισσότερόν" τι the body, and after these things are not able anything more ποιῆσαι. 5 ὑποδείξω.δὲ ὑμῖν τίνα φοβηθῆτε φοβήθητε to do. But I will shew you whom jyeshould fear: Fear τὸν pera τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι τἐξουσίαν ἔχοντα" ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς τὴν him who after having killed, has tocast into the , / , Φ ~ ~ 4 > ‘ , γέενναν" vai, λέγω ὑμῖν, τοῦτον φοβήθητε. 6 Οὐχὶ πέντε gehenna; yea, Isay toyou, “him fear. "Not “five στρουθία "πωλεῖται! ἀσσαρίων δύο; Kai ἕν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ “sparrows are sold for 2assaria ‘two? and one of them “ποῦ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ" 7 ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ τρίχες lis forgotten before God. Buteven the hairs τῆς.κεφαλῆς. ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται. μὴ "οὖν! φοβεῖσθε" of your head 2all "have been numbered. *Not “therefore fear, πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε. ὃ Λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν, Πᾶς ὃς ἂν authority thanmany sparrows ye are better. But I say to you, Hvery one whoever ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Kai ὁ υἱὸς TOU may confess me before men, also the Son ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογήσει ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ him of man will confess before the angels θεοῦ: 9 6.68 ἀρνησάμενός μὲ “ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων of God; but he that has denied me before men ἀπαρνηθήσεται ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ. 10 καὶ πᾶς will be denied before the angels of God; and every one ὃς ἐρεῖ λόγον εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἀφεθήσεται who shall say ἃ word against the Son of man, it will be forgiven αὐτῷ" τῷ. δὲ εἰς τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα βλασφημήσαντι him; buttohimwho against the Holy Spirit has blasphemed ? ’ , « ‘ w , Π] « ~ , . 4 obK-ageOnoera. 11 dray.de προσφέρωσιν" ὑμᾶς ἐπὶ τὰς it will not be forgiven. But when they bring you before the συναγωγὰς καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς Kai τὰς ἐξουσίας, "μὴ-μεριμνᾶτεϊ synagogues and the rulers and the authorities, be not careful πῶς Yi) τί! ἀπολογήσησθε, ἢ τί εἴπητε᾽ 12 τὸ.γὰρ how or what yeshall reply in defence, or what ye should say ; for the ἅγιον πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἃ δεῖ Holy Spirit willteach you in thatsame hour what it behoves [you] εἰπεῖν. to say. 13 Elvev.dg τις ταὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου," Διδάσκαλε, εἰπὲ τῷ And ?said ‘one tohim from the crowd, Teacher, speak P ἀποκτενόντων G; ® πωλοῦνται TTA, μεριμνήσητε ye Should not be careful rrr. τ ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν LTTrA. ἡ εἰσφέρωσιν TTrA. χ μὴ > ΄- > ~ τ εκ TOU OXAOU αὐτῷ T. 4 περισσόν L. Υ ἔμπροσθεν L. Υ [ἢ τῇ Tra. ἀποκτεννόντων LTTrA. t — οὖν [L]rtra. ΧΙ LUKE. ἀδελφῷ.μου μερίσασθαι per ἐμοῦ τὴν κληρονομίαν. 14 Ὁ δὲ tomybrother todivide with me _ the inheritance. But he εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ανθρωπε, Tic με κατέστησεν "δικαστὴν" ἢ μερισ- said ἴο him, Man, who*me ‘appointed a judge or a di- τὴν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς; 15 Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὁρᾶτε καὶ φυλάσ- vider over you? And he said to them, See and keep your- σεσθε ἀπὸ ὕτῆς" πλεονεξίας" Ore οὐκ ἐν τῷ περισσεύειν selves from covetousness ; for not in the abundance Ti ἡ ζωὴ .αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων .“αὐτοῦ." ‘to®anyone “his ?°life Sis ‘of *that which *he ®possesses. 16 Εἴἶπεν.δὲ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτούς, λέγων, ᾿Ανθρώπου And he spoke a parable to them, saying, 3Of *a “man τινὸς πλουσίου ἀεῤφόρησεν" » χώρα 17 καὶ ‘certain ®rich Sprought *forth ‘°abundantly ‘the *ground. And διελογίζετο ἐν ἑαυτῷ, λέγων, Ti ποιήσω, ὅτι οὐκιἔχω τ he was reasoning within himself, saying, What shallI do, for I have not ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς. καρπούς. μου ; 18 καὶ εἶπεν, Τοῦτο ποιήσω" where 1 shalllay up my fruits ? and hesaid, This willI do: καθελῶ μου τὰς ἀποθήκας, καὶ μείζονας οἰκοδομήσω, Kai I will take away my granaries, and_ greater will build, and συνάξω ἐκεῖ πάντα “τὰ.γενήματά" ἵμου" καὶ τὰ.ἀγαθά.μου, willlay up there all my produce and my good things, ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ 19 καὶ ἐρῶ τῇ.Ψψυχῇ.μου, Ψυχή, and I will say to my soul, Soul, thouhast many good things κείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά: ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου. laid by for *years ‘many; take thy rest, eat, drink, be merry, 20 εἶπεν.δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, Ε΄ Αφρων," ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ τὴν ψυχήν But *said*to*him ‘God, Fool, this night “soul haratrovow" ἀπὸ σοῦ" ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας τίγι they require of thee; and what Sthou ’didst *prepare 'to 7whom ἔσται: 21 οὕτως ὁ θησαυρίζων ἑαυτῷ, καὶ μὴ εἰς Sshall *he? Thus [is] he who treasuresup for himself, and not toward θεὸν πλουτῶν. 22 Ἐϊπεν.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς. μαθητὰς. "αὐτοῦ," Διὰ σου thy God is rich. Andhe said to his disciples, Because of τοῦτο ἰὑμῖν λέγω," μὴ-μεριμνᾶτε τῇ.Ψυχῇ. "ὑμῶν" τί φάγητε, this toyou I say, Be not careful astoyourlife what yeshouldeat, μηδὲ τῷ σώματι" τί ἐνδύσησθε. 28 17° ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν ΠΟΥ͂ astothe body what yeshould puton. The life more is τῆς τροφῆς, Kai TO σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος. 24 Karavonoare than the food, andthe body thanthe raiment. Consider τοὺς κόρακας, Ort Ῥοὐ! σπείρουσιν Iovde! θερίζουσιν, οἷς the ravens, for *not 1they "sow nor reap, to which οὐκιἔστιν ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη, Kai ὁ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς" there isnot storehouse nor granary, and God feeds them, , ~ - ~ , ~ ~ / ‘ 4 πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς Ὑ τ τῶν πετεινῶν ; 25 τίς. δὲ ἐξ How much more “ye ‘arebetter thanthe birds? And who of ὑμῶν "μεριμνῶν" δύναται "προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν. ἡλικίαν. αὐτοῦ" you [by] being careful is able to add to his stature πῆχυν teva"; 26 εἰ οὖν VYodbre! ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε, ἴ0Π6 ἢ least ye are able [todo], τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε; 27 Karavonoare τὰ κρίνα, why about the rest are ye careful? Consider the lilies, =cubit If therefore not even [the] 195 my brother, that he divide the inheritance with me. 14 And he said unto him, Man, who made me a judge or a divider over you? 15 And he said unto them, Take heed, and beware of covetous- ness : for a man’s life consisteth not in the abundance of the things which he pos- sesseth. 16 And he spake a parable unto them, saying, The ground of a certain rich man brought forth plentifully : 17 and he thought within him- self, saying, What shall do, because I have no room where to bestow my fruits? 18 And he said, This will I do: I will pull down my barns, and build great- er; and there will I be- stow all my fruitsand my goods. 19 And I will say to my soul, Soul, thou hast much goods laid up for many years ; take thine ease, eat, drink, and be mer- ry. 20 But God said unto him, Thou fool, this night thy soul shall be required of thee : then whose shall those things be, which thou hast provided? 21 So 8 he that layeth up treasure for him- self, and is not rich toward God. 22 And he said unto his disciples, Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat; neither for the body, what ye shall puton. 23 The life is more than meat, and the body is more than raiment. 24 Consider the ravens: for they neither sow nor reap ; which neither have storehouse nor barn; and God feedeth them: how much more are ye better than the fowls? 25 And which of you with taking thought can add to his stature one cubit ? 26 If ye then be not able to do that thing which is least, why take ye thought for the rest? 27 Consider the lilies how they grow: 8 κριτὴν LITrA. %mdoysallLTTraw. “ αὐτῷ LTTrA,. τὸν σῖτον the wheat τσ. ἴ --- μου τι[Α]. 8 ἄφρον Gw. “oh 1. lAéyw ὑμῖν Tra, ἃ — ὑμῶν (read as to the life) Lrrra. body) Lt. °+ [yap] (read for the) tra. Ρ οὔτε neither Ta. " ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι A. τ — ἕνα (read a cubit) T[tr]a. d ηὐφόρησεν L. ἃ αἰτοῦσιν TrA. © τὰ γεννήματα Ἑ; igv7@T. *[av- a + [ὑμῶν] (read your 4 οὔτε TA. τ [μεριμνῶν A. ¥ οὐδὲ LTTrA. 196 they toil not, they spin not ; and yet I say unto you, that Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. 28 If then God so clothe the grass, which is to day in the field, and to morrow is cast into the oven; how much more will he clothe you, O ye of lit- tlefaith? 29 And seek not ye what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink, neither be ye of doubtful mind. 30 For all these things do the nations of the world seek after: and your Father knoweth that ye have need of these things. 31 Butrather seek ye the kingdom of God ; and all these things shall be added unto you. 32 Fear not, little flock; for it is your Father’s good pleasure to give you the kingdom. 33 Sell that ye have, and give alms; provide your- selves bags which wax not old, a treasure in the heavens that fail- eth not, where no thief approacheth, nei- ther moth corrupteth. 34 For where your trea- sure is, there will your heart be also. 35 Let your loins be girded about, and your lights burning; 36 and ye yourselves like unto men that wait for their lord, when he will re- turn from the wed- ding; that when he cometh and _ knock- eth, they may open unto himimmediately, 37 Blessed are those servants, whom the lord when he cometh shall find watching: verily I say unto you, that he shall gird him- self, and make them to sit down to meat, and will come forth and serve them. 38 Andif he shall come in the se- cond watch, or come in the third watch, and find them so, blessed are those’ servants. 39 And this know, that if the goodman of the house had known what hour the thief would A-O ¥-K: A:S. πῶς "αὐξάνει" how they grow ; οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ ry-dd&y.abrov περιεβάλετο we ἕν Noteven Solomon in all his glory was clothed as one τούτων. 28 εἰ δὲ Yrov χόρτον ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ σήμερον ὄντα," καὶ of these. Butif the grass “in‘*the ‘field ‘to-day ‘'which “is, and αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ᾿ἀμφιέννυσιν," to-morrow into an oven is cast, God thus arrays, , ~ « ~ ᾽ , ‘ c ~ \ ~ πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι; 29 Kai ὑμεῖς μὴ ζητεῖτε how much rather you, O[ye] of little faith? And ye seek ye not / a a ll , ΄ A A 7 ry ~ τί φάγητε" ἢ" τί πίητε, καὶ μὴ.μετεωρέζεσθε. 30 ταῦτα what ye may eat or what ye may drink, and be not in anxiety; *these *things γὰρ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου θἐπιζητεῖ"" ὑμῶν.δὲ ὁ πατὴρ for all the nations of the world seek after ; and your Father τ « , ,ὔ \ ~ \ ΄ οἷδεν Ore χρῴζετε τούτων. 31 πλὴν ζητεῖτε τὴν βασιλείαν knows that ye have need of these things. But seekye the kingdom “τοῦ θεοῦ," καὶ ταῦτα “πάντα! προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν. 32 μὴ of God, and these “things ‘all shall be added to you. Not φοβοῦ, TO μικρὸν ποίμνιον᾽ ὅτι εὐδόκησεν ὁ. πατὴρ.ὑμῶν fear, little flock, for *took *delight lyour *Father δοῦναι ὑμῖν τὴν βασιλείαν. 88 πωλήσατε τὰ. ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν, XII. ὑμῖν,5 to you, οὐδὲ νήθει"" λέγω. δὲ οὐ-κοπιᾷ, nor dothey spin; but I say they labour not, in giving you the’ kingdom. Sell your possessions, καὶ δότε ἐλεημοσύνην. ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς “βαλάντια" μὴ and give alms ; make to yourselves purses not παλαιούμενα, θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ὕπου growing old, a treasure unfailing in the heavens, where Δ) ᾽ ? / ? \ ΄ a , ? κλέπτης οὐκ.ἐγγίζει, οὐδὲ σὴς διαφθείρει" 84 ὅπου.γάρ ἐστιν thief doesnotdrawnear, nor moth destroy. For where is ὁ.θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ Kai 7)-Kapdla.vpey ἔσται. 35” "Ἔστωσαν your treasure, there also your heart will be. Let be {4 ~ 4 , Π] , ‘ € λύ , 5 ‘ υμῶν αἱ OOPVEC περιεζωσμέναι καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι" 36 καὶ your loins girded about and lamps burning; and ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις τὸν. κύριον ἑαυτῶν, ye like to men waiting for their lord, πότε ξἀναλύσει" ἐκ τῶν γάμων, ἵνα ἐλθόντος καὶ Kpov- whenever he shall return from the wedding feasts, that having come and having σαντος, εὐθέως ἀνοίξωσιν αὐτῷ. 37 μακάριοι οἱ δοῦλοι knocked, immediately they may open to him. Blessed *bondmen ἐκεῖνοι odc ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος εὑρήσει γρηγοροῦντας. ἀμὴν *those whom coming the Lord shall find watching. Verily λέγω ὑμῖν, Ore περιζώσεται Kai ἀνακλινεῖ αὐτούς; Kai Isay toyou, that he will gird himself and will make ?recline ‘them, and παρελθὼν διακονήσει αὐτοῖς. 88 xaitdy ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ coming up willserve them. And if hecome in the second DN ~ st} 2 ~ ΄ Ἃ ~ ἔλθ Ν᾿ « Lu φυλακῇ, Kai" ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ ἔλθῃ, καὶ EVP οὕτως, watch, and in the thir watch hecome, and find (them) thus, μακάριοί εἰσιν ‘ot δοῦλοι ἐκεῖνοι." 39 τοῦτο.δὲ γινώσκετε, ὅτι blessed are 2bondmen ‘those. But this know, that εἰ 7δει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, if “had 7known 'the *master*of‘*the*housein what hourthe thief is coming, ΟΥ̓ οὔτε νήθει οὔτε ὑφαίνει they neither spin nor weave TA. ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον TA ; τὸν χόρτον σήμερον ἐν ἀγρῷ ὄντα LTr. ® καὶ and TTr, ἃ — πάντα [L]TTrA. he may return LTtra. ἀμφιέζει TTrA. LTTra. x + [orc] that L. y ev “ ἀμφιάζει τι; b ἐπιζητοῦσιν TTrA. ς αὐτοῦ (read his kingdom) 6 βαλλάντια LTTrAW. f αἱ ὀσφύες ὑμῶν L. & ἀναλύσῃ h κἂν ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ, κἂν and if in the second and if rtra. * [ot δοῦλοι] ἐκεῖνοι TrA ; — οἱ δοῦλοι ἐκεῖνοι (read are they) T. LUKE. καὶ οὐκ. ἂν «ἀφῆκεν "διορυγῆναι" and would not have suffered to be dug through γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι" Ort be ye ready ; for XI]. Keyonyopnoev he would have watched, τὸν. οἶκον. αὐτοῦ. 40 καὶ ὑμεῖς "οὖν" his house, And ye __ therefore ὥρᾳ οὐ. δοκεῖτε, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται. 41 Εἶπεν. δὲ in the hour ye think not, the Son of man comes, And *said οαὐτῷ" ὁ Πέτρος, Κύριε, “dase ἡμᾶθ τὴν.παραβολὴν.ταύτην 5to *him oe ord, this barable λέγεις, ἢ Kal πρὸς πάντας; 49 ΡΕΐπεν.δὲ" ὁ κύριος, Tic ΕΡΘΒΈΒΕΙ, thou, or also to all? Andsaid the Lord, Who ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος “καὶ! φρόνιμος, ὃν καταστήσει then is the faithful steward and prudent, whom “will *set ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς.θεραπείας. αὐτοῦ, ττοῦ" διδόναι ἐν καιρῷ "τὸ" ἄν, ‘the Lord over his household, togive in season’ the σιτομέτριον; 43 μακάριος 0.dovdoc-éKeivoc ὃ» ἐλθὼν measure of corn? Blessed that bondman whom “haying *come ὁ.κύριος. αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως. 44 ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν, ‘his *Lord will find doing thus. Of a truth I say to you OTL ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς. ὑπάρχουσιν. αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν. that over all his possessions he will set him. 45 ᾿Εὰν.δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ.δοῦλος.ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ. καρδίᾳ: αὐτοῦ, Χρο- But if enol eey *that *bondman in his heart, ‘De- νίζει ὁ.κὐριός.μου ἔρχεσθαι: καὶ ἄρξηται τύπτειν τοὺς lays my *Lord to come, and should begin to beat the παῖδας Kai τὰς παιδίσκας, ἐσθίειν.τε καὶ πίνειν καὶ με- men-servants and the pald-servanta, andtoeat and todrink and tobe θύσκεσθαι: 46 ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ.δούλου.ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ drunken, Swill’come ‘the 7Lord Sof *that -pondman in aday οὐ-προσδοκᾷ, Kai ἐν Woe ἢ καὶ in which he does ποῦ expect, and in anhour which ΚΞ and διχοτο ομήσει αὐτόν, καὶ τὸ. μέρος.αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων willcut7in*two ‘him, and his portion with the unbelievers θήσει. 47 ἐκεῖνος.δὲ ὁ δοῦλος ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ will appoint. But that bondman who knew the will κυρίου. "ἑαυτοῦ," Kai μὴ.ἑτοιμάσας ‘unde’ ποιήσας πρὸς of his Lord, and prepared not nor did according to τὸ θέλημα.αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς" 48 ὁ δὲ μὴ his will, shall be beaten with many (stripes}; buthe who *not γνούς, ποιήσας.δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας. knew, and did [things] worthy of stripes, shall be beaten with few. παντὶ δὲ ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ" And everyone to whom was given much, much will be required from him; καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν. and to whom wascommitted much, the more will ἜΠΟΣ, ask οὐ him. 49 Πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν "είς" τὴν γῆν, καὶ τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη Fire Icame tocast into the earth, and what willl if already ἀνήφθη; 50 βάπτισμα.δὲ ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ πῶς συν- ινώσκει, ows not, 197 come, he would have watched, and not have suffered his house to be broken through. 40 Be ye therefore ready al- so : for the Sonof man cometh at an hour when ye think not. 41 Then Peter said un- to him, Lord, speakest thou this parabie unto us, or even to all? 42’ And the Lord said, Who then is that faith- ful and wise steward, whom Ais lord shall make ruler over his household, to give them their portion of meat in due season? 43 Bless- ed is that servant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing. 44 Of atruthI say unto you, that he will make him ruler over all that he hath, 45 But and if that ser- vant say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming; and shall be- gin to beat the menser- vants and maidens, and to eat and drink, and to bedrunken; 46 the lord of that servant will come in a day when he looketh not for him, and at an hour when he is not aware, and willcut himinsun- der, and will appoint him his portion with the unbelievers, 47 And that servant, which knew his lord’s will, and prepared not him- self, neither did accord- ing to his wiil, shall be beaten with many stripes. 48 But he that knew not, and did com- mit things worthy of stripes, shall be beat- en with few stripes. For unto whomsoever much is given, of him shall be much requir- ed: and to whom men have committed much, of kim they wiil ask themore, 49 Tam come to send fire on the earth; and what will I, if it be already kin- dled? 50 But I have a baptism to be baptized with; and how am I straitened till it be it be kindled? Buta baptism I have to be baptized ἘΠ], and how amI accomplished! 51 Sup- ἔχομαι ἕως. Σοῦ τελεσθῇ. 51 δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην Tape eC ares lip ΟΣ straitened until it be accomplished! Think ye that peace T tell you, Nay; puta γενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ; οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν, GAN ἢ ther division: 52 for came togive in the earth? No, Isay toyou, but rather — ἐγρηγόρησεν ἄν, και (read he would not have suffered) 1. 1 — ἂν Tra. m διορυ- ΡΝ Τα. na -- οὖν LITra. ο — αὐτῷ Ltr[A]. P καὶ εἶπεν TTra. 46 the Lrtra: καὶ o and the w. - τοῦ L[Tra]. ee τὸ (read a measure of corn) Tra. τ αὐτοῦ LTTrA. τ OYT. 5 ἐπὶ upcn LTTraw. τ ὅτου LTTrAW 198 from henceforth there shall be five in one house divided, three against two, and two against three. 53 The father shall be divided against the son, and the son against the father ; the mother a- gainst "the daughter, and the daughter a- gainst the mother ; the mother in law against her daughter in law, and the daughter in law against her mother in law. 54 And he said also to the people, When ye see a cloud rise out of the west, straightway ye say, There cometh a shower; and so it is, 55 And when ye see the south wind blow, ye say, There will be heat ; and it cometh to pass. 56 Y e hypocrites, ye can discern the face of the sky and of the earth; but how is it that ye do not discern this time? 57 Yea, and why even of yourselves judge ye not what is right? 58 When thou goest with thine adver- sary to the magistrate, as thou art in the way, give diligence that thon mayest be deli- vered from him; lest he hale thee to the judge, and the judge deliver thee to the officer, and the officer cast thee in- to prison. 59 I tell thee, thou shalt not depart thence, till thou hast paid the very last mite. XIII. There were present at that season some that told him of the Galileans, whose blood Pilate had min- gled with their sacri- fices. 2 And Jesus answering said unto them, Suppose ye that these Gualilwans were sinners above all the Galilzans, because they suffered such things? 3 1 tell you, Nay: but, except ye repent, ye shall all likewise perish. 4 Or y ἑνὶ οἴκῳ LTTrA. ALO YKEAS:: XII, XIII. διαμερισμόν. 52 ἔσονται.γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν πέντε ἐν Yoikw division ; for there willbe from henceforth five in “house ἑνὶ" διαμεμερισμένοι, τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν. Jone divided, three against two and two against three. 53 διαμερισθήσεται! πατὴρ “ἐφ᾽! υἱῷ, καὶ υἱὸς ἐπὶ πατρί: 2Will “be *divided father against son, and son against father ; μήτηρ ἐπὶ Ovyarpi," καὶ θυγάτηρ ἐπὶ “μητρί " πενθερὰ mother against daughter, and daughter against mother; mother-in-law ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην “αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφη ἐπὶ τὴν against *daughter-in-law ‘her, and daughter-in-law against πενθερὰν “αὐτῆς." ?mother-in-law ‘her. δά "Ἐλεγεν.δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις, Ὅταν ἴδητε ἱτὴν" νεφέλην ἈΑπᾶ he said also tothe crowds, When yesce_ the cloud ἀνατέλλουσαν δἀαπὸ" δυσμῶν, εὐθέως λέγετε, " Ὄμβρος rising up from ΕἸΣῚ west, SEELEY ye say, A shower ἔρχεται" καὶ γίνεται οὕτως. 55 καὶ ὅταν νότον πνέοντα, is coming; and it happens 80. And when a south wind [is] blowing, λέγετε, Ὅτι καύσων ἔσται: καὶ γίνεται. 56 ὑποκριταί, τὸ ye aay, Heat there will be; and it happens. Hypocrites, the πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς Kai τοῦ οὐρανοῦ οἴδατε δοκιμάζειν" appearance ofthe earth and οὗ the heaven ye know [how] to ieee: τὸν. δὲ καιρὸν. τοῦτον πῶς ἰοὐ.δοκιμάζετε" . 57 τί.δὲ καὶ ἀφ᾽ but this time how do ye not discern? And why even of ἑαυτῶν ov.Kpivere τὸ δίκαιον; 58 ὡς. γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ yourselves judge ye not what[is] right? For as thou goest with τοῦ.ἀντιδίκου.σου ἐπ᾿ ἄρχοντα, ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ δὸς ἐργασίαν thine adverse party before amagistrate, in the way give diligence ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ" μήποτε κατασύρῃ σε πρὸς ὕο ὍΘ βοὺ free from him, lest he ταὶ drag away thee to τὸ» κριτήν, καὶ ὁ κριτής σε Ἐπαραδῷ" τῷ πράκτορι, Kai the judge, and the judge thee shoul eae tothe officer, and ὁ πράκτωρ σε ἰβάλλῳ" εἰς φυλακήν. 59 λέγω σοι, οὐ-μὴ the officer thee should cast into prison. if aay to thee, In no wise ἐξέλθῃς ἐκεῖθεν ἕως. ποὺ" καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν shalt thou come out thence until even the last lepton ἀποδῷς. thou shalt have paid, 18 Παρῆσαν.δέ τινες ἐν αὐτῷ.τῷ καιρῷ ἀπαγγέλλοντες And were “present 'some at the same time telling 4 Tartuv DTT 4 Ι κΦ,,ι.ζ αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν Tart αἰων, ὧν τὸ αἷμα tAATOC™ ἐμιξὲν him about’ the Galileans, of whom the blood Pilate mingled μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν. αὐτῶν. 2 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ° ὁ Ἰησοῦς" εἶπεν with their sacrifices. And ΔῈ ΤοσΙΩς Jesus said αὐτοῖς, Δοκεῖτε Ore οἱ. Γαλιλαῖοι. οὗτοι ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάν- tothem, Think ye that these Galileans sinners beyond all τας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους ἐγένοντο, ὅτι Ῥτοιαῦτα' πεπόνθασιν; the Galileans were, because such things Yeh have suffered? 3 οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν" ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν μὴ “μετανοῆτε," πάντες τὡσαύ- No, Isay toyou; but if ye repent not, all 7in *like * tprow διαμερισθήσονται" (read three will be pia ) LTTra. ἃ ἐπὶ ES b ᾿ θυγατέρα LITrA. “μητέραν; τὴν μητέρα LTrA. d — αὐτῆς τ. — αὐτῆς TTra. — τὴν (read a cloud) Lrtr[a]. Β ἐπὶ at T. h + ὅτι that[L}rtra. ἰ οὐκ οἴδατε ΤΟΙΣ a know ye not to discern? tr. * παραδώσει shall deliver LTTrA. 1 βάλῃ GW ; βαλεῖ shall cast LTTra. P ταῦτα these things TTr. (L]rtTra. m — of TTr. » ἸΤειλᾶτος T. — ὃ Ἰησοῦς (read he said) 4 μετανοήσητε L. ἡ ὁμοίως LTTrA. XIII. LUKE. τως" ἀπολεῖσθε. 4 ἢ ἐκεῖνοι οἱ "δέκα.καὶ. ὀκτὼ" ἐφ᾽ ovd¢ 4manner ‘ye shall perish. Or those eighteen on whom ἔπεσεν ὁ πύργος ἐν TH Σιλωὰμ καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν αὐτούς, δοκεῖτε fell the tower in Siloam and killed them, think ye Ore tovrou ὀφειλέται ἐγένοντο παρὰ πάντας * ἀνθρώπους that these debtors were beyond all men τοὺς κατοικοῦντας έν" ‘Tepovoadnp; 5 οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν" who dwelt in Jerusalem ? No, Isay toyou; ἐὰν p*peravonre,' πάντες Youowwc' ἀπολεῖσθε. if ye repent not, all *in *like*manner ‘ye shall perish. > yy Ὧν , 5 ΄ A ~ rey 6 "Ἐλεγεν.δὲ ταύτην τὴν παραβολήν. Συκῆν εἶχεν τις And he spoke this parable : 5A Sfig-tree *had 'a*certain τὲν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι. αὐτοῦ πεφυτευμένην᾽" καὶ ἦχθεν “καρπὸν ἀλλ᾽ but (?man] in his vineyard planted ; and he came fruit ζητῶν" ἐν αὐτῇ Kai οὐχ εὗρεν. 7 εἶπεν. δὲ πρὸς τὸν ἀμ- seeking on it and didnot find{any]. Andhesaid to the vine- πελουργόν, ᾿Ιδού, τρία ἔτη" ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν τῇ dresser, Behold, three years I come seeking fruit on συκῇ ταύτῃ Kai οὐχ-εὑρίσκω: ἔκκοψον “ αὐτήν" “ivari' καὶ this fig-tree and donot find [any]: cut "down Lit, why even τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ ; 8 ὁ. δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ, the ground does it render useless? Βαΐῦ ΒΘ to him, Κύριε, ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος, ἕως ὅτου σκάψω περὶ Sir, let?alone ‘it also this year, until I shall dig about αὐτὴν καὶ βάλω *kompiay! 9 κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ ἱκαρπόν" answering says it and put manure, and if indeed itshouldbear frnit—; > , ᾽ ‘ , 1 > , 7 ΄ εἰ δὲ μήγε, εἰς.τὸ μέλλον" ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν. butif not, hereafter thou shalt cut *down it. 10 Ἦν.δὲ διδάσκων ἐν μιᾷ τῶν συναγωγῶν ἐν τοῖς σάβ- And Π6 was teaching in one ofthe synagogues on the sab- Baow 11 καὶ ἰδού, γυνὴ δϑἦν᾽ πνεῦμα ἔχουσα ἀσθενείας baths. And behold, a woman there was “a “spirit ‘having of infirmity ἔτη "δέκα καὶ ὀκτώ," καὶ ἦν "συγκύπτουσα᾽ καὶ p).dvvapern ?years ‘eighteen, and she was benttogether and unable ἀνακύψαι εἰς.τὸ παντελές. 12 ἰδὼν.δὲ αὐτὴν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 300 *lift Sup “herself ‘wholly. And seeing her Jesus προσεφώνησεν καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι ἷ called to [her] and said toher, Woman, thou hast been loosed from 199 those eighteen, upon whom the tower in Siloam fell, and slew them, think ye that they were sinners a- bove all men that dwelt in Jerusalem? 5 I tell you, Nay: but, except ye repent, ye shall 41) likewise perish, 6 He spake also this parable; A certain man had a fig tree planted in his vineyard; and he came and sought fruit thereon, and found none. 7 Then said he unto the dresser of his vineyard, Behold, these three years I come seeking fruit on this fig tree, and find none: cut it down; why cumbereth it the ground? 8 And he an- swering said unto him, Lord, let it alone this year also, till I shall dig about it, and dung it: 9 and if it bear fruit, well: and if not, then after that thou shalt cut it down. 10 And he was teach- ing in one of the syna- gogues on the sabbath. 11 And, behold, there was a woman which had a spirit of infirmi- ty eighteen years, and was bowed together, and could in no wise lift up herself. 12 And when Jesus saw her, he called her to him, and said unto her, Wo- man, thou art loosed from thine infirmity. τῆς.ἀσθενείας.σοῦ. 13 Kai ἐπέθηκεν αὐτῇ τὰς χεῖρας" 13 And he laid his thine infirmity. And helaid upon her [his] hands, hands aT anie oka καὶ παραχρῆμα "ἀνωρθώθη, καὶ ἐδόξαζεν τὸν θεόν. made straight, and and immediately she was made straight, and glorified God. glorified God. 14 And 5 δ ee 5 7 Ξ a > the ruler of the syna- 14 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ ἀρχισυνάγωγος, ἀγανακτῶν ὅτι gogue answered with But ‘answering ‘the 7ruler “of *the °synagogue, indignant because indignation, because τς , > , τ a = = 1 that Jesus had healed τῷ σαββάτῳ ἐθεράπευσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς; ἔλεγεν τῷ ὄχλῳ, on the Sabbath day, onthe sabbath healed 1 Jesus, said tothe crowd, 4nd said unto the peo- Cis wy, > a = > , . 2. mv ple, There are six days “EE Ἡμέραι ELOLY, ἐν ALC δεὶ ἐργάζεσθαι ἐν “Ταῦὺ- in which men ought to Six days there are, in whichit behoves[men] to work; in these work: in them there- Ι x > , θ ἜΞΩ ἢ ι rie! US ~ fore come and be rac! οὖν ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε, καὶ μὴ TY ἡμέρᾳ TOV healed, and noi on the therefore coming be healed, and notonthe “day sabbath day. 15 The 5 δέκα [καὶ] ὀκτὼ LTrA; δεκαοκτὼ τ. ‘avroitheyurtra. *° + rodstheLTtTra. —ev (read [in]) tra. x μετανοήσητε LITrA. Υ ὡσαύτως TTrA. ἀμπελῶνι αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 4 ζητῶν καρπὸν GLTTrAW. © + οὖν therefore (cut)L. ‘4ivatiLTraA. © κόπρια EGLTTrAW. εἰ δὲ μήγε (read bear fruit hereafter; but if not) Trra, 8 — ἦν LrTra. i+amofromut. ΚΕ ἀνορθώθη ττττ. |! + ὅτι that Ta, ν᾿ : πεφυτευμένην ἐν τῷ > ἀφ᾽ οὗ since (three years) Tira. f καρπὸν εἰς TO μέλλον" h συνκύπτουσα T. Mm αὐταῖς them LTTrA. 200 Lord then answered him, and said, hypocrite, doth not each one of you on the sabbath loose his ox or his ass from the stall, and lead him away to watering? 16 And ought not this woman, being a daughter of Abraham, whom Satan hath bound, lo, these eighteen years, be loosed from this bond on the sabbath day ? 17 And when he had said these things, all his adversaries were ashamed : and all the people rejoiced for all the glorious things that were done by him. 18 Then said he, Unto what is the kingdom of God like? and whereunto shall I re- sembleit? 19 It is like a grain of mustard seed, which a man took, and cast into his garden ; and it grew, and waxed a great tree; and the fowls of the air lodged in the branches of it. 20 And again he said, Whereunto shall T liken the kingdom of God? 21 It is like lea- ven, which a woman took and hid in three measures of meal, till the whole was lea- vened. 22 And he went through the cities and villages, teaching, and journeying toward Je- rusalem, 23 Then said one unto him, Lord, are there few that be saved? And he said unto them, 24 Strive to enter in at the strait gate: for many, I say unto you, will seek to enter in, and shall not be able. 25 When once the master of the house is risen up, and hath shut to the door, and ye begin to stand with- out, and to knock at the door, saying, Lord, Lord, open unto us; and he shall answer and say unto you, I know you not whence yeare: 26 then shall ye begin to say, We ave eaten and drunk in thy presence, and thou hast taught in © δὲ but LTTrA. ® — μέγα [L)T[TrA]. GLYTrA. AOYKASX. itl σαββάτου. 15 ᾿Απεκρίθη dv" αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος, και εἶπεν, tgabbath. *Answered ‘therefore *him *the *Lord, and said, PY ποκριτά," ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῷ σαββάτῳ οὐκ.λύει τὸν Hypocrite, eachone ofyou onthe sabbath does he not loose βοῦν.αὐτοῦ ἢ τὸν ὄνον ἀπὸ τῆς φάτνης, καὶ ἀπαγαγὼν his ox or ass from the manger, and having led [it] away ποτίζει; 16 ταύτην .δὲ θυγατέρα ᾿Αβραὰμ οὖσαν, give [it] drink ? And this [woman], 7a °daughter *of "Abraham ‘*being, ἣν ἔδησεν ὁ σατανᾶς, ἰδού, δέκα.καὶ. ὀκτὼ ἔτη, οὐκ ἔδει whom “has *bound 1Satan, lo, eighteen years, ought [she] not λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ.δεσμοῦ.τούτου TH ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ σαββάτου ; to be loosed from this bond on the “day sabbath ? 17 Καὶ ταῦτα λέγοντος.αὐτοῦ κατῃσχύνοντο πάντες οἱ And “these >things ‘on *his βαυγίηρ Twere “ashamed ®all who ἀντικείμενοι αὐτῷ Kai πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἔχαιρεν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν were opposed tohim; and all the crowd wererejoicing at all τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τοῖς γινομένοις ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. the glorious things which were being done by him. 18 Ἔλεγεν 94δέ,! Τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ; *He *said ‘and, To what “like lis the kingdom of God? καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν; 19 ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως, and to what shall I liken it? Like itis toa grain of mustard, Tov! λαβὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔβαλ ἰς κῆ ἑ ve i 0 c ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ" Kai which “having *taken ‘a 7man cast into ?garden this ; and nvEnoer καὶ ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον "μέγα," Kai τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ itgrew and came into ἃ *tree *great, and the birds ofthe οὐρανοῦ κατεσκήνωσεν ἐν τοῖς.κλάδοις αὐτοῦ. 20 ‘Kai! πάλιν heaven roosted in its branches. And again / « , ‘ ΄ ~ ~ c , εἶπεν, Τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ: 21 ὁμοία he said, To what shallI liken the kingdom of God? Like ἐστὶν ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα γυνὴ γἐνέκρυψεν" εἰς ἀλεύρου itis toleaven, which “having *taken*?a*woman hid in “of *meal σάτα τρία, ἕως.οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον. “seahs ‘three, until *was “leavened ‘all. 22 Kai διεπορεύετο κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας διδάσκων, καὶ And he went through by cities and villages teaching, and πορείαν ποιούμενος εἰς “᾿Ιερουσαλήμ." 23 εἶπεν.δέ τις αὐτῷ, ΞΡΓΟΡΎΘΒΒ lmaking towards Jerusalem. And said one to him, Κύριε, εἰ ὀλίγοι ot σωζόμενοι ; ‘O08 εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Lord, {are] *few ‘those *being “saved? Buthe said to them, 24 ᾿Αγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης" ὅτι Strive with earnestness to enter ἴῃ through the narrow gate ; for , “ « ~ , > ~ ‘ 9, > , πολλοί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν, καὶ οὐκ. ἰσχύσουσιν. many, Isay to you, will seek toenterin, and will not be able. 25 ἀφ᾽ οὗ.ἂν ἐγερθῇ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, καὶ ἀπο- From the time °shall το Srisen °up ‘the *master Sof *the Shouse, and 5841] κλείσῃ τὴν θύραν, καὶ ἄρξησθε ἔξω ἑστάναι Kai κρούειν τὴν hayeshut the door, and ye begin without tostand and toknockat the θύραν, λέγοντες, Κύριε, Yedpre," ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν" καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς door, saying, Lord, Lord, open tous; and he answering ἐρεῖ ὑμῖν, Οὐκ οἷδα ὑμᾶς πόθεν ἐστέ. 26 τότε ἄρξεσθε willsay toyou, Idonotknow you whence ye are. Then will ye begin λέγειν, ᾿Εφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν.σου καὶ ἐπίομεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς to say, e ate in thy presence and drank, and in P Ὕποκριταί hypocrites LITraw. t— καὶ W. Y ἔκρυψεν TTra. 4 οὖν therefore TTra. TOE, ν Ἱεροσόλυμα T. x θύρας door Υ — κύριε [L]TTrA. MAT XIV. LUKE. πλατείαις.ἡμῶν ἐδίδαξας. 27 καὶ ἐρεῖ, Λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ our streets thou didst teach. And he willsay, Itell you, *Not οἶδα τὑμᾶς! πόθεν ἐστέ’ ἀπόστητε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ πάντες *I?doknow you whence yeare; depart from me, all [79] *ot! ἐργάται rjc! ἀδικίας. 28 ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς Kai the workers of unrighteousness. There shallbethe weeping and ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων, bray “ὔψησθε" ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ ᾿Ισαὰκ the gnashing ofthe teeth, when ye see Abraham and Isaac kai ᾿Ιακὼβ καὶ πάντας τοὺς προφήτας ἐν TH βασιλείᾳ τοῦ and Jacob and all the prophets in the kingdom θεοῦ, ὑμᾶς.δὲ ἐκβαλλομένους ἔξω. 29 καὶ ἥξουσιν ἀπὸ of God, but yourselves being cast out. And they shall come from ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν, καὶ ἀπὸ" βοῤῥᾶ Kai νότου, kai ava- east and west, and from north and south, and _ shall κλιθήσονται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ. 30 καὶ ἰδού, εἰσὶν recline in the kingdom of God, And io, there are ἔσχατοι οἱ ἔσονται πρῶτοι, Kai εἰσιν πρῶτοι οἱ ἔσονται last who shall be first, and thereare first who shall be ἔσχατοι. last. 31 ᾿Εν.αὐτῇ τῇ “ἡμέρᾳ ἱπροσῆλθόν" τινες Φαρισαῖοι, On the same day cameto [him] certain Pharisees, λέγοντες αὐτῷ, Ἔξελθε καὶ πορεύου ἐντεῦθεν, ὕτι ᾿Ηρώδης saying tohim, Goout and _ proceed hence, for Herod θέλει σε ἀποκτεῖναι. 32 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πορευθέντες desires “thee 1to “kill. And hegsaid tothem, Having gone » ~ > ’ ’ 2 ,ὔ ? ΄ ’ ‘ Set YZ εἴπατε τῇ.ἀλώπεκι.ταύτῃ, ᾿Ιδού, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια καὶ ἰάσεις Bay to that fox, Lo, I cast out demons and _ cures ξἐπιτελῶ" σήμερον καὶ αὔριον, Kai τῇ τρίτῃ" τελειοῦμαι. I complete to-day and to-morrow, and the third (day] I am perfected ; ~ A ‘ ~ > , 33 πλὴν δεῖ με σήμερον καὶ αὔριον Kai TY ἐχομένῃ but it behoves me _ to-day and to-morrow and the [day] following προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω πορεύεσθαι: Ore οὐκ. ἐνδέχεται a prophet toperish outof to proceed ; for it is not possible [for] “Ἱερουσαλήμ. 84 Ἱερουσαλήμ, “Iepovcadnp, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα Jerusalem, Jerusalem, Jerusalem, who killest τοὺς προφήτας, Kai λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς the prophets, and stonest those who have been sent to αὐτήν, ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐπισυνάξαι τὰ.τέκνα.σου, ὃν-τρόπον her, how often wouldI havegathered thy children, in the way ἱόρνις" kryy' ἑαυτῆς Ἱνοσσιὰν" ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας, ahen [gathers] her brood under [her] wings, καὶ οὐκ.ἠθελήσατε. 35 ἰδού, ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ.οἶκος ὑμῶν ™éon- and ye would not. Behold, isleft toyou your house de- Dduny δὲ λέγω! ὑμῖν. οὔτι! odb-un P ΙΝ ΡΟ μος αμὴν ξ éyw υμιν, οτι ου-μὴ με LOnTE EWC.*aV solate; *verily'and Isay toyou, that notatall me shallyesee until "Ey," Sore! εἴπητε, Εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνό- it come when ΥὙ6 580, Blessed [15] hewho comes in [the] name ματι κυρίου. of [the] Lord. 14 Καὶ ἐγένετο And it came to pass on ell ἐν τῷ.ἐλθεῖν.αὐτὸν εἰς οἶκόν τινος THY his having gone intoa house of one of the 201 our streets. 27 But he shall say, I tell you, 1 know you not whence ye are; depart from me, all ye workers of iniquity. 28 There shall be weeping and gnash- ing of teeth, when ye shallsee Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, and all the prophets, in the kingdom of God, and you yourselves thrust out. 29 And they shall come from the vast, and from the west, and from the north, and from the south, and shall sit down in the kingdom of God. 30 And, behold, there are last which shall be first, and there are first which shall be last. 31 The same day there came certain of the Pharisees, saying unto him, Get thee out, and depart hence: for Herod will kill thee. 32 And he said unto them, Go ye, and tell that fox, Behold, I cast out devils, and I do cures to day and to morrow, and the third day 1 shall be per- fected. 33 Nevertheless I must walk to day, and to morrow, and the day following: for it cannot be that a prophet perish out of Jerusalem, 34 O Je- rusalem, Jerusalem, which killest the pro- hets, andstonest them hat are sent unto thee; how often would [have gathered thy children together, as a hen doth gather her brood un- der her wings, and ye would not! 35 Behold, your house is left unte you desolate: and veri- ly I say unto you, Ye shall not see me, untii the time come when ye shall say, Blessed zs he that cometh in the name of the Lord, XIV, And it cameto pass, as he went into the house of one of the 2 — ὑμᾶς [L]tra. 8 — οἱ ΤΊΤΑ. b — τῆς LTTrA. 4—¢70[L]t[tra]. “ὥρᾳ hourta. ‘apoondA@dy TrrA. & ἀποτελῶ LTTrA. dayl. 1dpmé τ. Κ χὰ Τι. ἱνροσσίατ. ™— ἔρημος GLTTraW. λέγω τ. ο -- ὅτι [τ]1τ[Α]. Ρ ἴδητέ με LTTrA. ᾳ --- ἂν ΤΊΤΑ. come LT[Tra]. 5 [ὅτε] Tra. ὁ ὄψεσθε ye shall see ΤΊτ. » + [ἡμέρᾳ] = λέγω δὲ QLTrAW ; τ ἥξει it shal! 202 chief Pharisees to eat bread on the sabbath day, that they watched him. 2 And, behold, there was a certain man before him which had the dropsy. 3 And Jesus answering spake unto the lawyers and Pharisees, saying, Is it lawful to heal on the sabbath day? 4 And they held their peace. And he took him, and healed him, and let him go; 5 and an- swered them, saying, Which of you shall have aD ass or an Ox fallen into a pit, and will not straightway pull him out on the sabbath day? 6 And they could not answer him again to these things. 7 And he put forth a parable to those which were bidden, when he marked how they chose out the chief rooms ; saying unto them, 8 When thou art bid- den of any man to a wedding, sit not down in the highest room ; lest a more honourable man than thou be bid- den of him; 9 and he that bade thee and him come and say to thee, Give this man place; and thou begin with shame to take the low- estroom, 10 But when thou art bidden, go and sit down in the lowest room; that when he that bade thee cometh, he may say unto thee, Friend, go up higher: then shalt thou have worship in the presence of them that sit at meat with thee. 11 For who- soever exaltcth him- self shall be abased; and he that humbleth himself shall be ex- alted. 12 Then said he also to him that bade him, When thou makest a dinner or a supper, eall not thy friends, nor thy brethren, nei- ther thy kinsmen, nor ION KASS. XIV. 2 ~ / ’ - » ‘ - ἀρχόντων 'τῶν'" Φαρισαίων σαββάτῳ φαγεῖν ἄρτον, καὶ αὐτοὶ rulers of the Pharisees onasabbath toeat bread, that they - ’ὔὕ ‘ ’ » , ἦσαν παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν. 2 Kai ἰδού, ἄνθρωπός τις were watching him. And behold, a7*man ‘certain ΄ c A » ? “ \ 2 ‘ ec? ~ ἣν ὑδρωπικὸς ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ. 8 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς 0 Ἰησοῦς there was dropsical before him. And answering Jesus BS 5 Ν \ \ , νὰ, " wil εἶπεν πρὸς τοὺς νομικοὺξς καὶ Φαρισαίους, λέγων," Υ Εἰ spoke to the doctors of the law and to[the] Pharisees, saying, ἔξεστιν τῷ σαββάτῳ “θεραπεύειν Υ; 4 Οἱ. δὲ ἡσύχασαν. 15 it lawful onthe sabbath to heal ? But they were silent. καὶ ἐπιλαβόμενος ἰάσατο αὐτόν, καὶ ἀπέλυσεν. ὅ καὶ And taking hold [of him]he healed him, and let (him) go. And Ξἀποκριθεὶς" *rpoc αὐτοὺς εἶπεν," Τίνος ὑμῶν Ydvoc' ἢ βοῦς answering to them hesaid, Of which of you *an “ass *or °an %ox εἰς φρέαρ ἐἐμπεσεῖται," καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν Sinto °a pit Ishall 7fall, and “ποὺ *immediately ‘he ?willpullup him d2,, 1! ell , ~ ΄ Η θ Κ \ ? » ᾽ ἐν" &rg! ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ σαββάτου; αἱ οὐκιΐσχυσαν ἀνταπο- on the “day *sabbath ? And they were not able to re- κριθῆναι ἰαὐτῷ" πρὸς ταῦτα. ply tohim as to these things. 7 "Ἐλεγεν.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς κεκλημένους παραβολήν, ἐπέχων Απᾶ he spoke to those who were invited aparable, remarking πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο, λέγων πρὸς αὐτούς, how the first places they were choosing out, saying to them, 8 Ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος εἰς γάμους, μὴ-κατακλιθῇς When thou art invited by anyone to wedding feasts, do not recline εἰς THY πρωτοκλισίαν, μήποτε ἐντιμότερός σου ῃικεκλη- in the first place, lest amore honourable thanthou may have μένος vm αὐτοῦ, θϑκαὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ σὲ Kai αὐτὸν καλέσας been invited by him, and havingcomehewhotheeand him invited ἐρεῖ σοι, Δὸς τούτῳ τόπον' καὶ τότε ἄρξῃ Sper shall say to thee, Give *to *this*one ‘place, and then thou begin with αἰσχύνης τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον κατέχειν. 10 ἀλλ᾽’ ὕταν κλη- shame the last place to take. But when thou art θῇς, πορευθεὶς Βἀνάπεσον" εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον" ἵνα invited, having gone recline in the last place, that ὅταν ἔλθῃ ὁ κεκληκώς σε, ‘etry! σοι, Φίλε, προσ- when he may come who has invited thee, he may say tothee, Friend, come ανάβηθι ἀνώτερον; τότε ἔσται σοι δόξα ἐνώπιον " τῶν up higher. Then shall be to thee glory _ before those who συνανακειμένων σοί. 11 ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν ταπεινω- recline [at table] with thee ; for everyone that exalts himself shall be θήσεται καὶ ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται. humbled, and hethat humbles himself shall be exalted. 12"Edeyev.dé καὶ τῷ κεκληκότι αὐτόν, Ὅταν ποιῇς ᾿Απᾶ he said also tohimwho hadinvited him, When thou makest ἄριστον ἢ δεῖπνον, μὴ. φώνει τοὺς. φίλους. σου μηδὲ τοὺς ἀδεὰ- adinner or asupper, call not thy friends nor *breth- φούς σου μηδὲ τοὺς.συγγενεῖς.σου μηδὲ γείτονας πλουσίους" thy rich neighbours; ren ‘thy nor thy kinsfolk nor *neighbours 1rich, lest they also bid thee, A oe nt ᾽ dang Ι Re UB ἢ vo again, and a recom- μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ “σε ἀντικαλέσωσιν, καὶ γένηταί "σοι pence be made thee. lest also they thee should invite in return, and “be*made ‘thee τ [τῶν] A. ¥ [λέγων] L. w — Εἰ TTra. X θεραπεῦσαι LTTrA. ¥Y + 7 ov or not [uL]rtra. % — ἀποκριθεὶς LTr[ A]. ἃ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς L. b υἱὸς ἃ SON LTTrAW. A > ~ Lal » »“ 5 πεσεῖται LITrA. %— ἐν (read τῇ onthe)[Ljtr. “ -- τῇ 1. f — αὐτῷ ΤΊτΑ. & μετὰ LTTraw. h ἀνάπεσαι G3 ἀνάπεσε LTTrAW. i ἐρεῖ he will say TTr. k + πάντων all LTTrA. ! ἀντικαλέσωσίν oe LITrA. πὶ ἀνταπόδομά σοι TTrA. XIV. Ὁ ΚΕ. ἀνταπόδομα." 18 ἀλλ᾽ bray ποιῇς δοχήν, κάλει πτωχούς; 4a ΖΘΟΟΠΙΡΘΙΒΘ ; but when thou makest a feast, call poor, ΠῚ 2 ΄ I ’ x Lise 14 \ , » = ἀναπήρους," χωλοῦς, τυφλοὺς καὶ μακάριος £07) crippled, lame, blind; and blessed thou shalt be; ὅτι οὐκ.ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι’ ἀνταποδοθήσεται for they have not [wherewith] to recompense thee; *it *shall*be 5recompensed ογάρ' σοι ἐν TH ἀναστάσει τῶν δικαίων. lfor thee in the resurrection ofthe just. 15 ᾿Ακούσας.δε τις τῶν συνανακειμένων ταῦ- And °having !heard 'one 7of *those “reclining [at *table] 7with ["him] these τα εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Μακάριος oc! φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ things said tohim, Blessed [he] who 5141] eat bread in the βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ. 16 Ὁ δὲ εἴπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Ανθρωπός τις kingdom of God. But he said tohim, A ?man certain ἐποίησεν! δεῖπνον "μέγα" Kai ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς" 17 καὶ ἀπέ- made a*supper ‘great, and _ invited many. And he στειλεν τὸν.δοῦλον. αὐτοῦ τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου εἰπεῖν τοῖς sent his bondman atthe hour ofthe supper to saytothose who κεκλημένοις, Ἔρχεσθε, ore ἤδη ἕτοιμά Stor ἱπάντα." 18 Kai had been invited, Come, for now “ready is 1411. And ἤρξαντο ἀπὸ μιᾶς ὑπαραιτεῖσθαι πάντες." ἡ ὁ πρῶ- 2began “with *one (®consent] *to7excuse*themselves ‘all. The first τος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Αγρὺν ἠγόρασα, Kai Ξἔχω avayKny' said tohim, “ἃ *field ‘I ἂν *bought, and Ihave need γἐξελθεῖν καὶ" ἰδεῖν αὐτόν: ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε μὲ παρῃτημένον. togoout and ἴο 5686 it ; Ipray thee hold me excused, 19 καὶ ἕτερος εἶπεν, Ζεύγη βοῶν ἠγόρασα πέντε, καὶ And another αϊᾶ, SPairs °of7oxen *I *have “bought ‘five, and πορεύομαι δοκιμάσαι αὐτά: ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε μὲ παρῃτημένον. Igo to prove them ; I pray thee hold me excused, 20 καὶ ἕτερος εἶπεν, Γυναῖκα ἔγημα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο And another said, A wife Ihave married, and because of this > a7 ? 6 ~ \ , ε - ΕΣ - Π οὐ.δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν. 21 καὶ παραγενόμενος ὑ-δοῦλος. ἐκεῖνος Iamunable tocome. And having come that bondman ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ-κυρίῳ.αὐτοῦ ταῦτα. Τότε ὀργισθεὶς ὁ otko- reported to his lord these things. Then beingangry the master δεσπότης εἶπεν τῷ. δοὐλῳ αὐτοῦ, "Ἐξελθε ταχέως εἰς τὰς οὗ thehouse said to his bondman, Go out quickly into the πλατείας καὶ ῥύμας τῆς πόλεως, καὶ τοὺς πτωχοὺς καὶ *ava- streets and lanes of the city, and the poor and crip- πήρους! καὶ χωλοὺς καὶ τυφλοὺς" εἰσάγαγε ὧδε. 22 Kai εἶπεν ple and lame and blind bring in here. And = said ὁ δοῦλος, Κύριε, γέγονεν “ὡς! ἐπέταἕας, καὶ ἔτι the bondman, Sir, ithasbeendone as thou didst command, and still τόπος ἐστίν. 23 Kai εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον, room there is. And said the lord to the bondman, ν ? ‘ bY J \ , \ ? ΄ 2 ~ Ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς Kai φραγμούς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν, Goout into the ways and hedges, and compel to come in, ov θ ~ d c ἡ , ll , ‘ « ~ a > ‘ ~ iva γεμισθῇ “ὁ.οἴκός. μου." 24 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν that maybe filled my house; forI say to you, that not one ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων TOY κεκλημένων γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου. ot those men who have been invited shall taste of my supper. ο δέ but τ. P ὅστις Whosoever ΤΊΤΑ. τ μέγαν L. 5 εἰσιν are T. t — πάντα (read [8}17} [L]r[Tra]. LTTrA. Ww + [kat] and τ. χα ἀνάγκην ἔχω L. 2 — ἐκεῖνος (read the bondman) ΤΊτὰ. 4 ἀναπείρους LTra. LTTra. ¢ ὃ which Trra. 4 μου ὃ οἶκος TTrA. Ὁ ἀναπείρους LTrA. 203 13 But when thou mak- est a feast, call the poor, the maimed, the lame, the blind: l4anc thou shalt be blessed ; for they cannot recom- pense thee: for thou shalt be recompensed at the resurrection of the just. 15 And when one of them that sat at meat with him heard these things, he said unto him, Blessed 15 he that shall eat bread in the kingdom of God. 16 Then said he unto him, A certain man made a great supper, and bade many: 17 and sent his servant .at supper time to say to them that were bidden, Come ; for all things arenowready. 18 And they all with one con- sent began to make excuse. The first said unto him, [ have bought a piece of ground, and [ must needs go and see it: I pray thee have me excused, 19 And ano- ther said, I have bought five yoke of oxen, and I go to prove them: I pray thee have me excused. 20 And another said, I have married a wife, and therefore I cannot come, 21 So that ser- yant came, and shewed his lord these things. Then the master of th« house being angry said to his servant, Go out quickly into thestreets and lanes of the city, and bring in hither the poor, and the maimed, and the halt, and the blind. 22 And the ser- vant said, Lord, it is done as thou hast com- manded, and yet there is room. 23 And the lord said unto the ser- vant, Go out into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that my house may be filled. 24 For I say unto you, That none of those men which were bidden shall taste of my supper. 4 ἐποίει TTrA. νυ πάντες παραιτεῖσθαι Υ ἐξελθὼν having gone out TTra. Ὁ τυφλοὺς καὶ χωλοὺς 204 25 And there went great multitudes with him: and he turned, and said unto them, 26 If any man come to me, and hate not his father, and mother, and wife, and children, and brethren, and sis- ters, yea, and his own life also, he cannot be my disciple. 27 And whosoever doth not bear his cross, and come after me, cannot be my disciple. 28 For which of you, intend- ing to build a tower, sitteth not down first, and counteth the cost, whether he have suffi- cient to finish it? 29 Lest haply, after he hath laid the founda- tion, and is not able to finish it, all that be- hold it begin to mock him, 30 saying, i man began to build, and was not able to finish. 31 Or what king, going to make war a- gainst another king, sitteth not down first, and consulteth whe- ther he be able with ten thousand to meet him that cometh a- gainst him with twen- ty thousand? 32 Or else, while the other is yet a great way off, he sendeth an ambas- sage, and desireth con- ditions of peace. 33S0 likewise, whosoever he be of you that forsak- ethnotall that he hath, he cannot be my disci- ple. 34 Salt 18 good: but if the salt have lost his savour, where- with shall it be sea- soned? 35 It is neither fit for the land, nor yet for the dunghill ; but men cast it out. He that hath ears to hear, let him hear, XY. Then drew near unto him all the pub- licans and sinners for tohearhim, 2 And the Pharisees and scribes murmured, saying, ΔΟΎΚΑΣ. XIV, XV. 25 Συνεπορεύοντο.δὲ αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί: Kai στραφεὶς And ὅνγουα ‘going *with Shim ἤογοναθ ‘great; and having turned εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, 26 Et τις ἔρχεται πρός με, Kai οὐ-μισεὶ Π6 βεϊδ to them, If anyone comes to me, and hates not rov.martpa-éavrou' καὶ τὴν μητέρα Kai THY γυναῖκα Kai τὰ his father and mother and wife and τέκνα καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς Kai τὰς ἀδελφάς, ἔτι.Βδὲ! Kai τὴν children and brothers and sisters, and besides also ἑαυτοῦ. ψυχήν, ov-dbvarai ™wov.wabnrnc εἷναι"" 27 cai! ὅστις his own life, he cannot my disciple be; and whosoever οὐ.βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν. "αὐτοῦ," καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου, carries not his cross, and comes after me, ov_dvvaTrai 'μου εἴναι" μαθητής. 28 τίς. γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν -θέλων cannot my be disciple. For which of you desiring πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας ψηφίζει τὴν a tower to build, *not first ‘having *sat *down “counts the δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει ™ra! ππρὸς" ἀπαρτισμόν; 29 ἵνα μήποτε cost, if he has the [means] for [its] completion? that lest θέντος αὐτοῦ θεμέλιον καὶ μὴ ἰσχύοντος ἐκτελέσαι, πάντες having laid ofit afoundationand ποῦ being able to finish, all ot θεωροῦντες ἄρξωνται “paige αὐτῷ," 80 λέγοντες, Ὅτι who see [10] should begin tomockat him, saying, οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἤρξατο οἰκοδομεῖν, καὶ οὐκ. ἴσχυσεν ἐκτελέσαι. This man began to build, and was not able to finish. 851 Ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος PoupBadreiy ἑτέρῳ βασι- Or what king proceeding toengage with another i λεῖ! εἰς πόλεμον οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύεται" in war Snot thaving *sat*down ‘first Stakes “counsel εἰ δυνατός ἐστιν ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ᾿ἀπαντῆσαι" τῷ μετὰ whether able heis with ten thousand to meet him with ” λ τὸ ? f ? ΕΣ ? , 9 2 / » εἴκοσι χιλιάδων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν; 32 εἰ δὲ μήγε, ἔτι twenty thousand whocomes against him? Butif not, “still Sabrov πόῤῥω" ὄντος, πρεσβείαν ἀποστείλας ἐρωτᾷ τὰ the *far “off “being, an embassy having sent heasks the[terms] πρὸς εἰρήνην. 88 οὕτως οὖν πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὃς οὐκ ἀπο- for peace, Thus therefore everyone of you {ὙΠῸ “ποὺ ‘does take τάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, obdvvarai ἵμου leave of all that he himself possesses, cannot “my elvat" μαθητής. 84 καλὸν τὸ “ἅλας"" édy.dt* τὸ "ἅλας" "be disciple, Good [is] the salt, butif the salt μωρανθῇ ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται; 35 οὔτε εἰς γῆν οὔτε become tasteless with what shall it be seasoned ? Neither for land nor εἰς κοπρίαν εὔθετόν ἐστιν ἔξω βάλλουσιν αὐτός. ‘O ἔχων for manure fit isit: ‘out ‘they *cast Σύ, Hethat has ὦτα Yaxovew' ἀκουέτω. ears tohear let him hear. 15 ἯἮσαν.δὲ τἐγγίζοντες αὐτῷ" πάντες ot τελῶναι Kai And were drawing near to him all the tax-gatherers and οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ" 2 Kai διεγόγγυζον οἱ" Φαρισαῖοι the sinners to hear him ; and murmured the Pharisees f αὐτοῦ LTTYrA. LTA. counsel T. therefore T[Tr]A. LITraw. 1 εἶναί μου TTrA. avira ἐμπαίζειν LUTrA. τ ὑπαντῆσαι LYTrAW. i— καὶ τ. k ἑαυτοῦ π εἰς tO GLTTrAW. 4 βουλεύσεται will take τ εἶναί μου LYTr. v + οὖν Y— ἀπολέσῃ should he lose tr. TIraA. ἔσυνκαλεῖ 1. 1 γίνεται χαρὰ TTrA. ς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἕν ττταΑ. Β συνχάρητέ 1. h ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται TA. ™ ὃ δὲ LTrA. 2 πάντα LTrA. ἃ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα LTTr. ‘ i οὗ Tr. ° ἰσχυρὰ LTTrAW. © αὐτοῦ k — τὰς LTTrA. 200 joined himself to a citizen of that country; and he sent him into his fields to feed swine. 16 And he would fain have filled his belly with the husks that the swine did eat: and no man gave unto him. 17 And when he came to himself, he said, How many hired ser- vants of my father’s have bread enough and to spare, and I perish with hunger ! 18 I will arise and go to my father, and will say unto him, Father, Γ have sinned against heaven, and _ before thee, 19 and am no more worthy to be called thy son: make me as one of thy hired servants. 20 And he arose, and came to his father. But when he was yet a great way off, his father saw him, and had compassion, and ran, and fell on his neck, and kissed him. 21 And the son said un- to him, Father, I have sinned against heaven and in thy sight, and am no more worthy to be called thy son, 32 But the father said to his servants, Bring forth the best robe, and put ἐξ on him; and put 8 ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet: 23 and bring hither the fatted calf, and Kill it; and let us eat, and be merry: 24 for this my son was dead, and is alive again ; he was lost, and is found. And they began to be merry. 25 Now his elder son was in the field: and as he came and drew nigh to the house, he heard musick and dancing. 26 And he called one of the servants, and asked what these things meant. 27 And hesaid unto him, Thy brother is come; and thy father hath killed the fatted calf, because he hath XV ἑνὶ τῶν πολιτῶν τῆς. χώρας ἐκείνης" of that country, χοίρους. swine. AOYKAS. πορευθεὶς ἐκολλήθη having gone he joined himself to one of the citizens kai ἔπεμψεν αὐτὸν sic τοὺς. ἀγροὺς αὐτοῦ βόσκειν and ΒΘ sent him into his fields to feed 10 καὶ ἐπεθύμει γεμίσαι τὴν.κοιλίαν.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν κερατίων And he was longing to fill his belly from the husks τ LA « - 4 ? ‘ ,} / > ~ ? ὧν ἤσθιον οἱ xoipo Kai οὐδεὶς ἐδίδου αὐτῷ. 17 Εἰς which *were*eating'the *swine; and noone gave tohim. “To ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἐλθὼν Ρεῖπεν,; Πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός ‘himself *but*having*come he said, How many hired servants Sfather μου Ἁ«περισσεύουσιν" ἄρτων, ἐγὼ. δὲ λιμῷ " ἀπόλλυμαι; ‘of ἼΩΥ have abundance of bread, andI with famine am perishing? 18 ἀναστὰς πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν.πατέρα.μου, Kai ἐρῶ Having risen up ‘I willgo to my father, and I will say αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου" tohim, Father, Ihave sinned against heaven and _. before thee ; 19 ‘kai! οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός.σου" ποίησόν με ὡς and nolonger amI worthy tobecalled thy son: make me 88 ἕνα THY μισθίων. σου. 20 καὶ ἀναστὰς ἦλθεν πρὸς τὸν πα- one of thy hired servants. And havingrisenup he went’ to *fa- τέρα ἑαυτοῦ." Ετι.δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος εἶδεν αὐτὸν ther this, But yet ‘he “far Sbeing distant “saw *him ὁ-πατὴρ.αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη, καὶ δραμὼν ἐπέπεσεν this *father and was moved with compassion, and running fell ἐπὶ τὸν. τράχηλον.αὐτοῦ Kai κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν. 21 εἶπεν.δὲ And *said upon his neck and ardently kissed him, Ww ᾽ ~ « Qf ll , oe > A ? A ΡΨ - αὐτῷ ὁ υἱὸς, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώ- *to®him ‘the *son, Father, I have sinned against heaven and be- ’ Χ ΜΙ > , > ‘ » rv On cee: 99 ἘΠ πιόν σου, *kat' οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός. σου. ἴπεν fore thee, and nolongeramI worthy tobecalled thy δβοῃ. 7Said δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς.δούλους. αὐτοῦ, ¥ ᾿Εξενέγκατε "τὴν!" ‘but the father to his bondmen, Bring out the A A ’ ‘ > LZ ? , 4 ΄ ’ στολὴν τὴν πρώτην καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον robe the best and clothe him, and give aring εἰς τὴν. χεϊρα-.αὐτοῦ Kai ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας" 28 Kai for his hand and sandals for the feet ; and “eveyKkavrec' Tov μόσχον τὸν σιτευτὸν θύσατε, Kai φαγόντες having brought the 3264] fattened Kill [it],and eating εὐφρανθῶμεν' 24 Ort οὗτος ὁ.υἱός.μου νεκρὸς ἦν, καὶ ἀνέζη- let us be merry: for this my son dead ‘was, and is alive sev’ kai ἀπολωλὼς ἦν," καὶ εὑρέθη. Kai ἤρξαντο εὐ- again; and lost iwas, and _ is found. And they began to , τ " « cA ? ~ « , > ? ~ φραίνεσθαι. 2ὅ Ην.δὲ ὁ.υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ πρεσβύτερος ἐν ἀγρῷ" be merry. And *was ‘his 7son = tthe “elder in a field; καὶ ὡς ἐρχόμενος ἤγγισεν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας and as coming (up) he drew near tothe house he heard music καὶ χορῶν" 26 Kai προσκαλεσάμενος ἕνα τῶν.παίδων "αὐτοῦ," and dancing. And having called near one of his servants, ἐπυνθάνετο τί εἴη ταῦτα. 27 ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὅτι he inquired what might be these things. Andhe said tohim, ὁ ἀδελφός.σου Hee Kai ἔθυσεν ὁ-πατήρισου τὸν μόσχον τὸν Thy brother iscome, and *killed ‘thy *father the "calf P ἔφη T. 4 περισσεύονται TrA. r + ὧδε here ara. * + ὧδε here LT. t— καὶ GLTTrAW. Y αὐτοῦ LTTr. W ὃ vlos αὐτῷ A. χ — καὶ LITA. y + Ταχὺ Quickly L[Tr]a. 2 — τὴν (read a robe) Lrtra. ἃ φέρετε bring TTra. Ὁ ἣν ἀπολωλὼς LITrA ; ἀπολ. ἣν W. © — αὐτοῦ (read the servants) EGLTTrAW. a+ ἂν [L]m[a]. ΧΥΖΧΥΙ. LUKE. , ew c , ? 4 > , σιτευτόν, ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν. 28 Ὠργίσθη lfattened, because safeand well “him ‘he 7received. ?7He*was *angry δὲ καὶ οὐκ.ἤθελεν εἰσελθεῖν. ὁ “οὖν" πατὴρ αὐτοῦ *but and was not willing togoin. 7The ‘therefore father of him ἐξελθὼν παρεκάλει αὐτόν. 29 0.0& ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ.πα- hayinggone besought him. But he answering said to *fa- rol’, ᾿Ιδού, τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν ther[‘his], Lo, somany years Iserve thee and never *commandment σου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε ἔδωκας ἔριφον ἵνα μετὰ *thy ‘transgressed 7I, andtome never didstthougive akid that with ~ , 7 ~ Ως ᾿ « er - τῶν.φίλων.μου εὐφρανθῶ" 30 ὅτε-δὲ ὁιυἱός.σου οὗτος my friends I might make merry ; but when “thy *son this ὁ καταφαγών cov τὸν βίον μετὰ ὃ πορνῶν ἦλθεν, ἔθυσας who devoured thy living with harlots came, thou didst kill αὐτῷ τὸν Ἐμόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν." 31 6.02 εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Τέκνον, for him the 7ealf 1fattened. Buthe said tohim, Child, ov πάντοτε μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ εἶ, καὶ πάντα Ta ἐμὰ σά ἐστιν. thou always with me art, and all that [is] mine *thine ‘tis. 92 εὐφρανθῆναι.δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει, ὅτι ὁ. ἀδελφός. σου rejoice was becoming, because ΤΥ *brother Keai' ἀπολωλὼς My," καὶ and *lost Iwas, and But to make merry and οὗτος νεκρὸς ἦν, καὶ ‘aveCnoer™' 1this 5dead ‘*was, and is alive again ; εὑρέθη. is found. 16 Ἔλεγεν.δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς. μαθητὰς.“αὐτοῦ," "Ανθρωπός Andhesaid also to his disciples, A *man TIC ἦν πλούσιος, ὃς εἶχεν οἰκονόμον" Kai οὗτος διε- ‘certain ‘there®was rich, who had a steward, and he was βλήθη αὐτῷ we διασκορπίζων τὰ. ὑπάρχοντα.αὐτοῦ. 2 Kai accused tohim as wasting his goods. And φωνήσας αὐτὸν εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ti τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ having called him he said tohim, What [is] this Ihear concerning σοῦ; ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς.οἰκονομίας. σου" οὐ.γὰρ. δυνήσῃ" thee ? render the account of thy stewardship ; for thou canst not ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν. 3 ἘΠπεν.δὃὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ ὁ οἰκονόμος, any longer be steward. And said *within *himself ‘the “steward, Ti ποιήσω, ὅτι ὁ.κύριός. μου ἀφαιρεῖται THY οἰκονομίαν ἀπ᾽ What shallI ἄο, for my lord is taking away the stewardship from ἐμοῦ; σκάπτειν οὐκ.ἰσχύω, ἐπαιτεῖν αἰσχύνομαι. 4 ἔγνων me? To dig Tam unable; to beg I am ashamed. I know Ti ποιήσω, ἵνα, ὅταν μετασταθῶ ° τῆς οἰκονο- what I willdo, that, when I shall have been removed [from] the steward- μίας, δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς.οἴκους.»αὐτῶν." 5 Kai προσ- ship, they may receive me into their houses. And call- καλεσάμενος Eva ἕκαστον THY IypEwHerteTHy! τοῦ κυρίου ing to {him] 7one teach _— of the debtors Slord ἑαυτοῦ ἔλεγεν τῷ πρώτῳ, Πόσον ὀφείλεις τῷ κυρίῳο.μου ; 1of 7his hesaid tothe first, How much owest thou to my lord? 6 Ὁ-.δὲ εἶπεν, Ἑκατὸν βάτους ἐλαίου. 'Kai' εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Andhe said, A hundred baths of oil. And he said tohim, Δέξαι σου "τὸ γράμμα" καὶ καθίσας ταχέως γράψον πεντή- Take thy bill and sitting down quickly write fifty. 207 received him safe and sound. 28 And he was angry, and would not goin: therefore came his father out, and in- treated him. 29 And he answering said to his father, Lo, these many years do I serve thee, neither trans- gressed I at any time thy commandment: and yet thou never gavest me a kid, thatI might make merry with my friends: 30 but as soon as this thy son was come, which hath devoured thy living with har- lots, thou hast killed for him the fatted calf. 31 And he said unto him, Son, thou art ever with me, and all that I haveis thine. 32 It was meet that we should make merry, and be glad: for this thy brother was dead, and is alive again ; and was lost, and is found, XVI. And he said also unto his disciples, There was a certain rich man, which had a steward; and thesame was accused unto him that he had wasted his goods. 2 And he called him, and said unto him, How is it that I hear this of thee? give an account of thy stewardship ; for thou mayest be no longer steward. 3 Then the steward said within himself, What shall 1 do? for my lord taketh away from me the stewardship : I cannot dig; to beg I am ashamed. 41 am re- solved whatto do, that, when 1 am put out of the stewardship, they may receive me into their houses. 5 So he called every one of his lord’s debtorsunto him, and said unto the first, How much owest thou unto my lord? 6 And he said, An hundred measures of oil, And hesaid unto him, Take thy bill, and sit down quickly, and write fifty. 7 Then said he e δὲ but Lrtra. f+ αὐτοῦ his Ltra. & + τῶν the στὰ. 1 ἔζησεν is alive TTrA. k— καὶ 1. τι --- αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) Trra. 2 δύνῃ TIrA. TTrA. 4 χρεοφειλετῶν LTTrA. τ ὃ δὲ LTTrA. h σιτευτὸν μόσχον ΤΊτΑ. Ἰ-- ἣν (read ἀπολωλὼς had been lost) LTTra. ° + ἐκ from [L]TTrA. 5 τὰ γράμματα bills LTTrA. Ρ ἑαυτῶ: 208 to another, And Low much owest thou? And he said, An hundred measures of wheat. And he said unto him, Take thy bill, and write fourscore. 8And the lord commended the unjust steward, because he had done wisely: for the child- ren of this world are in their generation wiser than the children of light. 9 And I say un- to you, Make to your- selves friends of the mammon of unright- eousness ; that, when ye fail, they may re- ceive you into ever- lasting habitations. 10 He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much: and he that is unjust in the least is unjust also in much. 11 If therefore ye have not been faithful in the unrighteous mam- mon, who will commit to your trust the true riches? 12 And if ye have not been faithful in that which is ano- ther man’s, who shall give you that which is your own? 13 No ser- vant can serve two masters: for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon. 14 And the Pharisees also, who were cove- tous, heard all, these things: and they de- rided him. 15 And he said unto them, Ye are they which justify yourselves before men; but God knoweth your hearts: for that which is highly esteemed a- mong men is abomina- tion in the sight of God. 16 The law and the prophets were until John: since that time the kingdom of God is preached, and every man presseth into it. 17 And it is easier for heaven and earth to pags, than one tittle of the law tofail. 18 Who- soever putteth away his wife, and marrieth another, committeth t — καὶ LTTrA. τ ἐκλίπῃ it shall fail urtra. ὑμῖν "τι. 8 — καὶ ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. XVI. 7 Ἔπειτα ἑτέρῳ εἶπεν, Σὺ. δὲ πόσον ὀφείλεις ; Then toanother he said, Andthou how much owest thou? ὋὉ.δὲ εἶπεν, Ἑκατὸν κόρους σίτου. ‘Kai' λέγει αὐτῷ, Δέξαι Andhe said, A hundred cors of wheat. And hesays tohim, ‘Take σου “To γράμμα" καὶ γράψον ὀγδοήκοντα. 8 Kai étmyvecey thy bill and eighty. And praised ὁ κύριος TOY οἰκονόμον τῆς ἀδικίας ὅτι φρονίμως ἐποίη- ‘the “lord the “steward ‘unrighteous because prudently he had dev’ OTL οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ.αἰῶνος.τούτου φρονιμώτεροι ὑπὲρ τοὺς done. For the sons of this age ®Smore ’prudent "than *°the υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς εἰς τὴν γενεὰν τὴν.ἑαυτῶν εἰσιν. 9 aes l°sons of }*the “light 7in ‘generation “their*own ‘are. And I ὑμῖν λέγω, “Ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς" φίλους ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς κοντα. write toyou say, Make to yourselves friends by the mammon ἀδικίας, ἵνα ὕταν Ξἐκλίπητε! δέξωνται ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς of unrighteousness, that when ye fail they may receive you into the αἰωνίους σκηνάς. 10 Ὁ πιστὸς ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ καὶ eternal dwellings. He that [is] faithful in [the] least also ἐν πολλῷ πιστός tor’ Kai ὁ ἔν ἐλαχίστῳ ἄδικος in much faithful is; and he that in [the] least [is] unrighteous 11 εἰ οὖν ἐν τῷ ἀδίκῳ καὶ ἐν πολλῷ ἄδικός ἐστιν. If therefore in the unrighteous also in much unrighteous is. μαμωνᾷ πιστοὶ οὐκ.ἐγένεσθε, TO ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει; mammon faithful ye have not been, the true who to you will entrust? 12 καὶ εἰ ἐν τῷ ἀλλοτρίῳ πιστοὶ οὐκ.ἐγένεσθε, τὸ And if in that which [18] another’s faithful ye have not been, « ’ ΄ z.. ~ ὃ » ell ἠδ ‘ DAW δύ ὃ ‘ ὑμέτερον τίς τυμῖν δώσει: 13 Οὐδεὶς οἰκέτης δύναται δυσὶ yourown who toyou will give? No servant isable two κυρίοις δουλεύειν: ἢ.γὰρ τὸν Eva μισήσει, Kai τὸν ἕτερον lords to serve, for either the one hewillhate, and the other ἀγαπήσει; ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει. he willlove; or one hewillholdto, and the other he will despise. οὐ.δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν Kai μαμωνᾷ. Yeareunable οα '‘to*serve and mammon. 14 "Ηκουον.δὲ ταῦτα πάντα "καὶϊ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, φιλάρ- And ‘*heard *these *things ‘all also the Pharisees, 2covet- γυροι ὑπάρχοντες, καὶ ἐξεμυκτήριζον αὐτόν. 15 καὶ εἶπεν ous ‘being, and they derided him. And he said avroic, Myers tore οἱ δδικαιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ἐνώπιον τῶν to them, e are they who justify themselves before ? ’ « 4 , ‘ , « ~ {1 A > ἀνθρώπων, ὁ.δὲ.θεὸς γινώσκει τὰς. καρδίας. ὑμῶν" OTL τὸ ἐν men, but God knows your hearts ; for that “among ἀνθρώποις ὑψηλὸν βδέλυγμα ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Ῥέστιν." >men "highly *thought*of anabomination before God is. 16 Ὁ νόμος Kai ot προφῆται “we! ΦῬΙωάννου"" ἀπὸ The law and the prophets [were] until John: from τότε ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται, Kai πᾶς εἰς that time the kingdom of God is announced, and everyone *into ᾽ 4 , > ΄’ is Δ ᾿Ὶ > ‘ , αὐτὴν βιάζεται. 17 Ἑὐκοπώτερον.δέ ἐστιν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ 310 forces. But easier itis [for] the heaven and τὴν γῆν παρελθεῖν, ἢ τοῦ νόμου μίαν κεραίαν πεσεῖν. the earth topassaway, than ofthe law one tittle to fail. 18 Πᾶς 6 ἀπολύων τὴν.γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ Kai γαμῶν ἑτέραν Everyone who puts away his wife and marries another υ τὰ γράμματα bills LTTra. Y καὶ ἐγὼ TTrA. W ἑαυτοῖς ποιήσατετΑ. Υ + [αὐτῶν] (read their eternal dwellings) L. * δώσει TIr[A]. 8 -- ἐστιν (read [is]) GLITrAW. ὃ μέχρι TMA. 4 ᾿Ιωάνου Tr, XVI. LUKE. μοιχεύει" καὶ “πᾶς ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς commits adultery; and everyone who “her“put‘*away ‘from °a “husband γαμῶν μοιχεύει. marries commits adultery. 19 Γἀνθρωπος.δέ τις Now *a®man ‘certain ‘there 7was ’ ‘ ,΄ > , aS , ~ πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον, εὐφραινόμενος καθ᾽ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς. ἦν πλούσιος, και ἐνεδιδύσκετο 5rich, and he was clothed in purple and fine linen, making good cheer daily in splendour, 20 πτωχὸς.δέ τις ἴἦν᾽ ὀνόματι Λάζαρος, δὸς" ἐβέβλητο Anda r*man ‘certain there was, by name Lazarus, who was laid πρὸς τὸν.πυλῶνα.αὐτοῦ jAKwpévoc,' 21 Kai ἐπιθυμῶν χορ- at his porch being full of sores, and desiring to be τασθῆναι ἀπὸ 'τῶν ψιχίων τῶν" πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης satisfied from the crumbs which fell from the table τοῦ πλουσίου: ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ κύνες ἐρχόμενοι ᾿ἀπέλειχον" τὰ of the rich man; but even the dogs coming licked ἕλκη.αὐτοῦ. 22 ἐγένετοιδὲδἑ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν πτωχόν, Kai his sores. And it eame to pass *died ‘the *poor *man, and ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἰς τὸν κόλπον ἱτοῦ" *was “σδυυϊθα γα ‘the by the angels into the bosom "ABoadw ἀπέθανεν.δὲ καὶ ὁ πλούσιος, Kai ἐτάφη. 23 Kai ἐν of Abraham. And died also the richman, and wasburied. And in τῷ ἅδῃ ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς. αὐτοῦ, ὑπάρχων ἐν Ba- the hades haying lifted up his eyes, being in tor- σάνοις, ὁρᾷ “τὸν ᾿Αβραὰμ ἀπὸ.μακρόθεν, καὶ Λάζαρον ἐν ments, hesees Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in τοῖς.κόλποις.αὐτοῦ" 24 καὶ αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν, ἱϊάτερ his bosom, And he erying out said, Father με, καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον, iva βάψῃ send Lazarus, that he may dip Αβραάμ, ἐλέησόν Abraham, have compassion on me, and τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ.δακτύλου. αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, Kai καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσ- the tip of his finger in water, and cool “tongue σάν μου ὅτι ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ-φλογὶ ταύτῃ. 25 Ἐϊπεν δὲ ‘my; for I am suffering in this flame. But *said Αβραάμ, Τέκνον, μνήσθητι ore ἀπέλαβες ποὺ Tra ‘Abraham, Child, recollect that *didst *fully *receive ayaba.cov ἐν τῇ.ζωῇ.σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως thy good things in thy lifetime, and Lazarus likewise νῦν.δὲ οὔδε' παρακαλεῖται, σὺ.δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι. But πο he is comforted, and thou art suffering. πᾶσιν τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν Kai ὑμῶν χάσμα all thesethings, between us and you ὦ chasm ται, omwe ot θέλοντες διαβῆναι “ἐντεῦθεν! πρὸς ὑμᾶς fixed, sothat they who desire to pass hence to you μὴ.-δύνωνται, μηδὲ τοὶ! ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν. are unable, nor “they *thence *to “us *can *pass 27 Εἶπεν.δέ, "Epwrd "οὖν ae, πάτερ, wa πέμψῃς And hesaid, I beseech “then ‘thee, father, that thou wouldest seud αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ.πατρός.μου, 28 ἔχω.γὰρ πέντε ἀδελ- τὰ.κακά" evil things. 26 καὶ Péri! And besides μέγα ἐστήρικ- great has been 209 adultery : and whoso- ever marrieth her that is put away from her husband committeth a- dultery. 19 There was a cer- tain rich man, which was clothed in purple and fine linen, and fared sumptuously every day: 20and there Was a certain beggar named Lazarus, which was laid at his gate, full of sores, 21 and de- siring to be fed with the crumbs which fell from the rich man’s table: moreover the dogs came and licked his sores. 22 And it came to pass, that the beggar died, and was earried by the angels into Abraham’s bosom: the rich manaiso died, and was buried; 23 and in hell he lift up his eyes, being intorments, and seeth Abraham afar off, and Lazarusin his bosom. 24 And he cried and said, Father Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Laza- rus, that he may dip the tip of his finger iz water, and cool my tongue; for I am tor- mented in this fame. 25 But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now he is comtort- ed, and thou art tor- mented. 26 And beside allthis, between usand you there isa great gulf fixed: so that they which would pass from hence to you cannot; neither can they pass to us, that would come from thence. 27 Then he said, I pray thee therefore, father, that thou wouldest send him to my father’s him to the house of my father, forIhave five bro- house: 28 for I have / ες εἰ , χουν τῶν “ ι \ >, five brethren; that he govc’ OTwe διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς, Wa μὴ καὶ αὕτοι may testify unto them, thers, so that he may earnestly testify tothem, that “not also ‘they lest they also come in- © — πᾶς LTTrA. f — Fy [L]tTra. & — ὃς [L]}rTra. 4 εἱλκωμένος LTTrAW. 1 — ψιχίων τῶν (read τῶν that which) [L]ra ; [τῶν Ψιχίων] τῶν Tr. 1_ ov GLTTrAW 18-- τὸν LTTrA. ο ὧδε here (read παρακ. he ig comforted) LTTraw. P ἐν before τ. © — ov (read διαπ. can they pass) L[a]. 8 ge οὖν LTrAW. Κ ἐπέλειχον LTTrA. π — gv (read ἀπέλαβες thou didst fully receive) GTTra. ᾳ ἔνθεν GLTTrAW. iz 210 to this place of tor- ment. 29 Abraham saith unto him, They have Moses and the prophets ; let them hear them, 30 And he said, Nay, father Abra- ham : but if one went unto them from the dead, they will repent. 31 And he said unto him, If they hear not Moses and the pro- phets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead, XVII. Then said he unto the disciples, It is impossible but that of- fences will come: but woe unto him, through whom theycome! 2 It were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and he cast into the sea, than that he should offend one of these lit- tle ones. 3 Take heed to yourselves: If thy brother trespass a- gainst thee, rebuke him; and if he repent, forgive him. 4 And if he trespass against thee seven times in a day, and seven times in a day turn again to thee, saying, I repent; thou shalt forgive him. 5 And the apostles said unto the Lord, In- erease our faith. 6 And the Lordsaid, If ye had faith as a grain of mus- tard seed, ye might say unto this sycamine tree, Be thou plucked up by the root, and be thou planted in the sea; and it should obey you. 7 But which of you, having a servant plow- ing or feeding cattle, will say unto him by and by, when he is come from the field, Go and sit down to meat? 8 And will not rather say unto him, Make ready wherewith I may sup, and gird thyself, and serve me, till I have eaten and drunk- t + δὲ (read but Abraham) trtraw. σέως LTTrAW. » τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν TTrA. © τῶν μικρῶν τούτων ἕνα TTrA. LTTrA. " ἁμαρτήσῃ LTTrAW. ™ εἰπταν LTTrA. " Ev0éws παρελθὼν (read Having come immediately recline) Lrtra. LITraw. AOYKAY. XVI, XVII. ἔλθωσιν εἰς Tov-roToY.rovTOY τῆς βασάνου" 29 réyett ᾿αὐτῷ" ‘™maycome to this place of torment. "Says *to*him ᾿Αβραάμ, Ἔχουσιν “Μωσέα' καὶ τοὺς προφήτας" ἀκουσάτωσαν ‘Abraham, ‘They have Moses and the prophets : let them hear αὐτῶν. 30 Ο.δὲ εἶπεν, Οὐχί, πάτερ ᾿Αβραάμ' ἀλλ᾽ ἐάν τις them. But he said, No, father Abraham, but if one ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτούς, μετανοήσουσιν. from {the} dead should go to them, they will repent. 31 Εἰἶπεν.δὲ αὐτῷ, Ei *Mwotwe' καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ Andhe said tohim, If Moses and the prophets “not ἀκούουσιν, Youd: ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ πεισθή- ‘they “hear, noteven if one from{[the] dead should rise will they σονται. be persuaded. 17 Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς pabnrac,® ᾿Ανένδεκτόν ἐστιν "τοῦ" Απᾶ he said to the disciples, Impossible it is that "μὴ.ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα"" “οὐαὶ. δὲ" δι οὗ ἔρχεται. ?should *not *come ‘offences, but woe [to him] by whom they come, περίκειται περὶ 2 λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ d ὕλο ὀνικὸο" ς is put about It is profitable for him if a millstone turned by an ass τὸν.τράχηλον.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔῤῥιπται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ἢ ἵνα his neck, and eiscast into the sea, than that ‘iva τῶν.μικρῶν.τούτων." 3 προσέχετε tone 7of “these “little *ones. Take heed « - 7A f NII « ΄ ? SII « ἐδ λ , ? ἑαυτοῖς. ἐὰν ἰδὲ! a ἀρτῃ Beic σὲ" ο.ἀδελφός. σου, ἔπι- to yourselves: andif %should *sin ‘against °thee ‘thy *brother, re- τίμησον avT@ καὶ ἐὰν μετανοήσῃ, ἄφες αὐτῷ. 4 Kai ἐὰν buke him ; and if heshouldrepent, forgive him. And if ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας "ἁμάρτῃ! εἰς σέ, καὶ ἷ ἑπτάκις "τῆς seven times in the day he should sin against thee, and seven times in the ἡμέρας" ἐπιστρέψῃ ᾿ἐπὶ σέ," λέγων, Meravod, ἀφήσεις day shouldreturn to thee, saying, Irepent, thou shalt forgive αὐτῷ. him. 5 Kai “eizoyv' οἱ ἀπόστολοι τῷ κυρίῳ, Πρόσθες ἡμῖν And said the apostles to the Lord, Give more “to “us πίστιν. 6 Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ κύριος, Et "εἴχετε! πίστιν, ὡς κόκκον faith. But *said ‘the *Lord, If yehad faith, as agrain σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε. ἂν τῇ.συκαμίνῳ.ταύτῃ, ᾿Ἐκριζώθητι, καὶ of mustard, ye might say to this sycamine tree, Be thou rooted up, and υτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ" Kai ὑπήκουσεν ἂν ὑμῖν. 7 Τίς. δὲ be thou planted in the sea, and it would obey you. But which 8! ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς of you 7a *bondman *haying ploughing or shepherding, who εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ " “εὐθέως, Παρελθὼν!" {tohim}] comein out of the field willsay immediately, Having come Ws 8 ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ. ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἙἙτοίμασον τί Tavarecat' ; recline [at table]? but willhe not say to him, Prepare what δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω Kai σκανδαλίσῃ he should cause °to ‘offend Imay sup on, and girding thyself about serve me, while LTeat and Υ-- αὐτῷ T{TraA]. “ Μωῦσέα LTtTraw. * Mwi- Υ οὐδ᾽ LTra. z+ αὐτοῦ (read his disciples) LrTraw. 4— τοῦ E, 4 λίθος μυλικὸς a millstone & -- εἰς σὲ LTTrA. !— ἐπὶ σέο ; πρός σε P αὐτῷ to him [L]rrra. ¢ ΄ τ ἀνάπεσε LTTrAW. © πλὴν ovat yet woe Ltr. f — δὲ and {τττὰ. k — τῆς ἡμέρας LTTrA. i + [ἐὰν] if L. ο [ἐξ] Tr. Ὁ ἔχετε ye have TTrA. XVII. LUKE. πίω: καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἄγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σὺ; 9 Μὴ drink; and after these things “shalt*eat “δὰ ‘drink ‘thou? βχάριν ἔχει" τῷ.δούλῳ. "ἐκείνῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ δδιατα- Is he thankful to that bondman because he did the things com- μ“ Ἣν ~ ~ id ‘ « ~ iid χθέντα "αὐτῷ"; Yov.doxd.' 10 οὕτως Kai ὑμεῖς, ὅταν manded him ? I judge not. Thus also ye, when , 7, Ay ὃ θέ ε ~ λέ x40 ll ὃ a TTOL]ONTE TAVTA.TA OLATAX EVTA ὑμιν. EYETE, TL COV ye may have done 411 things commanded you, say, 7Bond- λοι ἀχρεῖοί éopev’ Yoru! ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιή- men ‘unprofitable are we, for thatwhich wewerebound todo we have καμεν. done. \ ~ sy ΠῚ ΡΝ ἘΣ ι 11 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ.πορεύεσθαι."αὐτὸν' εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ And it came to pass in his gcing up to Jerusalem καὶ αὐτὸς διήρχετο διὰ μέσου" Σαμαρείας" καὶ Γαλι- that he passed through([the] midst of Samaria and Gali- λαίας. 12 καὶ εἰσερχομένου. αὐτοῦ εἴς τινα κώμην “ἀπήντησαν" lee, And on his entering into acertain village 4met ‘air! δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες, ot ἔστησαν πόῤῥωθεν" 13 Kai Shim” ten leprous %men, who stood afar off. And ls x \ , ? ~ , Σ wed αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν λέγοντες, Ἰησοῦ, ἐπιστάτα, ἐλεη- they liftedup[their] voice saying, Jesus, Master, have compas- σον ἡμᾶς. 14 Kai ἰδὼν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πορευθέντες sion on us, And seeing [them] hesaid to them, Haying gone ἐπιδείξατε ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν. Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὑπά- shew yourselves to the priests. And it came to pass in Ξ35ο- ? / τ A ? ~ al eo yew αὐτοὺς ἐκαθαρίσθησαν. 15 εἷς. δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἰδὼν ὅτι ing 1their they were cleansed. Andone of them, seeing that ἰάθη, ὑπέστρεψεν, μετὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης δοξάζων τὸν he was healed, turned back, with a 7voice loud glorifying θεόν" 16 καὶ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, God, and fell on [his] face at his feet, εὐχαριστῶν αὐτῷ᾽ καὶ αὐτὸς ἢν EEO Te, 17 ἀποκριθεὶς giving thanks tohim: and he was. a Samaritan. 2Answering δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Οὐχὶ" ot δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν ; ot.8dé'' and Jesus said, “Not “the ‘ten 1were cleansed ἢ but “the ἐννέα ποῦ; 18 οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι *nine ‘where [416]2 Were there not found [any] returning to give δόξαν τῷ θεῷ εἰ μὴ ὁ.ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος ; 19 Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ, glory to God except this stranger? And hesaid to him, ᾿Αναστὰς πορεύου" ἡ.πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε. Having risen up goforth; thy faith has cured thee. 20 ᾿Επερωτηθεὶς. δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων, πότε ἔρχεται ἡ And having been asked by the Pharisees, when is coming the βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς καὶ εἶπεν, Οὐκ. ἔρχεται kingdom of God, he answered them and _ said, 5Comes ποῦ ‘the ασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως" 21 οὐδὲ ἐροῦσιν, *kingdom 305 *God with observation ; nor shall they say, ᾿Ιδοὺ ὧδε, ἢ "ἰδοὺ! ἐκεῖ" ἰδοὺ.γάρ, ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἐντὸς Lo here, or Lo there; forlo, the kingdom of God in the midst ὑμῶν ἐστίν. 22 Εϊπεν. δὲ πρὸς rove pabyrac,' ᾿Ελεύσονται ofyou is. And he said _ to the disciples, *Will Scome 211 en; and afterward thou shalt eat and drink? 9 Doth he thank that servant because he did the things that were commanded him? I trow not. 10So likewise ye, when ye shall have done all those things which are commanded you, say, We are un- profitable servants: we have done that which was our duty to do. 11 And it came to pass, as he went to Je- rusalem, that he passed through the midst of Samaria and Galilee. 12 And as he entered into,a certain village, there met him ten men that were lepers, which stood afar off: 13 and they lifted up their voices, and said, Jesus, Master, have mercy on us. 14 And when hesaw them, he said unto them, Go shew your- selves unto the priests. And it came to pass, that, as they went, they were cleansed. 15 And one of them, when he saw that he was healed, turned back, and with a loud voice glorified God, 16 and fell down on his face at his feet, giv- ing him thanks: and he was a Samaritan. 17 And Jesus answer- ing said, Were there not ten cleansed? but where are the nine? 18 There are not found that returned to give glory to God, save this stranger. 19 And he said unto him, Arise, go thy way: thy faith hath made thee whole. 20 And when he was demanded of the Pha- risees, when the king- dom of God should come, he answered them and said, The kingdom of God com- eth not with observa- tion: 21 neither shall they say, Lo here! or, lo there! for, behold, the kingdom of God is within you. 22 And he said unto the disciples, The days will come, t — ἐκείνῳ (read the bondman) trtra. χ- ὅτιτ. Y — ὅτι LTTrAW. Ὁ Σαμαρίας τ. © ὑπήντησαν T. g — δὲ but LT[Tr]. bh — ἰδοὺ Ta. 5 ἔχει χάριν LTTra. “ — οὐ δοκῶ [L]}rtra. Titra]. ἃ μέσον LTTrA. ° Σαμαρίτης Ὁ. f οὐχ LTr. disciples) L. ,— αὐτῷ ΟἸΤΊΤΑΥ. : --- αὐτὸν (read in the going up) 4 — αὐτῷ (read [him |) τ Tra]. i + αὐτοῦ (read his 212 when ye shall desire to see one of the days of the Son of man, and ye shall not see it, 23 And they shall say to you, See here; or, see there: go not after them, nor follow them. 24 For as the lightning, that lighteneth out of the one part under hea- yen, shineth unto the other part under hea- ven;:so shall also the Son of man be in his day. 25 But first must he suffer many things, and be rejected of this generation. 26 And as it was in the days of Noe, so shall it be also in the days of the Son of man, 27 They did eat, they drank, they married wives, they were given in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, and the flood came, and destroyed them all. 28 Likewise also as it was in the days of Lot: they did eat, they drank, they bought, they sold, they plant- ed, they builded; 29 but the same day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brim- stone from heaven, and destroyed them all. 30 Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed. 31 In that day, he which shall be upon the housetop, and his stuff in the house, let him not come down to take it away: and he that is in the field, let him likewise not return back. 32 Remember Lot’s wife. 33 Whoso- ever shall seek to save his life shall lose it; and’ whosoever shall lose his life shall pre- serveit. 34 I tell you, in that night there shall be two men in one bed; the one shall be taken, and the other shall be left. 35 Two women shall be grinding to- gether ; the one shall be taken, and the other AOYKAs XVII. ἡμέραι, ὅτε ἐπιθυμήσετε μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀν- ‘days, when yewilldesire one of the days ofthe Son of θρώπου ἰδεῖν, καὶ οὐκιὄψεσθε. 25 καὶ ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ᾿Ιδοὺ man to see, and shall not see [it]. And they willsay toyou, Lo Κῶδε, ἢ ἰδοὺ ἐκεῖ." μὴ. ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε. 24 ὥσπερ.γὰρ here, or Τὸ there; go not forth nor follow. For as ἡ ἀστραπὴ ‘)' ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς myx! οὐρανὸν the lightning which lightens from the {oneend] under heaven ᾽ \ ε , ? A Aa e ” n WS εἰς TV υπ οὐρανὸν AUTEL, OUTWC ἔσται “Και O to the f{otherend] under heaven shines, thus willbe also the υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου “ἐν τῇ. ἡμέρᾳ.αὐτοῦ." 25 πρῶτον. δὲ δεῖ Son of man in his day. But first it behoves αὐτὸν πολλὰ παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς him many things ἴο suffer, and to be rejected of 2eveneration ταύτης. 26 καὶ καθὼς ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Prov Νῶε, ‘this. And as it came to pass in the days of Noe, οὕτως ἔσται Kai ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Irov' υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. thus shallit be also in the days of the Son of man, 27 ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἐγάμουν, τἐξεγα- They were eating, they were drinking, they were marrying, they were being piZovro,' ἄχρι ἣς ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν Νῶε εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν, given in marriage, until the day entered ‘Noe into the ark, VF θ € . τ» aN sf I! « , καὶ ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυσμὸς καὶ ἀπώλεσεν "ἅπαντας." 28 ὁμοίως and came the flood and destroyed 411, ὅΤῃ *like*manner ‘kai ὡς" ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ' ἤσθιον, ἔπι- ‘and as itcameto pass in the days of Lot; they wereeating, they were γον, ἠγόραζον, ἐπώλουν, ἐφύτευον, φκοδό- drinking, they were buying, they were selling, they were planting, they were μουν 29 ἡ.δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ἐξῆλθεν Λὼτ ἀπὸ Σοδόμων ἔβρεξεν building ; but onthe day *went*out *Lot from Sodom it rained πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀπώλεσεν Sdzavrac:' 30 κα- fire and sulphur from heaven and _ destroyed all. In τὰ “ταῦτα! ἔσται ᾧἢ. ἡμέρᾳ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπ- this way shallit be in the day the Son of man is revealed, τεται. 31 ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρῃ ὃς ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, Kai In that day [he] whoshallbe on the housetop, and TU.OKEUN-AUTOU ἐν TH οἰκίᾳ, μὴ.καταβάτω ἄραι αὐτά’ his goods in the house, let him not come down to take away them, καὶ ὁ ἐν ὕτῷ! ἀγρῷ ὁμοίως μὴ.ἐπιστρεψάτω sig τὰ ὀπίσω. and he in the field likewise lethimnotreturn to thethings behind. 32 μνημονεύετε τῆς γυναικὸς Λώτ. 33 ὃς. ἐὰν ζητήσῃ τὴν Remember the wife of Lot. Whoever may seek ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ "σῶσαι," ἀπολέσει αὐτήν" καὶ O¢Yéav' *azrohéoy' his life tosave, shall lose it ; and whoever may lose παὐτήν," ζωογονήσει αὐτήν. 34 λέγω ὑμῖν, ταύτῃ Ty νυκτὶ. κ ἐκεῖ, ἢ (--- ἢ TTr) ἰδοὺ ὧδε τατὰ. ° — ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ αὐτοῦ L. 8 πάντας LTrA. τὰ αὐτὰ in the same way TTrA. G[L]TTrAW. LTTrA, TTrA, Σ av Tra, © — 6 GLTTrAW. 4 παραλημφθήσεται LTTrA, it, shall preserve it, Isay toyou, In that night ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης "μιᾶς" £6" εἷς “παραληφθήσε- there shall be two[men]upon “bed one ; the one shall be ta- ται," καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται. 35 “δύο ἔσονται ἀλή- ken, andthe other shall be left. Two[(women] shallbe grind- 1— ἡ T[TrA]. ™ ὑπὸ τὸν under the LTTra. ἃ — και P -- τοῦ GLTTrAW. %— τοῦ RE. τ ἐγαμίζοντο τ καθὼς according as TTrA. ἡ ταὐτὰ in the same way GLW ; w — τῷ (read a field) rrra. χ περιποιήσασθαι to gain a— αὐτήν (read [it]){u}rrra. ὃ [μιᾶς] χὰ © ἔσονται δύο LTTrA. 2 ἀπολέσει Shall lose τ΄. XVII, XVIII. LUKE. cil θουσαι ἐπὶ τὸ. αὐτό" ' pia Ξπαραληφθήσεται," Kai ἡ ing together ; one shall be taken, and the a 5 Ξ ἑτέρα other eOnsera.' 37 Kai ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Tod, ll be left. And answering they say tohim, Where, , A « i ? ~ .“ 4 ~ 2 ~ j 6 ΄ κύριε; Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὅπου τὸ σῶμα ἐκεῖ ῥἡσυναχθή- Lord? Andhe said tothem, Where the body [is] there will be gathered σονται οἱ ἀετοί." together the eagles. 18 “EXeyev.dé ‘cai παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς πρὸς.τὸ δεῖν And he spoke also a parable to them to the purport that it behoves πάντοτε προσεύχεσθαι, | καὶ μὴ "πἐκκακεῖν,, 2 λέγων, "always 5to *pray [(‘them] and not to faint, saying, Κριτῆς rig ἦν ἔν τινι πόλει, τὸν θεὸν μὴ φοβούμενος A *judge ‘certain there was in certain ‘a city, God not fearing καὶ ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος. 3 χήρα. δὲ" ἦν ἐν τῇ and man not respecting. Anda widow there was in TOAELEKELVY, καὶ ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, λέγουσα, 'Exdixnody that city, and she wascoming to him, saying, Avenge μὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ.ἀντιδίκου.μου. 4 Kai οὐκ.»ἠθέλησεν᾽ ἐπὶ χρόνον᾽ me of mine adverse party. And he would not for atime; μετὰ.Ῥδὲ ταῦτα' εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Εἰ καὶ τὸν θεὸν οὐ.φοβοῦμαι but afterwards hesaid within himself, If even God I fear not “καὶ ἄνθρωπον οὐκ' ἐντρέπομαι: 5 διά.γε τὸ παρέχειν μοι and man “not respect, yet because Scauses *me κόπον τὴν.χήραν.ταύτην ἐκδικήσω αὐτήν, ἵνα.μὴ εἰς.τέλος ®trouble this *widow I willavenge her, lest perpetually > , J ’΄ 4A c ’ὔ ? LA , ἐρχομένη ὑπωπιάζῃ με. 6 Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ κύριος, ᾿Ακούσατε τί coming she harass me, And said the Lord, Hear what 0 κριτὴς τῆς ἀδικίας λέγει" 7 ὁ.δὲ θεὸς οὐ. μὴ ποιήσει" τὴν the *judge ‘unrighteous says. And*God not ‘shallexecute the ἐκδίκησιν τῶν. ἐκλεκτῶν.αὐτοῦ τῶν βοώντων “πρὸς αὐτὸν" avenging of his elect who cry to him ἡμέρας Kai νυκτός, καὶ μακροθυμῶν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς; ὃ λέγω day and night, and [is] being patient over them? I say ὑμῖν, ὅτι ποιήσει τὴν ἐκδίκησιν αὐτῶν tv.raye. πλὴν to you, that he willexecute the avenging of them speedily. Nevertheless ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν ἄρα εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν the Son of man having come “indeed ‘will *he find faith 2 ‘ ~ ~ ἐπι THC γῆς: on the earth? 9 Εἶπεν.δὲ Yeai' πρός τινας τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς And he spoke also to some who trusted in themselves ὅτι εἰσὶν δίκαιοι Kai ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς τὴν Tapa- that they are righteous and despised the rest 7para- ολὴν ταύτην. 10 ΓΑνθρωποι δύο ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν Q 1) ερ ble this: 7Men two wentup into the temple ay ow ci τ - . ΕἾ (ἢ , «ε προσεύξασθαι" “ὸ" εἷς Φαρισαῖος καὶ ὁ ἕτερος τελώνης. 1] ὁ to pray ; the one aPharisee andthe other atax-gatherer. The Φαρισαῖος σταθεὶς “πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ταῦτα! προσηύχετο, O θεός, Pharisee standing, with himself thus was praying, God, 218 left. 35 Two menshall be in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other left. 37 And they answered and said un- to him, Where, Lord? And he said unto them. Wheresoever the body 2s, thither will the eagles be gathered to- gether. XVIII. And he spake a parable unto them to this end, that men ought always to pray, andnottofaint; 2 say- ing, There was inacity 8 judge, which feared not God, neither re- garded man: 3 and there was a widow in that city; and she came unto him, saying, A- venge me of mine adversary. 4 And he would not for a while: but afterward he said within himself, Though I fear not God, nor regard man; 5 yet because this widow troubleth me, I will a- venge her, lest by her continual coming she weary me. 6 And the Lord said, Hear what the unjust judge saith. 7 And shall not God avenge his own elect, which cry day and night untohim,though he bear longwith them? 8 I tell you that he will avenge them speedily. Nevertheless when the Son of man cometh, shall he find faith on the earth ? 9 And he spake this parable unto certain which trusted in them- selves that they were righteous, and despised others: 10 Two men went up into the tem- ple to pray ; the onea Pharisee, and the other apublican. 11 The Pha- risee stood and prayed thus with elf, God, I thank thee, that f+ 7 the EGLI([Tr]a- & παραλημφθήσεται LTTrA. Β ἡ δὲ TTrA. i + verse 36, Δύο ἔσονται ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ᾽ ὃ els παραληφθήσεται, Kal ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται, Two [men] shall be in the field: the one shall be taken, and the other left £. καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται TIrA. κ-- καὶ LT[Tra]. ™ ἐγκακεῖν LITAW 3 ἐνκακεῖν Τ. n + τις certain E. 4 οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον Mor Man LTTr, ποιήσῃ LTTrA. LTTra. τζκαὶ] L. * — 6 LTrA. 5 αὐτῷ TTA. ο ἤθελεν LTTrAW. τ , t μακροθυμεῖ is patient χα ταῦτα pos ἑαυτὸν Tr; — πρὸς ἑαυτὸν T. j συναχθήσονται [καὶ also] ot ἀετοί, ; 1+ αὐτοὺς them LTTraw. Ρ ταῦτα δὲ TrA. 214 I am not as other men are, extortioners, un- just, adulterers, or even as this publican. 12 I fast twice in the week, I give tithes of all that I possess. 13 And the publican, standing afar off, would not lift up so much as his eyes unto heaven, but smote up- on his breast, saying, God be merciful to me asinner. 14 [tell you, this man went down to his house justified ra- ther than the other: for every one that exalteth himself shall be abased; and he that humbleth him- self shall be exalted. 15 And they brought unto him also infants, that he would touch them: but when Ais disciples saw it, they rebuked them. 16 But Jesus called them unto him, and said, Suffer little children to come unto me, and forbid them not: for of such is the kingdom of God. 17 Verily I say unto you, Whosoever shall ποῦ receive the king- dom of God asa little child shall in no wise enter therein. 18 And acertain ruler asked him, saying, Good Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life? 19 And Jesus said unto him, Why callest thou me good? none i good, save one, that is, God. 20 Thou knowest the commandments, Do Dot commit adultery, Do not kill, Do not steal, Do not bear false witness, Honour thy father and thy mother. 21 And he said, All these have I kept from my youthup. 22 Now when Jesus heard these things, he said unto him, Yet lackest thou one thing: sell all that chou hast, and distri- bute unto the or snd thou shalt have treasure in heaven: MOY Ke AS. XVIII. εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι οὐκ.εἰμὶ ὥσπερ" οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, I thank thee that Iam not as the _ rest of men, ἅρπαγες. ἄδικοι, μοιχοί, ἢ Kai ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης. 12 νη- rapacious, unrighteous, adulterers, ΟΥ̓ even 85 this *ax-gatherer. I στεύω dic τοῦ σαββάτου, Ξἀποδεκατῶ, πάντα ὅσα κτῶμαι. fast twice in the week, I tithe all things as many as I gain. 18 "Καὶ ὁ! τελώνης μακρόθεν ἑστὼς οὐκ ἤθελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς And the tax-gatherer afaroffi standing would noteven the ὀφθαλμοὺς "sic τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐπᾶραι!" ἀλλ᾽ ἔτυπτεν “εἰς" τὸ eyes to the heaven liftup, but was striking upon ornoc-tabrov,' λέγων, Ὁ θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ. his breast, Saying, God, be propitious to me the sinner, 14 Λέγω ὑμῖν, 5 κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον 7house Isay toyou, Went down this one justified to αὐτοῦ ' ἐκεῖνος." ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν ταπεινω- this ratherthan that. For everyone that exalts ~ himself shall be θήσεται. 80.08 ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται. humbled; andhethat humbles himself shall be exalted. 15 Προσέφερον δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη, ἵνα αὐτῶν ἅπτη- And they brought itohim also the babes, that them he might ται ἰδόντες. δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ éreripnoar' αὐτοῖς. 16 ὁ δὲ touch ; but havingseen [it] the disciples rebuked them. But Ἰησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὰ εἶπεν," "Αφετε τὰ παιδία Jesus having called “to him]'them = said, Suffer the littlechildren ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, Kai μὴ-κωλύετε αὐτά" τῶν.γὰρ.τοιούτων and donotforbid them; for of such to come to me, ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 17 Ἐπὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς. ξἐὰν" μὴ is the kingdom of God. erily Isay toyou, Whoever “not δέξηται τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον οὐ.μὴ εἰσέλθῃ ‘shallreceive the kingdom of God as a little child in no wise shall enter εἰς αὐτήν. into it. 18 Καὶ ἐπηρώτησέν τις αὐτὸν ἄρχων, λέγων, Διδάσκαλε And “asked la 2certain *him Sruler, saying, Teacher ἀγαθέ, τί ποιήσας ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω ; 19 Εἶπεν 1g00d, ὅνβαῦ ‘Shaving ‘done life eternal shall I inherit? "Said δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ti pe λέγεις ἀγαθόν ; οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς *but *to Shim 2Jesus, Why mecallestthou good? No one [is] good εἰ μὴ εἷς, ἰδ" θεός. race ἐντολὰς οἶδας" Μὴ μοι- except one, God. The commandments thou knowest : Thou shouldest not 4 Α , - ‘A , e χευσῃς μη-«-φονεῦσῃς μὴ-κλέψῃς commit adultery ; thou shouldest not commit murder ; thou shouldest not steal ; μὴ-Ψευδομαρτυρήσῳς" τίμα τὸν. πατέρα.σου καὶ τὴν thou shouldest not bear false witness ; honour thy father and pnrépa.oov.' 21 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Ταῦτα πάντα "ἐφυλαξάμην" ἐκ thy mother. Andhe said, 7These ‘all havel kept from , ’ Oo ll 2 , A p ~ il CF τε =< νεότητός “μου. 22 ᾿Ακούσας.δὲ Pravra' ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν ?youth my. And haying heard these things Jesus said αὐτῷ, Ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει: πάντα ὕσα ἔχεις πώλη- tohim, Yet onething totheeislacking; all as much as thou hast sell, σον, καὶ 4διάδος" πτωχοῖς, καὶ ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν τοὐ- and distribute ἕο [{Π6] ΡΟΟΥ, andthoushalthave treasure in hea- Υ ws Ltr. ἃ ἑαυτοῦ TrA. Ἐ ἐπετίμων LTTrA. Κ ἄν LTTrA. ® — ταῦτα LTTrA. 2 ἀποδεκατεύω T. e + [ὅτι] that L. 1_ OTA. 5 ὃ δὲτ. ὃ ἐπᾶραι εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν TTrA. © — εἰς LTTr[A]. ἔ παρ᾽ ἐκεῖνον LTrA ; ἢ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος GTW. ΞΕ καὶ δ1,. i προσεκαλέσατο αὐτὰ λέγων called them to [him] saying Trra. m — gov thy LTraw. Ὁ ἐφύλαξα LTTrA. ο — μον T[Tr]a. ᾳ δὸς give L. τ οὐρανοῖς Τ; τοῖς οὐρανοῖς the heavens LTrA. XVIII. LUKE. 5" καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθ 98 Ὁ δὲ ἀκούσα Ξ ρανῳ και ευρο ακολοῦσει μοι. -0& ακοῦυσας TavTa ven, and come follow me. But he having heard these things περίλυπος "ἐγένετο" ἦν. γὰρ πλούσιος σφόδρα. 24 ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ very sorrowful became, for he was ?rich lyery. But *seeing αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ᾿περίλυπον γενόμενον᾽ εἶπεν, Τῶς δυσκό- Shim 1Jegus ‘very ‘sorrowful *haying “become said, How diffi- Awe οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες "εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν eultly those “riches ‘having shall enter into the kingdom τοῦ θεοῦ." 25 Ἑὐκοπώτερον. γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ “τρυμαλιᾶς of God. For easier it is a@camel through an eye ῥαφίδος" "εἰσελθεῖν" ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ of a needle toenter than arichman into the kingdom of God εἰσελθεῖν. 26 ΤΕΪπον". δὲ οἱ ἀκούσαντες, Kai τίς δύναται to enter. And said those who heard, 2Then ‘who is able σωθῆναι; 237 Ὃ δὲ εἶπεν, Ta ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις to be saved? But he said, Thethings impossible with men δυνατά *zoTiww παρὰ τῷ θεῷ." 28 Ἐπεν. δὲ *0' Πέτρος, ᾿Ιδού, ?possible are with God. And *said Peter, Lo, ἡμεῖς “adnxapev πάντα καὶ" ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι. 29 ὯὉ δὲ we left all and followed thee, And he εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, “ὅτι! οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν C, Ap 7) said tothem, Verily Isay toyou, That noone thereis who has left οἰκίαν “ἣ γονεῖς ἢ ἀδελφοὺς ἢ γυναῖκα" ἢ τέκνα “ἕνεκεν house or parents or brethren or wife or children for the sake of τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ, 30 ὃς ἰοὐϊ μὴ ξἀπολάβῃ! πολ- the kingdom of God, who shall not receive mani- λαπλασίονα ἐν τῷ καιρῷ. τούτῳ, Kai ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ fold more in this time, and in the’ age that is coming ζωὴν αἰώνιον. life eternal. 31 Παραλαβὼν .δὲ τοὺς δώδεκα εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, And having taken to [him] the twelve hesaid to them, ᾿Ιδού, ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς “IeoocdAvupa,' καὶ τελεσθήσεται Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and “shall *be accomplished πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ 1811 *things which have been written by the prophets about the Son ἀνθρώπου. 82 παραδοθήσεται. γὰρ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καὶ ἐμπαι- of man; for he will be delivered up tothe Gentiles, and will be χθήσεται καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται. 88 καὶ pa- mocked and will beinsulted and will be spit upon. And having ,΄, 2 ~ > , ‘ ~ ε , ~ , στιγώσαντες ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν᾽ καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῷ τρίτῃ scourged they will kill him ; and on the lise "third ἀναστήσεται. 34 Kai αὐτοὶ οὐδὲν τούτων συνῆκαν, Kai he will rise again. And they nothing of these things understood, and ἦν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο κεκρυμμένον ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν, Kai ovK-éyivwoKoY Ξ3.γχὰκ8 ‘this *saying hid from them, and _ they knew not τὰ λεγόμεγα. that which was said. 35 ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ ἐντῷ.ἐγγίζειν αὐτὸν εἰς "Ιεριχώ," τυφλός And it came to pass as he drew near to Jericho, 54 blind τις ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν προσαιτῶν." 36 ἀκούσας (man]?certain sat beside the way begging. *Having “heard 216 and come, follow me 23 And when he heard this, he was very sor- rowtul: for he was very rich. 24 And when Je- sus saw that he was very sorrowful, hesaid, How hardly shall they that have riches enter into the kingdom of God! 25 For it is easier for a camel to go through a needle’s eye, than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God. 26 And they that heard ἐξ said, Who then ean be saved? 27 And hesaid, The things which are impossible with men are possible with God. 28 Then Peter said, Lo. we have left all, and followed thee.- 29 And he said unto them, Verily I say unto you, There is no man that hath left house, or pa- rents, or brethren, or wife, or children, for the kingdom of God’s sake, 30 who shall not receive manifold more in this present time, and in the world to come life everlasting. 31 Then he took unto him the twelve, and said unto them, Be- hold, we go up to Jeru- salem, and all things that are written by the prophets concern- ing the Son of man shall be accomplished, 32 For he shall be de- livered unto the Gen- tiles, and shall be mocked, and spitefully entreated, and spitted on: 33 and they shall scourge him, and put him to death: and the third day he shall rise again. 34 And they un- derstood none of these things: and this saying was hid from them, neither knew they the things which were spo- nD. 35 And it came to pass, that as he was come nigh unto Je- richo, a certain blind man sat by the way side begging: 36 and t — περίλυπον γενόμενον T[Tr]A. ρεύονται TTrA. ¥ τρήματος βελόνης LTTrA. x διελθεῖν to pass L. τῷ (— τῷ L[Tr]) θεῷ ἐστίν LTTrA. 8.- 6 τία]ν. LPTrA. © — ὅτι T. ἃ ἢ γυναῖκα ἢ ἀδελφοὺς ἢ γονεῖς TA. βλάβη τ. Ἀ Ἱερουσαλήμ Tira. ἰ Ἱερειχώτ. * ἐπαιτῶν LTTrA. 5 ἐγενήθη τττὰ. τ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσπο- Υ εἶπαν T. Ὁ ἀφέντες τὰ ἴδια having left our ewn © εἵνεκεν T. 2 παρὰ f οὐχὶ TA. 216 hearing the multitude pass by, he asked what it meant. 37 And they told him, that Jesus of Nazareth passeth by. 38 And he cried, say- ing, Jesus, thou Son of David, have mercy on me. 39 Andthey which went before rebuked him, that he should hold his peace: but he cried somuch themore, Thou Son of David, have merey on me. 40 And Jesus stood, and commanded him to be brought unto him: and when he was come near, he asked him, 41 saying, What wilt thou that I shall doun- to thee? And he said, Lord, that I may re- ceive my sight. 42 And Jesus said unto him, Receive thy sight: thy faith hath saved thee. 43 And immediately he received his sight, and followed him, glo- rifying God: and all the people, when they saw it, gave praise un- to God. XIX. And Jesus entered and _ pass- ed through Jericho, 2 And, behold, there was a man named Zac- chseus, which was the chief among the publi- cans, and he was rich. 3 And he sought to see Jesus who he was; and could not for the press, because he was little of stature. 4 And he ran before, and climbed up into a sycomore tree to see him: for he was topass that way. 5 And when Jesus came to the place, he looked up, and saw him, and said unto him, Zacchzus, make haste, and come down; for to day 1 must abide at thy house. 6 And he made haste, and came down, and received him joy- fally. 7 And when they saw it, they all mur- mured, saying, That he Was gone to be guest with a man that is a sinner. 8 And Zacchz- us stood, and said un- to the Lord; Behold, Lord, the half of my goods I give to the AOYKAX, XVIII, XIX. δὲ ὄχλου διαπορευομένου ἐπυνθάνετο ri! εἴη τοῦτο. land acrowd passing along he asked what ?might*be ‘this, > , A ? ~ ? ~ « ~ , 37 ἀπήγγειλαν. δὲ αὐτῷ, Ore [ησοῦς o Ναζωραῖος παρέρχεται. And they told him, Jesus the Nazarman is passing by. 38 Kai ἐβόησεν λέγων, ‘Inoov, υἱὲ ™AaBid,' ἐλέησόν με. And hecalled out saying, Jesus, Son of David, have pity on me, 39 Kai οἱ προάγοντες ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ ἵνα πσιωπήσῃ"" And those going before rebuked him that he should be silent, αὐτὸς.δὲ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν, Yié ™AaBid," ἐλέησόν με. but he much more cried out, Son of David, have pity on me. 40 Σταθεὶς.-δὃὲ °0' Ἰησοῦς ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι πρὸς And “having ᾿βύορρϑα ‘Jesus commanded him tobebrought to ? , Ξ 7 , > wy , ? , , αὐτὸν ἐγγίσαντος.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν, 41 Ρλέ- him. Andhavingdrawnnear he asked him, say- γων, Ti σοι θέλεις ποιήσω; ‘0.68 εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἵνα ing, What °to ’thee ‘desirest *thou *I*shall®do? Andhe said, Lord, that ἀναβλέψω. 42 Kai ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Ανάβλεψον" I may receive sight. And Jesus said tohim, Receive sight: ἡ-.πίστις.σου σέσωκέν σε. 43 Kai παραχρῆμα ἀνέβλεψεν, thy faith hath healed thee. And immediately he received sight, καὶ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ, δοξάζων τὸν θεόν: Kai πᾶς ὁ λαὸς and followed him, glorifying God. And _ all the people ἰδὼν ἔδωκεν αἶνον τῷ θεῷ. having seen [it} gave praise to God. 19 Kai εἰσελθὼν διήρχετο τὴν “Ἱεριχώ"" 2 καὶ ἰδού, And having entered he passed through Jericho. And behold, ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος, καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχι- aman by name called Zacchssus, and he was a chief τελώνης, καὶ τοῦτος ἦν" πλούσιος" 8 καὶ ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν τὸν tax-gatherer, and he was rich. And he was seeking tosee Ἰησοῦν τίς ἐστιν, Kai οὐκιἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, OTL τῇ Jesus— who heis: and hewasnotable for the crowd, because « , A ‘ ‘ 8 ” ? , ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν. 4 καὶ προδραμὼν * ἔμπροσθεν ἀνέβη in stature small he was. And having run forward before, he went up ἐπὶ ‘oukopwoaiay,' va ἴδῃ αὐτόν" ore ‘du! ἐκείνης into ὃ. sycomore, that he might see him, for by that [way] » , ‘ e = ᾽ ‘ A , > ἤμελλεν διέρχεσθαι. 5 καὶ we ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον, ava- he was about to pass. And as hecame to the place, look- βλέψας ὁ Ἰησοῦς “eldev αὐτόν, καὶ! εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, him, and said to him, ing up Jesus saw Ζακχαῖε, σπεύσας κατάβηθι' σήμερον.γὰρ ἐν τῷ.οἴκῳ.σου Zeacchreus, making haste come down, for to-day in thy house δεῖ με μεῖναι. 6 Kai σπεύσας κατέβη καὶ ὑπεδέξατο it behoveth me to remain, And making haste hecamedown and __i received αὐτὸν χαίρων. 7 καὶ ἰδόντες χἅπαντες"! διεγόγγυζον, him rejoicing. And having seen [it] all murmured, λέγοντες, Ὅτι παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν καταλῦσαι. saying, With a sinful man hehasentered to lodge. 8 Σταθεὶς.δὲ Φακχαῖος εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ᾿Ιδού, τὰ But standing Zacchawus said to the Lord, Lo, the Yypion' ττῶν. ὑπαρχόντων. μου,᾽ κύριε, "δίδωμι τοῖς πτωχοῖς" poor; and if I have half of my possessions, Lord, I give tothe poor, 1 + [av] τε. τι Δαυΐδ aw; Δαυείδ LTTrA. π σιγήσῃ LTTrA. © [ὁ] Tr. P — λέγων T[Tr]A. 4 Ἱερειχώ τ. τ αὐτὸς (— ἦν [w]trA) LTrA ; --- οὗτος T. 5 + εἰς τὸ to the (read ἔμπρ. front,) TA]. τ συκομορέαν EGTTrAW ; συκομωρέαν L. y— ov GLITrAW. * μου TOV ὑπαρχόντων TTrA. w — εἶδεν αὐτόν, καὶ TTr[A]. x πάντες LTTrAW. Υ ἡμίσεα L; ἡμίσειά TTA. 5 τοῖς πτωχοῖς δίδωμι TTA. XIX. LUKE. καὶ εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, ἀποδίδωμι τετρα- and if of anyone anything I took by false accusation, 1 return four- πλοῦν. 9 Εἶπεν. δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὅτι σήμερον σωτηρία fold. And ’said “ἴο *him 1Jesus, To-day salvation τῷ. οἴκῳ. τούτῳ ἐγένετο, καθότι Kai αὐτὸς υἱὸς ᾿Αβραάμ to this house iscome, inasmuch as also he ason of Abraham bear"! 10 ἦλθεν.γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ζητῆσαι Kai σῶσαι is: for °came ‘the 7Son 3of *man toseek and tosave τὸ ἀπολωλός. that which has been lost. 11 ᾿Ακουόντων.δὲ αὐτῶν ταῦτα, προσθεὶς εἶπεν παρα- But as were *hearing ‘they thesethings, adding hespoke a para- 4 4 Sy %9, ‘ c ? \ = c ann I 3 ‘ ὃ ~ Bodny, διὰ TO eyyuc αὐτὸν εἰναι Ιερουσ np, καὶ OOKELY ble, because Snear the 2was erusalem, and *thought αὐτοὺς ὅτι παραχρῆμα μέλλει ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἀνα- ΠΟΥ that immediately was about the kingdom of God tobe φαίνεσθαι: 12 εἶπεν οὖν, ᾿Ανθρωπός τις εὐγενὴς ἐπορεύθη manifested. He said therefore, A“man ‘certain high born proceeded εἰς χώραν μακράν, λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν καὶ ὑποστρέψαι. to a “country ‘distant, toreceive forhimself akingdom and to return. 13 καλέσας.δὲ δέκα δούλους. ἑαυτοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς, And having called ten of his bondmen he gave tothem ten minas, kai εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Πραγματεύσασθε “ἕως" ἔρχομαι. and said to them, Trade until I come. 14 Οἱ. δὲ. πολῖται. αὐτοῦ ἐμίσουν αὐτόν, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν πρεσ- But his citizens hated him and sent an em- βείαν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, Οὐ.θέλομεν τοῦτον bassy after him, saying, We are unwilling [for] this {man} βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς. 15 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν to reign over us. And itcametopass on *coming *back ‘again αὐτὸν λαβόντα τὴν βασιλείαν, καὶ εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ ‘his having received the kingdom, that he directed tobecalled to him τοὺς δούλους τούτους οἷς “ἔδωκεν τὸ ἀργύριον, ἵνα these bondmen to whom hegave_ the money, inorder that fyyg' δδτίς τί διεπραγματεύσατο." 16 παρεγένετο.δὲ ὁ he might know what each had gained by trading. Andcameup the πρῶτος, λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ-μνᾶ.σου "προσειργάσατο δέκα" μνᾶς. first, saying, Lord, thy mina has produced ten winas. 17 Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Εὖ, ἀγαθὲ dovhe’ Ore ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ And hesaid tohim, Well! good bondman; because in a very little πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων. faithful thou wast, be thou 7authority “having over ten cities. 18 Kai ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος, λέγων, ἘΚύριε, ἡ-μνᾶ.σου" And came the _ second, saying, Lord, thy mina , ~ ~ A \ , \ Ay es 3 » il πέντε μνᾶς. 19 Εἶπεν.δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, Kai σὺ ‘yiwou ἐπάνω five minas. And he said also to thisone, And?thou ‘be over πέντε πόλεων. 20 Kai™ ἕτερος ἦλθεν, λέγων, Κύριε, ἰδοὺ ἡ five cities. And another came, saying, Lord, behold pva.cov, ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ᾽ 21 ἐφοβούμην thy mina, which I kept laid up in a handkerchief. 2] feared γάρ σε, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς εἴ" αἴρεις ὃ for thee, because & Man harsh thou art; thou takest up what ἐποίησεν has made 217 taken any thing from any man by false accu- sation, I restore him fourfold. 9 And Jesus said unto him, This day is salvation come to this house, forso- much as he also is a son of Abraham, 10 For the Son of man is come to seek and tosave that which was lost. 11 And as they heard these things, he added and spake x parable, because he was nigh to Jerusalem, and _ be- cause they thought that the kingdom of God should imme- diately appear. 12 He said therefore, A cer- tain nobleman went into a far coun to receive for hi a kingdom, and to re- turn. 13 And he called his ten servants, and delivered them ten pounds, and said unto them, Occupy till I come. 14 But his citi- zens hated him, and sent a message after him, saying, We will not have this man to reign overus. 15 And it came to pass, that when he was returned, having received the kingdom, then he com- manded these servants to be called unto him, to whom he had given the money, that he might know how much every man had gained by trading. 16 Then came the first, saying, Lord, thy pound hath gained ten pounds. 17 And he said unto him, Well, thou good servant: because thou hast been faithful in a very little, have thou authority over ten cities. 18 And the second came, saying, Lord, thy pound hath gained five pounds. 19 And he said likewise to him, Be thou also over five cities. 20 And another came, saying, Lord, behold, here is thy pound, which I have kept laid up ina napkin: 21 for 1 fear- ed thee, because thou art an austere man: thou takest up that ° — ἐστιν (read [is]) T. d ἐν @ LTTrA. e δεδώκει he had given Lrtra. what they had gained by trading Tra. well done trrra. k ἡ μνᾶ σου, κύριε, TTTA. other) Lrtra. f yvow LTTrA. | ἐπάνω γίνου TA. h δέκα προσηργάσατο (προσειρ. Tr) LTTrA. © εἶναι αὐτὸν Ἱερουσαλὴμ. τι ; εἶναι Ἱερουσαλὴμ αὐτὸν TTrA. 8 τί διεπραγματεύσαντα i εὖγε m + 6 the (ἕτερος 218 thou layedst not down, and reapest that thou didst not sow. 22 And he saith unto him, Out of thine own mouth will I judge thee, thou wicked servant. Thou kmewest that I was an austere man, taking up that I laid not down, and reaping that I did not sow: 23 wherefore then gav- est not thou my money into the bank, that at my coming I might have required mine own with usury? 24 And he said unto them that stood by, Take from him the pound, and give it to him that hath ten pounds. 25 (And the said unto him, Lord, he hath ten pounds.) 26 For I say unto you, That unto every one which hath shall be given; and from him that hath not, even that he hath shall be taken away from him, 27 But those mine ene- mies, which would not that I should reign over them, bring hither, and slay them before me. 28 And when he had thus spoken, he went before, ascending up to Jerusalem. 29 And it came to pass, when he was come nigh to Bethphage and Beth- any, at the mount called the mount of Olives, he sent two of his disciples, 30 say- ing, Go ye into the village over against you ; in the which at your entering ye shall find a colt tied, where- on yet never man sat: loose him, and bring him hither. 31 And if any man ask you, Why do ye loose him? thus shall ye say unto him, Because the Lord hath need of him. 32 And they that were sent went their way, and found even as he had said unto them. 33 And as they were loosing the colt, the owners thereofsaid unto them, Why loose ye the colt? 34 And they said, The Lord hath need of him, 35 And they brought him to Jesus: and they AO Yeks AUS: XIX. οὐκ.ἔθηκας καὶ θερίζες ὃ οὐκ.ἔσπειρας. 22 Λέγει thou didst not lay down and thou reapest what thou didst ποὺ sow. *He “says "él αὐτῷ, ᾿Εκ τοῦ.στόματός.σο ry @, ᾿στόματός.σονυ κρινῶ σε, πονηρὲ δοῦ- ‘but tohim, Out οὗ thy mouth I willjudge thee, wicked bond- re. ἤδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ man: thou knewest that I 7a *man Sharsh lam, taking up what οὐκ. ἔθ᾽ καὶ θερίζ ὃ οὐκ-ἔ 23 καὶ διατί! = Κα και ερι ων 0 οὐυκ-ἐσπειρα. και ιατι I did not lay down and why ᾽ ἐδ Ρ. A ? UJ , il 2 ‘ q \ Π , r . 3 ‘ti οὐκ.ἔδωκας Ῥτὸ. ἀργύριόν. μου" ἐπὶ Ἱτὴν" τράπεζαν, "kai ἐγὼ didst thou not give my money to the bank, that 01 ἐλθὼν σὺν τόκ ἂν. ἔπραξα αὐτό"; 24 Καὶ τοῖς παρε- coming with interest might haverequired it? And tothose stand- στῶσιν εἶπεν, lee ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ ing by he said, ake from him the mina, and give[it]tohim who τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι. 25 Kai ‘eizoy' αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει reaping what I did not sow! and the ten minas has. (And they said to hin, Lord, he has δέκα μνᾶς. 26 Λέγω. γὰρ" ὑμῖν, ὅτι παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι δο- ten minas.) For I say to you, that toeveryone who has _ shallbe »»ἤἍ ᾿Ξ S NA ~ ee \ tt ” 2 Le θήσεται" ἀπὸ.δὲ τοῦ μη-ἔχοντος, καὶ 0 ἔχει ἀρθήσεται given; but from him who has not, even that which he has shall be taken Yam αὐτοῦ." 27 Πλὴν τοὺς. ἐχθρούς. μου "ἐκείνους" τοὺς from him. Moreover “mine “enemies those who \ ΄ ’ ~ ᾽ ᾽ ? , ? ΄ - μὴ-.θελήσαντάς pe βασιλεῦσαι ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, ἀγάγετε ὧδε were unwilling [ΠΟ] me to reign over them, bring here καὶ κατασφάξατε ἃ ἔμπροσθέν pov. and slay (them) before me. 28 Kai εἰπὼν ταῦτα ἐπορεύετο ἔμπροσθεν, ἀναβαίνων And having said these things he went on before, going up εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα: 29 Καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἤγγισεν εἰς Βηθ- to Jerusalem, And itcametopass as hedrewnear to Beth- φαγὴ Kai*BnOaviay," πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον ἐλαιῶν, phage and Bethany, towards the mount called of Olives, ἀπέστειλεν δύο THY_pabnravadrov," 80 eixwy," Ὑπάγετε εἰς he sent two of his disciples, saying, Go into τὴν κατέναντι κώμην. ἐν y εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε the Zopposite [you] ‘village, in which entering ye will find ~ [2 ? ? τι ah Se | , ? , ? ’ A πῶλον δεδεμένον, ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν a colt tied, on which noone “*ever*yet ‘of 7men sat: “λύσαντες αὐτὸν ἀγάγετε. 31 Kai ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, having loosed it bring [10]. And if anyone ou task, ἀλιατί! λύετε; οὕτως ἐρεῖτε “αὐτῷ, “Ore ὁ κύριος Why doyeloose[it]? thus shallyesay tohim, Because the Lord > ~ , » 2 ’ A « ᾽ , αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει. 82 ᾿Απελθόντες.δὲ ol ἀπεσταλμένοι Sof*it “need ‘has. And having departed those who had been sent εὗρον καθὼς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. 33 λυόντων.δὲ. αὐτῶν τὸν πῶλον found 8485 hehadsaid to them. And ontheir loosing the colt [εἴπον" ot κύριοι αὐτοῦ πρὸς αὐτούς, Τί λύετε TOY πῶλον; 5said ‘the*masters “of *it to them, Why looseye the colt? 34 Οἱ. δὲ felrov,'&'O κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει. 35 Kai ἤγαγον And they βαϊᾶ, The Lord “*of*it “need ‘has. And they led αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν᾽ καὶ *émippiparrec! ἱἑαυτῶν" τὰ ἱμά- it to Jesus ; and having cast their gar- o — δὲ but TtTra. LTTrAW. π — ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ [L]vTa. τοῦ (read the disciples) T[Tr]a. f εἶπαν LITrA. (i) rtr[a]. τ κἀγὼ LYTrA. ο διὰ τί LTrA. P μου τὸ ἀργύριον LTTrA. 4ᾳ --- τὴν (read a bank) 5 αὐτὸ ἔπραξα LITrA. ἵ εἶπαν LTTrA. Υ͂ — yap for [u]r[trJa. x τούτους these TTra. Y - αὐτοὺς them TTrA. Βηθανιά a. * — av- Ὁ λέγων Ltr. © + xatand Tira. dua 7¢LTrA. “ — αὐτῷ & + ὅτι because LTTrA. 4» ἐπιρίψαντες LITrA. + αὐτῶν LTTrA. ΧΙΧ. ? 4 Tia ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον, ἐπεβίβασαν ments on the _ colt, they put 7on [Pit] μένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια."αὐτῶν" ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. Andashe went they were strewing their garments in the way. ? ΄ " ? ~ » A ~ , τ» 37 ᾿Εγγίζοντος.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἤδη πρὸς τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ ὄρους And as he drew near already at the descent of the mount τῶν ἐλαιῶν ἤρξαντο ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν χαίρον- LUKE. τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 86 zropevo- ‘Jesus, of Oli¥es began all the multitude ofthe disciples, rejoic- τες αἰνεῖν τὸν Osby φωνῇ μεγάλῃ περὶ ἱπασῶν᾽ ὧν ing, to praise God witha7voice ‘loud for all Swhich εἶδον δυνάμεων, 88 λέγοντες, Εὐλογημένος ὁ *they "had ®seen ['the] *works *of “power, saying, Blessed the πὲρχόμενος" βασιλεὺς ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου: "εἰρήνη ἐν 2coming ‘king in [the] name of [the] Lord. Peace in ? ΑἹ \ , ? ε , , me , οὐρανῷ" καὶ δόξα ἔν ὑψίστοις. 89 Kai τινες τῶν Φαρισαίων heaven and glory in[the] highest. And some ofthe Pharisees ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου elroy! πρὸς αὐτόν, Διδάσκαλε, ἐπιτίμησον from the crowd said to him, Teacher, rebuke τοῖς.μαθηταῖς.σου. 40 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν Padroic,' Λέγω thy disciples. And answering hesaid tothem, I say Ch tes qs Il 2A - r , i « ri 8 ΄.- Π υμιν, OTL’ ἕαν οὗτοι “σιωπησωσιν᾽ OL ισοι κεκράξονται. toyou, that if these should be silent the stones will ery out. 41 Kai we ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλιν ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ᾽ ᾿αὐτῇ," And as hedrew near, seeing the city he wept over it, 42 λέγων, Ὅτι εἰ ἔγνως καὶ σύ, ὕκαί.γε' ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ saying, If thou hadst known, even thou, even at least in Sday ὕσου" ταύτῃ, τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην σου" νῦν.δὲ ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ *thy ‘this, the ὑβίηρβ for *peace 1thy: but now they are hid from ? ~ ο ee er ¢ , ? \ \ \ ὀφθαλμῶν.σου" 43 ὅτι ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ ὕπεριβα- thine eyes ; for *shall?come ‘days upon thee that ‘shall *cast λοῦσιν" οἱ-ἐχθροί.σου χάρακά σοι, καὶ περικυκλώσουσίν σε Sabout ‘thine *enemies 7a Srampart Sthee, and shallclosearound thee kai συνέξουσίν σε πάντοθεν, 44 καὶ ἐδαφιοῦσίν and keep in thee on every side, and shall level *with *the *ground σε καὶ τὰ.τέκνα.σου EV σοί, Kai οὐκιἀφήσουσιν *év σοὶ λίθον ‘thee and thychildren in thee, and _ shall not leave in thee a stone , ’ ~ ~ ἐπὶ λίθῳ" ἀνθ᾽ ὧν οὐκιἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς upon ἃ stone, because thou knewest not the season of 7visitation σου. thy. 45 Kai εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς And having entered into the temple hebegan tocastout those πωλοῦντας δὲν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀγοράζοντας." 46 λέγων αὐτοῖς, selling in it and buying, saying tothem, Γέγραπται, ὃ Ὁ. οἴκός. μου οἶκος προσευχῆς “ἐστίν"" ὑμεῖς. δὲ It has been written, My house ahouse of prayer is ; but ye αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. 47 Kai ἦν διδάσκων it have made a den of robbers. And he was teaching τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ" οἱ. δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ γραμματεῖς day by day in the temple; and the chief priests and the scribes τὰ — ἀρχόμενος T. ᾳ [ore] Tr. Κ ἑαυτῶν Tr. |! πάντων LTr. nore LTTrA. Ρ — αὐτοῖς T[Tr]A. 5 κράξουσιν TTA. t αὐτήν LTTrAW. χα [cov] LTrA. Υ παρεμβαλοῦσιν shall place near T. LTTrA. & — ἐν αὐτῷ Kal ἀγοράζοντας TTrA. © — ἐστίν TIra. 2 ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη TTrA. τ σιωπήσουσιν shall be silent Lrtra. Y καίγε GT ; — καί γε [L]Tr[a]. λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον (λίθῳ L) ἐν σοί b+ ὅτιτ,; + καὶ ἔσται and shall be TTra. 219 cast their garments upon the colt, and they set Jesus thereon. 36 And as he went, they spread their clothes in the way. 37 And when he was come nigh, even now at the descent of the mount of Olives, the whole multitude of the disciples began to re- joice and praise God with a loud voice for all the mighty works that they had seen; 38 saying, Blessed be the King that cometh in the name of the Lord: peace in hea- ven, and glory in the highest. 39 And some of the Pharisees from among the multitude said unto him, Master, rebuke thy disciples. 40 And he answered and said unto them, I tell you that, if these should hold their peace,the stones would immediately cry out. 41 And when he was come near, he beheld the city, and wept over it, 42 saying, If thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day, the things which belong unto thy peace! but now they are hid from thine eyes. 43 For the days shall come upon thee, that thine enemies shall cast a trench about thee, and com- pass thee round, and keep thee in on every side, 44 and shall lay thee even with the ground, and thy chil- dren within thee ; and they shall not leave in thee one stone upon another; because thou knewest not the time of thy visitation. 45 And he went into the temple, and began to cast out them that sold therein, and them that bought; 46 saying unto them, Tt is writ- ten, My house is the house of prayer: but ye have made it a den of thieves. 47 And he taught daily in the temple. But the chief priests and the scribes ο εἶπαν Ὁ — gov LTr[A]. 220 and the chief of the people sought to de- stroy him, 48 and could not find what they might do: for all the people were very at- tentive to hear him. XX. And it came to pass, that on one of those days,as he taught the people in the tem- ple, and preached the gospel, the chief priests and the scribes came upon him with the el- ders, 2 and spake unto him, saying, Tell us, by what authority do- est thou these things ? or who is he that gave thee this authority? 3 And he answered and said unto them, I will also ask you one thing; and answer me: 4 The baptism of John, was it from heaven, or of men? 5 And they rea- soned with themselves, saying, If weshall say, From heaven; he will say, Why then believ- ed ye him not? 6 But and if we say, Of men; all the people will stone us: for they be persuaded that John was a prophet. 7 And they answered, that they could not tell whence i¢ was. 8 And Jesus said unto them, Neither tell I you by what authority I do these things. 9 Then began he to speak to the people this parable; A certain man planted a vine- yard, and let it forth to husbandmen, and went into a far coun- try for a long time. 10 And at the season he sent a servant to the husbandmen, that they should give him of the fruit of the vineyard: but the hus- bandmen beat him, and sent him away empty. 11 And again he sent another ser- vant: and they beat him also, and entreat- ed him shamefully, and sent him away empty. 12 And again he sent a third: and AOY KAS. XIX, Ry ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ἀπολέσαι, καὶ ot πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ" 48 Kai “were "seeking **him *to '°destroy, ‘andthe “first ‘ofthe Speorle, and οὐχ.δεὕρισκον" τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν, ὁ.λαὸς. γὰρ ἅπας “ἐξεκρέματο" found not what they might do, for 7the *people ‘all were *hanging7on αὐτοῦ ἀκούων. ®him ‘listening. 20 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν μιᾷ τῶν.ἡμερῶν "ἐκείνων," διδάσκον- And it came to pass on one of those days, as 7was Steach- τος αὐτοῦ τὸν λαὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ εὐαγγελιζομένου, ing ‘the the people in the temple and announcing the glad tidings, ἐπέστησαν οἱ ϑἀρχιερεῖς" Kai οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυ- came up the chief priests and the scribes with the elders τέροις, 2 καὶ Βεῖπον" ἱπρὸς αὐτόν, λέ " ΚΕἐπὲ"! ἡμῖν ἐ ole, poc αὐτόν, λέγοντες, ἱπὲ" ἡμῖν ἐν and spoke to him, saying, Tell us by ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν what authority these things thon doest, or who itis who gave to thee ? , , ? ‘ SA A ᾽ [2 Im ἐξουσίαν. ταύτην ; 3 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, ‘Epw- this authority? And answering hesaid to them, Will , ε ~ > ‘ 1“ iH , \ » , Ξ mk , THOW ὑμᾶς Kayw ‘eva λόγον, καὶ εἴπατξ μοι" 4'TO βάπτισμα “ask you 4I?also one thing, and {61 me, The baptism ™’Twavvou' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων; 5 Οἱ δὲ of John from heaven wasit or from men? And they οσυνελογίσαντο"! πρὸς ἑαυτούς, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἐὰν εἴπωμεν Teasoned among themselves, saying, If weshould say "EE ᾽ ~ 2D) ores, ? 2 , 2.Ὲ ταν OUPpaVOU, ερει Διατι OUV” OUK-ETTLOTEVOATE αὐτῳ: From heaven, hewillsay Why then did ye not believe him ? 6 ἐὰν. δὲ εἴπωμεν “EE ἀνθρώπων, “πᾶς ὁ λαὸς!" καταλιθάσει But if we should say From men, all the people will stone ἡμᾶς" πεπεισμένος. γάρ.ἐστιν “lwavyny' προφήτην εἶναι. us; for they are persuaded [that] John 2a *prophet ‘was. 7 Kai ἀπεκρίθησαν μὴ.εἰδέναι πόθεν. ὃ καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν And they answered they knew ποῦ whence. And Jesus said αὐτοῖς, Οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ. tothem, Neither *I ‘tell you by what authority these things I do. 9” Ἤρξατο δὲ “πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέγειν" τὴν.παραβολὴν.ταύτην" Andhebegan ἴο the people tospeak this parable : w"AvOowmdc ὅτις! ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα," καὶ γἐξέδοτο" αὐτὸν A *man toertain planted avineyard, and _ let out it γεωργοῖς, Kai ἀπεδήμησεν χρόνους ἱκανούς. 10 καὶ ξέν" to husbandmen, and left the σοῦ} fora long time. And in [the] καιρῷ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς τοὺς γεωργοὺς δοῦλον, ἵνα ἀπὸ τοῦ season he sent to the husbandmen a bondman, that from the καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος “δῶσιν! αὐτῷ" οἱ. δὲ γεωργοὶ fruit ofthe vineyard they might give tohim; but the husbandmen Sgipayrec αὐτὸν ἐξαπέστειλαν" κενόν. 11 καὶ προσέθετο having beat him sent [him]away empty. And 86 added ὀπέμψαι Erepov' δοῦλον. ol.0& κἀκεῖνον δείραντες Kai ἀτι- another bondman; but they “4180 *him *having beat and dis- ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν. 12 καὶ προσέθετο “πέμψαι And he added to send to send μάσαντες honoured [him] sent[him]away empty. d ηὕρισκον Ltr. riests TA. P + ἡμῖν to us L. Υ λέγειν πρὺς τὸν λαὸν L. Σ ἐξέδετο TA. LTTrA. h εἶπαν TTrA. — ἕνα (read [one]) urtra, , 2 -- ἐν (read καιρῷ at [the] season Lrtra. Ὁ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν δείραντες TA. ε ἐξεκρέμετο τ. Γ- ἐκείνων (read one of the days) LTTrA. δ ἱερεῖς i λέγοντες πρὸς αὐτὸν LT; — λέγοντες TrA. * Εἰπὸν TTra. m+ τὸ Τὶ 2 ’Twavov Tr. ° συνελογίζοντο L. 9 Διὰ τί ELTrA. *—ovdv[L]TTrA. %0AadsamasTIrA. *’Iwayny Tr. W ᾿Αμπελῶνα ἐφύτευσεν ἄνθρωπος L. χ--- σις GLTTrAW. a δώσουσιν they shall give © ἕτερον πέμψαι LTTrA. 4 τρίτον πέμψαι LTTrA. ΧΧ. LUKE. τρίτον" οἱ. δὲ “καὶ τοῦτον" τραῦμα είσαντες ἐξέβαλον. athird; and they ‘also 7him ‘having 7wounded cast [him] out. 18 εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, Ti ποιήσω; πέμψω Andgaid the lord ofthe vineyard, What shallIdo? I will send rov.vidv_pov τὸν ἀγαπητόν᾽ ἴσως τοῦτον fidéyrec' évrpa- my son the beloved ; perhaps him having seen they will anoovra. 14 ᾿Ιδόντες.δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ ely οὶ ἐδιελογίζοντο" respect. But having seen him the husban n reasoned move "ἑαυτούς," λέγοντες, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος" ᾿δεῦτε" among themselves, saying, This is the heir; come ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία. let us kill him, that ‘ours *may*become'the “inheritance. 15 Kai ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ἀπέκτειναν. And having οαβῦ ἔοσίῃ him outside the vineyard they killed Ti οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ; (him). Whattherefore willdo tothem the lord _ of the vineyard ? 16 ἐλεύσεται Kai ἀπολέσει τοὺς. γεωργοὺς τούτους, Kai δώσει Hewillcome and will destroy these husbandmen, and will give τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις. "᾿Ακούσαντες. δὲ" lefzrov," Μὴ the vineyard to others. And having heard [it] they said, *Not ἔνοιτο. 17 Ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν, Τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ may “ἰῦ be! But he looking at them said, Whatthen is *that γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, Λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ Shas *been °written ‘this, [The] stone which “rejected ‘they *that οἰκοδομοῦντες; οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς i ig γωνίας; 18 Πᾶς *puild, this is become ead of [the] corner? Everyone « ‘ ᾽ ? ~ 4 , ‘ a 2. ,.,κνΆῃἡ Ww ὭΣ» ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον συνθλασθήσεται' ἐφ᾽ ὃν δ΄ ἂν that falls on that stone will be broken, buton whomsoever πέσῃ λικμήσει αὐτόν. 19 Καὶ πέζήητησαν" οἱ it may fall it will grind *to*powder ‘him. And 7sought ‘the "ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς" ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 4chief *priests‘and ἴθ “scribes to lay 70on *him hands ἐν αὐτῇ.τῇ.ὥρᾳ, Kai ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν ἔγνωσαν. γὰρ OTL in that hour, and theyfeared the people; forthey knew that πρὸς αὐτοὺς 5 τὴν.παραβολὴν ταύτην εἶπεν." against them this parable he speaks, 20 Καὶ παρατηρήσαντες ἀπέστειλαν Ῥέγκαθέτους," ὑπο- And having watched [him] they sent secret agents, feign- κρινομένους ἑαυτοὺς δικαίους εἶναι, ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται ing themselves “righteous ‘to*be, that they might take hold αὐτοῦ “λόγου," τεἰς τὶ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν τῇ ἀρχῇ Kai of him in discourse, to the[end] to deliver up him tothe power and τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος. 21 Kai ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν, λέγον- to the authority of the governor. And they questioned him, say- 4 » eo ? ~ , 3 a , A τες, Διδάσκαλε, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ὀρθῶς λέγεις Kai διδάσκεις, καὶ ing, Teacher, we know that rightly thou sayest and teachest, and ob. AapBavec πρόσωπον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας τὴν ὁδὸν acceptest ποῦ [any man’s] person, but with truth the way Tov θεοῦ διδάσκεις. 22 ἔξεστιν "ἡμῖν! Καίσαρι ΠΩΣ δοῦναι of God _ teachest : isitlawful forus “*to*Cmsar “tribute ‘to?give ἢ οὔ ; 23 Κατανοήσας.δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν πανουργίαν εἶπεν πρὸς or not? But perceiving their craftiness he said to f — ἰδόντες LTTr[A]. & διελογίσαντο L. k οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες L. | εἶπαν ττττὰ. © εἶπεν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην LTTrA. ¥ ὥστε SO aS LTTrA. 5 ἡμᾶς TITA. © κἀκεῖνον L. i — δεῦτε LTTrA. Kal οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς LTTrA. (read of his discourse) Tr. 221 they wounded him also, and cast him out. 13 Then said the lord of the vineyard, What shall I do? I willsend my beloved son: it may be they will reverence him when they see him, 14 But when the husbandmen saw him, they reasoned among themselves, saying, This is the heir: come, let us kill him, that the inheritance may be ours. 15So they cast him out of the vine- yard, and killed him. What therefore shall the lord of the vine- yard do unto them? 16 He shall come and destroy these husband- men, and shall give the vineyard to others. And when they heard it, they said, God for- bid. 17 And he beheld them, and said, What is this then that is written, ‘The stone which the builders re- jected, the same is be- come the head of the corner? 18 Whosoever shall fall upon that stone shall be broken; but on whomsoever it shall fall, it will grind him to powder. 19 And the chief priests and the scribes the same hour sought to luy hands on him; and they feared the people: for they perceived that he had spoken this pa- rable against them. 20 And they watched him, and sent forth spies, which should feign themselves just men, that they might take hold of his words, that so they might de- liver him unto the power and authori- ty of the governor. 21 And they asked him, saying, Master, we know that thou sayest and teachest rightly, neither ac- ceptest thou the per- son of any, but teach- est the way of God truly: 22 is it lawful for us to give tribute unto Crsar, or no? 23 But he perceived their craftiness, and said unto them, Why ἃ ἀλλήλους One another Trra. > va τὰ ἐζήτουν L. Ρ ἐνκαθέτους τ. 2 γραμματεῖς 4 λόγον 222 tempt ye me? 24 Shew me a penny. Whose image and superscrip- tion hath it? They answered and _ said, Cwsar’s. 25 And he said unto them, Ren- der therefore unto Czesar the things which be Csesar’s, and unto God the gay berm be God’s. 26 And they could not take hold of his words before the people: and they mar- yelled at his answer, and held their peace. 27 Then came to him certain of the Saddu- cees, which deny that there is any resurrec- tion; and they asked him, 28 saying, Mas- ter, Moses wrote unto us, If any man’s bro- ther die, having a wife, and he die with- out children, that his brother should take his wife, and raise up seed unto his brother. 29 There were there- fore seven brethren: and the first took a wife, and died with- out children, 30 And the second took her to wife, and he died childless. 31 And the third took her; and in like manner the seven also: and they left no children, and_ died. 32 Last of all the woman died 8150. 33 Therefore in the re- surrection whose wife of them is she? for seven had her to wife. 34 And Jesus answer- ing saiduntothem,The children of this world marry, and are given in marriage: 35 but they which shall beac- counted worthy to ob- tain that world, and the resurrection from the dead, neither marry, nor are given in marriage: 36 neither can they die any more: for they are equal unto the angels; and are the children of God, being the children of the resurrection. 37 Now that the dead are rais- ed, even Moses shewed at the bush, when he iN OFYEK AGS. XX. αὐτούς, "Τί pe πειράζετε! ; 24 γ"ἐπιδείξατε" μοι dnvapiov'™ them, Why me do ye tempt? Shew me a denarius : 7, » ᾽ , ir) , 5 x’ , Ul δι C4 Π τίνος ἔχει εἰκόνα καὶ ἐπιγραφήν ; “᾿Αποκριθέντες".δὲ γεῖπον, whose “88 *it timage 7and “inscription? And answering they said, Καίσαρος. 25 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ξαὐτοῖς," “᾿Απόδοτε τοίνυν τὰ Ceesar’s. Andhe said tothem, Render therefore the things Καίσαρος ὃ" Καίσαρι, cai τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ. 26 Kai of Cassar to Cesar, and the things of God to God. And οὐκιἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι “αὐτοῦ! ῥήματος ἐναντίον τοῦ they were ποὺ able totake hold of his speech before the λαοῦ: καὶ θαυμάσαντες ἐπὶ τῷῇ-ἀποκρίσει.αὐτοῦ ἐσίγησαν. people; and wondering at his answer they were silent, 27 Προσελθόντες. δὲ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, οἱ “ἀντι- And having come to [him] some of the Sadducees, who deny λέ ΤΙ ᾽ »ἍἭ A 7 , ? ΄ “ ἐγοντες! ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι, ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν, 28 λέγον- 34. resurrection ‘there 215, they questioned him, say- rec, Διδάσκαλε, “Μωσῆς" ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ing, Teacher, Moses wrote tous, If anyone’s_ brother ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, Kai οὗτος ἄτεκνος ἀποθάνῃ," ἵνα should die having a wife, and he childless should die, that λάβῃ ὁ.ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ THY γυναῖκα καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα 3should*take δῖ *brother the wife and shouldraiseup _ see τῷ ἀδελφῷ. αὐτοῦ. 29 ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν' Kai ὁ πρῶτος to his brother. 4Seven *then °brethren 'there*were;andthe first λαβὼν γυναῖκα ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος" 30 καὶ ἐἔέλαβεν" ὁ having taken a wife died childless ; and $took ‘the δεύτερος "τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος" 31 καὶ Ξεθοομᾶ the woman, and_ he died childless ; and ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν," ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ " ov-Kar- the third took her ; and likewise also the seven did not , μ ‘ ᾽ θ Ὁ 9 .“ 1p \ , Il m2 Ἑ ἐλιπον TEKVA, καὶ απεῦσανον 3 ὕστερον € παντων απε- leave children, and died ; 2last land of all died θανεν καὶ ἡ γυνή. 33 "ἐν. τῇ.οὖν ἀναστάσει τίνος αὐτῶν also the woman. Therefore in the resurrection of which of them ίνεται γυνή; ol-yap ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα. 34 Kai does she become wife? for the seven had her as wife. And οἀποκριθεὶς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ.αἰῶνος.τούτου answering “said “to *them ‘Jesus, The sons of this age ell γαμοῦσιν καὶ ΡῬἐκγαμίσκονται"" 35 οἱ. δὲ καταξιωθέντες τοῦ marry and are given in marriage ; but those accounted worthy αἰῶνος.ἐκείνου τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ “that tage 1to “obtain and the resurrection which [15] fromamong νεκρῶν οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε “ἐκγαμίσκονται"" 36 τοὔτε" {the} dead neither marry nor are given in marriage; 2neither γὰρ ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται. ἰσάγγελοι.γάρ εἰσιν, καὶ for ®die Sany 7more *they*can; for equaltoangels they are, and υἱοί εἰσιν "τοῦ" θεοῦ, τῆς ἀναστάσεως viol ὄντες. 87 “Ort.dé sons are of God, *of*the ‘resurrection “sons *being. But that ἐγείρονται ot νεκροί, καὶ “Μωσῆς" ἐμήνυσεν ἐπὶ τῆς areraised the dead, even Moses shewed [inthe part] on the ithe *bush,“when'he “are raised usthe'_idead, | Nevers) Ἐπ hoses 7s ΘΕΒΉΘΥΘΟ. eee w+ [οἱ δὲ ἔδειξαν. καὶ εἶπεν) and t — Ti we πειράζετε TTrA. And he said L. @ Τοίνυν ἀπόδοτε TTrs. (read who say there is not (μὴ) a resurrection) tr. & — ἔλαβεν TTra. ῃ they shewed [10]. αὐτούς TTrA. LTTrA. τως likewise L. LITrA, , k + καὶ even E. 2 ἡ γυνὴ οὖν ἐν τῇ the woman therefore in the TA. 9 γαμίζονται LTTr ; γαμίσκονται A. νυ δείξατέ GLTTrAW. x οἱ (read and they 8814) τ. 0 εἶπαν TTrA. b + τῷ Tr. © τοῦ (read [his]) a. © Mwvons LTTrAW. h — τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος TIrA. ἰ + [ὡσαύ- 1— δὲ πάντων LTTrA. ™ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἀπέθανεν ΤΎτΑ. ο --- ἀποκριθεὶς LITA. Ρ γαμίσκονται τ οὐδὲ LTrA. 5.- τοῦ TTrA. 2 πρὸς ἃ λέγοντες f 4 should be XX, XXI.- LUKE. βάτου, ὡς λέγει κύριον τὸν θεὸν ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ 'τὸν" θεὸν bush, whenhecalled(the] Lord the God of Abraham and the God Ἰσαὰκ καὶ trov' θεὸν Ἰακώβ' 88 θεὸς.δὲ οὐκ.ἔστιν νεκρῶν, ofIsaac and the God of Jacob; but God heisnot of [the] dead, ἀλλὰ ζώντων. πάντες.γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν. 39 ᾿Αποκριθέν- but of [the] living ; for all for him live. 7Answering rec δὲ τινες τῶν γραμματέων ὕεῖπον, Διδάσκαλε, καλῶς ‘and some of the scribes said, Teacher, well εἶπας. 40 Οὐκέτε “δὲ! ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾷν αὐτὸν him thou hast spoken. 7Not any *more ‘and did they dare to ask οὐδέν. anything. (it. nothing. ) 41 Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, Πῶς λέγουσιν τὸν χριστὸν γυϊὸν ᾿Απᾶ πη said to them, How dotheysay the Christ Son *AaBid! εἴναι! ; 42 *xai αὐτὸς" *AaBid" λέγει νὐ βίβλῳ 3of*David ‘is? and “himself ‘David says in([the) book bYadpor, Εἶπεν “ὁ" κύριος τῷ.κυρίῳ.μου, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν. μου, of Psalms, “Said “the 2hord to my Lord, Sit onmy right hand, 48 ἕωςἂν θῶ τοὺς.ἐχθρούς.σον ὑποπόδιον τῶν. ποδῶν. σου. until I place thine enemies τ a footstool for shy feet. 44 *AaBid" οὖν 4kdpioy αὐτὸν" καλεῖ, Kai πῶς “υἱὸς αὐτοῦ" David therefore *Lord 7him 164115, and how his son ἐστιν; is he? 45 ᾿Ακούοντος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ And as were listening all the αὐτοῦ," 46 Προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν λαοῦ εἶπεν ἴ τοῖς μαθηταῖς people he said to *disciples γραμματέων τῶν θελόντων This, eware of the scribes who like περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς, καὶ φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς to walk in robes, and love salutations in the ἀγοραῖς καὶ πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἐ ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ πρω- market-places and first seats in the synagogues and first τοκλισίας ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις" 47 ¥ot κατεσθίουσιν! τὰς οἰκίας places in the suppers ; who devour the houses TOY χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ Βπροσεύχονται." οὗτοι of widows, and asa pretext at perene ‘length pray. These 'λήψονται" shall receive 21 ᾿Αναβλέψας.δὲ εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας ἔτὰ.δῶρα. αὐτῶν περισσότερον κρίμα. more abundant judgment. 223 calleth the Lord the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob. 38 For he is not a God of the dead, but of the living: for all live unto him, 39 Then certain of the scribes answering said, Mas- ter, thou hast well said. 40 And after that they durst not ask him any question at ail. 41 And he said unto them, How say they that Christ is David’s son? 42 And David himself saith in the book of Psalms, The LORD said unto my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, 43 till Γ make thine enemies thy footstool. 44 Da- vid therefore calleth him Lord, how is he then his son ? 45 Then in the audi- ence of all the people he said unto his disci- ples, 46 Beware of the scribes, which desire to walk in long robes, and love greetings in the markets, and the highest seats in the synagogues, and the chief rooms at feasts ; 47 which devour wi- dows’ houses, and for a shew make long prayers: the same shall receive greater damnation. XXI. And he look- 2 4 : aot haying rocked up saw ae ae Sp gifts ed up, and saw the εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον" πλουσίους" 2 εἶδεν.δὲ ἱκαί τινα" rich men casting their Sinto *the 7treasury 1rich, and hesaw also a certain ie ἐπι en ee χήραν πενιχρὰν βάλλουσαν ἐκεῖ δύο λεπτά"" 8 καὶ εἶπεν, also a certain poor wi- 2widow 1poor caene therein two a And he said, dow eae pnliher ᾿Αληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ χήρα "ὴ are αὕτη! “πλεῖον. he said, Of a truth Ofatruth Isay toyou, that “widow 2poor this more 1 say unto you, that this poor widow hzth πάντων ἔβαλεν: 4 Ῥἅπαντες". γὰρ οὗτοι ἐκ τοῦ περισ- cast in more than they than all cast in; for all these out of that which was all: 4 for all these have ὃ , of their abundance σεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον sic τὰ δῶρα “τοῦ θεοῦ," αὕτη. δὲ cast in unto the offer- abounding ἴο them cast into the gifts of God; but she ings of God: but she ° — τὸν LTTrA. " εἶπαν LITra. ἘῸΝ for TTra. Υ εἶναι Δανεὶδ vidv Ta. 1 Δαυὶδ Gw ; Δανεὶδ LTTrA. 5 αὐτὸς yap for “himself T. Ὁ +. τῶν the L. 9.-- ὁ (read [086}} ura. 4 αὐτὸν κύριον TrA. “ αὐτοῦ υἱός TTrA. TTr ; πρὸς αὐτούς to them a. 8 οἱ κατεσθίοντες those devouring ΤΩ praying L, i λήμψονται. LTTrA. τινα L; τινα [καὶ] a; -- καὶ τττ. Ρ ἐρέτας L. ᾳ — τοῦ θεοῦ T[Tr]A. ἴῺ λεπτὰ δύο Tr. K εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν TTra. π αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ LTr. f — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) h SAE A καί! © πλείω LTA. 224 of her penury hath cast in all the living that she had. 5 And as some spake of the temple, how it was adorned with goodly stones and gifts, he said, 6 As jor these things which ye behold, the days willcome, in the which there shall not be left one stone upon an- other, that shall not be thrown down. 7 And they asked him, saying, ter, but when shall these things be? and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass? 8 And hesaid, Take heed that ye be not deceived: for many shall come in my name, saying, I am rist; and the time draweth near: go ye not therefore after them, But when ye shall hear of wars and commotions, be not terrified: for these things must first come to pass; but the end [8 not byand by. 10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise a- gainst nation, and kingdom against king- dom: 1 and great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and _pesti- lences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. 12 But before all these, they shall lay their hands on you, and persecute you, de- livering you up to the synagogues, and into prisons, being brought before kings andrulers for my name’s sake, 13 And it shall turn to you for a testimony. 14 Settle 7 therefore in your hearts, not to meditate before what ye shall answer: 15 for willgive youa mouth and wisdom, which all your adversaries shall not be able to gainsay nor resist. 16 And ye shall be betrayed both by parents, and breth- AOYKAZX. XXI. ἐκ τοῦ ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς ἅπαντα! τὸν βίον ὃν εἶχεν out of her poverty all the livelihood which she had ἔβαλεν. did cast. 5 Kai τινων λεγόντων περὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, Ort λίθοις καλοῖς And assome were speaking about the temple, that with “stones ‘goodly καὶ "ἀναθήμασιν" κεκόσμηται, εἶπεν, 6 Ταῦτα ἃ θεω- and consecrated gifts it was adorned, he said, [As to] these things which ye are εἴτε, ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς οὐκ. ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ eholding, *will come ‘days in which shall not be left stone upon λίθῳ " ὃς ov-KaradvOjcera. 7 ᾿Επηρώτησαν.δὲ αὐτόν, λέ- stone which shall not be thrown down. And they asked him, = say- yovrec, Διδάσκαλε, πότε ody ταῦτα ἔσται; Kai TL TO ing, Teacher, when then “these *things ‘willbe? and what the σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι; 8 ‘Ode εἶπεν, sign when “are *about ‘these 7things to take place? Andhe - said, Βλέπετε μὴ.πλανηθῆτε᾽' πολλοὶ. γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ Take heed ye be not led astray ; for many will come in ὀνόματί.μου, λέγοντες, Ὅτι" ἐγώ εἰμι’ Kai, Ὁ καιρὸς ἤγ- my name, saying, I am [he]; and, The time is 4 wos i] ~ ? / ? ~ oO « \ LKEV. μὴ “ody! πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν. 9 ὕταν.δὲ rawn near. *Not *therefore go *ye after them. And when ἀκούσητε πολέμους Kai ἀκαταστασίας, pares Osi ye shall hear of wars and commotions, e not terrified; *must ao "ταῦτα γενέσθαι! πρῶτον, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ εὐθέως τὸ for “these *things take place first, but not immediately [is] the αὐτοῖς, ᾿Εγερθήσεται ἔθνος "ἐπὶ" 2331 “rise *up ‘nation against τέλος. 10 Τότε ἔλεγεν end. Then he was saying to them, ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν: 11 σεισμοί.τε μεγάλοι nation, and kingdom against kingdom; also earthquakes ‘great ξκατὰ τόπους καὶ "λιμοὶ Kai λοιμοὶ) ἔσονται, Ὀφόβη- in differeut places and famines and pestilences shall there be, “fearful τρά! τε Kai “σημεῖα ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ" μεγάλα ἔσται. 12 Πρὸ Ssights'and and “signs “from *heaven tereat shallthere be. *Before δὲ τούτων ἁπάντων" ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας ‘put “these °things 3411 they willlay upon you *hands αὐτῶν. Kai διώξουσιν, παραδιδόντες εἰς © συναγωγὰς καὶ ‘their, and will persecute [you], delivering up to synagogues and φυλακάς, ἀγομένους" ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς καὶ ἡγεμόνας. ἕνεκεν prisons, bringing [you]before kings and governors, onaccount of τοῦ.ὀνόματός.μου. 18 ἀποβήσεται.βδὲ" ὑμῖν εἰς μαρτύριον" my name ; but it shallturn out toyou for a testimony. 14 "θέσθε! οὖν ‘sig τὰς καρδίας" ὑμῶν μὴ προμελετᾷν ἀπο- Settle therefore in your hearts not to premeditate to make λογηθῆναι: 15 ἐγὼ.γὰρ δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα Kai σοφίαν, [ a defence ; forI will give you amouth and wisdom, which οὐ-δυνήσονται Ἐἀντειπεῖν Ἰοὐδὲ' ἀντιστῆναι" ὩΞπάντες" οἱ 5581] ὁποῦ 706 ®able *to ‘°reply *'to ‘*nor 13t09 |resist tall “those ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν. 16 παραδοθήσεσθε.δὲ Kai ὑπὸ γονέων καὶ “opposing *you. But ye will be delivered upeven by parents and τ πάντα LTr. χ γενέσθαι ταῦτα A. Ὁ φόβηθρά LTrA. f ἀπαγομένους leading [you] away TTra. k ἀντιστῆναι οὐδὲ ἀντειπεῖν τ, ; ἀντιστῆναι ἣ ἀντειπεῖν ([ἢ avrecm. ) Tr) TTrA. Mm ἀπᾶαντες TTrA. . καρδίαις LTTrA. 17 or Ο. 5 ἀναθέμασιν LT. ¥— ὅτι []}7{ττὰ]}. — οὗν LTTra. 2 Kal κατὰ τόπους TTrA. 8 λοιμοὶ καὶ λιμοὶ LTrA. d πάντων GLTTrAW. e + τὰς the TT:[A]. & — δὲ but 1[TrA]. h θέτε LTTrA. i ἐν ταῖς t + ὧδε here L. Y ἐπ᾽ LYTrA. © am’ οὐρανοῦ σημεῖα L. ΧΧΙ, ; LUKE. ἀδελφῶν καὶ συγγενῶν καὶ φίλων, καὶ θανατώσουσιν brethren and relations and friends, and they will put to death [some] gto 17 καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ fromamong you, and ye will be hated by all because of ‘ Ν , ‘ ‘ ? ~ ~ « ~ ? 1 ? ΄ τὸ.Ὀνομά.μου. 18 καὶ "ΒΞ ἐκ τῆς.κεφαλῆς. ὑμῶν οὐ-μὴ ἀπό- my name. And ahair of your head inno wise may ληται. 19 ἐν τῇ. ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν "κτήσασθε" τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν. perish. By your patient endurance gain your souls. 20 Ὅταν. δὲ ἴδητε κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων στὴν" Ἵερου - But when yesee “being “encircled ‘with Sarmies Jeru- σαλήμ, τότε γνῶτε ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς. 21 τότε salem then know that has drawn near her desolation. Then οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ φευγέτωσαν εἰς τὰ Opn’ καὶ οἱ ἐν those in Judza let them flee to the mountains; and those in μέσῳ.αὐτῆς ἐκχωρείτωσαν" Kai οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις μὴ εἰσερχέ- her midst let them depart out, and those in the countries “not ‘let “them σθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν. 22 ὅτι ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν, τοῦ enter into her; for days ofavenging these are, Ρπληρωθῆναι" πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα. 23 οὐαὶ “δὲ ταῖς that may be accomplished all things that have been written. But woe to those ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις καὶ ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέ- with child and tothose givingsuck in those days, pag’ ἔσται.γὰρ ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Kai ὀργὴ Te" for there shall be ?distress ‘great upon the land and wrath among τῷ.λαῷ. τούτῳ. 24 Kai πεσοῦνται στόματι "μαχαίρας." καὶ this people. And they shall fall by (the] mouth of [the] sword, and αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς travra τὰ ἔθνη"" καὶ ἹἹερουσαλὴμ shall be led captive into all the nations; and Jerusalem ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν ἄχρι" * πληρωθῶσιν shall be trodden down by (the) nations until be fulfilled [the] καιροὶ ἐθνῶν. 25 Kai Ξἔσται" σημεῖα ἐν ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῳ times οὔ [the] nations, And thereshallbe signs in sun and moon καὶ ἄστροις, Kai ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς συνοχὴ ἐθνῶν ἐν ἀπορίᾳ, and stars, and upon the earth distress of nations with perplexity, γἠχούσης" θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου, 26 ἀποψυχόντων ἀνθρώ- roaring of [the] sea and rolling surge, *fainting *at *heart ‘men πων ἀπὸ φόβου Kai προσδοκίας τῶν ἐπερχομένων τῇ from fear and expectation οἵ ὑπαὺ which is coming on the οἰκουμένῃ. atyap δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται. habitable earth; for the powers of the heavens shall be shaken, 27 καὶ τότε ὄψονται τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν And then shallthey see the Son of man coming in νεφέλῃ μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς. 28 ᾿Αρχομένων. δὲ acloud with power and *glory ‘great. But *beginning τούτων γίνεσθαι ἀνακύψατε καὶ ἐπάρατε τὰς κεφαλὰς 1these *things to come to pass look up and lift up *heads e ~ Μ , ? , «- 7 ’ « ~ ‘ Ὧν ὑμῶν διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ.ἀπολύτρωσις. ὑμῶν. 29 Καὶ εἶπεν tyour, beeause draws near your redemption. And he spoke παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, Ἴδετε τὴν συκῆν καὶ πάντα τὰ δένδρα. & parable tothem: Behold the fig-tree and all the trees: 30 ὅταν προβάλωσιν ἤδη, βλέποντες ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν 225 ren, and kinsfolks, and friends; and some of you shall they cause to be put to death. 17 ‘md ye shall be ha* ἃ of all men for my name’ssake, 18 But there shall not an hair of your head perish. 19 In your patience possess ye your souls. 20 And when ye shall see Jerusalem com- passed with armies, then know that the de- solation thereof is nigh. 21 Then letthem which are in Judga flee to the mountains ; and let them whichare in the midst of it de- part out; and let not them that are in the countries enter there- into, 22 For these be the days of vengeance, that all things which are written may be fulfilled. 23 But woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck, in those days! for there shall be great distress in the land, and wrath upon this __ people. 24 And they shall fall by the edge of the sword, and shall be led away captive into all nations : and Jeru- salem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. 25 And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with per- plexity ; the sea and the waves roaring; 26 men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are com- ing on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall beshaken. 27 And then shall they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory. 28 And when these things be- gin to come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads ; for your redemption draweth nigh. 29 And he spake to them a pa- rable; Behold the fig tree, and all the trees; 30 when they now shoot forth, ye see and when “*they *sprout ‘already, looking {on them] of yourselves Ἐ κτήσεσθε ye Shall gain Ltra. ο — τὴν LTTrA. P πλησθῆναι GLTTrAW. a — δὲ but irra. r — ἐν (read to this people) GLTTraw. 5. μαχαίρης TTr. τ τὰ ἔθνη πάντα LTTrA. π οὗ LTTrA. τ ἔσονται LTTrA. sound GLTTrA. Υ ἄχρις L. Υ ἤχους at [the] Q 226 know of your own selves that summer is now nigh at hand. 31 Soiikewise ye, when ye see these things come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh st hand. 82 Verily 1 say unto you, This generation shall not pass away, till all be fulfillea, 33 Heaven and earth pass away: but my words not pass away. 34 And take heed to your- selves, lest at any time Sharged with surfcit- wi ing, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you unawares. 35 For as-a snare shall it come on all them that dwell on the face of the whole earth. $6 Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man. 37 And in the day time he was teaching in the temple; and at night he went out, and abode in the mount that is called the mount of Olives. 38 And all the people came early in the morning to him in the temple, for to hear him. XXIL Now the feast 2 And the chief priests and scribes sought how they might Kill him ; for they feared the "people. 3 Then entered Satan into Ju- das surnamed Iscariot, being of the number of thetwelve. 4 And he went his way, and communed wi the chief priests and cap- tains, how he might betray him untothem, 5 And they were glad, and covenanted to give him money. 6 And he promised, AO FE A's. XXI, XXII. γινώσκετε ὅτι ἤδη ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν. 81 οὕτως Kai ὑμεῖς yeknow that already near the antes is. So also ce ὅταν ἴδητε ταῦτα γινόμενα γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ when ye 566 πεσε τε οτος know that 6 is the βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 32 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι odu7 παρ- Kingdom of God. Verily — to you, that in no wise will have ἔλθῃ ἡ.γενεὰ αὕτη ἕως.ἂν πάντα γένηται. 33 ὁ ah soos until all a The οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γὴ παρελεύσονται. οἱ. δὲ λόγοι.μου οὐ. μὴ heaven and the earth shall pass away, but ΤΗΝ words inno wise "παρέλθωσιν." 34 Tloovéyere.d& ἑαυτοῖς, μήποτε "βαρουνθῶ- may pass awsy. But take heed to yourscives, lest be laden ow ὑμῶν ai καρδίαι" ἐν κραιπάλῳ καὶ μέθῃ καὶ μερίμναις your hearts with — and es and cares βιωτικαῖς, καὶ “αἰφνίδιος ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἐπιστῇ! ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη" of ees and suddenly upon you should come that day ; 35 ὡς. “παγὶς. γὰρ ἐπελεύσεται" ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς καθημένους for as 8 snare shallitcome upon all those sitting ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης THC γῆς. 86 ἀγρυπνεῖτε “οὖν" ἐν upon the face ofall the Watch therefore at παντὶ καιρῷ δεόμενοι, ἵνα Αρῶς ὠξνωθῆε' ἐκφυγεῖν ταῦ- every season praying, that ye may be accounted worthy to ἔξει: *these τα πάντα τὰ μέλλοντα γίνεσθαι. καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπρο- Sthings ‘all which areabout tocometopass, and tostand before σθεν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθοώπου. 3 the Son of man. 37 Ἦν δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας tiv τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων" τὰς. δὲ. νύκτας And he was by day in the — teaching, and by night ἐξερχόμενος ηὐλίζετο εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον ἐλαιῶν" going out he lodged on = mount called ἀπ ς 88 καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ὥρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ and all the a came sactj he tie morning to him in ἱερῷ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ. temple to hear him. 22 Ἤγγιζεν.δὲ ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν. ἀζύμων ἡ And drew near the feast — τες which [is] 2 καὶ ἐζήτουν ἱερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς passover ; and 7were Sseeking the ee ae *and ‘the YP πα κατα τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν" ἐφοβοῦντο.γὰρ τὸν τοί. as to how they might put *to “death — for — feared the people 3 Εἰσῆλθεν.δὲ Βὸ" σατανᾶς εἰς Ἰούδαν τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον" λεγομένη πάσχα" And #entered 1Satan into Judas who is surnamed Ἰσκαριώτην, ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα" 4 καὶ ἀπελ- Iscariote, being of the num aes twelve. And having gone θὼν συνελάλησεν τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν * καὶ ἰτοῖς! στρατηγοῖς away he spoke with the chief — and captains τὸ πῶς “αὐτὸν παραδῷ αὐτοῖς." ὅ καὶ > loathe Kai * παρελεύσονται Shall pass away LTTra. ὑμῶν LTr. a yore €vov 15 © αἰφνίδιος ἐπι ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς L; ἐπι ἐφ᾽ carte gigi τα yap (read that ae ἀν snare: for i chan f Seance ye may prevail TTra. ed TTra. = αὐτοῖς x wepebe αὐτόν LTTrA. as to how him he might abe up to them. And they rejoiced, and συνέθεντο — ἀργύριον δοῦναι" 6 "καὶ ἐξωμολόγησεν," καὶ agreed *money 1to give. And he wat f= and a βαρηθῶσιν GLTTrawW. ὃ αἱ καρδίαι ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος τττα. ἃ παγίς" come in) ee & διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ners καὶ τοῖς γραμματεῦσιν and the ets ΝΜ — καὶ oie same (read he sought) L. « δὲ but (watch) h— ὃ GLITraW. 1 — τοῖς Pra. XXII. LUKE. ἐζήτει εὐκαιρίαν τοῦ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν “αὐτοῖς ἄτερ sought opportunity to deliver up him to them sodas from [the] ὄχλου." crowd. 7 Ἦλθεν.δὲ ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν.ἀζύμων Ρέγνῦ" ἔδει Andcame the day of unleayened [bread] in which was needful θύεσθαι τὸ πάσχα. 8 Kai ἀπέστειλεν Πέτρον καὶ ᾿Ἰωάννην, to be killed the passover. And he sent Peter and John, εἰπών, Πορευθέντες ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν τὸ πάσχα, ἵνα φάγω- saying, Having gone prepare forus the passover, that we may ν. 9 Οἱ δὲ τεῖπον" αὐτῷ, Ποῦ θέλεις erotpaowper* ; eat [it]. Butthey said tohim, Where willest thon we should prepare? 10 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Ιδού, εἰσελθόντων. ὑμῶν εἰς THY πόλιν Andhe said tothem, Lo, onyourhavingentered into the city συναντήσει ὑμὶν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων" ἀκο- *will*meet ‘you ta apitcher of water carrying; fol- λουθήσατε αὐτῷ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν ‘od’ εἰσπορεύεται. 11 καὶ low him into the house where he enters ; and ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας, Λέγει σοι ὁ διδάσ- yes say to the master of the house, *Says *to *thee*the ~teach- καλος, Ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα ὅπου τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν er, Where is the guest-chamber where the passover with μαθητῶν.μου φάγω; 12 Κἀκεῖνος ὑμῖν δείξει ᾿ἀνώγεον" my disciples I may eat? d he you ‘will*shew ‘upper ‘room μέγα ἐστρωμένον" ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε. 13 ᾿Απελθόντες.δὲ εὗρον *a°large furnished: there prepare. And having gone they found καθὼς “εΐρηκεν" αὐτοῖς" καὶ ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα. 85 he had said tothem; and they prepared the passover. 14 Kai ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα ἀνέπεσεν, καὶ οἱ "δώδεκα" And when was come the hour he reclined [attable],andthe twelve ἀπόστολοι σὺν αὐτῷ. 15 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, ᾿Ἐπιθυμίᾳ apostles with him. And hesaid to them, With desire ἐπεθύμησα τοῦτο τὸ πάσχα φαγεῖν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν πρὸ τοῦ.με.πα- I desired this Passover toeat with you before I suf- θεῖν. 16 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι Τοὐκέτ΄ οὐμὴ φάγω “ἐξ fer. ForIsay toyou, that ‘any *more ‘not 7at*all will I eat of ΕΝ ἘΠ ἘΠ Ἢ (lit. no more) < αὐτοῦ" ἕως. ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῷ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ. 17 Kai it until it be fulfilled in the kingdom of God. And δεξάμενος ® ποτήριον, εὐχαριστήσας εἶπεν, Λάβετε τοῦτο, having received δι cup, having given thanks he said, Take this, καὶ διαμερίσατε ϑὲαυτοῖς" 18 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, Sore’ οὐ. 1 μὴ and divide [it] among yourselves. ForIsay toyou, that notatall πίω 4 ἀπὸ τοῦ "γεννήματος" τῆς ἀμπέλου ἕως. ὅτου" ἡ will I drink of the fruit of the vine until the βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἔλθῃ. 19 Kai λαβὼν ἄρτον, εὐχαριστή- kingdom of God be come. And having taken a loaf, having given σας ἔκλασεν, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά thanks hebroke, and gave tothem, saying, This is *body μου, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον" τοῦτο ποιεῖτε Belg’ τὴν ἐμὴν my, which for you is given : this do in the 7of *me > , ht ’ ‘ 4 , " ‘ A ~ ἀνάμνησιν. 20 "Ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ zrornptoyv" μετὰ τὸ.δειπνήῆ- 227 and sought opportu nity to betray him unto them in the ab- sence of the multitude. 7 Then came the day of unleavened bread, when the passover must be killed. 8 And he sent Peter andJohn, saying, Go and pre- pare us the passover, that wemay eat. 9 And they said unto him, Where wilt thou that we prepare? 10 And he said unto them, Be- hold, when ye are en- tered into the city, there shall a man meet you, bearing a pitcher of water; follow him into the house where he entereth in. 11 And ye shall say unto the good man of the house, The Master saith unto thee, Where is the stchamber, where shall eat the pass- over with my disci- ples? 12 And he shall shew you a large up- per room furnished: there make ready. 13 And they went, and found as he had said unto them: and they made ready the pass- over. 14 And when the hour was come, he sat down, and the twelve apostles with him. 15 And he said unto them, With desire I have desired to eat this passover with you before I suffer: 16 for I say unto you, I will not any more eat thereof, until it be fulfilled in the king- dom of God. 17 And he took the cup, and gave thanks, and said, Take this, and divide it among yourselves: 18 for I say unto you, I will not drink of the fruit of the vine, until the kingdom of God shall come. 19 And he .took bread, and gave thanks, and brake it, and gave ag them, saying, is is my body which is given for you: this do in re- membrance of me. 20 Likewise also the 1remembrance. In like manner also the cup after havingsupped, cup after supper, say- ο ἄτερ ὄχλου αὐτοῖς LTTrA. Ῥ -- ἐν (τεαᾶ ἢ in which) Tra. 4 Ἰωάνην Tr. τ εἶπαν LTTrA. 5 - [σοι] ΤΟΥ ἔπ66 ᾿. ἴ εἰς ἣν ἴπ which Lttra. Ὁ ἀνάγαιον ΟἸΤΎΤΑΥ. “ εἰρήκει LITrA. 1 — δώδεκα LTTrA. Υ —ovxére[LTr]A. * αὐτὸ it LTTra. a + 7o the (cup) L. © — ὅτι TrA. B [εἰς] a. Ὁ εἰς ἑαυτούς LTTTA. LTTrAw. f οὗ Tra. Β καὶ TO ποτήριον ὡσαύτως TTTA. 4 + ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν henceforth T[tTrA]. ε γενήματος 228 ing, This cup 15 the new testament in my blood, which is shed for you. 21 But, be- hold, the hand of him that betrayeth me iw with me on the table. 22 And truly the Son of man goeth, as it was determined: but woe unto that man by whom he is betrayed ! 23 And they began to inquire among them- selves, which of them it was that should do this thing. 24 And there was also a strife among them, which of them should be accounted the greatest. 25 And he said unto them, The kings of the Gen- tiles exercise lordship over them; and they that exercise authority upon them are called benefactors. 26 But ye shall not be so: but he that is greatest among you, let him be as the younger; and he that is chief, as he that doth serve. 27 For whether is greater, he that sitteth at meat, or he that serveth? is not he that sitteth at meat? but I am among you as he that serveth. 28 Ye are they which have con- tinued with me in my temptations, 29 And I appoint unto you a Kingdom, as my Fa- ther hath appointed unto me; 30 that ye may eat and drink at my table in my king- dom, and sit on thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel. 31 And the Lord said, Simon, Simon, behold, Satan hath desired to have you, that he may sift you as wheat: 32 but I have prayed for thee, that thy faith fail not: and when thou art converted, strengthen thy breth- ren. 33 And he said unto him, Lord, I am ready to go with thee, both into prison, and to death. 34 And he said, I tell thee, Peter, AOYKA®. σαι, λέγων, Τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἔν τῷ saying, This cup [15] the new covenant in ε ΄ cy « « ~ i2 , HT] νι , ΄ αἱματί.μου, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἱἐκχυνόμενον." 21 Πλὴν ἰδού, my blood, which for you is poured out. Moreover, behold, ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος pe μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης. the hand ofhim deliveringup me(is)with me on _ the table ; 22 Kkai ὁ.μὲν.υἱὸς" τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἱπορεύεται κατὰ and indeed the Son of man goes according as wpiopevoyv’' πλὴν οὐαὶ τῷ. ἀνθρώπῳ. ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ παρα- it has been determined, but woe to that man by whom he is de- δίδοται. 23 Kai αὐτοὶ ἤρξαντο συζητεῖν! πρὸς ἑαυτούς, livered up. And _ they began to question together among themselves, τό, Tic ἄρα εἴη ἐξ αὐτῶν ὁ τοῦτο μέλλων πράσσειν. this, who then it might beof them who this was about to do. 24 'Eyévero.dé καὶ φιλονεικία ἐν αὐτοῖς, τό, τίς αὐτῶν And there was also astrife among them, this, which of them δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων. 25 ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Oi βασιλεῖς is thought to be [the] greater. Andhe said to them, The kings τῶν ἐθνῶν κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν, Kai ot ἐξουσιάζοντες of the nations rule over them, and those exercising authority over αὐτῶν εὐεργέται καλοῦνται. 26 ὑμεῖς: δὲ οὐχ οὕτως" ἀλλ᾽ them τγυνθ]]-ἀοοῦβ are called. utye not thus (shallbe); but ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν "γενέσθω! ὡς ὁ νεώτερος" Kai ὁ the greater among you lethim be as the younger, and he that ἡγούμενος ὡς ὁ διακονῶν. 27 τίς γὰρ μείζων, ὁ leads as hethat serves. For which [18] greater, he that ἀνακείμενος ὁ διακονῶν; οὐχὶ ὁ ἀνακείμε- reclines {at table] or he that serves? [18] not he that reclines νος ; Ἐγὼ -ὃς sims ἐν = ow ὑμῶν" ὡς ὁ διακονῶν. (at table]? ut I am in(the) midst ofyou ashethat serves. 28 ‘Ypeic.o& tore οἱ διαμεμενηκότες per ἐμοῦ ἐν τοῖς XXII. TO ut ye are they who have continued with me in ~ > ‘ ΄ « - ‘ , , πειρασμοῖς.μου" 29 κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό my temptations, And I appoint to you, as %appointed μοι ὁ-πατήρ.μου, βασιλείαν, 30 ἵνα Ῥέσθίητε! καὶ πίνητε *to®’me ‘my “father, a kingdom, that yemayeat and may drink ἐπὶ τῆς.τραπέζης. μου ἐν τῷ. ββασιλείᾳο.μου, Kai “καθίσησθε" ἐπὶ εὖ my table in my kingdom, and may sit on θρόνων, κρίνοντες τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ. thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. 31 "Eizev.dé ὁ κύριος, Σίμων, Σίμων, ἰδού, ὁ σατανᾶς And ὅβαϊα ‘the *Lord, Simon, Simon, lo, Satan ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς, Tov σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον" 82 ἐγὼ demanded tohave you, forthe sifting [you] as wheat ; I 5 2 ’ ‘ ~ er ‘ s2 nN , Il « , a ‘ [2 δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ, ἵνα μὴ."ἐκλείπῃ" ἡ.πίστις.σου" καὶ σύ *but besought for thee, that may not fai thy faith ; and 7thou ποτε ἐπιστρέψας ἱστήριξον" τοὺς.ἀδελφούς.σου. 33 Ὁ δὲ ‘when hast turned back confirm thy brethren. And he εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, μετὰ σοῦ ἕτοιμός εἰμι καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν καὶ said tohim, Lord, with thee ready Iam both to prison and εἰς θάνατον πορεύεσθαι. 34 ὋὉ δὲ εἶπεν, Λέγω σοι, Πέτρε, to death to go. Andhe said, Itell thee, Peter, ' ἐκχυννόμενον LTTrA. Ὦ συνζητεῖν LTTrA. | καθίσεσθε ye shall sit GLW; καθήσεσθε ye shall sit TTr; κάθησθε a. 5 ἐκλίπῃ LITrA. κύριος T[Tr]A. * ὅτι (for) ὁ υἱὸς μὲν TTrA. | κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον πορεύεται LTTrA. n Η γινέσθω TTra. ο ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν εἰμι TTrA. P ἔσθητε LTTrA. τ — ἘΠπεν δὲ 0 ἵ στήρισον LTTrA. XXIE οὐ. "μὴ" φωνήσει σήμερον in no wise shallcrow to-day [the] νήσῃ ἡμὴ! εἰδέναι με." deny knowing me. 35 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, “Ore ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς ἄτερ *Badar- And hesaid tothem, When I sent you without purse τίου καὶ πήρας Kai ὑποδημάτων, μή τινος ὑστερήσατε: and provision bag and sandals, anything did ye lack? Οἱ.δὲ "elroy," -Oddevdc.' 86 “Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αλλὰ And they said, Nothing. He said therefore tothem, *However νῦν ὁ ἔχων βαλάντιον" ἀράτω. ὁμοίως καὶ πήραν" *now he whe has & purse let him take [it], in like manner also provision bag; καὶ ὁ μὴ.ἔχων πωλησάτω τὸ ἱμάτιον.αὐτοῦ Kai ἀγορασάτω andhewho hasnot [one] let him sell his garment and buy μάχαιραν" 37 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι “Ere! τοῦτο TO γεγραμμένον a sword; forIsay toyou, that yet this that has been written δεῖ τελεσθῆναι ἐν ἐμοί, ἱτὸ" Kai μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη" must beaccomplished in me, And with [the] lawless he was reckoned: kaiSyap' "τὰ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει. 38 Oi.dé δεῖπον," LUKE. ἀλέκτωρ “πρὶν.ἢ" τρὶς *amap- cock before that thrice thou wilt foralso thethings concerning me anend have. Andthey said, Κύριε, ἰδού, μάχαιραι ὧδε δύο. ὋὉ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Lord, behold, ‘swords ‘here([*are)*two. Andhe said tothem, Ἵκανόν ἐστιν. ΞΕ ΟΡ ?it 5315. 99 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐπορεύθη κατὰ τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ ὄρος And goingforth hewent according to custom to the mount τῶν ἐλαιῶν: ἠκολούθησαν.δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ." of Olives, and followed him 8150 his disciples, ἐπὶ τοῦ τύπου εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Προσεύχεσθε at the place hesaid ἴο them, Pray μὴ.εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν. 41 Kai αὐτὸς ἀπεσπάσθη ἀπ᾽ ποῦ ἴο ΘΟ into temptation. And he was withdrawn from αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν, καὶ O&ic.rad-yovura προσηύχετο, them about astone’s throw, and falling on 1 knees he prayed, 42 λέγων, Πάτερ, εἰ βούλει ὕξπαρενεγκεῖν" ἱτὸ ποτήριον saying, Father, if thouart willing’ to take away 7cup τοῦτο" am ἐμοῦ: πλὴν μὴ τὸ.θέλημά.μου, ἀλλὰ τὸ. σὸν ™yéE- ‘this from me—; but not my will, but thine be νέσθω." 43 ""Ωφθη.δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος Par’! οὐρανοῦ ἐνισχύων done. And appeared tohim anangel from heaven strengthening αὐτόν. 44 Kai γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο. 40 γενόμενος. δὲ And having arrived him, And being in conflict moreintently he prayed, Péyévero.dé 0!.idpwe.advTov ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος “κατα- And became his sweat as great drops of blood falling Batvoyrec' ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν." 45 Καὶ ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς down to the earth. And haying risen up from προσευχῆς; ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς" εὗρεν "αὐτοὺς κοιμω- prayer, coming ἴο the disciples hefound them sleep- 229 the cock shall not crow this day, before that thou shalt thrice deny that thou know- est me. 35 And he said unto them, When I sent you without purse, and scrip, and shoes, lacked ye any thing? And they said, Nothing. 36 en said he unto them, But now, he that hath a purse, let him take it, and like- wise his scrip: and he that hath no sword, let him sell his gar- ment, and buy one. 37 For I say unto you, that this that is writ- ten must yet be ac- complished in me, And he was reckoned a- mong the transgres- sors: for the things concerning me have an end. 38 And they said, Lord, behold, here are two swords. And hesaid untothem, It is enough. 39 And he caine out, and went, as he was wont, to the mount of Olives; and his disci- ples also followed him, 40 And when he was at the place, he said unto them, Pray that ye enter not into temp- tation. 41 And he was withdrawn from them about a stone’s cast, and kneeled down, and prayed, 42 saying, Father, if thou be willing, remove this cup from me: neyer- theless not my will, but thine, be done. 43 And there appeared an angel unto him from heaven, strength- ening him. 44 And being in an agony he prayed more earnestly: and his sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground. 45 And when he rose up from prayer, and was come to his disciples, he found them sleeping νυ — μὴ (read shall not crow) Trra, Ἢ ἕως until Lrtra. εἰδέναι LTr. Υ [μὴ] A. » βαλλαντίου LTTraw. ἃ ebray LTTrA. ς 6 δὲ εἶπεν but he said T; εἶπεν δὲ Tr. d βαλλάντιον LTTrAW. & [yap] Ltr. h τὸ that (concerning me has an end) rtra. ciples) TTra. ὯΔ γινέσθω TTrAW. ὃ ({o] a) TA. αὐτοὺς TTra. kK παρενέγκαι τ; παρένεγκε take away LTr. π verses 43, 44 in [ | L. 4 καταβαίνοντος τα. ε-- ἔτι LTTrA. i — αὐτοῦ (read the dis- 1 τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον TTrA. ο ἀπὸ τοῦ from the Lrr. τ + αὐτοῦ (read his disciples) Ε. * με ἀπαρνήσῃ Ὁ Οὐθενός Τύτα. f ore L. Ρ καὶ ἐγένετο 5 κοιμωμένους 230 for sorrow, 46 and said unto them, Why sleep ye? rise and pray, lest ye enter into temp- tation. 47 And while he yet spake, behold a multi- tude, and he that was called Judas, one of the twelve, went be- fore them, and drew near unto Jesus to kisshim, 48 But Jesus said unto him, Judas, betrayest thou the Son of man with a kiss? 49 When they which were about him saw what would follow, they said unto him, Lord, shall we smite with the sword? 50 And one of them smote the servant of the high priest, and cut off his right ear. 51 And Je- sus answered and said, Suffer ye thus far. And he touched his ear, and healed him. 52 Then Jesus said unto the chief priests, and captains of the temple, and the elders, which were come to him, Be ye come out, as against a thief, with swords and staves? 53 When I was daily with you in the tem- ple, ye stretched forth no hands against me: but this is your hour, and the power of dark- ness. 54 Then took they him, and led Aim, and brought him into the high priest’s house. And Peter followed afar off. 55 And when they had kindled a fire in the midst of the hall, and were set down together, Peter sat down among them, 56 But a certain maid beheld him as he sat by the fire, and earn- estly looked upon him, and said, This man was also with him. 57 And he denied him, saying, Woman, I know him not. 58 And after a little while another saw him, and said, AOY KAS. XXII. , " J ‘ ~ , 4 > ~ , , μένους" ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης, 46 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ti καθεύδετε ; ing from grief, and hesaid tothem, Why sleep ye? ἀναστάντες προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ. εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν. Having risen up pray, that ye may notenter into temptation. 47 "Ἔτι. "δὲ" αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος, ἰδοὺ ὄχλος, Kai ὁ λεγό- And‘yet ‘as *he *was speaking, behold acrowd, andhewho was μενος Ἰούδας, εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, προήρχετο “αὐτῶν," καὶ called Judas, one ofthe twelve, was going before them, and » ~? ~ ~ ᾽ , x* a? ~ | = ἤγγισεν tp Ἰησοῦ φιλῆσαι αὐτόν. 48 τὸ δὲ. Inoovc' εἶπεν drew near to Jesus tokiss him. But Jesus said > ~ > , , ‘ er ~ ? , / αὐτῷ, ᾿Ιούδα, φιλήματι τὸν υἱὸν Tov ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως ; tohim, Judas, withakiss the Son ofman deliverest thou up? 49 ᾿Ιδόντες.δὲ οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν τὸ ἐσόμενον γτγεΐπον" And ‘seeing 'those?around πὰ what wasabouttohappen said “avrg, Κύριε. εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρᾳ"; 50 Kai ἐπά- to him, Lord, shall we smite with [the] sword? And ®smote ταξεν εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν "roy δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως," Kat °one'a*certain*of *them the bondman ofthe high priest, and ἀφεῖλεν “αὐτοῦ τὸ οὖς" τὸ δεξιόν. 51 ἀποκριθεὶς. δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς took off his 7ear right. And answering Jesus ῖ ᾽ ~ a , K 4 « ΄ ~ > , d > “Ἢ εἶπεν, Ἐᾶτε ἕως.τούτου. Καὶ ἁψάμενος τοῦ ὠτίου δαὐτοῦ said, Suffer thus far. And having touched the ear of him ἰάσατο αὐτόν. 52 Εϊπεν.δὲ “ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς τοὺς παρα- he healed him. And said Jesus to those who were γενομένους fin’! αὐτὸν ἀρχιερεῖς Kai στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ come against him, chief priests and captains of the temple καὶ πρεσβυτέρους, Ὥς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν δΒἐξεληλύθατε! μετὰ and elders, As against arobber have ye come out with μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων ; 53 Kal ἡμέραν ὄντος.μου μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν swords and staves? Daily when Iwas with you 2 ~ et ~ ᾽ γ ΄ BY ~ 72 39 ae. h2 a] ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ οὐκ.ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ ἐμέ. "ἀλλ in the temple ye stretched not out [your] hands against me; but αὕτη Ἰὑμῶν ἐστιν" ἡ ὥρα, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους. this *your lis hour, andthe power of darkness. 54 Συλλαβόντες.δὲ αὐτὸν ἤγαγον, καὶ εἰσήγαγον And having seized him they led [him away], and led k ch I > l \ ῖ ll ~ ᾽ , ie ς δὲ Tlé ἘΣ X 40 AUTOV" εἰς “τὸν Οοἰκον TOV ἀρχιερεως O_OE-LLETPOC Ἠἠκολοῦσει him into the house ofthe high priest. And Peter was following , πὶ ἡ , Ι ΔΑ “ ᾽ , ~ ? ~ μακρόθεν. 55 πἁψάντων «δὲ πῦρ ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς, afar off. And having kindled a fire in [the] midst of the court, καὶ “ovyxabicavtwr" αὐτῶν" ἐκάθητο ὁ Tlétpoc Ῥὲν. μέσῳ!" and *having *sat*down ‘together ‘they Tsat *Peter among αὐτῶν. 56 ἰδοῦσα.δὲ αὐτὸν παιδίσκη τις καθήμενον πρὸς them. And ‘having °seen “him ‘a*maid “*certain sitting by TO φῶς, καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ, εἶπεν, Καὶ οὗτος σὺν the light, and having looked intently on him, said, And this one with αὐτῷ ἦν. 57 ‘0.68 ἠρνήσατο "αὐτόν," λέγων, Γύναι, οὐκ him was. But he denied him, saying, Woman, “ποῦ οἷδα αὐτόν." 58 Kai μετὰ βραχὺ ἕτερος ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἔφη, 11 ?do know him. And after alittle another seeing him _ said, vy — 6€ and LTTraw. ΣΙ τς αὐτῷ TTrA. 4 — αὐτοῦ TTrA. i ἐστὶν ὑμῶν LITrA. TTrA. P μέσος TTrA. 5 μαχαίρῃ TIA. © —o LTTrA. 2 περικαθισάντων, having sat around L; συνκαθισάντων T. 4 — αὐτὸν LTr[A]. W αὐτούς GLTTrAW. x Ἰησοῦς δὲ TTrA. Υ εἶπαν LTTrA. b τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τὸν δοῦλον TTrA. © τὸ οὖς αὐτοῦ LTTrA. f πρὸς 1. Β ἐξήλθατε came ye out Ltr. Β ἀλλὰ Tra. k — αὐτὸν (read [bim]) trtra. [τὴν οἰκίαν TTrA. ™ περιαψάντων ° — αὐτῶν LTTrA. τ οὐκ οἷδα αὐτόν, γύναι TTYA. XXII, XXIII. LUKE. Kai od ἐξ αὐτῶν el. Ὁ.δὲ Πέτρος "εἶπεν, [Λνθρωπε, οὐκ εἰμί. And thou of them art, But Peter said, Man, Tam not. 59 Kai διαστάσης ὡσεὶ ὥρας μιᾶς; ἄλλος τις διϊσχυρίζετο, And havingelapsed about *hour ‘one, “οὔβεσ *a*certain strongly affirmed, λέγων, Ἔπ᾽ ἀληθείας καὶ οὗτος per αὐτοῦ hy" καὶ.γὰρ Γαλι- saying, In truth also thisone with him was; i λαῖός ἐστιν. 60 Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ Πέτρος, “AvOpw7e, οὐκ.οἶδα τὰ ο lean he is. And *said Peter, an, I know not what λέγεις. Kai παραχρῆμα; ἔτι λαλοῦντος. αὐτοῦ, ἐφώνησεν thou sayest. And immediately, yet ‘as he was speaking, Screw to! ἀλέκτωρ᾽ 6] καὶ στραφεὶς ὁ κύριος ἐνέβλεψεν τῷ Πέτρῳ᾽ *the cock. And having turned, the Lord looked at Peter ; kai ὑπεμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ λόγου τοῦ κυρίου, we εἶπεν αὐτῷ, and *remembered *Peter the word ofthe Lord, how hesaid to him, Ὅτι piv ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι ᾿ ἀπαρνήσῃ με τρίς. 62 Kai Before {the} cock crow thou wilt deny me thrice. And ἐξελθὼν ἔξω “ὁ Πέτρος" ἔκλαυσεν πικρῶς. Peter 63 Kai ot ἄνδρες ot συνέχοντες “τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐνέπαιζον having gone forth outside wept bitterly. And the men who were holding Jesus mocked αὐτῷ, δέροντες Θά καὶ περικαλύψαντες αὐτὸν γἔτυπτον him, beating [him]; and havingcoveredup him _ they were striking αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον, καὶ" ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν," λέγοντες, Ipo- his face, and were asking him, saying, Pro- Ul , > « , ~ ‘ .“ ‘ φήτευσον, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε; 65 Καὶ ἕτερα πολλὰ phesy, who isit that struck thee? And ?other “things *many βλασφημοῦντες ἔλεγον εἰς αὐτόν. blasphemously they said to him. 66 Kai we ἐγένετο ἡμέρα συνήχθη τὸ πρεσβυτέριον And when it became day were gathered together the elderhood τοῦ λαοῦ, ἀρχιερεῖς.τε Kai γραμματεῖς, καὶ "ἀνήγαγον" αὐτὸν of the people, both chief priests and scribes, and they led him εἰς τὸ συνέδριον Ῥἑαυτῶν," λέγοντες, 67 Ei od εἶ ὁ χριστός, into *sanhedrim ‘their, saying, If thou art the Christ, c > iT] t ~ = 4 > ~ ? ‘ e ~ » > ‘ εἰπὲ" ἡμῖν. Εϊπεν.δὲ αὐτοῖς, Ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἴπω, οὐ.μὴ tell us, And he said to them, If you Ishould tell, not at all πιστεύσητε᾽ 68 ἐὰν.δὲ ἀκαὶ" ἐρωτήσω, οὐ-μὴ ἀποκρι- would ye believe; and if also Ishould ask [you], not at all would ye θῆτέ “μοι, ἢ ἀπολύσητε." 69 ἀπὸ.τοῦ.νῦν ‘ ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ answer me, ΠΟΙ͂ let [16] go. Henceforth shall be the Son ἀνθρώπου καθήμενος ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ θεοῦ. of man sitting at (the) righthand ofthe power of God, 70 8Elroyv'.d& πάντες, Σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ; Ὁ .δὲ And they ?said tall, Thou then art the Son of God? And he πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔφη, Ὑ μεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. 71 Οἱ.δὲ Βεῖπον," to them said, Ye say, that am. Andthey said, Ti ἔτι ἰχρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας" ; αὐτοὶ.γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν Whatany more need havewe οἵ witness? for ourselves have heard ἀπὸ τοῦ.στόματος αὐτοῦ. from his [own] mouth. 93 Kai ἀναστὰν ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν ᾿ἤχαχεν" And havingrisenup all the multitude of them 1 5 ἔφη TTrA. τ--- ὃ (read [[Π6} GLTrraw. (read he wept) attr[a]. 1 αὐτὸν him LTtra. 2 — αὐτὸν TTrA. 5 ἀπήγαγον they led away TTrA. 4 — καὶ LTTrA. ε — μοι ἢ ἀπολύσητε T[TrA]. Ἀ εἶπαν LITrA. i ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν TTrA. = * ἤγαγον GLTTrAW. foralso a Gali- fe Y σήμερον to-day TTra. Υ — ἔτυπτον αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον, καὶ [L]TTrA. Ὁ αὐτῶν TTrAW. f+ δὲ however ΠΤΎΤΑ. 231 Thou art also of them. And Peter said, Man, I am not. 59 And a- bout the space of one hour after another confidently affirmed, saying, Of a truth this also was with him: for he is a Gali- lean. 60 And Peter said, Man, I know not what thousayest. And immediately, while he yet spake, the cock crew. 61 And the Lord turned, and looked upon Peter, And Peter remembered the word of the Lord, how he had said unto him, Before the cock crow, thou shalt deny me thrice. 62 And Peter went out, and wept bitterly. 63 And the men that heidJesus mocked him, and smote him. 64 And when they had blind- folded him,they struck him on the face, and asked him, saying, Prophesy, who is it that smote thee ? 65 And many other things blasphemously spake they against him, 66 And as soon as it was day, the elders of the people and the chief priests and the scribes came together, and led him into their council, saying, 67 Art thou the ist ? tell us. And he said unto them, If I tell you ye will not believe: 68and if I also ask you, ye will not answer me, nor let me go. 69 Here- after shall the Son of man sit on the right hand of the power of God. 70 Then said they all, Art thou then the Son of God? And he said unto them, Ye say that lam. 71 And they said, What need we any further wit- ness? for we ourselves have heard of his own mouth. XXIII. And the whole multitude of them arose, and led π — ὁ Πέτρος ς εἰπὸν TTra. & εἶπαν TTrA. 232 him unto Pilate. 2And they began to accuse him, saying, We found this "yellow perverting the nation, and for- bidding to give tribute to Cesar, saying that he himself is Christ a King. 3 And Pilate asked him, saying, Art thou the King of the Jews ? And he answer- ed him and said, Thou sayest it, 4 Then said Pilate to the chief priests and vo the peo- ple, I find uo fault in this man. 5 And they were the more fierce, saying, He stirreth up the people, teaching throughout all Jewry, beginning from Ga- lilee to this place. 6 When Pilate heard of Galilee, he asked whether the man were a Galilean. 7 And as soon as he knew that he belonged unto He- rod’s jurisdiction, he sent him to Herod, who himself also was at Jerusalem at that time. 8 And when Herod saw Jesus, he was exceeding glad: for he was desirous to see him of ἃ long season, because he had heard many things of him; and he hoped to have seen some mi- racle done by him. 9 Then he questioned with him in many words; but he answer- edhim nothing. 10 And the chief priests and scribes stood and ve- hemently accused him. 11 And Herod with his men of war set him at nought, and mocked him,and arrayed him in a gorgeous robe, and sent him again to Pilate. 12 And the same day Pilate and Herod were made friends together: for before they were at en- mity between them- selves, 13 And Pilate, when he had called together the chief priests aud the rulers and the peo- Ye’ 14 said unto them, e have brought this Ἂ OVYAKGATS: αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν ἸΠιλάτον." 2 ἤρξαντο.δὲ κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ, him to Pilate. And they began to accuse him, λέγοντες, Tovroy ™evpopev' διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος", Kai saying, This man) we found perverting the wit and κωλύοντα “Καίσαρι φόρους" διδόναι, λέγοντα ἑαυτὸν χριστὸν forbidding “ἴο ῦεββασ “tribute ‘to *give, saying himself “Christ βασιλέα εἶναι. 3 Ὁ. δὲ. “Πιλάτος" τἐπηρώτησεν" αὐτόν, λέγων, XXIII. ?a *king 115. And Pilate questioned him, saying, Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ; Ὁ. δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ?Thou tart the king of the Jews? Andhe answering him ἔφη, Σὺ λέγεις. 4°O.6éALiAaroc" εἶπεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς said, Thou sayest. And Pilate said to the chief priests καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους, Οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον ἐν τῷ. ἀνθρώπῳ. τούτῳ. and the crowds, Nothing findI blamable in this man, 5 Οἱιδὲ ἐπίσχυον, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἀνασείει τὸν λαόν, διδάσ- But they were insisting, saying, He stirs up the penis; teach- κων καθ᾽ ὕλης τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας, " ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλι- ing Ehroug out *whole ‘the of Judza, beginning from Gali- λαίας ἕως ὧδε. 6 “Πιλάτος".δὲ ἀκούσας 'Γαλιλαίαν!" lee even to here. But Pilate having heard Galilee (mamed } ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ ὁ ἄνθρωπος Ραλιλαῖός ἐ ἐστιν" 7 καὶ ἐπι- asked whether the man a*Galilean ‘7is; and baring, γνοὺς ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρώδου ἐστίν, ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν known that from the jurisdiction of Herod heis, he sent “up *him πρὸς τυ Ἡρώδην, ὄντα καὶ αὐτὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν ταύταις Herod, *being “also ‘he at Jerusalem in those ταῖς Lipari 8 ὁ. δὲ. Ἡρώδης ἰδὼν τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἐχάρη λίαν" days. And Herod seeing Jesus rejoiced greatly, υθέλων ἐξιἱκανοῦ! ἰδεῖν αὐτόν, διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν for long to see him, _ because of iene ἦν.γὰρ for he was wishing χπολλὰ" περὶ αὐτοῦ: καὶ ἤλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ᾽ many thingsconcerning him; andhe washopingsome sign tosee “by αὐτοῦ γινόμενον. 9 ἐπηρώτα.δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς" “him ‘done. And he questioned him in *words 1many, αὐτὸς.δὲ οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ. 10 εἱστήκεισαν.δὲ οἱ ἀρχ- but Βα nothing answered him. And “had ®stood 'the ?chief ιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς, εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ. Spriests ‘and *the ®scribes, wierd, accusing him. 11 ἐξουθενήσας.δὃὲ αὐτὸν δ᾽ Hodeng σὺν τοῖς στρατεύμασιν And *having “set °at nought *him erod with ?troops αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐμπαίξας, περιβαλὼν ταὐτὸν" ἐσθῆτα λαμ- this, and having mocked [him], having put on him “apparel ‘splen- πρὰν ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν τῷ "Πιλάτῳ." 12 ἐγένοντο.δὲ φίλοι did he sent back ‘*him to Pilate. And became friends ὕ.τε."]ΠΙιλάτος καὶ ὁ Ἡρώδης" ἐν αὐτῇ.τῇ ἡμέρᾳ per ἀλλήλων" both Pilate and Herod on thatsame day with one another; προὐπῆρχον.γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς ςἑαυτούς." for before they were at enmity between themselves. 13 «“«Πιλάτος".δὲ abe γκαχευ meee τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τοὺς And Pilate having called together the chief priests and the ἄρχοντας καὶ τὸν λαόν, 14 εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Προσηνέγκατέ rulers and the people, said to them, Ye brought l MieeNaror, πὶ. Καίσαρι Τ1ἼτΑ. even TtTr[a]. wishing LTTrA. 5 Πειλάτῳ T. ™ εὕραμεν ὙΤΤΑ. Ρ + καὶ and [L)rtr[a ]. t— Ταλιλαίαν τ[4]- * — πολλὰ TTra. υ Ἣρώδης καὶ ὃ Πιλάτος (Med. 1) TTrA. n+ ἡμῶν (read our nation) LTTr[A]W. © φόρους 4 Πειλᾶτος T. τ ἠρώτησεν TTrA. 5+ Kat Ἢ ἐξ ἱκανῶν χρόνων θέλων many times --- αὐτὸν (τ᾽εαὰ [him]) [L]t[Tr]a. CavrTovsTTrA. 4ovvKadcoamevos T- v + τὸν L. Σ + καὶ also τ. XXIII. LUKE. μοι τὸν.ἄνθρωπον.τοῦτον, ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν" Kai to me this man, as turning away the people; and ἰδού, ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας “οὐδὲν᾽ εὗρον ἐν τῷ behold, I before you having examined [him] *nothing ‘found in ἀνθρώπῳ.τούτῳ αἴτιον ὧν κατηγορεῖτε this man blamable [as to the things] of which ye bring accusation ᾽ > ~. ? ? rare , 3 f ? , ‘ « ~ ‘ κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ" 15 ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ Ηρώδης" ἰἀνέπεμψα.γὰρ ὑμᾶς πρὸς against him ; nor even Herod, for I sent 7up tyou to αὐτόν," καὶ ἰδού, οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον him, and lo, nothing worthy of death is done αὐτῷ. 16 παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν ἀπολύσω. 178 Ανάγκην by him. Ηδυΐηρ ?chastised'*therefore him I will release {him}, “Necessity δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολύειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἕνα." 18 *ave- Inow“he“had torelease tothem at [the] feast one. *they κραξαν" δὲ Ἐπαμπληθεί," λέγοντες, Aloe τοῦτον, ἀπόλυ- Ξογιοᾶ *out*but ina mass, saying, Away with this [man], *re- σον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν" 19 ὕστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν lease ᾿δηᾷᾶ tous Barabbas ; who was onaccount of *insurrection τινὰ γενομένην iv τῇ πόλει Kai φόνον βεβλημένος εἰς a “certain made in the city and murder cast into φυλακήν." 20 Πάλιν οὖν" ὁ "ΠΠΙλάτος" προσεφώνησεν", prison. Again therefore Pilate called to {them], θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 21 οἱ. δὲ ἐπεφώνουν, λέγοντες, wishing to release Jesus. 3ut they werecryingout, saying, ΡῬΣταύρωσον, craipwoor' αὐτόν. 22 Ὃ.δὲ τρίτον εἶπεν Crucify, crucify i Andhe athird [time] said πρὸς αὐτούς, Ti yap κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος: οὐδὲν to them, What then ‘evil did “commit ‘this [*man]? No αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν cause of death foundI in him. Having *chastised'therefore him ? [4 © 4 ? , ~ / ? , ἀπολύσω. 23 Οἱ. δὲ ἐπέκειντο φωναῖς μεγάλαις, αἰτού- [ will release [him]. Βαὺ ΠΟΥ were urgent with?voices ‘loud, asking μενοι αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι: Kai κατίσχυον at φωναὶ αὐτῶν for him to be crucified. And prevailed the voices of them “καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων." 24 τὉ δὲ" "Taro! ἐπέκρινεν γενέσθαι and of the chief priests. And Pilate adjudged “to *be *done τὸ. αἴτημα.αὐτῶν. 25 ἀπέλυσεν.δὲ δαὐτοῖς" τὸν διὰ ‘their request. And he released tothem him who onaccount of ’ ι , rv , 2 t A ll X ’ a στάσιν Kai φόνον βεβλημένον εἰς ‘rHv' φυλακήν, ὃν insurrection and murder had beencast into the prison, whom yrovyvro’ τὸν.δὲ. Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ. θεληματι.αὐτῶν. they asked for ; but Jesus he delivered up to their will. 26 Kai we ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν, ἐπιλαβόμενοι YZinwrdc And as they led “away ‘him, having laid hold on “Simon τινος Κυρηναίου “τοῦ ἐρχομένου" “ἀπ᾽. ἀγροῦ, ἐπέθηκαν ‘a “οουύαϊπ a Cyrenian coming from afield, they put upon ? ~ 4 A , » ~? ~ ? , αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν φέρειν ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 27 ᾿Ηκολούθει him the cross to bear [it] behind Jesus. *Were *following δὲ αὐτῷ πολὺ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ Kai γυναικῶν, ai Yrai' ‘and him agreat multitude of the people and ofwomen, who also © οὐθὲν TTr. & — verse 17 [L]tTr[a]. ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ TTrA. P Σταύρου σταύρου LTTraA. G[L]TTraw. τ — τὴν LTTrA. ‘amo L. 7 — καὶ LTTrA. Κ πανπληθεί τ. Β ἀνέκραγον ΤΊΤΑ. n ΤΠειλᾶτος T. τὰ δὲ however LTTrA. 4 — καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων [L]T[TrA]. Τ᾿ καὶ LTTrA. a 4 a > ΄ νυ Σίμωνά τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον LITra. 233 man unto me, as one that perverteth the people: and, behold, I, having examined him before you, have found no fault in this man touching those things whereof ye accuse him: 15 no, nor yet Herod: for Isent you to him; and, lo, nothing wor- thy of death is done unto him. 16 I wil! therefore chastise him, and release him. 17 (For of necessity he must release one unto them at the feast. 18 And they cried out all at once, saying, A- way with this man, and release unto us Barabbas: 19 (who for acertain sedition made in the city, and for murder, was cast in- to prison.) 20 Pilate therefore, willing to release Jesus, spake a- gain tothem. 21 But they cried, saying, Cru- cify him, crucify him. 22 And he said unto them the third time, Why, what evil hath he done? I have found no cause of death in him : [ will therefore chastise him, and let him go. 23 And they were instant with loud voices, requiring that he might be crucified. And the voices of them and of the chief priests prevailed. 24 And Pi- late gavesentence that it should be as they required. 25 And he released unto them him that for sedition and murder was cast into prison, whom they had desired; but he delivered Jesus totheir will, 26 And as they led him away, they laid hold upon one Simon, a Cyrenian, coming out of the country, and on him they laid the cross, that he might bear it after Jesus. 27 And there followed him a great company of people, and of wo- men, which also be- { ἀνέπεμψεν yap αὐτὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς for he sent him back to us 1. 1 βληθεὶς ([BAn Geis] A) © + αὐτοῖς them 1x. S — auTo.s YOu ἂν. 294 wailed and lamented him. 28 But Jesus turn- ing unto them said, Daughters of Jerusa- lem, weep not for me, but weep for your- selves, and for your children. 29 For, be- hold, the days are coming, in the which they shall say, Blessed are the barren, and the wombs that never bare, and the paps which never gavesuck. 30 Then shall they be- gin tosay tothe moun- tains, Fall on us ; and to the hills, Cover us. 31 For if they do these things in a green tree, what shall be done in the dry ? 32 And there were also two other, malefactors, led with him to be put to death. 33 And when they were come to the place, which is called Cal- vary, there they cru- cified him, and the malefactors, one on the right hand, and the other on the left. 34 Then said Jesus, Father, forgive them; for they know not what they do. And they parted his rai- ment, and cast lots, 35 And the people stood beholding. And the rulers also with them derided him, saying, He saved others; let him gave himself, if he be Christ, the cho- sen of God. 36 And the soldiers also mock- ed him, coming to him, and offering him vinegar, 37 and saying, If thou be the king of the Jews, save thyself. 38 And a superscrip- tion also was written over him in letters of Greek, and Latin, and Hebrew, ‘THIS IS THE KING OF THE JEWS 39 And one of the malefactors which were hanged railed on him, saying, If thou A OWA Avs. XXII1. ἐκόπτοντο καὶ ἐθρήνουν αὐτόν. 28 στραφεὶς δὲ πρὸς αὐτὰς ere bewailing and lamenting him. And ΤΌΣΟΙ, to them "Ἰησοῦς sizer, Θυγατέρες Ἱερουσαλήμ, μὴ. «κλαίετε ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ, Jesus said, Daughters of Jerusalem, weep not for me, πλὴν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ.τέκνα.ὑμῶν" 29 ὅτι ἰδού, but *for *yourselves ‘weep and ΤῸ yourchildren: for lo, ἔρχονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς ἐροῦσιν, Maxapia ai στεῖραι arecoming days in which they willsay, Blessed f[are]the barren καὶ " κοιλίαι at οὐκ. ἐγέννησαν καὶ μαστοὶ ot ϑοὐκ. ἐθήλασαν." and OMS, which did not bear and breasts which gave not ance 30 τότε ἄρξονται λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, “Πέσετε! ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς" Then Hai they begin tosay tothe mountains, Fall ins us ; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, Καλύψατε ἡμᾶς. 81 ὅτι εἰ ἐν “rp ὑγρῷ and to the hills, Cover us: for if in the green ξύλῳ ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν, ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ τί γένηται; 92 Ἤγοντο tree thesethings they ἄο, inthe dry what may take place? *Were “led δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι δύο κακοῦργοι σὺν αὐτῷ ἀναιρεθῆναι. 33 Kai *and also Ζούμου. ‘two malefactors with him to be put to death. And ὅτε “ἀπῆλθον" ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον τὸν καλούμενον κρανίον ἐκεῖ when theycame ἢ _ the place called aSkull there ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν, Kai τοὺς κακούργους, ὃν. μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν they crucified him, and the malefactors, theone on [the] right ὃν. δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν. 34 [ὁ.δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἔλεγεν, Πάτερ, ἄφες and one on [the} left. And Jesus said, Father, forgive αὐτοῖς" οὐ-γὰρ.οἴδασιν τί ποιοῦσιν." Διαμεριζόμενοι.δὲ τὰ shen, for they know not what _ they do. And eee ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ ἔβαλον βκλῆρον." 35 καὶ εἱστήκει ὁ λαὸς θεω- his garments theycast a lot. And *stood ‘the ge behold- ρῶν" = υκτήριζον. δὲ πκαὶ! ot a doxovres ἰσὺν αὐτοῖς" ' λέγον- ing, *were °deriding “also ‘the lers with them, say- TE *A\Xov ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστὸ > ing, Others hesaved, let himsave himself if this is the Christ κὸ τοῦ θεοῦ! ἐκλεκτός. 36 ' Ἑνέπαιζον".δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ orpa- the “of ?God ‘chosen. And mocked him also the sol- TLWTAL, προσερχύμενοι Mai! ὀξος προσ ἔἐροντες αὐτῷ, 37 καὶ diers, coming near and “vinegar ‘offering “him, and ΕΝ πΕ} σὺ εἴ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυ- ἌΣ If ml art the king of the Jews, save aby τόν. ἯἮν.δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ "γεγραμμένη! ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ as en there was also an inscription written over him Ἕλλ Ῥ : ‘E " Ργράμμασιν ηνικοῖς καὶ ὡμαϊκοῖς καὶ patkotc, in letters Greek and atin and Hebrew : αρὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων." This is the king of the Jews. 39 Εἷς.δὲ τῶν κρεμασθέντων κακούργων εβλασφήμεε Now one of the ?who *had *been Pango, Serpe a railed at αὐτόν, "λέγων," *Et od el ὁ χριστός,; σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ be Christ, save thyself him, saying, If thou art ue Christ, save thyself and d . 40 But th ~ other liatiawering xe. Ἡμᾶς, +40 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ ὁ ἕτερος ᾿ἐπετίμα αὐτῷ, λέγων," buked him, saying, us. But answering the other rebuked him, Saying, ¥— 0 TTrA. 4+ aithe tra. ὃ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν nourished not Lrtra. ς Πέσατε TTra. a ἡ {τφ]. Tr: 6 ἦλθον LTrA ἴ [ὁ δὲ .... ποιοῦσιν] 1». 8 κλήρους lots TA. h — καὶ LT. — σὺν αὐτοῖς {π]ττνα. k τοῦ θεοῦ 6 TA. | ἐνέπαιξαν TA. τὰ — καὶ [L]rTra. ἃ [Et] L. 9 ἐπιγεγραμμένη irr]; — γεγραμμένη TA. P — γράμμασιν .... EBpaixots [uJrrr[a} 4 ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν "lovbaiwy.obros (Lobros] π᾿) LYTrA. r— λέγων τ{ττ]ὰ. 5 Οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ 6 χριστός ; Art not thou the Christ? TTra. him said Trra. τ ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ ἔφη rebuking XXIII. LUKE. Οὐδὲ φοβῃ σὺ τὸν θεόν, Ore ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι cl; ?Not even ‘dost *fear *thou God, (thou]that under the same judgment art? 41 καὶ ἡμεῖς μὲν δικαίως" ἄξια.γὰρ ὧν ἐπράξαμεν And we indeed justly; for *a*due “recompense Sof ’what “we *did arrohapBavoper™ οὗτος. δὲ οὐδὲν ἄτοπον ἔπραξεν. 42 Καὶ 1we “receive ; but this [man]?nothing “amiss did. And ἔλεγεν ‘rep! Ιησοῦ, Μνήσθητί μου, “κύριε, ὅταν ἔλθῃς ἐν he said to Jesus, Remember me, Lord, when thoucomest in τῇ.βασιλείᾳ.σου. 48 Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ "ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς," ᾿Αμὴν YrAEyw thy kingdom, And ?*said *to*him 1Jesus, Verily Isay sou, σήμερον per ἐμῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ. tothee, To-day with me thou shalt be in Paradise, 44 τῊν. δὲ! ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη, καὶ σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ᾽ ὕλην And it was about(the]*hour'sixth, and darkness came _ over ?7whole THY γῆν ἕως ὥρας δἐννάτης"" 45 ὕκαὶ ἐσκοτίσθη ὁ ἥλιος," 4the land until [the] *hour ninth; and “was*darkened'the sun; “καὶ ἐσχίσθη! τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ péoov’ 46 καὶ and ὅὄνγαβ rent ‘the 2veil Sof “the *temple in [the] midst. And wry μεγάλῃ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Πάτερ, εἰς χεῖράς loud Jesus said, Father, into “hands φωνήσας having cried witha *voice σου παραθήσομαι" τὸ.πνεῦμά μου. “Καὶ ταῦτα' εἰπὼν ‘thy I will commit my spirit. And these things having said avs ? ‘ 4 .« fic , ] x , ἐξέπνευσεν. 47 ᾿Ιδὼν. δὲ ὁ [ἑκατόνταρχος τὸ γενόμενον he expired. Now*having‘seen'the centurion that which took place ξέἐδόξασεν" τὸν θεόν, λέγων, Ὄντως ὁ.ἄνθρωπος. οὗτος δίκαιος glorified God, saying, Indeed this man just ἦν. 48 Kai πάντες ot Ῥσυμπαραγενόμενοι" ὄχλοι ἐπὶ THY was. And all the *who *were *come °together ‘crowds to θεωρίαν.ταύτην, Ἰθεωροῦντεος" τὰ γενόμενα, τύπτοντες this sight, seeing the things which took place, beating ks ~ ll s , « ’ ε ΄ ‘ , ἑαυτῶν" τὰ στήθη ὑπέστρεφον. 49 εἱστήκεισαν.δὲ πάντες their breasts returned, And ®stood tall οἱ = yyworoi ἰαὐτοῦ" ™ μακρόθεν, καὶ γυναῖκες αἱ "ovy- *those*who *knew Shim afar off, also women who fol- ακολουθήσασαι" αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ὁρῶσαι ταῦτα. lowed with him from Galilee, beholding these things. 50 Kai ἰδού, ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι ᾿Ιωσήφ, βουλευτὴς ὑπάρχων, And behold,a τη byname Joseph, a counsellor being, ο ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος. 51 οὗτος οὐκ.-ἢν.Ῥσυγκατατεθειμένος" aman good and just, (he had not assented τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν, ἀπὸ ᾿Αριμαθαίας πόλεως tothe counsel and the deed ofthem,) from Arimathza a city τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, ὃς. “καὶ προσεδέχετο τκαὶ αὐτὸς" τὴν βασι- of the Jews, and who *was *waiting *for*also *himself the king- λείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 52 οὗτος προσελθὼν τῷ "Πιλάτῳ ῃτήσατο τὸ dom of God, he having gone to Pilate begged the σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. δ8 καὶ καθελὼν αὐτὸ" ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ body 290 Dost not thou fear God, seeing thou art in the same condem- nation? 41] and we in- deed justly; for we receive the due reward of our deeds: but this man hathdone nothing amiss. 42 And he said unto Jesus, Lord, re- member me when thou comest into thy king- dom, 43 And Jesus said unto him, Verily I say unto thee, To day shalt thou be with me in paradise. 44 And it was about the sixth hour, and there was a darkness over all the earth until the ninth hour. 45 And the sun was darkened, and the veil of the temple was rent in the midst. 46 And when Jesus had cried with a loud voice, he said, Father, into thy hands I commend my spirit: and having said thus, he gave up the ghost. 47 Now when the cen- turion saw what was done, he glorified God, saying, Certainly this was a righteous man, 48 And all the people that came together to that sight, beholding the things which were done, smote their breasts, and returned. 49 And all his ac- quaintance, and the women that followed him from _ Galilee, stood afar off, behold- ing these things, 50 And, behold, there was a man named ph a counseller ; and he was agood man, and a just: 651 (the same had not consent- ed to the counsel and deed of them ;) he was of Arimathmwja, a city of the Jews : who also himself waited for the kingdom of God. 52 This man went unto Pilate, and begged the body of Jesus. 53 And he took it down, and wrapped it in linen, of Jesus, And having taken ?down (it he wrapped it ¥ — τῷ (read he said, Jesus, remember) Trra. (read he said) T[tr]aA. Y σοι λέγω ΤΊτΑ. ® ἐνάτης LTTrA. © ἐσχίσθη δὲ. 4% παρατίθεμαι 1 commit Lrtraw. ἑκατοντάρχης TTr. 8 ἐδόξαζεν τττὰ. δ συνπαραγενόμενοι ΤΑ. ΒΘΘῺ LTTra. k — ἑαυτῶν (read the breasts) TTrA. ! αὐτῷ LTTrA. 2 συνακολουθοῦσαι TTrA. ° + καὶ and T. 4 — καὶ and LTTrA. τ — καὶ αὐτὸς LTTrA. LYTrA. 5 Πειλάτῳ T. w — κύριε [L]TTra. τ καὶ ἣν ἤδη ([ἤδη] Tra) and it was now Lrtra. b τοῦ ἡλίον ἐκλιπόντος (darkness came) from the sun failing τ. € καὶ τοῦτο and this L; τοῦτο δὲ TTra. i θεωρήσαντες having x — ὁ Ἰησοῦς m + ἀπὸ from LT, P συνκατατιθέμενος τ; συνκατατεθειμένος A. t — αὐτὸ (read [it]) 290 and laid it in a sepul- chre that was hewn in stone, wherein never man before was laid. 54 And that day was the preparation, and the sabbath drew on. 55 And the women also, which came with him from Galilee, fol- lowed after, and be- held thesepulchre, and how his body was laid. 56 And they returned, and prepared spices and ointments; and rested the sabbath day according’ to the commandment. XXIV. Now upon the first day of the week, very early in the morn- ing, they came unto the sepulchre, bring- ing the spices which they had prepared, and certain others with them. 2 And they found the stone rolled away from the sepul- chre. 3 And they en- tered in, and found not the body of the Lord Jesus. 4 And it came to pass, as they were much perplexed thereabout, behold, two men stood by them in shining gar- ments: 5andas they were afraid, and bowed down their faces to the earth, they said unto them, Why seek ye the living among the dead? 6 He is not here, but is risen: remember how he spake unto you when he was yet in Galilee, 7 saying, The Son of man must be delivered into the hands of sinful men, and be crucified, and the third day rise a- gain. 8 And they re- membered his words, 9 and returned from the sepulchre, and told ail these things unto the eleven, and to all the rest. 10 It was Mary Magdalene, and Joanna, and Mary the mother of James, and other women that were with them, which told these things unto the apostles. 11 And their AOYKAS. XXIII, XXIV. σινδόνι Kai ἔθηκεν Yadbro" ἐν μνήματι λαξευτῷ, οὗ ἴῃ 8. linen cloth and placed it in atomb hewninarock, in which > 5 w,? os ᾽ sll , a\1€ , τ x οὐκ ἦν “οὐδέπω.οὐδεὶς" κείμενος. 54 καὶ ἥμερα ἣν ὅπαρα- 3was ‘no “one ever yet laid. And “day ‘it 7was re- σκευή," καὶ σάββατον ἐπέφωσκεν. paration, and Sabbath Was coming on. 55 Κατακολουθήσασαι.δὲ Yai! * γυναῖκες, αἵτινες ἦσαν And “having ‘followed 34.180 women, who were συνεληλυθυῖαι δαὐτῷ" ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας", ἐθεάσαντο τὸ come with him outof Galilee, saw the ~ ‘ e ? ld 4 ~~ > ~ « , μνημεῖον, καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη TO.cHpa.adTov. 56 ὑποστρέψασαι δὲ tomb, and how was laid his body. And having returned ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα Kai μύρα. Kai τὸ-μὲν σάββατον ἡσύχα- they prepared aromatics δη ointments, and on the sabbath remained σαν κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν. 94 τῇ.δὲ μιᾷ τῶν σαβ- quiet, according to the commandment. But on the first [day] of the week βάτων ὄρθρου.“ βαθέος" “ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα," φέρουσαι ἃ at early dawn they came to the tomb, bringing *which ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα, “καί τινες σὺν αὐταῖς." 2 Ἐὕῦ- Ξ0Π6γ *had Sprepared ‘aromatics, and some(others]with them. They ρον δὲ τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου, 8 ‘rai 3found'and the stone rolled away from the tomb ; and εἰσελθοῦσαι" odby.eipoy τὸ σῶμα τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ. 4 Kai having entered they found not the body ofthe Lord Jesus, And ἐγένετο étv.rpSdvarropeicba' αὐτὰς περὶ τούτου, καὶ ἰδού, it came to pass as *were “perplexed ‘they about this, that behold, δύο ἄνδρες" ἐπέστησαν αὐταῖς ἐν icOnoeow ἀστραπτούσαις." two men stood by them in “garments ‘shining. 5 ἐμφόβων δὲ γενομένων αὐτῶν καί κλινουσῶν "τὸ πρόσω- And filled *with *fear ?becoming they and bowing the face πον" εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἱεῖπον" πρὸς αὐτάς, Ti ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα to the earth, theysaid to them, Why seekye the living pera τῶν νεκρῶν ; 6 ovKéoT ὧδε, ™AAX' ἠγέρθη" μνήσθητε with the dead ? Heisnot here, but is risen: remember we ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν, ἔτι ὧν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ, 7 λέγων, Ore how he spoke to you, yet being in Galilee, saying, δεῖ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" παραδοθῆναι εἰς χεῖρας It behoveth the Son of man to be delivered up into hands ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν, καὶ σταυρωθῆναι, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ of 7men 1sinful, and tobecrucified, and the thir day ἀναστῆναι. ὃ Kai ἐμνήσθησαν τῶν.ῥημάτων.αὐτοῦ" 9 καὶ to arise. And they remembered his words ; and ὑποστρέψασαι ἀπὸ TOU μνημείου ἀπήγγειλαν “ταῦτα πάντα" having returned from the tomb they related *these*things ‘all τοῖς ἕνδεκα καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς. 10 Ρήσαν.δὲ"! ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ tothe eleven and toall the rest. Now it was ?Magdalene Μαρία καὶ VIwavva' cai Μαρία τ ᾿ΙΤακώβου, καὶ ai λοιπαὶ σὺν ‘Mary and Joanna and Mary of James, andthe rest with αὐταῖς. "αἱ ἔλεγον πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους ταῦτα. 11 Kai them, who told to the apostles these things. And τ αὐτὸν him Lrtra. Σ — καὶ LTTrAW. © βαθέως LTTYAW. θοῦσαι δὲ LTT: A. shining raiment LTTra. 2 Tov υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὅτι δεῖ TIrA. r + ἡ the [...| LTTr[A]w. 8 ἀπορεῖσθαι LTTrA. W οὐδεὶς οὐδέπω T; οὐδεὶς οὔπω LTrA. χ παρασκευῆς ΙΤΊτΑ. + αἱ the Ltr. ® — αὐτῷ T[Tr]A. > + αὐτῷ him Ta. 4 ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθον 1. © — kai Tes σὺν αὐταῖς LTTrA. f εἰσελ- h ἄνδρες δύο GLTTrAW. i ἐσθῆτι ἀστραπτούσῃ | εἶπαν LTTrA. m ἀλλὰ TTrA. k τὰ πρόσωπα the faces TTr. Ρ [ἦσαν dé] Tra. 4 Ἰωάνα Tr. ° πάντα ταῦτα 1. Ss — at LTTr[A]. XXIV. LUKE. ἐφάνησαν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ λῆρος τὰἀςῤήματα 'αὐτῶν," appeared “before Sthem ‘like 7idle *talk words their, kai ἠπίστουν αὐταῖς. 12 "ὁ.δὲ Πέτρος ἀναστὰς ἔδραμεν and they disbelieved them. But Peter having risen up Tan ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον, καὶ παρακύψας βλέπει τὰ ὀθόνια to the tomb, and having stooped down hesees_ the linen clothes "eeiweva μόνα" καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς.Σἑαυτὸν' θαυμάζων τὸ lying alone, and went away home wondering at that which γεγονός." had come to pass. 13 Kai ἰδού, δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν Υἦσαν πορευόμενοι ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ And lo, two of them were going on same ‘the ἡμέρᾳ" εἰς κώμην ἀπέχουσαν σταδίους ἑξήκοντα ἀπὸ ἹἹερου- day to avillage being distant furlongs sixty from Jeru- σαλήμ, y ὄνομα Ἐμμαούρ" 14 καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡμίλουν πρὸς salem, whose name [is] Emmaus; and they wereconversing with ἀλλήλους περὶ πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων. 15 Kai one another about all which *had ®taken *place ‘these things. And ἐγένετο év.Tw-opideiv.adrove καὶ ἐσυζητεῖν," καὶ αὐτὸς "ὁ" it came to pass as they conversed and reasoned, that “himself >? ~ ? / , > ν e e ? ‘ Ιησοῦς ἐγγίσας συνεπορεύετο adroic’ 16 οἱ.δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ 1Jesus havingdrawnnear went with them ; but the eyes αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν. 17 Εἶπεν. δὲ of them were holden [so 88] not to know him. And he said x > , ΄ « , < ? , \ πρὸς αὐτούς, Τίνες οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι ode ἀντιβάλλετε πρὸς to them, What words [are] these which ye exchange with ἀλλήλους περιπατοῦντες, Kai ἐστε σκυθρωποί ;' one another as ye walk, and are downcast in countenance ? 18 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ “ὁ" gic’, & ὄνομα! Κλεόπας, εἶπεν πρὸς And answering the one, whose name [was] Cleopas, said to αὐτόν,. Σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς fév' ‘Iepoveadyp, Kai οὐκ.ἔγνως him, *Thou “alone ‘sojournest in Jerusalem, and hast not known τὰ γενόμενα iv αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις ; the things which are come to pass in it in these days ? 19 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ποῖα; Οἱ-δὲ %eizov' αὐτῷ, Ta And he said tothem, Whatthings? Andthey said tohim, Thethings περὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ "Nafwpaiov,' ὃς ἐγένετο ἀνὴρ προφήτης, concerning Jesus the Nazarwan, who was &Mman a prophet, δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ Kai‘ λόγῳ ἐναντίον τοῦ θεοῦ Kai παντὸς τοῦ mighty in deed διὰ word before God and all the λαοῦ: 20 ὕπως.τε ἔπαρέδωκαν αὐτὸν" ot ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ people; andhow ‘delivered *up ®him ‘the ?chief *priests *and ἄρχοντες ἡμῶν εἰς κρίμα θανάτου, καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν" our ‘rulers to judgment ofdesath, and crucified him. 21 ἡμεῖς. δὲ ἠλπίζομεν Ori αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι But we were hoping he itis who is about to redeem τὸν Ἰσραήλ. ἀλλά.γεϊ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις τρίτην ταύτην IsraeL But then with all these things ‘third 30} 15 237 words seemed to them as idle tales, and they believed them ποῦ, 12 Then arose Peter, and ran unto thesepul- chre; and stooping down, he beheld the linen clothes laid by themselves, and de- parted, wondering in himself at that which Was come to pass. “13 And, behold, two of \them went that samy day toa village called Emmaus, which was from Jerusalem about threescore fur- longs. 14 And they talked together of all these things which had happened, 15 And it came to pass, that, while they communed together and reasoned, Jesus himself drew near, and went with them, 16 But their eyes were holden that they should not know him. 17 And he said unto them, What manner of communicationsare these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, and are sad? 18 And the one of them, whose name was Cleopas, an- swering said unto him, Art thou only a stran- ger in Jerusalem, and hast not known the things which are come to pass there in these days? 19 And he said unto them, What things? And they said unto him, Concerning Jesus of Nazareth, which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people: 20 and how the chief priests and our rulers deliv- ered him to be con- demned to death, and have crucified him. 21 But we trusted that it had been he which should have redeemed Israel: and beside all this, to day is the third day since these things ἡμέραν ἄγει ™onpepoy' ἀφ᾽ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο. 22 ἀλλὰ.καὶ were done. 22 Yea, Sday brings ‘to-day since these thingscame to pass, And withal and certain women ~ oP > tin, yes cow , also of our company γυναῖκες τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξεστησαν ἡμᾶς, γενόμεναι made us astonished, 3women ‘certain from amongst us astonished us, aving been which were early at t ταῦτα these LTTrA. τ — verse 12 [L]t[Tr]. π [κείμενα μόνα] A; — κείμενα Tr. X αὐτὸν Tr. Υ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἦσαν πορευόμενοι T. 2 συνζητεῖν LTTrA. 8. --- ὃ ΤΊΤΑ. > 5 καὶ ἐστάθησαν ([ ; καὶ ἐστά.] A) σκυθρωποί. (question ends at walk) And they stood down- cast in countenance, TTraA. Tra. { — ἐν (read fn) Κ αὐτὸν παρέδωκαν L. ¢—outtra. 4 -Ὁ [ἐξ αὐτῶν] of them x. GTTrAW. & εἶπαν TTr. + καὶ also LTTrA. bh Ναζαρηνοῦ TTrA. ™ — σήμερον (read it brings) T[Tra]. ε ὀνόματι by name i+ [ἐν] 18 τς 298 the sepulchre ; 23 and when they found not his body, they came, saying, that they had also seen a vision of angels, which said that he was alive. 24 And certain of them which were with us went to the sepulchre, and found it even so as the women had said: but him they saw not. 25 Then he said unto them, O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken: 26 ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into his glory? 27 And beginning at Moses and all the pro- phets, he expounded unto them in all the seriptures the things concerning himself. 28 And they drew nigh unto the village, whi- ther they went : and he made as though he would have gone fur- ther, 29 But they con~ strained him, saying, Abide with us: for it is toward evening, and the day is far spent. And he went in to tarry with them. 30 And it came to pass, as he sat at meat with them, he took bread, and blessed it, and brake, and gave to them. 31 And their eyes were opened, and they knew him; and he vanished out of their sight. 32 And they said one to an- other, Did not our heart burn within us, while he talked with us by the way, and while he opened to us the scriptures? 33 And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, 34 saying, The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. 35 And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread. AOY KA. XXIV. "ὄρθριαι" ἐπὶ TO μνημεῖον" 23 Kai μὴ ευροῦσαι τὸ.σῶμα.αὐτοῦ early to the tomb, and not having found his body ἦλθον, λέγουσαι Kai ὀπτασίαν ἀγγέλων ἑωρακέναι, ot λέγουσιν came, declaring also ἃ vision of angels to have seen, who say αὐτὸν ζῇν. 24 καὶ ἀπῆλθόν τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τὸ he is living. And ‘went lsome of *those *with 5 to the μνημεῖον Kai εὗρον οὕτως καθὼς Kai! ai γυναῖκες εἶπον, tomb and found [it] so as also the women said, αὐτὸν.δὲ οὐκιεἶῖδον. 25 Kai αὐτὸς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὦ but him Ehey saw not. And he said to them, ο ἀνόητοι καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ τι Ὁ τοῦ πιστεύειν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς senseless and slow to believe in all which ἐλάλησαν ot προφῆται" 26 οὐχὶ ταῦτα ἔδει spoke the _ prophets. *Not /°these gales 1was 7it *needful *for παθεῖν τὸν χριστόν, καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν.δόξαν. αὐτοῦ ; δἴο suffer “the Christ, and toenter into his glory ? 27 Kai ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ ῬΜωσέως" καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προ- And beginning from Moses and from all the pro- φητῶν 4διηρμήνευενϑ αὐτοῖς ἐν πάσαις ταῖς γραφαῖς τὰ phets he interpreted tothem in all the ΒΟΣΙΡΟΠΤΘΕ the things περὶ τέἑαυτοῦ. 28 Kai ἤγγισαν sic τὴν κώμην οὗ coneerning himself. And they drewnear to the village where ἐπορεύοντο, καὶ αὐτὸς "προσεποιεῖτο" ἱποῤῥωτέρω" πορεύεσθαι. they were going,and he appeared “farther to *be * going. 29 καὶ παρεβιάσαντο αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Μεῖνον μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, ὅτι And ὑΠ8Υ constrained him, saying, Abide with us, for πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν, Kai κέκλικεν ἡ ἡμέρα. Kai εἰσῆλθεν towards evening itis, and has declined the day. And heenteredin τοῦ μεῖναι σὺν αὐτοῖς. 30 Kai ἐν. τῷ. κατακλιθῆναι to abide with them. as “reclined > 4 ᾽ ? ~ ‘ \ » Ww ἦλ , i} αὐτὸν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν, λαβὼν τὸν ἄρτον “εὐλόγησεν, (at 401] *he with them, havingtaken the bread he blessed, kai κλάσας ἐπεδίδου αὐτοῖς. 81 abradydé διηνοίχθησαν οἱ and having broken he ΕΘ [10] to them. And their 2were “open ὀφθαλμοί καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν αὐτόν" Kai αὐτὸς ἄφαντος ἐγένετο 15:78 and they knew him. And he disappeared an αὐτῶν. 32 Kai *eizor' πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία from them. And they said to one another, 7Not ga ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν γὲν nutv' ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, Sour *burning ‘was ἢ us as he was speaking tous in Ae way, “kai ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς; 33 Kai ἀναστάντες and ashe wasopening tous the scriptures? And rising up αὐτῇ.τῃῇ ὥρᾳ ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς ἹΙἹερουσαλήμ, καὶ εὗρον *ovyn- the same hour they. returned to Jerusalem, and they found gathered θροισμένους" τοὺς ἕνδεκα Kai τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς, 34 λέγοντας, ἐγένετο And it came to pass ial Gi the eleven and those with them, saying, “Ores? ἠγέρθη ὁ κύριος ὄντως, καὶ ὥφθη Σίμωνι. 35 Καὶ 3Js*risen ‘the *Lord indeed, and appeared to Simon. And αὐτοὶ ἐξηγοῦντο τὰ ἐν τῷ ὁδῷ, Kai ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς they related thethings in the way, ἐν τῇ κλάσει TOU ἄρτου. in the breaking of the bread. and how he was known to them 2 OpOpivar LTTrAW. τ αὑτοῦ EG v + ἤδη already [L]TTra. 8 ἡθροισμένους gathered LTTrA. μήνευσεν TTrA. LTTra. ° — καὶ LTrA., Ρ Μωΐύσεως͵ LTTraW. ; αὐτοῦ LTr. * ηὐλόγησεν L. q διερμήνευεν L; διερ- 5 προσεποιήσατο LTTrA. ξ ποῤῥώτερον LTrA. χ εἶπαν TTrA. Υ [ἐν ἡμῖν] Tra. 2 — καὶ Ὁ ὄντως ἠγέρθη ὃ κύριος LTTYA. XXIV. LUKE. 36 Ταῦτα.δὲ αὐτῶν.λαλούντων, αὐτὸς “ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς" ἔστη ἐν And these aes as they were telling, “himself 1Jesus stood in μέσῳ αὐτῶν “καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν." ὁ 87 Πτοηθέντες “midst ee and says tothem, Peace to you. $Terrified δὲ Kai οβοι γενόμενοι ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν. ‘but ‘and aaa ith 7fear “being any ghonght aspirit they beheld. 38 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ti τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ; καὶ ‘vari δια- And he εαἰᾶ tothem, Why troubled are ye? and wherefore *rea- λογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν 8raic καρδίαις" ὑμῶν ; 989 ἴδετε scnings 1do come up in lyour ? see τὰς χεῖράς. μου καὶ τοὺς. πόδας. μου, ὅτι "αὐτὸς ἐγώ εἰμι." my hands and my feet, that 388 ἘΠ ΞΆ τη. ψηλαφήσατέ με καὶ ἴδετε" ὅτι πνεῦμα igapxa' καὶ ὀστέα οὐκ Handle me and 560, for a spirit fiesh and bones “ποῦ ἔχει, ἔσθ ἐμὲ θεωρεῖτε ἔχοντα. 40 ‘Kai τοῦτο εἰπὼν: sme ‘ye 868 having. And this having said ἐπέδειξεν! αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας." 41 ἔτι.δὲ he shewed to them [his] hands and feet But yet ἀπιστούὐντων.αὐτῶν πἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς καὶ θαυμαζόντων," εἶπεν whilethey weredisbelieving for joy and were wondering, hesaid αὐτοῖς, Ἔχετε τι βρώσιμον ἐνθάδε; 42 Οἱ. δὲ ἐπέδωκαν to et, Have ye angtlting eatable here ? And they gave αὐτῷ ἰχθύος ὀπτοῦ μέρος "Kai ἀπὸ μελισσίου.κηρίου." 43 καὶ to him ἼἊΣ 38. ‘fish “broiled re and of a honeycomb. And λαβὼν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν. 44 Εἶπεν. δὲ “αὐτοῖς," naving taken Gt) before *them *he 2576. And he said to = Οὗτοι οἱ AdyouP Ode ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔτι ὧν σὺν ὑμῖν, These [816] the words which I spoke to you yet being with you, ore δεῖ πληρωθῆναι πάντα τὰ BA |e mde ἐν τῷ νόμῳ that must be fulfilled all things that have m written in the law «“Μωσέως" καὶ προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς περὶ ἐμοῦ. 45 ἘΠῚ of Moses and prophets and psalms concerning me, διήνοιξεν αὐτῶν Tov νοῦν τοῦ συνιέναι τὰς πόρεν he epee their mudersseriteny, to understand the Ξοσέρυνεεοις 46 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι οὕτως γέγραπται, Skai οὕτως and said tothem, Thus it has been written, and thus ἔδει' παθεῖν τὸν χριστὸν καὶ ἀναστῆναι ἐκ νεκρῶν it behoved *to*suffer'the *Christ δὰ torise from ἜΞΕΙΣ {the] dead τῷ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, 47 καὶ κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ the third day; and should be proclatoed in his name μετάνοιαν ‘kai! ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, "ἀρξά- repentance and remission of sins to all nations, begin- μενον ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλήμ. 48 eee 0 éore' μάρτυρες τούτων. ning at erusalem., land are witnesses Se 49 “καὶ ἰδού, ἐγὼ" "ἀποστέλλω" τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πατρός And lo, I send the promise of 7Father pou ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς" ὑμεῖς.δὲ καθίσατε ἐν τῇ πόλει Ἱερουσαλὴμ! my upon you; but *ye ‘remain in the city ot Jerusalem ἕως.οὗ ἐνδύσησθε δύναμιν ἐξ ὕψους." till yebeclothed with power from onhigh. © — 6’IngotsGLTTra. ὁ -- καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν τ. Iam [he], fear not L fédare tra, 8 τῇ καρδίᾳ heart LTTra. i σάρκας 1. — verse 40 1{1τ]. 1 ἔδειξεν Ltr; dan Keifer A. τῆς χαρᾶς L. ἃ --- καὶ ἀπὸ μελισσίου κηρίου LT[Tra]. my words) [L]TTra. 4 Mwicéws LTTraW. SeistoT. ἃ ἀρξάμενοι TTrA. τ ἐξαποστέλλω send out TTra. τ + [rots] the tr. Υ͂ -- Ἱερουσαλήμ, GLTTrA. 36 And as they thus spake, Jesus himself stood in the midst of them, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you. 37 But they were terrified and afiright- ed, and supposed that they had seen a spirit. 38 And he said unto them, Why are ye troubled? and why do thoughts arise in your hearts? 39 Behold my hands and my feet, that it is I myself: handle me, and see; for a spirit hath not flesh and bones, as ye see me have. 40 And when he had thus spo- Ken, he shewed them his hands and his feet. 41 And while they yet believed not for joy, and wondered, he said unto them, Have ye here any meat? 42 And they gave him a piece of a broiled fish, and of 80 honey comb. 43 And he took it, and did eat before them. 44 And ht said unto them, These are the words which I spake unto you, while I was yet with you, that all things must be ful- filed. which were written in the law of Moses, and in the pro- phets, and im the ᾿ concerning me. 45 Then opened he their understanding, that they might under- stand the scriptures, 46 and said unto the Thus it is written, an thus it behoved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day : 47 and that repentance and remis- sion of sins should be preached in his name among all nations, be- ginning at J erusalem. 48 And ye are wit- nesses of these things. 49 And, behold, I send the promise of my Fa- ther upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high. e+ [ἐγώ͵ εἰμι, μὴ φοβεῖσθε) Deyo εἰμι αὐτός LTTrA. ™ καὶ θαυμαζόντων ἀπὸ ο πρὸς αὐτούς TTra. P + pov (read 5 — καὶ οὕτως ἔδει [L]TTra. ¥ — δέ ἐστε ([ἐστε] tr) (read [are]) TTra. τ ἐξ ὕψους δύναμιν TTra. * κἀγὼ and 11. 240 50 And he led them out as far as to Beth- any, and he lifted up his hands, and blessed them. 51 And it came to pass, while he bless- ed them, he was parted from them, and car- ried up into heaven, 52 And they worship- ped him, and returned to Jerusalem with great joy: 53 and were continually in the temple, praising and blessing God. Amen. I Q-A IN IN HS. 50 ᾿Ἐξήγαγεν.δὲ αὐτοὺς Ew! ἕως sic! Βηθανίαν, καὶ And he led them out asfaras to Bethany, and ἐπάρας Tac.xéipac.avrou εὐλόγησεν αὐτούς. 51 Kai having lifted up his hands he blessed them, And ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷ.εὐλογεῖν αὐτὸν αὐτοὺς διέστη ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν it came to pass as *was “blessing ‘he them hewasseparatedfrom them “καὶ ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν." 52 Kai αὐτοὶ “προσκυνή- and wascarriedupinto the heaven. And they having wor- σαντες αὐτὸν" ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς ἹΙερουσαλὴμ μετὰ χαρᾶς peya- shipped him returned to Jerusalem with “joy ‘great, Ane) 53 καὶ ἦσαν “διαπαντὸς" ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἰαἰνοῦντες Kai I. and were continually in the temple, praising and εὐλογοῦντες" τὸν θεόν. 8 Apuny.' blessing God. Amen. hT6 κατὰ Λουκᾶν εὐαγγέλιον." The “according*to ‘Luke ‘glad ?tidings.. 'TO KATA IQANNHN ATION ΕΥ̓ΑΓΓΈΛΙΟΝ." THE *ACCORDING *TO IN the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, andthe Word was God. 2 The same was in the beginning with God. 3 All things were made by him; and without him was not any thing made that was made, 4 In him was life ; and the life was the light of men. 5 And the light shineth in darkness ; and the darkness com- prehended it not. 6 There was a man sent from God, whose name was John. 7 The same came for a wit- ness, to bear witness of the Light, that all men through him might believe. 8 He was not that Light, but was sent to bear witness of that Light. 9 That was the true Light, which lighteth every manthat cometh into the world. 10 He was in the world, and the world was made by him, and the world knew him not. 11 Me came unto his own, and his own received him not. 12 But as many as received him, to them gave he power °JOHN ‘HOLY *GLAD *TIDINGS. "EN ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος, Kai ὁ λόγος HY πρὸς τὸν θεόν ρΡχΧΏ ἢ γος, Kat γος ἣν moog T ᾿ In [86] beginning was the Word, andthe Word was with God, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος. 2 οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν and *God *was 'the *Word. He _ was in [the] beginning with θεόν. 8 Πάντα δι αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ God. All things through him cameintobeing, and without him ἐγένετο οὐδὲ Key ὃ γέγονεν. 4 ἐν!" αὐτῷ ζωὴ came into being not even one[thing]whichhascomeintobeing. In him “116 liv," καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν avOpwrwy 5 Kai TO φῶς ἐν ἔγγαβ, and the life was the light of men, And the light in τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, Kai ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ.κατέλαβεν. the darkmess appears, and the darkness 7it ‘apprehended not. 6 Ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ, ὄνομα There was aman sent from God, *name αὐτῷ "" Ἰωάννης." 7 οὗτος ἦλθεν εἰς μαρτυρίαν, ἵνα μαρτυ- this John. He came for a witness, that he might ρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός, ἵνα πάντες πιστεύσωσιν δι᾿ αὐτοῦ. witness concerning the light, that all might believe through him. 8 οὐκιἦν ἐκεῖνος TO φῶς, GAN ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ 27Was*not ‘the the light, but that he might witness concerning the φωτός. 9 ἦν τὸ ps TO ἀληθινόν ὃ φωτίζει πάντα light. *Was ‘the “light *true that which lightens every ἄνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 10 ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, man coming into the world. In the world he was, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, Kai ὃ κόσμος αὐτὸν and the world through him cameintobeing, and the world him ? » 2 LW με ‘ cw ᾽ 5 > a ovkéyyw. 11 εἰς τὰ. ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ-παρέλα- knew not. To hisown hecame, and hisown him received not ; Bov? 12 de0r.d& ἔλαβον" αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν but as many 88 received him he gave tothem authority a — ἔξω [u}rrr[a]. σαντες αὐτόν T. & -- ͵π᾽ςΑμήν @[L]TTra. i— ἅγιον E; Εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ ᾿Ιωάννην (Ἰωάνην tr) GLTrAW ; κατὰ Ἰωάννην T. γέγονεν ἐν (read Geek 2 ἔλαβαν Tr. τὼ ᾿Ιωάνης Tr ε διὰ παντὸς LA. ς -- καὶ ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν τ. 4— προσκυνή- [αἰνοῦντες καὶ) εὐλογοῦντες TrA; --- καὶ εὐλογοῦντες 1. ἔλιον EGLTW. k ἕν. ὃ ! ἐστιν is LE. Ὁ πρὸς LTTrA. h Κατὰ Λουκᾶν Tra ; — Τὸ κατὰ Λουκᾶν eva: thing]. That which was in him was life) rr. I. JOHN. τέκνα θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα ehildren of God to be, to those that believe on "name αὐτοῦ" 13 ot οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς οὐδὲ this ; who not of bloods nor of will of flesh nor ἐκ ἐπε τς, ἀνδρὸς ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐγεννήθησαν. οἵ ofman but of God were born. 14 Kai ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο, Kai ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν, And the Word fiesh became, and tabernacled among us, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν. δόξαν.αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ (and we discerned his glory, aglory as of anonly-begotten with πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος Kai ἀληθείας. 15° ἜΘΟΥΣ. μαρτυρεῖ John afather), full of Erne and truth. witnesses περὶ αὐτοῦ, Kai κέκραγεν, λέγων, Οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον, concerning him, and cried, saying, This was he of whom I said, Ὁ ὀπίσω pou ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν" Ort He who after me comes, “precedence “of *me *has, for πρῶτός μου ἦν. 16 PKai' ἐκ τοῦ.πληρώματος.αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς before me he was. And of his fulness we πάντες ἐλάβομεν, καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος" 17 ὕτι ὁ νόμος all received, and grace upon grace, For the law διὰ IMwoéwe'! ἐδόθη, ἡ χάρις Kai ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ through Moses wasgiven; the grace andthe truth through Jesus χριστοῦ ἐγένετο. 18 θεὸν οὐδεὶς ἑώρακεν πώποτε τὸ μονο- Christ came, °God ‘noone “has ‘seen at any ec the only- γενὴς Sutdc,' ὁ ὧν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ πατρός, ἐκεῖνος ἐξη- ἐποίσει Son, whois in the bosom ofthe Father, he de- ynoaro. 19 Kai αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ ᾿Τωάννου," clared [him]. And this is the witness of John, ὅτε ἀπέστειλαν ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων ἱερεῖς Kai when ssent *the *Jews from Jerusalem priests and *Aevirac,' ἵνα ἐρωτήσωσιν αὐτόν, Σὺ τίς εἶ; 20 Kai Levites, that they en ask him, Thou whoart thou? And ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ.ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν, Ὅτι *oUK εἰμὶ he Pee and denied not, and confessed, “Not *am ἐγώ ὁ χριστός. 21 Καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν, YTi οὖν ; ἩἩλίας the Christ. And they asked him, Whatthen? Elias el ov'; *Kai' λέγει, Οὐκ.εἰμί. ‘O προφήτης εἶ σύ; Kai art thou? And hesays, LIamnot. The prophet art thou? And ἀπεκρίθη, Ob. 22 *Elzov' Yoty' αὐτῷ, Tic εἴ; ἵνα ἀπό- he answered, No. They said therefore to him, Who art thou? that an κρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς: τί λέγεις περὶ answer we may give to those who sent what sayest thou about σεαυτοῦ; 23 "Edn, Ἐγώ φωνὴ ἀδοῦτος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, thyself? He said, 1 [am] a voice crying in the ern e=e Εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου: καθὼς εἶπεν Ἡσαΐας ὁ προ- Make straight the way of [the] Lord, as said Esaias the pro- 7 ‘ ec, ll ? , Sx 2 ar φήητης. 24 Kai “οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρι- phet. And those who hadbeensent werefromamong the Phari- σαίων. 25 καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν καὶ “elrov' αὐτῷ, Ti οὖν sees, And _ they asked him and said tohim, Why then βαπτίζεις, εἰ σὺ οὐκ.εῖ ὁ χριστός, “οὔτε! “Hriac,' “οὔτε" 241 to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name: 13 which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. 14 And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we be- held his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Fa- ther,) full of grace and truth. 15 John bare witness of him, and cried, saying, This was he of whom [ spake, He that cometh after me is preferred before me: for he was before me. 16 And of his fulness have all we received, and grace for grace. 17 For the law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ. 18 No man hath seen God at any time; the only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father, he hath declared him. 19 And this is the record of John, when the Jews sent priests and Le- vites from Jerusalem to ask him, Who art thou? 20 And he con- fessed, and denied not; but confessed, I am not the Christ. 21 And they asked him, What then? Art thou Elias? And he saith, Iam not. Art thou that prophet? And he answered, No, 22 Thensaid they unto him, Who art thou? that we may give an answer to them that sent us. What sayest thou of thyself? 23 He said, I am the voice of one crying in the wil- derness, Make straight the way of the Lord, as said the prophet Esaias. 24 And they which were sent were of the Pharisees. 25 And they asked him, and said unto him, Why baptizest thou then, if thou be not that Christ, nor Elias, baptizest thou, if thou art not the Christ, nor Elias, nor neither that prophet ? οΙωάνης fr. P ὅτι for GLTTrA. a Μωύσέως LTTrAW. —06(read[the]) Tr. 5 θεὸς God τε. τ Ἰωάνου Tr. Υ + πρὸς αὐτὸν to him Ltra. w τ Αεναίτας TTrA. x ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ταττὰ. Υ τί οὖν; Ἡλείας ef ; τι τί οὖν; σὺ Ἡλίας el; Tr: σὺ οὖν τί; Ἡλίας εἴ; A. t— καὶ τ. 8 εἶπαν LTTrA, b’ — ody L. ς — οἱ (read [those who ]) rrra. 4 εἶπαν LYTrA. ε οὐδὲ τττὰ. ΓἩλείας 1. R 242 26 John answered them, saying, I bap- tize with water: but there standeth one a- mong you, whom ye know not; 27 he it is, who coming after me is preferred before me, whose shoe’s latchet I am not worthy to un- loose. 28 These things were done in Beth- abara beyond Jordan, where John was bap- tizing. 29 The next day John seeth Jesus com- ing unto him, and saith, Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world. 30 This is he of whom I said, After me cometh a man which is preferred be- fore me: for he was before me. 31 And I knew him not: but that he should be made manifest to Israel, therefore am I come baptizing with water. 32 And John bare re- cord, saying, I saw the Spirit descending from heaven likea dove, and it abode upon him. 33 And I knew him not: but he that sent me to baptize with water, the same said unto me, Upon whom thou shalt see the Spi- rit descending, and re- maining on him, the same is he which bap- tizeth with the Holy Ghost. 34 And I saw, and bare record that this is the Son of God. 35 Again the next day after John stood, and two of his disci- ples; 36 and looking upon Jesus as he walk- ed, he saith, Behold the Lamb of God! 37 And the two disci- ples heard him speak, and they followed Je- & ᾿Ιωάνης Tr. τῷ — ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν G[L]TTrA. θαβαρᾷ E; Βηθανίᾳ Bethany Gurtraw. (read he sees) GLTTrAW. Υ + [0 αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου] who takes away the sin of the world 1, 2 οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ τ. LTrA. = - καὶ Τ. ILQANN HES. [. ὁ προφήτης ; 26 ᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Iwavvyc' λέγων, ᾿Εγὼ the prophet? 2Answered *them 1John saying, I B , ? ὕδ - , ΒδὲΙ ς ~ itt Il a « - απτίζω €V VOATEL μέσος. υμων ἙσΤΉΚεΨν ον πυμεις baptize with water; butin([the] midst οὗ you stands (one] whom ye odk.otdare’ 27 Καὐτός ἐστιν" 16" ὀπίσω pov ἐρχόμενος, "πιὃς know not; he itis who after me comes, who a” θέ “2 ell τ n2 ‘ Il ? > 4 Oo » ΠΣ ἔμπροσθεν μου yeyovev οὐ πεγωΐ οὐκ εἰμὶ 5 ἄξιος ἵνα ?precedence “of*me ‘has, of whom [1 7not ‘am worthy that λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος. 28 Ταῦτα ἐν Ι should loose οὗ him the thong ofthe sandal. These things in ΡΒηθαβαρᾶ" ἐγένετο πέραν τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου, ὕπου ἦν «τ lway= Bethabara took place across the Jordan, where 7was ‘John νης" βαπτίζων. baptizing. 29 Τῇ ἐπαύριον βλέπει "ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης" τὸν ‘Inoovy ἐρχόμενον On the morrow 2gees 1John Jesus coming 4A > ’ 4 2 a” « ᾽ A ~ ~ € ” πρὸς αὐτόν, Kai λέγει, “Ide ὁ Hae τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων to him, and says, Behold the Lamb of God, who takesaway THY ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου. 30 οὗτός ἐστιν ‘zepi' οὗ ἐγὼ the sin ofthe world. He itis concerning whom [ elrov, ᾿᾽Οπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνήρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γ γεν; said, After me comes aman, who “precedence *of*me ‘has, ε --»ὕὔ τ ? ‘ > a ey hoa ᾽ 2 ἡ ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 31 κἀγὼ οὐκιἤδειν αὐτόν" ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα because before me he was. AndI knew not him ; but that ~ ~? ἐν, ‘ — ἦλθ ? ‘ > v. “ἢ φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραήλ, διὰ τοῦτο ἦλθον ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ he might be manifested to Israel, therefore came I with ὕδατι βαπτίζων. 32 Kui ἐμαρτύρησεν "Ἰωάννης" λέγων, Ὅτι water baptizing. And “bore “witness *John saying, τεθέαμαι τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον *wori' περιστερὰν ἐξ οὐ- I have beheld the Spirit descending as a dove out of hea- ~ 7 ? 7 γ ΄ 7 ‘ ᾽ » > ἜΣ 2 ? ρανοῦ, καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν. 33 κἀγὼ οὐκιῴδειν αὐτόν" ἀλλ ven, and it abode upon him. AndI kmewnot him; but ὁ πέμψας pe βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, Ed’ hewho sent me tobaptize with water, he tome said, Upon ὃν dy ἴδῃς τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον καὶ μένον ἐπ᾽ whom thou shalt see the Spirit descending and abiding on αὐτόν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. him, he itis who baptizes with {the} Spirit ‘Holy. 34 κἀγὼ ἑώρακα, Kai μεμαρτύρηκα ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς AndI havyeseen, and haveborne witness that this is the Son τοῦ θεοῦ. of God. 35 Τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν x6" ᾿Ἰωάννης," καὶ ἐκ On the morrow again 1John, and “οὗ τῶν. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ δύο. 36 καὶ ἐμβλέψας τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ περιπα- *his *disciples ‘two. And looking at Jesus walk- τοῦντι, λέγει, Ἴδε ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦῦ. 37 *Kai' ἤκουσαν εἱστήκει was *standing ing, he says, Behold the Lamb of God ! And *heard δαὐτοῦ οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ" λαλοῦντος, Kai ἠκολούθησαν τῷ Shim 'the *two “disciples speaking, and followed h— δὲ Ῥαῦ Tira. ἱστήκει Tira. * — αὐτός ἐστιν G[L}ttra. [ὃ] Tra. n — ἐγὼ [L]rTra. . 9. Ὁ ἐγὼ 1 1{τ|]Δ, P By- 4 τ ὃ Lrtr[A]. τ Ἰωάνης Tr. 8 — ὁ Ἰωάννης t ὑπὲρ LITrA. ¥ —7@ LTTr[A]. Ἢ ὡς GLTTrAW. χ.-- ὁ I. JOHN. Ἰησοῦ. 38 στραφεὶς “δὲ! ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, καὶ θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς Jesus, *Having *turned *but ?Jesus, and beheld them ἀκολουθοῦντας, λέγει αὐτοῖς. 89 Ti ζητεῖτε; Οἱ. δὲ *eizrov' following, says tothem, What seek ye? And they said αὐτῷ, “Ῥαββί." ὃ λέγεται ἱἑρμηνευόμενον" διδάσκαλε, ποῦ to nee, Rabbi, which istosay being pecsEted Teacher, where μένεις; 40 Λέγει αὐτοῖς, ἼἜρχεσθε καὶ Sidere." ἬΛλθον" abidest thou ? He says to them, Come and see. They went ‘kai Ἐεῖδον᾽ ποῦ péver’ καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτῷ ἔμειναν τὴν ἡμέραν and saw where heabides; and with him _ they abode ΞΔ ἐκεί ὥρα ἰδὲ! ἦν ὡς δεκάτη. 41 “Hy™ ᾿Ανδρέας ‘that. (?The]*hour‘now was about (the] tenth. ™Was 1 Andrew ὁ ἀδελφὸς Σίμωνος Πέτρου εἷς ἐκ τῶν δύο τῶν ἀκουσάντων the “brother *of*®Simon ‘Peter one of the two who heard παρὰ "Ἰωάννου," καὶ ἀκολουθησάντων αὐτῷ. 42 εὑρίσκει him. [this] from John, and followed *Finds οὗτος “πρῶτος" τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν. ἴδιον Σίμωνα, καὶ λέγει the *first ®prother *his °own Simon, and says αὐτῷ, Ἑὑρήκαμεν τὸν μεσσίαν, 6 ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον tohim, We have found the aenias, which is being interpreted Po! χριστός. 48 “καὶ! ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν. the Christ. And he led him to Jesus. ἐμβλέψας. "δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Σὺ εἶ Σίμων ὁ υἱὸς And looking at him Jesus said, Thou art Simon the son Ἰωνᾶ" ob κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται Πέτρος. of Jonas; thou shalt be called Cephas, which isinterpreted Stone. 44 Ty ἐπαύριον ἠθέλησεν ‘do Ἰησοῦς" ἐξελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Onthe morrow 7desired + Jesus to go forth into Γαλιλαίαν" καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ", ᾿Ακολούθει Galilee, and he finds Philip and says to him, Follow po. 45 “Hy.dé ὁ Φίλιτπος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως me. Now *was *Philip from Bethsaida, of the city ᾿Ανδρέου καὶ Πέτρου. 46 Εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ of Andrew and Peter. ?Finds *Philip Nathanael \ Ne > ~ WM ll καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Ὃν ἔγραψεν wong! ἐν τῷ νόμῳ καὶ and says ἴο him, So whom *wrote*of ‘Moses in the law and ol προφῆται, εὑρήκαμεν, Ιησοῦν "τὸν" υἱὸν τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ τὸν the prophets, wehavefound, Jesus the son of Joseph who ἀπὸ ΥΝαζαρέτ." 47 τΚαὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ, Ἔκ (is) from Nazareth. : And ?said *to*him *Nathanael, Out of YNalapér' δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι; Λέγει αὐτῷ ὃ Φίλιππος, Nazareth can anygoodthing be? ?Says “to *him ee Ἔρχου καὶ ide. 48 Eldey od! Ἰησοῦς τὸν Ναθαναὴλ ἐρχόμενον Come and see. 7Saw + Jesus Nathanael coming πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ, “Ide ἀληθῶς “"ἸἼσραηλ- to him, and says COnBEERINS him, Behold truly an Israel- ίτης," ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ.ἔστιν. 49 Λέγει αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ, ite, in whom guile is not. "Says *to*him ‘Nathanael, Πόθεν pe γινώσκεις; ᾿Απεκρίθη 26! Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Whence me knowest thou? 7Answered *Jesus and said tohim, 242 sus. 38 Then Jesus turned, and saw them following, and saith unto them, What seek ye? They said unto him, Rabbi, (which is to say, being inter- preted, Master.) where dwellest thou? 39 He saith unto them, Come and see. They came and saw where he dwelt, and abode with him that day: for it was about the tenth hour. 40 One of the two which heard John speak, and foilowed him, was Andrew, Si- mon Peter’s brother. 41 He first findeth his own brother Simon, and saith unto him, We have found the Messias, which is, be- ing interpreted, the Christ. 42 And he brought him to Jesus, And when Jesus be- held him, hesaid, Thou art Simon the son of Jona: thou shalt be called Cephas, which is by interpretation, A stone. 43 The day following Jesus would go forth into Galilee, and find- eth Philip, and saith unto him, Follow me. 44 Now Philip was of Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter. 45 Philip findeth Na- thanael, and _ saith unto him, We have found him, of whom Moses in the law, and the prophets, did write, Jesus of Nazareth, the son of Joseph. 46 And Nathanael said unte him, Can there any good thing come out of Nazareth? Philip saith unto him, Come and see. 47 Jesus saw Nathanael coming to him, and saith of him, Behold an Israelite in- deed, in whom is no guile! 48 Nathanael saith unto him, Whence knowest thou me? Je- sus answered and said unto him, Before that ς -- δὲ τ. ἃ εἶπαν LTTrA. e Ῥαββεί Ts _ beBepuenvevopevor | LTrA. shall see TTra. h ἦλθαν TTrA. 1 + οὖν therefore [u]rtra. GLTTraw. m+ [δὲ] and L. 2 *Iwavov Tr. ° πρῶτον LTra. 4 — καὶ [L]TTrA. — δὲ and G@Ttraw. 5. Ἰωάνον of John itr ; Κ εἶδαν LTTrA. *Iwavvov TA. 8 OWeabe ye 1— δὲ P—o6 SE —o ᾿Ιησοῦς (read he desired) GLTTraw. Y+o ees Jesus (finds) LITraW. Ww Moots LTTraWw. x —— yoy LT[Tr]. Y Ναξζαρέθ EGw. — καὶ τ. a+ 6 LTrA. b—o6 LITraW. ca Ισραηλείτης ττι. da — ὃ GLTTrAW. 244 Philip called thee, when thou wast under the fig tree, [saw thee. 49 Nathanael answered and saith unto him, Rabbi, thou art the Son of God; thou art the King of Israel. 50 Jesus answered and said unto him, Because I said unto thee, I saw thee under the fig tree, believest thou? thou shalt see greater things than these. 51 And he saith unto him, Verily, verily, Isay unto you, Hereafter ye shall see heaven open, and the angels of God ascend- ing and _ descending upon the:'Son of man. 11. And the third day there was a marriage in Cana of Galilee; and the mother of Je- sus was there: 2 and both Jesus was called, and his disciples, to the marriage. 3 And when they wanted wine, the mother of Jesus saith unto him, They have no wine. 4 Jesus saith unto her, Woman, what have I to do with thee? mine hour is not yet come. 5 His mother saith un- to the servants, What- soever he saith unto you, doit. 6 And there were set there six waterpots of stone, after the manner of the purifying of the Jews, containing two or three firkins apiece. 7 Jesus saith unto them, Fill the water- Ὁ pots with water. And they filled them up to the brim. 8 And he saith unto them, Draw out now, and bear unto the governor of the feast. And they bare it. 9 When the ruler of the feast had tasted the water that was made wine, and knew not whence it was: (but the servants which drew the water kmew ;) the governor of the feast called the pridegroom, 10 and saith unto him, Every man at the beginning doth set forth good IQANNHS. I, II. Πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, Before that *thee ‘Philip 2called, [thou] being under the fig-tree, εἶδόν σε. 50 ᾿Απεκρίθη" Ναθαναὴλ ‘rai λέγει" ἑξαὐτῷ," “PaBBi." Isaw thee. 7Answered ‘Nathanael and says to him, Rabbi, σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, σὺ ‘el ὁ βασιλεὺς"! τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ. thou art the Son of God, thou art the King of Israel. 51 ᾿Απεκρίθη ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, Εῖδόν 2Answered ‘Jesus and said tohim, Because I said tothee, Isaw σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις; μείζω τούτων thee under the fig-tree, believest thou? Greater things than these Oe." δῷ Kai λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, thou shalt see. And hesays tohim, Verily verily MIsay toyou, ἀπ᾽ ἄρτι' ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, Kai τοὺς ay- Henceforth yeshallsee the heaven opened, and the an- γέλους τοῦ θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας ἐπὶ τὸν gels of God ascending and descending on the υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Son of man. 2 Kai "ry ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ" γάμος ἐγένετο ἐν οΚανᾷ! And onthe “day ‘third amarriage took place in Cana τῆς Γαλιλαίας" καὶ ἦν ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐκεῖ. 2 ἐκλήθη.δὲ of Galilee, and*was'the “mother 308 *Jesus there. And*was‘*invited καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ ot μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον. 8 Kai 2also 1Jesus and his disciples to the marriage. And Ρὑστερήσαντος οἴνου" λέγει ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ιησοῦ πρὸς αὐτόν, being deficient of wine “says ‘the *mother %of*Jesus to him, IWivoy οὐκ.ἔχουσιν." 4 τΛέγει adr” ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Τί ἐμοὶ καὶ Wine they have not. 7Says “to *her *Jesus, What tome and σοί, γύναι; οὔπω ἥκει ἡ. ὥρα.μου. 5 Λέγει ἡ. μήτηρ. αὐτοῦ to thee, woman? ποῦ γϑί iscome mine hour, 3Says his mother ~ , σ΄ n , € ~ 7, FF τοῖς διακόνοις, “O.re ἂν λέγῃ Upiv, ποιήσατε. 6 “Hoay tothe servants, Whatever he may say to you, do. ?'There *were δὲ ἐκεῖ "ὑδρίαι λίθιναι"! ἕξ ἱκείμεναι' κατὰ τὸν καθα- land there *water-vessels of “stone ‘six standing according to the puri- ισμὸν τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων", χωροῦσαι ava μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς. fication of the Jews, “holding ‘each metrets twoor three. λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Γεμίσατε τὰς ὑδρίας ὕδατος. 7Says “to *them 1 Jesus, Fill the water-vessels with water. Kai ἐγέμισαν αὐτὰς ἕως ἄνω. ὃ Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αν- And they filled them vunto(the] brim. And hesays tothem, Draw τλήσατε νῦν καὶ φέρετε τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ. ‘Kai! ἤνεγκαν. out now and carry tothe master of the feast. And _ they carried [it]. 9 we.dé ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος τὸ ὕδωρ olvoy γεγενη- But when Shad 7tasted 'the “master °of *the "feast the water ‘wine ‘that *had , ‘ ’ ’ , A ᾽ὔ ” « μένον, καὶ οὐκιΐδει πόθεν ἐστίν" οἱ. δὲ διάκονοι ἔδεισαν οἱ “become, and knewnot whence itis, (but the servants knew who ἠντληκότες TO ὕδωρ" φωνεῖ τὸν νυμφίον ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος haddrawn the water,) ‘calls ‘the *bridegroom ‘the *master “of *the *feast ‘ , 2 ~ ~ » ~ 4 4 10 καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Πᾶς ἄνθρωπος πρῶτον τὸν καλὸν οἶνον wine ; and when men and says tohim, Every man first the good wine e + αὐτῷ *him [L]rtra. f — καὶ λέγει [L]tTra. 8 — αὐτῷ LTTrA. h ‘PaBBei T. 1 ὃ βασιλεὺς εἶ τ,; βασιλεὺς εἶ TTrA. " τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ TrA. ἄρτι LTTrA. k + ὅτι that LTTra. lOym GLTTrAW. = =™ — ἀπ ° Kava ELTTr. P οἶνον οὐκ εἶχον, ὅτι συνετελέσθη ὁ οἶνος τοῦ γάμου. εἶτα wine they had not, for the wine of the marriage feast was finished. Then tT. ὑδρίαι LTTrA. 4 οἶνος οὐκ ἔστιν Wine there is not τ. τ κείμεναι placed after ᾿Ιουδαίων TTrA. r+ καὶ and (Jesus) [L]TrA. 5 λίθιναι Vv οἱ δὲ and they (carried) Tira. JOHN. τίθησιν, και ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν χγότε! τὸν ἐλάσσω" sets on, and when they may have drunk freely then the inferior; σὺ τετήρηκας τὸν καλὸν οἶνον ἕως ἄρτι. 11 Ταύτην ἐποίησεν thou hastkept the good wine until now. This Sdid Irn ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐν *Kavg' τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ‘beginning “οὗ *the ‘signs Jesus in Cana of Galilee, 11. καὶ ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν.δόξαν.αὐτοῦ: καὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν and manifested his glory ; and “believed fon “him οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. *his *disciples. 12 Μετὰ τοῦτο κατέβη εἰς "Καπερναούμ," αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ After this he went down to he and μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ Kai οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ" Kai οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, Kai his mother and brethren this and his disciples, and ἐκεῖ ἔμειναν ov πολλὰς ἡμέρας. 18 Καὶ ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ πάσχα there they abode not many days. And near was the passover ~ > ΄ ‘ > , > c , Cas: ~ ‘ τῶν “lovdaiwy, καὶ ἀνέβη εἰς ἹἹεροσόλυμα ὁ Inoovc. 14 καὶ of the Jews, and *went *up *to ‘Jerusalem 1 Jesus. And εὗρεν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοὺς πωλοῦντας Boac Kai πρόβατα καὶ he found in the temple those who sold oxen and sheep and περιστεράς, Kai τοὺς κερματιστὰς καθημένους" 15 καὶ ποιή- Capernaum, doves, and the money-changers sitting ; and having , ? / ’ ᾽ , : ~ σας φραγέλλιον ἐκ σχοινίων πάντας ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ TOU made a scourge of cords *all the *drove *out from the ἱεροῦ, τά.τε πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς βόας. Kai TOY κολλυβιστῶν temple, both the sheep and the oxen; and ofthe money-changers ἐξέχεεν “τὸ κέρμα" καὶ τὰς τραπέζας ἀνέστρεψεν. 16 καὶ he poured out the coin and the tables overthrew. And τοῖς τὰς περιστερὰς πωλοῦσιν εἶπεν, Ἄρατε ταῦτα to those who #the “doves sold he said, Take these things ἐντεῦθεν. “μὴ.ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ.πατρός. μου οἶκον ἐμ- hence ; make not the house of my father a house of mer- iov. 17 ᾿Εμνήσθησαν “δὲ! οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ % : πορίου. μνησθησαν. οὐἱιμαθηται αὐτοῦ OTL YE chandise, And “remembered ‘his 7disciples that writ- frarépayéy' με. ἕνον ἐστίν, ‘O ζῆλος τοῦ.οἴκου.σου ’ ς ten has eaten 7up ‘me, itis, The zeal of thine house 18 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν οὖν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι καὶ Seizov' αὐτῷ, Ti *Answered “therefore'the 7Jews and said tohim, What σημεῖον δεικνύεις ἡμῖν ὅτι ταῦτα ποιεῖς; 19 ᾿Απεκρίθ ι ¢ Ὸῃ C3 ρίθη sign shewest thou tous that these things thou doest? ? Answered 46" Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Λύσατε τὸν ναὸν. τοῦτον, καὶ ἱὲν" Jesus and said tothem, Destroy this temple, and in τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ avrov.208Elroyv' οὖν οἱ Iovdain, three days Iwillraiseup it. “Said “*therefore’the 7Jews, ΚΤεσσαράκοντα! καὶ ἕξ ἔτεσιν ἰῳκοδομήθη" ὁ.ναὸς οὗτος, Kai Forty and six years was building ΄ this temple, and A ? ‘ « , ? ~ > , ᾽ ~ A ww σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν; 21 Exsivoc.dé ἔλεγεν thou in three days wiltraiseup it? But he spoke περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦκ.σὠματος.αὐτοῦ. 22 bre οὖν ἠγέρ- concerning the temple of his body. When therefore he was θη ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ ὅτι raised up from among [the] dead Sremembered this “disciples that : Kava ELTTr, χ — τότε [L]1[Tra]. Υ — τὴν LTTrA. : a + [καὶ] and L, b— αὐτοῦ (Jrr[a]. ὁ τὰ κέρματα the coins Tra. f καταφάγεταί will eat up GLTTraw. 8 εἶπαν LITrA. k Τεσσεράκοντα Tira. ! οἰκοδομήθη τ. h — ὃ LTTrAW. 245 have well drunk, then that which is worse: but thou hast kept the good wine until now. 11 This beginning of miracles did Jesus in Cana of Galilee, and manifested forth his glory ; and his disci- ples believed on him. 12 After this he went down to Capernaum, he, and his mother, and his brethren, and his disciples: and they continued there not many days. 13 And the Jews’ passover was at hand, and Jesus went upto Jerusalem, l4and found in the temple those that sold oxen and sheep and doves, and the changers of money sitting: 15 and when he had made a scourge of small cords, he drove them all out of the temple, and the sheep, and the oxen; and poured out the changers’ money, and overthrew the tables; 16 and said unto them that sold doves, Take these things hence; make not my Father’s house an house of mer- chandise. 17 And his disciples remembered that it was written, The zeal of thine house hath eaten me up, 18 Then answered the Jews and said unto him, What sign shew- est thou unto us, see- ing that thou doest these things? 19 Jesus answered and said un- to them, Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up. 20 Then said the Jews, Forty and six years was this temple in building, and wiltthou rear it up in three days? 21 But hespake of the temple of hia body. 22 When there- fore he wasrisen from the dead, his disciples remembered that he 5 Καφαρναούμ, LITrAW. e -- δὲ and [L]TTra. i [ἐν] τς 246 had said this unto them; and they be- lieved the scripture, and the word which Jesus had said. 23 Now when he was in Jerusalem at the assover, in the feast y, many believed in his name, when they saw the miracles which he did. 24 But Jesus did not commit him- self unto them, be- cause he knew all men, 25 and needed not that any should testify of man: for he knew what was in man. III. There was a man of the Pharisees, named Nicodemus, a ruler of the Jews: 2 the same came to Jesus by night, and said unto him, Rabbi, we know that thou art a teacher come from God: for no man can do these miracles that thou doest, except God be with him. 3 Jesus answered and said un- to him, Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except aman be born again, he cannot see the king- dom of God. 4 Nico- demus saith unto him, How can a man be born when he is old? can he enterthe second time into his mother’s womb, and be born? 5 Jesus answered, Ve- rily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God. 6 That which is born of the flesh is flesh ; and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit. 7 Marvel not that I said unto thee, Ye must be born again, 8 The wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the sound thereof, but canst not tell whence it cometh, and whither it goeth: ΒΟ is every one that is born of the Spirit. 9 Nicodemus answered DP QUAN ΝΗ Σ. Ik; 1g. τοῦτο ἔλεγεν “avroic,' καὶ ἐπίστευσαν τῇ γραφῇ Kai τῷ this he had said ἴο them, and believed the scripture and the λόγῳ Yw' εἶπεν 0 'Inoodc. word which *had*spoken ‘Jesus. 23 Ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν ° Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν τῷ πάσχα, Péy" τῇ But when he was in Jerusalem at the passover, at the ἑορτῇ, πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ. ὄνομα. αὐτοῦ, θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ feast, many believed on his name, beholding his 4 ~ et 2 ΄, > A A 42} ? ~ ? ΠῚ ΄, τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει. 24 αὐτὸς.δὲ 40" ᾿Τησοῦς οὐκ. ἐπίστευεν signs which he was doing. But *himself 1 Jesus did not trust τἑαυτὸν" αὐτοῖς, διὰ T0.avToyv-ywwoKey πάντας, 25 Kai himself ἕο ὕβϑιω, because of his knowing all [men], and Ore ov χρείαν εἶχεν ἵνα Tic μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ "τοῦ! dvOpw- that *no “need the *had that any should testify concerning man, που" αὐτὸς. γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. for he knew what was in man. 3 Ἦν.δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα But therewas aman of the Pharisees, Nicodemus 7name αὐτῷ, ἄρχων τῶν Ιουδαίων" 2 οὗτος ἦλθεν πρὸς ἱτὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν" this, aruler ofthe Jews; he came to Jesus νυκτός, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿ῬῬαββί." οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐλή- by night, and said ἴο him, Rabbi, we know that from God thou λυθας διδάσκαλος" οὐδεὶς γὰρ “ταῦτα τὰ σημεῖα δύναται!" hast come ἃ teacher, for no one these signs is able ποιεῖν ἃ ov ποιεῖς ἐὰν.μὴ ἢ ὁ θεὸς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 3’ Απεκρίθη todo which thou doest unless *be 1God with him. * Answered x6" Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, ἐὰν. μή Δ 685 and said tohim, Verily verily 158. tothee, Unless τις γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν, ob dvvara ἰδεῖν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ anyone be born anew, he cannot see the kingdom θεοῦ. 4 Λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν Yo" Νικόδημος, Πῶς δύναται ἄν- of God. "Says “to *him 1Nicodemus, How can a θρωπος γεννηθῆναι γέρων ὦν; μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν man be born 3old ‘being? σᾶ ΒΘ into the womb τῆς. μητρὸς. αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν Kai γεννηθῆναι; 5 ᾿Απε- of his mother asecondtime enter and be born? 7An- κρίθη τὸ" Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, ἐὰν. μή τις γεννηθῇ swered 1Jesus, Verily verily Isay tothee, Unless anyone be born ἐξ ὕδατος Kai πνεύματος οὐ-δύναται εἰσελθεῖν εἰς THY βασιλείαν of water διὰ οὔ Spirit he cannot enter intothe kingdom “rod θεοῦ." 6 τὸ ὕγεγεννημένον" ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς caps ἐστιν" of God. That which hasbeenborn of the fiesh flesh is; καὶ τὸ γεγεννημένον" ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος πνεῦμά ἐστιν. and that which has been born of the Spirit spirit is. , ~ « ~ ~ 7 μὴ.θαυμάσῳς ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, Δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι Do not wonder that 1 5αϊᾶ to thee, It is needful for you to be born ἄνωθεν. 8 τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει πνεῖ, καὶ τὴν.φωνὴν αὐτοῦ anew. The wind “where *it*wills *blows, and its sound ἀκούεις, ©adX’" οὐκ.οἶδας πόθεν ἔρχεται “καὶ! ποῦ ὑπάγει" thou hearest, but knowest not whence itcomes and where it goes: ~ c ~ , οὕτως ἐστὶν πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος. 9᾽᾿Απε- thus is everyonethat has beenborn of the Spirit. 7An- ™— αὐτοῖς GLTTrAW. §— Tou L. x — ὃ LTTraW. Ὁ γεγενημένον E. τ αὐτὸν LTTrA. 7a σημεια ὩΤΤΤΑ. the heavens. T. ᾳ — ὃ LTTra, Ww δύναται ταῦτα ὐμβς ει ἃς 5 τῶν οὐρανῶν of 2 ὃν LTTrA. ο - τοῖς αὐτὰ. Ρ [ev] Ltr. t αὐτὸν him GLTTraw. v Ῥαββεί 1. Υ -- ὃ τι. — ὃ GLT[Tra]W. © ἀλλὰ Tr. ἃ ἢ or τ᾿. JOHN. Νικόδημος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ide δύναται ταῦτα γενέ- ‘Nicodemus and said tohim, How can thesethings be? 10 ᾿Απεκρίθη “ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Σὺ εἶ ὁ Answered Jesus and said tohim, Thou art the διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ταῦτα ov-ywwoKec; 11 ἀμὴν teacher of Israel, andthese things knowest not? Verily > A Ld ev a m” ~ A a ε id ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, OTL ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν, καὶ ὃ ἑωρά- verily Isay to thee, That which we know wespeak, and that which we καμὲεν μαρτυροῦμεν᾽ καὶ τὴν. μαρτυρίαν. ἡμῶν οὐ-.λαμβάνετε. have seen we bear witness of ; and our witness ye receive not. 12 εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐ-πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω If earthly things Isaid toyou, and yebelievenot, how if Isay ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια πιστεύσετε; 18 Kai οὐδεὶς ἀναβέβηκεν to you heavenly things will ye believe? And noone has gone up εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰμὴ ὁ ἐκ TOV οὐρανοῦ καταβάς, ὁ υἱὸς into the heaven excepthewhooutof the heaven camedown, the Son τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὁ ὧν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ" 14 καὶ καθὼς ἱΜωσῆς" ofman whois in the _ heaven. And even as Moses iyarey τὸν ὕφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ iftedup the serpent in the wilderness, thus tobelifted up it behoves ὁ πιστεύων Sic αὐτὸν" on him Ti κρίθη swered σθαι; τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" 1ὅ ἵνα πᾶς the Son of man, that everyone that believes bh a5 , ? II » \ 27 er ‘ μὴ.ἀπόληται, add ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 16 οὕτως. γὰρ may not perish, but may have life eternal. For *so ἠγάπησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν κόσμον ὥστε τὸν υἱὸν ἰαὐτοῦ" τὸν μονο- 3Ἰουϑᾶ 1God the σοῦ that his Son the only be- γενῆ ἔδωκεν, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν μὴ ἀπόληται, gotten hegave, thateveryone who believes on him may not perish, Kan! ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 17 οὐ.γὰρ. ἀπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν but may have life eternal, For “sent “ποῦ *God υἱὸν. αὐτοῦ" εἰς τὸν͵ κόσμον ἵνα Koi τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ᾽ his Son into the world thathemightjudge the world, but wa σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι αὐτοῦ. 18 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς that *might *be °saved πο “world through him. He that believes αὐτὸν ov-xpivera® ὁ “δὲ μὴ. πιστεύων ἤδη κέκριται, him is not judged; but he that believes ποῦ already has been judged, OTL μὴ.πεπίστευκεν εἰς TO ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ because he has not believed on the name ofthe only begotten Son θεοῦ. 19 αὕτη.δέ ἐστιν ἡ κρίσις, Ort τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς of God. And this is the judgment, that the light hascome into τὸν κόσμον, καὶ ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι μᾶλλον τὸ σκότος the world, and “loved 1men Srather *the *darkness ἢ TO φῶς" ἦν.γὰρ "πονηρὰ αὐτῶν" τὰ ἔργα. 20 7ac-yap than the light; for were evil their works. For everyone ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων μισεῖ TO φῶς, καὶ οὐκιἔρχεται πρὸς TO on that evil does hates the light, and comes not to the ~ ev R699: ~ \ > ~ Φ « ~ A φῶς, ἵνα μὴ-ἔλεγχθῇ τὰ.ἔργα.αὐτοῦ: 21 ὁ δὲ ποιῶν τὴν light, that may not be exposed his works ; but he that practises the ἀλήθειαν ἔρχεται πρὸς TO φῶς, ἵνα φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ truth comes to the light, that may be manifested his ἔργα ὅτι ἐν θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα. works that in God they have been wrought. 917 mot ὁ and said unto him, How can these things be? 10 Jesus answered and said unto him, Art thou a master of Is- rael, and knowest not these things? 11 Veri- ly, verily, I say unto thee, We speak that we do know, and testify that we have seen; and ye receive not our witness. 12 If 1 have told you earthly things, and ye believe not, how shall ye be- lieve, if I tell you of heavenly things? 13 And no man hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came down from heaven, even the Son of man which is in heaven, 14 And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilder- ness, even so must the Son of man be lifted up: 15 that whoso- ever believeth in him should ποὺ perish, but have eternal life. 16 For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believ- eth in him should not perish, but have ever- lasting life. 17 For God sent not his Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world through him might be saved. 18 He that believeth on him is not condemned: but he that believeth not is condemned already, because he hath not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. 19 And this is the condemna- tion, that light iscome into the world, and men loved darkness rather than light, be- cause their deeds were evil. 20 For every one that doeth evil hateth the light, neither com- eth to the light, lest his deeds should be reproved. 21 But he that doeth truth com- eth to the light, that his deeds may be made manifest, that they are wrought in God. 22 After these things 22 Mera ταῦτα ἦλθεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ οἱ.μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ εἰς came Jesus and his After these things came Jesus and his disciples into disciples into the land ®—oG.iitraw. ‘ Mwioys Lrtraw. améAnras ἀλλ᾽ [L}ttra. i — αὐτοῦ (read the Son) T. k ἀλλὰ Tr. Son) T[1ra]. m — δὰ but [1|]Τ{ττ]ὰ. 2 αὐτῶν πονηρὰ LTTrA. Sen αὐτὸν L; ev αὐτῷ in him τττὰ. ΣᾺ}. ae 1 — αὐτοῦ (read the 248 of Juda; and there he tarried with them, and baptized. 23 And John also was bap- tizing in Anon near to Salim, because there was much water there: and they came, and were baptized. 24 For John was not yet cast into prison. 25 Then there arose a question between some of John’s disciples and _ the Jews about purifying. 26 And they came un- to John, andsaid unto him, Rabbi, he that was with thee beyond Jordan, to whom thou barest witness, behold, the same _ baptizeth, and all men come to him. 27 Johnanswered and said, A man can receive nothing, except it be given him from heaven. 28 Ye your- selves bear me witness, that I said, I am not the Christ, but that I am sent before him. 29 He that hath the bride is the _ bride- groom : but the friend of the bridegroom, which standeth and heareth him, rejoiceth greatly because of the bridegroom’s voice: this my joy therefore is fulfilled. 30 He must increase, but I must decrease. 31 He that cometh from a- pbove is above all: he that is of the earth is earthly, and speaketh of the earth: he that cometh from heaven is above all. 32 And what he hath seen and heard, that he tes- tifieth; and no man receiveth his testi- mony. 33 He that hath received his testimony hath set to his seal that God is true. 34 For he whom God hath sent speaketh the words of God: for God giveth not the Spirit by measure unto him. 35 The Father loveth the Son, and hath giv- en all things into his hand, 36 He that be- lieveth on the Son hath everlasting life: and he that believeth not the Son shall not IQANN HES. III. τὴν Τουδαίαν.γῆν. καὶ ἐκεῖ διέτριβεν per αὐτῶν καὶ ἐβάπ- the land of Judea; and there hestayed with them and was bap- τιζεν. 23 ἦν.δὲ καὶ ο᾿Ιωάννης" βαπτίζων ἐν Aivwy ἐγγὺς tizing. And ‘was ?also 1John baptizing in non, near τοῦ Σαλείμ, ὅτι ὕδατα πολλὰ ἦν ἐκεῖ᾽ Kai παρεγίνοντο καὶ Salim, because *waters ‘many were there; and they were coming and ἐβαπτίζοντο. 24 οὔπω.γὰρ ἦν βεβλημένος εἰς τὴν φυλακὴν being baptized. For not yet was 2cast 3into *the ‘prison Po!’ lwavyyc.|i25’Eyévero οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν + John. Arose thenaquestion[onthepartjof the disciples φΙωάννου" μετὰ τ᾿ Τουδαίων! περὶ καθαρισμοῦ" 26 καὶ "ἦλθον" of John with [some] Jews about purification, And they came πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην" καὶ “εἶπον" αὐτῷ, “Ῥαββί,! ὃς ἦν pera to John and said tohim, Rabbi, hewhowas with σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ide οὗτος thee beyond the Jordan, to whom thou hast borne witness, behold he βαπτίζει, καὶ πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν. 27 ᾿Απεκρίθη baptizes, and all come to him. ? Answered οΤωάννης" καὶ εἶπεν, Οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν οὐδὲν ‘John and said, 315 015. ‘a “man toreceive nothing ἐὰν. μὴ ἢ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 28 αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς unless it be given to him from the heaven, Ye yourselves ~ er 5 x ? 2 Se? ‘il « , 2 .». Ὁ} μοι μαρτυρεῖτε ὅτι εἶπον, “Οὐκ.εἰμιὶ ἐγώ" 0 χριστός, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι tome bear witness that I said, *Am*not ‘I the Christ, but that ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου. 29 ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμ- Ξβϑῃῦ I*am _— before him. Hethat has the bride ony, νυμφίος ἐστίν: ὁ.δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου, ὁ ἑστηκὼς καὶ %pridegroom ‘is; but {86 friend of the bridegroom,who stands and ἀκούων αὐτοῦ, χαρᾷ χαίρει διὰ τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου" hears him, withjoy rejoices because of the voice of the bridegroom, αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται. 80 ἐκεῖνον δεῖ this then *joy my is fulfilled. *Him ‘+it *behoves ᾽ , 3 4 Δί .2 ~ c » ᾽ , ? , αὐξάνειν, ἐμὲ.δὲ ἐχαττοῦσθαι. 310 ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος ἐπάνω toincrease, but me _ to decrease. Hewho fromabove comes, above πάντων ἐστίν. ὁ ὧν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, Kai all is. He whois from the earth from the earth is, and ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος “ἐπάνω from the earth speaks. Hewhofrom the heaven comes above πάντων éoriv,' 382 “Kai! ὃ ἑώρακεν Kai ἤκουσεν "τοῦτο! all is, and what he has seen and heard this ws ‘ A , > ~ ᾽ s 4 ε μαρτυρεῖ" καὶ τὴν. μαρτυρίαν.αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει. 88 ὁ he testifies; and his testimony noone receives. He that λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐσφράγισεν ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἀληθής has received his testimony hasset tohissealthat God true ἐστιν. 84 ὃν.γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ lis; for he whom 2sent 1God the words of God λαλεῖ’ οὐ.γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν 6 θεὸς" τὸ πνεῦμα. 35 ὁ speaks; fornot by measure gives ‘God the _ Spirit. The πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ τὸν υἱόν, καὶ πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ GD Father loves the Son, and all things has given into band. τοῦ. 36 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν υἱὸν ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον: ὁ.“δὲ" Hethat believes on the Son has life eternal; and he that ° Ιωάνης Tr. P — ὃ T[TrA]. 4 ᾿Ιωάνου tr. τ Ἰουδιιίου a Jew GLITrAW. 8 ἦλθαν Tra. πάντων ἐστίν T. 5 — δὲ and 1. τ Ἰωάνην Tr. w Ῥαββεί τ. 8 -- τοῦτο Τ. x Byo οὐκ εἰμὶ L. J — ἐπάνω b — ὃ θεὸς (read he gives) [L]t[Tr]a. ν εἶπαν Tra. — καὶ [π]τττὰ. Tit, Iv. JOHN. ἀπειθῶν τῷ υἱῷ οὐκιὄψεται ζωήν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ θεοῦ is not subject tothe Son shall notsee life, but the wrath of God μένει ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. abides on him. t rT a” « d , ll ev » « ~ 4 Ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ 4xdproc! ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, When therefore*knew 'the *Lord that “heard (‘the Pharisees, dre ᾿Ιησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ “Ἰωάν- that Jesus more disciples makes and baptizes than John ell , ? ~ ? 4 ? ? / ? ᾽ ε νης 2 καίτοιγε ᾿Ιησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ.ἐβάπτιζεν, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ (although indeed Jesus himself was not baptizing but " > ~ ? ~ A ? , ‘ ? ~ ΄ μαθηταὶ.αὐτοῦ" 8 ἀφῆκεν τὴν ᾿Ιουδαίαν, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν his disciples), he left Judea, and went away again εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 4 ἔδει. δὲ αὐτὸν διέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς into Galilee. Anditwas necessary for him topass through Parnagsias) ὅ ἔρχεται οὖν εἰς πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας" λεγο- maria. He comes therefore to acity of Samaria call- μένην ὄξυχάρ," πλησίον τοῦ χωρίον ὃ! ἔδωκεν Ἰακὼβ ed Sychar, near the land which ‘gave 1Jacob 2 A ~ τω > [ων Ηρ ‘ > ~ A ~ ? , Iwonp τῷουϊῷφι.αὐτοῦ. 6 ἦν.δὲ ἐκεῖ πηγὴ Tov ᾿Ιακώβ. to Joseph his son. Now 3was ‘there *fountain ‘Jacob's ; ὁ.οὖν. Ἰησοῦς κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας ἐκαθέζετο οὕτως Jesus therefore, being wearied from the journey, sat thus ἐπὶ τῇ πηγῇ. ὥρα. ἦν ἰὼὡσε ἕκτη. 7 Ἔρχεται γυνὴ at the fountain, [16] ΒΟῸΣ was about [the] sixth. Comes a woman ἐκ τῆς Σαμαρείας" ἀντλῆσαι ὕδωρ. λέγει αὐτῇ 6’Iynoove, out of Samaria to draw water. Says “to *her Jesus, Δός μοι ἔπιεῖν"" 8 οἱ. γὰρ.μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν εἰς Give me to drink; for his disciples had gone away into a , wv cy > 4 , ] ll > ~ THY πόλιν, ἵνα τροφὰς ἀγοράσωσιν. 9 Λέγει ἰοὖν" αὐτῷ the city, that provisions they might buy. 5Says “therefore *to “him c ‘ « m ~ ll ~ 4 ? ~ a ? ? ~ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ “Σαμαρεῖτις, Πῶς σὺ ‘lovdaiog ὧν παρ ἐμοῦ ‘the -woman 7Samaritan, How ?thou ‘a*Jew “being *from ?°me Ἀπιεῖν" αἰτεῖς, “οὔσης γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος" ; Ῥοὐ.γὰρ το “drink “dost “ask, being a*woman 1Samaritan? For *no ~ ? ~ , " ;} , ? ~ συγχρῶνται ᾿Ιουδαῖοι Σαμαρείταις." 10 ᾿Απεκρίθη ᾿Ιησοῦς “have “intercourse 1Jews with Samaritans, 2Answered ‘Jesus καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Et ἤδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τίς and said toher, If thouhadst known the gift of God, and who ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι, Δός μοι ἔπιεῖν." σὺ ἂν. ὕτησας itis that says tothee, Give me todrink, thou wouldest have asked αὐτόν, καὶ ἔδωκενιἄν σοι ὕδωρ ζῶν. 11 Λέγει αὐτῷ “ἡ him, and he would have given ἴο thee *water ‘living. Says *to*him?the vyn,' Κύριε, οὔτε ἄντλ ἔχεις, καὶ τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶν γυνή, OLE, Mpa, EXEC, φρέαρ *woman, Sir, A nothing to draw with thou hast, and the well is βαθύ: πόθεν lodv' ἔχεις τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν ; 12 μὴ σὺ.μείζων εἴ deep; whence then hastthou the “water living? Art thou greater τοῦ.πατρὸς ἡμῶν ᾿Ιακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, Kai αὐτὸς than our father Jacob, who gave us the well, and himself ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ.θρἐμματα.αὐτοῦ ; of it drank, and his sons and his cattle? 13 ᾿Απεκρίθη τὸ" Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Πᾶς ὁ πίνων ἐκ *Answered Jesus and said toher, Everyone that drinks of 249 see life; but the wrath of God abideth on him, IV. When therefore the Lord knew how the Pharisees had heard that Jesus made and baptized more disciples than John, 2 (though Jesus himself baptized not, but his disciples,) 3he left Judea, and departed again into Galilee. 4 And hemust needs go through Sa- maria. 5 Then com- eth he to a city of Samaria, which is call- ed Sychar, near to the parcel of ground that Jacob gave to _ his son Joseph. 6 Now Jacob’s well was there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with his jour- ney, sat thus on the well: and it was about the sixth hour. 7 There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw wa- ter: Jesus saith unto her, Give me to drink. 8 (For his disciples were gone away unto the city to buy meat.) 9 Then saith the wo- man of Samaria unto him, How is it that thou, being a Jew, askest drink of me, which am a woman of Samaria? for the Jews have no dealings with the Samaritans, 10 Je- sus answered and said unto her, If thou knew- est the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water. 11 The woman saith unto him, Sir, thou hast no- thing to draw with, and the well is deep: from whence then hast thou that liy- ing water? 12 Art thou greater than our father Jacob, which gave us the well, and drank thereof himself, and his children, and his cattle? 13 Jesus answered and _ said unto her, Whosoever drinketh of this water 4 Ἰησοῦς Jesus T. εΙωάνης Tr. LTTraw. K πεῖν TTrA. 1 — οὖν 1. Σαμαρείτιδος (ξΣαμαρίτιδος T) οὔσης LTTrA,. 4 [ἡ γυνή] a. τ--- ὃ GLTTraW. ᾿ Σαμαρίας τ. δ Σιχάρε. m Ξαμαρῖτις Τ. π πῖν L3 πεῖν ΤΎΓΑ. P — ov γὰρ συγχρῶνται ᾿Ιουδαῖοι Ξαμαρείταις T. i. ws ° γυναικὸς h οὗ GL. 250 shall thirst again: 14 but whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up intoever- lasting life. 15 The woman saith unto him, Sir, give me this water, that I thirst not, nei- ther come hither to draw. 16 Jesus saith unto her, Go, call thy husband, and come hither. 17 The woman answered and said, I have no husband. Je- sus said unto her, Thou hast well said, I have no husband: 18 for thou hast had five hus- bands; and he whom thou now hast is not thy husband: in that saidst thou truly. 19 The woman saith unto him, Sir, I per- ceive that thou art a prophet. 20 Our fa- thers worshipped in this mountain; and ye say, that in Jerusalem is the place where men ought to worship. 21 Jesus saith unto her, Woman, believe me, the hour cometh, when yeshall neither in this mountain, nor yet at Jerusalem,worship the Father. 22 Ye worship ye know not what: we know what we wor- ship: for salvation is of the Jews. 23 But the hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshippers shall wor- ship the Father in epirit and in truth: for t Father seeketh such to worship him. 24 God ts a Spirit: and they that worship him must worship kim in spirit and in truth. 25 The woman saith unto him, I know that Messias cometh, which is called Christ: when he is come, he will tell usallthings. 26 Jesus saith unto her, I that k unto thee am he. And upon this came τ [ov μὴ διψήσει .. διέρχωμαι ΤΑ. LTTraw. 7 — ὃ LT[Tr]A. e 4 αὐτῷ ἴο him [1]Δ. & προσκυνεῖν δεῖ LITraW. k — αὐτὸν τ. IQANNH®. ~ ef , ΄ , τι aK , ? ~ Tov.Udatog.rouTouv διψήσει πάλιν" 14 ὃς.δ᾽ ἂν mig ἐκ τοῦ this water will thirst again; but whoever my, drinkof the ὕδατος οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ Yod.un “διΨψήσῳῃ! εἰς τὸν. αἰῶνα" water which [ willgive him inno wise shall thirst for ever, ἀλλὰ τὸ ὕδωρ 0* δώσω αὐτῷ" γενήσεται iv αὐτῷ πη but the water whichI will give tohim shall become in him a fountain ὕδατος ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 15 Λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν of water ἘΡΣΙΑΒΊΠΕΙ up into life eternal eae *to Shim ἡ γυνή, Κύριε, δός μοι τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ, iva μὴ.διψῶ 1the ?woman, Sir, give me thts water, that I may not thirst μηδὲ γἔρχωμαι" ἐνθάδε ἀντλεῖν. 16 Λέγει αὐτῇ τὸ" "Ἰησοῦς," nor come here to draw. ah he Sto *her Jesus, Ὕπαγε, φώνησον ὕτὸν ἄνδρα.σοῦ" καὶ ἐλθὲ ἐνθάδε. 17 ᾿Απε- 6ο, call thy husband and come here. 2An- κρίθη ἡ γυνὴ Kai εἶπεν", “Οὐκιἔχω ἄνδρα." Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ swered ‘the?woman and said, Ihave not ahusband. *Says *to *her Ἰησοῦς, Καλῶς “εἶπας,, “Ore ἄνδρα οὐκ.ἔχω: 18 πέντε ene, Well didst thou say, A husband I have not; five yap ἄνδρας ἔσχες, Kai νῦν ὃν ἔχεις οὐκ.ιἔστιν σου ‘for husbands thou hast had, and now hewhom thouhast is not ay ἀνήρ᾽ τοῦτο ἀληθὲξ᾿ εἴρηκας. 19 Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ γυνή, husband: this ny thou hast spoken. Says *to Shim ‘the 7woman, Κύριε, θεωρῶ ὕτι προφήτης εἶ σύ. 20 οἱ. πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐν air; I perceive that Sarcphet 2art ‘thou. Our fathers in τούτῳ τῷ ὄρει! προσεκύνησαν᾽ και ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἔν Ἵε- this mountain ἢ ΟΣΕΒΙΡΡΘα; and ye say that in Je ροσολύμοις ἐστὶν ὁ τόπος ὅπον = 8dei_ προσκυνεῖν." 21 Λέγει Tusalem is the place whereitis necessary to worship. Ee αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Miva, πίστευσόν μοι," ὅτι ἔ ἔρχεται ὥρα ὅτε 3to *her 1 Jesus, Woman, believe me, that is coming an hour when οὔτε ἐν τῷ. ὄρει.τούτῳ οὔτε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις προσκυνήσετε neither in this mountain nor in Jerusalem shall ye worship τῷ πατρί. 22 ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ. οἴδατε. ἡμεῖς προσ- the Father, pore what he know not: we wor- κυνοῦμεν ὃ otBapier” ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐστίν. ship what we mow for salvation of the Jews is. 23 ἰἸάλλ᾽" ἔρχεται ὥρα Kai νῦν ἐστιν, ὕτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσ- But iscoming an hour and now is, when the true wor- κυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ" shippers will worship the Father in spirit and = truth; καὶ. γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ τοιούτους ζητεῖ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας αὐτόν. for also the Father 7such Xseeks who worship him. 24 Πνεῦμα ὁ θεός' καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἑαὐτὸν" ἐν A spirit God [is], and they that worship bis in πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ ἰδεῖ προσκυνεῖν." 25 Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ wa and truth must Tee 3Says “to ®him ‘the γυνή, Οἶδα ore μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος ΧΡΙ ΤΟΣ, orav 2woman, Iknowthat Messias is coming, who is called Christ ; when ἔλθῃ ἐ ἐκεῖνος ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν πάντα." 26 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰη- IV. f 7comes ‘he he willtell us all things. "Says “to*her ‘Je- σοῦς, aya εἰμι, ὁ λαλῶν σοι. 27 Καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ sus, am [786], ;who 7am “speaking “to ‘thee. And upon this W διψήσει LITrA. * + ἐγὼ 1 τ. a— Ἰησοῦς (read he > Says) (wje[trja. b σου τὸν ἄνδρα A. a ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω 1. 8 εἶπες τ. ἴ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ GLTTrAW. h Τύναι, πίστευέ μοι L; Πίστενυέ μοι, γύναι ΤΎΤΑ. 1 ἀλλὰ 1 προσκυνεῖν δεῖ T. ἢ ἅπαντα TTrA. . ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ] L. yé χομαι Tr 5 IV. JOHN. 27 AGov' οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ Oavpacar' ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς came his disciples, and wondered that with awoman Ἴ , /, ἐλάλει οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, Τί ζητεῖς; ἢ Τί λα- he was speaking; noone however said, What seekest thou? or Why speakest λεῖς μετ᾽ αὐτῆς ; thou with her? 28 ᾿Αφῆκεν οὖν τὴν. ὑδρίαν.αὐτῆς ἡ γυνὴ Kai ἀπῆλθεν εἰς *Left “then Sher “waterpot ‘the 7woman and went away into τὴν πόλιν, Kai λέγει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, 29 Δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρω- the city, and says tothe men, oe see aman mov ὃς εἶπέν μοι πάντα Ῥόσα" ἐποίησα᾽ μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν who told me allthingswhatsoever I did: *perchance ?this lis ὁ χριστός; 30 «Τξῆλθον "οὖν" ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ the Christ! Ehey: went forth therefore outofthe city, and χοντο πρὸς αὐτόν. unto him. 31 Ἔν. "δὲ" τῷ μεταξὺ ἠρώτων αὐτὸν ot μαθηταί, λέ- Butin the meantime *were‘asking “him ‘the “disciples, say- YOVTEC, pEaEBS " φάγε. 32 Ὃ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Eye ey ing, Rabbi, eat. Buthe said tothem, meat ἔχω φαγεῖν ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ.οἴδατε. 88 Ἔλεγον "οὖν μαθη- have Pe eat which ye know not. *Said “therefore ἘΠ eae Tai πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ αγεῖν ; ples to one pugles, 7Anyone ‘did bring him (anything to eat? 34 Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Incovc, Ἑμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα “ποιῶ τὸ 7Says *to ‘them 1Jesus, meat is that I should do the θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, Kai τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον. μ PY 4 of him who sent me, and should finish his work. 35 οὐχ ὑμεῖς ) λέγετε, ¢ Ore ἔτι Υτετράμηνόν᾽" ἐστιν Kai ὁ θερισμὸς *Not e say, shat yet four months itis andthe harvest ἔρχεται; ἰδού, λέγω ὑμῖν, Exdpare τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς. ὑμῶν καὶ comes? Behold, Isay to you, Lift up your eyes and θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμὸν *70n.' 868 the fields, for white they are to harvest already. 36 δκαὶ! ὁ θερίζων μισθὸν λαμβάνει, Kai συνάγει καρπὸν And hethat reaps a reward receives, and gathers fruit εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον" ἵνα kai! ὁ σπείρων ὁμοῦ χαίρῃ unto life eternal, that both hethat sows peomerhes 5may rejoice καὶ ὁ θερίξῶν. 97 ἐν.γὰρ τούτῳ ὁ λόγος ἐστὶν “ὁ" ἀλη- land *he *that “reaps Forin this’ the saying is true, θινός, ὅτι ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, Kai ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων. τὰ Fone lit 7is who sows, and another who reaps. 38 é ἐγώ ἀἀπέστειλα' ὑμᾶς θερίζειν ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε᾽" sent you toreap onwhich*not ‘ye “have laboured ; ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν, καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν.κόπον. αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύ- ἤρ- came " others havelaboured, and ye _ into their labour have en- θατε. tered. 89 ᾿Ἐκ.δὲ τῆς.πόλεως.ἐκείνης πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν But out of that city many believed on him τῶν “Σαμαρειτῶν," διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς γυναικὸς μαρ- of the Samaritans, because of the word of the woman tes- n7AGav TIr. ° ἐθαύμαζον were wondering GLITrAW. ? ἃ whichT. ® — ogy GLTTrAW. s — δὲ but [L]tTra. t ‘Papper T. ’ — οὖν W. Υ τετράμηνός GLTTrAW. τ ἤδη (read already he that reaps) T. >’ καὶ Tr[a]. ς — ὃ Trr[a]. 4 ἀπέσταλκα have sent T. 251 his disciples, and mar- velled that he talked with the woman: yet no man said, What seekest thou ? or, Why talkest thou with her? 28 The woman then left her waterpot, and went her way into the city, and saith to the men, 29 Come, see a man, which told me all things that ever I did: is not this the Christ? 30 Then they went out of the city, and came unto him. 31 In the mean while his disciples prayed him, saying, aster, eat. 32 But he said unto them, [ have meat to eat that ye know not of. 33 Therefore said the disciples one to another, Hath any man brought him ought to eat? 34 Jesus saith unto them, My meat is to do the will of him that sent me, and to finish his work. 35Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest ἢ be- hold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields ; for they are white already to harvest. 36 And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal: that both he that sow- eth and he that reap- eth may rejoice to- gether. 37 And herein is that saying true, One soweth, and another reapeth. 381 sent you to reap that whereon ye bestowed no labour: other men laboured, and ye are entered into their labours. 39 And many of the Samaritans of that city believed on him for the saying of the woman, which testi- 4 + [καὶ] and 1,. α ποιήσω LTrA. 5. — καὶ G[L]TTra. © Σαμαριτῶν 1. 2052 fied, He told me all that ever I did. 40 So when the Samaritans were come unto him, they besought him that he would tarry with them: and he abode there two days. 41 And many more be- lieved because of his own word ; 42 and said unto the woman, Now we believe, not be- cause of thy saying: for we have heard him ourselves, and know that this is indeed the Christ, the Saviour of the world. 43 Now after two days he departed thence, and went into Galilee. 44 For Jesus himself testified, that a prophet hath no honour in his own country. 45 Then when he was come into Ga- lilee, the Galilzans received him, having seen all the things that he did at Jerusalem at the feast: for they also went unto the teast. 46 So Jesus came again into Cana of Galilee, where he made the water wine. And there was a certain no- bleman, whose son was sick at Capernaum. 47 When he heard that Jesus was come out of Judza into Galilee, he went unto him, and besought him that he would come down, and heal his son: for he was at the point of death. 48 Then said Jesus unto him, Ex- cept ye see signs and wonders, ye will not believe. 49 The no- bleman saith untohim, Sir, come down ere my child die. 50 Jesus saith unto him, Go thy way ; thy son liv- eth. And the man be- lieved the word that Jesus had spoken unto him, and he went his way. 51 And as he was now going down, his servants met him, and fa@ which TTra. [L]TTra. came GLTTrAW. 5 — αὐτὸν [L]TTrA. 1_ ὃ era LV. ἐποίησα. 40 ‘Qc I did. When οὖν ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν ot SZapapeirat," ἠρώτων αὐτὸν therefore cams to him the Sn they asked him μεῖναι παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς Kai ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ δύο ἡμέρας. 41 Kai to abide with them, and heabode there two days. And πολλῷ. πλείους ἐπίστευσαν διὰ τὸν.λύγον.αὐτοῦ" 42 τῇ.τε ΙΏΑΝΝΗΣ. Ὅτι εἶπέν μοι πάντα ὅσα" Hetold me all Boece whatsoever τυρούσης, tifying, many more believed because of his word ; and to the γυναικὶ ἔλεγον, h’Qru' οὐκέτι διὰ τὴν σὴν λαλιὰν πισ- woman they said, No longer because of Bou. saying we αὐτοὶ. γὰρ ἀκηκόαμεν, καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν for ourselves have heard, and we a that this is ἀληθῶς ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κόσμου, i6 χριστός." truly the Saviour of the world, the Christ. 43 Mera.dé τὰς δύο ἡμέρας ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, *eai ἀπὴλ- τεύομεν᾽" believe, But after the two days hewenttforth thence, and went θεν! εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 44 αὐτὸς. γὰρ ἰὸ! ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐμαρτύρη- away into Galilee ; for himself ‘Jesus testifise, σεν, OTL προφήτης ἐν ΤῊΣ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι τιμὴν οὐκ. ἔχει. that a prophet in his own country honour has not. 45 ™ Ore! οὖν ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν When therefore he came into Galilee sreceived *him ot Γαλιλαῖοι, πάντα ἑωρακότες "ἃ! ἐποίησεν ἐν ‘Ie- ‘the ?Galileans, all things having seen which he did in Je- ροσολύμοις ἔν τῇ ἑορτῇ καὶ αὐτοὶ. γὰρ ἦλθον εἰς τὴν rusalem during the feast, for they also went to the ἑορτήν. feast. 40 Ἦλθεν οὖν “ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς" πάλιν Ῥ εἰς τὴν Kava τῆς *Came “therefore 1 Jesus again to Cana Γαλιλαίας, ὅπου ἐποίησεν τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον. «καὶ ἦν!" τις of Galilee, where hemade the water wine. And there was acertain βασιλικός, οὗ ὁ υἱὸς ἠσθένει ἐν Καπερναούμ." 47 οὗτος courtier, whose son wassick in Capernaum, He ἀκούσας ὅτι ᾿Ιησοῦς ἥκει ἐκ τῆς lovdaiac εἰς τὴν Γαλι- having heard that Jesus Πϑᾶ come out of Judza into Gali- Aaiay, ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς αὐτόν, Kai ἠρώτα "αὐτὸν" ἵνα κατα- 166, went to him, and _ asked him that he would By καὶ ἰάσηται αὐτοῦ τὸν υἱόν" ἤμελλεν. γὰρ ἀποθνήσκειν. comedown and heal his son; forhe was about to die. 48 εἶπεν οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτόν, ᾿Εὰν.μὴ σημεῖα καὶ Ξ341α *therefore 1Jesus to him, Unless signs and τέρατα ἴδητε οὐ-μὴ πιστεύσητε. 49 Λέγει πρὸς ore ὁ wonders yesee in no wise will ye believe. 3Says to the βασιλικός, Κύριε, κατάβηθι πρὶν ἀποθανεῖν πὸ τῆν Τὰ ου. “courtier, Sir, come down before *dies imy “little *child, 50 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Mie pete d.vidc.cov fy. ‘Kat *Says “to *him Jesus, thy son πῶς And ἐπίστευσεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῷ ΜῊΝ τῷ" εἶπεν αὐτῷ © ᾿ΙἸησοῦς, “believed ‘the man the word which said *to *him Jesus, kai ἐπορεύετο. 51 ἤδη.δὲ αὐτοῦ.καταβαίνοντος οἱ.δοῦλοι."αὐ- and went away. But already as he was going down his bondmen Σαμαρῖται τ. [ore] 1. 1 — ὁ χριστός LTTrA. k — καὶ ἀπῆλθεν m ὡς Τὶ. 2 σα Whatsoever LTrA. ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς (read he P + ὁ Ἰησοῦς Jesus w. 4 Hy δέ 7. r ‘Kapageaite LTTraW. t — καὶ [L}T[Tr]A. Y ὃν LTTrA. w + ὁ LTTrAW. x — αὐτοῦ (read the bondmen) T. τευ. JOHN. τοῦ! Υἀπήντησαν" αὐτῷ, *kai ἀπήγγειλαν" "λέγοντες," Ὅτι met him, and reported, saying, ὁ.παῖς σου" ζῇ. 52’ErvOero οὖν “παρ᾽ αὐτῶν τὴν ὥραν" Thy child lives. He inquired therefore from them the hour ἐν ἣ κομψότερον ἔσχεν. kai εἷπον' αὐτῷ, Ὅτι “χθὲς! in which Sbetter the *got. And they said to him, Yesterday “ < , ? ~ > A « , a ὥραν ἑβδόμην ἀφῆκεν αὐτὸν ὁ πυρετός. 53 Eyvw {at the] 7hour 1seventh left him the _ fever. sKnew οὖν ὁ πατὴρ ὅτι ἐν" ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐν εἶπεν “therefore'the *father that [it was] at that hour in which ?said αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ἰησοῦς, "Ore! ὁ.υἱός.σου ζῇ. Kai ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς *to *him Jesus, Thy son lives. And he “believed *himself ‘ « DAY, ᾽ ~ ee ~ h , 2 ~ καὶ ἡ.οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη. 54 τοῦτο ἢ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον and his*house ‘whole. This again a second sign ? δ, tc? ~ ? ‘ ? ~ ? , ᾽ A ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἐλθὼν ἐκ τῆς lovdaiac εἰς τὴν Γα- did Jesus, having come out of Judza into Ga- λιλαίαν. lilee. 5 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβη *o! After these things was afeast of the Jews, and *went *up Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. 2 ἔστιν.δὲ ἐν τοῖς ‘Tepocoddporc * Jesus to Jerusalem. And thereis in Jerusalem ἐπὶ τῇ προβατικῇ κολυμβήθρα, ἰὴ ἐπιλεγομένη" “EBpaiori at the sheepgate a pool, which [18] called in Hebrew ὩΒηθεσδά,! πέ ic ἔ ἐν ταύ ἐ ? . ηθεσδὰ,} πέντε στοὰς ἔχουσα. 3 ἐν ταύταις κατέκειτο Bethesda, five porches having. In these were lying πλῆθος "πολὺ τῶν ἀσθενούντων, τυφλῶν, χωλῶν, a *multitude ‘great of those who were sick, blind, lame, ξηρῶν, °ékdeyopévwy τὴν τοῦ ὕδατος κίνησιν. 4 ἄγγελος withered, awaiting the *of *the ‘*water moving. 7An *angel yap? κατὰ.καιρὸν κατέβαινεν ἐν τῇ κολυμβήθρᾳ, Kai ἐτά- for ἔτοτια {ΐτηθ ἴο ὀΐω descended in the pool, and agi- ρασσεν τὸ ὕδωο᾽ ὁ οὖν πρῶτος ἐμβὰς μετὰ THY ταραχὴν tated the water. He who therefore first entered after the agitation τοῦ ὕδατος; ὑγιὴς ἐγίνετο, W-dnToTe' κατείχετο νοσήματι." ofthe water, well ‘became, whatever *he*was‘*held*by ‘disease. ὃ Ἦν.δε τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ ττριακονταοκτὼ" ἔτη ἔχων ἐν But‘*was'a?certain “man there *thirty *eight ‘years ‘being in τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ". 6 τοῦτον ἰδὼν ὁ Ιησοῦς κατακείμενον. Kai infirmity. *Him “seeing 1 Jesus lying, and γνοὺς ὅτι πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον ἔχει, λέγει αὐτῷ, θέλεις knowing that along ?already ‘time ὑγιὴς γενέσθαι; 7 ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ ἀσθενῶν, he has been, says to him, Desirest thou Κύριε, av- well to become? “Answered ‘him ‘the “infirm [*man], Sir, a θρωπον οὐκἔχω, ἵνα ὅταν ταραχθῇὴ τὸ ὕδωρ ‘Barry! man I have not, that when *has*been°agitated ‘the *water he may put pe εἰς THY κολυμβήθραν: ἐν.ᾧ.δὲ ἔρχομαι ἐγὼ ἄλλος πρὸ me into the pool ; but while 2am “coming *I another before ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει. ὃ Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, “Eyepa,' ἢ ἄρον me descends, *Says *to *him 1 Jesus, Arise, take up 253 told him, saying, Thy son liveth. 52 Then in- quired he of them the hour when he began to amend. And they said unto him, Yester- day at the seventh hour the fever left him. 53 So the father knew that it was at the same hour, in the which Jesus said unto him, Thy son liveth: and himself believed, and his whole house. 54 This zis again the second miracle that Jesus did, when he was come out of Ju- dza into Galilee. V. After this there was a feast of the Jews; and Jesus went upto Jerusalem. 2Now there is at Jerusalem by the sheep market a pool, which is called in the Hebrew tongue Bethesda, haying five porches. 3 In these lay 8 great multitude of impotent folk,of blind, halt, withered, wait- ing for the moving of the water. 4 For an angel went down at a@ certain season into the pool, and troubled the water: whosoever then first after the troubling of the water stepped in was made whole of whatsoever disease he had. 5 And a cer- tain man was there, which had an infirmity thirty and eight years. 6 When Jesus saw him lie, and knew that he had been now a long time in that case, he saith unto him, Wilt thou be made whole? 7 The impotent man answered him, Sir, I have noman, when the water is troubled, to put me into the pool: but while I am com- ing, another steppeth down before me. 8 Je- sus saith unto him, Rise, take up thy bed, Υ ὑπήντησαν LITrA. 2 καὶ ἤγγειλαν T; [καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν] Tra. Ὁ αὐτοῦ (read that his child eeaiyeria® Ing iA J fore they said TTra. ¢& ἐχθὲς LTTrAW. Tr[a]. i + ἡ the (feast) τ. gatha τ. 5 -- πολὺ [L]TTrA. of [the] Lord L. 4 οἱῳδηποτοῦν L. τοῦ bis (infirmity) [L]rtra. t βάλῃ GLTTrAW. Ε --Οτι LTTrA. 170 λεγόμενον T. f — ἐν Τ{ττ]. k — 9 LTTrAW. τ Ἔγειρε LTTrAW. ς τὴν ὥραν Tap αὐτῶν LTTrA. ο --- ἐκδεχομένων to end of verse 4 [G]TTra. τ τριάκοντα Kat (— καὶ [L]Tr) ὀκτὼ GLTTrAW. ἃ — λέγοντες τ. 4 εἶπον οὖν there- h + δὲ now (this) τὰ Βηθζα θά Beth- Ρ + [κυρίου] 5. + av- ¥ -+ [καὶ] and L, 254 and walk. 9 And im- mediately the man was made whole, and took up his bed, and walked: and on the same day was the sab- bath. 10 The Jews therefore said unto him that was cured, It is the sabbath day: it is not lawful for thee to carry thy bed. 11 He answered them, He that made me whole, the same said unto me, Take up thy bed, and walk. 12 Then asked they him, What man is that which said unto thee, Take up thy bed, and walk? 13 And he that was healed wist not who it was: for Jesus had conveyed himself a- way, a multitude be- ing in that place. 14 Afterward Jesus findeth him in the temple, and said unto him, Behold, thou art made whole: sin no more, lest a worse thing come unto thee. 15 The man depurted, and told the Jews that it was Jesus, which had made him whole. 16 And therefore did the Jews persecute Je- sus, and sought to slay him, because he had done these things on the sabbath day. 17 But Jesus answer- ed them, My Father worketh hitherto, and I work. 18 Therefore the Jews sought the more to kill him, be- cause he not only had broken the sabbath, put said also that God was his Father, mak- ing himself equal with God. 19 Then answer- ed Jesus and said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, The Son can do nothing of him- self, but what heseeth the Father do: for what things soever he doeth, these also do- eth the Son likewise. 20 For the Father loveth the Son, and ITIQANN HE &. τὸν Σκράββατόν" σου, Kai Vv. περιπάτει. 9 Kai YevOéiwe" ἐγένετο δον bed, and walk. And immediately *became ὑγιὴς ὁ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ἦρεν τὸν. Ζκράβ βατον" αὐτοῦ, καὶ *well ‘the en, and took uP his bed, and περιεπάτει: ἦν. δὲ σάββατον ἐν ἐκεί) ἢ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. 10 Ἔλεγον walked; anditwas sabbath on 3514 οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ ee ᾿Σάββατόν! ἐστιν" *therefore'the 7Jews tohimwho had been healed, Sabbath it is, Ζορὺὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι apa τὸν τεραβίβατον, ᾿ς. 11 ᾽Απεκρίθη it is not lawful for thee to take up. the He answered αὐτοῖς, Ὃ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ, ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, ἾΑρον τὸν them, Hewho made me well, he tome said, — up χκμράββατόν!" σου καὶ περιπάτει. 12 ᾿Ηρώτησαν Coby" αὐτόν, thy bed and walk. They aan ?therefore *him, Τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ εἰπών σοι, ΓΑρον “τὸν ipa Banca Who is’ the man who said to thee, Take up σου καὶ περιπάτει; 13 Ὁ δὲ fiabeic' od«.gde τίς ἐστιν" ERY; and walk? But he who had been healed knew not who it is, ὁ. γὰρ. Ἰησοῦς ἐξένευσεν, ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. 14 Μετὰ for Jesus had moved 3.767; 8 crowd being in the place, After ταῦτα εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ, these things “finds *him 1Jesus said in the temple, oud to him, "Ide ὑγιὴς γέγονας" μηκέτι ἁμάρτανε, ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν Behold, well thou hast become: 320 *more isin, that “ποῦ *worse Sri σοι! γένηται. 15 ᾿᾿Απῆλθεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἰἀνήγ- 1something °to *thee *happens. Went away the man and told γειλεν" τοῖς Ιουδαίοις Ott ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐστιν 6 ποιήσας αὐτὸν the Jews that Jesus itis who made him ὑγιῆ. 16 Kai διὰ τοῦτο ἐδίωκον "τὸν ᾿Τησοῦν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι," well. And because of this “persecuted “Jesus ‘the 2Jews, ἱκαὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι. ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν caB- and sought him to kill, because these things he did on asab- βάτῳ. 17 ὁ. δὲ. "Ἰησοῦς" ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτοῖς, Ὃ.πατήρ.μου bath. But Jesus answered them, My Father ἕως.ἄρτι ἐργάζεται, κἀγὼ ἐργάζομαι. 18 Διὰ τοῦτο "οὖν" until now works, ΑΙ work. Because of this therefore μᾶλλον ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι, ὅτι ov μόνον themore sought ‘him ‘the 7Jews Sto *kill, because not only ἔλυεν τὸ σάββατον, ἀλλὰ Kai πατέρα ἴδιον ἔλεγεν τὸν did he break the _— sabbath, but also *°Father “his town ‘called θεόν, ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ. 19 ἀπεκρίνατο οὖν ὃ 2God, equal himself smaking to God. *Answered “therefore ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ °elrev'! αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ δύναται 1Jesus and said tothem, Verily verily Isay toyou, 315 able ὁ υἱὸς ποιεῖν ap ἑαυτοῦ οὐδέν, Ῥέὰν" μή τι βλέπῃ 1the 7Son todo from himself nothing, unless anything he may see τὸν πατέρα ποιοῦντα ἃ. γὰρ. ἂν" ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ the Father doing : for whatever he does, these ehinga also ὁ υἱὸς τὁμοίως ποιεῖ." 20 ὁ. γὰρ πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν υἱόν, καὶ the Son inlike manner does. For the Father loves the Son, and χ κράβαττον LITraWw. bed) L. gov T[Tr]A. h + [καὶ] and L. ἀποκτεῖναι G[L P ἄν τ. i b + ὃς δὲ who however LTr. e κράβαττόν L[Tr]w. γα. ἄν] Tr. Υ — εὐθέως T. z eh καὶ and [w]T[Tr]A. — οὖν [L]1{Tr]Ja. fee was impotent T. i εἶπεν π᾿ Κ οἱ Ιουδαῖοι τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ΟΥ̓ΤΕΑ τ — Ἰησοῦς (read he answered) tT. ae ΄ τ ποίει ὁμοίως T. 5. σον (read thy “τ τὸν κράββατόν & σοί τι GLITraW. 1 — καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν — οὖν T. 9 ἔλεγεν Ὑ, Vv. JOHN. πάντα δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ ἃ αὐτὸς ot’ Kai μείζονα τοὐ- all things shews to him which 7himself *he does; and greater than των δείξει αὐτῷ ἔργα, ἵνα ὑμεῖς "θαυμάζητε." 21 ὥσπερ 3these *he *will*shew “him ‘works, that ye may wonder. ?Even 345 γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἐγείρει τοὺς νεκροὺς καὶ ζωοποιεῖ, οὕτως καὶ ὁ for the Father raisesup the dead and getekens; thus also the υἱὸς οὺς θέλει ζωοποιεῖ. 22 οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, Son whom he will EO Sai for the Father judas no one, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ υἱῷ, 23 ἵνα πάντες but peers 1411 has given tothe Son, that all τιμῶσιν τὸν υἱὸν καθὼς τιμῶσιν τὸν πατέρα. ὃ μὴ.τιμῶν may honour the Son even 88 ey honour the Father. He that honours not τὸν υἱὸν οὐ.τιμᾷ τὸν πατέρα τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν. 24 ᾿Αμὴν the Son ries not the Father who sent him, πεῖν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὁ τὸν. λόγον. μου ἀκούων, καὶ πιστεύων perily: I say to you, that hethat my word hears, and _ believes τῷ πέμψαντί με, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ him who sent me, has life eternal, and into judgment “ποῦ ἔρχεται, ἀλλὰ μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν. comes, but has peseed out of death into life. 25 ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα Kai νῦν ἐστιν, τινι verily Isay toyou, that is coming; an) hour and now is, ὅτε οἱ νεκροὶ ᾿ἀκούσονται" τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai whenthe dead shall hear the voice ofthe Son of God, and οἱ ἀκούσαντες “ζήσονται. 26 ὥσπερ.γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἔχει those pages) heard shall live. For even as τ Father has ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως “ἔδωκεν καὶ τῷ υἱῷ" ζωὴν ἔχειν life in himself, 80 he gave also tothe Son life to have ἐν ἑαυτῷ. 27 καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ “καὶ! κρίσιν in himself, and authority gave to him also judgment ποιεῖν, ὅτι υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν. 28 μὴ.θαυμάζετε τοῦτο" to execute, because Son of man he is. Wonder not at this, Ore ἔρχεται ὥρα ἐν ἢ πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις taxov- for ee τ an*hour in which 41] those in the tombs shall σονται τῆς.φωνῆς.αὐτοῦ, 29 καὶ ἐκπορεύσονται, οἱ τὰ hear his voice, and shall come forth, those that ἀγαθὰ ποιήσαντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς, οἱ 7δὲ") τὰ φαῦλα good piace to aresurrection of life, and those that evil πράξαντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως. 80 οὐ δύναμαι ἐγὼ ποιεῖν did to a resurrection of coe 2Amable “I todo am’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐδέν᾽ καθὼς ἀκούω κρίνω, Kai ἡ κρίσις ἡ from myself nothing ; evenas [66 Ijudge, and 2judgment ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν: ὅτι οὐ.ζητῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ‘my ‘just 515, because I seek not my, but the θέλ τοῦ πέμψαντός με ᾿πατρός. 31 ἘΠ: ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ sve of the Suva Jags Father. ¥ eagle περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ-μαρτυρία.μου οὐκ.ἔστιν ἀληθής. 92 ἄλλος conomaning myself, my witness is not true. Another ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ, καὶ *olda' ὅτι ἀληθής ἐστιν and I know that ἐμοῦ. 33 Ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλ- true τὸ is who bears witness concerning me, is ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ the witness which he witnesses SemeceLTEne, me. have κατε πρὸς Ῥ Ἰωάννην" καὶ μεμαρτύρηκεν τῇ ἀλ θείᾳ: 34 ἐ ἐγὼ sent unto John and hehas borne witness tothe truth. 1 255 sheweth him all things that himself doeth; and he will shew him greater works than these, that ye may marvel. 21 For as the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them; even so the Son quickeneth whom he will. 22 For the Fa- ther judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son: 23 that all men should honour the Son, even as they honour the Father. He that honoureth not the Son honoureth not the Fa- ther which hath sent him. 24 Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth my word, and believeth on him that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation ; but is passed from death un- to life. 25 Verily, ve- rily, I say unto you, The hour is coming, and now is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God: and they that hear shall live. 26 For as the Father hath life in himself; so hath he given to the Son to have life in himself ; 27 and hath given him authority to execute judgment also, be- cause he is the Son of man. 28 Marvel not at this: for the hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves shall hear his voice, 29 and shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation. 30 I can of mine own self do nothing: as I hear, I judge : and my judg- ment is just; because I seek not mine own will, but the will of the Father which hath sent me. 31 If I bear witness of myself, my witness is not true 32 There is another that beareth witness of me; and I know that the witness which he witnesseth of me is true. 33 Ye sent unto John, and he bare wit- ness unto the truth. 5 θαυμάζετε wonder τ. t ἀκούσουσιν TTr. TTrA. X — καὶ LTTrA. y — δὲ and (u}r[tr]a. GLTTraw. 5 οἴδατε ye know T. Ὁ Ιωάνην Tr. ἡ φήσουσιν LTTra. ¥ καὶ τῷ υἱῷ ἔδωκεν t — πατρός (read of him who sent me) 256 34 But I receive not testimony from man: but these things I say, that ye might be saved. 35 He was a burning and a shining light: and ye were willing for a season to rejoice ‘in his light. 36 But I have eater witness than that of John: for the works which the Father hath given me to finish, the same works that I do, bear witness of me, that the Father hath sent me. 37 And the Father himself, which hath sent me, hath borne witness of me. Ye have neither heard his voice at any time, nor seen his shape. 38 And ye have not his word abiding in you: for whom he hath sent, him ye believe not. 39 Search the scrip- tures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me. 40 And ye will not come to me, that ye might have life. 411 receive not honour from men. 42 But I know you, that ye have not the love of God in you. 431am come in my Father’s name, and ye receive me not: if another shall come in his own name, him ye will receive. 44 How can ye believe, which receive honour one of another, and seek not the honour that com- . eth from God only? 45 Do not think that I will accuse you to the Father: there is one that accuseth you, even Moses, in whom ‘ye trust. 46 For had ye believed Moses, ye would have believed me: for he wrote of me. 47 But if ye be- lieve not his writings, how shall ye believe my words? © ἀγαλλιαθῆναι GLTTrAW. & — ἐγὼ (read ποιῶ I do) Lrtra. ὑμῖν μένοντα TTrA. θεοῦ 1. LITrA ; Μωῦσῃ Ww. ο λήμψεσθε LTTrA. ΙΏΑΝΝΗΣ. ἯΙ δὲ οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω, ἀλλὰ ταῦ- ‘but “ποὺ *from 7™man 5witness sreceive, but these , a « » ~ ? ~ 5 ε ΄ « τα λέγω ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε. 385 ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ things Isay that ye may be saved. He was the ‘lamp καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων, ὑμεῖς.δὲ ἠθελήσατε “ἀγαλλιασθῆναι! ‘burning 7and “shining, andye were willing to rejoice πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ.φωτὶ. αὐτοῦ. 36 ἐγὼὠ.δὲ ἔχω τὴν μαρτυρίαν for an hour in his light. ButI have the witness ἀμείζω" τοῦ “Iwavvou'' τὰ.γὰρ ἔργα ἃ fédwxév' po ὁ greater than John’s ; forthe works which “gave “me ‘the πατὴρ iva τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ.τὰ. ἔργα ἃ Biyw" 2Father that Ishould complete them, the works themselves which I ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ OTe ὁ πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν. do, bear witness concerning me thatthe Father me has sent. 37 καὶ ὁ πέμψας pe πατήρ, "αὐτὸς! μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ And the *who “sent *me *Father, himself has borne witness concerning ἐμοῦ. οὔτε φωνὴν.αὐτοῦ ἱἀκηκόατε πώποτε," οὔτε εἶδος me. Neither his voice have ye heard at any time, nor “*form αὐτοῦ ἑωράκατε. 38 καὶ τὸν.λόγον.αὐτοῦ oiK.éxere Ἐμένοντα *his have ye seen. And his word yehavenot abiding ἐν ὑμῖν." ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ-πιστεύετε. in you, for whom ?sent The, him ye believe not. Vv ~ I 4 4 er « - - ? > ~ A 39 "Ἐρευνᾶτε" rac γραφάς, ore ὑμεῖς δοκεῖτε ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν Ye search the scriptures, for ye think in them life αἰώνιον ἔχειν, Kai ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν at μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ eternal ἴο have, and they are they which bearwitness concerning ? L. 3 ‘ ? , ? ~ , e \ » ἐμοῦ: 40 καὶ οὐ.θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχητε. me; and yeareunwilling tocome ἴο me, that life yemay have. 41 Δόξαν παρὰ ἀνθρώπων οὐ-.λαμβάνω" 42 πιἀλλ᾽᾽ ἔγνωκα Glory from men I receive not ; but I have known ὑμᾶς Ore "τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ.ἔχετε! ἔν ἑαυτοῖς. 43 ἐγὼ you that the love of God ye have ποῦ in yourselves. af ? {Z ? Coe J , ~ l4 ᾿ ? ’ , ἐλήλυθα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ.πατρός.μου, Kai ob-AapBaveETE με" havecome in the name of my Father, and yereceivenot me; ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ, ἐκεῖνον Anpeobe.!! if anothershould come in *name ‘*his *7own, him ye will receive. 44 πῶς δύνασθειὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν Ῥπαρὰ ἀλλήλων How are ye able to believe, 3glory *from one “another λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴ παρὰ τοῦ μόνου “θεοῦ" lwho “receive, and the glory which[is] from the only God οὐ.ζητεῖτε ; 45 μὴ. δοκεῖτε ὅτι ἐγὼ κατηγορήσω ὑμῶν πρὸς TOY ye seek not? Think not that I will accuse you to the πατέρα ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν, "Μωσῆς," εἰς ὃν Father: there is [one] who accuses you, Moses, in whom ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε. 46 εἰ. γὰρ ἐπιστεύετε"Μωσῇ," ἐπιστεύετε.ἂν ye have hoped. Forif yebelieved Moses, yewould have believed ἐμοί: περὶ. γὰρ ἐμοῦ ἐκεῖνος ἔγραψεν. 47 εἰ.δὲ τοῖς ἐκείνου me, forconcerning me he wrote. But if his γράμμασιν ov.miorEevEeTe, πῶς τοῖς.ἐμοῖς. ῥήμασιν πιστεύ- writings ye believe not, how my words shall ye OETE ; believe ? ἃ μείζων LTrA. ε Ἰωάνου Tr. f δέδωκέν has given TTra. h ἐκεῖνος TTrA. i πώποτε ἀκηκόατε LITrAW. k ἐν m ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. Ὁ οὐκ ἔχετε τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ 1 ἐραυνᾶτε TTrA. 1 οὖ, TOU 4 [θεοῦ] L. τ Μωῦὐσῆς LITrAW. " Mwioes P παρ᾽ A, Vill JOHN. 6 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης After these things *went “away 1Jesus over the sea τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος" 2 ‘kai ἠκολούθει! αὐτῷ ὄχλος of Galilee (of Tiberias), and ‘followed Shim 'a *crowd πολύς, ὅτι “ἑώρων, αὐτοῦ" τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει ἐπὶ Ζρτοαῦ, because they saw ofhim the signs which he wrought upon τῶν ἀσθενούντων. 3 ἀνῆλθεν.δὲ εἰς TO ὄρος "ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς, those who _— were sick. And *went *up *into *the ‘mountain 1Jesus, kai ἐκεῖ γἐκάθητο! pera τῶν. μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ. 4 ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς and there sat with his disciples ; and *was ‘near TO πάσχα ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν lovdaiwy. 5 ἐπάρας οὖν Τὸ Ii- *the *passover, the feast of the Jews. =Having ‘lifted °up then ‘Je- ~ ‘ ? i { . , a ‘4 » σοῦς τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, καὶ θεασάμενος O71 πολὺς ὄχλος 5058 [his] eyes, and havingseen that agreat crowd ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτόν, λέγει πρὸς *rov' Φίλιππον, Πόθεν is coming to him, he says to Philip, Whence νἀγοράσομεν" ἄρτους ἵνα φάγωσιν οὗτοι; 6 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἔλεγεν shall we buy loaves that “may eat ‘these? But this hesaid πειράζων adrov’ abroc-yap Oe τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν. 7 “ἀπε- trying him, for he knew what he was about to do, An- κρίθη" αὐτῷ “ Φίλιππος, δΔιακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι οὐκ swered him Philip, For *two *hundred ‘denarii ‘loaves "not λάβῃ. ἀρκοῦσιν αὐτοῖς ἵνα ἕκαστος “αὐτῶν βραχύ.ἱτι" some little may receive, *are sufficient forthem that each of them ὃ Λέγει αὐτῷ εἷς ἐκ τῶν.μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, ᾿Ανδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς Says tohim one of his disciples, Andrew the brother Σίμωνος Πέτρου, 9 Ἔστιν παιδάριον &év' ὧδε, 6! ἔχει πέντε of Simon _ Peter, 115 little*boy δ here, who has five ἄρτους κριθίνους καὶ δύο ὀψάρια: ἀλλὰ ταῦτα Ti ἐστιν εἰς “loaves ‘barley and two small fishes; but “these ‘what “are for τοσούτους; 10 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ποιήσατε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους sO Many? And “said 1Jesus, Make the men ἀναπεσεῖν. ἦν.δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ev τῷ τόπῳ. *avérecor' torecline. Now *was “grass tmuch in the place: reclined οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες τὸν ἀριθμὸν !woei πεντακισχίλιοι. 11 ἔλαβεν therefore the men, the number about five thousand. >Took τι δὲν ‘ » ©? ~ Yn? ΄ . oS 2S ll o pe τοὺς ἄρτους ο Ἰησοῦς, καὶ "εὐχαριστήσας διέδωκεν “τοῖς k tand *the ‘loaves 2Jesus, and having giventhanks distributed tothe μαθηταῖς, ode μαθηταὶ" τοῖς ἀνακειμένοις᾽ ὁμοίως καὶ disciples, and the disciples to those reclining ; and in like manner γ ~ ᾽ , er »Ἤ e 4 ᾽ , ἐκ τῶν OWapiwy ὕσον ἤθελον. 12 we.dé ἐνεπλήσθησαν of the small fishes as much as they wished. And when they were filled λέγει τοὶς.μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, Συναγάγετε τὰ περισσεύσαντα he says to his disciples, Gather together the 7over7%and “above κλάσματα, ἵνα μή.τι ἀπόληται. 18 Συνήγαγον οὖν ‘fragments, that nothing may be lost. They gathered together therefore καὶ ἐγέμισαν δώδεκα κοφίνους κλασμάτων ἐκ τῶν πέντε and filled twelve hand-baskets offragments from the five ἄρτων τῶν κριθύνων ἃ Perepicoevcer' τοῖς βεβρω- “loaves ‘barley which were over and above to those who had τ ἠκολούθει δὲ LTTrA. VY ἐθεώρουν LTrA. ¥ ἐκαθέζετο τ. 2 τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTrAW. should we buy LTTraw. © ἀποκρίνεται ANSWers T. ἀ τ ὁ 1. f — τι (read a little) [L]rr[a]. 8 — ἕν (read παιδ. a little boy) (L}rtz[a]. i— δὲ and [L]rTra. k ἀνέπεσαν LTTra. 1 ὡς TTrA. ἃ εὐχαρίστησεν καὶ ἔδωκεν gave thanks and distributed τ. ταὶ LTTrA. P ἐπερίσσευσαν LTTrA. ¥ — αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. & — τὸν LTTYrA. 257 VI. After these things Jesus went over the sea of Gali- lee, which is the sea of Tiberias. 2 And a great multitude fol- lowed him, because they saw his miracles which he did on them that were diseased. 3 And Jesus went up into a mountain, and there he sat with his disciples. 4 And the passover, a feast of the Jews, was nigh. 5 When Jesus then lifted up his eyes, and Baw 8 great company come unto him, he saith unto Philip, Whence shail we buy bread, that these may eat? 6 And this he said to prove him: for he himself knew what he would do. 7 Philip answered him, Two hundred pennyworth of bread is not suffici- ent for them, that every one of them may take a little. 8 One of his disciples, Andrew, Simon Peter’s brother, saith unto him, 9 There is a lad here, which hath five barley loaves, and two small fishes: but what are they a- mong somany? 10 And Jesus said, Make the mon sit down. Now there was much grass in the place. So the men sat down, in num- ber about five thou- sand. 11 And Jesus took the loaves; and when he had given thanks, he distributed to the disciples, and the disciples to them that were set down; and likewise of the fishes as much as they would. 12 When they were filled, he said unto his disciples, Ga- ther up the fragments that remain, that no- thing belost. 13 There- fore they gathered them together, and fill- ed twelve baskets with the fragments of the five barley loaves, which remained over and above unto them that had eaten. 14 Then xX — 6 LTTrA. Ὁ ἀγοράσωμεν © — αὐτῶν LITrA. Β ὃς LTTTAW ™ οὖν therefore (took) LTTra. ° — τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ot δὲ μαθη- 5 258 those men, when they had seen the miracle that Jesus did, said, This is of a truth that prophet that should come into the world. 15 When Jesus there- fore perceived that they would come and take him by force, to make him a king, he departed again into a mountain himself a- lone. 16 And when even was now come, his dis- ciples went down unto thesea, 17 and entered into a ship, and went over the sea toward Capernaum. And it was now dark, and Je- sus was not come to them. 18 And the sea arose by reason of a great wind that blew. 19 So when they had rowed about five and twenty or thirty fur- longs, they see Jesus walking on the sea, and drawing nigh unto the ship: and they were afraid, 20 But he saith unto them, It is I; be not afraid. 21 Then they willingly received him into the ship: and immediately the ship was at the land whi- ther they went. 22 The day following, when the people which stood on the other side of the sea saw that there was none other boat there, save that one whereinto his dis- ciples were entered,and that Jesus went not with his disciples into the boat, but that his disciples were gone a- way alone; 23 (howbeit there came other boats from Tiberias nigh un- to the place where they did eat bread, after that the Lord had given thanks:) 24 when the people therefore saw that Jesus was not there, neither his disciples,they also took shipping, and came to Capernaum, seeking 4 — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he had done) rrra. ᾿ φεύγει escapes T. κ᾿ κατέλαβεν δὲ αὐτοὺς ἡ σκοτια and darkness overtook them T. : Ἰησοῦς πρὺς αὐτούς T. © ἐγένετο τὸ πλοῖον LTTrA. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ GLTTrA. 0 — καὶ GLTTrAW. [him ]) Lrrra. ships L. IQANNHS. Wi: κόσιν. 14 οἱ. οὖν. ἄνθρωποι ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον eaten. The men therefore having seen what “had *done sign 96 Ἰησοῦς," ἔλεγον, “Ore οὗτός é ἰληθῶς ὁ ὗ : γον, Οτι οὗτος ἔστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης ὁ *Jesus, said, This is truly the prophet who μέλ- τέἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον." 15 Ἰησοῦς οὖν γνοὺς Oru - they iscoming into the’ world. Jesus therefore knowing that λουσι» ἔρχεσθαι Kai ἁρπάζειν αὐτόν, ἵνα ποιήσωσιν "αὐτὸν" areabout tocome and _ seize him, that they may make him βασιλέα, ‘avexwonoer' πάλιν εἰς τὸ ὄρος αὐτὸς μόνος. i withdrew again to the mountain himself alone. ὀψία ἐγένετο κατέβησαν οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ this “disciples to ἤρχοντο 16 Ὧς δὲ And when evening it became *went *down τὴν θάλασσαν, 17 Kai ἐμβάντες εἰς "τὸ" πλοῖον the sea, and having entered into the ship they were going πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης εἰς “Kazeovaotvp.' “καὶ ia 10 0 μ.᾿ *Kal OKOTLA 0H over the 5ea to Capernaum. And dark already ἐγεγόνει," καὶ Yovn' ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς," 18 ἥ.τε it had become, and ὁποὺ *had*come ‘to them 1 Jesus, and the θάλασσα ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος *Oinyeipero." 19 ἐληλα- sea by a“*wind ‘strong blowing was agitated. Having κότες οὖν we “σταδίους" δεἰκοσιπέντε' ἢ τριάκοντα θεωροῦσιν rowed then about ‘furlongs ‘twenty-five “’or “thirty they see τὸν Ἰησοῦν περιπατοῦντα ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, Kai ἐγγὺς τοῦ Jesus walking on the sea, and near the πλοίου γινόμενον" καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν. 20 ὁ δὲ λέγει αὐτοῖς, ship coming, and they were frightened. Buthe says tothem, "Ey εἰμι’ μὴ.φοβεῖσθε. 21 “HOedov οὖν λαβεῖν αὐτὸν I am [he]; fear not. They were willing then toreceive him εἰς TO πλοῖον, Kai εὐθέως “τὸ πλοῖον ἐγένετο" ἐπὶ ἱτῆς γῆς" into the ship, and immediately the ship was at the land εἰς ἣν ὑπῆγον. to which they were going. 22 Ty ἐπαύριον ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ἑστηκὼς πέραν τῆς θα- the crowd which stood _ the other side of the ὅτι πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ εἰ μὴ ἕν On the morrow λάσσης. Sidwr' sea, having seen that “small‘ship “other ‘no was there except one héceivo εἰς ὃ ἐνέβησαν οἱ.μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, Kai ὅτι οὐ that into which entered his disciples, and that “not συνεισῆλθεν τοῖς.μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς εἰς τὸ Ἰπλοιάριον," ?went *with “his disciples 1Jesus into the small ship, ἀλλὰ μόνοι οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθον, 23 ἄλλα."δὲ" ἰἦλθεν" but alone his disciples went away, (but other came m Xr , Il ? /, ? 4 ~ , « » A πλοιάρια" ἐκ Τιβεριάδος ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὕπου ἔφαγον τὸν 1small *ships from Tiberias near the place where theyate the ἄρτον, εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ κυρίου" 24 ore οὖν εἶδεν ὁ bread, “having “given *thanks ‘the 7Lord;) when therefore*saw ‘the ὄχλος OTe ᾿Ιησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ οὐδὲ οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, ἐνέ- crowd that Jesus “not is there nor his disciples, they Bnoav "καὶ" αὐτοὶ εἰς τὰ °mdota' Kai ἦλθον εἰς ῬΚαπερ- “entered ‘also ?themselves into, the ships and came to Caper- ¥ εἰς TOV κόσμον ἐρχόμενος T. 5 — αὐτὸν (read ~ Kadapvaovp LTTrAW. Υ οὔπω not yet LITra. Ὁ ὡσεὶ L. ςστάδιατ. Δ εἴκοσι πέντε LTTr. Ε εἶδον Saw LTTraA. 8 -- ἐκεῖνο εἰς ὃ ἐνέβησαν ot k — δὲ but rrr[A]. ἰ ἦλθον τ ™ πλοῖα P Kadapvaovm LTTrAW. v¥ — τὸ (read a ship) rrra. 4 διεγείρετο Tra. ἔτὴν γῆν Ὑ. i πλοῖον Ship GLYTTra. ; ° πλοιάρια Small ships LTTrA. VE JOHN. vaovp,' ζητοῦντες τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. 25 καὶ εὑρόντες αὐτὸν baum, seeking Jesus. And having found him πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἶπον αὐτῷ, “Ῥαββί," πότε ὧδε the other side of the sea, they said to him, Rabbi, when here γέγονας; 26᾽᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Αμὴν hast thou come? 7Answered *them Jesus and said, Verily ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ζητεῖτε με, οὐχ OTe εἴδετε σημεῖα, ἀλλ᾽ verily Isay toyou, Yeseek me, not because ye saw signs, but ὅτι ἐφάγετε ἐκ THY ἄρτων Kai ἐχορτάσθητε. 27 ἐργάξεσθε because yeate of the loaves and _ were satisfied. ork 4 ‘ ~ Α > / > ‘ A ~ μὴ τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν ἀπολλυμένην, ἀλλὰ τὴν βρῶσιν ποῦ {for] the food which perishes, but [for] the food THY μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου which abides unto life eternal, whichthe Son of man τὑμῖν δώσει" τοῦτον.γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ θεός. to you will give; for him the Father sealed, {even] God. 28 Εἶπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτόν, Ti "ποιοῦμεν," ἵνα ἐργαζώμεθα They said therefore to him, What do we, that we may work s » ~ ae ? iO tt? ~ ‘ 7 ? ~ Ta ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ; 29 ᾿Απεκρίθη "ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, the works of God? 7Answered Jesus and said to them, Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα “πιστεύσητε; sic ὃν This is the work of God, that ye should believe on him whom ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος. 30 Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ, Ti οὖν ποιεῖς 2sent The. They said therefore to him, What ?then “doest σὺ σημεῖον, iva ἴδωμεν καὶ πιστεύσωμέν σοι; τί ἐργάζῃ; ‘thou ‘sign, that wemayseeand may ὈΘ]Ιθγα thee? whatdost thou work? 31 οἱ.πατέρες. ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν TY ἐρήμῳ, καθώς Our fathers the manna ate in the wilderness, as ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, “Aprov ἐκ Tov οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς it is written, Bread outof the heayen he gave them φαγεῖν. 82 Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς 0 Inoovc, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω to eat. 7Said “therefore *to them 1Jesus, Verily verily Isay A ~ > τ ~ ll χδεδ HT « ~ A » > ~ > vpiv, Ov “Μωσῆς εδωκεν᾽ ὑμῖν TOY ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρα- to you, Νοῦ ‘Moses has ‘given you the _ bread out of the hea- νοῦ" ἀλλ᾽ ὁ-πατήριμου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ ov- ven; but my Father gives you the “bread Sout “οἵ Sthe *hea- ~~ ‘ > , « A » ~ ~ ? c pavov τὸν ἀληθινόν. 33 ὁ.γὰρ ἄρτος Υ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὁ ven true. For the bread of God is he who καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Kai ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ. comes down outof the heaven, and life gives tothe world. 34 Εἶπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτόν, Κύριε, πάντοτε δὸς ἡμῖν τὸν They said therefore to him, ord, always give tous ἄρτον.τοῦτον. 30 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ὁ this bread. 3Said ‘and “ἴο *them 7Jesus, Ι am the ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρός “ye! od-pn ὑπεινάσῃ"" bread of life: hethat comes to me inno wise may hunger, καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ-μὴ SOupnoy' πώποτε. 86 ἀλλ᾽ and hethat believes But εἶπον ὑμῖν ὅτι καὶ ἑωράκατέ Spe" καὶ οὐ.πιστεύετε. 37 πᾶν Isaid toyou that also yehaveseen me and believe not. All on me inno wise maythirst at any time. 259 for Jesus. 25 And when they had found him on the other side of the sea, they said unto him, Rabbi, when cam- est thou hither? 26 Je- sus answered themand said, Verily, verily, I Say unto you, Ye seek mne, not because ye saw the miracles, but be- cause ye did eat of the loaves, and were filled. 27 Labour not for the meat which perisheth, but for that meat which endureth unto everlasting life, which the Son of man shall give unto you: for him hath God the Father sealed. 28 Then said they unto him, What shall we do, that we might work the works of God? 29 Jesus an- swered and said unto them, This is the work of God, that ye believe on him whom he hath sent. 30 They said therefore unto him, What sign shewest thou then, that we may see, and believe thee ? what dost thou work? 31 Our fathers did eat manna in the desert; as it is written, He gave them bread from heaven to eat, 32 Then Jesus said un- to them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Moses gave you not that bread from heaven; but my Father giveth you the true bread from heaven. 33 For the bread of God is he which cometh down from heaven, and giv- eth life unto the world. 34 Then said they unto him, Lord, evermore give us this bread. 35 And Jesus said unto them, I am the bread of life: he that com- eth to me shall never hunger ; and he that believeth on me shall never thirst. 36 But I said unto you, That ye also have seen me, and believe not. 37 All that the Father giveth me shall come to me; and him that cometh ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει Kai τὸν ἐρχό- that “gives *me ‘the*Father to me shall come, and him that comes ᾳ Ῥαββεί τ. τ δίδωσιν ὑμῖν gives to you T. 5 ποιῶμεν Should we do EGLTTraw. ὃ -- ὃ 1. Υ πιστεύητε ΤΊτΑ. © Μωῦσῆς Lrtraw. χα ἔδωκεν gave LTrA, Υ - ὃτ. = οὖν therefore T; --- δὰ [Π|ττὰ. 5 ἐμὲ TTrA. Ὁ πεινάσει Shall hunger L. © διψήσει shall thirst urtra. a4 — we [L]T. 260 to me I will in no wise cast out. 38 For I came down from hea- ven, not to do mine own will, but the will of him that sent me. 39 And this is the Fa- ther’s will which hath sent me, that of all which he hath given me I should lose no- thing, but should raise it up again at the last day. 40 And this is the will of him that sent me, that every one which seeth the Son, and believeth on him, may have ever- lasting life: and will raise him up at the last day. 41 The Jews then murmured at him, because he said, I am the bread which came down from heaven. 42 And they said, Is not this Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mo- ther we know ? how is it then that he saith, I came down from heaven? 43 Jesus there- fore answered and said unto them, Murmur not among yourselves, 44 No man can come to me, except the Fa- ther which hath sent me draw him: and I will raise him up at the last day. 45 It is written in the pro- ae And they shall eall taught of God. Every man therefore that hath heard, and hath learned of the Father, cometh unto me, 46 Not that any man hath seen the Fa- ther, save he which is of God, he hath seen the Father. 47 Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me hath everlasting life. 48 I am that bread of life. 49 Your Fathers did eat manna in the wilderness, and are dead. 50 This is the bread which com- eth down from hea- ven, that a man may IQANNH® μενον πρός fue οὐ-μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω: 88 ὅτι me ποῦ αὖ 811 willI cast out. f} ek τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐχ iva ἐποιῶ" τὸ θέλημα TO ἐμόν, ἀλλὰ outof the heaven, not that I should do 2will my, but τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός pe. 39 τοῦτο.δὲ ἐστιν τὸ the will of him who sent me, And this is the θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με "πατρός, ἵνα πᾶν ὃ δέδωκέν will ofthe *who*sent ‘me ‘Father, that([of] all that he has given μοι, μὴ-ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ ἱὲν" me, I should not lose [any] of it, but shouldraiseup it in τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 40 rovro*dé! ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ the last day. And this is the wilt of him who πέμψαντός με," ἵνα πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν υἱὸν Kai πιστεύων sent me, that everyone who sees the Son and believes εἰς αὐτόν, ἔ ζωὴ» αἰώνιον, καὶ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν yw! ΟἹ him, should have life eternal; and ?will*raise*up *him 1T om ἐσχάτῳ ἡμέρᾳ. 41 ᾿Εγόγγυζον οὖν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι περὶ at t day Were pt therefore the Jews about ore dicen ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ καταβὰς ἐκ τοῦ because he said, 1 am the bread which came down outof the vi καταβέβηκα For I have come down αὐτοῦ. him, οὐρανοῦ. 42 καὶ ἔλεγον, οΟὐχ'᾽ οὗτός. ἐστιν ᾿Ιησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς heaven. And were saying, Is not this Jesus the Son Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα Kai τὴν μητέρα: of Joseph, of whom we know the father and the mother? ~ Ρ | λέ 4 τ {I a ? ~ ~ , se Ὁ πῶς Ῥοῦν" λέγει δοῦτος," Ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα;, how therefore says he, Outofthe heaven I have come down? 43 ᾿Απεκρίθη ody" "ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, M7j-yoyyvZere %Answered *therefore 1Jesus and said tothem, Murmur not ‘uer' ἀλλήλων. 44 οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός “pe! ἐὰν. μὴ with one another. No one isable tocome to me unless ὁ πατὴρ ὁ πέμψας με ἑλκύσῃ αὐτόν, “καὶ ἐγὼ" ἀναστήσω the fase who — sent me draw him, and 1 willraise up αὐτὸν * τῆ cory ieee: 45 & ἘΠ γεγράμμενον!ε ἐν τοῖς προ- att him written in the pro- φήταις, Kai ἔσονται πάντες οὐλτδιρτοὶ τοῦ" θεοῦ. Πᾶς phets, And they shall be all taught of Goc. Everyone “oby| ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς Kai μαθών, ἔρχεται therefore that has heard from the ae. and has learnt, comes πρός "ys"! 46 οὐχ ὕτι τὸν πατέρα ric ἑώρακεν," εἰμὴ ὁ ἴο me: not that *the ®°Father rons 7has “seen, lg who ὧν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὗτος ἑώρακεν τὸν “πατέρα." 47 ἀμὴν is from God, he has seen the Father. Verily ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὁ πιστεύων “εἰς ἐμὲ" ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον. ΤΌΣΗΣ _ to you, He that believes on me_ has _siife eternal, 48 ἐγ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς. 49 οἱ-πατέρες.ὑμῶν ΠΡ am the bread as life. Your Fathers τὸ μάννα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ," Kai ἀπέθανον" 50 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ the manna in the desert, and died. This is the ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων, ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ bread which outof the heaven comes down, that anyone of it ε ἐμὲ τ. GLTTrAW. my father LTTrA. f ἀπὸ from LTTrA. — ἐν (read at the) Tra. g ποιήσω ἕν h — πατρός (read of him who sent) * yap for (this) GLTTraw. ! τοῦ πατρός μου Of m [ἐγὼ] L. o 4 ἐν in (the) aye ο Οὐχὶ Tr. P νῦν DOW TTrA. 4— οὗτος (read λέγει says ae} [πττὰ. — οὗν G[L]TTraw. 8 — ὃ Tr. t μετὰ Tr. "ἐμὲ Tra. = κἀγὼ LITrA. x + ev in (the) GLTTraW. Υ — τοῦ @LTTraW. 2 — οὖν GLTTrA. a ἐμέ Tirw. Ὁ ἑώρακέν τις LTTrAW. © θεόν God τ. d — εἰς ἐμέ T[Tra]. ® ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὸ μάννα LTTrA. JOHN. dl Sie εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν, ὁ am the “bread ‘living, which ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ suai ἐάν τις φά fix τούτου outof the heaven camedown: if anyone shall have eaten of this τοῦ ἄρτου ζήσεται" εἰς. τὸν. αἰῶνα. Kai ὁ ἄρτος δὲ ὃν ἐγὼ bread he shall live for ever; andthe bread also which I δώσω, Ξὴ .σάρξιμου ἐστίν, hy ἐγὼ δώσω ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ will give, my flesh is, which 1 will give for the 7of *the κόσμου ζωῆς." δ2 ᾿Ἐμάχοντο οὖν ἱπρὺς ἀλλήλους οἱ Ἰου- ‘world ‘life. Were contending therefore with one another the Jews λέγοντες, Πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν" δοῦναι τὴν saying, How is able *he Sus Sto *give σάρκα" φαγεῖν; 53 Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Αμὴν 7flesh ([*his] to eat? 3Said *therefore *to Sthem ‘Jesus, Verily ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν.μὴ φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ υἱοῦ verily Isay toyou, Unless yeshallhayeeaten the flesh of the Son τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα, οὐκ.ἔχετε ζωὴν of man and shall have drunk his blood, ye have not life ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. 54 ὁ τρώγων pov τὴν σάρκα, Kai πίνων μου 5 in yourselves. He that eats my flesh, and drinks my τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ ἐγὼ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν " τῇ blood, has life eternal, and I willraiseup him _ in the ἐσχάτῳ ἡμέρᾳ" 55 ἡ. γα: σάρξ.μου ἀληθῶς" ἐστιν βρῶσις, καὶ last day ; for my flesh truly is food, and τὸ αἵμά.μου ἀληθῶς" ἐστιν πόσις. 56 ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν any blood truly is drink. He that eats my σάρκα καὶ πίνων pov τὸ αἷμα, ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ. flesh and drinks my blood, in me abides, andI in him. 57 καθὼς ἀπέστειλέν pe ὁ ζῶν πατήρ, κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ As “sent *me 'the “living *Father, andI live because of TOY πατέρα᾽ καὶ ὁ τρώγων με, κἀκεῖνος Ῥζήσεται Ou the Father, also he that eats me, he also shall live because of ἐμέ. 58 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ “ἐκ τοῦ" οὐρανοῦ καταβάς" me. This is the bread which out of the heaven came down. οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες τὑμῶν" "τὸ μάννα," καὶ ἀπέθα- Not as Sate ‘the eather Sof*you the manna, and died: vov' ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον ‘{noETat' εἰς. τὸν.αἰῶνα. he that eats this bread shall live for ever. 59 Ταῦτα simev ἐν συναγωγῇ διδάσκων ἐν Καπερναούμ." These things he said in [the] synagogue teaching in Capernaum, 60 Πολλοὲ οὖν ἀκούσαντες ἐκ τῶν.μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ εἶπον, Many therefore *having μοασὰ ‘of is ‘disciples said, Σκληρός ἐστιν “οὗτος ὁ λόγος" τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν; Hard is this word ; who ἰ5 able it to hear? 61 Εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ Ort 2G Geli περὶ eS *but 2Jesus in himself that *concerning τούτου οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδα- 5.815 ‘his palaceples said tothem, This *you ‘does *of- λίζει; 62 ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ava- fend? If then yeshouldsee the Son of man ascend- βαίνοντα ὕπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον ; 68 τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ing up where he was before? The Spirit itis which WE. payy Kai μὴ a ag mayeat and not δαῖοι." 261 eat thereof, and not die. 51 I am the liy- ing bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall live for ever: and the bread that I will give is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world. 52 The Jews therefore strove among themselves, saying, How can this man give us his flesh to eat? 53 Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, 1 say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you. 54 Whoso eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life ; and I will raise him’ up at the last day. 5 For my flesh is meat iidked) and my blood is drink indeed. 56 He that eateth my flesh, and drinketh myblood, dwelleth in me, and I in him. 57 As the liy- ing Father hath sent me, and I live by the Father: so he that eat- eth me, even he shall live by me. 58 This is that bread which came down from hea- ven: not as your fa- thers did eat manna, and are dead: he that eateth of this bread shall live for ever. 59 These things said he in the synagogue, as he taught in Caper- naum. 60 Many there- fore of his disciples, when they had heard this, said, This is an hard saying; who can hear it ? 61 When Jesus knew in himself that his disciples murmur- ed at it, he said unta them, Doth this offend you? 62 What and if ye shall see the Son of man ascend up where he was before ? 63 It is the spirit that f ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσει | of my bread, he shall live Ὁ. σάρξ μου ἐστίν τ. bh — ἣν ἐγὼ δώσω LTTra. οὗτος T. |! + αὐτοῦ his ".. m κἀγὼ LYTrA. P ζήσει LTTrA. a ἐξ out of LTTrA. TTrA. τ Καφαρναούμ. LTTraAW. n + [ev] τι. -- ὑμῶν LTTrA. Wo hehe οὗτος LTTra. 1 οἱ "Iovdator πρὸς ἀλλήλους ΤΩ ο ἀληθής ΠΝ true LTTra. 5 — τὸ μάννα GITrA g ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμον ζωῆς, ἢ n * ἡμῖν τ ζήσει 262 quickeneth ; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit,and they are life. 64 But there are some of you that believe not. For Jesus knew from the beginning who they were that believed not, and who should betray him. 65 And he said, There- fore said I unto yon, that no man can come unto me, except it were given unto him of my Father. 66 From that time many of his dis- ciples went back, and walked no more with him. 67 Then said Je- sus unto the twelve, Will ye also go away ? 68 Then Simon Peter answered him, Lord, to whom shall we go? thou hast the words of eternal life. 69 And we believeand are sure that thou art that Christ, the Son of the living God. 70 Jesus answered them, Have not I chosen you twelve, and one of you is a devil? 71 He spake of Judas Isca- riot the son of Simon: for he it was that should betray him, being one of thetwelve. VII. After these things Jesus walked in Galilee: for he would not walk in Jewry, because the Jews sought to kill him. 2 Now the Jews’ feast of tabernacles was at hand. 3 His brethren therefore said unto him, Depart hence, and go into Judea, that thy disciples also may see the works that thou doest. 4 For there is no man that doeth any thing in se- cret, and he himself seeketh to be known IQANNHS&. VI, Vil ζωοποιοῦν, ἡ σὰρξ οὐκ ὠφελεὶ οὐδέν᾽ Ta ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ quickens, the flesh profits nothing; the words which y χλαλῶ" ὑμῖν. πνεῦμά ἐστιν Kai ζωή ἐστιν. 64 YAN’! εἰσὶν speak toyou, spirit are and life arc; but there are ἐξ ὑμῶν τινες ot οὐ.πιστεύουσιν. ἠδει.γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς of you some who believe not. For *knew *from [*the] ®beginning ὁ Ἰησοῦς τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ.πιστεύοντες, Kai Tic ἐστιν ὁ 1Jesus who they are who believe not, and who 5 he who παραδώσων αὐτόν. 65 καὶ ἔλεγεν, Atd.rovro εἴρηκα ὑμῖν, shall deliverup him. And hesaid, Therefore have I said to you, Ore οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός “ye ἐὰν. μὴ ἢ δεδομένον that noone is able to come to me unless it be given αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ.πατρός μου." 66 Ἔκ τούτου ἢ πολλοὶ © to him from my Father. From __ that (time) many ἀπῆλθον τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ" εἰς.τὰ. ὀπίσω, Kai οὐκέτι μετ᾽ *went Saway tof “his *disciples back, and nomore with αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν. 67 εἶπεν οὖν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τοῖς δώδεκα, him walked. 7Said *therefore Jesus tothe twelve, Μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν : G8 ᾿Απεκρίθη “οὖν" αὐτῷ SAlso “ye ‘are *wishing to go away? *Answered “therefore *him Σίμων Πέτρος, Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα ; ῥήματα ζωῆς 1Simon 7Peter, Lord, to whom _ shall we go? words of life αἰωνίου ἔχεις: 69 Kai ἡμεῖς πεπιστεύκαμεν Kai ἐγνώκαμεν eternal thou hast; and we have believed and have known ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστὸς ὁ vidc' τοῦ θεοῦ 5τοῦ ζῶντος." 70’ Απε- that thou art the Christ the Son of *God ‘the “living. An- , ᾽ ~ ©? ~ ? 4. Ler tow, ‘ , Ϊ , κρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς. Οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, swered them Jesus, *Not “I ‘you ‘the ‘twelve ‘did *choose, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἴς διάβολός ἐστιν; 71 “Edeyev.cé τὸν ᾿Ιούδαν and of you’ one a devil is? But he spoke of Judas >i hy Ζ ΕΞ 10 ἱἤζμελλεν!" Καὐτὸ {μωνος σκαριωτήν ovuToc.yap 1) HE εν *“aAUTOYV παρα- Simon’s [son], Iscariote, for he was about him to de- διδόναι," εἷς Ἰῶν" ἐκ τῶν δώδεκα. liver up, 7one *being of the twelve. 7 ™Kai' περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς μετὰ ταῦτα! ἐν τῇ Γαλι- And was *walking 1 Jesus after these things in Gali- aig’ οὐ ya ἤθελεν ἐν τῇ Ιουδαίᾳ περιπατεῖν, Ort 166, *not ‘for *he *did desire in Judea to walk, because γΦ ? 4 δὰ Ὁ ~ ? ~ 7 \ ? 4 - ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι. ἃ Ἣν.δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ were *seeking τ ‘the “Jews to kill. Now was near the ἑορτὴ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία. ϑεῖπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτὸν feast of the Jews, the tabernacles. 3Said *therefore °to ‘Shim οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Μετάβηθι ἐντεῦθεν, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὴν 'lov- this *brethren, Remove hence, and go _ into Ju- daiay, iva καὶ οἱ. μαθηταί.σου ὁθεωρήσωσιν" Ῥτὰ.ἔργα.σου" ἃ dra, that also thy disciples may see thy works which ποιεῖς 4 ovdsic.yap “ἐν κρυπτῷ τι ποιεῖ, Kai ζητεῖ thou doest ; for no one in secret anything does, and _ seeks 4 Η / > ~ =~ , ταὐτὸς" ἐν παῤῥησίᾳ εἶναι. εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, φανέρωσον openly. If thou do : E these things, shewthy- himself in “public ‘to 7be. If these things thou doest, manifest = λελάληκα have spoken LTTraw. Σ ἀλλὰ TrW. :ἐμὲτ. 53.--- μου (read the Father) LTTrA. € — oy GLTTrA. καριώτου (read son of Simon Iscariote) LTTra. 1 — ὧν LTrA. © θεωρήσουσιν shall see TTrA. LTrA. b + οὖν therefore τ. 4 τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθον LTTrA. ! 6 ἅγιος the holy [one] ΟἸΤΎΤΑ. Β — τοῦ ζῶντος GLTTrA. Β Ἶσ- 1 ἔμελλεν LTTrA. k παραδιδόναι αὐτόν 2 μετὰ ταῦτα περιεπάτει ὁ ([ὃ] Tr) ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTrAW. 4“ τι ἐν κρυπτῷ LTTrA. τ αὐτὸ it L. ς + ἐκ [L]Tr[A]. τὰ --καὶ T. P σου τὰ ἔργα 1.. WEE. JOHN. σεαυτὸν τῷ κόσμῳ. ὅ Οὐδὲ. γὰρ οἱ. ἀδελφοὶ. αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον pede tothe world. For neither “his *brethren ‘believed εἰς αὐτόν. Ὁ Λέγει "οὖν" on him. 3Says ?therefore *to5them 1 ὅστε 7Time ®my οὔπω πάρεστιν" ὁ.δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος. not yet igs come, but ?time tyour always is Teaey ἐμὲ. δὲ μισεῖ, ὅτι ἐγὼ 7 οὐ-δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς" but me it hates, because I 3Is*unable ‘the “world tohate you, μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι Ta ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν. bear witness concerning it, that the works ofit evil are, ὃ ὑμεῖς ἀνάβητε εἰς τὴν.-ἑορτὴν. "ταύτην" ἐγὼ Yoorw' ava- μεις 7) ς ΤῊ ] v4 Ye, goyeup to this feast. I not yet am Baivw εἰς τὴν-ἑορτὴν.ταύτην, ὅτι ὁ “καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς" οὕπω goingup to this feast, for “time my not yet πεπλήρωται. 9 Ταῦτα." δὲ εἰπὼν Yadroic' ἔμεινεν ev τῷ has been fulfilled. Απᾶ these things havingsaid tothem he abode in Γαλιλαίᾳ. 10 Ὡς. δὲ ἀνέβησαν οἱ. ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ τότε Kai Galilee. But when were Cae up his brethren then also αὐτὸς ἀνέβη εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν, οὐ φανερῶς, "ἀλλ᾽" Pwo! ἐν he wentup to the feast, not openly, but as in κρυπτῷ. 11 Ot οὖν ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, secret. The *therefore ‘Jews wereseeking him at the feast, kai ἔλεγον, Ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος ; 12 Kai γογγυσμὸς “πολὺς and said, Where [15 he? And *murmuring *much περὶ αὐτοῦ ἦν!" ἐν “τοῖς ὄχλοις. οἱιμὲν ἔλεγον, ee him there was among the crowds. Some said, "Ort ἀγαθύς ἐστιν ἄλλοι. δὲ" ἔλεγον, Ob" ἀλλὰ πλανᾷ τὸν Θοοῦ ‘he “15; but others said, No; but he deceives the ὄχλον. 13 Οὐδεὶς μέντοι παῤῥησίᾳ ἐλάλει περὶ αὐτοῦ, crowd. No one owever publicly spoke concerning him, διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων. because of the fear of the Jews. 14 Ηδη.δὲ τῆς ἑορτῆς μεσούσης ἀνέβη '0' ᾿Ιησοῦς But now *of*the ‘feast [10] “being “the *middle went up Jesus > 5 et , ΕῚ 2 , g ‘ > , Π ee ~ εἰς TO ἱερόν, Kai ἐδίδασκεν. 15 ἑκαὶ ἐθαύμαζον" οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι into the temple, and was teaching: and *were*w SEE θὲς 2Jews λέγοντες, Πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς; saying, How ‘“7this *one *letters ‘knows, not having learned? 16 ᾿Απεκρίθη" αὐτοῖς 16" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν, Ἢ ἐμὴ.διδαχὴ οὐκ ?Answered “*them Jesus and _= said, My teaching ποῦ ἔστιν ἐμή, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός pe 17 ἐάν τις θέλῳ τὸ is mine, but his who sent me. If anyone desire θέλημα.αὐτοῦ ποιεῖν, γνώσεται περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς πότερον his will to pesctiee; he shall know concerning the teaching whether ἐκ ἔτοῦ" θεοῦ ἐστιν, ἢ ἐγὼ am ἐμαυτοῦ λαλῶ. 18 ὁ ag’ from God itis, or I from myself epee He that from ἑαυτοῦ λαλῶν, τὴν. δόξαν.τὴν. ἰδίαν ζητεῖ ὁ.δὲ ζητῶν τὴν himself speaks, his own glory seeks; but hethat seeks the δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν, καὶ glory of him that sent him, he true is, and ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκιἔστιν. 19 οὐ 'Μωσῆς ™dédwxev' nnrighteousness in him is not. =Not 3Moses *has given 5 — οὖν τ. * — ταύτην (read the feast) LTTraw. " οὐκ not GTTra. LTTrA. x — δὲ and Grrr. y αὐτὸς he (abode) τ. ἀνέβη LITrA. 8. ἀλλὰ LTrA. b — ὡς T. πολὺς T. «τῷ ὄχλῳ the crowd T. e—ééandarw. {f— ours. were wondering therefore LTTraW. 4 + οὖν therefore LTTraw. Mwivo7s LTTrAW. m ἔδωκεν gave LTrA. αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς him. i — ὁ ΤΊτ. 268 self to the world 5 For neither did his brethren believe in 6 Then Jesus said unto them, My time is not yet come: but your time is alway ready. 7 The world cannot hate you; but me it hateth, because I testify of it, that the works thereof are evil. 8Go ye up unto this feast: I go not up yet unto this feast; for my time is not yet full come. 9 When he had said these words unto them he abode still in Galilee. 10 But when his brethren were gone up, then went he also up unto the feast, not openly, but as it were in secret. 11 Then the Jews sought him at the feast, and said, Where ishe? 12 And there was much mur- muring among the people concerning him: for some said, He is a good man : others said, Nay; but he deceiveth the people. 18 How- beit no man spake nly of him for fear of the Jews. 14 Now about the midst of the feast Je- sus went up into the temple, and taught. 15 And the Jews mar- velled, saying, How knoweth this man iet- ters, having never learned? 16 Jesus an- swered them, and said, My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me. 17 If any man will do his will, he shall know of the doc- trine, whether it be of God, or whether [speak of myself. 18 He that speaketh of himself seeketh his own glory: but he that seeketh his glory that sent him, the same is true, and no unrighteous- ness isinhim. 19 Did not Moses give you the ἡ ἐμὸς καιρὸς 2 εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν, τότε καὶ αὐτὸς c περὶ αὐτοῦ ἦν πολὺς LTrA ; ἣν περὶ αὐτοῦ & ἐθαύμαζον οὖν k — τοῦ τ. 264 law, and yet none of you keepeth the law? Why go ye about to kill me? 20 The peo- ple answered and said, Thou hast a devil: who goeth about to kill thee? 21 Jesus an- swered and said unto them, I have done one work, and ye all mar- vel. 22 Moses there- fore gave unto you circumcision; (not be- cause it is of Moses, but of the fathers ;) and ye on the sabbath day circumcise a man. 23 If a man on the sabbath day receive circumcision, that the law of Moses should not be broken; are ye angry at me, because 1 have made aman every whit whole on the sabbath day ? 24 Judge not according to the appearance, but judge righteous judgment. 25 Then said some of them of Jerusalem, Is not this he, whom they seek to kill? 26 But, lo, he speaketh boldly, and they say nothing unto him. Do the rulers know indeed that this is the very Christ? 27 Howbeit we know this man whence heis: but when Christ cometh, no man knoweth whence he is. 28 Then cried J+-us in the temple as he taught, saying, Ye both know me, and ye know whence I am: and I am not come of myself, but he that sent me is true, whom ye know not. 29 But I know him: for I am from him, and he hath sent me, 30 Then they sought to take him: but no man iaid hands on him, because his hour was not yet come. 31 And many of the people believed on him, ané said, When Christ cometh, will he do more miracles than these which this man 2 — καὶ εἶπεν LITrA. διὰ τοῦτο, + OT. Υ κρίνετε LTrA. 1 ---Οὶ δὲ but GLTTraw. πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν LIrA ; πολλοὶ δὲ ἐπίστευσαν ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου 1. ε — τούτων (read ὧν than [these] which) tttraw. GLTrW 3 t+or. he comes E. LTTrA. TQANNH &. Vick. ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον ; Ti you the law, and noone of you practises the law? Why pe ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι; 20 ᾿Απεκρίθη ὁ ὄχλος "καὶ εἶπεν," me do ye seek to kill? Answered 'the*crowd and said, Δαιμόνιον ἔχεις. τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι; 21 ᾿Απεκρίθη Ademon thou hast; whe thee seeks to kill? “Answered οὐ" Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, “Ev ἔργον ἐποίησα, καὶ πάντες 1Jesus and said tothem, One work I did, and “all! Ρθαυμάζετε. 22 διὰ τοῦτο «Μωσῆς" δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὴν περι- tye wonder. Therefore Moses has given you circum- τομήν, οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ "Μωσέως" ἐστίν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων" but of the cision, not that of Moses it is, fathers, καὶ Stv' σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον. 23 εἰ περιτομὴν and on sabbath ye circumcise a man. If ‘circumcision λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν σαββάτῳ ἵνα μὴ-.λυθῇ ὁ νόμος" “receives 1a*man on sabbath, that may not be broken the law τη ὡσέως," got χολᾶτε ὅτι ὕλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα of Moses, withme areyeangry because entirely ’a*man ‘sound I made ἐν σαββάτῳ; 24 μὴ.κρίνετε κατ᾿ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν on sabbath? Judge not according to sight, but righteous κρίσιν κρίνατε." 25 "ἔλεγον οὖν τινες ἐκ τῶν “Lepoco- judgment judge. 7Said "therefore 'some “of *those ‘of °Jeru- λυμιτῶν," Οὐχ.οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι; 26 καὶ salem, Is not thishe whom they seek to kill? and ide, παῤῥησίᾳ λαλεῖ, καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν. μήποτε lo, publicly he speaks, and nothing to him they say. ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, OTe οὗτός ἐστιν 5Truly ‘have recognized *those γῆ. ‘rule, that _ this is χἀληθῶς" ὁ χριστός; 27 ἀλλὰ τοῦτον οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν" truly the Christ? But thisone weknow whence heis. ὁ δὲ χριστὸς ὕταν Yépynrat,' οὐδεὶς γινώσκει πόθεν ἐστίν. But the Christ, whenever he may come, noone knows whence _heis. οὖν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς Kai λέγων, 28 “Exoagev Jesus and saying, “Cried *therefore*in “the °temple ‘teaching Kapé οἴδατε, καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί; καὶ ἀπ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ Both me ye know, and ye ΚΟΥ͂ whence δ; and of myself “not ἐλήλυθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστιν ἀληθινὸξ ὁ πέμψας ps ὃν ὑμεῖς Ἐ *have come, but 5is ®true ‘he who sent me, whom ye Bm rr > OO; ga), ΖΔ id ae .“ ᾽ ᾽ ~ ? ovk.oldare 29 éyw.20é' oida αὐτόν, ὅτι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ εἰμι, know ποῦ. But [ know’ him, because from him Iam, κἀκεῖνός με "ἀπέστειλεν." 30 ᾿Εζήτουν οὖν αὐτὸν πιά- and he me sent. They were seeking therefore him to ‘ ‘ ᾽ ᾽ " ~ oa καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα, OTL οὔπω take, but no one Jaid upon him [818] hand, because not yet ἐληλύθει ἡ-ὥρα. αὐτοῦ. 31 ὑΠολλοὶ.δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου ἐπίστευ- had come his hour. But many of the crowd believed σαν" εἰς αὐτόν, καὶ ἔλεγον, “Ὅτι! ὁ χριστὸς ὅταν ἔλθῃ on him, and said, The Christ, when he comes, dunre’ πλείονα σημεῖα “τούτων" ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος *more *signs ‘*than 7these ‘will 7he #do which this [man] °—oTTrA. Ρ θαυμάζετε διὰ τοῦτο. (read ye wonder therefore.) 4 Μωῦσῆς LYTrAW. τ Mwiioéws LTTrAW. 5 [év] L. w ᾿ἹΙεροσολυμειτῶν T. X — ἀληθῶς GLITraw. Υ ἔρχεται ® ἀπέσταλκεν has sent τ. b’Ek τοῦ ὄχλου δὲ © — "Ore LTTrA. qd μὴ VII. ΕΠ: ἱἐποίησεν" ; 52 Ἢ κυυσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τοῦ ὄχλου γογγύζοντος did? ®Heard ‘the *Pharisees ofthe crowd murmuring περὶ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα καὶ ἀπέστειλαν foi Φαρισαῖοι Kai Scoucerning *him _ these “things, and 7sent ‘the Pharisees “and οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς ὑπηρέτας, ἵνα πιάσωσιν αὐτόν. 33 εἶπεν *the Schief ‘priests officers. that they might take him. 3Said οὖν Yabroic' ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, "Erte ἱ'μικρὸν χρόνον" μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν *therefore *to *them Jesus, Yet alittle time with you εἰμι, καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με. 34 ζητήσετέ με καὶ Iam, and L go to him who sent me, Ye will seek me and οὐχ-εὑρήσετεξ" καὶ ὕπου εἰμὶ πο aes ov.dbvacbe ἐλθεῖν. shall not find [me], and where *am areunable to come. 35 Εἶπον οὖν Ιουδαῖοι ith ἑαυτούς, Ποῦ ἰοὗῦτος *Said “*therefore ‘the 2Jews among themselves, Where “he μέλλει" πορεύεσθαι ὅτι "ἡ μεῖς" οὐχ.εὑρήσομεν αὐτόν ; μὴ εἰς is about to go that we shall not find him? to τὴν διασπορὼν τῶν ‘EXAnvwy μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, Kai the dispersion among the Greeks is he about to go, and διδάσκειν τοὺς “Ἕλληνας; 86 τίς ἐστιν "οὗτος ὁ λόγος ὃν teach the Greeks ? What [18 this word which εἶπεν, Znrnoeré με, kai οὐχ.εὑρήσετεξ' καὶ Ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ hesaid, Yewillseek me, and 5841] ποὺ find [me]; and Where 7am Ὁ ὑμεῖς οὐ-δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν ; ye are unable to come? 37 ᾿ν.δὲ τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῷ μεγάλῳ THE ἑορτῆς εἱστήκει Andin the last “day ‘the great ofthe feast stood ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ “ἔκραξεν" λέγων, Ἐάν τις διψᾷ, ἐρχέσθω Jesus, and cried, saying, If anyone thirst, let him come Ῥπρός pe καὶ πινέτω" 88 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, καθὼς εἶπεν to me and drink. He that believes on ne, as said ὴ γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς. κοιλίας. αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος the scripture, rivers out of his belly shall flow of *water ζῶντος. 39 'Ῥοῦτο. δὲ εἶπεν περὶ τοῦ πνεύματος οὗ “ἔμελ- ‘living. But this hesaid concerning the pee which °were Nov" λαμβάνειν οἱ ᾿πιστεύοντες" εἰς αὐτόν" οὔπω.γὰρ ἦν "about ΕΝ “receive ‘those ἐρᾷ Zon *him; for not yet was Lt, ὅ 6" ?-L ΡΟΝ δὲ | ἐδοξάσθ πνεῦμα "ἅ Lov TL Inoovc “ουδεπω" εδοξάσθη. (the) “βρίσιῦ oly, ‘ae Jesus not yet was glorified. 4. “πολλοὶ οὖν ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου" ἀκούσαντες Yrov λόγον" Many therefore out of the crowd having heard the word ἔλεγον, * Οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης. 41 ΄Αλλοι" ἔλεγον, said, This is truly the prophet. Others said, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός. Ῥ"Αλλοι" “δὲ" ἔλεγον, Μὴ γὰρ ἐκ This is the Christ. 7O0thers ‘and said, *Then °out Sof τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ χριστὸς ἔρχεται; 42 οὐχὶ ἡ γραφὴ εἶπεν, ‘Galilee “the “Christ comes ? °Not ‘°the ''scripture *said, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος *AaBid,' καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλεὲμ τῆς Kw ug that out of the seed of David, and from Bethlehem the villa ὅπου ἢν “Δαβίδ," 6 χριστὸς Epxerar;' 48 Σχίσμα οὖν gy where “was ‘David, the Christ comes ? A division therefore in f ποιεῖ does 0. 265 hath done? 32 The Pharisees heard that the people murmured such things concer- ing him; and the Pha- risees and the chief priests sent officers to take him. 33 Then said Jesus unto them, Yet a little while am I with you, and then I go unto him that sent me. 34 Ye shall seek me, and shail not find me: and where 1 am, thither ye cannot come. 35 Then said the Jews among them- selves, Whither will he go, that we shall not find him? will he go unto the dispersed among the Gentiles, and teach the Gen- tiles? 36 What man- ner of saying is this that he said, Ye shall seek me, and shall not find me: and where I am, thither ye cannot come ? 37 In the last day, that great day of the feast, Jesus stood and cried, saying, If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink. 38 He that be- lieveth on me, as the scripture hath said,out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water. 39 (But this spake he of the Spirit, which they that believe on him should receive: for the Holy Ghost was not yet given; be- cause that Jesus was not yet glorified.) 40 Many of the people therefore, when they heard this saying, said, Of a truth this is the prophet. 41 Others said, This is the Christ. But some said, Shall Christ come out of Galilee? 42 Hath not the scripture said, That Christ cometh of the seed of David, and out of the town of Bethlehem, where Da- vid was? 43 So there was a division among Zou ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι v ὑπηρέτας LTrAwW ; ὑπηρέτας οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι Ὡς — αὐτοῖς GLITrAW. ἰ χρόνον μικρὸν LTTrA, Κ Ἔμετηθιλ. μέλλει οὗτος 1. — ἡμεῖς (read εὑρή. we shall find) T. "0 Adyos οὗτος LTTrA. ὁ ἔκραζεν T. P — πρός me T. 4 ἥμελλον T, τ Ὑπεστ εὐ σαντες having believed ttra. 5 — ἅγιον LT[TrA]. t + δεδομένον given L. — ὃ LTTrAW. Ὑ ovmw LTrA. x ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου οὖν [some] out of the crowd therefore Lrtra. τῶν W)LTTraW. * + [ore] a. 5. +4 [δὲ] andy. ὃ οἱ they ira. > Aavié Gw; Aaveid titra. ἄρχεται ὃ χριστός LTrA. 7 τῶν λόγων τούτων these words (— t0v- ς--- δὲ ΤΩΣ 88 ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ LTTYA. 4 οὐχ LITA. 266 the people because of him. 44 And some of them would have ta- ken him; but no man laid hands on him, 45 Then came the offi- cers to the chief priests and Pharisees; and they seid unto them, Why have ye not brought him? 46 The officers answered, Ne- ver man spake likethis man. 47 Then answer- ed them the Pharisees, Are ye also deceived ? 48 Have any of the rulers or of the Pha- risees believed on him? 49 But this people who knoweth not the law are cursed, 50 Nicode- mus saith unto them, (he that came to Jesus by night, being one of them,) 51 Doth our law judge any man, before it hear him, and know what he doeth? 52 They answered and _ said unto him, Art thou also of Galilee? Search, and look: for out of Galilee ariseth no pro- phet. 53 And every man went unto his own house. VIII. Jesus went unto the mount of Olives. 2 And early in the morning he came again into the temple, and all the people came unto him; and he sat down, and taught them. 3 And the scribes and Phari- sees brought unto him a woman taken in a- dultery ; and when they had set her in the midst, 4 they say unto him, Master, this wo- man was taken in a- duliery, in the very act. 5 Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned: but what sayest thou? 6 This they said, tcmpting him, that they might have to accuse hin. ΓῺ A ΝΙΝ Εἰ Σ᾿ Vii, ΙΝ τῷ ὄχλῳ ἐγένετο δι αὐτόν. 44 τινὲς δὲ ἤθελον ἐξ αὐτῶν the crowd occurred because of him. But some “desired ‘of *them , 7 ΄ ᾽ ? ? ‘ h2 Ud 2 ? 7 \ A ~ πιάσαι αὐτόν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδεὶς δέπέβαλεν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖραο. to take him, but noone laid 2on “him ‘hands. 45 ἦλθον οὖν οἱ ὑπηρέται πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ Papt- Came thereforethe officers to the chief priests and Phari- σαίους" Kai εἶπον αὐτοῖς ἐκεῖνοι, ‘Acari οὐκ.ἠγάγετε αὐτόν; sees, and “said *to*them ‘they, Why didyenotbring him? 46 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν ot ὑπηρέται, Οὐδέποτε οὕτως ἐλάλησεν" “Answered ‘the officers, Never thus spoke ἄνθρωπος we οὗτος ™ ὁ ἄνθρωπος." 47 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν "ody! man 8ἃ85 this man, *Answered “therefore οαὐτοῖς" οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, Μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε; 48 μή 5Sthem ‘the *Pharisees, Salso. ‘ye Shave been deceived ? τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτόν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν 2Any Sone tof *the ®rulers ‘has believed on him, or of the Φαρισαίων; 49 Padd’' 0.0xAoc.0bTOG ὁ μὴ.γινώσκων τὸν Pharisees? But this crowd, which knows not the , q2 , All ? , , 4 ? - νόμον “ἐπικατάρατοί" εἰσιν. 80 Λέγει Νικόδημος πρὸς αὐτούς; law, accursed are. Says ‘Nicodemus to them, τὸ ἐλθὼν "νυκτὸς, πρὸς αὐτόν," εἷς ὧν ἐξ αὐτῶν, 51 Μὴ (he who came to ὁ νόμος-ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν. μὴ ἀκούσῃ ‘rap’ “Our *law *does judge the man, unless it have heard from αὐτοῦ modrepor’,' καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ; 52 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν καὶ himself first, and known what he does ? They answered and Welzrov' αὐτῷ, Μὴ καὶ od ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἴ ; “ἐρεύνησον" said to him, °Also *thou *of *Galilee tart? Search καὶ ἴδε, ὅτι προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας" Τοὐκ.ἐγήγερται." by night hin, “one ‘being of themselves, ) and look, that a prophet out of Galilee has not arisen. 53 "Καὶ ἐπορεύθη ἕκαστος εἰς τὸν. οἴκον.αὐτοῦ. And 2went teach to his house. ? ~ ‘ ? , 2 4 » ~ ? ~ » 4 8 ᾿Ιησοῦς.δὲ ἐπορεύθη εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν" 2 ὄρθρου. δὲ But Jesus went to the mount of Olives. And at dawn πάλιν παρεγένετο εἰς TO ἱερόν, Kai πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἤρχετο πρὸς again he came into the temple, and all the people came to αὐτόν: καὶ καθίσας ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς. 3 ἄγουσιν δὲ οἱ him; and having sat down he was teaching them. 7Bring ‘and the γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι πρὸς αὐτὸν γυναῖκα ἐν μοιχείᾳ “scribes *and *the ®Pharisees to him a woman in adultery κατειλημμένην, καὶ στήσαντες αὐτὴν ἐν μέσῳ, 4 λέγουσιν having been taken, and having set her in [the] midst, they say αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, αὕτη ἡ γυνὴ κατειλήφθη ϑέπαυτοφώρῳ" to him, Teacher, this woman was taken in the very act “ 6 ? δὲ ~ , cM eit € ~ ? ir μοιχευομενήῆ- EV.0F TH νόμῳ WOonc μιν EVETELAATO committing adultery. Nowin the law Moses us commanded τὰς τοιαύτας “λιθοβολεῖσθαι" σὺ οὖν τί λέγεις; such to be stoned : thou therefore what sayest thou? 6 Tovro.d? ἔλεγον πειράζοντες αὐτὸν ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατη- But this they said tempting him that they might have to ac- π ἔβαλεν LITrA. πος L[TrA]. 4 ἐπάρατοί LTTrA. formerly LTra. Υ ἐκ THs Γαλιλαίας προφήτης Ltr. ρεύθη .... ἁμάρτανε (vili. 11) [@]urrra. 4. + περὶ αὐτῆς concerning her w. atone w. m + λαλεῖ speaks T. i Διὰ τι LTrAW. 1 — ὡς οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρω. ἀλλὰ ᾿ Ραλλα LTTraw. t + πρότερον X ἐραύνησον TTra. 2 — καὶ ἐπο- ἃ λιθάζειν to Κ ἐλάλησεν οὕτως LTTrA. π — οὖν ΤΑ. ο αὐτοῖς] Tr. τ.--- 6 ἐλθὼν νυκτὸς πρὸς αὐτόν T. 8 — νυκτὸς ΙΠτᾺ. Y πρῶτον Tap αὐτοῦ LTTrA. ~ εἶπαν LTTrA. 2 οὐκ ἐγείρεται does not arise LTTrA. Ὁ ἐπ᾿ αὐτοφώρῳ W. © Μωῦσὴς Ww. JOHN. ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς κάτω.κύψας, τῷ Γακτύλῳ But Jesus having stooped down, with [his} finger ἔγραφεν εἰς THY γῆν. 7 ὡς.δὲ ἐπέμενον ἐρωτῶντες αὐτόν, wrote on the ground. But as they continued asking him, ἀνακύψας εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὃ ἀναμάρτητος v- having lifted up himself hesaid to them, The sinless one among μῶν πρῶτος TOY λίθον ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ βαλέτω. 8 καὶ πάλιν you first *the “stone “at ‘Sher ‘let *him “cast. And again κάτω.κύψας ἔγραφεν εἰς τὴν γῆν. 9 o1.0& ἀκούσαντες, eee svogped down hewrote on the ground, But they having heard, καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἐλεγχόμενοι, ἐξήρχοντο εἷς Kad εἴς, and by the conscience being convicted, wentout one by one, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἕως THY ἐσχάτων" καὶ beginning from the elder ones until the last ; and κατελείφθη μόνος ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς, καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἐν μέσῳ 'ἑστῶσα." was left alone Seeiss and the ences midst standing. 10 ἀνακύψας δὲ ἡ Τησοῦς, καὶ μηδένα θεασάμενος And “having “lifted *up shinagale | ‘Jesus, and 7no “one +seeing πλὴν τῆς γυναικός, εἶπεν αὐτῇ, ¥H γυνή." ποῦ εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι but the woman, said to her, Woman, where are those ETT. = ake γορειν αὑτοῦυ. cuse him. Ol.KaTHyopol.cov, οὐδείς σε κατέκρινεν; 11 Ἡ.δὲ εἶπεν, thine goauseess =no *one *thee ὡς *condemn ? And she said, ° Οὐδείς, κύριε. Εἶπεν.δὲ αὐτῇ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Οὐδὲ ἐγώ σε κατα- No one, Sir. And *said “to ‘her ‘Jesus, Neither “I ‘thee *do κρίνω πορεύου καὶ μηκέτι ἁμάρτανε. “condemn : go, “and no more sin. 12 Πάλιν οὖν δὸ Ἰησοῦς αὐτοῖς ἐλάλησεν," λέγων, ᾿Εγώ Again therefore Jesus to them spoke, saying, I εἰμι TO φῶς τοῦ κόσμου ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἱἐμοὶ οὐ.μὴ am the light ofthe world; 89 {πὰῦ follows me in no wise ἔπεριπατήσει" ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἕξει τὸ φῶς τῆς ζωῆς. shall walk in the darkness, but shall have the light of the life. 13 Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ ot Φαρισαῖοι, Σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ “Said “therefore *to®him'’the “Pharisees, Thou concerning thyself μαρτυρεῖς" ἡ-μαρτυρία. σου οὐκ.ἔστιν ἀληθῆς. 14 ᾿Απεκρίθη bearest witness ; ΓᾺΡ witness is not true. 2 Answered Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ‘Jesus and said tothem, Evenif [ bear witness concerning myself, ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία.μου, ὅτι οἶδα πόθεν ἦλθον καὶ true is my witness, because 1 know whence Icame and ποῦ ὑπάγω" ὑμεῖς. δὲ" οὐκιοἴδατε πόθεν ἔρχομαι Kai" ποῦ whither Igo: but ye know not whence I come and whither ὑπάγω. 15 ὑμεῖς κατὰ τὴν σάρκα κρίνετε" ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω I go. Ye seca to the flesh judge, Ι judge οὐδένα. 16 καὶ ἐὰν κρίνω δὲ ye, ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ πἀληθής" no one. And if sues “also use mnert “my true éoTiv* ὅτι μόνος οὐκ.εἰμί, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ Kai ὁ πέμψας με ὅπα- is, because alone [181 πού, but I andthe *who“sent *me ‘'Fa- τήρ." 17 καὶ Ey TP νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ γέγραπται," ore ther. And 4law also woes it has been eee that δύο ἀνθρώπων. ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθῆς ἐστιν. 18 ἐγώ εἰμι of two men the witness true is. I ὁ am [one] who 267 But Jesus stooped down, and with his finger wrote on the | pb shes as though he them not. 7 So when they continued asking him, he lifted up himself, and said unto them, He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone ather. 8 And again he stooped down, and wrote on the ground. 9 And they which heard it, being convicted by their own conscience, went out one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unto the last: and Jesus was left alone, and the woman standing inthe midst. 10 When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman, he said unto her, Woman, where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemn- ed thee? 11 She said, No man, Lord. And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee: go, and sin no more. 12 Then spake Jesus again unto them, say- ing, Iam the light of the world: he that fol- loweth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life. 13 The Pharisees therefore said unto him, Thou bearest re- cord of thyself; thy record is not true. 14 Jesus answered and said unto them Though I bear record of myself, yet my re- cord is true: for I know whence I came, and whither I go; but ye cannot tell whence I come, and whither I go. 15 Ye judge after the flesh ; I judge no man. 16 And yet if I judge, my judgment is true: for I am not alone, but I and the Father that sent me, 17 It is also written in your law, that the testimony of two men is true. 181 am one that bear witnesg of Γοῦσα being w. §—‘H γυνή w. ‘you LTr, k ἐρίου τη: should walk LrTraw. " ἀληθινή LTTrA. written τ. — δὲ but 1. — πατήρ (read he who sent ΠΡΟ) τ. h αὑτοῖς ἐλάλησεν ὃ ([0} Tr) Ἰησοῦς LTTrA,. ἴῃ ἢ or GTTrAW. P γεγραμμένον ἐστὶν it is 268 myself, and the Father that sent me beareth witness of me. 19 Then said they unto him, Where is thy Father? Jesus answered, Ye neither know me, nor my Father: if ye had known me, ye should have known my Fa- ther also. 20 These words spake Jesus in the treasury, as he taught in the temple: andno man laid hands on him; for his hour was not yet come, 21 Then said Jesus again unto them, I go my way, and ye shall seek me, and shall die in your sins: whither . I go, ye cannot come, 22 Then said the Jews, Will he kill himself? because he saith, Whi- ther I go, ye cannot come. 23 And he said untothem, Ye are from beneath ; I am from above: ye are of this world; 1 am not of this world. 24 1 said there- fore unto you, that ye shall die in your sins: for if ye believe not that I am he, ye shall die in your sins. 25 Then said they unto him, Who art thou? And Jesus saith unto them, Even the same that I said unto you from the beginning. 26 Ihave many things to say and to judge of you: but he that sent me istrue; and I speak to the world those things which I have heard of him, 27 They understood not that he spake to them of the Father. 28 Then said Jesus unto them, When ye have lifted up the Son of man, then shall ye know that Iam he, and that I do nothing of myself; but as m Father hath taught me, I speak these things. 29 And he that sent me is with me: the Father hath not left me alone; for I do 4 — ὃ GLTTrAW. — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he said) urtraw. — καὶ LTTrAW. Father) LITrA. Y and from ILQANNH &. μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, καὶ μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ bears witness concen ats myself, and *bears 7witness *concerning *me ‘the aay « πέμψας με πατήρ. 19 Ἔλεγον οὖν αὐτῷ, Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ “who *sent °me *Father. They said therefore tohim, Where is πατήρ.σου ; ᾿Απεκρίθη 4ὁ' Ἰησοῦς, Οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε οὔτε τὸν thy Father ? * Answered 1Jesus, Neither me ye know nor πατέρα.μου᾽ εἰ ἐμὲ ἤδειτε, καὶ τὸν. πατέραιμου τῴδειτε. ἄν." VIIL my Father. If me yehad known, also my Father yewouldhaveknown. 20 Ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα ἐλάλησεν "ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς" ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ, These words spoke Jesus in the treasury, διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Kai οὐδεὶς ἐπίασεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὔπω teaching in the temple; and noone took him, for not yet ? , € ov ? Ld ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα. αὐτοῦ. had come his hour. 21 Εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς." ae ὑπάγω, 2Said “therefore tagain ‘to *them 1 Jesus, go NEY, καὶ ζητήσετέ με, καὶ ἐν τῇ.ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν Πα τδν τς ὕπου and ye will seek me, and in your sin ye will die; where ve ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ.δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν. 22 !Ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ go ye areunable to come. *Said τ το τοζοις the Ἐς Μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτόν, ὅτι λέγει, Ὅπου ἐ ἐγὼ ὑπάγω 2Jews, Willhe kill himself, that hesays, Where 80 ὑμεῖς οὐ-δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν ; 23 Kai Velev" αὐτοῖς, «Ὑμεῖς ἐκ ye areunable to come? And hesaid to them, Ye from TOV.KATW ἐστέ, ἐγὼ ἐκ THY.dvw εἰμί: ὑμεῖς ἐκ Yrov κόσμου beneath are, I from above am ; Ye οἵ world τούτου! ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ.εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ.κόσμου.τούτου. 24 εἶπον ‘this are, I amnot οἵ this world. I said ~ οὖν ὑμῖν Ort ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς. ἁμαρτίαις. ὑμῶν" ἐὰν.γὰρ therefore toyor that 78 will die in your ins) for if μὴ.- πιστεύσητε OTL ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ye believe not that LI am Che], ye will die in ?3ins ὑμῶν. 25 Ἔλεγον οὖν αὐτῷ, Σὺ τίς εἶ; *Kai! εἶπεν ‘your. They le therefore to him, “Thou 'who tart? And said αὐτοῖς YO" ᾿Ιησοῦς, Tiv.apyiy ὕ.τι καὶ λαλῶ ὑμῖν. “to *them 1 Jesus, Altogether that which also JIsay toyou. 26 πολλὰ ἔχω περὶ ὑμῶν λαλεῖν Kai κρίνειν" ἀλλ᾿ ὁ Many things I have concerning yon to aay and to judge 5 ; but he who πέμψας pe ἀληθῆς ἐστιν, κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα sent me _ true is, and I what [heard from him, these things éyw' εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 27 Οὐκ. ἔγνωσαν ὅτι τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῖς Isay to the world. They knew not that the Father tothem ἔλεγεν. 28 Εἶπεν οὖν "αὐτοῖς" ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ὅταν ὑψώ- he spoke of. 3Said “therefore *to *them ‘Jesus, When ye shall have σητε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, τότε γνώσεσθε Ort ἐγώ εἰμι’ lifted mp phe Son of man, then yeshall know that I am Che}, καὶ ἀπ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ ποιῶ οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὃ myself Ido nothing, but as 3taught *me ταῦτα λαλῶ. 29 καὶ ὁ πέμψας με, per’ these things I par And he who sent me, with με μόνον “ὁ πατήρ," : ; Ore ἐγὼ τὰ *me ὅδίοπθ ‘the *Father, because I the things πατήρ."μου," Tay) “Father, ἐμοῦ ἐστιν᾽ οὐκ. ἀφῆκέν me is ; 3left “ποῦ * — ὃ Ἰησοῦς (read he spoke) GLTTraw. v ἔλεγεν LTTrA. ¥ τούτου TOU κόσμου LTrA. ind [Ὁ] tr. “ λαλῶ LITrA. 8 - αὐτοῖς LTTrA. b — μον (read the — ὃ πατήρ (read he left not) LtTra. τ ἂν ἤδειτε LTTrA. σΠΘΊΉΉΝΕ 30 Ταῦτα αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος *These *things las 7he *spoke Vill. ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ ποιῶ πάντοτε. pleasing tohim do always. πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν. many believed on = him. ” > ©? ~ ‘ \ , > ~ 91 Ἔλεγεν οὖν ὁ lnoovc πρὸς τοὺς πεπιστευκότας αὐτῷ "Said ἐὑμουθῆοσθ ‘Jesus to the *who *had ‘believed *on*him ? , ? A « ~ , >? ~ , ~? ~ > ~ Ιουδαίους, “Eay ὑμεῖς μείνητε ἐν τῷ ΣΟΥ τῷ ἐμῷ, ἀληθῶς Jews, If ye abide in wor lmy, truly 4 ? , ‘ , A > , ‘ « μαθηταί μου ἐστε" 92 καὶ γνώσεσθε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ἡ ?disciples “my ye are. And yeshall know the truth, and the ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει. ὑμᾶς. 88 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν tadr@,' Σπέρμα truth shall set free you. They answered him, 7Seed ᾿Αβραάμ ἐσμεν, καὶ obdevi δεδουλεύκαμεν πώποτε᾽ πῶς *Abraham’s weare, and to anyone have been under bondage never; how (lit. to no one) σὺ λέγεις, Ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε; 34 ᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς *thou ‘sayest, Free ye shall become ? 2Answered *them ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶς ὑ ποιῶν Jesus, Verily verily Isay toyou, that everyone that practises THY ἁμαρτίαν δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 35 0.6 δοῦλος sin a bondman is of sin. Now the bondman ov-péver ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ εἰς. τὸν. αἰῶνα" ὁ υἱὸς μένει εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα. abides ποῦ in the house for ever ; the Son abides for ever. 36 ἐὰν οὖν ὁ υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσ- If therefore the Son “you ‘shall *set.free, really free ye εσθε. 37 olda ὅτι σπέρμα ᾿Αβραάμ tore’ ἀλλὰ ζητεῖτε pe shall be. Iknow that “seed tAbraham’s yeare; but yeseek me ἀποκτεῖναι, Or: ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ-χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. 88 feyw to kill, because word "my hasnoentrance in you. I 0 ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ. πατρί.Ξμου" λαλῶ" Kai ὑμεῖς οὖν 6 what Ihave seen with my Father speak; and ye _ therefore what ἑωράκατε! παρὰ ἱτῷ.πατρὶ ὑμῶν" ποιεῖτε. 39 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν yehavyeseen with your father do. They answered καὶ ξεῖπον" αὐτῷ, Ο.πατὴρ.ἡ μῶν ᾿Αβραάμ ἐστιν. Λέγει αὐτοῖς and said tohim, *Our*Father ‘Abraham = 7215. ®Says “to *them ἰδ" Ἰησοῦς, Ei τέκνα τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ "ἦτε." τὰ ἔργα Tov ABpaap ‘Jesus, If children of Abraham ye were, the works of Abraham érrouetre."ay'" 40 νῦν.δὲ ζητεῖτέ pe ἀποκτεῖναι, ἄνθρωπον ὃς ye would do; but now yeseek me to Kill, ὃν man who τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα, ἣν ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ" the truth toyou hasspoken, which I heard from God: τοῦτο ᾿Αβραὰμ οὐκ.ἐποίησεν. 41 ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ this Abraham did not. Ye do the works ᾿ « » ony Ι p x i ᾽ ~ ε ~ ᾽ , 4 > πατρὺςυμῶν. EKizoy' Poty" αὐτῷ, Ἡμεῖς ex πορνείας 3οὺ of your father. They said therefore to him, We of fornication *not ΓΑ θ oe , » Ψ θ , 42 ἘΠ r ὖ iT} 9) EY | so a éva πατερα EXOMEV, TOY VEOY. πεν οὔῦν have been born; one Father we have, God. Said *therefore αὐτοῖς "ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ei ὁ θεὺς ' πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε.ἂν “to*them 1Jesus, If God Father of you were, ye would have loved tee 2 ‘ BY ? “ 5 ) “Ὁ \ fd = > A ies) ἐμέ: ἐγὼ.γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον Kai ἥκω οὐδὲ.γὰρ ἀπ me, forI from God came forth andamcome; for neither of ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνός pe ἀπέστειλεν. 43 διατί" τὴν myself havelIcome, but he me sent. Why 269 always those things that please him. 30 As he spake these words, many believed on him. 31 Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on him, If ye continue in my word, then are ye my disci- ples indecd; 32 and ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free. 33 They answered him, We be Abraham’s seed, and were never in bondage to any man: how say- est thou, Ye shall be made free? 34 Jesus answered them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Whosoever commit- teth sin is the servant of sin. 35 And the servant abideth not in the house for ever: but the Son abideth ever. 36 If the Son therefore shall make you free, ye shall be free indeed. 37 I know that ye are Abraham’s seed; but ye seek to kill me, be- cause my word hath no placein you. 38 I speak that which I have seen with my Fa- ther: and ye do that which ye have seen with your father. 39 They answered and said unto him, Abra- ham is our father. Jesus saith unto them, If ye were Abraham’s children, ye would do the works of Abraham, 40 But now ye seek to kill me, a man that hath told you the truth, which I have heard of God: this did not Abraham. 41 Ye do the deeds of your father. Then saidthey to him, We be not born of fornication; we have one Father, even God. 42 Jesus said unto them, If God were your Father, ye would love me: for I proceeded forth and came from God; nei- ther came I of myself, but he sent me. 43 Why 4 πρὸς αὐτόν to him LTtTra. e — ὃ {{τ|]. [ἃ ἐγὼ the Father) trtra. ἃ & ἠκούσατε what ye have heard LTTra. LTTra. Καεῖπαν LtTtra. [ὃ] Tr. ™ ἐστε ye are GLTTrA. P — οὖν LTTrA. 4 οὐκ ἐγεννήθημαν Were not born LTra. t+ 4 othet. ¥ διὰ τί LTrA. LTTr; ἐγὼ aa ae Sie Ξ i τοῦ πατρὸς the father m — ἄν GTTrA. ' — οὖν GLTTrA. 8. — pou (read © εἷπαν τ. 5 — ὃ L[{Tr]. 270 do ye not understand my speech? even be- cause ye cannot hear my word. 44 Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye willdo. He was a murderer from the beginning, and a- bode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for heis a liar, and the father of it. 45 And because I tell you the truth, ye believe me not. 46 Which of you convinceth me of sin? And if I say the truth, why do ye not believe me? 47 He that is of God heareth God’s words: ye therefore hear them not, because ye are not of God. 48 Then answered the Jews, and said unto him, Say we not well that thou art a Sama- ritan, and hast a devil? 49 Jesus answered, I have not a devil; but I honour my Father, and ye do dishonour me. 50 And I seek not mine own glory: there is one that seeketh and judgeth. 51 Verily, verily, 1 say unto you, If a man keep my say- ing, he shall never see death. 52 Then said the Jews unto him, Now we know that thou hast a devil. A- braham is dead, and the prophets; and thou sayest, If a man keep my saying, he shall never taste of death. 53 Art thou greater than our father Abra- ham, which is dead? and the prophets are dead: whom makest thou thyself? 54 Jesus answered, If I honour myself, my honour is nothing: it is my Fa- ther that honoureth me; of whom ye say, that he is your God: 55 yet ye have not known him; but I know him: and if I IQANNH®. VITk λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ.γινώσκετε; ὅτι οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν “speech my doyenotknow? Because yeareunable to hear λόγον τὸν ἐμόν. 44 ὑμεῖς ἐκ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστέ, word my. Ye of [the] father the devil are, kai τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ.πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν. ἐκεῖνος and the lusts of your father yedesire to do. He ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ “οὐχ ἃ murderer was from [the] beginning, and in the truth 2not e é e ? ” ? , ? ᾽ ~ « ~ ἕστηκεν Ore οὐκιἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ. OSrav Nady "has stood, because there is not truth in him. Whenever he may speak A we , ~ 7a ~ ε΄ UJ ? 4 ‘ c τὸ ψεῦδος, ἐκ THv.idiwy λαλεῖ: bre ψεύστης ἐστὶν Kai ὁ falsehood, from hisown hespeaks; for a liar heis andthe πατὴρ αὐτοῦ. 45 ἐγὼ δὲ ore τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγων, οὐ father of it. I ‘and *because the truth speak, “not πιστεύετέ μοι. 46 ric ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει μὲ περὶ ἁμαρτίας; tye “do believe me. Whichof you convinces me concerning sin? εἰ “δὲ ἀλήθειαν λέγω, “dart! ὑμεῖς οὐ.πιστεύετέ μοι; 47 ὁ But if truth I speak, why “ye ‘donot believe me? He that ὧν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούει" dud-rovUTO ὑμεῖς is of God the words of God hears: therefore ye ? ) U {2 2 ~ ~ > ᾽ , ? ΄ οὐκιἀκούετε, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκιἐστέ. 48 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν hear not, because of God ye are not. Answered boty" οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι καὶ °elzrov' αὐτῷ, Οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς therefore the Jews and said tohim, *Not well ‘say “we ὅτι Σαμαρείτης" εἶ σύ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις ; 49 ᾿Απεκρίθη that aSamaritan “art ‘thou, and a demon hast? ? Answered Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Εγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ.ιἔχω, ἀλλὰ τιμῶ τὸν.πατέρα.μου, ‘Jesus, 11 ademon havenot; but I honour my Father, 4 « ~ ? , , ? Ἢ A > ~ A a7 la καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀτιμάζετέ με. 5O ἐγὠ.δὲ οὐ.ζητῶ τὴν.δόξαν.μου and ye dishonour me. But I seek not my glory: ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν Kai κρίνων. 51 a ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐάν thereishewho seeks and judges. erily verily Isay toyou, Τῇ τις τὸν “λόγον τὸν paca τηρήσῃ, θάνατον οὐ-μὴ θεωρήσῃ anyone Sword y ‘keep, death inno wise shall he see εἰς τὸν. αἰῶνα. 52 fElroy' βοῦν" αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, Νῦν for ever. *Said “therefore *to Shim ‘the Jews, Now ἐγνώκαμεν ὅτι δαιμόνιον ἔχεις. ᾿Αβραὰμ ἀπέθανεν καὶ οἱ we know that ademon thouhast. Abraham died and the προφῆται, καὶ od λέγεις, “Edy τις τὸν.λόγον.μου Toney, prophets, and thou sayest, If anyone “my “word keep, οὐ-μὴ yeboera' θανάτου εἰς. τὸν.αἰῶνα. 53 μὴ od μείζων in no wise shallhe taste of death for ever. “Thou *greater εἶ τοῦ.-πατρὸς.-ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραάμ, ὕστις ἀπέθανεν; Kai οἱ προ- ‘art than our father Abraham, who died? and the pro- φῆται ἀπέθανον᾽ τίνα σεαυτὸν ‘od! ποιεῖς ; 54 ᾿Απεκρίθη phets died ! whom “thyself *thou *makest? 5’ Answered ᾿Ιησοῦς, ᾿Εὰν ἐγὼ ἔδοξάζω" ἐμαυτόν, ἡ.δόξα.μου οὐδέν torn” ¥ + τοῦ the GLTTrA. b — οὖν GLTTrA. & — ovy LTTrA. ποιεῖς Makest thou) GLTTrA. ® διὰ τί LTrA. f eizrap T. *Jesus, If I glorify myself, my glory nothing ἰδ; ἔστιν O.maTnp-wov ὁ δοξάζων με, Ov ὑμεῖς λέγετε, Ore it is my Father who glorifies me, [of] whom ye say, that θεὸς ‘pay ἐστιν, 55 καὶ οὐκ. ἐγνώκατε αὐτόν, ἐγὼ δὲ οἶδα "God ‘your 8865. And ye have not known him, utI know χ ovK T. Υ + [ὑμῖν] to thee x. z — δὲ but @urtra. ¢ εἶπαν LTTrA. © Σαμαρίτης T. © ἐμὸν λόγον LTTra. h γεύσηται should he taste GLTTrAW. i — σὺ (read k δοξάσω shall glorify LTTra. | ἡμῶν Our TTrAW. DLL, ΙΧ. JOHN. αὐτόν: "καὶ ἐὰν" εἴπω ὅτι ovK.olda αὐτόν, ἔσομαι ὅμοιος him ; and if Isay that Iknownot him, I shall be like πὑμῶν," ψεύστης" “ἀλλ᾽" olda αὐτόν, Kai τὸν.λόγον.αὐτοῦ you, a liar. But Iknow him, and his word τηρῶ. 56’ Αβραὰμ ὑ-πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ἠγαλλιάσατο wa ἴδῃ" I as Abraham your Father exulted in that he should see τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν" καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη. δ7 ἹΕἴπον" οὖν Said therefore 2day ‘my, and hesaw and rejoiced. ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, Πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, the Jews to him, Fifty years [old] not yet art thou, καὶ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἑώρακας; 58 Εἶπεν αὐτοῖς τὸ" Inoovc, ᾿Αμὴν and nice hast thou seen ? ?Said *to *them ‘Jesus, Verily ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, πρὶν ᾿Αβραὰμ γενέσθαι ἐ ἐγώ εἰμι. 59 Ἦραν verily Isay to you, Before Abraham was am. They took up οὖν λίθους ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν" ie ἐκρύβη: therefore stones thatthey mightcast at him; but Jesus hid himself, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, "διλθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν᾽ and went forth outof the temple, going through the midst of them, καὶ παρῆγεν οὕτως." and *passed*on ‘thus. 9 Kai παράγων εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον ee ἐκ γενετῆς. 2 καὶ And passing on he saw a man ἃ from birth. And ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ λέγοντες, © Ραββί," τίς “asked *him this *disciples saying, Rabbi, who ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ. γονεῖς. αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ ; sinned, this [man] or his parents, that blind heshould be born? ἥμαρτεν οὔτε οἱ γονεῖς 9᾽᾿Απεκρίθη "ὁ" ᾿Τησοῦς, Οὔτε οὗτος nor , “Tenants 7 Answered ‘Jesus, Neither this (man] sinned wa φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ. that should be manifested the works of God in him. ἐργάζεσθαι τὰ Eoya τοῦ πέμψαντός ne to work the works of him who sent ἔρχεται νύξ, Ore οὐδεὶς δύναται ΈΧ ΤΣ 2comes ‘night, whennoone is able. to work. φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου. 6 Tav- αὐτοῦ: ἀλλ᾽ this; but 4 ἐμὲ!) δεῖ Ξ3Μ6 ‘it *behoves ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν" while day. it is ; 5 bray ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ὦ, While in the world I may ἮΙ {the} Bel Tam ofthe world. These Ta εἰπών, ἔπτυσεν χαμαί, καὶ ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ things OES said, he ae on (the] ground, and made clay of τοῦ πτύσματος, καὶ ἐπέχρισεν * τὸν πηλὸν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς the spittle, and aPP ied the clay to the eyes Yrov τυφλοῦ" 7 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὕπαγε, "νίψαι! εἰς τὴν of the blind [man]. And hesaid ἴο him, Go, wash in the roku SnGpay τοῦ Σιλωάμ, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος. pool of Siloam, which is interpreted, Sent. ἀπῆλθεν οὖν καὶ ἐνίψατο, καὶ ἦλθεν βλέπων. ὃ ΟἹ οὖν He went therefore and washed, and came sostne The *therefore γείτονες καὶ οἱ θεωροῦντες αὐτὸν τὸ πρότερον Ort "τυφλὸς" ‘neighbours and those who saw him before that blind ἦν. ἔλεγον, Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος Kai προσαιτῶν; he was, βαϊᾷ, 7Not >this lis hewho wassitting and begging? 9 ἼΑλλοι ἔλεγον, Ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν᾽ ἄλλοι."δέ," “Ὅτι! 6 ὅμοιος Some said, He it 7is; but others, Like 271 should ie I know him not, I shall be a liar like unto you: but I know him, and keep his saying. 56 Your father Abraham re- joiced to see my day: and he saw it, and was glad. 57 Then said the Jews unto him, Thou art not yet fifty years 6ld, and hast thou seen Abraham ? 58 Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, 1 say unto you, Before Abraham was, I am. 59 Then took they up stones to cast at him: but Jesus hid himself, and went out of the temple, going through the midst of them, and so passed by. IX. And as Jesus passed by, he saw a man which was blind from his birth. 2 And his disciples asked him, saying, Master, who did sin, this man, or his parents, that he was born blind? 3 Je- sus answered, Neither hath this man sinned, nor his parents: but that the works of God should be made mani- fest in him. 4 I must work the works of him that sent me, while it is day: the night cometh, when no man can work. 5 As long as I am in the world, I am the light of the world. 6 When he had thus spoken, he spat on the ground, and made clay of the spittle, and he anoint- ed the eyes of the blind man with the clay, Zand said unto him, Go, wash in the pool of Siloam, (which is by interpretation, Sent.) He went his way there- fore, and washed, and came seeing. 8 The neighbours therefore, and they which before had seen him that he was blind, said, Is not this he that sat and begged? 9 Some said, This is he: others said. He is like him: but he ------------α---.»--.- - ο-ὔ3---- -- Ὁ ὑμῖν LTr. ο ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. Ρ εἴδῃ τ. 4 Εἶπαν τ. +++. οὕτως GLTTYA. t Ῥαββεί τ. u — ὃ GLTTrAW. τ + αὐτοῦ on an LTTrA. Υ — τοῦ τυφλοῦ [{Ἰτττὰ. GLTTraWw. — δέ but [L]rtra. ἔλεγον [Οὐχί, ann ]L. πὶ Kav LTTr. 2 [νίψαι] L. τ-- ὁ TTr. ¥ ἡμᾶς US TTr. ® προσαίτης a beggar ς eXeyov, Οὐχί, ἀλλ᾽ (ἀλλὰ T) said, No, but TTra ; s — διελθὼν Ὁ ἡμᾶς Us T. 272 said, Lam he. 10 There- fore said they unto him, How were thine eyes opened? 11 He answered and said, A man that is called Je- sus made clay, and an- ointed mine eyes, and said unto me, Go to the pool of Siloam, and wash: and I went and washed, and I re- ceived sight. 12 Then said they unto him, Where is he? He said, I know not. 13 They brought to the Pharisees him that aforetime was blind. 14 And it was the sabbath day when Jesus made the clay, and opened his eyes, 15 Then again the Pha- risees also asked him how he had received his sight. He said un- to them, He put clay upon mine eyes, and 1 washed, and do see. 16 Therefore said some of the Pharisees, This man is not of God, be- cause he keepeth not the sabbath day. Others said, How can a man that is a sinner do such miracles? And there was a division among them. 17 They say unto the blind man again, What sayest thou of him, that he hath opened _ thine eyes? He said, He is a prophet. 18 But the Jews did not believe concerning him, that he had been blind, and received his sight, un- til they called the pa- rents of him that had received his sight. 19 And they asked them, saying, Is this your son, who ye say was born blind? how then doth he now see? 30 His parents answer- ed them and said, We know that this is our son, and that he was born blind: 21 but by what means he now a + δὲ however L. i + ὁ (read the man that is called) Trr[a]. τὰ οὖν therefore LTTrA. [u]TTra. loam) GLTTrA. 4 ἐν ἡ ἡμέρᾳ in which day LrTra. παρὰ θεοῦ ὃ ἄνθρωπος LTTrA. χα ἣν τυφλὸς ΤΊΤΑ. > εἶπαν ΤΊτΑ. ΙΧ, 10 Ἔλεγον They said T QO2A0NSNGH >. αὐτῷ ἐστιν. ᾿Εκεῖνος ἔλεγεν, εἰμι. *him ‘he 7is. He said, am [86]. οὖν αὐτῷ, Πῶς" [ἀνεῴχθησάν! ἔσου" οἱ ὀφθαλμοί; 11 ᾿Απ- therefore tohim, How were opened thine eyes? 7An- exon ἐκεῖνος "καὶ εἶπεν," ᾿Ανθρωπος ἷ λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς swered The and said, Aman called Jesus A ΄ὔ Ad , , ‘ ? Ul ‘ La πηλὸν ἐποίησεν Kai ἐπέχρισέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, Kai εἶπέν clay made and appliedto mine eyes, and said μοι," Ὕπαγε εἰς ἱτὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ" Σιλωὰμ καὶ νίψαι. to me, Go to the pool of Siloam and wash: ἀπελθὼν ™0é καὶ νιψάμενος ἀνέβλεψα. 12°Eizoy' Ῥοῦν᾽ "having “gone ‘and and washed I received sight. They said therefore αὐτῷ, Ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος ; Λέγει, Ovx-oida. tohim, Where is he? He says, I know not. 13 “Ayovow αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τόν ποτε They bring *him to *the *Pharisees, who once [was_ Ὅτι ἐγώ I τυφλόν. 14 ἦν.δὲ σάββατον «ὅτε" τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ blind, Now it was sabbath when “the “clay 2made ? ~ ἘΞ > Ἂ Ιησοῦς καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. 15 πάλιν οὖν Jesus and ογροπρᾶ his eyes. Again therefore ἠρώτων αὐτὸν Kai οἱ Φαρισαῖοι πῶς ἀνέβλεψεν. 6.62 εἶπεν asked him alsothe Pharisees how he received sight. Andhe said ? ~ ‘A > , T2 7 4 ? , ll ‘ ? αὐτοῖς, Πηλὸν ἐπέθηκεν τέἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. μου," καὶ ἐνι- to them, Clay he put on mine eyes, and I ψάμην, καὶ βλέπω. 16°ENeyoy οὖν ke τῶν Φαρισαίων τινές, washed, and 14.860, Said therefore “οὐ “the *Pharisees ‘some, 3 τ c » ᾽ » ᾿ ~ θ “ἢ x , Οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὐκ.ἔστιν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ," ὅτι τὸ σάββατον This man is not from God, forthe sabbath ov-rnpet. Αλλοι ἔλεγον, Πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς he doesnot keep. Others said, How can aman a sinner τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν; Kai σχίσμα ἣν ἐν αὐτοῖς. 17 Λέ- such signs do ἢ» And adivision was among them. They γουσιν τῷ τυφλῷ πάλιν, “Σὺ i λέγεις περὶ αὐτοῦ, say tothe blind [man] again, “Thou ‘what *sayest concerning him, Ore ἤνοιξεν" σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς ; Ὃ.δὲ εἶπεν, Ὅτι προ- for heopened thine eyes? Andhe said, A pro- , 3 th ? > Ω « ? ~ ν᾿ φήτης ἐστίν. 18 Οὐκ. ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι περὶ phet he is. *Did "ποὺ “believe *therefore ‘the 7Jews concerning αὐτοῦ, ὅτι “τυφλὸς ἦν" καὶ ἀνέβλεψεν, ἕως ὅτου ἐφώνησαν him, that *blind ‘he *wasand received sight, until they called τοὺς γονεῖς αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀναβλέψαντος. 19 Kai ἠρώτησαν the parents of him who had received sight. And they asked αὐτοὺς λέγοντες, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ.υἱὸς ὑμῶν ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε them saying, *This lis your son, of whom ye say Ort τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη ; πῶς οὖν Τἄρτι βλέπει" ; 20 ᾿Απεκρίθη- that blind hewasborn? how then now does he see? 7Answered σαν *avroic' οἱ. γονεῖς. αὐτοῦ καὶ ϑεῖπον," Οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὗτός *them his *parents and said, We know that this ᾽ « es « ~ ‘ eo ν > Ul ~ 4 “ὦ ἐστιν ὁ.υἱὸς ἡμῶν, καὶ ὅτι τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη" 21 πῶς.δὲ νῦν is our son, and that blind he was born; but how now ἔ σοι Ἑ. 4 -- καὶ εἶπεν ! τὸν (read Go to Si- P — οὗν LTTrA. Γἠνεῴχθησάν LITrA. k 4 ὅτι TTr. n+ [kat] and tr. ° εἶπαν LTTrA. τ μου ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς GLTTrAW. “ Οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος νυ Τί σὺ TrA. ν ἤνέωξέν Tra. ἃ — αὐτοῖς [{ΠΤΊΤΑ. 8. + οὖν then [L]z[a]. t + οὖν therefore LTTraw. Y βλέπει ἄρτι LITrA. z + οὖν therefore Lr. ΙΧ. JOHN. λέπει οὐκ οἴδαμεν. ἢ τίς ἤνοιξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ᾽ Cee δ ς he sees we know not, or who opened his eyes ἡμεῖς ovK.oldapev’ “αὐτὸς ἡλικίαν ἔχει, αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσατε." we know not; he is of age, 7him task, αὐτὸς περὶ “αὑτοῦ λαλήσει. 22 Ταῦτα εἶπον οἱ γονεῖς he concerning himself shall speak. These things said “parents αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους: ἤδη.γὰρ συνε- this, because they feared the Jews; for already had agreed τέθειντο οἱ Ιουδαῖοι. iva ἐάν τις αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ together the Jews, that if anyone him _ should confess [to be the] χριστόν, ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται. 23 διὰ τοῦτο οἱ γονεῖς Christ, put out of the synagogue he should be. Because of this *parents αὐτοῦ ‘etzrov,! "Ore ἡλικίαν ἔχει. αὐτὸν δἐρωτήσατε"" 24 ᾽᾿Εφώ- ‘his said, He is of age, *him lask. They νησαν οὖν ix δευτέρου τὸν ἄνθρωπον! ὃς ἦν τυφλός, Kat ealled therefore asecondtime the man who was blind, and [εἶ Π ? ~ AG 06k D0 ως « ~ 10 e is » θ = εἶπον" αὐτῷ, Δὸς dogav τῷ θεῳ᾽ ἡμεῖς OLOapEY OTL 'O ἄνθρω said tohim, Give glory toGod; we know _— that “man x Ι t λό Ἴ τς ΟΣ Way - > ~ πος οὗτος" ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν. 25 ᾿Απεκρίθη οὖν ἐκεῖνος this a sinner is. *Answered *therefore ‘he keai εἶπεν," El ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν οὐκ.οἶδα᾽ ἕν οἶδα. Ore and said, If asinner heis I know not. One (thing} I know, that τυφλὸς ὧν ἄρτι βλέπω. 26 Πῖπον δὲ" αὐτῷ "πάλιν, Τί “blind ‘being ΠΟ 1566, And they said to him again, What > ͵ , 2 ~ ” , . ᾽ Σ ᾽ ἐποίησέν σοι; πῶς ἤνοιξεν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς ; 27 ᾿Απε- ἅϊά πὸ tothee? how opened he thine eyes ἢ He an- , > ~ εὖ ὦ » ‘ ? ᾽ , , , κρίθη αὐτοῖς, Εἶπον ὑμῖν ἤδη, καὶ οὐκ.ἠκούσατε' τί πάλιν swered them, I told you already,and yedidnothear: why again θέλετε ἀκούειν; μὴ Kai ὑμεῖς.θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι; do ye wish to hear? Zalso ‘do *ye wish his disciples to become? 28" ’EXowWdpnoay “οὖν" αὐτόν, καὶ Ῥεῖπον," Σὺ “εἰ μαθητὴς" They “railed #at*therefore him, and _ said, Thou art “disciple > Ἐν, Φ « ~ A ~ r / I ? 4 / « ~ » ἐκείνου" ἡμεῖς.δὲ τοῦ "Μωσέως" ἐσμὲν μαθηταί. 29 ἡμεῖς οἴδα- ‘his, but we of Moses are disciples. We know εν OTe "Μωσῇ" λελάληκεν ὁ θεός᾽ τοῦτον δὲ οὐκ.οἴδαμεν λελά ς μ that to Moses “has “spoken 1God ; but this [man] we know not πύθεν ἐστίν. 80 ᾿Απεκρίθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Rv whence he is. %Answered ‘the *man and said tothem, 7In ‘yap τούτῳ “θαυμαστόν ἐστιν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ.οἴδατε πόθεν ‘indeed this a wonderful thing is, that ye know not whence ἐστίν, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν" μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. 31 οἴδαμεν .“δὲ" Ort heis, and heopened mine eyes. But we know that γἁμαρτωλῶν ὁ θεὸς" οὐκ. ἀκούει: ἀλλ᾽ ἐάν τις θεοσεβὴς ἢ), sinners God doesnothear; but if anyone God-fearing be, καὶ TO θέλημα αὐτοῦ ποιῷ, τούτου ἀκούει. 32 ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος and the will of him do, him he hears. “Ever ovKnKOvUGONn, OTL τῆνοιξεν᾽ τις ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλοῦ ‘it “was “not heard that “opened ‘anyone [the] eyes of fone] *blind yeyevynpevov. 33 εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ θεοῦ οὐκ ἡ- ‘having “becn *born. Tf ποῦ *were ‘this (*man] from God he δύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν. 84 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν Kai *sirov' αὐτῷ, Ἔν could do nothing. They answered and said tohim, In 273 seeth, we know not; or who hath opened his eyes, we know not: he is of age; ask him: he shall speak for him- self. 22 These words spake his parents, be- cause they feared the Jews: for the Jews had agreed already, that if any man did confess that he was Christ, he should be put out of the synagogue. 23 Therefore said his parents, He is of age; ask him. 24 Then a- gain called they the man that was blind, and said unto him, Give God the praise: we know that this man isasinner. 25 He answered and said, Whether he be a sin- ner or no, I know not: one thing I know, that, whereas I was blind, now 1 see. 26 Then said they to him again, What did he to thee ? how open- ed he thine eyes? 27 He answered them, I have told you already, and ye did not hear: where- fore would ye hear it again ? will ye also be his disciples? 28 Then they reviled him, and said, Thou art his dis- ciple; but we are Moses’ disciples. 29 We know that God spake unto Moses: as for this fellow, we know not from whence he is. 30 The man answered and said unto them, Why herein is a mar- vellous thing, that ye know not from whence he is, and yet he hath opened mine eyes. 31 Now we know that God heareth not sin- ners: but if any man be a worshipper of God, and doeth his will, him he heareth. 32 Since the world be- gan was it not heard that any man opened the eyes of one that was born blind. 33 If this man were not of God, he could do no- thing. 34 They an- swered and said unto him, Thou wast alto- 4 αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσατε, αὐτὸς (— αὐτὸς TTrA) ἡλικίαν ἔχει LTTrA. ξ ἐπερωτήσατε T. ὃ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ δευτέρου LTTrA. LiTrAW. ἰ οὖν therefore (they said) στιὰ. πὶ --- πάλιν LTTrAa. railed) τ. 0 — ody GLTTraw. P εἷπαν τ. 4 μαθητὴς εἶ LTTrA. 3 Μωῦσεϊ LITra; Μῴυσῃ W. τ τούτῳ γὰρ TTrA. ἡ ἡνοιξέν LTTr. * — δὲ but LTTra. Y ὁ θεὸς ἁμαρτωλῶν LTrA. ε ἑαυτοῦ TTr. + c ‘ οὗτος ὃ ἄνθρωπος L. Γ εἶπαν LTTrA. k — καὶ εἶπεν n+ οἱ δὲ (read But they τ Mwicéws LITrAW. ¥ + τὸ the (wonderful thing) rrr. τ ἤνεωξἕξέν Tr. 8 εἶπαν LTTrA. r 274 gether born in sins, and dost thou teach us? And they cast him out. 35 Jesus heard that they had cast him out; and when he had found him, he said un- to him, Dost thou be- lieve on the Son of God? 36 He answered and said, Who is he, Lord, that I might be- lieve on him? 37 And Jesus said unto him, Thou hast both seen him, and it is he that talketh with thee, 38 And he said, Lord, I believe. And he wor- shipped him. 39 And Jesus said, For judg- ment I am come into this world, that they which see not might see; and that they which see might be made blind. 40 And some of the Pharisees which were with him heard these words, and said unto him, Are we blind also? 41 Jesus aid unto them, If ye were blind, ye should have no sin: but now ye say, We see; there- tore your sin remain- eth. X. Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that entereth not by the door into the sheep- fold, but climbeth up some other way, the same is a thief and a robber. 2 But he that entereth in by the door is the shepherd of the sheep. ὃ. To him the porter openeth ; and the sheep hear his yoice : and he calleth his own sheep by name, and _ leadeth themout. 4 And when he putteth forth his own sheep, he goeth before them, and the sheep follow him: for they know his voice. 5 And a stranger will they not follow, but will flee from him: for they know not the voice of strangers. 6 This parable spake Jesus unto them: but they understood not what things they were which he spake unto them. IQANNHE S. TX) 2m. ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὕλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς; Καὶ sins thou wast born wholly, and *thou ‘'teachest us? And ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω. 35 "Ἤκουσεν 6" ᾿Ιησοῦς ὅτι ἐξέβαλον they cast him out. *Heard ‘Jesus that they cast αὐτὸν ἔξω: καὶ εὑρὼν αὐτὸν εἶπεν “αὐτῷ," Σὺ πιστεύεις him out, and having found him said tohim, 7Thou ‘*believest εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ “θεοῦ ;" 86 ᾿Απεκρίθη ἐκεῖνος “καὶ εἶπεν," *Tic on the Son of God? 7Answered "he and said, Who ? ’ τ , 2 > , He \ ? ~ ἐστιν, κύριε, ἵνα πιστεύσω εἰς αὐτόν; 37 Εἶπεν δδὲ᾽ αὐτῷ is he, Lord, that I may believe on him? And?said “to *him ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Καὶ ἑώρακας αὐτόν, καὶ ὁ λαλῶν μετὰ σοῦ seus; 7TBoth Sthou “hast seen him, and he who speaks with thee ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν. 38 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, Πιστεύω, κύριε" καὶ προσεκύνη- “he lis. And he said, 1 believe, Lord: and he wie ot σεν αὐτῷ: 99 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Eic κρίμα ἐγὼ εἰς τὸν And Ζ2βαϊᾶ ‘Jesus, For judgment I into κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον. ἵνα οἱ μὴ -BAETTOVTEC βλέπωσιν, καὶ this world came, that they that see not might see, and ot βλέποντες mae Nol γένωνται. 40 Καὶ" ἤκουσαν ἐκ τῶν they that see blind might become. And heard “of *the Φαρισαίων ἱταῦτα" οἱ ὄντες per αὐτοῦ," καὶ ἰεῖ- *Pharisees ‘°these *'things ‘those*who ‘were ‘with ‘*him, and they πον αὐτῷ, Μὴ Kai ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμὲν ; 41 Εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ said ἔο Βἴτη, Also “we *blind ‘are? Said tothem > ~ ? ‘ Ἵ. ? n ” € , ~ 4 , Inoovc, Et τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν" νῦν.δὲ λέ- Jesus, If blind ye were. ye would not have sin ; but now ye γετε, Ὅτι βλέπομεν" ἡ "ποὖν" ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει. say We see, the ?therefore ‘sin of you remains. 10 ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὁ μὴ.εἰσερχόμενος διὰ τῆς Verily verily Isay ἴο you, He that enters not in by the θύρας εἰς THY αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων, ἀλλὰ ἀναβαίνων ἀλ- door ἴο the fold of the sheep, but mountsup__ else- λαχόθεν, ἐκεῖνος κλέπτης ἐστὶν Kai λῃστής" 2 0.0& εἰσερ- where, he a thief is and arobber; but he that en- χόμενος διὰ τῆς θύρας πο μὴν ἐστιν τῶν προβάτων. 3 τούτῳ ters in by the door shepherd is _ of the sheep. To him ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει, καὶ τὰ πρόβατα τῆς. φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει, the door-keeper opens, and the pneee his voice hear, καὶ τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα "καλεῖ" Kar’ ὄνομα, Kai ἐξάγει αὐτά. and his own sheep he calls by name, and leads *out *them. 4 οκαὶ! ὅταν τὰ ἴδια PrpdBara' ἐκβάλῃ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν And when hisown sheep he puts forth before them πορεύεται" Kai Ta πρόβατα αὐτῷ ἀκολουθεῖ, ὅτι οἴδασιν he goes ; and the sheep him follow, because they know τὴν.φωνὴν. αὐτοῦ. 5 ἀλλοτρίῳ.δὲ οὐ.μὴ “ἀκολουθήσωσιν,." his voice. But astranger in no wise they should follow, ἀλλὰ φεύξονται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ: Ort οὐκ. οἴδασιν τῶν ἀλλοτρίων but will flee from him, because they know not of strangers τὴν φωνήν. 6 Ταύτην τὴν π᾿ ig par ane: εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, the voice. This 2 sae! “spoke “to *them Jesus. ἐκεῖνοι. δὲ οὐκ. ἔγνωσαν τίνα τῇν" but they knew not what ἃ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς. it was which he spoke to them. Ὁ- ὃ 1}: f + καὶ θὰ GrTraW. αὐτοῦ ὄντες LTTrA. ΤΊταΑ. it might be tr. P πάντα all (his own) LTTra. © — αὐτῷ 1[TrA }. 4 ἀνθρώπου of man 1. ε --- καὶ εἶπεν L[A]. 8 --- - δὲ aud. LTTrA. h — καὶ TTrA. i— ταῦτα 7. k μετ᾽ 1 εἶπαν τ. — οὖν [ατττὰ. Ὁ φωνεῖ he calls Lrtra. °— Kat 4 ἀκολουθήσουσιν Will they follow Lrtraw. τή DS JOHN. 7 Εἶπεν οὖν "πάλιν αὐτοῖς" ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν NEyw ?Said “therefore *again ‘to *them + Jesus, Verily verily Isay ὑμῖν, ‘ore! δου εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων. ὃ πάντες ὕσοι to you, that am the door of the sheep. All whoever ‘xpd ἐμοῦ ἦλθον" κλέπται εἰσὶν Kai λῃσταί: ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ.-ἤκουσαν before me came thieves are and robbers; but “did “ποῦ °hear αὐτῶν τὰ πρόβατα. 9 ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα᾽ Ov ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις *them ‘the “sheep. I am the door: by me if anyone εἰσέλθῃ σωθήσεται, Kai εἰσελεύσεται καὶ ἐξελεύσεται, καὶ enter in he shall be saved, and and shall go out, aud νομὴν εὑρήσει. 10 ὁ κλέπτης οὐκ.ἔρχεται εἰμὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ pasture shall find. The thief comes not except that he may steal καὶ θύσῃ Kai ἀπολέσῃ" ἐγὼ ἦλθον ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν, and may kill and τηδὺ destroy: I came that life they might have, καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν. 11 ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός" ὁ and abundantly might have [it]. I am the “shepherd tgood. The ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς τὴν. Ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ τίθησιν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβά- *shepherd 1go0d his life lays down’ for the sheep: των. 12 ὁ. μισθωτὸς. δέ," Kai οὐκ. ὧν ποιμήν. οὗ οὐκ but the hired servant, and whe .s not [the] shepherd, whose *not χεἰσὶν᾽ τὰ πρόβατα ἴδια, θεωρεῖ τὸν λύκον ἐρχόμενον, Kai shall go in *are the “sheep ‘own, 8668 the wolf coming, and ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα καὶ φεύγει: Kai ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ eaves the sheep, and flees ; andthe wolf seizes them καὶ σκορπίζει Yra πρόβατα. 18 ὁ. δὲ μισθωτὸς φεύγει ὕτι and scatters the sheep. Now the hired servant flees because μισθωτός ἐστιν, καὶ οὐ-μέλει. αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν προβάτων. a hired servant heis, and is not himself concerned about the sheep. 14 oie εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ KadCC’ καὶ γινώσκω τὰ ἐμά, am the *shepherd ‘good; and Iknow those that (are) mine, καὶ γινώσκομαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἐμῶν. 15 καθὼς γινώσκει of as *knows με ὁ πατήρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν πατέρα" Kai τὴν. Ψυχήν.μου *me *the *Father, and I know the Father; and my life τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων. 16 Kai ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω, and am known those that [are] mine, Ilay down for the sheep. And other sheep I have, ἃ ovKéorw ἐκ τῆς. αὐλῆς.ταύτης᾽ κἀκεῖνά "pe δεῖ" which 816 ποῦ of this fold ; those also “me *+it *behoves ? ~ . ~ ~ , , ~ .‘ b ΄ | , ἀγαγεῖν, καὶ τῆς.φωνήῆς. μου ακούσουσιν" Kat γενήσεται" μία to bring, and my voice they willhear; and thereshallbe one ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν. 17 διὰ τοῦτο “ὁ πατήρ pe! ἀγαπᾷ, flock, one shepherd. On this account the Father me loves, Ore ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν.-Ψυχήν.μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν. because I lay down my life, that again I may take it. 18 οὐδεὶς αἴρει αὐτὴν am ἐμοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν an’ Noone takes it from me, but I laydown it of ἐμαυτοῦ. ἐξουσίαν ἔχω θεῖναι αὐτήν, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω myself. Authority Ihave tolay down it, and authority Ihave πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν᾽ ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ again to take it. This commandment I received from τοῦ πατρός.μου. 19 Σχίσμα toby" πάλιν ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς my Father. A division therefore again there was among the » αὐτοῖς πάλιν L} — πάλιν αὐτοῖς T; — αὐτοῖς a. ἐμοῦ GLTrA ; — πρὸ ἐμοῦ τ. w — δὲ but τί ττ]. ([τὰ πρόβατα] A) ὃ δὲ μισθωτὸς φεύγει [L]TTra. mine know me LTtTra. ® δεῖ we LTTrA. «- οὖν LUTra. x ἔστιν LTTrA. Ὁ γενήσονται TrA. τ--- ὅτι [{]ττ[Α]. 275 7 Then said Jesus unto them again, Ve- rily, verily, I say unto you, I am the door of the sheep. 8 All that ever came before me are thieves and rob- bers: but the sheep did not hear them. 9 I am the door: by me if any man enter in, he shall be saved, and shall go in and out, and find pasture. 10 The thief cometh not,but for tosteal,and to kill, and to destroy: I am come that they might have life, and that they might have tt more abundantly. 11 I am the good shep- herd: the good shep- herd giveth his life for the sheep. 12 But he that is an hireling, and not the shepherd, whose own the sheep are not, seeth the wolf coming, and leayeth the sheep, and fleeth: and the wolf catcheth them, and scattereth thesheep. 13 Thehire- ling fleeth, because he is an hireling, and car- eth not for the sheep. 14 I am the good shep- herd, and know my sheep, and am known of mine. 15 As the Father knoweth me, even so know I the Fa- ther: and I lay down my life for the sheep. 16 And other sheep I have, which are not of this fold: them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; and there shall be one fold, and one shep- herd. 17 Therefore doth my Father love me, because! lay down my, life, that 1 might take it again. 18 No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of myself. I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father. 19 There was a division therefore again among the Jews for these τ ἦλθον πρὸ 7 — τὰ πρόβατα. : γινώσκουσίν με τὰ ἐμά those that [are] με ὃ πατὴρ LTTrA. 270 sayings. 20 And many of them said, He hath a devil, and is mad; why hear ye him? 21 Others said, These are not the words of him that hath a devil. Can a devil open the eyes of the blind? 22 And it was at Jerusalem the feast of the dedication, and it was winter. 23 And Jesus walked in the temple in Solomon’s porch, 24 Then came the Jews round about him, and said unto him, How long dost thou make us to doubt ? If thou be the Christ, tell us plain- ly. 25 Jesus answered them, 1 told you, and ye believed not: the works that I do in my Father’s name, they bear witness of me. 25 But ye believe not, because ye are not of my sheep, as I said unto you. 27 My sheep hear my voice, and 1 know them, and they follow me: 28 and [ give unto them eter- nal life; and they shall never perish, nei- ther shall any man pluck them out of my hand, 29 My Father, which gaye them me, is greater than all; and no man is able to pick them out of my ather’s hand. 301 and mz Father are one. 31 Then the Jews took up stones again to stone him, 32 Jesus answered them, Many good works have [ shewed you from my Father ; for which of those works do ye stoneme? 33The Jews answered him, saying, IQANNHS. διὰ on account of pA 20 ἔλεγον “δὲ! said "but 4 ? ? ~ , » ‘ , ΄ ᾽ - πολλοὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν, Δαιμόνιον ἔχει καὶ μαίνεται τί αὐτοῦ many of them, A demon he has and ismad; why him ἀκούετε; 21 [ΓΑλλοι ἔλεγον, Ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστιν do ye hear ἢ Others said, These sayings are not [those] δαιμονιζομένου" μὴ δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ᾿ΙΤουδαίοις τοὺς.λόγους τούτους. Jews these words ; of one possessed by a demon. 7A “demon ‘is able of [the] blind [the] ὀφθαλμοὺς ἱἀνοίγειν"; eyes to open ? 22 ᾿Εγένετο. δὲ τὰ δἐγκαίνια' ἐν roic! Ἱεροσολύμοις, And took place the feast of dedication at Jerusalem, Ἰκαὶ χειμὼν iy 23 καὶ περιεπάτει ὁ" Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ and winter it was. And ?was *walking ‘Jesus in the temple ? ~ ἘΞ ~ l ~ λ ~ Ι ? , x ἦ ? a ἐν τῇ στοᾷ ‘TOV Σολομῶντος." 24 ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν in the porch of Solomon. *Encircled *therefore *him ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ ἔλεγον αὐτῷ, “Ewe πότε τὴγ.Ψυχὴν μῶν 88 2Jews, and = said tohim, Until when our soul αἴρεις ; εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστός, "εἰπὲ" ἡμῖν παῤ- holdest thou in suspense? If thou art the Christ, tell us a ῥησίᾳ. 25 ᾿Απεκρίθη παὐτοῖς" *6' ᾿Ιησοῦς, Εἶπον ὑμῖν, καὶ Ye 2 Answered them Jesus, I told you, and οὐ. πιστεύετε. τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρός ye believe not. ΤΠ ΟΥΚ5 which I do in the name of ?Father μου, ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ: 26 οἀλλ᾽" ὑμεῖς οὐ ἴχῃν, these bear witness concerning me: but ye “not πιστεύετε. Ῥοὺ γάρ" ἐστε ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν, “καθὼς "believe, foryearenot of 4sheep my, as εἶπον ὑμῖν." 27 ra πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς.φωνῆς. μου τἀκούει," Isaid ἕο γοπ. "Sheep my my voice hear, κἀγὼ γινώσκω αὐτά: Kai ἀκολουθοῦσίν po, 28 κἀγὼ "ζωὴν and I know them, and _ they follow me ; andI _silife -Ovioy δίδωμι αὐτοῖς" καὶ ody ἀπόλωνται εἰς τὸν eternal give them ; and inno wise shall they perish for αἰῶνα, καὶ οὐχιἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς.χειρός.μου. 29 ὁ eyer, and *shall ‘not ‘seize “anyone them out of my hand. yn t I v8 all 6&0 , Wryel , 12 Dg ᾿ πατΉΡ. μου ος EOWKEV μοι μείζων παντων ἐστιν και My Father who has given([them]tome greater than all is, and οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ-πατρός ὅμου." no one is able toseize outof the hand of my Father. 30 ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν. 31 ’EBdoracay γοῦν" πάλιν I andthe Father one are. ®*Took*up “therefore *again λίθους οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν. 82 ἀπεκρίθη 7stones ‘the *Jews that they might stone him. 2Answered αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πολλὰ τκαλὰ ἔργα" ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ 3them 1 Jesus, Many good works I shewed you from TAT , a oll ὃ AJ ~ > ~ » Ὀχιθάξ ’ lie ρος. μου ta TOLOV αὐτῶν ἐργον ἰισαςξτε με 7 my Father ; because of which *of*them ‘work do ye stone me? 33 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ ᾿Τουδαῖοι “λέγοντες,." Περὶ καλοῦ For a good work we 7Answered *him ‘the * Jews, saying, For a good e οὖν then 1. f ἀνοῖξαι to have opened TTrA. 8 ἐνκαίνια 1. h — χρῖς τ. i— καὶ TTrA. k [0] Tr. 1 Σολομῶνος GLTAW ; τοῦ Σολομῶνος Tr. ™ εἰπὸν T. 2 — αὐ- τοῖς T. ° ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. POTLOUKTTr. 4 —- καθὼς εἶπον ὑμῖν [L]TTr[A]. τ ἀκούουσιν [are] hearing ΤΎΓΑ. Yo what (he has given) TTrA. 2 ἔργα καλὰ LT. © — λέγοντες LITTAW Υ — οὖν 3[Tr]. TTrA, 5 δίδωμι αὐτοῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον TTrA. t — μου (read The Father) τ. W πάντων μεῖζόν TTrA. * — μου (read the Father) 1[tTrJa, a — μον (read the Father) [L]z[TrJa. ὃ ἐμὲ λιθάζετε ΧΈΧΙ JOHN. ἔργου οὐλιθάζομέν σε. ἀλλὰ περὶ βλασφημίας. Kai ὅτι work wedonotstone thee, but for blasphemy, and because ov eyepermns ὧν ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν θεόν. 84 ᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς thou ‘being makest apes God. ?Answered *them ἀδ᾽' Ἰησοῦς, Οὐκ.ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, “ aie 1 Jesus, Is it not written in your law, ἐεῖπα," θεοί tore; 35 Ei ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεούς, πρὸς ovc F said, *gods ‘ye 7are? If them hecalled gods, to whom the λόγος Srov θεοῦ ἐγένετο," Kai οὐ.δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ γραφή" word of God pate) (and #cannot *be broken ‘the qeaniatrare,) 36 ὃν ὁ πατὴρ ἡγίασεν Kai ἀπέστειλεν εἰς TOY κόσμον, {of him] whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world, ὑμεῖς. λέγετε, Ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Yidc "τοῦ" θεοῦ do ye say, Thou blasphemest, because Isaid, Son of God εἰμι; 87 εἰ οὐ-ποιῶ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ.πατρός. μου, μὴ.πιστεύετέ Iam? If Idonot the works of my Father, believe not por’ 38 εἰιδὲ ποιῶ, κἂν ἐμοὶ μὴ ἱπιστεύητε," τοῖς ἔργοις me; butif Ido, evenif me ye believe not, the works krisrevoare," iva γνῶτε καὶ ἱπιστεύσητε" Ore ἐν ἐμοὶ beliexe, that oe may perceive and may believe that in me [is] ὁ πατήρ, κἀγὼ ἐν παὐτῷ." 39 ᾿Εζήτουν "οὖν" οπάλιν" the Father, andI in him. They sought therefore again αὐτὸν midoa Kai ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς.χειρὸς.αὐτῶν. 40 Kai him to take, and he went forth out of their hand; and δάνου, εἰς τὸν τόπον ὕπου ἦν ordan, to the place where was καὶ ἔμεινεν" ἐκεῖ. 41 καὶ ? ~ ’ , ~ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν πέραν τοῦ ‘lo departed again beyond the ΡΤωάννης" τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων" John first baptizing ; and heabode there. And πολλοὶ ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν, Kai ἔλεγον, Ὅτι PIwavyne' piv many came to him, and said, John indeed σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν᾽ πάντα.δὲὲ ὕσα εἶπεν ῬἸἸωάννης" Ssign ‘did =no; but all whatsoever “said 1 John περὶ τούτου, ἀληθῆ ἦν. 42 Καὶ τἐπίστευσαν πολλοὶ goncerning this [man], true were. And “believed ‘many ἐκεῖ εἰς αὐτόν." there on him. 11 Ἤν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας, Now there was acertain[{man] sick, Lazarus of Bethany, ἐκ τῆς κώμης " Μαρίας Kai Μάρθας τῆς.ἀδελφῆς. αὐτῆς. 2 ἦν of the village οἵ Mary and Martha her sister. 7It *was δὲ "Μαρία" ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν κύριον μύρῳ καὶ ἐκμάξασα ‘and = Mary who anointed the Lord withointment and wiped Tovc.760ac.adTov ταῖς.θριξὶν.αὐτῆς, ἧς ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος his feet with her hair, whose brother Lazarus ἠσθένει. 8 ἀπέστειλαν οὖν at ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγου- was sick. *Sent ‘therefore'the sisters to him, say- σαι, Κύριε, ide ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ. 4 ᾿Ακούσας. δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 277 stone thee not; but for blasphemy ; and be- cause that thou, being a man, makest thyself God. 34 Jesus answer- ed them, Is it not written in your law, I said, Yeare gods? 35 tf he called them gods, tuto whom the word of God came, and the scripture cannot be broken; 36 say ye of him, whom the Father hath sanctified, and sent into the world, Thou blasphemest; be- cause I said, I am the Son of God? 37 If I do not the works of my Father, believe me not. 38 But if I do, though ye believe not me, believe the works: that yemay know, and . believe, that the Fa- ther 7s in me, andI in him. 39 Therefore they sought again te take him: but he es- caped out of their hand, 40 and went away again beyond Jordan into the place where John at first baptized; and there he abode. 41 And many resorted unto him, and said, John did no mi- racle: but all things that John spake of this man were true. 42 And many believed on him there. ΧΙ, Now ao certain man was sick, named Lazarus, of Bethany, the town of Mary and her sister Martha. 2 (It was that Mary which anointed the Lord with ointment, and wiped his feet with her hair, whose brother Lazarus was sick.) 3 Therefore his sisters sent unto him, saying, Lord, be- hold, he whom thou ing, Lord, 1o, he whom thou lovest is sick. But7having*heard ‘Jesus lovest is sick. 4 When Jesus heard that, he εἶπεν, Αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκιἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ said, This sickness ix said, This sickness is not unto death, but for not unto death, but a , = ἘΠ τε ‘ εν 30 ov for the glory of God, τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ, wa δοξασθῇ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Ov that the Son of God the glory of God, that may be glorified the Son of God by might be glorified 4 [ὃ] tr. © + ὅτι that LrTra. f εἶπον L. 8 ἐγένετο τοῦ θεοῦ 1. h — τοῦ τ. 1 πιστεύετε T. Κ πιστεύετε LTTr. 1 γινώσκητε may know LITra. m τῷ πατρί the Father Lrtra. 0 [οὖν] Tra. ο — πάλιν 1. ΡἸωάνης Tr. 4 ἔμενεν 1.. τ πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ LITA, 5. τῆς τ Μαριὰμ Tr. 278 thereby. 5 Now Jesus loved Martha, and her sister, and Lazarus, 6 When he had heard therefore that he was sick, he abode two days still in the same place where he was. 7 Then after that saith he to his disciples, Let us go into Judwa again. 8 His disciples say un- to him, Master, the Jews of late sought to stone thee; and go- est thou thither again ? 9 Jesus answered, Are there not twelve hours in the day? If any man walk in the day, he stumbleth not, be- cause he seeth the light of this world. 10 But if a man walk in the night, he stumbleth, because there is no light in him. 11 These things said he: and after that he saith unto them, Our friend Lazarus sleepeth ; but I go, that I may a- wake him out of sleep. 12 Then said his disci- ples, Lord, if he sleep, he shall do well. 13 Howbeit Jesus spake of his death: but they thought that he had spoken of taking of rest insleep. 14 Then said Jesus unto them plainly, Lazarus is dead. 15 And I am glad for your sakes that I was not there, to the intent ye may believe ; nevertheless let us go unto him. 16 Then said Thomas, which is called Didy- mus, unto his fellow- disciples, Let us also go, that we may die with him 17 Then when Jesus came, he found that he had lain in the grave four days al- ready. 18 Now Beth- any was nigh unto Jerusalem, about fif- teen furlongs off: 19 and many of the Jews came to Martha and Mary, to comfort them concerning their IQANN H Σ. τυ τους ὃ Ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν καὶ =p ρ ved ‘now 3Jesus Martha and αὐτῆς Kai τὸν Λάζαρον. 6 we οὖν ἤκουσεν ὅτι ἀσθενεῖ, ther and Lazarus. When therefore heheard that he is sick, τότε μὲν ἔμεινεν ἐν ἣν τόπῳ δύο ἡ ἡμέρας. 7 Ἔπειτα then indeed heremained in which *he*was ‘place two days. Then μετὰ τοῦτο λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Αγωμεν εἰς τὴν Lovdatay after this hesays to the ESE Lee Let us go into Judza πάλιν. ὃ Aéyovow αὐτῷ ot μαθηταί, *PaZBi," viv ἐζή- again. *Say “to *him “the disciples, ey gue now *were τουν σε λιθάσαι ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, Kai πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ; ‘seeking 7thee *to%stone ‘the 2Jews, and again goest thou thither? 9 ᾿Απεκρίθη Yo" Ἰησοῦς, Οὐχὶ δώδεκά eloww ὧραι! τῆς 2Answered 1Jesus, 5Not ®Stwelve “are *there hours in the saan ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν TH ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ-προσκόπτει, ἜΣ If anyone walk in the day, he stumbles not, a , 7A , ὅτ ὥς τοῦ.κόσμου.τούτου βλέπει: 10 ἐὰν.δέὲ τις hin ite ight of this world he sees ; but if anyone περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, OTL TO φῶς οὐκ.ἔστιν ἐν walk in the night, he stumbles, because the light is not in XI. τὴν ἀ ἐδελφὴν *sister αὐτῷ. 11 Ταῦτα εἶπεν. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο λέγει αὐτοῖς, Λά- him. These things he said; and after this hesays tothem, La- Zapoc ὁ.φίχλος.ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξ- zarus our friend has fallen asleep; but I go that I may υπνίσω αὐτόν. 12 Εἶπον οὖν" οὶ. μαθηταὶ" “αὐτοῦ, Κύριε, awake him. *Said ‘therefore his disciples, Lord, ? / , sd \ <5 2. ~ 4 εἰ κεκοίμηται σωθήσεται. 13 Ἑἰρήκει.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς περὶ if he has fallen asleep he will get well. But *had *spoken 1 Jesus of τοῦ.θανάτου.αὐτοῦ" ἐκεῖνοι. δὲ ἔδοξαν ὅτι περὶ τῆς κοιμήσεως his death, but they thought that of the rest τοῦ ὕπνου λέγει. 14 τότε “ody' εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς of sleep he speaks. Then therefore *said *to *them 1Jesus παῤῥησίᾳ, Λάζαρος ἀπέθανεν. 15 καὶ χαίρω δι’ ὑμᾶς, plainly, Lazarus died, And I rejoice on your account, ἵνα πιστεύσητε, OTL οὐκ-ἤμην ἐκεῖ: “ἀλλ᾽ ἄγωμεν πρὸς in order that ye may believe, that 1 νγαὰβ ποῦ there. But letus go to αὐτόν. 16 Εἶπεν οὖν Θωμᾶς, ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος, τοῖς him. *Said ‘therefore Thomas, Didymus, to the ‘cuppabnraig,' “Aywper καὶ ἡμεῖς. ἵνα ἀποθάνωμεν μετ᾽ fellow-disciples, Let *go “also us, that we may die with αὐτοῦ. him. 17 8 Ἐλθὼν!" οὖν ὁ Inoovc™ εὗρεν αὐτὸν τέσσαρας *Having ‘come “therefore 1 Jesus found him four ἰἡμέρας On ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ. 18 ἦν.δὲ *7! Βηθανία days already having been in the tomb. Now *was *Bethany ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε: 19 ἱκαὶ near to Jerusalem, about “off *furlongs fifteen, oe modo! ἐκ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐληλύθεισαν πρὸς “τὰς περὶ" many of the Jews had come unto those around Μάρθαν καὶ "Μαρίαν," ἵνα παραμυθήσωνται αὐτὰς περὶ Martha and Mary, that they might console them concerning * + [αὐτοῦ] (read his disciples) L. a+ αὐτῷ to him ur. LUTrAW. αὐτῷ to him Tra. 4 + καὶ and L. (7 cad had come to Mar tha) LTra. x “PaBBei T. ¥Y — ὃ GLTTraw. 2 ὧραί εἰσιν > [οἱ μαθηταὶ) a. ς — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) LT; 4 [οὖν] x. © ἀλλὰ LTTrA. Γσυνμαθηταῖς T. &*HAGev came L. i ἤδη ἡμέρας TrA ; — ἤδη T. k— 77. 1 πολλοὶ δὲ LTTrA. ™ τὴν Ὁ Μαριάμ. LTTrA. ΧΙ. JOHN. Tov.adedgpov.-adrav.' 20 ἡ οὖν. Μάρθα we ἤκουσεν ὅτι PO" their brother. Martha therefore when she heard that Ἰησοῦς ἔρχεται, ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ: Mapia.cé ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ ἐκα- Jesus is coming, met him ; but Mary in the house was θέζετο. 21 εἶπεν. οὖν «ἡ Μάρθα πρὸς ror! ᾿Ιησοῦν, Κύριε, εἰ sitting. Then said Martha to Jesus, Lord, if ἧς ὧδε, "ὁ.ἀδελφός. μου οὐκ.ἂν ἐτεθνήκει." 22 tadrAa" thou hadst been here, my brother had not died ; but καὶ νῦν olda ὅτι boa ἂν.αἰτήσῃ τὸν θεόν, δώσει even now Iknow that whatsoever thou mayest ask of God, *will *give σοι ὁ θεός. 23 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Αναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός “thee ‘God. Says toher Jesus, *Will +rise Sagain 2brother σου. 24 Λέγει αὐτῷ Μάρθα, Οἶδα ὅτι ἀναστήσεται ἐν τῇ ‘thy. Says to him Martha, I know that he willrise again in the ἀναστάσει ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 25 Εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς. resurrection in the last day. "Said “to *her 1 Jesus, "Ey εἰμι ἡ ἀνάστασις καὶ ἡ Jon. ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, I am the resurrection and the life: hethat believes on me, κἂν ἀποθάνῃ ζήσεται: 20 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ζῶν Kai πιστεύων though hedie he shall live; and everyone who lives and _ believes εἰς ἐμέ, οὐ-μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα. πιστεύεις τοῦτο: on me, innowise_ shall die for ever. Believest thou this? 27 Λέγει αὐτῷ, Nai, Kip’ ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Shesays tohim, Yea, Lord; 1 have believed that thou art the χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος. Christ, the Son of God, who into’ the world comes, 28 Kai “ταῦτα! εἰποῦσα ἀπῆλθεν, καὶ ἐφώνησεν *Mapiar' And these things having said she went away, and called Mary τὴν ἀδελφὴν.αὐτῆς YAabpa," *eizrovea,' Ὁ διδάσκαλος πάρ- her sister secretly, saying, The teacher is \ ~ ς ᾽ , a ,° δὼ b2 , ll A ἐστιν καὶ φωνεῖ σε. 29 Exeivn* ὡς ἤκουσεν "ἐγείρεται" ταχὺ come and 068115 thee. She when she heard risesup quickly καὶ “ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτόν. 30 οὔπω. δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς and comes to him. Now not yet had *come + Jesus εἰς THY κώμην, ἀλλ᾽ ἢν “ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὕπου ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ into the village, but was in the place where *met shim ἡ Μάρθα. 31 οἱ. οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι οἱ ὄντες μετ᾽ αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ?Martha. The Jews therefore who were with her in the house καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν, ἰδόντες τὴν ee OTL ταχέως and consoling her, having seen ary that quickiy , ᾿ ~ ? , ~ , i ἀνέστη καὶ ἐξῆλθεν, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῇ, ‘eyorTec,' “Ore sheroseup and went out, followed her, saying, ὑπάγει εἰς TO μνημεῖον ἵνα κλαύσῃ ἐκεῖ. 82 Ἢ οὖν Μαρία" Sheisgoing to the tomb that she may weep there. Mary therefore ὡς ἦλθεν ὕπου ἦν "δ' ᾿Ιησοῦς, ἰδοῦσα αὐτὸν ἔπεσεν ieic when she came where *was 1 Jesus, seeing him, fell at τοὺς. πόδας.αὐτοῦ," λέγουσα αὐτῷ, Κύριε, «i ἧς ὧδε his feet, saying tohim, Lerd, if thou hadst been here ovK.avaréOaviv μου" ὁ ἀδελφός. 88 Ἰησοῦς οὖν ὡς εἶδεν Ξηᾷ “ποῦ died my “brother. Jesus therefore when hesaw 279 brother. 20 Then Mar- tha, as soon as she heard that Jesus was coming, went and met him: but Mary sat still in the house. 21 Then said Martha unto Jesus, Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died. 22 But I know, that even now, what- soever thou wilt ask of God, God will give ἐξ thee. 23 Jesus saith unto her, Thy bro- ther shall rise again. 24 Martha saith unto him, I know that he shall rise again in the resurrection at the last day. 25 Jesus said unto her, I am the resurrection, and the life: he that be- lieveth in me, though he were dead, yet shall he live: 26 and whoso- ever liveth and believ- eth in me shall never die. Believest thou this? 27 She saith un- to him, Yea, Lord: I believe that thou art the Christ, the Son of God, which should come into the world. 28 And when she had so said, she went her way, and called Mary her sister secretly, say- ing, The Master is come, and calleth for thee. 29 As soon as she heard that, she arose quickly, and came unto him. 30 Now Jesus was not yet come into the town, but was in that place where Martha met him. 31 The Jews then which were with her in the house, and comforted her, when they saw Mary, that she rose up hastily and went out, followed her, saying, She goeth un- to the grave to weep there. 32 Then when Mary was come where Jesus was, and saw him, she fell down at his feet, saying unto him, Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died. 33 When Jesus there- fore saw her weeping, ο — αὐτῶν (read [their] brother) Trra. P — ὃ GLTTrAW. 5 οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν (ἐτεθνήκει A) ὃ ἀδελφός μου LTTTA. * τοῦτο this ΤΊτα. * Μαριὰμ LTTrA. Y λάθρᾳ L. Ὁ ηγέρθη rose up LTrA. © ἤρχετο CaMe Tra. f δόξαντες thinking TTrA. 8 Μαριὰμ TTrA. τοὺς πόδας GTTrAW. k μον ἀπέθανεν TTrA. 2 εἴπασα Tr. 4 + ἔτι yet LT[a]. h — 9 LTTrA. 4ᾳ --- ἡ GL. t ἀλλὰ [L]TTrA. a + δὲ and (she) τι[Α]. ¥ — τὸν T[Tr]. ¥ + ἡ LTTrA. © Μαριᾶμ, LTTrA. ι αὐτοῦ εἰς (πρὸς TTrA) 280 and the Jews also weeping which came with her, he groaned in the spirit, and was troubled, 34 and said, Where have ye laid him? They said unto him, Lerd, come and see. 35 Jesus wept. 36 Then said the Jews, Behold how he loved him! 37 And some of them said, Could not this man, which open- ed the eyes of the blind, have caused that even this man should not have died ? 38 Jesus therefore a- gain groaning in him- self cometh to the grave. It was a cave, and a stone lay upon it. 39 Jesus said, Take ye away the stone. Martha, the sister of him that was dead, saith unto him, Lord, by this time he stink- eth: for he hath been dead four days. 40 Je- sus saith unto her, Said I not unto thee, that, if thou wouldest be- lieve, thou shouldest see the glory of God? 41 Then they took a- way the stone from the place where the dead was laid. And Jesus lifted up his eyes, and said, Father, Γ thank thee that thou hast heard me. 42 And I knew that thou hear- est me always: but be- cause of the people which stand by I said it, that they may be- lieve that thou hast sentme. 43 And when he thus had spoken, he cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth. 44 And he that was dead came forth, bound hand and foot with graveclothes: and his face was bound about with a napkin. Jesus saith unto them, Loose him, and let him go. 45 Then many of the Jews which came to Mary, and had seen the things which Jesus did, believed on him. 46 But some of them wert their ways to the Pharisees, and told IQANNH®. αὐτὴν κλαίουσαν, καὶ rove συνελθόντας αὐτῇ Ιουδαίους her weeping, and the *who%came*with ‘*her 1Jews κλαίοντας, ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι, Kai ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν, weeping, he groaned rae and troubled himself 34 καὶ εἶπεν, Tov τεθείκατε αὐτόν ; Aéyovow αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ΧΙ. and said, Where haveyelaid him; They say tohim, Lord, ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε. 85 ᾿Εδάκρυσεν ὁ "Inooiie. 36 ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ come and see. 2Wept 1 Jesus. lke *therefore ‘the Ἰουδαῖοι, “Ide πῶς ἐφίλει αὐτόν. 87 Twic.di ἐξ αὐτῶν 2Jews, Behold how heloved him! But some of them εἶπον, Οὐκ. ἠδύνατο" οὗτος ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς said, Was not “able this [? uate) who opened the eyes TOU eee ποιῆσαι ἵνα Kai οὗτος μὴ. ἀποθάνῃ; of the blind [man], to have caused that also this one should not have died ? 38 Ἰησοῦς οὖν πάλιν πὲἐμβριμώμενος" ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔρχεται Jesus. therefore again groaning in himself comes εἰς TO μνημεῖον. ἦν.δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ᾽ to the tomb. Now it was a cave, and astone waslying upon ED. 39 λέγει "ὁ" Ἰησοῦς, “Apare τὸν λίθον. Λέγει αὐτῷ ΞΞ8Υ5 1Jesus, Take away the stone. “*Says ‘to *him ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ τεθνηκότος" Μάρθα, Κύριε, ἤδη ὄζει" 5the sister 7of EEE δ has ‘died, *Martha, Lord, already hestinks, τεταρταῖος γάρ 0 ἐστιν. 40 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οὐκ. εἶπόν *four ‘days LOL! ΠΡ ἼΞῚ Says “to *her 1 Jesus, Said I not . ? UL p? ll \ , ~ ~ σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψει. τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ : to thee, that if thou shouldest believe, thou shalt see the glory of ΡΩΝ 41 Ἦραν οὖν τὸν λίθον 400 ἦν ὁ τεθνηκὼς SENS They took away therefore the stone where*was'the dead laid. Ὁ «δὲ ᾿[ησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω, καὶ εἶπεν, 1ά- And Jesus lifted [his] eyes upwards, and _ said, Fa- τερ. εὐχαριστῶ σοι OTL ἤκουσάς pov. 42 ἐγὼ.δὲ ἤδειν ὅτι ther, I thank thee that thou heardest me; and I knew that πάντοτε μου ἀκούεις ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περι- always me thouhearest; but onaccountof the crowd who stand ἑστῶτα εἶπον ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας. around 1 said [it], that they might believe that thou me didst send. 43 Kai ταῦτα εἰπών, φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν, Aa- And these things having said, with a?voice “loud he cried, La- Cape, δεῦρο ἔξω. 44 Καὶ" ἐξῆλθεν ὁ τεθνηκώς, δεδεμένος zarus, come forth. And came forth he who had been dead, bound τοὺς πόδας Kai τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ.ὄψις αὐτοῦ feet and hands with grave clothes, and his face σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο. λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Avoare with a handkerchief bound about. Says *to *them ‘Jesus, Loose αὐτὸν Kai ἄφετε ὑὕὑπαάγειν. him and let fhim) go. 45 Πολλοὶ οὖν ἐκ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων οἱ ἐλθόντες πρὸς τὴν Many ὑμουθῆοσο αὐ the Jews who came to "Μαρίαν" καὶ θεασάμενοι ἃ" ἐποίησεν “ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς," ἐπίστευσαν Mary and saw what *did 1 Jesus, believed εἰς αὐτόν. 46 rivic.dé ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπῆλθον πρὸς τοὺς Φαρι- on him ; but some of them went to the Phari- 1 ἐδύνατο LTTrA. P ὄψῃ thou shouldest see LrTraw. 5. + αὐτὸν him T[tTrJa. GTTrA. ἃ ἐμβριμούμενος τ. n — 6 1{1τ]. © τετελευτηκότος LTTYAW. 4 — οὗ ἦν ὃ τεθνηκὼς κείμενος GLTTYA. τ- καὶ t Μαριὰμ. LITrA. YO TrA. ν — ὃ Ἰησοῦς (read he did) eLrrraw. ΧΡ JOHN: σαίους Kai *eizroy' αὐτοῖς Ya! ἐποίησεν Τὸ" Inootc. 47 συνήγα- sees and told them what 2did i Jesus, Gathered γον οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συνέδριον, Kai ἔλεγον, therefore the chief priests andthe Pharisees acouncil, and said, Τί ποιοῦμεν ; ὅτι οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος πολλὰ “σημεῖα ποιεῖ." What do we? for this man many signs does. 48 ἐὰν ἀφῶμεν αὐτὸν οὕτως, πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτόν" If weletalone him thus, all will believe on him, καὶ ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ρωμαῖοι καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον and willcome the Romans and willtakeawayfromus both the place A 4 ” cd ’ ? ? ~ 7 ? \ καὶ τὸ ἔθνος. 49 Eic.déric ἐξ αὐτῶν, Καϊάφας, ἀρχιερεὺς and the nation. But acertain one of them, Caiaphas, high priest ὧν Tov.éviauzov.éKeivov, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε being of that year, said to them, Ye know οὐδέν, 50 οὐδὲ “SraroyiZecbe' ὅτι συμφέρει “ἡμῖν iva εἴς nothing, nor consider that itis profitable forus that one ἄνθρωπος ἀποθάνῃ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ, Kai μὴ ὅλον TO ἔθνος man should die for the people, and not *whole ‘the nation ἀπόληται. 51 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ οὐκ.εἶπεν, ἀλλὰ apy- should perish, But this from himself he said not, but high ‘ n ~ ~ ? f d , Ι e ez I ιερεὺς ὧν τοῦ.ἐνιαυτοῦ. ἐκείνου, προεφήτευσεν" OTL “ἔμελλεν priest being of that year, prophesied that *was *about ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς ἀποθνήσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους, 52 καὶ οὐχ ὑπὲρ 1 Jesus to die for the nation; and ποῦ for τοῦ ἔθνους μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ διεσκορ- the nation only, but that also the children of God who have been πισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν. 88 am ἐκείνης οὖν scattered abroad he might gather together into one. From that therefore THC ἡμέρας βσυνεβουλεύσαντο᾽ day they took counsel together that 54 ’Incovce οὖν" ἰοὺκ ἔτι! Jesus therefore no longer ᾿Ιουδαίοις, ἀλλὰ ἀπῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν Jews, but wentaway thence ΓΆΡ > ? » , ἐρήμου, εἰς ᾿Εφραϊμ λεγομένην desert, to *Ephraim Scalled μετὰ τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ." with his disciples. δῦ "Hy.dé ἐγγὺς τὸ πάσχα τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβησαν Now ὅνγαβ ’near ‘the *passover “of *the 5 Jews, and wentup πολλοὶ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐκ τῆς χώρας πρὸ τοῦ πάσχα, ἵνα Many to Jerusalem outof the country before the passover, that ayviswow ἑαυτούς. 56 ἐζήτουν οὖν τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, καὶ they might purify themselves. They were seeking therefore Jesus, and meheyov! μετ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστηκότες, Τί δοκεῖ were saying among one another in the temple standing, What doesitseem ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐμὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς THY ἑορτήν ; 57 Δεδώκεισαν. δὲ to you, that inno wise hewillcometo the _ feast? Now had given Meai' οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ Φαρισαῖοι “ἐντολήν, ἵνα ἐάν τις ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν αὐτόν. they might kill him. παῤῥησίᾳ. περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς publicly walked among the εἰς τὴν χώραν ἐγγὺς τῆς into the country near the πόλιν, κἀκεῖ "διέτριβεν" 1a *city, and there he stayed both the chief priests and the Pharisees acommand, that if anyone νῷ ποῦ ἐστιν μηνύσῃ; ὕπως πιάσωσιν αὐτόν. should know where heis heshouldshew[it], that they mighttake him. τ εἶπαν τ. δ δι τς 2 -- OLTTrA. 8 ποιεῖ σημεῖα LTTrAW. © ὑμῖν for you ΤΎΓΑ. 4 ἐπροφήτευσεν LITrAW. & ἐβουλεύσαντο they took counsel LTTr. h ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς Tra. k ἔμεινεν TrA. | — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) Trra. ™ ἔλεγαν T. Ὁ ἐντολὰς commands TTra. © ἤμελλεν LITrAW. 281 them what things Je< sus had done, 47 Then gathered the _ chief priests and the Phari- sees ἃ council, and said, What do we? for this man doeth many mi- racles. 48 If we let him thus alone, all men will believe on him: and the Romans shall come and take away both our place and na- tion. 49 And one of them, named Caiaphas, being the high priest that same year, said unto them, Ye know nothing at all, 50 nor consider that it is ex- pedient for us, that one man should die for the people, and that the whole nation perish not. 51 And thisspake he not of himself: but being high priest that year,he prophesied that Jesus should die for thatnation; 52and not for that nation only, but that also he should gather together in one the children of God that were scattered a- broad. 53 Then from that day forth they took counsel together for to put him to death, 54. Jesus therefore walked no more openly among the Jews; but went thence unto a country near to the wilderness, into a city called Ephraim, and there continued with his disciples. 55 And the Jews’ passover was nigh at hand: and many went out of the country up to Jerusalem before the passover, to purify themselves. 56 Then sought they for Jesus, and spake among themselves, as they stood in the temple, What think ye, that he will not come to the feast? 57 Now both the chief priests and the Pharisees had given a command- ment, that, if any man knew where he were, he should shew τέ, that they might take him. 5 λογίζεσθε LTTrAW. f_— 6 GLTTrAW. 1 οὐκέτι GLYTr. 0 — καὶ LTTrAW. 282 XII. Then Jesus six days before the pass- over came to Bethany, where Lazarus was which had been dead, whom he raised from thedead. 2'There they made him a supper ; and Martha served: but Lazarus was one of them that sat atthe table with him, 3 Then took Mary a pound of ointment of spike- nard, very costly, and anointed the feet of Je- sus, and wiped his feet with her hair : and the house was filled with the odour of the oint- ment, 4 Thensaith one of his disciples, Judas Iscariot, Simon’s son, which should betray him, 5 Why was not this ointment sold for three hundred pence, and given to the poor ? 6 This he said, not that he cared for the poor ; but because he was a thief, and had the bag, and bare what was put therein. 7 Then said Jesus, Let her alone: against the day of my burying hath she kept this. 8 For the poor always ye have with you; but me ye have not always. 9 Much people of the Jews therefore knew that he was there: and they came not for Je- sus’ sake only, but that they might see Lazarus also, whom he had raised from the dead. 10 But the chief priests consulted that they might put Lazarus also to death; 11 because that by reason of him Many of the Jews went away, and be- lieved on Jesus. 12 On the next day much people that were come to the feast, when they heard that Jesus was coming to Jerusa- lem, 13 took branches of palm trees, and went forth to meet him, and IQANNH2®. XII. τὰ « x ? ~ A nN € ~ ~ ΄ - > 12 Ὃ.οὖν. Ἰησοῦς πρὸ ἕξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα ἦλθεν εἰς Jesus therefore “before ‘six *days the passover came _ . to Βηθανίαν, ὕπου ἦν Λάζαρος Po τεθνηκώς, ὃν ἤγειρεν Bethany, where was Lazarus who haddied, whom heraised ἐκ vexpwvt, 2 ἐποίησαν οὖν αὐτῷ δεῖπνον ἐκεῖ, from among [the] dead. They made therefore him a supper there, καὶ ἡ Μάρθα διηκόνει: ὁ.δὲ. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν τ τῶν "συνανα- and Martha served, but Lazarus one was of those re- κειμένων" αὐτῷ. 8 Ἣ.οὖν. "Μαρία! λαβοῦσα λίτραν μύρου clining with him. Mary therefore having taken a pound of ointment νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου, ἤλειψεν τοὺς πόδας “τοῦ Inoov, of *nard *pure of great price, anointed the feet of Jesus, καὶ ἐξέμαξεν ταῖς.θριξὶν. αὐτῆς τοὺς.πόδας. αὐτοῦ: ἡ δὲ οἰκία and wiped with her hair his feet ; and the house ἐπληρώθη 2 ΕΣ ΟΣ Te rey 4. λέ ποῦν. Xeieng ET. now ἢ ἐκ τῆς οσμῆης του μῦυρου. EVEL ουν ELC ἐκ was filled with the odour of the ointment. Says therefore one of τῶν. μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ, ᾿Ιούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης, ὁ his disciples, Judas, Simon’s (son) Iscariote, who ἕλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι, 5 ΥΔιατί" τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ was δροὰαῦ him to deliver up, Why “this ‘ointment *not ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς ; 6 Εἶπεν twas sold for three hundred denarii, and given to(the] poor? “he *said δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ OTL περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν Ἐπ τ προ ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι *but this, not that for the poor ewascaring, but because κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ TO γλωσσόκομον *elyEv, Kai τὰ βαλλόμενα athief he was, and the bag had, and what was put into ἐβάσταζεν. 7 εἶπεν οὖν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, “Agec αὐτήν᾽ ὃ εἰς {it] carried. “Said “therefore 1Jesus, Let“alone ‘her: for τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ.ἐνταφιασμοῦ.μου ὕτετήρηκεν" αὐτό. ὃ τοὺς the day of my burial has she kept it: *the πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ.δὲ οὐ πάντοτε Spoor for always yehave with you, but me not always ἔχετε. ye have. 9 Ἔγνω οὖν © ὄχλος πολὺς ἐκ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων Oru ἐκεῖ 7Knew “therefore 'a “crowd great “οὐ *the &Jews that there ἐστιν, καὶ ἦλθον, οὐ διὰ τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα heis; and they came, not because of Jesus only, but that καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἴδωσιν ὃν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν. also Lazarus they might see whom he raised from among [the] dead. 10 ἐβουλεύσαντο.δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς ἵνα Kai τὸν Λάζαρον ἀπο- But *took Scounsel ‘the ?chiet*priests that also Lazarus they κτείνωσιν, 11 ὅτι πολλοὶ Ov avrov ὑπῆγον might kill, because many “by ‘reason Sof “him *were °going "away τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων καὶ ἐπίστευον εἰς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. lof?the Jews and were believing on Jesus. 12 Τῇ. ἐπαύριον ὄχλος πολὺς ὁ ἐλθὼν εἰς THY ἑορτήν, ΟἹ the morrow a*crowd ‘great who came to the feast, ἀκούσαντες ὅτι ἔρχεται “δ᾽ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, 18 ἔλα- having heard that “15 *coming 1Jesus into erusalem, took Boy ra Baia τῶν φοινίκων καὶ ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν "αὐτῷ," branches of the palms and wentout to meet him, P — ὃ τεθνηκὼς [L]T[TrA]. 5 ἀνακειμένων σὺν QLTTrAW. χ Ἰούδας ὁ ᾿Ισκαριώτης εἷς ἐκ (— - ἐκ Tr) τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ TTrA. a + ἵνα that LETrAW. 4 — ὃ GLTTraWw. (those) Ta. having TTrA. (crowd) 1. 4 + 6 (— ὁ τ) Ἰησοῦς Jesus (raised) LTTraw. r+ ἐκ of τ Μαριὰμ Tr. ν [τοῦ] tr. τ δὲ but (says) τ΄. Υ Διὰ τέ LTrA. : ἔχων ο΄ τηρήσῃ she may keep LrTraw. ¢ + ὁ the ε αὐτῶν them w. XII. JOHN. καὶ féxoaZoy," § ὥσαννά, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν and were crying, ne blessed f[is]he who comes in [the] ὀνόματι κυρίου, ὃ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ: 14 Ἑὑρὼν δὲ name of (the] Lord, the king ael, pHaving, *found ‘and 6 Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον ἐκάθισεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτό, καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμ- 7Jesus a young ass sat upon it, as iti writ- μένον, 15 Μὴ.φοβοῦ, ἰθύγατερ' Σιών" ἰδού, ὁ. βασιλεύς. σου ten, Fear not, daughter of Sion: behold, thy king ἔρχεται, καθήμενος ἐπὶ πῶλον ὄνου. 16 ταῦτα δὲ" οὐκ comes, sitting on acolt of anass. 2These sehings Inow 7not ἔγνωσαν ἰοὶ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ" τὸ πρῶτον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Sknew 415 ®disciples at the first, but when was glorified mo Ἰησοῦς τότε ἐμνήσθησαν ὅτι ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ Jesus then they remembered that these things were of him γεγραμμένα, καὶ ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ. 17 ἐμαρτύρει οὖν written, and these Ehings they did to him. Bore witness therefore ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὧν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, "ὅτε" τὸν Λάζαρον ἐφώνησεν ἐκ the crowd that was with him, when Lazarus he called out of TOU μνημείου, καὶ ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. 18 διὰ the tomb, and _ raised him from among [the] dead. Onaccount of ~ o | os , > Ms: 1k » λ Ἦ ev py, 1] ~ τοῦτο ὅκαι' ὑπήντησεν αὑτῷ ὁ ὄχλος, OTL Ῥῆκουσεν" τοῦτο this also met him the crowds because it heard 5this αὐτὸν. πεποιηκέναι τὸ σημεῖον. 19 οἱ οὖν Φαρισαῖοι εἶπον" of *his PhayAng *done sign. The “therefore ‘Pharisees said πρὸς ἑαυτούς, Θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν; ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος among themselves, Doyesee that yegain nothing? lo, the world ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν. after him is gone, 20 Ἧσαν.δέ ‘rivec “EXAnvec' And there were certain Greeks *xpooKvynowow' ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ" they might worship in the feast; Φιλίππῳ, τῷ ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας. καὶ ἠρώτων to Philip, Ὑπὸ wasfrom Bethsaida of Galilee, and they asked αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, θέλομεν τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἰδεῖν. 22 “Eoye- him saying, Sir, we desire 3Jesus ‘to “see. ®Comes ται ἢ Φίλιππος Kai λέγει τῷ Ανδρέᾳ᾽ "καὶ πάλιν" ᾿Ανδρέας *Philip and tells Andrew, and again Andrew καὶ Φίλιππος % λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 2 ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς and EnIND tell Jesus. But Jesus κρίνατο" αὐτοῖς λέγων, ᾿Ελήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ swered them saying, *Has *come ‘the *hour that should be glorified ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ae] TON 24 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. ἐὰν. μὴ ὁ the Son man Veuly, verily Isay toyou, Unless the κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος grain of wheat falling into the ground should die, it alone μένει" ἐὰν.δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει. 25 ὁ φιλῶν abides; butif itshoulddie, much fruit it bears. He that loves τὴν. Ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει. αὐτήν, καὶ ὁ μισῶν τὴν his life shall lose it, and hethat hates ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ.κόσμῳ.τούτῳ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει "life this in this world to life eternal 8881] keep ἐκ τῶν ἀναβαινόντων ἵνα among those coming up that 21 οὗτοι οὖν προσῆλθον these therefore came χάπε- an- éxpavyacov LTTrA. « — δὲ [{τττὰ. 8. Ὁ [λέγοντες] saying L. Β + καὶ Δ Πα TTra. ! αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1. ο — καὶ Tr. P ἤκουσαν they heard GLTTraw. 4 εἶπαν TTr. * προσκυνήσουσιν they shall worship Ltra. ¢ + ὃ Tra. " + καὶ and LTTra. X ἀποκρίνεται ANSWeYS TTr. 283 cried, Hosanna: Bless- ed zs the King of Israel that cometh in the name of the Lord, 14 And Jesus, when he had found a young ass, sat thereon; as it is written, 15 Fear not, daughter of Sion: be- hold, thy King cometh, sitting on anass’s colt, 16 These things under- stood not his disciples at the first: but when Jesus was glorified, then remembered they that these things were written of him, and that they had done these things unto him. 17 The people therefore that was with him when he called Laza- rus out of his grave, and raised him from the dead, bare record. 18 For this cause the people also met him, for that they heard that he had done this miracle. 19 The Pha- risees therefore said a- mong themselves, Per- ceive ye how ye pre- vail nothing? behold, the world is gone after him. 20 And there were certain Greeks among them that came up to worship at the feast: 21 the same came therefore to Philip, which was of Bethsaida of Galilee, and desired him, saying, Sir, we would see Jesus. 22 Philip cometh and telleth Andrew: and a- gain Andrew and Phi- lip tell Jesus. 23 And Jesus answered them, saying, The hour is come, that the Son of man should be glori- fied. 24 Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except a corn of wheat fall in- to the ground and die, it abideth alone: but if it die, it bringeth forth much fruit. 25 He that loveth his life shall lose it; and he that hateth his life in this world shall keep it unto life eternal. 26 If m — ὁ TTrAW. n τ Ἑλληνές τινες LTTrA. Υ ἔρχεται (Andrew) comes LTTrA. Υ ἀπολλύει loses Trr. i θυγάτηρ LTTrAW. ὅτι because EGLTW, 284 any man serve me, let him follow me; and where I am, there shall also my servant be: if any man serve me, him will my Father honour, 27 Now is my soul troubled; and what shall I say? Father, save me from this hour: but for this cause came 1 unto this hour. 28 Father, glorify thy name. Then came there a voice from heaven, saying, I have both glorified it, and will glorify itagain. 29 The people therefore, that stood by, and heard τέ, said that it thundered: others said, An angel spake tohim. 30Jesus answered and _ said, This voice came not be- cause of me, but for your sakes. 31 Now is the judgment of this world: now shall the prince of this world be eastout. 32 And1I,if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me. 33 This he said, signifying what death he should die. 34 The people an- swered him, We have heard out of the law that Christ abideth for ever: and how sayest thou, The Son of man must be lifted up? who is this Son of man? 35 Then Jesus said un- to them, Yet a little while is the light with you. Walk while ye have the light, lest darkness come upon you: for he that walk- eth in darkness know- eth not whither he go- eth. 36 While ye have light, believe in the light, that ye may be the children of light. These things spake. Je- sus, and departed, and did hide himself from them. 37 But though he had done so many miracles before them, yet they believed not on him: 38 that the saying of Esaias the prophet might be ful- LOAN NHS: ΧΙ]. Ζ It ‘ αὐτήν. 26 ἐὰν ἐμοὶ διακονῇ τις, ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω" καὶ it. If “me “serve sayens, me let him follow; : and ὅπου εἰμὶ ee ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ tee ἔσται. δκαὶ" ἐάν where aah there also *servant shallbe. And if τις ἐμοὶ διακονῇ, τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ πατήρ. anyone 86 serve, “will °honour *him “the *Father. 27 Νῦν ἡ-Ψυχή.μου τετάρακται, καὶ τί εἴπω; Πάτερ, Now my soul has been troubled, and what shall I aye Father, σῶσόν μὲ ἐκ THe.Wpac.ravrnc.» ἀλλὰ διὰ τοῦτο ἦλθον save me from this hour. But on account of this I came εἰς τὴν.ὥραν. ταύτην. 28 Πάτερ, δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα. to this hour. Father; glorify thy name. Ἤλθεν.οὖν φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Kai ἐδόξασα καὶ πάλιν Therefore came a voice out of heaven, Both ‘I glorified and again δοξάσω. 29 Ὁ.“οὖν" ὄχλος ὁ δὲέστὼς" ἐκαὶ! ἀκούσας will glorify [it]. Therefore the crowd which stood [there] and heard ἔλεγεν βροντὴν.γεγονέναι. ἄλλοι ἔλεγον, ΓΑγγελος αὐτῷ said, ‘Thunder there has been: others said, An angel to him λελάληκεν. 80 ᾿Απεκρίθη ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν, OW δι ἐμὲ has Bee 2 Answered ‘Jesus and said, Not because of me ξαὕτη ἡ φωνὴ" γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ δι ὑμᾶς. 31 νῦν κρίσις this voice has coms; but because of you. Now judgment νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου.τούτου is of this world ; now the _ prince of this world ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω: 92 κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς, πάν- shall be cast out: andI if Ibe lifted up fromthe earth, Fall Tac ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν. 33 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων twill “draw to myself. But this he said, πους ἐστὶν τοῦ. κόσμου. τούτου" ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνήσκειν. 84 ἀπεκρίθη * αὐτῷ by what death he was about to die. 2 Answered *him ὁ ὄχλος, τ ἠκούσαμεν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου OTL ὁ χριστὸς 1the Ζοσονγᾶ, heard out of the law that the Christ μένει Ἦν κάθα. ον καὶ πῶς job λέγεις," “Ore δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι abides for ever, aud how “thou 'sayest, that must be lifted up TOV υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ; τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; the Son of man? Who is this Son of man? 35 Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, "Ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον τὸ *Said *therefore *to °them 1Jesus, Yet alittle while the ~ a " x ~ » ev φῶς Κμεθ᾽ ὑμῶν" ἐστιν. περιπατειτε ewe! TO φως ἔχετε. LV light with yon is. Walk while the light ye Daye: that μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν TY not ‘darkness ‘Syou “may *overtake. And he who walks in the σκοτίςι ovK.oldey ποῦ ὑπάγει. 86 Ewe! τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πισ- darkness knows not where he goes. While the light ye have, be- revere εἰς TO φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε. Ταῦτα lieve in the light, that sons of light yemay become. These things ἐλάλησεν "ὁ" Ιησοῦς, καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἐκρύβη ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν. spoke Jesus, and goingaway washid from them. 37 Τοσαῦτα.δὲ αὐτοῦ σημεῖα πεποιηκότος ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν But [though]so many “*he ‘signs had done before them > ? ΄, ᾽ ᾽ ΄ [7 « , « «- - οὐκ. ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτόν, 38 ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προ- they believed ποῦ on him, that the word of Esaias the pro- ἅτις διακονῇ LTTrAW. — καὶ GLTTrA. > ταύτης ; (continue the question to the word hour) Gutr. ς [οὖν] LTr. 4 ἑστηκὼς L. ε — καὶ τ. [.-- ὃ Τττὰ. & ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη ὨΡΤΓΑΥ,. ω oF οὖν therefore Ta. 1 λέγεις σύ TTrA. k ἐν ὑμῖν among you GLTTra. 1 ὡς τττὰ. — OLTTrA. ΧΙ ΧΤΠ. JOHN. φήτου πληρωθῇ, ὃν εἶπεν, Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ phet might be fulfilled, which hesaid, Lord, who believed κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη; of [the] Lord to whom was it revealed ? e , ~ OTe πάλιν εἶπεν because again said ἀκοῃ. ἡμῶν; Kat ὁ βραχίων our report ? and the arm 39 Aid.rovro οὐκ.ἠδύναντο πιστεύειν, On this account they could not believe, © Ἡσαΐας, 40 Τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς Kai "πε- Esaias, He has blinded their eyes and has πώρωκεν" αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν. ἵνα pij-idwoww τοῖς ὀφ- hardened their heart, that they should not see with the θαλμοῖς καὶ vonowow τῇ καρδίᾳ Kai “ἐπιστραφῶσιν," Kai eyes and understand with the heart and be converted, and Ρἰάσωμαι" αὐτούς. 41 Ταῦτα εἶπεν Ἡσαΐας, Are" εἶδεν I should heal them. These things said Esaias, when he saw ‘ , > ~ , 2 ΄ \ > ~ eo q: THY.CoEay.avTov, καὶ ἐχάλησεν περὶ αὐτοῦ. 42 ὅμως μέντοι his glory, and spoke concerning him. Although indeed καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν" even from among the rulers many believed on him, ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς Φαρισαίους οὐχιὡμολόγουν, ἵνα μὴ but onaccountof the Pharisees they confessed not, that not ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται. 43 ἠγάπησαν.γὰρ τὴν δόξαν put out of the synagogue they might be; for they loved the glory ~ 2. | ΄ ~ » ‘ , ~ ~ 21 - τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 44 ᾿Τησοῦς of men more than the _ glory of God. 3Jesus δὲ ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν, ‘O πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, οὐ-πιστεύει εἰς *but cried and said, Hethat believes on me, believes not on ? , r ING Ι > ΕῚ , , ο Ν « Q ~ ? , ἐμὲ, τἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὸν πέμψαντά pe 45 καὶ ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμξ, Ine, but on him who sent me ; and hethat beholds mie, θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά pe. 46 he τὸν κόσμον beholds him who sent me. the world ? U eo ~ « Ue ? ? , ? ~ ΄ \ ἐλήλυθα, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ have come, that everyone that believes on me in the darkness “not μείνῃ. 47 καὶ ἐάν τις pov ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων Kai μὴ *may abide. And if anyone*of*me ‘hear the Swords and “ποῦ "πιστεύσῃ, ἐγὼ ov-Kpivw avToy’ οὐ.γὰρ. ἦλθον ἵνα κρίνω believe, I donotjudge him, for [came not that I might judge τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα σώσω ἀθετῶν φῶς εἰς alight into τὸν κόσμον. 48 ὁ the world, but that I might save the world. Hethat rejects ἐμὲ καὶ μὴ.λαμβάνων Taphnyarapov, ἔχει τὸν κρίνοντα me δ): ἃ does not receive my words, has him who judges αὐτόν: ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν ἐν TY him: the word which Ispoke, that shall judge him in the ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 49 ore ἐγὼ ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ.-ἐλάλησα᾽ ἀλλ ΐ ast day ; for I from myself spoke not, but ὁ πέμψας μὲ πατήρ, αὐτός μοι ἐντολὴν ᾿ἔδωκεν" τί the *who*%sent *me ‘Father, himself τηθ commandment ' gave what μὴ ᾿ , u ‘ - .“ ἄς 3 x ᾽ ~~ εἴπω καὶ τί λαλήσω 50 καὶ οἶδα Ori ἡ. ἐντολὴ-αὐτοῦ I should say and what I should speak ; and I know that his commandment ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν ἃ οὖν "λαλῶ ἐγώ," καθὼς εἴρηκεν μοι life eternal is. Whattherefore *speak ‘I, as has said tome ὁ πατήρ, οὕτως λαλῶ. the Father, so Ispeak. ‘ A ~ ~ ~ > 4» ~ / 13 Πρὸ δὲ τῆς ἑορτῆς τοῦ πάσχα, εἰδὼς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ort Now before the feast ofthe passover, *knowing *Jesus that 2 ἐπώρωσεν hardened TTra. ° στραφῶσιν LTTrA. 4 ὅτι because GLTTrA. τ ἀλλὰ LYTrA. given LiTraw. ἡ ἐγὼ λαλῶ LYTra. 5 φυλάξῃ keep [them] trtraw. 285 filled, which he spake, Lord, who hath be- lieved our report? and to whom hath the arm of the Lord been re- vealed? 39 Therefore they could uot believe, because that Esaias said again, 40 He hath blinded their eyes, and hardened their heart; that they should not see with their eyes, nor understand with their heart, and be convert- ed, and I should heal them. 41 These things said Esaias, when he saw his glory, and spake of him, 42 Never- theless among the chief rulers also many be- lieved on him; but be- cause of the Pharisees they did not confess him, lest they should be put out of the syna- gogue: 43 for they loved the praise of men more than the praise of God. 44 Jesus cried and said, He that believeth on me, believeth not on me, but on him that sent me. 45 And hethat seeth me seeth him that sent me. 461 am come a light into the world, that whosoever believeth on me should not abide in darkness, 47 And if any man hear my words, and be- lieve not, I judge him not: for I came not to judge the world, but to save theworld. 48 He that rejecteth me, and receiveth not my words, hath one that judgeth him: the word that I havespoken, ihe same shall judge him in the last day. 49 For I have not spoken of myself ; butthe Father which sent me, he gave me a commandment, what Ishouldsay, and what I should speak. 50 And I know that his commandment is life everlasting: what- soever I speak there- fore, even asthe Father said unto we, so I speak, XIII. Now before the feast of the passover, when Jesus knew that P ἰάσομαι I shall heal urtra, τ δέδωκεν bus 280 his hour was come that he should depart ont of ‘this world unto the Father, having loved his own which were in the world, he loved them unto the end. 2 And supper being ended, the devilhaving now put into the heart of Judas Iscariot, Si- mon’s son, to betray him; 3 Jesus knowing that the Father had given all things into his hands, and that he was come from God, and went to God; 4 he riseth from supper, and laid aside his gar- ments; and took a towel, and girded him- self. 5 After that he poureth water into a bason, and began to wash the disciples’ feet, and to wipe them with the towel wherewith he was girded. 6 Then cometh he to Simon Peter: and Peter saith unto him, Lord, dost thou wash my feet? 7 Jesus answered and said unto him, What I do thou knowest not now; but thou shalt know hereafter. 8 Pe- ter saith unto him, Thou shalt never wash my feet. Jesus answer- ed him, If I wash thee not, thou hast no part with me. 9 Simon Peter saith unto him, Lord, not my feet only, but also my hands and my head. 10 Jesus saith to him, He that is washed needeth not save to wash his feet, but is clean every whit: and ye are clean, but not all. 11 For be knew who should betray him; therefore said he, Ye are not all clean. 12 So after he had washed their feet, and had taken his gar- ments, and was set down again, he said unto them, Know ye what I have done to you? 13 Ye call me w ἦλθεν was come LTTrA. καριώτης TTrA; ᾿Ιούδα Sip. Ἴσκ. ἵνα mapadot αὐτόν L. 2 ἔδωκεν gave TTr. τοὺς πόδας LTTrA. "εἰ μὴ except LTra ; — ἢ τ. ™ 4+ καὶ LTTrA XIII. ἐκ τοῦ.κόσμου.τού- ΙΏΑΝΝΗΣ. πἐλήλυθεν" αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα ἵνα μεταβῇ has come his hour that he should depart out of this world TOU πρὸς TOY πατέρα, ἀγαπήσας Tovg.idiove τοὺς ἐν τῷ to the Father, having loved his own which [were]in the κόσμῳ εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς. 2 καὶ δείπνου *yevo- world to [the] end he loved them. And supper taking μένου." τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν place, the devil already having put into the heart YIovda Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου, iva αὐτὸν παραδῷ," of Judas, Simon’s [son] Iscariote, that him he should deliver up, 3 εἰδὼς τὸ Ἰησοῦς" ὅτι πάντα "δέδωκεν" αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ 2knowing 1 Jesus 3that 5411 °things Shas given “him ‘the 5Father εἰς τὰς χεῖρας, Kai Ore ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν into [his] hands, and that from God hecame out and to θεὸν ὑπάγει, 4 ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου Kai τίθησιν God goes, herises from the supper and lays aside [his] ἱμάτια, Kai λαβὼν λέντιον διέζωσεν ἑαυτόν 5 εἶτα βάλ- garments and having taken atowel hegirded himself: afterwards he \ Ta λει ὕδωρ εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα, Kai ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας pours water into the washing-basin, and began towash _ the feet τῶν μαθητῶν, Kai ἐκμάσσειν τῷ λεντίῳῴῳ ᾧ ἦν ofthe disciples, and towipe [them] withthe towel with which he was διεζωσμένος. 6 ENE TG οὖν πρὸς Σίμωνα Πέτρον" καὶ" girded, ecomes therefore to Simon Peter, and λέγει αὐτῷ “ἐκεῖνος, Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας ; "says *to *him the, Lord, *thou “of *me 'dost wash the feet ? 7 ᾿Απεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ σὺ οὐκ 2 Answered 1Jesus and said tohim, What I do thou not oldac ἄρτι, γνώσῃ. δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα. ὃ Λέγει αὐτῷ Πέ- 1knowest now, but thou shalt know hereafter. *Says “to*him ‘*Pe- τρος, Οὐ-μὴ νίψῃς “τοὺς.πόδας. μου" εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα. ter, In no wise mayest thou wash my feet for ever. ᾿Απεκρίθη “αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Εὰν.μὴ vibw σε, οὐκ ἔχεις 7Answered Shim 1 Jesus, Unless I wash thee, thou hast not , rey ~ , ? ~ , , , ᾿ μέρος per ἐμοῦ. 9 Λέγει αὐτῷ Σίμων Πετρος, Κύριε, μὴ part with me. 3Says *to*®him ‘Simon *Peter, Lord, not τοὺς. πόδας. μου μόνον, ἀλλὰ Kai τὰς χεῖρας Kai THY κεφαλήν. my feet only, but also the hands and _ the head. 10 Λέγει αὐτῷ [ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὃ λελουμένος Sov χρείαν ays “to *him ‘Jesus, He that hasbeenlaved not “need ἔχει" ht! izove πόδας" νίψασθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστιν καθαρὸς thas [other] than the feet to wash, but is clean e KS ~ eS. ? ᾽ ? ‘ , ” ‘ ὕλος᾽ Kai ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, ANN οὐχὶ πάντες. 11 ydEL-yap wholly; and ye clean are, but ποῦ all. For he knew τὸν παραδιδόντα αὐτόν' διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν, " Οὐχὶ πάν- him who was delivering up him: onaccountof this hesaid, “Not “all , oY a > ” Ἢ , 7 wn τες καθαροί ἐστε. 12 Ore οὖν ἔνιψεν τοὺς πόδας.αὐτῶν, ®clean ‘ye 7are. When therefore he had washed their feet, leai! ἔλαβεν τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ, ™ "ἀναπεσὼν πάλιν, εἶπεν = = ’ ; and taken his garments, having reclined again, he said αὐτοῖς, Γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν; 18 ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ μὲ to them, Do ye know what I have done to you? Ye call me Υ ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν ᾿Ιούδας Σίμωνος ’Io- τ --- 6 Ἰησοῦς (read [Jesus] [L]TTra. © — ἐκεῖνος (read λέγει he says) LI[Tr]A. d μον f — ὃ 1(Tr]. & οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν LTTrAWw. Κ 4 ὅτι LTTrA. ι--- καὶ L. x γινομένου TTre b — καὶ TTrA. © Ἰησοῦς αὐτῷ LTTrA. i — τοὺς πόδας T. ἀνέπεσεν reclined TTra. SEITE JOHN. ὁ διδάσκαλος καὶ ὁ κύριος, Kai καλῶς λέγετε, εἰμὶ γάρ. the Teacher and the Lord, and well yesay, 7I *am [*so] ‘for. 14 εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ ἔνιψα ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας, ὁ κύριος Kai ὁ If therefore I washed your feet, the Lord «πᾶ the διδάσκαλος, καὶ ὑμεῖς ὀφείλετε ἀλλήλων νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας. Teacher, also ye ought of one another to wash the feet ; 15 ὑπόδειγμα.γὰρ °édwKa' ὑμῖν, wa καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, for an example I gave you, that as I did to you, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε. 16 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκιἔστιν δοῦλος also γ86 should do. Verily verily Isay toyou, “Is*not ‘a *bondman μείζων τοῦ.κυρίου.αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ.πέμψαν- greater than his lord, nor amessenger greater than he whosent τος αὐτόν. 17 εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε, μακάριοί ἐστε ἐὰν ποιῆτε hin. If these things ye know, blessed areye if yedo αὐτά. 18 οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω ἐγὼρΡ οἶδα «οὑς" them, Not of “all tyou Ispeak. I know whom Ὁ ¢ , le ? a> « A od « ’ ἐξελεξάμην" ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἡ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ, Ο τρώγων I chose, but that the scripture might be fulfilled, Hethat eats Tuer ἐμοῦ! τὸν ἄρτον "ἐπῆρεν᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ τὴν.πτέρναν. αὐτοῦ. Ξε ἢ “me Ἰθγϑδᾶ lifted up against me his heel, 19 taz’_dpre! λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ.γενέσθαι, ἵνα ὅταν yévn- From this time 1 0611 you, before it comes ἴο Ρᾷ88, that when itcome ται, πιστεύσητε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμ. 20 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, to pass, yemay believe that [ am [he]. Verily verily Isay toyou, Ὁ λαμβάνων “ἐάν τινα πέμψω, ἐμὲ λαμβάνει: ὁ δὲ He that receives whomsoever I shallsend, me receives; and he that ἐμὲ λαμβάνων, λαμβάνει τὸν πέμψαντά με. 21 Ταῦτα me receives, receives him who sent me. These things εἰπὼν τὸ" ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι, Kai ἐμαρτύρησεν saying Jesus was troubled in spirit, and testified καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει and said, Verily verily Isay toyou, that one of you willdeliver up με. 22 Ἔβλεπον Yoby' εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταί, ἀπορού- me, *Looked “therefore ‘upon Sone ’another ‘the *disciples, doubt- μενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει. 23 ἦν. “δὲ ἀνακείμενος εἷς * τῶν ing of whom he speaks. But there was ___ reclining one μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ, ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς" of his disciples in the bosom of Jesus, whom “loved 1 Jesus. 24 vever οὖν τούτῳ Σίμων Πέτρος "πυθέσθαι τίς *Makes 7a ®sign *therefore *to*°him “Simon *Peter to ask who ἂν.εἴη! περὶ οὗ λέγει. 2 Sémimecwr" “δὲ! ἐκεῖνος" ἐπὶ τὸ it might be of whom he speaks. *Having ‘leaned ‘and 7he on the στῆθος τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ, λέγει αὐτῷ, Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν; 26 ᾿Απο- breast of Jesus, says tohim, Lord, who isit? 2An- , f «; ᾽ ~ ? ~ , ? τ᾿ ? ‘ h , τ \ κρίνεταιΐ 80" Ἰησοῦς, “Exéivoc ἐστιν ᾧ ἐγὼ βάψας τὸ ayers 1 Jesus, He itis towhom I, having dipped the ψωμίον ἐπιδώσω." "Καὶ ἐμβάψας" τὸ ψωμίον | δίδωσιν morsel, shall give [it], And having dipped the morsel he gives [it] lovdg@ Σίμωνος “Ioxapwry.' 27 καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον, to Judas, Simon’s [50}} Iscariote. And after the morsel, ὁ δέδωκα I have given T. P + [γὰρ] for (I) 1. 8 ἐπῆρκεν has lifted up T. t ἀπάρτι τ. Way Τττὰ. *—OTTrA. ¥ — οὖν T[Tr]A. z— δὲ but rtra Ὁ καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ Εἰπὲ τίς ἐστιν and says to him, Say who it is urtra. leaned back LTra. 4 δὲ Tra; οὖν therefore T. therefore [L]a. 8 [Ὁ] Tr. h ἐμβάψας L; Baw shall dip TTrra. shall give to him TTra. καὶ he takes and TTra. 4 τίνας TTrA. ¥ πιστεύσητε (πιστεύητε Tr) ὅταν γένηται TTrA, a+ ἐκ of (his) GLTTrAWw. € + οὕτως thus T[Tr]aw. 287 Master and Lord: and ye say well; for so 1 am. 14 If I then, your Lord and Master, have washed your feet; ye also ought to wash one another’s feet. 15 For I have given you an example,that yeshoulé do as I have done to you. 16 Verily, verily, I say unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord; neither he that is sent greater than he that sent him. 17 If ye know these things, happy are ye if yedothem, 18 I speak not of you all: I know whom I have chosen : but that the scripture may be fulfilled, He that eateth bread with me hath lifted up his heel against me, 19 Now I tell you be- fore it come, that, when it is come to pass, ye may believe that I am he. 20 Verily, veri- ly, Isay unto you, He that receiveth whom- soever I send receiveth me; and hethat receiv- eth me receiveth him that sent me. 21 When Jesus had thus said, he was troubled in spirit, and testified, and said, Verily, verily, I say unto you, that one of you shall betray me. 22 Then the disciples looked one on another, doubting of whom he spake. 23 Now there was leaning oun Jesus’ bosom one of his disci- ples, whom Jesus loy- ed. 24 Simon Peter therefore beckoned to him, that he should ask who it should be of whom he spake. 25 He then lying on Jesus’ breast saith unto him, Lord, who is it? 26 Je- sus answered, He it is, to whom I shall givea sop, when I have dip- ped it, And when he had dipped the sop, he gave tt to Judas Is- cariot,the son of Simon. 27 And after the sop Tr μου My Tra, ς ἀναπεσὼν having f + οὖν ! ixal δώσω αὐτῷ and k βάψας οὖν having dipped therefore Trra. Ὁ ᾿σκαριώτον (read son of Simon Iscariote.) τινα. 14+ λαμβάνει 2383 Satan entered into him. Then said Jesus unto him, That thou doest, do quickly. 28 Now no man at the table knew for what intent he spake this unto him. 29 For some of them thought, be- cause Judas had the bag, that Jesus had said unto him, Buy those things that we have need of against the feast; or, that he should give something tothe poor. 30 He then naving received the sop went immediately out: and it was night. 31 Therefore, when he was gone out, Jesus said, Now is the Son of man glorified, and God is. glorified in him. 32, 1f God be glorified in him, God shall also glorify himnin himself, and shall straightway giorify him. 33 Little children, yet a little while I am with you. Ye shall seekme: and as I said unto the Jews, Whither I go, ye can- not come; so now Isay to you. 34 A new com- mandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one an- other. 35 By this shall ali men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have loveone to an- other. 36 Simon Peter said unto him, Lord, whither goest thou? Jesus answered him, Whither I go, thou canst not follow me now; but thou shalt follow me afterwards. 37 Peter said unto him, Lord, why cannot I follow thee now? I will lay down my life for thy sake. 38 Jesus answered him, Wilt thou lay down thy life for my sake? Verily, verily, I say unto thee, The cock shall not orow, till thou hast de- nied me thrice. [QANNH 2. τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ σατανᾶς. λέγει XIII. οὖν αὐτῷ πὸ then entered into him Satan. 3Says *therefore *to Shim ? ~ a τ-- , ΄ - ‘ > Η͂ Ιησοῦς, Ὁ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχιον. 28 Τοῦτο.δὲ οὐδεὶς ?Jesus, What thou doest, do quickly. But this noone ἔγνω τῶν ἀνακειμένων πρὸς. τί εἶπεν αὐτῷ. 29 τινὲς. γὰρ knew of those reclining wherefore he spoke to him; for some ἐδόκουν, ἐπεὶ TO γλωσσόκομον εἶχεν “ὁ" ᾿Ιούδας, ὅτι λέγει thought, since *the *bag *had ‘Judas, that *is*saying αὐτῷ 0" ᾿Ιησοῦς, ᾿Αγόρασν ὧν χρείαν ἔχομεν εἰς *to *him Jesus, Buy what things need [of] wehave for τὴν ἑορτήν" ἢ τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ. 90 λα- the feast ; or to the poor that something he should give. Having βὼν οὖν τὸ ψωμίον ἐκεῖνος “εὐθέως ἐξῆλθεν" ἢἦν.δὲ received therefore the morsel he immediately went out; and it was νύξ. night. 31 Ὅτε, ἐξῆλθεν λέγει "ὁ Inoovc, Νῦν ἐδοξάσθη When he was gone out *says + Jesus, Now has been glorified “; cA ~ ? , ‘4 « A ’ ’ > ? ~ » t ,’ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, Kai ὁ θεὺς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ. 32 tEt the Son of man, and God has been glorified in him, If ὁ θεὺς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ," καὶ ὁ θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν God has been glorified ἢ him, also God shall glorify him in νἑαυτῷ,, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν. 33 Τεκνία, ἔτι himself, and immediately shall glorify him. Little children, yet μικρὸν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι. ζητήσετέ με, καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς alittle while with you Iam. Ye willseek me; and, as Isaid tothe ? , ov er w, , > ’ Il « ~ ? 7 ? ~ Iovdaiowc, “Ore ὅπου “ὑπάγω ἐγώ," ὑμεῖς οὐ-δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, Jews, That where *g0 1 ye are notable to come, 4 £ ~ , » ? A A ΄ ε - er καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι. 84 ἐντολὴν καινὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν, wa also toyou Isay now. A*commandment ‘new Igive toyou, that > ~ > ’ ‘ 4 « ~ ul « ~ ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους: καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα Kai ὑμεῖς ye should love one another; δοοούαϊπρ ἃ5 [loved you, thatalso ‘tye ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους. 85 ἐν τούτῳ γνώσονται πάντες OTL ἐμοὶ should love one another. By this shall *know lall that to me μαθηταί ἐστε, ἐὰν ἀγάπην ἔχητε ἐν ἀλλήλοις. 36 Λέγει disciples yeare, if love ye have among one another. 3Says αὐτῷ Σίμων Πέτρος, Κύριε, ποῦ ὑπάγεις ; ἀπεκρίθη Σαὐτῷ *to*him ‘Simon “Peter, Lord, where goestthou? “Answered shim ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ὅπου ὑπάγω obdvvacai μοι νῦν ἀκολουθῆσαι" ‘Jesus, Where Igo thouartnotable me now to follow, τὕστερον.δὲ ἀκολουθήσεις μοι." 37 Λέγει αὐτῷ "ὁ! Πέτρος, but afterwards thou shalt follow me. Says *to *him Peter, Κύριε, dari! ob.dbvapat σοι “ἀκολουθῆσαι" ἄρτι; τὴν ψυχήν Lord, why Β8111 ποῦ 8019 thee to follow now ? "life « " ~ ΄ ac , ~ ? ~ μου ὑπὲρ σοῦ θήσω. 38 ΦΑπεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς, my for thee I will lay down. 2Answered *him 1Jesus, \ ΄ « \ ~ \ , Tyvbuxnv.cov ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις ; ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω Thy life for me thou wilt lay down! Verily verily Isay σοι, οὐ-.μὴ ἀλέκτωρ “φωνήσει ἕως. οὗ farapyycy' με to thee, in no wise [the] cock will crow until thouwiltdeny me τρίς. thrice. 0 — ὃ TTrA. ELTTrA. ὑπάγω GLTTrAW. ® — ὃ GLTTrAW. © φωνήσῃ LITrA. ° — 9 LTTrA, 8 — ὃ TTrA. x — αὐτῷ ὃ LTTrA. P — oT[Tr]A. 4 ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς LTTrA. t [εἰ ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ] LTrA. ¥ + ἐγὼ i (go) 1. © ἀκολουθεῖν Tr. τ + οὖν therefore Υ αὐτῷ TTr. ν ἐγὼ z ἀκολουθήσεις δὲ ὕστερον LTTrA. b διὰ τί LTrA. 4 ἀποκρίνεται aUSWers LTTraW. f ἀρνή σῃ LTTrA. XIV. JO HAN. 14 Μὴ.ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν θεόν, Let not be troubled your heart ; ye believe on God, καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε. 2 Ey TH οἰκίᾳ τοῦ πατρός.μου μοναὶ also on me believe. In the house of my Father “abodes πολλαί εἰσιν᾽ εἰ δὲμή, εἶπον.ἂν ὑμῖν" ἔ πορεύομαι ἕτοι- ‘many there are; otherwise I would have told you; I go to pre- μάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν. 8 Kai ἐὰν πορευθῶ "καὶ" ἑτοιμάσω ‘piv pare aplace for you; and if I go and prepare for you τόπον," πάλιν ἔρχομαι καὶ Ἐπαραλήψομαι" ὑμᾶς πρὸς ἐμαυ- a place, again Iam coming and will receive you to my- , er ‘ , ‘ « ~ Fz ‘ ‘ Tov’ ἵνα ὕπου εἰμὶ ἐγώ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἦτε. 4 καὶ ὕπου ᾿ἐγὼ" self, that where 7am ‘J 4also “ye may be. And where I ὑπάγω οἴδατε ™kai' τὴν ὁδὸν "οἴδατε." 5 Λέγει αὐτῷ Θωμᾶς, go yeknow and the way yeknow. *Says °to*him ‘Thomas, Κύριε, οὐκιοἴδαμεν ποῦ ὑπάγεις, “καὶ! πῶς Ῥδυνάμεθα τὴν Lord, we know not where thou goest, and how can we the ὁδὸν eidévar;' 6 Λέγει αὐτῷ “ὁ! ᾿Τησοῦς, ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς way know? Says “to *him 1Jesus, I am the way καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή" οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς TOY πατέρα and the truth and the life. Noone comes to the Father εἰμὴ Ov ἐμοῦ. 7 εἰ τἐγνώκειτε με, καὶ τὸν.πατέρα.μου but by . me. If ye had known me, also my Father "ἐγνώκειτε. ἄν" ‘kai! Yar ἄρτι! γινώσκετε αὐτόν, Kai ἑωρά- ye would have known; and henceforth ye know him, and have κατε ταὐτόν." 8 Λέγει αὐτῷ Φίλιππος, Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν seen him. 2Says “to *him Philip, Lord, shew us τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἀρκεῖ ἡμῖν. 9 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, the Father, and it suffices us, Says ‘to *him 1 Jesus, *Tooovroy χρόνον" μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ.ἔγνωκάς με, So long atime with you amJ, and thou hast not known me, Φίλιππε; ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμέ, ἑώρακεν τὸν πατέρα᾽ YKai' πῶς Philip? Hethat has seen me, hasseen the Father ; and how σὺ λέγεις, Δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν πατέρα; 10 οὐ-πιστεύεις OTe 7thou ‘sayest, Shew us the Father? Believest thou not that ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί, Kai ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν ; τὰ ῥήματα I [am]in the Father, andthe Father 7in “me is? The words ἃ ἐγὼ "add" ὑμῖν, ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐνλαλῶ: ὁ. δὲ πατὴρ which I speak but the Father *6" ἐν ἐμοὶ μένων Ῥαὐτὸς ποιεῖ τὰ ἔργα" “. 11 πιστεύετέ μοι ὙΠΟ ἢ τ ΒΒ 1468 he does the works. Believe me Ore ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί" εἰ δὲ μή, that [am]in the Father, and the Father in me; but if not, διὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτὰ πιστεύετέ “μοι." 12 ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω because of the works themselves believe me. Verily verily Isay ὑμῖν. ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ, κἀκεῖνος to you, He that believes on me, the works which I do, also he ποιήσει, Kai μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει, OTL ἐγὼ πρὸς τὸν toyou, from myself I speak not; shalldo, and greater than these heshalldo, because I to πατέρα μου" πορεύομαι. 18 καὶ ὅτιᾶἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ my Father go. And whatsoever yemayask in 289 XIV. Let not your heart he troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in me, 2 In my Father’s house are many mansions: if ἐξ were not so,1 would have told you. I goto prepare a place for you. 3 Andif I go and pre- pare a place for you I will come again, and receive you unto my- self ; that where I am, there ye may be also, 4 And whither I go ye know, and the way ye know. 5 Thomas saith unto him, Lord, we know not whither thou goest; and how can we know the way ? 6 Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by me. 7If ye had known me, ye should have known my Father also: and from henceforth ye know him, and have seen him. 8 Philip saith unto him, Lord, shew us the Father, and it sufficeth us. 9 Jesu saith unto him, Havel been so long time with you, and yet hast thou not known me, Philip? he that hath seen me hath seen the Father ; and how sayest thou then, Shew us the Fa- ther? 10 Believest thou not that I am in the Father, and the Father in me? the words that I speak unto you I speak not of myself: but the Father that dwelleth in me, he do- eth the works. 11 Be- lieve me that I am in the Father, and the Fa- ther in me: or else be- lieve me for the very works’ sake. 12 Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me, the works that I doshall he doalso; and greater works than these shall he do; be- cause I go unto my Father. 13 And what- soever ye shall ask in h — καὶ 1. i τόπον ὑμῖν TTrA. 5 + ὅτι for LTTrAW. 3 π — οἴδατε [L]TTrA. ο — καὶ LTr. ᾿ [ἐγὼ] L. m — καὶ [L]TTrA. know we the way LTTrA. 4Y—OT. “ re k Tra; γνώσεσθε ye will know T. t καὶ [L]Tra. Y ἀπάρτι T. χα τοσούτῳ χρόνῳ LT. Υ — καὶ LI[Tr]. 1 λέγω τττα. 8 [0] LTrA. αὐτοῦ does his works TTra. ς + [αὐτοῦ] (read his works) 1». & — μοι T[Tr]. f — μου (read the father) LTTra. τ ἐγνώκατε ἐμέ ye have known me T. k παραλήμψομαι LTTrA. Ρ οἴδαμεν τὴν ὁδόν 5 ἂν ἤἥδειτε W [αὐτόν] LTrA. Ὁ ποιεῖ τὰ ἔργα 44 ἐστίν is E. U 290 my name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son. 14 If ye shall ask any thing in my name, [ will do tt. 15 If ye love me, keep Τη; commandments, 16 And I will pray the Father, and he shall give you another Com- forter, that he may abide with you for ever; 17 even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth him not, neither knoweth him: but ye know him; for he dwelleth with you, and shall be in you. 18 I will not leave you comfortless: I will come to you. 19 Yet a little while, and the world seeth me no more; but ye see me: because I live, ye shall live also. 20 At that day yeshall know that I am in my Fa- ther, and ye in me, and I in you. 21 He that hath my command- ments, and keepeth them, he it is that lov- eth me: and he that loveth me shall be loy- ed of my Father, and I will love him, and will manifest myself to him. 22 Judas saith unto him, not Iscariot, Lord, how is it that thou wilt manifest thyself unto us, and not unto the world? 23 Jesus answered and saidunto him, Ifaman love me, he will keep my words: and my Fa- ther will love him, and we will come unto him, and make our a- bode with him. 24 He that loveth me not keepeth not my say- ings: and the word which ye hear is not mine, but the Fa- ther’s which sent me. 25 These things have I spoken unto you, being yet present with you. 26 But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Fa- ther will send in m name, he shall teac bi all things, and ring all things to your remembrance, IQANNH®. XIV. ὀνόματί.μου, τοῦτο ποιήσω, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ my name, this willIdo, that mney be ted the Father in the . 14 ἐάν τι αἰτήσητεξ ἐν τῷ. ὀνόματί. μου, ae ποιήσω. τι If anything ye ask in my name, will do [it]. 15 ἐὰν ἀγαπᾶτε pe, τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς "τηρήσατε." If ye love me, ?commandments imy keep. 16 ‘kai ἐγὼ" ἐρωτήσω τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἄλλον παράκλητον And I will ask the Father, and another Paraclete δώσει ὑμῖν, ἵνα Ἐμένῃ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰς.τὸν.αἰῶνα," 17 τὸ he will give you, that he mayremain with you for ever, the πνεῦμα THC ἀληθείας, ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ-δύναται λαβεῖν, OTL Spiele of truth, whomthe world cannot receive, because οὐ.θεωρεῖ αὐτό, οὐδὲ γινώσκει ἰαὐτό"" ὑμεῖς. δὲ! γινώσκετε it does not see him, nor know him; but ye know αὐτό, Ort παρ᾽ ὑμῖν μένει, Kai ἐν ὑμῖν πἔσται." 18 οὐκ. ἀφήσω him, for with yom he abides, and in you _ shall be. I will not leave ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς" ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 19 ἔτι μικρὸν καὶ ὁ zoe orphans, Iamcoming to you. Yet a little while and the κόσμος με “οὐκ ἔτι! θεωρεῖ, ὑμεῖς.δὲ θεωρεῖτέ με’ ὅτι ἐγὼ world me no _ longer sees, but ye gee me: because [ ζῶ, Ρζήσεσθε." 20 ἐν ἐκείνῃ Ty ἡμέρᾳ “γνώσεσθε live, shall live. In that shall *know ἐν τῷ πατρίου, Kai ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ my Father, and ye in me, and I ἔχων τὰς.ἐντολάς.μου Kai τηρῶν αὐτάς. in you. He that has mycommandments and _ keeps them, ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαπῶν pe 0.0& ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσε- he itis that loves me; buthethat loves me, _ shall be loved ται ὑπὸ τοῦ.πατρός.μου: ‘Kai ἐγὼ" ἀγαπήσω αὐτόν, Kai by my Father ; and I will love him, and ἐμφανίσω αὐτῷ ἐμαυτόν. 22 Λέγει αὐτῷ Ἰούδας, οὐχ Ὑ711] manifest tohim myself, 7Says 7to ‘him ‘Judas, (not ὁ ᾿Ισκαριώτης, Κύριε," τί γέγονεν ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις the _Iscariote,) Lord, what has occurred that tous thou art about ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτόν, καὶ οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ; 2 ᾿Απεκρίθη 'ὁ" tomanifest thyself, and not tothe world? 2Answered ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν.λόγον. μου lJesus and said to anim; Tf angone love me, my word τηρήσει, καὶ ὁ. πατήριμου ἀγαπήσει αὐτόν, Kai πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ yee 7also ὑμεῖς" ὅτι eye ‘ye that Toten} in ἐν ὑμῖν: 21 ὁ he will keep, and my Father will love him, and _ to him ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ᾽ αὐτῷ "ποιήσομεν." 24 ὁ μὴ we willcome, and an abode with him will make, He that *not ‘ ς , τι καὶ ὁ λόγος ὃν ἀγαπῶν με, τοὺς.λόγους.μου οὐ.-τηρεῖ" and the word which loves me, δι words does not keep ; ἀκούετε OUK-EOTLY ἐμός, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός HE πατρός. ye hear is not mine, but of the 2who%sent ‘me ‘Father. 25 Tatra λελάληκα ὑμῖν παρ᾽ ὑμῖν μένων" 26 ὁ-.δὲ παρά- These things Ihave said ἴο you, with you abiding; but the Para- κλητος, TO πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ὃ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ clere, the Βρίσιν the oly, whom *will‘*send ‘the 7Father in ὀνόματί. μου, ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα, καὶ ὑπο- my name, he 3you ‘will *teach all things, and will bring to *re- + pe me [L]JT. 4 χηρήσετε ye will keep rrr. i κἀγὼ LITrA. K μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἢ be may be with you HES ever L; μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἢ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τ; Dee ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα Tra. Ῥ ζήσετε TIrA. then GT[a]w. 1 [αὐτό] L. 9 ὑμεῖς (ὑμεῖεῖ 1) γνώσεσθε Lira. ‘— ὃ ΘΥΤΤΓΑΥ. © οὐκέτι GLT. — δὲ but [1 ]τ{τυ]ὰ. 54 καὶ Ξ ἐστίν 18 LTrA. τ κἀγὼ LTTrAW. ἡ ποιησόμεθα LTTrA, JOHN. εἶπον ὑμῖν. 27 εἰρήνην ἀφίημι Peace I leave ov καθὼς ὁ κόσμος ποῦ as the world ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ ΧΕ EV μνήσει σμᾶς πάντα ἃ membrance oe all ἘΠΙΣΙΕῈ which Isaid to you. ὑμῖν, νην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν" with you ; ue ‘my Igive toyou; δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑ ὑμῖν: μὴ.ταρασσέσθω gives, 25 lgive to γοῦν Let ποὺ be troubled your heart, nor δειλιάτω. 28 ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν, Ὑπάγω καὶ let it fear. Yeheard that 1 said toyou, lam going away and ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. εἰ ἠγαπᾶτέ με, ἐχάρητειδὼν ὅτι Iamcoming to you. If 79 loved me, ye would have rejoiced that elroy," Πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα" ὅτι ὁ-πατήρ.“μου" I said, I am going to the Father, for my Father εἰζων μου ἐστίν. 29 καὶ νῦν εἴρηκα ὑμῖν πρὶν γενέ- “greater *than *I 18. And now Ihayetold you before it comes ig σθαι, iva ὅταν γένηται πιστεύσητε. 80 Your ἔτι" pass, that when it shall have come to pass we may believe. No longer πολλὰ λαλήσω μεθ᾽’ τὑμῶν"" ἔρχεται.γὰρ ὁ τοῦ κύσμου much ᾿ will speak with you, for comes the 7of *world *rovrou' ἄρχων, Kai ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν᾽ 31 ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα Sthis ruler, and in me he has nothing; but that vp 0 κόσμος ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν πατέρα, “Kai' καθὼς Smay *know'the world that 1Τῖοσθ {πὲ Father, and as “ἐγετείλατό᾽ μοι ὁ πατήρ, οὕτως ποιῶ" ἐγείρεσθε, ἄγωμεν =commanded *me'the ?Father, thus I do. Rise up, let us go ἐντεῦθεν. hence. 15 ae εἰμι ἡ eles ἡ ἀληθινή, Kai ὁ πατήριμου ὁ am the care and my Father the γεωργός ἐστιν. 2 way κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπόν, husbandman is. Every branch in me .not bearing fruit, αἴρει αὐτό" καὶ πᾶν TO καρπὸν φέρον, καθαίρει αὐτὸ he takes away it; and ay that fruit Eee he cleanses it b ἵνα “πλείονα καρπὸν" φέρῃ. 8 dn ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε that more fruit it may aM sp hh ye clean are διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν. 4 μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, Abide me, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν. καθὼς τὸ κλῆμα οὐ.δύναται καρπὸν φέρειν ἀφ᾽ andI in you. As the branch is not able fruit to bear of ἑαυτοῦ ἐὰν.μὴ “μείνῃ ev τῇ ἀμπέλῳ, οὕτως οὐδὲ ὑμεῖς itself unless itabide in the ee so See {ean] ye ἐὰν. μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ fusivnre." 5 τῷ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος, ὑμεῖς τὰ Loh MES of the thd which I have spoken to you. in unless in me ae abide. am the vine, ἐν [816] the κλήματα. ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ, οὗτος φέρει branches. Hethat abides in me, andI in him, he bears καρπὸν πολύν" OTL χωρὶς ἐμοῦ ov δύνασθε ποιεῖν οὐδέν. *fruit tmuch ; for apartfrom me yeareable todo nothing. 6 ἐὰν.μή τις Speivy' ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα, Kai Unless anyone abide in me, heiscast out as the branch, and 22 aul) : 5 ΒΡ ΔΕ i Ay ’ ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν βαὐτὰ" καὶ εἰς ! πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ isdriedup, and they gather them and into a fire cast, and καίεται. 7 ἐὰν μείνητε ἐν ἐμοί, Kai τὰ ῥήματά.μου ἔν ὑμῖν it is burned. If yeabide in me, and my words in you π — εἶπον GLTTrAW. & — τούτου (read of the world) GLTTraw. mandment trr. ἃ καρπὸν πλείονα LTTrA. ἃ αὐτὸ it τ΄. i+ τὸ the (fire) Trraw. x — pov (7ead the Father) [L]rtra. Ὁ [kat] L. © μένῃ T. Υ οὐκέτι GLT. ς ἐντολὴν ἔδωκέν gave (me) com- μένητε LTTrA. 291 whatsoever I have said unto you. 27 Peacel leave with you, my peace I give unto you: not as the world giv- eth, give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid. 28 Ye have heard how I said unto you, I go away, and come again unto you. If ye loved me, ye would rejoice, because I said, I go unto the Father: for my Father is greater than I. 29 And now I have told you before it come to pass, that, when itis come to pass, ye might believe. 30 Hereafter I will not talk much with you: for the prince of this world cometh, and hath no- thing in me. 31 But that the world may know that I love the Father; and as the Fa- ther gave me com- mandment, even so I do. Arise, let us go hence. XY. I am the true vine, and my Father is the husbandman. 2 Every branch in me that beareth not fruit he taketh away: and every branch that beareth fruit, he purg- eth it, that’ it may bring forth more fruit. 3 Now ye are clean through the word which I have spoken unto you. 4 Abide in me,andTin you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in me. 5 1 am the vine, ye are the branches: he that a- bideth in me, andT in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit: for without me yecan do nothing. 6 If a man abide not in me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered ; and men gather them, and cast into the fire, and they are burned. 7 If ye abide inme, and my words abide in you, τ ὑμῖν W. ὃ μένῃ LTTrA. 292 ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you. 8 Here- in is my Father glori- fied, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be my disciples. 9 As the Fa- ther hath loved me, so have I loved you: con- tinue ye in my love. 10 If ye keep my com- mandments, ye shall abide in my love; even as I have kept my Fa- ther’s commandments, and abide in his love. 11 These things haveI spoken unto you, that my joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full. 12 This is my com- mandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you. 13 Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends. 14 Ye are my friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you. 15 Henceforth I call you not servants ; for the servant knoweth not what his lord do- eth: but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of my Father I have made known unto you. 16 Ye have not chosen me, but I have chosen you, and or- dained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should re- main: that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Fa- ther in my name, he may give it you. 17 These things I com- mand you, that ye love one another. 18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. 19 If ye were of the world,the world would love his own: but be- cause ye are not of the world, but I nave cho- sen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you. 20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecut- ed me, they will also persecute you; if they IQANNH YS. XV. μείνῃ, O¥édy' θέλητε ἰαἰτήσεσθε,) καὶ γενήσεται ὑμῖν. abide, whatever yewill yeshall ask, and it shall come to pass to you. 8 ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ.πατήρ.μου, ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε, In this isglorified myFather, that *fruit ‘much yeshouldbear, καὶ γενήσεσθε! ἐμοὶ μαθηταί. 9 καθὼς ἠγάπησέν pe ὁ and yeshall become 200 *me ‘disciples. As loved me the πατήρ. κἀγὼ "ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς" Father, TIalso loved you: 10 ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς. μου τηρήσητε, If my commandments ye keep, θὼς ya" Pra 2 λὰ Ὁ "αἱ q "ΕΣ: . καῦσὼς Ain τας EVTOAAC TOV.TATPOC -μοῦυ TETNONKA, Και as the commandments of my Father have kept, and , > ~ ? ~ ?» 4 ~ Τὰ « - τ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ. 11 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα abide *his lin love. These things I have spoken to you, that ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ," Kai ἡ- χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ. μείνατε tv τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ. abide in 2love my. μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ.ἀγάπῃ.μου" ye shall abide in my love, *joy Imy in you may abide, and your joy may be full. 12 αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ ἐμή, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους, This is 7commandment ‘my, that ye love one another, καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς. 18 μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς as I loved you. Greater than this love no one ΝΜ e 5 \ δ A ? Lad 07 « LI ~ vA ἔχει, ἵνα ὅτις! ryvbvyny-abrov ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων has, that one his life should lay down for “friends ? ~ «ε ~ / 2 A 2A ~ tv {| 2 ‘ αὐτοῦ. 14 ὑμεῖς φίλοι prov ἐστὲ ἐὰν ποιῆτε ooa' ἔγω this. Ye friends ‘my are if yepractise whatsoever I ἐντέλλομαι ὑμῖν. 15 οὐκέτι ὑμᾶς λέγω" δούλους, ὅτι ὁ δοῦ- command you. No longer you Icall bondmen, for the bond- λος οὐκιοῖδεν τί ποιεῖ αὐτοῦ ὁ κύριος" ὑμᾶς.δὲ εἴρηκα man knowsnot what %is‘*doing *his ?master. Butyou I have called φίλους, ὅτι πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ.πατρός.μου ἐγνώ- friends, for 41] things which I heard of I made pica ὑμῖν. 16 οὐχ ὑμεῖς pe ἐξελέξασθε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην I known to you. 3Not tye ΞΘ chose, but chose ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἔθηκα ὑμᾶς ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν my Father φέ- you, and appointed you that ye should go and fruit yeshould ρῆτε, καὶ ὁ.καρπὸς.ὑμῶν μένῃ: ἵνα ὕ-τιιἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν bear, and your fruit should abide ; that whatsoever ye may ask the πατέρα ἐν τῷ. ὀνόματίμου δῷ ὑμῖν. 17 ταῦτα ἐντέλ- Father in my name he may give you. These things I com- λομαι ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους. 18 Εἰ ὁ κόσμος ὑμᾶς mand you, that yelove one another. If the world you μισεῖ, γινώσκετε OTL ἐμὲ πρῶτον ὑμῶν" μεμίσηκεν. 19 εἰ ἐκ hates, ye know that me _ before you it has hated. If of TOU κόσμου ἦτε, ὁ κόσμος av.70.idtoyégirer ὅτι. δὲ ἐκ τοῦ the world ye were, the world would love itsown; but because of the ΄ ᾽ ? , ? 3.51.3 As. ΄ ε ~ > ~ , κόσμου οὐκ.ἐστξ, ἀλλ ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, world yearenot, but chose you outof the world, διὰ τοῦτο μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος. 20 μνημονεύετε τοῦ on account of this Shates ‘you ‘the world. Remember the λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν, Οὐκιἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ word which 1 said to you, Ξ15 “ποῦ ‘'a*bondman greater κυρίου.αὐτοῦ. εἰ ἐμὲ ἐδίωξαν, Kai ὑμᾶς διώξουσιν: εἰ than his master. If me they persecuted, also you they will persecute; if Κἀν L. ἠγάπησα LTrA. (read the Father) tra. Ww — ὑμῶν T. ὑμᾶς LTTrA. 1 αἰτήσασθε ask ye LTTrAW. m γένησθε ye should become LTrA. 0 ὑμᾶς 7 > Ν ~~ Y 4 Ν > a " © κἀγὼ I also τ. P τοῦ πατρὸς (+ μου 1) Tas ἐντολὰς TA. 4 — μον τ 7 may be LTTrA. 5 — τις Τ᾿ τ ἃ what Lrtra. v λέγω XV, XVI. JOHN. x , δ.» ey BEN TNT ΄ ᾽ ᾿ τὸν. λόγον. μου ἐτήρησαν, καὶ τὸν ὑμέτερον τηρήσουσιν. 21 ἀλλὰ my word they kept, also yours they will keep. But ταῦτα πάντα ποιήσουσιν τὑμῖν' διὰ τὸ.ὄνομά.μου, *these things ‘all they will do to you on account of my name, ὅτι ovK.oidacw τὸν πέμψαντά pe. 22 εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ because they know not him who sent me, If [had not come and ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ. εῖχον νῦν.δὲ πρόφασιν spoken to them, sin they had not had; but now a pretext οὐκ.ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς.ἁμαρτίας. αὐτῶν. 23 ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν, Kai they have not for their sin, He that *me ‘hates, “also τον.πατέρα.μου μισεῖ. 24 εἰ Ta ἔργα μὴ-.ἐποίησα ἐν ΒΥ ©Father *hates. If “the *works ‘I *had “ποὺ *done ‘among αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος πεποίηκεν," ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ." εἶχον" *them which no other one has done, sin they had not had; νῦν.δὲ Kai ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν Kai ἐμὲ Kai TOY πατέρα but now both they have seen and have hated both me and *Father μου" 25 ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ὑγεγραμμένος ἐν my. But that might be fulfilled the word that has been written in ~ ’ ’ ~ ll « hd ΄ ’ ὃ ΄ 26 oe ἐδ 4 il τῳ.νομῳ.αὐτῶν," Ort ἐμίσησάν pe δωρεάν. Οταν.“ δὲ their law, They hated me without cause. But when ἔλθῃ ὁ παράκλητος, ὃν ἐγὼ πέμψω ὑμῖν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός, iscome the Paraclete, whom I willsend toyou from the Father, TO πνεῦμα THC ἀληθείας, ὃ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκπορεύεται, the Spirit of truth, who from the Father goes forth, ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ: 27 καὶ ὑμεῖς δὲ μαρ- he will bear witness concerning me; 5also ye ‘and bear τυρεῖτε, OTL ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς per’ ἐμοῦ ἐστε. witness, because from [the] beginning with me _ ΥὙ 876, 16 Tatra λελάληκα ὑμῖν iva μὴ-σκανδαλισθῆτε. 2 ἀπο- These things I have spoken toyou that ye may not be offended. Out of συναγώγους ποιήσουσιν ὑμᾶς" ἀλλ᾽ ἔρχεται ὥρα ἵνα πᾶς the synagogues they willput you; but is coming an hour that everyone ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς δόξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ θεῷ. who kills you willthink service to render to God ; 8 καὶ ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν “ὑμῖν ore οὐκ.ἔγνωσαν τὸν πα- and these things they will do toyou because they know not the Fa- , γ 9A ? , > \ a“ , ad) uv .“ τέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ. 4 ἀλλὰ ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ὕταν ther nor me, But thesethings [havesaid toyou, that when ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα" μνημονεύητε ἰαὐτῶν" Ore ἐγὼ εἶπον may have come the hour yemayremember them that I said (them) ὑμῖν ταῦτα.δξὲ ὑμῖν ἐξ ἀρχῆς οὐκ.εἶπον, ὅτι to you. But these things to you from [the] beginning I did ποὺ say, because μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἤμην. 5 νῦν.δὲ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά pe, with you Iwas. But now Igo to him who sent me, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐρωτᾷ pe, Τοῦ ὑπάγεις ; 6 ἀλλ᾽ ore and none of you asks me, Where goest thou? But because ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν ἡ λύπη TETANOWKEY ὑμῶν τὴν these things [havesaid ἴο γοὰ grief has filled your καρδίαν. 7 ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω ὑμῖν, συμφέρει But I the c ~ τ >? ‘ > , CO ὑμῖν ἵνα ἐγὼ ἀπέλθω for you that {i should goaway; heart. truth say to you, It is profitable ἐὰν.γὰρ ὅ μὴ.ἀπέλθω ὁ παράκλη- for if I go not away the Paraclete h ? ? ,, tl A « ~ r; SAY A ~ vi τος "οὐκ. ἐλεύσεται; πρὸς ὑμᾶς: ἐὰν.δὲ πορευθῶ, πέμψω will not come to you ; but if I go, I will send α εἰς ὑμᾶς ἴο YOULTTrA. Y εἴχοσαν LTTrA. 2 ἐποίησεν did LTTrA. τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος LTTrA. © --- δὲ Ὑ{Ὁ Γ᾿]. their hour) utra. ᾧςαὐτῶν] τ. 58 + ἐγὼ L[A]W. 8 εἴχοσαν LTTrA. 4 — ὑμῖν GLTTrAW. 4 ov μὴ ἔλθῃ in no wise should come Tr. 293 have kept my saying they will keep Sours also. 21 But all these things will they do un- to you for my name’s sake, because they know not him that sent me. 22 If I had not come and spoken unto them, they had not had sin: but now they have no cloke for their sin. 23 He that hateth me hateth my Father also, 24 If [had not done among them the works which none other man did, they had not had sin: but now have they both seen and hated both me and my Father. 25 But this cometh to pass, that the word might be fulfilled that is written in their law, They hated me with- out a cause. 26 But when the Comforter is come, whom I will send unto you from the Father, even the Spirit of truth, which pro- ceedeth from the Fa- ther, he shall testify of me: 27 and ye also shall bear witness, be- cause ye have been with me from the be- ginning. . XV1. These things have I spoken unto you, that yeshould not be offended. 2 They shall put you out of the synagogues: yea, the time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think that lte do- eth God service. 3 And these things will they do unto you, because they have not known the Father, nor me, 4 But these things have I told you, that when the time shall come, ye may remember that I told youof them. And these things I said not unto you at the begin- ning, because I was with you. 5 ButnowI go my way to him that sent me; and none of you asketh me, Whi- ther goest thou? 6 But because I have said these things unto you, sorrow hath filled your heart. 7 Nevertheless I tell you the truth; It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will send Ὁ ἐν e+ αὐτῶν (read 204 him unto you. 8 And when he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righte- ousness, and of judg- ment: 9 of sin, because they believe not on me; 10 of righteousness, be- cause I go to my Fa- ther, and ye see me no more; 11 of judgment, because the prince of this world is judged. 12 I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now. 13 Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth, is come, he will guide you into all truth: for he shall not speak of himself; but whatsoever he_ shall hear, that shall he speak: and he willshew you things to come. 14 He shall glorify me: for he shall receive of mine, and shall shew tt unto you. 15 All things that the Father hath are mine: there- fore said I, that he shall take of mine, and shall shew ἐξ unto you. 16 A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me, because I go to the Father. 17 Then said some of his disciples among themselves, What is this that he saith unto us, A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall.see me: and, Be- cause I go to the Fa- ther? 18 They said therefore, What is this that he saith, A little while? we cannot tell what hesaith. 19 Now Jesus knew that they were desirous to ask him, and said unto them, Do ye inquire among yourselves of that I said, A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me? 20 Verily, verily, I say unto you, That ye shall weep and lament, but the world shall rejoice: and ye TQANNHS. X VIE ᾽ 5 SY « ~ \ ? ‘ 2 ~ ᾽ i x , αὐτὸν πρὸς ὑμᾶς" ὃ καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον him to you. And having come he _ willconvict the world περὶ ἁμαρτίας καὶ περὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ περὶ κρίσεως. concerning sin and concerning righteousness and concerning judgment. 9 περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, OTe οὐ-πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμέ" 10 περὶ Concerning sin, because they believe not δικαιοσύνης δέ. ὅτι πρὸς TOYv-maTépaipou" ὑπάγω, Kai righteousness because to my Father I goaway, and ἔτι" θεωρεῖτέ pe’ 11 περὶ. δὲ κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ longer ye behold me; and concerning judgment, because the ruler , ’ , » A ” 1 , κόσμου.τούτου κέκριτα. 12 Ἔτι πολλὰ ἔχω 'λέγειν of this world has been judged. Yet many things I have tosay ὑμῖν," ἀλλ᾽ ob δύνασθε βαστάζειν ἄρτι" 13 ὕταν.δὲ ἔλθῃ to you, but yeare not able to bear them now. But when *may “have *come ἐκεῖνος, TO πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ic πᾶσαν "he, the Spirit of truth, hewill guide you into all τὴν ἀλήθειαν." ob yap λαλήσει ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσα." ἂν" the truth ; *not ‘for 7he *will speak from himself, but whatsoever ἀκούσῃ λαλήσει, καὶ τὰ he may hear he will speak; and the things 14 ἐκεῖνος ἐμὲ δοξάσει, OTe ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ Ῥλήψεται," Kai avay- He me will glorify, for of mine he will receive, and will an γελεῖ ὑμῖν. 15 πάντα ὕσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ ἐμά ἐστιν" nounce toyou. All things whatsoever *has *the *Father ‘mine ‘are; διὰ τοῦτο εἶπον, bru ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ “λήψεται," Kai avay- because of this Isaid, that of mine he will receive, and will an- γελεῖ ὑμῖν. 16 Μικρὸν καὶ τοὐ" θεωρεῖτέ με, καὶ πάλιν nounce to you. A little [while] and ye donot behold me; and again uKpOV καὶ ὄψεσθέ με, “ὅτι ἐγὼ ὑπάγω πρὸς TOY πα- a little [while] and yeshallsee me, because I goaway to the Fa- τέρα." 17 Eloy οὖν ἐκ τῶν. μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ πρὸς on me; concerning Κοὺκ no ἐρχόμενα ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν. coming he will announce to you. ther. Said therefore [some] of his disciples to ἀλλήλους, Ti ἐστιν τοῦτο ὃ λέγει ἡμῖν, Μικρὸν καὶ one another, What is this which hesays tous, A little [while} and οὐ.θεωρεῖτε με, καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με; καὶ yedonot beholdme; and again alittle [while] ἃ πα yeshallsee me? and er t2 ‘ ll c id \ " , Ρ » x Ore ttyw! ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα; 18 ἔλεγον οὖν; Because I go away to the Father ? They said therefore, YTovro τί tori" ὃ λέγει, Yro' μικρόν; οὐκ. οἴδαμεν 3This γα 8 which hesays, the _ little [while]? We ἄο ποὺ know τί λαλεῖ. 19 Ἔγνω τοὖν" Yo'’Inoove ὅτι ἤθελον αὐτὸν what he speaks. "Knew “therefore ‘Jesus that they desired *him ἐρωτᾷν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ᾽ to?ask, and said to them, Concerning this do ye inquire among ? ΄, « A ‘ > ~_ ff ‘ ἀλλήλων, OTL εἶπον, Μικρὸν καὶ οὐ.θεωρεῖτέ με, καὶ one another, that I said, A little [while] and ye donot behold me; and πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ pe; 20 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, again a little [while] and ye shall see me? Verily verily Isay to you, ὅτι κλαύσετε Kai θρηνήσετε ὑμεῖς, ὁ. δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται" that *will *weep “δα *will ®lament ye but the world will rejoice ; i— pov (read the Father) rrr[a]. ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν LIrA ; ἐν TH ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ T. hear trA ; ἀκούει he hears 1. τ οὐκέτι NO longer (do ye behold) LYA ; οὐκ ἔτι Tr. ΤΊΓΑ ; ὅτι ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα. G[L]W. w — τὸ (read a little [while]) Tra. ἐστιν τοῦτο LTr. * οὐκέτι GLT. 1 ὑμῖν λέγειν TPA. ™ εἰς THY 2 — ἂν LTTrA. ο ἀκούσει he shall P λήμψεται LTTrA. 9 λαμβάνει receives GLTTrAW. 5 — ὅτι ἐγὼ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα t — ἐγὼ (read ὑπάγω I goaway) LTTrAW. * Τί x — ody GTTrAW. Υ — OTTrA. XVI. JOHN. ὑμεῖς. "δὲ" λυπηθήσεσθε, "ἀλλ᾽" ἡ.λύπη.ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενή- but ye will be sHeved; but your grief to joy shall be- σεται. 21 ἡ γυνὴ ὕταν τίκτῃ, λύπην ἔχει, ὅτι ἦλθεν come, The woman when she gives birth, grief has, because iscome ἡ-ὡρα.αὐτῆς: ὕταν.δὲ γεννήσῃ τὸ παιδίον, Pode ἔτι" her hopes but when she brings forth the child, no longer μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως, διὰ τὴν χαρὰν Ore ἐγεννήθη she remembers the ΣΊΡΕ ΘΟΙΟΣΣ on account of the joy that hasbeen born ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 22 καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν “λύπην μὲν a Man into the world. And ye therefore grief indeed νῦν" “ἔχετε. " πάλιν.δὲ ὄψομαι ὑμᾶς, Kai χαρήσεται ὑμῶν now have ; but again Iwillsee you, and “shall *rejoice ‘your ἡ καρδία, Kai τὴν.χαρὰν.ὑμῶν οὐδεὶς “αἴρει ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν. 23 καὶ "heart, and your joy noone takes from you. And ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐμὲ οὐκ ἐρωτήσετε οὐδέν. ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν in that day of me ye shall ask nothing. Verily verily λέγω ὑμῖν, fori’ Sdca.dv' αἰτήσητε τὸν πατέρα δὲν τῷ Isay toyou, That whatsoever ye may) ask the Father in dvoparipov δώσει ὑμῖν." 24 ἕως ἄρτι οὐκ ἠτήσατε οὐδὲν my name he will give you. Hitherto yeasked nothing ἐν τῷ.ὀνόματί. OV" αἰτεῖτε, καὶ 'λήψεσθε," ἵνα ἡ-χαρὰ ὑμῶν in my name: ask, and yeshall receive, that your joy ῇ ee νη. 25 ταῦτα ἐν παροιμίαις λελάληκα ὑμῖν" may be full. These things in allegories I have spoken to you; Κἀλλ᾽" ἔρχεται ὥρα Ore ἰοὺκ ἔτι" ἐν παροιμίαις λαλήσω but is coming an hour when no longer in allegories I will speak ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ 7 αὐῥησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς "ἀναγγελῶ" ὑμῖν. to you, but any concerning the Father I will announce to you. 26 ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾷ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί.μου αἰτήσεσθε' καὶ οὐ In_ that in my: name yeshallask; and “not λέγω ὑμῖν Ore ἐγὼ ᾿νε δῶ τὸν πατέρα περὶ ὑμῶν 27 αὐ- "Thay te you that I willbeseech the Father for you, *him- τὸς γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, OTe ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε, καὶ self ‘for “the*Father loves you, because ye me _ haveloved, and πεπιστεύκατε OTL ἐγὼ παρὰ "τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐξῆλθον. 28 ἐξῆλθον have believed that I from God came out. I came out °rapa' τοῦ πατρὸς Kai ἐλήλυθα εἰς TOY κόσμον πάλιν ἀφίημι from the Father and havecomeinto the world; again I leave τὸν κύσμον καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα. 29 Λέγουσιν the world and go the Father. Say Ραὐτῷ" οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ, “186, νῦν Sees λαλεῖς, καὶ “το "him *his “disciples, Lo, now ainly thou speakest, and παροιμίαν οὐδεμίαν λέγεις. 80 νῦν οἴδαμεν ὅτι οἶδας aeons no epenkest Now weknow that thou knowest πάντα, Kai ov χρείαν ἔχεις ἵνα τίς σε ἐ ὠτᾷ. ἐν τούτῳ allthings, and ποῦ eed *hast that anyone thee shouldask. By this ΄ ou ? 4 πιστεύομεν ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθες. 31 ᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς we believe that from God thou camest forth. 2Answered *them τὸ" ᾿Ιησοῦς, “Apri πιστεύετε ; Jesus, ®Now ‘do *ye 7helicve ? ἐλήλυθεν, ἵνα σκορπισθῆτε has come, that ye will be scattered 32 ἰδού, ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ "νῦν" Lo, iscoming anhourand now ἕκαστος εἰς τὰ ἴδια, ‘kai ἐμὲ" each to hisown, and me 295 shall be sorrowful, but your sorrow shall be turned intojoy. 21 ἃ woman when she is in travail hath sorrow, because her hour is come: but as soon as she is delivered of the child,she remembereth no more the anguish, for joy that a man is born into the world. 22 And ye now there- fore have sorrow: but I will see you again, and your heart shall rejoice, and your joy no man taketh from you. 23 And in that day ye shall ask me no- thing. Verily, verily, I say unto you, What- soever ye shall ask the Father in my name, he will give it you. 24 Hitherto have ye asked nothing in my name: ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full. 25 These things have I spoken unto you in proverbs: but the time cometh, when I shall no more speak unto you in pro- verbs, but I shall shew you plainly of the Fa- ther. 26 At that day ye shall ask in my name: and I say not unto you, that I will pray the Father for you: 27 for the Father him- self loveth you, because ye have loved me, and have believed that I came out from God. 28 I came forth from the Father, and am come into the world: again, I leave the world, and go to the Father. 29 His disci- ples said unto him, Lo, now speakest thou plainly, and speakest no proverb. 30 Now are we sure that thou knowest all things, and needest not that any man should ask thee: by this we be- lieve that thou camest forth from God. 31 Je- sus answered them, Do e now believe? 32 Be- old, the hour cometh, yea, is now come, that ye shall be scattered, every man to his own, and shall leave me a- =— δὲ but irra. δ ἀλλὰ ττὰ. ὃ οὐκέτι GLT. have L. ¢aoec Shalltake τττὰ. ἔ -- ὅτι [L]rTra. ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου TTrA. 1 λήμψεσθε LITra. ™ ἀπαγγελῶ LITrAW. = τοῦ L3 τοῦ mares the Father tra. [L]TTra. 4 + ἐν LTTrA. = ὃ TTrA. — νῦν LTTra, © νὺν μὲν λύπην LTTrA. ὃ ἂν τι if anything Lrtra. κ- ἀλλ G[L]TTraw. 9 ἐκ LTTrA. τ κἀμὲ TTrA. ἃ ἕξετε shall ἃ δώσει ὑμῖν ! οὐκέτι GLT. P — αὐτῷ 296 lone: and yet 1 am not alone, because the Fa- ther is with me. 33 These things I have spoken unto you, that in me ye might have peace. In the world ye shall have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world. XVII. These words spake Jesus, and lifted up his eyes to heaven, and said, Father, the hour is come; glorify thy Son, that thy Son also may glorify thee: 2as thou hast given him power over all flesh, that he should give eternal life to as many as thou hast given him. 3 And this is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent. 4 [have glorified thee on the earth: I have finished the work which thou gavest meto do. 5 And now, O Father, glorify thou me with thine own self with the glory which I had with thee before the world was, 6 I have manifested thy name unto the men which thou gavest me out of the world: thine they were, and thou gavest them me; and they have kept thy word. 7 Now they have known that all things whatsoever thou hast given me are of thee. 8 For I have given unto them the words which thou gavest me; and they have received them, and have known sure- ly that I came out from thee, and they have believed that thou didst send me. 9 L pray for them: I pray not for the world, but for them which thou hast given me; for they are thine. 10 And all mine are thine, and thine are mine; and I am glorified in them, 11 And now I am no more in the world, but these are in the world, ILQANNHS. XVI, XVII. μόνον ἀφῆτε: Kai οὐκεεἰμὶ μόνος, ὅτι ὁ πατὴρ μετ alone ye will leave; and [γϑ] lamnot alone, for the Father with 7 ~ ? ~ , ε - ev ᾽ ? x > ΄ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν. 33 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην me is. These things I have spoken toyou that in me peace ἔχητε. ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ θλίψιν γἔχετε"!] ἀλλὰ θαρσεῖτε, yemayhave. In the world tribulation ye have; ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον. but be of good courage, I have overcome the world. 17 Ταῦτα ἐλάλησεν "ὁ" ᾽᾿Ιησοῦς. καὶ Ξἐπῆρεν" τοὺς ὀφθαλ- These things spoke Jesus, and lifted up “eyes μοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν Yeai' εἶπεν, Πάτερ, ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ‘his to the heaven and said, Father, “has *come 'the ὥρα: δόξασόν σου τὸν υἱόν, ἵνα *xai! ὁ υἱός. σου" δοξάσῃ “hour; glorify thy Son, that also thy Son may glorify σε; ὦ καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκός, ἵνα thee ; as thou gavest him authority overall flesh, that [of] πᾶν ὃ δέδωκας αὐτῷ, "δώσῃ" αὐτοῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. all which thou hast given him, heshould give tothem life eternal. a , ? « »» ΄ “ c , |

ἢ » l Q ll ? ~ { A ~ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλαβον. καὶ ἔγνωσαν" ἀληθῶς ori παρὰ σοῦ and they received [them], and knew truly that from thee ? ~ AY 99 ΄ « Ψ ? , ? ‘ ‘ ἐξῆλθον, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν OTL σύ με ἀπέστειλας. 9 ἐγὼ περὶ Icameout, and they believed that thou me didst send. 1 concerning αὐτῶν ἐρωτῶ οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλὰ them makerequest; not concerning the world makel request, but περὶ ὧν δέδωκάς μοι, ὕτι σοί εἰσιν. 10 καὶ τὰ concerning whom thou hast given me, for thine they are: (and “things ἐμὰ πάντα σά ἐστιν, Kai τὰ.σὰ ἐμά: καὶ δεδόξασμαι “my tall thine *are, and thine [are] mine:) and I have been glorified ἐν αὐτοῖς. 11 καὶ ode ἔτι" εἰμὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, Kai "οὕτοι" ἐν in them. And no longer Iam in the world, and these in v ἕξετε ye will have Et. 1 — καὶ LTTrAW. gavest LTTr. 1 εἰσίν TTrA. ἢ αὐτοὶ they T. ® — σου (read the Son) rrr[a]. σκουσιν they know rr. € κἀμοὶ Tr. k ἔδωκάς thou gavest LTTra. Ὑ--- ὃ τ. ἡ ἐπάρας having lifted up LTTrA. Κ᾽ — καὶ LTTrA. υ δώσει he shall give a. © γινώ- 4 τελειώσας having completed LTTra. © ἔδωκάς thou & τετήρηκαν LYTrA. h ἔδωκάς thou gavest 1. Mikal ἔγνωσαν] L. πὶ οὐκέτι LTW. XVII. JOHN. τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσίν, “Kai ἔγω" πρός σε ἔρχομαι. πάτερ ἅγιε, τήρη- the world are and 1 to thee come. “Father ‘Holy, eee σον αὐτοὺς ἔν τῷ.ὀνοματίσου Ῥοὺς δέδωκάς μοι, ἵνα them in ERY: name whom thou hast stven me, that ὦσιν ἕν, καθὼς 4 ἡμεῖς. 12 ὅτε ἤμην μετ᾽ αὐτῶν τὲν τῷ they may be one, as we. enIwas with them in the κόσμῳ" ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί. σου δοὺς δέ- world I waskeeping them in thy name: whom thou € δωκάς port ἐφύλαξα, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ hast given me Iguarded, and noone of them perished, except the υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας, ἵνα ἡ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ. 198 νῦν δὲ ΒΟ of perdition, that the scripture might be fulfilled, And now πρός σε ἔρχομαι, καὶ ταῦτα λαλῶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἵνα ἔχω- to thee Icome; andthesethingsIspeak in the world that they ney) ow τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ail πεπληρωμένην ἐν "αὐτοῖς." 14 ἐγὼ have heey fulfilled in them. I ὀέδωκα αὐτοῖς rbd OST καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἐμίσησεν αὐτούς, have given them thy word, and the world hated them, ὅτι ovK.ticiv ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ.εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ because they δ΄ ποὺ of the world, as I am not of the κόσμου. 15 οὐκιἐρωτῶ ἵνα ἄρῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ world. I do not make request that thou shouldest take them outof the κόσμου, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ. world, but that thoushouldest keep them outof the evil. 16 ἐκ TOU κόσμου οὐκ.εἰσίν, καθὼς ἐγὼ γὲκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ Of the world ey are not, as I of ee world ?not εἰμί." 17 ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ.ἀληθείᾳ. σου" ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς 2am. Sanctify them by thy truth ; 2word thy ἀλήθειά ἐστιν. 18 καθὼς ἐμὲ ἀπέστεϊχας εἰς τὸν κόσμον, truth is. As me thou didst send into the world, κἀγὼ ἀπέστειλα αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν κόσμον᾽ 19 Kai ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν T also sent them into the’ world; and for them χἐγὼ" ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν, ἵνα Yeai αὐτοὶ ὦσιν" ἡγιασμένοι ἐν I sanctify myself, that also they maybe sanctified in ἀληθείᾳ. 20 Οὐ περὶ τούτων δὲ ἐρωτῶ μόνον, ἀλλὰ truth, *Not *for “these ‘and ’make ®I Srequest °only, but καὶ περὶ τῶν ἵπιστευσόντων διὰ τοῦ.λόγου.αὐτῶν εἰς also for those who shall believe through their word on éué 91 ἵνα πάντες ἕν ὦσιν, καθὼς σύ, "πάτερ," ἐν ἐμοί, me ; that all one may be, as thou, Ἐθυπον; art] in me, κἀγὼ ἐν ool, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν “ev' dow ἵνα ὁ κόσμος 804 1 in Hee that also they in us one maybe, thatthe world «πιστεύσῃ, ὅτι σύ μὲ ἀπέστειλας. 22 “kai ἐγὼ! τὴν δόξαν πα δ τ that thoume _ didst send. And I the glory ἣν “δέδωκάς" μοι δέδωκα αὐτοῖς, wa ὦσιν ἕν, καθὼς ὙΒΙΟΣ thow hast given me have piven them, that they Tey, be one, as ἡμεῖς ἕν feoper’' 23 aft ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ σὺ ἐν ἐμοί, ἵνα we one are: in them, and thou in me, that ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν, Seal! ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος they may be __ perfected into one, and that *may*know ‘the ?world 297 and I come to thee. Holy Father, keep through thine own name those whom thou hast given me, that they may be one, as we are, 12 While I was with them in the world, I kept them inthyname: those that thou gavest me I have kept, and none of them is lost, but the son of perdi- tion ; that the scrip- ture might be fulfilled, 13 And now come I to thee ; and these things i speak in the world, that they might have my joy fulfilled in themselves. 14 Ihave given them thy word ; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. 151 pray not that thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that thou shouldest keep them from the evil. 16 They are not of the world, even as 1 am not of the world. 17 ‘Sanctify them through thy truth: thy word is truth. 18 As thou hast sent me intothe world,even so have I also sent them into the world. 19 And for their sakes I sanctify myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. 20 Neither pray i for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on me through their word ; 21 that they all may be one ; as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be onein us: that the world may believe that thou hast sent me, 22 And the glory which thou gavest me I have given them; that they may be one, even 88 we are one: 23 Lin them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that thou © κἀγὼ τὰ. » wm Which @LTTraw. 4% + καὶ also Tr. which rvra. me, and i guarded [them]) [L]ttra. * — σου (read the truth) LITra. αὐτοὶ LITrAW. © πιστεύῃ TTr. % — καὶ LTTrA. BE ἑαυτοῖς TTra, z πιστευόντων Bolieve GLITrAW. 2 πατὴρ TTra. 4 κἀγὼ LTTrA. 6 ἔδωκας thou gavest L. — ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ LTTYA. ‘4 καὶ and (read I was keeping them in sig hame which thou hast given Y οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμον LTTrAaw. — ἐγὼ (read ay. I sanctity) [1 jr. - ῳ Σ ὦσιν καὶ b -- éy[L]TTra. f — ἐσμεν (read [are]) TTra, 298 hast sent me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me, 24Fa- ther, I will that they also, whom thou hast given me, be with me where I am; thatjthey may behold my glory, which thou hast given me: for thou lovedst me before the founda- tion of the world. 24 O righteous Father, the world hath not known thee: but I have jmown thee, and these have known that thou hast sent me, 26 And I have declared unto them thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith thou hast loved me may be in them, and I in them, XVIII. When Jesus had spoken these words, he went forth with his disciples over the brook Cedron, where wasa garden, in- to the which he enter- ed, and his disciples. 2And Judasalso, which betrayed him, knew the place: for Jesus ofttimes resorted thi- ther with his disciples. 3 Judas then, having received a band of men and officers from the chief priests and Pha- risees, cometh thither with lanterns and torches and weapons, 4 Jesus therefore, knowing all things that should come upon him, went forth, and said unto them,Whom seek ye? 5 They an- swered him, Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus saith unto them, I am he. And Judas also, which betrayed him, stood with them. 6 Assoon then as he had said unto them, I am he, they went backward, and fellto the ground. 7 Then asked he them again, Whom seck ye? And they said, Jesus of Nazareth. 8 Jesus answered, I have told you that I am he; if therefore ye seek me, let these go their way: IQANNHS. XVII, ΣΎΠΙΣ ef , 2 , ‘ ? , ? 4 τ > 4 ? , OTL σύ με ἀπέστειλας, καὶ ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς καθὼς ἐμὲ ἡγα- that thou me didst send, and lovedst them as me thou mnoac. 24 "Πάτερ," ἰοὺς" ᾿δέδωκάς" μοι θέλω ἵνα ὕπου εἰμὶ lovedst. Father, whom thou hast given me I desire that where 7am ἐγὼ κἀκεῖνοι ὦσιν per ἐμοῦ, ἵνα θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ΠΣ they also may be with me, that they may behold 2elory ἐμὴν ny ἔδωκάς" μοι, ore ἠγάπησάς pe πρὸ καταβολῆς my which thou gayest me, for thou lovedst me before [the] foundation κόσμου. 25 ἸΠάτερ' δίκαιε, καὶ ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ.ἔγνω, of [the] world. ?Father ‘righteous, and the world thee knew not, éyw.d& σε ἔγνων, Kai οὗτοι ἔγνωσαν OTL σύ με ἀπέστειλας" butI thee knew, and_ these knew that thoume didst send. 26 καὶ ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς T0-6vopa.cov, Kai γνωρίσω" And Imade known to them thy name, and will make [it] known; iva ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς pe ἐν αὐτοῖς ἢ, κἀγὼ that the love with which thoulovedst me in them maybe, andI ἐν αὐτοῖς. in them, 18 Ταῦτα εἰπὼν πιὸ! Ἰησοῦς ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς “These *things *having “said Jesus wentout with ?disciples αὐτοῦ πέραν τοῦ χειμάῤῥου "τῶν Κέδρων," ὅπου ἦν κῆποε, *his beyond the winter stream of Kedron, where was a garden, > τ 2a. 3. τον \ « Η > ~ » Η εἰς ὃν εἰσῆλθεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ. ῃδει.δὲ καὶ into which entered The and his disciples. And ®*knew “also ᾿Ιούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν τὸν τόπον' ὅτι πολλάκις 1Judas #who ‘was *delivering 7up ®him the place, because “often συνήχθη “ὁ' ᾿Τησοῦς ἐκεῖ μετὰ τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ. 3 ὁ οὖν ὥγγὰβ *gathered 1Jesus there with his disciples. “Therefore Ιούδας λαβὼν τὴν σπεῖραν, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀρχιερέων Kai P 1Judas having received the band, and *from *the ‘chief *priests Sand Φαρισαίων ὑπηρέτας, ἔρχεται ἐκεῖ μετὰ φανῶν Kai λαμπάδων 7Pharisees ‘officers, comes there with torches and lamps καὶ ὅπλων. 4 ᾿Ιησοῦς Yotv' εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα and weapons. Jesus therefore knowing all things that were coming ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν, τἐξελθὼν εἶπεν! αὐτοῖς, Τίνα ζητεῖτε; 5’ Ame- upon him, having goneforth said to them, Whom seek ye? They κρίθησαν αὐτῷ, Ἰησοῦν τὸν Nalwpaiov. Λέγει αὐτοῖς "ὁ answered him, Jesus the Nazarean. Says “to *them ? ~ ll 2 ’ > Et Uy = δὲ ‘ “| Wh) c Ιησοῦς," Eyw εἰμι. ὑϊστήκειοΣ καὶ Ἰούδας ὁ παρα- 1Jesus, 1 am [he]. And *was *standing ?also ‘Judas *who ‘was °de- διδοὺς αὐτὸν per αὐτῶν. Θ Ὡς οὖν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, “Ort' livering ἃ» °him with them, When therefore he said to them, ἐγώ εἰμι, YamHOov' εἰς.τὰ.ὀπίσω Kai “ἔπεσον! χαμαί. I am {he}, they went backward and fell to([the] ground. πάλιν οὖν “αὐτοὺς ἐπηρώτησεν," Tiva ζητεῖτε; Οἱ. δὲ Again therefore “them *he 7questioned, Whom seekye? And they εἶπον, Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον. 8 ᾿Απεκρίθη Yo! ᾿Τησοῦς, Εἶπον said, Jesus the Nazargean. ? Answered 1Jesus, Itold ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. εἰ οὖν ἐμὲ ζητεῖτε, ἄφετε τούτους ὑπά- you that I am [he]. If thereforeme yeseek, suffer these to go 4 πατήρ LUTrA. given LTTrAWw. ο — ὃ TTrA. LTTr. τησεν W. P + τῶν LTr[A]; + ἐκ τῶν from the T. καὶ λέγει went forth and says LTTrA. v ἀπῆλθαν LITA. Υ — ὃ GLTTrAW. k δέδωκάς thou hast π τοῦ Κεδρών GL; τοῦ κέδρου T. 4 δὲ δηαὰ (Jesus) τ. * ἐξῆλθεν 5.-- ὃτ; -- ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he says) Tra. *— ὅτι W ἔπεσαν LTTrA. τ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς LTrA ; αὐτὸς ἐπηρώ- 16 what TTra. 1 πατὴρ LTTrA. i ἔδωκάς thou gavest L. m— ὃ TTrA. JOHN. 9 va πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν. Ὅτι οὺς δέ- that might be fulfilled the word which he said, Whom thou αὐτῶν οὐδένα. 10 Σίμων οὖν XVIII. ye" away ; δωκάς μοι οὐκ ἀπώλεσα ἐξ hast given me I lost of them ποῦ one. Simon *therefore Πέτρος ἔχων μάχαιραν, εἵλκυσεν αὐτήν, καὶ ἔπαισεν τὸν Peter having a sword, drew it, and smote the τοῦ ἀρχιερέως δοῦλον, καὶ ἀπέκοψεν αὐτοῦ τὸ τὠτίον᾽ τὸ 7of *the *high priest ‘bondman, and cut off his "ear δεξιόν. ἢν. δὲ ὄνομα τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος. 11 εἶπεν οὖν lright. And*was *name ‘the“*bondman’s Malchus. 3Said *therefore 0 Ἰησοῦς τῷ Πέτρῳ, Bare ryv-uaxaparcov" εἰς τὴν θήκην. 1Jesus to Peter, Put thy sword into the sheath; TO ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ πατὴρ οὐκ.μὴ.πίω αὐτό; the cup which “has ‘given *me ‘the 7Father should I not drink it? 12 ἪἫ οὖν σπεῖρα καὶ ὁ χιλίαρχος Kai οἱ ὑπηρέται τῶν The *therefore ‘band andthe chief captain and the officers. of the ? , , 4 ? ~ ‘ » ᾽ ’ ‘4 Ιουδαίων συνέλαβον τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, kai ἔδησαν αὐτόν, 18 καὶ Jews took hold of Jesus, and bound him ; and ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν" πρὸς Ανναν πρῶτον" ἦν.γὰρ πενθερὸς they led away him to Annas first; for he was father-in-law τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ.ἐνιαυτοῦ.ἐκείνου. 14 ἢν. δὲ of Caiaphas, who was high priest that year. And it was Καϊάφας ὁ συμβουλεύσας τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις, ὅτι συμφέρει Caiaphas who gave counsel to the Jews, that it is profitable ἕνα ἄνθρωπον “ἀπολέσθαι" ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ. 15 ᾿Ηκολούθει. δὲ for one man to perish for the people. Now there followed τῷ Ἰησοῦ Σίμων Πέτρος καὶ 46" ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς Jesus Simon Peter and the other disciple. And disciple ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, Kai συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ιησοῦ ‘that was known’ tothe high priest, and entered with Jesus εἰς THY αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως" 16 ὁ.δὲ Πέτρος εἱστήκει πρὸς into the court ofthe high priest, but Peter stood at τῇ θύρᾳ ἔξω. ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος “ὃς ἦν" the door without. Went out therefore the “disciple tother who was γνωστὸς frp ἀρχιερεῖ," καὶ εἶπεν τῇ θυρωρῷ Kai εἰσήγα- known tothe highpriest, and spoke tothe door-keeper and brought 4 , , « / « A ~ γεν τὸν Πέτρον. 17 λέγει οὖν 8) παιδίσκη ἡ θυρωρὸς τῷ in Peter. *Says *therefore'the *maid “the *door-keeper Πέτρῳ, Μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν el τοῦ ἀνθρώπου to Peter, "not ‘also *thou ‘Sof ‘the ‘disciples ‘art of man τούτου; Λέγει ἐκεῖνος, Οὐκ.εἰμί. 18 Εἱστήκεισαν.δὲ ot δοῦλοι 1this ? 4Says she, I am not. But ‘were ‘standing 'the?bondmen κ᾿ « « , ? ‘ , wa , ΄ καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι Ψψύχος ἦν, and *the officers, a fire of coals baying made, for cold it was, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο" ἦν. δὲ “wer αὐτῶν ὁ Πέτρος" ἑστὼς and were warming themselves; and *was *with ‘them *Peter standing καὶ θερμαινόμενος. 19 ‘O.oby.apyiepede ἠρώτησεν τὸν Ἰη- and warming himself. The high priest therefore questioned Je- σοῦν περὶ τῶν.μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς 5115 concerning his disciples, and concerning "teaching > ~ > , i ? ~|I ks Ι 7 - 2 ‘ γε , αὐτοῦ. 20 ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ" *o' Ιησοῦς, ᾿Εγὼ παρρησις this, *Answered *him 1 Jesus, it openly 299 9that the saying might be fulfilled, which he spake, Of them which thou gavest me have ἢ lost none. 10 Then Simon Peter having a sword drew it, and smote the high priesi’s servant, and cut off his right ear. The servant’s name was Malchus. 11 Then said Jesus unto Peter, Put up thy sword into the sheath : the cup which my Father hath given me, shall I not drink it? 12 Then the bandand the captain and offi- cers of the Jews took Jesus, and bound him, 13 and led him away to Annas first ; for he was father in law to Caiaphas, which was the high priest that same year. 14 Now Caiaphas was he, which gave counsel to the Jews, that it was ex- pedient that one man should die for the peo- ple. 15 And Simon Peter followed Jesus, and so did another dis- ciple: that disciple was known unto the high priest, and went in with Jesus into the pa- lace of the high priest. 16 But Peter stood at the door without. Then went out that other disciple, which was known unto the high priest, and spake unto her that kept the door, and brought in Peter. 17 Then saith the damsel that kept the door unto Peter, Art not thou also one of this man’s dGisci- ples? Hesaith, I am not. 18 And the ser- vants and officers stood there, who had made a fire of coals; for it was cold: and they warmed themselves: and Peter stood with them, and warmed himself. 19 The high priest then asked Je- sus of his disciples, and of his doctrine. 20 Je- sus answered him, I spake openly to the - ὠτάριον ΤΊτΑ. 5 — gov (read thesword) GLitraw. L; ἤγαγον Tir; [ἀπ]ήγαγον αὑτὸν A. © ἀποθανεῖν to die LTtra. Lt[tra ]. eo Tira. f τοῦ ἀρχιερέως Of the high priest Tira. ἢ θυρωρός LTTrA, 5 και (also) ὁ Πέτρος μετ᾽ αὐτῶν LTTrA. 4 Ὁ ἤγαγον [αὐτὸν] they led him 4d — 6 (read another) : 8 τῷ Πέτρῳ ἡ παιδίσκη i [αὐτῷ [1 k—o qr, 900 world; I ever taught l in the synagogue, and in the temple, whither the Jews always re- sort; and in secret have I said nothing. 21 Why askest thou me? ask them which heard me, what I have said unto them: be- hold, they know what I said. 22 And when be had thus spoken, one of the officers which stood by struck Jesus with the palm of his hand, saying, An- swerest thou the high priest so? 23 Jesusan- swered him, If 1 have spoken evil, bear wit- ness of the evil: butif well, why smitest thou me? 24 Now as had sent him bound unto Caiaphas the high priest. 25 And Simon Peter stood and warmed himself. They said therefore unto him, Art not thou also one of his disciples? He denied it, and said, I am not. 26 One of the servants of the high priest, being his kinsman whose ear Peter cut off, saith, Did not I see thee in the garden with him ? 27 Peter then denied again: and immedi- ately the cock crew. 28 Then led they Je- sus from Caiaphas unto the hall of judgment : and it was early ; and they themselves went not into the judgment hall, lest they should be defiled: but that they might eat the passover. 29 Pilate then went out unto them, and said, What accusation bring ye against this man? 30 They answered and said unto him, If he were nota malefactor, we would not have de- livered him up unto thee. 31 Then said Pilate unto them, Take ye him, and judge him according to your law. The Jews therefore said unto him, It isnot I QD AGNEN) HES: XVIII. ἐλάλησα' τῷ κόσμῳ᾽ ἐγὼ πάντοτε ἐδίδαξα ἐν “τῇ συνα- spoke to the world; I always taught in the syna- γωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ὕπου "πάντοτε" οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι συνέρχον- gogue and in the temple, where always the Jews come to- ται, καὶ ἐν κρυπτῷ ἐλάλησα οὐδέν. 21 τί pe “ἐπερωτᾷς ; gether, and in secret Ispoke nothing. Why me dost thou question? ἐπερώτησον᾽ τοὺς ἀκηκοότας τί ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς" ἴδε οὗτοι question those who hayeheard what Ispoke tothem; lo, they οἴδασιν ἃ εἶπον ἐγώ. 22 Ταῦτα.δὲ αὐτοῦ.εἰπόντος εἷς τῶν know what “said (I. But *these*things ‘on *his*saying one of the ὑπηρετῶν παρεστηκὼς" ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ officers standing by gave a blow with the palm of the hand ᾿Ιησοῦ, εἰπών, Οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ; 23 ᾿Απεκρίθη toJesus, saying, Thus answerest thou the high priest? “Answered αὐτῷ 46" Incovc, Ei κακῶς ἐλάλησα, μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ shim 1 Jesus, If evil I spoke, bear witness concerning the ae ? ν᾿ ~ , wa κ ? ΄ r > 4 κακοῦ" €.0& καλῶς, TL pe OEgpeic; 24 ᾿Απέστειλεν ᾿ αὐτὸν evil; butif well, why me strikest thou? *Sent Shim oe , ‘ os SY ? “2 ὁ Avvac δεδεμένον πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα. Annas bound to Caiaphas the high priest. 25 Ἢν. δὲ Σίμων Πέτρος ἑστὼς καὶ θερμαινόμενος" Now *was ‘Simon ?Peter standing and warming himself, εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ, Μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν.μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ They said therefore tohim, *Not ‘also *thou *of Shis “disciples el; ἬἩρνήσατο.ἐκεῖνος, καὶ εἶπεν, Οὐκ εἰμί. 26 Λέγει εἷς tart? He denied, and said, 1 am not. Says one ἐκ τῶν δούλων τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, συγγενὴς ὧν οὗ of the bondmen ofthe high priest, kinsman being [of him] of whom ἀπέκοψεν Ilétpocg τὸ ὠτίον, Οὐκ.ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ Ζραῦ 5015 Peter the ear, 7IT%not ‘thee ‘saw in the garden per αὐτοῦ; 27 Πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο "δ' Πέτρος, καὶ εὐθέως with him? Again therefore *denied ‘Peter, andimmediately ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν. a cock crew. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα εἰς τὸ Jesus from Caiaphas into the = atv t a. 41} 4 ᾽ 8 ? > HAO > A TV -0€ TP Wa και QUTOL OUK.ELONAUVOY ELC TO preetorium, andit was. early. And they entered not into the πραιτώριον, iva μὴ-μιανθῶσιν, "ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα' φάγωσιν τὸ pretorium, that they might ποῦ be defiled, but that they might eat the πάσχα. 29 ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ *Taroc'* πρὸς αὐτούς, καὶ passover. sWent *forth “therefore *Pilate to them, and Yeizev," Τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ" τοῦ.ἀνθρώὠπου.τούτου; said, What accusation bring ye against this man? 30 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν καὶ *elzrov' αὐτῷ, Ei μὴ. ἦν οὗτος They answered and said tohim, If *were*not ‘he ποιός," οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν. 81 Εἶπεν doer, *not *to thee ‘we 2would have delivered up him, *Said copy! αὐτοῖς 46" υΠιλάτος,. Λάβετε αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς, και *therefore *to *them Pilate, Take him ye, and κατὰ τὸν-νόμον.ὑμῶν κρίνατε “αὐτόν." Εἶπον according to your law judge him. “Said 28 “Ayovow οὖν They lead therefore πραιτώριον" ὑκακο- an evil fopy!! *therefore 1 λελάληκα have spoken LTTraw. ο ἐρωτᾷς ; ἐρώτησον (ἑπερ. W) LTTrAW. r + οὖν therefore ELT[trJa. x + ἔξω out LTTrA. all GLTTraAW. 9 — ὃ LTTrA. © Πειλᾶτος Ὑ. h ) κακὸν ποιῶν TTrA. m — τῇ (read a) GLTTrAW. π πάντοθεν E ; πάντες P παρεστηκὼς τῶν ὑπηρετῶν LITrA. τ πρωΐ GLITrAW. Y ἀλλὰ LTTrA. :..-- κατὰ T. ἃ εἶπαν LTTrA. f — οὗν LTra. 8 — 6 LTTrAW. Υ φησίν says ΤΊΤΑ. ς [οὖν] L. 4 — ὃ Tra. ε-- αὐτόν 1. ΧΜΗΙΪ, XIX. > ~ «>? ~ « ~ > αὐτῷ οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, Ἡμῖν οὐκ 5ῖο δμῃῖτα 86 Jews, To us JOHN. ἔξεστι,» ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα" it is permitted to put “to *death ‘noone ; 32 iva ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ ὃν εἶπεν σημαίνων that the word of Jesus might be fulfilled which hespoke signifying ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνήσκειν. 33 Εἰσῆλθεν οὖν by what death he was about to die. Entered “therefore δεὶς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν" ὁ ἘΠιλάτος," καὶ ἐφώνησεν τὸν *into *the retorium 7again pe Hates and called ᾿Ιησοῦν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων ; Jesus, and said tohim,*Thou ‘art the king of the Jews? 34 ᾿Απεκρίθη ἰαὐτῷ ὁ" Ἰησοῦς, “Ad ἑαυτοῦ" σὺ τοῦτο 2 Answered Shim Jesus, From thyself *thou 3.815 λέγεις, ἢ ἄλλοι ἴσοι εἶπον" περὶ ἐμοῦ ; 35 ᾿Απεκρίθη tsayest, tor Sothers 7to *thee °did say [it] conceening: me? 2 Answered ὁ *TIiaroc," Myre ἐχὼ ἸΙουδαῖός εἰμι; τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν καὶ Pilate, 5a SJew Sam ? SNation "thy and οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς ones σε ἐμοί: τί ἐποίησας : 36 ᾿Απεκρίθη μεν ones priests delivered up thee tome: what didst thou? ? Answered "Ἰησοῦς, Ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ.ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ. κόσμου.τούτου" 1Jesus, Pngdam omy, is not of this world ; εἰ EK τοῦ.κόσμου.τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμή, οἱ ὑπηρέται "ay if of this world were kingdom lmy, “attendants tae ‘ > / Π “ οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο" ἵνα μὴ-παραδοθῶ τοῖς ᾿Τουδαίοις" ay would fight that I might not be delivered up to the Jews ; νῦν. δὲ ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ obK-éorw ἐντεῦθεν. 37 Εἶπεν οὖν butnow ?kingdom lmy is not from hence. 3Said *therefore αὐτῷ ὁ "Πιλάτος," Οὐκοῦν βασιλεὺς εἶ σύ; ᾿Απεκρίθη “ὁ! *to *him 1Pilate, Then amis art rs 7Answered ? ~ ‘ λέ x ΡΖ ll 42 ι iH ? ~ Ιησοῦς, Σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι βασιλεύς εἰμι ἐγώ: ἐγὼ" εἰς τοῦτο ‘Jesus, Thou pve’ [it], for a king 2am I for this yeyévynpar, Kai εἰς τοῦτο ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα have been born, and for this Ihave come into the world, that μαρτυρήσω ἀληθείᾳ. πᾶς b.ov ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας Ἰξπισαν bear witness to the truth. versione thatis of the truth ἀκούει μου τῆς φωνῆς. 98 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ "Πιλάτος," Τί ἐστιν hears my voice. oars 3to him 1Pilate, What is ἀλήθεια; Kai τοῦτο εἰπών, πάλιν ἐξῆλθεν πρὸς τοὺς truth ? And this having said, again hewentout to the ᾽ ΄, \ , ᾽ ~ ? ‘ ᾽ , ) ee Cre, >? Ιουδαίους, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, ᾿Εγὼ οὐδεμίαν ‘airiay εὑρίσκω ἐν Jews, and says tothem, I not any fault find in αὐτῷ." 39 ἔστιν.δὲ συνήθεια ὑμῖν ἵνα ἕνα ὑμῖν ἀπολύσω" him. Butitis acustom with youthat one to you Ishould release ἐν τῷ πάσχα᾽ βούλεσθε οὖν ὑμῖν ἀπολύσω" τὸν βασιλέα at the passover ; willye therefore to youl should release the king τῶν “lovdaiwy; 40 ᾿Εκραύγασαν οὖν πάλιν “rartec," λέ- of the Jews? They “cried *out *therefore *again lall, say- yovrec, Μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν: ἦν.δὲ ὁ Ba ee ing, Not this one, but Barabbas. Now 7was arab- Bac Anornc. 19 Τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ "Πιλάτος" τὸν Ἰησοῦν bas a robber. Then therefore took 1Pilate Jesus Kai ἐμαστίγωσεν. 2) καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται πλέξαντες στέφανον and scourged [him]. And the soldiers having platted acrown 301 lawful for us to put any man to death: 32 that the saying of Jesus might ful- filled, which he Spake! signifying what death he should die. 33 Then Pilate entered into the judgment hall again, and called Jesus, and said unto him, Art thou the King of the Jews? 34 Jesus an- swered him, Sayest thou this thing of thy- self, or did others tell it thee of me? 35 Pi- late answered, Am I a Jew? Thine own na- tion and the chief priests have delivered thee unto me: what hast thou done? 36 Je- sus answered, My kingdom is not of this world: if my kingdom were of this world, then would my ser- vants fight, that I should notbe delivered to the Jews: but now is my kingdom not from hence. 37 Pilate therefore said unto him, Art thou a king then ? Jesus answered, Thou sayest that Iam a king. To this end was I born, and for this cause came I into the world,that Ishould bear witness unto the truth. Every onethat is of the truth heareth my voice. 38 Pilate saith unto him, What is truth? And when he had said this, he went out again unto the Jews, and saith unto them, I find in him no fault at ail. 39 But ye have a cus- tom, that I should re- lease unto you one at the passover: will ye therefore that I re- lease unto you the King of the Jews? 40 Then cried they all again, saying, Not this man, but Barabbas. Now Barabbas was a robber. XIX. Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged him. 2 And the sol- diers platted a crown 8 πάλιν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον LTrAW. h Πειλᾶτος T. Κ ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ LTrA. | εἶπόν σοι Tra. - ὃ ese ΝΣ ° — 9 [a]w. Ρ — ἐγώ (read εἰμι 1 am) ττία. 4 [ἐγὼ 7 L. LTTrA. 8 ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν LTTr. t ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν LTTrw. i—_ αὐτῷ ὃ LTTrA ; 5 αὐτῷ We 2 οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο ἂν Tr. τ εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ αἰτίαν π — πάντες 1. - 902 of thorns, and put tt on his head, and they put on him a purple robe, 3 and said, Hail, King of the Jews ! and they smote him with their hands. 4 Pilate therefore went forth again, and saith unto them, Behold, I bring him forth to you, that ye may know that I find no fault in hin. 5 Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown of thorns, and the purple robe. And Pilate saith unto them, Behold the man! 6 When the chief priests therefore and officers saw him, they cried out, saying, Cru- cify him, crucify him. Pilate saith unto them, Take ye him, and crucify him. ΤΟΥῚ find no fault in him. 7 The Jews answered him, We have a law, and -by our law he ought to die, because he made himself the Son of God. 8 When Pilate therefore heard that saying, he was the more afraid; 9and went again into the judgment hall, and saith unto Jesus, Whence artthou? But Jesus gave him no an- swer. 10 Then saith Pilate unto him, Speakest thou not un- to me? knowest thou not that I have power to crucify thee, and have power to release thee? 11 Jesus an- swered, Thou couldest have no power at all against me, except it were given thee from above: therefore he that delivered me un- to thee hath the great- er sin. 12 And from thenceforth Pilate sought'to release him : but the Jews cried out, saying, If thou let this man go, thou art IQANNH®S. XIX. ἐξ ἀκανθῶν ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, Kai ἱμάτιον πορ- of thorns put [it] on his head, and a cloak 1pur- φυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν, 3% Kai ἔλεγον, Χαῖρε, ὁ βασιλεὺς ple cast around him, and said, Hail, king τῶν “lovdaiwy’ Kai ἐδίδουν" αὐτῷ ῥαπίσματα. of the Jews ! and they gave him blows with the palm of the hand. 4 χ᾽ Ἐξῆλθεν Yotv' πάλιν *eEw ὁ Πιλάτος," καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς; *Went “therefore “again ‘out 1Pilate, and says to them, Ἴδε, ἄγω ὑμῖν αὐτὸν ἔξω, ἵνα γνῶτε ore δὲν αὐτῷ Behold, I bring *to*you “him out, that yemay knowthat in him οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω." 5 Ἐξῆλθεν οὖν 0' Ἰησοῦς ἔξω, not any fault I find. Went therefore Jesus out, φορῶν τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον Kai TO πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον. wearing the thorny crown and the purple cloak ; καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς. “Ἴδε! ὁ ἄνθρωπος. 6 Ὅτε οὖν Δεῖδον! and he eaye to them, Behold the man ! When therefore saw αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ ὑπηρέται ἐκραύγασαν “λέγοντες, 2 him the chief priests and the officers they cried out saying, Σταύρωσον, σταύρωσον. Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ ἐΠιλάτος.," Λάβετε Says “to *them 'Pilate, Take Θ του ἐν; crucify thinel αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς καὶ σταυρώσατε" ἐγὼ. γὰρ οὐχ. εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ for I find not in him him ye and crucify [him], αἰτίαν. 7 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν Βαὐτῷ" οἱ ‘lovdaior, Ἣ μεῖς νόμον a fault. SAnswered *him ‘the Jews, We a law ἔχομεν, καὶ κατὰ τὸν.νόμον ἰἡμῶν" ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, have, and according to our law he ought to die, ὅτι kéavrov υἱὸν θεοῦ" ἐποίησεν. ὃ Ὅτε οὖν ἤκουσεν because himself Son of God he made. When therefore *heard ὁ δπιλάτος" τοῦτον τὸν λόγον μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη, 9 Kat ‘Pilate this word [the] more he was afraid, and εἰσῆλθεν εἰς TO πραιτώριον πάλιν, Kai λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ, Πόθεν went into the przetorium again, and says to Jesus, Whence el σύ; ὋὉ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἀπόκρισιν οὐκιἔδωκεν αὐτῷ. 10 λέγει art thou ? But Jesus an answer did not give him, 3Says lody' αὐτῷ ὁ ΕΠιλάτος," ᾿Εμοὶ οὐ.λαλεῖς ; οὐκ.οἶδας “therefore *to “him Pilate, To me pecan thou not ? Knowest not thou ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω “oTavpWoai σε, Kai ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπο- that authority Ihave to crucify thee, and authority Ihave tore- λῦσαί σε"; 11 ᾿Απεκρίθη" οὁ" Ἰησοῦς, Οὐκ Ρεΐχες" ἐξουσίαν lease thee? = Answered 1Jesus, Thou hadst “authority “ρὐδεμίαν κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ" εἰ μὴ.ἦν ἴσοι δεδομένον" ἄνωθεν" Ἰηοῦ any against me _ if it were not to thee given from above. διὰτοῦτο ὁ "παραδιδούς" μὲ σοι μείζονα ya, On this account he who delivers up me tothee' greater ἔχει. 12 “Ex τούτου ᾿ἐζήτει ὁ Πιλάτος" ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν. has. From this sought Pilate to release him ; t oD ~ va” {i > ot.dé ᾿Ιουδαῖοι “*éxpaZor, λέγοντες, Ἐὰν τοῦτον ἀπο- but the Jews cried gut, saying, If this [man] thoure- Υ - Kal ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν and came to him Lrtra. Mi οὖν GLITra. αὐτῷ LTr ; ᾿ αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐδεμίαν εὑρίσκω A; αἰτίαν οὐχ εὑρίσκω Ί. and LTra. Tora. ἃ ἴδον T. i — ἡμῶν (read the law) LTTrA. — οὖν TA]. [u}r[a}. δομένον σοι LTTrAs τὰ ἀπολῦσαί σεν καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε LTTrA. ο — ὃ GLTTrAW. w ἐδίδοσαν LITrA. x + καὶ ἃ οὐδεμιαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν Ὁ [ὃ Tr. © Ἰδοὺ f ates αὐτόν him GLw. g Πειλᾶτος τ. h — αὐτῷ τ. Κ ἑαυτὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ E; υἱὸν θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν LTTrA. » + αὐτῷ him 4 κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν LTTrAW. τ de- τ ὃ Πιλάτος (Πειλᾶτος 1) ἐζήτει LYTrA- 1 ὃ Πειλᾶτος ἔξω 7. ε — λέγοντες T. ἔχεις thou hast 1. s ΞΣΤΕΙΣ delivered up LT. γᾷ éxpavyacov LT}; ἐκραύγασαν Tr, pavy , ραν ~ EX JOHN. λύσῃς οὐκιεῖ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος. πᾶς, ὁ βασιλέα lease thou art not a friend of Ceesar. Everyone *the *king ταὐτὸν" ποιῶν ἀντιλέγει τῷ Καίσαρι. 18 ‘O.obv*TAdroc' *imself tmaking speaks against Ceesar. Pilate therefore ἀκούσας τοῦτον τὸν λόγον," ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ having heard this word, led out Jesus, and ἐκάθισεν ἐπὶ *rov" βήματος, εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθό- Βαὺ down upon the judgment-seat, at ἃ place called Pave- στρωτον, Ἑβραϊστὶ. δὲ Ταββαθᾶ᾽ 14 ive παρασκευὴ Gabbatha : (and it was [the] preparation 8Gé ὡσεὶ" ἕκτη καὶ λέγει τοῖς ‘lov- ?and about the sixth;) and hesays tothe Jews, ment, but in Hebrew τοῦ πάσχα,. ὥρα of the passover, [*the] *hour δαίοις, Ἴδε ὁ. βασιλεὺς. ὑμῶν. 15 01-6: txpatyacay,'”Aooy Behold your king ! But they cried out, Away, ἄρον, σταύρωσον αὐτόν. Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ “Πιλάτος," Τὸν away, crucify him, 2Says ὅἴο *them Pilate, βασιλέα.-ὑμῶν σταυρώσω; ᾿Απεκρίθησαν ot ἀρχιερεῖς, Οὐκ Your king shall I crucify ? *Answered ‘the ?chief *priests, 7Not ἔχομεν βασιλέα εἰμὴ Καίσαρα. 16 Τότε οὖν παρέδωκεν Swe*have aking except Cesar. Then therefore he delivered up > 4 > ~ e ~ ἐλ οδὲ" + ? αὑτὸν αὑτοῖς wa σταυρωθῇ. Blah aBov “δὲ" τὸν ’In- him tothem that he might becrucified. *They *took land Je- σοῦν “καὶ ἀπήγαγον"" 17 καὶ βαστάζων “τὸν. σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ" sus and led [him] away. And bearing his cross 2 ~ > 5 ON , , , fs ΠῚ λέ ἐξῆλθεν εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον κρανίου τόπον, foc! λέγεται he went out to the 2called Sof a ®skull ‘place, which is called ‘EBpaiori Γολγοθᾶ. 18 ὕπου αὐτὸν ἐσταύρωσαν. καὶ μετ᾽ d in Hebrew Golgotha: where him they crucified, and with > “ » 4 ? ~ ‘ 3 ~ , ‘ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο ἐντεῦθεν Kai ἐντεῦθεν, ἐσον.δὲ him others ‘two onthisside and on that side [one], and in the middle τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 19 "Εγραψεν.δὲ καὶ τίτλον ὁ “Πιλάτος! καὶ Jesus. And *wrote Zalso *a ‘title Pilate and ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ ἦὄν.δὲ γεγραμμένον, ᾿Ιησοῦς ὁ put on the cross. And it was written, Jesus the Ναζωραῖος, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων. 20 Τοῦτον οὖν Nazarzan, the king of the Jews. This *therefore τὸν τίτλον πολλοὶ ἀνέγνωσαν τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, Ort ἐγγὺς ἦν ‘title ‘*many "read of the Jews, for near “*was Eric πόλεως ὁ τόπος," ὕπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς" Kai ἦν ‘the city the place, where was crucified Jesus ; and it was γεγραμμένον Ἑ βραϊστί, "Ἑλληνιστί, Ρωμαϊστί." 21 ἔλεγον written in Hebrew, in Greek, in Latin. 7Said οὗ» τῷ Πιλάτῳ" ot ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, Μὴ.γράφε, ‘therefore °to}°Pilate ‘the 2chief*priests‘*of*the ‘Jews, Write not, Ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεύς The king of the Jews, but that he said, King Κείμι τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων." 22 ᾿Απεκρίθη ὁ "Πιλάτος," “O ἐ- Iam of the Jews. 2 Answered Pilate, What I have 23 Οἱ οὖν στρατιῶται, OTE ἐσταύρωσαν The *therefore ‘soldiers, when they crucified τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἔλαβον τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐποίησαν ἱτέσσαρα' Jesus took kis garments, and made four yeapa γέγραφα. written I have written. 303 not Cwesar’s friend : whosoever maketk himself a king speak- eth against Czsar. 13 When Pilate there- fore heard that saying, he brought Jesus forth, and sat down in the judgment seat in a place that is called the Pavement, but in the Hebrew, Gabbatha, 14 And it was the pre- paration of the pass- over, and about the sixth hour: and he saith unto the Jews, Behold your King | 15 But they cried out, Away with him, away with him, crucify him. Pilatesaithunto them, Shall I crucify your King? The chief priests answered, We have no king but (:- sar. 16 Then delivered he him therefore unto them to be crucified. And they took Jesus, and led him away. 17 And he bearing his cross went forth into a place called the place of a skull, which is called in the Hebrew Golgotha: 18 where they crucified him, and two other with him,on either side one, and Jesus in the midst. 19 And Pilate wrote a title, and put 7ton the cross. And the writing was, JESUS OF NA- ZARETH,THE KING OF THE JEWS. 20 This title then read many of the Jews: for the place where Jesus was crucified was nigh to the city: and it was written in Hebrew, and Greek, and Latin. 21 Then said the chief priests of the Jews to Pilate, Write not, The King of the Jews; but that he said, I am King of the Jews. 22 Pilate answered, What I have written LThave written. 23Then the soldiers,when they had crucified Jesus, took his garments, and made four parts, to ν ἑαυτὸν GLTTrAW. * Πειλᾶτος T. (read a judgment seat) LTTraw. they therefore cried out TTra. © ody therefore LTTra. LTTrA. © αὐτῷ (ἑαυτῷ T) τὸν σταυρὸν LTTYA. ὃ LTTrA. ὃ Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί TTrA. 1 Πειλάτῳ Τ. a ἣν ὡς Was about LTTrAW. Υ τῶν λόγων τούτων these words LTTrAW. Ὁ ἐκραύγασαν οὖν ἐκεῖνοι d καὶ ἤγαγον α; — καὶ ἀπήγαγον ξ 0 τόπος τῆς πόλεως GLTTrAW. k ΄“ > ὃ ΄ ? ΄ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων εἰμί Tra. 2 — τοῦ ! τέσσερα TTrA 904 every soldier a part; and also his coat: now the coat was without seam, woven from the top throughout. 24 They said therefore among themselves, Let us not rend it,but cast lots for it, whose it shali be: that the scripture might be fulfilled, which saith, They parted my rai- ment among them,and for my vesture they did cast lots. These things therefore the soldiers did. 25 Now there stood by the cross of Jesus his mother, and _ his mother’s sister, Mary the wife of Cleophas, and Mary Magdalene, 26 When Jesus there- fore saw his mother, and the disciple stand- ing by, whom he loy- ed, he saith unto his mother, Woman, be- hold thy son ! 27 Then saith heto the disciple, Behold thy mother ! And from that hour that disciple took her unto his own : 28 After this, Jesus knowing that all things were now ac- complished, that the scripture might be ful- filled, saith, I thirst. 29 Now there was set & vessel full of vinegar : and they filled a In spunge with vinegar, and put it upon hys- sop, and put τέ to his mouth. 30 When Je- sus therefore had re- ceived the vinegar, he said, It is finished:and he bowed his head, and gave up the ghost. 31 The Jews therefore, because it was the pre- paration, that the bo- dies should not remain upon the cross on the sabbath day, (for that sabbath day was an high day,) besought Pilate that their legs might be broken, and that they might be ta- ken away. 32 Then came the soldiers, and brake the legs of the first, and of the other which was crucified with him. 33 But when they came to Je- ™ ἄραφος TTrA. [his]) [u)rrr[a]. ¥ — οὖν LTTrAW. therefore full of the vinegar, *hyssop LTTra. σκευὴ ἦν placed after ᾿Ιουδαῖοι Tra. IQANNHS. XIX. μέρη. ἑκάστῳ στρατιώτῃ μέρος, Kai τὸν χιτῶνα. ἦν. δὲ ὁ parts, toeach soldier apart, and the tunic; but “was ‘the χιτὼν “appagoc,' ἐκ τῶν ἄνωθεν ὑφαντὸς δι ὅλου. 24 "εῖ- *tunic seamless, from the top woven throughout, They πον οὖν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Μὴ.σχίσωμεν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ said therefore to one another, Let us not rend it, but λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ τίνος ἔσται. ἵνα ἡ γραφὴ πλη- let us cast lots for it whose it shall be; that the scripture might be ρωθῇ σὴ λέγουσα," Διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά.μοι ἑαυτοῖς, fulfilled which says, They divided my garments among them, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν.ἱματισμόν.μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον. Οἱ μὲν οὖν and for my vesture they cast a lot. The *therefore στρατιῶται ταῦτα ἐποίησαν. soldiers these things did, 25 Ἑἱστήκεισαν.δὲ παρὰ τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἡ.μητηρ.αὐ- And stood by the cross of Jesus his mother, TOU, Kai ἡ ἀδελφὴ τῆς.μητρὸς. αὐτοῦ, PMapia'! ἡ τοῦ and the _ sister of his mother, Mary the [wife] Κλωπᾶ, καὶ PMapia' ἡ Μαγδαληνή. 26 ᾿Ιησοῦς οὖν ἰδὼν of Clopas, and Mary the Magdalene. Jesus therefore seeing THY μητέρα, Kai τὸν μαθητὴν παρεστῶτα ὃν ἠγάπα, λέγει {his} mother, and the disciple standing by whom he loved, says τῇ. μητρὶ. αὐτοῦ," Tivat, "ἰδοὺ" ὁ.υἱός. σου. 27 Eira λέγει τῷ to his mother, Woman, behold thy son. Then he says to the μαθητῇ, *1d0d' ἡ-μήτηρισου. Kai am ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας disciple, Behold thy mother, And from _ that our ἔλαβεν "αὐτὴν ὁ μαθητὴς" εἰς τὰ ἴδια. 28 Μετὰ τοῦτο 3took *her ‘the disciple to his own [home]. After this, ἰδ ‘ ©? ~ ¢ t ΄ no " ἐλ .“ Xr θ ~ ELOWC O Inoove OTL TAVTAYONHN TETEAEOTAL, LVA TEAELW Ώ “knowing ‘Jesus that all things now have been finished, that might be fulfilled ἡ γραφὴ λέγει, Διψῶ. 29 Σκεῦος οὖν" ἔκειτο ὄξους the scripture he says, I thirst. A vessel therefore was set 7of *vinegar coroy' “οἱ δὲ πλήσαντες σπόγγον ὄξους, Kai ὑσσώπῳ" full, and they having filled asponge with vinegar, and Shyssop περιθέντες προσήνεγκαν αὐτοῦ τῷ.στόματιι 80 ὅτε ‘having “put [510] οπ. they brought it to [his] mouth. When οὖν ἔλαβεν τὸ ὄξος “ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς" εἶπεν, Τετέλεσται: καὶ therefore ?took “the *vinegar tJesus hesaid, It has been finished; and κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα. 31 Οἱ having bowed the head he yielded up [his] spirit. The οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, Υ ἵνα = pypeivy ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ “therefore 1 Jews, that might notremain on the cross the σώματα ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ, γἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν," ἦν.γὰ bodies on the sabbath, because[the] preparation it was, (for *was , « « , 22 ΄, i ~ 4 ? , ‘ a μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα *eKELYOU TOU σαββάτου, ἠρώτησαν τὸν ὅΠι- Sgreat Sday that ?sabbath,) requested Pi- λάτον" ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, Kai ἀρθῶσιν. late that *might *be *broken ‘their legs, and taken away. 32 ἦλθον οὖν οἱ στρατιῶται, Kai τοῦ μὲν πρώτου κατέαξαν Came therefore the soldiers, and ofthe first broke τὰ σκέλη καὶ τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ ὑσυσταυρωθέντος" αὐτῷ᾽ 33 ἐπὶ.δὲ the legs and ofthe other who wascrucified with him; but to 4 εἶπαν T. ° — ἡ λέγουσα LT. Ρ Μαριὰμ τ. ᾳ -- αὐτοῦ (read τ ἴδε GLTTrA. ® 6 μαθητὴς αὐτὴν GTrAW. τ ἤδη πάντα LTTrAW. W σπόγγον οὖν μεστὸν τοῦ (--- τοῦ T) ὄξους ὑσσώπῳ (ὑσώπῳ 1) ἃ Sponge χ [ὃ] tr; — ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1. Υ ἐπεὶ παρα- - ἐκείνη E. 5 Πειλᾶτον τ. » συνσταυρωθέντος LTTrA. Wi, XX. A ? ~ ? ,’ « 16 c > 4 nO {l θ , τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες, we εἶδον “αὐτὸν ἤδη" τεθνηκότα, Jesus haying come, when they saw he already was dead, οὐκκατέαξαν αὐτοῦ τὰ σκέλη. 84 ἀλλ᾽ εἷς τῶν στρατιωτῶν they did not break his legs, but one of the soldiers λόγχῃ αὐτοῦ τὴν πλευρὰν ἔνυξεν, καὶ “εὐθὺς ἐξῆλθεν" with a spear i side pierced, and immediately came out αἷμα καὶ ὕδωρ. 35 καὶ ὁ ἑωρακὼς μεμαρτύρηκεν, Kai blood and _ water. And he who hasseen has borne witness, and 2 1 ? ~ ? « , ee ~ Ι id a aN θῇ ἀληθινὴ αὐτου E0TLY 1) μαρτυρια, KAKELVOC OLOEY OTL αλῃθη true *his 115 witness, and he knows that true λέγει, ἵνα f ὑμεῖς πιστεύσητε." 86 ἐγένετο.γὰρ ταῦτα ἵνα he says, that ye may believe. For *took *place these*things that ἢ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ, ᾿Οστοῦν.οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ. the scripture might be fulfilled, Nota bone shall be broken of him. 37 καὶ πάλιν ἑτέρα γραφὴ λέγει, Ὄψονται εἰε ὃν And again another scripture says, They shalllook on him whom ἐξεκέντησαν. they pierced. 38 Μετὰ. δὲ ταῦτα ἠρώτησεν τὸν "Πιλάτον" ὁ" ᾿Ιωσὴφ And after these things asked Pilate Joseph ΚΑΙ ) δῆ ΄ n 4 ~? ~ A , δὲ ὁ" ἀπὸ ᾿Αριμαθαίας. ὧν μαθητὴς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κεκρυμμέενος.ὃὲ (from Arimathga, being a disciple of Jesus, but concealed διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, ἵνα ἄρ τὸ σῶμα through fear ofthe Jews,) that he might take away the body τοῦ Ιησοῦ καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ 'TAdroe.' πιὖἦλθεν" οὖν καὶ of Jesus: and ὅρατο “leave Pilate. He came therefore and ™hoev' οτὸ σῶμα" Prov Ἰησοῦ." 39 ἦλϑεν.δὲ καὶ Νικόδημος. took away the body of Jesus. Andcame also Nicodemus, ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς “τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν" νυκτὸς τὸ. πρῶτον. φέρων μίγμα who came to Jesus by night at first, bearing a mixture σμύρνης Kai ἀλόης ᾿ὡσεὶ" λίτρας ἑκατόν. 40 ἔλαβον οὖν ofmyrrh and aloes about *pounds ‘a *hundred. They took therefore TO σῶμα τοῦ 'Inoov, Kai ἔδησαν αὐτὸ " ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν the body of Jesus, and bound it in linen cloths with the ἀρωμάτων, καθὼς ἔθος ἐστὶν τοῖς ἐντα- aromatics, as acustom is among the to prepare for guage. 41 ἦν.δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, burial. Now there was in the place where he was crucified a garden. καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἔν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἐτέθη. JOHN. Ἰουδαίοις Jews and in the garden a *tomb Inew, in which no one ever was laid. 42 ἐκεῖ οὖν διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ιουδαίων, ὕτι There therefore on account of the preparation of the Jews, because ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν ᾿Τησοῦν. near was the tomb, they laid Jesus. 20 Τῇ δὲ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων ‘Mapia' ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ But on the first [day] of the week Mary the Magdalene ἔρχεται πρωϊ σκοτίας ETL οὔσης εἰς TO μνημεῖον, Kai βλέπει comes early ‘dark ‘still 'it*being to the tomb, and sees τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου. 2 τρέχει οὖν Kai the stone taken away from the tomb. She runs therefore and ἔρχεται πρὸς Σίμωνα Πέτρον καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἄλλον μαθητὴν comes to Simon Peter and to the other disciple ς ἤδη αὐτὸν Tra. ἃ ἐξῆλθεν εὐθὺς TTA. © και ἐκεῖνος LTr. ἔ πιστεύητε τ. i Πειλᾶτον T. i-— 6 LTTrAW. m ἦλθον they came T. 0 ἦραντ. ° — τὸ σῶμα τ. him 1. 4 αὐτὸν him btrtraw. τ ὡς GLTTrAW. 84 ἐν νυ. 305 sus, and saw that he was dead already,they brake not his legs: 34 but one of the soi- diers with a s pierced his side, and forthwith came there out blood and water. 35 And he that saw it bare record, and his record is true: and he knoweth that he saith true, that ye might be- lieve. 36 For these things were done, that the scripture should be fulfilled, A bone of him shall not be broken. 37 And again another scripture saith, They shall look on him whom they pierced. 38 And after this Jo- seph of Arimathza, be- ing a disciple of Jesus, but secretly for fear of the Jews, besought Pi- late that hemight take away the body of Je- sus: and Pilate gave him leave. He came therefore, and took the body of Jesus. 39 And there came also Nico- demus, which at the first came to Jesus by night, and brought a mixture of myrrh and aloes, about an hun- dred pound weight. 40 Then took they the body of Jesus, and wound it in linen clothes with the spices, as the manner of the Jewsis to bury. 41 Now in the place where he was crucified there Was a garden; and in the garden a new se- pulchre, wherein was never man yet laid. 42 There laid they Je- sus therefore because of the Jews’ prepara- tion day; for the se- pulchre was righ at hand. XX. The first day of the week cometh Mary Magdaleneearly, when it was yet dark, unto the sepulchre,and seeth the stone taken away from the sepul- chre, 2Then sherun- neth, and cometh te Simon Peter, and te the other disciple, f + καὶ also GLTTrAW. k— 6 LTrA. Ρ αὐτοῦ οἵ him Lira ; αὐτόν τ᾿ Μαριὰμ Τ. 1 Πειλᾶτος T. x 306 whom Jesus loved, and saith unto them, They have taken away the Lord out of the sepul- chre, and we know not where they have laid him, 3 Peter there- fore went forth, and that other disciple,and came to the sepulchre, 4 So they ran both to- gether : and the other disciple did outrun Pe- ter, and came first to the sepulchre. 5 And he stooping down, and looking in, saw the li- nen clothes lying ; yet went he notin. 6 Then cometh Simon Peter following him, and went into the sepul- chre, and seeth the li- nen clothes lie, 7 and the napkin, that was about his head, not ly- ing with the linen clothes, but wrapped together in a place by itself. 8 Then went in also that other disci- ple, which came first to the sepulchre, and he saw, and _ believed. 9 For as yet they knew not the scripture, that he must rise again from the dead. 10 Then the disciples went a- way again unto their own home, 1] But Mary stood without at the sepulchre weeping: and as she wept, she stooped down, and looked into the sepul- chre, 12 and seeth two angels in white sitting, the one at the head, and the other at the feet, where the body of Jesus had lain, 13 And they say unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? She saith unto them, Be- cause they have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid him. 14 And when she had _ thus said, she turned her- self back, and saw Je- sus standing,and knew not that it was Jesus. 15 Jesus saith unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? whom seekest thou? She, supposing him to be the gardener, saith un- to him, Sir, if thou have borne him hence, tell me where thou hast laid him, and I will take him away. IQANNH®. XX. “ ᾽ A co ~ ‘ , > ~ - 4A ’ ὃ» ἐφίλει ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, ἫΗραν τὸν κύριον whom “loved 1Jesus, and says tothem, They tookaway the Lord ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου, καὶ οὐκιοἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν. out οὗ the tomb, and weknownot where they laid him, 9 Ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ Πέτρος καὶ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής, Kai ἤρχοντο *Went “ΤΟΥ ἢ therefore *Peter and the other disciple, and came ? 4 - 4 » δὲ « δύ « as. v ‘ cil AN : εις TO μνημειον.- ἐτρέχον. οι OVO ομου καὶ O' a4 ος to the tomb. And?ran ‘the *two together, andthe other μαθητὴς προέδραμεν τάχιον τοῦ Πέτρου, καὶ ἦλθεν πρῶτος disciple ran forward faster than Peter, and came first ᾽ 4 ~ 5 4 U λέ w , " 50 , i] εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, 5 καὶ παρακύψας βλέπει “κείμενα τὰ dO6ma, to the tomb, and stooping down he sees lying the linencloths; ? , a is » x , , > οὐ μέντοι εἰσῆλθεν. 6 ἔρχεται οὖν * Σίμων ἹΠέτρος ἀκολου- *not “however *he *entered. Comes then Simon Peter follow- θῶν αὐτῷ, Kai εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, Kai θεωρεῖ τὰ ing him, and entered into the tomb, and sees the ? , , ‘ a , “ ? ‘ ~ ~ ὀθόνια κείμενα, 7 Kai τὸ covdapioy ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς linencloths lying, and the handkerchief which was upon “head αὐτοῦ, ob μετὰ τῶν ὀθονίων κείμενον, ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐν- this, not with the linen cloths lying, but “by “itself τετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον. 8 τότε οὖν εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ὁ ‘folded *up *inureca place, Then therefore entered also the ἄλλος μαθητὴς ὁ ἐλθὼν πρῶτος εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, καὶ εἶδεν other disciple who came first to the tomb, and saw καὶ ἐπίστευσεν: 9 οὐδέπω. γὰρ ἤδεισαν τὴν γραφήν, Ort and believed ; for not yet knew they the _ scripture, that δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι. 10 ἀπῆλθον it behoves him from Δ Πρ [{Π6] dead to rise. Went away οὖν πάλιν πρὸς Yéeavrovc' οἱ μαθηταί. 11 *Mapia'6é therefore again to their {home]the disciples. But Mary εἱστήκει πρὸς “rd μνημεῖον" *Kdaiovoa ἔξω." we οὖν stood at the tomb 2weeping ‘outside. As therefore ἔκλαιεν, παρέκυψεν εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, 12 καὶ θεωρεῖ δύο ay- she wept, she stooped down into the tomb, and beholds two an- γέλους ἐν λευκοῖς καθεζομένους, Eva πρὸς TY κεφαλῇ Kai ἕνα gels in white sitting, one at the head and one πρὸς τοῖς ποσίν, ὕπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 18 “καὶ! αὖ the feet, where was laid the body of Jesus. And λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι, Γύναι, τί κλαίεις; Λέγει αὐτοῖς, “say °to*her ‘they, Woman, why weepest thou? Shesays to them, “Ort ἦραν τὸν κύριόν.μου, Kai οὐκιοῖδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν Because they took away my Lord, and I know not where they laid αὐτόν. 14 “Καὶ! ταῦτα εἰποῦσα ἐστράφη εἰς.τὰ. ὀπίσω, Kai him. And these things having said she turned backward, and θεωρεῖ τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἑστῶτα' καὶ odK-yder ὅτι “ὁ' ᾿Τησοῦς ἐστιν. beholds Jesus standing, and knew not that Jesus it is. 15 λέγει αὐτῷ "ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς, Γύναι, ri κλαίεις; τίνα ζητεῖς ; "Says “to *her 1Jesus, Woman, why weepest thou? Whom seekest thou? ’Exeivn δοκοῦσα bre ὁ κηπουρός ἐστιν, λέγει αὐτῷ, Κύριε, εἰ She thinking thatthe gardener it is, says to him, Sir, if σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν, εἰπέ μοι ποῦ [αὐτὸν ἔθηκας" κἀγὼ thou didst carry off him, tell me where him _ thoudidst lay, andI I6Jesussaith untoher, αὐτὸν ἀρῶ. 16 Λέγει αὐτῷ ξὸ" Ἰησοῦς, "Μαρία." Στρα- Mary. Sheturnedher- him will take away. *Says “to ‘her ‘Jesus, Mary. Turn- W τὰ ὀθόνια κείμενα L. * καὶ also Tra. Υ αὐτοὺς TTr. * Μαριάμ τ. vo δὲ 1, 27 μνημείῳ GLITYAW. * — 6 LTTraw. © — 9 GLTTrAW. ς — καὶ τ. d --- καὶ GLTTrAW. &§—OLTTrA. © Μαριάμ TTrA, Ὁ ἔξω κλαίονσα ΤΊΤΑ ; — ἔξω L. f ἔθηκας αὐτόν GLTTrAW. JOHN. φεῖσα ἐκείνη λέγει adTyp', ‘PaBBovri' ὃ. λέγεται, διδάσκαλε. ing round she says to him, Rabboni, that is to say, Teacher. 17 λέγει αὐτῇ "ὸ' ᾿Ιησοῦς, Μή pov ἅπτου, οὔπω.γὰρ ἀναβέ- *Says *to ther 1Jesus, 7Not “me ‘touch, for not yet have I βηκα πρὸς rov.raréipa.wou'' πορεύου.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς ascended tc my Father ; but go to *brethren XX. pou, καὶ εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα.μου Kai my, and say tothem, I ascend to my Father and πατέρα.ὑμῶν, καὶ τωρ: καὶ θεὸνὑμῶν. 18 Ἔρχεται your Father, and my God and your God. *Comes ™Mapia' ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ "ἀπαγγέλλουσα" τοῖς μαθηταῖς ὅτι ‘Mary *the *Magdalene bringing word tothe disciples οἑώρακεν᾽ TOY κύριον, καὶ ταῦτα εἶπεν αὐτῇ. 19 Οὔσης οὖν she hasseen the Lord, and these thingshesaid toher. It being therefore ὀψίας τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, τῇ pig τῶν" σαββάτων, Kai τῶν evening on that day, the first (day) of the week, and the θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὕπου ἦσαν ot μαθηταὶ συνηγμένοι," διὰ doors having been shut where “were ‘the “disciples assembled, through τὸν φόβον τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, ἦλθεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ ἔστη εἰς τὸ fear of the Jews, came Jesus and stood in the , ‘ Ul ? ~ Binal Rapes ‘ ~ > ‘ μέσον, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν. 20 Kai τοῦτο εἰπὼν midst, and says tothem, Peace toyou. And this having said ἔδειξεν ταὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας Kai THY πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ." ἐχάρη- he shewed tothem the hands and the side of himself. “*Rejoiced σαν οὖν οἱ μαθηταὶ ἰδόντες τὸν κύριον. 21 εἶπεν οὖν *therefore ‘the “disciples having seen the Lord, 3Said *therefore αὐτοῖς "ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς" πάλιν, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν: καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέν *to “them ‘Jesus again, Peace toyou: as Shas *sent °forth ἐξ ὁ πατήρ, ἘΠ πέμπω ὑμᾶς. 22 Καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν 6 ᾿ἴπ9 Εαύμου, I also send you. And this haying said ἐνεφύσησεν, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Λάβετε πνεῦμα ἅγιον. hebreathedinto(them],and says tothem, Receive [the] “Spirit 1Holy: 23 ‘ay! τινων ἀφῆτε τὰς ἁμαρτίας, "ἀφίενται" αὐτοῖς" of whomsoever ye may remit the sins, they are remitted to them ; ἰἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται. 24 Θωμᾶς δέ, εἷς ἐκ of whomsoever ye may retain, they have been retained. But Thomas, one of τῶν δώδεκα ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος, οὐκιἣν per αὐτῶν ὕτε the twelve called Didymus, wasnot with them when ἦλθεν πὸ! ᾿Ιησοῦς. 25 ἔλεγον οὖν αὐτῷ ot ἄλλοι μαθηταί, 7came ‘Jesus. 4Said *therefore *tohim'the “other “disciples, t /, 4 ΄ t 4 ? ~ ᾽ A ‘ » ᾽ Ἑωράκαμεν τὸν κύριον. Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Εὰν. μὴ ἴδω ἐν We have seen the Lord. But he said tothem, Unless [866 in ταῖς. χερσὶν. αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον THY ἥλων, Kai βάλω "τὸν δάκτυ- his hands the mark ofthe nails, and put “finger λόν pou" εἰς τὸν YréTroy'! τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω *rijy.xEipa_pov' my into the mark ofthe nails, and put my hand εἰς τὴν.πλευρὰν.αὐτοῦ, οὐ-μὴ πιστεύσω. 26 Kai μεθ’ ἡμέρας into his side, not at all will I believe. And after “*days ὀκτὼ πάλιν ἦσαν tow οἱ.μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ, Kai Θωμᾶς per’ ‘eight again were *within this *disciples, and Thomas with αὐτῶν. ἔρχεται ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς, τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων, καὶ ἔστη them. Comes Jesus, the doors having been shut, and stood k — 6 LTTrA. i + ‘Efpaioré in Hebrew [u]rtra. ° ἑώρακα I have seen TTra. τὰ Μαριὰμ, TTrA. Ὁ ἀγγέλλουσα LTTrA. 4 — συνηγμένοι LTTrA, Ἰησοῦς (read he said) τα Α]. ν — 6 LTTra. x μου Tov δάκτυλον T. t »»" εαν L, Υ τόπον place LT. τ καὶ (--- καὶ Τ) τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς LTTrA. χείρας καὶ τὴ ρ Σ Υ ἀφέωνται they have been remitted xrtr. τ μον THY χεῖρα TTrA, 907 self, and saith unto him, Rabboni ; which is to say, Master. 17Je- sus saith unto her, Touch me not; for I am not yet ascended to my Father: but go to my brethren, and say unto them, [ ascend unto my Father, and your Father; and to my God,and your God. 18 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples that she had seen the Lord, and that he had spoken these things unto her. 19 Then the same day at evening, being the first day of the week, when the doors were shut where the disci- ples were assembled for fear of the Jews came Jesus and stood in the midst, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you. 20 And when he had sosaid, he shewed unto them his hands and his side, Then were the disci- ples glad, when they saw the Lord. 21 Then said Jesus to them a- gain, Peace be unto ou: as my Father ath sentme, even so send I you, 22 And when he had said this, he breathed on them, and saith unto them, Receive ye the Holy Ghost: 23 whose soever sins ye remit, they are remitted unto them; and whose soever 8ins ye retain, they are re- tained. 24But Thomas, one of the twelve,call- ed Didymus, was not with them when Jesus came. 25 The other disciples therefore said unto him, We have seen the Lord. But he said unto them, Except I shall see in his hands the print of the nails, and put my finger into the print of the nails, and thrust my hand into his side,I will not believe. 26And after eight days again his disciples were within, and Thomas with them: then came Je- sus, the doors being shut, and stood in the 1 — μου (read the Father) [n]rtra. P — τῶν LITrAW. ε-- ὁ 908 midst, and snid, Peace be unto you. 27 Then saith he to Thomas, Reach hither thy fin- ger, and behold my hands ; and reach hi- ther thy hand, and thrust it into my side: and be not faithless but believing. 28 And Thomas answered and said unto him, M Lord and my God, 29 Jesus saith unto him, Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou hast believed : blessed are thoy that have not seen, and yet have believed. 30 And many other signs truly did Jesus in the presence of his disciples, which are not written in this book: %1 but these are written, that yemight believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God ; and that believ- ing ye might have life through his name, XXI. After these things Jesus shewed himself again to the disciples at the sea of Tiberias ; and on this wise shewed he him- self. 2 There were to- gether Simon Peter, and Thomas called Di- dymus, and Nathanael of Cana in Galilee, and the sons of Zebedee, and two other of his disciples. 3 Simon Peter saith unto them, I go a fishing. ‘They say unto him, We also go with thee. They went forth, and en- tered into a ship im- mediately; and that night they caught no- thing, 4 But when the morning was now come, Jesus stood on the shore: but the dis- ciples knew not that it was Jesus. 5 Then Jesus saith unto them, Children, have ye any meat ? ‘They answered him, No, 6 And he said unto them, Cast the net on the right side of the ship, and TQANNH&. XX, XXI. εἰς τὸ μέσον καὶ εἶπεν, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν. 27 Εἶτα λέγει τῷ Θωμᾷ, in the midst and said, Peace to you. Then he says to Thomas, Φέρε τὸν. δάκτυλόν.σου ὧδε, Kai ἴδε Tag-xeipacg.pou' Kai Bring thy finger here, and = see my hands; and φέρε τὴν.χεϊρά.σου, Kai βάλε εἰς τὴνιπλευράμιμον: καὶ bring thy hand, and put Sit] into my side; and μὴ.γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός. 28 "Καὶ! ἀπεκρίθη oll be not unbelieving, but believing. And answered Θωμᾶς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὁ.κύριός. μου καὶ ὁ.θεός. μου. 29 Λέγει 1Thomas and said ἴο him, My Lor and my God. *Says αὐτῷ “ὁ" Τησοῦς, “Ore ἑώρακάς με, Ἰθωμᾶ," πεπίστευκας" ®to *him ‘Jesus, Because thou hast seen me, Thomas, thou hast believed : μακάριοι οἱ μὴ ἰδόντες καὶ πιστεύσαντες. blessed they who have not seen and _ have believed. 30 Πολλὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ ἄλλα σημεῖα ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἴη- Many ‘therefore *also ‘other signs did Jo- σοῦς ἐνώπιον τῶν. μαθητῶν. “αὐτοῦ, ἃ obx.orw yeypap- sus in presence of his disciples, which are not written / ᾽ ~ ‘ , ~ “ “ μένα ἐν τῷ. βιβλίῳ. τούτῳ. 91 ταῦτα.δὲ γέγραπται ἵνα in this book ; but these have been written that f y Sep 86". ’Incove ὁ ‘ dc. ὁ vie ᾿ πιστεύσητε! ort 80" Ιησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ye may believe that Jesus is the Christ the Son θεοῦ, καὶ ἵνα πιστεύοντες ζωὴν " ἔχητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι of God, and that believing life ye may have in *name αὐτοῦ. ‘his. Q1 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐφανέρωσεν ἑαυτὸν πάλιν ἰὸ ᾿Ιησοῦς" After these things “manifested *himself “again 1Jesus τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς Τιβεριάδος" ἐφανέρωσεν δὲ tothe disciples αὖ the sen of Tiberias, And he manifested u“ ᾿ ς ΐ΄ « ~ 7 A ‘ ~ « οὕτως" ὦ ἦσαν ὁμοῦ Σίμων Πέτρος, καὶ Θωμᾶς ὃ {himself} thus: There were together Simon Peter, and ‘Thomas λεγόμενος Δίδυμος, Kai Ναθαναὴλ ὁ ἀπὸ Κανᾶ τῆς Vare- called Didymus, and Nathanael from Cana of Gali- Aaiac, Kai οἱ τοῦ LeBedaiov, καὶ ἄλλοι ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν lee, and the (sons) of Zebedee, and “others *of *disciples αὐτοῦ δύο. 8 λέγει αὐτοῖς Σίμων Πέτρος, Ὑπάγω ἁλιεύειν. *his 1thwo, "Says “to'’them “Simon ‘7Peter, I go to fish. Aéyovow αὐτῷ, ᾿Ερχόμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς σὺν σοί. k READY They say to him, *Come “also ‘we with thee, They went forth EE ll sf 4 Me} Mic, |! ae Leet Ὁ καὶ Ἰἀνεέβησαν" εἰς τὸ πλοῖον "εὐθύς," καὶ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ and went up into the ship immediately, and during that AT et / ἠδέ A δὲ » n la | ” Of ll νυκτὶ ἐπίασαν οὐδὲν. 4 πρωΐας. δὲ ἤδη "γενομένης" ἔστη “ὁ night they took nothing. And morning already being come “stood , ~ p ΜΙ , pas ’ , ” « ν τ΄ Ιησοῦς Pete! τὸν αἰγιαλόν" οὐ μέντοι δεισαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ore 1 Jesus on the shore ; ‘not “however ‘knew ‘the “disciples that Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν. ὃ λέγει οὖν αὐτοῖς “ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Tlasdia, Jesus it is. “Says *therefore *to °them ‘Jesus, Little children, μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε; ᾿Απεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ, Ov. 6 "Ὁ. δὲ any food have ye? ‘They answered him, No. And he εἴπεν" αὐτοῖς, Βάλετε εἰς τὰ δεξιὰ μέρη τοῦ πλοίου τὸ δίκτυον, said tothem, Cast to the right side ofthe ship the net, er ΄΄ῤῦὖῦὋΦΔᾧΦΨ'Ζίο͵᾿,υἝοἝ“5-΄-΄ΦὋΦἔὋορΎ:οάο““..... ΄-ἷἴἵἷ΄ἷς:.ς. ® — καὶ GLITrAW. (read the disciples) irra. ' — 6 Ἰησοῦς (read he manifested) a; — ὃ TTr. το — εὐθύς αὐτιὰ. ᾿Ιησοῦς Tr ; GLTTrAW. 4 [ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς} 1; [ὁ] b — 6 @LTLTrAW. ! πιστεύητε 1. © [Ὁ] Tr. 4 — Θωμᾶ GLTTrAW. © — αὐτοῦ αὶ --α ὃ ΘΙ γα, Β + [αἰώνιον] eternal L. k + [καὶ] and L. 1 ἐνέβησαν entered ἃ γινομένης breaking Trrw. ° — OLTTrA, P ἐπὶ La. -- OTA. τ λέγει he says @. XXI. JOHN. καὶ εὑρήσετε. Ἔβαλον οὖν, καὶ “οὐκ ἔτι" αὐτὸ ἑλκῦσαι and yeshall find. They cast therefore, and no longer it to draw ἴσχυσαν! ἀπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν ἰχθύων. 7 λέγει οὖν were they able from the multitude ofthe fishes. Says therefore ὁ. μαθητὴς. ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ Πέτρῳ, ὋὉ κύριός that disciple whom “loved ‘Jesus to Peter, The Lord ἐστιν. Σίμων οὖν Tlétpoc, ἀκούσας Ori ὁ κύριός ἐστιν, it is. Simon therefore ‘Peter, having heard that the Lord it is, τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο: ἦν.γὰρ γυμνός: Kai ἔβαλεν Chis) upper garment he girdedon, for he was naked, and cast ἑαυτὸν sic τὴν θάλασσαν. ὃ οἱ. δὲ ἄλλοι μαθηταὶ τῷ himself into the sea, Andthe other disciples in the πλοιαρίῳ ἦλθον" οὐ.γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, “ἀλλ᾽ small ship came, for not were they far from the land, but ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων, σύροντες τὸ δίκτυον τῶν somewhere about *cubits ‘two *hundred, dragging the net ? , « + ρων ? ι - , ἰχθύων. 9 ‘Qc οὖν ἀπέβησαν εἰς τὴν γῆν βλέπουσιν of fishes. When therefore they wentup on the land they see ἀνθρακιὰν κειμένην καὶ ow ἐρίου ἐπικείμενον, καὶ ἄρτον. a fire of coals lying and fis’ lying on {it],and bread. 10 λέγει αὐτοῖς τὸ" ᾿Τησοῦς, Evéiyxare ἀπὸ τῶν ὀψαρίων ὧν 7Says *to *them 1Jesus, Bring of the fishes which ἐπιάσατε νῦν. 11 ’AvéBn* Σίμων Πέτρος, καὶ εἵλκυσεν τὸ yetook just now. Went up Simon Peter, and drew the δίκτυον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς," μεστὸν ἰχθύων μεγάλων" ἑκατὸν net to the land, full of *fishes Marge a hundred [and] "πεντηκοντατριῶν '' Kai τοσούτων ὄντων οὐκ.ἐσχίσθη TO fifty three ; and(though] somany there were was notrent the δίκτυον. 12 Λέγει αὐτοῖς 6 ᾿Ιησοῦς, Δεῦτε ἀριστήσατε. net, 7Says *to *them 1Jesus, Come ye, dine. οὐδεὶς “δὲ ἐτόλμα τῶν μαθητῶν ἐξετάσαι αὐτόν, Σὺ τίς But none ‘ventured ‘of*the “disciples to ask him, *Thou 'who el; εἰδότες Ore ὁ κύριός tor’ 18 ἔρχεται δοὖν ὁ" Ἰησοῦς ?art? knowing that the Lord it is. “Comes “therefore 1Jesus καὶ λαμβάνει τὸν ἄρτον καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὸ ὀψάριον and takes the bread and _ gives tothem, and the fish ὁμοίως. 14 τοῦτο ἤδη τρίτον ἐφανερώθη “ὁ Ἰησοῦς in like manner. This [is] now the third time *was *manifested 1Jesus τοῖς. μαθηταῖς.ἰαὐτοῦ) ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν. to his disciples having been raised from among [the] dead. 1ὅ Ὅτε οὖ» ἠρίστησαν, λέγει τῷ Σίμωνι Πέτρῳ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, When therefore they had dined, *says Sto *Simon ‘Peter Jesus, Σίμων Ἰωνᾶ, ἀγαπᾷς με "πλεῖον" τούτων ; Λέγει αὐτῷ, Simon [son] of Jonas, lovest thou me more than these? Hesays to him, " , ~ , ? ~ Nat, κύριε' σὺ οἶδας ὅτι AG σε. Λέγει αὐτῷ, Lord; thou knowest that I have affection for thee. Hesays to him, ΄ ~ , , , Βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία.μου. 16 Λέγει αὐτῷ πάλιν δεύτερον, Σίμων Feed my lambs. Hesays tohim again asecondtime, Simon Blwva," ἀγαπᾷς pe; Λέγει αὐτῷ, Nai κύριε σὺ οἶδας {son} of Jonas, lovest thou me? Hesays tohim, Yea, Lord; thou knowest Yea, ~ ~ , , ore φιλῶ σε. Λέγει αὐτῷ, Ποίμαινε τὰ Ἰπρόβατά! that I have affection for thee. Hesays tohim, Shepherd 4sheep SouxéreGLTW. ¢ ioxvov LTTrA. τ ἀλλὰ τττα. * [Ὁ] Tr. : μεγάλων ἰχθύων L. 4 ροὗνα; — οὖν ὃ LTTrA. 8. Ἰωάνου John itr; ᾿Ιωάννον TA. Υ εἰς τὴν γῆν LTTrA. ¢ — δὲ but [TrJa. disciples) Lrtraw. little sheep T. e€ — 6 LTTrA. 5 πεντήκοντα τριῶν LTTr. h πλέον LTTrA. 309 ye shall find. They cast therefore,and now they were not able to draw it for the multi- tude of fishes. 7 There- fore that disciple whom Jesus loved saith unto Peter, It is the Lord. Now when Simon Peter heard that it was the Lord. he girt his fisher’s coat unto him, (for he was naked,) and did cast himself into the sea. 8 And the other disciples came in a lit~ tle ship; (for they were not far from land, but as it were two hundred cubits.) dragging the net with fishes. -9 As soon then as they were come to land, they saw a fire of coals there, and fish laid thereon, and bread. 10 Jesus saith unto them, Bring of the fish which ye have now caught. 11 Simon Peter went up, and drew the net to land full of great fishes, an hundred and fifty and three: and for all there were so many, yet was not the net broken. 12 Jesus saith unte them, Come and dine. And none of the disci- ples durst ask him, Who art thou? know- ing that it was the Lord. 13 Jesus then cometh, and taketh bread, and _ giveth them, and fish like- wise. 14 This is now the third time that Jesus shewed himself to his disciples, after that he was risen from the dead. 15 So when they had dined, Jesus saith to Simon Peter, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me more thanthese? He saith unto him, Yea, Lord ; thou knowest that I love thee. He saith unto him, Feed my lambs. 16 He saith to him again the second time, Simon, sen of Jonas, lovest thou me? He saith unto him, Yea, Lord ; thou knowest that I love thee. He saith unto him, Feed my sheep. 17 He saith x + οὖν therefore Tra. Ὁ [ὃ] tr. f — αὐτοῦ (read the i προβάτιά 910 unto him the third time, Simon, son o Jonas, lovest thoume? Peter was grieved be- cause he said unto him the third time, Lovest thou me? And hesaid unto him, Lord, thou knowest all things ; thou knowest that 1 love thee. Jesussaith unto him, Feed my sheep. 18 Verily, ve- rily, I say unto thee, When thou wast young, thou girdedst thyself, and walkedst whither thou would- est: but when thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hands, and another shall gird thee, and earry thee whither thou wouldest not. 19 This spake he, sig- ifying by what death he should glorify God. And when he had spo- Ken this, he saith un- to him, Follow me. 20 Then Peter, turning about, seeth the disci- ple whom Jesus loved following ; which also leaned on his breast at supper, and said,Lord, which is he that be- trayeth thee? 21 Pe- ter seeing him saith to Jesus, Lord, and what shall this man do? 22 Jesus saith unto him, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee? follow thou me. 23 Then went this say- ing abroad among the brethren, that that disciple should not die: yet Jesus said not unto him, He shall not die ; but, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee? 24 This is the disci- ple which testifieth of these things, and wrote these things: and we know that his testimony is true. 25 And there are also many other things which Jesus did, the which, if they should be written every one, I suppose that even the world itself could not contain the books that should be writ- ten, Amen. k Ἰωάνον John Ltr ; "Iwavvov TA. LTTra ; — Ἰησοῦς (read he says) T[Tr]. s— δὲ but Lrtraw. r + [σε] thee τ΄. τ οὗτος ὃ λόγος LTTrA. ἢ μαρτυρία ἐστίν ΤΊτΑ, ξ- ᾿Αμήν GLTrA. f pet IQANNH®S. XXI 17 Λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον, Σίμων "Ιωνᾶ." φι- He says tohim the thirdtime, Simon [50Π} of Jonas, hast thou λεῖς με; ἘἙλυπήθη ὁ Πέτρος ὅτι εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ affection for me? ὌὙγ845 “grieved *Peter because hesaid tohim the τρίτον, Φιλεῖς με; ἱκαὶ" τιεῖπεν" αὐτῷ, Κύριε, "od third time, Hast thouaffection forme? and said tohim, Lord, thou πάντα" oldacg’ σὺ γινώσκεις Ort Aw σε. Λέγει all things knowest; thou knowest that I have affectionfor thee. “Says αὐτῷ °0 Inoove,' Βόσκε rarpdBara'.pov. 18 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν 3to *him Jesus, Feed my sheep, Verily verily λέγω ool, OTE To νεώτερος ἐζώννυες σεαυτόν, Kai Isay tothee, When thou wast younger thou girdedst thyself, and περιεπάτεις ὅπου ἤθελες ὕταν. δὲ γηράσῃς ἐκ- walkedst where thou didst desire; but when thou shalt be old thou shalt τενεῖς ταὰς.χεῖράς.σου, Kai ἄλλος σε ζώσει," Kai οἴσει * stretch forth thy hands, and another thee shall gird, and bring [thee] ὕπου οὐ. θέλεις. 19 Τοῦτο.δὲ εἶπεν σημαίνων ποίῳ where thou dost not desire. But this he said signifying by what θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν θεόν. καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν λέγει αὐτῷ, death heshould glorify God. And this having said he says to him, ᾿Ακολούθει μοι. 20 ᾿Επιστραφεὶς." δὲ! ὁ Πέτρος βλέπει τὸν Follow me, But having turned Peter sees the μαθητὴν ὃν ΠΣ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἀκολουθοῦντα, ὃς καὶ ἀνέπεσεν disciple whom “loved 1 Jesus following, who also. reclined ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ ἐπὶ τὸ. στῆθος. αὐτοῦ Kai εἶπεν, Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν at the supper on his breast and said, Lord, who ἰδ ὁ παραδιδούς σε; 21 Τοῦτον ' ἰδὼν ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ 'In- who is delivering up thee? *Him seeing Peter says to Je- σοῦ, Κύριε, otroc.dé τί; 22 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Εὰν sus, Lord, but ofthis one what; Says “to *him iJesus, If αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, τί πρός σε; σὺ Shim I *desire toabide till Icome, what[isit] to thee? Thou γἀκολούθει μοι. 23 Ἔξῆλθεν οὖν τὸ. λόγος οὗτος" εἰς ‘follow me. Went out therefore this word among τοὺς ἀδελφούς, Ὅτι ὁ.μαθητὴς.ἐκεῖνος οὐκ-ἀποθνήσκει: “καὶ the brethren, That that disciple does not die, However οὐκ εἶπεν" αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνήσκει: ἀλλ᾽, Ἐὰν ϑηοῦ 7said ‘to *him 1Jesus, That he does notdie; but, If αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, Fri πρός σε" Shim ‘I 7desire toabide till Icome, what[isit] to thee? 24 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων, This the disciple who bears witness concerning these things, Zz ,ὔ ~ 4 4 10 e ir 07 δ᾽ « γράψας ταῦτα καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθής “ἐστιν ἡ and[who] wrote these things: and weknow that true is paprupia.airov.' 25 Yéorw.dé καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ “doa! his witness. And there are also *other*things *many whatsoever ἐποίησεν ὁ Inoove, ἅτινα ἐὰν ράφηται καθ᾽ ἕν, δΔοὐδὲ' *did 1Jesus, which if theyshould be written oneby one, ὁποῦ *even αὐτὸν olpat τὸν κόσμον “χωρῆσαι! τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία. is καὶ Titself Ὁ ΞΌΡΡοβθ *the ‘world wouldcontain the “written *books. ΕΑ μήν." li g Amen. [καὶ]. ™Aéyersay8T. πάντα oULTTrA. 9 --- ὃ P προβάτιά little sheep TTra. 4 ζώσει σε Tra, t + οὖν therefore LTTrA. ὑ μοι ἀκολούθει LTTrAW. χ οὐκ εἶπεν δὲ Tr. Y—timposoeT. *%*+ Owhoura). * αὐτοῦ 5 — yerse25t. ¢awhichutra. ἃ οὐδ᾽ Ltra. & χωρήσειν Tr. & + κατὰ ᾿Ιωάνην (Ἰωάννην A) according to John tra. ΠΡΑΞΕῚΣ "TON ΑΓΊΩΝ! ‘ATMOSTOAQN," ACTS OF THE HOLY APOSTLES, TON μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην περὶ πάντων, ὦ The “indeed ‘first 7account I made concerning allthings, O Θεόφιλε, ὧν ἤρξατο δ" ᾿Ιησοῦς ποιεῖν.τε καὶ διδάσκειν, Theophilus, which *began 1Jesus bothtodo and to teach, 2 ἄχρι ἧς-.ἡμέρας ἐντειλάμενος τοῖς ἀποστόλοις διὰ until the day in which, having given command δύο *the ‘apostles 1by πνεύματος ἁγίου ove ἐξελέξατο, *avehyngOn." 8. οἷς (*the] “βρισιῦ ΞΉΟΙΥ whom he chose, he wastakenup: to whom καὶ παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τὸ.παθεῖν.αὐτόν, ἐν also he presented himself living after he had suffered, with πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις, δι ἡμερῶν 'reccapdKoyvra' ὀπτανόμενος many proofs, during 7days lforty being seen αὐτοῖς, Kai λέγων τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. by them, and speaking the things concerning the kingdom of God: 4 καὶ συναλιζόμενος πιπαρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς" ἀπὸ ‘Iepo- and being assembled with [him] he charged them from Jeru- σολύμων μὴ χωρίζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ περιμένειν THY ἐπαγγελίαν salem not to depart, but to await the promise τοῦ πατρός, ἣν ἠκούσατέ μου" ὅ ὕτι "Ἰωάννης" μὲν of the Father, which (said he] ye heard of me, For John indeed ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς.δὲ “βαπτισθήσεσθε tv πνεύμα- baptized with water, butye shall be baptized with[the] Spirit τι" ἁγίῳ ov μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας. Θ Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἸΉΟΙΥ “ποὺ “after many days. They indeed therefore συνελθόντες = Péernowrwy' αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, εἰ ἐν having come together asked him, saying, Lord, Sat τῷ-χρόνῳ.τούτῳ ἀποκαθιστάνεις THY βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ: *this °time 1restorest *thou the kingdom to Israel ? 7 Εἶπεν. “δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς. Οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν γνῶναι χρόνους And he said to them, SNot *yours 7it“is to know times ἢ καιροὺς οὺς ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο ἐν τῷ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ. 8 ἀλλὰ or seasons whichthe Father placed in hisown authority; but yw θ i δύ 7 λθό ~ ε ΄ , ? ? ἡψεσθεῖ δύναμιν, ἐπελθόντος τοῦ ae) πνεύματος ἐφ ye willreceive power, *having °come ‘the oly *Spirit upon ὑμᾶς, Kai ἔσεσθε "por μάρτυρες ἔν τε ‘Iepovoadrp καὶ ‘ev! you, and yeshallbe tome witnesses bothin Jerusalem and in πάσῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ “Σαμαρείᾳ! καὶ ἕως ἐσχάτου 811 Judza and Samaria and to [the] uttermost part τῆς γῆς. 9 Kai ταῦτα εἰπών, βλεπόντων αὐτῶν of the earth. And these things having said, “beholding [Shim] ‘they ? £: A , « , ᾽ A ? 4 ~ ? ~ ἐπήρθη, καὶ νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν he was taken up,and acloud withdrew him from 7eyes αὐτῶν. ‘their. 10 Καὶ ὡς ἀτενίζοντες ἦσαν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν πο ευομένου And as *looking ‘intently ‘they*wereintothe heaven as 7was going Ὁ — ἁγίων G; — τῶν ἁγίων (read of [the]) LtTraw. © ἀνελήμφθη LTTrA. ! τεσσεράκοντα LTTra. © ἐν πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε LTTrA, Ρ ἠρώτων LTTrA. LTTrA. Ss nov of me LTTraw. t — ἐν L[tra]. Y— THA. i — ἀποστόλων T. ™ αὐτοῖς παρήγγειλεν AW. a — δὲ and rr. τ Σαμαρίᾳ T. THE former treatise have I made, O Theoe philus, of all that Jesus began both to do ard teach, 2 until the day in which he Was taken up, after that he through the Holy Ghost had given commandments unto the apostles whom he had chosen: 3 to whom also he shewed himseif alive after his pas- sion by many infalli- ble proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: 4 and, being assem- bled together with them, commanded them that they should not depart from Jeru- salem, but wait for the promise of the Fa- ther, which, saith he, ye have heard of me. 5 For John truly bap- tized with water ; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence, 6 When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time re- store again the king. dom toIsrael? 7 And he said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the sea- sons, which the Father hath put in his own power. 8 But yeshail receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jeru- salem, and in all Ju- da, and in Samaria, and unto the utter- most part of the earth. 9 And whenhe had spoken these things, while they be- held, he was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight. 10 And while they looked stedfastly to- ward heaven as he j — ὃ LTraw, 2 Ἰωάνης Tr. τ λήμψεσθε 912 went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel; llwhich also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus,which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him go into heaven. 12 Then returned they unto Je- rusalem from _ the mount called Olivet, which is from Jerusa- jem a sabbath day’s journey. 13 And when they were come in, they went up into an upper room, where abode both Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew, Philip, and Thomas, Bartholo- mew, and Matthew, James the son of Al- pheeus, and Simon Ze- totes, and Judas the brother of James. 14 These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplica- tion, with the women, and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with his brethren. 15 And in those days Peter stood up in the midst of the disciples, and said, (the number of names. together were about an hun- dred and _ twenty,) 16 Men and brethren, this scripture must needs have been ful- filled, which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spake before eoncerning Judas, which was guide to them that took Jesus, 17 For he wasnumber- ed with us, and had obtained part of this ministry. 18 Now this man purchased a field with the reward of iniquity ; and falling TIPAZEIS. I. > ~ ‘ ᾽ 4 ” , , > ~ > > ~ αὐτοῦ, Kai ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες δύο παρειστήκεισαν αὐτοῖς ἔν “ἐσθῆτι the, ‘also*behold 7men “two stood by them in “apparel λευκῇ," 11 ot καὶ Yeizor,"”Avdpeg Γαλιλαῖοι, τί ἑστήκατε τὲἐμ- 1white, who also said, Men Galileans, why doyestand look- βλέποντες" εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν ; οὗτος ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὁ "ἀναληφθεὶς" i into the heaven? This Jesus who was taken up εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν οὕτως ἐλεύσεται ὃν.τρόπον into the heaven thus will come in the manner > 3 ? A , 7 a ᾽ , , ἐθεάσασθε αὐτὸν πορευόμενον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. 12 Τότε ye beheld him going into the heaven. Then ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς ‘lepovcadynp ἀπὸ ὄρους τοῦ καλουμένου they returned to Jerusalem from [the] mount called ἐλαιῶνος, 8 ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἱερουσαλήμ, σαββάτου ἔχον of Olives, which is near Jerusalem, 38. *sabbath’s ‘being *distant ὁδόν. 18 Kai Ore εἰσῆλθον ϑάνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον," journey. And when they had entered they went up to the upper chamber, οὗ ἦσαν καταμένοντες ὕ.τε.Πέτρος καὶ “Ι,άκωβος καὶ Ιωάν- where were staying both Peter and James and John νης" καὶ ᾿Ανδρέας, Φίλιππος καὶ Θωμᾶς, Βαρθολομαῖος καὶ and Andrew, e Philip and Thomas, Bartholomew and ἀματθαῖος," ᾿Ιάκωβος ᾿Αλφαίου καὶ Σίμων ὁ Ζηλωτής, Matthew, James fson]of Alpheus and Simon the Zealot, καὶ ᾿Ιούδας ἸΙακώβου. 14 οὗτοι πάντες ἦσαν προσκαρ- and Jude [brother] of James. These all were “steadfastly τεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν τῇ προσευχῇ “καὶ TY δεήσει," σὺν Scontinuing with one accord inprayer and_ supplication, with [the] γυναιξὶν καὶ ‘Mapig' τῇ μητρὶ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ, καὶ ξσὺν" τοῖς women and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with ἀδελφοῖς. αὐτοῦ. his brethren. 15 Kai ἐν ταῖς.ἡμέραις.ταύταις ἀναστὰς Πέτρος ἐν And in those days having ‘stood ‘*up ‘Peter in μέσῳ τῶν "μαθητῶν" εἶπεν᾽ ἦν τε ὄχλος ὀνομάτων {the] midst of the disciples said, (‘was ‘and (*the]*number ‘of *names ἐπὶ. τὸ. αὐτὸ Ἰὼς" ἑκατὸν ξεΐκοσιν"" 16"Avdpec ἀδελφοί, ἔδει Stogether about ἃ hundred and twenty,) - Men _sobrethren, it was neces- πληρωθῆναι τὴν. γραφὴν ἰταύτην," ἣν προεῖπεν τὸ sary “to *have *been °fulfilled this *scripture, which ‘spoke ®before *the πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον διὰ στόματος ™AaBid' περὶ ᾿Ιούδα τοῦ *Spirit “the “Holy by [the] mouth of David concerning Judas who γενομένου ὁδηγοῦ τοῖς συλλαβοῦσιν "τὸν" ᾿Ιησοῦν" 17 ore became guide to those who took Jesus ; for κατηριθμημένος ἦν “σὺν" ἡμῖν. καὶ ἔλαχεν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς numbered he was with us, and obtained a part διακονίας.ταύτης. 18 Οὗτος μὲν οὖν ἐκτήσατο χωρίον in this service. This [man] indeed then got a field ἐκ Prov! μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας, καὶ πρηνὴς γενόμενος headlong, he burst a- outof the reward of unrighteousness, and *headlong ‘having fallen sunder in the midst, >, 7 ͵ ὙΠ ἢ , , ‘ ΄ 2 αν and all his μόνε ἐλάκησεν μέσος, καὶ ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ.σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ. gushed out. 19 Andit burst in [the] midst, and ‘gushed out ‘all “his *bowels. x ἐσθήσεσι(ν A) λευκαῖς LTTrA. Υ εἶπαν LTTrA. = βλέποντες ΤΊτ. ® ἀναλημφθεὶς LTTrA. ἃ Maé@atos LTTrA. ἃ ἀδελφῶν brethren LTTraw. scripture) Lttr[a]W. Y P — τοῦ (read a reward) GLTTrAW GLTTrAW. > εἰς TO ὑπερῴον ἀνέβησαν LTTrA. © Ἰωάννης (Ἰωάνης Tr) καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβος LTTrAW. Γ Μαριὰμ. TTr. & — σὺν LI[Tr]Aw. k εἴκοσι LTA. 1 _ ταύτην (read the 2 — τὸν LTTrA. ο ἐν among ε — καὶ τῇ δεήσει GLTTrAW. VWTENT. “ m Aaveid LTTra; Δαυϊδ Gw. Bilt. ACTS. 19 4 καὶ γνωστὸν ἐγένετο πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἱερουσαλήμ, And known [ἴΐ became toall those dwelling in Jerusalem, ὥστε κληθῆναι τὸ.χωρίον. ἐκεῖνο τῇ "ἰδίᾳ" διαλέκτῳ. αὐτῶν sothat was called that field in their own language ᾿᾿Ακελδαμά," trovréori' χωρίον αἵματος. 20 yéypanraryap Aceldama ; that is, field of blood. For it has been written ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν, Γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις.αὐτοῦ ἔρημος. in [the] book of os Let *become "his 7homestead desolate, καὶ μὴ.ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ. καί, Τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν and let therenot be[one] dwelling in it; and, 5Overseership αὐτοῦ λάβοι" ἕτερος. 21 Δεῖ οὖν τῶν συνελθόντων *his ‘et take another. It behoves therefore of those *consorting ἡμῖν ἀνδρῶν ἐν παντὸὴ χρόνῳ ev ᾧ εἰσῆλθεν καὶ Swith*us ‘men aa all [the] time in which camein and > ? ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος ᾿Ιησοῦς, 22 ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ went out among 185 the Lord Jesus, beginning from the βαπτίσματος *Iwavvov' Yéwc! τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήφθη" aaa of John until the day inwhich he was taken up ἀφ᾽ τον τῷ Μάρτιηνα τῆς.ἀναστάσεως. αὐτοῦ “γενέσθαι σὺν from witness 10of 1*his }*resurrection *to *become *with « ~ ‘ » , ᾽ 4 ‘ , ἡμῖν" ἕνα τούτων. 23 Kai ἔστησαν δύο, ᾿Ιωσὴφ τὸν καλού- 7us tone “of *these. And they set forth two, Joseph eall- μενον "BapoaBay,' ὃς ἐπεκλήθη ἸΙοῦστος, καὶ “Ματθίαν." ed Barsabas, who wassurnamed Justus, and Matthias. 24 καὶ προσευξάμενοι elroy," Σὺ κύριε, καρδιογνῶστα And praying they said, Thou Lord, knower of the hearts πάντων, ἀνάδειξον “ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο Eva ὃν ἐξελέξω" of all, shew of these two *one 'which thou didst choose 25 λαβεῖν τὸν ἰκλῆρον" τῆς.διακονίας. ταύτης Kai ἀποστολῆς. to receive the part of this service and apodtleniity, 8" ἧς παρέβη ‘lovdac, πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον from which ae 3661] ‘Judas, to go to his “place τὸν ἴδιον. 26 Kai ἔδωκαν κλήρους Ῥαὐτῶν," καὶ ἔπεσεν ὁ Jown. And they gave 2lots ‘their, and 3661 ‘the κλῆρος ἐπὶ “Ματθίαν," καὶ Ἰσυγκατεψηφίσθη" μετὰ τῶν’ ἕνδεκα “lot on Matthias, and he was numbered with the eleven ἀποστόλων. apostles. 2 Kai ἐν τῷ ἔσυμπληροῦσθαι" τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντη- And during the accomplishing of the day of Pente- κοστῆς ἦσαν ‘imavrec guobvpaddy' ἐπὶ. τὸ αὐτό. 2 καὶ cost they were all with one accord in the same place. And ἐγένετο ἄφνω ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος τσ φ oni came tsuddenly out of the heaven a sound shing πνοῆς βιαίας, καὶ ἐπλήρωσεν ὅλον τὸν ste οὗ ἦσαν ‘of 7a “breath “violent, and filled 2whole 'the house where they were 313 was known unto al tae dwellers at Jeru- salem; insomuch ag that field is called in their proper tongue, Aceldama, that is to say, The field of blood. 20 For it is written in the book of Psalms. Let his habitation be desolate, and let ne man dwell therein: and his _bishoprick let another take. 21 Wherefore of these men which have com- panied with us all the time that the Lord Je- sus went in and out among us, 22 begin- ning from the baptism of John, unto that same day that he was taken up from us, must one be ordained to be a witness with us of his resurrection. 23 And they appointed two, Joseph called Barsabas, who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias. 24 And they prayed, andsaid, Thon, Lord, which knowest the hearts of all men, shew whether of these two thou hast chosen, 25 that he may take part of this ministry and apostleship, from which Judas by trans- gression fell, that he might go to his own place, 26 And they gave forth their lots; and the lot fell upon Matthias ; and he was numbered with the eleyen apostles. II. And when the day of Pentecost was fully come, they were all with one accord in one place. 2 And sud- denly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting. 3 And there appeared unto them cloven tongues like as of fire, and it sat upon each of them. 4 And they were all αἰκαθήμενοι"" 8 καὶ ὥφθησαν αὐτοῖς πο ρολῃς γλῶσσαι sitting. And there appeared to them divided tongues ὡσεὶ πυρός, "ἐκάθισέν. τε ἐφ᾽ Eva ἕκαστον αὐτῶν 4 Kai as of fire, and sat upon 7one Teach of them. And a+ ὃ Τ. τ [ἰδίᾳ] Tra. TTr. t τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GTTr. ἡ λαβέτω LTTrAW. x ᾿Ιωάνον Tr. Υ axpeT. 2 ἀνελήμφθη LTTrA. σαββᾶν LTTrA. © Μαθθίαν TTra 4 εἶπαν LTTrAW. ἕνα GLTTrAW. { τόπον place LTTrA. 8 ἀφ᾽ LTTrAW. ἱσυν- Τ. k συν- Ta. 1 πάντες ὁμοῦ all together LrTra. ξκάθισεν LITr, 8 ᾿Ακελδαμάχ Aceldamach La 5 ᾿Αχελδαμάχ Acheldamach * — ἐν (read ᾧ in which) LTTra. 8 σὺν ἡμῖν γενέσθαι LITrAW. b Bap- ε ov εξελέξω ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο h αὐτοῖς on them LTTra. τὰ καθεζόμενοι L. n kat 914 filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance. 5 And there were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews, devout men, out of every nation under heaven, 6 Now when this was noised abroad, the multitude came together, and were confounded, because that every man heard them speak in his own language. 7 And they were all amazed and marvelled, saying one to another, Behold, are not all these which speak Galileans ? 8 And how hear we every Man in our own tongue, wherein we were born? 9 Par- thians, and Medes, and Elamites, and _ the dwellers in Mesopo- tamia, and in Juda, and Cappadocia, in Pontus, and ia, 10 Phrygia, and Pam- phylia, in Egypt,.and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and strangers of Rome, Jews and proselytes, 11 Cretes and Arabi- als, we do hear them speak in our tongues the wonderful works of God. 12 And they were all amazed, and were in doubt, saying one to another, What meaneth this? 13 O- thers mocking said, These men are full of new wine. 14 But Pe- ter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up his voice, and said unto them, Ye men of Judza, and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, and hearken to my words: 15 for these arenot drunken, as ye suppose, seeing it is but the third hour of the day. 16 But this is that which was spo- ken by the prophet Joel; 17 And it shall come to pass in the last days, saith God, I © πάντες LTTr. were amazed) L[Tr]a. vw ᾽᾿Ελαμεῖται τ. 3. Ὁ ὁ LTTrA. be Tah ἃς WPASZEIS. II. ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες" πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ ἤρξαντο λαλεῖν they were “filled tall with({the]*Spirit ‘Holy, and began tospeak ἑτέραις γλώσσαις, καθὼς τὸ πνεῦμα ἐδίδου Ῥαὐτοῖς ἀποφθέγ- with other tongues, as the Spirit gave to them to utter γεσθαι." 5” Hoav.dé «ἐνὶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ κατοικοῦντες ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, forth. Now ?were (tin 2Jerusalem dwelling Jews, ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ TOY οὐρανόν. "men pious from every nation of those under the heaven. 6 γενομένης.δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης, συνῆλθεν τὸ πλῆθος But having *arisen'the “rumour οὗ “185, °came }°together 7the "multitude καὶ συνεχύθη᾽ ore ἤκουον εἷς ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ and were confounded, because “heard *one ‘cach inhisown language λαλούντων αὐτῶν. 7 ἐξίσταντο.δὲ πάντες! καὶ ἐθαύμαζον, “speaking ‘them. And *were *amazed tall and wondered, λέγοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους," ᾿Οὐκ! ἰδοὺ πάντες" οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ saying to one another, sNot ‘lo “all 5these “are who λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι; ὃ καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος are speaking Galileans ? and how 2we ‘hear each ~ ar , « ~ ? ic > ,ὔ , ‘ τῇ. -ἰδίᾳ.διαλέκτῳ. ἡμῶν ἐν y ἐγεννήθημεν, 9 Πάρθοι καὶ in our own language in which we were born, Parthians and Μῆδοι καὶ τ᾿ EXapira," καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν Μεσοπο- Medes and Elamites, and those who inhabit Mesopo- / > a “ ‘ / , 4 ‘ ? /, ταμίαν, lovdaiay.re καὶ Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον καὶ τὴν ᾿Ασίαν, tamia, and Judea and Cappadocia, Pontus and Asia, 10 Φρυγίαν.τε καὶ Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον καὶ τὰ μέρη τῆς both Phrygia and Pamphylia, Egypt and the parts Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην, καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες of Libya which [15] about Cyrene, and the sojourning (here) Ῥωμαῖοι, Lovdaioi.re καὶ προσήλυτοι, 11 Κρῆτες καὶ “ApaBec, Romans, both Jews and _proselytes, Cretans and Arabians, ἀκούομεν λαλούντων αὐτῶν ταῖϊς.ἡμετέραις γλώσσαις τὰ we hear *speaking +them in our own tongues the μεγαλεῖα Tov θεοῦ ; 12 ᾿Εξίσταντο.δὲ πάντες καὶ “διηπόρουν," i great things of God? And *were *amazed tall and were in perplexity, ἄλλος.πρὸς. ἄλλον λέγοντες, Τί Τἂν.θέλοι" τοῦτο εἶναι ; one to another saying, What would this be? 13 “Ἕτεροι.δὲ ἐχλενάζοντες" ἔλεγον, Ὅτι γλεύκους μεμεστω- But others mocking said, Of new wine 3full μένοι εἰσίν. 14 Σταθεὶς.δὲ * Πέτρος σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα ἐπῆρεν 1they are. But *standing *up ‘Peter with the eleven liftedup ‘ \ ᾽ ~ ‘ ? , ? ~ a ? ~ τὴν.φωνὴν.αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπεφθέγξατο αὐτοῖς, “Avdpec ᾿Ιουδαῖοι; his voice and spoke forth to them, Men Jews, καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες ‘Iepovoadyp “ἅπαντες, τοῦτο ὑμῖν and*ye*who ‘inhabit 5Jerusalem tall, 7this 1°to **you γνωστὸν ἔστω, Kai ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά.μου. 15 ov-yap we *known “Ἰοὺ ®be, and give heed to my words: fornot as ὑμεῖς ὑπολαμβάνετε, οὗτοι μεθύουσιν" ἔστιν. γὰ ὥρα ye take it, “these ‘are drunken, foritis [the] “hour τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας" 16 ἀλλὰ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον ‘third of the but this that which has been spoken διὰ τοῦ προφήτου ἢ ωήλ," 17 “Καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις by the prophet Joel, And itshallbe in the last day ; is P ἀποφθέγγεσθαι αὐτοῖς LTTrAW. 4 εἰς T. τ — πάντες (read they ® — πρὸς ἀλλήλους LTTrA. * Ovx LT; Οὐχὶ Tra. Y ἅπαντες LTA. x διηποροῦντο TTrA. Σ θέλει LT Tr. 1 διαχλευάζοντες GLTTrAW. ς -- Kala. Π. ACTS. ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ.πνεύματός.μου ἐπι days, Baye God, Iwill pour out of my Spirit wpon πᾶσαν σάρκα, Kai προφητεύσουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν Kai ai θυγα- 811 flesh; and shall prophesy, ope sons and REE τέρες ὑμῶν" καὶ οἱ-νεανίσκοι. ὑμῶν ὁράσεις ὄψονται, καὶ οἱ ters tyour; and your young men visions shallsee, and πρεσβύτεροι ὑμῶν “ἐνύπνια! tvuTmacOnoovra 18 feat γε" your elders dreams shall dream ; and even ἐπὶ τοὺς. δούλους. μου καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς.δούλας. μου ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις upon my bondmen and upon mai bondwomen in *days ἐκείναις ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ.πνεὐματός. μου, καὶ προφητεύ- ‘those willl pourout of my Spirit, and they shall pro- σουσιν. 19 καὶ δώσω τέρατα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω Kai σημεῖα phesy j and I will give wonders in the heaven above and _ signs ἐπὶ THC γῆς κάτω, αἷμα καὶ πῦρ καὶ ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ. 20 ὁ on the earth below, blood and fire and vapour of smoke. The ἽΧΙΕ μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα, shall be turned into darkness and the moon into blood, πρὶν δὴ" ἐλθεῖν "τὴν" ἡμέραν κυρίου τὴν μεγάλην ‘kai before come day Sof (7the] *Lord ‘the 2oreat Sand ἐπιφανῆ." 21 Kai ἔσται. πᾶς ὃς ἂν" ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ *manifest. And it shall be, everyone whoever shalleallupon the ὕνομα κυρίου σωθήσεται. 22” Avdoec ᾿Ισραηλῖται," ἀκούσατε name of [the] Lord shall be saved. Men Israelites, hear τοὺς λόγους τούτους" ᾿Ιησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον, ἄνδρα "ἀπὸ these words : Jesus the Nazarean, ὃ. man by τοῦ θεοῦ ἀποδεδειγμένον" εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσιν καὶ τέρασιν God set forth to you by works of power and wonders καὶ σημείοις, οἷς ἐποίησεν Ou αὐτοῦ ὁ θεὸς ἐν ee ὑμῶν, and signs, which *wrought *by *him ‘God in *midst ‘your, ‘ \ \ ~ ~ καθὼς "καὶ αὐτοὶ οἴδατε, 23 τοῦτον TH ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ as also yourselves know: him, “*by *the *determinate ®counsel καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ θεοῦ ἔκδοτον σλαβόντες" διὰ Ῥχειρῶν" ‘and "foreknowledge ®%of °God ‘given *up, having taken by “hands ἀνόμων προσπήξαντες “ἀνείλετε"" 24 ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἀνέστησεν, -lawless, having crucified ye put to death. Whom God raised up, , ~ , x λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου, καθότι οὐκιἦν δυνατὸν having loosedthe throes of death, inasmuch as it was not pogsible κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 25 τΔαβὶδ'. γὰρ λέγει εἰς jfor] to *be *held tThim by it ; for David says asto αὐτόν, "Προωρώμην" τὸν κύριον ᾿ ἐνώπιόν μου “διὰςπαντός," him, I foresaw the Lord before me continually, o ? ? / ev ‘4 ~ 4 ~ ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἐστίν, ἵνα μὴ.σαλευθῶ. 26 διὰ τοῦτο because αὖ myrighthand heis, that I may not be shaken. Therefore γεὐφράνθη" τὴ καρδία. μου" καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ.γλῶσσά. μου" 315 will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sonsand your daughters shall pro- phesy, and your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall dream dreams: 18and on my servants and on my handmaidens I will pour out in those days of my Spirit; and they shall prophe- sy: 19and I willshew wonders in heaven above, and signs in the earth beneath; blood, and fire, and va- pour of smoke: 20the sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, be- fore that great and notable day of the Lord come: 21 and it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved, 22 Ye men of Israel, hear these words; Jesus of Na- zareth, a man approv- ed of God among you by miracles and won- ders and signs, which God did by him in the midst of you, as ye yourselves also know: 23 him, being delivered by the determinate counsel and_ fore- knowledge of God, ye have taken, and by wicked hands have crucified and slain: 24 whom God hath raised up, having loosed the pains of death: because it was not possible that he should be holden of it. 25 For David speak- eth concerning him, I foresaw the Lord al- ways before my face, for he is on my right hand, that Ishould not be moved: 26 therefore did my heart rejoice, and my tongue was glad; moreover also my flesh shall rest in hope : 27 because thou wilt not leave my soul in hell, neither wilt "rejoiced Amy *heart and Sexulted my *tongue ; ἔτιιδὲ καὶ ἡ. σἀρξ μου κατασκηνώσει Yim’! ἐλπίδι. 27 ὅτι οὐκ yeamore, also. my flesh shall rest in hope, for *not Ξἐγκαταλείψεις" τὴν.Ψυχήν.μου εἰς "ἔδου," οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν thou *wilt leave my soul in hades, nor wilt thou give © ενυπνιοις With dreams GLTTraw. ‘ kavye GT. 8 — ἢ LTTr. h — rhy LITrA. — καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1. Κ ἐὰν Tra. 1 Ἰσραηλεῖται Τ. 2 — καὶ LTTrA. — λαβόντες LTTraA. [ones]) LTTra. 4 ce GLTTraw. * + pov (read my Lord) 1. Υ ἐφ᾽ LT. : ἐνκαταλείψεις τ. τ Δανεὶδ LTTrA ; Δαυὶδ αν. Υ διαπαντός ΟΤ. τ ηὐφράνθη LTTrAW. a ἄδην LTTrAW. τὰ ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ TTr. P χειρὸς hand (read by [the] hand of lawless 5 Προορώμην LTTrA. χ μου ἡ καρδία TTrA. 916 thou suffer thine Holy One to see corruption. 28 Thou hast made known to me the ways of life; thou shalt make me full of joy with thy countenance, 29 Men and brethren, let me freely speak unto ace of the patri- arch David, that he is both dead and buried, and his sepulchre is with us unto this day. 30 Therefore being a prophet, and knowing that God had sworn with an oath to him, that of the fruit of his loins, according to the flesh, he would raise up Christ to sit on his throne: 31 he seeing this before spake of the resurrection of Christ, that his soul was not left in hell, neither his flesh did see corruption. 32 This Jesus hath God raised up, whereof we all are witnesses. 33 There- fore being by the right hand of God exalted, and having received of the Father the pro- mise of the Holy Ghost, he hath shed forth this, which ye now see and hear. 84 For David is not ascended into the hea- vyens: but he saith him- self, The LORD said unto my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, 35until I make thy foes thy footstool. 36 Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly, that God hath made that same Jesus, whom ye have crucified, both Lord and Christ. 37 Now when they heard this, they were pricked in their heart, and said unto Peter and to the rest of the apostles, Men and brethren, what shall we do? 38 Then Peter said unto them, Re- pent, and be baptized every one of youin the name of Jesus Christ Ὁ Aavetd LYTrA; Δαυὶδ αν. ε οὔτε LTTrAW. h ἄδην 1. θρόνον LITrA. GLTTrA. τὰ + καὶ also t[a], ἱστὸν GLTTrAW. O TTra. sway: ΠΡΆΞΕΙΣ. ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν 7holy one ‘thy to see Ths 28 ἐγνώρισας μοι ὁδοὺς Thou didst make known tome paths διαφθοράν. corruption. ζωῆς: πληρώσεις pe εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ.προσώπου.σου. of life, thou wilt fill me with joy with thy countenance, 29 ΓΑνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐξὸν εἰπεῖν μετὰ παῤῥησίας Men brethren, πρὸς ὑμᾶς περὶ to it is permitted [me] to speak with freedom τοῦ πατριάρχου ὑΔαβίδ," Ore καὶ ἐτελεύτη- you concerning the patriarch David, that both he died σεν καὶ ἐτάφη. Kai τὸ.μνῆμα. αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἔν ἡμῖν ἄχρι and was buried, and his tomb is amongst us unto τῆς.ἡμέρας. ταύτης. 80 προφήτης οὖν ὑπάρχων, καὶ εἰδὼς this day. A prophet therefore being, and knowing Ort ὅρκῳ ὥὦμοσεν αὐτῷ ὁθεός, ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος that withan oath “swore *to*him 1God, οἵ [086] fruit of “loins αὐτοῦ “τὸ. κατὰ σάρκα ἀναστήσειν τὸν χριστόν," καθίσαι ἐπὶ this asconcerning flesh to raise up the Christ, tosit upon ἀγοῦ. θρόνου" αὐτοῦ, 31 προϊδὼν ἐλάλησεν περὶ τῆς ava- his throne, foreseeing he spoke concerning the resur- στάσεως τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὅτι “οὐ" farEreidOn' ξὴ. ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ!" εἰ η" ξὴ ψυχὴ εἰς rection ofthe Christ, that was not left his soul in U Η 4 « : ~ ΄ ~ A hadov," tobdé" ἡ. σὰρξ. αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν. 32 τοῦτον τὸν hades, nor his flesh saw corruption. This Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεὸς οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες. Jesus “raised *up *God whereof all we are witnesses. 33 τῇ δεξιᾷ οὖν τοῦ θεοῦ. ὑψωθείς, τήν.τε ἐπαγ- By the right hand therefore of God having been exalted, and the pro- γελίαν τοῦ "ἁγίου πνεύματος[ λαβὼν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός, mise of the Holy Spirit having received from the Father, It ~ τι ] ~ Ι « “1 , \ 2 , > ἐξέχεεν τοῦτο ὃ |viv' ὑμεῖς Ὁ βλέπετε Kai ἀκούετε. 84 οὐ he poured out this which now ye behold and hear. “Not yap -AaBid! ἀνέβη εἰς τοὺς οὐρανούς, λέγει.δὲ αὐτός, for 2David “ascended into’ the heavens, but he says himself, Εἶπεν °6' κύριος τῷ.κυρίῳ.μου, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν. μου" 35 ἕως Said the lord to my Lord, Sit at my right hand, until ἂν θῶ τοὺς.ἐχθρούς.σονυ ὑποπόδιον τῶν. ποδῶν. σου. 36 ᾿Α- Iplace thine enemies a footstool of thy feet. As- σφαλῶς οὖν γινωσκέτω πᾶς 5 οἶκος ᾿Ισραήλ, ὅτι Prai! suredly therefore let know all [the] house of Israel, that both κύριον “καὶ χριστὸν αὐτὸν! τὸ θεὸς ἐποίησεν," τοῦτον τὸν Lord and Christ him God made, this Ἰησοῦν ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε. Jesus whom ye crucified. 37 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ κατενύγησαν *rp-Kapdig," εἴπόν.τε πρὸς And having heard they were pricked in heart, and said to τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀποστόλους, Τί ἱποιήσομεν," Peter and the other apostles, What 5881] we do, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί ; 88 Πέτρος. δὲ "ἔφη" πρὸς αὐτούς, Meravon- men brethren ? And Peter said to them, Repent, care’, καὶ βαπτισθήτω ἕκαστος ὑμῶν "ἐπὶ" τῷ ὀνόματι ᾿Τησοῦ and be baptized each of you in the name of Jesus d τὸν © — τὸ κατὰ σάρκα ἀναστήσειν τὸν χριστόν GLTTrA. « “ - 8 -- ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ f ἐγκατελείφθη LTrA; ἐνκ- T. i οὔτε LTTrAW. Κ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου LTTrA. |! — νῦν GLTTrA. n — ὃ (read [the]) TTra. ° + othen. P — καὶ E. 4 αὐτὸν καὶ τ ἐποίησεν ὃ θεός T. 5 τὴν καρδίαν LTTrA. t ποιήσωμεν Should we — ἔφη LTTrA. ~ + gyoly says T. x ἐν LTr. Ti; IT. ACTS. χριστοῦ, εἰς ἄφεσιν Yapuaprioy,' καὶ "λήψεσθε" τὴν δωρεὰν Christ, for remission of eins, and Je will receive the gift τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος. 39 ὑμῖν.γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία και of the Holy Spirit. For to you is the promise and τοῖς.τέκνοις ὑμῶν, Kai πᾶσιν τοῖς εἰς μακράν, “ὕσους" ἂν to your children, and toall those at adistamce, as many as προσκαλέσηται κύριος ὁ.θεὸς. ἡμῶν. 40 Ἑτέροις. τε λόγοις ®may ‘call [Ὁ86] *Lord Sour *God. And with “other *words πλείοσιν διεμαρτύρετο" καὶ παρεκάλει “ λέγων, Σώθητε ἀπὸ Imany heearnestly testified and exhorted, saying, Be revs from τῆς “γενεᾶς τῆς.σκολιᾶς.ταύτης. 41 Οἱιμὲν.οὖὗν δΔἀσμένως" Ξρϑποσαΐίοπ 1this *crooked. Those therefore who _ gladly ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν.λόγον.αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθησαν" Kai προσετέθη- had welcomed his word were baptized ; and were added σαν © τῇ-ἡμέρᾳ.ἐκείνῃ ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι. 42 Ἦσαν. δὲ that day souls tabout *three “thousand. And they were mpooxaprepovyTec! τῇ διδαχῇ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῷ κοινωνίᾳ Bees Si continuing inthe teaching of the apostles and in fellowship, βκαὶ" τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου Kai ταῖς προσευχαῖς. 43 "ἐγένετο" and the breaking of bread and prayers. “There *came δὲ πάσῳ ψυχῇ φόβος, wodAd.Jre! τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ ‘and uponevery soul fear, and ic oon é and signs through τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο.) 44 * πάντες.δὲ οἱ ἱπιστεύοντες" ἦσαν the apostles took place. Andall who believed were ἐπὶ.τὸ. αὐτὸ Kai εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά, 45 Kai τὰ κτήματα together and had _ allthings common, and{their] possessions καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις ἐπίπρασκον, Kai διεμέριζον αὐτὰ πᾶσιν, and goods they sold, and divided them toall, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν. 46 καθ᾽ ἡμέραν.τε προσκαρ- according as anyone “need ‘had. And every day steadfastly τεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, κλῶντέες.τε κατ᾽ .οἶκον continuing with one accord in the ee) and breaking “in [*their] *houses ἄρτον, μετελάμβανον τροφῆς ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι bread, they panos of food with gladness and simplicity καρδίας, 47 αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεὸν, καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον of heart, praising God, and having favour with “whole τὸν λαόν. 0.6& κύριος προσετίθει τοὺς σωζομένους the ῬΕΌΡΙΘΙ; ; andthe Lord added “those “who *were *being °saved καθ᾽ ἡμέραν Ὅτῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ." ‘daily tothe assembly. 3 "᾿Επὶ τὸ. αὐτὸ! οδὲ Tlérpoc' καὶ ῬΊἸωάννης" ἀνέβαινον ἐπ ine τ: land. *Peter “and *John went up εἰς TO ἱερὸν ἐπὶ THY ὥραν τῆς προσευχῆς τὴν «ἐγνάτην." into the temple at the hour of prayer, the ninth ; 2 καί Tic ἀνὴρ χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων and acertain man “lame “from womb *mother’s ‘his *being ἐβαστάζετο᾽ ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ᾽ «ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ was being carried, whom they placed daily at the door of the ἱεροῦ τὴν λεγομένην ‘Qoaiay, τοῦ αἰτεῖν nallebadalie παρὰ temple called Beautiful, to ask from Υ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν οἵ your sins τῦττ. τύρατο LITraw. © + αὐτοὺς them LITraw. 4 — agneves LTTra. {Γ- [ἐν] τῇ ξ καὶ LITrA. h ἐγίνετο LITra. 1 δὲ T. ἦν μέγας ἐπὶ πάντας. in Jerusalem, and great fear was upon all. T. all also) τ. 1 πιστεύσαντες T. mm τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ LTTra. chapter ii. LTTrA. © Πέτρος δὲ LTTra. Ρ Ιωάνης Tr. * λήμψεσθε LTTrA. 8. ovs Whom L. 317 for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. 39 For the promise is unto you, and to your child- ren and to all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God shall call. 40 And with many other words did he testify and exhort, saying,Save yourselves from this untoward generation. 4] Then they that gladly re- ceived his word were baptized: and the Same day there were added unto them about three thousand souls. 42 Andthey continued stedfastly in the apos- tles’ doctrine and fel- lowship, and in break- ing of bread, and in prayers. 43 And fear came upon eyery soul: and many wonders andsigns were done by the apostles. 44 And all that believed were together, and had all things com- mon ; 45and sold their possessions and goods, and parted them to all men, as every man had need. 46 And they, continuing daily with one accord in the temple, and breaking bread from house to house, did eat. their meat with gladness and singleness. of heart, 47 praising God, and having favour with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved. 11, Now Peter and John went up together into the temple at the hour of prayer, being the ninth hour. 2 And 8. certain man lame from his mother’s womb was carried, whom they laid daily at the gate of the tem- ple which is calied Beautiful, to ask alms of them that entered Ὁ διεμαρ- e + ἐν in LTTr[A]. J+ ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ, φόβος τε ΞΡ καὶ (read And Ὁ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό joined to 4 ἐνάτην LTTrAW. 318 into the temple : 3 who seeing Peter and John about to go into the temple asked an alms. 4 And Peter, fastening his eyes upon him with John, said, Look onus. 5 And he gave heed unto them, ex- pecting to receive something of them. 6 Then Peter said, Sil- ver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I thee: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk. 7 And he took him by the right hand, and lifted him up: and im- mediately his feet and ancle bones received strength. 8 And he leaping up stood, and walked, and entered with them into the temple, walking, and leaping, and praising God. 9 And all the people saw him walk- ing and praising God : 10 and they knew that it was he which sat for alms at the Beau- tiful gate of the tem- ple: and they were filled with wonder and amazement at that which had happened unto him. 11 And as the lame man which was healed held Peter and John, all the peo- ple ran together unto them in the porch that is called Solomon’s, greatly wondering. 12 And when Peter saw it, he answered unto the people, Ye men of Israel, why marvel ye at this? or why look ye so earn- estly on us, as though by our own power or holiness we had made this man to walk? 13 The God of Abra- ham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob, the God of our fathers, hath glorified his Son Je- sus; whom ye _ de- livered up, and denied him in the presence of Pilate, when he was determined to let him W BAe BIS. ITl. ~ > t ? 4 (ἃ , a Int , ι τῶν εἰσπορευομένων εἰς τὸ ἱερόν. 8 ὃς ἰδὼν Πέτρον καὶ those who were going into the temple; who seeing Peter and Plwarvyny' μέλλοντας εἰσιέναι εἰς TO ἱερόν, ἠρώτα ἐλεημοσύ- John being about toenter intothe temple, asked %alms νην λαβεῖν. 4 arevioag.dé Πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ * lway- 1to ζγϑοθῖτο. And*looking*intently *Peter upon him with John vy εἶπεν, Βλέψον εἰς ἡμᾶς. 5 ‘Ode ἐπεῖχεν αὐτοῖς, προσδοκῶν said, Look on 1.85. And he gave heed to them, expecting τι παρ᾽ αὐτῶν λαβεῖν. 6 εἶπεν.δὲ Πέτρος, ᾿Αργύριον καὶ something from them to receive. But said Peter, Silver and χρυσίον οὐχιὑπάρχει por 6.02 ἔχω, τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι. gold there isnot tome, but what Ihave, this tothee Igive: ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ Tov Ναζωραίου '᾿ἔγειραι καὶ" In the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarrean riseup and περιπάτει. 7 Kai πιάσας αὐτὸν τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρὸς ἤγειρεν" walk, And having taken him by the right hand he raised up παραχρῆμα.δὲ ἐστερεώθησαν “αὐτοῦ at βάσεις" Kai τὰ {(him], and immediately were strengthened his feet and x Lar a|| yi ἊΣ , » \ ’ ΑἹ 27_w σφυρά"" 8 καὶ ἐξαλλόμενος ἔστη Kai περιεπάτει, καὶ εἰσῆλ- ankle bones. And leaping up hestoodand walked, and entered θεν σὺν αὐτοῖς εἰς TO ἱερόν, περιπατῶν Kai ἁλλόμενος Yrat' with them into the temple, walking and leaping and αἰνῶν τὸν θεόν. 9 Kai εἶδεν ταὐτὸν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς" περιπα- praising God. And ‘saw Shim tall the *people walk- τοῦντα καὶ αἰνοῦντα τὸν θεόν. 10 ἐπεγίνωσκόν ὅτε! αὐτὸν ing and praising God. And they recognized him ore Ῥοὗτος! ἦν ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην καθήμενος ἐπὶ that he itwaswho for alms sitting at ~ « / Γὰ ~ ε ae ‘ ? » ’ ‘ τῇ ‘Qoaig πύλῃ τοῦ ἱεροῦ" Kai ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ the Beautiful gate ofthe temple, and they were filled with wonder and ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ. 11 Κρατοῦντος.δὲ [was] amazement at that which had happened to him. And as *held ΞΡ ἰαθέ λοῦ" oy Ilé if ’' Twa ll TOU LAVEVTOC χωλου τον ETOOV Kat WAaVVNY, tthe who °had ®been “healed *lame [(*man) Peter and John, συνέδραμεν ἱπρὸς αὐτοὺς πᾶς ὁ λαὸς! ἐπὶ τῇ στοᾷ TH ran together to them all the people in the porch καλουμένῃ ΞΣολομῶντος," ἔκθαμβοι. 12 ἰδὼν. δὲ ὃ" Πέτρος called Solomon’s, greatly amazed. And seeing [it] Peter ἀπεκρίνατο πρὸς τὸν λαόν, “Avdpec ᾿Ἰσραηλῖται," τί θαυ- answered to the people, Men Israelites, why won- ’ ᾿] ‘ 7 a « ~ Lf > / ε >? , , μάζετε ἐπὶ τούτῳ, ἢ ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει der ye at this? or onus why look intently as if by[our]own power ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν; 18 ὁ θεὸς or piety [we] had made 2to “walk ‘him ? The God ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ ᾽Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ᾿Ιακώβ, ὁ θεὸς τῶν. πατέρων ἡμῶν, of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, the God of our fathers, ἐδόξασεν τὸν. παϊδα. αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦν᾽ ὃν dpeic! παρεδώκατε, glorified his servant Jesus, whom ye delivered up, καὶ ἠρνήσασθε αὐτὸν" κατὰ. πρόσωπον "Πιλάτου," κρίναντος and denied him in the presence of Pilate, having *adjudged τ Ἰωάνην Tr. him ΠΤΥΤΤΑ. LTTrAW. ε᾿Ιωάνην Tr. 1 Ἰσραηλεῖται T. La[Tra ]. W ai βάσεις αὐτοῦ LTTrA. = δὲ LTTrA. f πᾶς ὃ λαὺς πρὸς αὐτοὺς LTTrA. k + θεὸς God L; + ὁ θεὸς T. » Πειλάτου T. - Ἰωάνῃ Tr. ¥ + αὐτόν 2 πᾶς ὃ λαὸς αὐτὸν d + yoy ΤΊτ. bh + ὃ LITrA. πὶ — αὐτὸν t ἔγειρε καὶ L[Tr] ; — ἔγειραι και π[Α]. x σφυδρά 1. Υ [καὶ] L. ὁ αὑτοῦ he (held) Girrraw. 8 Σολομῶνος GTrw. 1 + μὲν indeed GLTTraw. b αὐτὸς LT. ACTS. ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν. 14 ὑμεῖς.δὲ τὸν ἅγιον καὶ δίκαιον the to release [him]. But ye the holy and righteous one ἠρνήσασθε, καὶ ἠτήσασθε ἄνδρα φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν, denied, and requested aman amurderer to begranted to you, 15 τὸν.δὲ ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἀπεκτείνατε' ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν but 6 Author of life ye killed, whom God raised up ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὗ ἡμεῖς μάρτυρές ἐσμεν. 16 καὶ ἐπὶ from among [the] dead, whereof we witnesses are; and by TY πίστει τοῦ.ὀνόματος.αὐτοῦ τοῦτον ὃν θεωρεῖτε καὶ faith in his name this [man] whom yebehold and οἴδατε ἐστερέωσεν TO.dvopa.avTov' Kai ἡ πίστις ἡ δι᾿ know Ἰηδᾶθ *strong this "name ; and the faith which [15] by αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν.ὁλοκληρίαν.ταύτην ἀπέναντι πάντων him gave tohim this complete soundness before all « ~ " ~ ? , e ‘ » ? , ὑμῶν. 17 καὶ νῦν, ἀδελφοί, οἶδα ὅτι κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε, of you. And now, brethren, Iknowthat in ignorance yeacted, ὥσπερ Kai οἱ.ἄρχοντες. ὑμῶν" 18 ὁ.δὲ θεὸς ἃ προκατήγγειλεν {π᾿ as also your rulers ; but God ‘what before announced διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν.προφητῶν. αὐτοῦ" παθεῖν by [the] mouth of all his prophets (that] *should ‘suffer TOV χριστόνν, ἐπλήρωσεν οὕτως. 19 μετανοήσατε οὖν καὶ the Christ, he fulfilled thus, Repent therefore and ἐπιστρέψατε, Yeic' τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, ὕπως be converted, for the blotting out of your sins, so that ἂν.ἔλθωσιν καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ κυρίου, may come times of refreshing from([the] presence ofthe Lord, 20 καὶ ἀποστείλῃ τὸν "προκεκηρυγμένον" ὑμῖν, "Ἰησοῦν and [that] he may send him who was before proclaimed toyou, Jesus χριστόν, 21 ὃν dei οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι ἄχρι χρόνων Christ, whom *must ‘heaven indeed receive till times ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων, ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ of restoration of all things, of which “spoke ‘God by [the] στόματος ‘ravrwy' ἁγίων “αὐτοῦ προφητῶν ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος." mouth of all *holy this prophets from of old. 22 ὑμωσῆς" μὲν *yap' ὑπρὸς τοὺς πατέρας" εἶπεν, Ὅτι “Moses 3indeed ‘for to the fathers said, προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν" Α prophet toyou will raise *up ('the] *Lord τῶν.ἀδελφῶν. ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα your brethren, like me: him shallyehear in _ all things doa.adv λαλήσῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 23 ἔσται. δὲ πᾶσα ψυχὴ whatsoever he maysay to you. Anditshall be[thatjevery soul ἥτις δἂν" μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ.προφήτου. ἐκείνου Ῥἐξολοθρευθήσεται" which may not hear that prophet shall be destroyed ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ. 24 Kai πάντες.δὲ οἱ προφῆται ἀπὸ from among the people. And indeed all the prophets from Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς, ὕσοι ἐλάλησαν καὶ “προκατήγ- Samuel and those subsequent, as many as spoke also before an- yerar' τὰς ἡμέρας. ταύτας. 25 ὑμεῖς ἐστε υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν ἐκ *God *your from among nounced these days. Ye are sons ofthe prophets καὶ τῆς διαθήκης ἧς “διέθετο ὁ θεὸς" πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας and of the covenant which “appointed ‘God to *fathers 319 go. 14 But ye denied the Holy One and the Just, and desired a murderer to be grant- ed unto you; ldand Killed the Prince of life, whom God hath raised from the dead ; whereof we are wit- nesses. 16 And his name through faith in his name hath made this man strong,whom ye see and know: yea, the faith which is by him hath given him this perfect soundness in the presence of you all. 17 And now, brethren, I wot that through ignorance ye did zt, as did also your rulers, 18 But those things, which God before had shewed by the mouth of all his prophets, that Christ should suffer, he hath so fulfilled. 19 Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the pre- sence of the Lord; 20 and he shall send Jesus Christ, which before was preached unto you: 21 whom the heaven must re- ceive until the times of restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all his holy prophets since the world began. 22 For Moses truly said unto the fathers, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your brethren, like unto me; him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever he shall say unto you. 23 And it shall come to pass, that every soul, which will not hear that pro- phet, shall be de- stroyed from among the people. 24 Yea, and all the prophets from Samuel and those that follow af- ter, as many as have spoken, have likewise foretold of these days. 25 Ye are the children of the prophets, and of the covenant which God made with our fathers, saying unto ο — αὐτοῦ (read the prophets) Lrtra. τ προκεχειρισμένον was foreordained GLTTraw. GLTTrAW. am αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν LTTraA. Mwioys GLTTraW. Υ — πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας LTTrA. 2 ἡμῶν Our T. 8 ἐὰν TA. © κατήγγειλαν announced GLTTraAw. ἃ + οἱ the GLTTraw. P + αὐτοῦ (read his Christ) Lrrraw. 5 χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν LTTraA. 4 πρὸς Τ. t τῶν (omit all) xX — yap GLTTrAW. Ὁ ἐξολεθρευθήσεται LITra. © ὃ θεὸς διέθετο 1.. 320 Abraham, And in thy seed shall all the kin- dreds of the earth be blessed. 26 Unto you first God, having raised up his Son Je- sus, sent him to bless you, in turning away every one of you from his iniquities. IV. And as they spake unto the people, the priests, and the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees, came upon them, 2 being grieved that they taught the peo- ple, and preached through Jesus the re- surrection from the dead. 3 And they laid hands on them, and put them in hold un- to the next day : for it was now eventide. 4 Howbeit many of them which heard the word believed; and the number of the men was about five thou- sand, 5 And it came to pass on the morrow, that their rulers, and elders, and _ scribes, 6 and Annas the high priest, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alex- ander, andas many as were of the kindred of the high priest, were gathered toge- ther at Jerusalem. 7 And when they had set them in the midst, they asked, By what power, or by what name, have ye done this? 8 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Ghost, said unto them, Ye rulers of the peo- ple, and elders of Is- rael, 9 if we this day be examined of the good deed done to the impotent man, by what means he ig made whole; 10 be it known unto you all, and to all the people of Israel, that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom ye crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even by him doth this TIPAZEIS. Ill, IV. ᾿ἡμῶν," λέγων πρὸς ᾿Αβραάμ, Καὶ Ε τῷ σπερματίίσου ἐνευλο- our, saying to Abraham, in thy seed shall be γηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς. 26 ὑμῖν πρῶτον blessed all the families of the earth. To you first h6 θεὸς ἀναστήσας" τὸν. παῖδα.αὐτοῦ ᾿Τησοῦν," ἀπέστειλεν God, having raised up his servant Jesus, sent αὐτὸν εὐλογοῦντα ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ him, blessing you in turning each from τῶν πονηριῶν Εὑμῶν." *wickedness ‘your. 4 Λαλούντων.δὲ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν λαόν, ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς And as *were *speaking ‘they to the people, came upon them οἱ ἱερεῖς Kai ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ Kai οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι, the priests and captain ofthe temple and the Sadducees, 2 διαπονούμενοι διὰ τὸ διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς τὸν λαόν, Kai being distressed because * teach 1they the people, and καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τὴν ἐκ announce in Jesus the resurrection which [is] from among νεκρῶν᾽ 3 καὶ ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας Kai ἔθεντοὶ [the] dead; and theylaid 7*on *them ‘hands and _ put εἰς τήρησιν εἰς THY αὔριον. ἢν. γὰρ ἑσπέρα ἤδη. [them] in hold till the morrow; for it was evening already, 4 πολλοὶ δὲὲ τῶν ἀκουσάντων τὸν λόγον ἐπίστευσαν. But many of those who had heard the word believed, We. nO mil ? θ 4 ~ ᾽ ὃ ~ n° XII rx 10 , Kat EVEV) Uf ee 8) aol μος TWV αν βων WOEL χι ιαὺξες πέεγντε. and ®became ‘the *number “of*the ‘men about *thousand ‘five. 5 “Eyévero.dé ἐπὶ τὴν αὔριον συναχθῆναι αὐτῶν And itcametopass on the morrow were gathered together their τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ 5 πρεσβυτέρους καὶ γραμματεῖς Peic! ‘Te- d rulers an elders and scribes at Je- ρουσαλήμ, 6 καὶ «Ανναν τὸν ἀρχιερέα καὶ Καϊάφαν καὶ rusalem, and Annas the high priest and Caiaphas and 7 ΄ 4, , Π ‘ « ? , Ιωάννην καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρον, καὶ door ἦσαν ἐκ γένους John and Alexander, and as many as were of *family ἀρχιερατικοῦ. 7 καὶ στήσαντες αὐτοὺς ἐν ττῷ" μέσῳ ἐπυν- thigh-priestly. And having placed them in the midst they θάνοντο, Ἔν ποίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι “ἐποιήσατε inguired, In what power or in what name did τοῦτο" ὑμεῖς; ὃ Tore Πέτρος πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου *this tye? Then Peter, filled with [the] *Spirit ‘Holy, εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, exaures τοῦ λαοῦ Kai πρεσβύτεροι said to them, ulers of the people and elders trov ᾿Ισραήλ," 9 εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ of Israel, If we thisday areexamined asto a good work ἀνθρώπου.ἀσθενοῦς, ἐν τίνι οὗτος ᾿σέσωσται." 10 γνωστὸν {to the] infirm man, by what he has been cured, *known B “Ὁ ~ ‘ Αἵ ~ ~ > ΄ a ~ ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν Kai παντὶ τῷ aw ᾿Ισραήλ, ore ἐν τῷ ‘be 7it toall you and toall the people ofIsrael, that in the , ~ ~ ~ ΄ὔ τι « ~ > ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου, ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυ- name of Jesus Christ the Nazarewan, whom ye cruci- , Ν \ » “ ? ~ ? , ρώσατε, ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἐν τούτῳ fied, whom God raised from among [the] dead, by him [ὑμῶν your TrA. < αὐτῶν their L. © + τοὺς the LTTrA. Ἀλέξανδρος LTTrA. Υ σέσωται T. h ἀναστήσας ὃ θεὸς ΤΑ. 1 — Ἰησοῦν GLTTrA. m — δ᾽ LI[Tr]A. 0 [ὡς7 LfrA; — ὡσεὶ T. 9” Avvas ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς Kat Καϊάφας καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης καὶ 5 τοῦτο ἐποιήσατε 1. t — τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ Lrtr[a]. & + ἐν GLTTrAW. ! + αὐτοὺς them w. Ρ ἐν LTrAW. τ --- τῷ @[A]. LW. οὗτος ACTS. παρέστηκεν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ὑγιής. 11 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ this [man] stands before you sound, This is the λίθος ὁ ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν τῶν οἰκοδομούντων," stone which has been set at nought by you the builders, ὁ γενόμενος sic κεφαλὴν γωνίας. 12 καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν which is become head of [the] corner. And there is ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία" "οὔτε". γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον in ζοῦμε ‘noone salvation, for neither *name ‘is?there another ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἐν ᾧ under the heayen which has been given among men, by which δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς. Ξυηυβῦὺ *be *saved ‘we. 13 Θεωροῦντες.δὲ But seeing YIwav- of John, τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παῤῥησίαν καὶ the ?0f *Peter ‘boldness and ‘4 , iA , » “2 7 νου," καὶ καταλαβόμενοι ὅτι ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν and having perceived that smen *unlettered ‘they “are A 3 ~ ? , ? v7, , > 4 ev 4 cmd καὶ ἰδιῶται, ἐθαύμαζον, ἐπεγίνωσκόν.τε αὐτοὺς Ori σὺν τῷ and uninstructed, they wondered, and they recognized them that with Ἰησοῦ ἦσαν. 14 rov2dé' ἄνθρωπον βλέποντες σὺν αὐτοῖς Jesus they were. But *the Sman Ybeholding ‘with “them ἑστῶτα τὸν τεθεραπευμένον, οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν. 15 κελεύ- ‘standing who 84 Ὀ661 Πθα]ϊθᾶ, nothing they had to gainsay. *Having σαντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔξω τοῦ συνεδρίου ἀπελθεῖν συνέβαλον" Scommanded*but them outside the sanhedrim to go they conferred πρὸς ἀλλήλους, 16 λέγοντες, Ti ποιήσομεν" τοῖς ἀνθρώ- with one another, saying, What shall we do to “men ποις τούτοις ; OTLpév.yao γνωστὸν σημεῖον γέγονεν these? for that indeed a known sign has come to pass Ov αὐτῶν, πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἱερουσαλὴμ φανερόν, through them, Sto*all *those ‘inhabiting Jerusalem (['is] *manifest, καὶ οὐ-δυνάμεθα “ἀρνήσασθαι" 17 ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ. πλεῖον and we are unable to deny {it}. But that not further διανεμηθῇ εἰς τὸν λαόν, “ἀπειλῇ, ἀπειλησώμεθα αὐτοῖς it may spread among the people, withathreat let us threaten them μηκέτι λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματιιτούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων. no longer to speak in this name to any man. 4 (lit. to no) \ , ‘ 7 ᾽ ~ | Aq , 18 Kai καλέσαντες αὐτοὺς παρήγγειλαν “αὐτοῖς 'ro' καθόλου And having called them they charged them 7at Fall \ , x a7 > hs ~ , ~ ~ μὴ φθέγγεσθαι μηδὲ διδάσκειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. ποῦ to speak nor to teach in the name of Jesus. « A , ‘ ΕΣ ’ " 19 ὁ. δὲ: Πέτρος καὶ ξ᾿Τωάννης" ἀποκριθέντες "πρὸς αὐτοὺς But Peter and John apswering to them εἶπον. Et δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν ἀκοΐειν said, Whether right it is before God "to *you ‘to 7listen μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ κρίνατε. 20 οὐ-δυνάμεθα yao ἡμεῖς ἃ rather than God, judge ye; Fcannot ‘for “we ‘what 7.7" \ ~ e A Ἰεΐδομεν" καὶ ἠκούσαμεν μὴ. λαλεῖν. 21 Οἱ. δὲ προσαπειλη- ™we*saw °and heard *but Sspeak. But they having further , ld x , ~ , σάμενοι ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς, μηδὲν εὑρίσκοντες τὸπῶς κολά- threatened let 7g0 ‘them, nothing finding as to how they might σωνται αὐτοὺς διὰ τὸν λαόν, ὅτι πάντες ἐδόξαζον punish them onaccountof the people, because all were glorifying τ οἰκοδόμων LITA. χα οὐδὲ LTTrW. LITrA. > ποιήσωμεν Should we do Trra, ε — οαὐτοῖς (read [them]) LTTrA. f— τὸ LT. αὐτούς LTTrAW. i εἴδαμεν LTTrA. ¥ Ἰωάνου Tr. © ἀρνεῖσθαι LTTrA. & ’Iwavns Tr. h 321 man stand here before you whole. 11 This is the stone which was set at nought of you builders, which is be- come the head of the corner. 12 Neither is there salvation in any other: for there is none other name under hea- ven given among men, whereby we must be saved. 13 Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John, and perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men, they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them, that they had been with Jesus, 14And beholding the man which was _ healed standing with them, they could say nothing against it. 15 But when they had com- manded them to go a- side out of the council, they conferred among themselves, 16 saying, What shall we doto these men? for that indeed a notable mira- cle hath been done by them is manifest to all them that dwell in Jerusalem; and we cannot deny it. 17 But that it spread no fur- ther among the peo- ple, let us straitly threaten them, that they speak henceforth to no man in this name. 18And_ they called them, and com- manded them not to speak at all nor teach in the name of Jesus. 19 But Peter and John answered andsaid un- to them, Whether it be right in the sight of God to hearken unto you more than unto God, judge ye. 20 For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard. 21So when they had further threatened them, they let them go, finding nothing how they might punish them, because of the ople: for all men glorified God for that 2 yeand LrTr ἃ." συνέβαλλον d — ἀπειλῇ LIT:[Aj. εἶπον (εἶπαν Tr) πρὸς Y 322 which was done, 22 For the man was above forty years old, on whom this miracle of healing was shewed. 23 And being let go, they went to their own company, and reported all that the chief priests and elders had said unto them. 24 And when they heard that, they lifted up their voice to God with one accord, and said, Lord, thou art God, which hast made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and all that in them is: 25 who by the mouth of thy servant David hast said, Why did the heathen rage, and the people ima- gine vain things? 26 The kings of the earth stood up, and the rulers were ga- thered together a- gainst the Lord, and against his Christ. 27 For of a truth a- gainst thy holy child Jesus, whom thou hast anointed, both Herod, and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles, and the people of Israel, were gathered toge- ther, 28 for to do what- soever thy hand and thy counsel determin- ed before to be done. 29 And now, Lord, behold their threat- enings: and grant unto thy servants, that with all boldness they may speak thy word, 30 by stretch- ing forth thine hand to heal; and that signs and wonders may be done by the mame of thy holy child Jesus. 31 And when they had prayed, the place was shaken where they were as- sembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and they spake the word of God with boldness. 32 And the multi- tude of them that be- lieved were of one TIPAS EIS. τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι. 22 ἐτῶν.γὰρ ἦν God for that which has taken place; for *years [7old] *was πλειόνων *reccapacovra' ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφ’ ὃν ἰἐγεγόνει" *above forty ‘the ?man on whom had taken place τὸ σημεῖον.τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως. this sign of healing. 23 ᾿Απολυθέντες.δὲ ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους, And having been let go they came _ to ἀπήγγειλαν reported IV. Kai theirown [company], and doa πρὸς αὐτοὺς οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ πρεσ- whatever to them the chief priests and the el- βύτεροι ™eizroy.' 24 οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες, ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν ders said. And they having heard, with one accord lifted up φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, kai ™elzrov," Δέσποτα, σὺ πὸ {their] voice to God, and said, O master, thou [art] the θεὸς" ὁ ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν Kai THY γῆν Kai THY θάλασσαν God who made the heaven and the earth and the sea Kai πάντα Ta ἐν αὐτοῖς, 25 °O διὰ στόματος" ῬΔαβὶδ' and all that[areJin them, who by [the] mouth of David ἡγοῦ" παιδός.σου εἰπών, “Ivari! ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ thy servant didst say, λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά; 2peoples ‘did meditate vain things? Why _ did “rage *haughtily ‘nations, and 26 παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς Stood up the kings ofthe γῆς, Kat ot ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ.τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ earth, and the rulers were gathered together against the κυρίου καὶ κατὰ τοῦ«.χριστοῦ.αὐτοῦ. 27 Συνήχθησαν.γὰρ Lord and against his Christ. For were gathered together ἐπ᾿ ἀληθείας" ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά cov ᾿Ιησοῦν, ὃν of a truth against 7holy Sservant ‘thy Jesus, whom ἔχρισας, Ἡρώδης.τε καὶ Πόντιος ᾿ἱΠιλάτος," σὺν ἔθνεσιν thou didst anoint, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with nations καὶ λαοῖς ᾿Ισραήλ, 28 ποιῆσαι ὕσα ἡ.χείρισου Kai ἡ βουλή and peoples. of Israel, todo whatever thyhand and counsel “gouv" προώ ἐσθ 29 καὶ τὰ νῦ ΄ γἔπιδε" ροώρισεν γενεσθαι. καὶ τὰ νῦν, κύριε, YETTLOE ‘thy predetermined to come to pass. And now, Lord, look ἐπὶ τὰς. ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν, Kai δὸς τοῖς. δούλοις.σου μετὰ παῤ- upon their threatenings, and give to thy bondmen with *bold- ῥησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν.λόγον.σου, 80 ἐν τῷ τὴν.χεῖρά.“σου" ness tall to speak thy word, in that thy hand ἐκτείνειν oe! εἰς ἴασιν, Kai σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι ?stretchest οαὺ *thou for healing, and signs and wonders take place διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου ᾿Ιησοῦ. 31 Kai through the name Sholy ‘servant ‘of *thy Jesus. And δεηθέντων αὐτῶν ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ Hoar ovyny- *having *prayed ‘they ‘was ’shaken ‘the ®place in which ΠΟΥ were assem- μένοι, Kai ἐπλήσθησαν amavrec ἵπνεύματος ἁγίου," Kai bled, and they were “filled 141] with [the] *Spirit *Holy, and ἐλάλουν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ παῤῥησίας. spoke the word of God with boldness. 32 Τοῦ.δὲ πλήθους τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν "ἡ" καρδία And of the multitude of those that believed were ‘the “heart k τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. LTTr[ A]. °"Iva τί LTrAW. L[Tr]. LTTraw. * + ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ in this city GLTTrawW. Y ἔφιδε L. 2 —y7 LTTrA. 1 γεγόνει LTTrA. ™ εἶπαν LTTrA. ™%— ὃ θεὸς (ead he who) © ὃ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου στόματος Who by [the] Holy Spirit by [the] mouth of our father Lrtra. P Δανεὶδ LITrA; Aavié Gw. 4 — τοῦ GLTTrAW. t Πειλᾶτος 1. u— gov Ἢ — σου (read [thy ]) Lr. Υ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Χ [σε] A. ΤΥ. ACTS. καὶ "ἡ ψυχὴ pia’ καὶ ϑοὐδὲ" εἷς τι τῶν ὑπαρ- and *the ‘soul one, and ποῦ one anything *of *that*which 7pos- χόντων αὐτῷ ἔλεγεν ἴδιον εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἦν αὐτοῖς “ἅπαντα! sessed She ‘said "his ’°own *was, ‘but ‘were ‘*to '*them ?7all !¥things κοινά. 33 καὶ “μεγάλῃ δυνάμει" amedidovy τὸ μαρτύριον common, And with great power “gave “testimony οἱ ἀπόστολοι “τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Τησοῦ," χάρις.τε ‘the apostles of the resurrection ofthe Lord Jesus, and “grace ΄ ? ‘ i ? 4 > ‘ 4 ? , μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς. 84 οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνδεῆς τις great was upon all them. For neither in want “anyone fumnoxev' ἐν avroic’ ὕσοι.γὰρ κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν lwas among them; forasmanyas owners’ of estates or houses ὑπῆρχον, πωλοῦντες ἔφερον τὰς TYUWAaG τῶν πιπρα- were, selling [them] brought the values of those sold, σκομένων, 35 καὶ ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀπο- and laid [them] at the feet of the apos- Sdredidoro' δὲ ἑκάστῳ καθότιιἄν τις χρείαν and distribution was made toeach accordingas anyone “need στόλων" {165 ; εἶχεν. *had. 36 ΒἸ ωσῆς" .δὲ ὁ And Joses who was surnamed στόλων, 0 ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον. υἱὸς tles (which is, being interpreted, Son KAevirne,' Κύπριος τῷ.γένει, 87 ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ ἀγροῦ, a Levite, a Cypriot by birth, haying land, πωλήσας ἤνεγκεν τὸ χρῆμα Kai ἔθηκεν ἱπαρὰ! τοὺς πόδας having sold [it] brought the money and laid [10] at the feet τῶν ἀποστόλων. 5 ’Avyjo.dé τις ™“Avaviac ὀνόματι," of the apostles. But *man ‘a “certain, Ananias by name, σὺν "Σαπφείρῃ" τῇ.γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, ἐπώλησεν κτῆμα, 2 Kai with Sapphira his wife, sold ἢ. possession, and ἐνοσφίσατο ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς: °ovvEdviac' Kai τῆς γυναικὸς kept back from the value, being aware of [it] also wife Ραὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐνέγκας μέρος-τι παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν this, and having brought acertain part “at “the 5feet “of 7the ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν. 3 εἶπεν. δὲ 4 Πέτρος, ᾿Ανανία. "dart “apostles Maid [21]. But said Peter, Ananias why ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ σατανᾶς τὴν.καρδίαν. σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ did “611 ‘Satan thy heart, “to ‘lie to [‘for] *thee the πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον, Kai νοσφίσασθαι " ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ Spirit the Holy, and to keep back from the value ofthe xwpiov; 4 οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν; καὶ πραθὲν estate? *Not ‘remaining *to*thee *did °it remain? and having been sold, ἐν τῇ.σῃ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν ; τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ in thine own authority wasit [not]? why didst thou purpose in καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα.τοῦτο; οὐκ. ἐψεύσω ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ thy heart this thing ? Thou didst not lie to men, but τῴθεῷ. δ᾽ Ἀκούων δὲ Avaviac τοὺς. λόγους.τούτους, πεσὼν toGod. And?hearing ‘Ananias these words, falling down ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρνάβας Ἰὑπὸ! τῶν απο- Barnabas by the apos- παρακλήσεως, of consolation), 8 — ἡ LTTrA. Ὁ οὐδ᾽ E. ς πάντα! L. 4 δυνάμει μεγάλῃ LITrA. [χριστοῦ Christ] τῆς ἀναστασεως 1,; τῆς ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου 1. ῃ Ἰωσὴφ Joseph Lrtraw. i ἀπὸ LITrAW. 1 Sardetpa LTr. τ διὰ ri LTrA. & διεδίδετο LTTrA. | πρὸς τ. τὰ ὀνόματι ᾿Ανανίας L. (read [Ὠ15]} τττὰ. 4+ 0LTTrA. τ + ὃ GLTTrAW. © συνειδυίης LTTrA. s + [ce] thoe (to keep back) a. 323 heart and of one soul: neither said any of them that ought of the things which he pos- sessed was his own; but they had all things common. 33 And with great power gave the apostles witness of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus: and great grace was upon them all. 34 Neither was there any among them that lacked: for as Many as were possess- ors of lands or houses soldthem, and brought the prices of the things that were sold, 35 and laid them down at the apostles’ feet: and dis- tribution was made unto every man ac- cording as he had need. 36 And Joses, who by the apostles was surnumed Barnabas, (which is, being in- terpreted, The son of consolation,) a Levite, and of the country of Cyprus, 37 having land, sold it, and brought the money, and laid it at the apostles’ feet. V. But a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphi- ra his wife, sold a possession, 2and kept back part of the price, his wife also being privy toit,and brought a certain part, and laid it at the apostles’ feet. 3 But Petersaid, Ananias, why hath Sa- tan filled thine heart to lie to the Holy Ghost, and to keep back part of the price of the land? 4 Whiles it remained, was it not thine own? and after it was sold, was it not in thine own power ? why hast thou con- ceived this thing in thine heart? thou hast not lied unto men, but unto God. 5 And Ananias hear- ing these words fell down, and gave up the ε τοῦ κυρίου Incov f Hy LITr. k Λενεΐτης TA. P — αὐτοῦ 924 ghost : and great fear came on all them that heard these things. 6 And the young men arose, wound him up, and carried him out, and buried him. 7 And it was about the space of three hours after, when his wife, not knowing what was done,came in. 8And Peter answered unto her, Tell me whether ye sold the land for so much? And she said, Yea, for so much, 9 Then Peter said un- to her, How is it that ye have agreed toge- ther to tempt the Spi- rit of the Lord? be- hold, the feet of them which have buried thy husband are at the door, and shall carry thee out. 10 Thenfell she down straightway at his feet, and yielded up the ghost : and the young men came in, and found her dead, and, carrying her forth, buried her by her husband. 11] And great fear came upon all the church, and upon asmany as heard these things. 12 And by the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and _ they were all with one ac- cord in Solomon’s porch. 13 And of the est durst no man join himself to them: but the people magnified snem. 14 And beliey- ers were the more add- ed to the Lord, mul- titudes both of men and women.) 15 In- somuch that they brought forth the sick into the streets, and laid them on beds and couches, that at the least the shadow of Pe- ter passing by might overshadow some of them. 16 There came also a multitude out of the cities round about unto Jerusalem, bringing sick folks, and them which were vexed with unclean spirits : and they were healed every one, ΠΡΑ ΕΣ. Vv. siebvtev’ καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐπὶ πάντας rove expired. And Scame 2fear lgreat upon all who ἀκούοντας ταῦτα." 6 ἀναστάντες.δὲ οἱ νεώτεροι συνέ- heard these things. And having risen the younger [men] swathed > 2 e's , ” ? , Η͂ στειλαν αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν. 7 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ him, and having carried οαὖὐ buried (him). And it came to pass ὡς ὡρῶν τριῶν διάστημα Kai ἡ. γυνὴ. αὐτοῦ μὴ εἰδυῖα τὸ about *hours ‘three afterwards also his wife, not knowing what yeyovoc εἰσῆλθεν. 8 ἀπεκρίθη.δὲ “airy *o' Πέτρος, had come to pass, came in. And answered her Peter, Εἰπέ μοι εἰ τοσούτου τὸ χωρίον ἀπέδοσθε; Ἢ δὲ eizer, Tell me if for 50 much the _ estate ye sold ἢ And she said, Nai, τοσούτου. 9 Ὁ δὲ ἸΤέτρος Yelzrev' πρὸς αὐτήν. Ti Yes, for so much. And Peter said to her, Why [is it] ὅτι συνεφωνήθη. ὑμῖν πειράσαι TO πνεῦμα κυρίου; ἰδού, οἱ that yeagreed together totempt the Spirit of [the] Lord? Lo, the πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρασου ἐπὶ τῇ θύρᾳ, Kai feet of those who buried thy husband [416] at the door, and ἐξοίσουσίν σε. 10 "Ἔπεσεν. δὲ παραχρῆμα παρὰ" rove they shall carry out thee. And she fell down immediately at πόδας. αὐτοῦ Kai ἐξεψυἕεν. εἰσελθόντες. δὲ οἱ νεανίσκοι his feet and expired. And having come in the young [men] “ehpov' αὐτὴν νεκράν, καὶ ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν πρὸς found her dead ; and having carried out they buried [her] by τὸν. ἀνδρα.αὐτῆς. 11 καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐφ᾽ ὕλην THY her husband. And *came "fear ‘great upon *whole ‘the ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας ταῦτα. 12 Διὰ. δὲ assembly, and upon all who heard these things. And by τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων Yéyévero" σημεῖα Kai τέρατα the hands of the apostles cametopass ‘signs “*and *wonders Sy τῷ λαῷ πολλά" Kai ἦσαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν “ἅπαντες" Samong “the ῬΘΟΡΙΒ ‘many; (and they were *with%one*accord ‘all ἐν τῇ στοᾷ “Σολομῶντος " 13 τῶν.δὲ λοιπῶν οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμα in the porch of Solomon, but of the rest noone durst κολλᾶσθαι αὐτοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμεγάλυνεν αὐτοὺς ὁ λαός" 14 μᾶλλον join them, but “magnified ‘them ‘the *people; the *more δὲ προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ κυρίῳ, πλήθη ἀνδρῶν.τε Sand 7were ?°added ®believers tothe Lord, multitudes both of men καὶ γυναικῶν: 15 ὥστε ‘kara τὰς πλατείας ἐκφέρειν τοὺς and women ;) so as in the streets tobringout the ἀσθενεῖς καὶ τιθέναι ἐπὶ δκλινῶν" καὶ Ἐκραββάτων," ἵνα sick, and put [them] on beds and couches, that ᾽ , ΄ nn « : 12 ’ " ‘ ἐρχομένου Πετρου Kav 1) OKta ἐπισκια σῇ τινι zooming Sof ©Peter ‘at “least *the *shadow might overshadow some one αὐτῶν. 16 συνήρχετο.δὲ Kai τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πέριξ of them. And came together also the multitude of the “round “about πόλεων Keic' Ἱερουσαλήμ, φέροντες ἀσθενεῖς καὶ ὀχλου- cities to Jerusalem, bringing sick ones and those μένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο beset by spirits unclean. who were “healed ἅπαντες. tall. ¥ — ταῦτα LYTrA. fsaid] LTTra. LTTraw. VTTrA, 2 πρὸς LITrA. ἃ πάντες LTY. h κραβάτ' ὧν LTTrAW. “ πρὸς αὐτὴν to her LYTra. X — 6 LITrA. Σ — εἶπεν (read ἃ εὗραν Tr. Ὁ ἐγίνετο EGLTTrAW. © πολλὰ ἐν τῷ λαῷ ε Σολομῶνος GTrAW. ἴ καὶ eis even into LrTr. 8 κλιναρίων i ἐπισκιάσει Shall overshadow Tr. k — εἰς LITrA. Vv. ACTS. 17 ᾿Αναστὰς.δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς Kai πάντες ot σὺν αὐτῷ, And having risen up the high priest and all those with him, οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, which is [the] sect ofthe ee were filled with anger, 18 καὶ ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ‘ara ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ and laid “hands their on the apostles and ἔθεντο αὐτοὺς ἐν = THONoEL δημοσίᾳ. 19 ἄγγελος.δὲ κυρίου put them in{[the] “hold 4public. But an angel of [the] Lord διὰ πτῆς! νυκτὸς ™hvotev' τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς, during the night opened the doors of the prison, ἐξαγαγών τε αὐτοὺς εἶπεν, 20 Πορεύεσθε, καὶ σταθέντες and having brought 70ut ‘them said, Go ye, and standing ~ 5 ~ « ~ ~ ~ vA A cv ~ ~ λαλεῖτε ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ TH λαῷ πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς speak in the temple tothe people all the words of “life ταύτης. 21 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ εἰσῆλθον ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθοον εἰς τὸ 1this, And having heard they entered at the dawn into the ἱερόν, Kai ἐδίδασκον. παραγενόμενος.δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ οἱ temple, and were teaching. But having come the high priest and those σὺν αὐτῷ, συνεκάλεσαν τὸ συνέδριον Kai πᾶσαν τὴν γερου- with him, they called together the sanhedrim and all the elder- σίαν τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ισραήλ, Kai ἀπέστειλαν εἰς TO δεσμωτήριον hood ofthe sons ofIsrael, and sent to the prison ἀχθῆναι.αὐτούς. 22 οἱ. δὲ οὑπηρέται παραγενόμενοι" οὐχ to have them brought. But the officers having come 2not εὗρον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ" ἀναστρέψαντες δὲ ἀπήγγειλαν, *did find them in the prison; and having returned they reported, 23 λέγοντες, Ὅτι τὸ μὲν δεσμωτήριον εὕρομεν κεκλεισ- saying, The ?indeed prison we found shut μένον ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ, καὶ τοὺς φύλακας “ἔξω" ἑστῶτας with all security, and the Keepers without standing πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἀνοίξαντες δέ. ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν. before the doors ; but having opened, within no one we found. 24 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν τοὺς. λόγους. τούτους ὅτε ἱερεὺς Kai And when they heard these words both the priest and 0! στρατηγὸς TOU ἱεροῦ καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς διηπόρουν περὶ the captain of the temple and the chief priests were perplexed concerning αὐτῶν, τί ay-yévoiro τοῦτο. 25 παραγενόμενος.δέ τις them, what *might *be pot But ae come a certain one UTI VEX they Ὅτι id ὃ ἔθεσθ ary yet εν αὐτοῖς ἐγων,ἢ Tee ov οἱ ἄν θρες οὺς ἐἑσεσῦσε reported to them, saying, Lo, the men whom ye put ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ εἰσὶν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστῶτες καὶ διδάσκοντες τὸν in the prison are in the eeuiple standing and ΠΕΒΘΒΊΒΕΙ the λαόν. 26 Tore ἀπελθὼν ὁ στρατηγὸς σὺν τοῖς ὑπηρέταις people. Then “having *gone ‘the “captain with the officers γἤγαγεν" αὐτούς, οὐ μετὰ βίας, ἐφοβοῦντο.γὰρ τὸν λαόν, bronght them, not with violence, for they feared the people, τίνα! μὴ λιθασθῶσιν. 27 ἀγαγόντες. δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔστησαν that they might not be stoned. And having brought them they set ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ᾽ καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, {them]in the sanhedrim. And “asked ‘them ‘the “high “priest, 28 λέγων, “Οὐ! παραγγελίᾳ παρηγγείλαμεν ὑμῖν μὴ διδάσ- saying, *Not~- *by ‘a ®charge did *we charge you not toteach 1 — αὐτῶν LTTrAW. ™ — τῆς LTTrA. ὑπηρέται LTTrA. P — μὲν LITraw. καὶ ὃ LTTTA. -- EGE GLTTraw. stoned) foal π ἀνοίξας having opened τ. nS — ἔξω GLTTraAW. ἣγεν di © ἐπὶ LTTrA. ~ — ἵνα (read lest they ἔπει be — Ov (read We did eee ge you by a charge, &.) LTTra. 325 17 Then the high priest rose up, and all they that were with him, (which is the sect of the Sadducees,) and were filled with in- dignation, 18 and laid their hands on the apostles, and put them in the common prison. 19 But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brought them forth, and said, 20 Go, stand and speak in the tem- ple to the people all the words of this life. 21 And when they heard that, they en- tered into the temple early in the morning, and taught. But the high priest came, and they that were with him, and called the councii together, and all the senate of the children of Israel, and sent to the prison to have them brought. 22 But when the offi- cers caine, and found them not in the prison, they returned, and told, 23 saying, The prison truly found we shut with all safety, and the keepers stani- ing without before the doors: but when we had opened, we found no man with- in. 24 Now when the high priest and the captain of the tempie and the chief priests heard these things, they doubted of thein whereunto this would grow. 25 Then came one and told them, saying, Behold, the men whom ye put in prison are standing in the temple, and teaching the people. 26 Then went the cap- tain with the officers, and brought them without violence: for they feared the people, Jest they should have been stoned. 27 And when they had brought them, they set them before the council: and the high priest asked them, 28saying, Did not we straitly com- mand you that ye shouid not teach in co ποβαγενόμεῦοι - ἱερεὺς 920 this name? and, be- hold, ye have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine, and intend to bring this man’s blood upon us. 29 Then Pe- ter and the other apos- tles answered and said, We ought to obey God rather than men, 30 The God of our fa- thers raised up Jesus, whom ye slew and hanged on ἃ tree. 31 Him hath God exalted with his right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour, for to give repentance to Is- rael, and forgiveness ofsins. 32 And weare his witnesses of these things; and 80 18 also the Holy Ghost, whom God hath given to them that obey him. 33 When they heard that, they were cut to the heart, and took counsel to slay them. 34 Then stood there up one in the council, a Pharisee, named Ga- maliel, adoctor of the law, had in reputation among all the people, and commanded to put the apostles forth a little space; 35 and said unto them, Ye men of Israel, take heed to yourselves what ye intend to do as touching these men. 36 For before’ these days rose up Theudas, boasting himself to be somebody ; to whom a number of men, about four hundred, joined themselves: who was slain; and all, as many as obeyed him, were scattered, and brought to nought. 37 After this man rose up Ju- das of Galilee in the days of the taxing, and drew away much people after him: he also perished ; and all, even as many asobeyed him, were dispersed. 38 And now I say unto you, Refrain from these men, and let them alone: for if this counsel or this Il PA 2, EI &. Ve KELY ETL τῷ.ὀνόματι. τούτῳ 53" καὶ ἰδοὺ πεπληρώκατε THY ‘le~ in this name? and lo, ye have filled Je ρουσαλὴμ τῆς.διδαχῆς ὑμῶν, καὶ βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ rusalem with your teaching, and purpose to bring upon ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου.τούτου. 29 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ 76" us the _ blood of this man, But *answering Πέτρος καὶ ot ἀπόστολοι "εῖπον," ΠΕειθαρχεῖν δεῖ Peter ’and *the ‘apostles said, *To ee tit iis = nee eeaey, θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις. 80 ὁ θεὸς τῶν.πατέρων.ἡμῶν God rather than men. The God of our fathers ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν ὑμεῖς διεχειρίσασθε κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ raised up Jesus, whom ye killed, having hanged on ξύλου" 81 τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἀρχηγὸν Kai σωτῆρα ὕψωσεν τῇ a tree. Him God achief and Saviour exalted by ‘the δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ. *dovvar μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ Kai ἄφεσιν night hand of him, to give repentance toIsrael and _ remission ἁμαρτιῶν. 32 τι ἡμεῖς Ῥέσμεν αὐτοῦ μάρτυρες" τῶν ῥημάτων of sins. we are ofhim witnesses of *things τούτων, Kai TO πνεῦμα “δὲ" TO ἅγιον, ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς these, and the “Bpint lalso the oly, which *gave 1God τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ. 33 Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες διεπρίοντο, to those that obey him. But they having heard were cut καὶ ἐβουλεύοντο! ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς. 34 ἀναστὰς [to the heart], and tookcounsel toputtodeath them. ES ES Srisen 7up δὲ τις ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ Φαρισαῖος, ὀνόματι Ta- but 7a “certain [*man] in the sanhedrim a Pharisee, by name Ga- μαλιήλ, νομοδιδάσκαλος, τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ἐκέλευσεν maliel, a teacher of the law, honoured byall the people, commanded ἮΝ ᾿ 6 ii} ἢ A ᾽ aN {| ~ > ΄ ἔξω ββραχύ.-.ξτι τοὺς ἀποστόλους" ποιῆσαι, 88 εἴπεν.τε Sout *for °a ®short 7while *the °apostles 1to *put, and said πρὸς αὐτούς, "Ανδρες δ᾽ Ισραηλῖται," προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς them, Men Israelites, take heed to yourselves ἐπὶ τοῖς.ἀνθρώποις.τούτοις τί μέλλετε πράσσειν. 36 πρὸ as megands these men whatyeare about todo; *before γὰρ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς, λέγων εἶναί τινα for these days roseup Theudas, affirming 7to*be ssomebody ἑαυτόν, Ὀπροσεκολλήθη ἀριθμὸς ἀνδρῶν, ὡσεὶ! τετρα- *himself, were joined anumber of men, about four κοσίων᾽" καὶ πάντες Ooo. ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ hundred ; all as many as were persuaded by him διελύθησαν καὶ ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν. 37 μετὰ τοῦτον ἀνέστη were dispersed and came to nothing. After thisone rose up Ἰούδας ὁ Γαλιλαῖος ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς, Kai Judas the. QGalilean in the days ofthe registration, and ἀπέστησεν λαὸν ἱἱκανὸν" ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ κἀκεῖνος ἀπώλετο, drew away “people ‘much after him ; and he perished, καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διεσκορπίσθησαν. 38 καὶ and all as many as were persuaded by him were scattered abroad. And Ta νῦν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. τούτων, καὶ now Isay toyou, Withdraw from these τα ΟΣ; and Kigqoare" αὐτούς" ὅτι ἐὰν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἡ βουλὴ αὕτη ἢ let ?alone 1them, for if ‘be "from ®men this 7counsel “or ©. 2 to whom ὃς ἀνῃρέθη, who was put to death, and —;LTTra. — αὐτου TTr. i — ἱκανὸν LTTrA. Υ — ὃ LTTrA. ο — δὲ LTT:[A]. ἀνθρώπους the men LTTrA. z εἶπαν LTTrA δ. τ τοῦτ. » ἐν αὐτῷ μάρτυρές ἐσμεν τι; 4 ἐβούλοντο resolved Ltr. © — τι LTTrAW. f τοὺς Ε Ἰσραηλεῖται 1. h προσεκλίθη ἀνδρῶν ἀριθμὸς ὡς LTTrAW * ἄφετε LTTrA. Vaal ACTS. T0.éoyov.rovTo, καταλυθήσεται: 39 cide ἐκ θεοῦ ἐστιν, “this °work, it will be overthrown ; but if from God it be, Ἰοὐ- δύνασθε" καταλῦσαι ™avro,' μήποτε καὶ θεομάχοι ye are not able εὑρεθῆτε. ye be found. to overthrow it, lest also fighters against God 40 ᾿Επείσθησαν.δὲ αὐτῷ᾽ Kai προσκαλεσάμενοι And they were persuaded by him; and having called to τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες παρήγγειλαν μὴ λαλεῖν {them] the apostles, having beaten they enjoined [them] not to speak ? \ ~ ? , “2 ~ \ > , n ᾽ , I 4] « ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ, καὶ ἀπέλυσαν "αὐτούς. Οἱ in the name of Jesus, and released them. They μὲν οὖν ἐπορεύοντο χαίροντες ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ therefore departed rejoicing from [the] presence of the συνεδρίου ὅτι °UTED τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦῦιΣ κατηξιώθησαν" sanhedrim that for the name of him they were accounted worthy ἀτιμασθῆναι: 42 πᾶσάν.τε ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ κατ᾽ οἶκον to be dishonoured. And every day in the temple and in the houses οὐκ.ἐπαύοντο διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι P’ Inoovy they ceased not teaching and announcing the gladtidings— Jesus τὸν χριστόν." the Christ. > at ~ « , , , ~ ~ 6 Ἔν δὲ ταῖς. ἡμέραις.ταύταις πληθυνόντων τῶν μαθητῶν But in those days Smultiplying ‘the “disciples ἐγένετο γογγυσμὸς τῶν ᾿Ἑλληνιστῶν πρὸς τοὺς ‘EBpaiouc, there arose 8. murmuring of the Hellenists against the Hebrews, ort παρεθεωροῦντο ἐν τῷ διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ αἱ because were overlooked in the ?ministration daily χῆραι.αὐτῶν. 2 προσκαλεσάμενοι. δὲ οἱ δώδεκα τὸ πλῆθος their widows. And *having “called to (*them] 'the *twelve the multitude τῶν μαθητῶν, “εἶπον," Οὐκ ἀρεστόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς, καταλείψαν- of the disciples, said, Not seemly itis [for] us, leaving Tac τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, διακονεῖν τραπέζαις. 3 ἐπισκέψασθε the word of God, to attend tables, Look out τοὖν," "ἀδελφοί," ἄνδρας ἐξ ὑμῶν μαρτυρουμένους therefore, brethren, 4men “from *among ‘yourselves, ®borne 7witness *to ἑπτά, πλήρεις πνεύματος ‘aylov' Kai σοφίας, οὺς ‘KaTa- ‘seven, full of [the] *Spirit *Holy and wisdom, whom we will στήσομεν ἐπὶ τῆὴς.χρείας. ταύτης᾽ 4 ἡμεῖς. δὲ τῇ προσευχῇ appoint over this business ; but we to prayer καὶ TH διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου προσκαρτερήσομεν. ὃ Καὶ and the ministry of the word will steadfastly continue. And ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους καὶ *was *pleasing ‘the 7saying before all the multitude; and ἐξελέξαντο Στέφανον, ἄνδρα “πλήρη πίστεως καὶ πνεύ- they chose Stephen, aman full of faith and([the) 7Spi- ματος ἁγίου, καὶ Φίλιππον, Kai Πρόχορον: καὶ Νικάνορα, καὶ rit Holy, and Philip, and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Τίμωνα, καὶ Παρμενᾶν, καὶ Νικόλαον προσήλυτον ᾿Αντιοχέα, Timon, and Parmenas, and Nicolas a proselyte of Antioch, 6 οὺς ἔστησαν ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀποστόλων" Kai προσευξάμενοι whom they set before the apostles ; and having prayed ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας. 7 καὶ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ they laid “on *them *hands. And the word of God 1 ov δυνήσεσθε ye will not be able trrr. τὰ αὐτούς them GLTTra. [them]) rtra. χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν LITrA. 4 εἶπαν τττὰ. τ δή indec * — ἁγίου GLTTrA. ’ καταστήσωμεν We INAy appoint EW. ° — αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW ; κατηξιώθησαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος LTTrA. L; 6é but T. w πλήρης L. 327 work beof men, it will come to nought: 39 but if it be of God, ye can- not overthrow it; lest haply ye be foundeven to fight against God. 40 And to him they agreed: and when they had called the apostles, and beaten ther, they commanded that they should not speak in the uame of Jesus, and let them go. 41 And they departed from the presence of the council, rejoicing that they were count- ed worthy to suffer shame for his name. 42 And daily in the temple, and in every house, they ceased not to teach and preach Jesus Christ. VI. And in those days, when the num- ber of the disciples was iultiplied, there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews, because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration. 2 Then the twelve called the multitude of the dis- ciples unto them, and said, It is not reason that we should leave the word of God, and serve tables. 3 Where- fore, brethren, look ye out among you seven men of honest report, full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom, whom we may appoint over this business. 4 But we will give ourselves continually to prayer, and to the ministry of the word. 5 And the saying pleased the whole multi- tude: and they chose Stephen, a man full of faith and of the Holy Ghost, and Phi- lip, and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Ti- mon, and Parmenas, and Nicolas a pros- elyte of Antioch: 6 whom they set be- fore the apostles: and when they had prayed, they laid thezr hands on them. 7 And the word of God increased; n— αὐτούς (read P τὸν s — ἀδελφοί L. 328 and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith, 8 And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people. 9 Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is called the synagogue of the Libertines, and Cyrenians, and Alex- andrians, and of them of Cilicia and of Asia, disputing with Ste- phen. 10 And they were not able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spake. 11 Then they suborned men, which said, We have heard him speak blasphe- mous words aguinst Moses, and. against God. 12 And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and caught him, and brought him to the council, 13 and set up false witnesses, which said, This man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place, and the law: i4 for we have heard him say, that this Je- sus of Nazareth shall destroy thisplace, and shall change the cus- toms which Moses de- livered us. 15 And all that sat in the council, looking stedfastly on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel, VII. Then said the high priest, Are these things so? 2 And he said, Men, brethren, and fathers, hearken ; The God of glory ap- peared untoour father Abraham, when he was in Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Charran, 3and said unto him, Get thee out of thy country, and from thy kindred, and HM Pee Bie, VI, VIL. ηὔξανεν, καὶ ἐπληθύνετο ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν μαθητῶν ἐν Ἵε- increased, and °was 7multiplied *the *number “of *the “disciples in Je- ρουσαλὴμ σφόδρα, πολύς.τε ὄχλος τῶν ἱερέων ὑπήκουον rusalem exceedingly, and a great multitude of the priests were obedient τῇ πίστει. tothe faith. 8 Στέφανος. δὲ πλήρης "πίστεως" Kai δυνάμεως And Stephen, full of faith and power, ἐποίει wrought τέρατα Kai σημεῖα μεγάλα ἐν τῷ aw. 9 aviornoay.oé wonders and 2signs ‘great among the people. And arose τινες τῶν ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς ὑτῆς λεγομένης" Λιβερτίνων, certain of those of the synagogue called A / ‘ ? , ‘ ~ > 4 / kai Κυρηναίων, καὶ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων, καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ Κιλικίας and of Cyrenians, and of Alexandrians, and of those from Cilicia “kai ᾿Ασίας, *ovgnrov "rp Στεφάνῳ" 10 καὶ ὑκιὶ C, “OUGHTOVYTEG’ τῳ Στεφανῳ και OUK.LOXUOV and Asia, disputing with Stephen. And they were not able ἀντιστῆναι TY σοφίᾳ καὶ τῷ πνεύματι ἐλάλει. 11 τότε to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spoke. Then ~ « a » , a ? ΄ ’ ~ ~ ὑπέβαλον ἄνδρας, λέγοντας, Ore ἀκηκόαμεν αὐτοῦ λαλοῦν- they suborned men, saying, We have heard him speaking Toc ῥήματα βλάσφημα εἰς "Mwoiy' καὶ τὸν θεόν. 12 Συν- 2words ‘blasphemous against Moses and God, *T hey εκίνησάν τε τὸν λαὸν Kai τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους Kai τοὺς “stirred *up ‘and the people and_ the elders aud the γραμματεῖς, καὶ ἐπιστάντες συνήρπασαν αὐτόν, καὶ ἤγαγον Libertines, scribes, and coming upon they seized hin, and brought εἰς TO συνέδριον, 13 ἔστησάν.τε μάρτυρας ψευδεῖς, {him] to the sanhedrim, And they set *witnesses false, λέγοντας, Ὁ-ἄνθρωπος. οὗτος οὐ.παύεται ῥήματα βλάσφημα Υ ᾽ | saying, This man does not cease Swords “blasphemous λαλῶν" κατὰ τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἁγίου “τούτου; Kai τοῦ νόμου. 1speaking against Splace *holy this and the law; 14 ἀκηκόαμεν.γὰρ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, Ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Nalw- for we have heard him saying, That Jesus “the ‘*Naza- ραῖος οὗτος καταλύσει τὸν.τόπον. τοῦτον, Kai ἀλλάξει τὰ rean this will destroy this place, and willchange the ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Mwiojc. 15 Kai ἀτενίσαντες εἰς customs which 7delivered “to‘*us ‘Moses. And looking intently on ΕΣ 4 6, I « (a) , ? ~ ὃ ΄ f, Τὸ II 4 QUTOV “UTAVTEG Ob κα εζόμενοι ἐν τῳ σῦυνξ βριῳ εἰοον TO him all who Bat in the sanhedrim Baw πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου. his face as [the] face of an angel. Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, Ei Sapa! ταῦτα And ‘said ‘the *high “priest, *Then 7these *things 2 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, “Avdpec ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατε. ὁ θεὸς And he said, Men brethren and fathers, hearken. The God τῆς δόξης ὥφθη τῷ πατρὶ. ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραὰμ ὄντι ἐν τῇ Μεσο- of glory appeared to our father Abraham being in Meso- ποταμίᾳ, πρὶν ἢ κατοικῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐν Xappay, 3 καὶ εἶπεν potamia, before dwelt ‘he in Charran, and said πρὸς αὐτόν, Ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς.γῆς.σου καὶ ‘x τῆς συγγενείας to him, Goout from thy land and from “kindred οὕτῳς heyec''; 3580 5 ‘are ? x χάριτος of grace GLTTrAW. > Mwionv GLITrAW. (read the holy place) @urrraw. h — ἔχει (read [are]) w. LTTrA. Υ τῶν λεγομένων T. t—- καὶ ᾿Ασίας 1,. 8 συνζητοῦντες © — βλάσφημα GLITrAW ; λαλῶν ῥήματα. TTr. 4 — τρύτον © πάντες LTTr. f εἶδαν Tr. 8 — dpa LTTr[A]. i — ἐκ [L]Tr[A]. VII. AC TS: σου, καὶ δεῦρο εἰς" γῆν ἣν av σοι δείξω. 4 Τότε ἐξελθὼν thy and come into land which totheeI willshew. Then going out ἐκ γῆς Χαλδαίων, κατῴκησεν ἐν Χαῤῥάν, κἀκεῖθεν from [the] land of Chaldeans, he dwelt in and thence μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν πατέρα.αὐτοῦ. μετῴκισεν αὐτὸν εἰς Charran, after %died ‘his 7father, he removed him into τὴν.γῆν. ταύτην εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς νῦν κατοικεῖτε. 5 καὶ οὐκ this land in which ye now dwell. And “not οὐδὲ Pijpua-moddc’ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κληρονομίαν ἐν αὐτῇ; noteven a foot’s tread: "he “did give tohim aninheritance in it, καὶ ἐπηγγείλατο ἰαὐτῷ δοῦναι" εἰς κατάσχεσιν “airyy,' Kai and promised tohim togive “for %a *possession it, and TW.oTéppaTiavToU μετ᾽ αὐτόν, οὐκιῦὔντος αὐτῷ τέκνου. to his seed after him, there not being to him a child, 6 ἐλάλησεν δὲ οὕτως ὁ θεός, Ὅτι ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα.αὐτοῦ And *spoke sthus ‘God: That “shall *be this 7seed πάροικον ἐν γ ἀλλοτρίᾳ, καὶ δουλώσουσιν αὐτὸ καὶ asojourner in ἃ *land istrange, and they willenslave it and κακώσουσιν ἔτη τετρακόσια. 7 καὶ τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ "ἐὰν" ill-treat [10] “years ‘four *hundred ; and the nation to which ὁδουλεύσωσιν ." κρινῶ ἐγώ, ῬΡῬεῖπεν ὁ θεός" καὶ μετὰ they may bein bondage will?judge ‘I, said God; and after ταῦτα ἐξελεύσονται καὶ λατρεύσουσίν μοι ἐν TH τόπῳ these things they shall come forth and serve me in place τούτῳ. 8 Kai ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς᾽ Kai οὕτως this. And hegave tohim acovenant of circumcision; and thus ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ισαάκ, καὶ περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ TY he begat Isaac, and _ circumcised him the “day ὀγδόῃ: Kai 40" ᾿Ισαὰκ τὸν Ἰακώβ, καὶ %6' ᾿Ιακὼβ τοὺς teighth; and Isaac [begat] Jacob, and Jacob the δώδεκα πατριάρχας. 9 Kai ot πατριάρχαι ζηλώσαντες τὸν twelve patriarchs, d the patriarchs, envying ? , ? ’ » ” ‘ bt « ‘ ? iwongd ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἰγυπτον᾽ καὶ ἣν 0 θεὸς per Joseph, sold (him) into Egypt. And *was 1God with αὐτοῦ, 10 καὶ τἐξείλετο" αὐτὸν ἐκ πασῶν τῶν.θλίψεων αὐτοῦ, him, and delivered him outof all his tribulations, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ χάριν καὶ σοφίαν δἐναντίον᾽ Φαραὼ βασι- and gave him favour and wisdom before Pharaoh king λέως Αἰγύπτου, καὶ κατέστησεν αὐτὸν ἡγούμενον ἐπ᾽ Αἴγυπ- of Egypt, and heappointed him ruler over Egypt Tov Kai‘ ὅλον τὸν. οἷκον.αὐτοῦ. 11 ἦλθεν.δὲ λιμὸς ἐφ᾽ ὅλην and *whole 1815 house. But *came ‘a *famine upon *7whole τὴν γῆν Αἰγύπτου" καὶ Χαναάν, καὶ θλίψις μεγάλη καὶ ‘the land of Egypt and Canaan, and *tribulation ‘great, and οὐχ."“εὕρισκον" χορτάσματα οἱ πατερες- ἡμῶν. 12 ἀκούσας. δὲ Sdid “ποὺ *find “sustenance ‘our *fathers. But “having *heard I ‘ » 5 ? 2 , I 2 , ‘ , ακὼβ ὄντα “σῖτα ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ," ἐξαπέστειλεν τοὺς πατέρας 1Jacob ὅνγαβ ‘corn in Egypt, sent forth *fathers « ~ ~ Ἁ ~ , , A ἡμῶν πρῶτον" 13 καὶ ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ γἀνεγνωρίσθη" ᾿Ιωσὴφ our first ; and at the secondtime wasmade known Joseph τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ, Kai φανερὸν ἐγένετο TH Φαραὼ τὸ γένος to his brethren, and *known ‘became to Pharaoh the family k 4 σὴν the LITraw. him w. ᾿ ἄν LTr. LTTraW. ᾳ — ὃ LTTrA. τ᾿ ἐξείλατο GLTTrAW. Y Αἴγυπτον (read over all Egypt) urrra. W ηὕρισκον TrA. Υ ἐγνωρίσθη τι. 8 ἔναντι T. ' δοῦναι αὐτῷ LITra ; δοῦναι αὐτὴν to give it w. ο δουλεύσουσιν they will be in bondage Trra. 329 come into the land which I shall shew thee. 4Then came he out of the land of the Chaldgwans, and dwelt in Charran: and from thence, when his father was dead, he removed him into this land, wherein ye now dwell. 5 And he gaye him none inheritance in it, no, not so much as to set his foot on: yet he promised that he would give it to him for a possession, aud to his seed after him, when as yet he had no child. 6 And Godspake on this wise, That his seed should sojourn in a strange land; and that they should bring theminto bondage,and entreat them evil four hundred years. 7 And the nation to whom they shall be in bon- dage will I judge, said God: and after that shall they come forth,’ and serve me in this place. 8 And he gave him the covenant of circumcision: and 50 Abraham begat Isaac, and circumcised him the eighth day; and Isaac begat Jacob ; and Jacob begat the twelve patriarchs. 9 And the patriarchs,moved with envy, sold Joseph into Egypt: but God was with him, 10 and de- livered him out of all his afflictions, and gave him favour aud wisdom in the sight of Pharaoh king of Egypt; and he made him governor over Egypt and all his house. 11 Now there came a dearth over all the land of Egypt and Chanaan, and great af- fliction : and our fa- thers found no suste- nance. 12 But when Jacob heard that there was corn in Egypt, he sent out our fathers first. 13 And at the second time Joseph was made known to his brethren; and Jo- seph’s kindred was made known unto Pha- ™ αὐτῷ to P ὁ θεὸς εἶπεν t + ἐφ᾽ over Τ, x σιτία εἰς Αἴγνπτον LITrAW, 330 raoh. 14 Then sent Jo- seph, and called his fa- ther Jacob to him, and all his kindred, three- score and fifteen souls, 15 SoJacob went down into Egypt, and died, he, and our fathers, 16 and were carried over into Sychem, and laid in the sepulchre that Abraham bought for 2 sum of money of the sons of Emmor the father of Sychewe 17 But when the time of the promise drew nigh, which God had sworn to Abraham, the people grew and mul- tipliedin Egypt, 18 till another king arose, which knew not Jo- seph. 19 The same dealt subtilly with our kindred, and evil entreated our fathers, so that they cast out their young children, to the end they might not live. 20 In which time Mo- ses was born, and was exceeding fair, and nourished up in his father’s house three months: 21 and when he was cast out, Pha- raoh’s daughter took him up, and nourished him for her own son. 22 And Moses was learned in all the wis- dom of the Egyptians, and was mighty in words and in deeds. 23 And when he was full forty years old, it came into his heart to visit his brethren the children of Israel. 24 And seeing one af them suffer wrong, he defended him, and a- yenged him that was oppressed, and smote the Egyptian: 25 for he supposed his breth- ren would have under- stood how that God by his hand would deliver them : but they under- stood not. 26 And the 2 — τοῦ LITrA. © — αὐτοῦ (read [his]) GLTTra. & — rov TTr. h L + én’ Αἴγυπτον over Egypt Lrtr. ο Mwions GLTTrAW. τ ἀνείλατο GLTTrAW. * + αὐτοῦ (read his deeds) GLTTraw. ἔκθετα LTTrA. αὐτοῦ LTTrA. fhis]) Trr[a]. ΠΡ Ὰ ΣΕ Σ. trop!" Iwong.' 14 ἀποστείλας.δὲ ᾿Ιωσὴφ μετεκαλέσατο of Joseph. And having sent Joseph he called for πατέρα. αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιακώβ," καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν.συγγένειαν.“αὐτοῦ," ἐν his father Jacob, and all his kindred, in ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε. 15 “κατέβη. δὲ" ᾿Τακὼβ εἰς Αἴγυπ- Ssouls 1seventy ?five. And went down Jacob into gypt τον, Kai ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς Kai ol.marépec-yuay? 16 Kai and died, he and our fathers, and μετετέθησαν sic Συχέμ, καὶ ἐτέθησαν ἐν τῷ μνήματι “δ' were carried over to Sychem, and were placed in the tomb which ὠνήσατο ᾿Αβραὰμ τιμῆς ἀργυρίου παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν PEupop' ΜΗ, broy 2pought ‘Abraham fora sum ofmoney from the sons of Emmor frou" * Συχέμ. 17 KaOwedé ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγ- of Sychem. But as drew near the time of the pro- Niacune to " ὁ θεὸ 2 ΑΙ 1 ἴ ἡ λαὸ ὶ γελίας ἧς 'ώμοσεν" ὁ θεὸς τῷ ᾿Αβραάμ, ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ mise which *swore God to Abraham, “increased ‘the *people and ἐπληθύνθη ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, 18 ἔἄχρις" οὗ ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς multiplied in Egypt, until arose *king érepoc,! ὃς οὐκύδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ. 19 οὗτος κατασοφισάμενος ‘another, who knew not Joseph. He having dealt subtilly with τὸ.γένος ἡμῶν, ἐκάκωσεν τοὺς. πατέρας. "ἡμῶν," τοῦ ποιεῖν our race, ill-treated our fathers, making πἔκθετα τὰ. βρέφη" αὐτῶν εἰς. τὸ μὴ.ζωογονεῖσθαι. 20 Ἔν ᾧ Ξε χροβθᾶ their *babes that they might not live. In which καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη °Mwoijc,' Kai ἦν ἀστεῖος τῷ θεῷ: ὃς ave- time was born Moses, and was beautiful to God; who was τράφη μῆνας τρεῖς ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ.πατρὸς.Ῥαὐτοῦ." brought up “months ‘three in the house of his father. 21 αἐκτεθέντα.δὲ αὐτόν," 'aveidero' αὐτὸν ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραώ, And *being exposed ‘he, took up him the daughter of Pharaoh, καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ εἰς υἱόν. 22 Kai ἐπαιδεύθη and brought up him forherself for ason. And ?was “instructed “Mwone' " πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων. ἦν.δὲ δυνατὸς ἐν 1Moses in all [the] wisdom of [the] Egyptians, and he was mighty in λόγοις καὶ ‘év' ἔργοις". 23 ὭὩς.δὲ ἐπληροῦτο αὐτῷ Χτεσ- words and in deeds. And when was fulfilled tohim Sof σαρακονταετὴς᾽ χρόνος, ἀνέβη ἐπὶ THY-Kapdiav.avToU ἐπι- “forty ‘years la period, itcame into his heart to σκέψασθαι τοὺς. ἀδελφοὺς. αὐτοῦ τοὺς υἱοὺς ᾿Ισραήλ. 24 Kai look upon his brethren the sons of Israel; and ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον, ἠμύνατο καὶ ἐποίησεν.ἐκδίκησιν seeing a certain one being wronged, he defended [him] and avenged τῷ καταπονουμένῳ, πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον. 25 ἐνόμιζεν. δὲ him being ΟΡῬσεββθᾶ, havingsmitten the Egyptian. For he thought συνιέναι τοὺς.ἀδελφοὺς.Σαὐτοῦ ὅτι ὁ θεὸς διὰ χειρὸς “would *understand ‘his *brethren that God by ‘hand αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν Ταὐτοῖς σωτηρίαν" οἱ- δὲ οὐ-συνῆκαν. this is giving them salvation. But they understood not ® αὐτοῦ (read his family) rT. 4 καὶ κατέβη LTTrAW. - ἐν iN LTTr. > Ἰακὼβ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ LTTrAW. ε ᾧ ΟἸΤΥΓΑΜ. {᾿ Ἐμμὼρ LTTraw. i ὡμολόγησεν promised LTTraw. k ἄχρι LTTrA. m — ἡμῶν (read the fathers) LTTra. 1 τὰ βρέφη Ρ — αὐτοῦ (read [Π]5]} GLTTraw. 4 ἐκτεθέντος δὲ 5 + ἐν in (read πάσῃ all) Trraw. t — ἐν LYTrA. W τεσσερακονταετὴς TTrA. τ — αὐτοῦ (read Y σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς LTTrAW. VIE. AS CATS! 26 τῷ "τε ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρῳ ὦφθη αὐτοῖς μαχομένοις, Kai And on the following day heappeared to those who were contending, and "συνήλασεν" αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην, εἰπών, Avdpsc ἀδελφοί ἐστε urged them to peace, saying, Men ‘brethren “are ὑμεῖς" “ἱνατί" ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους; 27 Ὃ.δὲ ἀδικῶν ‘ye, why wrong ye one .nother? But he who was wronging (his) τὸν πλησίον ἀπώσατο αὐτόν, εἰπών, Τίς σε κατέστησεν neighbour thrust away him, saying, Who thee ‘appointed ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ “ἡμᾶς"; 28 μὴ ἀνελεῖν pe ruler and judge over us? To put to death me σὺ θέλεις, ὃν. τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς" τὸν Αἰγύπτιον ; *thou ‘wishest, in the way thou puttest to death yesterday the Egyptian? 29 "Εφυγεν. δὲ Μωσῆς" ἐν τῷ.λόγῳ.τούτῳ, καὶ ἐγένετο And “fled 1Moses at this saying, and became πάροικος ἕν Μαδιάμ, οὗ ἐγέννησεν υἱοὺς δύο. asojourner in [the] land οὗ Madiam, where he begat *sons two. 30 Kai πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν ἐτεσσαράκοντα" ὥφθη αὐτῷ ἐν And “being ‘fulfilled “years ‘forty appeared tohim in τῇ ἐρήμῳ τοῦ ὄρους Σινᾶ ἄγγελος "κυρίου ἐν φλογὶ the desert of the Mount Sina anangel of [the] Lord in a flame πυρὸς βάτου. 81 ὁ.δὲ "Μωσῆς" ἰδὼν ἰξθαύμασεν" τὸ of fire of a bush. And Moses seeing [10] wondered at the ὅραμα" προσερχομένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι. ἐγένετο φωνὴ vision ; and *coming “near the toconsider [it], there was a voice , k A ᾽ , ΙΙ ᾽ ‘ « A ~ , κυρίου "πρὸς αὐτόν," 82 Ἐγὼ ὁ θεὸς τῶν.πατέρων.σου, of [the] Lord to him, {am] the God of thy fathers, ὁ θεὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ 16 θεὸς" Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ἰὸ θεὸς" ᾿Ιακώβ. the God of Abraham and the God ofIsaac and the God _ of Jacob. Ἔντρομος.δὲ γενόμενος ‘Mwonc' οὐκ.ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι. And ‘trembling *having *become ‘Moses he durst not consider [10]. 33 εἶπεν.δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος, Λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν And *said “ἴο Shim ‘the *Lord, Loose the sandal of *feet σου" ὁ.γὰρ τόπος Mv" ᾧ ἕστηκας, γῆ ayia ἐστίν. 34 ἰδὼν lthy, forthe place on whichthoustandest,*ground*holy ‘is. Seeing, εἶδον τὴν κάκωσιν τοῦὔ.λαοῦ.μου τοῦ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ τοῦ Isaw the ill-treatment of my people in Egypt, and στεναγμοῦ." αὐτῶν" ἤκουσα" καὶ κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς" their groaning heard, and came down to take “out ‘them ; ‘ ~ 6 ~ re) ? λ ~ i > Al , 35 T ~ A καὶ νῦν δεῦρο, “ἀποστελῶΐ σε εἰς Αἴγυπτον. 30 Τοῦτον τὸν and now come, Iwillsend thee to Egypt. This Mwicny ὃν ἠρνήσαντο εἰπόντες, Tic σε κατέστησεν ἄρ- Moses, whom they refused, saying, Who “thee ‘appointed ru- χοντα καὶ δικαστήν ; τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς Ρ ἄρχοντα Kai λυτρωτὴν ler and judge? him God [5325] “ruler ‘and “*deliverer «ἀπέστειλεν ἐνὶ χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν TH ‘sent by [the] hand of[the] angel who appeared tohim in the βάτῳ. 36 οὗτος ἐξήγαγεν αὐτούς, ποιήσας τέρατα καὶ bush. This one led out them, having wrought wonders and σημεῖα ἐν τῇ "Αἰγύπτου" καὶ ἐν ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ, signs in [the] land of Egypt and in (the) Red Sea, z δὲ EGW. 8 συνήλλασσεν LTT: W, LTrA. ἃ ἡμῶν LITrW. © ἐχθὲς LTTrA. h — κυρίου LTTrA. i ἐθαύμαζεν GTAW. m ἐφ᾽ LITrA, Ὁ αὐτοῦ (read [their]) utr. LT[Tr]A. 4 ἀπέσταλκεν σὺν has sent with LTTraw. * Αἰγύπτῳ GLTTrA, {Μωῦσῆς GLTTraw. k — πρὸς αὐτόν LTTra. Ὁ — ὑμεῖς (read ἐστε ye are) LTTr[A]W. ὃ τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. ο ἀποστείλω LTTrAW. τ τῇ (read in Egypt) utr 331 next day he shewed himself unto them as they strove, and would have set them at one again, saying, Sirs, ye are brethren ; why do ye wrong one to an- other? 27 But he that did his neighbour wrong thrust him a- Way. saying, Who made thee a ruler and a judge overus? 28 Wilt thou kill me, as thou diddest the Egyptian yesterday? 29 Then fled Moses at this say- ing, and was astranger in the iand of Madian, where he begat two sons. 30 And when forty years were ex- pired, there appeared to him in the wilder- ness of mount Sina an angel of the Lord ina flame of fire in a bush. 31 When Moses saw it, he wondered at the sight : and as he drew near to behold τέ, the voice of the Lord came unto him, 32 saying, I am the God of thy fathers, the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob. Then Moses trembled, and durst not behold. 33 Then said the Lord to him, Put off thy shoes from thy feet: for the place where thou standest is holy ground. 34 I have seen, I have seen the affliction of my people which is in Egypt, and I have heard their groaning, and am come down to deliver them. And now come, I will send thee into Egypt. 35 This Moses whom they refused, saying, Who made thee aruler anda judge? thesame did God send to be a ruler and a deliverer by the hand of the angel which appeared to him in the bush. 36 He brought them out, after that he had shewed wonders and signs in the land of Egypt, and in the Red sea, and in the wil- ς ἵνα τί 1 — ὃ θεὸς LTTrA. P + καὶ both 532 derness forty years. 37 This is that Moses, which said unto the children of Israei, A prophet shali the Lord your God raise upunto you of your brethren, likeunto me; him shall ye hear. 38 This is he, that was in the church in the wilderness with the angel which spake to him in the mount Sina, and wiih our fa- thers: who received the lively oracles to give unto us: 39 to whom our fathers would not obey, but thrust him from them, and in their hearts turned back again into Egypt, 40 saying unto Aaron, Make us gods to go before us: for as for this Moses, which brought us out of the land of Egypt, we wot not what is become of him, 41 And they made a calf in those days, and offered sacrifice unto the idol, and re- joiced in the works of their own hands. 42 Then God turned, and gave them up to worship the host of heaven ; as it jis writ- ten in the book of the prophets, O ye house of israel, have ye of- fered to meslain beasts and sacrifices by the space of forty years in the wilderness? 43 Yea, ye took up the ta- bernacle of Moloch, and the star of your god Remphan, figures which ye made to wor- ship them: and I will carry youaway beyond Babylon. 44 Our fa- thers had the taber- nacle of witness in the wilderness, as he had appointed, speaking unto Moses, that he should make it accor- ding to the fashion that he had seen. 45 Which also our fa- thers that came after brought in with Jesus into the possession of the Gentiles, whom God drave out before the face of our fathers, WPA EI. VIF. καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα" 37 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ and in the wilderness “years forty. This is the Mwvonce ὁ δείπων᾽ τοῖς υἱοῖς “Iopand, Προφήτην ὑμῖν Moses who said tothe sons of Israel, A prophet to you ? ΄ x ᾿ " ¢ θ A Ay rt ἢ ? ~ . ~ AVAOTNHOEL κυριος 0 Geog Τυμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 5:1011] raise πρ ['the] *Lord *God “your from among *brethren ὑμῶν ὡς ἐμέ" ταὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε." 38 Οὗτός torw ὁ γενό- ‘your like me, him γ6 shall hear. This is hewho was μενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐν TH ἐρήμῳ μετὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ in the assembly in the wilderness with the angel who λαλοῦντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ Ope Σινᾶ, καὶ τῶν.πατέρων ἡμῶν. spoke tohim in the mount Sina, and with our fathers ; ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγια ζῶντα δοῦναι ἡμῖν: 39 w οὐκ-ἠθέλησαν who received “oracles ‘living togive tous: to whom “would *not ὑπήκοοι γενέσθαι οἱ. πατέρες ἡμῶν, "ἀλλ᾽ ἀπώσαντο, καὶ Ssubject ®be lour “fathers, but thrust {him] away, and ἐστράφησαν ὃ ταῖς.καρδίαις.αὐτῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, 40 εἰπόντες turned back their hearts to Egypt, saying τῷ Aaowy, Ποίησον ἡμῖν θεοὺς ot προπορεύσονται ἡμῶν" to Aaron, Make us gods~ who shall go before Us ; ὁ yap “Μωσῆς" οὗτος ὃς ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπ- for Moses lthat who brought 7out ‘us from [the] land of Egypt, του, οὐκιοἴδαμεν Ti ἀγέγονεν' αὐτῷ. 41 Kai ἐμοσχοποίησαν weknow not what has happened to him. And they made a calf ἐν ταὶς. ἡμέραις. ἐκείναις, καὶ ἀνήγαγον θυσίαν τῷ εἰδώλῳ, in those days, and offered sacrifice to the idol, Kai εὐφραίνοντο ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν.χειρῶν αὐτῶν. 42° Εστρεψεν and rejoiced in the works of their hands. °*Turned δὲ ὁ θεὸς Kai παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ! *but ?God and deliveredup them toserve the host of the οὐρανοῦ" καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν BiBAW τῶν προφητῶν, heaven ; as it has been written in [the] book of the prophets, Μὴ σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ or ἔτη ἵτεσσαρά- *Slain °beasts °and ‘sacrifices ‘did ὅγε ΟΠ tome “years forty κονταὶ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος ᾿Ισραήλ; 43 καὶ ἀνελάβετε τὴν in the wilderness, O house of Israel ? And yetookup the σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολόχ:, καὶ τὸ ἄστρον τοῦ.θεοῦ. ὑμῶν" *Peugar, tabernacle of Moloch, and the — star of your god Remphan, Tove τύπους οὺἣς ἐποιήσατε προσκυνεῖν αὐτοῖς" καὶ μετοικιῶ the models which ye made to worship them; and I will remove ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος. 44 Ἢ σκηνὴ rot) μαρτυρίου ἢ' you beyond Babylon. The tabernacle of the testimony was Siy' τοῖς.πατράσιν.ωὩμῶν iv τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καθὼς διετάξατο among our fathers in the wilderness, as commanded ὁ λαλῶν τῷ "Μωσῇ,! ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν κατὰ τὸν τύπον he who spoke to Moses, to make it accordingto the modei ὃν ἑωράκει: 45 ἣν Kai εἰσήγαγον διαδεξάμενοι which he had seen; which also “brought *in *having ‘received δΌΥ °succession ol.rarépecnpoy pera ᾿Ιησοῦ ev τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν, tour “fathers with Joshua _ in the taking possession of the nations, ov ἰἔξωσεν" ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν.πατέρων. ἡμῶν. whom Ζἄγονο *out 1God from [the] face of our fathers, ἡ τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. 2— αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε LITrA. 4 ἐγένετο happened LTTra. “Poud@av Romphan 1. ¥ — ὑμῶν GLTTrA. © Μωῦσῆς GLTTraw. £‘Peday Rephan Ltraw ; 1 ἐξέωσεν T. ἢ εἴπας LTTrA. X — κύριος LTTrA. ἃ ἀλλὰ LITrA. b 4+ ἐν LYTrA. ς — ὑμῶν (read the God) Lrtra, & — ἐν (ead to our) LYTrA. ἃ Μωῦσῇ GLTTrAw. WIL AVOUT S: ἕως τῶν ἡμερῶν Δαβίδ" 46 ὃς εὗρεν χάριν ἐνώπιον τοῦ until the aye of David; who found favour before θεοῦ, Kai ῃτήσατο εὑρεῖν σκήνωμα τῷ "θεῷ" ᾿Ιακώβ. God, and asked tofind a tabernacle for the God of Jacob ; 47 "Σολομῶν".δὲ ὁφκοδόμησεν" αὐτῷ οἶκον. 48 AN οὐχ ὁ but Solomon built him ἃ house, But ‘not ‘the ὕψιστος ἐν χειροποιήτοις Pyaoic' κατοικεῖ, καθὼς ὁ προ- 2Most *High in hand-made temples dwells ; as the pro- t ? , , t ‘ ~ ε φήτης λέγει, 49 Ὁ οὐρανός μοι Opie 7-0€ γῆ ὑπο- phet says, The heaven [is]}tomeathrone and the earth a foot- πόδιον τῶν. ποδῶν.μου" ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι; λέγει stool of ae feet: what house willye build me? _ says κύριος" ἢ τίς τόπος τῆς.καταπαύσεώς.μου ; ὅ0 οὐχὶ {||6] Lord, or what [the] place of my rest? 2not ἡ-χείριμου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα; 51 σκληροτράχηλοι καὶ βξτὴν *hand tmade ‘these things ‘all? O stiffnecked and ἀπερίτμητοι “τῇ καρδίᾳ" καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν, ὑμεῖς ἀεὶ τῷ πνεύματι uncircumcised inheart and ears, ye ease the Suet τῷ ἁγίῳ ἀντιπίπτετε, two! οἱ. πατέρες ὑμῶν, καὶ ὑμεῖς. 52 τίνα the Holy resist ; as oe eevee also ye. Which τῶν προφητῶν ovK-edlweay οἱ. “πατέρες. ὑμῶν; καὶ ἀπέ- of the prophets did ποὺ *persecute tyour *fathers ? and they κτειναν τοὺς προκαταγγείλαντας περὶ τῆς ἐλεύσεως TOU killed those who before announced concerning the coming of the δικαίου, οὗ νῦν ὑμεῖς προδόται καὶ φονεῖς "γεγένησθε" Just ae of whor: now ye betrayers and murderers have become! 53 οἵτινες ἐλάβετε τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων, Kai who received the law by [the] disposition oofangels, and ovKk-epuraéare. kept [it] not. 54 ᾿Ακούοντες.δὲ ταῦτα διεπρίοντο ταῖς. καρδίαις. αὐτῶν, And θα these aie they were cut to their hearts, καὶ ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόντας ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 55 Ὑπάρχων δὲ πλήρης, teeth at him. But being πνεύματος ἁγίου, ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, ΣΝ of [the] *Spirit *Holy, ao looked cere into heaven, he saw δόξαν θεοῦ, Kai ᾿Ιησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, {the] glory ofGod, and Jesus standing at the right hand of God, 56 καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Ιδού, θεωρῶ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς tavepypévove,' Kai and βαϊᾶ, Lo, Ibehold the heayens opened, and τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ δεξιῶν ἑστῶτα τοῦ θεοῦ. the Son of man ?at the *right Shand ‘standing of God. 57 Κράξαντες.δὲ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ συνέσχον τὰ. ὦτα.αὐτῶν And crying out with a *voice ous they held their ears καὶ ὥρμησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, 58 καὶ ἐκβαλόντες and rushed with one accord upon him, and havingcast [him] ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ἐλιθοβόλουν. καὶ οἱ μάρτυρες ἀπέθεντο and gnashed_ the out of the city they stoned [him], And the witnesses laid aside τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτῶν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας νεανίου καλουμένου their garments at the feet of a young man called Lavrov. ὅθ καὶ ἐλιθοβόλουν τὸν Στέφανον, ἐπικαλούμενον Saul. And they stoned Stephen, invoking καὶ λέγοντα, Κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ. πνεῦμά.μου. 60 Oeic.oé and = saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. And having bowed 333 unto the days of Da vid ; 46 who found fa: vour before God, and desired to find a taber- nacle for the God oi Jacob. 47 But Solo- mon built him an house. 48 Howbeit the most High dwelleth not in temples made with hands; as saith the prophet, 49 Heaven is my throne, and earth 7s my footstool : what house willye build me? saith the Lord: or what is the place of my rest? 50 Hath not my hand made all these things ? 51 Yestiffmecked and uncircumcised in heart and ears, ye do always resist the Holy Ghost : as your fathers did, so do ye. 52 Which of the prophets have not your fathers persecuted ? and they have slain them which shewed be- fore of the coming of the Just One; of whom ye have been now the betrayers and murder- ers: 53 who have re- ceived the law by the disposition of angels, and have not kept it. 54 When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. 55 But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up stedfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus stand- ing on the right hand of God, 56 and said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man stand- ing on the right hand of God. 57 Then they cried out witha loud voice,and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord, 58 and cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man’s feet whose name was Saul. 59 And they stoned Stepnen, caling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spi- rit. 60 And he kneeled 1 Δαυείδ LITA ; Δαυΐδ Gw. ™ οἴκῳ house LT. 2.-- ναοῖς (read [places]) GLTTraw. ἐγένεσθε became LTTraw. n Σαλωμὼν πὶ t διηνοιγμάνους LTTrAw. 4 καρδίαις hearts LTTr ; ταῖς καρδίαις Ww. ο τ ΟΣ στῶ Tr, τ καθὼς τι 994 down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep. VIII. And Saul was consenting unto his death. And at that time there was a great per- secution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered a- broad throughout the regions of Judwa and Samaria, except the apostles. 2 And devout men carried Stephen to his burial, and made great lamentation over him. 3 As for Saul, he made havock of the church, entering into every house, and ha- ling men and women committed them to pri- son. 4 Therefore they that were scattered abroad went every where preaching the word. ὃ Then Philip went down to the city of Samaria, and preached Christ unto them. 6 And the people with one accord gave heed unto those things which Philip spake, hearing and seeing the miracles which he did. 7 For unclean spirits, crying with loud voice, came out of many that were possessed with them: and many taken with palsies, and that were lame, were heal- ed. 8 And there was great joy in that city. 9 Put there was a certain man, called Simon, which before- time in the same city used sorcery, and be- witched the people of Samaria, giving out that himself was some great one: 10to whom they all gave heed, from the least to the greatest, saying, This man is the great power of God. 11 And to him they had regard, be- cause that of long time he had bewitched them with sorceries. 12 But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the * ταύτην THY ἁμαρτίαν LTrAW. z + τὴν the (city) Lr. ἐξήρχοντο (ἐξήρχετο G) GLTTrAW. { + καλουμένη called GLTTraw. LTTraw. TPASEL*. VII, Vile φωνῃ μεγάλῃ, Kupre, μὴ-στήσῳς αὐτοῖς heeried witha*voice ‘loud, Lord, lay not to them ὑτὴν.ἁμαρτίαν.ταύτην" Kai τοῦτο εἰπὼν ἐκοιμήθη. this sin. And this having said he fell asleep. 8 Σαῦλος.δὲ ἣν συνευδοκῶν τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ. And Saul was consenting tothe killing of him. ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν And took place θὰ. that day a persecution ‘great against the ἐκκλησίαν τὴν ἐν ἱΙεροσολύμοις᾽ πάντες.ἥτε! διεσπάρησαν assembly which[was] in Jerusalem, and all were scattered κατὰ τὰς χώρας τῆς lovdaiac καὶ “Σαμαρείας" πλὴν τῶν throughout the countries of Judwa and Samaria except the ἀποστόλων. 2 συνεκόμισαν.δὲ τὸν Στέφανον ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς, τὰ γόνατα ἔκραξεν the knees apostles. And *buried “Stephen 2men pious, καὶ "ἐποιήσαντο κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ. 3 Σαῦλος δὲ and made lamentation ‘great over him. But Saul ἐλυμαίνετο THY ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ.τοὺς. οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος, was ravaging the assembly, house *by ‘house entering, σύρων.τε ἄνδρας Kai γυναῖκας παρεδίδου εἰς φυλακήν. and dragging men and women delivered [them] up to prison. 4 Οἱ μὲν οὖν διασπαρέντες διῆλθον, εὐαγγελιζό- They who therefore had been scattered passed through, announcing the μενοι τὸν λόγον. 5 Φίλιππος.δὲ κατελθὼν sic? πόλιν glad tidings— the word. And Philip, going down’ to a city τῆς “Σαμαρείας exnovacey αὐτοῖς τὸν χριστόν. 6 προσεῖχόν of Samaria, proclaimed tothem the Christ; “gave *heed "re! οἱ ὄχλοι τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου ὁμο- land “the *crowds tothethings spoken by Philip with θυμαδόν, ἐν.τῷ.ἀκούειν.αὐτοὺς καὶ βλέπειν τὰ σημεῖα ἃ one accord, when they heard and saw the signs which ἐποίει. 7 ὑπολλῶν" γὰῪρῤ τῶν ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκά- he did. For of many of those who had spirits un- θαρτα, βοῶντα “μεγάλῃ φωνῇ ἐξήρχετο" πολλοὶ δὲ clean, ‘crying ὅν ἢ ®a 7loud ®voice ‘they 7went Sout; and many παραλελυμένοι Kai χωλοὶ ἐθεραπεύθησαν. 8 “kai ἐγένετο having been paralysed and lame were healed. And Swas χαρὰ μεγάλη" ἐν TH.70AELeKeivy. ἼΟΥ ‘great in that city. 9 ᾿Ανὴρ.δέ.ιτις ὀνόματι Σίμων προὐπῆρχεν ἐν τῷ πόλει But adertainman, by name Simon, wasformerly in the city μαγεύων καὶ “ἐξιστῶν" τὸ ἔθνος τῆς "Σαμαρείας," λέγων using magic arts and amazing the nation of Samaria, saying εἶναί τινα ἑαυτὸν μέγαν 10 ᾧ προσεῖχον πάντες 2.0 *be ‘some ‘himself great one. To whom ?were *giving *heed tall ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, λέγοντες, Οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ δύναμις from small to great, saying, This one _ is the power τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ | peyadn. 11 Προσεῖχον.δὲ airy, διὰ of God which [is] great. And they were giving heed tohim, because τὸ ἱκανῷ χρόνῳ ταῖς Suayetac' ἐξεστακέναι αὐτούς. that foralong time with the magic arts [he] had amazed them. 12 “Ored& ἐπίστευσαν τῷ Φιλίππῳ εὐαγγελιζομένῳ But when they believed Philip announcing the glad tidings— Υ ἐποίησαν ,, ἢ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ © ἐξιστάνων LITA. w δὲ LTrA; — Te T. x Σαμαρίας τ. a δὲ LTTrAW. Ὁ πολλοὶ LTTrA. 4 ἐγένετο δὲ πολλὴ χαρὰ LTTrA. & μαγιαις T. VIII. A€¢TS: bra! περὶ τῆς βασιλεί ὕ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀνό ἧς ασιλειας TOU VEOU KAL τοῦ OVOLAaATOC the things concerning the kingdom of God and_ the name ‘rov' ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἐβαπτίζοντο ἄνδρες.τε Kai γυναῖκες. of Jesus Christ, they were baptized bothmen and women. 13 ὁ.δὲ Σίμων Kai αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσεν, καὶ βαπτισθες ἦν Απᾶ Simon also himself believed, and having been baptized was προσκαρτερῶν τῷ Φιλίππῳ᾽ θεωρῶν τε ἔσημεῖα καὶ δυνά- steadfastly continuing with Philip; *beholding ‘and signs and *works “of μεις μεγάλας γινομένας," ἐξίστατο. 14 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ οἱ ‘power ‘great being done, was amazed. And *having Sheard 'the ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι ὅτι δέδεκται ἡ ἱΣαμάρεια" τὸν in *Jerusalem 7apostles that *had *received 1Samaria the λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸν!" Πέτρον καὶ v7 ᾽ word of God, they sent to them Peter and "Ἰωάννην" 15 οἵτινες καταβάντες προσηΐξαντο περὶ John ; who having come down prayed for αὐτῶν, ὅπως λάβωσιν πνεῦμα ἅγιον. 16 οὔπω". γὰρ them, that they might receive(the] 7Spirit ‘Holy; for not yet ἦν ἐπ᾽ οὐδενὶ αὐτῶν ἐπιπεπτωκός, μόνον.δὲ βεβαπ- was he upon any of them fallen, but only *bap- (it. no one) TLOMEVOL ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ. 17 τότε tized ΠΟΥ͂ “were to the name ofthe Lord Jesus. Then Ρἐπετίθουν'" rac χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, καὶ ἐκάμβανον πνεῦμα they laid hands upon them, and they received [the] Spirit ἅγιον. 18 “Θεασάμενος".δὲ ὁ Σίμων ὅτι διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως "Holy. But *having *seen Simon that by the laying on TOY χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων δίδοται TO πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον," ofthe hands of the apostles was given the Spirit the Holy, προσήνεγκεν αὐτοῖς χρήματα, 19 λέγων, Δότε κἀμοὶ τὴν he offered to them riches, saying, Give also to me ἐξουσίαν.ταύτην, wa wSdy ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας, Aap- this authority, that on whomsoever I may lay hands, he may re- βάν πνεῦμα ἅγιον. 20 Πέτρος. δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, ceive [the] 7Spirit ‘Holy. But Peter said to him, Τὸ ἀργύριόν.σου σὺν σοὺ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν: ὅτι τὴν Thy money with thee may it be to destruction, because the δωρεὰν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνόμισας διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι. 21 οὐκ gift of God thou didst think by Tiches _ to be obtained. sNot ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν TPACyw.TovTw* ἡ.γὰρ ‘there 215 to thee part nor lot in this matter ; for the καρδία σου οὐκ.ἔστιν εὐθεῖα "ἐνώπιον" τοῦ θεοῦ. 22 μετανόη- heart of thee is not right before God. Repent # σον οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας. σου ταὕτης, καὶ δεήθητι "row θεοῦ," therefore of 7thy“wickedness ‘this, and supplicate God, εἰ dpa ἀφεθήσεταί σοι ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς.καρδίας.σου. 23 εἰς if indeed may be forgiven to thee the thought of thy heart ; 7in γὰρ χολὴν πικρίας καὶ σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας ὁρῶ σε for agall of bitterness and a bond of unrighteousness Isee thee ὄντα. 24 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Σίμων εἶπεν, AenOnre ὑμεῖς ὑπὲρ to be. And “answering 1Simon said, Supplicate ye on behalf ? ~ ‘ A , . ‘ ? , ? > on ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ὕπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ ὧν of me to the Lord, sothat nothing maycome upon me of which h — τὰ LTITrAW. 1— τοῦ GLTTrAW. 1 Σαμαρία T. τὰ — τὸν LTTrAW. 0 Ἰωάνην Tr. LTTrA. ᾳ ἰδὼν GLTTraw. τ--- τὸ ἅγιον T[Tr]A. Υ τοῦ κυρίου the Lord LTTraw. 5" ἐὰν EGLTTrAW. 990 kingdom of God, and the name of Jesus Christ, they were bap- tized, both men and women. 13 Then Si- mon himself believed also : and when he was baptized, he continued with Philip, and won- dered, beholding the Iniracles and _ signs which were done. 14 Now when the apo- stles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent unto them Peter and John: 15 who, when they were come down, prayed for them, that they might re- ceive the Hcly Ghost : 16 (for as yet he was fallen upon none of them : only they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.) 17 Then laid they their hands on them, and they received the Holy Ghost. 18 And when Si- mon saw that through laying on of the apo- stles’ hands the Holy Ghost was given, he offered them money, 19 saying, Give me al- so this power, that on whomsoever I lay hands, he may re- ceive the Holy Ghost. 20 But Petersaid unto him, Thy money perish with thee, because thou hast thought that the gift of God may be purchased with money. 21 Thou hast neither part nor lot in this matter: for thy heart is not right in the sight of God. 22 Re- pent therefore of this thy wickedness, and pray God, if perhaps the thought of thine heart may be forgiven thee, 23 For 1 perceive that thou art in the all of bitterness, and in the bond of iniquity. 24 Then answered Si- mon, andsaid, Pray ye to the Lord for me, that none of these things which ye have spoken come upon me, Κ δυνάμεις Kal σημεῖα μεγάλα γινόμενα GW. © οὐδέπω LTTrAW. Ξ Ρ ἐπετίθεσαν τ ἔναντι GLTTrAW. 336 25 And they, when they had testified and preached the word of the Lord, returned to Jerusalem, and preached the gospel in many villages of the Samaritans, 26 And the angel of the Lord spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, and go toward the south unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is desert. 27 And he arose and went: and, behold, a man of Bthiopia, an eunuch of great autho- rity under Candace queen of the Ethio- pians, who had the charge of all her trea- sure, and had come to Jerusalem for to wor- ship, 28 was returning, and sitting in his cha- riot read Hsaias the prophet. 29 Then the Spirit said unto Philip, Go near, and join thy- self to this chariot. 30 And Philip ran thither to him, and heard him read the prophet Esaias, and said, Understandest thou what thou read- est? 31 And he said, How can I, except some man should guide me? And he desired Philip that he would come up and sit with him. 32 The place of the scripture which he read was this, He was led as a sheep to the slaughter ; and like a lamb dumb before his shearer, so opened he not his mouth: 33 in his humiliation his judg- ment was taken away: and who shall declare his generation? for his life is taken from the earth. 34 And the eu- nuch answered Philip, and said, I pray thee, of whom speaketh the prophet this? of him- self, or of some other man? 35 ‘hen Philip opened his mouth, and began at the same TIPASGEIS. VI. elonkare. 25 Οἱ μὲν οὖν διαμαρτυράμενοι Kai λαλή- ye have spoken. They therefore having earnestly testified and having σαντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, ὑπέστρεψαν" εἰς “Ἰερουσαλήμ," spoken the word ofthe Lord, returned to Jerusalem, πολλάς. τε κώμας τῶν ΥὑΣαμαρειτῶν" Τεὐηγγελίσαντο." and [0] ΤΥ villages of the Samaritans announced the glad tidings, 26 “AyyéAoc.dé κυρίου ἐλάλησεν πρὸς Φίλιππον, λέγων, But an angel οὗ [{Π6] Lord spoke to Philip, saying, ᾿Ανάστηθι Kai *7opsvov' κατὰ μεσημβρίαν, ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδὸν Rise up and go towards [the] south, on the way THY καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσάληῃ εἰς Τάζαν: αὕτη which goes down from erusalem to Gaza: the same ἐστὴν ἔρημος. 27 Kai ἀναστὰς ἐπορεύθη" Kai ἰδού, ἀνὴρ 15 desert. And having risen up he went. And lo, aman Αἰθίοψ εὐνοῦχος δυνάστης Κανδάκης ὕτῆς" βασιλίσσης an Ethiopian, aeunuch, one in power under Candace the queen Αἰθιύπων, ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς.γάζης. αὐτῆς, “ὃς" of [the] Ethiopians,-who was over all her treasure, - who ? ΄, , ae ΄ 5 ε ΄ ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, 28 ἢἦν.τε ὑποστρέφων #J had come “to *worship to erusalem, and was returning καὶ καθήμενος ἐπὶ Tov-doparoc.abrov, 4kai' ἀνεγίνωσκεν © and sitting in his chariot, and he was reading \ ΄ ε a4 5 ‘ ny ~ ~ 7 τὸν προφήτην Ἡσαΐαν. 29 εἶπεν.δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τῷ Φιλίππῳ, the prophet Esaias, Andsaid the Spirit to Philip, Πρόσελθε καὶ κολλήθητι τῷ.ἅρματι.τούτῳ. 30 Προσδραμὼνγ. δὲ Gonear and join thyself to this chariot. And running up ὁ Φίλιππος ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ ἀναγινώσκοντος frov προφήτην Philip heard him reading the prophet Ἡσαΐαν," καὶ εἶπεν, Β΄Αρά.γε" γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις; Esaias, and said, *Then*dost*thou know what thou readest? τις βΒὸδη- some one should 31 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Πῶς.γὰρ ἂνιδυναίμην ἐὰν. μή But he said, [No,] forhow shouldI beable unless ynoy' με; Παρεκάλεσέν.τε τὸν Φίλιππον ᾿ἀναβάντα καθίσαι guide me? And he besought Philip having comeup to sit σὺν αὐτῷ. 32 ἡ.δὲ περιοχὴ τῆς γραφῆς ἣν ἀνεγίνωσκεν with him. And the passage of the scripture which he was reading ἦν αὕτη, Ὥς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, Kai we ἀμνὸς was this, As a sheep to slaughter he wasled, and as alamb ἐναντίον τοῦ ἱκείροντος" αὐτὸν ἄφωνος, οὕτως οὐκ.ἀνοίγει before him who shears him [18] dumb, thus he opens not τὸ στόμα.αὐτοῦ. 88 ἐν τῇ.ταπεινώσει. "αὐτοῦ" ἡ κρίσις. αὐτοῦ his mouth, In his humiliation his judgment ἤρθη, τὴν. ἰδὲ γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται; ort wastaken να, andthe generation ofhim who _ shall declare? for αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ-ζωὴ αὐτοῦ. 34’ Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ εὐνοῦχος is taken from the earth his life. And answering the eunuch τῷ Φιλίππῳ εἶπεν, Δέομαί σου, περὶ τίνος ὁ προφήτης 7to*Philip ‘said, Ipray thee, concerning whom *the “prophet λέγει τοῦτο: περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, ἢ περὶ ἐἑτέρου.τινός ; says this? concerning himself, or concerning some other? 35 ᾿Ανοίξας.δὲ And *having *opened ὁ Φίλιππος τὸ.στόμα.αὐτοῦ, Kai ἀρξάμενος ?Philip his mouth, and having begun τ ὑπέστρεφον were returning LTTraw. 2 evnyyeAiGovro Were announcing the glad tidings LTTraw. © — ὃς LT[Tr]. 5 apaye @T. (vead the humiliation) utr. LTTraw. LTTra. x Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrA. Y Σαμαριτῶν v. ἃ πορεύθητι L. Ὁ — τῆς Γ Ἡσαΐαν τὸν προφήτην 4 — καὶ LI[Tr]W. e+ τε, and x. k — αὐτοῦ h ὁδηγήσει shall guide rrr. 1 κείραντος TA. 1— δὲ and Lrtz[A]. VIII, IX. ἀπὸ τῆς.γραφῆς.ταύτης, from this scripture, σοῦν. 36 we.dé ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, sus. And as they were going along’ the way, ACTS. εὐηγγελίσατο.αὐτῷ τὸν In- announced to him the glad tidings— Je- ἦλθον ἐπί they came upon τι Udwp’ Kai φησιν ὁ εὐνοῦχος, ᾿Ιδοὺ ὕδωρ' Ti κωλύει acertain water, and “says ‘the eunuch, Behold water; what hinders pe βαπτισθῆναι ; 37 "Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος, Εἰ πιστεύεις ἐξ me _ to be baptized? And ?said Philip, If thou believest from e ~ 7 Ν ? ‘ ,ὔ ὕλης τῆς καρδίας, ἔξεστιν. ᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ εἶπεν, Πιστεύω 2whole ‘the heart, it is lawful. And answering he said, I believe τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἶναι τὸν ’Inoovy χριστόν." 38 Kai ἐκέλευ - ®the *Son 7of ®God *to*be 1 Jesus *Christ. And hecom- σεν στῆναι τὸ dopa’ καὶ κατέβησαν ἀμάόξεροι εἰς manded *to ‘stand ‘still 'the *chariot. And they went down oth to TO ὕδωρ, ὕ.τε. Φίλιππος Kai ὁ εὐνοῦχος" καὶ ἐβάπτισεν αὐτόν. the water, both Philip andthe eunuch, and he baptized him. 39 ὅτειδὲ ἀνέβησαν ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος πνεῦμα κυρίου But when they came up out of the water [the] Spirit of [the] Lord 4 , ‘4 ‘ , « ἥρπασεν τὸν Φίλιππον" καὶ οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὁ caught away Philip, and saw *him ‘no ®longer 'the εὐνοῦχος, ἐπορεύετο.γὰρ τὴν. ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ χαίρων. 40 Φίλιππος eunuch, for he went his way rejoicing. ?Philip « , 2 » ‘ , ᾽ δὲ εὑρέθη εἰς “ACwrov καὶ διερχόμενος εὐηγ- *but was found at Azotus, and passing through he announced the γελίζετο τὰς πόλεις πάσας, ἕως τοῦ ἐλθεῖν. αὐτὸν εἰς glad tidings [0] 6 cities all, till he came to οΚαισάρειαν." Ceresarea. 9 ὋὉ.δὲ Σαῦλος ἔτι Ῥέμπνέων" ἀπειλῆς Kai φόνου εἰς But Saul, still breathing out threatenings and slaughter towards τοὺς μαθητὰς τοῦ κυρίου, προσελθὼν τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ 2 ῃτήσατο the disciples ofthe Lord, having come to the high priest asked παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐπιστολὰς εἰς Δαμασκὸν πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς, from him letters to Damascus, to the synagogues, ὕπως Tay! τινας εὕρῃ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντας" ἄνδρας.τε Kai so that if any hefound 7of*the *way ‘being both men and γυναῖκας, δεδεμένους aya εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. 8 ἐν.δὲ women, having bound he might bring [them] to Jerusalem, But in τῷ πορεύεσθαι proceeding EYEVETO αὐτὸν ἐγγίζειν τῇ Δαμασκῷ, "καὶ it came to pass he drew near to Damascus, and ἐξαίφνης" ἱπεριήστραψεν αὐτὸν" φῶς "ἀπὸ" τοῦ οὐρανοῦ" suddenly shone round about him alight from the heaven, 4 καὶ πεσὼν ἐπὶ THY γῆν ἤκουσεν φωνὴν λέγουσαν αὐτῷ, and having fallen on the earth heheard a voice saying to him, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί pe διώκεις ; 5 Ἐπεν.δέ, Τίς εἶπ, Saul, Saul, why me dost thou persecute? And he said, Who art thou, ΄ 5 « a. xf he 2 , ? ? ~ a ‘ κύριε; ὋὉ δὲ “κύριος εἶπεν, “Eyw εἰμι ᾿Ιησοῦς Υ ὃν σὺ Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou διώκεις" σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν. persecutest. [1 158] hard for thee against [the] goads to kick. 6 Τρέμων τε καὶ θαμβῶν εἶπεν, Κύριε, τί pe θέλεις Andtrembling and astonished he said, Lord, What me desirest thou 337 scripture,and preached unto him Jesus. 36 And as they went on their way, they came unto a certain water: and the eunuch said, See, here is water; what doth hinder me to be baptized ? 37 And Phi- lip said, Tf thou believ- est with all thine heart, thou mayest. And he answered and said, 1 believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God. 38 And he com- manded the chariot to stand still: and they went down both into the water, both Philip and the eunuch; and he baptized him. 39 And when they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip, that the eunuch saw him no more: and he went on his way re- joicing. 40 But Philip was found at Azotus: and passing through he preached in all the cities, till he came to Ceesarea. IX. And Saul, yet breathing out threat- enings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest, 2 and desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound un- to Jerusalem. 3 And as he journeyed, he came near Damascus : and suddenly there shined round about him a light from hea- ven: 4 and he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why perse- cutest thou me? 5 And he said, Who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, lam Jesus whom thou persecutest : it is hard for thee to kick a- gainst the pricks. 6And he trembling and asto- nished said, Lord,what wilt thou haye me to Ὁ — verse 37 GLTTrA. 5 ἐξαίφνης Te LTTrAW. Υ ἐκ out οὔτι. w+ [σύ] Α. Ναζωραῖος the Nazarene [L]w. ° Καισαρίαν 1. Ρ ἐνπνέων 1. 4 ἄν 1. r " fol « - ὄντας τῆς ὁδοῦ, τ. * περιέστραψεν αὐτὸν B; αὐτὸν περιέ- LL; αὐτὸν περιή- TTrAW. * — κύριος εἶπεν (read he [said]) trtraw. 2 — σκληρόν..... πρὸς αὐτόν (verse 6) GLTTraw. eet Z 998 do? And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. 7 And the men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing no man. 8 And Saul arose from the earth ; and when his eyes were opened, he saw noman: but they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus. 9 And he was three days with- out sight, and neither did eat nor drink. 10 And there was a certain disciple at Da- mascus, named Ana- nias; and to him said the Lord in a vision, Ananias, And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord. 11 And _ the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus: for, behold, he prayeth, 12 and bath seen in a vision a man named Ananias com- ing in, and putting his hand on him, that he might receive his sight. 13 Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how mucheyvil he hath done to thy saints at Jerusalem: 14 and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind allthat callon thy name. 15 But the Lord said unto him, @o thy way : for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel : 16 for Τ will shew him how great things he must suffer for my name’s sake. 17 And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands on him said, Brother Saul,the Lord, TPAG@EIS. ΙΧ. ποιῆσαι; Καὶ ὁ κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν," *’AvdornO καὶ to do? And the Lord [5414] to him, Rise up and εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν, Kai λαληθήσεταί σοι ὕτί)! ce δεῖ it shall be told thee what thee it behoves ποιεῖν. 7 Οἱ-δὲ ἄνδρες ot συνοδεύοντες αὐτῷ εἱστήκεισαν to do. But the men who were travelling with him stood σἐγγεοί." ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς μηδένα.δὲ θεωροῦντες. speechless, hearing indeed the voice but no one seeing. 8 ἠγέρθη.δὲ 40" Σαῦλος ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς᾽ “ἀνεῳγμένων" .δὲ τῶν And rose up Saul from the earth, and having been opened ? θ Xx ~ ? ~ f NOs ΠΩ ~ ’ " ὀφθαλμῶν.αὐτοῦ foidéva' ἔβλεπεν. χειραγωγοῦντες δὲ αὐτὸν his eyes no one he saw. But leading “by *the*hand *him εἰσήγαγον εἰς Δαμασκόν. 9 καὶ ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέ- they brought [him]to Damascus. Andhe was “days ‘three ποὺ see- } ᾽ » ᾽ δι τ , \ πων, καὶ οὐκιἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν. 10 Ην.δὲ τις μαθητὴς ing, and did not eat nor drink. And theré was acertain disciple ἐν Δαμασκῷ ὀνόματι Avaviag’ καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ϑὸ κύριος in Damascus byname aAnanias. And “said ‘*to ‘him ‘the ?Lord ? « ’ Π ? / «ε 4 ᾽ 4 ᾽ ’ , ἔν ὁράματι," ᾿Ανανία. ‘Ode εἶπεν, Ἰδοὺ ἐγώ, κύριε. in ἃ vision, Ananias. Andhe = said, Behold [here am] I, Lord. 11 ‘0.62 κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν, WAvaorac' πορεύθητι ἐπὶ Andthe Lord to him [said], Having risen up go into τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Ἐὐθεῖαν, καὶ ζήτησον ἐν enter into the city, and οἰκίᾳ the street which is called Straight, and seek in [the] house Ἰούδα Σαῦλον ὀνόματι, Ταρσέα. ἰδοὺ.γὰρ προσεὔχεται, of Judas[one] Saul by name, of Tarsus: for lo he prays, 12 καὶ εἶδεν ἱὲν ὁράματι ἄνδρα" Ἑὀνόματι ᾿Ανανίαν" εἰσελθόντα andhesaw in avision aman by name Ananias coming καὶ ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ ‘ysipa," ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃ. 13 ᾿Απε- and putting onhim ahand, sothat he should receive sight. "An- κρίθη δὲ ™o'’Avaviac, Κύριε, "ἀκήκοα! ἀπὸ πολλῶν περὶ swered ‘and Ananias, Lord, I have heard from many concerning Tov.avdpoc.rovTov, boa κακὰ “ἐποίησεν τοῖς. ἁγίοις. σου" ἐν this man, how many evils he did to thy saints in Ἱερουσαλήμ᾽ 14 καὶ ὧδε ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων Jerusalem ; and here he has authority from the chief priests δῆσαι πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ. Ὀνομά.σου. 15 Εἶπεν δὲ to bind all who call on thy name. And *said πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος, Πορεύου, ὅτι σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς μοι *to Shim ‘the *Lord, Go, for avessel of election to me éoriv' οὗτος, τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ.ὄνομά.μου ἐνώπιον «ἐθνῶν " is this [man], to bear my name before Gentiles kai βασιλέων, υἱῶν.τε ᾿Ισραήλ. 16 ἐγὠ.γὰρ ὑποδείξω and kings, and [the] sons of Israel : for I will shew αὐτῷ doa δεῖ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ.ὀνόματός. μου παθεῖν. to him how much it behoves him for my name to suffer. 17 ᾿Απῆλθεν.δὲ ᾿Ανανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς THY οἰκίαν, Kai And ?went γα ‘Anmanias and entered into the house; and ? ‘ ? , ? A Ay ~ 4 ᾽ Ψ «- ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας εἶπεν, Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ, ὁ having laid upon him [his] hands hesaid, Saul ‘brother, the a + adda but GLTTrAW. μένων LA; ἡνοιγμένων T. Ἀ᾿Ανάστα Rise up L. | τὰς (— τὰς TTr) χεῖρας the hands LTTr. © τοῖς ἁγίοις σον ἐποίησεν LTTrA. LTITra. heard Lrtra. Ὁ ὅ τι 1ττὰ. Ὁ ἐνεοί LTTrAW. 4—6OLTTrAW. © ἤνεῳγ- f οὐδὲν nothing Lrtrw. & ἐν ὁράματι ὃ κύριος LTTrAW. ι-- ἐν ὁράματε EVA; ἄνδρα [ἐν ὁράματι] Tr. k’Avaviav ὀνόματι τὶ — 9 GLTTrAW. 2 ἤκουσα I Ρ ἐστίν μοι LTTrAW. 4 + τῶν the L. τ + re both (Gentiles) LTTraw. IX. ASC AMS: , > , , ? ~ c ? , > ~ caw κύριος ἀπέσταλκέν με, ᾿Ιησοῦς ὁ ὀφθείς σοι ἐν Ty ὁδῷ Lord has sent me, Jesus who appeared tothee in the way ῃ ἤρχου, ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς πνεύ- in which thou camest, that thou mightestreceivesight and be filled with{the] ματος ἁγίου. 18 Καὶ εὐθέως “ἀπέπεσον ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν Spirit ‘Holy. And immediately fell from “eyes αὐτοῦ" ὡσεὶ" ἀνεβλεψέν.τε *his as it were and he received sight ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη, 19 καὶ λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν" having risen up was baptized ; and haying taken food he wasstrengthened. ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ “ὁ Σαῦλος" pera τῶν ἐν Δαμασκῷ μαθητῶν ἡμέρας And *was 1Saul with the 7in *Damascus ‘disciples ‘days τινάς" 20 καὶ εὐθέως ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ἐκήρυσσεν “οαγύδίῃ. And immediately ἢ the synagogues he was proclaiming TOV *ypLtoTOY,' ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 ἐξίσταντο. δὲ Christ, that he is the Son of God. And *were *amazed πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες, καὶ ἔλεγον, Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ‘all who heard, and said, "Not “this tis hewho destroyed Yev' Ἱερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ.Ὀνομα.τοῦτο, καὶ in Jerusalem those who called on this name, and ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει ἵνα δεδεμένους αὐτοὺς ἀγά here for this hadcome__ that ‘bound *them ‘he ?7might “bring ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς ; 32 Σαῦλος.δὲ μᾶλλον ἐνεδυναμοῦτο, Kai to the chief priests? But Saul more increasedin power, and *ouvexuver "τοὺς" ᾿Ιουδαίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν Δαμασκῷ, καὶ and ὑπαραχρῆμα. instantly, λεπίδες, scales, confounded the Jews who dwelt in Damascus, συμβιβάζων ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός. 23 ὡς. δὲ ἐπληροῦντο proving that this is the Christ. Now when were fulfilled ἡμέραι ἱκαναί, συνεβουλεύσαντο οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ἀνελεῖν αὐ- days tmany, ‘consulted *together *the ‘Jews to put to death him, τόν" 24 ἐγνώσθη.δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ.ἐπιβουλὴ.αὐτῶν. ὕπαρε- But became known to Saul ~ their plot. They *were τήρουν" ὅτε τὰς πύλας ἡμέρας.τε καὶ νυκτός, ὕπως αὐτὸν “watching ‘and the gates both day and _ night, that him ἀνέλωσιν" 25 λαβόντες.δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ" νυκτὸς they might put to death ; but taking him the disciples by night εκαθῆκαν διὰ τοῦ reiyouc'!, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι. letdown ?through*the ‘wall [him], lowering [him] ἴῃ a basket. 26 Παραγενόμενος. δὲ ἐὸ Σαῦλος" *eic' Ἱερουσαλήμ; Ἰξέπει- And “having “arrived 1Saul at erusalem, he at- paro' κολλᾶσθαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς" Kai πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο tempted tojoin himself to the disciples, and all were afraid of αὐτόν, μὴ πιστεύοντες Ort ἐστὶν μαθητής. 27 BapyaBac.dé him, not believing that heis 8 disciple. But Barnabas ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτόν, ἤγαγεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ having taken him, brought [him] to the apostles, and διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἶδεν τὸν κύριον, Kai ὅτι related tothem how in the way he saw the Lord, and that ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, καὶ πῶς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ἐπαῤῥησιάσατο ἐν τῷ 333 even Jesus, that ap peared unto thee in the way as thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. 18 And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he re- ceived sight forth- with, and arose, and was baptized. 19 And when he had received meat, he was strength- ened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were nt Damascus. 20 And straightway he preach- ed Christ in the syna- gogues, that he is the Son of God. 21 Butall that heard him were amazed, and said; Is not this he that de stroyed them which called on this name in Jerusalem, and came hither for that intent, that he might bring them bound unto the chief priests? 22 But Saulincreased the more in strength, and con- founded the Jews which dwelt at Damas- cus, proving that this is very Christ. 23 And after that many days were fulfilled,the Jews took counsel to Kil him; 24 but their lay- ing await was known of Saul. And they watched the gates day and night to kill him. 25 Then the disciples took him by night, and let him down by the wallin a basket. 26 And when Saul was come to Jerusa- lem, he assayed to join himself to the disci- ples: but they were all afraid of him, and be- lieved not that he was a disciple. 27 But Bar- nabas took him, and brought him to the a- postles, and declared unto them how he had seen the Lord in the way, and that he had spoken to him, and how he had preached boldly hespoke tohim, and how in Damascus he spoke boldly in the at Damascus in the ew kei? ~ τῷ ἘΣ ᾽ ΣΕ ᾿ , name of Jesus, 28 And ονόματι “τοῦ" Ἰησοῦ. 28 καὶ ἦν μετ αὐτῶν εἰσπορευόμενος he was with them com- name of Jesus. And he was with them coming in ing in and going out 5 ἀπέπεσαν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν LTTrA. t ὡς LTTr. ¥ — παραχρῆμα GLTTrA, * — ὁ Σαῦλος (read he was) GLTTraW. έχυννεν TA. * — τοὺς Τ. > παρετηροῦντο LTTrAW. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ his disciples LTTra. ¢ διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν LTTra. ξ — ὁ Σαῦλος GLTTrAW. Β ἐν in L. i ἐπείραζεν LTTr. x Ἰησοῦν Jesus GLTTraw. ς δὲ καὶ and also LTTrA. £4 αὐτὸν him LTtra. k — χοῦ LTTra. = συν- do Υ εἰς at τ. 940 at Jerusalem. 29 And he spake boldly in the name of the Lord Je- sus, and disputed a- gainst the Grecians: but they went about to slay him. 30 Which when the brethren knew, they brought him down to Cxsarea, and sent him forth to Tarsus. 31 Then had the churches _ rest throughout all Judea and Galilee and Sama- Fria, and were edified ; and walking in the fear of the Lord, and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost, were mul- tiplied. 32 And it came to pass, as Peter passed throughout all quar- ters, he came down also to thesaints which dwelt at Lydda. 33 And there he found a cer- tain man named Aine- as, which had kept his bed eight years, and was sick of the palsy. 34 And Peter said unto him, neas, Jesus Christ maketh thee whole: arise, and make thy bed. And he arose immediately. 35 And all that dwelt at Lydda and Saron saw him, and turned tothe Lord. 36 Now there was at Joppa a certain disci- pie named Tabitha, which by interpreta- tion is called Dorcas : this woman was full of good works and almsdeeds which she did. 37 And it came to pass in those days, that she was sick, and died : whom when they had washed, they laid her in an upper cham- ber. 38 And forasmuch as Lydda was nigh to Joppa, and the disci- les had heard that eter was there, they sentuntohimtwomen, desiring him that he TPAGZEIS. IX. καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος ἱέν᾽ ἱΙερουσαλήμ, ™Kai' παῤῥησιαζόμενος and going out in Jerusalem, and speaking boldly ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου ™ Inaov'! 29 ἐλάλει.τε Kai συνεζήτει in the name ofthe Lord Jesus. And he spoke and discussed πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς" οἱ. δὲ ἐπεχείρουν “αὐτὸν ave- with the Hellenists ; but they took in hand *him 1to #put to λεῖν." 30 ἐπιγνόντες. δὲ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς death. But having known [it] the brethren broughtdown him ἴο ΡΚαισάρειαν," καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν" εἰς 'αρσόν. 31 *At' Cesarea, and sent away him to ‘Tarsus. The μὲν οὖν "ἐκκλησίαι! καθ᾽ ὕλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Γαλι- ?indeed *then and = = Gali- λαίας καὶ ‘Zapapeiac' Yelyor' εἰρήνην, “οἰκοδομούμεναι καὶ 166 and Samaria ha peace, being built up and πορευόμεναι" τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ going on inthe fear ofthe Lord, and inthe comfort of the ἁγίου πνεύματος "ἐπληθύνοντο." Holy Spirit were increased. 32 ᾿Ἐγένετο. δὲ Πέτρον διερχόμενον διὰ πάντων, Now it came to pass [that] Peter, passing through all κατελθεῖν Kai πρὸς τοὺς ἁγίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας {quarters], wentdown also to the saints that inhabited γΛύδδαν." 33 εὗρεν. δὲ ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα *Alvéay ὀνόματι," Lydda, And he found there a certain man, 4ineas by name, ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ Ἀκραββάτῳ," ὃς ἦν παρα- for “years ‘eight lying on a couch, who was para- λελυμένος. 34 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος, Aivéa, ἰᾶταί σε lysed. And 7said “to *him Peter, ‘ineas, ‘heals *thee Ἰησοῦς °6' yowrog? ἀνάστηθι Kai στρῶσον σεαυτῷ. Jesus the “Christ; rise up, and spread ([acouch] for thyself. Kai εὐθέως ἀνέστη 85 καὶ “εἶδον᾽ αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ And immediately he rose up. And saw him all those ~ . YA ἡδὸ ll \ ᾿ dy ~ li -“ ? A κατοικουντες VOOaVY και TOV ApWVAY,” OLTLVEC ETTEDTPE αν inhabiting Lydda and the Saron, who turned ‘assemblies throughout ?whole 'the of Judxa ’ \ ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. to the Lord. 36 Ἔν. ἸΙύόππῃ.δε τις ἦν μαθήτρια ὀνόματι Ταβιθά, Andin Joppa “8 δοουίωϊῃ. 'σγαβ disciple, by name Tabitha, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται Δορκάς" αὕτη ἦν πλήρης “ἀγαθῶν which beinginterpreted iscalled Dorcas, She was full of good ἔργων" Kai ἐλεημοσυνῶν ὧν ἐποίει" 37 ἐγένετο.δὲ ἐν ταῖς works and of alms which she did. And it came to pass in ἡμέραις.ἐκείναις ἀσθενήσασαν αὐτὴν ἀποθανεῖν" λούσαν- those days {that] having sickened she died ; “having TEC δὲ Γαὐτὴν ἔθηκανα ἐν ἡ ὑπερῴῳ. 88 ἐγγὺς .δὲ ?washed ‘and her they put [her] in an upper room. And *near οὔσης "Λύυδδης" τῇ Ἰόππῃ; οἱ μαθηταὶ ἀκούσαντες Ore ἸΤέτρος 2being ‘Lydda to Joppa, the disciples having heard that Peter ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ ἀπέστειλαν δύο ἄνδρας πρὸς αὐτόν. παρα- is in it sent two men to him, beseech- leis at LTTrAW. P Καισαρίαν T. τ Σαμαρίας T. LITraw. Γ ἔθηκαν αὐτὴν TTr. Υ εἶχεν LTTrAW. θύνετο was increased LTTraw. b — ὃ LTTrw. τὰ — καὶ LTTrA. 4ᾳ — αὐτὸν L. n — Ἰησοῦ LYTraW. ο ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν LTTrAW. τ Ἢ LTTraw. 5 ἐκκλησία assembly Lrtraw. W οἰκοδομουμένη καὶ πορευομένη LTTrAW. χα ἐπλη- Υ Αὐδδα LITrA. 7 ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν LTTrAW. κραβάττον 4 Σάρωνα EGLTTrAW. © ἔργων ἀγαθῶν LTrw. bh Avddas Tra. ¢ εἶδαν LTTra. Ε + τῷ the x. axe ACTS. καλοῦντες ἱμὴ ὀκνῆσαι! διελθεῖν Ewe Ξαὐτῶν." 39 ἀναστὰς ing {him} not to delay tocome to them. 7Having “risen *up δὲ Πέτρος συνῆλθεν αὐτοῖς ὃν παραγενόμενον ἀνήγαγον land Peter went with them, whom, havingarrived they brought εἰς TO ὑπερῷον, καὶ παρέστησαν αὐτῷ πᾶσαι ai χῆραι into the upperroom, and stood by him all the widows κλαίουσαι καὶ ἐπιδεικνύμεναι χιτῶνας Kai ἱμάτια ὅσα weeping and shewing tunics ? é- and garments which *was ποίει μετ᾽ αὐτῶν οὖσα ἡ Δορκάς. 40 ἐκβαλὼν.δὲ ἔξω πάντας *making ®with ‘them “Ῥεΐϊπρ' ‘Dorcas. But *having put Sout “all ὁ ἹΠέτρος, 'O&ic τὰ γόνατα προσηύξατο᾽ Kai ἐπιστρέψας ‘Peter, having bowed the knees he prayed. And haying turned πρὸς τὸ σῶμα εἶπεν, Ταβιθά, ἀνάστηθι. ᾿Ἡ.δὲ ἤνοιξεν to the body hesaid, Tabitha, Arise. And ghe opened τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῆς Kai ἰδοῦσα τὸν Πέτρον ἀνεκάθισεν. her eyes, and seeing Peter she sat up. 41 δοὺς. δὲ αὐτῇ χεῖρα ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν, φωνήσας. δὲ And havinggiven her [his] hand heraisedup her, and having called Tove ἁγίους Kai τὰς χήρας παρέστησεν αὐτὴν ζῶσαν. 42 γνω- the saints and the widows he presented her living. *Known στὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ᾽ ὕλης πτῆς! Ἰόππης; καὶ "πολλοὶ land 310 *became throughout *whole ‘the of Joppa, and many ἐπίστευσαν" ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον: 43 éyéverocé οἡ μέρας believed on the Lord. And it came to pass [that] ‘days ἱκανὰς μεῖναι αὐτὸν" ἐν ᾿Ιόππῃ παρά τινι Σίμωνι βυρσεῖ. Smany abode the in Joppa with acertain Simon a tanner. 10 ᾿Ανὴρ.δέ.τις PAv' ἐν Wacapeia' ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, Butacertainman was in Cawsarea by name Cornelius, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Iraduxije, 2 εὐ- a centurion of aband which is called Italic, pious σεβὴς Kai φοβούμενος τὸν θεὸν σὺν παντὶ τῷ.οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ, and fearing God with all his house, ποιῶν."τε" ἐλεημοσύνας πολλὰς τῷ λαῷ, καὶ δεόμενος both doing ‘alms ‘much tothe people, and supplicating τοῦ θεοῦ "διαπαντός." 8. εἶδεν ἐν ὁράματι φανερῶς, ὡσεὶ " God continually, Hesaw in avision plainly, about ὥραν "ἐννάτην" τῆς ἡμέρας, ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθόντα shour 1the “ninth of the day, an angel of God coming ‘ > , ‘ ? , ? ~ / ε 4 ? πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ εἰπόντα αὐτῷ, Κορνήλιε. 4 Ὁ δὲ ἀτε- to him, and saying tohim, Cornelius. But he having looked νίσας αὐτῷ καὶ ἔμφοβος γενόμενος εἶπεν, Τί ἐστιν, κύριε: intently onhim and ‘afraid ‘becoming said, What isit, Lord? εἶπεν.δὲ αὐτῷ, Αἱ προσευχαί.σου καὶ αἱ.ἐλεημοσύναι. σου And he said tohim, Thy prayers and thine alms ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον “ἐνώπιον" τοῦ θεοῦ. 5 Kai νῦν 816 ΌΠΘ ΠΡ for a memorial before God. And now πέμψον “εἰς ᾿Ιόππην ἄνδρας," καὶ μετάπεμψαι Σίμωνα ὃς send "to Joppa tmen, and send for Simon who 2 ~ f re ΄ , , ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος" 6 οὗτος ξενίζεται παρά τινι Σίμωνι is surnamed Peter. He lodges with .acertain Simon βυρσεῖ, ᾧ ἐστιν οἰκία παρὰ θάλασσαν" Τοῦτος λαλήσει σοι atanner, whose 5218 Mhouse by [the] sea; he shall tell thee i μὴ ὀκνήσῃς delay not LTTraw. κΚ ἡμῶν us LTTrAW. Ὁ ἐπίστευσαν πολλοὶ LITrAW. GLTTraw. 4 Καισαρίᾳ T. ¥ ἐνάτην LTTrAw. (Simon) trtra. το τε LTTrAW. 5 διὰ παντός LTrA. ’ ἔμπροσθεν LTTrA. 1 ἄνδρας εἰς ᾿Ιόππην LITrAW. 2 — οὗτος λαλήσει σοι τί σε δεῖ ποιεῖν GLTTrAW. 1+ καὶ and LTTraw. ο αὐτὸν ἡμέρας ἱκανὰς μεῖναι LTr 3; — αὐτὸν τ. 341 would not delay to cometo them. 39 Then Peter arose and went with them. When he was come,they brought him into the upper chamber: and all the widows stood by him weeping, and shewing the coats and garments which Dorcas made, while she was with them. 40 But Peter put them all forth, and kneeled down, and | abe and turning im to the body said, Tabitha, arise. And she opened her eyes: and when she saw Pe- ter, she sat up. 41 And he gave her Ais hand, and lifted her up, and when he had called the saints and widows, presented her alive, 42 And it was known throughout all Joppa; and many believed in the Lord. 43 And it came to pass, that he tarried many days in Joppa with one Simon a tanner. X. There was acer- tain man in Cesaresa called Cornelius, acen- turion of the band called the Italian ba 2 a devout man, an one that feared God with all his house, which gavemuch alms to the people, and prayed to God alway. 3 He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God com- ing in to him, andsay- ing unto him, Corne- lius. 4 And when he looked on him, he was afraid, and said, What is it, Lord? And he said unto him, Thy prayers and thine alms are come up for a memorial before God. 5 And now send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon, whose sur- name is Peter: 6 he lodgethwithoneSimon a tanner, whose house is by the sea side: he shall tell thee what m [τῆς] Tr. Ῥ-- ἦν t + περὶ LITraw. Υ + τινα a certain 942 thou oughtest to do. 7 And when the angel which spake unto Cor- nelius was departed, he called two of his house- hold servants, and a devout soldier of them that waited on him continually; 8 and when he had declared all these things unto them, he sent them to Joppa. 9 On the mor- row, #8 they went on their journey, and drew nigh unto the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to ray about the sixth our: 10 and he be- came very hungry, and would have eaten : but whilethey madeready, he fell into a trance, 11 and saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending unto him, asit had been a great sheet knit at the four corners, and let down to the earth: 12 wherein were all manner of fourfooted beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and ereeping things, and fowls of the air. 13 And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill, andeat. 14 But Peter said, Not so, Lord ; for Ihave never eaten any thing that is common or unclean. 15 And the voice spake unto him again the second time, What God hath cleans- ed, that call not thou common. 16 This was done thrice : and the vessel was received up again into heaven. 17 Now while Peter doubted in _ himself what this vision which he had seen should mean, behold, the men which were sent from Cornelius had made inquiry for Simon’s house, and stood be- fore the gate, 18 and called, and asked whether Simon, which was surnamed Peter, were lodged there. 19 While Peter thought on the vision, the Spi- tit said unto him, Be- TIPAGEI®. p. © Tl σε δεῖ ποιεῖν." 7 Ὡς. δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ what *thee ‘it 7behoves to do. And when “departed 'the “angel who λαλῶν ὅτῷ Κορνηλίῳ," φωνήσας δύο τῶν οἰκετῶν "αὐτοῦ," spoke to Cornelius, having called two of his servants, καὶ στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ, 8 Kai and a “soldier Ipious ofthose continually waiting on him, and ἐξηγησάμενος “αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα' ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν having related tothem all things he sent them to ᾽ , ~ ᾿ J UJ c , d " ΄ " ‘ Ιύόππην. 9 Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ὁδοιπορούντων “ἐκείνων" καὶ Joppa. Andonthe morrow, as 7?are *journeying these and πόλει ἐγγιζόντων, ἀνέβη Πέτρος ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα προσ- ie city drawing near, “went*up ‘Peter on the housetop to εὐἕασθαι, περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην. 10 éyéverodé πρόσπεινος; pray, ‘about “hour ‘the sixth. And he became very hungry, iS, λ ΄ θ - LA 5 e2 , I f2 ’ kai ἤθελεν γεύσασθαι: παρασκευαζόντων.δὲ “ἐκείνων" ἰἐπέ- and wished to eat. But as *were “making ‘ready 1they 7fell πεσεν" ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις, 11 καὶ θεώμεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγ- ‘upon "him ‘a “trance, and he beholds the heaven opened, μένον, καὶ καταβαῖνον 8x’ αὐτὸν" σκεῦός τι ὡς ὀθόνην and descending upon him a ?vessel’certain, as a “sheet μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς "δεδεμένον, καὶ" καθιέμενον ἐπὶ great, by four corners bound, and let down upon τῆς γῆς 12 ἐν ᾧ ὑπῆρχεν πάντα τὰ τετράποδα ἱτῆς γῆς the earth ; in which were all the quadrupeds of the earth kai τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ" xai*ra' πετεινὰ τοῦ ov- and the wild beasts and the creepingthings and the birds ofthe hea- pavov. 18 καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν, ᾿Αναστάς, Tlézpe, ven. And came avoice to im, Havingrisen up, Peter, θῦσον καὶ φάγε. 14 ‘O.dé-Ilérpog εἶπεν, Μηδαμῶς, κύριε" ὅτι kill and eat. But Peter said, Innowise, Lord; for οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν ἰἢ" ἀκάθαρτον. 15 Kai φωνὴ never did I eat anything common or unclean. And a voice πάλιν ἐκ.δευτέρου πρὸς αὐτόν, “A ὁ θεὸς ™ixabapioer," {came]again thesecondtime to him, What God cleansed, σὺ μὴ Koivov. 16 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ. τρίς" καὶ "πάλι ν" thou ?not 'makecommon. And this took place thrice, and agai οἀνελήφθη" τὸ σκεῦος εἰς TOY οὐρανόν. 17 Ὥς. δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ wastakenup the vessel into the heaven. Andas ‘in ‘him? ; , ~ 4 , , γούσης pot, ᾿Αναστάς, Ilérpe, θῦσον καὶ φάγε. 8 εἶπον. δέ, ing to me, Having risen up, Peter, kill and eat. But I said, Μηδαμῶς, κύριε: Ore "πᾶν" κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε In no wise, Lord, for anything common or unclean never εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ. στόμα.μου. 9 ἀπεκρίθη.δέ ὕμοι! φωνὴ ἐκ. δευ- entered into my mouth. But answered ‘me ‘a ?voice the second τέρου ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, “A ὁ θεὸς Séxabapiev," σὺ μὴ time out of the heaven, What God cleansed, thou “ποὺ κοίνουι 10 rovro.dé ἐγένετο ἐπὶ. τρίς, καὶ “πάλιν ave- 1make common. and And this took place thrice, again σπάσθη! ἅ ic τὸν οὐρανόν. 11 καὶ ἰδού, “ἐξαυτῆς! τρεῖς ἡ ἀπαντα εἰς ΤΟΊ ουρανον. και LOOU, ἐξαυτῆς TOELC drawn up all into the heaven. And lo, at once three ἄνδρες ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐν ἡ Hunr,' ἀπεσταλμένοι men steod at the house in which I was, sent ἀπὸ ®&Kacapeiac' πρός pe. 12 εἴπεν.δὲ μοι τὸ πνεῦμα," was from Cresarea to me, And ‘said *to®'me’the Spirit, συνελθεῖν αὐτοῖς, ἱμηδὲν διακρινόμενον"" ἦλθον.δὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ to go with them, nothing doubting. And went with me καὶ ot ἐξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι, καὶ εἰσήλθομεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ also “six “brethren ‘these, and oweentered into the house of the ἀνδρός, 18 amnyyenrév*re ἡμῖν πῶς εἶδεν τὸν ἄγγελον ἐν man, and he related tous how hesaw_ the angel in τῷ.οἴκῳ.αὐτοῦ σταθέντα Kai εἰπόντα ἰαὐτῷ,! ᾿Απόστειλον εἰς his house standing and saying to him, Send *to ’ , m » I ‘ ’ , 4 ’ , Ιόππην “ἄνδρας, kai μετάπεμψαι Σίμωνα τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον *Joppa men, and send for Simon who is surnamed Πέτρον, 14 ὃς λαλήσει ῥήματα πρός σε ἐν.οἷς σωθήσῃ Peter, who shall speak words to thee whereby shalt be saved ‘ ‘ ~ « , ’ ‘ ~ , ~ σὺ Kai πᾶς ὁ.οἴκός. σου. 15 év.dé τῷ. ἄρξασθαί.με λαλεῖν thou and all thy house. And in my beginning to speak ἐπέπεσεν TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ᾽ *fell the Spirit “the *Holy upon _ them, evenas also upon ἡμᾶς ἐν ἀ 16 ἐμνήσθην.δὲ τοῦ ῥήματος " κυρίου, us in [086] beginning. And I remembered the word of [the] Lord, ὡς ἔλεγεν, °lwavync! μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς. δὲ how he said, John indeed baptized with water, butye βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. 17 Et οὖν τὴν ἴσην shall be baptized with(the) Spirit Holy. If then the like δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς we Kai ἡμῖν, πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ 18 When they heard gift “gave “to*them ‘*God as το tous, having ee on these things, they τὸν κύριον Ιησοῦν χριστόν, ἐγὼ. δὲ" τίς ἤ νατὸ 1 ; , ἐγὼ. ς ἤμην υνατὸς held their peace, and 9 = Lord Jesus ὀ Christ, andI, who wasI,[tobe] able κωλῦσαι τὸν θεόν ; 18 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ ταῦτα ἡσύχασαν, to forbid God? And having heard these things they were silent, Υ ἄχρι TTrA. + καὶ also LTTrA. ® — πᾶν GLTTrAW. b — wou LTTra. © ἐκαθέρι- σεν Tr. ἃ ἀνεσπάσθη πάλιν LTTrA. © ἐξ αὐτῆς A. [ἦμεν We were LTTr. & Kate σαρίας 1. h τὸ πνεῦμά μοι LTTrA. i μηδὲν διακρίναντα LTTr ; --- μηδὲν διακρινόμενον A. k δὲ LTTr. — αὐτῷ LTTr. m — ἄνδρας GLTTrAW. n + τοῦ of the GLTIN AW. οἸωάνης Tr. p — δὲ and urTr[a]. XI. ACTS. καὶ “ἐδόξαζον" τὸν θεόν, λέγοντες, τ΄Αραγεὶ Kai τοῖς ἔθνεσιν and glorified God, saying, Then indeed also to the Gentiles ὁ θεὸς THY μετάνοιαν "ἔδωκεν εἰς ζωήν." God 2repentance ‘gave unto life. 19 Οἱ μὲν οὖν διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς They indeed therefore who were scattered by the tribulation that γενομένης ἐπὶ "Στεφάνῳ," διῆλθον ἕως Φοινίκης καὶ Κύπρου took place upon Stephen, passedthrough to Phceenicia and Cyprus καὶ ᾿Αντιοχείας, μηδενὶ λαλοῦντες τὸν λόγον εἰ μὴ μόνον and Antioch, to no one speaking the word except “only Ἰουδαίοις. 20 ἦσαν.δὲ τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες Κύπριοι καὶ ‘to "Jews. But were certain *of “them ‘men Cypriots and Κυρηναῖοι, οἵτινες "εἰσελθόντες" εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν, ἐλάλουν * Cyrenians, who having come into Antioch, spoke 4 δ χ' Ἐλλ 4 tl , rn ζ , A ye 7 προς τους ἡνιστας EVaYYE t OMEVOL TOV Kt O0tor to the Hellenists, announcing the glad tidings— the Lord ᾿Ιησοῦν. 21 καὶ ἦν εὶρ κυρίου μετ᾽ αὐτῶν" πολύς.τε Jesus. And *was ['the] “hand of (*the]*Lord with them, and a great > 4 , ? , τ " " [2 ᾽ ἀριθμὸς Υ πιστεύσας ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. 22 ᾿Ηκούσθη number having believed turned to the Lord. *Was *heard δὲ ὁ λόγος sic τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν “Ἴερο- ‘and *the*report in the ears ofthe assembly which [Ὑ788] in Jeru- godtvpoc' περὶ αὐτῶν" καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν Βαρνάβαν ὕδιελ- salem concerning them; and _ they sent forth Barnabas to go θεῖν! ἕως ᾿Αντιοχείας. 28 ὃς παραγενόμενος καὶ ἰδὼν through asfaras Antioch: who having come and haying seen τὴν χάριν © τοῦ θεοῦ ἐχάρη, Kai παρεκάλει πάντας τῇ.προθέσει the grace of God rejoiced, and exhorted all with purpose τῆς καρδίας προσμένειν τῷ Kvpip’ 24 ὅτι ἦν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς ofheart toabidewith the Lord; for he wasa*man_ ‘good καὶ πλήρης πνεύματος ἁγίου Kai πίστεως. Kai προσετέθη and full of [the] *Spirit ‘Holy and _ of faith. And was added ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ κυρίῳ. 25 ᾿Εξῆλθεν δὲ εἰς Ταρσὸν “ὁ Βαρ- a?crowd ‘large tothe Lord. And ?went*forth*to ®°Tarsus 1Bar- vaBac' ἀναζητῆσαι Lavrov, 26 καὶ εὑρὼν eavrov" ἤγαγεν nabas tose k Saul ; and having found him he brought ἑαὐτὸν" εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν. ἐγένετοδεὲ ἰαὐτοὺς" ἐνιαυτὸν him to Antioch. And it came to pass they a “year ὅλον συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, Kai διδάξαι ὄχλον 1whole were gathered togetherin the assembly, and taught a “crowd ἱκανόν, χρηματίσαι.τε ϑπρῶτον" ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαθητὰς Marge: and “were ‘called “first 7in *Antioch 1the disciples Χριστιανούς. Christians, 27 Ἔν.ταύταις.δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων And in these days came down from Jerusalem ~ 2 ᾽ , ? 3 Ἁ - ? προφῆται sic ᾿Αντιόχειαν. 28 avacrac.dé εἷς ἐξ prophets to Antioch ; and *having frisen 7up ‘one *from “among αὐτῶν ὀνόματι “AyaBoc, ἐσήμανεν" διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, “them, by name Agabus, he signified by the Spirit, Λιμὸν ipéyav' μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι ἐφ᾽ ὅλην THY οἰκουμένην" 947 glorified God, saying, Then hath God alse to the Gentiles grant- od Tepentance unto 6. 19 Now they whick were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Ste- phen travelled as far as Phenice,and Cyprus, and Antioch, preach- ing the word to none but unto the Jews only. 20 And some of them were men of Cy- prus and Cyrene, which, when they were come to Antioch, spake unto the Grecians, preaching the Lord Jesus. 21 And the hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believ- ed, and turned unto the Lord. 22 Then tidings of these things came unto the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barna- bas, that he should go as far as Antioch, 23 Who, when he came, and had seen the graca of God, was glad, and exhorted them all, that with purpose of heart they would cleave unto the Lord. 24 For he was a good man, and full of the Holy Ghost and of faith : and much peo- ple was added unto the Lord. 25 Then depart- ed Barnabas to Tar- sus, for to seek Saul: 26and when he had found him, he trought him unto Antioch. And it came to pass, that a whole year they assembled themselves with the church, and taught much people. And the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch. 27 And in these days came prophets from Jerusalem unto Anti- och. 28 And _ there stood up one of them named Agabus, and signified by the spirit that there should be great dearth through- A*famine ‘great is about tobe over ?whole ‘the habitable world; out all the world: q ἐδόξασαν LTTr. r’Apa then Lrtr; "Apa [ye] A. 5 εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν LTTrAW. t Sre- gavovL. Ὑ ἐλθόντες GLTTrAW. ἢ + xatalsoLTTra. χα Ἕλληνας Greeks GLTTra. ¥ +6 LTTrA. *%-+ οὔσης WaSTTr. δ᾽ Ἱερουσαλὴμ LITrAW. ὃ — διελθεῖν LTTr. © + τὴν which was] LTTra. 4 — 6 Βαρνάβας (read he went forth) urtra. αὐτοῖς καὶ to them even LTTrA. ὃ πρώτως ΤΊταΑ. ἢ ἐσήμαινεν L. © — αὐτὸν (read [him]) αὐτττὰ. i μεγάλην LTTraw. 348 which came to pass in the days of Claudius Cesar. 29 Then the disciples, every man according to his abili- ty, determined to send relief unto the breth- ren which dwelt in Judsa : 30 which also they did, and sent it to the elders by the hands of Barnabas and Saul. XIT. Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church. 2 And he killed James the brother of John with thesword. 3And be- cause he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.) 4 And when he had apprehended him, he put him in rison, and delivered im to four quaterni- ons of soldiers to keep him ; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people. 5 Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made with- out ceasing of the church unto God for him. 6 And when Herod would have brought him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison. 7 And, behold, the an- gel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison : and he smote Peter on the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands. 8 And the an- gel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind onthy sandals. And so he did. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me. 9 And he went out, and fol- lowed him ; and wist uot that it was true which was done by the augel; but thought he saw a_ vision. WPAZEIS. XL Sat. Κόὅστις" kai! ἐγένετο ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου "Καίσαρος." 29 τῶν δὲ which also cametopass under Claudius Ceesar. And the μαθητῶν καθὼς “nbzopeirol τις, ὥρισαν ἕκαστος av- disciples according as “was *prospered*any “one, determined, each of τῶν εἰς διακονίαν πέμψαι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ them, for ministration tosend to the ?dwelling 3in *Judea ἀδελφοῖς. 30 ὃ καὶ ἐποίησαν, ἀποστείλαντες πρὸς Tove ‘brethren ; which 4150 they did, sending [it] to the ποεσβυτέρους διὰ χειρὸς Βαρνάβα καὶ Σαύλου. elders by [the] hand of Barnabas and _ Saul, 12 Kar ἐκεῖνον.δὲ τὸν. καιρὸν ἐπέβαλεν “Ἡρώδης ὁ βασι- And at that time *put *forth ‘Herod the “king τὰς χεῖρας κακῶσαί τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας. {his} hands’ toill-treat some ofthose of the assembly; 2 ἀνεῖλεν. δὲ ᾿Ιάκωβον τὸν ἀδελφὸν ῬΤωάννου" «μαχαίρᾳ." and he put todeath James the brother of John with a sword. 3*kai ἰδὼν" ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις προσέθετο And having seenthat pleasing itis tothe Jews he added συλλαβεῖν καὶ Tlérpov' ἦσαν δὲ " ἡμέραι τῶν ἀζύμων" to take also Peter: (and they were days of unleavened bread :) 4 ὃν καὶ πιάσας ἔθετο εἰς φυλακήν, παραδοὺς τέσσαρ- whom also having seized heput in prison, having delivered to four ow τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν φυλάσσειν αὐτόν, βουλόμενος μετὰ sets of four soldiers to guard him, purposing aiter TO πάσχα ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ. ὅ O.pév.odby_Ilérpoc the passover to bring out him ___ to the people. Peter therefore indeed ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ προσευχὴ.δὲ ἦν "ἐκτενὴς" γινομένη was kept in the prison; but prayer “was “fervent made ¢ x ~ ? ΄ nN " x vi Lil ? ~ .“ x ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπὲρ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 6 Ore.dé by the assembly to God concerning him. But when WewedAey' ΞΣαὐτὸν t | 6 ‘Howéd 7] ὶ. ἐκεί ἢ μ τὸν προάγειν' ὁ Ἡρώδης, τῷ.νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ ἣν 2was *about Shim ‘to *bring ’forth *Herod, in that night was « , ’ 4 ΄ ~ , « ’ ὁ Πέτρος κοιμώμενος μεταξὺ δύο στρατιωτῶν, δεδεμένος ἁλύ-- Peter sleeping between two soldiers, bound with ΄ 2 , ‘ ~ sf > [4 ᾿ Υ. σεσιν δυσίν, φύλακές τε πρὸ τῆς θύρας ἐτήρουν τὴν φυλακήν. λεὺς" “chains 'two, guards also before the door kept the prison. » Aue νὰ , » , Ses \ ~ ? 7 καὶ ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπέστη, Kai φῶς ἔλαμψεν ἐν And behold, anangel of [the] Lord stood by, and a light shone in πατάξας.δὲ τὴν πλευρὰν τοῦ Πέτρου ἤγειρεν τῷ οἰκήματι. side of Peter he roused up the building. And having smitten the ? A , ? , ? ΄ ‘ ΥΣ , Il ? ~ « αὐτὸν λέγων, ᾿Ανάστα ἐν τάχει. Καὶ γἐξέπεσον" αὐτοῦ αἱ him, saying, Riseup in haste. And fell off of him the ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν Meee: 8 εἶπέν. "τε ὁ ἄγγελος πρὸς chains from [his] ands. And %said ‘the angel to > , a / {| ‘A € ἠδ 4A ὃ aN , ? , αὑτόν. Περίζωσαι, καὶ ὑπόδησαι τὰ-σανδαλιά.σου. Ἐποίη- him, Gird thyself about, and bindon thy sandals. 7He “did σεν δὲ οὕτως. Kai λέγει αὐτῷ, Περιβαλοῦ τὸ ἱμάτιόν. σου, τὰ 80. And he βῆγ8β ἴο πΐτη, Cast about [thee] thy garment, καὶ ἀκολούθει μοι. 9 Kai ἐξελθὼν ἠκολούθει bare" καὶ and follow me. And going forth he followed him, and ? a a ? / LJ ‘ , 4 ~ ? οὐκιῴδει ὅτι ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ay- did not know that real itis which is happening by means of the an- k ἥτις LTTrAW. ο 6 βασιλεὺς Ἡρώδης τ. t ἐκτενῶς fervently LTTra. the GL[a]w. αὐτὸν LTA ; προάγειν αὐτὸν Tr. b — αὐτῷ ῦττὰ LTTrA,. m — Καίσαρος GLTTrAW. ἃ εὐπορεῖτό LTTrA. 4 μαχαίρῃ TTA. τ ἰδὼν δὲ LITrA. * + ai YmrepuLTTr. τ ἤμελλεν TIrA. * προαγαγεῖν Υ ἐξέπεσαν LTTrA. 2 δὲ Ltr. 2 Zaoa gird thyself 1— καὶ LTTr[A]. P "Iwavov Tr. XII. ACTS. γέλου, ἐδόκει.δὲ ὅραμα βλέπειν. 10 dtehOovreg.de πρώτην gel, but thought a vision hesaw. And having passed through a first φυλακὴν Kai δευτέραν, “ἦλθον᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην THY σιδηρᾶν guard and second, they came to the “gate iron τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἥτις αὐτομάτη “ἠνοίχθη" αὐτοῖς" that leads into the city, which of itself opened to them ; καὶ ἐξελθόντες προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν, καὶ εὐθέως and having gone out they went on through “street ‘one, and immediately ἀπέστη ὁ ἄγγελος ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 11 Kai ὁ ἹΠέτρος “γενόμενος departed the angel from him. And Peter having come ἐν ἑαυτῷ"! εἶπεν, Νῦν οἶδα ἀληθῶς ὅτι ἐξαπέστειλεν to himself said, Now I know of a truth that ssent ‘forth [᾿{Π6] κύριος τὸν. ἀγγελον.αὐτοῦ, Kai fEeihero' pe ἐκ χειρὸς ?Lord his angel, and delivered me out of(the] hand Ἡρώδου καὶ πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν ᾿Τουδαίων. of Herod and all the expectation of the people of the Jews. 12 συνιδώντε ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν 8 Μαρίας τῆς μητρὸς And considering [it] hecame to the house of Mary the mother Ἰωάννου" τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου, οὗ ἦσαν ἱκανοὶ of John who is surnamed Mark, where were many , . . ΄ , “ι i ~ συνηθροισμένοι καὶ προσευχόμενοι. 13 Kpovoaytoc.cé 'τοῦ gathered together and praying. And “having *knocked Πέτρου" τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος, προσῆλθεν παιδίσκη ὑπα- ‘Peter [at] the door ofthe porch, %came 1a *damsel to κοῦσαι, ὀνόματι Ῥόδη 14 καὶ ἐπιγνοῦσα τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ listen, by name Rhoda; and having recognized the voice Πέτρου, ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς οὐκ.ἤνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα, εἰσδρα- of Peter, from joy she opened not the porch, “having μοῦσα δὲ ἀπήγγειλεν ἑστάναι τὸν Πέτρον πρὸ τοῦ run‘*in ‘but shereported 7to *be *standing 1Peter before the πυλῶνος. 15 οἱ. δὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν *eiroy,' May. Ἡ δὲ porch. But they to διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν. strongly affirmed thus it was. her said, Thou art mad, But she οἱ δ᾽ ἔλεγον, ‘O ἄγγελος παὐ- And they βϑϊᾶ, The angel of τοῦ ἐστιν." 16 Ὁ.δὲ. Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν Kpovwy ἀνοίξαντες. δὲ him itis. But Peter continued knocking: and having opened "“idov' αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξέστησαν. 17 κατασείσας.δὃὲ αὐτοῖς they saw him, and were amazed, And having made a sign to them τῇ χειρὶ σιγᾷν διηγήσατο Pavroic’ πῶς ὁ κύριος αὐτὸν with the hand to be silent he related tothem how the Lord him ἐξήγαγεν ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς. εἶπεν. Ῥδέ," ᾿Απαγγείλατε Ἰακώβῳ brought outof the prison. And he said, Report to James καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ταῦτα. Kai ἐξελθὼν ἐπορεύθη εἰς ἕτερον and tothe brethren these things. Andhavinggoneout he went to another τόπον. 18 γενομένης. δὲ ἡμέρξας ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος place. And “having *come ‘day there was*disturbance ‘no “small ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις. Ti dpa ὁ ΤΈέτρος ἐγένετο. 19 Ἡρώδης among the soldiers, what then of] *Peter *was*become. "Herod δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρών, ἀνακρίνας τοὺς Zand having sought after “him and ὁποὺ Shaving *found, having examined the φύλακας ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι; καὶ κατελθὼν guards he commanded [them] to be led away [to death}. And having gone down © ἦλθαν LITrA, 4 qvotyn LTTrA. & + τῆς LTTrAW. h *Iwavov Tr. εἶπαν L; δὲ ἔλεγον GTTrAW. P τε LTTrA. 9 ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος LTTrAW. i αὐτοῦ he GLTTraw. τὸ ἐστιν αὐτοῦ LTTrA. Ὁ εἶδαν LTTrA. 849 10 When they were past the first and the second ward, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth unto the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went out, and passed on through one street ; and forthwith the an- gel departed from him. 11 And when Peter was come to himself, he said, Now I know of a surety, that the Lord hath sent his an- gel, and hath delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expectation of the people of the Jews. 12 And when he had considered the thing, he came to the house of Mary the mother of John, whose sur- name was Mark; where many were ga- thered together pray- ing. 13 And as Peter knocked at the door of the gate, a damsel came to hearken, named Rhoda. 14 And when she knew Peter’s voice, she opened not the gate for gladness, but ran in, and told how Peter stood before the gate. 15And they said unto her, Thou art mad. But she constantly affirmed that it was even so. Then said they, It is his angel. 16 But Pe- ter continued knock- ing: and when they had opened the door, and saw him, they were astonished. 17But he, beckoning unto them with the hand to hold their peace, de- clared unto them how the Lord had brought him out of. the prison. And he said, Go shew these things unto James, and to the brethren. And he de- parted, and went into another place. 18 Now as soon as it was day, there was no small stir among the sol- diers, what was be- come of Peter. 19 And when Herod had sought for him, and found him not, he ex- amined the keepers, and commanded that they should be put to ¥ εἶπαν LTTrA. [ἐξείλατό GLTITAW. 1§& ο --- αὐτοῖς T[Tr]. 350 death, And he went down from Juda to Ceesarea, and there a- bode. 20And Herod was highly displeased with them of Tyre and Sidon : but they came with one accord to him, and, having made Blastus the king’s chamberlain their friend, desired peace ; because their coun- try was nourished by the king’s country. 21 And upon a set day Herod, arrayed in royal apparel, sat up- on his throne, and made an oration une to them. 22 And the people gave a shout, saying, /t ts the voice of a god, and not ofaman, 23 Andim- mediately the angel of the Lord smote him, because he gave not God the glory: and he was eaten of worms, and gave upthe ghost. 24 But the word of God grew and multiplied, 25 And Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem, when they had fulfilled their min- istry, and took with them John, whose sur- name was Mark. XIII, Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barna- bas, and Simeon that was called Niger, and Lucius of Cyrene, and Manaen, which had been brought up with Herod the _ tetrarch, and Saul. 2 As they ministered to the Lord, and fasted, the Holy Ghost said, Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work where- unto I have called them. 3 And when they had fasted and prayed, and laid their hands on them, they sent them away. 4 80 they, being sent forth by the Holy Ghost, de- parted unto Seleucia ; and from thence they sailed to Cyprus. 5 And when they were at Sa- Jamis, they preached the word of God in the synagogues of the 9 — τὴν LTTraw. (LJr[tr]. 5 τετραάρχον T. “ματος LTTrA. ¥ — τὴν GL. b — re GLTTrAW. f — τὴν LTTrA. ΠΡΑΞ ΕΙΣ. ἀπὸ τῆς lovdatac εἰς τὴν" τΚ αισάρειαν" διέτριβεν. from Juda to Ceesarea he stayed [there]. *Was δὲ "ὁ Ἡρώδης" θυμομαχῶν Τυρίοις καὶ Σιδωνίοις" ‘and "Herod ἰπ bitter hostility with([the] Tyrians and Sidonians; ὁμοθυμαδὸν.δὲ παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ πείσαντες Βλάστον but with one accord they came to him, and having gained Blastus TOV ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος τοῦ βασιλέως, ἠτοῦντο εἰρήνην, who[{was]Jover the bedchamber of the king, sought peace, διὰ τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς. because wasnourished their country by the king’s. 21 Τακτῇ.δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ Ἡρώδης ἐνδυσάμενος ἐσθῆτα βασιλικήν, Andonaset day Herod having puton “apparel royal, ἱκαὶ καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος, ἐδημηγόρει πρὸς αὐ- and having sat on the tribunal, was making anoration to them. ’ « ~ ’ ’ ~ A ‘ ? τούς. 22 ὁ δὲ δῆμος ἐπεφώνει, θεοῦ ωνὴ καὶ οὐκ And the people were crying out, ΟΞ “4 god [‘the]*voice and not ἀνθρώπου. 23 παραχρῆμα.δὲ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν ἄγγελος κυ- of a man! And immediately °smote 7him '‘an*angel “of (*the] piov, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν οὐκ ἔδωκεν τὴν" δόξαν τῷ θεῷ" Kai γενόμενος Lord, because he gave ποῦ the glory to God, and having been σκωληκόβρωτος ἐξέψυξἕεν. 24 ὁ δὲ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ηὔξανεν eaten of worms he expired. But the word of God grew καὶ ἐπληθύνετο. 25 Βαρνάβας δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν ἐξ and multiplied. And Barnabas and Saul returned from Ἱερουσαλήμ, πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν, “συμπαραλαβόν- Jerusalem, having fulfilled the ministration, aving taken with τες" καὶ" ΥΙωάννην" τὸν ἐπικληθέντα Μάρκον. {them] also John who was surnamed Mark. Ὁ ἕν ΠΕΣ: ΄ . \ 13 Ἤσαν.δε *rivec' ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν Now there were certain in Antioch in the *which *was [*there] ᾽ , - ᾿ ΄ « ΄ ᾿ ‘ ἐκκλησίαν προφῆται καὶ διδάσκαλοι, Ὁ.τε-Βαρνάβας καὶ Συμεὼν tassembly prophets and teachers, both Barnabas and Simeon ὁ καλούμενος Νίγερ, καὶ Λούκιος ὁ Κυρηναῖος, Mavany.re who was called Niger, and Lucius the Cyrenian, and Manaen, Ἡρώδου τοῦ "τετράρχου" σύντροφος, καὶ Σαῦλος. 2 λειτουρ- of Herod the tetrarch a foster-brother, and Saul. 7As*were °min- γούντων δὲ αὐτῶν τῷ κυρίῳ Kai νηστευόντων, εἶπεν τὸ istering land “they tothe Lord and fasting, ‘said ‘the ~ Nees, ᾽ ΄ On , b Π ΄ ‘ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ᾿Αφορίσατε δὴ μοι TOv.’re'.BapvaBay καὶ "Spirit “the *Holy, Separate indeed tome both Barnabas and c A | ~ ᾽ Δ ΝΡ a , ? , , τὸν" Σαῦλον εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς. 3 Τότε Saul for the work towhich I have called them. Then νηστεύσαντες Kai προσευξάμενοι, Kai ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας XI, XI. 20° Hy having fasted and prayed, and having laid hands αὐτοῖς, ἀπέλυσαν. 4 Οὗτοι" piv οὖν ἐκπεμφθέντες on them, they let [them] go. They indeed therefore having been sent forth ὑπὸ τοῦ “πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου," κατῆλθον εἰς fryv' &Dedev- by the Spirit the Holy, went down to Seleu- Ι ? “ΔΩ ᾽ , Ὰ é f \ Ι ΄ ‘ , κειαν," ἐκεῖθεν. τε ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς ‘ryv' Κύπρον. 5 καὶ yevo- cia, and thence sailed away to Cyprus. And having μενοι ἐν Σαλαμῖνι κατήγγελλον τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ταῖς come into Salamis they announced the word of God in the τ᾿ Καισαρίαν T. ¥ ouv- T. * — ὁ Ἡρώδης (read he was) GLTTraW. χ -- καὶ LTTr[A]. Y¥ Ιωάνην Tr. ©— τὸν LITrAW. ‘4 αὐτοὶ LTTrA. & Σελευκίαν 1. τ - καὶ 2. — τινες LTTra. ΠΣ , © αγίου πνεύ XIII. ACTS. συναγωγαῖς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων: εἶχον.δὲ καὶ "Ἰωάννην" synagogues of the Jews. And they had also John [as] ὑπηρέτην. 6 duehOovrecdé + τὴν νῆσον ἄχρι Πάφου an attendant. Αἀπᾶ having passed through the island as far as Paphos etpov) τινα μάγον Ψευδοπροφήτην ᾿Ιουδαῖον, ᾧ ὄνομα they found a certain magician, a false prophet whose name ΚΒαρϊησοῦς, 7 ὃς ἦν σὺν τῷ ἀνθυπάτῳ Σεργίῳ Παύλῳ, Barjesus, who was with the proconsul Sergius Paulus, οὗτος προσκαλεσάμενος Βαρνάβαν καὶ He heving; called to {him} Barnabas and Lavrov ἐπεζήτησεν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ" ὃ ἀνθίστατο. δὲ Saul desired tohear the word of God. But there withstood αὐτοῖς ᾿Ελύμας ὁ μάγος" ovrwc.yap μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα a Jew, ({was] ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ. *man ‘an *intelligent. them Elymas the magician, (for so is interpreted 7name αὐτοῦ: ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως. 1815), seeking topervert » the proconsul from the faith. 9 Σαῦλος.δέ, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου, But Saul, who 4150 [158] Paul, being filled with nae 2Spirit *Holy, ἱκαὶ! ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν 10 εἶπεν, ὔ Ὡ πλήρης παν- and having looked BIST upon him said, O of τὸς δόλου Kai πάσης ῥ(ἐιουργίας, υἱὲ διαβόλου, ἐχθρὲ πάσης all guile and all craft son of [the] devil, enemy ofall δικαιοσύνης, οὐ-παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου Εἰ ΒΕ ΘΟΌΒΏΘΙΒ; wilt thou not cease perverting the 7ways “οὗ [*the] Lord rac εὐθείας ; 11 Kai νῦν ἰδού, χεὶρ “τοῦ κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ, straight ? And now lo, [the] hand ofthe Lord [18] upon thee, καὶ ἔσῃ τυφλός, μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον ἄχρι καιροῦ. and thou shalt be blind, not seeing the sun for aseason. Παραχρῆμα." δὲ" οἐπέπεσεν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς Kai σκότος, Kai And immediately fell upon him amist and darkness, and περιάγων ἐζήτει χειραγωγούς. 12 τότε ἰδὼν going about he sought some to lead [him] by the hand, Then *having ‘seen ὁ ἀνθύπατος τὸ γεγονὸς ἐπίστευσεν, Ῥἐκπλησσόμενος ἐπὶ ‘the *proconsul what had happened believed, being astonished at Ty διδαχῇ τοῦ κυρίου. the teaching ofthe Lord. 13 ᾿Αναχθέντες.δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου οἱ περὶ τὸν" And having sailed from Paphos ([?with] *those *about (*him) Παῦλον ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας. τΙωάννης «δὲ *Paul came to Perga of Pamphylia ; and John ? , > ? ? ~ « , 2 c , ᾽ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ αὐτῶν ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς ἱεροσόλυμα. 14 av- having departed from them returned to Jerusalem, *They τοὶ δὲ διελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Πέργης παρεγένοντο εἰς ᾽Αν- ‘put, having passed through from Perga, came to An- τιόχειαν “τῆς Πισιδίας," καὶ ᾿εἰσελθόντες" εἰς THY συναγωγὴν tioch of Pisidia, and having gone into the pynsgogae τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἐκάθισαν. 15 Μετὰ. δὲ τὴν ἀνά- on the tsabbath they sat down. Andaiter the read- γνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ἀπέστειλαν οἱ ἀρχισυνά- ing ofthe law andofthe prophets ®sent ‘the rulers %0f wyot πρὸς αὐτούς, AEYOVTEC, ” ᾿Ανῦρες ἀδελφοί, εἰ" ἔστιν the *synagogue to them, saying, Men brethren, if there is 301 Jews: and they had also John to their min- ister, 6 And when they had gone through the isle umto Paphos, they found a certain sor- cerer, ἃ false prophet, a Jew, whose name was Bar-jesus:7 which was with the deputy of the country, Sergius Paulus, a prudent man; who called for Barna- bas and Saul, and de- sired to hear the word of God. 8 But Elymas the sorcerer (for so is his name by inter- pretation) withstood them, seeking to turn away the deputy from the faith. 9 Then Sau (who also ὦ ca Paul,) filled with the Holy Ghost, set his eyes on him, 10 and said, O full of all sub- tilty and all mischief, thou child of the de- vil, thou enemy of all righteousness, wilt thou not cease to per- vert the right ways of the Lord? 11 And now, behold, the hand of the Lord is upon thee, and thou shalt be blind, not seeing the sun for a season. And immediately there fell on him a mist anda darkness ; and he went about seeking some,to lead him by the hand 12 Then the deputy, when he saw what was done, believed, being astonished at the doc- trine of the Lord, 13 Now when Paul and his company loos- ed from Paphos, they came to Pergain Pam- phylia: and John de- parting from them re- turned to Jerusalem. 14 But when they de- parted from Perga, they came to Antioch in Pisidia, and went into the synagogue on the sabbath day, and sat down. 15 And after the reading of the law and the prophets the rulers of the syna- gogue sent unto them saying, Ye men a brethren, if ye have μἸωάνην Tr. 1 + ὅλην (the) whole GLTTraw. wood τ. 1 — καὶ LTTrAW. Ρ ἐκπληττόμενος Tr. t ἐλθόντες TITr. — τοῦ (read of [the]) GLTtraw. 4 — τὸν LTTrAW. τ Ἰωάνης Tr. Υ + τις any (word) LTTraw J+ ἄνδρα a man LTTrAW. Terr. 5 τὴν Πισιδίαν LTTra. k Bap- ο ἔπεσεν LTTr. 302 any word of exhorta- tion for the people, sayon. 16 Then ΓΤ 88] stood up, and beck- oning with Ais hand said, Men of Israel, and ye that fear God, give audience. 17 The God of this people of Israel chose our fa- thers, and exalted the people when they dwelt as strangers in the land of Egypt, and with an high arm brought he them out of it. 18 And about the time of forty years suffered he their man- ners in the wilderness. 19 And when he had destroyed seven na- tions in the land of Chanaan, he divided their land to them by lot. 20 And after that he gave unto them judges about the space of four hundred and fifty years,until Samu- el the prophet. 21 And afterward they desired 2 king: and God gave unto them Saul the son of Cis, a man of the tribe of Benjamin, by the space of forty years. 22 And when he had removed him, he raised up unto them David to be their king; to whom also he gave testimony, and said, I have found David the son of Jesse,a man after mine own heart, which shall fulfil ali my will. 23 Of this man’s seed hath God according to his pro- mise raised unto Is- rael a Saviour, Jesus: 24 when John had first preached before his coming the baptism of repentance to all the people of Israel. 25 And as John ful- filled his course, he said, Whom think ye thatI am? I am not he. But, behold, there cometh one after me, whose shoes of his feet I am not worthy to loose. 26 Men and brethren, children of the stock of Abraham, and whosoever among you feareth God, to TIIPAS EIS. XIII. λόγος ἐν ὑμῖν" παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν, λέγετε. aword among you of exhortation to the people, speak, 16 ᾿Αναστὰς. δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ κατασείσας τῇ χειρί, εἶπεν, And *haying “risen Ρ ‘Paul, and making a sign with the hand, said, ” x’ ~ il ‘ « , A , 7 , Avdpec * Ισραηλῖται," καὶ ot φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν, ἀκούσατε. Men Israelites, and those fearing God, hearken. 17 ὁ θεὸς τοῦ.λαοῦ.τούτου ΥἹσραὴλ" ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πατέρας The God of this people Israel chose *fathers ἡμῶν: καὶ τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν ἐν τῇ παροικίᾳ ἐν 7 Your, and the *people ‘exalted in the sojourning in [the] land ΞΑἰγύπτῳ," Kai μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἐξ of Egypt, and with Sarm 1a *high brought them out of αὐτῆς 18 καὶ ὡς ἅτεσσαρακονταετῆ" χρόνον ϑέτροπο- it, and about *forty *years (‘the] “time he bore φόρησεν αὐτοὺς" ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. 19 καὶ καθελὼν ἔθνη ἑπτὰ “manners their in the desert. Agd having destroyed “nations 'seyen ἐν 7 Χαναάν, “κατεκληροδότησεν" Δαὐτοϊς" τὴν.γῆν.αὐ- in [the] land of Canaan, he gave by lot to them their land. τῶν. 20 *kai μετὰ ταῦτα, ὡς ἔτεσιν τετρακοσίοις καὶ And after thesethings about ‘years ‘four “hundred “and πεντήκοντα! ἔδωκεν κριτὰς ἕως Σαμουὴλ frov' προφήτου" *fitty he gave judges until Samuel the prophet. 21 κἀκεῖθεν ἠτήσαντο βασιλέα, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς Andthen they askedfor aking, and “gave “*to *them God τὸν Σαοὺλ υἱὸν &Kic," ἄνδρα ἐκ φυλῆς "Βενιαμίν," ἔτη Saul son of Cis, aman _ of(the] tribe of Benjamin, “years ἱτεσσαράκοντα." 22 καὶ μεταστήσας αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν “adroic forty. And having removed him he raised up to them τὸν AaBid" εἰς βασιλέα, ᾧ καὶ εἶπεν μαρτυρήσας, David for king, to whom also *he *said ‘having *borne *witness, Evpoy 'AaBid" τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, ἄνδρα Ifound David the [son] of Jesse, aman according to μου, ὃς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ.θελήματά.μου. 23 Τούτου κατὰ τὴν καρδία» *heart tmy, who willdo all my will. *Of "this [*man,] ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος κατ᾿ ἐπαγγελίαν "ἤγειρεν" τῷ 7God ‘of 7the 3seed according to promise raised up Ἰσραὴλ σωτῆρα Ἰησοῦν, 24 προκηρύξαντος "Ἰωάννου" ἕο Israel a Saviour Jesus, “having “before *proclaimed 1John πρὸ προσώπου τῆς. .εἰσόδου.αὐτοῦ βάπτισμα μετανοίας before [the] face of his entrance a baptism of repentance παντὶ τῷ λαῷ ᾿Ισραήλ. 25 ὡς. δὲ ἐπλήρου “ὁ! ΡΙωάννης"! to all Andas *was *fulfilling +John τὸν δρόμον. ἔλεγεν, “Τίνα pe! ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι; οὐκ εἰμὶ the people of Israel, {his} course, he said, Whom me doyesuppose tobe? “Not “am ἐγώ, ἀλλ’ ἰδού, ἔρχεται μετ᾽ ἐμέ, οὗ οὐκ.εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπό- 1I [hej], but lo, hecomes after me, of whomIamnot worthy the san- δημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι. 26 ΄Ανδρες ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους dal ofthe feet to loose. Men brethren, sons of [the] race ᾿Αβραάμ, καὶ ot ἔν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν, τὑμῖν" ὁ of Abraham, and those among you fearing God, toyou the Ὑ ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος LETrW. λεῖτι - > ἐτροφοφόρησεν αὐτοὺς he nourished them GLTaw. 4 — αὐτοῖς TTr[ A]. κονταέτη TTrA. GLTITraw. * Αἰγύπτου LIr. Teaoepa- © κατεκληρονόμησεν © ὡς ἔτεσιν τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα" καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα (read χ Ἰσραηλεῖται τ. Y -- Ἰσραὴλ α. their land about four hundred and fifty years. And after these things he gave, &.) LTTrw. GLTTraw. f — τοῦ TTr[A]. Κ τὸν Δαυεὶδ αὐτοῖς LTTraA; Aavid GW. " ᾿Ιωάνου Tr. 8 Kets Keis LtTra. h Βενιαμείν LFTrA. 1 τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. 1 Δανεὶδ τττα ; AaviéGw. πὶ ἤγαγεν brought °—oumtrra. Ρ Ἰωάνης τ. 4 Τί ἐμὲ LTTraA. τ ἡμῖν to us TA. ΧΊΠ. ACTS: λόγος τῆς.σωτηρίας.ταύτης "ἀπεστάλη" 27 ol-yao κατοικοῦν- word of this salvation was sent : for those dwelling τες ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ οἱ. ἄρχοντες. αὐτῶν. τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες in Jerusalem and their rulers, him not having known καὶ τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν τὰς κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ἀνα- and the voices ofthe prophets who on every sabbath are γινωσκομένας. κρίναντες ἐπλήρωσαν" 28 καὶ μηδεμίαν read, “having “judged [Shim] "they “fulfilled. And no one αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες ἠτήσαντο ᾿Πιλάτον᾽ ἀναιρεθῆναι cause of death having found they begged Pilate to put “to *death αὐτόν. 29 we.dé ἐτέλεσαν “ἅπαντα' τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γε- *him. And when they finished allthings that concerning him had γραμμένα. καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου. ἔθηκαν εἰς been written, having taken fhim] down from the tree, they put {him} in μνημεῖον. 30 ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. a tomb ; but God Taised him from among{[the}] dead. 31 ὃς ὦφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ who appeared for days 1many tothose who came up with him ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. οἵτινες δ εἰσιν μάρτυρες from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are *witnesses αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαόν. 82 καὶ ἡμεῖς 5“ ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελιζόμεθα 1ῃ15 to the people. And we to you announce the glad tidings— τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίαν γενομένην, OTL ταύτην the *to *the ‘fathers +promise made, that this ὁ θεὸς ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῶν ἡμῖν." ἀναστήσας God has fulfilled ‘children “their ‘tous, having raised up ᾿Ιησοῦν" 33 ὡς καὶ ἐν *r@ Ψψαλμῷ τῷ δευτέρῳ γέγραπται." Jesus ; as also in the “*psaim 1second it has been written, Υἱός pov εἶ σύ. ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε. 34 Ὅτι. δὲ *Son ‘my ‘thou ασί, I to-day have begotten thee. And that ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑπο- he raised him from among [the] dead, uomore tobe about to στρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν. οὕτως εἴρηκεν. Ὅτι δώσω ὑμῖν τὰ return to corruption, thus hespoke: I will give to you the ὕσια “AaBid' τὰ πιστά. 85 did" καὶ ἔν ἑτέρῳ λέγει, *mercies *of ‘David 1faithful. Wherefore also in another hesays, Oh δώσεις τὸν ὕσιόνισου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν. 36 *AaBid' Thou wilt not suffer thy Holy One tosee corruption. “David piv yao ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Bovry Sindeed ‘for to his own generation having ministered bythe of “God ‘counsel ἐκοιμήθη, Kai προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ, Kai εἶδεν fell asleep, and was added to his fathers, and saw διαφθοράν. 37 ὃν.δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν. corruption. But he whom God raisedup didnotsee corruption. 38 Γνωστὸν οὖν ἔστω ὑμῖν, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ὅτι διὰ τού- *Known “therefore *be*it toyou, men brethren, that through this τρυ ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται: 39 “καὶ ἀπὸ one toyou remission of sins is announced, and from πάντων ὧν οὐκ ἠδυνήθητε ἐν “τῷ! νόμῳ “Μωσέως" δι- all things from which ye could not in the law of Moses be ~ Π ΄ - « , ~ ͵ καιωθῆναι, ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς 6 πιστεύων δικαιοῦται. 40 βλέ- justified, in him everyone that believes is justified. Take 5 ἐξαπεστάλη was sent forth LTTraw. t ἸΤειλᾶτον T. now LTTraw. x + yoy NOW w. Δαυὶδ Gw. Ὁ διότι LITrA. © — καὶ LT[TrA]. @ — τῷ LTTrAa. ἡ πάντα GLTTrAWw. Υ ἡμῶν to our LTTr; ἀυτῶν ἡμῶν W.- (first) Ψαλμῷ γέγραπται GTTr; τῷ Ψαλμῷ yey. τῷ πρώτῳ (δευτέρῳ AW) LAW. © Mwiicews GLTTrAW. 353 you is the word of this salvation sent. 27 For they that dwell at Je- rusalem, and their rm- lers, because they knew him not. nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day, they have fulfilled them in con- demning him. 28 And though they found no cause of death in him, yet desired they Pilate that he should be slain. 29 And when they had fulfilled ali that was written of him, they took him down from the tree, and laid him in asepuichre. 20 But God raised him from the dead: 3land he was seen many daysof them which came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are his witnesses unto the people. 32 And we de- clare unto you glad tidings, how that the promise which was made unto the fathers, 33 God hath fulfilled the same unto us their children, in that he hath raised up Jesus again; as it is also written in the second psalm, Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee. 34 And as concerning that he raised him up from the dead, now no more to return to corrup- tion, he said on this wise, I will give you the sure mercies of David. 35 Wherefore he saith also in an- other psalm, Thou shalt not suffer thine Holy One to see cor- ruption. 36 For David, after he had served his own generation by the will of God, fell on sleep, and was iaid un- to his fathers. and saw corruption : 37 but he, whom God raised a- gain, saw no corrup- tion. 38 Be it known unto you therefore, men and _ brethren, that through this mat is preached unto you the forgiveness of sins: 39 and by him all that believe are justified from 81} things, from which ye could not be justified by the law of Moses. w+ νῦν ~ 2 7 τῷ πρώτῳ a Δανεὶδ LTTrA ; AA 984 40 Beware therefore, lest that come upon you, which is spoken of in the prophets ; 41 Be- hold, yedespisers, and wonder, and perish: for I work a work in your days, a work which ye shall in no wise believe, though a man declare it unto you. 42 And when the Jews were gone out of the synagogue. the Gentiles besought that these words might be preached to them the next sabbath. 43 Now when thecongregation was broken up, many of the Jews and reli- gious proselytes fol- lowed Paul and Bar- nabas : who, speaking to them, persuaded them to continue in the grace of God. 44 And the nextsab- bath day came almost the whole city toge- ther to hear the word of God. 45 But when the Jews saw the mul- titudes,they were filled with envy, and spake against those things which were spoken by Paul, contradict- ing and blaspheming. 46 Then Paul and Bar- nabas waxed bold, and said, It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing ye put it from you, and judge your- selves unworthy of everlasting life,lo, we turn to the Gentiles. 47 For sohath the Lord commanded us, saying, I have set thee to be a light of the Gentiles, that thou shouldest be for salvation unto the ends of the earth. 48 And when the Gen- tiles heard this, they were giad, and glori- fied the word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eter- nal life believed. 49 And the word of the Lord was published throughout all the re- gion. 50Butthe Jews stirred up the devout and honourable wo- men, and the chief f — ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς LITr[A]. departed) GLTTraw. m7e GA. & λαλουμένοις LTTr. v — δὲ but xrrr. Ὁ ἐχομένῳ following GLAW. Ww Kad’ 1. IPA EI. XIII. ETE οὖν pn ἐπέλθῃ [ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς τὸ εἰρημένον ἔν heed therefore that it may ποῦ comeupon you that which has been said in ~ , a” ε ΄ ‘ , τοῖς προφήταις, 41 Ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί, Kai θαυμάσατε the prophets, Behold, ye despisers, and wonder καὶ ἀφανίσθητε: ὅτι ἔργον Siyw ἐργάζομαι" ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις and perish ; for a work I work in *days ὑμῶν, ἔργον "ῴ' οὐ.μὴ πιστεύσητε ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται your, a work which in no wise ye would believe if one should declare it ὑμῖν. 42 ᾿Εξιόντων. δὲ ἱὲκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων," toyou. But *having*departed δἔγοτη δ 8 ‘synagogue ‘the *Jews, παρεκάλουν *ra ἔθνη" εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον λαληθῆναι 1°hesought ®the °Gentiles on the next sabbath “to *be *spoken αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα.ταῦτα. 43 λυθείσης. δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς; Sto “them 1these *words. And *having *broken up'the *synagogue, ἠκολούθησαν πολλοὶ THY ᾿Ιουδαίων Kai τῶν σεβομένων 1©followed Smany ‘of *the ®Jews and of '*the ‘worshipping προσηλύτων τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ BapvaBg οἵτινες προσλα- ‘*proselytes Paul and Barnabas, who speak- λοῦντες αὐτοῖς ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς ing to them persuaded them θεοῦ. of God. 44 Tp dé! υἐρχομένῳ" σαββάτῳ σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις And on the coming sabbath almost all the city συνήχθη ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον “τοῦ θεοῦ." 45 ἰδόντες. δὲ was gathered together tohear the word of God. But *having*seep ΤΩ a ~ 4 ” Ἴ ΄, , ἜΣ , οἱ Ιουδαῖοι τοὺς ὄχλους, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, καὶ ἀντέλεγον Ἰἐπιμένειν" τῇ χάριτι τοῦ to continue inthe grace ‘the *Jews the crowds, were filled with envy, and contradicted ie ὑπὸ Prov! Παύλ ga { Ι τάἀντιλέ pil τοῖς ὑπὸ Prov αὐλου εγομένοις," Τἀντιλέγοντες Kat the things *by Paul spoken, contradicting and βλασφημοῦντες. 46 παῤῥησιασάμενοι." δὲ" ὁ Παῦλος καὶ 0 Βαρ- blaspheming. But ‘speaking *boldly 1Paul 7and sBar- γνάβας 'εἶπον,, Ὑμῖν ἦν ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν nabas said, To you was necessary first to be spoken the λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐπειδὴ." δὲ" ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτόν, καὶ οὐκ ἀξίους word of God; butsince ye thrust away it, and not worthy κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς, ἰδοὺ στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ye judge yourselves of eternal life, lo, we turn to the » ids A ’ , € ~ « ’ , ’ ἔθνη" 47 οὕτως.γὰρ ἐντέταλται ἡμῖν ὁ κύριος, Τέθεικά σε Gentiles ; for thus hasenjoined ous the Lord, I have set thee εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, τοῦ .εἴναί.σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχά- for a light of [the] Gentiles, ἐμαῦ ἕπου be for salvation to [the] uttermost του τῆς γῆς. 48 ᾿Ακούοντα.δὲ τὰ ἔθνη ἔχαιρον, καὶ ἐδόξα- part of the earth. And hearing [it] the Gentiles rejoiced, and _ glori- ζον τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, Kai ἐπίστευσαν ὕσοι ἦσαν fied the word ofthe Lord, and believed as Many as were τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 49 διεφέρετο.δὲ ὁ λόγος τοῦ appointed to 1186 eternal. And was carried the word of the κυρίου “du ὕλης τῆς χώρας. 50 01-6& ᾿Ιουδαῖοι παρώτρυναν Lord through *whole ‘the country. But the Jews excited τὰς σεβομένας γυναῖκας "καὶ" τὰς εὐσχήμονας Kai τοὺς προώ- the worshipping *women tand *honourable and _ the principal 8 ἐργάζομαι ἔγὼ LTTrAW. OLTTrAW. ἱἰαὐτῶν they (having k — τὰ ἔθνη (read they besought) GLTTraw. '! προσμένειν GLTTrAW. ο τοῦ κυρίου of the Lord trtr, Ρ — τοῦ Lrtr[a]. ¥ — ἀντιλέγοντες καὶ LTr[A]. S ve LTTrA. t εἶπαν LTTrA. X — καὶ GLTTrAW. MILE, XLV. A EDS: τους THC πόλεως. καὶ ἐπήγειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Παῦλον men ofthe city, and stirred up a persecution against Paul A y A i ’ ‘A > , > 4 > A ~ « , > καὶ Yrov' Βαρνάβαν, καὶ ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐ- and Barnabas, and _ cast out them from their borders. τῶν. 51 ot.6& ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν. ποδῶν Ξαὐτῶν" But they having shaken off the dust of their feet ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς, ἦλθον εἰς ᾿Ικόνιον. 52 οἱ “δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπλη- against them, came to Iconium. Andthe disciples were ροῦντο χαρᾶς καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου. filled with joy and[the] Spirit lHoly. 14 ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ ἐν ᾿Ικονίῳ κατὰ.τὸ αὐτὸ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς Απᾶ 1ὖ came ἕο pass in Iconium 2together Sentered they εἰς THY συναγωγὴν τῶν Ιουδαίων, Kai λαλῆσαι οὕτως ὥστε into the synagogue of the Jews, and spoke so that πιστεῦσαι Ἰουδαίων.τε καὶ Ἑλλήνων πολὺ πλῆθος. 2 οἱ δὲ *believed ‘both οὗ “Jews *and 5Greeks ‘a 7great Snumber. But the Ὀἀπειθοῦντες" ᾿Τουδαῖοι ἐπήγειραν καὶ ἐκάκωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς disobeying Jews stirredup and made evil-affected the souls τῶν ἐθνῶν κατὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν. 3 ἱκανὸν μὲν οὖν χρόνον of the Gentiles against the brethren. A long *therefore ‘time διέτριψαν παῤῥησιαζόμενοι ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ, τῷ μαρτυ- they stayed, speaking boldly, [confiding]in the Lord, who bore wit- ροῦντι “ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς. χάριτος. αὐτοῦ, “kai! "διδόντι" σημεῖα Kai mess tothe word of his grace, and giving signs and τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν. 4 ἐσχίσθη.δὲ τὸ wonders tobe done through their hands. And was divided the πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως" Kai οἱ. μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις multitude of the city, and some were with the Jews οἱιδὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις. 5 Ὥς. δὲ ἐγένετο ὁρμὴ τῶν andsome with the apostles. And when there was a rush *of “the ἐθνῶν τε καὶ Ιουδαίων σὺν τοῖς. ἄρχουσιν. αὐτῶν, ὑβρίσαι “Gentiles ‘both and Jews with their rulers, to insult καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς, 6 συνιδόντες κατέφυγον εἰς τὰς and to stone them, being aware they fled to the πόλεις τῆς Λυκαονίας, Avoroay, καὶ Δέρβην, καὶ τὴν περί- cities of Lycaonia, Lystra, and Derbe, and the country χωρον, ἢ κἀκεῖ δῆσαν εὐαγγελιζόμενοι." around, and there they were announcing the glad tidings. 8 Kai τις ἀνὴρ δὲν Λύστροις ἀδύνατος" τοῖς ποσὶν ἐκά- And a certain man in Lystra, impotent inthe feet, sat, Onto, χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς. αὐτοῦ Ἰὑπάρχων," ὃς lame from [the] womb of his mother being, who οὐδέποτε ἔἘπεριπεπατήκει." 9 οὗτος 'jKover' τοῦ Παύλου never had walked. This [man] heard Paul λαλοῦντος" ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ. καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι πίστιν speaking, who, having looked intently on him, and seeing that faith ἔχει" Tov σωθῆναι, 10 εἶπεν μεγάλῃ "τῇ" φωνῇ, “᾿Ανάστηθι 356 men of the city, and Taised persecution a- gainst Paul and Bar- nabas, and expelled them out of their coasts. 51 But they shook off the dust of their feet against them, and came unto Iconium. 52 And the disciples were filled with joy, and with the Holy Ghost. XTY. And it came to pass in Iconium, that they went both together into the syna- gogue of the Jews, and so spake, that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed. 2 But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles, and made their minds evil af- fected against the brethren. 3 Longtime therefore abode they speaking boldly in the Lord, which gave tes- timony unto the word of his grace, and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands. 4 But the multitude of the city was divided: and part held with the Jews, and part with the apostles. 5 And when there was an as- sault made both of the Gentiles, and also of the Jews with their rulers, to use them de- spitefully, and tostone them, 6 they were ware of it, and fled un- to Lystra and Derbe, cities of Lycaonia, and unto the region that lieth round about: 7 and there’ they preached the gospel. 8 And there sat a certain man at Lystra, impotent in his feet, being a cripple from his mother’s womb, who never had walked: 9the same heard Paul speak: who stedfastly beholding him, and perceiving that he had faith to be healed, 10said with a loud voice, Stand upright on thy feet. And he leaped and walked. he has to be healed, said with a loud voice, Stand up ᾽ ‘ 4 56 ? θ , ‘ pe ll ‘ , ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας. σου ὀρθός. Kat ΡῬἥλλετο καὶ περιεπάτει. on thy feet upright. And he sprang up and walked. Υ — τὸν LTTrA. 2 — αὐτῶν (read of the feet) Lrtra. 8. τε LTrA. LTTrA. ς + ἐπὶ to (the) T. d — καὶ GLTTrAW. & εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν LTTrA. h ἀδύνατος ἐν Λύστροις T. Κ περιεπεπατήκει Ἑ ; περιεπάτησεν Walked LTTra. ἤκουσεν LITr. 2 — τη. name of the Lord Jesus Christ τὰ. P ἥλατο GLTTraw. © διδόντος T. 1 — ὑπάρχων GLITrAW. m ἔχει πίστιν LTTrA. © + Σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ To thee I say in the Ὁ ἀπειθήσαντες f4 εἰς tO L. 356 11 And when the peo- ue saw what Panl had one, they lifted up their voices, saying in the speech of Lycaonia, The gods are come down to us in the like- ness of men. 12 And they called Barnabas, Jupiter; and Paul, Mercurius, because he was the chief speaker. 18 Then the priest of Jupiter, which was be- fore their city, brought oxen and garlands unto the gates, and would have done sacri- fice with the people. 14 Which when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard ef, they rent their clothes, and ran in among the peo- ple, crying ont, 15 and saying, Sirs, why doye these things? Wealso are men of like pas- Sions with you, es preach unto you that ye should turn from these vanities unto the living God, which made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and all things that are therein: 16 who in times past suffered all nations to walk in their own ways. 17 Ne- vertheless he left not himself without wit- mess, in that he did good, and gaveusrain from heaven, and fruitful seasons, fill- ing our hearts with food and _ gladness. 18 And with these say- ings scarce restrained they the people, that they had not done sacrifice unto them. 19 Ard there came thither certain Jews from Antioch and Ico- nium, who persuaded the people, and, having stoned Paul, drew Atm out of the city, sup- posing he had been ead. 20 Howbeit, as the disciples stood round about him, hs rose up, and came in- to the city: and the next day he departed with Barnabas to Der- be. 2] And when they kad preached the gos- peltothatcity, and had taught many, they re- turned again to Lys- WPAS EIS. XIV. 11 Οἱ δὲν ὄχλοι ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν “ὁ Παῦλος, ἐπῆραν Απᾷ the crowds having seen what “did +Paul, lifted up τὴν. φωνὴν. αὐτῶν Δυκαονιστὶ λέγοντες, Oi θεοὶ ὁμοιωθέντες their voice in Lycsonian saying, The gods, having become like ἀνθρώποις κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς" 12 ἐκάλουν.τε τὸν ‘wer! men, are come down Ὁ us. And they called Βαρνάβαν Δία: τὸν. δὲ. Παῦλον Ἑρμῆν, ἐπειδὴ) αὐτὸς ἣν ὁ Barnabas Zeus; and Paul Hermes, because he was the ἡγούμενος TOV λόγου. 13 Yo.dé! ἱερεὺς τοῦ Awe τοῦ ὄντος leader in speaking. And the priest of Zeus who was πρὸ τῆς. πόλεως. αὐτῶν." ταύρους Kai στέμματα ἐπὶ τοὺς before their city, oxen and garlands to the πυλῶνας ἐνέγκας. σὺν τοῖς ὄχλοις ἤθελεν θύειν. 14 ᾿Ακού- gates having brought, with the crowds wished ἰὼ sacrifice. 7Having σαντες δὲ ot ἀπόστολοι Βαρνάβας καὶ Παῦλος, διαῤῥήξαντες Sheard ‘but *the ‘apostles *Barnabas ‘and ‘Paul, having rent τὰ ἱματια αὐτῶν εἰσεπήδησαν" εἰς τὸν ὄχλον, κράζοντες their garments, rushed in to the crowd, erying 15 καὶ λέγοντες, “Avdoec, Ti ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Kai ἡμεῖς and saying, Men, why these things do ye? also we ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμὲν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι, εὐαγγελιζόμενοι Sof*like Yeelings ‘are ‘with τοὺ men, announcing the glad tidings to ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν καταίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Yrov' θεὸν you ἔτου these vanities to turn to God στὸν ζῶντα. ὃς ἐποίησεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν Kai THY the living, who made the heaven and the earth and the θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς" 16 ὃς ἐν ταῖς παρ- sea and all the things in them; who in the ῳχημέναις γενεαῖς εἴασεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πορεύεσθαι ταὶς past generations suffered all the nations to go ὁδοῖς. αὐτῶν: 17 ἑκαί τοι. γε οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον ϑἑαυτὸν" ἀφῆ- in their [own] ways, though indeed not without witness himself be κεν ἀγαθοποιῶν, οὐρανόθεν “ἡμῖν" ὑετοὺς διδοὺς Kai καιροὺς left, Going good, fromheaven tous 47rains ‘giving and “seasons καρποφόρους, ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς Kai εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ‘fruitful, filling with food and gladness the hearts ἡμῶν. 18 Kai ταῦτα λέγοντες = κατέπαυσαν τοὺς of us. And thesethings saying diy § they stopped the ὄχλους τοῦ.μὴ.θύειν αὐτοῖς. 19 “EwHAGoy' δὲ ἀπὸ ᾿Αντιοχείας erowds from sacrificing to them. But thither came from Antioch καὶ Ἰκονίου Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους, Kai λιθά- and Iconium Jews, and having persuaded the crowds, and having σαντες τὸν Παῦλον, ἔσυρον ἔξω τῆς πόλεως, ἱνομίσαντες" stoned Panl, drew [him] outside the city, supposing αὐτὸν ἐτεθνάναι." 20 κυκλωσάντων.δὲ adroy τῶν μαθητῶν," him τὸ have died. But Shaving ‘surrounded ‘Shim ‘the “disciples, ἀναστὰς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν" Kai ἐπαύριον ἐξὴῆλ- having risen up heentered into the city. And onthe morrow he went θεν σὺν τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ sic Δέρβην. 21 ἰεὐαγγελισάμενοί" τε away with Barnabas to Derbe. And having announced the glad tidingsto τὴν. πόλιν. ἐκείνην, καὶ μαθητεύσαντες ἱκανοὺς ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς that city, and having discipled many they returned to 4 ' re LTA. city) GLTTraw. xacTorye GAW ; — ye LTTr. 4 ὑμῶν οὗ you GLTTra. τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτὸν LTTraA. GLUT[Tr]A. LTTra. Ss — ὃ LTTYAW. x ἀξεπήδησαν rushed out GLITraw. τ 6 τε LTTrA. * — αὐτῶν (read the Σ — τὸν LTTraW. 2 καίτοι LT; 5 αὐτὸν LTTr. Ὁ ἀγαθουργῶν LTTrAW. ς ὑμῖν to you © ἐπῆλθαν LTTra. ἵἱ νομίζοντες τττὰ. ὃ τεθνηκέναι 1 εὐαγγελιζόμενοί announcing &c. LT, t — μὲν LYTra. XIV, XV. ACTS. τὴν Λύστραν καὶ Ε᾿Ἶκόνιον καὶ "΄᾿ Ἀντιόχειαν" 22 ἐπιστηρίζοντες Lystra and Iconium and Antioch, establishing τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν, παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ the souls ofthe disciples, exhorting (them] to continue in the πίστει, Kai ὅτε διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς faith, and that through many tribulations must we enter into τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 23 χειροτονήσαντες.δὲ αὐτοῖς ἵπρεσ- the kingdom of God. And having chosen for them el- βυτέρους κατ᾽ ἐκκλησίαν," προσευξάμενοι μετὰ νηστειῶν πα- ders in every assembly, having prayed with fastings they ρέθεντο αὐτοὺς τῷ κυρίῳ εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν. 24 Kai committed them tothe Lord, on whom they had believed. And διελθόντες τὴν Πισιδίαν ἦλθον εἰς " ΤΙαμφυλίαν:" 25 καὶ having passed through Pisidia they came to Pampbylia, and λαλήσαντες "ἐν Πέργῃ᾽ τὸν λόγον κατέβησαν εἰς “᾿Αττάλειαν" having spoken in Perga the word they came down to Attalia; 26 κἀκεῖθεν ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν, ὅθεν ἦσαν παρα- and thence they sailed to Antioch, whence they had been δεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ ἐπλήρωσαν. committed tothe grace of God for the work which they fulfilled. 27 παραγενόμενοι. δὲ καὶ συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν And having arrived and having gathered together the assembly Ράνήγγειλαν" ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς per αὐτῶν, καὶ ὅτι ἤνοιξεν they declared allthat “did ‘God with them, and that he opened τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ΟΥΡ ΩΣ πίστεως. 28 διέτριβον.δὲ «ἐκεῖ χρόνον to the nations a door of faith. And they stayed there *time οὐκ ὀλίγον σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς. ‘not *a*little with the disciples. 15 Kai τινες κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ιουδαίας ἐδίδασκον And certain having come down from Judga were teaching τοὺς ἀδελφούς, Ὅτι ἐὰν. μὴ eke eae τῷ ἔθει * Μωῦ- the brethren, Unless ye be circumcised afterthe custom of Mo- σέως ov.dtvacbe σωθῆναι. 2 Γενομένης οὖν" στάσεως ses ye cannot be saved. Having taken place therefore a commotion καὶ ᾿συζητήσεως" οὐκ ὀλίγης τῷ Παύλῳ Kai τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ πρὸς and discussion not alittle by Paul and Barnabas with ? ΄ » > ,ὔ ~ 4 / , αὐτούς, ἔταξαν ἀναβαίνειν Παῦλον καὶ Βαρνάβαν καί them, they appointed “ἴο °go “up *Paul 7and = =©6©* Barnabas and τινας ἄλλους ἐξ αὐτῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ certain others from amongst them to the apostles and πρεσβυτέρους εἰς ἹἹερουσαλήμ, περὶ Tov-Cytnparoe.robrov. elders to Jerusalem, about this question. 3 ot μὲν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας διήρ- They indeed therefore having been sent forward by the assembly passed xovro τὴν ἡ Φοινίκην καὶ *Zapapeay," ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν through Phoenicia and Samaria, relating the ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν" Kai ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσιν conversion ofthe nations. Andthey caused “joy lgreat to all τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς. 4 mapayevopevoroé εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ *aze- the brethren. And having come to Jerusalem they were δέχθησαν" “ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας Kai τῶν ἀποστόλων Kai τῶν 907 tra, and to Iconium, and Antioch, 22 con- firming the souls of the disciples, and ex- horting them to con- tinue in the faith, and that we must through much tribulation en- ter into the kingdom of God. 22 And when they had ordained them elders in every church, and had pray- ed with fasting, they commended them to the Lord, on whom they believed. 24 And after they had passed throughout Pisidia, they came to Pam- phylia. 25 And when they had preached the word in Perga, they went down into Atta- lia: 26and thence sailed to Antioch, from whence they had been recommended to the grace of God for the work which they fulfilled. 27And when they were come, and ha gathered the church together, they rehearsed all that God had done with them, and how he had opened the door of faith uxte the Gentiles. 28 And there eed abode long time with the disci- ples. XV. And certain men which came down from Judza taught the brethren, andsaid, Except ye be circum- cised after the manner of Moses, ye cannot be saved. 2 en there- fore Paul and Barna- bas had no small dis- sension and disputa- tion with them, they determined that Paui and Barnabas, and certain other of them, should go up to Jeru- salem unto the apo- stles and elders abont this question. 3 And being brought on their way by the church, they passed through Phenice and Samaria, declaring the conver- sion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy unto aH the breth- ren. 4 And when they were come to Jerusa- lem,they were received welcomed by the assembly and the apostles and the of the church, and of k + εἰς to LTTrA. ! κατ᾽ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους LITrAW. =| ™ + τὴν TTr. 5 εἰς τὴν Πέργην Ἵ. ο᾽Ατταλίαν TA. Ρ ἀνήγγελλον LTTrA. 4 — ἐκεῖ GLTTrAW. τ περι- τμηθῆτε ye have been circumcised ἹΤΊΤΑ. 8 + 7@ LTTra. place) Trr. v ζητήσεως GLITrAW. Ww + τε both Lrtra. σόλυμα Tr. 2 παρεδέχθησαν they were received LTTrAW 8 ἀπὸ Tr. t δὲ but (having taken x Σαμαρίαν 1. ¥ Ἵερο- 358 the apostles and elders, and they declared all things that God had done with them. 5 But there rose up certain of the sect of the Pha- risees which believed, saying, That it was needful to circumcise them, and to command them to keep the law of Moses. 6 And the apostles and_ elders came together for to consider of this matter. 7 And when there had been much disputing, Peter rose up, and said unto them, Men and brethren, ye know how that a good while ago God made choice among us, that the Gentiles by my mouth should hear the word of the gospel, and be- lieve. 8 And God, which knoweth the hearts, bare them wit- ness, giving them the Holy Ghost, even as he did unto us ; 9and put no difference be- tween us and them, purifying their hearts by faith. 10 Now therefore why tempt ye God, to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples, which nei- ther our fathers nor we were able to bear? 11 But we believe that through the grace of the Lord Jesus Christ we shall be saved, even as they. 12 Then all the multitude kept si- lence, and gave audi- ence to Barnabas and Paul, declaring what miracles and wonders God had wrought a- mong the Gentiles by them. 13 And after they had held their peace, James answer- ed, saying, Men and brethren,hearken unto me: 14 Simeon hath declared how God at the first did visit the Gentiles, to take out of them a people for his name. 15 And to this agree the words of the prophets ; as it is written, 16 After this I will return, and will build again the tabernacle of David, whichis fallen down ; and I will build again the ruins thereof, and Ὁ re Tra. LTTrAaw. i— χριστοῦ GTTrAW. LITrA ; Δαυὶδ Gw. © συνζητήσεως LA; ζητήσεως TTr. € — αὐτοῖς TTrA. WPA EI Σ XV. πρεσβυτέρων, ἀνήγγειλάν.τε doa ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν. elders, and they declared allthat God did with them. 5 ἐξανέστησαν δὲ τινες τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως τῶν Φαρισαίων And rose up certain of those of the sect ofthe Pharisees , , a ~ πεπιστευκότες, λέγοντες, Ὅτι δεῖ περιτέμνειν αὐτούς, who believed, saying, It is necessary tocircumcise them, παραγγέλλειν.τε τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωσέως. 6 Συνήχ- and charge [them]to keep the law of Moses. *Were *gathered θησαν δὲ! ot ἀπόστολοι Kai οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ *together tand the apostles and the elders tosee about λόγου.τούτου. 7 πολλῆς.δὲ συζητήσεως" γενομένης, ἀνα- this matter. And much discussion having taken place, “having \ τι ἢ = ‘ 7 fy » > ᾽ , € ~ στὰς Iletpoc εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοῦς, Ανὸρες ἀδελφοί, υμεῖς “risen *up *Peter said to them, Men brethren, ye ’ , ε 2 are: ~ ? / d « ‘ ? € ~ ? , iT] ἐπίστασθε Ort ad ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων “ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν ἐξελέξατο know thatfrom “days ‘early God among us chose διὰ τοῦ.στόματός. μου ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη τὸν λόγον τοῦ by my mouth [for] *to*hear ‘the “nations the word of the εὐαγγελίου, καὶ πιστεῦσαι. 8 Kai ὁ καρδιογνώστης θεὸς ἐμαρ- glad tidings, πὰ to believe. Andthe heart-knowing God bore ~ > ~ ‘ ~ A - ‘ τ τύρησεν αὐτοῖς, δοὺς “αὐτοῖς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, καθὼς καὶ witness tothem, giving tothem the Spirit the Holy, as also ἡμῖν" 9 καὶ foddév' διέκρινεν μεταξὺ ἡμῶν &re' καὶ αὐτῶν, to us, and put no difference between us ‘both and them, Ty πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας. αὐτῶν. 10 νῦν οὖν τί by the faith having purified their hearts. Now therefore why πειράζετε τὸν θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν tempt ye God to put ayoke upon the neck of the μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ.πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν disciples, which neither our fathers nor we were able βαστάσαι; 11 ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ 'χριστοῦ" to bear ? But by the grace of{[the] Lord Jesus Christ πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι, καθ᾽ ὃν.τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι. 12 ᾿Εσίγησεν we believe tobe saved, in the same manner as they also. “Kept ‘silence δὲ πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος, Kai ἤκουον Βαρνάβα καὶ Παύλου ἐξη- land all the multitude, and heard Barnabas and Paul re- youpévwy ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν τοῖς lating what *did *God ‘signs “and *wonders among the ἔθνεσιν Ov αὐτῶν. 13 Mera.cé τὸ.σιγῆσαι αὐτοὺς ἀπεκρίθη nations by them. And after were “silent ‘they Fanswered ᾿Ιάκωβος λέγων, “Avdpec ἀδελφοί, ἀκούσατέ pov. 14 Συμεὼν *James, saying, Men brethren, hear me. Simeon ἐξηγήσατο καθὼς πρῶτον ὁ θεὸς ἐπεσκέψατο λαβεῖν ἐξ related how first God visited totake out of ἐθνῶν λαὸν "ἐπὶ" τῷ.ὀνόματι. αὐτοῦ. 15 καὶ τούτῳ συμφω- nations apeople for his name, And with this agree vovow οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν, καθὼς γέγραπται, 16 Mera the words of the prophets: as it has been written, After ἀναστρέψω καὶ ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν ‘AaBid' Iwillreturn and will buildagain the tabernacle of David ταῦτα these things τὴν πεπτωκυϊαν" καὶ τὰ ""κατεσκαμμένα" αὐτῆς ἀνοικοδομήσω, which [15 fallen; and the ruins of it I will build again, d ἐν ὑμῖν you (ἡμῖν W) ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεὸς f οὐθὲν TTrA. 8. —Te W. b + τοῦ of the GLTTraw. « — ἐπὶ (read τῷ ov. αὐτοῦ for his name) LTTraw. 1 Δανεὶδ Ὁ κατεστραμμένα Ὑ ; κατεστρεμμένα Tr. XV. ACTS. καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν, 17 ὅπως ἂν.ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι and willsct up ἘΔ so that Smay “seek 7out ‘the ?residue τῶν ἀνθρώπων TOY κύριον, Kai πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφ᾽ οὺς ἐπι- Sof *men the Lord, and all the nations upon whom has κέκληται T0.0voua.pou ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς" λέγει κύριος τὸ" ποιῶν been called my name upon them, says [the] Lord who does ταῦτα πάντα." 18 ῬΓνωστὰ" an’ αἰῶνός “ἐστιν τῷ θεῷ *these “things 1411: known from eternity are to God πάντα τὰ ἔργα.αὐτοῦ." 19 διὸ ἐγὼ κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν all his works. Wherefore I judge not to trouble ~ ? ‘ ~ > ~ ? , “2a, ν oa 9 2 A τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν" 20 ἀλλὰ those who from the God; but ἐπιστεῖλαι αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι τἀπὸ" τῶν αλισγημάτων τῶν to write to them to abstain from the pollutions of the εἰδώλων καὶ τῆς πορνείας Kai "τοῦ πνικτοῦ Kai τοῦ αἵματος. idols and fornication and what is strangled and blood. 21 ‘Mwonje'-yap ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ.πόλιν τοὺς KN- For Moses from generations of old inevery city those *pro- ρύσσοντας αὐτὸν ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ.πᾶν σάββατον nations turn to claiming *him ‘has in the synagogues, every sabbath ἀναγινωσκόμενος. being read. 22 Tore ἔδοξεν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Kai τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις elders ? ? ~ ἐξ αὐτῶν from among them Then it seemed good tothe apostles and to the ‘ e ~~ 63 , 2 , » σὺν ὕλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἐκλεξαμένους ἄνδρας with *whole ?the assembly, chosen men πέμψαι εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν σὺν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Βαρνάβᾳ, ᾿Ιούδαν tosend to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas, Judas τὸν "ἐπικαλούμενον" “Βαρσαβᾶν, καὶ Σίλαν, ἄνδρας ἡγου- surnamed Barsabas, and Silas, 2men lead- μένους ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς. 23 γράψαντες διὰ χειρὸς. αὐτῶν ing among the brethren, having written by their hand *raoe, Οἱ ἀπόστολοι Kai οἱ πρεσβύτεροι YKai οἱ ἀδελφοί, thus: The apostles and the elders and the brethren, ~ ay \ ᾽ , ‘ , ‘ r ,ὔ ? ~ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Αντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς tothose in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, brethren ~ ? ? ~ , ? ‘ > , ε τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν. 24 ᾿Ἐπειδὴ ἠκούσαμεν ore from among [the] nations, greeting. Inasmuch as we have heard that τινὲς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξελθόντες ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις, certain from amongst us having gone out troubled you by words, ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς. ψυχὰς ὑμῶν, λέγοντες περιτέμνεσθαι upsetting your souls, saying [ye must] be circumcised καὶ τηρεῖν TOY νόμον." οἷς οὐ.διεστειλάμεθα: 98 ἔδοξεν and keep the law; to whom we gayeno[such] command; it seemed good ἡμῖν γενομένοις ὁμοθυμαδόν, “ἐκλεξαμένους᾽ ἄνδρας πέμψαι tous hayingcome with one accord, chosen men to send πρὸς ὑμᾶς, σὺν τοῖς. ἀγαπητοῖς. ἡμῶν Βαρνάβᾳ Kai Παύλῳ, to you, with our beloved Barnabas and Paul, 26 ἀνθρώποις παραδεδωκόσιν τὰς. ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ men who have given up their lives for the ὀνόματος τοῦ.-κυρίου. ἡμῶν Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 27 ἀπεστάλκαμεν name of our Lord Jesus Christ. We have sent 909 I will set it up: 17 that the residue of men might seek after the Lord, and all the Gen- tiles, upon whom my name is called, saith the Lord, who do- eth all these things. 18 Known unto God are all his works from the beginning of the world. 19 Wherefore my sentence is, that we trouble not them, which from among the Gentiles are turned to God: 20 but that we write unto them, that they abstain from pol- lutions of idols, and Jrom fornication, and Jrom things strangled, and from blood, 21 For Moses of old time hath in every city them that preach him, being read in the synagogues every sabbath day. 22 Then pleased it the apostles and elders, with the whole church, to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch with aul and Barnabas;namely, Judas surnamed Bar- sabas, and Silas, chief men among the breth- ren: 23 and they wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brethren send greeting unto the brethren which are of the Gentilesin Antioch and Syria and Cilicia: 24 forasmuch as we have heard, that cer- tain which went out from us have trou- bled you with words, subveLuing your souls, saying, 6 must be circumcised, and keep the law: to whom we gave no such com- mandment: 25 it seem- ed good unto us, being assembled with one accord, to send chosen men unto you with our beloved Barnabas and Paul, 26men that have hazarded their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ. 27 We have sent there- ο — πάντα GLTTrAW. 4 — oLTTr. P γνωστὸν LW. 4 τῷ κυρίῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ to the Lord his work L; ἐστιν τῷ θεῷ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ W ; -- ἐστιν τῷ θεῷ πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ GTTTA. τ — ἀπὸ (read τῶν from the) LTTr[a]. 5 — τοῦ LTr. called LTTrawW. τ BapoaBBay Litra. *— τάδε LITrA. LTTrA. 2 — λέγοντες περιτέμνεσθαι Kal τηρεῖν TOV νόμον LTTTA. chosen Ltrw. τ Mwions GLTTrAw. Y — καὶ oi (vead elder brethren) Ὁ ἐκλεξαμένοις having ν καλούμενον 360 fore Judas and Silas, who shall also tell you the same things by mouth. 28 For it seemed good to the Holy Ghost, and to us, to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things ; 29 that ye abstain from meats offered to idols, and from blood, and from things stran- gied, and from forni- cation: from which if ye keep your- selves, ye shall do well. Fare ye well. 30 So when they were dismissed, they came to Antioch: and when they had gathered the multitude together, they delivered the epistle: 31 which when they had read, they rejoiced for the conso- lation, 32 And Judas and Silas, being pro- phets also themselves, exhorted the brethren with many words, and confirmed them. 33And after they had tarried there a space,they were let go in peace from the brethren unto the apostles. 34 Notwith- standing it pleased Silas to abide there still. 35 Panl also and Barnabas continued in Antioch, teaching and preaching the word of the Lord, with many others also, 36 And some days after Paul said unto Barnabas, Let us go again and visit our brethren in every city where we have preach- ed the word of the Lord, and see how they do. 37 And Barnabas determined to take with them John, whose surname was Mark. 38 But Paul thought not good to take him with them, who de- parted from them from Pamphylia, and went not with them to the work. 39 And the contention was 80 sharp between them, that they departed asunder one from the other : and so Barna- bas took Mark, and WPA EI &. XV. οὖν ᾿Ιούδαν καὶ Σίλαν, καὶ αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγελ- therefore Judas and _ Silas, “also 'themselves by word telling λοντζας τὰ αὐτά. 28 ἔδοξεν.γὰρ ry ἁγίῳ πνεύματι" [you] the same things. For it seemed good to the Holy Spirit καὶ ἡμῖν, μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος πλὴν “τῶν and tous, no = further "to 5140 *upon *you ‘burden than 2 , ,ὔ Il ? , > ΄ . ἐπάναγκες τούτων," 29 ἀπέχεσθαι εἰδωλοθύτων καὶ these necessary things : to abstain from things sacrificed to idols, and αἵματος καὶ ἃ πγνικτοῦ" καὶ πορνείας" ἐξ ὧν from blood and from whateis strangled, and from fornication; from which διατηροῦντες ἑαυτούς, εὖ πράξετε: ἔῤῥωσθε. 80 Οἱ μὲν keeping yourselves, well ye will do. They Farewell. οὖν ἀπολυθέντες “ἤλθον᾽ εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν" Kai συναγαγόντες therefore, being let go went to Antioch, and having gathered TO πλῆθος ἐπέδωκαν τὴν ἐπιστολήν. 31 ἀναγνόντες.δὲ ἐχά- the multitude delivered the epistle. And having read they ? ‘ ~ ’ ? ὃ ἔξ. ll δὴ in ‘ ? pnoay ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει. 32 Lovdac.'re" καὶ Σίλας, καὶ av- rejoiced at the consolation. And Judas and Silas, also 'them- τοὶ προφῆται ὄντες. διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς selves *prophets Sbeing, by “discourse tmuch exhorted the ἀδελφούς, καὶ ἐπεστήριξαν. 33 Ποιήσαντες.δὲ χρόνον ἀπε- brethren, and _ established [them]. Απᾶπμανίηνσ continued a time they λύθησαν μετ᾽ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ THY ἀδελφῶν πρὸς ἕτοὺς ἀποστό- were let go in peace from the _ brethren to the apostles; λους." 84 Βέἔδοξεν.δὲ τῷ Σίλᾳ ἐπιμεῖναι αὐτοῦ." 35 Παῦλος. δὲ but it seemed good to Silas toremain there. And Paul καὶ BapvaBac διέτριβον ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ, διδάσκοντες Kai εὐσγ- and Barnabas stayed in Antioch, teaching and 5an- γελιζόμενοι μετὰ καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν, τὸν λόγον τοῦ nouncing “the glad ®tidings ‘with “150. ’others *many— the word ofthe κυρίου. Lord. 96 Meraoé τινας ἡμέρας εἶπεν Παῦλος πρὸς Βαρνάβαν," But after certain days said Paul to Barnabas, ᾿Επιστρέψαντες δὴ ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς. "ἡμῶν" κατὰ Having turned back *indeed ‘let 7us look after our brethren in ἱπᾶσαν πόλιν" ἐν αἷς κατηγγείλαμεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, every city in which we have announced the word ofthe Lord, πῶς ἔχουσιν. 37 Βαρνάβας.δὲ ™éBovdeicaro' "συμπαρα- how they ure. And Barnabas purposed to take λαβεῖν" © Prov' ΦἸωάννην" τὸν καλούμενον Μάρκον" 38 Παῦ- with {them] John called Mark; 2Paul hoe δὲ ἠξίου τὸν ἀποστάντα ar αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Ιαμ- *but thought it well him who withdrew from them from Pam- φυλίας, καὶ μὴ.συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον, μὴ Touprrapa- phylia, and went not with them to the work, not to take λαβεῖν" τοῦτον. 39 ἐγένετο "οὖν" παροξυσμός, ὥστε “with (*them] "him. Arose therefore a sharp contention so that ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ax’ ἀλλήλων, τόν.τε.-Βαρνάβαν παρα- “departed 1they from one another, and Barnabas having " τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ TIrw. © τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες LTTr; — τούτων A. 4 πνικτῶν LTTrA. © κατῆλθον LYTrA. ἴ δὲ Ε. & τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς those who sent them GLITrAW. ἢ — verse 34 LITrAW. ἱ πρὸς Βαρνάβαν ἸΠαῦλος Lira. k — ἡμῶν (read the brethren) GLTTraW. ° + καὶ also GLTTrA. LTTra. πὶ ἐβούλετο LTTrAW. 2 συν- ΤΑ. τ συμ-ίσυν- ΤαΑ)παραλαμβάνειν 1 πόλιν πᾶσαν LTTrA. Ρ — τὸν GLA. 4 Τωάνην Tr. 5 δὲ and (arose) LTTra, ΧΥΧΥΙ. ACTS. λαβόντα τὸν ee ἐκπλεῦσαι εἰς Κύπρον 40 Παῦλος. δὲ taken Mark sailed to Cyprus; but Paul ἐπιλεξάμενος Σίλαν ἐξῆλθεν, παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι having chosen Silas went forth, having been committed tothe grace *rov θεοῦ" ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν. 41 διήρχετο.δὲ τὴν Συρίαν of God by the _ brethren. And he Le aie through Syria καὶ ™ Κιλικίαν, ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας. 16 Κατήντησεν δὲ" and Cilicia, establishing the assemblies. And he arrived sic Δέρβην καὶ ¥ Λύστραν᾽ Kai ἰδού, μαθητής τις ἦν ἐκεῖ, at Derbe and Dystra: and behold, a pee ‘certain was there, ὀνόματι Τιμόθεος, υἱὸς γυναικός ἡτινος" ᾿Ιουδαίας πιστῆς by name ἘΤἰπιοΐμθτϑ, son of ἃ *woman ‘certain *Jewish *believing πατρὸς. δὲ “EXAnvoc’ 26¢ ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Λύσ- but rete father a Greek, who was borne witness to by the “in *Lys- τροις καὶ ᾿Ικονίῳ ἀδελφῶν. 3 τοῦτον ἠθέλησεν ὁ ἸΤαῦλος σὺν tra ‘and *Iconium ‘brethren. Thisone *wished Paul with αὐτῷ ἐξελθεῖν, καὶ λαβὼν περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν διὰ τοὺς on account of the ἤδεισαν. γὰρ him togoforth, and having taken hecircumcised him Ιουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς.τόποις.ἐκείνοις" Jews who were in those places, for they “knew ἅπαντες τὸν πατέρα.αὐτοῦ OTe “Ἕλλην! ὑπῆρχεν. 4 ὡς δὲ 1411 his father that a Greek he was. And as διεπορεύοντο τὰς πόλεις Prapedidovy' αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν ἅ5.) passed ἀδιῦηθε the _ cities cs delivered to them to keep τὰ δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ ἐχῶν' the decrees decided on by the apostles and the πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν “Ἱερουσαλήμ. 5 αἱ μὲν οὖν ἐκ- elders in Jerusalem. The “therefore ‘as- κλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει; καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ semblies were strengthened in the faith, and abounded in number καθ᾽ ἡμέραν. every day. 4 6 ἐΔιελθόντεε" δὲ τὴν Φρυγίαν καὶ ἱτὴν" Γαλατικὴν Having *passed “through ‘and Phrygia and the Galatian χώραν, κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος λαλῆσαι! SOUNIEY, having been forbidden by the Holy Spirit to speak τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ Aig, 7 ἐλθόντες ὃ κατὰ THY Μυσίαν ἐπείρα- the word in ia, having come down to Mysia they at- Zov cara izjy' Βιθυνίαν πορεύεσθαι" Kai οὐκ.εἴασεν tempted to Bithynia to go; and #did “ποὺ *suffer αὐτοὺς τὸ πνεῦμα. ὃ παρελθόντες.δὲ τὴν Μυσίαν κατέβη- *them ‘the Spirit; and haying passed by Mysia they came cay εἰς Τρωάδα. 9 καὶ ὕραμα διὰ ™rijc' νυκτὸς "ὠφθη down to Troas. And avision during the night appeared Παύλῳ ᾿Ανήρ ὅτις ἦν Μακεδὼν" ἑστώς, Ῥ παρακαλῶν to Paul: A *man ‘certain Swas “οἵ *Macedonia standing, beseeching αὐτὸν καὶ λέγων, δΔιαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν βοήθησον him and saying, aay passed over into Macedonia help 1 10 Ὡς. δὲ τὸ ὕραμα εἶδεν, εὐθέως ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν And when the vision he saw, immediately wesought ἴο 5ὉὋ forth 361 sailed unto Cyprus; 40 and Paul chose Si- las, and departed, be- ing recommended by the brethren unto the grace of God. 41 And he went through Sy- ria and Cilicia, con- firming the churches. XVI. Then came he to Derbe and Lystra: and, behold, a certain disciple was there, named Timotheus, the son of a certain wo- man, which was a Jewess, and believed; but his father was a Greek: 2 which was well reported of by the brethren that were at Lystra and Iconium. 3 Him would Panl have to go forth with him; and took and circumcised him be- cause of the Jews which were in those quarters: for they knew all that his fa- ther was a Greek. 4 And as they went through the cities, they delivered them the decrees for to keep, that were ordained of the apostles and elders which were at Jerusa- lem. 5 Andso were the churches’ established in the faith, and in- ereased in number daily. 6 Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the re- gion of Galatia, and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia, 7 af- ter they were come to Mysia, they assayed to go into Bithynia: but the Spirit sufiered them not. 8 And they _ passing by Mysia came down to 'roas. 9 And a vision appeared to Paul in the night; There stood a man of Macedonia, and pray- ed him, saying, Come over into Alacedonia, and help us. 10 And after he had seen the vision, immediately we endeavoured to go Y τοῦ κυρίου of the Lord LITrAW. — τινος GLTTrAW. "+ τὴ LTTraw. ¢ — τῶν LTTrAW. 4 Ἱεροσολύμοις LTTrAW. LTTraW. f — τὴν LTTrA. & + δὲ and (having come) LTTraw. i — τὴν Ww. Κ πορευθῆναι LTTra. 1 + Ἰησοῦ of Jesus GLTTraw. “to ΤΠ}αύλῳ ὥφθη TTrA. ο Μακεδών τις Hv (— ἣν A) LTTrAW. * + καὶ also L[Tr}. 5 πάντες (ἅπαντες ἘΠ δ, ὅτι "Ἕλλην ὁ 0 πατὴρ αὐτοῦ LTr. © διῆλθον they passed through Σ + εἰς at LT Tr. ὃ παρεδίδοσαν Β εἰς GLTTrAW. m --- τῆς LTTr[A]W. P + καὶ and LTTr. 362 into Macedonia, as- suredly gathering that the Lord had called us for to preach the gospel unto them. 11 Therefore loosing from Troas, we came with a straight course to Samothracia, and the next day to Nea- polis; 12 and from thence to Philippi, which is the chief city of that part of Mace- donia, and a colony: and we were in that city abiding certain days. 13 And on the sabbath we went out of the city by a river side, where prayer was wont to be made; and wesat down, andspake unto the women which resorted thither. 14 And acertain woman nam- ed Lydia, a seller of purple, of the city of Thyatira, which wor- shipped God, heard us: whose heart the Lord opened, that she at- tended unto the things which were spoken of Paul. 15 And when she was baptized, and her household, she be- sought us, saying, If ye have judged me to be faithful to the Lord, come into my house, and abide there. And she constrained us. 16 And it came to pass, as we went to prayer, a certain damsel pos- sessed with a spirit of divination met us, which brought her masters much gain by soothsaying: 17 the same followed Paul and us, and cried, say- ing, These men are the servants of the most high God, which shew unto us the way of salvation. 18 And this did she many days. But Paul, being griev- ed, turned and said to the spirit, 1 command thee in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And he came out the same hour. 19 And when her masters saw that she hope of their gains was gone, they caught 9 — τὴν LTTr. v δὲ LTTrA. 8 πύλης gate LTTrAW. © + τὴν the [place for] LrTraw. » κατακολουθοῦσα following TTr. ἃ μένετε LTTrW. w Νέαν πόλιν TTr. ΠΟΡΟΑΣΞ ἜΤΟΣ. ΧΥΙ. ᾽ \ , ΄΄ εἰ « ~ εἰς τὴν" Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς to us Macedonia, concluding that “had ‘called τὸ κύριος" εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς. 11 ᾿Αναχθέντες ‘the *Lord ἴο announce the glad tidingsto them. Having sailed βοῦν" ἀπὸ ἱτῆς" Τρωάδος εὐθυδρομήσαμεν εἰς Σαμο- therefore from Troas we came with a straight course to Samo- ΓΔ ~ 1 , ? »Ἅ ᾽ ~ θρᾷκην, τῇ. τε ἐπιούσῃ εἰς “Μεάπολιν," 12 “ἐκεῖθέν. τεὶ thracia, and onthe following day to Neapolis, and thence εἰς Φιλίππους, ἥτις ἐστν πρώτη τῆς μερίδος rnc" to Philippi, which is [the] first “of (*that] ‘part Μακεδονίας πόλις, κολώνια. μεν.δὲ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει δια- Sof °Macedonia ‘city, acolony. And wewere in this city stay- τρίβοντες ἡμέρας τινάς, 18 τῇττε ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ing *days ‘certain. Andonthe day of the sabbath ἐξήλθομεν Ττἔξω" τῆς "πόλεως" παρὰ ποταμόν, οὗ ἐνομίζετο we went forth outside the city by ariver, where wascustomary προσευχὴ" εἶναι, Kai καθίσαντες ἐλαλοῦμεν ταῖς ouved- prayer tobe, and havingsatdown wespoke_ to the *who *came θούσαις γυναιξίν. 14 Καί τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία, πορ- *together ‘women. Andacertain woman, by name Lydia, a seller φυρόπωλις πόλεως Θυατείρων, σεβομένη τὸν θεόν, ἤκουεν" of purple of {the] city of Thyatira, who worshipped God, was hearing; ἧς ὁ κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν προσέχειν τοῖς of whom the Lord opened the heart to attend to the things λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ “τοῦ" Παύλου. 15 ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ spoken by Paul. And when she was baptized and ὁ οἶκος. αὐτῆς παρεκάλεσεν λέγουσα, Et κεκρίκατέ με πιστὴν her house she besought saying, If ye have judged me faithful τῷ κυρίῳ εἶναι, εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν. οἴκόν μου, ἁμείνατε"" tothe Lord tobe, having entered into my house, abide. καὶ παρεβιάσατο ἡμᾶς. 16 Ἐγένετο.δὲ πορευομένων. ἡμῶν And she constrained us. And it came to pass as we were going εἰς ® προσευχήν, παιδίσκην τινὰ ἔχουσαν πνεῦμα Πύθωνος" to prayer, a*damsel ‘certain, having aspirit of Python, δἀπαντῆσαι' ἡμῖν, ἥτις ἐργασίαν πολλὴν παρεῖχεν τοῖς met us, who “gain ‘much brought κυρίοις αὐτῆς μαντευομένη. 17 αὕτη "κατακολουθήσασα" τῷ to her masters by divining. She having followed Παύλῳ καὶ ἡμῖν ἔκραζεν λέγουσα, Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι δοῦλοι Paul and us cried saying, These men bondmen ~ ~ ~ € , Chl? ev , i, ~ Π τοῦ θεοῦ row ὑψίστου εἰσίν, οἵτινες καταγγέλλουσιν ᾿ὴ) μῖν of the *God ‘Most *High are, who announce tous [the] € a “ Ὕ “ὦ A ? / ? 4 \ « Γ ὁδὸν σωτηρίας. 18 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἐποίει ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας" δια- way of salvation. Andthis shedid for many days. sBeing 5 θ ‘ δὲ κ cil vr ‘ ? , ~ , πονηθεὶς δὲ *6' Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας τῷ πνεύματι εἶπεν, “distressed ‘but 2Paul, and having turned tothe spirit said, Παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν 'r@' ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐξελθεῖν I charge thee in the name of Jesus Christ to come out ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς. Kai ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ. τῷ ὥρᾳ. 19 ᾿Ιδόντες. δὲ οἱ κύριοι from her. And it came out the same hour. And seeing ?masters ? ~ e 1) ~ « ? ‘ ~ ? , ᾽ ~ ? , αὐτῆς ore ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς.ἑργασιας αὐτῶν, ἐπιλαβόμενοι ‘her that was gone the hope of their gain, haying taken hold of τ 6 θεὸς God LrTra. 5 δὲ and (having sailed) Ta. t — τῆς LTira, X κἀκεῖθεν LITrAW. Υ — τῆς LTTr. zt — ἔξω Ww. b ἐνομίζομεν προσευχὴν We Supposed prayer LTTr. © — τοῦ TTr. fWV0wva LTTrA. & ὑπαντῆσαι TTA, i ὑμῖν to you ETTr. k—6TTr. 1 -- τῷ LTTrA. XVI. ACTS. τὸν Παῦλον καὶ τὸν" Σίλαν εἵλκυσαν εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν Paul and Silas they dragged [them]into the market ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας. 20 Kai προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς before the magistrates ; and haying brought up them to the στρατηγοῖς "εἶπον," Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν captains said, These men Sexceedingly *trouble ~*our THY πόλιν, ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ὑπάρχοντες" 21 Kai καταγγέλλουσιν ἔθη Scity, 2Jews ‘being, and announce customs ἃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν, Ῥωμαίοις which it is not lawful for us to receive nor to do, “Romans οὖσιν. 22 Kai συνεπέστη ὁ ὄχλος κατ᾽ αὐτῶν, Kai οἱ στρα- *being. And rose up together the crowd against them, andthe cap- τηγοὶ “περιῤῥήξαντες" αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐκέλευον papot- tains having torn off of them the garments commanded to beat [them] fey’ 28 πολλάς τε ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγάς ἔβαλον with rods. And *many ‘having laid °on *them ‘stripes they cast [them] εἰς φυλακήν, παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν into. prison, charging the jailor safely to keep αὐτούς" 34 ὺς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην Ῥεἰληφὼς ἔβαλεν αὐτοὺς them ; who ᾿ “a %charge ‘such having received thrust them εἰς τὴν ἐσωτέραν φυλακήν, Kai τοὺς. πόδας. αὐτῶν ἠσφαλί- into the inner prison, and their feet secured σατο" εἰς TO ξύλον. 25 Κατὰ δὲ τὸ μεσονύκτιον Παῦλος καὶ to the stocks. And towards midnight Paul and Σίλας προσευχόμενοι ὕμνουν τὸν Gedy" ἐπηκροῶντο Silas praying were singing praises to God, “listened *to δὲ αὐτῶν οἱ δέσμιοι. 26 ἄφνω.δὲ σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας, ‘and ®*them “the “prisoners. And suddenly Searthquake ‘there *was “a *great, ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου" τἀνεῴχθησάν᾽" sothat wereshaken the foundations of the prison, “were “opened Sve! παραχρῆμα at θύραι πᾶσαι, καὶ πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη. ἴδῃ ἃ immediately *the*doors ‘all, and 9508 1] the *bonds were loosed. 27 ἔξυπνος δὲ γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ, καὶ ἰδὼν ἀνεῳγ- And *awoke *out ®of 7516 60 “being ‘the *jailor, and seeing opened μένας τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς, σπασάμενος μάχαιραν "ἔμελ- the doors ofthe prison, having drawn a sword was Aev' ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν, νομίζων ἐκπεφευγέναι τοὺς δεσμίους. about himself to put to death, supposing had escaped the prisoners. 28 ἐφώγησεν.δὲ “φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ὁ Παῦλος" λέγων, Μηδὲν But *called out *with°a‘voice loud 1Paul saying, 4No πράξῃς σεαυτῷ κακόν᾽ ἅπαντες. γάρ ἐσμεν ἐνθάδε. 29 Ai- do “to “thyself injury ; for ?all lwe “are here. *Having τήσας δὲ φῶτα εἰσεπήδησεν, καὶ ἔντρομος. γενόμενος προσ- Sasked *for ‘and lights herushedin, and trembling fell ἔπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ "τῷ" Σίλᾳ᾽ 80 καὶ προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς down before Paul and Silas. And having brought them ἔξω ἔφη, Κύριοι, τί με. δεῖ ποιεῖν ἵνα σωθῶ; out he 5814, Sirs, what is necessary forme todo that I may be saved? 31 Οἱ. δὲ Yelror,' Πίστευσον ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν *xpisror, | And they said, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, καὶ σωθήσῳ, σὺ καὶ ὁ.οἷκός. σου. 32 Καὶ ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ and thou shalt Ὅ6 βαυϑᾶ, thou απἃ thy house. And they spoke to him m — τὸν A. αὐτῶν LTTrA. Y ἤμελλεν LTTrA. 2 — χριστόν LTTrA. Ὦ εἶπαν LYTrA. 9 περιρήξαντες LTTrA. τ ἠνεῴχθησαν LTrA; ἠνοίχθησαν T. 5 δὲ LTTra. Ὑ —o LITr; Παῦλος φωνῇ μεγάλῃ L- Ρ λαβὼν LTTrAW. 363 Paul and Silas, and drew them into the marketplace unto the rulers, 20and brought them to the magis- trates, saying, These men, being Jews, do ex- ceedingly trouble our city, 21 and teach cus- toms, which are not lawful for us to re ceive, neither to ob- serve, being Romans. 22 And the multitude rose up together a- gainst them: and the magistrates rent off their clothes, and com- manded to beat ther. 23 And when they had laid many stripes up- on them, they cast them into prison, charging the jailor to keep them safely: 24 who, having receiv- ed such a charge,thrust them into the inner prison, and made their teet fast in the stocks. 25 And at midnight Paul and Silas prayed, and sang praises unto God : andthe prisoners heard them. 26 And suddenly there was a great earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken: and imme- diately all the doors were opened, and every one’s bands were loos- ed. 27 And the keeper of the prison awaking out of his sleep, and seeing the prison doors open, he drew out his sword, and would have killed himself, suppos- ing that the prisoners had been fled. 28 But Paul cried with a loud voice, saying, Do thy- self no harm: for we are all here. 29 Then he called for a light, and sprang in, and came trembling, and fell down before Paul and Silas, 30 and brought them out, and said, Sirs, what must I do to be saved? 31 And they said, Be- lieve on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved, and thy house. 32 And they spake unto him the 4 ἠσφαλίσατο t + τὴν the (sword) titra. * — 7@ Lira. Υ εἶπαν LTTrA. 364 word of the Lord, and to all that were in his house. 33 And he took them the same hour of the night, and washed their stripes ; and was bap- tized, he and all his, straightway. 34 And when he had brought them into his house, he set meat before them, and rejoiced, be- lieving in God with all his house. 35 And when it was day, the magistrates sent the serjeants, saying, Let those men go, 36 And the keeper of the pri- son told this saying to Paul, The magistrates have sent to let you go: now therefore de- part, and go in peace. 37 But Paul anid unto them, They have beat- en us openly uncon- demned, being Ro- mans, and have cast us into prison; and now do they thrust us out privily? nay verily; but let them come themselves and fetch us out. 38 And the serjeants told these words unto the magis- trates: and they feared, when they heard that they were Romans. 39 And they came and besought them, and brought them out, and desired them to depart out of the city. 40 And they went out of the prison, and entered in- to the house of Lydia : and when they had seen the brethren, they comforted them, and departed, X VIL. Now when they had passed through Aimphipolis and Apol- lonia, they came to Thessalonica, where was ἃ synagogue of the Jews: 2 and Paul, as his manner was, wentin unto them, and three sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures, 3 opening and alleg- ing, that Christ must needs have suffered, 2 σὺν πᾶσιν With all @LTTrAW. © πανοικεὶ TA. i ἀπήγγειλαν LTTrAW. d ἡγαλλιᾶτο A. h ἔβαλαν LTA. aro to depart from (the) Lira. 4 ἐξῆλθαν TTr. ἀδελφούς LITA. t διελέξατο LTTr. TPAZETS. XVI, XVII. τὸν λόγον Tov κυρίου, “καὶ πᾶσιν" τοῖς ἐν TH-oiKig.avTov. the word ofthe Lord, and toall those in his house. 33 καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τῆς νυκτὸς ἔλου- And having taken them in _ that hour of the night he wash- σεν ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν, καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ ed [them] from the stripes; and *was*baptized ‘he and *his b πάντες" παραχρῆμα. 34 avayaywr.re αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν οἶκον tall immediately. And having brought them into “house “αὐτοῦ" παρέθηκεν τράπεζαν, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο" ὅπαν- this he Ἰαϊὰ atable [for them], and exulted with all oui! πεπιστευκὼς τῷ θεῷ. 35 Ἡμέρας.δὲ γενομένης ἀπέ- [his] house, having believed in God. And day having come στειλαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοὺς ῥαβδούχους λέγοντες, ᾿Απόλυσον ϑροηῦ ‘the *captains the serjeants, saying, Let *go τοὺς. ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους. 36 ᾿Απήγγειλεν.δὲ ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ ‘those *men. And*reported ‘the *jailor τοὺς.λόγους ἱτούτους" πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον, Ὅτι ξἀπεστάλκασιν" these words to Paul, *Have *sent € Nes, ? ~ 5 w τ ? Ἂ , οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἵνα ἀπολυθῆτε' νῦν οὖν ἐξελθόντες πο- ‘the “captains that ye may be let go. Now therefore haying gone out de- ρεύεσθε ἐν εἰρήνῃ. 37 Ὃ δὲ. Παῦλος ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς, Δείραντες part in peace, But Paul said to them, Having beaten ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ ἀκατακρίτους, ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχον- us publicly uncondemned, men . Romans being, rac, *’Bador' εἰς φυλακήν, καὶ νῦν λάθρα ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλου- they cast [us]into prison, and now secretly us do they thrust σιν; ov yap’ ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ ἡμᾶς ἐξαγαγέτωσαν. out? no indeed, but having come themselves » us let them bring out, .᾽ Pia ~ - εν ~ ε 88 ᾿Ανήγγειλα»ν" "δὲ" τοῖς στρατηγοῖς οἱ ῥαβδοῦχοι τὰ ῥήματα And “reported *to*the captains ‘the *serjeants Swords ταῦτα ἱκαὶ ἐφοβήθησαν ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν. ΤΠ 686, And they were afraid having heard that Romans they are. 39 καὶ ἐλθόντες παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξαγαγόντες And having come they besought them, and having brought out ἠρώτων τ ἐξελθεῖν! τῆς πόλεως. 40 ἐξελθόντες.δὲ "ἐκ" they asked [them] togoout of the city. And having gone forth out of τῆς φυλακῆς εἰσῆλθον °sic! τὴν Λυδίαν" καὶ ἰδόντες Prove the prison they came to Lydia ; and having seen the ἀδελφούς παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς," καὶ “ἐξῆλθον." brethren they exhorted them, and went away. 17 Διοδεύσαντες. δὲ τὴν ᾿Αμφίπολιν καὶ" ᾿Απολλωνίαν And having journeyed through Amphipolis and Apollonia ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην, ὕπου ἢν sy" συναγωγὴ τῶν ‘lov- they came to Thessalonica, where was the synagogue ofthe Jews. daiwy. 2 κατὰ.δὲ τὸ εἰωθὸς τῷ Παύλῳ εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς αὐτούς, And according to the custom with Paul he went in ἴο them, καὶ ἐπὶ σάββατα τρία διελέγετο" αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν, and for “sabbaths ‘three reasoned with them from the scriptures, 3 διανοίγων Kai παρατιθέμενος OTe τὸν χριστὸν ἔδει πα- opening and setting forth that “the *Christ ‘it *behoved to have b ἅπαντες T. © — αὐτοῦ (read the house) τ τ]ὰ. f — τούτους (read the words) utr. 8 ἀπέσταλκαν LTTrA. k ve T. 1 ἐφοβήθησαν δὲ LITA. ™ ἀπελθεῖν “and from τ. ὃ πρὺς GLTTraw. P παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς r + τὴν LTTr. 8 ἡ (read a synagogue) Ltr]. XVII. ACTS. θεῖν καὶ ἀναστῆναι ἐκ νεκρῶν, καὶ ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν suffered and tohaverisen from among [86] dead, and that this is w,!l SA xe ~ τὰ ΓΕ ΚΙ ͵ ois 1 ὁ' χριστὸς 5 Ιησοῦς, ὃν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. 4 Καί τινες the Christ Jesus, whom 1 announce to you. And some ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν, καὶ προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ of them were obedient, and joined themselves to Paul and τῷ Σίλᾳ, τῶν.τε σεβομένων Υ Ἕλληήνων *rodd πλῆθος." to Silas, and of the worshipping Greeks a great multitude, γυναικῶν.τε τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι. 5 "ζηλώσαντες.δὲ and of “women ‘the *chicf not afew. But *having °become “envious οἱ ἀπειθοῦντες ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ προσλαβόμενοι, τῶν the disobeying *Jews, and having taken to [them] 7of *the ἀγοραίων τινὰς ἄνδρας" πονηρούς. καὶ ὀχλοποιήσαντες *market-loungers ‘certain “men Sevil, ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν᾽ “ἐπιστάντες. τε᾽ τῇ οἰκίᾳ ᾿Ιάσονος roused “1π *tumult ‘the city; and having assaulted the house of Jason ἐζήτουν αὐτοὺς tayayeiv' εἰς τὸν δῆμον" 6 μὴ εὑρόντες.δὲ they sought *them 'to*~bring out to the people; but not having found αὐτοὺς éavpoyv- “τὸν ᾿Ιάσονα καί τινας ἀδελφοὺς ἐπὶ τοὺς them they dragged Jason and certain brethren before the πολιτάρχας, βοῶντες, Ὅτι οἱ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀνα- city magistrates, crying out, Those who ‘the *habitable 7world ‘have *set »»ῃ τ ‘ ? 4 ΄ - ΓΙ « as στατώσαντες οὗτοι καὶ ἐνθάδε πάρεισιν, 7 ode ὑποδέδεκται and having collected a crowd 3in *confusion these ‘also “here ‘are “come, whom “has *received ᾿Ιάσων" καὶ οὗτοι πάντες ἀπέναντι τῶν δογμάτων Καίσαρος ‘Jason; and these all contrary to the decrees of Cesar ἱπράττουσιν,, βασιλέα ἔλέγοντες Erepov' εἶναι, ᾿Ιησοῦν. ᾽ ᾿ do, ®*king ‘saying another there is— Jesus. 8 Ἑτάραξαν.δὲ τὸν ὄχλον Kai τοὺς πολιτάρχας ἀκούοντας And they troubled the crowd and the _ city magistrates hearing ταῦτα. 9 καὶ λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ ᾿Ιάσονος Kai these things. And having taken security from Jason and διὰ But the brethren immediately by τῶν λοιπῶν ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς. 10 Οἱ. δὲ ἀδελφοὶ εὐθέως the rest they let ὅσο ‘them. krijc! νυκτὸς ἐξέπεμψαν rov-reLlatAoy καὶ τὸν Σίλαν εἰς Βέ- night sent away both Paul and Silas to Be- oovay’ οἵτινες παραγενόμενοι, εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ‘THY Ἰου- Tea ; who, being arrived, into the synagogue ofthe Jews daiwy amyecay.' 11 οὗτοι.δὲ ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι τῶν ἐν went. And these were more noble than those in Θεσσαλονίκῳῃ, οἵτινες ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον μετὰ πάσης προθυ- Thessalonica, who received the word with all readi- μίας, "τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς γραφὰς εἰ ἔχοι ness, daily examining the scriptures if were ~ “ \ \ x ᾽ »» Wao ταῦτα οὕτως. 12 πολλοὶ μὲν οὖν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπί- these things 50. Many indeed therefore from among them be- στευσαν, καὶ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων γυναικῶν τῶν εὐσχημόνων Kai lieved, and of the “Grecian *women ‘honourable and ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι. 13 ὡς.δὲ ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Θεσσαλο- men not a few. But when “knew ‘the *from *Thessalo- vikne ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ὅτι Kai ἔν τῇ Βεροίᾳ κατηγγέλη ὑπὸ τοῦ nica *Jews that also in Berwa was announced by 2 πλῆθος πολύ LTTraw. Ὁ ἄνδρας τινὰς LTrAW. ἔ πράσσουσιν LTTrAW. k — 70 LYTr. * — ὃ LITr. X4o0A. Υ + καὶ L. ot Ἰουδαῖοι G3; — ἀπειθοῦντες LTTrAW. ἃ προᾶδγαγεῖν LTTrA. TTr{ A |. © — τὸν L h — τῆς LTTrA. ‘ ἀπήεσαν τῶν ᾿Ιονδαίων A. 365 and risen again from the dead ; and that this Jesus, whom 1 preach unto you, is Christ, 4 And some of them believed,and consorted with Paul and Silas; and of the devout Greeks a great multi- tude, and of the chief women nota few. 5 But the Jews which be- lieved not, moved with envy, took unto them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort, and ga- thered a company, and set all the city on an uproar, and assaulted the house of Jason, and sought to bring them out to the people, 6 And when they found them not, they drew Jason and certain bre- erent unto the rulers of the city, crying These that have turned the world upside down are come hither also; 7 whom Jason hath re- ceived: and these all do contrary to the de- crees of Cesar, saying that there is another king, one Jesus. 8 And they troubled the peo- ple and the rulers of the city, when they heard these things. 9 And when they had taken security of Ja- son, and of the other, they let them go, 10 And the brethren immediately sent a- way Paul and Silas by night unto Berea: who coming thither went into the synagogue of the Jews. 1} These were more noble than those in Thessalonica, in that they received the word with all rea- diness of mind, and searched the _ scrip- tures daily, whether those things were so. 12 Therefore many of them believed; also of honourable women which were Greeks, and of men, not a few. 13 But when the Jews of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word of God wae reached of Paul at erea, they came thi- ἃ προσλαβόμενοι δὲ Kat ἐπιστάντες LTTrA. & ἕτερον λέγοντες LTTr. 366 ther also, and stirred up the people. 14 And then immediately the brethren sent away Paul to go as it were to the sea: but Silas and Timotheus abode there still. 15 And they that conducted Paul brought him unto Athens: and receiving a commandment unto Silas and Timotheus for to come tohim with all speed, they depart- ed. 16 Now while Paul waited for them at Athens, his spirit was stirred in him, when he saw the city wholly given to _ idolatry. 17 Therefore disputed he in the synagogue with the Jews, and with the devout per- sons, and in the mar- ket daily with them that met with him. 18 Then certain philo- sophers of the Epicu- reans, and of the Sto- icks, encountered him. And some said, What will this babbler say ? Other some, He seem- eth tobea setter forth of strange gods: be- cause he preached un- to them Jesus, andthe resurrection. 19 And they took him, and brought him unto A- reopagus, saying, May we know what this new doctrine. whereof thou speakest, ts? 20 For thou bringest certain strange things to our ears: we would know therefore what these things mean. 21 (For allthe Athenians and strangers which were there spent their time in nothing else, but either to tell, or to hear some new thing.) 22 Then Paul stood in the midst of Mars’ hill, and said, Ye men of Athens, I perceive that in all things ye IIPAZETIS. Παύλου ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ, ἦλθον κἀκεῖ cadebovrec! τοὺς Paul the word of God, they came also there stirring up the ὄχλους.. 14 ehOéwe.dé τότε τὸν Παῦλον ἐξαπέστειλαν οἱ crowds. And immediately then *Paul “sent *away ‘the ἀδελφοὶ πορεύεσθαι ""ὡς" ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν "ὑπέμενον. δὲ! “brethren to go as to the sea ; but remained ὅτε. Σίλας καὶ ὁ Τιμόθεος ἐκεῖ. 15 Οἱ. δὲ οκαθιστῶντες" τὸν both Silas and Timotheus there. But those conducting Παῦλον ἤγαγον Pabriv' ἕως ᾿Αθηνῶν" καὶ λαβόντες ἐντολὴν Paul brought him unto Athens; andhavingreceived acommand πρὸς τὸν Σίλαν καὶ 4 Τιμόθεον, Wa we τάχιστα ἔλθω- to Silas and ‘Timotheus, that as quickly as possible they should ow πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐξῴεσαν. come to him, they departed. (16 Ἐν.δὲ ταῖς ᾿Αθήναις ἐκδεχομένου αὐτοὺς τοῦ Παύλου [5 ; ς ’ But in Athens "waiting *for *them *Paul, παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα.αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῳ τθεωροῦντι" KaT- "was ®painfully *excited Shis °spirit in him seeing *full εἰδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν. 17 διελέγετο μὲν οὖν ἐν τῇ XVII. Sof Sidols Sbeing ‘the ~ city. He reasoned indeed therefore in the συναγωγῇ τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις καὶ τοῖς σεβομένοις, Kai ἐν τῇ synagogue with the Jews and those who worshipped, and in the ἀγορᾷ κατὰ.πᾶσαν.ἡμέραν πρὸς τοὺς παρατυγχάνον- market-place every day with those who met with tac. 18 τινὲς.δὲ 5" τῶν ᾿ Ἐπικουρείων" καὶ "roy"! ὙΣτωϊκῶν" {him}. But some of the Epicureans and the Stoics, φιλοσόφων συνέβαλλον αὐτῳ᾽ καί τινες ἔλεγον, Ti ἂν θέλοι philosophers, encountered him, And some said, What may “desire ὁ. σπερμολόγος. οὗτος λέγειν; Οἱ. δέ, Ξένων δαιμονίων δοκεῖ this *chatterer tosayf Andsome, Of foreign gods he seems (lt. demons) τὸν Ἰησοῦν Kai THY ἀνάστασιν Jesus and the _ resurrection 19 ἐπιλαβόμενοί. "τε" αὐτοῦ, And having taken hold of him, e OTL καταγγελεὺς εἶναι" because [of] a proclaimer to be, Xabroic εὐηγγελίζετο." to them he announced the glad tidings. ? ‘ ‘ 2" I ΄ » λ , Δ / θ ἐπ TOV Ἄρειον παγον yyayov EVOVTEC, UVa[LE a to the Mars’ hill they brought [him], saying, Are we able γνῶναι τίς ἡ-καινὴ.αὕτη "ἡ" ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη διδαχή; toknow what[is) this new *which *by *thee ‘is Sspoken teaching ? 20 EeviZovra.yap Twa εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς. ἀκοὰς.ἡμῶν. Bov- We For *strange *things ‘certain thou bringest to our ears. Naor οὖν γνῶναι ri ἂν.θέλοι' ταῦτα εἶναι. 21 ᾿Αθη- wis therefore to know what *may *mean ‘these *things. 7A the- ναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ἕένοι εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον nians ΠΟ all and the sojourning strangers in nothing’ else ‘evkaipouy' ἢ λέγεν τι “καὶ ἀκούειν © καινότερον. spent their leisure than ἴο 611 *something ‘and “to “hear newer, 22 Σταθεὶς. δὲ [1ὁ" Παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ ® Ἀρείου! πάγου And “having “stood *Paul in [the] midst of Mars’ hill ἔφη, "Avdpec ᾿Αθηναῖοι, κατὰ πάντα we δεισιδαιμονεστέρους said, Men Athenians, in all things very religious (lit. very reverent to demons) 1 + καὶ ταράσσοντες and troubling Lrtra. ° καθιστάνοντες LTTrA. Τε LTTrA. GewpovvTos LTTrAW. L als ΓΑ. KOU, χ εὐηγγελίζετο αὐτοῖς ([αὐτοῖς] A) LA; — αὐτοῖς TTr. Ὁ τίνα θέλει What Mean LTtr. “ Srotk@v LTA, vy) Bees ® τὶ something LI[Tr]. Ὁ ὑπέμεινέν (-vav TTr) 4 + τὸν TTr. ν — τῶν LTTrA. Υ δὲ τι. *”Apioy 1. © ηὐκαίρουν LTTrA. ἃ ἢ or BITrA. & ᾿Αρίου T. ™ ἕως as far as LTTr. Ρ — αὐτὸν (read [him]) Lrtra. 5. + καὶ also LTTrAW. τ ᾿Επικουρίων T. f— 9 LTTr. XVII ACTS. ὑμᾶς θεωρῶ. 28 duepxopuevoc-yap Kai ἀναθεωρῶν τὰ σεβάσ- you I behold; for, passing through and beholding “objects Sof para ὑμῶν, εὗρον καὶ βωμὸν ἐν ᾧ ἐπεγέγραπτο, *veneration ‘your, Ifound also 85 δ]δ8 5 on which had been inscribed, ᾿Αγνώστῳ θεῷ. Ῥὸν" οὖν ἀγνοοῦντες εὐσεβεῖτε, ἱτοῦτον" To an unknown God. oe therefore not EES ye SE a him ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. 24 ὁ θεὸς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κόσμον Kai if announce toyou. The God who made the world and πάντα Ta ἐν αὐτῷ, οὗτος οὐρανοῦ Kai γῆς Κκύριος all things that [876] in it, he of heayen and earth Lord ὑπάρχων," οὐκ ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς κατοικεῖ, 25 οὐδὲ ὑπὸ being, not in hand-made temples dwells, nor By, χειρῶν ἀνθρώπων" θεραπεύεται προσδεόμενός τινος, αὐτὸς hands of men is served as ne soy thing; himself διδοὺς πᾶσιν ζωὴν καὶ πνοὴν πκατὰ- πάντα" 26 ἐποίησέν.τε giving toall life and breath in every [respect]; and he made ἐξ ἑνὸς "αἵματος" πᾶν ἔθνος ἀνθρώπων, κατοικεῖν ἐπὶ σπᾶν of one blood every nation of men, todwell upon all TO πρόσωπον' τῆς γῆς: ὁρίσας προτεταγμένους" και- the face of the earth, having determined fore-arranged times ροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς.κατοικίας.αὐτῶν" 27 ζητεῖν “τὸν ae the boundaries of their dwelling— toseek the κύριον," εἰ ἄρα.γε Ψψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν ‘kai! εὕροιεν, Lord ; if perbeys they aight feelafter him and τρια find him, Skatrovye' οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα. ἘΒΟΘΞΕ indeed “ποῦ 3far *from one Seach 7of δὰ ‘heing ; 28 ἐν. αὐτῷ.γὰρ ζῶμεν Kai κινούμεθα καί ἐσμεν᾽ ὡς καί τινες for in him we live and move and are; as also some τῶν καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν, Τοῦ.γὰρ καὶ γένος of the "among *you 1poets have said, For of him “also ‘offspring ἐσμέν. ῶ9 Γένος οὖν ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐκ.ὀφείλομεν we are. Offspring therefore being of God, we ought not νομίζειν χρυσῷ ἢ ἀργύρῳ ἢ λίθῳ, χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ tothink togold or tosilver or tostone, agrayventhing ofart and ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου, τὸ θεῖον εἶναι ὅμοιον. 30 Τοὺς imagination of aa, that which [is] divine tobe like. The μὲν οὖν χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὡὁθεός, ‘ra 5ΞἸηᾶερα *therefore ‘times of ignorance *having see 1God, νῦν" “παραγγέλλει! τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πᾶσιν" πανταχοῦ μετα- now charges men all everywhere to re- γνοεῖν᾽ 31 “διότι! ἔστησεν ἡμέραν ἐν μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν pent, because 86 set aday in which heis about tojudge the οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ habitable world in righteousness, παρασχὼν πᾶσιν thaving “given ᾧ ὥρισεν, πίστιν by aman whom heappointed; *proof ἀναστήσας αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. ἴο 811 [in] havingraised him fromamong([the] dead. 32 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν, οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον" And having heard ἃ resurrection of [the] dead, some mocked, οἱ.δὲ γεῖπον,, ᾿Ακουσόμεθά σου πάλιν περὶ τούτου." Δα some said, We willhear’ thee again concerning this, 367 are too superstitious. 23 For as I passed by, and beheid your devo- tions, I found an altar with this inscription TO THE UNKNOWN GOD. Whom therefore ye ignorantly worship, him declareI untoyou. 24 God that made the world and all things therein, seeing that he is Lord of heaven and earth, dwelleth not in temples made with hands; 25 neither is worshipped with men’s hands, as though he needed any thing, see- ing he giveth to all life, and breath, and all things; 26 and hath made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth, and hath determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of their ha- bitation ; 27 that they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after him, and find him, though he be not far from every one of us: 28 for in him we live, and move, and have our being; as certain also of your own poets have said, For we are also his off- spring. 29 Forasmuch then as we are the offspring of God, we ought not to think that the Godhead is like unto gold, or sil- ver, or stone, graven by art and man’s de- vice. 30 And the times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commandeth all men every where torepent : 31 because he hath ap- pointed a day, in the which he will judge the world in right- eousness by that man whom he hath ordain- ed; whereof ne hath given assurance unto all men, in that he hath raised him from the dead. 32 And when they heard of the re- surrection of the dead, some mocked: and others said, We will hear thee again of this bh ὃ what LTTraW. i τοῦτο this LTTraw. (read human hands) LTTra. (read made from one) LiTr[a]. GTTrAW ; πρὸς τεταγμένους L. katye T. t τανῦν EGW. x καθότι inasmuch as LTTraw. ° παντὸς προσώπου LTTra. 4 τὸν θεόν God GLTTrA. v ἀπαγγέλλει sends word (to all) Ὁ. Υ εἶπαν Tra. k ὑπάρχων κύριος LTTrA. τὰ καὶ τὰ πάντα and all things EGLTTraw. | ἀνθρωπίνων 2 — αἵματος Ρ Seta μένους, arranged '7 Or L. S καὶ ye LTrA ; πάντας LTTrA. 2 περὶ τούτου καὶ (also) πάλιν LTTrA. 368 matier. 33 So Paul de- parted from among them. 34 Howbeit cer- tain men clave unto him, and believed: a- mong the which was Dionysius the Areopa- gite, and a woman named Damaris, and others with them. XVI. After these things Paul departed from Athens,and came toCorinth; 2and found a certain Jew named Aquila, born in Pon- tus, lately come from Italy. with his wife Priscilla; (because that Claudius had com- manded all Jews to depart from Rome :) and came unto them. 3 And because he was of the same craft, he abode with them, and wrought : for by their eccupation they were tentmakers, 4 And he reasoned in the syna- gogue every sabbath, and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks. 5 And when Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia, Paul was pressed in the spi- rit and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.6And when they opposed themselves, and blasphemed, he shook his raiment, and said unto them, Your blood δὲ upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go unto the Gen- tiles. 7 And he de- parted thence, and en- tered into a certain man’s house, named Justus, one that wor- shipped God, whose house joined hard to the synagogue. 8 And Crispus, the chief ru- ler of the synagogue, believed on the Lord with all his house; and many of the Co- rinthians hearing be- lieved, and were bap- tized. 9 Then spake the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision, Be not afraid, but speak, anc hold not thy peace: 10 for I am with thee, TIPAS EIS. 33 “Καὶ οὕτως ὁ Παῦλος ἐξῆλθεν XVII, ΧΥ͂ΠΙ. ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν. And thus Paul went out from [the] midst of them. 34 τινὲς.δὲ ἄνδρες κολληθέντες αὐτῷ ἐπίστευσαν ἐν οἷς Butsome men joining themselvestohim believed; καὶ διονύσιος °6' “᾿Αρεοπαγίτης," καὶ γυνὴ ὀνόματι Δά- also[was] Dionysius the Areopagite, and a woman by name Da- μαρις, Kai ἕτεροι σὺν αὐτοῖς. maris, and others with them. 18 Μετὰ δὲ" ταῦτα χωρισθεὶς And after these things *having *departed ᾿Αθηνῶν ἦλθεν εἰς Κόρινθον 2 καὶ εὑρών among whom ἐὸ Παῦλος" ἐκ τῶν Paul from τινα ᾿Ιουδαῖον Athens, came _ to Corinth ; and having found acertain Jew > ΄ ? , \ ~ , ’ γ , ὀνόματι ᾿Ακύλαν, Ποντικὸν τῷ; γένει, προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα by name Aquila, of Pontus by race, lately come ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ιταλίας, Kai Πρίσκιλλαν γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὸ from Italy, and Priscilla his wife, because ἐδ eva! Κλαύδ ίζεσθ i > rove lovdai OLATETAXKED AL aidiuv χωρίζεσθαι πάντας τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους "had “ordered *Claudius to depart all the Jews > 1 ~ « ’ ~ ? ~ \ Q A ‘ « , Six’ τῆς Ῥώμης, προσῆλθεν αὐτοῖς" 8 καὶ διὰ τὸ ὁμό- out of Rome, he came to them, and because of πο *same τεχνον εἶναι, ἔμενεν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς Kai "εἰργάζετο" ἦσαν.γὰρ *trade ‘being, heabode with them and worked ; for they were σκηνοποιοὶ ἱτὴν. τέχνην." 4 διελέγετο.δὲ ἐν TH συναγωγῇ tent makers by trade, And he reasoned in the synagogue \ ~ , Ὁ » , ? Wes . oe κατὰ. πᾶν. σάββατον, ἔπειθεν.τε ᾿Ιουδαίους καὶ ᾿Ἑλληνας. every sabbath, and persuaded Jews and Greeks. 5 Ὡς δὲ κατῆλθον ἀπὸ τῆς Μακεδονίας ὕ.τε.Σίλας καὶ ὁ Τι- And when came down from Macedonia both Silas and Ti- μόθεος ἔσυνείχετο τῷ πνεύματι' ὁ Παῦλος διαμαρτυρόμενος motheus *was *pressed *in ®spirit *Paul earnestly testifying τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις ! τὸν χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν. 6 ἀντιτασ- tothe Jews [?to *be] *the Christ 1Jesus. 7As *set ‘°themselves '*in ͵ \ ? ~ ‘ ΄ ? , σομένων δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ βλασφημούντων, ἐκτιναξάμενος *Zopposition “but “they «πᾷ were blaspheming, having shaken [his} Ta ἱμάτια, εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, To.aipavpev ἐπὶ τὴν garments, he said to them, Your blood [be] upon κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν" καθαρὸς ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ.νῦν εἰς τὰ ἔθνη your head : pure (*from‘*it] ‘I from henceforth to the nations πορεύσομαι. 7 Kat μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν "ἦλθεν" gic οἰκίαν will go. And having departed thence he came to [the] house Twoe ὀνόματι" Ἰούστου, σεβομένου τὸν θεόν, οὗ of acertain one by name Justus, who worshipped God, of whom ἡ οἰκία ἦν συνομοροῦσα τῇ συναγωγῇ. ὃ Κρίσπος.δὲ ὁ the house was adjoining the synagogue. But Crispus the ἀρχισυνάγωγος ἐπίστευσεν τῷ κυρίῳ σὺν ὅλῳ τῷ.οἴκῳ.αὐ- ruler of thesynagogue _— believed inthe Lord with *whole this house; τοῦ" Kai πολλοὶ τῶν Κορινθίων ἀκούοντες ἐπίστευον καὶ and many ofthe Corinthians hearing believed and ἐβαπτίζοντο. 9 Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ κύριος Ot ὁράματος ἐν νυκτὶ" were baptized. Andsaid the Lord by a vision in (the) night τῷ Παύλῳ, Μὴ.φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ.σιωπήσῃς" 10 διότι ἃ -- καὶ LITA, LTTr[A]. from LITraw. ξ συνείχετο τῷ λόγῳ @ εἰσῆλθεν LT. “was “engrossed *with °the “word GLTTraw. 1 + Τιτίου Titius Τ[Ὑ:1. to Paul, Fear not, but speak and be not silent; because Ὁ — 6 [fr]. © ᾿Αρεοπαγείτης T; ᾿Αρειοπαγίτης W. 4 — δὲ and € — ὃ Παῦλος (read he having departed) Lrtra. f τεταχέναι τ. & ἀπὸ h ἠργάζετο LTrA: ἠργάζοντο they worked T i τῇ τέχνῃ LYTrAW. 1 + εἶναι to bo xt. ° ἐν νυκτὶ δι’ ὁράματος LITrA. XVIII. ACTS. aye εἰμι μετὰ GOV, Kai οὐδεὶς ἐπιθήσεταί σοι τοῦ κακῶσαί σε" am with thee, and noone shallseton thee to ill-treat thee ; διότι λαός ἐστίν μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ.πόλει.ιταύτῃ. 11 ᾿Εκάθισέν oecause people there isto τ much ia this chy ?He *remained Pre! ἐνιαυτὸν aes Hades ἐξ διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον ‘and & year months ‘six, teaching among them the word τοῦ θεοῦ. of God. 12 Γαλλίωνος δὲ Ἰἀνθυπατεύοντος τῆς Ayaiac, κατεπ- But Gallio being proconsul of Achaia, ®rose éoTnoay ὁμοθυμαδὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ Παύλῳ, Kai ἤγαγον ‘against “with ont 5Saccord ‘the 7Jews Paul, and led αὐτὸν ἐπὶ to βῆμα, 18 λέγοντες, Ὅτι παρὰ τὸν νόμον him to the judgment seat, saying, That contrary to the law τοῦτος ἀναπείθει" τοὺς ἀνθρώπους σέβεσθαι τὸν θεόν. this [man] persuades men to worship God. 14 Μέλλοντος.δὲ τοῦ TlavAov ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα, εἶπεν ὁ But *being “about 1Paul to open [his] mouth, said Γαλλίων πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους, Ei μὲν "οὖν" ἦν ἀδί- *Gallio the Tf indeed therefore it was *unrighteous- en τι ἢ ῥᾳδιούργημα πονηρόν, ὦ Ἰουδαῖοι, κατὰ λόγον to Jews, ness ‘some or onan palsy 1wicked, O Jews, according to reason ἂν "ἠνεσχόμην" ὑμῶν, 15 εἰ. δὲ '"ζήτημά" ἐστιν περὶ I should have borne with yon, but if aquestion itbe about λόγου Kai ὀνομάτων Kai νόμου τοῦ a@word and names and καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς, ὄψεσθε alaw which[is] among yon, ye willsee κριτὴς. “γὰρ! ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ.βούλομαι εἶναι. for a judge of these things do not wish to be. 16 Kai ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος" 17 ἐπιλαβό- And he drove them from the Judgment. seat. parang, “laid νοι δὲ πάντες “οἱ EXAnvec! Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον old®on'and 21 *the ‘Greeks Sosthenes the ruler of thesynagogue, ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος" Kai οὐδὲν τού- they beat {him) before the judgment seat. And *nothing °about 7these τω» τῷ Γαλλίωνι ἔμελεν. ®things *to *Gallio ‘it mattered. 18 Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἔτι προσμείνας ἡμέρας ἱκανάς, τοῖς ἀδελ- αὐτοί: to it] yourselves ; But Paul yet havingremained 7days ‘many, ‘the “breth- φοῖς ἀποταξάμενος. ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ ren “having *taken *leave Sof sailed away to Syria, and with him Πρίσκιλλα καὶ ᾿Ακύλας, κειράμενος τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐν Key- Priscilla and Aquila, having shorn [his] head in Cen- χρεαῖς" εἶχεν. γὰρ εὐχήν. 19 Τκατήντησεν᾽" δὲ εἰς “Epeoor, κἀ- chrea, for he had avow: and he came to Ephesus, and κείνους κατέλιπεν δαὐτοῦ" αὐτὸς. δὲ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν *them τοῖν there. But he himself having entered into the συναγωγὴν dtedéxOn! τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις. 20 ἐρωτώντων δὲ ἘΣΠΒΕοεῦΘ reasoned with the Jews. And (asking [Phim] αὐτῶν ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον μεῖναι “παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς οὐκ. ἐπένευσεν" ‘they for ἃ longer time toremain with them he did not accede, 21 ἀλλ᾽ ἀπετάξατο αὐτοῖς," εἰπών, “Δεῖ pe πάντως τὴν but tookleave of them, saying, It behoves me by all means the Ρ δὲ LITra. * ἀνεσχόμην LTTr. 4 ἀνθυπάτου ὄντος LTTrA. τ ἀναπείθει οὗτος Lrtraw. * ζητήματά questions LITra. LITraw. Σ ἐν Keyxpeats (Κενχρεαῖς T) τὴν κεφαλήν. LTTra. LTTrA. a ἐκεῖ L. > διελέξατο aoe ¢ πῦρ αὐτοῖς LTTrA. καὶ but taking leave and LTtra. — Aci we .... Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrA. 369 and no man shall set on thee to hurt thee : for I have much peo- ple in this city. 11 And he continued there a year and six months, teaching the word of God among them. 12 And when Gallio was the deputy of A- chaia, the Jews made insurrection with one aecord against Paul, and brought him to the judgment seat, 13 saying, This fellow persuadeth men to worship God contrary to the law. 14 And when Paul was now about to open his mouth, Gallio said un- to the Jews, If it were a matter of wrong or wicked iewdness, O ye Jews, reason would that [should bear with you: 15 but ifit bea question of words and names, and of your law, look ye to it; for I will be no judge οἵ such matters. 16 And he drave them from the judgment seat, 17 Then all the Greeks took Sosthenes, Ξξ chief ruler of the s agogue, and beat before the Heer aby seat. And Gallio cared for none of those things. 18 And Paul after this tarricd there yet a good while, and then took his leave of the brethren, andsail- ed thence into Syria, and with him Priscilla and Aguila; having shorn Ais head in Cen- chrea: for he had a vow. 19 And he came to Ephesus, and left them there: but he himself entered into the synagogue, and reasoned with the Jews. 20 When they desired him to tarry longer time with them, he consented not; 21 but bade them fare- well, saying, I must by all means keep this — yap LTTraw. 3 — οὖν LTTr[A]W. x — ot Ἕλληνες 2 κατήντησαν they came ἃ ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος ΒΒ 970 feast that cometh in Jerusalem : but I will return again untoyou, if God will. he sailed from Ephesus. 22 And when he had landed at Cxsarea, and gone up, and saluted the church, he went down to Antioch. 23 And after he had spent some time there, he departed, and went over all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order, strengthen- ing all the disciples. 24 And 4 certain Jew named Apollos, born at Alexandria, an eloquent man, and mighty in the scriptures, came to Ephesus. 25 This man was instructed in the way of the Lord; and being fervent in the spirit, he spake and taught diligently the things of the Lord, knowing only the bap- tism of John. 26 And he began to speak boldly in the syna- gogue: whom when Aquila and Priscilla had heard, they took him unto them, and expounded unto him the way of God more perfectly. 27 And when he was disposed to pass into Achaia, the breth- ren wrote, exhorting the disciples to receive him: who, when he was come, helped them much which had be- lieved through grace: 28 forhe mightily con- vinced the Jews, and that publickly, shew- ing by the scriptures that Jesus was Christ. XIX. Andit came to pass, that, while A- ollos was at Corinth, aul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephe- sus : and finding cer- tain disciples, 2he said unto them, Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye beliey- ed? And they said un- to him, We have not so much as heard whe- ther there be any Holy Ghest. 3 And he said NPAZETIS. XVIII, XIX. ἑορτὴν THY ἐρχομένην ποιῆσαι εἰς ἹἹεροσόλυμα"" πάλιν ἰδὲ" *feast lcoming tokeep ὖ erusalem, but again ἀνακάμψω πρὸς ὑμᾶς, τοῦ θεοῦ θέλοντος. FKai' ἀνήχθη ἀπὸ I will return to you, God __— willing. And he sailed from τῆς Ἐφέσου" 22 καὶ κατελθὼν sic "Καισάρειαν, ἀναβὰς Ephesus. And having landed at Ceesarea, having gone up καὶ ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν κατέβη εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν. and having saluted the assembly he went down to Antioch. 23 καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ ἐξῆλθεν, διερχόμενος καθεξῆς And having stayed *time ‘some he went forth, passing through °in 7order τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν καὶ Φρυγίαν, ᾿ἰἐπιστηρίζων᾽ πάντας ‘the 7?Galatian ®country %and ‘Phrygian, establishing all τοὺς μαθητάς. the disciples. 24 Ἰουδαῖος.δὲ τις ᾿Απολλὼς ὀνόματι, ᾿Αλεξανδρεὺς τῷ But 4 ον ‘certain, Apollos by name, an Alexandrian γένει, ἀνὴρ λόγιος, κατήντησεν εἰς "Ἔφεσον, δυνατὸς ὧν by race, *man ‘an *eloquent, came to Ephesus, “mighty ‘being ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς. 25 οὗτος ἦν Karnynpévoc τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ in the scriptures. He was _ instructed in the way of the κυρίου, καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι, ἐλάλει καὶ ἐδίδασκεν Lord, and being fervent in spirit, he spoke and taught ἀκριβῶς τὰ περὶ ἔτοῦ κυρίου." ἐπιστάμενος μόνον τὸ accurately the things concerning the Lord, knowing only the ’ 1’ ΄ ell , ” »ε , ? βάπτισμα Iwavvov'" 26 οὗτός τε ἤρξατο παῤῥησιάζεσθαι ἐν baptism of John. And he began to speak boldly in ~ ~ ? , a > ~ τη , 4 , " τῇ συναγωγῇ. ἀκούσαντες.δὲ αὐτοῦ ™ Ακύλας καὶ Πρίσκιλλα the synagogue. ἀπᾶ “βαυΐηρ heard ®him Aquila ?and Priscilla προσελάβοντο αὐτόν, καὶ ἀκριβέστερον αὐτῷ ἐξέθεντο τὴν they took *to [*them] ‘him, and more accurately to him expounded the "rov θεοῦ ὁδόν." 27 βουλομένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ?0f Ξ6οὔ ‘way. And *being *minded ‘he _ to pass through into ? + , Capes: mm ~ ~ ᾿Αχαΐαν. προτρεψάμενοι οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς Achaia, 7exhorting [*them]'the*brethren “wrote ‘to *the Sdisciples ? [2 >? , a , ων. 4 ~ ἀποδέξασθαι αὐτόν" ὃς παραγενόμενος συνεβάλετο πολὺ τοῖς to welcome him, who having arrived helped much those who πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος" 28 εὐτόνως. γὰρ τοῖς “lov- believed through grace. For powerfully the Jews δαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ, ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν γραφῶν, he confuted publicly, shewing by the _ scriptures εἶναι τὸν χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. 2[ο 86 *the ‘Christ 17 6585. 19 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ ἐν τῷ τὸν ᾿Απολλὼ εἶναι ἐν Κορίνθῳ, ἸΠαῦ- Andit came to pass, while Apollos was in Corinth, Paul, λον διελθόντα τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη, “ἐλθεῖν!" εἰς "Ἔφεσον" having passed through the upper parts, came to Ephesus, καὶ Ῥεὑρών" τινας μαθητὰς 2 εἶπεν ἃ πρὸς αὐτούς, Et and having found certain disciples he said to them, [The] ~ idA ἐλ ld ᾿ ἁ [ δὲ Τ' Ϊ Π A πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐλάβετε πιστεύσαντες ; Oi.dé τεῖπον" πρὸς 2Spirit ‘Holy did ye receive, having believed? Andthey said to αὐτόν, ᾿Αλλ’ δοὐδὲ εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιόν ἐστιν, ἠκούσαμεν. him, Not even if (the) 7Spirit Holy is, did we hear. f — δὲ but LTTrA. Ἰησοῦ Jesus LTTraw. LITr ; — Tov θεοῦ A. * — elroy (read [said]) LTTraw. 5 Καισαρίαν T. ἱ στηρίζων LYTrA. Κ τοῦ ι "Iwavov Tr. m ἸΤρίσκιλλα καὶ ᾿Ακύλας LTTrA. π ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ο κατελθεῖν T. Ρ εὑρεῖν found LTTrA. 4 -- τε and (he said) τττὰ. 5 οὐδ᾽ LTA. Β — καὶ {1ττὰ. XIX. ACTS. 3 ᾿Εἶπέν τε" πρὸς αὐτούς," Εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε; Oi-dé And he said to them, To what then were ye baptized? And they πεῖπον, Εἰς τὸ *Iwavvov' βάπτισμα. 4 Ἐπεν.δὲ Παῦλος, said, To the 308 SJohn *baptism. And *said *Paul, Τ᾽ Ἰωάννης" tpéiv' ἐβάπτισεν βάπτισμα μετανοίας, τῷ John indeed baptized [with] abaptism of repentance, to the λαῷ λέγων, εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ᾽ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν, people saying, *7On “him ‘coming ‘after ‘Shim ‘that they should believe, "τουτέστιν᾽ εἰς TOY ὑχριστὸν᾽ Ἰησοῦν. ὃ ᾿Ακούσαντες δὲ ἐβαπ- that is, on *the Christ Jesus, And having heard they τίσθησαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ. 6 Kai ἐπιθέντος were baptized to the name ofthe Lord Jesus. And “having *laid αὐτοῖς Tov Παύλου ‘rac! χεῖρας ἦλθεν τὸ πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον Son *them Paul *hands came the Spirit the Holy ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, ἐλάλουν.τε γλώσσαις καὶ “προεφήτευον." upon them, and they were speaking with tongues and prophesying. \ £ ΄ » e ‘ " ᾽ ‘ 5 7 ἦσαν.δὲ ot πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ “δεκαδύο. 8 Εἰσελθὼν δὲ And‘*were*the ‘all Smen about twelve. And having entered εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐπαῤῥησιάζετο, ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς διαλεγό- into the synagogue he spoke boldly, for “months ‘three reason- μενος καὶ πείθων τὰ! περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. ing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God. 9 Ὡς δὲ τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο Kai ἠπείθουν, κακολογοῦντες τὴν But when some werehardened and disobeyed, speaking evil of the ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους, ἀποστὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀφώρισεν way before the multitude, having departed from them he separated τοὺς μαθητάς, καθ᾽ ἡμέραν διαλεγόμενος ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράν- the disciples, daily reasoning in the school of *Tyran- vou §rivoc." 10 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ ἔτη δύο, ὥστε πάντας nus 8 *certain. And this was for “years ‘two, so that all τοὺς κατοικοῦντας THY ᾿Ασίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου those who inhabited Asia heard the word ofthe Lord ©Tyoov," ᾿Ιουδαίους.τε καὶ Ἕλληνας" 11 Δυνάμεις. τε ov τὰς Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. And works of power not , i2 , « ΡῈ} . - ~ Tl DN 12 ‘74 ‘ τυχουσας ἑποίξι O θεὸς διὰ των χειρων avAov, WOTE και common ?wrought ‘God by the hands of Paul, so that even ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἐπιφέρεσθαι! ἀπὸ τοῦὔ-χρωτὸς. αὐτοῦ to those being sick were brought from his skin σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια, Kai ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν τὰς handkerchiefs or aprons, and departed from them the , ΄ ‘ ‘ > , ? ? ? ~ νόσους, τά.τε πνεύματα τὰ πονηρὰ ἰἐξέρχεσθαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν." diseases, and the “spirits ‘wicked wentout from _ them. , ? x ~ 1 δὶ 2 . , 13 ᾿Επεχείρησαν.δέ τινες ard τῶν" περιερχομένων ᾿Ιουδαίων But ’took *in “hand ‘certain *from “the *wandering 5Jews, ἐξορκιστῶν ὀνομάζειν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἔχοντας Ta πνεύματα τὰ Sexorcists, to name over those who had the spirits πονηρὰ TO ὄνομα Tov κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ, λέγοντες, “ OpKiZopev" twicked the name ofthe Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure ~ x ~ a ε ~ 7 , ὑμᾶς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὃν °6' Παῦλος κηρύσσει. 14 “Hoav.dé you [by] Jesus, whom Paul proclaims. And there were 371 unto them, Unto what then were ye baptiz- ed? And they said, Unto John’s baptism. 4 Thensaid Paul, John verily baptized with the baptism of repent- ance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. 5 When they heard this, they were baptized in the Mame of the Lord Jesus. 6 And when Paulhad laid his hands upon them, the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesi- ed. 7 And all the men were about twelve. 8 And he went into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three months, disput- ing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God, 9 But when divers were hardened, and be- lieved not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he de- parted from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the school of one Tyran- nus. 10 And this con- tinued by the space of two years ; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks, 11 And God wrought special miracles by the hands ef Paul: 12 so that from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the dis- eases departed from them, and the evil spi- Tits went out of them. 13 Then certain of the vagabond Jews, exorcists, took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, say- ing, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth. 14 And there were seven sons τ ὃ δὲ εἶπεν T. ¥ — πρὸς αὐτούς LTTrAW. ἡ εἶπαν LTTra. Υ Ἰωάνης Tr. 7—yéyGLTTraA. 8 τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. 1{1ΊτΑ᾿. 4 ἐπροφήτευον LTTra. @ δώδεκα LTTraW. 4 — Ἰησοῦ GLTTraw. 1 ὁ θεὸς ἐποίει LTTrAW. πορεύεσθαι (--- ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν) GLTTrAW. ™ καὶ τῶν also of the Lrtra. GLTTrAW. ° — OLTTra. f— τὰ Ltr. > — χριστὸν GLTTrA. Κ ἀποφέρεσθαι LTTrA. x Ἰωάνου Tr. ©— τὰς & — τινός LTTrA. 1 éx- 2 “Opxigw I adjure 972 of one Sceva, a Jew, andchief of the priests, which didso. 15 And the evil spirit answer- ed and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye? 16 And the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house na- ked and wounded. 17 And this was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus ; and fear fell on them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magni- fied. 18 And many that believed came, and confessed, and shewed their deeds. 19 Many of them also which used curious. arts brought their books together, and burned them before all men: and they counted the price of them, and found tt fifty thousand pieces of silver. 20 So mightily grew the word of God and pre- vailed. 21 After these things were ended, Paul pur- posed in the spirit, when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia, to go to Jerusalem, saying, Af- ter I have been there, 1 must also see Rome. 22 So-he sent into Ma- eedonia two of them that ministered unto him, Timotheus and Erastus ; but he him- self stayed in Asia for a season. 23 And the same time there arose no small stir about that way. 24 For a certain man named Demetrius, ἃ silver- smith, which made sil- ver shrines for Diana, TIPAZEIS. XIX. Prevec' υἱοὶ" Σκευᾶ ᾿Ιουδαίου ἀρχιερέως ἑπτὰ 4 τοὶ" τοῦτο certain [men] *sons *of *Sceva °a *Jew, 7a ®high *priest ‘seven who this ποιοῦντες. 15 ἀποκριθὲν.δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν εἴπεν", were doing. But answering the “spirit wicked said, x ? ~ , ‘ ~ ΄ t ~ Τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω. καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι" ὑμεῖς Jesus Ikmow, and Paul Iam acquainted with; “ye δὲ τίνες ἐστέ: 16 Kai ᾿ἐφαλλόμενος" "ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἄνθρω- ‘but, who are ye? And leaping on them the man ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρόν, “καὶ! κατακυριεύσας in whom was the “spirit 1wicked, and having mastered χαὐτῶν" ἴσχυσεν κατ᾽ αὐτῶν, ὥστε γυμνοὺς καὶ τετραυματισ- them prevailed against them, sothat naked and wounded μένους ἐκφυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου.ἐκείνου. 17 τοῦτο.δὲ ἐγένετο they escaped out of that house. Andthis became γνωστὸν πᾶσιν Tovdaiorc.re καὶ Ἕλλησιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν τὴν known to all both Jews and Greeks, those inhabiting a” ‘ ? , Π , ? 4 , ? , CY be Εφεσον. καὶ γἐπέπεσεν" φόβος ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς, Kai ἐμεγα- Ephesus, and 3611 ‘fear upon all ‘them, and was mag- λύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ. 18 Πολλοίτε τῶν nified the name ofthe Lord Jesus. And many of those who πεπιστευκότων ἤρχοντο ἐξομολογούμενοι Kai ἀναγγέλλοντες believed came confessing and declaring 3 , ᾽ ~ « aaa ~ Α » τὰς πράξεις αὐτῶν. 19 ἱκανοὶ δὲ τῶν τὰ περίεργα πρα- their deeds. And many of those who the curious arts prac- ἕάντων συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους κατέκαιον ἐνώπιον tised having brought the books burnt [them] before πάντων Kai συνεψήφισαν τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν, Kai εὗρον all. And they reckonedup the prices ofthem, and found [it] 3 ΄ ’ , Ω er a ’ zs , ~ ἀργυρίου μυριάδας πέντε. 20 οὕτως κατὰ κράτος Τὸ λόγος τοῦ 3of *silver 2myriads "five. Thus with might the word of the κυρίου" ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν. Lord increased and prevailed. 21 Ὡς. δὲ ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πνεύ- _And when were fulfilled these things purposed Paul in the _ spirit, ματι, διελθὼν" τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ Ὁ ᾿Αχαΐαν πορεύε-- having passed through Macedonia and Achaia, to σθαι εἰς “lepovoadnp," εἰπών, Ὅτι pera τὸ γενέσθαι pe ἐκεῖ go to Jerusalem, saying, After “having *been ‘my there δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν. 22 ᾿Αποστείλας.δὲ εἰς ὁτὴν!" it behoves me also Rome to see. And haying sent into Μακεδονίαν δύο τῶν διακονούντων αὐτῷ, Τιμόθεον Kai Macedonia two of those who ministered tohim, Timotheus and » ᾽ A ᾽ , ’ > ‘ ᾽ , ? , Εραστον, αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν Ασίαν" 23. Ἐγένετο rastus, he remained atime in Asia. 2Came *to *pass δὲ κατὰ τὸν. καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ‘and = at that time 3disturbance ‘no small about the ὁδοῦ. 24 Δημήτριος.γάρ τις ὀνόματι, ἀργυροκόπος, way. For ‘Demetrius ‘a ?certain[*man] by name, a silversmith, ποιῶν ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς ᾿Αρτέμιδος. “παρείχετο" τοῖς τεχνίταις brought ΠΟ small gain making ?temples _'silver of Artemis, brought tothe artificers unto the craftsmen ; ¢) , Prey, sil 0 , ἢ ae 25 whom hecalled to- ἐργασίαν οὐκ ὀλίγην" 25 οὺς συναθροίσας, Kai τοὺς gether with the work- 3eain ™o little ; whom having brought together, and the Ρ τινος (read seven sons of a certain one) LTr. 4 viol placed after ἑπτὰ LTTrA. τ -- οι LTT:[A]. LTTrA. ν — Kat λόγος LTTrA. LETCAW. 5. + αὐτοῖς to them LTTrAw. @ διελθεῖν to have passed through t. qd — χὴν Τ. v ε "΄ » > , ΄ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς Ἢ plate * TOU κυρίου ὁ ΕΣ la “Ἱεροσόλυμα ὃ ἐφαλόμενος LITA. τ ἀμφοτέρων both LTtra. Υ ἔπεσεν Lr. b+ τὴν 1,.. f οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν LTTrA. LTTrAW. δ᾽ παρεῖχε, XIX. A€ ES. περὶ τὰ.τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας, εἶπεν, “Avdpec, ἐπίστασθε ὅτι εκ 7in «©4such*things “workmen, he said, Men, yeknow that from ταύτης τῆς ἐργασίας ἡ εὐπορία Ξἡμῶν" ἐστιν᾽ 26 Kai θεωρεῖτε this gain the wealth of us is ; and ye see ‘ > , ee ? , ? , ? ‘ h " ΄ ~ Kai ἀκούετε ὅτι οὐ μόνον ᾿Εφέσου ἀλλὰ ὃ σχεδὸν πάσης τῆς and hear that not only of Ephesus but almost of all ᾿Ασίας ὁ-Παῦλος.οὗτος πείσας μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον, Asia this Paul having persuaded turned away agreat multitude, λέγων Ore οὐκ.εἰσὶν θεοὶ οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι. 27 ov saying that they ars not gods which by hands are made, *Not μόνον δὲ τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν τὸ μέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν only ‘now “this Ὧ15 dangerous to us [lest] the business7into “disrepute ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλὰ Kai TO τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς * ρτέμιδος ἱερὸν᾽ εἰς tcome, but alsothe *of*the *great ‘°goddess Artemis ‘temple for Κοὐδὲν" ᾿Ἰλογισθῆναι, μέλλειν" "δὲ" καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι "τὴν μεγα- nothing be reckoned, and be about also tobe destroyed the ma- λειότητα" αὐτῆς, ἣν ὅλη %)'’Acia καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται. jesty of her, whom all Asia and the habitable world worships. 28 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ καὶ γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ, ἔκρα- And having heard, and having become full of indignation, they cried lov λέγοντες, Μεγάλη ἡ “Aoremic Edsciwy. 29 Kai out saying, Great the Artemis of [the] Ephesians. And ? AY θ € aN POA ll q , - LA ΄ t θ ἂν ἐπλησθὴ ἢ πόλις Ῥολη" 4 συγχύσεως" ὠὡρμήσαν.τε ομοθὺυ “was °filled ‘the *city "whole with confusion, and they rushed with one paddy εἰς τὸ θέατρον, συναρπάσαντες Γάϊον καὶ ᾿Αρί- accord to the _ theatre, having seized with [them] Gaius and Ari- orapxov Μακεδόνας, συνεκδήμους ττοῦ" Παύλου. 30'rov' "δὲ starchus, Macedonians, fellcw-travellers of Paul, But Παύλου" βουλομένου εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον, οὐκ.εἴων αὐτὸν Paul intending togoin to the people, *did*not °suffer “him ot μαθηταί. 31 τινὲς δὲ καὶ τῶν ᾿Ασιαρχῶν ὄντες αὐτῷ “the *disciples, and some also of the chiefs of Asia being *to *him φίλοι, πέμψαντες πρὸς αὐτόν. παρεκάλουν μὴ δοῦναι ἑαυτὸν friends, having sent to him, urged [him] not toventure himself εἰς TO θέατρον. 32 addotpév.oty.adXo-71 ἔκραζον. into the theatre. Some therefore one thing and some another were crying out ; ἦν γὰρ ἡ ἐκκλησία 'ἱσυγκεχυμένη," καὶ οἱ πλείους οὐκ.ῴδεισαν for *was ‘the *assembly contused, and the most did not know τίνος Yévexey' συνεληλύθεισαν. 33 ἐκ.δὲ τοῦ for what cause they had come together. But from among the ὑπροεβίβασαν' ᾿Αλέξανδρον, *zpoBaddvrwy' αὐτὸν τῶν ὄχλου crowd they put forward Alexander, “thrusting °*forward *him ithe ἸἸουδαίων᾽ ὁ. δὲ ᾿Αλέξανδρος κατασείσας τὴν χεῖρα, Jews. And Alexander, having made a sign with the hand, ἤθελεν ἀπολογεῖσθαι τῷ δήμῳ. 34 γἐπιγνόντων" δὲ ὅτι wished to make a defence to the people. But having recognized that ἸἸουδαῖός ἐστιν, φωνὴ ἐγένετο μία ἐκ πάντων, ὡς ἐπὶ ὥρας a Jew heis, ‘cry ‘there*was *onefrom all, for about “hours δύο ᾿κραζόντων," Μεγάλη ἡ ΓΑρτεμις ᾿Εφεσίων. 35 Kara- ‘two crying out, Great the Artemis of [the] Ephesians. *Having f A « ‘ 4 » 7 » ? iA στείλας δὲ ὁ γραμματεὺς τὸν ὄχλον φησίν. Avdpec ᾿Εφέσιοι, Scalmed ‘andthe “recorder the crowd says, Men Ephesians, & ἡμῖν to us LITra. h καὶ also L. 1 λογισθήσεται (shall be counted), μέλλει L. τὰ τε EGLTTrA. ° [ἡ] Tr. P— ὅλη LTTrA. 4. - τῆς GTTrAW. τ — τοῦ GLTTrAW. touv-T. "ἄνεκα LTTrA. * συνεβίβασαν they instructed Lrtr. J ἐπιγνόντες GLTTrAW. 2 κράζοντες 1. ‘heard 1 ἱερὸν ᾿Αρτέμιδος TA. π τῆς μεγαλειότητος LTTrA. 8 Παύλου δὲ LTTrAW. X προβαλλόντων EGL, 373 men of like occupa- tion, and said, Sirs, ye know that by this craft we have our wealth. 26 Moreover ye see and hear, that not alone at Ephesus, but almost throughout all Asia, this Paul hath per- suaded and turned a- way much people, say- ing that they be no gods, which are made with hands : 27 so that not only this our craft is in danger to be set at nought; but also that the temple of the great goddess Diana should be despised, and her magnificence should be destroyed, whom all Asia and the world worshippeth. 28 And when they these sayings, theywere fullof wrath, and cried out, saying, Great is Diana of the Ephesians. 29 And the whole city was filled with confusion: and having caught Gaius and Aristarchus, men of Macedonia, Paul’s companions in travel, they rushed with one accord into the thea- tre, 30 And when Paul would have entered in unto the people, the disciples suffered him ποῦ, 31 And certain of the chief of Asia, which were his friends, sent unto him, desiring him that he would not ad- venture himself into the theatre. 32 Some therefore cried one thing, and some an- other: for the as- sembly was confused ; and the more part knew not wherefore they were come to- gether. 33 And they drew Alexander out of the multitude, the Jews putting him for- ward. And Alexander beckoned with the hand, and would have made his defence unto the people. 34 But when they knew that he was a Jew, all with one voice about the space of two hours cried out, Great ὦ Diana of the Ephe- sians. 35 And when the townclerk had oe peased the people, he said, Ye men of Ephe- ΚΕ οὐθὲν LTTrA. 974 sus, what man is there that knoweth not how that the city of the Ephesians is a wor- Fe po of the great goddess Diana, and of the image which fell down from Jupiter? 36 Seeing then that these things cannot be spoken against, ye ought to be quiet, and to do nothing rashly. 37 For ye have brought hither these men, which are neither rob- bers of churches, nor yetblasphemersof your goddess. 38 Wherefore if Demetrius, and the craftsmen which are with him, have a mat- ter against any man, the law is open, and there are deputies: let them implead one ano- ther. 39 But if ye in- quire any thing con- cerning other matters, it shall be determined in a lawful assembly. 40 For we are in dan- ger to be called in question for this day’s uproar, there being no cause whereby we may give an account of this concourse, 41 And when he had thus een he dismissed the assembly. XX. And after the uproar was ceased, Paul called unto him the disciples, and em- braced them, and de- parted for to go in- to Macedonia, 2 And when he had gone over those parts, and had given them much ex- hortation, he came into Greece. 3 And there abode three months. And when the Jews laid wait for him, as be was about to sail into Syria, he purposed to return through Ma- cedonia, 4 And there accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea ; and of the 'hessa- lonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timotheus; and of A- sia, Tychicus and Tro- himus. 5 These going efore tarried for us at 2 ἀνθρώπων (read τις Who) of men LTTrA. ἃ θεὸν GLTTrAW. 8 περαιτέρω further ΤῸ, k μεταπεμψάμενος having sent for rrr. * πορεύεσθαι LITr. 9 — ἄχρι τῆς ᾿Ασίας τ|τι]. πΡ ΑΞ ΕΙΣ. XL kee τίς yao ἐστιν "ἄνθρωπος" ὃς οὐ.γινώσκει THY ᾿Εφεσίων *what ‘for tis “there Sman who knowsnot the of (*the] *Ephesians πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης "θεᾶς" ᾿Αρτέμιδος καὶ ‘city 7temple-keepers °as “being of the great goddess temis, and τοῦ Διοπετοῦς; 36 ἀναντιῤῥήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων of that fallen from Zeus? Undeniable therefore being these things δέον ἐστὶν ὑμᾶς κατεσταλμένους ὑπάρχειν, Kai μηδὲν προ- necessary itis for you calm to be, and “nothing *head- meric “πράττειν." 37 ἠγάγετε.γὰρ τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους, long to *do. For ye brought these men, [who are) οὔτε ἱεροσύλους οὔτε βλασφημοῦντας τὴν θεὰν" ἐὑμῶν." neither temple plunderers nor are defaming °goddess ‘your. 88 εἰ μὲν οὖν Δημήτριος Kai ot σὺν αὐτῷ τεχνῖται ἵπρός If indeed therefore Demetrius πὰ ὑπὸ *with “him ‘'artificers against τινα λόγον ἔχουσιν," ἀγοραῖοι ἄγονται, καὶ ἀνθύπατοί εἰσιν" anyone amatter have, courts are held, and proconsuls there are: ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις. 39 εἰδὲ Te S7Epi ἑτέρων" let them accuse one another. But if anything concerning other matters ἐπιζητεῖτε, ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται. 40 καὶ. γὰρ yeinquire, in the lawful assembly it shall be solved. For also κινδυνεύομεν ἐγκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς.σήμερον, we are in danger ἴο beaccused of insurrection in regard to this day, μηδενὸς αἰτίου ὑπάρχοντος περὶ οὗ © δυνησόμεθα ἀπο- not one cause existing concerning which we shall be able to δοῦναι λόγον ἱ τῆς. συστροφῆς.ταύτης. 41 Kai ταῦτα εἰπών, give a reason for this concourse. And these things having said, ἀπέλυσεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. he dismissed the assembly. 20 Μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον, "προσκαλεσάμενος" But after Sceased ‘the tumult, Shaving “called ‘to ὁ Παῦλος τοὺς μαθητάς, καὶ ἀσπασάμενος, ἐξῆλθεν (®him] *Paul the disciples, and saluted (them), went away πισγρρευθῆναι" εἰς "τὴν" Μακεδονίαν. 2 διελθὼν. δὲ τὰ to go to Macedonia. And having passed through ͵ ’ ~ ‘ “ ᾽ 4 , ~ ἫΝ μέρη ἐκεῖνα, καὶ παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ, ἦλ- those parts, and havingexhorted them with *discourse ‘much, he θεν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα; came to Greece. μένης “αὐτῷ ἐπιβουλῆς" ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων μέλλοντι made against them a plot by the Jews being about ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, ἐγένετο Ργνγώμη" τοῦ ὑποστρέφει» to sail into Syria, arose ‘a *purpose to return διὰ Μακεδονίας. 4 συνείπετο.δὲ αὐτῷ “ἄχρι τῆς ᾿Ασίας" through Macedonia. And accompanied him as far as Asia Σώπατρος * Βεροιαῖος Θεσσαλονικέων.δὲ ᾿Αρίσταρχος Kai Sopater a Berman, and of Thessalonians Aristarchus and Σεκοῦνδος, καὶ Γάϊος Δερβαῖος καὶ Τιμόθεος" ᾿Ασιανοὶ. δὲ Secundus, and Gaius of Derbe and ‘Timotheus, and of Asia Τυχικὸς καὶ Τροφιμοῦ. 5 οὗτοι" ἱπροελθόντες" ἔμενον» ἡμᾶς Tychicus and Trophimus, These having gone before waited for us γενο- 8 ποιήσας.τε μῆνας τρεῖς, months ‘three, having been And having continued b — θεᾶς GLITrAW. © πράσσειν LTTrA, f ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον GLTTrAW. i + περὶ concerning (this concourse) Lrtr. 1 + παρακαλέσας having exhorted [and] Lrrra. © ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ LTTr. P γνώμης TTrAs s + δὲ and (these) nrrr[a]. © ἡμῶν OUT LTTrA. h + ov TTr[A]. 0 — τὴν LTTr[A]. r + Πύῤῥου of Py:rbhus Gurrraw. ὃ πρησελθόντες having gone Tr. XX ; ACTS. ἐν 'τρωάδι" 6 ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐξεπλεύσαμεν μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν ‘OAS ; ut we sailed away after the days of the ᾽ , ᾽ 4 / ‘ » 4 ’ 4 ’ ἀζύμων ἀπὸ Φιλίππων, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰς unleayened bread from Philippi, and came to them = at τὴν “Τρωάδα, "ἄχρις" ἡμερῶν πέντε, γοῦ" διετρίψαμεν ἡμέρας Troas in *days ‘five, where we stayed *days ἑπτά. 7 Ἔν.δὲ τῇ μιᾷ ῦ ββά é ° i Ώ μ ᾳ των σα ATWY, συνηγμενων ‘seven. And on the first (day] of the week, *having *been °assembled "trav μαθητῶν τοῦ" κλάσαι ἄρτον, ὁ ἸΤαῦλος διελέγετο αὐτοῖς, ‘the “disciples to break bread, Paul discoursed tothem, μέλλων ἐξιέναι ry ἐπαύριον, παρέτεινέν.τε τὸν λόγον μέχρι about todepart onthe morrow; and he continued the discourse til μεσονυκτίου" ὃ ἦσαν.δὲ λαμπάδες ἱκαναὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπερῴῳ οὗ midnight. And *were lamps ‘many in the upper room where "ἦσαν" συνηγμένοι. 9 "καθήμενος" δέ τις νεανίας ὀνόματι they were assembled. And was sitting acertain youth, by name Εὔτυχος ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος, καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ, δια- Eutychus, by the window, overpowered by “sleep ‘deep, as λεγομένου τοῦ Παύλου ἐπὶ. πλεῖον, κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ *discoursed -* Paul for a longer time, having been overpowered by τοῦ ὕπνου ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τριστέγου κάτω, Kai the sleep hefell *from “the ‘third “story ‘down, νεκρός. 10 καταβὰς. δὲ ὁ ἸΤαῦλος ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῷ, καὶ “συμ- dead. But “having *descended *Paul fellupon him, and having περιλαβὼν: εἶπεν, Μὴ.θορυβεῖσθε: ἡ. γὰρ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν embraced {him} said, Donotmakeatumult, forthe life ofhim in αὐτῷ ἐστιν. 11 ᾿Αναβὰς. δὲ καὶ κλάσας ἃ ἄρτον Kai yevoa- him is, And having gone up and having broken bread and having μενος, ἐφ᾽ ἱκανόν.τε ὁμιλήσας “ἄχρις" αὐγῆς, οὕτως ἐξῆλ- eaten, and for long having conversed until day-break, 80 he de- θεν. 12 ἤγαγον.δὲ τὸν παῖδα ζῶντα, καὶ παρεκλήθησαν οὐ parted. Andthey brought the boy alive, and werecomforted not μετρίως. 13 Ἡμεῖς δὲ προελθόντες" ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον ἀνήχθημεν a little, ut we having gone before to the ship sailed Seic' τὴν Ασσον, ἐκεῖθεν μέλλοντες ἀναλαμβάνειν τὸν Παῦ- to Assos, *there being *about to take in Paul; λον" οὕτως.γὰρ "ἢν.διατεταγμένος," μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν. ΤΟΥ 80 he had appointed, *being “about ‘himself to goon foot. 14 ὡς.δὲ iovvéBarer' ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν Ἄσσον, ἀναλαβόντες αὐτὸν And when he met with us at Assos, having taken “ἢ *him ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην 16 κἀκεῖθεν ἀποπλεύσαντες τῇ wecame to Mitylene ; and thence having sailed away, on the κατηντήσαμεν "ἀντικρὺ" Χίου" τῇ.δὲ ἑτέρᾳ arrived opposite Chios, andthe next (day) παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον" ἱκαὶ μείναντες ἐν Τρωγυλλίῳ," ry™ we arrive at Samos; andhavingremainedat ‘Trogyllium, the ἤλθομεν εἰς Μίλητον. 16 πέἔκρινεν".γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος (day] wecame to Miletus: for *had “decided *Paul παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Epecoy, πως μὴ.γένηται αὐτῷ χρονο- to sail by Ephesus, so that it might not happen to him to spend τριβῆσαι tv τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ" ἔσπευδεν.γὰρ εἰ δυνατὸν ny αὐτῷ time in Asia; forhehastened if possible it was for him ἤρθη and was taken up ἐπιούσῃ following (day] ἐχομένῃ next 375 Troas. 6 And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of un- leavened bread, and came unto them to Troas in five days; where we abode seven days. 7 And upon the first day of the week, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached unto them, ready to depart on the morrow κα and continued his speech until midnight. 8 Andthere were many lights in the upper chamber, where they were gathered to- gether. 9 And there sat in a window a certain oung man named ΠΣ ΘΕ ΤΩ, being fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down with sleep, and fell down from the third loft, and was taken up dead. 10 And Paul went down, and fell on him, and em- bracing him said, Trouble not your- selves; for his life is in him. 11 When he therefore was come up again, and had broken bread, and eaten, and talked a long while, even till break of day. so he departed. 12 And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little com- forted. 13 And we went before toship, and sail- ed unto Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, minding himself to go afoot, 14 And when he met with us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. 15 And we sailed thence, and came the next day over against Chios ; and the next day we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium ; and the next day we came to Miletus. 16 For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, because he would not spend the time in Asia: for he hasted, if it were pos- sible for him, to be at ’ Τρῳάδι 1.1. * Τρῳάδα LT, assembled) GLTTraw. 4 + roy the LTTraw. © ἄχρι TTrA. Ὁ διατεταγμένος ἦν LITA. συνέβαλλεν LITrA. μείναντες ἐν Τρω. LITr. ™ + δὲ and (the) τττι. χα ἄχρι LTTrA. Υ ὅπου T. & ἦμεν WE Were GLTTrAW. k ἄντικρυς LTTrA. " κεκρίκει GLTTrAW. 2 ἡμῶν we (having been Ὁ καθεζόμενος LTTrAW. ἔ προσελθόντες having gone Tr. © gur- T. & ἐπὶ LITA. ' Τρωγυλίῳ a; — καὶ ο εἴη it might be LTTrA. 970 Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. 174nd from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church, 18 And when they were come to him, he said nnto them, Ye know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all seasons, 19 serving the Lord with all humi- lity of mind,and with many tears, and temp- tations, which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews: 20 and how I kept back πος thing that was profit- able unto you, but have shewed you, and have taught you publickly, and from house to house, 21 testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. 22 And now, behold, I go bound in the spi- rit unto Jerusalem, not knowing thethings that shall befall me there: 29 save that the Holy Ghost wit- nesseth in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me. 24 But none of these things move me, nei- ther count I my life dear unto myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which 1 have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. 25 And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. 26 Wherefore I take you to record this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. 27 For Lhave not shunned to declare unto you all the coun- i PAS ET >. ee τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς γενέσθαι εἰς ῬἱἹεροσόλυμα." the day of Pentecost to be in Jerusalem, 17 ᾿Απὸ.δὲ τῆς Μιλήτου πέμψας εἰς "Εφεσον perexadécaro And from Miletus having sent to Ephesus he called for τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας. 18 ὡς.δὲ παρεγένοντο πρὸς the elders of the assembly. And when they werecome to αὐτὸν 4 εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, μεῖς ἐπίστασθε, ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡμέρας him he said to them, e know, from the first day ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν, πῶς μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν τὸν. πάντα on which 1 ἀγστῖσοᾶ in Asia, how with you all the χρόνον ἐγενόμην, 19 δουλεύων τῷ κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης ταπεινο- time I was, serving the Lord with all humi- φροσύνης Kai πολλῶν" δακρύων καὶ πειρασμῶν, TOY συμ- lity and many tears and temptations, which hap- βάντων μοι ἐν ταῖς ἐπιβουλαῖς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων: 20 ὡς pened to me through the piots of the Jews ; how οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ.μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι nothing [1 Κορὺ back οὗ what [15 profitable soasnot toannounce [10] € ~ ‘ Q7 «- ~ iy , Ν ? » ὑμῖν, καὶ διδάξαι ὑμᾶς δημοσίᾳ καὶ κατ᾽ οἴκους, 21 διαμαρ- ἕο you, and toteach you publicly and from house to house, earnestly τυρόμενος Ἰουδαίοις.τε καὶ “Ἕλλησιν τὴν εἰς "τὸν!" θεὸν testifying both toJews and Greeks “toward 3God ἑτάνοιαν Kai πίστιν ‘ryyv' εἰς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦν repentance and faith toward our Lord Jesus *ypiorov.' 22 καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ “ἐγὼ δεδεμένος" τῷ πνεύματι Christ. And now, lo, 16 bound in the spirit, πορεύομαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά go to Jerusalem, the things whichin it shall happen χμοι μὴ εἰδώς, 23 πλὴν ὅτι TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον κατὰ.πόλιν tome not knowing; except thatthe Spirit the Holy ἴῃ every city διαμαρτύρεται) λέγον" ori δεσμά ὅμε καὶ θλίψεις" μένουσιν. fully testifies, saying that bonds *me'and “tribulations “await. 24 ἀλλ᾽ οὐδενὸς Adyor' “ποιοῦμαι, οὐδὲ ἔχω" τὴν ψυχήν But “οὗ *nothing “account ὮΙ 2make, nor holdI life ἁμου" τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ, we τελειῶσαι τὸν.δρόμον.μου “μετὰ ‘my dear tomyself, so as to finish my course with χαρᾶς," καὶ THY διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου ᾽1η- joy, and the ministry which Ireceived from the Lord Je- σοῦ, διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ. sus, to testify fully the gladtidings ofthe grace of God, 25 καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν.μου And now, io, know that nomore *will*see ‘my “face ὑμεῖς πάντες, ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων THY βασιλείαν *ye “all, among whom Ihave goneabout proclaiming the kingdom ‘rov θεοῦ." 26 8d10" μαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ.σήμερον. ἡμέρᾳ, of God. Wherefore I testify to you in this day ὅτι καθαρὸς “éyw' ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος mayvTwy' 27 οὐ γὰρ that pure I [am)from the blood of all, for “ποῦ ὑπεστειλάμην TOU μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ‘vuiv' πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν J *kept back from announcing to you all the counsel » Ἱερουσαλήμ. T. 5 — Toy ΤΊΥΤΑ. ἢ — τὴν LTTra. 4 + ὁμοῦ ὄντων αὐτῶν they being together L. τ — χριστόν L[Tr]A. τ — πολλῶν GLTTrAW. » δεδεμένος ἐγὼ GLTTrAW. * ἐμοὶ τ. Υ + μοι ἴο ME GLTTrAW. 7% λέγων A. 5 καὶ θλίψεις we LTTrA. Ὁ λόγον TTrA. © ἔχω, οὐδὲ ποιοῦμαι L; — οὐδὲ ἔχω TTra. 4 — μον LTTrA. © — μετὰ χαρᾶς LTTrA. f — τοῦ θεοῦ LTTrAW. & διότι TA. b εἰμι aM LTTrA. i — ὑμῖν LTTrA. XX, XXI. AS G20 SS’ τοῦ θεοῦ). 28 προσέχετε Koby ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παντὶ τῷ of God. Take heed therefore to yourselves and ἴο 41 the ποιμνίῳ, ἐνῷ ὑμᾶς TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, flock, wherein “you ‘the “Spirit “the *Holy ‘did ‘set overseers, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἱτοῦ θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ toshepherd the assembly of God, which he purchased with τοῦ “idiov αἵματος." 29 ἐγὼ." γὰρ᾽ οἶδα “τοῦτο, ort εἰσελεύ- the *of*his‘own ‘blood. For I know this, that will σονται μετὰ τὴν.ἄφιξίν.μου λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ comein after my departure *wolves ‘grievous amongst you, ποῦ φειδόμενοι Tov ποιμνίου" 30 καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν.αὐτῶν ἀνα- sparing the flock ; and from amongst your own selves will στήσονται ἄνδρες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα, τοῦ ἀποσπᾷν τοὺς rise up men speaking perverted things, to draw away the μαθητὰς ὀπίσω Ῥαὐτῶν. 31 διὸ γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες disciples after themselves. Wherefore watch, remembering ὅτι τριετίαν νύκτα Kai ἡμέραν οὐκιἐπαυσάμην μετὰ δακρύων that three years night and day I ceased not with tears νουθετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον. 32 Kai “τανῦν παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς. admonishing “one .- ‘each. And now 1 commit you, τἀδελφοί," τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς.χάριτος. αὐτοῦ, τῷ δυνα- brethren, to God and to the word of his grace, which is μένῳ "ἐποικοδομῆσαι" Kai δοῦναι ‘vpir’'* κληρονομίαν ἐν abie to build up and to give you aninheritance among τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν. 33 ἀργυρίου ἢ χρυσίου ἢ ἱματισμοῦ “the “sanctified 1811. Silver or gold oor clothing οὐδενὸς" ἐπεθύμησα: 34 αὐτοὶ “δὲ γινώσκετε OTe ταῖς of no one I desired. But yourselves know that οὖσιν per’ ἐμοῦ ὑπηρέτησαν at χρείαις, μου καὶ τοῖς were with me did “minister tomy needs and to those who χεῖρες.αὗται. 35 πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὕτως κοπιῶντας ‘these “hands. All things Ishewed you that thus labouring δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων, μνημονεύειν.τε i ᾽ it behoves [us] to aid those being weak, and to remember τῶν λόγων τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν, Μακάριόν ἐστιν the words ofthe Lord Jesus that himseif said, 7Blessed Sit *is Υδιδόναι μᾶλλον" ἢ λαμβάνειν. 36 Kai ταῦτα εἰπών, Sto °give lmore than _ to receive. And these things having said θεὶς τὰ γόνατα.αὐτοῦ σὺν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς προσηύξατο. having bowed his knees with all them he prayed. 37 ἹἹκανὸς. δὲ *eyévero κλαυθμὸς" πάντων᾽ Kai ἐπιπεσόντες And *much ‘there “was weeping of all: and falling ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλον κατεφίλουν αὐτόν" 38 ὀδυνώ- upon the neck of Paul they ardently kissed him, dis- μένοι μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῷ AO εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλ- tressed most οὗ all for the word which he had said, that nomore they λουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν. προέπεμπον.δὲ αὐτὸν are about his face to see. And they accompanied him εἰς τὸ πλοῖον. to the ship. « 4 > , ? ~ t ~ ? , > > 21 Ὡς. δὲ ἐγένετο ἀναχθῆναι ἡμᾶς ἀποσπασθέντας ἀπ And when it was "sailed we, haying drawn away from i + ὑμῖν to you LTTrA. k — οὖν [L]tTr. τοῦ ἰδίου GLTTrAW. u — yap for LTTraw. Ὁ — τοῦτο LTTrAW. voy LTTrA. τ — ἀδελφοί LTTrA. 5 οἰκοδομῆσαι to build Lttraw. (read the inheritance) TTra. τ οὐθενὸς T. x — δὲ but GLTTraw. GLTITraw. * κλαυθμὺς ἐγένετο LTTrAW. 1 τοῦ κυρίον of the Lord Gurr. Ρ ἑαυτῶν TTrA. ¢ — ὑμῖν LTTra. 377 sel of God, 28 Take heed therefore unto your- selves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, te feed the church of Ged, which he hath pur- chased with his own blood. 29 For I know this, that after my de- parting shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock. 30 Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking per- verse things, to draw away disciples after them. 31 Therefore watch, and remember, that by the space of three years I ceased not to warn every one night and day with tears. 32 And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified. 33 I have coveted no man’s sil- ver, or gold, or ap- parel, 34 Yea, ye your- selves know, that these hands have ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me. 35 I have shewed you all things, how that so labouring ye ought to support the weak, and to re- member the words of the Lord Jesus, how he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. 36 And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them 81]. 37 And they all wept sore, and fell on Paul’s neck, and kissed him, 38 sorrowing most of all for the words which he spake, that they should see his face no more. And they ac- companied him unto the ship. XXI. And it came to pass, that after we were gotten from τὰ αἵματος 4 τὰ vo τὴν Υ μᾶλλον διδόναι 378 them, and had launch- ed, we came with a straight course unto Coos, and the day fol- lowing unto Rhodes, and from thence unto Patara: 2 and find- ing a ship sailing over unto Phenicia, we went aboard, and set forth. 3 Now when we had discovered Cyprus, we left it on the left hand, and sailed into Syria, and landed at Tyre: for there the ship was to unlade her burden. 4 And finding disciples, we tarried there seven days: who said _ to Paul through the Spi- rit, that he should not go up to Jerusalem. 5 And when we had accomplished those days, we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way, with wives and children, till we we7e out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore, and pray- ed. 6 And when we had taken our leave one of another, we took ship; and they returned home again. 7 And when we had finished our course from Tyre, we came to Ptolemais, and sa- luted the brethren, and abode with them one day. 8 And the next day we that were of Paul’s company de- parted, and came unto Ceesarea: and we en- tered into the house of Philip the evangel- ist, Which was one of the seven; and abode with him. 9 And the same man had four daughters, virgins, which did prophesy. 10 And as we tarried there many days, there came down from Ju- dza a certain pro- phet, named Agabus, 11 And when he was come unto us, he took Paul’s_ girdle, and bound his own hands and feet, and said, Thus saith the Hoiy Ghost, So shall the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that 2 Κῶ GLTTraWw. πλοῖον ἣν LTTrAW. 5 Ἱεροσόλυμα GLTTrAW. having prayed we took our leave ἀνέβημεν ΤΑΥ͂. Φάμεν Tr. LITraw. P Καισαρίαν T. t τε and LTTrawW. TIPAZEIS. XXI. αὐτῶν, εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν "Κῶν," τῷ.δὲ ἑξῆς them, having run direct wecame to Cos, andonthe next ᾽ A « , ? ~ ? , ν « , εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Ilarapa. 2 καὶ εὑρόντες {day] to Rhodes, and thence to Patara, And having found πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς Φοινίκην, ἐπιβάντες ἀνήχθημεν. a ship passing over into Pheenicia, having gone on board we sailed ; 3 *avagavarrec’ de τὴν Κύπρον, καὶ καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν and having sighted Cyprus, and having left it εὐώνυμον ἐπλέομεν εἰς Συρίαν, Kai “karHyOnpev' εἰς Τύρον" onthe left wesailed to Syria, and brought to at Tyre, éxeiae.yao “ἣν τὸ πλοῖον" ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον. 4 “καὶ for there was the ship discharging the lading. And ἀνευρόντες" τοὺς μαθητάς, ἐπεμείναμεν ἰαὐτοῦ" ἡμέρας ἑπτά" having found out the disciples, we remained there "days ‘seven; uv ~ U ” A ~ [4 ‘ g ? , " οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, μὴ FavaBaivey who to Paul said by the Spirit, not to go up εἰς "Ἱερουσαλήμ." 5 ὅτε.δὲ ἐγένετο Ἰἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι' τὰς ἡμέ- to Jerusalem. But when it was we completed the days, pac, ἐξελθόντες ἐπορευόμεθα, προπεμπόντων ἡμᾶς πάντων having set out we journeyed, accompanying Sus 1411 σὺν γυναιξὶν καὶ τέκνοις ἕως ἔξω τῆς πόλεως" καὶ θέντες with wives and children asfaras outside the city. And having bowed τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν Ἐπροσηυξάμεθα. 6 καὶ ἀσπασά- the knees on the shore we prayed. And having μενοι" ἀλλήλους ᾿πὲἐπέβημεν" εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, ἐκεῖνοι.δὲ ὑπέ- saluted one another we wentup into πὸ ship, and they re- ? \ ἝΝ « - \ \ ~ Ul στρεψαν εἰς τὰ ἴδια. 7 Ἡμεῖς.δὲ τὸν πλοῦν διανύσαντες turned to their own [homes]. Andwe, the voyage having completed > A , , > a. ‘ ? 4 ἀπὸ Τύρου κατηντήσαμεν εἰς ἸΠτολεμαΐδα, καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι from ‘Tyre, arrived at Ptolemais, and having saluted τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἐμείναμεν ἡμέραν μίαν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς. ὃ τῷ.δὲ the brethren we abode *day Jone with them. And on the ἐπαύριον ἐξελθόντες πρὶ. περὶ τὸν Παῦλον"! οἦλθον" εἰς morrow ‘having “gone *forth *Paul ?and “*those*with Shim they came to ΄ ell ‘ ? , ? 5 5 , ~ ΡΚαισάρειαν"" καὶ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκον Φιλίππου τοῦ Ceesarea ; and having entered into the house of Philip the εὐαγγελιστοῦ, Irov' ὄντος EK τῶν ἑπτά, ἐμείναμεν Tap αὐτῷ. evangelist, being of the seven, weabode with him, 9 τούτῳ. δὲ ἦσαν θυγατέρες παρθένοι τέσσαρες" προφη- Now to this [man] there were *daughters Syirgins 1four who pro- , A ~ , ,ὔ ~ , τεύουσαι. 10 ἐπιμενόντων.δὲ ἡμῶν" ἡμέρας πλείους κατῆλθεν d phesied. And ?remaining iwe ays Smany ®came *down τις ἀπὸ τῆς Ιουδαίας προφήτης ὀνόματι “AyaBoc 58. Scertain 7one from Judza, a prophet, by name Agabus; 11 καὶ ἐλθὼν πρὸς ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ and having come _ to us, and having taken the girdle Παύλου, dnoac‘re' ταὐτοῦ τὰς χεῖρας Kai τοὺς πόδας" of Paul, andhaving bound of himself the hands δῃὰ the feet ’ a 4 ~ ‘ .“ x » ὃ x , εἶπεν, Τάδε λέγει TO πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, Τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν said, Thus says the Spirit the Holy, The man of whom is © κατήλθομεν landed LTtra. ἃ τὸ © ἀνευρόντες δὲ LTTrAWw. Γ αὐτοῖς With them L. 8 ἐπιβαίνειν LTTrA. \ ἐξαρτίσαι ἡμᾶς LTrAW. Κ προσευξάμενοι ἀπησπασάμεθα LTTrAW. 14 καὶ and LITraw. τὰ ἐνέβημεν LTr ; — οἱ περὶ τὸν Παῦλον GLTTraw. ο ἤλθομεν We Came EGLTAW ; ἤλ- 4 — τοῦ GLTTrAW. τ τέσσαρες παρθένοι LTTrA. 5 — ἡμῶν ἡ ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας LTTrAW. Ὁ ἀναφανέντες EGLTrAW. ΧΧΙ. ACTS. ἡ. ζώνη αὕτη οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ ot ᾿Τουδαῖοι, καὶ this girdle thus shall*bind ‘in ‘Jerusalem ‘the “Jews, and παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. 12 Ὡς δὲ ἠκούσαμεν deliver up into [the] hands of [the] nations. And when we heard ταῦτα, παρεκαλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς.τε καὶ οἱ ἐντόπιοι τοῦ these things, Sbesought ‘both “we %and ‘those *of (*the] “place μὴ ἀναβαίνειν αὐτὸν εἰς ἱερουσαλήμ. 13 * ἀπεκρίθη." δὲ! ὁ not 'to'*go'*up "him to Jerusalem, But 7answered Παῦλος, Τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν 'Paul, What doye weeping and breaking my , ? " , ᾽ ΄ ~ > ‘ ‘ 2 ~ ? καρδίαν ; tyw-yap οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι ἀλλὰ Kai ἀποθανεῖν εἰς heart ? forI not only tobebound but also to die at Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἑτοίμως.ἔχω ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. Jerusalem am ready for the name of the Lord Jesus. 14 Μὴ.πειθομένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἡσυχάσαμεν εἰπόντες, “Τὸ θέλημα And *not *being persuaded ‘he weweresilent, saying, The will τοῦ κυρίου γενέσθω." of the Lord be done. 15 Μετὰ.δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας "ἀποσκευασάμενοι" ave- And after these days, having packed the baggage we βαίνομεν εἰς Tepovoadyp.' 16 συνῆλθον.δὲ καὶ τῶν went up to Jerusalem. And went also [some] of the μαθητῶν ἀπὸ “Καισαρείας" σὺν ἡμῖν, ἄγοντες παρ᾽ disciples from Cesarea with us, bringing [one] with whom ξενισθῶμεν, Μνάσωνί.τινι Κυπρίῳ, ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ. 17 Tevo- we might lodge, acertain Mnason, aCypriot, anold disciple. *Having μένων δὲ ἡμῶν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀσμένως “ἐδέξαντο! ἡμᾶς ot “arrived ‘and “we at Jerusalem 3gladly “received Sus ‘the ἀδελφοί. 18 τῃῇ.“δὲ" ἐπιούσῃ eloyer ὁ Ταῦλος σὺν ἡμῖν ?brethren. And on the following [day]?went “πὶ 'Paul with us πρὸς ᾿Ιάκωβον, πάντες. τε παρεγένοντο οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. 19 Kai to James, and all Sassembled ‘the 7elders. And ἀσπασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἐξηγεῖτο καθ᾽ ἐν. ἕκαστον ὧν ἐποίησεν having saluted them herelated one by one what things ?wrought « ‘ ᾽ ~ » ‘ ~ > / ? ~ « 4 ὁ θεὸς ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν διὰ τῆς.διακονίας. αὐτοῦ. 20 οἱ.δὲ 1God among the nations by his ministry. And they ? , ? ty Γ 4 , 4 ξ t , I! ᾽ ~ ~ ἀκούσαντες ἐδόξαζον frov κύριον εἰπὸν. τε αὑτῷ, Θεωρεῖς, haying heard glorified the Lord. And they said tohim, Thou seest, ἀδελφέ, πόσαι μυριάδες εἰσὶν "Tovdaiwy' τῶν πεπι- brother, how many mpyriads_ there are of Jews who have be- OTEVKOTWY, καὶ πάντες ζηλωταὶ τοῦ νόμου ὑπάρχουσιν. lieved, and all zealous ones of the law are. 21 κατηχήθησαν.δὲ περὶ cov, ὅτι ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις < And they were informed concerning thee, that *%apostasy thou *teachest ἀπὸ ἸΜωσέως" rove κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη ἔπάντας" ᾿᾽Ἰουδαίους, *°from 1!Moses *the ‘among ‘the *nations 3411 5Jews, λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα, μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν telling “ποῦ *to*circumcise ‘them the children, nor inthe customs περιπατεῖν. 22 τί οὖν ἐστιν; πάντως ‘dei πλῆθος to walk. What then is it? certainly “must ‘a *multitude 379 owneth this girdle, and shall deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles. 12 And when we heard these things, both we, and they of that place, besought him not to go up to Jerusalem. 13 Then Paul answered, What mean ye to weep and to break mine heart ? for I am ready not to be bound only, but al- so to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus. 14 And when he would not be persuaded, we ceased, saying, The will of the Lord be done. 15 And after those days we took up our carriages, and went up to Jerusalem, 16 There went with us also certain of the disci- ples of Cesarea, and brought with them one Mnason of Cy- prus, an old disciple, with whom we should lodge. 17 And when Wwe were come to Je- rusalem, the brethren received us_ gladly. 18 And the day fol- lowing Paul went in with us unto James; and all the elders were present. 19 And when he had saluted them, he declared particu- larly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by his ministry. 20 And when they heard it, they glorified the Lord, and said unto him, Thou seest, brother, how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law : 21 and they are in- formed of thee, that thou teachest all the Jews which areamong the Gentiles to for- sake Moses, saying that they ought not to circumcise their chil- dren, neither to walk after the customs. 22 What 1510 therefore? the multitude must w+ τότε then LTTrAW. *— δὲ but LTTraw. τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω LTTrAWw. 5 ἐπισκευασάμενοι LTTrAW. © Καισαρίας T. ἃ ἀπεδέξαντο Welcomed LITraw. e ve T. Ε εἰπόντες Saying 1, ; εἶπάν τε TTr. δαίων T. 1 Μωύσέως GLTTrAW. k — πάντας L[Tr]. πλῆθος συνελθεῖν Tr. Υ + καὶ εἶπεν and said T. 2 Tov κυρίον Ὁ Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrAW. f τὸν θεόν God GLTTraW. h ἐν τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαιοῖς among the Jews tTraw; — Ἰου- 1 δεῖ συνελθεῖν πλῆθος LTA ; — δεῖ 380 needs come together : for they will hear that thou art come. 23 Do therefore this that we say to thee: We have four men which havea yow onthem ; 24them take, and purify thy- self with them, and be at charges with them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that those things, whereof they were informed con- cerning thee, are no- thing; but that thou thyself also walkest orderly, and keepest thelaw. 25 As touch- ing the Gentiles which believe, we have writ- ten andconcluded that they observe no such thing, save only that they keep themselves from things offered to idols, and from blood, and from strangled, and from fornication. 26 Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple, to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification, until that an offering should be offered for every one of them. 27 And when theseven days were almost end- ed, the Jews which were of Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the people, and laid hands on him, 28 ery- ing out, Men of Israel, heip: This is the man, that teacheth all men every where against the people, and the law, and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath pol- luted this holy place. 29 (For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an Ephesian, whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.) 30 And all the city was moved, and the people ran to- gether : and they took Paul, and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut. 31 Andas they went about to kill him, tidings came un- ΤΕ ΛΕ Ei. συνελθεῖν"" ἀκούσονται. γὰρ" ὅτι ἐλήλυθας. ἡ come together; for ΠΟΥ͂ willhear ὑδαῦ ὑοῦ hast come. This therefore ποίησον 0 cot λέγομεν" εἰσὶν ἡμῖν ἄνδρες τέσσαρες εὐχὴν do thou what*to*thee 'we*say: Therearewithus *men four a VOW ἔχοντες ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν 24 τούτους παραλαβὼν ἁγνίσθητι σὺν having on themselves: eee hasing, taken be purified with αὐτοῖς, καὶ δαπάνησον ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς, iva "ξυρήσωνται! τὴν ΧΧΙ, 93 τοῦτο οὖν them, and beatexpense for them, that they may shave the κεφαλήν, καὶ °yy@ow' πάντες Ort ὧν κατήχηνται head ; and *may *know tall that of which they have been informed περὶ σοῦ οὐδὲν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ στοιχεῖς καὶ αὐτὸς about thee *nothing 118, but thou *walkest “orderly 7also ‘thyself Prov νόμον φυλάσσων... 25 περὶ δὲ τῶν πεπιστευκότων *the law Skeeping. But concerning those who have believed ἐθνῶν ἡμεῖς “ἐπεστείλαμεν," κρίναντες "μηδὲν. τοιοῦτον of the nations we wrote, judging “no ®such *thing τηρεῖν αὐτούς, εἰ μὴ! φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς τό τε εἰδωλό-- 2to7%observe ‘them, except to keep *from ‘themselves things offered θυτον καὶ Sro' αἷμα καὶ πνικτὸν καὶ πορνείαν. 26 Tore to idols, and blood, and what is ee and fornication. Then ὁ Παῦλος παραλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας, 7 ἐχομένῃ ἡμέρᾳ σὺν Paul having taken the men, onthe next day with αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς εἰσήει εἰς TO ἱερόν, διαγγέλλων τὴν them having been purified entered into the temple, declaring the ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ, ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη fulfilment ofthe days ofthe purification, until was offered ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά. 27 ὡς. δὲ ἔμελλον for 20Π6 teach ofthem the offering. But when * a Sabout αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι συντελεῖσθαι οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ασίας ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ‘the “seven “days ἴο "6 σοιηρ!θίθα the *from 35 Asia ‘Jews θεασάμενοι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, 'συνέχεον! πάντα τὸν ὄχλον, having seen him in the ene stirred up all the crowd, καὶ ᾿ἐπέβαλον᾽ “rac χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν," 28 κράζοντες, ᾿ΑΥνδρες and laid hands pron him, crying, χ᾿Γσραηλῖται." βοηθεῖτε. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ κατὰ Israelites, help! this is the man who against τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ TOU νόμου καὶ τοῦ.τόπου.τούτου πάντας ὕπαν- the people and the law and this place all every- ταχοῦ" διδάσκων" ἔτι.τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, where teaches, andfurtheralso Greeks he brought into the temple, καὶ κεκοίνωκεν τὸν ἅγιον τόπον τοῦτον. 99 Hoay.yap.7p0- and defiled "holy *place this. For they: had before εωρακότες Τρόφιμον τὸν Ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ, ὃν seen ee the nee in the city with him, whom ἐνόμιζον ore εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Παῦλος. 80 ἐκινήθη they apposed that into the ETS “brought *Paul, *Was *moved τε ἡ πόλις OAH, Kai ἐγένετο συνδρομὴ τοῦ λαοῦ" Kai ἐπι- 5and *the *city “whole, and there was a concourse of the Beebe and having λαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου, εἷλκον αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ" Kai laid hold of Paul, shies drew him outside the temple, and εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι. 31 ζητούντων.:δὲ! αὐτὸν immediately were shut the doors. But as they were seeking him m — yap for Tr. GLTTrAW. τηρεῖν αὐτούς, εἰ μὴ LTTr. αὑτὸν τὰς χεῖρας GLTITraw. 1: χε And LTTrA. Ρ υλάσσων τὸν νόμον LTTrAW. » ξυρήσονται they shall shave TTra. ο Dears oe ται will know 4 ἀπεστείλαμεν LTr. — μηδὲν τοιοῦτον t συνέχεαν L. v ἐπέβαλαν TTr. Wer Υ πανταχῇ LIr; πανταχῆ TAW, 8 — τὸ LTTr[A]w. x Ἰσραηλεῖται T. XXI, ΧΧΙ. ἀποκτεῖναι ἀνέβη to kill ὅτι ὕλη "συγκέχυται" ACTS. φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης, there came a representation to the chief captain of the band, Ἱερουσαλήμ. 82 ὃς ὑξξαυτῆς" “παρα- that all *was*im‘a‘tumult ‘Jerusalem ; who at once having λαβὼν! στρατιώτας καὶ ἑκατοντάρχους" κατέδραμεν ἐπ᾽ taken with [him] soldiers and centurions ran down upon ? , αὐτούς. οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες “τὸν χιλίαρχον καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας them, And they having scen the chief captain and a soldiers ἐπαύσαντο τύπτοντες τὸν Παῦλον. 33 τότε ἐγγίσας ceased beating Paul. Then *having °drawn “near ὁ χιλίαρχος ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ, Kai ἐκέλευσεν δεθῆναι ‘the *chief *captain laid hold ofhim, and commanded {him} to be bound ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν᾽ ἐπυνθάνετο τίς ἰἂν" εἴη, καὶ τί with “chains ‘two, inquired who he might be, and what ἐστιν.πεποιηκώς. 84 ἄλλοι.δὲ. ἄλλο. τι βέβόων᾽" he had been doing. But some *one *thing °*and “some another *were 7erying ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ: "yr)-dvvapEvoc.dt' γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς διὰ in the crowd. And not being able to know the certainty on account of τὸν θόρυβον, ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν παρεμ- the tumult, he commanded *to*be*brought ‘him into the βολήν. 35 brecé ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμοὺς συνέβη tress. But wih hecame on_ the stairs it happened βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν διὰ τὴν βίαν *was *borne the by the soldiers because of the violence τοῦ ὄχλου. 86 ἠκολούθει.γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ ἱκράζον," of the crowd. For followed the multitude of the people, crying, Aipe αὐτόν. 37 Μέλλων τε τ στα τ εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν Away with him, But being about to be brought into the fortress ὁ Παῦλος λέγει τῷ χιλιάρχῳ, Εἰ ἔξεστίν μοι εἰπεῖν καὶ and TL Paul says tothechiefcaptain, Is it permitted tome tosay Bonictng: πρός σε; ὋὉ δὲ ἔφη, “EXAnuicti γινώσκεις; 38 οὐκ ἄρα to thee? Andhe said, Greek dost thou know ? 5Not *then σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος ὁ πρὸ τούτων THY ἡμερῶν ἀναστα- Ξἴποι ‘art the Egyptian whobefore these days caused a Twoac Kai ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους confusion and led out into the desert the four thousand ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων ; 39 Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, gi ἄνθρωπος men ofthe assassins? But “said *Paul, aman μέν eit Ἰουδαῖος Tapoedc, τῆς Κιλικίας οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως indeed am a Jew of Tarsus, 7of *Cilicia *no%of *insignificant “city πολίτης δέομαι δὲ cov, ἐπίτρεψόν μοι λαλῆσαι πρὸς τὸν 44 *citizen, and 1 beseech thee, allow me tospeak to the αὐτοῦ, ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ the, Paul standing on χειρὶ τῷ Aa’ πολλῆς. δὲ and great λαόν. 40 ᾿Επιτρέψαντος. δὲ people. And *having ®allowed [*him] τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν κατέσεισεν τῇ the stairs madeasign with the hand ΤῸΝ the people ; σιγῆς γενομένης προσεφώνησεν silence having taken place he spoke to oe in ἃ δε Hebrew language λέγων, 299. “Avdoec ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατέ pov τῆς saying, Men, brethren and fathers, hear my apien ὑμᾶς *viy' ἀπολογίας. Ὡ᾿ Ακούσαντες.δὲ ὅτι τῇ “EBpatdr Ξξγ7γο.) “ΠΟΥ͂ defence, And having heard that nee Hebrew ἢ Ἑ βραΐῖδι διαλέκτῳ ine Δ] to the chief captain of the band, that all Je- rusalem was in an up- roar. 32 Who imme- diately took soldiers and centurions, and ran down unto them: and when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they left beat- ing of Paul. 33 Then the chief captain came near, and took him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains ; and demanded who he was, and what he had done. 34 And some cried one thing, some another, amoung the multitude: and when he could not know the certainty for the tumult, he com- manded him to be carried into the castle. 35 And when he came upon the stairs, so it - was, that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people. 36 For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him. 37 And as Paul was to be led in- to the castle, he said unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? who said, Canst thou speak Greek? 38 Art not thou that Egyptian, which before these days madest an up roar, and leddest out into the wilderness four thousand men that were murderers? 39 But Paul said, lam aman whichamaJew of Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city : und, I be- seech thee, suffer me to speak unto the peo- ple. 40 And when he had given him licence, Paul stood on the stairs, and beckoned with the hand unto the people. And when there was made a great silence, he spake un- to them in the He- brew tongue, saying, XXII. Men, brethren, and fathers, hear ye my defence which I now unto you, 2 (And when they heard that he spake in the Hebrew tongue to Ὁ ἐξ αὐτῆς A. 5 συγίσυν- Τ)χύννεται LTTrA ; : συγχύνεται Ww. f — ay Lrtr[a]w. ἃ ἑκατοντάρχας LTTrAW. — τὸν W. Β μὴ δυναμένου δὲ αὐτοῦ he ‘abt being able Lttraw. GLTTraw. ς λαβὼν having taken L. 8 ἐπεφώνουν LTTrAW, i κράζοντες LTTrAW. Κγυνι 382 them, they kept the more silence: and he saith,) 3 I am verily a man which ama Jew, born in Tarsus, @ city in Cilicia, yet brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel, and taught according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers, and was zealous te- ward God, as ye all arethis day. 4 AndI persecuted this way unto the death, bind- ingand delivering into prisons both men and women, 5 As also the high priest doth bear me witness, and all the estate of the elders: from whom also I re- ceived letters unto the brethren, and went to Damascus, to bring them which were there bound unto Jerusalem, for to be punished. 6 And it came to pass, that, as I made my journey, and wascome nigh unto Damascus about noon, suddenly there shone from hea- ven agreat lightround about me. 7 And I fell unto the ground, and heard a voice say- ing unto me, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? 8 And Lan- swered, Who art thou, Lord? Andhe said un- to me, I am Jesus of Nazareth, whom thou persecutest. 9 And they that were with me saw indeed the light, and were afraid; but they heard not the voice of him that spake to me, 10 And I said, What shall I do, Lord? And the Lord said unto me, Arise, and go into Da- mascus; and there it shall be told thee of all things which are appointed for thee to do. 11 And when 1 could not see for the glory of that light, being led by the hand of them that were with me, 1 came into Damascus. 12 And one Ananias,a devout man according to the law, having a good report of all the Jews which dwelt there, 13 came unto me, and stood, and said unto me, Brother Saul, receive thy sight. And the TH PAAC 2) ET Σ. XXII. διαλέκτῳ προσεφώνει αὐτοῖς, μᾶλλον παρέσχον ἡσυχίαν. καί language he ΕΒ to them, “the *more ‘they *kept quiet; and φησιν, 3 mye ἱμέν" εἰμι ἀνὴρ ‘lovdaioc, gedit ἐν he says, indeed am aman a Jew, Ταρσῷ τῆς ea ae: ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ. ΞΕ; εἴν Tarsus of Cilicia, but brought up in this city παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ, πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ αὖ the feet of Gamaliel, having been instructed according to [the} ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου, ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ θεοῦ, i ee ofthe ancestral law, 7a *zealous “one "being for God, καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον᾽ 4 ὃς ταύτην τὴν ὁδὸν even as all ye are this day ; who this way ἐδίωξα ἄχρι θανάτου, δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς persecuted unto death, binding and delivering up to prisons ἄνδρας. τε kai γυναῖκας, 5 ὡς Kai ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς μαρτυρεῖ μοι, both men and women; as age the high priest bears witness to me, καὶ πᾶν τὸ πρεσβυτέριον" παρ᾽ ὧν Kai ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος and all the ee from whom also letters having received πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς, εἰς Δαμασκὸν ἐπορευόμην, ἄξων Kai τοὺς to the brethren, to Damascus I went, to bring also those ἐκεῖσε ὄντας, δεδεμένους εἰς Ιἱεορουσαλήμ, ἵνα τιμωρη- there who were, bound to Jerusalem, in order that they might θῶσιν. 6 éyévero.d& μοι πορευομένῳ καὶ ἐγγίζοντι τῇ be punished. And it came to pass to me journeying and drawing: near Δαμασκῷ περὶ μεσημβρίαν ἐξαίφνης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ περι- to Damascus, about mid-day suddenly, outof the heaven αστράψαι φῶς ἱκανὸν περὶ ἐμέ 7 πέἔπεσόν".τε εἰς TO ἔδαφος, shone alight ‘great about di AndIfell to the ground, καὶ ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώ- and heard ἃ voice saying tome, Saul, Saul, why me perse KELC 5 8 ᾿Εγὼ.δὲ ἀπεκρίθην, Tic εἴ, κύριε; Ἐϊπέν τε cutest thou? And I answered, Who artthou, Lord? And he said πρός “pe, ᾿Εγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος ὃν σὺ διώκεις. to me, I am Jesus the Nazarewan, whom thou persecutest, 9 Οἱδὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ ὄντες TO μὲν φῶς ἐθεάσαντο, “καὶ ἔμ- But those *with *me ‘being the *indeed ‘light beheld, and ae φοβοι ἐγένοντο" τὴν. δὲ φωνὴν οὐκ. ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός larmed were, but the voice didnot hear ofhim speaking μοι. 10 εἶπον.δέ, Ti ποιήσω κύριε; ὋὉ δὲ κύριος εἶπεν to me. AndI said, What shall I do, Lord? And the Lord said πρός με, ᾿Αναστὰς πορεύου εἰς Δαμασκόν, κἀκεῖ σοι λα- to me, Having risen up go to Damascus, and there thee it ληθήσεται περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι. shallbe told concerning all things whichit has been appointed thee ἴο do. 11 Ὡς δὲ οὐκιἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ.φωτὸς ἐκείνου, And as I did not see from the glory of that light, χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ THY συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασ- being led by thehand by those being ἢ me, Icame _ to Damas- Kov. 12 ’Avaviac.oé-rtc, ἀνὴρ Ῥεὐσεβὴς" κατὰ τὸν νόμον, cus. And acertain Ananias,a*man ‘pious according to the law, μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων THY κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων, borne witness to by all the dwelling ([Sthere] ‘Jews, 18 ἐλθὼν πρός “με Kai ἐπιστὰς εἶπέν μοι, Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ, coming to me and standing by said tome, *Saul ‘brother, 1— μέν LTTrAW. P εὐλαβὴς LTTrA. τὰ ἔπεσά LTTrA. π ἐμέ LTTr, ο — καὶ ἔμφοβοι ἐγένοντο LTTr[A]. ᾳ ἐμὲ LTTr. XXII. & CrT.S: ἀνάβλεψον. Κἀγὼ aitg-rp-wpg ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν. 14 ὁ.δὲ look up. AndI inthesamehour lookedup on him. And he εἶπεν, Ὁ θεὸς τῶν.πατέρων.ἡμῶν προεχειρίσατό σε γνῶναι said, The God of our fathers appointed thee to know τὸ θέλημα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν δίκαιον Kai ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν his will, and tosee the Just One, and _ tohear & Voice ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος.αὐτοῦ: 15 Ore ἔσῃ μάρτυς αὐτῷ out of his mouth ; for thou shalt be a witness for him πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὧν ἑώρακας καὶ ἤκουσας. 16 καὶ to all men of what thou hast seenand heard. And νῦν τί μέλλεις; ἀναστὰς βάπτισαι Kai ἀπόλουσαι τὰς now why delayest thou? Having arisen be baptized and wash away ͵΄ 4 ~ ΄ ? ἁμαρτίας.σου, ἐπικαλεσάμενος TO ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου." 17 E- thy sins, calling on the name ofthe Lord. 7Tt *came évero δὲ μοι ὑποστρέψαντι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ; Kai προσευ- Ὁ *pass ‘andtome havingreturned to erusalem, and on“pray- χομένου μου ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, γενέσθαι.με ἐν ἐκστάσει, 18 και "ἰδεῖν" ing 1my in the temple, I became in a trance, and saw 4 ~ . e αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι, Σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει ἐξ Ἵε- him saying tome, Makehaste and goaway with speed outof Je- ρουσαλήμ, διότι οὐ-παραδέξονταί σοῦ 'τὴν" μαρτυρίαν rusalem, because they will not receive thy testimony περὶ ἐμοῦ. 19 Κἀγὼ εἶπον, Κύριε, αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται, concerning me, AndI said, Lord, themselves know OTL ἐγὼ ἤμην φυλακίζων καὶ δέρων κατὰ.τὰς.συναγωγὰς τοὺς that I Was imprisoning and beating in every synagogue those πιστεύοντας ἐπὶ σέ 20 καὶ ὅτε "ἐξεχεῖτο" τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου believing on thee; and when was poured out the blood of Stephen τοῦ. μάρτυρός.σου, Kai αὐτὸς ἤμην ἐφεστὼς Kai συνευδοκῶν thy witness, also myself owas standing by and consenting ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ," καὶ φυλάσσων Ta ἱμάτια τῶν to the putting ἴο death οἵ him, and keeping the garments of those who ἀναιρούντων αὐτόν. 21 Kai εἶπεν πρός pe, Πορεύου, ori ἐγὼ illed him. And hesaid to me, Go, for I sic ἔθνη μακρὰν ἐξαποστελῶ σε. 232 Ἤκουον δὲ αὐτοῦ ἄχρι to nations afar off will send forth thee, And they heard him until τούτου τοῦ λόγου, Kai ἐπῆραν τηνι-φωνὴν. αὐτῶν λέγοντες, this word, and lifted up their voice, saying, Aipe ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν.τοιοῦτον᾽ οὐ.γὰρ "καθῆκον" αὐτὸν Away with “from *the *earth ‘such 28 Ξ016, for *not "it #is fit he ζῷ . 23 Κραυγαζόντων δὲ" αὐτῶν, καὶ ῥιπτούντων should live. And as *were *crying‘*out ‘they, and casting off (their) τὰ ἱμάτια, Kai κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς TOY ἀέρα, 24 ἐκέλευσεν garments, and 2dust throwing intothe air, “commanded Ξαὐτὸν ὁ χιλίαρχος ἄγεσθαι" εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν, "εἰπὼν" Shim ‘the ?chief*captain to be brought into the fortress, bidding μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτόν, ἵνα ἐπιγνῷ δι᾽ ἣν αἰτίαν ΒῸΌΥ ®scourges *to*be*examined ‘him, that he might know for what cause οὕτως ἐπεφώνουν αὐτῷ. 2 we.dé ὕπροέτεινεν' αὐτὸν thus they cried out against him. But as he stretched forward him τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν ἑστῶτα ἑκατόνταρχον “ὁ with the thongs 2814 to «=. “the ὅσο "stood *by Scenturion Y¥rn 383 same hour I looked up upon him, 14 And he said, The God of our fathers hath chosen thee, that thou should- est know his will, and see that Just One, and shouldest hear the voice of his mouth. 15 For thou shalt be his wit- ness unto all men of what thou hast seen and heard. 16 And now why tarriest thou? arise, and be baptized, and wash away thy sins, calling on the mame of the Lord. 17 Andit came to pass, that, when I was come again to Jerusalem, even while I prayed in the temple, I was ina trance; 18 and saw him saying unto me, Make haste, and get thee quickly out of Jerusalem : for they will not receive thy testimony concerning me. 19 And I said, Lord, they know that Limprisoned and beat in every synagogue them that believed on thee: 20 and when the blood of thy mar- tyr Stephen was shed, I also was standing by, and consenting unto his death, and kept the raiment of them that slew him. 21 Andhe said unto me, Depart: for I will send thee far hence unto the Gentiles. 22 And they gave him audi- ence unto this word, and then lifted up their voices, and said, Away with such a JSellow from the earth : for it is not fit that he should live. 23 And as they cried out, and cast off their clothes, and threw dust into the air, 24 the chief cap- tain commanded him to be brought into the castle, and bade that he should be examined by scourging ; that he might know wherefore they cried so against him. 25 And as the bound him wit thongs, Paul said un- to the centurion that τ αὐτοῦ (read his name) GLTTraw. Ἢ — τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ GLTTraw. εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν GLTTrAW. GLITrAW. ς [ὁ Παῦλος] a. 5 ἴδον T. t τὴν ἱτττ[Α]. χα καθῆκεν GLTTrAW. 3 εἴπας LTTrAW. ¥ ve LTrAW. Ὁ προέτειναν they stretched forward τ ἐξεχύννετο LTTrA. 1 6 χιλίαρχος 984 stood by, Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman, and uncondemned? 26 When the centurion heard that, he went and told the chief cap- tain, saying, Take heed what thou doest: for this man is a Ro- man, 27 Then the chief captain came, and said unto him, Tell me, art thou a Roman? He said, Yea. 28 And the chief captain answer- ed, With a great sum obtained 1 this free- dom. And Paul said, But I was free born. 29 Then straightway they departed from him which should have examined him: and the chief captain also was afraid, after he knew that he was a Roman, and because he had bound him. 30 On the morrow, be- cause he would have known the certainty wherefore he was ac- cused of the Jews, he loosed him from his bands, and command- ed the chief priests and all their council to appear, and brought Paul down, and set him before them. XXIII. And Paul, earnestly beholding the council, said, Men and brethren, I have lived in all good con- science before God un- til this day. 2 And the high priest Ananias commanded them that stood by him to smite him on the mouth. 3 Then said Paul unto him, God shall smite thee, thou whited wall: for sittest thou to judge me after the law, and commandest me tobe smitten contrary to the law? 4 And they that stood by said, Revilest thou God's high priest? 6 Then said Paul, I wist not, brethren,that he was the high priest: for it is written, Thou shalt not speak evil of the ruler of thy peo- ple. 6 But when Paul perceived that the one β part were Sadducees, ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ. XX, KEE Παῦλος," Ei ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον ἔξεστιν ‘Paul, A man a Roman and uncondemned is it lawful ὑμῖν μαστίζειν ; 26 ᾿Ακούσας. δὲ ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος," προσ- for you toscourge? And *having ‘heard [510] 'the “centurion, having ελθὼν “ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ χιλιάρχῳ" λέγων, “Ὅρα! τί μέλ- gone he reported [10] to the chief captain saying, See what art λεις ποιεῖν; ὁ-.γὰρ. ἄνθρωπος. οὗτος Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν. thou about todo? For this man a Roman is. 27 Προσελθὼν.δὲ ὁ χιλίαρχος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Λέγε μοι, Sei! σὺ And having come up the chief captain said tohim, Tell me, “thou Ῥωμαῖος εἶ; ὋὉ.δὲ ἔφη, Nat. 28 ᾿Απεκρίθη.Ἀτε! ὁ χιλίαρχος, 3a “Roman ‘art? And he said, Yes. And *answered ‘the *chief *captain Ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν. πολιτείαν.ταύτην ἐκτησάμην. I with a great sum this citizenship bought. Ὁ δὲ. Παῦλος ἔφη, ᾿Εγὼ.δὲ καὶ γεγέννημαι. 29 Εὐθέως οὖν And Paul said, But 1 also was[free) born. Immediately therefore ἀπέστησαν am αὐτοῦ ot μέλλοντες αὐτὸν ἀνετάζειν" και departed from him those beingabout “him ‘to *examine, and ὅτι Ρωμαῖός ἐστιν, a Roman he is, ὁ χιλίαρχος δὲ ἐφοβήθη. ἐπιγνοὺς the chief captain also was afraid, having ascertained that καὶ Ore ἰὴν.αὐτὸν" δεδεκώς. 30 Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον βουλόμενος and because he had bound him. And onthe morrow, desiring γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς τὸ.τί κατηγορεῖται "παρὰ" τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, to know the certainty wherefore he is accused by the Jews, ” Φ ἫΝ 1, ν ~ ὃ ~ ΠΩΣ ἐλ πιξλ θεῖ ll 4 ἔλυσεν αὐτὸν “απὸ των εσμων, KQt EKEAEVOEV “ελῦειν TOUC he loosed him from the bonds, and commanded tocome the ἀρχιερεῖς Kai "ὅλον" τὸ συνέδριον. abr ay"! καὶ καταγαγὼν chief priests and "whole their sanhedrim, and having brought down τὸν Παῦλον ἕστησεν εἰς αὐτούς. Paul he set [him] among them, 93 ᾿Ατεγίσας. δὲ Ρὸ Παῦλος τῷ And “having *looked ‘intently *Paul on the sanhedrim said, “Avopsc ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι Men brethren, I inall “conscience ‘good have conducted myself ~ ~ , ~ € , 7 « κ᾿ ᾽ ‘ > τῷ θεῷ ἄχρι ταῦτης THC ἡμέρας. 2 Ὁ «δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς Ανα- towards God unto this day. But the high priest Ana- viac ἐπέταξεν τοῖς παρεστῶσιν αὐτῷ τύπτειν αὐτοῦ TO στόμα nias ordered those standing by him tosmite his mouth, 3 τότε ὁ Παῦλος πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπεν, Τύπτειν σε μέλλει ὁ it συνεδρίῳ! εἶπεν, Then Paul to him said, “Το smite “thee *is *about θεός, τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε' Kai σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων pe κατὰ ᾿ᾳοᾶ, “wall 7whited. And thou dost thou sit judging me according to τὸν νόμον, Kai παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι; 4 Οἱ δὲ the law, and contrary to law commandest me to be smitten? And those who παρεστῶτες “εἶπον, Τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς ; stood by said, *The ‘high ‘priest Tof *God 'railest *thou *at? ὅ Ἔφη.τε ὁ Παῦλος, Οὐκῴδειν, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀρχ- And ’said 1Paul, I was not conscious, brethren, that heis a high ιερεύς' γέγραπται.γάρ, τἴΑρχοντα τοῦ.λαοῦ.σου οὐκ ἐ- priest ; for it has been written, A ruler ofthy people “not 'thou *shalt εἷς κακῶς. GBTvoic.dé ὁ Παῦλος bru τὸ ἕν μέρος ἐστὶν speak 70f ‘evil But *having *known 1Paul thatthe one part consists ἀ ἑκατοντάρχης Lr} δὲ LTTr; — τε A. GLITraw. δεσμῶν GLTTrAW. © — αὐτῶν (read the sanhedrim) @LTTraw. T+ ὅτι TTrIAl. f—°Opa GLTTrAW. 8 -- εἰ k ὑπὸ LTTrAW. 1 — ἀπὸ τῶν 9 πᾶν all GLTTraw. 4 εἷπαν TTr. © τῷ χιλιάρχῳ ἀπήγγειλεν GLTTrA. 1 αὐτὸν ἣν LTTrAW. m συνελθεῖν to come together GLTTraw. P τῷ συνεδρίῳ ὃ Παῦλος LTTr. XXIII. A €.T.S: Σαδδουκαίων τὸ.δὲ ἕτερον Φαρισαίων "ἔκραξεν" ἐν τῷ συν- of Sadducees andthe other of Pharisees” criedout im the sanhe- εδρίῳ, Avdpec ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ Φαρισαῖός εἰμι, υἱὸς ᾿Φαρισαίου"" drim, Men brethren, a Pharisee am, son ofa Pharisee: περὶ ἐλπίδος Kai ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ κρίνομαι. concerning a hope and resurrection of[the]dead I am judged, 7 Τοῦτο.δὲ αὐτοῦ “λαλήσαντος" ἐγένετο στάσις τῶν Φαρι- And this he having spoken there was adissension of the Phari- σαίων καὶ τῶν" Σαδδουκαίων, καὶ ἐσχίσθη * τὸ πλῆθος" Bees and the Sadducees, and wasdivided the multitude, 8 Σαδδουκαῖοι μὲν" yap λέγουσιν μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν ᾿μηδὲ" *Sadducees indeed ‘for Bay there is no resurrection nor ἄγγελον μήτε πνεῦμα: Φαρισαῖοι.δὲ ὁμολογοῦσιν τὰ ἀμφότερα. angel nor spirit ; but Pharisees confess both. 9 éyévero.dé κραυγὴ μεγάλη" καὶ ἀναστάντες "οἱ" ὕγραμ- And there was a’clamour ‘great, and havingrisenup the scribes ματεῖς τοῦ μέρους" τῶν Φαρισαίων διεμάχοντο λέγοντες, ofthe part ofthe Pharisees they werecontending, saying, Οὐδὲν κακὸν εὑρίσκομεν ἐν τῷ.ἀνθρώπῳ.τούτῳ᾽ εἰ. δὲ πνεῦμα Nothing evil we fin in this man ; andif a spirit ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ ἢ ἄγγελος", μὴ.θεομαχῶμεν." 10 Πολλῆς .δὲ spoke tohim or an angel, let us not fight against God. And a great Iyevopéivne στάσεως, εὐλαβηθεὶς" ὁ χιλίαρχος μὴ δια- 7arising ‘dissension, ‘fearing *the ‘chief °captain lest “should “be σπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἐκέλευσεν τὸ στράτευμα “torn *in “pieces *Paul by them, commanded the troop καταβὰν ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν, ἄγειν.τε having gone down to take by force him from *midst ‘their, and to bring εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν. 11 Τῇ.δὲ ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ ἐπιστὰς (himjinto the fortress, But the following night *standing *by ? ~ « , = , e ~ οἱ! e ‘A αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος εἶπεν, Θάρσει Παῦλε"" ὡς.γὰ διε- Shim ‘the *Lord said, Be οἵ good courage, Paul; foras thou didst ρτύρω τὰ περὶ ἐμοῦ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, οὕτως σε. δεῖ fully testify the things concerning me at erusalem, so thou must καὶ εἰς Ρώμην μαρτυρῆσαι. 12 Γενομένης.δὲ ἡμέρας, ποιή- also at Rome bear witness. And it being day, Shaving σαντές τινες τῶν ‘lovdaiwy συστροφὴν ἀγεθεμάτισαν ®made ‘some “of *the *Jews a combination put *under *a *curse ἑαυτούς, λέγοντες μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν ἕως.οὗ ἀποκτεί- ‘themselves, declaring neither toeat ΠΟΙ todrink till they should vwow τὸν Παῦλον᾽ 18 ἦσαν.δὲ πλείους τεσσαράκοντα" οἱ kill Paul, And they were more than forty who ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν "πεποιηκότες" 14 οἵτινες προσελ- this conspiracy had made ; who having θόντες τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν Kai τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις ἰεῖπον," “Ava- come tothe chief priests and the elders said, Witha θέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτούς, "μηδενὸς! γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ curse we have cursed ourselves, nothing to taste until ἀποκτείνωμεν TOY Παῦλον. 1ὅ νῦν οὖν ὑμεῖς ἐμφανίσατε we should kill Paul. Now therefore ye make arepresentation 385 and the other Phari- sees, he cried out in the council, Men and brethren, I am a Pha- risee, the son of a Pha- risee: of the hopeand resurrection of the dead I am called in question. 7 And when he had so said, there arose a dissension be- tween the Pharisees and the Sadducees : and the multitude was divided. 8 For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrec- tion, neither angel, nor spirit: but the Pharisees confess both, 9 And there arose a great cry: and the scribes that were of the Pharisees’ part a- rose, and strove, say- ing, We find no evil in this man: but if a spirit or an angelhath spoken to him, let us not fight against God. 10 And when there a- rose a great dissen- sion, the chief cap- tain, fearing lest Paul should have been pull- ed in pieces of them, commanded the sol- diers to go down, and to take him by force from among them, and to bring Azm into the castle. 11 And the night following the Lord stood by him, and said, Be of good cheer, Paul: for as thou hast testified of me in Jerusalem, s0 must thou bear wit- ness also at Rome, 12 And when it was day, certain of the Jews banded together, and bound themselves under a curse, saying that they would nei- ther eat nor drink till they had killed Paul 13 And they were more than forty which had made this conspiracy. 14 And they came to the chief priests and elders, and said, We have bound ourselves under a great curse, that we will eat no- thing until we have slain Paul. 15 Now therefore ye with the 5 ἔκραζεν TTrA. t Φαρισαίων of Pharisees LTTraw. LTTraw. x + μὲν indeed L. Υ — μὲν L[Tr]. 2 μήτε LITrAW. Ὁ τῶν γραμματέων TOU μέρους ΤΊτΑ ; — γραμ. TOU μέρους L. the sentence incomplete) GLITrAW. στάσεως φοβηθεὶς TTrA. e — TlavAe GLTTrAw. & τεσσεράκοντα TTrA- h ποιησάμενοι LTTrAW. i εἶπαν LTTrA. Υ εἰπόντος LTrW. ν»- τῶν a τινὲς SOME LTTrA, ©; — μὴ θεομαχῶμεν (leaving d στάσεως γινομένης φοβηθεὶς L; γενομένης (γιν- T) f συστροφὴν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι GLITrAW. k μηθενὸς A. GG 386 council signify to the chief captain that he bring him down unto you to morrow, as though ye would in- quire something more perfectly concerning him : and we, or ever he come near, are ready to kill him. 16 And when Paul’s sister’s son heard of their ly- ing in wait, he went and entered into the eastle, and told Paul. 17 Then Paul called one of the centurions unto him, and said, Bring this young man unto the chief cap- tain: for he hath a certain thing to tell him. 18 So he took him, and brought him to the chief captain, and said, Paul the prisoner called me un- to him, and prayed me to bring this young man unto thee, who hath something to say unto thee. 19 Then the chief captain took him by the hand, and went with him aside rivately, and asked im, What is that thou hast to tell me? 20 And he said, The Jews have agreed to desire thee that thou wouldest bring down Paul to morrow into the council, as though they would inquire somewhat of him more perfectly. 21 But do not thou yield unto them: for there 116 in wait for him of them more than forty men, which have bound themselves with an oath, that they will neither eat nor drink till they have killed him: and now are they ready, looking for a promise from thee. 22 So the chief captain then let the young man _ de- part, and charged him, See thou tell ne man that thou hast shewed these things to me. 23 And he called unto him two centurions, saying, Make ready two hundred soldiers to go to Cesarea, and TIPAZ EIS. XXIII. ~ oN , ‘ ~ ὃ , τ ] » " m ? 4 τῷ χιλιάρχῳ σὺν τῷ συνεόρίῳ, OTWC αὔριον “αὐτὸν to the chief captain with the sanhedrim, sothat to-morrow him καταγάγῃ πρὸς" ὑμᾶς, ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκρι- he may bring down’ to you, as_ being about to examine more βέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ" ἡμεῖς.δέ, πρὸ τοῦ ἐγγίσαι accurately the things concerning him, and we, before 7drawing *near αὐτὸν ἕτοιμοί ἐσμεν τοῦ ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν. 16 ᾿Ακούσας. δὲ this 5ready *are to put to death him. But *having *heard *°of ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου "τὸ ἔνεδρον," παραγενόμενος ‘the son “of “6 °sister Sof 7Paul the lying in wait, having come near ‘ > ‘ , A A ? ΄ ~ / καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ Παύλῳ. and entered into the fortress he reported [10] to Paul. 17 προσκαλεσάμενος. δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἕνα τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων, And *having 3called *to [Shim] Paul one of the centurions, ἔφη, Τὸν.νεανίαν.τοῦτον “ἀπἀγαγε᾽ πρὸς TOY χιλίαρχον" ἔχει said, ?This *young ‘man ‘take to the chief captain, *he *has γάρ Pre ἀπαγγεῖλαι! αὐτῷ. 18 Ὁ μὲν οὖν παραλαβὼν for something ἴο report to him, He indeed therefore having taken αὐτὸν ἤγαγεν πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον, Kai φησιν, Ὃ δέσμιος him brought (him) to the chief captain, and says, The prisoner Παῦλος προσκαλεσάμενός μὲ ἠρώτησεν τοῦτον τὸν Paul having called ?to [him] ‘me asked [me] this «νεανίαν ἀγαγεῖν πρός σε, ἔχοντάα τι λαλῆσαί σοι. young man to lead to thee, having something tosay to thee. 19 ᾿Επιλαβόμενος.δὲ τῆς.χειρὸς.-αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος, καὶ And thaving *taken Shold 7of *his "παπᾶ 1the *chief “captain, and ἀναχωρήσας Kar ἰδίαν ἐπυνθάνετο, Τί ἐστιν ὃ ἔχεις having withdrawn apart inquired, What isit which thou hast ἀπαγγεῖλαί μοι; 20 Ἐξϊπεν.δέ, Ὅτι ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι συνέθεντο to report to me? And he said, The Jews agreed τοῦ ἐρωτῆσαί σε, ὕπως αὔριον Tic TO συνέδριον κατα- ἴο request thee, that to-morrow into the sanhedrim thou mayest yayye τὸν Παῦλον, ὡς péddovtéc' τι ἀκριβέστερον bring down Paul, as being about *something *more *accurately πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. 2] σὺ οὖν μὴ.πεισθῇς αὐτοῖς" 1to*inquire concerning him. Thou therefore be not persuaded by them, ἐνεδρεύουσιν.γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐξιαὐτῶν ἄνδρες πλείους "τεσσαρά- for lie in wait for him of them *men ‘more *than *forty κοντα," οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν pare who put *under °a “curse *themselves neither to eat nor πιεῖν twe.od ἀνέλωσιν adrév καὶ νῦν 'ἕτοιμοί εἰσιν" to drink till they puttodeath him; and now ready they are προσδεχόμενοι τὴν ἀπὸ σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν. 22 Ὁ μὲν οὖν waiting the ?from “thee ‘promise. The *therefore χιλίαρχος ἀπέλυσεν τὸν “νεανίαν," παραγγείλας μηδενὶ lchief “captain dismissed the youngman, having charged [him] to no one ἐκλαλῆσαι OTe ταῦτα ἐνεφάνισας πρός με." 28 Καὶ to utter that these things thou didst represent to me. And προσκαλεσάμενος δύο τινὰς" τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων εἶπεν, having calledto [him] *two ‘certain of the centurions he said, ἑτοιμάσατε στρατιώτας διακοσίους ὕπως πορευθῶσιν ἕως Prepare soldiers twohundred, that they maygo as far as ! — αὔριον GLTTrAW. P ἀπαγγεῖλαί τι LTrAW. εἰς TO συνέδριον ws μέλλων LTTrAW. * twas δύο TTr. ὁ ἅπαγε TTr. Y ἐμέ TTr 2 σὴν ἐνέδραν EGLTTrA. τ τὸν Παῦλον καταγάγῃς τ εἰσὶν ἕτοιμος LTTYAW ἃ καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς LTTrAW. 4 νεανίσκον LTTrA. 5 τεσσεράκοντα ΤΊΤΑ. XXIi1. ACTS. x , Π} 3 ᾿ - ε , ‘ a , - Καισαρείας," καὶ ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα, καὶ δεξιολάβους δια- Ceesarea, and horsemen seventy, and spearmen two κοσίους, ἀπὸ τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός" 24 κτήνη.τε παραστῆ- hundred, for thethird hour of the night. And ‘beasts ‘to *have *pro- σαι, ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον διασώσωσιν vided, that having set on *Paul they may carry (him) safe through πρὸς Φήλικα τὸν ἡγεμόνα᾽ 2 γράψας ἐπιστολὴν ὕπερι- ities the governor, having written a letter hay- ἐχουσαν" τὸν. τύπον.τοῦτον᾽ 26 Κλαύδιος Λυσίας τῷ κρατίστῳ ing this form : Claudius Lysias tothe mostexcellent ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι χαίρειν. 27 Τὸν. ἄνδρα.τοῦτον *ovdAdngbevra' governor, Felix, greeting. This man, having been seized ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, καὶ μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν, by the Jews, and being about to be put todeath by them, ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι δἐξειλόμην᾽ airov,! μαθὼν having come up with the troop I rescued him, having learnt ev «ε -’ ? , c a ~ ll A 2 / ὅτι Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν. 28 βουλόμενος.“δὲ γνῶναι" τὴν αἰτίαν that a Roman he is. And desiring toknow the charge ov ἣν ἐνεκάλουν αὐτῷ κατήγαγον δΔαὐτὸν! εἰς τὸ on account of which they accused him I brought down him to συνέδριον. αὐτῶν 29 ὃν εὗρον ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ζητη- their sanhedrim : whom Ifound tobeaccused concer a ques- μάτων τοῦ.-νόμου.αὐτῶν, μηδὲν. ὃ δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν tions of their law, but*no ‘worthy ‘of death or "οὗ *bonds εἔγκλημα ἔχοντα." 30 μηνυθείσης.δέ μοι ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς Saccusation ‘having. Andit having beenintimatedtome ofaplot against τὸν ἄνδρα ἱμέλλειν" ἔσεσθαι βὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων the man about tobe (carried out) by the Jews Βέξξαυτῆς" ἔπεμψα πρός σε, παραγγείλας καὶ τοῖς κα- at once Isent {him) to thee, havingcharged also the ac- k \ eee || ee ee ~ ΙἜ re ll πρὸς αὑτόν" ETL σοῦ. ῤρωσο. him before thee. Farewell. τηγόροις λέγειν tra cusers to ΕΝ the things against STAG: ody στρατιῶται, κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον The ἀξ esc paleeers, according to the orders given αὐτοῖς: ἀναλαβόντες τὸν Παῦλον ἤγαγον διὰ τῆς" νυκτὸς tothem, having taken Paul i brought (him) by night εἰς τὴν ᾿Αντιπατρίδα. 32 τῇ. δὲ ἐπαύριον ἐάσαντες τοὺς to Antipatris, and on the morrow are left the ἱππεῖς "πορεύεσθαι' σὺν αὐτῷ, ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὴν παρεμ- horsemen to go with him, ey returned to the for- βολήν᾽ 38 οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν “Καισάρειαν," καὶ tress. Who having entered into Cresarea, and ἀναδόντες THY ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν Kai τὸν given up the letter to the governor, presented also Παῦλον αὐτῷ. 34 avayvorveceé Po ἡγεμών," καὶ ἐπερω- Paul to him, And *having tread [Sit] ‘the *governor, and having τήσας ἐκ ποίας Yémapxiac' ἐστίν, Kai πυθόμενος ὅτι ἀπὸ asked of what province heis, and eine learnt that from Κιλικίας, 96 Διακούσομαί σου, ἔφη, ὅταν καὶ οἱ κατήγοροί Cilicia {he is], I will *hear *fully thee, he said, when also ?accusers 387 horsemen threescore and ten, and spearmen two hundred, at the third hour of the night ; 24and provide them beasts, that they may set Paul on, and bring him safe unto Felix the governor. 25 And he wrote a let- ter after this manner: 26 Claudius Lysias un- to the most excellent governor Felix send- eth greeting. 27 This man was taken of the Jews, and should have been killed of them: then came I with an army,andrescued him, haying understood that he was a Roman. 28 And when I would have known the cause wherefore they ac- cused him, I brought him forth into their council: 29 whom I perceived to be accused of questions of their law, but to have no- thing laid to his charge worthy of death or of bonds. 30 And when it was told me how that the Jews laid wait for the man, 1 sent straightway to ll thee, and gave com- mandment to his ac- cusers also to say be- fore thee what they had against him. Farewell. 31 Then the soldiers, as it was com- manded them, took Paul, and brought him by night to Anti- patris. 32 On the mor- row they left the horsemen to go with him, and returned to the castle: 33 who, when they came to Cresarea, and delivered the epistle to the go- vernor, presented Paul also before him, 34And when the governor had read the letter,he asked of what pro- vince he was. And when he understood that he was of Cilicia; 35 I will hear thee, said he, when thine ac- * Καισαρίας T. ® ἐξειλάμην LTTrAW. τὸν (read [him]) T[Tr]. τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων LTTrA. for them (to speak) LT, away LTTra, y ἔχουσαν τττ ; [περι]έχουσαν A. b— αὐτόν LTtr[4]W. Β ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα LITrAW. ae αὐτῶν by them LrTr; ἐξ αὐτῆς A. — Ἔῤῥωσο LTTra. τὰ — τῆς LTTrAW. ° Jpeg y P — ὁ ἡγεμών GLTTrAW * συλλημφθέντα LTTra. © τε (δὲ W) ἐπιγνῶναι LTTrAW. f — μέλλειν LTTrA. d — αὐ- Β ---- ὑπὸ i — τὰ {τττ. Κ αὐτοὺς 2 ἀπέρχεσθαι to go 4 ἐπαρχείας T. 388 cusers are also come. And he commanded him to be kept in He- rod's judgment hall. XXIV. And after five days Ananias the high priest descended with the elders, and with a certain orator named Tertullus, who informed the gover- nor against Paul. 2 And when he was called forth, Tertullus began to accuse him, saying, Seeing that by thee we enjoy great quietness, and that very worthy deeds are done unto this nation by thy providence, 3 we accept tt always, and in all places, most noble Felix, with all thankfulness. 4 Not- withstanding, that I be not further tedious unto thee, I pray thee that thou wouldest hear us of thy cle- mency a few words. 5 For we have found this man a pestilent fellow, and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world, and a ring- leader of the sect of the Nazarenes : 6 who also hath gone about to profane the temple: whom we took, and would have judged according to our law. 7 But the chief cap- tain Lysias came upon us, and with great vio- lence took Aim away out of our hands, 8 commanding his ac- cusers to come unto thee: by examining of whom thyself may- est take knowledge of all these things, where- of we accuse him. 9 And the Jews also assented, saying that these things were so. 10 Then Paul, after that the governor had beckoned unto him to speak, answered, For- asmuch as I know that thou hast been of many years a judge unto this nation, I do the more cheerfully answer for myself: 11 because that thou mayest understand, that there are yet but twelve days since I IPAZEILS. XXIII, ΧΧΙΥ. σου παραγένωνται". ᾿Ἐκέλευσέν. τε αὐτὸν" ἐν τῷ πραιτωρίῳ ‘thine may have arrived. Απᾶ hecommanded him in the pratorium ὕ Ἡρώδου φυλάσσεσθαι" τοῦ Ἡρωδου φυλάσσεσθαι". of Herod to be kept. 24 Mera.oé πέντε ἡμέρας κατέβη ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ᾿Ανανίας And after five days came down the high priest Ananias μετὰ ἱἹτῶν πρεσβυτέρων" καὶ ῥήτορος Τερτύλλου τινός. οἵτινες with the elders and anorator *Tertullus ‘a certain, who ἐνεφάνισαν τῷ ἡγεμόνι κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου. 2 κληθέν- made arepresentation tothe governor against Paul. *Having ‘been 4 ᾽ - Hw - « , Ul TOC δὲ αὐτοῦ ἤρξατο κατηγορεῖν ὁ Bea λέγων, ‘called ‘and he Tbegan ®to °accuse °Tertullus, saying, 3 Πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες διὰ σοῦ, Kai κατορθωμάτων" ?Great Speace obtaining through thee, and excellent measures γινομένων τῷ.ἔθνειιττούτῳ διὰ τῆς.σῆς.προνοίας. πάντῃ.τε being done for this nation through thy forethought, bothin every way καὶ πανταχοῦ ἀποδεχόμεθα, κράτιστε Φῆλιξ, μετὰ πάσης and everywhere we gladly accept [10], mostexcellent Felix, with all εὐχαριστίας. 4 ἵνα.δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖόν σε πέἐγκόπτω" thankfulness. But that ποὺ 7to *longer “thee ‘I *may *be °a *hindrance παρακαλῶ ἀκοῦσαί σε ἡμῶν συντόμως TH-op-eTELKELG. 5 εὑ- I beseech 7to*hear ‘thee us briefly in thy clemency. *7Having ρόντες γὰρ τὸν. ἄνδρα.τοῦτον λοιμόν, καὶ κινοῦντα στάσιν" found for this man apest, and moving insurrection πᾶσιν τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην, πρωτοστάτην amongall the Jews in the habitable world, *a leader τε τῆς τῶν Nalwpaiwy αἱρέσεως" 6 ὃς καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ‘and of the "of *the “Nazarzans sect ; who also the temple ἐπείρασεν βεβηλῶσαι, ὃν Kai ἐκρατήσαμεν Yeai κατὰ attempted to profane, whom also we seized, and according to τὸν ἡμέτερον νόμον ἠθελήσαμεν *kpivey.' 7 παρελθὼν. δὲ our law wished to judge; but ®having °come 7up Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος μετὰ πολλῆς βίας ἐκ τῶν.χειρῶν. ἡμῶν 1Lysias “the *chief‘captain with great force out of our hands ἀπήγαγεν, 8 κελεύσας τοὺς.κατηγόρους.αὐτοῦ ἔρχεσθαι took away [him], having commanaed his accusers to come ἐπὶ; σέ" παρ᾽ οὗ δυνήσῃ αὐτὸς ἀνακρίνας περὶ to thee, from whom thou wilt be able thyself, havingexamined concerning πάντων τούτων ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν 411 these things ‘to "know ‘of?which *we “accuse αὐτοῦ. 9 ὈΣυνέθεντο".δὲ καὶ ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, φάσκοντες ταῦτα Shim. And‘agreed also'the 7Jews, declaring these things οὕτως ἔχειν. 10 ᾿Απεκρίθη.“ δὲ" ὁ Παῦλος. νεύσαντος %thus ‘to 5306. But 7answered Paul, Shaving *made “a “sign αὐτῷ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος λέγειν, "Ex πολλῶν ἐτῶν ὄντα σε ϑὲο him “the ‘governor tospeak, δΕῸΣ ‘many ‘years *as*being “thee κριτὴν τῷ-ἔθνει. τούτῳ ἐπιστάμενος, *evOupdrEpor" τὰ judge "ἴο this **nation ‘knowing, more cheerfully [as to] the things περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπρλργοῦμαι; 11 δυναμένου σου “γνῶναι" concerning myself 1 make defence. 2Being*able ‘thou to know « ᾽ λ ΄, es, « , 0} 45) δύ i ? 3. ase OTL OU TAELOUC ELOLY μοι Ἡμέραι 1) EKAOVO ag -7)C Stwelve since that “ποῦ ‘more than "there are *to°me "days τ κελεύσας having commanded LTtTra. certain elders LTTrA. insurrections LTTrw. Ὁ συνεπέθεντο joined in attack GLTTraW. 5 ἐπιγνῶναι LTTrA. * + αὐτόν him LITra. τ πρεσβυτέρων τινῶν ¥ διορθωμάτων reforms LTTrA. ’ ἐνκόπτω T. χ στάσεις Υ — καὶ κατὰ .. .. ἐπὶ σέ (verse 8) τ τί ΑἹ]. τ κρῖναι A. ὃ πρὸς A. ¢ τε and LTTrA. 4 εὐθύμως cheefully ΤΡΊΤΑ. f— ἢ GLITrAW. & δώδεκα LITrA. XXIV. ACTS. ἀνέβην προσκυνήσων δὲν “Ἱερουσαλήμ᾽ 12 καὶ οὔτε ἐν τῷ I went up to worship at Jerusalem, and neither in the ἱε εὗρόν μεπρός τινα διαλεγόμενον ἢ ᾿ἐπισύστασιν᾽" temple did they βπᾶ τὴθ with anyone reasoning, or a tumultuous gathering ποιοῦντα ὄχλου οὔτε ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς οὔτε κατὰ THY making of acrowd neitherin the synagogues nor in the πόλιν" 13 *obre' παραστῆσαί 'με δύνανται" περὶ city ; neither ‘to *prove lare *they “able [the things] concerning ὧν "νῦν! κατηγοροῦσίν pov. 14 ὁμολογῶ.δὲ τοῦτό σοι. which now they accuse me. But I confess this to thee, ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἣν λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν, οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ that in the way which they call sect, so I serve the πατρῴῳ θεῷ, πιστεύων πᾶσιν τοῖς κατὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ “ ancestral God, believing all things which throughout the law and τοῖς προφήταις γεγραμμένοις, 15 ἐλπίδα ἔχων Ῥείς τὸν θεόν, the prophets have been written, ahope having in God, ἣν καὶ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι προσδέχονται. ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν which also they themselves receive, {that] a resurrection is about » 4 ~ u , ‘ > , ὃ 6 > — Us The! ἔσεσθαι «νεκρῶν," δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων. 16 ev.rovTwTdé to be of (the) dead, both of just and of unjust. And in this αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ, ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν myself I exercise, Swithout ‘offence “a *conscience ‘to *have towards God kai τοὺς ἀνθρώπους “διαπαντός." 17 Ov ἐτῶν. δὲ πλειόνων and men continually. And after years ‘many *zrapeyevounv' ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων εἰς τὸ.ἔθνος. μου * καὶ arrived alms ‘pringing to my nation and mooogopac’ 18 ἐν τοῖς" εἷρόν με ἡγγνισμένον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, offerings. Amidst which they found me purified in the temple, ? ‘ » ᾽ κ ᾿ Γ Ud 4 WOE H ? ‘ ~ ov pera ὄχλου οὐδὲ μετὰ θορύβου, τινὲς “δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς not with crowd πὺ with tumult. But [it was] certain *from ᾿Ασίας Ιουδαῖοι, 19 ode “δεῖ ἐπὶ σοῦ παρεῖναι Kai κατηγορεῖν SAsia 1Jews, who ought before thee toappear and _ to accuse ene 7 ἔχοιεν πρός Tye 20 ἢ αὐτοὶ. οὗτοι εἰπάτωσαν, if anything they may have against me; or these themselves let them say, Ξε! τι etpov δὲν ἐμοὶ" ἀδίκημα, o7dyvToc.mov ἐπὶ τοῦ if any “they *found “ἢ °me ‘unrighteousness, whenIstood before the συνεδρίου, 2] ἢ περὶ μιᾶς.ταύτης φωνῆς, ἧς éxpaka' sanhedrim, [other] than concerning this one voice, which I cried out “ἑστὼς ἐν αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ standing among them: Concerning a resurrection of [the] dead I κρίνομαι σήμερον “ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν. 22 “Ακούσας. δὲ ταῦτα ὁ am judged this day by you. And *having *heard *these things Φῆλιξ ἀνεβάλετο αὐτούς," ἀκριβέστερον εἰδὼς τὰ περὶ Felix he put 70ff ‘them, more accurately knowing the things concerning τῆς ὁδοῦ, feirwy,'"Oray Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος καταβῷ, the way, saying, When Lysias the chief captain may have come down, διαγνώσομαι τὰ καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς" 23 διαταξάμενός Fre τῷ ἑκα- I willexamine the things asto you; having ordered the τοντάρχῃ τηρεῖσθαι ᾿ξ τὸν Ταῦλον, ἔχειν.τε ἄνεσιν, καὶ centurion to keep Paul, andto([lethim] have ease, and h εἰς LTTrAW. thee LTTraw. 4 — νεκρῶν LTTra. LTTrA. Υ αἷς LTTrA. τι What) GLTTraw. 4 ἐφ᾽ LITrAW. LYTrAw. ® οὐδὲ LT. ἐν in ELW; + τοῖς ἐν GTT:[A]. ε διὰ παντός LTrA. « — δὲ but Ε. x ἔδει EGLITrAW. a — ἐν ἐμοὶ LI[Tra]. > ἐκέκραξα TIA. © "AveBareTo δὲ αὐτοὺς ὁ Φῆλιξ GLTTIAW. ha αὐτὸν him GLTTraw. i ἐπίστασιν LITrA. 2 ψυνὶ LTTrA. o+ F καὶ LTTrAW. 389 went up to Jerusalem forto worship. 12 And they neither found me in the temple disput- ing with any mat, neither raising up the people. neither in the synagogues, nor in the city: 13 ncither can they prove the things whereof they now ac- cuse me. 14 But this I confess unto thee, that after the way which they call heresy, so worship I the God of my fathers, be- lieving 211 things which are written in the law and in the prophets : 15 and have hope toward God, which they themselves also allow, that there shall be a_resurrec- tion of the dead, both of the just and un- just. 16 And herein do I exercise myself, to have always 4 con- science void of offence toward God, and to- ward men. 17 Now after many years I came to bring alms to my nation, and offer- ings. 18 Whereupon certain Jews from Asia found me purified in the temple, neither with multitude, nor with tumult. 19 Who ought tohave been here before thee, and ob- ject, if they had ought againstme, 20O0relse let these same Here say, if they have found any evil doing in me, while I stood before the council, 21 except it be for this one voice, that I cried standing among them, Touching the resur- rection of the dead I am called in ques- tion by you this Gay. 22 And when Felix heard these things, having more perfect knowledge of that way, he deferred them, and said, When Lysias the chief cap- tain shall come down, I will know the utter- most of your matter. 23 And hecommanded a centurion to keep Paul, and to let him have liberty, and that 1— με EGLTTrAW. m+ σοι to P πρὸς towards T. t παρεγενόμην placed aster μον Y éué LTTra. ς ἐν αὐτοῖς ἑστώς LTTrAW. f εἴπας LTTrAW. : — et (read 8 — τῷ 990 he should forbid none of his acquaintance to minister or come unto him. 24 And after sertain days, when Fe- lix came with his wife Drusilla, which was a Jewess, he sent for Paul, and heard him concerning the faith in Christ. 25 And as he reasoned of right- eousness, temperance, and judgment to come, Felix trembled, and answered, Go thy way for this time; when I have a convenient season, I will call for thee. 26 He hoped also that money should have been given him of Paul, that he might loose him: wherefore he sent for him the oftener, and com- muned with him. 27 But after two years Porcius Festus came into Felix’ room: and Felix, willing to shew the Jews a pleasure, left Paul bound. XXV. Now when Festus was come into the province, after three days he ascended from Cesarea to Jeru- salem. 2 Then the high priest and the chief of the Jews in- formed him against ’ Paul, and besought him, 3 and desired fa- vour against him, that he would send for him to Jerusalem, * laying wait in the way to kill him. 4 But Festus answered, that Paul should be kept at Cesarea, and that he himself would de- part shortly thither. + Let them therefore, said he, which among you are able, go down with me, and accuse this man, if there be apy wickedness in him. 6 And when he bad tarried among them more than ten days, he went down | — ἢ προσέρχεσθαι LTTrAW. " + Ἰησοῦν Jesus LT. 4 — ὅπως λύσῃ αὐτόν LTTrAW. Md ot ἀρχιερεῖς t Υ ἐν ὑμῖν, φησίν, δυνατοὶ GLITraw. Y te LITra. σαρίαν T. LTTra; — τούτῳ G. TIPAGEIS. XXIV, XXV. μηδένα κωλύειν THY.idiwy.avTov ὑπηρετεῖν ᾿ἣ προσέρχεσθαι ‘none ‘to “forbid of his own to minister or to come αὐτῷ. 24 Μετὰ δὲ Κἡμέρας τινὰς" παραγενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ to him, And after *days 1eertain *having *arrived Felix σὺν Δρουσίλλῃ τῇ! γυναικὶ "αὐτοῦ οὔσῃ Ἰουδαίᾳ, pere- with Drusilla his wife, who was’ aJewess, he πέμψατο τὸν Παῦλον, καὶ ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ περὶ τῆς εἰς sent for Paul, and heard him concerning the “in χριστὸν ἃ πίστεως. 25 διαλεγομένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ περὶ δικαιο- “Christ ‘faith. And as *reasoned the concerning =right- σύνης Kal ἐγκρατείας Kai τοῦ κρίματος τοῦ μέλλοντος “EcEGOaL,| eousness and self-control and the judgment about to be, ἔμφοβος γενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ ἀπεκρίθη, Τὸ.νῦν. ἔχον πορεύου" afraid becoming Felix answered, For the present go, καιρὸν.δὲ μεταλαβὼν μετακαλέσομαί σε; 26 ἅμα Pde! and an opportunity having found I will call for thee ; withal too καὶ ἐλπίζων ὅτι χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου, also hoping that riches will be given him by Paul, αὕπως λύσῃ αὐτόν" διὸ Kai πυκνότερον αὐτὸν μετα- that he might loose him: wherefore also oftener him send- πεμπόμενος ὡμίλει αὐτῷ. 27 Διετίας δὲ πληρωθείσης ing for he conversed with him. But two years being completed ἔλαβεν διάδοχον ὁ Φῆλιξ Πόρκιον Pyorov’ θέλων.τε “received [Sas] *successor Felix Porcius Festus ; and wishing τχάριτάς" καταθέσθαι roic ᾿Τουδαίοις ὁ Φῆλιξ κατέλιπεν favours toacquire for himself with the Jews Felix left τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον. Paul bound, 25 Φῆστος οὖν ἐπιβὰὲξῤ TH "ἐπαρχίᾳ," μετὰ τρεῖς Festus therefore being come into the province, after three € , ? , > « 5X ? A t “ li > ἡμέρας ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ 'Καισαρείας. 2 ἐγε-- days wentup to Jerusalem from Crasarea, ?Made *a *re- φάνισαν δὲ! αὐτῷ “O ἀρχιερεὺς" καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν presentation *before 'and him the highpriest and the chief ofthe Ιουδαίων κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου, καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτόν, 3 airov- Jews against Paul, and besought him, ask- μενοι χάριν κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ὕπως μεταπέμψηται αὐτὸν εἰς ing a favour against him, that he would send for him to ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἐνέδραν ποιοῦντες to put ἴο death him on the J ernugalen, an ambush forming ὁδόν. 4 ὁ μὲν οὖν Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη, τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον way. Festus therefore answered, “should *be *kept 1Paul *ty Καισαρείᾳ, éavrovdé μέλλειν ἐν.τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι. at Crsarea, and himself was about’ shortly to set out. 5 Οἱ οὖν YOuvaroi ἐν ὑμῖν, φησίν," ἐσυγκαταβάντες," Those therefore in power among you, says he, having gone down too, εἴ τι ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ "τούτῳ," κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ. if anything is in *man ‘this, let them peense him. 6 Διατρίψας. δὲ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέρας Ὀπλείους ἢ" δέκα, κατα- And having spent among them days lmore than “ten, having k χινας ἡμέρας L. 1+ ἰδέᾳ Lrtr. τὰ -— αὐτοῦ GLTTrA. ° — ἔσεσθαι (read μέλλοντος coming) GLITraw. P — δὲ GLTTrAW. piraa favour LTTrAW. 5 ἐπαρχείῳ τ. * Katoapias T. he ΩΣ priests LTTrA. * eis Καισάρειαν LTrAW; εἰς Και- 2 guv- τ. 4 ἄτοπον amiss (in the man) Ὁ ov πλείους ὀκτὼ ἢ ποῦ More than eight or GLTTraW. XV. ACTS. ‘ > c , I! ~ 2 , ᾽ x ~ Bac εἰς “Καισάρειαν," try emavp.ov καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ gone down to Ceesarea, on the morrow having sat on the βήματος ἐκέλευσεν τὸν Παῦλον ἀχθῆναι. 7 παραγενομένου judgment seat he commanded Paul to be brought. Being *come δὲ αὐτοῦ, περιέστησαν ἃ οἱ ἀπὸ ἱΙεροσολύμων καταβε- ‘and he, stood round the *from SJerusalem “*who *had *come βηκότες ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα “αἰτιάματα' ἰφέροντες 7down 1Jews, many and weighty charges bringing κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου ἃ ovK.iaxvoy ἀποδεῖξαι, 8 βἀπο- against Paul, which they were not able to prove: ?said *in εἰς τὸν νόμον τῶν Tovdaiwy Neither against the law οἵ the Jews οὔτε εἰς TO ἱερὸν οὔτε τι ἥμαρτον. nor against the temple nor against [1π} anything sinned 1. 9 Ὁ-«Φῆστος.δὲ "τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις θέλων" χάριν But Festus, 7with *the ®Jews 1wishing θέσθαι ἀποκριθεὶς τῷ Παύλῳ εἶπεν, ®himself answering Paul said, Art thou willing to Jerusalem ἀναβάς, ἐκεῖ περὶ τούτων ἱκρίνεσθαι ἐπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ; having gone up there concerning these things to be judged before me? 10 Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, * Ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος "ἕ- But “said Paul, Before the judgment seat of Cesar stand- στώς" εἰμι, οὗ με.-δεῖ κρίνεσθαι. ᾿Ιουδαίους οὐδὲν ἰήδί- ing I am, where it behoves me to be judged. ToJews “nothing 11 “did Kyoa,' wo Kai ov κάλλιον ἐπιγινώσκεις᾽ 11 εἰ μὲν yap’ wrong, as also thou very well knowest. 2321} “indeed ‘for ἀδικῶ καὶ ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι, οὐ-παραιτοῦμαι I do wrong and worthy of death have done anything, I do not deprecate TO ἀποθανεῖν: εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν to die ; but if nothing there is of which they accuse μου, οὐδείς pe δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι. Καίσαρα ἐπι- , ? ~ ye ” λογουμένου αὐτοῦ," Ὅτι οὔτε ᾽ *defence the, εἰς Καίσαρά Cesar KaTa- °favour “to *acquire *for Θέλεις εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα me, noone me can to them give up. To Czxsar LTap- καλοῦμαι. 12 Tore ὁ Φῆστος "συλλαλήσας μετὰ τοῦ συμ- peal. Then Festus, having conferred with the coun- βουλίου, ἀπεκρίθη, Καίσαρα ἐπικέκλησαι, ἐπὶ Καίσαρα cil, answered, To Cesar thou hast appealed, to Cesar πορεύσῃ." thou shalt go. 13 Ἡμερῶν.δὲ διαγενομένων τινῶν, Aypimmag ὁ βασιλεὺς And ?days Shaving “passed ‘certain, Agrippa the king καὶ Βερνίκη κατήντησαν εἰς “Καισάρειαν," Ῥάσπασόμενοι τὸν and Bernice came down to Cesarea, saluting Φῆστον. 14 ὡς. δὲ πλείους ἡμέρας διέτριβον ἐκεῖ ὁ Φῆστος Festus. And when many days they stayed there Festus τῷ βασιλεῖ ἀνέθετο τὰ κατὰ τὸν Παῦλον λέγων, *the *king 1Jaid *before the things relating to Paul, saying, 3 ΄ ? . , ε ᾿ ’ Ul Avnp τις ἐστὶν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ Φήλικος δέσμιος. A *man ‘certain there is left by Felix & prisoner, 15 περὶ οὗ, γενομένου pov εἰς ‘lepoovAvpa, ἐνε- concerning whom, “being ton *my in Jerusalem, ‘made °a Sre- φάνισαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, presentation ‘the “chief “priests and the eiders of the Jews, © Καισαρίαν 1. 4 αὐτὸν him LITraw. (— κατὰ tov Παύλου) LTTra. 2 θέλων τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις LTTrAW. 1 ηδίκηκα I have done wrong ΤΊτ. " Καισαρίαν τ. Ρ ἀσπασάμενοι ΤΊτΑ. i κριθῆναι LITrAW. τὸ οὖν therefore LTTrAW. © αἰτιώματα GLITrAW. & τοῦ Παύλου ἀπολογουμένου Paul said in defence LTTra. E ἑστὼς placed before Enc. 991 unto Crsarea; and the next day sitting on the judgment scat commanded Paui to be brought. 7 And when he was come, the Jews which came down from Jerusalem stood round about, and laid many and griev- ous complaintsagainst Paul, whichthey could not prove. § Whilehe answered for himself, Neither against the law of the Jews, nei- ther against the tem- ple, nor yet against Cesar, have I offend- ed any thing at all, 9 But Festus, willing to do the Jews a plea- sure, answered Paul, and said, Wilt thou go up to Jerusalem, and there be judg- ed of these things before me? 10 Then said Paul, I stand at Cesar’s judgment seat, where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done no wrong, as thou ver well knowest. 11 For if I be an offender, or have committed any thing worthy of death, I refuse not to die: but if there be none of these things where- of these accuse me, no man may deliver me unto them. I appeal unto Cesar. 12 When Festus, when he had eonferred with the council, answered, Hast thou appealed unto Cwsar? unto Cesar shalt thou go. 13 And after certain days king Agrippa and Bernice came unto Cxwsarea to salute Fes- tus. 14 And when they had been there many days, Festus de- elared Paul’s cause unto the king, saying, There is acertain man left in bond~ by Felix: 15 about whom, when I was at Jerusalem, the chief priests and the elders of the Jews in- +tormed me, desiring to : καταφέροντες 2 συνλαλήσας T. 993 havejudgment against him. 16 To whom I answered, It is not the manner of the Ro- mans to deliver any man to die, before that he which is 46- cused have the ac- cusers face to face, and have licence to an- swer for himself con- cerning the crime laid against him. 17 There- fore, when they were come hither, without any delay on the mor- row i sat on the judg- ment seat, and com- manded the man to be brought forth. i8 A- gainst whom when the accusers stood up, they brought none accusation of such things as I supposed : 19 but had certain questions against him of their own supersti- tion, and of one Jesus, which was dead, whom Paul affirmed to be alive. 20And because I doubted of such man- ner of questions, 1 asked him whether he would go to Jerusa- lem, and there be judged of these mat- ters. 21 But when Paul had appealed to be reserved unto the hearing of Augustus, I commanded him to be kept till I might send him to Cesar. 22 Then Agrippa said unto Festus, 1 would also hear the man my- self. To morrow, said he, thou shalt hear him, 23 And on the mor- row, when Agrippa was come, and Ber- nice, with great pomp, and was entered into the place of hearing, with the chicf cap- tains. and principal men of the city, at Festus’ commandment Paul was _ brought forth, 2#And Festus said, King Agrippa, and all men which are here present with us, ye see this man, about whom all the multitude of the Jews have dealt with me, both at Jerusa- lem, and also here, crying that he ought IPA EI. αἰτούμενοι Kar αὐτοῦ “δίκην ΧΧΥ. “10 πρὸς οὃς ἀπεκρίθην, asking 7against him ‘judgment: to whom I answered, ὅτι οὐκ-ἔστιν ἔθος Ῥωμαίοις χαρίζεσθαί τινα ἄνθρωπον Itisnot 2custom with Romans’ togiveup any man "sig ἀπώλειαν, πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος κατὰ πρόσωπον to destruction, before he being accused face to face ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους, τόπον.τε ἀπολογίας λάβοι may haye the accusers, and opportunity of defence he may get περὶ τοῦ ἐγκλήματος. 17 συνελθόντων οὖν "αὐτῶν!" concerning the aceusation. ?Having *come *together *therefore ‘they ἐνθάδε, ἀναβολὴν μηδεμίαν ποιησάμενος, TH ἑξῆς καθίσας here, delay none having made, the next [day] having sat ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα" 18 περὶ on the judgment seat [commanded tobebrought the man; concerning οὗ σταθέντες οἱ κατήγοροι οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν “ἐπέφερον. ὧν whom standing up the accusers “no Scharge ‘brought of which vt , ᾽ All τ. ΄ , ᾿ ~ 2 ὑπενόουν ἐγώ 19 {nrnpara.cdé τινα περὶ τῆς ἰδίας “supposed 1B but “questions ‘certain concerning their own δεισιδαιμονίας εἶχον πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ περί τινος ᾿Ιησοῦ system of religion they had against him, andconcerningacertain Jesus (it. demon-worship) τεθνηκότος, ὃν ἔφασκεν ὁ ἸΤαῦλος whoisdead, whom 7affirmed 1Paul ἐγὼ τεἰς" τὴν περὶ τούτου!" ζήτησιν ἔλεγον, εἰ. βούλοιτο 1T asto the*concerning “this ‘inquiry said, Wouldhe be willing πορεύεσθαι εἰς “Iepovoadnyp,' κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ to go to Jerusalem, and there to be judged concerning U oT ~ Α yy ? , - ᾽ τούτων. 21 τοῦ δὲ Ταύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐ- these things. But Paul having appealed for *to*be*kept *him- τὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν, ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι self for the “of “Augustus ‘cognizance, I commanded *to *be*kept αὐτὸν ἕως οὗ "πέμψω" αὐτὸν πρὸς Καίσαρα. 22 ᾿Αγρίππας thim till I might send him to Ceesar. Agrippa δὲ πρὸς τὸν Φῆστον Egy," Ἐβουλόμην καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦ ‘and to Festus said, I was desiring also myself the > ΄ ᾽ - εἰ “Δ. ” , ? , ᾽ ~ ἀνθρώπου ἀκοῦσαι. © O08," Αὔριον, φησίν, ακουσῃ αὑτοῦ. man to hear. And he ?To-morrow ‘says, thou shalt hear him, 23 Ty οὖν ἐπαύριον ἐλθόντος τοῦ ᾿Αγρίππα Kai τῆς On the “therefore ‘morrow ‘having *come Agrippa and ᾽ ‘ ~ ͵΄ ‘ ᾽ , > 4 Βερνίκης μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας, Kat εἰσελθόντων εἰς τὸ Bernice, with great pomp, and havingentered into the ἀκροατήριον, σύν τε 4roic! χιλιάρχοις Kai ἀνδράσιν τοῖς hall of audience, with both the chief captains and men car ἐξοχὴν οὖσιν" τῆς πόλεως, καὶ κελεύσαντος τοῦ Φήστου of eminence being ofthe city, and “having *commanded Festus ἤχθη 6 Παῦλος. 24 Kai φησιν ὁ Φῆστος, ᾿Αγρίππα βασι- 20 ἀπορούμενος. δὲ ζῇν. And *being “perplexed to be alive. °was *brought “Paul. And says Festus, “Agrippa sking hed, καὶ πάντες οἱ 'συμπαρόντες" ἡμῖν ἄνδρες, θεωρεῖτε τοῦ- δ ἃ all the “being *present*with °us ‘men, ye see this τον περὶ οὗ &rav' τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐνέτυχόν Jews pleaded ‘ one concerning whom all the multitude of the μοι ἔν τε ἹἱἹεροσολύμοις καὶ ἐνθάδε, “értBowyrec' _with me in both Jerusalem and here, crying out [that] 4 καταδίκην LITrAW. Υ ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν LTTrAW. © — eis TTr[A]. y I might send up Lrtraw. d — τρῖς LTTrA. he) LTTra. τ — εἰς ἀπώλειαν GLTTrAW. 5 [αὐτῶν] Α. τ ἔφερον LTTraw. τ + πονηράν (read evil charge) LT[A]w ; πονηρῶν of evils Tr. «Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrTAW. * ἀναπέμψω ce —‘O δέ (read φησίν says £ oup- Ὁ. & ἅπαν LTTrAW τούτων these things LTTraw. b — ἔφη (read [said]) LTTrA. © — οὗσιν LTTrAW. ἃ βοῶντες crying LITr ; [ἐπι]βοῶντες A. RXVEX XVI ACTS δεῖν gv αὐτὸν" μηκέτι. 25 ἐγὼ.δὲ *karaXaBopevoc' μηδὲν “ought °to*live ‘*he no longer. But I having perceived nothing ἄξιον θανάτου αὐτὸν" πεπραχέναι, ™kai' αὐτοῦ δὲ τούτου worthy of death he had done, Falso *himself’and *this *one ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν Σεβαστόν. ἔκρινα πέμπειν "αὐτόν"" having appealed to Augustus, Idetermined tosend him, 26 περὶ οὗ aogadic τι γράψαι τῷ-κυρίῳ οὐκ.ἔχω" concerning whom “certain ‘anything towrite to [my] lord I have not. 66 προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ᾽ ὑμῶν, Kai μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ, Wherefore I brought “forth "him before you, and specially before thee, βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα, Owe τῆς ἀνακρίσεως γενομένης ing Agrippa, so that the examination having taken place σχῶ τι γράψαι." 27 ἄλογον.γάρ μοι δοκεῖ πέμ- I may have something to write ; for irrational tome it seems _ send- ποντα δέσμιον, μὴ Kai τὰς κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας σημᾶναι. ing a prisoner, not also the 7against “him ‘charges to signify. 2 , A A A ~ ») ? , , 26 ᾿Αγρίππας.δὲ πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ἔφη, ἘΕπιτρέπεταί σοι And Agrippa to Paul said, It is allowed thee Ρὑπὲρ' σεαυτοῦ λέγειν. Τότε ὁ Παῦλος "ἀπελογεῖτο," ἐκτείνας for thyself tospeak. Then Paul made a defence, stretching out τὴν χεῖρα,4 2 ἸΠερὶ πάντων ὧν ἐγκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ ‘Lov- the hand: Concerning all of which Iam accused by Jews, daiwy, βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα, ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον "μέλλων king Agrippa, Lesteem myself happy being about ἀπολογεῖσθαι ἐπὶ σοῦ onuepov'' 3 μάλιστα γνώστην “ὄντα to make defence before thee to-day, especially “acquainted “being σεὶ πάντων τῶν κατὰ ᾿Ιουδαίους ἐθῶν τε Kai ζητημάτων. πο of all the °among Jews ‘customs 7and “also *questions ; διὸ δέομαί 'σου" μακροθύμως ἀκοῦσαί μου. 4 τὴν μὲν οὖν wherefore I beseech thee patiently tohear me. The ‘then βίωσίν Eo στὴν" ἐκ νεότητος, τὴν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς 4manner “οὗ “116 “my from youth, which from [15] commencement γενομένην ἐν τῷ ἔθνει. μου év™ ἹΙεροσολύμοις, ἴσασιν πάντες was among mynation in Jerusalem, know all χροὶ" ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, 5 προγινώσκοντες μὲ ἄνωθεν, ἐὰν θέλωσιν the Jews, who before knew me fromthe first, if they would μαρτυρεῖν, ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς bear witness, that according to the strictest sect ἡμετέρας ὑθρησκείας" ἔζησα Φαρισαῖος" 6 καὶ νῦν ἐπ᾽ of our religion I lived a Pharisee. And now for [the] ἐλπίδι τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας " ἐπαγγελίας γενομένης ὑπὸ hope ofthe “to “the ‘fathers ‘promise ?made by τοῦ θεοῦ ἕστηκα κρινόμενος, 7 εἰς ἣν To.dwdeKapvdroy.ypor God, Istand being judged, to which our twelve tribes évixreveia νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι" intently night and day serving hope to arrive ; ν᾿ τ ? sd ? ~ b 2 ~ 2? , tf ‘ περὶ ἧς ἐλπίδος ἐγκαλοῦμαι, βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα,, ὑπὸ concerning which hope I am accused, O king Agrippa, by «τῶν" "Iovdaiwy’. 8 τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ᾽ ὑμῖν εἰ ὁ θεὸς the Jews. Why incredible is it judged by you if God νεκροὺς ἐγείρει; 9 ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα ἐμαυτῷ πρὸς (the) dead raises ? 1 indeed therefore thought inmyself “το 398 not to live any longer. 25 But when I found that he had committed nothing worthy of death, and that he himself hath appealed to Augustus, I have determined to send him. 260 whom i have no certain thing to write unto my lord. Wherefore I have brought him forth be- fore you, and specially before thee, O king Agrippa, that, aiter examination had, 1 might have somewhat to write. 27 For it seemeth to me unrea- sonable to send a pri- soner, and not withal to signify the crimes laid against him, XXVI. Then Agrip- pa said unto Paul, Thou art permitted to speak for thyself. Ther Paul stretched forth the hand, and an- swered for himself: 21 think myself happy, king Agrippa, because I shall answer for my- self this day before thee touching ali the things whereof I am accused of the Jews: 3 especially because ἢ know thee to be expert in ali customs and questions which sre among the Jews: wherefore I beseecn thee to hear me pa- tiently. 4 My manner of life from my youth, which was atthe first among mine own na- tion at Jerusalem, know all the Jews; 5 which knew me from the beginning, if they would testify, that after the most strait- est sect of our religion I lived a _ Pharisee. 6 And now I standand am judged for the hope of the promise made of God unto our fathers: 7 unto which promise onr twelve tribes, instani- ly serving God day and night, hope to come. For which hope’s sake, king A- grippa, I am accused of the Jews. & Why should it be thought a thing incredible with you, that Ged should raise the dead? 91 verily thought wits k κατελαβόμην LTTraAW. ! αὐτὸν θανάτου LTTraw. 1 αὐτὸν ζῇν LITrAW. ο γράψω I shall write LrTraw. 2 — αὐτὸν (read [him])-LTTra. λογεῖτο placed after χεῖρα LTTrAW. ὄντα T. t — gov LTTrA. νυ — τὴν Tr[A]. Σ θρησκίας τ. τ εἰς LTTraAW. ᾿Αγρίππα LITrA; — ᾿Αγρίππα Ww. ς — τῶν GLTTrAW. d+ βασιλεῦ P περὶ LTTrA. τ ἐπὶ σοῦ μέλλων σήμερον ἀπολογεῖσθαι GLTTTA. τ + σε and (in) LTTraw. a+ ἡμῶν (read our fathers) LTTraw. m — καὶ LTTrAwW. ᾳ ἀπε- 5σε X - ol LTrA. Ὁ — βασιλεῦ O king {ῖττὰ. 994 myself, that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth. 19Which thing I also did in Jerusalem: and many of the saints did 1 shut up in prison, having received au- thority from the chief priests; and when they were put to death, I gave my voice a- gainst them. 11 And I punished them oft in every synagogue, and compelled them to blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them, I per- secuted them even unto strange cities. 12 Whereupon as I went to Damascus with authority and commission from the chief priests, 13 at midday, O king, I saw in the way a light from heaven, above the brightness of the sun, shining round about me and them which journeyed with me. 14 And when we were all fallen to the earth, I heard a voice speaking unto me, and saying in the He- brew tongue, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? Jt is hard for thee to kick a- gainst the pricks. 15 And I said, Who art thou, Lord? And he said, I am Jesus whom thou persecut- est. 16 But rise, and stand upon thy feet: for I have appeared unto thee for this pur- pose, to make thee a minister and a wit- ness both of these things which thou hast seen, and of those things in the which I will appear unto thee; 17 delivering thee from the people, and from the Gentiles, unto whom now I send thee, 18to open their eyes, and to turn them from darkness to light, and from the ῬΟΝΟΣ of Satan unto od, that they may receive forgiveness of sing, and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith thatisin me. 19Where- upon, O king Agrippa, TITPASETIS. xXVI. τὸ ὄνομα ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ Nalwpaiov δεν πολλὰ ἐναντία 7the *name ὅοὗ ᾿σοβας ἴπ6 ‘*Nazarwan ‘I ought *many *things *contrary πο A . a ‘ 2 ΄ 2 e , ‘ Ay e πρᾶξαι: 10 ὃ καὶ ἐποίησα ἐν ἹἹεροσολύμοις, Kai πολλοὺς to do. Which also I did in Jerusalem, and many τῶν ἁγίων ἐγὼ ' φυλακαῖς κατέκλεισα, THY παρὰ τῶν ἀρχ- of the saints I in prisons shut up, the “from “the ‘chief ιερέων ἐξουσίαν aBwr' ἀναιρουμένων.τε αὐτῶν Spriests ‘authority having received; and "being *put *to *death ‘they κατήνεγκα.ψῆφον. 11 καὶ κατὰ πάφας τὰς συναγωγὰς I gave [my] vote against [them]. And in all the synagogues πολλάκις τιμωρῶν αὐτούς, ἠνάγκαζον βλασφημεῖν" περισ- often punishing them, I compelled [them] to blaspheme. *Exceed- σῶς τε ἐμμαινόμενος αὐτοῖς ἐδίωκον ἕως. καὶ εἰς ingly ‘and “being ?furious against them I persecuted [them] even as far as to rac ἔξω πόλεις. 12 ἐν οἷς Skai' πορευόμενος εἰς τὴν Aa- foreign cities. During which also journeying to Da- μασκὸν per ἐξουσίας Kai ἐπιτροπῆς Ἀτῇς παρὰ! τῶν ἀρχ- mascus, with authority and a commission from the chief pew, 13 ἡμέρας.μέσης κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν εἶδον. βασιλεῦ, priests, at mid-day in the way I saw, O king, οὐρανόθεν ὑπὲρ THY λαμπρότητα τοῦ ἡλίου περιλάμψαν from heaven above the ofthe sun “shining *round °about μὲ φῶς Kai τοὺς σὺν ἐμοὶ πορευομένους. 14 πάντων δὲ" ®me ‘a 7light and those with me journeying. And all καταπεσόντων ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐλαλοῦσαν" *haying *fallen down of ?us to the ground Iheard a voice speaking πρός με kai λέγουσαν" τῇ ‘EBpatdr διαλέκτῳ, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, to me and saying inthe Hebrew language, Saul, Saul, Ti μὲ διώκεις; σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν. why me persecutest thou? [itis] hard for thee against goads to kick. 15 ᾿Εγὼ. δὲ ™elrov,' Τίς εἶ κύριε: Ὁ δὲ" εἶπεν. ᾿Εγώ εἰμι And I said, Who art thon, Lord? Andhe said, I am Ἰησοῦς ὃν σὺ διώκεις. 16 ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι, Kai στῆθι ἐπὶ Jesus whom thou persecutest: but rise up, and stand on τοὺς πόδας.σου: εἰς.τοῦτο.γὰρ ὥφθην σοι, προχειρίσασθαί thy feet ; for, for this purpose I appeared to thee, to appoint σε ὑπηρέτην καὶ μάρτυρα = wy.Te εἶδες OV.TE thee anattendant and awitness both of what thou didst see and in what ὀφθήσομαί σοι, 17 ἐξαιρούμενός σε ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ Kai? I shall appear to thee, taking out thee from among the people and τῶν ἐθνῶν, εἰς ove Ῥνῦν σε ἀποστέλλω," 18 ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς the nations, to whom now thee I send, to open 7eyes αὐτῶν, τοῦ.ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας ltheir, that [they] may turn from darkness to light and the authority τοῦ σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, τοῦ.λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν apap- of Satan to God, that *may ‘receive ‘they remission ofsins τιῶν Kai κλῆρον ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει TY and inheritance among those that have been sanctified by faith that [is] εἰς ἐμέ. 19 Ὅθεν, βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα, οὐκ.ἐγενόμην ἀπειθὴς in me. Whereupon, O king Agrippa, I was not disobedient τῇ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ, 20 ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἐν Δαμασκῷ πρῶτον 4 to the heavenly vision ; but to those in Damascus first brightness ες + τε also LTTrA. (read τῶν from the) L; — τῆς (Tr]W; — παρὰ TTr. !— καὶ λέγουσαν LITra. ὃ. + ἐκ from among LTTrA. 5 - καὶ LTTrA. h — τῆς παρὰ ite LITrAW. k λέγουσαν LTTrA. ™ εἶπα LTTrA. 2 + κύριος (read the Lord said) LrTraw. P ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω σε (omit LOW) LTTrA ; ἐγὼ σε ἀποστ. GW. f + ἐν in (prisons) GLTTrAW. 4+ te (read and also) Lrtra. XXVI. ACTS. ‘ τ « , 5 2 ῃ ~ , \ , ~ > , καὶ ᾿ἱεροσολύμοις, "εἰς πᾶσάν τε τὴν χώραν τῆς lovdaiac and Jerusalem, 2to 3411 land the region of Judza καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. ἱἀπαγγέλλων" μετανοεῖν καὶ ἐπιστρέφειν and tothe nations, declaring [tothem] torepent and to turn ἐπὶ Tov θεόν, ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πράσσοντας. 21 ἕνεκα to God, *worthy ‘of 5repentance works 1doing. On account of τούτων με ‘ot! ᾿Ιουδαῖοι συλλαβόμενοι ev τῷ ἱερῷ, ἐπει- these things me the Jews having seized in the temple, at- ρῶντο διαχειρίσασθαι. 22 ἐπικηηρ τα οὖν τυχὼν τῆς tempted to kill. Ai therefore having obtained χπαρὰ" τοῦ θεοῦ ἄχρι τῆς. ἡμέρας. ταύτης ἕστηκα. ἵὑμαρτυρού- from God unto this day Ihave stood, bearing wit- μενος" μικρῷ.τε Kai μεγάλῳ. οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς λέγων ὧν TE ness both to small and togreat, nothing else saying than what both οἱ προφῆται ἐλάλησαν μελλόντων γίνεσθαι Kai *Mwoijc,' the prophets said *was®about ‘to 7happen ‘and ?Moses, 23 εἰ παθητὸς ὑ χριστός, εἰ πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστά- whether ?shonld *suffer ‘Christ ; whether [he] first through resurrec- σεως νεκρῶν φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν τῷ " λαῷ Kai τοῖς tion of([the] dead *light 115 Ἄθου 7to*announce tothe people and to the ἔθνεσιν. 24 Tavra.di αὐτοῦ. ἀπολογουμένου, ὁ Φῆστος με- nations, And #these *things ‘uttering in his defence, Festus with γάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Edn," Maivy Taide τὰ πολλά σε γράμ- loud voice said, Thouartmad, Paul; much “thee ‘learn- para εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει. 25 Ὁ δὲς, Οὐ.μαίνομαι, φησίν, ing *to madness “turns. Buthe, “I am ‘not *mad, ‘says, ΄ - d2 1) Xr θ , ‘ ΄ er κράτιστε Φῆστε. “ἀλλ᾽ ἀληθείας Kai σωφροσύνης ῥήματα most noble Festus, but of truth and discreetness words Coes lane: 26 ἐπίσταταιγὰρ περὶ τούτων ὁ βασι- utter ; for *is “informed *concerning ‘these things ‘the king λεύς, πρὸς ὃν Kai παῤῥησιαζόμενος λαλῶ: λανθάνειν. γὰρ to whom also using boldness I speak. For hidden from αὐτόν τι τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐδέν" οὐ γάρ him _any of these things [are] not I am persuaded ; *not ‘for πεπραγμένον τοῦτο. 27 πιστεύεις βασιλεῦ *this, Believest thou, king olda ὅτι πιστεύεις. 28 Ὁ δὲ Agrippa, the prophets ? I know that thou believest. And ᾿Αγρίππας πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον fon," Ἔν ὀλίγῳ pe ξπείθεις Agrippa to Paul said, In alittle “me ‘thou *persuadest χριστιανὸν "γενέσθαι." 29 Ὁ δὲ. Παῦλος ἰεῖπεν," ἘΕὐξαίμην" ἂν a Christian to become. And Paul said, I would wish ~ ~ . ’ DAL ‘ 9 1 - AX “Ὁ}ψ!} > , τλλ A - ‘ τῷ θεῷ, Kai ἐν ὀλίγῳ Kai ἐν ᾿πολλῴ" οὐ μόνον σε ἀλλὰ καὶ to God, both in alittle and in much ποῦ only thou but also πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντάς μου σήμερον γενέσθαι τοιούτους 811 those hearing me _ thisday should become such ὁποῖος κἀγώ εἰμι, παρεκτὸς τῶν.δεσμῶν.τούτων. 30 ™Kai a8 Ialso am, except these bonds, And ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ," ἀνέστη " ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν these things “having °said ‘*he, Srose “up *the ‘*king and the governor ἥ τε Βερνίκη καὶ οἱ Ὁσυγκαθήμενοι" αὐτοῖς" 31 Kai ava- also Bernice and those who sat with them, and having T+évinn. 5 -- εἰς LTT:{A]. * + ὄντα being T. *amwoOLTTrAW. Y μαρτυρόμενος LTTrAW. ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ 7in ®a°corner “has *been “done ᾿Αγρίππα τοῖς προφήταις; τ ἀπήγγελλον I was declaring EGLTT:aw. : Μωῦσῆς GLTTrAW. 396 I was not disobedient unto the heavenly vi- sion: 20 but shewed first unto them of Da- masceus, and at Jeru- salem, and throughout all the coasts of Jn- dzea, and then to the Gentiles, that they should repent and turn to God, and do works meet for re- pentance. 21 For these causes the Jews caught me in the temple, and went about to kill me. 22 Having therefore obtained help of Ged, I continue unto this day, witnessing both to small and great, saying mone other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come: 23 that Christ should suffer, and that he should be the first that should rise from the dead, and should shew light unto the people, and to the Gentiles. 24And as he thus spake for himself, Festus said with a loud voice, Paul, thou art beside thyself ; much learn- ing doth make thee mad. 25 But he said, I am not mad, most noble Festus; but speak forth the words of truth and sober- ness, 26 For the king knoweth of these things, before whom also I speak freely: for I am _ persuaded that none of these things are hidden from him; for this thing was not done in a corner. 27 King A- grippa, believest thou the prophets? I know that thou believest. 28 Then Agrippa said unto Paul, Almost thou persuadest me to be a Christian. 29And Paul said. 1 would to God, that not only thon. but also all that hear me this day, were both almost, and altogether such as I am, except these bonds, 30And when he had thus spo- ken, the king rose up, and the governor, and Bernice, and they that sat with them : 3] and when they were gone ¥ — ot Tir. a + te (read both to the) LTTra. > φησίν says LTTrA. ¢ + Παῦλος (read Paulsays) Lrtrw. ἃ ἀλλὰ LITrA. © — ovdév L; οὐθέν T[Tr]a. f — ἔφη (read [said]) LTTraw. Β ποιῆσαι to make (mea Christian) yrtra. γάλῳ LITrA. πὶ — καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. & πείθῃ thou persuadest thyself a. i— εἶπεν (read [said]) tTTra. Ὁ + ze both GLTTraw. *evéaunvT. | pe- ° oup- T. 996 aside, they talked be- tween themselves, say- ing, This man doeth nothing worthy of death or of bonds. 32 Then said Agrippa unto Festus, This man might have been set at liberty, if he had not appealed unto Ce- sar. XXVIII. And when it was determined that we should sail into Italy, they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners unto one named Julius, a cen- turion of Augustus’ band. 2 And entering into a ship of Adra- myttium, we launched, meaning 'to sail by the coasts of Asia; one Aristarchus, a Mace- donian of Thessalo- nica, being with us. 3 And the next day we tonched at Sidon. And Julius courteously en- treated Paul, andgave him liberty to go unto his friends to refresh himself. 4 And when we had launched from thence, we sailed un- der Cyprus, because the winds were con- trary. 5 And when we had sailed over the sea of Cilicia and Pamphylia, we came to Myra, a city of Ly- cia. 6 And there the centurion found aship of Alexandria sailing into Italy; and he put us therein. 7 And when we had sailed slowly many days, and scarce were come over against Cnidus, the wind not suffering us, we sailed under Crete, over against Salmone; 8 and, hardly passing it, came unto a place which is called The fair havens; nigh whereunto was the city of Lasea. 9 Now when much time was spent, and when sail- ing was now danger- ous, because the fast was now already past, Paul admonished them, 19 and said unto them, TIPAZEI *. XXVI, XXVIT. χωρήσαντες ἐλάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους λέγοντες, ᾿Ἡ Ὅτι οὐδὲν withdrawn they spoke to one another saying, Nothing θανάτου Ῥἄάξιον ἢ δεσμῶν" 4 πράσσει ὁ.ἄνθρωπος οὗτος. 70f *death ‘worthy or of bonds does this man, 32 ᾿Αγρίππας.δὲ τῷ Φήστῳ ἔφη, ᾿Απολελύσθαι τἐδύνατο" ὃ And Agrippa to Festus seid, *Have *been let ἴσο “might ἄνθρωπος. οὗτος εἰ μὴ "ἐπεκέκλητο" Καίσαρα. this 7man if he had not appealed to Czsar. QF Ὡς δὲ ἐκρίθη τοῦ.ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν ᾿Ιταλίαν But when it was decided that *should *sail ‘we to Italy παρεδίδουν τόν.τε.- Παῦλον Kai τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας ἑκα- they delivered up both Paul and certain other prisoners toa TovTaoxy, ὀνόματι ᾿Τουλίῳ, σπείρης Σεβαστῆς. 2 ἐπιβάν- centurion, by name Julius, of the band of Augustus. *Having “gone*on τες δὲ πλοίῳ ᾿Αδραμυττηνῷ 'μέλλοντες" πλεῖν ἃ τοὺς κατὰ Spoard‘and aship of Adramyttinm about to navigate the uae τὴν ᾿Ασίαν τόπους ἀνήχθημεν, ὄντος σὺν ἡμῖν ’Aot ιστάρχου ΞΑβία ‘places we set sail, being with us istarchus Μακεδόνος Θεσσαλογικέως. 3 τῇ-.τειἑτερᾳῳ κατήχθημεν εἰς a Macedonian of Thessalonica. And the next [day] we landed at Σιδῶνα: φιλανθρώπως τε ὁ ᾿Ιούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος Sidon. And ®kindly 1Julius Panl “having “treated ἐπέτρεψεν πρὸς ίλους “πορευθέντα" ἐπιμελείας allowed [him] “to [his] *friends leoing (’their] Scare τυχεῖν. 4 κἀκεῖθεν ἀναχθέντες ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον 5to ®receive. And ἔβότιοθ setting sail we sailed under Cyprus διὰ τὸ rove ἀνέμους εἶναι ἐναντίους. 5 τό.τε πέλαγος τὸ because the winds were contrary. And the sea κατὰ τὴν Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν διαπλεύσαντες *kaTnMopev" eiong Cilicia and Pamphylia BOBBED sailed over we came εἰς ΥΜύρα! τῆς Λυκίας. 6 Κἀκεῖί͵ εὑρὼν ὁ *éxarévraoxoc" to Myra of Lycia. And there *having *found "the “centurion πλοῖον ᾿Αλεξανδρῖνον πλέον εἰς τὴν Iraiay ἐνεβίβασεν a ship of Alexandria sailing to Italy he caused 7to “enter ἡμᾶς εἰς αὐτό. 7 ἐν ἱκαναῖς.δὲ ἡμέραις βραδυπλοοῦντες Kai μας εἰς ς Jus into) it, And for ees days sailing slowly and μόλις γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον, μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς hardly LENE come over against Cnidus, *not “suffering τοῦ ἀνέμου, ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην κατὰ Σαλμώνην' 'the ?wind, we sailed under Crete over seatuat Salmone ; 8 μόλις. τε παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν ἤλθομεν εἰς τόπον τινὰ and hardly coasting along τ wecame to a “place ‘certain καλούμενον Καλοὺς Λιμένας, ᾧ. ἐγγὺς "ἦν πόλις" ὑΛασαία." called Fair avens, near which was acity of Lasea. 9 Ἱκανοῦ. δὲ χρόνου διαγενομένου καὶ ὄντος ἤδη ἐπισφαλοῦς And much time having Ῥβευθᾶ and being already dangerous τοῦ πλοός, διὰ τὸ Kai THY νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι, the voyage, because also the fast already had pest, Trapyver ὁ Παῦλος 10 λέγων αὐτοῖς, Avdpec, θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ Men, Sirs, I Bencelvies that “exhorted Paul ‘saying “*them, I perceive that ‘with this voyage will be with hurt and much ὕβρεως Kai πολλῆς ζημίας ob μόνον τοῦ “φόρτου! Kai τοῦ damage, not only of disaster and much loss not only ofthe cargo and of the 4 δεσμῶν ἄξιον LTTr. 4 - WT. τ ἠδύνατο LW. 5 ἐπικέκλητο L. t μέλλοντι ine A Ww. ἿΣ E κατήλθαμεν TTr. ’”’AX\aocoa Alassat; Δασέα Lasea Tra. W πορευθέντι LTTrA. 8 πόλις ἦν τ. Υ + τοὺς the GLITrAW. : ἑκατοντάρχης LTTrA. ς φορτίου GLTTrAW. εἰς in LTTr[a]. Υ Μύῤῥα LTTrA. XXVII. ACTS. πλοίου ἀλλὰ Kai τῶν.-ψυχῶν.ἡμῶν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τον πλοῦν. ship but also of our lives is about tobe the voyage. 11 ‘0.6 Δἑκατόνταρχος" τῷ κυβερνήτῃ Kai τῷ ναυκλήρῳ But the centurion by the steersman and the ship-owner ἐἐπείθετο μᾶλλον" ἢ τοῖς ὑπὸ frov' Παύλου λεγο- was persuaded rather than by thethings *by 3Paul Ispoken. μένοις. 12 ἀνευθέτου.δὲ τοῦ λιμένος ὑπάρχοντος πρὸς παρα- And ill-adapted the ροτὺ being to winter χειμασίαν, οἱ Srdsiove' ἔθεντο.βουλὴν ἀναχθῆναι Ῥκἀκεῖθεν," in, the most counselled to set sail thence also, Ἰείπως" δύναιντο καταντήσαντες εἰς Φοίνικα παρα- if by any meansthey might beable havingarrived at Phonice to χειμάσαι, λιμένα τῆς Κρήτης βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα winter {there}, a port of Crete looking towards south-west καὶ κατὰ χῶρον. 18 ὑποπνεύσαντος.-δδ νότου, δόξαν- and towards north-west. And *blowing *gently ‘a*south*wind, think- TEC THC προθέσεως κεκρατηκέναι, ἄραντες ἄσσον ing the purpose to have gained, having weighed [anchor] “close *by παρελέγοντο τὴν Κρήτην. 14 per’ οὐ πολὺ δὲ ἔβαλεν *they “coasted “δ]οῃρ᾽ Crete. *After *not kar αὐτῆς ἄνεμος τυφωνικός, ὁ καλούμενος Ἐεὐροκλύδων." down it a7wind ‘tempestuous, called uroclydon. 15 συναρπασθέντος.δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, Kai μὴ δυναμένου ἀντ- And ὅμαυίπρ “been caught ‘the “ship, and not able to bring οφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ, ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεθα. 16 νησίον (her]head tothe wind, giving [her] up we were driven along. °Small7island δέ τι ὑποδραμόντες καλούμενον ᾿Κλαύδην "᾿μόλις *but “4 ‘certain ὙΠ Πρ “under called Clauda *hardly ἰσχύσαμεν" περικρατεῖς γενέσθαι τῆς σκάφης" 17 ἣν ἄραν- twe were able masters to become of the boat; which haying taken τες βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο, ὑποζωννύντες TO πλοῖον" φοβούμενοί up helps they used, undergirding the ship; “fearing TE μὴ εἰς τὴν σύρτιν ἐκπέσωσιν, χαλάσαντες TO σκεῦος Ἰᾳπα lest into the quicksand they should fall, having lowered the gear .“ ? , ~ 4 , € ~ οὕτως ἐφέροντο. 18 Σφοδρῶς.δὲ χειμαζομένων ἡμῶν 80 they were driven. But *violently *being *tempest-tossed we τῇ ἕξῆς ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο᾽ 19 καὶ τῇ on the next (day] °a *casting Sout [Sof 7cargo] ‘they “made, and on the τρί αὐτόχειρες τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου πἐῤῥίψαμεν"" third [day] with [our] own hands the equipment ofthe ship we cast away. 20 μήτε.δὲ ἡλίου μήτε ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων ἐπὶ πλείονας And neither sun nor stars appearing for many ἡμέρας, χειμῶνός. τε οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου, λοιπὸν περιῳ- ays, and*tempest ‘no *small lying on [us], henceforth was taken petro πᾶσα ἐλπὶς" τοῦ.σώζεσθαι.ἡμᾶς. 21 πολλῆς.Ῥδὲ" ἀσιτίας away all hope of our being saved. And *a *long ‘abstinence ὑπαρχούσης, τότε σταθεὶς ὁ Παῦλος ἔν μέσῳ.αὐτῶν εἶπεν, 1there *being, then “standing *up ?Paul in their midst said, Ἔδει μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, πειθαρχήσαντάς μοι μὴ ἀνά- It behoved [you] indeed, O men, haying been obedient tome not to have γεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς Κρήτης κερδῆσαί.τε τὴν. ὕβριν.ταύτην καὶ set sail from Crete and to have gained this disaster and Slong ‘but there came ἃ ἑκατοντάρχης GLTTrA. © μᾶλλον ἐπείθετο LTTrA. LTTra. ἃ ἀκεῖθεν thence LTTrA. i εἴ πῶς LTrA. κλύδων Euryclydona@. ! Καῦδα Cauda τι; Κλαῦδα τ; Κ[λ]αῦδα a LTTraw. 5 ἔῤῥιψαν they cast away GLTrAW ; ἔριψαν τ. ο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα LTTrA. {-- τοῦ τατι[α]νν. 997 the lading and ship. but also of our lives, 11 Nevertheless the centurion believed the master and the owner of the ship, more than those things whieh were spoken by Paul. 12 And because the ha- ven was not commo- dious to winter in, the more part advised to depart thence also, if by any means they might attain to Phe- nice, and there to win- ter ; which is anhaven of Crete, and lieth to- ward the south west and north west. 13 And when the south wind blew softly, supposing that they had obtained thei purpose, loosing thence, they sailed close by Crete. 14 But not long after there arose against it a tempestuous wind, called Euroclydon. 15 And when the ship was caught, and could not bear up into the wind, we let her drive. 16 And run- ning under a certain island which is called Clauda, we had much work to come by the boat: 17 which when they had taken up, they used helps, un- dergirding the ship; and, fearing lest they should fall into the quicksands,strake sail, and so were driven. 18 And we being ex- ceedingly tossed with a tempest, the next day they lightened the ship; 19 and the third day we cast out with our own hands the tackling of the ship. 20 And when neither sun nor stars in many days appeared, and no small tempest lay on us, all hope that we should be saved was then taken away. 21 But after long ab- stinence Paul stood forth in the midst of them, and said, Sirs, ye should have heark- ened unto me, and not have loosed from Crete, and to have gained this harm and loss. ὃ πλείονες Κ εὐρακύλων Euracylon ΤΤΎΥΤΑῪ ; εὐρυ- ™ ἰσχύσαμεν μόλις Ρ τε LTTraW. 398 22 And now I exhort you to be of good cheer : for there shall be no loss of any man’s life among you, but of the ship. 23 Forthere stood by me this night the angel of God, whosel am, and whom I serve, 24 saying, Fear not, Paul ; thou must be brought before Ce- sar: and, lo, God hath given thee all them that sail with thee. 25 Wherefore, sirs, be of good cheer: for I believe God, that it shall be even as it was told me. 26 Howbeit we must be cast upon acertain island, 27But when the fourteenth night was come, as we were driven up and down in Adria, about midnight the shipmen deemed that they drew near to some country ; 28 and sounded, and found it twenty fa- thoms : and when they had gone a little fur- ther, they sounded again, and found 7t fif- teen fathoms. 29 Then fearing lest we should have fallen upon rocks, they cast feur anchors out of the stern, and wished for the day. 30 And as the shipmen were about to flee out of the ship, when they had let down the boat into the sea, under colour as though they would have cast an- chors out of the fore- ship, 31 Paul said to the centurion and to the soldiers, Except these abide in the ship, ye cannot be saved. 32 Then the soldiers cut off the ropes of the boat, and let her fall off. 33And while the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take meat, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that ye have tarried and con- tinued fasting, hav- ing taken nothing. 34 Wherefore I pray you to take some meat: for this is for your TIPAMZEILS. τὴν ζημίαν. 22 καὶ “τανῦν! παραινῶ ὑμᾶς loss: and now I exhort you ἀποβολὴ.γὰρ ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ Ὁ for “loss f life ‘not?any shall befrom among you, XXVII. εὐθυμεῖν" to be of good cheer, ὑμῶν, πλὴν τοῦ only of the πλοίου. 23 παρέστη.γάρ μοι ττῇ.νυκτὶ ταύτῃ" "ἄγγελος! τοῦ ship. For stood by me this night an angel θεοῦ, οὗ etm! ᾧ.καὶ λατρεύω," 24 λέγων, Μὴ-.φοβοῦ Παῦλε, of God, whose Iam and whom I serve, saying, Fear not, Paul ; Kaicapi σε δεῖ παραστῆναι" καὶ ἰδοὺ κεχάρισταί σοι ὁ θεὸς Cesar thou must stand before; and lo “has “granted *to*thee ‘God πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ. 25 Awd εὐθυμεῖτε ἄνδρες" 811 those sailing with thee. Wherefore be of good cheer, men, πιστεύω.γὰρ τῷ θεῷ OTL οὕτως ἔσται καθ᾿ ὃν.τρόπον for I believe God that thus itshallbe according to the way λελάληταί μοι. 26 εἰς.νῆσον.δέ τινα €i-pac ἐκπεσεῖν. it has been said to me. But on “island ‘a certain we must fall. 27 Ὡς δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ ἐγένετο διαφερομένων And when the fourteenth night was come “being *driven *about ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ ‘Adpia, κατὰ μέσον τῆς νυκτὸς ὑπενόουν lwe in the Adriatic, towards [the] middle ofthe night supposed οἱ ναῦται προσάγειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν" 28 καὶ βολίσαντες 1the ?sailors ®neared *some ‘7them country, and having sounded εὗρον ΠΡΎΜΟ εἴκοσι: βραχὺ.δὲ διαστήσαντες καὶ πάλιν they found *fathoms ‘twenty, and “a *little ‘having *gone farther and again βολίσαντες εὗρον ὀργυιὰς dexarévre’ 29 φοβούμενοί.τε having sounded they found *fathoms ‘fifteen ; ~ and fearing Yunmwe' “εἰς! τραχεῖς τόπους “ἐκπέσωσιν," ἐκ πρύμνης lest on rocky places they should fall, outof [the] stern ῥίψαντες ἀγκύρας τέσσαρας Τηὔχοντο" ἡμέραν γενέσθαι. having cast anchors four they wished day to come, 80 τῶν.δὲ ναυτῶν ζητούντων φυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου, Kal But the sailors seeking to flee out of the ship, and χαλασάντων τὴν σκάφην εἰς THY θάλασσαν, προφάσει WE ἐκ having let down the boat into the sea, with pretext as from πρώρας" "μελλόντων ἀγκύρας" ἐκτείνειν, 31 εἶπεν ὁ Ilav- [086] prow being about ‘anchors ‘to *cast “out, ®said ®Paul hoc τῷ ἑκατοντάρχῳ Kai τοῖς στρατιώταις, ᾿Εὰν-μὴ οὗτοι to the centurion and tothe soldiers, nless these μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ.δύνασθε. 32 Tére Poi abide in the ship ye *be “saved 1cannot. Then the στρατιῶται ἀπέκοψαν" τὰ σχοινία τῆς σκάφης καὶ εἴασαν soldiers cut away the ropes ofthe boat and let αὐτὴν ἐκπεσεῖν. 83 ἄχρι.δὲ οὗ “ἔμελλεν ἡμέρα" γίνεσθαι, her fall. And until ?was‘about ‘day *to come, παρεκάλει ὁ Παῦλος ἅπαντας μεταλαβεῖν τροφῆς, λέγων, 7exhorted ®Paul all to partake of food, saying, Ἱεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν προσδοκῶντες ἄσι- *The °fourteenth ‘to-*day [tis] day watching without τοι διατελεῖτε, μηδὲν" “προσλαβόμενοι." 84 διὸ παρα- taking food yecontinue, nothing having taken. Wherefore I ex- καλῶ ὑμᾶς ἱπροσλαβεῖν" τροφῆς" τοῦτο.γὰρ πρὸς τῆς hort you to take food, for this for ᾳ τὰ νῦν LITrA. t + ἐγώ τ1[4]. πέσωμεν we should fall GLrTraw. Ὁ ἀπέκοψαν οἱ στρατιῶται LTTrA. © προσλαμβανόμενοι taking L. LTTrA. LITTra, 8 ἄγγελος placed after λατρεύω LTTrAW. Y μήπω L; μήπου TTr; μή ποὺ A. Ἢ κατὰ against LTTraw. χα ἐκ- Υ εὔχοντο TTrA. πρῴρης 11. 5 ἀγκύρας μελλόντων © ἡμέρα ἤμελλεν (ἔμελλεν T) LTTrA. 4 μηθὲν f μεταλαβεῖν to partake of GLITraAW. τ ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ GLTTrAW. SEV XX VII. ὑμετέρας. σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει: Ξοὐδενὸς" γὰρ ὑμῶν θρὶξ "ἐκ" your safety inls for of no one of you ahair of τῆς κεφαλῆς πεσεῖται." 35 ἘΕἰπὼν" . δὲ ταῦτα καὶ λαβὼν the head shall fall, And ES said these things and having taken ἄρτον εὐχαρίστησεν τῷ θεῷ ἐνώπιον πάντων, καὶ κλάσας ACTS. a loaf he gave thanks toGod before all, and having broken (it) ἤρξατο ἐσθίειν. 36 εὔθυμοι. δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες καὶ αὐ- began to eat, And ‘of good ®cheer having *become ‘all also them- τοὶ προσελάβοντο Teoptic’ 37 ‘her δὲ πὲν τῷ πλοίῳ at selves took And wewere in the ship ?the πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ" τ ρτὰ πέὲβδομηκονταέξ." 88 κορεσθέντες δὲ 1411 souls twohundred{and] seventy six. And being satisfied τροφῆς ἐκούφιζον TO πλοῖον, ἐκβαλλόμενοι τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν ae food they lightened the _ ship, casting out the wheat into the θάλασσαν. 89"Ore.d2 ἡμέρα ἐγένετο τὴν γῆν οὐκ.ἐπεγίνωσκον᾽" sea, And when hee: 4it*was the land they did not recognize; κόλπον.δέ τινα κατενόουν ἔχοντα αἰγιαλόν, εἰς ὃν %Bov- buta*bay ‘certain they perceived having a shore, on which they λεύσαντο! εἰ δύναιντο ἐξῶσαι τὸ πλοῖον. 40 Kai rac je if they should be able to drive the ship ; and ‘the ἀγκύρας περιελόντες εἴων εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ἅμα ‘anchors ‘having 7cut “away they left in the sea, at the same time ἀνέντες τὰς ζευκτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων" καὶ ἐπάραντες τὸν having loosened the bands of the seen and having hoisted the Ῥάἀρτέμονα! τῇ πνεούσῃ κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν. 41 περι- foresail tothe wind they made for the shore. *Having πεσόντες δὲ εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον “ἐπώκειλαν" τὴν ναῦν᾽ “fallen ‘and into a place where two seas met they ran aground the vessel; καὶ ἡ μὲν πρώρα ἐρείσασα ἔμεινεν ἀσάλευτος, ἡ.δὲ and the prow having stuck fast remained immovable, but the πρύμνα ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας ττῶν κυμάτων." 42 τῶν.δὲ stern was broken by the violence of the waves. And of the στρατιωτῶν Bovdr ἐγένετο ἵνα τοὺς δεσμώτας ἀποκτείνωσιν, soldiers (the] counsel was that the prisoners’ they should/kill, μήτις ἐκκολυμβήσας "διαφύγοι"" 48 0.08 ‘éxarévrapxoc! lest anyone havingswum out should escape. But the centurion βουλόμενος διασῶσαι τὸν ἸΤαῦλον ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ desiring to save Paul hindered them of [their] βουλήματος, ἐκέλευσέν.τε τοὺς δυναμένους κολυμβᾷν, Yamrop- purpose, and commanded those being able to swim, Beis ῥίψαντας" πρώτους, ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐξιέναι, 44 καὶ τοὺς cast [themselves] off first, on the nd to go out; and the λοιπούς, ove μὲν ἐπὶ σανίσιν οὺς.δὲ ἐπί τινων.τῶν ἀπὸ TOU rest, some indeed on boards andothers on somethings from the πλοίου: καὶ οὕτως ἐγένετο πάντας διασωθῆναι ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. ship; and thus itcametopass all were broughtsafely to the land. 28 Kai διασωθέντες τότε “ἐπέγνωσαν" ὅτι Μελίτη ἡ And having been saved then they knew that Melita the νῆσος καλεῖται. 2 Οἱ. “δὲ! βάρβαροι Yrapsixoy' ob τὴν island is called. And the barbarians shewed no τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν" ἀνάψαντες". γὰρ πυράν προσ- common philanthropy to us; for having kindled a fire they 399 health : for there shail not an hair fall from the head of any of yo: 35 And when he had thus spoken, he tcok bread, and gave thanks to God in presence cf them all: and when he had broken 7, he he- gan to eat. 36 Then were they all of good cheer, and they also took some meat. 37And we were in all in the ship two hundred threescore and sixteen souls, 38 And when they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast out the wheat into the sea. 39 And when it was day, they knew not the land: but they discovered a certain ereek with a shore, into the which they were minded, ifit were possible, to thrust in the ship. 40 And when they had taken up the anchors, they commit- ted themselves unto the sea, and loosed the rudder bands, and hoised up the mainsail to the wind, and made toward shore, 41 And falling into a place where two seas met, they ran the ship a- ground ; and the fore- part stuck fast, and remained unmoveable, but the hinder part was broken with the violence of the waves. 42And the soldiers’ counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape, 43 But the centurion, willing to save Paul, kept them from their pur- pose ; and command- ed that they which could swim should cast themselves first into the sea, and get to land: 44and the rest, some on boards, and some on pieces ofthe ship. And so it came to pass, that they escaped all safe to land. XXVIII. And when they were escaped,then they knew that the island was called Me- lita. 2 And the barbar- ous people shewed us no little kindness : for they kindled a fire, Ε οὐθενὺς L. c hand LTTra, 1 ἀπολεῖται Shall perish GLTTraw. ἥμεθα LTTrAW. τὰ ai πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ LTTrAW. © ἐβουλεύοντο LTTrAW. Ρ ἀρτέμωνα LTTrAW. L1( Tra]. 5 διαφύγῃ GLTTraw. we knew LrTtraw. X re LTTrAW. 4 ἐπέκειλαν LTTrA. t ἑκατοντάρχης LTTrA. ¥ wapecxyav LTTra. Y ἀπορίψαντας T. : ἅψαντες LTTrAW. k εἴπας LTTrA. π ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ GLTTrW. τ- τῶν κυμάτων W ἐπέγνωμεν 400 and received us every one, because of the pre- sent rain, and because of the cold. 3 And when Paul had ga- thered a bundle of sticks, and laid them on the fire, there came a viper out of the heat, and fastened on his hand. 4 And when the barbarians saw the venomous beast hang on his hand, they said among themselves, No doubt this man is a mur- derer, whom, though he hath escaped the sea, yet vengeance suffereth not to live. 5 And he shook off the beast into the fire, and felt noharm. 6 How- beit they looked when he should have swol- len, or fallen down dead suddenly: but after they had looked a great while, and saw no harm come to him, they changed their minds, and said that he was a god. 7 In the same quarters were possessions of the chief man of the island, whose name was Pub- lius ; who received us, and lodged us three days courteously. 8 And it came to pass, that the father of Pub- lius lay sick of a fever and of a bloody flux: to whom Paulentered in, and prayed, and laid his hands on him, and healed him. 9 So when this was done, others also, which had diseases in the island, came, and were healed: 10 who also honoured us with many hon- ours; and when we departed, they laded us with such things as were necessary. 11 And after three months we departedin a ship of Alexandria, which had wintered in the isle, whose sign was Castor and Pol- lux. 12 And landing at Syracuse, we tar- ried there three days. 13 And from thence we fetched a compass,and came to Rhegium: and ΠΡΆΞΕΙΣ. ehaBovro πάντας ἡμᾶς, διὰ τὸν ὑετὸν τὸν ἐφεστῶτα καὶ received all ofus, becauseof the rain that was present and διὰ τὸ ψύχος. 3 Συστρέψαντος.δὲ τοῦ Παύλου φρυγάνων " because ofthe cold. And “having *gathered 1Paul Sof ‘sticks πλῆθος, καὶ ἐπιθέντος ἐπὶ τὴν πυρὰν ἔχιδνα Ῥέκ' τῆς “a®quantity,and having laid[{them] on the fire a viper out of the θέρμης “ἐξελθοῦσα" καθῆψεν τῆς.χειρὸς. αὐτοῦ. 4 ὡς δὲ Δεἴδον" heat having come wound about his hand. And when “saw ot βάρβαροι κρεμάμενον τὸ θηρίον ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ 1the *barbarians Shanging “the ‘beast from his hand *tXeyov πρὸς ἀλλήλους," Πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος they said to oneanother, Byallmeansa murderer is 2man - a r ? ~ ΄ ε , ας 5 οὗτος, ὃν διασωθέντα ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ δίκη ζῇν οὐκ ‘this, whom having been saved from the sea justice *to *live *not εἴασεν. ὅ Ὃ μὲν οὖν farorwatac' τὸ θηρίον εἰς τὸ πῦρ ‘permitted. He indeed then having shaken off the beast into the fire ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν. 6 οἱ δὲ προσεδόκων αὐτὸν μέλλειν suffered no injury. But they were expecting him _ tobe about δπίμπρασθαι" ἢ καταπίπτειν ἄφνω νεκρόν. ἐπὶ. πολὺ. δὲ to become inflamed or tofalldown suddenly dead. But for a long time αὐτῶν προσδοκώντων Kai θεωρούντων μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν they expecting and seeing nothing amiss to him γινόμενον, μεταβαλλόμενοι" ἔλεγον ἰθεὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι." XXVIII. happening, changing their opinion said a god he was. 7 ᾿Ἐν.δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὸν. τόπον ἐκεῖνον ὑπῆρχεν χωρία Nowin the [parts] about that place were lands τῷ πρώτῳ τῆς νήσου, ὀνόματι Ποπλίῳ, ὃς ἀνα- belonging tothe chief of the island, by name Publius, who having δεξάμενος ἡμᾶς "τρεῖς ἡμέρας" φιλοφρόνως ἐξένισεν. received us three days in a friendly way lodged [us]. 8 ἐγένετο.δὲ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ Ποπλίου πυρετοῖς καὶ ἰδυσεν- And it happened the father of Publius “fevers ‘and “dysen- repia' συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι: πρὸς ὃν ὁ Παῦλος εἰσελ- tery ?oppressed *with ‘ay, to whom Paul having en- θὼν Kai προσευξάμενος, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ ἰάσατο tered and having prayed, having laid on [*his] Shands *him cured αὐτόν. 9 τούτου ποὖν γενομένου καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ "ἔχον- him. This therefore having taken place alsothe rest who had τες aobEveiag ἐν τῇ νήσῳ' προσήρχοντο Kai ἐθεραπεύοντο" infirmities in the island came and were healed : 10 ot καὶ πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς, Kai ἀναγομένοις who also withmany honours honoured us, and on setting sail ἐπέθεντο τὰ πρὸς “τὴν χρείαν." they laid on {us}the things for [our] need. 11 Μετὰ.δὲ τρεῖς μῆνας ἀνήχθημεν ἐν πλοίῳ παρακεχει-- Andafter three months we sailed in aship which had μακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ, ᾿Αλεξανδρίνῳ, παρασήμῳ Διοσκούροις" wintered in the island, an Alexandrian, withanensign(the] Dioscuri. 12 καὶ καταχθέντες εἰς Συρακούσας ἐπεμείναμεν Ῥὴἡμέρας And having been brought to at yracuse we remained *days τρεῖς" 13 ὅθεν περιελθόντες κατηντήσαμεν εἰς Ῥήγιον, Kai ‘three. Whence having gone round we arrived at Rhegium; and 8 + τι (read a certain quantity) LTTraw. © πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔλεγον LTTrA. 5 μεταβαλόμενοι Tra. i } πὶ δὲ and (this) LTTra. χρείας Needs LTTrAW. 4 εἶδαν τι. LTTrAw. b ἀπὸ from LTTrAW. ὁ διεξελθοῦσα AW. ' ἀποτιναἑξάμενος W. 8 ἐμπιπρᾶσθαι T. i αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν LTTrAW. k ἡμέρας τρεῖς A. | δυσεντερίῳ π ἐν τῇ νήσῳ ἔχοντες ἀσθενείας LTTTA. ο τὰς P ἡμέραις τρισίν L. XXVIII. pera play ἡμέραν ἐπιγενομένου after one day, ACTS. νότου ζευτεραῖοι *having ®come Son ‘a *south *wind, on the second day ἤλθομεν εἰς Ποτιόλους᾽ 14 οὗ εὑρόντες ἀδελφοὺς παρε- wecame to Puteoli ; where having found brethren we were κλήθημεν “ἐπ᾽" αὐτοῖς ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας ἑπτά" καὶ οὕτως "εἰς entreated “with ‘them ‘to*remain ‘days ὅβευθῃ. And thus to τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθομεν." 15 κἀκεῖθεν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἀκούσαντες Rome we came. Andthence the brethren ae hear 5 Ta περὶ ἡμῶν "ἐξῆλθον" εἰς ἀπάντησιν ἡμῖν 'ἄχρις" the things concerning us came out to meet us as far as ᾿Αππίου-.Φόρου καὶ Τριῶν 'Γαβερνῶν: odc ἰδὼν ὁ Παῦ- (the] market-place of Appius and Three Taverns ; whom ? seeing *Paui, λος, εὐχαριστήσας τῷ θεῷ ἔλαβεν θάρσος. Bere given thanks to God he took ΘΟΣΓΒΡΈΣ 16 Ὅτε.δὲ τἤλθομεν᾽ εἰς ¥ Ρώμην *0 ἑκατόνταρχος Eee And when we came to Rome _ the comers δωκεν τοὺς δεσμίους τῷ στρατοπεδάρχῃ"" vrij δὲ Παύλῳ livered the pribcners to the commander of the camp, but Paul ἐπετράπη" μένειν καθ᾽ ἑαυτόν, σὺν τῷ φυλάσσοντι αὐτὸν was allowed to remain by himself, with the *who *kept *him στρατιώτῳ. 17 ‘Eyévero.dé μετὰ ἡμέρας τρεῖς Τσυγκαλέσασ- *soldier. Anditcametopass after “7days ‘three *called *to- θαι" *roy TlavAov' τοὺς ὄντας τῶν ‘lovdaiwy πρώτους᾽ gether >Paui those who were “of *the ®Jews ‘chief “ones. συνελθόντων.δὲ αὐτῶν ἔλεγεν πρὸς αὐτούς, > Avdpec And “having *come*together ‘they he said to them, Men ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ" οὐδὲν ἐναντίον ποιήσας τῷ λαῷ ἢ τοῖς brethren, I pnothing ‘against ‘having 7done the people or the ἔθεσιν τοῖς πατρῴοις δέσμιος ἐξ “Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην 7customs tancestral a prisoner from Jerusalem was delivered εἰς τὰς χεῖρας THY Ῥωμαίων᾽ 18 οἵτινες ἀνακρίναντες με into the hands ofthe Romans, who having examined me ἐβούλοντο ἀπολῦσαι, διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου wished to let [me] go, because not one cause of death ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί. 19 ἀντιλεγόντων. δὲ τῶν ‘lovdaiwy was there in me. But *speaking *against (it) the *Jews ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι Καίσαρα, οὐχ ὡς τοῦ.ἔθνους.μου I was compelled to appeal to Ceesar, not as ἼΩΥ “nation ἔχων τι “κατηγορῆσαι." 20 διὰ ταύτην οὖν τὴν αἰτίαν ‘having *anything *to ay coats For this “therefore * cause παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς ἰδεῖν Kai προσλαλῆσαι" depecey'. I called for you tosee and tospeakto [you]; for on account of τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ ᾿Ισραὴλ τὴν.ἅλυσιν.ταύτην περίκειμαι. the hope of Israel this chain T have is [me]. 21 Οἱ. δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν “εἶπον, Ἣ μεῖς οὔτε γράμματα frepi Andthey to him said, We neither letters concerning σοῦ ἐδεξάμεθα" ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις thee received from Judza, nor having arrived any one τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀπήγγειλεν ἢ ἐλάλησέν τι περὶ σοῦ ofthe brethren reported or said anything “concerning *thee πονηρόν. 22 ἀξιοῦμεν.δὲ παρὰ σοῦ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ φρονεῖς" 1671], But we think well from ἃ παρ᾽ LITrA. thee to hear what thou thinkest, τ ἤλθαμεν εἰς Ρώμην 1,; εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθαμεν ΤΎΤΑ, ἦλθον τι. t ἄχρι TTrA. * εἰσήλθομεν We Came in LTA; εἰσήλθαμεν ‘ir. * — ὃ ἑκατόνταρχος . - στρατοπεδάρχῃ, LTTra. ἐσυν- τ. 5 αὐτὸν he GUETrAW.. "᾿Εγώ, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, LTTrA. 4 εἵνεκεν T. © εἶπαν LITrA. [ἐδεξάμεθα περὶ σοῦ L. 401 after one Gay the south wind biew, and we came the next day to Pnteoli: 14 where we found brethren, and were de- sired to tarry with them seven days: and so we went toward Rome. 15 And from thence, when the bre- thren heard of us, they came to meet us as far as Appii forum, and The three taverns: whom when Paul saw, he thanked God, and took courage. 16 And when we came to Rome, the centurion delivered the prisoners to the captain of the guard : but Paul was suffered to dwell by himself with a soldier that kept him, 17 And it came to pass, that after three days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come toge- ther,hesaid unto them, Men and brethren, though I have com- mitted nothing against the people, or customs of our fathers, yet was I delivered pri- soner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans, 18 Who, when they had examined me, would have let me go, because there was no cause of death in me, 19 But when the Jews spake against it, I was constrained to appeal unto Cesar; not that I had ought to accuse my nation of. 20 For this cause therefore have 1 called for you, to sce you, and to speak with you: be- cause that for the hope ef Israei I am bound with this chain. 21 And they said unto him, We neither received letters out of Judzwa concerning thee, nei- ther any of the bre- thren that came shew- ed or spake any harm of thee. 22 But we desire to hear of thee what thou thinkest: ε ἦλθαν came ΤΊΤΑ ; ~ + σὴν Τὶ » ἐπετράπη τῷ Παύλῳ (omit but) ττττα. - κατηγορεῖν LTTra. DD 402 for as concerning this sect, we know that every where it is spo- ken against. 23 And when they had ap- pointed him a day, there came many to kim into his lodging ; to whom he expounded and testified the king- dom of God, persuad- ing them concerning Jesus, both out of the law of Moses, and out of the prophets, from morning tili evening. 24 And some believed the things which were spoken, and some be- lieved not. 25 And when they agreed not among themselves, they departed, after that Paul had spoken one word, Well spake the Holy Ghost by Esaias the prophet un- to our fathers, 26 say- ing, Go unto this peo- ple, and say, Hearing ye shall hear, andshall not understand; and seeing ye shall see, and not perceive: 27 for the heart of this pco- ple is waxed gross, and their ears are dull of hearing, and their eyes have they closed; lest they should see with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and understand with their heart, and should be converted, and 1 should heal them. 28 Be it known therefore unto you, that the salvation of God is sent unto the Geutiles, and fhat they will hear it. 29 And when he had said these words, the Jews departed, and had great reasoning among themselves. 30 And Paul dwelt two whole years in his own hired house, and Teceived all that came in unto him, 31 preach- ing the kingdom of God,and teaching those things which concern the Lord Jesus Christ, with all confidence, no man _ forbidding hin. Tl RAZ EI &. XXVIII. TEpi-viv.yap τῆς αἱρέσεως.ταύτης γνωστόν Siorw ἡμῖν" for indeed as concerning this sect known it is to us ὅτι πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται. 23 Ταξάμενοι.δὲ αὐτῷ ἡμέραν that everywhere it is spoken against. Andhaving appointed him ἃ day ἧκον πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ξενίαν πλείονες: οἷς ἐξετίθετο came to him to the lodging to whom he expounded, διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, πείθων.τε αὐτοὺς many, fully testifying the kingdom of God, and persuading them irq περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἀπό.τε τοῦ νόμου ἘΜωσέως" the things concerning Jesus, both from the law of Moses ‘ me ~ ? " 3. .“ ς Ud ‘ c Kai τῶν προφητῶν, ἀπὸ πρωϊ EWC ἑἕσπερας. 24 Kai οἱ and the prophets, from morning to evening. And some μὲν ἐπείθοντο τοῖς “λεγομένοις, οἱ. δὲ ἠπίστουν. indeed were persuaded of the things spoken, but some disbelieved. "» 7 ; Ιδὲ ie. ‘ AX ΄ λ ᾽ Ν ΄ > , 25 ἀσύμφωνοι." δε ὄντες moog ἀλλήλους ἀπελύοντο, εἰπὸν- And disagreeing with one another they departed; *having ~ ΄ tw ΄ ~ A ~ A roc τοῦ Παύλου ῥῆμα ἕν, Ὅτι καλῶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον %spoken δὰ] Sword ‘one, Well the Spirit the Holy ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας spoke by Esaias the prophet to ?fathers "LGV," 26 "λέγον," Πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν.λαὸν. τοῦτον Kai our, saying, Go to this people, and simé,' ᾿Ακοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ-.μὴ συνῆτε" Kai βλέποντες say, In hearing ye shall hear, and in no wise understand, and seeing βλέψετε, καὶ ov.pap ἴδητε. 27 ἐπαχύνθη.γὰρ ἡ καρδία ye shall sec, and in no wise perceive. For has grown fat the heart Tov_Aaov.ToUTOU, Kai τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ of this people, and with the ears heavily they have heard, and τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς. αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν' μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς their eyes they have closed, lest theyshouldsee with the ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, Kai τῇ καρδίᾳ eyes, and with the ears they should hear, and with the heart συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν, καὶ Ῥίάσωμαι" αὐτούς. they should understand, and should be converted, and Ishouldheal them. 28 Γνωστὸν οὖν “ἔστω ὑμῖν," Ore τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τ Known therefore beit toyou, that tothe nations is sent τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ, αὐτοὶ καὶ ἀκούσονται. ῶ9 "Καὶ ταῦτα the salvation of God; and they will hear. And these things αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος ἀπῆλθον ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, πολλὴν ἔχοντες ἐν he having said #went‘*away 'the Jews, ®much Shaving "among ἑαυτοὶς συζήτησιν." *themselyes “discussion. 30 “Epevey’ δὲ %0 Παῦλος" διετίαν ὕλην ἐν ἰδίῳ μισ- And “abode *Paul two “years ‘whole in his own hired θώματι, Kai ἀπεδέχετο πάντας τοὺς εἰσπορευομένους πρὸς house, and welcomed all who came in to αὐτόν, 81 κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai διδάσκων him, proclaiming the kingdom of God, and teaching τὰ περὶ τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ “χριστοῦ, μετὰ πάσης the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ, with all παῤῥησίας ἀκωλύτως. * freedom unhinderedly. & ἡμῖν ἐστιν LTTrA. πὶ ὑμῶν your LTTrA. a ὑμῖν ἔστω A. εἰ νέμεινεν TTrA. k Μωῦσέως GLTTrAW. l ren, P ἰάσομαι I shall heal rrra. # — verse 29 LTTrA. ¥ — χριστοῦ T. h ἦλθον LTTrA. {— τὰ LTTrA. ἃ λέγων TTrA. 5 εἰπόν GLITrAW. τ + τοῦτο (read this salvation) LTTrA. τ — 6 IlavAos (read he abode) GLTTraw. * + Πράξεις ᾿Αποστόλων Tra. ‘HAYAOY TOY AIIOSTOAOY H ΠΡῸΣ ΡΩΜΑΙΟΥΣ 70F *PAUL ΤῊ *APOSTLE ‘THE "TO [(*THE}] *ROMANS EMMSTOAH.' 7EPISTLE. ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ δοῦλος ἢ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ," κλητὸς ἀπόστολος; ἀφω- Paul, bondman ofJesus Christ, a called apostle, sepa- plopévoc εἰς εὐαγγέλιον θεοῦ, 2 0 προεπηγγείλατο διὰ rated to gladtidings ofGod, which he before promised through τῶν. προφητῶν.αὐτοῦ ἐν γραφαῖς ἁγίαις, 3 περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ his prophets in ?writings ‘holy, concerning 7Son αὐτοῦ, Tov γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος “Δαβὶδ κατὰ this, who came of [the] seed of David according to σάρκα, 4 τοῦ ὁρισθέντος υἱοῦ θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει. κατὰ flesh, who was marked out Son of God in power, according to [the] πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης, ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν, ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ Spirit of holiness, by resurrection of{the] dead— Jesus Christ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν, 5 dv οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν Kai ἀποστολὴν our Lord; by whom wereceived grace and _ apostleship εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ὑπὲρ τοῦ unto obedience offaith among all the nations, in behalf of ὀνόματος.αὐτοῦ, 6 ἐν οἷς ἐστε Kai ὑμεῖς, κλητοὶ ᾿Ιησοῦ his name, among whom are also ye, called of Jesus χριστοῦ" 7 πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ ἀγαπητοῖς θεοῦ, Christ: toall thosewho are in Rome beloved of God, κλητοῖς ἁγίοις" χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς. ἡμῶν called saints: grace toyou and peace from God our Father καὶ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. and Lord Jesus Christ. ~ x > ~ - - ws > ~ ~ ὃ Πρῶτον μὲν εὐχαριστῶ τῷ.θεῴῷ.μου διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ First, I thank my God through Jesus Christ “ὑπὲρ' πάντων ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἡ-.πίστις. ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν for 7all you, that your faith is announced in ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ" 9 μάρτυς. γάρ μου ἐστὶν ὁ θεός, ᾧ λατρεύω 2whole‘the world; for*witness *my 7is 1God, whom I serve ἐν τῷ.πνεὐύματίμου ἐν TH εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ.υἱοῦ. αὐτοῦ, ὡς in my spirit in the glad tidings of his Son, how ἀδιαλείπτως μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι, 10 πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν unceasingly mention of you I make, always at προσευχῶν. μου δεόμενος, “εἴπως᾽ ἤδη ποτὲ εὐοδωθήσομαι my prayers beseeching, if by any means now at lengthI shall be prospered ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς" 11 ἐπιποθῶ.γὰρ by the will of God tocome_ to you, For I long ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς, wa τι μεταδῶ χάρισμα ὑμῖν πνευματικόν, tosee you, that βοῖὴθ ἹἿ ἼἸΩΔΥ ‘impart gift Sto 7you spiritual, εἰς TO στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς, 192 τοῦτο.δέι ἐστιν, 'συμπαρα- to the([end]*be*established ‘ye, that is, to be comforted PAUL, a servant of Jesus Christ, called to be an apostle, separat- ed unto the gospel of God, 2 (which he had promised afore by his prophets in the holy seriptures,) 3 concern- ing his Son Jesus Christ our Lord, whick was made of the seed of David according to the flesh; 4 and de- clared to be the Son of God with power, ac- cording to the spirit of holiness, by the resur- rection from the dead : 5 by whom we have received grace and apostleship, for obedi- ence to the faith mong all nations, for his name: 6 among whom are ye also the called of Jesus Christ: 7 to all that be in Rome, beloved of God, called to be saints: Grace to vou and peace from God our Father, and the Lord Jesus Christ. a- 8 First, I thank my God through Jesus Christ for you all, that your faith is spoken of throughout the whole world. 9 For God is my witness, whom I serve with my spirit in the gospel of his, Son, that without ceasing I make men- tion of you always in my prayers; 10 mak- ing request, if by any means now at length I might have a pros- perous journey by the will of God to come unto you. 11 For J long to see you, that I may impart unto you some spiritual gift, to the end ye may be e€s- tablished ; 12 that is, that I may be com- forted together witk @ TlavAov ᾿Επιστολὴ πρὸς Ῥωμαιους α; Πρὸς Ῥω. TAW ; ᾿Επιστολαὶ Παύλου. ἱστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ τττ. συν- TA. Epistles of Paul. To [the] Romans rr. b david aw. a περὶ LITraW. ε εἴ πως LTrA. Πρὸς “Pa. © Δανεὶδ LYTra 5 404 you by the mutual faith both of you and me. 13 Now [I would not have you ignorant, brethren, that often- times I purposed to come unto you, (but was let hitherto,) that I might have some fruitamong you also, even as among other Gentiles. 14 1 am debtor both to the Greeks, and to the Barbarians ; both to the wise, and to the unwise. 15 So, as much as in me is, lam ready to preach the gospel to you that are at Rome also. 16 For I am not ashamed of the gospel Y of Christ : for it is the power of God unto salvation to every one that believeth ; to the Jew first, and aiso to the Greek. 17 For therein is the right- eousness of God re- yealed from faith to faith : asit is written, The just shall live by faith. 13 For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and un- righteousness of men, who hold the truth in unrighteousness ; 19 because that which may be known of God is manifest in them; for God hath shewed τὲ unto them. 20 For the invisible things of him from the creation of the worldare clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even his eternal power and Godhead ; so that they are with- ont excuse : 21 because that, when they knew God, they glorified him not as God, nei- ther were thankful; but became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish heart was darkened. 22 Pro- fessing themselves to be wise, they became fools, 23 and changed the glory of the un- corruptible God into an image made like to corruptible man, and to birds, and fourfoot- ed beasts, and creep- ing things. 24 Where- fore God also gave them up to unclean- ness through the lusts of their own hearts, to ΠΡΟΣ VEO ALTO Yes: 1 κληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως ὑμῶν.τε together among you, through the 7in “one *another ‘faith, both yours καὶ ἐμοῦ" 13 οὐ.θέλω.δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, ὕτι πολ- and mine. But Ido not wish you tobeignorant, brethren, that many λάκις προεθέμην ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, Kai ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ times Iproposed tocome to you, and was hindered until the δεῦρο, iva ἐκαρπόν τινα σχῶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, καθὼς present, that “fruit ‘some I might have also among you, according as καὶ ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν. 14 “Ἑλλησίν.τε καὶ βαρβάροις, also among the other nations. Both to Greeks and _ barbarians, ~ ι ᾽ 4 ? μ DLs. er x ΔΑ x σοφοῖς.τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις, ὀφειλέτης εἰμί: 15 οὕτως τὸ κατ᾽ ἐμὲ bothtowise and unintelligent, adebtor Iam: so asto me πρόθυμον καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς ἐν Ῥώμῃ εὐαγ- (there is] readiness 4180 ‘*to*you ‘who [7810] 'π *Rome ‘to ?announce ελίσασθαι. 16 οὐ.γὰρ.ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον rod the glad tidings. For I am not ashamed of the gladtidings of the χριστοῦ" δύναμις.γὰρ θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ τῷ Christ: for power of God itis unto saivation to every one that πιστεύοντι, ᾿Ιουδαίῳ.τε ἱπρῶτον" καὶ Ἕλληνι. 17 δικαιοσύνη believes, both to Jew first and to Greek: *righteousness yap θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν, *for of God in it is revealed by faith to faith; καθὼς γέγραπται, ὋὉ.δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται. according as it has been written, Βαὺ the just by faith shall live. ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν from heaven upon all ~ A ? 7 ? τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν 18 ᾿Αποκαλύπτεται. γὰρ ὀργὴ θεοῦ For there is revealed wrath of God ἀνθρώπων ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ungodliness andunrighteousness of men who the truth in ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων. 19 διότι τὸ.γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ unrighteousness hold. Because that which is known of God φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὁ. ξγὰρ.θεὸς" αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν" “manifest ‘is among them, for God tothem manifested [it]; 20 τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου τοῖς forthe inyisiblethings ofhim from creation of{the] world by the ποιήμασιν voovpeva καθορᾶται, ἥ.τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύνα- things made being understood are perceived, both eternal ‘his power pug Kai θειότης, εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους. 21 διότι and divinity; for 7to *be ‘them without excuse. Because γνόντες τὸν θεόν, οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν ἢ 'εὐχαρίο- having known God, not as God they glorified [him] or were thank- τησαν," ἀλλ᾽ ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς. αὐτῶν, Kai ful; but became vain in their reasonings, and ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία" 22 φάσκοντες was darkened the *without °understanding *of*them *heart: professing εἶναι σοφοὶ ἐμωράνθησαν, 23 καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ tobe wise they became fools, and changed the glory of the ἀφθάρτου θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου incorruptible God into alikeness of an image of corruptible man καὶ πετεινῶν καὶ τετραπόδων καὶ ἑρπετῶν. 24 διὸ "καὶ" and of birds and quadrupeds and creeping things. Wherefore also παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν.καρδιῶν.αὐ- 3gave *up *them 'God in the desires of their hearts τῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν, τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τα.σὠματα.αὐτῶν ἐν το uncleanness, 30 *be *dishonoured ‘their *bodies between τινὰ καρπὸν GLTTrAW. nv χαοιστησαν QLTTra- h — τοῦ χριστοῦ GLITrAW. ‘[mpwrov] L. * θεὸς yap GLTTrAW πὶ ἀλλὰ Tr. 2 — καὶ LTTr{A]. 1 ArT. ROMANS. οἑαυτοῖς"" 25 οἵτινες μετήλλαξαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν themselves: who changed the truth of God into τῷ Wedd, Kai ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει falsehood, and reverenced and served the created thing παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα, ὃς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. beyond him who created [it], who is blessed to the ages. 2 4 4 ~ ͵ ? 4 c 4 > / ἀμήν. 26 διὰ τοῦτο παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς εἰς πάθη Amen. For this reason gave *up them 1God to passions ἀτιμίας" αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν ofdishonour, “both ‘for *females “their changed the natural χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν" 27 dpoiwePre! Kai οἱ Iappevec' use into that contrary to nature; andinlikemanneralsothe males ἀφέντες THY φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας, ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ having Ἰοὺ the natural use ofthe female, wereinflamed in ὀ ἐξε > ~ ? ἀλλήλ ΤΣ Ι >? 327 ll a ρεξειιαὐτῶν εἰς ἥλους, τἄρσενες᾽ ἐν “ἄρσεσιν" τὴν their lust towards one another, males with males ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι, καὶ THY ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει shame 1working “out, and the recompense which was fit ae, » > ἂν ? ε - > , ‘ τῆς.πλάνης. αὐτῶν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες. 28 καὶ of their error in themselves receiving. And καθὼς οὐκ.ἐδοκίμασαν τὸν θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει, according as they did not approve *God ‘to *have in [their] knowledge, παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν, ποιεῖν τὰ μὴ ?gave ‘up Sthem 1God to anunapproving mind, todo things not καθήκοντα, 29 πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πορνείᾳ," fitting ; being filled with all unrighteousness, fornication, ὑπονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ" μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, wickedness, covetousness, malice; fu ofenvy, murder, strife, δόλου, κακοηθείας" Ψψιθυριστάς, 30 καταλάλους, θεοστυγεῖς, 3 guile, evil dispositions ; whisperers, slanderers, hateful to God, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας, ἐφευρετὰῈς κακῶν. insolent, proud, vyaunting, inventors of evil things γονεῦσιν ἀπειθεῖς, 31 ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀ- to parents disobedient, without understanding, perfidious, without , , 2 , , " στόργους, πἀσπόνδους,) ἀνελεήμονας: 82 οἵτινες τὸ natural affection, implacable, unmerciful ; who the δικαίωμα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπιγνόντες, ὅτι οἱ τὰ.τοιαῦτα righteous judgment of God having known, that those’ such things πράσσοντες ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν, οὐ μόνον αὐτὰ ποιοῦσιν, doing worthy of death are, not only 7them ‘practise, ἀλλὰ Kai συνευδοκοῦσιν τοῖς πράσσουσιν. but also 46 consenting to those that do [them]. Q Διὸ ἀναπολόγητος εἶ, ὦ ἄνθρωπε. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων" Wherefore imexcusable thouart,O man, every one who judgest, ἐν ᾧ.γὰρ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις" for in that in which thou judgest the other, thyself thou condemnest : Ta.yap αὐτὰ πράσσεις ὁ κρίνων. 2 οἴδαμεν *Oé' OTL τὸ forthe same things thou doest who judgest. *We *know ‘but that the κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα accordingto truth uponthosethat such things τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων this, 10) man, who judgest κρῖμα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν judgment of God is πράσσοντας. 3 λογίζῃ.δὲ do. And reckonest thou τοὺς ταιτοιαῦτα πράσσοντας καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι those that such things do, and practisest them [thyself], that © αὐτοῖς LTTrA. Ρ δὲ x. 4 ἄρσενες ELTrAW. τ ἄῤῥενες T. τ-- πορνείᾳ GLTTrAW. σπόνδους LITrAW. x yap for τ. ’ κακίᾳ πονηρίᾳ πλεονεξίᾳ, L; πονηρίᾳ κακίᾳ πλε. T. 405 dishonour their own bodies between theme selves: 25 whochanged the truth of God into a lie, and worshipped and served the crea- ture more than the Creator, who is blessed for ever. Amen. 26 For this cause God gave them up unto vile af- fections: for even their women did changethe natural use into that which is against na- ture: 27 and likewise also the men, leaving the natural use of the woman, burned in their lust one toward another; men with men working’ that which isunseemly, and receiving in them- selves that recompence of their error which was meet. 28 Andeven as they did not like to retain God in their knowledge, God gave them over to a repro- bate mind, to dothose things which are not convenient; 29 being filled with all unright- eousness, fornication, wickedness, covetous- ness, maliciousness ; full of envy, murder, debate, deceit, ma- lignity ; whisperers, 30 backbiters, haters of God, despiteful, proud, boasters, in- yentors of evil things, disobedient to parents, 31 without under- standing, covenant- breakers, without na- tural affection, im- placable, unmerciful : 32 who knowing the judgment of God, that they which commit such things are worthy of death, not only do the same, but have pleasure in them that do them. 11. Therefore thou art inexcusable, O man, whosoever thou art that judgest: for wherein thou judgest another, thou con- demnest thyself; for thou that judgest doest the same things. 2 But we are sure that the judgment of God is ac- cording to truth a- gainst them which commit such things, 3 And thinkest thou this, O man, that judgest them which do such things, and doest the same, that thou 5 dppeow T. ee 406 shalt escape the judg- ment of God? 4 or despisest thou the riches of his good- ness and forbearance and longsuffering ; not knowing that the goodness of God lead- eth thee to repentance? 5 But after thy hard- ness and impenitent heart treasurest up un- to thyself wrath a- gainmst the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judg- ment of God; 6 who will render to every man according to his deeds : 7 to them who by patient continu- ance in well doing seek for glory and honour and immortal- ity, eternal life: 8 but unto them that are contentious, and do not obey the truth, but obey unrighteousness, indignation andwrath, 9 tribulation and an- guish, upon every soul of man that doeth evil, of the Jew first, and also of the Gentile; 10 but glory, honour, and peace, to every man that worketh good, to the Jew first, and also to the Gen- tile: 11 for there is no respect of persons with God, 12 For as many as have sinned with- out law shall also perish without law: and as many as have sinned in the law shall be judged by the law; 13 (for not the hearers of the law are just before God, but the doers of the law shall be justified. 14 For when the Gentiles, which have not the law. do by nature the things contained in the law, these, having not the law, are a law unto themselves : 15 which shew _ the work of the law writ- ten in their hearts, their conscience also bearing witness, and their thoughts the mean While accusing or else excusing one another ;) 16 in the day when God shall judge the secrets of Inen by Jesus Christ according to my gos- pel. 17 Behold, thou art called a Jew, and restest in the law, and Y — μὲν LT Tr. LITrAW. € χοιστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ T. 2 ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός GLTTrAW. ¢ — τῷ [17]}Ὁτ-Ψ ΠΡῸΣ YRA@apAd 0 Y =. II. σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρῖμα τοῦ θεοῦ; 4 ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρη- thou shalt escape the judgment of God? or the riches of the kind- στότητος αὐτοῦ Kai τῆς ἀνοχῆς Kai THC μακροθυμίας κατα- mess of him and the forbearance and the long-suffering despisest φρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν bre TO χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς μετάνοιάν σε thou, not knowing that the kindness of God to repentance thee ἄγει; 5 κατὰ. δὲ τὴν.σκληρότητά.σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον leads? but according to thy hardness and impenitent καρδίαν θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς Kai ἀπο- heart treasurest up tothyself wrath in aday of wrath and re- καλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ θεοῦ. 6 ὃς ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ velation of righteous judgment of God, who willrender toeach κατὰ τὰ ἔργα.αὐτοῦ. 7 τοῖς μὲν καθ᾽ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου according to his works : to those that with endurance in *work ἀγαθοῦ, δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ζητοῦσιν, ζωὴν good, glory and honour and incorruptibility are seeking— life αἰώνιον. ὃ τοῖς. δὲ ἐξ ἐριθείας, καὶ ἀπειθοῦσιν μὲν" τῇ eternal, But to those of contention, and who disobey the ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις. δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, Ζθυμὸς καὶ ὀργή," truth, unrighteousness— indignation and wrath, 9 θλίψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ but obey tribulation and strait, on every soul of man that κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν, ᾿Ιουδαίου.τε πρῶτον καὶ “Ἑλληνος" works out evil, both of Jew first and of Greek; 10 δόξα. δὲ καὶ τιμὴ Kai εἰρήνη παντὶ τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ but glory and honour and _ peace to everyone that works > , ? a , ~ ‘ or > , 9, ἀγαθόν, ᾿ἸΙουδαίῳ. τε πρῶτον καὶ “Ἑλληνι' 11 ov_yap.éorw good, both to Jew first, and to Greek: for there is not : Apia’ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. 12 booryap ἀνόμως ἥ προσωποληψία᾽ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. 12 Ὁσοι.γὰρ ἀνόμως ἡμαρτον, respect of persons with God. For as many as without law sinned, ἀνόμως Kai ἀπολοῦνται" καὶ ὕσοι ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον, da withoutlaw also shall perish ; andasmany asin law sinned, by νόμου κριθήσονται, 18 οὐ.γὰρ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ ὑτοῦ" νόμου δίκαιο law 5881] be judged, (for not the hearers ofthe law [are] just παρὰ “τῷ" θεῷ, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ ποιηταὶ ὕτοῦ" νόμου δικαιωθήσονται. with God, but the doers, ofthe law shall be justified. 14 “ταν.γὰρ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα φύσει τὰ For when nations which “not “law 1have by nature the things τοῦ νόμου Ἱποιῇ,, οὗτοι νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες, ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν of the law practise, these, law not having, tothemselves are νόμος" 15 οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον TOU νόμου γραπτὸν a law ; who shew the work ofthe law written ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις. αὐτῶν, ἐσυμμαρτυρούσης" αὐτῶν τῆς συνει- in their hearts, Spearing *witness °with ‘their 2con- δήσεως, καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων science, and between one another the reasonings accusing ἢ Kai ἀπολογουμένων, 16 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ fore κρινεῖ ὁ θεὸς or also defending ;) in aday when ’shall*judge ‘God τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ τὸ. εὐαγγέλιόν. μου, διὰ the secrets of men, according to my glad tidings, by 8’ Inoov χριστοῦ." Jesus Christ. 17 "Ide! σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ, καὶ ἐπαναπαύῃ 'τῷ" Lo, thou a Jew art named, and restest in the b — τοῦ the 2 προσωπολημψία LITrA. f 7 in which wa. 4 ποιῶσιν LTTrA. © gup- 7. a εἰ δὲ but if GLrTraw. i — τῷ the LTTraw. PEATE ROMANS. νόμῳ, Kai καυχᾶσαι ἐν θεῷ, 18 Kai γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα, Kai law, and boastest in God, and knowest the will, and δοκιμάζεις τὰ διαφέροντα, κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ approvest the things that are moreexcellent, being instructed out of the νόμου" 19 πέποιθάς.τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν, law; and art persuaded [that] thyself aguide art of [the] blind, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει, 20 παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον a light of those in darkness, an instructor of [the] foolish, a teacher νηπίων, ἔχοντα THY μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως Kai τῆς ἀληθείας of infants, having the form of knowledge and ofthe truth ἐν τῷ voup: 21 d.oty διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ δι- in the law: thou then that teachest another, thyself ποῦ ‘dost δάσκειο: ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις; 22 ὁ ?thou teach? ἐμοῦ that proclaimest not tosteal, dost thousteal? thou that λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις; ὁ sayest not to commit adultery, dost thou commit adultery? thon that βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς ; 95 ὃς ey abhorrest idols, dost thou commit sacrilege? thou who in νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι; διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου τὸν θεὸν law boastest, throughthe transgression ofthe law God ἀτιμάζεις; 24 Τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ dv ὑμᾶς βλασ- ‘dishonourest *thou? For the name of God through you is blas- φημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καθὼς γέγραπται. 26 Περι- phemed among the nations, according as it has been written. 7Circum- τομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς" ἐὰν δὲ cision ‘indeed ‘for profits if [the] law thou doest; but if παραβάτης νόμου ἧς, ἡ-περιτομή.σου ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν. atransgressor of law thouart, thy circumcision uncircumcision has become. 26 ἐὰν οὖν ἡ ἀκροβυστία τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσ- If therefore the uncircumcision the requirements ofthe law keep, oy, "οὐχὶ" ἡ ἀκροβυστία.αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται: οὗ Shis*uncircumcision ‘for ‘circumcision ‘shall be reckoned? 27 καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, TOY νόμον τελοῦσα, and ®shall*judge ‘the *by *nature “uncircumcision, *the “law ‘fulfilling, σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος Kai περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου; thee who with letter and circumcision [art] atransgressor of law? 28 οὐ.γὰρ ὁ ἐν. τῷ. φανερῷ Ἰουδαῖός ἐστιν, οὐδὲ For ποῦ he that [158 9056] outwardly 24 ον lis, neither ε 3 ~ ~ > ‘ , ie ] > >I « ἡ ἐν τῷ. φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ περιτομή᾽ 29 ᾿ἀλλ᾽ ὁ that outwardly in flesh [is] circumcision ; but he that [is] ἐν.τῷ.κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας ἐν πνεύ- hiddenly a Jew [is one]; and circumcision [is] of heart, in spi- ματι, οὐ γράμματι οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, rit, not inletter; of whom the praise [is] not of men, τ ἀλλ᾿" ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ. but οἵ God. 3 Ti οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ Tic ἡ ὠφέλεια What then [is] the superiority of the Jew? or whatthe profit τῆς περιτομῆς; 2 πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον. πρῶτον μὲν of the circumcision ? Much in every way: z "yap! ὅτι ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ. 3 τί.γάρ, εἰ for that they were entrusted with the oracles of God. For what, if ἠπίστησάν τινες; μὴ ἡ.ἀπιστία. αὐτῶν THY πίστιν τοῦ θεοῦ "not *believed ‘some? 5their unbelief MNthe ‘faith of *God 407 makest thy boast of God, 18 and knowest his will, and approv- est the things that are more excellent, being instructed out of the law ; 19 and art con- fident that thou thy- self art a guide of the blind, a light of them which are in darkness, 20 an instructor of the foolish, a teacher of babes, which hast the form of knowledge and of the truth in the law. 21 Thou there- fore which teachest another, teachest thou not thyself ? thou that preachest a man should not steal, dost thou steal? 22 thon that sayest a man should not commit adultery, dost thou commit a- dultery? thou that abhorrest idols, dost thou commit sacrilege? 23 thou that makest thy boast of the law, through breaking the law dishonourest thou God ? 24 For the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles through you, as it is written. 25 For circum- cision verily profiteth, if thou keep the law: but if thou be a break- er of the law, thy cir- cumcision is madeun- circumcision. 26 There- fore if the uncireum- cision keep the right- eousness of the law, shall not his uncir- cumcision be count- ed for circumcision ? 27 And shall not un- circumcision which is by nature, if it fulfil the law, judge thee, who by the letter and circumcision dost transgress the law? 28 For he isnot aJew, which is one outward- ly; neither is that circumcision, which is outward in the flesh : 29 but he is a Jew, which is one inward- ly ; and circumcision is that of the heart, in the spirit, and not in the letter; whose praise 7s not of men, but of God. Ill. What advan- tage then hath the Jew? or what profit is there of circumci- sion? 2 Much every way : chiefly, because that unto them were committed the oracles EERE k ovy LTTr. ι ἀλλὰ LTr. πὶ ἀλλὰ Tr. 2 --- γὰρ τιτι[Α]. 408 of God. 3 For whatif some did not believe ? shall their unbelief make the faith of God without effect? 4 God forbid: yea, let God be true, but every mana liar ; as it is written, That thou mightest be justified in thy say- ings, and mightest overcome when thou art judged. 5 Butif our unrighteousness com- mend the righteous- ness of God, what shall we say? Js God un- righteous who taketh vengeance? (I speak as a man) 6 God for- bid: for then how shall God judge the world? 7 For if the truth of God hath more abounded through my lie unto his glory; why yet am I also judged as a sinner? 8 And not rather, (as we be slanderously re- ported, and as some af- firm that we say,) Let us do evil, that good may come? whose damnation is just. 9 What then? are we better than they? No, in no wise: for we have before proved both Jews and Gen- tiles, that they are all under sin; 10 as it is written, There is none righteous, no, notone: 11 there is none that understandeth, there is none that seeketh after God. 12 They are all gone out of the way, they are together become unprofitable; there is none that do- eth good, no, not one. 13 Their throat i an open sepulchre ; with their tongues they have used deceit ; the poison of asps ts under their lips: 14 whose mouth zs full of curs- ing and _ bitterness: 15 their feet are swift to shed blood: 16 de- struction and misery are in their ways: 17 and the way of peace have they not known: 18 there is no fear of God before their eyes. 19 Now we know that what things soever the law saith, it saith to them who are under thelaw: that every mouth may be stopped, and all the world may become guilty before God. ΠΡΟΣ: PQOMATIOYsS. καταργήσει; 4 μὴ-.γένοιτο" γινέσθω δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἀληθής, “shall ™make ®of ὅπο '°effect? τηδῦ itnot be! but let “be "God true, πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης, °Kabwe' γέγραπται, Ὅπως τπ| and every man false, according as it has been written, That av.ducaw0yc ἐν τοῖς.λόγοις.σου, Kai Ῥνικήσῃς" ἐν τῷ thou shouldest be justified in thy words, and overcome in κρίνεσθαί.σε. 5 Ἐῤδὲ ἡ -ἀδικία-ἡμῶν θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνί- thy being judged. Butif our unrighteousness 7God’s “righteousness ‘com- στησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν; μὴ ἄδικος ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν mend, what shallwesay? ([is]?unrighteous ‘*God who inflicts dpynv; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω. 6 μὴ.γένοιτο᾽ ἐπεὶ πῶς wrath? According to man I speak, Mayit not be! since how κρινεῖ ὁ θεὸς τὸν κόσμον ; 7 εἰ Iydp' ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ θεοῦ shall*judge ‘God the world? *7If ‘for the truth of God ἐν rp iup-pevopare ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν.δόξαν. αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι in my lie abounded to his glory, why yet καθὼς Bdac- and not, accordingas we are καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, Ὅτι injuriously charged and according as “affirm ‘some([that] we say, ποιήσωμεν τὰ.κακὰ ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ. ἀγαθά; ὧν τὸ κρῖμα Let us practise evil things that *may *come ‘good “things? whose judgment EVOLKOV ἐστιν. 2just tis. 9 Ti οὖν; προεχόμεθα ; οὐ-πάντως" προῃτιασάμεθα.γὰρ κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; ὃ καὶ μὴ Salso7I ‘as 5a Ssinner lam judged? φημούμεθα, What then? are we better? not at all: for we before charged ? , , 0 ’ ε > e , Iovdaiove.re kai Ἕλληνας πάντας ὑφ᾽ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι, both Jews and Greeks all Sunder ‘sin ('with] “being: 10 καθὼς γέγραπται, Ὅτι οὐκ.ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ according as it has been written, There is not a righteous one, not even sic’ 11 οὐκ.ἔστιν τὸ" συνιῶν, οὐκ.ἔστιν 20" ἐκζητῶν one: there is not [one] that understands, there is not [one] that seeks after 4 , , 7 , ida t > , θ τὸν θεόν. 12 πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, apa ἠχρειωθη- God. All did go out of the way, together they became unprofit- cav'" οὐκιἔστιν * ποιῶν χρηστότητα, ovK-éoTLY ἕως able; there is not [one] practising kindness, there is not so much as ἑνός. 18 τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ-.λάρυγξ αὐτῶν, ταῖς γλώσσαις one; ’sepulchre ‘an “opened [is] their throat, with *tongues αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν᾽ ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ.χείλη.αὐτῶν" ‘their they used deceit: poison ofasps [is] under their lips: 14 ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς Kai πικρίας γέμει" 15 ὀξεῖς οἱ of whom the mouth swift 4 ? ~ ? , - , ν , πόδες.αὐτῶν ἐκχέαι αἷμα: 16 σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία their feet toshed blood; ruin and misery ἐν ταῖς.ὁδοῖς. αὐτῶν: 17 Kai ὁδὸν εἰρήνης in their ways ; and a way of cursing and of bitterness is full; [816] οὐκ.ἔγνωσαν. of peace they did not know: 18 οὐκἔστιν φόβος θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν.ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν. there is no fear of God before their eyes. 19 Oidapev.dé ὅτι ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Now we know that whatsoever the law says, tothose in the law λαλεῖ: ἵνα πᾶν orépa gpayy, Kai ὑπόδικος γένηται it speaks, that every mouth may be stopped, and under judgment be ο καθάπερ TTr. * ηχρεώθησαν ΤΊτ. ᾳ δὲ but τι τ-- 6 L[Tr]. 5 [ὁ] 1 w + [αὐτῶν] (read their mouth) tL. P νικήσεις Shalt overcome T, ¥ + ὃ (read that practises) T. Ing IV. ROMANS. θήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ" διὰ.γὰρ νόμου ἐπί- justified phe ‘ flesh before him; forthrough law [is] know- it. γνωσις ἁμαρτίας. ledge of sin. 21 Νυνὶ. δὲ χωρὶς νόμου δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ πεφανέρωται. But now apartfrom law righteousness of God has been manifested, μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου Kai τῶν προφητῶν" 92 ὃδι- being bornewitness to by the law and the prophets : ?right- καιοσύνη δὲ θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς πάντας eousness ἰδύβῃ οἵ σοῦ through faith ofJesus Christ, towards all *kai ἐπὶ πάντας! τοὺς πιστεύοντας" οὐ-.γάρ.ἐστιν διαστολή" and upon all those that believe : forthereisno difference: 23 πάντες. γὰρ ἥμαρτον Kai ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ, for all sinned and come short ofthe glory of God ; 24 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ. αὐτοῦ.χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυ- being justified gratuitously by his grace, through the re- τρώσεως THC ἐν χριστῷ ‘Inoov, 25 ὃν προέθετο ὁ θεὸς demption which [15] 'π Christ Jesus ; whom ?set *forth *God ἱλαστήριον διὰ. Υὑτῆς" πίστεως ἐν τῷ. αὐτοῦ. αἵματι, εἰς ἔν- ἃ mercy seat through faith in his blood, for a shew- δειξιν τῆς.δικαιοσύνης. αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν τῶν ing forth of his righteousness, in respect of the passing by the προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων 2306 ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ *that *had *before *taken *place θεοῦ, mpdc* ἔνδειξιν τῆς.δικαιοσύνης. αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν of God; for [the] shewing forth of his righteousness in the present καιρῷ; εἰς τὸ εἶναι.αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ ‘sins in the forbearance time, for his being just and justifying him that [is] of [the] πίστεως Ἰησοῦ. 27 Ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις; ἐξεκλείσθη. faith of Jesus, Where then{[is]the boasting? It was excluded. διὰ ποίου vopov; τῶν ἔργων; οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου Through what law ? of works? No, but through a law πίστεως. 98 λογιζόμεθα “οὖν ὕπίστει δικαιοῦσθαι" ἄνθρω- of faith. ?We*reckon ‘therefore *by'°faith “ἴο "be "justified *a°man πον, χωρὶς ἔργων νόμον. 29 ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ θεὸς μόνον; apart from works of law. Of Jews [ishe]the God only? οὐχὶ. “δὲ! καὶ ἐθνῶν; vai καὶ ἐθνῶν: 30 “ἐπείπερ' εἷς and not also of Gentiles? Yea, also of Gentiles: since indeed one ὁ θεὸς ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ God [itis] who will justify [the] circumcision by faith, and ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως. 31 νόμον οὖν καταργοῦ- uncircumcision through faith. SLaw *then ‘do*we*make of no μὲν διὰ τῆς πίστεως ; μὴ-γένοιτο᾽ ἀλλὰ νόμον “ἱστῶμεν." effect through faith ? May it not be! but ‘law ‘we 7establish. 4 Ti οὖν ἐροῦμεν ᾿ῬΑβραὰμ τὸν. πατέρα.ἡμῶν εὑρηκέναι" What then 5181] wesay Abraham our father has found κατὰ σάρκα; 2&i.yap ABpadp ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει according to flesh? Forif Abraham by works was justified, he has καύχημα, ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς &rov' θεόν. 3 τί.γὰρ ἡ γραφὴ ground of boasting, but not towards God. For what *the “scripture λέγει ; ᾿Επίστευσεν.δὲ ᾿Αβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ *says? And believed ‘Abraham God, and it was reckoned to him 409 20 Thersfore by the deeds of the law shere shall no flesh be justi- fied in his sight: for by the law is the know- ledge of sin. 21 But now the right- eousness of God with- out the law is mani- fested, being witness- ed by the law and the prophets ; 22 even the righteousness of God which is by faith of Jesus Christ unto all and upon all them that believe: for there is no difference: 23 for all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God ; 24 being justi- fied freely by his grace through the redemp- tionthatisin Christ Je- sus: 25 whom God hath set forth to be a pro- pitiation through faith in his blood, to declare his righteousness for the remission of sins that are past, through the forbearance of God; 26 to declare, 7 say, at this time his righteousness : {Ἐπὶ he might be just, and the justifier of him which believeth in Jesus. 27 Where is boasting then? It is excluded. By what law? of works? Nay: but by the law of faith. 28 Therefore we con- clude that a man is justified by faith with- out the deeds of the law. 29 Is he the God of the Jews only? is he not also of the Gentiles ? Yes, of the Gentiles also: 30 see- ing itzs one God, which shall justify the cir- cumcision by faith, and wuncircumcision through faith. 31 Do we then make void the law through faith? God forbid: yea, we establish the law. IV. What shall we say then that Abraham our father, as pertain- ing to the flesh, hath found ? 2 For if Abra- ham were justified by works, he hath whereof to glory; but not be- fore God. 3 For what saith thescripture? A- braham believed God, and it was counted unto him for right- eousness. 4 Now to him that worketh is the Υ -α τῆς τττὰ. 7% + τὴν the LITra. ς — δὲ and GLTTra. X — καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας LTTr[A]. Ὁ δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει GLTTTA. LTTra. & — τὸν LTTrAW. ἃ εἴ wep LTTrA. ἔ εὑρηκέναι ([εὑρηκέναι) A) ᾿Αβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα (forefather) ἡμῶν LTTrA 2 γὰρ ‘for GLTTrAW. © ἱστάνομεν 410 reward not reckoned of grace, but of debt. 5 But to him that worketh not, but be- lieveth on him that justifieth the ungodly, his faith is counted for righteousness. 6 Even as David also de- seribeth the blessed- ness of the man, unto whom God imputeth righteousness without works, 7 saying, Bless- ed are they whose in- iquities are forgiven, and whose sins are covered. 8 Blessed zs the man to whom the Lord will not impute sin. 9 Cometh this bless- edness then upon the circumcision only, or upon the uncireumci- sion also? for we say that faith was reckon- ed to Abraham for righteousness. 10 How was it then reckoned ? when he was in cir- cumcision, or in un- circumcision? Not in circumcision, but in unci cision. 1lAnd he received the sign of circumcision, a seal of the righteousness of the faith which he had yet being uncircumcis- ed: that he might be the father of allthem that believe, though they be not circumcised ; that righteousness ‘might be imputed unto them also: 12 and the father of circumcision to them who are not of the circumcision only, but who also walk in the steps of that faith of our fa- ther Abraham, which he had being yet uncir- cumcised. 13 For the promise, that he should be the heir of the world, was notto Abraham, or to his seed, through the law, but through the righteousness of faith. 14 For if they which are of the law be heirs, faithis made void, and the promise made of none effect: 15 be- cause the law worketh wrath: for where no law is, thereis no trans- gression. 16 Therefore it is of faith, that it might be by grace ; to the end the promise might be sure to all the seed ; not to that only which is of the ΠΡΟ ΣΕ OMA oO YX =: IV. ἐργαζομένῳ ὁ μισθὸς οὐ-λογίζεται works the reward is not reckoned iro" ὀφείλημα: 5 τῷ.δὲ debt : but to him that εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 4 Τῷ.δὲ for righteousness. Now to him that κατὰ χάριν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ according to grace, but according to μὴ.ἐργαζομένῳ, πιστεύοντι.δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα τὸν *a- does not work, but believes on himthat justifies the un- ~ I λ , « / > ~ ΕΣ ὃ ’ (2) , σεβῆ," λογίζεται ἡ.πίστις. αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 6 καθάπερ godly, ‘is *reckoned this *faith for righteousness. Even as Ral | \ 94) , cy ξ ~ » ΄ τ « " καὶ ἸΔαβὶδ' λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ θεὸς also David declares the blessedness of the man towhom God λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων, 7 Μακάριοι ὧν righteousness apart from works: Blessed [they] of whom ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. reckons ἀφέθησαν at ἀνομίαι, καὶ are forgiven thelawlessnesses, and of whom are covered the sins: 8 μακάριος ἀνὴρ ™p! οὐ-μὴ λογίσηται κύριος ἁμαρτίαν. blessed [{the]man to whom inno wise *will *reckon [086] *Lord sin. 9 .μακαρισμὸς.οὖν.οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομήν, ἢ Kai ἐπὶ [15] this blessedness then on the circumcision, or also on ‘ ᾽ , , 4 nv I ? , ~? ‘ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν ; λέγομεν.γὰρ "ὅτι! ἐλογίσθη τῷ ᾿Αβραὰμ the uncircumcision ? For we say that was reckoned to Abraham ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 10 πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη; ἐν περι- faith -for righteousness. How then was it reckoned? “1π *cireum- τομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ ; οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ: ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀκρο- cision ‘being, or in uncircumcision? Not incircumcision, but in uncir- Bvoria’ 11 καὶ σημεῖον ἔλαβεν περιτομῆς, σφραγῖδα cumcision. And [the] sign he received of circumcision, [as] seal τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ, of the righteousness ofthe faith which[hehad]in the uncircumcision, εἰς τὸ εἴναιιαὐτὸν πατέρα πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων OU"! for him to be father of all those that believe in ἀκροβυστίας. εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι Ῥκαὶ αὐτοῖς I7nv' δικαιο- uncireumeision, for *to Sbe freckoned 7also ‘to *them ‘the “righteous- σύνην᾽ 12 καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς τοῖς οὐκ ἐκ περιτομῆς NESS ; and father of circumcision tothose not of circumcision μόνον; ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς ἐν only, but also to those that walk inthe steps ofthe *during τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως τοῦ.πατρὸς ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραάμ. Suncircumcision ‘faith of our father Abraham. 13 Ov-ydp διὰ νόμου ἡ ἐπαγγελία Fornot by law the promise σπέρματι.αὐτοῦ, TO κληρονόμον αὐτὸν εἶναι "τοῦ" to his seed, that heir he should be of the ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως. 14 εἰ.γὰρ οἱ ἐκ νόμου but by righteousness of faith. For if those of law ([be] κληρονόμοι, κεκένωται ἡ πίστις, καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐ- heirs, “has®been‘*made*void ‘faith, and *made*of πο “effect ‘the *pro- mayyédia’ 15 ὁ-γὰρ.νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται. οὗ ‘yao! οὐκ mise. Forthelaw wrath ‘works7out; ‘where *for “not ἔστιν νόμος, οὐδε παράβασις. 16 διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ πίστεως, 7is Slaw, neither [is] transgression. Wherefore of faith wa κατὰ χάριν, εἰς τὸ εἶναι βεβαίαν τὴν {it is], that according to grace [it might be], for 310 “be ‘sure 1the ἐπαγγελίαν παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι, οὐ τῷ ἐκ TOU νόμου μόνον, 2promise toall the seed, not tothat of the law only, τῷ ΑΞραὰμ ἢ τῷ [was] to Abraham or κόσμου, world, i —_ τὸ GLTTraw. ® — ore [L]TTr. * — τοῦ (vead (the]) GLTTraw. m οὗ whose (sin) TTr. τ-- τῇ GLTTrAW 1 Δανεὶδ LTTrA ; Δαυὶδ Gw. P — καὶ TTr[A]. 4 — τὴν T. τ δὲ but LTTraw. k ἀσεβήν T. ο διὰ L. ROMANS. πίστεως ᾿Αβραάμ, but also to that of [the] faith of Abraham, πάντων.ἡμῶν, 17 καθὺς γέγραπται. Ὅτι πατέρα πολ- of us all, (according as it has been written, A father of λῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε, κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ, Many nations Ihave made thee,) _ before ?whom “he*believed ‘*God, τοῦ ζωοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκρούς, Kai καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ IV, V. ? Η͂ ‘ ~ γ᾽ a ? \ ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐκ ὃς ἐστιν πατὴρ who is father who quickens the dead, and calls the things not ὄντα we ὄντα. 18 Ὃς παρ᾽ ἐλπίδα "ἐπ᾽" ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν, being as. being; who against hope in hope believed, εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸν πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν, κατὰ τὸ for ‘him father εἰρημένον, Οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα.σου" 19 Kai μὴ ἀσθενήσας had been said, So shall be thy seed : and ποῦ being weak πίστει, You! κατενόησεν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα τἤδη" νενεκρω- 7to *become of many nations, according to that which inthe faith, 3not "he considered his own body already become μένον, ἑκατονταίτης Tov ὑπάρχων, Kai τὴν νέκρωσιν dead, 38. *hundred *years old *about ‘being, and the deadening τῆς μήτρας Σάῤῥας:" 20 εἰς. δὲ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ of the σοι} of Sarah, andat the promise of God *not διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ, arr ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει, 'doubted through unbelief; but was strengthened in faith, δοὺς δόξαν τῷ θεῷ, 21 Kai πληροφορηθεὶς OTL ὃ ἐπήγ- ᾿ 5 ] Y giving glory to God, and being fully assured that what he has γελται, δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ ποιῆσαι. 22 διὸ *xai' ἐλογίσθη promised, able heis also to do; wherefore also it was reckoned αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 23 Οὐκ. ἐγράφη δὲ ou αὐτὸν tohim for righteousness. 7It νγαβ “ποὺ °written ‘but on account of him , ev ? / > ~ ’ A ‘ ? « ~ μόνον, OTe ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 24 ἀλλὰ καὶ δι ἡμᾶς, only, that it was reckoned to him, but also on account of us, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν to whom itis about to be reckoned, to those that believe on him who ἐγείραντα Inoovy τὸν.κύριον. ἡ μῶν ἐκ νεκρῶν, 25 ὃς raised Jesus our Lord from among [the] dead, who παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπτὠματα.ἡμῶν, Kai ἠγέρθη διὰ τὴν was delivered for our offences, and was raised for δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν. our justification. 5 Δικαιωθέντες οὖν ἐκ πίστεως, εἰρήνην "ἔχομεν Having been justified therefore by faith, peace we have πρὸς τὸν θεὸν διὰ τοῦ.κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, 2 dv toward God through our Lord Jesus Christ, through οὗ Kai τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν ὕτῇ πίστει" εἰς THY χάριν whom also access we have by faith into *grace , ? e B ‘ , ? bate} ΄, ~ , ταύτην ἐν ἑστήκαμεν" καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης ‘this in which westand, and we boast in hope of the glory τοῦ θεοῦ. 3 οὐκμόνον. δέ, ἀλλὰ Kai Skavywpeba' ἐν ταῖς of God, And not only [so], but also we boast in θλίψεσιν, εἰδότες Ore ἡ θλίψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται, tribulations, knowing that the tribulation “endurance ‘works ?out ; 4 ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ δοκιμήν, ἡ.δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα, ὃ ἡ.δὲ ἐλπὶς and the endurance proof; andthe proof hope ; and the hope οὐ.καταισχύνε: ὕτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν does not make ashamed, because the love of God has been poured out in w — ov (read εἰς δὲ, verse 20, but at) LTTr[a]. Υ ἐφ᾽ τι. 5 ἔχωμεν We Should have Trra. * [καὶ] “Tra. boasting Tra. _ 2 ἤδη (oh) Ὁ — τῇ πίστει [LTr]JA. 41} law, but ἰὸ that also which is of ths faith of Abraham; who is the father of us all, 17 (as it is writ- ten, Ihave made thee afather of many na- tions,) before him whom he belicved, even God, who quickeneth thedead, and calleth those things which be not as though they were. 18 Who against hope believed in hope, that he might become the father of many nations, according to that which was spoken, So shall thy seed be. 19 And being not weak in faith, he considered not hisown body now dead, when he was about an hundred years old, neither yet the deadness of Sarah’s womb: 20 he stag- gered not at the pro- mise of God through unbelief; but was strong in faith, giving glory to God; 21 and being fully persuaded that, what he had pro- mised, he was able al- soto perform. 22 And therefore it was im- puted to him forright- eousness. 23 Now it was not written for his sake alone, that it was imputed to him ; 24 but for us also, to whom it shall be im- puted, if we believe on him that raised up Jesus our Lord from the dead ; 25 who was delivered for our of- fences, and was raised again for our justifi- cation, V. Therefore being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Je- sus Christ: 2 by whom also we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand, and rejoice in hope of the glory of God. % And not only 80, but we glory in tribulations also: knowing that tribula- tion worketh patience; 4 and patience, ex- perience ; and experi- ence, hope : 5 and hope maketh not ashamed ; because the love of God is shed abroad in Υ ἀλλὰ Tr. © καυχώμενοι 412 our hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given anto us. 6 For when we were yet without strength, in due time Christ died for the un- godly. 7 For scarcely for a righteous man will one die : yet per- adventure for a good man some would even dare to die, 8But God commendeth his love toward us, in that, while we were yet sin- ners, Christ died for us. 9 Much more then, being now justified by his blood, we shall be saved from wrath through him. 10 For if, when we were en- emies, we were recon- ciled to God by the death of his Son, much more, being reconciled, we shall be saved by his life. 11 And not only so, but we also joy in God through our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom wehave now received the atone- ment. 12 Wherefore, as by one man sin entered into the world, and death by sin; and so death passed upon all men, for that all have sinned: 13 (for until the law sin was in the world: but sin is not imputed when _ there is no law. 14 Never- theless death reigned from Adam to Moses, even over them that had not sinned af- ter the similitude of Adam’s transgression, who is the figure of him that was to come. 15 But not as the of- fence, so also ts the free gift. For if through the offence of one many be dead, much more the grace of God, and the gift by grace, which ts by one man, Jesus Christ, hath abounded unto many. 16 And not as τέ was by one that sinned, so is the gift : for the judgment was ΠΡΟΣ PQMAIOYS. Wi. ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν. our hearts by the *Spirit *Holy which was given tous: 6 “Ἔτι.γὰρ! χριστὸς ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν ὁ Kard.Kaipoy for 3still é6Christ 7being we ‘twithoutSstrength in due time « ’ ~ ? , , 5) « \ , ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν ἀπέθανεν. 7 μόλις. γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου for [the] ungodly died. For hardly for ajust [man] τις ἀποθανεῖται ὑπὲρ.γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τάχα τις 2any%one ‘will die; for on behalf of the good [man] perhaps some one καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν. 8 συνίστησιν.δὲ τὴν. ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην even might dare to die; . but 7commends %his town love εἰς ἡμᾶς {6 θεός," ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν χριστὸς Sto ζᾳ.8 1God, that ?still “sinners 3being ‘we Christ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν. 9 πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον, δικαιωθέντες 2for us died. Much therefore more, having been justified νῦν ἐν τῷ.αἵματι.αὐτοῦ, σωθησόμεθα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ΠΟΥ͂ by his blood, we shall be saved by him from ὀργῆς. 10 εἰ γὰρ ἐχθροὶ ὄντες κατηλλάγημεν τῷ θεῷ διὰ wrath. For if, enemies *being we were reconciled to God through τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες the death of his Son, much more, having been reconciled σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ. αὐτοῦ" 11 ov.povor.dé, ἀλλὰ καὶ we shall be saved by his life. And not only [so}, but also καυχώμενοι ἐν τῷ θεῷ διὰ τοῦ κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, boasting in God through our Lord Jesus Christ, δι οὗ νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν. through whom now the reconciliation we received. 12 Διὰ τοῦτο ὥσπερ dv ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν On this account, as by one man sin into the , 7 ~ ‘ ‘ ~ € , « ’ ‘ e κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, Kai διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος, Kai οὕτως world entered, and by sin death, and thus ; , ? (4) , εἰ θά sll ὃ ΛΘ 9. ΡΣ, , εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους 80 θανατος" ὀιῆλθεν, εὐ -p πᾶντες to all men death passed, for that all ἥμαρτον. 18 ἄχρι.γὰρ νόμου ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ" sinned : (for until law sin was in [the] world; ἁμαρτία.δὲ οὐκ. ἐλλογεῖται, μὴ.ὄντος νόμου: 14 arn’! but sin is not put to account, there not being law ; but ’ , € , ? a ? . , i , Π ΡΠ s ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ ᾿Αδὰμ μέχρι Μωσέως" καὶ ἐπὶ ?reigned ‘death from Adam until Moses even upon τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως those who had not sinned in the likeness ofthe transgression "Adam, ὕς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος. 15 ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ of Adam, who is a figure of the coming [one]. But [shall] not ὡς TO παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα." εἰ,γὰρ τῷ as the offence, so also [be]the free gift? Forif by the ~ « 4a 2 « ‘ > , ~ ~ Tov ἑνὸς παραπτώματι οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον, πολλῷ μᾶλλον 2of *the *one ‘offence tue many died, much more « , ~ ~ A gat 4 ᾽ , ~ wl eek ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ Kai ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι TF τοῦ ενὸς the grace of God, andthe gift in grace, which [18] of the one ἀνθρώπου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν. man Jesus Christ, to the “ many did abound, 16 καὶ οὐχ ὡς Ot ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος τὸ δώρημα" And [shall] ποῦ as by one having sinned [be] the gift ? 4d εἴ ye if indeed a. mends) a. & [ὃ θάνατος] A. e + ἔτι still GLTTraW. f — ὃ θεός (read συνίστησιν he com- Β ἀλλὰ TTraAw. i Μωύσέως GLTTrAW. k The various Editors do not mark this as a question : to read tt as pointed in the Greek omit [shall] and substitute [is] for [be]. V, VI. ROMANS. τὸ. μὲν γὰρ κρῖμα ἐξ ἑνὸς εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ.δὲ χάρισμα For the *indeed ‘judgment[was) of one to condemnation, but the free gift ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων εἰς δικαίωμα. 17 εἰ. γὰρ τῷ [is] of many offences to justification. For if by the TOU ἑνὸς παραπτώματι: “άνατος ἐβασίλευσεν διὰ τοῦ ἑνός, 30 =the *one offence death reigned by the one, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οἱ THY περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος Kai "τῆς much more those the abundance of grace, and ofthe δωρεᾶς" τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες, ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν gift of righteousness receiving, in life shall reign διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 18”Apa οὖν we δι᾿ ἑνὸς παρα- by the one Jesus’ Christ:) so then as by one of- πτώματος εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα, fence (it aes towards all men to condemnation, οὕτως καὶ Ov ἑνὸς δικαιώματος εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώ- s0 also by one accomplished Se towards all men πους εἰς δικαίωσιν ζωῆς. 19 ὥσπερ.γὰρ διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς to justification of life. For as by the disobedience τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί, of the one man ‘sinners *were ‘constituted *the many, οὕτως καὶ διὰ τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται 50 also by the obedience of the one ‘righteous *shall ‘be Sconstituted οἱ πολλοί. 20 Νόμος.δὲ παρεισῆλθεν, ἵνα πλεονάσῃ τὸ "the ng Butlaw came in By the bye, that might abound the παράπτωμα. οὗ-.δὲ ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν offence ; but where abounded - sin, overabounded ἡ χάρις" 21 ἵνα ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν 3} ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ, hat grace, t as 7reigned *sin in death, οὕτως Kai ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης εἰς ζωὴν sO also grace might reign through righteousness to life αἰώνιον, διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ. κυρίου ἡμῶν. eternal, through Jesus Christ our Lord. 6 Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν ; "ἐπιμενοῦμεν" τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἵνα ἡ χάρις What then shall we sn: Shall we continue insin that oe πλεονάσῃ; 2 μὴ.γένοιτο. οἵτινες. ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, may abound ? May it not ke! We who died to sin, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ; 3 7 ἀγνοεῖτε ὅτι ὕσοι how still shallwelivein it? Or are ye ignorant that *as “many ‘as ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, εἰς τὸν. θάνατον αὐτοῦ lwe were baptized unto Christ Jesus, unto his death ἐβαπτίσθημεν ; 4 συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπ- we were baptized? We were a therefore with him by bap- τίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον᾽ ἵνα ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη χριστὸς tism unto The death, that as 2was “raised * oy *Christ ἐκ γεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ πατρός, οὕτως καὶ from wii [the] dead by the glory of the Father, 50 also ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν. 5 Ei -γὰρ σύμφυτοι we in newness of life should walk. Forif conjoined γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ.θανάτου.αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ᾽ have become in the likeness of his death, ΕΟ also τῆς.ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα" 6 τοῦτο γινώσκοντες, OTL ὁ παλαιὸς of (his) resurrection we ΠΣ be; this knowing, ἀπο: Ξο1ἃ ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη. ἵνα καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα ‘our man was crucified with [him], that might be annulled the Ἔδην τ [τῆς δωρεᾶς] L. 418 by one to condemna- tion, but the free gift is of Many offences unto justification. 17 For if by one man’s offence death reigned by one; much more they which receive a- bundance of grace and of the gift of right- eousness shall reign in life by one, Jesus Christ.) 18 Therefore as by the offence of onejudgment came up- onall men to con- demnation; even so by the righteous sess of one the free gift came upon all meu un- to justification of life, 19 For as by one man’s disobedience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one shall many be made righteous. 20 More- over the law entered, that the offence might abound. But where sin abounded, grace did much more abound: 21 that as sin hath reigned unto death, even so might grace reign through right- eousness unto eternal life by Jesus Christ our Lord. Vi. What shall we say then? Shall we continue in sin, that grace may abound? 2 God forbid. How shall we, that are dead to sin, live any longer therein? 3 Know ye not, that so many of us as were baptized into Jesus Christ were baptized into his death ἢ 4 Therefore we are buried with him by baptism into death: that like as Christ was raised up from the dead by the glory of the Father, even «0 we also should walk in newness of life. 5 For if we have been planted together in the likeness of his death, we shall be also in the likeness of his resurrection : 6 know- ing this, that our old man is crucified with him, that the body of sin might be destroyed, 0 ἐπιμένωμεν Should we continue GLTTrAW. 414 that henceforth we should not serve sin, 7 For he that is dead is freed from sin. 3 Now if we be dead with Christ, we believe that we shall also live with him: 9 knowing thatChrist being raised from the dead dieth no more; death hath no more dominion over him. 10 For in that he died, he died unto sin once: but in that he liveth, he liveth unto God. 11 Like- wise reckon ye also yourselves to be dead indeed unto sin, but alive unto God through Jesus Christ our Lord. 12 Let not sin therefore reign in your mortal body,that ye should obey it in the lusts thereof. 13 Neither yield ye your members as in- strumenis of unright- eousness unto sin: but yield yourselves unto God, as those that are alive from the dead, and your members as instruments of right- cousness unto God. 14 For sin shall not have dominion over you: for ye are not under the law, but un- der grace. 15 What then? shali we sin, because we are not under the law, but under grace? God forbid. 16 Know ye not, that to whom ye yield yourselves ser- vants to obey, his ser- yvants ye are to whom ye obey ; whether of sin unto death, or of obedience unto right- eousness? 17 But God be thanked, that ye were the servants of sin, but ye have o- beyed from the heart that form of doctrine which was delivered you. 18 Being then made free from sin, ye became the ser- vants of righteous- ness. 19 I speak after the manner of men because of the infirmi- ty of your flesh: for as ye have yielded your members ser- vants to uncleanness and to iniquity unto inianisy, ; even so now yield your members servants to righteous- ness unto holiness, 20 For when ye were ° συνζ- LTTrA, κυρίῳ ἡμῶν GLTTrAW. κα ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. LTTrA, Vi. ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ. ‘we to sin. iM POLS ΒΟΣΥΜ ΟΣ ΥΕΣ. τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν of sin, that *no “longer “06 Ssubservient 7 ὁ γὰρ ἀποθανὼν δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. & Ei.dé For ha that died has been justified from sin. Now if ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν χριστῷ, πιστεύομεν ὅτι Kai “συζήσομεν" we died with Christ, we believe that also we shall live with αὐτῷ, 9 εἰδότες OTL χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ him, knowing that Christ having been raised up from among [the] νεκρῶν, οὐκέτι ἀποθνήσκει" θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει. dead, no more dies : death him ‘no 7more 2rules *over. 10 Ρὸ" γὰρ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ. Ῥὸ" δὲ For ἴῃ that δ died, to sin he died once for all; but inthat ζῇ, Sy τῷ θεῷ. 11 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς 4 he lives, he lives to God. So also ye reckon yourselves γεκροὺς μὲν τεῖναι" τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ζῶντας.δὲ τῷ θεῷ, ἐν χριστῷ δᾷραά ‘indeed 'to *be to sin, but alive to God, in Christ ? ~s ~ , G ~ Π \ > , ει ὃς ΄ Τησοῦ "τῷ.κυρίῳ.ημῶν." 12 Μὴ οὖν βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία Jesus our Lord. “Not *therefore ‘let reign $sin ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι, εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ᾿αὐτῇ év' "ταῖς in your mortal body, for to obey it in ? θ ΄ ᾽ rll 4 ’ 4 f « ~ er ἐπιθυμίαις.αὐτοῦ"" 13 μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ. μέλη.ὑμῶν ὅπλα its desires. Neither be yielding your members instruments ᾿ς ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ: ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ of unrighteousness to sin, but yield yourselves θεῷ τὼς" ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας, καὶ τὰ.μέλη.ὑμῶν toGod as from “among [*the] °dead ‘alive, and your members ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ θεῷ. 14 ἁμαρτία.γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐ instruments of righteousness to God. For sin you “ποῦ κυριεύσει’ οὐγάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, *adX’! ὑπὸ χάριν. ‘shall *rule tover, for *not *are*ye under but under grace. οὐκιἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, law, 15 Τί οὖν ; γἁμαρτήσομεν" ὅτι What then ? shall we sin because wearenot under law xZ "} ς 4 , \ , > ” er ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ χάριν; μὴ-γένοιτο. 16 οὐκ.οἴδατε Ort but under grace? May it not be! Know ye not that to whom παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἔστε ye yield yourselves bondmen for obedience, bondmen ye are ᾧ ὑπακούετε, ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς to him whom ye obey, whether ΟΥ̓ βίῃ to death, or of obedience ? A , ~ ~ « = ~ ~ εἰς δικαιοσύνην ; 17 χάρις.δὲ τῷ θεῷ, ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς to righteousness ὃ But thanks [be] to God, that ye were bondmen ἁμαρτίας, ὑπηκούσατε.δὲ ἐκ καρδίας εἰο ὃν παρεδόθητε of sin, but ye obeyed from [the] heart ‘to*which ye *were °delivered , Ὁ ? , LY 2 A ~ « ΄ τύπον διδαχῆς. 18 ἐλευθερωθέντες. δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, la *form “of *teaching. And having been set free fgom sin, ἐδουλώθητε TH δικαιοσύνῃ. 19 ᾿Ανθρώπινον λέγω διὰ ye became bondmen to righteousness. Humanly I speakon account of τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς.σαρκὸς ὑμῶν. ὥσπερ.γὰρ παρεστήσατε the weakness of your flesh. For as ye yielded τὰ μέλη.ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ Kai τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν your members in bondage to uncleanness and _ to Jawlessness unto ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ.-μέλη. ὑμῶν δοῦλα TY lawlessness, so now yield your members in bondage ’ ᾽ ς , ee 4 ~ F ~ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν. 20 ὕτε.γὰρ δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς to righteousness unto sanctification. For when bondmen ye were POE. 4 + εἶναι to be Ἱ{τι]. ¥ — εἶναι GLTTrAW. 5— τῷ t — αὐτῇ ἐν GLTTrAW. ¥ — ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ α. τ ὡσεὶ Y ἁμαρτήσωμεν should we sin LtTraw. MEVVIL ROMANS. ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ. 21 τίνα οὖν of sin, free ye were as to righteousness. What *therefore καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε," ἐφ᾽ οἷς viv ἐπαισχύνεσθε: fruit had ye then, inthe([things)of which now ye are ashamed? τὸ" γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος. 22 νυνὶ. δὲ ἐλευθερω- for the end οὗ those things [is] death. But now having been θέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, set free from sin, δουλωθέντες.δὲ τῷ θεῷ, ἔχετε and having become bondmen ἰο God, ye have τὸν καρπὸν. ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν, τὸ.δὲ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον. your fruit unto sanctification, andthe end life eternal. 23 τὰ.γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος" τὸ.δὲ χάρισμα For the wages of sin |is) death; but the free gift τοῦ θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ τῷ. κυρίῳ.ἡμῶν. of God life eternal in Christ Jesus our Lord. an > ~ ? , , 4 , ~ o 7 Ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί, γινώσκουσιν.γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ, ore Are yeignorant, brethren, for to those knowing law Ispeak, that ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὕσον χρόνον Cy ; the law rules over the man for aslong “as ‘time -he may live? 2 ἡ-γὰρ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ" For the married- woman tothe living husband is bound by law; ἐὰν.δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνὴρ κατήργηται ἀπὸ *rov νόμου τοῦ butif should die the husband, sheiscleared from the law _ of the ἀνδρός. 3 ἄρα. οὖν ζῶντος Tov ἀνδρὸς μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει, husband : sothen, “living ‘the husband, anadulteress she shall be called, ἐὰν γένηται ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ' ἐὰν.δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνήρ, ἐλευθέρα if shebe to?man'another; butif should die the husband, free ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου, τοῦ.μὴ.εἶναι.αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα, γενο- sheis from the law, soasforhernottobe an adulteress, having pest ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ. 4 ὥστε, ἀδελφοί. μου, Kai ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώ- come ἴο “ἤδη ‘another. Sothat, πὰ brethren, also ye were made Onre τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς TO γενέσθαι dead tothe law by the body of the Christ, for 7to *be ὑμᾶς ἑτέρῳ, τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι, ἵνα καρπο- 1you toanother, who from among [6] dead was raised, that weshould φορήσωμεν τῷ θεῷ. 5 breyap ἦμεν ἐν τῇ σαρκί, τὰ παθή- bring forth fruit το God. For when we were in the flesh, the pas- ματα τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου ἐνηργεῖτο ἐν sions of sins, which[were]through the law, wrought in τοὶς.μέλεσιν.ἡμῶν εἰς TO καρποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ" 6 νυνὶ. δὲ our members to the bringing forth fruit to death ; but now κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου, “ἀποθανόντες ἐν κατει- we werecleared from the law, having died [in that)in which we were χόμεθα, ὥστε δουλεύειν "ἡμᾶς" ἐν καινότητι πνεύματος, καὶ held, so that *should “serve ‘we in newness of spirit, and οὐ παλαιότητι γράμματος. not in oldness of letter. 7 Tic οὖν ἐροῦμεν: ὁ νόμος ἁμαρτία; μὴ. γένοιτο" What then shall wesay? [Is]the law sin ? May it not be! ἀλλὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ. ἔγνων εἰ.μὴ διὰ νόμου" THY.Te-yap But sin lknew not nunless by law: for also ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκδειν εἰμὴ ὁ νόμος ἔλεγεν, Οὐκ lust I had not been conscious of unless the law said, 3Not ἐπιθυμήσεις" ὃ ἀφορμὴν.δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ‘thou *shalt lust ; but “an *occasion *having *taken sin by the 415 the servants of sin, ye were free from right- eousness. 21 What fruit had ye then in those things whereof ye are now ashamed P for the end of thocve things ὦ death. 22 But now being made free trom sin, and become servants to God, ye have your fruit unto holiness, and the end everlasting life. 23 For the wages of sin é death ; but the gift of God «# eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord. VII. Know ye not, brethren, (for 1 speak to them that know the law,) how that the law hath domi- nion over a Man as long as he liveth? 2 For the woman which hath an hus- band is bound by the law to her husbané so long as heliveth; but if the husband be dead, she is loosed from the law of her husband. 3So then if, while her husband liveth, she be married to another man, she shall be called an a- dulteress: but if her husband be dead, she is free from that law; so that she is no adul- teress, though she be married to another man. 4 Wherefore, my brethren, ye also are become dead to the law by the body cf Christ; that yeshould be married to another, even to him who is raised from the dead, that we should bring forth fruit unto God. 5 For when we were in the flesh, the motions of sins, which were by the law, did work in our members to bring forth fruit unto death. 6 But now we are de- livered from the law, that being dead where- in we were held; that we should serve in newness of spirit, and not im the oldness of the letter. 7 What shall we say then? 118 thelaw sin? God forbid. Nay, I had not known sin, but by the law: for i had not known lust, except the law had said, Thou shalt not covet. & But sin, 2; the question ends at then LTa. 5. + μὲν indeed La. © ἀποθανόντος (read as A.V.) Ε. 4 [ἡμᾶς} LTr. Ὁ — τοῦ νόμου FE. 4185 taking occasion by the commandment, wrought in me all manner of concupis- cence. For without the law sin was dead. 9 For I was alive without the law once: but when the com- mandment came, sin revived, and I died. 19 And the command- ment, which was or- dained to life, I found to be unto death. 11 For sin, taking oc- casion by the com- mandment, deceived me, and by itslew me. 12 Wherefore the law is holy, and the com- mandment holy, and just, andgood. 13 Was then that which is good made death unto me? God forbid. But sin, that it might appear sin, working death in me by that which is good; that sin by the com- mandment might be- come exceeding sinful. 14 For we know that the law is spiritual: but I am carnal, sold under sin. 15 For that which I do I allow not: for what I would, that do 1 not; but what I hate, that do I. 16 If then I do that which I would not, I consent unto the law that ἐξ ws good. 17 Now then it is no more 1 that do it, but sin that dwell- eth in me.18For I know that in me (that is, in my flesh,) dwelleth no good thing: for to will is present with me; but how to perform that which is good 1 find not. 19 For the good that I would I do not: but the evil which 1 would not, that I do. 20 Now if I do that I would not, it is no more [I that do it, but sin that dwell- eth in me. 211 find then a law, that,when I would do good, evil is present with me, 22 For I delight in the law of God after the inward man: 23 but I gee another law in my i POS VEGA OY Σ. ὙΠ ἐντολῆς "κατειργάσατο" ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν. χωρὶς.γὰρ commandment worked out in me_ every lust ; for apart from νόμου ἁμαρτία νεκρά" 9 ἐγὠ.δὲ ἔζων χωρὶς νόμου law sin (was) dead. ButI wasalive apartfrom law , ᾽ ~ ~ , ποτέ ἐλθούσης.δὲ τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν, ἐγὼ.δὲ once; but having come the commandment, sin revived, but I ᾽ , 5 ‘ « a c ᾽ Α ε ἀπέθανον" 10 καὶ εὑρέθη μοι ἢ ἐντολὴ ἡ died. And was found to me [that] the commandment which [was] εἰς ζωήν, ἰαὕτη!" εἰς θάνατον. 11 ἡ.γὰρ.ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν to life, this [tobe] to death : for sin ΞΔ ἢ “occasion λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς ἐξηπάτησέν με, καὶ Ov αὐτῆς ‘having "taken by thecommandment, deceived me, and by it ἀπέκτεινεν. 12 ὥστε ὑ-μὲν.νόμος ἅγιος, Kai ἡ ἐντολὴ slew {me}. Sothat the lawindeed [is] holy, and thecommandment ayia καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή. 18 Τὸ οὖν ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ holy and just and good. That which then [is] good, to me g la Π θά 3 4 es e Βάλλὰ! - « ΄ ev yéyover' θάνατος ; μῆ-γξγοιτο ἄλλα ἢ apapria, iva has it become death ? May it not be! But sin, that φανῇ ἁμαρτία, διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μοι κατεργαξομενῆ it might appear sin, by that which{is] good tome working out θάνατον,ἵνα γένηται καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν ἁμαρτωλὸς ἡ ἁμαρτία death ; that might *become *excessively *sinful sin διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς. 14 Οἴδαμεν.γὰρ Ore ὁ νόμος πνευματικός by the commandment. For weknow thatthe law spiritual ἐστιν" ἐγὼ.δὲ ἱσαρκικός" εἶμι, πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. is ; but I 2fleshly ‘am, having been sold under sin, 15 ὃ.γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ-.γινώσκω" ob.yap ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο For what I work out, Ido not own: for not what Iwill, this ΄ e ? ? a » ~ ~ a n > , πράσσω" ἀλλ᾽ ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. 16.08 ὃ οὐ.θέλω, Ido; but what [hate, this I practise. But if what I do not will, τοῦτο ποιῶ, Ἐσύμφημι" τῷ νόμῳ Ore καλός. 17 νυνὶ δὲ this ΙΤρτγαοίίβθ, Ieconsent tothe law that [1ὖ 18] right. Now then οὐκέτι ἐγὼ κατεργάζομαι αὐτό, ‘add’! ἡ ποἰκοῦσα" ἐν ἐμοὶ nolonger “I ‘am working “out ‘it; but the dwelling “in ‘me ες Ἷ 18 ΟἹ ᾿ e ᾽ ᾽ ~ 3 ᾽ 7 in , Π ? αἀμαρτια. a.yap OTt OUVK.OLKEL ἐν épol, TOUTEOTLY ἐν tsin For I know that theredwells notin me, that is in τῇ-.σαρκί.μου, ἀγαθόν: τὸ. γὰρ.θέλειν παράκειταί μοι, τὸ δὲ my flesh, good: for to will is present with me, but κατεργάζεσθαι τὸ καλὸν “οὐχ.εὑρίσκω." 19 οὐ.γὰρ ὃ θέλω to work out the right I find not, For not what 71 *will ~ ᾽ , σ᾿ Ρ ? ij τ᾿ ᾽ . ’ ~ ’ ποιῶ ἀγαθόν" Padd’' ὃ οὐ-.θέλω κακόν, τοῦτο πράὰσ- ‘do 5I practise ‘good; but what 7I *do “πού *will ‘evil, this I do. ow. 20 εἰἰδὲ ὃ οὐ-.θέλω “ἐγώ," τοῦτο ποιῶ, οὐκέτι But if what *do*not*will ‘TI, this I practise, [it is] no longer ἐγὼ κατεργάζομαι αὐτό, Ῥάλλ᾽" ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία. I [who] work 7out lit, but the *dwelling *in *me *sin. 21 Εὑρίσκω dpa τὸν νόμον τῷ θέλοντι ἐμοὶ ποιεῖν τὸ καλόν, Ifind then the law “who ‘will ‘tome topractisethe right, ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται. 22 συνήδομαι.γὰρ τῷ νόμῳ that me evil is present with. For I delight inthe law τοῦ θεῦῦ κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον: 28 βλέπω.δὲ ἕτερον of God according to the inward man: but Isee another a ee SS Ee --ς--.-.-.-.-ς-ς-:--ε---ς---.--------ο-ς- _ © κατηργάσατο TTrA. i σάρκινός fleshy GLITraW. ο οὔ [is] not Lrtra. ἔστιν GT. Ltr[A]w. & ἐγένετο did it become LTTraw. ἃ ἀλλ᾽ La. Ι ἀλλὰ LTTrA. 0 ἐνοικοῦσα T. 0 τοῦτ᾽ ᾳ -- ἐγώ (read ov θέλω I do not will) f αὐτὴ GW. k σύν- T. Ρ ἀλλὰ TTrA. Vi VIIT. ROMANS. νόμον ἐν τοῖς. μέλεσίν.μου ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ TOU law in my members warring against the law νοός μου, Kai αἰχμαλωτίζοντά pet τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας of my mind, and leading ?captive me tothe law of sin we ? ~ , ΄ὔ ΄ὔ ? ‘ » Ἢ τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς. μέλεσίν. μου. 24 ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος which is in my members. O wretched zl tman ! τίς μὲ ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ.θανάτου.τούτου; who *me 'shall “θ᾽ σοῦ out of the body of this death ? 25 "εὐχαριστῶ" τῷ θεῷ διὰ ᾿Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ. κυρίου. ἡμῶν᾽ I thank God through Jesus’ Christ our Lord. ἄρα.οὖὗν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ τῷ ‘pév' vot δουλεύω νόμῳ θεοῦ" Sothen *myself I withthe ?indeed ‘mind serve 7law ‘God’s; TH-0& σαρκὶ νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας. but with the flesh 8 Ovdéiv.dpa.viy κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν χριστῷ ‘In οὔ, "μὴ (There is] then now no condemnation tothose in Christ Jesus, “not κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πνεῦμα." 2 ὁ.γὰ “according Sto flesh twho ?walk, but according to Spirit. For the νόμος τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ ἠλευθέρωσέν law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus set *free “pel ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας Kai τοῦ θανάτου. 3 TO γὰρ me from the law of sin and of death. For ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐνῷ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, *powerless [*being]'the 7law, inthat it was weak through the esh, ὁ θεὸς τὸν. ἑαυτοῦ υἱὸν πέμψας ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας God, *his*own 5Son "having sent, in likeness’ of flesh of sin, Kai περὶ ἁμαρτίας κατέκρινεν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί, 4 ἵνα and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh, that TO δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμον πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν, τοῖς μὴ κατὰ the requirement ofthe law should be fulfilled in us, who notaccordingto σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πνεῦμα. 5 Οἱ γὰρ flesh walk, but according to Spirit. For they that κατὰ σάρκα ὄντες, τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς φρονοῦσιν" οἱ.δὲ according to flesh are, the thingsofthe flesh mind ; and they κατὰ πνεῦμα, Ta τοῦ πνεύματος. 6 τὸ.γὰρ φρόνημα according to Spirit, thethings ofthe Spirit. For the min τῆς σαρκὸς θάνατος" τὸ.δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ πνεύματος, ζωὴ ofthe flesh [is] death; but the mind of the Spirit, life καὶ εἰρήνη. 7 Διότι τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς ἔχθρα εἰς and peace. Because the mind ofthe flesh [18] enmity towards θεόν: τῷ.γὰρ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ.ὑποτάσσεται, οὐδὲ.γὰρ δύνα- “law 1sin’s. God: fortothe law of God it is not subject ; for neither can ται 8 οἱ δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες, θεῷ ἀρέσαι οὐ.δύνανται. it [06]; andthey that *in “flesh tare, “God ‘please “cannot. 9 Ὑμεῖς.δὲ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σαρκί, "ἀλλ᾽" ἐν πνεύματι, εἴπερ Βαῦγα not ‘are in flesh, but in Spirit, if indeed [the] πνεῦμα θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. e.d& τις πνεῦμα χριστοῦ Spirit οὗ God dwells in you; butif anyone([the) Spirit of Christ οὐκ ἔχει, οὗτος οὐκ.ἔστιν αὐτοῦ. 10 εἰ.δὲ χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν, τὸ has not, he is not of him: butif Christ [be]in you, the ἐν σῶμα νεκρὸν “δι! ἁμαρτίαν, τὸ. δὲ πνεῦμα ζωὴ “indeed ‘body [is] dead on account of sin, but the Spirit life διὰ δικαιοσύνην. 11 εἰ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος on account of righteousness, But if the Spirit of him who raised up τ + ἐν in (the) Trr[a]. end of verse GLTTrAW. ® χάρις thanks (to God) Lrtra. ’ oe thee T. τ ἀλλὰ TTra. χα διὰ LTTra. t — μὲν Τ. 417 members, warring a- gainst the law of my mind, and bringing me into captivity to the law of sin which is in my members. 24 O wretched man that I am! who shall deliver me from the body of this death? 25 I thank God through Jesus Christ our Lord. So then with the mind I my- self serve the law of God; but with the flesh the law of sin. VIII. There is there- fore now no condem- nation to them which are in Christ Jesus, who walk not after the flesh, but after the Spirit. 2 For the law P of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus hath made me free from the law of sin and death. 3 For what the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh, God sending his own Son in the likeness of sin- ful flesh, and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh : 4 that the right- eousness of the law might be fulfilled in us, who walk not after the flesh, but after the Spirit. 5 For they that are after the flesh do mind the things of the flesh; but they that are after the Spirit the things of the Spirit. 6For to be carnally minded ὦ death ; but to be spi- ritually minded ὦ life and peace. 7 Because the carnal mind ws enmity against God: for it ignot subject to the law of God, nei- ther indeed can be. 8So then they that are in the flesh can- not please God. 9 But ye are not in the flesh, but in the Spirit, if so be that the Spirit of God dwell in you. Now if any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of his. 10 And if Christ be in you, the body ὦ dead because of, sin ; but the Spirit ὦ life because of righteous- ness. 11 But if the Spirit of him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you, he that rais- ed up Christ from ἃ — μὴ κατὰ to Υ + τὸν TTr[A]. EE 418 the dead shall also quicken your mortal bodies by his Spirit that dwelleth in you. 12 Therefore, brethren, we are debtors, not to the fiesh, to live after the flesh. 13For if ye live after the flesh, ye shall die: but if ye through the Spirit do mortify the deeds of the body, ye shall live. 14 For as many as are led by the Spirit of God, they are the sons of God. 15 For ye have not received the spirit of bondage again to fear; but ye have received theSpirit of adoption, whereby we ery, Abba, Father. 16 The Spirit itself beareth witness with our spirit, that we are the children of God: 17 And if children, then heirs; heirs of God, and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with him, that we may be also glorified together, 18 For I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to becompared with the glory which shill be revealed in us. 19 Fortheearnest expectation of the creature waiteth for the manifestation of the sons of God. 20 For the creature was made subject to vanity, not willingly, but by reason of him who hath subjected the same in hope, 41 because the crea- ture itself also shall be delivered from the bondage of corruption into the glorious li- berty of the children of God. 22¥For we know that the whole creation groaneth and travaileth in pain to- gether until now. 23 And not only they, but ourselves also, which have the first- fruits of the Spirit, even δ ourselves groan within’ our- selves, waiting for the adoption, to wit, the ΠΡῸΣ ΚΕ ΟΣΝ ΑΘΓ OY Ss. ) ~ ~ ῳ ἂν ε , τ Ιησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν" Jesus from among{[the] dead dwells in you, he who raisedup_ the ἀχριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν" ζωοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα Christ from among [86] dead will quicken also 7mortal “bodies ὑμῶν διὰ rd ἐνοικοῦν αὐτοῦ πνεῦμα" ἐν ὑμῖν. 12 Ἄρα your on account ef *that ‘dwells this ?Spirit in you. So a ? yet) ' ’ ‘ ᾽ ~ , ~ Η͂ ΄ οὖν, ἀδελφοί, ὀφειλέται ἐσμὲν οὐ τῇ σαρκί, τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα then, brethren, debtors weare, nottothe flesh, 2according *to *flesh ζῇν" 18 εἰγὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε, μέλλετε ἀποθνήσκειν" to “live; for if according to flesh ye live, ye are about to die; el.0& πνεύματι Tac πράξεις TOY σώματος θανατοῦτε, ζήσεσθε. butif by [the] Spirit the deeds ofthe body yeput to death, ye νν11] live: -“ κω - ΄ὔ ᾽ εν Ζῳ, ~ 14 Ὅσοι.γὰρ πνεύματι θεοῦ ἄγονται, οὗτοί “εἰσιν υἱοὶ θεοῦ." for as many as by [the] Spirit of God are led, these are sons of God. 15 οὐ.γὰρ ἐλάβετε πνεῦμα Movreiac! πάλιν εἰς φόβον, arr’! For *not γε *received aspirit of bondage again unto fear, but ἐλ , ~ ε θ , ’ τ , ? ~ « , ἐλάβετε πνεῦμα υἱοθεσίας, ἐν.ᾧ κράζομεν, ᾿Αββᾶ, ὁ πατήρ. ye received aSpirit of adoption, whereby wecry, bba, Father. , 4 A ~ ~ ~ ~ « 10 Αὐτὸ τὸ πνεῦμα ἰσυμμαρτυρεῖ" τῷ.πνεύματι.ἡμῶν, Ore ΞΤ(Β6 15 ‘the Spirit bears witness with our spirit, that 5] A , ~ ᾽ " Ul ‘ , , ἐσμὲν τέκνα θεοῦ. 17 εἰ δὲ τέκνα, Kai κληρονόμοι" κληρονόμοι we are children of God. And if children, also heirs : heirs μὲν θεοῦ, ἰσυγκληρονόμοι" δὲ χριστοῦ" εἴπερ ἐσυμπάσχομεν," indeed of God, and joint-heirs of Christ ; if indeed we suffer together, ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν. that also we may be glorified together. 18 Λογίζομαι.γὰρ ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῖν For I reckon that not worthy [are)the sufferings of the present ~ ‘ A , , ? ~ καιροῦ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι time [to becompared] with the ?about lelory to be revealed εἰς ἡμᾶς. 19 ‘H-ydp ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως τὴν ἀποκά- to us. For the earnest expectation of the creation 7the Sreve- λυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ amexdéxyera. 20 TY-yap-paraornre lation ‘of ‘the °sons ΤΟΣ °God ‘awaits; for to vanity ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη, οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑπο- the creation was subjected, not willingly, but by reasonof him who sub- Vili , zg ἢ Π 2»: ? (ὃ iv’ {I ‘ ? ‘ « ,ὔ ? τάξαντα, én’! ἐλπίδι 21 ὅτι" καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερω- jected [1], in hope that also “itself *the “creation shall be θήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς iovdreiag' τῆς φθορᾶς εἰς THY ἐλευθερίαν freed from the bondage of corruption into the freedom τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ. 22 οἴδαμεν.γὰρ OTL πᾶσα ἡ of the glory of the children of God. For we know that all the κτίσις βσυστενάζει! καὶ συνωδίνει ἄχρι Tov voy’ 23 οὐ creation groans together and travails together until now. *Not όνον δέ, ἀλλὰ Kai αὐτοὶ THY ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ πνεύματος Zonly ‘and([soj], but even ourselves the first-fruit of the Spirit ἔχοντες, "καὶ ἡμεῖς" αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς στενάζομεν, υἱοθεσίαν ving, also we ourselves *in “ourselves 1groan, ®adoption ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ.σώὠώματος. ἡμῶν. 24 TY redemption of our body. 24For we are “awaiting— the redemption of our body. saved by hope: but va ry er ἫΝ δ ἢ ἢ ͵ Phen ts ἢ δέος hope that is seen is γὰρ. ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν: ἐλπὶς.δὲ βλεπομένη οὐκ. ἔστιν ἐλπίς not hope: for what a Forin hope we were saved; but hope seen is ποῦ hope ; Se ee -------ςς----ς-ςς.--ς-ς- ἐήἧ * — ov LTTrA. Ὁ τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ πνεύματος (read as A.V.) ET. ε ἀλλὰ LTTrA. λίας τ. ® χριστὸν [Ἰησοῦν] (Jesus) ἐκ νεκρῶν L; ἐκ νεκρῶν χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν T. © υἱοί εἰσιν θεοῦ LITrAW. 4 δου- Β ἐφ᾽ τ. ἱ διότι τ. Jj δουλίας τ. f our- Ὁ. & συν- TA. k ἡμεῖς καὶ TA; [ἡμεῖς] καὶ LTr. VIII. ROMANS. ὃ. γὰρ βλέπει τις τί Meai' ἐλπίζει; 2 εἰδὲ ὃ οὐ for what sees ‘anyone why also does he hope for? But if what *not βλέπομεν ἐλπίζομεν, Ov ὑπομονῆς ἀπεκδεχόμεθα. 2 Ὡσαύτως we ?see we hopefor, in endurance we await. *In*like*manner δὲ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα συναντιλαμβάγνεται "ταῖς. ἀσθενείαις" ἡμῶν" tand also the Spirit jointly helps our weaknesses ; τὸ γὰρ τί προσευξώμεθα καθὸ δεῖ, οὐκ.οἴδαμεν, "ἀλλ᾽" for that which we should pray for according as it behoves, we know not, but αὐτὸ τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει Ῥὑπὲρ ἡμῶν" στεναγμοῖς ‘itself 'the Spirit makes intercession for us with groanings ἀλαλήτοις" 27 ὁ. δὲ "ἐρευνῶν" τὰς καρδίας οἶδεν τί τὸ inexpressible But he who searches the hearts knows what [is] the φρόνημα τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅτι κατὰ θεὸν ἐντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ mind of the Spirit, because according to God heintercedes for ἁγίων. 28 Oidapev.dé ὅτι τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν τὸν θεὸν πάντα saints. But we know that to those who love God all things τσυνεργεῖ" εἰς ἀγαθόν, τοῖς κατὰ πρόθεσιν κλητοῖς work together for good, tothose who according to purpose “called οὖσιν. 29 ὅτι οὃἣς προέγνω, καὶ προώρισεν συμμόρ- tare, Because whom he foreknew, also he predestinated [to be] conformed φους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ. υἱοῦ. αὐτοῦ, εἰς TO εἶναι αὐτὸν πρω- to the image of his Son, for 2to*be ‘him [the] first- τότοκον ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 30 οὺς. δὲ προώρισεν, τούτους born among many brethren. But whom he predestinated, these Kai ἐκάλεσεν" Kai ode ἐκάλεσεν, τούτους Kai ἐδικαίωσεν: οὺς also hecalled; and whom he called, these also hejustified; *whom δὲ ἐδικαίωσεν, τούτους Kai ἐδόξασεν. ‘but he justified, these also he glorified. 31 Ti οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα; εἰ ὁ θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, What then shall wesay to these things? If God [be] for us, τίς καθ᾽ ἡμῶν; 32 ὕς γε τοῦ ἰδίου.υἱοῦ οὐκ.ἐφείσατο, "ἀλλ᾽" who against us? Who indeed his own Son spared not, but ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πάντων παρέδωκεν αὐτόν, πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ for us all gave up him, how “not +also *with *him τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται; 33 τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ Yall'°things 8 ‘will he grant? Who shall bring an accusation against ἐκλεκτῶν θεοῦ ; θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν. 84 τίς ὁ κατα- [the] elect of God ? [It is]God who justifies: who he that con- κρίνων; χριστὸς ᾿ ὁ ἀποθανών, μᾶλλον δὲ ᾿καὶ! ἐγερθείς, demns? ([Itis) Christ who αἰϊοᾶ, butrather also is raised up; ὃς καὶ" ἔστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ. ὃς καὶ ἐντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ who also is at[the’right hand of God; who also _intercedes for ἡμῶν. 35 τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ χριστοῦ; us: who 8 shallseparate from the love of Christ ? θλίψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμός, ἢ λιμός, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ tribulation, or strait, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα; 36 καθὼς γέγραπται, Ὅτι ἕνεκά" σου danger, or sword? According as it has been written, For thy sake θανατούμεθα ὕλην THY ἡμέραν᾽ ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα we are put to death *whole ‘the day ; we were reckoned as sheep σφαγῆς. 37 AAN ἐν τούτοις πᾶσιν ὑπερνικῶμεν διὰ of slaughter. But in these *things ‘all we more than overcome through πὶ — καὶ LTr[A]. 5 τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ (read our weakness) LTTrAW. P — ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν LTTrAW. 4 ἐραυνῶν TTr. 5 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. t + Ἰησοῦς Jesus [L]T. GLTT+AW. ’ — καὶ LTTr[a]. 419 man seeth, why doth he yet hope for? 25 But if we hope for that we see not, then do we with patience wait for wt, 26 Likewise the Spirit also helpeth our infirmities: for we know not what we should pray for as we ought: but the Spirit itself maketh inter- cession for us with groanings which can- not be uttered. 27 And he that searcheth the hearts knoweth what ts the mind of the Spirit, because he maketh intercession for the saints accord- ing to the will of God. 28 And we know that all things work toge- ther for good to them that love God, to them who are the called according to his purpose. 29 For whom he did foreknow, he also did predesti- nate to be conformed to the image of his Son, that he might be the firstborn among many brethren. 30 Moreover whom he did predes- tinate, them he also called: and whom he called, them he also justified : and whom he justified, them he also glorified. 31 What shall then say to these things? If God be for us, who can be against us? 32 He that spared not his own Son, but deliver- ed him up for us all, how shall he not with him also freely give us all things? 33Whoshall lay any thing to the charge of God’s elect ? [tis God that justifi- eth. 34 Who zs hethat condemneth? Jt is Christ that died, yea rather, that is risen again, who is even at the right hand of God, who also maketh in- tercession for us. 35 Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? shall tribula- tion, or distress, or persecution, or fam- ine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword ? 36 As it is written, For th sake we are killed a the day long; we are we ο ἀλλὰ TTrw. τ συνεργεῖ ὁ θεὸς God works together 1. π -- καὶ [τ,|7]1. = ἕνεκεν 420 accounted as sheep for the slaughter. 37 Nay, in all these things we are more than con- querors through him that loved us. 38 For I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor prin- cipalities, nor powers, nor things present,nor things to come, 39 nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to sepa- rate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord. IX. I say the truth in Christ, I lienot, my conscience also bear- ing me witness in the Holy Ghost, 2 that I have great heaviness and continual sorrow in my heart. 3 For I could wish that my- self were accursed from Christ for my brethren, my kinsmen according to the flesh: 4 who are Israelites; to whom pertaineth the adoption, and the glo- ry, and the covenants, and the giving oz the law, and the service of God, and the pro- mises; 5 whose are the fathers, and of whom as concerning the flesh Christ came, who is over all, God blessed for ever. A- men. 6 Not as though the word of God hath taken none effect. For they are not all Israel, which are of Israel: 7 Neither, because they are the seed of Abra- ham, are they all chil- dren: but, In Isaac shall thy seed be call- ed. 8 That is, They which are the chil- dren of the flesh, these are not the children of God: but the children of the promise are counted for the seed. 9 For this is the word of promise, At this time will I come, and Sarah shall have a son. 10 And not only this; but when Re- becca also had con- ceived by one, even by our father Isaac ; 11 (for the children being not yet born, neither having done any good or evil, that the purpose of God according to election might stand, not of works, but of him that ΠΡῸΣ + PaM ATO Y=. ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς. loved us. VITH Ae: 38 πέπεισμαι.γὰρ OTL οὔτε For I am persuaded that neither θάνατος, οὔτε ζωή, οὔτε ἄγγελοι, οὔτε ἀρχαί, Yovre du- death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor vapec," οὔτε ἐνεστῶτα, οὔτε μέλλοντα, 39 οὔτε ὕψωμα, οὔτε τοῦ him who powers, nor things present, nor things to be, nor height, nor βάθος, οὔτε Tic κτίσις ἑτέρα δυνήσεται ἡμᾶς χωρίσαι depth, nor any 7created*thing ‘other willbeable us _ to separate ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ θεοῦ, τῆς ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ from the love of God, which[is)in Christ Jesus Lord ἡμῶν. our. 9 ᾿Αλήθειαν λέγω ἐν χριστῷ, οὐ-.ψεύδομαι, ἐσυμμαρτυρούσης" Truth Isay in Christ, I lie not, bearing witness with μοι τῆς.συνειδησεώς.μου ἕν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, 2 Ore λύπη me my conscience in {the} Spirit 1Holy, that *grief μοι ἐστὶν μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῷῇ-καρδίᾳ. μου" 3to*me ‘is 1oreat, and unceasing sorrow in my heart, - 3 ηὐχόμην.γὰρ "αὐτὸς ἐγὼ ἀνάθεμα elva' ἀπὸ τοῦ χριστοῦ ΤΟΥ | was wishing “myself ‘I & curse tobe from the Christ ὑπὲρ τῶν.ἀδελφῶν.μου, τῶν.συγγενῶν.μου κατὰ σάρκα" for my brethren, my kinsmen according to flesh; 4 olriwvic εἰσιν “TopanXirat," ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα, who are Israelites, whose [is] the adoption and the glory, ‘ nee, ~ A ΄ ν ΄ὔ « καὶ “αἱ διαθῆκαι! καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία, καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ and the covenants and the lawgiving, and the service and the ἐπαγγελίαι, 5 ὧν οἱ πατέρες, καὶ ἐξ ὧν ὁ χριστὸς τὸ promises ; whose[are]the fathers; and of whom[is])the Christ κατὰ σάρκα, ὁ ὧν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸς εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς according to flesh, who is over all God blessed to the αἰῶνας. ἀμήν. 6 Οὐχ οἵον.δὲ ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος TOU ages. Amen. Not however that has failed the word θεοῦ. οὐ.γὰρ πάντες ot ἐξ ᾿Ισραήλ, οὗτοι ᾿Ισραήλ᾽ of God; for not all ‘which (are)*of ‘Israel 1those [2816] *Israel: 7 οὐδ᾽ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα ABpadp, πάντες τέκνα, ἀλλ᾽ nor because they are of Abraham [are) all children: but, ἐν ᾿Ισαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα. 8 “Τουτέστιν, οὐ τὰ In Isaac shall be called tothee a seed. That is, ®not ‘the τέκνα τῆς σαρκός, ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ" ἀλλὰ τὰ τέκνα “children %of *the *flesh Sthese [7416] children of God; but thechildren τῆς ἐπαγγελίας λογίζεται εἰς σπέρμα. 9 ἐπαγγελίας.γὰρ 566 of the promise are reckoned for seed. For of promise ὁ λόγος.οὗτος, Κατὰ τὸν. καιρὸν. τοῦτον ἐλεύσομαι, καὶ this word [15], According to this time Iwillcome, and ἔσται τῇ Dappg υἱός. 10 Od.pdvor6e, ἀλλὰ καὶ ‘Pe- there shall be to Sarah ason. βέκκα ἐξ ἑνὸς κοίτην And not only [that], but also Re- ἔχουσα, ᾿Ισαὰκ τοῦ-.πατρὸς. ἡμῶν" Ἢ becca %by ‘one conception aving, Isaac our father, 11 ἐμήπω" γὰρ γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων “πού Syet [286 *children] “for being born, nor having done > 4 a £ ’ iT] ev « > , ‘ ~ ~ ἀγαθὸν ἢ ἱκακόν," ἵνα ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν &rov θεοῦ ΟΥ̓ evil, (that the *taccording δῦο Selection 305 “God οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ Tov καλοῦντος, of works, but of him who calls), τι anything good πρόθεσις" μένῃ, ‘purpose might abide, not Υ οὔτε δυνάμεις placed after μέλλοντα GLTTrAW. Ὁ Ἰσραηλεῖται 1. f φαῦλον LITA. LTTrAw. πὴὼ LTr. 8 ἀνάθεμα εἷναι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ 2 συνμ- T. d your ἔστιν GTTrA. © μή ὁ ἡ διαθήκη the covenant L. & πρόθεσις τοῦ θεοῦ GLTITAW. ἘΣ: ROMANS. 12 Βέἐῤῥήθη" αὐτῇ, Ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι" it was said to her, The greater shall serve the lesser : 18 καθὼς γέγραπται, Τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν.δὲ Ἡσαῦ according as it has been written, Jacob I loved, and Esau ἐμίσησα. I hated. 14 Ti οὖν ἐροῦμεν; μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ θεῷ; What then shall we say? Unrighteousness with God [is there]? \ , A 15 ~ i ‘ “Ἱ λέ "EX , τὰ n μη-γενοιτο τῷ. γὰρ. Μωσῇ λέγει, eNow OV.av May it not be! For to Moses he says, I will shew mercy to whomsoever ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω. I shew mercy, and I will feel compassion on whomsoever I feel compassion. 16”Apa οὖν οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος, So then [itis] ποὺ of himthat wills, nor of him that runs, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ξἐλεοῦντος" θεοῦ. 17 λέγει.γὰρ ἡ γραφὴ τῷ Φαραώ, but *who *shews ͵ΙΏΘΙΌΥ ‘of 7God, For says thescripture to Pharaoh, Ὅτι sic αὐτὸ.τοῦτο ἐξήγειρά σε, ὕπως ἐνδείξωμαι ἐν σοὶ For this same thing 1 raised out thee, so that I πε! ΡΝ shew in thee τὴν. δύναμίν.μου, καὶ ὕπως διαγγελῇ τὸ. ὔνομά μου ἐν πάσῃ my power, and so that should be declared my name in all τῇ γῇ. 18 "Apa οὖν ὃν θέλει, ἐλεεῖ" ὃν. δὲ θέλει the earth. So then to whom he will he shews mercy, and whom he will σκληρύνει. he hardens. 19 ’Epeic ody μοι,} Ti ἔτι μέμφεται : p' Bov- Thow wilt Bay then tome, Why yet does he find fault ες ie 1 ®pur- Anpare αὐτοῦ τίς ἀνθέστηκεν; 20 οΜενοῦνγε, ὦ ἄνθρωπε," pose Sof Thimtwho “has “resisted ἢ Yea,rather, O man, σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ ἀνταποκρινόμενος τῷ θείη μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ *thou 'who ?art that answerest against Shall ‘say ‘the πλάσμα τῷ πλάσαντι, Τί pe ἐποίησας οὕτως : 2thing "formed tohim who formed [it], Why me madest thou thus? 21 Ἢ οὐκιἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ Or 88 not authority the potter overthe clay, out of the αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃδιμὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, 6.02 same lump tomake one to ‘honour ‘vessel, and another εἰς ἀτιμίαν; 22 εἰ.δὲ θέλων ὁ θεὸς ἐνδείξασθαι τὴν ὀργήν; to dishonour? And if *willing 1God to shew wrath, καὶ γνωρίσαι τὸ.δυνατὸν. αὐτοῦ, ἤνεγκεν ἐν πολλῇ μακρο- and to make known his power, bore in much Jong- θυμίᾳ σκεύη ὀργῆς κατηρτεσμερα εἰς ἀπώλειαν: 28 καὶ ἵνα suffering vessels of wrath fitted for destruction ; and that γνωρίσῃ τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς.δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ σκεύη he might make known the riches of his glory upon vessels ἐλέους. ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν; 24 οὺς Kai ἐκάλεσεν of mercy, which he before prepared for ἡμᾶς οὐ μόνον ἐξ Ιουδαίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ. lus ποῦ oa from parton, {the] Jews, but also from among [the] ἐθνῶν: 25 ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει, Καλέσω τὸν οὐ nations? As also in Hosea he says, I willcall that which [18] not λαόν.μου. λαόν.μου᾽ Kai THY οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην. my people, My People; and that not beloved, Beloved. 26 Kai ἔσται, ἐν τῷ τόπῳ οὗ ἐῤῥήθη" Padroic," Οὐ λαός And it shall be, in the place where it wassaid tothem, Not *people glory, 2whom 7also *he ®called 421 ealleth ;) 12 it was said unto her, The elder shall serve the younger. 13 As it is written, Jacob have [ loved, but Esau have I hated. 14 What shall we say then? Js there unrighteousness with God’? God _ forbid. 15 For hesaith to Mo- ses, I will have mercy on whom I will have mercy, and I will have compassion on whom I will have compas- sion. 16 So then τέ is not of him that will- eth, nor of him that runneth, but of God that sheweth mercy. 17 For the scripture saith unto Pharaoh, Even for this same purpose have I raised thee up, that I might shew my power in thee, and that my name might be de- clared throughout all the earth. 18 There- fore hath he mercy on whom he will have mercy, and whom he will he hardeneth. 19 Thou wilt say then unto me, Why doth he yet find fault? For who hath resisted his will? 20 Nay but, Oman, who art thou that repliest against God? Shall the thing formed say to him that formed it, Why hast thou made me thus ? 21 Hath not the potter power over the clay, of the same lump to make one vessel unto honour, and another unto dis- honour? 22 What if God, willing to shew his wrath, and to make his power known, en- dured with much longsuffering the ves- sels of wrath fitted to destruction: 23 and that he might make known the riches of his glory on the ves- sels of mercy, which he had afore prepared unto glory, 24 even us, whom he hath called, not of the Jews only, ‘put also of the Gentiles? 25 As he saith also in Osee, I will call them my people, which were not my epee ; and her belove hich was not "peloved. 26 And it shall come h ἐῤῥέθη LTTrA. k ἐλεῶντος LTTrA. 1 wou οὖν LTTrAW. m+ οὖν ‘then L[A]w. ο ὦ ἄνθρωπε, μενοῦνγε (μενοῦν ye LTr) LTTrA. Ρ — αὐτοῖς [L]tr. i yap Μωῦσῇ G; Μωσῇ yap LA; Mwicet yap TTr ; OT γὰρ W. Ww. — yap for Ε. 439 to pass. ‘Avt in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not my people ; there shall they be called the children of the living God. 27 Esaias also ecri- eth concerning Israel, Though the number of the children of Israel be as the sand of the sea, ἃ remnant shall be saved: 28 for he will finish the work, and σα ἐξ short in right- eousness: because a short work will the Lord make upon the earth, 29 And as H- saias said before, Ex- cept the Lord οἵ Sa- baoth had left us a secd, we had been as Sodoma. and _ been made like unto Go- morrha. 30 What shall we say then ? That the Gentiles, which followed ποῦ after rizhteousness, have attained to righteons- ness, even the right- eousness which is of faith, 31 But Israel, which followed after the law of righteous- ness, hath not attain- ed to the law of right- eousness. 32 Where- fore? Because they sought it not by faith, but as it were by the works of the law. For they stumbled at that stumblingstone ; 33 as it is written, Behold, I iny in Sion a stum- blingstone and rock of offence: and who- soever believeth on him shall not be a- shamed. X. Brethren, my heart’s desire and prayer to God for tsrael is, that they might be saved. 2 For Il bear them record that they have azeal of God, but not accord- ing to knowledge. 3 For they being ig- norant of God’s right- eousness, and going about to establish their own righteous- ness, have not sub- mitted themselves un- to the righteousness of God. 4 For Christ is the end of the law for righteousness to every one that believeth. 5 For Moses describ- IPOs 424Eo@MArO Y &. IX ae μου ὑμεῖς, ἐκεῖ κληθήσονται υἱοὶ θεοῦ ζῶντος. 27 Ἣ- ‘my [are] ye, there they shall be called sons of *God ['the] “living. 2h - σαΐας δὲ κράζει ὑπὲρ τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ, Ἐὰν ὁ ἀριθμὸς saias ‘but cries concerning Israel, If *should be 'the 2nnmber τῶν υἱῶν 'Ισραὴλ ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, τὸ τκατάλειμ- “of *the Ssons ®of 7Israel as the sand ofthe sea, the remnant pa" σωθήσεται" 28 λόγον yao συντελῶν καὶ συντέμνων shall be saved: for [the] matter [he is] conelnding and cutting short δὲν δικαιοσύνῃ ὅτι λόγον συντετμημένον" ποιήσει in righteousness: because a matter cut short will *do ['the] ΄ ᾿ ‘ ~ ~ A F ‘ , «- Hy, κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 29 Kat καθὼς προείρηκεν Ἡσαΐας, “Lord upon the earth. And according as_ said before Esaias, Εἰμὴ κύριος Σαβαὼθ ᾿ἐγκατέλιπεν" ἡμῖν σπέρμα, ὡς Σόδομα Unless [{Π6] Lord οἵ Hosts had left us aseed, as Sodom ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ we Τόμοῤῥα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν. we should have become, and as Gomorrha we should have been made like, 30 Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν; ὅτι ἔθνη τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιο- What then shall wesay? That Gentiles that follow not after right- σύνην, κατέλαβεν δικαιοσύνην, δικαιοσύνην δὲ τὴν ἐκ πίστεως" eousness, attained righteousness, but righteousness that[is]by faith. 51 ᾿Ισραὴλ.δὲ διώκων νόμον δικαιοσύνης, εἰς νόμον Yé- But Israel, following after alaw of righteousness, to a law of U ΠΤ ? μὲ θ ΓΝ ΚᾺΔ] ε ? 3 “ καιοσύνης" οὐκιἔφθασεν. 32 ὕδιατί :" ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίσ- righteousness did not attain. Why? Because [it was] not by faith, τεως, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων *vdpov'' προσέκοψαν γὰρ" τῷ λίθῳ but as by works of law. For they stumbled at the stone τοῦ προσκόμματος, 33 καθὼς γέγραπται, ᾿ἸΙδοὺ τίθημι ἐν of stumbling, according as it has been written, Behold I place in Σιὼν λίθον προσκόμματος Kai πέτραν σκανδάλου" καὶ *7rac! Sion ἃ stone of stumbling and rock of offence : and every one ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ οὐ.καταισχυνθήσεται. that believes on him shall not be ashamed, 10 ᾿Αδελφοί, ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας, καὶ ἡ Brethren, the good pleasure of my own heart, and δέησις “ἡ" πρὸς τὸν θὺν ὑπὲρ rov’Iopand ἐστιν" εἰς supplication to God on behalf of Israel is for σωτηρίαν. 2 μαρτυρῶ.γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὅτι ζῆλον θεοῦ ἔχουσιν, salvation. For I bear witness tothem that zeal for God they have, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ κατ᾽ ἐπίγνωσιν. 3 ἀγνοοῦντες. γὰρ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ but not according to knowledge. For being ignorant of the *of *God δικαιοσύνην, καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν “δικαιοσύνην" ζητοῦντες στῆσαι, ‘righteousness, and _ their own righteousness seeking to establish, TH δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ.ὑπετάγησαν. 4 τέλος. γὰρ to the righteousness of God they submitted not. For [*the] *end νόμου χριστὸς εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι. Sof*law ‘Christ [215] for righteousness toevery one that believes. 5 Μωσῆς". γὰρ γράφει 5 τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν éx frou! For Moses writes [of] the righteousness which [is] of the νόμου, β"Ὅτι"! ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος ζήσεται law, That the *having *practised *those *things man shall live ἐν ἰαὐτοῖς." 6 ‘H.dé ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει, by them. But the ?of *faith ‘righteousness thus speaks: τ ὑπόλειμμα LTTrA. * — δικαιοσύνης (read to [that] law) trtraw. ¥ — yap for LTTrA. fis] GLTTraw. € — rod Trra. β —omnT, 8 — ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ ὅτι λόγον συντετμημένον LTTr[A]. t ἐν- T. * διὰ Te LTrA. x — νόμου LTT: A ]W. + — πᾶς (read ὃ he that) LTtraw. ἃ — ἢ LTTrAW. Ὁ αὐτῶν them - δικαιοσύνην GLTr[A]w. 4 Mwvons GLTTrAW. © + ὅτι that T. h — αὐτὰ (LJ. i αὐτῇ it LTTrA. ROMANS Μὴ.εἴπῃς ἐν ‘ry «καρδίᾳ σου, Τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν Thou mayest not say in thy heart, Who = shall ascend to the οὐρανόν ; τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν" 7 ἢ. Tie κατα- heaven ? that is, Christ to bring down. Or, Who shall βήσεται εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον; τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν χριστὸν ἐκ descend into the abyss? that is, Christ from encug {the} νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν. ὃ ἀλλὰ τί λέγει; ᾿Εγγύς cov τὸ ῥῆμά X. dead to bring up. But what says it? Near thee the word ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ.στύματί.σου καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου. τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν τὸ is, in thy mouth and in thy heart: that is the ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως ὃ κηρύσσομεν 9 OTL ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς word of faith which we proclaim, that if thou contess ἐν Tw.oTOmati.cou κύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν, Kai πιστεύσῳς ἐν TY with thy mouth {the} Lord Jesus, and believe in καρδίᾳισου ὅτι ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, thy heart that God him raised from auieng {the} dead, σωθήσῃ" 10 καρδίᾳ. γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην. thou shalt be saved. For with {the} heart [15 belief to righteousness ; στόματιιδὲλ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν. 11 Λέγει.γὰρ ἡ and with [the] mouth is confession to salvation. For says the γραφή, Πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ οὐ.καταισχυνθήσεται. scripture, πλάτες that believes on him shall not be ashamed. 12 Οὐ.γάρ.ἐστιν διαστολὴ ᾿Ιουδαίου τε καὶ “Ἑλληνος" ὁ.γὰρ For there is ποῦ a difference of Jew and Greck ; for the αὐτὸς κύριος πάντων πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλου- same Lord ofall [is] rich toward ali that call μένους αὐτόν. 18 Πᾶς. γὰρ ὃς.ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα upon him. For everyone, whoever may call on the nDame κυρίου, σωθήσεται. 14 Πῶς οὖν ἱἐπικαλέσονται εἰς of [the] Lord, shall be saved. How then shall they call on [him} ὃν οὐκ.-ἐπίστευσαν 3; πῶς.δὲ ππιστεύσουσιν οὗ whom they believed not? οὐκ.ἤκουσαν ; πῶς.δὲ "ἀκούσουσιν χωρὶς they heard not? and how 15 πῶς δὲ οκηρύξουσιν, and how shall they believe on (him) of whom κηρύσσοντος ; shall they hear apart from(one) preaching? ἐὰν.μὴ ἀποσταλῶσιν; καθὼς and how shallthey preach, unless they be sent? according as γέγραπται, ‘Qc ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν Ρεὐαγγελιζο- it has been written, How beautiful the feet of those announcing the glad μένων εἰρήνην, τῶν" εὐαγγελιζομένων “τὰ ἀγαθά. tidings of Bence; of those CEG the glad tidings of good things ! 16 ᾿Αλλ’ οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ: Ἡσαΐας. γὰρ But not ali obeyed the glad tidings. For Esaias λέγει, Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν; 17° Ava ἡ πίστις ΒΑΕ; Lord, who believed our report ? So faith [is} ἐξ ἀκοῆς, ἡ-.δὲ ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος "θεοῦ. 18 ἀλλὰ λέγω, by report, but the “aise by [the} word of God. But Isay, Μὴ οὐκιἤκουσαν; "μενοῦνγε' εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐξῆλθεν Did they not hear? 55: aes Into all the earth went out ὁ. φθόγγος αὐτῶν, καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης τὰ ῥήματα their voice, and to the ends of the habitable world words 423 eth the righteousness Which is ot the iaw, That the man which doecth those things shali live by them. 6 But the righieous- ness which is of faith speaketh on this wise, Say not in thine heart, Who shall ascend into heaven? (that is, to bring Christ down Srom above:) 7 or, Who shall descend in- to the deep? (thatis, to bring up Christ again from the dead.) 8 But what saith it? The word is nigh thee, evenin thy mouth, and in thy heart: that is, the word of faith, which we preach; 9 Thai if thou shalt confess with thy mouth the Lord Je- sus, and shait believe ii thine heart that God hath raised him from the dead, thou shalt be saved. 10 For With the heart man believeth unto right- eousness; and with the mouth confession is made unto salva- tion. 11 For the scrip- ture saith, Whosoever believeth on him shail not beashamed. 12 For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich unto all that call upon him. 13 For whosoever shail call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved. 14 How then shall they call on him in whom they have not believed? and how shall they believe in him of whom they have not heard? and how shall they hear without a preacher? 15 And how shalithey preach, except they be sent? as it is written, How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things! 16 But they have not all obeyed the gospel. For Esaias_ saith, Lord, who hath be- lieved our report? 17 So then faith com- eth by hearing, and αὐτῶν. 19 ᾿Αλλὰ λέγω, Μὴ. οὐκ.ἔγνω ‘“Iopand"; πρῶτος be#ting by the word - ; τος : their. But I say, Did not *know τίνει ? irst, ἐπ ES PETS T k— τῇ EK. ‘ ἐπικαλέσωνται sould they call Lrtraw. ™ πιστεύσωσιν Should they believe LrTraw. should they preach LTT:aw. τ᾽ χριστοῦ of Christ Lrtra. ® μενοῦν ye LTrw. 2 ἀκούσονται T ; ἀκούσωσιν should they hear LiraWw. Ρ-- εὐαγγελιζομένων εἰρήνην τῶν. LTTr[A]. ° κηρύξωσιν 9 — τὰ LTraw. τ: Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω GLTTrAW. 424 Have they not heard ? Yes verily, their sound went into all the earth, and their words unto the ends of the world. 19 But I say, Did not Israel know ? First Moses saith, I will provoke you to jealousy by them that are no people, and by a foolish nation I will anger you. 20 But Esaias is very bold, and saith, I was found of them that sought me not; I was made manifest unto them that asked not after me, 21 But to Israel he saith, All day iong I have stretched forth my hands unto a dis- obedient and gainsay- ing people. XI. Isay then,Hath God cast away his people? God forbid. For I also am an Is- raelite. of the seed of Abraham, of the tribe of Benjamin. 2 God hath not cast away his people which he foreknew. Wot ye not what the scrip- ture saith of Elias? how he maketh in- tercession to God a- gainst Israel, saying, % Lord, they have killed thy prophets, and digged down thine altars; and I am left alone, and they seek my life. 4 But what saith the answer of God unto nim? I have reserved to myself seven thou- sand men, who have not bowed the knee to the image of Baai. 5 Even so then at this present time _ also there is a remnant according to the elec- tion of grace. 6 And if by grace, then ts tt mo more of works: otherwise grace is no more grace. But if tt be of works, then is it no more grace: other- wise work is no more work. 7 What then ? Israel hath not obtained that which he seeketh for; but the election hath obtained it, and the rest were blinded 8 (according as it is ΤΡ ΟΣ Pasa Mea OF eS. "Μωσῆς" λέγει, ᾿Εγὼ X, Xa. παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς ἐπ’ οὐκ Moses Says, I will ῬΠΟΣΟΚΟ to jealousy you ee ({those] not ἔθνει, "ἐπὶ" ἔθγει ἀσυνέτῳ παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς. 20° 25 & pation! through a nation without understanding I will anger oon oatac δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει, Ἑὑρέθην roic ἐμὲ saias ‘but is Nery shold and says, μὴ a I was found by those *me ‘not ?seek- τοῦσιν, ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην * τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ “ἐπερωτῶσιν. 21 πρὸς ing ; manifested 1 became to those *me ‘not “enquiring “after. ®To δὲ τὸν ᾿Ισραὴλ λέγει, Ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐξεπέτασα τὰς ®but Israel hesays, *Whole ‘the day I stretched out χεῖράς. μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα. my hands to a people disobeying and contradicting. 11 Λέγω οὖν, Μὴ ἀπώσατο 6 θεὸς τὸν. λαὸν.αὐτοῦνγ ; Isay then, Did *thrust “away ‘God his people ? μὴ.γένοιτο᾽ καὶ. γὰρ ἐγὼ *IoopanXirnc' εἰμί, ἐκ σπέρματος May it not be! For also if an Israelite am, of [the] seed ᾿Αβραάμ, φυλῆς *Bemapiv." 2 οὐκ.ιἀπώσατο ὁ θεὸς of Abraham, of [the] tribe of Benjamin. “Did *not *thrust 5away 1God τὸν.λαὸν. αὐτοῦ, ὃν προέγνω. ἢ οὐκ.οἴδατε ἐν his people, whom he foreknew. Know ye not in {the history of] “HXia' τί λέγει ἡ γραφή; ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ θεῷ κατὰ Elias what says the scripture? how he pleads with God against τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ, “λέγων," 8 Κύριε, τοὺς.προφήτας.σου ἀπέκτειναν, Israel, saying, Lord, thy Brephete they killed, καὶ" τὰ.θυσιαστήριά.σου κατέσκαψαν κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην a and thine altars they dug down; andI was left voc, καὶ ζητοῦσιν τὴν-Ψυχήν.μου. 4 ᾿Αλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὃ lone, and they seek my life. But what says to him the χρηματισμός ; Κατέλιπον ἐμαυτῷ ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας divine answer ? I left to myself seven thousand men οἵτινες οὐκιἔκαμψαν γόνυ τῇ Βάαλ. ὃ Οὕτως οὖν καὶ ἐν τῷ who bowed not a knee to Baal. Thus then also in the νῦν καιρῷ λεῖμμα Kar ἐκλογὴν χάριτος γέγονεν. d present time a remnant according to election of grace there has been. 6 €i.0& χάριτι, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἔργων" ἐπεὶ ἡ χάρις οὐκέτι γίνεται But if by grace, nolongerof works; else grace nolonger becomes χάρις. “εἰ.δὲ ἐξ ἔργων, οὐκέτι fiariv' χάρις" ἐπεὶ τὸ ἔργον grace * butif of works, no longer isit grace ; else work οὐκέτι ἐστὶν ἔργον." nolonger is work. 7 Ti οὖν ; ὃ ἐπιζητεῖ ᾿Ισραήλ, %rovrov' οὐκ.ἐπέτυχεν, ᾽ ’ ἕξ What then? What “seeks Ὁ ‘Israel, this it did not obtain ; 1.08 ἐκλογὴ ἐπέτυχεν. οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ ἐπωρώθησαν. 8 "καθὼς" but the election obtained [it], andthe rest were hardened, according as γέγραπται, Ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως, it has been written, “Gave “them ‘God «τ spirit of slumber, ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ.μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ.μὴ ἀκούειν, Ewe eyes 80 as not to see, and ears so as not to Bok unto ΤΠ ΘΈΡΟΣ ἡμέρας. 9 καὶ ἸΔαβὶδ' λέγει, Benes ἡ τράπεζα And David says, “table αὐτῶν εἰς eres καὶ εἰς θήραν, Kai εἰς Prin καὶ εἰς written, God hath given them the spirit ‘their for asnare, and for atrap, and for cause of offence, and for υ Μωῦσῆς GLTTrAW. Υ ἐπ᾿ Trr. + [ev] by (those) tra. x + [ev] by (those) utr. r+, ¢ ov mpoéyvw] whom he foreknew L. c— λέγων GLTTraw. f— ἐστὶν A. Ὁ“ Hela τ. Gurtr[a]. {πττὰ ; Aavtd Gw. τ Ἰσραηλείτης T. a Βενιαμείν LTTrA. d — cai LTTrAW. e — εἰ δὲ ἐξ to end of verse 5 τοῦτο GLTTrAW. h καθάπερ even as TTr. i Aaveid Xi. ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς" 8. recompense to them: ROMANS. 10 σκοτισθήτωσαν οἱ. ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν let be darkened their eyes τοῦ.μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ τὸν.νῶτον.αὐτῶν διαπαντὸς ἰσύγ- 50 85 ποῦ to see, and their back continually bow thou καμψον." down. 11 Λέγω οὖν, μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν; μὴ-γένοιτο᾽ Isay then, Did they stumble that they might fall? May it not be! ἀλλὰ τῷ. αὐτῶν παραπτώματι ἡ σωτηρία τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰς but by their offence salvation [is]tothe nations, for TO παραζηλῶσαι αὐτούς. 12 εἰ δὲ TO.7upaTTwpa.avTorY to provoke to jealousy them. But if their offence [be the} πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ τὸ ἥττημα.αὐτῶν πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν. wealth οΥΓ[[Π6] world, and their default [the] wealth of[the] nations, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ-πλήρωμα αὐτῶν ; 13 Ὑμῖν ™yap λέγω how much more their fulness? “To *you ‘for I speak, τοῖς ἔθνεσιν᾽ ἐφ᾽ ὅσον μέν ™ εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐθνῶν ἀπόστολος, the nations, inasmuch as I “οἵ [Sthe] ‘nations Sapostle, τὴν.διακονίαν.μου δοξάζω, 14 εἴ.πως παραζηλώσω my service I glorify, if by any means I shall provoke to jealousy μου τὴν σάρκα, Kai σώσω τινὰὲῤξῤ ἐξ αὐτῶν. 16 εἰ. γὰρ my fiesh, and shall save some from ameng them, For if 7)-ATOBOAN-AabT OY καταλλαγὴ κύσμου, τίς ἡ “πρόσ- their casting away [bethe] reconciliation of [the] world, what the recep- ληψις,} εἰμὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν ; tion, except life from ameng [the] dead? 16 εἰδὲ ἡ ἀπαρχὴ ayia, Kai τὸ φύραμα: Kai εἰ ἡ ῥίζα Now if the first-fruit [be] holy, alsothe lump; _ and if the root ayia, καὶ ot κλάδοι. 17 εἰ.δὲ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθη- {bejholy, also the branches. But if some ofthe branches were broken σαν, σὺ δὲ ἀγριέλαιος ὧν ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς, Kai out, and thou, a wild olive tree being, wast σγαῦίθα ἴπ amongst them, and ἰΙσυγκοινωνὸς τῆς ῥίζης Ῥκαὶ τῆς πιότητος THE ἐλαίας a fellow partaker of the root and of the fatness οἱ the olive tree ἐγένου, 18 μὴ.κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων' εἰ δὲ κατακαυχᾶσαι, became, boast not against the branches; but if thou boastest against οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, Yar’! ἡ ῥίζα σέ. 19 Ἔ- [them], *not*thou*the *root *bearest, but the aa thee. Thou peic οὖν, ᾿Εξεκλάσθησαν τοὶ" κλάδοι, iva ἐγὼ “ἐγκεντρισθῶ." wilt say then, Werebrokenout the branches, that I might be grafted in. 20 Καλῶς" τῷ ἀπιστίᾳ ᾿ἐξεκλάσθησαν., σὺ.δὲ τῇ πίστει Well: by unbelief they were broken out, and thou by faith ἕστηκος. μὴ.“ὑψηλοφρόνει," ἀλλὰ φόβου. 21 εἰ-γὰρ ὁ θεὸς standest. Be not high-minded, but for if God τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ. ἐφείσατο. © μήπως" οὐδὲ σου the Ξδοοογαϊηρ *to*nature *branches cranes not— lest neither thee *peionrar.' 22 “Ide οὖν χρηστότητα Kai ἀποτομίαν θεοῦ" he should spare. Behold then [the] kindness and severity of God: ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, Τἀποτομίαν"" ἐπὶ. δὲ σε, ἐχρηστό- upon those that feil, severity ; and Epon thee, kind- τητα," ἐὰν 5ἐπιμείνῳς! τῇ χρηστότητι ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκ- ness, if thou continue in [his] kindness, else also thou wilt k διὰ παντὸς LTrA. 1 oyp- τ. m δὲ and LTtra. © πρόσλημψις LTTrA. P — καὶ T[Tr]a. 4 ἀλλὰ TIrA. t ἐκλάσθησαν broken off τττ. v ὑψηλὰ φρόνει TTr. he will spare GLTTraw. Υ ἀποτομία LTTrA. 8 ἐπιμέντις ΤΈΓ. 425 of slumber, eyes thst they should not sex, and ears that they should not hear;) unte this day. 9 And David saith, Let their table be made a snare, anda trap, and a stumbling- biock, and a recom- pence unto them: 10 let their eyes he darkened, that they inay not see, and bow down their back ai- way. 111 say then, Have they stumbled that they should fall? God forbid: but ra- ther through their fall salvation ts come unto the Gentiles, for to provoke them to jea- lousy. 12 Now if the fall of them be the riches of the world, and the diminishing of them the riches οἵ the Gentiles; how much more their ful- ness? 13 For I speak to you Gentiles, inas- much as I am the a- postle of the Gentiles, i magnify mine office: 14 if by any means I may pr ovoke to emu- lation them which are my tiesh, and might save some of then, 15 For if the casting away of them be the reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them te, but life from the dead? 16 For if the first- fruit be holy, the lump is also holy. aud if the root be hoiy, so are the branches. 17 And if some of the branches be broken off, and thou, being a wild olive tree, wert graffed in among them, and with them partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree; 18 boast not against the branches. But if thou boast, thou bearest not the root, but the root thee. 19 Thou wilt say then, The branches were broken off, that 1 might be grafied in. 20 Well; because of unbelief they were broken off, and thou standest by faith. Be not highminded, but fear: 21 for if God goes not the natural n+ οὖν then: ταὶ τε jaw. τ--- οἱ GLTTrAW. -- μήπως LTTr[A}. 2 χρηστότης θεοῦ kindness of God Lrrra. 53 ey-T. χ φείσεται 420 branches, take heed lest he also spare not thee. 22 Behoid there- fore the goodness and severity of God: on them which fell, seve- rity ; but toward thee, goodness, if thou con- tinue in his goodness: otherwise thou also shalt be cut off. 23 And they 150, if they a- bide not still in un- belief, shall be graffed in: for God is abie to graff them in again. 24 For if thou wert cut out of the olive tree which is wild by nature, and wert graff- ed contrary to nature into a good olive tree: how much more shall these, which be the natural branches, be grafted into their own olive tree? 25 For I would not, brethren, that ye should be ig- norant of this mys- tery, lest ye should be wise in your own con- ceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel, until the ful- ness of the Gentiles be come in. 26 And soall Israel shall be saved: as it is written, There shall come out of Sion the Deliverer, and shall turn away un- godliness from Jacob: 27 for this # my covenant unto them, when [shall take away their sins, 28 As con- cerning the gospel, they are enemies for your sakes: but as touching the election, they are beloved for the fathers’ sakes. 29 For the gifts and calling of God are without repentance, 30 For as ye in times past have not believed God, yet have now ob- tained mercy through their unbelief: 31 even so have these also now not believed, that through your mercy they also may obtain mercy. 32 For God hath coneluded them all in unbelief, that he might have mercy up- on all. 33 Othe depth of the riches both of the wisdom and know- ledge of God! how unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways past finding out! 34 For who hath known the mind of the Lord? P03 POM A LOWS: ΧΙ, κοπήσῃ. 23 cai ἐκεῖνοι" δέ, ἐὰν μὴ “ἐπιμείνωσιν" τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ, be cut off. Also “they ‘and, if they continue not in unbelief, ἀξγκεντρισθήσονται" duvaroc.yap ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς πάλιν “ἐγκεν- shall be grafted in ; for able is God = again to graft τρίσαι" αὐτούς. 24 εἰγὰρ σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξε- in them. For if thou out of the *according °to *nature 7wast κόπης ἀγριελαίου, Kai παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς Scut off ‘wild “olive *tree, and, contrary to nature, wast grafted in to καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι οἱ κατὰ φύσιν, a good olive tree, how much more these who according to nature [are], ἀἐγκεγτρισθήσονται" τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ; 25 Ob.yao θέλω ὑμᾶς shall be graftedinto their own olive tree ? For “ποῦ *do ‘I wish you ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο, ἵνα μὴ ἦτε “παρ᾽" to be ignorant, brethren, of this mystery, that yemay not be in ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι, OTL πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Topanr γέ- yourselves wise, that hardness in part to Israel has » A , ~ ? ~ ? , ‘ yovey, axpic.od TO πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ: 26 Kat happened, until the fulness of the nations be come in; and οὕτως πᾶς ᾿Ισραὴλ σωθήσεται, καθὼς γέγραπται, sO all Israel shall be saved, according as it has been written, Ls ᾽ ὃν ‘ « « , f sil ? , ? ΝΜ Ηξἕει ἐκ Σιὼν ὁ ῥυόμενος, 'καὶ ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας Shall come out of Sion the deliverer, ἀπὸ ‘Taras: 27 καὶ αὕτη and he shall turn away ungodliness αὐτοῖς ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, from Jacob. And this [is] *to®them ‘the *from ‘*me covenant, ὅταν ἀφέλωμαι τὰς.ἁμαρτίας. αὐτῶν. 28 Κατὰ μὲν when I may have taken away their sins. As regards indecd τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἐχθροὶ δι ὑμᾶς" κατὰ.δὲ τὴν the gladtidings, [they are] enemies on your account; but as regards the ἐκλογήν, ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας. 29 ἀμεταμέλητα election, beloved onaccountofthe fathers. Not *to *be repented Sof 4 A , ‘ « Va ~ ~ .“ A ya τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ θεοῦ. 80 ὥσπερ. γὰρ ‘for [are] the gifts and the calling of God. For as βκαὶ" ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε τῷ θεῷ, νῦν. δὲ ἠλεήθητε also once were disobedient to God, but now have been shewn mercy ye ~ , ᾽ ΕΣ Ὲ er x - ~ ? , τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ" 31 οὕτως Kai οὗτοι νῦν ἠπείθησαν through their disobedience ; so also these now were disobedient Tp "ὑμετέρῳ" ἐλέει, ἵνα Kai αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθῶσιν. to your mercy, that also they may have mercy shewn [them]. 32 συνέκλεισεν. γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν, iva τοὺς For “shut *up *together ‘God all in disobedience, that πάντας ἐλεήσῃ. 88 Ὦ βάθος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας all he might shew mercy to. O depth ofriches both of wisdom we *aveéepevynra' τὰ κρίματα.αὐτοῦ, Kai unsearchable his judgments, and 34 τίς. γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν For who did know [the] mind 35 ἢ Tic προέ-- Or who first ? ? re ἐξ αὐτοῦ καὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ. and knowledge of God! How ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ.ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ. untraceable his ways ! ΄ , Ψ' ᾽ ~ ΞΘ, κυρίου; ἢ τις σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ EYEVETO ; of [the] Lord, or who his counsellor became ? δωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ; 36 Ort gave to him, and it shall be recompensed to him ? For of him καὶ δι αὐτοῦ Kai εἰς αὐτὸν τὰςπάντα' air 4 δόξα and through him and unto him (are) allthings: to him [be] the glory εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν. to the ages. Amen, > κἀκεῖνοι GLTTrAW. h ἡμετέρῳ (read to our mercy) E. §— KaliGLTTraw. f — καὶ LTTrAW. k ἀνεξεραύνητα TTrAé. dq ἐν- T. 6 ἐν Tra. i+ pov πον [L]r. © ἀπιμένωσιν TTr. X11. ROMANS. 12 Παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ ITexhort therefore you, pacthrens by the compassions θεοῦ, παραστῆσαι τὰ.σώματα.ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν, ἁγίαν, of God, to present your bodies a “sacrifice ‘living, holy, ἰεὐάρεστον τῷ θεῷ," τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 2 καὶ μὴ well-pleasing to God, 2intelligent “service ‘your. And *not Ὡσυσχηματίζεσθε" τῷ αἰῶνι.τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ ἡμεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ fashion SOE IE to this age, but be transformed by the εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τί ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ.νοὸς οὑμῶν," for to prove by you what [is] renewing of your mind, τὸ θέλημα Tov θεοῦ τὸ ἀγαθὸν Kai εὐάρεστον Kai τέλειον. Twill Sof *God'the “good and *well-pleasing °and ‘perfeci. 3 λέγω. γὰρ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι, παντὶ ForIsay through the grace which isgiven tome, to everyone Tp.ovT. ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ᾽ ὃ δεῖ thatis among you, not to be high-minded above what it behoves [you] φρονεῖν, ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν. ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ tobe minded; but tobeminded soas to Ὀ6 Βουοι-τηϊπας ἃ toeach as θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρο» πίστεως. 4 Καθάπερ.γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι God divided a measure of faith. Forevenas in one _ body Ρμέλη πολλὰ" ἔχομεν, Trade μέλη πάντα οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν ?members ‘many wehave, butthe members all *not *the ‘same ἔχιι πρᾶξιν: & οὕτως οἱ πολλοὶ ἕν σῶμά ἐσμεν ἐν χριστῷ, Thave function ; thus *the *many ‘one “body ‘we‘tare in Christ, «ὁ δὲ καθ᾽ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη. 6 ἔχοντες. δὲ χαρίσματα and each one of *each “οὔμοι 'members. But having 2cifts κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα. εἴτε according *to *the ὅργαθοθ. 7which 515 °given ?°to **us ‘different, whether προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως" 7 εἴτε δια- Brophecy- according, to the proporiica of faith ; or ser- κονίαν, ἐν TY διακονίᾳ" εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων, ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ" vice— in service ; or hethat teaches— in teaching ; 8 εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει’ ὁ μεταδιδούς, ἐν or that exhorts— in eehoreon, hethat imparis— in e , ~ c ἁπλότητι ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ ὁ ἐλεῶν, aumplicity, hethat takes the lead— with diligence; he that shews mercy— ἐν ἱλαρότητι. 9 ἪἫ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος᾽ ἀποστυγοῦντες TO with cheerfulness. {Let} love [be] unfcigned ; abhorring ἀλ- πονηρόν; κολλώμεγνοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ" 10 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς evil, cleaving to gocd ; in brotherly love towards onc λήλους φιλόστοργοι: τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι" another kindly affectioned ; in[giving]honour“one *another ‘going before ; 11 τῷ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί. τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, "τῷ Kaipy' in diligence, not slothful; in spirit, fervent ; 7in Sseason ξουλεύοντες" 12 ry ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, TY θλίψει ὑπομένον- lserving. In hope, rejoicing ; in tribulation, endur- TEC, τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες᾽ 13 ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ing: in prayer, stedfastly continuing ; tothe needs of the ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες, THY φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες" 14 εὐλογεῖτε sainis communicating ; hospitality pursuing. Biess τοὺς διώκοντας ὑμᾶς" εὐλογεῖτε, Kai μὴ.καταρᾶσθε. 15 χαί- those that persecute you; bless, and curse not. Re- ρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, "καὶ" κλαίειν μετὰ κλαιόντων. 16 τὸ jeice with rejoicing ones, and weep with weeping ones; the 427 or who hath been his counseller ? 35 or who hath first given to him, aud it shall be recom- pensed unto him again? 36 For of him, ané through him, and to him, are ail things : te whom le giory for ever. Amei}. XII. I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bedies a living sacri- fice, holy, acceptable unto Goud, which is your reasonable ser- vice. 2 And be not conformed to _ this world: but be ye trans- formed by the renew- ing of your mind, that ye may prove what ἐξ that good, and accept- able, and perfect, will of God. 3 For 1 say, through the grace given unto me, to every man that is a- mong you, not tothink of hiniself more highly than he ought to think; but to think sobe rly, according as God hath dealt to every man the measure of faith. 4 For as we have many nem- bers in one body, and all members have not the same office: 5 so we, being many, are one bedy in Christ, and every one members one of another. 6 Having then gifts differing ac- cording to the grace that is given to us, whether prophecy, /et us prophesy according to the proportion οἵ faith; 7 or ministry, let ws wait on our ministering: or he that teacheth, on teaching ; 8 or he that exhorteth, on exhor- tation : hethat giveth, let him do it with sim- plicity; he that ruleth, with diligence; he that sheweth merey, with cheerfulness. 9 Let love be without dissi- mulation. Abhor that whicit is evil; cleave tothat which is good. 10 Be kindly affec- tioned one to another with brotherly love; in honour preferring one another; 11 not slothful in business ; fervent inspirit ; serv- ing the Lord; 12 re- joicing in hope; pa- tient in tribulation ; continuing instant in Ἰ τῷ θεῷ εὐάρεστον T. ματιΐζεσθετ. κα μεταμορφοῦσθαι to be transformed La. P πολλὰ μέλη LTTrAW. GTOLTTrAW. τῷ κυρίῳ the Lord ELTIraw. τι συίσυν- α)σχηματίζεσθαι to fashion yourselves) La ; ο — ὑμῶν (read the mind) LTPraw. συνσχη- 5 καὶ LTTTAW. 428 prayer; 15 distribut- ing to the necessity of saints ; given to hospi- tality. 14 Bless them which persecute you : bless, and curse not. 15 Rejoice with them that do rejoice, and weep with them that weep. 16 Be of the same mind one toward another. Mind not high things, but con- descend to men of low estate. Be not wise in your own conceits. 17 Recompense to no man evil for evil. Pro- vide things honest in the sight of all men. 18 If it be possible, as much as lieth in you, live peaceably with all men.19 Dearly beloved, avenge not yourselves, but rather give place unto wrath: for it is written, Vengeance is mine; I will re- pay, saith the Lord. 20 Therefore if thine enemy hunger, feed him ; if he thirst, give him drink: for in so doing thou shalt heap coals of fire on his head. 21 Be not over- come of evil. but over- come evil with good. XIII. Let every soul be subject unto the higher powers. For there is no power but of God: the powers that be are ordained of God. 2 Whosoever therefore resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinance of God: and they that resist shall receive to themselves damnation. 3 For ru- lers are not a terror to good works, but to the evil. Wilt thou then not be afraid of the power? do that which is good, and thou shalt have praise of the same: 4 for he is the minister of God to thee for good. But if thou do that which is evil, be afraid ; for he bear- eth not the sword in vain: for he is the minister of God, a revenger to execute wrath upon him that doeth evil. 5 Where- fore ye must needs be subject, not only for wrath. but also for conscience sake. 6 For for this cause pay ye tribute also: for they are God’s ministers, attending continually ΠΡῸΣ, PQMAIOYS. XII, XII1. ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες" μὴ τὰ.ὑψηλὰ φρο- minding, not highthings mind- νοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι. μὴ.γίνεσθε ing, but with the lowly going along: be not ΠΡΟΣ ΙΟΕ παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς. 17 μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδι- wi in yourselves: tonoone evil for evil ren- δόντες" προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων" ἀνθρώπων" ΠΟΤΟΤΙΣΙΣ OGLE Behe (things] before all men: 18 εἰ δυνατόν, τὸ. ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρη- if possible, 8800 ὙΟΌΣΕΘΙ ΜΒ; with all Inen being νεύοντες. 19 μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες, ἀγαπητοί, ἀλλὰ δότε at peace ; not Σουτεοινοι avenbing, beloved, ee give τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ γέγραπται.γάρ, ᾿Ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις, ἐγὼ ἀντα- αὐτὸ εἰς same thing toward one another place to wrath; for ithas been written, Tome vengeance! I will ποδώσω, λέγει κύριος. 20% Εὰν οὖν!" πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός recompense, says ceed Lord. If therefore should hunger “*enemy σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν" ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν" τοῦτο ‘thine, feed him ; if he should thirst, give *drink eee “this ee ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν ee doing, coals of fire thou wilt heap upon αὐτοῦ. this. ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν. 3ροοᾶ evil. 13 Πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις ὑποτασσέσθω. ΞΕ ΤΟΥ “soul “to 7authorities ®above (him) *let *be ®subject. ov-yap.iorw ἐξουσία εἰμὴ "ἀπὸ" θεοῦ" aide οὖσω For there is no authority except from God; and those that are γέἐξουσίαι" ὑπὸ τοῦ" θεοῦ τεταγμέναι.εἰσίν. 2 ὥστε ὁ authorities, by God have been appointed. So that he that ἀντιτασσόμενος τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ, τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ διαταγῇ ἀνθέστηκεν sets himself against τ authority, the 7of God ‘ordinance Tesists ; οἱ δὲ ἀνθεστηκότες, ἑαυτοῖς κρῖμα λήψονται." 8 οἱ and they that resist, to themselves judgment shall receive. 2The γὰρ ἄρχοντες οὐκ.εἰσὶν φόβος "rev ἀγαθῶν ἔργων," ἀλλὰ ‘for rulers are not a terror to good works, but “τῶν κακῶν." θέλεις.δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ; τὸ to evil [ones]. Dost thou desire not to be afraid of the authority?! ?the ἀγαθὸν ποίει, καὶ ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς" 4 θεοῦ.γὰρ good ‘practise, and thoushalt have praise from _ it; for of God διάκονός ἐστίν σοι εἰς τὸ ἀγαθόν. ἐὰν δὲ τὸ κακὸν ποιῇς, aservant itis to 866 for Bood: But if evil thou practisest, φοβοῦ" ov.yap εἰκῆ THY μάχαιραν φορεῖ" θεοῦ.γὰ ey eS fear ; for not in vain the sword it wears; forofGod a servant ἐστιν, ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴνΘ τῷ τὸ κακὸν πράσσοντι. 5 διὸ itis, anavenger for wrath to him that evil does, Wherefore ἀνάγκη ὑποτάσσεσθαι, οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργήν, necessary [itis] to be subject, not only on account of wrath. ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν. 6 διὰ τοῦτο. γὰρ καὶ but also on account of conscience. For on this account also φόρους τελεῖτε' etrovpyoi-yap θεοῦ εἰσιν, εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο tribute pay ye; for ministers of God they are, on this same thing προσκαρτεροῦντες. 7 ἀπόδοτε δοῦν! πᾶσιν τὰς ὑφειλάς" attending continually. Benger therefore toall their dues: ἀλλὰ νίκα but ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, evil, 21 μὴ.νικῶ Be not overcome by ἐν τῷ overcome ?with ® ὑπὸ LTTr. t + [ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ] before God and τ. y — ἐξουσίαι GLTTrAW. ἔργῳ to a good work LTTraw. Υ τῶν L. Ww ἀλλὰ ἐὰν But if LTTrA. _ *— TOUGLITrAW. 8 λήμψονται LTTra. Ὁ τῷ ἀγαθῷ © τῷ kakw to an evil [one] LTTrAW 4d οὖν LTTrAW. MAE, XLV. ROMANS. τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν Popov τῷ τὸ τέλος, TO TE\OG TH to whom tribute, tribute; towhom custom, custom ; to whom τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον: τῷ τὴν τιμήν, THY τιμήν. ὃ Μηδενὶ fear, fear; to whom honour, honour. To no one μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰμὴ τὸ ἀγαπᾷν ἀλλήλους" ὑ.γὰρ anything oweye, unless to love one another: for he that (lit. nothing) τ = ? ~ ‘ er , , 4 ’ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἕτερον, νόμον πεπλήρωκεν. 9 τὸ yap, Οὐ loves the other, law has fulfilled. For, *Not μοιχεύσεις, οὐ-φονεύσεις, οὐ.κλέψεις, ‘thou “shalt commit adultery, Thoushalt not commit murder, Thou shalt not steal, fob. pevdopaorupnoese,' οὐκ.ἐπιθυμήσεις, Kai εἴ τις ἑτέρα Thou shalt not bear false witness, Thou shalt not lust; and if any other com- , ~ s ~ ~y 2 ἐντολή, ἐν ἔτούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ! ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται, "ἐν τῷ," “Aya- mandment, in this word it is sammed up, in this, Thou πήσεις τὸν πλησίον.σου we ἰἑξαυτόν." 10 Ἣ ἀγάπη τῷ πλη- shaltlove thy neighbour 85 thyself. Love to the neigh- σίον κακὸν ovK.ipyaZerau’ πλήρωμα οὖν νόμου ἡ ἀγάπη. bour, evil does not work : 3fulness ‘therefore 5of([*the]7law ‘*love([7is]. 11 Kai τοῦτο, εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα ἡμᾶς Also this, knowing the time, that [the] hour *we [it 5215] non ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι: viv-yap ἐγγύτερον ἡμῶν ἡ ΞΙΤΘΘΔΑΥ͂ out of sleep should be roused; for now nearer {is] of us the σωτηρία, ἢ Ore ἐπιστεύσαμεν. 12 ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν, 1.08 salvation, than when we believed. The night is advanced, and the ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν. ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους, day has drawn near; we should cast off therefore the works of darkness, ‘kai ἐνδυσώμεθα' τὰ ὕπλα τοῦ φωτός. 13 ὡς ἔν ἡμέρᾳ, and should puton the armour of light. As in([the] day, εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν, μὴ κώμοις Kai μέθαις, μὴ κοί- becomingly weshould walk; ποῦ inrevels and drinking, not in cham- ταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις, μὴ ἔριδι Kai ζήλῳ' 14 ™adX’! ἐνδύσασθε beringand wantonness, ποῦ instrife and emulation. But put on τὸν κύριον Ἰησοῦν χριστόν, Kai τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ the Lord Jesus Christ, and of *the *flesh ‘forethought “ποῦ ποιεῖσθε εἰς ἐπιθυμίας. ἴᾷο *take ‘for ‘desire. 14 Tov.di ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει προσλαμβάνεσθε, μὴ εἰς But him being weak inthe faith receive not for διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν. 2 Ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα, decisions of reasonings, One believes teeat all things; 6.08 ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει. 8 ὁ ἐσθίων, τὸν μὴ another being weak “herbs eats. He that eats, ®him “that "ποῦ ἐσθίοντα μὴ.ἐξουθενείτω: "καὶ ὁ" μὴ-.ἐσθίων, τὸν é- 7eats ‘let “him “not *despise; and hethat eats not, Shim “that σθίοντα μὴ-κρινέτω. ὁ.θεὸς. γὰρ αὐτὸν προσελάβετο. 4 σὺ Teats Net him ὁποὺ *judge: for God him received. *Thou τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην ; τῷ.ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ -oTNKEL who τὰ judging another’s servant? tohisown master he stands ἢ πίπτει. σταθήσεται. δέ" οδυνατὸς. γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς!" or falls. And he shall be made to stand; for able is God στῆσαι αὐτόν. ὅ Ὅς μὲν Ρ κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ᾽ ἡμέραν, to make *stand *him. One judges aday [tobe)above aday; ε ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν GLTTrAW. f — οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις GLTTrAw. LTTraw. h [év τῷ] LTra. i σεαυτόν LTTrA. you Ta. | ἐνδυσώμεθα δὲ LTTTAW. m ἀλλὰ TTrAW. = ὃ δὲ LTTrA. κύριος for able is the Lord Lrtra ; évvaret yap ὁ θεὸς W. 429) upon this very thing. 7 Render therefore to all their dues : tribute to whom tribute is due ; custom to whom custom ; fear to whom fear ; honour to whom honour. 8 Owe noman any thing, but to love one another: for he that loveth another hath fulfilled the law. 9 For this, Thou shalt not commit adultery, Thou shalt not kill, Thou shalt not steal, Thou shalt not bear false witness, Thou shalt not covet; and if there be any other commandment, it is briefly comprehended in this saying, namely, Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself. 10 Love worketh no ill to his neighbour: therefore love is the fulfilling of the law. 11 And that, know- ing the time, that now it ws high time to a- wake out of sleep: for now 7s our salvation nearer than when we believed. 12 The night is far spent, the day is at hand: let us there- fore cast off the works of darkness, and let us put on the armour of light. 13 Let us walk honestly, as in the day; not in rioting and drunkenness, not in chambering and wan- tonness, not in strife and envying. 14 But put ye onthe Lord Je- sus Christ, and make not provision for the flesh, to fulfil the lusts thereof. XIV. Him that is weak in the faith re- ceive ye, but not to doubtful disputations. 2 For one believeth that he may eat all things : another, who is weak, eateth herbs. 3 Let not him that eateth despise him that eateth not; and let not him which eat- eth not judge him that eateth : for God hath received him. 4 Who art thou that judgest another man’s ser- vant? to his own master he standeth or falleth. Yea, he shall be holden up: for God is able to make him stand. 5 One man es- Β τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ Κ ἤδη ἡμᾶς LTrw ; ἤδη ὑμᾶς already ° δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ P + yap for (one) [L]r. 490 teemeth one day above another : anvther es- teemeth every day a- like. Let every man be fully persuaded in his own mind. 6 He that regardeth the day, regardeth it unto the Lord ; and he that re- gardeth not the day, to the Lord he doth not regard it. He that eatcth, eateth to the Lord, for he giveth God thanks; and he that eateth not, to the Lord he eateth not, and giveth God thauks. 7 For none of us liveth to himself, and no man dieth to himself, 8 For whether we live, we live unto the Lord ; and whether we die, we die unto the Lord : whether we live therefore, or die, we are the Lord’s, 9 For to this end Christ both died, and rose, and revived, that he might be Lord both of the dead and living. 10 But why dost thou judge thy brother? or why dost thou set at nought thy brother? for we shall all stand before the judgment seat of Christ. 11 For it is written, As I live, saith the Lord, every knee shall bow to me and every tongue shall confess to God. 12 So then every one of us shall give account of himself toGod. 13 Let us not therefore judge one another any more: but judge this rather, that no man put a stumbling block or an occision to fall in his brother’s way. 14 I know, and am _per- suaded by the Lord Jesus, that there ts no- thing unclean of it- self: but to him that esteemeth any thing to be unclean, to him tt is unclean. 15 But if thy brother be grieved with thy meat, now walkest thou not charitably. | Destroy not him with thy meat, for whom Christ died. 16 Let not then your good be evil spoken of: 17 for the kingdom of God is not meat and drink; but sighteousness, and 4 - καὶ ὃ μὴ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, κυρίῳ ov φρονεῖ LTTr[A]. die L. ὶ x ἐξομολογήσεται πᾶσα γλῶσσα LTr. . [τῷ deg] L. ε ἀποθνήσκομεν We of God Lrtraw. [ἀ το]δώσει a. IPO SL QMALOY S. ὃς. δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν. ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ. ἰδίῳ vot another judges every day [tobealike], ?Each ‘in “his °own ‘mind πληροφορείσθω. GO φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, κυρίῳ φρονεῖ" ‘et be fully assured. ΠῸ that regards the day, to[the) Lord regards [it]; “καὶ ὁ μηὴς.φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, κυρίῳ οὐ-φρονεῖ." τ ὁ and he that regards ποῦ {π6 day, to[the] Lordregards [it] not. He that ἐσθίων, κυρίῳ ἐσθίει, εὐχαριστεῖ.γὰρ τῷ Oem Kai ὁ μὴ eats, ἕο [16] Lord eats, for he gives thanks to God ; and he that “not ἐσθίων, κυρίῳ οὐκ.ἐσθίει, Kai εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ θεῷ. 7 οὐδεὶς teats, to[the] Lord heeatsnot, and gives thanks toGod. *No *one γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ Cy, Kai οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνήσκει. ὃ ἐάν.τε XIV. for ofus tohimself lives, and noone to himself dies. 2Both “1 γὰρ ζῶμεν, τῷ κυρίῳ ζῶμεν" ἐάν.τε δἀποθνήσκωμεν," for we should live, tothe Lord weshould live; and if we should die, τῷ κυρίῳ ἀποθνήσκομεν. tav.reoby ζῶμεν, tav.te δἀπο- tothe Lord we die: both if then we should live, and if we should θνήσκωμεν," τοῦ κυρίου ἐσμέν. 9 εἰς.τοῦτο.γὰρ χριστὸς ἱκαὶ" die, the Lord’s weare. For, for this Christ both ἀπέθανεν καὶ Yavéiorn καὶ ἀνέζησεν," ἵνα καὶ νεκρῶν καὶ died and rose and livedagain, that both[the] dead and ζώντων κυριεύσῃ. 10 Σὺ δὲ τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν living he might rule over. But thou why judgest thou *brother σου; ἢ καὶ ob τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν. ἀδελφόν.σου; πάντες.γὰρ ‘thy? or also thou why dost thou despise thy brother ? For ?all παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι “Tov χριστοῦ." 11 γέγραπται lwe shall stand before the judgment seat of the Christ. 7It *has *been *written γάρ, Le ἐγώ, λέγει κύριος ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, for, “Live ‘I, says [the] Lord, that to me shall bow every kmee, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ θεῷ. 12”Apa Yodr' and = every tongue shall confess to God. So then ἕκαστος ἡμῶν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον *Owoa' “τῷ θεῷ." 18 Μη- each of us concerning himself account shall give to God, No κέτι οὖν ἀλλήλους κρίνωμεν: ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, longer therefore one another should we judge; but this judgeye rather, τὸ μὴ.τιθέναι πρόσκομμα Tw ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον. not to put an occasion of stumbling tothe brother or a cause of offence. 14 οἶδα Kai πέπεισμαι ἐν κυρίῳ ᾿Ιησοῦ, Ore οὐδὲν Iknow and am persuaded in [the] Lord Jesus, that nothing [is]} κοινὸν δι᾿ Yéaurov' εἰμὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν unclean of itself : except to him who reckons anything unclean εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν" 15 εἰ “δὲ! διὰ βρῶμα ὁ tobe, to that one unclean [it is]. “If ‘but on account of meat ἀδελφός. σου λυπεῖται, οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς. thy brother is grieved, no longer according to love thou walkest. μὴ τῷ βρώ ari.cou ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε ὑπὲρ οὗ χριστὸς ἀπέ- “Not “with *thy *meat Shim 1destroy for whom Christ died. θανεν. 16 Μὴ.βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν" 17 οὐ Let ποὺ *be ὅ6Υ]} “spoken 7of ‘therefore your good ; μοῦ ΄ ᾽ c ‘ ~ ~ ~ ‘ ‘ > ‘4 yap ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ “for is the kingdom of God eating and drinking; but δικαιοσύνη Kai εἰρήνη Kai χαρὰ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ᾽ 18 ὁ righteousness and peace and joy ἱπ [86] 7Spirit Holy. *He *that r+ καὶ and GLTTyAw. ν ἔζησεν lived GLTTraW. “ τοῦ θεοῦ Υ -- οὖν ττ[4]. 1 ἀποδώσει LT: } © yap for LTTrAW. τ- καὶ LTTrAW. Ὁ αὐτοῦ GLTrw. MEV, XV. ROMANS. do ἐν 4rovrotc! δουλεύων “τῷ χριστῷ εὐάρεστος τῷ θεῷ, or in these things serves the Christ [is] well-pleasing to God, καὶ δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. 19 ἄρα οὖν τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης and approved by men, So then the things of peace ἰδιώκωμεν,, Kai τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς.εἰς ἀλλήλους. we should pursue, and the things for building up one another. 20 Μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ. Not for the sake of meat destroy the work of God, πάντα μὲν καθαρά, ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ All things indeed [are] pure; but [itis] evil tothe man who διὰ ποοσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι. 21 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, through ΄ stumbling eats. {It 15] right not toeat flesh, ~ ? τ Τ € ᾽ , , a μηδὲ τιεῖν οἷνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ.ἀδελφός. σου προσκόπτει 8H nor drink wine, nor in what thy brother stumbles, or σκανδαλίζεται ἢ ἀσθενεῖ." 22 Σὺ πίστιν yee; Kara’ Ἰσαυτὸν" is offended, or is weak, 2Thou “faith ‘hast? To thyself ἔχε ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ" μακάριος ὁ μὴ-.κρίνων ἑαυτὸν have [it] before God. Blessed [is] hethat judgesnot himself ἐν δοκιμάζει. 28 ὁ. δὲ διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ. κατα- in what he approves. But he that doubts, i he eat, has been κέκριται, ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως: πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ condemned, because [it is] not of and everything which [is] not of πίστεως, ἁμαρτία ἐστίν. * faith, 2sin tig 15 ᾿Οφείλομεν.δὲ ἡμεῖς oi δυνατοὶ τὰ ἀσθενήματα τῶν But we ought, we who(are]strong, the infirmities of the ἀδυνάτων βαστάζειν, καὶ μὴ ἑαυτοῖς ἀρέσκειν" 2 ἕκαστος 'γὰρ" weak to bear, and not ourselves to please. For *each ἡμῶν τῷ πλησίον ἀρεσκέτω εἰς τὸ ἀγαθὸν πρὸς οἰκοδομήν. 50Υ τι *the 7neighbour ‘let ®please unto good or building up. 3 καὶ γὰρ ὁ χριστὸς οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ἤρεσεν, ἀλλά, καθὼς γέ- For also the Christ not “himself ‘pleased; but, according as it has faith ; yoarrat, Οἱ dvediopoi τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε "ἐπέπεσον" been written, The reproaches of those reproaching thee fell ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ. 4°Oca-yap προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν on me. Foras many things as were written before for our διδασκαλίαν "προεγράφη, ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ THC instruction were written before, that through endurance and παρακλήσεως τῶν γραφῶν τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν. 5 0.08 encouragement of the scriptures hope we might have. Now the > \ avuToO θεὸς τῆς ὑπομονῆς Kai τῆς παρακλήσεως δῴη ὑμῖν τὸ God of endurance and encouragement give you *the*same*thing ~ ? > , 4 Pp Ἂ Η͂ > ~~ ll - φρονεῖν ἔν ἀλλήλοις κατὰ χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν" 6 ἵνα to mind with one another according to Christ Jesus ; that « A ? 25 iN , , ᾿Ὶ \ , ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι δοξάζητε τὴν θεὸν καὶ πατερα with one accord with one mouth yemayglorify the God and Father τοῦ κυρίουἡμῶν "Insov χριστοῦ. 7 Διὸ προσλαμβάνεσθε of our Lord Jesus hrist. Wherefore receive ye WAX DN ‘ ἀν ᾿ , αὐ sl gal || 2 ἀλλήλους, καθὼς Kai ὁ χριστὸς προσελάβετο ἡμᾶς" εἰς one another, accordingas also the Christ received us to δόξαν * θεοῦ. {the} glory of God. 4 τούτῳ this GLTTrAW. f διώκομεν We pursue T. ἀσθενεῖ 1. GLTTraWw. πέσαν LTTrA, χριστόν Tr. ε — τῷ L[Tr]. k Place here verses 25—27 of chapter xvi. G. 0 ἐγράφη were written LTTrAWw. 9 ὑμᾶς you GLTTraw. ¥ 4+ τοῦ LTTrA. 431 ep and joy in the oly Ghost. 18 For he that in these things serveth Christ 7s ac- ceptable to God. and approved of men. 19 Let us_ therefore follow after the things which make for peace, and things wherewith one may edify another. 20 For meat destroy not the work of God, All things indeed are pure; but ἐέ is evil for that man who eateth with offence. 21 /t is good neither to eat flesh, nor to drink wine, nor any thing whereby thy brother stumbieth, or is of- fended, or is made wenk. 22 Hast thou faith ? have it to thy- self before God. Hap- py is he that con- demneth not himself in that thing which he alloweth. 23 And he that doubteth is damn- ed if he eat, because he eateth not of faith: for whatsoever 7s not of faith is sin. XV. We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak, and not to please our- selves. 2 Let every one of us please his neigh- bour for his good to edification. 3 For even Christ pleased not him- self ; but, as it is writ- ten, The reproaches of them that reproached thee fellon me. 4 For whatsoever things were written afore- time were written for our learning, that we through patience and comfort of the serip- tures might have hope. 5 Now the God of patience and conso- lation grant you to be likeminded one to- ward another acccrd- ing to Christ Jesus: 6 that ye may with one mind and one mouth glorify God, even the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ. 7 Wherefore receive ye one another, as Christ also reccived us to the glory of God. i & — ἢ σκανδαλίζεται ἢ h ἣν ([ἣν] A) ἔχεις κατὰ (read faith which thou hast, to &€.) ἱτττα. yap for GLTTrAW. ° + διὰ through LTTraw. i σεαυτὸν > , ™ €7T€- P Ἰησοῦν 492 8 Now I say that Jesus Christ was 8 minister of the cir- cumcision forthetruth of God, to confirm the promises made unto the fathers: 9 and that the Gentiles might glorify God for his merey ; as it is written, For this cause I will confess to thee among the Gentiles, and sing unto thy name. 10 And again he saith, Rejoice, ye Gentiles, with his peo- ple. 11 And again, Praise the Lord, all ye Gentiles; and laud him, all ye people. 12 And again, Hsaias saith, There shall be a root of Jesse, and he that shall rise toreign over the Gentiles ; in him shall the Gentiles trust. 13 Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, that ye may abound in hope, through the power of the Holy Ghost. 14 And I myself al- so am persuaded of you, my brethren, that ye also are full of goodness, filled with all knowledge, able also to admonish one another. 15 Neverthe- less, brethren, I have written the more bold- ly unto you in some sort, as putting you in mind, because of the grace that is given to me of God, 16 that I should be the minister of Jesus Christ to the Gentiles, ministering the gospel of God, that the offer- ing up of the Gentiles might be acceptable, being sanctified by the Holy Ghost. 17 I have therefore whereof I may glory through Je- sus Christ in those things which pertain to God. 18 For I will not dare to speak of any of those things which Christ hath not wrought by me, to make the Gentiles o- bedient, by word and deed, 19 through migh- ty signs and wonders, by the power of the Spirit of God; so that ΤΡ ΟΣ EQ AGE OY. XV. ὃ Λέγω 868," "Inoovy" χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι" περι- 51 say ‘but, Jesus Christ a servant has become οἴ cir- τομῆς ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ἐπαγ- cumcision for [the] truth of God, for to confirm the pro- γελίας τῶν πατέρων" 9 τὰ δὲ ἔθνη ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν mises of the fathers ; andthe nations for mercy toglorify θεόν, καθὼς γέγραπται, Διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί I will confess ψαλῶ. 10 Kai will I praise. And πάλιν λέγει, Εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ.λαοῦ.αὐτοῦ. 11 Kai again it says, Rejoice ye, nations, with his people. And wadw™, Αἰνεῖτε *rov κύριον πάντα τὰ ἔθνη," καὶ γἐπαινέσατε" God; according as it has been written, Because of this σοι ἐν ἔθνεσιν, καὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί. σου to thee among [the] nations, and thy name again, Praise the Lord, all the nations, and praise αὐτὸν πάντες ot λαοί. 12 Kai πάλιν, Ἡσαΐας λέγει, “E- him, all the peoples. And again, Esaias says, There ora ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, καὶ ὁ ἀνιστάμενος ἄρχειν shall be the root of Jesse, and he that arises to rule [the] ἐθνῶν, ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν. 18 Ὁ.δὲ θεὸς τῆς nations: in him [the] nations shall hope. Now ?the *God ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς Kai εἰρήνης ἐν TH *of Shope lmay fill you with ali joy and peace in πιστεύειν, εἰς TO περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἐλπίδι, ἐν δυνάμει believing, for 2to Sabound you in hope, in power πνεύματος ἁγίου. of [the] *Spirit *Holy. 14 Πέπεισμαι.δέ, ἀδελφοί.μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ But +am *persuaded, ἼΩΥ brethren, “also “myself Γ᾽ concerning ὑμῶν, ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ μεστοί tore ἀγαθωσύνης, πεπληρωμένοι you, that also yourselves full are of goodness, being filled πάσης * γνώσεως, δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν. 15 "τολ- πὶ 811 knowledge, beingable also oneanother to admonish. ?More μηρότερον" δὲ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, Ῥάδελφοί,,) ἀπὸ μέρους, ὡς boldly but I did write to you, brethren, in part, as διὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι because of the grace which was given to me ε λειτουργὸν “Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" a minister of Jesus Christ ἐπαναμιμνήσκων ὑμᾶς, reminding you, εὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, 16 εἰς τὸ εἶναί by God, for 2to *be ‘me εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ, to the nations, administering in sacred service the glad tidings of God, iva γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος, ἡγιασμένη that might be the offering up of the nations acceptable, sanctified ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. 17 ἔχω οὖν “ καύχησιν ἐν χριστῷ by (the] Spirit 1Holy. Ihave therefore boasting in Christ Ἰησοῦ τὰ πρὸς θεόν" 18 οὐ.γὰρ τολμήσω ἔλα- _ Jesus [as to] the things pertaining to God. For not will I dare te λεῖν τιὶ ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο χριστὸς δι᾿ ἐμοῦ, εἰς speak anything of what*not “worked *out Christ by me, for [the] ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν, λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ, 19 ἐν δυνάμει on- obedience of [the] nations, by word and work, in [the] power of μείων καὶ τεράτων, ἔν υνάμει πνεύμα v'" ὥστε. δυνάμει πνεύματος ᾿θεοῦ"" ὥστε.με s yap for LrTrAW. says L[A]. ® τολμηροτερῶς Tr. e+ τὴν LITraw GLT:[A]W. signs and wonders, in([the] power of(the] Spirit of God; so as for me t — Ἰησοῦν LTTrA. ν γενέσθαι became LTr. w + λέγει it χ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν κύριον LTTrA. Υ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν LTTrA. 2+ ryst[Al. 4 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTraw. h ἁγίου Holy (Spirit) © ἀπὸ TTr. b — ἀδελφοί LrTr[a |. & τι λαλεῖν LTTrAW. f 4+ τὸν QLTTrAW. XV. ROMANS. ἀπὸ ‘lepovoadip καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι TOU Ἰλλυρικοῦ πεπληρω- from Jerusalem, and inacircuit unto Tilyricum, to have fully κέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ χριστοῦ" 320 οὕτως. δὲ ᾿φιλοτιμού- preached the gladtidings ofthe Christ; and so being am- vov' εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὕπου ὠνομάσθη χριστός, itious to announce the gladtidings, not where “was “πδιηθὰ ‘Christ, ἵνα μὴ ἐπ᾽ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον oikodouw 21 ἀλλὰ καθὼς that not upon another’s foundation I might build; but according as γέγραπται, Οἷς οὐκιἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψον- it has been written, To whom it was ποῦ announcedconcerning him, they shall Tau’ καὶ οἱ οὐκ.ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν. 22 Διὸ Kai ἐνε- see; and thosethat have ποὺ heard, shall understand. Wherefore also I was κοπτόμην ἔτὰ.πολλὰ᾿ τοῦ.ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 28 vurvi-cé hindered any times from coming to you. But now, μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς. κλίμασιν. τούτοις, ἐπιποθίαν.ὃ δὲ nolonger *place ‘having in these regions, and *a *longing ἔχων τοῦ" ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ πολλῶν ἐτῶν, 24 ὡς "ἐὰν" Hee tocome to you for many Tents whenever πορεύωμαι εἰς THY Σπανίαν, “ἐλεύσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς" ἐλπίζω I oo go to Spain, I will come to you ; =I *hope γὰρ διαπορευόμενος θεάσασθαι ὑμᾶς, καὶ Pig"! ὑμῶν προπεμ- ‘for going through to see you, and by you to be set φθῆναι ἐκεῖ, ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ. forward thither, if of Jen first in part I should be filled. 25 Νυνὶ.δὲ πορεύομαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις. But now 1 go to Jerusalem, doing service tothe saints; 26 “εὐδόκησαν .γὰρ Μακεδονία καὶ ᾿Αχαΐα, κοινωνίαν τινὰ for * eres ΙΕ ΒΩ *Macedonia “and *Achaia ©a *contribution 7certain ποιήσασθαι εἰς τοὺς πτωχοὺς τῶν ἁγίων τῶν ἐν Ἱερουσα- to make for the poor ofthe saints who Exe in Jerusa- Anp 27 εὐδόκησαν" γὰρ Kai ὀφειλέται ταὐτῶν εἰσιν. εἰ γὰ lem. For they were pleased and “debtors itheir they are; for if τοὶς.πνευματικοῖς. αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν in their spiritual things *participated ithe “nations, they ought Kal ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς. 2B τοῦτο οὖν also in the fieshly things to minister to them. This therefore ἐπιτελέσας, καὶ σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν.καρπὸν.τοῦτον, baying finished, and haying sealed to them this fruit, ἀπελεύσομαι Ov ὑμῶν εἰς "τὴν" Σπανίαν. 29 oida.dé ὅτι I will set off by oe into Spain. And I know that ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἔν πληρώματι εὐλογίας ‘TOU εὐαγγελίου coming to you, in fulness of blessing of the glad tidings τοῦ" χριστοῦ ἐλεύσομαι. 30 Παρακαλῶ. δὲ ὑμᾶς, "ἀδελφοί," διὰ οὗ Christ I shall come. But I exhort you, brethren, by τοῦ.κυρίου- ἡμῶν Inco’ χριστοῦ, Kai διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ our Lord Jesus Christ, and by the love of the πνεύματος, συναγωνίσασθαί μοι ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς ὑπὲρ Spirit, to strive together with me in prayers for ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸν Gedy’ 31 ἵνα ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπει- me to God, that I may be deliveredfirom those being θούντων ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ, καὶ ἵνα ἡ "ζιακονία' μου ἡ disobedient in Judea ; and that *service *my which [15] 1 φιλοτιμοῦμαι 1 am ambitious Ltr. Κ πολλάκις L. " ἂν LTTrAW. ο-- ἐλεύσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς GLITraW. τεἰσὶν αὐτῶν LTTrAW. ‘* — τὴν LITrA. * — ἵνα LITrA. x 6wpodopia offering of gifts x. Pad LA. 1 [τοῦ] 1. t — τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τοῦ GLTTraW. 495 from Jerusalem, and round about unio 1|- lyricum, I have fully preached the gospel of Christ. 20 Yea, so have I strived to preach the gospel, not where Christ was named, lest I should build upon another man’s founda- tion: 21 but as it is written, To whom he was not spoken of, they shall see: and they that have not heard shall understand. 22 For which cause alsoI have been much hindered from coming to you. 23 But now haying no more place in these parts, and having a great desire thesemany years to come unto you ; 24 whensoever I take my journey into Spain, I will come to you : for I trust to see you in my journey, and to be brought on my way thitherward by you, if first I be somewhat filled with your company. 25 But now I go unto Jerusa- lem to minister unto the saints. 26 For it hath pleased them of Macedoniaand Achaia to make a certain con- tribution for the poor saints which are at Jerusalem, 27 It hath pleased them verily ; 0 and their debtors they are. For if the Gen- tiles have been made partakers of their spi- ritual things, their duty is also to mini- ster unto them in car- nal things. 28 When therefore I have per- formed this, and have sealed to them this truit, I will come by you into Spain. 29 Ang I am sure that, when I come unto you, 1 shall come in the ful- ness of the blessing οὗ the gospel of Christ. 30 Now I beseech you. brethren, for the Lord Jesus Christ’s sake, and for the love of the Spirit, that ye strive together with me in your prayers to God for me; 31 that I may be delivered from them that do not be- lieve in Jud#a; and that my service which τ ἱκανῶν TrA. 4 ηὐδόκησαν Tir. ¥ [ἀδελφοί a. FF 434 I have for Jerusalem may be accepted of the saints; 32 that I May come unto you with joy by the will of God, and may with you be_ refreshed. 33 Now the God of peace be with you ail. Amen, XVI. I commend unto you Phebe our sister, which is a ser- vant of the church which is at Cenchrea: 2that ye receive her in the Lord, as be- cometh saints, and that ye assist her in whatsoever business she hath need of you: for she hath been a succourer of many, and of myself also. 3 Greet Priscilla and Aquila my helpers in Christ Jesus: 4 who have for my life laid down their own necks: unto whom not only I give thanks, but also all the churches of the Gentiles. 5 Like- wise greet the church that is in their house. Salute my wellbe- loved Epzenetus, who is the firstfruits of Achaia unto Christ. 6 Greet Mary, who be- stowed much labour on us. 7 Salute An- dronicus and Jnunia my kinsmen, and my fallowprisoners, who are of note among the apostles, who also were in Christ before me. 8 Greet Amplias my beloved in the Lord. 9 Salute Ur- bane, our helper in Christ, and Stachys my beloved. 10Salute Apelles approved in Christ. salute them which arg of Aris- tobulus’ household. li Salute MHerodion my kinsman. Greet them that be of the household of Narcissus, which arein the Lord. 12 Salute Tryphena and Tryphosa, who labour in the Lord. Salute the beloved Persis. which laboured ΠΡῸΣ PQOMAIOYS. XV, XVE Yeic' Ἱερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος "γένηται τοῖς aytowc’' 32 iva for Jerusalem acceptable maybe tothe saints; that δὲν χαρᾷ ἔλθω" πρὸς ὑμᾶς διὰ θελήματος "θεοῦ," “καὶ in joy Imaycome to you by (the) will of God, and συναναπαύσωμαι ὑμῖν." 33 0.6@ θεὸς τῆς εἰρηνης μετὰ I may berefreshed with you. And the God of peace (be) with πάντων ὑμῶν. ἁἀμήν." 34}} you. Amen. 16 Συνίστημι δὲ ἡμῖν Φοίβην τὴν ἀδελφὴν.ἡμῶν, οὖσαι But lcommend toyou Phebe, our sister, being διάκονον τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν “Κεγχοεαῖς " 2 ἵνα [αὐτὴν προσ- servant ofthe assembly in Cenchrea ; that her ye may dsEnoOe' ἐν κυρίῳ ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων, Kai παραστῆτε αὐτῇ receive in [the] Lord worthily of saints, and yemayassist her fos) € ~ , \ ‘ ἐν w.av ὑμῶν χρῴζῃ πράγματι" καὶ. γὰρ ξαὕτη" προ- in whatever “of *you ‘she °may “need ‘matter ; for also she a 5τ6- [4 λ ~ 7 , ‘ h > ~ ? ~ il > 4 στάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη, Kai αὐτοῦ ἐμοῦ." 3 Ασπάσασθε courer of many has been, and “myself ‘of *me. Salute ἸΠρίσκιλλαν" καὶ ᾿Ακύλαν τοὺς συνεργούς.μου ἐν χριστῷ In- Priscilla and Aquila my fellow-workers in Christ Je- 4 οἵτινες ὑπὲρ τῆς ψυχῆς. μου τὸν. ἑαυτῶν τράχηλον (who for my life their own neck « , od ’ ? \ ΄ ? ~ ? \ ‘ ~ « ὑπέθηκαν, οἷς οὐκ ἐγὼ μόνος εὐχαριστῶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ laid down: whom not “I ‘only thank, but also all the ἐκκλησίαι τῶν ἐθνῶν: 5 καὶ τὴν Kar’ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν. assemblies of the nations,) and the at ‘*house “their tassembly. ἀσπάσασθε ᾿Επαίνετον τὸν. ἀγαπητόν.μου, ὅς ἐστιν ἀπαρχὴ Salute Epenetus my beloved, who is a first-fruit τῆς * Ayatac' εἰς χριστόν. 6 ἀσπάσασθε 'Μαριάμ," ἥτις πολλὰ of Achaia for Christ. Salute Mary, who ?much ἐκοπίασεν εἰς ἡμᾶς." 7 ἀσπάσασθε ᾿Ανδρόνικον καὶ ᾿Ἰουνίαν Naboured for us. Salute Andronicus and Junias τοὺς. συγγενεῖς. μου Kai συναιχμαλώτους pov" οἵτινές εἰσιν my kinsmen and 2fellow-prisoners my, who are ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις. οἱ Kai πρὸ ἐμοῦ πγεγόνασιν" σοῦ" sus, of note among the apostles ; who also before me were ἐν χριστῷ. ὃ ἀσπάσασθε ο“᾿Αμπλίαν" τὸν. ἀγαπητόν.μου ἐν in Christ. Salute Amplias my beloved in (the] κυρίῳ. 9 ἀσπάσασθε Οὐρβανὸν τὸν συνεργὸν. ἡμῶν ἐν Ῥχριστῷ," Lord. Salute Urbanus our fellow-worker in Christ, καὶ Στάχυν τὸν ἀγαπητόν. μου. 10 ἀσπάσασθε ᾿Απελλῆν τὸν and Stachys my beloved, Salute Apelles the δόκιμον ἔν χριστῷ. ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ᾽Αρι- approved in Christ. Salute those of the (household) of Ari- στοβούλου. 11 ἀσπάσασθε THpodiwva' τὸν. “συγγενῆ -μου. stobulus. Salute Herodion my kinsman, ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἐκ τῶν Ναρκίσσου. τοὺς ὄντας ἐν Salute those of the [household] of Narcissus, who are in(the κυρίῳ. 12 ἀσπάσασθε Τρύφαιναν kai Τρυφῶσαν τὰς κοπιώσας Lord. Salute Tryphena and ‘Tryphosa, who labour ἐν κυρίῳ. "ἀσπάσασθε Περσίδα τὴν ἀγαπητήν, ἥτις πολλὰ in (the] Lord. Salute Persis the beloved, who much Υ Ἐν att, GLTTrAw. LTTrA. © συγγενὴν Tr. 2 τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται LYTrA. of [the] Lord Jesus t. i προσδέξησθε αὐτὴν LTrA. k’Agias Asia GLTTrAW. °’AurAtatrov Ampliatus TTrA. 5 [ἀσπάσασθε..... a ἐλθὼν (having come) ἐν χαρᾷ τ. ὃ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ © καὶτ; -- καὶ συναναπαύσωμαι ὑμῖν fa}, “ [ἀμήν7Ὑ τ. “ Kev-3 & αὐτὴ GLTAW. h ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 1 Πρίσκαν Prisca ! Μαρίαν LTra. ™ ὑμᾶς YOu LTTrA. π γέγοναν P κυρίῳ [the] Lord in. «Ἡρωδίωνα GLITraw. κυρίῳ) τι. ROMANS. ἐκοπίασεν ἐν κυρίῳ." 18 ἀσπάσασθε Ῥοῦφον τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν laboured in([the} Lord. Salate Rufus the chosen ἐν κυρίῳ, καὶ τὴν. μητέρα.αὐτοῦ Kai ἐμοῦ. 14 ἀσπάσασθε in [the] Lord, and his mother and mine. Salute V Actyxoroy,' Φλέγοντα, “Eouar,' Πατρόβωαν, * Eouny,' ? Y μ 3 δ μ Asyncritus, Phlegon, Hermas, Patrobas, Hermes, τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀδελφούς. 15 ἀσπάσασθε Φιλόλογον XVI. καὶ and Kal the ?with *them ‘brethren, Salute Philoiogus and Ἰουλίαν, Νηρέα καὶ τὴν-ἀδελφὴν.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ᾿Ολυμπᾶν, Kai Julias, Nereus and his sister, and Olympas, and τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντας ἁγίους. 16 ἀσπάσασθε ἀλλήλους Ξῖ88. *with ‘them all *saints. Salute one another ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ. ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς at ἐκκλησίαι * Tov with a kiss "holy. 7Salute ®you “the *assemblies ριστοῦ. Sof Christ. 17 Παρακαλῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, σκοπεῖν τοὺς But I exhort you, brethren, to consider those who στασίας καὶ τὰ σκάνδαλα, παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς sions and ‘causes οὗ Soffence 7contrary *to *the *°teaching **which ‘*ye ἐμάθετε, ποιοῦντας" καὶ YéxkNivate ax αὐτῶν. 18 οἱ yap 3learnt, imake, and turnaway from them. For τοιοῦτοι τῷ κυρίῳ. ἡμῶν *Inood χριστῷ οὐ.δουλεύουσι"», ἀλλὰ such Sour *Lord 5Jesus ®Christ serve “ποῖ, but TH-EavT@Y κοιλίᾳ: Kai διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας their own belly, and by kind speaking and praise ἐξαπατῶσιν τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων. 19 ἡ.γὰρ ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ deceive the hearts ofthe innocent. For the “of “you ‘obedience εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο" *yaipw οὖν τὸ ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν. θέλω. δὲ 5to 5411 *rcached. I rejoice therefore concerning you; but I wish εἰς TO ἀγαθόν. axepaiouc.6é εἰς TO « ~ ‘ b 4. ἄπ “ υμας σοφοὺς “μέν. εἰναι i good, and simple to you wise to be [as] to , « 4 ‘ ~ , , 4 ~ 4 ‘ κακόν. 20 6.6 θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει TOY σατανᾶν ὑπὸ evil, But the God of peace will bruise Satan under τοὺς πόδας. ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει. ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus ἐχριστοῦ" μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 4 Christ [be] with you. 12Salute 13you ‘Timotheus *my *fellow-worker‘and ‘*Lucius καὶ ᾿Ιάσων καὶ Σωσίπατρος oicvyyeveic_uov. 22 ἀσπάζομαι 2] Φ᾿Ασπάζονται" ὑμᾶς Τιμόθεος ὁ-συνεργός.μου καὶ Λούκιος μᾶς Tey γός, μ Sand 7Jason ‘and ‘*Sosipater 2°my **kinsmen. 2°Salute ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ Τέρτιος ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἐν κυρίῳ. **the 3you I 1Tertius ‘who '*wrote ?°epistle in (the) Lord. 23 ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς Γάϊος ὁ ξένος pov καὶ frie ἐκκλησίας ?Salutes Syou ‘Gaius, the host ofme and ofthe “assembly er Π 7 ’ J ~ » « ’ , ~ , ὅλης." ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς “Epacroc ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πόλεως, ἐγ 016. 13Salutes 44you “Erastus *the ‘steward ‘oi‘the ‘city, ν᾿ , « >a , ot , ~ ΄ ' md καὶ Kovaproc ὁ adedgoc. 24 ©H χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου-ημῶν ®and ?°Quartus ‘the ‘*brother. The grace of our Lord Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. apy. Jesus Christ [be] with 3411 you. Amen. 435 much in the Lord. 13 Salute Rufus chosen in the Lord, and his mother and mine. 14 Salute Asynecritus, Phiegon, Hermas, Pa- trobas, Hermes, and the brethren which are with them. 15 Salute Philologus, and Julia, Nereus, and his sister, and Olympas, and ail the saints which are with them. 16 Salute one another with an holy kiss. The churches of Christ salute you. 17 Now I beseech you, brethren, mark them which cause di- visigns and offences contrary to the doc- trine which ye have learned; and avoid them. 18 Forthey that are such serve not our Lord Jesus Christ, but their own belly; and by good words and fair speeches deceive the hearts of the sim- ple. 19 For your obe- dience is come zbroad unto all men. I am glad therefore on your behalf: but yet I would have you wise unto that which is good, and simple concerning evil. 20 And the God of peace shall bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you, Amen. 21 Timotheus my workfellow, and Lu- cius, and Jason, and Sosipater, my kins- men, salute you. 221 Tertius, who wrote this epistie, salute you in the Lord. 23 Gaius mine host, and of the whole church, saluteth you. Erastus the chamberiain of the city saluteth you, aud Quartus a_ brother. 24 The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you 411. Amen. νυ Ἑρμῆν LTTraWw. GLTTraWw, Υ éxxAcvere TTr. Ὁ — μὲν LTTra. ς — χριστοῦ T[Tra}. LTTraw. f OAns τῆς ἐκκλησίας LTTrA. w Ἕρμαν LTTrAW. z — Ἰησοῦ GLITraw. ¢ + ἀμήν Amen E. & — verse 24 LTTrx[a]. t ’Agup- T. τ + πᾶσαι all (the assemblies) 5. ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν οὖν χαίρω LTTrAW. ε᾽Ασπάζεται Salutes 490 25 Now to him that is of power to stablish you according to my gospel, and the preach- ing of Jesus Christ, according to the reve- lation of the mystery, which was kept secret since the world began, 26 but now is made manifest, and by the scriptures of the pro- phets, according tothe commandment of the everlasting God, made known to all nations for the obedience of faith : 27 to God only wise, be glory through Jesus Christ for ever. Amen. ΠΡΟΣ SK O BP ENVOsr Os A. I, 2 "Τῷ. δὲ δυναμένῳ ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι κατὰ τὸ εὐαγ- Now to him who is able you to establish according to Iglad gus? ov Kai τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, κατὰ ἀπο- idings ‘my and theproclamation of Jesus Christ, according to a reve- κάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου, lation of [the] mystery intimes of the ages having been kept secret, 26 φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν, διά.τε γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ᾽ but made manifest now, and by “scriptures prophetic, according to ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου θεοῦ, εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως εἰς πάντα commandment of the eternal God, for obedience offaith to all τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος. 27 μόνῳ σοφῷ θεῷ, διὰ “In- the nations having been made known— [the] only wise God through Je- σοῦ χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν sus Christ, to whom[be]the glory to the ages. Amen. Κπρὸὲ ‘Pwpatove ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Κορίνθου, διὰ Φοίβης τῆς To [the] Romans written from Corinth. διακόνου τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς ἐκκλησίας." servant ofthe7in “*Cenchrea ‘assembly. by Phosbe Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ TOYS KOPINOIOYS EMIZTOAH IIPOTH.' ‘THE ‘*TO PAUL, called to be an apostle of Jesus Christ through the will of God, and Sosthenes our brother, 2 unto the church of God which is at Corinth, to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus, called to be saints, with all that in every place call up- on the name of Je- sus Christ our Lord, both theirs and ours: 3 Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. 4 I thank my God always on your behalf, for the grace of God whichis given you by Jesus Christ; 5 that in every thing ye are enriched by him, in all utterance, and in all knowledge; 6 even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you: 7so that ye come behind in no gift ; waiting for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ: & who STHE SCORINTHIANS 3EPISTLE ?FIRST. ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ὕκλητὸς" ἀπόστολος “Inoot χριστοῦ," διὰ θελή- Paul a called apostle of Jesus’ Christ, by [the] will ματος θεοῦ, καὶ Σωσθένης ὁ ἀδελφός, 2 ry ἐκκλησίᾳ Tot of God, and ϑοβύμοπθοβὝυ:Ὺ: the brother, to the assembly θεοῦ ὁτῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ, ἡγιασμένοις ἐν χριστῷ Ἰη- of God which is in Corinth, having been sanctified in Christ de- σοῦ.“ κλητοῖς ἁγίοις, σὺν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις TO ὄνομα sus, cajlled saints, with ll those *calling °on *the ’name τοῦ. κυρίου- ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ, αὐτῶν re! ®of our ‘°Lord "Jesus Christ ‘in every “place, both theirs καὶ ἡμῶν" 3 χάρις ὑμῖν Kai εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν and ours: grace toyou and peace from God our Father καὶ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. and [the] Lord Jesus Christ. 4 Ἑὐῤχαριστῶ τῷ«.θεῷ.μου πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ τῇ I thank my God always concerning you, for the χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ δοθείσῃ ὑμῖν ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ, 5 ὅτι ἐν grace of God that was given toyou in Christ Jesus, that in παντὶ ἐπλουτίσθητε ἐν αὐτῷ, ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ Kai πάσῃ everything ye wereenriched in him, in all discourse and all γνώσει, 6 καθὼς τὸ μαρτύριον τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐβεβαιώθη ἐν knowledge, accordingasthe testimony ofthe Christ was confirmed in ὑμῖν" 7 ὥστε ὑμᾶς μὴ ὑστερεῖσθαι ἐν μηδενὶ χαρίσματι, aTrEK- you, sothat ye are behind in not one gift, δεχομένους τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" awaiting the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ ; h Verses 25—27 placed at end of chapter xiv. a. subscription GLTW ; i+ τῶν αἰώνων of ages LT. k — the Πρὸς Ῥωμαίους Tra. 4 + Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of Paul the Apostle E; + IavAovG; -- τοὺς EG; Πρὸς Κορινθίους a LTTrAW. Κορίνθῳ placed after Incov LTra. Ὁ [κλητὺς LA. © χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ LTTraW. 4 τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν e — τε both tral. ioe i. Ie CORA N TRA ANS: ὃ ὃς καὶ βεβαιώσει ὑμᾶς ἕως who also willconfirm you to [the] ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ.κυρίου-ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 9 πιστὸς ὁ θεύς, Ov day of our Lord Jesus Christ. Faithful [is] God, by ov ἐκλήθητε εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ.υἱοῦ.αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ whom ye were called into fellowship of his Son Jesus Christ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡ μῶν. our Lord. 10 Παρακαλῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Now I exhort you, brethren, by the name κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἵνα τὸ αὐτὸ λέγητε πάντες, of our Lord Jesus Christ, that *the °same “thing ‘ye “say all, ἐν ὑμῖν σχίσματα, ἤἦτε.δὲ κατηρτισμένοι 3500 ‘there *be among ‘you ‘divisions; but ye be knit together ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ νοὶ καὶ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ. 11 ἐδηλώθη.γάρ in the same mind and in the same judgment. For it was shewn μοι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί μου, ὑπὸ τῶν Χλόης, to me concerning you, my brethren, by those of [the house of] Chloe, Ore ἔριδες ἔν ὑμῖν εἰσιν 12 λέγω.δὲ τοῦτο, ὅτι ἕκαστος that strifes among you there are. But I say this, that each ὑμῶν λέγει, Ἐγὼ μέν εἰμι Παύλου, ἐγὼ.δὲ ᾿Απολλώ, ἐγω. δὲ of you says, I am of Paul, andI of Apollos, andI Κηφᾶ, ἐγὼ.δὲ χριστοῦ. 13 Μεμέρισται ὁ χριστός ; μὴ Llav~ of Cephas, andI_ of Christ. Has *been*divided ‘the “Christ? 5Paul Log ἐσταυρώθη fizrip' ὑμῶν; ἢ εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Παύλου ἐβαπ- “was crucified for you? or to the name of Paul wereye τίσθητε; 14 εὐχαριστῶ Srp Yew ὅτι οὐδένα ὑμῶν ἐβάπτισα, baptized ? I thank God that noone ofyou _ I baptized, εἰμὴ Κρίσπον καὶ Λάϊον 1ὅ ἵνα ph τις εἴπῃ Ore εἰς TO except Crispus and Gaius, that not anyone shouldsay that unto ἐμὸν ὄνομα δέβάπτισα." 16 ἐβάπτισα.δὲ καὶ τὸν Στεφανᾶ my name I baptized. AndI baptized also the *of *Stephanas oikov’ λοιπὸν ovx.olda εἴ τινα ἄλλον ἐβάπτισα. 17 Οὐ.γὰρ thouse ; astotherest Iknownot if any other I baptized. For *not ἀπέστειλέν we! χριστὸς βαπτίζειν, ἀλλ᾽ εὐαγγελίζεσθαι" 7sent 3me 4Christ to baptize, but to announce the glad tidings ; οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ λόγου, iva μὴ κενωθῇ ὁ σταυρὸς TOU χριστοῦ. not in wisdom of word, that not *bemadevoidthe cross ofthe Christ. 18 ὁ.λόγος.γὰρ ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῖς μὲν ἀπολλυμένοις μωρία Forthe word ofthe cross to those perishing 2foolishness ἐστίν, τοῖς. δὲ σωζομένοις ἡμῖν δύναμις θεοῦ ἐστιν. 19 ys- lis, but *who ‘are *being “saved ᾿ΐο 18 *power ‘°of **God “it "15. **It**has γραπται γάρ, ᾿Απολῶ τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν, καὶ τὴν 1Sheen ‘written ‘*for, I willdestroy the wisdom ofthe wise, amd the σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν ἀθετήσω. 20 Ποῦ σοφὸς; understanding of the understanding ones I will set aside. Where [is the] wise? ποῦ γραμματεύς; ποῦ = !ovEnrnrijc| τοῦ.αἰῶνος τούτου; where [the] scribe? where [the] disputer of this age? > ὧς 9: , ε sy \ ΄ὔ ~ , ,ὔ = οὐχὶ. ἐμώρανεν ὁ θεὸς THY σοφίαν Tov.Kdopov."TOUTOU' ; did not *make “foolish ‘God the wisdom of this world ? 21 ᾿Επειδὴ.γὰρ ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔγνω ὁ κόσμος διὰ For since, in the wisdom of God, *knew “ποῦ ‘the *world *by τῆς σοφίας τὸν θεόν, εὐδόκησεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ τῆς μωρίας τοῦ τέλους, ἀνεγκλήτους ἔν τῇ end, unimpeachable in the Kat and *wisdom God, 2was*pleased* ‘God by the foolishness of the f περὶ L. & — τῷ θεῷ (read εὐχαριστῶ I give thanks) r. baptized LrTraw. k αλλὰ TTrA. | συνζητητὴς LTTrA. the world) LTTraw. i+ [ὃ] L. 437 shall also confirm you unto the end, that ye may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ. 9 God is faithful, by whom ye were called unto the fellowship of his Son Jesus Christ our Lord. 10 Now I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Je- sus Christ, that ye all speak the same thing, and that there be no divisions among you; but that ve be per- fectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment. 11 For it hath been declared unto me of you, my brethren, by them which are of the house of Chloe, that there are contentions among you. 12 Now this I say, that every one of you saith, I am of Paul; and I of Apollos ; and I of Ce- phas ; and 1 of Christ. 13 Is Christ divided? was Paul crucified for you? or were ye bap- tized in the name of Paul? 141 thank God that I baptized none of you, but Crispus and Gains; 15 lest any should say that I had baptized in mine own name, 16 And I bap- tized also the house- hold of Stephanas ; besides, I know not whether I baptized any other. 17 For Christ sent me not to bap- tize, but to preach the gospel: not with wis- dom of words, lest the cross of Christ should be made of none effect. 18 For the preaching of the cross isto them that perish foolish- ness; but unto us which are saved it is the power of God. 19 For it is written, I will destroy the wis- dom of the wise, and will bring to nothing the understanding of the prudent. 20 Where is the wise? where 1s the scribe? where ts the disputer of this world? hath not God made foolish the wis- dom of this world? 21 For after that in the wisdom of God the world by wisdom knew not God, it pleased God by the h ἐβαπτίσθητε ye were m — τούτου (read 438 foolishness of preach- ing to save them that believe. 22 For the Jews require a sign, and the Greeks seek after wisdom: 23 but we preach Christ crucified, unto the Jews a stumbling- block, and unto the Greeks foolishness ; 24 but unto them which are called, both Jews and Grecks, Christ the power of God, and the wisdom of God. 25 Because the foolishness of God is wiser than men; and the weakness of God is stronger than men. 26 For ye see your calling, brethren, how that not many wise men after the flesh, not many mighty, not many noble, are call- ed: 27 but God hath chosen the foolish things of the world to confound the wise ; and God hath chosen the weak things of the world to confound the things which are mighty; 28 and base things of the world, and things which are despised, hath God chosen, yeda,and things which are not, to bring to nought things that are: 29 that no flesh should glory in his presence, 30 But of him are ye in Christ Jesus, who of God is made unto us wisdom, and right- eousness, and sanctifi- cation, and redemp- tion : 31 that, accord- ing as it is written, He that glorieth, let him glory in. the Lord. Il. And I, brethren, when I came to you, came not with excel- lency of speech or of wisdom, declaring un- to you the testimony of God, 2 For I de- termined not to know any thing amongyou, save Jesus Christ, and him crucified. 3 And 1 was with you in weakness, and in fear, aud in much trem- bling. 4 And my speech and my preaching was not with enticing ἡ words of man’s wis- dom, but in demon- Il PO LIAO TNODOYS . A. ik κηρύγματος σῶσαι τοὺς πιστεύοντας 22 ἐπειδὴ Kai ‘lov proclamation tosave those that believe. Since both Jews δαῖοι "σημεῖον" αἰτοῦσιν, καὶ “Ἕλληνες σοφίαν ζητοῦσιν. 38 *sign task *for, and Greeks 2wisdom seek ; 23 rpueic.d& κηρύσσομεν χριστὸν ἐσταυρωμένον, ᾿Ιουδαίοις but we proclaim Christ crucified, to Jews μὲν σκάνδαλον, “Ἕλλησιν" δὲ μωρίαν" 24 αὐτοῖς δὲ τοῖς indeed a cause of eience, *to “Greeks ‘and foolishness ; but to those the κλητοῖς, ᾿Ιουδαίοις.τε καὶ “Ἕλλησιν, χριστὸν θεοῦ δύναμιν Kai called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ God's power and θεοῦ σοφίαν. 25 Ort τὸ μωρὸν τοῦ θεοῦ σοφώτερον τῶν God’s wisdom. Because the foolishness of God wiser ἀνθρώπων toriv’ Kai τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ ἰσχυρότερον τῶν than men is, and the weakness of God stronger ἀνθρώπων Ῥέστίν." 26 Βλέπετε.γὰρ τὴν.κλῆσιν. ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί, than men is. For ye see your calling, brethren, ὅτι οὐ πολλοὶ σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα, οὐ πολλοὶ δυνα- thatnot many wise according to flesh [there are],not many power- Tol, οὐ πολλοὶ εὐγενεῖς" 27 ἀλλὰ τὰ wod τοῦ κόσμου ful, not many high-born. But the foolish things ἐπ the world ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεός, «ἵνα τοὺς σοφοὺς καταισχύνῃ" " "Kai Ta *chose 1God, that the wise he might puttoshame; and the ἀσθενὴ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεός," ἵνα καταισχύνῃ weak things of the world 2chose *God, that he might put to shame τὰ ἰσχυρά: 28 Kai τὰ ἀγενῆ τοῦ κόσμου Kai τὰ ἐξουθενη- BBs strong things ; and the low-born of the world, and the de- μένα ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεός. "κα τὰ μὴ.ὄντα, ἵνα τὰ spised “chose 1God, and the bninge that arenot, that the things that ὄντα καταργήσῃ' 29 ὕπως μὴ ἱκαυχήσηται πᾶσα σὰρξ are he may annul; sothat ποῦ *might °boast tall “flesh ἐνώπιον ᾿αὐτοῦ." 80 &&.avrov.oé ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, before him. But of him ye are in Christ Jesus, ὃς ἐγενήθη “piv copia" azo θεοῦ δικαιοσύνη.τε Kai ἁγιασ- who was made tous wisdom from God and righleoust and saucti- μὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις: 31 ἵνα, καθὼς γέγραπται. fication and redemption ; that, according as it has been written, Ὃ καυχώμενος, ἐν κυρίῳ καυχάσθω. He that boasts, in wae Lord let him boast. Q Κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, ἦλθον οὐ Kab! AndI having σοθ to you, brethren, came not ee to ὑπεροχὴν λόγου ἢ σοφίας καταγγέλλων ὑμῖν τὸ μαρτύριον excellency of word or wisdom, announcing to you ον ἀραΣ θοΥ τοῦ θεοῦ. 2 οὐ.γὰρ ἔκρινα “τοῦ γείδεναι τι ἐν ὑμῖν, of God. For “not 'I *decided to know poe among you, εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν χριστόν, καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον. 3 *Kai ἐγὼ" except Jesus Christ, and him crucified. And 1 ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ καὶ ἐν φόβῳ Kai ἐν τρόμῳ πολλῷ ἐγενόμην πρὸς in weakness and in fear and in pense 1much was with ὑμᾶς" 4 καὶ ὁ-λόγος.μου καὶ τὸ.κἠρυγμά.μου οὐκ ἐν πειθοὶς you; and my word and a pr eachiny {was} not in uate “avOowzivng' σοφίας λόγοις, θάλλ᾽" ἐν ἀποδείξει πνεύματος Shuman 2of *wisdom words, but in demonstration of (the) Spirit n σημεῖα signs GLITraW. καταισχύνῃ TOUS σοφούς [L]1Tra. σεται Ἑ. εἰδέναι GLTrAW. : κἀγὼ LTTrA © ἔθνεσιν to Nations GLTTrAW. Ρ — ἐστίν TTr. 4 ἵνα τ [καὶ τὰ ....0 θεός] L. ® — καὶ LTTrA, * καυχή- v τοῦ θεοῦ God GLTTraw. w Ἔχε ἡμῖν LVTrA, X — rou GLTTrAW. Υ τι a — ᾿ἀνθρωπίνης GLITrAW. Ὁ ἀλλὰ Tr. ΤΠ t ¢OR FN ΈΓΡΑ Ν 5: " ’ uv « , ε ~ Vy 4, ? , ? , Kal δυνάμεως" ὃ ἵνα ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν μὴ.) ἐν σοφίᾳ ἀνθοώ- and of power; that your faith might not be in wisdom of men, πων, Ῥάλλ᾽" ἐν δυνάμει θεοῦ. but in power of God. 6 Σοφίαν. δὲ λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις᾽ σοφίαν.δὲ ov τοῦ But wisdom wespeak among the perfect; but wisdom, not αἰῶνος.τούτου, οὐδὲ τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, τῶν of this age, ΠΟΙ͂ of the rulers of this age, who καταργουμένων᾽" 7 ἀλλὰ λαλοῦμεν “σοφίαν θεοῦ" ἐν μυστηρίῳ, are coming to nought, But we speak wisdom of God in ἃ mystery, THY ἀποκεκρυμμένην ἣν προώρισεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸ τῶν the hidden ({wisdom] which predetermined ‘God before the αἰώνων sic δόξαν ἡμῶν, ὃ ἣν οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ ages for our glory, which noone of the rulers αἰῶνος.τούτου ἔγνωκεν" εἰ γὰρ ἔγνωσαν, οὐκ ἂν τὸν κύριον of this age has known, (for if they had known, "ποῦ ‘the Lord ~ ΄ 2 , ? δ \ , τῆς δόξης ἐσταύρωσαν" 9 ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγρατ- 50 Ὲ *the ®glory *they 7would have crucified,) but according as it has been a“ ? ‘ > τ ‘ μα ? » \ Tal, A ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ.εἶδεν, καὶ οὖς οὐκ. ἤκουσεν, καὶ written, Things which ’ eye saw not, and ear heard not, and ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου ovK.avéBn, “ἃ" ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς into heart of man came not, which prepared *God τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν airov’ 10 ἡμῖν. δὲ “ὁ θεὸς ἀπεκάλυψεν!" forthose that love him, but to us God revealed [them] διὰ rov.rvedparoc-favrov'' ro-yao πνεῦμα πάντα ἐρευνᾷ," by his Spirit ; for the Spirit allthings searches, καὶ τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ. 11 τίς.γὰρ οἷδεν ἀνθρώπων τὰ even the depths of God. For who “knows ‘of?men the things τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, εἰμὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν of man, except the spirit of man which [151 in > ~ oe \ ‘ ~ 0. “ ἠδ ‘ h δ HH] 2 ‘ ‘ AUTH, οὕτως και τα του DEOV OVOELG “OLOEV, ει. ΜΉ TO him? so also the things of God noone knows, except the πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ. 12 ἡμεῖς.δὲ οὐ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ κόσμου ἐλά- Spirit of God. But we not the spirit of the world re- βομεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ceived, but the Spirit which [is} from God, that we might know τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν. 13 “A Kai λαλοῦμεν, the things by God granted tous: which also we speak, οὐκ ἐν διδακτοῖς ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν δι- not in taught %of*human ‘wisdom ‘words, but in [those] δακτοῖς πνεύματος ἁγίου," πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ tanght of {the] *Spirit ‘Holy, *by ’spiritual [*means] ‘spiritual *things Ἐσυγκρίνοντες." 14 ψυχικὸς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ob.déyerar τὰ scommunicating. But [the] natural man receives not the things τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ" Boy αὐτῷ ἐστιν, Kai of the Spirit of God, for foolishness to him they are; and ov.divarar γνῶναι, OTL πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται. he cannot know [them], because spiritually they are discerned ; 15 ὁ. δὲ πνευματικὸς ἀνακρίνει ‘piv' πάντα, αὐτὸς. δὲ ὑπ᾽ but the spiritual discerns all things, but he by οὐδενὸς ἀνακρίνεται. 16 τίς. γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου, no one is discerned. For who did know [the] mind of [the] Lord? ᾿ς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν; ἡμεῖς. δὲ νοῦν ™ypiorov' ἔχομεν. vho shall instruct him? But we [the] mind of Christ have, 420 stration of the Spirit and of power: ὃ that your faith should not stand in the wisdom of men, but power of God. in the 6 Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: yet not the wisdom of this world, nor of the princes of this world, that come to nought: 7 but we speak the wisdom of God ina mystery, even the hid- den wisdom, which God ordained before the world unto our glory: 8 which none of the princes of this world xnew: for had they known it, they would not have cruci- fied the Lord of glory. 9 But as it is written, Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that lovehim. 10 But God hath revealed them unto us by his Spirit : for the Spirit search- eth all things, yea, the deep things of God. 11 For what man know- eth the things of a man, save the spirit of man which is in him ? even so the things of God knoweth no man, but the Spirit of God. 12 Now we have re- ceived, not the spirit of the world, but the spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God. 13 Which things also we speak, not in the words which man’s wisdom teacheth, but which the Holy Ghost teacheth ; comparing spiritual things with spiritual, 14 But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness unto him: neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned. 15 But he that is spiritual judg- eth all things, yet he himself is judged of no man. 16 For who hath known the mind of the Lord, that he may instruct him? But we have the mind of Christ. Ὁ ἀλλὰ Tr. © θεοῦ σοφίαν GLTTrAW. 4 ὅσα whatsoever LTrA. “rtraw. ἴ-- αὐτοῦ (read the Spirit) trrr[a]. i — ᾿Αγίον GLTTraw. k oup- T. 1 [τὰ] τι; — μὲν T[Tra]. © ἀπεκάλυψεν ὁ θεὸς Sépavvg TTrA. ἢ ἔγνωκεν has known’ ΤΊΤΑ ™ κυρίου of [the) urd τι. 440 III, AndI, brethren, could not speak unto you as unto spiritual, but as unto carnal, even as unto babes in Christ. 2 I have fed you with milk, and not with meat: for hitherto ye were not able to bear it, neither yet now are ye able. 3 For ye are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you enyying, and strife, and divi- sions, are ye not car- nal, and walk asmen ? 4 For while one saith, Iam of Paul; andan- other, Lam of Apollos; are ye not carnal? 5 Who then is Paul, and who is Apollos, but ministers by whom ye believed, even as the Lord gave toevery man ? 61 have planted, Apollos watered ; but God gave the increase. 7 So then neither is he that planteth any- thing, neither he that watereth; but God that giveth the in- crease. 8 Now hethat planteth and he that watereth are one: and every man shall re- ceive his own reward according to his own labour. 9 For we are labourers together with God: ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building. 10 Ac- cording tothe grace of God which is given unto me, as a wise masterbuilder, I have laid the foundation, and another buildeth thereon. But letevery man take heed how he buildeth thereupon. 11 For other foun- dation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ. 12 Now if any man build upon this foundation gold, sil- ver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble, 13 every man’s work shall be made mani- fest : for the day shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every man’s work of what sort it is. 14 If any man’s " κἀγώ GLTTrAW. GLITrA. transposed LTTrAW. > λήμψεται LTTrA. (read the foundation) Lrtr[a]. 4 μενεῖ Shall abide GLTAW. τ οὐδὲ GLTTrAW. ἄνθρωποί not Men LTTrAw. WTP Os AF OQPEPNGrOY > A. ΠῚ. 3 πΚαὶ ἐγώ; " ἀδελφοί, οὐκ.ἠδυνήθην λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς And I, brethren, was not able to speak, toyou as πνευματικοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ we “σαρκικοῖς," we νηπίοις ἔν χριστῷ. to apie; but as to Hoey 85 tobabes in hrist. 2 γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα, Ῥκαὶ" οὐ βρῶμα: οὔπω.γὰρ «ἠδύνασθε," Milk ise ‘I?gaveto drink; and not meat, for not yet were ye able, ἀλλ᾽ Tobre' "ἔτι! νῦν dvvacOe 3 ἔτι-γὰρ σαρκικοί ἐστε. but neither yet now are ye able; for yet fleshly ye are. ὕπου.γὰρ ἐν ὑμῖν ζῆλος Kai ἔρις ‘kai διχοστασίαι.," For where among you emulation and strife and divisions [there are], ἐστε, καὶ κατὰ tare *ye, and pacconding, Sto twalk? 4 ὅταν.γὰρ λέγῃ τις. ΠΕ γὼ μέν εἰμι ἸΤαύλου, ἕτερος. δέ, Ἔχω For when *may “say ‘one, am of Paul, and another, ᾿Απολλώ, “οὐχὶ σαρκικοί! ἐστε; 5 Τίς" οὖν ἐστιν «Παῦλος, οὐχὶ σαρκικοί Snot *fleshly ‘man of Apollos, Snot *fleshly ‘are ye? Who then is Paul, Wric' δὲ Υ Σ᾿Απολλώς," *aXX’ ἢ" διάκονοι Ov ὧν ἐπιστεύ- 3who ‘and Apolles? but servants thronsk mon ye be- σατε, καὶ ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ κύριος ἔδωκεν; 6 ἐγὼ ἐφύτευσα, lieved, and toeach as the Lord gave? planted, ᾿Απολλὼς ἐπότισεν, "ἀλλ᾽ ὁ θεὸς ηὔξανεν" 7 ὥστε οὔτε Apollos watered ; but God gave growth. So that neither c , > , » « / > ? « > , ὁ φυτεύων ἐστίν TL, οὔτε ὁ ποτίζων, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ avéa- he that plants is anything, nor hethat waters; but *who “gives νων θεός. ὃ 0.puTedwv.dé Kai ὁ ποτίζων ἕν iow" ἕκαστος *srowth ‘God. But Β6 that plantsand hethat waters one ‘are; ‘each δὲ τὸν. ἴδιον μισθὸν Anpera' κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον κόπον. Sbut hisown reward shall receive ΒΟΘΌΣΟΙΠΡΙ to hisown labour. 9 θεοῦ.γάρ ἐσμὲν συνεργοί; θεοῦ γεώργιον, θεοῦ οἰκοδομή For God’s *we ὅδυθ ‘fellow-workers ;God’s husbandry, God’s building ἐστε. 10 Κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι, we ye are. According to the grace of God which was given tome, as 4 > , c , I» ἄν 2? ὃ τὰ σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων θεμέλιον “τέθεικα," ἄλλος.δὲ ἐποικοδομεῖ a wise architect [the] foundation I have laid, and another builds up. ἕκαστος. δὲ βλεπέτω πῶς ἐποικοδομεῖ' 11 θεμέλιον. γὰρ ἄλλον But 7each ‘let take heed how he builds up. For *foundation ‘other οὐδεὶς δύναται θεῖναι παρὰ τὸν κείμενον, bc ἐστιν VIn- noone is able tolay besides that which islaid, which is Je- σοῦς ὁ χριστός." 12 εἰδὲ τις ἐποικοδομεῖ ἐπὶ τὸν θεμέλιον sus the cae Now if anyone build οἷν on *foundation ἐτοῦτον ἰχρυσόν, ἄργυρον," λίθους τιμίους, ξύλα, χόρτον, this gold, othyet stones ‘precious, wood, grass, καλάμην, 13 ἑκάστου τὸ ἔργον φανερὸν γενήσεται' ἡ.γὰρ BEEAN ofeach the work manifest willbecome; for the ὅτι ἐν πυρὶ ἀποκαλύπτεται: καὶ ἑκάστου it is revealed ; and of each ἡμέρα δηλώσει" ey will declare Cit), because in fire TO ἔργον ὁποῖόν ἐστιν, TO πῦρξ δοκιμάσει. 14 εἴ τινος τὸ the work whatsort itis, the fire will prove. If of anyone the ἔργον "μένει! ὃ ἱἐπῳκοδόμησεν," μισθὸν ἔλήψεται"" 15 εἴ work abides which he built up, a reward he shall receive. If ο σαρκίνοις to fleshy GLTTrAW. Ρ — καὶ GLTTrAW. 4 ἐδύνασθε 5 [ere] L. — kat διχοστασίαι LTTrA. ¥ οὐκ (οὐχὶ W) Ww τί ett a LITr ; ; τίς] A. x ᾿Απολλώς Und ἸΤαῦλος — ἀλλ᾽ ἢ GLITrAW. 8 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. ¢ ἔθηκα Llaid τῦττα. 4 χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς L; —OGTIrAW. ὁ — τοῦτον ἔ χρυσίον, ἀργύριον TTr. & + αὐτὸ itself LrTraw. i ἐποικοδόμησεν TTrA. K λήμψεται LTTrA. ¥ + ἐστιν is LITrA. ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖτε 5 FM TV. FACORINTHIA NS. τὸ ἔργον κατακαήσεται, ζημιωθήσεται: adroc.dé work shall be consumed, he shall suffer loss, but himself τινος of anyone the σωθήσεται, οὕτως δὲ ὡς διὰ πυρός. 16 Οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ναὸς shall be saved, Ὀαῦ 50 as through fire. Know ye not that *temple θεοῦ ἐστε, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν ; 17 εἴ τις 1God’s yeare, and the Spirit of God dwells in you? If anyone τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φθείρει, φθερεῖ ἰτοῦτον" ὁ the temple of God corrupt, 7shall*bring ®to Scorruption ‘*him θεός" ὁ. γὰρ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἅγιός ἐστιν, οἵτινές ἐστε ὑμεῖς. Ξᾳοᾶ; forthe temple of God “holy lis, which are γα. 18 μηδεὶς ἑαυτὸν ἐξαπατάτω' εἴ τις δοκεῖ σοφὸς Noone “himself let *deceive: if anyone “thinks [*himself] 7wise εἶναι ἐν ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ αἰῶνιντούτῳ, μωρὸς γενέσθω, ἵνα 5to She ‘among you’ in this age, foolish let him become, that γένηται σοφός. 19 ἡ-.γὰρ σοφία τοῦ.κόσμου.τούτου μωρία he may 6 wise. For the wisdom of this world foolishness παρὰ τῷ" θεῷ ἐστιν᾽ γέγραπται.γάρ. Ὁ δρασσόμενος τοὺς God i with is; for it has been written, He takes the σοφοὺς ἐν τῇ-πανουργίᾳ. αὐτῶν. 20 καὶ πάλιν, Κύριος wise in their craftiness. And again, [The] Lord γινώσκει τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τῶν σοφῶν, OTL εἰσὶν μάταιοι. knows the reasonings ofthe wise, that they are vain. 21 “Ὥστε μηδεὶς καυχάσθω ἐν ἀνθρώποις" πάντα.γὰρ ὑμῶν 50 ὑμαῦ *no%ene ‘let boast in men ; for allthings *yours ἐστιν, 22 εἴτε ἸΤαῦλος, εἴτε ᾿Απολλώς, εἴτε Κηφᾶς, εἴτε lare, Whether Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas,_ or (the) κόσμος, εἴτε ζωή, εἴτε θάνατος, εἴτε ἐνεστῶτα, εἴτε μέλλοντα" world, or life, or death, or present things, or coming things, πάντα ὑμῶν "ἐστιν᾽" 23 ὑμεῖς.δὲ χριστοῦ" χριστὸς. δὲ θεοῦ. 811 yours ‘are; andye Christ’s, and Christ God’s. 4 Οὕτως ἡμᾶς λογιζέσθω ἄνθρωπος ὡς ὑπηρέτας χριστοῦ So ‘of®us ‘let *reckon 7a *man as attendants οἵ Christ καὶ οἰκονόμους μυστηρίων θεοῦ. Ὡ οὃ δὲ" λοιπόν, ζητεῖται and stewards 3mysteries ‘of 7God’s. But as to the rest, it is required ἐν τοῖς οἰκονόμοις ἵνα πιστός Tic εὑρεθῇ. 8 ἐμοὶ. δὲ εἰς ἐλά- in stewards that faithful one be found, But tome thesmall- χιστόν ἐστιν iva ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀνακριθῶ, ἢ ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνης est matter itis that by you JIbeexamined, or by man’s ἡμέρας" ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἐμαυτὸν avaxpivw. 4 οὐδὲν. γὰρ ἐμαυτῷ day. But neither myself dolIexamine. Forof nothing in myself , ? ? ? ? , , c \ ? σύνοιδα' ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐν τούτῳ OediKaiwpat ὁ. δὲ ἀνα- Iamconscious; but not by this havelI beenjustified: but Βα who ex- κρίνων με κύριός ἐστιν. ὅ ὥστε μὴ πρὸ καιροῦ τι amines τὴθ [086] Lord is. So that not before [the] time anything κρίνετε, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ὁ κύριος, ὃς καὶ φωτίσει τὰ judge, until may have come the Lord, who both will bring to light the κρυπτὰ TOU σκότους, καὶ φανερώσει τὰς βουλὰς τῶν hidden things of darkness, and will make manifest the counsels καρδιῶν" Kai τότε ὁ ἔπαινος γενήσεται ἑκάστῳ ἀπὸ TOU θεοῦ. of hearts; and then praise shall be toeach from God. 6 Ταῦτα.δέ, ἀδελφοί, μετεσχημάτισα εἰς ἐμαυτὸν καὶ P’A- Now these things, brethren, I transferred to myself and A- AX ‘ I δ ? « ~ ε > t ~ 10 A 1 e a πολλω t ὑμᾶς, wa ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε τὸ μὴ ὑπὲρ pollos on account of you, that in us yemay learn not *above 44] work abide which he hath built thereupon, he shall receive a re- ward. 15 ΤῈ anyman’s work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss: but he himself shall be saved ; yet so as by fire. 16 Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in’ “you? | 17 Ef ‘any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy ; for the tem- ple of God is holy, which temple ye are. 18 Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seemeth to be wise in this world, let him become a fool, that he may be wise. 19 For the wisdom of this world is foolish- ness with God. For itis written, He taketh the wise in their own eraftiness. 20 And again, The Lord know- eth the thoughts of the wise, that they are vain. 21 Therefore let no man glory in men. For all things are yours; 22 whether Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas, or the world, or life, or death, or things present, or things to come; all are yours ; 23 and ye are Christ’s; and Christ is God’s. IV. Let a man so account of us, as of the ministers of Christ, and stewards of the mysteries of God. 2 Moreover it is re- quired in stewards, that a man be found faithful. 3 But with me it is a very small thing that I should be judged of you, or of man’s judgment: yea, 1 judge not mine own self. 4 For I know nothing by myself; yet am I not hereby justified: but he that judgeth me is the Lord. 5 Therefore judge nothing before the time, until the Lord come, who both will bring to light the hidden things of dark- ness, and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then shall every man have praise of God. 6 And these things, brethren, I have in a figure transferred to myself and to Apollos for your sakes; that Ἰ αὐτὸν L. ν : m— τῷ L[A]. P ᾿Απολλὼν TTr. 2 — ἐστιν (read [are]) LTTra. © ὧδε here LTTr/. 442 ye might learn in us not to think of men above that which is written, that no one of you be puffed up for one against an- other. 7 For who maketh thee to differ from another? and what hast thou that thou didst not receive? now if thou didst re- ceive tt, why dost thou glory, as if thou hadst not received it ? 8 Now ye are full, now ye are rich, ye have reigned as kings with- out us: and 1 would to God ye did reign, that we also might reign with you. 9 For I think that God hath set forth us the apos- tles last, as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle unto the world, and to angels, and to men. 10 We are fools for Christ’s sake, but ye are wise in Christ; we are weak, but ye are strong; ye are ho- nourable, but we are despised. 11 Even un- to this present hour we both hunger, and thirst, and are naked, and are buffeted, and have no certain dwell- ingplace ; 12 and la- pour, working with our own hands : being reviled, we bless; being persecuted, we suffer 10:19 being defamed,we intreat: we are made as the filth of the world, and are the off- scouring of all things unto this day. 14 I write not these things to shame you, but as my beloved sons I warn you. 15 For though ye have ten thousand instructors in Christ, yet have ye not many fathers; for in Christ Jesus I have begotten you through the eeenete 16 Where- fore I beseech you, be ye followers of me. 17 For this cause have I sent unto you Timotheus, who is my beloved gon, and faith- ful in the Lord, who shall bring you into remembrance of my ways which be in Christ, as I teach every where in every church, 18 Now some are puffed up, as 9 @ LTTrAW. adimonishing T. * — φρονεῖν (read μὴ nothing) LTTraW. Υ γυμνιτεύομεν LTITIAW. 24 αὐτὸ very [thing] 1. ΠΡΟΣ wk OPIN GHOYS +A. 4} τφὠρονεῖν." ἵνα “what το *think, φυσιοῦσθε κατὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου. ye be puffed up against the other. For who thee makes to differ? ri.dé ἔχεις ὃ οὐκιἔλαβες; εἰδὲ καὶ ἔλαβες, and what hast thou which thou didst not receive? but if also thou didst receive, τί καυχᾶσαι we μὴ λαβών; 8 ἤδη κεκορεσμένοι ἐστέ, why boastest thou as ποὺ having received? Already satiated ye are; » γ ΄ 4s « ~ > , - AY ἊΨ , ἤδη ἐπλουτήσατε, χωρὶς ἡμῶν ἐβασιλεύσατε" Kai ὀφελόν already ye were enriched; apart from us ye reigned ; and 1 would ye ἐβασιλεύσατε, iva Kai ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν "συμβασιλεύσωμεν " surely ye did reign, that also we *you lmight “reign *with. 9 δοκῶ.γὰρ ‘bre! ὁ θεὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἐσχάτους ἀπέ- For I think that God us the apostles last set δειξεν ὡς ἐπιθανατίους᾽ ὅτι θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν τῷ κόσμῳ, forth as appointed todeath. For aspectacle webecame tothe world, καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις. 10 ἡμεῖς μωροὶ διὰ both toangels and to men. We [are] fools on account of χριστόν, ὑμεῖς. δὲ φρόνιμοι ἔν χριστῷ ἡμεῖς ἀσθενεῖς, ὑμεῖς. δὲ Christ, but ye prudent in Christ; we weak, but ye ἰσχυροί᾽ ὑμεῖς ἔνδοξοι, ἡμεῖς. δὲ ἄτιμοι. 11 ἄχρι τῆς ἄρτι strong; ye glorious, but we without honour. To the present ὥρας καὶ πεινῶμεν καὶ διψῶμεν, καὶ ᾿γυμνητεύομεν," Kai hour both wehunger and thirst, and are naked, and κολαφιζόμεθα, καὶ ἀστατοῦμεν, 12 καὶ κοπιῶμεν, ἐργα- are buffeted, and wander without a home, and labour, work- ζόμενοι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσίν᾽ λοιδορούμενοι, εὐλογοῦμεν᾽" διω- ing with our own hands. Railed at, we bless ; per- κόμενοι, ἀνεχόμεθα: 13 “᾿βλασφημούμενοι,) παρακαλοῦμεν" secuted, we bear ; evilly spoken to, we beseech : ὡς περικαθάρματα τοῦ κόσμου ἐγενήθημεν, πάντων as [the] refuse ofthe world we are become, ofall [the] περίψημα ἕως ἄρτι. 14 Οὐκ ἐντρέπων ὑμᾶς γράφω ταῦτα, off-scouring until now. Not shaming you dol write these things, χάἀλλ᾽" ὡς τέκνα μου ἀγαπητὰ ὑνουθετῶ." 15 ἐὰν.γὰρ inv. μὴ εἷς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἑνὸς that not οὔθ for one 7 Tic-yap σε διακρίνει ; γέγραπται Shas ®been ?written but as “children ‘my “beloved T admonish [you]. For if μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε ἐν χριστῷ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πολ- ten thousand tutors ye should have in Christ, yet not many ove warépac’ ἐν.γὰρ χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου fathers ; for in hrist Jesus through the glad tidings ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα. 16 παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς. μιμηταί μου 1 you did beget. I exhort therefore you, imitators %of *me γίνεσθε. ἶ become. 17 Διὰ τοῦτο ἔπεμψα ὑμῖν Τιμόθεον, ὕς ἐστιν "τέκνον On account of this I sent who is Schild μου" ἀγαπητὸν καὶ πιστὸν ἐν κυρίῳ, ὃς ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει my beloved and faithful in{[the] Lord, who “you ‘will*remind of τὰς ὁδούς μου rac ἐν χριστῷ," καθὼς πανταχοῦ ἐν πάσῃ my ways that [are]in Christ, according as everywhere in every ἐκκλησίᾳ διδάσκω. 18 ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου δέ μου πρὸς ὑμᾶς assembly I teach. 2As%to ‘not ®coming ΠΟ *my to you > , , ol ( ’ , ‘ , ‘ « - 98 ἐφυσιώθησάν τινες" 19 ἐλεύσομαι.δὲ ταχέως πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν “were *puffed *up ‘some; but I shall come shortly to you, if to you Timotheus, 8 gup- T. t ὅτι LTTraAW. x ἀλλὰ Tr. Υ νουθετῶν b + Ἰησοῦ Jesus LT. w δυσφημούμενοι defamed Ta. ® wou τέκνον LTTrA. Vi Vv: Ero RENT HEA NS) ὁ κύριος θελήσῃ, Kai γνώσομαι, ob τὸν λόγον τῶν the Lord will, and I will know, ποῦ the word of those who πεφυσιωμένων, ἀλλὰ τὴν δύναμιν. 20 οὐ.γὰρ ἐν λόγῳ ἡ are puffed up, but the power. For not in word the βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν δυνάμει. 21 τί θέλετε : ἐν kingdom of God [is], but in power. What willye? with ῥάβδῳ ἔλθω πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἢ ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί. τε “πρᾳό- arod Ishouldcome_ to you, or in love andaspirit of meek- τητος": ness ? 5 Ὅλως ἀκούεται ἐν ὑμῖν πορνεία, καὶ τοιαύτη πορνεία Commonly ?is reported *among *you ‘fornication, and such fornication ¢ ~ ’ ἥτις οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν Δὀνομάζεται,; ὥστε γυναῖκά which noteven among the nations is named, so as Swife τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔχειν. 2 Kai ὑμεῖς περ υσι οι δὲ ἐστέ: ‘one Bis} Sfather’s 210 “have. And ye uffed “up lare, , ~ καὶ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἐπενθήσατε, iva “ἐξαρθῇ ἐκ μέσου. ὑμῶν and not rather did ages that might te taken out of oan midst « ene 0 τὸ ἔργον. τοῦτο 'ποιήσας ; ΠΙΓΟῚ: i μὲν yao ξὼς" ἀπὼν τῷ he who this deed did! ‘for as beingabsent σώματι, παρὼν δὲ τῷ πνεύματι, ἤδη κέκρικα ὡς παρών, in body, but being present in spirit, already have judged as being present, TOV οὕτως τοῦτο κατεργασάμενον, 4 ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ him who 50 sthis ‘worked “out, in the name ~ ἢ - ~ ε ~ \ κυρίου. "ἡμῶν" "Incod ἱχριστοῦ,, συναχθέντων ὑμῶν καὶ of our Lord Jesus Christ, being gathered together ye and ~ ? ~ ᾿ ~ , ~ , - ~ ? ~ τοῦ ἐμοῦ πνεύματος, σὺν TY δυνάμει τοῦ κυρίου. ἡ μῶν" ᾿Τησοῦ my spirit, with the power of our Lord Jesus Ἰχριστοῦ," ὃ παραδοῦναι τὸν τοιοῦτον τῷ σατανᾷ εἰς ὄλεθρον Christ— to deliver such a one toSatan for destruction τῆς σαρκός, ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα σωθῇ ἐν TH ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ κυρίου of the flesh, that the spirit may besavedin the day ofthe Lord vp τὸ il ἣν ? A 4 10 ev A Ιησοῦ." 6 Οὐ καλὸν τὸ.καὐύχημα.ὑμῶν᾽ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι μικρὰ Jesus, Not good [is] your boasting. Know ye not that a little ζύμη ὕλον τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ; 7 ἐκκαθάρατε “ody! τὴν πα- leaven *whole *the Ἅππεν ‘leavens ? Purge out therefore the aay ζύμην. ἵνα ἦτε νέον φύραμα, καθώς ἐστε ἄξζυμοι' ola Jeaven, that ye ΠΕ beanew lump, according as yeare unleavened, καὶ. γὰρ τὸ. ᾿“πάσχα. ἡμῶν "ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν! οἐτύθη) χριστός. For also 2our *passover *for ™s “was Ἐπ ταδὶ Christ. 8 wore ἑορτάζωμεν, μὴ ἔν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ, μηδὲ ἐν So that we should celebrate the feast, not with “leaven ‘old, nor with ζύμῃ κακίας καὶ πονηρίας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀζύμοις Ρείλι- leaven Of malice and wickedness, but with sia ΙΕ ἢ (bread) of κρινείας" Kai ἀληθείας. sincerity and. of truth. 9 Ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ, μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι Iwrote toyou in the epistle, not to associate with mopvow’ 10 “καὶ οὐ πάντως τοῖς πόρνοις τοῦ.κόσμου τού- fornicators ; and not altogether with the fornicators of this world, ~ ’ Ξ ᾽ του, ἢ τοῖς πλεονέκταις, τὴ" ἅρπαξιν, ἢ εἰδωλολάτραις" ἐπεὶ or withthe covetous, or rapacious, or idolaters, since 443 thongh I would not come to you. 19 But I will come to you shortly, if the Lord will, and will know not the speech of them which are puffed up, but the power. 20 For the kingdom of God is not in word, but in power. 21 What will ye? shall I come unto you with a rod, or in love, and in the spirit of meekness ? Vv. It is reported commonly that there is fornication among you, and such fornica- tion as is not so much as named among the Gentiles, that one should have his fa- ther’s wife. 2And ye are puffed up,and have not rather mourned, that he that hath done this deed might be taken away from a- mong you. 3 For I verily, as absent in body, but present in spirit, have judged al- ready, as though I were present, concern- ing him that hath so done this deed, 4 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, when ye are gathered toge- ther, and my spirit, with the power of our Lord Jesus Christ, 5 to deliver such an one unto Satan for the de- struction of the flesh, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus. 6 Your glorying is not good. Know ye not that a little lea- ven leaveneth the whole lump? 7 Purge out therefore the eld leaven, that ye may be a new lump, as ye are unleayened. For even Christ our pass- over is sacrificed for us: 8therefore Ict us keep the feast, not with old leaven, nei- ther with the leaven of malice and wicked- ness; but with the un- leavened bread of sin- cerity and truth. 9 I wrote unto you in an epistle not to company with forni- cators: 10 yet not al- together with the for- nicators of this world, or with the covetous, or extortioners, or ς πραὕὔτητος ue 4 — ὀνομάζεται (read [is]) GuTTr AW. ἀρθῇ GuTtraw. f πράξας: τ. 8 --- ὡς LTTrAW. — ἡμῶν (read the Lord) {1|]1. -- χριστοῦ LTTra. k tf ae Es 1 [ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ] (read our Lord Jesus Christ) HY Ἰησοῦ A; ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ w. - οὖν GLTTraW. — ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν LTTrAW. - 268 E. Ρ εἰλικρινίας τ q— καὶ LTTraw. Γ καὶ and LTTraw. 144 with idolaters; for then must ye needs go out of the world. 11 But now I have written unto you not to keep company, if any man that is called a brother be a forni- eator, or covetous, or an idolater, or a rail- er, or a d, or an extortioner; with such an one no not to eat. 12 For what have I to do to judge them also that are without? donot ye judge them that are within? 13 But them that are without God judgeth. There- fore put away from among yourselves that wicked person. V1. Dare any of you, having a matter a- gainst another, go to law before the un- just, and not before the saints? 2Do ye not know that the faints shall judge the world? and if the world shall be judg- ed by you, are ye unworthy to judge the smallest matters? 3 Know ye not that we shall judge an- gels? how much more things that pertain to this life? 4If then ye have judgments of things pertaining to this life, set them to judge who are least esteemed in the church. 5 I speak to your shame. Is itso, that there is not a wise man among you? no, not one that shall be able to judge be- tween his brethren? 6 But brother goeth to law with brother, and that before the unbelievers. 7 Now therefore there is ut- terly a fault among ou, because ye go to w one with another. Why do ye not rather take wrong? why do ye not rather suffer yourselves to be de- frauded? 8 Nay, ye do wrong, and de- fraud, and that your brethren. 9 Know ye not that the unright- eous shall not inherit the kingdom of God ? POs ALKOP UNG DOYS A. Vi VI- > , | ” > ~ , ~ . oo” ἐὀφείλετε᾽ ἄρα ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελθεῖν. 11 ἵ'νυνὶ" δὲ ἔγραψα γ8 ought then outof the world to go. But now, I wrote ὑμῖν μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι, ἐάν τις ἀδελφὸς ὀνομαζόμενος to you not to associate with [him],if anyone *brother designated ἢ" πόρνος, ἢ πλεονέκτης, ἢ εἰδωλολάτρης, ἢ λοίδορος, [be] either a fornicator, or covetous, or idolater, or railer, na la na iid ~ ΄ ἢ μέθυσος, ἢ ἅἵἅρπαξ᾽ τῷ.τοιούτῳ μηδὲ συνεσθίειν. 12 τί or ἃ ἀπ ΠΑΙ͂, or rapacious; withsucha one noteven ἴο Θϑῦ. 2What γάρ οι “καὶ τοὺς ἔξω κρίνειν ; οὐχὶ τοὺς ἔσω ὑμεῖς for [isit]tome also those outside tojudge, “ποὺ “those within ‘ye κρίνετε; 18 τοὺς. δὲ ἔξω ὁ θεὸς *xpiver." Yai 340 “ye judge? But those outside God judges. τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν. αὐτῶν. the wicked person from among yourselves. 6 Τολμᾷ τις ὑμῶν, πρᾶγμα ἔχων πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον, Dare anyone ofyou, amatter having against the other, κρίνεσθαι ἐπὶ τῶν ἀδίκων, Kai οὐχὶ ἐπὶ TOY ἁγίων ; 27 οὐκ gotolaw before the unrighteous, and not before the saints? sNot οἴδατε OTe οἱ ἅγιοι TOY κόσμον κρινοῦσιν; Kai εἰ ἐν ὑμῖν ‘know γούμαῦ the saints “the ‘world ‘will*judge? and if by you κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος, ἀνάξιοί ἐστε κριτηρίων ἐλαχίστων ; 3 οὐκ is judged the world, “unworthy ‘are *ye of judgments the smallest? SNot οἴδατε Ort ἀγγέλους κρινοῦμεν: "μήτι .γεὶ βιωτικά; ΚΟΥ *yethat angels we shall judge? much more then things of this life ? 4 Bwrika ἐν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τοὺς ®Things *of !°this '*life *then *judgment [3848 700] ‘if *ye “have, who ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους "Kabigere.' 5 πρὸς ἐξαρεῖτε" And ye shall put out areleastesteemed in the assembly, *those 1set #ye Sup. For ἐντροπὴν ὑμῖν “λέγω." οὕτως οὐκ. “ἔστιν ἐν ὑμῖν “σοφὸς shame toyou Ispeak. Thus istherenot among you a wise[man] > δὲ a " « ὃ “ ὃ - ) . , ον ~ οὐδὲ εἷς," ὃς OUYNHOETAL OlakpLYaL ἄναᾶ.μεσον TOV ἀδελφοῦ not even one, who shall be able to decide between “brother αὐτοῦ; 6 ἀλλὰ ἀδελφὸς μετὰ ἀδελφοῦ κρίνεται, καὶ ‘his [and brother]? But brother with brother goestolaw, and τοῦτο ἐπὶ ἀπίστων; 7 ἤδη μὲν fobv" ὅλως ἥττημα this before unbelievers ! Already indeed therefore altogether a default Sty! ὑμῖν ἐστιν, ὅτι κρίματα ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν. *Orari' οὐχὶ among you is, that law-suits ye have among yourselves. Why not μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθε ; "dari οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἀποστερεῖσθε ; 8 ἀλλὰ rather suffer wrong? why not rather be defrauded ? But ὑμεῖς ἀδικεῖτε καὶ ἀποστερεῖτε, καὶ ταῦτα" ἀδελφούς. ye do wrong and defraud, and these things [to your] brethren. 9 ἢ ovK-oldare ὅτι ἄδικοι κβασιλείαν θεοῦ" οὐ κληρονο- Or know ye ποὺ that unjust ones[the]) kingdom ofGod*not 5 in- ’ A ~ » ΄ » ᾽ ᾽’ (ERIE ; Μὴ-.πλανᾶσθε: οὔτε πόρνοι, οὔτε εἰδωλολάτραι, erit ? Be not misled ; neither fornicators, nor idolaters, οὔτε μοιχοί, οὔτε μαλακοί, οὔτε ἀρσενο-- nor adulterers, ΠΟΙ͂ abusers of themselves as women, nor abusers of them- ~ » , » , l » Π , KOUTat, 10 οὔτε κλέπται, οὔτε πλεονέκται, "οὔτε" μέθυσοι, Be not decsived: nei- 8elves with men, nor thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards, ther fornicators, nor οὐ Χρίδοροι, οὐχ ἅρπαγες, ββασιλείαν θεοῦ ™ov' KAnpovo- terers, Or effemin- Dor railers, nor rapacious, [086] kingdom of God shall ® ὠφείλετε LTTrA. ‘voy Lira. ‘qj be EGLTTrAW. “— καὶ LTTrA. * κρινεῖ (; LTr) will judge Gur. (read do ye set up those, &c.) GTw. & — ἐν (read ὑμῖν with you) GLTTraw. {- οὖν T[ tr]. K θεοῦ βασιλείαν GLTTrAW. y ἐξάρατε put ye out GLTTrAW. 2 + ἢ Or GLITraAW. & μήτιγε GT. © λαλῶ L. 4 ἔνι GLTTrAW. h διὰ ri LTrA. Ὁ καθίζετε; © οὐδεὶς σοφός LTTrA. i τοῦτο this LTTraw. lov TA. m — ov LITrA. VI, VI. Ι μήσουσιν. 11 καὶ ταῦτά τινες. ἦτε; inherit. And these things some of you were ; 2 A ε ’ σασθε, ἀλλὰ ἡγιάσθητε, washed, but ye were sanctified, CORINTHIANS. "ἀλλὰ" ἀπελού- but ye were οἀλλ᾽" ἐδικαιώθητε. ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι but γ8 were justified, in the name τοῦ κυρίου P Inoov,4 καὶ ἐν τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ.θεοῦ. ἡμῶν. of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of our God. 12 Ilavra μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει: πάντα All things to me are lawful, but ποῦ allthings doprofit; all things μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐγὼ ἐξουσιασθήσομαι ὕὑπό τινος. tomearelawful, but “not ‘I 7willbebrought underthe power of any. 13 Ta βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, Kai ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν" Meats for the belly, and the belly for meats ; 0.02.080¢ καὶ ταύτην Kai ταῦτα καταργήσει. τὸ.δὲ σῶμα but God both this and these will bring to nought: but the body [is] οὐ τῇ πορνείᾳ, ἀλλὰ τῷ κυρίῳ, Kai ὁ κύριος τῷ σώματι" not for fornication, but for the Lord, andthe Lord forthe body. 14 ὁ δὲ θεὸς καὶ τὸν κύριον ἤγειρεν, Kai τἡμᾶς᾽ "ἐξεγερεῖ" διὰ AndGod both the Lord γχϑῖβθα ὉΡ, and us will raise out by τῆς.δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ. 18 οὐκ. οἴδατε ὅτι τὰ.σώματα. ὑμῶν μέλη his power, Know ye not that your bodies members χριστοῦ ἐστιν; ἄρας οὖν Ta μέλη τοῦ χριστοῦ, ποιήσω of Christ are? Having taken then the members of the Christ, shall I make πόρνης μέλη; pny-yévorro. 16 ἣ οὐκιοἴδατε ὅτι ὁ (them] 5οΥ 38. *harlot ‘members? May it not be! Or know ye not that he that κολλώμενος TY πόρνῃ, ἕν σῶμά ἐστιν; Γἔσονται.γάρ, ἱφησίν," isjoined tothe harlot, *one *body lis? For shall be, he says, οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα piay’ 17 ὁ. δὲ κολλώμενος τῷ κυρίῳ, ἕν the two for “flesh one. But he that is joined tothe Lord, 7one πνεῦμά ἐστιν. 18 Φεύγετε τὴν πορνείαν. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα ὃ sspirit 718, Flee fornication. Every sin which ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος, ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν' ὁ.δὲ 3.8 ‘practise +a “man, without the body is, but he that πορνεύων, εἰς τὸ ἴδιον σῶμα ἁμαρτάνει. 19 ἢ οὐκ commits fornication, against his own body sins, Or *not οἴδατε OTL τὸσῶμα.ὑμῶν ναὸς τοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν ἀγίου πνεύματός Κη ον ζγ8 μαῦ your body atemple of the “ἴθ *you ‘Holy 2Spirit ἐστιν, οὗ ἔχετε ἀπὸ θεοῦ, Kai οὐκ ἐστὲ ἑαυτῶν; 20 ἠγορά- is, which ye have from God; and “not ?are ‘ye your own? 2ye *were σθητε γὰρ τιμῆς" δοξάσατε δὴ τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ σώματι “bought ‘for withaprice; glorify indeed God in “body ὑμῶν, "καὶ ἐν τῷ.πνεύματι. ὑμῶν, ἅτινά ἐστιν τοῦ θεοῦ." your, and in your spirit, which are God’s. 7 Ἱερὶ.δὲ ὧν ἐγράψατε * por," καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ But concerning whatthings yewrote tome: [Itis] good for a man γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι 2 διὰ.δὲ τὰς πορνείας ἕκαστος *a5woman ‘not 7to*touch; but on account of fornication 7each τὴν. ἑαυτοῦ. γυναῖκα ἐχέτω, Kai ἑκάστη τὸν ἴδιον ἄνδρα ἐχέτω. *his °own ‘wife llet*have,and *each “ΠΟΥ own Shusband ‘let “have. 3 γυναικὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ τὴν *dderouéyny εὔνοιαν ἀπο- To the wife “the *husband 5due ®benevolence et διδότω" dpoiwe%dé' καὶ ἡ γυνὴ τῷ ἀνδρί. 4 ἡ γυνὴ τοῦ ἰδίου ‘render, and likewise 8150 the wife tothe husband. The wife ΠΟΥ οὔτι σώματος οὐκ.ἐξουσιάζει, τάἀλλ᾽" ὁ ἀνήρ' ὁμοίως.δὲ Kai ὁ 446 ate, nor abusers of themselves with man- kind, 10 nor thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards, nor. re- vilers, nor extortion- ers, shall inherit the kingdom of God. 11 And such were some of you: but ye are washed, but ye are sanctified, but ye are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of our God. 12 All things are lawful unto me, but all things are not ex- pedient: all things are lawful for me, but I will not be brought under the power of any. 13 Meats for the belly, and the belly for meats: but God shall_ destroy both it and them. Now the body 8 not for fornication, but for the Lord; and the Lord for the body. 14 And God hath both raised up. the Lord, and will also raise up us by his own power. 15 Know ye not that your bodies are the members of Christ? shall I then take the members of Christ, and make them the members of an har- lot? God __ forbid. 16 What? know ye not that he which is joined to an harlot is one body? for two, saith he, shall be one flesh. 17 But he that is joined unto the Lord is one spirit. 18 Flee fornication. Every sin that a man doeth is without the body; but he that committeth fornica- tion sinneth against his own body. 19 What! know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? 20 For ye are bought with a price: there- fore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s. VII. Now concern- ing the things where- of ye wrote unto me: It ws good for a man not to touch a wo- man, 2 Nevertheless, to avoid fornication, body has not authority over, .but the husband; and likewise also the let every man have 2 ἀλλ᾽ L. ο ἀλλὰ TTrA. P + [ἡμῶν] (read our Lord) L. 4 + χριστοῦ Christ Lrtr. τ ὑμᾶς you E. 5 ἐξεγείρει raises out L. t [φησιν] L. νυ — καὶ ev to end of verse QLTTraW. ν — μοι T[Tr]A. x ὀφειλὴν [her] due Gittraw. Υ [δὲ] L. 2 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. 446 his own wife, and let every woman have her own husband. 3 Let the husband render unto the wife due be- nevolence: and like- wise also the wife un- to the husband, 4 The wife hath not power of her own body, but the husband: and like- wise also the husband hath not power of his own body,but the wife. 8 Defraud ye not one the other, except τῇ de with consent for a time, that ye may give yourselves to fasting and prayer; and come together again, that Satan tempt you not for your incontinency. 6 But I speak this by permission, and not of commandment. 7 For I would that all men were even as I myself. But every man hath his proper gift of God, one after this manner, and another after that. @1 say therefore to the unmarried and widows, It is good for them if they abide even as I. 9 But if they cannot contain, let them marry: for it is better to marry than to burn, 10 And unto the married 1 command, yet not I, but the Lord, Let not the wife depart from her husband: 11 but and if she depart, let her remain unmar- ried, or be reconciled to her husband: and let not the husband put away Ais wife. 12 But to the rest speak I, not the Lord: If any brother hath a wife that believeth not, and she be pleased to dwell with him, let him not put her away. 13 And the woman which hath an hus- band that believeth not, and if he be pleased to dwell with ner, let her not leave him. I+ For the un- believing husband is sanctificd by the wife, and the unbelieving wife is sanctified by the husband: else were your children unclean ; but now are they holy. 15 But if the unbelieving de- τ ἀλλὰ LTTrA. Κ κρεῖττον LTTr. ? αὕτη LTAW. ἃ σχολάσητε GLTTrAW. συνέρχεσθε E; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἦτε together may be GLTTraw. [ὄχει χάρισμα GLTTrAW. t 1— ἐστιν W. 4 εἴ τις if any T. * ἀδελφῷ brother LTTraw. ΠΡΟΣ Α KIO PLNOTOY > A. MIF. ᾽ ι ~ As , , > , ᾿ ἀνὴρ τοῦ ἰδίον σώματος οὐκ. ἐξουσιάζει, τἀλλ᾽" ἡ γυνή. 5 μὴ husband his own body has not authority over, but the wife. “Not > ~ > , ᾽ , n ’ A , ἀποστερεῖτε ἀλλήλους, εἰ.μή TL ἂν EK συμφώνου πρὸς καιρὸν, ‘defraud one another, unless by consent for a season, “ , ~ , \ ~ ~ N ΄ ἵνα "σχολάζητε' ry νηστείᾳ καὶ" τῇ προσευχῇ, καὶ πάλιν that ye may be at leisure for fasting and for prayer, and again “ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ συνέρχησθε," iva μὴ πειράζῃ ὑμᾶς ὁ σατανᾶς into one place come together, that *not ?may *tempt ὅγοι ‘Satan διὰ τὴν.ἀκρασίαν ὑμῶν. 6 τοῦτο δὲ λέγω κατὰ “ovy- because of your incontinence. But this Isay by way of per- γνώμην," οὐ κατ᾽ ἐπιταγήν. 7 θέλω “γὰρ! πάντας ἀνθρώ- mission, not by wayof command. “I wish ‘but all men πους εἶναι ὡς καὶ guavtov’ *adX" ἕκαστος ἴδιον ἰχάρισμα tobe evenas myself: but each his own gift Eyer! ἐκ θεοῦ, δὸς" μὲν οὕτως, Sdc'_dé οὕτως. 8 Λέγω.δὲ has from God; one so, and another so. But I say τοῖς ἀγάμοις καὶ ταῖς χήραις, καλὸν αὐτοῖς Βέστιν! ἐὰν ἷ tothe unmarried and tothe widows, good for them it is if μείνωσιν ὡς κἀγώ. 9 εἰ.δὲ οὐκ. ἐγκρατεύονται, γαμησά- they should remainas even I. But if they have not self-control, let them rwoav' κρεῖσσον". γάρ ἱἐστιν! ™yapnoa' ἢ πυροῦσθαι. marry ; for better it is tomarry than to burn. 10 Τοῖς. δὲ γεγαμηκόσιν παραγγέλλω, οὐκ ἐγώ, *adX'! ὁ But to the married I charge, not 1 but the κύριος, γυναῖκα ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς μὴ "χωρισθῆναι" 11 ἐὰν.δὲ καὶ Lord, wife fron: husband not _ to be separated; (butif also χωρισθῇ, μενέτω ἄγαμος, ἢ τῷ ἀνδρὶ καταλλαγήτω" she be separated, let her remain unmarried, or to the husband be reconciled ;) καὶ ἄνδρα γυναῖκα μὴ ἀφιέναι. 12 Toic.d& λοιποῖς yw λέγω," h and husband ‘wife ‘not “to “leave. But tothe rest I say, οὐχ ὁ κύριος, εἴ τις ἀδελφὸς γυναῖκα ἔχει ἄπιστον, καὶ not the Lord, If any _ brother ‘wife ‘has an “unbelieving, and \ - 2. ὦ ᾽ τ ᾽ Ραὐτὴ! συνευδοκεῖ οἰκεῖν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, μὴ-ἀφιέτω αὐτήν" she consents to dwell with him, let him not leave her. 13 καὶ γυνὴ “ἥτις" ἔχει ἄνδδα ἄπιστον, καὶ ‘avroc! And has “husband ‘an “unbelieving, and he συνευδοκεῖ οἰκεῖ» μετ᾽ αὐτῆς, μὴ. ἀφιέτω "αὐτόν." 14 ἡγίασται consents todwell with her, let hernot leave him. ΞῚ5 “sanctified ap ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ ἄπιστος ἐν TH γυναικί, καὶ ἡγίασται ἡ γυνὴ for the "husband ‘unbelieving in the wife, and is sanctified the *wife ἡ ἄπιστος ἐν τῷ 'ἀνδρί"" ἐπεὶ ἄρα τὰ.τέκνα ὑμῶν ἀκάθαρτά ‘unbelieving in the husband; else then yourchildren unclean ἐστιν, νῦν. δὲ ἅγιά ἐστιν. 1ὅ εἰ δὲ ὁ ἄπιστος χωρίζεται, are, but now holy ‘are. But if the unbeliever separates himself, χωριζέσθω. ov. dedovAwra ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐν let him separate himself; isnot under bondage the brother orthe_ sister in ~ , 5 ? δὲ te , κὶ v,5 SII « , , τοῖς τοιούτοις ἐν. δὲ εἰρήνῃ κέκληκεν ἡμᾶς" ὁ θεός. 16 τί such [cases], butin peace “has “called ‘us 'God. ‘What do οἶδας, γύναι. εἰτὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις; ἢ τί οἶδας. for knowest thou, Owife, if the husband thou shalt save ? or what knowest thou, awoman who ὁ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτο 4 guy- T. e δὲ but LTTraw. 4 — ἐστιν (read [it is]) GLTTrAW. 1 + [οὕτως] L. π χωρίζεσθαι L. © λέγω ἐγώ LTTrAW. 3 τὸν ἄνδρα the husband Lrtraw. Ὁ — τῇ νηστείᾳ καὶ GLITrAW. 8 δ LTTrAW. ἃ γαμεῖν T. τ ρὗτος LT'TrAW. ἡ ὑμᾶς You T. VIE FF ΞΘ BRINTHLANS ἄνερ, εἰ THY γυναῖκα σώσεις: 17 εἰμὴ ἑκάστῳ we Ὁ husband, if the wife thou shalt save? Only to each as πἐμέρισεν᾽ χὸ θεός," ἕκαστον ὡς κέκληκεν τὸ κύριος," οὕτως ‘divided God, each as “has*called 'the 7Lord, 50 περιπατείτω᾽ καὶ οὕτως ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις πάσαις διατάσ- let him walk ; and thus in *the “assemblies Yall I order. copa. 18 Περιτετμημένος τις ἐκλήθη ; μ᾽.-ἐπι- Having been circumcised 7any *one ‘wascalled? let him not be ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ Yric ἐκλήθη :" μὴ.περι- in uncircumcision ?any “one ‘was called? let him not be τεμνέσθω. 19 ἡ περιτομὴ οὐδὲν ἐστιν, Kai ἡ ἀκροβυστία οὐδὲν circumcised, Circumcision “nothing ‘is, and uncircumcision 7nothing ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τήρησις ἐντολῶν θεοῦ. 20 ἕκαστος ἐν τῇ κλήσει σπάσθω. uncircumcised : Fis: but keeping 7commandments 'God’s. Each in the calling ῃ ἐκλήθη, ἐν ταύτῃ μενέτω. 21 δοῦλος ἐκλή- in which he was called, in this let him abide. Bondman [being] wast θης; py σοι μελέτω ἀλλ᾽ εἰκαὶ δύνασαι ἐλεύθερος thou called, not to thee let it beacare; but andif thou art able Sfree ene μᾶλλον χρῆσαι. 22 ὁ. γὰρ ἐν κυρίῳ κληθεὶς o*become, ‘rather *use [51]. For he #in (*the} "Lord ‘being ?called δοῦλος, ἀπελεύθερος κυρίου ἐστίν᾽ ὁμοίως *kat' ὁ [being] ἃ bondman, afreedman of{[thejLord is; likewise also he ἐλεύθερος κληθείς. δοῦλός ἐστιν χριστοῦ. 23 τιμῆς ἠγορά- free being called, abondman is_ of Christ, Witha price ye were aOnre* μὴ. γίνεσθε δοῦλοι ἀνθρώπων. 24 ἕκαστος év.p ἐκλή- bought; become not bondmen of men, Each wherein he was θη, ἀδελφοί, ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω παρὰ ὅτῷ DEW. called, brethren, in that lethimabide with God. 25 Περὶ. δὲ τῶν παρθένων ἐπιταγὴν κυρίου οὐκιἔχω" But concerning virgins, commandment of [the] Lord I have not; γνώμην.δὲ δίδωμι, ὡς ἠλεημένος ὑπὸ κυρίου πιστὸς but judgment igive, as having received maerey from [86] Lord “faithful εἶναι. 26 νομίζω οὖν τοῦτο καλὸν ὑπάρχειν διὰ τὴν ἐν- ἦτο *be. Ithink then this *good lis because of the pre- ἑστῶσαν ἀνάγκην, ὅτι καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ τὸ οὕτως εἶναι. Beni necessity, that Cit 15] good for a man so to be. 27 δέδεσαι γυναικί ; μὴ.ζήτει λύσιν. λέλυσαι ἀπὸ Hast thou been bound to a wife? seek not to beloosed. Hast thou been loosed from γυναικός; μὴ.ζήτει γυναῖκα. 28 ἐὰν.δὲ καὶ ὑγήμῳῃς, a wife? seek not 8. Wite. But if also thou mayest have married, οὐχιἥμαρτες" καὶ ἐὰν yey “ἡ παρθένος, οὐχ thou didst ποὺ sin; and if ‘may *have °*married ‘the 2virgin, ®not ἥμαρτεν: θλίψιν.δὲ τῇ σαρκὶ ἕξουσιν οἱ τοιοῦτοι" ἐγὼ. δὲ *she 7did sin: but tribulation in the flesh “shall have such ; but I ὑμῶν φείδομαι. 29 Τοῦτο.δε φημι, ἀδελφοί, ὁ καιρὸς συν- spare, Butthis I say, brethren, the season strait- ἐσταλμένος" “τὺ. λοιπόν ἐστιν," iva καὶ fot' ἔχοντες γυναῖκας, sued [15]. For the rest is, that even those having wives, ὡς μὴ ἔχοντες ὦσιν" 90 καὶ οἱ κλαίοντες. ὡς μὴ κλαίοντες" καὶ 365 “not *having ‘be; and those weeping, as not weeping; and οἱ χαίροντες, ὡς μὴ χαίροντες" Kai οἱ ἀγοράζοντες, ὡς μὴ those rejoicing, as not rejoicing; and those buying, us not 447 part. let him depart. A brother or a sister is not under bondage in such cases: but God hath called us to peace. 16 For what Knowest thou, O wite, whether thon shalt save thy husband ? or how knowest thon, O man, whether thou shalt save thy wife? 17 But as God hath distributed to every man, as the Lord hath called every one, 50 let bim walk. And sc ordain I in all churches. 18 Is any man called being cir- cuimcised? let him not become uucircum- cised. Is any called in uncireumcision ? let him not be cir- cumcised. 19 Circum- cision is nothing, and uncireumeision is no- thing, but the keep- ing of the commana- ments of God. 20 Let every man abide in the same calling wherein he was called. 21 Art thou called be- img a servant? care not for it: but if theu mayest be made free, use tt rather. 22 For he that is called in whe Lord, being a servant, is the Lord’s freeman: likewise also he that is called, being free, is Christ’s servant. 23Ye are bought with 8 price ; be not ye the servants of men, 24 Brethren, let every man, wherein he is called, therein abide with God. 25 Now concerning virgins I have no commandment of the Lord: yet I give my judgment, as one that hath obtained mercy of the Lord to be faithful. 261 suppose therefore that this is good for the present distress, J suy, that tt ts good fora man s0to be. 27 Art thou bound unto ἃ wife? seek not to be loosed. Art thou loosed from a wife? seek not & wife. 28 But and if thou marry, thou hasi not sinned; and ifs virgin marry, she hath not sinned. Ne- vertheless such shali have trouble in the flesh: but I spare you. 29 But this I savy, * μεμέρικεν has divided rrr. τις has any one been called irt:aw. LTTra. ¢ [ἡ] LTra. 4+ ὅτι Ε. the rest joined to straitened) ETrAW ; ἐστίν᾽ τὸ λοιπὸν LT. -- καὶ LTTraw. {- oR, 6 θεός and ὃ κύριος transposed GLTTraW. 2— τῷ GLTTrAW. © ἐστὶν τὸ λοιπόν, (τὸ λοιπόν ἐστιν᾽ Ε) (read is for Σ κέκληται > γαμήσῃς 448° brethren, the time 15 short: it remaineth, that both they that have wives be as though they had none; 30 and they that weep, as though they wept not; and they that re- joice, as though they rejoiced not ; andthey that buy, as though they possessed not; 31 and they that use this world, as not a- busing it: for the fashion of this world passeth away. 32 But I would have you without carefulness. He that is unmarried eareth for the things that belong to the Lord, how he may please the Lord: 33 but he that is married careth for the things that are of the world, how he may please his wife. 34 There is dif- ference also between a wife and a virgin. The unmarried woman car- eth for the things of the Lord, that shemay be holy both in body and in spirit: but she that is married careth for the things of the world, how she may please her husband. 35 And this I speak for your own profit ; not that I may cast a 3nare upon you, but for that which is comely, and that ye may attend upon the Lord without distrac- tion. 36 But if any man think that he hehaveth himself un- comely toward his vir- fin, if she pass the flower of her age, and need so require, let him do what he will, he sinneth not: let them marry. 37 Ne- vertheless he that standeth stedfast in his heart, having no necessity, but hath power over his own will, and hath so de- creed in his heart that he will keep his virgin, doeth well. 38 Sothen he that giveth her in marriage doeth well ; but he that giveth her Ε τὸν κόσμον the world LYTrA. καὶ and has become divided. divided are also Taw. (vead the virgin cares for) Tr. ρισται. please LTTrA. " — τοῦ LTTrA. GLTTraAw. LTTrA. Ρ σύμφορον LITrA. (in his heart) ἑδραῖος LTTra. ¥ ποιήσει he shall do Lrtra. παρθένον T) marries his own virginity LITr ; [ἐκ]γαμίζων [τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον A. * γαμίζων marries GLTTr ; [ἐκ]γαμίζων a. ΤΡ Oz. AK /OcPIN-GayOs¥S, AA. ὙΠ. κατέχοντες" 81 καὶ οἱ χρώμενοι ϑὁτῷ.κόσμῳ τούτῳ," ὡς μὴ possessing ; and those using this world, 85 not καταχρώμενοι. παράγει.γὰρ τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ.κόσμου.τούτου. using [it] as their own; for passes away the fashion of this world. 32 θέλω.δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους εἶναι. ὁ ἄγαμος μεριμνᾷ τὰ ButI wish you withoutcare tobe, The unmarried cares for the things τοῦ κυρίου, πῶς "ἀρέσει' τῷ κυρίῳ 33 ὁ δὲ γαμήσας ofthe Lord, how heshall please the Lord; but he that is married μερμμνᾷᾳἄ τὰ τοῦ κόσμου, πῶς ὃ ἀρέσει" γυναικί. eares for the things of the world, how he shall please the wife, 34 ἱμεμέρισται" ἡ ἔγυνὴ" καὶ ἡ παρθένος. ἰὴ ἄγαμος" μεριμνᾷ Divided are the wife andthe virgin. The unmarried cares for τὰ τοῦ κυρίου, iva ἁγία πικαὶ! α σώματι καὶ " the things of the Lord, that she may be hoiy both in body and πνεύματι .0& γαμήσασα μεριμνᾷ τὰ τοῦ κόσμου, spirit ; but she that’ is married cares for the things of the world, πῶς Capéice' τῷ ἀνδρί. 35 τοῦτο.δὲ πρὸς το.ὑμῶν.αὐτῶν how she shall please the husband. But this for your own Ρσυμφέρον" λέγω" οὐχ iva βρόχον ὑμῖν ἐπιβάλω, ἀλλὰ profit Isay; , not that anoose *you ‘I *may “cast *before, but πρὸς TO εὔσχημον καὶ Tehrrpdcedpov' τῷ κυρίῳ ἀπερι-- for what[is] seemly, and waiting on the Lord without σπάστως. 36 εἰ.δὲ τις ἀσχημονεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν παρθένον distraction. But if anyone (7he] *behaves *unseemly *to 7yvirginity αὐτοῦ νομίζει, ἐὰν ὑπέρακμος, καὶ οὕτως ὀφείλει γίνε- Shis ‘thinks, if he be beyond [his]prime, and 50 it ought to σθαι, ὃ θέλει ποιείτω, ObX.adpapTavE’ γαμείτωσαν. 37 ὃς δὲ be, what ΒΘ wills let him do, - he does not sin: let them maryy. But he who ἕστηκεν τἑδραῖος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ," μὴ ἔχων ἀνάγκην, ἐξουσίαν. δὲ stands firm in heart, not having necessity, but authority ἔχει περὶ Tov.idiov θελήματος, καὶ τοῦτο κέκρικεν ἐν 72° has over hisown will, and this has judged in καρδίᾳ. "αὐτοῦ! τοῦ" τηρεῖν rHv.éavrov παρθένον, καλῶς his heart to keep his own virginity, well “rot. 88 ὥστε καὶ ὁ τ"ἐκγαμίζων" καλῶς ποιεῖ; 0.08" he does. Wy 2) Ἴ i Ὄ w ii μὴ ᾿ἐκγαμίζων" κρεῖσσον “ποιεῖ. Ξηοῦ 'givesin marriage better ‘does. ἐφ ὕσον χρόνον ζῇ for aslong?as ‘time ‘may ‘live So that also he that givesin marriage *well | ‘does; and he that 39 Γυνὴ δέδεται "νόμῳ!" Awife isbound by law ὁ.ἀνὴρ.αὐτῆς" ἐὰν.δὲ κοι- Sher *husband ; but if may have fallen wt fe 7 ‘ b Fre ! 7 θέ ? \ , μηθῇ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς," ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν θέλει γαμη- asleep the husband of her, free she is to whom she wills _ to be θῆναι, μόνον ἐν κυρίῳ. 40 μακαριωτέρα.δέ ἐστιν ἐὰν οὕτως married, only in(the] Lard. But happier she is if so μείνῃ, κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην. δοκῶ.δὲ κἀγὼ she should remain, according to my judgment; and I think I also πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἔχειν. *Spirit *God’s *have. " ἀρέσῃ he should please trtra. 1, Kal μεμέ- Also LTr; καὶ (— καὶ Ww) μεμέρισται καὶ And ΚΕ γυνὴ ἡ ἄγαμος UNMarried woman LTr. 1— ἡ ἄγαμος m [καὶ] LTr. Ὁ τῷ the LTTraA. ° ἀρέσῃ she should 4 εὐπάρεδρον GLTTrAW. τ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 3 + ἰδίᾳ (read his own) TTra. * αὐτοῦ LTTrA. τ γαμίζων τὴν παρθένον ἑαντοῦ (ἑαυτοῦ Υ καὶ ὃ ® — νόμῳ GLTTrAW. >’ — αὐτῆς WT: rYGOREINTHIANS. 8 Περὶ. δὲ τῶν.εἰδωλοθύτων, οἴδαμεν, ὅτι πάντες γνῶσιν But concerning things sacrificed toidols, weknow, (for 241 ‘knowledge ἔχομεν. ἡ γνῶσις φυσιοῖ, ἡ δὲ ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ. 2 εἰ.“δέ" twe*have: knowledge puffs up, but love builds up. But if ξ- ὃ - ἡ ids Π ς Os ἠδὲ μ᾿ Π τις OKEt ELOEVAL Tl, OQUVOETTW_OUVOEV EYVWKEV anyone thinks to have known anything, nothing yet he has known καθὼς δε γνῶναι. 8 εἰδὲ τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν θεόν, according as it is necessary to know. Butif anyone love οὗτος ἔγνωσται ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 4 περὶ τῆς βρώσεως οὖν τῶν he isknown by him:) concerning the eating then εἰδωλοθύτων, οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ, of things sacrificed to idols, we know that nothing an idol [is] in [the] world, καὶ ὅτι οὐδεὶς θεὸς ἕτερος" εἰ μὴ εἴς. 5 καὶ. γὰρ εἴπερ and that {thereis] no Ὅρα other except one. For even if indeed εἰσὶν λεγόμενοι θεοί, εἴτε ἐν οὐρανῷ εἴτε ἐπὶ ξτῆς! there are [those] called gods, whether in heaven or on the ~ Ld ΝᾺ ‘4 ‘ ‘ ye ? > γῆς" ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοὶ Kai κύριοι πολλοί᾽ 6 badd’! earth, as thereare gods many and _ lords many, but ἡμῖν εἷς θεὸς ὁ πατήρ, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα. καὶ ἡμεῖς to us [there is] one God the Father, of whom [are] allthings, and we εἰς αὐτόν᾽ Kai εἷς κύριος ᾿Τησοῦς χριστός, du οὗ τὰ-πάντα, for him; andone Lord Jesus Christ, by whom [are] all things, Kai ἡμεῖς Ov αὐτοῦ. 7 ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐν πᾶσιν ἡ γνῶσις" τινὲς and we by _ him. But not in all [18] the knowledge: “some δὲ τῇ Ἰσυνειδήσει" ἔτοῦ εἰδώλου Ewe ἄρτι" we εἰδωλό- ‘but withconscience ofthe idol, until now 7as “of *a*thing ®sacrificed Burov ἐσθίουσιν, Kai ἡ -συνείδησις. αὐτῶν ἀσθενὴς οὖσα 7to ὅλῃ 5140] leat, and their conscience, 2weak ‘being, μολύνεται. 8 βρῶμα δὲ ἡμᾶς ob-rapicrnow' τῷ θεῷ: οὔτε is defiled. But meat us does not commend to God; *neither ™ydo' ἐὰν "φάγωμεν περισσεύομεν᾽' οὔτε ἐὰν μὴ φάγωμεν for if weeat have wean advantage; neither if we eat not ὑστερούμεθα." 9. βλέπετε.δὲ μήπως ἡ ἐξουσία ὑμῶν αὕτη do we come short. But take heed lest power 7your ‘this πρόσκομμα γένηται “τοῖς ἀσθενοῦσιν." 10 ἐὰν.γάρ an occasion of stumbling become tothose being weak, For if τις ἴδῃ Pas," τὸν ἔχοντα γνῶσιν, ἐν IeidwAsip' κατακείμενον, anyone see thee, who hast knowledge, in an idol-temple reclining οὐχὶ ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ ἀσθενοῦς ὄντος οἰκοδο- {at table], ποῦ *the “conscience ‘of “him Sweak "being twill be , ‘ , / ? μηθήσεται εἰς.τὸ τὰ. εἰδωλόθυτα ἐσθίειν ; 11 "kai ἀπο- built up soas “things sacrificed ®to Sidols ‘to “eat? and will ~ ε ~ A ? ~ ~ , ? ‘ λεῖται" ὁ ἀσθενῶν "ἀδελφὸς ἐπὶ τῇ. σῃ.γνώσει," dv ὃν χριστὸς perish the weak brother on thy knowledge, forwhom Christ ’ ? ? ’ ἀπέθανεν. " 12 οὕτως.δὲ ἁμαρτάνοντες εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφούς, died. Now thus sinning against the brethren, καὶ τύπτοντες αὐτῶν THY συνείδησιν ἀσθενοῦσαν, εἰς χριστὸν and wounding their 7conscience iweak, against Christ ἁμαρτάνετε. 13 "διόπερ! εἰ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει τὸν ἀδελφόν ye sin. Wherefore if meat cause *to *offend “brother ¢ — δὲ but urtraw. 4 ἐγνωκέναι LITrAW. © f — ἕτερος LTTrA. 8 — τῆς GLTITrAw. h [ἀλλ᾽ L. respect to the idol) urtr. Κ ws ἄρτι τοῦ εἰδώλου LTTrAW. commend Ἱτττὰ. m— γὰρ for LTTra, “ οὔτε ἐὰν φάγωμεν περισσεύομεν (ὑστερούμεθα 1, περισσευόμεθα Tr) LTrA. to the weak LTTrAW. Ρ [σὲ] L. 4 εἰδωλίῳ 1. ἀπόλλυται AW. 5 ἐν τῇ σῇ γνώσει, ὃ ἀδελφὸς LTTrAW. ἡ διό περ Tr. 449 not in marriage doeth better. 39 The wife is bound by the law as long as her hus- band liveth; but if her husband be dead, she is at liberty to be married to whom she will; onl in the Lord. 40 But she is happier if she so abide, after my judgment: and I think also that I have the Spirit of God. VIII. Now astoucn- ing things offered un- to idols, we know that we all have know- ledge. Knowledge puffeth up, but cha- rity edifieth. 2 And if any man think that he knoweth anything, he knoweth nothing. yet as he ought to ow. 3 But if any man love God, the same is known of him. 4 Asconcerning there- fore the eating of those things that are offered in sacrifice unto idols, we know that an idol ts nothing in the world, and that there is none other God but one. 5 For though there be that are called gods, whe- ther in heaven or in earth, (as there be gods many, and lords many,) 6 but to us there iz but one God, the Father, of whom are all things, and we in him; and one Lord Jesus Christ, by whom are all things, and we μὰ him. 7 Howbeit there is not in every man that knowledge : for some with con- science of the idol un- to this hour eat τέ as a thing offered unto an idol ; and their con- science being weak is defiled. 8 But meat commendeth us not to God: for neither, if we eat, are we the bet- ter ; neither, if we eat not, are we the worse. 9 But take heed lest by any means this li- berty of yours become @ stumblingblock to them that are weak. 10 For if any man see thee which hast know- ledge sit at meat in © οὔπω ἔγνω not yet did he know Lrtra. i συνηθείᾳ from custom (with ' παραστήσει shall not Ὁ μὴ φάγωμεν ὑστερούμεθα (περισσεύομεν L)* ο τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν τ ἀπόλλυται γὰρ for perishes LTTr; καὶ t 5 (read verse 11 as a question) a. GG 450 the idol’s temple, shall not the conscience of him which is weak be emboldened to _ eat those things which are offered to idols; 11 and through thy knowledge shall the weak brother perish, for whom Christ died ? 12 But when ye sin 80 against the breth- ren, and wound their weak conscience, ye sin against Christ. 13 Wherefore, if meat make my brother to offend, I will eat no flesh while the world standeth, lest I make my brother to offend. . Am I not an apostle? am I not free? haveI not seen Jesus Christ our Lord? are not ye my work in the Lord? 2 If I be not an apostle unto others, yet doubtless I am to you: for the seal of mine apostle- ship are ye in the Lord. 3 Mine answer to them that do examine meis this, 4 have we not wer to eat and to ink? 5 have we not power to lead about a sister, a wife, as well as other apostles, and as the brethren of the Lord, and Cephas ?6 or I only and Barnabas, have not we power to forbear working? 7 Who goeth a warfare any time at his own _ charges? whoplanteth a vineyard, and eateth not of the fruit there- of? or who feedeth a flock, and eateth not of the milk of the flock? 8 Say I these things as a man? or saith not the law the same also? 9 for it is written in the law of Moses, Thou shalt not muzzle the mouth of the ox that treadeth out the corn. Doth God take care for oxen? 10 or saith he tt altogether for our sakes? For our sakes, no doubt, this is writ- ten: that he that ploweth should plow in hope; and that he that thresheth in hope should be partaker of his hope. 11 If we have sown unto you spi- ritual things, ts tt a great thing if we ΠΡῸΣ ARO PING POM. 7A: VIII, IX. μου, οὐ.μ ἄγω κρέα εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα, ἵνα μὴ τὸν ἀδελφόν my, not A a should I eat fiesh for ever, that *not “brother μὸν σκανδαλίσω. ἯΙ *may “cause to offend. 9 Οὐκ.εἰμὶ Ξἀπόστολος"; οὐκ εἰμὶ Oo 3 οὐχὶ ‘Inoovy Am I not an spostlp ? am I not free ? Snot ‘Jesus χριστὸν" τὸν. κύριον. ἡμῶν *éwpaka'; ov τὸ.ἔργον.μου ὑμεῖς ®Christ Tour *Lord thave 7I “seen ??°not my ‘Swork lye ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ; 2 εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ.εἰμὲ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλά ῬᾺΓ6 in iene Lord? If toothers Iam not an apostle, yet γε ὑὕμῖν sige’ ἡ.γὰρ oppayic™ τῆς. ἐμῆς. ἀποστολῆς" ὑμεῖς at any rate to you Lam; for the seal of my apostleship ye ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ. 8 ἡ-ἐμὴ.ἀπολογία τοῖς ἐμὲ ἀνακρίνουσιν are in [the] Lord. el defence to those *me ‘who 7examine barn ἐστίν," 4 Μὴ οὐκ.ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ “πιεῖν" ; Sthis ‘is: Have wenot authority toeat and to drink? 5 μὴ οὐκ.ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀδελφὴν γυναῖκα περιάγειν, ὡς καὶ have wenot authority ἃ sister, a wife, to take about, as also οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόστολοι, Kai οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ κυρίου, Kai Κηφᾶς; the other eS and the brethren ofthe Lord, and ec 67 μόνος ἐγὼ καὶ Βαρνάβας οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν “τοῦ" μὴ ΟΥ only I and Barnabas have we ποῦ authority not ἐργάζεσθαι; 7 Tic στρατεύεται ἰδίοις ὀψωνίοις ποτέ; to work ? Who serves as a soldier at hisown charges atany time? Tic φυτεύει ἀμπελῶνα. Kai “ἐκ τοῦ καρποῦ" αὐτοῦ οὐκ. ἐσθίει ; μετ pes Severe and of the fruit of it does not eat ὃ τῇ" τίς ποιμαίνει τῷ νην, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ γάλακτος τῆς ποίμνης or who shepherds ock, and of the milk of the flock οὐκ.ἐσθίει;: 8 μὴ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον ταῦτα λαλῶ; ἢ F0vxXi does not eat? according to aman these things do I speak, or *not καὶ ὁ νόμος ταῦτα" λέγει; ; 9 ἐν.γὰρ τῷ "Μωσέως" νόμῳ 34,150 ‘the ‘Slaw ‘these 7things ‘says? Forin the of *Moses aw γέγραπται, Οὐ-ἰφιμώσει! βοῦν ἀλοῶντα. μὴ τῶν it has been written, Thou shalt not muzzle an ox treading out corn. ‘*For *the μέλει rp ep; 10 ἢ δι᾽ ἡμᾶς πάντως λέγει ; Soxen ‘is “there Ὅτ withGod? or becauseof us altogether eeys he Cit]? Ou ἡμᾶς. γὰρ ἐγράφη, ὅτι ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίδι ὀφείλει: ὁ ἀροτριῶν For because of us it was written, that in Cae ought he that ploueas ἀροτριᾷν, καὶ ὁ ἀλοῶν τῆς ἐλπίδος. αὐτοῦ μετέχειν to plough, and he that treads out corn, Sof Shis ἴΒΟΒΘ 310 *partake ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίδι." 11 Εἰ ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν τὰ πνευματικὰ ἐσπείραμεν, tin hope. If we to you spiritual things did sow, [15 it] μέγα εἰ ἡμεῖς ὑμῶν τὰ σαρκικὰ OE ἘθΙσΌΜΕΗῚ 3 12 εἰ ἄλλοι a great thing if we ΤΟΝ RY things shall reap? If others τῆς ἐξουσίας ὑμῶν" μετέχουσιν, οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς; 308 the peushority, Sover *you ‘partake, shouts not rather we? ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ.ἐχρησάμεθα rp.étovoig-rairy’ ἀλλὰ πάντα στέ- But we did not use this authority ; but all things we γομεν, ἵνα μὴ ᾿-ὲἐγκοπήν twa! δῶμεν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ ar, that not “hindrance ‘any we sneha Eis to the αἰαὶ tidings of the χριστοῦ. 13 οὐκ.οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐργαζόμενοι, " Christ. Know ye not that those [?at]*sacred “things ‘labouring, [the βοῶν x ἀπόστολος and ἐλεύθερος transposed GLTTraW. * ou τῆς ἀποστολῆς LTTrA. καρπὸν the fruit LTTraw. i κημώσεις TTrA. 1 ὑμῶν ἐξουσίας GLTTrAW. GLTTraw. Υ — χριστὸν LTTrA. * e0paxa τ. > ἐστιν αὕτη LITraA. ¢ πεῖν τὰ. d — τοῦ LTTr[A]. ε τὸν — ἢ L[tr]aw. & καὶ ὃ νόμος ταῦτα οὐ LTTraW. h Μωῦσέως F ὀφείλει ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι LTTrA. ἃ én’ ἐλπίδι τοῦ μετέχειν GLTTrAW. ™ tia ἐγκοπὴν (ἐκκ- ΤΊ LTTrAW. 5 + τὰ the things Tra]. ἘΣ. ΤΟ ΣΥΝ Hs A NS. ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐσθίουσιν᾽ οἱ τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ “προσεὃ- things]of the temple eat ; those ?at *the ‘altar ‘attend- εὐοντες,} τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ συμμερίζονται; 14 οὕτως Kai ὁ ϑϑᾳ with the altar partake ? So also the κύριος διέταξεν τοῖς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον καταγγέλλουσιν, ἐκ τοῦ Lord didorder tothosethe glad tidings announcing, of the εὐαγγελίου ζῇν. 15 ἐγὼ.δὲ Poddevi ἐχρησάμην" τούτων" glad tidings to live. But I 2none used of these things. οὐκ ἔγραψα.δὲ ταῦτα ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί" Now I did not write thesethings that thus itshonld be with me; ([*it *were] καλὸν γάρ μοι μᾶλλον ἀποθανεῖν, ἢ τὸ. καὐχημά.μου «ἵνα *good for for me rather to die, than ‘my *boasting ‘that τις ‘Tkevwoy.' 16 ἐὰν.γὰρ εὐαγγελίζωμαι, οὐκ.ἔστιν ?anyone should make void. Forif Lannounce the glad tidings, there is not μοι καύχημα' ἀνάγκη.γάρ μοι ἐπίκειται: ovaisdé' μοι *to *me ‘boasting ; for necessity ‘me "18 7laid “upon; Swoe *but to me ἐστὶν ἐὰν μὴ "εὐαγγελίζωμαι." 17 εἰ. γὰρ ἑκὼν τοῦτο itis if Ishould not announce the glad tidings. For if willingly this πράσσω, μισθὸν ἔχω" εἰδὲ ἄκων οἰκονομίαν πεπί- I do, areward I have; but if unwillingly an administration Iam en- στευμαι. 18 τίς οὖν reo ἐστὶν ὁ μισθός ; ἵνα εὐαγ- trusted with. What then y tis reward? That in announcing γελιζόμενος ἀδάπανον θήσω τὸ εὐαγγέλιον “τοῦ the glad tidings *without °expense *I 7should *make *the *°glad “tidings ‘of *the χριστοῦ," εἰς τὸ μὴ καταχρήσασθαι ryétovcig.uov ἐν τῷ 3Christ, sO as not using as my own my authority in the εὐαγγελίῳ. 19 ᾿Ελεύθερος.γὰρ ὧν ἐκ πάντων, πᾶσιν ἐμαυτὸν glad tidings. For free being from all, to all myself ? 7 “ 4 ,ὔ ’ . Ans? , ἐδούλωσα, ἵνα τοὺς πλείονας KEpdnow 90 Kai ἐγενόμην I became bondman, that the more I might gain. And I became τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις we Ἰουδαῖος. ἵνα ᾿Ιουδαίους κερδήσω" τοῖς to the Jews as a Jew, that Jews I might gain: to those ὑπὸ νόμον ὡς ὑπὸ νόμον," ἵνα τοὺς ὑπὸ νόμον κερδήσω" under law as under law, that those under law I might gain: 21 τοῖς ἀνόμοις ὡς ἄνομος, μὲ ὧν ἄνομος Yep,’ ἀλλ᾽ to those without law as without law, (not being without law toGod, but ἔννομος χριστῷ," ἵνα “κερδῆησω ἀνόμους. 22 ἐγενόμην within law toChrist,) that I might gain those without law. I became τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν Ῥὼς" ἀσθενής, iva τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς κερδήσω. to the weak as weak, that the weak I might gain. τοῖς. πᾶσιν γέγονα “τὰ -πάντα, ἵνα πάντως τινὰς σώσω. To allthese Ihave become allthings, that by 31] means some I might save. 234rovro! δὲ πιῶ διὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἵνα ovyKowwroc" ?This ‘and Ido onaccountofthe gledtidings, that a fellow-partaker αὐτοῦ γένωμαι. with it {might be. 24 Οὐκ.οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ ἐν σταδίῳ τρέχοντες πάντες μὲν Know ye not that those whoin arace-course ΤΙ all τρέχουσιν, εἷς.δὲ λαμβάνει τὸ βραβεῖον; οὕτως τρέχετε, ἵν, PEX ἢ. 13:5} B ρ 3 OUTWC TPEXETE, Va run, but one receives the prize? Thus run, that καταλάβητε. 25 πᾶς δὲ ὁ ἀγωνιζόμενος, πάντα ἐγκρα- ye may obtain. But everyone that strives, in all things controls 451 shall reap your carnal things? 12 If others be partakers of this power over you, are not we rather? Never- theless we have not used this power; but suffer all things, lest we should hinder the gospel of Christ. 13 Do ye not know that they which minister about holy things live of the things of the temple? and they which wait at the altar are par- takers with the altar? 14 Even so hath the Lord ordained that they which preach the gospel should live of the gospel. 15 But I have used none of these things : neither have I written these things, that it should be so done unto me: for it were better for me to die, than that any man should make my glorying void. 16 For though I preach the gospel, I have nothing to glory of: for ne- cessity is laid upon me; yea, woe is unto me, if I preach not the gos- pel ! 17 For if I do this thing willingly, I have a reward: but if a- gainst my will, a dis- pensation of the gospel is committed unto me. 18 What is my reward then? Verily that, when I preach the gos- pel, I may make the gospel of Christ with- out charge, that I a- buse not my power in the gospel. 19 For though I be free from all men, yet have I made myself servant unto all, that I might gain the more. 20 And unto the Jews 1 be- came as a Jew, that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law, as under the law, that I might gain them that are under the law; 21 to them that are without law, as without law, (being not without law to God, but under the law to Christ,) that I might gain them that are without law, 22 To the weak became I as weak, that I might gain the weak: I am made all things to all men, that I might by ° παρεδρεύοντες LTTrAW. LTtr. τ κενώσει shall make vain uttra. Y μον TIrA. τ — τοῦ χριστοῦ LTTrAW. under law GLTTrAw. Υ θεοῦ of God LTTraw. τοὺς LTIrAW. Ὁ —@s([L]TTrAw. 3 γάρ for GLTTrAw. © — τὰ LTTrAawW. P ov κέχρημαι οὐδενὶ have not used any GLTTraw. 4 οὐδεὶς τ εὐαγγελίσωμαι LTrAW. X + μὴ ὧν αὐτὸς ὑπὸ νόμον ποὺ being myself * χριστοῦ οὗ Christ Lrtraw. 4 πάντα all things LTTraw. 5. κερδάνω © oup- T. 452 all means save some, 23 And this I do for the gospel’s sake, that I might be partaker thereof with you. 24 Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize? So run, that ye may obtain. 25 And every man that striveth for the mastery is temper- ate in allthings. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown ; but we an incorrupti- ble. 26 I therefore so Tun, not as uncertain- ly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air: 27 but I keep under my body, and bring it into subjec- tion : lest that by any means, when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway. X. Moreover, breth- ren, I would not that ΜΞ should be ignorant, ow that all our fa- thers were under the cloud, and all passed through the sea; 2 and were all baptized unto Moses in the cloud and in the sea; 3 and did all eat the same spi- ritual meat ; 4and did all drink the same spi- ritual drink : for they drank of that spiritual Rock that followed them: and that Rock was Christ. 5 But with many of them God was not well pleased : for they were over- thrown in the wilder- ness. 6 Now these things were our ex- amples, to the intent we should not lust after evil things, as they also lusted. 7 Nei- ther be ye idolaters, as were some of them; as it is written, The people sat down to eat and drink, and rose up to play. 8 Neither let us commit fornication, as some of them com- mitted, and fell in one day three and twenty thousand. 9 Neither let us tempt Christ, as some of them also tempted, and were de- stroyed of serpents. 10 Neither murmur ye, as some of them also murmured, and were ΠΡΟΣ AK OF EN 6 LOA Ss A: τεύεται" ἐκεῖνοι μὲν οὖν iva φθαρτὸν στέφανον himself : they indeed then that acorruptible crown they may receive, ἡμεῖς.δὲ ἄφθαρτον. 26 ἐγὼ τοίνυν οὕτως τρέχω, ὡς οὐκ but we an incorruptible. 1: therefore 80 run, as not ἀδήλως" οὕτως πυκτεύω, ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων" 27 BadX’! uncertainly; 50 I combat, as not [the] air beating. But ὑπωπιάζω μου τὸ σῶμα, καὶ δουλαγωγῶ, μήπως ἄλλοις I buffet my body, and bring [it] into servitude, lest to others κηρύξας αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι. having preached *myself ‘rejected ‘I *might “be. 10 Οὐ-θέλω dé! ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, Ort οἱ πατέρες 31 ὅγῖβῃ *not ‘now you to ὈΘ ἱρτιοσαπύ, brethren, that *fathers ἡμῶν πάντες ὑπὸ THY νεφέλην ἦσαν, Kai πάντες διὰ τῆς tour all under the cloud were, and all through the θαλάσσης διῆλθον, 2 καὶ πάντες εἰς τὸν ἱΜωσῆν" *tBarricavro' sea passed, and all to Moses were baptized ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, ὃ καὶ πάντες τὸ αὐτὸ βρῶμα in the cloud and in the 5ea, and all the same 7meat πνευματικὸν ἔφαγον," 4 καὶ πάντες τὸ αὐτὸ ππόμα πνευ- ‘spiritual ate, and all the same drink 1spi- ματικὸν ἔπιον" ἔπινον. γὰρ ἐκ πνευματικῆς ἀκολουθούσης ritual drank ; for they drank of a spiritual 7following πέτρας: ἡ-"δὲ πέτρα" ἦν ὁ χριστός. 5 ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐν τοῖς rock, and the rock was the Christ: yet not with the πλείοσιν αὐτῶν “εὐδόκησεν! ὁ θεός" κατεστρώθησαν. γὰρ ἐν IX, X. λάβωσιν, most of them was *well*pleased ‘God; for they were strewed in τῇ ἐρήμῳ. 6 ταῦτα.δὲ τύποι ἡμῶν ἐγενήθησαν, εἰς τὸ μὴ the desert. But these things types for us became, for *not κακῶν, καθὼς κἀκεῖνοι ἐπεθύμη- of evil things, according as they also desired, εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἐπιθυμητὰς 3to*be ‘us desirers σαν. 7 μηδὲ εἰδωλολάτραι γίνεσθε, καθώς τινες αὐτῶν" Puc! Neither idolaters be ye, according assome ofthem; as γέγραπται, ᾿Ἑκάθισεν ὁ adc φαγεῖν καὶ “πιεῖν," καὶ av- it has been written, *Sat‘*down ὑπ *people toeat and todrink, and rose éoryoay παίζειν. 8 μηδὲ πορνεύωμεν, καθώς τινες up to play. Neither should we commit fornication, according as some αὐτῶν ἐπόρνευσαν, καὶ τἔπεσον" "ἐν" μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ εἰκοσιτρεῖς of them committed fornication,and fell in one day twenty-three χιλιάδες. 9 μηδὲ ἐκπειράζωμεν τὸν txproroy,' καθὼς ‘cai! 3 ᾿ c ‘Kat thousand. Neither should wetempt the Christ, according as also τινες αὐτῶν “ἐπείρασαν, Kai ὑπὸ τῶν ὄφεων “ἀπώλοντο." some of them tempted, and by the serpents perished. 10 μηδὲ γογγύζετε, ἡκαθὼς" καί" τινες αὐτῶν ἐγόγγυσαν, Neither murmur ye, according as also some of them murmured, i ἀπώλ ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθ ὕ. 11 ταῦτα.δὲ ἐπάντα! και ἀπώλοντο ὕπο TOV OAD βευτου. ταῦυτα. παντα and __ perished by the destroyer. Now these things all [88] ἀγύποι" YcuvéBarvor' ἐκείνοις ἐγράφη.δὲ πρὸς νουθεσίαν types happened tothem, and were written for admonition ἡμῶν εἰς οὺς τὰ τέλη THY αἰώνων “κατήντησεν." 12 ὥστε Your on whom the ends ofthe ages are arrived. So that Ε ἀλλὰ Tr. Ὁ πέτρα δὲ LTTrA. § — ἐν LTTr[A]. λυντο TTr. Ὁ συνέβαινεν TTr. h yap for G@LTTrAW. ματικὸν ἔφαγον βρῶμα (βρῶμα ἔφαγον Tir) LTTr. ο ᾽ηὐδόκησεν LTrAW. t κύριον Lord ΠΤΊΤΑ. Σ καθάπερ TTr. i Μωῦσῆν GLTTraw. k ἐβαπτίσθησαν LT. | πνευ- τὰ πνευματικὸν ἔπιον πόμα LTTrAW. P@omep LTTrA. 4 πεῖν TA. τ ἔπεσαν LTTrAW. Υ — καὶ LTTrAW. Ww ἐξεπείρασαν T. x ἀπώλ- 2 — πάντα [u|TTr[A]. 8 τυπικῶς typically LTTraw. © κατήντηκεν have come LTTraw. X. rr (COR EN TH PLAINS. βλεπέτω μὴ πέσῃ. 13 Πειρασμὸς he that thinks tostand, let him take heed lest he fall. Temptation ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν εἰμὴ ἀνθρώπινος. πιστὸς. δὲ 6 θεός, ὃς you has not taken except what belongs to man; and faithful [is] God, who οὐκ.ἐάσει ὑμᾶς πειρασθῆναι ὑπὲρ ὃ δύνασθε, ἀλλὰ ποιήσει will not suffer you to be tempted above what yeareable, but will make σὺν τῷ πειρασμῷ καὶ τὴν ἔκβασιν, τοῦ.δύνασθαι “ὑμᾶς" ὁ δοκῶν ἑστάναι, with the temptation also the issue, for *to *be *able *you ὑπενεγκεῖν. 14 Διόπερ, ἀγαπητοί.μου, φεύγετε ἀπὸ τῆς to bear [1]. Wherefore, my beloved, flee from εἰδωλολατρείας. 15 we φρονίμοις δλέγω᾽ κρίνατε ὑμεῖς 6 idolatry. As to intelligent ones Ispeak: judge ye what φημι. 16 τὸ ποτήριον τῆς εὐλογίας ὃ εὐλογοῦμεν, οὐχὶ I say. The cup of blessing which we bless, Snot κοινωνία ‘frov αἵματος τοῦ χριστοῦ tori; τὸν ἄρτον ὃν “fellowship ‘of *the "blood ‘of *the °Christ lis 7it ? κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία τοῦ σώματος τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐστιν ; webreak, ‘not “fellowship δοῦ ἴθ ‘body ‘of*the “Christ 181 3 17 ὅτι εἷς ἄρτος, ἕν σῶμα οἱ πολλοί ἐσμεν" οἱ yap πάντες Because ὍΠπΠ6 ‘loaf, 7one “body ἴθ “many ‘we ‘are; for 3411 The bread which ἐκ TOU ἑνὸς ἄρτου μετέχομεν. 18 βλέπετε τὸν Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ 301 *the one ‘loaf ‘we partake. See Israel according to σάρκα: 8ovyi! οἱ ἐσθίοντες τὰς θυσίας, κοινωνοὶ flesh : =not *those ‘eating ἴθ “sacrifices, 7fellow-partakers Tov θυσιαστηρίου εἰσίν; 19 τί οὖν φημι; OTe *eidwrov! τί *with *the 1°altar tare? What then say I? that anidol anything ἐστιν; ἢ OTe ΒβΒεϊίδωλόθυτον" τί ἐστιν; 20 ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ig, or that what is sacrificed to an idol anything is? but that ἃ ‘Ove ra ἔθνη," δαιμονίοις Ove," καὶ οὐ θεῷ" - what “sacrifice ‘the *nations, todemons they sacrifice, and not to God. οὐ.θέλω. δὲ ὑμᾶς κοινωνοὺς τῶν δαιμονίων γίνεσθαι. ButIdonot wish you fellow-partakers with demons to be. 21 οὐ. δύνασθε ποτήριον κυρίου πίνειν, καὶ ποτήριον Yecannot [the] cup of [the] Lord drink, and [the] cup δαιμονίων᾽ ov.dvvacbe τραπέζης κυρίου μετέχειν καὶ of demons : ye cannot of [the] table of [the] Lord partake and τραπέζης δαιμονίων. 227) παραζηλοῦμεν τὸν κύριον ; of{the]table of demons. Or, do we provoke to jealousy the Lord? μὴ ἰσχυρότεροι αὐτοῦ ἐσμεν; stronger than he are we? 23 Πάντα "por! ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πάντα All things for me are lawful, but ‘not ‘all *things πάντα “po ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ ov πάντα οἰκοδομεῖ. συμφέρει" 3816 profitable ; 24 pats ‘No allthings forme areiawful, but “not ‘all 380 build up. Sone TO ἑαυτοῦ ζητείτω, ἀλλὰ TO τοῦ ἑτέρου “ἕκαστος." ‘that “οὗ “himself ‘let *seck, but “that ‘of the ‘other 4each Zone. 25 Πᾶν Everything that in TO ἐν μακέλλῳ πωλούμενον ἐσθίετε, μηδὲν ava- a market is sold eat, nothing in- κρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν. 26 τοῦ.Ῥγὰρ κυρίου" quiring on account of conscience, For *the SLord’s [15] y γὴ καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς. 27 ei.49dE τις καλεῖ ὑμᾶς 86 7earth and the fulness of it. Butif anyone “invite ou ε — ὑμᾶς (read [you)) GLTTraw. b εἴδωλον and εἰδωλόθυτον transposed LTTrAw. ἔθνη LTA. 1 __ θύει LTTrA. m θύουσιν they sacrifice LTTra. ο — ἕκαστος GLTTraWw. Ρ κυρίου yap LTTrAW. ᾳ — δὲ but Lrtraw. f ἐστὶν τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ χριστοῦ Tr. 1 θύουσιν they sacrifice LTTraw. 453 destroyed of the de- stroyer. 11 Now all these things happened unto them for en- samples: and they are written for our ad- monition, upon whom the ends of the world are come. 12 Where- fore let him that think- eth he standeth take heed lest he fail. 13. There hath no temptation taken you but such as is com- mon to man : but God is faithful, who will not suffer you to be tempted above that ye are able ; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, that ye may be able to bear it. 14 Wherefore, my dearly beloved, flee from idolatry. 15 i speak as to wise men ; judge ye what I say. ͵ 16 The cup of blessing which we bless, isitnot the communion of the blood of Christ? The bread which we break, isitnot the communion of the body of Christ ? 17 For we being many are one bread, and one body: for we are all partakers of that one bread, 18 Behold Israel after the flesh: are not they which eat of the sacrifices parta- kers of the altar? 19 What say I then? that the idol is any thing, or that whichis offered in sacrifice to idols is any thing? 20 But 7 say, that the things which the Gen- tiles sacrifice, they sacrifice to devils, and not to God: and I would not that ye should have fellow- ship with devils. 21 Ye cannot drink the cup of the Lord, and the cup of devils: ye can- not be partakers of the Lord’s table, and of the table of devils. 22 Do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? are we stronger than he? 23 All things are lawful for me, but all things are not expe- dient: all things are lawful for me, but all things edify not, 24 Let no man seek his own, but every man ano- ther’s wealth, 25 What- soever is sold in -the &ovx LTAW. Κ.-- τὰ n— μοι GLTTrAW, 484 shambles, that eat, asking no question for conscience sake: 26 for the earth is the Lord’s, and the ful- ness thereof. 27 If any of them that believe not bid you toa feast, and ye be disposed to go; whatsoever is set before you, eat, asking no question for con- science sake. 28 But if any man say unto you, This is offered in sacrifice unto idols, eat not for his sake that shewed it, and for conscience sake: for the earthis the Lord’s, andthe fulness there- of: 29 conscience, I say, not thine own, but of the other: for why is my liberty judged of another man’s con- science ? 30 For if I by grace be a partaker, why am I evil spoken of for that for which Igivethanks ?31 Whe- ther therefore ye eat, er drink, or whatso- ever ye do, do all to the glory of God. 82 Give none offence, neither to the Jews, nor to the Gentiles, nor to the church of God: 33 even as I please all men in all things, not seeking mine own profit, but the profit of many, that they may be saved. XI. Be ye followers of me, even as I also am of Christ. 2 Now I praise you, brethren, that ye re- member me in all things, and keep the ordinances, as | de- livered them to you. 3 But I would have you know, that the head of every man is Christ ; and the head of the woman ὦ the man ; and the head of Christ ὦ God. 4 Every man praying or pro- phesying, having his head covered, dis- honoureth his head, 5 But every woman that prayeth or pro- phesieth with her head uncovered dishonour- eth her head : for that is even all one as if she were shaven. 6 For if the woman be not covered, let her also be shorn: but if it be a shame for a woman to be shorn or shaven, LLP OS KOsBANOAFOW Sie A; X; XE TOY ἀπίστων, Kai θέλετε πορεύεσθαι, πᾶν TO παρατιθέμενον of *the “unbelieving, and ye wish to go, all that is set before ὑμῖν ἐσθίετε. μηδὲν ἀνακρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν. you eat, nothing inquiring on account of conscience. 28 ἐὰν.δὲ τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, Τοῦτο τεἰδωλόθυτόν" éorw* μὴ Butif anyone toyou say, This *offered *to *an ‘idol is, Tot ἐσθίετε, δι ἐκεῖνον τὸν μηνύσαντα καὶ τὴν συνείδησιν" Sdoeat, onaccourtof him that shewed [it],and the conscience; Srov-yap κυρίου ἡ γῆ καὶ TO πλήρωμα αὐτῆς." 29 συνεί- for *the ‘Lord’s [*is]'the *earthandthe fulness of it. 2Con- Onow δὲ λέγω. οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλὰ THY τοῦ ἑτέρου. science ‘but, I say, ποῦ that of thyself, but that of the other; ἵνα.τί-γὰρ ἡ ἐλευθερία.μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως ; for why 2my *freedom *is judged by another’s conscience ? 30 εἰ 'δὲ᾽ ἐγὼ χάριτι μετέχω, Ti βλασφημοῦμαι ὑπὲρ οὗ But if I withthanks partake, why amlevilspokenof for what ἐγὼ εὐχαριστῶ; 31 Eire οὖν ἐσθίετε, εἴτε πίνετε, εἴτε if give thanks ? Whether therefore ye eat, or ye drink, or τι ποιεῖτε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ ποιεῖτε. 32 ἀπρόσκοποι anything yedo, allthings to "glory ‘God’s_ do. Without offence ‘yiveote καὶ ᾿ΙΤουδαίοις" καὶ “Ἕλλησιν καὶ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ be ye both to Jews and Greeks and tothe assembly θεοῦ: 88 καθὼς κἀγὼ πάντα πᾶσιν ἀρέσκω, μὴ ζητῶν of God. According as I also all in all things please ; not seeking κ ᾽ ~ ow , ᾽ 4 x ~ ~ a ~ TO ἐμαυτοῦ “συμφέρον,." ἀλλὰ τὸ τῶν πολλῶν, ἵνα σωθῶ- the “οὗ *myself *profit, but that ofthe many, that they may σιν. 11 μιμηταί μου γίνεσθε. καθὼς κἀγὼ χριστοῦ. be saved. Imitators of me be, according as I also [am] of Christ. 2 ᾿Επαινῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς, "ἀδελφοί," ὅτι πάντα μον μέ- Now | praise you, brethren, that inallthings me ye have μνησθε, καὶ καθὼς παρέδωκα ὑμῖν, τὰς TWapaddoac κατ- remembered; and according as I delivered to you, the traditions ye , 2 4 « ~ »ῷ ee 4A ᾽ A « ‘ ἔχετε. 3 θέλω.δὲ ὑμᾶς εἰδέναι, OTL παντὸς ἀνδρὸς ἡ κεφαλὴ keep , But I wish you to know, that of every man ‘the ‘head ὁ χριστός ἐστιν κεφαλὴ.δὲ γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ' κεφαλὴ. δὲ ‘the “Christ Sis, but head of [the] woman [is]the man, and head χριστοῦ, ὁ θεός. 4 πᾶς ἀνὴρ προσευχόμενος ἢ προφητεύων, οἵ Christ, God. Every man praying or prophesying, κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων, καταισχύνει τὴν.κεφαλὴν. αὐτοῦ. {anything} on {his} head having, puts toshame his head. 5 πᾶσα.δὲ γυνὴ προσευχομένη ἢ προφητεύουσα ἀκατακαλύπτῳ But every woman praying or prophesying “uncovered τῇ κεφαλῇ, καταισχύνει τὴν.κεφαλὴν. ἑαυτῆς" ἕν.γάρ i lwith *the “head, puts to shame her head ; for one ἐστιν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ. ἐξυρημένῃ. 6 εἰ.γὰρ οὐ.κατακαλύπ- itis and the same with having been shaven. For if be not covered εἰ. δὲ αἰσχρὸν γυναικὶ τὸ τεται yurn, καὶ κειράσθω" But if [it be] shameful to a woman a woman, also let her be shorn. , nA - ~ , 2 \ 4 ‘ > κείρασθαι ἢ ξυρᾶσθαι, κατακαλυπτέσθω. 7 ἀνὴρ.μὲν. γὰρ οὐκ to beshorn or tobe shaven, let her be covered. For manindeed *not ὀφείλει κατακαλύπτεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν, εἰκὼν καὶ δόξα θεοῦ tought to have “covered the *head, image and glory of God ὑπάρχων" " γυνὴ.δὲ δόξα ἀνδρός ἐστιν᾽ ὃ οὐ.γάρ ἐστιν ἀνὴρ let her be covered. being ; but woman glory ofman is. For not is man τ ἱερόθυτόν Offered in sacrifice LTTra. Ss — τοῦ yap to end of verse QLTTrAW. t — δὲ but GLTTraw. ἡ καὶ Ἰουδαίοις γίνεσθε LITA. Υ + τοῦ (raid οἵ the Christ) [L]ttra. ~ σύμφορον LTTrA, 5 — ἀδελφοί LTTrAW. 2 αὐτῆς LTTrA. a + ἡ the (woman) LTTraw. XI. I ' CORINTHIANS: ἐκ γυναικός, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ ἐξ ἀνδρός" 9 καὶ. γὰρ οὐκ ἐκτίσθη of woman, but woman of man, For also not was created ἀνὴρ διὰ τὴν γυναῖκα, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα" man onaccount of the woman, but woman on account of the man, 10 διὰ τοῦτο ὀφείλει ἡ γυνὴ ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κε- Because of this ought the woman authority tohave on the φαλῆς, διὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους. 11 πλὴν οὔτε ὕάνὴρ head, onaccount of the angels. However neither [15] man χωρὶς γυναικός, οὔτε γυνὴ χωρὶς ayvdpdc,! ἐν Kup’ apart from woman, nor woman apartfrom man, in {the] Lord. 12 ὥσπερ.γὰρ ἡ γυνὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρός, οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ For as the woman of the man [is], so also the man διὰ τῆς γυναικός, τὰ.δὲ. πάντα ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ. 18 ἐν ὑμῖν.αὐτοῖς by the woman [is]; butallthings of God. In yourselves κρίνατε' πρέπον ἐστὶν γυναῖκα ἀκατακάλυπτον τῷ θεῷ judge: becoming isit for a woman uncovered to God προσεύχεσθαι; 14 “ἢ οὐδὲ Δαὐτὴ ἡ φύσις" διδάσκει ὑμᾶς, to pray? Or ?not even itself “nature ‘does teach you, ὅτι ἀνὴρ μὲν tay’ κομᾷ, ἀτιμία αὐτῷ ἐστιν" 15 γυνὴ that 7a*man 4if have long hair a dishonour to him itis? 3A *woman δὲ ἐὰν κομᾷ, δόξα αὐτῇ ἐστιν; ὅτι ἡ κόμη ἀντὶ ‘put 7if havelonghair, glory toher itis; for the long hair instead περιβολαίου δέδοται “αὐτῇ"" 16 εἰδὲ τις δοκεῖ φιλόνεικος of a covering is given to her. But if anyone thinks “contentious εἶναι, ἡμεῖς τοιαύτη» συνήθειαν οὐκ.ἔχομεν, οὐδὲ αἱ ἐκκλησίαι 4to7be, we 3such *custom thave “not, nor the assemblies τοῦ θεοῦ. of God. 17 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἱπαραγγέλλων οὐκ.ἐπαινῶ," ὅτι οὐκ But [368 *to] Sthis {?you] I do not praise [you], that not ? \ καὶ ~ ih ὑλλ᾽} ᾽ . ir It , θ 18 ~ ει TO KOELTTOY, a εις TO 1NTTOV’ συνερχέσσε. TTOWTOV for the batter, but for the worse ye come together. First μὲν γὰρ συνερχομένων ὑμῶν ἐν ἔτῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἀκούω oxio- 5Ἰἰηᾶοοᾶ ‘for coming together ye in the assembly, I hear di- para ἐν ὑμῖν ὑπάρχειν, Kai μέρος. τι πιστεύω: 19 déi-yap visions among you to be, and partly I believe [it]. For there must καὶ αἱρέσεις ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι, tva! οἱ δόκιμοι φανεροὶ γένωνται also sects among you be, that the approved manifest may become ἐν ὑμῖν. 20 συνερχομένων among you. Coming together therefore ἔστιν κυριακὸν δεῖπνον φαγεῖν" lit 318 [the] Lord’s supper to eat. For each one his own δεῖπνον προλαμβάνει ἔν τῷ φαγεῖν, Kai O¢-pev πεινᾷ ὃς δὲ i and ishungry and another 1charging οὖν ὑμῶν ἐπὶ.τὸ. αὐτό, οὐκ ye into one place, *not 21 ἕκαστος.γὰρ τὸ ἴδιον supper takes first in eating, one μεθύει. 22 μὴ yap οἰκίας οὐκ. ἔχετε εἰς TO ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν ; is drunken. or houses have ye not for eating and drinking? ἢ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ καταφρονεῖτε, Kai καταισχύνετε ἢ or the assembly of God do ye despise, and put to shame Dee Tove μὴ ἔχοντας ; τί ὑμῖν εἴπω"; "ἐπαινέσω" ὑμᾶς “ἐν them that have not? What to you shouldI say? shall I praise you in τούτῳ; ovK' ἐπαινῶ. 238 ᾿Εγὼ.γὰρ παρέλαβον ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου, this? I do not praise. For I received from the rd 455 7 For a man indeed ought not to cover his head, forasmuch as he is the image and glory of God: but the woman is the glory of the man. 8 For the man is not of the wo- man ; but the woman of the man. 9 Neither was the man created for the woman; but the woman for the man. 10 For this cause ought the woman to have power on her head because of the angels. 1l Nevertheless nei- ther is the man with- out the woman, nei- therthe woman with- out the man, in the Lord. 12 For as the woman is of the man, even so 7s the man al- so by the woman; but all things of God. 13 Judge in yourselves: is it comely that a wo- man pray unto God uncovered? 14 Doth not even nature itself teach you, that, if a man have long hair, it is ashame unto him ? 15 But if a woman have long hair, it is a glory to her: for her hair is given her fora covering. 16 Butif any man seem to be con- tentious, we have no such custom, neither the churches of God. 17 Now in this that I declare unto you I praise you not, that ye come together not for the better, but for the worse. 18 For first of all, when ye come to- gether in the church, I hear that there be divisions among you ; and I partly believeit. 19 For there must be also heresies among you, that they which are approved may be made manifest among you. 20 When ye come together therefore in- to one place, this is not to eat the Lord’s supper. 21 For in eat- ing every one taketh before other his own supper: and one is ungry, and another is drunken. 22 What? have ye not houses to eat and to drink in? or despise ye the church of God, and shame them that have not? What shall I say to b * τς > x ἌΡ. ᾿ “ “ ὃ GLTT AW. γυνὴ χωρὶς ἀνδρὸς οὔτε ἀνὴρ χωρὶς γυναικὸς Τ ¢ -- LTTraW. d ἡ φύσις 8 κρεισσον LTTrA, ” « ~ ™ ELIT) υμιν αὐτὴ LTTrAW. ε [αὐτῇ] A. f παραγγέλλω οὐκ ἐπαινῶν LTrAW. 4 ἀλλὰ TTrA. ifjcoov uTTra. * — τῇ GLTTrAW. 1+ xatalso[L]rrfa]. LTTraw. ἢ ἐπαινῶ praiselL. 5; ἐν τούτῳ οὐκ (read In this I do not praise) Er. 430 you ?shalil praise you in this? I praise you not. 23 ForI have re- ceived of the Lord that which also I delivered anto you, That the Lord Jesus the same night in which he was betrayed took bread : 24 and when he had given thanks, he brake tt, andsaid, Take, eat: this is my body, which is broken foryou : this do {n remembrance of me, 29 After the same manner also fe took the cup, when he had supped, saying, This cup is the new testa- ment in my blood: this do ye, as oft as ye drink it, in remembrance of me, 26 For as often as ye eat this bread, and drink this cup, ye do shew the Lord’s death tillhe come. 27 Where- fore whosoever shall eat this bread, and drink this cup of the Lord, unworthily, shall be guilty of the body and blood of the Lord. 28 But let a man examine himself, and so let him est of that bread, and drink of that cup. 29 For he that eateth and drink- eth unworthily, eateth and drinketh damna- tion to himself, not discerning the Lord’s body. 30 For this cause many are weak and sickly among you, and many sleep, 31 For if we would judge our- selves, we should not be judged. 32 But when we are judged, we are chastened of the Lord, that we should not be condemned with the world. 33 Wherefore, my brethren, when ye come together to eat, tarry one for another. 34 And if any man hunger, let him eat at home ; that ye come not together unto con- demnation. And the rest will I set in order when I come. XII. Now concern- ing spiritual gifts, bretiren, I would not have you _ ignorant. 2 Ye know that ye were Gentiles, carried away unto these dumb idols, even as ye were led. 3 Wherefore I give youtounderstand,that P παρεδίδετο LTTrA. 4 -- Λάβετε, φάγετε GLTTrAW. t — τοῦτο (vead the cup) LTTraw. y + τοῦ of the @LTTraw. bread) GLTTraw. Ὁ — τοῦ κυρίου LTTrA. “tet da. ΠΡΟΣ, KOOP TN @hOY S.A. Be ὃ καὶ παρέδωκα ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὁ κύριος ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐν TY νυκτὶ that which also 1 delivered to you, thatthe Lord Jesus in the night ἡ παρεδίδοτο," ἔλαβεν ἄρτον, 24 καὶ εὐχαριστήσας in which he was delivered up took bread, and having given thanks ἔκλασεν, καὶ εἶπεν, «λάβετε, φάγετε""" τοῦτό pou ἐστὶν τὸ he broke [it], and said, Take, eat, this ofme is the σῶμα TO ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν τκλώμενον" τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν body which for you [18] being broken: this do in ἐμὴν. ἀνάμνησιν. 25 Ὡσαύτως Kai τὸ ποτήριον, μετὰ τὸ remembrance of me. ᾿ In like manner also the cup, after δειπνῆσαι, λέγων, Τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐστὶν having supped, saying, This cup the new covenant is ἐν τῷ-ἐμῷ.αἵματι: τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, ὁσάκις "ἂν" πίνητε, in my blood: this do, as often as ye may drink [it], , A ? 1 > , t , ‘ 8} Hl ", θί x εἰς τὴν. ἐμὴν. ἀνάμνησιν. 26 Ὁσάκις. γὰρ "ἂν" ἐσθίητε τὸν in remembrance of me. For as often as ye may eat » ~ ἊΝ , ~ " , \ , ἄρτον.τοῦτον, Kai τὸ.ποτήριον ἱτοῦτο" πίνητε, τὸν θάνατον this bread, and this cup may drink, the death τοῦ κυρίου καταγγέλλετε, “ἄχρις! οὗ Wav" ἔλθῃ. 27 “Qore of the Lord ye announce, until he may come, So that ὃς.-ἂν ἐσθίῃ τὸν. ἄρτον “τοῦτον ἢ πίνῃ τὸ ποτήριον whosoever should eat this bread or should drink the cup τοῦ κυρίου ἀναξίως, ἔνοχος ἔσται τοῦ σώματος Kal’ αἵματος of the Lord unworthily, guilty shall be of the body and blood τοῦ κυρίου. 28 δοκιμαζέτω. δὲ “ἄνθρωπος ἑαυτόν." καὶ οὕτως of the Lord. But let *prove ‘a "man himself, and thus ἐκ τοῦ ἄρτου ἐσθιέτω, Kai ἐκ TOU ποτηρίου πινέτω" 29 ὁ. γὰρ of the bread let him eat, and of the cup let him drink, Forhe that ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων "ἀναξίως." κρίμα ἑαυτῷ ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει, eats and drinks unworthily, judgment tohimself eats and drinks, μὴ διακρίνων τὸ σῶμα ὕτοῦ κυρίου." 30 διὰ τοῦτο ἐν ὑμῖν not discerning the body ofthe Lord. Because of this among you πολλοὺ ἀσθενεῖς Kai ἄῤῥωστοι, καὶ κοιμῶνται ἱκανοί. many [are] weak and infirm, and are fallen asleep many. 31 εἰ °ydo' ἑαυτοὺς διεκρίνομεν, οὐκ.ἂν.ἐκρινόμεθα: 32 κρινό- ἽΣ ‘for ourselves wescrutinized, we should not be judged. Being μενοι δέ, ὑπὸ Δὀ κυρίου παιδευόμεθα, ἵνα μὴ σὺν τῷ “judged ‘but, by [the] Lord wearedisciplined, that not with the κόσμῳ κατακριθῶμεν. 9598 Ὥστε, ἀδελφοί. μου, συνερχόμενοι world we should be condemned, So that, my brethren, coming together εἰς TO φαγεῖν, ἀλλήλους ἐκδέχεσθε᾽' 84 εἰ “δὲ τις πεινᾷ, for to eat, one another wait for. But if anyone be hungry, ἐν.οἴκῳ ἐσθιέτω: ἵνα μὴ εἰς κρίμα συνέρχησθε. τὰ δὲ athome lethimeat, that not for judgment ye may come together ; and the λοιπά, ὠςἂν ἔλθω, δἮιατάξομαι. other things whenever I may come, I will set in order. 12 Περὶ. δὲ τῶν πνευματικῶν, ἀδελφοί, οὐ.θέλω ὑμᾶς But concerning spirituals, brethren, Idonot wish you ἀγνοεῖν. οἴδατε Ori’ ἔθνη ἦτε, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα to be ignorant. Ye know that Gentiles ye were, *to Sidols “dumb og ἂν.ἤγεσθε, ἀπαγόμενοι" 3 διὸ γνωρίζω ὑμῖν, ore Sas Tye "might *be led, ‘led *away. Therefore I give *to *know ‘you, that T κλώμενον LTTrA. ὃ ἐὰν LTTrA. x — τοῦτον (read the a — ἀναξίως LTTrA. e — δὲ but GLTTraW. ~ — ἂν GLTTrA. * ἑαυτὸν ἄνθρωπος W. 4 + τοῦ the Trr[a]w. Yaxpe Tt. ς δὲ but LTTraw. € + ὅτε when (LJrtra. XII. I πνεύματι θεοῦ λαλῶν λέγει ἀνάθεμα CORIEN T HTAIN:S: οὐδεὶς ἐν ὩΤησοῦν"" noone in[{the] Spirit ofGodspeaking says accursed Gis) Jesus ; καὶ οὐδεὶς δύναται εἰπεῖν ἸΚύριον ᾿Τησοῦν," εἰ μὴ ἐν πνεύ- and noone can say Lord Jesus, Se in {the} “Spirit ματι ἄγ; 4 διαιρέσεις.δὲ χαρισμάτων εἰσίν, τὸ.δὲ αὐτὸ Hol But diversities of ae there ate, but the same πνεῦμα" 5 καὶ διαιρέσεις διακονιῶν εἰσίν, Kai ὁ αὐτὸς κύριος" Spirit ; and diversities of services there are,andthe same Lord; 6 καὶ διαιρέσεις ἐνεργημάτων εἰσίν, τὸ δὲ! αὐτός aru’ θεός, and diversities of operations thereare, but the same 2it%is 4G@od, ὁ ἐνεργῶν τὰ-πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν. 7 ἑκάστῳ.δὲ δίδοται ἡ φανέ- who operates allthings in all, But toeach is given the mani- pwoic τοῦ πνεύματος πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον. ὃ ᾧ.μὲν.γὰρ διὰ festation of the Spirit or profit. For to one by τοῦ πνεύματος δίδοται λόγος σοφίας. ἄλλῳ.δὲ λόγος the Spirit isgiven aword of wisdom; and to another a word γνώσεως, κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα᾽ 9 ἑτέρῳ.""δὲ᾽ πίστις, of knowledge, according tothe same _ Spirit; and toa different one faith, ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι ἄλλῳ.δὲ χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων, ἐν τῷ in the same Spirit ; and to another gifts of healing, in the "αὐτῷ πνεύματι. 10 ἄλλῳ.δὲ ἐνεργήματα δυνάμεων, same Spirit ; and to another operations of works of power ; ἄλλῳ. “δὲ προφητεία, ἄλλῳ.Ῥδὲ᾽ διακρίσεις" πνευμάτων, and to another propheey; and to another’ discerning of spirits ; c , τδὲ! , iN ~ IAX Qt st 7ὔ Il Xr = ETEOW-"OE γενῆ γλωσσῶν, adAw.cé *éopnveta' yAwo and to a different one kinds of tongues; and to another interpretation of oy’ 11] πάντα.δὲ ταῦτα ἐνεργεῖ τὸ ἕν Kai τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦ- tongues. But all these things “operates 'the one *and *the *same “Spirit, a, διαιροῦν ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστῳ καθὼς βούλεται. 12 Καθάπερ pa, te dividing separately toeach according as he wills. “Byen 388 γὰρ 0 τὸ σῶμα ἕν ἐστιν καὶ μέλη ἔχει πολλά," πάντα.δὲ τὰ for the body one ‘is and “members *has “*many, but all the ἔλη τοῦ σώματος Yrov ἑνός," πολλὰ ὄντα, ἕν ἐστιν copa’ membersofthe *body one, +many ἼΣΩΣ fone °are body: οὕτως καὶ ὁ χριστός. 18 καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι ἡμεῖς 80 also [15] the Christ. Foralso by one Spirit we ’ ᾽ a ~ 2 , ” ? ~ ” uv πάντες εἰς ἕν σῶμα ἐβαπτίσθημεν, εἴτε ᾿Ιουδαῖοι εἴτε “Ἔλ- all into one body were baptized, whether Jews or Anvec, εἴτε δοῦλοι εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι" Kai πάντες “εἰς ἕν πνεῦμα Greeks, whether bondmen or free, and 8] into one Spirit ᾽ , \ A 4 ~ > »” τι , ? A ἐποτίσθημεν. 14 Καὶ γὰρ τὸ σῶμα οὐκ.-ἔστιν ἕν μέλος, ἀλλὰ were made to drink. For also the body isnot one member, but πολλά. 15 ἐὰν εἴπῃ ὁ πούς, Ὅτι οὐκ.εἰμὶ χείρ, οὐκ.εἰμὶ many. If should say the foot, Because Iamnot ahand, I am not ἐκ τοῦ σώματος᾽ οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ σώματος"; of the body: on account of this isitnot of the body ? 16 καὶ ἐὰν εἴπῃ τὸ οὖς, Ὅτι οὐκ.εἰμὶ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ And if should say the ear, Because I am not an eye Iam not of τοῦ σώματος" οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο ovK-éoTLY ἐκ τοῦ σώματος": the body: on account of this igsitnot of the body ? 17 εἰ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα ὀφθαλμός, ποῦ ἡ ἀκοή; εἰ Odo” If*whole*the body [were] aneye, where the hearing? if [the] whole 457 no man speaking by tne Spirit of God call- eth Jesus accursed : and that no man can say that Jesus is the Lord, but by the Holy Ghost. 4 Now there are diversities of gifts, but the snme Spirit. 5 And there are differ- ences of administra- tions, but the same Lord. 6 And there are diversities of opera- tions, but it is the same God which work- eth all in all. 7 But the manifestation of the Spirit is given toevery man to profit withal. 8 For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom ; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit; 9 to another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts of healing by the same Spirit; 10 to another the working of mira- cies; to another pro- phecy ; to another dis- cerning of spirits ; to another divers kinds of tongues ; to another the interpretation of tongues: 11 but ali these worketh that one and the selfsame Spi- rit, dividing to every man severally as he will. 12 For as the body is one, and hath many members, and all the members of that one body, being many, are one body: so also ws Christ. 13 For by one Spirit are we all ba tized into one body, whether we be Jews or Gentiles, whether we be bond or free ; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit. 14 For the body is not one member,but many. 15 If the foot shall say, Because I am not the hand, I am not of the body; is it there- fore not of the body? 16 And if the ear shali say, Because I am not the eye, I am not of the body ; is it there- fore not of the body? 17 If the whole body were an eye, where were the hearing? If the whole were hear- a "Ingovs LTIraw. i Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Lrtraw. K καὶ ὃ and the a, m — δὲ and [L]rTz[a]. 0 ἑνὶ One LTTrA. ° — §€and Ltr. κρισις T. r— δὲ and LiTr. 5 διερμηνεία L. LTTrAW. -- εἰς ΤΤΤΑΥ͂. *% Ρ — δὲ and Lrr. nv t πολλὰ ἔχει LTTrA. — ; (read it is not on account of this not of the body.) ur. 1 — ἐστιν GLTTrAW. 9 διά- ν — τοῦ ἑνός 458 ing, where were the smelling? 18 But now hath God set the mem- bers every one of them in the body, as it hath pleasedhim. 19 Andif they were all one mem- ber, where were the body ? 20 But now are they many members, yet but one body. 21 And the eye can- not say unto the hand, I have no need of thee: nor again the head to the feet, 1 have no need of you. 22 Nay, much more those members of the body, which seem to be more feeble, are necessary : 23 and those members of the body, which we think to be less honourable, upon these we bestow more abundant hon- our ; and our uncome- ly parts have more abundant comeliness. 24 For ourcomely parts have noneed : but God hath tempered the body together, having given more abundant honour to that part which lacked: 25 that there should be no schism in the body; but that the members should have the same care one for another. 26 And whether one member suffer, all the members suffer with it ; or one member be honoured, all the mem- bers rejoice with it. 27 Now yeare the body of Christ, and mem- bers in particular. 28 And God hath set some in the church, first apostles, second- arily prophets, thirdly teachers, after that miracles, then gifts of healings, helps, go- vernments, diversities of tongues, 29 Are all vpostles ? are all pro- phets ἢ are all teach- ers? are all workers of miracles? 30 have all the gifts of heal- ing? do all speak with tongues ? do all inter- pret? 31 But covet earnestly the best gifts: and yet shew I unto you a more ex- cellent way. XIII. Though I speak with the tongues of i P:O;>) pK Ὁ BLN ΘΕ ΟΌΣ Σ ΑΔ. ΧΙ. ἀκοή, ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις ; 18 νυνὶ" δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη, hearing, wherethe smelling? But now God set the members, “a ee ? ~ ) » , ‘ ΕΣ A ᾽ ι ἕν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ σώματι, καθὼς ἠθέλησεν. 19 εἰ δὲ Zone ‘each ofthem in the body, according as he would. But if ἦν "τὰ! πάντα ἕν μέλος, ποῦ τὸ σῶμα; 20 νῦν.δὲ πολλὰ were all one member, where the body ? But now many μὲν" μέλη, ἕν.δὲ σῶμα. 21 οὐ.δύναται. "δὲ « ὀφ- {are the] members, but one body. And is not able (the] θαλμὸς εἰπεῖν τῇ χειρί, Χρείαν σου οὐκ ἔχω" ἢ πάλιν ἡ eye tosay tothe hand, Need of thee [have not; or again the κεφαλὴ τοῖς ποσίν, Χρείαν ὑμῶν ovK-Exw. 22 ἀλλὰ πολλῷ head to the feet, Need of you I have not. But much μᾶλλον τὰ δοκοῦντα μέλη τοῦ σώματος ἀσθενέστερα ὑπάρ- rather the ®which*seem'members7of*the *body °weaker to χειν, ἀναγκαῖά tor’ 38καὶ ἃ δοκοῦμεν “ἀτιμότερα" She, necessary are; and those which we think more void of honour εἶναι τοῦ σώματος, τούτοις τιμὴν περισσοτέραν περιτίθεμεν᾽" to be of the body, *these “honour more fabundant ‘we “put about ; καὶ τὰ ἀσχήμονα ἡμῶν εὐσχημοσύνην περισαρτεραν ἔχει" and the uncomely [parts] of us comeliness More abundant have; 24 τὰ.δὲ εὐσχήμονα ἡμῶν οὐ χρείαν ἔχει. “ἀλλ᾽! ὁ θεὸς butthe comely (parts]ofus πὸ meed ‘have. But God συνεκέρασεν τὸ σῶμα, τῷ ‘voTEepovYTt' περισσοτέραν tempered together the body, to that being deficient more abundant dove τιμήν, 25 wa μὴ- ἐσχίσμα" ἐν τῷ “having “given ‘honour, that there might not be division in the ’ ? 4 ‘ > A « A ᾽ fe ~ 4A σώματι, ἀλλὰ TO αὐτὸ ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων μεριμνῶσιν τὰ body, but ‘the same “for °one ‘another *might *have 7concern ‘the μέλη" 26 καὶ "sire" πάσχει ἕν μέλος, ἰσυμπάσχει! πάντα 2members, And if suffers one member, sufferswith [it] all τὰ μέλη" etre δοξάζεται ἕν᾽ μέλος, ἰσυγχαίρει' πάντα τὰ the members; if be glorified one member, rejoice with [10] all the μέλη. 27 ὕμεις δὲ ἐστε σῶμα χριστοῦ, καὶ μέλη ἐκ members. ow ye are [the] body otf Christ, and members in μέρους. 28 Kai ove μὲν ἔθετο ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ πρῶ- particular. And ‘certain *did *set ‘God in the assembly: first, τον ἀποστόλους, δεύτερον προφήτας, τρίτον διδασκάλδ ove, apostles ; secondly, prophets ; thirdly, teachers ; ἔπειτα δυνάμεις, “elra! χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων, "ἀντιλήψεις," then worksof power; then gifts of healings ; helps ; κυβερνήσεις, γένη γλωσσῶν. 29 μὴ πάντες ἀπόστολοι; μὴ governments; kinds of tongues. [Are] all apostles ? πάντες προφῆται; μὴ πάντες διδάσκαλοι; μὴ πάντες δυνά- 811 prophets ? all teachers? [have] all works of pec; 80 μὴ πάντες χαρίσματα ἔχουσιν ἰαμάτων ; μὴ πάντες power ? all gifts *have of healings? 3411 γλώσσαις λαλοῦσιν ; μὴ πάντες διερμηνεύουσιν ; 81 Ζηλοῦτε ‘do speak with tongues? 3411 ‘do interpret ? 2Be *emulous *of δὲ τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ °Kpeitrova’' Kai ἔτι καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν ‘hut the *cifts ‘better, and yet *more “surpassing ὁδὸν ὑμῖν δείκνυμι. 'a‘*way toyou Ishew. Υ νῦν LTrA. ἃ ἀτιμώτερα Ἑ. Ἀ εἴ τι 1Γ anything rr. ™ ἔπειτα, LTTrA. τ: [τὰ] LTrA. " ἀντιλήμψεις LTTrA. ¢ + 9 the GLTTraWw. Ε σχίσματα divisions T. 1 συν- T. @ [ev] LTr. 5 — δὲ and G[L]. Γὑστερουμένῳ LTTrA. k — ἕν (read a member) TTr[A]. ο μείζονα greater LTTrA. ε ἀλλὰ LTTra. τι συν- TA. ΠῚ χν- 12°C’ Oh NT ET ἈΞ ΝΟ: 459 IN = , ~ “Ὁ πεν 7 ἊΣ ᾿ “,, ΤΡ δᾶ ofangels, and 13 ᾿Εὰν ταῖς γλώσσαις τῶν ee: λαλῶ Καὶ Τῶν Toe nobelimeiey, bam If withthe tongues of men Ispeak an become as sounding > , > , Η ὯΝ ἐὰν on eS 2. ney Η brass, or a tink ling ἀγγέλων, ἀγάπην δὲ [AB OS 9 5 MAS χαλκὸς Xu 1 cymbal. 2 And though of angels, but love have not, gee become “*brass tsounding or Thave the gift of pra- κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον. 2 Ῥκαὶ ἐὰν" ἔχω προφητείαν, καὶ εἰδῶ τε στ οιτει a mys "» “5 a EES clanging: πε if nets Ν rae Be a os ἘΠῚ iengsledge agente τὰ μυστήρια πάντα Kai πᾶσαν THY γνῶσιν, “καὶ édy' ἔχω though I have all 2mysteries 1.11 and all knowledge, and if I have faith, so that I could rs R ; a Ξ ᾿ rigs a) WO , remove mountains, πᾶσαν τὴν πίστιν, ὥστε ὄρη eran ἀγάπην.δὲ and have not cha- τ F 2 : ἐ butlove ΤΙΓΓΣ, I am nothing. ali pee ΐ 80 85 πεν ὑχρτ o remove, aukndthoush, bbe. gr -EXW, Ξούθεν ειμι. 3 ‘kai ear’ Yop ig πάντα τὰ stow all my goods to venot, nothing Iam. And if Igive arog hes ΠΕΣ all feed the poor, and = > , though I give my body ὑπάρχοντά. μου, “Kai ἐὰν" σι γοῦν τὸ σῶμά. μου ἕνα *xav@n- to be burned, and have “my coe and if I deliver up my body that Imay be notcharity, it profiteth πὰ Lo» 1 2 ~ « nes me nothing. 4 Charity σωμαι," ἀγάπην.δὲ μὴ-.ἔχω, γοὐδὲν" ὠφελοῦμαι. 4 Ἣ ἀγάπη suffereth long, and is burned, but love have not, a I am profited. Love kind; charity envieth « , not; charity vaunteth μακροθυμεῖ, χρηστεύεται: ἡ ἀγάπη οὐ. ζηλοῖ: τὴ ἀγάπη" οὐ Τοῦ iuself de Rob Heir has patience, is kind; love is not envious; love “not ed up, 5 doth not be- h tself I περπερεύεται, οὐ-φυσιοῦται, 5 οὐκ. ἀσχημονεῖ, O-CnTEL τὰ pene een με σαν’ lis yain-glorious, is not puffed up, acts not umseemly, seeks not the things js not easily provoked, ἑαυτῆς, οὐ.παροξύνεται, ov.oyiZerar τὸ κακόν, 6 οὐ.χαίρει a of its own, is not quickly provoked, reckons not evil, rejoices not }yyt rejoiceth in the . ~ > , ΄ \ ΤΟΣ r ΄ , . 36 ἐπὶτῇ ἀδικίᾳ, Yovyxaipe'.dé τῇ ἀληθείςι, 7 πάντα στέγει, ay τς at ag Ose but rejoices with the truth; all things carers, thing ao hopeth all πάντα πιστεύει, πάντα ἐλπίζει, πάντα ὑπομένει. ὃ Ἢ ἀγάπη | things, endureth all allthings believes, allthings hopes, allthings endures. Love | pee eee οὐδέποτε “Zerinre.' εἴτε. “δὲ᾽ προφητεῖαι, καταργηθήσονται. ἘΞ 2, prophecios, ils: a al » never fails; . but whether Ξ prophecies, they shall be done away ; ther there be tongues, ElTE γλῶσσαι, παυσονται ELITE γνωσις. καταργηθήσεται. they shall cease ; whe- ms ther there be know- whether tongues, they shallcease; whether knowledge it shall be done away. ledge, itahall wack 9 ἐκ. “μέρους. γὰρ γινώσκομεν, καὶ ἐκ μέρους προφητεύομεν" away. 9 For we know or in part we know, and in rt we prophesy ; in part, and we pro- ᾿ d 5 phesy in part. 10 But 10 ὅταν.δὲ ἔλθῃ τὸ τέλειον, “τότε' τὸ ἐκ μέρους κατ- when that which ir but when may come that which is perfect, that in part shall be perfect is come, then ε ει that which is in part αργηθήσεται. 11 ὅτε ἤμην νήπιος, “ὡς νήπιος ἐλάλουν," fwe shali be done away. done away. When Iwas aninfant, as an infant I spoke, as 11 When Iwas achild, δε κδὲὶ ve I spake as a child, I νήπιος ἐφρόνουν, we νήπιος ἐλογιζόμην"" ὕτε.β δὲ" γέγονα ynderstood as a child, an infant I thought, as aninfant I reasoned; but when I became I thought asa child: \ ~ , , 1 but when I became a ἀνήρ, κατήργηκα τὰ τοῦ νηπίου: 12 βλεπῦμεν γὰρ jan I putaway child. aman, I did anes with the ee ofthe infant. For we see ish things. 12 For now » -»’ we see through a glass αρτι οι ἐσόπτρου ἐν αὐ ῳθστο τότε. δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς darkly ; but then toes now through aglass obscurel but then face to to face: now I know πρόσωπον" ἄρτι γινώσκω EK ΠΡ ας τύτειδὲ ExtyvMoopar 4" Part; butthen shall face ; now I know in part, butthen Ishallknow 4m known. 13 And καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθην. 13 νυνὶ.δὲ μένει πίστις, ἐλπίς ἢ nw sbideth faith, hope, charity, these mere as also I have been known. And now abides faith, hope, ἘΣ τ τς πὶ ne pe 2 ΄ Ε ᾽ - pea ἀγάπη, τὰ.τρία.ταῦτα᾽ς μείζων.δὲ τούτων ἡ ἀγάπη. est of these is charity. love ; these three things; but the greater of these [is] love. XIV. Follow after 14 Διώκετε τὴν ἀγάπην᾽ ζηλοῦτε.δὲ τὰ πνευματικά, ea ἘΣ Pursue love, and be emulous of spirituals, rather that ye may μᾶλλον. δὲ ἵνα προφητεύητε. 2 ὁ-γὰρ λαλῶν γλώσσῃ, οὐκ Prophesy. 2 For he that but rather that ye may-prophesy. For he that speaks witha tongue, not Jpop tongue speak- eth not unto men, but P Kay LA. q κἂν TrA. τ μεθιστάναι LTTr. 5 οὐδέν EGW. ¢ κἂν LTrd. νυ Ψωμίζω E. ¥ κἂν LA. x καυθήσομαι 1 shall be burned T. Υ οὐθὲντ. +7 in ayamm])LTrA. 7 ovy-T, Ὁ πίπτει LTTrA. c[ée] tr. 4 --α τότε LTTrAW. © ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος LTTrAW. ξ ἐφρόνουν ὡς νήπιος, ἐλογιζόμην ὡς νήπιος LTTrA. gs — δὲ but ᾿ττγὰ. 460 unto God : for noman understandeth him; howbeit in the spirit he speaketh mysteries. 3 But he that pro- phesieth speaketh un- to men to edification, and exhortation, and comfort. 4 He that speaketh in an wun- known tongue edifieth himself ; but he that prophesieth edifieth the church. 5 I would that ye allspake with tongues, but rather that ye prophesied : for greater is he that prophesieth than he that speaketh with tongues, except he interpret, that the church may receive edifying. 6 Now, bre- thren, if I come unto you speaking with tongues, what shall I profit you, except I shall speak to you either by revelation, or by knowledge, or by prophesying, or by doctrine? 7 Andeven things without life giving sound, whether pipe or harp, except they give a distinctio. in the sounds, ho shallit be known what is piped or harped? 8 For if the trumpet give an _ uncertain sound, who shall pre- pare himself to the battle ? 9 So likewise ye, except ye utter by the tongue words easy to be understood, how shall it be known what is spoken? for ye shall speak into the air. 10 There are, it may be, so many kinds of voices in the world, and none of them is without signification. 11 Therefore if IT know not the meaning of the voice, I shall be unto him that speaketh a barbarian, and he that barbarian unto me. Il POs) 1K OPIN OLOY = A; XIV. ἀνθρώποις λαλεῖ, ἀλλὰ "rq! θεῷ" οὐδεὶς. γὰρ ἀκούει, πνεύματι to men speaks, but toGod: fornoone hears; 7in spirit δὲ λαλεῖ μυστήρια: 3 ὁ. δὲ προφητεύων, ἀνθρώποις λαλεὶ ‘but he speaks mysteries. But hethat prophesies, to men speaks οἰκοδομὴν Kai παράκλησιν καὶ παραμυθίαν. 4 ὁ λαλῶν {for] building up and encouragement and consolation. He that speaks γλώσσῃ, ἑαυτὸν οἰκοδομεῖ" 0.0 προφητεύων, ἐκκλησίαν witha ὕοπρτιθ, himself buildsup; buthethat prophesies, [the] assembly οἰκοδομεῖ. 5 θέλω.δὲ πάντας ὑμᾶς λαλεῖν γλώσσαις, μᾶλλον builds up. Now I desire all you tospeak withtongues, “rather δὲ ἵνα προφητεύητε᾽ μείζων ‘yao! ὁ προφητεύων ἢ ‘but that ye should prophesy: *greater ‘for [is] hethat prophesies than ὁ λαλῶν γλώσσαις, ἐκτὸς εἰμὴ διερμηνεύῃ, ἵνα ἡ ἐκ- he that speaks with tongues, unless he should interpret, that the» as- κλησία οἰκοδομὴν λάβῃ. 6 Νυνὶ" δέ, ἀδελφοί, ἐὰν ἔλθω sembly building up may receive. And now, brethren, if Icome πρὸς ὑμᾶς γλώσσαις λαλῶν, τί ὑμᾶς ὠφελήσω, ἐὰν.μὴ to you withtongnes speaking, what you shalllI profit, unless Cawsey , A > 2 ’ Ain? ΄ Au? ὑμῖν λαλήσω ἢ ἐν ἀποκαλύψει, ἢ ἐν γνώσει, ἢ ἐν προ- to you I shall speak either in revelation, or in knowledge, or in pro- ΄ n 12 I ~ o ‘ ” ‘ , φητείᾳ, ἢ ἱὲν' διδαχῇ; 1ὕμως ra ἄψυχα φωνὴν διδόντα, phecy, or in teaching? ven lifeless things a sound '-=_ giving, ” 7 bY ” ΄ 7A ὃ αὶ δ \ m ~ , “af εἴτε αὐλὸς εἴτε κιθάρα, ἐὰν διαστολὴν "τοῖς φθόγγοις whether pipe or harp, if distinction to the sounds μὴ.δῷ, πῶς γνωσθήσεται τὸ αὐλούμενον ἢ τὸ κιθαρι- they give not, how shall be known that being piped or being “ζΖόμενον ; 8 καὶ. γὰρ ἐὰν ἄδηλον "φωνὴν σάλπιγξ' δῷ, τίς harped ἢ For also if anuncertain sound atrumpet give, who παρασκευάσεται εἰς πόλεμον ; 9 οὕτως καὶ “ὑμεῖς διὰ Τῆς shall prepare himself for war ? So also ye, by meansof the γλώσσης ἐὰν.μὴ εὔσημον λόγον δῶτε, πῶς γνωσθήσεται τὸ tongue unless anintelligible speech ye give, how shall be known that λαλούμενον ; ἔσεσθε.γὰρ εἰς ἀέρα λαλοῦντες. 10 Τοσαῦτα, being spoken? for ye will be7into[*the]*air ‘speaking. So many, > ΄ ΄ wee 02 lee. , . ORs Dar, εἰ τύχοι, γενῆ PwVYwWY CcoTLY EV κόσμῳ, και ἐν Pav- it may be, kinds of sounds there are ἰπ [{Π6] world, and none of 11 ἐὰν οὖν μὴ εἰδῶ τὴν δύναμιν Tf therefore I know not the power THC φωνῆς, ἔσομαι τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβᾶδος" καὶ ὁ of the sound, I shall be tohimthat speaks abarbarian; and he that λαλῶν, ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος" 12 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, ἐπεὶ ζηλωταί a speaks, “for *me *barbarian. So also ye, since emulous τῶν" ἄφωνον" them without [distinct] sound. for seek speaketh shall be WROTE TVEU LAT WY, πρὸς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν τῆς ἐκκλησίας ζηῆδτεῖ 12 Even so ye, foras- of spiritual gifts, see that ye may excel t the edifying of the ehurch. 13 Wherefore tet him that speaketh in an unknown tongue pray that he may in- terpret. 14 For if I pray in an wnknown tongue, my spirit pray- eth, but my _ under- standing 15 unfruitful. much as yeare ion 15 What isitthen? 1 yeare ΟΥ̓ spirits, the buildingup ofthe assembly ἵνα περισσεύητε. 13 “Διόπερ' ὁ λαλῶν γλώσσῃ, προσευ- that ye may abound. Wherefore he that speaks with a tongue, let him χέσθω ἵνα διερμηνεύῃ. 14 ἐὰν "γὰρ' προσεύχωμαι γλώσσῃ. pray that he may interpret. For if I pray with a tongue, τὸ πνεύμά.μου προσεύχεται; ὁ δὲ νοὔῦς.μον ἄκαρπός ἐστιν. my spirit prays, but my understanding unfruitful is. 15 τί οὖν torw; προσεύξομαι τῷ πνεύματι, προσεύξομαι What then is it? Iwillpray withthe Spirit, J Swill *pray δὲ καὶ τῷ vot" ψαλῶ τῷ πνεύματι, ψαλῶ ‘put also with the understanding. Iwill praise withthe Spirit, I *will *praise bh — τῷ LTTr[A]. the sound tn. * [γὰρ] Ltr. ἃ σάλπιγξ φωνὴν T. k νῦν LTTrAW. ° εἰσὶν LTTrAW. 1 — ἐν T[tTr]. ™ τοῦ φθόγγου of P — αὐτῶν LTTrAW. ἢ διὸ LITrA. i δὰ and LTTrA. SERV’. I *0é' καὶ ‘rq! vol. Ibut also with the understanding. COBINTHIANS. 16 ἐπεὶ ἐὰν τεὐλογήσῃς" "rq! Else if thou bless with the πνεύματι, ὁ ἀναπληρῶν τὸν τόπον τοῦ ἰδιώτου πῶς spirit, he that fills the place of the uninstructed how ἐρεῖ τὸ ἀμὴν ἐπὶ τῇ.σῃ.εὐχαριστίᾳ, ἐπειδὴ τί λέγεις shallhesay the Amen δὖ thy giving of thanks, since what thou sayest οὐκιοῖδεν; 17 σὺ.μὲν.γὰρ καλῶς εὐχαριστεῖς, "ἀλλ᾽" ὁ ἕτερος he knows not ὃ For thou indeed well givest thanks, but the other οὐκ.οἰκοδομεῖται. 18 εὐχαριστῶ τῷ θεῷ ὕμου, πάντων ὑμῶν is not built up. 1 thank 7God ‘my, ‘than ®all °of }°you μᾶλλον *yAwacaic λαλῶν"" 19 "ἀλλ᾽" ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ θέλω πέντε Smore ‘with *tongues *speaking ; but in([the] assembly Idesire five λόγους "dia τοῦ vodc! ov λαλῆσαι, ἵνα καὶ ἄλλους words with *understanding ‘my tospeak, that also others κατηχήσω, ἢ μυρίος λόγους ἐν γλώσσῃ. 20 ᾿Αδελφοί, μὴ I may instruct, than ten thousand words in a tongue. Brethren, *not παιδία γίνεσθε ταῖς. φρεσίν: ἀλλὰ τῇ κακίᾳ νηπιάζετε, 3children 1be in [your] minds, but in malice _—be babes ; ταῖς.δὲ φρεσὶν τέλειοι γίνεσθε. 21 ἐν τῷ νόμῳ rhe eam but in [your] minds ?full *grown be. In the law it has n mrat, Ὅτι ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις, καὶ ἐν χείλεσιν “ἑτέροις. λα- written, By other tongues, and by lips other I will λήσω τῷκ.λαῴφ. τούτῳ, Kai οὐδ᾽ οὕτως εἰσακούσονταί μου, speak to this people, and noteven thus will they hear me, λέγει κύριος. 232 Ὥστε ai γλῶσσαι εἰς σημεῖόν εἰσιν, οὐ saith [the] Lord. Sothat the tongues for a sign are, not τοῖς πιστεύουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀπίστοις ἡ.δὲ. προφητεία, to those that believe, but to the unbelievers ; but prophecy, > ~ ? , ? AJ ~ , 2A οὐ τοῖς ἀπίστοις, ἀλλὰ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν. 23 ἐὰν οὖν not tothe unbelievers, but to those that believe. If therefore ἀσυνέλθῃ" ἡ ἐκκλησία ὕλη ἐπὶ. τὸ αὐτό, Kai πάντες “γλώσ- *come *together 'the assembly *whole inone place, and all with ~ Il > , A 2 ~ n » σαις λαλῶσιν," εἰσέλθωσιν. δὲ ἰδιῶται ἢ ἄπιστοι, tongues should speak, and come in uninstructed ones or unbelievers, ovK-épovow Ori μαίνεσθε; 24 ἐὰν. δὲ πάντες προφητεύωσιν, will they not say that ye are mad? But if all prophesy, εἰσέλθῃ.δὲέ τις ἄπιστος ἢ ἰδιώτης, ἐλέγχεται ὑπὸ πάν- and should come in some unbeliever or uninstructed, heis convicted by all, των, ἀνακρίνεται ὑπὸ πάντων, 25 ‘kai οὕτως" τὰ κρυπτὰ he is examined by all; and thus the secrets τῆς καρδίας. αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται: καὶ οὕτως πεσὼν ἐπὶ of his heart manifest become; and thus, falling upon πρόσωπον, προσκυνήσει τῷ θεῷ. ἀπαγγέλλων ὅτι 80 θεὸς Chis) face, he will do homage to God, dec that God ὄντως ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. indeed amongst you is. 26 Ti οὖν ἐστιν, ἀδελφοί; ὅταν συνέρχησθε, ἕκαστος What then isit, brethren? when yemaycometogether, each b ε ~ ἢ λ 5 » ὃ ὃ ‘ ” i λ ~ » ? 2. ὑμῶν" ψαλμὸν ἔχει, διδαχὴν ἔχει, 'yAdooay ἔχει, ἀποκά of you a psalm has, a teaching has, a tongue has, 8. reve- λυψιν Exe," ἑρμηνείαν Exe’ πάντα πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν *ye- 461 will pray with the spi- rit,and Iwill pray with the understanding al- so: I will sing with the spirit, and I will sing with the under- standing also. 16 Else when thou shalt bless with the spirit, how shall he that oceupieth the room of the un- learned say Amen at thy giving of thanks, seeing he understand- eth not what thousay- est ? 17 For thou verily givest thanks well, but the other is not edified. 18 Ithank my God, I speak with tongues more than ye all: 19 yet in the church I had rather five words with my under- standing, that by my voice I might teach others also, than ten thousand words in an unknown tongue. 20 Brethren, be not children in under- standing : howbeit in malice be ye children, but in understanding be men, 21 In the law it is written, With men of other tongues and other lips will I ak unto this peo- ple; and yet for all that will they not hear me, saith the Lord. 22 Wherefore tongues are for a sign, not to them that believe, but to them that believe not : but prophesying serveth not for them that believe not, but for them which be- lieve. 23 If therefore the whole church be come together into one place, and all speak with tongues, and there come in those that are unlearned, or unbelievers, will they not say that ye are mad? £4 But if all prophesy, and there come in one that be- lieveth not, or one un- learned, he is convine- ed of all, he is judged of all: 25 and thus are the secrets of his heart made manifest ; and so falling down on his face he will worship God, and re- port that Godisin you of a truth, 26 How is it then, brethren? when ye come together, every lation has, aninterpretation has. Allthings for buildingup let be s— δὲ {{π. ‘t—zt@thex. ¥ εὐλογῇς LTTrA. LTTrA. τ ἀλλὰ Tr. Υ — μον GLTTraw. 5 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. γλώσσαις LTTrA. LTTr[A]. Ὁ τῷ vot LITrAW. ὀἔ ἑτέρων ‘others’ LTTra. f - καὶ οὕτως GLTTTAW. 1 ἀποκάλυψιν ἔχει, γλῶσσαν ἔχει LTTrAW. ν — τῷ (read mvev. with [the] Spirit) 2 γλώσσῃ λαλῶ I speak with a tongue urtra. 4 ἔλθῃ come L. 8 ὄντως 6 (— ὁ T) θεὸς LTTrAW. Χ γινέσθω GLTTrAW. © λαλῶσιν h — ὑμῶν 402 one of you hath a psalm, hath a doctrine, hath a tongue, hatha revelation, hath an in- terpretation. Let all things be done unto edifying. 27 If any man speak in an un- known tongue, let it be by two, or at the most by three, and that by course; and let one interpret. 28 But if there beno interpreter, let him keep silence in the church; and let him speak to himself, and to God. 29 Let the prophets speak two or three, and let the other judge. 30 If any thing be revealed to another that sitteth by, let the first hold his peace. 31 For ye may all prophesy one by one, that all may learn, and all may be comforted. 32 And the spirits of the prophets are subject to the pro- phets. 33 For God is not the author of con- fusion, but of peace, as in all churches of the saints. 34 Let your women keep silence in the churches : for it is not permitted unto them to speak ; but they are comman to be un- der obedience, as also saiththelaw. 35 And if they will learm any thing, let them ask their husbands at home :forit is ashame for women to in the church. 36 What? came the word of God out from you? or came it unto you only? 37 If any man think himself to be a prophet, or spi- ritual, let him ac- knowledge that the things that I write un- to you are the com- mandments of the Lord. 38 But if any man be ignorant, let i be ignorant. 39 Wherefore, breth- ren, covet to prophesy, and forbid not to speak with tongues. 40 Let all things be done de- cently and in order, . Moreover, bre- thren, I declare unto outhe gospel which preached unto you, 1 ἑρμηνευτής LTr. © — vpwy LTTrA. is LITrAW. P ἐπιτρέπεται LTTrAW. IPOs AK ORUNG ELOY Ss: A. νέσθω." 27 εἴτε γλώσσῃ done. XIV; Re. τις λαλεῖ, κατὰ δύο ἢ τὸ If withatongue anyone speak, [letitbe] by two or the πλεῖστον τρεῖς, καὶ ἀνὰ μέρος, Kai εἷς διεομηνευέτω. 28 eave most three, and insuccession, and one ‘let interpret: and if 4 33, , ΄ , ~ ‘ pny 'διερμηνευτήῆς, σιγάτω ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ: ἑαυτῷ. δὲ there be not aninterpreter, let him be silent in an assembly; and to himself λαλείτω καὶ τῷ θεῷ. 2 προφῆται.δὲ δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλεί- let him speak and to God. And prophets two or ‘three et τωσαν, καὶ ot ἄλλοι dvakpwéeTwoayv' 30 ἐὰν. δὲ ἄλλῳ speak, and *the ‘others Net discern. Butif to another ἀποκαλυφθῇ καθημένῳ, ὁ πρῶτος σιγάτω. 581 δύ- Sshould *be 54 revelation ‘sitting *by, *the first 7let be silent. 7Ye γνασθε yap καθ᾽ ἕνα πάντες προφητεύειν. Wa πάντες μαν- Ξ0Ά} 1for one by one all prophesy, that all may θάνωσιν, Kai πάντες παρακαλῶνται: 32 καὶ πνεύματα learn, and all may be exhorted. And spirits προφητῶν προφήταις ὑποτάσσεται: 33 ov-yap ἐστιν ἀκατα- of prophets to prophets are subject. For “ποὺ the7is ‘of 7dis- στασίας ὁ θεός, τι ἀλλ᾽" εἰρήνης. we ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις order *the *God, but of peace, as in all the assemblies τῶν "ἁγίων. ofthe saints. 34 Αἱ! γυναῖκες οὑμῶν᾽ ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις σιγάτωσαν" 2Women ‘your in _ the assemblies let them be silent, ov-yap-Pémirérparrar’ αὐταῖς λαλεῖν, τ ἀλλ᾽ αὑποτάσσεσθαι." for it is not allowed to them to speak; but to be in subjection, καθὼς Kai ὁ νόμος λέγει. BS εἰδὲ τι μαθεῖν θέλουσιν, according as alsothe law says. But if anything tolearn they wish, ἐν.οἴκῳ τοὺς. ἰδίους ἄνδρας ἐπερωτάτωσαν᾽ αἰσχρὸν. γάρ ἰστιν athome their own husbands let them ask; forashame itis τγυναιξὶν ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ λαλεῖν." for women in assembly to speak. 80 Ἢ ἀφ᾽ aay ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν; ἢ εἰς ὑμᾶς Or *from “you ‘the ‘word 7of*®God ‘went 7out, or to you μόνους κατήντησεν; 37 εἴ τις δοκεῖ προφήτης εἶναι ἢ only did it arrive ? If anyone thinks a prophet tobe or πνευματικός, ἐπιγινωσκτω ἃ γράφω ὑμῖν, ὅτι "τοῦ" spiritual, let him recognize the things I write toyou, that of the κυρίου "εἰσὶν" τἐντολαί"" 88 εἰδέ τις ἀγνοεῖ. ““ἀγνοείτω." Lord they are commands. But if any be ignorant, let him beignorant. 39 Ὥστε, ἀδελφοίξ, ζηλοῦτε τὸ προφητεύειν, καὶ τὸ λαλεῖν Ξο ἐμπαῦ, brethren, be emulous to prophesy, and to speak γγλώσσαις μὴ.κωλύετε." 40 πάντα " εὐσχημόνως Kai κατὰ with tongues do not forbid. All things becomingly and with τάξιν γινέσθω. order let be done. 15 Γνωρίζω.δὲ ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοί. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ὃ εὐηγ- But I make known toyou, brethren, the gladtidings which Ian- γελισάμην ὑμῖν, ὃ Kai παρελάβετε, ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἑστήκατε, nounced to you, which also ye received, in which also yestand, 2 ἁγίων, αἱ (read verse 33 joined to verse 34) GLT. 4 ὑποτασσέσθωσαν let them be in subjection Ltr. τὸ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. τ γυναικὶ (a woman) λαλεῖν ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ LTTra. * -- τοῦ (read of (the]) GLTTraw. ὃ ἐστὶν it τ ἐντολή δι command Ltr[A]w ; — ἐντολαί τ. _™ ἀγνοεῖται he is ignored LT. Υ μὴ κωλύετε (+ ἐν [L]4) γλώσσαις LTTrA. z+ δὲ x + μον my (brethren) [1]7ττ| ΑἹ. But (all things) curtraw. XV. EYGORINTHIANS: 26: οὗ καὶ σώζεσθε, τίνι λόγῳ “ed γελισάμην" ὑμῖν by which also ye are being saved, Swhat Sword ΤΊ “announced *to *°you > , 2 a ? 1 2) “σῷ 5 , , ‘ εἰ KQTEXETE, ἐκτὸς εἰ. μὴ εἰκῆ ἐπιστεύσατε. 3 ἸΠαρέδωκα.γὰρ 4if 7ye *hold “fast, unless invain ye believed. For I delivered ὑμῖν ἔν πρώτοις, ὃ Kai παρέλαβον, ὅτι χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν toyou in the first place, what also I received, that Christ died ὑπὲρ τῶν.ἁμαρτιῶν. ἡμῶν, κατὰ τὰς γραφάς" 4 Kai ὅτι for our sins, according to the scriptures ; and that 2 ’ WZ ? , ~ c , « , il ‘ A éTagn, Kat OTt ἐγήγερται TY TOL ἡμέρᾳ, κατα τας he was buried ; and that he was raised the ae day, according to the γραφάς" ὃ καὶ ὅτι ὥφθη Κηφᾷ. “εἶτα! τοῖς δώδεκα. 6 ἔπειτα seriptures; and that he appeared to Cephas, then tothe twelve. Then 3 ὥφθη ἐπάνω πεντακοσίοις ἀδελφοῖς ἐφάπαξ, ἐξ ὧν οἱ he appeared toabove five hundred brethren at once, of whom the ἐπλείους! μένουσιν ἕως ἄρτι, τινὲς.δὲ ‘rai ἐκοιμήθησαν. greater part Temain until now, but some also _ are fallen asleep. 7 ἔπειτα ὥφθη Ἰακώβῳ, *elra" τοῖς ἀποστόλοις πᾶσιν. Then he appeared to James; then to *the Sapostles tall; 8 ἔσχατον.δὲ πάντων, ὡσπερεὶ τῷ. ἐκτρώματι, ὠφθη κἀμοί. and last of all, as to an abortion, he appeared also to me. 9 éyw.yap εἰμι ὁ ἐλάχιστος THY ἀποστόλων, ὃς οὐκ εἰμὶ For I am the least of the apostles, who am not ε 4 ~ ? , , ? , A ? ΄ ἱκανὸς καλεῖσθαι ἀπόστολος. διότι ἐδίωξα τὴν ἐκκλησίαν δι to be called apostle, because I persecuted the assembly τοῦ θεοῦ. 10 χάριτιιδὲ θεοῦ εἰμι 0 εἰμι, καὶ ἡ-χάρις. αὐτοῦ of God. But by grace of God Iam what Iam, and his grace ἢ) εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ κενὴ ἐγενήθη, ἀλλὰ περισσότερον αὐ- which [was]towards me not void hasbeen, but more abundantly than τῶν πάντων ἐκοπίασα" οὐκ.ἐγὼ.δέ, FAX’ ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ them all I laboured, but not I, but the grace of God δὴ" σὺν ἐμοί. 11 εἴτε οὖν ἐγὼ εἴτε ἐκεῖνοι, οὕτως κηρύσ- with me, Whether therefore I or they, sO we σομεν, Kai οὕτως ἐπιστεύσατε. 12 Ἐῤ δὲ χριστὸς κηρύσσεται, preach, and so ye believed. Now if Christ is preached, fore =k νεκρῶν ἐγήγερται, πῶς λέγουσίν *rivec that from among [the] dead hehas beenraised, how say some ἐν ὑμῖν" ὅτι ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ.ἔστιν; 18 εἰ δὲ ἀνά- among you’ that ἃ τοβυστθούίζοη of [the] dead there is not? But if aresur- στασις νεκρῶν οὐκιἔστιν, οὐδὲ χριστὸς ἐγήγερται" 14 εἰ δὲ rection οὗ [{Π6] dead there 15 ποῦ, neither Christ has been raised: but if χριστὸς οὐκ.ἐγήγερται, κενὸν ἄρα ' τὸ.κἠρυγμα.-ἡμῶν, κενὴ Christ 885 ποῦ beenraised, thenvoid fis} our proclamation, 2void mde! καὶ ἡ.πίστις. ὑμῶν. 15 εὑρισκόμεθα.δὲ καὶ Wevdoudorupec Jand also your faith. And we arefound also false witnesses τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι ἐμαρτυρήσαμεν κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτι ἤγειρεν of God; for we witnessed concerning God that he raised up τὸν χριστόν, ὃν οὐκ.ἤγειρεν εἴπερ ἄρα νεκροὶ οὐκ the Christ, whom he raised not if then [the] dead *not ἐγείρονται: 16 εἰγὰρ νεκροὶ οὐκ.ἐγείρονται, οὐδὲ χριστὸς tare raised. For if [the] dead arenotraised, neither Christ ἐγήγερται" 17 et.de χριστὸς οὐκ. ἐγήγερται, ματαία ἡ πίστις ist i has been raised : but if has not been raised, vain *faith 463 which also ye have re- ceived, and wherein ye stand ; 2 by which al- so ye are saved, if ye keep in memory what I preached unto you, unless ye have believed in vain. 3 For I de- livered unto you first of all that which I also received, how that Christ died for our sims according to the scriptures ; 4 and that he was buried, and that he rose again the third day according to the scriptures : 5 and that he was seen of Cephas, then of the twelve: 6 after that, he was seen of above five hundred brethren at once; of whom the greater part re- main unto this pre- sent, but some are fallen asleep. 7 After that, he was seen of James ; then of all the apostles. 8 And last of all he was seen of me also, as of one born out of due time. 9 For Iam the least of the apostles, that am not meet to be called an apostle, because I per- secuted the church of God. 10 But by the grace of God am what I am: and his grace which was be- stowed upon me was not in vain; but I laboured more abun- dantly than they all: yet not I, but the grace of God which was with me. 11 Therefore whe- ther it were I or they, 80 we preach, and so ye believed. 12 Now if Christ be preached that he rose from the dead, how say some among you that there is no resurrection of the dead? 13 But if there be no resurrection of the dead, then is Christ not risen:14 and if Christ be not risen, then is our preaching vain, and your faith zs also vain. 15 Yea, and we are found false witnesses of God; be- cause we have testified of God that he raised up Christ: whom he Taised not up, if so be that the dead rise not. 16 For if the dead rise not, then is not Christ raised: 17 and if Christ > εὐαγγελισάμην L. LTTraw. {— καὶ LTTr[A]. νεκρῶν OTL A, © ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ LTTrAW. * ἔπειτα TA. 8 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. Kev ὑμῖν τινὲς LTTraw. | + καὶ also [L]raw. 4 ἔπειτα T. bh — ἡ LTTrA. m — δὲ LTTraw. © πλείονες i ἐκ 464 be not raised, your faith is vain; ye are yet in your sins. 18 Then they also which are fallen asleep in Christ are perished. 19 If in this life only we have hope in Christ, we are of all men most miserable, 20 But now is Christ risen from the dead, and become the first- fruits of them that slept. 21 For since by man came death, by man came also the re- surrection of the dead. 22 For asin Adam all die, even so in Christ shall all be made a- live. 23 But every man in his own order: Christ the firstfruits ; afterward they that are Christ’s at his coming. 24 Then com- eth the end, when he shall have delivered up the kingdom to God, even the Father ; when he shall have put down all rule and all authority and power. 25 For he must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet. 26 The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death. 27 For he hath put all things under is feet. But when he saith,all things are put under him, it is mani- fest that he is except- ed, which did put all things under him. 28 And when all things shall be subdued unto him, then shall the Son also himself be subject unto him that ane all things under that God may be all in all. 29 Else what shall they do which are baptized for the dead, if the dead rise not at all? why are they then baptized for the dead? 30 and why stand we in jeopardy every hour? 31 I pro- test by your rejoicing which 1 have in Christ Jesus our Lord, I die daily. 32 If after the manner of men 1 have HPOSAKOPINGVOYS “A. XV. ὑμῶνο" ἔτι ἐστὲ ἐν Taic.apapriac.tpoy' 18 ἄρα.καὶ οἱ your [is]; still ye are in your sins, And then those that κοιμηθέντες ἔν χριστῷ ἀπώλοντο. 19 εἰ ἐν τῇ.ζωῇ. ταύτῃ fell asleep in Christ Laban τος If in this life Ρηλπικότες. ἐσμὲν ἐν orange μόνον, ἐλεεινότεροι πάντων ἀν- 2we *have ere Sin hrist ‘only, more miserable than all θρώπων ἐσμέν. men we are. 20 Νυνὶ.δὲ χριστὸς ἐγήγερται ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἀπαρχὴ Βαῦ πο Christ has been raised from among (the] dead, first-fruit τῶν κεκοιμημένων “ἐγένετο. 21 ἐπειδὴ. γὰρ δι᾿ ἀνθρώπου of those fallen asleep he became, For since by man [18] r « " θ ᾽ὔ 4 ὃ 3Μ} 9 θ ’ ᾽ ΄ 99 iA ὁ" θάνατος, καὶ dv ἀνθρώπου avacracicg νεκρῶν. MAS. death, also by man resurrection of Kee dead, yap iv τῷ Addp πάντες ἀποθνήσκουσιν, οὕτως Kai ἐν τῷ ‘for in Adam all die, 80 also in the χριστῷ πάντες ζωοποιηθήσονται. 23 ἕκαστος.δὲ ἐν τῷ. ἰδίῳ Christ all shall be made alive. But each in his own τάγματι: ἀπαρχὴ χριστός, ἔπειτα οἱ " χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ rank: Ethel 3first-fruit ‘Christ, then those of a at παρουσίᾳ. αὐτοῦ" 24 εἶτα τὸ τέλος, ἱ ὅταν ἱπαραδῷ" τὴν his coming. Then the end, when he shall have given up the βασιλείαν τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί, ὅταν καταργήσῃ kingdom tohim ὙΠῸ [15] God and Father; when he shall have Snnubied ~ > \ ‘ ~ > , ‘4 ’ὔ πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν καὶ δύναμιν: 25 δεῖ. γὰ all rule and all authority and ed For it Ls αὐτὸν βασιλεύειν, "ἄχρις" οὗ “ἂν' πάντας τοὺς him to zclen; until he 48 aveput 41 ἐχθροὺς * ὑπὸ τοὺς. πόδας αὐτοῦ. 26 ἔσχατος ἐχθρὸς Karap- enemies under his feet. {The} last enemy an- ~ « , e ‘ a γεῖται ὁ θάνατος. 27 Πάντα.γὰ ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς nulled [is] death. For all things he put in subjection under πόδας.αὐτοῦ" ὅταν.δὲ εἴπῃ Yoru πάντα ὕὑποτέτακται, his feet. But when it be said that all things have been put in subjection, δῆλον Ort ἐκτὸς τοῦ ὑποτάξαντος αὐτῷ τὰ.πάντα" [it is] manifest that [it is]except him who putin subjection to him 811 things. 28 ὕὅταν.δὲ ὑποταγῇ αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα, τότε But when shall have been put in eo tohim 81] things, then ‘cai! αὐτὸς ὁ υἱὸς ὑποταγήσεται τῷ ὕὑποτάαξαντι also “himself ‘the 7Son will be pat in oe to him who put in subjection αὐτῷ τὰ.πάντα, ἵνα ὁ θεὸς τὰ" πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν. tohim all ee that 7may*be ‘God all in all 29 ᾿Επεὶ ri ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν Since what shallthey do who are baptized for the dead εἰ ὅλως νεκροὶ οὐκ ἐγείρονται; τί καὶ βαπτίζονται ὑπὲρ if “αὖ 5411 [Ὁ}6] 7dead “not are raised? why also are they peut for ὑγῶν νεκρῶν" ; 30 τί καὶ ἡμεῖς κινδυνεύομεν πᾶσαν ὥραν; the dead ? Why also ‘arein danger every hour? 31 καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀποθνήσκω, Kl τὴν ἩΜΈΤΕΡΟΝ. καύχησιν, 4 Dally: I die, boasting, 82 εἰ κατὰ ἣν ἔχω ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ. ΡΒ -ἡμῶν. 10) which I have in’ Christ Jesus rd If according te ° + [ἐστίν] is L. τας δ LTTr[A]Ww. LTTrA. *— καὶ [L]tr[a]. ἡ ἄχρι TA. 8 — 7a LTrA. P ἐν χριστῷ ἠλπικότες ἐσμὲν LTTrAW. 4 — ἐγένετο GLTTraw. * + τοῦ (read of the Christ) GLTTraw. t παραδιδοῖ he may give up ν᾿ — av LTTrAW. x + [αὐτοῦ] his (enemies) L. Σ [Ore] L. Ὁ αὐτῶν them GLTTraw. ς ὑμετέραν yOur EGLTTraw. 4 + ἀδελφοί brethren LTTra. XV. fF ΟΝ ΉΤΑΝ Κ᾽: ἄνθρωπον ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ, τί μοι τὸ δὔφελος, man I fought with beasts in Ephesus, what tome the profit, εἰ νεκροὶ οὐκ.ἐγείρονται 3 φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν, if [the] dead are not raised ? We may eat and we may drink; αὔριον.γὰρ ἀποθνήσκομεν. 33 μὴ.πλανᾶσθε" φθείρουσιν ἤθη for to-morrow we die Be not misled : “corrupt Smanners fyvono@’! ὁμιλίαι κακαί. 84 ἐκνήψατε δικαίως, καὶ μὴ *cood Seopa ome Jevil. Awakeup righteously, and “ποῦ ἁμαρτάνετε: ἀγνωσίαν. γὰρ θεοῦ τινες ἔχουσιν" πρὸς ἐντροπὴν 1818; forignorance of αοᾶ some have: to *shame ὑμῖν λέγω." ‘your 1ΒΡ68Κ, 35 AN’! ἐρεῖ τις, Πῶς ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί; ποίῳ But willsay someone, ΗΟ areraised the dead? wii Swhat δὲ σώματι ἔρχονται; 36 'άφρον,, σὺ ὃ σπείρεις, οὐ ‘and body do they come? Fool; *thou *what sowest, ?not ζωοποιεῖται ἐὰν. μὴ ἀποθάνῃ" 37 καὶ ὃ σπείρεις, οὐ TO σῶμα ‘is quickened unless it die. And what thou sowest, notthe body τὸ γενησόμενον σπείρεις, ἀλλὰ γυμνὸν κόκκον, εἰ τύχοι, that shall be thou sowest, but a bare grain, it may be σίτου ἢ τινος τῶν λοιπῶν 38 ὁ.δὲ. θεὸς αὐτῷ δίδωσιν" οὗ wheat or of some one ofthe γχοϑῦ ; and God to it gives σῶμα καθὼς ἠθέλησεν, Kai ἑκάστῳ τῶν σπερμάτων τὸ" ἴδιον a body according as he willed, and toeach of the seeds its own σῶμα. 89 ob πᾶσα σὰρξ ἡ αὐτὴ σάρξ: ἀλλὰ ἄλλη μὲν body. Not every flesh [is}the same flesh, but one ἰσὰρξ' ἀνθρώπων, ἄλλη.δὲ σὰρξ κτηνῶν, ἄλλη. δὲ τ πἰχθύων, flesh of men, and another flesh of beasts, and another a fishes, ἄλλη.δὲ πτηνῶν." 40 καὶ σώματα ἐπουράνια, καὶ and another of birds. And bodies [there are} heavenly, and σώματα ἐπίγεια' “ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρα μὲν ἡ τῶν ἐπουρανίων bodies earthly: but = different [151 the *of the *heavenly δόξα, ἑτέρα δ ἡ τῶν ἐπιγείων. 41 ἄλλη δόξα ἡλίου, *glory, and different that of the ear Ne glory of [the] sun, καὶ ἄλλη δόξα σελήνης, Kai ἄλλη δόξα. aoTipwy' ἀστὴρ and another glory of[the} moon, and another glory of [the] stars; star γὰρ ἀστέρος διαφέρει ἐν δόξῃ. 42 οὕτως καὶ ἡ ἀνάστασις for “from ‘star ‘differs in glory. So 8180 [15] the resurrection τῶν νεκρῶν. σπείρεται ἔν φθορᾷ, ἐγείρεται ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ" ofthe dead. Itissown in ne Tae it is raised in inecrruptipllity. 43 σπείρεται ἐν ἀτιμίᾳ, ἐγείρεται ἐν δόξῃ" σπείρεται ἐν ἀ- Itissown in dishonour, itisraised in glory. Itissown in weak- σθενείᾳ, ἐγείρεται ἐν δυνάμει: 44 σπείρεται σῶμα ψυχικόν, uess, it israised in power. Itissown a*body ‘natural, ἐγείρεται pele πνευματικόν. Piotr σῶμα ψυχικόν, “καὶ one 465 fought with beasts at Ephesus, what ad- vantageth it me, if the dead rise not? let useatand drink ; for to morrow we die. 33 Be not deceived : evil communications corrupt good manners. 34 Awake to righteous- ness, and sin not ; for some have not the knowledge of God: I speak this to your shame. 35 But some maz will say, How are the dead raised up? and with what body do they come? 36 hou fool, that which thou sowest is not quicken- ed, except it die: 37 and - that which thou sow- est, thou sowest not that body that shall be, but bare grain, it may chance of wheat, or of some other grain: 38 but God giveth it a body as it hath pleas- ed him, and’ to every seed his own body. 39 All ἤθε ἐδ not the same flesh: but ihere ts one kind of fiesh of men, another flesh of beasts, another of fishes, and another of birds, 40 There are al- so celestial bodics, and bodies terrestrial: but the glory of the celes- tial 7 one, and the glory of the terrestrial ws another. 41 There is oneglory of the sun, and another glory of the moon, and another glory of the stars: for one star differeth from another star in glory. 42 So 8150 8 the resur- rection of the dead. It is sown in corruption ; it is raised in incor- ruption : 43 it is sown in dishonour; it is raised in glory: it is sown in weakness ; it is raised in power: 44 it is sown a natural body ; it is raised a spiritual body. There it is raised eonoay ‘spiritual : there is a*body ‘natural, and is a natural body, and i Fy A there is a spiritual ἔστιν! σῶμα" πνευματικόν. 45 οὕτως καὶ γέγραπται, body. 45 And so it is there is a *body 1gpiritual, So also it has been written, written, The first man A « Adam was made a liy- Ἐγένετο ὁ πρῶτος BETES ee εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν" ὁ ing soul; 5 the last A- ‘Became ‘the first a*soul ‘living; the damwas made a quick ening spirit. 46 How- ἔσχατος Add εἰς πνεῦμα ΠΝ κοθν 46 ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πρῶτον beit that was not first last Adam a*spir® ‘quickening. But not first [was] which 185 spiritual, © ὄφελος ; ᾿ς . ἐγείρονται, (end the question at profit)Girtra. χρηστὰ GTTraW. Ε λαλῶ LTTrA. h ἀλλὰ TTr. i ἄφρων LTTrA. j δίδωσιν αὐτῷ LTTraw. k — τὸ LTTra. 1 — σὰρξ GLTT: Aw. ο ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. LTTraw. m+ σὰρξ flesh [L}rTra. P + et if Lrtraw. 5 [ἄνθρωπος] 1». 2 πτηνῶν, ἄλλη δὲ ἰχθύων LITrAW. 4 ἔστιν και there is also LTTraw. — σῶμα ἘΠῚ ἘΠ 406 but that which is na- tural: and afterward that which is spiritual. 47 The first man is of the earth, earthy : the second man ts the Lord from heaven. 48 As i the earthy, such are they also that are earthy : and as 7s the heavenly, such are they also that are heavenly. 49 And as we have borne the image of the earthy, we shall also bear the image of the heavenly. 50 Now this I say, brethren, that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God ; nei- ther doth corruption inherit incorruption. 51 Behold, I shew you a mystery; We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be chang- ed, 52 ina moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incor- ruptible, and we shall be changed, 53 For this eorruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality. 54 So when this corruptible shall have put on in- eorruption, and this mortal shall have put en immortality, then shall be brought to pass the saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in vic- tory. 55 O death, where ws thy sting ? O grave, where 18 thy victory ? 56 The sting of death ?gsin; and the strength of sin wt the law. 57 But thanks be to God, which giveth us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ, 58 Therefore, my be- loved brethren, be ye stedfast, unmoveable, always abounding in the work of the Lord, forasmuch as ye know that your labour is not in vain in the Lord. XVI. Now concern- ing the collection for the saints, as I have ΤΡΌΘΕΣΣ ΣΚΕΟΣΕΝ ΘΟ ΤΣ A XV, ΧΥΙ τὸ πνευματικόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ψυχικόν, ἔπειτα τὸ πνευματικόν. the spiritual, but the natural, then the spiritual : 47 ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος ἐκ γῆς, χοϊκός᾽ ὁ δεύτερος ἄν- the first man out of earth, made of dust; the second θρωπος, to κύριος" ἐξ οὐρανοῦ. 48 οἷος ὁ χοϊκός, τοιοῦτοι man, the Lord outof heaven. Such as he madeof dust, such καὶ οἱ χοϊκοί' καὶ οἷος ὁ ἐπουράνιος, τοιοῦτοι καὶ οἱ also[are]those made of dust; and such asthe heavenly [one], such also the ἐπουράνιοι: 49 καὶ καθὼς ἐφορέσαμεν THY εἰκόνα τοῦ heavenly [ones]. Andaccording as we bore the image of the [one] χοϊκοῦ, τφορέσομεν" καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου. made of dust, weshallbear also the image οὗ Π6 [3956] ‘heavenly. 50 Τοῦτο.δέ φημι, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αμα ββασιλείαν Βαύ this LIsay, brethren, that flesh and blood[the} kingdom θεοῦ κλη ἡηρονομῆσαι οὐ- δύνανται," οὐδὲ ἡ φθορὰ τὴν ἀ- of God inherit leannot, nor 2corruption *incor- φθαρσίαν *c\npovopet." ruptibility ‘does *inherit. 51 ᾿Ιδοὺ μυστήριον ὑμῖν λέγω" Πάντες μὲν" τοὺ κοιμηθη- Lo amystery toyou I tell: All Snot ‘we *shall σόμεθα΄ πάντες.δὲ ἀλλαγησόμεθα, 52 ἐν ἀτόμῳ, ἐν fall asleep, but all we shall be changed, in an instant, in [the] ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ, ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι: σαλπίσει.γάρ, twinkling of an eye, at the last for a trumpet shall sound, καὶ ot νεκροὶ δἐγερθήσονται" ἄφθαρτοι, Kai ἡμεῖς ἀλλαγησό- trumpet ; andthe dead Bball beraised incorruptible, and we shall be ‘ A ~ ? ’ ? ΄ μεθα. 53 δεῖ.γὰρ τὸ.φθαρτὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσασθαι ἀφθαρσίαν, changed. For it Rees this corruption to put on incorruptibility, καὶ τὸ.θνητὸν.τοῦτο ἐνδύσασθαι ἀθανασίαν. 54 ὕταν.δὲ τὸ and this mortal to put on immortality. But when φθαρτὸν. τοῦτο ἐνδύσηται ἀφθαρσίαν, Kai τὸ θνητὸν. τοῦτο this jonah shall have put on incorruptibility, and this mortal ἀθανασίαν, τότε γενήσεται ὁ λόγος ὁ γε- immortality, then 5881] come to pass the word that has γραμμένος, Κατεπόθη ὁθάνατος εἰς νῖκος. 55 ἸΠοῦ σου, been written: *Was *swallowed *up ldeath in victory. Where of thee, ΄ \ ~ Yo ~ \ θάνατε. τὸ ὑκέντρον" ; ποῦ σου, “ἀδη," τὸ »vixoc'; 56 Τὸ δὲ O death, the sting ? where of thee, O hades, the victory? Now the κέντρον τοῦ θανάτου ἡ ἁμαρτία: ἡ.δὲ δύναμις τῆς ἁμαρ- sting of death [is] sin, and the BOWED: of sin riac ὁ νόμος" 57 τῷ.δὲ θεῷ χάρις τῷ διδόντι ἡμῖν τὸ νῖκος ἐνδύσηται shall have put on the law; but to God [be]thanks, who gives us the victory διὰ τοῦ.κυρίου.-ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. 58 “Ὥστε, ἀδελφοί. μου by our Lord Jesus Christ. Sothat, my brethren ἀγαπητοί, εὐραῖοι γίνεσθε, ἀμετακίνητοι, περισσεύοντες ἐν τῷ beloved, 106, immovable, spor ae in the ἔργῳ τοῦ κυρίου πάντοτε, εἰδότες ore ὁ. κόπος. ὑμῶν OUK.EOTLY work ofthe Lord always, knowing that your toil is not κενὸς ἐν κυρίῳ. void in([the] Lord. 16 Περὶ. δὲ τῆς Aoyiac τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, ὥσπερ Now concerning the collection which(is]for the saints, as νομήσει Shall inherit L. sleep, but not all &.) L. ¥ φορέσωμεν we should bear Lrtr. dvvarae TTr. χ «Anpo- ¥ — μὲν [L]T Tra. * κοιμηθησόμεθα, ov (read we shall all 4 ἀναστήσονται L. Ὁ νῖκος Und κέντρον transposed LTTr. ς θάνατε O death Lttra. XVI. 1 ΚΟΛΟΣΕΣΙΕΝ TET ACN SS? διέταξα ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Γαλατίας, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς I directed the assemblies of Galatia, 80 also ye ΄ \ , ΄ ; oe « ~ ? ποιήσατε. 2 κατὰ.μίαν σαββάτων. ἕκαστος ὑμῶν παρ do. Every first [day] ofthe week “each Sof*you ‘by « ~ , ͵ « e n Il ? ὃ ~ - ev A ἑαυτῷ τιθέτω, θησαυρίζων ὕ.τι “ἂν εὐοδῶται ἵνα μὴ Thim ‘let *put, treasuring up whatever he may be prospered in, that not ὅταν ἔλθω τότε λογίαι γίνωνται. 3 ὕταν.δὲ παραγένω- when I may come then collections there should be. And when I shall have τ᾿ JAY , ~ ,ὔ [2 μαι, οὗς ἐὰν" δοκιμάσητε Ov ἐπιστολῶν τούτους πέμψω arrived, whomsoever yemay approve by epistles these I will send ἀπενεγκεῖν τὴν χάριν. ὑμῶν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ 4 ἐὰν. δὲ %y to carry your bounty to Jerusalem : andif it be SF; " ~ > Uy 4 > A , 5 “BN , ἄξιον" τοῦ κἀμὲ πορεύεσθαι, σὺν» ἐμοὶ πορεύσονται. εὑ- suitable for me also to go, with me they shall go. 21 Swill σομαι δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὅταν Μακεδονίαν διέλθω" “come ‘but to you when Macedonia Ishall have gone through ; Μακεδονίαν.γὰρ διέρχομαι. 6 πρὸς ὑμᾶς.δὲ τυχὸν παραμενῶ, for Macedonia I do go through, And with you it may be I shall stay, ἢ Kai παραχειμάσω, va ὑμεῖς pe προπέμψητε οὗ ἐὰν or even I shall winter, that ye me maysetforward wheresoever πορεύωμαι. 7 οὐ.θέλω.γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἄρτι ἐν παρόδῳ ἰδεῖν" ἐλπίζω Imay go. ForIwillnot *you ‘now ‘in “passing ‘to7see, %I *hope bOé! χρόνον τινὰ ἐπιμεῖναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ἐὰν ὁ κύριος ᾿ἐπι- τραῦ atime ‘certain to remain with you, if the Lord per- τρέπῃ." ὃ ἐπιμενῶ.δξὲ᾿ ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ ἕως τῆς πεντηκοστῆς" mit. But I shall remain in Ephesus till Pentecost, 9 θύρα.γάρ por ἀνέῳγεν μεγάλη Kai ἐνεργῆς; Kai ἀντι- Fora ΟΟΥ tome has been opened great and efficient, and op- πολλοί. κείμενοι (are) many. posers 10 ’Edy.dé ἔλθῃ Τιμόθεος, βλέπετε ἵνα ἀφόβως γένηται Nowif come *Timotheus, see that without fear he may be πρὸς ὑμᾶς" τὸ.γὰρ ἔργον κυρίου ἐργάζεται, ὡς *eai éyw.' with you; forthe work of[the]) Lord heworks, as even 1. 11 μή τις οὖν αὐτὸν ἐξουθενήσῃ᾽ προπέμψατε.δὲ αὐτὸν *Not “anyone ‘therefore him should despise ; but set forward him ἐν εἰρήνῃ, wa ἔλθῃ πρός |e ἐκδέχομαι.γὰρ αὐτὸν μετὰ in peace, that hemaycome to me ; for I await him with τῶν ἀδελφῶν. 12 Περὶ. δὲ ᾿Απολλὼ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, πολλὰ the brethren. Andconcerning Apollos the __ brother, much παρεκάλεσα αὐτὸν ἵνα ἔλθῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς μετὰ τῶν I exhorted him that he should go to you with the ἀδελφῶν" Kai πάντως οὐκ ἦν θέλημα ἵνα νῦν ἔλθῃ, brethren; and not at all was [his] will that now he should come ; ἐλεύσεται. δὲ bray εὐκαιρήσῃ. 18 ΓΤρηγορεῖτε, στήκετε but he will come when he shall have opportunity. Watch γε; stand fast ἐν πίστει, ἀνδρίζεσθε, πὶ κραταιοῦσθε. 14 πάντα in the faith, quit yourselves like men, be strong. 2411 “things ὑμῶν ἐν ἀγάπῃ γινέσθω. our *in ‘love ‘let be done. 15 Παρακαλῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί: οἴδατε τὴν οἰκίαν Στεφανᾶ, But I exhort you, brethren, (ye know the house of Stephanas, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Axatac, καὶ εἰς διακονίαν τοῖς ἁγίοις that itis “first-fruit +Achaia’s, and "for ‘service ‘tothe ‘saints 467 given order to the churches of Galatia, even so do ye. 2 Upon the first day of the week let every one of you lay by him in store, as God hath prospered him, that there be no gather- ings when I come. 3 And when I come, Wwhomsoever ye shall approve by your let- ters, them will I send to bring your liberal- ity unto Jerusalem. 4 And if. it be meet that I go also, they shall go with me. 5 Now I will come un- to you, when I shall pass through Mace- donia: for I do pass through Mace- donia. 6 And it may be that I will abide, yea, and winter with you, that ye may bring Ime On my journey whithersoever I go. 7 For I will not tee you now by the way ; but I trust to tarry a while with you, if the Lord permit. 8 But I will tarry at Ephesus until Pentecost. 9 For a great door and ef- fectual is opened unto me, and there are many adversaries, 10 Now if Timo- theus come, see that he may be with you without fear: for he worketh the work of the Lord, as I also do, 11 Let no man there- fore despise him: but conduct him forth in peace, that he may come unto me: for [ look for him with the brethren. 12 As touch- ing our brother Apol- los, I greatly desired him to come unto you with the brethren: but his will was not at all to come at this time; but he will come when he shall have conveni- ent time. 13 Watch ye, stand fast in the faith, quit you like men, be strong. 14 Let all your things be done with charity. 15 I beseech you, brethren, (ye know the house of Stephanas, that it is the first- fruits of Achaia, and that they have ad- dicted themselves to the ministry of the [ἂν Ltr. 1 ἐμέ LTr. © ἐὰν Tr. 4 σαββάτου LTTrAW. : Κ κἀγώ LTTrA. ἕξ ἄξιον ἢ LTA. ἱ ἐπιτρέψῃ LTTraw. h γὰρ for GLTTraw. m+ [καὶ] and L. 468 saints,) 16that ye sub- mit yourselves unto such, and to every one that helpeth with us, and laboureth. 17 I am glad of the coming of Stephanas and For- tunatus and Achai- cus: for that which was lacking on your part they have sup- lied. 18 For they ve refreshed my spirit and yours: therefore acknowledge ye them that are such, 19 The churches of Asia salute you. A- quila and Priscilla salute you much in the Lord, with the church that is in their house. 20 All the breth- ren greet you. Greet ye one another with an holy kiss. 21 The salutation of me Paul with mine own hand. 22 If any man love not the Lord Jesus Christ, let him be Anathema Maran- atha. 23 The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. 24 My love be with you all in Christ Jesus. Amen. I POs VRGOePAWNOWTO GS BR. ee ἔταξαν ἑαυτούς" 16 ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ὑποτάσσησθε τοῖς ‘they ?appointed *themselves,) that also ye be subject τοιούτοις, καὶ παντὶ τῷ συνεργοῦντι Kai κοπιῶντι. 17 Xaiow tosuch, andtoeyeryone working with [us]and labouring. Ξ1 3rejoice δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ παρουσίᾳ Στεφανᾶ καὶ "Φουρτουνάτου" καὶ ᾿Αχαϊκοῦ, ταῦ αὖ the coming of Stephanas and ortunatus and Achaicus ; ὅτι τὸ οὑμῶν" ὑστέρημα Pobrou' ἀνεπλήρωσαν᾽ 18 ἀνέπαυ- because your deficiency these filled up. *They *re- σαν γὰρ τὸ ἐμὸν πνεῦμα καὶ TO ὑμῶν. ἐπιγινώσκετε οὖν freshed ‘for my spirit and yours ; recognize therefore τοὺς τοιούτους. 19 ᾿Ασπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι τῆς ᾿Ασίας" such. 5Salute *you ‘the ?assemblies 305 *Asia. ἀσπάζονται" ὑμᾶς ἐν κυρίῳ πολλὰ ᾿Ακύλας καὶ Πρίοσ- 10Salute σοῦ |3in (‘*the}'SLord ?**much 7Aquila "and Pris- 1! ‘ ~ ? > ~ ? Aen ? , κιλλα," σὺν τῇ Kar οἶκον. αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίᾳ: 20 ἀσπάζονται cilla, with the 7in 3their *house ‘assembly. *Salute ὑμᾶς ot ἀδελφοὶ πάντες. ἀσπάσασθε ἀλλήλους ἐν φιλήματι Syou *the *brethren tall. Salute ye oneanother with a *kiss ἁγίῳ. "holy. 21 Ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῷ. ἐμῇ χειρὶ Παύλου" 22 εἴ τις οὐ.φιλεῖ The salutation *by ‘my (Sown] *®hand ‘of ?Paul. If anyone love not τὸν κύριον "Ἰησοῦν χριστόν, ἤτω ἀνάθεμα᾽ papay aba. the Lord Jesus Christ, let him be accursed: Maran atha, e ΄ - , ? fade “ῃἩ ᾽ ε ~ « 28 ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ ped ὑμῶν. 24 ἡ The grace ofthe Lord Jesus Christ [be] with you. ἀγάπη.μου μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. ἀμήν." My love [06] with Zall you in Christ Jesus. Amen. algae Κορινθίους πρώτη ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Φιλίππων, διὰ 2To [516] *Corinthians first written from Philippi, by Στεφανᾷ καὶ Povprovvarov καὶ ᾿Αχαϊκοῦ καὶ Τιμοθέου." Stephanas and Fortunatus and Achaicus and Timotheus, Ἢ ΠΡῸΣ TOYS ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ ENIZSTOAH AEYTEPA.' THE *TO PAUL, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God, and Ti- mothy our brother, nnto the church of God which is at Co- rinth, with all the saints which are in all Achaia: 2 Grace be to you and peace from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. 3 Blessed be God, even the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, the “THE 5CORINTHIANS ?EPISTLE ‘SECOND. ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος ''Incov χριστοῦ" διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ, Paul, apostle of Jesus Christ by will of God, καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφός, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ TY οὔσῃ ἐν and Timotheus the brother, tothe assembly of God which is in Κορίνθῳ, σὺν τοῖς ἁγίοις πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν ὕλῃ τῇ Α- Corinth, with *the *saints tall who are’ in *whole ‘the [of] A- yaig’ 2 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ “θεοῦ" πατρὸς. ἡμῶν καὶ chaia, Grace toyou and peace from God our Father and κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. (the] Lord Jesus : 9 Εὐλογητὸς ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡ μῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Blessed [be] the God and Father of our Lord Jesus 2 Φορτουνάτου LTTrAW. τ Πρίσκα Prisca TTr. [ ν = ~ — the subscription GLTTrW ; Πρὸς Κορινθίους a A. {{]|Τττί Α1. @ 4+ Παύλον τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλον of Paul the Apostle Ε; Πρὸς Κορινθίους β΄ LTTrAW. ᾳ ἀσπάζεται ΤΑ. Ρ αὐτοὶ they LAW. * — ἀμήν ο ὑμέτερον LTTrAW. τ--- χριστοῦ ΤΊΤΑ. 8 — Ἰησοῦν χριστόν LTTrA. + Παύλον of Paul G; — τοὺς EG; Ὁ χριστοῦ Ιησοῦ TTra. ς — θεοῦ Ww. Ir. Il CORINTHIANS. χριστοῦ, ὁ πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ θεὸς πάσης παρακλή- Christ, the Father of comtpassions, and God of all enqouraae. σεως, 4 ὁ παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει. ἡμῶν, εἰς ment; who encourages us in all our tribulation, for τὸ δύνασθαι ἡμᾶς παρακαλεῖν τοὺς ἔν πάσῃ θλίψει, διὰ 2to “be table toencourage those in every tribulation, through τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς παρακαλούμεθα αὐτοὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ the encouragement with which weareencouraged ourselves by θεοῦ" 5 ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ χριστοῦ God. Because agcording as abound the aaa ofthe Christ εἰς ἡμᾶς, οὕτως διὰ “ χριστοῦ περισσεύει καὶ ἡ “παράκλησις togert us, 80 through Christ abounds also *encouragement ἡμῶν. θ εἴτε.δὲ θλιβόμεθα, ὑπὲρ τῆς. ὑμῶν. παρακλήσεως our. But whether we are ἜΡΘΗ (it is] for your encouragement Kai σωτηρίας, *ric ἐνεργουμένης ἐν ὑπομονῇ τῶν αὐτῶν and salvation, os wrought in [the] endurance ofthe same παθημάτων ὧν καὶ ἡμεῖς πάσχομεν" feire παρακαλούμεθα, eninge which 7also ‘we suffer, whether we are encouraged, ὑπὲρ τῆς. ὑμῶν. παρακλήσεως" βκαὶ σωτηρίας" " καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς {it is] for your encouragement and salvation; (and “hope ἡμῶν. βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν" 7 εἰδότες ὅτι "ὥσπερ" κοινωνοί our [15] sure for rH 3) knowing that as partucts ἐστε TOY παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως. 8 Οὐ.γὰρ ye are of the sutterine2, so also of the encouragement. For *not θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, ἰὑπὲρ" τῆς.θλίψεως. ἡμῶν 340 we wish jou ἐς be ἸΕΕΟΚΒΒΙ, brethren, as to our tribulation τῆς γενομένης ἡμῖν" ἐν τῇ Acia, ὅτι καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν ᾿ἐβαρή- which happened tous in Asia, that excesssxely we were θημεν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν," ὥστε ἐξαπορηθῆναι.ἡμᾶς καὶ τοῦ.ζῇν᾽" burdened beyond Cour] Bere so as for us to despair even of living. 9 πάλλὰ" αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχή- But ourselves in ourselves the sentence of death we have καμεν, ἵνα μὴ.πεποιθότες. ὦμεν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ had, that we should not have trust in ourselves, but in θεῷ τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 10 ὃς ἐκ τηλικούτου θανάτου God γῆο raises the dead ; who from so great a death πἐξῤῥύσατο" ἡμᾶς “καὶ ῥύεται." εἰς ὃν ἠλπίκαμεν Port καὶ delivered us and does feliveny in whom we have Rope that also ἔτι ῥύσεται, 11 συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν still he will EGS labouring togenher 2also tye for us τῇ δεήσει. ἵνα ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων TO εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα by supplication, that by many, persons the *towards *us Aeift διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστηθῇ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. 12 ‘H *through pray, supe Το pankesizing for us. yap καύχησις.ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν, τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως Hos our boasting this is, the testimony of *conscience ἡμῶν, ὅτι ἐν ἁπλότητι! καὶ τεϊλικρινείᾳ" " θεοῦ, οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ tour, that in sunplicity and nincesity of God, (not in owinion σαρκικῇ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ, ἀνεστράφημεν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, 1fleshly, but in grace of God,) we had per. conduct in the world, περισσοτέρως. δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 13 od-yap ἄλλα γράφομεν and more abundantly towards you. For not other things do we write *might ὃ d + τοῦ the GLTTraw. © τῆς ἐνεργουμένης. f εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα .... σωτηρίας placed. after v ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν LTrAW. b ὡς LTTrTAW. i περὶ LTTr. K — ἡμῖν LITrAW. τὰ ἀλλ᾽ 1, 2 ἀρύσατο Tr. 9 ἁγιότητι holiness LTTra. T εἰλικρινίᾳ τ. 8 + τοῦ LTTrAW. βρινιᾳ 409 Father of mercies, and the God of all com- fort ; 4 who comfort- eth us in all our tri- bulation, that we may be able to comfort them which are in any trouble, by the com- fort wherewith we ourselves are comfort- edof God. 5 Foras the sufferings of Christ abound in us, so our consolation also a boundeth by Christ. 6 And whether we be afflicted, it 7s for your consolation and sal- vation, which is ef- fectual in the endur- ing of the same suffer- ings which we also suffer : or whether we be comforted, ἐξ zs for your consolation and salvation. 7 And our hope of you 7 sted- fast, knowing, that as ye are partakers of 16. sufferings, 80 shall ye be also of the consolation. 8 For we would not, brethren, have you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia, that we were pressed out of measure, above strength insomuch that we despaired even of life: 9 but we had the sentence of death in ourselves, that w3 should not trust in ourselves, but in God which raiseth the dead: 10 who delivered us from so great a death, and doth deliver: in whom we trust that he will yet deliver us ; 11 ye also helping to- gether by prayer for us, that for the gift bestowed upon us by the means of many persons thanks may be given by many on our behalf, 12 For our rejoicing is this, the testimony of our conscience, that in simplicity and godly sincerity, not with fleshly wisdom, but by the grace of God, we have had our conver- sation in the world, and more abundantly {9 you-ward. 13 For we write none other things unto you, than - πάσχομεν placed ajter παρακλήσεως GT. & — Kat gampias GT. l ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν LTTrA. ο καὶ ῥύσεται and will deliver [L]rtra. P [ore] Ltr. 470 what ye read or ac- knowledge; andI trust ye shall acknowledge even to the end; 14 as also ye have acknow- lJedged us in part, that we are yourrejoicing, even as ye also are ours in the day of the Lord Jesus. 15 And in this confidence I was minded to come unto you before, that ye might have a se- cond benefit; 16 and to pass by you into Macedonia, and to come again out of Macedonia unto you, and of you to be brought on my way to- ward Judwa. 17 When I therefore was thus minded, did J use lightness ? or the things that I purpose, do I purpose accord- ing to the flesh, that with me there should be yea yea, and nay nay? 18 But as God ts true, our word to- ward you was not yea and nay. 19 For the Son of God, Jesus Christ, who was preached among you by us, even by me and Silvanus and Timo- theus, was not yea and nay, but in him was yea. 20 For all the promises of God in him are yea, and in him Amen, unto the glory of God by us. 24 Now he which sta- blisheth us with you in Christ, and hath anointed us, ws God; 22 who hath also seal- ed us, and given the earnest of the Spirit in our hearts. 23 Moreover I call God for a record upon my soul, that to spare you I came not as yet unto Corinth. 24 Not for that we have do- minion over your faith, but are helpers of your joy: for by faith ye stand. II. But I determined this with myself, that I would not come again to you in heaviness. 2 For if I make you sorry,who is hethenthat maketh 126 glad, but the same ΠΡΟΣ KO PAE NO VOY > BB. ΤῊΝ. « ~ t ἰλλ᾽ bal cay > , n ‘ , , 3 , ὑμῖν ta ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε, ἢ Kai ἐπιγινώσκετε, ἐλπίζω. δὲ to you but what ye read, or even recognize ; and I hope « Υ͂ sy EX ? , ‘ ‘ > , ὁτι καὶ" ἕως τέλους ἐπιγνώσεσθε, 14 καθὼς καὶ ἐπέ- that even to [the] end ye will recognize, according as also ye did γνωτε ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ μέρους, br καύχημα ὑμῶν ἐσμεν, καθάπερ recognize us in part, that *your*boasting ‘we7are, even as καὶ ὑμεῖς ἡμῶν ἐν TH ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Τησοῦ. 15 Kai also ye [are] ours in the day ofthe Lord Jesus. And ’ ~ θ , ? λ , Χχ 4 c ~ ? ~ , TT ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει ἐβουλόμην “πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν πρότερον, with this confidence I purposed 3.0 *you 'to?come previously, ἵνα δευτέραν χάριν γἔχητε" 10 καὶ Ov ὑμῶν διελθεῖν" that asecond favour ye might have ; and by you _ to pass through ᾽ , ‘4 ’ > A , ’ ~ A « ~ εἰς Μακεδονίαν, καὶ πάλιν ἀπὸ Μακεδονίας ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, to Macedonia, and again from Macedonia tocome _ to you, καὶ Up ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς THY Ἰουδαίαν. 17 τοῦτο.οὖν and by you tobesetforward to Judea. This therefore βουλευόμενος," μή τι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην ; ἢ ἃ purposing, Sindeed Slightness ‘did*I*use? or what βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα παρ᾽ I purpose, according to flesh 401 purpose, that there should be with ? 3 A ‘ , 4 4 n » ΔῊ c , ev ες ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ ναί, καὶ τὸ οὗ οὔ; 18 πιστὸς δὲ ὁ θεός, ὅτι ὁ me yea yea, and nay nay ὃ Now faithful God [is], that λόγος ἡμῶν ὁ πρὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ Yéyévero" vai καὶ οὔ" 19 ὁ. “γὰρ our word to you *not lwas yea and nay. For the τοῦ θεοῦ" υἱὸς VInoove χριστὸς" ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν Ov ἡμῶν κη- “of Ξ6 οὔ ‘Son, Jesus Christ, whoamongyou by us was » 3... ~ A ~ " , ᾽ ? a ‘ ρυχθείς, δι’ ἐμοῦ Kai Σιλουανοῦ καὶ Τιμοθέου, οὐκ. ἐγένετο vai proclaimed, (by me and Silvanus and Timotheus,) was not yea ‘ » ᾽ A) ΤῊΣ ? ~ , Ὁ e ‘ 3 , καὶ οὔ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν" 20 ὕσαι. γὰρ ἐπαγγελίαι and nay, but yea in him has been. For whatever proinises θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί, kai ἐν αὐτῷ" τὸ ἀμήν, of God [there are], in him [15] ὑῃ9 yea, and in τῷ θεῷ πρὸς δόξαν dt ἡμῶν. 21 ὁ δὲ him the en, βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν Sto*God ‘for “glory by us. Now he who confirms us with ὑμῖν εἰς χριστόν, Kai χρίσας ἡμᾶς, θεός" 22 ὁ καὶ σῴφραγι- you unto Christ, and anointed us, [is] God, who also sealed σάμενος ἡμᾶς, καὶ δοὺς τὸν ἰἀῤῥαβῶνα" τοῦ πνεύματος ἐν us, and gave the earnest of the Spirit in ταῖς.καρδίαις. ἡμῶν. our hearts. 23 ᾿Εγὼ.δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ButI “as “witness *God 1641] upon my ψυχήν, ore φειδόμενος ὑμῶν οὐκέτι ἦλθον εἰς Κόρινθον" soul, that sparing you notyet didIcome to Corinth. 24 οὐχ Ore κυριεύομεν ὑμῶν THC πίστεως, ἀλλὰ συνεργοί Not that weruleover your faith, but fellow-workers ἐσμεν τῆς.χαρᾶς.ὑμῶν, τῇ-.γὰρ.πίστει ἑστήκατε. Q Expwwa.dé are of your joy: for by faith ye stand. But I judged ἐμαυτῷ τοῦτο, TO μὴ πάλιν BEhOsiv ἐν λύπῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς." with myself this, not again tocome in grief to you. 2 εἰ. γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, καὶ τίς orw' ὁ εὐφραίνων pe, εἰ. μὴ t [ἀλλ᾽ L; ἀλλὰ Μ΄. πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν LTTrA ; πρό. ἐλθ. πρὸς ὑμᾶς W. 8 βουλόμενος LTTrAW. ε διὸ καὶ δι᾽’ αὐτοῦ wherefore also through him LTtTraw. & ἐν λύπῃ πρὺς ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν GLTTrAW. ᾿Ιησοῦς τ. Forif I grieve you, 7also'who isit that gladdens me, except ν — καὶ LTTrA. * + ἡμῶν (read our Lord) [L]TA. “5 πρότερον Υ σχῆτε TTrA. 2 ἀπελθεῖν tO pass On L. Ὁ ἔστιν iS LTTrAW. © τοῦ θεοῦ yap LTTrAW. 4 χριστὸς f dpaBova LT. h — ἐστιν LTTrAW. ΤΙ. FilyG@ORENTHIANS. « x , ? ? aa Sy Ἂν it «Ὁ ἢ ~ > , ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ; 8 καὶ ἔγραψα ἰὑμῖν" τοῦτο αὐτό, hewho is grieved by me? And Iwrote toyou this same, ἵνα.μὴ ἐλθὼν λύπην ἔχω" ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἔδει με lest havingcome grief ΤΙ might have from [those] of whom it behoves me χαίρειν' πεποιθὼς ἐπὶ πάντας ὑμᾶς, Gre ἡ. ἐμὴ.χαρὰ to rejoice ; trusting in 3411 ‘you, that my joy (that) , « - ? > 4 ~ , \ ~ πάντων ὑμῶν ἐστιν. 4 ἐκ.γὰρ πολλῆς θλίψεως Kai συνοχῆς 308. 51 ‘you lis. Foroutof much tribulation and distress καρδίας ἔγραψα ὑμῖν διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων, οὐχ ἵνα λυπη- ΟΥ̓ βρασὺ Iwrote toyou through many tears ; not that ye might Ore, ἀλλὰ THY ἀγάπην ἵνα γνῶτε ἣν ἔχω περισ- be grieved, but “the love ‘that ye might know which I have more , ? « ~ > , φ ? ? 4 σοτέρως εἰς ὑμᾶς. 5 Eide τις λελύπηκεν, οὐκ ἐμὲ abundantly towards you. But if anyone has grieved, snot me λελύπηκεν, ἀλλ᾽" ἀπὸ.μέρους, ἵνα μὴ ἐπιβαρῶ, πάντας ‘he “has *grieved, but in part (that I may not overcharge) all ὑμᾶς. Θ ἱκανὸν τῷ.τοιούτῳ ἡ. ἐπιτιμία.αὕτη ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν you. Sufficient tosuch a one [is] this rebuke which [is] by the πλειόνων 7 ὥστε τοὐναντίον μᾶλλον" ὑμᾶς χαρίσασθαι greater part ; so that on the contrary - rather ye should forgive καὶ παρακαλέσαι, μήπως τῇ.περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ κατα- and encourage, lest with more abundant grief should be swal- ποθῇ o.rowvroc. ὃ διὸ παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς κυρῶσαι εἰς lowed up such a one. Wherefore I exhort you toconfirm *towards αὐτὸν ἀγάπην. 9 εἰς. τοῦτο. γὰρ καὶ ἔγραψα, ἵνα γνῶ shim love. For, for this also did I write, that I might know τὴν δοκιμὴν ὑμῶν, εἰ εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε. 10 ᾧ.δὲ {86 proof of you, if to everything obedient ye are. But to whom τι χαρίζεσθε, "καὶ ἐγώ"" καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ i τι κεχάρισ- anything ye forgive, also I; for also I if anything I have for- ΑΛ , ε ~ , ~ μαι, ᾧ κεχάρισμαι," δ ὑμᾶς,ἐν προσώπῳ χριστοῦ, given, of whom I have forgiven, [15] forsakeof you, in{the] person of Christ ; ll ἵνα μὴ-πλεονεκτηθῶμεν ὑπὸ τοῦ σατανᾶ" οὐ.γὰρ αὐτοῦ that we should not be overreached by Satan, for not of his Ta νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν. thoughts are we ignorant. 12 ᾿Ελθὼν.δὲ εἰς τὴν PTowdda' εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ ς 7 0 ς ey. Now having come to Troas for the gladtidings of the χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας por ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν κυρίῳ, 18 οὐκ Christ, also adoor tome having been opened in [the] Lord, =not ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ-πνεύματί.μου τῷ. μὴ.εὑρεῖν.με Τίτον τὸν ΣῊ d ease in wy spirit at my not finding Titus ἀδελφόν. μου: ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς, ἐξῆλθον εἰς Μακε- my brother ; but having taken leave of them, Iwentout to Mace- doviay. 14 Τῷ. δε.θεῷ χάρις τῷ πάντοτε θριαμβεύοντι donia. But to God [be] thanks, who always leads in triumph ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ χριστῷ, Kai THY ὀσμὴν τῆς γνώσεως αὐτοῦ us in the Christ, and the odour of the owledge of him φανεροῦντι δι ἡμῶν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ. 15 ὅτι χριστοῦ makes manifest through us in every place. For oft Christ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ θεῷ ἐν τοῖς σωζομένοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀπολ- asweetperfume weare toGodin those being saved and in those perish- λυμένοις" 16 οἷς.μέν, ὀσμὴ 4Oavarov εἰς θάνατον: οἷς.δέ, 471 which is made sorry by me? 3 And I wrote this same unto you lest, when I came, I should have sorrow from them of whom I ought to rejoice; hay- ing confidence in you all, that my joy is the joy of you all. 4 For out of much affliction and anguish of heart I wrote unto you with many tears ; not that ye should be grieved, but that ye might know the love which [have more abundant- ly unto you. 5 Butif any have caused grief, he hath not grieved me, but in part: that I may not overcharge you all. 6 Sufficient to such a man 185 this punishment which was inflicted of many. 7 So that contrariwise ye ought rather to for- give him, and comfort him, lest perhapssucha one should be swallow- ed up with overmuch sorrow. 8 Wherefore I beseech you that ye would confirm your love toward him. 9 For to this end also did I write, that I might know the proof of you, whether ye be obedient in all things. 10 To whom ye forgive any thing, I /forgive also: for if I forgave any thing, to whom I forgave it, for your sakes forgave I it in the person of Christ ; 11 lest Satan should get an advantage of us: for we are not ig- norant of his devices. 12 Furthermore,when I came to Troas to preach Christ’s gospel and a door was opened unto me of the Lord, 13 I had no rest inmy spirit, because I found not Titus my brother: but taking my leave of them, I went from thence into Macedo- nia. 14 Now thanks be unto God, which always causeth us to triumph in Christ, and maketh manifest the savour of his know- ledge by us in every place. 15 For we are unto God a sweet sa- your of Christ, in them that are saved, and in them that pe- ing; to the ones, anodour ofdeath to death, but tothe others, rish: 16 to the one we i — ὑμῖν LTTrAW. k σχῶ ΤΊτΑ. 1 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. m [μᾶλλον] Tra. ἢ κἀγώ. LTTraw. ο ὃ κεχάρισμαι, εἴ TL κεχάρισμαι GLTTrAW. P Τρῳάδα LT. q+ ἔκ (read from death) LTTra. 472 are the savour of death unto death; and to the other the savour of life unto life. And who 8 sufficient for these things ? 17 For Wwe are not as many, which corrupt the word of God: but as of sincerity, but as of God, in the sight of God speak we in Christ. Ill, Do we begin again to commend ourselves ? or necd we, as some others, epis- tles of commendation to you, or letters of commendation from you? 2 Ye are our epistle written in our hearts, known and read of all men: 3for- asmuch as ye are man- ifestly declared to be the epistle of Christ ministered by us, written not with ink, but with the Spirit of the living God; not in tables of stone, but in fleshy tables of the heart. 4 And such trust have we through Christ to God-ward : 5 not that we are sufficient of our- selves to think any thing as of ourselves; but our sufficiency 7s of God; 6 who also hath made us able ministers of the new testament ; not of the letter, but of the spi- rit: for the letter kill- eth, but the spirit giveth life. 7 But if the ministration of death, written and en- graven in stones, was glorious, so that the children of Israel could not stedfastly behold the face of Mo- sos for the glory of his countenance ; which glory was to be done away: 8 how shall not the ministration of the spirit be rather glorious? 9 For if the ministration of condemnation be glo- ry, much more doth the ministration of ΠΡῸΣ KOPINOIOYS OB. II, III. ὀσμὴ 4 ζωῆς εἰς ζωὴν. καὶ moog ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός: an odour pes life to life ; and for these things who[is] poMiperelive 17 οὐ.γά ἐσμεν ὡς οἱ πολλοί, καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον For “ποὺ ‘we ?are as the many, making gain by corrupting the word τοῦ θεοῦ, "ἀλλ᾽! we ἐξ "εἰλικρινείας," ἀλλ᾽ we ἐκ θεοῦ, ἱκατ- of God, but as οὗ sincerity, but as of God, be- ἐνώπιον" ὑτοῦ" θεοῦ, ἐν χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν. fore God, in Christ wespeak. 3 ᾿Αρχόμεθα awe ἑαυτοὺς Youvicraven"; δεῖ! μὴ χρύή- Do we begin again ourselves to commend ? ess we ζομεν, We* τινες, συστατικῶν" ἐπιστολῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἢ ἐξ need, as some, i a aoalaee | ΒΡΊΞΟΙΕΣ to you, or *from ὑμῶν συστατικῶν"; 2 ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν ὑμεῖς ἐστε, *tyyeypap- you Pcearuar en (Fones]? Our epistle are, having been μένη! ἐν ταῖς. καρδίαις ἡμῶν, τίν εδ εν ἡ καὶ ἀναγινω- inscribed in our hearts, being known and being σκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων avOowrwy 3 φανερούμενοι ὅτι ἐστὲ read by all men, being manifested that we are ἐπιστολὴ χριστοῦ διακονηθεῖσα ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν, "ἐγγεγραμμένη" 7epistle hrist’s, ministered by us ; avig been inscribed, ov μέλανι, ἀλλὰ πνεύματι θεοῦ ζῶντος, οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν ποὺ withink, but with(the] Spirit of "6 οὔ [86] “living; not on tablets λιθίναις, adr’! ἐν πλαξὶν “καρδίας! σαρκίναις. 4 ἸΤεποί- of stone, but on “tablets %of [*the]Sheart ‘fleshy. 7Confi- Onow δὲ τοιαύτην ἔχομεν διὰ τοῦ χριστοῦ πρὸς τὸν θεόν" dence Sand such have we ene the Christ towards God: 5 οὐχ Ore Tixavot ἐσμεν ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν λογίσασθαί τι! we ἐξ not that Compe yee we are from ourselves toreckon anythingas of οἑαυτῶν," ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ἱκανότης.ἡμῶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ; 6 ὃς καὶ ourselves, but our competency [15] of God ; who also (KAY WOEV ἡμᾶς διακόνους καινῆς διαθήκης, οὐ γράμ- made “competent ‘us [88] servants of anew covenant; not of let- ματος, ἀλλὰ πνεύματος" τὸ.γὰρ γράμμα 'ἱἀποκτείνει," τὸ. δὲ ter, but of Spirit ; for the letter kills, but the πνεῦμα ζωοποιεῖ. 7 ἘΠ δὲ ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου ἐν 8ypap- Spirit qniskeng. Butif the service of death in let- μασιν, ἐντετυπωμένη ev" λίθοις, ἐγενήθη ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε ters, having been engraven in stones, was produced with glory, soas μὴ. «δύνασθαι ἀτενίσαι τοὺς υἱοὺς ᾿Ισραὴλ εἰς τὸ πρόσω- not “to 706 5816 *to '°look "intently ὕπο ?children %of *Israel into the face πον ἹΜωσέως,, διὰ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ προσώπου.αὐτοῦ, τὴν of Moses, on account of ὑπὸ glory of his face, which καταργουμένην" ὃ πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ πνεύμα- is being annulled ; how ποῦ rather the service ofthe Spirit τος ἔσται ἐν δόξῃ; 9 εἰ. γὰρ ξὴ διακονία! τῆς κατακρίσεως shallbe in glory? Forif the _ service of condemnation [be] δόξα, πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης righteousness exceed glory, much rather abounds the _ service of righteousness in glory. 10 Foreven 1» | 9, ἜΝ ΤῸΝ το , that which was made 'év' δόξῃ. 10 καὶ. γὰρ “ovdé δεδόξασται τὸ glorious had no glory in glory. Foreven neither "has *been °made '°glorious *that which 4 + ἐκ (read from life) Lrrra. τ ἀλλὰ Tr. 5 εἰλικρινίας T. τ κατέναντι LTTrA. ἃ τοῦ LIM[A]. “ συνιστᾶν Ltr. τ ἣ (read or need we) GLTTraA. ἃ - [πέρ] 1. Y συνσ- Tr. 2 συστατικῶν LITrAW. 5 ἐν- Τ᾿ b ἀλλὰ EGW. c κα δίαις hearts LITrA. 4 ixavot ἐσμεν λογίζεσθαί (λογίσασθαί Aw) τι ag’ ἑαυτῶν LAW ; © αὐτῶν them Ltr. » — ἐν (read λίθοις On stones) LTTraAW. τι TTr. service LTTr. 1 — ἐν (read δόξῃ in glory) Lrtra. ἀφ᾽ ἑαντῶν ἱκανοί ἐσμεν λογίσασθαί f ἀποκταίνει τ,; ἀποκτάννει TTrA. 8 γράμματι writing Lira. i Μωύσέως GLITrAW. τῇ διακονίᾳ with the ™ οὐ ποῦ GLTTrAW. BES FV: Peleg. C0, LN) TjHel ACN)S. δεδοξασμένον ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει, 7has *been °made ®glorious in this βαλλούσης δόξης. 11 εἰ. γὰρ passing glory. πέμεκεν" τῆς ὑπερ- respect, on acogunt of the sur- τὸ καταργούμενον διὰ For if that which is being annulled [was] through δόξης, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὸ μένον ἐν δόξῃ. 12 Ἔχοντες glory, much rather that which remains [15] in a Having οὖν τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα, πολλῇ παῤ ῤῥῥησίᾳ χρώμεθα 18 καὶ therefore such hope, much oldness we use: and οὐ καθάπερ “Μωσῆς" ἐτίθει ἜΣ; πα ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσωπον Ῥέαυ- not according as Moses put a veil on the face of him- TOU," πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἀτενίσαι τοὺς υἱοὺς ᾿Ισραὴλ εἰς τὸ τέλος self, for Snot *to 7look *intently *the 7sons “of*Israel to the end ~ , A, q ? 1] ? , 4 ’ >? ~ τοῦ Karapyoupévov' 14 “ἀλλ᾽ ἐπωρώθη τὰ.νοἡματα.αὐτῶν. of that bee annulled. But were hardened their thoughts, ἄχρι. γὰρ τῆς σήμερον τὸ αὐτὸ κάλυμμα ἐπὶ Τῇ ἀναγνώσει for unto the present the same veil αὖ the reading τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης μένει, μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, 86 τι" of the old covenant remains, not unveiled, which ἐν χριστῷ καταργεῖται: 15 ἀλλ᾽ ἕως σήμερον, ἡνίκα ‘ava- in Christ is being annulled. But unto this ay, when is γινώσκεται! οΜ ωσῆς," κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν. καρδίαν. αὐτῶν κεῖται" read Moses, a vei upon their heart lies. 16 nvika’S dv" ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς κύριον, περιαιρεῖται τὸ But when it shall have turned to {{86] Lord, is taken away the κάλυμμα. 17 Ὁ δὲ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ior’ οὗ. δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα veil. Now the Lord the _ Spirit is; and where the Spirit κυρίου, Wéxei'! ἐλευθερία. 18 ἡμεῖς.δὲ πάντες ἀνακεκα- of [the] Lord [is], there [is] freedom. But we all with un- λυημεμενιῳ αρυσώπῳ τὴν δόξαν κυρίου κατοπτριζόμενοι, 186 glory of [the] Lord beholding as in a mirror, [10] τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν, the same image are being transformed from glory to glory, καθάπερ ἀπὸ κυρίου πνεύματος. evenas from([the) Lord ([the) Spirit. 4 Διὰ τοῦτο ἔχοντες τὴν.διακονίαν. ταύτην, Therefore, having this service, καθὼς ἡἠλεή- according as we re- ovK.*éxxaxouper’'! 2 Τἀλλ᾽" ἀπειπάμεθα τὰ κρυπτὰ we faint not. But we renounced the hidden things THC αἰσχύνης, μὴ περιπατοῦντες ἐν πανουργίᾳ μηδὲ δολοῦν- of shame, not walking in craftiness, nor falsify- τες τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τῇ φανερώσει τῆς ἀληθείας ing the word of God, but by manifestation of the truth Z6uVioT@YTEC! ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων commending ourselves to every conscience of men ἐνώπιον Tov θεοῦ. 8 EHi.dé καὶ ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγ- before God. But if also is veiled poled γέλιον ἡμῶν, ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον" 4 ἐν idings ‘our, in those porehing it is veiled; in οἷς ὁ θεὸς τοῦ.αἰῶνος. τούτου ἐτύφλωσεν τὰ νοήματα τῶν whom the god of this age blinded the thoughts of the ἀπίστων, εἰς.τὸ μὴ αὐγάσαι "αὐτοῖς" τὸν φωτισμὸν τοῦ unbelieving, soas not tobeam Του ἴο them the radiancy of the θημεν, ceived mene: 473 in this respect, by rea- son of the glory that excelleth. 11 For if that which is done a- way was _ glorious, much more that which remaincth is glorious. 12 Seeing then that we have such hope, we use great plainness of hae : 13and notas oses, which puta vail over his face, that the children of Israel could not stedfastly look to the end of that which is abolished : 14 but their minds were blinded: for un- tilthis day remaineth the same vail untaken away in the reading of the old testament ; which vail is done a- way in Christ. 15 But even unto this day, when Moses is read, the vail is upon their heart, 16 Nevertheless when it shall turn to the Lord,the vail shall be taken away. 17 Now the Lord is that Spirit: and where the Spirit of the Lord is, there is liberty. 18 But we all, with open face behold- ing as in a glass the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord. IV. Therefore see- ing we have this min- istry, as we have re- ceived mercy,we faint not; 2 but have re- nounced the hidden things of dishonesty, not walking in crafti- ness, nor handling the word of God deceit- fully; but by mani- festation of the truth commending ourselves to every man’s con- science in the sight of God. 3 But if our gos- pel be hid, it is hid to them that are lost: 4 in whom the god of this world hath blinded the minds of them which believe not, lest the light of the glorious gospel of C t, who is the image of God, should shine ° Μωῦσῆς GLTTrAW. t + ἡμέρας day LrTraw. * ὅτι that [it] GLrTraw. v δὲ av Tr; δὲ ἐ ἐὰν τοῖν Siow ἐκεῖ LTTrAW. LTTraw. — αὐτοῖς GLTTraw. D εἵνεκεν LTTrA. x eyx- LTTrAW. Ρ αὐτοῦ (read his face) LTraw. ᾳ ἀλλὰ Tr. t ay ἀναγινώσκηται may be read LTTra. Υ ἀλλὰ LITrA. ® συνιστάντες 474 unto them, 5 For we preach not our- selves, but Christ Je- sus the Lord; and our- selves your servants for Jesus’ sake, 6 For God, who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of theglory of God in the face of Jesus Christ. 7 But we have this treasure in earthen vessels, that the excellency of the power may be of God, and not of us. 8 We are troubled on every side, yet not dis- εἰ tressed ; we are per- plexed, but not in de- spair; 9 persecuted, but not forsaken; cast down, but not de- stroyed ; 10 always = Ε about in ἴδ ody the dying o the Lord Jesus, that the life also of Je- sus might be made manifest in our body. 11 For we which live are alway delivered unto death for Jesus’ sake, that the life also of Jesus might be made manifest in our mortal flesh. 12 So then death worketh in us, but life in you. 13 We having thesame spirit of faith, accord- ing as it is written, I believed, and there- fore have I spoken; we also believe, and there- fore speak; 14 knowing that he which raised up the Lord Jesus shall raise up us algo by Jesus, and shall present us with you. 15 For all things are for your sakes, that the abundant grace might through the iving of many redound to She glory of God. 16 For which cause we faint not; but though our outward man perish, yet the inward man is renew- ed day by day. 17 For ς τὸν the E. his glory) L. — μὲν GLTTrAW. LTTraw. 4 Ἰησοῦν χριστὸν L. & — Ἰησοῦ LiTra. 1 O24 KOPINGTOYsS 8. Ly. εὐαγγελίου “τῆς" δόξης τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ gladtidings of the glory of the Christ, who is bye image θεοῦ. 5 οὐ.γὰρ ἑαυτοὺς κηρύσσομεν, ἀλλὰ «χριστὸν “In- of God. For not ourselves do we proclaim, but Christ Je σοῦν" κύριον ἑαυτοὺς.δὲ δούλους ὑμῶν διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦν. sus Lord, and ourselves yourbondmen for the sake of Jesus. 6 ore ὁ θεὸς ὁ εἰπὼν ἐκ σκότους φῶς Aap Wa," ὃς Because [itis] God who spoke outof darkness light toshine, who ἔλαμψεν ἐν ταῖς. καρδίαις. ἡμῶν, πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώ- shone in our hearts, for ie radiancy of the know- σεως τῆς δόξης * προσώπῳ & Incov' SS τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐν ledge ofthe glory of God in [the] face of Jesus 7 ἜἜχομεν.δὲ τὸν.θησαυρὸν.τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρακίνοις σκεύεσιν, But we have this treasure in earthen vessels, ἵνα ἡ ὑπερβολὴ τῆς δυνάμεως yi τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai μὴ ἐξ that the surpassingness of the power may be of God, and not from ε aes ? ‘ , ? ? > , + ἡμῶν" ὃ ev παντὶ θλιβόμενοι, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ στενοχωρούμενοι us: in every tway] oppressed, but not straitened ; ἀπορούμενοι, ἄλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐξαπορούμενοι" 9 διωκόμενοι, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ perplexed, but not utterly ata loss; Pennie but not ἐγκαταλειπόμενοι᾽ καταβαλλόμενοι, τ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι" oes cast down, not eee 10 πάντοτε τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ ae Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι sani the dying ofthe Lord Jesus in the — περιφέροντες, ἵνα Kai ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ ἐν itp roe ἡμῶν bearing about, that also the life of Jesus in 7body tour φανερωθῇ. 11 ἀεὶ. γὰρ ἡμεῖς ot ζῶντες εἰς θάνατον παρα- may be manifested ; for always we who live to death are de=- διδόμεθα διὰ Ἰησοῦν, ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ φανε- livered onaccountof Jesus, that also the life of Jesus may be ρωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν. 12 ὍὭστε ὁ Ἐμὲν" θάνατος manifested in 2mortal flesh es so that death ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργεῖται, ἡ.δὲ ζωὴ ἐν ὑμῖν᾽ 18 ἔχοντες.δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ in us works, and life in you: And haying the same πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, ᾿Ἐπίστευσα, spirit of faith, oe to what has been written, I believed, διὸ ᾿ἐλάλησα, καὶ ἡμεῖς πιστεύομεν, διὸ Kai λαλοῦμεν" therefore Ispoke; 7also ‘we BERENS: therefore also wespeak; 14 εἰδότες ὅτι ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν κύριον" ᾿Ιησοῦν, Kai ἡμᾶς knowing that he whoraisedup the ord Jesus, also. Us Ὡδιὰ Ἰησοῦ ἐγερεῖ, Kai παραστήσει σὺν ὑμῖν. 15 τὰ through Jesus willraise up, and will present with you. yap πάντα ov ὑμᾶς, iva ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα For 41] things [are] for the sake of you, that the grace, abounding διὰ τῶν πλειόνων THY εὐχαριστίαν περισσεύσῃ εἰς THY through the most, *thanksgiving *may *cause toexceed to the δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ. glory of God. 16 Διὸ οὐκ. ἐκκακοῦμεν"" ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ ὁ ἔξω ἡμῶν ἄν- Wherefore we faint not; but if indeed outward θρωπος διαφθείρεται, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ Ῥἔέσωθεν" ἀνακαινοῦται man is being brought to decay, yet the inward is being renewed © λάμψει shall shine Lrtra. h — κυρίου GLTTraw. τὸ [κύριον] TrA. ; {αὐτοῦ (read i τοῖς σώμασιν bodies τ. 14 καὶ also 1. τ σὺν with LTTrAW. © ἐγκ- ey Ρ ἔσω ἡμῶν (read our inward [man]) LTTr ; ἔσω[θεν] ἡμῶν A. ΤΥΎΞΥ- II CORINTHIANS. ἡμέρᾳ.καὶ ἡμέρᾳ. 17 ro-yap παραυτίκα ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως day by day. Forthe momentary lightness of tribulation ἡμῶν καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς. ὑπερβολὴν αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης tour *excessively *surpassing San eternal weight of glory κατεργάζεται ἡμῖν, 18 μὴ σκοπούντων ἡμῶν τὰ ββλεπό- works out for us ; “not considering we the things seen, ? ᾿ Sy ᾿ , - 5) 3 , μενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα: τὰ.γὰρ βλεπόμενα but the things not seen ; for the things seen {are} πρόσκαιρα. τὰ. δὲ μὴ βλεπόμενα αἰώνια. § οἴδαμεν.γὰρ temporary, but the things not seen eternal. For we know ὅτι ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ. οἰκο- that if Zearthly our house of the tabernacle be destroyed, a bnild- δομὴν ἐκ θεοῦ ἔχομεν, οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον, αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς ing from God wehave, ahouse not made with hands, eternal in the οὐρανοῖς. 2 καὶ.γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ στενάζομεν, τὸ. οἰκητήριον. ἡμῶν heavens. For indeed in i we groan, our dwelling TO ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἐπιποθοῦντες" 3 “εἴγε" which [15] from heaven to *be *clothed *with longing ; if indeed καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι, οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα. 4 Kai-yap οἱ also beingclothed, - not naked we shall be found. For indeed *who ὄντες ἐν τῷ σκήνει στενάζομεν Baoobpevor τἐπειδὴ οὐ Sare ‘in ‘the *tabernacle ‘we groan being burdened ; since “*not θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι, "ἀλλ᾽" ἐπενδύσασθαι, ἵνα καταποθῇ twe7do wishtobeunclothed, but to be clothed upon, that may be swallowed up τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς. 5 6.6& κατεργασάμενος ἡμᾶς εἰς the mortal by life. | Now he who wrought out us for αὐτὸ.τοῦτο θεός. ὁ ‘kai" δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸν ἀῤῥαβῶνα" τοῦ this same thing [is] God, who also gave tous _ the earnest of the πνεύματος. 6 θαῤῥοῦντες οὖν πάντοτε, καὶ εἰδότες ὅτι Spirit. Being “confident *therefore ‘always, and knowing that ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν TH σώματι ἐκδημοῦμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου" being αὖ home in the body wearefrom home awayfrom the Lord, 7 διὰ.πίστεως. γὰρ περιπατοῦμεν, ov διὰ εἴδους" 8 θαῤῥοῦμεν δέ, (for by faith we walk, not by sight;) weareconfident, Kai εὐδοκοῦμεν μᾶλλον ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος Kai and are pleased rather to befrom home out of the body and ἐνδημῆσαι πρὸς τὸν κύριον. 9 Aw καὶ φιλοτιμούμεθα, tobe athome with the Lord. Wherefore also we are ambitious, εἴτε ἐνδημοῦντες εἴτε ἐκδημοῦντες, εὐάρεστοι αὐτῷ εἶναι. whether being αὖ ποθ ΟΥ̓ being from home, well-pleasing tohim to be. 10 rove-yap.ravrac ἡμᾶς φανερωθῆναι δεῖ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ For all ‘we ‘be manifested *must before the βήματος τοῦ χριστοῦ, ἵνα κομίσηται ἕκαστος τὰ judgment seat of the Christ, that *may ‘receive ‘each the things [done] διὰ τοῦ σώματος, πρὸς ἃ ἔπραξεν, εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε in the body, according to what he did, whether good or ὑκακόν." 11 Εἰδότες οὖν τὸν φόβον τοῦ κυρίου, ἀνθρώπους evil. Knowing thereforethe terror ofthe Lord, smen πείθομεν, θεῷ. δὲ πεφανερώμεθα: ἐλπίζω.δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς ‘we *persuade, but to God we have been manifested, andIhope also in συνειδήσεσιν. ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι. 12 οὐ.“ γὰρ" πάλιν ἑαυτοὺς your consciences to have been manifested. For not again ourselves συνιστάνομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀφορμὴν διδόντες ὑμῖν καυχήματος do wecommend toyou, but occasion aregiving toyou of boasting 478 our light affliction, which is but for a moment, worketh for us a far more exceed- ing and eternal weight of glory; 18 while we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen: for the things which are seen are temporal; but the things which are not seen are eternal. V. For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved, we have a building of God, an house not made with hands, e- ternal in the heavens. 2 For in this we groan, earnestly desiring to be clothed upon with our house which is from heaven: 3 if so be that being clothed we shall not be found naked. 4 For we that are in this tabernacle do groan, being bur- dened : not for that we would be unclothed, but clothed upon, that mortality might be swallowed up of life. 5 Now he that hath wrought us for the selfsame thing «@# God, who also hath given unto us_ the earnest of the Spirit. 6 Therefore we are al- ways confident, know- ing that, whilst we are at home in the bo- dy, we areabsentfrom the Lord: 7 (for we walk by faith, not by sight :) 8 we are con- fident, Jsay, and will- ing rather to be absent from the body, and to be present with the Lord. 9 Wherefore we labour, that, whether present or absent, we may be accepted of him. 10 For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things in his bo- dy, according to that he hath done, whether itt be good or bad 11 Knowing therefore the terror of the Lord, we persuade men; but we are made manifest unto God ; and I trust also are made mani- fest im your con- sciences. 12 For wa commend not our- selyes again unto you, τ ἐφ᾽ ᾧ for that EGLITrAW. 5 ἀλλὰ Tr. 4 εἴ περ ται. π φαῦλον Tir. x — yap for LTTraw. ’ ἀραβῶνα τ. τ--- καὶ LTTrAW. 470 but give you occasion to glory on our be- half, that ye may have somewhat to answer them which glory in appearance, and not in heart. 13 For whe- ther we be beside our- selves, it 1s to God: or whether we be so- ber, tii wis for your cause. 14 For the love of Christ constraineth us; because we thus jud -, that if one died for all, then were all dead : 15 and that he died for all, that they which live should not henceforth live unto themselves, but unto him which died for them, and rose a- gain. 16 Wherefore henceforth know we no man after the flesh: 798, though we have own Christ after the flesh, yet now henceforth know we him no more. 17 There- fore if any man be in Christ, hezs a new crea- ture: old ἘΡΣΩΒΕ ope passed away; behold, all things are become new. 18 Andallthings are of God, who hath reconciled us to him- self by Jesus Christ, and hath given to us the ministry of recon- ciliation; 19 to wit, that God was in Christ, reconciling the world unto himself, not imputing their trespasses unto them ; and hath committed unto us the word of reconciliation. 20 Now then we are ambassa- dors for Christ, as though God did beseech you by us: we pray you in Christ’s stead, be ye reconciled to God. 21 For he hath made him to be sin for us, who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in him, VI. We then, as workers together with him, beseech you also that ye receive not the grace of God in vain. 2 (For he saith, I have heard thee in a time accepted, and in the day of salvation have I succoured thee: be- hold, now δ the ac- cepted time; behold, now is the day of sal- vation.) 3 Giving no offence in anything, that the ministry be ΠΡΙΟΥΣ Se Ke OPP MSN Θ᾽ ΕΟ es eB. ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ἔχητε πρὸς τοὺς ἐν προσώπῳ in behalf of us, that ye may have [such] towards those 7in appearance καυχωμένους καὶ You' καρδίᾳ. 18 εἴτε.γὰρ ἐξέστημεν, *boasting and not in heart. For whether we were beside ourselves, Oem εἴτε σωφρονοῦμεν, ὑμῖν. 14 ἡ.γὰρ ἀγάπη {it was]}toGod; or are sober-minded [it is] for you. For the love τοῦ χριστοῦ συνέχει ἡμᾶς, κρίναντας τοῦτο, ὅτι “el εἷς ὑπὲρ of the Christ constrains us, havingjudged this, that if one *for πάντων ἀπέθανεν, dpa ot πάντες ἀπέθανον' 15 Kai ὑπὲρ Υ͂, VI. 3411 died, then all died ; and for πάντων ἀπέθανεν, iva ot ζῶντες μηκέτι ἑαυτοῖς ζῶ- all he died, that they who live no longer to themselves should σιν, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὕὑὕὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντι καὶ ἐγερθέντι. live, but ἴο Εΐτῃη who for them died and was raised again, 16 ὥστε ἡμεῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν οὐδένα οἴδαμεν κατὰ σάρκα" So that we from now noone know according to flesh; εἰ "δὲ" καὶ ἐγνώκαμεν κατὰ σάρκα χριστόν, ἀλλὰ νῦν butif even we have known according to flesh Christ, yet now οὐκέτι γινώσκομεν. 17 ὥστε εἴ τις ἐν χριστῷ, no longer we know, [him]. καινὴ κτίσις" anew creation: Sothat if anyone[be}in Christ [there is] τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν, ἰδοὺ γέγονεν καινὰ the old things passed away; lo, havebecome new bra.mayra." 18 τὰ δὲ πάντα ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦ καταλλάξαν- all things : and all things [are] of God, who reconciled roc ἡμᾶς ἑαυτῷ διὰ “Ἰησοῦ! χριστοῦ, καὶ δόντος ἡμῖν τὴν us tohimself by Jesus Christ, and gave tous the διακονίαν τῆς καταλλαγῆς" 19 we ὅτι θεὸς ἦν ἐν χριστῷ service of reconciliation : how that God was in Christ [the] κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ, μὴ λογιζόμενος αὐτοῖς τὰ world reconciling to himself, not reckoning to them παραπτώματα αὐτῶν, καὶ θέμενος ἔν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς their offences, and having put in us the word καταλλαγῆς. 20 ὑπὲρ χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν, we of reconciliation. For Christ therefore we are ambassadors, as it were τοῦ θεοῦ παρακαλοῦντος dt ἡμῶν" δεόμεθα ὑπὲρ χριστοῦ, God exhorting by us, we beseech for Christ, καταλλάγητε τῷ θεῷ: 21 rov4yap' μὴ.γνόντα ἁμαοτίαν Be reconciled to God. For him who knew not sin ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν, ἵνα ἡμεῖς “γινώμεθα" δι- *for 8 Sgin the 7made, that we might become right- καιοσύνη θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ. eousness of God in him. 6 ΤΉ Te ἀπ 0 καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν μὴ εἰς κενὸν τὴν But working together 7also we exhort “not *in ‘vain ‘the χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ δέξασθαι ὑμᾶς" 2 λέγει.γάρ, Καιρῷ δεκτῷ ®grace Tof "God ὅἴο ‘°receive ‘you: (for he says, Ina time accepted ἐπήκουσά σου, καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σωτηρίας ἐβοήθησά cov ἰδοὺ νῦν 1 Ἰἰβδίεπδᾷ to thee, and in aday ofsalvation JIhelped thee: lo, now καιρὸς εὐπρόσδεκτος, ἰδοὺ νῦν ἡμέρα σωτηρίας" ὃ μηδεμίαν {the]time well-accepted; behold, now [the]day of salvation :) not one ἐν μηδενὶ διδόντες προσκοπήν, iva sar eg ἡ διακονία" 3in ‘anything “giving offence, that benot blamed the _ service; (lit. nothing) j ‘ ~ La AJ c ~ 4 ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ ἱσυνιστῶντες" ἑαυτοὺς ὡς θεοῦ διάκονοι, but in everything commending ourselves as God’s servants, Υ μὴ ἐν LITr. LTTrAW. * — εἰ LTTrAW. 4 — yap for LTTrAW. irae δὲ but LrTra. 6 γενώμεθα LTTrAW. b— τὰ πάντα ᾿τττλ. 5“ -- Ἰησοῦ f συνιστάντες LTTrAW. iver. PY * CO RAEN Τ ἘΠΕ ΑΝ: ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολλῷ, ἐν θλίψεσιν, ἔν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν στενο- in endurance ‘much, in ing er in necessities, in straits, χωρίαις, 5 ἔν πληγαῖς, ἐν φυλακαῖς, ἐν ἀκαταστασίαις, ἐν in stripes, in fupeonwents, i in commotions, in κόποις, ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις, ἐν νηστείαις, 6 ἐν ἁγνότητι, ἐν γνώσει, labours, in matchings; in fastings, in BEES pee ete, ἐν μακροθυμίᾳ, ἐν χρηστότητι, ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, ἐν ἀγάπῃ Κιηᾶῃι in iene aUeEINE, in 688, in [the] pues *Holy, in love ἀνυποκρίτῳ, 7 ἐν λόγῳ ἀληθείας, ἐν δυνάμει θεοῦ, unfeigned, in [the] word of truth, in [the] power of God; διὰ τῶν ὕπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῶν δεξιῶν Kai ἀριστερῶν, through the arms of righteousness on the right hand and left, 8 διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀτιμίας, διὰ δυσφημίας καὶ εὐφημίας" we through glory and cishonoue, ἙΒΕΟΒΕῚΣ ot report and good report: as πλάνοι, Kai ἀληθεῖς" 9 ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι, καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι" as and true; as being own, and well-known ; ὡς ἀποθνήσκοντες, καὶ ἰδοὺ ζῶμεν we παιδευόμενοι, καὶ as dying, and lo welive; as Gs and μὴ θανατούμενοι: 10 ὡς λυπούμενοι, ἀεὶ. δὲ χαίροντες" we not putto death; as sorrowful, butalways rejoicing; as πτωχοί, πολλοὺς.δὲ πλουτίζοντες ὡς μηδὲν ἔχοντες, Kai ῬΟΟΥ͂, but many enriching ; as nothing having, and πάντα κατέχοντες. allthings possessing. 11 Τὸ. στόμα.-ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, Κορίνθιοι, ἡ Our mouth to καρδία.ἡμῶν memdarvyrac’ our heart has been expanded. στενοχωρεῖσθε.δὲ ἐν τοῖς. σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν. 18 τὴν.δὲ αὐτὴν but ye 819 βίταϊϊΐθῃϑθᾶ in your bowels ; but the same ἀντιμισθίαν. ὡς τέκνοις λέγω, πλατύνθητε Kai ὑμεῖς. [as] recompense, (as tochildren Ispeak,) beexpanded also ye. 14 Μὴ. ee ἑτεροζυγοῦντες ἀπίστοις τίς. γὰρ με- diversely yored with unbelievers; for what par- TOX?) ἀδρζω ξύνν καὶ ἀνομίᾳ; ὃτίς.δὲ" κοινωνία φωτὶ ei Bo righteousness and lawlessness? and what eolomane ight πρὸς σκότος; 165 τίς. δὲ συμφώνησις ᾿χριστῷ! ™poc kBeXiao'; Christ Beliar, has been opened you, Corinthians, 12 ov.crevoxwpsicbe ἐν ἡμῖν, Ye are not straitened in us, with darkness ἢ and what concord ἢ τίς pepi¢ πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου; 16 τίς δὲ lovykara- or what part toabeliever with an unbeliever? and what agree- θεσις) ναῷ θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων ; ™opeic' γὰρ ναὸς θεοῦ ment atemple οὗ God with idols? Oe for atemple of *God πξστεὶ ζῶντος, καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ θεός, Ὅτι ἐνοικήσω ‘are [the] “living, according as “said 1God, αὐτοῖς, καὶ σἐμπεριπατήσω"" καὶ ἔσο τ: αὐτῶν θεός, καὶ them, and walk among [them]; and Iw their God, and αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί Ῥμοι λαός. 17 διὸ WEEAOETE" ἐκ μέσου ney shallbe tome apeople. Wherefore comeout from the midst ἐν I will dwell among αὐτῶν καὶ ἀφορίσθητε, λέγει κύριος, Kai ἀκαθάρτου efthem and _ beseparated, says [the] Lord, and [the] unclean μὴ. ἅπτεσθε. κἀγὼ εἰσδέξομαι ὑμᾶς, 18 καὶ ἔ gone ὑμῖν εἰς touch not, andI_ will receive you; and I willbe toyou for πατέρα, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔσεσθέ por εἰς υἱοὺς καὶ θυγατέρας, λέγει afather, and ye shallbe tome for sons and daughters, says h ἢ τίς or What Se "ἢ 7 χριστοῦ of Curist LTTrA. τ ἡμεῖς We LTTr. 2 ἐσμὲν LTTr, ° ἐν- τὶ, P pov of me LTTr. « BeAcaA Belial Ex. 9 ἐξέλθατε LITrA. 477 not blamed: 4 but in all things approving ourselves as the minis- ters of God, in much patience, in afflictions, in necessities, in dis- tresses, 5 in stripes, in imprisonments, in iu- mults, in labours, in watchings, in fast- ings; 6 by pureness, by knowledge, by long- suffering, by kindness, by the Holy Ghost, by love unfeigned, 7 by the word of truth, by the power of God, by the armour of right- eousness on the right hand and on the left, 8 by honour and dis- honour, by evil report and good report: as deceivers, and yet true; 9 as unknown, and yet well known; as dying, and, behold, we live; as chastened, and not killed; 10as sorrowful, yet alway rejoicing ; as poor, yet making many rich ; as having nothing, and yet possessing all things. 11 O ye Corinthians, our mouth is open unto ἦρι our heart is en- arged. 12 Ye are not straitened in us, but ye are straitened in your own bowels. 13 Now for a recom- pence in the same, (1 speak as unto my chil- dren,) be ye also en- larged. 14 Be ye not un- equally yoked toge- ther with unbelievers : for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness 7 and what communion hath light with dark- ness? 15 and what concord hath Christ with Belial? or what art hath he that be- ieveth with an infi- del? 16 and what a- greement hath the temple of God with idols? for ye are the temple of the living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be my people. 17 Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing ; and I will receive you, 18 and willbe a ! συν- Τὶ, 478 Father unto you, and ye shall be my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty. ὙΠ. Having therefore these promises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all fil- thiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God. 2 Receive us; we have wronged noman, we have corrupted no man, we have defraud- ednoman. 3Ispeaknot this to condemn you: for I have said before, that ye are in our hearts to die and live with you, 4 Great is my boldness of speech toward you, great 7s my glorying of you: I am filled with com- fort, I am exceeding joyful in all our tri- bulation. 5For, when we were come into Mas cedonia, our flesh had no rest, but we were troubled on _ every side; without were fightings, within were fears. 6 Nevertheless God, that comforteth those that are cast down, comforted us by the coming of Ti- tus ; 7 and not by his coming only, but by the consolation where- with he was comfort- ed in you, when he told us your earnest desire, your mourn- ing, yourfervent mind toward me; so that I rejoiced the more. 8 For though I made you sorry with a let- ter, I do not repent, though I did repent: for I perceive that the same epistle hath made you sorry, though it were but for a season, 9 Now I rejoice, not that ye were made sorry, but that ye sor- Towed to repentance: for ye were made sor- ry after a godly man- ner, that ye might re- ceive damage by us in nothing. 10 For godly sorrow worketh re- pentance to salvation not to be repented of : but the sorrow of the world worketh death. 11 For behold this selfsame thing, that ye-sorrowed after a godly sort, what care- fulness it wrought in you, yea, what clear- ΠΡΟΣ KORE LN ΘΙ ΘΙ Ss ἢ; Vit: κύριος παντοκράτωρ. ἢ Ταύτας οὖν ἔχοντες τὰς [086] Lord Almighty. °These “therefore ‘having ἐπαγγελίας, ἀγαπητοί, καθαρίσωμεν ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ παντὸς promises, beloved, we shouldcleanse ourselves from every μολυσμοῦ σαρκὸς Kai πνεύματος, ἐπιτελοῦντες ἁγιωσύνην ἐν defilement offlesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in φόβῳ θεοῦ. fear of God. 2 Χωρήσατε ἡμᾶς" οὐδένα ἠδικήσαμεν, οὐδένα ἐφθείραμεν, Receive us: no one did we wrong, noone. did we corrupt, οὐδένα ἐπλεονεκτήσαμεν. 3 τοὺ πρὸς κατάκρισιν" λέγω" no one did we overreach. Not for condemnation I speak, προείρηκα.γὰρ ὅτι ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις ἡμῶν ἐστε εἰς TO συν- for I have before said that in our hearts ye are, for to die αποθανεῖν καὶ “συζῇν." 4 πολλή μοι παῤῥησία πρὸς together and to live together. Great [15] tome boldness towards ὑμᾶς, πολλή μοι καύχησις ὑπὲῤ ὑμῶν. πεπλήρωμαι great tome boasting I have been filled ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ ἐπὶ πάσῃ TY you, in respect of you; τῇ παρακλήσει. with encouragement ; I overabound with joy at all θλίψει ἡμῶν. 5 Καὶ. γὰρ ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, our tribulation. For indeed, *having “come ‘we into Macedonia, ἠδ , t” ΤΠ] » ς \ ¢ € ~ iD’ ? ‘ ου ἐεμιᾶν ἐἑσχῆκεν AVEOLY ἡ-σαρξ-ημων,. a ἐν TWAVTL *not any Shad Sease ‘our *flesh, but ἱπ every [way] θλιβόμενοι: ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι. 6 ἀλλ’ ὁ being oppressed ; without contentions, within fears. But he who παρακαλῶν τοὺς ταπεινοὺς παρεκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς ἐν TH encourages those brought low encouraged us— God— by the παρουσίᾳ Tirov' ἢ οὐ-μόνον.δὲ ἐν τῇ. παρουσίᾳ. αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ 0 0 «μόνον. τῇ παρουσίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, a coming of Titus ; andnotonly by his coming, but καὶ ἔν τῇ παρακλήσει παρεκλήθη ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν, also by the encouragement with which he wasencouraged asto you; ἀναγγέλλων ἡμῖν τὴν ὑμῶν.ἐπιπόθησιν, τὸν. ὑμῶν.ὀδυρμόν, relating to us your longing, your mourning, \ € ~ ~ « . ? ~ 74 ~ ~ τ τὸν. ὑμῶν. ζῆλον ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ, ὥστε.με μᾶλλον» χαρῆναι. δϑ' τι your zeal for me; soas for me the more to be rejoiced. For εἰ καὶ ἐλύπησα ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ, οὐ.μεταμέλομαι, εἰ καὶ if also I grieved you in 6 epistle, Idonotregret [it], if even μετεμελόμην᾽ βλέπω. γὰρ" ὅτι ἡ.ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη εἰ καὶ πρὸς I did regret ; for I see that that epistle, if even for “ bl , € ~ ~ / ᾽ « ? ΄ ? ? ὥραν ἐλύπησεν ὑμᾶς. 9 νῦν χαίρω, οὐχ Ore ἐλυπήθητε, ἀλλ anhour, grieved you. Now Irejoice, not that ye were grieved, but ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε εἰς μετάνοιαν" ἐλυπήθητε.γὰρ κατὰ θεόν, that ye were grieved to repentance; for ye were grieved δοσογαϊηρ ο God, ἵνα ἐν μηδενὴ ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν. 10 ἡ-.γὰρ Kara that in nothing ye might suffer loss by us, For the “according “to θεὸν λύπη μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἀμεταμέλητον ἵκατερ- *God ‘grief repentance to salvation not to be regretted works yalerau'' 9.08 τοῦ κόσμου λύπη θάνατον κατεργάζεται. out ; but the *of*the ‘world ‘grief death works out. 11 ἰδοὺ. γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ κατὰ θεὸν λυπηθῆναι "ὑμᾶς, ἰδοὺ.γὰρ QUTO.TOUTO τὸ κατα θεὸν ὑπηθῆναι ἕυμας, For lo, this same thing, according to God 7to *have*been ®grieved *you, πόσην κατειργάσατο" " ὑμῖν σπουδήν, ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν, how much 7it *worked ‘out "ἴῃ ὅγοι ‘diligence, but [what] defence, τ πρὸς κατάκρισιν OV LTTrA. * ἐργάζεται WOrKS LTTraW. 5 συνζὴν LTTrA. τ — ὑμᾶς LTTr[A]. Υ-- yap for (L]tr. t ἔσχεν Lir. z + [ἐν] L. Y κατηργάσατο T. Wily VET. If -CORANT HI ANS: ἀλλὰ ἀγανάκτησιν, ἀλλὰ φόβον, ἀλλὰ ἐπιπόθησιν, ἀλλὰ but indignation, but fear, but longing, but ζῆλον, "ἀλλ᾽" ἐκδίκησιν ; ἐν παντὶ συνεστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς zeal, but vengeance! in every [way] ye proved yourselves ἁγνοὺς εἶναι Yév" τῷ πράγματι. 12 ἄρα εἰ καὶ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, Spure 4to7be in the matter. Then if also Iwrote to you, οὐχ ‘eivexev' τοῦ ἀδικήσαντος. οὐδὲ “εἵνεκεν᾽ τοῦ not forthesakeof him who did wrong, nor for the sake of him who ἀδικηθέντος" ἀλλ᾽") “εἵνεκεν! τοῦ φανερωθῆναι τὴν σπουδὴν suffered wrong, but for the sake of *being "manifested “diligence “ὑμῶν! τὴν ὑπὲρ ἰἡμῶν' πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. tyour “which [415] *for *us to you before God. 13 Ata τοῦτο παρακεκλήμεθα ἐπὶ 8 τῇ παρακλήσει On account of this we have been encouraged in encouragement ὑμῶν" περισσοτέρως. δὲ μᾶλλον ἐχάρημεν ἐπὶ τῇ χαρᾷ 1your, and the more abundantly rather we rejoiced at the joy Τίτου, Ort ἀναπέπαυται τὸ.πνεῦμα.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων of Titus, because has been refreshed his spirit by all ὑμῶν: 14 Bre εἴ τι αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κεκαύχημαι, οὐ of you. Because if anything to him about you I have boasted, *not ’ὔ > ? e ’ ᾽ > , ᾿ KkaryoxuvOnyv' ἀλλ᾽ ὡς πάντα ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἐλαλήσαμεν ἯΙ 2was put toshame; but 85 all things in truth we spoke ὑμῖν, οὕτως Kai ἡ καύχησις "yay! ἰὴ! ἐπὶ Τίτου to you, so also the boasting of us which [was] to Titus ἀλήθεια ἐγενήθη" 15 καὶ τὰ. σπλάγχνα.αὐτοῦ περισσοτέρως truth became ; and his bowels more abundantly εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐστιν, ἀναμιμνησκομένου τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν towards you are, remembering the 7ofSall ‘of Syou ὑπακοήν, ὡς μετὰ φόβου Kai τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν. tobedience, how with fear and trembling ye received him. 16 yaiow™ Ore ἐν παντὶ θαῤῥῶ ἐν ὑμῖν. Irejoice that in everything Iamconfident in you. 8 Γνωρίζομεν.δὲ ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοί, τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν But we make known ἴο you, brethren, the grace of God which δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας" 2 ὅτι ἐν πολλῇ has been given in the assemblies of Macedonia ; thatin much δοκιμῇ θλίψεως ἡ περισσεία τῆς.χαρᾶς. αὐτῶν Kai ἡ κατὰ proof οἵ tribulation the abundance of their joy and βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς "τὸν πλοῦτον! τῆς 3deep Spoverty their abounded to the riches ἁπλότητος. αὐτῶν. 3 ὅτι κατὰ δύναμιν, μαρτυρῶ, of their liberality. For according to [their] power, I bear witness, καὶ οὑπὲρ" δύναμιν αὐθαίρετοι, 4 μετὰ πολ- and beyond [their] power [they were] willing of themselves, with much Ane παρακλήσεως δεόμενοι ἡμῶν THY χάριν καὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν entreaty beseeching ofus, *the ®grace 7and *the °fellowship τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους Ῥδέξασθαι. ἡμᾶς"" of the ᾿ζξογζυϊοθ ‘*which ['*was] ‘*for ‘*the saints ‘for 7us 3to *receive. 5 καὶ ov καθὼς ἠλπίσαμεν, 1arNr’'! ἑαυτοὺς ἔδωκαν πρῶ- And not [only] according as we hoped, but themselves they gave first τον τῷ κυρίῳ, καὶ ἡμῖν διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ᾽ 6 εἰς.τὸ παρα- tothe Lord, and tous by [the] will of God. So that 7ex- 479 ing of yourselves, yea, what indignation, yea, what fear, yea, whut vehement desire, yea, what zeal, yea, what revenge! Inall things yehave approved your- selves to be clear in this matter. 12 Where- fore, though I wrote unto you,/ did it not for his cause that had done the wrong, nor for his cause that suf- fered wrong, but that our care for you in the sight of God might appear unto you. 13 Therefore we were comforted in your comfort : yea, and ex- ceedingly the more joyed we for the joy of Titus, because his spi- rit was refreshed by ou all. 14 Forif I ave boasted anything to him of you, I am not ashamed; but as we spake all things to you in truth, even so our boasting, which ἢ made before Titus, is found a truth, 15 And his inward affection is more abundant toward you, whilst he remem- bereth the obedience of you all, how with fear and trembling ye received him. 161 re- joice therefore that I have confidence in you in all things. VEL Moreover, brethren, we do you to wit of the grace of God bestowed on the churches of Macedo- nia; 2 how that ina great trial of affliction the abundance of their joy and their deep po- verty abounded unto the riches of their li- berality. 3 For to their power, I bear re- cord, yea, and beyond their power they were willing of themselves; 4 praying us with much intreaty that we would receive the gift, and take upon us the fel- lowship of the minis- tering to the saints. 5 And this they did, not as we hoped, but first gave their own selves to the Lord, and unto us by the will of God. 6 Insomuch that we desired Titus, that 8 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. ες ἡμῶν Our EG. h μῶν our LTTrAW. τὰ + οὖν therefore E. GLTTraw. ᾳ ἀλλὰ TTr. b — ἐν (read τῷ in the) [L]TTraw. [ὑμῶν you EG. i — δὲ and Lrtraw. 0 τὸ πλοῦτος LTTrA. ° παρὰ LTTrAW. 3 © ἕνεκεν LTTrA. ἕ - δὲ and (in) commencing a sentence at ἐπὶ LTTrAW. K ὑμῶν of you La. 4 ἀλλὰ Tr. !— ἡ τ{τιτ]. Ρ — δέξασθαι ἡμᾶς 4380 as he had begun, so he would also finish in you the same grace also. 7 Therefore, as ve abound in every thing, in faith, and ut- terance, and know- ledge, and in all dili- gence, and in your love to us, see that ye a- bound in this grace also. 8 Lspeak not by commandment, but by oceasion of the for- wardness of others, and to prove the sin- cerity of your love. 9 For ye know the grace of our Lord Je- sus Christ,that,though he was rich, yet for your sakes he became poor, that ye through his poverty might be rich. 10 And hereinI give my advice: for this is expedient for you, who have begun before, not only to do. but also to be forward a year ago. 11 Now therefore perform the doing of it; that as there was a readiness to will, so there may be a, performance also out of that which ye have. 12 Forif there be first a_ willing mind, it is accepted ac- cording to that a man hath, and not accord- ing to that he hath not. 13 For 7 mean not that other men be eased, and ye be bur- dened: 14 but by an equality, that now at this time your abun- dance may bea supply for their want, that their abundance also may be a supply for your want: that there may be equality : 15 as it is written, He that had gathered much had nothing over ; and he that had gathered little had no lack. 16 But thanks δὲ to God, which put the game earnest care into the heart of Titus for ou. 17 For indeed e accepted the exhor- tation; but being more forward, of his own accord he went unto you. 18 And we havesent with him the brother, whose praise ig in the — gospel throughout 8211 the churches; 19 and not that only, but who was alsochosen of the τ ἡμετέρας Of Our EL ~ δόντι gave w. but Lrir[a]. WIPOEAKOPEN 8 DOYS! -B. καλέσαι ἡμᾶς Τίτον, wa καθὼς προενήρξατο, οὕτως καὶ horted ‘we Titus, that according as he before began, sO also ἐπιτελέσῃ εἰς ὑμᾶς καὶ τὴν. χάριν.ταύτην. 7 ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὥσπερ he might complete with you also this grace. But even as ἐν παντὶ περισσεύετε, πίστει, καὶ λόγῳ, καὶ γνώσει, καὶ in every [way} ye abound, in faith, and word, and knowledge, and , Ei i Aas i Ξ : πάσῃ σπουδῇ, καὶ τῇ ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐν me ἀγάπῃ, ἵνα Kai ἐν 5 ? ὙΠ all diligence, andinthe*from *you ‘to ‘love, that also in ταύτῃ τῇ χάριτι περισσεύητε' Bod Kar ἐπιταγὴν λέγω, this grace yeshould abound. Not according to acommand do I speak, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ἑτέρων σπουδῆς Kai τὸ τῆς ὑμετέρας" ἀγάπης but through the 7o0f*others ‘diligence and the 4of “your *love γνήσιον δοκιμάζων 9 ywwoKere-yao τὴν χάριν τοῦ κυρίου ‘genuineness proving. For ye know the grace of *Lord ἡμῶν “Inoov χριστοῦ, ὅτι ov ὑμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν ‘our Jesus Christ, that *for ‘the °sake*of 7you *he *became !°poor πλούσιος ὦν, ἵνα ὑμεῖς τῇ ἐκείνου.πτωχείᾳ πλουτήσητε. ?rich ‘being, that ye by his poverty might be enriched. 10 καὶ γνώμην ἐν τούτῳ δίδωμι; τοῦτο.γὰρ ὑμῖν συμφέρει, And ἃ judgment in this I give, for this for you is profitable, οἵτινες οὐ μόνον τὸ ποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ Kai τὸ θέλειν προενήρ- who not only the doing, but also the being willing began ξἕασθε ἀπὸ.πέρυσι: 11 νυνὶ δὲ καὶ τὸ ποιῆσαι ἐπιτελέσατε, before a year ago, But now also*the doing ‘complete; ὅπως καθάπερ ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν, οὕτως καὶ sothat evenas {there was]the readiness ofthe being willing, so also ἔχειν. 12 Et-yap ἡ προθυμία πρό- the completing out of that [ye] have. Forif the readiness is pre- κειται, καθὸ "ἐὰν ἔχῃ ‘rec εὐπρόσδεκτος, οὐ καθὸ sent, according as *may *have ‘anyone [he is] accepted, not according as > » 1 ᾽ \ ἄλλ a” ε - Υ Sil οὐκ ἔχει. 13 οὐ.γὰρ ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν." δὲ he has not. For (it is] not that to others[there may be] ease, but for you θλίψις" ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἰσότητος, ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ τὸ ὑμῶν TeEpic- pressure, but of equality, in the present time your abun- σευμα εἰς τὸ ἐκείνων ὑστέρημα, 14 ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίοσ- dance for their deficiency, that also their abun- σευμα “γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα: ὅπως γένηται dance may be for your deficiency, so that there should be ἰσότης 15 καθὼς γέγραπται, Ὁ τὸ πολὺ οὐκ equality. According as it has been written, He that [gathered] much “ποῦ ἐπλεόνασεν᾽ καὶ ὁ τὸ ὀλίγον οὐκ.ἠλαττόνησεν. had over, and he that [gathered] little did not lack. 16 Χάρις. δὲ τῷ θεῷ, τῷ "διδόντι" τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν ὑπὲρ But thanks to God, who gives the same diligence for ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Τίτου: 17 ore τὴν μὲν παράκλησιν ἐ- you in the heart οἵ Titus. For the ?indeed ‘exhortation he δέξατο, σπουδαιότερος.δὲ ὑπάρχων, αὐθαίρετος ἐξῆλθεν received, but more diligent being, of his own accord he went out πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 18 συνεπέμψαμεν.δὲ “μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀδελφόν" to you. But we sent with him the brother οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκ- of ποτ the praise fis]in the gladtidings through all 19 as- KAnowwy 19 οὐ povoy.dé, ἀλλὰ Kai χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν semblies ; and not only [so], but also having beenchosen by the TO ἐπιτελέσαι ἐκ τοῦ t — τις (read ἔχῃ he may have) LTTraw. y — ée x τὸν ὀδελφὴν μετ΄ αὐτοῦ T. 8 ay T. VALE TX. If *OORFNTHEANS. ἐκκλησιῶν συνέκδημος ἡμῶν Yobv" τῇ.χάριτιιταύτῃ τῇ assemblies [is] our fellow-traveller with this grace, which [is] διακονουμένῃ Up ἡμῶν πρὸς THY ZadTOU' Tov κυρίου δόξαν served by us to the himself 7of*the *Lord ‘glory προθυμίαν δὑμῶν"!ΒἘ 20 στελλόμενοι τοῦτο, μή eadiness tyour; avoiding this, lest τις ἡμᾶς μωμήσηται ἐν τῇ. ἁδρότητιιτταύτῃ τῇ διακονου- anyone us_ shouldblame in this abundance which [15] served μένῃ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν" 21 Ῥπρονοούμενοι' καλὰ οὐ μόνον ἐνώπιον by us; providing things right not only before κυρίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπων. 22 Συνεπέμψαμεν. δὲ (the} Lord, but also before men. And we sent with > ~ x ? A « - τι > , ? Ὁ αὐτοῖς τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. ἡμῶν ὃν ἐδοκιμάσαμεν ἐν πολλοῖς πολ- them our brother whom _— we proved in many things often λάκις σπουδαῖον ὄντα, vuvi.dé πολὺ σπουδαιότερον πεποι- καὶ and [a witness of] diligent tobe, andnow much more diligent by the ?con- θήσει πολλῷ εἰς ὑμᾶς. 925 εἴτε ὑπὲρ Τίτου, fidence ‘great which[is] towards you. Whether asregards Titus, 4 2 A ‘ > € ~ , ” ? ‘ κοινωνὸς ἐμὸς καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός" εἴτε ἀδελφοὶ {he is] *partner my and for you afellow-worker; or “brethren ἡμῶν, ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν, δόξα χριστοῦ. 24 Τὴν Your, [they are] messengers of assemblies, 7glory ‘Christ’s. The οὖν ἔνδειξιν τῆς. ἀγάπης.ὑμῶν, καὶ ἡμῶν καυχήσεως ὑπὲρ *therefore 1proof of your love, and of our boasting about « - > > * .c2 , HT] d ΜΠ ,7 , ~ 2 ~ ὑμῶν, εἰς αὐτοὺς “ἐνδείξασθε" καὶ" εἰς πρόσωπον τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν. you, *to *them Ishew 7ye and in face of the assemblies. 9 Περὶ μὲν. γὰρ τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους For concerning the service which [is] for the saints περισσόν μοι ἐστὶν TO γράφειν ὑμῖν. 2 οἷδα.γὰρ τὴν προθυ- superfluous forme itis writing toyou. For I know *readi- μίαν ὑμῶν ἣν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καυχῶμαι Μακεδόσιν, ὅτι ness tyour which concerning you I boast of to Macedonians ; that ? eo 7 ? x , A . eft £2 ll « - aN Αχαΐα παρεσκεύασται ἀπὸ.πέρυσι" Kai ©o! [ἐξ ὑπο ζῆλος Achaia has been prepared ayearago, and the 7of τ zeal ἠρέθισεν τοὺς πλείονας. 3 ἔπεμψα.δὲ τοὺς ἀδελφούς, ἵνα.μὴ provoke the greater number, But I sent the brethren, lest τὸ καὐχημα.ἡμῶν τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κενωθῇ ἐν τῷ our boasting which [is] about you should be made void in μέρειιτούτῳ ἵνα καθὼς ἔλεγον, παρεσκευασμένοι ἦτε, this respect, that according as I said, prepared ye may be; 4 μήπως ἐὰν ἔλθωσιν σὺν ἐμοὶ Μακεδόνες, καὶ εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς lest perhaps if should come with me Macedonians, and find you ἀπαρασκευάστους, καταισχυνθῶμεν ἡμεῖς, ἵνα μὴ.λέγωμεν unprepared, 7should *be *put ®to*shame ‘we, (that we may notsay ὑμεῖς, ἐν τῇ. ὑποστάσει. ταύτῃ Srij¢ καυχήσεως." 5 ἀναγκαῖον γ9) in this confidence of boasting. Necessary , οὖν ἡγησάμην παρακαλέσαι τοὺς ἀδελφούς ἵνα προΐλ- therefore Lesteemed [it] to exhort the brethren that they should θωσιν sic! ὑμᾶς, καὶ προκαταρτίσωσιν τὴν 'προκατηγ- 5ο Ὀθέοσ to you, and should complete beforehand 3foree , ΄ ~ μὰ « γελμένην" εὐλογίαν ὑμῶν ταύτην ἑτοίμην εἶναι οὕτως ὡς announced ‘blessing your this Tready ®to*be thus as 481 churches to _ travel with us with this grace, which is ad- ministered by us to the glory of the same Lord, and declaration of your ready mind: 20 avoiding this, that no man should blame us in this abundance which is administered by us: 21 providing for honest things, not only in the sight of the Lord, but also in the sight of men. 22 And we have sent with them our bro- ther, whom we have oftentimes proved di- ligent in many things, but now much more di- ligent, upon the great confidence which J have inyou. 23 Whe- ther any do inquire of Titus, he is my part- ner and fellowhelper concerning you: or our brethren be in- quired of, they are the messengers of the churches, and the glo- ry of Christ. 24 Where- fore shew ye to them, and before the church- es, the proof of your love, and of our boast- ing on your behalf. IX. For as touching the ministering to the saints, it is superfluous for me to write to you: 2 for I know the forwardness of your mind, for which I boast of you to them of Macedonia, that Achaia was ready a year ago; and your zeal hath provoked very many. 3 Yet have I sent the breth- ren, lest our boasting of you should be in yain in this behalf; that, as I said, ye may be ready: 4 lest haply if they of Ma- cedonia come with me, and find you un- prepared, we (that we say not, ye) should be ashamed in this same confident boasting. 5 Therefore I thought it necessary to exhort the brethren, that they would go before unto you, and make up beforehand your bounty, whereof ye had notice before,that the same might be ready, as a matter of Υ ἐν in LTraw. ® — αὐτοῦ LTrAW. we provide LTTrA ; mpovoovpevor yap G. GLTTrAW. « τὸ Τττ. f — ἐξ (read ὑμῶν of you) τττ[Α]. & πρὸς LTrW. i προεπηγγελμένην before promised LTTraw 8 ἡμῶν ΟἿΓ GLTTrAW. Ὁ προνοοῦμεν yap for ς ἐνδεικνύμενοι SheWwiNg LTTrA. 8 — τῆς καυχήσεως GLITrAW. — και 1k 482 bounty, and not as of covetousness. 6 But this 7 say, He which soweth sparingly shall reap also sparingly; and he which soweth bountifully shall reap also bountifully. 7 E- very Man according as he purposeth in his heart, so let him give ; not grudgingly, or of necessity: for God loveth a _ cheerful iver. 8 And God its able to make‘all grace abound toward you; that ye, always having all sufficiency in all things, may abound to every good work: 9 (as it is written, He hath dispersed abroad ; he hath given to the poor: his righteousness re- maineth for ever. 10 Now he that mi- nistereth seed to the sower both minister bread for your food, and multiply your seed sown, and in- crease the fruits of your righteousness ;) 11 being enriched in every thing to all bountifulness, which causeth through us thanksgiving to God. 12 For the administra- tion of this service not only supplieth the want of the saints, but is abundant also by many thanksgivings unto God; 13 whiles by the experiment of this ministration they glo- rify God for your pro- fessed subjection unto the gospel of Christ, and for your libe- ral distribution unto them, and unto all men ; 14 and by their prayer for you, which jong after you for the exceeding grace of God in you. 15 Thanks be unto God for his unspeakable gift. X. Now I Paul myself beseech you by the meekness and gentleness of Christ, who in presence am base among you, but being absent am bol toward you: 2 but I beseech you, that I may not be bold when I am present with that confidence, wherewith I think to be bold,a- gainst some, which ΠΡῸΣ AK @P UNG LOY ST B: IX, X. εὐλογίαν, "καὶ" μὴ oreo! πλεονεξίαν. 6 Τοῦτο. δέ, ὁ ablessing, and ποῦ as [8] covetousness. But this [1 say], he that σπείρων φειδομένως, φειδομένως Kai θερίσει: Kai ὁ σπείρων SOWS sparingly, sparingly also shallreap; and hethat sows ϑι 3 ᾽ , eh) ᾽ ΄, 8 , «“ ᾿ ἐπ᾿ εὐλογίαις, ἐπ᾽ εὐλογίαις καὶ θερίσει. 7 ἕκαστος καθὼς on blessings, on blessings also shall reap: each according as m ~ ΤΙ ~ δί A Yas | λύ nan ὦ ? , τ « A προαιρεῖται" τῇ καρδίᾳ" μὴ ExAdTNC ἢ ἐξ ἀνάγκης" ἱλαρὸν epurposes inthe heart; ποῦ grievingly, or of necessity ; 7a *cheerful ‘ 60 > ~ 4 θ , Ἐ ὃ a δὲ! « 6 a ~ , γὰρ ὀότην ἀγαπᾷ o Veo. 8 "δυνατὸς. 0 θεὸς πᾶσαν χάριν for giver “loves 1God. For able [is} God every’ grace περισσεῦσαι εἰς ὑμᾶς. ἵνα ἐν παντὶ πάντοτε πᾶσαν to make abound towards you, that in every (way) always all αὐτάρκειαν ἔχοντες, περισσεύητε εἰς πᾶν Ἔργον ἀγαθόν" sufficiency having, ye may abound to every ork good: 9 καθὼς ἔγραπται, ᾿Ἑσκόρπισεν, ἔδωκεν τοῖς πένησιν" according as it has been written, He scattered abroad, he gave tothe ῬΟΟΣ, ἡ-δεκαιοσύνη.αὐτοῦ μένει εἰς. τὸν. αἰῶνα. 10 Ὁ. δὲ ἐπιχορηγῶν his righteousness abides for ever. Now he that supplies ὁσπέρμα' τῷ σπείροντι καὶ ἄρτον εἰς βρῶσιν Ῥχορηγήσαι" seed tohim that sows and bread for eating may he supply καὶ IdnOdva' τὸν. σπόρον ὑμῶν, καὶ ταὐξήσαι" τὰ "γεννή- and may he multiply your sowing, and may heincrease the fruits para" τῆς. δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν. 11 ἐν παντὶ πλουτιζόμενοι of your righteousness : in every [way] being enriched εἰς πᾶσαν ἁπλότητα, ἥτις κατεργάζεται Oe ἡμῶν εὐχαρισ- ἴο all liberality, which works out through us thanks- τίαν ‘rq θεῷ: 12 ὅτι ἡ διακονία ric-dEroupyiac-ravTne giving to God. Because the service of this ministration οὐ μόνον ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν ἁγίων, not only is completely filling up the deficiencies ofthe saints, ἀλλὰ Kai περισσεύουσα διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστιῶν τῷ θεῷ" but also abounding through many thanksgivings to God ; 13 διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς.διακονίας.ταύτης δοξάζοντες τὸν through the proof of this service [they] glorifying θεὸν ἐπὶ TH ὑποταγῇ τῆς. ὁμολογίας. ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον God at the subjection, by your confession, to the glad tidings τοῦ χριστοῦ, Kai ἁπλότητι THC κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ of the Christ, and liberality ofthecommunication towards them and εἰς πάντας, 14 καὶ αὐτῶν.δεήσει ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἐπιποθούν- towards all; and in theirsupplication for you, a longing των ὑμᾶς διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐφ᾽ for you, on account of the surpassing grace of God upon « -. 15 ’ νυ δὲ! ~ (4) ~ > 7 ~ Ὁ ὃ Ul > ~ ~ υμιν. χαρις. € τῳ VEG ἔπι TY AVEK (NnYNT@ αὐτου δωρε ὃ you. Now thanks [be] toGod for “indescribable this free ie 10 Avroc.dé ἐγὼ Παῦλος παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς διὰ τῆς “πρᾳό- Now *myself *I Paul exhort you by the meek- ἃ τητος" καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὃς κατὰ πρόσωπον μὲν ness who as to ταπεινὸς mean TO μὴ that i, and gentleness ofthe Christ, appearance {am] ? « - 7 ‘ 4 )ὲ»"ν > « ~ ’ ἐν ὑμῖν, ἀπὼν.δὲ θαῤῥῷ εἰς ὑμᾶς" 2 δέομαι.δὲ among you, butabsent ambold towards you; but I beseech παρὼν θαῤῥῆσαι τῇ πεποιθήσει ‘being *present Ἵ ‘should be bold with the confidence with which k— aT. For is able Urtra. will multiply @Lraw ; πληθύνει multipiies Tr. τ [τῷ] L. ματα QLTTrAW. 1 ὡς GLITrAW. ™ προήρηται he has purposed LTtraw. Ὁ duvaret δὲ P χορηγήσει will supply GLrTraw. 4 πληθυνεξ τ αὐξήσει Wiil increase GLTTrAW. 5 γενή- W πραὕὔτητος LTTrAW. © σπόρον LTr. vy — δὲ now LTTrA. xX. EET ‘COV NITE ANOS: λογίζομαι τολμῆσαι ἐπί τινας τοὺς λογιζομένους medic we I reckon to be daring towards some who reckon of as κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας. 8 ἐν. σαρκὶ γὰρ περιπατοῦντες, 7according *to *flesh 1walking. For in flesh walking, οὐ κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμεθα" 4 τὰ.γὰρ ὕπλα τῆς *oTpa- not according to flesh do we war. Forthe arms of *war- τείας! ἡμῶν οὐ σαρκικά, ἀλλὰ δυνατὰ τῷ θεῷ πρὸς fare ‘our [are] not fieshly, but powerful through God to [the] Kadai ee ὀχυρωμάτων" 5 λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες καὶ πᾶν overt of ΒΙΣΟΤΒΊ ΠΟΙΌΝ: ?reasonings toverthrowing and every iieruns ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai αἰχμα- high thing lifting itself ἘῈΡ ἘΡΕΙ͂Ν the ene of God, and leading λωτίζοντες πᾶν νόημα εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ χριστοῦ, 6 Kai captive WEES thought into the obedience ofthe Christ; and ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχοντες ἐκδικῆσαι πᾶσαν παρακοῆν, ὅταν πλη- 3in Ξγραᾶϊηθεβ ‘having ἴο avenge all disobedience, when may have ρωθῇ ὑμῶν ἡ ὑπακοή. 7 Τὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον een fulfilled your obedience, The things according to appearance βλέπετε; εἴ τις πέποιθεν ἑαυτῷ χριστοῦ εἶναι, τοῦτο do ye look at? If anyone is persuaded in himself οὗ Christ to be, this λογιζέσθω πάλιν Τἀφ᾽". ἑαυτοῦ, ὅτι καθὼς αὐτὸς χριστοῦ, let him reckon again of himself, that according as he [is] of Christ, οὕτως καὶ = peic χριστοῦ." ὃ ἐάν. "τε" γὰρ cai! περισ- 80 also [are] we of Christ. For and if even more a- σότερόν τι “καυχήσωμαι' περὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας ἡμῶν, ἧς which ἔδωκεν ὁ κύριος ἡμῖν" εἰς οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν ϑξθαυθ ‘the *Lord tous for buildingup and not for overthrowing ὑμῶν, ovK.aioxvyOnoopa 9 ἵνα μὴ.δόξω we ἂν ἐκφοβεῖν you, Ishallnot ὈΘ puttoshame; that _Imaynotseem asif frightening ὑμᾶς διὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν. 10 bre αἱ “μὲν ἐπιστολαί, you by means of epistles : because the epistles, φησίν, ββαρεῖαι καὶ ἰσχυραί ἡ.δὲ παρουσία τοῦ σώματος says he, [are] Eten and strong, butthe presence ofthe body ἀσθενής, Kai ὁ λόγος ᾿[ἐξουθενημένος." 11 τοῦτο λογιζέσθω weak, and the be naught. This let *reckon ὁ τοιοῦτος, OTL οἷοί ἐσμεν τῷ λόγῳ Ov ἐπιστολῶν ἀπόντες, ‘such 7a ὯΠ6, that such as we are in word by epistles being absent, TOLOUTOL καὶ παρόντες τῷ eye 12 Οὐ.γὰρ τολμῶμεν such ([weare] also being Ma in deed. For ποῦ dare ‘we βἐγκρῖναι"! ἢ Ἐσυγκρῖναι! ἑαυτούς τισιν τῶν ἑαυτοὺς συν- rank among or conan 2with ‘ourselves some who themselves com- ιστανόντων, ἀλλὰ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς μετροῦντες, Kai bundantly somewhat ἐς art boast concerning our suthoxity, mend ; but these by themselves themselves measuring, and ὑσυγκρίνοντες" ἑαυτοὺς ἑαυτοῖς, οὐ-ἷ'συνιοῦσιν." 18 ἡμεῖς comparing themselves with themselves, do not understand. *We δὲ Kobyi" ες τὰ ἄμετρα καυχησόμεθα, ἀλλὰ κατὰ ‘now ποῦ to the things beyond measure will boast, but according, to TO μέτρον τοῦ κανόνος οὗ ἐμέρισεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς μέτρου the measure of the rule which °divided *to7us ‘the 7God *of *measure ἐφικέσθαι ἄχρι καὶ ὑμῶν. 14 Ἰοὺ γὰρ ρ ὡς! μὴ ἐφικνούμενοι εἰς toreach 7to ‘also you. νοῦ ‘for as eu, reaching to x στρατιᾶς T. Υ ἐφ᾽ TTr. — χριστοῦ GLTTraW. LTTra. © καυχήσομαι I eee oat T. da — ἡμῖν LTTrA. (φασιν say they τι} LTtr. f ἐξονδενημένος L. 8 ἐν- τ΄ h oup- Τ. © οὐκ LTTrAW. las yap (reading the sentence as a question) L. — τε and [u]tr[4]. 483 think of us as if we walked according to the flesk. 3 For though we walk in the flesh, we do not war after the flesh: 4 (for the weapons of our war- fare are not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds;) 5 casting down i imagi- nations, and every high thing that exalt- eth itself against the knowledgeof God, and bringing into captivi- ty every thought tothe obedience of Christ ; 6 and having in a readiness to revenge all disobedience, when your obedience is ful- filled. 7 Do ye look on things after the outward appearance ? If any man trust to himself that he is Christ’s, let him of himself think this a- gain, that, as he ὦ Christ’s, even so are we Christ’s. 8 For though I should boast somewhat more of our authority, which the Lord hath given us for edification, and not for your destruction, 1 should not be asham- ed: 9 that I may not seem as if I would terrify pie by letters. 10 For letters, say they, are weighty and powerful ; but Ais bo- dily presence is weak, and his speech con- temptible. 11 Let such an one think this, that, such as we are in word by letters when we are absent, such will we be also in deed when we are present. 12 For we dare not make our- selves of the number, or compare ourselves with some that com- mend themselves: but they measuring them- selves by themselves, and comparing them- selves among them- selves, are not wise. 13 But we will not boast of things with- out our measure, but according to the mea- sure of the rule which God hath distributed to us, ἃ measure to reach even unto you. 14 For we stretch not ourselves beyond our measure, as though we > — και e ἐπιστολαὶ μέν φησιν i συνιᾶσιν LTTrA. 484 reached not unto you: for we are come as far as to you also in preaching the gos- pel of Christ: 15 not boasting of things without our measure, that is, of other men’s labours; but having hope, when your faith is increased, that we shall be enlarged by you according to our rule abundantly, 16 to preach the gospel in the regions beyond ‘ou, and not to boast in another man’s line of things made ready to our hand, 17 But he that glorieth, let him glory in the Lerd. 18 For not he that commendeth him- self is approved, but whom the Lord com- mendeth. XI, Would to God ye could bear with me a little in my folly: and indeed bear with me. 2 For I am jea- lous over you with godly jealousy: for I have espoused you to one husband, that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ. 3 But I fear, lest by any Means, as the serpent beguiled Eve through his sub- tilty, so your minds should be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ. 4 For if he that cometh preacheth another Je- sus, whom we have not preached, or Uf ye receive another spirit, which ye have not re- ceived, or another gos- pel, which ye have not accepted, ye might well bear with him. 5 For I suppose I was not a whit be- hind the very chiefest apostles. 6 But though Z be rude in speech, yet not in knowledge ; but we have been throughly made mani- fest among you in all things. 7 HaveI com- mitted an offence in abasing myself that e might be exalted, ecause 1 have preach- ed to you the gospel of God freely ? 8 Lrobbed other churches, taking wages of them, to do you service 9 And " συνιστάνων LTTrAW. τ τῆς E3 ἀφροσύνης ELTTrAW. τῆς ἁγνότητος and the purity LTraw. y δὲ but x. bear with La. manifest LITra. IL PO). KEOJPA NiO ΤΟΎΣ .8. Xe, ΧΙ ὑμᾶς ὑπερεκτείνομεν ἑαυτούς" ἄχρι.γὰρ Kai ὑμῶν ἐφθάσαμεν you do we overstretch ourselves, (forto also ‘you we came ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ χριστοῦ" 1ὅ οὐκ εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα in the glad tidings of the Christ ;) not *to *the *things *beyond ‘measure καυχώμενοι ἐν ἀλλοτρίοις κόποις, ἐλπίδα.δὲ ἔχοντες, avEavo- ‘boasting in others’ labours, but hope having, 3increas- μένης τῆς.πίστεως. ὑμῶν, ἐν ὑμῖν μεγαλυνθῆναι κατὰ ing 1your 7faith, among you to beenlarged according to τὸν. κανόνα ἡμῶν εἰς περισσείαν, 16 εἰς τὰ ὑπερέκεινα ὑμῶν our rule to abundance, to that beyond you ᾽ , > 2 ? , , > ‘ εὐαγγελίσασθαι, οὐκ ἐν ἀλλοτρίῳ κανόνι εἰς τὰ to announce the glad tidings, not ἢ ‘another’s Srule ‘as 7to *things ἕτοιμα καυχήσασθαι. 17 Ὁ δὲ καυχώμενος, ἔν κυρίῳ ®ready 1to *boast. But he that boasts, in (the] Lord καυχάσθω" 18 od-yap ὁ ἑαυτὸν "συνιστῶν," ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν let him boast, For not he that himself commends, this [one] is δόκιμος, “ἀλλ᾽! ὃν ὁ κύριος συνίστησιν. approved, but whom the Lord commends. 11 “Ogedov PaveiyecOé' μου μικρὸν 4 "τῇ ἀφροσύνῃ Iwould ye were bearing with me a little in folly ; ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνέχεσθέ μου. 2 ζηλῶ.γὰρ ὑμᾶς θεοῦ ζή- but indeed bear with me. ForIam jealous 848 to you “οὔ *God'with [*the) A" ἡρμοσάμην.γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἑνὶ ἀνδρὶ παρθένον ἁγνὴν sjealousy, for I have espoused you towne man *a ‘virgin ‘chaste παραστῆσαι τῷ χριστῷ" 8 φοβυῦμαιιδξλξτ᾽͵ἄέ μήπως ὡς ὁ 4to7present [Syou] tothe (Christ. But I fear lest byany means as the ὄφις "Εὔαν ἐξηπατησεν" ἐν τῇ.πανουργίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, ᾿οὕτως" Ἧ ell serpent 7Eve 1deceived his craftiness, 80 φθαρῇ τὰ υρο μετ aie) ἀπὸ τῆς ἁπλότητος" τῆς should ὍΘ corrupted your thoughts from simplicity which [is] εἰς “rov" χριστόν. 4 εἰμὲν. γὰρ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἄλλον ‘Inoovy asto the Christ. For if indeed he that comes another Jesus κηρύσσει ὃν οὐκιἐκηρύξαμεν, ἢ πνεῦμα ἕτερον λαμβάνετε proclaims whom we αἸᾶ ποῦ proclaim, or a*spirit ‘different ye receive τι ? 5] , n ? , oe a ᾽ or ὃ οὐκιἐλάβετε, ἢ εὐαγγέλιον ἕτερον ὃ οὐκ.ἐδέξασθε, which ye did not receive, or “glad *tidings ‘different which ye did not accept, καλῶς τηνείχεσθε." 5 Λογίζομαι Yyaoll μηδὲν ὕὑστερη- well were ye bearing with [it]. ΞῚ reckon for in nothing to have been κέναι τῶν τὑπὲρ.λίαν! ἀποστόλων. 6 εἰ δὲ καὶ ἰδιώτης behind those in a surpassing degree apostles. But if even unpolished ~ ΄ ᾽ ? ᾽ “ ΄ 4 > 2 9 \ a τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ TY γνώσει: ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ φανε- in speech ΓΙ am], yet ποῦ in knowledge; but in every [way] made ρωθέντες" ἐν πᾶσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς. 7 ἢ ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησα, ἐμαυτὸν manifest in allthings to you. Or did I commit sin, myself ταπεινῶν iva ὑμεῖς ὑψωθῆτε, ὕτι δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ thumbling that ye might be exalted, because gratuitously the Sof *God εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν ; 8 ἄλλας ἐκκλησίας ἐσύλησα, 1elad “tidings I announced to you? Other assemblies I despoiled, λαβὼν ὀψώνιον πρὸς TRY ὑμῶν διακονίαν" 9 Kai having received wages for towards *you ‘service. And παρὼν πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ὑστερηθείς,ρ οὐ κατενάρκησα being present with you and having been deficient, I did lazily burden 4 + τι some (little) ELTTraw. t— οὕτως LTTrA. Y + καὶ x ἀνείχεσθε GTIrW ; ἀνέχεσθε ye a φανερώσαντες having made [it] ο ἀλλὰ LTr. P ἠνείχεσθέ E. 5 ἐξηπάτησεν Εὔαν LITraw. w — τὸν T. 2 ὑπερλίαν GLTAW. ΧΙ. II CORINTHIANS. b ἠδ , “}} ‘ \ « , , Ni « ἐδ NE οὐδενὸς" TO-yap ὑστερημὰ μου προσανεπλήρωσαν OL AOE no one, (forthe deficiency of me “completely *filled *up ‘the *breth- goi ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Μακεδονίας" καὶ ἐν παντὶ ἀβαρῆ ren whocame from Macedonia,) and in everything not burdensome οὑμῖν ἐμαυτὸν" ἐτήρησα Kai τηρήσω. 10 ἔστιν ἀλήθεια toyou myself I kept and will keep. ‘Is [the] *truth χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ ὅτι ἡ καύχησις. αὕτη 4ob.cppayicerat εἰς ἐμὲ Sof*Christ in me that this boasting shall not be sealed up as to me ἐν τοῖς κλίμασιν τῆς Axatac. 11 ἐδιατί"; ὅτι odK.ayar@ in the regions of Achaia, Why? because I do not love ὑμᾶς; ὁ θεὸς οἶδεν. 12 6.68 ποιῶ, Kai ποιήσω, ἵνα ἐκ- you? God knows. But what Ido, also Iwilldo, that I may κόψω τὴν ἀφορμὴν τῶν θελόντων ἀφορμήν, ἵνα tv. Kav- cutoff the occasion of those wishing an occasion, that wherein they χῶνται εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς Kai ἡμεῖς. 18 οἱ. γὰρ.τοιοῦτοι boast they may befound accordingasalso we. ‘orsuch [are] ψευδαπόστολοι, ἐργάται δόλιοι, μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς ἀπο- false apostles, workers ‘deceitful, transforming themselves into apo- στόλους χριστοῦ 14 Kai fou θαυμαστόν" abroc-yap ὁ stles of Christ. And not wonderful [5 10], for "himself σατανᾶς μετασχηματίζεται εἰς ἄγγελον φωτός" 15 οὐ 1Satan transforms himself into an angel of light. [It is} not éya οὖν εἰ Kai οἱ.διάκονοι.αὐτοῦ μετασχηματίζον - a great thing therefore if also his servants transform themselves ται we διάκονοι δικαιοσύνης, ὧν τὸ τέλος ἔσται κατὰ as servants of righteousness; of whom the end shall be according to τὰ.ἔργα.αὐτῶν. their works. 16 Πάλιν λέγω, μή Tic pe δόξ ἄφρονα εἶναι" εἰ δὲ Again [1858., Not anyone*me ᾿βῃοια *think afool tobe; butif μήγε, κἂν we ἄφρονα δέξασθέ pe, ἵνα ἐμικρόν τι κἀγὼ" otherwise, even as a fool receive me, that “little ‘some Ialso καυχήσωμαι. 17 ὃ λαλῶ, οὐ λαλῶ κατὰ κύριον," may boast. What I speak, *not “do I speak according to [the] Lord, ἀλλ᾽ we ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ, ἐν ταύτῃ TY ὑποστάσει τῆς καυχήσεως. but as in folly, in this confidence of boasting. 18 ἐπεὶ πολλοὶ καυχῶνται κατὰ ἱτὴν! σάρκα, κἀγὼ Kav- Since many boast according to flesh, T also will χήσομαι. 19 ἡδέως. γὰρ ἀνέχεσθε THY ἀφρόνων, φρόνιμοι boast. For ‘gladly ‘ye *bear *with "fools “intelligent ὄντες" 230 ἀνέχεσθε.γὰρ εἴ τις ὑμᾶς καταδουλοῖ, εἴ TIC *being. For ye bear [it] if anyone “you ‘bring into bondage, if anyone κατεσθίει, εἴ τις λαμβάνει, εἴ τις ἐπαίρεται, devour (you), if anyone take {from you], if anyone exalt himself, εἴ τις "ὑμᾶς εἰς πρόσωπον" δέρει. 21 κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω, if anyone “you “on “the *face beat. Asto dishonour I speak, we Ore ἡμεῖς ᾿ἠσθενήσαμεν"" ἐν. ᾧ.δ᾽ ἄν τις τολμᾷ, ἐν as that we were weak ; but wherein anyone may be daring, (in ἀφροσύνῃ λέγω, τολμῶ κἀγώ. 322 Ἑ βραϊῖοί εἰσιν; κἀγώ" olly I speak,) 7am 3daring ‘I also. Hebrews are they? I also. ὩΙσραηλῖταί! εἰσιν; κἀγώ" σπέρμα ᾿Αβραάμ slow; κἀγώ" Israelites are they ? 1 also. Seed of Abraham are they? I also. Ὁ οὐθενός LTTrA. © ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν LTTrA. EGLTTrAW. © διὰ τί LTrA. Ὁ κατὰ κύριον λαλῶ LITrAW. καμεν have been weak Ltr. f ov θαῦμα NO Wonder LTTraWw. i χὴν TTr. ™ *TopanAeitat T. 485 when I was present with you, and wanted, I was chargeable to no man: for that which was lacking tome the brethren which came from Macedonia sup- plied: and in all things I have kept myself from being burden- some unto you, and so ill I keep myself. 10 As the truth of Christ is in me, no man shall stop me of this boasting in the regions of Achaia. 11 Wherefore ? because I love you not? God knoweth, 12 But what I do, that I will do, that I may cut off occa- sion from them which desire occasion; that wherein they glory, they may be found even as we. 13 For such are false apos- tles, deceitful workers, transforming them- selves into the apostles of Christ. 14 And no marvel; for Satan him- self is transformed into an angel of light. 15 Therefore it i no great thing if his min- isters also be trans- formed as the minis- ters of righteousness ; whose end shall be ac- cording totheir works. 161 say again, Let no man think mea fool; if otherwise, yet as a fool receive me, that I may boast my- self a little. 17 That which I speak, I speak it not after the Lord, but as it were foolish- ly, in this confidence of boasting. 18 Seeing that many glory after the flesh, I will glory also. 19 For ye suffer fools gladly, seeing ye yourselves are wise. 20 For ye suffer, if a man bring you into bondage, if a man de- vour you, if a man takeof you, if a man exalt himself, if aman smite you on the face. 21 I speak as concern- ing reproach,as though we had been weak. Howbeit whereinso- ever any is bold, (1 speak foolishly,) I am boldalso, 22 Are they Hebrews?soamlI. Are they Ievaelites ? so am 1. Are they the seed of 4 ov φραγήσεται shall not be stopped : ὃ κἀγὼ μικρόν τι GLTTrAaw. Κ εἰς πρόσωπον ὑμᾶς LTTrAW. ' ἠσθενή- 480 Abraham? so am I. 23 Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abun- dant, in stripes above measure, in prisons more frequent, in deaths oft. 24 Of the Jews five times re- ceived I forty stripes save one. 25 Thrice was 1 beaten with rods,once was I stoned, thrice I suffered ship- wreck, a night and a day I have been in the deep; 26 in journeyings often, in perils of waters, in perils of robbers, in perils by mine own countrymen, im perils by the heathen, zm pe- rils in the city, τη pe- rils in the wilderness, mm perils in the sea, in perils among false brethren ; 27 in weari- ness and painfulness, in watchings often, in hunger and thirst, in fastings often, in cold and nakedness, 28 Be- sidethose things that are without, that which cometh upon me daily, the care of all the churches. 29 Who is weak, and I am not weak? who is offended, and I burn not? 30 If I must needs glory, I will glory of the things which concern mine infirmities, 31 The God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which is blessed for evermore, knoweth that I lie not. 32In Damascus the govern- or under Aretas the king kept the city of the Damascenes with a garrison, desirous to apprehend me: 33 and through a windowina basket was I let down by the wall, and escap- ed his hands, XII. It is not expe- pedient for me doubt- less to glory. I will come to visions and revelations of the Lord. 21 knew aman in Christ above four- teen years ago, (whe- ther in the body, I can- not tell; or whether out of the body, I can- not tell: God know- eth;) such an one Tl BeOxSs TKSOPPATINIONICO YisS: OB: 23 διάκονοι χριστοῦ εἰσιν; Servants XTX παραφρονῶν λαλῶ, "ὑπὲρ of Christ are they? (as being beside myself Ispeak,) above ἐγώ"" ἐν κόποις περισσοτέρως, “ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερ- [measure] I [000]; in labours moreabundantly, in _ stripes above βαλλόντως, ἐν φυλακαῖς περισσοτέρως," tv θανάτοις ToA- measure, in imprisonments more abundantly, in deaths often, λάκις. 24 ὑπὸ ᾿Ιουδαίων πεντάκις Ῥτεσσαράκοντα! From Jews five times forty (stripes | παρὰ μίαν ἔλαβον. 25 τρὶς “ἐῤῥαβδίσθην." ἅπαξ ἐλιθάσθην, except one I received. Thrice I was beaten with rods, once _ I was stoned, τρὶς ἐναυάγησα, νυχθήμερον ἐν τῷ βυθῷ πεποίηκα" three times I was shipwrecked, a night anda dayin the deep I have passed: 26 ὁδοιπορίαις πολλάκις: κινδύνοις ποταμῶν, κινδύνοις in journeyings often, in perils of rivers, in perils λῃστῶν, κινδύνοις ἐκ γένους, κινδύνοις ἐξ ἐθνῶν, in perils from {my own) race, in perils from [the] nations, κινδύνοις ἐν͵ πόλει, κινδύνοις ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, κινδύνοις ἐν in perils in {the} city, in perils in [the] desert, in perils on θαλάσσῃ, κινδύνοις ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις" 27 Tév" κόπῳ Kai sea, in perils among false brethren ; in labour and of robbers, [the] μόχθῳ, ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις πολλάκις, ἐν λιμῷ καὶ δίψει, ἐν νη- oil, in watchings often, in hunger and thirst, in fast- στείαις πολλάκις, ἐν ψύχει Kai γυμνότητι. 2 χωρὶς τῶν ings often, in cold and nakedness. Besides the things , ? παρεκτός, "ἡ ἐπισύστασίς μου! ἡ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, ἡ μέριμνα without, the crowding on me daily, the care πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν. 29 τίς ἀσθενεῖ, Kai οὐκ. ἀσθενῶ ; τίς Who is weak, and Iam ποῦ weak? who πυροῦμαι; 80 εἰ καυχᾶσθαι concerning allthe assemblies. σκανδαλίζεται, Kai οὐκ ἐγὼ Ι is offended, and “not 340 burn? If ἴο *boast δεῖ, τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας.μου καυχήσομαι. 81 Ὁ it *behoves, {in] the things concerning my infirmity I will boast. The θεὸς Kai πατὴρ τοῦ.κυρίου."ἡμῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" οἶδεν, ὁ God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ knows, he who ὧν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, ὅτι οὐ-.ψεύδομαι. 32 ἐν Aa- is blessed to the ages, that Ido not lie. In Da- pack ὁ ἐθνάρχης ᾿Αρέτα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐφρούρει τὴν mascus the ethnarch of Aretas the king was guarding the τλαμασκηνῶν πόλιν," πιάσαι pe θέλων" 33 Kai διὰ 70f *the *Damascenes__ ‘city, Sto "take ®"me wishing. And through θυρίδος ἐν σαργάνῃ ἐχαλάσθην διὰ τοῦ τείχους, Kai a window in a basket I was let down through the wall, and ἐξέφυγον τὰς. χεῖρας. αὐτοῦ. escaped his hands. 12 Καυχᾶσθαι δὴ οὐ-συμφέρει po ἐλεύσομαι.γὰρ" " εἰς Τὸ boast indeed is not profitable tome; for I will come to ὀπτασίας Kai ἀποκαλύψεις κυρίου 2 olda ἄνθρωπον ἐν visions and revelations of [the] Lord. I know aman in χριστῷ πρὸ. ἐτῶν δεκατεσσάρων, εἴτε ἐν σώματι ovK.olda, Christ “years “ago ‘fourteen, (whether in {the} body I know not, εἴτε ἐκτὸς "τοῦ! σώματος ovK.olda’ ὁ θεὸς οἶδεν ἁρπαγέντα or outof the body I know not, God knows,) ‘caught ‘away 1 ὑπερεγώ L. ev φυλ. ὑπερβ. 1. στασίς μοι my anxiety LITraw. πόλιν Δαμασκηνῶν LTTrA. [ it behoves [me], not profitable [is it], but I will come rrr. ο ἐν φυλακαῖς περισσοτέρως, ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως LTrA ; ἐν πλη. περισ. Ρ τεσσεράκοντα LTTrA. 4 ἐραβδίσθην LTTrA. τ -- ἐν LTTrAW. 5 ἡ ἐπί- t — ἡμῶν (read the Lord) Lttraw. ° — χριστοῦ LTTrA. x — θέλων LTTr[A]W. Υ δεῖ, ov συμφέρον μέν, ἐλεύσομαι δὲ 7+ xatalsoL. ® — τοῦ L. XII. Flt CO GREEN THI ANS. τὸν τοιοῦτον ἕως τρίτου οὐρανοῦ. 8 Kai οἶδα τὸν τοιοῦτον ‘such 7a %one to [the] third heaven. Ané I know snch ἄνθρωπον, εἴτε ty σώματι εἴτε “txroc' τοῦ σώματος “οὐκ aman, (whether in [the] body or outof the body Snot 16 Ξ 1 ε θ ᾿Ὶ 16 +4 4 ou c , = ᾽ 4 , ὃ oloa O σεος OLOEYV OTL nOTa γῆ εις TOV παραύεισον, ‘I Ἔπονγ, God knows:) that he was caught away to Paradise, καὶ ἤκουσεν ἄῤῥητα ῥήματα, ἃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ and heard unutterable sayings, which itis not permitted to man λαλῆσαι. 5 ὑπὲρ τοῦ.τοιούτου καυχήσομαι: ὑπὲρ.δὲ ἐμαυτοῦ tospeak. Concerning sucha one I will boast, butconcerning myself οὐ.καυχήσομαι, εἰμὴ ἐν ταῖς.ἀσθενείαις ἅμου" 6 ἐὰν.γὰρ I will not boast, unless in my weaknesses. For if , , ? » » 2 , ‘ θελήσω καυχήσασθαι, οὐκιἔσομαι ἄφρων ἀλήθειαν.γὰρ I should desire to boast, Ishall not be a fool; for truth ἐρῶ: φείδομαι.δέ, μή τις εἰς ἐμὲ λογίσηται ὑπὲρ ὃ Iwillsay; butIforbear, lest anyone asto me should reckon above what βλέπει με, ἢ ἀκούει “τι' ἐξ ἐμοῦ. 7 Kai τῇ ὑπερβολῇ hesees me, or hears anything of me. And by the surpassingness ~ ? 7 ευ ate , ? ’ ’ὔ τῶν ἀποκαλύψεων iva μὴ ὑπεραίρωμαι, ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ, ofthe revelations that I might not be exalted, was given to me a thorn τῇ σαρκί, ἄγγελος Scaray' ἵνα pe κολαφίζῃ, iva μὴ for the flesh, amessenger ofSatan, that me he might buffet, that *not ὑπεραίρωμαι." 8.1 ὑπὲρ τούτου τρὶς τὸν κύριον παρεκάλεσα, 11 7might be exalted. For this thrice the Lord I besought u > ~ ~ ‘ » ~ « ἵνα ἀποστῇ ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ 9 καὶ εἴρηκέν μοι, ᾿Αρκεῖ σοι ἡ that it might depart from me, And hesaid tome, Suffices thee , , = > ΄ Lad χάρις.μου: ἡ.γὰρ δύναμίς ἔμου" ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ ἱτελειοῦται." my grace ; for the power of me in weakness is perfected. ἥδιστα οὖν μᾶλλον καυχήσομαι ἐν ταῖς ἀσθενείαις μου" Most gladly therefore rather in ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ will [ boast my weaknesses > ? ? A « , ~ ~ A ἐπ᾿ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ χριστοῦ. 10 διὸ that may dwell upon me the power of the Christ. Wherefore εὐδοκῶ ἐν ἀσθενείαις, ἐν ὕβρεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν διωγ- I take pleasure in weaknesses, in insults, in necessities, in perse- μοῖς, "ἐν" στενοχωρίαις, ὑπὲρ χριστοῦ" ὅταν. γὰρ ἀσθενῶ, cutions, in straits, for Christ : for when I may be weak, τότε δυνατός εἰμι. then powerful Iam. 11 Γέγονα ἄφρων °Kavxywpevoc’' ὑμεῖς μὲ ἠναγκάσατε. I have become a fool boasting ; ye me compelled : ? ‘ , » bens ~ ΄ ? 4 ‘ éyw.yao woerov ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι" οὐδὲν. γὰρ forl ought by you tohave beencommended; for nothing ὑστέρησα τῶν ΡῬὺὑπὲρ.λίαν' ἀποστόλων, εἰ Kai οὐδέν εἰμι. I was behind those ἴῃ asurpassing degree apostles, if also nothing I am. 12 Τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου “κατειργάσθη" ἐν ὑμῖν ΤῊΘ “indeed ‘signs of the apostle were workedout among you ἐν πάσῃ ὑπομονῇ; τέν᾽ σημείοις "καὶ" τέρασιν καὶ δυνάμεσιν. in all er “‘urance, in signs and wonders and works of power. 18 riyap ἐστιν ὃ ἡττήθητε! ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκ- Forin what isit that ye ὙΧ61Θ inferior beyond the rest [of the) as- οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν ; χαρί- did not lazily burden you? For- κλησίας, εἰμὴ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ semblies, unless that “myself ‘I © — οὐκ οἶδα L. b xpi: apart from LTTra. ἐπε d— μον my ᾿ττ[Α]. 487 caught up to the third heaven. 3 And I knew such a man, (whether im the body, or out of the body, I cannot tel1- God knoweth;) 4 how thathe was caught up into paradise, and heard unspeakable words, which it is not lawful for a man to utter. 5 Of such an one will I glory: yet of myself I will not glory, but in mine in- firmities. 6 For thougk I would desire to glo- ry, I shall not bea fool ; forI willsay the truth: but now I for- bear, lest any man should think of me above that which he seeth me to be, or that he heareth of me. 7 And lest I should be exalted above mea- stre through the a- bundance of the re- velations, there was given to mea thornin the flesh, the messen- ger of Satan to buffet me, lest I should be exalted above mea-~ sure. 8 For this thing I besought the Lord thrice, that it might depart from me. 9 And he said unto me, My grace is sufficient for thee: for my strength is made per- fect in weakness. Most gladly therefore willI rather glory in my infirmities, that the power of Christ may rest upon me, 10 Therefore I take pleasure in infirmities, in reproaches, in ne- cessities, in persecu- tions, in distresses for Christ’s sake: for when I am weak, then am I strong. 111 am become a fool in glorying 5 ye have compelled me: for I ought to have been commended of you: for in nothing am I behind the very chiefest apostles, though I be nothing. 12 Truly the signs of an apostle were wrought among you in all patience, in signs, and wonders, and mighty deeds. 13 Fox what is it wherein ye were infe- rior to other churches, € — ru LTTr[A]. vo therefore LTr{[a]. 2 σατανᾶ LTTra. Ὁ — ἵνα μὴ ὑπεραίρωμαι [114]. + + [καὶ] and L. k — μον LITra. 1 τελεῖται LTIrA. τὸ μου} Tr. "xatandT. ° — καυχώ- μενος GLTTrAW. P ὑπερλίαν GLTAW. 4 κατηργάσθη T. τ--- ἐν LTTrAW. * τε καὶ and also Ta. τ ἠσσώθητε LITA. 488 except tt be that I myself was not bur- densome to you? for- give me this wrong. 14 Behold, the third time I am ready to come to you; and I will not be burden- some to you: for I seek not yours, but you: for the children ought not to lay up for the parents, but the parents for the children. 15 And Iwill, very gladly spend and be spent for you; though the moreabun- dantly I love you, the less Ibe loved. 16 But be it so, I did not bur- den you: neverthe- less, being crafty, I caught you with guile. 17 DidI make a gain of you by any of them whom I sent unto you? 18 I desired Titus, and with him I sent a brother. Did Titus makea gain of you? walked we not in the same spirit? walked we not in the same steps ? 19 Again, think ye that we excuse our- selves unto you? we speak before God in Christ : but we do all things, dearly beloved, for your edifying. 20 For I fear, lest, when 1 come,I shall not find you such as I would, and that I shall be found unto you such as ye would not: lest there be debates, en- vyings, wraths, strifes, backbitings, whisper- ings, swellings, tu- mults : 21 and lest, when I come again, my God will humble me among you, and that I ‘shall bewail many which have sin- ned already, and have not repented of the uncleanness and for- nication and lascivi- ousness which they have committed. XII. This ts the third time I am com- ing to you. In the mouth of twoor three witnesses shall every word be established. 2 I told you before, and foretell you, as if I were present, the se- cond time; and being absent now I write ἃ - τοῦτο this (third time) GLTT:[A]w. Υ — καὶ LTTrA. and —; (read Long ago ye are thinking, &c.) LrTra. f ἔρις strife LT. i ταπεινώσει Shall humble trtra. LTTraw. LTTraw. TBGOyIKGQPUN@IoOYs 8Β. XII, XE. σασθὲέ μοι τὴν. ἀδικίαν.ταύτην. 14 ἰδοὺ τρίτον ἃ ἑτοίμως ἔχω give this injustice. Lo, athirdtime ready Iam ? ~ κ᾿ δἰ ι ΄ ~ ~ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, Kai οὐ. καταναρκήσω Viper" οὐ.γὰρ.ζητῶ tocome to you, andIwillnotlazily burden you; for I do not seek 4 € ~ 71} € ~ , ᾿ - τὰ ὑμῶν, "ἀλλ᾽" ὑμᾶς. οὐ.γὰρ ὀφείλει τὰ τέκνα τοῖς the things of you, but you; for*not “ought ‘the ?children for the γονεῦσιν θησαυρίζειν, “ἀλλ᾽ οἱ γονεῖς τοῖς τέκνοις. 15 ἐγὼ.δὲ parents to treasure up, but the parents for the children. Now I ἥδιστα δαπανήσω καὶ ἐκδαπανηθήσομαι ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν most gladly will ΒΡ πα and _ will be utterly spent for ?souls ὑμῶν" εἰ Teai' περισσοτέρως ὑμᾶς *ayary," "ἧττον" Ῥἀγαπῶ- tyour, if even moreabundantly *you loving, less I am loved. μαι." 16 "Eorw.6é, ἐγὼ οὐ.κατεβάρησα ὑμᾶς" "ἀλλ᾽" ὑπάρχων But be itso, IL did not burden you; but being me πανοῦργος δόλῳ ὑμᾶς ἔλαβον. 17 μήτινα ὧν ἀπέσταλκα οὐ with guile you I took. Any of whom I have sent πρὸς ὑμᾶς, dv αὐτοῦ ἐπλεονέκτησα ὑμᾶς ; 18 παρεκάλεσα to you, by him did I overreach you? I besought Τίτον; καὶ συναπέστειλα τὸν ἀδελφόν" ph τι ἐπλεονέκτησεν Titus, and sent with fhim}the brother: Did ?overreach ὑμᾶς Τίτος; οὐ τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι περιεπατήσαμεν ; οὐ *you ‘Titus? Not by the same spirit walked we? Not τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἴχνεσιν ; inthe same steps? 19 “Πάλιν" δοκεῖτε Ore ὑμῖν ἀπολογούμεθα ;° “karevo- Again do ye think that to you we are making a defence? be- πιον" “τοῦ" θεοῦ ἐν χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν" τὰ δὲ πάντα, ἀγαπητοί, fore God in Christ wespeak; and all things, beloved, « ν᾿ ~ J ~ > ~ ne , 7 > . ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν.οἰκοδομῆς. 30 φοβοῦμαι.γάρ, μηπως ἐλθὼν for your building up. ForI fear, lest perhaps having come οὐχ οἵους θέλω εὕρω ὑμᾶς, κἀγὼ εὑρεθῶ ὑμῖν οἷον not such as 1 wish I should find you, andI be found by you such as ov.OéreTEe” μήπως fEoec,' SZHAow,' θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, ye do not wish: lest perhaps [there be]strifes, jealousies, indignations, contentions, καταλαλιαί, ψιθυρισμοί, φυσιώσεις, ἀκαταστασίαι" 21 μὴ evil speakings, whisperings, puffings up, commotions ; lest s h EXO , Π i , " κ « θ0 , Y « - πάλιν EATOVTa με TATELVWOY O GEOC μου προς veac, again having come °*me “should *humble 7G@od ‘my asto you, καὶ πενρθήηήσω πολλοὺῤξ τῶν προημαρτηκότων, καὶ and 1 5Βουϊᾶ mournover many _ of those who and pp-meravonoayvrwy ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ Kai πορνείᾳ Kai ἀσελ- have not repented upon the uncleanness and fornication and _ licen- γείᾳ ἔπραξαν. tiousness which they practised. have before sinned, 13 Τρίτον.τοῦτο ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ἐπὶ στόματος This third time I am coming’ to you. In [the] mouth δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα. 2 προεί- oftwo witnesses ΟΥ̓ of three shall be established every matter. I have be- onka καὶ προλέγω, we παρὼν τὸ δεύτερον, Kai fore declared and Isay beforehand, as being present the second time, and ἀπὼν νῦν 'ypapw' τοῖς προημαρτηκύσιν, καὶ τοῖς being absent now Iwrite tothose who have before sinned, and to *the ¥—Uue@v LTTTA. WaAAGLTTrAW. * ἀλλὰ Tr. : ἀγαπῶ LlovetT. ὃ. ἧσσον LTTraA. ὃ ἀγαπῶμαι; aml loved? τ. ¢ Πάλαι ἃ κατέναντι LTTrAW. ε-- τοῦ 8 ζῆλος jealousy LTTraW. h ἐλθόντος μου I having come k + we °*me LTTrAW. !— γράφω GLTTraw. ΧΠΙ. Il CORINTHIANS. λοιποῖς πᾶσιν, ὅτι ἐὰν ἔλθω εἰς TO πάλιν οὐ.φείσομαι. 3 ἐπεὶ Srest 141, that if Icome again I will not spare. Since δοκιμὴν ζητεῖτε Tov ἐν ἐμοὶ λαλοῦντος χριστοῦ, ὃς εἰς a proof ye seek ‘in me “speaking 1of 2Christ, (who towards ὑμᾶς οὐκ.ἀσθενεῖ, ἀλλὰ δυνατεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. 4 καὶ. γὰρ ™ei' you is not weak, but is powerful in you, for indeed if ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας, ἀλλὰ ζῇ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ" he was crucified in weakness, yet he lives by 2power *God’s ; καὶ. γὰρ" ἡμεῖς ἀσθενοῦμεν ἐν αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ “ζησόμεθα" σὺν for indeed we are weak in him, but we shalllive with αὐτῷ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ Pete spac’ 5 ἑαυτοὺς πειράζετε him by 2power ?God’s towards you,) yourselves try ye εἰ ἐστὲ ἐν TH πίστει, ἑαυτοὺς δοκιμάζετε. ἢ OVK.ETLYLYWOKETE if yeare in the faith; yourselves prove: or do ye not recognize ἑαυτούς, ὅτι «Ἰησοῦς χριστὸς" ἐν ὑμῖν τέστιν! : εἰ μή τι ἀδό- yourselves, that Jesus Christ in you i unless re- , ? > , 4 .“ ’ e c ~ > ? A κιμοί tore. 6 ἐλπίζω.δὲ ὅτι γνώσεσθε Ori ἡμεῖς οὐκ.ἐσμὲν is, jected ye are? Nowlhope that yewillknow that we are not ἀδόκιμοι. 7 "εὔχομαι" δὲ πρὸς τὸν θθὺν μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς rejected. But I pray to God [that] 2may *do ye x , > ev « - , ~ > γ ὦ J ~ κακὸν μηδέν, οὐχ ἵνα ἡμεῖς δόκιμοι φανῶμεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ὑμεῖς Sevil ‘nothing; not that we approved mayappear, but that ye TO καλὸν ποιῆτε, ἡμεῖς.δὲ ὡς ἀδόκιμοι ὦμεν. ὃ οὐ.γὰρ what [is] right may do, and we as_ rejected be. For not δυνάμεθά τι κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας, ᾿ἀλλ᾽" ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας. have we “power ‘any against the truth, but for the truth, 9 χαίρομεν. γὰρ bray ἡμεῖς ἀσθενῶμεν, ὑμεῖς.δὲ δυνατοὶ rE For we rejoice when we may be weak, andye powerful may be. τοῦτο. δὲ" καὶ εὐχόμεθα, τὴν. ὑμῶν κατάρτισιν. 10 διὰ τοῦτο But this also we pray for, your perfecting. On this account ταῦτα ἀπὼν γράφω, iva παρὼν μὴ ἀποτόμως χρή- these things being absent I write, that being present not with severity I may σωμαι, κατὰ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἣν “ἔδωκέν μοι ὁ κύριος" εἰς treat [you], according tothe authority which οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν. building up and not for overthrowing. 11 Λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί, χαίρετε, καταρτίζεσθε, παρακαλεῖσθε, For the rest, brethren, rejoice; be perfected ; be encouraged ; τὸ. αὐτὸ φρονεῖτε, ElpnvEvETE’ Kai ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ *the ὅβδιὴθ *thing ‘mind; be at peace; and the God of love and > , » ᾽ « ~ ᾽ / > , ᾽ c / εἰρήνης ἔσται μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 12 ᾿Ασπάσασθε ἀλλήλους ἐν ἁγίῳ peace shall be with you. Salute one another with a holy φιλήματι. ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς ot ἅγιοι πάντες. 18 Ἧ χάρις kiss, “Salute ‘you *the *saints 1411, The grace τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, Kai ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai ἡ of the Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the κοινωνία TOU ἁγίου πνεύματος μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. "ἀμήν." fellowship of the Holy Spirit [be] with 3411 you. Amen, YIIpoc Κορινθίους δευτέρα ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Φιλίππων τῆς “To [3586] *Corinthians ‘second written from Philippi Μακεδονίας, διὰ Τίτου καὶ Λουκᾶ." of Macedonia, by ‘Titus and Lucas. Sgave ‘*me 'the *Lord for τῷ — ες [LJTTrA. n+ καὶ also E. © ζήσομεν LTTrAW. ᾿Ιησοῦς Tir. τ — ἐστιν (read [is]) [L]rtr[a]. v¥ — δὲ but LiTraw. Ἢ ὃ κύριος ἔδωκέν μοι LTTrA. subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Κορινθίους β΄ Tra. i P [εἰς ὑμᾶς] A. 5 εὐχόμεθα We pray LTTrAW. χα — ἀμήν GLTTrAW. 489 to them which hereto- fore have sinned, and to all other, that, if I come again, I will not spare: 3 since ye seek a@ proof of Christ speaking in me, whick to you-ward is not weak, but is mighty in you. 4 For though he was crucified through weakness, yet he liveth by the power of God. For we also are weak in him, but we shall live with him by the power of God toward you. 5 Examine your- selves, whether ye be in the faith; prove your own selves. Know ye not your own selves, how that Jesus Christ is in you, except ye be reprobates? 6 But I trust that ye shall know that we re not reprobates. 7 Now I pray to God that ye do no evil; not that we should appear approv- ed, but that ye should do that which is ho- nest, though we be as reprobates. 8 For we can do nothing against the truth, but for the truth. 9 For we are glad, when we are weak, and e are strong: and t also we wish, even your perfection. 10 There- fore I write these things being absent, lest being present I should use sharpness, according to the power which the Lord hath given me to edifica- tion, and not to de- struction. 11 Finally, brethren, farewell. Be perfect, be of good comfort, be of one mind, live in peace ; and the God of love and peace shall be with you. 12 Greet one another with an holy kiss. 13 All the saints salute you. 14 The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the communion of the Holy Ghost, be with you all, Amen. 4 χριστὺς t ἀλλὰ TTra. y — the Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ THE *TO PAUL, an _ apostle, (mot of men, neither by man, but by Jesus Christ, and God the Father, who raised him from the dead ;) 2 and all the brethren which are with me, unto the churches of Galatia: 3 Grace be to you and peace from God the Father, and from our Lord Jesus Christ, 4 who gave himself for our sins, that he might deliver us from this present evil world, according to the will of God and our Father: 5to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen. 6 I marvel that ye are so soon removed from him that called you inte the grace of Christ unto another gospel: 7 which is not another ; but there be some that trouble you, and would pervert the gospelof Christ. 8 But though we, or an angel from heaven, preach any other gospel unto you than that which we have preached unto you, let him be ac- cursed. 9 As we said hefore, so say I now again, If any man preach any other gos- vel unto you than that ye have received, ‘et him be accursed. [0 For do I now per- suade men, or God? or do 1 seek to please men? for if I yet pleased men, I should not be the servant of Christ. 11 But I certify you, brethren, that the gos- pel which was preach- ed of me is not after Y man, 12 For I nei- TAAATA> °GALATIANS ἘΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ͂ ΠΑΥΛΟΥ." THR) ‘EPISTLE 70F *PAUL. ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος, οὐκ az’ ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲ Paul apostle, not from men nor θρώπου, ἀλλὰ διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, καὶ θεοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ man, but through Jesus Christ, and God [the] Father, who ’ , 4 ~ c 4 S ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, καὶ οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ raised him from among([the] dead, and *the *with e πάντες ἀδελφοί, ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Γαλατίας" ἃ χάρις ὑμῖν tall ’prethren, tothe assemblies of Galatia. Grace to you καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς Kai κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χρισ- ou through ? αν- and peace from God [the] Father and 7Lord ‘our Jesus Christ, τοῦ, 4 τοῦ δόντος ἑαυτὸν drip" τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν. ἡμῶν, ὅπως who gave himself _ for our sins, so that yt € ~ ~ ~ ~ ἢ ~ ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ “ἐνεστῶτος αἰῶνος" πονηροῦ, he might deliver us out Οὗ the present 7age evil, κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ Kai πατρὸς ἡμῶν, ὅ ᾧ aecording to the will of οὔ *and *Father our; to whom [be 4 , ? A) I~ ~ ᾽ν», ᾽ ’, ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. the glory to the ages ofthe ages, Amen. 6 Θαυμάζω ort οὕτως ταχέως μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ τοῦ Iwonder that thus quickly ye are being changed from him who καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς ἐν χάριτι χριστοῦ, εἰς ἕτερον εὐαγ- called you in “grace *Christ’s, to a different glad γέλιον: 7 ὃ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλο, εἰ μή τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσ- tidings, which is not another; but “some ‘there 7are who trou- σοντες ὑμᾶς, Kai θέλοντες μεταστρέψαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ ble you, and desire to pervert the glad tidings of the ~ 8 ἀλλ 4 Che a | « ~ n » ? > ~ d ? χριστοῦ. ὃ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐὰν ἡμεῖς ἢ ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ “evay- Christ : but even if we or anangel outof heaven should an- , «ε ~ ᾽ τι ΄ J ~ , γελίζηται! viv’ map ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα ὑμῖν, ἀνάθεμα nounce glad tidings to youcontrarytowhat weannounced toyou, accursed ἔστω. 9 ὡς προειρήκαμεν, Kai ἄρτι πάλιν λέγω, εἴ τις let him be, As we have said before, “also *now again Isay, If anyone ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελίζεται map ὃ παρελάβετε, ἀνάθεμα [to] you announces glad tidings contrary to what ye received, accursed ἔστω. 10 ἄρτι.γὰρ ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν θεόν; ἢ let him be. For now men do I persuade or God? or ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν ; εἰ γὰρ" ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, do I seek men toplease? Forif yet men I were pleasing, χριστοῦ δοῦλος ovK.ay.nuny. Christ’s bondman I should not be. 11 Γνωρίζω dé" ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοί, τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τὸ εὐαγ- 21 make ‘known ‘but toyou, brethren, the gladtidings which was ελισθὲν ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι οὐκιἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον" 12 οὐδὲ announced by me, that itisnot according to man. ?Neither a4 τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle Ε; Πρὸς Τ'αλάτας LTTraw. τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος LTTrA. E γὰρ for ΤτΑ. Ὁ περὶ GLTTrAW. © αἰῶνος 4 εὐαγγελίσηται T. © -- ὑμῖν τ. f — yap for LTTrAW. GALATIANS. ? ‘ 9. , , ? , b » Ι 2 , ἐγὼ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου παρέλαβον αὐτό, οὔτε" ἐδιδάχθην, for I from man received it, nor was I taught [it], 2 AY a? , ? ~ ~ ? , ‘ ‘ ἀλλὰ bv ἀποκαλύψεως ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 13 Ἤκούσατε.γὰρ τὴν but by 8. revelation of Jesus Christ. For ye heard of ? A ? 4, > ~? oe ~ a ἈΠ 6 ‘ éunv.avacroogny ποτε ἐν τῷ Ἰουδαϊσμῷ, ὅτι Kal’ ὑπερβολὴν my conduct once in Judaism, that excessively ἐδίωκον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ Kai ἐπόρθουν αὐτήν" I was persecuting the assembly of God and was ravaging it; 14 καὶ προέκοπτον ἐν τῷ lovdaiopyp ὑπὲρ πολλοὺς συνηλικιώτας and was advancing in Judaism beyond many contemporaries ἐν τῷ. γένει.μου, περισσοτέρως ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τῶν πατρι- ΤΥ i ‘ in my{own]race, moreabundantly zealous being *of *fathers κῶν μου παραδόσεων. 15 bredé εὐδόκησεν ‘0 θεὸς" ὁ “my ‘for (?the] ‘traditions. But when ?was “pleased 1God, who ἀφορίσας με ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός.μου, Kai καλέσας διὰ τῆς selected mine from *womb and called [me] by χἀριτος.αὐτοῦ, 16 ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν.υἱὸν. αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί, ἵνα *my *mother’s, his grace, to reveal his Son in me, that εὐαγγελίζωμαι. αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν; εὐθέως I should announce him as the gladtidings among the nations, immediately ul οὐ. προσανεθέμην σαρκὶ Kai πππητο 17 οὐδὲ Ἑἀνῆλθον" εἰς I conferred not with flesh and blood, nor wentIup to Ἱεροσόλυμα πρὸς τοὺς πρὸ ἐμοῦ ἀποστόλους, ἰἀλλ᾽" Jerusalem to those [who were] 7before *me apostles, but > ~ 2 ’ , \ , t , ? , ἀπῆλθον εἰς ᾿Αραβίαν, kai πάλιν ὑπέστρεψα εἰς Δαμασκόν. I went away into Arabia, and again returned to Damascus, 18 Ἔπειτα μετὰ ™érn τρία" ἀνῆλθον εἰς ‘lepocdAvpa ἱσ- Then after 7years ‘three Iwentup to Jerusalem to make τορῆσαι πέτρον," καὶ ἐπέμεινα πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡμέρας acquaintance with Peter, and Iremained with him days δεκαπέντε: 19 ἕτερον.δὲ τῶν ἀποστόλων οὐκ.εἶδον, εἰ. μὴ ‘fifteen ; but other of the apostles Isaw not, except ᾿Ιάκωβον τὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ κυρίου. 20 ἃ δὲ ράφω ὑμῖν, James the brother ofthe Lord. Now what[things] I write to you, ἰδοὺ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, Ori οὐ-ψεύδομαι. 21 Ἔπειτα ἦλθον εἰς lo, before God, I lie not. Then I came into τὰ κλίματα τῆς Συρίας καὶ τῆς Κιλικίας" 22 ἤμην.δὲ a- the regions of Syria and Cilicia ; butI was un- yvoobpevoc τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας ταῖς known by face tothe assemblies of Judea which Ἵ ~ , \ ? , «“ c ἐν χριστῷ: 23 μόνον.δὲ ἀκούοντες ἦσαν, Ὅτι ὁ fare] in Christ, only Shearing ‘they *were, That he who διώων ἡμᾶς ποτε, νῦν εὐαγγελίζεται τὴν πίστιν *perseeuted s once, now announces the gladtidings— the faith, ἥν ποτε ἐπόρθει. 24 καὶ ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν. which once he ravaged: and they were glorifying 7in “me *God. a \ , 7 ~ , J , 2 « Ω "Ἔπειτα διὰ δεκατεσσάρων ἐτῶν πάλιν ἀνέβην εἰς “1ε- Then after fourteen years again Iwentup to Je- ροσόλυμα pera BapyaBa, οσυμπαραλαβὼν" καὶ Τίτον" rusalem wit Barnabas, taking with [116] αἰδὸ Titus; 2 ἀνέβην.δδλ᾿ κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν, καὶ ἀνεθέμην αὐτοῖς τὸ but 1 went up according to revelation, and laid before them the εὐαγγέλιον ὃ κηρύσσω ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. δὲ τοῖς glad tidings τ ἢ 1 proclaim among the nations, but privately to those 491 ther received it of man, neither was I taught it, but by the revelation of Jesus Christ. 13 For ye have heard of my conver- sation in time past in the Jews’ religion, how that beyond measure I persecuted the church of God, and wasted it: 14 and profited in the Jews’ religion above Many my equals in mine own nation, be- ing more exceedingly zealous of the tradi- tions of my fathers. 15 But when it pleased God, who separated me from my mother’s womb, and called me by his grace, 16to re- veal his Son in me, that I might preach him among the hea- then; immediately 1 conferred not with flesh and blood: 17 nei- ther went I up to Je- rusalem tothem which were apostles before me; but I went into Arabia, and returned again unto Damascus, 18 Then after three years I went up to Je- rusalem to see Peter, and abode with him fifteen days. 19 But other of the apostles saw Inone, save James the Lord’s brother. 20 Now the things which I write unto you, behold, before God, Llie not. 21 Af- terwards I came into the regions of Syria and Cilicia; 22 and was unknown by face unto the churches of Juda which were in Christ: 23 but they had heard only, That he which persecuted us in times past now preacheth the faith which once he de- stroyed, 24 And they glorified God in me. Il. Then fourteen years after I went up again to Jerusalem with Barnabas, and took Titus with me also. 2 And I went up by revelation, and communicated unto them that gospel which | preachamong the Gentiles, but pri- vately so them which were of reputation, lest by any meaus 1 should run, or had run, in vain. 3 But neither Titus, who b οὐδὲ LTr. ἀλλὰ LTTrA. i— ὃ θεὸς (read he was pleased) [L]Ta. τὰ τρία ἔτη 1. Ὁ Kndav Cephas LrTraw. Κ ἀπῆλθον went I away La. ° auv- TA. 492 was with me, being a Greek, was compelled to be circumcised : 4 and that because of false brethren una- wares brought in, who came in privily to spy out our liberty which we have in Christ Jesus, that they might bring us into bondage: 5 to whom we gave place by sub- jection, no, not for an hour; that the truth of the gospel might continue with you. 6 But of these who seemed to be some- what, (whatsoever they were, it maketh no matter to me: God accepteth no man’s person :) for they who seemed to be somewhat in conference added nothing to me: 7 but contrariwise, | when they saw that the gos- pel of the uncireumci- sion was committed unto me, as the gospel of the circumcision was unto Peter ; 8 (for he that wrought ef- fectually in Peter to the apostleship of the circumcision, the same was mighty in me to- ward the Gentiles :) 9 and when James, Cephas, and John,who seemed to be pillars, perceived the grace that was given unto me, they gave to me and Barnabas _ the right hands of fellow- ship; that we should go unto the heathen and they unto the cir- eumcision. 10 Only they would that we should remember the poor ; the same which I also was forward to do. 11 But when Peter was come to Antioch, I withstood him to the face, because he was to be blamed. 12 For before that cer- tain came from James, he did eat with the Gentiles: but when they were come, he withdrew and _ sepa- rated himself, fear- ing them which were of the circumcision. 13 And the other Jews dissembled likewise with him; insomuch that Barnabas also was carried away with their dissimula- tion. 14 But when I saw that they walked Tl POS. (PAAATA Σ. ΤΙ δοκουσιν, μήπως εἰς κενὸν τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον" 3 ἀλλ’ of repute, lest somehow in vain 1 should berunningor hadrun; (but 7 Nh ’ ς ΄ ᾽ ΄ οὐδὲ Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί, Ἕλλην ὦν, ἠναγκάσθη περι- noteven Titus who[was]with me, 24 ΟἼΘΟΙΚ *being, was compelled tobe τμηθῆναι. 4 διὰ δὲ τοὺς παρεισάκτους wWevd- circumcised ;) and [this] on account of the *brought ‘in *stealthily ‘false “ ev ~ ~ ‘ αδέλφους, οἵτινες παρεισῆλθον κατασκοπῆσαι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ?prethren, who came in by stealth to spy out *freedom € ~ τι » ? ~ ? ~ tt t ~ ΄ ἡμῶν ἣν ἔχομεν ἐν χριστῷ Inoov, wa ἡμᾶς Ῥκαταδουλώ- Your which wehave in Christ Jesus, that 8 they might bring cwvra' ὅ οἷς οὐδὲ πρὸς ὥραν εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ, into bondage; to whom noteven for 81 hour did we yield in subjection, ἵνα ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ εὐαγγελίου διαμείνῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 6 ᾿Απὸ thatthe truth ofthe gladtidings might continue with you. *From δὲ τῶν δοκούντων elyai τι, ὁποῖοί. ποτε ἦσαν οὐδέν *but those reputed tobe something, whatsoever they were 7no μοι διαφέρει" πρόσωπον “θεὸς ἀνθρώπου οὐ λαμ- “to ὅ“Π16 makes "difference: [the] person >God of?man ‘not ‘does , a > 4 A « ~ Dr , ? x βάνει: ἐμοὶ.γὰρ ot δοκοῦντες οὐδὲν προσανέθεντο, 7 ἀλλὰ accept ; fortome those ofrepute nothing conferred ; but τοὐναντίον, ἰδόντες Ort πεπίστευμαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον on the contrary, having seen that I have been entrusted with the glad tidings ~ > / ~ ~ τῆς ἀκροβυστίας, καθὼς Πέτρος τῆς περιτομῆς 8 ὁ of the uncireumcision, according as Peter [that] of the circumcision, (*he *who γὰρ évepynoac Πέτρῳ εἰς ἀποστολὴν τῆς περιτομῆς, ἐνήργη- ‘for wrought in Peter for apostleship of the circumcision, wrought σεν “kai ἐμοὶ! εἰς τὰ ἔθνη" 9 καὶ γνόντες τὴν χάριν THY also in me towards the nations,) and having known the’ grace which δοθεῖσάν μοι, ᾿Ιάκωβος καὶ Κηφᾶς καὶ "ἸΙωάννης," ot do- was given to me, James and Cephas and John, those re- κοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι, δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν ἐμοὶ καὶ Βαρνάβᾳ puted 3pillars 'to *be,(the] right hands “they *gave Sto *me 7and *Barnabas κοινωνίας, ἵνα ἡμεῖς ἢ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν lof *fellowship, that we {should go] to the nations, andthey to the περιτομήν᾽ 10 μόνον τῶν πτωχῶν iva μνημονεύωμεν, ὃ circumcision : only the poor that we should remember, which καὶ ἐσπούδασα αὐτὸ.τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. 2also *I "was ‘diligent *very “thing to do, 11 Ὅτε.δὲ ἦλθεν Πέτρος" εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν, κατὰ-πρόσωπον But when *came 1Peter to Antioch, to [the] face αὐτῷ ἀντέστην, OTL κατεγνωσμένος ἦν. 12 πρὸ.τοῦ.γὰρ him I withstood, because to becondemned he was: for before that ING) ~ ? ee ’ 4 ~ > ~ , e A ἐλθεῖν τινας ἀπὸ Τακώβου, pera τῶν ἐθνῶν συνήσθιεν" ὅτε. δὲ 2came ‘some from «81η65, with the nations he waseating; but when σῆλθον ὑπέστελλεν καὶ ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν, φοβούμενος they came, he was drawing back and wasseparating himself, being afraid of Tove ἐκ περιτομῆς" 13 καὶ συνυπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ καὶ ot those of [the] circumcision ; and conjointly dissembled with him also the λοιποὶ Ἰουδαῖοι, ὥστε καὶ BapyaBac συναπήχθη αὐτῶν rest of {the] Jews, sothat even Barnabas’ wascarriedaway “their TH ὑποκρίσει. 14 ᾿Αλλ᾽ Ore εἶδον Ore οὐκ. ὀρθοποδοῦσιν ‘by dissimulation. But when I saw that they walk not uprightly πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, εἶπον τῷ "Πέτρῳ' according to the truth of the glad tidings, 1 said to Peter καταδουλώσουσιν they shall bring into bondage Lrtraw. t+ μὲν O[L]. ® [warns Tr. 4 ὃτ. τ κἀμοὶ LTrW. ν Κηφᾶς Cephas LTTraw. w ἦλθεν he came LTr. ν᾿ Κηφᾷ Cephas LTTraw. Tay ti. GALATIANS. ἔμπροσθεν πάντων, Ei σύ, ᾿Ιουδαῖος ὑπάρχων, ἐθνικῶς before all, If thou, 7a *Jew ‘being, nation-like γζῇς καὶ οὐκ ᾿Ιουδαϊκῶς," *ri' τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις “Lov- livest and ποῦ Jewishly, why the nations dost thou compel to ju- δαίζειν; 15 Ἡμεῖς φύσει ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν daize ἢ We, *by*nature ‘Jews, and not of (the) *nations e , > , at > “Ὅ » ? » ἁμαρτωλοί, 16 εἰδότες ἃ Ort οὐ.δικαιοῦται ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ἔργων ‘sinners, knowing that “15 “ποὺ ‘justified %'a?man by works νόμου, éav.pn διὰ πίστεως ῬΙησοῦ χριστοῦ," καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς of law, but through faith of Jesus Christ, also we on χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἐπιστεύσαμεν, iva δικαιωθῶμεν ἐκ πίστεως Christ Jesus believed, that we might be justified by faith χριστοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου" “διότι! “οὐ.δικαιωθήσεται of Christ, and not by works of law; because _ 5881] not be justified ’ » , Π] ~ ’ 17 ἰ δὲ ~ ὃ θῇ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου! πᾶσα σάρξ. εἰ. δὲ ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι by works of law any flesh. Now if seeking to be justified (lit. all) ἐν χριστῷ εὑρεθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί, “ἄρα! χριστὸς in Christ we*were *found 7also ‘ourselves sinners, {is) then Christ ἁμαρτίας διάκονος ;f μὴ.γένοιτο. 18 éi-yap ἃ κατέλυσα 208 581π ?minister ? May it not be! For if what I threw down ταῦτα πάλιν οἰκοδομῶ, παραβάτην ἐμαυτὸν Ξσυνίστημι." these things again I build, a transgressor myself I constitute. 19 ’Eyw.ydp διὰ νόμου νόμῳ ἀπέθανον, ἵνα θεῷ ζήσω. ForI through law to law died, that to God I may live. 20 χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι:" ζῶ.δέ, οὐκέτι ἐγώ, ζῃ.δὲ °Christ ‘I *have *been *crucified *with, yet 1 live, nolonger I, but lives ἐν ἐμοὶ χριστός" 6.6 viv ζῶ ἐν σαρκί, ἐν πίστει 3in *me Christ; but that which now I live in flesh, in faith ζῶ τῇ "τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ," τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντός με καὶ παρα- I live, that of the Son of God, who loved me and gave δόντος ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ. 21 οὐκ. ἀθετῶ τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ" up himself for me. I do not set aside the grace of God ; εἰγὰρ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα χριστὸς δωρεὰν for if through law righteousness [is], then Christ *for *nought ἀπέθανεν. ‘died. ‘ 3°Q ἀνόητοι Γαλάται, τίς ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν ity ἀληθείᾳ O senseless Galatians, who you bewitched, ‘the ‘truth μὴ πείθεσθαι ;"} οἷς κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμοὺς ᾿Ιησοῦς χριστὸξὰᾷ προε- not *to*obey? 7whose °before Jesus Christ was openly γράφη ᾿ὲν ὑμῖν" ἐσταυρωμένος: 2 τοῦτο μόνον θέλω μαθεῖν set forth among you— crucified ? This only Iwish to learn ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν, ἐξ ἔργων νόμου τὸ πνεῦμα ἐλάβετε, ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς from you, by works oflaw the Spirit received ye, or by report πίστεως ; 8 οὕτως ἀνόητοί ἐστε; ἐναρξάμενοι πνεύματι, νῦν of faith ? So senseless are ye? Having begun inSpirit, now σαρκὶ ἐπιτελεῖσθε; A τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῆ; εἴγε in flesh are ye being perfected? So many things did ye suffer in vain? if indeed καὶ εἰκῆ. ὃ ὁ οὖν ἐπιχορηγῶν ὑμῖν «τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ also invain. He who therefore supplies to you the Spirit, and ἐνεργῶν δυνάμεις ἐν ὑμῖν, ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς works works Οὗ power among you, [isit]by works oflaw or by report eyes 493 not uprightly accord- ing to the truth of the gospel, I said unto Pe- ter before them all, If thou, being a Jew, livest after the man- ner of Gentiles, and not as do the Jews, why compellest thou the Gentiles to live as do the Jews? 15 We who are Jews by na- ture, and not sinners of the Gentiles, 16 knowing that a man is not justified;by the works of the law, but by the faith of Jesus Christ, even we have believed in Jesus Christ, that we might be justified by the faith of Christ, and not by the works of the law: for by the works of the law shall no flesh be justified. 17 But if, while we seek to be justified by Christ, we ourselves also are found sinners, 7s therefore Christ the minister of sin? God forbid, 18 For if I build again the things which I destroyed, I make myself a trans- gressor. 19 For I through the law am dead to the law, that I might live unto God. 201 am crucified with Christ : nevertheless I live; yet not I, but Christ liveth in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave himself for me. 211 do not frustrate the grace of God: for if righteousness come by the law, then Christ is dead in vain. III. O foolish Gala- tians, who hath be- witched you, that ye should not obey the truth, before whose eyes Jesus Christ hath been evidently set forth, crucified among you? 2 This only would I learn of you, Received ye the Spirit by the works of the law, or by the hearing of faith? 3 Are yeso foolish ? having be- gun in the Spirit, are ye now made perfect by the flesh, 4 Have ye suffered so many things in vain? if 1 Υ καὶ οὐχ (οὐκ TrA) Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς LTTrA. * πῶς how GLTTraw. a + δὲ but (knowing) GLTTrAWw. Ὁ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ Trr. ς ὅτι LTTrA. ἃ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου οὐ δικαιωθήσεται ΟἸΤΎΓΑΥ, 5 ἄρατ.,. f—; (read Christ [is] then &.)L. Ε συνιστάνω GuTTrAW. © τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ χριστοῦ of God and Christ utr. ' — τῇ ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι GLTTrAW. — ἐν ὑμῖν LYTrA. 494 be yet in vain. 5 He therefore that minis- tereth to you the Spi- rit, and worketh mira- cles among you, doeth he it by the works of the law, or by the hearing of faith? 6 Even as Abraham believed God, and it was accounted to him for righteousness, 7 Know ye therefore that they which are of faith, the same are the children of Abra- bam. 8 And the scrip- ture, foreseeing that God would justify the heathen through faith, preached before the gospel unto Abraham, saying, In thee shall all nations be blessed. 9 So then they which be of faith are blessed with faithful Abra- ham. 10 For as many as are of the works of the law are under the curse: for it is writ- ten, Cursed is every one that continueth not in all things which are written in the book of the law to do them. 11 But that no man is justified by the law in the sight of God, ἐξ is evident: for, The just shall live by faith, 12 And the law is not of faith: but, The man that doeth them shall live in them. 13 Christ hath redeemed us from the curse of the law, being made acurse for us: for it is written, Cursed is every one that hangeth on a tree: 14 that the blessing of Abraham might come on the Gentiles through Je- sus Christ; that we might receive the pro- mise of the Spirit through faith. 15 Brethren, I speak after the manner of men; Though it be but a man’s covenant, yet if it be confirmed, no man disannulleth, or addeth thereto. 16 Now to Abraham and his seed were the promises made. He saith not, And to seeds, as of many; but as of one, And to thy seed, which is Christ. 17 And thisI say, that the covenant, that was confirmed before of God in Christ, the law, which was four hun- k υἱοί εἰσιν LTTr. πᾶσιν in all things) Trr. 4 ὅτι γέγραπται LTTrAW. ¥ — εἰς χριστὸν LITrA. GLTTraw. t ἀλλὰ Tr. ΠΈΡΧΟΣΣΝ PIVALAPACTIVA SS. Ill πίστεως ; 6 καθὼς ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐπίστευσεν τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη of faith? Evenas Abraham believed God, and it was reckoned > ~ 2 , , » € , αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 7 γινώσκετε ἄρα ὅτι οἱ ἐκ πίστεως, ἴο Ηΐτη for righteousness. Know then that they that of faith - tok? eye sit Ὁ , os ~ \ € \ οὗτοί "εἰσιν υἱοὶ ᾿Αβραάμ. 8 προϊδοῦσα.δὲ ἡ γραφὴ [41.868], these are sons of Abraham; and *foreseeing ‘the “scripture ὅτι ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοῖ τὰ ἔθνη ὁ θεός, προευηγγελί-- that by faith *justifies *the ‘nations *God, before announced glad σατο τῷ ABoaap, Ὅτι Ἰἐνευλογηθήσονται" ἐν σοὶ πάντα τὰ tidings to Abraham : Shall be blessed in thee all the ἔθνη. 9 ὥστε οἱ ἐκ πίστεως εὐλογοῦνται σὺν τῷ πιστῷ nations. So that those of faith are being blessed with the believing ᾿Αβραάμ. 10 ὕσοι.γὰρ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσίν, ᾿ὑπὸ κατάραν Abraham. Forasmanyas of works oflaw are, under acurse εἰσίν γέγραπται.γάρ, ™ ᾿Επικατάρατος πᾶς ὃς οὐκ ἐμ- are. For it has beea written, Cursed [15] everyone who not ‘does μένει "ἐν" πᾶσιν τοῖς γεγραμμένοις ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τοῦ νόμου, continue in all things which have been written in the book ofthe Ww ~ ~ > Ld « A ? , > ‘ ~ τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά. 11 “Ὅτι δὲ ἐν νόμῳ οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται todo them. But thatin virtueof law no one is being justified παρὰ τῷ θεῷ δῆλον: Ore ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται" with God [is] manifest ; because the just by faith shall live ; 12 0.6& νόμος οὐκιἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως, “ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ποιήσας but the law is not of faith ; but, the ?who ‘did αὐτὰ Ῥάνθρωπος" ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς. 18 χριστὸς ἡμᾶς “these "things Iman shall live in virtue of them. Christ us ἐξηγόρασεν ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου, γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ransomed from the curse ofthe law, having become for us κατάρα' yéyoanrat.yap,' ᾿Επικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ κρεμά- acurse, (for it has been written, Cursed [15] everyone who hangs μενος ἐπὶ ξύλου" 14 ἵνα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ on ἃ tree,) that to the nations the blessing of Abraham γένηται ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ," ἵνα τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πνεύμα- might come in Christ Jesus, that the promise of the Spirit τος λάβωμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως. we might receive through faith. 1ὅ ᾿Αδελφοί, κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω, ὕμως ἀνθρώπου Brethren, (according to man Iamspeaking,) even of man κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην oddsic ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται. a confirmed covenant no one sets aside, or adds thereto. 16 τῷ.δὲ᾿Αβραὰμ "ἐῤῥήθησαν" ai ἐπαγγελίαι, Kai τῷ σπέρματι But to Abraham owerespoken the promises, an to *seed ? ~ ‘ ~ ? 4 ~ ? αὐτοῦ" οὐ.λέγει, Kai τοῖς σπέρμασιν, ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, "ἀλλ᾽" his: [6 does ποῦ 58., And to seeds, as of many; but we ἐφ᾽ ἑνός, Kai τῷ.σπέρματί.σου, ὅς ἐστιν χριστός. 17 τοῦτο as of one, And to thy seed ; which is Christ. *This δὲ λέγω, διαθήκην προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ “Eig χρισ- ‘now I say, [the] covenant confirmed beforehand by God to Christ, τὸν" ὁ μετὰ “ἔτη τετρακόσια καὶ tTpidkovra' γεγονὼς the ‘after ‘*years “four 7hundred *and *thirty “which *took “place νόμος οὐκ.ἀκυροῖ, eic.7O καταργῆσαι τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν. 18 > ει 1]ῶν doesnotannul 8088 to make of no effect the promise. if m + ὅτι that GLTTrAW. π -- ev (read Ρ — ἄνθρωπος (read ὃ ποιήσας he who did) τ Ἰησοῦ χριστῷ Tr. 5 ἐῤῥέθησαν LITrA. W τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη GLTTrAW. | εὐλογηθήσονται BE. © ἀλλὰ TTr. ΠΙ, IV. GALATI ANS! γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας" for by law ([be)the inheritance, [it is] no longer by promise ; τῷ.δὲ ᾿Αβραὰμ δι’ ἐπαγγελίας κεχάρισται ὁ θεός. 19 Τί but ἴο Abraham through promise 7granted [Sit] ‘God. Why οὖν ὁ νόμος; τῶν παραβάσεων άριν Σπροσετέθη." then the law? Stransgressions ‘for “the *sake*of it was added, ἄχρις οὗ ἔλθῃ τὸ σπέρμα ᾧ ἐπήγγελται, until should have come the seed to whom promise has been made, διαταγεὶς δι ἀγγέλων ἔν χειρὶ μεσίτου. 20 ὁ. δὲ having been ordained through angels Shand 'a?mediator’s. But the μεσίτης ἑνὸς ovK-EoTIV, ὑ-δὲ. θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν. in Mediator *of*one ‘is “not, butGod 7one is. 21 ὋὉ- οὖν. νόμος κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν Yrov θεοῦ"; The lawthen [5 10] against the promises of God? μὴ.γένοιτο᾽ εἰ γὰρ ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζωοποιῆσαι, Mayitnotbe! Forif wasgiven alaw which was 8016 to quicken, ” zn 2 , an | t ΄ ΣΝ 7 ‘ , ὄντως *ay ἐκ νόμου ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη" 22 ἀλλὰ συνέ- indeed by law wouldhavebeen righteousness ; but sshut κλεισεν ἡ γραφὴ τὰ.πάντα “ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν, ἵνα 1 ἐπαγγελία + up ‘the 7scripture allthings under sin, that the promise ἐκ πίστεως ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν. by faith of Jesus Christ might be given tothose that believe. 23 Πρὸ τοῦ.δὲ ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν, ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, But before 7came lfaith, under law we were guarded, Ὀσυγκεκλεισμένοι" εἰς THY μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι" having been shutup to the being “about ‘faith to be revealed. 24 ὥστε ὁ νόμος παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῶν γέγονεν εἰς χριστόν, ἵνα "to Sothat the law tor lour hasbeen{up}to Christ, that ἐκ πίστεως δικαιωθῶμεν: 25 ἐλθούσης.δὲ τῆς πίστεως, by faith we might be justified. But “having *come ‘faith, οὐκέτι ὑπὸ παιδαγωγόν ἐσμεν. 26 πάντες. γὰρ υἱοὶ θεοῦ no longer under a tutor we are; for all sons of God ἐστε διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 27 ὕσοι.γὰρ εἰς ye are through faith in Christ Jesus. For as many as to χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε, χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε. Ἰου- Christ were baptized, Christ "ye did *put on. Jew δαῖος οὐδὲ “Ἕλλην ovK-Evt δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος" nor Greek; thereis ποῦ bondman nor free ; ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ “πάντες".γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἔν χριστῷ Τησοῦ" 28 οὐκ.ἔνι There is not OUK.EVL there is not male and female; for all ye one are in Christ Jesus: 29 cid ὑμες χριστοῦ, ἄρα τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ σπέρμα ἐστέ, butif ye 816] Christ’s, then Abraham's seed ye are, «καὶ ear’ ἐπαγγελίαν κληρονόμοι. and according to promise heirs. 4 Λέγω.δέ, ἐφ’ ὕσον χρόνον ὁ κληρονόμος νήπιός ἐστιν, ΝΟΥ Isay, for aslong?as ‘time the heir aninfant is, ? \ , , ᾽ὔ , a 9 ἰλλὰ οὐδὲν διαφέρει δούλου, κύριος πάντων wy’ Ὁ ἀλλὰ nothing μο differs from abondman, [though] “lord of “811 *being; but ὑπὸ ἐπιτρόπους ἐστὶν Kai οἰκονόμους ἄχρι τῆς προθεσμίας under guardians heis and stewards until the time before appointed ~ e ᾿ ~ ev = ΄ ε Ν ᾿ τοῦ πατρός. 8 οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς, OTE ἦμεν νήπιοι, ὑπὸ τὰ of the father. So also we, when wewere infants, under the στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ‘perv’ δεδουλωμένοι" 4 ὕὅτε.δὲ ἦλθεν τὸ elements ofthe world were held in bondage ; but when came the χα ἐτέθη it was appointed @. ¥ [τοῦ θεοῦ! L. Ὁ συγίσυν- τ)κλειόμενοι being shut up LTTra. © κατὰ T. ἥμεθα τ. © ἅπαντες TTrA, 2 ἐκ νόμου ἂν ἣν (ἣν ἂν T) LTTrA. 495 dred and thirty years after,cannot disannul!, that it should make the promise of none effect. 18 For if the inheritance be of the law, it 7s no more of promise: but God gaveit to Abraham by promise. 19 Wherefore then serveth the law? It was added because of transgressions, till the seed should come to whom the promise Was made; and it was ordained by angels in the hand of a media- tor. 20 Nowa media- tor is not a mediator of one, but God is one. 21 75 the law then against the promises of God? God forbid: for if there had been a law given which could have given life, verily righteousness should have been by the law. 22 But the scripture hath con- cluded all under sin, that the promise by faith of Jesus Christ might be given to them that believe. 23 But before faith came, we were kept under the law, shut up unto the faith which should after- wards be revealed. 24 Wherefore the law Was our schoolmaster to Ἴ us unto Christ, that we might be justified by faith. 25 But after that faith is come, we are no longer under a school- master. 26 For ye are all the children of God by faith in Christ Je- sus. 27 For as many of you as have been baptized into Christ have put on Christ. 28 There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither bond nor free, there is neither male nor female: for ye are sll one in Christ Jesus. 29 And if ye be Christ’s, then are ye Abraham’s seed, and heirs according to the promise. IV. NowI say, That the heir, as long as he is a child, differeth no- thing from a servant, though he be lord of all; 2 but is under tutors and governors until the time appoint- ed of the father. 3 Even so we, when 8 ὑφ᾽ L. d — καὶ LTTrA. 496 we were children, were in bondage under the elements of the world: 4 but when the fulness of the time was come, God sent forth his Son, made of a woman, made under the law, 5 to redeem them that were under the law, that we might receive the adoption of sons. 6 And because yeare sons, God hath sent forth the Spirit of his Son into your hearts, crying, Abba, Father. 7 Wherefore thou art no more a servant, but a son; andif a son, then an heir of God through Christ. 8 Howbeit then, when ye knew not God, ye did ser- vice unto them which by nature are no gods. 9 But now, after that ye have known God, or rather are known of God, how turn ye again to the weak and beggarly elements, whereunto ye desire again to be in bondage? 10 Ye observe days, and months, and times, and years. 11 1am afraid of you, lest I have be- stowed upon you la- bour in vain. 12 Brethren, 1 be- seech you, be 851 am; for Lam as ye are: ye have not injured me δὖ 811, 13 Ye know how through infirmity of the fleshI preached the gospel unto you at the first. 14 And my temptation which was in my flesh ye despised not, nor rejected ; but received me as anan- gel of God, even as Christ Jesus. 15 Where is then the blessed- ness ye spake of? for I bear you record, that, if τὸ had been possible, ye would have plucked out your own eyes, and have given them to me. 16 Am I therefore be- come your enemy, be- eause I tell you the truth? 17 They zeal- ously affect you, but not well; yea, they would exclude you, that ye might affect them. 18 But tt ts good to be zealously affected always in a good thing, and not only when I am pre- Il PiOcS. ἘΠ᾿ ALALAVE A-S. IV. πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου, ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν.υἱὸν. αὐτοῦ, fulness of the time, ?sent *forth 1God his Son, , , , e + ΄ 3 γενόμενον ἐκ γυναικὸς, γενόμενον ὑπὸ νόμον, 5 ἵνα τοὺς come of woman, come under law, that those ε Ν , Ἵ , , ,ὔ > , ὑπὸ νόμον ἐξαγοράσῃ, ἵνα τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν. under law hemight ransom, that adoption we might receive. , t ΄ ε ‘ ~ ~ 6 ὅτιδέ ἐστε υἱοί, ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ But because yeare sons, “sent *forth ‘God the Spirit viov.abrov εἰς τὰς καρδίας δὑμῶν," κράζον, ABBa ὁ πατήρ. of hisSon into *hearts tyour, crying, Abba, Father. 7 wore οὐκέτι εἶ δοῦλος, Ῥάλλ᾽" vide’ εἰ δὲ υἱός, Kai and if also 8 ᾿Αλλὰ τότε μὲν οὐκ So no longer thouart bondman, but κληρονόμος ἰθεοῦ διὰ χριστοῦ." SOD ; son, heir of God through Christ. But then indeed not εἰδότες θεόν, ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς "μὴ φύσει" οὖσιν knowing God, ye were in bondage to those who not by nature = are θεοῖς: 9 viv.d&, γνόντες θεόν, μᾶλλον.δὲ γνωσθέντες gods ; but now, having known God, but rather having been known € A ~ ~ , ‘ A ~ ‘ ᾿ ὑπὸ θεοῦ, πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ by God, how do ye turn again to the weak and beggarly στοιχεῖα οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν ‘Sovdedery' θέλετε; 10 ἡμέρας elements to which again anew to bein bondage ye desire? Days παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, Kai καιρούς, Kai ἐνιαυτούς." 11 φο- ye observe, and mouths, and _ times, and years. am βοῦμαι ὑμᾶς, μήπως εἰκῆ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς. afraid of you, lest somehow in vain I have laboured asto you. 12 Γίνεσθε we ἐγώ, ὕτικἀγὼ we ὑμεῖς, ἀδελφοί, δέο- Be as I jam}, forI also [am] as ye, brethren, Ibe- μαι ὑμῶν: οὐδέν pe ἠδικήσατε. 18 οἴδατε.δὲ Ore dv seech you: ἰπ πούμὶπρ me ye wronged. But ye know that in ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς εὐηγγελισθάμην ὕὑμῖν τὸ.-πρότερον, weakness ofthe flesh I announced the glad tidings to you at the first ; 14 καὶ τὸν πειρασμόν ἅμου τὸν" ἐν τῇ-.σαρκί.μου οὐκ ἐξου- and 2temptation ‘my in my flesh Snot "ye *de- θενήσατε οὐδὲ ἐξεπτύσατε, add’! ὡς ἄγγελον θεοῦ ἐ- spised nor rejected with contempt ; but as anangel of God ye δέξασθέ με, ὡς χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. 15 ric’ οὖν Ῥῆἦν" ὁ μακαρισμὸς received me, 8ἃΞ Christ Jesus. What then was *blessedness ὑμῶν ; μαρτυρῶ.γὰρ ὑμῖν Ore, εἰ δυνατόν, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς tyour? forl bear “witness *you that, if possible, 7eyes « ~ > , q n ll ἐδ »9 , a ? 4 ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες Iav' ἐδώκατε μοι. 16 ὥστε ἐχθρὸς ‘your having plucked out yewould have given [them] to me. So “enemy ὑμῶν γέγονα ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν; 17 Ζηλοῦσιν ὑμᾶς ‘your havel become speaking truth toyou? ‘They are zealousafter you ? ~ 2 A b ~ r « ~ ΤΠ , ou ᾽ A ov καλῶς, ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι τὑμᾶς θέλουσιν, ἵνα αὐτοὺς not rightly, but toexclude you [from us] they desire, that them ζηλοῦτε. 18 καλὸν. δὲ "τὸ" ζηλοῦσθαι ἐν καλῷ ye may be zealous after. But right [it is] to be zealous in aright [thing] πάντοτε, Kai μὴ μόνον ἐν τῷ.παρεϊναί.με πρὸς ὑμᾶς, 19 ἵτεκ- atalltimes, andnot only in mybeingpresent with you— “little via’ μου, οὺἣς πάλιν ὠδίνω "ἄχρις" 0b μορφωθῇ 3children ‘my, of whom again I travail until shall have been formed & ἡμῶν our GLTTrAW. μὴ (vead are not &.) GLTTraw. 2 ὑμῶν YOUr LTTrA ; ὑμῶν τὸν W. had given) LTTraW. h ἀλλὰ LTTrA. i διὰ θεοῦ through God LTTra. k φύσει -- & 1 δουλεῦσαι TTr. m ; (read Do ye observe &c.) GLT. ξ ᾽ δ : ° ποῦ Where LTTrAW. Ρ — ἦν LTTrAW. 4 — ἂν (read ye TyuasusE. “ - τὸ τὰ. ὃ τέκνα children Lrtr. ¥ μέχρις TTr. LV; AV; GALATIANS. χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν" 20 ἤθελον.δὲ παρεῖναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἄρτι, Kai Christ in you: andIwas wishing tobe present with you now, and ἀλλάξαι τὴν.φωνήν-μου, ὅτι ἀποροῦμαι ἐν ὑμῖν. to change my voice, for Iam perplexed asto you. 21 Aéyeré μοι, οἱ ὑπὸ νόμον θέλοντες εἶναι, τὸν νόμον Tell me, Υ6 ΠΟ under law wish tobe, the law > ? [4 , , ev ? f ‘ 7 « ‘ οὐκ. ἀκούετε: 22 γέγραπται.γάρ, ὕτι ᾿Αβραὰμ δύο υἱοὺς do ye ποῦ hear? For it has been written, that Abraham two sons ἔσχεν" Eva ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης, Kai ἕνα ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας" had ; one of the maid-servant, and one of the free (woman). 23 ¥arr" ὁ *pév' ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης, κατὰ σάρκα ὕγε- But he of the maid-servant, accordingto flesh has yévynra'! ὁ.δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας, διὰ τῆς" ἐπαγγελίας. been born, δδηᾶ heof the free [woman], through the promise. 24 dria ἐστιν addAnyopovpeva’ αὗται.γάρ εἰσιν “ai! δύο Which things are allegorized ; for these are the two διαθῆκαι: μία μὲν ἀπὸ ὄρους Σινᾶ, εἰς δουλείαν" γεννῶσα, covenants; one from mount Sina, to bondage bringing forth, ou 2 ’ » 5) s Cc” ll ~ ” ? \ ? ~ ἥτις ἐστὶν Ayap. 25 τὸ yao © Ayap" Σινᾶ. ὄρος ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ which is Agar. For Agar *Sina “mount 115 in ᾿Αραβίᾳ, ‘ove τ δὲ τῇ νῦν ‘Teouvaady δουλεύ ραβιᾳ, τοιχεῖ".- TY oveaadrnp, OVAEVEL Arabia, and corresponds tothe now ?she *is *in *bondage “δὲ! μετὰ τῶν.τέκνων αὐτῆς. 26 ἡ.δὲ ἄνω ‘Teoovcadhp, ἐλευ- Jand with her children ; but the above ‘Jerusalem, “free θέρα ἐστίν, ἥτις ἐστὶν μήτηρ πάντων" ἡμῶν" 27 γέγραπται 315, which is mother of all of us. 7It *has *been written γάρ, Ἑὐφράνθητι στεῖρα ἡ ov.Tikrovoa’ ῥῆξον Kai βόησον *for, Rejoice, Obarren that bearest not; break forth and cry, ἡ οὐκ. ὠδίνουσα" ὅτι πολλα τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐρήμου μᾶλλον ἢ that travailest not; because many the children of the desolate more than τῆς ἐχούσης τὸν ἄνδρα. 28% Hyeic'.oé, ἀδελφοί, κατὰ Ἰσαάκ, Jerusalem, ofherthat has the husband. But we, brethren, like Isaac, ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα iopév’' 29 ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ τότε ὁ κατὰ But then he who according to σάρκα γεννηθεὶς ἐδίωκεν τὸν κατὰ πνεῦμα, οὕτως καὶ flesh was born persecuted him [born] accordingto Spirit, so also νῦν. 80 ἀλλὰ Ti λέγει ἡ γραφή; “ExBare τὴν παιδίσκην now. But what says the scripture? Castout the maid-seryant Kai τὸν υἱὸν. αὐτῆς, οὐ.γὰρ.μὴ ἰἱκληρονομήσῃ' ὁ υἱὸς τῆς and her son, for in no wise may “inherit 1the *son %of “the παιδίσκης μετὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς ἐλευθέρας. 91 Κ[Αρα,"! ἀδελ- Smaid-servant with the son ofthe free (woman). So then, breth- Pol, οὐκιἐσμὲν παιδίσκης τέκνα, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐλευθέρας. ren, weare not “of *a *maid-servant *children, but of the free [woman]. 5 Tp ἐλευθερίᾳ Ἰοῦν πὴ! πχριστὸς ἡμᾶς" ἠλευθέρω- Inthe freedom therefore wherewith Christ us made free, σεν, CoTiKere," P kai μὴ πάλιν ζυγῷ "δουλείας" ἐνέχεσθε. 2 ἴδε stand fast, and not again ἴῃ ἃ γόοκ of bondage ὍΘ held. Lo, ἐγὼ Παῦλος λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε, χριστὸς ὑμᾶς I Paul say toyou,that if yebecircumcised, Christ ou οὐδὲν ὠφελήσει: 3 μαρτύρομαι.δὲ πάλιν παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ “nothing ‘shall “profit. And I testify again to every man W ἀλλὰ Tr. 7 [μὲν] L. ¥ γεγένηται Ww. z δι tr. ¢—"Ayap LI[Tr]. 4 συνσ- 7. © yap for GLITraw. Β ἐστέ LYTrA. i κληρονομήσει Shall inherit Lrtr. GLITraw. =— ἡ (read With freedom το.) Lrtra. (commencing a sextence αὐ Stand fast) trtra. %of *promise *children ‘are. as 4 — ai GLTTraw. f — πάντων @[L]TTrA. Κ διό wherefore trtra. 0 ἡμᾶς χριστὸς GLTT AW. 9. P + οὖν therefore LTTraw. 497 sent with you. 19 My little children, of whom I travail in birth again until Christ be formed in you, 20 I desire to be present with you now, and to change my voice ; for I stand in doubt of you. 21 Tell me, ye that desire to be under the law, do ye not hear the law ? 22 For it is written, that Abra- ham had two sons, the one by a bondmaid, the other by 2 freewoman. 23 But he who was οἱ the bondwoman was born after the flesh ; but he of the freewo- man was by promise. 24 Which things are an allegory : for these are the two covenants; the one from the mount Sinai, which gender- eth to bondage, which is Agar. 25 For this Agar is mount Sinai in Arabia, and answer- eth to Jerusalem which now is, and is in bon- dage with her child- ren. 26 But Jerusalem which is above is free, which is the mother of usall. 27 For it is written, Rejoice, thou barren that bearest not; break forth and ery, thou that travail- est not: for the deso- late hath many more children than 5860 which hath an hus- band. 28 Now we, bre- thren, as Isaac was, are the children of promise. 29 But as then he that was born after the flesh perse- cuted him that was born after the Spirit, even so tt 7 now. 30 Nevertheless what saith the scripture? Cast out the bond- woman and her son: for the son of the bondwoman shall not be heir with the son of the freewoman, 31 So then, brethren, we are not children of the bondwoman, but of the free, V. Stand fast there- fore in the liberty wherewith Christ hath made (us free, and be not entangled again with tie yoke of bon- dage. 2 Behold, I Paul Ὁ δουλίαν T. 5 ὑμεῖς YOU LTTrA. Ι- οὖν στήκετε 9 δουλίας τ. ἘΠῚ: 498 say unto you, that if e be circumcised, Christ shall profit you nothing. 3 For I tes- tify again to every man that is circum- cised, that he is a debtor to dothe whole law. 4 Christ is be- come of no effect un- to you, whosoever of you are justified by the law ; ye are fallen frem grace. 5 For we through the Spirit wait for the hope of righteousness by taith. 6 For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing, nor wuncireumcision ; but faith which work- ethby love. 7 Ye did ron well; who did hinder you that ye should not obey the truth? 8 This per- suasion cometh not of him that calleth you. 9 A little leaven leayeneth the whole lump. 10 I have con- fidence in you through the Lord, that ye will be none otherwise minded: but he that troubleth you shall bear his judgment, whosoever he be. 1] And I, brethren, if I yet preach cir- cumeision, why do I yet suffer persecution? then is the offence of the cross ceased. 12 I would they were even cut off which trouble you. 13 For, brethren, ye have been called unto liberty ; only use not liberty for an oc- casion to the flesh, but by love serve one an- other. 14 For all the law is fulfilled in one word, even in this; Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself. 15 But if ye bite and devour one another, take heed that ye be not consumed one of another. 16 7'his I say then, Walk in the Spi- rit, and ye shall not fulfil the lust of the flesh. 17 For the flesh lusteth against the Spirit, and the Spirit against the flesh : and these are contrary the one to the other: so that ye cannot do the things that ye would. 18 But if ye be led of the Spirit, ye are not ΠΡΟΣ ΓΑΟΛ AT ἈΠ Σ: We περιτεμνομένῳ, OTL ὀφειλέτης ἐστὶν OAOY TOY νόμον ποιῆσαι. being circumcised, that a debtor heis *whole ‘the law to do. 4 κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ *rov" χριστοῦ, οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δι- Ye are deprived of all effect from the Christ, whosoever in law are καιοῦσθε, τῆς χάριτος tkertoare’ 5 ἡμεῖς. γὰρ πνεύματι being justified ; grace ye fell from. For we, by [the] Spirit ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα. 6 ἐν.γὰρ by faith [the] hope of righteousness await. For in χριστῷ “Inoov οὔτε περιτομή τι ἰσχύει, οὔτε ἀκροβυστία, Christ Jesus neither circumcision “any ‘is*of force, nor uncircumcision ; ἀλλὰ πίστις Ov ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη. 7 ᾿Ετρέχετε καλῶς" but faith *by 7love tworking. Ye were running well: τίς Bete "ἀνέκοψεν" try" ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι; 8 ἡ πεισ- who ou *hindered Sthe "truth ‘not ‘to Sobey ? The persua- μονὴ οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς. 9 Μικρὰ ζύμη ὕλον sion [is] not of him who calls you. A little leaven *whole TO φύραμα ζυμοῖ. 10 ἐγὼ πέποιθα εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν κυρίῳ, *the “lump ‘leavens. I ampersuaded asto you in [the] Lord, ὅτι ovdEY.dAXO.PpovHoETE, 0.0 ταράσσων ὑμᾶς βαστάσει TO that ye will πᾶσα no other mind, andhe troubling you shall bear the κρίμα, ὕστις Yay" gp. judgment, whosoever he may be. 11 ᾿Εγὼ. δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώ- But 1, brethren, if circumcision yet Iproclaim, why yet amI κομαι; ἄρα κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ. persecuted? Then has been doneaway the offence of the cross. 12 ὄφελον Kai ἀποκόψονται οἱ ἀναστατοῦντες I would “even ‘they *would cut themselves off who throw *into *confusion ὑμᾶς. 18 Ὑμεῖς.γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε, ἀδελφοί: μόνον you. For ye for freedom werecalled, brethren; only μὴ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν εἰς ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς [156] not the freedom for an occasion tothe flesh, but by ἀγάπης δουλεύετε ἀλλήλοις. 14 ὁ.γὰρ.πᾶς νόμος ἐν Evi love serve ye one another. For the whole law in one λόγῳ “πληροῦται, ἐν τῷ, ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν. πλησίον.σου ὡς word is fulfilled, in Thou shalt love thy neighbour as Yéaurov.' 15 εἰ.δὲ ἀλλήλους δάκνετε καὶ κατεσθίετε, βλέπετε thyself ; but if oneanother yebite and devour, take heed ἡ τὑπὸ ἀλλήλων ἀναλωθῆτε. οὐ by ‘one ἌΠΟΙΟΣ tye be *consumed. 16 Λέγω.δέ, Πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε, καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς ButIsay, ΒΥ [{16] ϑρίσιῦὺ walk γα, and ?desire *flesh’s οὐνμὴ τελέσητε. 17 ἡ.γὰρ σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύ- in no wise should ye fulfil. Forthe flesh desires against the Spirit, ματος, τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκός: ταῦτα "δὲ" ὑάντί- andthe Spirit against the flesh; 7these*things ‘and are op- ? Uy li e A “acnr il , ~ ~ κειται ἀλλήλοις," ἵνα μὴ ἃ. “ἂν" θέλητε ταῦτα ποιῆτε. posed to one another, that not whatsoever ye may wish those things yeshould do: 18 εἰ δὲ πνεύματι ἄγεσθε, οὐκιἐστὲ ὑπὸ νόμον. 19 φανερὰ but if by [the] Spirit yeareled, yeare*no‘under law. Manifest δὲ ἐστιν τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός, ἅτινά ἐστιν ἁμοιχεία,, πορνεία, 1now are the works of the flesh, which 816 adultery, fornication, ἀκαθαρσία, ἀσέλγεια, 20 εἰδωλολατρεία, φαρμακεία, ἔχθραι, under thelaw. 19 ΝΟΥ͂ uncleanness, licentiousness, idolatry, sorcery, enmities, t — τοῦ LTTr[A]. 5 ἐνέκοψεν GLITrAW. ‘*—77TIx[A]. Y + [δὲ] but x. Ἢ ἐὰν TTrA. κ πεπλήρωται has been fulfilled nrtraw. Υ σεαυτόν GLTTrAW. τ ὑπ᾽ LTTr. 8 γὰρ fox LTTraAw. Ὁ ἀλλήλοις ἀντίκειται GLTTrAW. ¢ ἐὰν (L]rTra. d — μοιχεία GLTTrAW. Ver VI. ξέρεις, ζῆλοι," θυμοί, GALATIANS, ἐριθεῖαι, διχοστασίαι, αἱρέσεις, strifes, jealousies, indignations, contentions, divisions, sects, 21 φθόνοι, fpdvo1," μέθαι, κῶμοι, καὶ τὰ ὕμοια τούτοις" enyyings, murders, drunkennegses, revels, and things like these ; a προλέγω ὑμῖν, καθὼς Skai' προεῖπον, ὅτι οἱ as to which I tell *beforehand 'you, evenas also I said before, that they who τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντες βασιλείαν θεοῦ οὐ-κληρονομήσουσιν. such things do ?kingdom 'God’s shall not inherit. 22 6.0 καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματός ἐστιν ἀγάπη, χαρά, εἰρήνη, But the fruit οὗ the Spirit is love, joy, peace, μακροθυμία, χρηστότης, ἀγαθωσύνη, πίστις, 23 "πρᾳότης," long-suffering, kindness, goodness, faith, meekness, ἐγκράτεια᾽ κατὰ τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ. ἔστιν νόμος. 24 οἱ.δὲ self-control: against such things thereisno law. But they that [are] τοῦ χριστοῦ; τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ of the Christ "the flesh crucified with the passions and ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις. 25 εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ the desires. If welive by [the] Spirit, by [the] Spirit also στοιχῶμεν. 26 μὴ.γινώεθα κενόδοξοι, ἀλλήλους προκα- we should walk. Weshouldnotbecome vain-glorious, one another provok- λούμενοι, ξἀλλήλοις" φθονοῦντες. ing, one another envying. G ᾿Αδελφοί, ἐὰν καὶ 'zpodrndOy' ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παρα- Brethren, if even be taken aman in some of- πτώματι, ὑμεῖς οἱ πνευματικοὶ καταρτίζετε τὸν.τοιοῦτον ἐν fence, ye, the spiritual [ones], restore such a one in πνεύματι ππρᾳύτητος,, σκοπῶν σεαυτὸν μὴ καὶ σὺ πει- a spirit of meekness, considering thyself lest also thou be ρασθῇς. 2 ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε, καὶ οὕτως "ἀνα- tempted. One another’s burdens bear ye, and thus ful- πληρώσατε! τὸν νόμον τοῦ χριστοῦ. 8 εἰ γὰρ δοκεῖ τις fil the law of the Christ. Forif thinks ‘anyone , » οἵ ‘ ~ ll " ry » εἶναι τι, μηδὲν ὦν, ἑαυτὸν φρεναπατᾷ᾽" 4 τὸ.δὲ ἔργον to be something, "nothing ‘being, himself he deceives: but the work ἑαυτοῦ δοκιμαζέτω ἕκαστος; Kai τότε εἰς ἑαυτὸν μόνον TO cf himself _let Ῥσουθ Teach, and then asto himself alone the καύχημα ἕξει, καὶ οὐκ εἰς rovtrepov’ 5 ἕκαστος.γὰρ τὸ boasting hewillhave, and not asto another, For each ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει. hisown load shall bear. 6 Κοινωνείτω.δὲ ὁ κατηχούμενος τὸν λύγον a Let ‘share "him “being *taught*in *the ‘word with him that κατηχοῦντι ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς. 7 μὴ-πλανᾶσθε, θεὸς ov puK- teaches in all good things. Be not misled ; God ποῦ lis τηρίζεται: 0.yapPéay' σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο Kai Oepi- mocked ; for whatsoever *may *sow ‘a “man, that also he shall ce’ ὃ ὅτι ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν.σάρκα. ἑαυτοῦ, EK τῆς σαρκὸς reap. For he that sows to his own flesh, from the esh θερίσει φθοράν 0.6 σπείρων εἰς TO πνεῦμα, ἐκ τοῦ shallreap corruption; but hethat sows to the Spirit, from the πνεύματος θερίσει ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 9 τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες Spirit shall reap life eternal: but (in) well doing 499 the works of the fiesh are manifest, which are these; Adultery, fornication, unclean- ness, lasciviousness, 20 idolatry, witcheraft, hatred, variance, emu- lations, wrath, strife, seditions, heresies, 21 envyings, murders, drunkenness, revel- lings, and such like: of the which 1 tell you before, as [ have also told you in time past, that they which do such things shall not inherit the king- dom of God. 22 But the fruit of the Spirit ig love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentle- ness, goodness, faith, 23 meekness, temper- ance: against such thereis no law. 24 And they that are Christ’s have crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts. 25 If we live in the Spirit, let us also walk in the Spirit. 26 Let us not be de- sirous of vain glory, provoking one another, envying one another. VI. Brethren, if a man be overtaken ina fault, ye which are spiritual, restore such an one in the spirit of meekness ; considering thyself, lest thou also be tempted. 2 Bear ye one another’s burdens, and so fulfil the law of Christ. 3 For if a man think himself to be something, when he is nothing, he deceiveth himself. 4 But let every man prove his own work, and then shall he have rejoicing in himself alone, and not in another. 5 For every man shall bear his own burden. 6 Let him that is taught in the word communicate unto him that teacheth in all good things. 7 Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for what- soever a man sowetk, that shall he also reap. 8 For he that sowet to his flesh shall of the fiesh reap corruption ; but he that soweth tothe Spirit shall of the Spirit reap life ever- lasting. 9 And let us 8 ἔρις, ζῆλος strife, jealousy LTTraw. LTTrAW. i + Ἰησοῦ Jesus [L]?Tra. Χ ἀλλήλους L. ™ πραὔτητος ΤΊΤΑΥ. π ἀναπληρώσετε ye Shall fulfil Lr. LTTrA. P ἂν LTr. f— φόνοι [L]t[TraA]. 8 — καὶ [ujrtr. h πραὕτης 1 προλημφθῇ LTTra. © φρεναπατᾷ ἑαντόν 600 not be weary in well doing : for in due sea- son we shall reap, if we faint not. 10 As we have therefore op- portunity, let us do good unto all men, es- pecially unto them who are of the house- hold of faith. 11 Ye see how large a letter I have written unto you with mine own hand. 12 As many ag desire to make a fair shew in the flesh, they constrain you to he circumcised ; only lest they should suffer per- secution for the cross of Christ. 13 For nei- ther they themselves who are circumcised keep the law; but de- sire to have you cir- cumcised, that they may glory in your flesh. 14 But God for- bid that Ishould glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the world. 15 For in Christ Jesus neither circumcision availeth any thing, nor uncirecumcision, but a new creature. 16 And as many as walk ac- cording to this rule, peace be on them, and merey, and upon the Israel of God. 17 From henceforth let no man trouble me: for I bear in my body the marks of the Lord Jesus. 18 Bre- thren, the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit. A- men. ΠΡῸΣ» “TO PAUL, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God, to the saints which are at Ephesus, and to the (THE) WeBPOs.’A PALATVA &. Vi, py .Δἐκκακῶμεν"" καιρῷ. γὰρ ἰδίῳ θερίσομεν, pn ἐκλυόμενοι. we should not lose heart; for in *time ‘due °we ὅ5841] ῶρ ‘not fainting. 10 ἄρα οὖν we καιρὸν ᾿ἔχομεν" ἐργαζώμεθα τὸ ἀγαθὸν πρὸς So then as occasion wehaye τῦρ should work good towards πάντας, μάλιστα.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως. all, and specially towards those of the household of faith. 11 Ἴδετε πηλίκοις ὑμῖν γράμμασιν ἔγραψα τῇ. ἐμῇ. χειρί. See ἴῃ ΒΟΥ large*to*you ‘letters ?T*wrote with my [own] hand. 12 ὅσοι θέλουσιν εὐπροσωπῆσαι ἐν σαρκί, οὗτοι Asmanyas wish to have a fair appearance in [the] flesh, these ἀναγκάζουσιν ὑμᾶς περιτέμνεσθαι, μόνον wa “μὴ τῷ compel you to be circumcised, only that for the not σταυρῷ τοῦ χριστοῦ" "“Ὑδιώκωνται." 13 οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ cross of the Christ they may be persecuted. For neither they who ἀπεριτεμνόμενοι" αὐτοὶ νόμον φυλάσσουσιν ἀλλὰ θέ- are being circumcised themselves [the] law keep ; but they ovow ὑμᾶς περιτέμνεσθαι, ἵνα ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ. σαρκὶ καυ- wish you to be circumcised, that in your flesh they χήσωνται. 14 ἐμοὶ. δὲ μὴ.γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι εἰμὴ ἐν τῷ might boast. But for me may it not be to boast except in the σταυρῷ τοῦ κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ: δι od ἐμοὶ cross of our Lord Jesus Christ; through whom to me [the] κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, κἀγὼ τῷ" κόσμῳ. 15 δὲν γὰρ χριστῷ world has beencrucified, andI tothe world. 7In ‘for Christ Ἰησοῦ ovre' περιτομή ὅτι ἰσχύει, οὔτε ἀκροβυστία, Jesus neither circumcision “any ‘is *of force, nor uncircumcision ; ἀλλὰ καινὴ κτίσις. 16 καὶ ὕσοι τῷ. κανόνι τούτῳ στοι- but anew creation. And as many as by this rule shall χήσουσιν, εἰρηνη ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς Kai ἔλεος, Kai ἐπὶ τὸν ᾿Ισραὴλ walk, peace [be]upon them and mercy, and upon the Israel τοῦ θεοῦ. of God. 17 Tov.rorrov, κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω" ἐγὼ.γὰρ τὰ For the rest, ‘troubles δΐο τη πὸ Ὅη6 ‘let *give, forI the στίγματα τοῦ Yeupiov' ᾿Ιησοῦ ἐν τῷ.σώματί.μου βαστάζω. brands of the Lord Jesus in my body bear. 18 Ἢ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ πνεύ- The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ [be] with *spi- ματος ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί. ἀμήν. rit lyour, brethren. Amen. pies Γαλάτας ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης." o {the} Galatians written from Rome. E®ESIOY= EMIZSTOAH ΠΑΥΛΟΥ. *HPHESIANS ‘EPISTLE 2OF *PAUL, ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος 'Inoot χριστοῦ" διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ, Paul, apostle of Jesus Christ by will of God, τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῖς οὖσιν “ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ" καὶ πιστοῖς ἔν χριστῷ tothe saints who are at Ephesus and faithful in Christ 4 éy- LTrAW ; ἐν- T. * διώκονται are being persecuted τ ‘read to [the]) urtra. ¥ — κυρίου LTTrAw. 5. τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλουν of the Apostle E; Πρὸς ᾿Εφεσίους LTTraw. 5 [év ᾿Εφέσῳ] va. τ ἔχωμεν We May have T. * μὴ placed after χριστοῦ LITra. ἃ περιτετμημένοι have been circumcised L. * -- τῷ ν οὔτε yap For neither TTra. x τι ἐστὶν is anything GLTTrAw. z — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Γαλάτας Tra. Ὁ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ LTTrA. 1: EPHESIANS. Ἰησοῦ 2 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Kai Jesus, Grace toyou and peace from God our Father and κυρίου ᾿Τησοῦ χριστοῦ. {the] Lord Jesus Christ. 3 Εὐλογητὸξ ὁ θεὸς Kai πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Blessed {be]the God and Father of our Lord Jesus χριστοῦ, ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς ἐν πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ ἐν Christ, who blessed us with every “blessing spiritual in τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις ἃ χριστῷ, 4 καθὼς ἐξελέξατο ἡμᾶς ἐν αὐτῷ the heavenlies with Christ; according as he chose us in him πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, elvatnpac ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώ- before [the] foundation of([the] world, for us to be holy and blame- μους κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ “ἐν ἀγάπῃ, ὃ mpoopicac ἡμᾶς εἰς less before him in love; having predestinated us for υἱοθεσίαν διὰ ᾿Τησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς αὐτόν, κατὰ τὴν εὐδο- adoption through Jesus ist to himself, according to the good κίαν τοῦ.θελήματος.αὐτοῦ, Θ εἰς ἔπαινον δόξης τῆς χάρι- pleasure of his will, to[the] praise of[the}glory of “grace τος αὐτοῦ, ἴὲν. ἡ" ἐχαρίτωσεν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ" this, wherein he made 7cbjects *of *grace ‘us in the Beloved : > zt ” ι ΕΣ , " ~ er > ~ 7 ἐν ᾧ ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν διὰ τοῦ αἱἵματος.αὐτοῦ, in whom we have redemption through his blood, THY ἄφεσιν τῶν παραπτωμάτων, κατὰ ἕτὸν πλοῦτον" τῆς the remission of offences, according to the riches χάριτος αὐτοῦ: 8 ἧς ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐν πάσῃ of his grace ; which he οφτιβοα to abound toward τ in all σοφίᾳ Kai φρονήσει, 9 γνωρίσας ἡμῖν TO μυστήριον τοῦ wisdom and intelligence, having made known tous the mystery OeXnuaroc.avrov, κατὰ ὴν εὐδοκίαν.αὐτοῦ, ἣν προέθετο np ς 2 ᾽ μ 5 of his will, according to his good pleasure, which he purposed ἐν αὐτῷ 10 εἰς οἰκονομίαν τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν καιρῶν, in himself for [the] administration of the fulness oz times ; ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαι τὰ-πάντα ἐν τῷ χριστῷ, Ta Pre! ‘ey! to head up allthings in the Christ, boththethings in τοῖς οὐρανοῖς και τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς" 11 ἐν αὐτῷ, ἐν ᾧ the heavens and the things upon the earth; in hin, in whom καὶ Βἐκληρώθημεν," προορισθέντες κατὰ πρό- also we obtained an inheritance, being predestinated according to [the] pur- θεσιν τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐνεργοῦντος κατὰ τὴν βουλὴν pose of him who all ‘things works according to the counsel τοῦ.θελήματος αὐτοῦ, 12 εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς εἰς ἔπαινον of his will, for 2to*be ‘us to [the] praise τῆς" δόξης. αὐτοῦ, τοὺς προηλπικότας ἐν τῷ χριστῷ 18 ἐν of his glory ; who have fore-trusted in the Christ: in Kai ὑμεῖς, ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας, TO εὐαγ- ye, having heard the word ofthe truth, the glad γέλιον τῆς.σωτηρίας. ὑμῶν, ἐν ᾧ καὶ πιστεύσαντες ἐσφρα- tidings of your salyation— in whom also, having believed, ye were γίσθητε τῷ πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τῷ ἁγίῳ. 14 τς" ἐστιν sealed with the Spirit of promise the Holy, who is ἀῤῥαβὼν τῆς.κληρονομίας. ἡμῶν, cic ἀπολύτρωσιν τῆς {the] earnest of our inheritance, to [the] redemption of the περιποιήσεως, εἰς ἔπαινον τῆς.δόξης. αὐτοῦ. acquired possession, to praise of his glory. ᾧ whom also 501 faithful in Christ Je- sus : 2 Grace be to you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. 3 Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ : 4according as he hath chosen us in him before the founda- tion of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before him in love : 5 having predestinated us unto the adoption of chil- dren by Jesus Christ to himself, according to the good pleasure of his will, 6 to the praise of the glory of his grace, wherein he hath made us accepted in the beloved. 7In whom we have redemption through his blood, the forgiveness of sins, ac- cording to the riches of his grace; 8 where- in he hath abounded toward us in all wis- dom and prudence; 9 having made known unto us the mystery of his will, according to his good pleasure which he hath purpos- ed in himself: 10 that in the dispensation of the fulness of times he might gather to- gether in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are on earth; even in him: 11 in whom also we have obtained an _ inherit- ance, being predesti- nated according to the purpose of him who worketh all things after the counsel of his own will: 12 that we should be to the praise of his glory, who first trusted in Christ. 13 In whom ye also trusted, after that ye heard the word of truth, the gospel of your salvation: in whom also after that ve believed, ye were sealed with that holy Spirit of promise, 14 which is the earnest of our inheritance un- til the redemption of the purchased posses- sion, unto the praise of his glory. 4d + ἐν in (Christ) EGLTTraw. f Hs which (read éxa. he freely bestowed on) Lrtra. ©, ἐν ἀγάπῃ (read in love having predestinated us) GLT & τὸ πλοῦτος LTTrAW. GLTTrAW. lemtupon LTTra. © ἐκλήθημεν we were called τι. ἰ --- τῆς LITraw. h — ze both m9 which La. 502 15 Wherefore I also, after I heard of your faith in the Lord Je- sus, and love unto all the saints, 16 cease not to give thanks for you, making mention of you in my prayers ; 17 that the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give unto you the spi- rit of wisdom and re- yelation in the know- ledge of him: 18 the eyes of your under- standing being en- lightened; that ye may know what is the hope of his calling, and what the riches of the glory of his in- heritance in the saints, 19 and what ts the ex- ceeding greatness of his power to us-ward who believe, accord- ing to the working of his mighty power, 20 which he wrought in Christ, when he raised him from the dead, and set him at his own right hand in the heavenly places, 21 far above all princi- pality, and power, and might, and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this world, but also in that which is to come: 22 and hath put all things under his feet, andgave him to be the head over all things to the church, 23 which is his body, the fulness of him that fillethallin all. II. And you hath he quicken- ed, who were dead in trespasses and sins; 2 wherein in time past ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now work- eth in the children of disobedience : 3 among whom also we all had our conversation in times past in the lusts of our flesh, ful- filling the desires of the flesh and of the mind; and were by nature the children of Ὁ — τὴν ἀγάπην 14]. κεν he has wrought ura. S RUE ΞΕ % + αὐτὸν him T. Ti PROVES, EPs 1S. YS. 15 Διὰ τοῦτο κἀγὼ Because of this Iva ἀκούσας τὴν καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς πίστιν ἐν Ialso having heard of the 7among *you ‘faith in τῷ κυρίῳ ᾿Ιησοῦ, καὶ "τὴν ἀγάπην" τὴν εἰς πάντας τοὺς the Lord Jesus, and _ the love which [15] toward all the ἁγίους, 16 οὐ-παύομαι εὐχαριστῶν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, μνείαν οὑμῶν" saints, donot cease giving thanks for you, mention of you ποιούμενος ἐπὶ τῶν. προσευχῶν. μου" 17 ἵνα ὁ θεὸς τοῦ κυρίου making in my prayers, that the God of *Lord ἡμῶν ‘Inoov χριστοῦ, ὁ πατὴρ τῆς δόξης, δῴη ὑμῖν πνεῦμα tour Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give to you[the] spirit σοφίας Kai ἀποκαλύψεως ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ, 18 πεφω- of wisdom and revelation in [the] knowledge of him, ®being , 4 ? 4 ~ PS s Π « ~ 2 4 ἰδὲ τισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς Ῥδιανοίας" ὑμῶν, εἰς τὸ εἰδέναι 7enlightened ‘the 7eyes 5mind 3of*your, for to “know ὑμᾶς τίς ἐστιν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς.κλήσεως αὐτοῦ, Ixai' τίς ὁ πλοῦ- tyou what is the hope of his calling, and what the riches τος τῆς δόξης Tic-KAnoovopiac.abrov ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις, 19 Kai ofthe glory of his inheritance in the saints, and Ti TO ὑπερβάλλον μέγεθος τῆς.δυνάμεως. αὐτοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς what the surpassing greatness of his power towards us τοὺς πιστεύοντας κατὰ THY ἐνέργειαν τοῦ κράτους τῆς who believe according to the working ofthe might ἰσχύος. αὐτοῦ, 20 ἣν τἐνήργησεν" ἐν τῷ χριστῷ ἐγείρας of his strength, which he wrought in the Christ, having raised αὐτὸν ἐκ 5 ψεκρῶν, καὶ ᾿ἐκάθισεν 5 ἐν δεξιᾷ him fromamong([the] dead, and he set fhimjat right *hand αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς “ἐπουρανίοις, 21 ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς this in the heavenlies, above every principality καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ δυνάμεως καὶ KUPLOTNTOC, καὶ παντὸς ὀνό- and authority and power and lordship, and every name ματος Crepes κοι οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ.αἰῶνι.τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ named, not only in this age, but also ς " Se 4 « , c A ‘4 ’ 22 καὶ * πάντα ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας and all things he put under *feet αὐτοῦ" καὶ αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα ἐκ- this, and “*him ‘gave [tobe] ~ head over all things to the as- κλησίᾳ, 23 ἥτις ἐστὶν τὸ σῶμα.αὐτοῦ, τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ sembly, which ig his body, the fulness of him who Yravraiy πᾶσιν πληρουμένου: Q καὶ ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς all things in all fills— and you being dead τοῖς παραπτώμασιν Kai ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις, 2 ἐν αἷς ποτε in offences and sins, in which once περιεπατήσατε κατὰ TOY αἰῶνα τοῦ κόσμου.τούτου, κατὰ ye walked according to the age of this world, according to τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος, τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ νῦν the ruler ofthe authority ofthe air, the spirit that now ἐνεργοῦντος ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς ἀπειθείας" 3 ἐν οἷς Kai ἡμεῖς works in the sons of disobedience: among whom also we πάντες ἀνεστράφημέν ποτε ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῆς σαρκὸς all had our conduct once in _ the desires of *flesh ἡμῶν, ποιοῦντες τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς Kai τῶν διανοιῶν, ‘our, doing the things willed ofthe flesh and ofthe thoughts, > ~ , ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι" in the coming [one]; P καρδίας heart GLTtraW 4 — καὶ LTTrA. ' καθίσας having set LrTra. Y + τὰ GLITrAW. z+ ὑμῶν ο — ὑμῶν LITrA. 5. + τῶν the w. * οὐρανοῖς heavens L. X+ τὰ W. ‘read your offences and sins) Lrtr[ 4]. EPHESIANS. ὀργῆς, ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποί" 4 ὁ.δὲ θεός, ο Il. καὶ ἦμεν" ὑτέκνα φύσει" and were children, ΒΥ nature, of wrath, as even the rest: but God, , na > γἋ 7 Η͂ ᾿ Π ? , ? ~ πλούσιος ὧν ἐν ἐλέει, διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην αὐτοῦ "rich ‘being in mercy, because of 2creat Slove this ἣν ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς, 5 Kai ὄντας ἡμᾶς νεκροὺς τοῖς wherewith he loved us, Zalso *being lwe dead παραπτώμασιν, συνεζωοποίησεν 5 τῷ χριστῷ YapITi ἐστε in offences, quickened [us] with, the Christ, (by grace ye are σεσωσμένοι᾽ 6 καὶ συνήγειρεν, καὶ συνεκάθισεν ἐν τοῖς saved,) and raised [us] up together, and seated [us] together in the ἐπουρανίοις ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ" 7 ἵνα ἐνδείξηται ἐν τοῖς heavenlies in Christ Jesus, that he might shew in the αἰῶσιν τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις τὸν ὑπερβάλλοντα πλοῦτον᾽ ages that [are] coming the surpassing riches τῆς.χάριτος. αὐτοῦ ἐν χρηστότητι ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ἐν χριστῷ Inco’ of his grace in kindness toward us in Christ Jesus. 8 τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσωσμένοι διὰ “τῆς πίστεως" Kai For by grace ye are saved through faith ; and τοῦτο οὐκ ἐξ ὑμῶν, θεοῦ τὸ δῶρον" 9 οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων, ἵνα this ποῦ of yourselves; [it is] God’s gift: not of works, that μή τις καυχήσηται. 10 αὐτοῦ.γάρ ἐσμεν ποίημα, κτισθέν- not anyone might boast. For his *we *are 'workmanship, created τες ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐπὶ ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς, οἷς ποοητοίμασεν ὁ in Christ Jesus for *works ‘good, which *before “prepared θεὸς ἵνα ἐν αὐτοῖς περιπατήσωμεν. Ἰᾷᾳᾷοᾶ that in them we should walk. 11 Διὸ μνημονεὔετε ὅτι [ὑμεῖς more τὰ ἔθνη ἐν Wherefore remember that ye once the nations in [the] σαρκί, ot λεγόμενοι ἀκροβυστία ὑπὸ τῆς λεγομένης περιτο- flesh, who arecalled uncircumcision by that called circum- μῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου, 12 ὅτι ἦτε δέν" τῷ καιρῷ.ἐκείνῳ cisionin [the] flesh made by hand— that ye were at that time χωρὶς χριστοῦ, ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς πολιτείας τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, apart from Christ, alienated from the commonwealth of Israel, kai ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ἐλπίδα μὴ ἔχον- and strangers from the covenants of promise, hope not hay- τες, καὶ ἄθεοι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ" 13 νυνὶ.δὲ ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ing, and without God in the world: but now in Christ Jesus, ὑμεῖς οἱ ποτὲ ὄντες μακρὰν "ἐγγὺς ἐγενήθητε" ἐν τῷ αἵματι ye who once were afar off near are become by the blood τοῦ χριστοῦ. 14 αὐτὸς. γάρ ἐστιν ἡ.εἰρήνη.ἡμῶν, ὁ ποιήσας of the Christ. For he is our peace, who made τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν, καὶ TO μεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ λύσας" both one, and the middlewall ofthe fence broke down, 15 τὴν ἔχθραν ἐν τῇ. σαρκὶ αὐτοῦ, τὸν νόμον TOY ἐντολῶν Sthe ‘enmity *in *his *flesh, Sthe Ἴδαν 10of 1!¢ommandments ἐν δόγμασιν καταργήσας" ἵνα τοὺς dbo κτίσῃ ἐν ἰέἑαυ- *2in ‘Sdecrees ‘having “annulled, that the twohe mightcreatein him- Tw εἰς ἕνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, ποιῶν εἰρήνην" 16 Kai ἀπο- self into one new man, making peace; and might καταλλάξῃ τοὺς ἀμφοτέρους ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι τῷ θεῷ διὰ τοῦ reconcile both in one body to God through the σταυροῦ, ἀποκτείνας THY ἔχθραν ἐν αὐτῷ 17 καὶ ἐλθὼν cross, having slain the enmity by it; and having come > φύσει τέκνα L, e+ [ἐν] L. f ποτὲ ὑμεῖς LITA. i αὐτῷ LTTra. 5 ἤμεθα TTrA. © — τῆς LTTr[A]. ἢ ἐγενήθητε ἐγγὺς LTTrA. 503 wrath. even as others, 4 But God, whois rich in mercy, for his great love wherewith he loved us, 5 even when we were dead in sins, hath quickened us to- gether with Christ, (by grace ye are saved ;) 6 and hath raised us up together, and made us sit together in hea- venly places in Christ Jesus: 7 that in the ages to come he might shew the exceeding riches of his grace in his kindness toward us through Christ Je- sus. 8 For by grace are ye saved through faith; and that not of yourselves : 7¢ is the gift of God: 9 not of works, lest any man should boast. 10 For we are his workman- ship, created in Christ Jesus unto good works, which God hath be- fore ordained that we should walk in them, 1 Wherefore re- member, that ye being in time past Gentiles in the flesh, who are called Uncircumcision by that whichis called the Circumcision in the flesh made by hands ; 12 that at that time ye were without Christ, being aliens from the common- wealth of Israel, and strangers from the co- venants of promise, having no hope, and without God in the world: 13 but nowin Christ Jesus ye who sometimes were far off are made nigh by the blood of Christ, 14 For he is our peace, who hath made both one, and hath broken down the middle wali of partition between us ; 15 having abolish- ed in his flesh the en- mity, even the law of commandments con- tained in ordinances ; for to make in himsel? of twain onenew man, somaking peace; l6and that he might recon- cile both unto God in one body by the cross, aving slain the en- mity thereby: 17 and came and preached d τὸ ὑπερβάλλον πλοῦτος LTTrAW. 8 --- ἐν (read τῷ kx. ἐκ. at that time) LTTraw. ὅθ4 peace to you which were afar off, and to them that were nigh. i8 For through him we both have access by one Spirit unto the Fa- ther. 19 Now there- fore ye are no more strangers and foreign- ers, but fellowcitizens with the saints, and of the household of God; 20 and are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ himself being the chief corner stone; 21 in whom all the building fitly framed together groweth unto an holy temple in the Lord : 22 in whom ye also are builded toge- ther for an habitation of God through the Spirit. III. For this cause 1 Paul, the prisoner of Jesus Christ for you Gentiles, 2 if ye have heard of the dispensa- tion of the grace of God which is given me to you-ward: 3 how that by revelation he made known unto me the mystery; (as I wrote afore in few words, 4 whereby, when ye read, ye may understand my know- ledge in the mystery of Christ) 5 which in other ages was not made known unto the sons of men, as it is now revealed unto his holy apostles and pro- phets by the Spirit ; 6 that the Gentiles should be fellowheirs, and of the same body, and partakers of his promise in Christ by the gospel : 7 whereof I was made a minister, according to the gift of the grace of God given unto me by the effectual working of his power. 8 Unto me, who am less than the least of all saints, is WPOt EP@EZIOY SE. εἰρήνην ὑμῖν τοῖς It, ΠῚ: εὐηγγελίσατο μακρὰν καὶ " he announced the glad tidings— peace to you who [were] afarofé and τοῖς ἐγγύς, 18 ὕτι.δι αὐτοῦ ἔχομεν τὴν προσαγωγὴν οἱ to those near. For through him we have ἀμφότεροι ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα. 19 ἄρα οὖν both by one Spirit to the Father. So then > ͵ > ry , ‘ ΄ ] > ΝΠ 1 ἢ - il ~ οὐκέτι ἐστὲ ἕένοι Kai πάρθικοι, ᾿ἀλλὰ" 'Ἃ συμπολῖται" τῶν ΠΟ longer are ye strangers and sojourners, but fellow-citizens of the ἁγίων καὶ οἰκεῖοι τοῦ θεοῦ, 20 ἐποικοδομηθέντες ἐπὶ τῷ saints and of the household of God, being built up on the θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων Kai προφητῶν, ὄντος ἀκρο- foundation of the apostles and prophets, *being [the] ®corner- γωνιαίου αὐτοῦ °Inoov χριστοῦ," 21 ἐν ᾧ πᾶσα Ῥὴ" οἰκοδομὴ stone Shimself ‘Jesus “Christ, in whom all _ the _ building συναρμολογουμένη αὔξει εἰς ναὸν ἅγιον ἐν κυρίῳ, 22 ἐν fitted together increases to a*temple ‘holy in[the] Lord; in καὶ ὑμεῖς συνοικοδομεῖσθε εἰς κατοικητήριον τοῦ θεοῦ whom also ye are being built together for a habitation of God ἐν πνεύματι. in [the] Spirit. 3 Totrov-yapw ἐγὼ Παῦλος ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ χριστοῦ 4 Iyn- For this cause I Paul prisoner of the Christ Je- σοῦ! ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν τῶν vay" 2 εἴγε ἠκούσατε τὴν οἰκονομίαν sus for you nations, ifindeed ye heardof the administration τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς, 8. Tort" access of the grace of God which was given to me towards you, that κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν ϑἐγνώρισέν! μοι τὸ μυστήριον, καθὼς by revelation he made known to me the mystery, (according as προέγραψα év.odiyw, 4 πρὸς ὃ δύνασθε ἀναγινώσκοντες I wrote before briefly, by which ye are able, reading [it], νοῆσαι τὴν. σύνεσίν.μου ἐν τῷ μυστηρίῳ τοῦ χριστοῦ" ὃ ὃ to perceive my understanding in the mystery ofthe Christ,) which τὲν" ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ.ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώ- in other generations was not made known tothe sons of men, πων, ὡς νῦν ἀπεκαλύφθη τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀποστόλοις αὐτοῦ καὶ as now it was revealed to 7holy Sapostles this and προφήταις ἐν πνεύματι" 6 εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη ᾿συγκληρονόμα" prophets ἰπ {the} Spirit, Sto “be ‘the *nations joint-heirs καὶ “ovoowpa' καὶ ᾿συμμέτοχα" τῆς. ἐπαγγελίας. “αὐτοῦ! ἐν and ajoint-body and joint-partakers of his promise in γτῷ" χριστῷξ, διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 7 οὗ "ἐγενόμην" διάκονος the Christ throughthe gladtidings; of which I became servant κατὰ τὴν δωρεὰν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ ὕτὴν JobEicay' according to the gift ofthe grace of God given μοι κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τῆς.δυνάμεως. αὐτοῦ: ὃ ἐμοὶ to me, according to the working of his power. To me, τῷ ἐλαχιστοτέρῳ πάντων “τῶν" ἁγίων ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις. αὕτη, this grace given, that the lessthan ὑμθ Ἰϑαδῦ of all the saints, was given this grace, Ishould preachamong gq) 1} ~ ᾽ , Cae alle? 4 the Gentiles the un. “ἐν! τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εὐαγγελίσασθαι τὸν" ἀνεξιχνίαστον searchable riches of among the nations to announce the glad tidings— the unsearchable «+ εἰρήνην peace LTTrAw. ἰἀλλ᾽ τ. ™ - ἐστὲ ye are LTTrA. “ovv- TA. ° χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τὰ. Ρ — ἡ (read [the]) Lrtraw. 4 --- Ἰησοῦ τ[4]. τ [ore] u. 5 ἐγνωρίσθη was made known GLitraw. ὃ — ἐν (read ἑτέραις to other) GLITrAW. Youv-T. “ σύν- LTTra, ἃ φγενήθην LITTAW. to the) Lrvra. Θ x — αὐτοῦ (read of the promise) LITra. z + Ἰησοῦ Jesus LITra. Υ — τῷ LTTrA. Ξ = 4 — ἐν (read τοῖς © τῆς δοθείσης GLTTrA. ς — τῶν GLTTraW. τὸ LTTrAW,. ἘΠῚ ΤΥ. EPHESIANS. fzovrov' τοῦ χριστοῦ, 9 καὶ φωτίσαι Srdvrac' τίς riches of the Christ, and to enlighten all [885 to) what [is] ἡ "κοινωνία! τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν the fellowship ofthe mystery which has been hidden from the αἰώνων ἐν τῷ θεῷ, τῷ τὰ-πάντα κτίσαντι Oia Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, i Jesus ages in God, who all things created by Christ, 10 ἵνα γνωρισθῇ viv ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ἐν that might be known now tothe principalities and the authorities in τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις διὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία the heavenlies through the assembly the multifarious wisdom τοῦ θεοῦ, 11 κατὰ πρόθεσιν τῶν αἰώνων, ἣν ἐποίησεν of God, δοοογαϊηρ ἴο [{Π6] purpose ofthe ages, which he made ἐν Ἐ χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ.ἡμῶν, 12 ἐν ᾧ ἔχομεν τὴν παῤ- in Christ Jesus our Lord, in whom we have bold- ῥησίαν καὶ ἱτὴν᾽ προσαγωγὴν ἐν πεποιθήσει διὰ τῆς πίστεως ness and access in confidence by the faith > ~ 4 > Load ‘ m2 ~ i] ? ~ , , αὐτοῦ. 13 διὸ αἰτοῦμαι μὴ "ἐκκακεῖν" ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσίν of him, Wherefore I beseech [you] not to faint at “tribulations pou ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἥτις ἐστὶν δόξα ὑμῶν. 14 rovrov-xaow my for you, which is your glory. For this cause κάμπτω τὰ.γόνατά.μου πρὸς TOY πατέρα "τοῦ. κυρίου.ἡμῶν I bow my knees to the Father of our Lord ? ~ ~ I ? - ~ ΖΕ. ? ~ " Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ." 15 ἐξ οὗ πᾶσα πατριὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ Jesus Christ, of whom every family in [the] heavens and ? \ ~ ? , = - oO , Π tc w~ A Ρ Ν ἐπι γῆς ὀνομάζεται, 10 ἵνα δῴη υμῖν κατα τὸν on earth is named, that he may give you according to the πλοῦτον" τῆς δόξης. αὐτοῦ, δυνάμει κραταιωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ riches of his glory, with power tobestrengthened by πνεύματος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον, 17 κατοικῆσαι τὸν his Spirit in the inner man ; {for] *to*dwell ‘the χριστὸν διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις ὑμῶν" 18 ἐν ἀγάπῃ “Christ, through faith, in your hearts, in love 9, 9. € , ‘ , ev ? , ἐῤῥιζωμένοι καὶ τεθεμελιωμένοι ἵνα ἐξισχύσητε κατα- being rooted and founded, that ye may be fullyable to ap- λαβέσθαι σὺν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις τί τὸ πλάτος καὶ μῆκος prehend with all the saints what{[is] the breadth and length καὶ «βάθος καὶ ὕψος, 19 γνῶναίτε τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν and depth and height ; and to know the surpassing τῆς γνώσεως ἀγάπην τοῦ χριστοῦ, ἵνα πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν knowledge love of the Christ; that ye may be filled unto all τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ θεοῦ. 20 τῷ. δὲ δυναμένῳ ὑπὲρ πάντα the fulness of God. Butto him who [15 able above all things ποιῆσαι τὑπὲρ.ἐκ περισσοῦ" ὧν αἰτούμεθα ἢ νοοῦμεν, κατὰ to do exceedingly above what weask or think, according to τὴν δύναμιν τὴν ἐνεργουμένην ἐν ἡμῖν, Ql αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα the power which works in us, tohim[bej_ glory ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ " ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, εἰς πάσας τὰς γενεὰς TOU in the assembly in Christ Jesus, to all the generations of the αἰῶνος τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 4 Παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ age of the ages, Amen, Iexhort therefore you, I ὁ δέσμιος ἐν κυρίῳ, ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως the prisoner ἴῃ [the] Lord, “*worthily 1to 7walk of the calling f πλοῦτος LTTrAW. 8 — πάντας [L]T. i — διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ GLTTraW. k + τῷ LTTrA. ἐν- T. 1 — τοῦ κυρίον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ LTTrAW. LTTraW. ᾳ ὕψος καὶ βάθος LTrA. τ ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ GLTTrAW. δ08ὃ Christ ; 9 and tomake all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery, which from the beginning of the world hath been hid in God, who created all things by Jesus Christ: 10 to the intent that now unto the princi- palities and powers in heavenly places might be known by _ the church the manifold Wisdom of God, 11 ac- cording to the eternal purpose which he pur- posed in Christ Je- sus our Lord: 12 in whom we have bold- ness and access with confidence by the faith of him. 13 Wherefore I desire that ye faint not at my tribulations for you, which is your glory. 14 For this cause I bow my knees unto the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, 15 of whom the whole fa- mily in heaven and earth is named, 16 that he would grant you, according to the riches of his glory, to be strengthened with might by his Spirit in the inner man ;17 that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith- that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, 18 may be abletocom- prehend withall saints what is the breadth, aud length, and depth, and height; 19 and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God. 20 Now unto him that is ableto do exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think, according to the power that worketh in us, 21 unto him be glory in the church by Christ Jesus throughout all ages, world without end. Amen. therefore, the prisoner of the Lord, beseech you that ye walk wor- thy of the vocation wherewith ye are call- 4 οἰκονομία administration GLITraw. 1 — τὴν LiTr[A]. ° δῷ LTTra. 5. - καὶ and LTtr[a]. ™ ἐγ- LTrAW ; P τὸ πλοῦτος 506 ed, 2 with all lowli- ness and meekness, with longsuffering, forbearing one an- other in love; 3 en- deavouring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace, 4 There is one body, and one Spirit, even as ye are called in one hope of your calling ; 5 one Lord, one faith, one baptism, 6 one God and Father of all, who is above all, and through all, and in you all. 7 But unto every one of us is given grace according to the mea- sure of the gift of Christ. 8 Wherefore he saith, When he as- cended up on high, he led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men. 9 (Now that he ascended, what is it but that he also de- scended first into the lower parts of the earth? 10 He that de- scended is the same also that ascended up far above all heavens, that he might fill all things.) 11 And he gave some, apostles ; and some, prophets ; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; 12 for the per- fecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edi- fying of the body of Christ: 13 till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the mea- sure of the stature of the fulness of Christ: 14 that we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning crafti- ness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive; 15 but speaking the truth in love, may grow up into him in all things, which is the head, even Christ : 16 from whom _ the whole body fitly join- ed together and com- pacted by that which every joint supplieth, according to the ef- fectual working in the measure of every part, τ mpavrntos TTrA. Υ — πρῶτον GLITrAW. 4 συν- T. ¢ — 9 LTTrAW. i POs. PES ES Hows. LV. ’ ’ ‘4 , , ‘ δι ἐκλήθητε, 2 μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ ἱπρᾳό- with all humility and meek- τητος," μετὰ μακροθυμίας, ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων ἐν ἀγάπῃ, ness, with longsuffering, bearing with one another in love; 3 σπουδάζοντες τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ πνεύματος ἐν τῷ ἧς wherewith ye were called, being diligent to keep the unity of the Spirit in the συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης. 4 Ἕν σῶμα καὶ ἕν πνεῦμα, καθὼς καὶ bond of peace. One body and one Spirit, evenas also ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς.κλήσεως ὑμῶν" 5 εἷς κύριος, pia ye were called in one hope of your calling ; one Lord, one πίστις, ἕν βάπτισμα" 6 εἷς θεὸς Kai πατὴρ πάντων, ὁ faith, one baptism; one God and Father of all, who [is] ἐπὶ πάντων, Kai διὰ πάντων, καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τὑμῖν." over all, and through all, and in 2all tyou. « ‘ ΓΤ , « ~ ? ΄ «ει ’ ‘ ‘ 7 ἑνὶ δὲ ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη δὴ" χάρις κατὰ τὸ μέτρον But to each one ofus was given grace according to the measure τῆς δωρεᾶς τοῦ χριστοῦ. ὃ διὸ λέγει, ‘AvaBac εἰς of the gift of the Christ. ὕψος ἠχμαλώτευσεν αἰχμαλωσίαν, “καὶ! ἔδωκεν δόματα τοῖς high he led *captive captivity, and gave gifts ἀνθρώποις. 9 T0.6& ἀνέβη, τί ἐστιν Ely) ὅτι καὶ κατέβη to men, But that heascended, what isit but that also he descended Υπρῶτον" εἰς τὰ κατώτερα ἡμέρη" τῆς γῆς; 10 ὁ καταβὰς first into the lower parts of the earth? Hethat descended αὐτός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ ἀναβὰς ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν, *the*same ‘is also who ascended above all the heavens, ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ-πάντα. 11 Kai αὐτὸς ἔδωκεν τοὺς. μὲν ἀπο- that he might fill all things; and he gave some apo- στόλους, τοὺς.δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς.δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς, τοὺς .δὲ stles, and some prophets, and some evangelists, and some ποιμένας καὶ διδασκάλους, 12 πρὸὲξ τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν shepherds and teachers, with a view to the perfecting of the ἁγίων, εἰς ἔργον διακονίας, εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ σώματος TOU saints; for work of{the]service, for building up of the ody of the χριστοῦ" 18 μέχρι καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς THY ἑνότητα Christ ; until we *may “arrive 1411 at the unity τῆς πίστεως Kai τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς ἄνδρα of the faith and ofthe knowledge ofthe Son of God, at a *man τέλειον, εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ ‘full-grown, at {the} measure of [{Π6] stature of the fulness of the χριστοῦ 14 iva μηκέτι ὦμεν νήπιοι, κλυδωνιζόμενοι καὶ Christ ; that no longer we may be infants, being tossed and περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας ἐν τῇ "κυβείᾳ" Wherefore he says, Having ascended up on carried about by every wind of the teaching in the sleight τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐν mavoupyi¢ πρὸς τὴν "ueodeiar' τῆς of men, in craftiness withaview to the systematizing πλάνης" 15 ἀληθεύοντες.δὲ ἐν dyanry αὐξήσωμεν εἰς αὐτὸν of error ; but holding the truth in ove wemaygrowup into him τὰ- πάντα, ὕς ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλή, °O' χριστός, 16 ἐξ οὗ πᾶν in allthings, who ἴδ the head, the Christ: from whom all τὸ σῶμα συναρμολογούμενον Kai ἡσυμβιβαζόμενον" διὰ πάσης the body, tted together and compacted by every ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορηγίας κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν ἐν μέτρῳ joint of supply according to [the] working in [its] measure x — καὶ LTW. w — ἡ LTr[A]. Ὁ μεθοδίαν T. ν — ὑμῖν LTTrA; ἡμῖν US GW. 8 κυβίᾳ T. z — μέρη (read [parts]) w. TY. EPHESIANS. ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους, τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ σώματος ποιεῖται of each one part, the increase of the οἰκοδομὴν ξἑαυτοῦ" ἐν ἀγάπῃ. [the] buildingup ofitself in love. 17 Τοῦτο οὖν λέγω Kai μαρτύρομαι ἐν κυρίῳ. μηκέτι This therefore Isay, and testify in [the] Lord, *no *longer ὑμᾶς.περιπατεῖν καθὼς καὶ τὰ ‘Nord Ἐἔθνη περιπατεῖ ἐν 1that *ye walk evenas also the’ rest, [the] nations, are walking in ματαιότητι τοῦ.νοὸς αὐτῶν, 18 δἐσκοτισμένοι! τῇ δια- vanity of their mind, being darkened in the under- ὄντες ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ θεοῦ, διὰ alienated from the life of God, on account of εἰς body makes for itself to [the] “δι Vola, standing, being τὴν ἄγνοιαν τὴν οὖσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς, διὰ τὴν πώρωσιν the ignorance which is in them, onaccountof the hardness Tie-Kapdiac.avTay' 19 οἵτινες ἀπηλγηκότες ἑαυτοὺς of their heart, who haying cast off allfeeling, themselves παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ εἰς ἐργασίαν ἀκαθαρσίας πάσης gave up to licentiousness, for [the] working of *uncleanness tall ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ" 20 ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐμάθετε τὸν γχριστόν, with craving. Butye not *thus ‘learned the Christ, 21 εἴγε αὐτὸν ἠκούσατε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε, καθώς ifindeed him yeheard and in him weretaught, according as ? I~ / ? ~? ~ ? , « ~ ‘ ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ" 92 ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ is [the] truth in Jesus ; for you to have put off according to THY προτέραν ἀναστροφήν τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὸν the former conduct the old man, which φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης" 23 ava- is corrupt according to the desires of deceit; to *be *re- veovoda de! τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ.νοὸς ὑμῶν" 24 Kai ἐνδύσασθαι newed ?and inthe spirit of your mind; and to have put on τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὸν κατὰ θεὸν κτισθέντα ἐν δι- the new man, which according to God was created in right- καιοσύνῃ Kai ὁσιότητι τῆς ἀληθείας. 25 Διὸ ἀποθέμενοι τὸ eousness and holiness of truth. Wherefore having put off “ ~ 2 7 ee 4 ~ ἐς > ~ ψεῦδος, λαλεῖτε ἀλήθειαν ἕκαστος μετὰ τοῦ.πλησίον. αὐτοῦ" falsehood, speak truth each with his neighbour, ὅτι ἐσμὲν ἀλλήλων μέλη. 26 ᾿Οργίζεσθε Kai μὴ apap- because we are of one another members. Beangry, and *not tsin ; ravere’ ὁ ἥλιος μὴ.ἐπιδυέτω ἐπὶ ἱτῷ". παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν, 5the ὅβπ 31οὐ *not set upon your provocation, 27 "μήτε"! δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ. 28 ὁ κλέπτων μηκέτι neither give place tothe devil. He that steals *no °more κλεπτέτω, μᾶλλον. δὲ κοπιάτω, ἐργαζόμενος ἱτὸ ‘let *him *steal, but rather let him labour, working what [is] ταῖς. χερσίν, ἵνα ἔχῃ μεταδιδόναι τῷ χρείαν ἔχοντι. τ ἢ [his] Βα 5, ὑπαῦ he may have toimpart tohimthat “need thas, 29 πᾶς λόγος carpog ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος. ὑμῶν μὴ ἐκ- "Any ‘word ‘corrupt ‘out !of 12yvour ‘mouth *not “let (lit. every) , θ m ? Ar’! nm” ? ‘ A > ‘ —, , πορευέσθω, ™a εἴ τις ἀγαθὸς πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς χρείας, ®zo °forth, but if any good for building up in respectof need, wa δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν. 80 καὶ μὴ λυπεῖτε τὸ that it may give grace to them that hear. And grievenot the ~ \ .“ - - ? τ. 2 s 2 « , πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητε εἰς ἡμέραν ? ‘ ἀγαθὸν good 507 maketh increase of the body unto the edifying of itself in love, 17 This I say there- fore, and testify in the Lord, that ye hences forth walk not as other Gentiles walk, in the vanity of their mind, 18 having the under- standing darkened, being alienated from the life of God through the ignorance that is in them, because of the blindness of their heart: 19 who being past feeling have given themselves over unto lasciviousness,to work all uncleanness with greediness. 20 But ye have not so learned Christ; 21 if so be that ye have heard him, and have been taught by him, as the truth is in Jesus: 22 that ye put off concerning the former conversation the old man, which is corrupt according to the deceitful lusts; 23 and be renewed in the spirit of your mind ; 24and that ye put onthe new man, which after God is created in righteous- ness and true holiness, 25 Wherefore putting away lying, speak every Man truth with his neighbour : for we are members one of another. 26 Be ye an- gry, and sin not: let not the sun go down upon your wrath: 27 neither give place to the devil. 28 Let him that stole steal no more: but rather let him labour, working with Ais hands the thing which is good, that he may have to give to him that need- eth. 29 Let no corrupt communication pro- ceed out of your mouth, but that which is good to the use of edifying, that it may minister grace unto the hearers. 30 And grieve not the holy Spirit of God, where- by ye are sealed unto Spirit the Holy of God, by which ye weresealed for([the] day the day of redemption, δ αὐτοῦτ. £—AowmaLTTrA. 8 €oxotwmévorLTTrA. Β [δὲ] τ᾿. i—r@crtrf[a]. * μηδὲ LTTrAW. ταῖς ἰδίαις with his own (— ἰδίαις A) χερσὶν τὸ ἀγαθόν LTTrAW. τὸ ἀλλὰ LTT. 508 31 Let all bitterness, and wrath, and anger, and clamour, and evil speaking, be put away from you, with all ma- lice: 32 and beye kind one to another, ten- der-hearted, forgiving one another, even as God for Christ’s sake hath forgiven you. YV. Be ye therefore fol- lowers of God, as dear children ; 2 and walk in love, as Christ also hath loved us,and hath given himself for us an offering and a Sa- erifice to God for a eweetsmelling savour. 3 But fornication, and all uncleanness, or coyetousness, let it not be once named a- mong you, as becom- eth saints; 4 neither filthiness, nor foolish talking, nor jesting, which are not conve- nient: but rather giv- ing of thanks. 5 For this ye know, that no whoremonger, nor un- clean person, nor cove- tous man, who is an idolater, hath any in- heritance in the king- dom of Christ and of God. 6 Let no man deceive you with vain words: for because of these things cometh. the wrath of Godupon the children of disobe- dience. 7 Be not ye therefore partakers with them. 8 For ye were sometimes dark- ness, but now are ye light in the Lord: walk as children of light: 9 (for the fruit of the Spirit ὦ in all goodness and right- eousness and truth ;) 10 proving what is acceptable unto the Lord. 11 And have no fellowship with the unfruitful works of darkness, but rather reprove them. 12 For it is a shame even to speak of those things which are done of them in secret. 13 But all things that are re- proved are made mani- fest by the light: for whatsoever doth make manifest 15 light. 14 Wherefore he saith, Awake thou that sleep- est, and arise from the dead, and Christ shall WPOSs HiG@ES1OY >. ἀπολυτρώσεως. 31 πᾶσα πικρία καὶ of redemption. All κραυγὴ Kai βλασφημία clamour, and _ evil speaking IV, Va θυμος Kai ὀργὴ καὶ bitterness, and indignation, and wrath, and ἀρθήτω ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν, σὺν πάσῃ let be removed from you, with all κακίᾳ" 32 γίνεσθε."δὲ! εἰς ἀλλήλους χρηστοί, εὔσπλαγχνοι, malice ; and be to one another kind, tender-hearted, χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς, καθὼς καὶ ὃ θεὸς ἔν χριστῷ ἐχαρί- forgiving each other, according as also God in Christ for- σατο “ὑμῖν. 5 Γίνεσθε οὖν μιμηταὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, we τέκνα gave you. Beye therefore imitators of God, as children ἀγαπητά" 2 καὶ περιπατεῖτε ἐν ἀγάπῃ, καθὼς Kai ὁ χριστὸς beloved, and walk in love, evenas also the Christ ἠγάπησεν Pryde," καὶ παρέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ «“ἡμῶν" προσ- loved us, and gave up himself for us, an of- φορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας. to God for an odour of a sweet smell. 3 Πορνεία.δὲ καὶ πᾶσα ἀκαθαρσία" ἢ πλεονεξία μηδὲ But fornication and all uncleanness or covetousness not even ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν, καθὼς πρέπει ἁγίοις" 4 "καὶ! αἰσχρό- let it be named among you, even 848 is becoming to saints ; and filthi- 5 ῖ Η]} λ ΄ n ? λί v ‘ ? > ip Il ? ‘ της ‘kai" μωρολογία ἢ εὐτραπελία, “τὰ οὐκιἀνήκοντα," ἀλλὰ mess and foolish talking or jesting, which are not becoming; but μᾶλλον εὐχαριστία. 5 τοῦτο.γάρ “ἐστε.γινώσκοντες" br. πᾶς rather thanksgiving. For this ye know that any - ἐξ Sips i 4 if : (lit. every) πόρνος, ἢ ἀκάθαρτος, ἢ πλεονέκτης, "ὅς" ἐστιν εἰδωλολά- fornicator, or unclean person, or covetous, who is an idoiater, TPC, οὐκ.ἔχει κληρονομίαν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ χριστοῦ Kai has not inheritance in the kingdom ofthe Christ and θεοῦ. 6 μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς ἀπατάτω κενοῖς λόγοις" διὰ of God. “No*%one ‘you ‘'let*deceive withempty words; on Ξδοοοπηὺ *of ταῦτα yap ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς 5Ξ[Πθ56 things *for comes the wrath of God upon the _ sons ἀπειθείας. 7 μὴ οὖν γίνεσθε Youppéroxoc' αὐτῶν. 8 ἦτε of disobedience. *Not “therefore ‘be joint-partakers with them; “ye “were γάρ ποτε σκότος, νῦν.δὲ φῶς ἐν κυρίῳ᾽ ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς fering and ἃ sacrifice 1for once darkness, butnow light in [the] Lord; as children of light περιπατεῖτε: 9 ὁ γὰρ καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος) ἐν πάσῃ walk, (for the fruit of the Spirit [15] in. all ἀγαθωσύνῃ Kai δικαιοσύνῃ Kai ἀληθείᾳ" 10 δοκιμάζοντες τί goodness and righteousness and _ truth,) proving what ἐστιν εὐάρεστον τῷ κυρίῳ. 11 Kai μὴ “συγκοινωνεῖτε" τοῖς is well-pleasing to the Lord; and have no fellowship with the ἔργοις τοῖς ἀκάρποις τοῦ σκότους, μᾶλλον.δὲ Kai ἐλέγχετε" *works tunfruitful of darkness, butrather 4150 reprove; 12 τὰ γὰρ ὕκρυφῆ" γινόμενα ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν αἰσχρόν ἐστιν καὶ for the things in secret being done by them shameful itis even λέγειν. 13 τὰ.δὲ πάντα ἐλεγχόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς φανεροῦ- to say. But all of them being reproved by the light are made mani- ται πᾶν.γὰρ τὸ φανερούμενον φῶς ἐστιν" 14 διὸ fest ; for *everything ‘that *which *makes *manifest “light “is. Wherefore λέγει, “"Ἐγειραι" ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν he says, Arouse, [thou] that sleepest, and riseup from among the o — δὲ Δα Lb. ° ἡμῖν US L. P ὑμᾶς you TTrA. 4 ὑμῶν you A. τ ἀκαθαρσία πᾶσα LTTrA. 8% Or L. ty or LT. νυ ἃ οὐκ ἀνῆκεν LTTrA. W ἴστε γινώσκοντες ye are aware of, knowing GLTTraw. x ὃ that LTTra. Y συν- TA. 1 φωτὸς light GLTTraw. ἃ συν- T. Ὁ κρυφῇ 1.. “Ἔγειρε GLTTrAw. Υ. EPHESIANS. νεκρῶν, καὶ ἐπιφαύσει σοι ὁ χριστός. 15 Βλέπετε οὖν dead, and shall shineupon thee the Christ. Take heed therefore “nic ἀκριβῶς! περιπατεῖτε, μὴ ὡς ἄσοφοι, ἄλλ᾽ ὡς σοφοί, how accurately ae walk, not as aang but as_ wise, 16 ἐξαγοραζόμενοι τὸν καιρόν, Ore αἱ ἡμέραι πονηραί εἰσιν. ransoming the time, because the days evil lare. 17 διὰ.τοῦτο μὴ.γίνεσθε ἄφρονες, ἀλλὰ ἐσυνιέντες) τί τὸ On this account be not θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου. foolish, 18 καὶ μὴ.μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ, ἐν but aE nee what oe will of the Lord [15]. And be not drunk with wine, in which ἐστιν ἀσωτία: ἀλλὰ πληροῦσθε ἐν πνεύματι, 19 λα- 15 dissoluteness; but be filled with [the] Spirit, speak- λοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς f ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ ὠδαῖς ἐπνευματι- ing to each other inpsalms and hymns and nob ispiritual, kaic,' ἄδοντες καὶ ψάλλοντες "έν" ἱτῇ καρδίᾳ! ὑ ὑμῶν τῷ κυρίῳ, singing and peeing with 7heart ‘your tothe Lord; 20 εὐχαριστοῦντες πάντοτε ὑπὲρ πάντων iv ὀνόματι τοῦ giving thanks atalltimes for allthings in [the] name κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί" 21 ὑπο- of our Lord Jesus Christ to him who [is] God and Father, submit- τασσόμενοι ἀλλήλοις ἐν φόβῳ *Oeod.' ting yourselves to one another in [the] fear of God. 22 Αἱ γυναῖκες, τοῖς.ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν ἱὑποτάσσεσθε," we τῷ τες to Se own husbands submit yourselves, as to the 23 ὅτι ™o' ἀνήρ ἐστιν κεφαλὴ τῆς γυναικός, we Kai Lord, for the husband [15 head ofthe wife, 85. also ὁ χριστὸς κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, "καὶ" αὐτός Por" σωτὴρ the Christ [is] head ofthe assembly, and he is Saviour Tov σώματος" 24 Parr’ «ὥσπερ' ἡ ἐκκλησία ὑποτάσσεται τῷ of the body. But even as the assembly is subjected tothe χριστῷ, οὕτως Kai αἱ γυναῖκες τοῖς "ἰδίοις" ἀνδράσιν ἐν παντί. Christ, 80 also wives totheirown husbands in everything. 25 Οἱ ἄνδρες, ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς. γυναϊκας."ἑαυτῶν," καθὼς Kai ὁ Husbands, love your own ais even as also the χριστὸς ἠγάπησεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν ὑπὲρ ‘hrist loved the πεξειο σι and himself gave up for αὐτῆς" 20 ἵνα αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ. καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ it, that it he might SStChinys having cleansed [it] by the washing τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι, 27 ἵνα παραστήσῃ 'αὐτὴν" ἑαυτῷ of water by [the] word, that hemightpresent it to himself ἔνδοξον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν μὴ ἔχουσαν σπῖλον ἢ ῥυτίδα ἤ τι *glorious ‘the SEE not es spot, or wrinkle, or any τῶν. τοιούτων, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἁγία καὶ ἄμωμος. 38 οὕτως of such things ; but that it might be holy and blameless. So γὀφείλουσιν © ot ἄνδρες" ἀγαπᾷν τὰς ἑαυτῶν. γυναῖκας ὡς κυρίῳ" 509 give thee light. 15 See then that ye walk cir- cumspectly, not as fools, but as wise, 16 redeeming the time, because the days are evil. 17 Wherefore be ye not unwise, but understanding what the will of the Lord is, 18 And be not drunk with wine, wherein is excess; but be filled with the Spi- rit; 19 speaking to yourselves in psalms and hymns and spiri- tual songs, singing and making melody in your heart to the ards 20 giving thanks al- ways for all things unto God and the Fa- ther in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ; 21 submitting your- selyes one to another in the fear of God. 22 Wives, submit yourselves unto your own husbands, as unto the Lord, 23 For the husband is the head of the wife, even as Christ is the head of the church: and he is the saviour of the bo- dy. 24 Therefore as the church is subject unto Christ, so let the wives be to their own husbands in every thing. 25 Husbands, love your wives, even as Christ also loved the church, and gave him- self for it; 26 that he Might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word, 27 that he might present it to himself a _ glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish. ought husbands to love their own wives as 28 So ought men to “ , « love their wives as τὰ ἑαυτῶν σωματα᾿ ο ἀγαπῶν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα ἑαυτὸν their own bodies. He their own bodies: hethat loves bis own wite “himself that loveth his wite > Ξε > SAF , χει ~ ΄ ΠΣ ΕΟ loveth himself, 29 For αγαπᾳ 9209 ου i¢-yap TTOTE THV-EAUTOU σαρκα ἐμισήσεν, no Man ever yet hated loves. For noone at any time his own flesh hated, his own flesh; but d ἀκ ριβῶς πῶς T. ε συνίετε understand LITrA. f+ [ἐν] ua. g [πνευματικαῖς] TAG h — ἐν (read with your heart) Τ[ὙΓΑ]. GLTTraw. submit themselves) τυ. © — ἐστιν LITrAW. LTTra. QLTTrAW. i ταῖς καρδίαις hearts L, -- ὁ (read a husband) τερον Ρ ἀλλὰ LTTrA. 4 ὡς aS LTTra. * — ἑαυτῶν (read the Wives) LTTra. Υ καὶ (also) οἱ ἄνδρες ὀφείλουσιν LW. Ἢ + καὶ also Tra. Κ χριστοῦ of Christ 1 — jrotaccedbe ΤΑΙ; ὑποτασσέσθωσαν (vead to their own husbands let them — καὶ GLTTrAW. — ἰδίοις (read ἣν the husbands) τ αὐτὸς ea he might himself present) 510 nourisheth and che- risheth it, even as the Lord the church: 30 for we are members of his body, of his flesh, and of his bones. 31 For this cause shall a man leave his father and mother, and shall be joined unto his wife, and they two shall be one flesh. 32 This is agreat mys- tery : but I speak con- cerning Christ and the church, 33 Neverthe- less let every one of ou in particular so ove his wife even as himself ; and the wife see that she reverence her husband. VI. Children, obey your parents in the Lord: for this is right. 2 Honour thy father and mother ; which is the first commandment with promise; 3 that it may be well with thee, and thou mayest live long on the earth. 4 And, ye fathers, pro- voke not your chil- dren to wrath: but bring them up in the nurture and admoni- tion of the Lord. 5 Servants, be obedi- ent to them that are your masters accord- ing to the flesh, with fear and trembling, in gingleness of your heart, as unto Christ; § not with eyeservice, as menpleasers; but as the servants of Christ, doing the will of God from the heart; 7 with good will doing service, as to the Lord, and not to men: 8 knowing that whatsoever good thing any man doeth, the same shall he re- ceive of the Lord,whe- ther he be bond or free. 9 And, ye mas- ters, do the same things unto them, for- bearing threatening: knowing that your Master also is in hea- yen; neither is there respect of persons with him. χ ἀλλὰ LITrAW. LTrA. f [ets] LA. δουλίαν 1. GLTTrAaw. b — αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 1 τοῦ the LTTraw. thing) TA) ἐάν (ἂν Tr) τι (—7TeLTr) LTTraW. 4 αὐτῶν καὶ ὑμῶν ὃ οἵ them and of you the Lrrraw. IPOs. AE® EZ HOW sS. ViVi > 1) 9 , ‘ ΄ ΄ ‘ qk , *add'| ἐκτρέφει καὶ θάλπει αὐτήν, καθὼς Kai ὁ YRip.oc' τὴν but nourishes and cherishes it, evenas also the Lord the γ , er , ‘ ~ ἐκκλησίαν. 30 ὅτι μέλη ἐσμὲν τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, τὲκ τῆς assembly : for members we are of his body, of ‘ σαρκὸς. αὐτοῦ, Kai ἐκ τῶν. ὀστέων. αὐτοῦ." 31 ᾿Αντὶ τούτου his flesh, and of his bones. Because of this καταλείψει. ἄνθρωπος "τὸν" πατέρα ϑαὐτοῦ" καὶ °rijy' μητέρα 3shall leave ἴῃ “man *father Shis and sHOthene καὶ προσκολληθήσεται ἁπρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα! "αὐτοῦ." καὶ ἔσον- and shall be joined to *wife ‘his, and shall ται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν. 32 Τὸ. μυστήριον. τοῦτο μέγα ἐστίν" 406. *the*two for flesh ‘one. This mystery 7ereat 118, Ἵ ‘ 4 “ > A ᾽ A , ἐγὼ.δὲ λέγω εἰς χριστὸν καὶ feic' τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. 88 πλὴν but I speak asto Christ and as to the assembly. However ν « - e 3. (ἢ ee A ~ ~ ᾽ καὶ ὑμεῖς οἱ καθ᾽ ἕνα. ἕκαστος τὴν. ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγα- also ye everyone, 7each *his °own ®wife 780 Net , e «ε , « Α ~ A » πάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν: ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἵνα φοβῆται τὸν ἄνδρα. love as himself; andthe wife that 5Π6 mayfear the husband. 4 , c 4 ~ ~ € ~ ΄ 6 Τὰ τέκνα, ὑπακούετε τοῖς. γονεῦσιν. ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ" Children, obey your parents in {the] Lord, ~ if ? / / 4 τοῦτο.γάρ ἐστιν δίκαιον. 2 Τίμα τὸν.πατέρα.σου Kai τὴν for this is just. Honour thy father and , - er ᾽ ‘ > ‘ ’ ? / μητέρα ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐντολ) πρώτη ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ diva mother, which is *commandment ‘the first with a promise, that , ‘ » fd s ~ ~ εὖ σοι γεγηται, Kai ἔσῃ μακροχρόνιος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. well with thee it may be, and thou mayest be long-lived on the earth. ᾿ « , , ro, 4 Kai ot πατέρες, μὴ-παροργίζετε τὰ. τέκνα. ὑμῶν, "ἀλλ᾽" ἐκ- And fathers, do not provoke your children, but bring , ͵ ‘ , ,ὔ τρέφετε αὐτὰ ἐν παιδείᾳ καὶ νουθεσίᾳ κυρίου. up them in([the] discipline and admonition of [the] Lord. 5 Ot δοῦλοι, ὑπακούετε τοῖς "κυρίοις κατὰ σάρκα" Bondmen, obey [your] flesh ‘ , ‘ , © , + ~ ΄ ~ ε μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου, ἐν ἁπλότητι ἱτῆς" καρδίας. ὑμῶν, ὡς with fear and trembling, in simplicity of your heart, as ~ ΤΙ ‘ ? / e , τῷ χριστῷ" 6 μὴ κατ᾽ *opPadpodovdrtiay' ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι, tothe Christ; not with eye-service as men-pleasers ; ? > € a ~ ~ ~ ~ " ~ ~ ἀλλ᾽ we δοῦλοι !rod' χριστοῦ, ποιοῦντες TO θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ masters according to but as bondmen ofthe Christ, doing the will of God ἐκ ψυχῆς, 7 per εὐνοίας δουλεύοντες '' τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ from [the] soul, with good will doing service tothe Lord and οὐκ ἀνθρώποις" ὃ εἰδότες Ore "ὃ.ἐάν.τι ἕκαστος" ποιήσῃ ποῦ to men ; knowing that whatsoever each *?may *have °done ἀγαθόν, τοῦτο “κομιεῖται! παρὰ Prov' κυρίου, εἴτε δοῦλος good, this he shall receive from the Lord, whether bondman » ’ A e , 4 ᾽ ‘ ~ οὶ εἴτε ἐλεύθερος. 9 Καὶ οἱ κύριοι, τὰ.αὐτὰ ποιεῖτε πρὸς or free, And masters, the same things do towards ͵ > , κ ΄ " ~ ~ αὐτούς, ἀνιέντες THY ἀπειλήν" εἰδότες OTL Kai «ὑμῶν. αὐτῶν them, giving up threatening, knowing that also your own « if , , ᾽ Ἵ ~ " , ὁ" κύριός ἐστιν EV οὐρανοῖς, καὶ ᾿προσωποληψίαϊ! οὐκ. ἔστιν master is in [the] heavens, and respect of persons there is not παρ᾽ αὐτῷ. with him. Υ χριστὸς Christ GLITrAw. ὁ — ἐκ τῆς to end of verse LTIr[A]. * — τὸν i ; ¢— τὴν utra. ἃ τῇ γυναικὶ to the wife τσ. © — αὐτοῦ T. Β — ἐν κυρίῳ L[TrA]. h κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις LT Tr. i—qst. * ὀφθαλμο- m + ὡς aS GLITrAW. π ἕκαστος ὃ (— ὃ (read if any- ο κομίσεται LITrA. Pp — τοῦ (γεαα [the]) τ προσωπολημψία LTTrA. VI. EPHESIANS. 10 "Τὸ λοιπόν," "ἀδελφοί. μου," ἐνδυναμοῦσθε ἐν κυρίῳ, For the rest, my brethren, be empowered in [the] Lord, καὶ ἐν τῷ κράτει τῆς.ἰσχύος. αὐτοῦ. 11 ἐνδύσασθε τὴν παν- διὰ in the might of his strength. Put on the pan- οπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ, πρὸς τὸ δύνασθαι ὑμᾶς στῆναι πρὸς τὰς oply of God, for “to *be *able oe tostand against the μεθοδείας" τοῦ διαβόλου" 12 ὅτι οὐκι-ἔστιν *piv' ἡ πάλη artifices ofthe deyil: because “is *not Sto®us 'the*wrestling πρὸς αἷμα Kai σάρκα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰς ἀρχάς, πρὸς τὰς against blood and flesh, but against principalities, against ἐξουσίας, πρὸς τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ σκότους ὑτοῦ αἰῶνος" authorities, against the world-rulers of the darkness of “age *rovTou,' πρὸς Ta πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας ἐν τοῖς ἐπου- this, against the spiritual [powers] ofwickednessin the hea- ρανίοις. 13 διὰ τοῦτο ἀναλάβετε τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ. venlies. Because of this take up the panoply of God, ἵνα δυνηθῆτε ἀντιστῆναι ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ πονηρᾷ, καὶ ἅπαντα that ye may be able to withstand in the “day *evil, and all things κατεργασάμενοι στῆναι. 14 στῆτε οὖν περιζωσάμενοι τὴν having worked out ἴο stand. Stand therefore, having girt about ὀσφὺν. ὑμῶν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι τὸν θώρακα τῆς your loins with truth, and having puton the breastplate δικαιοσύνης, 15 καὶ ὑποδησάμενοι τοὺς πόδας ἐν ἑτοι- of righteousness, and having shod the feet with [the] pre- ασίᾳ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς sionynce’ 16 *%éri' πᾶσιν avada- paration of the glad tidings of peace: besides all having βόντες τὸν θυρεὸν τῆς πίστεως, ἐν δυνήσεσθε πάντα takenup the 58161α of faith, with which ye will be able all τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ ra! πεπυρωμένα σβέσαι: 17 καὶ the “darts Sof *the *wicked Sone *purning to φυσι Also τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου δέξασθε, καὶ τὴν μάχαιραν the helmet of salvation receive, and the sword τοῦ πνεύματος, Ὁ ἐστιν ἡ ῥῆμα θεοῦ" 18 διὰ πάσης προσευχῆς ofthe Spirit, which is word *God’s; by all prayer Kai δεήσεως προσευχόμενοι ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἕν πνεύματι, and supplication ee in every season in [the] Sur καὶ εἰς αὐτὸ. “τοῦτο" ἀγρυπνοῦντες ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει and unto this very thing watching with all Demeey sears καὶ δεήσει περὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων, 19 καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ἵνα and supplication for all saints ; and for me _ that μοι “δοθείη) λόγος ἐν ἀνοίξει τοῦ. στόματός.μου ἐν tome may be given utterance in aad opening of my mouth with παῤῥησίᾳ, γνωρίσαι τὸ μυστήριον “τοῦ εὐαγγελίου," 20 ὑπὲρ boldness to make known the ΤΟΥΒΊΘΕΥ of the glad eninge; for οὗ πρεσβεύω ἐν ἁλύσει, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῷ παῤῥησιάσωμαι eWEt Tain Aisa in achain, that in it I may be bold ὡς δεῖ pe λαλῆσαι. as it behoves τῶθΘ to speak. 21 “Iva.dé [εἰδῆτε καὶ ὑμεῖς" τὰ κατ᾽ ἐμέ, τί But that *may *know “also tye thethings concerning me, what πράσσω, πάντα Svpiy γνωρίσει: Τυχικὸς ὁ ἀγαπητὸς Iam doing, all things toyou willmake known Tychicus the beloved ‘tov λοιποῦ LTTra. Y¥ — ἀδελφοί μον LTTrA. ἡ — τοῦ αἰῶνος (read of this aes) GLTTraw. in τιν. >— τὰ L[Tra]. γελίου] L. w pebodias τ: — τοῦτο very thing LITrA. f καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰδῆτε LTTr. ὃ γνωρίσει ὑμῖν LTTr. — τούτου (read of darkness) w. 4 δοθῇ GLTTraw. oll 10 Finally, my bre- thren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might. 11 Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. 12 For τὸ wrestie not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the dark- ness of this world, a- gainst spiritu: al wick- edness in high places. 13 Wherefore take un- to you the whole ar- mour of God, that ye may be able to with- stand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. 14 Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and haying on the breastplate of righteousness ; 15 and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; 16 a- bove all, taking the shield of faith, where- with ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. 17 And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God: 18 praying al- ways with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watch- ing thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints ; 19 and for me, that utterance may be given unto me, that I may open my mouth boldly, tomake known the mystery of the gospel, 20 for which I am an ambas- sador in bonds: that therein I may speak boldly, as I ought to speak. 21 But that ye also may know my affairs, and how I do, Tychi- cus, a beloved brother x ὑμῖν to you L. a ἐν © [τοῦ evay- 512 and faithful minister in the Lord, shall make known to you all things: 22 whom I have sent unto you for the same purpose, that ye might know our affairs, and that he might comfort your hearts. 23 Peace be to the brethren, and love with faith, from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ. 24 Grace be with all them that love our Lord Jesus Christ in sincerity. Amen. π PO Se 4 ha TES I ΟὝΣ. Vy. ἀδελφὸς Kai πιστὸς διάκονος ἐν brother and faithful servant in [86] Lord; whom Isent πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰς avTo.TOUTO, ἵνα γνῶτε τὰ περὶ to you for thisvery thing, that ye might know the things concerning ἡμῶν καὶ παρακαλέσῃ τὰς.καρδίας ὑμῶν. us and he might encourage your hearts. 23 Eionyn τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς Kai ἀγάπη μετὰ πίστεως ἀπὸ Peace tothe brethren, and love with faith from θεοῦ πατρὸς Kai κυρίου Inoov χριστοῦ. 24 Ἢ χάρις pera God [the] Father and _ Lord Jesus Christ. Grace with πάντων τῶν ἀγαπώντων τὸν κύριον. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦν χριστὸν κυρίῳ: 22 ὃν ἔπεμψα all those that love our Lord Jesus Christ ΕΝ. ΤΡ ΡΤ ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ. "ἀμήν. in incorruption. Amen, ‘TIpdc¢ Ἐφεσίους ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης, διὰ Τυχικοῦ." To [the] Ephesians written from Rome, by ‘Tychicus. KH ΠΡΟΣ TOYS OIAINMASIOYS EMMSTOAH.' THE PAULand Timotheus, the servants of Jesus Christ, to all the saints in Christ Jesus which are at Philippi, with the bishops and dea- cons: 2 Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. 3 I thank my God upon every remem- brance of you, 4al- ways in every prayer of mine for you all making request with joy, 5 for your fellow- ship in the gospel from the first day until now; 6 being confident of this very thing, that he which hath be- gun a good work in you will perform τέ until the day of Jesus Christ : 7 even as it is meet for me to think this of you all, be- cause I have you in my heart; inasmuch as both in my bonds, and in the defence and confirmation of the gospel, ye all are par- takers of my grace. 8 For God is my re- 4X0) *THE *PHILIPPIANS "EPISTLE. ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ καὶ Τιμόθεος δοῦλοι ᾿Πησοῦ χριστοῦ," πᾶσιν τοῖς Paul and Timotheus, bondmen ofJesus Christ, toall the ἁγίοις ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Φιλίπποις, σὺν saints in hrist Jesus who are in Philippi, with (thej ἐπισκόποις Kai διακόνοις" 2 χάρις ὑμῖν Kai εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ from God overseers and those whoserve. Grace toyou and _ peace πατρὸς.ἡμῶν καὶ κυρίου "Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ." our Father and [the] Lord Jesus Christ. 3 Εὐχαριστῶ τῷ θεῷ.μου ἐπὶ πάσῃτῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν, I thank my God on the whole remembrance of you, 4 πάντοτε ἐν πάσῃ δεήσει pov ὑπὲρ πάντων ὑμῶν μετὰ always in every “supplication ‘my for 3411 you with ~ 4 , U ? A ~ , « ~ > χαρᾶς τὴν δέησιν ποιούμενος, ὃ ἐπὶ τῇ.-κοινωνίᾳ. ὑμῶν εἰς joy 2supplication ‘making, for your fellowship in τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἀπὸ" πρώτης ἡμέρας ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν" 6 πε- the gladtidings, from [the] first day until now; being ποιθὼς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, Ort ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον persuaded of this very thing, that he who began in you ἃ *work ἀγαθόν ἐπιτελέσει ἄχρις" ἡμέρας ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ"" ‘good will complete [it] until [the] day of Jesus Christ : 7 καθώς ἐστιν δίκαιον ἐμοὶ τοῦτο φρονεῖν ὑπὲρ πάντων ὑμῶν, as itis righteous forme this tothink as to 2411 ‘you, διὰ τὸ ἔχειν pe ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς, ἔν.τε τοῖς.δεσμοῖςι μου because “have “me *in “ἴθ Sheart tye, both in my bonds kai P τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ καὶ βεβαιώσει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, «“συγ- and inthe defence and confirmation of the glad tidings, fellow- κοινωνούς" μου.τῆς.χάριτος πάντας ὑμᾶς ὄντας. 8 μάρτυς.γάρ partakers of my grace all ye are. For *witness h — ἀμήν GLTTrA. 4 — the subscription GLTW; Πρὸς ᾿Εφεσίους Tra. k + Παύλον τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of Paul the Apostle E; + IlavAov α; -- τοὺς EG; Πρὸς Φιλιππησίους LTTrAW. ο ἄχρι LTA. the LTTra. 1 χριστοῦ Ιησοῦ LTTrAW. ™ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ Ww. u + τῆς Ρ + ἐν in (read τῇ the) [L]tTrAw,.— 1. ovr T. Ι, ΡΗΠΕΙΣΓΕΡΕΒΊΤΓΑΕΝ S. ov Téoriv' ὁ θεός, ὡς ἐπιποθῶ πάντας ὑμᾶς ἐν σπλάαγ- ἐν 518 1God, how I long after 3411 ‘you in{[the] bowels χνοις "Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ." 9 καὶ τοῦτο προσεύχομαι, ἵνα ἡ ἀγάπη of Jesus Christ. And this I pray, that love ἔτι μᾶλλον Kai μᾶλλον 'περισσεύῃ" ἐν ἐπιγνώσει Kai yet more and more may abound in knowledge and αἰσθήσει, 10 εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ δια- all intelligence, for 2to *approve you thethingsthat are , x ~ ‘ , ? φέροντα, iva ἦτε εἰλικρινεῖς Kai ἀπρόσκοποι εἰς ἡμέραν excellent, that ye may be pure and without offence for[the] day χριστοῦ, 11 πεπληρωμένοι καρπῶν, δικαιοσύνης roy" of Christ, being filled with fruits of righteousness which [are] διὰ ᾿Τησοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς δόξαν Kai ἔπαινον θεοῦ. by Jesus Christ, to glory *and ‘praise ‘G@od’s. 12 Γινώσκειν.δὲ ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι τὰ κατ᾽ But *to *know ou ‘I ?wish, brethren, that the thingsconcerning > 4 ~ ᾽ ᾿ ~ ᾽ , ? 4 . ἐμὲ μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίον ἐλήλυθεν me rather to [the] advancement of the gladtidings have turned ont, 13 ὥστε τοὺς.δεσμούς. μου φανεροὺς ἐν χριστῷ γενέσθαι so as my bonds *manifest ‘in ‘Christ ‘to “have “become ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ πραιτωρίῳ Kai τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν" 14 Kai τοὺς « ~ ὑμῶν up your πάσῃ in *whole ‘the pretorium απᾶ ἴο 6 “rest 1411; and the πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐν κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς most of the brethren in (*the) *Lord trusting by *bonds μου περισσοτέρως τολμᾷν ἀφόβως τὸν λόγον ᾿ λαλεῖν. 15 Τινὲς ‘my *more*®abundantly “dare ‘fearlessly *the ®word ‘to 5Ρ68Κ. Some μὲν καὶ διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἔριν, τινὲς.δὲ καὶ δι᾿ εὐδοκίαν τὸν indeed even from envy and strife, but some also from good-will the A χριστὸν κηρύσσουσιν. 16 ot μὲν YE ἐριθείας *rdv' χριστὸν Christ are proclaiming. Those indeed out of contention the Christ ’ ? « ~ >” ib a2 , Ι καταγγέλλουσιν οὐχ ἁγνῶς, οἰόμενοι θλίψιν "ἐπιφέρειν are announcing, not purely, supposing tribulation to add τοῖς. δεσμοῖς. μου"" 17 οἱ. δὲ τἐξ ἀγάπης, εἰδότες ὅτι εἰς ἀπο- to my bonds, but these out of love, knowing that for de- λογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου κεῖμαι." 18 τί,γάρ; πλὴν ὃ παντὶ fence of the gladtidings I am set. What then? nevertheless in every τρόπῳ, εἴτε προφάσει εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ, χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται" way, whether ἴῃ ργθίοχὺ ΟΓΎ in truth, Christ is announced ; καὶ ἐν τούτῳ χαίρω, ἀλλὰ Kai χαρήσομαι. 19 olda-yap ὅτι and in this MIrejoice, yea, also I will rejoice: for I know that τοῦτό μοι ἀποβήσεται εἰς σωτηρίαν διὰ τῆς ὑμῶν δεήσεως, this for me shallturnout to salvation through your supplication, καὶ ἐπιχορηγίας Tov πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, 20 κατὰ and (the! supply of the Spirit of Jesus’ Christ: according to τὴν ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα pov, ὅτι ἐν οὐδενὶ αἰσχυνθή-- “earnest “expectation *and ‘hope ‘my, that in nothing I shall be σομαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν πάσῃ παῤῥησίᾳ, ὡς πάντοτε, Kai νῦν μεγα- ashamed, but in all boldness, as always, also now shall be λυνθήσεται χριστὸς ἐν τῷ.σώματί.μου εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ magnified Christ in my body whether by life or by θανάτου. 21 ᾿Ἐμοὶ. γὰρ ro ζῶν χριστός, Kai τὸ ἀποθανεῖν death. For to me to live [is] Christ, and to die t — ἐστὶν (read [15]} [L]TTra. 5 χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ GLTTrAW. mov (with) fruit GLTTrAW. Υ τὸν (read which [is]) G[u]rTraw. ¥ verses 16 and 17 transposed, except οἱ μὲν and ot δὲ GLTTraw. to arouse LTTrAW. Ὁ + ὅτι that (read πλὴν except) LTTrA. * περισσεύσῃ L. * + τοῦ θεου of God LTTra. * [τὸν] τὰ. 513 cord, bow greatly I long after you all in the bowels of Jesus Christ. 9 And this I pray, that your love may abound yet more and more in know- ledge and in all judg- ment; 10 that ye may approve things that are excellent ; thatys Imay be sincere and without offence till the day of Christ; 11 being filled with the fruits of right- eousness, which are by Jesus Christ, unto the glory and praise of God. 12 But I would ye should understand, brethren, that the things which happened unto me have fallen out rather unto the furtherance of the gos- pel; 13 so that my bonds in Christ are manifest in all the pa- lace, and in all other places; 14 and many of the brethren in the Lord, waxing confi- dent by my bonds, are much more bold to speak the word without fear. 15 Some indeed preach Christ even of envy and strife; and some also of good will: 16 the one preach Christ of contention, not sincerely, suppos- ing to add affliction to wy bonds: 17 but the other of love, knowing that I am set for the defence of the gospel. 18 What then? not- withstanding, every way, whether in pre- tence, or in truth, Christ is preached ; and I therein do re- joice, yea, and will re- joice. 19 For I know that this shall turn to my salvation through your prayer, and the supply of the Spirit of Jesus Christ, 20 ac- cording to my earnest expectation and my hope, that in nothing I shall be ashamed, but that with all bold- ness, as always, 80 now also Christ shall be magnified in my body, whether it be by life, or by death. 21 For to me to live ἐδ Christ, and to die is ¥ Kap- ἃ eyerpery LL 514 gain. 22 But if I live in the flesh, this 7s the fruit of my labour: et what'l shall choose wot not. 23 For Iam in a strait betwixt two, having a desire to depart, and to be with Christ ; which is far better: 24 never- theless to abide in the flesh is more needful for you, 25 And hay- ing this confidence, I know that I shall a- bide and _ continue with you all for your furtherance and joy of faith ; 26 that your rejoicing may be more abundant in Jesus Christ for me by my coming to you again, 27 Only let your con- versation be as it be- cometh the gospel of Christ: that whether I come and see you or else be absent, 1 may hear of your af- fairs, that ye stand fast in one spirit,with one mind striving to- gether for the faith of the gospel; 28 and in nothing terrified by your adversaries, which is to them an evident token of per- dition, but to you of salvation, and that of God. 29 For unto you itis given in the behalf of Christ, not only to believe on him, but also to suffer for his sake; 30 hav- ing the same conflict which ye saw in me, and now hear to be in me, Il. If there be there- fore any consolation in Christ, if any com- fort of love, if an fellowship of the Spi- rit, if any bowels and mercies, 2 fulfil ye my joy, that ye be like- minded, having the same love, being of one accord, of one mind, 3 Let nothing be done through strife or vain- glory; but in low- liness of mind let each esteem other bet- ter than themselves. 4 Look not every man on hisown things, but ο δὰ but GLTTraw. μενῶ continue (read πᾶσιν with all) Lrtra. i ὑμῶν (read but of your salvation) LTTrAw. © μηδὲ κατὰ nor according to LITra. Ὁ κατ᾽ TTrAW. ΠΡΌΣ ΦΨΙΛΙΙΠΓΗ ΣΤΟΥΣ. I, Il. κέρδος. 22 εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῇν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου" gain ; but if tolive in flesh, this forme([is] fruit of labour: καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι οὐ-γνωρίζω: 23 συνέχομαι “γὰρ' ἐκ τῶν and what 1 5.411 choose I know not. 7I°am ‘pressed “for by the δύο, τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχων εἰς τὸ ἀναλῦσαι, Kai σὺν χριστῷ two, the *desire "having for to depart, and with Christ εἶναι, πολλῴἉ μᾶλλον κρεῖσσον" 24 τὸ.δὲ ἐπιμένειν “ἐν! to be, [for it is) very much better ; but to remain in TH σαρκὴ ἀναγκαιότερον ou ὑμᾶς: 25 καὶ τοῦτο the flesh [is] more necessary ΤῸ ὕΠ6 βακὸ οὔ you; and this πεποιθὼς οἶδα drt μενῶ καὶ 'συμπαραμενῶ" πᾶσιν being persuaded of, I know that I shall abide and continue with all ὑμῖν εἰς τὴν. ὑμῶν. προκοπὴν Kai χαρὰν τῆς πίστεως, 26 ἵνα 'γοὰ ; for your advancement and joy of faith ; that τὸ καύχημα.ὑμῶν περισσεύῃ ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ διὰ your boasting may abound in hrist Jesus in me through τῆς.ἐμῆς.παρουσίας πάλιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 27 Μόνον ἀξίως τοῦ my presence again with you. Only worthily of the εὐαγγελίου τοῦ χριστοῦ πολιτεύεσθε, ἵνα εἴτε ἐλθὼν καὶ glad tidings ofthe Christ conduct yourselves, that whether having come and ἰδὼν ὑμᾶς, εἴτε ἀπὼν ἀκούσω! τὰ περὶ ὑμῶν, having seen you, or being absent I might hear the things concerning you, Ore στήκετε ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ συναθλοῦντες that ye stand fast in one spirit, with one soul striving together τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 28 Kai μὴ πτυρόμενοι ἐν μη- withthe faith of the glad tidings ; and being frightenedin no- devi ὑπὸ τῶν ἀντικειμένων" ἥτις "αὐτοῖς μέν ἐστιν ἔν- thing by those who oppose ; which tothem is ἃ demon- δειξις ἀπωλείας, ὑμῖν! δὲ σωτηρίας, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ θεοῦ" stration of destruction, *to *you ‘but of salvation, and this from God; 29 ὅτι ὑμῖν ἐχαρίσθη τὸ ὑπὲρ χριστοῦ, οὐ μόνον τὸ because to you it was granted concerning Christ, ποῦ only εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύειν, ἀλλὰ Kai τὸ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πάσχειν" Yon ‘him ‘to *believe, but also concerning him to suffer, 4 ? A ᾽ ~ » k” 2 / ‘ ~ 30 τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες οἷον "ἴδετε! ἐν ἐμοί, Kai νῦν the same conflict having suchas yesaw in me, and now ἀκούετε iv ἐμοί. hearof in me, ” Ϊ , ’ ~ ” 2 Ei τις οὖν παράκλησις ἐν χριστῷ, EL τι παρα- If ?any ‘then encouragement [there be) in hrist, if any conso- pobeou ἀγάπης; εἴ τις κοινωνία πνεύματος, εἴ ‘twa! σπλάγ- ation of love, if any fellowship of [the] Spirit, if an bowels χνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί, 2 πληρώσατέ pov τὴν χαράν, ἵνα fulfil my j and compassions, joy, that τὸ αὐτὸ. φρονῆτε, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγάπην ἔχοντες, “σύμψυχοι; " ye may beof the same mind, the same love having, joined in soul, τὸ ἕν minding— nothing according to contention or vain- / J ‘ ~ [2 ᾽ , « , « δοξίαν, ἀλλὰ Ty Ramsey of ρησυνῃ ἀλλήλους ἡγούμενοι ὑπερ- y glory, but in hum one another esteeming a- ~ A ~ ' ἔχοντας ἑαυτῶν. 4 μὴ τὰ ἑαυτῶν Ῥξἕκαστος" bove themselves, *not ‘the “things °of 7themselves Seach 4 + yap for EGLTTrAW. © — ἐν (read τῇ in the) T. f rapa- & ἀκούω LITr. ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς GLTTrAW. k εἴδετε LTTrAW. 1 σις GLTTrA. ™ συν- T. P ἕκαστοι LTTrA, II. ὩἩσκοπεῖτε, ἀλλὰ Kat PHT LAPP 1 ANS. Ta ἑτέρων ἕκαστος." ὃ Τοῦτο 1consider, but also “πὸ *things °of °others each, °This "γὰρ ονείσθω" ἐν ὑμῖν ὃ καὶ ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, 6 ὃς for ‘*letmindbe in you whichalso in Christ Jesus [was]; who, ἐν in [the] form ‘ica θεῷ, μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων, οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι of God subsisting, “ποῦ *rapine ‘esteemed 7it to be 7 "ἀλλ᾽" ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν, μορφὴν δούλου equal with God ; but himself ‘emptied, "form , 5a Spondman’s λαβών, ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος" 8 Kai σχή- Shaving *taken, in [the] likeness ofmen havingbecome; and in ματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος, ἐταπείνωσεν ἑαυτόν, γενό- figure having been found as @man, he humbled himself, having μενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου.δὲ σταυροῦ. 9 διὸ become obedient unto death, even death of [the] cross. Wherefore καὶ ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸν ὑπερύψωσεν Kai ἐχαρίσατο aitw”™ ὄνομα also God him highly exalted and granted tohim aname τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα" 10 ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ πᾶν which [is] above every mame, that at the name of Jesus every γόνυ Kappy ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων" knee should bow of [Ὀ61Π65] ἴῃ heaven and onearth and under the earth, 11 καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα "“ἐξομολογήσηται! ὅτι κύριος Ἰησοῦς and every tongue should confess that [318] *Lord 1 Jesus χριστὸς εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ πατρός. Christ to [the] glory of αοῦ [{Π6] Father. 12 ὍὭστε, ἀγαπητοί.μου, καθὼς πάντοτε ὑπηκούσατε, μὴ So that, my beloved, even as always ye obeyed, not ὡς ἐν τῇ.παρουσίᾳ μου μόνον, ἀλλὰ νῦν πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐν as) π my presence only, but now much rather in τῇ.ἀπουσίᾳ.μου, μετὰ φόβου Kai τρόμου τὴν.ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν my absence, wit fear and trembling yourown salvation κατεργάζεσθε: 13 Υὁ".θεὸς.γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἐνεργῶν ἐν ὑμῖν καὶ τὸ work out, for God itis who works in you both θέλειν Kai τὸ ἐνεργεῖν ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας. 14 πάντα to will and to work according to [his] good pleasure. 241] *things ποιεῖτε χωρὶς γογγυσμῶν Kai διαλογισμῶν, 15 ἵνα *yévnobe'! 180 apart from murmurings and reasonings, that ye may be ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι, τέκνα θεοῦ *apwpnra' δὲν ἐσῳ" faultless and simple, children ofGod unblamable in [the] midst γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης, ἐν οἷς φαίνεσθε ὡς of a generation crooked and perverted ; among whom ye appear as φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ, 16 λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες, εἰς καύχημα luminaries in [the] world, [the] word οἵ 116 holding forth, for a boast ἐμοὶ εἰς ἡμέραν χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον οὐδὲ εἰς tome in *day *Christ’s, that not in vain Iran nor in a ? , 17 c ἀλλ᾽ > \ , ὃ ? ‘ ~ θ ΄ A KEVOY ἑκοπιασα. a ξι Καὶ σπεν. ομαι ἕπι TZ VOLE και vain laboured. But if alsolam poured outon the sacrifice and λειτουργίᾳ τῆς.πίστεως ὑμῶν, χαίρω Kai “ovyxaipw' πᾶσιν ministration of your faith, Irejoice, and rejoice with all ὑμῖν" 18 τὸ. “δ᾽. αὐτὸ Kai ὑμεῖς χαίρετε καὶ “ovyyxaiperé" por. you. Andinthesame also “ye ‘rejoice and rejoice with me, 19 ᾿Ελπίζω.δὲ iv ἱκυρίῳ! ᾿Ιησοῦ Τιμόθεον ταχέως πέμψαι ButIhope in(the) Lord Jesus *Timotheus ‘soon ‘to “send 515 every man also on the things of others. 5 Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus: 6 who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God: 7 but made himself of no reputa- tion, and took upon him the form of a servant, and wasmade in the likeness of men: 8 and being found in fashion as a man, he humbled himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. 9 Where- fore God also hath highly exalted him, and given him a name which is above every name: 10 that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; 11 and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father. 12 Wherefore, my beloved, as ye have always obeyed, not as in my presence only, but now much more in my absence, work out your own salvation with fear and trem- bling. 13 For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of his good pleasure. 14 Do all things with- out murmurings and disputings: 15 that ye may be blameless and harmless, the sons of God, without rebuke, in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation, among whom ye shine as lights in the world ; 16 holding forth the word of life ; that I may rejoice in the day of Christ, that I havenot runin vain, neither laboured in vain. 17 Yea, and if I be offered upon the sacrifice and service of your faith, I joy, and rejoice with you all 18 For the same canse also do ye joy,and re- joice with me. 19 But I trust in the Lord Jesus to send Timo- theus shortly unto τ ἕκαστοι GLTTrAW. πο + τὸ the (name) LTTr[A]w. τ ἦτε L. 8 ἄμωμα LTTrA. d συν- T. ε δὲ TTr. " 4ᾳ σκοποῦντες Considering GLTTrAW. tiga LTAW. ’ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. shall confess Taw. Υ — ὃ LTTraw. midst LTTraw. © ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 5 φρονεῖτε (omit for) LTTra. x ἐξομολογήσεται > μέσον [in the] χριστῷ Christ τ,. 516 you, that I also may be ‘of good comfort, when I know your state. 20 For I have no man _ likeminded, who will naturally eare for your state. 21 For all seek their own, not the things which are Jesus Christ’s, 22 But ye know the proof of him, that, as a son with the father, he hath served with me in the gospel. 23 Him therefore I hope to send presently, so soon as 1 shall see how it will go with me, 24 But I trust in the Lord that I also myself shall come shortly. 25 Yet I sup- posed it necessary to send to you Epaphro- ditus, my brother, and companion in labour, and fellowsoldier, but your messenger, and he that ministered to my wants. 26 For he longed after you all, and was full of heavi- ness, because that ye had heard that he had been sick. 27 For in- deed he was sick nigh unto death: but God had mercy on him ; and not on him only, but on me also, lest I should have sorrow up- on sorrow. 28 1 sent him therefore the more carefully, that, when ye see him again, ye may rejoice, and that I may be the less sorrow- ful. 29 Receive him therefore in the Lord with all gladness ; and hold such in reputa- tion : 30 because for the work of Christ he was nigh unto death, not regarding his life, to supply your lack of service toward me. Ill. Finally, my brethren, rejoice in the Lord. To write the same things to you, to me indeed is not griev- ous, but for you tt as safe. 2 Beware of dogs, beware of evil workers, beware of the concision. 3 For weare the circumcision, which worship God in the spirit, and rejoice in Christ Jesus, and have no confidence in the flesh. 4 Though I might also have confidence in ΠΡΟΣ ΦΙΛΙΠΠΗΣΊΙΟΥΣ. Il, TER ὑμῖν, ἵνα κἀγὼ εὐψυχῶ, γνοὺς τὰ περὶ to you, that I also may be of See courage, having known the pe concerning ὑμῶν" 20 οὐδένα.γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον, ὕστις γνησίως τὰ you. Fornoone have I like-minded, who genuinely the things περὶ ὑμῶν μεριμνήσει" 21 οἱ.πάντες. γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν relative to you willcare for. ζητοῦσιν, ov τὰ ἢ For all the things of themselves τοῦ" ἰχριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ"" 22 τὴν. δὲ δοκιμὴν are seeking, not the thoes of Christ Jesus. But the proof αὐτοῦ γινώσκετε, OTL ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν ofhim yeknow, that, as *to *a ὅζαύμοσ ‘a child, with me he served εἰς TO εὐαγγέλιον. 23 τοῦτον μὲν οὖν ἐλπίζω πέμψαι ὡς for the glad tidings. Him therefore I hope to send *when ἂν = *aridw!! τὰ περὶ ἐμέ, ἐξαυτῆς. 34 πεέ- 41 5shall Shave 7seen *the *things ‘°concerning **me ‘at *once: Shee sam ποιθα δὲ ἐν κυρίῳ ὕτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι. 15persuaded **but in [{86] Lord that also *myself ‘soon 1 35}41] come: 25 ᾿Αναγκαῖον.δὲ ἡγησάμην ᾿Ἑπαφρόδιτον τὸν ἀδελφὸν καὶ but meeoasary: I esteemed τὸ Haga) toa ge "brother and συνεργὸν καὶ ᾿ἰσυστρατιώτην" μου, ὑμῶν.δὲ ἀπόστολον καὶ ®fellow-worker '°and *fellow-soldier ‘my, **but exons messenger ‘*and λειτουργὸν τῆς. χρείας. μου, πέμψαι 7, πρὺς ὑμᾶς" 20 ἐπειδὴ 16minister ‘7of 1®my **need, to 7send “you, since ἐπιποθῶν ἦν πάντας ὑμᾶς", Kai ἀδημονῶν διότι ᾿Ἰομεῖπε “after the ὄνγδβ ®all Syou, and([was] deeply depressed because ἠκούσατε Ore ἠσθένησεν" 27 καὶ. γὰρ ἠσθένησεν παραπλήσιον ye heard that he was sick; for indeed ἘΠ was sick like θανάτῳ: "ἀλλ᾽"! ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸν ἠλέησεν," οὐκ.αὐτὸν.δὲ μόνον we Uy] Sh 3 ] to death, but God him hadmercyon, andnothim alone, ἀλλὰ Kai ἐμέ, ἵνα μὴ λύπην ἐπὶ PUTTY" σχῶ. 28 σπου- but also me, that not sorrow upon sorrow I might have. The more οὖν ἔπεμψα αὐτόν, ἵνα ἰδόντες αὐτὸν πάλιν diligently ΠΟΙ ΓΟ 1 sent him, that seeing him again χαρῆτε, κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ. 29 προσδέχεσθε οὖν ye might mej cioes and I the less sorrowful might be. Receive therefore αὐτὸν ἐν κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς, καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους him in [the] Lord with all joy, and such διὰ ἐντίμους ἔχετε" 80 ὅτι τὸ ἔργον “τοῦ" χριστοῦ" inhonour hold; because for the sake of the work of the Christ μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν, “παραβουλευσάμενος" τῇ ψυχῇ, unto death he went near, having disregarded life, ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ. ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα τῆς πρός με that he might fill up your deficiency of the 7towards*me ‘ministration, 3 Τὸ λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί. μου, χαίρετε ἐν κυρίῳ τὰ αὐτὰ For the rest, my brethren, meloite in 89] Lord: thesame things γράφειν ὑμῖν, ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐκ ὀκνηρόν, ὑμῖν.δὲ ἀσφαλές. ἴο write to you, to me {is] not irksome, and for you safe. 2 βλέπετε τοὺς κύνας, βλέπετε τοὺς κακοὺς ἐργάτας, βλέπετε See to SoBe; see to evil coe see to δαιοτέρως {his} λειτουργίας. τὴν κατατομήν" 3 mpeic. γάρ ἐσμεν ἡ περιτομή, οἱ πνεύματι the concision. For we are the GEE ay who “in one ‘ep! λατρεύοντες, Kai καυχώμενοι ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ, Kai οὐκ 2God serve, and boast in Christ Jesus, and not 4 — τοῦ GLTTrAW. m + [ἰδεῖν] to see L. 4 — τοῦ the LTTra. * θεοῦ (read serve in i Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ GLTraW, ¥ apidw LITA. loyvo- LTTrA. Ὁ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. ο ἠλέησεν αὐτόν LTTrAW. P λύπην GLTTrAW. ¥ — χριστοῦ A. 5 παραβολευσάμενος having hazarded Girtraw. [the] Spirit of God) Lrrraw. III. PEL re PEA NS: > \ ΄ ἘΝ , ? Va) ow ἌΣ wus ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες, 4 καίπερ ἐγὼ ἔχων πεποίθησιν Kai ἐν in flesh trust. Though I have trust even in Lee Vv » ~ » , > , ? ‘ ~ e σαρκί" ¥ ei τις δοκεῖ ἄλλος πεποιθέναι ἐν σαρκί, ἐγὼ μᾶλλον flesh ; if any “thinks ‘other to trust in flesh, I rather : 5 ὑπεριτομὴ" ὀκταήμερος, ἐκ γένους Iopand, φυλῆς [as to] circumcision, on [the] eighth day ; of [the] race οὗ Israel, of [the] tribe *Beriapir," “EBpaioc ἐξ Ἑβραίων, κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος. of Benjamin, Hebrew of Hebrews; accordingto[the]iaw a Pharisee; 6 κατὰ ζῆλον" διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ δικαιοσύ- according to zeal, persecuting the assembly; accordingto righteous- νην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γεγόμενος ἄμεμπτος. 77a" ἅτινα ness which [15] in[the]law, having become blameless; but what things "iv μοι! κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν χριστὸν were tome gain, these Ihave esteemed, on account of Christ, ζημίαν. ὃ ἀλλὰ ὕμενοῦνγεϊ! καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν 1058. But yearather, also Lamesteeming all things loss εἶναι διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως “ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ to be on account of the excellency of the knowledge ofChrist Jesus τοῦ.κυρίου.μου, Ov ὃν Ta.mavra ἐζημιώθην, Kai ἡγοῦ- my Lord, on account of whom all things I suffered loss of, and esteem μαι σκύβαλα εἶναι," ἵνα χριστὸν κερδήσω, 9 καὶ εὑρεθῶ {them] refuse tobe, that Christ I may gain; and be found ἐν αὐτῷ, μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν.δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου, ἀλλὰ in him, not having my righteousness which [isj of law, but THY διὰ πίστεως χριστοῦ, THY ἐκ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ that which by faith of Christ [is], the “of °~God ‘righteousness on τῇ πίστει, 10 τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν Kai τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ava- faith, to know him and the power of *resur- στάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν" κοινωνίαν ἱτῶν" παθημάτων. αὐτοῦ. rection *his, and the tellowship of his sufferings, Sovupoppovpevoc' τῷ-.θανάτῳ.αὐτοῦ, 11 εἴπως καταντήσω being conformed to his death, if by any means I may arrive εἰς THY ἐξανάστασιν "τῶν" νεκρῶν. 12 οὐχ ὅτι ἤδη ἔλαβον, at the resurrection of the dead. Not that “already ‘I received, ἢ ἤδη τετελείωμαι" διώκω. δὲ εἰ ἱκαὶ" καταλάβω or already ave been perfected; butIam pursuing, if also I may lay hold, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ καὶ ‘kkarehngOny' ὑπὸ ἱτοῦ" χριστοῦ "Ἰησοῦ." 13 aded- for that also I was laid hold οἵ by the Christ Jesus, Bre- pot, ἐγὼ ἐμαυτὸν "οὐ" λογίζομαι κατειληφέναι: év.0&, thren, 1 myself “not ‘doreckon to have laid hold; but one thing— τὰ μὲν ὀπίσω ἐπιλανθανόμενος, τοῖς. δὲ ἔμπροσθεν the things behind forgetting, and to the things before ἐπεκτεινόμενος, 14 κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω “ἐπὶ! τὸ βραβεῖον stretching out, towards [the] goal 1 pursue for the prize τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. 15 Ὅσοι of the “on *high . ‘calling of God in Christ Jesus, As many as οὖν τέλειοι τοῦτο.φρονῶμεν᾽ καὶ εἴ τι ἑτέρως therefore [are] perfect should be of this mind ; and if [inj anything differently φρονεῖτε, Kai τοῦτο ὁ θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει. 16 πλὴν εἰς ὃ ye are minded, “also ‘+this God toyou will reveal. But whereto 617 the flesh. If any other man thinketh that he hath whereof he might trust in the flesh, 1 more: 5 circumcised the eighth day, of the stock of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, an Hebrew of the He- brews; as touching the law, a Pharisee ; 6 concerning zeal, per- secuting the church ; touching the right- eousness which is in the law, blameless. 7 But what things were gain to me, those I counted loss for Christ. 8 Yea doubtless, and I count all things but loss for the exceliency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord: ror whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but dung, that J muy win Christ, 9 and be found in him, not hay- ing mine own right- eousness, which is of thelaw, but that which is through the faith of Christ, the righteous- ness which is of God by faith: 10 that I may know him, and the power of his resur- rection, and the fel- lowship of his sui- ferings, being made conformable unto his death ; 11 if by any means 1 might attain unto the resurrection of the dead. 12 Not as though I had al- ready attained, either were already per- fect: but I follow after, if that I may apprehend that for which also I am ap- prehended of Christ Jesus, 13 Brethren, I count not myself to have apprehended: but this one thing J do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, 14 1 press to- ward the mark for the prize of the high call- ing of God in Christ Jesus. 15 Let us there- fore, as many as be perfect, be thus mind- ed: and if in any thing ye be otherwise v To read as pointed in the Greek join though I have &c. to what precedes, commencing a sentence at εἴ τις. ἘΣ Ἢ περιτομῇ GLITrAW. δ Βενιαμείν τῦττ. [Ljtr[A] ; — αλλ᾽ 1. ὦ μοι ἣν 1. ὃ μὲν οὖν then indeed GLTraw. Christ) L. 4 — εἶναι LTTr. © — τὴν LIT: [a]. f — τῶν TTr. (συν- Τ) LTTrAW. h σὴν ἐκ from among [the] Lrtraw. i— καὶ 1. LTTra. 1 — τοῦ GLTTraw. m — Ἰησοῦ GLIraw. ἢ οὔπω not yet 1. Y ζῆλος LTTraW. ὁ + Οτοῦ (vead of the 2 ἀλλὰ & συμμορφιζόμενος * κατελήμφθην © εἰς LTTrA, 518 minded, God shall re- veal even this unto you. 16 Nevertheless, whereto we have al- ready attained, let us walk by the samerule, let us mind the same thing. 17 Brethren, be followers together of me, and mark them which walk so as ye have us for an en- sample. 18 (For many walk, of whom I have told you often, and now tell you even weeping, that they are the enemies of the cross of Christ: 19 whose end ts destruction, whose God is their belly, and whose glory is in their shame, who mind earthly things.) 20 For our conversation is in heaven ; from whence also we look for the Saviour, the Lord Je- sus Christ: 21 who shall change our vile body, that it may be fashioned like unto his glorious body, accord- ing to the working whereby heis ableeven to subdue all things unto himself. IV. Therefore, my brethren dearly be- loved and longed for, my joy and crown, so stand fast in the Lord, my dearly beloved. 21 beseech Euodias, and beseech Syntyche, that they be of the same mind in the Lord, 3 And I entreat thee also, true yokefellow, help those women which laboured with me in the gospel, with Clement also, and with other my fellowla- bourers, whose names are in the book of life. 4 Rejoice in the Lord alway: and again I say, Rejoice. 5 Let your moderation be Known unto all men, The Lord is at hand. 6 Be careful for no- thing ; but in every thing by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known unto God. IGP iOS), SL AAI Hes OY Ss: IIL, ΝΣ ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ στοιχεῖν Ῥκανόνι, τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν." we attained, by the same 2to Swalk *rule, to be of the same mind. 17 Wovppuyrat' pov γίνεσθε, ἀδελφοί, καὶ σκοπεῖτε τοὺς 2Tmitators “together tof °me ‘be, brethren, and consider those οὕτως περιπατοῦντας καθὼς ἔχετε τύπον ἡμᾶς. 18 πολ- thus walking as ye have [*for]*a‘*pattern ‘us; Smany Aoi yap περιπατοῦσιν οὺὃς πολλάκις ἔλεγον ὑμῖν, νῦν.δὲ °for are walking [of] whom often I told you, and now καὶ κλαίων λέγω, τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ even weeping Itell [γοὰ, they 416] ‘the enemies ofthe cross χριστοῦ" 19 ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια, ὧν ὁ θεὸς ἡ κοιλία, of Christ: whose end [is] destruction, whose God [is] the belly, ‘ « ~ ~ ~ καὶ ἡ δόξα ἐν THaloxbyvy.abToy, ot Td.éziyea φρονοῦντες. and the glory in their shame, who earthly things mind : € ~ ‘ ~ c ΄ 20 ἡμῶν.γὰρ τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει, ἐξ οὗ forofus the commonwealth in [the] heavens exists, from which καὶ σωτῆρα ἀπεκδεχόμεθα κύριον ᾿Τησοῦν χριστόν, 21 ὃς 8150 [85] Saviour τῦϑ 8416 awaiting [the] Lord Jesus Christ, who μετασχηματίσει TO σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν, TEC TO γε- will transform *body 308 humiliation ‘our, for 2to γέσθαι αὐτὸ" Iobppopgor' τῷ σώματι τῆς.δόξης. αὐτοῦ, κατὰ %become = 7it conformed to *body 301 *his*glory, according to τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ.δύνασθαι. αὐτὸν Kai ὑποτάξαι "ἑαυτῷ" the working of his power even to subdue _ to himself τὰ-πάντα. all things. 4 “Ὥστε, ἀδελφοί.μον ἀγαπητοὶ Kai ἐπιπόθητοι, χαρὰ καὶ So that, my brethren beloved and longed for, "joy *and στέφανός μου, οὕτως στήκετε ἐν κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί. 2 *Kiw- *crown my, thus stand fast in [the] Lord, beloved. Euo- δίαν" παρακαλῶ, καὶ Συντύχην παρακαλῶ, τὸ. αὐτὸ. φρονεῖν dia I exhort, and Syntyche I exhort, to be of the same mind ἐν κυρίῳ" 3 "καὶ! ἐρωτῶ Kai σε, Youluye γνήσιε," *ovd- in (the) Lord. And 1851 also thee, *yoke-fellow ‘true, as- λαμβάνου" αὐταῖς, αἵτινες ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ συνήθλησάν sist these [women], who in the gladtidings strove together οι, μετὰ καὶ Κλήμεντος, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν συνεργῶν.μου, with me; with also Clement, and the rest of my fellow-workers, ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς. whose names [8476] ἴῃ [the] book of life. 4 Χαίρετε iv κυρίῳ πάντοτε' πάλιν ἐρῶ, χαίρετε. Rejoice in [the] Lord always: again I will say, rejoice. 5 τὸ.ἐπιεικὲς. ὑμῶν γνωσθήτω πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις. ὁ κύριος Your *gentleness ‘let be known toall men. The Lord [is] ἐγγύς. 6 Μηδὲν μεριμνᾶτε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ τῇ-προσευχῇ near. Nothing becareful about, but in everything by prayer καὶ τῇ.δεήσει μετὰ εὐχαριστίας τὰ. αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωρι- and by supplication with thanksgiving ?your “requests ‘let be made ζέσθω πρὸς τὸν θεόν" 7 Kai ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ ὑπερέχουσα 7 And the peace of known to God; and the peace of God which surpasses God, which passeth all Ἢ Ξ , ‘ , tere ad 7 understanding, shall 7AVT@ γοῦν φρουρήσει τὰς. καρδίας. ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα keep your hearts and every understanding shall guard your hearts and “thoughts minds through Christ « ὦ ~ ~ ἢ , , ἢ Jesus 8Finally,breth. ὑμῶν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. 8 Τὸ. λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί, ὅσα ren, whatsoeverthings ‘your in hrist Jesus. For the rest, brethren, whatsoever [things] P — κανόνι, τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν GLTTrA. 4 συν- T. τ — εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸ GLTTrAW. 5 αὐτῷ LTTrA. % συν- TTrA. t Ἑυοδίαν EGLTTrAW. Y ναὶ yea GLTTrAW. ¥ γνήσιε σύνζυγε LTTrA. ἘΝ. Pier? PP EA NS: ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ, ὅσα σεμνά, ὅσα are true, whatsoever venerable, whatsoever just, doa προσφιλῆ, doa εὔφημα, εἴ τις ἀρετὴ καὶ εἴ τις whatsoever lovely, whatsoever of good report; if any virtue and if any ” ~ / [3] ‘ ? / sy , ἔπαινος, ταῦτα λογίζεσθε: 9 ἃ Kai ἐμάθετε καὶ παρελάβετε praise, these things consider. What also ye learned and received καὶ ἠκούσατε Kai εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοί, ταῦτα πράσσετε" Kai ὁ θεὸς and heard and saw in me, these things do; and the God ~ > , m” 2 c ~ 2 , x > Ζ τῆς εἰρήνης ἔσται μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 10 ᾿Εχάρην.δὲ ἐν κυρίῳ of peace shall be with you, But I rejoiced in (the) Lord μεγάλως, bre ἤδη.ποτὲ ἀνεθάλετε τὸ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ φρονεῖν" δίκαια, boa ἁγνά, whatsoever pure, greatly, that now atlength yerevived [your] *of e ‘thinking ; ἐφ᾽ ᾧ Kai ἐφρονεῖτε, ἠκαιρεῖσθε.δέ. 11 οὐχ Ort although also ye were thinking, but ye were lacking opportunity. Not that καθ᾽ ὑστέρησιν λέγω" ἐγὼ. γὰρ ἔμαθον ἐν οἷς εἰμι, asto destitution I speak; for I learned in what [circumstances] I am, αὐτάρκης εἶναι. 12 οἶδα.) δὲ" ταπεινοῦσθαι, οἶδα καὶ content to be. And I know [how] to be brought low, and I know [how] περισσεύειν. ἐν παντὶ Kai ἐν πᾶσιν μεμύημαι Kai χορτά- to abound, In everything and in all things I am initiated both to be ζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾷν, Kai περισσεύειν Kai ὑστερεῖσθαι" 13 πάντα full andtohunger, both toabound and tobedeficient. ‘All*things ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί μὲ χριστῷ." 14 πλὴν 11 7am “strong ‘for in the *who*empowers ἢ ‘?Christ. But AG ? 7 a , , ll ~ ΄ and » καλῶς ἐποιήσατε, “συγκοινωνήσαντές" μου τῇ θλίψει. 15 οἴδατε well ye did, haying fellowshipin my tribulation. 2Know δὲ Kai ὑμεῖς, Φιλιππήσιοι, ὅτι ἐν ἀ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, ‘and also ye, O Philippians, that in [the] beginning of the glad tidings, eo ? ~ > ‘A , ᾽ ᾽’ > , >? ὅτε ἐξῆλθον ἀπὸ Μακεδονίας, οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἐκοι- when Icame out from Macedonia, notany *with*me ‘assembly 7288 νώνησεν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ AnWewe," εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς 3fellowship with regard to an account of giving and receiving, except ye μόνοι" 16 ὅτι Kai ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς “εἰς! τὴν alone ; because also in Thessalonica both once and twice for χρείαν.μοι ἐπέμψατε. 17 οὐχ Ore ἐπιζητῶ τὸ δόμα, “ἀλλ᾽" my need ye sent. Not that I seek after gift, but ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν" I seek after fruit that abounds to your account. 18 ἀπέχω.δὲ πάντα καὶ περισσεύω" πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος But I have all things and abound; I am full, haying received mapa ‘Emagpodirov τὰ παρ᾽ ὑμῶν, ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, from Epaphroditus thethings from you, anodour of asweet smeli, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ θεῷ. 19 ὁ δὲ θεός.μου πληρώσει a sacrifice acceptable, well-pleasing to God. But myGod will fill up πᾶσαν χρείαν. ὑμῶν κατὰ “τὸν. πλοῦτον αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν 519 are true, whatsoever things are _ honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, what- soever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good re- port; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things. 9 Those things, which ye have both learned, and re- ceived, and heard, and seen in me, do: and the God of peace shall be with you. 10 But I rejoiced in the Lord greatly, that now at the last your care of me hath flourished again; wherein ye were also careful, but ye lacked opportunity. 11 Not that I speak in respect of want: forl have learned, in what- soever state I am, therewith to be con- tent. 12 I know both how to be abased, and I know how to abound: every where and in all things I am instructed both to be full and to be hungry, both to abound and to suffer need. 13 I can do all things through Christ which strengthenetk me. 14 Notwithstand- ing ye have well done, that ye did commu- nicate with my aftlic- tion. 15 Now ye Phil- ippians know also, that in the beginning of the gospel, when I de- parted from Mace- donia, no church com- municated with meas concerning giving and receiving, but ye only. 16 For even in Thes- salonica ye sent once and again unto my necessity. 17 Not be- cause I desire a gift: but I desire fruit that may abound to your account. 18 But Ihave all, and abound: Iam full, having received of Epaphroditus the things which were sent all , your eee according to his ne ae glory, = from you, an odour of ἃ χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. 20 τῷῴ.δὲ θεῷ Kai πατρὶ ἡμῶν ἡ δόξα εἰς τυ λυ ξεν τ noe Chribe τ Jesus. 4 as to the ee and Father of us [be] glory to ing to G od. 19 But my τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. God shall supply all the ages ofthe ages. Amen. ne et poe’ to Ἢ Ἢ riches in glory by 21 ᾿Ασπάσασθε πάντα ἅγιον ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. ἀσπάξον- Christ Jesus. 20 Now Salute every saint in Christ Jesus. Sgg- unto God and our Fa- Ἄν 5 x eae , 3 ; Lyles - ther be glory for ever Tat ὑμᾶς οἱ σὺν Jie ἀδελφοί. 22 ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς πάν- πιὰ ever. Amen. lute ‘you “the *with e *brethren. 10Salute ryou 7411 21 Salute every saint Υ και GLTTrAW. : -- κριστῷ (read τῷ him) GLTTraw. 2 our- T. Ὁ λήμψεως LTTra. © [eis] L. ἃ ἀλλὰ LTTrAw. ε τὸ πλοῦτος LTTrAW. 520 in Christ Jesus. The brethren which are with me greet you. 22 All the saints salute you, chiefly they that are of Ceesar’s house- hold. 23 The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. A- men, Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ THE “TO PAUL, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God, and Ti- motheus our brother, 2 to the saints and faithful brethren in Christ which are at Colosse: Gracs be un- to you, and peace, from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ. 3 We give thanks to God and the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, praying always for you, 4 since we heard of your faith in Christ Jesus, an? of the love which y* have to all the saiuts, 5 for the hope ~vhich is laid up for you in heaven, wheceof ye heard be- fore in the word of the truth of the gos- pel; 6 which is come unto you, aszt isin all the world; and bring- eth forth fruit, as ἐξ doth also in you, since the day ye heard ofit, 2nd knew the grace of God in truth : 7 as ye also learned of Epa- phras our dear fellow- servant, whois foryou a faithful minister of Christ ; 8 who also declared unto us your love in the Spirit. ΠΡΌΣ (KONASSARTS. TEC οἱ ἅγιοι, 5.ῃ6 ®saints, and especially those of the χάρις τοῦ κυρίου "ἡμῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ 2of Ξξββδαυ "household. I. μάλιστα.δὲ ot ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας. 23 Ἢ The μετὰ βπάντων grace of our Lord Jesus Christ [be] with 3411 ὑμῶν." Βάμην." *you. Amen. ἹΠρὸς Φιλιππησίους ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης, δ Ἔπα- To [the] Philippians written from Rome, ' by Epa- ροδίτου." phroditus. KOAASSAEI= ENLETOAH ITIAYAOY." (OTHE) ®COLOSSIANS ‘EPISTLE 20F *PAUL. ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος "Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ, Kai Paul apostle of Jesus Christ by 2will 1God’s, and Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφός, 2 τοῖς ἐν ™KoXaooaic' ἁγίοις καὶ πισ- Timothens the brother, to the Tin ®Colosse ‘saints *and *faitk- τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἐν χριστῷ)" χάρις ὑμῖν Kai εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ ful *brethren *in πατρὸς. ἡμῶν “Kai our Father and *Christ. Grace to you and peace κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χοιστοῦ." {the] Lord Jesus Christ. from God , ~ ~ ~ ‘II ‘ ~ , € ~ ? 3 Εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ θεῴ Ῥκαὶ" πατρὶ τοῦ κυρίου.ἡμῶν ‘In- We give thanks to the God and Father of our Lord Je- σοῦ χριστοῦ, πάντοτε “περὶ" ὑμῶν προσευχόμενοι: 4 ἀκού- sus Christ, continually *for ou ‘praying, having σαντες τὴν. πίστιν. ὑμῶν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, Kai THY ἀγάπην heard "ry" which [ye have] towards THY which [15] laid up of your faith in all for you in Christ > U s € » A εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους, 5 διὰ saints, the the Jesus, and _ the on account of the love τὴν ἐλπίδα hope ἀποκειμένην ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἣν προηκούσατε heavens; which ye heard of before ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 6 τοῦ παρόντος εἰς in the word of the truth of the glad tidings, which are come to ὑμᾶς, καθὼς καὶ ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ, "καὶ" ἔστιν καρποφορού- you, fruit, even as even as also in all the μενον", καθὼς καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, ἀφ᾽ also among you, world, and are from the day in which ye heard bringing forth ἧς. ἡμέρας ἠκούσατε Kai and ἐπέγνωτε τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ: 7 καθὼς “Kai! knew the grace of God in ? , ᾽ A ᾽ ~ ~ 7 τω ἐμάθετε ἀπὸ ᾿Επαφρᾶ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ ye learned from ἐστιν πιστὸς ὑπὲρ *for is “faithful Epaphras Υ͂ « ~ ΤΠ Ων you beloved truth : even as also a , « ~ e συνδούλου ἡμῶν, ὃς Sfellow-bondman tour, who διάκονος τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὃ ὁ Kai 1% Ξβοσυδηῦ δηλώσας ἡμῖν τὴν ὑμῶν. ἀγάπην ἐν in {the] Spirit. signified tous your love *of °Christ, πνεύματι. who also {- ἡμῶν (read of the Lord) Lttraw. © — ἀμήν [L]rtr[A]. EGTAW. LTTrAW. us LTraA, n + Ἰησοῦ Jesus L. to God [the] Father) La. 4 ὑπὲρ LTr. & τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν your spirit LTTrAWw. i — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Φιλιππησίους Tra. k 4 τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of the Apostle Ε; Πρὸς Κολοσσαεῖς ET; Παῦλον ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς Κολοσσαεῖς α ; Πρὸς Κολασσαεῖς LTrAW. 1 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LITrAW. ο --- καὶ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ G[L]TTraw. τ ἣν ἔχετε Which ye have LT?traw. t+ καὶ αὐξανόμενον and growing GLITraw. u 3 — καὶ LTTraAWw. v πὶ Κολοσσαῖς Ρ --- καὶ (read — Kat Rtas ἡμῶν 1. COLOSSIANS. 9 Διὰ τοῦτο Kai ἡμεῖς ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἡμέρας ἠκούσαμεν, On account of this also we from the day in which we heard (of it], οὐ παυόμεθα ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν προσευχόμενοι καὶ αἰτούμενοι ἵνα do not cease "for syou ‘praying and asking that πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ. θελήματος. αὐτοῦ ἐν πάσῃ ye may be filled with the knowledge of his will in all σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ, 10 περιπατῆσαι ὑμᾶς" wisdom and ?understanding ‘spiritual, Sto Swalk [Sfor] *you ἀξίως τοῦ κυρίου εἰς πᾶσαν "ἀρέσκειαν" ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ worthily ofthe Lord to all pleasing, in every *work ‘good καρποφοροῦντες καὶ αὐξανόμενοι etc τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν" τοῦ bringing forth fruit and growing into the knowledge θεοῦ: 11] ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει δυναμούμενοι κατὰ τὸ κράτος of God; with all power being strengthened according tothe might τῆς.δόξης. αὐτοῦ εἰς πᾶσαν ὑπομονὴν Kai μακροθυμίαν μετὰ of his glory to all endurance and longsuffering with χαρᾶς" 12 εὐχαριστοῦντες τῷ πατρί, TY? ἱκανώσαντι δἡ μᾶς" joy ; giving thanks tothe Father, who made*competent ‘us εἰς THY μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων ἐν τῷ φωτί, 13 ὃς for the share oftheinheritanceofthe saints in the light, who bipptoaro' ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους, Kai μετέστη- delivered us irom the authority of darkness, and trans- σεν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς.ἀγάπης. αὐτοῦ, 14 ἐν lated [usJinto the kingdom ofthe Son of his love: in ca ” ‘ τὰ , ce ‘ ~ er ᾽ ~ II ‘ ᾧ ἔχομεν THY ἀπολύτρωσιν “διὰ τοῦ. αἵματος. αὐτοῦ," τὴν whom we have redemption through his blood, the ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν: 15 be ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ remission of sins ; who is_ [the] image of God the ἀοράτου, πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως" 16 ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐ- invisible, firstborn κτίσθη τὰ πάντα, “ra ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοὶς Kai created allthings, the thingsin the heavens and γῆς, τὰ ὁρατὰ Kai Ta ἀόρατα, εἴτε θρόνοι εἴτε κυριότητες earth, the visible and the invisible, whether thrones, or lordships, εἴτε ἀρχαὶ εἴτε ἐξουσίαι: τὰ πάντα Ov αὐτοῦ Kai εἰς αὐτὸν or principalities, or authorities: allthings by him andfor him ἔκτισται: 17 καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν πρὸ πάντων, καὶ τὰ-πάντα have been created. And he is before all, and all things ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν 18 Kai αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ σώμα- in him subsist. And he is the head ofthe body, τος τῆς ἐκκλησίας" Oc ἐστιν ἀρχή. πρωτότοκος ἐκ the assembly; who 15 [{86] beginning, firstborn from among τῶν νεκρῶν, ἵνα γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸὸῤ πρωτεύων" the dead, that “might *be*in*all*things ‘he holding the first place ; 19 bre ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι, because in him ‘was Spleased ‘all *the “fulness to dwell, 20 καὶ δι’ αὐτοῦ ἀποκαταλλάξαι τὰ-πάντα εἰς αὐτόν, εἰρη- of all creation ; because by him were τὰ"! ἐπὶ τῆς the things upon the 521 9 For this cause we also, since the day we heard it, do not cease to pray for you, and to desire that ye might be filled with the knowledge of his will in all wisdom and spiritual understand- ing ; 10 that ye might walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleas- ing, being fruitful in every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God; 11 strengthened with all might, according to his glorious power, unto all patienceand longsuffering with joyfulness; 12 siving thanks unto the Fa- ther, which hath made us meet to be _ par- takers of the inherit- ance of the saints in light : 13 who hath de- livered us from the power of darkness, and hath translated us into the kingdom of his dear Son: 14 in whom we have re- demption through his blood, even the for- giveness ofsins:15 who is the image of the in- visible God, the first- born of every crea- ture: 16 for by him were all things cre- ated, that are in hea- ven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible, whether they be thrones, or dominions, or princi- palities, or powers: all things were cre- ated by him, and for him : 17 and he is be- fore all things, and by him all things con- sist. 18 And he is the head of the body, the church: who is the beginning, the firstborn from _ the dead; that in all things he might have the pre- eminence. 19 For it pleased the Father that in him should ali fulness dwell; 20 and, having made peace through the blood of his cross, by him to re- concile all things unto and by him τω reconcile allthings to Breet having himself; by him, γνοποιήσας διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ.σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ, ‘dc αὐτοῦ, Sy ας ἢ iy ee made peace by the blood of his cross, by him, things “in Renae εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 21 καὶ 21 And you, that were whether the things on the earth, or thethingsin the heavens. And Sometime alienated eas » ᾽ ; ΩΣ τ i , and enemies in your ὑμᾶς ποτε ὄντας ἀπηλλοτριωμένους Kai ἐχθροὺς τῇ διανοίᾳ mindby wicked works, you once being alienated and enemies in mind W — ὑμᾶς GLITrA. x ἀρεσκίαν T. 2+ καλέσαντι καὶ called and tL. 8 ὑμᾶς you T. αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. d — τὰ LTTr. ε — τὰ [L][Tr]. > ἐρύσατο TTr. ¥ τῇ ἐπιγνώσει by the knowledge currraw. © — διὰ τοῦ αἵματος - δι᾽ αὐτοῦ LTr. 022 yet now hath he re- conciled 22 in the body of his flesh through death, to present you holy and unblameable and unreproveable in his sight : 23 if ye con- tinue in the faith grounded and settled, and be not moved a- way from the hope of the gospel, which ye have heard, and which was preached to every creature which is un- der heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister ; 24 who now rejoice in my sufferings for you, and fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for his body’s sake, which is the ehurch : 25 whereof I am made a minister, according to the dis- pensation of God which is given to me for you, to fulfil the word of God; 26 even the mystery which hath been hid from ages and from gene- rations, but now is taade manifest to his saints: 27 to whom God would make known what is the riches of the glory of this mys- tery among the Gen- tiles ; which is Christ in you, the hope of glory: 28 whom we preach, warning every man, and _ teaching every man in all wisdom; that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus: 29 whereunto I also labour, striv- ing according to his working, which work- eth in me mightily. Ii. For I would that ye knew what great conflict I havefor you, and for them at Lao- dicea, and for as many as have not seen my face in the flesh; 2 that their hearts might be comforted, being knit & ἀποκατηλλάγητε were ye reconciled L. k — μου (read the sufferings) GLTTraw, ° — Ἰησοῦ GLTTrAW LTTrAaw. π ὅ LTrA. ἑόρακαν T. ΤΡΌΣΣ KOAAZSSAEIS J, Ute ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς πονηροῖς, γυνὶ δὲ Ξἀποκατηλλαξεν" 22 ἐν by ?wor wicked, yet now he reconciled in τῷ σώματι τῆς.σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ διὰ τοῦ θανάτοῦ", παρα- the body of his flesh through death, to’ pre- στῆσαι ὑμᾶς ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους κατενώ- sent you holy and unblamable and unimpeachable before mov αὐτοῦ" 23 εἴγε ἐπιμένετε τῇ πίστει τεθεμελιωμένοι him, if indeed ye continue in the faith founded Kai ἑδραῖοι, Kai μὴ μετακινούμενοι ἀπὸ τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ and firm, and not being moved away from _ the hone a oa evayyeriov οὗ ἠκούσατε, τοῦ κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ } glad ee which ye heard, which were proclaimed in all ae κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν, οὗ ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ Παῦλος creation which [is] under heaven, of which *became ἘΠ *Paul διάκονος. servant. 24 Νῦν χαίρω ἐν τοῖς παθήμασίν μου" ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, Kai Now, I am rejoicing in my sufferings for you, and ἀνταναπληρῷ τὰ ὕᾧὕστερήματα τῶν ON ey TOU χριστοῦ Iam fillingup thatwhich isbehind ofthetribulations ofthe Christ ἐν TH-capKlov ὑπὲρ τοῦ σώματος. αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἡ ἐκ- in my fiesh for his body, which is the .as- κλησία' 25 ἧς ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος κατὰ τὴν οἰκονο- sembly ; of which *became ἘΠ servant, cape AD the adminis- μίαν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δοθεῖσάν por εἰς ὑμᾶς πληρῶσαι τὸν tration of God which [15] given me towards you to SOE the λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, 26 τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἀπὸ word of God, the mystery which has been hidden from τῶν αἰώνων Kai ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν, 'vuvi'.dé ἐφανερώθη ages and from generations, butnow was made manifest τοῖς. ἁγίοις. αὐτοῦ" 27 οἷς ἠθέλησεν ὁ θεὸς γνωρίσαι “ric to his saints ; to whom ?did *will 1God to make known what 0' πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ.μυστηρίου.τούτου ἐν τοῖς ἔ- the riches ofthe glory of this mystery {are]among the na- θγνεσιν, "ὥς" ἐστιν χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης" 28 ὃν tions, which is Christ in you the Hope of glory: whom ἡμεῖς καταγγέλλομεν, νουθετοῦντες πάντα ἄνθρωπον, καὶ Ree aimonising every man, and ae ee πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ, iva παρα- CEU RTS every man in) call wisdom, eens we may στήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ἐν corm "Ἰησοῦ." μ ἐστιν present every man perfect in Christ Jesus. 29 εἰς ὃ Kai κοπιῶ, ἀγωνιζόμενος κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν Whereunto also 1 labour, Been according to 2working αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐνεργουμένην ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐν δυνάμει. *his which works in me in power 2 Θέλω.γὰρ ὑμᾶς εἰδέναι ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω Ῥπερὶἱ" ὑμῶν ForI wish you toknow howgreat conflict I have for Jou καὶ τῶν ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ," Kai Boor οὐχ-"ἑωράκασιν" τὸ πρόσω- and those in ERASED andasmanyas have not seen "face πόν μου ἐν σαρκί, 2 iva παρακληθῶσιν αἱ.καρδίαι.αὐτῶν, my in flesh; that may be encouraged their hearts, h + [αὐτοῦ (read his death) L. l νῦν LTTrA. τὰ τί τὸ LTTrAW. P ὑπὲρ LTTrA. 9 Λαοδικίᾳ T. τ ἑώρακαν LTrAW κα If. COLOSSIANS. SoupBiBacbevTwr' ἐν ἀγάπῃ, Kai εἰς πάντα πλοῦτον" τῆς being knit together in love, and to all riches of the πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως, εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου full assurance of understanding ; to [the] knowledge ofthe mystery ~ ~ \ ~ ~ It ς ? Tov θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ" χριστοῦ," 3 ἐν εἰσιν of God and of [the] Father and of the Christ ; in which are πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας Kai "τῆς" γνώσεως ἀπόκρυ- all the treasures of wisdom and of knowledge hid. ~ κ᾿ ~ , ? gor. 4 τοῦτο." δὲ" λέγω, ἵνα “μὴ τις" ὑμᾶς παραλογίζηται ἐν Andthis Isay, that not anyone you may beguile by πιθανολογίᾳ: 5 εἰ.γὰρ Kai TY σαρκὶ ἄπειμι, ἀλλὰ τῷ persuasive speech. Forif indeed inthe flesh Iam absent, yet πνεύματι σὺν ὑμῖν εἰμί, χαίρων Kai βλέπων ὑμῶν THY τάξιν, in spirit with you Iam, rejoicing and _ seeing your order, καὶ τὸ στερέωμα τῆς εἰς χριστὸν πίστεως ὑμῶν. Ὁ ὡς οὖν and the firmness * ‘4in ®Christ lof “your *faith. As therefore παρελάβετε τὸν χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸν κύριον, ἐν αὐτῷ περιπα- ye received the Christ, Jesus the Lord, in him walk, τεῖτε, 7 ἐῤῥιζωμένοι καὶ ἐποικοδομούμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ having been rooted and being built up in him, = and βεβαιούμενοι "ἐν" τῇ πίστει, καθὼς ἐδιδάχθητε, περισσεύοντες being confirmed in the faith, evenas ye were taught, abounding δὲν αὐτῇ ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ. in it with thanksgiving. 8 Βλέπετε μή τις “ὑμᾶς ἔσται" ὁ συλαγωγῶν Take heed lest *anyone ‘°you ‘there *shall *be who *makes 7a *prey ®%of διὰ τῆς φιλοσοφίας Kai κενῆς ἀπάτης, κατὰ τὴν Tapa- through philosophy and empty deceit, according to the tra- doow τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ τὰ στοιχεῖα TOU κόσμου, Kai dition of men, according to the elements of the world, and οὐ κατὰ χροιστόν᾽ 9 ort ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν TO πλήρωμα Christ. For in him dwells all the fulness τῆς θεότητος σωματικῶς, 10 καί ἐστε ἐν αὐτῷ πεπληρωμένοι" ofthe Godhead odily ; and ye are *in *him *complete, oc! ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ πάσης ἀρχῆς Kai ἐξουσίας" 11 ἐν ᾧ not according to who is’ the head ofall principality and authority, in whom καὶ περιετμήθητε περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ., ἐν TH ἀπ- also ye were circumcised with circumcision not made by hand, in the put- εκδύσει TOU σώματος “τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν" τῆς σαρκός, ἐν TH περι- ting off ofthe body of the sins of the flesh, in the cirenm- τομῇ τοῦ χριστοῦ, 12 συνταφέντες αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ βαπτίσματι" cision of the Christ; having been buried with him in baptism, ἐν καὶ συνηγέρθητε διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐνερ- in which also ye were raised with [him] through the faith of the work- γείας τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸ ἐκ ray" νεκρῶν. ing of God who raised him fromamong the - dead. 13 καὶ ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας "έν" τοῖς παραπτώμασιν Kai And you, dead ‘being in offences and in the ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς. σαρκὺς. ὑμῶν, 'Ἰσυνεζωποίησεν" * ody αὐτῷ, uncircumcision of your flesh, he quickened together with him, 523 together in love, and unto all riches of the full assurance of un- derstanding, to the acknowledgement of the mystery of God and of the Father, an of Christ ; 3 in whom are hid all the trea- sures of wisdom and knowledge, 4 And this I say, lest any man should beguile you with enticing words, 5 For though I be absent in the flesh, yet am I with you in the spirit, joying and be- holding your order, and the stedfastness of your faith in Christ. 6 As ye have there- fore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk ye in him: 7 rooted and built up in him, and stablished in the faith, as ye have been taught, abounding therein with thanks- giving. 8 Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit, after the tra- dition of men, af- ter the rudiments of the world, and not after Christ. 9 For in him dwelleth all the fulness of the God- head bodily. 10 And ye are complete in him, which is the head of all principaiity and power : 11 in whom al- so ye are circumcised with the circumcision made without hands, uputting off the body of the sins of the flesh by the circumcision of Christ : 12 buried with him in baptism, where- in also ye are risen with him through the faith of the operation of God, who hathrais- ed him from the dead. 13 And you, being dead in your sins and the uncircumcision of your flesh, hath he quickened together with him, having for- 8 συμβιβασθέντες GLTTrAW. καὶ τοῦ (read [even] Christ) GLrtraw. T[TrA]. z μηδεὶς LTTrAW. a — ἐν (read τῇ in the) urtr[a]. © ἔσται ὑμᾶς L. ἀ ὅδ τ,. ε — τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν GLTTrAW. (read [the]) GT[A]w. h — ἔν (read παραπ. in offences) rr. k + duas you LTTrAW. ¥ — χριστοῦ GA. t πᾶν (+ τὸ the L[Tr|w) πλοῦτος LTTrAW. x — τῆς LTTrA. βαπτισμῷ TrA. 1 συνεζωοποίησεν GLTTrAW. ν — καὶ πατρὸς Υ — δὲ and Ὁ — ἐν αὐτῇ ὙΤΙ[ΑΊ. & - τῶν 9234 given you all tres- passes; 14 blotting out the handwriting of ordinances that was against us, which was contrary to us, and took it out of the way, nailing it to his cross; 15 and having spoil- ed principalities and powers, he made a shew of them openly, triumphing over them in it. 16 Let no man there- fore judge you in meat, or in drink, or in respect of an holy- day, or of the new moon, or of the sab- bath days: 17 which area shadow of things to come ; but the body ts of Christ. 18 Let no man beguile you of your reward in a vo- luntary humility and worshipping of angels, intruding into those things which he hath not seen, vainly puffed up by his fleshiy mind, 19 and not holding the Head, from which all the body by joints and bands haying nourish- mert ministered, and knit together, inereas- eth with the increase of God. 20 Wherefore if ye be dead with Christ from the rudiments of the world, why, «as though living in the world, are ye subject to ordinances, 21 (Touch not ; taste not ; handle not ; 22 which all are to perish with the using ;) after the com- mandments and doc- trines of men? 23 which things have indeed a shew of wisdom in will worship, and hu- mility, and neglecting of the body; not in any honour to the satisfying of the flesh. 111. If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. 2 Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth. 3 For ye are dead, and l ὑμῖν you B. 4 θρησκίᾳ T. Υ-- ovv ΟἸΤΥΓΑΥ͂,. of verse 22L7; to end of verse 23 A. πὶ καὶ δα A. τ-- μὴ (read ἐμβ. ‘standing “on) [L]tTra. TPOsy KOWAS = AE ΤΣ. Π, ΠΙ. χαρισάμενος Ἰἡμῖν" πάντα τὰ παραπτώματα" 14 ἐξαλείψας having forgiven us all the offences ; having blotted out x ? e ~ , ~ , ΝΥ x TO Kal ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον τοῖς δόγμασιν, ὃ ἦν ὑπεναν- the °against ‘us *handwriting *in*the ‘decrees, which was adverse ΄ὔ δἰ τὼ - > ~ ΄ τίον ἡμῖν, καὶ αὐτὸ ἦρκεν ἐκ τοῦ μέσου, προσηλώσας tous, also it hehastaken out of the midst, having nailed αὐτὸ τῷ σταυρῷ, 15 ἀπεκδυσάμενος τὰς ἀρχὰς Kai τὰς it tothe cross; having stripped the principalities and the ἐξουσίας ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν.παῤῥησίᾳ, θριαμβεύσας authorities, he made a show fof them] publicly, leading in triumph αὐτοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ. them in it. 16 Μὴ οὖν τις ὑμᾶς κρινέτω ἐν βρώσει "τὴ" ἐν πόσει, ?Not *therefore *anyone ὅγοὰ ‘let *judge in meat or in drink, “ὖ ta , e ~ A n , Ι Δ ,᾿ μ ΟΠ 2 ἢ ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς ἢ "νουμηνίας" ἢ σαββάτων" 17 °c" ἐστιν or in respect of feast, or new moon, or sabhaths, which are σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ. δὲ σῶμα τοῦ" χριστοῦ. 18 μη- a shadow of things tocome; but the body [is] ofthe Christ. No δεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσύνῃ καὶ Sone *you "οὐ *defraud of the prize, doing [his] will in humility and «θρησκείᾳ! τῶν ἀγγέλων. ἃ Tun ἑώρακεν"! ἐμβατεύων, worship ofthe angels, *things*which 7not 586 °has *seen tintruding “into, εἰκῆ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς. σαρκὸς. αὐτοῦ, 19 Kai οὐ vainly puffed up by the mind of his flesh, and not κρατῶν τὴν κεφαλήν. ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα διὰ τῶν ἁφῶν holding fast the head, from whom all the body, by the joints ‘ , > , 3 ὑμῶν (read your life) TTr. — ὑμῶν (read the members) Trra. ὃ which a. e [ἢ] x. £ — ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς ἀπειθείας (read ἐ ἐν οἷς In which things) De 8 τού- τοις LTTrAW. Ὁ + καὶ and L. — τὰ τ. k — τοῦ L. 1 οἰκτιρμοῦ of compassion GLTTrAW. τι πραὕτητα LTTrAW. Ὁ κύριος Lord Tra. © 6 LTTraw. P τοῦ χριστοῦ of the Christ GLTTraw. 526 wisdom ; teaching and admonishing one aD- other in psalms and hymns and _ spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. 17 And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, doall in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by him, 18 Wives, submit yourselves unto your own husbands, as it is fit in the Lord. 19 Hus- bands, love your wives, and be not bitter against them. 20 Children, obey your parents in all things: for this is well pleasing unto the Lord. 21 Fathers, provoke not your children to anger, lest they be discouraged. 22 Ser- vants, obey in all things your masters according to the flesh; not with eyeservice, as menpleasers; but in singleness of heart, fearing God: 23 and whatsoever ye do, do aw heartily, as to the Lord, and not unto men ; 24 knowing that of the Lord ye shall receive the reward of theinheritance: forye ; serve the Lord Christ. 25 But he that doeth wrong shall receive for the wrong which he hath done: and there is no respect of persons. IY. Masters, give unto your ser- vants that which is just and equal; know- ing that ye also have a Master in heaven. 2 Continue in prayer, and watch in the same with thanksgiving ; 3 withal praying also for us, that God would open unto us adoor of utterance, to speak the mystery of Christ, for which I am also in bonds: 4 that I may make it manifest, ΠΡΟΣ ΚΟΛΑΣΣΑΕΙ͂Σ ILE; Vt ἐν ὑμῖν πλουσίως, ἐν πάσῃ copia’ διδάσκοντες Kai νουθε- in you richly, in all wisdom; teaching and admon- τοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ψαλμοῖς “καὶ" ὕμνοις "kai" ᾧδαῖς πνευματι- ishing each other inpsalms and hymns and “songs ‘spiritual Kaic ἐν ὃ χάριτι ἄδοντες ἐν ‘rH καρδίᾳ!" ὑμῶν ‘rm κυρίῳ" with grace singing in “heart sour to the Lord. 17 καὶ πᾶν ὕ.τι- "ἂν" ποιῆτε ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ, πάντα And everything, whatsoever ye may do in word or in work, [do] all , , ? ~ ~ ~ ~ ἐν ὀνόματι “κυρίου Ἰησοῦ," εὐχαριστοῦντες τῷ θεῷ Yai! in{the] name οὔ [{Π6] Lord Jesus, giving thanks toGod and πατρὶ δι᾿ αὐτοῦ. {the] Father by him. 18 Αἱ γυναῖκες, ὑποτάσσεσθε roicidiow' ἀνδράσιν, we Wives, subject yourselves to JOR own husbands, as ἀνῆκεν ἐν κυρίῳ. 19 Οἱ ἄνδρες, ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναϊκας" is Reponuing in {the} Lord. Sar, love the wives, ‘ Kat μὴ-πικραίνεσθε πρὸς αὐτάς. 20 Τὰ τέκνα, ὑπακούετε and be not bitter eoaitist them. Children, aes τοῖς γονεῦσιν κατὰ πάντα᾽ τοῦτο.γάρ ϑέστιν εὐάρεστον" “τῷ! the parents in all things ; for this is Well-vleasie) to the κυρίῳ. 21 Ot πατέρες, μὴ.“ἐρεθίζετε! τὰ. τέκνα. ὑμῶν, ἵνα μὴ Lord. Fathers, do not provoke your children, that *not ἀθυμῶσιν. 22 Οἱ δοῦλοι, ὑπακούετε κατὰ.πάντα τοῖς ‘they *be disheartened. Bondmen, obey in all things the κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις, μὴ ἐν “ὀφθαλμοδουλείαις" we av- “according *to *flesh ‘masters, not with eye-services, as θρωπάρεσκοι, ἀλλ᾽" ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας, φοβούμενοι Srov men-pleasers, but in etaplelty: of heart, fearing θεόν." 23 kai πᾶν.ὅ.τι! ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐκ.ψυχῆς ἐργάζεσθε, oe God. And whatsoever ye may do, ee, twork, τῷ κυρίῳ Kai οὐκ ἀνθρώποις" 24 εἰδότες OTL ἀπὸ tothe Lord and not to men ; knowing that from [the] Ἰἀπολήψεσθεὶ τὴν pees Glee τῆς κληρονομίας" ye shall receive the zecompense of the inheritance, κυρίῳ χριστῷ δουλεύετε. 25 ὁ ἰδὲὶ ἀδικῶν ™kometrar' Lord Christ ye serve. But he that does wrong shall receive [for] ὃ ἠδίκησεν, Kai οὐκ.ἔστιν "προσωποληψία." 4 Οἱ κύριοι, what he did wrong, and there is no respect of ee Masters, TO δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα τοῖς δούλοις that which [is] just and that which [is] equal to bondmen παρέχεσθε, εἰδότες OTL καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔχετε κύριον ἕν οὐρανοῖς." give, knowing that also ye have a Master in [the] heavens. 2 Τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτερεῖτε, γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν ΤΟΥ ΕΣΑΥΘΕ Ase aL continue, yea tt in it with εὐχαριστίᾳ" 3 προσευχόμενοι ἅμα καὶ περὶ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ὁ θεὸς thanksgiving ; praying withal also for us, that God ἀνοίξῃ ἡμῖν θύραν τοῦ λόγου λαλῆσαι τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ may open tous adoor ofthe word tospeak the mystery of the χριστοῦ, ov PO" καὶ δέδεμα, 4 ἵνα φανε- Christ, _onaccountof which also I have nee .bound, that I may make κυρίου Lord τῷ. "γὰρ! for the ᾳ — καὶ LITrAW. GLTTrAW. Y — καὶ LTTraAW. Wives) L. Lord GuTTraw. LTTrAW. ἡ τῷ θεῷ to God GLTTraw. > εὐάρεστόν ἐστιν LTTrA. © ὀφθαλμοδουλείᾳ eye- -service LW ; ὀφθαλμοδουλίαις 1. 1 γὰρ Goan for he that) yrtraw. ο οὐρανῷ heaven LTTraAW. * — καὶ LTTrAW. 8 + Τῇ LITrAW. τ rats καρδίαις hearts ν ἐὰν LIr- ἃ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ of J esus Christ Lw. z ἰδίοις (read to the husbands) GLTTrAw. a+ ὑμῶν (read your ¢ ἐν in [the] GLTTraw. 4 παροργίζετε L. f ἀλλὰ Tr. & τὸν κύριον the i ἀπολήμψεσθε LTTrA. k — yap for ™ κομίσεται L. 2 προσωπολημψία LTTrA. ὃ (read whatever) LTTraw. P ov Whom L, HV; COLOSSIANS: pwow αὐτὸ ὡς δεῖ με λαλῆσαι. 5 ᾽ν σοφίᾳ περιπατεῖτε manifest it as it behoves me_ to speak. In wisdom walk πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω, τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι. 6 ὁ λόγος towards those without, 6 “time 1ransoming. [160] ?word ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι, dare ἠρτυμένος, εἰδέναι πῶς tyour [be] always with grace, 7with*salt ‘seasoned, to know how δεῖ ὑμᾶς ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ ἀποκρίνεσθαι. it behoves you Seach *one ‘to 7answer. 7 Ta kar ἐμὲ πάντα γνωρίσει ὑμῖν Τυχικὸς 2The 3.Πῖπρβ *concerning ἼΠ6 [811 7will πο *known '°to*you ®Tychicus ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἀδελφὸς Kai πιστὸς διάκονος Kai σύνδουλος the beloved brother and faithful servant and fellow-bondman ἐν κυρίῳ, 8 ὃν ἔπεμψα πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰς αὐτὸ.τοῦτο, ἵνα in (the) Lord; whom Isent to you for this very thing, that aya Ὶ γνῷ τὰ περὶ τὑμῶν" καὶ παρακαλέσῃ τὰς he might know the things concerning you, and might encourage καρδίας. ὑμῶν, 9 σὺν ᾿Ονησίμῳ, τῷ πιστῷ Kai ἀγαπητῷ your hearts; with Onesimus, the faithful and beloved ἀδελφῷ, ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν: πάντα ὑμῖν ξγνωριοῦσιν" brother, who is of you. ΑἹ] things 7to*you “ΠΟΥ *will τα κο 7known Ta ὧδε. there. 10 ᾿Ασπάζεται ὑμᾶς ᾿Αρίσταρχος ὁ-συναιχμάλωτός μου, Kai *Salutes ou ‘Aristarchus 2my *fellow-prisoner, and Μάρκος ὁ ἀνεψιὸς BapyaBa, περὶ οὗ ἐλάβετε ἐντολάς" Mark, the cousin of Barnabas, concerning whom yereceivyed orders, ἐὰν ἔλθῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, δέξασθε αὐτόν᾽ 11 Kai ᾿Τησοῦς ὁ λεγό- (if hecome to you, receive him,) and Jesus called μενος lovaroc, οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς" * οὗτοι όνοι Justus, who 81.965 of [the] circumcision. These [are the] only συνεργοὶ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, οἵτινες ἐγενήθησάν fellow-workers for the kingdom of God, who were μοι παρηγορία. 12 ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς Exagodc ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν to me ἃ consolation. 3Salutes ‘aye *Epaphras who [15] of you, δοῦλος χριστοῦ", πάντοτε ἀγωνιζόμενος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν ταῖς a bondman of Christ, always striving for you in προσευχαῖς, ἵνα στῆτε' τέλειοι Kai “πεπληρωμένοι; ἐν prayers, that ye may stand perfect and complete in παντὶ θελήματι Tov θεοῦ. 13 μαρτυρῶ.γὰρ αὐτῷ ὅτι ἔχει every will of God. For I bear witness to him that he has χζῆλον πολὺν" ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν Kai τῶν ἐν ΥΛαοδικείᾳ! Kai τῶν *zeal tmuch for you and them in Laodicea and them 3 « , > 4 c ~ ~ « > ‘ « > ἐν Ἱεραπόλει. 14 ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς Λουκᾶς ὁ ἰατρὸς ὁ aya- in Hierapolis. *Salutes Syou 1Luke *the *physician Sbe- πητός, Kai Anuac. 15 ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ" aded- loved, and Demas, Salute the in “*Laodicea 1preth- , ‘ 1 = fh A ‘ ? a > ~ II > , - φούς, καὶ Νυμφᾶν" καὶ τὴν κατ᾽ οἶκον "αὐτοῦ" ἐκκλησίαν ren, and Nymphas, and the ?in *his house lassembly. 16 καὶ ὅταν ἀναγνωσθῇ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν ἡ ἐπιστολή, ποιήσατε And when may beread among you the epistle, cause ἵνα καὶ ἐν τῇ Λαοδικέων ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀναγνωσθῇ, καὶ that also in the 7of [*the] *Laodiceans ‘assembly it may be read, and 4 γνῶτε ye might know LTtr. τ ἡμῶν USLTTr. 5 γνωρίσουσιν L. r These only who are of the circumcision [are the] &c. τὰ. ¥% + Υ͂ σταθῆτε TTr. ¥ πεπληροφορημένοι fully assured LTTraw. GLTTrA ; πόνον πολὺν W. Υ Λαοδικίᾳ 1. : Νύμφαν Nympha t, house) L; αὐτῶν (read their house) Trra. 527 as I ought to speak. 5 Walk in wisdom to- ward them that are without, redeeming the time. 6 Let your speech be alway with grace, seasoned with salt, that ye may know how ye ought to an- swer every man. 7 All my state shall Tychicus declare unto you, who is a beloved brother, and a faith- ful minister and fel- lowservant in_ the Lord : 8 whom I have sent unto you for the same purpose, that he might know your es- tate, and comfort your hearts; 9 with Onesimus, a faithful and beloved brother, who is one of you. They shall make known unto you all things which are done here, 10 Aristarchus my fellowprisoner_ salut- eth you, and Marcus, sister’s son to Barna- bas, (touching whom ye received command- ments: if he come un- to you, receive him ;) 11 and Jesus, which is called Justus, who are of the circumcision. These only are my fellowworkers unto the kingdom of God, which have been a comfort unto me, 12 E- paphras, who is one of you, a servant of Christ, saluteth you, always labouring fer- vently for you in prayers, that ye may stand perfect andcom- plete in all the will of God. 13 For I bear him record, that he hath a great zeal for you, and them that are in Laodicea, and them in Hierapolis. 14 Luke, the beloved physician, and Demas, greet you. 15 Salute the brethren which are in Laodicea, and Nymphas, and the church which is in his house. 16 And when this epistle is read a- mong you, cause that it be read also in the church of the Laodi- ceans; and that ye t Punctuate so as to Ἰησοῦ Jesus LITra. x πολὺν πόνον much labour 8. αὐτῆς (read her 528 likewise read the e- pistle from Laodicea. 17 And say to Archip- pus, Take heed to the ministry which thou hast received in the ΠΡΟΣ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΕΙΣ A. I. τὴν ἐκ ὕΛαοδικείας" ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς avayvere’ 17 Kai εἴπατε that from Laodicea that also ye may read. And say ? , , 4 , τι (ἢ 5 Αρχίππῳ, Βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν to Archippus, Take heed to the service which thou didst receive in [the} Lord, that thou fulfil κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς. 18 Ὃ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ .ἐμῃ. χειρὶ ie 1S They ee uiatiee Lord, that it thou fulfil. The salutation “by *my eae Shand Paul. Remember my Παύλου. μνημονεύετε μου τῶν δεσμῶν. ἡ χάρις μεθ᾽ bonds era be with τοῦ ΞΡ]. Remember my bonds. Grace [be] with ὑμῶν. Sapny.'! you. Amen. πρὸς Κολασσαεῖς ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης, διὰ Τυχικοῦ καὶ To [the] Colossians written from Rome, by Tychicus and ‘Ovycipov.!' Onesimus, eH ΠΡΟΣ GESZAAONIKEIS EMISTOAH TAYAOY THE ΤΟ [ἼΠΕ]Ὶ] 7THESSALONIANS 7EPISTLE 7OF *PAUL TIPOTH:! FIRST. PAUL, and Silvanus, and Timotheus, unto the church of the Thessalonians which is in God the Father and in the Lord Jesus Christ: Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and the Lord Jesus Christ. 2 We give thanks to God aiways for you all, making mention of you in our prayers ; 3 remembering with- out ceasing your work of faith, and labour of love, and patience of hope in our Lord Je- sus Christ, in the sight of God and our Fa- ther ; 4 knowing, bre- thren beloved, your election of God. 5 For our gospel came not unto you in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Ghost, and in much assurance ; as ye know what manner of Men we were a- mong you for your sake. 6 And ye be- came followers of us, Ὁ Λαοδικίας T. ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ καὶ Σιλονανὸς καὶ Paul and Silvanus and Τιμόθεος, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ Θεσ- Timotheus, tothe assembly of Thes- σαλονικέων ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ καὶ κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ χριστῷ" salonians in God [the] Father and{[the] Lord Jesus Christ. χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη fad θεοῦ πατρὸς. ἡμῶν Kai κυρίου Grace toyou and peace from God our Father and [the] Lord Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ." Jesus Christ. 2 ἙΕὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν, We give thanks toGod always concerning all you, μνείαν ξὑμῶν" ποιούμενοι ἐπὶ τῶν.προσευχῶν. ἡμῶν, 8. ἀδια- “mention *of *you making at our prayers, un- λείπτως μνημονεύοντες ὑμῶν TOU ἔργου τῆς πίστεως καὶ TOU ceasingly remembering your work of faith and κόπου τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ THC ὑπομονῆς τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ κυρίου labour oflove and endurance of hope of “Lord ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς ἡμῶν" tour Jesus Christ, before "God “and *Father our ; 4 εἰδότες, ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ " θεοῦ, τὴν. ἐκλογὴν. ὑμῶν" knowing, brethren beloved by God, your election. 5 Ore τὸ εὐαγγέλιον.ἡμῶν ovK.éyevnOn ‘eic' ὑμᾶς ἐν λόγῳ Because our glad tidings came not to you in word μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει καὶ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, Kai "ἐνὶ only, but also in power and in([the] “7Spirit ‘Holy, and in πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ, καθὼς οἴδατε οἷοι ἐγενήθημεν él “full assurance ‘much, even as ye know what we were among ὑμῖν ov ὑμᾶς. Ὁ καὶ ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ ἡμῶν ἐγενήθητε you for thesake of you: and ye imitators of us became ὁ — ἀμήν GLTTrAW. 4 TIpos Κολοσσαεῖς &c. E; — the subscription. SLTw ; Πρὸς Κολασσαεῖς Tra. © + τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου the apostle Ε ; Πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς a’ LTTrAW. of verse [L]TTrA. 1 [ev] tr. f ἀπὸ θεοῦ to end Β — ὑμῶν LTTr[A]. h + τοῦ 1. impos L. Kk — ἐν {{ττ]. ΤΠ: I THESSALONIANS. Kai τοῦ κυρίου, ὑεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον ἐν θλίψει πολλῇ and of the Lord, having aecupeed the word in *tribulation ‘much μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου, 7 ὥστε γενέσθαι ὑ ὑμᾶς πγύπους" with joy of [the] Sate gy so that “became tye patterns πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ kai” τῇ ᾿Αχαΐᾳ. toall those believing in Macedonia and Achaia : 8 ad ὑμῶν.γὰρ ἐξήχηται ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου οὐ μόνον ἐν forfrom you hassounded out the word of the Lord not only in τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ cai’ Ayaig, Pada! “καὶ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ ἡ Macedonia and Achaia, but also in every place πίστις.ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐξελήλυθεν, ὥστε μὴ your faith which [is] towards God has gone abroad, 50 as χρείαν τἡμᾶς ἔχειν! λαλεῖν Te 9 αὐτοὶ, γὰῤρ περὶ "need ‘for “us *to *have tosay anything; for themselves concerning ἡμῶν ἀπαγγέλλουσιν ὁποίαν εἴσοδον “ἔχομεν᾽ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. us relate what entrancein we have to you, καὶ πῶς ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δου- and how ye turned to God from idols, to λεύειν θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ, 10 Kai ἀναμένειν τὸν υἱὸν serve a *God diving 2and = = true, and to await 7Son αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν, ὃν ἤγειρεν ἐκ ‘ ψεκρῶν, In- ‘his from the heavens, whom he raised from among [the] dead— Je- σοῦν τὸν ῥυόμενον ἡμᾶς "ἀπὸ" τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης. sus, who delivers us from the “wrath ‘coming. 2 Αὐτοὶ. γὰρ οἴδατε, ἀδελφοί, τὴν.εἴσοδον. ἡμῶν THY For yourselves 'ye know, brethren, ourentrancein which{wehad) πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὅτι οὐ κενὴ γέγονεν. 2 ἀλλὰ “κα προπαθόν- to you, that not void it has been ; but also having before suf- τες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες, καθὼς οἴδατε, ἐν Φιλίπποις. ἐπαῤ- fered and having been insulted,evenas yeknow, at Philippi, ῥησιασάμεθα ἐν τῷ.θεῷ. ἡμῶν λαλῆσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον were bold in our God to speak to you the glad tidings τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι. 8 Ἢ yap παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ of Godin much _ conflict. For “exhortation ‘our [was] not ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, *ov7e'! ἐν δόλῳ, 4 ἀλλὰ καθὼς of error, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile; but evenas δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, we have been approved by God to be entrusted with the glad tidings, οὕτως λαλοῦμεν, οὐχ ὡς ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκοντες, ἀλλὰ rq so we speak ; not as =men pleasing, but θεῷ, τῷ δοκιμάζοντι τὰς καρδίας τὴ μῶν." ὃ Οὔτε.γάρ we ποτε God, who proves the hearts of us. For neither at any time ἐν λόγῳ "κολακείας" ἐγενήθημεν, καθὼς οἴδατε, οὔτε with word of flattery were we {with you], evenas yeknow, nor ἐν προφάσει πλεονεξίας, θεὸς with apretext of covetousness, μάρτυς, 6 οὔτε ζητοῦντες God [is] witness ; nor seeking ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν οὔτε ἀπ᾽ ἄλλων, from men glory, neitherfrom you ΠΟΙ͂ from others, [though] δυνάμενοι ἐν. βάρει εἶναι we χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι: 7 add’! having power “burdensome ‘to*be 8Ξ Christ’s apostles ; but ἐγενήθημεν “ἤπιοι" ἐν μέσῳ. ὑμῶν, we ἂν" rpopog θάλπῃ we were gentle in yourmidst, as ἃ nurse would cherish ™ τύπον a pattern LTTraw. n+ ἐν ἸῺ LITraw. 4 — καὶ LTTrAW. τ ἔχειν ἡμᾶς LTTraw. GLTTrA. “ἐκ out of TTr. 2 ὑμῶν of you w. 4 κολακίας T. x οὐδὲ LTTrAW. ς νήπιοι Simple L. = καὶ GLTITraw. > ἀλλὰ TTr. © + ἐν (in) τῇ LT. 5 ἔσχομεν We had GLrtraw. 529 and of the Lord, hav- ing received the werd in much afiliction, with joy of the Holy Ghost: 7 s0 that ye were ensamples to all that believe in Mace- donia and Achaia. 8 For from you sound- ed out the word of the Lord not only in Ma- eedonia and Achaia, but also in every place your faith to God- ward is spread abroad; so that we need not to speak any thing. 9 For they themselves shew of us what man- ner of entering in we had unte you, and how ye turned to God irom idols to serve the liv- ing and true God; 10 and to wait for his Son from heaven, whom he raised from the dead, even Jesus. which delivered us from the wrath to cone. 11, For yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you, that it was not in vain: 2 but even after that we had suffered before, and were shametully entreated, as ye know, at Phi- lippi, we were bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God with much contention. 3 For our exhortation was not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile: 4 but as we were allowed of God to be put in trust with the gospel, even so we speak ; not as pleasing men, but God, which trieth our hearts. 5 For neither at any time used we flattering words, as ye know, nor a cloke of covet- ousness; God is wit- ness: 6 nor of men sought we glory, uei- ther of you, nor yet of others, when we might have peor burden- some, as the apostles of Christ. 7 But we were gentle among you, even as @ nurse cherisheth her chil- Ρ ἀλλ᾽ La. * + τῶν the Y — τῷ [L]rTra. ἃ ἐὰν LTTra. NUM 690 dren: 8 βὸ being af- fectionately desirous of you, we were will- ing to have imparted unto you, not the gos- pel of God only, but also our own souls, because ye were dear unto us. 9 For ye re- member, brethren, our labour and travail: for labouring night and day, because we would not be charge- able unto any of you, we preached unto you the gospel of God. 10 Ye are witnesses, and God also, how holily and justly and unblameably' we be- haved ourselves a- mong you that be- lieve: 11 as ye know how we exhorted and comforted and charged every one of you, as a father doth his chil- dren, 12 that ye would walk worthy of God, who hath called you unto his kingdom and glory. 13 For this cause also thank we God without ceasing, because, when ye re- ceived the word of God which ye heard of us, ye received it not as the word of men, but as it is in truth, the word of God, which effectually worketh also in you that believe. 14 For ye, brethren, became followers’ of the churches of God which in Judza are in Christ Jesus: for ye also have suffered like things of your own countrymen, even as they have of the Jews: 15 who both killed the Lord Jesus, and their own prophets, and have persecuted us; and they please not God, and are con- trary to all men: 16 forbidding us to speak to the Gentiles that they might be saved, to fill up their sins alway: for the wrath is come upon them to the utter- most. 17 But we, brethren, being taken from you for a short time in © ὁμειρόμενοι GLTTrAW. h μαρτυρόμενοι TIrAW. αὐτὰ GLTTrAW. ο ξῴθακεν has come iP Os £0 BSS ἌΡΑΤΟΝ ἘΚ ΤῈΣ 4-A; II. τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα. 8 οὕτως “ἱμειρόμενοι! ὑμῶν, εὐδοκοῦμεν herown children. Thus yearning over you, we were pleased μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν οὐ μόνον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ to have imparted toyou not only the glad tidings of God, but καὶ Tac ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς, διότι ἀγαπητοὶ ἡμῖν fyeyévnobs." also our own lives, because _ beloved tous ye have become, 9 μνημονεύετε.γάρ, ἀδελφοί, τὸν.κόπον. ἡμῶν Kai τὸν μόχθον" For ye remember, brethren, our labour and the toil, νυκτὸς. δγὰρ' Kai ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι, πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί for night and day working, for not to burden τινα ὑμῶν, ἐκηρύξαμεν εἰς ὑμᾶς TO εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ. anyone of you, we proclaimed to you’ the _ glad tidings of God. 10 ayer μάρτυρες Kai ὁ θεός, ὡς ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως καὶ e fare] witnesses, and God, how holily and righteously and ἀμέμπτως ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐγενήθημεν, 11 καθάπερ blamelessly with you that believe we Were : even as οἴδατε, ὡς EVA.EKAOTOY ὑμῶν, ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ, παρα- ye know, ΠΟ each one of you, as a father *children *his *own, ex- καλοῦντες ὑμᾶς Kai παραμυθούμενοι 12 Kai "μαρτυρούμενοι," horting you and consoling and testifying, εἰς τὸ ἱπεριπατῆσαι" ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ καλοῦντος for *to “have *walked ‘you worthily of God, who calls ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν.ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν Kai δόξαν. 18* Ata τοῦτο you to his own kingdom and_ glory. Because of this καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως, ὅτι παραλα- also. we give thanks toGod unceasingly, that, having re- Bovrec λόγον ἀκοῆς Tap ἡμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐδέξασθε οὐ ceived [the] word of [the] report *by *us tof *God, ye accepted not λόγον ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ καθώς ἐστιν ἀληθῶς, λόγον θεοῦ, ὃς ?word men’s, but evenas itis truly, 2word ‘'God’s, which kai ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν. 14 ὑμεῖς.γὰρ μιμηταὶ also works in you who believe. or ye imitators ἐγενήθητε, ἀδελφοί, τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν οὐσῶν ἐν TY became, brethren, of the assemblies of God which are in ᾿Ιουδαίᾳ ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, Ort ταὐτὰ; ἐπάθετε καὶ ὑμεῖς Judza in Christ Jesus ; because the same things “suffered also “ye ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων συμφυλετῶν καθὼς Kai αὐτοὶ ὑπὸ τῶν “Iov- from yourown countrymen as also they from the Jews, δαίων, 15 τῶν Kai τὸν κύριον, ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν καὶ who *both *the “Lord killed Jesus and τοὺς. ἰδίους" προφήτας, Kai “vpac' ἐκδιωξάντων, Kai θεῷ their own prophets, and *you drove out, and *God μὴ.ἀρεσκόντων, καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων, 16 κω- 180 “ποὺ “please, διὰ 4all 3to *men (‘are] ?contrary, for- λυόντων ἡμᾶς τοῖς ἔθνεσιν λαλῆσαι ἵνα σωθῶσιν, εἰς bidding us tothe nations to speak that they may besaved, for τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε" “ἔφθασεν" δὲ to fill up their sins always : but is come ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς.τέλος. upon them _ the wrath to the uttermost. ~ / , ? J ~ a 17 Ἡμεῖς.δέ, ἀδελφοί, ἀπορφανισθέντες ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν πρὸς But we, brethren, having been bereaved of you for 8 — yap for GLTTraW. k + καὶ and LITrA. lra π ἡμᾶς US EGLTTrAW. £ ἐγενήθητε ye became LTTraw. i περιπατεῖν “to “walk LrTraw. τὰ — ἰδίους (read the prophets) GLTTrAW tp TE ΠῚ. I' THESSALONIANS. καιρὸν ὥρας προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ, περισσοτέρως ἐσπου- time ofanhour in 2 not inheart, more abundantly were δάσαμεν τὸ. πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ" 18 "διὸ" diligent your face to see pas much desire ; wherefore ἠθελήσαμεν ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐγὼ μὲν Παῦλος καὶ ἅπαξ we wished tocome to γοα, I indeed Paul, both once καὶ dic, καὶ ἐνέκοψεν ἡμᾶς ὁ σατανᾶς. 19 Tic-yap ἡμῶν and twice, and “hindered ee for what [is] our ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως ; ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς hope or joy or crown of boasting? oorfare) not even ye ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν τ. τχριστοῦ" ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ before our Lord Jesus Christ at his παρουσίᾳ; ; 30 ὑμεῖς.γάρ ἐστε ἡ. δόξα. ἡμῶν καὶ ἡ χαρά. coming ? for ye are our glory and joy. 9. Διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες, “εὐδοκήσαμεν" καταλειφθῆναι Wherefore no ἸΟΣΞΕΣ, enduring, we thought good to be left ἐν ᾿Αθήναις μόνοι, 2 καὶ ἐπέμψαμεν Τιμόθεον τὸν ἀδελφὸν in Athens alone, and sent Timotheus ?prother ἡμῶν καὶ 'διάκονον" τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ συνεργὸν ἡμῶν" ἐν τῷ Your and servant of God and 7fellow-worker ‘our in the εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμᾶς Kai παρακαλέσαι glad tidings ofthe Christ, for toestablish you and _ to encourage υὑμᾶς" "περὶ" τῆς. πίστεως ὑμῶν 3 ὕτῷ" μηδένα σαίνεσθαι" you concerning your faith that no one be moved ἐν ταῖς.θλίψεσιν ταύταις. αὐτοὶ. γὰρ οἴδατε OTL εἰς τοῦτο by these tribulations. as yourselves know that for this κείμεθα" 4 Kai-yap ὅτε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἦμεν, προελέγομεν ὑμῖν we are set ; foralso, when with you wewere, we told *beforehand you Ore μέλλομεν θλίβεσθαι, καθὼς καὶ ἐγένετο καὶ ot- we are about [0 suffer tribulation, evenas also itcametopass and ye dare’ 5 διὰ τοῦτο κἀγὼ μηκέτι στέγων, ἔπεμψα εἰς τὸ know.) Because οὗ this Ι 4150 no longer enduring, sent for γνῶναι τὴν. πίστιν ὑμῶν, μήπως ἐπείρασεν Vac ὁ to know your faith, lest perhaps *did*tempt ‘you ‘he *who πειράζων, καὶ εἰς κενὸν γένηται ὁ.κόπος.-ἡμῶν. 6 ἄρτι δὲ tempts, and void should become our labour. But now ἐλθόντος Τιμοθέου πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν, καὶ εὐαγγελισα- Ramdas’ Scome *Timotheus us from you; and ἜΡΥΙΠΕ, announced μένου ἡμῖν τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην ὑμῶν, καὶ ὅτι glad tidings to us [of] “faith 7and 4love ‘your, and that ἔχετε μνείαν ἡμῶν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε, ἐπιποθοῦντες ἡ ας ye have *remembrance ‘of Sus gcod lalways, longing ἰδεῖν, καθάπερ Kai ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς, 7 διὰ τοῦτο 1to*see, evenas also we yor: because of this θημεν, ἀδελφοί, ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν, ἐπὶ com τῇ "θλίψει Kai ἀνάγκῃ" ΤΒΈΘΙ: brethren, asto you, in *tribulation “and τας ιν ἡμῶν, διὰ Tie. ὑμῶν.πίστεως" δ᾽ ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν ἐὰν ὑμεῖς tour, through your faith, because now welive if ye Ὀστήκητε' ἐν κυρίῳ. 9 riva-yap εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα HELE stand fast in [the] Lord. For what thanksgiving are we able ᾧ θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ee *God *to 7render concerning you, for the joy epee we were encou- 591 presence, not in heart, endeavoured the more abundantly tosee your face with great desire. 18 Wherefore we would have come unto you, even I Paul, once and again ; but Satan hindered us. 19 For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of re- joicing ? Are noteven ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at his coming? 20 for ye are our glory and joy. II, Wherefore when we could no longer forbear, we thought it good to be left at Athens alone; 2 and sent Timotheus, our brother, and minister of God, and our fellow- labourer in the gospel of Christ, to establish you, and to comfort you concerning your faith: 3that no man should be moved by these afflictions: for yourselves know that we are appointed there- unto. 4 For verily, when we were with you, we told you be- fore that we should suffer tribulation ; even as it came to pass, and ye know. 5 For this cause, when 1 could no longer for- bear, I sent to know your faith, lest by some means the temp- ter have tempted you, and our labour be in vain, 6 But now when Timotheus came from you unto us, and brought us good tid- ings of your faith and charity, and that ye have good remem- brance of us always, desiring greatly to see us, as we also to see you: 7 therefore, bre- thren, we were com- forted over you in all our affliction and dis- tress by your faith: 8for now we live, if ye stand fast in the Lord. 9 For what thanks can we render to God again for you, for all the joy where- 4 διότι because LTTraW. — χριστοῦ LITrA. fellow-worker (read τοῦ θεοῦ τ God) GLaw. — ὑμᾶς LTTrAW. χα ὑπὲρ GLTTrAW. Υ τὸ LTTrAW. Gat ie 5 ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει LTTrAW. > στήκετε stand fast TTra. 5 ηὐδοκήσαμεν Tir: — Kat συνεργὸν ἡμῶν GLTTraw. z μηδὲν (nothing [ye]) ἀσαίνεσ- : συνεργὸν 532 with we joy for your sakes before our God; 10night and day pray- ing exceedingly that we might see your face, and might per- feet that which is lacking in your faith? 1t Now God himself and our Father, and our Lord Jesus Christ, direct our way unto you. 12 And the Lord make you to increase and abound in ilove one toward another, and toward all men, even as we do toward you: 13 tothe end he may stablish your hearts unblameable in holiness before God, even our Father, at the eoming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all his saints. IV. Furthermore then we beseech you, bre- thren, and exhort you by the Lord Jesus, that as ye have received of us how ye ought to walk and to please God, so ye would a- bound more and more. 2 For ye know what commandments _ we gave you by the Lord Jesus. 3 For this is the will of God, even your sanctification, that ye should abstain from fornication : 4 that every one of you should know how to possess his vessel in sanctification and ho- nour ; 5 not inthe lust of concepiscence, even as the Gentiles which know not God : 6 that no man go beyond and defraud his brother in any matter: because that the Lord is the avenger of all such, as we also have fore- warned you and testi- fied. 7 For God hath not called us unto un- cleanness, but unto holiness. 8 He there- fore that despiseth, de- spiseth not man, but God, who hath also given unto us his holy Spirit. © ; (ending the question at ἡμῶν) GA. £ — χριστοῦ LTTrAw. Kk 4+ καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε even as also ye are walking LTTraw. m — 6 (read [the]) Lrtra. 4 διδόντα. gives LTTr. v of God) L. IPOS ,@ESSAALONTDTEKETS: “A. Il, IV. ) χαίρομεν δί ὑμᾶς ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.θεοῦ. ἡμῶν," wherewith werejoice onaccountof you before our God, 10 νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας “ὑπὲρ.ἐκπερισσοῦ" δεόμενοι εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν night and day exceedingly beseeching for to see ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον, Kai καταρτίσαι TA.VOTEOnMATA τῆς πίστεως your face, and toperfect the things lacking in *faith ὑμῶν; 11 Adric.dé ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ.ἡμῶν Kai ὁ.κύὐριος.-ἡμῶν 1your ? But himself °God *and 7our’Father ‘and Sour *Lord Ἰησοῦς "χριστὸς" κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ‘Jesus Christ may direct our way to you. 12 ὑμᾶς.δὲ ὁ κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι τῇ But °you πο *Lord ‘may *make to exceed and to abound ἀγάπῃ εἰς ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας, καθάπερ Kai ἡμεῖς inlove toward one another and toward all, evenas also we εἰς ὑμᾶς, 18 εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας ἀμέμπτους toward you, for toestablish your hearts blameless ἐν aywotvy ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ Kai πατρὸς ἡμῶν, ἐν τῇ in holiness before ?God “and *Father our, at the παρουσίᾳ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" μετὰ πάντων τῶν coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all ἁγίων. αὐτοῦ. 5 his saints. 4 *To"_doroy οὖν, ἀδελφοί, ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς Kai παρα- Fortherest then, brethren, we beseech you and we καλοῦμεν ἐν κυρίῳ ᾿Ιησοῦ,ἷ καθὼς παρελάβετε παρ᾽ ἡμῶν exhort in [the] Lord Jesus, evenas ye received from us τὸπῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν Kai ἀρέσκειν θεῷ, " ἵνα περισ- how it behoves you to waik and please God, that yeshould σεύητε μᾶλλον. 2 οἴδατε.γὰο τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν abound more. For yeknow what injunctions we gave ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ. 3 τοῦτο.γάρ éoriy! θέλημα τοῦ you through the Lord Jesus. For this is 2will θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς. ὑμῶν. ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας. 6 οὔ᾽β, τοῦ sanctification, *to*abstain (’for]*you from fornication, 4 εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος κτᾶσθαι ἐν *to "know teach οὗ *you fhow] *his *own ‘vessel ‘to *possess in ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ, 5 μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας καθάπερ καὶ sanctification and honour, (not in passion of lust evenas 8150 τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν θεόν: 6 τὸ μὴ ὑπερβαίνειν Kai the nations who know not God,) not to go beyond and πλεονεκτεῖν ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, διότι ἔκ- to overreach in the matter his brother ; because [the] a- δικος πὸ κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων, καθὼς καὶ venger [15] the ord concerning all also ππροείπαμεν, ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα. wetold*before ‘you and fully testified. ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, “ἀλλ᾽" ἐν ἁγιασμῷ. 8 τοιγαροῦν 5118 7God to wuncleanness, but in sanctification. So then ὁ ἀθετῶν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν θεόν, τὸν these things, even as 7 οὐ.γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν For ἢοῦ “called he that sets aside, *not 3man “sets aside, but God, who Peat" «δόντα! "τὸ. πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ" τὸ ἅγιον εἰς "ἡμᾶς." also gave his “Spirit ‘Holy to us. © — χριστὸς LTTrA. i+ ἵνα that Lrtra. 1 +4 [τὸ] (read the will 2 προείπομεν G. © ἀλλὰ TTr. Ρ — καὶ LTr[A]. 5 ὑμᾶς YOU LTTrAW. ἃ ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ GLTTrAW. _& + ἀμήν Amen [π|]0.Ψ h — To @LTTrAW. τ αὐτοῦ TO πνεῦμα L. THESSALONIANS. τῆς φιλαδελφίας οὐ χρείαν ᾿ἔχετε" γρά- brotherly love *no ‘*need ‘ye *have {for me] to φειν ὑμῖν, αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε εἰς TO ἀγαπᾷν write toyou, for*yourselves ‘ye ‘taught °of °God “are for to love ἀλλήλους" 10 καὶ γὰρ ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελ- one another. For also ye do this towards all the bre- φοὺς "τοὺ" ἐν ὕλῃ.τῇ. Μακεδονίᾳ. παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, thren who [816] in the whole of Macedonia ; but we exhort you, ἀδελφοί, περισσεύειν μᾶλλον, 11 Kai φιλοτιμεῖσθαι ἡσυχάζειν BV. Vv. I 9 Περὶ δὲ Now concerning brethren, to abound more, and endeavour earnestly to be quiet καὶ πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια, Kai ἐργάζεσθαι ταῖς."ἰδίαις" χερσὶν and to do your own things, and to work with 70wn *hands ὑμῶν, καθὼς ὑμῖν παρηγγείλαμεν, 12 iva περιπατῆτε εὐ- ‘your, evenas on you we enjoined, that yemaywalk be- σχημόνως πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω, Kai μηδενὸς χρείαν ἔχητε. comingly towards those without, and ofnoone “need ‘may “have. 13 Οὐ *Oédw" δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, περὶ ‘Not *Isdo*°wish *but you ἴο be ignorant, brethren, concerning τῶν ὑκεκοιμημένων," ἵνα μὴ.λυπῆσθε, καθὼς Kai οἱ λοιποὶ those who have fallen asleep, that ye be not grieved, even 85 also the rest ot μὴ.ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα. 14 εἰ γὰρ πιστεύομεν Ori Ἰησοῦς ἀπέ- who have no hope. Forif webelieve that Jesus died θανεν καὶ ἀνέστη, οὕτως Kai ὁ θεὸς τοῦς κοιμηθέντας and rose again, so also God those who are fallen asleep διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἄξει σὺν αὐτῷ. 15 τοῦτο.γὰρ ὑμῖν λέ- through Jesus willbring with him. For this to you we γομεν ἐν λόγῳ κυρίου, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες, οἱ περι- say in [the] word of[the] Lord, that we the living who re- λειπόμενοι εἰς THY παρουσίαν τοῦ κυρίου, οὐ-μὴ φθάσωμεν main to the coming ofthe Lord, inno wise may anticipate τοὺς κοιμηθέντας" 16 ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος ἐν κελεύσ- those who are fallen asleep; because “himself *the *Lord with a shout of com- ματι, ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου Kai ἐν σάλπιγγι θεοῦ κατα- mand, with “voice ‘archangel’s and with trumpet οἵ God shall βήσεται ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ, Kai οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται descend from heaven, and the dead in Christ shall rise πρῶτον" 17 ἔπειτα ἡμεῖς ot ζῶντες οἱ περιλειπόμενοι, ἅμα first ; then we the living who remain, together σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν with them _ shall be caught away in[the] clouds for {the} meeting τοῦ κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα, Kai οὕτως πάντοτε σὺν κυρίῳ ἐσό- ofthe Lord ἴῃ [{Π6] air; and thus always with [the] Lord we shall μεθα. 18 ὥστε παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους ἐν τοῖς.λόγοις.τούτοις. be. So encourage one another with these words, 5 Mepidé τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν, ἀδελφοί, οὐ χρείαν But concerning the times and the seasons, brethren, “no ‘need ἔχετε ὑμῖν γράφεσθαι. 2 αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀκριβῶς οἴδατε ὅτι “ye *have for you to be written [to], for “yourselves *accurately 'ye*know that 2)' ἡμέρα κυρίου we κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως ἔρχεται" the day of{(the] Lord as _ a thief by night so comes. 3 orav"yap' λέγωσιν, Ἑϊρήνη καὶ ἀσφάλεια, τότε αἰφνί- For when they maysay, Peace and security, then sud- διος αὐτοῖς δέφίσταται" ὄλεθρος, ὥσπερ ἡ.ὠδ,ν τῇ den “upon *them 7comes ‘destruction, as travail to her 533 9 But as touching brotherly love ye need not that I write unto you: for ye yourselves are taught of God to love one another. 10 And indeed ye do it toward all the bre- thren which are in 411 Macedonia: but we beseech you, brethren, that ye increase more and more; ll and that yestudy to bequiet,and to do your own busi- ness, and to work with your own hands, as we commanded you; 12 that ye may walk honestly toward them that are without, and that ye may have lack of nothing. 13 But I would not have you to be igno- rant, brethren, con- cerning them which are asleep, that ye sor- row not, even as others which have no hope. 14 For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with him. 15 For this we say unto you by the word of the Lora, that we which are a- live and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not prevent them which are. asleep. 16 For the Lord him- self shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first : 17 then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord, 18 Wherefore comfort one another with these words. VY. But of the times and the seasons, bre- thren, ye have no need that Il write unto you. 2 For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so com- eth as a thief in the night. 3 For when they shall say, Peace and safety ; then sud- den destruction com- eth upon them, as travail upon a woman t ἔχομεν we have L. ¥ — χοὺς LT[Tr]. sdo “wish GLTTrAW. Y κοιμωμένων are falling asleep LTTra. 4 — γὰρ for ertra ; [δὲ] but L. Ὁ ἐπίσταται TTr. ν --- ἰδίαις OWN LTTrAW. 3. --- 7 (read [the]) trts[a]w. χα θέλομεν we 534 ΠΡΟΣ “Oth 2 Aen ONS Ke ES) Ar Ve with child ; and they shall not escape. 4 But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. 5 Ye are all the children of light, and the child- ren of the day: we are, not of the night, nor of } darkness. 6 Therefore ~ let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober. 7 For they that sleep sleep in the night; and they that be drunken are drunken in the night. 8 But let us, who are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for an helmet, the hope of salvation. 9 For God hath not appoint- ed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ, 10 who died for us, that, whether we wake or sleep, we should live together with him. 11 Wherefore comfort yourselves together, and edify one another, even as also ye do. 12 And we beseech you, brethren, to know them which labour a- mong you, and are over you in the Lord, and admonish you; 13 and to esteem them very their work’s. sake. And be at _ peace ἐν. γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ, Kai ov. ἐκφύγωσιν. 4 ὑμεῖς.δέ, ἀδελ- that is with child ; and in no wise shall they escape. But ye, bre- pol, οὐκ. ἐστὲ ἔν σκότει, ἵνα “ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς" ὡς ἀκλέπτης"! thren, are not in darkness, that the day you as a thief καταλάβῃ 5 πάντες " ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε Kai υἱοὶ ἡμέρας" should overtake : all ye sons oflight are and sons. of day; οὐκ. ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους. 6 ἄρα οὖν ju1j_KabEddwpeEY wearenot ofnight nor of darkness. So _ then we should not sleep we ἱκαὶ οἱ λοιποί, ἀλλὰ γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν. as also the _ rest, but we should watch and we should be sober ; 7 οἱ, γὰρ καθεύδοντες νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν, καὶ οἱ μεθυ- for they that sleep “by *night sleep, and they that are σκόμενοι νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν᾽ ὃ ἡμεῖς.δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες νήφω- drunken “*by *night ‘get *drunk; but we 7of*day ‘being should be μεν, ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ sober, having puton [the] breastplate offaith and love, and [as] περικεφαλαίαν ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας" 9 Ott οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς helmet “hope tsalvation’s ; because *not has “set ὁ θεὸς εἰς ὀργήν, FadX’'! εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας διὰ τοῦ 1God for wrath, but for obtaining salvation through κυρίου.ἡ μῶν ᾿Τησοῦ χριστοῦ, 10 τοῦ ἀποθανόντος "ὑπὲρ" ἡμῶν, our Lord Jesus Christ, who died \ for us, iva εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν, ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ that whether we may watch or wemay sleep, together with him ζήσωμεν. 11 διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, Kai οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς we may live. Wherefore encourage one another, and build up one τὸν ἕνα, καθὼς καὶ ποιεῖτε. the other, evenas also ye are doing. 12 ᾿Ερωτῶμεν.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, εἰδέναι τοὺς κοπιῶντας But we beseech you, brethren, to know thosewho labour ἐν ὑμῖν, Kai προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ, Kai νουθε- among you, and take the lead of you in[the] Lord, and admo- τοῦντας ὑμᾶς, 18 Kai ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ἰὑπὲρ.ἐκπερισσοῦ" ἐν highly in love for Dish you, and toesteem them exceedingly in ἀγάπῃ διὰ τὸ.ἔργον.αὐτῶν. εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ‘éavroic." love on account of their work. Be at peace among yourselves, among yourselves. 14 Now we exhort you, brethren, warn them that are unruly, com- fort the feebleminded, support the weak, be patient toward all men. 14 παρακαλοῦμεν.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, νουθετεῖτε τοὺς ἀτάκτους, But we exhort you, brethren, admonish the disorderly, παραμυθεῖσθε τοὺς ὀλιγοψύχους, ἀντέχεσθε THY ἀσθενῶν, μα- console the faint-hearted, sustain the weak, be 15 See that nonerender κροθυμεῖτε πρὸς πάντας. 15 ὁρᾶτε μή τις κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ evil for evil unto any man; but ever follow that which is good, both among your- selves, and to all men, 16 Rejoice evermore. patient towards all. See that not anyone 671] for evil τινὶ Ἰάποδῷ"" ἀλλὰ πάντοτε τὸ ἀγαθὸν διώκετε πικαὶ" εἰς to anyone render, but always the good pursue both towards ἀλλήλους Kai εἰς πάντας. 16 πάντοτε χαίρετε. 17 ἀδια- 17 Pray without ceas- one another andtowards all; always rejoice ; unceas- ing. 18 In every thing give thanks: for this λείπτως προσεύχεσθε. 18 ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε' TOUTO-yap™ is the will of God ingly pray ; in everything give thanks, for this in Christ Jesus con- cerning you. 19 Quench not the Spirit. 20 De- spise not prophesy- ings. 21 Prove all things ; hold fast that c ὑμᾶς ἡ ἡμέρα Lw. θέλημα θεοῦ ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς. 19 τὸ πνεῦμα {is the] will of God in Christ Jesus towards you; the Spirit pn oBévvure.' 20 προφητείας μὴ. ἐξουθενεῖτε. 21 πάνταϑ do not quench ; prophecies do not set at naught; all things ἃ κλέπτας thieves L. e + yap for (all) GLrTraw. £— καὶ LITr[A ]. & ἀλλὰ TTrA. h περὶ TTr. i ὑπερεκπερισσῶς LTTrA ; ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ GW. Κ αὐτοῖς (read with them) rrr. ! ἀποδοῖ 1. m — καὶ LTTr. n+éorwisSL. ° CBév- VUTE 1. p + δὲ but (all things) exrrraw. 16 δοκιμάζετε" τὸ II THESSALONIANS. καλὸν κατέχετε. 22 ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονη- prove, the right hold fast; from every, form of wicked- pov ἀπέχεσθε. 23 Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἁγιάσαι ness abstain. Now ‘himself *the *God *of *peace ΡΣ pence hs ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς" Kai ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ you wholly ; and 3entire "your ‘spirit ‘and ‘soul Kai TO σῶμα ἀ EUTTWC ἐν Τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ. κυρίου. ἡμῶν 7and ®body **blameless }7at aos ae 1508 1Sour ae Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ Tp nOein. | y+ 24 πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς, 18Jesus ‘*Christ *may lle 10preserved.. ‘(He is] faithful who calls you, a A 4, ὃς Kai zoos. 25 ᾿Αδελφοί, προσεύχεσθε 4 περὶ ἡμῶν. who also will perform Cit]. Brethren, Tray, for us. 26 ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς πάντας ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ. Salute the *brethren tall with a kiss holy. 27 τὸὁρκίζω" ὑμᾶς τὸν κύριον ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστο- 1 δα]ιτθ you [by] the Lord [that] be read the epistle Any πᾶσιν τοῖς "ἁγίοις" ἀδελφοῖς. 28 ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν toall the holy brethren, The grace of our Lord Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 'άμήν." Jesus Christ [be] with you. Amen, γ᾿ Πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς πρώτη ἐγράφη ἀπὸ ᾿Αθηνῶν." ?To ([*the] “Thessalonians first written from Athens. “HY HPO THE ΞΠΟῸ [(*THE) >THESSALONIANS ?EPISTLE ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ καὶ Σιλουανὸς καὶ Τιμόθεος, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ Θεσ- Paul and Silvanus and Timotheus, to the assembly of Thes- σαλονικέων ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ κυρίῳ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστῷ" salonians in God ?Father ‘our and eae Ie Christ. 2 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς Pyar" καὶ κυρίου Grace toyou and peace from God 7?Father tour and Lord Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. Jesus Christ. 3 Εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, 310 *thank we sone God always concerning you, ἀδελφοί, καθὼς ἀξιόν ἐστιν, Ore ὑπεραυξάνει ἡ πίστις prem, even as meet itis, because increases ΒΧΟΒΕΠΙΠΕΊΝΙ 2faith ὑμῶν, καὶ πλεονάζει ἡ ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου πάντων ὑμῶν pees and abounds the love of bi teach of 3211 you εἰς ἀλλήλους 4 ὥστε “ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς" ἐν ὑμῖν ἃ καυχᾶσθαι" ἐν to oneanother; soasfor us _ ourselves “1π prom *to “boast in ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπὲρ τῆς. ὑπομονῆς. ὑμῶν καὶ πίστεως the assemblies of God for your endurance and faith ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς. διωγμοῖς. ὑμῶν Kai ταῖς θλίψεσιν αἷς ἀνέ- in all your persecutions and the tribulations which ye are χεσθε, 5 ἔνδειγμα τῆς δικαίας κρίσεως τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ bearing; a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God, for 4 + [καὶ] also 1. τ ἐνορκίζω LTTraw. 8 — ἁγίοις LTTrA. — the subscription GLTW ; pos Θεσσαλονικεῖς a TrA. 535 which is good. 22 Ab- stain from all appear- ance of evil. 23 And the very God of sanctify you wholly; and 7 pray God your whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless unto the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, 24 Faith- fulis he that calleth you, who also will de τί. 25 Brethren, pray for us. 26 Greet allthe brethren with an holy kiss. 27 I charge you by the Lord that this epistle be read unto 31] the holy brethren. 28 The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen. OETTAAONIKEIS EMTSETOAH ΔΕΎΤΕΡΑ." *SECOND. PAUL, and Silvanus, and Timotheus, unto the church of the Thessalonians in God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ : 2 Grace unto you, and peace, from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ. 3 We are bound to thank God always for you, brethren, as itis meet, because that your faith groweth exceedingly, and the charity of every one of you all toward each other aboundeth ; 4 so that we ourselves glory in you in the churches of God for your pa- tience and faith in all your persecutions and tribulations that ye endure : 5 which is a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God, that ye may be t — ἀμήν GLITrAW. a+ Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of the Apostle Paul £; ΓΕ Παύλου G; Πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς B LTTraw. Ὁ — ἡμῶν (read [the]) [LtrJa (ἐν- T) Lira. ς αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς TTrA. ἃ ἐγκαυχᾶσθαι 536 counted worthy of the kingdom of God, for which ye also suffer : 6 seeing it 18 a right- eous thing with God to recompense tribu- lation to them that trouble you; 7 and to you who are trou- pled rest with us, when the Lord Je- sus shall be revealed ’ rom heaven with his mighty angels, 8 in flaming fire taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the gospelof our Lord Je- sus Christ: 9 who shall be punished with ever- lasting destruction from the presence of the Lord, and from the glory of his power; 10 when he shall come to- be glorified in his saints, and to be ad- mired in all them that believe (because our testimony among you was believed) in that day. 11 Wherefore al- so we pray always for you, that our God would count you worthy of this calling, and fulfil all the good pleasure of his good- ness, and the work of faith with power : {2 that the name of cur Lord Jesus Christ may be glorified in you, and ye in him, according to the grace of our God and the Lord Jesus Christ. 11. Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming of ovr Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together unto him, 2 that ye be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ is at hand, 3 Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be reveal- ed, the son of perdi- tion ; 4 who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called © φλογὶ πυρὸς a flame of fire Lrrw. h πιστεύσασιν believed GLTTraw. eternal) 1. ἱ κυρίου Lord GLTTraw. TPO" OBS TAAONITKEDTS: bs. I, τὲ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ, ὑπὲρ ἧς Ξῖο “be *accounted *worthy ‘you of the kingdom of God, for which καὶ maoyere’ 6 εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι also ye suffer ; if at least righteous [itis] with God torecompense τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλίψιν, 7 Kai ὑμῖν τοῖς θλιβο- to those who oppress you tribulation, and to you that are op- μένοις ἄνεσιν μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει Tov κυρίου Ἰησοῦ pressed repose with us, at the revelation ofthe Lord Jesus am οὐρανοῦ per ἀγγέλων δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, 8 ἐν “πυρὶ φλογός," from heaven with[the]angels of his power, in afire of flame, διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσιν θεόν, καὶ τοῖς μὴ ayarding, vengeance on those that “not *know God, and those that *not ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ ἰχριστοῦ"" ΤΟΡΘΥ͂ the glad ns of our Lord Jesus Christ, 9 οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν, δὔλεθρον! αἰώνιον, ἀπὸ who [the] penalty shall suffer, “destruction ‘eternal, from [the] προσώπου τοῦ κυρίου, Kai ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τῆς.ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ, presence ofthe Lord, and from the_ glory of his strength, 10 ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς. ἁγίοις. αὐτοῦ καὶ when heshallhavecome tobeglorified in his saints and θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς "πιστεύουσιν," Ore ἐπιστεύθη to be wondered αὖ in all them that believe, (because °was ®believed τὸ. μαρτύριον. ἡμῶν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, ἐν τῇ. ἡμέρᾳ.ἐκείνῃ. 11 εἰς ὃ tour *testimony Sto 6*you,) in eee dey For which καὶ προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, iva ὑμᾶς ἀξιώσῃ also we pray always for you, that *you *may ‘count °worthy τῆς κλήσεως ὑ.θεὸς.-ἡμῶν, καὶ πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν 7of *the *calling Jour 7God, and may fulfil every good pleasure ἀγαθωσύνης Kai ἔργον πίστεως ἐν δυνάμει: 12 ὅπως ἐν- of goodness and work offaith with power, so that may δοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Ἰχριστοῦ" ἐν ὑμῖν, be glorified the name of our Lord Jesus Christ in you, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ, κατὰ THY χάριν τοῦ.θεοῦ.ἡμῶν καὶ and ye in him, according to the grace of our God and κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. of [the] Lord Jesus Christ. 2. ᾿Ερωτῶμεν «δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming κυρίου-ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ Kai ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ᾽ of our Lord Jesus Christ and our gathering fas eae to αὐτόν, 2 εἰς TO μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι υμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοός, him, for “not pay Sto *be shaken aon in mind, Kunre’ θροεῖσθαι, μήτε διὰ πνεύματος, μήτε διὰ λόγου, μήτε ΤΟΙ to be troubled, neither by ΡΤ; nor by word, nor δι ἐπιστολῆς ὡς Ov ἡμῶν, ὡς ὅτι ἐνέστηκεν ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ by _ epistle, as if by us, as that ispresent the day ofthe ἰχριστοῦ." 3 Μή τις ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσῃ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον" Christ. Not anyone “you ‘should "deceive in any way, ' pes | A ε ? (lit. no) ὕτι ἐὰν. μὴ ἔλθῃ ἡἣ ἀποστασία πρῶτον because [it will not be] unless shall hace, come the apostasy first, καὶ ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς "ἁμαρτίας," ὁ υἱὸς and shall have been revealed the man of sin, the son τῆς ἀπωλείας, 4 ὁ ἀντικείμενος Kai ὑπεραιρόμενος ἐπὶ πάντα of perdition, he who opposes and exaltshimself above all f — χριστοῦ {L]rTra. & ὀλέθριον, (read, fatal, — χριστοῦ [L|TTraw. * μηδὲ LTTrAW. ™ ἀνομίας οἵ ἘΞ ϑέηθος TTr. 11: II THESSALONIANS. λεγόμενον θεὸν ἢ σέβασμα, ὥστε.αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν ναὸν called God or object of veneration: soasforhim in the temple τοῦ θεοῦ "ὡς θεὸν" καθίσαι, ἀποδεικνύντα ἑαυτὸν Ort ἐστὶν οἵ God as God tositdown, setting forth himself that he is θεός. 5 οὐ.μνημονεύετε OTe ἔτι WY πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ταῦτα God. Do ye not remember that, yet being with you, these things ἔλεγον ὑμῖν: Θ καὶ voy τὸ κατέχον οἴδατε, εἰς τὸ ἀπο- Isaid toyou? And now that which restrains ye know, for =to “be καλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ" καιρῷ. 7 TO-yap μυστήριον “revealed *him in his own time, For the mystery ἤδη ἐνεργεῖται τῆς ἀνομίας, μόνον ὁ κατέχων ?already “15 "working lof 7lawlessness; only [there is] he who restrains ἄρτι ἕως ἐκ μέσου γένηται" ὃ καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυ- at present until out of [the] midst he be [gone], and then will be re- φθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος, ὃ ὁ κύριος “ἀναλώσει: τῷ vealed the lawless [one], whom the Lord will consume with the πνεύματι τοῦ.στόματος αὐτοῦ, Kai καταργήσει TH ἐπιφανείᾳ breath of his mouth, and annul by the appearing τῆς.παρουσίας αὐτοῦ" 9 οὗ ἐστιν ἡ παρουσία κατ᾽ of his coming ; whose “is tecoming according to [the] ἐνέργειαν τοῦ σατανᾶ ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει Kai σημείοις Kai τέρασιν working of Satan in every power and _$ signs and wonders ψεύδους, 10 Kai ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ "τῆς" ἀδικίας %év' τοῖς of falsehood, and in every deceit of unrighteousness in them that ? , ? » απ 1 ᾽ ΄ ~ > , > ale ἀπολλυμένοις, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν τὴν ἀγάπην τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ. ἐδέξαντο perish, because the love ofthe truth they received not ? κι - > - e = 4 ὃ 4 ~ t , i εἰς TO σωθῆναι αὐτούς᾽ 11 καὶ ιὰ τοῦτο ἵπέμψει for 2to *be *saved ‘them, And on account of this ?will *send αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς TO πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς 4to *them ‘God a working oferror, for *to “believe 1them τῷ ψεύδει" 12 ἵνα κριθῶσιν πάντες" οἱ μὴ.πιστεύσαντες what [15] false, that may be judged all who believed not τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλ᾽" εὐδοκήσαντες "ἐν τῇ ἀδικίᾳ. the truth, but delighted in unrighteousness, 13 Ἡμεῖς. δὲ ὀδείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν τῷ θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ But we ought to give thanks toGod always concerning ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοὶ ηγαπημένοι ὑπὸ κυρίου, Ore YéideTo' ὑμᾶς you, brethren beloved by [the] Lord, that chose *you ὁ θεὸς 7am ἀρχῆς" εἰς σωτηρίαν ἔν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος *God ἔτγοχῃ [86] beginning to salvation in sanctification of [the] Spirit καὶ πίστει ἀληθεί 14 εἰς. ὃ 5 ἐκάλ ὑμᾶς" διὰ v Ἢ ηθείας, εἰς. ὃ * ἐκάλεσεν Yvpac' διὰ τοῦ and belief of [the] truth;. whereto he called you by εὐαγγελίου.ἡμῶν, εἰς Tepizoinow δόξης τοῦ κυρίου our glad tidings, to [the] obtaining of {the} glory of “Lord ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 15 dpa οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε, καὶ ‘our Jesus Christ. So then, brethren, stand firm, and κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις ἃς ἐδιδάχθητε, εἴτε διὰ λόγου hold fast the traditions which ye were taught, whether by word εἴτε Ou ἐπιστολῆς. ἡμῶν. 16 αὐτὸς.δὲ ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦς or by our epistle, But himself Lord ‘our *Jesus © χριστός, Kai 40! θεὸς ἑκαὶ" πατὴρ ἡμῶν, ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς “Christ, and 7God *and *Father ‘our, who loved us, 537 God, or that is wor- shipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shew- ing himself that he is God. 5 Remember ye not, that, when I was yet with you, I told you these things? 6 and now ye know what withholdeth that he might be revealed in his time. 7 For ths mystery of iniquity doth aiready work: only he who now let- teth will let, until he be taken out of the way. 8 And then shall that Wicked be reveal- ed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his coming: 9 even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying won- ders, 10 and with ali deceivableness of un- righteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved. 11 And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believea lie : 12 that they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness. 13 But we are bound to give thanks alway to God for you, bre- thren beloved of the Lord, because God hath from the begin- ning chosen you to sal- vation through sanc- tification of the Spirit and belief of the truth: 14 whereunto he called you by our gospel, to the obtain- ing of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ. 15 Therefore, brethren, stand fast, and hold the traditions which ye have been taught, whether by word, or our epistle. 16 Now our Lord Jesus Christ himself, and God, even our Father, which hath leved us, and hath 2 — ὡς θεὸν GLTTrAW. ἀνελεῖ will slay LTtra. ' πέμπει Sends LTTraw. unrighteousness) (L]Ttr[a]. Ὁ ἡμᾶς 81. ς + ὃ 861. 9 αὐτοῦ (read his time) ΤΊΣ. τ.-- τῆς LTTrAW. ἡ ἅπαντες ΤΊτΑ. Υ εἵλατο GLTTrAW. 4 — δ [L}tr. © ὃ LTTrA, Ἢ ἀλλὰ TTr. : ἀπαρχὴν L. : P + Ἰησοῦς Jesus GLTTraw. 5. — ev (read τοῖς to them that) Lrtraw. x — ἐν (read ἀδικίᾳ in 8 4+ καὶ also Τ᾿ 538 given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace, 17 comfort your hearts, and stablish you in every good word and work, Til. Finally, bre- thren, pray for us, that the word of the Lord may have free course, and ‘be glorified, even as tt is with you :2and that we may be de- livered from unreason- ableand wicked men: for all men have not faith. 3 But the Lord is faithful, who shall stablish you, and keep you from evil. 4 And we have confi- dence in the Lord touching you, that ye both do and will do the ‘things which we command you. 5 And the Lord direct your hearts into the love of God, and into the patient waiting for Christ. 6 Now we command you, brethren, in the name of our Lord Je- sus Christ, that ye withdraw yourselves from every brother that walketh disorder- ly, and not after the tradition which he re- ceived of us. 7 For yourselves know how ye ought to follow us: for we behaved not ourselves disorderly among you; 8 neither did we eat any man’s bread for nought ; but wrought with labour and travail night and day, that we might net be chargeable to any of you: 9 not because we have not power, but to make ourselves an ensample unto you to follow us, 10 For even when we were with you, this we commanded you, that if any would not work, neither should he eat. 11 For we hear that there are some which walk among you disorderly, working not at all, but are busybodies. 12 Now them that are such we command and exhort by our Lord Je- ΠΡΟΣ. Θ ΕΣ DALONEK ETS 8. Ti ΠῚ καὶ δοὺς παράκλησιν αἰωνίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα ἀγαθὴν ἐν χάριτι, and gave[us] encouragement ‘eternal and “hope good by grace, 17 παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι fipae' may he encourage your hearts, and may heestablish you ἐν παντὶ δλόγῳ Kai ἔργῳ" ἀγαθῷ. in every *word *and *work ‘good. 3 Τὸλοιπόν, προσεύχεσθε, ἀδελφοί, περὶ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ὁ For the rest, pray, brethren, for us, that the λόγος τοῦ κυρίου τρέχῃ Kai δοξάζηται, καθὼς Kai πρὸς word ofthe Lord may run and may beglorified, even as also with ὑμᾶς, 2Kaiiva ῥυσθῶμεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀτόπων καὶ πονηρῶν you; and that we may be delivered from perverse and wicked ἀνθρώπων" ov.yap πάντων ἡ πίστις. 3 πιστὸς men, for*not ‘of7all [218] lfaith ([*the Sportion]. °Faithful δὲ ἐστιν "6 κύριος," ὃς στηρίξει ὑμᾶς Kai φυλάξει ®but iis the Lord, who will establish you and _ will keep [you] ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ. 4 πεποίθαμεν.δὲ ἐν κυρίῳ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, from evil. But we trust in [the] Lord asto you, ὅτι ἃ παραγγέλλομεν ἰὑμῖν," * ἰκαὶ! ποιεῖτε καὶ that the things which we charge you, both ye are doing and ποιήσετε. 5 0.0& κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας εἰς will do. But 7the *Lord *may direct your hearts into THY ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai εἰς ™ ὑπομονὴν τοῦ χριστοῦ. the love of God,and into [the] endurance ofthe Christ. 6 Παραγγέλλομεν.δὲ ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοί, ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ in [the] name Now we charge you, brethren, κυρίου. "ἡμῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, στέλλεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ παν- of our Lord Jesus Christ, [that] *withdraw lye from every TOC ἀδελφοῦ ἀτάκτως περιπατοῦντος, καὶ μὴ κατὰ τὴν brother disorderly 1walking, and not according to the παράδοσιν ἣν “παρέλαβεν" παρ᾽ ἡμῶν. 7 αὐτοὶ. γὰρ οἴδατε tradition which hereceived from _ us, For *yourselves +ye know πῶς δεῖ μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς: ὅτι οὐκ.ἠτακτήσαμεν how it behoves [you] to imitate us, because we behaved not disorderly ? ey Bas ? δὲ ὃ BY » :] ’ ’ Ρ ? 3} ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ οὐδὲ δωρεὰν ἄρτον ἐφάγομεν παρά τινος, Ῥάλλ among you; nor fornought bread did weeat from anyone; but ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ, “νύκτα Kai ἡμέραν" ἐργαζόμενοι, πρὸς TO in labour and _ toil, night and day working, for μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα vey" 9 οὐχ Ort οὐκ.ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, not to be burdensome to anyone of you. Not that wehavenot authority, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἑαυτοὺς τύπον δῶμεν ὑμῖν εἰς TO μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς. but that ourselves a pattern we might give to you for to imitate us. 10 καὶ. γὰρ Ore ἦμεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς τοῦτο παρηγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν, For also when we were with you this we charged you, e ” > , ? ΄ A ? , ? Ud Ore εἴ τις οὐ.θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω. 11 ἀκούομεν that if anyone doesnot wish to work, neither let him eat. *We “hear γάρ τινας περιπατοῦντας ἐν ὑμῖν ἀτάκτως, μηδὲν ἐργαζο- ‘for some are walking among you disorderly, not at all work- μένους, ἀλλὰ περιεργαζομένους. 12 τοῖς.δὲ. τοιούτοις παραγ- ing, but being busy bodies. Now such we γέλλομεν καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν "did τοῦ.κυρίου.-ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ charge and exhort by our Lord Jesus f — ὑμᾶς (read [you]) LrTTraw. [L]tTra. received Ltr. k + [καὶ ἐποιήσατε! ye did x. 2 — ἡμῶν (read the Lord) [L]a. P ἀλλὰ Tr. Ε ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ LTTrAW. 46 GedsGodL. i— ὑμῖν 1 — καὶ [1]1{{τ]. m + τὴν the GLTTraw. ° παρελάβοσαν they received GATW ; παρελάβετε ye ᾳ νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας LTTr. ‘* ev κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ χριστῷ in [the] Lord Jesus Christ LTTra. 1. ΤΥ Tylpne.0, TE. χριστοῦ," iva μετὰ ἡσυχίας ἐργαζόμενοι, τὸν ἑαυτῶν ἄρτον Christ, that with quietness working, their own bread ἐσθίωσιν. 18 ὑμεῖς.δέ, ἀδελφοί, pn-Séxkaxnonre! καλοποιοῦν- they may eat. But ye, brethren, donot lose heart [in] well-doing, τες. 14 εἰδὲ τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ. λόγῳ.ἡμῶν διὰ τῆς ἐπι- But if anyone obey not our word by the epis- στολῆς. τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε ἱκαὶ" Yun .συναναμίγνυσθε" αὐτῷ, tle, *that (*man) ‘mark and associate net with him, ἵνα ἐντραπῇῆ ὀ 18 καὶ μὴ we ἐχθρὸν ἡγεῖσθε, ἀλλὰ that he may be ashamed ; and not as anenemy esteem [him], but ~ « , ~ > , νουθετεῖτε ὡς ἀδελφόν. 16 αὐτὸς. δὲ ὁ κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης admonish [him]as a brother. But *himself the *Lord *of Speace , ς « \ Siege: \ 5 ? \ ow , Ι « δῴη ὑμῖν τὴν εἰρήνην διὰ παντὸς ty παντὶ “τρόπῳ." ὁ ‘may give you peace continually in every way. The κύριος μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. Lord [be] with all you. 17 Ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ. ἐμῃῇ.χειρὶ Παύλου, 0 ἐστιν σημεῖον The salutation *by*my([°own]*hand ‘of?Paul, which is [the] sign 1) l? ? ~ .“ ’ € ’ ~ / € ~ ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ" οὕτως γράφω. 18 1) χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν in every epistle ; so I write. The grace of our Lord ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. "ἀμήν." Jesus Christ [be] with all you, Amen, YIIpoc Θεσσαλονικεῖς δευτέρα ἐγράφη ἀπὸ ᾿Αθηνῶν." ?To [86] *Thessalonians ‘second written from Athens. 039 sus Christ, that with quietness they work, and eat their own bread. 13 But ye, bre- thren, be not weary in well doing. 14 And if any man obey not our word by this epistle, note that man, and have no company with him, that he may be ashamed, 15 Yet count him not as an enemy, but admonishhim as a brother. 16 Now the Lord of peace himself give you peace always by all means. Θ Lord be with you all. 17 The salutation of Paul with mine own hand, which is the to- ken in every epistle: so I write. 18 The grace of our Lord Je- sus Christ be with you all. Amen. Ἢ ΠΡῸΣ TIMOOEON EIMSTOAH ΠΡΩΤΗ:" THE STO *TIMOTHY 2EPISTLE ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος Ὁ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ κατ᾽ ἐπιταγὴν Paul, apostle of Jesus Christ according to [the] command θεοῦ σωτῆρος.ἡμῶν, καὶ “κυρίους “Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" τῆς and of [the] Lord Jesus Christ γνησίῳ τέκνῳ ἐν πίστει" χάρις, in of God our Saviour, ἐλπίδος. ἡμῶν, Τιμοθέῳ our hope, to Timotheus, [my] true child faith ; grace, >’ ’, A ~ A c ~ ‘ ~ ? ~ ἔλεος, εἰρηνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς. “ἡμῶν" Kai χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ mercy, peace, from God our Father and Christ Jesus τοῦ κυρίου.ἡ μῶν. our Lord. 3 Καθὼς παρεκάλεσά σε προσμεῖναι ἐν ᾿Ἔφέσῳ, Even as I besought thee toremain in Ephesus, [when I was] πορευόμενος εἰς Μακεδονίαν, ἵνα παραγγείλῃς τισὶν μὴ going to Macedonia, that thou mightest charge some not ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖν, 4 μηδὲ προσέχειν μύθοις Kai γενεαλογίαις to teach other doctrines, nor togive heed to fables and ?cenealogies ? ΄ uv f , Π , αλλ A g ᾽ ὦ. ἀπεράντοις, αἵτινες ἰζητήσεις" παρέχουσιν μᾶλλον ἢ ϑοίκονο linterminable, which *questionings 1pring rather than ?adminis- μίαν" θεοῦ τὴν ἐν πίστει" 5 τὸ. δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας tration 'God’s which [15] πὰ faith. But the end of the charge ‘FIRST. PAUL, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the commandment of God our Saviour, and Lord Jesus Christ, which is our hope; 2 unto Timothy, my own son in the faith: Grace, mercy, and peace, from God our Father and Jesus Christ our Lord. 3 AsI besought thee to abide still at Ephe- sus, when I went into Macedonia, that thou mightest charge some that they teach no other doctrine, 4 nei- ther give heed to fables and endless genealo- gies, which minister questions, rather than godly edifying which is in faith: so do. 5 Now the end of the commandment is cha- t καὶ LTTrA. 5 éy- LTTrAW. yy x — αμὴν ΤΊτΑ. with LTra. W τόπῳ place L. σαλονικεῖς β΄ TrA. ἡ μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι not to associate yourselves Υ — the subscription GLTw ; Πρὸς Θεσ- 5 + Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of the Apostle Paul Ε ; + Παύλου 6; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον a’ LTTrAW. ς — κυρίου GLTTrAW. Ὁ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ TTrAW. ; f ἐκζητήσεις TTr. (read [the]) Lrtraw. 4 χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ GLTTrAW. 8 οἰκοδομίαν building up Ε. ° — ἡμῶν ὅ40 rity out of a pure heart, and of a good conscience, and of faith unfeigned:6 from which some having swerved have turned aside unto vain jang- ling ; 7 desiring to be teachers of the law; understanding neither what they say, nor whereof they affirm. 8 But we know that the law is good, if a man use it lawfully; 9 knowing this, that the law is not made for a righteous man, but for the lawless and disobedient, for the ungodly and for sinners, for unholy and profane, for mur- derers of fathers and murderers of mothers, for manslayers, 10 for whoremongers, for them that defile them- selves with mankind, for menstealers, for liars, for perjured persons, and if there be any other thing that is contrary to sound doctrine ; 11 according to the glorious gospel of the blessed God, which was committed to m trust. 12 And I thank Christ Jesus our Lord, who hath enabled me, for that he counted me faithful, putting me into the ministry ; 13 who was before a pblasphemer, and a per- secutor, and injurious: but I obtained mercy, because I did ἐξ igno- Trantly in unbelief. 14 And the grace of our Lord was exceed- ing abundant with faith and love which is in Christ Jesus, 15 This is a faithful saying, and worthy of all acceptation, that Christ Jesus came into the world to save sin- ners; of whom I am chief. 16 Howbeit for this cause I obtained mercy, thatin me first Jesus Christ might shew forth all long- suffering, for a pat- tern to them which should hereafter be- lieve on him to life Υ ᾿Ιησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ.ἡμῶν, Ore πιστόν με ἡγήσατο, θέμενος ΤΡ OS TIM OOCE ON, A. I. ἐστὶν ἀγάπη ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας καὶ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς is love outof “pure 2a heart and a “conscience good καὶ πίστεως avuToKpirov' 6 ὧν τινες ἀστοχήσαντες, and faith unfeigned ; from which some, having missed the mark, ἐξετράπησαν εἰς ματαιολογίαν, 7 θέλοντες εἶναι νομοδιδάσ-- turned aside to vain talking, wishing tobe law-teachers, καλοι, μὴ νοοῦντες μήτε ἃ λέγουσιν, μήτε περὶ τίνων understanding neither what they say, nor concerning what διαβεβαιοῦνται. 8 οἴδαμεν.δὲ ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος, ἐάν τις they strongly affirm. Now we know that good [15] 8 law, if anyone αὐτῷ νομίμως Ἐχρῆται," 9 εἰδὼς τοῦτο, ὅτι δικαί it JJawfully use, knowing this, that for a righteous [one] νόμος οὐ.κεῖται, ἀνόμοις.δὲ καὶ ἀνυποτάκτοις, ἀσεβέσιν law is not enacted, but for lawless and insubordinate [ones], for [the] ungodly καὶ ἁμαρτωλοῖς, ἀνοσίοις καὶ βεβήλοις, ἱπατραλῴαις" and sinful, for [the] unholy and profane, for smiters of fathers καὶ ‘uynrpargac," ἀνδροφόνοις, 10 πόρνοις, ἀρσενο- and smiters of mothers; forslayers of man, fornicators, abusers of them- κοίταις, ἀνδραποδισταῖς, Ψψεύσταις, ἐπιόρκοις, καὶ εἴ selves with men, men-stealers, liars, perjurers, and if τι ἕτερον TH ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀντίκειται, 11 κατὰ any *thing ‘other to sound teaching is opposed, according to TO εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ μακαρίου θεοῦ, ὃ ἐπιστεύ- the gladtidings ofthe glory ofthe blessed God, which “was %entrusted θην ἐγώ. 12 ἱκαὶ! χάριν ἔχω τῷ ἐνδυναμώσαντί με χριστῷ ‘with Ὁ. And I thank him who strengthened me, Christ εἰς Jesus our Lord, that faithful me he esteemed, appointing [me] to διακονίαν. 18 ™rov' πρότερον ὄντα βλάσφημον καὶ διώκτην 3 ρ i} 7) service, *previously *being ablasphemer and persecutor ‘ 4 7 O ΠῚ ? Ww’ ll ? λ ΄ Q oe ? ~ ? ΄ καὶ ὑβριστήν" °a ἠἡλεηθην, OTL ἀγνοῶν ἑἕποίησα and insolent ; but lIwasshewn mercy, because being ignorant I did ἐν ἀπιστίᾳ" 14 ὑπερεπλεόνασεν δὲ ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν [10] in unbelief, But superabounded the grace of our Lord μετὰ πίστεως Kai ἀγάπης τῆς ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. 15 πιστὸς with faith and love which [is}in Christ Jesus, Faithful ὁ λόγος Kai πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος, ὅτι χριστὸς ᾿Ιησοῦς [15] the word, and ofall acceptation worthy, that Christ Jesus ἦλθεν εἰς TOY κόσμον ἁμαρτωλοὺς σῶσαι, ὧν πρῶτός came into 6 world sinners to save, of whom [the] first ? ? ’ ? ‘ : “ ᾽ , a ? ? " εἰμι ἐγώ. 16 ἀλλὰ διὰ. τοῦτο ἠλεήθην, ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ “am 18 But for this reason I was shewn mercy, that in me, [the] πρώτῳ ἐνδείξηται P Inoov¢ χριστὸς" τὴν πᾶσαν" μακρο- first, ‘might *shew *forth 1Jesus “Christ the whole long- θυμίαν, πρὸς ὑποτύπωσιν τῶν μελλόντων πιστεύειν ἐπ᾽ suffering, for adelineation of those being about to believe on αὐτῷ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 17 τῷ.δὲ βασιλεῖ τῶν αἰώνων, him to life eternal. Nowtothe King of the ages, [the] ἀφθάρτῳ, ἀοράτῳ, μόνῳ "σοφῷ" θεῷ, τιμὴ Kai δόξα εἰς τοὺς oe eae! eae incorruptible, invisible, only wise God, honour and glory to the . . ss I~ ~ x7 ? , ’ ‘ ,ὔ immortal, invisible, αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 18 ταύτην τὴν παραγγελίαν the only wise God, be ages ofthe ages Amen This charge honour and glory for / 2 ᾿ ᾽ Ἶ ᾿ y . ἣ ever andever. Amen. παρατίθεμαί σοι, τέκνον Τιμόθεε, κατὰ τὰς προ- 18 This charge I com- 1 commit to thee, [my] child Timotheus, according to the ‘going h χρήσηται L. i πατρολῴαις LYTrA. K μητρολῴαις LTTrA. ἰ -- καὶ LTTrA. m 70 LTTrA. n + με me (being) 1,. ο ἀλλὰ LITrAW. Ρ χριστὸς ᾿Ιησοῦς Lira. 4 ἅπασαν LTTrAW. ¥ — σοφῷ GLTTrAW. I, Il. I TIMOTHY. ayovoac ἐπί σε προφητείας, ἵνα “στρατεύῃ' ἐν αὐταῖς τὴν “before 245 ἴο *thee “prophecies, that thoumightest warby them the καλὴν στρατείαν, 19 ἔχων πίστιν καὶ ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν, good warfare, holding faith and “good 1a conscience ; i τινες ἀπωσάμενοι, περὶ THY πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν᾽ ἣν which [conscience] some, having cast away, as to faith made shipwreck ; 20 ὧν ἐστιν Ὑμέναιος καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρος, οὺς παρέδωκα τῷ of whom are Hymenzus and Alexander, whom I delivered up σατανᾷ, ἵνα παιδευθῶσιν μὴ βλασφημεῖν. to Satan, that they may be disciplined not to blaspheme. 2 Παρακαλῶ οὖν πρῶτον πάντων ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, I exhort therefore, first of all, to be made supplications, προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας, ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀνθρώ- prayers, intereessions, thanksgivings, for all men ; πων, 2 ὑπὲρ βασιλέων καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐν ὑπεροχῇ ὄντων; for kings and all that in dignity are, iva ἤρεμον Kai ἡσύχιον βίον διάγωμεν ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ that atranquil and quiet life wemaylead in all piety and σεμνότητι" 3 TovToyao' καλὸν Kai ἀποδεκτὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ gravity ; for this [15] good and acceptable before σωτῆρος. ἡμῶν θεοῦ, 4 ὃς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι our Saviour God, who 231] Smen 4wishes to be saved καὶ εἰς ἐκίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν. ὃ εἷς. γὰρ θεός, εἷς.καὶ and *to *knowlkedge ‘of [5086] 7truth 'to*come. For *one ‘God (*is], and one μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἄνθρωπος χριστὸς ᾿ἰη- [the] mediater of God and men, {the} man Christ Je- cove, 6 ὁ δοὺς ἑαυτὸν ἀντίλυτρον ὑπὲρ πάντων. “τὸ pap- ΒΒ, who gave himself a ransom for all, the tes- τύριον᾽" καιροῖς ἰδίοις, 7 εἰς ὃ ἐτέθην ἐγὼ timony [to be rendered] 1 *times ‘its *own, to which “was *appointed +I κήρυξ Kai ἀπόστολος" ἀλήθειαν λέγω *év χριστῷ," οὐ a herald and apostle, ({the} truth I speak in Christ, “not , - , ? ~ > , " > ΄ ψεύδομαι. διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν, ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ. ἢ 940 lie,) ateacher of[the]nations, in faith and truth. 8 Βούλομαι οὖν προσεὔχεσθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας ἔν παντὶ τόπῳ, Iwill therefore 3to “pray the 7men in every place, ἐπαίροντας ὑσίους χεῖρας χωρὶς ὀργῆς Kai διαλογισμοῦ" lifting up holy hands apart from wrath and reasoning. 9 ὡσαύτως “καὶ Yrac' γυναῖκας ἐν καταστολῇ κοσμίῳ μετὰ In like manner also’ the women in *enise tseemly with αἰδοῦς Kai σωφροσύνης κοσμεῖν ἑαυτάς, μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν, modesty and discreetness toadorn themselves, not with plaitings, τῇ! χρυσῷ," ἢ μαργαρίταις, ἢ ἱματισμῷ πολυτελεῖ, 10 add’! or gold, or pearls, or *clothing costly, but «᾿ ͵ ‘ ? , , a? ὃ πρέπει γυναιξὶν ἐπαγγελλομέναις θεοσέβειαν, δι what is becoming to women professing (the) fear of God, by ἔργων ἀγαθῶν. 11 Tum ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ μανθανέτω ἐν πάσῳ “works “good, *A °woman 7in ‘quietness “let “learn in all € ae 9c ‘ δὲ ὃ Ν᾿,’ TT ? ? , ὑδὲ ᾽ ὑποταγῇ᾽ 12 “γυναικὶ.δὲ διδάσκειν" οὐκ. ἐπιτρέπω, οὐδὲ: αὐ- but awoman ἴο teach I do not allow, nor to exercise ἀνδρός, “ἀλλ᾽: εἶναι ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ. 13 ᾿Αδὰμ.γὰρ man, but tobe in quietness; for Adam πρῶτος ἐπλάσθη, εἶτα Eva. 14 καὶ ᾿Αδὰμ οὐκ-ἠπατήθη" ἡ.δὲ first was formed, then Eve: and Adam was not deceived ; but the subjection ; θεντεῖν authority over t — yap for LTTr. ν — τὸ μαρτύριον L. Σ — τὰς LITrAW. 2 καὶ and LTTra. ἃ ἀλλὰ Lrr. 5 στρατεύσῃ Tir. * — καὶ LI[Tr]. © διδάσκειν δὲ γυναικὶ ΤΎΤΑ. 641 mit unto thee, son Ti- mothy, xccording τὸ the prophecies whics went before on thee, that thou by them mightest war a good warfare; 19 holding faith, and a good con- science; which some having put away con- cerning faith have made shipwreck : 20 of whom is Hymenzus and Alexander ; whom 1 have delivered unto Satan, that they may learn not to blas- pheme. Il. I exhort there- fore, that, first of al}, supplications, prayers, intercessions, and giv- ing of thanks, be made for all men; 2 for kings, and jor all that are in authority ; that we may lead a quiet and peaceable life in all godliness and ho- nes 3 For this ts good and acceptable in the sight of God our Saviour; 4 who will have all men to be saved, and to come unto the knowledge of the truth. 5 For there is one God, and one mediator between God and men, the man Christ Jesus; 6 whe gave himself a ransom for all, to be testified in due time. 7 Where- unto Il am ordained a preacher, and an apo- stle, (I speak the truth in Christ, and lienot ;) a teacher of the Gen- tiles in faith and ve- rity. 3 i will therefore that men pray every where, lifting up holy hands, without wrath and doubting. 9 In like manner also, that women adorn them- selves in modest ap- parel, with shamefac- edness and sobriety ; not with broided hair, or gold, or pearls, or costly array; 10 but (which becometh wo- men professing godli- ness) with good works. 11 Let the woman learn in silence with all subjection. 12 But I suffer not 3 Woman to teach, nor to usurp authority over ithe man, but to be in si- lence. 13 For Adam was first formed, then Eve. 14 And Adam was not deceived, bnt w — ἐν χριστῷ GLTTraw. *® xpvotw L. Ὁ ἀλλὰ Ww, 542 the woman being de- ceived was in the transgression, 15 Not- withstanding she shall be saved in childbear- ing, if they continue in faith and charity and holiness with so- briety. Ill. This is a true saying, If a man de- sire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work. 2 A bishop then must be blame- less, the husband of one wife, vigilant, so- ber, of good behaviour, given to hospitality, apt to teach; 3 not given to wine, no striker, not greedy of filthy lucre; but pa- tient, not a brawler, not covetous; 4 one that ruleth well his own house, having his children in sub- jection with all gra- vity; 5 (forif a man know not how torule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God?) 6 not a novice, lest being lifted up with pride he fall into the condemnation of the devil. 7 Moreover he must have a good re- port of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil. 8 Likewise must the deacons be grave, not doubletongued, not given to much wine, not greedy of filthy lucre; 9 holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience, 10 And let these also first be proved ; then let them use the of- fice of a deacon, be- ing found blameless. 11 Even so must their wives be grave, not slanderers,sober,faith- ful in all things. 12 Let the deacons be the husbands of one wife, ruling their children and their own houses well. 13 For they that have used the office of a deacon well pur- chase to themselves a good degree, and great boldness in the faith which is in Christ Je- sus. 14 These things write I unto thee, hoping to come unto thee short- ly: 15 but if I tarry long, that thou mayest ΠΡΟΣ TIMOOEON 4A. IT, MT: γυνὴ “ἀπατηθεῖσα' ἐν παραβάσει yeyovey’ 15 σωθήσεται. δὲ woman, having been deceived, in transgression has become. But she shall be saved διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας, ἐὰν μείνωσιν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ through the childbearing, if theyabide in faith and love καὶ ἁγιασμῷ μετὰ σωφροσύνης. and sanctification with discreetness, 9 Πιστὸξ ὁ λόγος" εἴ τις ἐπισκοπῆς ὀρέγεται, Faithful [is]the word: if any “overseership ‘stretches *forward *to καλοῦ ἔργου ἐπιθυμεῖ. 2 δεῖ οὖν τὸν ἐπίσκοπον favemi- of 7good 4a work heis desirous. It behoves then the overseer irreproach- ληπτον" εἶναι, μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα, δνηφάλεον," σώφρονα, able tobe, 70f “one *wife thusband, sober, discreet, κόσμιον, φιλόξενον, διδακτικόν" 3 μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην, decorous, hospitable, apt to teach; not given to wine, not astriker, h cy 2 on N i YAN’! 2 ~ » ? ir ΄ a py aloxpoKepon, ‘a ἐπιεικῆ; ἄμαχον, ἀαφιλάργυρον not greedy of base gain, but gentle, not contentious, not loving money; 4 τοῦ. ἰδίου.οἴκου καλῶς προϊστάμενον, τέκνα ἔχοντα ἐν his own house well ruling, {his] children having in ὑποταγῇ μετὰ πάσης σεμνότητος" 5 εἰ.δὲ τις τοῦ ἰδίου.οἴκου subjection with all gravity ; (but if one his own house προστῆναι οὐκ.οἶδεν, πῶς ἐκκλησίας θεοῦ ἐπιμελήσεται ; {how] torule knows not, how ([thejassembly of God shall hetake care of ἢ) 6 μὴ νεόφυτον, van τυφωθεὶς εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ ποῦ a novice, lest being puffed up, into[the] crime *he °may ‘fall τοῦ διαβόλου. 7 δεῖ.δὲ Καὐτὸν" καὶ μαρτυρίαν καλὴν 10Ὲ 386 devil. But it behoves him also a testimony ‘good ἔχειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν, ivan εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ Kai to have from those without, lest into reproach he may fall and [the] παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου. 8 Διακόνους ὡσαύτως σεμνούς, μὴ snare ofthe devil Those who serve, inlike manner, grave, not διλόγους, μὴ οἴνῳ πολλῷ προσέχοντας, μὴ αἰσχροκερδεῖς, double-tongued, not to*wine ‘much given, not greedy of base gain, 9 ἔχοντας TO μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει. holding the mystery ofthe faith in “pure 1a conscience. 10 καὶ. οὗτοι.δὲ δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον, εἶτα διακονείτωσαν, And these also let them be proved first, then let them serve, ἀνέγκλητοι ὄντες. 11 γυναῖκας ὡσαύτως σεμνάς, μὴ δια- *animpeachable *being. Women inlike manner grave, not slan- βόλους, ἱνηφαλέους," πιστὰς ἐν πᾶσιν. 12 διάκονοι ἔστω- derers, sober, faithful in allthings. *Those *who “serve let σαν μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρες, τέκνων καλῶς προϊστάμενοι 5be 7of%one wife ‘husbands, [᾿ὑΠ 617] Schildren 7*well °rnling καὶ τῶν ἰδίων οἴκων. 13 οἱ. γὰρ καλῶς διακονήσαντες, βαθμὸν and theirown houses. For those well having served, a *degree ἑαυτοῖς καλὸν περιποιοῦνται, Kai πολλὴν παῤῥησίαν ἐν *for *themselves *good acquire, and much boldness in πίστει TH ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. faith which[is]in Christ Jesus. 14 Ταῦτά σοι γράφω, ἐλπίζων ἐλθεῖν πρός σε τάχιον" These thingstotheeI write, hoping tocome to thee more quickly; 15 tav.dé Boadivw, ἵνα εἰδῇς πῶς δεῖ ἔν but if I should delay, that thou mayest know how it behoves [one] in [the] οἴκῳ θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία θεοῦ house of God to conduct oneself, which is [the] assembly of *God [86] © ἐξαπατηθεῖσα LTTrAW. αἰσχροκερδὴ GLTTrAW. νηφαλίους EGLTTrAW. ἀνεπίλημπτον LTTrA. & νηφάλιον EGLTTrAW. i ἀλλὰ LTTr. « — αὐτὸν (read δεῖ it is necessary) LTTrA. τὰ ἐν τάχει quickly Ltr. h— μὴ ΤΠ. Po PPMwo TH ¥. ζῶντος, στῦλος Kai ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας. 16 Kai ὁμολο- ieee pee and base ofthe truth. And confes- γουμένως μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον. "θεὸς" sedly gecee is the 308 *piety eg ee God ἐφανερώθη ἔν σαρκί, ἐδικαιώθη ἐν πνεύματι, WhOn ay- was manifested in flesh, wasjustified in [the] Spirit, was seen by γέλοις, ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν, ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ, angels, was proclaimed among [the] nations, was believed on in [the] world, οἀνελήφθη" ἐν δόξῃ. wasreceivedup in glory. 4 Τὸ. δὲ πνεῦμα ῥητῶς λέγει, OTe ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς ἀπο- Butthe Spirit expressly speaks, that in latter times shall στήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως, προσέχοντες πνεύμασιν πλάνοις *depart *from ‘some the faith, giving heed to’spirits ‘deceiving καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων, and teachings of demons in hypocrisy of speakers of lies, ΡῬκεκαυτηριασμένων" τὴν. ἰδίαν συνείδησιν, 3 κωλυόντων being cauterized [as to] their own conscience, forbidding γᾶμ: μεῖν, ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων, ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἔκτισεν εἰς Ὁ marry, [bidding] to abstain from meats, which God _ created for «μετάληψιν" μετὰ εὐχαριστίας τοῖς πιστοῖς Kai ἐπεγνωκόσιν reception with thanksgiving forthe faithful and who know τὴν ἀλήθειαν. 4 ὅτι πᾶν κτίσμα θεοῦ καλόν, Kai οὐδὲν the truth. Because every creature of God[is] good, and nothing ἀπόβλητον, μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον" 5 ἁγιάζεται to be rejected, with thanksgiving being received ; "it *is *sanctified yap διὰ λόγου θεοῦ καὶ ἐντεύξεως. 6 Ταῦτα ὑὕὑποτι- ‘for by ποτὰ ‘God’s and intercourse [with him]. These things laying θέμενος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς: καλὸς ἔσ διάκονος *Inoov before the brethren, good *thou >wilt ®*be ‘a%servant of Jesus χριστοῦ," ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς ist, being nourished with the words ofthe faith, and of the καλῆς διδασκαλίας ἢ παρηκολούθηκας. 7 Τοὺς. δὲ βεβήλους good teaching which thou hast closely followed. Butthe profane Kai γρὰώδεις μύθους παραιτοῦ" γύμναζε.δὲ σεαυτὸν πρὸς and old wives’ fables refuse, but exercise thyself to εὐσέβειαν 8 ἡ.γὰρ.σωματικὴ γυμνασία πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν piety ; for bodily exercise for a little is ὠφέλιμος" ἡ.δὲ. εὐσέβεια πρὸς πάντα ὠφέλιμός ἐστιν, ἐπαγγε- profitable, but piety for everything peers tis, pro- λίαν ἔχουσα ζωῆς τῆς νῦν καὶ ελλούσης. mise having of life, of that which [is]now and of that Φ 5 ts) coming. 9 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος Kai πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος. 10 εἰς.τοῦτο.γὰρ Faithful [15]}}6 word and ofall ΒΟΟΟΡΊΒΌΟΝ worthy ; for, for this ‘kai κοπιῶμεν καὶ 'ὀνειδιζόμεθα,, ὅτι ἠλπίκαμεν ἐπὶ θεῷ both welabour 888. are ἘΘΒΕΘΒΌΠΘΙ, because we have hope in 8. 7?God ζῶντι, ὅς ἐστιν σωτὴρ πάντων ἀνθρώπων, μάλιστα πιστῶν. ‘living, who is Preserver ofall men, specially of believers. 11 Παράγγελλε ταῦτα καὶ δίδασκε. 12 J σου τῆς Charge these things and __ teach. No *one *thy νεότητος καταφρονείτω, ἀλλὰ τύπος γίνου THY πιστῶν ἐν Syouth let *despise, but a Se be of the believers in λόγῳ, ἐν ἀναστροφῇ; ἐν Ὁ ὍΛΩΝ ἐν πνεύματι," ἐν πίστει, word, in conduct, in love, in{the) Spirit, in faith, ο ἀνελήμφθη Bete ae — καὶ LTTr[A 4s who GLTITraw. LTTra. x : χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTraw. ν - ἐν πνεύματι GLTTraw. Ρ κεκαυστηριασμένων TTr. 543 know how thou ought- est to behave thyself in the house of God, which is the church of the living God, the pillar and: ground of the truth. 16 And with- out controversy great is the mystery of. god- liness : God was Imani- fest in the flesh, jus- tified in the Spirit, seen of angels, preach- ed unto the Gentiles, believed on in the world, received up in- to glory. IV. Now the Spirit speaketh _ expressly, that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils; 2 speaking lies in hy- pocrisy ; haying their conscience seared with a hot iron; 3 for- bidding to marry, and commanding to abstain from meats, which God hath created to be received with thanks- giving of them which believe and know the truth. 4 For every creatureof God is good, and nothing to be re- fused, if it be received with thanksgiving : 5 for it is sanctified by the word of God and prayer. 6 If thou put the brethren in re- membrance of these things, thou shalt bea good minister of Jesus Christ, nourished up in the words of faith and of good doctrine, whereunto thou hast attained. 7 But re- fuse profane and old wives’ fables, and ex- ercise thyself rather unto godliness. 8 For bodily exercise profit- eth little: but godliness is profitable unto all things, having promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come. 9 This is a faithful saying and worthy of all accepta- tion. 10 For therefore we both labour and suffer reproach, be- cause we trust in the living God, who is the Saviour of all men, specially of those that believe. 11 These things cemmand and teach, 12 Let no man despise thy youth; but be thou an example of the be- lievers, in word, in 4 μετάλημψιν t ἀγωνιζόμεθα we combat Lrtr 544 conversation, in cna- rity, in spirit, infaith, in purity. 13 Till I come, give attendance to reading, to exhor- tation, to doctrine. 14 Neglect not the gift that is in thee, which was given thee by pro- phecy, with the laying on of the hands of the presbytery. 15 Medi- tate upon these things; give thyself wholly to them ; that thy profit- ing may appear to all. 16 Take heed unto thyself, and unto the doctrine; continue in them: for in doing this thou shalt both save thyself,and them that hear thee. Vv. Rebuke not an elder, but intreat him as a father; and the younger men as bre- thren; 2 the elder women as mothers; the younger as Sis- ters, with all purity. 3 Honour widows that are widows indeed. 4 But if any widow have children or ne- phews, let them learn first to shew piety at home, and to requite their parents : for that is good and acceptable before God. 5 Now she that is a widow indeed, and desolate, trusteth in God, and continueth in suppli- cations and prayers night and day. 6 But she that liveth in pleasure is dead while she liveth. 7 And these things give in charge, that they may be blameless. 8 But if any provide not for bis own, and specially for those of his own house, he hath denied the faith, and is worse than an infidel. 9 Let uot a widow be taken into the number under threescore years old, having been the wife of one man, 10 well reported of for good works; if she have brought up child- ren, if she have lodged strangers, if she have washed the saints’ feet, if she have relieved the afflicted, if she have diligently followed every good work. 11 But the younger widows re- fuse : for when they have begun to wax Me Oey ht LEMEORGFEVOIN: FA: HV VV. ev ἁγνείᾳ. 13 ἕως ἔρχομαι. πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ Tapa- in purity. Till lIcome, give heed to reading, to exhor- κλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ. 14 μὴ.ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος, tation, to teaching. Be not negligent of the 7in *thee gift, ὃ ἐδόθη σοι which was given ἕο thee through prophecy ρῶν τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου. 15 ταῦτα of the elderhood. These things meditate on, in ἵνα σου ἡ-προκοπὴ φανερὰ gy Vey" πᾶσιν. that thy advancement manifest maybe among _ all. σεαυτῷ Kai διδασκαλίᾳ: ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς τοῦτο. γὰρ to thyself and tothe teaching; continue in them; for this ποιῶν. καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου. doing, both thyself thou Βῃδ] βᾶυθ and those that hear thee, , ’ ΄ὔ΄ ΄ 5 Πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ.ἐπιπλήξῃς, ἀλλὰ παρακάλει ὡς An elder do not sharply rebuke, but exhort {him] as πατέρα" νεωτέρους ὡς ἀδελφούς" 2 πρεσβυτέρας ὡς a father ; younger [menjas_ brethren; elder (women) as , , e , , , , μητέρας" νεωτέρας ὡς ἀδελφάς, ἐν πάσῃ ἁγνείᾳ. 3 χήρας mothers; younger as sisters, with all purity. Widows τίμα τὰς ὄντως χήρας. 4 εἰ.δέ τις χήρα τέκνα ἢ ἔκγονα *honour that [816] indeed ‘widows; Ὀπὺ 1 any widow “children *or*descendants ἔχει, μανθανέτωσαν πρῶτον τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβεῖν, καὶ *have, let them learn first [asto] theirown house tobe pious, and ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς.προγόνοις" τοῦτο.γάρ ἐστιν "καλὸν Srecompense ᾽ΐο ὝΘΠαΘ ἴο [{Π6]}} parents ; for this is good καὶ" ἀποδεκτὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. 5 ἡ.δὲ ὄντως χήρα and acceptable before God. Now she who [is] *indeed 1a *widow, Kai μεμονωμένη ἤλπικεν ἐπὶ Yrov' θεόν, καὶ προσμένει ταῖς and left alone, has [her] hope in God, and _ continues δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς νυκτὸς Kai ἡμέρας" 6 ἡ.δὲ διὰ προφητείας μετὰ ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χει- with laying on of the hands μελέτα, ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι" them be, 16 ἔπεχε Give heed in supplications and prayers night and day. αὖ 586 that σπαταλῶσα, ζῶσα τέθνηκεν. ἢ Kai ταῦτα παράγγελλε, lives in self-gratification, living is dead. And these things charge, 8 εἰδὲ τις τῶν ἰδίων Kai μάλιστα ἵκγα Σἀνεπίληπτοι' ὦσιν. Butifanyone higown and specially that irreproachable they may be. δγῶν" οἰκίων οὐῬπρονοεῖ." τὴν πίστιν ἤρνηται, Kat {his] household does not provide for, the faith he has denied, and ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων. 9 Χήρα καταλεγέσθω μὴ is “than 7an *unbeliever *worse. ®A 7widow ‘let be put on the list *not ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα γεγονυῖα, ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή, 10 ἐν 31655 *than *years Ssixty *being, ofone man wife, in ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρουμένη! εἰ ἐτεκνοτρόφησεν, εἰ ἐξενο- 2works ‘good being borne witness to, if she brought up children, if she enter- δόχησεν, εἰ ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν, εἰ θλιβομένοις ἐπήρ- tained strangers, if saints’ feet she washed, if to the oppressed she impart- κεσεν, εἰ παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ ἐπηκολούθησεν. 11 Newrépac.dé edrelief, if every *work ‘good she followed after. But younger χήρας παραιτοῦ" ὕταν.γὰρ ςκαταστρηνιάσωσιν" τοῦ widows refuse ; for when they may have grown wanton against χριστοῦ, γαμεῖν θέλουσιν, 12 ἔχουσαι κρίμα ὅτι τὴν Christ, to marry they wish, having judgment because [their] πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν. 13 ἅμα.δὲ καὶ ἀργαὶ μανθά- first faith they cast off. And withal also [to be] idle they ~ — ἐν (read πᾶσιν to all) LTTraw. : ἀνεπίλημπτοι LTTrA. Υ — τὸν [L]t. ς καταστρηνιάσουσιν X — Ἦ καλὸν καὶ GLTTrAW, & — τῶν LTTr[A]. Ὁ προνοεῖται TTr. they shall grow wanton against A. LE MO Tyo Y. οὐ-.μόνον.δὲ apyai, ἀλλὰ ΜΟΥ͂Ι. I vouol, περιερχόμεναι τὰς οἰκίας" learn, going aboutto the houses; and notonly idle, but καὶ φλύαροι Kai περίεργοι, λαλοῦσαι Ta μὴ.δέοντα. 14 βού- also tattlers and Ee a speaking things [they] ought not. I λομαι οὖν νεωτέρας γαμεῖν, TEKVOYOVELY, οἰκοδεσποτεῖν, will therefore younger [ones] to TDs to bearchildren, to rule the house, meee ἀφορμὴν διδόναι τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ λοιδορίας χάριν. Sno “occasion ‘to 7give tothe Ad TEFEONy 305 *reproach ‘on “account. 15 ἤδη.γάρ τινες ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ σατανᾶ. 16 Εἴ τις For already some areturnedaside after Satan. If any ἁ πιστὸς ἢ" πιστὴ ἔχει χήρας, “ἐπαρκείτω;) αὐ- believing [man] or believing [woman] have midoWs, let him Depart relief to ταῖς, Kai μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία, ἵνα ταῖς ὄντως χήραις them, and not let be burdened the assembly, that tothe 2indeed “widows ἐπαρκέσῃ. it may impart relief. 17 Οἱ καλῶς The ‘well ἀξιούσθωσαν. let be counted worthy, καλίᾳ. 18 λέγει.γὰρ ἡ ing Ξ for says προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι διπλῆς τιμῆς 2who *take “the ®lead lelders of double honour μάλιστα οἱ κοπιῶντες ἐν λόγῳ Kai διδασ- specially, those labouring in word and _ teach- γραφή. 'Boty ἀλοῶντα οὐ φι- τω scripture, An ox treading out corn “ποὺ ‘thou os” e ᾽ ’ὔ’ ~ ~ > ΄« x μώσεις" καί, Αξιος ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ.μισθοῦ. αὐτοῦ. 19 Κατὰ shalt muzzle, and, Worthy [is]the workman of his hire. Against πρεσβυτέρου κατηγορίαν μὴ.παραδέχου, ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ ἐπὶ an elder an mocesstce receive not, unless on Tne testi- δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων. 20 Τοὺς 8 ἁμαρτάνοντας ἐνώπιον pony, of] two or three witnesses. Those that sin "before πάντων ἔλεγχε, ἵνα Kai ot λοιποὶ φόβον ἔ ἔχωσιν. 21 Διαμαρ- Fall 1convict, that also the rest aig: ‘may “have. I Barra! τύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Kai "κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" καὶ testify before God and{the} Lord Jesus Christ and τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων, ἵνα ταῦτα φυλάξῃς χωρὶς the elect angels, that these things thou shouldest keep, apart from προκρίματος, μηδὲν ποιῶν κατὰ ἱπρόσκλισιν." prejudice, eel doing by partiality. 22 Χεῖρας ταχέως μηδενὶ ἐπιτίθει, μηδὲ κοινώνει ἁμαρτίαις Hands quickly onnoone lay, nor share in sins ἀλλοτρίαις. σεαυτὸν ἁγνὸν τήρει. 23 μηκέτι ὑδροπότει. *adX’! of others. Thyself pure keep. No longer oa water, but οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ διὰ τὸν. στόμαχόν.'σου" καὶ τὰς πυκνάς ρω es 7a little χρῶ on account of thy stomach and *frequent σου ἀσθενείας. 24 Τινῶν ἀνθρώπων ai ἁμαρτίαι πρόδηλοί Eby, infirmities. Of some men the sins manifest εἰσιν, προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν" τισὶν. δὲ Kai ἐπακολουθοῦσιν. are, going before to judgment; andsome also they follow after. 25 woattwo™ καὶ τὰ "καλὰ ἔργα" πρόδηλά οἐστιν καὶ τὰ In like manner also good works manifest are, and those that ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ-Ῥδύναται." otherwise are, *be *hid leannot. 6 Ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι, τοὺς. ἰδίους δεσπότας As many 7as *are ‘under ‘yoke ‘bondmen, their own masters 4 .— πιστὸς ἢ (read ἐπαρ. let her impart relief) trtr[a]. φιμώσεις βοῦν ἀλοῶντα L. s+ δὲ but (those that) L[a]. n k ἀλλὰ LITrA. 1 πρόσκλησιν advocacy L. 2 ἔργα Ta καλὰ LTTrAW. but (in like manner) Lw. P δύνανται LTTrAW. © ἐπαρκείσθω LTTr. χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ LITraw. 1 — σοῦ (read [thy]) Lrtra. ο — ἐστιν LTTrA ; εἰσιν W. δ48 wanton against Christ, they marry; 12 having damnation, because they have east off their first faith. 13 And withal they learn to be idle, wan- dering about from house to house; and not only idle, but tattlers also and busy- bodies,speaking things which they ought not. 14 I will therefore that the younger wo men marry, bear chil- dren, guide the house, give none occasion to the adversary to speak reproachfully. 15 For some are already turn- ed aside after Satan. 16 If any man or wo- man that believeth have widows, let them relieve them, and let not the church be charged; that it may relieve them that are widows indeed. 17 Let the elders that rule well be counted worthy of double honour, espe- cially they who labour in the word and doc- trine. 18 For the scrip- ture saith, Thou shalt not muzzle the ox that treadeth out thecorn, And, The labourer is worthy of his reward. 19 Against an elder receive not an accusa- tion, but before two or three witnesses, 20 Them that sin re- buke before all, that others also may fear. 211 eharge thee before God, and the Lord Je- sus Christ, and the elect angels, that thou observe these things without preferring one before another, doing nothing by partiality. 22 Lay hands sud- denly on no man, nei- ther be partaker of other men’s sins : keep thyself pure. 23 Drink no longer water, but use a little wine for thy stomach’s sake and thine often infir- Iities, 24 Some men’s sing are open before- hand, going before to judgment ; and some men they follow after. 25 Likewise also the good works of some are manifest before- fov m+ δὲ NN 546 hand; and they that are otherwise cannot be hid. VI. Let as many servants as are under the yoke count their own masters worthy of all honour, that the name of God and his doctrine be not blas- [4 phemed. 2°And they that have believing masters, let them not despise them, because they are brethren ; but rather do them ser- vice, because they are faithful and beloved, partakers of the bene- fit. These things teach and exhort. 3 If any man teach otherwise, and consent not to wholesome words, even the words of our Lord Jesus Christ, and to the doctrine which is according to godliness; 4 he isproud, knowing nothing, but doting about questions and strifes of words, whereof cometh envy, strife, railings, evil surmisings, 5 perverse disputings of men of corrupt minds, and destitute of the truth, supposing that gainis godliness: from such withdraw thy- self. 6 But godliness with contentment is great gain. 7 For we brought nothing into this world, and it is certain we can carry nothing out. 8 And having food and rai- ment let us be there- with content. 9 But they that will be rich fall into temptation and asnare, and into many foolish and hurt- ful lusts, which drown men in destruction and perdition. 10 For the love of money is the root of all evil: which while some coveted after, they have erred from the faith, and pierced themselves through with many sorrows. 11 But thou, O man of God, flee these things; and fol- low after righteous- ness, godliness, faith, love, patience, meek- ness. 12 Fight the good fight of faith, lay hold on eternal life, where- unto thou art also call- ed, and hast professed a good profession before many witnesses. 13 I ΡΟΣ VIMO GFE OIN 4A. VI. πάσης τιμῆς ἀξίους ἡγείσθωσαν. ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα Tov θεοῦ ofall honour worthy let themesteem, that not the name of God καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται. 2 οἱ. δὲ πιστοὺς ἔχοντες and the teaching be blasphemed. And they that *believing ‘have δεσπότας, μὴ.καταφρονείτωσαν, ὅτι ἀδελφοί εἰσιν ἀλλὰ masters, let them not despise [them], because brethren they are; but ἄλλον δουλευέτωσαν, OTL πιστοί εἰσιν καὶ ἀγα- rather let them serve [them], because believing [ones] they are and be- πητοὶ οἱ τῆς εὐεργεσίας ἀντιλαμβανόμενοι. ταῦτα δίδασκε loved who ὅθ °good ‘service ‘are *being “helped *by. Thesethings teach καὶ παρακάλει. 3 Et τις ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖ, καὶ 4u)-mpoctoyerat' and exhort. If anyone teaches other doctrine,and draws not near ὑγιαίνουσιν λόγοις τοῖς τοῦ.κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, Kai ?sound 1to words, those of our Lord Jesus Christ, and τῇ κατ᾿ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλίᾳ, 4 τετύφωται, μηδὲν the according *to ‘piety 1teaching, he is puffed up, nothing ἐπιστάμενος, ἀλλὰ νοσῶν περὶ ζητήσεις Kai λογομαχίας, knowing, but sick about questions and disputes of words, ? / , B / , ἐξ ὧν γίνεται φθόνος, ἔρις, βλασφημίαι, ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί, out of which come envy, strife, evilspeakings, “suspicions ‘wicked, 5 ᾿παραδιατριβαὶ" διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν, καὶ vain argumentations Scorrupted of 7men in mind, and ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας, νομιζόντων πορισμὸν εἶναι τὴν destitute ofthe truth, holding “gain 2to *be ᾽ la aye ΄ ? cy ~ ΄ ll a \ cy εὐσέβειαν" *apioraco ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων." 6 Ἔστιν δὲ πορισμὸς piety ; withdraw from such. But ‘is Sgain μέγας ἡ εὐσέβεια eee αὐταρκείας. 7 οὐδὲν. γὰρ εἰσηνέγκαμεν great ‘piety “with contentment. For nothing we brought εἰς TOY κόσμον, τδῆλον" Ore οὐδὲ ἐξενεγκεῖν τι δυνά- into the world, [itis] manifest that neither to carry out anything are we μεθα’ 8 ἔχοντες.δὲ διατροφὰς Kai σκεπάσματα, τούτοις ἀρ- able. But having sustenance and coverings, with these we shall κεσθησόμεθα. 9 Oi.dé βουλόμενοι πλουτεῖν, ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς be satisfied. Butthose desiring to be rich, fall into πειρασμὸν Kai παγίδα καὶ ἐπιθυμίας πολλὰς ἀνοήτους καὶ temptation and asnare and ‘desires 1many 7unwise “and βλαβεράς, αἵτινες βυθίζουσιν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς ὄλεθρον “hurtful, which sink men into destruction καὶ ἀπώλειαν. 10 ῥίξα- γὰρ πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ φιλ- and perdition. or a root of all evils is the love apyupia’ fc τινες ὀρεγύμενοι ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς of money; which some stretching after were seduced from the πίστεως, καὶ ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς. 11 Σὺ faith, and themselves pierced with *sorrows ‘many. “Thou δέ, ὦ ἄνθρωπε "τοῦ" θεοῦ, ταῦτα φεῦγε δίωκε.δὲ δικαιο- Sbut, O man of God, these things flee, and pursue _—irright- σύνην, εὐσέβειαν, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, ὑπομονήν, πρᾳότητα") eousness, piety, faith, love, endurance, meekness, 12 ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως᾽ ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς Combat the good combat of the faith. Lay hold αἰωνίου ζωῆς, εἰς ἣν rai" ἐκλήθης, Kai ὡμολόγησας of eternal life, to which also thou wastcalled, and _ didst confess THY καλὴν ὁμολογίαν ἐνώπιον πολλῶν μαρτύρων. 13 Παραγ- the good confession before many witnesses. I 4 μὴ προσέχεται cleaves not T. 5 --- ἀφίστασο απὸ τῶν τοιούτων LTTrAW. τ πραὔπάθειαν meekness Of spirit Lrraw; πραὐπαθίαν T. LTTr[ A]. τ διαπαρατριβαὶ constant quarrellings GLTTraw. t — δῆλον (read ὅτι so that) LTTra. u— τοῦ W — καὶ GLTTrAW. VI. iy REMOUL HY. γέλλω ζσοι" ἐνώπιον Yrov' θεοῦ τοῦ τζωοποιοῦντος" τὰ πάντα, charge thee before God who quickens all things, Kai χριστοῦ Ιησοῦ τοῦ μαρτυρήσαντος ἐπὶ Ποντίου "Πι- and Christ Jesus who witnessed before Pontius Pi- Aarov' τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν, 14 τηρῆσαί.σε τὴν ἐντολὴν late the good confession, that thou keep the commandment ἄσπιλον, ᾿ἀνεπίληπτον,! μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ κυρίου spotless, irreproachable, until the appearing of 7Lord e ~ ? ~ ~ cal ~ 3. , « ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, 15 ἣν καιροῖς. ἰδίοις δείξει ὁ Jour Jesus Christ ; which initsowntimes shall 7shew ‘the μακάριος και μόνος δυνάστης, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν βασιλευόν- 2blessed "and ‘only 5Ruler, the King of those being kings των Kai κύριος τῶν κυριευόντων, 16 ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθα- and Lord of those being lords; who alone has im- vaciay, ὥς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον, ὃν εἶδεν οὐδεὶς mortality, in ‘light ‘dwelling *unapproachable, whom ‘did ‘see *no 7one ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲ ἰδεῖν δύναται, τιμὴ καὶ κράτος i 308 *men nor to see is able; to whom honour, and might αἰώνιον. apny. eternal. Amen. ~ , 3 ~ ~ I~ , A 17 Τοῖς πλουσίοις ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι παράγγελλε, μὴ To the Tich in the present age charge, not εὑψηλοφρονεῖν," μηδὲ ἠλπικέναι ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀδηλότητι, to be high-minded, nor tohavehope in of *riches(['the) *uncertainty ; ἀλλ᾽ vy" erp! θεῷ frp ζῶντι," τῷ παρέχοντι ἡμῖν 8 "πλου- but in ®God ‘the “living, who gives us richly σίως πάντα" sic amddavow 18 ἀγαθοεργεῖν, πλουτεῖν ἐν all things for enjoyment ; to do good, toberich in ἔργοις καλοῖς, εὐμεταδότους εἶναι, κοινωνικούς, 19 ἀπο- 2works ‘good, liberal in distributing to be, ready to communicate, trea- , e ~ , 4 > A , .“ θησαυρίζοντας ἑαυτοῖς θεμέλιον καλὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον, ἵνα suring up for themselves a foundation *good for the future, that ἐπιλάβωνται τῆς aiwviov" ζωῆς. they may lay hold of eternal life. 20 Ὦ Τιμόθεε, τὴν Ἐπαρακαταθήκην" φύλαξον, O ‘Timotheus, the deposit committed [to thee] Keep, ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας, Kai ἀντιθέσεις τῆς avoiding profane empty babblings, and oppositions ψευδωνύμου.γνώσεως" 21 ἥν τινες ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, περὶ of falsely-named knowledge, which some professing, in reference to τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν. Ἣ χάρις ‘pera σοῦ." ™apny.' the faith missed the mark, Grace [be] with thee, Amen, "Πρὸς Τιμόθεον πρώτη ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Λαοδικείας, ἥτις 310 *Timothy ‘first written from Laodicea, which ἐστὶν μητρόπολις Φρυγίας τῆς Πακατιανῆς." 547 give thee charge in the sight of God, who quickeneth all ae and before Christ Je- sus, who before Pon- tius Pilate witness- ed a good confession: 14 that thou keep this commandment with- out spot, unrebuke- able, until the appear- ing of our Lord Jesus Christ: 15 which in his times he shall shew, who is the bless- ed and only Potentate the King of kings, and Lordof lords ; 16 who only hath immortality, dwelling in the light which no man can ap- proach unto; whom no man hath seen, nor can see: to whom be honour and power everlasting. Amen. 17 Charge them that are rich in this world, that they be not high- minded, nor trust in uncertain riches, but in the living God, who giveth us richly all things to enjoy; 18 that they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to dis- tribute, willing tocom- municate; 19 laying up in store for them- selves a good founda- tion against the time tocome, that they may lay hold on eternal life. 20 O Timothy, keep that which is com- mitted to thy trust avoiding profane and vain babblings, and oppositions of science falsely so called: 21 which some profess- ing have erred con- cerning the _ faith. Grace be with thee. Amen, is the chief city of Phrygia Pacatiana. x — σοι (read [thee}) T. Υ — τοῦ T. 2 ζωογονοῦντος preserves alive LTTrA. a Πει- AdrovT. ὃ ἀνεπίλημπτον LTTrA. ς ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν to mind high things T. 4 ἐπὶ LTTr. © — τῷ TTr. f τῷ ζῶντι LTTrA. 8 + τὰ 1. h πάντα πλουσίως GLTTrAW. 1 ὄντως (read of that which [is] truly life) Gurtraw. Κ παραθήκην GLTTrAW. you LTTr. ™ — ἀμήν GLTTrAW. 1 μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν with n — the subscription GLTW3; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον a’ Tra. Ἢ ΠΡῸΣ ΤΙΜΌΘΕΟΝ EIMSTOAH AEYTEPA.! THE ‘TO PAUL, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will-of God, according to the promise of life which is in Christ Je- sus, 2 to Timothy, my dearly beloved son: Grace, mercy, and ace, from God the father and Christ Je- sus our Lord. 31 thank God, whom I serve from my fore- fathers with pure con- science, that without ceasing I have remem- brance of thee in my prayers night and day; 4 greatly desiring to see thee, being mind- ful of thy tears, that I may be filled with joy ; 5 when I call to remembrance the un- feigned faith that is in thee, which dwelt first in thy grandmo- ther Lois, and thy mo- ther Eunice; and I am persuaded that in thee also. 6 Where- fore I put thee in re- membrance that thou stir up the gift of dod, which is in thee by theputting on of my hands. 7 For God hath not given us the spirit of fear ; but of power, and of love, and of a sound mind. 8 Be not thou therefore asham- ed of the testimony of our Lord, nor of me his prisoner: but be thou” partaker of the afflictions of the gos- pel according to the power of God ; 9 who ath saved us, and called us with an holy calling, not according to our works, but ac- cording to his own purpose and grace, which was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began, 10 but is now made manifest by the appearing of our Saviour Jesus Christ, who hath abo- lished death, and hath brought life and immortality to light through the gospel: 11 whereunto I am *TIMOTHY 7EPISTLE *SECOND. ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος "Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ Paul, apostle of Jesus Christ by [the] will of God κατ ἐπαγγελίαν ζωῆς τῆς ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, 2 Τι- according to promise of life which [is]in Christ Jesus, to Ti- μοθὲῳ ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ" χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ motheus [my] beloved child : Grace, mercy, peace from God [the] πατρὸς καὶ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν. Father and Christ Jesus our Lord. 8 Χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ, ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων ἐν I am thankful to@God, whom Iserve from[my] forefathers with καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει, ὡς ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω THY περὶ σοῦ μνείαν pure conscience, how unceasingly Ihave the 7of *thee ‘remembrance ἐν ταῖς δεήσεσίν. μου “νυκτὸς Kai ἡμέρας, 4 ἐπιποθῶν σε in my supplications night and day, longing 3thee ἰδεῖν, μεμνημένος cov τῶν δακρύων, ἵνα χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ" 1to7see, remembering thy tears, that with joy I may be filled ; 5 ὑπόμνησιν λαμβάνων!" τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως, 7remembrance ‘taking of the *in ‘thee ‘unfeigned faith, ἥτις ἐνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ.μάμμῃς.σου Λωΐδι Kai τῇ μητρί which dwelt first in thy grandmother Lois and in *mother e ? ΄, tl [ 4 a SW 2 J ? τι Jal 4 σου “Εὐνεικῃ, πέπεισμαι. δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἐν σοί. 6 Δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν ΠΥ Eunice, and Iampersuaded that also in thee. For which cause ἀναμιμνήσκω σε ἀναζωπυρεῖν τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὕ ἐστιν 1 remind thee ἕο ΚίμᾶϊθαρΡ the gift of God which is ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν.χειρῶν.μου" 7 οὐ.γὰρ ἔδωκεν in thee by the laying ΟΝ of my hands. For*not gave « ~ € 4 ~ la 2 ΑΣ , ‘ > ’ ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης sus ‘God aspirit ofcowardice, but of power, and of love, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ. ὃ μὴ οὖν ἐπαισχυνθῇς τὸ and of wise discretion. *Not ‘therefore *thou *shouldest be ashamed of the μαρτύριον τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν, μηδὲ ἐμὲ τὸν. δέσμιον.αὐτοῦ" ἀλλὰ testimony of our Lord, nor me his prisoner ; but ἰσυγκακοπάθησον" τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ κατὰ δύναμιν θεοῦ, 9 τοῦ suffer evils along with the glad tidings according to *power ᾿Θοᾶβ; who σώσαντος ἡμᾶς Kai καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ, οὐ κατὰ saved us and called [us] with a *calling *holy, not according to τὰ ἔργα.ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ Bear’! ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν τὴν our works, but according to his own purpose and grace, which δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ πρὸ χρόνων.αἰωνίων, [was] given us in Christ Jesus before the ages of time, 10 φανερωθεϊῖσαν.δὲ νῦν διὰ τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ.σωτῆρος.ἡμῶν but made manifest now by the appearing of our Saviour »’Tnoou χριστοῦ," καταργήσαντος μὲν τὸν θάνατον, φωτίσαν- Jesus hrist, who annulled death, rought *to roc δὲ ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 11 εἰς ὃ ‘light ‘and life and incorruptibility by the glad tidings; to which ® + Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλον of the Apostle Paul =; + Παύλου G; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον β΄ LTTrAW. &c.) Ltr. LTTrA. h χριστοῦ Ὁ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ TTraW. 4 λαβὼν having taken LTTra. © , νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας (read night and day longing © Εὐνίκῃ EGLTTrAWw. f ouv- T. & κατὰ ᾿ Ξ Ιησοῦ LITr. 1s il: lid POM OT AY ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κήρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος καὶ διδάσκαλος 2was “appointed I a herald and apostle and teacher ἐθνῶν" 1260 ἣν αἰτίαν καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω᾽ ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ of [the} nations. For which cause also these things Isuffer; but “ποὺ ἐπαισχύνομαι, olda-yap ᾧ πεπίστευκα, Kai πέπεισμαι ὅτι ἍΤ 2am ashamed; for I know whom Ihave believed, and am persuaded that δυνατός ἐστιν THY παραθήκην μου φυλάξαι εἰς ἐκείνην able heis the deposit committed [tohim]ofme tokeep for that τὴν ἡμέραν. 18 ὑποτύπωσιν ἔχε ὑγιαινόντων λόγων, BY day. 2A Sdelineation *have of sound words, which [words] map ἐμοῦ ἤκουσας, ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν χριστῷ from me thoudidsthear, in faith and love which[arejin Christ Ἰησοῦ. 14 τὴν καλὴν Ἰπαρακαταθήκην" φύλαξον διὰ Jesus. The good deposit committed [to thee] keep by [the] πνεύματος ἁγίου τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος ἐν ἡμῖν. 15 Οἶδας τοῦτο, Spirit 1Holy which dwells in us. Thou knowest this, OTL ἀπεστράφησάν pe πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Acig, ὧν ἐστιν that turned away from me all who [are] in Asia, of whom is Κφύγελλος" καὶ “Eppoyévne.' 16 Δῴη ἔλεος ὁ κύριος τῷ if ΡΜμΟΎ Phygellus and Hermogenes. May “grant *mercy ‘the *Lord to the ᾿Ονησιφόρον οἴκῳ: Ore πολλάκις pe ἀνέψυξεν, καὶ τὴν 7of *Onesiphorus ‘house, because oft me herefreshed, and ddvoiv._pov οὐκ. ἐπῃσχύνθη," 17 ἀλλὰ γενόμενος ἐν Ῥώμῃ, my chain was not ashamed of ; but having been in Rome, “gmrovdarepov' ἐζήτησέν με καὶ etpev’ 18 δῴη αὐτῷ more diligently he sought out me and found{me]— may “grant *to*him ὁ κύριος εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ κυρίου ἐν ἐκείνῃ TY ἡμέοᾳ᾽ Kai ‘the *Lord tofindmercy from (the) Lord ἴθ ὑμδῦ day— and doa tiv Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις. howmuchinEphesus heserved “better[(*than*I*need’say]'thou *knowest. 2 Σὺ οὖν, τέκνον.μου, ἐνδυναμοῦ ἐν τῇ χάριτι TH Thou therefore, my child, be strong in the grace which [15] ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ" 2 καὶ ἃ ἤκουσας παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ in i Jesus. And the things which thou didst hear of me διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων, ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις, with many witnesses, these commit to faithful men, οἵτινες ἱκανοὶ ἔσονται καὶ ἑτέρους διδάξαι. 3 οσὺ οὖν such as competent shallbe also others to teach. Thou therefore κακοπάθησον! we καλὸς στρατιώτης Ῥ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ." 4 οὐδεὶς sufferhardship as good a soldier of Jesus Christ. No one στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου Ἱπραγματείαις," serving as a soldier entangles himself with the 308 *life affairs, ἵνα τῷ στρατολογήσαντι ἀρέσῃ. 5 ἐὰν.δὲ καὶ ἀθλῷ that him who enrolled him as a soldier he may please. Andif also contend TiC, οὐ-.στεφανοῦται iay.un νομίμως a- (Sin *the °games] ‘anyone, he is not crowned unless lawfully he shall θλήσῃ. 6 τὸν κοπιῶντα γεωργὸν δεῖ πρῶτον τῶν have contended. The ‘labour ‘husbandman *must before of the καρπῶν μεταλαμβάνειν. fruits partaking. 7 Νόει λέγω: *dyin' yap σοι ὁ κύριος σύνεσιν Consider the things I say, *may ®give “for ‘thee *the*Lord understanding τὰ 049 appointed a preacher, and an apostle, and a teacher of the Gen- tiles. 12 For the which cause I also suffer these things: never- theless I am not a- shamed: for I know whom 1 have believed, and am persuaded that he is able to keep that which I have commit- ted unto him against that day. 13 Hold fast the form of sound words, which thou hast heard of me, in faith and love which is in Christ Jesus. 14 That good thing which was committed unto thee keep by the Holy Ghost which dwelleth in us. 15 This thon knowest, that all they which are in Asia be turned away from me; of whom are Phygel- lus and MHermoge- nes. 16 The Lord give mercy unto the house of Onesiphorus; for he oft refreshed me, and was not ashamed of my chain: 17 but, when he was in Rome, he sought me out very diligently, and found me. 18 The Lord graprt unto him that he may find mercy of the Lord in that day: and in how many things he ministered unto me at Ephesus,thou know- est very well. 11. Thou therefore, my son, be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus. 2 And the things that thou hast heard of me a- mong mary witnesses, the same commit thou to faithful men, who shall be able to teach others also. 3 Thou thereforeendure hard- ness, as a good soldier of Jesus Christ. 4 No man that warreth en- tangleth nimself with the affairs of this life ; that he may please him who hath chosen hin: to be a soldier. 5 And if a man also strive for masteries, yet is he not crowned, ex- cept he strive lawfully. 6 The husbandman that laboureth must be first partaker of the fruits. 7 Consider what I i— ἐθνῶν τ. 3 παραθήκην GLITrAW. Ermogenes τ. ™ ἐπαισχύνθη LITrA. ἃ σπουδαίως diligently Lrtr, (συνκ- T) suffer hardship with [me] trtraw. τ ὃ what Lrrraw. 5 δώσει will give LTTraw. duyedos Phygelus tttraw. P χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTraW. 1 Ἑρμογένης © συγκακοπάθησον 4 πραγματίαις T. 5900 say; and the Lord give thee understanding in all things. 8 Remem- ber that Jesus Christ of the seed of David was raised from the dead according to my gospel; 9 wherein I suffer trouble, as an evildoer, even unto bonds ; but the word of God is not bound, 10 Therefore I endure all things for the elect’s sakes, that they may also obtain the salvation which is in Christ Jesus with eter- nalglory. 11 Jt isa faithful saying: For if we be dead with him, we shall also live with him: 12 if we suffer, we shall also reign with him: if we deny him, he also will deny us: 13 if we believe not, yet he a- bideth faithful: he cannot deny himself. 14 Of these things put them in remembrance, eharging them before the Lord that they strive not about words to no profit, but to the subverting of the hearers. 15 Study to shew thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly di- viding the word of truth. 16 But shun pro- fane and vain bab- blings ; for they will increase unto more uD- godliness. 17 And their word will eat as doth a canker : of whom is Hymenzus and Phile- tus; 18 who concern- ing the truth have erred, saying that the resurrection is past al- ready ; and overthrow the faith of some. 19 Nevertheless the foundation of God standeth sure, having this seal, The Lord knoweth them that are his. And, Let every one that nameth the name of Christ depart from iniquity. 20 But in a great house there are not only vessels of gold and of silver, but also of wood and of earth; and some to honour, and some to dishonour, 21 If a man therefore purge him- self from these, he ΠΡΟΣ ΤΙΜΟΘΕΟΝ. B! ἐν πᾶσιν. 8 Μνημόνευε ᾿Ιησοῦν χριστὸν ἐγηγερμένον in all things. Remember Jesus Christ raised ~ ? Ud t (ὃ ll 4 4 > (2 ’ νεκρῶν, ἐς σπέρματος 'Δαβίδ, κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν [the] dead, of [the] seed of David, according to ?elad “tidings μου" 9 ἐν ᾧ κακοπαθῶ μέχρι δεσμῶν ὡς κακοῦργος" Yann"! my, in which { suffer hardship unto bonds as anevildoer: but ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ.δέδεται. 10 διὰ τοῦτο πάντα ὑπο- the word of God is not bound, Because of this allthings Ien- évw διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ σωτηρίας τύ- dure forsakeof the elect, that also they [the] salvation may χωσιν τῆς ἐν χριστῷ' Inoov μετὰ δόξης αἰωνίου. 11 πιστὸς obtain which [is] in Christ Jesus with °glory ‘eternal. Faithful ὁ λόγος᾽ él-yap συναπεθάνομεν, καὶ ᾿συζήσομεν"" [15] the word; for if we died together with [him], also we shall live together; 12 εἰ ὑπομένομεν, καὶ “συμβασιλεύσομεν"" εἰ Yaovovpeba,' if we endure, also weshallreign together; if we deny κἀκεῖνος ἀρνήσεται ἡμᾶς" 13 εἰ ἀπιστοῦμεν, ἐκεῖνος [him], he also will deny us ; if we are unfaithful, he πιστὸς péver’ ἀρνήσασθαι " ἑαυτὸν ob.dvvarat. faithful abides ; to deny himself he is not able. 14 Ταῦτα ὑπομίμνησκε, διαμαρτυρόμενος ἐνώπιον These *things *put °in remembrance ‘of, testifying earnestly before II. ἐκ from among “cov κυρίου μὴ δλογομαχεῖν' “εἰς! οὐδὲν χρήσιμον, ἐπὶ the Lord not to dispute about words for ‘nothing ‘profitable, to καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων. 15 σπούδασον σεαυτὸν subversion of those who hear. Be diligent sthyself δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ θεῷ, ἐργάτην ἀνεπαίσχυντον, ὀρθο- *approved ‘to 7present to God, a workman not ashamed, _ straight- τομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας" 16 τὰς. δὲ. βεβήλους κενο- ly cutting the word of truth ; but profane empty φωνίας περιΐστασο᾽ ἐπὶ πλεῖον γὰρ προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας, babblings stand aloof from, ἴο *more ‘for they will advance of ungodliness, 17 καὶ ὁ.λόγος.αὐτῶν ὡς yayypawa νομὴν eae ὧν ἐστιν and their word as a@gangrene pasture will have;of whom is Ὑμέναιος καὶ Φιλητός, 18 οἵτινες περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν Hymeneus and Philetus; who concerning the truth ἠστόχησαν, λέγοντες τὴν" ἀνάστασιν ἤδη γεγονέναι, missed the mark, asserting the resurrection already to have taken place ; καὶ ἀνατρέπουσιν τῆν τινων πίστιν. 19 ὁ “μέντοι' στερεὸς and areoverthrowing the *of%some ‘faith. Nevertheless firm θεμέλιος τοῦ θεοῦ ἕστηκεν, ἔχων τὴν.σφραγϊδα.ταύτην, Eyyw foundation 1God’s stands, having this seal, *Knows κύριος τοὺς ὄντας αὐτοῦ, Kai ᾿Αποστήτω ἀπὸ ἀδι- [89] *Lord those ὑμαῦ are his, and Let depart from unright- κίας πᾶς ὁ ὀνομάζων τὸ ὄνομα fypiorov." 20 ἐν μεγάλῃ eousness everyone who names the name __ of Christ. In “great δὲ οἰκίᾳ οὐκιἔστιν μόνον σκεύη χρυσᾶ Kai ἀργυρᾶ, ἀλλὰ Xput 2a house there δἃῖθ ποῦ only vessels golden and silver, but καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ἀστράκινα, καὶ ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμήν, ἃ.δὲ εἰς also wooden and earthen, and some to honour, others to ἀτιμίαν. 21 ἐὰν οὖν τις ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων, dishonour, If therefore one shall have purged himself from these, τ Δαυείδ yrtra; Δαυΐδ aw. we shall deny Lrtra. λογομάχει Dispute thou not about words L. f κυρίου of [the] Lord GLtTtraw. © μέν τοι Tr. Υ ἀλλὰ LTTrTAW. WY συν- LITrA. * + yap for (to deny) LTTraw. © em LTTrA. Xouv- τ. Y ἀρνησόμεθα ® τοῦ θεοῦ God rrr, δ΄ μὴ 4 — τὴν (read [the]) rrm{[a]. ἘΠ SEE. BIS CHEMO Τ' Hx ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμὴν, ἡγιασμένον, he shall be 8. γχϑβξβθὶ to honour, having been sanctified, τῷ δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον. to the master, for every work 1g00d having been prepared. 22 τὰς δὲ.νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε" δίωκε.δὲ δικαιοσύνην, But youthful lusts flee, and pursue righteousness, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, εἰρήνην μετὰ ἢ τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸν faith, love, peace with those that call on the κύριον ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας. 23 τὰς.δὲ μωρὰς Kai ἀπαι- Lord outof “pure 1a heart. But foolish and undis- δεύτους ζητήσεις παραιτοῦ, εἰδὼς OT. γεννῶσιν μάχας" ciplined questionings refuse, knowing that they beget contentions. 24 δοῦλον δὲ κυρίου οὐ.δεῖ μάχεσθαι, ἰάλλ᾽" ἤπιον And *a *bondman ®of [“0}6] 7Lord ‘it *behoves ποῦ tocontend, but gentle εἶναι πρὸς πάντας, διδακτικόν, ἀνεξίκακον, 25 ἐν Ἐπρᾳότητι" to be towards all; apt toteach; forbearing; in meekness παιδεύοντα τοὺς ἀγντιδιατιθεμένους, μήποτε ‘dp αὐτοῖς disciplining those that oppose, if perhaps *may “give *them βκαὶ! εὔχρηστον and serviceable ὁ θεὸς μετάνοιαν εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας, 26 καὶ ava- *God repentance to acknowledgment of [the] truth, and they may γήψωσιν ἐκ τῆς Tov διαβόλου παγίδος, ἐζωγρημένοι ὑπ᾽ awakeup outof the “of*the ‘devil 1snare, having been taken by αὐτοῦ εἰς TO ἐκείνου θέλημα. Ἶ him for his will, 3 Τοῦτο.δὲ γίνωσκε," ὅτι ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις ἐνστή- But this know thou, that in [the] last days Swill *be σονται καιροὶ χαλεποί. 2 ἔσονται.γὰρ οἱ ἄνθρωποι φίλαυτοι, Spresent *times difficult ; for *will “be 1men lovers of self, ΄ > , « , ΄ - φιλάργυροι, ἀλαζόνες, ὑπερήφανοι, βλάσφημοι, γονεῦσιν lovers of money, vaunting, proud, evil speakers, to parents ἀπειθεῖς, ἀχάριστοι, ἀνόσιοι, 3 ἄστοργοι, ἄσπονδοι, disobedient, unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, implacable, διάβολοι, ἀκρατεῖς, ἀνήμεροι, ἀφιλάγαθοι, 4 προδόται, slanderers, incontinent, savage, not lovers of good, betrayers, προπετεῖς, τετυφωμένοι, φιλήδονοι μᾶλλον ἢ φιλόθεοι, headlong, puffed up, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God ; 5 ἔχοντες μόρφωσιν εὐσεβείας, Tv. δύναμιν αὐτῆς ἠρνη- having a form of piety, but the power of it deny- EVOL. καὶ τούτους ἀποτρέπου. BEK.TOUTWY.yap εἰσιν οἱ ing: and these turn away from. For of these are those who ἐνδύνοντες εἰς τὰς οἰκίας Kai "αἰχμαλωτεύοντες τὰ" γυναικάρια [are] entering into houses and leading captive silly women σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις, ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις, 7 πάν- laden with sins, led away by ?lusts various, al- Tore μανθάνοντα Kat μηδέποτε εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ways learning and never to [the] knowledge of [the] truth > ~ ΄ rt ΄ τι} ~ vp ~ > , ἐλθεῖν δυνάμενα. 8 ὃν.τρόπον.δὲ Ιαννῆς καὶ ᾿Ιαμβρῆς ἀντέ- 2to%come ‘able. Now intheway Jannes and Jambres with- στησαν Μωῦσεῖ, οὕτως καὶ οὗτοι ἀνθίστανται τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, stood Moses, thus also these withstand the _ truth, ἄνθρωποι κατεφθαρμένοι τὸν νοῦν, ἀδόκιμοι περὶ men utterly corrupted inmind, found worthless as regards τὴν πίστιν. 9 ἀλλ᾽ οὐ-προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ. πλεῖον᾽ ἡ γὰρ ἄνοια the faith. But they shall not advance farther, for *folly i ἀλλὰ LTTra, 0 αἰχμαλωτίζοντες GLTTrAW. &—katLtTtra. © + πάντων all L. ™ γινώσκετε know ye L. Κ πραύτητι LTTraw. ool Shall be a vessel untc honour, sanctified, and meet for the master’s use, and prepared un- to every good work. 22 Flee also youth- ful lusts: but follow righteousness, faith, charity, peace, with them that call on the Lord out of a pure heart. 23 But foolish and unlearned ques- tions avoid, knowing that they do gender strifes. 24 And the servant of the Lord must not strive; but be gentle unto all men, apt to teach, patient, 25 in meekness in- structing those that oppose themselves ; if God peradventure will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth; 26 and that they may recover themselves out of the snare of the devil, who are taken captive by him at his will. Ill. This know al- so, that in the last days perilous times shall come. 2 For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, 3 without natural af fection, trucebreakers, false accusers, incen- tinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, 4 traitors, heady, high- minded, lovers of plea- sures more than lovers of God; 5 having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof: from such turn away. 6 For of this sort are they which creep into houses, and lead cap- tivesilly women laden with sins, led away with divers lusts,7 ever learning, and never able to come to the knowledge of the truth. 8 Now as Jan- nes and Jambres with- stood Moses, so do these also resist the truth : men of corrupt minds, reprobate con- cerning the faith, 9But they shall proceed no further: for their folly 1 δῴη LTTraw. 552 TPOLaATOIMOGEON Β. III, lV. shall be manifest unto ,7),-,~ Af εἴτ δι δ γ» all men, as theirs also CUT ἔκδηλος ἔσται πᾶσιν, ὡς καὶ EKELYWY ξγεέεγψετο. was. 10 Butthouhast ‘their fully manifest shall be toall, as also that of those became, fully Known my doc- 10 σὺ δὲ ὁπαρηκολούθηκάς" μου τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ, τῇ ἀγωγῇ, trine, manner of life, purpose, faith, long- But thou hast closely followed my teaching, conduct, eee Ge τῇ προθέσει, τῇ πίστει, τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ, τῷ ἀγάπῃ; τῇ ὑπομονῇ, afflictions, which came DEEDOBEs faith, patience, Mth Bee, untomeat Antioch, at 1] τοῖς διωγμοῖς, τοῖς παθήμασιν, οἷά μοι ἐγένετο ἐν ᾽᾿Αν- Ie , eb Τὶ sian ἘΣ stra fen ee such as to me oneal in An- endured: but out of τιοχείᾳ, ἐν ᾿Ικονίῳ, ἐν υστροις" οἵους ιωγμοὺς ὑπ- 2 ς π them all the Lord de- tigch’ in Iconium, in Lystra; what manner of persecutions I en- livered me. 12 Yea, Poe 4 Ά Ρ and all that will live ἤνεγκα, καὶ ἐκ πάντων pe Ῥέῤῥύσατο! ὁ κύριος. 12 καὶ godly in Christ Jesus qured; απᾶ out of all ‘me delivered ‘the *Lord. And shall suffer persecu- A J ἢ tion, 18 Butevilmen πάντες δὲ οἱ θέλοντες “εὐσεβῶς ζῇν" ἐν ΧΡΙΣΤΩ͂Ι Ἰησοῖ and seducers shall wax all indeed who wish piously tolive in hrist Jesus worse and worse, de- ceiving, and being de- OlwyOnoovra’ 13 πονηροὶ. δὲ ἄνθρωποι καὶ γόητες προ- ceived. 14 But con- will be persecuted. But wicked men and impostors shall tinue thou in the things whichthouhast κόψουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον, πλανῶντες Kai πλανώμενοι. 14 σὺ δὲ learned and hast been advance to worse, misleading and _ being misled. But thou assured of, knowing of τ » +2 , γπν ν᾿ whom thou hast learn- HEvE év oc ἔμαθες καὶ ἐπιστώθης, εἰδὼς παρὰ ed them; 15 and that abide in the things thou didst learn, and wast assured of, having known from hil d 7 » ‘ A 4 poe the help acting Trivoc' ἔμαθες, 15 καὶ ὅτι ἀπὸ βρέφους "τὰ! ἱερὰ tures, which are able whom thou didst learn [them] ; and that from ἃ babe the sacred i - ΄ ‘ ΄ ΄ ΄ > po ΤΟΒΕΘ ΤΩΡ ‘through γράμματα oldas, , τὰ δυνάμενά σε σοφίσαι εἰς faith whichis in Christ letters thou hast known, which {are} able Sthee ‘to *make wise to Jesus. 16 All scrip- , \ , 2 ~ ’ oon ed ~ 3 ture is given by inspi- “Ὁ Τηριᾶν, διὰ πιστεὼς THC εν χριστῷ Inoov. 16 πᾶσα ration of God, and is salvation, through faith which [is]in Christ Jesus. Every profitable for doctrine, yoagn θεόπνευστος καὶ ὠφέλιμος πρὸς διδασκαλίαν, πρὸς dontior instructionin scripture [is] God-inspired and prottepie! for ae ΘῈ righteousness: 17 that τ Il je ἐ 5 ὃς ὑπαιδείαν! τὴν Ev the man of God may ἔλεγχον, τρῶς ἐπανόρθωσιν, me aie ae eens: be perfect, throughly C2Viction, for correction, for discipline which [is] in Ἢ of , » ἘΠ πα ΒΚΤ unto all δικαιοσύνῃ 17 ἵνα ἄρτιος ἢ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος, πρὸς good works. righteousness ; that complete may be the ?of 3God 1man, πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἐξηρτισμένος. every “work ‘good fully fitted. 4 Atapapripopa “οὖν eye) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Kai “τοῦ Basnently “testify *therefore before God and the IV. I charge thee κυρίου" Y Inaov χριστοῦ," τοῦ μέλλοντος κρίνειν ζῶντας καὶ therefore before God, τ γᾷ Jesus Christ, who is about to judge living and and the Lord Jesus ; : Christ, whoshalljudge γεκροὺς κατὰ" τὴν. ἐπιφάνειαν.αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν the quick andthedead = gend according to his appearing and *kingdom at his appearing and θ his kingdom; 2 preach αὐτοῦ, 2 κήρυξον τὸν λόγον, ἐπίστηθι εὐκαίρως ἀκαίρως, the word; be instant this, proclaim the word; beurgent in season, out of season, in season, out of iI season; reprove, τὸς ἔλεγξον, “ἐπιτίμησον, παρακάλεσον," ἐν macy μακροθυμίᾳ buke, exhort with all convict, rebuke, ‘encourage, with all patience longsuffering and doc- ἢ “ trine, 8 Forthe time καὶ διδαχῇ. 8. ἔσται.γὰρ καιρὸς OTE τῆς ὑγιαινούσης δι- will come when they and teaching. For there will be atime when sound teach- will not endure sound ν ) b ΠΌΣΙΣ μόν put after δασκαλίας οὐκιἀνέξονται. ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας their own lusts shall ing they will not bear ; but according to 3desires wey eo” τὶς ἰδίας" ἑαυτοῖς ἐπισωρεύσουσιν διδασκάλους, κνηθό- itching ears; 4 and "their?0wn to themselves * will] heap up resol Chey, melee ΑΥ̓ΤΟΥ͂ μένοι. τὴν. ἀκοήν" 4 καὶ ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀπο- truth, and shall be having an itching ear; and from the truth the ear they will .ςιι ͵͵΄΄΄΄΄΄ἷ“΄---..-.-.--------- TTrA. P ἐρύσατο LTTr. 9 ζῇν εὐσεβῶς TTr. ° παρηκολούθησάς didst closely follow L1 τ ᾿ revo what [persons] LTTrA. 5. — τὰ (L}t[TrA]. ᾿ ἐλεγμόν LTTrA. uv παιδίαν τ. - οὖν ἐγὼ GLTTrAW. xX — τοῦ κυρίου GLTTraW. J χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTraw. - καὶ ἘΠῚ [by] Gurtraw. 8 παρακάλεσον, ἐπιτίμησον τ. ὃ ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας GLTTrAW. FV: LE DE eM ΘΙ HY. στρέψουσιν, imide τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται. 5 σὺ. δὲ turn away, and to fables will be turned aside. But thou, νῆφε ἐν πᾶσιν, κακοπάθησον, ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγ- be sober in allthings, suffer hardships, [the] work do of an γελιστοῦ, τὴν.διακονίαν.σου πληροφόρησον. 6 [Bee yap ἤδη evangelist, thy service ae carry out. ForI already σπένδομαι, καὶ ὁ καιρὸς τῆς. "“ἐμῆς-.ἀναλύσεως" ἐφ- am being poured out, and the time of my release is ἔστηκεν. 7 τὸν 4ay@va τὸν καλὸν" ἠγώνισμαι, τὸν δρόμον come. The combat 1g00d #Ihavecombated, the course τετέλεκα, τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα᾽ ὃ λοιπὸν ἀπόκειταί μοι Ihave finished, the faith I have Eee Hencetorth islaidup for me ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος, ὃν ἀποδώσει μοι ὁ κύριος the 2of See ἘΠΕ which *will 7render *to *me ‘the 7Lord ἐν ἐκείνῃ TH ἡμέρᾳ, δίκαιος κριτής" οὐ-μόνον.δὲ ἐμοί, Pin Uthat day a ‘righteous “judge; and not only to me, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσιν THY. ἐπιφάνειαν. αὐτοῦ. but also toall .who have loved his appearing. 9 Σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν πρός pe ταχέως. 10 Δημᾶς.γάρ με Bediligent tocome to me ΤΟΣ 5 for Demas 7*me ἐγκατέλιπεν, ἀγαπήσας τὸν νῦν αἰῶνα, Kai ἐπορεύθη εἰς 1forsook, having loved the present age, and [8 gone to Θεσσαλονίκην" Κρήσκης εἰς Γαλατίαν," Τίτος εἰς Δαλματίαν" Thessalonica ; Creseens to Galatia, Titus to Dalmatia. 11 Λουκᾶς ἐστιν μόνος per ἐμοῦ. Μάρκον ἀναλαβὼν ἄγε Luke 3is talone with me. Mark having taken bring μετὰ σεαυτοῦ" ἔστιν.γάρ μοι εὔχρηστος εἰς διακονίαν. 12 Τυ- with thyself, forheis *to*me ‘useful for service. *Ty- χικὸν δὲ ἀπέστειλα εἰς “Edecov. 13 ieee an chicus ‘but Isent to Ephesus. cloak which ἀπέλιπον ἐν Τρωάδι! παρὰ πάρηφΣ τ ἐρχόμενος φέρε, καὶ τὰ I left in Troas with Carpus, [when] comirg bring, and the βιβλία, μάλιστα τὰς μεμβράνας. 14 ᾿Αλέξανδρος ὁ χαλκεὺς books, especially the parchments, Alexander the ae πολλά μοι κακὰ évedeigato’ ἰἀποδῴη" αὐτῷ ὁ Ἐπ ον Sagainst °*me “evil “things did. May “render ‘to Shim ‘the κύριος κατὰ τὰ:ἔργα.αὐτοῦ: 15 ὃν καὶ od φυλάσσου, 2Lord according to his works, Whom also thou be ware of, λίαν.γὰρ "ἀνθέστηκεν" τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις. 16 dt TY for exceedingly he has withstood ur words, TOWTY-MOV ἀπολογίᾳ οὐδείς μοι Ἰσυμπάρε γένετο," ἀλλὰ πάντες my first defence no one “me stood *with, but all pe ἐγκατέλιπον: μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 17 06 κύριός me forsook. Not tothem may 186 reckorted: Butthe Lord μοι παρέστη, καὶ ἐνεδυνάμωσέν με, ἵνα δι ἐμοῦ τὸ κή- me ‘stood*by, and eee me, that through me _ the pro- ovypa πληροφορηθῇ, καὶ ™axotoy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη" καὶ elamation might be fully ae and ‘should *hear ‘all the *nations; and RippucOny' ἐκ στόματος λέοντος. 18 °kai' ῥύσεταί με I was delivered out of [the] “mouth 1lion’s. And *will *deliver *me ὁ κύριος ἀπὸ παντὸς ~ ἔργου πονηροῦ, καὶ σώσει εἰς τὴν ‘the “Lord from every work ‘wicked, and will preserve[me] for —— © ἀναλύσεώς μου LITr. & φελόνην EGLTTrAW. he withstood hrtraw. 5 ἐρύσθην LTTrA. d καλὸν ἀγῶνα LTTr. Ὁ Τρῳάδι LT. ἱσυν- A; παρεγένετο stood by LrTr. ° — καὶ LTTrA. e Ταλλίαν Gallia τ. i ἀποδώσει Shall render LITraw. doe turned unto fables, 5 But watch thou in all things, endure af- flictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of thy mi- nistry. 6 For am now ready to be of- fered, and the time of my departure is at hand. 7 I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith : 8 henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at that day: and not to me only, but unto all them also that love his appearing. 9 Do thy diligence to come shortly unto me : 10 for Demas hath forsaken me, having loved this present world, and is depart- ed unto Thessalonica ; Crescens to Galatia, Titus unto Dalmatia. 11 Only Luke is with me. ‘l'ake Mark, and bring him with thee: for he is profitable to me for the ministry. 12 And Tychicus have I sent to Ephesus. 13 The cloke that I left at Troas with Carpus, when thou comest, bring with thee, and the books, but especi- ally the parchments. 14 Alexander the cop- persmith did me much evil: the Lord reward him according to his works: 15 of whom be thou ware also; for he hath greatly with- stood our words. 16 At my firsu answer noman stood with me, but all men forsook me: / pray God that it may not be laid to their charge. 17 Notwith- standing the Lord stood with me, and strengthened me; thot by me the preaching might be fully known, and that all the Gen- tiles might hear : and I was delivered out of the mouth of the lion. 18 And the Lord shall deliver me from eve evil work, and wi preserve me unto his f Δελματίαν L. Κ ἀντέστη ™ ἀκούσωσιν LTTrAW. 554 heavenly kingdom: to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen, 19 Salute Prisca and Aquila, and the house- hold of Onesiphorus. 20 Erastus abode at Corinth: but Trophi- mus have I left at Mi- letum sick. 21 Do thy diligence to come be- fore winter. Eubulus greeteth thee, and Pu- dens, and Linus, and Claudia, and all the brethren. 22 The Lord Jesus Christ be with thy spirit. Grace be with you. Amen. TEP ONS) YT Τ ΟἿΝ- I. βασιλείαν.αὐτοῦ τὴν éemoupaviov' his kingdom the heavenly ; I~ ~ αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς to whom [be] glory unto the ages of the ages. Amen, a” / . κ᾿ Sy ᾽ ΄ 19 Ασπασαι Πρίσκαν καὶ ᾿Ακύλαν, καὶ τὸν ᾿Ονησιφόρου Salute risca and Aquila, and the 7of *Onesiphorus οἶκον. 20”Epaoroc ἔμεινεν ἐν Κορίνθῳ Τρόφιμον.δὲ ἀπέλιπον Thouse. Erastus remained in Corinth, but Trophimus 1 left ’ , ? “ , 4 ~ 2 ~ ἐν Μιλήτῳ ἀσθενοῦντα. 21 Σπούδασον πρὸ χειμῶνος ἐλθεῖν. in Miletus sick. Be diligent before winter to come. ? / “ ~ . Ασπάζεταί σε Ἐὔβουλος, καὶ Πούδης, καὶ Aivoc," καὶ ?Salutes thee +Eubulus, and Pudens, and Linus, and Κλαυδία, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ πάντες. 22 ‘O κύριος τ᾽ Ἰησοῦς" Claudia, and *the *brethren 141], The Lord Jesus χριστὸς) μετὰ τοῦ.πνεὐματός.σου. ἡ χάρις μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. Christ [be] with thy spirit. Grace [be] with you. ιἀμήν." Amen. : ; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον δευτέρα, τῆς ᾿Εφεσίων ἐκκλη- Ξ3 09. $$ *Timotheus’ ‘second, “of *the ''of[??the] ‘*Ephesians *°assem- σίας πρῶτον ἐπίσκοπον χειροτονηθέντα, ἐγράφη ἀπὸ bly [516] “first 7overseer “chosen, written from ‘Pw OTE ἐκ.δευτέρου παρέστ Παῦλο " Καίσα μης, - ρ peoTn Cae pt Rome, when asecond time ?was*placed*before ‘Paul Ceesar Νέρωνι." ero. Ἢ ΠΡῸΣ TITON EMISTOAH TAYAOY.' THE PAUL, a servant of God, and an apostle of Jesus Christ, accord- ing to the faith of God’s elect, and the acknowledging of the truth which is after godliness; 2 in hope of eternal life, which God, that cannot lie, promised before the world began; 3 but hath in due times manifested his word through preaching, which is committed unto me according to the commandment of God our Saviour ; 4 to Titus, mine own son after the common faith : Grace, mercy, and peace, from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ our Saviour. 5 For this cause left I thee in Crete, that “πὸ STITUS ‘EPISTLE 7OF *PAUL. ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ δοῦλος θεοῦ, ἀπόστολος.δὲ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ κατὰ Paul bondman of God, and apostle of Jesus Christ according to πίστιν ἐκλεκτῶν θεοῦ Kai ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας τῆς {the] faith Select ‘of?God’sand knowledge of [the] truth which [is] Kar εὐσέβειαν, ἃ ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου, ἣν ἐπηγ- according to piety; ἐπ [86] hope oflife eternal, which ‘pro- γείλατο ὁ ἀψευδὴς θεὸς πρὸ χρόνων.αἰωνίων, 3 é- mised 1the who *cannot 5116 God before the ages of time, φανέρωσεν.δὲ καιροῖς.ἰδίοις τὸν λόγον.αὐτοῦ, ἐν κηρύγματι but manifested in its own seasons his word in [the] proclamation ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ κατ᾽ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος which *was “entrusted *with *I according to [the] commandment of 7Saviour ἡμῶν θεοῦ, 4 Τίτῳ γνησίῳ τέκνῳ κατὰ κοινὴν tour God; to Titus [my] true child according to [our] common πίστιν, χάρις, "ἔλεος," εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρός, καὶ faith : Grace, mercy, peace from God [the] Father, and [the} κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" τοῦ.σωτῆρος.ἡμῶν. Lord Jesus Christ our Saviour. = , , d , , iT] ? , τ Ν , 5 Τούτου.χάριν κατέλιπόν" σε ἐν Κρήτῃ, wa τὰ.λείποντα For this cause I left thee in Crete, that the things lacking 9 Aivos LTW. τ — Ἰησοῦς TTr[A]. ® — χριστὸς LTT:[A]. t — ἀμήν GLTTraw. v — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον β΄ (— β΄ A) Tra. 8. + τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου the apostle E; Πρὸς Τίτον LTTraw. 4 ἀπέλιπόν LTTrAW. Ἰησοῦ LTTra. > καὶ and TTraWw. © χριστοῦ εἶπ. TET 8. ἐεἐπιδιορθώσῃ," καὶ καταστήσῃς κατὰ.πόλιν πρεσ- thou mightest go on to set right, and mightest appoint ἴπ every city βυτέρους, we ἐγώ σοι dueratauny’ 6 εἴ τις ἐστὶν ἀνέγ- elders, as I *thee *ordered : if anyone is unim- κλητος, μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ: τέκνα ἔχων πιστά, μὴ ἐν peachable, *of%one ‘wife ‘husband, "children Shaving ®believing, not under κατηγορίᾳ ἀσωτίας ἢ ἀνυπότακτα. 7 δεῖ.γὰρ τὸν ἐπί- accusation of dissoluteness or insubordinate, For it behoves the over- σκοπὸν ἀνέγκλητον εἶναι, ὡς θεοῦ οἰκονόμον: μὴ αὐθάδη, seer unimpeachable tobe, as God’s steward ; not selfwilled, μὴ ὀργίλον, μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην, μὴ αἰσχροκερδῆ, not passionate, not giventowine, ποῦ astriker, not greedy of base gain, 8 ἀλλὰ φιλόξενον, φιλάγαθον, σώφρονα, δίκαιον, ὕσιον, éy- but hospitable, a lover of good, discreet, just, holy, tem- κρατῆ, 9 ἀντεχόμενον τοῦ κατὰ τὴν διδαχὴν πιστοῦ perate, holding to the %according *to *the “teaching ‘faithful λόγου, ἵνα δυνατὸς καὶ παρακαλεῖν ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 2word, that able he may be both toencourage with teaching τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ, καὶ τοὺς ἀντιλέγοντας ἐλέγχειν. 10 εἰσὶν. γὰρ tsound, and those who gainsay to convict. For there are πολλοὶ ‘kai! ἀνυπότακτοι ματαιολόγοι Kai φρεναπάται, pa- many and insubordinate vain talkers and mind-deceivers, espe- λιστα ot ἐκ © περιτομῆς, 11 ovdc δεῖ ἐπιστο- cially those of [the] circumcision, whom itis necessary to stop the pier? οἵτινες ὕλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν, διδάσκοντες mouths of, who whole houses overthrow, teaching ἃ μὴ.δεῖ, αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν: 12 εἶπεν things which [they] ought not, “base °gain for “sake of. 14Said τις ἐξ αὐτῶν idwe.airmy προφήτης, Κρῆτες ἀεὶ Sone “of "themselves ‘of }*their ‘*own °%a *°prophet, Cretans always [are] ψεῦσται, κακὰ θηρία, γαστέρες apyat. 18 ἡ.μαρτυρία.αὕτη liars, evil wild beasts, *gluttons Mazy. This testimony ἐστὶν ἀληθής" Ov ἣν αἰτίαν ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως, ἵνα 15 true ; for which cause convict them with severity, that ὑγιαίνωσιν ἔν τῇ πίστει, 14 μὴ προσέχοντες ᾿Ιουδαϊκοῖς they may besound in the faith, not giving heed to Jewish μύθοις καὶ ἐντολαῖς ἀνθρώπων ἀποστρεφομένων τὴν ἀλή- fables andcommandments of men, turning away from the _ truth, θειαν. 15 πάντα ἱμὲν" καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς’ τοῖς δὲ All things [are] pure tothe pure; but to those who Κμεμιασμένοις" καὶ ἀπίστοις οὐδὲν καθαρόν, ἀλλὰ μεμίαν- are defiled and unbelieving nothing [is] pure; but are de- ται αὐτῶν Kai ὁ νοῦς Kai ἡ-.-συνείδησις. 16 θεὸν ὁμολογοῦσιν filed *their *both mind and [their] conscience. God they profess IZ ~ 1 7 2 ~ ‘ ” ‘ εἰδέναι, τοῖς.δὲ ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται, βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες καὶ to know, but in works deny {him], “abominable ‘being and ἀπειθεῖς, Kai πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἀδόκιμοι. disobedient, and as to every ork *zood found worthless. Q Σὺ δὲ λάλει ἃ πρέπει τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασ- But *thou ‘speak the things that become sound teach- καλίᾳ᾽ 2 πρεσβύτας νηφαλίους εἶναι, σεμνούς, σώ- ing: [the] aged (men) ‘sober 1to *be, grave, dis- poovac, ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει, τῇ ἀγάπῃ, τῇ ὑπομονῇ" creet, sound in faith, in love, in endurance ; f — καὶ LTT:[a]. g + [δὲ] but (especially) L. 9 ἐπιδιορθώσης L. Κ μεμιαμμένοις LTTr; μεμιαμένοις A. i— μὲν ΤΎΤΑΥ͂,. 555 thou shouldest set in order the things that are wanting, and or- dain elders in every city, as [had appointed thee: 6 if any be blameless,the husband of one wife, having faithful children not accused of riot or up- ruly. 7 For a bishop must be blameless, as the steward of God; not selfwilled, not soon angry, not given to wine, no striker, not given to filthy lucre ; 8 but a lover of hospitality, a lover of good men, sober, just, holy, temperate ; 9 holding fast the faithful word as he hath been taught, that he may be able by sound doctrine both to exhort and to con- vince the gainsayers. 10 For there are many unruly and vain talkers and deceivers, specially they of the circumcision : 11 whose mouths must be stop- ped,who subvert whole houses,teaching things which they ought not, for filthy lucre’s sake. 12 One of themselves, even a prophet of their own, said, The Cre- tians are alway liars, evil beasts, slow bel- lies. 13 This witness is true. Wherefore re- buke them sharply, that they may besound in the faith; 14 not giving heed to Jewish fables, and command- ments of men, that turn from the truth. 15 Unto the pure all things are pure: but unto them that are de- filed and unbelieving is nothing pure; but even their mind and conscience is defiled. 16 They profess that they know God; but in works they deny him,being abominable, and disobedient, and unto every good work reprobate. Il. But speak thou the things which become sound doctrine: 2 that the aged men be so- ber, grave, temperate, sound in faith, in cha- rity, in patience. 3The h + τῆς the TTr 556 aged women likewise, that they be in be- haviour as becometh holiness, not false ac- cusers, not given to much wine, teachers of good things ; 4 that they may teach the young women to he sober, to love their husbands, to love their children, 5 to be dis- ereet, chaste, keepers at home, good, obe- dient to their own hus- bands, that the word of God be not blas- phemed. 6 Young men likewise exhort to be sober minded. 7 Inall things shewing thy- self a pattern of good works: in doctrine shewing uncorrupt- ness, gravity, since- rity, 8 sound speech, that cannot be con- demned ; that he that is of thecontrary part may be ashamed, hay- ing no evil thing to say of you. 9 Hxhort servants to be obe- dient unto their own masters, and to please them wellin all things; not answering again ; 10 not purloining, but shewing all good fide- lity ; that they may adorn the doctrine of God our Saviour in all things. 11 For the grace of God that bringeth salva- tion hath appeared to all men, 12 teaching us that, denying un- godliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly, in this pre- sent world ; 13 looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious ap- pearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ; 14 who gave himself for us, that he might redeem us from all iniquity, and purify unto him- self a peculiar people, zealous of good works, 15 These things speak, and exhort, and re- buke with all autho- rity. Let no man de- spise thee. 11, Put them in mind to be subject to principalities and i P Orsi TT ON. 1 1 3 πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως ἐν καταστήματι ἱερο- [the] aged (women) in like manner in deportment as becomes ~ 4 , ] Stl ” ~ Ν “ πρεπεῖς. μὴ διαβόλους, Ἱμὴ" οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας, sacred ones, ποῦ slanderers, not ?to *wine *much enslaved, καλοδιδασκάλους, 4 ἵνα τ'σωφρονίζωσιν" τὰς νέας teachers of what is right ; that they may school the young [women] φιλάνδρους εἶναι, φιλοτέκνους, 5 σώφρονας, lovers of [their] husbands to be, lovers of [their] children, discreet, ἁγνάς, “oikoupovc,' ἀγαθάς, ὑποτασσομένας τοῖς.ἰδίοις ἀν- chaste, keepersat home, good, subject to theirown hus- δράσιν, ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται. 6 Τοὺς bands, that not the word of God may be evil spoken of. The νεωτέρους ὡσαύτως παρακάλει σωφρονεῖν, 5 7 περὶ younger [men] ἴῃ 11ὸ manner’ exhort to be discreet αὶ in πάντα σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος τύπον καλῶν ἔργων, ἐν τῇ all things thyself holding forth a pattern of good works; in διδασκαλίᾳ Ῥἀδιαφθορίαν," σεμνότητα, ἀφθαρσίαν," 8 λόγον teaching uncorruptness, gravity, incorruption, 2speech ὑγιῆ, ἀκατάγνωστον, ἵνα ὁ. ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ. μηδὲν 1sound, not to be condemned : that he who is opposed may be ashamed, *nothing ἔχων περὶ ὑμῶν eye φαῦλον. 9 Δούλους "ἰδίοις thaving °concerning 7you “to *say evil. Bondmen to their own δεσπόταις" ὑποτάσσεσθαι, ἐν πᾶσιν εὐαρέστους εἶναι, μὴ masters to be subject, in everything well-pleasing to be, not ? a A , ? A) t ΄ ~ tl ἀντιλέγοντας, 10 μὴ νοσφιζομένους, ἀλλὰ 'πίστιν πᾶσαν contradicting ; bot purloining, but *fidelity 3411] ἐνδεικνυμένους ayadny’ ἵνα τὴν διδασκαλίαν τοῦ σωτῆρος 1shewing 5good, that the teaching Saviour wt ~ ll θ ~ ~ ’ ~ ? , 4 ε ὑμῶν" θεοῦ κοσμῶσιν ἐν πᾶσιν. 1] Ἐπεφάνη.γὰρ a] lof 2your God they may adorn in all things. For **appeared ‘the χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ χὴ σωτήριος πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, grace 308 *God ‘which ‘brings ‘salvation "for 3411 °men, 12 παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς ἵνα ἀρνησάμενοι THY ἀσέβειαν Kai τὰς instructing us that, having denied ungodliness and κοσμικὰς. ἐπιθυμίας, σωφρόνως Kai δικαίως Kai εὐσεβῶς ζή- worldly desires, discreetly and righteously and piously we σωμεν ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι, 13 προσδεχόμενοι τὴν paKapiar’ should live in the present age, awaiting the blessed ἐλπίδα καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ Kai σωτῆ- hope and appearing of the glory Srreat *God °and ®Sa- ρος ἡμῶν Τ᾽ ησοῦ χριστοῦ," 14 ὃς ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν: viour*of%our Jesus Christ ; who gave himself for us, iva λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας, Kai καθαρίσῃ that he might redeem us from all lawlessness, and might purify ἑαυτῷ λαὸν περιούσιον, ζηλωτὴν καλῶν ἔργων. 15 Ταῦτα to himself a people peculiar, zealous ofgood works. These things λάλει, καὶ παρακάλει, Kai ἔλεγχε μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς. speak, and exhort, and oonvict with all command. μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω. ΖΝο ὅθπο *thee ‘let ‘despise. 3 Ὑπομίμνησκε αὐτοὺς ἀρχαῖς *kai' ἐξουσίαις ὑποτάσ- Put *in *remembrance 'them torulers and to authorities to be μηδὲ Dor TTrA. home LTTrA. ταις ἰδίοις L. ο Read to be discreet in all things, T. 9.--Ο ἀφθαρσίαν EGLTTrAW. τ πᾶσαν πίστιν ΤΊΤΑ. ᾿ς ἡ (vead σωτή. bringing salvation) LTTra. τὰ σωφρονίζουσιν they school Trra. π οἰκουργούς workers at P ἀφθορίαν incorruption LTTraw. τ λέγειν περὶ ἡμῶν (US) LITrA ; περὶ ἡμῶν λέγειν GW. 5 δεσπό: v + χὴν which [is] Lrtraw. τ ἡμῶν of our EGLTTrAW Υ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ TTr. - - καὶ LTTrA, ΠΤ TU;8. πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι, Severy 7work ®good ?ready ‘to 096, 2 μηδένα βλασφημεῖν, ἀμάχους εἶναι, ἐπιεικεῖς, noone ἴο speak evil of, ποὺ *contentious ‘to *be, [tobe] gentle, πᾶσαν ἐνδεικνυμένους "πρᾳότητα" πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους. 3411 tshewing meekness towards all men, 3 ἦμεν.γάρ ποτε Kai ἡμεῖς ἀνόητοι, ἀπειθεῖς, πλανώ- For were “once ‘also ‘we without intelligence, disobedient, led μένοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις Kai ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις, ἐν κακίᾳ astray, serving ?lusts Sand *pleasures ‘various, in malice \ , , , ~ > U - ev \ καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες, στυγητοί, μισοῦντες ἀλλήλους" 4 ὕτε. δὲ Ill. σεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν, πρὸς subject, tobeobedient, ‘to and envy living, hateful, hating one another. But when ἡ χρηστότης Kai ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ. σωτῆρος ἡμῶν the kindness andthe lovetoman Sappeared tof “our “Saviour θεοῦ, 5 οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων τῶν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ oy ἐποιήσαμεν *God, not by works which[were]in righteousness which “practised ἡμεῖς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ “τὸν αὐτοῦ.ἔλεον" ἔσωσεν ἡμᾶς. διὰ we, but according to his mercy he saved us, through [the] λουτροῦ παλιγγενεσίας" καὶ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου, washing of regeneration and renewing of [the] 7Spirit *Holy, 6 οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ which he poured out on {8 richly through Jesus Christ σωτῆρος. ἡμῶν" 7 ἵνα δικαιωθέντες τῃ. ἐκείνου. χάριτι, κληρο- our Saviour ; that having been justified by his grace, eirs νόμοι “γενώμεθα! κατ᾽ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου. we should become according to [the] hope of life eternal. 8 Πιστὸὲὸ ὁ λόγος, καὶ περὶ τούτων βούλομαί σε δια- Faithful [is] the word, and concerning thesethings Idesire thee ἴο βεβαιοῦσθαι, iva φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων προΐστασθαι affirm strongly, that ‘may 7take®care ‘°good ‘works *to }°be **forward ‘in οἱ πεπιστευκότες ἰτῷ" θεῷ. ταῦτά ἐστιν Sra" καλὰ καὶ ‘they *who “have “believed 5God. These things are good and ὠφέλιμα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις: 9 μωρὰς.δὲ ζητήσεις Kai γενεαλο- profitable to men ; but foolish questions and genealo- yiac καὶ *épec' καὶ μάχας νομικὰς περιΐστασο᾽ εἰσὶν and strifes and contentions about [the] law stand aloof from; ΠΟΥ “are gies yap ἀνωφελεῖς καὶ μάταιοι. 10 Αἱρετικὸν ἄνθρωπον μετὰ ‘for unprofitable εὐ vain. A sectarian man after μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν παραιτοῦ, 11 εἰδὼς ὅτι ἐξέ- one and 8 second admonition reject, knowing that is στραπται ὁ τοιοῦτος, Kai ἁμαρτάνει. ὧν αὐτοκατάκριτος. perverted suchaone, and sins, being self-condemned. 12 Ὅταν πέμψω ᾿Αρτεμᾶν πρός σε ἢ Τυχικόν, σπούδα- When Ishallsend Artemas to thee, or Tychicus, be dili- cov ἐλθεῖν πρός pe εἰς Νικόπολιν: ἐκεῖ.γὰρ κέκρικα gent to come to me to Nicopolis ; for there I have decided παραχειμάσαι. 13 Ζηνᾶν τὸν νομικὸν καὶ ᾿Απολλὼ" σπου- to winter. Zenas the lawyer and Apollos dili- daiwe πρόπεμψον, ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς ἔλείπῃ." 14 μαν- gently set forward, that nothing tothem may be lacking; “let θανέτωσαν δὲ Kai οἱ ἡμέτεροι καλῶν ἔργων προΐστασθαι Slearn Jand ‘also Sours “°¢o0d «}4+works *to “be ®forward *in εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας, ἵνα μὴ.ὦσιν ἄκαρποι. 15 ᾿Ασ- for necessary wants, that they may not be unfruitful. 5Sa- 557 powers, to obey magis- trates, to be ready to every good work, 2 to speak evil of no man, to be no brawlers, but gentle, shewing all meekness unto all men. 3 For we ourselves al- 80 were sometimes foolish, disobedient, deceived, serving di- vers lusts and plea- sures, living in malice and envy, hateful, and hating one another. 4 But after that the kindness and love of God our Saviour to- ward man appeared 5 not by works of righteousness which we have done, but ac- cording to his mercy he saved us, by the washing of regenera- tion, and renewing of the Holy Ghost; 6 which he shed on us abundantly through Jesus Christ our Sa- viour; 7 that being justified by his grace, we should be made heirs according to the a of eternal life, 8 This is a faithful say- ing, and these things I will that thou affirm constantly, that they which have believed in God might be care- fal to maintain good works. These things are good and profitable unto men. 9 But a- void foolish questions, and genealogies, and contentions, and striv- ings about the law; for they are un- profitable and vain. 10 A man that is an heretick after the first and second admonition reject; 11 knowing that he that is such is subverted, and sin- neth, being condemned of himself. 12 When Ishalisend Artemas unto thee, or Tychicus, be diligent to come unto me to Nicopolis: for I have determined there to winter. 13 Bring Ze- nas the lawyer and Apollos on their jour- ney diligently, that nothing be wanting unto them. 14 And let ours also learn to maintain good works for necessary uses,that they be not unfruitful, 15 All that are with © τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος LTTrAW. ἕ --- τὰ LTTrAWw. Ὁ δ ττττα. 5 πραὔτητα LTTrA. f —7@ LTTrAW. © γενηθῶμεν LTTrAW. λὼν τ΄ Κ λίπῃ τ. h ἔριν strife T. 4 παλινγενεσίας T. i’ A7roA- 558 me salute thee. Greet them that love us in the faith. Grace be with youall, Amen. ΠΡΟΣ @®@IAHMONA. πάζονταί σε οἱ per ἐμοῦ πάντες. ἄσπασαι τοὺς φι- lute Sthee *those *with *me tall, Salute those who λοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει. ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. love us in (the) faith, Grace [be] with 3411 you. ἀμήν." Amen. πρὸς Τίτον, τῆς Κρητῶν ἐκκλησίας πρῶτον ἐπί- To Titus ‘of *the 70 [*the] ®Cretans Sassembly *first Sover- σκοπον χειροτονηθέντα, ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Νικοπόλεως τῆς Make- seer ?chosen, written from Nicopolis of Mace- δονίας." donia. Ἢ ΠΡῸΣ ®IAHMONA EDIZSTOAH I[MAYAOY.' THE PAUL, a prisoner of Jesus Christ, and Ti- mothy our brother, unto Philemon our dearly beloved, and fellowlabourer, 2 and to our beloved Apphia, and ’ la 19: ἐγὼ Τιαρλος ἔγραψα τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί, ἐγὼ ἀποτίσω" ἵνα wrote [it] withmy[{own]hand; I willrepay; that pay). Ny ω σοι OTL Kai σεαυτόν μοι πε τος εἰ ει 20 Ναί, I may Hee ney to theethat even thyself to me thou owest also. Yea, ἀδελφέ, ἐγώ σον ὀναίμην ἐν Kupiw ἀνάπαυσόν μου brother, 305 *thee ‘may have profit in [the] Lord: refresh my a time, Ta σπλάγχνα ἐν = *upiy.' 21 πεποιθὼς τῷ. ὑπακοῇ.σου bowels in [the] Lord. Being persuaded of thy obedience ἔγραψά σοι, εἰδὼς ὅτι Kai ὑπὲρ ὃ) λέγω ποιήσεις. Iwrote to thee, knowing that even above what I may say thou wilt do. 22 “Αμα.δὲ καὶ ἑτοίμαζε μοι ξενίαν: ἐλπίζω.γὰρ ὅτι διὰ But withal also prepare me Ode; forI hope that through τῶν.προσευχῶν.ὑμῶν χαρισθήσομαι ὑμῖν. 23 Τ᾿ Ασπάζονταί" your prayers I shall be granted to δος, 13Salute 559 simus, whom I have begotten i in my bonds: 11 which in time past was to thee unprofit- able, but now profit- able to thee and to me: 12 whom I have sent again: thou therefore receive him, that is, mine own bowels: 13 whom I would have retained with me, that in thy stead he might have ministered unto me in the bonds of the gospel: 14 but without thy mind would I do nothing; that thy benefit should not be as it were of necessity, but willing- ly. 15 For perhaps he therefore departed for @ season, that thou shouldest receive him for ever; 16 not now as a servant, but a- bove a servant, a bro- ther beloved, specially to me, but how much more unto thee, both in the flesh, andin the Lord? 17 If thou count me thereforea partner, receive him as myself. 18 If he hath wronged thee, or oweth thee ought, put that on mine account; 19 I Paul have written it with mine own hand, I will repay tt: albeit I do not say to thee how thou owest unto me even thine own self besides. 20 Yea, brother, let me have joy of thee in the Lord: refresh my bow- elsin the Lord. 21 Hay- ing confidence in thy obedience I wrote un- to thee, knowing that thou wilt also do more than I say. 22 But withal prepare me al- so a lodging: for I trust that through your prayers I shall σε ᾿Ἑπαφρᾶς ὁ συναιχμάλωτός μου ἐν χριστῷ: Ἰησοῦ, de given unto you. *thee ‘Epaphras *fellow-prisoner 2my “ἢ Christ ®Jesus; 23 There salute thee 2 Epaphras, my fellow- 4 Μάρκος, ᾿Αρίσταρχος, Δημᾶς, Λουκᾶς, οἱ. συνξεργ οί.μου. prisoner in Christ Je- ™ark, ®Aristarchus, ®Demas, 2°Tuke, ay fellow walkers sus iat areus, Ais 25 ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου. ἡμῶν" Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ aes Gad paren The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ [be) with 25 The grace of our πνεύματος ὑμῶν. "ἀμήν." ἘΞ τ τον your spirit. Amen. men. "Πρὺς Φιλήμονα ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης, διὰ ᾿Ονησίμου Philemon written from Bome, by Onesimus cae a servant. — μου LTTra. m+ καὶ also T. π + got to thee LITraw. — ov δὲ LTTra. P τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. 4 -- προσλαβοῦ LTTra. τ μοι διακονῇ GLITrAW. 5 ἀλλὰ TTr. ‘me GLITrAw. " ἐλλόγα LTTrA. χριστῷ Christ GLITraw. of the Lord) τ. ® — ἀμήν GLTTrAW. x ἃ the things which Lrtra, ¥ ἀσπάζεταί (read Epaphras my fellow-prisoner salutes thee) GLTTraw. — ἡμῶν (read b — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Φιλήμονα Tra. ἬΠΠΕΟΣ THE +*TO GOD, who at sundry times and in divers manners spake in time past unto the fathers by the prophets, 2 hath in these last days spoken unto us by his Son, whom he hath appointed heir of all things, by whom also he made the worlds ; 3 who being the bright- ness of his glory, and the express image of his person, and upholding all things by the word of his power, when he had by himself purged our sins, sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high ; 4 being madeso much better than the angels, as he hath by inherit- ance obtained a more excellent name than they. 5 For unto which of the angels said he at any time, Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee? And again, I will be to him a Father, and he shall be to me a Son? 6 And again, when he bring- eth in the firstbegotten into the world, he saith, And let all the angels of God worship him. 7 And of the angels he saith, Who maketh his angels spi- rits, and his minis- ters a flame of fire. 8 But unto the Son he saith, Thy throne, O God, is for ever and ever: a sceptre of righteousness 7 the sceptre of thy king- dom. 9 Thou hast loy- ed righteousness, and hated iniquity ; there- fore God, even thy God, hath anointed thee with the oil of gladness above thy fellows. 10 And, Thou, Lord, in the beginning hast laid the founda- tion of the earth; and the heavens are the works of thine hands: 11 they shall perish ; * — Παύλου EG; Πρὸς “Ἑβραίους LTTrAW. © ἐποίησεν τοὺς αἰῶνας LTTrAW. ΟΥΤΎΓΑΨ. ποιησάμενος LTTrA. Ὁ + THs LTTr. i — ἡ (read [the]) urtr. EBPAIOYS EUIZTOAH MAYAOY.1 (STHE] SHEBREWS EPISTLE Ξ30Ε *PAUL. TIOAYMEPQ® καὶ πολυτρόπως πάλαι ὁ θεὸς λαλήσας In many parts and inmany ways of old God having spoken τοῖς πατράσιν ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, ἐπ᾽ Ῥἐσχάτων" τῶν ἡμερῶν to the fathers in the prophets, in “last #days , ? , c ~ > cw “a » ’΄ τούτων ἐλάλησεν ἡμῖν éevvig, 2 ὃν ἔθηκεν κληρονό- *these spoke tous in Son, whom he appointed heir μον πάντων, dt οὗ καὶ “τοὺς αἰῶνας ἐποίησεν," ὃ ὃς ὧν of allthings, by whom also the worlds he made: who being ἀπαύγασμα τῆς. δόξης Kai χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως [{890] effulgence of [his] glory δηᾶ [the] exact expression of “substance αὐτοῦ, φέρων. τε τὰ πάντα TP ῥήματι τῆς. δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, *his, and upholding allthings by the word of his power, 45,’ ἑαυτοῦ" καθαρισμὸν “ποιησάμενος τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν" by himself {the} purification having made of ?sins τἡμῶν," ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης tour, sat down on([the]right hand ofthe greatness 4 τοσούτῳ κρείττων γενόμενος τῶν ἀγγέλων, by so much better having begome than the angels, διαφορώτερον παρ᾽ αὐτοὺς κεκληρονόμηκεν ὄνομα. 5 Tint.yap more “excellent "beyond *them 786 *has *inherited ‘a ?name, For to which εἶπεν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον *said "he Sever ‘of 7the angels, ®Son ‘my art thou: I to-day γεγέννηκά σε; καὶ πάλιν, ᾿Εγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς πατέρα, have begotten thee? and again, I will be tohim for Father, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς υἱόν; 6 ὕταν.δὲ πάλιν εἰσαγάγῃ and - he shall be tome for Son? and *when ‘again he brings in τὸν πρωτότοκον εἰς THY οἰκουμένην, λέγει, Kai προσκυνη- the first-born into the habitable world, he says, And let wor- σάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ. 7 Kai πρὸς μὲν ship him all {the] angels of God. And asto 4 ? , , « ~ 4 2 uA ᾽ - , τοὺς ἀγγέλους λέγει, Ὃ ποιῶν τοὺς. ἀγγελους.αὐτοῦ πνεύ- the angels he says, Who makes his angels spi- ara, Kai τοὺς. λειτουργοὺς.αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα ὃ πρὸς .δὲ μ ’ : ng ς Ὕ ρος ἐν ὑψηλοῖς, on high, vow as much as rits, and his ministers Sof *fire ‘a *flame; but as to τὸν υἱόν, ‘O.0pdvoc.cov, ὁ θεός, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος" the Son, Thy throne, O God, [18] to the age ofthe age. EpdBdoc® εὐθύτητος ἰὴ" ῥάβδος τῆς. βασιλείας. σου. 9 ἠγά- asceptre of uprightness [15] the sceptre of thy kingdom. Thou πησας δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἐμίσησας Ἑἀνομίαν. διὰ τοῦτο didst love righteousness and didsthate lawlessness; because of this ἔχρισεν σε ὁ θεὸς ὁ.θεός.σου ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς “anointed Sthee ἰθοὰ thy *God with[the]oil of exultation above μετόχους.σου. 10 Kai, Σὺ κατ᾽ ἀρχάς, κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἐθε- thy companions, And, Thou in the beginning, Lord, the earth didst μελίωσας, Kai ἔργα τῶν.χειρῶν.σου εἰσὶν οἱ οὐρανοί" 11 αὐτοὶ found, and works of thy hands are the heavens. They Ὁ ἐσχάτου (read at the end of these days) 4 — δι᾽ ἑαντοῦ LITrA. © τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν 8 -- xai.and τ,; + καὶ ἡ and the (sceptre) TTra. k ἀδικίαν unrighteousness T. f — ἡμῶν LTTrAW. PPT HEBREWS. ἀπολοῦνται, σὺ.δὲ διαμένεις᾽ καὶ πάντες ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιω- shall perish, butthon continuest; and([they] all as a garment shall grow θήσονται, 12 Kai ὡσεὶ περιβόλαιον ἰἑλίξεις' αὐτοὺς, Kai old, and as acovering thoushaltrollup them, and ἀλλαγήσονται: σὺ.δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς εἶ, Kai τὰ ἔτη.σου οὐκ ἐκλεί- ise. shall be changed ; but thou the same art, and oy years *not ‘shall vovow. 13 Πρὸς.τίνα.δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε, Κάθου ἐκ fail. But as to which of the angels said he ever, Sit at δεξιῶν. μου, Ewe.dv.06 τοὺς. ἐχθρούς σον ὑποπόδιον τῶν ΤΑΥ͂ Τρ πα ἃ wuntilI place thine enemies [485] a footstool for ποδῶν σου; 14 οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα, εἰς *feet thy? ®Not 7all ‘are Sthey apace spirits, for διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονο- to inherit service being sent forth onaccount of those being about μεῖν σωτηοίαν ; salvation ? 2 Διὰ τοῦτο det περισσοτέρως "ἡμᾶς προσέχειν" On account of this it behoves more abundantly us to give heed τοῖς ἀκουσθεῖσιν, μήποτε “σπαραῤῥυῶμεν." 2 εἰ γὰρ to the things heard, lest at any time we should slip away. For if ὁ δι ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος ἐγένετο βέβαιος, καὶ πᾶσα the *by “angels *spoken lword was confirmed, and every παράβασις Kai παρακοὴ ἔλαβεν ἔνδικον μισθαποδοσίαν, 3 πῶς oe sae and disobedience received just recompense, how ἡμεῖς ἐκφευξόμεθα τηλικαύτης ἀμελήσαντες σωτηρίας ; ἥτις 2we *shall escape 530 °great (‘if we! Shave ‘neglected a salvation ? which ἀρχὴν λαβοῦσα λαλεῖσθαι διὰ τοῦ κυρίου, ὑπὸ 34 “commencement areas “received tobe spoken [of] by the Lord, Sby τῶν ἀκουσάντων εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐβεβαιώθη, 4 συνεπιμαρτυ- *those "that *heard 33:0 5 ss ‘was *confirmed; bearing ++ witness οοὔντος τοῦ θεοῦ σημείοις τε καὶ τέρασιν, καὶ ποικίλαις 12 with (‘*them] °God ‘Sby ‘*sigus ‘*both and wonders, and various δυνάμεσιν, καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου μερισμοῖς, κατὰ τὴν acts of power, and 7of [*the]*Spirit *Holy ‘distributions, according to αὐτοῦ θέλησιν. his will. 5 Ov.yao ἀγγέλοις ὑπέταξεν τὴν οἰκουμένην τὴν μέλ- Fornot toangels didhesubject the habitable world which isto λουσαν, περὶ ἧς λαλοῦμεν" 6 διεμαρτύρατο.δε που τὶς come, of which we speak; but fully *testified ‘somewhere ‘one , ΄ > » oe ’ ᾽ ~ n εν λέγων, Τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνησκῃ αὑτοῦ" ἢ υἱὸς saying, What is psn, that thou art mindful of him, or son ἀνθρώπου, ore ἐπισκέπτῃ Ῥαὐτόν:! 7 ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν of ane, that thou visitest him? Thou didst make“*lower ‘*thim δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσας βοαχύ τι παρ᾽ ἀγγέλους with glory and honour thou didst crown Aes some than {the] angels; (or for a little) αὐτόν. “καὶ κατέστησας αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν. σου" him, and didst set him over the works of thy hands ; 8 πάντα ὑπέταξας ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ. eevee all things thou didst subject under his feet. For in τῷ" ὑποτάξαι "αὐτῷ" τὰ πάντα, οὐδὲν ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ ἀνυπότακ- subjecting tohim allthings, nothing heleft to him unsubject. νῦν.δὲ οὔπω ὁρῶμεν αὐτῷ τὰ.πάντα ὑποτεταγμένα" But now notyet dowesee tohim all ἘΕΠΡῈ subjected ; 1 ἀλλάξεις thou shalt change rT. ἡμᾶς LITrAW. 9 παραρνυῶμεν LTTYA. Q[L]t[tr]a. τ τῷ yap LTTraAW. τον" Ρ αὐτοῦ W. 5 [αὐτῷ] L. oe ὡς ἱμάτιον as a garment Ltr]. 4 — καὶ κατέστησας to end of verse 561 but thou remainest ; and they all shall wax old as doth a garment; 12 and as a vesture shalt thou fold them up, and they shall be changed: but thou art the same, and thy years shall not fail. 13 But to which of the angels said he at any time, Sit on my right hand, until I make thine enemies thy footstool? 14 Are they not all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation ? Il. Therefore we ought to givethe more earnest heed to the things which we have heard, lest at any time we should let them slip. 2 For if the word spoken by angels was stedfast, and every transgression and dis- obedience received a just recompence of re- ward; 3 howshall we escape, if we neglect sO great salvation ; which at the first be- gan to be spoken by the Lord, and wascon- firmed unto us by them that heard him; 4 God also bearing them witness, both with signs and won- ders, and with divers miracles, and gifts of the Holy Ghost, ac- cording to his own will? 5 For unto the angels hath he not put in subjection the world to come, whereof we speak. 6 But one ina certain place testified, saying, What is man, that thou art mindful of him ? or the son of man, that thou visit- est him? 7 Thou mad- est him a little lower than the angels ; thou crownedst him with , glory and honour, and didst set him over the . works of thy hands: 8 thou hast put all things in subjection under his feet. For in that he put all in sub- jection under him, he left nothing that w not put under him. But now we see not yet all things put un- 0 προσέχειν 00 562 der him. 9 But we see Jesus, who was made a little lower than the angels for thesuffering of death, crowned with glory and honour; that he by the grace of God should taste death for every man. 10 For it became him, for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing Many sons unto glory, to make the captain of their sal- vation perfect through sufferings. 11 For both he that sanctifieth and they who are saneti- fied are all of one: for which cause he is not ashamed to call them brethren, 12 saying, I will declare thy name unto my brethren, in the midst of the church will I sing praise unto thee. 13 And again, I will put my trust in him, And again, Be- hold I and the chil- dren which God hath given me. 14 Foras- much then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death, that is, the devil; 15 and deliver them who through fear of death were all their lifetime subject to bondage. 16 For verily he took not on him the nature of an- gels; but he took on him the seed of Abra- ham. 17 Wherefore in all things it behoved him to be made like unto Ais brethren, that he might be a merci- ful and faithful hign priest in things per- taining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the peo- ple. 18 For in that he himself hath suffered being tempted, he is able to succour them that are tempted. TII. Wherefore, holy brethren, partakers of the heavenly calling, consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession, Christ Je- sus; 2 who was faith- ful to him that ap- pointed him, as also Moses was faithful in all his house. 3 For τ αἵματος Kal σαρκός LTTrAW. : Mwvo7s GLTTrAW. ΠΡΟΣ EE PAO Y=. 9 τὸν. δὲ II, III. βραχύ τι map’ ἀγγέλους ἠλαττωμένον βλέπομεν but ‘who ‘little 7s0ome?°than["'the] ‘?angels [*was]*made ον ‘we 2560 (or for a little) > ~ 4 4 ᾽’ ~ , , 4 ~ Ιησοῦν διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ sJesus onaccountof the suffering of death with glory and with honour ἐστεφανωμένον, ὅπως χάριτι θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς γεύσηται crowned ; so that by [the] grace of God for everyone he might taste ἢ Ἵ (or every thing) : » 4 > ~ a , ‘ θανάτου. 10 Ἔπρεπεν.γὰρ αὐτῷ, δι ὃν τὰ.-πάντα Kai δι death. For it was becoming tohim, for whom [are] allthings and by οὗ τὰ. πάντα, πολλοὺς υἱοὺς εἰς δόξαν ἀγαγόντα, τὸν whom [are] all things, many sons to glory bringing, the ἀρχηγὸν τῆς.σωτηρίας.αὐτῶν διὰ παθημάτων τελειῶσαι. leader of their salvation through sufferings to make perfect. 11 ὕ.τεγὰρ ἁγιάζων καὶ οἱ ἁγιαζόμενοι, ἐξ ἑνὸς πάντες" For both he who sanctifies and those sanctified of one [are] all; δι ἣν αἰτίαν οὐκ.ἐπαισχύνεται ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοὺς καλεῖν, 12 λέ- for which cause _heis not ashamed “brethren “them ‘to ?call, say- yor, ᾿Απαγγελῶ τὸ.ὄνομά.σου τοῖς. ἀδελφοῖς. μου, ἐν μέσῳ ing, I will declare thy name to my brethren ; in [the] midst ᾽ ΄ « ΄ ‘ , ? ‘ wn” ἐκκλησίας ὑμνήσω.σε. 13 Καὶ πάλιν, ᾿Εγω ἔσομαι of[{the]assembly Iwillsing praise to thee. And again, I will be πεποιθὼς ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ. Kai πάλιν, ᾿Ιδοὺ ἐγὼ καὶ τὰ παιδία & trusting in him. And again, Behold I and the children which » « ’ ? ‘ 4 , , μοι ἔδωκεν ὁ θεός. 14 Ἐπεὶ οὖν τὰ παιδία κεκοινώνηκεν 3me *cave 1God. Since therefore the children have partaken ὑσαρκὸς καὶ αἵματος, καὶ αὐτὸς παραπλησίως μετέσχεν of flesh and blood, also he inlike manner took part in τῶν.αὐτῶν, va διὰ τοῦ θανάτου Karapynoy τὸν τὸ κράτος the same, that through death he might annul himwho *the *might ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου, τουτέστιν" τὸν διάβολον, 15 καὶ ἀπαλ- ‘has of death, that is, the devil; and might set λάξῃ τούτους ὅσοι φόβῳ θανάτου διὰ παντὸς τοῦ.ζῇν free those whosoever by fear ofdeath throvzh all _ their lifetime ἔνοχοι ἦσαν “δουλείας." 16 οὐ.γὰρ δήπου ἀγγέλων ἐπιλαμ- Ξραᾳ Ὀ]6 οὐ ‘were to bondage. For ποῦ indeed of angels takes he βάνεται, ἀλλὰ σπέρματος ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐπιλαμβάνεται. 17 ὅθεν hold, but of {the} seed of Abraham he takes hold. Wherefore ὥφειλεν κατὰ πάντα τοῖς. ἀδελφοῖς ὁμοιωθῆναι, ἵνα ἐλεή- it behoved [him] in all things to [815] brethren to be made like, that a merci- μων γένηται καὶ πιστὸς ἀρχιερεὺς τὰ πρὸς τὸνθεόν, ful "he *might 706 ‘and *faithful *high “priest [in] things relating to God, εἰς τὸ ἱλάσκεσθαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας Tov λαοῦ. 18 ἐν.ᾧ.γὰρ for ὕο make propitiation for the sins of the people; for in that πέπονθεν αὐτὸς πειρασθείς, δύναται τοῖς πειραζομένοις he “has %suffered "himself having been tempted,heisable those being tempted βοηθῆσαι. to help. a 7S ‘ oe , ? , , 3 Ὅθεν, ἀδελφοὶ ἅγιοι, κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου μέτοχοι, Wherefore, brethren ‘holy, οἵ [{Π6] calling ‘heavenly partakers, κατανοήσατε TOY ἀπόστολον καὶ ἀρχιερέα τῆς. ὁμολογίας. ἡμῶν consider the apostle and high priest of our confession, χριστὸν" ᾿Ιησοῦν᾽ 2 πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν, ὡς Christ Jesus, ?faithful being tohim who appointed him, as καὶ Μωσῆς" ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ. οἴκῳ.αὐτοῦ. 3 πλείονος.γὰρ "δόξης also Moses in all his house. For 70f *more “glory ν τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. Υ — χριστὸν GLTTrAW. 8 οὗτος δόξης GLTTrAW. x δουλίας T. Τ. οὗτος" παρὰ "Muon! ἠξίωται, *he than Moses hasbeencountedworthy,byhowmuch more ἔχει τοῦ οἴκου ὁ κατασκευάσας αὐτόν" 4 πᾶς γὰρ οἶκος has *than *the 7house he who sbuilt *it. For every house κατασκευάζεται ὑπό τινος ὁ.δὲ “τὰ! πάντα κατασκευάσας is built by someone; buthewho all things built [18] θεός. 5 καὶ Μωσῆς" μὲν πιστὸς ἔν ὅλῳ τῷ.οἴκῳ. αὐτοῦ ὡς God. And Moses indeed[was]faithful in all his house as θεράπων, εἰς μαρτύριον τῶν δλαληθησομένων᾽ aministering servant, for atestimony οἷ thethings going to be spoken; 6 χριστὸς.δὲ ὡς υἱὸς ἐπὶ τὸν.οἷκον.αὐτοῦ, οὗ οἶκός ἐσμεν but Christ as Son over his house, whose house are ἡμεῖς, ξἐάνπερ' τὴν παῤῥησίαν Kai τὸ καύχημα τῆς ἐλπίδος HEBREWS. καθ᾽ ὅσον πλείονα τιμὴν honour we, ifindeed the boldness and the boasting ofthe hope fuéypt τέλους βεβαίαν" κατάσχωμεν. unto [the] end firm we should hold. 7 Διό, καθὼς λέγει TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον, Σήμερον ἐὰν τῆς Wherefore,evenas says the Spirit the Holy, To-day if φωνῆς.αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε, 8 μὴ.σκληρύνητε τὰς.καρδίας. ὑμῶν, his voice ye willhear, harden not your hearts, ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ, κατὰ THY ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ ἐν as in the provocation, in the day of temptation, in τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 9 οὗ ἐπείρασάν Spe" οἱ. πατέρες. ὑμῶν, *idoKxipacay the wilderness, where “tempted ‘me your “fathers, proved με." καὶ εἶδον τὰ-ἔργα.μου ἱτεσσαράκοντα' ἔτη: 10 διὸ προσ- me, and saw my works forty years. Wherefore I was ώχθισα TH γενεᾷ "ἐκείνῃ," καὶ *elroy," ᾿Αεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ indignant with generation ‘that, and said, Always they err καρδίᾳ" αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ. ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδούς. μου" 11 we wpooa ἐν inheart; andthey did not know my ways ; so Iswore in τῇ-ὀργῇ- μου, Εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν. κατάπαυσίν. μου. 12 Βλέ- my wrath, If theyshallenter into my rest. Take πετε, ἀδελφοί, μήποτε ἔσται ἔν τινι ὑμῶν καρδία πονηρὰ heed, brethren, lest perhaps shall be in anyone of you a“heart ‘wicked ἀπιστίας ty τῷ ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ζῶντος" 18 ἀλλὰ of unbelief in departing from *God['the] “living. But παρακαλεῖτε ἑαυτοὺς καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν, ἄχρις.οὗ TO σήμερον encourage yourselves every day as long as “to-day ~ “ A ~ ] 3 « ~ Π ? , ~ καλεῖται, iva μὴ σκληρυνθῇ ric ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς it 7is called, that ποῦ may be hardened any of you by([the] deceitfulness ἁμαρτίας" 14 μέτοχοι.γὰρ γεγόναμεν Tov χριστοῦ," "ἐάνπερ" of sin. For companions we have become of the Christ, if indeed THY ἀρχὴν τῆς ὑποστάσεως μέχρι τέλους βεβαίαν κατά- the beginning of the assurance unto [the] end firm we oxwpuev' 15 ἐν rpdeyecOar, Σήμερον ἐὰν τῆς.φωνῆς. αὐτοῦ should hold ; in its being said, To-day if his voice ἀκούσητε, μὴ.σκληρύνητε τὰς.καρδίας. ὑμῶν, we ἐν τῷ παραπι- ye willhear, harden not your hearts, as in the provoca- κρασμῷ. 16 “τινὲς. γὰρ ἀκούσαντες παρεπίκραναν," ἀλλ᾽ οὐ tion. For some having heard provoked, but not πάντες ot ἐξελθόντες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου διὰ PMwoéwe."4 17 τίσιν δὲς 411 who cameout from gypt by Moses. And with whom Ὁ MwionvGLTTrAW. ©—taLTTrAw. 4 Μωῦσῆς GLTTrAW. f— μέχρι τέλους βεβαίαν A. & — με LTTraw. LTTraw. i τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. J ταύτῃ this LrtTraw. GLaw. ™ Tov χριστοῦ γεγόναμεν GLTTrAW. Ὁ ἐάν περ LTr. κραναν ; For who, having heard, provoked? GLTTraw. as @ question but [was it] not all, &. ?) GLrtraw. 563 this man was counted worthy of more glory than Moses, inasmuch as he who hath build- ed the house hath more honour than the house. 4 For every honse is builded by some man; but he that built all things 1s God. 5 And Moses verily was faith- ful in all his house, as aservant, for a testi- mony of those things which were to be spoken after; 6 but Christ as a son over his own house ; whose house are we, if we hold fast the confi- dence and the rejoic- ing of the hope firm unto the end. 7 Wherefore (as the Holy Ghost saith, To day if ye will hear his” voice, 8 harden not your hearts, as in the provocation, in the day of temptation in the wilderness: 9 when your fathers tempted me, proved me, and saw my works forty years. 10 Wherefore I Was grieved with that generation, and said, They do alway err in their heart ; and they have not known my ways. 11 So Iswarein my wrath, They shall not enter into my rest.) 12 Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God. 13 But exhort one an- other daily, while itis called To day ; lestany of you be hardened through the deceitful- ness of sin. 14 For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our con- fidence stedfast unto the end ; 15 whileit is said, To day if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation. 16 For some, when they had heard, did provoke: howbeit not all that came out of Egypt by Moses. 17 But with © ἐάν[περ] L; ἐὰν if TTrra. hey δοκιμασίᾳ by proving [me ] Κ εἶπα L. ῶ ° τίνες γὰρ ἀκού. παρεπί- Ρ Mwiicéws GLTTrAW. τ + [καὶ] also 1,. 1 ἐξ ὑμῶν τις 9; (read 564 whom was he grieved forty years? was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcases fell in the wilderness? 18 And to whom sware he that they should not enter into his rest, but to them that be- lieved not? 19 So we see that they could not enter in because of unbelief. IV. Let us therefore fear, lest, a promise being left us of entering into his rest, any of you should seem to come short of it. 2 For unto us was the gospel preached, as well as unto them: but the word preached did not profit them, not being mixed with faith in them that heard it. 3 For we which have believed do enter into rest, 88 he said, As I have sworn in my wrath, if they shall enter into my rest: althougn the works were finished from tae foundation of the world. 4 For he spake in a certain place of theseventh day on this wise, And God did rest the seventh day from all his works. 5 And in this place again, If they shall enter into my rest. 6 Seeing therefore it remaineth that some must enter therein, and they to whom it was first preached entered not in because of unbe- lief: 7 again, he li- raiteth a certain day, saying in David, To cay, after so long a time; as itis said, To day if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts. 8 For if Jesus had given them rest, then would he not afterward have spok- en of another day. 9 There remaineth therefore a rest to the people of God. 10 For ne that is entered inte his rest, he also hath ceased from his own works, as God did from his. 11 Let us labour therefore to en- ter into that rest, lest any man fall after the same example of un- ΠΡΟΣ EBPAIOTS. προσώχθισεν “τεσσαράκοντα! ἔτη ; was he indignant forty τήσασιν, ΠῚ, IV. οὐχὶ τοῖς ἁμαρ- years? [Was it] not with those who ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν TH ἐρήμῳ; 18 τίσιν.δὲ sinned, of whom the carcases fell in the wilderness? And to whom ὦμοσεν μὴ.εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς τὴν.κατάπαυσιν.αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ swore he (that they]shallnotenter into his rest, except ~ ? ΄ ‘ , e 7 ᾽ ΄ τοῖς ἀπειθήσασιν ; 19 καὶ βλέπομεν ὅτι οὐκ.ἠδυνήθησαν tothose who disobeyed ? And wesee that they were not able > ~ 42} > / ~ ’ εἰσελθεῖν δι ἀπιστίαν. 4 Φοβηθῶμεν οὖν μήποτε to enter in on account of unbelief. We should fear therefore lest perhaps καταλειπομένης ἐπαγγελίας εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν.κατάπαυσιν.αὖ- *being “left ‘a *promise to enter into his rest, τοῦ, δοκῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ὑστερηκέναι. 2 καὶ γάρ ἐσμεν. εὐηγ- *might ®seem 'any ὍΣ “you to come short. For indeed we have had , 4 J ~ e ? > ? Ε) , ε γελισμένοι, καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι" ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ὠφέλησεν ὁ glad tidings announced (to us]evenas alsothey; but not didprofit *the λόγος τῆς ἀκοῆς ἐκείνους, μὴ 'συγκεκραμένος" τῇ πίστει 3word ‘ofthe “report ‘them, not having been mixed with faith τοῖς ἀκούσασιν. 3 εἰσερχόμεθα. γὰρ εἰς "τὴν" κατάπαυσιν in those who heard. For we enter into the rest, οἱ πιστεύσαντες. καθὼς εἴρηκεν, Ὥς ὦμοσα ἐν τῇ.ὀργᾷῇ.μου, who believed ; as hehassaid, So Iswore in my wrath, Εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν. κατάπαυσίν. μου: καίτοι τῶν ἔργων If they shall enter into my rest ; though verily the works ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου γενηθέντων. 4 Εἴρηκεν.γάρ ov from [the] foundation of [the] world were done. For he has said somewhere περὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης οὕτως, Kai κατέπαυσεν ὁ θεὸς ἔν Tz concerning the seventh ({day] thus, And “rested 1God onthe ἡμέρᾳ TH ἑβδόμῃ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν.ἔργων. αὐτοῦ" 5 Kai ἐν τού- "day tseventh from all his works : and in this / 2 > 7 > A id , ? \ τῳ πάλιν, Ei εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν.κατάπαυσίν.μου. 6 ᾿Επεὶ [place] again, If they shall enter into my rest. Since οὖν ἀπολείπεταί τινας εἰσελθεῖν εἰς αὐτήν, καὶ οἱ πρό- therefore it remains [for] some toenter into it, and those who τερον εὐαγγελισθέντες οὐκ.εἰσῆλθον YOu" ἀπείθειαν. πά- NY. ς formerly heard glad tidings did not enter in onaccountof disobedience, again Aw τινὰ ὁρίζει ἡμέραν, Σήμερον, ἐν ΣΔαβὶδ' λέγων, μετὰ 8 certain 7he’determines ‘day, To-day, in MDavid saying, after τοσοῦτον χρόνον, καθὼς Yeipnrat,' Σήμερον ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς solong atime, (according as ithas beensaid,) To-day, if 2voice αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε, μὴ.σκληρύνητε τὰς καρδίας. ὑμῶν. 8 Εἰ. γὰρ ‘this ye will hear, harden not your hearts. For if αὐτοὺς ᾿Ιησοῦς κατέπαυσεν, οὐκ ἂν περὶ ἄλλης ἐλά- them 1 Jesus 2gave*rest, not concerning another *would “he ‘have (z.e. Joshua) ~ « , »ἭἬἬ > / A ~ λει μετὰ. ταῦτα ἡμέρας" 9 aoe ἀπολείπεται σαββατισμὸς τῷ day. en remains asabbatism to the λαῷ τοῦ.θεοῦ. 10 ὁ.γὰρ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν. κατάπαυσιν. αὐτοῦ, people of God. For hethat entered into his rest, καὶ αὐτὸς κατέπαυσεν ἀπὸ τῶν.ἔργων.αὐτοῦ, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ also he rested from his works, as 3from τῶν.ἰδίων ὁ θεός. 11 Σπουδάσωμεν οὖν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς *his δόντα 1God did]. | Weshould be diligent therefore toenter into ἐκείνην τὴν κατάπαυσιν, ἵνα.μὴ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τις ὑποδείγ- that rest, lest ‘*after δύῃ “same ‘anyone ‘example Sspoken “afterwards 5 τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. united in faith with those, &c.); συνκεκερασμένος T. LTTra ; Δαυὶδ aw. t συγκεκερασμένους LTrA, κεκραμένους W, (read them not Υ [τὴν] Tr. w διὰ A. x Aaveté Υ προείρηται it has been said before Lrtraw. ΤΥ: HEBREWS. ματι πέσῃ τῆς ἀπειθείας. 12 ζῶν. γὰρ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ?may “fall of disobedience. For living [is] the word of God and ἐνεργής, καὶ τομώτερος ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον, καὶ efficient, and sharper than every 7sword 1two-edged, even διϊκνούμενος ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς ὅτε" καὶ πνεύματος, ao- penetrating to [the} division bothofsoul and spirit, "of Gy τε καὶ μυελῶν, καὶ κριτικὸς ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν Coie both and marrows, and([is] a discerner of [the] thoughts and intents καρδίας 13 καὶ οὐκιἔστιν κτίσις ἀφανὴς ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ" of [the] heart. And there is not acreatedthing unapparent before him; mavra.dé γυμνὰ καὶ τετραχηλισμένα τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ, but all things [are] naked and laid bare to the eyes of him, πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁλόγος. with whom [is]our account. 14 “Eyorrec.oty ἀρχιερέα μέγαν διεληλυθότα τοὺς Having therefore a*high*priest ‘great [who] has passed through the οὐρανούς, ᾿Ιησοῦν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, κρατῶμεν τῆς ὁμο- heavens, Jesus the Son of God, weshould hold fast the con- λογίας. 15 οὐ-.γὰρ ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μὴ δυνάμενον ὅσυμπα- fession. For not have we a high priest not able to sym- θῆσαι" ταῖς.ἀσθενείαις.ἡμῶν, ὑπεπειραμένον᾽ .δὲ κατὰ πάντα pathise with our infirmities, but [who] has been tempted in all things καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας. 16 προσερχώμεθα οὖν according to(our] likeness, apartfrom sin. We should come therefore μετὰ παῤῥησίας τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος, ἵνα λάβωμεν “ἔλεον," with boldness tothe throne of grace, that wemayreceive mercy, καὶ χάριν εὕρωμεν εἰς εὔκαιρον βοήθειαν. and *grace ‘may “find for opportune help. 5 Πᾶς.γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος, ὑπὲρ For every high priest from among men being taken for πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ἵνα προσφέρῃ God, that he may offer 2 μετριοπαθεῖν δυνά- 30 *exercise "forbearance ‘being ἀνθρώπων καθίσταται τὰ men is constituted in things relating to a~_2 ‘ , q ~ δῶρά ὅτε! καὶ θυσίας ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν, both gifts, δηᾶ βδουϊῆἔσθβ for sins ; μενος τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσιν καὶ πλανωμένοις, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς able withthose being ignorant and erring, since also himself ΄ὔ 3. θέ Ξ ‘ εὃδ 4 , Π] ? ir περίκειται ἀσθενειαν" 3 Kai ia ταύτην ὀφείλει, is encompassed with infirmity ; and on account of . this [infirmity] he ought, ~ ~ . ‘ « ~ , καθὼς περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ, οὕτως Kai περὶ ‘éavTOU' προσφέρειν evenas for the people, so also for himself to offer « " ~ ‘ ~ , ‘ ΄ βεὑπὲρ! ἁμαρτιῶν. 4 Καὶ οὐχ ἑαυτῷ τις λαμβάνει τὴν τιμήν, for sins. And not tohimself anyone takes the honour, ’ € ‘ ~ ~ Ι ‘ « ᾽ , ἀλλὰ Βὸ" καλούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἱκαθάπερ' καὶ "δ" ᾿Ααρών. but he being called by God, even as also Aaron, 5 οὕτως καὶ ὁ χριστὸς οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἐδόξασεν γενηθῆναι apy- Thus alsothe Christ ποὺ himself didglorify tobecome 8 ΒΙρἪ 7 , ACs LZ ‘ 4 septa, ἀλλ’ ὁ NaANoac πρὸς αὐτόν, Υἱός μου εἶ ov, ἐγὼ on- priest ; but he who said to him, Son ‘my artthou, I_ to- , ‘ ‘ , μερον γεγέννηκά σε. Θ καθὼς καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει, Σὺ day have begotten thee. Even as also in another [place] he says, Thou [art] ~ 4 y2 A>) ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸναἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ. 7 Ὃς ἐν 8. priest forever accordingtothe order of Melchisedec. Who in 565 belief. 12 For the word of God is quick, and powerful, and sharper than any twoedged sword, piercing even te the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and of the joints and mar- row, and 7s a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart, 13 Neither is there any creature that is not manifest in his sight: but all things are na- ked and opened unto the eyes of him with whom we have to do. 14 Seeing then that we have a great high priest, that is passed into the heavens, Je- sus the Son of God, let us hold fast our pro- fession. 15 For we have not an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirm- ities ; but was in all points tempted "like as we are, yet without sin. 16 Let us there- fore come boldly unto the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need. Vv. For every high priest taken from a- mong men is ordained for menin things per- taining to God, that he may offer both gifta and sacrifices for sins : 2 who can have com- passion on the igno- rant, and on them that are out of the way; for that he himself al- ΒΟ is compassed with infirmity. 3 And by reason hereof he ought, as for the people, so also for himself, to of- fer for sins, 4 And no man taketh this ho- nour untohimself, but he that is called of God, as was Aaron. 5 So also Christ glori- fied not himself to be made an high priest ; but he that said unto him, Thou art my Son, to day havel begotten thee. 6 As he saith al- so in another place, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec. 7 Who in 8 συν- TA. Ὁ πεπειρασμένον EGLTTrAW. ε δι’ αὐτὴν on account of it LTTraw. 1 καθὼς L; καθώσπερ TA; καθώς περ Tr. — χε both LTTraw. d — τε both [tr]. bh — ὃ GLTTrAW. f aurov L. ς ἔλεος LTTrAW. ΒΕ περὶ LTTrAW. 606 the days of his flesh, when he had offered up prayers and supplica- tions with strong cry- ing and tears unto him that was able to save him from death, and was heard in that he feared ; 8 though he were a Son, yet learn- ed he obedience by the things which he suf- fered; 9 and being made perfect, he be- came the author of eternal salvation unto all them that obey him ; 10 called of God an high priest after the order of Melchise- dec. 11 Of whom we have many things to say, and hard to be uttered, seeing ye are dull of hearing. 12 For when for the time ye ought to be teachers, ye have need that one teach you again which be the first principles of the oracles of God; and are become such as have need of milk, and not of strong meat. 13 For every one that useth milk zs unskil- ful in the word of righteousness: for he is a babe. 14 But strong meat belongeth tothem that are of full age, even those who by rea- son of use have their senses exercised to dis- cern both good and evil, VI. Therefore leay- ing the principles of the doctrine of Christ, let us go on unto per- fection ; not laying a- gain the foundation of repentance from dead works, and of faith toward God, 2 of the doctrine of bap- tisms, and of laying on of hands, and of resur- rection of the dead, and of eternal judg- ment. 3 And this will we do, if God permit. 4 For it ts impossible tor those who were once enlightened, and have tasted of the hea- venly gift, and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost, 5and have tasted the good word of God, and the powers of the world to come, 6 if they shall fall a- way, to renew them again untorepentance; ΠΡΌΣ, HBP ALLOYNS. ViVi ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς. σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ δεήσεις.τε καὶ ἱκετηρίας πρὸς the days of his flesh both supplications and entreaties 30 τὸν δυνάμενον σώζειν αὐτὸν ἐκ θανάτου, μετὰ κραυ- “him *who [‘was] ‘able ‘to*save ‘him ‘from death, ‘with ‘Sery- γῆς ἰσχυρᾶς καὶ δακρύων προσενέγκας, καὶ εἰσακουσθεὶς ἀπὸ ing ‘*strong ‘*and ?’tears ‘having “offered, and having been heard in τῆς.εὐλαβείας, 8 καίπερ ὧν υἱός, ἔμαθεν ad’ ὧν that [he] feared ; though being ason, he learned, from the things which ἔπαθεν τὴν ὑπακοήν, θ9 καὶ τελειωθεὶξὶ ἐγένετο "τοῖς he suffered, obedience ; and having been perfected became to *those *that ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ πᾶσιν" αἴτιος σωτηρίας αἰωνίου" 10 προσ- *obey Shim lall, author of *salvation ‘eternal ; having αγορευθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀρχιερεὺς κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελ- been saluted by God [as] high priest according to the order of Mel- xeoedéx. 11 Περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν.ὁ.λόγος καὶ δυσερμή- chisedec, Concerning whom [*is]*much ‘our *discourse and difficult ἴῃ inter- veuTocg λέγειν, ἐπεὶ νωθροὶ γεγόνατε ταῖς.ἀκοαῖς. 12 καὶ. γὰρ pretation to speak, since sluggish yehavebecome in hearing. For truly / sg ’ A A , 4 ὀφείλοντες εἶναι διδάσκαλοι διὰ τὸν χρόνον, πάλιν (when ye} ought to be teachers becauseof the time, again χρείαν ἔχετε τοῦ.διδάσκειν ὑμᾶς τίνα τὰ στοιχεῖα τῆς need yehave of [one] to teach you what [are]the elements of the ἀρχῆς τῶν λογίων τοῦ θεοῦ" Kai γεγόνατε χρείαν ἔχοντες beginning of the oracles of God, and havebecome 7need ‘t+having ΄ ‘ ~ ~ ~ «ς ,ὔ γάλακτος, ἱκαὶ" οὐ στερεᾶς τροφῆς. 18 πᾶς.γὰρ ὁ μετέχων of milk, and not of solid food ; for everyone that partakes γάλακτος ἄπειρος λόγου δικαιοσύνης" νήπιος.γάρ ἐστιν" of milk [is] unskilled in [{Π6] word of righteousness, for an infant he is; 14 τελείων dé ἐστιν ἡ στερεὰ τροφή, τῶν διὰ τὴν but *for [86] Sfully 7"grown “15 *solid *food, who on account of ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα ἐχόντων πρὸς διάκρισιν habit ?the *senses exercised *have for distinguishing ~ ν᾿ ~ Φ καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ. Ξρβοοᾶ ‘bothand evil. ‘ ? , a ~ ? ~ ~ ~ ΄ > ‘A 6 Διὸ ἄφεντες TOY THC ἀρχῆς τοῦ χριστοῦ λόγον, ἐπὶ Wherefore, having left the *of *the ‘beginning Sof ἴθ “Christ ‘discourse, to τὴν τελειότητα φερώμεθα' μὴ πάλιν θεμέλιον καταβαλλόμενοι the full growth we should goon; ποῦ again a foundation laying μετανοίας ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων, Kai πίστεως ἐπὶ θεόν, 2 βατ- of repentance from dead works, and faith in God, *of®wash- τισμῶν ™dWayic,' ἐπιθέσεώς.τε χειρῶν, ἀναστάσεώς. "τε! vE- ings ‘of(*the]*doctrine, and of laying on of hands, and of resurrection of [the] ‘ ΄, > 7ὔ \ ~ ΄ 72 κρῶν, καὶ κρίματος αἰωνίου. 3 καὶ τοῦτο ποιήσομεν, σἐάνπερ" dead, and of*judgment ‘eternal; and this will we do, if indeed ‘ , ἐπιτρέπῃ ὁθεός. 4 ἀδύνατον.γὰρ τοὺς ἅπαξ φωτισθέντας, permit 1God. For [it is] impossible, those once enlightened, γευσαμένους.τε τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς ἐπουρανίου, καὶ μετόχους and [who] tasted of the 2eift *heavenly, and partakers γενηθέντας πνεύματος ἁγίου, ὃ καὶ καλὸν γευσαμένους became of [086] *Spirit *Holy, and [*the] *good 1tasted θεοῦ ῥῆμα δυνάμεις.τε μέλλοντος αἰῶνος, 6 καὶ Sof δᾳοἅ “word and [the] works of power of [the] *to “come lage, and 3 / 2 , ? παραπεσόντας, πάλιν ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μετάνοιαν, ἀνασταὺυ- {who] fell away, again to renew to repentance, crucify- Ξ- A ᾿ ἜΣ x πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ ΙΎΤΑ. ο ἐάν περ LTrw. Ὁ fre} Tr. 1 — καὶ T[Tr]. m διδαχήν [the] doctrine L. HEBREWS. ἑαυτοῖς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ παραδειγ- ing for themeelves [as they do] the Son of God, and exposing ατίζοντας. 7 γῆ.γὰρ ἡ πιοῦσα τὸν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς Ῥπολλάκις de publicly. For ground which drank the ‘upon ‘it %often ἐρχόμενον" ὑετόν, Kai τίκτουσα βοτάνην εὔθετον ἐκείνοις 7coming train, and produces “herbage 180 for those δι ove καὶ γεωργεῖται, μεταλαμβάνει εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ for sake of whom also it is tilled, partakes of blessing from θεοῦ: 8 ἐκφέρουσα.δὲ ἀκάνθας Kai τριβόλους, ἀδόκιμος καὶ God; but [that]bringing forth thorns and thistles [is]rejected and κατάρας ἐγγύς, ἧς τὸ τέλος εἰς καῦσιν. 9 Πεπείσμεθα. δὲ 38. “curse ‘near “ἴο, of which the end[is]for burning. Butweare persuaded περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀγαπητοί, τὰ “κρείττονα" καὶ ἐχόμενα concerning you, beloved, better things, and([things] connected with σωτηρίας. εἰ καὶ οὕτως λαλοῦμεν. 10 οὐ.γὰρ ἄδικος ὁ θεὸς salvation, *if*even thus we speak. For not unrighteous [is] God ἐπιλαθέσθαι τοῦ.ἔργου.ὑμῶν Kai ᾿τοῦ κόπου" τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς to forget your work and the labour of love which ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ. ὄνομα.αὐτοῦ, διακονήσαντες τοῖς ἁγίοις Kai yedidshew to his name, having served tothe saints and διακονοῦντες. 11 ἐπιθυμοῦμεν.δὲ ἕκαστον ὑμῶν THY αὐτὴν (still] serving. But we desire each of you the same ἐνδείκνυσθαι σπουδὴν πρὸς THY πληροφορίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος ἄχρι Ξἴο 5 ‘diligence to the fullassurance ofthe hope unto τέλους" 12 aye: μὴ νωθροὶ γένησθε, μιμηταὶ δὲ τῶν διὰ (the) end; that“not*sluggish ‘ye *be,. but imitators of those who through πίστεως καὶ μακροθυμίας κληρονομούντων τὰς ἐπαγγελίας. faith and long patience inherit the promises. 13 Τῷ.γὰρ. Αβραὰμ ἐπαγγειλάμενος ὁ θεός, ἐπεὶ κατ᾽ οὐδενὸς For *to >Abraham “having *promised God, since by no one = , ? , »Ἤ Le ~ , a? T ‘ εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι, ὥμοσεν καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, 14 λέγων, "Ἢ ".μὴν he had greater toswear, swore by himself, saying, Surely εὐλογῶν εὐλογήσω σε, Kai πληθύνων πληθυνῶ cE 15 Kai blessing Iwill bless thee, and multiplying I will multiply thee; and οὕτως μακροθυμήσας ἐπέτυχεν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας. 16 ἄνθρω- thus having had long patience he obtained the promise. *Men ποι ἱμὲν" γὰρ κατὰ τοῦ μείζονος ὀμνύουσιν, Kai πάσης αὐτοῖς Sindeed ‘for ‘by ‘the “greater “swear, and ofall *to *them ἀντιλογίας πέρας εἰς βεβαίωσιν ὁ ὅρκος" 17 ἐν.ᾧ περισσό- ‘gainsaying anend for confirmation [is] the oath. Wherein *more *a- τερον βουλόμενος ὁ θεὸς ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῖς κληρονόμοις τῆς ἐπαγ- bundantly 7desiring God toshew tothe heirs of pro- γελίας τὸ ἀμετάθετον τῆς. βουλῆς αὐτοῦ, ἐμεσίτευσεν ὅρκῳ, mise the unchangeableness of his counsel, interposed byanoath, 18 ἵνα διὰ δύο πραγμάτων ἀμεταθέτων, ἐν οἷς ἀδύνατον that by two *things tunchangeable, in which [it was] impossible ψεύσασθαι “θεόν, ἰσχυρὰν παράκλησιν ἔχωμεν οἱ κατα- 3ἴο 116 ([‘for] *God, strong encouragement we might have who fled φυγόντες κρατῆσαι τῆς προκειμένης ἐλπίδος" 19 ἣν we forrefuge tolay holdon the 7set “before [*us] *hope, which as ἄγκυραν ἔχομεν τῆς ψυχῆς “ ἀσφαλῆ" τε καὶ βεβαίαν, καὶ εἰσ- ananchor wehave ofthe soul both certain and firm, and en- ἐρχομένην etc τὸ ἐσώτερον τοῦ καταπετάσματος, 20 ὕπου tering into that within the veil ; where Viz pouvrac 4 κρείσσονα LTTraw. Ῥ ἐρχόμενον πολλάκις LITrAW. * — μὲν ἱτττ[Α]. the love) Girtraw. s Et LTTra. v + Tov T. 567 seeing they crucify to themselves the Son of God afresh, and put him to an open shame. 7 For the earth which drinketh in the rain that cometh oft upon it, and bringeth forth herbs meet for them by whom it is dressed, re- ceiveth blessing from God: 8 but that which beareth thorns and briers is rejected, and ts nigh unto cursing; whose end is. to be burned. 9 But, belov- ed, we are persuaded better things of you, and things that ac- company _ salvation, though we thus speak. 10 For God is not un- righteous to forget your work and labour of love, which ye have shewed toward his name, in that ye have ministered to the saints, and do mini- ster. 11 And we desire that every one of you do shew the same dili- gence to the full as- surance of hope unto the end: 12 that ye be not slothful. but fol- lowers of them who through faith and’ pa- tience inherit the pro- mises. 13 For when God made promise to Abraham, because he could sware by no greater, he sware by himself, 14 saying, Surely blessing I will bless thee, and multi- plying I will multiply thee. 15 And so, after he had patiently en- dured, he obtained the promise. 16 For men verily swear by the greater: and an oath for confirmation ts to them an end of all strife. 17 Wherein God, willing more abun- dantly to shew unto the heirs of promise the immutability of his counsel, confirmed it by an oath : 18 that by two immutable things, in which ἐξ was impossible for God to lie, we might have a strong consolation, who have fled for re- fuge to lay hold upon the hope set before us: 19 which hope we have as an anchor of the soul, both sure and stedfast,and which en- tereth into that with- in the veil; 20 whi- τ — τοῦ κόπου (read τῆς ay. π ἀσφαλήν LI. 568 ther the forerunner is for us entered, even Jesus, made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchise- dec. VII. For this Mel- chisedec, king of Sa- lem, priest of the most high God, who met Abraham __ returning from the slaughter of the kings, and blessed him ; 2 to whom also Abraham gave a tenth part of all; first being by interpretation King of righteousness, and after that also King of Salem, which is, King of peace ;3 with- out father, without mother, without de- scent, having neither beginning of days, nor end of life; but made like unto the Son of God ; abideth a priest continually. 4 Now consider how great this man was, unto whom even the patri- arch Abraham gave the tenth of the spoils. 5 And verily they that are of the sons of Levi, who receive the office of the priesthood, have a commandment to take tithes of the peo- le according to the aw, that is, of their brethren, though they come out of the loins of Abraham: 6 but he whose descent is not counted from them received tithes of A- pbraham, and blessed him that had the pro- mises. 7 And without all contradiction the less is blessed of the better. 8 And here men that die receive tithes; put there he receiveth them, of whom it is witnessed that he liv- eth. 9 And as I may so say, Levi also, who receiveth tithes, payed tithes in Abraham. 10 For he was yet in the loins of his father, when Melchisedec met him. 11 If therefore erfection were by the evitical priesthood, ufor under it the peo- ple received the law,) what further need was there that another priest should rise after the order of Melchise- dec, and not be called * — - τοῦ E. [sons']) 106 f ηὐλόγηκεν L. Υ ὃς (read who, having met) LTra. Ὁ Aevet TTrA. 8 δι Lrtra. ‘ αὐτῆς (read on the ground of it) τι AW. ΠΡῸΣ ΒΡ Ory =. . πρόδρομος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν εἰσῆλθεν ᾿Ιησοῦς, [25] forerunner for us 7entered 1 Jesus, Μελχισεδὲκ ἀρχιερεὺς γενόμενος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. of Melchisedec a high priest having become for ever. 7 Οὗτος.γὰρ ὁ Μελχισεδέκ, βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, ἱερεὺς Tov θεοῦ For this Melchisedec, king of Salem, priest of God rou! ὑψίστου, YO" συναντήσας ᾿Αβραὰμ ὑ : ἱπὸ TH ὁ σας ρααμ ὑποστρέφοντι ATO TNC the most high, who met Abraham returning from the κοπῆς THY βασιλέων, καὶ εὐλογήσας αὐτόν" 2 ᾧ Kai δεκάτην en of the Kings, and having blessed him; to whom also “a *tenth ἀπὸ πάντων ἐμέρισεν ᾿Αβραάμ᾽ πρῶτον μὲν ἑρμηνευόμενος Fof Sall *divided Abraham ; st being inienpried βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης, ἔπειτα.δὲ καὶ βασιλεὺς Σαλῆμ, ὕ ἐστιν king of righteousness, andthen also king of Salem, which is βασιλεὺς εἰρήνη. 3 ἀπάτωρ, ἀμήτωρ, ἀγενεαλόγητος" king of ences ; without father, without mother, without genealogy ; μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν, μήτε ζωῆς τέλος ἔχων" ἀφωμοιωμένος δὲ neither beginning of days nor “of *life tend ΠΆΙΣ but assimilated τῷ vip τοῦ θεοῦ, μένει ἱερεὺς εἰς.τὸ.διηνεκές. 4 Θεωρεῖτε. δὲ to the Son of God, abides _a priest in perpetuity. Now consider πηλίκος οὗτος, καὶ" δεκάτην ᾿Αβραὰμ ἔδωκεν ἐκ how great this [one was], to whom Seven “a 7tenth ‘Abraham “gave “out %of τῶν ἀκροθινίων ὁ πατριάρχης. 5 Kai οἱ μὲν ἐκ τῶν 1.0} Mspoils “the patriarch. And they indeed from anions the *yi@y' -Aevi' τὴν ἱερατείαν λαμβάνοντες, ἐντολὴν ἔχουσιν VI, VIL. κατὰ τὴν τάξιν according to the order sons of Levi, *the “priesthood ('who] seein commandment have οἀποδεκατοῦν" τὸν Nady κατὰ τὸν νόμον, “τουτέστιν, " to take tithes from the people Secon tothe law, thatis [from] τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς. αὐτῶν, καίπερ ἐξεληλυθότας ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος their brethren though having come out of the loins >? ’ « A > ~ ’ Αβραάμ' 6 ὁ- δὲ μηὴ.γενεαλογούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν δεδεκάτω- of Abraham ; but he[who} reckons no genealogy, from them has tithed κεν °rov' ᾿Αβραάμ, καὶ τὸν ἔχοντα τὰς ἐπαγγελίας ἰεὐλό- Abraham, and “him*who *had ®the 7promises, thas κεν" 7 χωρὶς.δὲ πάσης ἀντιλογίας τὸ ἔλαττον ὑπὸ τοῦ “blessed. But apart from all gainsaying the inferior by the κρείττονος εὐλογεῖται. ὃ καὶ ὧδε μὲν δεκάτας ἀποθνήσκοντες superior is blessed. And here ‘tithes gene 3418 ζῇ. ἄνθρωποι λαμβάνουσιν" ἐκεῖ. δέ, μαρτυρούμενος Ort men “receive ; but there[one] witnessed of that he lives; 9 Kai, ἘΣ ἐδιὰ! ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ ἈΛευϊ! ὁ δεκάτας and, so to speak, through Abraham, also Levi, who “tithes λαμβάνων dedecarwrav’ 10 ἔτι.γὰρ ἐν τῇ ὀσφύϊ τοῦ.πατρὸς ‘receives, has been tithed. For yet in the loins of {his} father 5 «- ΄ ? ~ iki oF ᾽ \ > ἦν, OTE συνήντησεν αὐτῷ *o' Μελχισεδέκ. 11 Εἰ μὲν οὖν he was when ?met shim *Melchisedec. Ifindeed then τελείωσις διὰ τῆς ‘Asviricie! ἱερωσύνης ἦν, ὁ.λαὸς. γὰρ perfection by the Levitical priesthood were, for the people[*based] ἐπ᾿ ἰαὐτῇ" Ὀνενομοθέτητο," τίς ἔτι χρεία κατὰ Supon 7it ‘had “τθοθιγοϑᾶ [5086] slaw, what still need [was ἘΒΕΣΘῚ according to τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδὲκ ἕτερον ἀνίστασθαι ἱερέα, καὶ οὐ the order of Melchisedee [for] another *to *arise ‘priest; and not :--- καὶ LTr. 2 — υἱῶν (read © ἀποδεκατοῖν TTrA. 4 τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. € — τὸν LTTrA. h Aevis L; Aevets TTrA. i—outtra, K Λενειτικῆς ΤΑ. πὶ ψενομοθέτηται has received [the] law LrtTraw. VII. HEBREWS. κατὰ τὴν τάξιν ᾿Ααρὼν λέγεσθαι: 12 μετατιθεμένης. γὰρ according to the order of Aaron to be named ? For *being ‘changed τῆς ἱερωσύνης, ἐξ ἀνάγκης Kai νόμου μετάθεσις γίνεται. 1the priesthood, from necessity also of law achange takes place. 13 ἐφ᾽ ὃν. γὰρ λέγεται ταῦτα, φυλῆς ἑτέρας μετέσχηκεν, ἀφ᾽ ἧς For he of whom are said these things, a7tribe ‘different haspartin, of which οὐδεὶς προσέσχηκεν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ: 14 πρόδηλον. γὰρ ὅτι no one hasgiven attendance at the altar. For [it is] manifest that ἐξ ᾿Τούδα ἀνατέταλκεν ὁ.κύριος. ἡμῶν, εἰς ἣν φυλὴν "οὐδὲν out of Juda has sprung our Lord, asto which tribe “nothing περὶ ἱερωσύνης" “Μωσῆς! ἐλάλησεν. 15 Kai περισσότερον *concerning *priesthood 1Moses "spoke. And more abundantly ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν, εἰ κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα Μελχισεδὲκ yet quite manifest itis, since according ἕο the similitude of Melchisedec aviorarat ἱερεὺς ἕτερος, 16 ὃς οὐ κατὰ νόμον ἐντο- arises a *priest ‘different, who not according to law of?command- λῆς Poapxucijc! γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ δύναμιν ζωῆς ment ‘fleshly has been constituted, but according to power of “life ? ,ὔ Ἁ 4 ~II , oe ‘ « 4 > 4 akatahvrou' 17 “μαρτυρεῖ".γάρ, Ore ov ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν 1indissoluble. For he testifies, Thou [art] apriest for αἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ. 18 ᾿Αθέτησις μὲν yao ever according to the order of Melchisedec. 2A Sputting *away ‘for γίνεται προαγούσης ἐντολῆς, διὰ τὸ. αὐτῆς. ἀσθενὲς thereis of the going *before ‘commandment, because of its weakness καὶ ἀνωφελές, 19 οὐδὲν.γὰρ ἐτελείωσεν ὁ νόμος, ἐπεισ- and unprofitableness, (for *nothing “perfected ‘the 7law,) (*the] 7intro- aywyn δὲ κρείττονος ἐλπίδος, dv ἧς ἐγγίζομεν τῷ θεῷ. 20 Kai duction *and of a better hope by which we draw near to God. And καθ᾽ ὕσον οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας: οἱ μὲν γάρ, by how much [it was] not apart from [the] swearing of an oath, (*they for χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας εἰσὶν ἱερεῖς γεγονότες, 21 ὁ δέ, without [the] swearingof anoath are “priests *become, but he τμετὰ" ὁρκωμοσίας, διὰ τοῦ λέγοντος πρὸς αὐτόν, with [the] swearing οὗ anoath, by him who says, as to him, "Quocey κύριος καὶ οὐ.μεταμεληθήσεται; Σὺ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν *swore ['the] Lord, and will not repent, Thou [art] a priest for αἰῶνα ‘kata τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ" 22 κατὰ τοσοῦτον" ever according to the order of Melchisedec,) by so much κρείττονος διαθήκης γέγονεν ἔγγυος ᾿Ιησοῦς. 23 Kai ot of a better covenant *has*become ‘surety Jesus. And they μὲν πλείονές εἰσιν. “γεγονότες ἱερεῖς" διὰ τὸ θανάτῳ κω- *many ‘are priests on account of by death being λύεσθαι παραμένειν: 24 0.6&, διὰ τὸ μένειν. αὐτὸν εἰς hindered from continuing; but he, because of his abiding for τὸν αἰῶνα, ἀπαράβατον ἔχει τὴν ἱερωσύνην᾽ 25 ὅθεν Kai ever, ‘intransmissible ‘thas *the riesthood,. Whence also σώζειν εἰς.τὸ. παντελὲς δύναται τοὺς προσερχομένους Ou to save completely heis able those who approach by αὐτοῦ τῷ θεῷ, πάντοτε ζῶν εἰς.τὸ. ἐντυγχάνειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν. him toGod, always living to intercede for them. 26 τοιοῦτος.γὰρ apr τ ἔπρεπεν ἀρχιερεύς, ὕσιος, ἄκακος, For such 53 *became ‘a“*high*priest, holy, harmless, 569 after the orderof Aar- on? 12 For the priesi- hood being changed, there igs made of ne- cessity a change also of the law. 13 For he of whom these things are spoken per- taineth to another tribe, of which no maz gave attendance at the altar. 14 For tt ts evi- dent that our Lord sprang out of Juda; of which tribe Moses spake nothing con- cerning priesthood. 15 And it is yet far more evident : for that aiter the similitude of Melchisedec there a- riseth another priest, 16 who is made, not after thelaw of a car- nal commandment, but after the power of an endless life. 17 For he testifieth, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec. 18 For there is verily a dis- annulling of the com- mandment going be- fore for the weakness and unprofitableness thereof. 19 For the law made nothing perfect, but the bringing in of a better hope did; by the which we draw nigh unto God. 20 And inasmuch as not with- out an oath he was made priest: 21 (for those priests were made without an oath; but this with an oath by him that said unto him, The Lord sware and will not repent, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec :) 22 by so much was {6503 made a surety ofa bet- ter testament. 23 And they truly were many priests, because they were not suffered to continue by reason of death: 24 but this man, because he con- tinueth ever, hath an unchangeable priest- hood. 25 Wherefore he is able also to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by him, seeing he ever liveth to make in- tercession for them. 26 For such an high priest became us, w ο Μωῦσῆς GLTTrAW. π περὶ ἱερέων (priests) οὐδὲν LTTrAW. pe vep pa μεθ᾽ Le 4 μαρτυρεῖται (read for he is testified of) Lrtraw. χισεδέκ TIrA. ἵ TogovTOLTTrAW. ἃ + καὶ also Ta. also [L]rTraw. τ ἱερεῖς γεγονότες LAW. P σαρκίνης fleshy LTTraw. 5. — κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελ- w+ καὶ 670 as holy, harmless, un- defiled, separate from sinners, and made higher than the hea- vens ; 27 who needeth not daily, as those high priests, to offer up sa- crifice, first for hisown sins, and then for the people’s: for this he did once, when he offered up himself. 28 For the law maketh men high priests which have infirmity; but the word of the oath, which was since the law, maketh the Son, who is consecrated for evermore. VIII. Now of the things which we have spoken this ts the sum: We have such an high priest, who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens; 2 4 minister of the sanctu- ary, and of the true tabernacle, which the Lord pitched, and not man. 3 For every high priest is ordained to offer gifts and sacri- fices: wherefore tt is of necessity that this man have somewhat also to offer. 4 For if he were on earth, he should not be a priest, seeing that there are priests that offer gifts according to the law: 5 who serve unto the example and shadow of heavenly things, as Moses was admo- nished of God when he was about to make the tabernacle: for, See, saith he, that thou make all things according to the pat- tern shewed to thee in the mount. 6 But now hath he obtained a more excellent mini- stry, by how much al- so he is the mediator of a better covenant, which was established upon better promises. 7 For if that first co- venant had been fault- less, then should no place have been sought for the second. 8 For finding fault with ΠΡΟ YEEVEIP AAMT ΟΥΣ VII, Vill. ἀμίαντος, κεχωρισμένος ἀπὸ τῶν. ἁμαρτωλῶν, Kai ὑψηλότερος undefiled, separated from sinners, and 7higher τῶν οὐρανῶν γενόμενος" 27 ὃς οὐκ. ἔχει καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀνάγ- 3Ξύμδῃ *the ®heavens *become : who has not day by day neces- κην, ὥσπερ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, πρότερον ὑπὲρ τῶν.ἰδίων ἁμαρτιῶν sity, as the high priests, first for his own sins θυσίας ἀναφέρειν, Exeira τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ" τοῦτο.γὰρ “sacrifices ᾽ἴο *offer *up, then for those of the people; for this ἐποίησεν Ξξἐφάπαξ," ἑαυτὸν γἀνενέγκας." 28 ὁ.νόμος. γὰρ av- he did once for all, *himself 'having “offered “up. For the law θρώπους καθίστησιν ἀρχιερεῖς, ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν" ὁ.λόγος. δὲ ?men Xconstitutes high priests, [who] have infirmity; but the word THC ὁρκωμοσίας τῆς ετὰ τὸν νόμον, υἱὸν εἰς τὸν of the swearing of the oath, which [is] after the law, aSon for αἰῶνα τετελειωμένον. ever perfected, 8 Κεφάλαιον.δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις, τοιοῦτον Now a summary of the things being spoken of [15], Ssuch ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα, ὃς ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς ‘we “have ἃ high priest, who sat down on([the]right hand of the throne of the μεγαλωσύνης ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, 2 THY ἁγίων λειτουργός, Kai greatness in the _ heavens; “of *the *holies 2minister, and τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος, *kai' οὐκ of the *tabernacle 1true which “pitched 'the *Lord and not ἄνθρωπος. man, 3 Πᾶς γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰς TO προσφέρειν δῶρα.τε Kai θυσίας Forevery high priest for to offer both gifts and sacrifices καθίσταται" ὕθεν ἀναγκαῖον ἔχειν Te Καὶ τοῦ- is constituted ; whence [it is] necessary “ἴο °have °something 7also [*for] this Tov ὃ προσενέγκῃ. 4 εἰμὲν *yap' ἣν ἐπὶ γῆς, οὐδ᾽ 3016 which he may ofter. *If*indeed ‘for he were on earth, not even ἂν.ἣν ἱερεύς, ὄντων ὕτῶν ἱερέων! τῶν προσφερόντων would he be apriest, there being the priests who offer κατὰ ‘rov' νόμον τὰ δῶρα, 5 οἵτινες ὑποδείγματι Kai according to the law the gifts, who [the] representation and σκιᾷ λατρεύουσιν τῶν ἐπουρανίων, καθῶς κεχρημάτισ- shadow serve ofthe heavenlies, according as *was “divinely *in- d ~ Il / ? ~ ‘ , «“ ΄ ται Μωσῆς" μέλλων ἐπιτελεῖν τὴν σκηνήν, “Opa,-yap structed *Moses being about toconstruct the tabernacle; for, see, φησιν, ποιήσῃς" πάντα κατὰ τὸν τύπον τὸν δειχθέντα says he, thoumake all things according to the pattern which was shewn σοι ἐν τῷ ὄρει. 6 fyvvi'dé διαφορωτέρας τέτευχεν" thee in the mountain, But now amoreexcellent “he *has ‘obtained λειτουργίας, Oow καὶ κρείττονός ἐστιν διαθήκης μεσίτης; lministry ὈΓΥ somuchasalso of abetter “he*is ‘covenant mediator, ἥτις ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγγελίαις νενομοθέτηται. 7 ἘΕἰ.γὰρ which upon better promises has been established. For if ἡ-πρώτη.ἐκείνη ἦν ἄμεμπτος, οὐκ ἂν δευτέρας ἐζητεῖτο that first {one] were faultless, not for a second would *be “sought 8 μεμφόμενος.γὰρ "avroic' λέγει, ᾿Ιδού, ἡμέραι ἔρ- For finding fault, “*to*them ‘he says, Lo, days are τόπος. place. χ ἐφ᾽ ἅπαξ τι. if then indeed) Lrtraw. 4 Mwions GLITrAW. 2 οὖν (read © — τὸν LITrA. ὃ τέτυχεν LTAW. Υ προσενέγκας having offered τ. 2 — καὶ LTTrAW. b — τῶν ἱερέων (read τῶν those who) LTTraw. € ποιήσεις thou shalt make Lrtraw. T νῦν L. ἃ αὐτοὺς (read finding fault with them) rr. VIII, IX. HEBREWS. χονται, λέγει κύριος, Kai συντελξσω ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον coming, saith [the] Lord, and I wiilratify as regards the house Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον ᾿Ιούδα διαθήκην καινήν" 9 οὐ of Israel and asregardsthe house ofJuda a*covenant ‘new; not κατὰ τὴν διαθήκην ἣν ἐποίησα τοῖς.πατράσιν αὐτῶν, according to the covenant which I made with their fathers, ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπιλαβομένου μου" τῆς.χειρὸς αὐτῶν ἐξαγαγεῖν in [the] day of my taking hold of their hand to lead αὐτοὺς ἐκ ἧς Αἰγύπτου" ore αὐτοὶ οὐκ.ἐνέμειναν ἐν them out of[the]land of Egypt; because they did not continue in τῃῇ.διαθήκῃς. μου, κἀγὼ ἠμέλησα αὐτῶν, λέγει κύριος. 10 ὅτι my covenant, andI disregarded them, saith [the] Lord. Because αὕτη ἡ διαθήκη" ἣν διαθήσομαι τῷ οἴκῳ ᾿Ισραὴλ pera this [is] the covenant which I will covenant with the house of Israel after Tac-npépac.éxeivac, λέγει κύριος, διδοὺς νόμους. μου εἰς those days, says [the] Lord, giving my laws into τὴν. διάνοιαν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ ἱκαρδίας" αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς" their mind, alsoupon “hearts ‘their I willinscribe them; καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς εἰς θεόν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μοι εἰς λαόν. and Iwillbe tothem for God, and _ they shall be tome for people. 11 καὶ οὐ.μὴ διδάξωσιν ἕκαστος τὸν ™xAnoioyv' αὐτοῦ, καὶ And ποῦ at 811] 5881] they teach each 2neighbour this, and ἕκαστος τὸν. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, λέγων, Γνῶθι τὸν κύριον" Ore each his brother, saying, Know the Lord; because πάντες εἰδησουσίν με, ἀπὸ ικροῦ παὐτῶν" ἕως all shall know me, from [the] little [one] of them to [the] μεγάλου αὐτῶν" 12 ὅτι ἵλεως ἔσομαι ταῖς. ἀδικίαις.αὐτῶν, great [one] of them. Because merciful I will be to their unrighteousnesses, καὶ τῶν.ἁμαρτιῶν.αὐτῶν “καὶ τῶν.ἀνομιῶν. αὐτῶν! οὐ-μὴ and their sins and their lawlessnesses in no wise μνησθῶ ἔτι. 18 Ἔν τῷ λέγειν καινήν, πεπαλαίωκεν willlremember more. In the saying New, he has made old THY πρώτην᾽ τὸ.δὲ παλαιούμενον Kai γηράσκον ἐγγὺς the first; but that which grows old and aged [15] near ἀφανισμοῦ. disappearing. 9 ΡΕΐχεν" piv οὖν “καὶ ἡ πρώτη σκηνὴ" δικαιώματα *Had 7indeed Stherefore also tthe “first “tabernacle ordinances λατρείας, τότε ἅγιον κοσμικόν. 2 σκηνὴ-.γὰρ κατε- of service, and the sanctuary, a worldly [one]. For a tabernacle was σκευάσθη ἡ πρώτη. ἐν ἥτε λυχνία καὶ ἡ τρά- prepared, the first, in which [were] both the lampstand and the ta- mela καὶ ἡ πρόθεσις τῶν ἄρτων, ἥτις λέγεται "ἁγία." 3 μετὰ ble and the presentation of the loaves, which iscalled holy; “after δὲ τὸ δεύτερον καταπέτασμα σκηνὴ ἡ λεγομένη 'ἅγια" ‘but the second veil a tabernacle which [is] called holy ἁγίων, 4 χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα θυμιατήριον, καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν τῆς of holies, “a *golden ‘having censer, and the ark of the διαθήκης περικεκαλυμμένην πάντοθεν χρυσίῳ, ἐν covenant, haying been covered round “in *every *part ‘with *gold, in which στάμνος χρυσῆ ἔχουσα τὸ μάννα, Kai ἡ ῥάβδος ᾿Ααρὼν {was the] “pot ‘golden having the manna, and the rod of Aaron 1 — μου My E. k + [μου] (read my covenant) L. (read his [fellow] citizen) GLrtraw. 2 — αὐτῶν LTTrA. TTrA. P Etye T. 9 [καὶ] Tr. τ σκηνὴ GLTTrAW. ἅγια ἁγίων holy of holies 1. 1 καρδίαν heart T. ° — Kal TOV ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν 5. ἅγια holy place EGTTrAW ; τὰ ἅγια τῶν (read the holy of holies) tr. 071 them, he saith, Be- hold, the days come, saith the Lord, when I will make a new cove- nant with the house of Israel and with the house of Judah:9 not according to the cove- nant that I made with their fathers in the day when I took them by the hand to lead them out of the land of Egypt; because they continued not in my covenant, and I re- garded them not, saith the Lord. 10 For this as the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days, saith the Lord; I will put my laws into their mind, and write them in their hearts: and I will be tothem a God, and they shall be to me a people: 11 and they shall not teach every man his neighbour, and every man _ his brother, saying, Know the Lord :.for allshall know me, from the least to the greatest. 12 For I will be merci- ful to their unright- eousness, and their sins and their iniqui- ties will I remember no more. 13 In that he saith, A new covenant, he hath made the first old. Now that which decayeth and waxeth old is ready to vanish away. IX. Then verily the first covenant had also ordinances of divine service, and a worldly sanctuary. 2 For there was a tabernacle made; the first, wherein was the candlestick, and the table, and the shewbread; which is called the sanctuary. 3 And after the second veil, the tabernacle which is called the Ho- liest of all; 4 which had the golden censer, and the ark of the cove- nant overlaid round a- bout with gold, where- in was the golden pot that had manna, and ™ πολίτην 572 Aaron’s rod that bud- ded, and the tables of the covenant; 5 and over it the cherubims of glory shadowing the mereyseat ; of which we cannot now speak particularly. 6 Now when these things were thus or- jained, the priests went always into the first tabernacle, ac- complishing the ser- vice of God. 7 But into the second went the high priest alone once every year, not without blood, which he offered for himself, and for the errors of the people: 8 the Holy Ghost this signi- fying, that the way in- to the holiest of all was not yet made manifest, while as the first tabernacle was yet standing : 9 which was a figure for the time then present, in which were offered both gifts and sacri- fices, that could not make him that did the service perfect, as per- taining to the con- science ; 10 which stood only in meats and drinks, and divers washings, and carnal ordinances, imposed on them until the time of reformation. 11 But Christ being come an high priest of good things to come, by a greater and more per- fect tabernacle, not made with hands, that is to say, not of this building ; 12 neither by the blood of goats and calves, but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place, having obtained eternal redemption for us. 13 For if the blood of bulls and of goats, and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean, sancti- fieth to the purifying of the flesh: 14 how much more shall the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without spot to God, purge your conscience trom dead works to serve the living God? 15 And for this cause he is the mediator of HPOsS ZBPATOY =. IX. ἡ βλαστήσασα, καὶ αἱ πλάκες τῆς διαθήκης" 5 ὑπεράνω. δὲ sprouted, and the tablets of the covenant; and above ἱχερουβὶ" δόξης κατασκιάζοντα τὸ ἱλαστήριον" it {the} cherubim of glory overshadowing the mercy seat ; περὶ ὧν οὐκἔστιν νῦν λέγειν κατὰ. μέρος. concerning which itisnot now([thetime] tospeak in detail. 6 Τούτων.δὲ οὕτως κατεσκευασμένων, εἰς μὲν THY πρώτην Now these things thus having been prepared, into the first σκηνὴν διαπαντὸς" εἰσίασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς τὰς λατρείας ἐπιτελοῦν- tabernacle at all times enter the yricte, the _ services aecomplsh- rec’ 7 εἰς δὲ τὴν δευτέραν ἅπαξ τοῦ. ἐνιαυτοῦ μόνος ὁ ἀρχιε- πε: A but into the second once in the year alone the high ρεύς, οὐ χωρὶς αἵματος, ὃ προσφέρει ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ Kai priest, not apart from blood, which he offers for himself and τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοημάτων" 8 τοῦτο δηλοῦντος TOU πνεύ- the “οὗ *the *people ‘sins *of “ignorance: this ‘signifying ‘the “Spirit ματος τοῦ ἁγίου, μήπω πεφανερῶσθαι τὴν τῶν ἁγίων °the ἬΟΙΥ, [that] not yet has been made manifest the 7of *the *holies ὁδὸν ἔτι τῆς πρώτης σκηνῆς ἐχούσης στάσιν" 9 ἥτις lway, *still *the ®first "tabernacle ἸΆΒΈΔΑΡ a standing which [15] παραβολὴ εἰς τὸν καιρὸν τὸν ἐνεστηκότα, καθ᾽ σὸν" δῶρά.τε a simile for the “time present, in which both gifts καὶ θυσίαι προσφέρονται, μὴ δυνάμεναι κατὰ συνείδησιν 71Ἐ-- and sacrifices are offered, not being able as to conscience to λειῶσαι τὸν λατρεύοντα, 10 μόνον ἐπὶ βρώμασιν καὶ perfect him who serves, {consisting} only in meats and πόμασιν Kai διαφόροις βαπτισμοῖς, *xai' ἡδικαιώμασιν" σαρκός, drinks and divers washings, and ordinances of flesh, [EXO καιροῦ διορθώσεως ἐπικείμενα. 11 Χριστὸς. δὲ την [Sthe] “time ‘of ‘setting 7things fright ‘imposed. But Christ παραγενόμενος ἀρχιερεὺς THY ἐμελλόντων" ἀγαθῶν, διὰ τῆς being come high priest of the coming soon things, by the μείζονος καὶ τελειοτέρας σκηνῆς; οὐ χειροποιήτου, τουτέστιν" greater and moreperfect tabernacle, not made by hand, (that is, οὐ ταύτης τῆς κτίσεως, 12 οὐδὲ δι αἵματος τράγων Kai ποῦ of this creation,) nor by blood of goats and διὰ.δὲ μόσχων, τοῦ.ἰδίου. αἵματος εἰσῆλθεν ϑέφάπαξ' εἰς calves, but by his own blood, entered once for all into τὰ ἅγια, αἰωνίαν λύτρωσιν “εὑράμενος." 13 εἰ γὰρ τὸ αἷμα the holies, eternal redemption having found. Forif the blood ἀταύρων καὶ Tpadywr', καὶ σποδὸς δαμάλεως ῥαντίζουσα τοὺς of bulls and of goats, and _ ashes of a heifer sprinkling the κεκοινωμένους, ἁγιάζει πρὸς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότητα, mee αὐτῆς defiled, sanctifies for the 7of*the ‘flesh Paras 14 πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ αἷμα τοῦ χριστοῦ, bc διὰ πνεύματος how much rather the bloodofthe Christ who through[the] *Spirit αἰωνίου ἑαυτὸν προσήνεγκεν ene nay τῷ θεῷ, καθαριεῖ τὴν eternal *himself %offered epotles to God, shall purify συνείδησιν ὑμῶν" ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων, εἰς τὸ λατρεύειν θεῷ 7conscience tyour from dead works for toserve *God eee ζῶντιῖ, 15 Kai διὰ. τοῦτο διαθήκης καινῆς μεσίτης ἐστίν, 2living ! And for this reason of a *covenant ‘new ediator “he ‘is, * χερουβεὶν LTTr; χερουβὶν A. (simile}) LTTrAW. 8 τοῦτ’ ἐστιν GT. 5. ἡμῶν our LAW. v διὰ παντὸς LTrA. Ἢ ἣν (read according to which x — καὶ GLT[Tr]aAW. Υ δικαιώματα LITrAW. z γενομένων L. Ὁ ἐφ᾽ ἅπαξ Ἧτο ς τὐβόμανος E. 4 τράγων καὶ ταύρων LTTrAW. IX. HEBREWS. ὕπως θανάτου γενομένου, εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν ἐπὶ τ so that, death having taken place for redemption of the 7under *the πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ παραβάσεων, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν λάβωσιν “first ‘covenant ‘transgressions, the promise °might 'receive οἱ κεκλημένοι τῆς αἰωνίου κληρονομίας. 16 ὕπου.γὰρ Sthey “who “have *been *called 'of *the 36 6.81 4inheritance, (For where διαθήκη, θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ (there is] a testament, (*for *the] ®death [‘it 318] “necessary }°to+come?7in 7of *the διαθεμένου" 17 διαθήκη.γὰρ ἐπὶ.νεκροῖς βεβαία, ἐπεὶ *testator. For a testament in the case of [the] dead [is] affirmed, since μήποτε ἰσχύει ὅτε ζῇ ὁ διαθέμενος.δ 18 ὅθεν *odd"! in no way it is of force when “15 ‘living ‘the testator.) Whence neither ἡ πρώτη χωρὶς αἵματος ᾿ἐγκεκαίνισται." 19 λαληθείσης the first apartfrom blood has beeninaugurated. ‘Having ®been *spoken yap πάσης ἐντολῆς κατὰ νόμον ὑπὸ Μωῦσέως παντὶ for “every “commandment according to law by Moses to all τῷ λαῷ, λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα τῶν μόσχων καὶ ᾿Ἰτράγων, μετὰ the people, having taken the blood of calves and _ of goats, with ὕδατος Kai ἐρίου κοκκίνου καὶ ὑσσώπου, αὐτό.τε τὸ βιβλίον water and *wool ‘scarlet and hyssop, both *itself'the *book καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν πέἐῤῥάντισεν,, 20 λέγων, Τοῦτο τὸ and all the people he sprinkled, saying, This [18] the αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης ἧς ἐνετείλατο πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὁ θεός. 21 καὶ blood of the covenant which “enjoined “to *you *God. And τὴν σκηνὴν δὲ καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη τῆς λειτουργίας τῷ the tabernacle too and all the vessels of the ministration with αἵματι ὁμοίως πἐῤῥάντισεν"" 22 καὶ σχεδὸν ἐν αἵματι blood inlike manner he sprinkled; and almost “with “*blood πάντα καθαρίζεται κατὰ τὸν νόμον, Kai χωρὶς aipar- ‘all*things are purified according to the law, and apart from Ὀ]οοᾶ- εκχυσίας οὐ.γίνεται ἄφεσις. 28 ᾿Ανάγκη οὖν τὰ μὲν shedding there isno remission. {It was] necessary then [for] the ὑποδείγματα τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς τούτοις καθαρίζεσθαι, representations of the thingsin the heavens withthese to be purified, αὐτὰ δὲ τὰ ἐπουράνια κρείττοσιν θυσίαις παρὰ ταύτας. but *themselves ‘the “heavenlies with better sacrifices than these. 24 ov-yap εἰς χειροποίητα "ἅγια εἰσῆλθεν" “ὁ χριστός, ἀντί- For not into *made*by *hands “holies entered the Christ, fi- Tura τῶν ἀληθινῶν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν οὐρανόν, νῦν ἐμφα- gures of the true f[ones], but into “itself theaven, now to νισθῆναι τῷ.προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν: 2 οὐδ᾽ ἵνα appear before the face of God for us: nor that πολλάκις προσφέρῃ ἑαυτόν, ὥσπερ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰσέρχεται εἰς often heshould offer himself, δυϑῃ 88 ῃ8 high priest enters into Ta ἅγια κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν ἐν αἵματι ἀλλοτρίῳ: 26 ἐπεὶ é- the holies year by year with “blood ‘another’s; since it was neces- dee αὐτὸν πολλάκις παθεῖν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου" saryfor him often tohavesuffered from [the] foundation of[the] world. ΡῬνῦν" δὲ ἅπαξ ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ τῶν αἰώνων, εἰς ἀθέτη- Butnow once in [the]consummation ofthe ages, for [the] putting σινᾷ ἁμαρτίας, διὰ τῆς.θυσίας. αὐτοῦ πεφανέρωται. 27 καὶ away of sin by his sacrifice he has been manifested. And καθ᾽ ὅσον ἀπόκειται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἅπαξ ἀποθανεῖν, pera for as much as itis apportioned to men once to die, 7after & Read the sentence as a question L. 1 + τῶν LTTrAW. τὰ ἐράντισεν LITrA. P νυνὶ LTTra, 4 + τῆς LTTr. h οὐδὲ LTrAW. i éy- τ΄ π εἰσῆλθεν ἅγια TTrA. 573 Ὦ the new testament, that by means of death, for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament, they which are called might re- ceive the promise of eternal inheritance. 16 For where a testa- ment is, there must al- so of necessity be the death of the testator. 17 For a testament is of force after men are dead: otherwise it is of πὸ strength at all while the testator liveth. 18 Whereupon neither the first testa- ment was dedicated without blood. 19 For when Moses had spok- en every precept to all the people ac- cording to the law, he took the blood of calves and of goats, with water, and scar- let wool, and hyssop, and sprinkled both the book, and all the peo- ple, 20 saying, This is the blood of the tes- tament which God hath enjoined unto you. 21 Moreover he sprinkled with blood both the tabernacle, and all the vessels of the ministry. 22 And almost all things are by the law purged with blood ; and without shedding of blood isno remission, 23 Jt was therefore necessary that the patterns of things in the heavens should be purified with these; but the hea- venly things them- selves with better sac- rifices than these, 24 For Christ is not entered into the holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us: 25 nor yet that he should offer himsel? often, as the high priest entereth into the holy place every year with blood of others; 26 for then must he often have suffered since the foun- dation of the world: but now once in the end of the world hath he appeared to put a- way sin by the sacri- fice of himself, 27 And as it is appointed unto k + soy the Ltraw. ° — 6 LTTrAW. 574 men once to die, but aiter this the judg- ment: 28 so Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and unto them that jJook for him shall he appear the second time without sin unto sal- vation. X. For the law hav- ing a shadow of good things to come, and not the very image of the things, can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers there- unto perfect. 2 For then would they not have ceased to be of- fered? because that the worshippers once purged should have had no moreconscience of sins. 3 But in those saerijices there is a remembrance again made of sins every year. 4 For ἐξ t not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away sins. 5 Wherefore when he cometh into the world, he saith, Sacrifice and offering thou wouldest not, but a body hast thou prepared me: 6 in burnt offerings and sacrifices for sin thou hast had no pleasure. 7 Then said I, Lo, I come (in the volume of the book it is writ- ten of me,) to do thy will, O God. 8 Above when he said, Sacrifice and offering and burnt offerings and offering for sin thou wouldest not, neither hadst plea- sure therein; which are offered by the law ; 9 then said he, Lo, I eome to do thy will, O God. He taketh a- way the first, that he may establish the se- cond, 10 By the which will we are sanctified through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all. 11 And every priest standeth daily mini- stering and offering oftentimes the same sacrifices, which can never take away sins: + καὶ also GLTTrAW. the sentence not as a question) E. * προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν W. " προσφορὰς Offerings LTTrAaw. © — οἱ EGLTTrAW. GLTTrAW. high priest La. WP Os) BEB PAEO YX &. IX, X. δὲ τοῦτο κρίσις' 28 οὕτως " ὁ χριστὸς ἅπαξ προσενεχθεὶς ‘and this, judgment; thus the Christ, once having been offered εἰς TO πολλῶν ἀνενεγκεῖν ἁμαρτίας, éx.devTépov χωρὶς for ‘of *many '‘to7bear [the] ‘sins, a@second time ‘apart *from ἁμαρτίας ὀφθήσεται τοῖς αὐτὸν ἀπεκδεχομένοις εἰς resin *shall appear *to “those *that 7him °await for σωτηρίαν. salvation. 10 Σκιὰν.γὰρ ἔχων ὁ νόμος τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν, οὐκ For *a ® shadow *having ‘the “law of the coming good things, not αὐτὴν THY εἰκόνα τῶν πραγμάτων, κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν ταῖς. αὐταῖς Sitself 9 image of the things, year by year with the same θυσίαις "ἃς" προσφέρουσιν εἰς.τὸ.διηνεκὲς οὐδέποτε ἰδύναται" sacrifices which they offer in perpetuity never is able τοὺς προσερχομένους τελειῶσαι. 2 ἐπεὶ τοὐκ'. ἂν. ἐπαύσαντο 30Ποβθ *who Sapproach to *perfect. Since would they not have ceased προσφερόμεναι, διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἔτι συνείδησιν to be offered, on account of ™jo%any “having ®longer }°conscience ἁμαρτιῶν τοὺς λατρεύοντας, ἅπαξ “κεκαθαρμένους!; 8 ἀλλ᾽ 1 of ?*sins !those who Sserve *once Spurged ? But ἐν αὐταῖς ἀνάμνησις ἁμαρτιῶν Kar ἐνιαυτόν. 4 ἀδύ- in these aremembrance Οἵ sins year by year [thereis]. *Impos- vaTov yap αἷμα ταύρων Kai τράγων ἀφαιρεῖν ἁμαρ- sible [7it 3515] ‘for [for the] blood of bulls and of goats totakeaway sins, riac. 5 Διὸ εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον λέγει, “Θυσίαν Kai Wherefore coming into the world hesays, Sacrifice and προσφορὰν" οὐκ.ἠθέλησας, σῶμα.δὲ κατηρτίσω μοι" G6 ὁλο- offering thou willedst not, but a body thou didst prepare me. Burnt καυτώματα καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας οὐκ. εὐδόκησας." offerings and [sacrifices] for sin thou delightedst not in, 7 τότε εἶπον, Ἰδοὺ ἥκω, ἐν κεφαλίδι βιβλίου γέγραπται Then I said, Lo, Icome, (in{the} roll of [the] book it is written περὶ ἐμοῦ, τοῦ ποιῆσαι, ὁ θεός, τὸ.-θέλημά.σου. 8 ᾿Ανώτερον of me,) to do, O God, thy will, Above λέγων, Ὅτι *Ovciay' καὶ "προσφορὰν! καὶ ὁλοκαυτώματα saying, Sacrifice and offering and burnt offerings \ ‘ « ΄ὔ ? > , ὑδὲ b > , ll καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας οὐκ.ἠθέλησας, οὐδὲ ϑεὐδόκησας, and [sacrifices] for sin thou willedst not, nor delightedst in, αἵτινες κατὰ ‘roy' νόμον προσφέρονται, 9 τότε εἴρηκεν, are offered) ; then he said, ἀναιρεῖ τὸ He takes away the (which according to the law ᾿Ιδοὺ ἥκω τοῦ ποιῆσαι, “ὁ θεός," ro.0éAnpa.cov. Lo, Icome, to do, O God, thy -will. ~ 5 ΄ - ΄ πρῶτον, ἵνα τὸ δεύτερον στήσῃ" 10 ἐν ᾧ θελήματι first, that the second he may establish ; by which will ἡγιασμένοι ἐσμὲν “οἱ" διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος ἱτοῦϊ Ssanctified ‘we ?are through the offering of the body ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ ξἐφάπαξ." 11 Kai πᾶς μὲν δἱερεὺς" ἕστηκεν of Jesus’ Christ once for all. And every priest stands καθ᾽ ἡμέραν λειτουργῶν, καὶ τὰς αὐτὰς πολλάκις προσφέρων day by day ministering, and the same 7often Soffering θυσίας, αἵτινες οὐδέποτε δύνανται περιελεῖν ἁμαρτίας" ‘sacrifices, which never areable to take away sins. 5 als TA. t δύνανται they are able urr. νυ — ovx« not (read Ἢ κεκαθερισμένους L; κεκαθαρισμένους TIrAW. Υ ηὐδόκησας LITrA. * θυσίας sacrifices LITraW. b ηὐδόκησας LTTr. ¢ — τὸν LrTr[a]. 4 — ὃ θεός f — τοῦ GLTTrAW. & ἐφ᾽ ἅπαξ Tr. b ἀρχιερεὺς x. HEBREWS. 12 ἰαὐτὸς".δὲ μίαν ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν προσενέγκας θυσίαν, εἰς But he, one 5for ‘sins thaving 7offered ‘sacrifice, in τὸ διηνεκὲς ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ, 18 τὸ.λοιπὸν perpetuity satdown at [86] right hand of God, henceforth 2 ’ .“ ~ eps ‘ ᾽ ~ - , ~ ἐκδεχόμενος ἕως τεθῶσιν οἱ. ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ ὑποπόδιον τῶν awaiting until be placed his enemies [85] a footstool ποδῶν αὐτοῦ. 14 μιᾷ. γὰρ προσφορᾷ τετελείωκεν εἰς. τὸ. διη- for*feet ‘*his. For by one offering he has eee in perpe- . »νεκὲς τοὺς ἁγιαζομένους. 15 Μαρτυρεῖ.δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα tuity the sanctified. And bears witness tous also the Spirit τὸ ἅγιον μετὰ.γὰρ τὸ ἔπροειρηκέναι,, 16 Αὕτη. ἡ δια- the Holy; for after the having said before, This [15] the cove- θήκη ἣν διαθήσομαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας, nant which I willcovenant towards them after those days, λέγει κύριος, διδοὺς νόμους. μου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ ΠΕΡ {the} Lord: giving my laws into their hearts, also into ἱτῶν dvavowv' αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς" 17 καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν “minds ‘their I willinscribe them; and 7sins αὐτῶν Kai τῶν.ἀνομιῶν. αὐτῶν ov-un “μνησθῶ ἔτι. their and their lawlessnesses inno wise will remember any more. 18 ὅπου.δὲ ἄφεσις τούτων, οὐκέτι προσφορὰ περὶ But where remission of these [is], no longer [is there] an offering for ἁμαρτίας. sin, 19 Ἔχοντες οὖν, ἀδελφοί, παῤῥησίαν εἰς τὴν.εἴσοδον oe therefore, brethren, boldness for entrance into TOY ἁγίων ἐν τῷ αἵματι ᾿Ιησοῦ, 20 ἣν ἐνεκαίνισεν ἡμῖν the holies by the blood of Jesus, Twhich *he *dedicated *°for '*us ὁδὸν πρόσφατον καὶ ζῶσαν διὰ τοῦ καταπετάσματος, "τουτ- 1a *way “newly ‘made *and ‘living through the veil, that ἐστιν" τη: δ ρεὺο TOU, 21 καὶ ἱερέα μέγαν ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον is, his flesh ; and ORE a ‘great over the house τοῦ θεοῦ, 22 προσερχώμεθα μετὰ ἀληθινῆς καρδίας ἐν of God [having], we should approach with a true heart, in πληροφορίᾳ πίστεως, EPpavTioMéevoL' τὰς καρδίας ἀπὸ συν- full assurance of faith, having beensprinkled[asto]the hearts from a7con- εἰδήσεως πονηρᾶς, καὶ Ῥλελουμένοι" τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι science 1wicked, and having been washed [as to] the body with *water καθαρῷ" 4. 28 κατέχωμεν τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος ἀκλινῆ, pure. We should hold fast the confession ofthe hope unwavering, πιστὸς.γὰρ ὁ ἐπαγγειλάμενος" 24 καὶ κατανοῶμεν ἀλ- for [is] faithful he who promised ; and weshouldeconsider one λήλους εἰς παροξυσμὸν ἀγάπης Kai καλῶν ἔργων, 25 μὴ another for provoking tolove and to Sood works ; not > , ‘ ‘ ἐγκαταλείποντες τὴν ἐπισυναγωγὴν ἑαυτῶν, καθὼς forsaking the assembling together of ourselves, even as Lee] ἔθος τισίν, ἀλλὰ παρακαλοῦντες" καὶ τοσούτῳ custom [is] withsome; but encouraging one guother!; and byso much μᾶλλον ὅσῳ βλέπετε ἐγγίζουσαν τὴν ἡμέραν. 206 ἑκου- [086] more 85 bie see ieee near the day. Ewin swill- σίως γὰρ σμαρπανόνεο ἡμῶν μετὰ τὸ. λαβεῖν τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν ingly ‘for ‘we after receiving the knowledge τῆς ἀληθείας, οὐκέτι περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἀπολείπεται θυσία" of ‘the truth, no longer *for *sins *remains 1a 4sacrifice, 075 12 but this man, after he had offered one sac- rifice for sins for ever, sat down on the right hand of God; 13 from henceforth expecting till his enemies be made his footstool. 14 For by one offering he hath perfected for ever them that are sanctified, 15 Whereof the Holy Ghost also is 8 witness to us: for after that he had said before, 16 This ts the covenant that I will make with them after those days, saith the Lord, I will put my laws into their hearts, and in their minds will I write them; 17 and their sins and iniquities will I re- member no more. 18 Now where remis- sion of these is, there iz no more offering for sin. 19 Having therefore, brethren, boldness to enter into the holiest by the blood of Jesus, 20 by a new and liv- ing way, which he hath consecrated for us, through the veil, that is to say, his flesh; 21 and Aaving an high priest over the house of God; 22 let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled from anevil conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water. 23 Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without waver- ing ; (for he is faith- ful that promised ;) 24 and let us consider one another to Ὁ- voke unto love and to good works: 25 not forsaking the assem- bling of ourselves to- gether, as the manner of some is; but ex- horting one another: and so much the more, as ye see the day ap- proaching. 26 For if we sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth, there remaineth no more sacrifice for sins, 27 but a certain fearful looking for of “dedros (read But this one trtraw. mind LTTraw. m μνησθήσομαι LTTrA. P λελουσμένοι T. 2 τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. K εἰρηκέναι having said LTTraw. ° ῥεραντισμένοι LTTrA. a Punctuate so as to join we should hold fast with what precedes GLTTr. 1 τὴν διάνοιαν 576 judgment and fiery indignation, which shall devour the ad- versaries. 28 He that despised Moses’ law died without mercy under two or three witnesses: 29 of how much sorer punish- ment, suppose ye, shall he be thought worthy, who hath trodden un- der foot the Son of God, and hath counted the blood of the covenant, wherewith he was sanctified, an unholy thing, and hath done despite unto the Spirit of grace? 30 For we know him that hath said, Vengeance be- longeth unto me, I will recompense, saith the Lord. And again, The Lord shall judge his people. 31 Jt is a fear- ful thing to fall into the hands of the living God, 32 But call to re- membrance the former days, in which, after ye were illuminated, ye endured a great fight of afflictions; 33 partly, whilst ye were made a gazing- stock both by re- proaches and afflic- tions; and partly, whilst ye bee.me com- panions of them that were so used. 34 For ye had compassion of me in my bonds, and took joyfully the spoilingof your goods, knowing in yourselves that ye have in hea- ven a better and an enduring substance, 35 Cast not away therefore your confi- dence, which hath great recompence of reward. 36 For ye have need of patience, that, after ye have done the will of God, ye might receive the promise. 37 For yet a little while, and he that shall come will come, and will not tarry. 38 Now the just shall live by faith: but if any man draw back, ΠΡΟΣ EBPAIOY®sS. Χ. 27 φοβερὰ.δὲ τις ἐκδοχὴ κρίσεως, καὶ πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσ- but a *fearful ‘certain expectation of judgment, and 7of*fire ‘fervour ‘to θίειν μέλλοντος τοὺς ὑπεναντίους. 28 ἀθετήσας τις Sdevour “about the adversaries, *Having ‘set Saside ‘any Zone νόμον Μωσέως" χωρὶς οἰκτιρμῶν ἐπὶ δυσὶν [088] law of Moses, *without *compassions *on [*the *testimony 705] *two ἢ τρισὶν μάρτυσιν ἀποθνήσκει: 29 πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος dies: 30 ‘°three **witnesses how much *think “ye ‘worse ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας ὁ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ 5shall he 7be ®counted σου "θοῦ ?punishment who the Son of God καταπατήσας, Kai τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησά- trampled upon, and “the *blood Sof *the “covenant "common ‘esteem- μενος ἐνιῷ ἡγιάσθη, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος ed wherewith he was sanctified, and the Spirit of grace ἐνυβρίσας; 80 οἴδαμεν.γὰρ τὸν εἰπόντα, ᾿Ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις, insulted ! or we know him who = said, To me “vengeance ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, "λέγει κύριος" Kai πάλιν, (‘belongs]; I _ will recompense, says [the] Lord: and again,(The] - ἱΚύήριος κρινεῖ" τὸν.λαὸν.αὐτοῦ. 31 Φοβερὸν τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν Lord will judge his people. (It is] a fearful thing to fall aic χεῖρας θεοῦ ζῶντος. into [the] hands of *God [᾿{Π6] living. 32 ᾿Αναμιμνήσκεσθε.δὲ τὰς πρότερον ἡμέρας, ἐν αἷς φωτισ- But 6411 ὕο remembrance the former days inwhich, having θέντες πολλὴν ἄθλησιν ὑπεμείνατε παθημάτων" 33 τοῦτο been enlightened,*much ‘conflict ‘ye *endured of sufferings; partly, μέν, ὀνειδισμοῖς.τε καὶ θλίψεσιν θεατριζόμενοι: τοῦτο.δέ, both in reproaches and tribulations being made a spectacle; and partly, κοινωνοὶ THY οὕτως ἀναστρεφομένων γενηθέντες" Ξραυύμοβ ‘of *those °thus 7passing *through [them] *having *become. 34 καὶ. γὰρ τοῖς. δεσμοῖς. μου" συνεπαθήσατε, καὶ THY ἁρπαγὴν For both and the τῶν. ὑπαρχόντων ὑμῶν μετὰ χαρᾶς προσεδέξασθε. γινώσκοντες of your possessions with joy ye received, knowing ” ~ , > ἔχειν ἐν" *éavroic κρείττονα" ὕπαρξιν Jey with my bonds ye sympathized, plunder οὐρανοῖς" Kai to have in yourselves a better possession “in [*the] Sheavens ‘and évovoav. 85 μὴ-.ἀποβάλητε οὖν τὴν.παῤῥησίαν ὑμῶν, ΞΔ ὈΙαΙ Ηρ. Cast not away therefore your boldness ἥτις ἔχει μισθαποδοσίαν μεγάλην." 36 ὑπομονῆς. γὰρ ἔχετε which has “recompense *great. For of endurance ye have χρείαν, ἵνα τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ ποιήσαντες κομίσησθε THY need, thatthe will of God having done yemayreceive the ἐπαγγελίαν. 37 ἔτι.γὰρ μικρὸν. ὅσον.ὅσον, ὁ ἐρχόμενος promise. For yet a very little while, he who comes ἥξει, καὶ ovypomet.'| 38 ὁ.δὲ Pdixatoc! ἐκ πίστεως ζήσε- willcome, and will not delay. But the by faith shali rau καὶ ἐὰν ὑποστείληται, οὐκ.εὐδοκεῖ ἡ-.ψυχή.μου ἐν αὐτῷ. just my soul shallhaveno live; and if he draw back, “delights *not tmy soul in him. leasure in him. 39 But ad \ \ ε ~ is. p , 5 Tae UottLa wie 139 ἡμεῖς.δὲ οὐκ.ἐσμὲν ὑποστολῆς εἰς ἀπώλειαν, ἀλλὰ draw back unto per- But we are not of [those] drawing back to destruction, but dition ; but of them , > , ~ that believe to the πίστεως εἰς περιποίησιν ψΨψυχῆς. saving of the soul. of faith to saving (the! soul. τ Mwiioéws GLTTrAW. * -- λέγει κύριος τ ἵ κρινεῖ κύριος LTTrAW. 7 bec- wtots (read with prisoners) GLTTrAW. τ — ἐν GLTTrAW. — χα ἑαυτοὺς κρείσσονα 1τττ; ἑαυτοῖς (for yourselves) κρείσσονα A. Υ — ἐν οὐρανοῖς LTTraAw. : μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν LTTrAW. 8 χρονίσει TTr. Ὁ δίκαιός μον (read my just [one]) LTTra. ΧΙ. HEBREWS. 11 Ἔστιν. δὲ πίστις ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμά- Now 215 faith of [things} hoped for πιῶ sep of things των ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων. 2 ἐν. ταύτῃ. γὰρ [186] ‘conviction ‘not 3seen. For by this , « , ΄ ~ ρήθησαν ot πρεσβύτεροι. 3 Πίστει νοοῦμεν 5Switness ἴο ‘the ?elders. By faith weapprehend to have been framed τοὺς αἰῶνας ῥήματι θεοῦ, εἰς.τὸ μὴ ἐκ αινομένων the worlds by(the] word of God, so that "ποὺ 7from [(®things] "appearing “τὰ βλεπόμενα" γεγονέναι. 4Tliora πλείονα θυσίαν 1the *things 3seen *have ®being. By faith 7a *more*excellent ®sacrifice "ABeX παρὰ Κάϊν προσήνεγκεν τῷ θεῷ, Ov ἧς ἐμαρτυ- 1Abel than Cain offered to God, by which he was borne wit- ρήθη εἶναι δίκαιος, μαρτυροῦντος ἐπὶ τοῖς.δώροις. αὐτοῦ “τοῦ ness to as being righteous, *bearing *witness ‘to Shis ®gifts ἐμαρτυ- 3were *borne κατηρτᾶσθαι θεοῦ" καὶ δι᾿ αὐτῆς ἀποθανὼν ἔτι “λαλεῖται." ὃ Πίστει Evo Ὡς ‘God, andthrough it, having died, yet speaks, By faith Enoch μετετέθη τοῦ μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον, Kai οὐχ. εὑρίσκετο, διότι was translated death, μετέθηκεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεός᾽ πρὸ. γὰρ τῆς. μεταθέσεως ξαὐτοῦ" με- “translated shim 1God; for before his translation he has μαρτύρηται ΤΣ τῷ θεῷ. 6 χωρὶς.δὲ πίστεως been borne witness to to have well pleased God. But apart from faith ἀδύνατον εὐαρεστῆσαι πιστεῦσαι. γὰρ δεῖ τὸν {it is] HRiye ee to well please [him]. For °to *believe ‘it 7behoves *him *who προσερχόμενον ἱτῷ" θεῷ. ὅτι ἐστίν, καὶ τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν Sapproaches ®to Ged, that he is, aad (that]forthose who seek 7out αὐτὸν μισθαποδότης γίνεται. 7 Πίστει χρηματισ- not ἴο 566 and was notfound, because *him a rewarder he becomes, By faith *having *been ‘divinely *in- θες Νῶε περὶ τῶν μηδέπω βλεπομένων, εὐλαβη- structed ‘Noah concerning ὑπο things not yet seen, having been moved θεὶς κατεσκεύασεν κιβωτὸν εἰς σωτηρίαν τοῦ οἴκου with fear, prepared an ark for (the) salvation of *house αὐτοῦ" δι᾿ ἧς κατέκρινεν τὸν κόσμον, Kai τῆς κατὰ πίστιν ‘this; by whichhecondemned the world, αδπᾶ οὔθ ?according*to *faith δικαιοσύνης ἐγένετο MAY πο: 8 Πίστει " καλούμενος ᾿Α- Ἐπ ASS became eir. By faith being called A- βραὰμ ὑπήκουσεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς 'rov' τόπον ὃν "ἤμελλεν" braham obeyed to goout into the place which he was about λαμβάνειν sic κληρονομίαν, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν, μὴ ἐπιστάμενος ποῦ to receive for aninheritance, and went out, not knowing where ἔρχεται. 9 Πίστει παρῴκησεν εἰς ὑτὴν" γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, he is going. By faith he 50} ourned ἢ the land of the promise, ὡς ἀλλοτρίαν, ἐν σκηναῖς κατοικῆσας μετὰ ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ as [in] bet Se: {country], in tents having dwelt with Isaac and ᾿Ιακὼβ τῶν οσυγκληρονόμων" τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τῆς αὐτῆς" Jacob, the By -heirs of the ?promise Isame ; 10 ἐξεδέχετο.γὰρ τὴν τοὺς θεμελίους ἔχουσαν πόλιν, ἧς for he was waiting for the foundations “having ‘city, of which [the] τεχνίτης Kai δημιουργὸς ὁθεός. 11 Πίστει καὶ αὐτὴ Σάῤῥα artificer and constructor [is] God. By faith also *herself ‘Sarah δύναμιν εἰς καταβολὴν σπέρματος ἔλαβεν, καὶ παρὰ καιρὸν power for([the] conception of seed received, and beyond age 577 XI. Now faithis the substance of things hoped for, the evi- dence of things not seen. 2 For by it the elders obtained a good report. 3 Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God, so that things which are seen were not made of things which do appear. 4 By faith Abel offered un- to Goda more excel- lent sacrifice than Cain, by which he ob- tained witness that he was righteous, God testifying of his gifts: and by it he being dead yet speaketh. 5 By faith Enoch was trans- lated that he should not see death; and was not found, be- cause God had trans- lated him : for before his translation he had this testimony, that he pleased God. 6 But without faith it ts im- possible to please him: for he that cometh to God must believe that he is, and that heisa rewarder of them that diligently seek him. 7 By faith Noah, be- ing warned of God of things not seen as yet, moved with fear, pre- pared an ark to the saving of his house; by the which he con- demned the world, and became heir of the righteousness which is by faith. 8 By faith Abraham,when he was called to go out intoa place which he should after receive for an in- heritance, obeyed; and he went out, not know- ing whither he went, 9 By faith he sojourn- ed in the land of pro- mise, as in a strange country, dwelling in tabernacles with Isaac and Jacob, the heirs with him of the same promise: 10 for he looked for a_ city which hath fonnda- tions, whose builder and maker ts God. 11 Through faith also Sara herself received strength to conceive seed,and was delivered of a child when she © τὸ βλεπόμενον that seen (read yey. *has *being) Lrtra. ness by his gifts to God) Ltr. © λαλεῖ GLTTraW. the translation) LTTra. h εὐαρεστηκέναι LA. i — τῷ T[Tr]. 1 — τὸν (read a place) LTTrA. πὶ ἔμελλεν LA. 4 τῷ θεῷ (read bearing wit- f nupioKero LTTrAW. k + 6 the [one] L[tr]. 2 — τὴν (read [the]) titra. & — αὐτοῦ (read οσυν- τ. PP 578 Was past age, because she judged him faith- ful who had promised. 12 Therefore sprang there even of one, and him as good as dead, so many as the stars of the sky in multi- tude, and as the sand which is by the sea shore innumerable. 13 These all died in faith, not having re- ceived the promises, but having seen them afar off, and were per- suaded of them, and embraced them, and confessed that they were strangers and pilgrims on the earth. 14 For they that say such things declare plainly that they seek 8 country. 15 And truly, if they had been mindful of that coun- try from whence they came out, they might have had opportunity to have returned, 16 But now they desire a better country, that is, an heavenly: where- fore God is not a- shamed to be called their God: for he hath prepared for them a city. 17 By faith Abra- ham, when he was tried, offered up Isaac: and he that had re- ceived the promises of- fered up his only be- gotten son, 18 0f whom it was said, That in Isaac shall thy seed becalled: 19 account- ing that God was able to raise him up, even from the dead ; from whence also he received him in a figure. 20 By faith Isaac blessed Jacob and Esau concerning things to come. 21 By faith Jacob, when he was a dying, blessed both the sons of Jo- seph ; and worshipped, leaning upon the top of his staff. 22 By faith Joseph, when he died, made mention of the departing of the children of Israel ;and gave commandment concerning his bones. 23 By faith Moses, when he was born, was ΠΡΌΣΞΥΗ EB BA ΠΟῪ >. ΧΙ, ἡλικίας Ῥἔτεκεν," ἐπεὶ πιστὸν ἡγήσατο τὸν ἐπαγγειλάμενον. ‘seasonable gave birth ; since faithful she esteemed him who promised. 12 διὸ καὶ ἀφ᾽ ἑνὸς “ἐγεννήθησαν," καὶ ταῦτα νενεκρω- Wherefore also from one were born, and that too of [one] having μένου, καθὼς τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει, Kai Twoei'! become dead, even as the stars ofthe heaven in multitude, and as ἄμμος ἡ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ ἀναρίθμητος. sand *which[‘is] “by 7080 ®shore οὗ '°the “sea ‘the countless. 13 Kara πίστιν ἀπέθανον οὗτοι πάντες, μὴ "λαβόντες" rac In faith %died 2these tall, not having received the . Υ ΄ ᾽ soe = ΓΑ ἘΣ O72 t \ , ἐπαγγελίας, ἀλλὰ πόῤῥωθεν αὐτὰς ἰδόντες, ἱκαὶ πεισθεν- promises, but from afar them having seen, and having been per- τες, Kai ἀσπασάμενοι, καὶ ὁμολογήσαντες ὅτι ξένοι καὶ suaded, and having embraced [them],and having confessed ὑμαῦ strangers and παρεπίδημοί εἰσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 14 ot-yap τοιαῦτα λέ- sojourners they are on the earth. For they who such things yovrec, ἐμφανίζουσιν ὅτι πατρίδα ἐπιζητοῦσιν. 15 καὶ εἰ say, make manifest that [their] own country they are seeking. And if μὲν ἐκείνης “ἐμνημόνευον! ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἐξῆλθον," εἴ- indeed ‘that ‘they were *remembering from whence they came out, they might χονἂν καιρὸν ἀνακάμψαι" 16 *vuvi'.dé κρείττονος ὀρέ- but now διὸ wherefore have had opportunity to have returned ; yovra, Yrovréori,' ἐπουρανίου" forward to, that is, a heavenly ; αὐτοὺς ὁ θεός. θεὸς ἐπικαλεῖσθαι αὐτῶν" ἡτοίμασεν.γὰρ αὐτοῖς them 1God,''God ‘“to*%be °called ‘?°their; for he prepared for them πόλιν. a city. 17 Πίστει προσενήνοχεν ᾿Αβραὰμ τὸν ᾿Ισαὰκ πειραζόμενος, By faith ‘has δοβξοσθα Ὃν ‘Abraham "Isaac “being “tried, Kai τὸν. μονογενῆ προσέφερεν ὁ τὰς ἐπαγγελίας ἀνα- δια [his] '°only-begotten *was ‘offering up 6 *who*the ‘promises Sac- δεξάμενος, 18 πρὸς ὃν ἐλαλήθη, Ὅτι ἐν ᾿Ισαὰκ κληθήσεταί cepted, as to whom it was said, In Isaac shall be called σοι σπέρμα" 19 λογισάμενος Ore καὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν thy seed ; reckoning that even fromamong([the] dead Ξἐγείρειν δυνατὸς" ὁ θεός, ὅθεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν παραβολῇ *to °raise Sable ([?was) ‘God, whence him _ also in a simile ἐκομίσατο. 20 Πίστει * περὶ μελλόντων Ὀεὐλόγησεν" ᾿Ισαὰκ he received. By faith concerning things coming 2blessed 1TIsaac τὸν Ἰακὼβ καὶ τὸν Ἤσαῦ. 21 Πίστει ᾿Ιακὼβ ἀποθνήσκων Jacob and Esau. By faith Jacob dying ἕκαστον τῶν υἱῶν Ἰωσὴφ δϑεὐλόγησεν" Kai προσεκύνησεν “each 30f tthe ‘sons Sof 7Joseph ‘blessed and worshipped ἐπὶ TO ἄκρον τῆς. ῥάβδου.αὐτοῦ. 22 Πίστει ᾿Ιωσὴφ τελευτῶν on the top of his staff. By faith Joseph, dying, περὶ τῆς ἐξόδου τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ισραὴλ ἐμνημόνευσεν, καὶ concerning the going forth of the sons ΟΕ Israel Θ mention, and TW@V.OOTEWY.aUTOU ἐνετείλατο. a better theystretch OvKETALOXUVETAL “is “not ‘ashamed ‘of περὶ concerning his bones gave command. 23 Πίστει “Μωσῆς") γεννηθεὶς ἐκρύβη τρίμηνον ὑπὸ By faith Moses, having been born, was hid three months by P — ἔτεκεν (read and [that] beyond a seasonable age) GLTTrA. τ ὡς ἡ GLTTrAW. 4 ἐγενήθησαν LA. 5 προσδεξάμενοι τ,; κομισάμενοι TTr. t — καὶ πεισθέντες GLTTrAW. γ᾽ μνημονεύουσιν they are mindful Tir. w ἐξέβησαν they went out LITraw. x νῦν GLITraw. Υ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. - ἐγεῖραι δύναται is able to raise L. a + καὶ also L[Tr]AWw. Ὁ ηὐλόγησεν LA. © Μωὕσης GLTTrAW. ΣΙ. τῶν πατέρων.αὐτοῦ διότι his parents HEBREWS. εἶδον ἀστεῖον τὸ παιδίον" Kai because they saw “beautiful ‘the little Schild; and οὐκ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸ ἀδιάταγμα' τοῦ βασιλέως. 24 Πίστει did not fear the injunction of the king. By faith "Mwone! μέγας γενόμενος ἠρνήσατο λέγεσθαι υἱὸς θυγατρὸς Moses, great having become, refused tobecalled son of *daughter Φαραώ, 25 μᾶλλον ἑλόμενος ἰσυγκακουχεῖσθαι! τῷ rap 1Pharaoh’s ; Srather “having *chosen to suffer affliction with the people τοῦ θεοῦ, ἢ πρόσκαιρον ἔχειν ἁμαρτίας ἀπόλαυσιν" of God, than [*the] *temporary ‘to “have Sof 7sin Senjoyment ; 26 μείζονα πλοῦτον ἡγησάμενος τῶν δὲν" "Αἰγύπτῳ" On- greater riches having esteemed *than ’the °in 0Hgypt “trea- σαυρῶν τὸν ὀγειδισμὸν τοῦ χριστοῦ" ἀπέβλεπεν.γὰρ εἰς τὴν sures ‘the reproach “of *the °Christ; for he had respect to the μισθαποδοσίαν. 27 Πίστει κατέλιπεν Αἴγυπτον, μὴ φοβηθεὶς recompense. By faith he left Egypt, not having feared τὸν θυμὸν τοῦ βασιλέως" τὸν.γὰρ ἀόρατον ὡς ὁρῶν the indignation of the king; for*the ‘invisible [Sone] ‘as seeing ἐκαρτέρησεν. 28 Πίστει πεποίηκεν τὸ πάσχα Kai THY πρόσ- he persevered, By faith hehaskept the passover and the affu- χυσιν τοῦ αἵματος, ἵνα.μὴ 0d\0OpEbwr'! τὰ πρωτότοκα θί- sion of the blood, lest the destroyer of the firstborn [ones] might yy αὐτῶν. 29 Πίστει διέβησαν τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν touch them. By faith they passed through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς": ἧς πεῖραν. λαβόντες οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι as through dry [land]; of which “having *made ‘trial ‘the *Egyptians κατεπόθησαν. 80 Πίστει τὰ τείχη "Ἱεριχὼ" πἔπεσεν", κυ- were swallowed up. By faith the walls of Jericho fell, having κλωθέντα ἐπὶ ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας. 81 Πίστει Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐ been encircled for seven days. By faith Rahab the harlot not συναπώλετο τοῖς ἀπειθήσασιν, δεξαμένη τοὺς κατασκό- ‘did *perish *with thosewho disobeyed, having received the spies πους μετ᾽ εἰρήνης. with peace. 32 Kai τί ἔτι λέγω ; ἐπιλείψει. "γάρ pe' διηγούμενον ὁ And what more dol say? For *will *fail ®me ‘relating ‘the χρόνος περὶ Γεδεών, ὁΒαράκ Pre καὶ Σαμψὼν acai" ᾿Τεφθάε, “time of Gedeon, Barak also and Sampson and Jephthae, FAaBid" τε kai Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν προφητῶν" 33 οἱ διὰ πίστεως David also and Samuel and of the prophets : who by faith κατηγωνίσαντο βασιλείας, “εἰργάσαντο᾽ δικαιοσύνην, ἐπέτυχον overcame kingdoms, wrought righteousness, obtained ἐπαγγελιῶν, ἔφραξαν στόματα λεόντων, 34 ἔσβεσαν δύναμιν promises, stopped mouths of lions, quenched [the] power πυρός, ἔφυγον στόματα tpayaipac,' “ἐνεδυναμώθησαν" ἀπὸ of fire, escaped [the] mouths of[the]sword, acquired strength outof ἀσθενείας, ἐγενήθησαν ἰσχυροὶ ἐν πολέμῳ, παρεμβολὰς weakness, became mighty in war, (?the] 7armies ἔκλιναν ἀλλοτρίων" 35 ἔλαβον "γυναῖκες" ἐξ ἀνα- 4made “ἴο “give *way “οἵ *strangers. 1°Received *women by resur- στάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς. αὐτῶν" ἄλλοι.δὲ ἐτυμπανίσθησαν, οὐ rection their dead ; and others were tortured, not ἃ δόγμα decree L. ε Μωῦὐσῆς GLTTraw. f ouv- T. of Egypt GLTTraw. 1 ὀλεθρεύων LA. ™ ἔπεσαν LTTrA. ™ με yap LTTrA. τ Δανείδ LITrA ; Δαυΐδ ον. strengthened LTTr. their dead x. ° + καὶ and w. 5 ἠργάσαντο TIr. ἵ μαχαίρης LTTrA. - ξ - ἐν GTTraw. k + γῆς land Lrtraw. P — τε καὶ LTTrw, 579 hid three months of his parents, because they saw he was a proper child ; and they were not afraid of the king’s commandment. 24 By faith Moses, when he was come to years, re- fused to be called the son of Pharaoh’s daughter ; 25 choosing rather to suffer afflic- tion with the people of God, than toenjoy the pleasures of sin fora season; 26 esteeming the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures in Egypt: for he had respect unto the recompence of the reward. 27 By faith he forsook Egypt, not fearing the wrath of the king: for he en- dured, as seeing him who is invisible. 28 Through faith he kept the passover, and the sprinkling of blood, lest he that destroyed the firstborn should touch them, 29 By faith they passed through the Red sea as by dry land : which the Egyp- tians assaying to do were drowned. 30 By faith the walls of Je- richo fell down, after they were compassed about seven days. 31 By faith the harlot Rahab perished not with them that believ- ed not, when she had received the spies with peace. 32 And what shall I more say ? for the time would fail me to tell of Gedeon, and of Ba- rak, and of Samson, and of Jephthae; of David also, and Sam- uel, and of the pro- phets : 33 who through faith subdued king- doms, wrought right- eousness, obtained promises, stopped the mouths of lions, 34 quenched the vio- lence of fire, escaped the edge of the sword, out of weakness were made strong, waxed valiant in fight, turn- ed to flight the armies of the aliens, 35 Wo- men _ received their dead raised to life a- h Αἰγύπτον ! Ἱερειχὼ τ. 4 — καὶ LTTr. ἡ ἐδυναμώϑησαν were ἡ γυναίκας (read they received by resurrection women [that is] 580 gain : and others were tortured, not accept- ing deliverance ; that they might obtain a better resurrection : 36 and others had trial of cruel mockings and scourgings, yea, moreover of bonds and imprisonment: 37 they were stoned, they were sawn asun- der, were tempted, were slain with the sword: they wander- ed about in sheepskins and goatskins ; being destitute, afflicted, tor- mented ; 38 (of whom the world was not worthy:) they wander- ed in deserts, and in mountains, and in dens and caves of the earth. 39 And these all, having obtained a good report through faith, received not the promise : 40 God hay- ing provided some bet- ter thing for us, that they without us should not be made perfect. XII. Wherefore see- ing we also are com- passed about with so great a cloud of wit- nesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth soeasily beset ws, and letus run with patience the race that is set before us, 2 looking unto Jesus the author and finish- er of our faith; who M for the joy that was set before him en- dured the cross, de- spising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God. 3 For consider him that en- dured such contradic- tion of sinners against himself, lest ye be wearied and faint in your minds. 4 Ye have not yet resisted unto blood, striving against sin. 5 Andye have for- gotten the exhortation which speaketh unto you as unto children, My son, despise not thou the chastening of the Lord, nor faint when thou art rebuk- ed of him: 6 for whom the Lord loveth he chasteneth, «and scourgeth every son whom he receiveth. 7 If ye endure chas- tening, God dealeth x ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν T. promises L. as a question L. Ὁ κεκάθικεν has sat down GLTTraw. ἐ παιδίας 1. ΠΡΟΣ ἘΒΡΑΙΟΥ͂Σ. ΧΙ, XII. προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν, ἵνα κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως having accepted redemption, that a better resurrection Tuxwow' 36 Erepol.dé ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν they might obtain ; and others *of *mockings ‘and ‘of Sscourgings ‘trial ἔλαβον, ἔτιιδὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς: 87 ἐλιθάσθησαν, received, yea, moreover, of bonds and of imprisonment. They were stoned, Σἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν," ἐν φόνῳ Yuaxyaioac' ἀπέθα- were sawn asunder, were tempted, by slaughter of [the] sword they voy’ περιῆλθον ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγείοις δέρμασιν, ὑστερού- died ; they wandered in sheep-skins, in goats’ skins, being des- , ΄, r > x ” © μενοι, θλιβόμενοι, κακουχούμενοι, 38 ὧν οὐκ.ιἦν ἄξιος ὁ titute, being oppressed, being evil treated, (of whom “was “ποῦ ®worthy ‘the κόσμος" *év' ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι καὶ ὄρεσιν καὶ σπηλαίοις *world,) in deserts wandering and inmountainsand in caves Kai ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς. 39 Kai οὗτοι πάντες μαρτυρη- and inthe holes οΥ̓́[Β8 earth. And these all, having been borne θέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ. ἐκομίσαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν," witness to through faith, did not receive the promise, 40 τοῦ θεοῦ περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι προβλεψαμένου, ἵνα μὴ God _ for us "better something having foreseen, that not χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν. apartfrom us _ they should be made perfect. 12 Τοιγαροῦν καὶ ἡμεῖς τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον Therefore also we 380 Sgreat *having ®Sencompassing ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων, ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ ϑ5Β “(ἃ cloud Sof 7witnesses, **weight *°having *'laid ‘aside ‘Severy and τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν, dt ὑπομονῆς τρέχωμεν τὸν the easily-surrounding sin, with endurance weshouldrun the προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα, ἀφορῶντες εἰς τὸν τῆς πίστεως “lying *before us race, looking away to “the Sof "faith ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν ᾿Ιησοῦν, ὃς ἀντὶ τῆς προκει- Sleader “and ‘completer 2Jesus: who inviewof the *ly- ἕνης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς ὑπέμεινεν σταυρύν, αἰσχύνης ing *before “him joy endured [the] cross, [the] shame καταφρονήσας, ἐν.δεξιᾷ. τε τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ θεοῦ θὲκάθι- having despised, andat[the)right hand ofthe throne of God sat σεν. 3 ἀναλογίσασθε.γὰρ τὸν τοιαύτην ὑπομεμενηκότα down. For consider well himwho 380 “great thas *endured ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς “αὐτὸν" ἀντιλογίαν, ἵνα μὴ Ka- ®from "sinners ‘against *himself ‘gainsaying, that “not 'ye “be μητε, Taic.puyaic.vpay ἐκλυόμενοι. 4 Οὔπω μέχρις αἵματος *wearied, Sin 7your Ssouls ®fainting. Not yet unto blood ἀντικατέστητε πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι, ὃ καὶ resisted ye 7against sin 1wrestling, and 5» , ~ , ev « ~ e ε - “ ἐκλέλησθε τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέ- ye have quite forgotten the exhortation, which to you, as tosons, he ad- γεται ἃ Yiépou, μὴ.ὀλιγώρει παιδείας" κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκ- dresses: My son, despise not [0186] discipline of [the] Lord, nor Avou ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος. 6 ὃν.γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ κύριος faint, by him being reproved ; forwhom “loves ['the] *Lord παιδεύει: μαστιγοὶ.δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται. 7 ‘Ei! he disciplines, and scourges every son whom he receives, If ἐπαιδείαν! ὑπομένετε, we ὑμῖν προσφέρεται discipline yeendure, ‘as “with Syou “15 Sdealing υἱοῖς "with “sons témULTTrA. 8 τὰς ἐπαγγελίας the y ς ἑαυτὸν LTTraA. 4 Read the sentence f εἰς (read ye endure for discipline) LtTTra. & παιδίαν τ. Υ maxatpys LITrA. HEBREWS. οὐ.παιδεύει πατήρ; 3disciplines *not [‘the] 7Father? γεγόνασιν πάν- have *become ‘all, Xi. ὁ θεός" τίς.γάρ “éoriv' *God; for who is {the] son whom ᾽ , , > i ΄ ll ©. , ὃ εἰδὲ χωρίς ἐστε ἱπαιδείας,,) ἧς μέτοχοι But if *without *ye?are discipline, of which *partakers τες. doa νόθοι "ἐστὲ καὶ οὐχ viol." 9 εἶτα τοὺς μὲν τῆς σ then bastards yeareand not sons, Moreover the υἱὸς ὃν αρκὸς “flesh ἡμῶν πατέρας εἴχομεν παιδευτάς, καὶ *everpe- 70f 5our fathers we have had [as] those who discipline [us], and we respected πόμεθα" οὐ ἱπολλῴ! μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ πατρὶ {them];*not ‘much 5rather ‘shall *we be in subjection to the Father τῶν πνευμάτων, Kai ζήσομεν; 10 οἱιμὲν.γὰρ πρὸς ὀλίγας of spirits, and = shall live? For they indeed for a few ἡμέρας κατὰ τὸ δοκοῦν αὐτοῖς ἐπαίδευον᾽ ὁ. δὲ ἐπὶ days according to that which seemed good to them disciplined; but ΒΘ for τὸ συμφέρον, εἰς τὸ μεταλαβεῖν THC.a4yLoTHTOG-.avTOU. 11 πᾶσα of his holiness. 7Any (lit, every) πρὸς μὲν τὸ παρὸν οὐ.δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι, or the present seems not [*matter]*of *joy ‘to *be, δι αὐτῆς 1216 profit, for [8] to partake πὸ δὲ παιδεία" *pbut discipline ? A ’ eo 4 ‘ ? ‘ ~ ἀλλὰ λύπης" ὕστερον.δὲ καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν τοῖς but ofgrief; butafterwards “fruit “peaceable ®to 7those **by γεγυμνασμένοις ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης. ®having *been }°exercised lrenders *of righteousness. 12 Διὸ τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας Kai τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα Wherefore the hanging *down ‘hands and the enfeebled knees ἀνορθώσατε᾽ 18 καὶ τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς "ποιήσατε" τοῖς.ποσὶν ὑμῶν, lift up; and paths ‘straight make for your feet, (vay TO χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ; ἰαθῃ.δὲ lest that which [18] lame be turned aside; but that *it *may “06 *healed μᾶλλον. 14 εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων, Kai TOY ἁγιασμόν, 1rather, Peace pursue with all, and sanctification, οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Kiptov’ 15 ἐπισκοποῦντες μή Swhich ‘apart 7from no one shallsee the Lord; looking diligently lest τις ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ" μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας any lack the grace of God; lest any root of bitterness ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ. καὶ διὰ ταύτης" μιανθῶσιν Ῥ up ‘springing should trouble [you),and by this be defiled πολλοί: 16 μή τις πόρνος ἢ βέβηλος, ὡς Ἢσαῦ, ὃς many ; lest [there be] any fornicator or profane person, as Esau, who ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς ἀπέδοτο" τὰ πρωτοτόκια "αὐτοῦ." 17 ἴστε for 2meal tone sold *pirthright this ; *ye "know yao Ort kai μετέπειτα θέλων κληρονομῆσαι THY εὐλογίαν ἀπε- *for that also afterwards, wishing to inherit the blessing, he was δοκιμάσθη" peravoiac-yap τόπον οὐχ.εὗρεν, καίπερ μετὰ δακ- rejected, for *of *repentance ‘place he found not, although with ρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν. tears having earnestly sought it. 18 Οὐ.γὰρ προσεληλύθατε ψηλαφωμένῳ βύρει,} καὶ For *not tye “have come to 3being *touched ['the] “mount and κεκαυμένῳ πυρί, καὶ γνόφῳ, καὶ ‘oxdTw,' Kai θυέλλῃ, having been kindled with fire, and to obscurity, and to darkness, and totempest, 19 kai σάλπιγγος ἤχῳ, Kai φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ and *trumpet’s ‘to sound, and to voice of words; which [voice]they that 581 with you as with sons; for what son is he whom the father chas- tenucth not? 8 But if ye be without chastise- ment, whereof all are partakers, then are ye bastards, and not sons. 9 Furthermore we have had fathers of our flesh which corrected us, and we gave them reverence: shall we not much rather be in subjection unto the Father of spirits, and live? 10 For they ve- rily for a few days chastened wus after their own pleasure; but he for our profit, that we might be par- takers of his holiness. 11 Now no chastening for the present seem- eth to be joyous, but grievous : nevertheless afterward it yieldeth the peaceable fruit of righteousness unto them which are ex- ercised thereby. 12 Wherefore lift up the hands which hang down, and the feeble knees; 13 and make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way; but let it rather be healed. 14 Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which noman shall see the Lord: 15 looking diligently lest any man fail of the grace of God ; lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you, and thereby many be defiled ; 16 lest there be any fornicator, or profane person, as E- sau, who for one mor- sel of meat sold his birthright. 17 For ye know how that after- ward, when he would have inherited the blessing, he was re- jected: for he found no place of repentance, though he sought it carefully with tears. 18 For ye are not come unto the mount that might be touched, and that burned with fire, nor unto black- ness, and darkness, and tempest, 19 and the sound ofa trumpet, and the voice of words; i παιδίας T. J καὶ οὐχ viol ἐστε LTTrA. τὰ μὲν παιδία discipline indeed T. 4 ἀπέδετο LA. τ ζόφῳ LTTraw. b — ἐστιν LITr[A]. respect E. 1 πολὺ LITrA. αὐτῆς through it L. P + οἱ the LTTraw. ® — ὄρει (read [that] being touched) trtra. k ἐμτρεπόμεθα we » Ὁ ποιεῖτε TTr. ο δι τ ἑαυτοῦ his own LTTrA. 582 which voice they that heard intreated that the word should not be spoken to them any more: 20 (for they could not endure that which was command- ed, And if somuchasa beast touch the moun- tain, it shall bestoned, or thrust through with a dart: 21 and so ter- rible was the sight, that Moses said, I ex- ceedingly fear and quake :) 22 but ye are come unto mount Sion, and unto the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusa- lem, and to an in- numerable company of angels, 23 to the general assembly and church of the first- born, which are writ- ten in heaven, and to God the Judge of all, and to the spirits of just men made_per- fect, 24 and to Jesus the mediator of the new covenant, and to the blood of sprink- ling, that speaketh better things than that of Abel. 25 See that ye refuse not him that speaketh. For if they escaped not who re- fused him that spake on earth, much more shall not we escape, if we turn away from him that speaketh from heaven : 26 whose voice then shook the earth: but now he hath pro- mised, saying, Yet once more I shake not the earth only, but also heaven. 27 And this word, Yet once more, signifieth the remov- ing of those things that are shaken, as of things that are made, that those things whichcannot be shaken may remain. 28 Wherefore we re- ceiving a kingdom whichcannot be mov- ed, let us have grace, whereby we may serve God acceptably with reverence and godly fear : 29 for our God ig a consuming fire. XIII. Let brotherly love continue. 2 Be not forgetful to enter- tain strangers: for thereby some have en- tertained angels una- ΠΡΟΣ EBPAIOYS. XII, XIII. ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς heard excused themselves [asking] *not *to °be*addressed "to *them ["the] λόγον" 20 οὐκ. ἔφερον.γὰρ τὸ διαστελλόμενον, Κἂν θηρίον 2word ; (for they could not bear that [which] was commanded: And if a beast θίγῃ τοῦ ὄρους λιθοβοληθήσεται, ἢ βολίδι κατατοξευ- should touch the mountain, it shall be stoned, or with a dart shot θήσεται" 21 καί, οὕτως φοβερὸν ἦν τὸ φανταζόμενον, through ; and, so fearful was the spectacle {that] ὑΜωσῆς" εἶπεν, "Εκφοβός εἰμι καὶ ἔντρομος" 22 ἀλλὰ προσ- Moses said, “greatly *afraid ‘I *amand trembling:) but ye have εληλύθατε Σιὼν ὄρει, Kai πόλει θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἵερου- come to ?Sion ‘mount;and [the] city of *God['the] “living, Jeru- σαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ, καὶ μυριάσιν “ἀγγέλων 28 πανηγύρει, salem *heavenly ; and tomyriads ofangels, [the] universal gathering ; καὶ ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων χὲέν οὐρανοῖς ἀπογεγραμ- and ἴο [{Π6] assembly of [the] firstborn [ones] in [the] heavens regis- μένων," καὶ κριτῇ θεῷ πάντων, Kai πνεύμασιν δικαίων tered ; and to[?the]*judge *God ofall; and to([the] spirits of [the] just τετελειωμένων, 24 καὶ διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ Ἰησοῦ, Kai (who] have been perfected; and *of*®a’covenant *fresh “mediator ‘to 7Jesus; and αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ ὑκρείττονα" λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Αβελ to [the] blood of sprinkling, *better*things ‘speaking than Abel. 25 Βλέπετε μὴ.παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα. εἰ. γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι Take heed ye refuse not him who _ speaks. Forif they οὐκ ἔφυγον," *rov' ἐπὶ ὑτῆς" γῆς παραιτησάμενοιδ χρη- escaped not, “him‘*that °on ‘the earth (*who] 7refused divine- See ὁπολλῷ -μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς οἱ TOY ἀπ᾿ οὐρανῶν y instructed [them], much more we who *him *from [*the] “heavens ἀποστρεφόμενοι. 26 οὗ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν τότε, turn ?away “from ! whose voice the “earth *shook then ; ~ \ > , , » ev ? ‘ d ΄ li ? , νῦν.δὲ ἐπήγγελται, λέγων, Ere ἅπαξ ἐγὼ “σείω! ov μόνον but now hehas promised, saying, Yet once I shake not only γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν. 27 Τὸ.δὲ “Eri ἅπαξ, δηλοῖ earth, but also the heaven. But the Yet once, signifies σαλευομένων τὴν" μετάθεσιν, ὡς πεποιημένων, 308 *the [things] ®shaken 1the ?removing, as having been made, e , 4 A , A / ἵνα μείνῃ τὰ μὴ.σαλευόμενα. 28 διὸ βασιλείαν that ‘may remain ‘the[?things] “ποὺ *shaken. Wherefore a kingdom ἀσάλευτον παραλαμβάνοντες, ἔχωμεν χάριν, dv ἧς not to be shaken receiving, may we have grace, by which λατρεύωμεν εὐαρέστως τῷ θεῷ μετὰ [αἰδοῦς Kai εὐλαβείας." we may serve *well *pleasingly 1God with reverence and fear. 29 καὶ. γὰρ ὁ.θεὸς ἡμῶν πῦρ καταναλίσκον. For also our God [is] a "fire *consuming. 13 Ἡ φιλαδελφία μενέτω. 2 τῆς φιλοξενίας μὴ ἐπιλαν- Brotherly *love ‘let abide ; of hospitality ?not ‘be for- θάνεσθε" διὰ.ταύτης.γὰρ ἔλαθόν τινες ξενίσαντες ἀγγέλους. getful ; for by this unawares some entertained angels. 3 μιμνήσκεσθε τῶν δεσμίων, ὡς συνδεδεμένοι" τῶν κακου- Be mindful of prisoners, as bound with [them]; those being χουμένων, ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ ὄντες ἐν σώματι. 4 τίμιος evil-treated, as also yourselves being in [the] body. Honourable [let] τὴν the “τῶν u — ἢ βολίδι κατατοξευθήσεται GLTTrAW. of angels by a comma GLTrA. better thing GLTTraw. Ὁ — τῆς GLTTrAW. μένων LTTrA. νυ Mwions GLTTrAwW. W Separate myriads from x ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς GLTTrAW. Υ κρεῖττον ἃ 2 ἐξέφυγον LTTra. a τὸν placed after παραιτησάμενοι LTTrA. © πολὺ LTTrA. 4 σείσω will shake titra. © τὴν τῶν σαλευο- f εὐλαβείας καὶ δέους fear and awe LTTrA. HEBREWS. καὶ ἡ κοίτη ἀμίαντος" πόρ- bed [be] undefiled; for- 5 ἀφιλάργυρος Without love of money [let XIII. ὁ γάμος ἐν πᾶσιν, marriage (be held] in’ every [way], and the νους 80é' Kai μοιχοὺς fe ὁ θεός. nicators *but and adulterers *will*judge ‘God. ὁ τρόπος" ἀρκούμενοι τοῖς. παροῦσιν" αὐτὸς your] manner of life [be], satisfied with present [circumstances]; *he yap εἴρηκεν, Οὐμμή σὲ ave, οὐδ᾽ οὐ.μή σε *tyKaraXizw.' “for has said, In no wise thee will I leave, norinany wise thee will I forsake. ~ ~ , ’ ‘ , 6 wore θαῤῥοῦντας ἡμᾶς.λέγειν, Κύριος ἐμοὶ βοηθός, So that we may boldly say, {The} Lord [18] tome a helper, Ἰκαὶ" οὐ. φοβηθήσομαι" Ἑ τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος ; and I will notbe afraid: what shall 7do *to *me 4man ? 7 Μνημονεύετε τῶν.ἡγουμένων ὑμῶν, οἵτινες ἐλάλησαν Remember your leaders, who spoke ὑμῖν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ; ὧν ἀναθεωροῦντες τὴν ἔκβασιν to you the word of God; of whom, considering the issue τῆς. ἀναστροφῆς, μιμεῖσθε τὴν.πίστιν. 8ὃ ᾿Ιησοὺς χριστὸς of [their] conduct, imitate [their] faith. Jesus Christ ἰχθὲς" καὶ σήμερον ὁ αὐτός, Kai εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. 9 dida- yesterday and to-day [is] the same, and to the ages. With xaic ποικίλαις καὶ ξέναις μὴ.““περιφέρεσθε"᾿ Kadov-yao *teachings *various and “strange be not carried about; for [it is] good [for] χάριτι βεβαιοῦσθαι τὴν καρδίαν, οὐ βρώμασιν, ἐν οἷς οὐκ ‘with ’grace *to *be °confirmed ‘the heart, not meats; in which ?not > , « n U ll 10 τῇ τ᾿ θ as ὠφελήθησαν οι περιπατήσαντες. χομεν VOLa 1were *profited those who walked (therein). We have an al- στήριον ἐξ οὗ φαγεῖν οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν οἱ τῇ σκηνῇ tar of which to eat they have not authority who the tabernacle λατρεύοντες. 11 wy.yap εἰσφέρεται ζώων τὸ αἷμα serve ; for of those *whose *is °brought ‘animals %blood [as sacri- ὁπερὶ ἁμαρτίας" εἰς τὰ ἅγια διὰ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως. τούτων fices] for sin into the holies by the highpriest, of these τὰ σώματα κατακαίεται ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς 12 διὸ καὶ the bodies are burned outside the camp. Wherefore also Ἰησοῦς, ἵνα ἁγιάσῃ διὰ τοῦ ἰδίου αἵματος τὸν λαόν, Jesus, that he might sanctify by his own blood the people, ἔξω τῆς πύλης ἔπαθεν. 13 τοίνυν ἐξερχώμεθα πρὸς αὐτὸν outside the gate suffered: therefore weshould goforth to him ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς, τὸν.ὀνειδισμὸν. αὐτοῦ φεβοντξοι 14 οὐ outside the camp, his reproach earing ; “not ‘ » Y= , , > 4 ‘ , ᾽ γὰρ ἔχομεν ὧδε μένουσαν πόλιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν μέλλουσαν ἐπι- ‘for *we*have here an abiding city, but the comingone weare ~ ? > ~ q Ἢ] ᾽ , θ , ae ζητοῦμεν. 15 Av αὐτοῦ «οὖν ἀναφερωμεν υσίαν αἰνέσεως seeking for. By him _ therefore we should offer [the] sacrifice of praise ‘ 1 ~ ~ , , € ’ τδιαπαντὸς" τῷ θεῷ, "τουτέστιν, καρπὸν χειλέων ὁμολογούν- continually to God, that is, fruit of [the] lips confess- των τῷ-ὀνόματι.αὐτοῦ. 16 τῆς δὲ. εὐποιΐας καὶ κοινωνίας ing to his name, But of doing good and of communicating μὴ-ἐπιλανθάνεσθε: τοιαύταις.γὰρ θυσίαις εὐαρεστεῖται ὁ θεός. be not forgetful, for with such sacrifices is*well*pleased ‘God. 17 Πείθεσθε τοῖς. ἡγουμένοις. ὑμῶν, καὶ wreixere’ αὐτοὶ γὰρ Obey your leaders, and besubmissive: for they 083 wares. 3 Remember them that are in bonds, as bound with them ; and them which suffer adversity, as being yourselves also in the body. 4 Marriage is honourable in all, and the bed undefiled : but whoremongers and a- dulterers God _ will judge. 5 Let your con- versation be without covetousness ; and be content with such things as ye have: for he hath said, I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee. 6So that we may boldly say, The Lord is my helper, and I will not fear what man shall do un- to me. 7 Remember them which have the rule over you, who have spoken unto you the word of God: whose faith follow, consider- ing the end of their conversation. 8 Jesus Christ the same yester- day, and to day, and for ever. 9 Be not carried about with di- vers and strange doc- trines. For it is a good thing that the heart be established with grace ; not with meats, which have not profit- ed them that have been occupied therein. 10We have an altar, where- of they have no right to eat which serve the tabernacle. 11 For the bodies of those beasts, whose blood is brought into the sanctuary by the high priest for sin, are burned without the camp. 12 Where- fore Jesus also, that he might sanctify the people with his own blood, suffered with- out the gate. 13 Let us go forth therefore unto him without the camp, bearing his re- proach. 14 For here have we no continuing city, but we seek one to come. 15 By him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruit of our lips giving thanks to his name. 16 But to do good and to com- municate forget not: for with suchsacrifices 8 yap for LTTrA. 4 ἐγκαταλείπω do I forsake Ta. Receptus is punctuated as in Authorized version. away GLTTrAW. Ὁ περιπατοῦντες Walk LTTr. ἁμαρτίας for sin L. 9 [οὖν] Tr. 1 ἐχθὲς LTTrAW. τ διὰ παντὸς LTrA. i — καὶ [L]1[Tra]. k Textus ™ παραφέρεσθε carried © — περὶ ἁμαρτίας LA. 8 τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν GT, P + περὶ 84 God is well pleased. 17 Obey them that have the rule over you, and submit yourselves: for they watch for your souls, as they that must give ac- count, that they may do it with joy, and not with grief: for that is unprofitable for you. 18 Pray for us: for we trust we have a good conscience, in all things willing to live honestly. 19 But I be- seech you the rather to do this, that I may be restored to you the sooner. 20 Now the God of peace, that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus, that great Shepherd of the sheep, through the bleod of the everlasting covenant, 21 make you perfect in every good work to do his will, working in you that which is well- pleasing in his sight, through Jesus Christ ; to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen. 22 And I beseech you, brethren, suffer the word of exhortation : for I have written a letter unto you infew words. 23 Know ye that our brother Timothy is set at liberty; with whom, if he come shortly, I will see you. 24 Salute allthem that have the rule over you, and all the saints. They of Italy salute you. 25 Grace be with you all, Amen. JAMES, a servant of WP OW EBrPrArlio Y=. XIII. ? ~ t cy ~ ~ ~ , “ον ἀγρυπνοῦσιν ὑπὲρ τῶν.Ψυχῶν. ὑμῶν, ὡς λόγον ἀποδώσον- ame for your souls, as ‘account ‘about “to *ren- C t A ~ ~ ~ A ‘ , TEC’ τινὰ μετὰ χαρᾶς τοῦτο ποιῶσιν, καὶ μὴ στενάζοντες" der; that with joy this they may do, and not groaning, > 4 4 € ~ ~ , ἀλυσιτελὲς. γὰρ ὑμῖν τοῦτο. 18 Προσεύχεσθε περὶ for unprofitable for you [would be] this. Pray for € ~ Ε 7, , € A ΄ > ἡμῶν" ἱ'ἱπεποίθαμεν".γάρ, ore καλὴν συνείδησιν ἔχομεν, ἐν us: for we are persuaded, that a good conscience we have, in πᾶσιν καλῶς θέλοντες ἀναστρέφεσθαι: 19 περισσοτέρως. δὲ allthings ®well lwishing *to *conduct *ourselves. But more abundantly παρακαλῶ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, ἵνα τάχιον ἀποκατασταθῶ Iexhort [you] this to do, that more quickly I may be restored € ~ 4 ~ , 4 ὑμῖν. 20 ‘0.dé θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης, ὁ ἀναγαγὼν ἐκ to you. And the God of peace, who brought again from among [the νεκρῶν τὸν ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων TOY μέγαν ἐν dead the Shepherd of the sheep the great [one] in [the power of ids U ΄ 4 ~ ~ αἵματι διαθήκης αἰωνίου, τὸν.κύριον. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦν, the] blood of[the]?covenant ‘eternal, our Lord Jesus, 21 καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς ἐν παντὶ ‘éoyp' ἀγαθῷ, εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαι perfect you in_ every 2work “good, for to do τὺ.θέελημα.αὐτοῦ, “ποιῶν ἐν ὑμῖν τὸ εὐάρεστον ἐνώ- his will, doing in you that which[is] well pleasing be- πιον αὐτοῦ, διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς fore him, through Jesus Christ; to whom [be] glory to the αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 22 Παρακαλῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελ- ages of the ages. Amen. But I exhort you, breth- pol, Τἀνέχεσθε! τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως" Kai-yap διὰ ren, bear the word of exhortation, for also in βραχέων ἐπέστειλα ὑμῖν. few words I wrote toyou. 23 Γινώσκετε τὸν adehody? Τιμόθεον ἀπολελυμένον, μεθ᾽ Know γα the brother Timotheus' has been released; with - 7A , » ” € ~ ? , οὗ, ἐὰν τάχιον ἔρχηται, ὄψομαι ὑμᾶς. 24 ᾿Ασπάσασθε whom, if sooner heshould come, I willsee you. Salute πάντας τοὺς. ἡγουμένους. ὑμῶν, Kai πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους. 411 your leaders, and all the saints. ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ιταλίας. 25 ἡ χάρις μετὰ *Salute Syou ‘they *from "Italy. Grace [be] with πάντων ὑμῶν. δάμην." 3411 you. Amen, « , , ᾽ 4 ~ , “Tose ἙἉἉβραίους ἐγράφη ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ιταλίας, διὰ Τιμοθέου." To [the] Hebrews written from Italy, by Timotheus. “ἸΑΚΏΒΟΥ ἘΠΙΣΤΟΛῊ ΚΑΘΟΛΙΚΗ." 4OF 5JAMES [ΤῊ 3EPISTLE IG@ENERAL. ἸΑΚΩΒΟΣ θεοῦ καὶ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ταῖς God «πᾶ of the Lord Jesus Christ, to the twelve tribes which are scattered abroad, greeting. 2of 3God *and Sof (*the] "Lord "Jesus *Christ δώδεκα φυλαῖς ταῖς ἐν τῇ διασπορᾷ χαίρειν. twelve tribes which[are] in the dispersion, greeting. James *bondman, to the t πειθόμεθα We persuade ourselves LTTrAW. Υ ἀνέχεσθαι to bear L. α ἡμῖν US T. v—eé ame ῳ T. * + αὐτῷ to himself t. 2 + ἡμῶν (read our brother) LTTrAW. 8 — ἀμήν T. > — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Ἑβραίους Tra. © + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the Apostle E 5 ᾿Ἐπιστολαὶ ( --- Ἔπιστ. L) καθολικαί. ᾿Ιακώβου ἀπι- στολή General Epistles. Epistle of James Guw; ᾿Ιακώβον ἐπιστολή TTrA. 1. JAMES. 2 Πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε, ἀδελφοί. μου, ὅταν πειρασμοῖς All joy esteem [it], my brethren, when ‘temptations περιπέσητε ποικίλοις, 8 γινώσκοντες ὅτι τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν tye ἼΩΔΥ 141] “πο ‘various, knowing that the proving of your τῆς πίστεως κατεργάζεται ὑπομονήν᾽ 4 ἡ).δὲ ὑπομονὴ ἔργον faith works out endurance. But *endurance [*its] “work τέλειον ἐχέτω, ἵνα ἦτε τέλειοι καὶ ὁλόκληροι, ἐν μηδενὶ λει- ‘perfect ‘let*have, that ye may be perfect and complete, in nothing lack- πόμενοι. 5 εἰ. δέ τις ὑμῶν λείπεται σοφίας, αἰτείτω παρὰ τοῦ ing. But if anyone of you lack wisdom, let himask from *who διδόντος θεοῦ πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς, Kai μὴ ὀνειδίζοντος, Kai δοθήσε- βΞεῖνεβ ἰᾷοα toall freely, and reproaches not, and it shall be ται αὐτῷ. 6 αἰτείτω.δὲ ἐν πίστει, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος" ὁ.γὰρ given ἴο Ηἴΐτη : butlethimaskin faith, nothing doubting. For he that διακρινόμενος ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ doubts is like awave of [the] sea being driven by the wind and ῥιπιζομένῳ. 7 μὴ.γὰρ οἰέσθω ὁ. ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος, ὅτι “An- being tossed ; for “not ‘let Ssuppose Sthat “man that he Werai'! TL παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου" 8 ἀνὴρ δίψυχος, shall receive anything from the Lord; [Π6]15] 84. δὴ ‘double-minded, ἀκατάστατος ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς. αὐτοῦ. 9 Καυχάσθω δὲ unstable in all his ways. But let *boast « >a 4 « ‘ > ~ er > ~ « , , ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὁ ταπεινὸς ἐν τῷ. ὕψει.αὐτοῦ" 10 ὁ. δὲ πλούσιος ‘the *brother 3of *low ®degree in his elevation, andthe rich ἐν TY-TATELVWOELAUTOU, OTL ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου παρελεύ-- in his humiliation, because as “flower [*the] *grass’s he will pass σεται. 11 ἀνέτειλεν. γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος oly τῷ.καύσωνι, Kai ἐξή--: away. For *rose ‘the ?sun with [its] burning heat, and dried pavey τὸν χόρτον, καὶ TO ἄνθος αὐτοῦ ἐξέπεσεν, Kai ἡ εὐ- up the grass, and the flower of it fell, and the πρέπεια τοῦ.προσώπου.αὐτοῦ ἀπώλετο" οὕτως Kai ὁ πλούσιος comeliness of its appearance perished : thus also the rich ἐν ταῖς. πορείαις.αὐτοῦ μαρανθήσεται. 12 Μακάριος ἀνὴρ in his goings shall wither. Blessed [18 the] man ὃς ὑπομένει πειρασμόν: Ort δόκιμος γενόμενος *AnWerar who endures temptation; because *proved ‘having “been he shall receive τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς, ὃν ἐπηγγείλατο fd κύριος" τοῖς the crown of life, which spromised *the *Lord to those that ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν. love him. 13 Μηδεὶς πειραζόμενος λεγέτω, Ὅτι ἀπὸ Srov' θεοῦ πειρά- 7No one *being *tempted ‘let say, From God I am ζομαι" ὁ-γὰρ.θεὸς ἀπείραστός ἐστιν κακῶν, πειράζει. δὲ αὐτὸς tempted. ForGod *not*to*be*®tempted ‘is by evils, and “tempts ‘himself οὐδένα. 14 ἕκαστος.δὲ πειράζεται, "ὑπὸ" τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας no one. Buteachone is tempted, by his own lust ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος᾽ 15 εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβοῦσα being drawnawayand being allured; then lust having conceived ΄ ΄ « « ΄ > τ ~ > ΄ τίκτει ἁμαρτίαν" ἡ δὲ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα ἀποκύει gives birthto sin; but sin having been completed brings forth θάνατον. 16 Μὴ.πλανᾶσθε, ἀδελφοί pov ἀγαπητοί: 17 πᾶσα death, Be not misled, %brethren ‘my “beloved. Every δόσις ἀγαθὴ Kai πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον ἄνωθέν ἐστιν "act%of*giving ‘good and every “gift perfect *from 7above 3ig ee eee en f — ὃ κύριος (read émmy. he promised) urtra, 4 λήμψεταί LTTrA. © λήμψεται LTTrA. 8 — τοῦ GLTTrAW. ὃ Β ἀπὸ Α.. 580 2 My brethren, count it 411 joy when ye fali into divers tempta- tions ; 3 knowing this, that the trying of your faith worketh pa- tience. 4 But let pa- tience have her perfect work, that ye may be perfect and _ entire, wanting nothing. 5 If any of you lack wis- dom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and up- braideth not; and it shall be given him. 6 But let him ask in faith, nothing waver- ing. For he that wa- vereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. 7 For let not that map think that heshall re- ceive any thing of the Lord. 8 A double mind- ed man is unstable in all his ways. 9 Let the brother of low degree rejoice in that he is exalted: 10 but the rich, in that he is made low: because as the flower of the grass he shall pass away. 11 For the sun is no sooner risen with a burning heat, but it withereth the grass, and the flower thereof falleth, and the grace of the fashion of it perisheth: so also shall the rich man fade away in his ways. 12 Blessed is the man that endureth temptation : for when he is tried, he shall receive the crown of life, which the Lord hath promised to them that love him. 13 Let no man say when he is tempted, I am tempted of God: for God cannot be tempted with evil, nei- ther tempteth he any man: 14 but every man is tempted, when heis drawn away of his own lust, and en- ticed. 15 Then when last hath conceived, it bringeth forth sin: and sin, when it is fi- nished, bringeth forth death. 16 Do not err, my beloved brethren. 17 Every good giftand every perfect gift is from above, and com- eth down from the Fa- ther of lights, with 586 whom is no variable- ness, neither shadow of turning. 18 Of his own will begat he us with the word of truth, that we should be a kind of firstfruits of his crea- tures. 19 Wherefore, my be- loved brethren, let every man be swift to hear, slow to speak, slow to wrath: 20 for the wrath of man worketh ποῦ the righteousness of God. 21 Wherefore lay a- part all filthiness and superfluity of naughti- ness, and receive with meekness the engraft- ed word, which is able to save your souls, 22 But be ye doers of the word, and not hearers only, deceiving your own selves, 23 For if any be a hearer of the word, and not a doer, he is like untoa man beholding his natural face ina glass: 24 for he beholdeth himself, and goeth his way, and straightway forgetteth what man- ner of man he was. 25 But whoso looketh into the perfect law of liberty, and continu- eth therein, he being not a forgetful hearer, but a doer of the work, this man shall be bless- ed in his deed. 26 If any man among you seem to be religious, and bridleth not his tongue, but deceiveth his own heart, this man’s religion is vain, 27 Pure ‘religion and undefiled before God and the Father is this, To visit the father- less and widows in their affliction, and to keep himself unspot- ted from the world. II. My brethren, have not the faith of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Lord of glory, with respect of persons, 2 For if there come un- i*Igre Ye know [it] yttra. τ ἀκροαταὶ μόνον LTrAW. 4 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. * ν᾽ προσωπολημψίαις LTTrA. GLTTraw. *§— τῷ TW. IAKQBOS. I, Il. καταβαῖνον ἀπὸ Tov πατρὸς τῶν φώτων, Tap’ οὐκ. ἔνι *coming®down from the Father of lights, with whom there is not παραλλαγή, ἢ τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα. 18 βουληθεὶς ἀπε- variation, or οὗ *turning ishadow. Having willed [it] he be- κύησεν ἡμᾶς λόγῳ ἀληθείας, εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν gat us by(the] word oftruth, for “to *be lus “first-fruits τινα τῶν. αὐτοῦ.κτισμάτων. *a δεουύ Sof of his creatures. 19 Ωστε." ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί, ἔστω So that, *brethren ‘my “beloved, let *be Cy > ‘ > ~ A ? τὰ ~ 4 > > , ταχὺς εἰς TO ἀκοῦσαι, βραδὺς εἰς τὸ λαλῆσαι, βραδὺς εἰς ὀργήν. swift to hear, slow to speak, slow to wrath; 20 ὀργὴ.γὰρ ἀνδρὸς δικαιοσύνην θεοῦ ἰοὐ.κατεργάζεται." for ?wrath iman’s 7righteousness ‘“God’s Sworks *not °out. 21 Aw ἀποθέμενοι πᾶσαν ῥυπαρίαν kai περισσείαν κα- Wherefore, having laidaside all filthiness and abounding of wick- κίας, ἐν πρᾳὕτητι δέξασθε τὸν ἔμφυτον λόγον, τὸν δυνά- edness, in meekness accept the implanted word, which [is] μενον σῶσαι τὰς. ψυχὰς ὑμῶν. 22 γίνεσθε.δὲ ποιηταὶ λόγου, able to save your souls, But be ye doers of [the} word, καὶ μὴ μόνον ἀκροαταί," παραλογιζόμενοι ἑαυτούς. 23 ὅτι and not only hearers, beguiling yourselves, Because εἴ τις ἀκροατὴς λόγου ἐστὶν Kai ov ποιητής, οὗτος if any man ahearer οἵ [{Π6] word [15 and not a doer, this one ἔοικεν ἀνδρὶ κατανοοῦντι TO πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ is like toaman _ considering Sface “natural *his ἐν ἐσύπτρῳ᾽ 24 κατενόησεν.γὰρ ἑαυτὸν Kai ἀπελήλυθεν, Kai ἴῃ amirror: for he considered himself and has goneaway, and > , 3 ’ὔ «ε ~ a « A , > εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν. 25 ὁ. δὲ παρακύψας εἰς immediately forgot what like 'he*was. Buthethat looked into νόμον τέλειον τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας, Kai παραμείνας, [016] *law ‘perfect, that of freedom, and continued in [it], πρὗτος"! οὐκ ἀκροατὴς ἐπιλησμονῆς γενόμενος, ἀλλὰ ποιητὴς thisone ποῦ a *hearer ‘forgetful having been, but a doer ἔργου, οὗτος μακάριος ἐν τῇ.ποιήσει.αὐτοῦ ἔσται. 26 Et of [the] work, thisone blessed in his doing shall be. Tf °ric δοκεῖ θρῆσκος εἶναι ὑμῖν, μὴ χαλιναγωγῶν anyone “seems §®religious *to *be “you, not bridling λῶσσαν.αὐτοῦ, “ἀλλ᾽ ἀπατῶν Kapdiavtadbrov,' τούτου his tongue, but deceiving his heart, of this one μάταιος ἡ "θρησκεία." 27 SOpnoxeia' καθαρὰ καὶ ἀμίαντος vain [is] the religion. Religion pure and undefiled παρὰ ‘rw θεῷ Kai πατρὶ αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι dp- before God and [the] Father “this lis: to visit or- φανοὺς Kai χήρας ἐν τῇ.θλίψει.αὐτῶν, ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν phans and widows in their tribulation, umspotted “oneself ‘to *keep ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου. from the world. Q ᾿Αδελφοί. μου, μὴ ἐν ᾿προσωποληψίαις" ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν My brethren, “ποὺ *with ‘respect Sof 7persons ‘do*have the faith ~ / ~ “ “Ὁ ne , e 8. AJ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τῆς δόξης" 2 ἐὰν.γὰρ of our Lord Jesus Christ, [Lord] of glory ; for if k πᾶς ἄνθρωπος tevery 2man Péy lamong κα δὲ but (let) LTTra. ᾿ οὐκ ἐργάζεται works not LTTra. 0 — οὗτος LTTrA. o + δὲ but (if) τ. Ρ -- ἐν ὑμῖν τ ἑαυτοῦ (read his own heart) L. 5 θρησκία T. JAMES. εἰς “τὴν συναγωγὴν. ὑμῶν ἀνὴρ χρυσοδακτύλιος May have come into your synagogue aman with gold rings ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, εἰσέλθῃ.δὲ καὶ πτωχὸς ἐν ῥυπαρᾷ in ?apparel ‘splendid, andmay havecomeinalso ἃ poor [man] ἴῃ vile ἐσθῆτι, 8 "καὶ ἐπιβλέψητε' ἐπὶ τὸν φοροῦντα THY ἐσθῆτα apparel, and ye may have looked upon him who wears the *apparel τὴν λαμπράν, καὶ εἴπητε ΥΤαὐτῷ," Σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς, Kai II. εἰσέλθῃ ‘splendid, and may havesaid tohim, Thousitthou here well, and Tp πτωχῷ εἴπητε, Σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ, ἢ κάθου τὧδε" ὑπὸ tothe poor may have said, Thou standthou there, or sitthou here under τὸ ὑποπόδιόν. μου" 4*Kai' οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, my footstool : “also *not ‘did *yemake a difference among yourselves, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν ; ὅ ᾿Ακούσατε, and became judges [having] *reasonings evil? Hear, ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί, οὐχ ὁ θεὸς ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πτωχοὺς *brethren ‘my “beloved: ὅπου, °God ‘*didchoose the poor *rov κόσμου" “τούτου, πλουσίους ἐν πίστει, Kai κληρονόμους Sworld of *this, rich in faith, and heirs τῆς βασιλείας ἧς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν ; of the kingdom which hepromised ἴο those that love him? 6 ὑμεῖς.δὲ ἠτιμάσατε τὸν πτωχόν. ἀοὐχ᾽ οἱ πλούσιοι But ye dishonoured the poor [man]. “Not “the *rich καταδυναστεύουσιν “ὑμῶν, Kai αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς 1do oppress you, and [ποῦ] *they ‘do drag you εἰς κριτήρια; 7 οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν before [the] tribunals ? “not *they 1do blaspheme the good ὔνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς; 8 Ei μέντοι νόμον τελεῖτε mame which wascalled upon you? If indeed [the] “law “ye *keep βασιλικόν, κατὰ τὴν γραφήν, ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν. πλησίον. σου ἾΤΟΥ͂ΔΙ according to the scripture, Thou shalt love thy neighbour ὡς σεαυτόν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε" 9 εἰ δὲ ‘ro0cwroAnTTEITE,! ἁμαρ- as thyself, swell tye 7do. But if ye have respect of persons, 3531} τίαν ἐργάζεσθε, ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται. tye*work, beingconvicted by the law as transgressors. 10 ὕστις. γὰρ ὅλο» τὸν νόμον δτηρήσει, mraicsr' δὲ ἐν ἑνί, For whosoever “whole ‘the law shall keep, “shall *stumble ‘but in one γέγονεν πάντων ἔνοχος. 11 ὁ. γὰρ εἰπών, Μὴ μοι- [point], he has become of 411 ‘guilty. Forhe who said, “not 'Thou χεύσῃς, εἶπεν καί, Μὴ φονεύσῃς" εἰ δὲ 2mayest commit adultery, said also, Thou mayest not commit murder. Now if οὐ-Βμοιχεύσεις, φονεύσεις" δέ, γέγονας thou shalt not commit adultery, *shalt “commit “murder ‘but, thou hast become παραβάτης νόμου. 12 Οὕτως λαλεῖτε καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε, ὡς a transgressor of [the] law. So speak ye and so do, as διὰ νόμου ἐλευθερίας μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι" 13 1-yap-Kpiowg by (the) law of freedom being about to be judged ; for judgment Ἰἀνίλεως" τῷ μὴ.-ποιήσαντι ἔλεος" "καὶ" κατα- {will be] without mercy tohimthat wrought not mercy. And “boasts καυχᾶται ἔλεος κρίσεως. Fover 1mercy judgment. 587 to your assembly a man with a gold ring, in goodly apparel, and there come in also a poor man in vile rai- ment; 3 and ye have respect to him that weareth the gay cloth- ing, and say unto him, Sit thou here in agood place ; and say to the poor, Stand thou there, or sit here under my footstool : 4 are ye not then partial in your- selves, and are be- come judges of evil thoughts? 5 Hearken, my beloved brethren, Hath not God chosen the poor of _ this world rich in faith, and heirs of the king- dom which he hath promised to them that love him? 6 But ye have despised the poor. Do not rick men op- press you, and draw you before the judg- ment seats ? 7 Do not they blaspheme that worthy name by the which ye are call- ed? 8 If ye fulfil the royal law according to the scripture, Thou shalt love thy neigh- bour as thyself, ye do well: 9 but if ye have respect to persons, ye commit sin, and are convinced of the law as transgressors. 10 For whosoever shall keep the whole law, and yet offend in one point, he is guilty of all. 11 For he that said, Do not commit adultery, said also, Do not kill. Now if thou commit no adultery, yet if thou kill, thou art becomea transgressor of thelaw. 12 So speak ye, and so do, as they that shall be judged by the law of liberty. 13 For he shall have judgment without mercy, that hath shewed no mercy; and mercy rejoiceth against judgment. 14 Ti _!ro! ὄφελος, ἀδελφοί μου, ἐὰν πίστιν λέγῃ TiC’ 14 What doth it What [is] the profit, my brethren, if ‘faith sey ‘anyone profit, my brethren, Y —7yvLitraA. "ἐπιβλέψητε δὲλ. Y— avT@GLTITrA. 1 --οὧδε LTTrA. 8-- καὶ LTTrA. Ὁ τῷ κόσμῳ (asregardsthe world) LTTraw. © — τούτου GLTTrAW. ἔ προσωπολημπτεῖτε LTTrA. bled) trrraw. murder) LTT:a. 1 ἀνέλεος pitiless LTTrAW. * — καὶ GLTTrAw. 4 οὐχὶ LW. ὃ τηρήσῃ; πταισῃ (read shall have kept, but shall have stum- 5 μοιχεύεις, hovevers (read if thoucommittest not adultery but committest 1—70L. εὑμᾶς τ΄ ™ Tus λέγῃ 1.. 588 though a man say he hath faith, and have not works? can faith save him? 15 If a brother or sister be naked, and destitute of daily food, 16 and one of you say unto them, Depart in peace, be ye warmed and fill- ed; notwithstanding ye give them not those things which are need- ful to the body ; what doth ἐξ profit ? 17 Even so faith, if it hath not works, is dead, being alone. 18 Yea, a man may say, Thou hast faith, and I have works: shew me thy faith without thy works, and I willshew thee my faith by my works. 19 Thou be- lievest that there is one God; thou doest well: the devils also believe, and tremble. 20 But wilt thou know, O vain man, that faith without works is dead? 21 Was not Abraham our father justified by works, when he had offered Isaac his son upon the altar ? 22 Seest thou how faith wrought with his works, and by works was faith made per- fect? 23 And _ the scripture was fulfilled which saith, Abraham believed God, and it was imputed unto him for righteousness: and he was called the Friend of God. 24 Ye see then how that by works a man is justi- fied, and not by faith only. 25 Likewise also was not Rahab the harlot justified by works, when she had received the messen- gers, and had sent them out another way? 26 For as the body without the spirit is dead, so faith without works is dead also. 111. My brethren, be not many masters, knowing that we shall receive the greater condemnation. 2 For in many things we of- fend all. If any man IAKQBOS. Π ls ἔχειν, ἔργα.δὲ μὴ.ἔχῃ ; μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι αὐτόν ; [16] *has, but works have ποῦ ? is 7able ‘faith tosave him? 15 ἐὰν. "δὲ" ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἀδελφὴ γυμνοὶ ὑπάρχωσιν, καὶ λειπό- Nowif abrother or asister naked be, and desti- μένοι ὦσιν" τῆς ἐφημέρου τρο tute may be of daily foo > e ~ « id τι > , / 4 ’ ἐξ ὑμῶν, Yrayere ἐν εἰρήνῃ, θερμαίνεσθε καὶ χορτά- "from 7amongst *you, Go in peace; bewarmed and be fill- ζεσθε, μὴ-δῶτε.δὲ αὐτοῖς Ta ἐπιτήδεια τοῦ σώματος, τί ed; but give not tothem the needful thingsfor the body, what [is] Pro! ὄφελος ; 17 οὕτως Kai ἡ πίστις ἐὰν μὴ “ἔργα ἔχῃ! νεκρά je, 16 εἴπῳῃ.δέ τις αὐτοῖς d, and °say 'anyone *to 7them the profit? So also faith, if *not *works 'it *have, *dead ? ? « ’ 7 ? ᾽ ~ ‘ , » ἐστιν καθ᾽ ἑαυτήν. 18 ἀλλ΄ ἐρεῖ τις Σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις, 515 by itself. But *will*say 'some’one, Thou “faith ‘hast κἀγὼ ἔργα ἔχω" δεῖξόν μοι τὴν.πίστιν.σου τέκὶ τῶν ἔργων andi “works ‘have. Shew me thy faith from works Scou,' κἀγὼ δείξω σοι! ἐκ τῶν.ἔργων. μου τὴν πίστιν ἅμου." "thy, and I will shew thee from my works "faith ‘my. 19 σὺ πιστεύεις ὅτι “ὁ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν." καλῶς ποιεῖς" Kai τὰ Thou believest that God one 15. *Well *thou*doest; even the δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν, Kai φρίσσουσιν. 20 θέλεις. δὲ γνῶναι, demons believe, and shudder. But wilt thou know, ὦ ἄνθρωπε KEVE, ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων YvEKoa' ἐστιν ; O 2man ‘empty, that faith apart from works dead is? 21 ᾿Αβραὰμ ὁ.πατὴρ.ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ave- 3A braham *our *father "not “by “works ‘was ‘justified, having γνέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν.υἱὸν.αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον; 22 βλέ- offered Isaac his son upon the altar ? Thou πεις OTL ἡ πίστις συνήργει" τοῖς.ἔργοις.αὐτοῦ, Kai ἐκ τῶν seest that faith was working with his works, and by ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 27 23 καὶ ἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ ἡ works faith was perfected. And was fulfilled the scripture which λέγουσα, ᾿Επίστευσεν.δὲ ᾿Αβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη says, Now “believed Abraham God, and it was reckoned αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην, Kai φίλος θεοῦ ἐκλήθη. 24 Ὁρᾶτε to him for righteousness, and friend of God he was called. Ye see *roivuy" ὅτι ἐξ ἔργων δικαιοῦται ἄνθρωπος, καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως then that by works is justified aman, and not by faith μόνον." 25 ὁμοίως.δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων only. But in like manner also *Rahab *the *harlot ὁποὺ 7by ‘works ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ lwas ‘justified, having received the messengers, and by another way ἐκβαλοῦσα; 26 ὥσπερ.γὰρ τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πνεύματος having put [them] forth ? For as the body apart from spirit νεκρόν ἔστιν, οὕτως καὶ ἡ πίστις χωρὶς dv! ἔργων νεκρά *dead lis, ΞΟ alse faith apart from works *dead ἐστιν. tis, 3 Μὴ πολλοὶ διδάσκαλοι γίνεσθε, ἀδελφοί. μου, εἰδότες ὅτι 2Not *many *teachers "be, my brethren, knowing that μεῖζον κρίμα “ληψόμεθα"" 2 πολλὰ. γὰρ πταίομεν ἅπαντες. greater judgment we shall receive. For %often ‘we‘stumble all ! n — δὲ now TTr. from GLTTrAW. 5 ὁ θεός LTTr; εἷς ὁ θεός ἐστιν AW. ι y Read verse 22 interrogatively, as pointed in the Greek EGLTrw. ® Read verse 24 as a question GLTr. P—TOL. t coe δείξω TTr. Ἢ ἀργή idle LrTra. ο -— ὦσιν TTrA. — σου LTTrAwW. 4 ἔχῃ ἔργα GLTTrAW. χωρὶς apart u— μον TTrAW. Υ els ἐστὶν x συνεργεῖ works with rrr. % — ᾿τοινυν GLTTrAW. Ὁ — τῶν T[Tr]. © λημψόμεθα LITrA. IIL. JAMES. εἴ τις ἐν λόγῳ ov.mraist, οὗτος τέλειος ἀνήρ, δυνατὸς If anyone in word stumble ποῦ, this one [is] ἃ perfect man, able ~ ‘ ἢ 5 ~ ᾽ ~ , χαλιναγωγῆσαι καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα. 8 ΤΙδοὺϊ τῶν ἵππων to bridle also *whole ‘the body. Lo, Sof 7the horses AY λ 4 > 4 ΄ 1AX e A Il | iQ. θ τους χαλινοῦς εἰς TA στόματα α. OPEV “προς TO TTELGEOUAL 1the “bits 3in *the ®months we put, for 2to Sobey [αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν," καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα.αὐτῶν μετάγομεν. 4 ᾿Ιδοὺ 1them us, and ?whole 1their body we turn about. Lo, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, Kai ὑπὸ ξσκληρῶν ἀνέμων" also the ships, 380 great ‘being, and by violent winds ἐλαυνόμενα, μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου, ὅπου being driven, areturned about by @ very small rudder, wherever hay" ἡ ὁρμὴ τοῦ εὐθύνοντος iBotAnrat." 5 οὕτως Kai steers may will. Thus also the impulse of him who « AG 4 ἐλ ? ΄, ‘ k λ ~ jl a i , ἢ γλῶσσα μικρὸν μελος ἐστίν, καὶ “peyadavyet. 0ov, the tongue alittle member is, and boasts great things. Lo, Ἰὀλίγον" πῦρ ἡλίκην ὕλην ἀνάπτει: 6 "καὶ" ἡ γλῶσσα a little fire how large a wood it kindles; and the tongue [is] πῦρ, ὁ κόσμος τῆς ἀδικίας. "οὕτως" ἡ γλῶσσα καθίσταται fire, the world of unrighteousness. Thus the tongue is set ἐν τοῖς. μέλεσιν. ἡμῶν, “ἡ " σπιλοῦσα ὅλον TO σῶμα, Kai φλο- in our members, the defiler [of] "whole ‘the body, and setting γίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως, Kai φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς on fire the course ofnature, and beingsetonfire by γεέννης 7 πᾶσα.γὰρ φύσις θηρίων.τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἐἑρπε- gehenna. For every species both of beastsand of birds, of *creeping τῶν τε καὶ évadiwy, δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ *things *both and things of the sea, is subdued φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ ὃ τὴν.δὲ γλῶσσαν οὐδεὶς Ῥδύναται Sspecies ‘the 7human ; but the tongue noone 18 table ἀνθρώπων δαμάσαι" “ἀκατάσχετον᾽ κακόν, μεστὴ ἰοῦ lof 7men tosubdue; [it is] an unrestrainable_ evil, full of ?poison θανατηφόρου. 9 ἐν.αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν τὸν θεὸν! καὶ πατέρα, }death-bringing. Therewith we bless God and [the] Father, καὶ ἐνι.αὐτῇ καταρώμεθα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς καθ᾽ and therewith we curse men who according to [the] ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ γεγονότας 10 ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στύματος ἐξέρ- likeness of God are made. Out of the same mouth goes χεται εὐλογία καὶ κατάρα. οὐ χρή, ἀδελφοί. μου, ταῦτα forth blessing and cursing. ‘Not δουρῃῦ, ‘my “brethren, “these *things οὕτως γίνεσθαι. 11 μήτι ἡ- πηγὴ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ὀπῆς thus to be. *The *fountain Sout of "the *same %opening , A 4 ‘ 4 ’ Ἁ ΚΑ > ΄ βρύει τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ πικρόν; 12 μὴ δύναται, ἀδελφοί ‘pours *forth sweet and bitter ? Is able, *brethren ae) 3, , ~ bat » ~ A ee Il t > ΄ μου, συκῆ ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι, ἢ ἄμπελος σῦκα ; "οὕτως" ᾿οὐδεμία my, afig-tree olives toproduce, or 8 vine figs? Thus no πηγὴ ἁλυκὸν καὶ γλυκὺ ποιῆσαι ὕδωρ. fountain [15 8016] salt and sweet *to *produce ‘water. 13 Τίς σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων ἐν ὑμῖν; δειξάτω ἐκ τῆς Who [15] wise and understanding among you; lethimshewout of and has been subdued by 589 offend not in word, the same 18 a perfect man, and able also to bridie the whole body. 3 Be- hold, we put bits in the horses’ mouths, that they may obey us ; and we turn about their whole body. 4 Be- hold also the ships, which though they be so great, and are dri- ven of fierce winds, yet are they turned about with a very small helm, whithersoever the governor listeth. 5 Even so the tongue is a little member, and boasteth great things. Behold, how great a matter a little fire kindleth! 6 And the tongue is a fire, a world of iniquity : so is the tongue among our members, that it defileth the whole body, and setteth on fire the course of na- ture ; and it is set on fire of hell. 7 For every kind of beasts, and of birds, and of serpents, and of things in the sea, is tamed, and hath been tamed of mankind: 8 but the tongue can no man tame ; 7¢7s an unruly evil, full of deadly pci- son. 9 Therewith bless we God, even the Fa- ther; and therewith curse we>men, which are made after the si- militudeof God. 10 Out of the same mouth pro- ceedeth blessing and cursing. My brethren, these things ought not so to be. 11 Doth a fountain send forth at the same place sweet water and _ bitter? 12 Can the fig tree, my brethren, bear olive berries? either a vine, figs? so can no fountain both yield salt water and fresh. 13 Who 15 a _ wise man and endued with knowledge among you? ἀ ἴδε α ; et δὲ but if (read καὶ also) trtraw. 8 εἰς LTTra. Ε ἀνέμων σκληρῶν LTTraWw. h — ἄν (read where) Τττ. Κ μεγάλα αὐχεῖ LTTrA. τὰ — καὶ (read the tongue kindles. A fire, &c.) 1. (read both defiling) T. LTTraw. τ τὸν κύριον the Lord Lrtra. salt [water is able] GLTTraw. P δαμάσαι δύναται ἀνθρώπων LTrA. 5.--- οὕτως LTTrAW. ἡμῖν αὐτούς a. i βούλεται wills TTr. 1 ἡλίκον literally how great (some translate how small) LTTraw. 2 — οὕτως LTTrAW. ° Kat 4ᾳ ἀκατάστατον an unsettled τ οὔτε aAvxov Neither 590 let him shew out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom. 14 But if ye have bitter envying and strife in your hearts, glory not, and lie not against the truth. 15 This wisdom descendeth not from above, but is earth- ly, sensual, devilish. 16 For where envying and strife is, there i confusion and every evil work. 17 But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be intreat- ed, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality, and with- out-hypocrisy. 18 And the-fruit of righteous- ness.is sown in peace of them that make peace. IV. From whence come wars and fightings a- mong you? come they not hence, even of your lusts that war in your members? 2 Ye lust, and have not: ye kill, and desire to have, and cannot obtain: ye fight and war, yet ye have not, because ye ask not. 3 Ye ask, and receive not, because ye ask amiss, that ye may consume it upon your Insts. 4 Ye adulterers and adulteresses, know ye not that the friend- ship of the world is enmity with God? Whosoever therefore will be a friend of the world is_ the enemy of God. 5 Do ye think that the scripture saith in vain, The spirit that dwell- eth in us lusteth to envy? 6 But he giveth more grace. Wherefore he saith, God resisteth the proud, but giveth grace untothe humble, 7 Submit yourselves therefore to God. Re- sist the devil, and he will flee from you. 8 Draw nigh to God, and he will draw nigh to you. Cleanse your hands, ye sinners ; and purify your hearts, ye double minded, 9 Be afflicted, and mourn, aud weep: let your IAKQBOS. II, IV, καλῆς ἀναστροφῆς τὰ ἔργα.αὐτοῦ ἐν πρᾳὕτητι σοφίας. 14 εἰ. δὲ good conduct his works in meekness of wisdom; but if ζῆλον πικρὸν ἔχετε καὶ ἐριθείαν ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν, μὴ κατα- “emulation ‘bitter ye have and contention in your heart, “not ldo καυχᾶσθε “Kai ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας." 15 Οὐκ ἔστιν boast against and lie against the truth. SNot 7is [2 «ε ΄ » θ , vZ || ? , αὕτη ἡ σοφία ἄνωθεν κατερχομένη, "ἀλλ᾽! ἐπίγειος, ψυ- 1this the wisdom from above coming down, but earthly, na- χική, δαιμονιώδης. 16 ὕπου.γὰρ ζῆλος Kai ἐριθεία, ἐκεῖ tural, devilish. For where emulation and contention [are], there ἀκαταστασία καὶ πᾶν φαῦλον πρᾶγμα. 17 9.0 ἄνωθεν [15] commotion and every evil thing. But the ?from *above σοφία πρῶτον μὲν ἁγνή ἐστιν, ἔπειτα εἰρηνική, ἐπιεικής; +wisdom first Spure “ig, then peaceful, gentle, εὐπειθής, μεστὴ ἐλέους Kai καρπῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἀδιάκριτος Yai! yielding, full of mercy and of *fruits *good, impartial and ἀνυπόκριτος. 18 καρπὸς. δὲ "τῆς" δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπεί- unfeigned. But [the] fruit of righteousness in peace is ρεται τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην. 4 Πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ ¥ sown for thosethat make peace. Whence [come] wars and μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν; οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν, ἐκ τῶν. ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν fightings among you? [18 it] not thence, from your pleasures, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς. μέλεσιν ὑμῶν ; 2 ἐπιθυμεῖτε, Kai which war in your members ? Ye desire, and ovK-EXETE’ φονεύετε Kai ζηλοῦτε, Kai οὐ-δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν. have not ; ye kill and areemulous, and 816 not able to obtain ; μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε, Τοὐκ.ἔχετε *O€," διὰ τὸ μὴ αἰτεῖσθαι ye fight and war, 2ye Shave *not *but because “not 7ask ὑμᾶς" 8 αἰτεῖτε, καὶ ov-AauBavere, διότι κακῶς αἰτεῖσθε ἵνα you. Yeask, and receive not, because evilly yeask, that ἐν ταῖς. ἡδοναῖς ὑμῶν damavnonre. 4 "Μοιχοὶ καὶ! μοιχα- in your pleasures ye may spend [it]. Adulterers and adulte- λίδες, ovK.oidaTe ὅτι ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα “χοῦ resses, know yenot that the friendship of the world enmity [with] θεοῦ éoriv;" ὃς ἂν! οὖν βουληθῇ φίλος εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου, God is? | Whosoever therefore be minded afriend tobe ofthe world, ἐχθρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ καθίσταται. 5 ἢ δοκεῖτε Ori κενῶς ἡ ypa- an enemy of God is constituted. Or think ye that in vain the scrip- φὴ AéyEL;® πρὸς φθόνον ἐπιποθεῖ τὸ πνεῦμα ὃ ἱκατῴκησεν" ture speaks? with envy does*long ‘the 7Spirit which took up[his]abode ἐν ἡμῖν 38 6 μείζονα.δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν' διὸ λέγει, Ὁ θεὸς in us? But “greater ‘he *gives grace. Wherefore he says, God ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς.δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν. [086] 5proud ‘sets “himself “against, but to[the]lowly hegives grace, 7 Ὑποτάγητε οὖν τῷ θεῷ. avriornre® rp διαβόλῳ, Kai Subject yourselves therefore toGod. Resist the devil, and φεύξεται ap ὑμῶν" 8 ἐγγίσατε τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐγγιεῖ ὑμῖν. he will flee from you. Draw near to God, and he will draw near to you. καθαρίσατε χεῖρας, ἁμαρτωλοί, καὶ ἁγνίσατε καρδίας, Have cleansed [your] hands, sinners, and have purified [your] hearts, δίψυχοι. 9 ταλαιπωρήσατε καὶ πενθήσατε ‘kai! κλαύσατε. ye double minded. Be wretched, and mourn, and weep. u τῆς ἀληθείας Kal ψεύδεσθε T. Υ + πόθεν whence Lrtraw. LTTrAW 3 join adulteresses to what precedes 1. e— 5; Text. Rec. and wa. i — καὶ T. (resist) LrTra. x — τῆς GLTTrAw. b — Μοιχοὶ καὶ Ww — καὶ LTTrA. a8 — δέ QLTTrA. ν ἀλλὰ TTr. 2. - καὶ and 1. 5 ἐστὶν τῷ θεῷ is With God τ 4 ἐὰν LT, f κατῴκισεν he made to dwell Lrrra. i= τ h + δὲ but EV, V. JAMES. ὁ. γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μεταστραφήτω, Kai ἡ- χαρὰ εἰς 7Your*laughter ‘to ®mourning Net beturned, and [your] joy to κατήφειαν. 10 ταπεινώθητε ἐνώπιον "τοῦ" κυρίου, καὶ ὑψώ- heaviness, Humble yourselves before the Lord, and he will oe ὑμᾶς. exalt you. 11 Μὴ.καταλαλεῖτε ἀλλήλων, ἀδελφοί" ὁ καταλαλῶν Speak not against oneanother, brethren. He that speaks against ? ~ 1 ‘II ΄, BY 10. λ \ ? ~ λ λ - ἀδελφοῦ, ἱκαὶ" κρίνων τὸν.αδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, καταλαλεῖ {his] brother, and judges his brother, speaks against [the] νόμου, καὶ κρίνει νόμον" εἰδὲ νόμον κρίνεις, οὐκ law, and judges [the] law. But if[the] law thou judgest, “ποῦ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου, ἀλλὰ κριτής. 12 εἷς ἐστιν ὁ νομο- ‘thou ?art adoer of [the]law, but a judge. One is the law- Bérnc™, ὁ δυνάμενος σῶσαι Kai ἀπολέσαι" σὺ" τίς εἶ OC giver, who is able tosave and todestroy: *thou ‘who 7art that κρίνεις" τὸν Pérepor' ; judgest the other ? 13 “Aye νῦν οἱ Go to now, ye who λέγοντες, Σήμερον “καὶ αὔριον τπορευ- say, To-day and to-morrow wemay ou μεθα" εἰς τήνδε. τὴν. πόλιν, Kai "ποιήσωμεν" ἐκεῖ ἐνιαυτὸν go into such a city and may spend there “year ‘tva! καὶ "ἐμπορευσώμεθα," καὶ “κερδήσωμεν"" 14 οἵτινες οὐκ Jone and may traffic, and may make gain, ye who ?7not ἐπίστασθε Στὸ" τῆς αὔριον" ποία. γὰρ' ἡ.ζωὴ ὑμῶν ; 1know what on the morrow [will be], (for what [is] your life? ἀτμὶς *yap'| *éorw' ἡ πρὸς ὀλίγον φαινομένη, ἔπειτα Avapour even itis, which for a little [while] appears, "then ὑδὲ" ἀφανιζομένη: 15 ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγειν. ὑμᾶς, Bay ὁ κύριος tand disappears, ) instead of your saying, If the Lord θελήσῃ, καὶ “ζήσωμεν, καὶ ποιήσωμεν" τοῦτο ἢ ἐκεῖνο. should will and τὺ Βῃοπ]ᾶ live, also we may do this or that. 16 νῦν.δὲ καυχᾶσθε ἐν raic-adaZovetac'vpuorv πᾶσα καύχη- Βαῦ πο yeboast in your vauntings : all 7boasting σις τοιαύτη πονηρά ἐστιν. 17 εἰδότι οὖν καλὸν ποιεῖν, d ‘such evil is. To [him] knowing therefore good to do, καὶ μὴ ποιοῦντι, ἁμαρτία αὐτῷ ἐστιν. and not doing [it], sin tohim itis. » ~ « ,΄ ’ > fe ? ‘ ~ 5 “Ayé νῦν οἱ-.πλούσιοι, κλαύσατε ὀλολύζονπες ἐπὶ ταῖς Goto now, [75] rich, weep, howling over ταλαιπωρίαις ὑμῶν ταῖς ἐπερχομένγαις. 2 ὁ πλοῦτος 2miseries ‘your that [are] coming upon [you]. ?Riches ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια. ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν" tyour haverotted, and your garments moth-eaten have become. 3 ὁ.χρυσὸς ὑμῶν Kai ὁ ἄνγυρος κατίωται, καὶ ὁ ἰὸς. αὐτῶν our gold and silver has been eaten away, and their canker εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται, Kai φάγεται τὰς.σάρκας. ὑμῶν ὡς for 8. testimony against you shall be, and shall eat your flesh as mvp’ ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις. 4 ἰδού, ὁ μισθὸς fire, Yetreasuredup in{[the] last days. Lo, the hire ᾿ 591 laughter be turned to mourning, and your joy to heaviness. 10 Humble yourselves in the sight of.;the Lord, and he shall lift you up. 11 Speak not evil one of another, brethren. He that speaketh evil of Ais brother, and judgeth his brother, speaketh evil of the law, and judgeth the law : but if thou judge the law, thou art not a doer of the law, but a judge. 12 There is one lawgiver, who is able to save and to destroy: who art thou that judgest another 2 13 Go to now, ye that say, To day or to mor- row we will go into such a city, and con- tinue therea year, and buy and sell, and get gain: 14 whereas ye know not what shall be on the mor- row. For what 18 your life? It is even a va- pour, that appeareth for a little time, and then vanisheth away. 15 For that ye ought to say, If the Lord will, we shall live, and do this, or that, 16 But now ye rejoice in your boastings: all such re- joicing isevil.17 There- fore to him that know- eth to do good, and doeth zt not, to him it is sin. V. Go to now, ye rich men, weep and howl for your miseries that shall come upon you. 2 Your riches are corrupted, and your garments are moth- eaten. 3 Your gold and silver iscankered ; and the rust of them shall be a witness a- gainst you, and shall eat your flesh as it were fire. Ye have heaped treasure to- gether for the last days. 4 Behold, the k — τοῦ (read [the]) Lrtra. 1% or LTTrA. n+ 6¢but(who)GLITra. ° ὃ κρίνων LTTrA. 4 ἢ Or RLTTr. τ πορευσόμεθα we will go ELTTrAW. t — ἕνα (read 8, year) LTTr. ἡ ἐμπορευσόμεθα will traffic ELTTraw. make gain ELTTrAW. Χ τὰ L. Υ [yap] Tr. 7 — yap L. Ὁ καὶ LTTra ; — δὲ w. ς ζήσομεν We shall live LtTraw. ELTTraw. ε ἀλαζονίαις τ. ™ + καὶ κριτής and judge, αἸτττγα. P πλησίον (read [thy] neighbour) Lrtra. 8 ποιήσομεν Will spend ELTAW. * κερδήσομεν Will 8 ἐστε ye are LTTrAW. 4 ποιήσομεν We Shall do 092 hire of the labourers who have reaped down your fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth : andthe eries of them which have reaped are en- tered into the ears of the Lord of sabaoth, 5 Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth, and been wanton; ye have nourished your hearts, as in a day of slaughter. 6 Ye have condemned and killed the just; and he doth not resist you, 7 Be patient there- fore, brethren, unto the coming of the Lord. Behold, the husband- man waiteth for the precious fruit of the earth, and hath long patience for it, until he receive the early and latter rain. 8 Be ye also patient; sta- blish your hearts: for the coming of the Lord draweth nigh. 9 Grudge not one a- gainst another, bre- thren, lest ye be con- demned: behold, the judge standeth before the door. 10 Take, my brethren, the prophets, who have spoken in the name of the Lord, for an example of suf- fering affliction, and of patience. 11 Be- hold, we count them happy which endure. Ye have heard of the patience of Job, and have seen the end of the Lord; that the Lord is very pitiful, and of tender mercy. 12But above all things, my brethren, swear not, neither by hea- ven, neither by the earth, neither by any other oath: but let your yea be yea; and your nay, nay; lest ye fall into con- demnation. 13 Is any among you afflicted? let him pray. Is any merry? let him sing psalms. 14 Is any sick among you? let him eall for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the f ἀφυστερημένος TTr. 3} — ὑετὸν (read [rain]) LTTra. énre tye ὍΘ judged GLTTraw. (— μον My LTTraw) GLTTraw. ¥ ἴδετε see ye A. ΓΑΚΩΒΟΣ. V. τῶν ἐργατῶν TOY ἀμησάντων τὰς.χώρας. ὑμῶν, ὁ 'ἀπεστερη- of the workmen who harvested your fields, which has been μένος" ad ὑμῶν κράζει, καὶ at Boat τῶν θερισάντων εἰς keptback by you, ories οαὖ, and the cries of those who reaped, into τὰ ὦτα κυρίου Σαβαὼθ ἐἑεἰσεληλύθασιν." 5 ἐτρυφήσατε the ears of [the] Lord of Hosts have entered. Ye lived in indulgence ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐσπαταλήσατε. ἐθρέψατε τὰς. καρδίας. ὑμῶν upon the earth, and lived inself-gratification; ye nourished your hearts hoc! ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σφαγῆς. 6 κατεδικάσατε, ἐφονεύσατε τὸν δί- as in aday οΥ slaughter ; ye condemned, ye killed, the καιον᾽ οὐκ. ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν. just ; he does not resist you. 7 Μακροθυμήσατε οὖν, ἀδελφοί, ἕως τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Be patient therefore, brethren, till the coming of the κυρίου. ἰδού, 0 γεωργὸς ἐκδέχεται TOY τίμιον καρπὸν τῆς Lord. Lo, the husbandman awaits the precious fruit ofthe γῆς, μακροθυμῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ἕως ἰἂᾶν" λάβῃ jverov' Ἐπρώ- earth, being patient for it) until it receive [the] ‘rain +ear- ἱμονὶ καὶ ὄψιμον: ὃ μακροθυμήσατε καὶ ὑμεῖς, στηρίξατε ly 7and = “latter. Be patient also ye: establish τὰς. καρδίας. ὑμῶν, OTL ἡ παρουσία τοῦ κυρίου ἤγγικεν. your hearts, because the coming of the Lord hasdrawnnear, 9 Μὴ.στενάζετε 'kar’ ἀλλήλων, ἀδελφοί," ἵνα μὴ πκατακρι- Groan not against one another, brethren, that*not ‘ye *be con- θῆτε"" ἰδού, ἃ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν. 10 Ὑπό- demned, Lo, [the] judge before the door stands, [45] an ex- δειγμα λάβετε στῆς κακοπαθείας, ἀδελφοί. μου." Kai τῆς ample ®take lof *suffering “evils, ™my ®brethren, ‘and μακροθυμίας, τοὺς προφήτας ot ἐλάλησαν Ῥ τῷ ὀνόματι KU- 508 Spatience, the prophets who spoke inthe name of[the] piov. 11 ἰδού, μακαρίζομεν τοὺς «“ὑπομένοντας." τὴν ὑπο- Lord. Lo, Ὑ 081] blessed those who endure. The en~ μονὴν ᾿Ιὼβ ἠκούσατε, Kai TO τέλος κυρίου τεἴΐδετε," OT: durance of Job ye have heard of, and the end of(the] Lord yesaw; thas πολύσπλαγχνός ἐστιν ὁ κύριος Kai οἰκτίρμων. 12 Πρὸ full of tender pity is the Lord and compassionate, “Before πάντων δέ, ἀδελφοί. μου, μὴ. ὀμνύετε, μήτε τὸν οὐρανόν, 3411 *things *but my brethren, swear not, neither [by] heaven, μήτε THY γῆν, μήτε ἄλλον.τινὰ ὅρκον. ἤτω.δὲ ὑμῶν τὸ ναί, nor the earth, nor any other oath; but let be of you the yea, ναί, Kai TO οὔ, οὔ ἵνα μὴ "εἰς ὑπόκρισιν! πέσητε. 18 KaKo- yea, and the nay, nay, that not into hypocrisy yemay fall. Does *suf- παθεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν; προσευχέσθω" εὐθυμεῖ τις; fer °hardships ‘anyone “among “you? let him pray: is *cheerful ‘anyone? ψαλλέτω. 14 ἀσθενεῖ τις ἐν vpiv; προσκαλεσάσθω let him praise ; is*sick ‘anyone among you? let him callto [him) τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας, Kai προσευξάσθωσαν ἐπ᾽ the elders of the assembly, and let them pray over αὐτόν, ἀλείψαντες ᾿αὐτὸν" ἐλαίῳ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ" κυρίου" him, having anointed him withoilin the name _ οὗ the Lord; & εἰσελήλυθαν LTTrAW. h — ὡς LTTrAW. i— ἂν TTra. K πρόϊμον TTr. 1 ἀδελφοί, kat ἀλλήλων LTrA. τὰ κρι- n + ὁ the GLTTrAW. ©, ἀδελφοί μου, τῆς κακοπαθείας P + évin (the) Lrtr. 4 ὑπομείναντας endured LITra. 8 ὑπὸ κρίσιν under judgment EGLTTraw. t — αὐτὸν (read [him)]) 7, ° — τοῦ (read of [the]) L[Tr]a. 1: l PETER. 15 καὶ ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει TOY κάμνοντα, Kai ἐγε- and the prayer offaith shallsavye the exhaustedone, and will ρεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος" κἂν ἁμαρτίας ῃ-πεποιηκώς, *raise®up “ἶσα ‘the *Lord; andif ‘sins ‘he*be[°one*who]*has*committed, ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ. 16 ἐξομολογεῖσθε * ἀλλήλοις it shall be forgiven him. Confess to one another [your] x 4 , Il ‘ y » i « ‘ ? , ἐς ev > θῇ τὰ παραπτώματα, καὶ εὔχεσθε" ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων, ὕπως ἰαθῆ- offences, and pray for oneanother, that yemaybe τε. πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη. healed. *Much ®prevails [‘the] *supplication *of°a‘*righteous(’man] operative. 17 *HXiac! ἄνθρωπος ἦν ὁμοιοπαθὴς ἡμῖν, Kai προσευχῇ Elias 22 *man lwas oflikefeelings tous, and with prayer προσηύξατο τοῦ μὴ βρέξαι" καὶ οὐκ.ιἔβρεξεν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς eprayed (for it] not torain; and itdidnotrain upon the earth ἐνιαυτοὺς τρεῖς καὶ pfivac ἕξ. 18 καὶ πάλιν προσηΐξατο, καὶ onths ᾿βίχ ; “years ‘three and and again he prayed, and ὁ οὐρανὸς *verdy ἔδωκεν, Kai ἡ γῆ ἐβλάστησεν τὸν the heaven 7rain igave, and the earth caused *to *sprout καρπὸν αὐτῆς. 7fruit tits. : 19 ᾿Αδελφοὶ, ἐάν Tic ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀλη- Brethren, if anyone among you err from the truth, θείας, καὶ ἐπιστρέψῃ τις αὐτόν, 20 “γινωσκέτω" ὅτι ὁ and *bring*back ‘anyone him, let him know that he who ἐπιστρέψας ἁμαρτωλὸν ἐκ πλάνης ὁδοῦ. αὐτοῦ, brings back @ sinner from [the] error of his way, wu ‘ d ? θ0 , ‘ iw ARO « - χὴν “ ἐκ θανάτου, καὶ καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. 8ι soul from death, and shall cover a multitude of sins. *laxw Bou ἐπιστολή." 7Of James tepistle, σώσει shall save 593 Lord: 15 and the prayer of faith shall save the sick, and the Lord shall raise him up; and if he have committed sins, they shall be for- given him. 16 Con- fess your faults one to another, and pray one for another, that ye may be healed. The effectual fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much. 17 Elias was a man subject to like pas- sions as we are, and he prayed earnestly that it might not rain: and it rained not on the earth by the space of three years and six months. 18 And he prayed again, and the heaven gave rain, and the earth brought forth her fruit. 19 Brethren, if any of you do err from the truth, and one convert him ; 20 let him know, that he which con- verteth the sinner from the error of his way shall save a soul from death, and shall hide multitude of sins, ‘TIETPOY KAOOAIKH ETISTOAH TPOTH.' ‘OF SPETER *GENERAL 7EPISTLE TIETPOS ἀπόστολος ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις Peter, apostle of Jesus Christ, to [the] elect sojourners διασπορᾶς Πόντου, Γαλατίας, Καππαδοκίας, ᾿Ασίας, καὶ of [the] dispersion of Pontus, of Galatia, of Cappadocia, of Asia, and Βιθυνίας, 2 Kara πρόγνωσιν θεοῦ πατρός, ἐν ἁγιασ- Bithynia, according to [the] foreknowledge of God [the] Father, by sanctifi- πνεύματος, ες ὑπακοὴν Kai ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος cation of [the] Spirit, unto[the] obedience and sprinkling of [the] blood Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" χάρις ὑμῖν Kai εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη. of Jesus Christ: Grace toyou and peace be multiplied. 3 Εὐλογητὸὲξ ὁ θεὸς Kai πατὴρ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Blessed [be]the God and Father of our Lord Jesus χριστοῦ, ὁ κατὰ τὸ.πολὺ. αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας δὴ μᾶς" Christ, who according to his great us mercy begat *again +FIRST. PETER, an apostle of Jesus Christ, to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia, 2 elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father, through sanctification of the Spirit, unto o- bedience and sprink- ling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace unto you, and peace, be multiplied. 3 Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which according te * + οὖν therefore LTTra. “5 τὰς ἁμαρτίας 51}8 LTTr. 3 ἔδωκεν ὑετὸν LTTr. Ὁ + μου my (brethren) LTTra. > - . μ δὴ 4 + αὐτοῦ (read his soul) LT. Υ προσεύχεσθε L. ς γινώσκετε KNOW Ye A. e — the subscription EGLTW ; Ἰακώβου TrA. z Ἡλείας T f + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle E; — καθολικὴ G ; Πέτρου ἐπιστολὴ a Tr; Ilétpova LTaW & ὑμᾶς you E. QQ 594 his abundant mer- cy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the resurrec- tion of Jesus Christ from the dead, 4to an inheritance incorrup- tible, and undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved in hea- ven for you, 5 who args kept by the power of God through faith un- to salvation ready to be revealed in the last time. 6 Wherein ye greatly rejoice, though now for a season, if need be, ye are in heaviness through ma- nifold temptations: 7 that the trial of your faith, being much more precious than of gold that perisheth, though itbe tried with fire, might be found uuto praise and ho- nour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ: 8 whom hay- ing not seen, ye love; in whom, though now ye see him not, yet be- lieving, ye rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory: 9 re- ceiving theend ofyour faith, even the salva- tion of your souls. 10 Of which salvation the prophets have in- quired and searched diligently, who pro- phesied of the grace that should come unto you: 11 searching what, or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did _ signify, when it testified be- forehand the suffer- ings of Christ, and the glory that should fol- low. 12 Unto whom it was revealed, that not unto themselves, but unto us they did mini- ster the things, which are now reported unto you by them that have preached the gospel unto you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels de- sire to look into. 13 Wherefore gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Je- sus Christ ; 14 as obe- dient children, not fa- shioning yourselves WETTER CA. εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν δι to a *hope i ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐκ ‘living through [the] resurrection οὗ Jesus Christ from amoung νεκρῶν, 4 εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον Kai ἀμίαντον Kai [086] dead, to aninheritance incorruptible and undefiled and ἀμάραντον, τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς Βἡμᾶς," 5 τοὺς ἐν unfading, reserved in [the] heavens for us, who vy δυνάμει θεοῦ φρουρουμένους διὰ πίστεως. εἰς σωτηρίαν {the] power of God [8416] being guarded through faith, for salvation ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι ἐν καιρῷ ἐσχάτῳ" 6 ἐνιῷ ayad- ready to be revealed in [the] ?time "last. Wherein ye ex- ὀλίγον ἄρτι, εἰ δέον ἰἐστίν, λυπηθέντες for a little while at present, if necessary itis, having been put to grief ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασμοῖς, 7 iva τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως in various trials, that the proving of your faith, k ‘ , Π , ~ 9 ’ ὃ ay A δὲ πολὺ τιμιώτερον, χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς (much more precious than gold that perishes, ) 2by “fire ‘thougr δοκιμαζομένου, εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον καὶ τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν," ἐν ᾽ 7 phe being proved, be found to praise and honour and glory, in ἀποκαλύψει ᾿Τησοῦ χριστοῦ" ὃ ὃν οὐκ "εἰδότες! ἀγαπᾶτε, {the] revelation ofJesus Christ, whom not having seen ye love; εἰς ὃν ἄρτι μὴ ὁρῶντες, πιστεύοντες.δέ, ἀγαλλιᾶσθε on whom now [though] ποῦ looking, but believing, ye exult ~ ? ’ ‘ , , A , χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ, 9 κομιζόμενοι τὸ τέλος with joy unspeakable and glorified, receiving the end τῆς.πίστεως ὑμῶν, σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν" 10 περὶ ἧς of your faith, [086] salvation of [your] souls ; concerning which σωτηρίας ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ πἐξηρεύνησαν" προφῆται οἱ περὶ λιᾶσθε, ult, salvation sought *°out Mand searched ‘out ‘prophets, *who “οὗ THC εἰς ὑμᾶς χάριτος προφητεύσαντες, 11 Epevvmvrec" εἰς 5the 7towards ®you ‘grace sprophesied ; ’ searching to τίνα ἢ ποῖον καιρὸν ἐδήλον τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πνεῦμα what or what manner of time ‘7was "δι ρ γίηρ 6 Sin ‘them 2Spirit χριστοῦ, προμαρτυρόμενον TA εἰς. χριστὸν παθήματα, καὶ Sof *Christ, testifying beforehand of the[*belonging]*to *Christ ‘sufferings, and A} ‘ ~ , T ? , oe ᾽ ς ~ τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας" 12 οἷς ἀπεκαλύφθη ὅτι οὐχ ἑαυτοῖς, the “δον these ‘glories; to whom it was revealed, that not to themselves Ρὴμῖν" δὲ διηκόνουν αὐτά, ἃ νῦν ἀνηγγέλη ὑμῖν διὰ 7to *us ‘but were serving those things, which now were announced to you by τῶν εὐαγγελισαμένων ὑμᾶς “ἐν" πνεύματι ἁγίῳ ἀπο- those who announced the glad tidingsto you in [086] 7Spirit ‘Holy σταλέντι an οὐρανοῦ, εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι. sent from heaven, into which desire ‘angels to look. 18 Aw ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς.διανοίας ὑμῶν, νή- Wherefore having girded up the loins of your mind, be- povrec, τελείως ἐλπίσατε ἐπὶ THY φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν ἐν ing sober, perfectly hope in the *being “brought “to °you ‘grace at ἀποκαλύψει ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 14 we τέκνα ὑπακοῆς, μὴ {the} revelation of Jesus Christ ; as children of obedience, not τσυσχηματιζόμενοι" ταῖς πρότερον ἐν τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ ὑμῶν ἐπιθυ- fashioning yourselves tothe former 7in “your *ignorance de- μίαις, 15 ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν καλέσαντα ὑμᾶς ἅγιον Kai sires ; but according as he who called you [is] holy, also αὐτοὶ ἅγιοι ἐν πάσῃ ἀναστροφῇ yevnOnre’ 16 διότι Syourselves*holy °in ‘all [("your) conduct *be *ye; because Ὁ ὑμᾶς you GLTTrAW. τιμήν LTTrAW. P ὑμῖν to you GLTTrAW. Κ πολυτιμότερον GLTTrA. Ὁ ἐξηραύνησαν TTrA. 4 --- ἐν (read ἁγίῳ by [the] Holy) tra. i — ἐστίν TTr. l ὃ ᾽΄ὔ Ἀ όξαν καὶ m δόντες LTTrAW. ° ἐραυνῶντες TITA. τ guvo- TrA. ἜΤΠ 1 ΡΕΊΒΜΗΣ , .“ 3 , θ HT te " 9 ‘ ΄“ ’ Vv >? {| il K 4 γεγραπται, ᾿Αγιοι ἔγενεσθε," ‘ore’ eyw ἅγιός YEipe. 7 Καὶ ithas been written,*Holy ‘be*ye, because I “holy lam. And εἰ πατέρα ἐπικαλεῖσθε τὸν “ἀπροσωπολήπτως" κρίνοντα if [as] Father yecallon him who without regard of persons judges κατὰ τὸ ἑκάστου ἔργον, ἔν φόβῳ τὸν τῆς.παροικίας ὑμῶν according tothe “of *each work, in fear’ the ?of your *sojourn χρόνον ἀναστράφητε' 18 εἰδότες ὅτι οὐ φθαρτοῖς, ap- time pass ye, knowing that not by corruptible things, by γυρίῳ ἢ χρυσίῳ, ἐλυτρώθητε ἐκ τῆς. ματαίας. ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς silver or by gold, ye wereredeemed from your vain manner of life πατροπαραδότου, 19 ἀλλὰ τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ handed down from [your] fathers, but by precious blood as of a lamb ἀμώμου Kai ἀσπίλου χριστοῦ; 30 προεγνωσ- without blemish and without spot [the blood] of Christ: having been fore- μένου μὲν πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, φανερωθέντος.δὲ ἐπ᾽ own indeed before [the] foundation οὔ [the] world, but manifested at *toxatwy' τῶν χρόνων ov ὑμᾶς, 21 τοὺς dv αὐτοῦ {the] last times forthe sake of you, who by him ¥riorevovrac' sic θεόν, τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, believe in God, who raised up him fromamong([the] dead, καὶ δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα, ὥστε τὴν.πίστιν. ὑμῶν Kai ἐλπίδα εἶναι and glory tohim gave, soasfor your faith and hope to be εἰς θεόν. 22 Τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς in God, Your souls having purified by obedience to the ἀληθείας "διὰ πνεύματος" εἰς φιλαδελφίαν ἀνυπόκριτον, ἐκ truth tkrough[the] Spirit to brotherly love unfeigned, outof *xaBapac' καρδίας ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς" 23 avaye- *pure ‘a heart one another love ye fervently. Having been γεννημένοι οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς, ἀλλὰ ἀφθάρτου, διὰ begotten again, not of “seed *corruptible, but of incorruptible, by λόγου ζῶντος θεοῦ Kai μένοντος “éic-rov.aidva." 24 διότι {the] word “living ‘of*God and abiding for ever. Because πᾶσα σὰρξ “ὡς" χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα δόξα ἀνθρώπου" we 411 flesh [is] as grass, and all (the) glory of man as [the] ἄνθος χόρτου. ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, Kai τὸ ἄνθος “αὐτοῦ" flower of grass, *Withered ‘the “grass, and the flower of it ἐξέπεσεν" 25 τὸ. δὲ ῥῆμα κυρίου μένει εἰς. τὸν. αἰῶνα. 'Ῥοῦτο. δέ fell away ; but the word of [the] Lord abides for ever. But this ἐστιν TO ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν εἰς ὑμᾶς. is the word which was announced to you. 2 ᾿Αποθέμενοι οὖν πᾶσαν κακίαν καὶ πάντα δόλον Kai Having laid aside therefore all malice and all guile and ὑποκρίσεις Kai φθόνους Kai πάσας καταλαλιάς, 2 ὡς ἀρτιγέν- hypocrisies and envyings and all evil speakings, as new- νητα βρέφη, TO λογικὸν ἄδολον yada ἐπιποθήσατε, ἵνα ἐν born babes, the *mental ‘genuine milk long ye after, that by ? ~ ? ~ » ? LZ ‘4 c 7 αὐτῷ αὐξηθῆτε, 3 δεΐπερ' ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος. it ye may grow, ifindeed ye did taste that is] *good ‘the *Lord. 4 πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι, λίθον ζῶντα, ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν 598 according to the forms er lusts in your ignor- ance: 15 but as he which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of con- versation ; 16 because it is written, Be ye holy ; for I am holy. 17 And if ye call on the Father, who with- out respect of persons judgeth according to every man’s work, pass the time of your so- jeurning Aere in fear: 18 forwsmuch as ye knew that ye were not redeemed with cor- ruptible things, as silver and gold, from your vain conversa- tion received by tradi- tion from your fathers; 19 but with the pre- cious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without spot: 20 who verily was foreordained be- fore the foundation of the world, but was manifest in these last times for you, 21 who by him do believe in God, that raised him up from the dead, and gave him glory ; that your faith and hope might be in God. 22 Seeing ye have puri- fied your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit un- to unfeigned love of the brethren, see that ye love one another with a pure heart fer- vently : 23 being born again, not of corrupti- ble seed, but of incor- ruptible, by the word of God, which liveth and abideth for ever. 24 For all flesh is as grass, and all the glory of man as the flower of grass. The grass withereth, and the flower thereof falleth away: 25 but the word of the Lord endureth forever. And this is the word which by the gospelis preach- ed unto you. II, Wherefore lay- ing aside all malice, and all guile, and hy- pocrisies, and envies, and all evil speakings, ee main 2s ivi b men indeed 2 as new born babes ᾽ rs ke , ae ἢ ᾿ seen 5 age a . _» desire thesincere milk ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον, παρὰ.δὲ Hep ἐκλεκτόν, ἔντιμον, 5 καὶ αὐ- of the word, that ye rejected, but with God chosen, precious, alsoyour- may grow thereby : 5 ἔσεσθε ye shall be Lrtraw. t διότι T. ν — εἶμι (read [am]) LTTraw. ν ἀπροσ- ὠπολήμπτως LTTrA. x ἐσχάτου (read end of the times) L1Traw. lievers LTTrA. z— διὰ πνεύματος LTTrAW. Ὁ — εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα GLITrAW. ς --- ὡς hk. τοῦ LTTr[A]W. f + εἰς σωτηριαν unto salvation GLTTraw. Υ πιστοὺς [are] be- @ — καθαρᾶς (read from [the] heart) yrtra. 4 αὐτῆς (read its glory) GLITraw. & εἰ if LTT € — avu- 596 3 if so be ye have tasted that the Lord ts gracious, 4 To whom coming, as unto a liv- ing stone, disallowed indeed of men, but ehosen of God, and precious, 5 ye also, as lively stones, are built up a spiritual house, an holy priesthood, to offer up spiritual sac- Yifices, acceptable to God by Jesus Christ. 6 Wherefore also it is contained in the scrip- ture, Behold, I lay in Sion a chief corner stone, elect, precious : and he that believeth on him shall not be confounded. 7 Unto you therefore which believe he is precious: but unto them which be disobedient, the stone which the build- ers disallowed, the Same is made the head of the corner, 8 and a stone of stumbling, and a rock of offence, even to them which stumble at the word, being disobedient : whereunto also they were appointed. 9 But ye areachosen gene- ration, a royal priest- hood, an holy nation, a peculiar people ; that ye should shew forth the praises of him who hath called you out of darkness into his mar- vellous light: 10 which in time past were not a people, but are now the people of God: which had not ob- tained mercy, but now have obtained mercy. 11 Dearly beloved, I beseech you as strang- ers and pilgrims, ab- stain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul; 12 having your conversation honest a- mong the Gentiles: that, whereas they speak against you as evildoers, they may by your good works, which they shall behold, glorify God in the day of visi- tation. 13 Submit yourselves to every ordinance of man for the Lord’s sake : whether it be to the king, as supreme ; 14 or unto governors, as unto them that are WETPOY A. IL, ve AiO ῷ Ἰοἰκοδομεῖσθε," of dc, * ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες 'οἰκοδομεῖσθε,) οἶκος πνευματικός; stones ‘living, are being built up, a “house ‘spiritual, τοὶ selves, as ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον. ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας εὐπροσδέκτους a7priesthood ‘holy to offer spiritual sacrifices acceptable ‘rp’ θεῷ διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 6 "Διὸ καὶ" περιέχει πὲν τῇ toGod by Jesus Christ. Wherefore also it is contained in the γραφῇ." ᾿Ιδοὺ τίθημι ἐν Σιὼν λίθον ἀκρογωνιαῖον, ἐκλεκτόν, scripture: Behold, Iplace in Sion a stone ‘corner, chosen, ἔντιμον" καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ET αὐτῷ οὐνμὴ καταισχυνθῇ. precious: and hethat believes on him ἴῃ ΠΟ wise shouldbe put toshame, 7 Ὑμῖν οὖν ἡ τιμὴ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν" οἀπει- To you therefore [515] *the *preciousness }who *believe; 7to([®those] *dis- Bovow" δὲ, λίθον! ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν ot οἰκοδομοῦντες, obeying ‘but, [the] stone which Srejected those ?building, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας, 8 Kai λίθος προσκόμ- this became head of [the] corner, and a stone of stum- ματος καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου ot προσκόπτουσιν τῷ λόγῳ bling and arock of offence ; who stumble at the word, ἀπειθοῦντες, εἰς ὃ Kai ἐτέθησαν. 9 ὑμεῖς. δὲ γένος ἐκ- being disobedient, to which also they were appointed. But ye [are] a “race λεκτόν, βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, ἔθνος ἅγιον, λαὸς εἰς περι- 1chosen, a kingly priesthood, a’nation ‘holy, aspeople for a pos- ποίησιν, ὕπως τὰς ἀρετὰς ἐξαγγείλητε τοῦ ἐκ σκότους session, that the virtues yemight set forth of him who out of darkness ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς" 10 οἱ ποτὲ “you Xealled to his wonderful light ; who once ᾽ , ~ Y ~. € > ᾽ , ov λαός, νῦν.δὲ λαὸς θεοῦ: οἱ οὐκ.ἠλεημένοι, {were] not a people, but now [are] *people 'God’s; who had not received mercy, γῦν.δὲ ἐλεηθέντες. but now received mercy. 11 ᾿Αγαπητοί, παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδή- Beloved, ITexhort [you] as strangers and sojourners, μους, ἀπέχεσθαι! τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν, αἵτινες στρατεύον- to abstain from fleshly desires, which war ται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς" 12 τὴν.ἀναστροφὴν.ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς against the soul ; “your “manner ‘of *life ‘among ‘the » » ΄ oe ? “ἢ ~ - ~ € ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν, ἵνα évp καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν ὡς ΠΑ ΟΠ 5 *having Sright that wherein they speak against you as κακοποιῶν, ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ᾿ἐποπτεύσαντες" δοξά- evil doers, through [your] good works having witnessed they σωσιν τὸν θεὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς. may glorify God in[the] day of visitation. 13 Ὑποτάγητε δοὖν" πάσῃ ἀνθρωπίνῃ κτίσει, διὰ Be in subjection therefore toevery human institution for thesake of τὸν κύριον" εἴτε βασιλεῖ, we ὑπερέχοντι" 14 εἴτε ἡγεμόσιν, the Lord; whether to [the] king as supreme, or to governors ὡς Ov αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις εἰς ἐκδίκησιν ἱμὲν" κακοποιῶν, as by him sent, for vengeance [on] evil doers, ” A 2 ~ Fy ef e ) ‘ sy , ἔπαινον.δὲ ἀγαθοποιῶν 15 ὅτι οὕτως ἐστὶν τὸ θέλημα and praise [to] well doers ; (because 80 is the will τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀγαθοποιοῦντας . φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων of God, [by] well doing to put to silence the 2of “senseless { ἐποικοδομεῖσθε τ. " τῇ TTrA ; ἡ γραφή (read the scripture contains) L. unbelieving) Trr. οντες Witnessing LTTraw. 1 — τῷ LITrA. m διότι because GLTTrAWw. ο ἀπιστοῦσιν (read but to [those] 4 + ὑμᾶς (read that ye abstain) L. τ ἐποπτεύ- t — μὲν GLTTrAW. ΚΕ εἰς for LTTrA. Ρ λίθος LTrA. 8 — οὖν LTTrA. II, III. I PEPER ἀγνωσίαν. 16 we ἐλεύθεροι, Kai μὴ ὡς ἐπικά- as free, and not as #9) *ignorance ;) Avupa ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς "δοῦλοι as bondmen ®cloak thaving Sof 7malice *freedom, but θεοῦ." 17 πάντας τιμήσατε, τὴν ἀδελφότητα ἀγαπᾶτε, τὸν of God. *All ‘shew “honour *to, the “brotherhood Slove, θεὸν φοβεῖσθε, τὸν βασιλέα τιμᾶτε. God ®fear, the }?king /°honour. 18 Οἱ οἰκέται, ὑποτασσόμενοι ἐν παντὶ φόβῳ τοῖς.δεσ- ἀνθρώπων *men Servants, being subject with all fear to [your] πόταις, οὐ μόνον τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς Kai ἐπιεικέσιν, ἀλλὰ Kai masters, not only tothe good and gentle, but = also τοῖς σκολιοῖς. 19 τοῦτο.γὰρ χάρις. εἰ διὰ συνείδησιν tothe crooked. For this [is] acceptable if for sake of conscience θεοῦ ὑποφέρει τις λύπας, πάσχων ἀδίκως. 20 ποῖον.γὰρ towardsGod “endures ‘anyone griefs, suffering unjustly. For what κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε ; glory (is it], if sinning and being buffeted ye endure it ? ἀλλ᾽ εἰ ἀγαθοποιοῦντες Kai πάσχοντες ὑπομενεῖτε, τοῦτο * but if doing good and suftering yeendure [10], this [15] χάρις παρὰ θεῷ. 21 εἰς. τοῦτο.γὰρ ἐκλήθητε, ὅτι Kai acceptable with God. For to this ye were called; because also χριστὸς ἔπαθεν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ." Τἡμῖν" ὑπολιμπάνων ὑπογραμ- Christ suffered for us, “us Neaving a model μόν, ἵνα ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν.αὐτοῦ: 22 ὃς ἁμαρτίαν that ye should follow after in his steps ; who Ssin ? > / > 4 ε , , ? ~ , ? “ὦ a οὐκ.ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ.στόματι. αὐτοῦ" 23 ὃς ‘did 7no, neither was *found ‘guile in his mouth ; who, λοιδορούμενος οὐκ. ἀντελοιδόρει, πάσχων οὐκ.ἠπείλει, being railed at, railed notinreturn; [when] suffering threatened ποῦ; παρεδίδου.δὲ τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως. 24 ὃς τὰς but gave [himself] Οὐ tohim γο judges righteously ; who ἁμαρτίας.ἡμῶν αὐτὸς ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν TH.cwpaTl.avToU ἐπὶ TO i on the our sins himself bore in his body ξύλον, ἵνα ταῖς.ἁμαρτίαις ἀπογενόμενοι, TY δικαιοσύνῃ ζή- tree, that, to sins [we] being dead, to righteousness we 25 ἦτε.γὰρ ὡς πρό- σωμεν᾽ οὗ. τῷ.μώλωπι. αὐτοῦ" ἰάθητε. For ye were as may live ; by whose bruise ye were healed. Bara “πλανώμενα"" ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεστράφητε νῦν ἐπὶ τὸν ποιμένα sheep going astray, but arereturned now to _ the _ shepherd Kai ἐπίσκοπον τῶν.Ψψυχῶν ὑμῶν. and overseer of your souls. 9. Ὁμοίως, Yai! γυναῖκες, ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς.ἰδίοις ἀν- Likewise, wives, being subject to yourown hus- δράσιν, iva καὶ εἴ τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ, διὰ τῆς τῶν bands, that,evenif any aredisobedient tothe word, by the 7of *the γυναικῶν ἀναστροφῆς ἄνευ λόγου “κερδηθήσωνται," 2 ἐπο- “wives Xeonduct’ without([the] word they may be gained, hay- πτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ EG ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν" ing witnessed [‘carried Sout] Sin fear chaste 3conduct your ; rT » ᾽ - ” ? ~ d ~ ie “I 3 ὧν ἔστωοὐχ ὁ ἔξωθεν ἐμπλοκῆς “τριχῶν," “καὶ whose “let *it “ποὺ *be *the 7outward [fone] ®of braiding “of hair, ‘and περιθέσεως χρυσίων, ἢ ἐνδύσεως ἱματίων κόσμος" “putting '°around *°of '’gold, ‘Sor ᾿δραϊίϊῃρ 7°on “of ?*garments ‘adorning; θεοῦ δοῦλοι TTrA. τ γὰρ for (this) La. EGLTTrAW. * — αὐτοῦ LTr[A]. >—aiuttr[A]. “ κερδηθήσονται they will be gained trrtra. x ὑμῶν YOU EGLTTrA. 5. πλανώμενοι (read ye were going astray as sheep) LTTrA. 4 τριχῶν L. 597 sent by him for the punishment of eyvil- doers, and for the praise of them that do well. 15 For so is the will of God, that with well doing ye may put to silence the ignor- ance of foolish men: 16 as free, and not using your liberty for a cloke of malicious- ness, but as the ser- vants of God. 17 Ho- nour all men. Love the brotherhood. Fear God. Honour the king, _ 18 Servants, be sub- ject to your masters with all fear; not only to the good and gentle, but also to the froward. 19 For this is thankworthy, if a man for conscience to- ward God endure grief, suffering wrongfully. 20 For what glory is 12, if, when ye be buffeted for your faults, ye shall take it patiently? but if, when ye do well, and suffer for it, ye take it patient- ly, this ts acceptable with God. 21 For even hereunto were ye called: because Christ also suffered for us, leaving us an ex- ample, that ye should follow his steps: 22 who did no sin, neither was guile found in his mouth: 23 who, when he was reviled, reviled not again; when he suffered, he threatened not; but committed himself to him that judgeth righteously : 24 who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree, that we, being dead to sins, should live un- to righteousness: by whose stripes ye were healed. 25 For ye were as sheep going astray : but are now returned unto the Shepherd and Bishop of your souls. Ill. Likewise, ye wives, be in subjection to your own husbands; that, if any obey not the word, they also may without the word be won by the conver- sation of the wives; 2 while they behold your chaste conversa- tion coupled with fear. 3 Whose adorning let it not be that outward adorning of plaiting the hair, and of wear- Υ ὑμῖν you e 7 or L. 098 ing of gold, or of put- ting on of apparel ; 4 but letit be the hid- den man of the heart, in that which is not corruptible, even the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price. 5 For after this manner in the old time the holy women also, who trust- ed in God, adorned themselves, being in subjection unto their own husbands: 6 even as Sara obeyed Abra- ham, calling him lord: whose daughters ye are, as long as ye do well, and are not a- fraid with any amaze- ment. 7 Likewise, ye husbands, dwell with them according to knowledge, giving ho- nour unto the wife, as unto the weaker ves- sel, and as being heirs together of the grace of life; that your prayers be not hin- dered. 8 Finally, be ye all of one mind, having compassion or3of an- other, loveas brethren, be pitiful, be court- eous: 9 not rendering evil for evil, or railing for railing : but con- trariwise blessing ; knowing that ye are thereunto called, that e should inherit a lessing. 10 For he that will love life, and see good days, let him refrain his tongue from evil, and his lips that they speak no guile: 11 let him es- chew evil, and do good; let him seek peace, and ensue it. 12 For the eyes of the Lord are over the righteous, and his ears are open unto their prayers : but the face of the Lord is a- gainst them that do evil. 13 And whots he that will harm you, if ye be followers of that which is good? 14 But and if ye suf- fer for righteousness’ sake, happy are ye: and be not afraid of their terror, neither be troubled; 15 but sanctify the Lord God in your hearts : and be TET ΡΟΘῪ 4A. IIL 4 ἀλλ᾽ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος, ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ but the hidden of *the *heart man, in the incorruptible τοῦ ‘roqgéoc καὶ ἡσυχίου" πνεύματος, 0 ἐστιν ἐνώπιον {ornament]ofthe meek and quiet spirit, which is before τοῦ θεοῦ πολυτελές. 5 οὕτως.γάρ ποτε Kai αἱ ἅγιαι γυναῖκες God of great price. For thus formerly also the holy women « .) / δὲ ‘ 4 Il 4 > , € / e , αἱ ἐλπίζουσαι Sexi τὸν" θεὸν ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς, ὑποτασσό- those hoping in God adorned themselves, being sub- μεναι τοῖς. ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν: 6 ὡς Σάῤῥα "ὑπήκουσεν" τῷ ject to theirown husbands ; as Sarah obeyed ᾿Αβραάμ, κύριον αὐτὸν καλοῦσα, ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα" aya- Abraham, lord “him Xealling; of whom yebecame children, do- θοποιοῦσαι Kai μὴ-.φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν. 7 Οἱ ing good and not fearing [with] , any consternation. (lit. no) ἄνδρες ὁμοίως, συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθε- Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge,as witha νεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν, ὡς weaker [even] *vessel’with*the *female, rendering [them] honour, as καὶ Ἰσυγκληρονόμοι" χάριτος ζωῆς, εἰς τὸ μὴ ξἐκκόπτεσ- also[{being] joint-heirs of [the] grace of life, soas “not ‘to *be ®°cut θαι" τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν. Toft your “prayers. 8 Τὸ δὲ. τέλος, πάντες ὁμόφρονες, συμπαθεῖς, φιλ- Finally, all {being] ofone mind, sympathizing, loving άδελφοι, εὔσπλαγχνοι, ἰφιλόφρονες" 9 pj ἀποδιδόντες the brethren, tender hearted, friendly, not rendering κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας" τοὐναντίον.δὲ evil for 601], or railing for railing; but on the contrary, εὐλογοῦντες, "εἰδότες" ὅτι εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα εὐλογίαν blessing, knowing that to this ye were called, that blessing κληρονομήσητε. 10 ὁ-.γὰρ θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾷν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ye should inherit. For he that wills [life ‘to*love, and tosee ἡμέρας ἀγαθάς, παυσάτω τὴν.γλῶσσαν."αὐτοῦ" ἀπὸ *days good, let him cause to cease his tongue from κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη "αὐτοῦ! τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον. 11 ἐκκλι- evil, and “lips this not tospeak guile. Let him turn νάτω ἀπὸ κακοῦ, Kai ποιησάτω ἀγαθόν ζητησάτω εἰρήνην, aside from evil, and 16οὐ him ἅο good. Let him seek peace καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν. 12 ὅτι Pow! ὀφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ and let him pursue it: because the of [the] Lord [816] on δικαίους, καὶ ὦτα.αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν.αὐτῶν᾽ πρόσωπον. δὲ [086] righteous, and hisears towards their supplication. ut [the] face κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά. 18 καὶ τίς ὁ κακώ- of [the] Lord [is] against those doing 601]. And who [15] he that shall in- σων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ «μιμηταὶ! γένησθε ; jure you, if of *that ‘which [515] “good imitators ye shoulibe? 14 ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην, μακάριοι. But if also ye should suffer on account of righteousness, blessed [are ye); A 4 ’ ᾽ ~ A ~ A ~ τὸν δὲ φόβον.αὐτῶν μὴ-φοβηθῆτε, μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε" but their fear yeshould not be afraid of, neither should ye be troubled ; 15 κύριον.δὲ τὸν "Oedv" ἁγιάσατε ἔν ταῖς καρδίαις. ὑμῶν" but *Lord ?the *God ‘sanctify in your hearts, eyes i ἡσυχίου καὶ πραέος L ; mpacws (mpacos A) Kat ἡσυχίου TTrA. 8 εἰς LTTrAW. } ὑπήκουεν Τ,. ‘ συνκληρονύμοις T ; GLTrAW ; ἐν- T. because) LITrA. » — οἱ (read [the] Lord’s eyes) LTTrA. συγκληρονόμοις to joint-heirs Tra. k ἐγκόπτεσθαι to be hindered 1 ταπεινόφρονες humble minded GLrTraw. m — εἰδότες (read ὅτι 2 — αὐτοῦ (read [his}) LTTra. ο + δὲ and (let him turn aside) Ltra. 4 ζηλωταὶ zealouSLTTrAW. * χριστὸν Christ LTTraw. III, IV. I PETER. ἕτοιμοι. "δὲ" ἀεὶ πρὸς ἀπολογίαν παντὶ τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς and ready [be] always for adefence to everyone that asks you λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος, ‘ μετὰ πρᾳὕτητος Kai an account concerning the 7in “you hope, with meekness and φόβου: 16 συνείδησιν ἔχοντες ἀγαθήν, iva ἐν. ᾧ ᾿καταλαλῶ- fear ; *a*conscience ‘having Sgood, that whereas they may speak σιν! “ὑμῶν ὡς κακοποιῶν," καταισχυνθῶσιν οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες against you as Φ6Υ]Ι] doers, they may be ashamed who calumniate ὑμῶν THY ἀγαθὴν ἐν χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν. 17 κρεῖττον. γὰρ your good ‘in Christ ‘manner 7of “life. For [it is] better, ἀγαθοποιοῦντας, εἰ “θέλει! τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, πάσχειν, ("for ®you]°doing'*good, ‘if *wills [7it]?the ὅν} “οἵ "God, to suffer, ἢ κακοποιοῦντας" 18 ὅτι καὶ χριστὸς ἅπαξ περὶ ἁμαρ- than doing evil; because 7indeed ‘Christ once for sins τιῶν Yérabev δίκαιος ὑπὲρ ἀδίκων, ἵνα ἡμᾶς προσαγάγῃ suffered, (the) just for [the] unjust, that us he might bring τῷ θεῷ θ θεὶ ὲ UG θεὶο. δὲ ὅτῳ" τῷ" θεῷ, ανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκί, ζωοποιηθεὶς. δὲ ἅτῷ to God; having been put to death in flesh, but made alive by the πνεύματι, 19 ἐν καὶ τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς Spirit, in which also tothe ?7in “prison tspirits having gone ἐκήρυξεν, 20 ἀπειθήσασίν ποτε, Ore mak ἐξεδέχετο" ἡ he preached, [who] disobeyed sometime, when once was waiting the τοῦ θεοῦ μακροθυμία ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευα- “of °God "longsuffering in[the] days of Noe, [while was] being pre- , ~ ? τι c ? ΄ {| d , ΙΔ ’ ‘ ζομένης κιβωτοῦ, εἰς ἣν COAtyat," τουτέστιν" ὀκτώ, ψυχαὶ pared (the) ark, into which few, that is eight souls, διεσώθησαν dv ὕδατος, 21 °6' καὶ fac! ἀντίτυπον νῦν were saved through water, which 7also >us figure snow σώζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ *saves [even] baptism, not of fi6sk a putting away of [the] filth, but συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς ἐπερώτημα εἰς θεόν, δι ἀνα- ‘of ®a Sconscience good [89] 7demand “towards *God, by([the] _ re- στάσεως ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, 22 ὕς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Srov' θεοῦ, surrection of Jesus Christ, who ἰ5 at(the] right hand of God, πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανόν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων καὶ gone into heaven, “having 7been *subjected °to ‘°him angels and ἐξουσιῶν καὶ δυνάμεων. Sauthorities *and powers, ~ , h e A « ~ I , Ce ~ 4 4 Χριστοῦ οὖν παθόντος "ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν" σαρκί, καὶ ὑμεῖς τὴν Christ then havingsuffered for us in(the]flesh,also ye “the αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε’' = Ort ὁ παθὼν tv" σαρκί, Ssame Smind ‘arm ?yourselves *with; for he that suffered in [the] flesh πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας" 2 εἰς τὸ μηκέτι ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις, has done with sin ; no longer 1°men’s ®to } lusts, ἀλλὰ θελήματι θεοῦ τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ βιῶσαι χρόνον. 2but ‘to ‘*will *God’s*the ‘remaining ‘in (’the]*flesh ‘to7live ‘time. 2 \ A k eal | « \ , 1 ~ , I \ 3 ἀρκετὸς. γὰρ *ypiv' ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος ἱτοῦ βίου," τὸ For [is] sufficient for us the past time of life the Ὡθέλημα! τῶν ἐθνῶν πκατεργάσασθαι,, πεπορευμένους ἐν will of the nations to have worked out, having walked in 599 ready always to give an answer to every man that asketh you a@ reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear: 16 having a good con- science; that, where- as they speak evil of you, as of evildoers, they may be ashamed that falsely accuse your good conversa- tion inChrist. 17 For it is better, if the will of God be so, that ye suffer for well doing, than for evil doing. 18 For Christ alsohath once suffered for sins, the just for the un- just, that he might bring us to God, being put to death in the flesh, but quickened by the Spirit : 19 by which also he went and preached unto the spi- rits in prison; 20 which sometime were disobe- dient, when once the longsuffering of God waited in the days of Noah, while the ark was a preparing, wherein few, that is eight souls were saved by water. 21 The like figure whereunto even baptism doth also now save us (not the put- ting away of the filth of the flesh, but the answer of a good con- science toward God,) by the resurrection of Jesus Christ: 22 who is gone into heaven, and is on the right hand of God; angels and au- thorities and powers being madesubject un- to him. IV. Forasmuch then as Christ hath suffered for us in the flesh, arm yourselves likewise with the same mind: for he that hath suf-- fered in the flesh hath ceased from sin; 2 that he no longer should live the rest of his time in the flesh to the lusts of men, butto the will of God. 3 For the time past of our life may suffice us to have wrought the will of the Gentiles, when we s — δὲ and χὐττ[Α]. t ἀλλὰ but LTTrAW. Lirw ; καταλαλεῖσθε ye are spoken against Ta. may willaurtraw. YamnéSaveydieduttr. *%*—7T@ W. Ὁ ἀπεξεδέχετο (omit once) GLTTraw. © ὀλίγοι few [persons] LTTraw. ὁ ᾧ to which z. ὑμᾶς yOu LTTrA. & — τοῦ TTr[A]. i — ἐν (read [in])) Lrtra. k ἡμῖν LTTra. !— τοῦ βίου LTTrAW. 2 κατειργάσθαι LTTrAW. τ καταλαλοῦσιν they speak against W — ὑμῶν ὡς κακοποιῶν TA. 2 — τῷ (read [in the]) GLTTraw. x θέλοι ἃ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. h --Οπῆ;͵Θπὲρ ἡμῶν LTTrA. τι βούλημα LTTrAW. 600 walked in lascivious- ness, lusts, excess of wine, revellings, ban- quetings, and abo- minable _ idolatries: 4 wherein they think it strange that yerun not with them to the same excess of riot, speak- ing evil of you: 5 who shall give account to him that is ready to judge the quick and the dead. 6 For for this cause was the gospel preached also to them that are dead, that they might be judged according to men in the flesh, but live according to God in the spirit. 7 But the end of all things is at hand: be ye therefore sober, and watch unto prayer. 8 And above all things have fervent charity egmong yourselves : for charity shall cover the multitude of sins. 9 Use hospitality one to another without grudging. 10 As every man hath received the gift, even so minister the same one to an- other, as good stewards of the manifold grace of God. 11 Ifany man speak, let him speak as the oracles of God ; if any man minister, let him doit as of the ability which God giv- eth: that God in all things may be glorified through Jesus Christ, to whorn be praiseand dominion for ever and ever. Amen, 12 Beloved, think it not strange concern- ing the fiery trial which is to try you, as though some strange thing happened unto you: 13 but rejoice, inasmuch as ye arepar- takers of Christ’s suf- ferings; that, when his glory shall berevealed, ye may be glad also with exceeding joy. 14 If yebe reproached for the name of Christ, happy ave ye; for the spirit of glory and of God resteth upon you: on their part he is evil spoken of, but on your part he is glorified. 15 But let none of you suffer as a murderer, or as a thief, or as an evildoer, or as a busy- body in other men’s matters. 16 Yet if any ILE DPOy A. IV. ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, Kat γ ὅτοις, licentiousness, lusts, wine-drinking, revels, drinkings, and > 7, > ΄ ? i ΄ ‘ ἀθεμίτοις eldwrodarpeiaic’ 4 ἐνιῷ = Eeviovrar, fp συν- unhallowed idolatries, Wherein they thinkitstrange*not *run- τρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν, ning *with [δ 611} ‘your to the same 308 3dissoluteness ‘overflow, βλασφημοῦντες" 5 οἱ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον τῷ ἑτοίμως speaking evil {of you); who ἔχοντι κρῖναι ζῶντας Kai shall render account to him “ready νεκρούς. 6 εἰς.τοῦτο.γὰρ καὶ 1who 215 to judge[the] living «πᾶ [89] dead. For to this [end] also νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη, ἵνα κριθῶσιν μὲν to [the] dead were the glad tidings announced, that they might be judged indeed kara ἀνθρώπους σαρκί, ζῶσιν.δὲλ κατὰ θεὸν πνεύματι. as regards men in [the] flesh; but might live as regards God in [the] Spirit. 7 Πάντων.δὲ τὸ τέλος ἤγγικεν: σωφρονήσατε οὖν Butofallthings the end has drawn near: be sober-minded therefore, καὶ vipbare εἰς στὰς! προσευχάς" ὃ πρὸ πάντων Ῥδὲ" τὴν and be watchful unto prayers ; *before *all *things *but εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀγάπην ἐκτενῆ ἔχοντες, ὅτι Ἱ ἀγάπη "καλύψει" among yourselves Slove “fervent ‘having, because love will cover πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. 9 φιλόξενοι εἰς ἀλλήλους ἄνευ “γογγυσ- a multitude of sins; hospitable to oneanother, without murmur- μῶν" 10 ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα, εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ings ; each according as he received a gift, to each other αὐτὸ διακονοῦντες, ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος it serving, as good stewards of [the] various grace θεοῦ" 11 εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια θεοῦ" εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς of God. If anyone speaks— as oracles ofGod; if anyone serves— as ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ θεός: ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ of strength which *supplies *God; that in all things may be glorified θεὸς διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα Kai TO κράτος God through Jesus Christ, towhom is the glory and the might sic τοὺς αἰῶνας THY αἰώνων. ἀμήν. to the ages ofthe ages. Amen, 12 ᾿Αγαπητοί, μὴ-.ξενίζεσθε rH ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει Beloved, take notas strange the *amongst *you “fire [*of*persecution] πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ, wc ἕένου ὑμῖν for trial to you [which is] taking place, asif a strange thing to you συμβαίνοντος" 13 ἀλλὰ ἱκαθὸ κοινωνεῖτε τοῖς τοῦ χρισ- [18] happening; but according as ye haveshare in the 30 - ΄ , wv ΝΆ ~ ? , ~ , τοῦ παθήμασιν, χαίρετε, ἵνα Kai ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης 3Christ “sufferings, rejoice, thatalso in the revelation of *glory αὐτοῦ χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι. 14 εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν *his ye mayrejoice exulting. If yeare reproached in [the] ὀνόματι χοιστοῦ, μακάριοι" ὅτι τὸ τῆς δόξης" καὶ name of Christ, of glory and τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται" “κατὰ.μὲν. αὐτοὺς the of*God ‘Spirit upon you rests ; on their part βλασφημεῖται, κατὰ.δὲ ὑμᾶς δοξάζεται." 15 μὴ.γάρ τις he 18 blasphemed, but on your part he is glorified. Assuredly “not “anyone ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιός, ἢ ὡς *of Syou ᾿Ιοὺ βυ 8 Ὁ as ἃ murderer, or thief, or evil doer, or as χἀλλοτριοεπίσκοπος." 16 εἰ δὲ we χριστιανός, μὴ αἰσχυ- overlooker of other people’s matters; butif as achristian, ποῦ ‘let *him blessed [are ye]; because the [spirit] ° — τὰς LTTrAwW. γυσμιοῦ Murmuring LTTraw. μὲν to end of verse LTTrA. Ρ — δὲ TTrA. 4 + ἡ EG. τ καλύπτει COVerS LTTTAW, τ καθὼς ἘΞ. YY + καὶ δυνάμεως and of power L. x ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος LTTr. Paya W — κατὰ IV, V. i EPBTER, γέσθω, δοξαζέτω.δὲ τὸν θεὸν ἔν τῷ μέρει" τούτῳ. 17 ὅτι be ashamed, but let him glorify God in ?respect this. Because ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ θεοῦ" the time([for] *to*have *begun’the*judgment from the house of God εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ad ἡμῶν, TL TO τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων {iscome]; θα 1 first from us, whatthe end ofthose disobeying τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ ; 18 καὶ εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις owerat, the 308 ‘God ‘glad*tidings? And iftherighteous with difficulty is saved, ὁ ἀσεβὴς Kai Σ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται; 19 ὥστε καὶ *the *ungodly and ®sinner lwhere ?shall appear ? Wherefore also ol πάσχοντες κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, "ὡς" πιστῷ they who suffer according tothe will of God as toa faithful κτίστῃ παρατιθέσθωσαν rac.puyac.éavToy' ἐν “ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ. Creator let them commit their souls in well doing. 5 Πρεσβυτέρους 4 “τοὺς" ἐν ὑμῖν παρακαλῶ ὁ foup- Elders who [are] among you ITexhort ὑπὸ [ἃ] a πρεσβύτερος. καὶ μάρτυς τῶν τοῦ χριστοῦ παθημάτων, ὁ fellow elder and witness ofthe 7o0f *the *Christ 1sufferings, who καὶ τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης κοινωνός; 2 ποι- also of the Z2about Sto *be Srevealed 1glory [am] partaker: shep- μάνατε τὸ ἐν ὑμῖν ποίμνιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ξἐπισκοποῦντες" μὴ herd the *among *you flock ?of *God, exercising oversight not ἀναγκαστῶς, add’ ἑκουσίως" μηδὲ αἰσχροκερδῶς, ἀλλὰ προ- by constraint, bat willingly ; not for base gain, but = readi- θύμως" 3 μηδ᾽ ὡς κατακυριεύοντες τῶν κλήρων, ἀλλὰ ly; not as exercising lordship over [your] possessions, but τύποι γινόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου. 4 καὶ φανερωθέντος patterns being of the flock, And *having *been *manifested τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος, κομιεῖσθε τὸν ἀμαράντινον τῆς δόξης ‘the chief “shepherd, ye shall receive the unfading 7of “glory στέφανον. 1crown. 5 Ὁμοίως, νεώτεροι, ὑποτάγητε πρεσβυτέροις" πάντες Likewise, [ye] younger [ones], besubject to([the]elder(ones], all δὲ ἀλλήλοις Κὑποτασσόμενοι" τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώ- *andonetoanother being subject humility ‘bind σασθε" ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς 7on; because God [the] proud sets himself against, *to [*the]*humble δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν. 6 ταπεινώθητε οὖν ὑπὸ THY κραταιὰν therefore under the but gives grace, Be humbled mighty ἰχεῖρα! τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα ὑμᾶς ὑψώσῃ ἐν καιρῷ" 7 πᾶσαν hand of God, that you he may exalt in [due] time; all τὴν. μέριμναν. ὑμῶν "ἐπιῤῥίψαντες" ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, ὅτι αὐτῷ your care having cast upon him, because with him μέλει περὶ ὑμῶν. 8 vy Ware, γρηγορήσατε, °Ore' ὁ ἀντίδικος thereiscare about you. Be sober, watch, because adversary ὑμῶν διάβολος, we λέων ὠρυόμενος, περιπατεῖ, ζητῶν Priva! tyour [the] devil, as a 7lion roaring, goes about, seeking whom “καταπίῃ"" 9 ᾧ ἀντίστητε στερεοὶ τῇ πίστει, εἰδότες τὰ he may swallow up. Whom resist, firm in faith, knowing the αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων ἐν * κόσμῳ ὑμῶν ἀδελφότητι same sufferings 7which [*is]*®in [!°the] '! world ‘in ‘your *brotherhood Gol man suffer as a Chris tian, let him «ποῦ be ashamed ; but let him glorify God on this behalf. 17 For the time is come that judgment must begin at the house of God: and if tt first begin at us, what shall the end be of them that obey not the gospel of God? 18 And if the righteousscarce- ly be saved, where shall the ungodly and the sinner appear? 19 Wherefore let them that suffer according to the will of God commit the keeping of their souls to him iz well doing, as unto a faithful Creator. V. The elders which are among you I ex- hort, who am also an elder, and a witness of the sufferings of Christ, and.also a par- taker of the glory that shall be _ revealed: 2 Feed the flock of God which is among you, taking the over- sight thereof, not by constraint, but wil- lingly ; not for filthy lucre, but of a ready mind; 3 neither as being lords over God’s heritage, but being en- samples to the fiock, 4 And when the chief Shepherd shall appear, ye shall receive a crown of glory that fadeth not away. 5 Likewise, ye young- er, submit yourselves unto the elder. Yea, all of you be subject one to another, and be clothed with humility: for God resisteth the proud, and = giveth grace to the humble, 6 Humble yourselves therefore under the mighty hand of God, that he may exalt you in due time: 7 casting all your care upon him; for he careth for you, 8 Be sober, be vigilant; because your adver- sary the devil, as a roaring lion, walketh about, seeking whom hemay devour: 9whom resist stedfast in the faith, knowing that the same afflictions are Υ ὀνόματι NaMe LTTrAw. z+ othe. ® — ὡς LTTrA. © ἀγαθοποιΐαις LW. 4 + οὖν then Lrtra. © — τοὺς LTrA. σκοποῦντες T[A]. » aAAaTTrA. μενοι LTTrAW. 1 χεῖραν τ. ψαντες LTTrA. °— ὅτι GLTTrAW. καταπίειν Tr. t+ τῷ the Trr. Ρ τινὰ SoMe One L. 2 ; f ouv- τ. i+ κατὰ θεόν according to God uttr. Κ m + ἐπισκοπῆς (read in time of visitation) τ. Ὁ αὐτῶν LTTrAW. & — ἐπι- — ὑποτασσό- 2 ἐπιρί- 4 καταπιεῖν to swallow up LTA; 602 accomplished in your brethren that are in the world. 10 But the God of all grace, who hath called us unto his eternal glory by Christ Jesus, after that ye have suffered a while, make you perfect, sta- blish, strengthen, set- tle you. 11 To him be lory and dominion or ever andever. A- men. 12 By Silvanus, a faithful brother unto ou, as I suppose, I ae written briefly, exhorting, and testify- ing that this is the true grace of God wherein ye stand.13 The church that is at Babylon, elected together with you, saluteth you ; and so doth Marcus my son. 14 Greet ye one an- other with a kiss of charity. Peace be with you all that are in Christ Jesus, Amen. HEEE ON 8. ᾿ς ἐπιτελεῖσθαι. 10 ὁ. δὲ θεὸς πάσης χάριτος, ὁ καλέσας are being “accomplished. Butthe God ofall grace, who called δὴ μᾶς" εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐν χριστῷ “Ιησοῦ," ὀλίγον us to 7eternal ‘his glory in Christ Jesus, alittle while παθόντας, αὐτὸς “καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς," “στηρίξαι, σθενώ- {ye] having suffered, "himself *may perfect you, mayheestablish, may he σαι, *Oeuekwwoa'' 11] αὐτῷ Τὴ δόξα καὶ" τὸ κράτος εἰς strengthen, may he found[you]: tohim{[be]the glory and the might, to τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. the ages ofthe ages. Amen, 12 Διὰ Σιλουανοῦ ὑμῖν *rov" πιστοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, we λογίζο- ΒΥ Silvanus, *to*you ‘the faithful brother, as Lreckon, μαι, δι. ὀλίγων ἔγραψα, παρακαλῶν καὶ ἐπιμαρτυρῶν ταύτην briefly wrote, exhorting and testifying this ἀληθῆ χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς ἣν ἑστήκατε." 18 ᾿Ασπά- grace of God, in which γα stand. "Sa- ζεται ὑμᾶς ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι συνεκλεκτή; καὶ Μάρκος lutes ou ‘she δίῃ ®Babylon 7elected *with [*yon], and Mark € cv ? , ? , ? U > ie ὁιυϊός. μου. 14 ἀσπάσασθε ἀλλήλους ἐν φιλήματι ἀγάπης. my son. Salute one another with akiss of love. εἰρήνη ὑμῖν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν χριστῷ Ὁ Ἰησοῦ." “ἀμήν." Peace [be] withyou all who [arejin Christ Jesus. Amen, ἀπέτρου ἐπιστολὴ καθολικὴ πρώτη." κασολικῇ πρωτή. *Of*Peter “Epistle General First. εἶναι to be [the] true ἝἜΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ TETPOY KAOOAIKH AEYTEPA." sEPISTLE SIMON Peter, a ser- yant and an apostle of Jesus Christ, to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteous- ness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ: 2 Grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the know- ledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, 3 According as his divine power hath giv- en unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of him that hath called us to glory and virtue: 4 whereby are given unto us _ exceeding great and precious promises: that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the ‘OF °PETER 2GENERAL SECOND. s fSYMEQN" Πέτρος δοῦλος καὶ ἀπόστολος ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, Simeon Peter, bondman and apostle of Jesus Christ, τοῖς ἰσότιμον ἡμῖν λαχοῦσιν πίστιν ἐν δικαιο- to those who 211Κ6 *precious with *us ‘obtained ‘faith through[the] right- σύνῃ τοῦ.θεοῦ. ἡμῶν Kai σωτῆρος 8 ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" 2 χάρις eousness of our God and Saviour Jesus Christ : Grace ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ toyou and peace bemultiplied in([the] knowledge of God, and ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡ μῶν. of Jesus our Lord. 3 Ὡς πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ τὰ As 5411 *things *to 7us 2divine *power *his }°which [''pertain] πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν δεδωρημένης, διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως 120 13116 Mand piety 485 °given, through the knowledge τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς ida δόξης Kai ἀρετῆς, 4 δι ὧν of him who called us by glory and _ virtue, through which τὰ Ἐμέγιστα ἡμῖν καὶ τίμια! ἐπαγγέλματα δεδώρηται, ἵνα Sthe greatest “ἴο ὅὰβ "δπᾶ *precious 2°promises the *has*given, that διὰ τούτων γένησθε θείας κοινωνοὶ φύσεως; ἀπο- through these ye may become of [*the] *divine *partakers nature, hav- 5 ὑμᾶς you LTTrAW. π στηρίξει, σθενώσει will establish, will strengthen GLrTraw. GTAW; — θεμελιώσαι LTr. Ὁ — Ἰησοῦ LTTrA. ἼΘ᾽ LITrA. létpov a’ Tra. ’ καταρτίσει will perfect [you] LTTraw. x θεμελιώσει Will found 2— τοῦ L. 8 στῆτε Stand ἀ--- the subscription EGLTW ; t — Ἰησοῦ [τι]. Υ — ἡ δόξα καὶ LTTrA. © — ἀμήν GLTTrA. 6. + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle &; — καθολικὴ G; Πέτρου β΄ LTAW ; Πέτρου ἐπιστολὴ β΄ Tr. [Σίμων Simon iL. own glory and virtue LTTraw. & + ἡμῶν our (Saviour) Ε. b+trat. i ἰδίᾳ δόξῃ καὶ ἀρετῇ by [his] k μέγιστα Kal τίμια ἡμῖν LITA; τίμια ἡμῖν καὶ μέγιστα τ. PETER. ἐπιθυμίᾳ φθορᾶς. 5 καὶ ‘lust ‘corruption. ‘also παρεισενέγκαν- Shaving ‘brought *°in **be- i. II , ~ ? ] , ? φυγόντες THC ev KOO, ἐν ingescaped the 7in [the] ‘world ‘through MajTo.rovTo' ὃδεέ, σπουδὴν πᾶσαν ®for *this }°very ‘treason 7but, ‘diligence 7411 TEC, ἐπιχορηγήσατε ἐν τῇ. πίστει. ὑμῶν τὴν ἀρετήν, ἐν.δὲ TY ἀρετῇ sides, supply ye in your faith virtue, andin virtue τὴν γνῶσιν, 6 ἐν.δὲ τῇ γνώσει τὴν ἐγκράτειαν, ἐν. δὲ τῇ ἐγκρα- knowledge, andin knowledge self-control, and in self-con- , A ’ὔ ~ ~ ? A τείᾳ THY ὑπομονήν, ἐν.δὲ τῇ ὑπομονῇ τὴν εὐσέβειαν, 7 ἐν. δὲ trol endurance, andin endurance piety, and in mond / A ~ ‘ 4 τῇ εὐσεβείᾳ τὴν φιλαδελφίαν, ἐν.δὲ τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ THY ἀγάπην. piety brotherly love, and in brotherly love love: ~ \ tow nt ΄, il \ , 2 8 ταῦτα.γὰρ ὑμῖν "ὑπάρχοντα' καὶ πλεονάζοντα, οὐκ for these things *in *you being and abounding ([*to *be] neither ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν εἰς τὴν TOU.KUpLOU-nUwY Sidle nor ®unfruitful lmake (*you] as to the 2of Sour *Lord "Inoov χριστοῦ ἐπίγνωσιν. 9 ᾧ.γὰρ μὴ-πάρεστιν ταῦτα ®Jesus Christ lknowledge; for with whom are not present these things τυφλός ἐστιν, μυωπάζων, λήθην. λαβὼν τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν blind heis, shortsighted, having forgotten the purification πάλαι αὐτοῦ “ἁμαρτιῶν. 10 Διὸ μᾶλλον, ἀδελφοί, σπου- *of δο]Ιά ‘of 2η15 3sins Wherefore rather, brethren, be dili- δάσατε βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν “ποιεῖσθαι" gent 7sure syour *calling ‘Sand “election 1to 7make, ταῦτα.γὰρ ποιοῦντες οὐμὴ πταίσητε ποτε. 11 οὕτως for these things doing inno wise shall ye stumble at any time. ?Thus γὰρ πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν aiw- for Srichly ’shall *be supplied toyouthe entrance into the eter- νιον βασιλείαν τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Kai σωτῆρος ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. nal kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. 12 Aw τοὐκ.ἀμελήσω" ὑμᾶς ἀεὶ" ὑπομιμνήσκειν Wherefore I willnot neglect “you ‘always ‘to*put in remembrance περὶ τούτων, καίπερ εἰδότας, καὶ ἐστηριγμένους ἐν concerning these things, although knowing [them] and having been established in ~ ΓΖ ? ΄ ΄ A « ~ ? re 2 Sey J TH παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ. 13 δίκαιον.δὲ ἡγοῦμαι, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον εἰμὶ ἐν the present truth. But right lLesteemit, aslongas Iam in τούτῳ τῷ σκηνώματι, διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει" this tabernacle, tostirup you by putting[you]inremembrance, 14 εἰδὼς ὅτι ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ. σκηνώματός μου, knowing that speedily is the putting off of my tabernacle καθὼς καὶ ὁ.κύριος.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦς χριστὸς ἐδήλωσέν μοι. {to be}, as also our Lord Jesus Christ signified tome; 15 σπουδάσω.δὲ Kai ἑκάστοτε ἔχειν ὑμᾶς μετὰ but I will be diligent also at every time for you to have [it in your power] after τὴν. ἐμὴν ἔξοδον τὴν τούτων μνήμην. ποιεῖσθαι. 16 οὐ.γὰρ my departure 5these *things 'to 7have *in *remembrance. For not σεσοφισμένοις μύθοις ἐξακολουθήσαντες ἐγνωρίσαμεν ὑμῖν τὴν “cleverly-imagined *fables *having followed *out we made known to you the τοῦ.κυρίου. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ δύναμιν Kai παρουσίαν, ἀλλ᾽ “of Sour “Lord 7Jesus *Christ lpower 7and coming, but ἐπόπται γενηθέντες rijcéxeivov μεγαλειότητος. 17 λαβὼν eye-witnesses having been of his majesty. “Having “received παρὰ θεοῦ πατρὸς τιμὴν Kai δόξαν, φωνῆς ἐνεχθεί- from God([the] Father honour and glory, 7a *voice *having “been χὰ for 603 corruption that is in the world through lust, 5 And beside this, giv- ing all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue know= ledge ; 6and to know- ledge temperance ; and to temperance pati- ence ; and to patience godliness; 7 and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to bro- therly kindness cha- rity. 8 For if these things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye shall nei- ther be barren nor un- fruitful in the know- ledge of our Lord Je= sus Christ. 9 But he that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins, 10 Wherefore the ra- ther, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall: 11 for so an en- trance shall be mini- stered unto you abun- dantly into the ever- lasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Je- sus Christ. 12 Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always inremem- brance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth. 13 Yea, [think it meet, as long as I am in this tabernacle, to stir you up byputting yowin re- membrance; 14 know- ing that shortly I must put off this my tabernacle, even as our Lord Jesus Christ hath shewed me, 15 More- over I will endeavour that ye may be able after my decease to have these things al- ways in remembrance, 16 For we have not followed cunningly devised fables, when we made known unto you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but were eyewitnesses of | his majesty. 17 For he re- ceived from God the Father honour and glory, when therecame such a voice to him from the excellent glory, This is my be 1+ τῷ the LTTr. τὰ αὐτοὶ (read but ye also) L. © ἁμαρτημάτων GTTr. 4 ποιεῖσθε ye make L. τ μελλήσω I will take care LTTraw. 2 παρόντα being present L. P + ἵνα διὰ τῶν καλῶν ὑμῶν ἔργων that by your good works L, 5 ἀεὶ ὑμᾶς GTITAW. 604 loved Son, in whom I am well pleased. 18And this voice which came from heaven we heard, when we were with him in the holy mount. 19 We have also a more sure word of prophecy; whereunto ye do well that ye take heed, as unto a light that shineth ina dark place, until the day dawn, and the day star a- rise in your hearts: 20 knowing this first, that no prophecy of the scripture is of any private interpretation, 21 For the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost. 11. But there were false prophets also a- mong the people, even as there shall be false teachers among you, who privily shall bring in damnable heresies, even denying the Lord that bought them, and bring upon them- selves swift destruc- tion. 2 And many shall follow their pernicious ways; by reason of whom the way of truth shall be evil spoken of. 3 Andthrough co- vetousness shall they with feigned words make merchandise of you : whose judgment now of a long time lingereth not, and their damnation slum- bereth not. 4 For if God spared not the angels that sinned, but cast them down to hell, and _ delivered them into chains of darkness, to be reserv- ed unto judgment ; 5 and spared not the old world, but saved Noah the eighth per- son, ὃ preacher of righteousness, bring- ing in the flood upon the world of the un- godly ; 6 and turning the cities of Sodom and Gomorrha into ashes condemned them with an overthrow, making them an ensample unto those that after should live ungodly; 7 and delivered just Lot, vexed with the filthy conversation of the WET Por Bp. I, ti σης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς μεγαλοπρεποῦς δόξης, ἸοΟῦτός Sbrought 7to*him ‘such by the very excellent glory: This ἐστιν O.vidc.uou ο ἀγαπητός," εἰς ὃν ἐγὼ εὐδόκησα. 18 Kai is my Son the beloved, in whom I have found delight. And ταύτην THY φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐνεχθεῖσαν, this voice we heard "from “heaven ‘brought, ‘ > ~ n” > ~ vr ~ € , Il »»Ρ» σὺν αὐτῷ ὄντες ἐν τῷ Opa τῷ ἁγίῳ." 19 καὶ ἔχομεν βεβαι- 5with Shim ‘being on the *mount *holy. and we have more ότερον TOY προφητικὸν λόγον, ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες, sure the _ prophetic word, towhich *well ‘ye do taking heed, we λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ, ἕως.οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ, as toalamp shining in anobscure place, until day should dawn, καὶ φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις. ὑμῶν: 20 τοῦτο and [the] morning star should arise in your hearts ; this πρῶτον γινώσκοντες, OTL πᾶσα προφητεία γραφῆς ἰδίας first knowing, that ?any “prophecy ‘of ‘scripture 7of "105 °own (lit. every) 3 , ᾽ / > ‘ ΄ ? , > , ἐπιλύσεως ov.yiverat. 21 οὐ.γὰρ θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη 1°interpretation “is ‘not, for not by [the] will of man was*brought “zoré προφητεία," “ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερό- 3at*any®time ‘prophecy, but, Spy [*the] Spirit ®SHoly ‘being μένοι ἐλάλησαν Yot" ἐἄἅγιοι! ἃ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι. borne, ᾿ἜΡΟΚΘ "the ὅΠΟΙΥ ‘of **?God *men. ? ‘ A ‘ ~ > ~ ~ ᾿ ‘ 2 ᾿Ἐγένοντο.δὲ καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται ἐν τῷ aw, ὡς Kai But there were also false prophets among the people, as also ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσονται ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι, οἵτινες τταρεισάξουσιν among you will be false teachers, who _ will bring in stealthily αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας, Kai τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς δεσπότην ap- *sects ‘destructive, and *the ‘*who*bought ‘them 3Master 1de- VOUMEVOL, ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν" 2 καὶ πολλοὶ nying, bringing upon themselves swift destruction ; and many ? , ? ~ ~ b J ΄ Il ? τι «ς ὁδὸ ἐξακολουθήσουσιν αὐτῶν ταῖς Ῥἀπωλείαις." δι οὺς ἡ ὁδὸς will follow out their destructive ways, through whom the way τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 8 καὶ ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ πλασ- ofthe truth will be evil spoken of. And through covetousness with τοῖς λόγοις ὑμᾶς ἐμπορεύσονται. οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι well-turned words you they willmakegainof:forwhom judgment of old οὐκ. ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ-ἀπώλεια.αὐτῶν οὐ-νυστάζει. 4 ἘΕῤ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς 15 ηοῦ 1416, and their destruction slumbers not, For if God ἀγγέλων ἁμαρτησάντων οὐκ.ἐφείσατο, ἀλλὰ “σειραῖς" {the] angels who sinned spared not, but ®to *chains ζόφου ταρταρώσας παρέδωκεν 100 8 11darkness ‘having οαβὺ [Sthem] *to δ °deepest abyss delivered [them] εἰς κρίσιν “τετηρημένους" 5 καὶ ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ for judgment having been kept; and [the] ancient world *not ἐφείσατο, “ἀλλ᾽ ὄγδοον Νῶε δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα ἐφύ- ‘spared, but [Sthe]*eighth 7Noe 7of righteousness ‘aherald ‘pre- λαξἕεν, κατακλυσμὸν Koo ἀσεβῶν ἐπάξας. 6 καὶ served, [the] floodupon [the] world of [the] ungodly having brought in; and πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Toudppac τεφρώσας κατα- [the] cities of Sodom and Gomorrha having reduced toashes with an στροφῇ κατέκρινεν, ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσε- overthrow condemned [them], ΞΔ *example [*to *those] 7being®about *to *°live τ Ὁ vids μου ὃ ἀγαπητός μου οὗτός ἐστιν My Son my beloved thisis a. ¥ ἁγίῳ ἔξει ΤΑ. » προφητεία ποτέ Tra. χα ἀλλὰ TTrAW. Υ — οἱ GLTTrAW. : ἀπὸ (read nen from God) τὰ. 8. - τοῦ 1. Ὁ ἀσελγείαις licentiousnesses GLTTrAW. © σιροῖς to dens LT ; σειροῖς to dens Tra. to keep, to be punished 1,. 4 τῃρουμένους to be kept Grtraw; κολαζομένους τηρεῖν ε ἀλλὰ TTrA. II. Ty (PAR Vn Bev τεθεικώς" 7 καὶ δίκαιον Λώτ, καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς “tungodly *having “set; and righteous Lot, oppressed by the τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς, éppvcaro*" 8 βλέμ- *of *the “lawless in “licentiousness ‘conduct he delivered, (through ματι yap καὶ ἀκοῃ 80" δίκαιος, Ὀἐγκατοικῶν! ἐν αὐτοῖς, seeing ‘for and hearing, the righteous [man], dwelling among them, ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας γψυχὴν δικαίαν ἀνόμοις ἔργοις day by day [15] *soul Srighteous *with “their] 7lawless *works ἐβασάνιζεν: 9 οἷδεν κύριος εὐσεβεῖς ἐκ Ἱπειρασμοῦ" 4tormented,) *1knows [*the]*°Lord [how the] pious outof temptation ῥύεσθαι. ἀδίκους.δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους to deliver, and [the] unrighteous to aday ofjudgment “to *be Spunished τηρεῖν" 10 μάλιστα.δὲ τοὺς ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ to *keep; and specially those who after [the] flesh in [the] lust μιασμοῦ πορευομένους, Kai κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας. of pollution walk, and lordship despise. (They Τολμηταί, αὐθάδεις, δόξας οὐ-.τρέμουσιν βλασφημοῦντες" are] daring, self-willed; 7glories ‘they “tremble*not “speaking ‘evil of; 11 ὕπου ἄγγελοι ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες, οὐ φέ- where angels *in*strength®and ‘power greater ‘being, "ποῦ “do povow Kar αὐτῶν "παρὰ κυρίῳ! βλάσφημον κρίσιν. bring against them, before [the] Lord, a railing charge. 12 οὗτοι.δέ, ὡς ἄλογα ζῶα φυσικὰ γεγενημένα" εἰς ἅλω- But these, as “irrational animals ‘natural born for cap- ow καὶ φθοράν, ἐν ο΄Σς ἀγνοοῦσιν ββλασφημοῦντες, ἐν ture and corruption, *in *what *they °are 7ignorant °of τῃ-φθορᾷ. αὐτῶν ™karagbapnoovra,! 13 their corruption shall utterly perish, being about to receive [the] μισθὸν ἀδικίας, ἡδονὴν ἡγούμενοι τὴν ἐν.-ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν, reward of unrighteousness;*pleasure ‘esteeming ephemeral 7indulgence ; σπῖλοι καὶ μῶμοι, ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς "ἀπάταις" αὐτῶν, συν- spots andblemishes, Iluxuriating in *deceits ‘their, feast- ευωχούμενοι ὑμῖν, 14 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος ing with you ; eyes having full of an adulteress, καὶ θἀκαταπαύστους" ἁμαρτίας, δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκ- and that cease not from sin, alluring souls unestablish- τους, καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην Ῥπλεονεξίαις" ἔχοντες, κατάρας ed; 24 sheart *exercised Sin craving ‘having, °of °curse , 4 λ , I r 4 " > θ ~ « ὃ ’ > λ vA θ τέκνα, 1ὃ “καταλιπόντες" ττὴν᾿ εὐθεῖαν odov, ἐπλανήθησαν, 7children ; having left 7868 straight way, they went astray, ἐξακολουθήσαντες TH ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ Tov Boodp, ὃς having followed in the way of Balaam, [son] of Bosor, who[the] 4 > , > , ξ 1» ? , μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν, 16 ἔλεγξιν.δὲ ἔσχεν ἰδίας reward of unrighteousness loved ; but reproof had of his own παρανομίας" ὑποζύγιον ἄφωνον, ἐν ἀνθρώπου φωνῇ wickedness, [the] *beast *of *burden dumb, in man’s voice φθεγξάμενον, ἐκώλυσεν THY τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν. speaking, forbade the of *the ‘prophet madness, 17 οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, "νεφέλαι" ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυ- 1speaking “evil, in KOMLOU [EVOL These are fountains withoutwater, clouds by storm being γνόμεναι, οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους ‘eic.aidva' τετήρηται. driven, to whom the gloom of darkness for ever is kept. f ἐρύσατο Tra. & — ὃ (read [the)) L. h ἐν- T. k — παρὰ κυρίῳ L[Tr]. tional animals, born naturally) LtTraw. 2 ἀγάπαις “love “feasts Ltr. 9 καταλείποντες leaving T. GLTTraW. ° ἀκαταπάστους insatiable (for sin) L. τ — τὴν (read [the]) GLTTraw. t — εἰς αἰῶνα LTTrA. 605 wicked: 8 (for that righteous man dwell- ing among them, in seeing and hearing, vexed his righteous soul from day to day with their wiul deeds ;) 9 the Lord knoweth how to de- liver the godly out of temptations, and to reserve the unjust un- tothe day of judgment to be punished : 10 but chiefly them that walk after the flesh in the lust of uncleanness, and despise govern- ment. Presumptuous are they, selfwilled, they are not afraid to speak evil of dignities. 11 Whereas angels, which are greater in power and might bring not railing ac- cusation against them before the Lord. 12 But these, as natural brute beasts, made to be taken and destroy- ed, speak evil of the things that they un- derstand not; and shall utterly perish in their own corruption ; 13 and shall receive the reward of unright- eousness, as they that count it pleasure to riot in the daytime. Spots they are and blemishes, sporting themselves with their own deceivings while they feast with you ; 14 having eyes full of adultery, and that cannot cease from sin ; beguiling unsta- ble souls: an heart they have exercised with covetous practi- ces; cursed children: 15 which have forsaken the right way, and are gone astray, following the way of Balaam tie son of Bosor, who lov~ ed the wages of un- righteousness; 16 but was rebuked for his in- iquity: the dumb ass speaking with man’s voice forbad the mad- ness of the prophet. 17 These are wells without water, clouds that are carried with a tempest; to whom the mist of darkness is reserved for ever. 18 For when they speak great swelling words of vanity, they 1 πειρασμῶν temptations τ. | φυσικὰ γεγεννημένα EG ; γεγεννημ. (γεγενημ. T) φυσικὰ (read irra- τὸ καὶ φθαρήσονται shall even perish LTTraw. P πλεονεξίας GLTTrAW. ® καὶ ὁμίχλαι and mists 606 allure through the lusts of the flesh, chrough much wanton- ness, those that were clean escaped from them who live in error. 19 While they promise them liberty, they themselves are the ser- vants of corruption: for of whom a man is overcome, of the same is he brought in bon- dage. 20 For if after they have escaped the pollutions of the world through the know- ledge of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, they are again en- tangled therein, and overcome, the latter end is worse with them than the beginning. 21 For it had been bet- ter for them not to have known the wsy of righteousness, than, after they have known it, to turn from the holy commandment delivered unto them. 22 But it is happened unto them according to the true proverb, The dog zs turned to his own vomit again ; and the sow that was washed to her wallow- ing in the mire. 117. This second e- pistle, beloved, I now write unto you; in both which I stir up your pure minds by way of remembrance: 2 that ye may be mind- ful of the words which were spoken before by the holy prophets, and of the commandment of us the apostles of the Lord and Saviour: 3 knowing this first, that there shall come in the last days scof- fers, walking after their own lusts, 4and saying, Where is the promise of his coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation. 5 For this they willingly are ignorant of, that by the word of God the heavens were of old, and the earth standing out of the water and in the water : 6 where- by the world that then was, being overflowed with water, perished: v + ἐν Ε. y — καὶ T[Tr]. [things] behind L. LTTrA. GLYTraw. ¥ ὀλίγως scarcely GLTTrAW. z + ἡμῶν (read our Lord) LT. f κυλισμὸν rolling Trra. (read in the last days) LTTraw. k ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν GLTrA. ΠΕΊΤΡΟΥ Β. « , AY , , , 18 ὑπέρογκα.γὰρ ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι, δελεάζουσιν For great swelling [words] of vanity speaking, they allure ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκός, ‘ ἀσελγείαις, τοὺς “ὔντως" with [the] desires of [the] flesh, by licentiousnesses, those who indeed Xaropuyovrac'! τοὺς ἐν πλάνῳ ἀναστρεφομένους, 19 éhev- escaped ἔσο those who7in “error walk, °free- θερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες II, III. αὐτοὶ dom 5them “promising, themselves *bondmen being τῆς φθορᾶς'΄ w-yap τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ Yeai' δε- of corruption; for by whom anyone has been subdued, by him also he is , ᾽ x ? , ‘ , ~ , δούλωται. 20 εἰ γὰρ ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου held in bondage. For if having escaped the pollutions of the world ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ κυρίου καὶ σωτῆρος ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, through [the] knowledge of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, τούτοις.δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν but *by *these ‘again "having “been *entangled Sthey *are ᾿βι Ὀατπι64, has become αὐτοῖς Ta ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. 21 δκρεϊττον" tothem the last [state] worse than the first. *Better yao ἦν αὐτοῖς μὴ ἐπεγνωκέναι τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, ‘for it were forthemnot tohaveknown the way of righteousness, ἢ ἐπιγνοῦσιν " “ἐπιστρέψαι! “ἐκ! τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐ- than having known [it] to have turned from the 3delivered *to τοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς. 22 συμβέβηκεν "δὲ" αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ‘them “holy *commandment. ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας. But has happened tothem the[word] οὗ the Κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα" true proverb: [The] dog having returned to his own vomit ; kai, ὉΥς λουσαμένη, εἰς [κὐλισμα! βορβόρου. and,[(The]?sow ‘washed, to [her] rolling place in [the] mire. 3 Tavrny ἤδη, ἀγαπητοί, δευτέραν ὑμῖν γράφω ἐπιστολήν, This now, beloved, asecond *to*you “1 Swrite ‘epistle, ἐν αἷς διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρι- in [both] which Istirup your 7in*putting[®you]*in’remembrance ‘pure νῇ διάνοιαν, 2 μνησθῆναι τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων ὑπὸ τῶν ?mind, to be mindful of the “spoken “before ‘words by the ἁγίων προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ξἡμῶν" ἐντολῆς; holy prophets, and of the *the ?°apostles ΤΥ Sus ‘commandment τοῦ κυρίου Kai σωτῆρος" 3 τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες, Ort *of*the*Lord ‘and ‘Saviour; this first knowing, that ἐλεύσονται ἐπ᾽ "ἐσχάτου! τῶν ἡμερῶν ' ἐμπαῖκται, κατὰ will come at the close of the days mockers, according to τὰς ἰδίας. αὐτῶν ἐπιθυμίας" πορευόμενοι, 4 καὶ λέγοντες, Ποῦ their own lusts walking, and saying, Where ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία Tic.-Tapovaiac.avTov ; ἀφ᾽ ἧς. γὰρ ot πατέ- is the promise of his coming ? for since the fa- pec ἐκοιμήθησαν, πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ΄ a κτί- thers fell asleep, allthings thus continue from [the] beginning of[the? σεως. 5 λανθάνει γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο θέλοντας, ὅτι creation. For 315 *hidden*from *them ‘this, [they] willing [it], that > ‘ oa » 4 ~ ᾽ .“ ‘ 3. νι οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι᾿ ὕδατος heavens were of old, and anearth out of water and in water συνεστῶσα, τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγῳ, 6 δι ὧν ὁ τότε subsisting, by the 2of °God ‘word, through which [waters] the then X ἀποφεύγοντας are escaping from LTTrAW 8. κρεῖσσον T. ὃ + εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω to the © ὑποστρέψαι to have turned back rrtra. danrou. ¢— δὲ but & ὑμῶν (read by your apostles) LTTrAW. ἢ ἐσχάτων i+ ἐν ἐμπαιγμονῇ (read mockers, with mocking) III. II -PETER. κόσμος ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς ἀπώλετο" 7 οἱ. δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ world with water having been deluged perished. But the now heavens kai ἡ γῆ ‘abrov' λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσίν, πυρὶ τηρού- and the earth byhis word "treasured *up tare, for fire being μενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως Kai ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων. kept to aday ofjudgment and destruction of ungodly men. 8 ἐν.δὲτοῦτο μὴ-λανθανέτω ὑμᾶς, ἀγαπητοί, ὅτι pia ἡμέρα But this one thing let not be hidden from you, beloved, that one day παρὰ κυρίῳ we χίλια ἔτη, καὶ χίλια ἔτη we ἡμέρα with [the] Lord [is]as ἃ thousand years, and a thousand years as “day 9 οὐ. βραδύνει ™o' κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ὥς τινες Boa- *Does “ποὺ 7delay *the *Lord the promise, as some 2de- δυτῆτα ἡγοῦνται" ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ "εἰς" οἡμᾶς," μὴ βουλό- lay testeem, but is longsuffering towards us, not will- μενός τινας ἀπολέσθαι, ἀλλὰ παντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆ- ing {for] any to perish, but all to repentance to σαι. 10 H&erde Py ἡμέρα κυρίου we κλέπτης Ὡρ νυκτί," come. Butshallcomethe day of{[the]Lord as _ a thief in [the] night, ῥοιζηδὸν παρελεύσονται, στοιχεῖα. δὲ rushing noise shall passaway, and [the] elements καὶ Ta ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα μία. one. ἐν ῃ τοὶ" οὐρανοὶ in which the heavens wit καυσούμενα "λυθήσονται." καὶ burning with heat shall be dissolved, and [(theJearth and the 7in “it ‘works ἱκατακαήσεται." shall be burnt up. 11 Τούτων οὖν! πάντων λυομένων, ποταποὺς These things then all _ being to be dissolved, what kind of [persons] δεὶ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ayiaes avacrpopaic καὶ εὐσεβείαις, ought 7to* tye in oly conduct and piety, 12 προσδοκῶντας καὶ σπεύδοντας τὴν παρουσίαν τῆς τοῦ expecting and hastening the coming of the θεοῦ ἡμέρας dv ἣν οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι λυθή- 70f *God ‘day by reason of which [the] heavens, being on fire, shall be dis- σονται, καὶ στοιχεῖα καυσούμενα “τήκεται; 18 καινοὺς solved, and [the] elements burning with heat shall melt? 2New δὲ οὐρανοὺς καὶ “γῆν καινὴν" Yeara' τὸ ἐπάγγελμα" αὐτοῦ *but heavens and ‘earth ‘a7new according to Thi ?promise his, ~ ? - ΄ - , ? προσδοκῶμεν, ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ. 14 διό, ἀγαπη- we expect, in which righteousness dwells. Wherefore, belov- Toi, ταῦτα προσδοκῶντες, σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώ- ed, these things expecting be diligent without spot and unblam- μήτοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι ἐν εἰρήνῃ, 15 Kai τὴν τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡ μῶν able byhim tobefound in peace; and the 2of Sour *Lord μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε: καθὼς Kai ὁ ἀγαπητὸς *longsuffering, 7salvation ‘esteem *ye; according as also 2beloved ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος κατὰ τὴν "αὐτῷ δοθεῖσαν" σοφίαν tour brother Paul accordingto the *to*him ?given 1wisdom ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν, 16 ὡς καὶ ἐν πάσαις ταῖς" ἐπιστολαῖς, λαλῶν wrote toyou, as also in all _ [his] epistles, speaking ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων" ἐν “οἷς" ἐστιν δυσνόητά in them concerning these things, among which are *hard “ἴο 09 understood 607 7 but the heavens and the earth, which are now, by thesame word are kept in store, re- served unto fire a- gainst the day of judg- ment and perdition of ungodly men. 8 But, beloved, be not igno- rant of this one thing, that one day 18 with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. 9 The Lord is not slack con- cerning his promise, as some men count slack- ness; but is long- suffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to re- pentance. 10 But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night ; in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the ele- ments shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up. 11 Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what Manner Of persons ought ye to be in all holy conversation and godliness, 12 looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat? 13 Nevertheless we, according to his pro- mise, look for new hea- vens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righ- teousness. 14 Where- fore, beloved, seeing that ye look for such things, be diligent that ye may be foundof him in peace, without spot, and blameless. 15 And account that the long- suffering of our Lord is salvation; even as our beloved brother Paul also according to the wisdom given unto him hath written unto ou; 16 as also in all is epistles, speaking in them of these things; in which are some things hard to be 1 τῷ αὐτῷ (read by the same word) ELT ; τῷ αὐτοῦ GTrAW. τὰ — ὃ (read [the}]) Ρ — ἡ (read [the]) LTTraw. LTTrAW. 2 δι because of LT. ο ὑμᾶς YOU LTTrA. ᾳ — ἐν νυκτί GLTTrAW. τ--- οἱ (vead [[86]) ΤΑ. 5 λυθήσεται LTTr. t evpe- θήσεται shall be detected Tr. ¥ οὕτως thus a. * τακήσεται L. * καινὴν γῆν τ. 7 καὶ and 1,. 2 τὰ ἐπαγγέλματα promises LT. 5 δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ LTTrAW. Ὀ-- ταῖς LTraw. ς als LTTrAW. 608 understood, which they that are unlearned and unstable wrest, as they do also the other scrip- tures, unto their own destruction. 17 Ye therefore, be- loved, seeing ye know these things before, be- ware lest ye also, being led away with the er- ror of the wicked, fall from your own sted- fastness. 18 But grow in grace, and im the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To him be glory both now and for ever. Amen. IQANNOY A. I. “ « > ~ . ? , ~ e τινα, ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν, ὡς tsome *things, which the untaught and unestablished wrest, as kai τὰς λοιπὰς γραφάς, πρὸς τὴν. ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν. also the other _ scriptures, to their own destruetion. 17 Ὑμεῖς οὖν, ἀγαπητοί, προγινώσκοντες φυλάσσεσθε, Ye therefore, beloved, knowing beforehand, beware, wan τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες, ἐκπέ- lest with the 7of *the*lawless [Sones] ‘error having been led away, ye should σητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦΣ 18 αὐξάνετε. δὲ ἐν χάριτι καὶ fallfrom yourown steadfastness : but grow in grace, and γνώσει τοῦ. κυρίου ἡμῶν Kai σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. in [the] knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ νῦν Kai sic ἡμέραν αἰῶνος. ἀμήν." Tohim [be] glory both now and ἰοὸ [Π6] day of eternity. Amen. ΓΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ IQANNOY KAOOAIKH IIPOTH." 3EPISTLE THAT which wasfrom the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; 2 (for the life was manifest- ed, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and shew unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us;) 3 that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellow- ship ὦ with the Fa- ther, and with his Son Jesus Christ. 4 And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. 5 This then is the message which we have heard of him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in him is no darkness atall. 6 If we say that we have fellowship with him, and walkin darkness, we lie, and do not the truth : 7 but if we walk in the lignt, as he isin the light, we have fellowship one Se Te tate ,τ τῇ 4 — ἀμήν T[TrA]. f +. τοῦ ἀποστόλον the apostle E; — καθολικὴ G; & + καὶ also LTTrAW. a Tr. Κ ἔστιν αὕτη TIrAW. *OF ΟΗΝ *GENERAL ‘FIRST. Ὃ ἦν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, ὃ ἀκηκόαμεν, ὃ ἑω- That which was from [the] beginning, that which we have heard, that which we ED τοῖς. ὀφθαλμοῖς-ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα Kai ai χεῖρες ave seen with our eyes, that which we gazed upon and *hands « ~ 3 id 4 ~ , ~ aA 4 « 4 ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς" 2 Kai ἡ ζωὴ tour handled concerning the Word of life; (and the life ἐφανερώθη, Kai ἑωράκαμεν, Kai μαρτυροῦμεν, Kai ἀπαγγέλ- was manifested, and wehaveseen, and bear witness, and re- λομεν ὑμῖν τὴν ζωὴν THY αἰώνιον, ἥτις ἦν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, port toyou the “life leternal, : which was with the Father, 4 ? , ~ a ’ ‘ ? , καὶ ἐφανερώθη ἡμῖν. 8 ὃ ἑωράκαμεν καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν, and was manifested to us :) that which we haveseen and have heard ἀπαγγέλλομενβ ὑμῖν, iva καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ᾽ we report to you, that also ye fellowship may have with ἡμῶν" Kai ἡ κοινωνία δὲ ἡ ἡμετέρα μετὰ TOU πατρὸς Kai us; and 2fellowship *indeed tour [is] with the Father, and μετὰ τοῦ.υἱοῦ.αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" 4 καὶ ταῦτα "ypago- with his Son Jesus Christ. And these things we ev ὑμῖν," ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ yey" ῃ πεπληρωμένη. μεν ὑμῖν, χαρὰ 'ἡμῶν" ᾧ ρωμένη write toyou that “joy *our may be full. 5 Kai Καὕτη ἐστὶν" ἡ ἐπαγγελία! ἣν ἀκηκόαμεν ἀπ᾽ And this is the message which we have heard from αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν, καὶ him, and announce to you, that God light Tin; and σκοτία πὲν αὐτῷ οὐκ. ἔστιν" οὐδεμία. 6 ἐὰν εἴπωμεν Ort darkness in him If weshould say that κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Kai ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν, fellowship wehave with him, and in darkness should walk, , ‘ ᾽ ~ \ 2\/ Ἢ 2A ᾽ ~ ψευδόμεθα, καὶ οὐ-ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν. 7 tav.dé ἔν τῷ we lie. and donot practise the truth. Butif in the φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν, ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἔν τῷ φωτί, κοινωνίαν light weshould walk, as he is in the light, fellowship is not any at all. e + Πέτρου β΄ 2 Peter Tra. *Iwavvov a’ LTAW; ᾿Ιωάνον ἐπιστολὴ h γράφομεν ἡμεῖς We write TTrA. ἰἷὺὑμῶν ‘your EGW. 1 ἀγγελία GLTTrAW. τὰ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ Tr. Τ}ΠῚῈ ΤΈΨΘῊΗ Ν. ἔχομεν per’ ἀλλήλων, καὶ τὸ aipa ᾿Ιησοῦ "χριστοῦ" τοῦ υἱοῦ we have with ΟΠ6 another, and the blood of Jesus Christ 2Son αὐτοῦ καθαρίζει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας. ὃ ἐὰν εἴπωμεν *his cleanses us from every sin. If we should say ὅτι ἁμαρτίαν ovK-éyouer, ἑαυτοὺς πλανῶμεν Kai ἡ ἀλήθεια that sin we have not, ourselves wedeceive, andthe truth οὐκ. ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν." 9 ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν, is not in us. If we should confess our sins, πιστός ἐστιν Kai δίκαιος, iva ἀφῇ Ρὴμῖν! τὰς ἁμαρτίας, faithful heis and righteous, that he mayforgive us the sins, Kai καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας. 10 ἐὰν εἴπωμεν and maycleanse us from 411 unrighteousness. If we should say ὅτι οὐχιἡμαρτήκαμεν, ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτόν, Kai ὁ λόγος that we have not sinned, a liar we make him, and 2word αὐτοῦ obK.éori ἐν ἡμῖν. this is not inv uss 2 Texvia pov, ταῦτα γράφω ὑμῖν, ἵνα μὴ.ἁμάρτητε' “Little *children ταν, these things Iwrite toyou, that ye may ποῦ 512; καὶ ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, and if anyone shouldsin, a Paraclete wehave with the Father, Ἰησοῦν χριστὸν δίκαιον" 2 καὶ αὐτὸῤΓῤ δἱλασμός ἐστιν" Jesus Christ [the] righteous ; and he ([the]propitiation is δὲ μόνον, περὶ τῶν.ἁμαρτιῶν.ἡμῶν" οὐ περὶ τῶν.ἡμετέρων *ours 4pbut only, for our sins ; *not “for ἀλλὰ Kai περὶ ὕλου τοῦ κόσμου. but also for whole *the world, 3 Kai ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν And by this we know that we have known him, if Tac-évTohac.avTov τηρῶμεν. 4 ὁ λέγων," Ἔγνωκα αὐτόν, his commandments we keep. He that says, Ihave known him, καὶ τὰς. ἐντολὰς.αὐτοῦ μὴ.τηρῶν, ψεύστης ἐστίν, Kai ἐν τούτῳ and hiscommandments isnotkeeping, a liar is, and in kim ἡ ἀλήθεια ovKtoriv’ 5 ὃς.δ᾽. ἂν τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον, the truth is not ; but whoever may keep his word, ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη Tov θεοῦ τετελείωται. ἐν τούτῳ truly in him the love of God has been perfected. By this γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν. Ὁ ὁ λέγων ἐν αὐτῷ we know that in him we are. Hethat says in him fhe) μένειν, ὀφείλει, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς "οὕτως" abides, ought, evenas he walked, also himself 40 περιπατεῖν. 7 ᾿ἀδελφοί," οὐκ ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν, to walk. Brethren, ποῦ a*commandment ‘new I write to you, ἀλλ᾽ παλαιάν, ἣν εἴχετε ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς ἡ but tan old, which yehad from [the] beginning: the ἐντολὴ ἡ παλαιά ἐστιν ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε Yar’ “commandment lold is the word which yeheard from([the] ἀρχῆς." ὃ πάλιν ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν, 0 ἐστιν beginning. Again a*?commandment ‘new I write toyou, which is ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ σκοτία παράγεται, true in him and in you, because the darkness is passing away, ‘ A ~ ‘ ? 4 » ,ὔ ε , ? ~ καὶ TO φῶς TO ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει. 9 ὁ λέγων ἐν TH and the light ‘true already shines. Hethat says in the φωτὶ εἶναι, καὶ τὸν.ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ μισῶν, ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν light [he] is, and 2his *brother thates, inthe darkness is ἐντολὴν Scommandment 609 with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ his Son cleanseth us from all sin. 8 If we say that we have no sin, we deceive our- selves, and the truth is not in us, 9 If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. 10 If we say that we have not sinned, we make him a liar, and his word is not in us. II. My little chil- dren, these things writeI unto you, that ye sin not. And ifany man sin, we have an advocate with the Fa- ther, Jesus Christ the righteous: 2 and he is the propitiation for our sins: and not for ours only, but also for the sins of the whole world. 3 And hereby we do know that we know him, if we keep his commandments, 4 He that saith, Iknow him, and keepeth not his commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not inhim, 5 But who- so keepeth his word, in him verily is the love of God _ perfected: hereby know we that we are inhim. 6 He that saith he abideth in him ought himself also so to walk, even as he walked. 7 Bre- thren, I write no new commandment unto you, but an old com- mandment which ye had from the begin- ning. The old com- mandment is the word which ye have heard from the beginning. 8 Again, a new com- mandment I write un- to you, which thing is true in himandin you: because the darkness is past, and the true light now = shineth. 9 He that saith he is in the light, and hateth his brother, is in darkness even until Ἢ — χριστοῦ LTTrA. ° ἐν ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔστιν LTTW. ἱλασμὸς L. r+ ὅτι [L]TTra. 8 — oUTws LTr[A]. Y—an ἀρχῆς LTTra. P ἡμῶν our (sins) W. τ ἀγαπητοί beloved GLTTra Ww. q ἐστιν RE 610 now. 10 He that lov- eth his brother abideth in the light, and there is nope occasion of stumbling him. 11 But he that hateth his brother is in dark- ness, and walketh in darkness, and know- eth not whither he goeth, because that darkness hath blinded his eyes. 12 I write unto you, little children, because your sins are forgiven you for his name’s sake, 13 I write unto you, fathers, because ye have known him that 7a from the beginning. I write unto you, young men, because ye have overcome the wicked one. I write unto you, little chil- dren, because ye have known the Father. 14 I have written unto you, fathers, be- cause ye have known him that is from the beginning. I have written unto you, young men, because ye are strong, and the word of God abideth in you, and ye have overcome the wicked one. 15 Love not the world, neither the things that are in the world. If any man love the world, the love of the Father is notinhim. 16 Forall that is in the world, the lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eyes, and the pride of life, is not of the Fa- ther, but is of the world. 17 And the world passeth away, and the lust thereof : but he that doeth the will of God abideth for ever. 18 Little children, it is the last time : and as ye have heard that antichrist shall come, even now are there many anti- christs; whereby we know that it is the last time, 19 Theywent out from us, but they were not of us; for if they had been of us, they would no doubt have continued with us: but they went out, that they might be made manifest that IQANNOYT Α. II. ἕως dptt. 10 ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ φωτι until now. He that loves his brother, in the light μένει, καὶ σκάνδαλον iy αὐτῷ οὐκιἔστιν." 11 6.68 abides, and *cause Sof offence 7in ‘him ‘there 218 "πού. But he that μισῶν τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστίν, καὶ ἔν TY σκοτίᾳ hates his brother, in the darkness is, and in the darkness περιπατεῖ, Kai οὐκιοῖδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει, OTL ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφ- walks, and knowsnot where hegoes, because the darkness blind- λωσεν Todvc.dp8arpovc.avrov. ed his eyes. 12 Τράφω ὑμῖν, τεκνία, ὅτι ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν Iwrite ἴο γοῦ, little children, because have been forgiven you [your] αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ. sins for the sake of his name, 18 Τράφω ὑμῖν, πατέρες, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν an Iwrite to you, fathers, because ye have known him who([is] from ἀρχῆς. Toagw ὑμῖν, νεανίσκοι, OTe νενικήκατε τὸν {the] beginning. Iwrite toyou, youngmen, because ye have overcome the πονηρόν. ἸΓράφω" ὑμῖν, παιδία, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν wicked fone]. Iwrite to you, little children, because ye nave known the πατέρα. Father. 14 Ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, πατέρες, Ore ἐγνώκατε τὸν I wrote to you, fathers, because ye have known him who [18] an ἀρχῆς. Ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, νεανίσκοι, ὅτι ἰσχυροί ἐστε, from [the] beginning. Iwrote toyou, young men, because strong yeare kai ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν μένει, καὶ νενικήκατε TOY and the word of God in you abides, and ye have overcome the πονηρόν. 15 μὴ.ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον, μη τὰ ἐν τῷ wicked [one]. Love not the world, nor the things in the κόσμῳ" ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη. world. If anyone shouldlove the world, ™ot is ‘the “love τοῦ πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 16 ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, 3of *the °Father in him; because all that which [is] in the world, ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκός; Kai ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν, Kai the lust of the fiesh, and the lust of the eyes, and ἡ YadaLoveia' τοῦ βίου, οὐκ-ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ πατρός, ταλλ᾽" ἐκ the vaunting of life, is not of the Father, but of τοῦ κύσμου ἐστίν. 17 καὶ ὁ κόσμος παράγεται, καὶ ἡ ἐπι- the world is; and the world [158 passing away, and the θυμία αὐτοῦ ὁ.δὲ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν lust of it, buthethat does the will of God abides for 18 Παιδία, ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν" Kai καθὼς Little children, [the] last hour itis, and according as ἠκούσατε OTe *0' ἀντίχριστος ἔρχεται, Kai νῦν ἀντίχροιστοι ye heard that the antichrist iscoming, even now ‘“antichrists πολλοὶ γεγόνασιν" ὅθεν γινώσκομεν OTL ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν. ‘many have arisen, whence we know that [086] last hour it is. 1. ἐξ ἡμῶν δϑέξῆλθον," ἀλλ᾽ οὐκιἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν" εἰ.γὰρ From among 85 they wentout, but they were not of us ; for if “ἧσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν," μεμενήκεισαν.ἂν μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν" ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα φανε- they were of us, they wouldhaveremained with us, but that they ρωθῶσιν Ort οὐκ.εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν. 20 καὶ ὑμεῖς αἰῶνα. ever. they were not all of might be made manifest that “are “not tall of us. And ye Ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ LTA. x ἔγραψα I wrote LTTrAW. Υ adagovia T. : ἀλλὰ TIrW. 4 — ὃ LTTrAW. Ὁ ἐξῆλθαν LTTrAW. ς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν Tr. ΤΠ TIT. Iy 3 0 E-N: χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου, καὶ οἴδατε πάντα." {the] anointing have from _ the holy [one], and ye know all things. 21 οὐκιἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε THY ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι I wrote not toyou because ye know not the truth, but because οἴδατε αὐτήν, Kai ὅτι πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν. ye know it, and that 7any lie Sof Sthe 7truth not ‘is. , ? « , (iit. cyury) ε 2 , a ? ~ > 22 Tic ἐστιν ὁ ψεύστης εἰμὴ ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ Who is_ the liar but he that denies that Jesus ἔστιν ὁ χριστός ; οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀντίχριστος ὁ ἀρνούμενος is the Christ ? He is the antichrist who denies τὸν πατέρα Kai τὸν υἱόν. 23 πᾶς ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν υἱόν, the Father and the Son. Everyone that denies the Son, οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει. 5 24 Ὑμεῖς οὖν ὃ ἠκούσατε ἀπ᾽ neither *the *Father ‘has *he, Ye therefore what yeheard from ἀρχῆς, ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω. ἐὰν ἐν ὑμῖν μείν ὃ ἀπ᾽ {the] beginning,in you letitabide: if in you should abide what from ἀρχῆς ἠκούσατε, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ υἱῷ Kai Fév' τῷ πατρὶ [the] beginning yeheard, also ye in the Son and in the Father μενεῖτε. 25 Kai αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐπαγγελία, ἣν αὐτὸς ἐπηγ- shall abide. And this is the promise which he pro- γείλατο ἡμῖν, τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον. 26 ταῦτα ἔγραψα ὑμῖν mised us, life eternal. These things I wrote to you περὶ τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς. 27 καὶ ὑμεῖς τὸ χρῖσμα concerning those who lead ?astray you: and you the anointing ὃ ἐλάβετε ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Βὲν ὑμῖν μένει," καὶ οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε which ye received from him, in you abides, andnot need ye have wa τις διδάσκῃ ὑμᾶς" ἀλλ᾽ we τὸ ἰαὐτὸ" χρῖσμα διδάσκει that anyone shouldteach you; but as the same anointing teaches ὑμᾶς περὶ πάντων, Kai ἀληθές ἐστιν, Kai οὐκ. ἔστιν ψεῦ- you concerning allthings, and true is, and is not a dog’ καὶ καθὼς ἐδίδαξεν ὑμᾶς, Ipeveire! ἐν αὐτῷ. lie; and evenas ittaught you, yeshallabidein him. 28 Kai νῦν, τεκνία, μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ" ἵνα *oray' φανερω- And now, little children, abide in him, that when he be mani- θῇ, ἔχωμεν" παῤῥησίαν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, fested we may have boldness, and not be put toshame from before him ἐν τῇ-παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ. at his coming. 29 ᾿Εὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν, γινώσκετε ὅτι πᾶς ὁ If yekmow that righteous ἨΘ is, yeknow that everyone who ~ κ [4 > ? ~ n , ν Il "16. ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ἐξ αὐτοῦ "γεγέννηται." 3 “dere πο- practises righteousness of him _ has been begotten. See , ~ « , 7 , ~ ταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ πατήρ, ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ what love Shas *given ‘to‘us ‘the *Father, that children of God κληθῶμεν"" διὰ τοῦτο ὁ κόσμος οὐ.γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, we should be called. On account of this the world knows not us, ὅτι ovKéyvw αὐτόν. ἀγαπητοί, νῦν τέκνα θεοῦ ἐσμεν, because it knew ποῦ him. Beloved, now children of God are we, " » ? , ΄ ? , θ Ξ ἰδ PGE! .“ 2A καὶ οὕπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα’ οἴδαμεν.Ῥδὲ" ὅτι ἐὰν and ποῦ yet wasit manifested what weshallbe; butweknow that if φανερωθῇ, ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ὅτι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς he be manifested, like him weshall be, for weshallsee him as 4 πάντες (read ye all know) Ὁ. confesses the Son has the Father also GLTTraw. f — οὖν LTTrA. ἐν ὑμῖν LTTrA. i αὐτοῦ (read as his anointing) TTra. if LTTra. 1 σχῶμεν LTTrA. m + καὶ also TTrA. ἐσμέν and we are [such] LTTra. Ρ — δὲ but LTTraw. 611 us. 20 But ye havean unction from the Holy One, and ye know all things. 21 I have not written unto you be- cause ye know not the truth, but because ye know it, and that nolie is of the truth. 22 Who is a liar but he that denieth that Jesus is the Christ? He is an- tichrist, that denieth the Father and the Son. 23 Whosoever de- nieth the Son, thesame hath not the Father: (but) he that acknow- geth the Son hath the Father also, 24 Let that therefore abide in you, which ye have heard from the begin- ning. If that which ye have heard from the beginning shall remain in you, ye also shall continue in the Son, and in the Father. 25 And this is the promise that he hath promised us, even eternal life. 26 These things haveI written unto you con- cerning them that se- duce you. 27 But the anointing which ye have received of him abideth in you, and ye need not that any man teach you : but as the same anointing teach- eth you of all things, and is truth, and is no lie, and evenasit hath taught you, ye shall abide in him. 28 And now, little children, abide in him; that, wher he shall appear, we may have confidence, and not be ashamed before him at his coming. 29 If ye know that he is righteous, ye know that every one that doeth righteous- ness is born of him, 111. Behold, what man- ner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, be- cause it knew him not. 2 Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that, when he shall appear, we shall be like him ; for we shall see him © + ὃ ὁμολογῶν τὸν υἱὸν Kal τὸν πατέρα ἔχει he that 8 --- ἐν 1,. i μένετε abide τἰττταΑΎ. Ὁ γεγένηται in Stephens. b μένει χ ἐὰν ο - καὶ 612 asheis. 3 And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as he is pure. 4 Whosoever com- mitteth sin transgres- seth also the law : for sin is the transgres- sion of the law. 5 And ye know that he was manifested to take a- way our sins; and in him is no sin. 6 Who- soever abideth in him sinneth not: whoso- ever sinneth hath not seen him, neither known him. 7 Little children, let no man deceive you: he that doeth right- eeusness is righteous, even as heis righteous. 8 He that committeth sin is of the devil ; for the devilsinneth from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifest- ed, that he might de- stroy the works of the devil. 9 Whosoever is born of God doth not commit sin; for his seed remaineth in him: and he cannot sin, be- cause he is born of God. 10 In this the children of God are manifest, and the children of the devil: whosoever do- eth not righteousness is not of God, neither he that loveth not his brother. 11 For this is the message that ye heard from the begin- ning, that we should love one _ another. 12 Not as Cain, who was of that wicked one, and slew his bro- ther. And wherefore slew he him? Because his own works were evil, and his brother’s righteous, 13 Marvel not, my brethren, if the world hate you. 14 We know that we have passed from death unto life, because we love the brethren. He that loveth not Ais bro- ther abideth in death. 15 Whosoever hateth IQANNOYT 4A. III. ᾽ ‘ ~ » ΄ ~ ἐστιν. 3 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἔχων τὴν ἐλπίδα.ταύτην in’ αὐτῷ, he is, And everyone that has this hope in him, ἁγνίζει ἑαυτόν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος ἁγνός ἐστιν. purifies himself, even as he *pure tis. ~ c ~ , ‘ , - ὦ 4 Πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ: Everyone that practises sin, also lawlessness practises ; 4 Gy I! € ΄ ’ ‘ € > , ‘ ” {1 ~ καὶ “ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνομία. 5 καὶ οἴδατε ὅτι ἐκεῖνος and sin is lawlessness. And yeknow that he ἐφανερώθη, ἵνα τὰς ἁμαρτίας τἡμῶν" ἄρῃ" καὶ was manifested, that ?sins ‘our ἁμαρτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ.ἔστιν. 6 πᾶς sin in him is not. ?2Anyone “that Sin Mit. everyone) ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ εώρακεν αὐτόν, οὐδὲ he might take away; and ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων οὐχ Shim ‘abides ‘not ἁμαρτάνει" πᾶς sins: anyone “that “sins ‘ot has seen him, nor (lit. everyone) »” > , ἐγνωκεν auTov. has known him. 7 ‘Texvia, μηδεὶὶξ πλανάτω ὑμᾶς" ὁ ποιῶν τὴν Little children, *no “one ‘let *lead ®astray δικαιοσύνην, δίκαιός ἐστιν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος δίκαιός ἐστιν. 8 ὁ righteousness, righteous is, even as he righteous 1s. He that ~ ‘ « ᾿ 9, ~ , > , ev ? ? ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν. OTL ἀπ you; he ὑμαὺ practises practises sin, of the devil is; because from [the] ἀρχῆς ὁ διάβολος ἁμαρτάνει. εἰς τοῦτο ἐφανερώθη ὁ υἱὸς beginning the devil sins. For this was manifested the Son ~ ~ wv Ud A » ~ La ~ c τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου. 9 πᾶς ὁ devil. 2Anyone “that ; Ν (lit. everyone) ᾽ ~ ~ 7, > ~ « , γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ, ὅτι σπέρμα *has "been begotten 7of ®God, 0sin ‘not *practises, because seed αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει" καὶ οὐ.δύναται ἁμαρτάνειν, ὅτι ἐκ Tot of God, that he might undo the works of the this in him abides, and he is not able to sin, because of θεοῦ γεγέννηται. 10 ἐν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα TOU God he has been begotten. In this manifest are the children θεοῦ καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου.υ: πᾶς ὁ μὴ "ποιῶν of God and the children of the devil. ?Anyone *that ®not “practises 4 (lit. everyone) , > » ne. aw ‘ « ~ 4 δικαιοσύνην" οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ TOU θεοῦ, καὶ ὁ μὴ.ἀγαπῶν τὸν Srighteousness ‘not is of God, and hethat loves not > ‘ ᾽ ~~ « τ, > ‘ € > , a ᾽ , ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ. 11 ore αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγγελία ἣν ἠκούσατε *brother this, Because this is the message which ye heard ᾽ , Σ ~ “ ? ~ ? ΄ A > ι ἀπ ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους" 12 οὐ καθὼς from [the] beginning; that weshould love one another: not as Κάϊν ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν, καὶ ἔσφαξεν τὸν BENT Cain [who] of the wicked [one] was, and slew *brother αὐτοῦ" καὶ χάριν τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν ; ort τὰ.ἔργα.αὐτοῦ this; πᾶ ου account of what slew he him? because his works πονηρὰ ἦν, τὰ.δὲ τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ.αὐτοῦ δίκαια. 3wicked ‘were, and those of his brother righteous. 13 'Μὴ.θαυμάζετε, ἀδελφοί pou," εἰ μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος. Wonder not, brethren ‘my, if “hates *you ‘the ?world. 14 ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν Θ know that wehavepassed from death to ζωήν, ore ἀγαπῶμεν τοὺς ἀδελφούς ὁ μὴ.ἀγαπῶν life, because we love the brethren. Hethat loves not [818] Ww A ἰδ Xr , Ι , > ~ θ ’ 15 ~ « - 4 τὸν ἀδελφον," μένει ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ. πᾶς O μισῶν τὸν brother, abides in death. Everyone that hates 4 — ἡ L (misinformed as to codex B). t+ «at And 1. righteous) L. ε ὧν δίκαιος (read that is not ¥ — ἡμῶν LTTrA. * — τὸν ἀδελφόν LTTrAW. vY — μον LTTrAW. ITE IV. I) JOHN. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἐστίν, Kai οἴδατε OTL πᾶς “brother this a murderer is, and yeknow that any (lit. every) ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐν ταὐτῷ" μένουσαν. Smurderer Inot has _ life eternal “in “him labiding. 16 "Ev τούτῳ ἐγνώκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην, ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ὑπὲρ ΒΥ this we have known love, because he for ἡμῶν τὴν. Ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ ἔθηκεν" Kai ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ὑπὲρ τῶν us his life laid down; and we ought for the ἀδελφῶν τὰς ψυχὰς γτιθέναι.! 17 ὃς δ᾿ ἂν ἔχῃ τὸν brethren [our] lives to lay down. But whoever may have βίον τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ θεωρῇ Tov.adehpov.abrov χρείαν Ξ768}8 ‘of ‘life ‘the world’s, and may see his brother “need ἔχοντα, καὶ κλείσῃ τὰ.σπλάγχνα.αὐτοῦ an’ αὐτοῦ, THC ἡ *having, and may shut up his bowels from him, how *the ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ; love *of °God ‘abidesin him? 18 Texvia ὅμου, μὴ. ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ μηδὲ" γλώσσῃ, 3Little *children ‘my, weshould ποῦ ἸοΥΘ inword, nor with tongue, PadA'" « ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ. 19 “καὶ ἐν τούτῳ “γινώσκομεν" but in work and in truth. And by this we know ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν, Kai ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πείσομεν that of the truth we are, and before him shall persuade τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν" 20 ὅτι" ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία, our hearts, that if “should*condemn ‘our "heart, ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ θεὸς τῆς.καρδίας. ἡμῶν Kai γινώσκει πάντα. that greater is God than our heart and knows all things. 21 ἀγαπητοί, ἐὰν ἡ καρδία Bay μὴ-καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν, Beloved, if "heart our should not condemn us, παῤῥησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 32 καὶ διἐὰν αἰτῶμεν, boldness we have towards God, and whatsoever we may ask, λαμβάνομεν "zap"! αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰς.ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν, we receive from him, because his commandments we keep, καὶ τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ποιοῦμεν. 23 Kai αὕτη and the things pleasing before him we practise. And this ἐστὶν ἡ-ἐντολὴ.αὐτοῦ. iva ‘moretowpev' τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ is hiscommandment, that weshould believe onthe name υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, καὶ ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους, καθὼς of his Son Jesus Christ, and should love oneanother, evenas Ν > A € ~ ‘ « ~ A ? 4 ᾽ [τὰ ἔδωκεν ἐντολὴν ἡμῖν. 34 καὶ ὁ τηρῶν τὰς.ἐντολὰς. αὐτοῦ, he gave commandment to us. And he that keeps his commandments, ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν αὐτῷ᾽ Kai ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν in him abides, and he in him: and by this we know ὅτι μενει ἐν ἡμῖν, ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος οὗ ἡμῖν ἔδωκεν. that he abides in us, by the Spirit which tous he gave. 4 ᾿Αγαπητοί, pn παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε, ἀλλὰ δοκιμά- Beloved, ot “every ‘spirit believe, but prove ζετε τὰ πνεύματα, εἰ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν᾽ ὅτι πολλοὶ ψευδο- the spirits, if of God they are; because many false προφῆται ἐξεληλύθασιν εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 2 ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκετε prophets have gone out into the world. By this ye know τὸ πνεῦμα TOU θεοῦ" πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ ὁμολογεῖ Ἰησοῦν χριστὸν the Spirit of God: every spirit which confesses Jesus Christ χα ἑαυτῷ himself xT. Υ θεῖναι LTTrAW tongue) GLITrAaw. » ἀλλὰ τττ. μεθα we shall know Lrtraw. the heart) Ltr[a]. 7 — mov LTTrAW. ¢ + ἐν in (work) GLTtTraw. £0 τι (read whatever our heart) L. b ἀπ’ LTTrA. 613 his brother is a mur- derer: and ye know that no murderer hath eternal life abiding in him. 16 Hereby perceive we the love of God, because he laid down his life for us: and we ought to lay down our lives for the bre- thren. 17 But whoso hath this world’s good, and seeth his brother have need, and shut- teth up his bowels of compassion from him, how dwelleth the love of God in him? 18 My little chil- dren, let us not love in word, neither in tongue; but in deed and in truth. 19 And hereby we know that we are of the truth, and shall assure our hearts before him, 20 For if our heart condemn us, God is greater than our heart, and knoweth all things. 21 Beloved, if our heart condemn us not, then have we con- fidence toward God. 22 And whatsoever we ask, wereceive of him, because we keep his commandments, and do those things . hat are pleasing in his sight. 23 And this is his commandment, That we should be- lieve on the name of his Son Jesus Christ, and love one another, as he gave us com- mandment. 24 And he that keepeth his com- mandments dwelleth in him, and he inhim, And hereby we know that he abideth in us, by the Spirit which he hath given us, IV. Beloved, believe not every spirit, but try the spirits whe- ther they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world, 2 Here- by know ye the Spirit of God: Every spirit that confesseth that Jesus Christ is come 5. + τῇ (read with the ἃ — καὶ L[Tra]. εγνωσό- & — ἡμῶν (read i πιστεύωμεν We believe LITr; πιστεύ[σῆωμεν A. 614 in the flesh is of God: 3 and every spirit that confesseth not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is not of God: and this is that spirit of antichrist, where- of ye have heard that it should come; and even now already is it in the world, 4 Ye are of God, little children, and have overcome them: because greater is he that is in you, than he that is in the world. 5 They are of the world: therefore speak they of the world, and the world heareth them. 6 We are of God: he that knoweth God heareth us; he that is not of God heareth not us. Hereby know we the spirit of truth, and the spirit of error. 7 Beloved, let us love one another: for love is of God; and every one that loveth is born of God, and knoweth God. 8 He that loveth not know- eth not God; for God is love. 9 In this was manifested the love of God toward us, be- cause that God sent his only begotten Son into the world, that we might live through him. 10 Herein is love, not that we loved God, but that he loved us, and sent his Son to be the propitiation for our sins. 11 Beloved, if God so loved us, we ought also to love oue another. 12 No man hath seen God at any time. If we love one another, God dwelleth in us, and his love is perfected in us, 15 Hereby know we that we dwell in him, and he in us, because he hath given us of his Spirit. 14 And we have seen and do testi- fy that the Father sent the Son to be the Sa- viour of the world. LQANNOY) A: lV. ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν. 3 Kai πᾶν πνεῦμα “πα = “flesh ‘come, of God is ; and any Sspirit (lit. every) a r Π 2 ὃ μὴ ὁμολογεῖ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἔχριστὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα," ἐκ “which Sconfesses “ποῦ 7 Jesus ®Christ }°in *"flesh ®come, Sof τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν Kai τοῦτό ἐστιν TO τοῦ ἀντιχρίστοιι, 4*God ‘not 1318: and _ this is that[power]ofthe antichrist, ὃ ἀκηκόατε Ort {of] which ye heard that 4 Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐστὶν ἤδη. it comes, and now in the world isit already. ἐστε, τεκνία, καὶ νενικήκατε αὐτούς" Ye of God are, little children, and have overcome them, ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν ἢ ὁ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ. because greater is hewho([is}in you thanhewho[is)in the world. ὃ αὐτοὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου εἰσίν, διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου a- They of the world are; becauseof this of the world they Nova, Kai ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει. 6 ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ talk, and the world *them ‘hears. We of God éopev’ ὁ γινώσκων τὸν θεόν, ἀκούει ἡμῶν: ὃς οὐκ.ἔστιν are; he ὑδμαὺ knows God, hears us; he that is not ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐκ-ἀκούει ἡμῶν. ἐκ τούτου γινώσκομεν τὸ πνεῦμα of God, hears not us. ΒΥ this weknow the _ spirit τῆς ἀληθείας Kai TO πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης. οὗ ὑσα ἢ πᾶ 0890 spirit of error. 7 ᾿Αγαπητοί, ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους" ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Beloved, θεοῦ ἐστιν, Kat °God lis, love 2of ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται, loves, of God has been begotten, καὶ γινώσκει τὸν θεόν. 8 ὁ μὴ.ἀγαπῶν, οὐκ.ἔγνω τὸν θεόν and knows God, He that loves not, knew not God; ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν. 9 ἐν τούτῳ ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη because God love ΕἼΗΣ In this wasmanifested the love Tou θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅτι τὸν.υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ ἀπέ- we should love one another; because πᾶς and everyone that of Godasto us, that his Son the only-begotten *has σταλκεν ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα ζήσωμεν dv αὐτοῦ. Ssent 7God into the world, that we might live ponozen him. 10 ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη, οὐχ OTL ἡμεῖς ἠἡἠγαπήσαμεν τὸν 1π this is love, not that we loved θεόν, ἀλλ᾽ Ore αὐτὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς, Kai ἀπέστειλεν TOY υἱὸν God, but that he loved us, and sent 2Son αὐτοῦ ἱλασμὸν περὶ τῶν.ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν. 11 ἀγαπητοί, εἰ "this apropitiation for our sins. Beloved, if οὕτως ὁ θεὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς, Kai ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ἀλλήλους 2380 'God loved us, also we ought one another ἀγαπᾷν. 12 θεὸν οὐδεὶς πώποτε τεθέαται ἐὰν ἀγαπῶμεν to love. God ‘no 7one “at 7any time *has ‘seen; if weshould love ἀλλήλους, ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν μένει, Kai ἡ.ἀγἀπη.αὐτοῦ ἱτετελειω- one aoOrners God in us abides, and his love Dees μένη ἐστὶν ἐν ἡμῖν." 18 ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ed ΕἼΗ. = in us. By this weknow that in him μένομεν, Kai αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ.πνεύματος.αὐτοῖ we abide, and he in us, because of his Spirit δέδωκεν ἡμῖν. 14 καὶ ἡμεῖς τεθεάμεθα Kai μαρτυροῦμεν Ort he has given to us. And we have seen and obearwitness' that ὁ πατὴρ ἀπέσταλκεν τὸν υἱὸν the Father has sent the σωτῆρα TOU κόσμου. Son [as] Saviour of the world. — χριστὸν Ww; — χριστὸν. ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα (read the Jesus) GLTTrA. 1 > « a“ ἐν Tay janie ἐστίν L$; τετελ. ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστίν TTrA, IV, V. I JOHN. 15 Ὃς. ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ Ori ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. ὁ Whosoever aa confess that Jesus is the Son of God, θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ θεῷ. 16 Kai ἡμεῖς ἐγνώ- God in him abides, and he in God. And we have καμεν καὶ πεπιστεύκαμεν THY ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχει ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν. known and have believed the love δ te has ‘God asto us. ὁ θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν, καὶ ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἐν τῷ τα God 7love 5, and he that abides in love, in μένει, Kai ὁ θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ. 17 ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη 2 and God in him, In_ this has been perfected love μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, iva παῤῥησίαν ἔχωμεν ἐν TH ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως, with us, that © boldness we my have in the day of a ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν ἐν τῷ.κόσμῳ. τούτῳ. that even as he a also. we are in this world. 18 φόβος οὐκ.ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, "ἀλλ᾽" ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω *Fear ‘there “is “not in love, but perfect love out βάλλει τὸν φόβον, Ore ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει: ὁ. δὲ φοβού- casts ear; because fear “torment ‘has,andhethat fears μενος οὐ.-τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῳ. 19 {ines ἀγαπῶμεν has not been made perfect in love. love Ραὐτὸν! ὅτι “αὐτὸς" πρῶτος Peres ἡμᾶς. him because he firs loved us. 20 ᾿Εάν τις εἴπῃ, Ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν θεόν, καὶ τὸν adeh- If anyone should say, I love God, and *bro- pov αὐτοῦ μισῇ, Ψεύστης ἐστίν: O.yao μὴ-.ἀγαπῶν τὸν ther Shis tshould sees a liar he is. For he that loves not ἀδελφὸν.αὐτοῦ ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν θεὸν ὃν οὐχ.ἑώρακεν, his brother whom he has seen, 7God ®whom *he ?°has '!not !?seen, ‘rc δύναται ἀγαπᾷν; 21 καὶ ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχο- ‘how 7is*he*able ‘to “love? And this commandment we μεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ἵνα ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν θεὸν ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν have from him, that hethat loves God _ should love also ᾽ ‘ ᾽ - ~ « , oe ? ~ > t ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ. δ Πᾶς 6 πιστεύων Ore ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ 7prother “his. Everyone that believes that Jesus is the χριστὸς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται. Kai πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν Christ, of God has been begotten; andeveryonethat loves him that γεννήσαντα ἀγαπᾷ "καὶ" τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ. 2 ἐν begat, loves also him that has been begotten of him. By τούτῳ γινώσκομεν OTL ἀγαπῶμεν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅταν τὸν this we know that we love’ the children of God, when θεὸν ἀγαπῶμεν καὶ τὰς.ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ἱτηρῶμεν." 3 αὕτη.γάρ God welove and _ his commandments keep. For this ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη Tov θεοῦ, ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς.αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν᾽ is the love of God, that his commandments we should keep; καὶ αἱ. ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ.εἰσίν. 4 ὅτι πᾶν τὸ γε- and hiscommandments burdensome are not. Because all that has γεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ νικᾷ τὸν κόσμον" Kai αὕτη ἐστὶν been begotten of God overcomes the world; and _ this is ἡ νίκη ἡ νικήσασα τὸν κόσμον, ἡ.πίστις. ἡμῶν" 5 Tic’ the victory which overcame the world, our faith, Who ἐστιν ὁ νικῶν τὸν κόσμον, εἰμὴ ὁ πιστεύων OTL Ἰησοῦς is hethat overcomes the world, but hethat believes that Jesus ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ; is the Son of God? m + μένει abides [n]ra. 0 ἀλλὰ Tr. ° + οὖν therefore L, 90 θεὸς God L. τ οὐ (readheis notable) Lrtra. 5 [καὶ] Ltr. τ + [δέ] but (who) tr. 615 15 Whosoever shall confess that Jesus is the Son of God, God dwelleth in him, and he in God. 16 And we have known and be- lieved the love that God hathto us. God is love; and he that dwelleth in love dwell- eth in God, and God in him. 17 Herein is our love made perfect, that we may have boldness in the day of judgment : because as he is, so are we in this world. 18 There is no fear in love ; but per- fect love casteth out fear: because fear hath torment. He that fear- ethis not made per- fect in love. 19 We love him, because he first loved us. 20 If a man say, I love God, and hateth his brother, he is a liar: for he that loveth not his brother whom he hath seen, how can he love God whom he hath not seen? 21 And this commandment have we from him, That he who loveth God love his brother also. V. Whosoever be- lieveth thatJesus is the Christ is born of God: and every one that loy- eth him that begat loveth him also that is begotten of him. 2 By this we know that we love the children of God, when we love God, and keep his com- mandments, 3 For this is the love of God, that we keep his com- mmandments: and his commandments are not grievous. 4 For whatsoever is born of God overcometh the world: and this is the victory that overcom- eth the world, even our faith. 5 Who is he that overcometh the world, but he that be- lieveth that Jesus is the Son of God? P — αὐτὸν LTTrAW. t ποιῶμεν May do LITraw. 616 6 This is he that came by water and blood, even Jesus Christ ; not by water only, but by water and blood. And it is the Spirit that beareth witness, be- eause the Spirit is truth. 7 For there are three that bear record in heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghost : and these three are one. 8 And there are three that bear witness in earth, the Spirit, and the water, andthe blood: and these three agree In one. 9 If we receive the witness of men, the witness of God is greater: for thisisthe witness of God which he hath testified of his Son. 10 He that be- lieveth on the Son of God hath the wit- ness in himself: he that believeth not God hath made him a liar ; because he believeth not the record that God gave of his Son. 11 And this is the re- cord, that God hath given to us eternal life, and this life is in his Son. 12 He that hath the Son hath life ; and he that hath not the Son of God hath not life. 13 These things have I written un- to you that believe on the name of the Son of God; that ye may know that ye have eternal life, and that ye may believe on the name of the Son of God. 14 And this is the confidence that we have in him, that, if we ask any thing according to his will, he heareth us: ‘6 and if we know shat he hear us, what- soever we ask, we know that we have the petitions that we de- sired of him. 16 If any man see his brother sin a sin which is not unto death, he shall ask, and he shall give him life for them that T5QOeAVNEINCORY: 1 7A. ἯΙ 6 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐλθὼν dv ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος, Ἰησοῦς This is hewho came by water and blood, Jesus Wo! Leper ? ? ~ VO , x ἀλλ᾽" ? ~ VO. iy XPLOTOC οὐκ ἕν τῳ VOaTL Povoy, a. ἐν τῳ VOATL Kat the Christ; not by water only, but by water and τῷ αἵματι" Kai TO πνεῦμά ἐστιν TO μαρτυροῦν OTL TO πνεῦμά blood. Andthe Spirit it is that bears witness, because thg Spirit ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια. 7 ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες *év τῷ is the truth. Because three there are who bear witness in οὐρανῷ, ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος, Kai TO ἅγιον πνεῦμα" Kai οὗτοι heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghost; and these οἱ τρεῖς ἕν εἰσιν. 8 καὶ τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες ἐν TH three one are. And three thereare who’ bear witness on YQ," TO πνεῦμα, καὶ TO ὕδωρ, καὶ TO αἷμα, καὶ οἱ τρεῖς εἰς TO earth, the Spirit, and the water, andthe blood; and the three to the ἕν εἰσιν. 9 εἰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνο- one [point] are. If the witness of men we re- μὲν, ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν: ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ceive, the witness of God “greater lis. Because this is ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ θεοῦ, ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ. υἱοῦ.αὐτοῦ. the witness of God which he has witnessed concerning his Son. 10 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν Hethat believes on the Son of God has the witness in “ἑαυτῷ ὁ μὴ.-πιστεύων “τῷ θεῷ ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν, himself; he that believes not God *q Sliar *has*made “him, OTL οὐ-.πεπίστευκεν εἰς THY μαρτυρίαν, ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ because he has not believed in the witness which “has “witnessed θεὸς περὶ τοῦ.υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ. 11 Kai αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία God concerning his Son. And this is the witness, Ore ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεός" Kai αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ that life eternal *gave *to*us ‘God; and _ this life ?in vig αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. 12 ὁ ἔχων τὸν υἱόν, ἔχει THY ζωήν ὁ “Son “his lis: hethat 88 the Son, has life: he that μὴ-ἔχων τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, THY ζωὴν οὐκ. ἔχει. has not the Son of God, life has not. 18 Ταῦτα ἔγραψα ὑμῖν “τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα These things Iwrote toyou who believe on the name τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ," ἵνα εἰδῆτε Ori ζωὴν féyere αἰώνιον," ἐκαὶ of the Son of God, that yemay know that ‘life *ye “have *eternal, and iva πιστεύητε! εἰς TO ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ. 14 Kai αὕτη that γ8 Ὁ believe on the name ofthe Son of God. And this ἐστὶν ἡ παῤῥησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν, “dre ἐάν τι" is the boldness which wehave towards him, that if anything αἰτώμεθα κατὰ τὸ.θέλημα.αὐτοῦ, ἀκούει ἡμῶν: 15 καὶ we may ask according to his will, he hears us. And Ἰξὰν" οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀκούει ἡμῶν, OKdy' αἰτώμεθα, οἴδαμεν ὅτι if we know that hehears us, whatsoever we may ask, we know that » . ΄ © ΄ ? ? ~ ἔχομεν τὰ αἰτήματα ἃ φτήκαμεν ‘rag’! αὐτοῦ. we have ὑπὸ requests which we haveasked from him. 16 Ἐάν zie ἴδῃ! τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα If anyone should see his brother sinning ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὺς θάνατον, αἰτήσει, καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν, a sin not to death, he shall ask, and he shall give him life Ὁ — ὃ TTrAW. verse 8 GLTTraw. υἱῷ the Son i. ἔχετε G. hove ἂν whatever L. 8 ὅτι that LTTrAW. ; < © — τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς TO ὄνομα TOU υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTrAW. : 8 ot πιστεύοντες [ye] believers GLW ; τοῖς πιστεύουσιν to [you] who believe TTra, τῷ οὐρ ++ τῇ γῇ ς αὐτῷ him ΤΊΓΑ. “τῴ f αἰώνιον x ἀλλὰ Tr. y + ἐν by LITraw. : --- ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. Ὁ + τοῦ θεοῦ of God L. i ἂν L. k ἐὰν T. lan’ LYTr. ™ «67 L. ΤΙΕΤΘΗ Ν: ἁμαρτάνουσιν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον. ἔστιν ἁμαρτία sin not to death. There is asin οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ ποῦ Concer ΠΡῚΝ that doIsay that he should beseech. ἁμαρτία ἐστίν, καὶ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ mpoc Every unrighteousness “sin lis; and thereis asin not θάνατον. 18 οἴδαμεν ὅτι πᾶς ὁ death. We know that “anyone *that *has *been ®begotten “of (lit. everyone) οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει" "ἀλλ᾽ ὁ γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τηρεῖ “ἑαυ- tot sins, but hethat was begotten of God_ keeps him- τόν," Kai ὁ πονηρὸς οὐχ.-ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ. 19 οἴδαμεν ὅτι self, and the wicked fone] does not touch him. We know that ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐσμεν, Kai ὁ κόσμος ὅλος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται. of God weare, andthe *world ‘whole in the wicked [one] 1165. 20 Ροΐδαμεν.δὲ! ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἥκει, καὶ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν μ ἥ ’ ἡμ And we know thatthe Son of God iscome, and hasgiven {8 διάνοιαν ἵνα SywwoKwpev τὸν ἀληθινόν" καί ἐσμεν an understanding that wemight know him that [15] true ; and weare ἐν τῷ ἀληθινῷ, ἔν τῷ.υἱῷφ. αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστῷ. οὗτός in him that [158] true, in his Son Jesus Christ. He ? e Σὰ 4 , ‘ r « il ‘ ΞΟ ἐστιν ὁ ἀληθινὸς θεός, καὶ τὴ" ζωὴ αἰώνιος. is the true God, and life eternal. 21 Texvia, φυλάξατε δἑαυτοὺς" ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων. ἀμήν." Little children, keep yourselves from idols, Amen, “Iwdvvov ἐπιστολὴ καθολ ὅτη." ὠαννοῦ ETTLOTOAN) KAUVO UK?) T PWT). *Of ‘John “epistle ?general ‘first. τοῖς for those that πρὸς θάνατον" ἴο death ; 17 πᾶσα ἀδικία γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ®God ΔΕ ΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ 2EPISTLE 7OF *JOHN *SECOND. 1 ϑ' | ‘ ~ , ΡΞ Ὃ πρεσβύτερος ϑἐκλεκτῇ “κυρίᾳ" καὶ. τοῖς. τέκνοις αὐτῆς, The elder to [the] elect lady and her children, οὺς ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ μόνος, ἀλλὰ καὶ whom I love in truth, and not I only, but also πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν, 2 διὰ τὴν ἀλή- all those who have known the truth, for sake of the θειαν τὴν μένουσαν ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν ἔσται εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα" truth which abides in us, and with 18 shall be for ever. 8 ἔσται μεθ᾽ TL χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη παρὰ θεοῦ πατρὸς 2Shall *be *with ‘grace, mercy, peace, from God [the] ἜΡΙΔΟΣ; καὶ παρὰ ἌΝ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ πατρός, ἐν and from [{86] Lord Jesus Christ, the Son ofthe Father, in ἀληθείᾳ Kai ἀγάπῃ. truth πᾶ love, 4 Ἐχάρην λίαν bre εὕρηκα ἐκ τῶν.τέκνων. σου περιπα- I pe cased exceedingly that I have found of thy children walk- τοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ IQANNOY ΔΕΥΤΈΡΑ. 617 sin not unto death. There is a sin unto death: I do not say that he shall pray for it. 17 All unright- eousness is sin: and there is a sin not unto death. 18 We know that whosoever is born of God sinneth not ; but hethat is be- gotten of God keepeth himself, and that wic- ked one toucheth him not. 19 And we know that we are of God, and the whole world licth in wickedness. 20 And we know that theSon of God is come, and hath given us an understanding, that we may know him that is true, and we are in him that is true, even in his Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God, and eternal life. 21 Little children, keep yourselves from idols, Amen, THE elder unto the elect lady and her children, whom I love in the truth ; and not I only, but also all they that have known the Marathi 2 for the truth’s sake, which dwelleth in us, and shall be with us for ever. 3 Grace be with you, merey, and peace, from God the Father, and from the Lord Je- sus Christ, the Son of the Father, in truth and love. 4 I rejoiced greatly that I found of thy children walking in truth, as we have re-~ ceived a command- ment from the Father, ing in truth, as commandment we received from the 2 ἀλλὰ Tr. © αὐτόν him TTra. P καὶ οἴδαμεν GL. τ- ἡ ΕΥ̓ΤΤΑ. 3 ἑαυτὰ LTTr. t — ἀμήν GLTTrAw. ἸἸωάνου a Tr; Ἰωάννου a’ A. a + τοῦ gnogroAov the apostle E; + καθολικὴ general E; Ἰωάννου β΄ LTaw; Ὁ Stephens puts a capital’E, reading the word as a pr oper name. d ὑμῶν you EGLW. ἐπιστολὴ β΄ Tr. © Κυρίᾳ Cyria (reading the word as a proper name) GLT. ptov LTTrAW. q γινώσκομεν we a TTra. — the subscription EGLTW ; Ἰωάνον ε-- κὺ- 618 5 And now I beseech thee, lady, not as though I wrote a new commandment unto thee, but that which we had from the be- ginning, that we love one another. 6 And this is love, that we walk after his com- mandments. This is the commandment, That, as ye have heard from the beginning, e should walk in it. For many deceivers are entered into the world, who confess not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an antichrist. 8 Look to yourselves, that we lose not those things which we have wrought, but that we receive a full reward. 9 Whosoever trans- gresseth, and abideth not in the doctrine of Christ, hath not God. He that abideth in the doctrine of Christ, he hath both the Father and the Son. 10 If there come any unto you, and bring not this doctrine, receive him not into your house, neither bid him God speed: 11 for he that biddeth him God speed is partaker of his evil deeds, 12 Having many things to write unto you, 1 would not write with paper and ink: but I trust to come unto you, and speak face to face, that our joy may befull. 13 The children of thy elect sister greet thee. A- men. ΤΩ ΤΑΝ NVOVY 7 TB. πατρός. ὃ καὶ νῦν ἐρωτῶ σε, ‘kupia,' οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν Father. And now I beseech thee, lady, not as a 7commandment Sypagw σοι καινήν," ἀλλὰ ἣν — “elyouev" ἀπ᾽ ἀρ- 31 *write δἴο ποθ ‘new, but that which we were having from [the] begin- χῆς; wa ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους. 6 καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη, ning, that weshould love one another. And this is love, ἵνα περιπατῶμεν κατὰ τὰς. ἐντολὰς. αὐτοῦ. αὕτη izoriv ἡ that weshould walk according to his commandments. This is the ἐντολή," ἘἙ καθὼς ἠκούσατε ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῇ commandment, even as ye heard from [the] beginning, that in it meoimaryre 7 Ott πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἱἰεἰσῆλθον! εἰς τὸν ye might walk. Because many _ deceivers entered into the κόσμον, οἱ μὴ-ὁμολογοῦντες ᾿Ιησοῦν χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν world, thosewho donot confess Jesus Christ coming in σαρκί: οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος Kai ὁ ἀντίχριστος. 8 βλέπετε flesh— _ this is the deceiver andthe antichrist. See to ἑαυτούς, ἵνα μὴ "ἀπολέσωμεν" ἃ πεἰργασάμεθα," ἀλλὰ yourselves, that *not we *may lose what things we wrought, but μισθὸν πλήρη ἀπολάβωμεν." 9 πᾶς ὁ PrapaBaivwy,' Kai a 7reward ‘full we may receive. *Anyone*who ‘transgresses, ‘and (lit. everyone) μὴ.μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ χριστοῦ, θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει' ὁ ®abides 7not ®in *the }°teaching ''of '*the ‘*Christ, ᾿δαοᾶ ‘not ‘has. He that μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ “τοῦ χριστοῦ," οὗτος καὶ τὸν πατέρα abides in the teachingofthe Christ, this [one] both the Father καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἔχει. 10 εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς, Kai ταύτην and the Son has, If anyone comes to you, and this τὴν διδαχὴν ov.gépet, μὴ.λαμβάνετε αὐτὸν εἰς οἰκίαν, teaching does not bring, do not receive him into (the) house, καὶ χαίρειν αὐτῷ μὴ λέγετε. 11 ὁ. "γὰρ λέγων" αὐτῷ χαίρειν, and ἮἬἪΔ1)| ‘*to®him ‘say not; for he who says tohim Hail! κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς. partakes in “works ‘this evil. 12 Πολλὰ ἔχων ὑμῖν γράφειν, οὐκ."ἠβουλήθην᾽ διὰ χάρ- Many things having *to *you ‘to ?write, I would not with = pa- του καὶ μέλανος" ᾿ἀλλὰ ἐλπίζω" "ἐλθεῖν" πρὸς ὑμᾶς, Kai στόμα per and ink; but hope tocome ἴο you, and mouth εἶ , ~ e € \ wt ~ il x.F Xr , " πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ “ημῶν" “ῃ-πεπληρωμενη. ἴο mouth tospeak, that “joy our may be full. 13 ἀσπάζεταί σε τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς Τἐκλεκ- 7Salute ®thee ‘the *children Ssister “of *thine elect. ~ Ι ? , ll τῆς." τάμην. Amen. a , ? ‘ , I! Iwavvov ἐπιστολὴ δευτέρα. 30 *John 7epistle *second. {Κυρία Cyria (see verse 1) @LT. b εἴχαμεν TTr. Gav (-θον TAW) went forth Ltr. σοι LTTr. ye wrought LTTrw. LTTraw. t ἐλπίζω yap for I hope 61. y See note Ὁ verse 1. ρωμένη ἡ LT. ᾳ --- τοῦ χριστοῦ LTTrAW. ΒΕ γράφων (writing) σοι καινὴν FGAW; καινὴν γράφων iq ἐντολή ἐστιν LTTrAW. k + ἵνα that Υ. 1 ἐξηλ- ™ ἀπολέσητε ye May lose LTTraW. π εἰργάσασθε P προάγων goes forward τ λέγων yap LTTrA. 5 ἐβουλήθην LTTrAW. ν ὑμῶν your LTrA. X πεπλη- 8. — the subscription EGLTW ; ° ἀπολάβητε ye may receive LTTrAW. ἡ γενέσθαι LITrAW. 2 -- ἀμήν GLTTrAW. Iwavov β΄ tr; ᾿Ιωάννον β΄ A. "ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ IQANNOY ‘TPITH." ?HPISTLE 30F *JOHN ‘THIRD. a ον whom Ὃ πρεσβύτερος Γαΐῳ τῷ ἀγαπητῷ, The elder to Gaius the beloved, ἀληθείᾳ. truth. 2 ᾿Αγαπητέ, περὶ Beloved, concerning all things ὑγιαίνειν, καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί cov πάντων εὔχομαί σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ Iwish thee toprosper and ἡ ψυχή. 3 ἐχάρην “γὰρ" be in health, evenas prospers thy soul, For I rejoiced λίαν ἐρχομένων ἀδελφῶν καὶ μαρτυρούντων σου τῇ exceedingly, *coming (‘the] *brethren and _ bearing witness of thy 2 , ‘ ‘4 > ? ΄ - , , ἀληθείᾳ, καθὼς σὺ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ περιπατεῖς. 4 μειζοτέραν τού- truth, even as thou in truth walkest. 5Greater Sthan των οὐκιἔχω χαράν, ἵνα ἀκούω τὰ ἐμὰ τέκνα ἐν ἃ "these*things ‘I*have*not ‘joy, that Ishould hearof mychildren in ἀληθείᾳ περιπατοῦντα. 5 ᾿Αγαπητέ, πιστὸν ποιεῖς ὃ ἐὰν truth walking. Beloved, faithfully thou doest whatever ἐἐργάσῃ" εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ feie τοὺς" thou mayest have wrought towards the brethren and towards ξένους, 6 ot ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκ- strangers, (who witnessed of thy love before [the] as- κλησίας" ovc καλῶς ποιήσεις προπέμψας ἀξίως τοῦ θεοῦ" sembly) whom *well ®thou ’wilt *do ‘setting *forward *worthily *of*God; 7 ὑπὲρ. γὰρ Tov ὀνόματος ὃ δέξῆλθον" μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες for,for the name they went forth, “nothing ‘taking ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν." 8 ἡμεῖς οὖν ὀφείλομεν -arrodapBaverr' from the nations, We therefore ought to receive AY , “ ‘ , ~ > , » τοὺς τοιούτους, ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. 9 ἜἜ- such, that fellow-workers we may be withthe truth. I ] ~ ? Pi are ? ? ε , ? ~ yoala’ ry ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν wrote tothe assembly; but “who “loves *to *be °first 7among *them Ὁ Αιοτρεφὴς" οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται ἡμᾶς. 10 διὰ τοῦτο, ἐὰν ἔλθω, *Dictrephes, receives not us. On account of this, if Icome, ὑπομνήσω αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖ, λόγοις I will bring toremembrance of him the works which he does, with *words πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς" Kai μὴ ἀρκούμενος ἐπὶ τούτοις, teyil prating against us; and not satisfied with these, οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφούς, Kai τοὺς βουλομέ- neither himself receives the brethren, and those who would νους κωλύει, Kai πὲκ' τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβάλλει. 11 ’Aya- he forbids, and from the assembly casts [them] out. Be- πητέ, μὴ. μιμοῦ τὸ κακόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν. ὁ loved, donotimitate that which [is] evil, but what{[is] good. He that ἀγαθοποιῶν, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὁ “δὲ κακοποιῶν οὐχ ἑώ- does good, of God is ; but he that does evil ποῦ ‘has ρακεν τὸν θεόν. 12 Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων, Kai seen God. To Demetrius witnessis borne by all, and THE el¢er unto the wellbeloved Gaius, whom 1 love in the truth. 2 Beloved, I wish a- bove all things that thou mayest prosper and be in health, even as thy soul prospereth. 3 For I rejoiced great- ly, when the brethren came and testified of the truth that is in thee, even as thou walkest in the truth. 4 I have no greater joy than to hear that my children walk in truth. 5 Beloved, thou doest faithfully what- soever thou doest to the brethren, and to strangers; 6 which have borne witness of thy charity before the church : whom if thou bring forward on their journey after a godly sort, thou shalt do well: 7 because that for his name’s sake they went forth, tak- ing nothing of the Gentiles. 8 We there- fore ought to receive such, that we might be fellowhelpers to the truth. 9 I wrote unto the church: but Diotrephes, who lov- eth to have _ the preeminence among them, receiveth us not. 10 Wherefore, if I come, I will remember his deeds which he do- eth, prating against us with malicious words: and not con- tent therewith, nei- ther doth he himself receive the brethren, and forbiddeth them that would, and cast- eth them out of the church. 11 Beloved, follow not that which is evil, but that which is good. He that doeth good is of God: but he that doeth evil hath not seen God. 12 De- metrius hath good report of all men, Ὁ + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle E; + καθολικὴ general Ε; "Iwavvov γ΄ ἐπιστολὴ γ΄ Tr. © — γὰρ 1[Tr]. d + τῇ the LTTraw. f τοῦτο that LTTraw. & + αὐτοῦ (read his name) E. (read those of the nations) Lrtraw. somewhat LTTraw. m Διοτρέφης LA. Ὁ — ἐκ (read [from]) T. LTAW; ‘Iwavav © ἐργάζῃ thou workest t. h ἐξῆλθαν LITr. Κ ὑπολαμβάνειν to sustain LTTraw. 1 ἐθνωετῶν ἐπ εἴτι o — δὲ but GLTTraw. 620 and of the truth it- self: yea, and we also bear record; and ye know that our record is true. 131 had many things to write, but I will not with ink and pen writeunto thee: 14 but I trust I shall shortly see thee, and we shall speak face to face. Peace beto thee. Our friends salute thee. Greet the friends by name. LOYA AS: Pix’! αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας" Kai ἡμεῖς δὲ μαρτυροῦμεν, Kai by 3itself ‘the *truth; and we also bear witness, and Joidare! ὅτι ἡ-μαρτυρία.ἡμῶν ἀληθής ἐστιν. ye know that our witness *true tis. 15 Πολλὰ εἶχον Typagey,' ἀλλ᾽ οὐ.θέλω διὰ μέλανος Kai Many things I had towrite, but Iwill not with ink and καλάμου ὅσοι γράψαι" 14 ἐλπίζω.δὲ εὐθέως "ἰδεῖν σε," pen 5to *thee ‘to *write ; but [hope immediately tosee thee, καὶ στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλήσομεν. 15 Εἰρήνη σοι. ἀσπά- and mouth to mouth we shall speak. Peace to thee. 3Sa- Zovrai σε ot φίλοι. ἀσπάζου τοὺς φίλους κατ᾽ ὄνομα. lute *thee ‘the *friends. Salute the friends by name. VY Iwavvov ἐπιστολὴ καθολικὴ τρίτη." *Of *John Sepistle *ceneral ‘third. 4EMISPOAH. TOY TOYAA, KAGOATKE:! JUDE, the servant of Jesus Christ, and bro- ther of James, to them that are sanctified by God the Father, and preserved in Jesus Christ, and called: 2 Mercy unto you, and peace, and love, be multiplied. 3 Beloved, when I gave all diligence to write unto you of the common salvation, it was needful for me to write unto you, and exhort you that ye should earnestly con- tend for the faith which was once deliy- ered unto the saints. 4 For there are-cer- tain men crept in una- wares, who were be- fore of old ordained to this condemnation, ungodly men, turning the grace'of our God into lasciviousness, and denying the only Lord God, and our Lord Jesus Christ. 5 I will therefore put you in remem- brance, though ye once knew this, how that the Lord, having saved the people out of the land of Egypt, afterward destroyed them that believed 2HPISTLE °OF *JUDE 1GENERAL. "IOYAAS ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς.δὲ ᾿Ιακώβου, τοῖς Jude, of Jesus Christ bondman, and brother of James, tothe ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ Ῥὴήγιασμένοις" καὶ ἸΙησοῦ χριστῷ τετηρη- 4in 5God (*the] 7Father ᾿βαπού θα Sand ?°in ‘Jesus +*Christ ®kept μένοις κλητοῖς" 2 ἔλεος ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ ἀγάπη ‘ealled [0165]. πληθυνθείη. be multiplied. 3 ᾿Αγαπητοί, πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος γράφειν ὑμῖν Beloved, 3411 *diligence ‘using to write to you περὶ τῆς κοινῆς “ σωτηρίας, ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι ὑμῖν, Mercy toyou and peace, and love concerning the common salvation, necessity Thad towrite to you, παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς exhorting [you] tocontendearnestly forthe “once *delivered “ἴο the ἁγίοις πίστει. 4 παρεισέδυσαν.γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι, οἱ Ssaints faith. For came in stealthily certain men, they who πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο TO κρίμα, ἀσεβεῖς of old have been before marked out to this sentence, ungodly [persons] τὴν τοῦ.θεοῦ.ἡμῶν “χάριν᾽ μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν καὶ τὸν 2088 *of ur οὔ Sorace ‘changing into licentiousnessand “the μόνον δεσπότην °Oedv' καὶ κύριον. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦν χριστὸν Sonly “master— 5God ‘and our *Lord °Jesus *°Christ ἀρνούμενοι. ἐᾷρηγίπρ. 5 Ὑπομνῆσαι. δὲ ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, εἰδότας ὑμᾶς" ἅπαξ But *put °in®*remembrance *you ἿἿ σοι], *knowing ‘you once ἐτοῦτο." ὅτι "δ" κύριος" λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώ- this, that the Lord a people out of({the] land of Egypt having σας, τὸ.δεύτερον τοὺς μὴ.πιστεύσαντας ἀπώλεσεν. 6 ay- saved, in the second place those who believed not he destroyed. P ὑπὸ T. LTTrAaw. ?— ὑμᾶς LTTrAW. 4 oidas thou knowest LTTra. 5 γράφειν got L3 σοι γράφειν TTrAw. ᾿Ἰωάνου γ΄ τ᾿; ᾿Ιωάννου γ΄ A. a + ἀποστόλου apostle ; ᾿Ιούδα ἐπιστολή GLTrW ; Ἰούδα ΤΑ. c+ ἡμῶν (read our common) LTTrA, aie τ γράψαι σοι to write to thee LTTraw. t oe ἰδεῖν LTTrAW. v — the subscription EGLTW; > ἠγαπημένοις beloved ε-- θεὸν GLTTrAW 1 Ἰησοῦς Jesus LA. 4 χάριτα LTTrAW. 8 πάντα all things Lrrraw. bh — ὃ (Tra. JUDE. γέλους τε τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν.ἑαυτῶν ἀρχήν, ἀλλὰ Angels ‘and who kept not their own first-state, but ἀπολιπόντας τὸ ἴδιον οἰκητήριον, εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης left their own dwelling, unto([the] judgment of [the] great ἡμέρας δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν" 7 ὡς Σόδομα day in *bonds ‘eternal under darkness he keeps; as Sodom καὶ Topoppa, καὶ ai περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις, τὸν ὅμοιον ἰτού- and Gomorrha, and the ?around *them 1cities, inlike ?with τοις τρόπον" ἐκπορνεύσασαι. καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι 3} ‘manner having given themselves to fornication and having gone ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας, πρόκεινται δεῖγμα, πυρὸς αἰωνίου after flesh ‘other, aresetforthas an example, “οὗ *fire ‘eternal δίκην ὑπέχουσαι. 8 ὁμοίως. μέντοι καὶ οὗτοι ἐνυπνια- (7the]} *penalty pon dessunies Yet inlike manner 4150 these dream- ζόμενοι, σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν, κυριότητα.δὲ ἀθετοῦσιν, ers (?the] *flesh 1defile, and Py 4set 7aside, δόξας. δὲ βλασ ημοῦσιν. 9 τὸ δὲ Μιχαὴλ ὁ ἀρχάγγελος, and*glories ‘speak evil "οὗ. But Michael the archangel, πὕτε' τῷ διαβόλῳ διακρινόμενος διελέγετο περὶ τοῦ °Mw- when with the devil disputing he reasoned about the "of σέως" σώματος, οὐκ.ἐτόλμησεν κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασ- =Moses "body, did not dare °a 7charge "to He Sagainst([*thim) ®rail- φημίας, Pann’! εἶπεν, ᾿πιτιμήσαι σοι κύριος. 10 οὗτοι.δὲ ing, but said, ?Rebuke ‘thee [6] *Lord. But these, ὅσα μὲν οὐκ.οἴδασιν βλασφημοῦσιν᾽ ὅσα.δὲ whatever things they know not theyspeak evilof; but whatever things φυσικῶς, ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῶα, ἐπίστανται, ἐν τούτοις naturally, as the irrational animals, they understand, in these things o0eipovra. 11 οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς. bre τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν they ee themselves. Woe tothem! because in the way of Cain ἐπορεύθησαν, Kat τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ ἐξεχύθησαν, they went, and tothe error of Balaam for reward rushed, καὶ τῇ ἀντιλογίᾳ τοῦ Κορὲ ἀπώλοντο. and in the Spinsaying of Korah perished. ταῖς.ἀγάπαις. ὑμῶν σπιλάδες, συνευωχούμενοιϊ your love feasts 12 οὗτοί εἰσιν 4 ἐν These are in ? », ἀφόβως," sunkenrocks, feasting together Ewasle you] Pa eel ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες" νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι, ὑπὸ ἀνέμων 2themselves ἘΒΆΒΙΠΣΙΒΕ; clouds without water, by winds "περιφερόμεναι"" δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα δὶς ἀποθα- being carried about, trees Jautumnal, without fruit, twice dead, γνόντα éxpilw0évra’ 18 κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης ἐπαφρίζοντα rooted up; ; 2waves ‘wild of[the]sea, foaming out τὰς. ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας" ἀστέρες πλανῆται, οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ their own shames ; 4stars wandering, to whom the gloom σκότους εἰς 'τὸν" αἰῶνα τετήρηται. 14 προεφήτευσεν" δὲ Kai of darkness for ever has been kept. And prophesied ‘also τούτοις ἕβδομος ἀπὸ “Addu ᾿Ενώχ, λέγων, ᾿Ιδού, Sas ἴο these Ethel ena *from ἐκ A ee saying, Behold, ἦλθεν κύριος ἐν “μυριάσιν ἁγίαις" αὐτοῦ, 15 ποιῆσαι Secame ['the] 2Lord amidst “myriads “holy this, to execute κρίσιν κατὰ πάντων, Kai "ἐξελέγξαι" πάντας τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς judgment against all, and toconvict all the ungodly 1 τπρόπον τούτοις LTTrAW. τῷ ὅτε when L. LTTraw. P ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. Tr place the comma after συνευ- GLTTrAaw. ¥ ἐπροφήτευσεν TTr. we ἁγίαις μυριάσιν GLTTrAW. = τότε at that time L. 4 + ot (read the sunken rocks) trtra. * παραφερόμεναι being carried along GLTTraw. x ἐλέγξαι LTTrA. 621 not. 6 And the angels which kept not their first estate, but left their own habitation, he hath reserved in everlasting chains un- der darkness unto the judgment of the great day. 7 Even as Sodom and Gomorrha, and the cities about them in like manner, giving themselves over to fornication, and going after strange flesh, ara set forth for an ex- ample, sufiering the vengeance of eternal fire. 8 Likewise also these filthy dreamers defile the flesh, despise dominion, and speak evil of dignities.9 Yet Michael thearchangel, when contending with the devil he disputed about the body of Mo- ses, durst not bring a- gainst him a railing accusation, but said, The Lord rebuke thee. 10 But these speak evil of those things which they know not: but what they know na- turally, as brute beasts, in those things they corrupt them- selves. 11 Woe unto them ! for they have gone in the way of Cain, and ran greedily after the error of Balaam for reward, and perished in the gainsaying of Core. 12 These are spots in your feasts of charity, when they feast with you, feeding them- selves without fear: clouds they are with- out water, carried a- bout of winds; trees whose fruit withereth, without fruit, twice dead, plucked up by the roots; 13 raging waves of thesea, foam- ing out their own shame ; wandering stars, to whom is re- served the blackness of darkness for ever. 14 And Enoch also, the seventh from A- dam, prophesied of these, saying, Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of his saints, 15 to δχοσαίο judgment upon all and to convince all ° Mwicéws τ Text. Rec. and t — τὸν 622 that are ungodly a- mong them of all their ungodly deeds which they have un- godly committed, and of all their hard speeches which ungod- ly sinners have spoken against him. 16 These are murmurers, com- plainers, walking af- ter their own lusts; and their mouth speak- eth great swelling words, having men’s persons in admiration because of advantage. 17 But, beloved, re- member yethe words which were spoken be- fore of the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ ; 18 how that they told you there should be mockers in the last time, who should walk after their own ungodly lusts. 19 These be they who separate them- selves, sensual, hay- ing not the Spirit. 20 But ye, beloved, building up yourselves on your most holy faith, praying in the Holy Ghost, 21 keep yourselves in the love of God, looking for the mercy of our Lord Je- sus Christ unto eternal life. 22 And of some havecompassion, mak- ing a difference: 23 and others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment spotted by the flesh. 24 Now unto him that is able tokeep you from falling, and to present you faultless before the presence of his glory with exceed- ing joy, 25 to the only wise God our Saviour, be glory and majesty, dominion and power, both now andever. A- men, Υ — αὐτῶν LTTrA. μάτων words having been spoken before 1,. Tr[A]W) χρόνον at the end of Υ κοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει LTTrAW. dispute, convict LTTrAw. ἐν φόβῳ but others save, from [the] fire snatching [them], i ὑμᾶς you (and read set [you] before) EGLTTrw. \ 4+ διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν through Jesus Christ our Lord GLrtraw. LTTrAW. © +4 πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος before the whole age (read καὶ and) LTTraw. subscription EGLTW ; LTTrAwW. WOMMATASS: γαὐτῶν' περὶ πάντων τῶν ἔργων ἀσεβείας" αὐτῶν ὧν of them concerning all ?works *of *ungodliness ‘their which , ‘ . , ~ ~ ἠσέβησαν, καὶ περὶ πάντων τῶν σκληρῶν " ὧν they did ungodlily, and concerning all the hard [things] which ἐλάλησαν κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀσεβεῖς. 16 οὗτοί εἰσιν Sspoke ‘against ‘him ?sinners Aungodly. These are yoyyvorai, μεμψίμοιροι, κατὰ τὰς.ἐπιθυμίας.αὐτῶν πορευό- murmurers, complainers, after ’their ‘lusts ἔγχε] κα μενοι" καὶ τὸ στόμα.αὐτῶν λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα, θαυμάζοντες ing ; and their mouth speaks great swelling[words], admiring πρόσωπα ὠφελείας χάριν. 17 ὑμεῖς.δέ, ἀγαπητοί, μνή- persons 5profit ‘for *the *sake ‘of. But ye, beloved, re- σθητε τῶν δημάτων τῶν προειρημένων! ὑπὸ τῶν ἀπο- member the words which haye been spoken before by the apo- , ~ / « ~ ? ~ ~ « Ἢ « ~ στόλων τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Inoov χριστοῦ" 18 ore ἔλεγον ὑμῖν, stles of our Lord Jesus Christ, that they said toyou, οὔτι" dey ἐσχατῷ χρόνῳ" ἔσονται ἐμπαῖκται, κατὰ τὰς that in [the] ast time there willbe mockers, ?after ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν. 19 οὗτοί εἰσιν ®their town ®lusts ‘walking of ungodlinesses. These are οἱ ἀποδιορίζοντες“, ψυχικοί, πνεῦμα μὴ they who set apart {themselves}, natural[men], (Sthe] ‘Spirit ‘not ἔχοντες. 20 ὑμεῖς.δέ. ἀγαπητοί, ἱτῇ.ἁγιωτάτῃ. ὑμῶν πίστει shaving. But ye, beloved, on your most holy faith ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτούς." tv πνεύματι ἁγίῳ προσευχό- building up yourselves, in [the] 2Spirit ‘Holy pray- μενοι, 21 ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ θεοῦ τηρήσατε, προσδεχό- ing, “yourselves *in [*the] “love ‘of 7God tkeep, await- μενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ. κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν ing the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto life αἰώνιον. 22 καὶ ode μὲν ἐἐλεεῖτε διακρινόμενοι"" 23 “odc-dé eternal. And *some lpity, making a difference, but others ἐν φόβῳ owZere, ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες," μισοῦντες with fear save, outof the fire snatching (them); hating καὶ TOY ἀπὸ THE σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα. even the “by ‘the flesh 2spotted garment. 24 Τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι ἰαὐτοὺς"! ἀπταίστους, καὶ But to him who is able to keep them without stumbling, and στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς.δόξης.αὐτοῦ ἀμώμους ἐν ἀγαλ- toset [them) before his glory blameless with exul- λιάσει, 25 μόνῳ σοφῷ" θεῷ owriornpov,! δόξα "καὶ!" tation, to [the] only wise God our Saviour, [be] glory and μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος καὶ ἐξουσία, " Kai νῦν Kai εἰς πάντας greatness, might and authority, both now, and to all τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν. the ages, Amen. °’Em.sroAn Ἰούδα καθολική." 2Epistle οὔ “πᾶθ ‘general. ® + λόγων speeches T. > προειρημένων ῥη- ς — ὅτι LI[Tr]. 4 ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτου τοῦ (--- τοῦ ε + ἑαυτοὺς themselves EG f ἐποι- & ἐλέγχετε διακρινομένους [who] h obs δὲ σώζετε ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες, οὺς δὲ ἐλεᾶτε (ἐλεεῖτε W) and others pity in fear k — σοφῷ GLTTrAw. m— καὶ o — the : [ἀσεβείας] Tr. the time LTTraw. Ἰούδα Tra. "᾿ΑΠΟΚΑΛΎΨΙΣ IQANNOY TOY ΘΕΟΛΟΓΟΥ." REVELATION OF JOHN THE ATIOKAAY VI Revelation δεῖξαι τοῖς. δούλοις αὐτοῦ to shew to his bondmen Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἣν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ 0 θεός, of Jesus Christ, which gave “to*him ‘God, a δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν.τάχει, Kai what things must take place shortly: and > ΄ > / A) POL ἀδὲ 7 > ~ ~ , ? an ἐσήμανεν ἀποστείλας διὰ τοῦ.ἀγγέλου.αὐτοῦ τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ he signified [it], having sent By his angel to his bondman 'Twavvy, Wy ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὴν John, who testified the word of God and the μαρτυρίαν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, ὅσα Crell ἀεῖδεν." 5. μακά- testimony of Jesus Christ, ane teat Maes land he saw. Bless- ιος ὁ ἀναγινώσκων, καὶ οἱ ἀκούοντες “τοὺς λόγους" ed [is] he that reads, and they that hear the words τῆς προφητείας, Kai τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα" of the prophecy, and keep the things ἢ. “it ‘written ; ὁ. γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς. forthe time [is] near. 4 © lwavyne' ταῖς ἑπτὰ John tothe seven χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Grace toyou and Beare from ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς assemblies βτοῦ" ὁ him who ¥ ~? , 5 ἐν τῇ Aoia which [are] in Asia: ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ is and who was and who[is] ἐρχόμενος" Kai ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων *é' ἱέστιν' ἐνώπιον to come ; and from the seven Spirits which are before τοῦ.θρόνου. αὐτοῦ" 5 καὶ ἀπὸ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, ὁ μάρτυς ὁ his throne ; and from Jesus Christ, the witness πιστός, ὁ πρωτότοκος "ἐκ' τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν lfaithful, the firstborn from among the dead, and the ruler ofthe βασιλέων τῆς γῆς τῷ ἰἀγαπήσαντι" ἡμᾶς. καὶ ™ov- kings oftheearth. To him who loved us, and wash- σαντι" ἡμᾶς "ἀπὸ" τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν. “ἡμῶν" ἐν τῷ. αἵματι.αὐτοῦ" ed us from our sins in his blood, 6 καὶ ἐποίησεν Ῥἡμᾶς" «βασιλεῖς καὶ ¢ ἱερεῖς τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρὶ and made us kings and Ele to ?God *and *Father αὐτοῦ" αὐτῷ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας "τῶν ‘his: tohim([be]the glory and the might to the ages of the αἰώνων." ἀμήν. 8.568. Amen. 7 ᾿Ιδού, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς Behold, hecomes with the clouds, and shallsee him every ὀφθαλμός, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν" καὶ κόψονται eye, and they which “him pierced, and ‘shall ®wail ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γαί, ἀμήν. Fon °account!'of ἢ ‘all 2.16 “tribes “οἵ 5the zis. Yea, amen. 8 ee εἰμι τὸ SA" Kai τὸ 'Q," "ἀρχὴ Kai τέλος"" λέγει DIVINE THE Revelation of Je- sus Christ, which God gave unto him, toshew unto his’ servants things which must shortly come to pass; and he sent and signi- fied 7t by his angel un- to his servant John: 2 who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that he saw. 3 Blessed ts he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, «and keep those things which are written therein: for the time zs at hand. 4 JOHN totheseven churches which are in Asia: Grace be unto you, and peace, from him which is, and which was, and which is to come ; and from the seven Spiritswhich are before his throne ; 5 and from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, and the firstbegotten of the dead, and the prince of the kings of the earth. Unto him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own blood, 6 and hath made us kings and priests unto God and his Father ; to him be glory and do- minion for ever and ever. Amen. 7 Behold, he cometh with clouds;andevery eye shall see him, and they also which pierc- ed him: and all kin- dreds of: the earth shall wail because of him, Even so, Amen. 8 I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning am the A and the Ω, beginning and ending, says and the ending, saith 5᾽᾿Αποκάλυψις α ; ᾿Αποκάλυψις ᾿Ιωάννου (Iwavov Tr) LTTraw. Ὁ ᾿Ιωάνῃ Tr. ς-- τε GLTTrAaw. ἃ ἴδεν T. © τὸν λόγον the word 1. Γ᾿ Ἰωάνης Tr. Ε --- τοῦ (read [him]) GLTTrAW. h τῶν Tr. — ἐστιν (read [are]) LTTraw. k — ἐκ (read τῶν of the) GLTTraw. ἃ ἀγαπῶντι loves GLTTraAW. ™ λύσαντι freed uttr; λ[ο]ύσαντι A. 5 ἐκ LITrA. ο [ἡμῶν] A. P ἡμῶν τ,; ἡμῖν for us Tr. 4 βασιλείαν, a kingdom, GLTTraw. τ- τῶν αἰώνων A. 5 ἄλφα Alpha LTTraw. ta, ¥ — ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος GLTTrAW. 624 the Lord, which is, and which was, and which is to come, the Almighty. 9 I John, who also am your brother, and companion in tribula- tion, and in the king- dom and patience of Jesus Christ, was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ. 10 I was in the Spirit on the Lord’s day, and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, 11 saying, Tam Alpha and Ome- ga, the first and the last: and, What thou seest, write in a book; and send zt unto the seven churches which are in Asia; unto Eph- esus, and unto Smyr- na, and unto Perga- mos, and unto Thya- tira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea. 12 And I turned tosee the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks ; 13 and in the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt a- bout the paps witha golden girdle. 14 His head and Ats hairs were white like wool, as white as snow; and his eyes were as a flame of fire ; 15 and his feet like unto fine brass, as if they burn- ed in a furnace; and his voice as the sound of many waters.16 And he had in his right hand seven stars: and out of his mouth went a sharp two-edged sword: and his coun- tenance was as the sun shineth in his strength, 17 And when Isaw him,I fell at his feet as dead. And he A ΠΟΙ ΚΟΛΟΛΥΥ ΨΥ Σ, πὸ κύριος,' ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ the Lord, who is and who νγὰβ and who(isj κράτωρ. mighty. 9 ᾿Εγὼ "Ἰωάννης," ὁ ᾿καὶ" ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ᾿συγκοινωνὸςἱϊ I John, also *brother ‘your and fellow-partaker ἐν τῇ θλίψει καὶ δὲν τῇ" βασιλείᾳ καὶ ὑπομονῇ " “Ἰησοῦ χρισ- in {86 tribulationand in the kingdom and endurance of Jesus Christ, rou, ἐγενόμην ἐν τῇ νήσῳ τῇ καλουμένῃ Πάτμῳ, διὰ was in the island which [is] called Patmos, because of τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ “διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ᾿Ιησοῦ “χρισ- the word of God and because of the testimony of Jesus Christ. τοῦ." 10 ἐγενόμην ἐνὲή πνεύματι ἐν τῇ κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ" Kai became in([the} Spirit on the Lord’s day, and ἤκουσα ὀπίσω μου φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος, 11 λεγού- Iheard behind me ἃ “voice ‘loud as of a trumpet, say- σης, f Ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ A καὶ τὸ Q, ὁ πρῶτος Kai ὁ ἔσχατος" Kai," ing, 1 am the A and the Q, the first and the last ; and, a , , / 4 , - ΄, O βλέπεις γράψον εἰς βιβλίον, καὶ πέμψον ταῖς ὅ ἐκκλησίαις "ς ἐρχόμενος, ὁ παντο- tocome, the Al- What thou seest write in abook, and send tothe assemblies Βγαῖς ἐν ᾿Ασίᾳ," εἰς Ἔφεσον, καὶ εἰς ἸΣμύρναν," καὶ εἰς which [are] in Asia: to Ephesus, and to Smyrna, and to Πέργαμον, καὶ εἰς Ἐθυάτειρα," καὶ εἰς Σάρδεις, καὶ εἰς ἸΦιλα- Pergamos, and to Thyatira, and to Sardis, and to Phila- δέλφειαν," καὶ εἰς ἃ Λαοδίκειαν." 12 καὶ ἐπέστρεψα βλέπειν delphia, and to Laodicea, And = Iturned to see τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις "ἐλάλησεν" per ἐμοῦ" καὶ ἐπιστρέψας εἶδον the voice which spoke with me, and havingturned I saw ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς, 13 Kai ἐν éow τῶν οἑπτὰ" λυχ- seven “lampstands ‘golden, and in{[the] midst ofthe seven lamp- νιῶν ὕμοιον Ρυϊῷ"! ἀνθρώπου, ἐνδεδυμένον stands [one] like [the} Son of man, clothed in [a garment] , ‘ 4 ~ x , ποδήρη, καὶ περιεζωσμένον πρὸς τοῖς Ywaoroic' ζώνην reaching to the feet, and ‘*girt °about®with ‘at the “breasts 78 *girdle ~ ε A ? ~ ‘ e , ‘ € ‘ τχρυσῆν" 14 ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ. αὐτοῦ Kai αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ “ὡσεὶ" ΒρΌΪαΘΩ : and his head and hair white as if » ΝΥ , e , fa 4 € ᾽ s Ψ ~ e A , ἔριον λευκόν, ὡς χιών᾽ καὶ οἱ. ὀφθαλμοὶ. αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός" 2wool ‘white, as snow; and his eyes as aflame of fire; 15 καὶ οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ we ἐν καμίνῳ and his feet like fine brass, asif *in *a®°furnace['they] , \ ~ , ἱπεπυρωμένοι"" καὶ ἡ-φωνὴ.αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν" 2glowed ; and his voice as [the] voice of “waters ‘many, 16 καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ “αὐτοῦ χειρὶ" ἀστέρας ἑπτά" Kai ἐκ and having in "right this hand *stars ‘seven, and out of ~ ΄ ~ e@ ΄ ΄ ~ , ‘ TOU.oTOpaToC.avTOU ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη" Kai his mouth a*sword *two-edged 'sharp. going forth, and CIE) ? we «ς e , ? ~ ΄ ~ ‘ ἡ--ψις.αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν Ty_dvyapEt.avrov. 17 Kat his countenance as the sun_ shines in its power. And er , ν ~ , Ore εἶδον αὐτόν, ἔπεσα πρὸς TOVC.TOdaC_avTOU ὡς νεκρός" Kai when Isaw him, I fell at his feet as dead: and Ἢ κύριος ὃ θεός [the] Lord God GLrtraw. ἃ — ἀν τῇ GLITrAW. LTTra, GLTTrAW. Κ Θυάτειραν LAW. ο — ἑπτὰ LT[TrA]. as GLTTrAW. ἀἁ διὰ χ11[Α]. & + ἑπτὰ seven GLTTrAW. Ὁ πεπυρωμένης (-ένῳ T) [it] glowed ttr. Y—kalGLTTrAW. δ συν- Ὁ. © χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ W; -- χριστοῦ ῦ τος ἵπο Ἐγώ εἰμι... ἔσχατος" καὶ — ταῖς ev Agta GLTTrAW. 1 Ζμύρναν T. m Λαοδικίαν T. " ἐλάλει Was speaking Lrtraw. 4 μαζοῖς L; μασθοῖς T. τ χρυσᾶν LTTrA. - ὡς Υ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ LTTrA. Γ x ᾽Ιωάνης Tr. - b + ἐν ἴῃ (Jesus) LTTrAw. © — χριστοῦ LITrA. ι Φιλαδελφίαν τ. Ρ υἱὸν τ΄ ΠῚ REVELATION. ἐπέθηκεν" τὴν.δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ "χεῖρα" ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, λέγων ὕμοι," he laid his right hand upon me, saying tome, « ~ « ‘ « Μὴ φοβοῦ" ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, 18 καὶ ὁ Fear ποῦ; I am the first and the last, and the ‘ ᾽ , , ‘ 2 4 ~ 2 > ΕἸ ζῶν, καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρός, καὶ ἰδοὺ ζῶν εἰμι εἰς τοὺς living [one]: and I became dead, and behold “alive 7I “am to the ey, AY ~ ~ “ ‘ αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων" τἀμήν"" Kai ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ *gdov καὶ ages of the ages, Amen; and have the keys of hades and τοῦ θανάτου." 19 γράψον ἃ εἶδες, καὶ : ὦ of death. Write the things which thou sawest and the things εἰσιν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει “γίνεσθαι! μετὰ ταῦτα" 20 τὸ which are, and thethings which are about totake place after μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων “ὧν" mystery of the seven stars these. The εἶδες “ἐπὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς! which thou sawest on “right *hand μου, καὶ τὰς ἑπτὰ λυχνίας τὰς χρυσᾶς. οἱ ἑπτὰ ἀστέρες my, and the seven *lampstands ‘golden. The seven stars ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν εἰσιν καὶ fai! ξἑπτὰ λυχνίαι" ?7angels %of*the ®seven fassemblies ‘are; and _ the seven lampstands ἃς εἶδες" ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαι εἰσίν. which thou sawest *seven “assemblies ‘are, ~ ? i ~ 1 ? , ΄ὔ id LAN 2 Τῷ ἀγγέλῳ ἱτῆς" * Εφεσίνης" ἐκκλησίας γράψον, Τάδε Tothe angel ofthe Ephesian assembly write: These things ς ~ ‘ \ ᾽ 2 ~ ~ ? ~ ‘ λέγει ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ says he who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν ἰχρυσῶν" walks in [the] midst ofthe seven *lampstands golden. ττ᾿ὸἍβλφ , » ‘ ‘ , ‘ A c ’ ὦ Οἶδα τὰ.ἔργα.σου, καὶ τὸν κόπον ™oov,' καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν I know thy works, and “labour ‘thy, and endurance σου, Kai ὅτι οὐ-δύνῃ βαστάσαι κακούς, καὶ πὲἐπειράσω" ‘thy, and that thou canst not bear evil [ones]; and thou didst try τοὺς φάσκοντας εἶναι ἀποστόλους" καὶ οὐκ. εἰσίν; those who declare {themselves] to be apostles and are not, καὶ εὗρες αὐτοὺς Wevdeic, 3 Kai Ῥέβάστασας Kai ὑπομονὴν and didst πὰ them liars ; and didst bear and endurance ἔχεις. καὶ διὰ τὸ ὄνομά.μου “κεκοπίακας καὶ οὐ-κέκμηκας." *hast, and forthesake of my name hast laboured and hast not wearied: 4 *adX’'! ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, Ort τὴν. ἀγάπην.σου τὴν πρώτην but MLhave against thee, that thy “love lfirst "ἀφῆκας." 5 μνημόνευε οὖν πόθεν ᾿ἐκπέπτωκας," καὶ thou didst leave. Remember therefore whence thou hast fallen from, and μετανόησον, καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον᾽ side μή, ἔρχομαί repent, and the first works do: butif not, Iam coming σοι ‘rayet," Kai κινήσω τὴνιλυχνίαν.σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου tothee quickly, and I will remove thy lampstand out of “place αὐτῆς, ἐὰν μὴ μετανοήσῃς. 6 ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις, Or hits, except thou shouldest repent. But this thou hast, that μισεῖς τὰ ἔργα τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν, ἃ κἀγὼ μισῶ. 7 ὁ thou hatest the works ofthe Nicolaitanes, which I also hate. He that 625 laid his right hand up- on me, saying unto me, Fear not; I am the first and the last : 18 J amhe that liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I am alive for evermore, Amen ; and have the keys of hell and of death. 19 Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and the thizgs which shall be hereezfter; 20 the mystery of the seven stars which thou saw- est in my right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks. The se- ven stars are the an- gels of the seven churches : and the se- ven candlesticks which thou sawest are the seven churches. 11, Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things saith he that holdeth the seven stars in his right hand, who walk- eth in the midst of the seven golden candle- sticks; 2 I know thy works, and thy labour, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil: and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not,and hast found them liars : 3 and hast borne, and hast pa- tience, and for my name’s sake hast la- boured, and hast not fainted. 4 Neverthe- less I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. 5 Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first worksg or else I will come unto thee quick- ly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent. 6 But thisthou hast, that thou hatest the deeds of the Nico- laitanes, which I also hate. 7 He that hath ee EE ee w ἔθηκεν GLTTrAW. x — χεῖρα (read δεξιὰν right hand) GLTtraw. % — ἀμήν GLITrAW. ® θανάτου kat τοῦ ἄδου GLTTraw. ς γενέσθαι TA. 4 os LYTrA. © ἐν (in) τῇ δεξιᾷ L. GLITrAaW. h — ἃς εἶδες GLTTrAW. ᾿Εφέσῳ in Ephesus Girtraw. f— gi w. 'yXpucéwy Ltra. = ™ — gov τα. 1 τῷ (read éxxd. of the assembly) Ltr. ¥y — μοι GLTTraw, Ὁ + οὖν therefore GLTTraw. & λυχνίαι αἱ ἑπτὰ K ἐν 4 ἐπείρασας GLTTrAW. ° λέγοντας ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστόλους εἶναι declare themselves to be apostles (— εἶναι LTTra) GLTTrAw. P ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις καὶ ἐβάστασας GLTTrAW. wearied LTTrA ; καὶ οὐκ ἐκοπίασας and didst not weary ΟὟ. : πέπτωκας thou hast fallen GLTrAW; πέπτωκες T. 4 καὶ οὐ κεκοπίακες and hast not τ᾿ ἀλλὰ TIrw. Y ταχὺ EGW ; — τάχει {τττὰ. 5 ἀφῆκες TIr. ss 626 an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches ; 10 him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise of God. 8 And unto the an- gel of the church in Smyrna write; These things saith the first and the last, which was dead, and is a- live; 91 know thy works, and tribula- tion, and poverty, (but thou art rich) and J know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews, and are not, but are the synagogue of Satan. 10 Fear none of those things which thou shalt suffer : be- hold, the devil shall cast some of you into prison, that ye may be tried ; nnd ye shall have tribulation ten days: be thou faithful unto death, and I will give thce a crown of life. 11 He that hath °a ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches ; He that overcometh shall not be hurt of the second death. 12 And to the angel of the church in Per- gamos write; ‘These things saith he which hath the sharp sword with two edges; 13 I know thy works, and where thou dwellest, even where Satan’s seat is: and thou hold- est fast my name, and hast not denied my faith, even in those days wherein Antipas was my faithful mar- tyr, who was slain a- mong you, where Sa- tan dwelleth. 14 But I have a few things a- gainst thee, because thou hast there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam, who taught Balac to cast a stum- blingblock before the children of Israel, to eat things sacrificed unto idols, and to com- mit fornication. 15 So ATITOKAAY WTI. ii. ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα λέγει Taic® ἐκκλησίαις" has anear, let him hear what 6 Spirit says tothe assemblies, τῷ "νικῶντι δώσω αὐτῷ φαγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς Tohim that overcomes, Iwillgivetohim toeat of the tree of life 0 ἐστιν ἐν Yputow τοῦ παραδείσου" τοῦ BEd". which is in{the} midst of the paradise of God. 8 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ ὅτῆς" "ἐκκλησίας Σμυρναίων" γράψον, And tothe angel of the assembly of Smyrneans write: lade λέγει ὁ πρῶτος Kai ὁ ἔσχατος, ὃς ἐγένετο νεκρὸς These things says the first and the last, who became dead καὶ ἔζησεν: 9 Olda σου “τὰ ἔργα καὶ" τὴν θλίψιν Kai τὴν and lived. Iknow thy works and tribulation and πτωχείαν᾽ ᾿πλούσιος.δὲ" εἶ: καὶ τὴν βλασφημίαν" τῶν poverty ; but rich thou art;and the calumny of those wha λεγόντων Ιουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς. καὶ οὐκ.εἰσίν, ἀλλὰ συν- eclare “Jews *to *be ‘themselves, and are not, but asyn- aywyn τοῦ σατανᾶ. 10 fundév" φοβοῦ ἃ μέλλεις 2Not “at ‘all agogue of Satan. ‘fear the things which thou art about πάσχειν. ἰδού, μέλλει *Bareiv' ἰἐξ ὑμῶν ὁ διάβολος" to suffer. Lo, %is*about °to®east [’some]®of *%you *the devil ? ΄, oe ~ ς ‘ ktiz Π ΄ «- ~ εἰς φυλακήν, wa πειρασθῆτε: καὶ ‘ezere! θλίψιν ἡμερῶν into prison, that ye may betried; and yeshall have tribulation *days δέκα. γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου, καὶ δώσω σοι τὸν στέ- 1ten. Bethou faithful unto death, and I will give to thee the pavov τῆς ζωῆς. 11 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα crown of life. He that has anear, let him hear what the Spirit λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαι ὁ νικῶν οὐ-μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ says tothe assemblies. Hethat overcomes innowise shall beinjured of τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου. the “death second, 12 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον, And tothe angel of the *in *Pergamos ‘assembly write : Τάδε λέγετε ὁ ἔχων τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον τὴν These things says he who has the sword *two-edged dgeiav’ 18 Οἶδα ἱτὰ.ἔργα.σου καὶ" ποῦ κατοικεῖς, Sov ὁ ‘sharp, 1 know thy works and where thou dwellest, where the θρόνος τοῦ σατανᾶ, καὶ κρατεῖς τὸ.Ὀνομά.μου, Kai οὐκ throne of Satan [is]; and thou holdest fast and *not ἠρνήσω τὴν.πίστιν. μου ™Kai' ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις "ἐνὶ aig! Ῥ᾽Αν- ‘didst *deny my faith even in the days in which An- τίπας" ὁ.μάρτυς.μου ὁ πιστός, ὃς ἀπεκτάνθη παρ᾽ ὑμῖν, tipas my *witness 1faithful [was], who waskilled among you, ὕπου τκατοικεῖ ὁ σατανᾶς." 14 "ἀλλ᾽" ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὀλίγα, where 2ἅνγν6115 ‘Satan. But I have against thee afew things; τὸ ἔχεις ἐκεὶ κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Βαλαάμ, ὃς OTL because thou hast there [those] holding the teaching of Balaam, who ἐδίδασκεν Yév' **ry' Βαλὰκ βαλεῖν σκάνδαλον ἐνώπιον τῶν taught Balak to cast a snare before the υἱῶν ᾿Ισραήλ, φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα καὶ πορνεῦσαι. sons of Israel, ἴο ϑαῦ things sacrificed to idols and to commit fornication. my name, | w + ἑπτὰ seven L. (read of my God) o[a]w. T.) ἐκκλησίας assembly in Smyrna GLTTraw. ὁ + ἐκ of (those who) GLTTraw. GLTTrawWw. h βάλλειν LTrA. ἔργα σον καὶ LTTrA. [was] Antipas) Lrtr[a]. τ 0 σατανᾶς κατοικεῖ GLTTrAW. X νικοῦντι L. Υ τῷ παραδείσῳ the paradise GLTTraW. z + μου 8. τῷ (read ἐκκλ. of the assembly) t. Ὁ ev Σμύρνῃ (Ζμύρνῃ © --- τὰ ἔργα καὶ {ΤΊΓΑ- 4 ἀλλὰ πλούσιος Γμὴ Not Lrraw. & + dy indeed [a]w. i διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν GLITrAW. k ἔχητε ye May have 1,. 1— τὰ m — καὶ T|TrA]. n — ἐν LITrAW. ° — ais (read in those days Ρ᾿Αντείπας T. 4 + μου (read my faithful (one]) La[Tra]w. * ἀλλὰ W. t—oreL. v — ἐν EGLTTrAW. wa τὸν E, II. 15 οὕτως ἔχεις Kai σὺ REVELATION. κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν τῶν" So hast also thou([those] holding the teaching of the Νικολαϊτῶν Υὸ μισῶ." 16 μετανόησον Τ᾽ εἰ.δὲ μή, ἔρχομαί Nicolaitanes, which thing I hate. Repent ! but if not, lam coming U ‘ ΄ ᾽ ~ ᾽ ~ e ΄ - σοι ταχύ, καὶ πολεμήσω μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ to thee quickly, and willmake war with them with the sword oroparoc.uov. 17 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα of my mouth. Hethat has anear, let him hear what the Spirit λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαι" τῷ νικῶντι" δώσω αὐτῷ ὑφαγεῖν says tothe assemblies, ΤῸ him that overcomes, Iwillgivetohim toeat ἐπὸ" τοῦ μάννα τοῦ κεκρυμμένου, Kai δώσω αὐτῷ ψῆφον of the ?manna *hidden ; and I will give to him a “pebble λευκήν, καὶ ἐπὶ THY ψῆφον ὄνομα καινὸν γεγραμμένον, ὃ ‘white, and on the pebble a*name ‘new written, which οὐδεὶς “ἔγνω εἰμὴ ὁ λαμβάνων. no one knew except he who receives [it]. 18 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ “τῆς" ἐν Θυατείροις ἐκκλησίας γράψον, Andtothe angel ofthe *in *Thyatira ‘assembly write: Τάδε λέγει ὁ υἱὸς Tov θεοῦ, ὁ ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς These things says the Son of God, he who has *eyes "αὐτοῦ" we φλόγα" πυρός, Kai οἱ.πόδες. αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολι- this as afiame of fire, and his feet like fine βάνῳ" 19 Oida σου τὰ ἔργα καὶ τὴν Sayarny, Kai τὴν δια- brass. I know thy works, and love, and ser- κονίαν, καὶ τὴν πίστιν" Kai τὴν" ὑπομονήν σου," Kai τὰ ἔργα vice, and faith, and “endurance ‘thy, and *works σου, "καὶ" τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων. 20 ἰἀλλ᾽" ‘thy, and the last [tobe] more than the first. But ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ""ὀλίγα,, Ore “ede! τὴν γυναῖκα" P'leZa- I have against thee afew things that thou sufferest the woman Jeze- Br," «τὴν λέγουσαν" τἑαυτὴν᾽ προφῆτιν, "διδάσκειν Kai πλα- k bel, her who calls herself aprophetess, to teach and to νᾶσθαι! ἐμοὺς δούλους, πορνεῦσαι καὶ ᾿εἰδωλό- mislead my bondmen to commit fornication and *things ‘sacrificed ‘to Sura φαγεῖν." 21 καὶ ἔδωκα αὐτῇ χρόνον wa μετανοήσῃ "ἐκ 1015 ‘to eat. And I gave her time that she might repent of ~ ΄ > ~ ‘ > , ll 92 ἰὃ ’ w2 ‘ Π τλλ τῆς. πορνείας. αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐ.μετενόησεν. ἰδού, "ἐγὼ" βάλλω her fornication ; and she repented not. Lo, 1 cast αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην, καὶ τοὺς μοιχεύοντας μετ᾽ αὐτῆς εἰς her into abed, and those who commit adultery with her into θλίψιν μεγάλην, ἐὰν. μὴ *peravorjowow' ἐκ τῶν ἔργων “tribulation lereat, except they should repent of “works avT@v.' 23 καὶ τὰ.τέκνα. αὐτῆς ἀποκτενῶ ἐν θανάτῳ᾽ Kai ‘their. And her children Iwillkill with death; and γνώσονται πᾶσαι ai ἐκκλησίαι ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἐρευνῶν" *shall°kmow ‘all the “assemblies that I am he who _ searches 627 hast thou also them that hold the doctrine of the Nicolaitanes, which thing I hate. 16 Repent; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will fight against them with the sword of my mouth. 17 He that hath anear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches ; ΤῸ him that overcometh willI give to eat of the hidden manna, and will give him a white stone, and in the stone a new name written, which no man knoweth say- ing he that receiveth τὶ. 18 And unto the an- gel of the church in Thyatira write ; These things saith the Son of God, who hath his eyes like unto a flame of fire, and his feet are like fine brass; 19 I know thy works, and charity, and service, and faith, and thy pa- tience, and thy works; and the last to be more than the first. 20 Not- withstanding I havea few things against thee, because thou sufferest that woman Jezebel, which calleth herself a prophetess, to teach and to seduce my servants to commit fornication, and to eat things sacrificed unto idols. 21 And I gave her space to repent of her fornication; and she repented not. 22Be- hold, I will cast her into a bed, and them that commit adultery with her into great tribulation, except they repent of their deeds, 23 And I will kill her’ children with death ; and all the churches shall know that I am he which searcheth the x — τῶν the L[tr ]aw. Y ὁμοίως in like manner GLTTraw. Qutr[A]w. 8 νικοῦντι LTTr. Ὁ — φαγεῖν ἀπὸ GLTTraw. 4 τῷ (read ἐκκλ. of the assembly) 1,. € — αὐτοῦ L. ἴ φλὸξ τ. πίστιν καὶ τὴν διακονίαν GLTA ; πίστιν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην καὶ τὴν διακονίαν Tr. i 1 ἀλλὰ Traw. ° + gov (read thy wife) GL[a]w. 4 ἡ λέγουσα she who calls GLTTraw. 5 καὶ διδάσκει καὶ πλανᾷ τοὺς and she teaches and misleads GLrTraw. Υ καὶ ov θέλει μετανοῆσαι ἐκ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς and she Ὑ-- ἐγὼ (read βάλλω I cast) GLYTraw. 28 ἐραυνῶν LTTr. i— gov T. k — καὶ (read thy last works) GLTTraw. GLTTrAW. " ἀφεῖς thou lettest alone GLTTraw. P τὴν Ἱεζάβελ L; ᾿Ιεζάβελ GT; ᾿Ιεζαβὲλ Traw. τ αὐτὴν Ἱ. * φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα GLTTrAW. wills not to repent of her fornication GLTTraw. κε μετανοήσουσιν they shall repent Trra. γ8 αὐτῆς her @LTTraw. z + οὖν therefore ¢ οἷδεν knows GLTTraw. 8 ἀγάπην, Kal τὴν b — τὴν L. ™ — ὀλίγα 628 reins and hearts : and I will give unto every one of you according to your works. 24 But unto you I say, and unto the rest in Thya- tira, as many as have not this doctrine, and which have not known the depths of Satan, as they speak; I will put upon you none other burden. 25 But that which ye have already hold fast till I come. 26 And he that overcometh, and keep- eth my works untothe end, to him wiil I give power over the na- tions: 27 and he shall rule them witha rod of iron ; as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to. shivers: even as I received of my Father. 28 And I will give him’ the morning ‘star. 29 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. 11. And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things saith he that hath the seven Spirits of God, and_ the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. 2 Be watch- ful, and strengthen the things which re- main, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works per- fect before God. 3 Re- member therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If there- fore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee. 4 Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have net defiled their gar- ments; and they shall walk with me in white: for they are worthy. 5 He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I ATIOKAAYYWI2&. Il, π᾿ νεφροὺς καὶ καρδίας: καὶ δώσω ὑμῖν ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ reins and hearts; and I will give to you each according to ” G ~ Clan x , a si ~ «5 ᾽ ἔργα ὑμῶν. 24 ὑμῖν.δὲ λέγω "καὶ" λοιποῖς τοῖς ἐν *works ‘your. But to you Isay, and to(the]rest who [8416] in Θυατείροις, door οὐκιἔχουσιν τὴν.διδαχὴν.ταύτην, καὶ" Thyatira, as many as have not this teaching, and τ ᾽ ” Sc ΄ θ Π - - ε λ , O > OLTLVEC OUK.EyYVwoaY Ta βάθη" τοῦ σατανᾶ, ὡς λέγουσιν, Οὐ who knew not the depths of Satan, as theysay; “not ἀβαλῶ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος" 25 πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε κρατή- 1] *will*cast upon you any other burden ; but what ye have hold care, “ἄχρις! οὗ. ἂν ἥξω. 26 καὶ ὁ νικῶν καὶ ὁ fast till τηρῶν ἄχρι keeps until [the] ἐπὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν" 27 Kai over the nations, I shall come. and he that δώσω αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν end my works, Iwillgive tohim authority ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σι- and heshallshepherd them with “rod lan a Ἔ. 4 , A} 4A / δηρᾷ᾽ we τὰ σκεύη τὰ. κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται, “iron, as vessels of pottery are broken in pieces; as JIalso εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ-πατρός.μου" 28 καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ τὸν have received from my Father ; and Iwillgive tohim the ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν. 29 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω Ti τὸ *star imorning. He that has anear, let him hear what the πνεῦμα λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. Spirit says tothe assemblies. 3 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον, Andtothe angel of the ἡ. “Sardis lassembly write : Τάδε λέγει: ὁ ἔχων ra! πνεύματα τοῦ θεοῦ Kai τοὺς These things says he who has_ the Spirits of God and the ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας" Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι Bro" ὄνομα ἔχεις OTe seven stars. I know thy works, that *the *name "thou *hast that ζῇς. Kai νεκρὸς el. 2 γίνου γρηγορῶν, Kai ϑῬστήριξον" thou livest,and dead ‘art. Be watchful, and _ strengthen τὰ. λοιπὰ ἃ μέλλει! ἀποθανεῖν. οὐ.γὰρ. εὕρηκά the things that remain, which are about to die, for I have not found σου "τὰ" ἔργα πεπληρωμένα ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦξ. 3 μνημόνευε And he that overcomes, τέλους τὰ.ἔργα.μου, ὡς κἀγὼ thy works complete before God. Remember Ιοῦν! πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας, καὶ τήρει, καὶ therefore how thou hast received and heard, and keep [it] and μετανόησον᾽ ἐὰν οὖν μὴ-γρηγορήσῃς, ἥξω πιἐπὶ σὲ" repent, If therefore thou shalt not watch Iwillcome upon thee ὡς κλέπτης, καὶ ov.un γνῷς" ποίαν ὥραν ἥξω as a thief, and inno wise shaltthouknow what hour I shall come ἐπὶ σέ. 4 ° Ῥἔχεις ὀλίγα" ὀνόματα “καὶ! ἐν Σάρδεσιν, ἃ οὐκ upon thee. Thou hast afew names also in Sardis which “ποὺ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτῶν" Kai περιπατήσουσιν per’ ἐμοῦ ἐν defiled their garments, and they shall walk with me in λευκοῖς, OTe ἄξιοί εἰσιν. 5 ὁ νσνικῶν, τοῦτος" περι- white, because worthy they are. He that overcomes, he shall βαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς" Kai od.un ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα will not blot out his beclothed in *garments ‘white; and in no wise willI blot out "name a τοῖς to the (rest) GLTTrAW. Ὁ — καὶ GLTTrAW. ς βαθέα GLTTrAW. d βάλλω I cast (not) LTTraWw. © ἄχρι LTTr. f + ἑπτὰ seven EGLTTrAW. 8 — τὸ (read a name) GLTTrAW. h στήρισον GLTTrAWw. i ἔμελλον were about GLTTraw. )-- τὰ L{Tra]. k + μου (read my God) GLTTraw. 1 [οὖν] a. ma — ἐπὶ σὲ LYTrA. π γνώσῃ ττι. ο + ἀλλὰ (ἀλλ᾽ G) But LITrAW P ὀλίγα ἔχεις τ. 4 -- καὶ GLTTrAW. τ οὕτως thus τττ. Ill. αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῆς *his from the REVELATION. βίβλου τῆς ζωῆς. καὶ ἐξομολογήσομαι" τὸ ὄνομα book of life, and will confess *name αὐτοῦ ἐνώπιον τοῦ.πατρός.μου Kai ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων this before my Father and before angels αὐτοῦ. 6 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα λέγει this. Hethat has anear, let himhear what the Spirit says ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. tothe assemblies. 7 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν ᾿Φιλαδελφείᾳ" ἐκκλησίας γράψον, Andtothe angel ofthe*in +7Philadelphia lassembly write : Τάδε λέγει Τὸ ἅγιος, ὁ ἀληθινός,, ὁ ἔχων τὴν κλεῖδα" These things says the Holy, the True; he who has’ the key χτοῦ" Δαβίδ," ὁ ἀνοίγων Kai οὐδεὶς ᾿κλείει," *kai! Ὀκλείει" καὶ of David, who opens and noone _ shuts, and shuts and ? ‘ c ? / ell ψ / . ἈΝ e 2 , 7s 2 , , οὐδεὶς “ἀνοίγει"" ὃ Olda σου τὰ ἔργα" ἰδού. δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν no one opens. Iknow thy works. Lo, Ihave set before σου θύραν ἀνεῳγμένην," “καὶ οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν" thee “door lan 7opened, and noone is able to shut it, ὅτι μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν, Kai ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον; because 38. *little ‘thou hast power, and didst keep my word, καὶ οὐκ.ἠρνήσω τὸ.ὄνομά.μου. 9 ἰδού, δίδωμι" ἐκ τῆς συνα- and didst not deny my name. Lo, I give of the syna- ywyne τοῦ σατανᾶ τῶν λεγόντων ἑαυτοὺς Ιουδαίους εἶναι, gogue of Satan thosethat declare themselves SJews 1to *be, 4 ᾽ > / > \ , . > , Ἂν» > ΕῚ vw καὶ οὐκ.εἰσίν, ἀλλὰ ψεύδονται" ἰδού, ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα and are not, but do lie; lo, I will cause them that εἥξωσιν! Kai "προσκυνήσωσιν" ἐνώπιον τῶν.ποδῶν.σου, they should come and ___ should do homage before thy feet, καὶ γνῶσιν ὕτι ἐγὼ ἠγάπησά σε. 10 ὅτι ἐτήρησας τὸν and should know that 1 loved thee. Beeause thou didst keep the λόγον τῆς. ὑπομονῆς. μου, κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ word of my endurance, ITalso thee will keep outof the hour πειρασμοῦ τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης of trial which [15] about tocome upon the *habitable *world ὅλης, πειράσαι τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ THE γῆς. 11 ᾿Ιδού," whole, totry themthat dwell upon the earth. Behold, ἔρχομαι ταχύ: κράτει ὃ ἔχεις, ἵνα μηδεὶς λάβῃ τὸν I come quickly: hold fast what thou hast, that no one take στέφανόν σου. 12 ὁ νικῶν, ποιήσω αὐτὸν στύλον ἐν τῷ 2crown thy. He that overcomes, I willmake him apillar in the ναῷ τοῦ.θεοῦ.μου, καὶ ἔξω ov.un ἐξέλθῃ ἔτι, καὶ γράψω temple of my God, and out not at all shall he go more; and I will write ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ.θεοῦ.μου, καὶ TO ὄνομα τῆς πόλεως upon him the name ofmy God, andthe name ofthe city τοῦ.θεοῦ.μου, τῆς καινῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἔὴ καταβαίνουσα, of my God, the new Jerusalem, which comes down ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ.θεοῦ.μου, Kai τὸ.ὄνομά.μου τὸ out of heaven from my God, and my *name καινόν. 15 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί TO πνεῦμα λέγει new. Hethat has anear, let himhear whatthe Spirit says ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. tothe assemblies. 629 name out of the book of life, but I will con- fess his name before my Father, and before his angels. 6 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spi- rit saith unto the churches. 7 And to the angel of the church in Phil- adelphia write ; These things saith he that is holy, he that is true, he that hath the key of David, he that openeth, and no man shutteth; and shut- teth, and no man openeth ; 8I know thy works : behold, I have set before thee an open door, andno man can shut it: for thou hast a little strength, and hast kept my word, and hast not denied my name. 9 Behold, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie ; behold, I will make them to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that [have loved thee. 10 Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. 11 Behold, I come quickly : hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown. 12 Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of my God, and he shall go no more out: and I will write upon him the name of my God, and the name of the city of my God, which is new Jerusa- lem, which cometh down out of heaven from my God: and 7 will write upon him my new name. 13 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. 5 ὁμολογήσω GLTTrAW. t Φιλαδελφίᾳ τ. χ - χοῦ LTr[a.] Y Δανείδ ττττγὰ ; Δαυΐδ aw. b κλείων shutting Lrtr. ς ἀνοίξει Shall open TTraw. which GLTTraw. ἐδιδῶ I will give LTA; δίδω Tr. h προσκυνήσουσιν shall do homage LTTra. i ¥ ὁ ἀληθινός, ὃ ἅγιος A. : κλείσει Shall shut LTTraw. W κλεῖν GLTTrAW. 690 14 And unto the an- gel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the crea- tion of God; 15 1 know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. 16 So then because thou art luKe- warin,and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of my mouth. 17 Because thou say- est, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of no- thing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miser- able, and poor, and blind, and naked: 18 1 counsel thee te buy of me goid tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white rai- ment, that thou may- est be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not ap- pear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see, 19 As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. 20 Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me. 21 To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in his throne. 22 He that hathan ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. IV. After this I looked, and, behold, a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said, Come up hither, and I will shew thee things which must be here- after. 2 And imme- 1 ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ (Λαοδικίᾳ T) ἐκκλησίας assembly in Laodicea GLTTraw. Ὁ ζεστὸς οὔτε ψυχρός GTTrAW. τ ἐλεινὸς Α. ἔγχρισαι anoint with TTr. Y ἀνεῳγμένη GLW. whatsoever things L. 9114]. τ ἴδον T. 4 - καὶ LITrAW. ASTRO KA AY Wis. 14 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἰἐκκλησίας Λαοδικέων" γράψον, And tothe angel of the eT, of [the] Laodiceans write: Τάδε λέγει ὁ ἀμήν, ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστὸς Kai ἀληθινός, ἡ These things says the Amen, the witness faithful and true, the ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως Tov θεοῦ" 15 Olda σου τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι οὔτε beginning of the creation of God. I know thy works, that neither A fi » Z ΄ 5 Hy r\ 4A m » Il n , . vxpoc εἶ, οὔτε ζεστός᾽ ὄφελον ψυχρὸς Meine, ἢ Ceordc cold thou art, nor hot ; I would cold thou wert or hot. 16 οὕτως Ore χλιαρὸς εἶ, Kai οὔτε "ψυχρὸς οὔτε ζεστός," Thus because lukewarm thou art, and neither cold nor hot, μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ-.στόματός. μου. 17 ὅτι λέγεις, I am about “thee ‘to spue out of my mouth. Because thou aod "Ore! πλούσιός εἰμι καὶ πεπλούτηκα Kai Ῥοὐδενὸς" χρείαν ἔχω, LIL, ΙΝ: Rich Iam, and have grown rich and “of *nothing need “have, καὶ οὐκοῖδας ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος Kai 4 τέλεεινός," Kai and knowest not that thou art the wretched, and miserable, and πτωχὸς καὶ τυφλὸς Kai γυμνός" 18 συμβουλεύω σοι ἀγοράσαι poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον EK πυρός, ἵνα πλουτήσῳς, from me gold purified by fire, that aha ὑϑπίθις καὶ ἱμάτια λευκά, iva περιβάλῃ καὶ μηὴςφανερωθῇ and * searmente 1white, that thou anay este clothed, and hey te made manifest ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς. γυμνότητός.σου" καὶ "κολλούριον" ᾿ἔγχρισον" the shame of thy nakedness ; and *eye-salve ‘anoint “thou%with τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς.σου, iva βλέπῳς. 19 ἐγὼ ὅσους ἐὰν φιλῶ, thine eyes, that thou mayest see. 1 as many as I love ἐλέγχω καὶ παιδεύω: YOnwoov' οὖν καὶ μετανόησον. 1 rebuke and discipline; bethou zealous therefore and repent. 20 ἰδού, ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν Kai Kpotw' ἐάν τις ἀκούσῃ Behold, Istand at the door and knock; if anyone hear τῆς.φωνῆς. μου, Kai ἀνοίξῃ τὴν θύραν, % εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς my voice and open the door, I will come in to αὐτόν, καὶ δειπνήσω per αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς per ἐμοῦ. 21 ὁ him, and _ will SUP with him, and he with me. He that νικῶν, δώσω αὐτῷ καθίσαι μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ.θρόνῳομου, ὡς ΟΥΘΡΓΟΙΘΕΣ; I will give tohim tosit with me in my ΣΌΣ; as κἀγὼ ἐνίκησα, καὶ ἐκάθισα μετὰ τοῦ.πατρός. μου ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ Ialso overcame, and satdown with my Father in *throne αὐτοῦ. 22 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα λέγει this. Hethat has anear, let himhear what the _ Spirit says ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. : tothe assemblies. 4 Mera ταῦτα "εἶδον," καὶ ἰδοὺ θύρα Υὐἠνεῳγμένη" ἐν τῷ After these things Isaw, and behold a door opene in οὐρανῷ, Kai ἡ φωνὴ ἡ πρώτη ἣν ἤκουσα ὡς σάλπιγγος heaven, andthe *voice first which LIheard [was] as of a trumpet λαλούσης per ἐμοῦ, λέγουσα," *AvaBa' ὧδε, καὶ δείξω speaking with me, saying, Come up hither, and I will shew σοι bg! δεῖ γενέσθαι pera ταῦτα. 2 “καὶ! εὐθέως to thee what things must take place after these things. And immediately m ἧς GLTTrAW. P οὐδὲν *in “no ἢ wise LTTrA. 4 - 0 the 5 κολλύριον TITA. τ ἐγχρίσαι GW ; ἐγχρῖσαι to anoint with 1,Α΄; v ζήλενε LTTrAW. w + καὶ (read 1 will both come in) T[A]w. 2 λέγων GLTTrAW. 2 ᾿Ανάβηθι L. υ ὅσα ς Punctuate so as to read Immediately after these things L, © — ὅτι [A]w. IV. REVELATION. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι: καὶ ἰδού, θρόνος ἔκειτο ἐν τῷ I became in {the} Spirit; and behold, athrone wasset in the οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ “τοῦ Oodvov' καθήμενος" ὃ καὶ ὁ καθή- heaven, andupon 6 throne [one] sitting, and he who[was] sit- μενος ‘hv! ὕμοιος ὁράσει λίθῳ ἰάσπιδι Kai ἐσαρδίνῳ"" Kai ting was like in appearance toa7stone ‘jasper and asardius; and ἶρις κυκλόθεν τοῦ θρόνου "ὅμοιος! ὁράσει σμαραγ- a rainbow [was] around the throne like in appearance to an eme- divw. 4 καὶ κυκλόθεν τοῦ θρόνου θρόνοι" εἴκοσι "καὶ" ἱτέσ- rald. And around the throne ‘*thrones ‘twenty and σαρες," Kai ἐπὶ τοὺς ™Opdvove εἶδον τοὺς εἴκοσι Kai τέσσαρας" *four, and on the thrones [5807 twenty and four πρεσβυτέρους καθημένους, περιβεβλημένους "ἐνὶ ἱματίοις elders sitting, clothed in ?garments λευκοῖς᾽ Kai δἔσχον" ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς. αὐτῶν στεφάνους Ῥχρυσ- ‘white; and they Ββαᾶ on their heads crowns ‘gold- ovc.' 5 Kai ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου ἐκπορεύονται ἀστραπαὶ καὶ en, And out of the throne go forth lightnings and 4 ‘ 7 οἷ! ‘ ε 4 as A = , IBpovrai καὶ φωναί" Kai ἑπτὰ λαμπάδες πυρὸς καιόμεναι thunders and γτὸοΐοθβ; and seven lamps of fire burning ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου", "αἵ! teisw' τὰ! ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ before the throne, which are the seven Spirits θεοῦ: 6 καὶ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου θάλασσα ὑαλίνη, ὁμοία of God; and before the throne a 7sea ‘glass, like , ‘ > , ~ 0 , ‘ Ui λ ~ 0 , κρυστάλλῳ. καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου crystal. And in [the] midst of the throne and around the _ throne χτέσσαρα" ζῶα γέμοντα ὀφθαλμῶν γἔμπροσθεν" καὶ four living creatures, full of eyes before and ὄπισθεν. ἢ καὶ τὸ ζῶον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, behind ; and the “living *creature first [was] like a lion, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῶον ὅὕμοιον μόσχῳ, Kai τὸ τρίτον ζῶ- and the second livingcreature like acalf, and the third living ov τἔχον" τὸ πρόσωπον *we' ἄνθρωπος," Kai τὸ τέταρτον creature having the face as a man, and the fourth ζῶον ὕμοιον ἀετῷ “πετωμένῳ." ὃ Kai 4 récoaoa' living creature _ like Seagle a "flying. And [the] four ζῶα ἕν [καθ᾽ ἑαυτό," Selxyov' ἀνὰ πτέρυγας ἕξ ᾽ 5 ? 4 living creatures, each for itself had respectively wings Six; κυκλόθεν καὶ ἔσωθεν “yénovra' ὀφθαλμῶν, καὶ ἀνάπαυσιν οὐκ around and _ within full of eyes ; and ‘cessation “not ” Ἐπ τὰ . ΄ ἴδλ ς i “ .“ “ ἔχουσιν ἡμέρας καὶ YUKTOC, ἐγοντα," Αγιος, ἅγιος, ἅγιος ‘they “have day and night, saying, oly, holy, holy, κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ, ὁ ἦν Kai ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ Lord God Almighty, who was, and who is, and who[is] ἐρχόμενος. 9 Kai ὅταν δώσουσιν τὰ ζῶα δόξαν καὶ to come. And when ‘shall °give ‘the 7living *creatures glory and τιμὴν καὶ εὐχαριστίαν. τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ **rod θρόνου," τῷ honour and thanksgiving to him who sits upon the throne, who © τὸν θρόνον LTTrAW. f— ἦν GLTTrAW. 8 capdiw GLTTrAW. k — καὶ @LTTrAW. 1 τέσσερας L3 τέσσαρας T. τέσσαρας GITrW ; εἴκοσι τέσσερας (τέσσαρας A) θρόνους LA. garments) L. ο — ἔσχον GLTTrAW. P χρυσέους Tr. τ + [αὐτοῦ] (read his throne) a. 5. LT. t ἐστιν L. GLTTrAW. ‘*tTegoepaLTTr. γΥ ἔνπροσθεντ. * ἔχων TTrA. που of a Man GLTTrAw. © πετομένῳ GLTTrAW. LTTr. TTrA) having ΟἹ. ha γέμουσιν are ful] @uTTraw. θρόνῳ LITra. Β ὁμοία Ε. ™ θρόνους τοὺς (--- τοὺς GTTr) εἴκοσι 4 — ἐν (read ἱματίοις with 4 φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί GLTTraw. v [τὰ] A. 8 — ws G[A]w.- 4 + τὰ the GLTTraw. fa καθ᾽ ἕν αὐτῶν (ἕκαστον αὐτῶν Tr) (read each of them) GLTA. ia λέγοντες GLTTrAW. 631 diately I was in the Spirit: and, behold, a throne was set in hea- ven, and one sat on the throne. 3 And he that sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone: and there was a rain- bow round about the throne, in sight like unto an_ emerald, 4 And round about the throne were four and twenty seats: and up- on the seats Isaw four and twenty elders sit- ting, clothed in white raiment; and they had on their heads crowns of gold. 5 And out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thun- derings and voices: and there were seven lamps of fire burning before the _ throne, which are the seven Spirits of God. 6 And before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto crystal: and in the midst of the throne, and round a- bout the throne, were four beasts full of eyes before and_ behind, 7 And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast likea calf, and the third beast had a face asa man, and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle. 8 And the four beasts had each of them six wings about him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night, saying Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, which was, and is, and is to come. 9 And when those beasts give glory and honourand thanks to him that sat on the 1 θρόνους LT. ¥ ὡς as Ὁ avOpw- , “8 τέσσερα 88 ἔχον (ἔχων ka τῷ 632 throne, who liveth for ever and ever, 10 the four and twenty elders fall down before him that sat on the throne, and worship him that liveth for ever and ever, and cast their crowns before the throne, saying, 11 Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honour and power: for thou hast created allthings, and for thy pleasure they are and were created. V¥. And I saw in the right hand of him that sat on the throne a book written within and on the backside, sealed with seven seals. 2 And I sawa strong angel proclaim- ing with a loud voice, Who is worthy to open the book, and to loose the seals thereof ? 3 And no man in hea- ven, nor in earth, nei- ther under the earth, was able to open the book, neither to look thereon. 4 And 1 wept much, because no man was found worthy to open and to read the book, neither to look thereon. 5 And one of the elders saith unto me, Weep not: behold, the Lion of the tribe of Juda, the Root of David, hath prevailed to open the book, and to loose the seven seals thereof. 6 And I beheld, and, lo, in the midst of the throne and of the four beasts, and inthe midst of the elders, stood a Lambas it had been slain, having seven horns and seven eyes, which are the seven Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth. 7 And he came and took the book out of the right hand of ATIOKAAY WIS. TV Ni ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, 10 πεσοῦνται οἱ εἴκοσι ‘Kai lives to the ages ofthe ages, shall fall the twenty and τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι ἐνώπιον καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ four elders before sits upon the θρόνου, καὶ ™zpookvvovew' τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν throne, and they worship himwho lives ἕο the ages of the αἰώνων, καὶ "BaddAovow' τοὺς. στεφάνους. αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ τοῦ him who Ages ; and cast their crowns before the θρόνου, λέγοντες, 11 ΓΑξιος εἶ, οκύριε,! λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν throne, saying, Worthy art thou, O Lord, to receive glory καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ Ῥτὴν" δύναμιν. Ort od ἔκτισας τὰ and honour and power : because thou didst create πάντα, καὶ διὰ τὸ θέλημά.σου “εἰσὶν" Kai ἐκτίσθησαν. allthings, and for thy will they are, and were created. 5 Kai εἶδον ἐπὶ τὴν δεξιὰν τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ And Isaw on the righthand of him who sits upon the θρόνου βιβλίον γεγραμμένον ἔσωθεν Kai ὄπισθεν, κατεσῴφρα- throne a book, written within and on([the] back, having been γισμένον σφραγῖσιν ἑπτά. 2 καὶ εἶδον ἄγγελον ἰσχυρὸν κη- sealed with “seals ‘seven. And I saw Sangel ‘a *strong pro- ρύσσοντα᾽ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, Tic Séori' ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ claiming with a “voice ‘loud, Who is worthy toopen the βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ; 3 Kai οὐδεὶς ᾿ἠδύ- book, and toloose the seals of it? And noone was varo' ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, Yovde' ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, “οὐδὲ! ὑποκάτω τῆς able in the heaven, nor upon the earth, nor under the γῆς, ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, "οὐδὲ" βλέπειν αὐτό. 4 Kai “ἐγὼ! earth, toopen the book, nor to look at it. And I ἔκλαιον YroAda,' Ore οὐδεὶς ἄξιος εὑρέθη avot~at7*Kai ava- Was weeping much because noone worthy wasfound toopen and to γνῶναι! τὸ βιβλίον, οὔτε βλέπειν αὐτό. 5 Kai εἷς te τῶν ? read the book, nor to look at it. And one of the ’ “ \ ~ > ζ ? / « , πρεσβυτέρων λέγει μοι, Μὴ-κλαϊε: ἰδού, ἐνίκησεν ὁ λέων elders says tome, Donot weep. Behold, Sovercame 'the Lion ὁ δῶν" ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς ᾿Ιούδα, ἡ ῥίζα AaBid,' ἀνοῖξαι which is of the _ tribe of Juda, the root of David, [50 85] to open TO βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι" τὰς ἑπτὰ σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ. 6 Kai the book, and toloose the seven seals of it. And εἶδον “καὶ “ἰδού. ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῶν τεσσάρων Isaw, and behold, ἴῃ [086] midst ofthe throne and of the four ζώων, Kai ἐν μέσῳ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀρνίον ᾿ἑστη- living creatures, and in [the] midst of the elders, a Lamb © stand- x " « > , gy. i] “ € ‘ ‘ > Oar 4 Kog) ὡς ἐσῴφαγμενον, Sexov' κέρατα ἔπτα καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς ing as having beenslain, having horns ‘seven and 7eyes ἑπτά, Yow εἰσιν τὰ ἱἑπτὰ" ἔτοῦ θεοῦ πνεύματα" ra! ™are- Iseven, which are the seven 2of “God 1Spirits which have σταλμένα! εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν. 7 Kai ἦλθεν, καὶ εἴληφεν ™ rd been sent into all the earth: and he came and took the 1__ καὶ GLTTrAW. EGLTTrAwW. they were GLTTraw. ἡ oute T. ee ~ 7 — και ἀναγνῶναι GLTTrAW. t ἐδύνατο 7. ἡ πολύ LTTrAW. uttraA; Δαυϊδ GW. 1 ἑστηκὼς Tr. ‘8 — τὰ (read ἀπεστ. : na — τὸ βιβλίον (read [it]) LTTra. being sent w. © ὃ κύριος Kat ὃ θεὸς ἡμῶν O Lord and our God LrTraw. 8 ἔχων TTrA. Ὁ βαλοῦσιν shull cast Ρ- χὴν. «ἦσαν r + ἐν in (ἃ loud voice) GLTTraw. Ss — ἐστιν (read [is]) LTTraw. W οὔτε LITr. x — ἐγὼ (read ἔκλαιον 1 was weeping) T[Tr]. 2 — ὧν (read [is]) GLTTraW. Ὁ Δανεέδ d — καὶ ΟΥΤΙΑΎ,. e — ἰδού GLTTrAW. i— ἑπτὰ L. k πνεύματα τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTrA. ma ἀπεσταλμένοι LTr ; ἀποστελλόμενα [are] τὶ προσκυνήσουσιν Shall worship EGLITraw. ¢ — λῦσαι GLTTrAw. haw. having been sent) LTTra. V, VI. βιβλίον! ἐκ τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ book outof the ment hand of him who 8 καὶ ὅτε ἔλαβεν τὸ βιβλίον τὰ °Técoapa' And when hetook the book {86 four Ῥεἰκοσιτέσσαρες᾽ πρεσβύτεροι “ἔπεσον" REVELATION. καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου. sits on the throne. ζῶα καὶ οἱ living creatures and the ἐνώπιον τοῦ ἀρνίου, four-and- sewenty, elders fell before the Lamb, ἔχοντες ἕκαστος ᾿κιθάρας" Kai φιάλας "χρυσᾶς" γεμούσας θυ- having each DBEES and *bowls golden full of μιαμάτων, at εἰσιν at προσευχαὶ τῶν ἁγίων" 9 Kai gdovow incenses, which are the prayers ofthe saints. And they sing pony καινήν, λέγοντες, ΓΑξιος εἶ λαβεῖν τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ a *song mew, saying, Worthy art thou totake the book, and ἀνοῖξαι τὰς. σῤραγῖδας. αὐτοῦ: ὅτι ἐσφάγης Kai nydpacac to open its seals ; because thou wast slain, and didst purchase τῷ θεῷ “yuac' ἐν τῴιαἵματί.σου, ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς Kai yAwo- 7to°God ‘us by thy blood, out of every tribe and tongue σης Kai λαοῦ καὶ ἔθνους, 10 καὶ ἐποίησας τἡ μᾶς" “τῷ.θεῷ. ἡμῶν" and people and nation, and didst make us to our God *Baoursic! καὶ ἱερεῖς" Kai ἡβασιλεύσομεν" ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 11 Καὶ kings and priests; and weshallreign over the earth, And εἶδον, Kai ἤκουσαΞ φωνὴν ayyéhwy πολλῶν *"kuKAdOEY! τοῦ Isaw, and Iheard [the] voice of “angels ‘many around the θρόνου καὶ τῶν ζώων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων" Kai χιλι- throne and of the living creatures and of the elders ; and thou- άδες χιλιάδων, 12 λέγοντες φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, “"Αξιόν ἐστιν sands of thousands ; saying witha*voice ‘loud, saa is TO ἀρνίον τὸ ἐσφαγμένον λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν καὶ ἃ πλοῦτον the Lamb that hasbeenslain to receive power, and riches, καὶ σοφίαν καὶ ἰσχὺν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν καὶ εὐλογίαν. and wisdom, and _ strength, and honour, and - glory, ἜΣ blessing. 13 Kai πᾶν κτίσμα ὅ “ἐστιν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ έν τῇ γῇ," And ΘΎΡΕΣ creature which is in the heaven and_ in the earth Kai ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς, Kai ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης δ᾽ δξέστιν," and under the earth,and ‘on ‘the ®sea ‘those 7that “are, καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτοὶς ἱπάντα," ἤκουσα |Méyovrac,' Τῷ and *the things *in *them 141], heard I Sayauey To him who καθημένῳ ἐπὶ ™rov θρόνου καὶ τῷ ἀρνίῳ ἡ εὐλογία Kai ἡ sits on the throne, and to the Lamb, Blessing, and « ~ ~ ’ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. honour,and glory, and might, to the ages of the ages. 14 Καὶ τὰ "τέσσαρα' ζῶα ἔλεγον, ““᾿Αμήν᾽ Kai ot *sikoot- And the four living creatures said, Amen; andthe four-and- τέσσαρες" πρεσβύτεροι ἔπεσαν, καὶ προσεκύνησαν twenty elders felldown and worshipped (him who] . ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων." lives to the ages of the ages, 6 Kai “eidov' ore ἤνοιξεν τὸ ἀρνίον μίαν ἐκ τῶν S* σφρα- And 1587 when “opened ‘the "Lamb one οὗ the seals, 633 him that sat upon the throne. 8 And when he had taken the book, the four beasts and four and twenty el- ders tell down before the Lamb, having every one of them harps, and_ golden vials full of odours, which are the prayers of saints. 9 And they sung a new song, say- ing, Thou art worthy to take the book, and to open the seals there- of: for thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to God by thy blood out of every kindred, and tongue, and peo- ple, and nation; 10and hast made us unto our God kings and priests: and we shall reign on the earth. 11 And I beheld, and I heard the voice of many an- gels round about the throne and the beasts and the elders: and the number of them was ten thousand times ten thousand, andthousands of thou- sands; 12 saying with a loud voice, Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wis- dom, and strength, and honour, and glory, and blessing. 13 And every creature whick is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them, heard I saying, Blessing, and honour, and glory, ana power, ὅδ unto him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever. 14 And the four beasts said, Amen. And the four and twenty elders fell down and worshipped him that liveth for ever and ever, VI. And I saw when the Lamb opened one ο τέσσερα LITr. Ρ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες LTA. 5 χρυσέας τι. — ἡμᾶς LTAW. % βασιλείαν a navaee LTTra. shall reign 61. 2. - ws as TTr[A]. 9 ἔπεσαν LTTrAW. Υ αὐτοὺς them GLTTraw. 2 κύκλῳ GLTTrAW. d + Tov W. — ἐστιν (read [is]) Lrtraw. F κιθάραν a harp LTTraw. — τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν A, Υ βασιλεύουσιν they reign LIrAW 3 βασιλεύσουσιν they b+ καὶ a 6 ἀριθμὸς αὐτῶν μυ- piabes μυριάδων ἈΠΟ the number of them was myriads of “myriads EGLITraw. ς “A€uds τ΄ f ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ON the earth GLTTrAW. Bite ἅ LTTrA. » — ἐστιν TTr. iby πάντας (read I heard all) Ww. Κ + Οκαὶ also 1. l λέγοντα L. ™ τῷ θρόνῳ LTA. a τέσσερα LTTr. oa + 70 W. ΡΒ — εἰκοσι- τέσσαρες GLTTrAW. 48 — ζῶντι to end of verse GLTTrAW. ra ἴδον T. 82 - ἑπτὰ seven GLTTraw. 634 of the seals, and I heard, as it were the noise of thunder, one of the four beasts say- ing, Come and see. 2 And I saw, and be- hold a white horse: and he thatsat on him had a bow; and a crown was given unto him: and he went forth conquering, and to conquer. 3 And when he had opened the second seal, I heard the second beast say, Come and see, 4 And there went out another horse that was red: and power was given to him that sat thereon to take peace from the earth, and that they should kill one another: and there was given unto him a great sword. 5 And when he had opened the third seal, I heard the third beast say, Come and _ see. And I beheld, and lo a black horse; and he that sat on him had a pair of balances in his hand. 6 And I heard a voice in the midst of the four beasts say, A measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny; and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine. 7 And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. 8 AndI looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with hun- ger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth. 9 And when he had opened the fifth seal, τ φωνὴ (read without the numer als) GLTTrAW. LTTrA. w ἴδον T. βλέπε @LTTrAW. ἃ σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην GLTTrAW. (read 1 heard the fourth) G[Tr]w. ζώου) GLTTrAW. ATIOKAAY WI2X. γίδων, Kai ἤκουσα ἑνὸς ἐκ THY τεσσάρων λέγον- and Iheard one ‘of ®the °four ‘say- τος, ὡς ἱφωνῆς" βροντῆς, Ἔρχου "καὶ βλέπε." 2 Καὶ Yeidor,' ing, ‘as “a*voice *of thunder, Come and see, And eae kai ἰδού, ἵππος λευκός, Kai ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ᾽ “αὐτῷ! ἔχων Vi. ζώων "living ' creatures and behold, a “horse tes and he sitting on it having , 4 ? ~ ~ 4 τόξον" Kai ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν νικῶν, Kai abow; 8ΔΠ6 wasgiventohim acrown, and he went forth overcoming and iva νικήσῃ. that he might overcome. 3 Kai ore ἤνοιξεν τὴν Yoevripay σφραγῖδα" ἤκουσα τοῦ And when he opened the second seal Iheard the δευτέρου ζώου λέγοντος, Ἔρχου Τκαὶ βλέπε." 4 Καὶ second living pane saying, Come and see, And ἐξῆλθεν ἄλλος ἵππος πυῤῥός" Kai τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ᾽ see went forth ke horse red ; and to a sitting on ἐδόθη "αὐτῷ" λαβεῖν τὴν εἰρήνην Ῥάπὸ" τῆς γῆς, Kai wa was given to him to take peace from the earth, and that ἀλλήλους “σφάξωσιν"" καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη. one another ane should slay ; and was giventohim a *sword great, 5 Kai ore ἤνοιξεν τὴν “τρίτην oppayica' ἤκουσα τοῦ τρίτου And when he opened the third seal Iheard the _ third ζώου λέγοντος, Ἔρχου “καὶ βλέπε." Kai *eldor," καὶ living creature saying, Come and see. And Isaw, and ἰδού, ἵππος μέλας, καὶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ᾽ ταὐτῷ" ἔχων ζυγὸν behold, a *horse ‘black, andhe sitting on it haying a balance ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ. 6 Kai ἤκουσα 5 φωνὴν ἐν tow τῶν in his hand. And IJ heard avoice in(the]midst of the τεσσάρων λέγουσαν, Χοῖνιξ σίτου δηναρίου, four saying, Achoenix of wheat for a denarius, καὶ τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῆς" Snvapiov' Kai τὸ ἔλαιον Kai τὸν and three chenixes of barley foradenarius: and the oil and the οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς. wine thou mayest not injure. 7 Καὶ ore ἤνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην; ἤκουσα ζώων. living creatures, And when he opened the ?seal ‘fourth, 1 heard [the] φωνὴν!" τοῦ τετάρτου ζώου λέγουσαν," [Ἔρχου "καὶ voice οἵ the fourth living creature saying, Jome and βλέπε." 8 Kai πεῖδον," καὶ ἰδού, ἵππος χλωρός, καὶ ὁ καθήμενος see. And Isaw, and pehold, eee ‘pale, andhe — sitting « oe ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, ὄνομα αὐτῷ 6' Θάνατος, και ὁ ἅδης Κάκο- on it, “name ‘his [was] Death, and hades fol- λουθεῖ" per αὐτοῦ: καὶ ἐδόθη lavroic' ἐξουσία ™amoxreivat lows with him; and was giver tothem authority to kill ἐπὶ τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς" ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ Kai ἐν λιμῷ καὶ ἐν over the fourth of the earth with sword and with famine and with θανάτῳ, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς. death, and by the beasts of the earth. 9 Kai ore ἤνοιξεν τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα Veldoy' ὑποκάτω And when he opened the fifth seal Isaw under v καὶ ἴδε and behold aw; — καὶ βλέπε Υ σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν GLTTrAW. — καὶ 2 [αὐτῷ] 1. > ἐκ GLTTrAW. ¢ σφάξουσιν they shall slay LTTrA. € + ὡς aS LTTrA. ἔ κριθῶν LTTrAW. & — φωνὴν h λέγοντος (connect λίσυσαν with φωνὴν ; “λέγοντος with k ῃκολούθει followed GLTTrAw. 1 αὐτῷ to him a. x αὐτὸν GLTTraw. i—o T[A]. ™ ἐπὶ τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς. ἀποκτεῖναι GLTTrAW. VE REVELATION. τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐσφαγμένων διὰ τὸν the altar the souls of those having been slain because of the λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ dia! τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον, 10 Kai word of God, and becauseof the testimony which they held; and ΡῬἔκραζον" φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, λέγοντες, Ἕως πότε, ὁ deo- they were crying with avoice ‘loud, saying, Until when, O Mas- πότης ὁ ἅγιος Kai 16" ἀληθινός, οὐ-.κρίνεις καὶ ἐκδικεῖς ter, the holy and the true, dost thou not judge and avenge TO.aiparpov τἀπὸϊ τῶν κατοικούντων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; 11 Kai our blood on those who dwell on the earth? And δἐδόθησαν" " ἑκάστοις" “στολαὶ λευκαί," καὶ ἐῤῥέθη αὐτοῖς iva were given to each 7robes white; and it was said to them that ἀναπαύσωνται Ξἔτι χρόνον" ὑμικρόν," ἕως τοῦ" "πληρώσονται" they should σὲ yet atime little, until shall be fulfilled ‘ € ΔΛ ᾽ ~ A « ) ‘ ? ~ « , καὶ οἱ. σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ. ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες both their fellow-bondmen and their brethren, those being about θάἀποκτείνεσθαι! we Kai αὐτοί. to be killed as also. they. 12 Kai “εἶδον! ore ἤνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην" καὶ And Isaw when heopened the 2seal lsixth, and 450d," σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ ἥλιος “ἐγένετο μέλας" a _ behold, *earthquake “a *great 'there was, andthe sun became black ὡς σάκκος τρίχινος, Kai ἡ σελήνη ἷ ἐγένετο ὡς αἷμα, 13 Kai as sackcloth and the became blood, and οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔπεσαν εἰς THY γῆν, ὡς συκῆ Ξβάλλει" the stars of the heaven fell unto the earth, as afig-tree casts τοὺς. ὀλύνθους. αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ μεγάλου ἀνέμου" σειομένη" 14 Kai its untimely figs, by a great wind being shaken. And 1 οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ξεϊλισσόμενον," καὶ πᾶν heaven departed as a book being rolled up, and every ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν.τόπων.αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν" 16 καὶ mountain and island out of their places were moved, And οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, Kai οἱ μεγιστᾶνες, καὶ οἱ ἱπλούσιοι, Kai the kings of the earth, and the great, and the rich, and οἱ χιλίαρχοι," Kai ot ™dvvarol,' Kai mac δοῦλος Kai "πᾶς" ‘hair, moon as the chief captains, and the powerful, and every bondman, and every ἐλεύθερος ἔκρυψαν ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὰ σπήλαια καὶ εἰς τὰς free (man) hid themselves in the caves and in the πέτρας τῶν ὀρέων, 16 Kai λέγουσιν τοῖς ὄρεσιν καὶ ταῖς rocks of the mountains ; and theysay tothe mountains and tothe πέτραις, “Πέσετε" ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, Kai κρύψατε ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ προσ- rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from [the] face ὦπου τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ P*rov θρόνου," καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς of him who sits on the throne, and from the wrath ~ ? ΄ « = « € , « » ~ > ~ Tov ἀρνίου" 17 ore ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς of the Lamb; because iscome the “δ lgreat ®wrath Vavrov,' καὶ τίς δύναται σταθῆναι ; Sof *his, and who is 8016 to stand? ° — διὰ L{a]. Ρ ἔκραξαν they cried GLTTIrAW. 4 — ὃ GLTTrAw. 5 ἐδόθη was given GLTTraw. t+ αὐτοῖς to them GLTTraw. each LTT: [A]. Ἢ στολὴ λευκή a white robe @LTTraW. Kpov G. * — οὗ GLITrAW. 5 πληρωθῶσιν should be fulfilled tw ; fulfil [it] ertra. Ὁ ἀποκτέννεσθαι GLTTrA. ς ἴδον T. © μέλας ἐγένετο GT. {- ὅλη whole (moon) GLTTraw. h ἀνέμου μεγάλον GLTTrAW. ‘+ ὁ the GLTTraw. καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι GLTTrAW. ™ ἰσχυροὶ strong GLTTrAW. LAW. ΡΒ τῷ θρόνῳ TA. 44 αὐτῶν “οὗ ‘their TTr. 635 I saw under the altar the souls of them that were slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held: 10 and _ they cried with a _ loud voice, saying, How long, Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth? 11 And white robes were given unto every one of them; and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their fel- lowservants also and their brethren, that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled. 12 And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood; 13 and the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind. 14 And the heaven de- parted as a_ scroll when it is rolled to- gether; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places. 15 And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains; 16 and said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sit- teth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb: 17 for the great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand ? τ ἐκ from LTTrAW. ¥ — ἑκάστοις GW ; ἑκάστῳ x χρόνον ἔτι L. )-- μι- πληρώσωσιν should 4 — ἰδού @LTTraw. 8 βάλλουσα casting T. k ἑλισσόμενον LTTrAW. 0 — πᾶς LTTrAW. 1 χιλίαρχοι, 8 Tlecate 696 VII. And after these things I saw four an- gels standing on the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds of the earth, that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree. 2 And I saw another angel ascend- ing from the east, hav- ing the seal of the living God: and he eried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea, 3 saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads. 4 And I heard the number of them which were sealed: and there were sealed an hun- dred and forty and four thousand of all the tribes of the chil- dren of Israel. 5 Of the tribe of Juda were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Reuben were sealed twelve thou- sand. Of the tribe of Gadweresealed twelve thousand. 6 Of the tribe of Aser were sealed twelve thou- sand, Of the tribe of Nepthalim were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Manasses were sealed twelve thousand. 7 Of the tribe of Simeon were sealed twelve thou- sand. Of the tribe of Levi were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Issachar were sealed twelve thousand. § Of the tribe of Zabulon were sealed twelve thou- sand. Of the tribe of Joseph were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Benjamin were sealed twelve thousand. 9 After this I be- held, and, lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and ANTOKAAY WIS. VIL. 7 ‘Kai' pera sravra' ‘sidov' τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους ἑστῶτας And after these things I saw four angels standing ἐπὶ τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς, κρατοῦντας τοὺς τέσσαρας upon the four corners of the earth, holding the four ἀνέμους τῆς γῆς, ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, μήτε winds οὗ the earth, that no *might*blow ‘wind on the earth, nor ἐπὶ THC θαλάσσης, μήτε ἐπὶ "πᾶν" δένδρον. 2 Kai teldov' ad- on the sea, nor upon any tree, And Isaw an- (lit. every) ww, , Π ? 3 xZ ΦΦῊ «ς Ω » γελον "ἀναβάντα" ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς" ἡλίου, ἔχοντα other angel having ascended from [the] rising of{the]sun, having σφραγῖδα θεοῦ δζῶντος" καὶ ἔκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ [the] seal of *God [‘the] “living; and hecried with a “voice "loud τοῖς τέσσαρσιν ἀγγέλοις, ος ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἀδικῆσαι τὴν to the four angels to whom itwasgiven tothem to injure the γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν, 3 λέγων, Μὴ. ἀδικήσητε τὴν γῆν, earth and the sea, saying, Injure not the earth, pyre τὴν θάλασσαν, μήτε τὰ δένδρα, Yaxouc' τοῦ" ἐσφραγίζω- nor the sea, nor the _ trees, until we μεν" τοὺς δούλους τοῦ.θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τῶν. μετώπων αὐτῶν. seal the bondmen of our God on their foreheads. 4 Kai ἤκουσα τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων" θρμδΊ! χιλιάδες, And Iheard the number of the sealed, 144 thousand, ἐσφραγισμένοι ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς υἱῶν ᾿Ισραήλ' 5 ἐκ sealed outof every tribe of [the] sons of Israel; out of [the] φυλῆς ᾿Ιούδα, “ιβ΄} χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένοι: ἐκ φυλῆς tribe of Judah, 12 thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe Ῥουβήν, 1B" χιλιάδες Φἐσφραγισμένοι"" ἐκ φυλῆς Γάδ, of Reuben, 12 thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Gad, 13" χιλιάδες “ἐσφραγισμένοι"" 6 ἐκ φυλῆς ᾿Ασήρ, °3"! 12 thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Aser, 12 χιλιάδες téoppayiopévor! ἐκ φυλῆς “Νεφθαλείμ," “ἰβΊ thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Nepthalim, 12 χιλιάδες Stogpayiopevo" ἐκ φυλῆς ‘Mavacon," “ι"" 12 φυλῆς Συμεών, “ιβ΄ χιλι- thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Manasses, of Simeon, 12 thou- χιλιάδες téogoayiopévor’ 7 ἐκ thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe deggoayiopévo ἐκ φυλῆς ®Aevi," «ιβ΄. χιλιάδες sealed ; out of [the] tribe . of Levi, 12 thousand ἀξσφραγισμένοι"" ἐς φυλῆς *Ioaxdo,' 1B" χιλιάδες δἐσφρα- sealed ; out of[the} tribe of Issachar, 12 thousand seal- yropévor' ὃ ἐκ φυλῆς Ζαβουλών, “ιβ΄ χιλιάδες Φἐσφρα- ed ; out of [the] tribe of Zabulon, 12 thousand seal- γισμένοι"" ἐκ φυλῆς ἸΙωσήφ, “ιβ΄. χιλιάδες Yeadpayiopévor" ed; outof[the]tribe ofJoseph, 12 thousand sealed ; ἐκ φυλῆς Βενιαμίν," “ι΄ χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένοι. out of[{the] tribe of Benjamin, 12 thousand sealed. 9 Μετὰ ταῦτα ‘eldor,' Κκαὶ" lidod," ™byXoe πολύς," ὃν After these things I saw, and behold, a*crowd ‘great, which ᾽ θ ~ > A ? ὃ ‘ = ἢ ᾽ ὃ , Il ? , ‘ ἔθ ‘ αρισμῆσαι αὐτὸν OUOELC “ἡθυνατο, εκ WavToc εσνοὺυς era an λον ἄγ d ἄδες sand τ--- καὶ LU Tra]. vovra ascending GLTTrAw. γίσωμεν We may have sealed EGLTTrAW. a hundred and forty-four @LTTraw. ε Νεφθαλὶμ. a. LITrAW. TrA ; Ἱσσάχαρ 1. ἢ ἐδύνατο LTTrAW. ®to “ΠΌΤΟΥ 7it Moone *was‘table, outof every nation 5 τοῦτο this LTTrAw. τ ἴδον T. Υ τι any LTr[A]w. W ἀναβαί- X ἀνατολῶν L. Y ἄχρι LTA, * — οὗ LITra. ® ohpa- Ὁ ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα (τεσσαρ- GW) τέσσαρες ΄ ’ ,ὔ ς δώδεκα twelve LTTraW. d — ἐσφραγισμένοι a > a ρ ὯΝ ir ‘ ὃ Aevet TTr. Ὁ Ἰσασχὰρ E; ᾿Ισσαχὰρ f Μαννασσὴ Tr. : 1— ἰδού L. ™ ὄχλον πολύν L. 1 Βενιαμεὶν LTTr. k — καὶ L. Vil. REVELATION. φυλῶν καὶ λαῶν καὶ γλωσσῶν, °éorwrEc' ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου tribes, and peoples, and tongues, standing before the throne καὶ ἐνώπιον Tov apviov, Ῥπεριβεβλημένοι! στολὰς λευκάς, Kai and before the Lamb, clothed with 7robes ‘white, and φοίνικες" ἐν ταῖς. χερσὶν. αὐτῶν" 10 καὶ *kpalortec! φωνῇ palms in their hands; and crying with a *voice μεγάλῳ, λέγοντες, Ἣ σωτηρία "τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τοῦ *lond, saying, Salvation to him who sits on the θρόνου τοῦ.θεοῦ ἡμῶν," καὶ τῷ aovip. 11 Kai πάντες οἱ ay- throne of our God, and to the Lamb. And all the an- γελοι ᾿ἑστήκεσαν" κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων Kai gels stood around the throne and the elders and τῶν τεσσάρων ζώων, Kai "ἔπεσον" ἐνώπιον Tov θρόνου the four living creatures, and fell before the throne ἐπὶ “πρόσωπον" αὐτῶν, kai προσεκύνησαν τῷ θεῷ, 12 éEyor- upon 7face ltheir, and Wea God, say- TEC, "Aun? ἡ εὐλογία Kai ἡ δόξα καὶ ἡ σοφία Kai ἡ εὐχαριστία ing, Amen: BESTE; and glory, and ey and I καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς τῷ.θεῷ. ἡμῶν εἰς τοὺς and honour, and power, and_ strength, to our God to the αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ξάἀμήν." ages of the ages. Amen. 13 Kai ἀπεκρίθη εἷς ἐκ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, λέγων μοι. Οὗτοι And ‘answered ‘one *of *the *elders, saying tome, These οἱ περιβεβλημένοι τὰς στολὰς Tac λευκάς, τίνες εἰσίν, Kai who __ are clothed with the ?robes ‘white, who are they, and πόθεν ἦλθον; 14 Kai εἴρηκα αὐτῷ, Kuo’, od οἶδας. Kai whence came they ? And Isaid tohim, [My] lord, thou knowest. And εἶπέν μοι, Οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐρχόμενοι "ἐκ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς" he said tome, These are they who come out of the “tribulation μεγάλης, Kai ἔπλυναν τὰἀς.στολὰς. αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐλεύκαναν great, and they washed their robes, and made white a XII \ , ? ᾽ ? ἔτι, οὐδὲ διψήσουσιν ἔτι, “οὐδὲ μὴ πέσῃ ἐπ᾽ αὐ- any more, neither shall they thirst any more, ΠΟΙ ϑὖ 411] shall fall upon τοὺς ὁ ἥλιος, οὐδὲ πᾶν Kadpa’ 17 OTL TO ἀρνίον τὸ them the sun, nor any heat ; because the Lamb which [15] favapecoy' τοῦ θρόνου ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς, καὶ ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς in [the] midst of the throne willshepherd them, and willlead them ἐπὶ Blwoac' πηγὰς ὑδάτων, καὶ ἐξαλείψει ὁ θεὸς πᾶν to living fountains of waters, and *will*wipe‘away ‘God every δάκρυον »azd' τῶν. ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν. tear from their eyes. καθήμενος ἐπὶ sits on Ὁ ἑστῶτας AW. Ρ περιβεβλημένους GLITrAW. 4 φοίνικας T. GLTTrAw. on the throne EGLTTrAW. * τὰ πρόσωπα faces GLTTrAW. x — ἀμήν L. θλίψεως from “tribulation 1. ® — στολὰς GLTTrAW. θρόνῳ T. d + μὴ (read neither at all) L. ε οὐδ᾽ ov A. & ζωῆς (read to fountains of waters of life) a@LTTraw. ἵἷ εἱστήκεισαν LITrA ; ἐστήκεισαν W. Υ + pov my (lord) e[L]rtraw. Ὁ αὐτὰς them GLTTr[A]w. f ava μέσον EGLTAW, h ἐκ GLTTrAW. 637 kindreds, and peo- ple, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their’ hands; 10 and cried witha loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb. 1] And all the angels stood round about’ the throne, and about the elders and the four beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worshipped God, 12 saying, Amen: Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honour, and power, and might, be unto our God for ever and ever. Amen, 13 And one of the elders answered, say- ing unto me, What are these which are arrayed inwhite robes? and whence came they? 14 And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. 15 There- fore are they he- fore the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple : and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them. 16 They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light onthem, nor any heat. 17 For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throneshailfeed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters: and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes. τ κράζουσιν they cry 5 τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν TO καθημένῳ ἐ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ (τοῦ θρόνου EG) to our God who sits v ἔπεσαν LTTrAW. 2 ἀπὸ ε τῷ 638 VIII. And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour. 2 And I saw theseven angels which stood be- fore God; and to them were given seven trumpets. 3 And ano- ther angel came and stood at the altar, hav- ing a golden censer ; and there was given unto him much in- cense, that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne. 4 And the smoke of the incense, which came with the prayers of the saints, ascended up before God out of the angel’s hand. 5 And the an- gel took the censer, and filled it with fire of the altar, and cast wt into the earth: and there were voices, and thunderings, and lightnings, and an earthquake. 6 And the seven an- gels which had the seven trumpets pre- pared themselves to sound. 7 The first angel sounded, and _ there followed hail and fire mingled with blood, and they were cast up- on the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up. 8 And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great moun- tain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood ; 9 and the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died; and the third part of the ships were destroyed. 10 And the third an- gel sounded, and there i ὅταν LTTrA. get he shall give LrTra. ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ L; βρονταὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ ἀστραπαὶ TIrA. 5 αὐτοὺς LTTr. GLTTraw. with (blood) eLTTraw. burnt up @LTTraw. k ἡμίωρον LTTrA. AMOKAAY Via 3. VIIl. 8 Kai ‘dre! ἤνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην, ἐγένετο And when heopened the 2seal 1seventh, “was σιγὴ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ we *ypiwprov." 2 Kai 'eldov' τοὺς ἑπτὰ Ssilence in the heaven about half-an-hour. And Isaw the seven ἀγγέλους, ot ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ἑστήκασιν, Kai ἐδόθησαν angels, who “before 3God ‘stand, and were given ᾽ - € \ , \ ” ” 5 " αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες. 8 καὶ ἄλλος ἄγγελος ἦλθεν, καὶ tothem seven trumpets. And another angel came and ἐστάθη ἐπὶ "τὸ θυσιαστήριον," ἔχων λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν" καὶ stood at the altar, having a *censer ‘golden; and ἐδόθη) αὐτῷ θυμιάματα πολλά, wa "δώσῃ" ταῖς Swas*given ‘to Shim “incense ‘much, that he might give [it]to the προσευχαῖς τῶν ἁγίων πάντων ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ prayers of *the “saints Mall upon the 2altar χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου. 4 καὶ ἀνέβη ὁ καπνὸς ‘golden which [was] before the throne. And wentupthe smoke TOY θυμιαμάτων ταῖς προσευχαῖς τῶν ἁγίων, ἐκ χειρὸς of the incense with the prayers of the saints, outof [the] hand τοῦ ἀγγέλου, ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. ὃ Kai εἴληφεν ὁ ἄγγελος “τὸ ofthe angel, before God. And “took ‘the angel the λιβανωτόν, καὶ ἐγέμισεν Ῥαὐτὸ" ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς τοῦ θυσιαστη- censer, and filled it from the fire of the altar, ρίου, Kai ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν γῆν" Kai ἐγένοντο “φωναὶ Kai and cast [10] into the earth: and _ there were voices, and βρονταὶ καὶ ἀστραπαὶ" καὶ σεισμός. thunders, and lightnings, and an earthquake. 4 « ε ‘ » r » ἣν Ἁ « A , « , 6 Kai ot ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγας ἡτοί- And the seven angels haying the seven trumpets pre- αν δὲ ὺς! ἵ αλπίσωσιν. ασαν δἑαυτοὺς" ἵνα σαλπίσωσιν pared themselves that they might sound [their] trumpets. 7 Kai ὁ πρῶτος 'ayyedoc' ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐγένετο And the first angel sounded [his] trumpet; and there was χάλαζα Kai sal ὑμεμιγμένα" ἡ αἵματι, καὶ ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν hail and fire mingled with blood, and it was cast upon the γῆν" * καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν δένδρων κατεκάη, Kai πᾶς χόρτος earth: andthe third of the trees Was burnt up, and all “grass χλωρὸς κατεκάη. lereen was burnt up. ὃ Kai ὁ δεύτερος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ὡς And the second angel sounded (his) tenmpetii and as [it were} ὄρος μέγα πυρὶ καιόμενον ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν" καὶ a?mountain'great*with*fire “burning was οαϑὺ into the sea, and ἐγένετο TO τρίτον τῆς θαλάσσης αἷμα. 9 Kai ἀπέθανεν τὸ ®pecame ‘the “third “of *the 5sea blood ; and *died the τρίτον τῶν κτισμάτων τῶν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰ ἔχοντα third “of*the ‘creatures Swhich[’were] *in *the bi ‘twhich **have ψυχάς, καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν πλοίων ὑδιεφθάρη." 13} 6; andthe third ofthe ships was Galen 10 Kai ὁ τρίτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, And the third angel sounded [his] trumpet; and Kal ἔπεσεν EK *fell Sout Sof 1 (Sov T. ο τὸν EGUTTrAW. τὰ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου TTrA. a δώ- P αὐτὸν EQGLTTrAW. 4 βρονταὶ καὶ τ + ot (read who have) ὃο--- “ἄγγελος GLTTraW. Y μεμιγμένον 1. ~ +e x + Kal τὸ τρίτον τῆς γῆς κατεκάη, and the third of the earth was y διεφθάρησαν were destroyed LTTrA. WHT, TX. REVELATION. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀστὴρ μέγας καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς, καὶ ἔπεσεν 7the ®heaven ‘a‘star “great, burning as alamp, and it fell ἐπὶ TO τρίτον τῶν ποταμῶν, Kai ἐπὶ τὰς mHyadC* ὑδάτων. uponthe third of the ΣΈ τε, and upon the fountains of waters. 11 καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀστέρος Néyerar*® "AYiwOo0c" Kai ὑγίνεται" Andthe name ofthe star is called ia and *becomes τὸ τρίτον “ εἰς ἄψινθον, καὶ πολλοὶ ἃ ἀνθρώπων ἀπέθανον the *third into wormwood, and “many ‘of 7men died ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων, ὅτι ἐπικράνθησαν. of the waters, because they were made bitter. 12 Kai ὁ τέταρτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐπλήγη And 86 fourth sounded [his] trumpet; and was smitten TO τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου Kai TO τρίτον τῆς σελήνης καὶ TO τρίτον the third ofthe sun, and the third ofthe moon, and the third TOY ἀστέρων, ἵνα σκοτισθῇ τρίτον αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ angel TO of the stars; that should be darkened the third of them, and the ἡμέρα μὴ &paivy" τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως. day “ποῦ 'should appear [for]the third of it, and the night likewise. 13 Kai ἰεἶδον," καὶ ἤκουσα ἑνὸς ἀγγέλου πετωμένου" ἐν And Isaw, and heard one angel aying. in μεσουρανήματι; λέγοντος φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, Οὐαί, οὐαί, οὐαί, mid-heaven, saying witha“*voice ‘'loud, Woe, woe, woe, *roic κατοικοῦσιν" ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν to those who dwell on the earth,from the remaining voices THC σάλπιγγος τῶν τριῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν μελλόντων σαλ- οὗ the trumpet of the three angels who [are] about tosound πίζειν. {their] mmpets Kai ὁ πεμῖτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἰεῖδον" And the fifth angel sounded (his]trumpet; and Isaw ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐδό- a star outof the heaven fallen to the earth, and there was θὴ αὐτῷ ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς ἀβύσσου. 2 Kai ἤνοιξεν given toit the key ofthe pit of the abyss. And it opened ὁ φρέαρ τῆς ἀβύσσου. καὶ ἀνέβη καπνὸς ἐκ τοῦ φρέατος the pit ofthe abyss; andthere wentup smoke out οὗ the pit we καπνὸς K αμίνου μεγάλης, καὶ Ἐἐσκοτίσθη" ὁ ἥλιος as [the] smoke of a “furnace ‘great ; and *was ‘darkened 'the sun καὶ ὃ ἀὴρ ἐκ τοῦ καπνοῦ τοῦ φρέατος. 8 Kai ἐκ τοῦ καπνοῦ andthe air by the smoke of the pit. And out of the smoke 2 nrAO ? id > \ ~ ‘ ἐδ 50 ] > ΒΞ ye" ΄ ἐξῆλθον ἀκρίδες εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐδόθη ᾿αὐταῖς" ἐξουσία, came forth locusts unto the earth, and was given to them power, we ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν οἱ σκορπίοι τῆς γῆς" 4 καὶ ἐῤῥέθη as Shave ἘΡΌΣΤΕΣ ‘the scorpions %of *the Searth; and it was said labraic! ἵνα μὴ πἀδικήσωσιν" τὸν χόρτον τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ πᾶν tothem, that *not ‘they *should i Sapare the grass of theearth, nor any χλωρόν, οὐδὲ πᾶν δένδρον, εἰ.μὴ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους "μόνους aren eee nor any tree, but the men only οἵτινες οὐκ. ἔχουσιν τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων who have not the seal of God on "foreheads οαὐτῶν." ὃ καὶ ἐδόθη Padraic" ἵνα μὴ.ἀποκτείνωσιν αὐτούς, their. And itwasgiven tothem that they should not kill z + τῶν of the (waters) GLTTrA Ww. 8. + ὁ GLTAW. them. 639 fell a great star from heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters; 11 and the name of the star is called Wormwood : and the third part of the waters became wormwood; and many men died of the wa- ters, because they were made bitter. 12 And the fourth angelsounded, and the third part of the sun was smitten, and the third part of the moon, and the third part of the stars; so as the third part of them was darkened, and the day shone not for a third part of it, and the night likewise. 13 And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven, saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the three angels which are yet to sound! 1X. And the fifth an- gel sounded, and lsaw a star fall from hea- ven unto the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottom- less pit. 2 And he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as thesmoke of a great furnace ; and the sun and the air were dark- ened by reason of the smoke of the pit. 3 And there came out of the smoke locusts upon the earth: and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power. 4 And it was commanded them that they should not hurt the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tres; but only those men which have not the seai of God in their foreheads. 5 And to them it was given Ὁ ἐγένετο became LITraw. © + τῶν ὑδάτων of the waters EGLTTrAW. dy τῶν of the (men) @LTTraw. © φάνῃ LTW; φανῇ Tra. f (dor τ. ὃ ἀετοῦ πετομένου eagle flying eLrtraw. 4 τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ΤΊΤΑ. 1 ἴδον T. k ἐσκοτώθη wes ! αὐτοῖς T. τὰ ἀδικήσουσιν ‘they *shall injure LT. Ρ αὐτοῖς LT. Ὁ — μόνους ΘΙΧΤΊΓΑΨ. — αὐτῶν (read on the foreheads) trtr[a]. 640 that they should not kill them, but that they should be tor- mented five months : and their torment was as the torment of a scorpion, when he striketh a man. 6 And in those days shall men seek death, and shall not find it; and shall desire to die,and death shall flee from them. 7 And _ the shapes of the locusts were like unto horses prepared unto battle ; and on their heads were as it were crowns like gold, and their faces were as the faces of men. 8 And they had hair as the hair of women, and_ their teeth were as the teeth of lions. 9 And they had breastplates, as it were breastplates of iron; and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots of many horses run- ning to battle. 10 And they had tails like unto scorpions, and there were stings in their tails: and their power was to hurt men five months. 11 And they had a king over them, which is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose name in the Hebrew tongueis Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue hath his name Apol- lyon. 12 One woe is past ; and, behold, there come two woes more hereafter. 13 And the sixth an- gel sounded, and I heard a voice from the four horns of the gold- en altar which is be- fore God, 14 saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet, Loose the four angels which are bound in the great river Eu- phrates. 15 And the four angels were loosed, which were prepared fer an hour, MWOKA AY Wi Σ. 1X. ᾽ > q ~ Π - , Ε ΡΥ . ἀλλ᾽ wa “«βασανισθῶσιν' μῆνας πέντε" Kai ὁ βασανισμὸς but that they should be tormented *months ‘five; and ?torment αὐτῶν ὡς ββασανισμὸς σκορπίου, ὅταν παίσῃ ἄν- ‘their [was] as [the] torment of ascorpion, when it may strike a θρωπον᾽ 6 καὶ ἐν ταῖς. ἡμέραις. ἐκείναις ζητήσουσιν οἱ ἄνθρω- man. And in those days *shall “seek ‘men ποι τὸν θάνατον, Kai "οὐχὶ "εὑρήσουσιν" αὐτόν" καὶ ἐπιθυμή- death, and “not shall find it; and shall σουσιν ἀποθανεῖν, καὶ ἱφεύξεται" "ὁ θάνατος am αὐτῶν." desire to die, and shall “flee ‘death from them. 7 καὶ τὰ ὁμοιώματα τῶν ἀκρίδων ὅμοια" ἵπποις ἡτοι- And the likenesses ofthe locusts [were] like to horses pre- μασμένοις εἰς πόλεμον, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς.κεφαλὰς. αὐτῶν ὡς στέφανοι pared for war, and upon their heads as | crowns ὅμοιοι χρυσῷ." Kai τὰ πρόσωπα.αὐτῶν ὡς πρόσωπα ἀνθρώ- like gold; and their faces as faces of muy 8 Kai Yeixor' τρίχας we τρίχας γυναικῶν" Kai οἱ ὀδόντες men ; and they had hair as “hair women’s; and *teeth αὐτῶν we λεόντων ἦσαν" 9 Kai εἶχον θώρακας ὡς θώρακας ‘their 48 ‘of ®lions “were ; and they had breastplates as *breastplates σιδηροῦς" Kai ἡ φωνὴ τῶν.-πτερύγων αὐτῶν ὡς φωνὴ ΤΟΣ ; and the sound of their wings [was] as [the] sound ἁρμάτων ἵππων πολλῶν τρεχόντων εἰς πόλεμον. 10 Kai of chariots of *horses ‘many running to war; and ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς ὁμοίας" σκορπίοις, καὶ κέντρα" ἃ Ῥἦν" ἐν ταῖς they have tails like scorpions, and _ stings; *was *in οὐραῖς αὐτῶν “καὶ! ἡ.ἐξουσία. αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους tails Stheir ‘and *their “power to injure men μῆνας πέντε. 11 4xai' ἔχουσιν “ἐφ᾽ αὑτῶν" βασιλέα ' τὸν!" 2months ᾿Ηγο. And they have over them a king, the ἄγγελον τῆς ἀβύσσου" ὅ ὄνομα αὐτῷ ‘EBpatori ᾿Αβαδδών, καὶ angel ofthe abyss: his name in Hebrew Abaddon, and > ~ ¢ ~ δ ” ? , ἐν τῇ Ἑλληνικῇ ὄνομα ἔχει ᾿Απολλύων. in the Greek {for} name he has Apollyon. 12 Ἢ οὐαὶ ἡ pia ἀπῆλθεν: ἰδού, *Eoxovra' ἔτι δύο οὐαὶ 2Woe'the “first is past. Lo, *come tyet *two *woes μετὰ ταῦτα. after these things. 13 Kai ὁ ἕκτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν And the sixth angel sounded [his] trumpet;and LIheard voice μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἱτεσσάρων" κεράτων τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ χρυσοῦ tone from the four horns of the “altar *golden ~ ? , ~ ~ k , iT] ~ a > , τοῦ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, 14 *Neyovoay' τῷ ἕκτῳ ἀγγέλῳ which [is] before God, saying tothe sixth angel ἰὸς εἶχε" τὴν σάλπιγγα, Λῦσον τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους τοὺς who had the trumpet, Loose the four angels who δεδεμένους ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ τῷ μεγάλῳ Εὐφράτῃ. 15 Kai ἐλύ- arebound at the “river ‘great § Euphrates. And were θησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς THY ὥραν Kai loosed the four angels who had been prepared for the hour and 4 βασανισθήσονται they shall be tormented trtra. 5 εὕρωσιν should find L. x χρυσοῖ golden 6. stings were in their tails Text. Rec. and α. d — καὶ GLTTrAW. whom T. who has @LTTrAWw. Β ἔρχεται LTTrA. τ ov μὴ iD NO wise GLTTraAW. Yam αὐτῶν ὁ θάνατος G. W ὅμοιοι T. 2 ὁμοίοις Tr. a8 Punctuate so as to read and Ὁ καὶ and LTT: aw. ¢ — καὶ LTTrAW. f — τὸν (read an angel) a. s+ to i — τεσσάρων LTr[A ]. Κ λέγοντα LITrAW. 16 ἔχων t φεύγει “flees LTTra. Υ εἶχαν LITrA. ε ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν LTTrA. χν X: ΕΒ Υ ἘΠΕ A 1 VON, ἡμέραν καὶ μῆνα καὶ ἐνιαυτόν, ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸ τρίτον day and month and year, that they might kill the third τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 16 Kai ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἃ στρατευμάτων τοῦ ἱππι- of men; and the number of (the] armies ofthe caval- κοῦ οδύο μυριάδες" μυριάδων" Ῥκαὶ ἤκουσα τὸν ἀριθμὸν ry [was] two myriads of myriads, and Iheard the number αὐτῶν. 17 Kai οὕτως “εἶδον' τοὺς ἵππους ἐν τῇ ὁράσει, Kai of them. And _ thus I saw the horses in the vision, and τοὺς καθημένους ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἔχοντας θώρακας πυρίνους Kai those sitting on them, having breastplates fiery, and ὑακινθίνους καὶ θειώδεις" καὶ ai κεφαλαὶ τῶν ἵππων hyacinthine, and brimstone-like; and the heads ofthe horses [were] we κεφαλαὶ λεόντων, καὶ ἐκ τῶν. στομάτων αὐτῶν ἐκπορεύε- as heads of lions, and out of their mouths goes ται πῦρ Kai καπνὸς Kai θεῖον. 18 τὑπὸ" τῶν τριῶν " τούτων out fire and smoke and brimstone. By *three these ἀπεκτάνθησαν τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς Kai were killed the third ofthe men, by the fire and ‘éx' τοῦ καπνοῦ καὶ 'ix' τοῦ θείου, τοῦ ἐκπορευομένου ἐκ by the smoke and by the brimstone, which goes forth out of τῶν στομάτων. αὐτῶν. 19 Yai-yap ἐξουσίαι αὐτῶν ἐν τῳ their mouths. For the powers ofthem 7in στόματι αὐτῶν εἰσιν"" αἱ.γὰρ.οὐραὶϊ. αὐτῶν Goran ὄφεσιν, “mouth Stheir tare; for their tails {are] like serpents, ἔχουσαι κεφαλάς, καὶ ἐν αὐταῖς ἀδικοῦσιν. 20 Kai ot λοιποὶ having heads, and with them they injure. And the _ rest τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ οὐκ.ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις, of the men who were not killed by these plagues, Ὑοὔτε' μετενόησαν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ Ξηοῦ *even ‘repented of the works of their hands, that "ποὺ *rpooxuvnowo' τὰ δαιμόνια, καὶ εἴδωλα τὰ χρυσᾶ Kai ‘they “should do homage to the demons, and 7idols ‘the golden and τὰ ἀργυρᾶ Kai τὰ χαλκᾶ καὶ τὰ λίθινα καὶ τὰ ξύλινα, silver and brazen and stone and wooden, τι » , τδύ il » ? ΄ » ΠΡ. ἃ οὔτε βλέπειν δύναται," οὔτε ἀκούειν, οὔτε περιπατεῖν which neither *to *see are *able, nor to hear, nor to walk. 21 καὶ ovd.perevonoay ἐκ τῶν. φόνων αὐτῶν, οὔτε ἐκ THY And they repentednot of their murders, nor of ἐφαρμακειῶν" αὐτῶν, οὔτε ἐκ THC-TopVElac.avTwY, οὔτε ἐκ ΞΦΘΟΓΌΘΤΊΘΒ 1their, nor of their fornications, nor of τῶν κλεμμάτων. αὐτῶν. their thefts. 10 Kai εἶδον ἄλλον ἄγγελον ἰσχυρὸν καταβαίνοντα ἐκ τοῦ And Isaw another 7angel 1strong coming down out of the οὐρανοῦ, περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην, Kai © ἶρις ἐπὶ “τῆς κεφ- heaven, clothed with acloud, and arainbow on the αλῆς" 4, καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον. αὐτοῦ we ὁ ἥλιος; καὶ οἱ. πόδες.αὐτοῦ head, and his face as the sun, and his feet ὡς στῦλοι πυρός" 2 Kai "εἶχεν" ἐν τῇ.χειρὶ αὐτοῦ βιβλαρίδιον as pillars of fire, and hehad in his hand a little book 641 and a day, and a month, and a year, for to slay the third part of men. 16 And the number of the army of the horsemen were two hundred thou- sand thousand: and I heard the number of them. 17 And thus I saw the horses in the vision, and them that sat on them, hay- ing breastplatesof fire, and of jacinth, and brimstone: and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions ; and out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and brimstone. 18 By these three was the third part of men killed, by the fire, and by the smoke, and by the brimstone, which issued out of their mouths. 19 For their power is in _ their mouth, and in their tails: for their tails were like unto ser- pents, and had heads, and with them they do hurt. 20 And the Test of the men which were not killed by these plagues yet repented not of the works of their hands, that they should not worship devils, and idols of gold, and sil- ver, and brass, and stone, and of wood: which neither can see, nor hear, nor walk: 21 neither repented they of their murders, nor of their sorceries, nor of their fornica- tion, nor of their thefts. X. And I saw an- other mighty angel come down from hea- yen, clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head, and his face was as it were the’sun, and his feet as pillars of fire: 2 and he had in his hand a little book 0 + τῶν of the (armies) GLTTrAW. © δισμυριάδες LTA. 9 ἴδον T. τ ἀπὸ from GLTTraW. GLTTrAw. 8 + πληγῶν “plagues GLTTraw. ’ ἡ yap ἐξουσία τῶν ἵππων For the power of the horses (αὐτῶν for τῶν ἵππων P — καὶ GLTTrAW. τ- ἐκ W) ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν ἐστιν καὶ ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν᾽ is in their mouth and in their tails * ov ποῦ @w; οὐδὲ TA. 2 δύνανται LTTrA. © χὴν κεφαλὴν LITrAW. GLTTraw. 7 + Ta GLITrAW. (rainbow) @LTTraw. * ἔχων having GLTTrAw. x προσκυνήσουσιν they shall do homage to Lrtraw. 84 φαρμακιῶν T; φαρμάκων A. d + αὐτοῦ (read his head) GLrtraw Ὁ +7 the AY 642 open: and he set his Tight foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the earth, 3 and cried witha loud voice, as when a lion roar- eth : and when he had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices. 4 And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from hea- ven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thun- ders uttered, and write them not. 5 And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven, 6 and sware by him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that there- in are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer: 7 but in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his ser- vants the prophets. 8 And the _ voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth. 9 And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take τέ, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. 10 And I took the little book out of the angel’s hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon * ATITOKAAYWI14&. p<: f ave (2 “ἢ! ‘A ἐθ Ν 50 ? ~~ ‘4 ὃ » ᾽ ‘ ‘ ῳγμένον"" καὶ ἔθηκεν τὸν. πόδα.αὐτοῦ τὸν δεξιὸν ἐπὶ τὴν open. And he placed his *foot ‘right upon the θάλασσαν," τὸν.δὲ εὐώνυμον ἐπὶ "τὴν γῆν." 8 καὶ ἔκραξεν 868, and the left upon the _ earth, and cried φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ὥσπερ λέων μυκᾶται: Kai bre ἔκραξεν, with a?voice ‘loud as a lion roars, And when he cried, > , € « ‘ ‘ A) « ~ , ‘ [1 ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ τὰς. ἑαυτῶν. φωνάς" 4 Kai Ore *spoke ‘the “seven “thunders their voices. And when ἐλάλησαν at ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ ἱτὰς. φωνὰς.ἑαυτῶν," *Eyedrov' *spoke 1the seven **thunders their voices, I was about γράφειν" Kai ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ PM λέγουσάν !no1," to write: And LIheard avoice out of the eaven, saying to me, Σφράγισον a ἐλάλησαν at ἑπτὰ βρονταί, καὶ μὴ ™ravra' Seal what(things] ‘spoke ‘the “seven *thunders, and*not ?them γράψῃς. 5 Kai ὁ ἄγγελος, ὃν εἶδον ἑστῶτα ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης write. And the angel whom Isaw standing on the sea καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἦρεν τὴν.χεῖρα.αὐτοῦ " εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, and on the earth, lifted up his hand to the heaven, 6 καὶ ὥμοσεν ἐν τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, ὃς and sware by himwho lives to _ the ages ofthe ages, who ἔκτισεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, Kai τὴν γῆν καὶ created the heaven and the things in it, and the earth and τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ, “καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ," the things in it, and the sea and the things in it, ὝὍ ’ p ? m” » ell 7 4ὰἀλλ S | > ~ « ΄ ~ τι χρόνος Ῥοὺκ ἔσται ETL ἀλλὰ" ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς Delay 2no ‘shall *be longer ; but in the days of the φωνῆς τοῦ ἑβδόμου ἀγγέλου, ὅταν μέλλῃ σαλπίζειν, voice ofthe seventh angel, when he is about to sound [the] trumpet, καὶ FredeoOg τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς εὐηγ- also should be completed the mystery of God, as he did announce γέλισεν 5τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ.δούλοις τοῖς προφήταις." the glad tidings to his bondmen the prophets, 8 Kai ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, πάλιν And the voice which LIheard outof the heaven [was] again ‘\adovoa' per’ ἐμοῦ, καὶ λέγουσα," Ὕπαγε λάβε τὸ ᾿βιβλα- speaking with me, and saying, Go, take the little ρίδιον᾽ τὸ ἠνεῳγμένον ἔν TH χειρὶ * ἀγγέλου τοῦ ἑστῶτος book which is open in the hand οἵ [the] angel who is standing ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης Kai ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 9 Kai Τἀπῆλθον" πρὸς τὸν on the sea and on the earth. And I went to the ἄγγελον, λέγων αὐτῷ, *Adc' μοι τὸ βιβλαρίδιον. Kai λέγει angel, saying tohim, Give me the little book. And he says μοι, Λάβε καὶ κατάφαγε αὐτό: καὶ πικρανεῖ gov τὴν tome, Take and eat “up it: andit shall make bitter thy κοιλίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ. στύματί.σου ἔσται γλυκὺ we μέλι. 10 Kai belly, but in thy mouth it shall be sweet as honey. And ἔλαβον τὸ βιβλαρίδιον ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ ἀγγέλου, καὶ κατέ- Itook the little book outof the hand ofthe angel, and ate payor αὐτό: καὶ ἦν ἐν τῷ«.στόματί. μου ὡς μέλι γλυκύ" καὶ up lit; and it was in my mouth 285 Shoney ‘sweet; and ι.-.-᾿ΝὉΘὉΘ ΦθὉὈὉὈὈὈΘΘΘΘΡΘΡΘΡΘΡρΡρψρψ.ψ.ι τ... τὯὯτ{ τὉι΄ὯτΙΓῖτῖΓΠΤἕΠττ͵Ὡτ,ῖ;ἝἋῖἝὋἷ“0ῦῖτῥττ««-...--τ“-“ -Ὃτ-ς-΄ - Γηνεῳγμένον LYTrA. φωνὰς ἑαυτῶν GLITrAW. " σὴν δεξιὰν the right @LTTraw. ἔσται @LTTrAW. δούλους τοὺς προφήτας GLITrAW. λίον book LTra. h τῆς γῆς GLTTraAW. i— τὰς 8 τῆς θαλάσσης GLTTrAW. τὰ αὐτὰ LITrAW. k ἤμελλον LTrAWw. | — woe @LTTrAW. ο [καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὰ ἐν avTy] L. Ρ οὐκέτι τ ἐτελέσθη Was completed @LTTraw. 5 τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ t λαλοῦσαν LYTrAW. ν λέγουσαν LTTrAW. W βιβ- Υ ἀπῆλθα LT. : δοῦναί (vead telling 4 ἀλλ᾽ LTTrA. x + τοῦ of the @LITraw. him to give) @LTTraAW. REVELATION. ἡ-κοιλία μου. 11 καὶ “λέγει! 88 tmy “belly. And hesays » ἔθνεσιν καὶ nations, and ΧΙ « » ᾽ , ? , ὅτε ἔφαγον αὐτό, ἐπικράνθη when Idideat it, *was *made *bitter μοι, Δεῖ.σε πάλιν προφητεῦσαι ἐπὶ λαοῖς καὶ to me, Thou must again prophesy as to peoples, and γλώσσαις καὶ βασιλεῦσιν πολλοῖς. tongues, and ?kings many. 11 Kai ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος ὅμοιος ῥάβδῳ, " λέγων, !”Eyet- And was given tome areed like a staff, saying, Rise, pat, Kai μέτρησον τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἐν adT@ 2 Kai THY αὐλὴν τὴν and those who worship in it. And the court which βἔσωθεν" τοῦ ναοῦ ἔκβαλε Sew," καὶ μὴ αὐτὴν μετρήσῃς, {is] within the temple cast out, and “not it ‘measure ; OTe ἐδόθη τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. Kai τὴν πόλιν THY ἁγίαν because it was given {up]tothe nations, and _ the 2city tholy πατήσουσιν shall they trample upon “months τοῖς. δυσὶν. μάρτυσίν.μου, καὶ προφητεύσουσιν ἡμέρας μῆνας ἱτεσσαράκοντα' * δύο. 3 καὶ δώσω ‘forty “two. And I will give (power) to my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy 7days nN / ὃ , e , 1 Ἃ , Π ΄ δ χιλίας ιακοσιας ἑξήκοντα, “περιβεβλημένοι σάκ 4a *thousand “two *hundred [and] Ssixty, clothed in sack- 4 < 4 ? ς ὃ 7 ἐλ ~ ‘ m ὃ , Ἂ ΄, κους. OUTOL εἰσιν αἱ VO ξἕξλαιαῖ, Και vO UXVLAL cloth, αἱ which These the two olivetrees, and {the] two lampstands ἐνώπιον "rov'! οθεοῦ" τῆς γῆς Ῥέστῶσαι." 5 Kai εἴ τις before 6 *God ‘of‘the earth ‘stand. And if anyone αὐτοὺς “θέλφ" ἀδικῆσαι, πῦρ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος “them ‘should will *to*injure, fire goes out of “mouth » ~ ‘ , Cree ‘ ee , oo” Γ,,.ἢ ‘ αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς. αὐτῶν" καὶ εἴ τις "αὐτοὺς are ‘their, and devours their enemies. And ifanyone *them θέλῃ"! ἀδικῆσαι, οὕτως δεῖ.αὐτὸν ἀποκτανθῆναι. 6 οὗτοι ‘should “will *to*injure, thus must he be killed... These ἔχουσιν" ᾿ἐξουσίαν κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν," ἵνα μὴ "βρέχῃ have authority toshut the heaven, that no ?may “fall ὑετὸς ἐν ἡμέραις αὐτῶν τῆς προφητείας" καὶ ἐξουσίαν train in [the] days of their prophecy ; and authority ἔχουσιν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων, στρέφειν αὐτὰ εἰς αἷμα, Kai πατά- they have over the waters, toturn them into blood, and to ¢ \ ~ wx 7, aN ae « , 8 θ x ΙΑ Π] 7 ‘ αι τὴν γὴν πάσῃ πληγῇ; ὑσάκις ἐᾶν θελησωσιν. καὶ S smite the earth withevery plague, as often as they may will. And ὅταν τελέσωσιν τὴν. μαρτυρίαν. αὐτῶν, τὸ θηρίον τὸ when they shall have completed their Geel the beast ae ἀναβαῖνον ἐκ τῆς ἀβύσσου ποιήσει πόλεμον μετ᾽ αὐτῶν," comesup outof the abyss will make war with them, καὶ νικήσει αὐτούς, Kai ἀποκτενεῖ αὐτούς. ὃ Kai *ra and will overcome them, and will kill them : and πτώματα! αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τῆς πλατείας ** πόλεως τῆς με- 2bodies 1their [will be] on the street of *city ‘the 643 as I had eaten it, my Belle was bitter. 11 d he said unto me, Thon must pro- phesy again before many peoples, and na- tions, and tongues, and kings, ΧΙ, And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying Rise, aud measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein. 2 But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not ; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months. 3 And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thou- sand two hundred and threescore days, cloth- ed in sackcloth. 4 These are the two olive trees, and the two candle- sticks standing before the God of the earth, 5 And if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their enemies : and if any man will hurt them, he must in this manner be_ killed. 6 These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their prophecy :and have power over wa- ters to turn them to blood, and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will. 7 And when they shall have finish- ed their testimony, the beast that ascend- eth out of the bottom- less pit shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and killthem. 8 And their dead bodies shall lie in the street of the great city, which ς λέγουσίν they say LTTrA. d + érias tot. the angel stood E. tz Eyetpe LTTraw. outside LrTr. 1 FDOT LTTrA. m + αἱ the GLTTrAW. — τοῦ τ. 9 θέλει wills GLTTrawW. should have willed them T; αὐτοὺς θελήσῃ Tr. ἐξουσίαν κλεῖσαι G. (read (during] the days) GLTTraw. σωσιν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ GW. Υ μετ᾽ αὐτῶν πόλεμον GLTTrAW. aa τῆς LTTrAW. ΞΕ καὶ and LAW. ο κυρίου Lord GLTTraW. w + ἐν with (every) LTTrA. 8 ἔξωθεν outside EGLTTrAW. | περιβεβλημένους Tr. € + Kat ὃ ἄγγελος εἱστήκει and h ἔξωθεν P ἑστῶτες GLITraw. τ αὐτοὺς θέλει them wills @; θέλει αὐτοὺς LAW ; θελήσῃ αὐτοὺς 5. + τὴν the Ltr[a]w. Y ὑετὸς βρέχῃ Tas ἡμέρας τῆς προφητείας αὐτῶν (αὐτῶν τῆς προφ. w) - τὸν οὐρανὸν τ ὁσάκις ἐὰν θελή- : τὸ πτῶμα body ΟἸΤΤΓΑΥ͂Κ. θ44 spiritually is calle Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified. 9 And they of the people and kKindreds and tongues and nations shall see their dead bodies three days and an half, and shall not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves. 10 And they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice o- ver them, and make merry, and shall send gifts one to another ; because these two pro- phets tormented them that dwelt on the earth. 11 And after three days and an half the Spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet ; and great fear fell upon them which saw them, 12 And they heard a great voice from hea- ven saying untothem, Come up hither. And they ascended up to heaven in acloud; and their enemies beheld them. 13 And the same hour was there a great earthquake, and the tenth part of the city fell, and in the earthquake were slain of men seven thou- sand: and the rem- nant were aftrighted, and gave glory to the God of heaven. 14 The second woe is past; and, behold, the third woe cometh quickly. 15 And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms’ of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of hisChrist; and he shall reign for ever andever. 16 And the four and twenty el- ders, which sat before ἈΠ KA AX Y ES ΧΙ. , ~ ~ 7 \ » γάλης, ἥτις καλεῖται πνευματικῶς Σόδομα καὶ Αἴγυπτος, “great, which is called spiritually Sodom and gypt, ὅπου καὶ ὁ κύριος θὴ μῶν" ἐσταυρώθη. 8 Kai “βλέψουσιν!" where also *Lord our was crucified. And ‘7'shall**see ['some] ἐκ τῶν λαῶν Kai φυλῶν καὶ γλωσσῶν Kai ἐθνῶν Ira πτώ- *of *the *peoples®and “tribes 7’and ‘tongues Y%and /°nations bodies ματα" αὐτῶν ἡμέρας τρεῖς “καὶ" ἥμισυ, καὶ τὰ πτώματα. αὐτῶν 13their ἰθᾷαγβ ‘*three and ahalf, and their bodies οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν! τεθῆναι εἰς μνήματα." 10 καὶ οἱ κατ- Snot ‘they *willsuffer tobeput into tombs, And they that οικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ᾿χαροῦσιν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἰἸεὐφρανθή- dwell on the earth willrejoice over them, and will make σονται" καὶ δῶρα "πέμψουσιν" ἀλλήλοις, Ore οὗτοι οἱ δύο merry, and gifts will send to one another, because these, the two προφῆται ἐβασάνισαν τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. prophets, tormented them that dwell upon the earth. 11 καὶ μετὰ τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ ἥμισυ, πνεῦμα ζωῆς And after the three days and ahalf, [the] _ spirit of life ? ~ ~ I~ 1 ? ΄, Il ΟΝ 2. τ . ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, καὶ ἔστησαν ἐπὶ τοὺς from God didenter into them, and they stood upon πόδας αὐτῶν, καὶ φόβος μέγας ἔπεσεν" ἐπὶ τοὺς θεωροῦντας “feet ‘their; and “fear ‘great fell upon those beholding αὐτούς. 12 καὶ ἥκουσαν "φωνὴν μεγάλην" ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, them : and they heard a *voice ‘great outof the heaven, ολέγουσαν" αὐτοῖς, PAvaBnre' ὧδε. Kai ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸν saying to them, Come up hither. And they wentup to _ the οὐρανὸν ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ, Kai ἐθεώρησαν αὐτοὺς οἱ. ἐχθροὶ αὐτῶν. heaven in the cloud; and beheld *them 1their “enemies. 13 Kai ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐγένετο σεισμὸς μέγας, Kai τὸ And ἴθ that hour there was “earthquake ‘a*great, and the δέκατον τῆς πόλεως ἔπεσεν, Kai ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῷ σεισμῷ tenth ofthe . city fell, and there were killed in the earthquake ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων χιλιάδες ἑπτά" Kai ot λοιποὶ ἔμφοβοι 3names *of *men *thousand ‘seven. And 6 rest "afraid ya .» "5" , ~ ~ ~ ᾽ ~ ἐγένοντο, καὶ ἔδωκαν δόξαν τῷ θεῷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. ‘became, and = gave glory tothe God ofthe heaven. 14 ‘H οὐαὶ “ἡ" δευτέρα ἀπῆλθεν: ἰδού, ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ τρίτη 3Woe ‘the *second is past: lo, the *woe third ἔρχεται ταχύ. comes quickly. 15 Kai ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐγένον τὸ And the seventh and Swere φωναὶ μεγάλαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ™éyovoa,' *Eyévovro αἱ *voices great in the heaven, saying, SAre "become ‘the βασιλεῖαι! τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν, Kai τοῦ.χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ, “kingdoms “of*the *world our Lord’s, an his Christ’s, . ’ > ‘4 I~ ~ 2. 0. ‘ t c \ καὶ βασιλεύσει εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. 16 Kai ‘ot and heshallreign to the ages of the ages. And the εἴκοσι καὶ" τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι "οὶ" ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ “καθή- twenty and four elders, who __ before God sit angel sounded [his] trumpet ; » αὐτῶν their GLTTraw. f ἀφίουσιν they suffer LTTra ; ἀφιοῦσιν W. ® [καὶ] A. 5 χαίρουσιν rejoice GLITrAW. ! ἐν ( — ἐν Tr[A]) αὐτοῖς GLTTrAW. P’AvaBare LTTrAW. βασιλεία “is "become ‘the “kingdom GLTTraw. * — οἱ (read καθή. sitting) L[A] γούσης Tra. 4 70 πτῶμα body GLITraw. Β μνῆμα a tomb GLTTraw. i εὐφραίνονται Make merry LTTrAW. ἔ πέμπουσιν send T. ἴὰ ἐπέπεσεν LI'TrAW. Ὁ φωνῆς μεγάλης Tra. ο λε- 4ᾳ -- ἡ ΝΥ. τ λέγοντες GLTAW. 5 ᾿Εγένετο ἡ το οἱ 1{41]. νυ — καὶ GLITrAW. χ οἵ κάθηνται (read who [are] before God who sit) rrr. ς βλέπουσιν See GLTTrAW. XI, XII. REVELATION. evou! ἐπὶ τοὺς. θρόνους. αὐτῶν, ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ τὰ- πρόσωπα αὐτῶν μ ’ on their thrones, fell upon their faces, καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ θεῷ, 17 λέγοντες, Εὐχαριστοῦμέν σοι, and ‘worshipped God, saying, We give thanks to thee, κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ. ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν Yai ὁ Lord God Almighty, {He} who is, and who was, and who [is] ἐρχόμενος," 7 ὅτι εἴληφας τὴν δύναμίν σου τὴν μεγάλην. coming, that thou hast taken spower thy 2creat, καὶ ἐβασίλευσας. 18 καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ὠργίσθησαν, Kai ἦλθεν ἡ and reigned. And the nations were angry, and is come ὀργή σου. Kai ὁ καιρὸς THY νεκρῶν, κριθῆναι, Kai δοῦναι TOY “wrath ‘thy, andthe time of the dead tobejudged, and togive the μισθὸν τοῖς. δούλοις.σου τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ τοῖς ἁγίοις Kai reward to thy bondmen the prophets, and tothe saints, and τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ.ὄνομά.σου, *Toic μικροῖς Kai τοῖς to those who fear thy name, the small and the μεγάλοις," καὶ διαφθεῖραι τοὺς 'διαφθείροντας" τὴν γῆν. great ; and toring toconruption those who corrupt the earth. 19 Kai ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ “ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, Kai Wo- And was opened the temple of God in the heaven, and was θη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς. διαθήκης.Δαὐτοῦ" ἐν τῷ.ναῷ.αὐτοῦ" Kai seen the ark of his covenant in his temple: and ἐγένοντο ἀστραπαὶ Kai φωναὶ Kai βρονταὶ καὶ σεισμὸς καὶ there were lightnings and voices and thunders and an earthquake and χάλαζα μεγάλη. 7hail 1 great, 12 Kai σημεῖον μέγα ὥφθη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, γυνὴ περι- hee py Y ῷ, Ὑ ρ a“sign ‘great wasseen in the heaven ; a@ woman cloth- βεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὑποκάτω τῶν. ποδῶν αὐτῆς. ed with the sun, andthe moon under her feet, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς. κεφαλῆς. αὐτῆς στέφανος ἀστέρων δώδεκα᾽ 2 Kai and on ker head 8. crown of *stars ‘twelve; and ty.yaotpiéxovoa,® ἱκράζει' ὠδίνουσα καὶ βασανιζομένη being with child she cries being in travail, and being in pain τεκεῖν. to bring forth. 3 Kai ὥφθη ἄλλο σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, Kai ἰδού, δρά- And was seen another in the and behold, a *dra- κων ἐμέγας 7 πυῤῥός," ἔχων κεφαλὰς ἑ ἑπτὰ καὶ κέρατα δέκα" καὶ gon lereab “red, having “heads ‘seven and “horns ‘ten, and ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς. αὐτοῦ "διαδήματα ἑπτά"" 4 Kai ἡ οὐρὰ.αὐτοῦ upon his heads ?diadems 1seven ; and his tail σύρει TO τρίτον THY ἀστέρων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Kai ἔβαλεν αὐτοὺς drags the third ofthe stars ofthe heaven, and [6 cast them εἰς τὴν γῆν. Kai ὁ δράκων ἕστηκεν ἐνώπιον τῆς γυναικὸς τῆς sign HeSyeD, to the earth. And the dragon stands before the woman who μελλούσης τεκεῖν, ἵνα bray τέκῃ, τὸ τέκνον. αὐτῆς is about to bring forth, that when she should bring forth, her child καταφάγῃ. 5 καὶ ἔτεκεν υἱὸν 1a ppeva,' ὃς μέλλει ποι- he might devour. Andshe brought fortha*son ‘male, who is about to paivey πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ" καὶ ἡρπάσθη shepherd all the nations with rod Jan *iron: and was caught away Υ — καὶ ὃ ἐρχόμενος GLTTrAW. * + καὶ and T. LTrA. Ὁ διαφθείραντας corrupted τι. ¢ + ὃ which [is] LTTr. the covenant of the Lord) G. e+ xatand 11[4]. μέγας LTTrA. b ἑπτὰ διαδήματα GLTTrAW. i ἄρσεν LTTrAW. f ἔκραζεν Was crying L. 019 God on their seats, fell upon their faces, and worshipped Goa, 17 saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord God Almighty, which art, and wast, and art to come; because thou hast taken to thee thy great power, and hast reigned. 18 And the na- tions were angry, and thy wrath iscome, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, smali and great; and should- est destroy them which destroy the earth. 19 And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament : and there were light- nings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail. XII. And there ap- peared a great wonder in heaven ; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars: 2 and she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered. 3 And there ap- peared another won- der in heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns and seven crowns upon his heads. 4 And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to de- vour her child as soon as it was born. 5 And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule ali nations with a rod of iron: and her 5 τοὺς μικροὺς Kal TOUS μεγάλους 4 τοῦ κυρίου (read 8 πυρῥὸς 040 child was caught up unto God, and to his throne. 6 And the wo- man fled into the wil- derness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days. 7 And there was war in heaven: Mi- chael and his angels fought against the dragon ; and the dra- gon fought and his angels, 8 and _ pre- vailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven. 9 And the great dra- gon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveiu the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him, 10 And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the ac- ecuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night. 11 And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony ; and they loved not their lives unto the death, 12 Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time. 13. And when the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child. 14 And to AIT O'KAASY 0 3. Xo, τὸ. τέκνον. αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸν. θρόνον αὐτοῦ. 6 Kai her child to God and his throne. And ἡ γυνὴ ἔφυγεν εἰς THY ἔρημον, ὕπου ἔχει! τόπον ἡτοιμασ- the woman fled into the wilderness, where she has a place pre- μένον ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα ἐκεῖ ™rpipwow' αὐτὴν ἡμέρας pared of God, that there they should nourish her 7days χιλίας διακοσίας ἑξήκοντα. ‘a *thousand “two *hundred [84η4] ‘sixty. 7 Kai ἐγένετο πόλεμος ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ" "ὁ' Μιχαὴλ καὶ And there was war in the heaven: Michael and οἱ. ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ “ἐπολέμησαν κατὰ" τοῦ δοάκοντος, Kai ὁ his angels warred against the dragon, and the δράκων ἐπολέμησεν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι.αὐτοῦ" 8 Kai οὐκ Ρίσχυ- dragon warred, and his angels ; and “not ‘they “pre- σαν." “οὔτε' τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. 9 Kai vailed, nor “place 'was*found “their any morein the heaven. And ἐβλήθη ὁ was cast [out] the μενος διάβολος, Kai ὁ σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλού- dragon 1yreat, the 7serpent ancient, who is called Devil, and the Satan, who misleads the "habitable ὕλην, ἐβλήθη εἰς THY γῆν, καὶ οἱ. ἄγγελοι. αὐτοῦ (*world] 'whole, he wascast into the earth, and his angels μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν. 10 Kai ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην τλέ- Swith *him lwere “cast. And Theard a voice ‘great yovoay ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ," Αρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία Kai ἡ δύνα- saying in the heaven, Now iscome the salvation and the power μις καὶ ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ.θεοῦ.ἡμῶν, Kai ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ χριστοῦ and the kingdom of our God, and the authority $Christ > La ev Si = ANA Il c t , " ~ 10. λ ~ ε ~ αὐτοῦ: ὅτι "“κατεβλήθη" ὁ 'κατήγορος" τῶν.ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν. ‘of 7his; because iscast down the accuser of our brethren, ὁ κατηγορῶν αὐτῶν" ἐνώπιον τοῦ.θεοῦ. ἡμῶν ἡμέρας Kai who accuses them before our God day and νυκτός. 11 καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐνίκησαν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ αἷμα τοῦ night. And they overcame him by reason of the blood of the apviov, καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς.μαρτυρίας. αὐτῶν, καὶ Lamb, and by reason of the word of their testimony, and ὙΔΉ ΟΝ ἡ \ ‘ > ~ » θ ΄ 19 3 ‘ οὐκ' ἠγάπησαν τὴν.ψυχὴν. αὐτῶν ἄχρι θανάτου. ιὰ Ξηοῦ ‘loved their life unto death. Because of τοῦτο εὐφραίνεσθε "οἱ" οὐρανοὶ καὶ οἱ ἐν αὐτοῖς OKNVOUY TEC. this rejoice ye heavens and[ye]whoin them tabernacle. ovat Yrote κατοικοῦσιν! *rnyv γῆν Kai τὴν θάλασσαν," Ort Woe to those who inhabit the earth and the sea, because κατέβη ὁ διάβολος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔχων θυμὸν μέγαν, εἰ- is come down the devil to you having “fury ‘great, know- Owe Ore ὀλίγον καιρὸν ἔχει. ing that δι βϑῆοσῦ time he has, 13 Kai Ore εἶδεν ὁ δράκων Ore ἐβλήθη εἰς THY γὴν. And when ὅβανγ ‘the “dragon that he wascast into the earth, γ Δ ‘ ~ «“ » ‘ 8422 iT} 14 4 ἐδίωξεν τὴν γυναῖκα ἥτις ἕτεκεν τὸν "ἄῤῥενα. καὶ he persecuted the woman which brought forth the male [child]. And k + πρὸς to GLTTrAW. ἐκτρέφωσιν W. GLTITraWw. PU GLTTrAW. : Ἢ οὐχ L. x — οἱ TTrA. 5 εβλήθη is cast [out] LTTrA. 1+ éxet there GTAW. m τρέφουσιν they nourish rrr ; ο τοῦ ( — τοῦ T[A]) πολεμῆσαι μετὰ Warred with 4 οὐδὲ GLTTrAW. τ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαν τ κατήγωρ GLTA. ἡ αὐτοὺς LTA. : τῇ γῇ καὶ τῇ θαλάσσῃ aw. ἢ ὅ τα both 1». υσεν he prevailed 4. Υ — τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν GLTTrAW. κ ἄρσεναν 1,; ἄρσενα TTrA. MEE XIII. REVELATION. ἐδόθησαν τῇ γυναικὶ" δύο πτέρυγες τοῦ ἀετοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου, were given tothe woman two wings of the eagle great, ἵνα πέτηται εἰς τὴν ἔρημον εἰς τὸν. τόπον. αὐτῆς, ὕπου τρέ- that she might fly into the wilderness into her place, where sheis φεται ἐκεῖ καιρόν, καὶ καιρούς, καὶ ἥμισυ καιροῦ, ἀπὸ nourished there atime, and times, and half atime, from [the] ? ~ » A » «ε m” c2 ΄ ~ προσώπου τοῦ ὄφεως. 15 Kai ἔβαλεν ὁ ὄφις “ὀπίσω τῆς face of the serpent. And Scast ‘the “serpent “after 3086 ‘ ~ , ~) e ’ .“ γυναικὸς ἐκ τοῦ-.στόματος.αὐτοῦ" ὕδωρ ὡς ποταμόν, ἵνα ‘Cwoman ‘out Sof his 7mouth water as a river, that “ταύτην" ποταμοφόρητον ποιήσῃ. 16 καὶ *her (®as Sone] “carried ®away *by '°a ΕἾΤ ΘΙ *he *might *make. And ἐβοήθησεν ἡ yi) TH γυναικί, Kai ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα “helped ‘the 7earththe woman, and “opened ‘the “earth 5mouth αὐτῆς, καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων *its, and swallowed up the river which cast ‘the *dragon ἐκ τοῦ. στόματος αὐτοῦ. 17 Kai ὠργίσθη ὁ δράκων "ἐπὶ" out of his mouth. And *was *angry ‘the *dragon with Ty γυναικί, Kai ἀπῆλθεν ποιῆσαι πόλεμον μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν the woman, and went to make war with the rest τοῦ. σπέρματος. αὐτῆς, τῶν τηρούντων τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ of her seed, who keep the commandments θεοῦ, καὶ ἐχόντων THY μαρτυρίαν frov' ᾿Ιησοῦ δχριστοῦ." ofGod,and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. 18 Kai *éora@ny'" ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον τῆς θαλάσσης" 13 καὶ And I stood upon the sand of the sea ; and εἶδον ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης θηρίον ἀναβαῖνον, ἔχον ἱκεφαλὰς Isaw outof the sea a beast rising, having “heads t 4 +7 ~ if ? ~ , ἑπτὰ καὶ κέρατα δέκα" καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν. κεράτων αὐτοῦ δέκα δια- *seven and “horns ‘ten, and on its horns ten dia: δήματα, Kai ἐπὶ Tac.Kepaddc.avTov Kovoua' βλασφημίας. dems, and upon its heads {the} name of blasphemy. 2 καὶ τὸ θηρίον ὃ εἶδον ἦν ὅμοιον παρδάλει, Kai οἱ πόδες And the beast whicnlsaw was like to a leopard, and 2feet > ~ » " , ~ e ΄ , 1 αὐτοῦ we ἱἄρκτου," καὶ τὸ.στόμα.αὐτοῦ ὡς στύμα Ὄλέοντος." ‘its as ofabear, and its mouth as([the] mouth ofalion; καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν.δύναμιν. αὐτοῦ, Kai τὸν θρόνον and “gave “ἴο °it ‘the *dragon his power, and *throne αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην. 3 Kai "εἶδον" μίαν 5 τῶν κεφα- this, and *authority 1great, And Isaw one sheads ~ > ~ e , >? , ‘ « ‘ ~ λῶν αὐτοῦ ὡς ἐσφαγμένην εἰς θάνατον᾽ Kai ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ lof 1 5. as slain to death ; and the wound θανάτου αὐτοῦ ἐθεραπεύθη, Kai Ῥέεθαυμάσθη" Yév' τόλῃ τῷ 3death ‘of its washealed: and there was wonder in “whole ‘the yp ὀπίσω τοῦ θηρίου. 4 καὶ προσεκύνησαν “τὸν δράκοντα" earth after the beast, And they didhomageto the dragon, ‘Oc! ἔδωκεν “ἐξουσίαν τῷ θηρίῳ, Kai προσεκύνησαν “τὸ who gave authority tothe beast; and they didhomageto the θηρίον," λέγοντες, Τίς ὕμοιος τῷ θηρίῳ; “τίς δύναται beast, saying, Who [15] like tothe beast? who is able 647 the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might Ἐν into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half atime, from the face of the serpent. 15 And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood. 16 And the earth helped the wo- man, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth. 17 And the dragon was wroth with the wo- man, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the com- mandments of God, and have the testi- mony of Jesus Christ. « XIII. And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. 2 And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great au- thority. 3 And 1 saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death ; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world won- dered after the beast. 4 And they worship- ped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they wor- shipped the beast, say- ing, Who is like unto the beast? whois abie Ὁ + αἱ the Lrtr[a]w. ’ σ GLTTrAw. ε — ἐπὶ (read τῇ With the) L. f — τοῦ GLTTrAW. Β ἐστάθη it stood LTra. i κέρατα δέκα kat κεφαλὰς ἑπτά GLTTrAW. © ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ὀπίσω τῆς γυναικὸς GLTTraW. 4 αὐτὴν 8 --- χριστοῦ GLTITrAW. κ ὀνόματα Hames GLTTrw. 1 Gpkov GLTTrAW. τὼ λεόντων Of lions τ. Ὁ--- εἶδον GLTTraw. o+ ἐκ of (its) GLTTrAW. Ρ ἐθαύμασεν (vead the whole earth wondered) ee@Taw. 4 — ἐν EGLTAW. τ ὅλη ἡ γῆ EGLTAW. S τῷ δράκοντι GLITrAW. τ ὅτι (read because he gave) GLTTrAW ν + τὴν the GLTtraw. " τῷ θηρίῳ GLTTrAW. 2+ καὶ and GLTTrAW 648 to make war with him ? 5 And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and _ blasphe- mies ; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months, 6 And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his taber- nacie, and them that dwellin heaven. 7 And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations. 8 Andall that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose Dames are not writ- ten in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. 9 If any man have an ear, let him hear. 10 He that leadeth thto captivity shall gointo captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints. 11 And I beheld an- other beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon. 12 Andhe exerciseth all the pow- er of the first beast before him, and caus- eth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed. 13 And he do- eth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from hea- ven on the earth in the sight of men, 14 and deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which Υ βλάσφημα blasphemous [things] La. σαρακονταδύο E ; τεσσεράκοντα δύο LITrA. ε — καὶ ἐδόθη.. λαὸν and people @LTTraw. not been written) LTTrA. d καὶ LITrAW. ATLOK A AY ¥ Fs. πολεμῆσαι per αὐτοῦ; 5 καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στόμα λαλοῦν to make war with it? And wasgiven toit amouth speaking μεγάλα καὶ βλασφημίας" Kai ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία " ποιῆ- great things and aE Peay 5 and was given to it a te σαι μῆνας "τεσσαράκοντα ὃ δύο" 6 καὶ ἤνοιξεν τὸ στόμα.αὐτοῦ act “months forty *two. And it opened its mouth εἰς “BAacdnpiav' πρὸς τὸν θεόν, βλασφημῆσαι τὸ ὄνομα for blasphemy, eeainge God, to pagan 7name αὐτοῦ, Kai τὴν. σκηνὴν. αὐτοῦ, “καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ this, and his tabernacle, and those who 7in “the ‘heaven σκηνοῦντας. 7 “καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 'πόλεμον ποιῆσαι μετὰ τῶν ‘tabernacle. And was given to it 3war 1to*make with the ἁγίων, Kai νικῆσαι αὐτούς" καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία ἐπὶ saints, and toovercome' them; and was given toit authority over πᾶσαν φυλὴν 8 καὶ γλῶσσαν καὶ ἔθνος. 8 Kai προσκυνήσου- every ὑγ106, and tongue, and nation; and 5881] do homage σιν βαὐτῷ" πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς iwv' οὐ to it all who hoes on the earth of whom “not é k Ι 2 rw! G 2) Y γρᾶατπται τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν ἱτῇ ί ῳ τῆς ωῆς του "have been written the names in sis ®book 10of | life '*of **the ἀρνίου ™ ἐσφαγμένου ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. 9 Εἰ 1SLamb slain ‘from (?the) “founding ‘of [the] world. If > ” n ο ᾽ X , Π τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω. 10 Ei τις αἰχμαλωσίαν anyone has anear, let him hear. If anyone [7into] “captivity Ῥσυνάγει," εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν ὑπάγει" εἴ τις ἐν «μαχαίρᾳ" ‘gathers, into captivity he goes. If anyone with [the] sword τἀποκτενεῖ," Sei" αὐτὸν ἐν «μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτανθῆναι" ὧδέ will kill, 2must ‘he with{the] sword be killed. Here ἐστιν ἡ ὑπομονὴ «τὶ ἡ πίστις τῶν ἁγίων. is the endurance and the faith ofthe saints, 11 Kai εἶδον ἄλλο θηρίον avaBaivoy ἐκ τῆς γῆς; And Isaw another beast rising out of the earth, - , ’ a ? , "7 ΄ « , ‘ εἶχεν κέρατα δύο ὕμοια ἀρνίῳ, Kai ἐλάλει ὡς δράκων. 12 Kai ithad “horns ‘two liketo alamb, and spoke as a dragon; and τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πρώτου θηρίου πᾶσαν ποιεῖ ἐνώπιον XIII. καὶ and *the “authority “οἵ °the first 7beast tall itexercises before αὐτοῦ" Kai ποιεῖ THY γῆν Kai τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν αὐτῇ" it, and causes the earth and those who dwell in it ἵνα “προσκυνήσωσιν᾽ τὸ θηρίον τὸ πρῶτον, οὗ ἐθερα- that they should do homage to the “beast ‘first, of whom was πεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ.θανάτου.αὐτοῦ" 13 Kai ποιεῖ σημεῖα of its death. Toy | it should cause healed the wound And it works “signs χκαταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ ov- tocome down outof the hea- ~ iI ᾽ - x ~ ? , ~ 2. θ , 14 ‘ Xr ~ Pavov’ ELC τὴν γὴν EVWTLOY TWY ανσρωπων. Kat TAAVE μεγάλα, δ 1preat, ἵνα Kai πῦρ that even fire ven to the earth before men. And it misleads τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, διὰ τὰ σημεῖα ἃ those who dwell on the earth, by reason of the signs which 2 + πόλεμον war (read ποιῆ. to make) Ε. b + [καὶ] and 1». 8 τεσ- © βλασφημίας LTTrAW. νικῆσαι αὐτούς L. ἱ ποιῆσαι πόλεμον TTrA. 8 + καὶ h αὐτὸν GLTTrAW. i οὗ (read [everyone] of whom has K τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ his name LTTrA ; τὸ ὄνομα the name Gw. ἱ τῷ βιβλίῳ Q@LTTrAW. m + τοῦ (read which was slain) GLTTrAW. Ὁ + εἰς Lis] for LTAW. ° — αἰχμαλωσίαν (read εἰς for) Tr. P — συνάγει LTTrAW. 4 μαχαίρῃ LfTra. τ ἀποκταίνει kills τι; ἀποκτανθῆναι to be killed a. s — δεῖ a. * ἐν αὐτῇ κατοικοῦντας QTTrA. ΟΥ̓. Υ προσκυνήσουσιν they shall do homage ΤΊΓΑ. Ὑ καὶ πῦρ ἵνα x ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνειν (καταβῇ α ; καταβαίνῃ should come down W) @LutTraw XIII, XIV. REVELATION. ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ποιῆσαι ἐνώπιον Tov θηρίου, λέγων τοῖς it γγαβ given toit towork before the beast, saying to those who κατοικοῦσιν ἐπὶ THC γῆς, ποιῆσαι Zeikova' τῷ θηρίῳ ὃ) dwell on the earth, to make animage tothe beast, which ἔχει THY πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρας" καὶ ἔζησεν. 15 Kai ἐδόθη has the wound of the sword, and lived. And it was given “αὐτῷ! δοῦναι πνεῦμα! τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου; ἵνα καὶ λα- to it to give breath tothe image ofthe beast, that’also®should digg ἡ εἰκὼν τοῦ θηρίου, Kai ποιήσῃ, doa fav" μὴ ®speak ‘the *image *of*the ‘beast, and should cause as many as ot ἐπροσκυνήσωσιν'" Ῥτὴν εἰκόνα" τοῦ θηρίου ‘iva! ἀποκτανθῶσιν. would dohomageto the image ofthe beast that theyshouldbekilled. 16 καὶ ποιεῖ πάντας, τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους, Kai And it causes all, the small d the great, and τοὺς πλουσίους Kai τοὺς πτωχούς, Kai τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ the rich and the poor, and the free and τοὺς δούλους, ἵνα ἔδώσῃ᾽ αὐτοῖς χάραγμα ἐπὶ τῆς χειρὸς the bondmen, that itshould give them a mark on “hand αὐτῶν τῆς δεξιᾶς, ἢ ἐπὶ ray μετώπων" αὐτῶν, 17 "καὶ" ἵνα ‘their “right, or on “foreheads ‘their; and that μή.τις δύνηται ἀγοράσαι ἢ πωλῆσαι, εἰμὴ ὁ ἔχων τὸ noone should be able to buy to sell, except he who has_ the χάραγμα "ἢ" οτὸ ὄνομα" τοῦ θηρίου, ἢ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ or mark or the name οἵ the beast, or the number ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ. 18 Ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν. ὁ ἔχων Prov’ “name *of its, Here ?wisdom ‘is. He who has νοῦν, Ψψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου" ἀριθμὸς. γὰρ understanding let himcount the number ofthe beast: tor “number ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν, καὶ ὁ.ἀριθμὸς αὐτοῦ 4 τχξς΄." Ja “man’s itis; and its number [153] 666, 14 Kai "εἶδον," καὶ ἰδού, * ἀρνίον "ἑστηκὸς! ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος And tIsaw, and behold, (the) Lamb standing upon mount Σιών, καὶ per αὐτοῦ ἑκατὸν ὑτεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες" Sion, and with him a hundred [and] forty four χιλιάδες, ἔχουσαι τὸ ὄνομα" τοῦ-.πατρὸς. αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένον thousand, having the name of his Father written ἐπὶ τῶν. μετώπων.αὐτῶν. 2 Kai ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐ- on their foreheads, And tLIheard a voice outof the hea- pavov we φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, Kai ὡς φωνὴν βροντῆς ven as avoice of *waters ‘many, and as avoice of “thunder μεγάλης" καὶ Yowryy ἤκουσα! τ" κιθαρῳδῶν κιθαριζόντων ἐν great: and a voice 1 heard of harpers harping with ταῖς.κιθάραις.αὐτῶν. 3 Kai gdovow “we! δὴν καινὴν ἐνώ- their harps. And theysing as a7song ‘new be- πιον τοῦ θρόνου, καὶ ἐνώπιον THY τεσσάρων ζώων καὶ fore the throne, and _ before the four living creatures and τῶν πρεσβυτέρων" Kai οὐδεὶς Ῥ"ἠδύνατο" μαθεῖν τὴν ᾧδήν, the elders. And no one was able tolearn the song 649 he had power to do in the sight of the beast ; saying to then: that dwell on the earth, that ther should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by « sword, and did live. 15 And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed. 16 And hecaus- eth all, bothsmall and great, rich and poor, tree and bond, to re- ceive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads : 17 and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name, 18 Here is wis- dom, Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast : for itis the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred _threescore and six. XIV. And I looked, and, lo, a Lamb stood on the mount Sion, and with him an hun- dred forty and four thousand, having his Father’s name written in their foreheads, 2 And 1 heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder: and 1 heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps: 3 and they sung as it were a new song before the throne, and before the four beasts, and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the hundred and 4 ὃς who LTTraw. Ὁ μαχαίρης LTTrA. ἃ πνεῦμα δοῦναι w. © + wa that Lrr[a]w. f ἐὰν LTTrA. homage T. ἃ τῇ εἰκόνι αὐτὴν. ἰ -- ἵνα (omit that they) Lrrraw. give GLTTraw. 170 μέτωπον forehead GLTTraw. πὶ — καὶ LI[A]. © τοῦ ὀνόματος οἵ the name L. P—ToyGLTTrAW. 4-4 ἐστὶν is Tr. ἕξ six hundred [and] sixty-six La. 5 ἴδον T. π τεσσαρακοντατέσσαρες EGW ; τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες LTTrA. (read his name and the name) GLTTraw. [was] GLrtraw. 18. + ws aS GLTTraW. ® εἰκόναν L. aa — ὡς GT[TrA]. t+ τὸ the GLTTraw. © αὐτῇ (that is, the image) τι. ὃ προσκυνήσουσιν Shall do * δῶσιν they should 1 — ἢ GLITraWw. τ ἑξακόσιοι ἑξήκοντα Υ ἑστὸς LTTYAW. ; χα + αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ὄνομα ) ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα the voice which I heard ba ἐδύνατο LTTrA. 650 forty and four thou- sand, which were re- deemed from the earth. 4 These are they which were not defiled with women; for they ure virgins, These are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever he go- eth. These were re- deemed from among men, being the first- fruits unto God and to the Lamb. 5 And in their mouth was found no guile : for they are without fault before the throne of God. 6 And Isawanother angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel. to preach unto them that dwell on theearth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people, 7 saying with a loud _ voice, Fear God, and give glory to him; for the hour of his judgment is come : and worship him that made hea- ven, and earth, and the sea, and the foun- tains of waters. 8 And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication. 9 And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If avy man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand, 10 the same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indig- nation ; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the pre- sence of the Lamb: © τεσσαρακοντατέσσαρες EGW ; τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες LITrA. © ὑπάγει he goes Lira. h — ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Tov θεοῦ GLITraw. K + ἐπὶ unto LITraw. LTTra. GLITraw. ἄγγελος a second angel LTrAW ; ἄγ. dev. T. πόλις GLTTrAW. LITrAW. τὸ θηρίον GLTTrAW. χα + ἄλλος another GLTTraw. ἌΠΟ KA. A ¥ Wak 3: XIV. εἰμὴ at ἑκατὸν “τεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες" χιλιάδες, οἱ except the hundred (and) forty four thousand, whe ἠγορασμένοι ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς. 4 οὗτοί slow οἱ pera have been purchased from the earth. These are they who with γυναικῶν οὐκ.ἐμολύνθησαν" παρθένοι.γάρ εἰσιν᾽ οὑτοί Δεἰσιν'" women were not defiled, for virgins they are: these are ot ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ apvip ὕπου ἂν *uTayy." οὗτοι they who follow the amb wheresoever he may go. These ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀπαρχὴ τῷ θεῷ καὶ were purchased from among men [88] firstfruits to God and τῷ ἀρνίῳ. 5 καὶ ἐν τῷ.στόματι.αὐτῶν οὐχ.εὑρέθη 'δόλος" tothe Lamb: and in their mouth was not found guile ; adpwporsyao εἰσιν "ἐνώπιον Tov θρόνου τοῦ θεοῦ." for blameless they are before the throne of God. 6 Kai εἶδον ‘addXov' ἄγγελον ἱπετώμενον" ἐν μεσου- And I saw another angel flying in mid- ρανήματι, ἔχοντα εὐαγγέλιον αἰώνιον εὐαγγελίσαιἜ heaven, to announce τοὺς those who having [the] “glad “tidings [00] κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, Kai™ πᾶν ἔθνος καὶ φυλὴν dwell on the earth, and every nation and tribe καὶ γλῶσσαν καὶ λαόν, 7 "Aéyovta' “ἐνὶ φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, and tongue and people, saying with a “voice *loud, Φοήθητε τὸν θεόν, καὶ δότε αὐτῷ δόξαν, Ore ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα ‘everlasting 1 Fear God, and give tohim glory, because is come the hour THC-Kploewo.avTOU’ καὶ προσκυνήσατε τῷ ποιήσαντι τὸν of his judgment ; and do homage to him who made the οὐρανὸν καὶ THY γῆν Kai? θάλασσαν καὶ πηγὰς ὑδάτων. heaven and the earth and sea and fountains of waters. 8 Kai ἄλλος “ἄγγελος" ἠκολούθησεν, λέγων, "ἔπεσεν "ἔπε- And another angel followed, saying, [5 fallen, is σεν "Βαβυλὼν" 4) πόλις ἡ μεγάλη" “ὕτι" ἐκ TOU οἴνου τοῦ fallen Babylon 3city ‘the “great, because of the wine of the θυμοῦ τῆς.πορνείας.αὐτῆς πεπότικεν πάντα" ἔθνη. fury of her fornication she has given *to*drink ‘all “nations, 9 Καὶ * Yrpirog ἄγγελος" ἠκολούθησεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων ἐν And a third angel followed them, saying, with φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, Εἴ τις “τὸ θηρίον προσκυνεῖ" Kai τὴν a *voice ‘loud, If anyone ‘the ‘beast ‘does “homage “to and εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ, καὶ λαμβάνει χάραγμα ἐπὶ τοῦ.μετὠπου.αὐτοῦ, “image ‘its, and receives a mark on his forehead ἢ ἐπὶ τὴν.χεϊρα.αὐτοῦ, 10 Kai αὐτὸς πίεται ἐκ TOU οἴνου or upon his hand, also he shalldrink of the wine τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου ἐν τῷ of the fury of God which is mixed undiluted in the ποτηρίῳ τῆς.ὀργῆς.αὐτοῦ, καὶ βασανισθήσεται ἐν πυρὶ καὶ cup of his wrath, and heshallbetormented in fire and θείῳ, ἐνώπιον "τῶν" Yayiwy ἀγγέλων," καὶ ἐνώπιον τοῦ brimstone, before the holy angels, and before the ἃ — εἰσιν (read |are}) Β — yap for La, ) πετόμενον GLTTrAW. ! ψεῦδος falsehood GLTTraw. 1 [ἄλλον] A. ! καθημένους Sit GLTTrAW. m + ἐπὶ unto @LTTrAW. Ὁ λέγων ο — ἀν (read φωνῇ with a voice) L. P + τὴν the arw. 4 δεύτερος τ [ἔπεσεν] A. 5 Βαβουλὼν E, t— ἡ ν ἣ which (read wer. has given to drink) Τ᾿ ΑὟὟ. Ὑ + τὰ the Y ἄγγελος τρίτος GLTTraw. * προσκυνεῖ & — τῶν LTTr. b ἀγγέλων ἁγίων LITr; — ἁγίων A. XIV. REVELATION. ? , ~ ‘ t 2 ‘ x ~ ~ ᾽ ~ c > , ἀρνίου" 11 καὶ ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ. βασανισμοῦ. αὐτῶν “ἀναβαίνει Lamb. Andthe smoke of their torment goes up εἰς αἰῶνας αἰώνων" Kai οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν ἡμέρας Kal ἴο ages of ages, and they have no respite day and νυκτὸς οἱ προσκυνοῦντες TO θηρίον καὶ τὴν.εἰκόνα. αὐτοῦ, καὶ night who do homage to the beast and its image, and εἴ τις λαμβάνει τὸ sss a τοῦ.ὀνόματος. αὐτοῦ. 12°Qde 4 ifanyone receives the mark of its name, Here [*the] ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν᾽ “ὦδε' οἱ τηροῦντες τὰς ἐν- “endurance *of the “saints ‘is, here they who keep the command- τολὰς τοῦ θεοῦ Kai THY πίστιν ᾿Ιησοῦ. mnents of God and the faith of Jesus. 13 Kai ἤκουσα φωνῆς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, λεγούσης ἵμοι," And ILheard avoice outof the rag saying to me, Γράψον, Μακάριοι οἱ νεκροὶ ot ἐν iw ἀποθγή Ππευητες ρ ’ p Write, Blessed the dead who in bene ee βἀπάρτι." Nai, λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα, wa bi crpiniciert ἐκ from henceforth. Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from τῶν. κόπων αὐτῶν" τὰ ‘dé! ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ᾽ αὐτῶν. their labours ; and *works ‘their follow with them. 14 Kai ξεῖδον," καὶ ἰδού, νεφέλη λευκή; καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν νεφέλην And Isaw, and se sites a*cloud ‘white, and upon the cloud ἰκαθήμενος Sporoc' "vig' ἀνθρώπου, ἔχων ἐπὶ "τῆς Cone] sitting like [the] Son of ry having on κεφαλῆς" αὐτοῦ στέφανον χρυσοῦν, καὶ ἐν τῇ.χειρὶ αὐτοῦ δρέ- *head this a *crown ‘golden, and in his hand a πανον ὀξύ. 15 καὶ ἄλλος ἄγγελος ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ, 4sickle ‘sharp. And another angel came out of the temple, κράζων ἐν “μεγάλῳ φωνῇ" τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῆς νεφέλης, crying with loud voice to him sitting on the cloud, Πέμψον τὸ.δρέπανόν.σου, καὶ θέρισον, Ore ἦλθέν Poor ἡ Send thy sickle and Rt because iscome tothee the ὥρα Irov' θερίσαι, ὅτι ἐξηράνθη ὁ ὁ θερισμὸς τῆς γῆς. 16 Καὶ hour toreap, because is dried the harvest of the earth. And ἔβαλεν ὁ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τὴν νεφέλην" τὸ δρέπανον.αὐτοῦ “put 7forth the ?sitting “upon *the “cloud his sickle ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, Kai ἐθερίσθη ἡ γῆ. upon the earth, and was reaped the earth. 17 Kai ἄλλος ἄγγελος ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ TOU ναοῦ τοῦ ἐν τῷ And another angel came outof the temple which [is] in the οὐρανῷ, ἔχων Kai αὐτὸς δρέπανον ὀξύ. 18 καὶ ἄλλος ay- heaven, “having ?also ‘*he a*sickle ‘sharp. And another an- γελος SeEnAGev'! ἐκ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, ᾿ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ gel came out of the altar, having authority over πυρός, Kal ἐφώνησεν ἡ κραυγῷ᾽ μεγάλῳ τῷ ἔχοντι τὸ δρέπανον ἔπε and hecalled witha“cry ‘loud tohim heres “sickle τὸ ὀξύ, λέγων, Πέμψον cov τὸ δρέπανον τὸ ὀξύ, καὶ τρύγη- *the *sharp, saying, Send thy *sickle ‘sharp, and gather cov τοὺς βότρυας“ τῆς γῆς, ὅτι ἤκμασαν αἱ σταφυλαὶ the bunches of the earth; because are fully ripe *grapes 651 11 and the smoke of their torment ascend- eth up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name, 12 Here is the patience of the saints : hereare they that keep the commandments or God, «nd the faith οὗ Jesus. 13 And 1 neard a vuice from heaven saying unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them. 14 And I looked, und behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud’ one gat like unto the Son of man, haying on his head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sic- kle. 15 And another angel came out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in thy sickle, and reap: for the time ts come for thee to reap ; for the harvest of the earth is ripe. 16 And he that sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on theearth; and the earth was reaped. 17 And another an- gel came out of the temple which is in heaven, he also hay- ing a sharp sickle. 18 And another ange! came out from the al- tar, which had power over fire; and cried with a loudery to him that had the sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth ; for her grapes ς εἰς αἰῶνας αἰώνων ἀναβαίνει GLTTrAW. d+ ἡ the LTTraw. — POLGLTTrAW. ὃ ἀπ᾽ ἄρτι GLa. e — ὧδε GLTTrAW. a EE OER they shall rest LTTra ; ἀναπαύσονται P — σοι GLTTrAw. they shall rest w. i yap for LTTra. k ἴδον 1. ! καθήμενον ὅμοιον GLTTraW. ™ υἱὸν T. 2 τὴν κεφαλὴν LT. ο φωνῇ μεγάλῃ GLTTrAW. 4 — τοῦ LTTrAW. τ τῆς νεφέλης LTTrA. " — ἐξῆλθεν L. * + ὁ who (read ἔχωι has) LAW. τ φωνῇ With ἃ *voice Ltr. * + τῆς ἀμπέλου of the vine EGLTTrAW 652 are fully ripe. 19 And the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great winepress of the wrath of God. 20 And the winepress was trodden without the city, and blood came out of the wine- press, even unto the horse bridles, by the space of a thousand and six hundred fur- longs. XV. And I saw an- other sign in heaven, great and marvellous, seven angels having the seven iast plagues; ἃ for in them is filled up the wrath of God. 2 And I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea of glass, having the harps of God. 3 And they sing the song of Mo- sea the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying, Great and marvellous are thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are thy ways, thou King of saints. 4 Who shall not fear thee, Ὁ Lord, and glorify thy name? for thou only art holy : for all nations shall come and worship before thee; for thy judg- ments are made mani- fest. 5 And after that I looked, and, behold. the temple of the ta- bernacle of the testi- mony in heayen was opened: 6 and the se- yen angels came out of the temple, having the seven plagues, clothed in pure and white linen, and hay- ing their breasts gird- ed with golden gird- les. 7 And one of the ATLOKAAY WIZ. XIV, XV. 19 Kai ἔβαλεν ὁ ἄγγελος τὸ δρεπανον.αὐτοῦ εἰς And *put‘*forth 'the “angel his sickle to THY γῆν; Kai ἐτρύγησεν THY ἄμπελον τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἔβαλεν the earth, and gathered the vine oftheearth, and cast [the fruit} εἰς τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ "τὴν μεγάλην." 20 Kai into ’winepress *of *the “ΠΥ 7of °God ‘the “great ; and > ’ θ «ε λ 4 yee ΙΪ ~ 5A. ‘ ? HAP. ca ematnOn ἢ Anvog Yesw' τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν αἷμα was trodden the winepress outside the city, and came “forth ‘blood ἐκ τῆς ληνοῦ ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων, ἀπὸ out of the winepress as far as the bits of the horses, to the distance of σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων. ®furlongs ‘a “ὑποιβαπᾶ “six *hundred. 15 Kai "εἶδον" ἄλλο σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ μέγα καὶ θαυ- And I ρα another sign in the heaven, grea and won- ees ἀγγέλους ἑπτά, ἔχοντας πληγὰς ἑπτὰ τὰς ἐσχάτας, αὐτῆς. ther. 5 pengels seven, Hains “plagues ‘seven, the last ; ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. because in them wascompleted the fury of God. 2 Kai *eidov' we θάλασσαν ὑαλίνην μεμιγμένην πυρί, And I saw as a *sea 1elass mingled with fire, καὶ τοὺς νικῶντας ἐκ τοῦ θηρίου Kai ἐκ τῆς.εἰκόνος. αὐτοῦ and the overcomers of the beast, and of its image, καὶ Ῥὲκ rov-yapayparoc.avrov,' ἐκ Tov ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος and of its mark, of the number *name αὐτοῦ, ἑστῶτας ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν τὴν ὑαλίνην, ἔχοντας ofits, standing upon the sea glass, having κιθάρας τοῦ θεοῦ. 8 Kai gdovow τὴν wory “Μωσέως! 4 dov- harps of God. And they sing the song of Moses, bond- λου τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai τὴν Woy τοῦ ἀρνίου, λέγοντες, Μεγάλα καὶ man of God, and the song ofthe Lamb, saying, Great and θαυμαστὰ τὰ ἔργα.σου, κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ᾽ δί- wonderful [are] thy works, Lord God Almighty ; right- καιαι Kai ἀληθιναὶ αἱιὁδοίισουη, ὁ βασιλεὺς THY ἁγίων." eous and true Had thy UATE, [thou] King of saints, 4 τίς ov “μὴ φοβηθῇ foe," κύριε, καὶ ἐδοξάσῃ' τὸ.ὄνομά.σου; Who 2not ‘should fear tee! OlLord, and_ glorify thy name ? OTL όνος ὕσιος᾽ ὅτι πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἥξουσιν καὶ for [thou] only [art] holy; for all the nations shallcome and προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιόν σου OTe τὰ.δικαιώματά.σου do homage before thee; for thy righteous {acts] > , (lit. righteousnesses) ἐφανερώθησαν. were manifested, ὃ Kai pera ταῦτα *eidov," καὶ dod," ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς And after thesethings Isaw, and behold, was rene the temple τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 6 καὶ ἐξῆλθον οἱ of the tabernacle of the testimony in the heaven; and came forth the ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ πληγάς, ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ, seven angels “having ‘the “seven “plagues ‘out 7of *the *temple, ἐνδεδυμένοι "λίνον" καθαρὸν ἰκαὶ" λαμπρόν, καὶ περιεζωσμένοι clothed in linen pure and bright, and girt with περὶ τὰ στήθη ζώνας χρυσᾶς. 7 καὶ ἕν ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων 3about *the °breasts “girdles ‘golden. And one of the four x τὸν μέγαν GLTTrAW. αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. GLITraAw. f — ge LTTrA. 1+ ot those GLTTr[a]w. Ὁ — ἐκ τοῦ χαράγματος ε ἐθνῶν of nations h — ἰδού GLTTrAW. Υ ἔξωθεν GLTTrAW. 2 ἴδον T. ς Μωυσέως GLTTrAW. d + τοῦ the LTTrA. 8 δοξάσει shall glorify LTTraw. k λίθον stone Lr. 1 — καὶ GLTTrAw. REVELATION. ζώων ἔδωκεν τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλοις ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς, living creatures gave tothe seven angels seven “bowls ‘golden, γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας XV, XVI. full ofthe fury of God, who lives to the ages τῶν αἰώνων. 8 Kai ἐγεμίσθη ὁ ναὸς καπνοῦ ἐκ τῆς δόξης of the ages. And *was *filled *the *temple with smoke from the glory τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai ἐκ τῆς.δυνάμεως.αὐτοῦ" Kai οὐδεὶς πιἠδύνατο" of God, and from his power : and noone was able ? ~ >’ A , » ~ € ε \ ‘ ~ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν ναόν, ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ THY toenter into the temple until were completed the seven plagues of the ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων. seven angels, 16 Kai ἤκουσα "φωνῆς μεγάλης" ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ, λεγούσης And Iheard a *voice loud out of the temple, saying ~ ε 4 ? , « ’ ‘02 , I 3 p aN ~ τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλοις, Ὕπαγετε, καὶ “ἐκχέατε' τὰς Ῥ φιάλας τοῦ to the seven angels, Go, and pourout the bowls of the θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὴν γῆν. fury of God into the earth. 2 Kai ἀπῆλθεν ὁ πρῶτος, Kai ἐξέχεεν τὴν. φιάλην. αὐτοῦ And ‘departed "the “first, and poured out his bowl ἐπὶ" τὴν γῆν" καὶ ἐγένετο ἕλκος κακὸν Kai πονηρὸν τείς" τοὺς onto the earth;und came asore, evil and grievous, upon the ἀνθρώπους τοὺς ἔχοντας τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου, Kai τοὺς men who had the mark ofthe beast, and _ those "τῇ. εἰκόνι. αὐτοῦ προσκυνοῦντας." “to *his δίτηδρβ 1doing 7homage. 3 Kai ὁ δεύτερος ᾿ἄγγελος" ἐξέχεεν τὴν. φιάλην αὐτοῦ εἰς And ῃ 6 second angel poured out his bowl into τὴν θάλασσαν" Kai ἐγένετο αἷμα ὡς νεκροῦ, Kai πᾶσα ψυχὴ the sea; and it became blood, as of [one]dead; and every soul Υ ΖΔ) ll fare w 2 7 4 ζῶσα" aréOavey™ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ. living died in the sea. 4 Kai ὁ τρίτος “ἄγγελος! ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην αὐτοῦ εἰς And the third angel poured out his bowl into τοὺς ποταμοὺς Kai Yeic! τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων" Kai *eyévETO' the rivers, and into the fountains of waters ; and they became αἷμα. ὃ καὶ ἤκουσα τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων λέγοντος, blood. And lLIheard the angel of the waters saying, Δίκαιος, *ktoue," ef, ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν "Kai ὁ! ὕσιος, ὅτι Righteous, Ο Lord, artthou, whoart andwhowast and the holy one, that ταῦτα ἔκρινας. 6. ὅτι “αἷμα! ἁγίων καὶ προ- these things thou didst judge ; because {the] blood ofsaints and of pro- φητῶν ἐξέχεαν, καὶ αἷμα αὐτοῖς “ἔδωκας. “πιεῖν"" ἄξιοι phets they poured ουὖ, and blood to them thou didst give to drink ; worthy γάρ" εἰσιν. 7 Kai ἤκουσα ξἄλλου ἐκ' τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λέ- for they are. And Iheard another outof the altar say- jovroc, Nai, κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ, ἀληθιναὶ Kai δίκαιαι ing, Yea, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous αἱ. κρίσεις. σου. [8161] thy judgments. a 8 Kai ὁ τέταρτος "ἄγγελος" ἐξέχεεν THv-piadnv.abrov ἐπὶ Andthe fourth angel poured out his bowl upon m ἐδύνατο LTTrA. 2 μεγάλης φωνῆς LTAW. © ἐκχέετε LTA. GLTTraw. 4 εἰς into LITraw. τ ἐπὶ ὍΡΟΙ LTTrAw. GLTTrAW. *—ayyeAosLTTrAW. Ὑ ζωῆς (read soul of life) Girrra. LTTrAW. *— @yyeAosGLTTrAW. Y—eisLTTraA. Ἢ ἐγένοντο L. b — καὶ GT; — καὶ ὁ (read ὅσιος holy) Ltraw. ς αἵματα bloods τ. given LTraw. © wiv L3 πεῖν ΤΑ. f — γάρ GLTTraw. 653 four beasts gave unto the seven angelsseven golden vials full of the wrath of God, who liveth for ever and ever. 8 And the tem- ple was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from nis power; and no man was able to enter into the temple, till the se- ven plagues of the se- ven angels were ful- filled. XVI. And [heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the seven angels, Go your ways, and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth. 2 And the first went, and poured out his vial upon the earth ; and there fell a noi- some and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast, and upon them which worship- ped his image. 3 And the second angel poured out his vial upon the sea ; and it became as theblood of a dead man: and every living soul died in the sea. 4 And the third an- gel poured out his vial upon the rivers and fountains of waters ; and they became blood. 5 And I heard the angel of the waters say, Thou art right- eous, O Lord, which art, and wast, and shalt be, because thou hast judged thus. 6 For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and thou hast given them blood to drink ; forthey are worthy. 7AndI heard another out of the al- tar say, Even so, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous are thy judgments. 8 And the fourth angel poured out his P + ἑπτὰ seven 53 προσκυνοῦντας TH εἰκόνι αὐτοῦ w 4 τὰ the [things] 8 — κύριε GLTTrAW. ἃ δέδωκας thou hast 8 — ἄλλον ἐκ GLTTrAW. 654 vial upon the sun ; and power was given uuto him to scorch men with fire. 9 And men were scorched with great heat, and blasphemed the name of God, which hath power over these plagues: and _ they repented not to give him glory. 10 And the fifth an- gel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain, 11 and blas- phemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, and repented not of their deeds, 12 And the sixth an- gel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates ; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepar- ed. 13 And I sawthree unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet. 14 For they are the spirits of devils, working mi- racles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to ga- ther them to the bat- tle of that great day of God Almighty. 15 Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed ts he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame. 16 And he ga- thered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon, 17 And the seventh angel poured out his bh + τὴν LTTrw. πὶ ἀνατολῆς TTrA. ANLOKAAYWIS. ΧΨΙΗΣ 4 eo A ? , ’ ~ , ‘ . , ? τὸν ἥλιον" καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ Kavparioa τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐν the sun; and it was given to it to scorch men with πυρί" 9 καὶ ἐκαυματίσθησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι καῦμα μέγα, Kai fire, And were 4scorched 1men with *heat ‘great, and ? ΄ 4 μὲ ~ ~ ~ WH h ’ , ᾿ ‘ ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ.ἔχοντος ἢ ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ they blasphemed the name of God, who has authority over τὰς. πληγὰς ταὕὔτας, Kai οὐ.μετενόησαν δοῦναι αὐτῷ δόξαν. these plagues, and did not repent togive him glory. 10 Kai ὁ πέμπτος ᾿ἄγγελος" ἐξέχεεν τὴν. φιάλην.αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ And the fifth angel poured out his bowl upon τὸν θρόνον τοῦ θηρίου" Kai ἐγένετο ἡ. βασιλεία.αὐτοῦ ἐσκοτω- the throne ofthe beast; and *became tits *kingdom dark- μένη" καὶ Ἐἐμασσῶντο! τὰς. γλώσσας. αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ πόνου, ened; and they were gnawing their tongues for the distress, 11 καὶ ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸν θεὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐκ τῶν πόνων and blasphemed the God ofthe heaven for *distresses αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκ τῶν.ἑλκῶν. αὐτῶν, Kai ov.perevdnoay ἐκ THY ‘their and for their sores, and did not repent of ἔργων αὐτῶν. works "their. 12 Kai ὁ ἕκτος ᾿ἰἄγγελος" ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν And the sixth angel poured out his bowl upon the ποταμὸν τὸν μέγαν ἱτὸν" Εὐφράτην" καὶ ἐξηράνθη τὸ ὕδωρ "river great, the Euphrates; and was dried up 2watel αὐτοῦ, ἵνα ἑτοιμασθῇ ἡ ὁδὸς τῶν βασιλέων τῶν ἀπὸ tits, that might be prepared the way of the kings *the ‘from ™ayvatodka@y' ἡλίου. 18 Kai "sidov' ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ rising of [the] sun. And Isaw outof the mouth of the δράκοντος, Kai ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ θηρίου, Kai ἐκ τοῦ dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the στόματος τοῦ ψευδοπροφήτου, πνεύματα τρία ἀκάθαρτα mouth of the false prophet, ’spirits three 7unclean οὕμοια Parpayorc'! 14 εἰσὶν.γὰρ πνεύματα Ῥδαιμόνων" ποι- like frogs ; for they are spirits of demons do- οὔντα Ionpeia ἐκπορεύεσθαι" ἐπὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς ᾿τῆς γῆς καὶ" ing signs, to go forth to the kings of the earth and τῆς οἰκουμένης ὕλης, συναγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς " πόλεμον ofthe “habitable [*world] 'whole to gather together them unto battle τῆς ᾿ἡμέρας ἐκείνης τῆς μεγάλης" τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ παντοκράτορος. of “day ‘that “great of God the Almighty. 15 ᾿Ιδού, ἔρχομαι we κλέπτης. μακάριος ὁ γρηγορῶν, Behold, Icome 88 a thief. Blessed [18] he that watches, καὶ τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ γυμνὸς περιπατῇ, Kai and keeps his garments, that not naked he may walk, and βλέπωσιν τὴν.ἀσχημοσύνην.αὐτοῦ. 16 Kai συνήγαγεν they see his shame, And he gathered together αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν καλούμενον ᾿Ἑβραϊστὶ Τ᾿Αρμα- them to the place which is called in Hebrew Arma- γεδδών." geddon. Ἀ 17 Καὶ ὁ ἕβδομος “ἄγγελος" ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην.αὐτοῦ And the seventh angel poured out his bowl 1 — τὸν @v[Tr]. i — ἄγγελος GLTTraW. k ἐμασῶντο LTTrAW. P δαιμονίων GLTTrAW. n ἴδον Ὑ. ο ὡς (as) βάτραχοι GLTTrAW. ἢ σημεῖα ἃ ἐκπορεύεται Signs Which go forth EGTTrAW; σημεῖα' ἐκπορεύεται Signs: they go forth L. ἡμέρας τῆς μεγάλης ΤΊΝΑ. τ — τῆς γῆς καὶ GLTTrAwW. 5. + τὸν the ΟἸΤΤΓΑΎ,. t μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1, ; Vv “Αρμαγεδών GLITrAW. ¥ — ἄγγελος GLTTrAW. ΧΦΗΡΈΧΥΤΙ. REVELATION. χε οἱ roy ἀέρα" καὶ ἐξῆλθεν φωνὴ Υμεγάλη" τἀπὸ" τοῦ ναοῦ into the air; and cameout a ?voice ‘loud from the temple *rov οὐρανοῦ," ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου, λέγουσα, Γέγονεν. 18 Καὶ of the heaven, from the _ throne, saying, It is done. And ἐγένοντο φωναὶ καὶ βρονταὶ καὶ ἀστραπαί," καὶ σεισμὸς there were voices and thunders and τ αταιΒΡεῚ ; and scanthanake ἐγένετο μέγας, οἷος οὐκ. ἐγένετο ἀφ᾽ οὗ “οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐγέ- ‘there re *a “great, such as was not since men vovro' ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, τηλικοῦτος σεισμὸς οὕτως μέγας. 19 Kai were on the earth somighty an Se ied 80 great. And ἐγένετο ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη εἰς τρία μέρη, καὶ αἱ πόλεις τῶν *became 'the “city great into three parts; and the cities ofthe ἐθνῶν “ἔπεσον"" καὶ Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη ἐμνήσθη ἐνώπιον nations fell; and Babylon the great wasremembered before τοῦ θεοῦ, δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς God, togive her the cup ofthe wine ofthe fury ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ. 20 καὶ πᾶσα νῆσος ἔφυγεν, καὶ ὄρη Swrath ‘of *his. And every island fled ; and ?mountains εὑρέθησαν. 21 καὶ χάλαζα μεγάλη ὡς. ταλαντιαία καταβαίνει were found ; and a hail ‘great asofatalent weight comes down ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ Tove ἀνθρώπους" Kai ἐβλασφήμησαν οἱ outof the heaven upon men ; and ἘΡΙΒΕΡΕΟΙΠΘα ἄνθρωποι τὸν θεόν, ἐκ τῆς πληγῆς τῆς χαλάζης" ὅτι με- men God, becauseofthe plague of the hail, for yon ἐ ἐστὶν ἡ πληγὴ. αὐτῆς σφόδρα. greut is *its *plague ‘exceeding. 17 Kai ἦλθεν εἷς ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐχόντων τὰς οὐχ ‘no And came one of the seven angels ofthose having the ἑπτὰ φιάλας, καὶ ἐλάλησεν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, λέγων ὅμοι," Δεῦρο, seven bowls, and spoke with me, saying tome; Come here, δείξω σοι TO κρίμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης, τῆς καθη- Iwillshew thee the sentence of the *harlot great, who sits μένης ἐπὶ frév" ὑδάτων frév' πολλῶν" 2 pel ἧς ἐπόρνευ- upon the 7?waters many ; with whom *committed 7for- σαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, Kai ἐμεθύσθησαν Fix τοῦ οἴνου nication 'the ?kings “οὗ *the °earth; and were made drunk with the wine τῆς.πορνείας. αὐτῆς οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν." 3 Kai of her fornication those that dwell on the earth. And ἀπήνεγκέν με εἰς ἔρημον ἐν πνεύματι᾽ καὶ *eldov' γυναῖκα he carried away me “ἴο 58 °wilderness *in ene “Spirit; and Isaw a woman καθημένην ἐπὶ On nptov κόκκινον, ὌΡΟΣ ὀνομάτων" βλασφημίας, sitting upon a*beast ‘scarlet, of names of blasphemy, κἔχον" κεφαλὰς ἑπτὰ καὶ κέρατα sae 4 καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἰὴ!" having heads ‘seven and horns’ ‘ten, And the woman περιβεβλημένη “πορφύρᾳ! καὶ "κοκκίνῳ," οκαὶ! κεχρυσωμένη clothed in purple and scarlet, and decked (lit. gilded) Ρχρυσῷ" Kai λίθῳ τιμίῳ καὶ μαργαρίταις, ἜΠΟΣ, “χρυσοῦν with gold and *stone’ precious and pearls, having a golden ποτήριον" ἐν τῇ.χειρὶ αὐτῆς, pious βδελυγμάτων καὶ “ἀκωθ- cup in her hand, of abominations and of unclean- 655 vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done. 18 And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; «nd there was ἃ great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earth- quel and so great. 19 And the great city was divided into three parts, and thecities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance be- fore God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath. 20 And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found. 21 And there fellupon mena great hail out of hea- ven, every stone about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; tor the plague thereof was exceeding great. XVII. And there came one of the seven angels which had the seven vials, and talked with me, saying unto me, Come hither; I will shewunto thee the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many waters: 2 with whom the kings of theearth have com- mitted fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornica- tion. 3So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon 8. scarlet coloured beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns. 4 And the woman was array- edin purple and scar- let colour, and decked with gold and pre- cious stones and pearls, having a gold- en cup in her handfull of abominations and τ ἐπὶ upon GLTTrAW. Υ — μεγάλη LA. z ἐκ out of LTTra. p LOY — τοῦ οὐρανοῦ LTTraAW. b ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ eke βρονταί GLTTraWw. ς ope ἐγένετο Man was LITraw dé ἔπεσαν LTTrAW. — μοι GLTTraw. f τῶν Lorr[ A]. & οἱ κατοι- κοῦντες τὴν γῆν ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς GLTTraw. eida L. i γέμοντα ὀνόματα LTA; γέμον τὰ (-- τα W) ὀνόματα Trw. k ἔχοντα TA. 1 ἣν was GLTTraw. Trop- φυροῦν GLTTraw. ριον χρυσοῦν LTTraW. π κόκκινον GLTTrAW. τ γέμων Τ. ο [καὶ] A. Ρ χρυσίῳ GLAW. 5 τὰ ἀκάθαρτα τῆς the unclean things GLTTrAW. 4 ποτὴ- 656 filthiness of her forni- cation: 5 and upon her forehead was a name written, MYS- TERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HAR- LOTS AND ABOMI- NATIONS OF THE EARTH. 6 AndI saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the mar- tyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her, 1 wondered with great admiration. 7 And the angel said unto me, Wherefore didst thou marvel? I will tell thee the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten horns. 8 The beast that thou sawest was, and is not ; and shall ascend out of the bot- tomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they be- hold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is. 9 And here is the mind which hath wisdom. ‘The seven heads are seven moun- tains, on which the woman sitteth. 10 And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space. 11] And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition. 12° And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. 13 These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast. 14 These shall τ εἶδα LTTrA. goes LAW. was) GLTTraw. 8 — καὶ GLTTrAW. m — τὴν LTrA. GLTTrawWw. v Διὰ τί LTrA. 2 θαυμασθήσονται L. (vead the name is not written) LYrTra. © καὶ παρέσται and shall be present GLTTrAw. ATIOKAAY WIS. πορνείας αὐτῆς, of her fornication ; XVII. 5 καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ.μέτωπον. αὐτῆς and upon her forehead ὄνομα γεγραμμένον, Μυστήριον, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ a name written, Mystery, Babylon the Great, the μήτηρ τῶν πορνῶν Kai τῶν βδελυγμάτων τῆς γῆς. 6 Kai mother ofthe harlots and ofthe abominations of the earth. And ‘eldov' τὴν γυναῖκα μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος THY ἁγίων, καὶ Isaw the woman drunk with the blood ofthe saints, and 3 - “ ~ , ᾽ ~ ΓΝ Ὁ 2 ᾽ ‘ ἐκ TOU αἵματος τῶν μαρτύρων ᾿Ιησοῦ" Kai ἐθαύμασα, ἰδὼν ἀρτητος" ness withthe blood ofthe witnesses of Jesus. And I wondered, having seen ᾽ ’ ~ , ‘ - , « » v All αὐτήν, θαῦμα μέγα. 7 Kai εἶπεν μοι ὁ ἄγγελος, “Διατί her, with *wonder great. And said *to*me'the angel, Why ἐθαύμασας; ἐγώ “oor ἐρῶ" τὸ μυστήριον τῆς γυναικός, didst thou wonder ? 1 thee will tell the mystery ofthe woman, kat τοῦ θηρίου τοῦ βαστάζοντος αὐτήν, Tov ἔχοντος τὰς and of the beast which carries her, which has the ἑπτὰ κεφαλὰς καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα. 8 * θηοίον ὺ εἶδες, seven heads and the ten horns. (The) beast which thou sawest ἦν, Kai οὐκ ἔστιν, Kai μέλλει ἀναβαίνειν ἐκ τῆς ἀβύσσου, was, and is not, and is about tocomeup outof the abyss, kai εἰς ἀπώλειαν Υὑπάγειν"" καὶ τθαυμάσονται" οἱ Karol and into destruction to go; and shall wonder they who dwell κοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὧν δοὐ.γέγραπται" >ra ὀνόματα" ἐπὶ on the earth,ofwhom are ποῦ written the names in τὸ βιβλίον τῆς ζωῆς ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, “βλέ- the book of life from [the] foundation of [the] world, see- ποντες" τὸ θηρίον 40 τι! ἣν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν, “καίπερ ἐστίν." ing the beast which was and “not Liss and yet is. 9 ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν. αἱ ἑπτὰ κεφαλαί, fon Here [is]the mind which has wisdom: The seven heads *mountains > 4 « CAN ese ς A , ? ? ? ~ ‘ εἰσὶν ἑπτά," ὕπου ἡ γυνὴ κάθηται ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν. 10 Kai Ba- ‘are ?sevyen, where the woman sits on them. And σιλεῖς ἑπτά εἰσιν' οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν, δκαὶ! ὁ sic ἔστιν, ὁ *kings “seven ‘there “are: the five are fallen, and the one is, the ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν" Kai ὅταν ἔλθῃ, ὀλίγον αὐτὸν δεῖ other ὁποὺ “yet ‘is come: and when heshallhavecome, ἃ 110016 while he must μεῖναι. 11 καὶ τὸ θηρίον ὃ ἦν, Kai οὐκ ἔστιν, Kai αὐτὸς" remain. And the beast which was, and “not lis, ‘also she ὐὑγδοός ἐστιν, Kai ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστιν, Kai εἰς ἀπώλειαν San 7eighth Sis, and οὗ the seven is, and into destruction ὑπάγει. 12 καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα ἃ εἶδες, δέκα βασιλεῖς goes. And the ten horns which thou sawest ten kings εἰσιν, οἵτινες βασιλείαν ‘ovrw' ἔλαβον, Ἑάλλ᾽" ἐξουσίαν we ’ ’ ς are, which ‘*a *kingdom ?not*yet ‘received, but authority as βασιλεῖς μίαν ὥραν λαμβάνουσιν μετὰ Tov θηρίου. 13 οὗτοι kings one hour receive with the _ beast. These μίαν Ἰγνώμην ἔχουσιν," καὶ τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν" ἐξουσίαν one mind have, and the power and_ the authority "ἑαυτῶν! τῷ θηρίῳ “οδιαδιδώσουσιν." 14 οὗτοι μετὰ τοῦ of themselves tothe beast they shall give up. These with the W ἐρῶ σοι LirA. x + τὸ The GLTTraw. Υ ὑπάγει ἃ οὐκ ἐγέγραπτο Was not written x. Ὁ τὸ ὄνομα ς βλεπόντων GLITrAW. 4 ὅτι (read that it f ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν GLTTra, 1 ἔχουσιν γνώμην G. ο διδόασιν they give h οὗτος thistr. ἰοὺκ Ποῦ 1. * ἀλλὰ LTTraw. 2 αὐτῶν (read their authority) Lrtraw. XVI, XVIII. REVELATION. apviov πολεμήσουσιν, Kai TO ἀρνίον νικήσει αὐτούς, OTt Lamb warwillmake, and the Lamb willovercome them; _ because κύριος κυρίων ἐστὶν Kai βασιλεὺς βασιλέων" καὶ οἱ Lord oflords heis and King of kings: and those that [are] rt ? ~ Ν ‘ ‘ ? δ ‘ ‘ , 15 K ‘ Pr , Η μεῖ αὐτου, ΚΛΉΤΟι καὶ EKAEKTOL καὶ TLOTOL. αι EVEL with him, ealled, and chosen, and faithful, And hesays μοι, Τὰ ὕδατα ἃ εἶδες, οὗ ἡ πόρνη κάθηται, λαοὶ καὶ to me, The waters which thou sawest, where the harlot sits, *peoples 7and ὄχλοι εἰσίν, Kai ἔθνη Kai γλῶσσαι. 16 Kai Ta δέκα κέρατα *multitudes ‘are, and nationsand tongues. And the ten horns ἃ εἶδες “ἐπὶ" τὸ θηρίον, οὗτοι μισήσουσιν τὴν πόρνην, which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the harlot, καὶ ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ γυμνήν, καὶ τὰς and esolate shall make her and naked, and Gaede αὐτῆς φάγονται, Kai αὐτὴν κατακαύσουσιν "ἐν᾿ πυρί. “flesh ®her ‘shall eat, and “her shall *burn with fire; 17 ὁ-γὰρ.θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας. αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν for God gave to their hearts to do γνώμην αὐτοῦ, "καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην," καὶ δοῦναι τὴν 2mind this, and to do one mind, and togive βασιλείαν αὐτῶν τῷ θηρίῳ, ἄχρι τελεσθῇ τὰ ῥήματα" ?kingdom ‘their tothe beast, until should be fulfilled the sayings τοῦ θεοῦ. 18 καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἣν εἶδες, ἔστιν ἡ πόλις ἡ of God. Andthe woman whom thou sawest is the *city μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν ἐπὶ τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς. 1great, which has kingship over the kings of the earth. 18 "Καὶ! μετὰ ταῦτα εἶδον ¥ ἄγγελον καταβαίνοντα ἐκ And after these things I saw an angel descending out of TOU οὐρανοῦ, ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην" καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐφω- the heaven, having “authority great: and the earth was enlight- τίσθη ἐκ τῆς.δόξης. αὐτοῦ. 2 Kai ἔκραξεν “ἐν ἰσχύϊ, φωνῇ ened with his glory. And hecried mightily with a *voice μεγάλῳ," λέγων, “Exeoey Yerrecev' Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη, καὶ loud, saying, Isfallen, is fallen Babylon the great, and ἐγένετο κατοικητήριον δαιμόνων," Kai φυλακὴ παντὸς πνεύ- is beeome a habitation of demons, and ahold of every *spi- ματος ἀκαθάρτου", καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς ὀρνέου ἀκαθάρτου Kai rit tunclean, and ahold ofevery “*bird 7unclean *and μεμισημένου᾽ 3 Ore ἐκ “rod οἴνου" τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορ- Shated : because of the wine of the fury *forni- νείας αὐτῆς “πέπωκεν' πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ ot βασιλεῖς tation ‘of*her 7have *drunk ‘all ‘the Snations; and the kings τῆς γῆς per αὐτῆς ἐπόρνευσαν, καὶ οἱ ἔμποροι τῆς of the earth with her didcommit fornication, and the merchants of the γῆς ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ.στρήνους. αὐτῆς ἐπλούτησαν. earth through the power of her luxury were enriched. 4 Kai ἤκουσα ἄλλην φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, λέγουσαν, And MJIheard another voice outof the heaven, saying, > , ~ « ΄ ε A , " “᾿Εξέλθετε" “ἐξ αὐτῆς ὁ.λαός μου," ἵνα μὴ ἰσυγκοινωνήσητε" Come ye outof her, my people, that ye may not have fellowship P εἶπεν L. 4 καὶ and GLTTrAw. σαι μίαν γνώμην L; καὶ ποιῆσαι γνώμην μίαν α[ ΑἸ. οἱ λόγοι GLTTrAW. ¥ — καὶ LTTrAW. x ἐν ([ἐν] A) ἰσχυρᾷ φωνῇ with a strong voice GLTTraw. LTTrA, a + καὶ μεμισημένου and hated (spirit) L. kav LTW; πέπτωκαν have fallen (read ἐκ by) tr; πέπίτ]ωκαν a. Ἔξελθε Come thou tL. © ὃ λαός μου ἐξ αὐτῆς T. ἔσυν- Ὁ. τ — ἐν (read πυρί with fire) T[a]. 657 make war with the Lamb, and the I-amb shall overcome them, for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful 15 And he saith unto me, The waters which thou sawest, where the whore sitteth, are peoples, and mul- titudes, and nationa, and tongues. 16 And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolateand naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire. 17 For God hath put in their hearts to fulfil his will, and to agree, and give their king- dom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled. 18 And the woman which thou sawest is that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth. XVIII. And after these things I saw another angel come dcwn from heaven, having great power ; and the earth was lightened with his glory. 2 And he cried mightily witha strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of de- vils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. 3 For all na- tions have drunk of the wine of the wratk of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the a- pundance of her deli- cacies. 4 And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, 5 — καὶ ποι- τ τελεσθήσονται (shall be fulfillea} ~ + ἄλλον (read another angel) GLTTraw. Υ — ἔπεσεν τι[Δ]. Ὁ — τοῦ οἴνου L[Tr]A. 2 δαιμονίων © πέπω- ἃ ᾿Ἐξέλθατε TTraw ; UU 658 that ye be not par- takers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues. 5 For her sins have reached un- to heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities. 6 Reward her even as she re- warded you, and don- ble uuto her double according to her works: in the cup which she hath filled fill to her double. 7 How much she hath glorified herself, and lived deliciously, so much torment and sorrow give her: for she saith in her heart, I sit a queen, and am no widow, and shall see no sor- row. 8 Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death, and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly burn- ed with fire: for strong is the Lord God who judgeth her. 9 And the kings of the earth, who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her, shall bewail her, and lament for her, when they shall see the smoke of her burning, 10 standing afar off for the fear of her torment, saying, Alas, alas that great city Babylon, that mighty city! for in one hour is thy judgment come. ll And the merchants of the earth shall weep and mourn over her; for no man buyeth their merchandise any more: 12 the merchan- dise of gold, and sil- ver, and _ precious stones, and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all man- ner vessels of ivory, and all man- ner vessels of most recious wood, and of rass, and iron, and marble, 13 and cinna- mon, and odours, and ointments, and frank- incense, and wine, and o11.and fine flour, 8 ἐκ τῶν πληγῶν αὐτῆς ἵνα μὴ λάβητε GLTTrAW. ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΨΙΣ. XVIII. ταῖς. ἁμαρτίαις αὐτῆς, Kai Siva μὴ λάβητε ἐκ THY πληγῶν in her sins, and that ye may not receive of *plagues αὐτῆς" ὃ ore "ἠκολούθησαν" αὐτῆς ai ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τοῦ ther : for %followed *her "sins asfaras the οὐρανοῦ, Kai ἐμνημόνευσεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ.ἀδικήματα.αὐτῆς. 6 ἀπό- heaven, and “remembered ‘God her unrighteousnesses. Ren- δοτε αὐτῇ ὡς Kai αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν ἰὑμῖν," καὶ διπλώσατε Ἑαὐτῇ" der toher as also she rendered toyon; and doubleye to her ἰδιπλᾶ κατὰ τὰ-ἔργα.αὐτῆς᾽ ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασεν, double, according to her works. In the cup which she mixed, κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν. 7 boa ἐδόξασεν 'λἑαυτὴν" καὶ mix ye to her double. So much as she glorified herself and ἐστρηνίασεν, τοσοῦτον δότε αὐτῇ βασανισμὸν Kai πένθος" lived luxuriously, so much give toher torment and mourning. « ? ~ [ἢ ? ~ , n ’ / ᾿ ὕτι ἐν τῇ. καρδίᾳ.αὐτῆς λέγει, " Κάθημαι βασίλισσα, καὶ Because in her heart she says, I sit a queen, and χήρα οὐκ.εἰμί, καὶ πένθος οὐμὴ ἴδω. 8 Διὰ τοῦτο a widow Lam ποῦ : and mourning inno wise mayIsee. Onaccountof this ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ἥξουσιν αἱ.πληγαὶ. αὐτῆς, θάνατος καὶ πένθος in one day shall come her plagues, death and mourning καὶ λιμός" καὶ ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται" ὅτι ἰσχυρὸὲξ "κύριος" and famine, and with fire sheshallbeburnt; for strong [isthe] Lord ὁ θεὸς ὁ Ῥκρίνων" αὐτήν. 9 Kai “κλαύσονται" ταὐτὴν," Kai God who judges her. And shall weep for her, and κόψονται ἐπ᾽ "αὐτῇ" οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτῆς πορ- shall bewail for her, the kings ofthe earth,whowith her commit- γνεύσαντες καὶ στρηγνιάσαντες, ὅταν βλέπωσιν TOY καπνὸν ted fornication and lived luxuriously, when they see the smoke τῆς.πυρώσεως. αὐτῆς, 10 ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἑστηκότες διὰ of her burning, “from Safar tstanding on account of τὸν φόβον τοῦ. βασανισμοῦ.αὐτῆς, λέγοντες, Οὐαί, ovat, ἡ the fear of her torment, saying, Woe, woe, the , « , , € aN « ᾽ ΄ « t2 I ~ [2 πόλις ἡ μεγάλη Βαβυλών, ἡ πόλις 1) ἰσχυρά, ὅτι tev μιᾷ ὥρᾳ “city ‘great, Babylon, the “city ‘strong! for in one hour ἦλθεν ἡ-κρίσις.σου. 11 Kai ot ἔμποροι τῆς γῆς κλαίουσιν Kai iscome thy judgment. And the merchants of the earth weep and πενθοῦσιν ἐπ᾿ ᾿αὐτῇ, OTe τὸν.γόμον. αὐτῶν οὐδεὶς ἀγοράζει mourn for her, because their lading no one buys ovkére’ 12 γόμον χρυσοῦ, καὶ ἀργύρου, καὶ λίθου τιμίου, any more ; lading of gold, and ofsilver, and of *stone ‘precious, (lit. no more) καὶ “wapyapirov,' καὶ βύσσου," καὶ πορφύρας, καὶ YonpKou,' and of pearl, and of fine linen, and ofpurple, and of silk, καὶ κοκκίνου" kai πᾶν ξύλον Ovivoy, kai πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάν- and ofscarlet, and all *wood ‘thyine, and every article of τινον, Kai πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιμιωτάτου, καὶ χαλκοῦ, καὶ ivory, andevery article of *wood ‘most *precious, and of brass, and σιδήρου, Kai μαρμάρου, 13 Kai "κινάμωμον," * καὶ θυμιάματα of iron, and _ of marble, and cinnamon, and incense, καὶ μύρον, καὶ λίβανον, καὶ οἶνον, καὶ ἔλαιον, καὶ σεμίδαλιν, and ointment, and frankincense,and wine, and oil, and finest flour, h ἐκολλήθησαν were joined together GLTTraw. i — ὑμῖν GLTTrAW. k — αὐτῇ LTTrAW. 14 τὰ the rrr[a]. ™ αὐτὴν LTTraAW. n+ ὅτι LITrA. ο [κύριος] A. Ρ κρίνας Judged GLTTraw. 4 κλαύσου- σιν TIrAW. τ--- αὐτήν GLITrAW. 5 αὐτὴν TITAW. t ἐν (read [in]) GLTTraw. τ αὐτην TTrA. Υ σιρικονυ LT, * μαργαρίτας pearls L; μαργαριτῶν of pearls TTrA. - κιννάμωμον LTTrA. * βυσσίνου GLTTraw. &4+ καὶ ἄμωμον and amomum GLTTrAW. XViIl. REVELATION. καὶ σῖτον, καὶ κτηνη, καὶ πρόβατα, Kai ἵππων, καὶ ῥεδῶν, and wheat, and cattle, and sheep, and of horses, and of chariots, καὶ σωμάτων, καὶ ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων. 14 Kai ἡ ὀπώρα “τῆς and ofslaves, and _ souls of men. And the ripe fruits of the (lit. of bodies) ? θ 7, ~ ~ li d ? AAG | ? A ~ . , ‘ ἐπιθυμίας THC Ψυχῆς.σου" “απήλθεν᾽ ἀπὸ σοῦ, Kal TayvTa Ta desire of thy soul are departed from thee, and all the λιπαρὰ καὶ ταῦ λαμπρὰ famndOev' ἀπὸ cov, καὶ Fovxére' fat things and the bright things are departed from thee, and ‘any ‘more (lit. no more) - «ε » , « 1ὅ οἱ ἔμποροι τούτων οἱ The merchants of thesethings, who διὰ shall stand because of ποὺ. μὴ εὑρήσῃς αὐτά." ‘in πο ὅν 158 shouldst thou find them. πλουτήσαντες ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν στήσονται were enrighed from her, from afar τὸν φόβον τοῦ-.βασανισμοῦ.αὐτῆς, κλαίοντες Kai πενθοῦντες, the fear of her torment, weeping and mourning, 16 ‘kai! λέγοντες, Οὐαί, οὐαί, ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ περι- and saying, Woe, woe, the “city tgreat, which [was] cloth- βεβλημένη "βύσσινον" καὶ πορφυροῦν καὶ *KoKkvoy,' καὶ ed with fine linen and purple and scarlet, and κεχρυσωμένη liv! χρυσῷ" καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ Kai "μαργαρί- decked with gold and *stone ‘precious and pearls! (lt. gilded) ταις" 17 Ore μιᾷ ὥρᾳ ἠρημώθη ὁ τοσοῦτος πλοῦτος. Kai for in one hour was made desolate so great wealth, And πᾶς κυβερνήτης, Kai °rac ἐπὶ τῶν πλοίων ὁ ὕμιλος," Kai every steersman, and all 7in ‘ships ‘the 7company, and ναῦται, καὶ ooo την.θάλασσαν.ἐργάζονται, ἀπὸ.μακρόθεν sailors, and asmany as trade by sea, afar off ἔστησαν, 18 Kai Ῥἔέκραζον," Ipwyrec' τὸν καπνὸν τῆς πυρώ- stood, and cried, seeing the smoke *burn- σεως αὐτῆς, λέγοντες, Tic ὁμοία τῇ πόλει" τῇ μεγάλῳ; ing lof *her, saying, What([cityis] like tothe “city ‘great ? 19 Kai ξἔβαλον" χοῦν ἐπὶ τὰς.κεφαλὰς.αὐτῶν, Kai "ἔκραζον" And they cast dust upon their heads, and cried, κλαίοντες Kai πενθοῦντες, λέγοντες, Οὐαί, οὐαί, ἡ πόλις ἡ weeping and mourning, saying, Woe, woe, the “city μεγάλη, ἐν y ἐπλούτησαν πάντες οἱ ἔχοντες Y πλοῖα ἐν TY ‘great, in which were enriched all who had ships in the θαλάσσῃ ἐκ τῆς.τιμιότητος. αὐτῆς, OTL μιᾷ Wed ἠρημώ- 868 through her costliness ! for inone hour she was made θη. 20 Εὐφραίνου ἐπ᾽ “αὐτήν, οὐρανέ, καὶ οἱ ἅγιοι * ἀπό- desolate. Rejoice over her, O heaven, and [ye] holy apo- OTOAOL καὶ οἱ προφῆται, OTL ἔκρινεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ κρίμα.ὑμῶν ἐξ stles and [ye] prophets; for *did*judge *God yourjudgment upon αὐτῆς. 21 Kai ἦρεν εἷς ἄγγελος ἰσχυρὸς λίθον we ὑμύλον" k her. And *took*up‘one “angel “strong a stone, as a “millstone μέγαν, καὶ ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, λέγων, Οὕτως ὁρμή- igreat, and οδδῦ [1Ὁ] into the sea, saying, Thus with ματι PdAnOnoerac Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις, Kai οὐ.-μὴ violence shall be cast down Babylon the _ great city, and not at all 659 and wheat, and beasts, and sheep, and horses, and chariots, and slaves, and souls of men. 14 And the fruits that thy soul lusted after are departed from _ thee, and ail things which were dainty and good- ly are departed from thee, and thou shalt find them no more at all. 15 The merchants of these things, which were made rich by her, shall stand afar off for the fear of her torment, weeping and wailing, 16 and say- ing, Alas, alas that great city, that was clothed in fine linen, and purple, and scar- let, and decked with gold, and _ precious stones, and pearls! 17 for in one hour so great riches is come to nought. And every shipmaster, and all the company in ships, and sailors, and as many as trade by sea, stood afar off, 18 and cried when they saw the smoke of her burn- ing, saying, What city is like unto this great city! 19 And they cast dust on their heads, and cried, weeping and wailing, saying, Alas, alas that great city, wherein were maderichallthat had ships in the sea by reason of her costli- ness !| for in one hour is she made desolate. 20 Rejoice over her, thou heaven, and ye holy apostles and prophets; for God hath avenged you on her. 21 And a mighty an- gel took up a stone like a great millstone, and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with violence shall that great city Babylon be thrown down, and shall be found no more © σου τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς LTTraAW. ἀπώλετο (-λοντο T) are destroyed GLTFraw. ὃ — οὐκέτι Tr. σουσιν (shall they find) (εὕρῃς w) Law ; οὐ μὴ αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν TTr. k βύσσινον and κόκκινον transposed L. 1 —. ἐν (read [with]) ttr[a]. 4 μαργαρίτῃ pearl LTTra. GLTTraW. Ρ ἔκραξαν LTrA. 4 βλέποντες GLTTrAW. city) L. 5 ἔβαλαν L; [ἐπ]έβαλον a. " ἔκραξαν LA. « + καὶ οἱ (read [ye] saints and [ye] apostles) αὐ ΤΊτγα νυν. 4 ἀπώλετο are destroyed w. ε [τὰ] a. » αὐτὰ οὐ μὴ εὑρή- i — καὶ LTTrAW. ἢ χρυσίῳ GLTrAW. ° πᾶς ὁ ἐπὶ τόπον πλέων every One who sails to [any] place _ 1 + ταύτῃ (read this great ¥+ τὰ LYTrAW. ¥ μύλινον La, Ἢ αὐτῇ GLTTraw, 060 at all. 22 And the voiceof harpers, and tousicians, and of pi- pers, and trumpeters, shall be heard no more at all in thee; and no craftsman, of whatsoever craft he be, shall be found any more in thee; and the sound of a mill- stone shall be heard no more at all in thee ; 23 and the light of a candle shall shine no more atallin thee ; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy mer- chants were the great men of the earth; for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived. 24 And in her was found the blood of prophets, and οἵ saints, and of all that were slain upon the earth, XIX. And after these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven, say- ing, Alleluia; Salva- tion, and glory, and honour,and power,un- to the Lord our God : 2 for true and right- eous are his judg- ments: for he hath judged the great whore, which did cor- rapt the earth with her fornication, and hath avenged {πὸ blood of his servants at her hand. 3 And again they said, Al- leluia, And her smoke rose up for ever and ever. 4 And the four and twenty elders and the four beasts fell down and wor- shipped God that sat on the throne, say- ing, Amen; Alleluia. ὃ And a voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise our God, all ye his ser- vants, and ye that fear him, both small and great. 6 And I heard as it were the ATIOKAAY VIS XVIII, XIX. εὑρεθῇ ἔτι. 22 Kai φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν Kai μουσικῶν Kai may be found longer: and voice ofharpers and musicians and αὐλητῶν καὶ σαλπιστῶν οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι, Kai flnte-players and trumpeters ποῦ αὖ 811] may be heard in thee longer, and πᾶς τεχνίτης πάσης τέχνης Ov.un εὑρεθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι, Kai any artificer ofany art ποῦ at all may be found in thee longer, and (lit, every) (lit. of every) 4 ‘ ~ 23 Kai φῶς φωνὴ μύλου οὐ.μὴ ἀκουσθῇ sound of millstone ποῦ at all may be heard and light λύχνου ov.un φανῇ" *év' σοὶ ἔτι, καὶ φωνὴ νυμφίου Kai oflamp notatallmayshine in thee longer,and voice of bridegroom and νύμφης ov.) ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι. ὅτι ϑοὶ" ἔμποροί. σου of bride ποῦ «αὖ 811] may Ὀ6 Πρασὰά in thee longer; for thy merchants ἦσαν οἱ μεγιστᾶνες τῆς γῆς» ὅτι ἐν τῇ. φαρμακείᾳ" σου ἐπλα- ἐν σοὶ ἔτι, in thee longer, were the greatones ofthe earth, for by thy sorcery were nQ , _ 4 ἔθ ives, > ~ d τ Tf νήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. 24 καὶ ἐν aur αἱμα" προφη- misled all the nations. And in her [the] blood of pro- τῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, Kai πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς phets δῃηᾶ saints was found, and of all the slain on the γῆς. earth. 19 “Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐὔὄχλου And after thesethings I heard a7voice “of *a “multitude πολλοῦ μεγάλην" ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, "λέγοντος," ᾿Αλληλούϊα᾽ ἡ δρτοαῦ loud in the heaven, saying, Hallelujah: the σωτηρία καὶ ἡ δόξα ἱκαὶ ἡ τιμὴ" Kai ἡ δύναμις "κυρίῳ Βαϊναύϊοη andthe glory and the honour andthe power to the Lord τῷ.θεφ.ἡμῶν"" 2 ὅτι ἀληθιναὶ καὶ δίκαιαι αἱ.κοίσεις. αὐτοῦ" our God: for true and righteous[are] his judgments; ὅτι ἔκρινεν τὴν πόρνην THY μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔφθειρεν τὴν γῆν for hejudged the “harlot great, who corrupted the earth ἐν τῇ-πορνείᾳ.αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐξεδίκησεν τὸ αἷμα τῶν δούλων with her fornication, and hedidavenge the blood *pondmen αὐτοῦ ἐκ 'τῆς".χειρὸς.αὐτῆς. 3 Kai δεύτερον εἴρηκαν, ᾿Αλλη- ‘of his at her hand. Anda second time they said, Halle- Aovia’ Kai ὁ.καπνὸς. αὐτῆς ἀναβαίνει εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν lujah. And her smoke goes up to the ages of the JTS. 4 m” " « n , t n” ‘ , αἰώνων. 4 Kai πἔπεσαν" ot "πρεσβύτεροι οἱ εἴκοσι Kai τέσ- ages. And felldown the *elders ‘twenty *and capec," καὶ τὰ °récoapa' ζῶα, Kai προσεκύνησαν τῷ 3four, and the four living creatures and worshipped θεῷ τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ Prov θρόνου," λέγοντες, ᾿Αμήν" ᾿Αλλη- God who sits on the _ throne, saying, Amen, Halle- Novia. 5 Και φωνὴ “ἐκ' τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν λέγουσα, Αἰνεῖτε 174}. Anda voice out of the throne cameforth, saying, Praise r~} θεὸ i af ~ ΄ i. or ? ~ 8 ΗΠ « , τὸν.θεὸν" ἡμῶν πάντες οἱ.δοῦλοι.αὐτοῦ, "καὶ" οἱ. φοβούμενοι our God all [ye] his bondmen, and [ye] who fear αὐτὸν ‘kai' οἱ μικροὶ Kai οἱ μεγάλοι. 6 Kai ἤκουσα we φωνὴν voice of a great mul- him, both the small and Π6Ὸ great. And Iheard as a voice titude, and as the ~ ‘ , Pe ͵ olga πεν ΞΩΞΣΣ ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ ᾿ὼς" φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς and as the voice of ofa?multitude ‘great, and as avoice of*waters ‘many, and as τ φάνῃ LT. a — ἐν (read σοι upon thee) [a]. " --- οἷ, ὃ φαρμακίᾳ τα. 4 αἵματα bloods arw. ©—«alGLTTrAw. |!-{ ὡς 88 EGLTTrAW. 8 μεγάλην ὄχλου πολλοῦ GLTTrA. ἃ λεγόντων GLTTrAW. ᾿-- τῆς GLTTrAW. © τέσσερα LITrA. *— - καὶ ΤίττΑ]. t— καὶ GLTTrAW. i— καὶ ἡ τιμὴ GLTTrAW. k τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν of our God GLTTraw. ™ ἔπεσον EG. n — καὶ GTTrAW ; εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι LL. P τῷ θρόνῳ LTTrAW. 4 ἀπὸ from LTrAW. τ τῷ θεῷ LTTrAW. ν--- ὡς 1, xix REVELATION. φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν, “λέγοντας," ᾿Αλληλούϊα" ὅτι ἐβασί- avoice of *thunders ‘strong, saying, Hallelujah, for has λευσεν κύριος ὁ θεὸς " ὁ παντοκράτωρ. 7 χαίρωμεν καὶ reigned [the] Lord God the Almighty. We should rejoice and γἀγαλλιώμεθα," καὶ δῶμεν! τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ᾽ ὅτι ἦλθεν ὁ should exult; and should give glory tohim; for is come the γάμος τοῦ ἀρνίου, Kai ἡ. γυνὴ. αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν. 8 Kai marriage of the Lamb, and his wife did make’ready ‘herself. And ? , > ~ er , 4, a \ ‘ ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον "καθαρὸν καὶ it was given to her that she should be clothed in fine linen, pure and λαμπρόν" τὸ γὰρ βύσσινον τὰ δικαιώματά ὕέστιν τῶν bright ; for the fine linen “the *righteousnesses tis of the ἁγίων." 9 Kai λέγει μοι, Γράψον, Μακάριοι οἱ εἰς τὸ saints, And he saystome, Write, Blessed [are] they who to the δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου τοῦ apviov κεκλημένοι. Kai λέγει μοι, supper ofthe marriage of the Lamb are called. And he says to me Οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι “ ἀληθινοί εἰσιν τοῦ θεοῦ." 10 Kai “ἔπεσον" These *the *words 3true tare of God. And I fell ἔμπροσθεν τῶν. ποδῶν.αὐτοῦ προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ" Kai λέγει before his feet todohomage tohim. And he says μοι, Ὅρα n° σύνδουλός σου εἰμὶ καὶ τῶν ἀδελ- tome, See [thou ἄο 10] not. Fellow-bondman of thee I am and *breth- ~ ~ , A ΄ ~ > κω ~ ~ φῶν σου τῶν ἐχόντων THY μαρτυρίαν ‘rov' “Inoov τῷ θεῷ ren ‘of *thy who have the testimony of Jesus, To God προσκύνησον᾽ ἡ.γὰρ μαρτυρία ἱτοῦ" Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν τὸ πνεῦμα do homage. For *the ‘testimony Sof *Jesus is ‘the spirit τῆς προφητείας. 30 *prophecy. ‘ inl ‘ ‘ ? ΓΔ eo 11 Kai εἶδον τὸν οὐρανὸν Βἀνεῳγμένον," καὶ ἰδού, ἵππος And Isaw the heaven opened, and behold, a *horse λευκός, καὶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, "καλούμενος πιστὸς" ἀγγῃϊίθ, and he who sits upon it, called Faithful καὶ ἀληθινός, καὶ ἔν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνει Kai πολεμεῖ: 12 οἱ and True, and in righteousness he judges and makes war. δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ Ἰὼς" φλὸξ πυρός, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν And 7eyes "his [were] as aflame of fire, and upon *head κ ὄνομα γεγραμμένον ὃ οὐδεὶς αὐτοῦ διαδήματα πολλά, ἔχων ) & Dame written which no one *his *diadems Smany, having \ , ‘ ὦ « ’ 1 οἶδεν εἰ μὴ αὐτός: 13 καὶ περιβεβλημένος ἱμάτιον ἰβεβαμ- knows but himself, and clothed with a garment dip- A ~ 4A la ~ « , ~ μένον" αἵματι" καὶ πκαλεῖται" τὸ. Ὀνομα.αὐτοῦ, Ὁ λόγος τοῦ ped in blood; and is *called "his 7name, The Word “ ‘ -~ > ~ > , , ~ θεοῦ. 14 Kai τὰ στρατεύματα" ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ of God. And the armies in the heaven were following him ἐφ᾽ ἵπποις λευκοῖς, ἐνδεδυμένοι βύσσινον λευκὸν °Kai’ καθαρόν. upon *horses ‘white, clothed in fine linen, white and pure, ~ , ? ~ , , « , ? ~ 15 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος. αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται ῥομφαία ὀξεῖα, And out of his mouth goes forth a’sword ‘sharp, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῇ Prardcoy' τὰ ἔθνη" καὶ αὐτὸς ποιμανεῖ that with it he might smite the nations; and he 5881] shepherd W λεγόντων ELTTrW ; λέγοντες GA. LTTrA. z δώσομεν Shall give La. Ὁ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν ETTrA. © + οἱ LAW. f — τοῦ LTTrAW. 8 ἠνεῳγμένον LTTrA. i — ὡς TTr[A]. μένον sprinkled round T. ™ κέκληται LTTrAW. GLTAW. P πατάξῃ GLITrAW. ἃ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσιν LTTrA. x + ἡμῶν (read our God) ertrw. y ἃ λαμπρὸν καὶ (— καὶ LTTrA) καθαρόν GLTTrA. k + [ὀνόματα γεγραμμένα, kat] names written and a, Sue el 1 + τὰ which [are] EaL[a]w. 661 mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipo- tent reigneth. 7 Let us be glad and re- joice, and give honour to him: for the mar- riage of the Lamb is come, and his wife hath made herself ready. 8 And to her was granted that sha should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteous- ness of saints. 9 And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are called unto the marriagesup- per of the Lamb, And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God. 10 And I fell at his feet to worship him. And he said unto me, See thou do it not: 1 am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren that have the testi- mony of Jesus: wor- ship God : for the tes- timony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy. 11 And I saw hea- ven opened, and be- hold a white horse ; and he that sat upon him was called Faith- ful and True, and in righteousness he doth judge and make war. 12 His eyes were asa flame of fire, and.on his head were many crowns; and he hada name written, that no man knew,but he him- self. 13 And he was clothed with a ves- ture dipped in blood: and his name is called The Word of God. 14 And the armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean. 15 And out of his mouth go- eth a sharp sword, that with it he should Y ἀγαλλιῶμεν © ἔπεσα LTTrAW. h πιστὸς καλούμενος τι; [καλούμενος] πιστὸς A. 1 περιρεραμ- ο -- καὶ 662 smite the nations: and he shall rule them with a rod of iron : and he treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrathof Almighty God. 16And he hath on his ves- ture and on his thigh a name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS. 17 And I saw an an- gel standing in the sun; and he cried with aloud voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of hea- ven, Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God ; 18 that ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great. 19 And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered to- gether to make war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army. 20 And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles be- fore him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone. 21And the remnant were slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth : and all the fowls were filled with their flesh. 4ᾳ — καὶ GLITrA. ἐ πετομένοις GLTTrAW. χα αὐτούς LTrA. b αὐτοῦ its L. LYTrA ; ὃ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ GW. of) @LTTrAW. ® ἴδον T. ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥ͂ΨΙΣ. XIX. αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Kai αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ them with “rod ?an *iron; and he treads the press of the οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ “καὶ τῆς ὀργῆς Tov θεοῦ τοῦ παντοκρά- wine ofthe fury and ofthe wrath of God the Alnighty. τορος. 16 καὶ ἔχει ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον Kai ἐπὶ TOY_uNpdY.abTOU And he has upon [his] garment and upon his thigh ‘ro! ὄνομα γεγραμμένον, Βασιλεὺς βασιλέων καὶ κύριος the name written, ing of kings and Lord κυρίων. of lords. 17 Kai εἶδον ἕνα ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα ἐν τῷ Alp’ καὶ And Isaw one angel standing ἱπ the sun; and ἔκραξεν " φωνῇ μεγάλῳ λέγων πᾶσιν τοῖς ὀρνέοις τοῖς hecried witha?voice ‘loud, saying toall the birds which ἱπετωμένοις' ἐν μεσουρανήματι, Δεῦτε “καὶ συνάγεσθε" εἰς fi i Come and gather yourselves to Υ in mid-heaven, τὸ δεῖπνον “τοῦ μεγάλου" θεοῦ, 18 ἵνα φάγητε σάρκας Ba- the supper. ofthe great God, that ye may eat flesh of σιλέων, καὶ σάρκας χιλιάρχων, καὶ σάρκας ἰσχυρῶν, kings, and flesh of chief captains, and fiesh of strong [men], ‘ , \ ~ , ~ Ι \ καὶ σάρκας ἵππων καὶ τῶν καθημένων ἐπ᾽ "αὐτῶν," καὶ and flesh of horses and of those who sit on them, and σάρκας πάντων, ἐλευθέρων ¥ καὶ δούλων, καὶ μικρῶν 7 καὶ flesh of all, free and bond, and small and μεγάλων. great. 19 Kai δεῖδον" τὸ θηρίον, καὶ Τοὺς βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς; And JIsaw _ the beast, and the kings of the earth, καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα αὐτῶν" συνηγμένα ποιῆσαι © πόλε- and “armies 1their gathered together to make μον μετὰ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ Tov ἵππου, Kai μετὰ τοῦ war with him who sits on the horse, and with στρατεύματος αὐτοῦ. 20 καὶ ἐπιάσθη τὸ θηρίον, καὶ 4 ἐμετὰ "army this. And wastaken the beast, and with τούτου ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης ὁ ποιήσας τὰ σημεῖα ἐνώπιον him the false prophet who wrought the signs before αὐτοῦ, ἐν οἷς ἐπλάνησεν τοὺς λαβόντας τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ him, by which hemisled those who received the mark of che θηρίου, Kai τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας τῇ. εἰκόνι.αὐτοῦ" ζῶντες beast, and those who do homage to his image. Alive ἐβλήθησαν ot δύο εἰς τὴν λίμνην Tov πυρὸς ἱτὴν καιομένην" werecast the two into the lake of fire which burns ἐν τῷ" θείῳ. 21 Kai ot λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν TH with brimstone ; and the rest were killed with the ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῇ "ἐκπο- sword οἵ him who sits on the horse, (the sword] which goes pevopevy ἐκ TOU.cTOMaTOC.avTOU' Kai πάντα τὰ ὄρνεα ἐχορ- forth out of his mouth ; and all the birds were τάσθησαν ἐκ τῶν σαρκῶν αὐτῶν. filled with their flesh. τ — τὸ (read a Dame) G@LTTraAW. * + ἐν in (a loud voice) Τ[Α]. ¥ συνάχθητε GLTTrAW. W τὸ μέγα τοῦ (read the great supper Υ + τε both (free) GLrTraw. τ + τε both (small) w. © + τὸν LTTrAW. 4 + [oi] those a. © μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὃ Γῆς καιομένης LT'TrA. & — τῷ GLITrAW. Β ἐξελθούσῃ came forth GLTTraw. ΧΧ. REVELATION. 20 Kai 'eldov" ἄγγελον καταβαίνοντα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, And I saw an angel descending out of the heaven, ἔχοντα τὴν Ikdeida' τῆς ἀβύσσου, Kai ἅλυσιν μεγάλην ἐπὶ having the key of the abyss, and a chain ‘great in THV-xXEipa.avTov. 2 καὶ ἐκράτησεν τὸν δράκοντα, ‘roy ὄφιν his hand. And he laid hold of the dragon, the ?serpent TOV a ~ Il 1. ? Π ὃ , δὰ \m ~ ‘ £0 PXatov, ὃς ἔστιν ιάβολος καὶ ™ σατανᾶς, καὶ ἔδησεν ancient, who is_ [the] devil and Satan, and bound αὐτὸν χίλια ἔτη, 8 καὶ ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον, Kai him a thousand years, and cast him into the abyss, and ἔκλεισεν Bavrov,! Kai ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ shut him _ [up], and sealed over him, that “ποὺ °rhavnoy' Pra ἔθνη ert," ἄχρι τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ‘he *should mislead the nations longer, until were completed the thousand ἔτη: “καὶ! μετὰ ταῦτα δεῖ αὐτὸν λυθῆναι" μικρὸν years; and after these things he must be loosed a little χρόνον. time, 4 Kai 'eldov' θρόνους, καὶ ἐκάθισαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, καὶ κρίμα And Isaw _ thrones; and theysat upon them, πᾶ judgment ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς" καὶ rac ψυχὰς τῶν πεπελεκισμένων διὰ was given tothem; and 86 souls of those beheaded on account of τὴν μαρτυρίαν ᾿Ιησοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. Kai the testimony of Jesus, andonaccount of the word of God, and οἵτινες οὐ.προσεκύνησαν "τῷ θηρίῳ," ᾿οῦτε" “τὴν εἰκόνα" αὐτοῦ, those who did not do homage to the beast, nor his image, καὶ οὐκιἔλαβον τὸ χάραγμα ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον. αὐτῶν," Kai ἐπὶ and did not receive the mark upon their forehead, and upon τὴν. χεῖρα.αὐτῶν" Kai ἔζησαν, Kai ἐβασίλευσαν μετὰ * χριστοῦ their hand ; and they lived and reigned with Christ ¥ra' χίλια ἔτη" 5 * οἱ "δὲ" λοιποὶ τῶν νεκρῶν οὐκ Ῥάνέζησαν the thousand years: but the rest ofthe dead “not ‘lived again ἕως" τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη. adTn ἡ ἀνάστασις till may have been completed the thousand years. This [is] the ?resurrection « , , ” ~ ? ἡ πρώτη. 6 μακάριος Kai ἅγιος ὁ ἔχων μέρος ἐν τῇ ava- ‘first. Blessed and holy he who has part in the ?resur- στάσει τῇ πρώτῳ᾽ ἐπὶ τούτων ὁ “θάνατος ὁ δεύτερος" οὐκ. ἔχει. rection first: over these the “death tsecond has no ἐξουσίαν, add’! ἔσονται ἱερεῖς τοῦ θεοῦ Kai τοῦ χριστοῦ, authority ; but they shall be priests of God and ofthe Christ, καὶ °Baoisvoovow' per a’rov! χίλια ἔτη. 7 Kai ὕταν re- and shall reign with him a thousand years. And when may Aes Oy Ta χίλια ἔτη, λυθήσεται ὁ σατανᾶς ἐκ τῆς have beencompleted the thousand years, will be loosed Satan out of φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ, ὃ καὶ ἐξελεύσεται πλανῆσαι τὰ ἔθνη τὰ *prison this, and 011 go out to mislead the nations which [are] ἐν ταῖς τέσσαρσιν γωνίαις τῆς γῆς; τὸν Twy καὶ ὅτὸν! Maywy, in the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, 1 ἴδον T. ) κλεῖν GLTTrAW. K ὃ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος LTTrA. m + ὁ LTTrAW. 2 — αὐτὸν GLTTrAW. ο πλανᾷ G. Ρ ἔτι τὰ ἔθνη GLTTYA. LTTrAW. λυθῆναι αὐτὸν LA. δ τὸ OnpioyGLTTrAW. + ovdé LTTraw. * — αὐτῶν (read [their]) GLTTraw. x + τοῦ the EGLTTrAW. sand) LTTraW. 2 + καὶ (read and the rest) Tr. ‘lived till GLTTraw. © δεύτερος Javatos GLTTrA. { + τὰ the (thousand) Trr[a]. 3 — τὸν LT[Tr]A. ἃ ἀλλὰ TTrw. 663 XX, And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bot- tomless pit and a great chain in his hand. 2 And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years, 3 and cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thou- sand years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season. 4 AndI saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them: and 7 saw the souls of them that were be- headed for the wit- ness of Jesus, and for the word of God, and which had not worshipped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in theiz hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ ἃ thousand years. ὃ But the rest of the dead lived not again until the thousand years were finished, This is the first resurrec- tion. 6 Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first r surrection: on suc the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand years, 7 And when the thou- sand years are ex- pired, Satan shall be loosed out of his pri- gon, 8 and shall go out to deceive the nations which are in the four uarters of the earth, Gos and Magog, to 16 ἐστιν ὃ which is the τ΄ ᾳ — καὶ ~ > Y τῇ εἰκόνι EG. Υ — τὰ (read a thou- a — δὲ but LTTraw. Ὁ ἔζησαν ἄχρι 6 βασιλεύ[σ]ουσιν 4 664 gather them together to battle: the num- ber of whom is as the sand of the sea. 9 And they went up on the breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city : and fire came down from God out of heaven, and devoured them. 10 Andthe de- vil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet are, and shall be torment- ed day and night for ever and ever. 11 AndIsaw agreat white throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. 12 And I saw the dead, small and great, stand be- fore God; and the books were opened : and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, accord- ing to their works. 13 And the sea gaveup the dead which were in it ; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works. 14 And death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the se- cond death. 15 And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire. XXI, And I saw a new heaven and a new earth : ATITOKAAYYWI2&. συναγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς ἢ πόλεμον, ὧν ὁ ἀριθμὸςΪ ὡς ἴο gather together them unto war, of whomthe number [18] as ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης. 9 καὶ ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὸ πλάτος τῆς the sand of the sea, And they went upupon the breadth ofthe γῆς, καὶ "ἐκύκλωσαν" τὴν παρεμβολὴν τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ τὴν earth, and encircled the camp ofthe saints, and the πόλιν THY ἠγαπημένην᾽ Kai κατέβη πῦρ ἰἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκ 2city *beloved : and *came “down ‘fire from God out of τοῦ οὐρανοῦ," Kai κατέφαγεν αὐτούς" 10 Kai ὁ διάβολος ὁ the heaven and devoured them : and the devil who πλανῶν αὐτοὺς ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς Kai™ misleads them was cast into the lake of fire and θείον, ὕπου ™ τὸ θηρίον Kai ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης" Kai of brimstone, where Care] the beast and the false prophet ; and βασανισθήσονται ἡμέρας Kai νυκτὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν they shall be tormented day and night for the ages of the αἰώνων. ages. 11 Kai εἶδον θρόνον “λευκὸν μέγαν," καὶ τὸν καθήμενον And Isaw a‘“throne ?white 1great and him who sits ΡΖ ? || q ’ ~ Ι" Ψ 2 4 r , wy « ~ ‘ « > ἐπ “αὐτου, ov amo προσωώποῦ εφυγεν ἢ γὴ καὶ ὁ οὐ- on it, 2whose ‘from face fied the earth and the hea- ρανός, Kai τόπος οὐχ.-εὑρέθη αὐτοῖς. 12 καὶ εἶδον τοὺς ven, and place was not eee for them, And Isaw the νεκρούς, "μικροὺς Kai μεγάλους," ἑστῶτας ἐνώπιον ‘rov θεοῦ," dead, small and great, standing before God, καὶ βιβλία τἠνεῴχθησαν"" Kai “βιβλίον ἄλλο! τἠνεῴχθη," and books were opened ; and 2book Xanother was opened, ὕ ἐστιν τῆς ζωῆς" καὶ ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ ἐκ τῶν which is [that] of life. And were judgedthe dead out of the res γεγραμμένων ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις, κατὰ τὰ-ἔρ ργα. «αὐτῶν. written in the books Sosording, to their works. 13 καὶ ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς Yév αὐτῷ νεκρούς," καὶ ὁ And %gave ‘uP: ih "sea the) 14im sit ‘dead, and θάνατος καὶ ὁ ἅδης Τέδωκαν" τοὺς "ἐν αὐτοῖς νεκρούς" Kai é- ς ρους XX) ΣῈ death and hades gave up the 7in “them ‘dead ; and they κρίθησαν ἕκαστος κατὰ Taépya.air@y. 14 καὶ ὁ θάνατος were judged each accor ei to their works : and death καὶ ὁ ᾧδης ἐβλήθησαν εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός" οὗτός “éorw and adegs werecast into the ake of fire. This is ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος." “ 15 Kai εἴ τις οὐχ.-εὑρέθη ἐν τῇ the second death. And if anyone wasnotfound in the βίβλῳ τῆς ζωῆς γεγραμμένος, ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ b+ τὸν LTTrAW. οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ α; --- ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ LTAW. ο μέγαν λευκόν GLTTrAW. of whom) LTTrAW. ἢ τοῦ θρόνου the throne @LTTraw. x ἡνοίχθη LTTrAW. kev L. of fire L:TTraw. * νερκοὺς τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς dead which [were] in phere GLTTraW. δεύτερος ἐστιν GLTAW ; ὃ δεύτερος θάνατός ἐστιν Tr. written, he was cast into the lake πυρός. of fire. Q1 Kai εἶδον οὐρανὸν καινὸν καὶ γῆν καινήν" ὁ. γὰρ for the first And Isaw_ a *heaven new and earth ‘a*new; forthe 14 αὐτῶν of them GLTTraw. k ἐκύκλευσαν LTAW. lé« τοῦ m+ τοῦ T. n + καὶ both GLTTraw. Ρ ἐπάνω Tr. 4 αὐτόν GT. τ + τοῦ (read from the face 5 τοὺς μεγάλους καὶ τοὺς μικρούς the great and the small LrTraw. " ἠνοίχθησαν GLTTraw. W ἄλλο βιβλίον GLTTrAw. y νεκροὺς τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ dead which [were] in it ΟἸΤΎΓΑΥ. 2 ἔδω- Ὁ ὸ θάνατος ὃ © + , ἡ λίμνη τοῦ πυρός the lake AXI, πρῶτος οὐρανὸς Kai ἡ πρώτη γῆ first heaven andthe first REVELATION. ἀπαρῆλθεν," καὶ ἡ θά- earth were passed away, and the λασσα οὐκ ἔστιν ETL. sea no tis longer. 2 Kai %yw Ἰωάννης" feldov" τὴν πόλιν τὴν ayiar', ‘Tep- And 1 John saw the city "holy, *Jer- ουσαλὴμ Kkarnr!, caraBaivovoay Βἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκ τοῦ οὐ- usalem *new, cee down from God out of hea- ρανοῦ," ἡτοιμασμένην ὡς νύμφην κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ ven preerered as a bride adorned for 7husband αὐτῆς. 3 Kai ἤκουσα φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ "ovpavoi,' *her. And TIheard a ?voice great outof the heaven, λεγούσης, ᾿Ιδού, ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, saying, Behold, the eae of God [is] with men, καὶ σκηνώσει μετ᾽ αὐτῶν᾽ Kai αὐτοὶ ‘Navi αὐτοῦ ἔσονται, and he shall tabernacle with and they *peoples “his ‘shall 2306, καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς "ἔσται per αὐτῶν" ἰθεὸς αὐτῶν." 4 καὶ ἐξα- and *himself ‘God shallbe with them their God. And ?shall λείψει πὸ θεὸς" πᾶν δάκρυον "ard" τῶν.ὀφθαλμῶν. αὐτῶν, Swipe away 1God auery, tear from their eyes ; καὶ °0' θάνατος οὐκιἔσται ἔτι: οὔτε πένθος, οὔτε κραυγή, and death shallbeno longer, nor mourning, nor crying, οὔτε πόνος οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι. Port τὰ πρῶτα “ἀπῆλθον." nor eee ik a shall *be longer, because the former things are passed away. it, not) 5 Kai εἶπεν ὁ καθήμενος ἐπὶ "τοῦ θρόνου," ᾿Ιδού, καινὰ And said he who sits on the throne, Lo, new 5 ll K λέ ll 1 ee τ « λ , πάντα ποιῶ. αἱ éyée ἵμοι, ρά OV’ OTL OUTOL OL ογοι allthings Imake. And hesays tome, Write, because these words τἀληθινοὶ καὶ πιστοί" εἰσιν. 6 Kai εἶπέν μοι, ὑΓέγονεν." true and faithful are. And hesaid tome, Itisdone. I Σεἰμι! τὸ YA" καὶ τὸ 7Q," ἡ ἀρχὴ Kai τὸ τέλος. ἐγὼ τῷ am the A andthe Ω, the beginning andthe end. I to him that διψῶντι δώσω * ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς δωρεάν. thirsts willgive of the fountain of the water of life eravarvously. 7 ὁ νικῶν κληρονομήσει ὕπάντα," καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ θεός, He that overcomes shall inherit allthings, and Iwillbe tohim God, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι “ὁ' υἱός. ὃ **0eXoic.dé! καὶ ἀπίστοις “5 and he shall be tome son : but to (the) fearful, and unbelieving, καὶ ἐβδελυγμένοις Kai φονεῦσιν καὶ πόρνοις καὶ δφαρμακεῦσιν" and abominable, and murderers, and fornicators, and SGECErers; καὶ εἰδωλολάτραις, καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς δ" Ψευδέσιν," τὸ.μέρος αὐτῶν shane, and idolaters, and all iars, their part ἐν τῇ λίμνῃ τῇ καιομένῃ πυρὶ Kai θείῳ, ὅ ἐστιν [15] in the lake which burns. with fire and eae eaer: which is [the] *®SedTE00¢ θάνατος." second death. ἐγώ 1 6665 heaven and the first earth were passed a- way; and there was no more sea. 2 And I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. 3 And I heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Behold. the tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell with them, and they shall be his people, and God himself shall be with them, and δὲ their God, 4 And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away. 5 And he that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things new. And he said unto me, Write: for these words are true and faithful. 6 And hesaid unto me, It is done. Iam Alpha and Omega, the be- ginning and the end. will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely. 7 He that overcometh shali inherit all things ;and I will be his God, and he shall be my son. 8 But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and mur- derers, and whore- mongers, and sorcer- ers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone : which is the second death. da ἀπῆλθον GW ; ἀπῆλθαν LTTrA. καινήν GLTTrW ; ‘after ἁγίαν A. throne LTa. i λαὸς people aw. TTr 3 αὐτῶν θεός Bue n ἐκ "LTTrA. — ὃ 1. Ρ --- ὅτι L[TrA]. θρόνῳ GLTTrAw. 5 ποιῶ πάντα LTTrAW. ae — εἰμι (read [am] 7)[a]. b ταῦτα these things GLTTraw. εθ + καὶ ἁμαρτωλοῖς and sinners w. θάνατος ὃ δεύτερος GLTTrAW,. — ἐγὼ ᾿Ιωάννης GLITrAW. Κ μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἔσται GLTrAW. — μοι LI[Tr]Aw. ¥ ἄλφα Alpha LIVTrAW. ¢ — oLTTraw. fa φαρμακοῖς GLTTrAW. zOL. & ἐκ TOU οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTrAW. f εἶδον I saw placed aster Β θρόνον - θεὸς αὐτῶν — ὃ θεὸς (read ἐξαλείψει he shall wipe ταν ΟΥ̓ΤΙΓ ΑἸ]. 4 ἀπῆλθαν LTTrA ; ἀπῆλθεν. Ww. y πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοι ~ Τέγοναν They are done LiTrw ; réovete] (read Τάγονα ἐγώ 1 am become) a. 8. + αὐτῷ to him T[A]w. da τρῖς (the) δὲ δειλοῖς GLTTrAW. ξβ Ψψεύσταις L. Ξ τῷ ha ὁ 666 9 And there came unto me one of the seven angels which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and talked with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew thee the bride, the Lamb’s wife. 10 And he carried me away in the spirit to a great and high mountain, and shewed me that great city, the holy Je- Tusalem, descending out of heaven from God, 11 having the glory of God: and her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal; 12 and had a wall great and high, and had twelve gates, and at the gates twelve angels, and names written thereon,which are the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel: 13 on the east three gates; on the north three gates; on the south three gates; and on the west three gates. 14 And the wall of the city had twelve foundations, and in them the names of the twelve apostles of the Lamb. 15 And he that talked with me hada golden reed to measure the city, and the gates thereof, and the wall thereof. 16 And the city lieth foursquare, and the length is as large us the breadth: and he measured the city with the reed, twelve thousand fur- longs. The length and the breadth and the height of it are equal, 17 And he measured the wall thereof, an hundred and forty and four cubits, according to the measure of a man, that is, of the an- i — πρός με GLTTrAW. [angels] were full LTTra. μεγάλην (read the holy city) GLTTraw. also) GLTTraw. τ τοὺς πυλῶνας Tr. χα ἀπὸ GLTTrAW. αὐτῶν δώδεκα on them twelve GLTTraAW. τόν ἐστιν (read [is]) GLTTrAW. ATIOKAAY WIS. XXI. 9 Kai ἦλθεν ἱπρός ps" εἴς " τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐχόν- And came to me one ofthe seven angels which had των Tac ἑπτὰ φιάλας ἱτὰς γεμούσας" τῶν ἑπτὰ πληγῶν τῶν the seven bowls full ofthe seven “plagues ᾽ ’; ‘ ? ’ ᾽ > ~ , ~ / ἐσχάτων, καὶ ἐλάλησεν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, λέγων, Δεῦρο, δείξω last, and spoke with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew σοι THY νύμφην τοῦ ἀρνίου τὴν γυναῖκα." 10 Kai ἀπήνεγκέν thee the _ bride ?Lamb's ‘the wife. And he carried away € ἐν πνεύματι er’! ὄρος μέγα καὶ ὑψηλόν, καὶ ἔδειξέν me in{the] Spirit to amountain great and high, and shewed μοι THY πόλιν THY μεγάλην," τὴν ἁγίαν ‘lepovcadnp, κατα- me the 2city great, the holy Jerusalem, de- Baivovoay ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, 11 ἔχουσαν τὴν scending out of the heaven from God, having the ὕμοιος λίθῳ τιμιω- δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ" Ῥκαὶ" ὁ. φωστὴρ.αὐτῆς like astone most pre- glory of God, and her radiance [was] (lit. her luminary) »" ,, » ’΄ ἰάσπιδι κρυσταλλίζοντι 12 “ἔχουσάν τεὶ τάτῳ, ὡς λίθῳ also cious, as a‘stone jasper erystal-like ; having ~ , ‘ 4 , rv { ~ ὃ ’ ὃ - 8 , ? ‘ τεῖχος μέγα Kai ὑψηλόν, τέχουσαν" πυλῶνας δώδεκα, "καὶ ἐπὶ awall great and _ high; having "gates twelve, and at ‘roic πυλῶσιν' ἀγγέλους δώδεκα." καὶ ὀνόματα ἐπιγεγραμ- the gates angels ‘twelve, and names inscrib- μένα, ἅ ἐστιν τῶν δώδεκα φυλῶν τῶν!" υἱῶν ᾿Ισραήλ. ed, which are [those]ofthe twelve tribes ofthe sons οἵ Israel. 1S χά πη γἀνατολῆς" πυλῶνες τρεῖς" * ἀπὸ βοῤῥᾶ On [86] east 27ates ‘three ; on [the] north πυλῶνες τρεῖς" * ἀπὸ νότου πυλῶνες τρεῖς" * ἀπὸ 2ραῦθε ‘three ; on {the} south 2rates three, on [the] δυσμῶν πυλῶνες τρεῖς. 14 Kai τὸ τεῖχος τῆς πόλεως "ἔχον" west ?gates three, And the wall ofthe city having θεμελίους δώδεκα, καὶ vy αὐτοῖς" ὀνόματα τῶν δώδεκα “foundations ‘twelve, and in them names ofthe twelve ἀποστόλων τοῦ apviov. 15 καὶ ὁ λαλῶν per ἐμοῦ εἶχεν © apostles of the Lamb. And he speaking with me had κάλαμον χρυσοῦν, ἵνα μετρήσῃ τὴν πόλιν, Kai τοὺς πυ- a 7reed ‘golden, that he might measure the city, and λῶνας αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸ τεῖχος. .αὐτῆς. 16 Kai ἡ πόλις τετράγωνος “gates lits, and its wall. And the city ?four-square κεῖται, καὶ τὸ. μῆκος. αὐτῆς “τοσοῦτόν tori" ὅσον “καὶ! τὸ ‘lies, and its length so much is as also the πλάτος. Kai ἐμέτρησεν τὴν πόλιν τῷ καλάμῳ ἐπὶ foradiwy'! breadth. And hemeasured the city withthe reed— Sfurlongs δώδεκα χιλιάδων" τὸ μῆκος Kai τὸ πλάτος Kai TO ὕψος αὐτῆς ‘twelve “thousand; the length and the breadth and theheight of it ἴσα ἐστίν. 17 καὶ ἐμέτρησεν τὸ τεῖχος. αὐτῆς ἑκατὸν 7equal ‘are. And he measured its wall, a hundred [and] SrecoapaKkovTa τεσσάρων πηχῶν , ? , tld ? fools ἀνθ ὠποῦυ, ὁ ἔστιν forty four cubits, measure ‘a“*man’s, which is, | — gas W; τῶν γεμόντων Which τὰ THY γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀρνίου LTTrAW. ἢ ἐπὶ LTTrAW. 9 — τὴν Ρ --- καὶ GLTTrAW. 4 ἔχουσα (omit 5 — καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς πυλῶσιν ἀγγέλους δώδεκα L. w — τῶν (read of [the]) L1Traw. 8 ἔχων TIrA. Ὁ ἐπ᾽ 4d — τοσοῦ- & τεσσερά- k + ἐκ of (the) Lrrra. τ ἔχουσα GLTTrA. ν + τὰ ὀνόματα the names L[Tra]. Υ ἀνατολῶν GW. z+ καὶ and LTTraw. ¢ + μέτρον a Measure GLTTrA. € — καὶ TTr[A]. f σταδίους EGLTrA. κοντα τεσσάρων LT; τεσσαρακοντατεσσάρων (τεσσε- A) EAW. XXI, XXII. REVELATION. yédov. 18 καὶ ‘iy ἡ *évdopnotc' τοῦ.τείχους. αὐτῆς (the) angel’s. And ‘was ‘the “structure Sof *its *wall ἴασπις᾽ Kai ἡ πόλις χρυσίον καθαρόν, ὁμοία" ὑάλῳ καθαρῷ. jasper; andthe city gold pure, like 2¢glass ‘pure: 19 "kai! οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους τῆς πόλεως παντὶ λίθῳ and the foundations ofthe wall ofthe city withevery 2stone τιμίῳ κεκοσμημένοι. ὁ θεμέλιος ὁ πρῶτος ἴασπις᾽ ὁ ‘precious | were] adorned: the foundation first, jasper; the δεύτερος σάπφειρος᾽ ὁ τρίτος "χαλκηδών"" ὁ τέταρτος σμά- second, eapphe ; the third, ee! ; the fourth, eme- ΡΩΝ 20 ὁ πέμπτος Pcapddrvvé'! ὁ ἕκτος Ῥσάρδιος"" ὁ ral the fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius; the ἕβδομος χρυσόλιθος" ὁ ὄγδοος βήρυλλος" ὁ “ἔνατος" τοπά- seventh, chrysolite; the eighth, beryl ; the ninth, to- Ziov' ὁ δέκατος "ypvodmpacoc’' ὁ ἑνδέκατος ὑάκινθος" ὁ paz; the tenth, chrysoprasus ; the eleventh, jacinth ἢ the δωδέκατος ἀμέθυστος. 21 καὶ ot δώδεκα πυλῶνες, δώδεκα twelfth, amethyst. And the twelve gates, twelve papyaoirav ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν πυλώνων ἦν ἐξ ἑνὸς peas rae as ane ‘each of the gates was of one μαργαρίτου" καὶ ἡ πλατεῖα τῆς πόλεως, χρυσίον καθαρόν, ὡς pearl ; andthe street ofthe ΟἿΣ 2g0ld pure, as ὕαλος "διαφανής." 22 Kai ναὸν οὐκ εἶδον ἐν airy ὁ γὰρ 2¢lass ‘transparent. And *temple “no ‘I ?saw in it; for the κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ * ναὸς αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ Lord God Almighty its temple is, and the ἀρνίον. 23 καὶ ἡ πόλις οὐ χρείαν ἔχει τοῦ ἡλίου, οὐδὲ τῆς Lamb, Andthe city no “need ‘has ofthe sun, nor ofthe σελην τ, ,ὔ v2 il > at « . δόξ. κει ~ (a) ~ > oe νης, ἵνα φαίνωσιν “éev' αὐτῇ" ἡ-γὰρ δόξα τοῦ θεοῦ egw moon, that they shouldshine in it; forthe glory of God en- τισεν αὐτήν, Kai ὁ λύχνος αὐτῆς τὸ ἀρνίον. 24 Kai “τὰ lightened it, and the lamp ofit [18] the Lamb. And the ἔθνη τῶν σωζομένων ἐν τῷ.φωτὶ αὐτῆς περιπατήσουσιν" καὶ nations of the saved in its light shall walk ; and οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς φέρουσιν τὴν δόξαν *kat τὴν τιμὴν" αὐτῶν the kings oftheearth bring ΞΡΊΟΥΥ #and *honour ‘their εἰς αὐτήν. 25 καὶ οἱ.πυλῶνες.αὐτῆς οὐ.μὴ κλεισθῶσιν ἡμέρας" unto it. And its gates not at all shall beshut by day; νὺξ γὰρ οὐκ ἔσται ἐκεῖ. 26 Kai οἴσουσιν τὴν δόξαν καὶ Snight ‘for ΠΟ shall be there. Andthey shallbringthe glory and τὴν τιμὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰς αὐτήν. 27 Kai οὐ.μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς the honour of the nations unto it. And in no wise may enter into αὐτὴν πᾶν ὑκοινοῦν," καὶ ἐποιοῦν" βδέλυγμα καὶ wWev- it anything defiling, and practising abomination and a (lit. everything) doc’ εἰμὴ οἱ γεγραμμένοι ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ lie ; but those who arewritten in the book of life of the aoviov. Lamb. 22 Kai ἔδειξεν por “καθαρὸν ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς, And heshewed me “pure ‘a river of water of life, i — ἦν (read [was]) LTA. κεδών 1. ο σαρδιόννξ L. * διαυγής GLTTrAW. 1 ὅμοιον LTTrAW. 4 ἔννατος EGW. Κα ἐνδώμησις TTr. P σάρδιον ἐδρυνεδνςς aoe o 1[A]w. — ἐν (read αὐτῇ for it) GLTTraw. 667 gel. 18 And the bnild- ing of the wall of it was of jasper : and the city was pure gold, like unto clear glass. 19 And the founda- tions of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner of precious stones. The first foundation was jasper; the second, sapphire ; the third, a chalcedony; the fourth, an emerald; 20 the fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius ; the seventh chrysolite κα the eighth, beryl; the ninth, a topaz; the tenth, a chrysoprasus; the eleventh,a jacinth; the twelfth, an ame- thyst. 21 And the twelve gates were twelve pearls; every several gate was of one pearl: and the street of the city was pure gold, as it were transparent glass, 22 And I saw no tem- ple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it. 23 And the city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb 7s the light thereof. 24 And the nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it: and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honour into it. 25 And the gates of it shall not be shut at all by day: for there shall be no night there. 26 And they shall bring the glory and honour of the na- tions into it. 27 And there shall in no wise enter into it any thing that defileth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb’s book of life. XXII. And heshew- ed me a pureriver of water of life, clear ag τὰ — καὶ LTA. π χαλ- τ χρυσόπρασον L, W περι- πατήσουσιν τὰ SOF, διὰ τοῦ φωτὸς αὐτῆς thie nations shall walk by means of its light GLTTraw. = vy WwW; — καὶ τὴν τιμὴν LTTra. he who TTr) eee ([he who] LAW) practises LTTraWw. y SOE common GLTTraw. — καθαρὸν GLTTrAW. z(+a 668 crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb. 2 Inthe midst of the street of it, and on either side of the ri- ver, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve fruits, and yielded her fruitevery month; and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations. 3 And there shall be no more curse : but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it ; and his servants shall serve him : 4and they shallsee his face ; and his name shall be in their foreheads, 5 And there shall be no nightthere; and they need no candle, nei- ther light of the sun ; for the Lord God giv- eth them light: and they shall reign for ever and ever. 6 And he said unto wma, These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent his angel to shew unto his servants the things which must shortly be done. 7 Behold, I come quickly : blessed ts he that keepeth the sayings of the prophe- ey of this book, 8AndI John saw these things, and heard them. And when I had heard and seen, I fell down to worship before the feet of the angel which shewed me these things. 9 Then saith he unto me, See thou do it not: for I am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren the prophets, and of them which keep the sayings of this book: worship God. 10 And he saith unto me, Seal not the sayings of the prophecy of this book: manner of AVVO! AAW ΤᾺΣ: XXII. λαμπρὸν we κρύσταλλον, ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ bright as crystal, going forth out of the thrane θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ apviov. 2 ἐν μέσῳ τῆς.πλατείας.αὐτῆς, Kai TOU of God andofthe Lamb, In the midst of its street, and ofthe ποταμοῦ, ἐντεῦθεν καὶ Ῥέντεῦθεν," ξύλον ζωῆς, “ποιοῦν" river, on this side and on that side, [the] tree of life, producing 4 ΄ὕ ~ u u ~ ‘ καρποὺς δώδεκα, κατὰ Spijva' “ἕνα' ἕκαστον ἰἀποδιδοῦν" τὸν 2fruits 1twelve, *month Seach yielding ‘ ᾽ ~ ‘ A , ~ , 2 , ~ καρπὸν αὐτοῦ" καὶ τὰ φύλλα τοῦ ξύλου εἰς θεραπείαν τῶν *fruit 1108; and the leaves ofthe tree for healing of the ’ ~ 4 ~ ξ ΄ ll ᾽ » » a ay “Ἢ , ἐθνῶν. 3 Kai πᾶν ἑκαταναθεμα" οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι" καὶ ὁ θρόνος nations. And ?any Scurse 1not shallbe longer; and the throne (lit. every) τοῦ θεοῦ Kai τοῦ apviov ἐν αὐτῇ ἔσται" καὶ οἱ. δοῦλοι. αὐτοῦ of God and ofthe Lamb in it shall be; and his bondmen λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ" 4 καὶ ὄψονται τὸ-πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ, Kat shall serve him, and they shall see his face; and τὸ Ὀνομα.αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῶν. μετὠπων. αὐτῶν. 5 καὶ νὺξ οὐκ ἔσται his name on their foreheads [15]. And ?night πο shall be μέκεῖ! καὶ ‘yosiay οὐκ Exovow' λύχνου καὶ φωτὸς ἰἡλίου," ’ there, and ‘need no ‘they*have ofalamp and of iight of[the]sun, ev ’ « 4 m ‘ ll ’ Ul . " U ὅτι κύριος ὁ θεὸς πι φωτίζει" αὐτούς" καὶ βασιλεύσουσιν because {the} Lord Ged enlightens them, and they shall reign εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας THY αἰώνων. to the ages of the ages. 6 Kai εἶπέν μοι, Οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί" And hesaid tome, These words [are] faithful and true; καὶ ἃ κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν Cayiwy' προφητῶν ἀπέστειλεν τὸν and [the] Lord God ofthe holy prophets sent ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ δεῖξαι τοῖς.δούλοις. αὐτοῦ ἃ δεῖ γε- ‘angel this toshew his bondmen the things which must come νέσθαι ἐν.τάχει. 7 Ἰδού, ἔρχομαι ταχύ. μακάριος ὁ to pass soon. Behold, Iam coming quickly. Blessed [is] he who ~ 4 , ~ ΄ ~ , ’ ‘ τηρῶν τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ.βιβλίου.τούτου. ὃ “Καὶ keeps the words ofthe prophecy of this book. And ἐγὼ" ᾿Ιωάννης ὁ τβλέπων ταῦτα καὶ ἀκούων"" I John {was] he who [was] seeing *these *things ‘and “hearing. καὶ ὅτε ἤκουσα καὶ ξέἔβλεψα! 'ἔπεσα" προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν And when Iheard and saw I fell down to do homage before τῶν ποδῶν TOU ἀγγέλου τοῦ “δεικνύοντός" μοι ταῦτα. 9 καὶ the feet ofthe angel who[was] shewing me these things. And λέγει μοι, “Opa py σύνδουλός σου γάρ" εἰμι, καὶ he says to me, See [thou doit] not: *fellowbondman Sof*thee ‘for *I~am, and τῶν.ἀδελφῶν.σου THY προφητῶν, καὶ THY τηρούντων τοὺς of thy brethren the prophets, and of those who keep the λόγους τοῦ.βιβλίου.τούτου: τῷ θεῷ προσκύνησον. 10 Kai words of this book : to God do homage. And λέγει μοι, Μὴκσφραγίσῃς τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ he says to me, Seal not the words of the prophecy ’ , fo wt " c 4 x > ΄ ? « ? ὃ fartho ποτε ΒΡ ΠΕ, βιβλίου τούτου Ὅτι" 0 καιρὸς * ἑγγὺς ἔστιν. ll o aot 11 Hethat is unjust, *book lof “this; becausethe time “near lis. He that is un- Ὁ ἐκεῖθεν LITrAW. © ποιῶν T. ἃ μῆναν L. e€ — ἕνα GLTTrAW. f ἀποδιδοὺς TTrA- & κατάθεμα GLITrAW. ἔχουσιν TTr) χρείαν LTTrAW 3 οὐ χρεία G. τὰ φωτιεῖ (φωτίσει L) ἐπ᾽ shall enlighten GLTTraw. spirits of the GLTTrAaw. ταῦτα GLTrAW ; βλέπων καὶ ἀκούων ταῦτα T. Y — γάρ GLITrAw. TOS T. h ἔτι longer @LTTrAw. i οὐχ ἕξουσιν they shall have no (οὐκ k + φωτὸς of light Lrtra. 1 — ἡλίον w. n + 9 the LTTrA. ο πνευμάτων TOV 4 κἀγὼ LITrAW. τ ἀκούων καὶ βλέπων 8 ἔβλεπον W. τ ἔπεσον EG. ἃ δεικνύν W — ὅτι @LTTrAW x + yap for (the time) LrTraw. P + katana GLTTraw. XXII. REVELATION. κῶν ἀδικησάτω ἔτι καὶ Τὸ ῥυπῶν" ῥυπωσάτω" righteous let him be unrighteous still; and he ὑμαῦ is filthy let him be filthy ἔτι" καὶ ὁ δίκαιος δδικαιωθήτω! ἔτι καὶ ὁ ἅγιος still ; and he that [is] righteous let him be righteous still; and he that [is] holy ἁγιασθήτω ἔτι. 12 Kai! ἰδού, ἔρχομαι ταχύ, Kai ὁ let him be sanctified still. Aud, behold, Iam eominy avickly, and ισθός μ ov μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἀποδοῦναι ἑκάστῳ ὡς τὸ ἔργον “αὐτοῦ πο ΝΣ my with me, to render toeach as work this ἔσται." 18 ἐγώ deine τὸ A" καὶ τὸ fQ," Sapx7) καὶ τέλος, shall be. am the A _ and the 2. (the] beginning and end, ὁ πρῶτος Kai ὁ ἔσχατος." 14 Μακάριοι οἱ ποιοῦν- the first and the last. Blessed [are] they that do ἡ-.ἐξουσία.αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ their 7authority to the εἰσέλθωσιν εἰς τὴν πόλιν. they should goin to the city. πόρνοι Kai and the fornicators, and τες τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ," ἵνα ἔσται his commandments, that 4shall *be ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς, Kai τοῖς πυλῶσιν tree of life, and by the ee 15 ἔξω ise" οἱ κύνες Kai οἱ φαρμακοὶ Kai οἱ But without [are] the dogs, andthe sorcerers, « οι φονεῖς καὶ οἱ εἰδωλολάτραι, καὶ πᾶς *o' φιλῶν καὶ the murderers, and the idolaters, and everyone that loves and ποιῶν" ψεῦδος. practises a 116, 16 ᾿Εγὼ Ἰησοῦς ἔπεμψα τὸν. ἄγγελόν.μον μαρτυρῆσαι I Jesus sent mine angel to testify ὑμῖν ταῦτα Meri ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις" ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ῥίζα καὶ to you these things in the assemblies, I am the root and ib! AaBid," ὁ λαμπρὸς Peai" “ὀρθρι- τὸ γένος "τοῦ αβι ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρὸς Ρκαὶ ὄρθρι the offspring of Davids the ‘star *bright 7and morn- voc.’ 17 Kai ro πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ νύμφη λέγουσιν, τ᾿ Ἔλθε"" ing. And the Spirit and the bride Bay, Come. καὶ ὁ ἀκούων εἰπάτω, "ENO." καὶ ὁ διψῶν "ἐλθέτω," And hethat hears lethimsay, Come, Andhe that thirsts let him come, ‘kai" ὁ θέλων λαμβανέτω τὸ" ὕδωο ζωῆς δωρεάν. and hethat wills, let him take 18 “Συμμαρτυροῦμαι.γὰρ' παντὶ 5 ἀκούοντι τοὺς λόγους For I jointly testify to everyone: hearing the words τῆς προφητείας τοῦ.βιβλίου. τούτου" ἐάν τις γϑἐπιτιθῇ πρὸς the water of iife pretuitously. 669 let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is right- eous, let him be right- eous still: and he that is holy, let hizo be holy still. 12 And, behold, I come quick- ly ; and my reward iz with me, to give every man according as his work shall be. 13 I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last. 14 Blessed are they that do his com- mandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city. 15 For without are dogs, and sorcerers, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and whoso- ever loveth and mak- eth a lie. 16 I Jesus have seni mine angel to testify unto you these things in the churches. I ara the root and the of- spring of David, ana the bright and morn- ing star. 17 And the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely. 18 For I testify un- to every man that heareth the words of a a the prophecy of this ofthe prophecy of this book, τε anyone shouldadd to book, If aiy τα κτὶ ΓΙ ταῦτα," ἐπιθήσει 0 θεὸς ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν" τὰς πληγὰς τὰς γε- add unto these things, these things, *shall 3add 1God unto him the plagues which are God shall add unto aa balz him the plagues that γραμμένας ae βιβλίῳ.τούτῳ᾽ 19 Kai ἐάν τις ὕδάφαιρ py are written in this written this book. And if anyone Bee take book: 19 and if any on man shall take a- ἀπὸ τῶν Vas βίβλου" τῆς.προφητείας. ταύτης, “*agpaipy- way from the words from the words of [the] book of this prophecy, 4shall3take of the book of this 1 θεὸ εαβί(βλουὶ τῇ - » prophecy, God shall cet ὁ θεὸς τὸ-μέρος.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ Βιβχουν τῆς Ζωῆς, καὶ take away his part “away God his part from [the] book of life, and out of the book of life, Yo ῥυπαρὸς the filthy [one] GLTTraw. τ ῥυπανθήτω LTTrA ; ῥυπαρευθήτω G@w. 5 δικαιο- σύνην ποιησάτω let him practise righteousness GLTTraw. Ὁ — καὶ GLTTrAW. © ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ (read his work is) LTTrA. d εἰμι (read [am]) GLITraW. τῶτ, 8 ὃ (--- ὁ 1{4}) πρῶτος καὶ ὁ (-- ὁ L[a)) ἔ GLTA) τέλος GLTTrA. Ee GLTTraW. k_ ὃ (read loving aud practising) Lrtraw. - ἐπὶ (read ταῖς to the) W3 ev L. — Tov GLTTrAW. Ρ — καὶ ie ον 4 ὃ πρωϊνός [88 ἘΣ GLTTrAW. GLTTraw. — καὶ GLTTrAW. Υ λαβέτω GLITraw. x + 7» who Gas ) GLTTraw. 75 ἐπιθῇ ἐπ᾽ αὐτά GLITraAW. “8 Ὁ τῷ GLTTrAW. > ἀφέλῃ GLTTrAW. ca τοῦ βιβλίον GLTTrAW. 2 τοῦ ξύλου the tree GLITraW. © ἄλφα Alpha LTTraw. atos, (+ ἡ the GLTA) ἀρχὴ καὶ (+ τὸ the h πλύνοντες Tas στολὰς αὐτῶν Wash their robes LTTré i— δὲ l ποιῶν Kat φιλῶν τ. © Δαυείδ LTTra; aoe Gw. F Ἔρχου GLITraW. ~ Μαρτυρὼ ἐγὼ I _testify ΝΟΣ 18 ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς T. ρχέσθω ς da ἀφελεῖ GLTTraW. 670 ΑἸΠΟΚΑΛΥΨΙΣ. XXII. and out of the hol f 2,-I| = , mol igh 17 \ ~ , city, and from th, ek THC πόλεως τῆς ἁγίας, ἐκα! τῶν γεγραμμένων things which are writ- outof the 2city holy, and of those who are written ten in this book. ἐν " βιβλίῳ τούτῳ. in “book ‘this. die ieee 20 Aéye ὁ αρτυρῶν ταῦτα, Nai ἔρχομαι ταχύ. Surely τς come quickly. ®Says ‘he 7who eee “these ®things, Yea, lamcoming quickly. men. Even 80, come, ᾿ 4 i 6 Ζ ᾿ by ΤΕΣ ΞΕ dee Ναί," ἔρχου; κύριε Ἰησοῦ. en; yea, come, Lord Jesus. p2iyEhe grace of σας 2] Ἢ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου. "ἡμῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ 'χριστοῦ!ῤ —_—era with you all, Amen. ; The Εὐϑῦῦ ΟΣ one Lord Jesus Christ (be! with πάντων" "ὑμῶν." ° PApuny.' 4 2411 you. Amen, f— ἐκ L[TrA]. 8 — και (read τῶν which) GLITraw. h τῷ GLTTrAW. 1— Nas GLTTraAW ; (join Amen with quickly ETr). k — ἡμῶν (read of the Lord) gLrtraw. 1_— χριστοῦ LITra. τὰ — πάντων Tra. 2 — ὑμῶν GLTTrAW. ° + τῶν ἁγίων the saints GTraW. Pp —’Aunv GLTTrA. 4 + ἀποκάλυψις Iwavvov Revelation of John a. HAO. b's Pa Ν τ. ἐρ ἀρ “ypu pire, ve. σοῦ om i Pdpw, Rta wikia tn μῶν tnoan ty ἐπ εὶς wy gee νὲ καὶ ἴω τι dite ne ie; @x's 7 ᾿ ᾿ Ρ Ν iY ‘ ᾿ ᾿ - "Ἢ Sara’ “Wa, bein wos ; τῇ ? 01) ἕν γῆν: 2 - .-. δ = Pon Dp es 4 ἃ ~~ am frad- (Ὁ ules Lay Aw ἃ 0 Fe J ιν moe ie Patent aha ον» ie irs, τὸς thedcow cf'tiaig. Οἱ =e “= xe δὼ hts oe where IPA "ὦ dyads ΠῚ wey gee 5 haste GiLETes 5 ὁ ro Leer ae laters ΓΖ. ae Ξ ᾿ 7 a Η 3 a roy ω; 4 Ν i i ey i = : ohh ΡΥ iJ oe | a _o - cr VIP, μὰ un | ἃ ; i a | aN ἴω _ a ἣ “ὮΝ 7 ᾿ - ᾿ ἐὰν 7 > a rinceton Theologic al Seminary-Speer Library VOLUN AMM 1 1012 01097 0632 Date Dug ‘ote ee ee RAN ~~ > ᾿ a a : Be tee SILLS oe ee ν : : πον PS Σ, a, ane ee th ΝΣ πε Χο SK tate τ a Ss ES ee GG: are Sh ὅκ σ δΣ LOI ILI IIE. ed ee ee Se \